Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 23, 2013

Registration No. 333-184847

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

ING U.S., INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   6311   52-1222820

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

230 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10169

(212) 309-8200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Bridget M. Healy

Executive Vice President and

Chief Legal Officer

ING U.S., Inc.

230 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10169

(212) 309-8200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Robert G. DeLaMater

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP

125 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(212) 558-4000

 

Joseph A. Hall

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

(212) 450-4000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the Selling Stockholder may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 23, 2013

Preliminary Prospectus

             Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering (the “offering”) of shares of the common stock of ING U.S., Inc.

The offering may consist of both a primary and a secondary component. In the primary component, ING U.S., Inc. may offer              of the shares to be sold in this offering. In the secondary component, ING Insurance International B.V. (the “Selling Stockholder”), a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Groep N.V. (“ING Group”), may offer              shares in this offering. ING U.S., Inc. will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares sold by the Selling Stockholder.

It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $          and $        .

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “        ”.

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risk. See “ Risk Factors ” on page 16 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to ING U.S., Inc.

   $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to the Selling Stockholder

   $                    $                

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than              shares, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional              shares from              at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2013.

 

Morgan Stanley   Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2013.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     ii   

Market Data

     iii   

Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     16   

Recapitalization

     61   

Use of Proceeds

     63   

Dividend Policy

     64   

Capitalization

     65   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     66   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition

     68   

Investments

     163   

Organizational History and Structure

     192   

Business

     194   

Regulation

     240   

Management

     257   

Compensation of Executive Officers and Directors

     263   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     288   

Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock and Selling Stockholder

     299   

Description of Capital Stock

     300   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     305   

Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     307   

Underwriting

     311   

Validity of Common Stock

     318   

Experts

     318   

Where You Can Find More Information

     318   

Glossary

     319   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules

     F-1   

 

 

None of ING U.S., Inc., the Selling Stockholder, or the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by, or on behalf of, ING U.S., Inc. or to which ING U.S., Inc. has referred you. ING U.S., Inc., the Selling Stockholder and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

 

-i-


Table of Contents

NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include statements relating to future developments in our business or expectations for our future financial performance and any statement not involving a historical fact. Forward-looking statements use words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with a discussion of future operating or financial performance. Actual results, performance or events may differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statement due to, among other things, (i) general economic conditions, particularly economic conditions in our core markets, (ii) performance of financial markets, including emerging markets, (iii) the frequency and severity of insured loss events, (iv) mortality and morbidity levels, (v) persistency and lapse levels, (vi) interest rates, (vii) currency exchange rates, (viii) general competitive factors, (ix) changes in laws and regulations and (x) changes in the policies of governments and/or regulatory authorities. Factors that may cause actual results to differ from those in any forward-looking statement also include those described under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Trends and Uncertainties” and “Business—Closed Blocks—Closed Block Variable Annuity.”

 

-ii-


Table of Contents

MARKET DATA

In this prospectus, we present certain market and industry data and statistics. This information is based on third-party sources which we believe to be reliable. Market ranking information is generally based on industry surveys and therefore the reported rankings reflect the rankings only of those companies who voluntarily participate in these surveys. Accordingly, our market ranking among all competitors may be lower than the market ranking set forth in such surveys. In some cases, we have supplemented these third-party survey rankings with our own information, such as where we believe we know the market ranking of particular companies who do not participate in the surveys.

In this prospectus, the term “customers” refers to retirement plan sponsors, retirement plan participants, institutional investment clients, retail investors, corporations or professional groups offering employee benefits solutions, insurance policyholders, annuity contract holders, individuals with contractual relationships with our financial advisors and holders of Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”) or other individual retirement, investment or insurance products sold by us.

Market data sources used with respect to our various segments include:

Retirement

Our Retirement segment sources our market segment leadership positions within the retirement industry from market surveys conducted by LIMRA, an insurance and financial services industry organization, and industry-recognized publications such as Pensions & Investments , PlanSponsor Magazine and InvestmentNews.com . Retirement tracks market segment leadership positions by assets under management (“AUM”) or assets under administration (“AUA”), number of defined contribution plans, number of defined contribution plan participants and sales (takeover assets and contributions).

Annuities

Our Annuities segment sources our market segment leadership positions within the annuities industry primarily from LIMRA market surveys. Annuities tracks market segment leadership positions by assets under management.

Investment Management

Our Investment Management segment sources our market segment leadership positions within the investment management industry from Morningstar fund data and industry-recognized publications such as Cogent Research and Pension & Investments. Investment Management tracks market segment leadership positions by AUM; percentage of mutual funds that exceed their Morningstar category average (asset weighted, five-year basis); percentage of mutual funds that have lower volatility than their Morningstar competitor average (asset weighted, five-year basis); and survey ranking on loyalty, favorable impression and nine brand attributes by clients (plan sponsors) among defined contribution investment managers .

Individual Life

Our Individual Life segment sources our market segment leadership positions within the individual life insurance industry primarily from LIMRA market surveys . Individual Life tracks market segment leadership positions by premiums sold.

Employee Benefits

Our Employee Benefits segment sources our market segment leadership positions within the employee benefits industry from LIMRA market surveys and MyHealthguide newsletter rankings . Stop loss market rankings are derived from MyHealthguide , which does not include managed healthcare providers in their market positions survey. Employee Benefits tracks market segment leadership positions by new premiums and in-force premiums.

 

-iii-


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes thereto and the information set forth under the sections “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition,” in each case included in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use in this prospectus the term “ING U.S., Inc.” to refer to ING U.S., Inc., and we use the terms “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” to refer to ING U.S., Inc. together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

Our Company

We are a premier retirement, investment and insurance company serving the financial needs of approximately 13 million individual and institutional customers in the United States as of December 31, 2011. Our vision is to be America’s Retirement Company . Our approximately 7,150 employees are focused on executing our mission to make a secure financial future possible—one person, one family and one institution at a time. Through our retirement, investment management and insurance businesses, we help our customers save, grow, protect and enjoy their wealth to and through retirement. We offer our products and services through a broad group of financial intermediaries, independent producers, affiliated advisors and dedicated sales specialists throughout the United States.

Our extensive scale and breadth of product offerings are designed to help Americans achieve their retirement savings, investment income and protection goals. Our strategy is centered on preparing customers for “Retirement Readiness”—being emotionally and economically secure and ready for their retirement. We believe that the rapid aging of the U.S. population, weakening of traditional social safety nets, shifting of responsibility for retirement planning from institutions to individuals and growth in total retirement account assets will drive significant demand for our products and services going forward. We believe that we are well positioned to deliver on this Retirement Readiness need.

We believe that we help our customers achieve four essential financial goals, as they prepare for, enter and enjoy their retirement years.

 

   

Save . Our products enable our customers to save for retirement by establishing investment accounts through their employers or individually.

 

   

Grow . We provide advisory programs, Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”), fixed annuities, brokerage accounts, mutual funds and accumulation insurance products to help our customers achieve their financial objectives.

 

   

Protect . Our specialized retirement and insurance products, such as universal life (“UL”), indexed universal life (“IUL”), term life and stable value products, allow our customers to protect against unforeseen life events and mitigate market risk.

 

   

Enjoy . Our retirement income products such as target date funds, guaranteed income funds, fixed annuities, IRAs, mutual funds and accumulation insurance products enable our customers to meet income needs through “post primary working years” and achieve wealth transfer objectives.

We tailor our products to meet the unique needs of our individual and institutional customers. Our individual businesses are primarily focused on the middle and mass affluent markets; however we serve customers across the full income spectrum, especially in our Institutional Retirement Plans business, Retail and Alternative Fund businesses, and Employee Benefits segment. Similarly, our institutional businesses serve a broad range of customers, with customized offerings to the small-mid, large and mega market segments.

 

 

-1-


Table of Contents

We believe that with our leading market positions, investment expertise, and distribution reach we are well positioned to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns and earnings growth for our shareholders over time.

We operate our principal businesses through three business lines: Retirement Solutions, Investment Management and Insurance Solutions. We refer to these business lines as our “ongoing business.” In addition, we also have Closed Blocks and Corporate reporting segments. Closed Blocks consists of three businesses where we have placed our portfolios in run-off—Closed Block Variable Annuity, Closed Block Institutional Spread Products and Closed Block Other. Our Corporate segment includes our corporate activities and corporate-level assets and financial obligations.

The following chart presents the key products we offer across each of our businesses.

 

LOGO

Retirement Solutions . We are a leading provider of retirement services and products in the United States, with approximately $107.2 billion in assets under management (“AUM”) and $208.2 billion of assets under administration (“AUA”) as of December 31, 2011. We provide an extensive product range addressing both the accumulation and income distribution needs of customers, through a broad distribution footprint of nearly 2,500 affiliated representatives and thousands of non-affiliated agents and third party administrators (“TPAs”). Our Retirement Solutions business comprises two financial reporting segments: Retirement and Annuities.

 

   

Retirement provides tax-deferred, employer-sponsored retirement savings plans and administrative services to more than 49,000 plan sponsors covering approximately 5.3 million plan participants in corporate, education, healthcare and government markets. Retirement also provides rollover IRAs, and other retail financial products as well as comprehensive financial advisory services to individual customers. We serve a broad spectrum of employers ranging from small companies to the very largest of corporations and government entities. We rank second in the U.S. defined contribution plan market by number of record kept plan sponsors and number of plan participants served, and fourth by assets under management and administration at December 31, 2011. We also rank second in the K-12 education market and fourth in the higher education market by assets at December 31, 2011. Retirement had $287.7 billion of AUM and AUA at December 31, 2011, of which $71.8 billion was full service business, $213.8 billion was recordkeeping and stable value business and $2.1 billion was Individual Markets business.

 

   

Annuities provides fixed and indexed annuities, tax-qualified mutual fund custodial products and payout annuities for pre-retirement wealth accumulation and post-retirement income management sold through multiple channels, and had $27.7 billion of AUM at December 31, 2011.

 

 

-2-


Table of Contents

Investment Management. We are a prominent full-service asset manager with $166.1 billion of AUM and $59.0 billion of AUA as of December 31, 2011, delivering client-oriented investment solutions and advisory services. We serve both individual and institutional customers, offering them domestic and international fixed income, equity, multi-asset and alternative investment products and solutions across a range of geographies, investment styles and capitalization spectrums.

 

   

As of December 31, 2011, we managed $87.2 billion in our commercial business (comprised of $55.7 billion for third-party institutions and individual investors, and $31.5 billion in separate account assets for our Retirement Solutions, Insurance Solutions and Closed Block businesses) and $78.9 billion in general account assets. We are particularly focused on growing our commercial business, in which we achieved 7.0% organic AUM growth in 2011.

 

   

We have a highly scalable business model and are among the twenty largest managers of institutional tax-exempt assets in the U.S. and ranked number one among defined contribution investment managers in client loyalty and favorability in 2011.

 

   

As of December 31, 2011, our retail mutual fund portfolio assets totaled $18.6 billion. On a five-year asset-weighted basis, 77% of our mutual funds beat their Morningstar category average and 80% had lower volatility than their Morningstar competitor average as of December 31, 2011.

Insurance Solutions . We are one of the top providers of life insurance in the United States. In our focus individual products, term and universal life, we currently rank fourth and eleventh, respectively, based on premiums sold. We are also the fifth ranked provider of medical stop loss coverage in the United States based on in-force premiums. Our Insurance Solutions business comprises two financial reporting segments: Individual Life and Employee Benefits.

 

   

Individual Life provides wealth protection and transfer opportunities through universal, variable, and term products, distributed through independent channels to meet the needs of a broad range of customers from the middle-market through affluent market segments. The Individual Life distribution model is supported by independent life sales agents (over 2,200 independent general agents with access to over 91,000 producers), strategic distribution (over 30 independent managing directors supporting approximately 6,800 additional producers) and specialty markets (approximately 75 general agents with access to over 7,400 producers).

 

   

Employee Benefits provides stop loss, group life, voluntary employee-paid and disability products to mid-sized and large businesses. The Company has 58 employee benefits sales representatives, across 19 sales offices, with average industry experience of 16 years. Approximately 62.5%, 16.3% and 12.4% of 2011 Employee Benefit sales were attributed to stop loss, life and voluntary products, respectively.

Closed Blocks . We separated our Closed Block Variable Annuity and Closed Block Institutional Spread Products segments from our other operations, placing them in run-off, and made a strategic decision to stop actively writing new retail variable annuity products with substantial guarantee features and to run-off the institutional spread products portfolio over time. Accordingly, these segments have been classified as closed blocks and are managed separately from our ongoing business.

 

   

Closed Block Variable Annuity . In 2009, we decided to cease sales of retail variable annuity products with substantial guarantee features (the last policies were issued in early 2010 and placed this portfolio in run-off). Subsequently, we refined our hedging program to dynamically protect regulatory reserves and rating agency capital of the variable annuities block for adverse equity market movements. In addition, since 2010, we have increased statutory reserves considerably, added significant interest rate risk protection and have more closely aligned our policyholder behavior assumptions with experience. Our focus in managing our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment is on protecting regulatory

 

 

-3-


Table of Contents
 

reserves and rating agency capital from equity market movements via hedging and judiciously looking for opportunities to accelerate the run-off of the block, where possible. We believe that our hedging program combined with our Statutory reserves of $7.7 billion at September 30, 2012, related to the variable annuity block, provides adequate resources to fund a wide range of, but not all, possible market scenarios as well as a margin for adverse policyholder behavior.

 

   

Closed Block Institutional Spread Products. In 2009, we also placed the institutional spread products portfolio in run-off. As of September 30, 2012, remaining assets in the institutional spread products portfolio had an amortized cost of $4.8 billion, down from a peak of $14.3 billion in 2008.

As of December 31, 2011, we had $437.9 billion in total AUM and AUA and total shareholder’s equity, excluding accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) (“AOCI”) and noncontrolling interests, of $9.8 billion. In 2011, we generated $277.8 million of income before income taxes, ($88.1) million in net loss available to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder and $1.1 billion of operating income before income taxes. As of September 30, 2012, we had $456.8 billion in total AUM and AUA. In the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we generated $714.1 million of income before income taxes, $495.7 million in net income available to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder and $709.2 million of operating income before income taxes . Operating income before income taxes is a non-GAAP financial measure. For a reconciliation of operating income before income taxes to income (loss) before income taxes, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Results of Operations—Company Consolidated.”

The following table presents the relative contributions of each of our reporting segments to our AUM and AUA, and Total operating income (loss) before income taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Results of Operations—Company Consolidated” for a reconciliation of Operating income (loss) before income taxes to Income (loss) before income taxes.

 

     AUM and AUA
(As of September 30, 2012)
    Total Operating Income
(Loss) Before Income Taxes

(Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2012)
 

Business Line and Segments

   $ in millions     $ in millions       %    

Retirement Solutions:

      

Retirement

   $ 302,951      $ 340.4        48.0

Annuities

     26,252        95.9        13.5

Investment Management

     231,943        103.3        14.6

Insurance Solutions:

      

Individual Life

     15,275        141.6        20.0

Employee Benefits

     1,767        80.8        11.4

Eliminations

     (170,284     —          —     

Total Ongoing Business

   $ 407,904      $ 762.0        107.5

Corporate

     —          (138.7     (19.6 )% 

Closed Blocks

     48,911        85.9 (1)       12.1

Total ING U.S.

   $ 456,815      $ 709.2        100.0

 

(1) Our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment is managed to focus on protecting regulatory and rating agency capital rather than achieving operating metrics and, therefore, its results of operations are not reflected within Operating income (loss) before income taxes.

 

 

-4-


Table of Contents

Market Environment and Opportunities

The current macroeconomic backdrop and financial market uncertainty, as well as the weakening of historical safety nets provided by governments and employers, such as Social Security and defined benefit plans, are increasing the need for Americans to plan for their own long-term financial security. Our products and services are designed to help individuals achieve their retirement savings, investment income and protection goals. We believe that we are uniquely positioned to benefit from a number of significant demographic and market trends, including the following:

 

   

Rapid growth in aging U.S. population. The U.S. Census Bureau estimates that the number of Americans aged 65 and older will more than double over the next 40 years, increasing from 40.2 million in 2010 to 88.5 million in 2050. By 2050, it is estimated that over 20% of the U.S. population will be aged 65 or older, as compared to 13.0% in 2010.

 

   

Fraying of traditional social safety nets . The U.S. Government Accountability Office has indicated that increasing life expectancy has created a risk that many retirees will outlive their retirement assets. Additionally, employer-sponsored private sector pension plans face severe funding deficits. According to a report by Mercer Consulting, a consulting and research firm, the aggregate funding deficit for pension plans sponsored by companies included on the Standard & Poor’s 1500 Index (“S&P 1500”) was $484 billion as of December 31, 2011. Americans realize that funding deficits in government and employer-sponsored pension plans leave them exposed to retirement income shortfalls. According to a LIMRA study, more than 62% of individuals aged 55 to 70 do not expect to receive enough income from Social Security and employer pensions to cover their basic living expenses through their retirement years.

 

   

Growth in the retirement savings market .  The U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics estimates that private sector participation in defined benefit plans declined from 80% of full time employees in 1985 to 22% in 2011, while employee participation in defined contribution plans increased from 41% to 50% over the same period. Between 2000 and 2011, total assets held in defined contribution plans grew from $3.1 trillion to $5.0 trillion and total assets held in IRAs grew from $2.6 trillion in 2000 to $4.8 trillion in 2011, while total private sector defined benefit plan assets only grew from $2.0 trillion to $2.3 trillion. According to Cerulli Associates, a financial services research firm, total U.S. retirement account assets are expected to grow 38% from $16 trillion in 2011 to $22 trillion by 2016.  The paradigm shift in savings responsibilities from institutions to individuals will drive much of this growth into the defined contribution and IRA markets, with defined contribution plan assets expected to grow from $4.8 trillion to $5.8 trillion and IRA assets expected to grow from $5.2 trillion to $7.6 trillion between 2011 and 2016. In addition, the anticipated growth of the rollover market presents a considerable long-term opportunity: according to LIMRA, assets rolled into IRAs exceeded $400 billion per year in 2011 (up 118% from 10 years ago) and are expected to reach approximately $600 billion per year by 2015.

 

   

Insufficient life insurance coverage .  According to the most recent study available by LIMRA, 58 million or approximately half of all U.S. households do not believe they have sufficient life insurance coverage. The average U.S. household with life insurance coverage only owns enough to replace 3.6 years of income, as compared to the 7- to 12- year average recommended range as sourced by LIMRA.

We believe these market trends will drive increasing demand for our Retirement Solutions, Investment Management and Insurance Solutions businesses, and highlight the value of our holistic investment advisory approach as a means to help customers realize their retirement savings and income goals.

 

 

-5-


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we have a number of competitive strengths which will allow us to capitalize on attractive market opportunities as we develop and grow our business in a consistent and prudent manner.

 

   

Leadership positions in our ongoing business with a broad range of product offerings capable of meeting the evolving financial needs of customers throughout their lives . We have leading positions in our Retirement Solutions and Insurance Solutions businesses and a prominent Investment Management business with top-tier investment performance across an array of asset classes. Few of our competitors have the breadth and scale across savings and financial protection products that customers will need throughout their lives.

 

   

Our Retirement Solutions business ranks as the number two provider of defined contribution retirement plans in the U.S., as measured by the number of plan sponsors and number of plan participants for which we provide recordkeeping services. We are one of the few retirement services providers in the U.S. capable of using our industry presence and scale to efficiently support small, mid, large and mega-sized employers in the 401(k), 403(b) and 457 market segments.

 

   

Our Investment Management business is a leading U.S. based asset manager, with 77% of our mutual funds beating their Morningstar category average and 80% having lower volatility than their Morningstar competitor average on a five-year asset-weighted basis as of December 31, 2011.

 

   

Our Insurance Solutions business provides a full range of product capabilities and is the fourth largest writer of term life, the eleventh largest writer of universal life based on premiums sold in the United States, and the fifth largest provider of medical stop loss coverage based on premiums in force.

 

   

Relationships with over 13 million customers as of December 31, 2011 . We believe the size, scope and long-standing market presence of our businesses provide us with access to millions of individual customers, relationships with and relevance to distributors across the financial services landscape, economies of scale, and an understanding of and ability to leverage best practices across our organization. We can offer customers with whom we have built a relationship, either through their employer or directly, a suite of products that can meet most of their lifetime protection and accumulation needs.

 

   

Our institutional businesses provide us with the ability to access millions of individual customers in a cost-effective manner, and our comprehensive product suite gives us the opportunity to convert these touch points into long-term customer relationships.

 

   

Our access to individuals at critical points in their lives and our ability to offer tailored protection, retirement, investment and savings products enables us to cultivate deep, long-lasting and profitable customer relationships. Our product suite includes roll-over IRAs, mutual funds and annuities which enables us to maintain a relationship with individuals entering retirement or exiting their current plan for any other reason. According to LIMRA, approximately 75% of roll-over assets are captured by an institution with which the customer had a prior relationship.

 

   

Extensive, multi-channel distribution network with strong producer relationships . We offer customers access to our products and services through a national, multi-channel distribution network that includes approximately 200,000 individual points of contact associated with both affiliated and unaffiliated distributors.

 

   

We cultivate long-standing, loyal relationships with our distributors by providing innovative products, highly responsive service and efficient technology solutions.

 

 

-6-


Table of Contents
   

Each of our businesses maintains its own distribution base, tailored by the nature of its products and preferences of its customers.

 

   

We have established extensive, multi-channel distribution networks in each of our ongoing businesses and believe these strong relationships are a key aspect of achieving our long term goals.

 

   

Scalable operating platform . We have developed a highly scalable business model which positions us well for future growth opportunities. Our operating platform supports both current and significantly higher volumes of business, positioning us favorably for margin expansion in the future.

 

   

Our Retirement Solutions business has operational centers of excellence that are leveraged across the Institutional Retirement Plans (full service and recordkeeping) and Individual Markets businesses to efficiently and cost effectively provide high quality services to all clients.

 

   

Our Investment Management business has developed product manufacturing capabilities that would enable the business to manage a significant amount of additional assets with limited increase in costs.

 

   

Our Insurance Solutions business has scalable operational models that provide us the capability to add new business at attractive marginal costs and to quickly increase capacity to take advantage of attractive market conditions.

 

   

Renewed financial strength . We have taken decisive actions to strengthen our balance sheet over the last four years by repositioning and reducing the risk of our investment portfolio, hedging our closed block against market-related volatility, deleveraging our capital structure and bolstering our holding company liquidity position.

 

   

Our U.S. insurance subsidiaries have maintained an estimated combined company action level risk-based capital ratio (“RBC ratio”) at or above 425% as of the end of each quarter during 2011 and 2012.

 

   

Our investment portfolio of $92.8 billion as of December 31, 2011, is comprised of approximately 78.4% fixed maturity securities, of which 94.2% have been assigned credit quality ratings of 1 or 2 by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”).

 

   

Between December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2011, we reduced our Alt-A exposure 89.6% from $4.5 billion to $470.8 million, our subprime holdings 66.7% from $3.6 billion to $1.2 billion and our commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) exposure 42.6% from $9.4 billion to $5.4 billion based on amortized cost. As of September 30, 2012, we had no direct sovereign exposure to Greece, Ireland, Portugal, Spain or Italy (“peripheral Europe”) and no direct exposure to financial institutions based in those countries.

 

   

We decided to cease sales of retail variable annuity products with substantial guarantee features (the last policies were issued in early 2010) and placed this portfolio and the institutional spread products portfolio in run-off. Subsequently, we refined our hedging program to dynamically protect regulatory reserves and rating agency capital of the variable annuities block for adverse equity market movements. In addition, since 2010, we have increased statutory reserves considerably, added significant interest rate risk protection and have more closely aligned our policyholder behavior assumptions with experience.

 

   

We enhanced our capital structure and significantly reduced financial leverage.

 

 

-7-


Table of Contents
   

Stringent risk management approach . Over the past few years, we have become increasingly focused on risk management and risk control. We have established an independent risk management function with responsibility for all risk management across the organization enabling clear separation of duties between risk, finance and investment functions.

 

   

We have comprehensive risk management and control procedures at all levels of our organization that support business strategies, formulate risk appetite, implement risk related policies and monitor limits.

 

   

We adhere to a strong policy and reporting framework that guides a multi-tiered risk governance structure in the assessment and management of risk and includes a daily feedback mechanism.

 

   

We follow disciplined processes to assess, measure, report and manage risks, including product development and pricing, asset-liability management (“ALM”), capital management and risk mitigating activities such as hedging and reinsurance.

 

   

We maintain a dynamic hedging program that protects against select equity market and interest rate risks as illustrated by the recent extension of our Retirement stable value hedge to 80% coverage.

 

   

Highly experienced management team, supported by deep bench of talent . Our senior management team has extensive experience in the retirement, investment management and insurance sectors and is supported by a diverse group of talented executives throughout the Company.

 

   

Our 10 executive officers average over 25 years of financial services experience and are actively instilling a performance-driven, execution-oriented culture across our organization.

 

   

6 of our 10 executive officers have joined the Company since the financial crisis of 2008-2009, and have successfully put in place a set of strategies that are helping to define our Company today, including risk management initiatives, balance sheet discipline, and product portfolio improvements.

Summary Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider these risks before making an investment. Some of these risks include:

 

   

Continued difficult conditions in the global capital markets and the economy generally have affected and may continue to affect our business and results of operations;

 

   

Interest rate volatility may adversely affect our profitability;

 

   

A downgrade or a potential downgrade in our financial strength or credit ratings could result in a loss of business and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition;

 

   

The inability of counterparties to meet their financial obligations could have an adverse effect on our results of operations;

 

   

Our investment portfolio is subject to several risks that may diminish the value of our invested assets and the investment returns credited to customers, which could reduce our sales, revenues, AUM and results of operations;

 

   

We may face significant losses if mortality rates, morbidity rates, persistency rates or other underwriting assumptions differ significantly from our pricing expectations;

 

   

We expect that our ability to use beneficial U.S. tax attributes will be subject to limitations;

 

 

-8-


Table of Contents
   

The performance of our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment depends on assumptions that may not be accurate;

 

   

Our Closed Block Variable Annuity hedging programs may not be effective and may be more costly than anticipated;

 

   

Our businesses and those of our parent company and its affiliates are heavily regulated and changes in regulation or the application of regulation may reduce our profitability;

 

   

ING Group’s continuing significant interest in us following this offering may result in conflicts of interest;

 

   

Our continuing relationship with ING Group, our ultimate parent, and with affiliates of ING Group, may affect our ability to operate and finance our business as we deem appropriate and changes with respect to ING Group could negatively impact us;

 

   

Our separation from ING Group could adversely affect our business and profitability due to ING Group’s strong brand and reputation;

 

   

We expect to incur incremental costs as a standalone public company; and

 

   

The ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends and other distributions to ING U.S., Inc. and Lion Holdings will depend on their earnings, tax considerations, covenants contained in financing agreements and is limited by state insurance laws.

Our Business Strategy

Building on our core strengths, we intend to pursue strategies to deliver consistent earnings growth with attractive risk-adjusted returns while maintaining a strong balance sheet. The immediate focus of our strategy is to improve the operating return on capital (“ROC”) of our ongoing business. We have identified more than thirty ROC-enhancing projects across our businesses and functions intended to improve operating ROC of our ongoing business from     % in 2011 to     % in 2012, and to a goal in the range of     % to     % by 2016. Operating ROC is a non-GAAP financial measure. For additional detail on our ROC expansion goal and the calculation of operating ROC and reconciliations, see “Business—Operating Return on Capital Goal.” The cornerstones of our prudent ROC-expansion strategy are the following strategies:

 

   

Improve the profitability of our existing franchises . We have identified and are actively pursuing several initiatives to improve profitability across our businesses. These initiatives include maintaining strict pricing discipline for new sales, re-pricing existing blocks of business that do not meet our return hurdles, allowing the run-off of unprofitable books that cannot be re-priced and adjusting policyholder crediting rates. For instance, we recently instituted price increases across certain term and universal life products, positioning them to earn double-digit returns. We are working to reduce our operating and information technology overhead by leveraging our procurement capabilities to reduce expenses, increasing our use of business process outsourcing services and employing “Six Sigma” statistical management techniques. We believe these initiatives will enhance our margins and support improved earnings and increased cash flow distributions from our operating subsidiaries to ING U.S., Inc. going forward.

 

   

Focus on capital management across all businesses . We are highly focused on effectively managing the demands for capital across our businesses. We have prioritized growth in our higher return, less capital intensive Retirement Solutions and Investment Management businesses. Our Insurance Solutions business is focused on selling capital-efficient products such as indexed products in Individual Life and Employee Benefits products. The overall objective of these policies is to realign our businesses in a manner that will maximize free cash flow generation.

 

 

-9-


Table of Contents
   

Leverage leading market positions, investment performance, and distribution strength to drive profitable growth in select markets . Within Retirement Solutions, we are focused on growing in the small-mid corporate and higher education retirement plan markets, which offer stronger growth and return potential than other sectors of the market. We are also seeking to cross-sell multiple products and services to our large recordkeeping-only clients. Within Investment Management, we are focused on leveraging our strong investment track record and historical performance to attract new institutional and individual customers in our third party business and to increase the share of proprietary assets under the management of Retirement Solutions. Given our scalable operating platform we believe our growth will produce margin expansion in these segments. Also, although we are deemphasizing parts of our Insurance Solutions business, it provides key capabilities, broad distribution and seasoned underwriting that complement Retirement Solutions and Investment Management in helping customers attain their financial goals.

 

   

Transcend boundaries between workplace benefits and personal financial products . We aim to deliver comprehensive solutions across our customer base by combining the capabilities of our three ongoing businesses. This combination of capabilities differentiates us from other financial services firms and allows us to capitalize on favorable demographic and social trends. For individuals, we intend to provide value-added services and increase the number of our products they consume. In Retirement Solutions, we have been seeking greater access to employees in employer-sponsored plans. We believe that such direct access will allow us to convert institutional relationships into individual ones and enable us to offer individuals entering retirement or exiting their current employer-sponsored plan for any other reason suitable products in which they can invest their retirement plan assets. In Insurance Solutions, we have been working with employer clients to offer a broader array of voluntary products to address the needs of their employees. Ultimately, we aspire to bridge the gap between workplace benefits and personal financial products in order to benefit our customers.

 

   

Protect our balance sheet by prudently managing risks . Risk management is pervasive in everything we do as a Company. The coordination of our strategic, financial and risk functions have been critical to helping us focus on risk reduction initiatives as well as determining where to invest for the future. We have substantially reduced the risk of our investment portfolio since 2008 and intend to continue managing it conservatively. On the liability side, we have significantly deleveraged our capital structure, are keenly focused on managing tail risks and have implemented a hedging program designed to substantially mitigate the effect of market shocks on our regulatory and rating agency capital adequacy, especially as it relates to the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment . Our hedging program is constantly evaluated and revised in light of changing market conditions and to manage the trade-offs between capital preservation, cash flow, earnings and underlying economics.

Our Principal Stockholder and Selling Stockholder

Following the offering, ING Group will indirectly own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock. ING Group is selling              shares of our outstanding common stock in this offering through ING Insurance International B.V., its wholly-owned subsidiary. ING Group has informed us that it will divest its remaining holdings of our common stock in line with ING Group’s restructuring plan as agreed with the European Commission (the “EC”). See “—ING Group Restructuring Plan with European Commission.”

ING Group Restructuring Plan with European Commission

Prior to this offering, we are a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group. In October 2009, ING Group submitted a restructuring plan (the “2009 Restructuring Plan”) to the EC in order to receive approval for state aid (the “Dutch State Transactions”) granted to ING Group by the Kingdom of the Netherlands (the “Dutch State”) in November 2008 and March 2009. To receive approval for this state aid, ING Group was required to divest its insurance and investment management businesses, including the Company. In this prospectus, we refer to any

 

 

-10-


Table of Contents

sale or other divestment of all or a portion of ING U.S., Inc. common stock by ING Group, including this offering, as a “Divestment Transaction.” On November 19, 2012, ING Group and the EC announced that the EC approved amendments to the 2009 Restructuring Plan (the “2012 Amended Restructuring Plan”).

The 2012 Amended Restructuring Plan requires ING Group to divest at least 25% of the Company by December 31, 2013, more than 50% of the Company by December 31, 2014, and 100% of the Company by December 31, 2016. The divestment of 50% of the Company is measured in terms of a divestment of over 50% of the shares of ING U.S., Inc., the loss of ING Group’s majority of directors on ING U.S., Inc.’s board of directors and the accounting deconsolidation of the Company (in line with IFRS accounting rules). In case ING Group does not satisfy its commitment to divest the Company as agreed with the EC, the Dutch State will renotify the recapitalization measure to the EC. In such a case, the EC may require additional restructuring measures or take enforcement actions against ING Group, or, at the request of ING Group and the Dutch State, could allow ING Group more time to complete the divestment. For additional information on the separation from ING Group, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Separation from, and Continuing Relationship with, ING Group.”

 

 

-11-


Table of Contents

Our Corporate Information

Prior to this offering, we are a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group, a global financial institution of Dutch origin offering banking, retirement, insurance and investment management services. ING Group entered the United States life insurance market in 1975 through the acquisition of Wisconsin National Life Insurance Company, followed in 1976 with its acquisition of Midwestern United Life Insurance Company and Security Life of Denver Insurance Company in 1977. ING Group significantly expanded its presence in the United States in the late 1990s and 2000s with the acquisitions of Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa (1997), Furman Selz, an investment advisory company (1997), ReliaStar Life Insurance Company (including Pilgrim Capital Corporation) (2000), Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company (including Aeltus Investment Management) (2000) and CitiStreet (2008).

ING U.S., Inc. is a holding company incorporated in Delaware on April 7, 1999. It changed its name from ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc. to ING U.S., Inc. on June 14, 2012. Our principal executive office is located at 230 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10169 and our telephone number is (212) 309-8200. Our website address is ing.us . The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

We operate our businesses through a number of direct and indirect subsidiaries. The following organizational chart presents the ownership and jurisdiction of incorporation of our principal subsidiaries:

 

LOGO

The chart above presents:

 

   

ING U.S., Inc.

 

   

Our principal intermediate holding company, Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc. (“Lion Holdings”), which is the direct parent of a number of our insurance and non-insurance operating entities.

 

   

Our principal operating entities that will be the primary sources of cash distributions to ING U.S., Inc. Specifically, these entities are our principal insurance operating companies (ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company (“ILIAC”), ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company (“ING USA”), Security Life of Denver Insurance Company (“SLD”) and ReliaStar Life Insurance Company (“RLI”)) and ING Investment Management LLC, the holding company for entities that operate our Investment Management business.

 

   

Security Life of Denver International Limited (“SLDI”), our insurance subsidiary domiciled in the Cayman Islands.

 

 

-12-


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

             shares

 

Common stock offered by the Selling Stockholder

             shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

             shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to              additional shares of our common stock from                     .

 

Voting rights

Each share of our common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. See “Description of Capital Stock—Authorized Capital Stock—Common Stock.”

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $         (based on the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us).

 

  See “Recapitalization” for a discussion of our recapitalization plan and our plans for the use of the proceeds of this offering.

 

  We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the Selling Stockholder. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

We intend to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock at an initial amount of approximately $         per share, at the discretion of the Board of Directors. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE.

 

Proposed ticker symbol

“            ”.

The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on the              shares of common stock outstanding as of                     , 2013 and excludes issuance of stock under equity compensation arrangements.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon completion of this offering; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their right to purchase up to an additional              shares of our common stock from                     .

 

 

-13-


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following summary consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus, except for other supplementary data. The following summary consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 and as of September 30, 2012 have been derived from our unaudited condensed Consolidated Financial Statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of the management of the Company, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of such data for the respective interim periods. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results that might be expected for future interim periods or for the full year ended December 31, 2012.

Prospective investors should read these summary consolidated financial data together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes.

 

     As of or for the Nine
Months Ended September 30,
     As of or for the Year Ended
December 31,
 
($ in millions, except ratios)            2012                     2011              2011     2010     2009  
     (unaudited)     (unaudited)                     

Consolidated Operating Results

           

Net investment income

   $ 3,642.5      $ 3,756.4       $ 4,968.8      $ 4,987.0      $ 5,568.6   

Fee income

     2,624.8        2,721.0         3,603.6        3,516.5        3,325.1   

Premiums

     1,389.9        1,320.6         1,770.0        1,707.5        1,985.5   

Net realized capital gains (losses)

     (896.6     308.0         (1,531.4     (1,678.0     (2,178.7

Total revenues

     7,411.5        8,858.2         9,718.8        9,274.2        9,364.2   

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders

     3,636.3        4,397.2         5,742.0        5,027.3        5,629.9   

Operating expenses

     2,330.9        2,132.2         3,030.8        3,033.5        3,352.2   

Net amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

     539.9        404.6         387.0        746.6        1,052.3   

Interest expense

     109.0        108.8         139.3        332.5        385.5   

Total benefits and expenses

     6,697.4        7,147.8         9,441.0        9,236.4        10,472.8   

Income (loss) before income taxes

     714.1        1,710.4         277.8        37.8        (1,108.6

Net income (loss)

     718.1        1,825.5         102.8        (133.2     (810.6

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

     222.4        123.0         190.9        (10.3     (207.4

Net income (loss) available to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder

     495.7        1,702.5         (88.1     (122.9     (603.2

Consolidated Financial Position

     (unaudited)               (unaudited)   

Total investments

   $ 95,194.7         $ 92,819.2      $ 86,886.1      $ 83,128.8   

Assets held in separate accounts

     96,312.2           88,714.5        95,588.1        88,849.4   

Total assets

     214,210.6           203,572.8        204,376.5        194,621.2   

Future policy benefits and contract owner account balances

     86,294.8           88,358.4        83,642.8        84,402.0   

Short-term debt

     774.9           1,054.6        5,464.6        4,811.6   

Long-term debt

     3,642.7           1,343.1        2,784.0        7,001.3   

Liabilities related to separate accounts

     96,312.2           88,714.5        95,588.1        88,849.4   

ING U.S., Inc. shareholder’s equity, excluding AOCI (1)

     10,209.0           9,758.9        5,857.5        2,310.0   

Total ING U.S., Inc. shareholder’s equity

     13,910.5           12,353.9        6,830.8        967.1   

 

 

-14-


Table of Contents
     As of or for the Nine
Months Ended
September 30,
    As of or for the Year Ended
December 31,
 
($ in millions, except ratios)    2012     2011     2011     2010     2009  
     (unaudited)     (unaudited)                    

Segment Data (2)

          

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

          

Retirement Solutions

          

Retirement

   $ 340.4      $ 371.9      $ 441.9      $ 469.6      $ 358.3   

Annuities

     95.9        187.8        387.6        115.0        48.7   

Investment Management

     103.3        74.4        87.5        50.1        44.4   

Insurance Solutions

          

Individual Life

     141.6        240.6        279.3        313.5        301.1   

Employee Benefits

     80.8        62.3        83.3        82.0        37.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Ongoing Business

     762.0        937.0        1,279.6        1,030.2        789.7   

Corporate

     (138.7     (134.2     (230.2     (399.1     (470.5

Closed Blocks

          

Closed Block Institutional Spread Products

     41.0        68.3        83.2        (3.8     1.8   

Closed Block Other

     44.9        (13.2     (13.0     (6.7     6.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Closed Blocks (3)

     85.9        55.1        70.2        (10.5     8.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 709.2      $ 857.9      $ 1,119.6      $ 620.6      $ 327.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Supplementary Data (unaudited)

          

AUM and AUA

   $ 456,815.3      $ 421,626.6      $ 437,929.4      $ 445,655.3      $ 423,887.6   

TAC (4)

         8,071.0        6,998.0        6,515.0   

RBC ratio (5)

         488     426     362

 

(1)  

ING U.S., Inc. shareholder’s equity, excluding AOCI, is derived by subtracting AOCI from ING U.S., Inc. shareholder’s equity—both components of which are presented in the respective Consolidated Balance Sheets. For a description of AOCI, see the Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) note to the Consolidated Financial Statements. We provide shareholder’s equity, excluding AOCI, because it is a common measure used by insurance analysts and investment professionals in their evaluations.

(2 )  

Operating income (loss) before income taxes is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Operating Measures” for more details and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Results of Operations—Company Consolidated” for a reconciliation to Income (loss) before income taxes.

(3)  

Our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment is managed to focus on protecting regulatory and rating agency capital rather than achieving operating metrics and, therefore, its results of operations are not reflected within operating income (loss) before income taxes.

(4)  

Estimated total adjusted capital (“TAC”) of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries on a combined basis.

(5)  

Estimated combined RBC ratio for our U.S. insurance subsidiaries.

 

 

-15-


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risks and other information in this prospectus, including our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, before you decide to purchase our common stock. Additional risks and uncertainties of which we are not presently aware or that we currently deem immaterial could also affect our business operations and financial condition. If any of these risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially affected. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business—General

Continued difficult conditions in the global capital markets and the economy generally have affected and may continue to affect our business and results of operations.

Our business and results of operations are materially affected by conditions in the global capital markets and the economy generally. Concerns over the slow economic recovery, the level of U.S. national debt, the European sovereign debt crisis, the ability of certain countries to remain in the euro zone, unemployment, the availability and cost of credit, the U.S. housing market, inflation levels, energy costs and geopolitical issues have contributed to increased volatility and diminished expectations for the economy and the markets. In 2011, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) lowered its long term sovereign credit rating on the United States from AAA to AA+. In addition, significant concerns regarding the sovereign debt of Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain, as well as certain other countries, are ongoing and in some cases have required countries to obtain emergency financing. The financial turmoil in Europe continues to be a threat to global capital markets and remains a challenge to global financial stability. If these or other countries require additional financial support or if sovereign credit ratings continue to decline, yields on the sovereign debt of certain countries may continue to increase, the cost of borrowing may increase and credit may become more limited. Additionally, the possibility of capital market volatility spreading through a highly integrated and interdependent banking system remains elevated. In the event of any default or similar event with respect to a sovereign issuer, some financial institutions may suffer significant losses for which they would require additional capital, which may not be available. These factors, combined with volatile oil prices, reduced business and consumer confidence and continued high unemployment, have negatively impacted the U.S. economy. Our results of operations, investment portfolio and AUM are exposed to these risks and may be adversely affected as a result. In addition, in the event of extreme prolonged market events, such as the recent global credit crisis, we could incur significant losses.

Even in the absence of a market downturn, our insurance, annuity, retirement and investment products, as well as our investment returns and our access to and cost of financing, are sensitive to equity, fixed income, real estate and other market fluctuations and general economic and political conditions. These fluctuations and conditions could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, including in the following respects:

 

   

We provide a number of insurance, annuity, retirement and investment products that expose us to risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates, market indices, securities prices, default rates, the value of real estate assets, currency exchange rates and credit spreads. The profitability of many of our insurance, annuity, retirement and investment products depends in part on the value of the general accounts and separate accounts supporting them, which may fluctuate substantially depending on the foregoing conditions.

 

   

Volatility or downturns in the equity markets can cause a reduction in fee income we earn from managing investment portfolios for third parties and fee income on certain annuity, retirement and investment products. Because these products and services generate fees related primarily to the value of AUM, a decline in the equity markets could reduce our revenues because of the reduction in the value of the investments we manage.

 

-16-


Table of Contents
   

A change in market conditions, including prolonged periods of high or low inflation or interest rates, could cause a change in consumer sentiment and adversely affect sales and could cause the actual persistency of these products to vary from their anticipated persistency (the probability that a product will remain in force from one period to the next) and adversely affect profitability. Changing economic conditions or adverse public perception of financial institutions can influence customer behavior, which can result in, among other things, an increase or decrease in claims, lapses, withdrawals, deposits or surrenders in certain products, any of which could adversely affect profitability.

 

   

An equity market decline or decreases in prevailing interest rates could result in the value of guaranteed minimum benefits contained in certain of our life insurance, annuity and retirement products being higher than current account values or higher than anticipated in our pricing assumptions, requiring us to materially increase reserves for such products, and may result in a decrease in customer lapses, thereby increasing the cost to us. In addition, such a scenario could lead to increased amortization and/or unfavorable unlocking of our deferred acquisition cost (“DAC”) and value of business acquired (“VOBA”).

We believe a continuation of the current low interest rate environment would also negatively affect our financial performance. For example, should the 10-year Treasury yield remain at     % through the end of 2015, we estimate that the operating income of our ongoing business would be reduced by     % in 2013, 2014 and 2015 from our current expectations. See “Business—Operating Return on Capital Goal.” This estimated reduction in operating income primarily reflects (1) lower investment income, as we invest new premiums and reinvest proceeds from maturing investments at rates lower than the yield on our current investment portfolio, and (2) higher amortization of DAC/VOBA. We believe reduced crediting rates offset the lower investment income, but that such reductions would only be partially effective due to the presence of minimum credited rates on many of our products. Under this scenario, we do not currently expect that loss recognition testing will result in charges to net income. These estimates do not assume any changes to our long-term DAC assumptions and do not reflect significant management actions, other than reductions to crediting rates.

 

   

Reductions in employment levels of our existing employer customers may result in a reduction in underlying employee participation levels, contributions, deposits and premium income for certain of our retirement products. Participants within the retirement plans for which we provide certain services may elect to effect withdrawals from these plans, or reduce or stop their payroll deferrals to these plans, which would reduce assets under management or administration and our revenues.

 

   

We have significant investment and derivative portfolios that include, among other investments, corporate securities, asset-backed securities (“ABS”), equities and commercial mortgages. Economic conditions as well as adverse capital market and credit conditions, interest rate changes, changes in mortgage prepayment behavior or declines in the value of underlying collateral will impact the credit quality, liquidity and value of our investment and derivative portfolios, potentially resulting in higher capital charges and unrealized or realized losses and decreased investment income. The value of our investments and derivative portfolios may also be impacted by reductions in price transparency, changes in the assumptions or methodology we use to estimate fair value and changes in investor confidence or preferences, which could potentially result in higher realized or unrealized losses and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. Market volatility may also make it difficult to value certain of our securities if trading becomes less frequent.

 

   

Market conditions determine the availability and cost of the reinsurance protection we purchase and may result in additional expenses for reinsurance or an inability to obtain sufficient reinsurance on acceptable terms, which could adversely affect the profitability of future business and the availability of capital to support new sales.

 

-17-


Table of Contents
   

Hedging instruments we use to manage product and other risks might not perform as intended or expected, which could result in higher realized losses and unanticipated cash needs to collateralize or settle such transactions. Adverse market conditions can limit the availability and increase the costs of hedging instruments, and such costs may not be recovered in the pricing of the underlying products being hedged. In addition, hedging counterparties may fail to perform their obligations resulting in unhedged exposures and losses on positions that are not collateralized.

 

   

Regardless of market conditions, certain investments we hold, including privately placed fixed income investments, investments in private equity funds and commercial mortgages, are relatively illiquid. If we need to sell these investments, we may have difficulty selling them in a timely manner or at a price equal to what we could otherwise realize by holding the investment to maturity.

 

   

We are exposed to interest rate and equity risk based upon the discount rate and expected long-term rate of return assumptions associated with our pension and other retirement benefit obligations. Sustained declines in long-term interest rates or equity returns could have a negative effect on the funded status of these plans and/or increase our future funding costs.

 

   

Fluctuations in our operating results and our investment portfolio may impact our tax profile, our ability to optimally utilize tax attributes and our deferred income tax assets. See “—We expect that our ability to use beneficial U.S. tax attributes will be subject to limitations.”

 

   

A default by any financial institution or by a sovereign could lead to additional defaults by other market participants. The failure of a sufficiently large and influential institution could disrupt securities markets or clearance and settlement systems and lead to a chain of defaults, because the commercial and financial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely related as a result of credit, trading, clearing or other relationships. Even the perceived lack of creditworthiness of a counterparty may lead to market-wide liquidity problems and losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. This risk is sometimes referred to as “systemic risk” and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing agencies, clearing houses, banks, securities firms and exchanges with which we interact on a daily basis. Systemic risk could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise new funding and on our business, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and/or business prospects. In addition, such a failure could impact future product sales as a potential result of reduced confidence in the financial services industry.

 

   

Widening credit spreads, if not offset by equal or greater declines in the risk-free interest rate, would also cause the total interest rate payable on newly issued securities to increase, and thus would have the same effect as an increase in underlying interest rates with respect to the valuation of our current portfolio.

Continuing market turmoil has resulted in, and may continue to raise the possibility of, legislative, regulatory and governmental actions. We cannot predict whether or when such actions may occur, or what impact, if any, such actions could have on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Adverse capital and credit market conditions may impact our ability to access liquidity and capital, as well as the cost of credit and capital.

Adverse capital market conditions may affect the availability and cost of borrowed funds, thereby impacting our ability to support or grow our businesses. We need liquidity to pay our operating expenses, interest on our debt and dividends on our capital stock, maintain our securities lending activities and replace certain maturing liabilities. Without sufficient liquidity, we will be forced to curtail our operations and our business will suffer. As a holding company with no direct operations, our principal assets are the capital stock of our subsidiaries. Payments of dividends and advances or repayment of funds to us by our insurance subsidiaries are restricted by the applicable laws and regulations of their respective jurisdictions, including laws establishing minimum solvency and liquidity thresholds.

 

-18-


Table of Contents

For our insurance and other subsidiaries, the principal sources of liquidity are insurance premiums and fees, annuity deposits and cash flow from investments and assets. At the holding company level, sources of liquidity in normal markets also include a variety of short-term liquid investments and short- and long-term instruments, including credit facilities, commercial paper, equity securities and medium- and long-term debt.

In the event current resources do not satisfy our needs, we may have to seek additional financing. The availability of additional financing will depend on a variety of factors such as market conditions, the general availability of credit, the volume of trading activities, the overall availability of credit to the financial services industry and our credit ratings and credit capacity, as well as the possibility that customers or lenders could develop a negative perception of our long- or short-term financial prospects. Similarly, our access to funds may be limited if regulatory authorities or rating agencies take negative actions against us. If our internal sources of liquidity prove to be insufficient, there is a risk that we may not be able to successfully obtain additional financing on favorable terms, or at all. Any actions we might take to access financing may cause rating agencies to reevaluate our ratings.

Disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in the capital and credit markets, such as that experienced over the past few years, may also limit our access to capital. Such market conditions may in the future limit our ability to raise additional capital to support business growth, or to counter-balance the consequences of losses or increased regulatory reserves and rating agency capital requirements. This could force us to (1) delay raising capital, (2) reduce, cancel or postpone interest payments on our debt, (3) issue capital of different types or under different terms than we would otherwise or (4) incur a higher cost of capital than in a more stable market environment. This would have the potential to decrease both our profitability and our financial flexibility. Our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, statutory capital and rating agency capital position could be materially and adversely affected by disruptions in the financial markets.

Interest rate volatility may adversely affect our profitability.

Changes in prevailing interest rates may negatively affect our business including the level of net interest margin we earn. In a period of changing interest rates, interest expense may increase and interest credited to policyholders may change at different rates than the interest earned on assets. Accordingly, changes in interest rates could decrease net interest margin. Changes in interest rates may negatively affect the value of our assets and our ability to realize gains or avoid losses from the sale of those assets, all of which also ultimately affect earnings. In addition, our insurance and annuity products and certain of our retirement and investment products are sensitive to inflation rate fluctuations. A sustained increase in the inflation rate in our principal markets may also negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operation. For example, a sustained increase in the inflation rate may result in an increase in nominal market interest rates. A failure to accurately anticipate higher inflation and factor it into our product pricing assumptions may result in mispricing of our products, which could materially and adversely impact our results of operations.

During periods of declining interest rates, life insurance and annuity products may be relatively more attractive to consumers due to minimum guarantees that are frequently mandated by regulators, resulting in increased premium payments on products with flexible premium features and a higher percentage of insurance and annuity contracts remaining in force from year-to-year than we anticipated in our pricing, potentially resulting in greater claims costs than we expected and asset liability cash flow mismatches. A decrease in interest rates may also require additional provisions for guarantees included in life insurance and annuity contracts, as the guarantees become more valuable to policyholders. During a period of decreasing interest rates, our investment earnings may decrease because the interest earnings on our recently purchased fixed income investments will likely have declined in parallel with market interest rates. In addition, a prolonged low interest rate period may result in higher costs for certain derivative instruments that may be used to hedge certain of our product risks. Residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) and callable fixed income securities in our investment portfolios will be more likely to be prepaid or redeemed as borrowers seek to borrow at lower interest rates. Consequently, we may be required to reinvest the proceeds in securities bearing lower interest rates. Accordingly, during periods of declining interest rates, our profitability may suffer as the result of a decrease in

 

-19-


Table of Contents

the spread between interest rates credited to policyholders and contract owners and returns on our investment portfolios. An extended period of declining interest rates may also cause us to change our long-term view of the interest rates that we can earn on our investments. Such a change in our view would cause us to change the long-term interest rate that we assume in our calculation of insurance assets and liabilities under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). This revision would result in increased reserves, accelerated amortization of DAC and other unfavorable consequences. In addition, certain statutory capital and reserve requirements are based on formulas or models that consider interest rates, and an extended period of low interest rates may increase the statutory capital we are required to hold and the amount of assets we must maintain to support statutory reserves.

Conversely, in periods of rapidly increasing interest rates, policy loans, withdrawals from, and/or surrenders of, life insurance and annuity contracts and certain guaranteed investment contracts (“GICs”) may increase as policyholders choose to seek higher investment returns. Obtaining cash to satisfy these obligations may require us to liquidate fixed income investments at a time when market prices for those assets are depressed because of increases in interest rates. This may result in realized investment losses. Regardless of whether we realize an investment loss, such cash payments would result in a decrease in total invested assets and may decrease our net income and capitalization levels. Premature withdrawals may also cause us to accelerate amortization of DAC, which would also reduce our net income. An increase in market interest rates could also have a material adverse effect on the value of our investment portfolio by, for example, decreasing the estimated fair values of the fixed income securities within our investment portfolio. An increase in market interest rates could also create a significant collateral posting requirement associated with our interest rate hedge programs, which could materially and adversely affect liquidity. In addition, an increase in market interest rates could require us to pay higher interest rates on debt securities we may issue in the financial markets from time to time to finance our operations, which would increase our interest expenses and reduce our results of operations. Lastly, an increase in interest rates could result in decreased fee income associated with a decline in the value of variable annuity account balances invested in fixed income funds.

A downgrade or a potential downgrade in our financial strength or credit ratings could result in a loss of business and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Ratings are important to our business. Credit ratings represent the opinions of rating agencies regarding an entity’s ability to repay its indebtedness. Our credit ratings are important to our ability to raise capital through the issuance of debt and to the cost of such financing. Financial strength ratings, which are sometimes referred to as “claims-paying” ratings, represent the opinions of rating agencies regarding the financial ability of an insurance company to meet its obligations under an insurance policy. Financial strength ratings are important factors affecting public confidence in insurers, including our insurance company subsidiaries. The financial strength ratings of our insurance subsidiaries are important to our ability to sell our products and services to our customers. Ratings are not recommendations to buy our securities. Each of the rating agencies reviews its ratings periodically, and our current ratings may not be maintained in the future.

Our ratings could be downgraded at any time and without notice by any rating agency. For example, in December 2011, both S&P and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) downgraded the financial strength ratings of our insurance companies as a result of the announcement by ING Group regarding the financial impact of the change in policyholder behavior assumptions in our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment, which resulted in a charge of €1.1 billion against the results of that segment, as reflected in ING Group’s 2011 financial statements reported under International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). For a description of material rating actions that have occurred from the beginning of 2011 through the date of this filing, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Liquidity and Capital Resources— Ratings.”

We receive explicit guarantees of our commercial paper program and certain credit facilities from ING Verzekeringen N.V. (“ING V”), a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group and our indirect parent. A downgrade of the credit rating of ING V could impact our ability to issue commercial paper or increase the amount of

 

-20-


Table of Contents

collateral that we are required to provide under these credit facilities. Also, ING Bank N.V. (“ING Bank”), an affiliate, provides certain letter of credit (“LOC”) facilities to the Company, including without limitation, a $1.5 billion contingent capital LOC. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Contingent Capital Letter of Credit.” A downgrade of ING Bank could negatively impact our ability to utilize these facilities as reinsurance collateral. On June 15, 2012, Moody’s downgraded the long-term debt ratings of ING Group from A1 to A3 with negative outlook and ING Bank from Aa3 to A2 with negative outlook. At the same time, Moody’s took negative ratings actions with respect to a number of European-based banking organizations. On November 16, 2012, S&P lowered their starting point for ratings for commercial banks operating in the Netherlands to bbb from a- and therefore revised the outlook on ING Bank to negative and affirmed the respective A+ and A counterparty credit ratings. At the same time S&P took various ratings actions on Dutch banks. For information on additional collateral requirements in case of a downgrade of our or ING V’s ratings, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Potential Impact of a Ratings Downgrade.”

A downgrade of the financial strength rating of one of our principal insurance subsidiaries could affect our competitive position by making it more difficult for us to market our products as potential customers may select companies with higher financial strength ratings and by leading to increased withdrawals by current customers seeking companies with higher financial strength ratings. This could lead to a decrease in AUM and result in lower fee income. Furthermore, sales of assets to meet customer withdrawal demands could also result in losses, depending on market conditions. In addition, a downgrade in either our financial strength or credit ratings could potentially, among other things, increase our borrowing costs and make it more difficult to access financing; adversely affect access to the commercial paper market or the availability of LOCs and other financial guarantees; result in additional collateral requirements, or other required payments or termination rights under derivative contracts or other agreements; and/or impair, or cause the termination of, our relationships with creditors, broker-dealers, distributors, reinsurers or trading counterparties, which could potentially negatively affect our profitability, liquidity and/or capital. In addition, we use assumptions of market participants in estimating the fair value of our liabilities, including insurance liabilities that are classified as embedded derivatives under GAAP. These assumptions include our nonperformance risk (i.e., the risk that the obligations will not be fulfilled). Therefore, changes in our credit or financial strength ratings may affect the fair value of our liabilities.

As rating agencies continue to evaluate the financial services industry, it is possible that rating agencies will heighten the level of scrutiny that they apply to financial institutions, increase the frequency and scope of their credit reviews, request additional information from the companies that they rate and potentially adjust upward the capital and other requirements employed in the rating agency models for maintenance of certain ratings levels. It is possible that the outcome of any such review of us would have additional adverse ratings consequences, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. We may need to take actions in response to changing standards or capital requirements set by any of the rating agencies which could cause our business and operations to suffer. We cannot predict what additional actions rating agencies may take, or what actions we may take in response to the actions of rating agencies.

Because we operate in highly competitive markets, we may not be able to increase or maintain our market share, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

In each of our businesses we face intense competition, including from domestic and foreign insurance companies, broker-dealers, financial advisors, asset managers and diversified financial institutions, both for the ultimate customers for our products and for distribution through independent distribution channels. We compete based on a number of factors including brand recognition, reputation, quality of service, quality of investment advice, investment performance of our products, product features, scope of distribution, price, perceived financial strength and credit ratings. A decline in our competitive position as to one or more of these factors could adversely affect our profitability. In addition, we may in the future sacrifice our competitive or market position in order to improve our profitability. Many of our competitors are large and well-established and some have greater market share or breadth of distribution, offer a broader range of products, services or features, assume a greater level of risk, or have higher claims-paying or credit ratings than we do.

 

-21-


Table of Contents

In recent years, there has been substantial consolidation among companies in the financial services industry resulting in increased competition from large, well-capitalized financial services firms. Future economic turmoil may accelerate additional consolidation activity. Many of our competitors also have been able to increase their distribution systems through mergers or contractual arrangements. Furthermore, larger competitors may have lower operating costs and have an ability to absorb greater risk, while maintaining financial strength ratings, allowing them to price products more competitively. These competitive pressures could result in increased pressure on the pricing of certain of our products and services, and could harm our ability to maintain or increase profitability. In addition, if our financial strength and credit ratings are lower than our competitors, we may experience increased surrenders and/or a significant decline in sales. The competitive landscape in which we operate may be further affected by the government sponsored programs in the United States and similar governmental actions outside of the United States in response to the dislocations in financial markets. Competitors that receive governmental financing, guarantees or other assistance, or that are not subject to the same regulatory constraints, may have or obtain pricing or other competitive advantages. Due to the competitive nature of the financial services industry, there can be no assurance that we will continue to effectively compete within the industry or that competition will not have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our risk management policies and procedures, including hedging programs, may prove inadequate for the risks we face, which could negatively affect our business or result in losses.

We have developed risk management policies and procedures, including hedging programs that utilize derivative financial instruments, and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our policies and procedures to identify, monitor and manage risks may not be fully effective, particularly during extremely turbulent times. Many of our methods of managing risk and exposures are based upon observed historical market behavior or statistics based on historical models. As a result, these methods may not predict future exposures, which could be significantly greater than historical measures indicate. Other risk management methods depend on the evaluation of information regarding markets, customers, catastrophe occurrence or other matters that is publicly available or otherwise accessible to us. This information may not always be accurate, complete, up-to-date or properly evaluated. Management of operational, legal and regulatory risks requires, among other things, policies and procedures to record and verify large numbers of transactions and events. These policies and procedures may not be fully effective.

We employ various strategies, including hedging and reinsurance, with the objective of mitigating risks inherent in our business and operations. These risks include current or future changes in the fair value of our assets and liabilities, current or future changes in cash flows, the effect of interest rates, equity markets and credit spread changes, the occurrence of credit defaults, currency fluctuations and changes in mortality and longevity. We seek to control these risks by, among other things, entering into reinsurance contracts and derivative instruments, such as swaps, options, futures and forward contracts. See “—Reinsurance subjects us to the credit risk of reinsurers and may not be available, affordable or adequate to protect us against losses” for a description of risks associated with our use of reinsurance. Developing an effective strategy for dealing with these risks is complex, and no strategy can completely insulate us from such risks. Our hedging strategies also rely on assumptions and projections regarding our assets, liabilities, general market factors and the creditworthiness of our counterparties that may prove to be incorrect or prove to be inadequate. Accordingly, our hedging activities may not have the desired beneficial impact on our results of operations or financial condition. Hedging strategies involve transaction costs and other costs, and if we terminate a hedging arrangement, we may also be required to pay additional costs, such as transaction fees or breakage costs. We may incur losses on transactions after taking into account our hedging strategies. In particular, certain of our hedging strategies focus on the protection of regulatory reserves and rating agency capital, rather than GAAP earnings. Because our regulatory reserves and the variable annuity guarantee hedge program target react differently to changes in market movements, in addition to our variable annuity guarantee hedge program, we have executed a capital hedge overlay (“CHO”) program to generally target this differential. As GAAP accounting differs from the methods used to determine regulatory reserves and rating agency capital requirements, our hedge programs may create earnings volatility in

 

-22-


Table of Contents

our GAAP financial statements. Further, the nature, timing, design or execution of our hedging transactions could actually increase our risks and losses. Our hedging strategies and the derivatives that we use, or may use in the future, may not adequately mitigate or offset the hedged risk and our hedging transactions may result in losses.

Past or future misconduct by our employees, registered representatives of our broker-dealer subsidiaries or employees of our vendors could result in violations of law by us or our subsidiaries, regulatory sanctions and/or serious reputational or financial harm and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Although we employ controls and procedures designed to monitor associates’ business decisions and to prevent us from taking excessive or inappropriate risks, associates may take such risks regardless of such controls and procedures. Our compensation policies and practices are reviewed by us as part of our overall risk management program, but it is possible that such compensation policies and practices could inadvertently incentivize excessive or inappropriate risk taking. If our associates take excessive or inappropriate risks, those risks could harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

The inability of counterparties to meet their financial obligations could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Third parties that owe us money, securities or other assets may not pay or perform under their obligations. These parties include the issuers or guarantors of securities we hold, customers, reinsurers, trading counterparties, securities lending and repurchase counterparties, counterparties under swaps, credit default and other derivative contracts, clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses and other financial intermediaries. Defaults by one or more of these parties on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, downturns in the economy or real estate values, operational failure or other factors, or even rumors about potential defaults by one or more of these parties, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

We routinely execute a high volume of transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial and investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, institutional clients, insurance companies and other institutions, resulting in large daily settlement amounts and significant credit exposure. As a result, we face concentration risk with respect to specific counterparties and customers. A default by, or even concerns about the creditworthiness of, one or more of these counterparties or customers could have an adverse effect on our results of operations or liquidity. We also have exposure to a number of financial institutions in the form of unsecured debt instruments, derivative transactions and equity investments. There is no assurance that losses on, or impairments to the carrying value of, these assets would not materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

In addition, we enter into a variety of derivative instruments with a number of counterparties in order to hedge various risks, including equity and interest rate market risk features within many of our insurance and annuity products. Amounts that we expect to collect under current and future contracts are subject to counterparty risk. Our obligations under our products are not changed by our hedging activities and we are liable for our obligations even if our derivative counterparties do not pay us.

We are also subject to the risk that our rights against third parties may not be enforceable in all circumstances. The deterioration or perceived deterioration in the credit quality of third parties whose securities or obligations we hold could result in losses and/or adversely affect our ability to rehypothecate or otherwise use those securities or obligations for liquidity purposes. While in many cases we are permitted to require additional collateral from counterparties that experience financial difficulty, disputes may arise as to the amount of collateral we are entitled to receive and the value of pledged assets. Our credit risk may also be exacerbated when the collateral we hold cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure that is due to us, which is most likely to occur during periods of illiquidity and depressed asset valuations, such as those experienced during the recent financial crisis. The termination of

 

-23-


Table of Contents

contracts and the foreclosure on collateral may subject us to claims for the improper exercise of rights under the contracts. Bankruptcies, downgrades and disputes with counterparties as to the valuation of collateral tend to increase in times of market stress and illiquidity.

Requirements to post collateral or make payments related to changes in market value of specified assets may adversely affect liquidity.

The amount of collateral we may be required to post under short-term financing agreements and derivative transactions may increase under certain circumstances. Pursuant to the terms of some transactions, we could be required to make payment to our counterparties related to any change in the market value of the specified collateral assets. Such requirements could have an adverse effect on liquidity. Furthermore, with respect to any such payments, we may have unsecured risk to the counterparty as these amounts may not be required to be segregated from the counterparty’s other funds, may not be held in a third-party custodial account and may not be required to be paid to us by the counterparty until the termination of the transaction. Additionally, the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and the resultant changes in collateral requirements may increase the need for liquidity and eligible collateral assets in excess of what is already being held.

For a discussion on certain obligations we have with respect to the posting of collateral upon the occurrence of certain events, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Potential Impact of a ratings Downgrade.”

Our investment portfolio is subject to several risks that may diminish the value of our invested assets and the investment returns credited to customers, which could reduce our sales, revenues, AUM and results of operations.

Fixed income securities represent a significant portion of our investment portfolio. We are subject to the risk that the issuers, or guarantors, of fixed income securities we own may default on principal and interest payments they owe us. We are also subject to the risk that the underlying collateral within ABS, including mortgage-backed securities, may default on principal and interest payments causing an adverse change in cash flows. The occurrence of a major economic downturn, acts of corporate malfeasance, widening mortgage or credit spreads, or other events that adversely affect the issuers, guarantors or underlying collateral of these securities could cause the estimated fair value of our fixed income securities portfolio and our earnings to decline and the default rate of the fixed income securities in our investment portfolio to increase. A ratings downgrade affecting issuers or guarantors of securities in our investment portfolio, or similar trends that could worsen the credit quality of such issuers, or guarantors could also have a similar effect. Similarly, a ratings downgrade affecting a security we hold could indicate the credit quality of that security has deteriorated and could increase the capital we must hold to support that security to maintain our RBC ratio. See —“A decrease in the RBC ratio (as a result of a reduction in statutory surplus and/or increase in risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements) of our insurance subsidiaries could result in increased scrutiny by insurance regulators and rating agencies and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.” We are also subject to the risk that cash flows resulting from the payments on pools of mortgages that serve as collateral underlying the mortgage-backed securities we own may differ from our expectations in timing or size. Cash flow variability arising from an unexpected acceleration in mortgage prepayment behavior can be significant, and could cause a decline in the estimated fair value of certain “interest-only” securities within our mortgage-backed securities portfolio. Any event reducing the estimated fair value of these securities, other than on a temporary basis, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We derive operating revenues from providing investment management and related services. Our revenues depend largely on the value and mix of AUM. Our investment management related revenues are derived primarily from fees based on a percentage of the value of AUM. Any decrease in the value or amount of our AUM because of market volatility or other factors negatively impacts our revenues and income. Global economic

 

-24-


Table of Contents

conditions, changes in the equity markets, currency exchange rates, interest rates, inflation rates, the yield curve, defaults by derivative counterparties and other factors that are difficult to predict affect the mix, market values and levels of our AUM. The funds we manage may be subject to an unanticipated large number of redemptions as a result of such events, causing the funds to sell securities they hold, possibly at a loss, or draw on any available lines of credit to obtain cash, or use securities held in the applicable fund, to settle these redemptions. We may, in our discretion, also provide financial support to a fund to enable it to maintain sufficient liquidity in such an event. Additionally, changing market conditions may cause a shift in our asset mix towards fixed-income products and a related decline in our revenue and income, as we generally derive higher fee revenues and income from equity products than from fixed-income products we manage. Any decrease in the level of our AUM resulting from price declines, interest rate volatility or uncertainty, increased redemptions or other factors could negatively impact our revenues and income.

From time to time we invest our capital to seed a particular investment strategy or investment portfolio. We may also co-invest in funds or take an equity ownership interest in certain structured finance/investment vehicles that we manage for our customers. Any decrease in the value of such investments could negatively affect our revenues and income.

Our investment performance is critical to the success of our investment management and related services business, as well as to the profitability of our insurance, annuity and retirement products. Poor investment performance as compared to third-party benchmarks or competitor products could lead to a decrease in sales of investment products we manage and lead to redemptions from existing products, generally lowering the overall level of AUM and reducing the management fees we earn. We cannot assure you that past or present investment performance in the investment products we manage will be indicative of future performance. Any poor investment performance may negatively impact our revenues and income.

Some of our investments are relatively illiquid and are in asset classes that have been experiencing significant market valuation fluctuations.

We hold certain assets that may lack liquidity, such as privately placed fixed income securities, commercial mortgage loans, policy loans and limited partnership interests. These asset classes represented 27.7% of the carrying value of our total cash and invested assets as of September 30, 2012. If we require significant amounts of cash on short notice in excess of normal cash requirements or are required to post or return collateral in connection with our investment portfolio, derivatives transactions or securities lending activities, we may have difficulty selling these investments in a timely manner, be forced to sell them for less than we otherwise would have been able to realize, or both.

The reported values of our relatively illiquid types of investments do not necessarily reflect the current market price for the asset. If we were forced to sell certain of our assets in the current market, there can be no assurance that we would be able to sell them for the prices at which we have recorded them and we might be forced to sell them at significantly lower prices.

We invest a portion of our invested assets in investment funds, many of which make private equity investments. The amount and timing of income from such investment funds tends to be uneven as a result of the performance of the underlying investments, including private equity investments. The timing of distributions from the funds, which depends on particular events relating to the underlying investments, as well as the funds’ schedules for making distributions and their needs for cash, can be difficult to predict. As a result, the amount of income that we record from these investments can vary substantially from quarter to quarter. Recent equity and credit market volatility may reduce investment income for these types of investments.

Our CMO-B portfolio exposes us to market and behavior risks.

We manage a portfolio of various collateralized mortgage obligation (“CMO”) tranches in combination with financial derivatives as part of a proprietary strategy we refer to as “CMO-B,” as described under “Investments—

 

-25-


Table of Contents

CMO-B Portfolio.” As of September 30, 2012, our CMO-B portfolio had $3.9 billion in total assets, consisting of notional or principal securities backed by mortgages secured by single-family residential real estate, and including interest-only securities, principal-only securities, inverse-floating rate (principal) securities and inverse interest-only securities. The CMO-B portfolio is subject to a number of market and behavior risks, including interest rate risk and prepayment risk. Interest rate risk represents the potential for adverse changes in portfolio value resulting from changes in the general level of interest rates. Prepayment risk represents the potential for adverse changes in portfolio value resulting from changes in residential mortgage prepayment speed, which in turn depends on a number of factors, including conditions in both credit markets and housing markets. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, approximately 30.0% and 32.8%, respectively, of the Company’s CMO holdings were invested in those types of CMOs, such as interest-only or principal-only strips, which are subject to more prepayment and extension risk than traditional CMOs. In addition, government policy changes affecting residential housing and residential housing finance, such as government agency reform and government sponsored refinancing programs, and Federal Reserve Bank purchases of agency mortgage securities, or “QE3”, could alter prepayment behavior and result in adverse changes to portfolio values. While we actively monitor our exposure to these and other risks inherent in this strategy, we cannot assure you that our hedging and risk management strategies will be effective; any failure to manage these risks effectively could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, although we believe our CMO-B portfolio has performed well for a number of years, and particularly well since the recent financial crisis, primarily due to persistently low levels of short-term interest rates and mortgage prepayments in an atmosphere of tightened housing-related credit availability, this portfolio may not continue to perform as well in the future.

Defaults or delinquencies in our commercial mortgage loan portfolio may adversely affect our profitability.

The commercial mortgage loans we hold face both default and delinquency risk. We establish loan specific valuation allowances for estimated impairments at the balance sheet date. These valuation allowances are based on the excess carrying value of the loan over the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, the estimated fair value of the loan’s collateral if the loan is in the process of foreclosure or otherwise collateral dependent, or the loan’s observable market price. We also establish valuation allowances for loan losses when, based on past experience, it is probable that a credit event has occurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These valuation allowances are based on loan risk characteristics, historical default rates and loss severities, real estate market fundamentals and outlook as well as other relevant factors. As of September 30, 2012, our commercial loan portfolio included $16.7 million (0.2%) of commercial loans that were in the process of foreclosure. No other commercial mortgage loans were 90 or more days past due. The performance of our commercial mortgage loan investments may fluctuate in the future. In addition, legislative proposals that would allow or require modifications to the terms of commercial mortgage loans could be enacted. We cannot predict whether these proposals will be adopted, or what impact, if any, such laws, if enacted, could have on our business or investments. An increase in the delinquency and default rate of our commercial mortgage loan portfolio could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Further, any geographic or sector concentration of our commercial mortgage loans may have adverse effects on our investment portfolios and consequently on our results of operations or financial condition. While we generally seek to mitigate the risk of sector concentration by having a broadly diversified portfolio, events or developments that have a negative effect on any particular geographic region or sector may have a greater adverse effect on the investment portfolios to the extent that the portfolios are concentrated, which could affect our results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, liability under environmental protection laws resulting from our commercial mortgage loan portfolio and real estate investments could affect our results of operations or financial condition. Under the laws of several states, contamination of a property may give rise to a lien on the property to secure recovery of the costs of cleanup. In some states, such a lien has priority over the lien of an existing mortgage against the property, which would impair our ability to foreclose on that property should the related loan be in default. In addition, under the laws of some states and under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, we may be liable for costs of addressing releases or threatened releases

 

-26-


Table of Contents

of hazardous substances that require remedy at a property securing a mortgage loan held by us, regardless of whether or not the environmental damage or threat was caused by the obligor, which could harm our results of operations and financial condition. We also may face this liability after foreclosing on a property securing a mortgage loan held by us.

Our investment management business operations are complex and a failure to properly perform services could have an adverse effect on our revenues and income.

Our investment management and related services include, among other things, portfolio management, investment advice, fund administration, shareholder services, transfer agency, underwriting, distribution, custodial, trustee and other fiduciary services. In order to be competitive, we must properly perform our administrative and related responsibilities, including recordkeeping and accounting, security pricing, corporate actions, compliance with investment restrictions, daily net asset value computations, account reconciliations and required distributions to fund shareholders. Further, certain of our subsidiaries may act as general partner for various investment partnerships, which may subject them to liability for the partnerships’ liabilities. If we fail to properly perform and monitor our investment management operations, our business could suffer and our revenues and income could be adversely affected.

Our products and services are complex and are frequently sold through intermediaries, and a failure to properly perform services or the misrepresentation of our products or services could have an adverse effect on our revenues and income.

Many of our products and services are complex and are frequently sold through intermediaries. In particular, our insurance businesses are reliant on intermediaries to describe and explain their products to potential customers. The intentional or unintentional misrepresentation of our products and services in advertising materials or other external communications, or inappropriate activities by our personnel or an intermediary, could adversely affect our reputation and business prospects, as well as lead to potential regulatory actions or litigation.

Revenues, earnings and income from our investment management business operations could be adversely affected if the terms of our asset management agreements are significantly altered or the agreements are terminated.

Our revenues from our investment management business operations are dependent on fees earned under asset management and related services agreements that we have with the clients and funds we advise. Operating revenues for this segment were $403.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and $491.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, and could be adversely affected if these agreements are altered significantly or terminated. The decline in revenue that might result from alteration or termination of our asset management services agreements could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations or financial condition. Operating income (loss) before income taxes was $103.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and $87.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. In addition, under certain laws, most notably the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”) and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisers Act”), advisory contracts may require approval or consent from clients or fund shareholders in the event of an assignment of the contract or a change in control of the investment adviser. Were a transaction to result in an assignment or change in control, the inability to obtain consent or approval from clients or shareholders of mutual funds or other investment funds could result in a significant reduction in advisory fees.

The valuation of many of our financial instruments includes methodologies, estimations and assumptions that are subject to differing interpretations and could result in changes to investment valuations that may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The following financial instruments are carried at fair value in our financial statements: fixed income securities, equity securities, derivatives, embedded derivatives, assets and liabilities related to consolidated

 

-27-


Table of Contents

investment entities, and separate account assets. We have categorized these instruments into a three-level hierarchy, based on the priority of the inputs to the respective valuation technique. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3), while quoted prices in markets that are not active or valuation techniques requiring inputs that are observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability are Level 2.

Factors considered in estimating fair values of securities, and derivatives and embedded derivatives related to our securities include coupon rate, maturity, principal paydown including prepayments, estimated duration, call provisions, sinking fund requirements, credit rating, industry sector of the issuer and quoted market prices of comparable securities. Factors considered in estimating the fair values of embedded derivatives and derivatives related to product guarantees (collectively, “guaranteed benefit derivatives”) include risk-free interest rates, long-term equity implied volatility, interest rate implied volatility, correlations among mutual funds associated with variable annuity contracts and actuarial assumptions such as mortality rates, lapse rates and benefit utilization, as well as the amount and timing of policyholder deposits and partial withdrawals. The impact of our risk of nonperformance is also reflected in the estimated fair value of guaranteed benefit derivatives. In many situations, inputs used to measure the fair value of an asset or liability may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In these situations, we will determine the level in which the fair value falls based upon the lowest level input that is significant to the determination of the fair value.

The determinations of fair values are made at a specific point in time, based on available market information and judgments about financial instruments, including estimates of the timing and amounts of expected future cash flows and the credit standing of the issuer or counterparty. The use of different methodologies and assumptions may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

During periods of market disruption, including periods of rapidly changing credit spreads or illiquidity, it has been and will likely continue to be difficult to value certain of our securities, such as certain mortgage-backed securities, if trading becomes less frequent and/or market data becomes less observable. There may be certain asset classes that were in active markets with significant observable data that could become illiquid in a difficult financial environment. In such cases, more securities may fall to Level 3 and thus require more subjectivity and management judgment in determining fair value. As such, valuations may include inputs and assumptions that are less observable or require greater estimation, thereby resulting in values that may differ materially from the value at which the investments may be ultimately sold. Further, rapidly changing and unprecedented credit and equity market conditions could materially impact the valuation of securities as reported within the financial statements, and the period-to-period changes in value could vary significantly. Decreases in value could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. As of September 30, 2012, 7.4%, 91.3% and 1.3% of our available-for-sale securities were considered to be Level 1, 2 and 3, respectively.

The determination of the amount of allowances and impairments taken on our investments is subjective and could materially and adversely impact our results of operations or financial condition. Gross unrealized losses may be realized or result in future impairments, resulting in a reduction in our net income (loss).

We evaluate investment securities held by us for impairment on a quarterly basis. This review is subjective and requires a high degree of judgment. For fixed income securities held, an impairment loss is recognized if the fair value of the debt security is less than the carrying value and we no longer have the intent to hold the debt security; if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the debt security before recovery of the amortized cost basis; or if a credit loss has occurred.

When we do not intend to sell a security in an unrealized loss position, potential credit related other-than-temporary impairments are considered using a variety of factors, including the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, adverse conditions specifically related to the industry, geographic area in which the issuer conducts business, financial condition of the issuer or underlying collateral of a security,

 

-28-


Table of Contents

payment structure of the security, changes in credit rating of the security by the rating agencies, volatility of the fair value changes and other events that adversely affect the issuer. In addition, we take into account relevant broad market and economic data in making impairment decisions.

As part of the impairment review process, we utilize a variety of assumptions and estimates to make a judgment on how fixed income securities will perform in the future. It is possible that securities in our fixed income portfolio will perform worse than our expectations. There is an ongoing risk that further declines in fair value may occur and additional other-than- temporary impairments may be recorded in future periods, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, historical trends may not be indicative of future impairments or allowances.

Fixed income and equity securities classified as available-for-sale are reported at their estimated fair value. Unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities are recognized as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) and are therefore excluded from net income (loss). The accumulated change in estimated fair value of these available-for-sale securities is recognized in net income (loss) when the gain or loss is realized upon the sale of the security or in the event that the decline in estimated fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary (“OTTI”) and an impairment charge to earnings is taken. Such realized losses or impairments may have a material adverse effect on our net income (loss) in a particular quarterly or annual period. For example, for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we recorded OTTI of $25.8 million in net realized capital losses, compared to $399.4 million in OTTI in the comparable 2011 period. We recorded OTTI of $502.7 million, $890.8 million and $1,618.6 million in net realized capital losses in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Our participation in a securities lending program and a reverse repurchase program subjects us to potential liquidity and other risks.

We participate in a securities lending program whereby blocks of securities, which are included in fixed income securities and short-term investments, are loaned to third-party borrowers, primarily major brokerage firms and commercial banks. We generally obtain cash collateral in an amount equal to 102% of the estimated fair value of the loaned securities, which is obtained at the inception of a loan and maintained at a level greater than or equal to 100% for the duration of the loan. The cash collateral received is typically invested in fixed income securities. A return of loaned securities by a borrower would require us to liquidate the investments held as collateral and return the cash collateral associated with such loaned securities.

We also participate in a reverse repurchase program for our general account whereby we sell fixed income securities to third-party repurchase counterparties, primarily major brokerage firms and commercial banks, with a concurrent agreement to repurchase those same securities at a determined future date. Our policy requires that, at all times during the term of the reverse repurchase agreements, cash or other types of collateral types provided is sufficient to allow the counterparty to fund substantially all of the cost of purchasing replacement assets. The cash proceeds received under the reverse repurchase program are typically invested in fixed income securities and cannot be returned prior to the scheduled repurchase date; however, market conditions on the repurchase date may limit our ability to enter into new agreements. The repurchase of securities or our inability to enter into new reverse repurchase agreements would require us to return the cash collateral proceeds associated with such transactions on the repurchase or maturity date.

For both securities lending and reverse repurchase transactions, in some cases, the maturity of the securities held as invested collateral (i.e., securities that we have purchased with cash collateral received) may exceed the term of the related securities on loan and the estimated fair value may fall below the amount of cash received as collateral and invested. If we are required to return significant amounts of cash collateral on short notice and we are forced to sell securities to meet the return obligation, we may have difficulty selling such collateral that is invested in securities in a timely manner, be forced to sell securities in a volatile or illiquid market for less than we otherwise would have been able to realize under normal market conditions, or both. In addition, under adverse capital market and economic conditions, liquidity may broadly deteriorate, which would further restrict

 

-29-


Table of Contents

our ability to sell securities. If we decrease the amount of our securities lending and reverse repurchase activities over time, the amount of net investment income generated by these activities will also likely decline. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Securities Lending.”

Differences between actual claims experience and reserving assumptions may adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

We establish and hold reserves to pay future policy benefits and claims. Our reserves do not represent an exact calculation of liability, but rather are actuarial or statistical estimates based on data and models that include many assumptions and projections, which are inherently uncertain and involve the exercise of significant judgment, including assumptions as to the levels and/or timing of receipt or payment of premiums, benefits, claims, expenses, interest credits, investment results (including equity market returns), retirement, mortality, morbidity and persistency. We periodically review the adequacy of reserves and the underlying assumptions. We cannot, however, determine with precision the amounts that we will pay for, or the timing of payment of, actual benefits, claims and expenses or whether the assets supporting our policy liabilities, together with future premiums, will grow to the level assumed prior to payment of benefits or claims. If actual experience differs significantly from assumptions or estimates, reserves may not be adequate. If we conclude that our reserves, together with future premiums, are insufficient to cover future policy benefits and claims, we would be required to increase our reserves and incur income statement charges for the period in which we make the determination, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We may face significant losses if mortality rates, morbidity rates, persistency rates or other underwriting assumptions differ significantly from our pricing expectations.

We set prices for many of our insurance and annuity products based upon expected claims and payment patterns, using assumptions for mortality rates, or likelihood of death, and morbidity rates, or likelihood of sickness, of our policyholders. In addition to the potential effect of natural or man-made disasters, significant changes in mortality or morbidity could emerge gradually over time due to changes in the natural environment, the health habits of the insured population, technologies and treatments for disease or disability, the economic environment, or other factors. The long-term profitability of our insurance and annuity products depends upon how our actual mortality rates, and to a lesser extent actual morbidity rates, compare to our pricing assumptions. In addition, prolonged or severe adverse mortality or morbidity experience could result in increased reinsurance costs, and ultimately, reinsurers might not offer coverage at all. If we are unable to maintain our current level of reinsurance or purchase new reinsurance protection in amounts that we consider sufficient, we would have to accept an increase in our net risk exposures, revise our pricing to reflect higher reinsurance premiums, or otherwise modify our product offering.

Pricing of our insurance and annuity products is also based in part upon expected persistency of these products, which is the probability that a policy will remain in force from one period to the next. Persistency of our annuity products may be significantly and adversely impacted by the increasing value of guaranteed minimum benefits contained in many of our variable annuity products due to poor equity market performance or extended periods of low interest rates as well as other factors. The minimum interest rate guarantees in our fixed annuities may also be more valuable in extended periods of low interest rates. Persistency could be adversely affected generally by developments adversely affecting customer perception of us. Results may also vary based on differences between actual and expected premium deposits and withdrawals for these products. Many of our deferred annuity products also contain optional benefits that may be exercised at certain points within a contract. We set prices for such products using assumptions for the rate of election of deferred annuity living benefits and other optional benefits offered to our contract owners. The profitability of our deferred annuity products may be less than expected, depending upon how actual contract owner decisions to elect or delay the utilization of such benefits compare to our pricing assumptions. The development of a secondary market for life insurance, including stranger-owned life insurance, life settlements or “viaticals” and investor-owned life insurance, and the potential development of third-party investor strategies in the annuities business, could also adversely affect the

 

-30-


Table of Contents

profitability of existing business and our pricing assumptions for new business. Actual persistency that is lower than our persistency assumptions could have an adverse effect on profitability, especially in the early years of a policy, primarily because we would be required to accelerate the amortization of expenses we defer in connection with the acquisition of the policy. Actual persistency that is higher than our persistency assumptions could have an adverse effect on profitability in the later years of a block of business because the anticipated claims experience is higher in these later years. If actual persistency is significantly different from that assumed in our current reserving assumptions, our reserves for future policy benefits may prove to be inadequate. Although some of our products permit us to increase premiums or adjust other charges and credits during the life of the policy, the adjustments permitted under the terms of the policies may not be sufficient to maintain profitability. Many of our products, however, do not permit us to increase premiums or adjust charges and credits during the life of the policy or during the initial guarantee term of the policy. Even if permitted under the policy, we may not be able or willing to raise premiums or adjust other charges for regulatory or competitive reasons.

Pricing of our products is also based on long-term assumptions regarding interest rates, investment returns and operating costs. Management establishes target returns for each product based upon these factors, the other underwriting assumptions noted above and the average amount of regulatory and rating agency capital that we must hold to support in-force contracts. We monitor and manage pricing and sales to achieve target returns. Profitability from new business emerges over a period of years, depending on the nature and life of the product, and is subject to variability as actual results may differ from pricing assumptions. Our profitability depends on multiple factors, including the comparison of actual mortality, morbidity and persistency rates and policyholder behavior to our assumptions; the adequacy of investment margins; our management of market and credit risks associated with investments; our ability to maintain premiums and contract charges at a level adequate to cover mortality, benefits and contract administration expenses; the adequacy of contract charges and availability of revenue from providers of investment options offered in variable contracts to cover the cost of product features and other expenses; and management of operating costs and expenses.

Unfavorable developments in interest rates, credit spreads and policyholder behavior can result in adverse financial consequences related to our stable value products, and our hedging program and risk mitigation features may not successfully offset these consequences.

We offer stable value products primarily as a fixed rate, liquid asset allocation option for employees of our plan sponsor customers within the defined contribution funding plans offered by our Retirement business. These products are designed to provide a guaranteed annual credited rate (currently between zero and three percent) on the invested assets in addition to enabling participants the right to withdraw and transfer funds at book value.

The sensitivity of our statutory reserves and surplus established for the stable value products to changes in interest rates, credit spreads and policyholder behavior will vary depending on the magnitude of these changes, as well as on the book value of assets, the market value of assets, the guaranteed credited rates available to customers and other product features. Realization or re-measurement of these risks may result in an increase in the reserves for stable value products, and could materially and adversely affect our financial position or results of operations. In particular, in low interest rate environments, we bear exposure to the risk that the credited rate exceeds the earned rate on guaranteed annual credited rate products, and, in a rising interest rate environment, we are exposed to the risk of financial disintermediation through a potential increase in the level of book value withdrawals.

To the extent that our hedging program and other risk mitigating features do not operate as intended or are not fully effective, we remain exposed to the risks described above.

We may be required to accelerate the amortization of DAC, deferred sales inducements (“DSI”) and/or VOBA, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

DAC represents the incremental costs related directly to the acquisition of new and renewal insurance and annuity contracts. DSI represents amounts that are credited to a policyholder’s account balance as an inducement

 

-31-


Table of Contents

to purchase a contract. VOBA represents the present value of estimated cash flows embedded in acquired business, plus renewal commissions and certain other costs on such acquired business. Capitalized costs associated with DAC, DSI and VOBA are amortized in proportion to actual and estimated gross profits, gross premiums or gross revenues depending on the type of contract. Management, on an ongoing basis, tests the DAC, DSI and VOBA recorded on our balance sheets to determine if these amounts are recoverable under current assumptions. In addition, management regularly reviews the estimates and assumptions underlying DAC, DSI and VOBA. The projection of estimated gross profits, gross premiums or gross revenues requires the use of certain assumptions, principally related to separate account fund returns in excess of amounts credited to policyholders, policyholder behavior such as surrender and lapse rates, interest margin, expense margin, mortality, future impairments and hedging costs. Estimating future gross profits, gross premiums or gross revenues is a complex process requiring considerable judgment and the forecasting of events well into the future. If these assumptions prove to be inaccurate, if an estimation technique used to estimate future gross profits, gross premiums or gross revenues is changed, or if significant or sustained equity market declines occur and/or persist, we could be required to accelerate the amortization of DAC, DSI and VOBA, which would result in a charge to earnings. Such adjustments could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Reinsurance subjects us to the credit risk of reinsurers and may not be available, affordable or adequate to protect us against losses.

We cede life insurance policies and annuity contracts to other insurance companies through reinsurance. However, we remain liable to the underlying policyholders, even if the reinsurer defaults on its obligations with respect to the ceded business. If a reinsurer fails to meet its obligations under the reinsurance contract, we will be forced to cover the claims on the reinsured policies. In addition, a reinsurer insolvency may cause us to lose our reserve credits on the ceded business, in which case we would be required to establish additional reserves.

In addition, if a reinsurer loses its accredited reinsurer status in any state where were we are licensed to do business, we will not be entitled to take credit for reinsurance in that state if the reinsurer does not post sufficient qualifying assets in a qualifying trust or post qualifying LOCs, and we would be required to establish additional reserves. Similarly, the credit for reinsurance taken by our insurance subsidiaries under affiliated and unaffiliated offshore reinsurance agreements is, under certain conditions, dependent upon the offshore reinsurer’s ability to obtain and provide sufficient qualifying assets in a qualifying trust or qualifying letters of credit issued by qualifying lending banks. The cost of letters of credit, when available, continues to be very expensive in the current economic environment. Because of this, our affiliated offshore reinsurer has established and will continue to pursue alternative sources for qualifying reinsurance collateral. If these steps are unsuccessful, or if unaffiliated non-accredited reinsurers that have reinsured business from our insurance subsidiaries are unsuccessful in obtaining sources of qualifying reinsurance collateral, our insurance subsidiaries might not be able to obtain full reserve credit. Loss of reserve credit by an insurance subsidiary would require it to establish additional reserves and would result in a decrease in the level of its capital, which could have a material adverse effect on our profitability, results of operations and financial condition.

We had $467.2 million and $609.6 million of unsecured unaffiliated reinsurance recoverable balances at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These reinsurance recoverable balances are periodically assessed for uncollectability and there were no significant allowances for uncollectible reinsurance as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

The collectability of reinsurance recoverables is subject to uncertainty arising from a number of factors, including whether the insured losses meet the qualifying conditions of the reinsurance contract, whether reinsurers or their affiliates have the financial capacity and willingness to make payments under the terms of the reinsurance contract, and the degree to which our reinsurance balances are secured by sufficient qualifying assets in qualifying trusts or qualifying LOCs issued by qualifying lender banks. Although a substantial portion of our reinsurance exposure is secured by assets held in trusts or LOCs, the inability to collect a material recovery from a reinsurer could have a material adverse effect on our profitability, results of operation and financial condition.

 

-32-


Table of Contents

The premium rates and other fees that we charge are based, in part, on the assumption that reinsurance will be available at a certain cost. Some of our reinsurance contracts contain provisions that limit the reinsurer’s ability to increase rates on in-force business; however, some do not. If a reinsurer raises the rates that it charges on a block of in-force business, our profitability may be negatively impacted if we are not able to pass the increased costs on to our customers. If reinsurers raise the rates that they charge on new business, we may be forced to raise the premiums that we charge, which could have a negative impact on our competitive position.

A decrease in the RBC ratio (as a result of a reduction in statutory surplus and/or increase in risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements) of our insurance subsidiaries could result in increased scrutiny by insurance regulators and rating agencies and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The NAIC has established regulations that provide minimum capitalization requirements based on RBC formulas for insurance companies. The RBC formula for life insurance companies establishes capital requirements relating to asset, insurance, interest rate and business risks, including equity, interest rate and expense recovery risks associated with variable annuities and group annuities that contain guaranteed minimum death and living benefits. Each of our insurance subsidiaries is subject to RBC standards and/or other minimum statutory capital and surplus requirements imposed under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of domicile.

In any particular year, statutory surplus amounts and RBC ratios may increase or decrease depending on a variety of factors, including the amount of statutory income or losses generated by the insurance subsidiary (which itself is sensitive to equity market and credit market conditions), the amount of additional capital such insurer must hold to support business growth, changes in equity market levels, the value and credit ratings of certain fixed-income and equity securities in its investment portfolio, the value of certain derivative instruments that do not receive hedge accounting and changes in interest rates, as well as changes to the RBC formulas and the interpretation of the NAIC’s instructions with respect to RBC calculation methodologies. Many of these factors are outside of our control. Our financial strength and credit ratings are significantly influenced by statutory surplus amounts and RBC ratios. In addition, rating agencies may implement changes to their own internal models, which differ from the RBC capital model that have the effect of increasing or decreasing the amount of statutory capital we or our insurance subsidiaries should hold relative to the rating agencies’ expectations. In extreme scenarios of equity market declines, sustained periods of low interest rates, rapidly rising interest rates or credit spread widening, the amount of additional statutory reserves that an insurance subsidiary is required to hold for certain types of GICs and variable annuity guarantees and stable value contracts may increase at a greater than linear rate. This increase in reserves would decrease the statutory surplus available for use in calculating the subsidiary’s RBC ratios. To the extent that an insurance subsidiary’s RBC ratios are deemed to be insufficient, we may seek to take actions either to increase the capitalization of the insurer or to reduce the capitalization requirements. If we were unable to accomplish such actions, the rating agencies may view this as a reason for a ratings downgrade.

The failure of any of our insurance subsidiaries to meet its applicable RBC requirements or minimum capital and surplus requirements could subject it to further examination or corrective action imposed by insurance regulators, including limitations on its ability to write additional business, supervision by regulators or seizure or liquidation. Any corrective action imposed could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. A decline in RBC ratios also limits the ability of an insurance subsidiary to make dividends or distributions to us and could be a factor in causing ratings agencies to downgrade the insurer’s financial strength ratings, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our statutory reserve financings may be subject to cost increases and new financings may be subject to limited market capacity.

We have financing facilities in place for our previously written business and have remaining capacity in existing facilities to support writings through the end of 2012 or later. However certain of these facilities mature

 

-33-


Table of Contents

prior to the run off of the reserve liability so that we are subject to cost increases or unavailability of capacity upon the refinancing. If we are unable to refinance such facilities, or if the cost of such facilities were to significantly increase, we would be required to increase statutory reserves or incur higher operating or tax costs. For more details, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Letter of Credit Facilities and Subsidiary Credit Support Arrangements.”

A significant portion of our institutional funding originates from two Federal Home Loan Banks, which subjects us to liquidity risks associated with sourcing a large concentration of our funding from two counterparties.

A significant portion of our institutional funding agreements originates from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (each an “FHLB”), which primarily serve as a source of funding for our Closed Block Institutional Spread Products segment. As of September 30, 2012, we had issued $3.1 billion of non-putable funding agreements and obtained a $265 million LOC in exchange for eligible collateral in the form of cash, mortgage backed securities and U.S. Treasury securities. Should the FHLBs choose to change their definition of eligible collateral, or if the market value of the pledged collateral decreases in value due to changes in interest rates or credit ratings, we may be required to post additional amounts of collateral in the form of cash or other eligible collateral. Additionally, we may be required to find other sources to replace this funding if we lose access to FHLB funding. This could occur if our creditworthiness falls below either of the FHLB’s requirements or if legislative or other political actions cause changes to the FHLBs’ mandate or to the eligibility of life insurance companies to be members of the FHLB system.

Any failure to protect the confidentiality of customer information could adversely affect our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation.

Our businesses and relationships with customers are dependent upon our ability to maintain the confidentiality of our and our customers’ trade secrets and confidential information (including customer transactional data and personal data about our employees, our customers and the employees and customers of our customers). Pursuant to federal laws, various federal regulatory and law enforcement agencies have established rules protecting the privacy and security of personal information. In addition, most states have enacted laws, which vary significantly from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, to safeguard the privacy and security of personal information. Certain of our employees and contractors and many sales representatives of our broker-dealer subsidiaries have access to and routinely process personal information of customers through a variety of media, including the internet and software applications. We rely on various internal processes and controls to protect the confidentiality of customer information that is accessible to, or in the possession of, us, our employees, contractors and sales representatives. It is possible that an employee, contractor or sales representative could, intentionally or unintentionally, disclose or misappropriate confidential customer information. If we fail to maintain adequate internal controls, including any failure to implement newly-required additional controls, or if our employees, contractors or sales representatives fail to comply with our policies and procedures, misappropriation or intentional or unintentional inappropriate disclosure or misuse of customer information could occur. Such internal control inadequacies or non-compliance could materially damage our reputation, result in regulatory action or lead to civil or criminal penalties, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in accounting standards could adversely impact our reported results of operations and our reported financial condition.

Our financial statements are subject to the application of GAAP, which is periodically revised or expanded. Accordingly, from time to time we are required to adopt new or revised accounting standards issued by recognized authoritative bodies, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”). For example, the adoption of the provision of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-26, Financial Services: Insurance (Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 944): “Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or

 

-34-


Table of Contents

Renewing Insurance Contracts” decreased our retained earnings by $1.2 billion as of January 1, 2011. It is possible that future accounting standards we are required to adopt could change the current accounting treatment that we apply to our consolidated financial statements and that such changes could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, FASB is working on several projects with the International Accounting Standards Board, which could result in significant changes as GAAP converges with IFRS, including how we account for our insurance policies, annuity contracts and financial instruments and how our financial statements are presented. Furthermore, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) is considering whether and how to incorporate IFRS into the U.S. financial reporting system. The changes to GAAP and ultimate conversion to IFRS, if undertaken, could affect the way we account for and report significant areas of our business, could impose special demands on us in the areas of governance, employee training, internal controls and disclosure and will likely affect how we manage our business.

We may be required to establish an additional valuation allowance against the deferred income tax asset if our business does not generate sufficient taxable income or if our tax planning strategies are modified. Increases in the deferred tax valuation allowance could have a material adverse effect on results of operations and financial condition.

Deferred income tax represents the tax effect of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets represent the tax benefit of future deductible temporary differences, operating loss carryforwards and tax credits carryforward. We periodically evaluate and test our ability to realize our deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the more likely than not criteria, we consider future taxable income as well as prudent tax planning strategies. Future facts, circumstances, tax law changes and FASB developments may result in an increase in the valuation allowance. An increase in the valuation allowance could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

As of December 31, 2011, we have recognized deferred tax assets based on tax planning related to unrealized gains on investment assets. To the extent these unrealized gains decrease, the tax benefit will be reduced by increasing the tax valuation allowance. For example, if interest rates increase, the amount of the unrealized gains will, most likely, decrease, with all other things constant. The decrease in the deferred tax asset may be recorded as a tax expense in tax on continuing operations based on the intra period tax allocation rules described in ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes”.

We expect that our ability to use beneficial U.S. tax attributes will be subject to limitations.

Section 382 (“Section 382”) and Section 383 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”) operate as anti-abuse rules, the general purpose of which is to prevent trafficking in tax losses and credits, but which can apply without regard to whether a “loss trafficking” transaction occurs or is intended. These rules are triggered when an “ownership change” —generally defined as when the ownership of a company, or its parent, changes by more than 50% (measured by value) on a cumulative basis in any three year period—occurs. If triggered, the amount of the taxable income for any post-change year which may be offset by a pre-change loss is subject to an annual limitation. Generally speaking, this limitation is derived by multiplying the fair market value of the stock of the taxpayer immediately before the date of the ownership change by the applicable federal long-term tax-exempt rate. In addition, to the extent that a company has a net unrealized built-in loss or deduction at the time of an ownership change, sections 382 and 383 limit the utilization of any such loss or deduction which is realized and recognized during the 5-year period following the ownership change.

Based on the expected size of this offering, we do not believe an ownership change will occur at the time of the offering. Under the current base case for ING Group’s divestiture of its remaining ownership stake in the

 

-35-


Table of Contents

Company, however, it is likely that an ownership change will occur by December 31, 2014. As discussed in “Summary—ING Group Restructuring Plan with European Commission,” ING Group is required, under the terms of the 2012 Amended Restructuring Plan, to fully divest its ownership of the Company by the end of 2016.

In addition, in November 2008, ING Group issued €10 billion of core Tier 1 securities to the Dutch State in connection with a capital infusion that would need to be taken into account for purposes of determining if an ownership change has occurred. ING Group redeemed approximately half (€5 billion) of these securities in December 2009 and issued new shares to the public at that time, and an additional 20% (€2 billion) in May 2011 and, 7.5% (€0.75 billion) in November 2012. As part of the 2012 Amended Restructuring Plan, ING Group has committed to repay the remaining €2.25 billion of Core Tier I securities, plus a 50% premium in three equal tranches in the next three years. The redemption by ING Group of an additional amount of these securities may, depending on the facts and circumstances, trigger an ownership change, as described above.

Under GAAP, as of December 31, 2011, our tax attributes included gross deferred tax assets of $5.8 billion, against which there was an offsetting valuation allowance of $2.9 billion, and gross deferred tax liabilities of $3.4 billion. Although we are uncertain as to the ultimate financial impact of an ownership change, we estimate that the deferred tax asset potentially subject to an additional tax valuation allowance would have been approximately $850.0 million if measured at September 30, 2012. Such an additional tax valuation allowance may be recorded as a tax expense in tax on continuing operations. The actual impact on the valuation allowance is dependent mainly on the level of unrealized capital gains and losses at the time of the ownership change, the calculated limitation, the estimated reversal pattern of capital losses otherwise supported by tax planning strategies, the estimated reversal pattern of unrealized capital gains comprising such strategies, and the estimated reversal pattern of unrealized built-in capital losses subject to the limitation.

Under statutory accounting, we estimate that the deferred tax asset potentially subject to an additional tax valuation allowance would be approximately $201 million if measured at September 30, 2012. The reduction in the deferred tax asset as a consequence of such an additional tax valuation allowance could adversely impact our insurance company subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends or other distributions (directly or indirectly) to ING U.S., Inc. This in turn could negatively impact our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders and to service our debt. The actual impact on the valuation allowance is dependent mainly on the level of unrealized gains and losses at the time of the ownership change and the calculated Section 382 limitation.

Numerous aspects of the application of Section 382 are subject to potential challenge by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). Among these is our calculation of the value of the Company at the time of an ownership change. If the IRS were to successfully challenge this valuation, the annual limitation calculated for purposes of Section 382 could be reduced.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions designed to preserve our ability to use beneficial U.S. tax attributes and avoid triggering the Section 382 limitation prior to the time when ING Group’s divestment of its remaining ownership stake in the Company would otherwise trigger the limitation, thus limiting the amount of our common stock that an investor can acquire. See “Description of Capital Stock—Ownership Limitations.”

We are unable to offset our U.S. taxable income against the losses of one of our reinsurance subsidiaries.

As described in “—Risks Related to Our Closed Block Variable Annuity Segment” and “Business—Closed Blocks—Closed Block Variable Annuity,” we may incur losses in the future in our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment. We expect that a significant portion of any such loss would be realized in SLDI, a subsidiary domiciled in the Cayman Islands. SLDI has made an election to be treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, U.S. federal income tax law does not allow the operating losses of a foreign company making such an election to offset the taxable income of its U.S. affiliates. Through a reinsurance arrangement, SLDI is obligated to indemnify one of our other U.S. subsidiaries in the event of losses. To the extent SLDI remains a

 

-36-


Table of Contents

foreign entity and has operating losses that exceed its taxable income, the losses would not be available to offset taxable income for U.S. federal income tax purposes and would increase our effective tax rate.

Our business may be negatively affected by adverse publicity or increased governmental and regulatory actions with respect to us, other well-known companies or the financial services industry in general.

Governmental scrutiny with respect to matters relating to compensation and other business practices in the financial services industry has increased dramatically in the past several years and has resulted in more aggressive and intense regulatory supervision and the application and enforcement of more stringent standards. The recent financial crisis and the current political and public sentiment regarding financial institutions has resulted in a significant amount of adverse press coverage, as well as adverse statements or charges by regulators and elected officials. Press coverage and other public statements that assert some form of wrongdoing, regardless of the factual basis for the assertions being made, could result in some type of inquiry or investigation by regulators, legislators and/or law enforcement officials or in lawsuits. Responding to these inquiries, investigations and lawsuits, regardless of the ultimate outcome of the proceeding, is time-consuming and expensive and can divert the time and effort of our senior management from its business. Future legislation or regulation or governmental views on compensation may result in us altering compensation practices in ways that could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain talented employees. Adverse publicity, governmental scrutiny, pending or future investigations by regulators or law enforcement agencies and/or legal proceedings involving us or our affiliates, including ING Group, can also have a negative impact on our reputation and on the morale and performance of employees, and on business retention and new sales, which could adversely affect our businesses and results of operations.

Litigation may adversely affect our profitability and financial condition.

We are, and may be in the future, subject to legal actions in the ordinary course of insurance, investment management and other business operations. Some of these legal proceedings may be brought on behalf of a class. Plaintiffs may seek large or indeterminate amounts of damage, including compensatory, liquidated, treble and/or punitive damages. Our reserves for litigation may prove to be inadequate. It is possible that our results of operations or cash flow in a particular quarterly or annual period could be materially affected by an ultimate unfavorable resolution of pending litigation depending, in part, upon the results of operations or cash flow for such period. Given the large or indeterminate amounts sometimes sought, and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, it is also possible that in certain cases an ultimate unfavorable resolution of one or more pending litigation matters could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

A loss of, or significant change in, key product distribution relationships could materially affect sales.

We distribute certain products under agreements with affiliated distributors and other members of the financial services industry that are not affiliated with us. We compete with other financial institutions to attract and retain commercial relationships in each of these channels, and our success in competing for sales through these distribution intermediaries depends upon factors such as the amount of sales commissions and fees we pay, the breadth of our product offerings, the strength of our brand, our perceived stability and financial strength ratings, and the marketing and services we provide to, and the strength of the relationships we maintain with, individual distributors. An interruption or significant change in certain key relationships could materially affect our ability to market our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Distributors may elect to alter, reduce or terminate their distribution relationships with us, including for such reasons as changes in our distribution strategy, adverse developments in our business, adverse rating agency actions or concerns about market-related risks. Alternatively, we may terminate one or more distribution agreements due to, for example, a loss of confidence in, or a change in control of, one of the distributors, which could reduce sales.

We are also at risk that key distribution partners may merge or change their business models in ways that affect how our products are sold, either in response to changing business priorities or as a result of shifts in

 

-37-


Table of Contents

regulatory supervision or potential changes in state and federal laws and regulations regarding standards of conduct applicable to distributors when providing investment advice to retail and other customers.

The occurrence of natural or man-made disasters may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We are exposed to various risks arising from natural disasters, including hurricanes, climate change, floods, earthquakes, tornadoes and pandemic disease, as well as man-made disasters and core infrastructure failures, including acts of terrorism, military actions, power grid and telephone/internet infrastructure failures, which may adversely affect AUM, results of operations and financial condition by causing, among other things:

 

   

losses in our investment portfolio due to significant volatility in global financial markets or the failure of counterparties to perform;

 

   

changes in the rate of mortality, claims, withdrawals, lapses and surrenders of existing policies and contracts, as well as sales of new policies and contracts; and

 

   

disruption of our normal business operations due to catastrophic property damage, loss of life, or disruption of public and private infrastructure, including communications and financial services.

There can be no assurance that our business continuation and crisis management plan or insurance coverages would be effective in mitigating any negative effects on operations or profitability in the event of a disaster, nor can we provide assurance that the business continuation and crisis management plans of the independent distributors and outside vendors on whom we rely for certain services and products would be effective in mitigating any negative effects on the provision of such services and products in the event of a disaster.

Claims resulting from a catastrophic event could also materially harm the financial condition of our reinsurers, which would increase the probability of default on reinsurance recoveries. Our ability to write new business could also be adversely affected.

In addition, the jurisdictions in which our insurance subsidiaries are admitted to transact business require life insurers doing business within the jurisdiction to participate in guaranty associations, which raise funds to pay contractual benefits owed pursuant to insurance policies issued by impaired, insolvent or failed insurers. It is possible that a catastrophic event could require extraordinary assessments on our insurance companies, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The loss of key personnel could negatively affect our financial results and impair our ability to implement our business strategy.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to attract and retain key people. Intense competition exists for key employees with demonstrated ability, and we may be unable to hire or retain such employees. Our key employees include investment professionals, such as portfolio managers, sales and distribution professionals, actuarial and finance professionals and information technology professionals. While we do not believe that the departure of any particular individual would cause a material adverse effect on our operations, the unexpected loss of several of our senior management, portfolio managers or other key employees could have a material adverse effect on our operations due to the loss of their skills, knowledge of our business, and their years of industry experience as well as the potential difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement employees. We also rely upon the knowledge and experience of employees involved in functions that require technical expertise in order to provide for sound operational controls for our overall enterprise, including the accurate and timely preparation of required regulatory filings and GAAP and statutory financial statements and operation of internal controls. A loss of such employees could adversely impact our ability to execute key operational functions and could adversely affect our operational controls, including internal controls over financial reporting.

 

-38-


Table of Contents

Interruption or other operational failures in telecommunication, information technology and other operational systems, or a failure to maintain the security, integrity, confidentiality or privacy of sensitive data residing on such systems, including as a result of human error, could harm our business.

We are highly dependent on automated and information technology systems to record and process our internal transactions and transactions involving our customers, as well as to calculate reserves, value invested assets and complete certain other components of our GAAP and statutory financial statements. We could experience a failure of one of these systems, our employees or agents could fail to monitor and implement enhancements or other modifications to a system in a timely and effective manner, or our employees or agents could fail to complete all necessary data reconciliation or other conversion controls when implementing a new software system or implementing modifications to an existing system. Despite the implementation of security and back-up measures, our information technology systems may be vulnerable to physical or electronic intrusions, viruses or other attacks, programming errors and similar disruptions. We may also be subject to disruptions of any of these systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control (for example, natural disasters, acts of terrorism, epidemics, computer viruses and electrical/telecommunications outages). All of these risks are also applicable where we rely on outside vendors to provide services to us and our customers. The failure of any one of these systems for any reason, or errors made by our employees or agents, could in each case cause significant interruptions to our operations, which could harm our reputation, adversely affect our internal control over financial reporting, or have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We retain confidential information in our information technology systems, and we rely on industry standard commercial technologies to maintain the security of those systems. Anyone who is able to circumvent our security measures and penetrate our information technology systems could access, view, misappropriate, alter, or delete information in the systems, including personally identifiable customer information and proprietary business information. Information security risks also exist with respect to the use of portable electronic devices, such as laptops, which are particularly vulnerable to loss and theft. In addition, an increasing number of jurisdictions require that customers be notified if a security breach results in the disclosure of personally identifiable customer information. Any compromise of the security of our information technology systems that results in inappropriate disclosure or use of personally identifiable customer information could damage our reputation in the marketplace, deter purchases of our products, subject us to heightened regulatory scrutiny or significant civil and criminal liability and require us to incur significant technical, legal and other expenses.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and may be subject to infringement claims.

We rely on a combination of contractual rights with third parties and copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws to establish and protect our intellectual property. Although we endeavor to protect our rights, third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property. We may have to litigate to enforce and protect our copyrights, trademarks, patents, trade secrets and know-how or to determine their scope, validity or enforceability. This would represent a diversion of resources that may be significant and our efforts may not prove successful. The inability to secure or protect our intellectual property assets could have a material adverse effect on our business and our ability to compete.

We may also be subject to claims by third parties for (i) patent, trademark or copyright infringement, (ii) breach of copyright, trademark or license usage rights, or (iii) misappropriation of trade secrets. Any such claims and any resulting litigation could result in significant expense and liability for damages. If we were found to have infringed or misappropriated a third-party patent or other intellectual property right, we could in some circumstances be enjoined from providing certain products or services to our customers or from utilizing and benefiting from certain methods, processes, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or licenses. Alternatively, we could be required to enter into costly licensing arrangements with third parties or implement a costly work around. Any of these scenarios could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

-39-


Table of Contents

We may incur further liabilities in respect of our defined benefit retirement plans if the value of plan assets is not sufficient to cover potential obligations, including as a result of differences between results underlying actuarial assumptions and models.

We operate various defined benefit retirement plans covering a significant number of our employees. The liability recognized in our consolidated balance sheet in respect of our defined benefit plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligations at the balance sheet date, less the fair value of each plan’s assets, together with adjustments for unrecognized actuarial gains and losses and unrecognized past service costs. We determine our defined benefit plan obligations based on external actuarial models and calculations using the projected unit credit method. Inherent in these actuarial models are assumptions including discount rates, rates of increase in future salary and benefit levels, mortality rates, consumer price index and the expected return on plan assets. These assumptions are updated annually based on available market data and the expected performance of plan assets. Nevertheless, the actuarial assumptions may differ significantly from actual results due to changes in market conditions, economic and mortality trends and other assumptions. Any changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on our present and future liabilities to and costs associated with our defined benefit retirement plans and may result in increased expenses and reduce our profitability.

When contributing to the plan, we will take into consideration the minimum and maximum amounts required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), the attained funding target percentage of the plan, the variable-rate premiums that may be required by the U.S. Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”), and any funding relief that might be enacted by Congress, such as the interest rate stabilization corridor rules used for discounting pension liabilities contained in the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act (“MAP-21”). Based on our actuarial assumptions, if we were to incorporate the provisions of MAP-21, we expect that it would reduce the required contributions to the plan in 2013; however, using the MAP-21 funding relief in the near term could lead to increased PBGC variable-rate premiums and/or increases in plan funding in the years following 2013.

Although our retail variable annuity products are now managed within our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment, we continue to offer variable annuity products and other products with similar features in our ongoing business.

In 2009, we decided to cease sales of retail variable annuities with substantial guarantee features and now manage that business within our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment. However, we continue to offer variable annuity products in our ongoing business as well as products that have some of the features of variable annuities such as guaranteed benefits. For example, certain of the deferred annuities sold by our Retirement segment are on group and individual variable annuity policy forms, since these product types allow customers to allocate their retirement savings to a variety of different investment options. These products may contain guaranteed death benefit features, but they do not offer guaranteed living benefit features of the type found within the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment.

The Retirement segment has recently introduced an optional guaranteed retirement income portfolio (“GRIP”) feature that, if elected by an employee of one of our plan sponsor customers, provides guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefits (“GLWB”) to such employees. The GLWB is offered through a multi-insurer model, whereby we and two unaffiliated insurers provide GLWB coverage to participating employees. In contrast to the retail guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits for life (“GMWBL”) provisions formerly offered by the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment, the GLWB provisions within GRIP do not offer rollup benefits; furthermore, we reprice the GLWB amount purchased by contributions to the GRIP feature on a quarterly basis. In addition, the investment elections available to participating employees have substantially less flexibility than the elections offered to retail customers of the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment. We also have the right to cease accepting new contributions to the GRIP feature, subject to providing 180 days advance notice to the plan sponsor.

Our Annuities segment also offers optional living benefit provisions on its indexed annuity products.

 

-40-


Table of Contents

To the extent that these risk-control provisions do not mitigate the risks of the GLWB and to the extent that we continue to offer variable annuity products and products with similar features in our ongoing business, the risks described below under “—Risks Related to Our Closed Block Variable Annuity Segment” will impact our ongoing business.

Risks Related to Our Closed Block Variable Annuity Segment

Although we no longer actively market retail variable annuities, our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity will continue to be affected by our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment for the foreseeable future.

Our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment consists of retail variable annuity insurance policies sold primarily from 2001 to early 2010, when the block entered run-off. This segment represented 18.2% of our total AUM as of September 30, 2012, income (loss) before income taxes was ($525.0) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, and ($564.5) million, ($220.2) million and ($1,864.8) million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Revenues for the segment were ($138.1) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and $794.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. See “Business—Closed Blocks—Closed Block Variable Annuity.” These products offered long-term savings vehicles in which customers (policyholders) made deposits that were invested, largely at the customer’s direction, in a variety of U.S. and international equity, fixed income, real estate and other investment options. In addition, these products provided customers with the option to purchase living benefit riders, including GMWBL, guaranteed minimum income benefits (“GMIB”), guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits (“GMAB”) and guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”). All retail variable annuity products include guaranteed minimum death benefits (“GMDB”). In 2009, we decided to cease sales of retail variable annuity products with substantial guarantee features. In early 2010, we ceased all new sales of these products with substantial guarantees, although we continue to accept new deposits in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, the provisions of existing contracts.

Market movements and actuarial assumption changes (including, with respect to policyholder behavior and mortality) can result in material adverse impacts to our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. Because policyholders have various contractual rights to defer withdrawals, annuitization and/or maturity of their contracts, the nature and period of contract maturity is subject to policyholder behavior and is therefore indeterminate. Future market movements and changes in actuarial assumptions can result in significant earnings and liquidity impacts, as well as increases in regulatory reserve and capital requirements for the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment. The latter may necessitate additional capital contributions into the business and/or adversely impact dividend capacity.

Our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment is subject to market risks.

Our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment is subject to a number of market risks, primarily associated with U.S. and other global equity market values and interest rates. For example, declining equity market values, increasing equity market volatility and declining interest rates can result in an increase in the valuation of future policy benefits, reducing our net income. Declining market values for bonds and equities also reduce the account balances of our variable annuity contracts, and since we collect fees and risk charges based on these account balances, our net income may be further reduced.

Declining interest rates, increased equity market volatility and declining equity market values may also subject us to increased hedging costs. Market events can cause an increase in the amount of statutory reserves that our insurance subsidiaries are required to hold for variable annuity guarantees, lowering their statutory surplus, which would adversely impact their ability to pay dividends to us.

 

-41-


Table of Contents

The performance of our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment depends on assumptions that may not be accurate.

Our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment is subject to risks associated with the future behavior of policyholders and future claims payment patterns, using assumptions for mortality experience, lapse rates, GMIB annuitization rates, and GMWB/GMWBL withdrawal rates. We are required to make assumptions about these behaviors and patterns, which may not reflect the actual behaviors and patterns we experience in the future.

In particular, we have only minimal experience on policyholder behavior for our GMIB and GMWBL products and, as a result, future experience could lead to significant changes in our assumptions. Our GMIB contracts have a ten-year waiting period before annuitization is available, with most of these GMIB contracts issued during the period 2004 to 2006. These contracts first become eligible to annuitize during the period 2014 to 2016, but contain significant incentives to delay annuitization beyond the first eligibility date. As a result, to date we have only a statistically small sample of experience used to set annuitization rates. Therefore, we anticipate that observable experience data will become statistically credible later this decade, when a large volume of GMIB benefits begin to reach their maximum benefit over the four-year period from 2019 to 2022. It is possible, however, that policyholders may choose to annuitize soon after the first annuitization date, rather than delay annuitization to receive increased guarantee benefits, in which case we may have statistically credible experience as early as in the period from 2014 to 2016.

Similarly, most of our GMWBL contracts are still in the first three to five policy years, so our assumptions for withdrawal from contracts with GMWBL benefits may change as experience emerges over the next five to seven years. In addition, like our GMIB contracts, many of our GMWBL contracts contain significant incentives to delay withdrawal. We expect customer decisions on annuitization and withdrawal will be influenced by customers’ financial plans and needs as well as by interest rate and market conditions over time and by the availability and features of competing products. If emerging experience deviates from our assumptions on either GMIB annuitization or GMWBL withdrawal, we could experience losses and a significant increase to reserve and capital requirements.

We also make estimates of expected lapse of these products, which is the probability that a policy will not remain in force from one period to the next. Lapse rates of our annuity products may be significantly impacted by the value of guaranteed minimum benefits relative to the value of the underlying separate accounts (account value or account balance). In general, policies with guarantees that are “in the money” (i.e., where the notional benefit amount is in excess of the account value) are assumed to be less likely to lapse. Conversely, “out of the money” guarantees are assumed to be more likely to lapse as the policyholder has less incentive to retain the policy. Lapse rates could also be adversely affected generally by developments that affect customer perception of us.

We make estimates of expected election rates of living benefits for these products and of the rate of election of certain optional benefits that may be exercised. The profitability of our deferred annuity products depends upon actual contract owner decisions to elect or delay the utilization of such benefits. The development of a secondary market for third-party investor strategies in the annuities business could also adversely affect the profitability of existing business by reducing lapse rates of in-the-money contracts in excess of current expectations or by causing living benefits to be elected at points in time that are more unfavorable than our current expectations. Actual lapse rates that are lower than our lapse rate assumptions could have an adverse effect on profitability in the later years of a block of business because the anticipated claims experience may be higher than expected in these later years. If actual lapse rates are significantly different from that assumed in our current reserving assumptions, our reserves for future policy benefits may prove to be inadequate.

Our variable annuity lapse rate experience has varied significantly over the period from 2006 to the present, reflecting among other factors, both pre- and post-financial crisis experience. During the early years of this period, our variable annuity policyholder lapse rate experience was higher than our current best estimate of policyholder lapse behavior would have indicated; in the later part of this period, after mid-2009, it was lower. Management’s current best estimate of variable annuity policyholder lapse behavior incorporates actual

 

-42-


Table of Contents

experience over the entire period, as we believe that over the duration of the Closed Block Variable Annuity policies we will experience the full range of policyholder behavior and market conditions. If our future experience were to approximate our lapse experience from later in the period, we would likely need to increase reserves by an amount that could be material.

We review overall policyholder experience annually (including lapse, annuitization, withdrawal and mortality), or more frequently if necessary. As customer experience continues to materialize, we may adjust our assumptions. The magnitude of any required changes could be material and adverse to the results of operations or financial condition of the Company. We increased reserves in the fourth quarter of 2011 after a comprehensive review of our assumptions relating to lapses, mortality, annuitization of income benefits and utilization of withdrawal benefits. The review in 2011 included an analysis of a larger body of actual experience than was previously available, including a longer period with low equity markets and interest rates, which we believe provided greater insight into anticipated policyholder behavior for contracts that are in the money. This resulted in an increase of GAAP reserves of $741 million and gross U.S. statutory reserves of $2,776 million in the fourth quarter of 2011. It is possible that future assumption changes could produce reserve changes of this magnitude or even greater.

During the third quarter of 2012 we conducted a periodic review of actuarial assumptions, including policyholder behavior assumptions. As a result of this review, we increased GAAP reserves by $114.6 million as of September 30, 2012, driven primarily by an update to lapse rates on variable annuity contracts with lifetime living benefit guarantees. The same update to lapse rates, implemented in isolation, would have increased U.S. statutory reserves by approximately $150 million. However, the net change for U.S. statutory reserves was not material, due to offsetting revisions to projection model inputs. This change in lapse assumptions, taken together with the update to lapse assumptions we made in late 2011, moved our assumptions to be in line with lapse experience over the study period of 2006 to present. Although we believe it is appropriate to consider actual experience over that entire period in setting our assumptions, this recent change also causes our assumption to move considerably closer to our actual lapse experience for the period from mid-2009 to present. We will continue to monitor the emergence of experience. We review our assumptions at least annually, and, if necessary, update our assumptions more frequently as additional information becomes available. If adjustments to assumptions are necessary, which is ordinary course for interest-sensitive long-dated liabilities, we anticipate that the financial impact of such a change will likely be in a range, either up or down, that is generally consistent with the impact experienced in the third quarter of 2012. However, as described in the previous paragraph, future reserve increases in connection with experience updates could be material and adverse to the results of operations or financial condition of the Company. Any such increase to reserves could require us to make material additional capital contributions to one or more of our insurance company subsidiaries or could otherwise be material and adverse to the results of operations or financial condition of the Company.

Our Closed Block Variable Annuity hedging program currently focuses on the protection of regulatory reserves and rating agency capital from market movements and less on the GAAP earnings impact of this block, which could result in materially lower or more volatile GAAP earnings.

Our Closed Block Variable Annuity hedging program currently focuses on the protection of regulatory reserves and rating agency capital from equity market movements and less on the GAAP earnings impact of this block. GAAP accounting differs from the methods used to determine regulatory and rating agency capital measures. Therefore our Closed Block Variable Annuity hedge program may create earnings volatility in our GAAP financial statements, or produce lower GAAP income or even GAAP losses compared to what our unhedged results would have been. In general, in any given period rising equity market values can produce losses in our Closed Block Variable Annuity hedging program that substantially exceed the benefit we derive from the associated decrease in valuation of the future policy benefits associated with Closed Block Variable Annuity products on a GAAP basis, and the impact of declining equity markets can produce gains in our Closed Block Variable Annuity hedging program that substantially exceed the loss we derive from the associated increase in valuation of the future policy benefits on a GAAP basis. We recorded net gains (losses) related to incurred

 

-43-


Table of Contents

guaranteed benefits and guaranteed benefit hedging, including the CHO program, but excluding the effect of nonperformance risk, of ($1,209.8) million and ($541.5) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and ($2,192.2) million, ($1,493.9) million and ($693.4) million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Results of Operations—Company Consolidated.”

Our Closed Block Variable Annuity hedging program may not be effective and may be more costly than anticipated.

We periodically re-evaluate our Closed Block Variable Annuity hedging program to respond to changing market conditions and balance the trade-offs among several important factors, including regulatory reserves, rating agency capital, underlying economics, earnings and other factors. While our Closed Block Variable Annuity hedging program is intended to balance numerous critical metrics, we are subject to the risk that our strategies and other management decisions may prove ineffective or that unexpected policyholder behavior, alone or in combination with unfavorable market events, may produce losses or unanticipated cash needs beyond the scope of the risk management strategies employed. In addition, our Closed Block Variable Annuity hedging program does not hedge certain non-market risks inherent in this segment, including business, credit, insurance and operational risks; any of these risks could cause us to experience unanticipated losses or cash needs. For example, hedging counterparties may fail to perform their obligations resulting in unhedged exposures and losses on positions that are not collateralized. Finally, the cost of the Closed Block Variable Annuity hedging program itself may be greater than anticipated as adverse market conditions can limit the availability and increase the costs of the hedging instruments we employ, and such costs may not be recovered in the pricing of the underlying products being hedged. For example, the cost of hedging guaranteed minimum benefits increases as market volatilities increase and/or interest rates decrease, resulting in a reduction to net income.

Risks Related to Regulation

Our businesses and those of our parent company and its affiliates are heavily regulated and changes in regulation or the application of regulation may reduce our profitability.

We are subject to detailed insurance, asset management and other financial services laws and government regulation. In addition to the insurance, asset management and other regulations and laws specific to the industries in which we operate, regulatory agencies have broad administrative power over many aspects of our business, which may include ethical issues, money laundering, privacy, recordkeeping and marketing and sales practices. Also, bank regulators and other supervisory authorities in the United States and elsewhere continue to scrutinize payment processing and other transactions under regulations governing such matters as money-laundering, prohibited transactions with countries subject to sanctions, and bribery or other anti-corruption measures. The financial market dislocations we have experienced have produced, and are expected to continue to produce, extensive changes in existing laws and regulations applicable to our businesses.

Compliance with applicable laws and regulations is time consuming and personnel-intensive, and changes in laws and regulations may materially increase the cost of compliance and other expenses of doing business. There are a number of risks that may arise where applicable regulations may be unclear, subject to multiple interpretations or under development or where regulations may conflict with one another, where regulators revise their previous guidance or courts overturn previous rulings, which could result in our failure to meet applicable standards. Regulators and other authorities have the power to bring administrative or judicial proceedings against us, which could result, among other things, in suspension or revocation of our licenses, cease and desist orders, fines, civil penalties, criminal penalties or other disciplinary action which could materially harm our results of operations and financial condition. If we fail to address, or appear to fail to address, appropriately any of these matters, our reputation could be harmed and we could be subject to additional legal risk, which could increase the size and number of claims and damages asserted against us or subject us to enforcement actions, fines and penalties. See “Regulation” for further discussion of the impact of regulations on our businesses.

 

-44-


Table of Contents

As long as we remain affiliated with ING Group, we may be subject to laws, regulations and restrictions to which we would not be subject as a standalone enterprise. These restrictions could be extensive and include limitations on the activities we may conduct and the way in which we organize and operate our businesses. Various jurisdictions in which ING Group and its subsidiaries operate, including the United States, apply prudential and other regulations to the holding companies and affiliates of financial institutions. If the applicable laws and regulations in any of these jurisdictions, or the application or interpretation of such laws and regulations by applicable regulators and other authorities, were to change, or if ING Group or one of its subsidiaries (other than the Company) were to change the nature of the regulated activities they conduct, we could in the future become subject to restrictions to which we are not currently subject, and to which we would not be subject as a standalone enterprise. This could require us to incur material compliance, reporting or other costs or to forego certain types of material revenues or could otherwise be material and adverse to us. We do not have any control over the activities conducted by ING Group or its subsidiaries (other than the Company). As one source of potential change in the regulations applied to ING Group and its subsidiaries, we expect that in March 2014 the European Central Bank will assume responsibility for part of the prudential supervision of ING Bank and its holding company ING Group that is currently exercised by the Dutch Central Bank ( De Nederlandsche Bank , DNB). It is uncertain if and how this new supervisory structure will impact the Company.

Our insurance businesses are heavily regulated, and changes in regulation in the United States, enforcement actions and regulatory investigations may reduce profitability.

Our insurance operations are subject to comprehensive regulation and supervision throughout the United States. State insurance laws regulate most aspects of our insurance businesses, and our insurance subsidiaries are regulated by the insurance departments of the states in which they are domiciled and the states in which they are licensed. The primary purpose of state regulation is to protect policyholders, and not necessarily to protect creditors and investors. See “Regulation—Insurance Regulation.”

State insurance guaranty associations have the right to assess insurance companies doing business in their state in order to help pay the obligations of insolvent insurance companies to policyholders and claimants. Because the amount and timing of an assessment is beyond our control, liabilities we have currently established for these potential assessments may not be adequate.

State insurance regulators and the NAIC regularly reexamine existing laws and regulations applicable to insurance companies and their products. Changes in these laws and regulations, or in interpretations thereof, are often made for the benefit of the consumer at the expense of the insurer and could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. For example, in October 2011, the NAIC established a subgroup to study insurers’ use of captives and special purpose vehicles to transfer insurance risk in relation to existing state laws and regulations, and to establish appropriate regulatory requirements to address concerns identified in the study. We cannot predict what actions and regulatory changes will result from this study and what impact such changes will have on our financial condition and results of operations.

Insurance regulators have implemented, or begun to implement significant changes in the way in which insurers must determine statutory reserves and capital, particularly for products with contractual guarantees such as variable annuities and universal life policies, and are considering further potentially significant changes in these requirements. The NAIC is currently working on comprehensive reforms related to life insurance reserves and the accounting for such reserves. The timing and extent of further changes to statutory reserves and reporting requirements are uncertain.

In addition, state insurance regulators are becoming more active in adopting and enforcing suitability standards with respect to sales of fixed, indexed and variable annuities. In particular, the NAIC has adopted a revised Suitability in Annuity Transactions Model Regulation (“SAT”), which will, if enacted by the states, place new responsibilities upon issuing insurance companies with respect to the suitability of annuity sales, including responsibilities for training agents. Several states have already enacted laws based on the SAT.

 

-45-


Table of Contents

In addition to the foregoing risks, the financial services industry is the focus of increased regulatory scrutiny as various state and federal governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations conduct inquiries and investigations into the products and practices of the financial services industries. See the Note for Commitments and Contingencies in our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 for a description of certain regulatory inquiries affecting the Company. It is possible that future regulatory inquiries or investigations involving the insurance industry generally, or the Company specifically, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

In some cases, this regulatory scrutiny has led to legislation and regulation, or proposed legislation and regulation that could significantly affect the financial services industry, or has resulted in regulatory penalties, settlements and litigation. New laws, regulations and other regulatory actions aimed at the business practices under scrutiny could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. The adoption of new laws and regulations, enforcement actions, or litigation, whether or not involving us, could influence the manner in which we distribute our products, result in negative coverage of the industry by the media, cause significant harm to our reputation and materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our products are subject to extensive regulation and failure to meet any of the complex product requirements may reduce profitability.

Our insurance, annuity, retirement and investment products are subject to a complex and extensive array of state and federal tax, securities, insurance and employee benefit plan laws and regulations, which are administered and enforced by a number of different governmental and self-regulatory authorities, including state insurance regulators, state securities administrators, state banking authorities, the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the Department of Labor (“DOL”), the IRS and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”).

For example, U.S. federal income tax law imposes requirements relating to insurance and annuity product design, administration and investments that are conditions for beneficial tax treatment of such products under the Internal Revenue Code. Additionally, state and federal securities and insurance laws impose requirements relating to insurance and annuity product design, offering and distribution and administration. Failure to administer product features in accordance with contract provisions or applicable law, or to meet any of these complex tax, securities, or insurance requirements could subject us to administrative penalties imposed by a particular governmental or self-regulatory authority, unanticipated costs associated with remedying such failure or other claims, harm to our reputation, interruption of our operations or adversely impact profitability.

The Dodd-Frank Act, its implementing regulations and other financial regulatory reform initiatives could have adverse consequences for the financial services industry, including us and/or materially affect our results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. It effects comprehensive changes to the regulation of financial services in the United States. The Dodd-Frank Act directs existing and newly-created government agencies and bodies to perform studies and promulgate a multitude of regulations implementing the law, a process that is underway and is expected to continue over the next few years. While some studies have already been completed and the rule-making process is well underway, there continues to be significant uncertainty regarding the results of ongoing studies and the ultimate requirements of regulations that have not yet been adopted. We cannot predict with certainty how the Dodd-Frank Act and such regulations will affect the financial markets generally, or impact our business, ratings, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity. Key aspects we have identified to date of the Dodd-Frank Act’s potential impact on us include:

 

   

If designated by the Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”) as a nonbank financial company subject to supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”), we would become subject to a comprehensive system of prudential regulation, including, among other matters, minimum capital requirements, liquidity standards, credit exposure requirements, overall risk

 

-46-


Table of Contents
 

management requirements, management interlock prohibitions, a requirement to maintain a plan for rapid and orderly dissolution in the event of severe financial distress, stress testing, additional fees and assessments and restrictions on proprietary trading and certain investments. The exact scope and consequences of these standards are subject to ongoing rulemaking activity by various federal banking regulators and therefore are currently unclear. However, this comprehensive system of prudential regulation, if applied to us, would significantly impact the manner in which we operate and could materially and adversely impact the profitability of one or more of our business lines or the level of capital required to support our activities. In designating non-bank financial companies for heightened prudential regulation by the Federal Reserve, the FSOC considers, among other matters, their size and potential impact on the financial stability of the United States. As long as the Company continues to be controlled by ING Group, the FSOC may consider the Company together with ING Group’s other operations in the United States for purposes of making this determination. Therefore, while we believe it is unlikely that the Company, either on a standalone basis or together with ING Group’s other operations in the United States, will ultimately receive this designation, there is a greater likelihood of such a designation being made for as long as we are controlled by ING Group.

 

   

Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act provides that a financial company, such as us, may be subject to a special orderly liquidation process outside the federal bankruptcy code, administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as receiver, upon a determination that it is in default or in danger of default and presents a systemic risk to U.S. financial stability. We cannot predict how rating agencies, or creditors of us or our subsidiaries, will evaluate this potential or whether it will impact our financing or hedging costs.

 

   

Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act creates a new framework for regulation of the over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives markets. New margin and capital requirements on market participants contained in final regulations to be adopted by the SEC and the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) could substantially increase the cost of hedging and related operations, affect the profitability of our products or their attractiveness to our customers, or cause us to alter our hedging strategy or change the composition of the risks we do not hedge.

 

   

Pursuant to requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act, the SEC and CFTC are currently considering whether stable value contracts should be regulated as “swap” derivative contracts. In the event that stable value contracts become subject to such regulation, certain aspects of our business could be adversely impacted, including issuance of stable value contracts and management of assets pursuant to stable value mandates.

 

   

The Dodd-Frank Act establishes a Federal Insurance Office within the United States Department of the Treasury (“Treasury Department”) to be headed by a director appointed by the Secretary of the Treasury. While not having a general supervisory or regulatory authority over the business of insurance, the director of this office would perform various functions with respect to insurance, including participating in the FSOC’s decisions regarding insurers to be designated for stricter regulation by the Federal Reserve. The Federal Insurance Office may recommend enhanced regulations to the states.

 

   

The Dodd-Frank Act also includes various securities law reforms that may affect our business practices. See “—Changes in U.S. federal and state securities laws and regulations may affect our operations and our profitability” below.

 

   

The Dodd-Frank Act could result in various ex-post assessments being imposed on us, the costs of which we are unable to estimate at this time.

Although the full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act cannot be determined until the various studies mandated by the law are conducted and implementing regulations are adopted, many of the legislation’s requirements could have profound and/or adverse consequences for the financial services industry, including for us. The Dodd-Frank Act could make it more expensive for us to conduct business, require us to make changes to our business model

 

-47-


Table of Contents

or satisfy increased capital requirements, subject us to greater regulatory scrutiny or to potential increases in whistleblower claims in light of the increased awards available to whistleblowers under the Act and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

See “Regulation” for further discussion of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our businesses.

In addition to the Dodd-Frank Act, regulators and lawmakers in non-U.S. jurisdictions are engaged in addressing the causes of the recent financial crisis and means of avoiding such crises in the future. Although currently we are not directly subject to non-U.S. regulation, we may be significantly affected by foreign regulatory actions, due to our being under the control of ING Group. We are unable to predict how any such regulations could affect the way ING Group conducts its business and manages capital, or to what extent any resulting changes in the way ING Group conducts its business or manages capital could affect our business, our relationship with ING Group or our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. For a further discussion of foreign regulation and its potential effect on us while we are controlled by ING Group, including the impact of the Solvency II Directive, see “Regulation—International and National Regulatory Initiatives that May Affect Us as a Consequence of our Affiliation with ING Group.”

Changes in U.S. federal and state securities laws and regulations may affect our operations and our profitability.

U.S. federal and state securities laws apply to sales of our mutual funds and to our variable annuity and variable life insurance products (which are considered to be both insurance products and securities) as well as to sales of third-party investment products. As a result, some of our subsidiaries and the products they offer are subject to regulation under these federal and state securities laws. Our insurance subsidiaries’ separate accounts are registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act. Some variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by our insurance subsidiaries also are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Other subsidiaries are registered as broker-dealers under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), are members of, and subject to, regulation by FINRA, and are also registered as broker-dealers in various states, as applicable. In addition, some of our subsidiaries are registered as investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act.

Securities laws and regulations are primarily intended to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect investors in the securities markets or investment advisory or brokerage clients. These laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict the conduct of business for failure to comply with those laws and regulations. A number of changes have recently been proposed to the laws and regulations that govern the conduct of our variable insurance products business and our distributors that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act authorizes the SEC to establish a standard of conduct applicable to brokers and dealers when providing personalized investment advice to retail customers. This standard of conduct would be to act in the best interest of the customer without regard to the financial or other interest of the broker or dealer providing the advice. Further, proposals have been made that the SEC establish a self-regulatory organization with respect to registered investment advisers, which could increase the level of regulatory oversight over them. Changes to these laws or regulations that restrict the conduct of our business could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Changes to regulations under ERISA could adversely affect our distribution model by restricting our ability to provide customers with advice.

The prohibited transaction rules of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code generally restrict the provision of investment advice to ERISA plans and participants and IRAs if the investment recommendation results in fees paid to the individual advisor, his or her firm or their affiliates that vary according to the investment recommendation chosen. In March 2010, the DOL issued proposed regulations which provide limited relief from

 

-48-


Table of Contents

these investment advice restrictions. The DOL issued final rules in October of 2011 and did not provide additional relief regarding these restrictions. As a result, the ability of our investment advisory subsidiaries and their advisory representatives to provide investment advice to ERISA plans and participants, and with respect to IRAs, will likely be significantly restricted. Also, the fee and revenue arrangements of certain advisory programs may be required to be revenue neutral, resulting in potential lost revenues for these investment advisers and their affiliates.

Other proposed regulatory initiatives under ERISA may negatively impact our broker-dealer subsidiaries. In particular, the DOL issued a proposed regulation in October 2010 that would, if adopted as proposed, significantly broaden the circumstances under which a person or entity providing investment advice with respect to ERISA plans or IRAs would be deemed a fiduciary under ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code. Although the DOL has withdrawn this proposal, it has indicated its intent to re-propose the regulation in a modified form. If adopted, the proposed regulations may make it easier for the DOL in enforcement actions, and for plaintiffs’ attorneys in ERISA litigation, to attempt to extend fiduciary status to advisors who would not be deemed fiduciaries under current regulations.

In addition, the DOL has issued a number of regulations recently, and may issue additional similar regulations, that increase the level of disclosure that must be provided to plan sponsors and participants. These ERISA disclosure requirements will likely increase the regulatory and compliance burden upon us, resulting in increased costs.

Changes in U.S. pension laws and regulations may affect our results of operations and our profitability.

Congress from time to time considers pension reform legislation that could decrease the attractiveness of certain of our retirement products and services to retirement plan sponsors and administrators or have an unfavorable effect on our ability to earn revenues from these products and services. In this regard, the Pension Protection Act of 2006 made significant changes in employer pension funding obligations associated with defined benefit pension plans that are likely to increase sponsors’ costs of maintaining these plans and imposed certain requirements on defined contribution plans. Over time, these changes could negatively impact our sales of defined benefit or defined contribution plan products and services and cause sponsors to discontinue existing plans for which we provide insurance, asset management, administrative, or other services. Certain tax-favored savings initiatives that have been proposed could hinder sales and persistency of our products and services that support employment based retirement plans.

The Preservation of Access to Care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension Relief Act of 2010 also includes certain provisions for defined benefit pension plan funding relief. These provisions may impact the likelihood of corporate plan sponsors terminating their plans and/or engaging in transactions to partially or fully transfer pension obligations to an insurance company. As part of our retirement services segment, we offer general account and separate account group annuity products that enable a plan sponsor to transfer these risks, often in connection with the termination of defined benefit pension plans. Consequently, this legislation could indirectly affect the mix of our business, with fewer closeouts and more non-guaranteed funding products, and adversely impact our results of operations.

We may not be able to mitigate the reserve strain associated with Regulation XXX and NAIC Actuarial Guideline 38, potentially resulting in a negative impact on our capital position or in a need to increase prices and/or reduce sales of term or universal life products.

The NAIC Model Regulation entitled “Valuation of Life Insurance Policies,” commonly known as “Regulation XXX” or “XXX,” requires insurers to establish additional statutory reserves for certain term life insurance policies with long-term premium guarantees and for certain universal life policies with secondary guarantees. In addition, NAIC Actuarial Guideline 38 (“AG38”) clarifies the application of XXX with respect to certain universal life insurance policies with secondary guarantees. Many of our newly issued term insurance products and an increasing number of our universal life insurance products are affected by XXX and AG38,

 

-49-


Table of Contents

respectively. The application of both XXX and AG38 involves numerous interpretations. At times, there may be differences of opinion between management and state insurance departments regarding the application of these and other actuarial standards. Such differences of opinion may lead to a state insurance regulator requiring greater reserves to support insurance liabilities than management estimated.

The NAIC has adopted revisions to AG38, specifically regarding reserving for certain universal life secondary guarantee products. Reserves on in-force business as of December 31, 2012 are now subject to a floor calculation based on assumptions consistent with a new principles-based reserving framework developed by the NAIC. Reserves on business written after December 31, 2012 will be calculated using a modified formulaic approach. We have not completed our analysis of the impact of these revisions on our reserves, and the revisions may require us to increase our statutory reserves for universal life policies with secondary guarantees. Further, changes in the method of calculating reserves may also impact the future profitability and sales of our universal life policies with secondary guarantees.

We have implemented reinsurance and capital management actions to mitigate the capital impact of XXX and AG38, including the use of LOCs and the implementation of other transactions that provide acceptable collateral to support the reinsurance of the liabilities to wholly owned reinsurance captives or to third party reinsurers. These arrangements are subject to review by state insurance regulators and rating agencies. For example, the NAIC has recently established a subgroup to study the use of captives and special purpose vehicles to transfer insurance risk in relation to existing state laws and regulations. Rating agencies may include a portion of these LOCs or other collateral in their calculation of leverage calculations, which could increase their assessment of our leverage ratios and potentially impact our ratings. We cannot provide assurance that there will not be regulatory or rating agency challenges to the reinsurance and capital management actions we have taken to date or that acceptable collateral obtained through such transactions will continue to be available or available on a cost-effective basis. The result of those potential challenges, as well as the inability to obtain acceptable collateral, could require us to increase statutory reserves, incur higher operating and/or tax costs or reduce sales.

Certain of the reserve financing facilities we have put in place will mature prior to the run off of the liabilities they support. As a result, we cannot provide assurance that we will be able to continue to implement actions either to mitigate the impact of XXX and AG38 on future sales of term and universal life insurance products or maintain collateral support related to our captives or existing third party reinsurance arrangements to which one of our captive reinsurance subsidiaries is a party. If we are unable to continue to implement those actions or maintain existing collateral support, we may be required to increase statutory reserves or incur higher operating costs than we currently anticipate. Because term and universal life insurance are particularly price-sensitive products, any increase in premiums charged on these products to compensate us for the increased statutory reserve requirements or higher costs of reinsurance may result in a significant loss of volume and materially and adversely affect our life insurance business .

The full NAIC membership adopted a new Valuation Manual (“VM”) in December 2012. VM will change the reserving methodology for life insurance by giving greater credence to an insurer’s realized past experience, anticipated future experience and current economic conditions. The NAIC is expected to increase the use of Principles-Based Reserving (“PBR”) approaches such as VM in the future. We, along with other life insurers, have studied the impact of PBR, but since VM is still subject to change as it is adopted by the various states, we are unable to predict its impact on the future profitability and sales of our life insurance policies, however, it is possible that this approach will result in more volatility in our financial results given the greater weight it places on current economic conditions. See “Regulation—Insurance Regulation—Financial Regulation.”

Changes in tax laws could increase our tax costs, impact the ability of our insurance company subsidiaries to make distributions to ING U.S., Inc. or make our insurance, annuity and investment products less attractive to customers.

Changes in tax laws could increase our taxes and our effective tax rates. For example, the Obama Administration has proposed modifying the dividends received deduction for life insurance company separate

 

-50-


Table of Contents

accounts, and such a modification could significantly reduce the dividends received deduction that we are able to claim for dividends received in separate accounts. We have also entered into agreements with the IRS to resolve issues related to tax accounting matters, such as whether certain derivative transactions qualify for hedge treatment, the proper treatment of valid tax hedge gains and losses and “other than temporary impairment” losses, which agreements may be superseded by future enacted laws, regulations or public guidance that increases our taxes and our effective tax rates. Further, changes in tax rates could affect the amount of our deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. One such change relates to the current debate over corporate tax reform and corporate tax rates. A reduction in the top federal tax rate would result in lower statutory deferred tax assets. Such a reduction in the statutory deferred tax asset may impact the ability of the affected insurance subsidiaries to make distributions to us and consequently could negatively impact our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders and to service our debt.

Changes in tax laws could make some of our insurance, annuity and investment products less attractive to customers. Current U.S. federal income tax law permits tax-deferred accumulation of income earned under life insurance and annuity products, and permits exclusion from taxation of death benefits paid under life insurance contracts. Changes in tax laws that restrict these tax benefits could make some of our products less attractive to customers. Reductions in individual income tax rates or estate tax rates could also make some of our products less advantageous to customers.

The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was recently passed to avert the “fiscal cliff” and made permanent the marginal income tax rates for individuals, as well as the estate tax threshold and applicable rate. Although we do not consider it likely that Congress will revisit these rates in the short term, it is likely to pursue spending cuts (which may take the form of reducing or eliminating tax preferences associated with our industry and products) to offset mandatory spending cuts, as part of any negotiations to raise the federal borrowing limit, and as part of funding the federal government when the current continuing resolution expires. Congress may also consider the same types of spending cuts and revenue raising options on an even larger scale later in 2013 or 2014 if it pursues comprehensive tax reform premised on the notion of reducing corporate and personal rates by reducing tax preferences. We also believe that states that stand to lose tax revenue of their own will exert pressure on the federal government not to enact additional measures as part of comprehensive tax reform that would negatively impact them further. Such a situation may result in even more pressure on raising revenue from tax preferences associated with our Company and products.

Risks Related to Our Separation from, and Continuing Relationship with, ING Group

ING Group’s continuing significant interest in us following this offering may result in conflicts of interest.

Upon the completion of this offering, ING Group will beneficially own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock (     % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full). For as long as ING Group continues to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding voting stock, ING Group generally will be able to determine the outcome of many corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and the amendment of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of ING U.S., Inc. ING Group is currently required pursuant to the 2012 Amended Restructuring Plan to divest all of its global insurance and investment management business. See “Summary—ING Group Restructuring Plan with European Commission.” It is thus expected that ING Group will sell its controlling ownership interest in ING U.S., Inc. through one or more additional public offerings of our stock or, possibly, through one or more privately negotiated sales of our stock.

We will elect to be treated as a “controlled company” for purposes of the NYSE corporate governance rules, and accordingly, for as long as ING Group owns more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, we will not be subject to the requirement that a majority of our directors be “independent” as defined under such rules and that we have a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee that meet the required director independence requirements. In addition, under the provisions of a shareholder agreement that we will enter into with ING Group prior to or concurrently with the completion of this offering, ING Group will have consent rights with respect to certain corporate and business activities that we may undertake, including during

 

-51-


Table of Contents

periods where ING Group holds less than a majority of our common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with ING Group Following the Offering—Shareholder Agreement.”

Because ING Group’s interests may differ from those of other stockholders, actions ING Group takes or omits to take with respect to us, for as long as it is our controlling stockholder, including those corporate or business actions requiring its prior affirmative written consent or vote described above, may not be as favorable to other stockholders as they are to ING Group.

Conflicts of interest may arise between us and ING Group in a number of areas relating to our past and ongoing relationships. All of our directors immediately following the offering will have been designated to our Board of Directors by ING Group.                  of these directors are also officers of ING Group. Because of their current or former positions with ING Group, these directors and a number of our officers own substantial amounts of ING Group stock and options to purchase ING Group stock. Ownership interests of our directors or officers in ING Group shares, or service of certain of our directors as officers of ING Group, may create, or may create the appearance of, conflicts of interest when a director is faced with a decision that could have different implications for the two companies. These potential conflicts could arise, for example, over matters such as the desirability of an acquisition opportunity, employee retention or recruiting, capital management or our dividend policy.

Our continuing relationship with ING Group, our ultimate parent, and with affiliates of ING Group, may affect our ability to operate and finance our business as we deem appropriate and changes with respect to ING Group could negatively impact us.

Following this offering, ING Group will continue to own a substantial majority of our common stock and we will be a consolidated subsidiary of ING Group for purposes of its financial reporting. Circumstances affecting ING Group may have an impact on us and we cannot be certain how further changes in circumstances affecting ING Group may impact us.

In November 2008, the Dutch State purchased non-voting core Tier 1 securities from ING Group for a total consideration of €10 billion and in the first quarter of 2009 ING Group entered into an Alt-A Back-up Facility with the Dutch State (see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Alt-A Back-up Facility”). In connection with the Dutch State Transactions, ING Group accepted certain restrictions regarding the compensation of certain of its senior management positions. In addition, the Dutch State was granted the right to nominate two candidates for appointment to ING Group’s Supervisory Board (the “Supervisory Board”) and the Dutch State’s nominees have veto rights over certain material transactions, including the issuance or repurchase by ING Group of its shares.

In 2009, ING Group was required to submit a restructuring plan to the EC to obtain EC approval for the Dutch State Transactions under the EC state aid rules. On October 26, 2009, ING Group announced its 2009 Restructuring Plan, pursuant to which ING Group is required to divest its insurance and investment management businesses, including the Company. On November 19, 2012, ING Group and the EC announced that the EC approved the 2012 Amended Restructuring Plan. The 2012 Amended Restructuring Plan requires ING Group to divest at least 25% of the Company by December 31, 2013, more than 50% of the Company by December 31, 2014, and 100% of the Company by December 31, 2016. The divestment of 50% of the Company is measured in terms of a divestment of over 50% of the shares of ING U.S., Inc., the loss of ING Group’s majority of directors on ING U.S., Inc.’s board of directors and the accounting deconsolidation of the Company (in line with IFRS accounting rules). In case ING Group does not satisfy its commitment to divest the Company as agreed with the EC, the Dutch State will renotify the recapitalization measure to the EC. In such a case, the EC may require additional restructuring measures or take enforcement action against ING Group, or, at the request of ING Group and the Dutch State, could allow ING Group more time to complete the divestment.

We cannot accurately predict whether any restrictions and limitations imposed on ING Group on account of the Dutch State Transactions, or the implementation of the 2012 Amended Restructuring Plan (or any further

 

-52-


Table of Contents

amendment thereof), will have a negative effect on our businesses and financial flexibility or result in conflicts between the interests of ING Group and our interests. In addition, it is difficult for us to predict whether any changes to, or termination of, the Dutch State Transactions could occur as a result of the 2012 Amended Restructuring Plan (or any further amendment thereof) and whether any effect on our business would result from that. We also note that we cannot predict the possible effect of ING Group not satisfying its commitment to divest the Company as agreed with the EC, for instance, by having a remaining ownership interest in the Company and its subsidiaries beyond any deadline agreed with the EC.

Our separation from ING Group could adversely affect our business and profitability due to ING Group’s strong brand and reputation.

Prior to the completion of this offering, as a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group, we have marketed our products and services using the “ING” brand name and logo. We believe the association with ING Group has provided us with preferred status among our customers, vendors and other persons due to ING Group’s globally recognized brand, perceived high quality products and services and strong capital base and financial strength.

This offering could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers, which could result in reduced sales of our products. In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into an IP licensing agreement, pursuant to which we will have a license to use certain trademarks (including the “ING” name and logo) for a limited period of time following the completion of the offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with ING Group Following the Offering—Transitional Intellectual Property Agreement.” Shortly after the consummation of this offering, we intend to begin operational and legal work to rebrand to “        , ” the process of changing all marketing materials, operating materials and legal entity names containing the word “ING” or “Lion” to our new brand name will take approximately 24 months and, together with our anticipated advertising campaigns will cost between $         and $        . Some of our existing policyholders, contract owners and other customers may choose to stop doing business with us, which could increase the rate of surrenders and withdrawals in our policies and contracts. In addition, other potential policyholders and contract owners may decide not to purchase our products because we no longer will be a part of ING Group.

Our separation from ING Group could prompt some third parties to re-price, modify or terminate their distribution or vendor relationships with us. Our ability to attract and retain highly qualified independent sales intermediaries and dedicated sales specialists for our products may also be negatively affected. We may be required to lower the prices of our products, increase our sales commissions and fees, change long-term selling and marketing agreements and take other action to maintain our relationship with our sales intermediaries and distribution partners, all of which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We cannot accurately predict the effect that our separation from ING Group will have on our business, sales intermediaries, customers or employees.

The risks relating to our separation from ING Group could materialize or evolve at any time, including:

 

   

immediately upon the completion of this offering, when ING Group’s beneficial ownership in our common stock will decrease to     % (     % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full);

 

   

when ING Group reduces its ownership in our common stock to a level below 50%; and

 

   

when we cease using the “ING” name and logo in our sales and marketing materials, particularly when we deliver notices to our distributors and customers that the names of some of our insurance subsidiaries will change.

 

-53-


Table of Contents

The terms of our arrangements with ING Group may be more favorable than we will be able to obtain from an unaffiliated third-party. We may be unable to replace the services ING Group provides us in a timely manner or on comparable terms.

As a subsidiary of ING Group, we have benefited, and after this offering will continue to benefit, from certain contractual arrangements between ING Group and ING Bank and various third party vendors. These contractual arrangements permit ING Group affiliates such as the Company to make use of the software licenses and related services provided thereunder. There is no assurance that, once we are no longer entitled to benefit from these arrangements as a result of a Divestment Transaction, we will be able to obtain these services at the same levels or obtain the same benefits through new, independent relationships with third party vendors. Likewise, we may not be able to replace these services and arrangements in a timely manner or on terms and conditions, including cost, as favorable as those we have previously received as a subsidiary of ING Group.

In addition, as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Historical Related Party Transactions—Financing Arrangements—Guarantees,” immediately following this offering we expect that certain of our indebtedness and other obligations will continue to benefit from guarantees provided by ING Group or ING V. As this indebtedness and these obligations mature or are terminated, to the extent we replace them with new indebtedness or other obligations, we do not expect such new indebtedness or other obligations to be guaranteed by ING Group or ING V. Therefore, such new indebtedness or other obligations may be on terms that are less favorable to us than the indebtedness or other obligations being replaced.

ING Group and its directors and officers will have limited liability to us or you for breach of fiduciary duty.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be effective upon completion of this offering, will provide that none of our directors will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty, except for liability for breach of a director’s duty of loyalty, acts or omissions by a director not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, dividend payments or stock repurchases that are unlawful under Delaware law or any transaction in which a director has derived an improper personal benefit. See “Description of Capital Stock––Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”

If ING Group sells a controlling interest in our company to a third-party in a private transaction, you may not realize any change-of-control premium on shares of our common stock and we may become subject to the control of a presently unknown third-party.

Following the completion of this offering, ING Group will own a substantial majority of our common stock. ING Group will have the ability, should it choose to do so, to sell some or all of its shares of our common stock in a privately negotiated transaction, which, if sufficient in size, could result in a change of control of the Company. The ability of ING Group to privately sell such shares of our common stock, with no requirement for a concurrent offer to be made to acquire all of the shares of our common stock that will be publicly traded hereafter, could prevent you from realizing any change-of-control premium on your shares of our common stock that may otherwise accrue to ING Group upon its private sale of our common stock. Additionally, if ING Group privately sells a significant equity interest in us, we may become subject to the control of a presently unknown third-party. Such third-party may have conflicts of interest with the interests of other stockholders.

We expect to incur incremental costs as a standalone public company.

We will need to replicate or replace certain functions, systems and infrastructure to which we will no longer have the same access after this offering. We will also need to make infrastructure investments in order to operate without the same access to ING Group’s existing operational and administrative infrastructure. These initiatives may be costly to implement. Due to the scope and complexity of the underlying projects relative to these efforts, the amount of total costs could be materially higher than our estimate, and the timing of the incurrence of these costs may be subject to change.

 

-54-


Table of Contents

ING Group currently performs or supports many important corporate functions for our operations, including investor relations, advertising and brand management, corporate audit, certain risk management functions, corporate insurance, corporate governance and other services. Our Consolidated Financial Statements reflect charges for these services. There is no assurance that, following the completion of this offering, these services will be sustained at the same levels as when we were receiving such services from ING Group or that we will obtain the same benefits. When we begin to operate these functions independently, if we do not have our own adequate systems and business functions in place, or are unable to obtain them from other providers, we may not be able to operate our business effectively or at comparable costs and our profitability may decline. In addition, our business has benefited from ING Group’s purchasing power when procuring goods and services. As a standalone company, we may be unable to obtain such goods and services at comparable prices or on terms as favorable as those obtained prior to this offering, which could decrease our overall profitability.

As a separate public company, we expect to expend additional time and resources to comply with rules and regulations that do not currently apply to us.

As a separate public company, the various rules and regulations of the SEC, as well as the rules of the exchange on which we list our common stock, will require us to implement additional corporate governance practices and adhere to a variety of reporting requirements. Compliance with these public company obligations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and could place additional demands on our finance and accounting staff and on our financial, accounting and information systems.

In particular, as a public company, our management will be required to conduct an annual evaluation of our internal controls over financial reporting and include a report of management on our internal controls in our annual reports on Form 10-K. In addition, we will be required to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Auditing Standard No. 5. Under current rules, we would be subject to these requirements beginning with our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2014. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting, or if our registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an attestation and an unqualified report as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could result in a decrease in the value of our common stock.

Our historical consolidated financial data are not necessarily representative of the results we would have achieved as a standalone company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.

Our historical consolidated financial data included in this prospectus do not necessarily reflect the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows we would have achieved as a standalone company during the periods presented or those we will achieve in the future. For example, as described in “Recapitalization,” we are in the process of adjusting our capital structure to more closely align with peer U.S. public companies. As a result, financial metrics that are influenced by our capital structure, such as interest expense and return on equity, will not necessarily be indicative for historical periods of the performance we may achieve as a standalone company following this offering. In addition, significant increases may occur in our cost structure as a result of this offering, including costs related to public company reporting, investor relations and compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Also, as described in “—Our separation from ING Group could adversely affect our business and profitability due to ING Group’s strong brand and reputation,” we anticipate incurring substantial expenses in connection with rebranding our Company following this offering.

As a result of these matters, among others, it may be difficult for investors to compare our future results to historical results or to evaluate our relative performance or trends in our business.

 

-55-


Table of Contents

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

In addition to the risks included in this section, see “—We expect that our ability to use beneficial U.S. tax attributes will be subject to limitations” relating to provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that limit the amount of our common stock that an investor can acquire.

Our common stock has no prior public market, and we cannot assure you that an active trading market will develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we intend to apply for listing on the NYSE, an active trading market for shares of our common stock may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling your shares of common stock at an attractive price, or at all. The price for our common stock in this offering will be determined by negotiations among us, the Selling Stockholder and representatives of the underwriters, and it may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at any other price, or at the time that you would like to sell. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling our common stock, our ability to motivate our employees and sales representatives through equity incentive awards, and our ability to acquire other companies, products or technologies by using our common stock as consideration.

The price of our common stock may be volatile and may be affected by market conditions beyond our control.

Some factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate, in addition to the other risks mentioned in this section of the prospectus, are:

 

   

our operating and financial performance and prospects;

 

   

our announcements or our competitors’ announcements regarding new products or services, enhancements, significant contracts, acquisitions or strategic investments;

 

   

changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts who cover our common stock;

 

   

fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;

 

   

changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities, sales of large blocks of common stock by our stockholders, including ING Group, or the incurrence of additional debt;

 

   

departure of key personnel;

 

   

reputational issues;

 

   

changes in general economic and market conditions;

 

   

changes in industry conditions or perceptions or changes in the market outlook for the insurance industry; and

 

   

changes in applicable laws, rules or regulations, regulatory actions affecting us and other dynamics.

The stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations in recent years. The market prices of securities of insurance and financial services companies have experienced fluctuations that often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating results of these companies. These market fluctuations could result in extreme volatility in the price of shares of our common stock, which could cause a decline in the value of your investment. You should also be aware that price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of shares of our common stock is low.

 

-56-


Table of Contents

Future sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock may depress the price of our shares.

If our stockholders sell a large number of shares of our common stock, or if we issue a large number of shares of our common stock in connection with future acquisitions, financings, or other circumstances, the market price of shares of our common stock could decline significantly. Moreover, the perception in the public market that our stockholders might sell shares of our common stock could depress the market price of those shares. In addition, sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock by ING Group pursuant to the 2012 Amended Restructuring Plan could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

All the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction, except for shares acquired by any of our affiliates, including ING Group. Immediately after this offering, the public market for our common stock will include only the              shares of common stock that are being sold in this offering, or              shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. After the offering, we intend to register              shares of common stock, which are reserved for issuance under our employee benefit plans. Once we register these shares, they can be sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to restrictions under the securities laws applicable to resales by affiliates. In addition, we expect to enter into a registration rights agreement with ING Group pursuant to which we will be obligated to register ING Group’s shares of our common stock for public resale upon request by ING Group, beginning          days following the date of this prospectus. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights Agreement.”

We expect that we, ING Group and our directors and executive officers will enter into lock-up arrangements under which we and they will agree that we and they will not sell, directly or indirectly, any common stock for a period of          days from the date of this prospectus (subject to certain exceptions) without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. See “Underwriting.”

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, of Delaware corporate and of state insurance laws, may prevent or delay an acquisition of us, which could decrease the trading price of our common stock.

State laws, provisions of ING U.S.’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws may delay, deter, prevent or render more difficult a takeover attempt that our stockholders might consider in their best interests. For example, such laws or provisions may prevent our stockholders from receiving the benefit from any premium to the market price of our common stock offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.

The insurance laws and regulations of the various states in which our insurance subsidiaries are organized may delay or impede a business combination involving the Company. State insurance laws prohibit an entity from acquiring control of an insurance company without the prior approval of the domestic insurance regulator. Under most states’ statutes, an entity is presumed to have control of an insurance company if it owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting stock of that insurance company or its parent company. These regulatory restrictions may delay, deter or prevent a potential merger or sale of our company, even if our Board of Directors decides that it is in the best interests of stockholders for us to merge or be sold. These restrictions also may delay sales by us or acquisitions by third parties of our insurance subsidiaries. In addition, the Investment Company Act would require approval by the contract owners of our variable contracts in order to effectuate a change of control of any affiliated investment adviser to a mutual fund underlying our variable contracts. Further, FINRA approval would be necessary for a change of control of any FINRA registered broker-dealer that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) may affect the ability of an “interested stockholder” to engage in certain business combinations, including mergers, consolidations or acquisitions of additional shares, for a period of three years following the time that the stockholder becomes an “interested stockholder.” An “interested stockholder” is defined to include persons owning directly or indirectly 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation.

 

-57-


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws will include provisions that may have anti-takeover effects and may delay, deter or prevent a takeover attempt that our stockholders might consider in their best interests. For example, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws will prohibit stockholders from calling special meetings of our stockholders and, from and after such time as ING Group ceases to beneficially own at least     % of our outstanding common stock, from taking action by written consent.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also include provisions designed to preserve the benefit of certain tax attributes of the Company, which will limit the amount of our common stock that an investor can acquire. See “Description of Capital Stock—Ownership Limitations.”

Risks Related to Our Holding Company Structure

As holding companies, ING U.S., Inc. and Lion Holdings depend on the ability of their subsidiaries to transfer funds to them to meet their obligations.

ING U.S., Inc. is the holding company for all our operations, and dividends, returns of capital and interest income on intercompany indebtedness from ING U.S., Inc.’s subsidiaries are the principal sources of funds available to ING U.S., Inc. to pay principal and interest on its outstanding indebtedness, to pay corporate operating expenses, to pay any stockholder dividends and to meet its other obligations. These subsidiaries are legally distinct from ING U.S., Inc. and, except in the case of Lion Holdings, which is the guarantor of certain of our outstanding indebtedness, have no obligation to pay amounts due on the debt of ING U.S., Inc. or to make funds available to ING U.S., Inc. for such payments. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or other distributions to ING U.S., Inc. in the future will depend on their earnings, tax considerations, covenants contained in any financing or other agreements and applicable regulatory restrictions. In addition, such payments may be limited as a result of claims against our subsidiaries by their creditors, including suppliers, vendors, lessors and employees. The ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends and make other distributions to ING U.S., Inc. will further depend on their ability to meet applicable regulatory standards and receive regulatory approvals, as discussed below under “—The ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends and other distributions to ING U.S., Inc. and Lion Holdings is further limited by state insurance laws” and “—At present, our principal insurance subsidiaries have no capacity to make ordinary dividend payments to ING U.S., Inc. or Lion Holdings, and therefore such insurance subsidiaries must obtain prior approval or notices of non-objection, as the case may be, from their respective state insurance commissioners in order to pay such dividends or other distributions.”

Lion Holdings is wholly owned by ING U.S., Inc. and is also a holding company, and accordingly its ability to make payments under its guarantees of such indebtedness is subject to restrictions and limitations similar to ING U.S., Inc. Neither ING U.S., Inc., nor Lion Holdings, has significant sources of cash flow other than from our subsidiaries that do not guarantee such indebtedness.

If the ability of our insurance or non-insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions or payments to ING U.S., Inc. and Lion Holdings is materially restricted by regulatory requirements, other cash needs, bankruptcy or insolvency, or our need to maintain the financial strength ratings of our insurance subsidiaries, or is limited due to operating results or other factors, we may be required to raise cash through the incurrence of debt, the issuance of equity or the sale of assets. However, there is no assurance that we would be able to raise cash by these means. This could materially and adversely affect the ability of ING U.S., Inc. and Lion Holdings to pay their obligations.

The ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends and other distributions to ING U.S., Inc. and Lion Holdings is further limited by state insurance laws.

The payment of dividends and other distributions to ING U.S., Inc. and Lion Holdings by our insurance subsidiaries is regulated by state insurance laws and regulations. See “—At present, our principal insurance subsidiaries have no capacity to make ordinary dividend payments to ING U.S., Inc. or Lion Holdings, and

 

-58-


Table of Contents

therefore such insurance subsidiaries must obtain prior approval or notices of non-objection, as the case may be, from their respective state insurance commissioners in order to pay such dividends or other distributions.”

The jurisdictions in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled impose certain restrictions on the ability to pay dividends to their respective parents. These restrictions are based, in part, on the prior year’s statutory income and surplus. In general, dividends up to specified levels are considered ordinary and may be paid without prior regulatory approval. Dividends in larger amounts, or extraordinary dividends, are subject to approval by the insurance commissioner of the relevant state of domicile. Under the insurance laws applicable to our insurance subsidiaries domiciled in Colorado, Connecticut, Indiana, Iowa and Minnesota, an extraordinary dividend or distribution is defined as a dividend or distribution that, together with other dividends and distributions made within the preceding twelve months, exceeds the greater of (1) 10% of the insurer’s policyholder surplus as of the preceding December 31, or (2) the insurer’s net gain from operations for the twelve-month period ending the preceding December 31, in each case determined in accordance with statutory accounting principles. New York has similar restrictions, except that New York’s statutory definition of extraordinary dividend or distribution is an aggregate amount in any calendar year that exceeds the lesser of (1) 10% of policyholder’s surplus for the twelve-month period ending the preceding December 31, or (2) the insurer’s net gain from operations for the twelve-month period ending the preceding December 31, not including realized capital gains. In addition, under the insurance laws of the states of domicile of our principal insurance subsidiaries, no dividend or other distribution exceeding an amount equal to an insurance company’s earned surplus may be paid without the domiciliary insurance regulator’s prior approval. From time to time, the NAIC and various state insurance regulators have considered, and may in the future consider, proposals to further limit dividend payments that an insurance company may make without regulatory approval. No assurance is given that more stringent restrictions will not be adopted from time to time by jurisdictions in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled, and such restrictions could have the effect, under certain circumstances, of significantly reducing dividends or other amounts payable to ING U.S., Inc. or Lion Holdings by our insurance subsidiaries without prior approval by regulatory authorities. In addition, in the future, we may become subject to debt instruments or other agreements that limit the ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions. The ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions is also limited by our need to maintain the financial strength ratings assigned to such subsidiaries by the rating agencies. These ratings depend to a large extent on the capitalization levels of our insurance subsidiaries.

The payment of dividends by our special purpose financial captive insurance company subsidiaries domiciled in South Carolina and Missouri is regulated by their respective governing licensing orders and restrictions in their respective insurance securitization agreements. Generally, our special purpose financial captive insurance subsidiaries may not declare or pay dividends in any form to their parent companies other than in accordance with their respective insurance securitization transaction agreements and their respective governing licensing orders, and in no event may the dividends decrease the capital of the captive below the minimum capital requirement applicable to it, and, after giving effect to the dividends, the assets of the captive paying the dividend must be sufficient to satisfy its domiciliary insurance regulator that it can meet its obligations. Similarly, our insurance subsidiary in the Cayman Islands is subject to minimum net worth and solvency requirements that limit its ability to pay dividends.

At present, our principal insurance subsidiaries have no capacity to make ordinary dividend payments to ING U.S., Inc. or Lion Holdings, and therefore such insurance subsidiaries must obtain prior approval or notices of non-objection, as the case may be, from their respective state insurance commissioners in order to pay such dividends or other distributions.

As of December 31, 2011, each of our insurance subsidiaries domiciled in Colorado, Iowa and Minnesota had negative earned surplus and did not have capacity to make ordinary dividend payments to ING U.S., Inc. or Lion Holdings without regulatory approval. Our Connecticut-domiciled insurance company, ILIAC, had positive earned surplus as of December 31, 2011 and could have paid a maximum amount of $190.0 million of ordinary dividends to Lion Holdings without regulatory approval at March 31, 2012, but ILIAC’s 2012 distribution

 

-59-


Table of Contents

request exceeded its year-end 2011 earned surplus and therefore required domiciliary regulatory approval. In the second quarter of 2012, our principal insurance subsidiaries that are domiciled in Colorado, Connecticut, Iowa and Minnesota received regulatory approvals or notices of non-objection, as the case may be, from their respective domiciliary state insurance regulators to make extraordinary distributions to ING U.S., Inc. or Lion Holdings in the aggregate amount of $800.0 million in response to 2012 extraordinary distribution requests. The approved distributions of $800.0 million (including the $190.0 million ordinary dividend capacity of ILIAC) were made on June 26, 2012.

Following payment of such distributions, our principal insurance subsidiaries domiciled in Colorado, Iowa and Minnesota each had negative earned surplus accounts and therefore at the date of this prospectus have no current ordinary dividend capacity. ILIAC’s 2012 extraordinary distribution exceeded its year end 2011 earned surplus and therefore at the date of this prospectus it has no current ordinary dividend capacity. Any further dividends or distributions paid by any of these insurance subsidiaries will be on an extraordinary basis (and, therefore, subject to prior regulatory approval or notice of non-objection, as the case may be) until ordinary dividend capacity is developed. The ability to pay ordinary dividends will require the development by each insurance company of a positive earned surplus account and will be limited to a distribution amount that does not exceed the insurance company’s prior year-end positive earned surplus account and its applicable state insurance ordinary dividend threshold, after taking into account dividends and distributions made within the preceding twelve months.

As of the date of this prospectus, we expect the primary future sources of funds available to meet ongoing cash needs of ING U.S., Inc. and Lion Holdings, including debt service on our outstanding indebtedness, will be extraordinary dividends and distributions from our insurance company subsidiaries (for which the prior approval or notice of non-objection, as the case may be, of our state insurance regulators is required), and dividends and distributions from our non-insurance company subsidiaries. We also expect that, in the near term, ILIAC, one of our principal insurance company subsidiaries, will have some limited ordinary dividend capacity (for which prior regulatory approval is not required). We are in the process of engaging with the state insurance regulators of our principal insurance subsidiaries to seek approval for additional extraordinary distributions to be paid to ING U.S., Inc. or Lion Holdings, as the case may be, immediately prior to this offering. In addition, we are engaging with such regulators to seek approval for enhanced ordinary dividend and distribution paying capacity from our principal insurance company subsidiaries following this offering.

There can be no assurance that any of our insurance subsidiaries will receive approval for any extraordinary distribution payments or enhanced ordinary dividend or distribution paying capacity in the future or that the ability of our insurance subsidiaries, including ILIAC, to pay ordinary dividends will otherwise be restored. Factors that could cause state insurance regulators to deny requests for the payment of extraordinary distributions or for enhanced ordinary dividend or distribution paying capacity could include, for example, concerns over the actual or future financial health of our insurance subsidiaries, increases (whether actual or forecasted) in loss ratios experienced by our insurance subsidiaries and regulatory concerns with the conduct of our insurance subsidiaries’ businesses. Similarly, operating results or other factors outside our control could have a negative adverse effect on the ability of our insurance subsidiaries to regain their ability to pay ordinary dividends.

 

-60-


Table of Contents

RECAPITALIZATION

We have historically operated with a capital structure that reflected our status as a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group, and have not historically relied on direct access to the capital markets for our financing needs. To prepare for our separation from ING Group and operation as a standalone public company, we have undertaken various recapitalization initiatives to more closely align our capital structure—both at the ING U.S., Inc. holding company level and on a consolidated basis—with other U.S. public companies. In undertaking this recapitalization plan, we have focused on several goals:

 

   

Maintaining and strengthening our credit ratings;

 

   

Migrating the Company towards our target of 25% financial leverage to capital ratio;

 

   

Meeting our target combined RBC ratio of our U.S. insurance company subsidiaries of 425%;

 

   

Replacing significant amounts of our financing that are provided or guaranteed by ING Group, ING V or ING Bank with financing that is supported solely on the basis of our standalone credit, and entering into new financing arrangements only on that basis; and

 

   

Increasing liquidity at the ING U.S., Inc. holding company level.

We have already completed the following steps in connection with this recapitalization:

 

   

$5.0 billion senior unsecured credit facility. On April 20, 2012, we entered into a $5.0 billion senior unsecured credit facility with a syndicate of banks, which replaced financing that was either internally funded or guaranteed by ING V. The credit facility was established on the basis of our standalone credit profile. As part of the senior unsecured credit facility, we entered into a three-year committed revolving credit agreement (the “Revolving Credit Agreement”), which provides for issuance of up to $3.5 billion of LOC with a $1.5 billion sublimit for cash borrowings (reduced, as required by the terms of the Revolving Credit Agreement, to $1.075 billion in connection with the inaugural senior notes offering discussed in the following paragraph). We also entered into a $1.5 billion two-year syndicated term loan agreement (the “Term Loan Agreement” and, together with the Revolving Credit Agreement, the “Senior Unsecured Credit Facility”).

 

   

$850.0 million inaugural senior notes offering. On July 13, 2012, we issued $850.0 million principal amount of 5.5% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “2022 Notes”) in a private placement to institutional investors. Like the Senior Unsecured Credit Facility, these notes are not guaranteed by ING Group or ING V.

 

   

Receipt of cash distributions. In the second quarter of 2012, our insurance subsidiaries domiciled in Colorado, Connecticut, Iowa and Minnesota made distributions to ING U.S., Inc. or Lion Holdings in the aggregate amount of $800.0 million pursuant to regulatory approvals or notices of non-objection, as the case may be, from their respective domiciliary insurance regulators. We contributed $500.0 million of such distributions to our Cayman Islands insurance subsidiary, SLDI, through repayment of $100.0 million of intercompany loans and a capital contribution to SLDI of $400.0 million.

 

   

Contribution of intercompany loans from ING V. During 2010 and 2011, ING V caused to be contributed to the Company $7.0 billion of borrowings made by the Company under certain intercompany loan agreements. As a result of the contribution, the debt was immediately extinguished. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Historical Related Party Transactions—Financing Arrangements—Intercompany Loans.”

We have historically relied on certain funding sources that have been provided by or guaranteed by ING Group, ING V or ING Bank. Immediately following the completion of this offering, we expect that approximately $         of our consolidated outstanding indebtedness will be provided by or continue to benefit from a guarantee provided by ING Group or ING V, and that ING Bank will provide financing facilities or other financial instruments or ING Group or ING V will also guarantee an additional $         of our obligations under various financing facilities or other financial instruments. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Historical Related Party Transactions—Financing Arrangements—Guarantees.” We expect to refinance approximately $         of such amount following this offering with financing that is based solely on our standalone

 

-61-


Table of Contents

credit. An additional $         of such amount is expected to mature or expire according to its terms. As the remaining indebtedness, facilities or instruments mature or expire, we would expect to replace such financing, where necessary, with financing that is also based solely on our standalone credit.

There is a degree of flexibility as to how we achieve the balance of our recapitalization initiatives consistent with the goals set forth above. While the exact manner in which we complete our recapitalization initiatives—and our capital structure after giving effect to this offering—will be informed by market conditions, interest rates and other factors, the steps we may take to achieve our capitalization goals include the following:

 

   

Issuance of senior notes of various maturities;

 

   

Issuance of hybrid securities;

 

   

Repayment of borrowings under the Term Loan Agreement;

 

   

Repayment of amounts outstanding under our commercial paper program;

 

   

Repayment of $500.0 million of borrowings from ING V;

 

   

Repayment by ING U.S., Inc. of borrowings from subsidiaries; and/or

 

   

Contribution of capital to SLDI, our Cayman Islands insurance subsidiary, and cancellation of the $1.5 billion contingent capital LOC with ING Bank.

The following presents an overview of the sources and uses of funds in connection with our recapitalization (shown from the holding company perspective of ING U.S., Inc.), showing certain recapitalization steps we have completed to date, as well as the further steps we anticipate completing prior to, concurrently with or within a reasonable period of time following this offering.

 

($ in millions)    Completed      To be
Completed
     Total  

Sources of Funds

                    

Debt Issuance

        

Proceeds from Term Loan Agreement

   $                    $                    $                

Proceeds from Revolving Credit Agreement

        

Proceeds from issuance of 2022 Notes

        

Proceeds from future issuance of senior notes and hybrid securities

        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt issuance

        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity Issuance

        

Proceeds of this offering

        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Internal Resources

        

Proceeds of distributions from operating subsidiaries

        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Sources of Funds

   $                    $                    $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Uses of Funds

                    

Debt Repayment

        

Repayment of Revolving Credit Agreement borrowings

   $                    $                    $                

Repayment of Term Loan Agreement borrowings

        

Repayment of commercial paper

        

Repayment of borrowings from parent

        

Repayment of borrowings from subsidiaries

        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt repayment

        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Increase in Liquidity

        

Increase in cash balance

        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other

        

Capital contribution to SLDI

        

Transaction and break costs

        

Interest and other financing costs

        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other

        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Uses of Funds

   $                    $                    $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-62-


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from this offering will be approximately $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the Selling Stockholder.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

See “Recapitalization” for a discussion of our recapitalization plan and our plans for the use of the proceeds of this offering.

 

-63-


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We intend to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock at an initial amount of approximately $         per share, although any declaration of dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, earnings, cash needs, regulatory constraints, capital requirements (including requirements of our subsidiaries) and any other factors that the Board of Directors deems relevant in making such a determination. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock, or as to the amount of any such dividends.

Delaware law requires that dividends be paid only out of “surplus,” which is defined as the fair market value of our net assets, minus our stated capital; or out of the current or the immediately preceding year’s earnings. We are a holding company, and we have no direct operations. All of our business operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. The states in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled impose certain restrictions on our insurance subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to us. These restrictions are based in part on the prior year’s statutory income and surplus. Such restrictions, or any future restrictions adopted by the states in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled, could have the effect, under certain circumstances, of significantly reducing dividends or other amounts payable to us by our subsidiaries without affirmative approval of state regulatory authorities. For more details, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Holding Company Structure.”

 

-64-


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table presents our capitalization as of September 30, 2012, on an actual basis and on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to the sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from that sale after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The as adjusted information presented in the table below is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

You should read this table together with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2012  
(unaudited)    Actual     As
Adjusted
 
     ($ in millions)  

Short-term debt :

    

Short-term debt

   $ 299.2      $                    

Current portion of long-term debt

     475.7     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total short-term debt

   $ 774.9      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

    

Long-term debt, capital leases and notes payable, net of current portion

   $ 2,555.2      $     

Senior Unsecured Credit Facility

     1,087.5     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 3,642.7      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholder’s equity:

    

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 200,000 shares authorized, 100,207 shares issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

   $ —        $     

Additional paid-in capital

     22,900.0     

Retained earnings (deficit):

    

Appropriated-consolidated investment entities

     48.4     

Unappropriated

     (12,739.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholder’s equity (excluding AOCI and non-controlling interest)

   $ 10,209.0      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization (total debt plus shareholder’s equity excluding items noted above)

   $ 14,626.6      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The as adjusted number of shares of our common stock set forth in the table above excludes issuance of stock under equity compensation arrangements.

 

-65-


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected unaudited consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, and as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are derived from our unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements for such periods and dates, which are not included in this prospectus. The following selected consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 and as of September 30, 2012 have been derived from the unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and, in the opinion of the management of the Company, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of such data for the respective interim periods. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results that might be expected for future interim periods or for the full year ended December 31, 2012.

Prospective investors should read these selected consolidated financial data together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
($ in millions, except for share data)   2012     2011     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)                       (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Consolidated Operating Results

             

Net investment income

  $ 3,642.5      $ 3,756.4      $ 4,968.8      $ 4,987.0      $ 5,568.6      $ 5,404.0      $ 5,063.6   

Fee income

    2,624.8        2,721.0        3,603.6        3,516.5        3,325.1        3,506.9        3,423.4   

Premiums

    1,389.9        1,320.6        1,770.0        1,707.5        1,985.5        2,198.7        2,040.2   

Net realized capital gains (losses)

    (896.6     308.0        (1,531.4     (1,678.0     (2,178.7     (6,700.0     (1,344.1

Total revenues

    7,411.5        8,858.2        9,718.8        9,274.2        9,364.2        5,472.8        10,882.3   

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders

    3,636.3        4,397.2        5,742.0        5,027.3        5,629.9        6,866.7        5,724.4   

Operating expenses

    2,330.9        2,132.2        3,030.8        3,033.5        3,352.2        4,129.6        3,506.1   

Net amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

    539.9        404.6        387.0        746.6        1,052.3        1,327.9        585.7   

Interest expense

    109.0        108.8        139.3        332.5        385.5        426.6        462.6   

Goodwill impairment

    —          —          —          —          —          696.6 (1)       —     

Total benefits and expenses

    6,697.4        7,147.8        9,441.0        9,236.4        10,472.8        13,514.7        10,319.4   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    714.1        1,710.4        277.8        37.8        (1,108.6     (8,041.9     562.9   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax

    —          —          —          —          —          (416.8 ) (2)       166.9 (2)  

Net income (loss)

    718.1        1,825.5        102.8        (133.2     (810.6     (8,082.8     736.7   

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

    222.4        123.0        190.9        (10.3     (207.4     (67.3     352.3   

Net income (loss) available to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder

    495.7        1,702.5        (88.1     (122.9     (603.2     (8,015.5     384.4   

Earnings Per Share

             

Income (loss) from continuing operations (excluding noncontrolling interest), net of income tax, per common share

  $ 4,946.76      $ 16,989.83      $ (879.18   $ (1,226.46   $ (6,019.54   $ (75,830.03   $ 2,170.51   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax, per common share

    —          —          —          —          —        $ (4,159.39   $ 1,665.55   

Net income (loss) available to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder per common share

  $ 4,946.76      $ 16,989.83      $ (879.18   $ (1,226.46   $ (6,019.54   $ (79,989.42   $ 3,836.06   

Common shares outstanding

    100,207        100,207        100,207        100,207        100,207        100,207        100,207   

 

-66-


Table of Contents
($ in millions)   As of
September 30,
    As of December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
    (Unaudited)                 (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Consolidated Financial Position

           

Total investments

  $ 95,194.7      $ 92,819.2      $ 86,886.1      $ 83,128.8      $ 79,767.6      $ 104,313.7   

Assets held in separate accounts

    96,312.2        88,714.5        95,588.1        88,849.4        73,928.0        100,565.6   

Total assets

    214,210.6        203,572.8        204,376.5        194,621.2        204,775.5        230,217.8   

Future policy benefits and contract owner account balances

    86,294.8        88,358.4        83,642.8        84,402.0        91,634.4        103,805.5   

Short-term debt

    774.9        1,054.6        5,464.6        4,811.6        4,635.2        6,413.1   

Long-term debt

    3,642.7        1,343.1        2,784.0        7,001.3        7,078.5        5,097.0   

Liabilities related to separate accounts

    96,312.2        88,714.5        95,588.1        88,849.4        73,928.0        100,565.6   

Total ING U.S., Inc. shareholder’s equity, excluding AOCI (3)

    10,209.0        9,758.9        5,857.5        2,310.0        372.7        6,140.2   

Total ING U.S., Inc. shareholder’s equity

    13,910.5        12,353.9        6,830.8        967.1        (3,517.3     6,259.9   

 

(1)  

Represents the impairment of goodwill related to the acquisition of CitiStreet.

(2)  

Represents amounts related to our ownership and disposition of the Taiwanese life insurance business, which was owned by ING U.S., Inc. but managed by an affiliate. The sale of the business was announced in October 2008, recorded at fair value as of December 31, 2008 and classified as Discontinued operations. The transaction closed on February 11, 2009.

(3)  

Shareholder’s equity, excluding AOCI, is derived by subtracting Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI) from ING U.S., Inc. shareholder’s equity—both components of which are presented in the respective Consolidated Balance Sheets. For a description of AOCI, see the Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) note to the Consolidated Financial Statements. We provide shareholder’s equity, excluding AOCI, because it is a common measure used by insurance analysts and investment professionals in their evaluations.

 

-67-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

The following discussion and analysis of our results of operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical data, this discussion contains forward-looking statements about our business, operations and financial performance based on current expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors. See “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We provide our principal products and services in three ongoing businesses—Retirement Solutions, Investment Management and Insurance Solutions—and report our results for these ongoing businesses through five segments.

The Retirement Solutions business provides its products and services through two segments: Retirement and Annuities:

 

   

Our Retirement segment provides tax-deferred, employer-sponsored retirement savings plans and administrative services in corporate, education, healthcare and government markets. Our Retirement segment also provides rollover IRAs and other retail financial products as well as comprehensive financial advisory services to individual customers. Our retirement products and services are distributed through multiple intermediary channels, including TPAs, independent and national wirehouse affiliated brokers and registered investment advisors, in addition to independent sales agents and consulting firms. We also have a direct sales team for large defined contribution plans and stable value business, as well as a team of affiliated brokers who sell our products both in person and via telephone.

 

   

Our Annuities segment provides fixed and indexed annuities, tax-qualified mutual fund custodial products and payout annuities for pre-retirement wealth accumulation and post-retirement income management. Annuity products are primarily distributed by independent marketing organizations, independent broker-dealers, banks, independent insurance agents, pension professionals and affiliated broker-dealers.

The Investment Management business provides its products and services through a single segment, also called Investment Management:

 

   

Our Investment Management business provides investment products and retirement solutions to both individual and institutional customers by offering domestic and international fixed income, equity, multi-asset and alternative products and solutions across a range of geographies, market sectors, investment styles and capitalization spectrums. Investment Management products and services are primarily marketed to institutional clients, including public, corporate and union retirement plans, endowments and foundations and insurance companies, as well as individual investors and the general accounts of our insurance company subsidiaries. Investment Management products and services are distributed through a combination of our direct sales force, consultant channel and intermediary partners (such as banks, broker-dealers and independent financial advisers).

The Insurance Solutions business provides its products and services through two segments: Individual Life and Employee Benefits:

 

   

Our Individual Life segment provides wealth protection and transfer opportunities through universal, variable and term life products. Our customers range across a variety of age groups and income levels. We distribute our product offering through three main channels: our independent sales channel, our strategic distribution channel and our specialty markets channel. Our independent sales channel consists of a large network of independent general agents and marketing companies who interact with

 

-68-


Table of Contents
 

the majority of licensed independent life insurance agents in the United States. Our strategic distribution channel encompasses a network of independent managing directors who support a large team of producers who engage with our broker dealers to sell a range of products including our branded life, annuity and mutual funds. Finally, our specialty markets channel focuses on alternative distribution and consists of a large team of producers, in addition to banks, life insurance quote agencies and internet direct marketers.

 

   

Our Employee Benefits segment provides group life, stop loss, disability and voluntary employee-paid products to mid-sized and large businesses. We reinsure substantially all of our new disability sales to a third-party. To distribute our products, we utilize brokers, consultants and third party administrators. In the voluntary market, policies are marketed to employees at the worksite through enrollment firms, technology partners and brokers.

In addition to our ongoing business, we also have Closed Blocks and Corporate reporting segments. Corporate includes our corporate operations and corporate level assets and financial obligations. The Corporate segment includes investment income on assets backing surplus in excess of amounts held at the segment level, financing and interest expenses, other items not allocated to segments, such as certain expenses and liabilities of employee benefit plans and intercompany eliminations.

Closed Blocks consists of three separate reporting segments that include run-off and legacy business lines that are no longer being actively marketed or sold and that we manage to minimize capital risk as they run-off. The Closed Block Variable Annuity segment consists of variable annuity contracts that were designed to offer long-term savings products in which individual contract owners made deposits that are maintained in separate accounts. These products included options for policyholders to purchase living benefit riders. In 2009, we separated our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment from our other operations, placing it in run-off, and made a strategic decision to stop actively writing new retail variable annuity products with substantial guarantee features (the last policies were issued in 2010 and the block shifted to run-off). The Closed Block Institutional Spread Products segment historically issued GICs and funding agreements and invested amounts raised to earn a spread. While the business in the Closed Block Institutional Spread Products segment is being managed in active run-off, we continue to issue liabilities from time to time to replace liabilities that are maturing. The Closed Block Other segment consists primarily of retained and run-off activity related to divestments, including our group reinsurance and individual reinsurance businesses, three broker dealers and Life Insurance Company of Georgia. Closed Block Other also includes certain unreimbursed expenses related to ING Group’s Latin America business, which was sold in December 2011. Accordingly, these segments have been classified as closed blocks and are managed separately from our ongoing business.

Trends and Uncertainties

The following factors represent some of the key trends and uncertainties that have influenced the development of our business and our historical financial performance and that we believe will continue to influence our business and financial performance in the future.

Market Conditions

The recent increase in market volatility, which we believe may continue for some time, has affected and may continue to affect our business and financial performance in varying ways. In the short to medium-term, this increased volatility, coupled with prevailing low interest rates, can pressure sales and reduce demand as consumers hesitate to make financial decisions. In addition, this environment makes it difficult to manufacture products that are both attractive to customers and profitable. In the long-term, however, we believe the recent financial crisis and resultant lingering uncertainty will motivate individuals to seek solutions combining elements of capital preservation, income and growth. Thus, as a company with strong retirement, investment management and insurance capabilities, we believe current market conditions may ultimately enhance the attractiveness of our broad

 

-69-


Table of Contents

portfolio of products and services. We will need to continue to monitor the behavior of our customers, as evidenced by mortality rates, morbidity rates, annuitization rates and lapse rates, which adjusts in response to changes in market conditions in order to ensure that our products and services remain attractive as well as profitable.

The Impact of our Closed Block Variable Annuity Segment on GAAP Earnings

Our ongoing management of our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment is focused on preserving our current capitalization status through careful risk management and hedging. Because GAAP accounting differs from the methods used to determine regulatory and rating agency capital measures, our hedge programs may create earnings volatility in our GAAP financial statements.

Governmental and Public Policy Impact on Demand for Our Products

The demand for our products is influenced by a dynamic combination of governmental and public policy factors. We anticipate that legislative and other governmental activity—and our ability to flexibly respond to changes resulting from such activity—will be crucial to our long-term financial performance. In particular, the demand for our products is influenced by the following factors:

 

   

Availability and quality of public retirement solutions : The lack of comprehensive or sufficient government-sponsored retirement solutions has been a significant driver of the popularity of private sector retirement products. We believe that concerns regarding Social Security and the reduced enrollment in defined benefit retirement plans may further increase the demand for private sector retirement solutions. The impact of any legislative actions or new government programs relating to retirement solutions on our business and financial performance will depend substantially on the level of private sector involvement and our ability to participate in any such programs. We believe we are well positioned to take advantage of any future developments involving participation in any such programs by private sector providers.

 

   

Tax-advantaged status : Many of the retirement savings, accumulation and protection products we sell qualify for tax-advantaged status. Changes in U.S. tax laws that alter the tax benefits of certain investment vehicles could have a material effect on demand for our products.

Aging of the U.S. Population

We believe that the aging of the U.S. population will affect both the demand for our products and the levels of our AUM and AUA. As the “baby boomer” generation prepares for retirement, we believe that demand for retirement savings, growth and income products will grow. The impact of this growth may be offset to some extent by asset outflows as an increasing percentage of the population begins withdrawing assets to convert their savings into income.

Competition

Our ongoing business operates in highly competitive markets. We face a variety of large and small industry participants, including diversified financial institutions, investment managers and insurance companies. These companies compete in one form or another for the growing pool of retirement assets driven by a number of exogenous factors such as the continued aging of the U.S. population and the reduction in safety nets provided by governments and corporations. In many segments, product differentiation is difficult as product development and life cycles have shortened. In addition, we have experienced pressure on fees as product unbundling and lower cost alternatives have emerged. As a result, scale and the ability to provide value-added services and build long-term relationships are important factors to compete effectively. We believe that our leading presence in the retirement market and resulting relationships with millions of participants, diverse range of capabilities (as a provider of retirement, investment management and insurance products and services) and broad distribution network uniquely position us to effectively serve consumers’ increasing demand for retirement savings, income and protection solutions.

 

-70-


Table of Contents

Operating Measures

This management’s discussion and analysis includes discussion of operating income (loss) before income taxes and operating revenues, each of which is a measure that is not determined in accordance with GAAP, because our management uses these measures to manage our businesses and allocate our resources. We also discuss these measures generally because we believe that they provide our investors with useful information regarding our financial performance. In particular, these measures facilitate a comparison of period-to-period results without the effect of the volatility created by certain changes in the financial markets that affect our financial results as reported under GAAP. Other companies may use similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures that are calculated differently from the way we calculate such measures, and accordingly, our non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies.

We also discuss certain operating measures, described below, which provide useful information about our businesses and the operational factors underlying our financial performance.

Operating Income (Loss) before Income Taxes

Operating income (loss) before income taxes is an internal measure we use to evaluate segment performance. Operating income (loss) before income taxes does not replace net income (loss) as the GAAP measure of the consolidated results of operations and consists of operating revenues less operating benefits and expenses. Each segment’s operating income (loss) before income taxes is calculated by adjusting income (loss) before income taxes for the following items:

 

   

Net investment gains (losses), net of related amortization of DAC, VOBA, sales inducements and unearned revenue. Net investment gains (losses) include gains (losses) on the sale of securities, impairments, changes in the fair value of investments using the fair value option (“FVO”) unrelated to the implied loan-backed security income recognition for certain mortgage-backed obligations and changes in the fair value of derivative instruments, excluding realized gains (losses) associated with swap settlements and accrued interest;

 

   

Net guaranteed benefit hedging gains (losses), which include changes in the fair value of derivatives related to guaranteed benefits, net of related reserve increases (decreases) and net of related amortization of DAC, VOBA and sales inducements, less the estimated cost of these benefits. The estimated cost, which is reflected in operating results, reflects the expected cost of these benefits if markets perform in line with our long-term expectations and includes the cost of hedging. All other derivative and reserve changes related to guaranteed benefits are excluded from operating results, including the impacts related to changes in our nonperformance spread;

 

   

Income (loss) related to business exited through reinsurance or divestment;

 

   

Income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests;

 

   

Income (loss) related to early extinguishment of debt;

 

   

Impairment of goodwill, value of management contract rights and value of customer relationships acquired;

 

   

Immediate recognition of net actuarial gains (losses) related to our pension and other post-employment benefit obligations and gains (losses) from plan amendments and curtailments; and

 

   

Other items, including restructuring expenses (severance, lease write-offs, etc.), integration expenses related to our acquisition of CitiStreet and certain third-party expenses related to the anticipated Divestment Transaction.

Our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment is managed to focus on protecting regulatory and rating agency capital rather than achieving operating metrics and, therefore, its results of operations are not reflected within

 

-71-


Table of Contents

operating income (loss) before income taxes. When we present the adjustments to Income (loss) before income taxes on a consolidated basis, each adjustment excludes the relative portions attributable to our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment.

The most directly comparable GAAP measure to operating income (loss) before income taxes is income (loss) before income taxes. For a reconciliation of operating income (loss) before income taxes to income (loss) before income taxes, see “Results of Operations—Company Consolidated” below.

Operating Revenues

Operating revenues is a measure of our segment revenues. We calculate operating revenues by adjusting each segment’s revenue for the following items:

 

   

Net realized investment gains (losses) and related charges and adjustments, which include gains (losses) on the sale of securities, impairments, changes in the fair value of investments using the FVO unrelated to the implied loan-backed security income recognition for certain mortgage-backed obligations and changes in the fair value of derivative instruments, excluding realized gains (losses) associated with swap settlements and accrued interest. These items are net of related amortization of unearned revenue;

 

   

Loss on change in fair value of derivatives related to guaranteed benefits, which include changes in the fair value of derivatives related to guaranteed benefits, less the estimated cost of these benefits. The estimated cost, which is reflected in operating results, reflects the expected cost of these benefits if markets perform in line with our long-term expectations and includes the cost of hedging. All other derivative and reserve changes related to guaranteed benefits are excluded from operating revenues, including the impacts related to changes in our nonperformance spread;

 

   

Revenues related to businesses exited through reinsurance or divestment;

 

   

Revenues attributable to noncontrolling interests;

 

   

Other adjustments to operating revenues primarily reflect fee income earned by our broker dealers for sales of non-proprietary products, which are reflected net of commission expense in our segments’ operating revenues.

Operating revenues also excludes the revenues of our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment, since this segment is managed to focus on protecting regulatory reserves and rating agency capital rather than achieving operating metrics. When we present the adjustments to Total revenues on a consolidated basis, each adjustment excludes the relative portions attributable to our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment.

The most directly comparable GAAP measure to operating revenues is total revenues. For a reconciliation of operating revenue to total revenues, see “Results of Operations—Company Consolidated” below.

AUM and AUA

A substantial portion of our fees, other charges and margins are based on AUM. AUM represents on-balance sheet assets supporting customer account values/liabilities and surplus as well as off-balance sheet institutional/mutual funds. Customer account values reflect the amount of policyholder equity that has accumulated within retirement, annuity and universal life products. AUM includes general account assets managed by our Investment Management segment in which we bear the investment risk, separate account assets in which the contract owner bears the investment risk and institutional/mutual funds, which are excluded from our balance sheet. AUM-based revenues increase or decrease with a rise or fall in the amount of AUM, whether caused by changes in capital markets or by net flows.

AUM is principally affected by net deposits (i.e., new deposits, less surrenders and other outflows) and investment performance (i.e., interest credited to contract owner accounts for assets that earn a fixed return or

 

-72-


Table of Contents

market performance for assets that earn a variable return). Separate account AUM and institutional/mutual fund AUM include assets managed by our Investment Management segment, as well as assets managed by third-party investment managers. Our Investment Management segment reflects the revenues earned for managing affiliated assets for our other segments (based on arm’s length agreements) as well as assets managed for third parties. Our consolidated AUM includes eliminations of AUM managed by our Investment Management segment that is also reflected in other segments’ AUM and adjustments for AUM not reflected in any segments.

AUA represents accumulated assets on contracts pursuant to which we either provide administrative services or product guarantees for assets managed by third parties. These contracts are not insurance contracts and the assets are excluded from the Consolidated Financial Statements. Fees earned on AUA can be based on the number of participants, asset levels and/or the level of services or product guarantees that are provided.

Sales Statistics

In our discussion of our segment results under “Results of Operations—Segment by Segment,” we sometimes refer to sales activity for various products. The term “sales” is used differently for different products, as described more fully below. These sales statistics do not correspond to revenues under GAAP and are used by us as operating measures underlying our financial performance.

Net flows are deposits less redemptions (including benefits and other product charges).

Sales for Individual Life products are based on a calculation of weighted average annual premiums (“WAP”). Sales for Employee Benefits products are based on a calculation of annual premiums, which represents regular premiums on new policies, plus a portion of new single premiums.

Weighted average annual premiums (WAP) is defined as the amount of premium for a policy’s first year that is eligible for the highest first year commission rate, plus a varying portion of any premium in excess of this base amount, depending on the product. WAP is a key measure of recent sales performance of our products and is an indicator of the general growth or decline in certain lines of business. WAP is not equal to premium revenue under GAAP. Renewal premiums on existing policies are included in GAAP premium revenue in addition to first year premiums and thus changes in persistency of existing in-force business can potentially offset growth from current year sales.

Total gross premiums and deposits are defined as premium revenue and deposits for policies written and assumed. This measure provides information as to growth and persistency trends related to premium and deposits.

Other Measures

Total annualized in-force premiums are defined as a full year of premium at the rate in effect at the end of the period. This measure provides information as to the growth and persistency trends in premium revenue.

Interest adjusted loss ratios are defined as the ratio of benefits expense to premium revenue exclusive of the discount component in the change in benefit reserve. This measure reports the loss ratio related to mortality on life products and morbidity on health products.

In-force face amount is defined as the total life insurance coverage in effect as of the end of the period presented for business written and assumed. This measure provides information as to changes in policy growth and persistency with respect to death benefit coverage.

In-force policy count is defined as the number of policies written and assumed with coverage in effect as of the end of the period. This measure provides information as to policy growth and persistency.

 

-73-


Table of Contents

New business policy count (paid) is defined as the number of policies issued during the period for which initial premiums have been paid by the policyholder. This measure provides information as to policy growth from sales during the period.

Results of Operations—Company Consolidated

The following table presents summary consolidated financial information for the periods indicated:

 

($ in millions)   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2012     2011     2011     2010     2009  

Revenues:

         

Net investment income

  $ 3,642.5      $ 3,756.4      $ 4,968.8      $ 4,987.0      $ 5,568.6   

Fee income

    2,624.8        2,721.0        3,603.6        3,516.5        3,325.1   

Premiums

    1,389.9        1,320.6        1,770.0        1,707.5        1,985.5   

Net realized capital gains (losses)

    (896.6     308.0        (1,531.4     (1,678.0     (2,178.7

Other revenue

    286.7        319.6        428.2        547.0        947.8   

Income (loss) related to consolidated investment entities:

         

Net investment income (loss)

    435.5        621.6        528.4        316.0        (284.1

Changes in fair value related to collateralized loan obligations

    (71.3     (189.0     (48.8     (121.8     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    7,411.5        8,858.2        9,718.8        9,274.2        9,364.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefits and expenses:

         

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders

    3,636.3        4,397.2        5,742.0        5,027.3        5,629.9   

Operating expenses

    2,330.9        2,132.2        3,030.8        3,033.5        3,352.2   

Net amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

    539.9        404.6        387.0        746.6        1,052.3   

Interest expense

    109.0        108.8        139.3        332.5        385.5   

Operating expenses related to consolidated investment entities:

         

Interest expense

    74.0        47.1        68.4        49.8        —     

Other expense

    7.3        57.9        73.5        46.7        52.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total benefits and expenses

    6,697.4        7,147.8        9,441.0        9,236.4        10,472.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    714.1        1,710.4        277.8        37.8        (1,108.6

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (4.0     (115.1     175.0        171.0        (298.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    718.1        1,825.5        102.8        (133.2     (810.6

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

    222.4        123.0        190.9        (10.3     (207.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to the Company’s common shareholder

  $ 495.7      $ 1,702.5      $ (88.1   $ (122.9   $ (603.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-74-


Table of Contents

The following table presents AUM and AUA as of the dates indicated:

 

($ in millions)   As of September 30,     As of December 31,  
    2012     2011     2011     2010     2009  

AUM and AUA

         

Retirement Solutions:

         

Retirement

  $ 302,951.3      $ 273,294.6      $ 287,726.7      $ 290,811.8      $ 271,925.4   

Annuities

    26,251.9        27,961.9        27,690.2        27,849.3        26,368.7   

Investment Management

    231,943.6        219,175.8        225,114.0        223,140.9        215,459.2   

Insurance Solutions:

         

Individual Life

    15,274.9        14,655.7        14,769.8        14,846.3        14,750.6   

Employee Benefits

    1,767.2        1,734.9        1,741.2        1,736.4        1,823.7   

Eliminations/Other

    (170,284.2     (162,357.7     (167,939.3     (168,316.3     (163,089.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Ongoing Business

    407,904.7        374,465.2        389,102.6        390,068.4        367,238.5   

Closed Blocks:

         

Closed Block Variable Annuity

    43,842.2        40,845.9        42,645.5        47,978.0        46,644.0   

Closed Block Institutional Spread Products

    4,494.2        5,745.9        5,581.7        7,002.4        8,715.8   

Closed Block Other

    574.2        569.6        599.6        606.5        1,289.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Closed Blocks

    48,910.6        47,161.4        48,826.8        55,586.9        56,649.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total AUM and AUA

  $ 456,815.3      $ 421,626.6      $ 437,929.4      $ 445,655.3      $ 423,887.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

AUM

  $ 241,532.5      $ 222,846.5      $ 229,680.4      $ 231,381.3      $ 220,847.3   

AUA

    215,282.8        198,780.1        208,249.0        214,274.0        203,040.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total AUM and AUA

  $ 456,815.3      $ 421,626.6      $ 437,929.4      $ 445,655.3      $ 423,887.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-75-


Table of Contents

The following table presents the relative contributions of each segment to operating income (loss) before income taxes for the periods indicated, and a reconciliation of operating income (loss) before income taxes to income (loss) before income taxes:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2011     2010     2009  

Retirement Solutions :

          

Retirement

   $ 340.4      $ 371.9      $ 441.9      $ 469.6      $ 358.3   

Annuities

     95.9        187.8        387.6        115.0        48.7   

Investment Management

     103.3        74.4        87.5        50.1        44.4   

Insurance Solutions :

          

Individual Life

     141.6        240.6        279.3        313.5        301.1   

Employee Benefits

     80.8        62.3        83.3        82.0        37.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Ongoing Business

     762.0        937.0        1,279.6        1,030.2        789.7   

Corporate

     (138.7     (134.2     (230.2     (399.1     (470.5

Closed Blocks :

          

Closed Block Institutional Spread Products

     41.0        68.3        83.2        (3.8     1.8   

Closed Block Other

     44.9        (13.2     (13.0     (6.7     6.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Closed Blocks (1)

     85.9        55.1        70.2        (10.5     8.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 709.2      $ 857.9      $ 1,119.6      $ 620.6      $ 327.9   

Adjustments:

          

Closed Block Variable Annuity

     (525.0     944.6        (564.5     (220.2     (1,864.8

Net investment gains (losses) and related charges and adjustments

     400.8        39.9        71.8        (96.4     538.0   

Net guaranteed benefit hedging gains (losses) and related charges and adjustments

     113.9        (178.2     (269.4     (30.0     186.4   

Loss related to businesses exited through reinsurance or divestment

     (34.1     (24.9     (35.1     (3.3     (20.4

Income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     222.4        123.0        190.9        (10.3     (207.4

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     —          —          —          (108.3     —     

Immediate recognition of net actuarial gains (losses) related to pension and other post-employment benefit obligations and gains (losses) from plan amendments and curtailments

     (108.4     —          (157.8     (47.5     2.6   

Other adjustments to operating income

     (64.7     (51.9     (77.7     (66.8     (70.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 714.1      $ 1,710.4      $ 277.8      $ 37.8      $ (1,108.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment is managed to focus on protecting regulatory and rating agency capital rather than achieving operating metrics and, therefore, its results of operations are not reflected within operating income (loss) before income taxes.

 

-76-


Table of Contents

The following table presents the relative contributions of each segment to operating revenues for the periods indicated, and a reconciliation of operating revenues to Total revenues:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2011     2010     2009  

Retirement Solutions :

          

Retirement

   $ 1,701.4      $ 1,727.1      $ 2,225.4      $ 2,179.0      $ 2,024.5   

Annuities

     989.6        1,083.1        1,401.4        1,482.5        1,442.7   

Investment Management

     403.0        381.8        491.9        454.5        392.0   

Insurance Solutions :

          

Individual Life

     2,099.7        2,083.4        2,785.0        2,613.4        2,546.6   

Employee Benefits

     937.6        941.6        1,246.2        1,277.8        1,357.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Ongoing Business

     6,131.3        6,217.0        8,149.9        8,007.2        7,763.0   

Corporate

     46.7        (31.0     (13.7     (132.3     (73.8

Closed Blocks :

          

Closed Block Institutional Spread Products

     103.2        149.3        188.1        167.6        308.6   

Closed Block Other

     29.6        42.1        52.2        64.3        88.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Closed Blocks (1)

     132.8        191.4        240.3        231.9        397.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

   $ 6,310.8      $ 6,377.4      $ 8,376.5      $ 8,106.8      $ 8,086.2   

Adjustments:

          

Closed Block Variable Annuity

     (138.1     2,073.7        794.9        677.7        (325.3

Net realized investment gains (losses) and related charges and adjustments

     553.9        134.4        219.2        47.7        358.1   

Loss on change in fair value of derivatives related to guaranteed benefits

     112.6        (268.1     (399.0     (66.9     138.6   

Revenues related to businesses exited through reinsurance or divestment

     63.5        101.6        116.1        137.6        1,049.4   

Revenues (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     347.8        279.7        399.1        143.2        (99.7

Other adjustments to operating revenues

     161.0        159.5        212.0        228.1        156.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 7,411.5      $ 8,858.2      $ 9,718.8      $ 9,274.2      $ 9,364.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment is managed to focus on protecting regulatory and rating agency capital rather than achieving operating metrics and, therefore, its results of operations are not reflected within operating revenues.

 

-77-


Table of Contents

Notable Items

We believe the following table will help investors identify more easily some of the larger causes of changes in our operating income (loss) before income taxes during the periods discussed. The table presents notable items that are included in operating income (loss) before income taxes from the following categories: (1) large gains or losses (e.g., the reserve increase related to use of U.S. Social Security Death Master File (“SSDMF”)) that are not indicative of performance in the period; (2) significant gains (losses) resulting from transactions to change our capital structure; and (3) items that typically recur but can be volatile from period to period (e.g., DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking). In addition, we included the historic interest expense because interest expense has declined meaningfully over the period given the change in debt. There may be other items not included in the following table that caused increases (decreases) in operating income (loss) before taxes for the periods presented. See the descriptions within the “Results of Operations” section for a more comprehensive discussion of the causes of changes in operating income (loss) before income taxes.

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months
Ended
September  30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2011     2010     2009  

Interest expense (including interest rate swap settlements)

   $ (88.6   $ (164.5   $ (185.7   $ (383.5   $ (506.3

DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking

     (28.3     116.6        303.8        175.8        22.8   

Loss on sale of certain alternative investments (1)

     (92.0     —          —          —          —     

Reserve increase related to use of SSDMF

     —          —          (68.9     —          —     

 

(1)

See “Investments—Sale of Certain Alternative Investments” for description of certain alternative investments.

The following table presents the adjustment to income (loss) before taxes related to total investment gains (losses) and the related net amortization of DAC/VOBA and other intangibles:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2011     2010     2009  

Other than temporary impairments

   $ (25.8   $ (399.4   $ (502.7   $ (890.8   $ (1,618.6

CMO-B fair value adjustments (1)

     209.3        286.3        326.5        431.7        309.3   

Gains (losses) on the sale of securities

     394.8        456.6        568.4        546.5        1,186.1   

Other, including changes in the fair value of derivatives

     (14.0     (148.5     (119.3     37.8        277.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment gains (losses)

     564.3        195.0        272.9        125.2        154.2   

Net amortization of DAC/VOBA and other intangibles on above

     (134.4     (89.6     (137.6     (139.0     180.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment gains (losses), including Closed Block Variable Annuity

   $ 429.9      $ 105.4      $ 135.3      $ (13.8   $ 334.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Closed Block Variable Annuity net investment gains (losses) and related charges and adjustments

     29.1        65.5        63.5        82.6        (203.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment gains (losses)

   $ 400.8      $ 39.9      $ 71.8      $ (96.4   $ 538.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

For a description of our CMO-B portfolio, see “Investments—CMO-B Portfolio.”

 

-78-


Table of Contents

The following table presents the adjustment to income (loss) before taxes related to guaranteed benefit hedging gains (losses) net of DAC/VOBA and other intangible amortization. This table excludes Closed Block Variable Annuity.

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2011     2010     2009  

Gain (loss), excluding nonperformance risk

   $ 143.6      $ (341.1   $ (377.9   $ (264.8   $ 513.2   

Decrease (increase) due to nonperformance risk

     (42.4     72.9        (21.3     197.9        (285.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net gain (loss) prior to related amortization of DAC/VOBA and sales inducements

     101.2        (268.2     (399.2     (66.9     227.3   

Net amortization of DAC/VOBA and sales inducements

     12.7        90.0        129.8        36.9        (40.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net guaranteed benefit hedging gains (losses) and related charges and adjustments

   $ 113.9      $ (178.2   $ (269.4   $ (30.0   $ 186.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Terminology Definitions

Net realized capital gains (losses), net realized investment gains (losses) and related charges and adjustments and net guaranteed benefit hedging losses and related charges and adjustments include changes in the fair value of derivatives. Increases in the fair value of derivative assets or decreases in the fair value of derivative liabilities result in “gains.” Decreases in the fair value of derivative assets or increases in the fair value of derivative liabilities result in “losses.”

In addition, we have certain products that contain guarantees that are embedded derivatives related to guaranteed benefits, while other products contain such guarantees that are considered derivatives (collectively “guaranteed benefit derivatives”).

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Net Income (Loss)

Net investment income decreased $113.9 million from $3,756.4 million to $3,642.5 million, primarily due to a $91.9 million loss related to an agreement to sell certain private equity limited partnership investments interest holdings (“sale of certain alternative investments”) (see table below). The transaction is discussed below under “Investments—Sale of Certain Alternative Investments.” Further decreases were due to a decline in average assets in our Closed Block Institutional Spread Products segment and due to lapses in Multi-Year Guarantee Annuities (“MYGAs”). Certain MYGAs, mostly sold in 2002, will reach the end of their current guarantee period in 2012. Most of these MYGAs have high crediting rates and the supporting assets generate returns below the targets set when the contracts were issued, negatively impacting returns in our Annuities segment. During the current year, approximately $2.7 billion of the MYGAs reached the end of their current guarantee period, and approximately 67% of those policies up for renewal lapsed. The high lapse rate was expected as renewal crediting rates offered are lower than the credited rates during the initial term. The run-off of these MYGA contracts is expected to enhance the margin of our Annuities segment in future periods. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in assets in our Retirement segment driven by positive net flows, including customer transfers from variable separate accounts.

 

-79-


Table of Contents

The following table presents the net loss on the sale of certain alternative investments as reflected in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and as included in the segment Operating income (loss) before income taxes :

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2012
 

Net investment income (loss)

   $ (97.5

Income (loss) related to consolidated investment entities—Net investment income (loss)

     28.6   

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (23.0
  

 

 

 

Net loss available to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder

   $ (91.9 )
  

 

 

 

Retirement

   $ (48.1

Annuities

     (18.0

Investment Management

     2.2   

Individual Life

     (13.1

Employee Benefits

     (5.1

Closed Block Institutional Spread Products

     (8.0

Closed Block Other

     (1.9 )
  

 

 

 

Net loss included in segment operating income (loss) before income taxes

   $ (92.0 ) (1)  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Amount does not include net gain for the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment of $0.1 million.

Fee income decreased $96.2 million from $2,721.0 million to $2,624.8 million, primarily due to a decline in average AUM in the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment and lower fee income in our Retirement segment due to a reduction in recordkeeping fees as a result of an increase in terminated recordkeeping contracts.

Premiums increased $69.3 million from $1,320.6 million to $1,389.9 million, primarily due to growth in our Individual Life segment.

Net realized capital losses changed $1,204.6 million from a gain of $308.0 million to a loss of $896.6 million, primarily due to changes in fair value of guaranteed benefit derivatives due to nonperformance risk, changes in gains/losses on derivatives from the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment liability hedges, and losses on the CHO program. Changes in the fair value of guaranteed benefit derivatives in the Retirement, Annuities and Closed Block Variable Annuity segments due to nonperformance risk resulted in a decrease in income of $816.0 million. The changes in derivative gains (losses) from the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment liability hedges reduced income by $3,067.7 million. This decrease was driven by significant gains in 2011 due to equity market and interest rate decreases during that period compared to significant losses in 2012 due to the equity market increase during that period. In addition, the CHO program resulted in a decrease to income of $411.3 million due to losses in 2012 as a result of the equity market increase in 2012 and higher notional amounts for hedging the associated underlying risk, compared to a gain in 2011 due to the equity market decrease in 2011. The hedge program in the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment focuses on protecting regulatory reserves and rating agency capital rather than mitigating earnings volatility and, as a result, the losses in 2012 are only partially offset by a $2,092.7 million increase in income from changes in the gain/loss on guaranteed benefit derivatives, excluding nonperformance risk. The higher net realized capital losses were partially offset by a $373.6 million reduction in OTTI and $484.7 million in higher gains on guaranteed benefit derivatives, excluding nonperformance risk, primarily related to certain Stabilizer contracts in our Retirement segment. The gains in 2012 on guaranteed benefit derivatives in Retirement, primarily due to a reduction in expected future guaranteed interest rates on certain Stabilizer contracts, compared to losses in 2011 due to declining interest rates.

 

-80-


Table of Contents

Other revenue decreased $32.9 million from $319.6 million to $286.7 million due to changes in contractual amounts paid to/from retirement plan customers upon surrender, lower surrender fees on the Individual Life segment as we experienced higher persistency with the in-force block, lower surrender fees on the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment as that business declined and a reduction in the deferred gain amortization on the divested group reinsurance business.

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders decreased $760.9 million from $4,397.2 million to $3,636.3 million, primarily due to an increase in reserves in the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment in the prior year due to the significant decrease in the equity market in that period, and a reduction in interest credited due to declining contract owner account balances for the Closed Block Institutional Spread Products segment and declining reserves for MYGAs. A reduction in average crediting rates across several product lines also contributed to the decrease. These reductions were partially offset by reserve changes and claim experience in our Individual Life segment due to a combination of growth in the business and adverse mortality results, net of reinsurance and reserve changes. Growth in general account assets in our Retirement segment also contributed to an increase.

Operating expenses increased $198.7 million from $2,132.2 million to $2,330.9 million, primarily due to a $108.4 million net loss from remeasurement of our Retirement Plan’s assets and obligations, and a curtailment gain related to the employees transitioned to Cognizant Technology Solutions U.S. Corporation (“Cognizant”) on August 16, 2012. See “Business—Employees” for more details. A remeasurement is normally performed only in the fourth quarter, but was required in third quarter of 2012 due to the curtailment. The remeasurement resulted in a loss due to the decrease in discount rate of plan liabilities. Higher LOC costs related to the contingent capital LOC for our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment and for our Individual Life segment, a reduction in incentive compensation expense in 2011 that did not recur in 2012, and an increase in expenses in our Individual Life segment due to growth in the business also contributed to the increase. Partially offsetting these increases was a $22.0 million reimbursement of expenses by ING Group in 2012. These expenses were paid in 2011 by ING U.S., Inc. on behalf of ING Group’s Latin America business. In the current year, operating expenses included $15.1 million of previously unreimbursed expenses. Lower expenses in our Retirement and Investment Management business due to a reduction in recordkeeping cases and lower incentive compensation, respectively, also contributed to the decrease.

Net amortization of DAC/VOBA increased $135.3 million from $404.6 million to $539.9 million. The increase is primarily related to favorable unlocking in 2011 and unfavorable unlocking in 2012, primarily in our Annuities segment, due to higher than expected gross profits in 2011 and prospective assumption changes in 2012, respectively.

Income (loss) before income taxes decreased $996.3 million from $1,710.4 million to $714.1 million, primarily due to $816.0 million in changes in the fair value of guaranteed benefit derivatives related to nonperformance risk, increased losses of $411.3 million related to the CHO program, and the $91.9 million loss on the sale of certain alternative investments. Adverse mortality and reserve changes in our Individual Life segment and unfavorable changes in DAC and VOBA and other intangibles unlocking also contributed to the decrease. These decreases were partially offset by a $373.6 million decrease in OTTI, higher assets and margins in our Retirement segment, improved spreads in our Annuities segment, and favorable claim results in our Employee Benefit segment.

Income tax expense (benefit) for the current year was ($4.0) million. We anticipate an effective tax rate of approximately 0%, as the tax expense (benefit) on net income (loss) before income taxes should be offset by increases/decreases in valuation allowances. The income tax expense (benefit) for the prior year was ($115.1) million, which is lower than the tax at the statutory rate, primarily as a result of the release of valuation allowances due to positive income before income taxes.

 

-81-


Table of Contents

Operating Income (Loss) before Income Taxes

Operating income before income taxes decreased $148.7 million from $857.9 million to $709.2 million, primarily due to unfavorable DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking in the current year of $28.3 million compared to favorable unlocking in 2011 of $116.6 million, the $92.0 million loss in the current year related to the sale of certain alternative investments, lower level of investment income on alternative assets compared to the prior year, and adverse mortality and reserve changes in our Individual Life segment. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in assets in our Retirement segment, improved investment margins in our Annuities segment and improved claim results in our Employee Benefits segment.

Adjustments from Income (Loss) before Income Taxes to Operating Income (Loss) before Income Taxes

Closed Block Variable Annuity is discussed in “—Results of Operations—Segment by Segment—Closed Block Variable Annuity.”

Net investment gains increased $360.9 million from $39.9 million to $400.8 million, primarily due to a $373.6 million reduction in OTTI, partially offset by a reduction in gains on CMO-B fair value adjustments and gains on sales of securities.

Net guaranteed benefit hedging gains (losses) and related charges and adjustments changed by $292.1 million from a loss of $178.2 million to a gain of $113.9 million. Excluding nonperformance risk, we incurred a $341.1 million loss in 2011 primarily due to the decrease in interest rates during the prior year, compared to a gain of $143.6 million in the current year, primarily due to a reduction in expected future guaranteed interest rates in certain Stabilizer contracts in our Retirement segment. This favorable impact was partially offset by a decrease in the fair value of guaranteed benefits related to nonperformance risk from a $72.9 million gain in 2011 to a $42.4 million loss in 2012. DAC/VOBA amortization related to the respective gain (loss) accounted for the remaining $77.3 million change.

Losses related to businesses exited through reinsurance or divestment increased $9.2 million from $24.9 million to $34.1 million primarily due to a reduction in the amortization of a deferred gain on the group reinsurance business that was divested at the end of 2009, partially offset by higher LOC costs on the individual reinsurance business that was divested in prior years but where we remained responsible for a portion of the LOC costs.

Immediate recognition of net actuarial gains (losses) related to pension and other post-employment benefit obligations and losses from plan adjustments and curtailments was ($108.4) million in the current year due to the remeasurement loss resulting from the revaluation of our Retirement Plan’s assets and obligations, partially offset by a curtailment gain related to the employees transitioned to Cognizant on August 16, 2012. The remeasurement, which was required due to the curtailment, resulted in a loss due primarily to the decrease in discount rate of plan liabilities since the last remeasurement date in the fourth quarter of 2011.

Other adjustments to operating income increased $12.8 million from ($51.9) million to ($64.7) million due to increased expenses related to the anticipated Divestment Transaction.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Net Income (Loss)

Net investment income decreased $18.2 million from $4,987.0 million to $4,968.8 million due to a decline in assets in our Closed Block Institutional Spread Products segment and lower earned rates driven by the low interest rate environment. This decline was partially offset by an increase in assets in our Retirement segment, which was driven by positive net flows, including customer transfers from variable separate accounts and the favorable impact of reinvesting short-term investments into longer duration fixed income securities.

 

-82-


Table of Contents

Fee income increased $87.1 million from $3,516.5 million to $3,603.6 million primarily due to growth in our Retirement full service products, as well as our Investment Management and Individual Life segments due to a combination of strong sales and an improvement in the equity market, partially offset by a reduction in large Retirement recordkeeping cases resulting from terminated contracts and the continuing run-off of the Closed Block Other segment.

Premiums increased $62.5 million from $1,707.5 million to $1,770.0 million primarily due to growth in our Individual Life segment, partially offset by decreases in Employee Benefits due to competitor pricing actions and sales of immediate annuities with life contingencies in our Annuities segment.

Net realized capital losses decreased $146.6 million from $1,678.0 million to $1,531.4 million primarily due to a reduction of $388.1 million in OTTI, partially offset by a $242.5 million increase in net derivative losses as follows. Net gains on derivatives increased $1,662.1 million from a loss of $1,243.5 million to a gain of $418.6 million. Our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment was the largest driver of this variance. Our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment reported a net gain of $945.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to a net loss of $908.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Losses on equity derivative contracts were $513.5 million lower due to the relative equity market movements in each year and changes in notional amounts. Gains on interest rate derivative contracts were $1,331.8 million higher in 2011 primarily due to decreasing interest rates and changes in notional amounts. These gains were largely offset by losses on guaranteed benefit derivatives, which increased $1,872.4 million from 2010 to 2011, primarily in Closed Block Variable Annuity, but also in our Retirement Solutions business (stable value products and fixed indexed annuities (“FIAs”)).

Other revenue decreased $118.8 million from $547.0 million to $428.2 million primarily due to the reduction in the amortization of a deferred gain on the divested group reinsurance business caused by the continuing run-off of the business and the divestment of three broker dealers in early 2010.

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders increased $714.7 million from $5,027.3 million to $5,742.0 million primarily due to an increase in reserves for the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment, which was largely due to updating lapse and other policyholder behavior assumptions in the fourth quarter of 2011. We increased these reserves in the fourth quarter of 2011 after a comprehensive review of our assumptions relating to lapses, mortality, annuitization of income benefits and utilization of withdrawal benefits. We review overall policyholder experience annually, or more frequently if necessary. The review in 2011 included an analysis of a larger body of actual experience than was previously available, including a longer period with low equity markets and interest rates, which we believe provided greater insight into anticipated policyholder behavior for contracts that are in the money. Unfavorable claims experience in the Individual Life segment, an incurred-but-not-reported reduction in 2010 and an increase of $68.9 million in 2011 related to our use of the SSDMF to accrue for unfiled death claims also contributed to the increase. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in credited rates, a decrease in Employee Benefits reserves resulting from lower premiums, declining contract account balances in the Closed Block Institutional Spread Products segment and a decline in sales of immediate annuities with life contingencies in our Annuities segment.

Operating expenses decreased $2.7 million from $3,033.5 million to $3,030.8 million. Significant expense decreased due to restructuring initiatives, a reduction in incentive compensation expense, the divestment of three broker dealers in early 2010 and the continuing run-off of our Closed Block Other segment were entirely offset by a $110.3 million increase in the portion of our pension expense that is related to the immediate recognition of actuarial losses due primarily to changes in interest rates.

Net amortization of DAC/VOBA decreased $359.6 million from $746.6 million to $387.0 million due to favorable unlocking in 2011, which was primarily due to prospective assumption changes related to investment margins, which caused favorable unlocking in our Annuities segment, primarily on our FIAs. In 2011, our investment margins were better than expected on FIAs despite the low interest rate environment due to lower

 

-83-


Table of Contents

costs of credited rates. Thus, we changed our estimates of the costs of future credited rates to reflect the anticipated increased margins. Unlocking was minimal in 2010 with unfavorable unlocking in our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment due to loss recognition being offset by favorable unlocking in our Retirement segment.

Interest expense decreased $193.2 million from $332.5 million to $139.3 million primarily due to the conversion of $4.0 billion of debt to equity in 2011.

Income before income taxes increased $240.0 million from $37.8 million to $277.8 million primarily due to growth in our ongoing business, reduction in impairments, reduction in interest cost and favorable DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking, partially offset by an increase in reserves for our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment.

Income tax expense (benefit) for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $77.8 million greater than the tax at the statutory rate primarily due to an increase in the valuation allowance of $175.0 million, the tax impact of non-deductible expenses of $32.0 million, offset by the $74.0 million favorable impact of the dividends received deduction and $67.0 million of favorable impact from net income noncontrolling interests. The increase in the valuation allowance was due primarily to continued tax losses, the benefit of which is uncertain. The income tax expense (benefit) for 2010 was $157.8 million greater than the tax at the statutory rate primarily due to an increase in the valuation allowance of $547.0 million and the $38.0 million tax effect of a loss from early extinguishment of debt. These increases in tax expense were partially offset by $312.0 million release of tax liabilities related to settlement of IRS examinations and the $108.0 million favorable impact of the dividends received deduction. The increase in the valuation allowance was primarily due to continued tax losses, the benefit of which is uncertain.

Operating Income (Loss) before Income Taxes

Operating income before income taxes increased $499.0 million from $620.6 million to $1,119.6 million primarily due to growth in our ongoing business, improved investment margins (investment income less credited interest), expense reduction initiatives, reduction in interest expense as a result of an aggregate $4.0 billion of debt to equity conversion during 2011. Furthermore, favorable DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking was $303.8 million in 2011 compared to a favorable impact of $175.8 million in 2010.

Adjustments from Income (Loss) before Income Taxes to Operating Income before Taxes

Closed Block Variable Annuity is discussed in “—Results of Operations—Segment by Segment—Closed Block Variable Annuity.”

Net investment gains (losses) and related charges and adjustments increased $168.2 million from a loss of $96.4 million to a gain of $71.8 million due to reductions in impairments, partially offset by lower realized trading gains net of applicable and lower derivative fair value adjustments and fair value adjustments on our CMO-B portfolio and DAC/VOBA amortization.

Net guaranteed benefit hedging gains (losses) and related charges and adjustments increased $239.4 million from $30.0 million to $269.4 million due to guaranteed benefit derivative losses in our Retirement and Annuities segments driven by low interest rates and an unfavorable change in fair value due to nonperformance risk of $21.3 million in 2011 compared to a favorable change in fair value due to nonperformance risk in 2010 of $197.9 million excluding the impacts of DAC/VOBA and other intangibles. The guaranteed benefit derivatives on Retirement’s stable value products decreased from a gain of $9.0 million in 2010 to a loss of $212.5 million in 2011, while the guaranteed benefit derivatives in our fixed indexed annuity products increased from a loss of $75.9 million in 2010 to a loss of $186.6 million in 2011, net of hedging gains (losses).

 

-84-


Table of Contents

Losses related to businesses exited through reinsurance or divestment increased $31.8 million from $3.3 million to $35.1 million primarily due to a reduction in the deferred gain amortization on the divested group reinsurance business.

Other adjustments to operating income changed ($10.9) million from ($66.8) million to ($77.7) million due to increased third-party expenses related to the anticipated Divestment Transaction.

Losses related to early extinguishment of debt was $108.3 million due to a $3.0 billion debt to equity conversion in 2010.

Immediate recognition of net actuarial gains (losses) related to pension and other post-employment benefit obligations and gains (losses) from plan amendments and curtailments changed $110.3 million from a loss of $47.5 million to a loss of $157.8 million due primarily to changes in interest rates.

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

Net Income (Loss)

Net investment income decreased $581.6 million from $5,568.6 million to $4,987.0 million primarily due to the run-off of assets in our Closed Block Institutional Spread Products segment, the divestment of the group reinsurance business and lower earned rates due to a combination of changes in asset mix to reduce risk in the portfolio and the impacts related to the low interest rate environment. These reductions were partially offset by an increase in assets in our Retirement and Annuities segments.

Fee income increased $191.4 million from $3,325.1 million to $3,516.5 million primarily due to higher AUM in the Closed Block Variable Annuity, Retirement and Investment Management segments. The increase in AUM was primarily driven by an improvement in the equity markets in 2010 compared to 2009. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in large Retirement recordkeeping cases due to terminated contracts and the continuing run-off of the Closed Block Other segment.

Premiums decreased $278.0 million from $1,985.5 million to $1,707.5 million due to the divestment of the group reinsurance business and a significant reduction in Employee Benefits premiums, primarily related to the reinsurance of long-term disability business written after September 1, 2009. These decreases were partially offset by growth in the sale of term life products in our Individual Life segment and an increase in sales of annuities with life contingencies in our Annuities segment.

Net realized capital losses decreased $500.7 million from $2,178.7 million to $1,678.0 million primarily due to lower OTTI of $727.8 million driven by the improved economic and interest rate environment, offset by a $639.6 million decrease in trading gains. Trading gains in 2009 included gains of $844.0 million associated with assets in the Alt-A Back-up Facility transaction described further in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Alt-A Back-up Facility”. An OTTI loss of $889.5 million was recorded on these assets in 2008 since we did not have the intent to hold the assets until full recovery. In addition, we experienced lower losses on derivatives of $693.1 million, consisting of $1,814.8 million in derivatives, ($1,448.9) million in guaranteed benefit derivatives, and $327.2 million on embedded derivatives on fixed income instruments. Our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment was the largest driver of this $1,814.8 million change. Our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment reported a net loss on derivatives of $908.7 million for 2010 compared to a net loss on derivatives of $2,717.4 million for 2009. Equity contracts accounted for $996.8 million of the Closed Block Variable Annuity losses in 2010 and $2,621.4 million in 2009, offset by gains on interest rate contracts, which accounted for $103.3 million in 2010 and losses of $86.3 million in 2009. Gains (losses) on guaranteed benefit derivatives changed by ($1,448.9) million (from a gain of $1,376.2 million to a loss of $72.7 million).

Other revenue decreased $400.8 million from $947.8 million to $547.0 million primarily due to the divestment of three broker dealers in early 2010.

 

-85-


Table of Contents

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders decreased $602.6 million from $5,629.9 million to $5,027.3 million due to the divestment of the group reinsurance business, a smaller increase in reserves for our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment compared to 2009, the run-off of our Closed Block Institutional Spread Products segment, improved Employee Benefits disability claim development in 2010 compared to 2009, reinsurance of long-term disability business written after September 1, 2009 and a reduction in average credited rates in our Retirement and Annuities segments. These decreases were partially offset by growth in our Individual Life segment and an increase in sales of annuities with life contingencies.

Operating expenses decreased $318.7 million from $3,352.2 million to $3,033.5 million due to the divestment of three broker dealers and the group reinsurance business, the continuing run-off of our Closed Block Other segment and a decline in commission expense in our Employee Benefits segment due to a decline in premiums. These decreases were partially offset by higher commissions due to the increase in AUM and mutual fund sales, costs of restructuring within the Retirement segment that resulted in a significant reduction in headcount in the fourth quarter of 2010, an increase in pension expense related to the immediate recognition of actuarial losses primarily due to changes in interest rates, differences in incentive compensation and retention expenses between 2009 and 2010 and growth in our Individual Life segment.

Net amortization of DAC/VOBA decreased $305.7 million from $1,052.3 million to $746.6 million primarily due to a smaller DAC/VOBA write-down in our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment. Both years reflected charges primarily related to loss recognition. Sharp declines in equity markets in the first quarter of 2009 and the second quarter of 2010 caused a portion of our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment DAC/VOBA to become unrecoverable from the present value of expected future gross profits. The write-down related to unlocking/loss recognition in the second quarter of 2010 was $158.6 million compared to $423.8 million in the first quarter of 2009.

Interest expense decreased $53.0 million from $385.5 million to $332.5 million primarily due to the conversion of $3.0 billion of debt to equity in 2010, reflecting the reduction in interest expense net of prepayment fees.

Income (loss) before income taxes increased $1,146.4 million from a loss of $1,108.6 million to income of $37.8 million due to a reduction in investment losses, a smaller loss recognition in Closed Block Variable Annuity segment, an increase in fee income due to improved equity markets, lower interest expense, improved disability claim development in 2010 compared to 2009 and growth in our ongoing business.

Income tax expense (benefit) for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $157.8 million greater than the tax at the statutory rate as described above. The income tax expense (benefit) for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $90.0 million less than the benefit at the statutory rate primarily due to the establishment of $90.0 million for valuation allowance for net operating losses, the benefit of which is uncertain. All other items were allocated to Other comprehensive income in accordance with the exception described in ASC Topic 740-20-45-7.

Operating Income (Loss) before Income Taxes

Operating income before income taxes increased $292.7 million from $327.9 million to $620.6 million primarily due to improving equity markets, which increased fee income and investment returns on alternative investments, a reduction in interest expense and favorable DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking in our Retirement and Individual Life segments.

Adjustments from Income (Loss) before Income Taxes to Operating Income before Taxes

Closed Block Variable Annuity is discussed in “—Results of Operations—Segment by Segment—Closed Block Variable Annuity.”

 

-86-


Table of Contents

Net investment gains (losses) and related charges and adjustments decreased $634.4 million from a gain of $538.0 million to a loss of $96.4 million due to reduction in gains on the sale of securities and were partially offset by a reduction in impairments.

Net guaranteed benefit hedging gains (losses) and related charges and adjustments decreased $216.4 million from a gain of $186.4 million to a loss of $30.0 million. Excluding the impacts of nonperformance risk, guaranteed benefit derivative losses of $264.8 million in our Retirement and Annuities segments were driven by low interest rates during 2010 compared with $513.2 million in gains in 2009. These were somewhat offset by $483.8 million in favorable changes in fair value due to the impacts of nonperformance risk (gains of $197.9 million in 2010 compared to losses of $285.9 million in 2009).

Losses related to businesses exited through reinsurance or divestment decreased $17.1 million from $20.4 million to $3.3 million primarily due to the deferred gain amortization on the group reinsurance business that was divested at the end of 2009, partially offset by higher LOC costs on the individual reinsurance business that was divested in prior years, but where we remain responsible for a portion of the LOC costs.

Other adjustments to operating income changed ($4.1) million from ($70.9) million to ($66.8) million due to reduction in projects related to the CitiStreet integration, which was acquired in 2008.

Losses related to early extinguishment of debt was $108.3 million in 2010 due to the difference in the book value versus market value of $3.0 billion of debt that was converted to equity in 2010. There was no similar conversion in 2009.

Immediate recognition of net actuarial gains (losses) related to pension and other post-employment benefit obligations and gains (losses) from plan adjustments and curtailments increased $50.1 million from a gain of $2.6 million to a loss of $47.5 million due primarily to changes in interest rates.

Results of Operations—Ongoing Business

We consider the Retirement, Annuities, Investment Management, Individual Life, and Employee Benefits segments as our ongoing business. The following table presents operating income before income taxes of our ongoing business for the periods presented:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,      Year ended December 31,  
($ in millions)           2012                    2011             2011      2010      2009  

Operating income (loss) before income taxes (1)

   $ 762.0       $ 937.0       $ 1,279.6       $ 1,030.2       $ 789.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

For a reconciliation of Operating income (loss) before income taxes to Income (loss) before income taxes, see the table presented in Results of Operations—Company Consolidated .

We analyze our ongoing business performance based on the sources/drivers of profitability. We believe this supplemental information is useful in order to gain a better understanding of our operating income (loss) before income taxes for the following reasons: (1) we analyze our business using this information and (2) this presentation can be helpful for investors to understand the main drivers of operating income (loss) before income taxes of our ongoing business. The sources/drivers of profitability are defined as such:

 

   

Investment spread and other investment income consists of net investment income and net realized investment gains (losses) associated with swap settlements and accrued interest, less interest credited to policyholder reserves.

 

   

Fee based margin consists primarily of fees earned on AUM, AUA and transaction based recordkeeping fees.

 

-87-


Table of Contents
   

Net underwriting gain (loss) and other revenue contains the following: the difference between fees charged for insurance risks and incurred benefits, including mortality, morbidity and surrender results, contractual charges for universal life and annuity contracts, the change in the unearned revenue reserve (“URR”) for universal life contracts and that portion of traditional life insurance premiums intended to cover expenses and profits. Certain contract charges for universal life insurance are not recognized in income immediately, but are deferred as unearned revenues and are amortized into income in a manner similar to the amortization of DAC.

 

   

Administrative expenses are operating expenses, net of amounts capitalized as acquisition expenses.

 

   

Trail commissions are commissions paid that are not deferred and thus recorded directly to expense.

 

   

For a detail explanation of DAC/VOBA and other intangibles amortization/unlocking see “Unlocking of DAC/VOBA and other Contract Owner/Policyholder Intangibles.”

The following table presents a supplemental presentation of operating income (loss) before income taxes for our ongoing business based on sources / drivers of profitability:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
($ in millions)           2012                   2011            2011     2010     2009  

Sources of Operating Income (Loss) before Income Taxes:

          

Investment spread and other investment income

   $ 1,086.6      $ 1,129.0      $ 1,341.6      $ 1,334.3      $ 1,033.0   

Fee based margin

     987.5        983.1        1,298.0        1,247.4        1,190.6   

Net underwriting gain (loss) and other revenue

     572.7        629.0        825.4        859.2        909.6   

Administrative expenses

     (1,247.2     (1,272.0     (1,691.9     (1,748.9     (1,597.0

Trail commissions

     (185.7     (173.3     (232.6     (230.8     (212.1

DAC/VOBA and other intangibles amortization, excluding unlocking

          
     (423.6     (475.4     (564.7     (606.8     (557.2

DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking

     (28.3     116.6        303.8        175.8        22.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 762.0      $ 937.0      $ 1,279.6      $ 1,030.2      $ 789.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents certain notable items that resulted in volatility in operating income (loss) before income taxes:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Year Ended December,  
($ in millions)           2012                   2011             2011      2010      2009  

DAC/VOBA, and other intangibles unlocking

   $ (28.3   $ 116.6       $ 303.8       $ 175.8       $ 22.8   

Loss on sale of alternative investments

     (82.1     —           —           —           —     

Ongoing Business—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Operating income before income taxes decreased $175.0 million from $937.0 million to $762.0 million primarily due to unfavorable DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking in the current year of $28.3 million compared to favorable unlocking in the prior year of $116.6 million, the loss of $82.1 million in the current year related to the sale of certain alternative investments, lower level of investment income on alternative assets

 

-88-


Table of Contents

compared to the prior year, and adverse mortality and reserve changes in our Individual Life segment. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in assets and margins in our Retirement segment, improved investment margins in our Annuities segment and improved claim results in our Employee Benefits segment. See “—Results of Operations—Segment by Segment.”

Ongoing Business—Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Operating income before income taxes increased $249.4 million from $1,030.2 million to $1,279.6 million primarily due to higher favorable DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking, expense reduction initiatives, and an increase in fee income and premiums. Favorable DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking was $303.8 million in 2011 compared to a favorable impact of $175.8 million in 2010. Higher revenues resulted from in-force growth in our Individual Life segment as well as an increase in AUM in our Investment Management segment. See “—Results of Operations—Segment by Segment.”

Ongoing Business—Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

Operating income (loss) before income taxes increased $240.5 million from $789.7 million to $1,030.2 million primarily due to improving equity markets, which increased fee income and investment returns on alternative investments and favorable DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking in our Retirement and Individual Life segments. Offsetting these items was an increase in operating expenses primarily due to higher expenses in our Retirement segment resulting from the transfer of the wholesale distribution force in early 2010 from our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment, higher incentive compensation and retention expenses in 2010, and growth in our Individual Life segment. See “—Results of Operations—Segment by Segment.”

Results of Operations—Segment by Segment

Retirement Solutions—Retirement

The following table presents operating income before income taxes of our Retirement segment for the periods indicated:

 

($ in millions)   Nine Months Ended September 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
           2012                   2011            2011     2010     2009  

Operating revenues:

         

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses)

  $ 1,119.8      $ 1,123.0      $ 1,435.9      $ 1,405.2      $ 1,304.4   

Fee income

    532.3        543.8        713.5        711.4        657.0   

Premiums

    4.0        7.9        8.1        3.0        2.4   

Other revenue

    45.3        52.4        67.9        59.4        60.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

    1,701.4        1,727.1        2,225.4        2,179.0        2,024.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating benefits and expenses:

         

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders

    629.3        613.0        826.2        797.9        781.9   

Operating expenses

    620.3        630.4        844.5        900.3        821.8   

Net amortization of DAC/VOBA

    110.3        110.5        111.1        9.2        60.4   

Interest expense

    1.1        1.3        1.7        2.0        2.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating benefits and expenses

    1,361.0        1,355.2        1,783.5        1,709.4        1,666.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

  $ 340.4      $ 371.9      $ 441.9      $ 469.6      $ 358.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-89-


Table of Contents

The following table presents a supplemental presentation of operating income (loss) before income taxes based on the sources/drivers of profitability:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended September 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2011      2011     2010     2009  

Sources of Operating Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes:

          

Investment spread and other investment income

   $ 504.4      $ 534.0      $ 638.0      $ 627.7      $ 509.1   

Fee based margin

     578.0        580.3        762.6        757.1        714.7   

Net underwriting gain (loss) and other revenue

     (13.5     (2.0     (6.4     0.5        4.6   

Administrative expenses

     (524.7     (537.4     (716.3     (782.9     (709.1

Trail commissions

     (85.0     (85.0     (115.4     (111.5     (98.1

DAC/VOBA and other intangibles amortization, excluding unlocking

     (133.5     (133.8     (164.8     (181.7     (130.1

DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking

     14.7        15.8        44.2        160.4        67.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 340.4      $ 371.9      $ 441.9      $ 469.6      $ 358.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents certain notable items that resulted in volatility in operating income (loss) before income taxes:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended September 30,      Year Ended December 31,  
            2012                   2011             2011      2010      2009  

DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking

   $ 14.7      $ 15.8       $ 44.2       $ 160.4       $ 67.2   

Loss on sale of certain alternative investments

     (48.1     —           —           —           —     

The following tables present AUM and AUA for our Retirement segment at the dates indicated:

 

($ in millions)    As of September 30,      As of December 31,  
     2012      2011      2011      2010      2009  

Corporate market

   $ 32,609.4       $ 27,127.3       $ 29,134.4       $ 29,486.0       $ 26,749.5   

Tax exempt market

     46,226.6         40,628.4         42,691.3         43,221.9         39,942.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total full service plans

     78,836.0         67,755.7         71,825.7         72,707.9         66,692.2   

Stable value (1)

     6,473.1         4,758.0         5,560.9         1,987.7         810.0   

Individual Markets

     2,359.4         2,000.8         2,091.1         1,842.2         1,382.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total AUM

     87,668.5         74,514.5         79,477.7         76,537.8         68,885.1   

AUA

     215,282.8         198,780.1         208,249.0         214,274.0         203,040.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total AUM and AUA

   $ 302,951.3       $ 273,294.6       $ 287,726.7       $ 290,811.8       $ 271,925.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Consists of assets where we are the investment manager.

 

($ in millions)    As of September 30,      As of December 31,  
     2012      2011      2011      2010      2009  

General Account

   $ 26,634.6       $ 24,970.7       $ 25,528.3       $ 23,588.1       $ 22,755.4   

Separate Account

     47,905.2         39,845.4         42,920.8         43,284.1         38,585.0   

Mutual Funds/Institutional Funds

     13,128.7         9,698.4         11,028.6         9,665.6         7,544.7   

AUA

     215,282.8         198,780.1         208,249.0         214,274.0         203,040.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total AUM and AUA

   $ 302,951.3       $ 273,294.6       $ 287,726.7       $ 290,811.8       $ 271,925.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-90-


Table of Contents

The following table presents a rollforward of AUM for our Retirement segment for the periods indicated:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2011     2010     2009  

Balance as of beginning of period

   $ 79,477.7      $ 76,537.8      $ 76,537.8      $ 68,885.1      $ 58,273.5   

Deposits

     8,976.1        8,682.3        11,927.4        11,210.9        9,597.6   

Surrenders, benefits and product charges

     (7,291.7     (6,964.9     (8,926.4     (9,765.5     (8,740.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net flows

     1,684.4        1,717.4        3,001.0        1,445.4        857.6   

Interest credited and investment performance

     6,506.4        (3,740.7     (61.1     6,207.3        9,754.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of period

   $ 87,668.5      $ 74,514.5      $ 79,477.7      $ 76,537.8      $ 68,885.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retirement—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Operating revenues

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses) decreased $3.2 million from $1,123.0 million to $1,119.8 million primarily due to the $48.1 million loss on the sale of certain alternative investments. We also reduced the fair value of our investments in Low Income Housing Tax Credits (“LIHTC”) which had an unfavorable impact of $4.6 million. These losses were partially offset by an increase in investment income of general account assets. General account assets increased from $25.0 billion to $26.6 billion in the current year compared to the same period in the prior year. The volatility in the equity market during the second half of 2011 resulted in participants transferring funds from variable investment options into the fixed investment option, which contributed to an increase in average general account assets.

Fee income decreased $11.5 million from $543.8 million to $532.3 million. The decrease in fee income was primarily due to a reduction in recordkeeping fees as a result of an increase in terminated contracts. The decrease was partially offset by an increase in fees earned on full service retirement plans due to positive equity market performance.

Premiums decreased $3.9 million from $7.9 million to $4.0 million primarily due to a decline in the issuance of single premium immediate annuities with life contingencies.

Other revenue decreased $7.1 million from $52.4 million to $45.3 million primarily due to a change in contractual amounts paid to/from retirement plan customers upon surrender.

Operating benefits and expenses

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders increased $16.3 million from $613.0 million to $629.3 million primarily due to an increase in general account liabilities, which corresponded to the increase in general account assets as described above. The increase was partially offset by a decrease in average credited rates on general account liabilities due to actions taken in January, April and July 2012 to reflect the low interest rate environment.

Operating expenses decreased $10.1 million from $630.4 million to $620.3 million primarily driven by expenses of the recordkeeping business, which were in line with the reduction in revenue.

Operating income (loss) before income taxes was lower for the current year. Lower fee income and lower other revenue combined with the loss on the sale of certain alternative investments and reduction in fair value of investments in LIHTC had an adverse effect on operating income. In addition, higher interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders contributed to the decline as a result of an increase in general account liabilities.

 

-91-


Table of Contents

Retirement—Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Operating revenues

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses) increased $30.7 million from $1,405.2 million to $1,435.9 million primarily due to an increase in account values ($1.9 billion increase in general account assets as provided in the table above), partially offset by a $34.1 million decrease in alternative investment income. New sales, customer transfers from variable to fixed investment options in qualified and nonqualified annuity and funding agreement products and positive net flows through improved persistency contributed to the increase in general account assets. Overall yields for the general account, net of investment expense and excluding alternative investment results, remained consistent with 2010 and were approximately 5.7%. The decrease in alternative investment returns reflects the market declines and volatility in 2011.

Fee income increased $2.1 million from $711.4 million to $713.5 million. Increases in full service retirement plan and individual retirement product revenues of $17.8 million which were driven by net increases in separate account and institutional /mutual fund AUM were offset by a $17.8 million decrease in recordkeeping fees primarily due to terminated contracts.

Premiums increased $5.1 million from $3.0 million to $8.1 million primarily due to the timing of the sale of immediate annuity products with lifetime contingencies.

Other revenue increased $8.5 million from $59.4 million to $67.9 million primarily due to increases in broker dealer revenue.

Operating benefits and expenses

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders increased $28.3 million from $797.9 million to $826.2 million primarily due to a $1.9 billion increase in general account AUM as provided in the table above. The increase was partially offset by a slight decrease in average credited rates on fixed fund options in qualified and nonqualified annuity and funding agreement products compared to 2010 due to management actions. Most of our fixed fund options contain guaranteed minimum credited rates ranging from 1% to 4%. As of December 31, 2011, approximately 70% of these funds were at the minimum credited rates.

Operating expenses decreased $55.8 million from $900.3 million to $844.5 million primarily driven by a $33.6 million decrease as a result of a restructuring effort in late 2010, which included the elimination of the wholesale distribution channel. Expenses in the recordkeeping business decreased $24.7 million commensurate with terminated contracts.

Net amortization of DAC/VOBA increased $101.9 million from $9.2 million to $111.1 million primarily as a result of $116.2 million of lower favorable DAC unlocking in 2011. The 2011 results include a favorable impact of $44.2 million compared to a favorable impact of $160.4 million in 2010 due to unlocking. Favorable unlocking in 2011 was driven by future assumption changes and greater than expected net flows into fixed investment option funds. Favorable unlocking in 2010 was driven by equity market growth above expectations and assumption updates resulting in an increase in future gross profit projections. Excluding the impact from the unlocking of DAC/VOBA, net amortization of DAC/VOBA decreased $14.3 million due to lower amortization rates resulting from favorable assumption updates.

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

Full-service retirement plan sales growth, together with our emphasis on strengthening net flows and implementing cost reductions, were the primary underlying drivers of improved results, excluding DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking. Favorable net flows of $3.0 billion in 2011 resulted in higher levels of AUM leading to both additional net investment income (loss) and fee income. The implementation of expense

 

-92-


Table of Contents

reduction initiatives resulted in lower operating expenses in 2011 as further distribution efficiencies were realized. However, the drivers of 2011 results were offset by a lower favorable DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking of $116.2 million compared to 2010 resulting in a decrease in operating income before income taxes.

Retirement—Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

Operating revenues

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses) increased $100.8 million from $1,304.4 million to $1,405.2 million primarily due to $137.1 million of higher alternative investment income, as the equity markets improved in 2010. This was partially offset by a decline in yields on general account assets as a result of the low interest rate environment. Overall yields on general account assets, net of investment expense and excluding alternative investments were approximately 5.7% in 2010 compared to 5.9% in 2009.

Fee income increased $54.4 million from $657.0 million to $711.4 million primarily due to a $76.8 million increase in fee revenue associated with full service retirement plans and individual retirement products. This was driven by higher average separate account and institutional/mutual fund AUM due to improved equity market performance. This increase was partially offset by a $23.9 million decrease in recordkeeping fees primarily due to an increase in terminated contracts.

Operating benefits and expenses

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders increased $16.0 million from $781.9 million to $797.9 million due to an increase in account values ($0.8 billion in general account AUM as provided in the table above) along with higher premium and interest bonuses paid on accounts. The increase was partially offset by a slight decrease in average credited rates on fixed fund options in qualified and nonqualified annuity and funding agreement products compared to 2009 due to management actions.

Operating expenses increased $78.5 million from $821.8 million to $900.3 million due to the transfer of the wholesale distribution force in early 2010 from our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment to support sales of the individual retirement rollover products and non-deferrable project spending to improve the then current infrastructure and prepare for anticipated future growth. Subsequently, the individual retirement product business was restructured in late 2010, which resulted in a significant reduction in headcount in the fourth quarter of 2010 and a reduction in the expense run rate heading into 2011. The remaining increase relates to a $13.6 million increase in AUM-based commissions driven by higher AUM levels.

Net amortization of DAC/VOBA decreased $51.2 million from $60.4 million to $9.2 million primarily due to $93.2 million in favorable unlocking. The 2010 results included a favorable unlocking impact of $160.4 million compared to $67.2 million in 2009. Favorable unlocking in both 2010 and 2009 was driven by higher than expected equity market appreciation, as well as assumption updates resulting in an increase in future gross profit projections. Excluding the impact from the unlocking of DAC/VOBA, net amortization of DAC/VOBA increased $42.0 million due primarily to a higher level of gross profits in 2010.

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

Markets continued their recovery into 2010, laying the groundwork for improvement in operating income. The higher equity market levels in 2010 compared to early 2009 contributed to higher favorable DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking and improved AUM-based fee income. The increase in operating income also reflected better net investment income, as returns on alternative investments improved.

 

-93-


Table of Contents

Retirement Solutions—Annuities

The following table presents operating income before income taxes of the Annuities segment for the periods indicated:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2011     2010     2009  

Operating revenues:

          

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses)

   $ 924.9      $ 1,018.9      $ 1,321.9      $ 1,369.4      $ 1,381.8   

Fee income

     25.1        22.4        29.8        24.1        14.9   

Premiums

     29.6        27.3        34.1        67.3        34.5   

Other revenue

     10.0        14.5        15.6        21.7        11.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

     989.6        1,083.1        1,401.4        1,482.5        1,442.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating benefits and expenses:

          

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders

     661.8        756.8        978.0        1,091.9        1,100.4   

Operating expenses

     94.4        94.8        126.7        131.0        114.4   

Net amortization of DAC/VOBA

     137.1        43.2        (91.5     143.9        178.4   

Interest expense

     0.4        0.5        0.6        0.7        0.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating benefits and expenses

     893.7        895.3        1,013.8        1,367.5        1,394.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 95.9      $ 187.8      $ 387.6      $ 115.0      $ 48.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents a supplemental presentation of operating income (loss) before income taxes based on the sources /drivers of profitability:

   

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2011     2010     2009  

Sources of Operating Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes:

          

Investment spread and other investment income

   $ 320.0      $ 299.3      $ 362.8      $ 367.8      $ 330.9   

Fee based margin

     26.3        22.1        30.2        18.9        18.0   

Net underwriting gain (loss) and other revenue

     9.2        17.4        19.6        27.1        17.6   

Administrative expenses

     (68.4     (76.3     (104.1     (101.3     (103.5

Trail commissions

     (24.5     (14.5     (16.2     (21.1     (7.8

DAC/VOBA and other intangibles amortization, excluding unlocking

     (124.9     (148.4     (170.7     (166.2     (212.5

DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking

     (41.8     88.2        266.0        (10.2     6.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 95.9      $ 187.8      $ 387.6      $ 115.0      $ 48.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents certain notable items that resulted in volatility in operating income (loss) before income taxes:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended September 30,      Year Ended December 31,  
            2012                   2011             2011      2010     2009  

DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking

   $ (41.8   $ 88.2       $ 266.0       $ (10.2   $ 6.0   

Loss on sale of certain alternative investments

     (18.0     —           —           —          —     

 

-94-


Table of Contents

The following table presents AUM for our Annuities segment at the dates indicated:

 

($ in millions)    As of September 30,      As of December 31,  
     2012      2011      2011      2010      2009  

AUM

              

General account

   $ 23,185.7       $ 25,694.2       $ 25,198.5       $ 25,925.0       $ 25,302.9   

Separate account

     774.5         688.0         730.4         835.3         805.4   

Mutual funds

     2,291.7         1,579.7         1,761.3         1,089.0         260.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total AUM

   $ 26,251.9       $ 27,961.9       $ 27,690.2       $ 27,849.3       $ 26,368.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents a rollforward of AUM for our Annuities segment for the periods indicated:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
        2012           2011        2011     2010     2009  

Balance as of beginning of period

   $ 27,690.2      $ 27,849.3      $ 27,849.3      $ 26,368.7      $ 25,150.5   

Deposits

     1,798.0        2,176.4        2,716.8        2,855.6        3,204.6   

Surrenders, benefits and product charges

     (4,134.1     (2,750.1     (3,935.1     (2,897.1     (3,069.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net flows

     (2,336.1     (573.7     (1,218.3     (41.5     134.9   

Interest credited and investment performance

     897.8        686.3        1,059.2        1,522.1        1,083.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of period

   $ 26,251.9      $ 27,961.9      $ 27,690.2      $ 27,849.3      $ 26,368.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Annuities—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Operating revenues

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses) decreased $94.0 million from $1,018.9 million to $924.9 million primarily due to lower general account assets, the $18.0 million loss on sale of certain alternative investments and lower income on alternative investments. General account assets decreased as a result of MYGAs lapsing at the end of their initial terms, largely due to crediting rates that were lower than the crediting rates during their initial term.

Fee income increased $2.7 million from $22.4 million to $25.1 million due to growth in assets of mutual fund products which are sold by the annuity distribution force as an alternative retirement product. The balance of assets increased from $1.6 billion to $2.3 billion.

Operating benefits and expenses

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders decreased $95.0 million from $756.8 million to $661.8 million. The decrease was primarily due to lapses of MYGAs which resulted in a decrease to average account values. Lower option costs of FIAs and lower reserve charges from life contingent supplemental contracts also contributed to the decrease. The decline in interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders was partially offset by higher amortization on sales inducements.

Net amortization of DAC/VOBA increased $93.9 million from $43.2 million to $137.1 million primarily due to an unfavorable change in unlocking of DAC/VOBA that was partially offset by a lower amortization rate of DAC/VOBA. The unfavorable unlocking of DAC/VOBA in the current year was primarily due to a decrease in projected margins on the MYGA policies. This compared to favorable unlocking in the prior year which resulted from higher than expected gross profits. The favorable change in DAC/VOBA amortization was due to a decrease in the amortization rate partially offset by higher amortization due to higher gross profits in the current year.

 

-95-


Table of Contents

Operating income before income taxes

Operating income before income taxes decreased $91.9 million from $187.8 million to $95.9 million which was primarily driven by changes in DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking and a decline in net investment income, which were partially offset by lower interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders .

Annuities—Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Operating revenues

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses) decreased $47.5 million from $1,369.4 million to $1,321.9 million due to lower yields. The decrease in yield reflects the impact of lower interest rates in 2011.

Fee income increased $5.7 million from $24.1 million to $29.8 million due to growth in assets of mutual fund products, which are sold by the annuity distribution force as an alternative retirement product. Sales of mutual fund products increased from $859.9 million to $977.6 million during 2011, or a growth of 13.7%.

Premiums declined by $33.2 million from $67.3 million to $34.1 million due to lower sales of immediate annuities with life contingencies.

Operating benefits and expenses

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders decreased $113.9 million from $1,091.9 million to $978.0 million primarily due to a decrease in average crediting rates resulting from contracts with higher rates reaching maturity. The decrease also reflects lower sales of annuities with life contingencies, which results in a decrease in the related reserve associated with those products. In addition, amortization of sales inducements decreased due to an increase in estimated gross profits.

Operating expenses decreased $4.3 million from $131.0 million to $126.7 million due to slightly lower commission expenses in 2011.

Net amortization of DAC/VOBA decreased $235.4 million from $143.9 million to ($91.5) million primarily due to a favorable change in unlocking in 2011 compared to unfavorable unlocking in 2010. The favorable unlocking of DAC/VOBA in 2011 resulted primarily from prospective assumption changes related to investment margins on FIAs, or earned investment income less credited interest. In 2011, our investment margins were better than expected on FIAs despite the low interest rate environment due to lower costs of credited rates. Thus, we changed our estimates of the costs of future credited rates to reflect the anticipated increased margins.

Operating income before income taxes

Operating income before income taxes in 2011 increased $272.6 million from $115.0 million to $387.6 million primarily impacted by increased investment margins as well as updated actuarial assumptions and resulted in favorable unlocking of DAC/VOBA and other intangibles as described above.

Annuities—Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

Operating revenues

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses) decreased $12.4 million from $1,381.8 million to $1,369.4 million primarily due to lower yields reflecting a portfolio restructuring that we conducted in mid-2009 to early 2010 in order to maintain a strong liquidity profile. See “Investments—Investment Strategy.”

 

-96-


Table of Contents

Fee income increased $9.2 million from $14.9 million to $24.1 million due to growth in assets of custodial mutual fund products, which the annuity distribution channel sells as an alternative retirement product.

Premiums increased $32.8 million from $34.5 million to $67.3 million due to higher sales of immediate annuities with life contingencies.

Operating benefits and expenses

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders decreased $8.5 million from $1,100.4 million to $1,091.9 million primarily due to a decrease in average crediting rates as more contracts were established at lower rates as a result of the low interest rate environment, partially offset by an increase in annuities with life contingencies reserves due to higher sales.

Operating expenses increased $16.6 million from $114.4 million to $131.0 million as a result of higher commissions driven by a growth in sales of custodial mutual fund products as well as higher trail commissions on indexed annuities.

Net amortization of DAC/VOBA decreased $34.5 million from $178.4 million to $143.9 million primarily due to lower amortization rates and lower gross profits.

Operating income before income taxes

Operating income before income taxes increased $66.3 million from $48.7 million to $115.0 million. The increase was primarily driven by lower net amortization of DAC/VOBA, being partially offset by a decrease in investment margins as a result of the portfolio restructuring described above.

Investment Management

The following table presents operating income before income taxes of our Investment Management segment for the periods indicated:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months
Ended

September 30,
     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2012      2011      2011      2010      2009  

Operating revenues:

              

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses)

   $ 36.0       $ 18.1       $ 8.8       $ 2.2       $ (46.4

Fee income

     352.1         352.3         469.3         446.4         434.2   

Other revenue

     14.9         11.4         13.8         5.9         4.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

     403.0         381.8         491.9         454.5         392.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating benefits and expenses:

              

Operating expenses

     299.7         307.4         404.4         404.4         347.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating benefits and expenses

     299.7         307.4         404.4         404.4         347.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 103.3       $ 74.4       $ 87.5       $ 50.1       $ 44.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-97-


Table of Contents

The following table presents a supplemental presentation of operating income (loss) before income taxes based on the sources/drivers of profitability:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months  Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
         2012             2011         2011     2010     2009  

Sources of Operating Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes:

          

Investment spread and other investment income

   $ 34.6      $ 17.0      $ 7.5      $ 4.0      $ (46.4

Fee based revenue

     368.4        364.8        484.4        450.5        438.4   

Administrative expenses

     (299.7     (307.4     (404.4     (404.4     (347.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 103.3      $ 74.4      $ 87.5      $ 50.1      $ 44.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents certain notable items that resulted in volatility in operating income (loss) before income taxes:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months
Ended

September 30,
     Year Ended December 31,  
       2012          2011        2011      2010      2009  

Gain on sale of certain alternative investments

   $ 2.2         —           —           —           —     

Our Investment Management operating segment revenues include the following intersegment revenues, primarily consisting of asset-based management and administration fees.

 

($ in millions)

   Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2012      2011      2011      2010      2009  

Investment Management intersegment revenues

   $ 117.3       $ 123.9       $ 164.1       $ 156.8       $ 170.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents AUM and AUA for our Investment Management segment at the dates indicated:

 

($ in millions)    As of September 30,      As of December 31,  
     2012      2011      2011      2010      2009  

AUM

              

Institutional/Retail

              

Investment Management sourced

   $ 50,761.4       $ 48,352.1       $ 49,391.5       $ 47,302.6       $ 48,602.2   

Affiliate sourced (1)

     46,376.8         35,284.4         37,851.8         33,907.3         31,700.3   

General account

     80,082.1         78,419.7         78,878.3         77,277.8         75,059.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total AUM

     177,220.3         162,056.2         166,121.6         158,487.7         155,362.3   

AUA

              

Affiliate sourced (2)

     54,723.3         57,119.6         58,992.4         64,653.2         60,096.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total AUM and AUA

   $ 231,943.6       $ 219,175.8       $ 225,114.0       $ 223,140.9       $ 215,459.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Affiliate sourced AUM includes assets sourced by other segments and also reported as AUM by such other segments.

(2)

Affiliate sourced AUA includes assets sourced by other segments and also reported as AUA or AUM by such other segments.

 

-98-


Table of Contents

The following table presents institutional and retail net flows for our Investment Management segment for the periods indicated:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months
Ended September 30,
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2011      2011      2010     2009  

Net Flows

             

Investment Management sourced

   $ 177.6       $ 2,189.7       $ 2,398.8       $ (932.7   $ (5,266.8

Affiliate sourced

     5,185.4         2,832.8         3,303.5         (521.8     (2,532.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,363.0       $ 5,022.5       $ 5,702.3       $ (1,454.5   $ (7,799.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment Management—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Operating revenues

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses) increased $17.9 million from $18.1 million to $36.0 million primarily due to recognizing an accumulation of $13.3 million of carried interest in the current year and improved performance of funds and partnership investments resulting from improved market conditions.

Other revenue increased $3.5 million from $11.4 million to $14.9 million primarily due to an increase in service fees earned as part of services provided in connection with the sale by ING Group of its ING Direct U.S. business. Partially offsetting the increases were lower levels of mortgage and private placement production fees.

Operating benefits and expenses

Operating expenses decreased $7.7 million from $307.4 million to $299.7 million as a result of lower variable compensation costs.

Operating income before income taxes

The overall increase in operating income of $28.9 million was primarily driven by recognizing an accumulation of carried interest and lower variable compensation costs.

Investment Management—Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Operating revenues

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses) increased $6.6 million from $2.2 million to $8.8 million primarily due to improved performance of funds and partnership investments resulting from improved market conditions.

Fee income increased $22.9 million from $446.4 million to $469.3 million primarily due to an increase in AUM resulting in higher management and administrative fees earned. The increase in AUM was also due to the re-assignment of several large mutual fund management contracts to us based on our performance. We previously serviced these contracts and reported the assets as AUA.

Other revenue increased $7.9 million from $5.9 million to $13.8 million primarily due to an increase in production fees from a higher level of mortgage loan and private placement production activity as well as an increase in mortgage loan servicing fees. This was partially offset by a decrease in performance fees compared to 2010.

 

-99-


Table of Contents

Operating benefits and expenses

Operating expenses were level with 2010 expenses at $404.4 million, the result of slightly higher compensation expense offset by cost reductions in other categories.

Operating income before income taxes

The overall increase in operating income in 2011 was primarily driven by an increase in AUM that we managed on behalf of institutions and retail investors. The increase in AUM was the result of higher equity markets as well as the re-assignment of several large mutual fund management contracts, which has resulted in additional fee income to us. We previously serviced these contracts and reported the assets as AUA. Operating expenses remained level with 2010.

Investment Management—Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

Operating revenues

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses) increased $48.6 million from ($46.4) million to $2.2 million primarily due to improved performance of funds, partnership investments and hedging strategies compared to losses reported on these investments in 2009. The primary driver of this increase was related to losses incurred on principal investing activities in 2009 that did not recur in 2010.

Fee income increased $12.2 million from $434.2 million to $446.4 million primarily due to an increase in AUM and AUA, which resulted in a $30.0 million increase in management and administration fees. This was partially offset by a $17.8 million decrease in fees earned in connection with our management of general account assets due to asset mix changes which resulted in lower management fees.

Other revenue increased $1.7 million from $4.2 million to $5.9 million primarily due to an increase in production fees from a higher level of mortgage loan and private placement production activity. The increase was also due to an increase in mortgage loan servicing fees which was partially offset by a decrease in performance fees.

Operating benefits and expenses

Operating expenses increased $56.8 million from $347.6 million to $404.4 million primarily due to retention-based revisions affecting certain incentive compensation awards earned beginning in 2009. The increase was due in part to the deferral of $36.7 million of incentive compensation awards in 2009 and the amortization of these deferrals over a three-year period beginning in 2010.

Operating income before income taxes

The overall increase in operating earnings was driven primarily by an increase in net investment income (loss). The primary driver of this increase was related to losses incurred on principal investing activities in 2009 that did not recur in 2010. The increase in operating earnings was also driven by higher fee income which was the result of an increase in average AUM and AUA during 2010. The increase in revenues was offset by an increase in operating expenses, which was primarily the result of the decision to defer a significant portion of incentive compensation in 2009 and amortize these deferrals over a three-year period beginning in 2010.

 

-100-


Table of Contents

Insurance Solutions—Individual Life

The following table presents operating income before income taxes of our Individual Life segment for the periods indicated:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,      Year ended December 31,  
($ in millions)            2012                      2011              2011      2010      2009  

Operating revenues:

              

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses)

   $ 700.7       $ 730.4         950.0       $ 942.8       $ 932.6   

Fee income

     833.7         847.0         1,139.2         1,078.1         1,097.8   

Premiums

     546.1         480.2         660.9         539.1         448.6   

Other revenue

     19.2         25.8         34.9         53.4         67.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

     2,099.7         2,083.4         2,785.0         2,613.4         2,546.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating benefits and expenses:

              

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders

     1,545.3         1,402.0         1,855.1         1,731.7         1,668.2   

Operating expenses

     289.5         245.0         332.8         325.0         299.0   

Net amortization of DAC/VOBA

     114.6         182.1         298.9         221.2         255.6   

Interest expense

     8.7         13.7         18.9         22.0         22.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating benefits and expenses

     1,958.1         1,842.8         2,505.7         2,299.9         2,245.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 141.6       $ 240.6       $ 279.3       $ 313.5       $ 301.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents a supplemental presentation of operating income (loss) before income taxes based on the sources/drivers of profitability:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,     Year ended December 31,  
($ in millions)            2012                     2011             2011     2010     2009  

Sources of Operating Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes:

          

Investment spread and other investment income

   $ 188.9      $ 228.0      $ 274.8      $ 274.1      $ 213.5   

Fee based margin

     14.8        15.9        20.8        20.9        19.5   

Net underwriting gain (loss) and other revenue

     349.0        418.5        542.3        557.7        628.7   

Administrative expenses

     (230.4     (229.7     (308.2     (295.5     (276.0

Trail commissions

     (24.4     (21.9     (30.7     (29.8     (29.0

DAC/VOBA and other intangibles amortization, excluding unlocking

     (155.1     (182.8     (213.3     (241.5     (205.2

DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking

     (1.2     12.6        (6.4     27.6        (50.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 141.6      $ 240.6      $ 279.3      $ 313.5      $ 301.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-101-


Table of Contents

The following table presents certain notable items that resulted in volatility in operating income (loss) before income taxes:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended September 30,      Year Ended December 31,  
           2012                 2011            2011     2010      2009  

DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking

   $ (1.2   $ 12.6       $ (6.4   $ 27.6       $ (50.4

Loss on sale of certain alternative investments

     (13.1     —           —          —           —     

The following table presents sales, gross premiums, in-force and policy count for our Individual Life segment for the periods indicated:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended September 30,      Year Ended December 31,  
Sales by Product Line            2012                      2011              2011      2010      2009  

Universal life:

              

Guaranteed

   $ 65.0       $ 48.8       $ 68.1       $ 27.2       $ 50.2   

Accumulation

     19.9         21.0         28.7         36.6         25.8   

Indexed

     21.7         18.7         28.3         20.7         8.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total universal life

     106.6         88.5         125.1         84.5         84.5   

Variable life

     4.7         10.6         12.3         11.5         14.3   

Term

     97.1         119.3         155.5         127.7         147.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total sales by product line

   $ 208.4       $ 218.4       $ 292.9       $ 223.7       $ 245.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross premiums and deposits

   $ 1,785.0       $ 1,561.0       $ 2,140.7       $ 1,912.5       $ 1,898.2   

End of Period:

              

In-force face amount

   $ 604,858.3       $ 552,196.1       $ 567,718.1       $ 496,711.7       $ 434,804.9   

In-force policy count

     1,351,879         1,297,935         1,313,057         1,237,165         1,185,765   

New business policy count (paid)

     99,465         121,620         156,650         132,856         159,391   

Individual Life—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Operating revenues

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses) decreased $29.7 million from $730.4 million to $700.7 million primarily due to a $13.1 million loss on the sale of certain alternative investments, lower income on CMO-Bs and lower yields on fixed income investments.

Fee income decreased $13.3 million from $847.0 million to $833.7 million primarily related to the emergence of gross profits for a particular block that caused accelerated unearned revenue amortization in 2011, which was partially offset by higher DAC/VOBA amortization as discussed in Net amortization of DAC/VOBA below and growth in net contractual charges and cost of insurance fees due to higher universal life sales.

Premiums increased $65.9 million from $480.2 million to $546.1 million due to continued growth in renewal premiums for term life business partially offset by lower first year premiums as a result of term sales declining 18%.

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders increased $143.3 million from $1,402.0 million to $1,545.3 million primarily due to unfavorable mortality net of reinsurance and an increase in reserves related to the guaranteed universal life block. The universal life block has experienced a higher number of gross claims and reinsurance recoveries on the term block have provided less benefit.

Operating expenses increased $44.5 million from $245.0 million to $289.5 million primarily due to increased LOC fees supporting reinsurance transactions. The higher LOC fees are the results of higher rates and

 

-102-


Table of Contents

general growth in LOCs supporting the reinsured block. Also contributing to this increase were higher premium tax assessments as a result of higher collected premiums along with higher overall growth in policy administration and other non-deferrable expenses to support the business growth.

Net amortization of DAC/VOBA decreased $67.5 million from $182.1 million to $114.6 million primarily due to lower amortization resulting from lower gross profits on universal life products and the emergence of gross profits for a particular block that caused accelerated amortization in 2011 offset by higher unearned revenue liability amortization as discussed in Fee Income above and higher amortization on term products as a result of the continued growth of this block of business.

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

Operating income (loss) before income taxes decreased due to unfavorable mortality results net of reinsurance and lower investment income on alternative investments and CMO-Bs, increased reinsurance expenses and favorable unlocking in 2011 that did not repeat in 2012. Partially offsetting these items were lower DAC/VOBA amortization resulting from lower gross profits on universal life products, higher term life renewal premiums and higher net contractual charges and cost of insurance fees due to higher universal life sales.

Individual Life—Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Operating revenues

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses) increased $7.2 million from $942.8 million to $950.0 million primarily due to higher yields on our CMO-B portfolio and higher alternative investment income, partially offset by lower prepayment fees.

Fee income increased $61.1 million from $1,078.1 million to $1,139.2 million primarily due to a growth in cost of insurance, consistent with in-force growth, and other policyholder charges as a result of strong sales of universal life and term products. Lower lapse rates also helped the in-force block grow on a net basis.

Premiums increased $121.8 million from $539.1 million to $660.9 million due to continued growth in term sales and favorable lapse experience on in-force term policies. Term sales increased $27.8 million in 2011 primarily due to the distribution strategy targeting more affluent customers. This resulted in higher sales per policy and increased overall sales. In addition, term policies renewed at a higher than expected rate, particularly on policies issued in 2010, and thus provided for higher premiums due to higher persistency.

Other revenue decreased $18.5 million from $53.4 million to $34.9 million primarily as a result of lower surrender fees, as we experienced higher persistency on the in-force block.

Operating benefits and expenses

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders increased $123.4 million from $1,731.7 million to $1,855.1 million primarily due to a decrease in recoveries on gross claims on the universal life block, an increase in direct claims on the term block in 2011 and continued growth in the term business. In addition, 2010 results included a favorable reserve development of $27.4 million associated with certain universal life products. The absence of a similar reserve development in 2011 resulted in lower earnings.

Operating expenses increased $7.8 million from $325.0 million to $332.8 million as a result of an increase in information technology and project-related expenses to support business growth and process efficiency.

Net Amortization of DAC/VOBA increased $77.7 million from $221.2 million to $298.9 million primarily driven by unfavorable DAC/VOBA unlocking largely due to annual assumption changes. Excluding the impact from the unlocking of DAC/VOBA, net amortization of DAC/VOBA increased due to the continued growth in the term life block and the manner in which profits emerged on the universal life block in 2011.

 

-103-


Table of Contents

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

Operating income before income taxes declined primarily due to unfavorable DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking in 2011 compared to favorable DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking in 2010. In addition, fee income increased as a result of the growth in universal life sales in 2011. Increases in fee income, due to growth in universal life sales, and premium income, due to term sales, were offset by increases in policyholder benefits on term business and less favorable reserve development on universal life business.

Individual Life—Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

Operating revenues

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses) increased $10.2 million from $932.6 million to $942.8 million primarily due to higher returns on alternative investments, larger returns on our CMO-B portfolio and the related derivative activity and higher prepayment fee income. These increases are partially offset by the impact of lower interest rates and the restructuring of the investment portfolio.

Fee income decreased $19.7 million from $1,097.8 million to $1,078.1 million primarily driven by lower amortization of unearned revenues, due to lower actual gross profits and the impact of unlocking of assumptions used in the estimate of future gross profits.

Premiums increased $90.5 million from $448.6 million to $539.1 million due to growth of the term life block. Sales of term life products were $127.7 million in 2010 compared to $147.0 million in 2009. However, the periods prior to 2010 experienced significant growth in term life product sales prior to 2010 and renewals of these products were a key driver of the increase in 2010. We decreased our prices of term life in 2010 in order to strengthen our position in this highly competitive market.

Other revenue decreased $14.2 million from $67.6 million to $53.4 million primarily as a result of lower surrender fees as we experienced higher persistency with the in-force block resulting in lower fees on surrenders.

Operating benefits and expenses

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders increased $63.5 million from $1,668.2 million to $1,731.7 million due primarily to a $90.3 million increase in mortality experience net of reinsurance. The change was primarily due to favorable mortality experience, net of reinsurance, in 2009 that did not repeat in 2010. In addition, growth in term insurance premiums contributed to the increase in reserves.

Operating expenses increased $26.0 million from $299.0 million to $325.0 million due to overall growth in policy administration and other non-deferrable expenses to support the growth in the business.

Net Amortization of DAC/VOBA decreased $34.4 million from $255.6 million to $221.2 million primarily due to favorable unlocking in 2010 as compared to 2009, partially offset by increased amortization on the term life block due to higher premiums as a result of the continued growth of this block.

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

Operating income before income taxes in 2010 was higher primarily due to favorable DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking in 2010 compared to unfavorable DAC/VOBA and other intangible unlocking in 2009. Higher premiums due to strong prior year term sales also contributed to the favorable results. Partially offsetting these favorable impacts was favorable mortality, net of reinsurance and higher surrender fee income in 2009 that did not repeat in 2010. Surrender fees were higher in 2009 due to the financial crisis which generated higher than normal surrender on the universal life block.

 

-104-


Table of Contents

Insurance Solutions—Employee Benefits

The following table presents operating income before income taxes of the Employee Benefits segment for the periods indicated:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended September 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2011     2010     2009  

Operating revenues:

          

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses)

   $ 87.3      $ 100.3      $ 124.3      $ 128.3      $ 95.0   

Fee income

     46.6        46.5        61.8        61.0        59.6   

Premiums

     806.5        802.9        1,063.4        1,091.5        1,200.8   

Other revenue

     (2.8     (8.1     (3.3     (3.0     1.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

     937.6        941.6        1,246.2        1,277.8        1,357.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating benefits and expenses:

          

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders

     671.2        696.5        917.7        943.5        1,067.7   

Operating expenses

     175.5        172.4        229.3        232.9        242.9   

Net amortization of DAC/VOBA

     10.1        10.4        15.9        19.4        9.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating benefits and expenses

     856.8        879.3        1,162.9        1,195.8        1,320.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 80.8      $ 62.3      $ 83.3      $ 82.0      $ 37.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents a supplemental presentation of operating income (loss) before income taxes based on the sources / drivers of profitability:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended September 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2011     2010     2009  

Sources of Operating Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes:

          

Investment spread and other investment income

   $ 38.7      $ 50.7      $ 58.5      $ 60.7      $ 25.9   

Net underwriting gain (loss) and other revenue

     228.0        195.1        269.9        273.9        258.7   

Administrative expenses

     (124.0     (121.2     (158.9     (164.8     (160.8

Trail commissions

     (51.8     (51.9     (70.3     (68.4     (77.2

DAC/VOBA and other intangibles amortization, excluding unlocking

     (10.1     (10.4     (15.9     (17.4     (9.4

DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking

     —          —          —          (2.0     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 80.8      $ 62.3      $ 83.3      $ 82.0      $ 37.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents certain notable items that resulted in volatility operating income (loss) before income taxes:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended September 30,      Year Ended December 31,  
         2012             2011              2011              2010             2009      

DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking

   $ —        $ —         $ —         $ (2.0   $ —     

Loss on sale of certain alternative investments

     (5.1     —           —           —          —     

 

-105-


Table of Contents

The following table presents sales, gross premiums and in-force for our Employee Benefits segment for the periods indicated:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended September 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
           2012                 2011               2011             2010             2009      

Sales by Product Line

          

Group life

   $ 45.9      $ 30.7      $ 36.8      $ 41.6      $ 48.0   

Group stop loss

     143.8        128.4        140.9        170.9        134.3   

Other group products

     16.6        12.7        19.8        22.6        19.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total group products

     206.3        171.8        197.5        235.1        201.3   

Voluntary products

     16.2        18.7        28.0        28.9        29.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total sales by product line

   $ 222.5      $ 190.5      $ 225.5      $ 264.0      $ 230.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross premiums and deposits

   $ 937.8      $ 944.0      $ 1,244.6      $ 1,278.7      $ 1,345.6   

Total annualized in-force premiums

     1,301.1        1,268.0        1,259.5        1,320.8        1,363.7   

Loss Ratios

          

Group life (interest adjusted)

     76.5     78.6     77.5     81.0     79.0

Group stop loss

     74.1     83.4     82.9     83.7     80.2

Employee Benefits—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Operating revenues

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses) decreased $13.0 million from $100.3 million to $87.3 million primarily due to the $5.1 million loss on the sale of certain alternative investments, lower investment income on alternative investments and lower yields on fixed income investments.

Premiums increased $3.6 million from $802.9 million to $806.5 million primarily due to higher stop loss premiums resulting from higher sales and in-force blocks. Annualized in-force stop loss premiums increased 4.9% over the prior year. In addition, group life premiums decreased due to a decline in the in-force block driven by low persistency in 2011 adversely impacting 2012.

Other revenue increased $5.3 million from ($8.1) million to ($2.8) million primarily related to negative Other revenue in the prior year relating to ceding voluntary disability business.

Operating benefits and expenses

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders decreased $25.3 million from $696.5 million to $671.2 million primarily due to favorable claims experience in our stop loss and group life businesses. This decrease was partially offset by less favorable experience with the run-off block of retained disability products.

Operating expenses increased $3.1 million from $172.4 million to $175.5 million due mainly to slightly higher administrative expenses and higher net commissions due to higher sales and better retention.

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

Growth of the in-force stop loss business and improved loss ratios on stop loss and group life businesses contributed to improved operating income, partially offset by less favorable experience with the run-off block of retained disability products and lower alternative investment income.

 

-106-


Table of Contents

Employee Benefits—Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Operating revenues

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses) decreased $4.0 million from $128.3 million to $124.3 million primarily due to lower invested assets as a result of the decline in size of the group life in-force block.

Premiums decreased $28.1 million from $1,091.5 million to $1,063.4 million primarily due to a 10.6% decline in group life in-force and a 26.3% decline in disability in-force. In addition, reinsured premiums increased due to reinsurance of short-term and voluntary disability business beginning April 1, 2011. The group life in-force decline reflects tighter competitor pricing in the market where we have chosen not to relax our risk and profitability requirements in pricing. The disability in-force decline reflects more selective underwriting and pricing actions by our reinsurer, which is driving higher lapse rates and lower sales. The reinsurance was structured in similar manner to our long-term disability reinsurance program entered into in 2009. Accordingly, we reinsure substantially all the risk for new claims on existing in-force business beginning April 1, 2011 and for new business written after that date. These policies contributed to direct premium revenue for the full year for 2010, but only the first quarter of 2011.

Operating benefits and expenses

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders decreased $25.8 million from $943.5 million to $917.7 million primarily due to the decline in total in-force insurance policies as evidenced by a 2.7% decrease in gross premiums. Improved loss ratios on group stop loss products also contributed to the decline. The improved loss ratios were partially offset by unfavorable mortality results in the voluntary products, particularly the whole life block and less favorable experience on claims associated with the run-off block of the retained long-term disability products relative to 2010.

Operating expenses decreased $3.6 million from $232.9 million to $229.3 million due to a combination of factors. Operating expenses declined by $6.0 million primarily driven by lower costs resulting from reinsuring the disability business. Reinsurance allowances increased $1.8 million in 2011 due to the new reinsurance contract covering the short-term disability and voluntary disability business which became effective on April 1, 2011. These positive impacts were offset by lower capitalized commissions of $3.7 million.

Net amortization of DAC/VOBA decreased $3.5 million primarily from $19.4 million to $15.9 million due to a decline in amortization on universal life products due to lower gross profits; this decrease was partially offset by a growth in amortization on short-term disability and voluntary disability products due to the impact of the aforementioned reinsurance transaction. Unfavorable prospective unlocking in 2010 of $2.0 million resulted in lower DAC amortization in 2011. The reinsurance transaction also resulted in a $2.5 million adjustment of DAC.

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

Growth of the in-force stop loss business and improved loss ratios on stop loss contributed significantly to improved operating income relative to 2010, despite a reduction in new sales. Significant initiatives in 2011 focused on improving the quality of our group stop loss business through more selective underwriting and reducing our retained risk on short-term disability and voluntary disability products through a new reinsurance arrangement. New long-term disability business is substantially reinsured and our in-force is in run-off. The retained claims experienced favorable development, partially due to case management initiatives. The favorable development on the run-off long term disability block was approximately $20.0 million more in 2010 than in 2011. The net effect of these results on stop loss and long-term disability, respectively, largely offset each other resulting in essentially flat operating income in 2011 relative to 2010.

 

-107-


Table of Contents

Employee Benefits—Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

Operating revenues

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses) increased $33.3 million from $95.0 million to $128.3 million primarily due to higher yields on invested assets.

Premiums decreased $109.3 million from $1,200.8 million to $1,091.5 million primarily due to lower in-force annualized premiums in disability and group life, partially offset by higher stop loss premiums. Long-term disability premiums decreased significantly from 2009 due to the reinsurance of a substantial portion of the business written after September 1, 2009. Group stop loss sales increased $36.6 million, attributable primarily to improved rates. The group life market, however, continued to be highly competitive and sales decreased $6.4 million. The overall growth in the group sector was partially offset by a decrease in voluntary product sales.

Operating Benefits and Expenses

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders decreased $124.2 million from $1,067.7 million to $943.5 million due to a combination of factors, including a decline in premiums associated with a decrease in total insurance in-force and thus less exposure to claims expense. Group disability benefits also decreased as a result of more active case management on retained long-term disability claims, including recovery of overpayments on targeted claims. This contributed to favorable run-off experience on the retained long-term disability business. Partially offsetting these favorable variances were higher loss ratios on the stop loss block due to higher claims expense.

Operating expenses decreased $10.0 million from $242.9 million to $232.9 million primarily due to $3.8 million lower commissions from the continued decline in total annualized in-force premiums in disability and group life. In addition, reinsurance expense reimbursements were $9.8 million in 2010 from the implementation of reinsurance on the long-term disability products which resulted in an increase in expense allowances. The reinsurance expense reimbursements were offset by $4.9 million of higher operating expenses in 2009, including $2.1 million related to the positive effects of certain compensation adjustments and legal fee reimbursements recognized in 2009 but not in 2010.

Net amortization of DAC/VOBA increased $10.0 million from $9.4 million to $19.4 million due to $4.4 million of higher amortization on universal life products and $3.5 million of higher amortization on voluntary health products. There was $2.0 million unfavorable unlocking during 2010 related to prospective changes in lapse and maintenance expense assumptions.

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

Improvements in market conditions during 2010 anchored an increase of $44.8 million, due in part from higher returns on alternative investments, which increased by $33.2 million. In addition, we focused on reducing risk through product initiatives, including the reduction of long-term disability claim expense through more active case management. Coupled with favorable development on reserves, our long-term disability business results were $37.2 million higher. Partially offsetting these items was decreased operating income of $21.2 million due to lower premiums on the group life products.

 

-108-


Table of Contents

Corporate

The following table presents operating income before income taxes of our Corporate segment for the periods presented:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended September 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
         2012             2011             2011             2010             2009      

Interest expense (including interest rate swap settlements)

   $ (88.6   $ (164.5   $ (185.7   $ (383.5   $ (506.3

Closed Block Variable Annuity contingent capital LOC costs

     (43.6     —          —          —          —     

Amortization of intangibles

     (26.2     (25.3     (34.4     (33.6     (33.5

Reserve increase related to the use of SSDMF

     —          —          (68.9     —          —     

Other

     19.7        55.6        58.8        18.0        69.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

   $ (138.7   $ (134.2   $ (230.2   $ (399.1   $ (470.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our Corporate segment operating results include investment income on assets backing surplus in excess of amounts held at the operating segment level, financing and interest expenses, amortization of intangibles, and other items not allocated to operating segments.

Corporate—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Operating loss before income taxes increased $4.5 million from $134.2 million to $138.7 million as a result of several factors. Increased operating expenses were primarily driven by LOC costs in 2012 related to the $1.5 billion contingent capital LOC facility issued to support our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment, as well as lower compensation expenses in the first quarter of 2011, which resulted from payments related to 2010 performance which were less than the accrual. This accrual release was not allocated to our segments. These increased operating expenses were mostly offset by a reduction in interest costs due to a $2.7 billion and a $1.3 billion debt-to-equity conversion in the second quarter and fourth quarter of 2011, respectively, lower swap interest expense, partially offset by additional interest expense and debt issuance costs associated with the $5.0 billion revolving credit facility entered into in the second quarter of 2012.

Corporate—Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Operating loss before income taxes decreased $168.8 million from $399.1 million to $230.2 million primarily driven by a $199.2 million reduction in interest costs as a result of the 2011 debt-to-equity conversions described above. In addition, operating expenses in 2010 included a charge of $24.0 million related to an insurance industry insolvency fund for Executive Life Insurance Company of New York (“ELNY”) compared to a charge of $4.0 million in 2011. Offsetting these favorable items was a 2011 charge of $68.9 million, net of associated DAC, to increase reserves in connection with our use of the SSDMF to identify potential life insurance claims that have not yet been presented to us.

Corporate—Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

Operating loss before income taxes declined by $71.4 million from $470.5 million to $399.1 million primarily due to a $121.4 million reduction in interest expenses due to a $3.0 billion debt to equity conversion in January 2010. This was partially offset by a charge of $24.0 million related to an insurance industry insolvency fund for ELNY and a $12.6 million reduction in investment income backing surplus due to changes in yields on our CMO-B portfolio.

 

-109-


Table of Contents

Closed Blocks

The following table presents operating income (loss) before income taxes of our Closed Blocks for the periods presented:

 

($ in millions)   Nine Months Ended September 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
        2012             2011             2011             2010             2009      

Closed Block Institutional Spread Products

  $ 41.0      $ 68.3      $ 83.2      $ (3.8   $ 1.8   

Closed Block Other

    44.9        (13.2     (13.0     (6.7     6.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

  $ 85.9      $ 55.1      $ 70.2      $ (10.5   $ 8.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents operating income (loss) before income taxes of our Closed Block Institutional Spread Products segment for the periods presented:

 

($ in millions)   Nine Months Ended September 30,     Year ended December 31,  
        2012             2011             2011             2010             2009      

Operating revenues:

         

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses)

  $ 102.6      $ 150.2      $ 188.8      $ 168.0      $ 307.0   

Fee income

    —          —          0.1        0.3        0.5   

Premiums

    1.7        1.7        2.3        2.3        2.3   

Other revenue

    (1.1     (2.6     (3.1     (3.0     (1.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

    103.2        149.3        188.1        167.6        308.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating benefits and expenses:

         

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders

    51.4        70.7        89.0        152.8        275.8   

Operating expenses

    8.6        8.0        11.3        13.8        19.4   

Net amortization of DAC/VOBA

    0.4        0.4        0.6        0.6        0.6   

Interest expense

    1.8        1.9        4.0        4.2        11.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating benefits and expenses

    62.2        81.0        104.9        171.4        306.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

  $ 41.0      $ 68.3      $ 83.2      $ (3.8   $ 1.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents operating income (loss) before income taxes of our Closed Block Other segment for the periods presented:

 

($ in millions)   Nine Months Ended September 30,     Year ended December 31,  
        2012             2011             2011             2010             2009      

Operating revenues:

         

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses)

  $ 24.1      $ 31.7      $ 39.0      $ 36.4      $ 41.1   

Fee income

    0.1        4.5        5.7        18.1        35.4   

Premiums

    4.2        2.8        4.3        5.3        5.5   

Other revenue

    1.2        3.1        3.2        4.5        6.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

    29.6        42.1        52.2        64.3        88.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating benefits and expenses:

         

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders

    3.0        31.1        29.0        22.8        7.8   

Operating expenses

    (18.3     24.1        36.1        48.8        73.5   

Net amortization of DAC/VOBA

    —          —          —          (0.7     —     

Interest expense

    —          0.1        0.1        0.1        0.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating benefits and expenses

    (15.3     55.3        65.2        71.0        81.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

  $ 44.9      $ (13.2   $ (13.0   $ (6.7   $ 6.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-110-


Table of Contents

Closed Blocks—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Closed Block Institutional Spread Products

Operating income (loss) before income taxes decreased $27.3 million from $68.3 million to $41.0 million as a result of the reduction of block size and the $8.0 million loss on the sale of certain alternative investments. The average block size based on AUM declined approximately 21.9% from $6.4 billion to $5.0 billion.

Closed Block Other

Operating income (loss) before income taxes increased $58.1 million from ($13.2) million to $44.9 million as a result of several factors. Favorable reserve development in the retained portion of the group reinsurance business was partially offset by a reduction in net investment income. In addition to the impact from the group reinsurance business, a $42.4 million decline in operating expenses resulted primarily from the elimination of certain Corporate functions that supported ING Group’s Latin America business, as well as a $22.0 million reimbursement of expenses by ING Group. These expenses were paid in 2011 by ING U.S., Inc. on behalf of ING Group’s Latin American business. In 2011, operating expenses included $15.1 million of previously unreimbursed Latin America expenses. The continuing run-off of this segment contributed to a decline in fee income and a corresponding decrease in operating expenses.

Closed Blocks—Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Closed Block Institutional Spread Products

Operating income before income taxes increased $87.0 million from ($3.8) million to $83.2 million as a result of the following factors. Net investment income was $20.8 million higher due to higher yields on the CMO-B portfolio, partially offset by a decrease in block size assets. See “Investments—CMO-B Portfolio.” The average block size based on AUM declined approximately 20.2% from $7.9 billion in 2010 to $6.3 billion in 2011. In addition, interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders decreased $63.8 million primarily due the decrease in the block size, as well as declines in the overall contract costs. In the second half of 2010, a significant block of fixed rate contracts were restructured to floating rate contracts which resulted in lower interest crediting costs in 2011.

Closed Block Other

Operating loss before income taxes increased $6.3 million from ($6.7) million to ($13.0) million as a result of several factors. Fee income decreased $12.4 million primarily due to the continued decline in fees associated with the run-off of the health and welfare business. This decrease is representative of run-off due to the strategic decision to discontinue active marketing of these services. Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders increased $6.2 million due to an increase in reserves for exposure to worker’s compensation claims associated with the retained group reinsurance business. This reserve strengthening was the result of our ongoing review of experience and expectations of claims development on this business. Operating expenses decreased $12.8 million due to the decline in expenses associated with continued run-off of this segment.

Closed Blocks—Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

Closed Block Institutional Spread Products

Operating income (loss) before income taxes decreased $5.6 million from $1.8 million to ($3.8) million as a result of the following factors. Net investment income (loss) decreased $139.0 million primarily due to a $3.8 billion decrease in the average size of the block, resulting from the shift to a legacy business with a run-off strategy and due to lower investment yields. The lower investment yields were the result of the continued decline in interest rates and a change in the mix of assets in the portfolio. Interest credited and other benefits to contract

 

-111-


Table of Contents

owners/policyholders decreased $123.0 million due to the decrease in the size of the block and lower interest crediting rates in 2010. In the second half of 2010, some fixed rate contracts were restructured to floating rate contracts which reduced the interest crediting costs.

Closed Block Other

Operating income (loss) before income taxes decreased $13.6 million from $6.9 million to ($6.7) million as a result of the following factors. We sold our Advisors Network business, which provided brokerage, advisory and insurance and trust services, in January 2010. Fee income declined by $17.3 million due to the continued decline in fees associated with the management of the health and welfare business. Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders increased $15.0 million due to an increase in reserves for exposure to worker’s compensation claims associated with the retained group reinsurance business. This growth in reserves is attributable to the accumulation of required interest during the period on incurred claims. Operating expenses decreased $24.6 million due to the decline in expenses associated with the continued run-off of this segment.

Closed Block Variable Annuity

The following table presents Income (loss) before income taxes of our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment for the periods indicated:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,      Year ended December 31,  
($ in millions)            2012                       2011                     2011             2010             2009      

Revenues:

           

Net investment income

   $ 35.5      $ 55.1       $ 85.8      $ 52.0      $ 37.9   

Fee income

     923.0        977.3         1,280.7        1,285.7        1,133.0   

Net realized capital gains (losses)

     (1,115.5     1,009.7         (609.7     (705.8     (1,538.2

Other revenue and premiums

     18.9        31.6         38.1        45.8        42.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     (138.1     2,073.7         794.9        677.7        (325.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefits and expenses:

           

Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders

     6.0        747.6         882.9        240.2        476.8   

Operating expenses and interest expense

     337.1        320.7         421.2        405.1        415.0   

Net amortization of DAC/VOBA

     43.8        60.8         55.3        252.6        647.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total benefits and expenses

     386.9        1,129.1         1,359.4        897.9        1,539.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ (525.0   $ 944.6       $ (564.5   $ (220.2   $ (1,864.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents certain notable items that result in volatility in income (loss) before income taxes:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended September 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
         2012             2011             2011             2010             2009      

Net gains (losses) related to incurred guaranteed benefits and guarantee hedge program, excluding nonperformance risk (1)

   $ (840.3   $ (583.3   $ (2,062.3   $ (1,491.6   $ 389.7   

Gains (losses) related to CHO program (1)

     (369.5     41.8        (129.9     (2.3     (1,083.1

Embedded derivative decrease (increase) due to nonperformance risk (1)

     (42.2     658.5        517.0        448.2        (1,017.7

Net investment gains (losses) (1)

     27.2        65.5        63.5        82.6        (219.7

DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking and loss recognition

     1.5        (3.0     21.1        (200.7     (545.5

 

(1)  

Amounts exclude net amortization of DAC/VOBA and other intangibles.

 

-112-


Table of Contents

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

The income (loss) before income taxes decreased $1,469.6 million, from $944.6 million to ($525.0) million, primarily as a result of changes in fair value of guaranteed benefit derivatives related to nonperformance risk; an increase in net losses related to the incurred guaranteed benefits and our guarantee hedge program; and losses on our CHO program in 2012 compared to gains in 2011. The change in the fair value of guaranteed benefit derivatives related to nonperformance risk changed by ($700.7) million, from a gain of $658.5 million to a loss of ($42.2) million. The net gain (loss) of our incurred guaranteed benefits and the results of our variable annuity guarantee hedge program will vary from period to period primarily because our variable annuity guarantee hedge program is set based on market consistent valuation techniques for equity risks and for certain interest rate risks, rather than mitigating earnings volatility. Losses resulting from our incurred guaranteed benefits and variable annuity guaranteed hedge program increased $257.0 million over the period, which included a $114.6 million increase in reserves in 2012 as a result of updating policyholder behavior assumptions and net losses of $37.1 million related to changes in cash flow projection and volatility assumptions on certain products. The change to policyholder behavior assumptions consisted primarily of an update to lapse rates on variable annuity contracts with lifetime living benefit guarantees.

The results on our CHO program, designed to protect regulatory reserves and rating agency capital, changed by ($411.3) million, from a gain of $41.8 million to a loss of ($369.5) million. This was primarily due to an increase in equity markets in 2012, compared to a decrease in 2011. In addition, we increased the notional position of our CHO program in 2012, partly as a result of assumption changes made in late 2011. Lower fee income from the continued run off of the business also contributed to the decrease.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

The income (loss) before income taxes increased $344.3 million, from ($220.2) million to ($564.5) million, as a result of several factors. The net loss related to incurred guaranteed benefits and guaranteed hedge program increased $570.7 million due primarily to policyholder behavior assumption changes, which resulted in an increase in reserves of $741.2 million. We increased reserves in the fourth quarter of 2011 after a comprehensive review of our assumptions relating to lapses, mortality, annuitization of income benefits and utilization of withdrawal benefits. We review overall policyholder experience annually or more frequently if necessary. The review in 2011 included an analysis of a larger body of actual experience than was previously available, including a longer period with low equity market and interest rates, which we believe provided greater insight into anticipated policyholder behavior for contracts that are in the money. Also contributing to the higher loss was an increase of $127.6 million in the loss on our CHO program. Partially offsetting these impacts was a $221.8 million change in DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking, from unfavorable unlocking of $200.7 million to favorable unlocking of $21.1 million, a $68.8 million decrease in the change in fair value of guaranteed benefit derivatives due to the change in nonperformance risks, and an increase in net investment income due primarily to increased yields on assets backing reserves.

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

The income (loss) before income taxes decreased $1,644.6 million, from ($1,864.8) million to ($220.2) million, as a result of several factors. The financial crisis had large unfavorable impacts on our results in 2009 which did not recur in 2010. We incurred a $1,083.1 million loss in 2009 on our CHO program from equity market appreciation, which did not repeat in 2010. Sharp declines in the equity markets in early 2009 caused unfavorable DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking of $545.5 million in 2009 compared to unfavorable DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking of $200.7 million in 2010. In addition, in 2010 we recognized $82.6 million in realized gains on investments, compared to a loss of $219.7 million in 2009 and fee income increased $152.7 million due primarily to higher equity markets. Furthermore, losses decreased $1,465.9 million on changes in fair value of guaranteed benefit derivatives due to changes in nonperformance risk (from a loss of $1,017.7 million to a gain of $448.2 million). Offsetting the decreased losses was the increase of $1,881.3 million in higher net losses on our incurred guaranteed benefits and guaranteed hedge program, excluding nonperformance risk (from a net gain of $389.7 million to a net loss of $1,491.6 million).

 

-113-


Table of Contents

Alternative Investment Income

Investment income on certain alternative investments can be volatile due to changes in market conditions. The following table presents the amount of investment income (loss) on certain alternative investments that is included in segment operating income (loss) before income taxes and the average level of assets in each segment, prior to intercompany eliminations. These alternative investments are carried at fair value, which is estimated based on the NAV of these funds. The investment income on alternative investments shown below for the current year excludes the $92.0 million net loss on the sale of certain alternative investments during the period. The transaction is discussed below under “Investments—Sale of Certain Alternative Investments.”

While investment income on these assets can be volatile, based on current plans, we expect to earn 9% to 10% on these assets over the long-term.

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended September 30,      Year Ended December 31,  
           2012                  2011                  2011                  2010                  2009        

Retirement

              

Alternative investment income

   $ 42.3       $ 80.8       $ 42.6       $ 72.3       $ (50.4

Average alternative investments

     600.0         712.2         726.8         669.0         642.3   

Annuities

              

Alternative investment income

     23.8         38.4         22.6         20.8         (11.3

Average alternative investments

     316.3         304.9         315.5         219.6         197.3   

Investment Management

              

Alternative investment income

     36.0         18.1         9.0         2.2         (46.4

Average alternative investments

     100.2         101.1         98.1         121.6         153.0   

Individual Life

              

Alternative investment income

     12.4         30.9         19.5         21.6         (21.0

Average alternative investments

     218.8         238.4         244.8         202.6         191.1   

Employee Benefits

              

Alternative investment income

     4.4         10.5         6.8         9.5         (23.8

Average alternative investments

     62.4         77.2         78.3         74.6         181.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Ongoing Business

              

Alternative investment income

     118.9         178.7         100.5         126.4         (152.9

Average alternative investments

     1,297.7         1,433.8         1,463.5         1,287.4         1,365.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Corporate

              

Alternative investment income

     18.3         13.2         15.0         —           —     

Average alternative investments

     93.5         84.0         84.6         —           —     

Closed Blocks (1)

              

Alternative investment income

     7.6         11.6         10.7         5.0         (6.4

Average alternative investments

     104.1         120.8         97.9         109.6         128.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ING U.S.

              

Alternative investment income

     144.8         203.5         126.2         131.4         (159.3

Average alternative investments

   $ 1,495.3       $ 1,638.6       $ 1,646.0       $ 1,397.0       $ 1,493.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment is managed to focus on protecting regulatory and rating agency capital rather than achieving operating metrics and, therefore, its results of operations are not reflected within investment income.

Unlocking of DAC/VOBA and other Contract Owner/Policyholder Intangibles

Changes in operating income (loss) before income taxes and net income (loss) are influenced by increases and decreases in amortization of DAC, VOBA, DSI, and URR. The DAC asset represents policy acquisition costs that have been capitalized and are subject to amortization and interest. Capitalized costs are direct incremental costs of contract acquisition, as well as certain costs related directly to acquisition activities. Such costs consist

 

-114-


Table of Contents

principally of certain commissions, underwriting, sales, and contract issuance and processing expenses directly related to the successful acquisition of new and renewal business. The VOBA asset represents the outstanding value of in-force business acquired and is subject to amortization and interest. The value is based on the present value of estimated net cash flows embedded in the insurance contracts at the time of the acquisition and increased for subsequent deferrable expenses on purchased policies. We amortize VOBA over the estimated life of the contracts using the same methodology and assumptions employed to amortize DAC. The DSI asset represents benefits paid to contract owners for a specified period that are incremental to the amounts we credit on similar contracts without sales inducements and are higher than the contracts’ expected ongoing crediting rates for periods after the inducement. We defer sales inducements and amortize them over the life of the contracts using the same methodology and assumptions employed to amortize DAC. The amortization and unlocking of sales inducements is included in Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners/policyholders . In addition, a URR liability is recorded related to variable universal life and universal life products and represents policy charges for services to be provided in future periods. These policy charges are deferred as unearned revenue and amortized over the expected life of the contracts in proportion to the estimated gross profits in a manner consistent with DAC for these products. The change in URR is included in Fee income .

Generally, we amortize DAC/VOBA, DSI, and URR related to fixed and variable universal life contracts, variable deferred annuity contracts, and fixed deferred annuity contracts over the estimated lives of the contracts in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits. For variable deferred annuity contracts within the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment, we amortize DAC, VOBA, and DSI in relation to the emergence of estimated gross revenue. Assumptions as to mortality, persistency, interest crediting rates, returns associated with separate account performance, impact of hedge performance, expenses to administer the business, and certain economic variables, such as inflation, are based on our experience and our overall short-term and long-term future expectations for returns available in the capital markets. At each valuation date, actual historical gross profits are reflected and estimated gross profits, and related assumptions, are evaluated for continued reasonableness. Adjustments to estimated gross profits require that amortization rates be revised retroactively to the date of the contract issuance, which is referred to as unlocking. As a result of this process, the cumulative balances of DAC/VOBA, DSI, and URR are adjusted with an offsetting benefit or charge to income to reflect changes in the period of the revision. An unlocking event that results in a benefit (“favorable unlocking”) generally occurs as a result of actual experience or future expectations being favorable compared to previous estimates. An unlocking event that results in a charge (“unfavorable unlocking”) generally occurs as a result of actual experience or future expectations being unfavorable compared to previous estimates. When unlocking, we unlock assumptions for each of the appropriate intangibles, and refer to the unlocking as “DAC/VOBA and other intangibles” unlocking. As a result of unlocking, the amortization schedules for future periods are also adjusted.

We also review the estimated gross profits for each of these blocks of business to determine the recoverability of DAC, VOBA, and DSI balances each period. These assets are deemed to be unrecoverable if the estimated gross profits do not exceed these balances and a write-down is recorded that is referred to as loss recognition. We experienced loss recognition write-downs in first quarter 2009 and second quarter 2010 in our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment as a result of sharp equity declines.

The following table presents the amount of DAC, VOBA, DSI, and URR (“DAC/VOBA and other intangibles”) unlocking that is included in segment operating income (loss) before income taxes:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months  Ended
September 30,
     Year Ended
December  31,
 
           2012                 2011              2011         2010         2009    

Retirement

   $ 14.7      $ 15.8       $ 44.2      $ 160.4      $ 67.2   

Annuities

     (41.8     88.2         266.0        (10.2     6.0   

Individual Life

     (1.2     12.6         (6.4     27.6        (50.4

Employee Benefits

     —          —           —          (2.0     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking

   $ (28.3   $ 116.6       $ 303.8      $ 175.8      $ 22.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-115-


Table of Contents

See Note for Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Account Policies and Note for Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Value of Business Acquired to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity is our ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet the cash requirements of operating, investing and financing activities. Capital refers to our long-term financial resources available to support the business operations and contribute to future growth. Our ability to generate and maintain sufficient liquidity and capital depends on the profitability of the businesses, timing of cash flows on investments and products, general economic conditions and access to the capital markets and the alternate sources of liquidity and capital described herein.

Consolidated Sources and Uses of Liquidity and Capital

Our principal available sources of liquidity are product charges, investment income, proceeds from the maturity and sale of investments, proceeds from debt issuance and borrowing facilities, repurchase agreements, contract deposits and securities lending. Primary uses of these funds are payments of policyholder benefits commissions and operating expenses, interest credits, investment purchases and contract maturities, withdrawals and surrenders.

Parent Company Sources and Uses of Liquidity

In evaluating liquidity it is important to distinguish the cash flow needs of ING U.S., Inc. from the cash flow needs of the Company as a whole. ING U.S., Inc. is largely dependent on cash flows from its operating subsidiaries to meet its obligations. The principal sources of funds available to ING U.S., Inc. include dividends and returns of capital from its operating subsidiaries, as well as cash and short-term investments. These sources of funds are currently supplemented by ING U.S., Inc.’s access to the $1,075.0 million revolving credit sublimit of its Revolving Credit Agreement, ING U.S., Inc.’s $3.0 billion commercial paper program and reciprocal borrowing facilities maintained with its subsidiaries as well as other alternate sources of liquidity described below either directly or indirectly through its insurance subsidiaries.

 

-116-


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.’s primary sources and uses of cash for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 are presented in the following table:

 

     Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
($ in millions)          2012                  2011        

Beginning cash balance

   $ 1.3       $ 3.0   

Sources:

     

Proceeds from borrowings from ING V

     —           263.0   

Dividends and returns of capital from subsidiaries

     813.0         200.0   

Repayments of loans to subsidiaries, net of new issuances

     22.5         863.8   

Proceeds from credit facility borrowings, net of repayments

     1,425.0         —     

Proceeds from 2022 Notes offering

     849.5         —     

Amounts received from subsidiaries under tax sharing arrangements, net

     —           416.7   

Other, net

     64.9         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total sources

     3,174.9         1,743.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Uses:

     

Payments under interest rate swap contracts, net

     —           410.4   

Payment of interest expense

     25.3         44.7   

Capital provided to subsidiaries

     400.0         377.0   

Repayments of loans from subsidiaries, net of new issuances

     2,144.3         485.8   

Repayment of commercial paper, net of issuances

     255.5         418.1   

Amounts paid to subsidiaries under tax sharing arrangements, net

     175.8         —     

Other, net

     —           9.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total uses

     3,000.9         1,745.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     174.0         (2.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending cash balance

   $ 175.3       $ 0.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

ING U.S., Inc.’s primary sources and uses of cash for the year ended December 31, 2011 are presented in the following table:

 

($ in millions)    Year Ended
December 31, 2011
 

Beginning cash balance

   $ 3.0   

Sources:

  

Proceeds from borrowings from ING V

     263.0   

Dividends and returns of capital from subsidiaries

     200.0   

Repayments of loans to subsidiaries, net of new issuances

     870.2   

Amounts received from subsidiaries under tax sharing arrangements, net

     205.7   
  

 

 

 

Total sources

     1,538.9   
  

 

 

 

Uses:

  

Payment of interest expense

     52.6   

Capital provided to subsidiaries

     377.0   

Payments under interest rate swap contracts, net

     410.4   

Repayment of commercial paper, net of new issuance

     649.0   

Repayments of loans from subsidiaries, net of new issuances

     40.8   

Other, net

     10.8   
  

 

 

 

Total uses

     1,540.6   
  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (1.7
  

 

 

 

Ending cash balance

   $ 1.3   
  

 

 

 

 

-117-


Table of Contents

Liquidity

We manage liquidity through access to substantial investment portfolios as well as a variety of other sources of liquidity including committed credit facilities, commercial paper, securities lending and repurchase agreements. Our ALM process takes into account the expected maturity of investments and expected benefit payments as well as the specific nature and risk profile of the liabilities, including variable products with guarantees. As part of our liquidity management process, we model different scenarios to determine whether existing assets are adequate to meet projected cash flows. Key variables in the modeling process include interest rates, equity market movements, quantity and type of interest and equity market hedges, anticipated contract owner behavior, market value of general account assets, variable separate account performance and implications of rating agency actions.

Restrictions on Dividends and Returns of Capital from Subsidiaries

Our business is conducted through operating subsidiaries. U.S. insurance laws and regulations regulate the payment of dividends and other distributions by our U.S. insurance subsidiaries to their respective parents. Dividends in excess of prescribed limits established by the applicable state regulations are considered to be extraordinary transactions and require explicit regulatory approval. In addition, under the insurance laws of the states of domicile of our principal insurance subsidiaries, no dividend or other distribution exceeding an amount equal to an insurance company’s earned surplus may be paid without the domiciliary insurance regulator’s prior approval. For a summary of applicable laws and regulations governing dividends, see “Regulation—Insurance Regulation—Insurance Holding Company Regulation—Dividend Payment Restrictions.”

Dividends permitted to be paid by our principal insurance subsidiaries to ING U.S., Inc. or Lion Holdings without the need for insurance regulatory approval were as follows for the periods presented:

 

($ in millions)    Dividends Permitted without Approval  
         2012             2011              2010              2009      

Subsidiary Name (State of domicile):

          

ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company (IA)

   $ —        $   —         $ —         $ —     

ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company (CT)

     190.0 (1)       —           203.9         —     

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company (CO)

     —          —           —           —     

ReliaStar Life Insurance Company (MN)

     —          —           —           13.7   

 

(1)

$190.0 million paid as part of the June 2012 distribution of $800.0 million.

In addition to the principal insurance subsidiaries listed above, we also have U.S. insurance subsidiaries domiciled in Indiana and New York. We also have special purpose financial captive insurance company subsidiaries domiciled in Missouri and South Carolina that provide reinsurance to our U.S. insurance subsidiaries in order to facilitate the financing of excess reserve requirements associated with Regulation XXX or AG38. We also have a subsidiary in the Cayman Islands that primarily provides reinsurance to our U.S. insurance subsidiaries. See “Regulation—Insurance Regulation.”

 

-118-


Table of Contents

Dividends and return of capital distributions paid to ING U.S., Inc. or Lion Holdings by our principal insurance subsidiaries were as follows for the periods presented:

 

    Dividends Paid     Return of Capital Distributions  
($ in millions)   Nine Months
Ended

September 30,
    Years Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
    Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2012     2011     2011     2010     2009     2012     2011     2011     2010     2009  

Subsidiary Name (State of domicile):

                   

ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company (IA) (1)

  $ —        $   —        $   —        $ —        $   —        $ 250.0      $ —        $ —        $   —        $   —     

ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company (CT) (2)

    190.0        —          —          203.0        —          150.0        —          —          —          —     

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company (CO) (3)

    —          —          —          —          —          80.0        200.0        200.0        —          —     

ReliaStar Life Insurance Company (MN) (4)

    130.0        —          —          221.0        —          —          —          —          —          —     

 

(1)

Iowa Insurance Division approved ING USA’s 2012 return of capital distribution.

(2)

Connecticut Insurance Department approved ILIAC’s 2010 dividend and ILIAC’s $340 million 2012 distribution, which included a $190.0 million dividend.

(3)  

Colorado Insurance Division approved SLD’s 2011 and 2012 return of capital distributions.

(4)  

Minnesota Insurance Division approved RLI’s 2010 and 2012 dividends.

ING U.S., Inc. and Lion Holdings did not receive any dividends or return of capital distributions from any of our insurance subsidiaries during the periods presented above, other than as described above. Dividends and return of capital distributions in 2011 and 2010 were made for the purpose of rebalancing statutory capital among our principal U.S. insurance subsidiaries and all amounts received by ING U.S., Inc. or Lion Holdings were in turn contributed to U.S. insurance subsidiaries. Payment of these amounts was approved by the insurance regulatory authorities of the relevant domiciliary states in response to requests that stated the intended use of the proceeds was to make capital contributions to certain of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries.

In June 2012, our insurance subsidiaries domiciled in Colorado, Connecticut, Iowa and Minnesota received regulatory approvals or notices of non-objection from their respective domiciliary insurance regulators to make distributions to ING U.S., Inc. or Lion Holdings in the aggregate amount of $800.0 million. Such distributions were made on June 26, 2012. These domiciliary state regulatory actions were taken by the relevant domiciliary state insurance regulators in response to requests that stated the intended use of the proceeds was to provide $500.0 million to our Cayman Islands domiciled insurance subsidiary, SLDI, and retain the balance at ING U.S., Inc. for general corporate purposes. On June 26, 2012, ING U.S., Inc. made a capital contribution to SLDI in the amount of $400.0 million. Additionally, ING U.S., Inc. repaid $100.0 million of intercompany loans from a subsidiary of SLDI and, on June 28, 2012 the proceeds of this loan repayment were used by such subsidiary to pay a dividend to SLDI.

We may receive dividends from or contribute capital to our wholly owned non-life insurance subsidiaries such as broker-dealers, investment management entities and intermediate holding companies. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, as well as for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, dividends net of capital contributions received by ING U.S., Inc. and Lion Holdings from non-life insurance subsidiaries were $49.0 million, $109.6 million, $149.3 million and $21.6 million, respectively. Of these amounts $0.0 million, $9.6 million, $50.0 million and $21.6 million, respectively, came from one or more entities which are not expected to produce significant distributions in the future. Additionally, in 2010, $33.9 million came from entities that were divested in that same year.

 

-119-


Table of Contents

Description of Certain Indebtedness

We borrow funds to provide liquidity, invest in the growth of the business and for general corporate purposes. Our ability to access these borrowings depends on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the credit rating of ING U.S., Inc. and of its insurance company subsidiaries and general macroeconomic conditions. The following table presents our borrowing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

 

($ in millions)    Beginning
Balance
     Issuance      Maturities and
Repayment
    Other
Changes
    Ending
Balance
 

Short-Term Debt

            

Commercial paper

   $ 554.6       $ 16,766.0       $ (17,021.4   $ —        $ 299.2   

Current portion of long-term debt (1)

     500.0         300.0         (75.0     (249.3     475.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total short-term debt

   $ 1,054.6       $ 17,066.0       $ (17,096.4   $ (249.3   $ 774.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-Term Debt

            

Debt securities in issue (3)

   $ 649.8       $ 849.5       $ —        $ 0.8      $ 1,500.1   

Borrowings from ING V (1)

     500.0         —           —          —          500.0   

Windsor property loan

     4.9         —           —          —          4.9   

Bank Revolver Loan (2)

     —           500.0         (500.0     —          —     

Syndicated Bank Term Loans (2)

     —           1,500.0         (75.0     —          1,425.0   

Surplus notes

     688.4         —           —          —          688.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 1,843.1       $ 2,849.5       $ (575.0   $ 0.8      $ 4,118.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

     500.0         300.0         (75.0     (249.3     475.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 1,343.1       $ 2,549.5       $ (500.0   $ 250.1      $ 3,642.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

On April 12, 2012, the maturity for ING U.S., Inc.’s $500.0 million floating rate loan agreement with ING V was extended until April 29, 2016.

(2)  

On April 20, 2012, ING U.S., Inc. entered into the $5.0 billion Senior Unsecured Credit Facility. On that date, ING U.S., Inc. borrowed a total of $2.0 billion which was used to replace internal funding. See “—Senior Unsecured Credit Facility” below.

(3)  

On July 13, 2012, ING U.S., Inc. issued the 2022 Notes in a private placement with registration rights. See “Unsecured Senior Notes” below.

 

-120-


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our borrowing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

($ in millions)    Beginning
Balance
     Issuance      Maturities and
Repayment
    Other
Changes
    Ending
Balance
 

Short-Term Debt

            

Commercial paper

   $ 1,203.6       $ 21,654.5       $ (22,303.5   $ —        $ 554.6   

Repurchase agreements

     425.2         2,225.6         (2,650.8     —          —     

Borrowings from ING V (1)

     2,715.0         23,352.0         (23,089.0     (2,978.0     —     

Current portion of long-term debt

     —           —           —          500.0        500.0   

Other third-party borrowed funds

     1,120.8         —           (1,120.8     —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total short-term debt

   $ 5,464.6       $ 47,232.1       $ (49,164.1   $ (2,478.0   $ 1,054.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-Term Debt

            

Debt securities in issue

   $ 648.7       $ —         $ —        $ 1.1      $ 649.8   

Borrowings from ING V (1)

     1,500.0         —           —          (1,000.0     500.0   

Windsor property loan

     4.9         —           —          —          4.9   

Surplus notes

     630.4         58.0         —          —          688.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 2,784.0       $ 58.0       $ —        $ (998.9   $ 1,843.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

     —           —           —          500.0        500.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 2,784.0       $ 58.0       $ —        $ (1,498.9   $ 1,343.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Includes all issuances within the year including amounts issued to refinance maturing amounts. During 2011, we converted $4.0 billion of debt owed to ING V following capital contributions received indirectly from ING V. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Historical Related Party Transactions—Financing Arrangements—Intercompany Loans.”

Senior Unsecured Credit Facility

On April 20, 2012, ING U.S., Inc. entered into a $5.0 billion Senior Unsecured Credit Facility with a syndicate of banks. The Senior Unsecured Credit Facility, which is guaranteed by Lion Holdings, consists of the $3.5 billion Revolving Credit Agreement and the $1.5 billion Term Loan Agreement. The Revolving Credit Agreement expires on April 20, 2015 and the Term Loan Agreement expires on April 20, 2014.

Revolving Credit Agreement . The Revolving Credit Agreement, while primarily an LOC facility, also includes a revolving credit sublimit of up to $1.5 billion of the $3.5 billion total, which may be directly borrowed by ING U.S., Inc. This $1.5 billion direct borrowings sublimit is reduced by 50% of the face amount of any debt securities issued by the Company, provided, that the sublimit may not be reduced below $750.0 million as a result. The cost of borrowings and LOC under the Revolving Credit Agreement vary depending on ING U.S., Inc.’s credit rating. The terms of the Senior Unsecured Credit Facility require ING U.S., Inc. to maintain liquidity of $500.0 million at all times. Liquidity is defined for this purpose to include, among other things, cash, ordinary dividend capacity from operating subsidiaries and undrawn borrowing capacity under the Revolving Credit Agreement. In order to meet this requirement in the future, ING U.S., Inc. could be required to forgo otherwise available draws under the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Immediately following the closing of the Revolving Credit Agreement, ING U.S., Inc. drew $500.0 million of direct borrowings to replace internally funded financing. In addition, $1.4 billion of LOCs were issued to replace $1.4 billion of LOCs issued under a pre-existing $2.5 billion syndicated LOC facility. As of September 30, 2012, $1.7 billion of LOCs were outstanding under the Revolving Credit Agreement.

On July 17, 2012, the Company repaid the $500.0 million of direct borrowings with proceeds from the issuance of the 2022 Notes (see “Unsecured Senior Notes” below). As a result of the issuance of the 2022 Notes, the direct borrowing sublimit under the Revolving Credit Agreement was reduced to $1,075 million consistent with the requirement described above.

 

-121-


Table of Contents

Term Loan Agreement . The proceeds of the Term Loan Agreement were used to replace financing that was internally funded. ING U.S., Inc. pays interest at a variable rate based on its credit rating and is required to make principal payments totaling 20% of the original borrowing amount over the first 12 months and 30% over the second twelve months with all remaining amounts due by April 20, 2014.

Unsecured Senior Notes

On July 13, 2012, ING U.S., Inc. issued $850.0 million of 2022 Notes in a private placement with registration rights. The 2022 Notes are guaranteed by Lion Holdings. Interest is payable semi-annually on each January 15 and July 15, commencing on January 15, 2013. ING Financial Markets, LLC, an affiliate, served as Joint Book Running Manager and was paid $0.3 million for its services. ING U.S., Inc. used the proceeds of the 2022 Notes to repay $500.0 million of the direct borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement. The remaining proceeds of the 2022 Notes will be used for general corporate purposes including the retirement of commercial paper.

Letter of Credit Facilities and Subsidiary Credit Support Arrangements

We use LOC facilities primarily to provide collateral required under our affiliated reinsurance transactions as well as certain third party reinsurance arrangements to which one of our captive reinsurance subsidiaries is a party. We also issue guarantees and enter into financing arrangements in connection with our affiliated reinsurance transactions. These arrangements are primarily designed to facilitate the financing of excess reserve requirements associated with Statutory Regulations XXX and AG38. Regulation XXX and AG38 require insurers to hold significantly higher levels of reserves on term products and universal life insurance products with secondary guarantees, respectively, than are generally thought to be sufficient. By reinsuring business to special purpose financial captive reinsurance companies, we are able to use alternative sources of collateral to fund the excess reserve requirements and are generally able to secure longer term financing on a more capital efficient basis. As of September 30, 2012 we had financing arrangements and LOCs providing $2.3 billion of XXX and AG38 reinsurance credit associated with our individual life business.

Effective January 1, 2009, the Company entered into a master asset purchase agreement (the “MPA”) with Scottish Re Group Limited, Scottish Holdings, Inc., Scottish Re (U.S.), Inc. (“SRUS”), Scottish Re Life (Bermuda) Limited (“Scottish Bermuda”) and Scottish Re (Dublin) Limited (collectively, “Scottish Re”) and Hannover Re. Pursuant to the MPA, the Company recaptured individual life reinsurance business which had previously been reinsured to Scottish Re and immediately ceded 100% of such business to Hannover Re on a modified coinsurance, funds withheld and coinsurance basis, which resulted in no gain or loss. The Company will remain obligated to maintain collateral for the excess reserve requirements associated with Statutory Regulations XXX and AG38 on the business transferred from the Company to Hannover Re for the duration of such reserve requirements or until the underlying reinsurance contracts are novated to Hannover Re or Hannover Re puts into place its own collateral for such reserve requirements. As of September 30, 2012, we had financing arrangements and LOCs providing $3.4 billion of XXX and AG38 reinsurance credit associated with our individual life reinsurance acquired by Hannover Re. Hannover Re reimburses us for a portion of our fees for these LOCs. We refer to this block as the Hannover Re block and its results are reported as part of the Closed Block Other segment.

We also utilize LOCs to provide credit for reinsurance on portions of the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment liabilities reinsured to our Cayman Islands insurance subsidiary in order to meet the onshore statutory reserve requirements at those times when the assets and other capital backing the reinsurance liabilities may be less than the statutory reserve requirement. As of September 30, 2012 the amount of LOCs required for this purpose was $160.0 million and the actual amount of the LOCs outstanding was $1.0 billion.

In addition to the $6.8 billion of individual life, individual life reinsurance and Closed Block Variable Annuity LOCs outstanding, a $1.5 billion contingent capital LOC was issued by ING Bank to support the Closed

 

-122-


Table of Contents

Block Variable Annuity segment and $335.0 million of LOCs were outstanding to support miscellaneous requirements. In total, $7.9 billion of LOCs were utilized as of September 30, 2012. As of September 30, 2012, the capacity of our unsecured and uncommitted LOC facilities totaled $3.7 billion and the capacity of our unsecured and committed LOC facilities totaled $8.5 billion. We also have approximately $275.0 million in secured facilities.

Total fees associated with credit facilities for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 were $176.0 million and $88.5 million, respectively.

The following table presents our LOC facilities, their dates of expiration, capacity and utilization as of September 30, 2012.

 

($ in millions)  

Liability Supported

  Secured/
Unsecured
  Committed/
Uncommitted
  Expiration   As of September 30, 2012  

Obligor / Applicant

          Capacity     Utilization     Unused
Commitment
 
               
ING U.S., Inc.     Unsecured   Committed   04/20/15   $ 3,500.0      $ 1,737.0      $ 1,763.0   
  Individual Life             283.0     
 

Hannover Re block

            869.0     
  CBVA             525.0     
  Other             60.0     
ING U.S., Inc. / SLDI, Roaring River LLC     Unsecured   Uncommitted   02/28/13     1,605.0        533.2        —     
  Individual Life             30.0     
  CBVA             500.0     
  Other             3.2     
SLDI   CBVA   Unsecured   Uncommitted   12/31/31     1,500.0        1,500.0        —     
ING U.S., Inc. / SLDI  

Hannover Re block

  Unsecured   Committed   08/19/21     750.0        750.0        —     
ING U.S., Inc. / SLDI  

Hannover Re block

  Unsecured   Committed   11/09/21     750.0        750.0        —     
SLDI  

Hannover Re block

  Unsecured   Committed   12/31/13     825.0        825.0        —     
ING U.S., Inc. / SLDI  

Hannover Re block

  Unsecured   Uncommitted   06/30/13     625.0        223.2        —     
ReliaStar Life Insurance Company   Institutional Spread Products   Secured   Committed   Conditional     265.0        265.0        —     
ING U.S., Inc. / SLDI   Individual Life   Unsecured   Committed   12/31/25     475.0        475.0        —     
ING U.S., Inc.   Other   Unsecured   Uncommitted   Various
dates
    2.1        2.1        —     
ING U.S., Inc.   Other   Secured   Uncommitted   Various
dates
    10.0        4.7        —     
ING U.S., Inc. /
Roaring River III LLC
  Individual Life   Unsecured   Committed   6/30/22     1,151.2        418.0        733.2   
ING U.S., Inc. / Roaring
River II, LLC
  Individual Life   Unsecured   Committed   12/31/19     995.0        435.0        560.0   
         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

          $ 12,453.3      $ 7,918.2      $ 3,056.2   
         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additionally, as of September 30, 2012, Whisperingwind II, LLC and Whisperingwind III, LLC had issued $359.3 million and $329.1 million of surplus notes to a third party bank which mature on December 31, 2037 and September 1, 2037 respectively. The proceeds of the surplus notes are used to fund AG38 reserves of our Individual Life segment. On January 3, 2013, Whisperingwind II, LLC repaid its surplus note in full. See “—Surplus Notes.”

 

-123-


Table of Contents

The following tables present our existing financing facilities for each of our Individual Life, Hannover Re and Closed Block Variable Annuity blocks of business as of September 30, 2012. While these tables present the current financing for each block, these financing facilities will expire prior to the runoff of the reserve liabilities they support. In addition, these liabilities will change over the life of each block. As a result, the existing financing will be periodically extended or replaced and increased as each block grows toward the peak reserve requirement noted below.

Individual Life

($ in millions)

 

Obligor/Applicant

   Financing
Structure
   Reserve Type    Expiration    Capacity      Utilization  

ING U.S., Inc.

   Credit Facilities    XXX    04/20/15    $ 283.0       $ 283.0   

ING U.S., Inc./Roaring River LLC

   Credit Facilities    XXX    11/01/26      30.0         30.0   

ING U.S., Inc./Roaring River III LLC

   Trust Note    AG38    06/30/22      1,151.2         418.0   

ING U.S., Inc./SLDI

   LOC Facility    AG38    12/31/25      475.0         475.0   

ING U.S., Inc./Whisperingwind II LLC (1)

   Surplus Notes    AG38    12/31/37      459.0         359.3   

ING U.S., Inc./Whisperingwind III LLC

   Surplus Notes    AG38    06/30/37      499.0         329.1   

ING U.S., Inc./ Roaring River II LLC

   LOC Facility    AG38    12/31/19      995.0         435.0   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

            $ 3,892.2       $ 2,329.4   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

On January 3, 2013, the notes were repaid in full. See “—Surplus notes.”

The peak financing requirement for the Individual Life liabilities above is expected to reach approximately $4.0 billion during the period 2017-2020.

Hannover Re block

($ in millions)

 

Obligor/Applicant

   Financing
Structure
   Reserve Type    Expiration      Capacity      Utilization  

ING U.S., Inc.

   Credit Facility    XXX/AG38      04/20/15       $ 869.0       $ 869.0   

ING U.S., Inc./SLDI

   Collateral Note    XXX/AG38      08/19/21         750.0         750.0   

ING U.S., Inc./SLDI

   Collateral Note    XXX/AG38      11/09/21         750.0         750.0   

SLDI

   Collateral Note    XXX/AG38      12/31/13         825.0         825.0   

ING U.S., Inc./SLDI

   LOC Facility    XXX/AG38      06/30/13         625.0         223.2   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

            $ 3,819.0       $ 3,417.2   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

The peak financing requirement for the Hannover Re block is expected to reach approximately $4.2 billion in 2016.

Closed Block Variable Annuity

($ in millions)

 

Obligor/Applicant

   Financing
Structure
  

Product

  Expiration    Capacity      Utilization  

ING U.S., Inc.

   Credit Facilities    GMWBL/GMIB   04/20/15    $ 525.0       $ 525.0   

ING U.S., Inc./SLDI

   Credit Facilities    GMWBL/GMIB   02/28/13      500.0         500.0   
          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

           $ 1,025.0       $ 1,025.0   
          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Of the $1.0 billion LOC outstanding, $160.0 million was required as of September 30, 2012. As the statutory reserve requirements of AG43 react differently to equity and interest market movements than do the funding requirements of the intercompany reinsurance agreement between ING USA and SLDI, we may utilize LOCs to provide for this difference. The amount of LOC will vary based on asset values, market movements, and reinsurance trust funding.

 

-124-


Table of Contents

Contingent Capital Letter of Credit

As of September 30, 2012, our Cayman Islands insurance subsidiary, SLDI, was the sole obligor under a $1.5 billion contingent capital LOC with ING Bank, under which $1.5 billion of LOC have been issued to support SLDI’s reinsurance obligation s to ING USA for certain minimum guarantees included in its Closed Block Variable Annuity products. This facility, which is unconditional and irrevocable, expires on December 31, 2031. Subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement, draws under the LOC will be financed by ING Bank and payable in full on December 31, 2041. The proceeds of draws may only be used to meet SLDI’s obligations under its reinsurance agreement with ING USA. The agreement has no recourse to ING U.S., Inc.

Reinsurance Subsidiaries—ING U.S., Inc. Credit Support

As of September 30, 2012, ING U.S., Inc. supported the reinsurance obligations of SLDI with $1.6 billion in LOC issued by ING Bank of which $533.2 million was guaranteed by ING V. During October 2012, based on decreased Closed Block Variable Annuity LOC requirements as of September 30, 2012, $500.0 million of LOCs outstanding were cancelled, further reducing ING V’s guarantee obligations to $33.2 million. The guarantee obligation of ING V will expire on the latest maturity date of the outstanding LOC. All but $30.0 million of these LOCs will expire by February 2013 with the remainder outstanding until 2026. No fees are paid by the Company to ING V with respect to this guarantee.

ING U.S., Inc. also maintains LOC facilities with third-party banks to support the reinsurance obligations of our onshore captive reinsurance subsidiaries. As of September 30, 2012, such facilities provided for up to $2.1 billion of LOC capacity, of which $853.0 million was utilized.

In addition to providing LOCs, we also provide credit support to our onshore captive reinsurance subsidiaries through surplus maintenance agreements, pursuant to which we agree to cause these subsidiaries to maintain particular levels of capital or surplus and which we entered into in connection with particular reinsurance transactions. These agreements are effective for the duration of the in-force policies subject to the related reinsurance transactions and the maximum potential obligations are not specified or applicable. Since these obligations are not subject to limitations, it is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount due under these agreements.

In connection with certain reinsurance transactions involving a third-party trust (the “Master Trust”), ING U.S., Inc. and SLDI are parties to reimbursement agreements with third-party banks that lend securities to the Master Trust. SLDI has reimbursement obligations to the banks under these agreements, in an aggregate amount of up to $1.5 billion, which obligations are guaranteed by ING U.S., Inc. ING U.S., Inc. also provides an indemnification to the third-party banks with respect to any defaults by the Master Trust under the securities lending agreements under which these banks lend securities to the Master Trust, up to $1.5 billion. These agreements and the related indemnification were entered into to facilitate collateral requirements supporting reinsurance and are effective for the duration that the collateral remains outstanding.

ING U.S., Inc. provides a separate indemnification to ING Bank with respect to any defaults by the Master Trust under a similar securities lending agreement between the Master Trust and ING Bank, up to $825.0 million. This agreement and the related indemnification were entered into to facilitate collateral requirements supporting reinsurance agreements and are effective for the duration that the collateral remains outstanding. This agreement expires on December 31, 2013.

ING U.S., Inc. has also entered into a corporate guarantee agreement with a third-party ceding insurer where it guarantees the reinsurance obligations of our subsidiary, SLD, assumed under a reinsurance agreement with the third-party cedent. SLD retrocedes the business to Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America (“Hannover US”) who is the claim paying party. The current amount of reserves outstanding as of September 30, 2012 is $23.8 million. The maximum potential obligation is not specified or applicable. Since these obligations are not subject to limitations, it is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount due under these guarantees.

 

-125-


Table of Contents

On September 6, 2012, ING U.S., Inc. as borrowing party and its subsidiary, Roaring River III, as borrower, entered into a reimbursement agreement with a third-party bank providing for $390.0 million of initial funding in the form of a putable variable funding trust note due 2022 where ING U.S., Inc. guarantees the reimbursement obligations of Roaring River III. Roaring River III has entered into a reinsurance agreement with an affiliated ceding company and by entering into the reimbursement agreement, Roaring River III provides collateral for reinsurance in the form of the trust note. To support additional growth in reserves on the policies reinsured, the initial trust note notional amount of $390.0 million may be increased to approximately $1.2 billion prior to maturity. As of September 30, 2012 the amount of the trust note increased to $418.0 million.

The $390.0 million of trust notes replaces $462.0 million of collateral provided under previous financing arrangements involving $257.0 million of reserves ceded to Whisperingwind I and $205 million of reserves ceded to Roaring River which were collateralized by LOCs provided by a third-party bank and ING Bank, respectively, and guaranteed by ING V. The completion of the transaction involved moving business from several ING U.S., Inc. subsidiaries to the newly established Roaring River III captive such that the amount of reserves which required collateral under the new transaction were less than under the previous transactions. As a result, there is not a one for one correlation between the new total amount of capacity of $390.0 million replacing the prior total amount of $462.0 million. The completion of the transaction reduced ING V guarantee obligations under the prior LOC by $462.0 million.

Reinsurance Subsidiaries—Other Credit Support

RLI and SLD, both indirect subsidiaries of ING U.S., Inc., guarantee a reinsurance contract entered into by SLDI with respect to SLDI’s reinsurance of $250.0 million of the principal and interest of a bond insured by an unrelated insurance company. The bond payments are supported by the insurer’s closed block. Surplus from the closed block, in the form of dividends, is used to pay the bond principal and interest.

In order to collateralize obligations under this treaty, RLI provided a LOC of $265.0 million issued by the FHLB of Des Moines to the unrelated insurer which is secured by assets pledged by RLI to FHLB. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the LOC is collateralized by assets with a market value of approximately $323.1 million and $354.0 million, respectively.

Other Subsidiaries—ING U.S., Inc. Credit Support

ING U.S., Inc. guarantees obligations of Lion Holdings with respect to a $500.0 million loan from ING V, which matures in 2016. ING U.S., Inc. also guarantees obligations of Lion Holdings under $13.0 million par amount of Series B Capital Securities maturing in 2027. From time to time, ING U.S., Inc. may also have outstanding guarantees of various obligations of its subsidiaries.

We did not recognize any asset or liability as of December 31, 2011 in relation to intercompany indemnifications and support agreements. As of September 30, 2012, no circumstances existed in which we were required to currently perform under these indemnifications and support agreements.

Commercial Paper

ING U.S., Inc. has a commercial paper program with an authorized capacity of $3.0 billion. Our commercial paper borrowings have been generally used to fund the working capital needs of our subsidiaries and provide short-term liquidity to us. Outstanding commercial paper borrowings were $299.2 million, $554.6 million and $1.2 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The issuances under this program benefit from a full and irrevocable guarantee provided by ING V.

 

-126-


Table of Contents

Debt Securities

As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010, Lion Holdings had outstanding $138.7 million par amount of 6.75% Debentures due September 15, 2013, $163.0 million par amount of 7.25% Debentures due August 15, 2023, $235.1 million par amount of 7.63% Debentures due August 15, 2026 and $108.0 million par amount of 6.97% Debentures due August 15, 2036 (collectively, the “Aetna Notes”), all of which were issued by a predecessor of Lion Holdings and assumed in connection with our acquisition of Aetna’s life insurance and related businesses. In addition, Equitable of Iowa Capital Trust II, a limited purpose trust, has outstanding $13.0 million par amount of 8.42% Series B Capital Securities due April 1, 2027. ING Group guarantees all of the foregoing debt securities with the exception of the $13.0 million par amount Series B Capital Securities which benefits from a guarantee by ING U.S., Inc.

On July 13, 2012, we issued $850.0 million of 2022 Notes. The 2022 Notes are guaranteed by Lion Holdings. We pay interest semi-annually on each January 15 and July 15, commencing on January 15, 2013. ING Financial Markets LLC, a non-subsidiary affiliate of ING U.S., Inc., served as Joint Book Running Manager and was paid $0.3 million for its services. We used the proceeds of the 2022 Notes to repay $500.0 million of the direct borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement. The remaining proceeds of the 2022 Notes were used for general corporate purposes, including the retirement of commercial paper.

The documents governing the terms of our 2022 Notes contain provisions that provide for the adjustment of the interest rate payable on the 2022 Notes if the rating on the 2022 Notes is downgraded by Moody’s or S&P. The interest rate payable on the 2022 Notes will increase by 25 basis points for each one-notch rating downgrade and is subject to reversal in the event of subsequent upgrades. In addition, if a rating on the 2022 Notes is withdrawn, suspended, or otherwise discontinued, the interest rate payable on the 2022 Notes will increase by 100 basis points for each such ratings withdrawal, suspension or discontinuation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the cumulative interest rate increase on the 2022 Notes as a result of all downgrades or ratings withdrawals exceed 200 basis points in the aggregate, and in no event shall the interest rate payable on the 2022 Notes be lower than 5.50%. The interest rate payable on the 2022 Notes will no longer be subject to adjustment pursuant to such provisions after the date that is 180 days following the completion of this offering.

The documents governing the terms of our 2022 Notes also contain provisions that provide that upon the occurrence of certain change of control events prior to the date that is 180 days following the completion of this offering, we will be required to make an offer to each holder of the 2022 Notes to repurchase all or any part of the holder’s notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2022 Notes repurchased plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the notes repurchased to, but excluding, the date of repurchase.

Surplus Notes

Two of our onshore captive reinsurance subsidiaries have issued surplus notes in order to finance insurance reserves assumed. These notes have maturities in 2037. These notes had $688.4 million, $688.4 million and $630.4 million outstanding as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

On January 3, 2013, ReliaStar Life Insurance Co. and Whisperingwind II, LLC, indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company, executed a novation and recapture agreement with a third party reinsurer related to an existing insurance securitization transaction. As a result, Whisperingwind II, LLC’s outstanding floating rate variable funding surplus note in the amount of $359.3 million due December 31, 2037 was repaid.

ING Group Credit Support

As described above, certain of our indebtedness benefits from a guarantee provided by ING Group or ING V. As of September 30, 2012, the indebtedness for which ING Group or ING V provide guarantees included:

 

   

$533.2 million in LOC issued by ING Bank and used to support the reinsurance obligations of SLDI and certain of our onshore captive reinsurance subsidiaries. During October 2012, based on decreased Closed Block Variable Annuity LOC requirements as of September 30, 2012, $500.0 million of LOCs outstanding were cancelled, further reducing ING V’s guarantee obligations to $33.2 million;

 

-127-


Table of Contents
   

$299.2 million in borrowings under our commercial paper program; and

 

   

$644.8 million aggregate par amount of Aetna Notes issued by Lion Holdings.

In addition, ING V guarantees our obligations under $1.0 billion notional amount of credit default swaps (“CDS”) written by one of our subsidiaries.

Securities Lending

We engage in securities lending for cash or cash equivalents, on a direct basis, or through an agent, whereby certain domestic securities from our portfolio are loaned to other institutions for short periods of time. Initial collateral, primarily cash, is required at a rate of 102% of the market value of the loaned domestic securities. For portions of the agency program, the lending agent retains 5% of the collateral deposited by the borrower in (liquid) securities and transfers the remaining 95% to us. For other portions of the agency program, the lending agent retains the cash collateral. Collateral retained by the agent is invested in liquid assets on our behalf. The market value of the loaned securities is monitored on a daily basis with additional collateral obtained or refunded as the market value of the loaned securities fluctuates due to interest rates, spreads and other risk factors. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value of loaned securities was $358.9 million, $1.0 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, and is included in Securities pledged on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Cash collateral received by us is included in Cash and cash equivalents or Invested assets to the extent it is reinvested. Collateral retained by the lending agent and invested in liquid assets on our behalf is recorded in Short-term investments under securities loan agreement, including collateral delivered. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010, liabilities to return collateral of $367.8 million, $1.0 billion and $2.3 billion, respectively, are included in Short-term debt and Payables under securities loan agreement, including collateral held on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Repurchase Agreements

We engage in dollar repurchase agreements with mortgage-backed securities (“dollar rolls”) and repurchase agreements with other collateral types to increase our return on investments and improve liquidity. Such arrangements meet the requirements to be accounted for as financing arrangements. We enter into dollar roll transactions by selling existing MBS and concurrently entering into an agreement to repurchase similar securities within a short time frame at a lower price. Under repurchase agreements, we borrow cash from a counterparty at an agreed upon interest rate for an agreed upon time frame and pledge collateral in the form of securities. At the end of the agreement, the counterparty returns the collateral to us, and we, in turn, repay the loan amount along with the additional agreed upon interest. We require that at all times during the term of the dollar roll and repurchase agreements that cash or other collateral types obtained is sufficient to allow us to fund substantially all of the cost of purchasing replacement assets. Cash received is invested in short-term investments, with the offsetting obligation to repay the loan included as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As per the terms of the agreements, the market value of the loaned securities is monitored with additional collateral obtained or refunded as the market value of the loaned securities fluctuates due to changes in interest rates, spreads and other risk factors.

The carrying value of the securities pledged in dollar rolls and repurchase agreement transactions and the related repurchase obligation are included in Securities pledged and Short-term debt, respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010, the carrying value of the securities pledged in dollar rolls and repurchase agreement transactions, the related repurchase obligation, including accrued interest, and the collateral posted by the counterparty in connection with the change in the value of the pledged securities that will be released upon settlement, were as presented below:

 

($ in millions)    As of September 30,      As of December 31,  
     2012          2011              2010      

Securities pledged

   $     —         $     —         $ 437.2   

Repurchase obligation

     —           —           425.8   

 

-128-


Table of Contents

We also enter into reverse repurchase agreements. These transactions involve a purchase of securities and an agreement to sell substantially the same securities as those purchased. We required that, at all times during the term of the reverse repurchase agreements, cash or other collateral types provided is sufficient to allow the counterparty to fund substantially all of the cost of purchasing the replacement assets. As of September 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, we did not have any securities pledged under reverse repurchase agreements.

The primary risk associated with short-term collateralized borrowings is that the counterparty will be unable to perform under the terms of the contract. Our exposure is limited to the excess of the net replacement cost of the securities over the value of the short-term investments. We believe the counterparties to the dollar rolls, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements are financially responsible and that the counterparty risk is minimal.

FHLB

We are currently a member of the FHLB of Des Moines and the FHLB of Topeka and are required to maintain a collateral deposit that backs any advances, funding agreements or LOCs issued by the FHLB. We have the ability to obtain funding from the FHLBs based on a percentage of the value of our assets and are subject to the availability of eligible collateral. The limits across all programs are 15% of the general and separate accounts of ING USA, potentially up to 40% of the general account of SLD based on credit approval from FHLB of Topeka and 20% of the general and separate accounts of RLI. Furthermore, collateral is pledged based on the outstanding balances of FHLB advances, funding agreements and LOCs. The amount varies based on the type, rating and maturity of the collateral posted to the FHLB. Generally, mortgage securities are pledged to the FHLBs. Market value fluctuations resulting from changes in interest rates, spreads and other risk factors for each type of assets are monitored and additional collateral is either pledged or released as needed.

Our borrowing capacity under these credit facilities does not have an expiration date as long as we maintain a satisfactory level of creditworthiness based on the FHLBs’ credit assessment. As of September 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had $3.1 billion, $3.2 billion and $2.9 billion in non-putable funding agreements, respectively, which are included in Contract owner account balances on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had $265.0 million of LOCs issued by the FHLBs. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had assets with a market value of approximately $3.5 billion, $3.8 billion and $3.6 billion, respectively, which collateralized the FHLB funding agreements. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had assets with a market value of approximately $323.1 million, $354.0 million and $311.6 million, respectively, which collateralized the FHLB LOCs. Assets pledged to the FHLB are included in Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are also carried on the U.S. statutory balance sheets. See “—Description of Certain Indebtedness” above for further discussion.

Borrowings from Parent

For information related to these arrangements, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Borrowings from Subsidiaries

We maintain revolving reciprocal loan agreements with a number of our life and non-life insurance subsidiaries that are used to fund short-term cash requirements that arise in the ordinary course of business. Under these agreements, either party may borrow up to the maximum allowable under the agreement for a term not more than 270 days. For life insurance subsidiaries, the amounts that either party may borrow from the other under the agreement vary depending on the state of domicile and are equal to 2%-5% of the insurance subsidiary’s statutory net admitted assets (excluding separate accounts) as of the previous year end depending on the state of domicile. As of September 30, 2012, the aggregate amount that may be borrowed or lent under agreements with life insurance subsidiaries was $2.6 billion. Each agreement with a life insurance subsidiary has received all necessary approvals from the appropriate state insurance regulatory authorities. For non-life insurance subsidiaries, the maximum allowable under the agreement is based on the assets of the subsidiaries and their particular cash requirements. As of September 30, 2012, we borrowed $212.1 million from our subsidiaries and lent $156.9 million to our subsidiaries.

 

-129-


Table of Contents

Collateral—Derivative Contracts

Under the terms of our OTC Derivative International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (“ISDA”) agreements, we may receive from, or deliver to, counterparties, collateral to assure that all terms of the ISDA agreements will be met with regard to the Credit Support Annex (“CSA”). The terms of the CSA call for us to pay interest on any cash received equal to the federal funds rate. As of September 30, 2012, we held $932.0 million of net cash collateral related to derivative contracts. As of September 30, 2012, we delivered $32.7 million and $11.8 million of cash collateral related to derivative contracts and credit facilities, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, we held $757.7 million of net cash collateral related to derivative contracts. As of December 31, 2011, we delivered $40.0 million and $11.8 million of cash collateral related to derivative contracts and credit facilities, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, we held $13.2 million of net cash collateral related to derivative contracts. As of December 31, 2010, we delivered $52.6 million and $11.5 million of cash collateral related to derivative contracts and credit facilities, respectively. The collateral held and delivered is included in Payables under securities loan agreements, including collateral held and Short-term investments under securities loan agreements, including collateral delivered, respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010, we delivered securities as collateral of $1.1 billion, $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively, which was included in Securities pledged on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Collateral requirements are monitored on a daily basis and incorporate changes in market values of both the derivatives contract as well as the collateral pledged. Market value fluctuations are due to changes in interest rates, spreads and other risk factors.

Ratings

Our access to funding and our related cost of borrowing, requirements for derivatives collateral posting and the attractiveness of certain of our products to customers are affected by our credit ratings and insurance financial strength ratings, which are periodically reviewed by the rating agencies. Financial strength ratings and credit ratings are important factors affecting public confidence in an insurer and its competitive position in marketing products. The credit ratings are also important for the ability to raise capital through the issuance of debt and for the cost of such financing.

A downgrade in our credit ratings or the credit or financial strength ratings of our rated subsidiaries could potentially, among other things, limit our ability to market products, reduce our competitiveness, increase the number or value of policy surrenders and withdrawals, increase our borrowing costs and potentially make it more difficult to borrow funds, adversely affect the availability of financial guarantees or LOCs cause additional collateral requirements or other required payments under certain agreements, allow counterparties to terminate derivative agreements and/or hurt our relationships with creditors, distributors or trading counterparties thereby potentially negatively affecting our profitability, liquidity and/or capital. In addition, we consider nonperformance risk in determining the fair value of our liabilities. Therefore, changes in our credit or financial strength ratings may affect the fair value of our liabilities.

Additionally, our ratings may be influenced by the credit ratings of our indirect parent companies, ING V and ING Group. A downgrade of the credit ratings of these entities could result in downgrades of our own credit and financial strength ratings. We received explicit guarantees of our commercial paper program and certain credit facilities from ING V. A downgrade of the credit rating of ING V could impact our ability to issue commercial paper or increase the amount of collateral that we are required to provide under these credit facilities.

Financial strength ratings represent the opinions of rating agencies regarding the financial ability of an insurance company to meet its obligations under an insurance policy. Credit ratings represent the opinions of rating agencies regarding an entity’s ability to repay its indebtedness. These ratings are not a recommendation to buy or hold any of our securities and they may be revised or revoked at any time at the sole discretion of the rating organization.

 

-130-


Table of Contents

The financial strength and credit ratings of ING U.S., Inc. and its principal subsidiaries as of the date of this prospectus are presented in the following table. In parentheses, following the initial occurrence in the table of each rating, is an indication of that rating’s relative rank within the agency’s rating categories. That ranking refers only to the generic or major rating category and not to the modifiers appended to the rating by the rating agencies to denote relative position within such generic or major category. For each rating, the relative position of the rating within the relevant rating agency’s ratings scale is presented, with “1” representing the best rating in the scale.

 

Company

 

A.M. Best

 

Fitch

 

Moody’s

 

S&P

ING U.S., Inc.

       

Commercial Paper Credit Rating

  NR   F2 (2 of 7)   P-2 (2 of 4)   A-2 (2 of 8)

Long-term Issuer Credit Rating

  bbb (4 of 10)   BBB (4 of 11)   Baa3 (LT Issuer Domestic) (4 of 9) Baa2
(Senior Unsecured Foreign) (4 of 9)
  BBB- (4 of 11)

Senior Unsecured Debt Credit Rating (1)

  bbb (4 of 10)   BBB- (4 of 9)   Baa3 (4 of 9)   BBB- (4 of 9)

ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company

       

Financial Strength Rating

  A (3 of 16)   A- (3 of 9)   A3 (3 of 9)   A- (3 of 9)

ING USA Annuity & Life Insurance Company

       

Financial Strength Rating

  A (3 of 16)   A- (3 of 9)   A3 (3 of 9)   A- (3 of 9)

Short-term Issuer Credit Rating

  NR   NR   P-2 (2 of 4)   A-2 (2 of 8)

ReliaStar Life Insurance Company

       

Financial Strength Rating

  A (3 of 16)   A- (3 of 9)   A3 (3 of 9)   A- (3 of 9)

Short-term Issuer Credit Rating

  NR   NR  

NR

 

A-2 (2 of 8)

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company Financial Strength Rating

  A (3 of 16)   A- (3 of 9)   A3 (3 of 9)   A- (3 of 9)

Short-term Issuer Credit Rating

  NR   NR   P-2 (2 of 4)   A-2 (2 of 8)

Midwestern United Life Insurance Company

       

Financial Strength Rating

  A- (4 of 16)   NR   NR   A- (3 of 9)

Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc.

       

Long-term Issuer Credit Rating

  NR   NR   Baa3 (LT Issuer) (4 of 9)   BBB-(4 of 11)

 

(1)  

$850.0 million of our 2022 Notes.

 

Rating Agency

  

Financial Strength
Rating Scale

  

Long-term Issuer
Credit Rating Scale

  

Senior Unsecured Debt
Credit Rating Scale

  

Short-term Credit
Issuer Rating Scale

A.M. Best (1)

   “A++” to “S”    “aaa” to “rs”    “aaa” to “d”    “AMB-1+” to “d”

Fitch (2)

   “AAA” to “C”    “AAA” to “D”    “AAA” to “C”    “F1” to “D”

Moody’s (3)

   “Aaa” to “C”    “Aaa” to “C”    “Aaa” to “C”    “Prime-1” to “Not Prime”

S&P (4)

   “AAA” to “R”    “AAA” to “D”    “AAA” to “D”    “A-1” to “D”

 

(1)  

A.M. Best’s financial strength rating is an independent opinion of an insurer’s financial strength and ability to meet its ongoing insurance policy and contract obligations. It is based on a comprehensive quantitative

 

-131-


Table of Contents
  and qualitative evaluation of a company’s balance sheet strength, operating performance and business profile. A.M. Best’s long-term credit ratings reflect its assessment of the ability of an obligor to pay interest and principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. Ratings from “aa” to “ccc” may be enhanced with a “+” (plus) or “-” (minus) to indicate whether credit quality is near the top or bottom of a category. A.M. Best’s short-term credit rating is an opinion to the ability of the rated entity to meet its senior financial commitments on obligations maturing in generally less than one year.

 

(2)  

Fitch’s financial strength rating provides an assessment of the financial strength of an insurance organization. The IFS Rating is assigned to the insurance company’s policyholder obligations, including assumed reinsurance obligations and contract holder obligations, such as guaranteed investment contracts. Within long-term and short-term ratings, a “+” or a “–” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories.

 

(3)  

Moody’s financial strength rating is an opinion of the ability of insurance companies to repay punctually senior policyholder claims and obligations. Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Moody’s long-term credit rating is an opinion of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations.

 

(4)  

S&P’s insurer financial strength rating is a forward-looking opinion about the financial security characteristics of an insurance organization with respect to its ability to pay under its insurance policies and contracts in accordance with their terms. A “+” or “-” indicates relative strength within a category. An S&P credit rating is an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Short-term issuer credit ratings reflect the obligor’s creditworthiness over a short-term time horizon.

Our ratings by S&P, Fitch, A.M. Best and Moody’s reflect a broader view of how the financial services industry is being challenged by the current economic environment, but also are based on the rating agencies’ specific views of our financial strength. In making their ratings decisions, the agencies consider past and expected future capital and earnings, asset quality and risk, profitability and risk of existing liabilities and current products, market share and product distribution capabilities and direct or implied support from parent companies, including implications of the 2009 Restructuring Plan and the 2012 Amended Restructuring Plan, among other factors.

Rating agencies use an “outlook” statement for both industry sectors and individual companies. For an industry sector, a stable outlook generally implies that over the next 12 to 18 months the rating agency expects ratings to remain unchanged among companies in the sector. For a particular company, an outlook generally indicates a medium- or long-term trend in credit fundamentals, which if continued, may lead to a rating change.

Ratings actions affirmation and outlook changes by S&P, Moody’s, Fitch and A.M. Best from December 31, 2011 and subsequently, through January 7, 2013, are as follows:

 

   

On January 7, 2013, Fitch affirmed the BBB issuer default rating and the BBB- senior debt rating of ING U.S., Inc. as well as the A- insurer financial strength ratings of its operating subsidiaries. Furthermore, Fitch removed all ratings from Ratings Watch Evolving and assigned a stable outlook to the ratings.

 

   

On July 23, 2012, A.M. Best assigned a bbb issuer credit rating to ING U.S., Inc. and a bbb debt rating to the 2022 Notes. Additionally, A.M. Best removed these ratings from “under review” with negative implications status and affirmed the “A” financial strength rating of the life insurance subsidiaries. A.M. Best assigned a stable outlook to the ratings.

 

   

On July 18, 2012, S&P assigned a BBB- senior unsecured debt rating to the 2022 Notes.

 

-132-


Table of Contents
   

On July 12, 2012, Fitch assigned a BBB- rating to the 2022 Notes and maintained a Rating Watch Evolving on all ratings of ING U.S., Inc. and subsidiaries. On June 28, 2012, Fitch assigned a BBB long-term issuer default rating to ING U.S., Inc.

 

   

On July 11, 2012, Moody’s assigned a Baa3 senior debt rating to the 2022 Notes with a stable outlook.

 

   

On April 17, 2012, Moody’s assigned a Baa3 guaranteed issuer rating to ING U.S., Inc. guaranteed by Lion Holdings (issuer rating Baa3, Stable outlook). Separately, Moody’s affirmed the A3 insurance financial strength ratings of our insurance subsidiaries with a stable outlook.

 

   

On March 7, 2012, S&P affirmed the A- financial strength ratings on our insurance subsidiaries and the BBB- counterparty credit ratings on ING U.S., Inc. and Lion Holdings. S&P removed all ratings from Credit Watch negative and assigned a Stable outlook.

Ratings actions affirmations and outlook changes by S&P, Moody’s and A.M. Best in December 2011 followed the fourth quarter 2011 announcements by ING Group regarding a charge of €1.1 billion against fourth quarter results of our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment, as reflected in ING Group’s 2011 financial statements reported under IFRS, are:

 

   

On December 14, 2011, A.M. Best affirmed the financial strength ratings of the life companies at A and revised the outlook to Ratings Under Review with Negative Implications from Stable.

 

   

On December 8, 2011, S&P downgraded the financial strength ratings of the life companies to A- from A and revised the outlook to Watch Negative from Stable.

 

   

On December 7, 2011, Moody’s downgraded the financial strength ratings of the life companies to A3 from A2 and revised the outlook to Stable from Negative.

Potential Impact of a Ratings Downgrade

Our ability to borrow funds and the terms under which we borrow are sensitive to our short- and long-term issuer credit ratings. A downgrade of either or both of these credit ratings could increase our cost of borrowing. Additionally, a downgrade of either or both of these credit ratings could decrease the total amount of new debt that we are able to issue in the future or increase the costs associated with an issuance.

Certain of our credit facility agreements contain provisions that are linked to the credit or financial strength ratings of certain legal entities, including our indirect parent ING V. If financial strength ratings were downgraded in the future, these provisions might be triggered and counterparties to the credit facility agreements could demand collateralization which could negatively impact overall liquidity.

Based on the amount of credit outstanding as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, a one-notch downgrade of the credit ratings of ING U.S., Inc. by S&P or Moody’s would have resulted in an estimated increase in our collateral requirements by approximately $1.2 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively. A two notch downgrade of the credit ratings of ING U.S., Inc. would not have resulted in an additional increase in our collateral requirements beyond that resulting from a one notch downgrade. The nature of the collateral that we may be required to post is principally in the form of cash and U.S. Treasury securities. Alternative forms of collateral.

Based on the amount of credit outstanding as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, a one-notch downgrade of the credit ratings of ING V would not result in an increase in our estimated collateral requirements. A two-notch downgrade of the credit ratings of ING V by S&P would have resulted in an estimated increase in our collateral requirements by approximately $500.0 million and $3.4 billion, respectively.

The documents governing the terms of our 2022 Notes contain provisions that provide for the adjustment of the interest rate payable on the 2022 Notes if the rating on the 2022 Notes is downgraded by Moody’s or S&P.

 

-133-


Table of Contents

The interest rate payable on the 2022 Notes will increase by 25 basis points for each one-notch rating downgrade and is subject to reversal in the event of subsequent upgrades. In addition, if a rating on the 2022 Notes is withdrawn, suspended, or otherwise discontinued, the interest rate payable on the 2022 Notes will increase by 100 basis points for each such ratings withdrawal, suspension or discontinuation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the cumulative interest rate increase on the 2022 Notes as a result of all downgrades or ratings withdrawals exceed 200 basis points in the aggregate, and in no event shall the interest rate payable on the 2022 Notes be lower than 5.50%. The interest rate payable on the 2022 Notes will no longer be subject to adjustment pursuant to such provisions after the date that is 180 days following the completion of this offering.

Each 25 basis point increase in the interest rate payable on the 2022 Notes would result in a pre-tax increase in our interest payments of $2.125 million per annum.

Certain of our reinsurance agreements contain provisions that are linked to the financial strength ratings of the individual legal entity that entered into the reinsurance agreement. If the insurance subsidiaries’ financial strength ratings were downgraded in the future, the terms in our reinsurance agreements might be triggered and counterparties to the credit facility agreements could demand collateralization which could negatively impact overall liquidity. Based on the amount of credit outstanding as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, a one-notch downgrade of our insurance subsidiaries would have resulted in an estimated increase in our collateral requirements by approximately $24.0 million and $22.8 million, respectively. The nature of the collateral that we may be required to post is principally in the form of cash, highly rated securities or LOC.

Certain of our derivative agreements contain provisions that are linked to the financial strength ratings of the individual legal entity that entered into the derivative agreement. If insurance subsidiaries’ financial strength ratings were downgraded in the future, the terms in our derivative agreements might be triggered and counterparties to the derivative agreements could demand immediate further collateralization which could negatively impact overall liquidity. Based on the market value of our derivatives as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, a one-notch downgrade of our insurance subsidiaries would have resulted in an estimated increase in our derivative collateral requirements by approximately $165.0 million and $123.0 million, respectively. The nature of the collateral that we may be required to post is principally in the form of cash and U.S. Treasury securities.

Based on the market value of our derivatives as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, a two-notch downgrade of our insurance subsidiaries would have resulted in an estimated increase in the derivative collateral requirements required by a one-notch downgrade by an additional $2.5 million and $6.7 million, respectively.

The amount of collateral that would be required to be posted is also dependent on the fair value of our derivative positions. For additional information on our derivative positions, see the Note for Derivative Financial Instruments in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Reinsurance

We have reinsurance treaties covering a portion of the mortality risks and guaranteed death and living benefits under our life insurance and annuity contracts. We remain liable to the extent our reinsurers do not meet their obligations under the reinsurance agreements.

We reinsure our business through a diversified group of well capitalized, highly rated reinsurers. We monitor trends in arbitration and any litigation outcomes with our reinsurers. Collectability of reinsurance balances are evaluated by monitoring ratings and evaluating the financial strength of its reinsurers. Large reinsurance recoverable balances with offshore or other non-accredited reinsurers are secured through various forms of collateral, including secured trusts, funds withheld accounts and irrevocable LOCs.

We utilize indemnity reinsurance agreements to reduce our exposure to losses from unhedged GMDBs in our annuity insurance business. Reinsurance permits recovery of a portion of losses from reinsurers, although it

 

-134-


Table of Contents

does not discharge our primary liability as direct insurer of the risks. We evaluate the financial strength of potential reinsurers and continually monitor the financial strength and credit ratings of our reinsurers.

The S&P rating of our reinsurers with the largest reinsurance recoverable balances are all A-rated or better. These reinsurers are Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York, Hannover US and Hannover Life Reassurance (Ireland) Limited (collectively, “Hannover Re”) and various subsidiaries of Reinsurance Group of America Incorporated (collectively, “RGA”). Only those reinsurance recoverable balances where recovery is deemed probable are recognized as assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

We have a significant concentration of reinsurance arising from the divestment of a block of individual life business via a reinsurance transaction prior to our acquisition of ILIAC (formerly Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company) in 2000. In 1998, we entered into an indemnity reinsurance agreement with a subsidiary of Lincoln National Corporation (“Lincoln”). The Lincoln subsidiary established a trust to secure its obligations to us under the reinsurance transaction. Of the reinsurance recoverable in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, $2.2 billion and $2.3 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, is related to the reinsurance recoverable from the subsidiary of Lincoln under this reinsurance agreement.

Effective January 1, 2009, the Company entered into the MPA with Scottish Re and Hannover Re. See “—Letter of Credit Facilities.” Of the Reinsurance recoverable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, as of December 31, 2011, $3.1 billion is related to the reinsurance recoverable from Hannover Re under this reinsurance agreement.

On December 31, 2004, the Company through its wholly owned subsidiaries, SLD and SLDI, reinsured the individual life reinsurance business (and sold certain systems and operating assets used in the individual life reinsurance business) to Scottish Re on a 100% coinsurance basis (the “2004 Transaction”).

As part of the 2004 Transaction, we paid a ceding commission and transferred assets backing reserves and miscellaneous other liabilities on the individual life reinsurance to Scottish Re. The ceding commission (net of taxes), along with other reserve assets, was placed in trust for our benefit to secure Scottish Re’s obligations as reinsurers of the acquired business.

On November 19, 2008, an existing reinsurance agreement between SRUS and Ballantyne Re, concerning a portion of the business that was originally ceded to Scottish Re as part of the 2004 Transaction, was novated with the result that we were substituted for SRUS as the ceding company to Ballantyne Re and made the sole beneficiary of trust assets connected with the Ballantyne Re facility. The trust assets support the reserve requirements of the business transferred from SLD to Ballantyne Re. As of September 30, 2012, trust assets supporting reserves of $708.6 million had a market value of $910.4 million.

Effective January 1, 2010, the Company disposed of several blocks of its reinsurance business under coinsurance agreements with various subsidiaries of RGA for $129.8 million. Under the terms of the agreements, the Company ceded to RGA 100% of various blocks of business, including Group Life, Accident and Special Risk, Medical, Managed Care and Long-term Disability contracts. RGA established trusts with initial assets of $625.4 million to secure its obligations to the Company under the reinsurance transaction. As of December 31, 2011, due primarily to novation, there were no remaining trust funding requirements. Of the Reinsurance recoverable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, $11.1 million as of December 31, 2011 is related to the reinsurance recoverable from RGA under this reinsurance agreement.

For additional information on our reinsurance arrangements, see the Note for Reinsurance in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

-135-


Table of Contents

Statutory Capital and Risk-Based Capital

Each of our wholly owned U.S. insurance subsidiaries is subject to minimum RBC requirements established by the insurance departments of their applicable state of domicile. The formulas for determining the amount of RBC specify various weighting factors that are applied to financial balances or various levels of activity based on the perceived degree of risk. Regulatory compliance is determined by a ratio of TAC, as defined by the NAIC, to RBC requirements, as defined by the NAIC. Each of ING U.S., Inc.’s United States insurance subsidiaries exceeded the minimum RBC requirements that would require regulatory or corrective action for all periods presented herein.

Our wholly owned insurance subsidiaries are required to prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the insurance department of the state of domicile of the respective insurance subsidiary. Statutory accounting practices primarily differ from GAAP by charging policy acquisition costs to expense as incurred, establishing future policy benefit liabilities using different actuarial assumptions as well as valuing investments and certain assets and accounting for deferred taxes on a different basis. Certain assets that are not admitted under statutory accounting principles are charged directly to surplus. Depending on the regulations of the insurance department of the state of domicile, the entire amount or a portion of an asset balance can be non-admitted depending on specific rules regarding admissibility. The most significant non-admitted assets are typically deferred tax assets. Refer to the discussion below regarding Statement of Statutory Accounting Principles (“SSAP”) No. 10R and No. 101 for additional information on the admissibility of deferred tax assets.

Statutory capital and surplus of our principal insurance subsidiaries is as follows for the periods presented:

 

($ in millions)   Statutory Capital and Surplus  
    As of September 30,     As of December 31,  
  2012     2011     2011     2010     2009  

Subsidiary Name (state of domicile):

         

ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company (IA)

  $ 2,133.2      $ 1,826.6      $ 2,222.0      $ 1,724.7      $ 1,485.1   

ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company (CT)

    1,696.4        1,937.0        1,931.9        1,688.3 (1)       1,762.1   

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company (CO)

    1,642.8        1,520.2        1,519.5        1,457.0        1,697.5   

ReliaStar Life Insurance Company (MN)

    2,148.6        2,231.9        2,104.3        2,078.1 (2)       2,190.3   

 

(1)  

As prescribed by statutory accounting practices, ILIAC statutory surplus as of December 31, 2010 included the impact of $150.0 million capital contribution received by ILIAC from its immediate parent, Lion Holdings, on February 18, 2011.

(2)  

As prescribed by statutory accounting practices, RLI statutory surplus as of December 31, 2010 included the impact of $50.0 million capital contribution received by RLI from its immediate parent, Lion Holdings, on February 18, 2011.

We monitor the ratio of our insurance subsidiaries’ TAC to company action level risk-based capital (“CAL”). A ratio in excess of 125% indicates that the insurance subsidiary is not required to take any corrective actions to increase capital levels at the direction of the applicable state of domicile.

The ratio of TAC to CAL on a combined basis for our four principal insurance subsidiaries (ING USA, ILIAC, SLD and RLI) is set out below for the periods presented:

 

($ in millions, except ratios)                                            
As of December 31, 2011     As of December 31, 2010     As of December 31, 2009  
CAL     TAC     Ratio     CAL     TAC     Ratio     CAL     TAC     Ratio  
$ 1,655.0      $ 8,071.0        488%      $ 1,644.0      $ 6,998.0        426%      $ 1,802.0      $ 6,515.0        362%   

 

-136-


Table of Contents

Statutory reserves established for variable annuity contracts and riders are sensitive to changes in the equity markets and are affected by the level of account values relative to the level of any guarantees, product design and reinsurance arrangements. As a result, the relationship between reserve changes and equity market performance is non-linear during any given reporting period. Market conditions greatly influence the ultimate capital required due to its effect on the valuation of reserves and derivative assets hedging these reserves.

The sensitivity of our insurance subsidiaries’ statutory reserves and surplus established for variable annuity contracts and certain minimum interest rate guarantees to changes in the interest rates, credit spreads and equity markets will vary depending on the magnitude of the decline. The sensitivity will be affected by the level of account values, the level of guaranteed amounts and product design. Should statutory reserves increase, this could result in future reductions in our insurance subsidiaries’ surplus, which may also impact RBC. Adverse changes in interest rates and the continued widening of credit spreads may result in an increase in the reserves for product guarantees which adversely impact statutory surplus, which may also impact RBC.

RBC is also affected by the product mix of the in force book of business (i.e., the amount of business without guarantees is not subject to the same level of reserves as the business with guarantees). RBC is an important factor in the determination of the credit and financial strength ratings of ING U.S., Inc. and our insurance subsidiaries.

Effective December 31, 2009, our insurance subsidiaries adopted AG43 for its statutory basis of accounting. The adoption of AG43 resulted in higher reserves than those calculated under previous standards by $293.0 million. Where the application of AG43 produces higher reserves than our insurance subsidiaries had otherwise established under previous standards, we may request permission from the respective state insurance departments to grade-in the impact of higher reserves over a three year period. This grade-in provision was elected for some of our insurance subsidiaries, as allowed under AG43 and as approved by the applicable insurance regulator of domicile, which allows such insurance subsidiaries to reflect the impact of adoption over a three year period. The impact of the grade-in for the year ended December 31, 2010 was an increase in reserves and a corresponding decrease in statutory surplus of $23.0 million. The grade-in did not have an impact on reserves or statutory surplus in 2011.

In June 2012, in conjunction with a limited scope examination of ING USA’s AG43 variable annuity reserves, we agreed with the Iowa Insurance Division that by December 31, 2012 we would implement a revised prudent margin (i.e., provision for adverse deviation) to the assumed mortality for our block of GMIB and GMWBL liabilities ceded from ING USA to SLDI. This revision will not alter our best estimate mortality assumption used in our GAAP financial statements. It will increase our gross AG43 reserves before ceded reinsurance. Had this prudent margin been reflected in ING USA’s financial statement as of December 31, 2011, ING USA’s gross AG43 reserves would have been $300.0 million greater and the related reserve ceded to SLDI would have been $360.0 million more. Thus, the net reserve impact to statutory reserves at ING USA would have been $60.0 million favorable and SLDI would have been required to increase collateral in support of ceded reserves (i.e., qualifying assets in trust or approved LOCs) in the amount of $360.0 million. The impact of this revision as of December 31, 2012 is not yet determinable and will depend primarily on 2012 market conditions.

Effective December 31, 2009, our insurance subsidiaries adopted SSAP No. 10R, Income Taxes (“SSAP 10R”), for our statutory basis of accounting. This statement requires our insurance subsidiaries to calculate admitted deferred tax assets based upon what is expected to reverse within one year with a cap on the admitted portion of the deferred tax asset equal to 10% of capital and surplus for its most recently filed statement. If our RBC levels of our insurance subsidiaries, after reflecting the above limitation, exceeds 250% of the authorized control level, SSAP 10R increases the reversal period on admitted deferred tax assets from one year to three years and increases the limitation on the admitted portion of the deferred tax asset from 10% of capital and surplus for its most recently filed statement to 15%. Other revisions in SSAP 10R include the requirement for our insurance subsidiaries to reduce the deferred tax asset by a statutory valuation allowance adjustment if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not (a likelihood of more than 50%) that some portion of

 

-137-


Table of Contents

or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. To temporarily mitigate this RBC impact and as a temporary measure at December 31, 2009 only, a 5% pre-tax RBC charge must be applied to the additional admitted deferred tax assets generated by SSAP 10R. The adoption for 2009 had a December 31, 2009 sunset; however, during 2010, the 2009 adoption, including the 5% pre-tax RBC charge, was extended through December 31, 2011. The effects on our insurance subsidiaries’ 2009 financial statements of adopting this change in accounting principle at December 31, 2009 were increases to total assets and capital and surplus of $303.7 million. This adoption had no impact on total liabilities or net income (loss).

Effective January 1, 2012, our insurance subsidiaries adopted statutory basis of accounting SSAP No. 101, Income Taxes (“SSAP 101”), a replacement of SSAP 10R and SSAP No. 10. SSAP 101, provides revised statutory accounting principles for current and deferred federal income taxes. There is a three part admissibility test for calculating admitted deferred tax assets. The first part of the admissibility test requires a reversal period that corresponds to the tax loss carryback provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (not to exceed three years). The second part of the admissibility test establishes reversal periods and surplus limitation parameters (one year and 10 percent or three years and 15 percent) based upon RBC levels. The third part of the admissibility test adds a requirement that the reporting entity offset gross deferred tax assets against deferred tax liabilities (considering the reversal patterns of temporary differences). The effects on the insurance subsidiaries’ 2012 statutory-based financial statements of adopting this change in accounting principle at January 1, 2012 were an increase to statutory-based total assets and statutory-based capital and surplus of $66.0 million.

Pension and Postretirement Plans

For the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 we contributed $79.4 million and $152.7 million, respectively, to our pension plans and $3.3 million and $4.6 million to our postretirement plans. We contributed $173.1 million, $43.2 million and $23.6 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, to our pension plans; and $4.9 million, $6.1 million and $6.1 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, to our postretirement plans.

We expect that we will make additional cash contributions during the remaining three months of 2012, based upon certain economic and business assumptions. These assumptions include, but are not limited to, equity market performance and changes in interest rates. We are also reviewing the impacts, if any, of the pension stabilization language found in the MAP-21 legislation. The legislation does not impact any contributions that were made during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Based on our actuarial assumptions, if we were to incorporate the provisions of MAP-21, we expect that it would reduce the required contributions to the plan in 2013, however, using the MAP-21 funding relief in the near term could lead to increased PBGC variable-rate premiums and/or increases in plan funding in the years following 2013. For additional information on our pension and postretirement plan arrangements, see the Note for Employee Benefit Arrangements in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Through the normal course of investment operations, we commit to either purchase or sell securities, commercial mortgage loans, or money market instruments, at a specified future date and at a specified price or yield. The inability of counterparties to honor these commitments may result in either a higher or lower replacement cost. Also, there is likely to be a change in the value of the securities underlying the commitments.

At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had off-balance sheet commitments to purchase investments equal to their fair value of $954.1 million, $1.3 billion and $1.6 billion, respectively, of which $240.9 million, $470.9 million and $634.1 million, respectively, relates to consolidated investment entities.

 

-138-


Table of Contents

Aggregate Contractual Obligations

As of December 31, 2011, we had certain contractual obligations due over a period of time as presented in the following table. The estimated payments reflected in this table are based on our estimates and assumptions about these obligations. Because these estimates and assumptions are necessarily subjective, the actual cash outflows in future periods will vary, possibly materially, from those presented in the table.

 

($ in millions)   Total     Less than 1
Year
    1-3 Years     3-5 Years      More than 5
Years
 

Contractual Obligations

          

Purchase obligations (1)

  $ 1,367.3      $ 1,367.3      $ —        $ —         $ —     

Reserves for insurance obligations (2)

    135,343.8        14,305.3        21,890.4        19,608.0         79,540.1   

Pension obligations (3)

    986.1        91.1        185.2        191.8         518.0   

Short-term and long-term debt obligations (4)(5)(6)(7)

    3,960.4        1,115.3        271.5        144.0         2,429.6   

Operating leases (8)

    182.3        46.6        64.4        38.8         32.5   

Securities lending and repurchase agreements (9)

    1,024.1        1,024.1        —          —           —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  $ 142,864.0      $ 17,949.7      $ 22,411.5      $ 19,982.6       $ 82,520.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Purchase obligations consist primarily of outstanding commitments under alternative investments that may occur any time within the terms of the partnership, private loans and mortgages. The exact timing, however, of funding these commitments cannot be estimated. Therefore, the total amount of the commitments is included in the category “Less than 1 Year.”

(2)  

Reserves for insurance obligations consist of amounts required to meet our future obligations for future policy benefits and contract owner account balances. Amounts presented in the table represent estimated cash payments under such contracts, including significant assumptions related to the receipt of future premiums, mortality, morbidity, lapse, renewal, retirement, disability and annuitization comparable with actual experience. These assumptions also include market growth and interest crediting consistent with assumptions used in amortizing DAC. All estimated cash payments are undiscounted for the time value of money. Accordingly, the sum of cash flows presented for all years of $135.3 billion significantly exceeds the sum of Future policy benefits and Contract owner account balances of $88.4 billion recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011. Estimated cash payments are also presented gross of reinsurance. Due to the significance of the assumptions used, the amounts presented could materially differ from actual results.

(3)  

Pension obligations consist of contribution matching obligations and other supplemental retirement and insurance obligations, under various benefit plans.

(4)  

The estimated payments due by period for long-term debt reflects the contractual maturities of principal, as disclosed in Financing Agreements in our Consolidated Financial Statements, as well as estimated future interest payments. The payment of principal and estimated future interest for short-term debt are reflected in estimated payments due in less than one year. See Financing Agreements in our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information concerning the short-term and long-term debt.

(5)  

On April 12, 2012, the maturity for ING U.S., Inc.’s $500.0 million floating rate loan agreement with ING V was extended until 2016. As a result, amounts included in short-term and long-term debt obligations less than 1 year have decreased by $500.0 million and amounts included in 3-5 years will increase by $500.0 million, after the date as of which this table is presented.

(6)  

On April 20, 2012, ING U.S., Inc. borrowed a total of $2.0 billion under its Senior Unsecured Credit Facility. In July 2012, we repaid a total of $75.0 million of these borrowings, as a result amounts included in short-term and long-term debt obligations less than 1 year and 1-3 years have increased by $225.0 million and $1.7 billion, respectively, after the date as of which this table is presented.

(7)

On July 13, 2012, we issued $850.0 million of 2022 Notes, which increased short-term and long-term debt obligations more than 5 years. As a result, $500.0 million was used to repay the Revolving Credit Agreement under the Senior Unsecured Credit Facility which was included in short-term and long-term debt

 

-139-


Table of Contents
  obligations of 1-3 years. The remaining $350.0 million, less discounts and offering expenses, is expected to be used to reduce short-term and long-term debt obligations less than 1 year, after the date as of which this table is presented.
(8)  

Operating leases consist primarily of outstanding commitments for office space, equipment and automobiles.

(9)  

Payables under securities loan agreements including collateral held represents the liability to return collateral received from counterparties under securities lending agreements. Securities lending agreements include provisions which permit the Company to call back securities with minimal notice and accordingly, the payable is classified as having a term of less than 1 year.

Critical Accounting Judgments and Estimates

General

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Critical estimates and assumptions are evaluated on an on-going basis based on historical developments, market conditions, industry trends, and other information that is reasonable under the circumstances. There can be no assurance that actual results will conform to estimates and assumptions and that reported results of operations will not be materially affected by the need to make future accounting adjustments to reflect changes in these estimates and assumptions from time to time.

We have identified the following accounting policies, judgments and estimates as critical in that they involve a higher degree of judgment and are subject to a significant degree of variability:

Reserves for future policy benefits, DAC/VOBA and other intangibles and related amortization (including unlocking), valuation of investments and derivatives, impairments, income taxes, contingencies and employee benefit plans.

In developing these accounting estimates and policies, we make subjective and complex judgments that are inherently uncertain and subject to material changes as facts and circumstances develop. Although variability is inherent in these estimates, we believe the amounts provided are appropriate based upon the facts available upon preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The above critical accounting estimates are described in the Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies note to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Reserves for Future Policy Benefits

The determination of future policy benefit reserves is dependent on actuarial assumptions. The principal assumptions used to establish liabilities for future policy benefits are based on our experience and periodically reviewed against industry standards. These assumptions include mortality, morbidity, policy lapse, contract renewal, payment of subsequent premiums or deposits by the contract owner, retirement, investment returns, inflation, benefit utilization and expenses. The assumptions used require considerable judgments. Changes in, or deviations from, the assumptions used can significantly affect our reserve levels and related results of operations.

Mortality is the incidence of death amongst policyholders triggering the payment of underlying insurance coverage by the insurer. In addition, mortality also refers to the ceasing of payments on life-contingent annuities due to the death of the annuitant. We utilize a combination of actual and industry experience when setting our mortality assumptions. A lapse rate is the percentage of in-force policies surrendered by the policyholder or canceled by us due to non-payment of premiums. For certain of our variable products, the lapse rate assumption

 

-140-


Table of Contents

varies according to the current account value relative to guarantees associated with the product and applicable surrender charges. In general, policies with guarantees that are considered “in the money,” or where the benefit is in excess of the account value, are assumed to be less likely to lapse or surrender. Conversely, “out of the money” guarantees may be assumed to be more likely to lapse or surrender as the policyholder has less incentive to retain the policy.

See the Notes for Reserves for Future Policy Benefits and Contract Owner Account Balances and Guaranteed Benefit Features in our Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on our reserves for future policy benefits and product guarantees.

Insurance and Other Reserves

Reserves for traditional life insurance contracts (mainly term insurance, participating and non-participating whole life insurance, traditional group life insurance) and accident and health insurance represent the present value of future benefits to be paid to or on behalf of contract owners and related expenses, less the present value of future net premiums. Assumptions as to interest rates, mortality, expenses and persistency are based upon our estimates of anticipated experience at the period the policy is sold or acquired, including a provision for adverse deviation. Interest rates used to calculate the present value of these reserves ranged from 2.5% to 7.7%.

Reserves for individual and group traditional fixed annuities after annuitization and individual immediate annuities with life contingent payout benefits are equal to the present value of expected future payments. Assumptions as to interest rates, mortality, and expenses are based upon our estimates of anticipated experience at the period the policy is sold or acquired, including a provision for adverse deviation. Such assumptions generally vary by annuity type plan, year of issue, and policy duration. Interest rates used to calculate the present values of future benefits ranged from 3.0% to 7.5%.

Although assumptions are “locked-in” upon the issuance of traditional life insurance, traditional fixed annuities after annuitization, immediate annuities with life contingent payout benefits, and certain accident and health insurance, significant changes in experience or assumptions may require us to provide for expected future losses on a product by establishing premium deficiency reserves. Premium deficiency reserves are determined based on best estimate assumptions that exist at the time the premium deficiency reserve is established and do not include a margin for adverse deviations.

See “—Valuation and Amortization of Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs, Value of Business Acquired, and Other Intangibles and Related Amortization” for further discussion of our URR.

Product Guarantees

The assumptions used to establish the liabilities for our product guarantees require considerable judgment and are established as management’s best estimate of future outcomes. We periodically review these assumptions and, if necessary, update them based on additional information that becomes available. Changes in, or deviation from, the assumptions used can significantly affect our reserve levels, and related results of operations.

Reserves for annuity GMDB and GMIB are determined by estimating the value of expected benefits in excess of the projected account balance and recognizing the excess ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. Expected experience is based on a range of scenarios. Assumptions used, such as the long-term equity market return, lapse rate, and mortality, are consistent with assumptions used in estimating gross revenues for the purpose of amortizing DAC. In addition, the reserve for the GMIB guarantee incorporates assumptions for the likelihood and timing of the potential annuitizations that may be elected by the contract owner. In general, we assume that GMIB annuitization rates will be higher for policies with more valuable (more “in the money”) guarantees.

We also issue certain products which contain embedded derivatives and are measured at estimated fair value separately from the host contract. These embedded derivatives include annuity GMAB, GMWB, GMWBL, FIAs,

 

-141-


Table of Contents

and Stabilizer. The managed custody guarantee product (“MCG”) is a standalone derivative and is measured in its entirety at estimated fair value. Changes in estimated fair value of these derivatives are reported in Other net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

At inception of the GMAB, GMWB, and GMWBL contracts, we project a fee to be attributed to the embedded derivative portion of the guarantee equal to the present value of projected future guaranteed benefits. The estimated fair value of the GMAB, GMWB, and GMWBL contracts is determined based on the present value of projected future guaranteed benefits, minus the present value of projected attributed fees. A risk neutral valuation methodology is used under which the cash flows from the guarantees are projected under multiple capital market scenarios using observable risk free rates. The projection of future guaranteed benefits and future attributed fees require the use of assumptions for capital markets (e.g. implied volatilities, correlation among indices, risk-free swap curve, etc.) and policyholder behavior (e.g. lapse, benefit utilization, mortality, etc.).

We have only minimal experience on policyholder behavior for our GMIB and GMWBL products and, as a result, future experience could lead to significant changes in our assumptions. Our GMIB contracts have a ten-year waiting period before annuitization is available, with most of these GMIB contracts issued during the period 2004 to 2006. These contracts first become eligible to annuitize during the period 2014 to 2016, but contain significant incentives to delay annuitization beyond the first eligibility date. As a result, to date we have only a statistically small sample of experience used to set annuitization rates. Therefore, we anticipate that observable experience data will become statistically credible later this decade, when a large volume of GMIB benefits begin to reach their maximum benefit over the four-year period from 2019 to 2022. It is possible, however, that policyholders may choose to annuitize soon after the first annuitization date, rather than delay annuitization to receive increased guarantee benefits, in which case we may have statistically credible experience as early as in the period from 2014 to 2016.

Similarly, most of our GMWBL contracts are still in the first three to five policy years, so our assumptions for withdrawal from contracts with GMWBL benefits may change as experience emerges over the next five to seven years. In addition, like our GMIB contracts, many of our GMWBL contracts contain significant incentives to delay withdrawal. We expect customer decisions on annuitization and withdrawal will be influenced by customers’ financial plans and needs as well as by interest rate and market conditions over time and by the availability and features of competing products. If emerging experience deviates from our assumptions on either GMIB annuitization or GMWBL withdrawal, such could have a significant effect on our reserve levels and related results of operation.

We also make estimates of expected lapse of these products, which is the probability that a policy will not remain in force from one period to the next. Lapse rates of our annuity products may be significantly impacted by the value of guaranteed minimum benefits relative to the value of the underlying separate accounts (account value or account balance). In general, policies with guarantees that are “in the money” (i.e., where the notional benefit amount is in excess of the account value) are assumed to be less likely to lapse. Conversely, “out of the money” guarantees are assumed to be more likely to lapse as the policyholder has less incentive to retain the policy.

Our lapse rate experience of these products has varied significantly over the period from 2006 to the present, reflecting among other factors, both pre- and post-financial crisis experience. During the early years of this period, our lapse rate experience was higher than our current best estimate of policyholder lapse behavior would have indicated; in the later part of this period, after mid-2009, it was lower. Management’s best estimate of lapse behavior incorporates actual experience over the entire period, as we believe that, over the duration of the policies, we will experience the full range of policyholder behavior and market conditions.

We review overall policyholder experience at least annually (including lapse, annuitization, withdrawal and mortality), and update these assumptions when deemed necessary based on additional information that becomes available. If actual lapse rates are significantly different from those assumed, such could have a significant effect on our reserve levels and related results of operation. We increased reserves in the fourth quarter of 2011 after a comprehensive review of our assumptions relating to lapses, mortality, annuitization of income benefits and

 

-142-


Table of Contents

utilization of withdrawal benefits. The review in 2011 included an analysis of a larger body of actual experience than was previously available, including a longer period with low equity markets and interest rates, which we believe provided greater insight into anticipated policyholder behavior for contracts that are in the money. This resulted in an increase of GAAP reserves of $741 million and gross U.S. statutory reserves of $2,776 million in the fourth quarter of 2011.

Reserves for universal and variable life secondary guarantees and paid-up guarantees are calculated by estimating the expected value of death benefits payable and recognizing those benefits ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. The reserve for such products recognizes the portion of contract assessments received in early years used to compensate us for benefits provided in later years. Assumptions used, such as the interest rate, lapse rate and mortality, are consistent with assumptions used in estimating gross profits for purposes of amortizing DAC.

The estimated fair value of the FIA contracts is based on the present value of the excess of interest payments to the contract holders over the minimum guaranteed interest rate (“MGIR”). The excess interest payments are determined as the excess of projected index driven benefits over the projected guaranteed benefits. The projection horizon is over the anticipated life of the related contracts which takes into account best estimate actuarial assumptions, such as partial withdrawals, full surrenders, deaths, annuitizations and maturities.

The estimated fair value of the Stabilizer and MCG contracts is determined based on the present value of projected future claims minus the present value of future guaranteed premiums. At inception of the contract, we project a guaranteed premium to be equal to the present value of the projected future claims. The income associated with the contracts is projected using actuarial and capital market assumptions, including benefits and related contract charges, over the anticipated life of the related contracts. The cash flow estimates are projected under multiple capital market scenarios using observable risk-free rates and other best estimate assumptions.

The GMAB, GMWB, GMWBL, FIA, and Stabilizer embedded derivative liabilities and the standalone derivative for MCG include a risk margin to capture uncertainties related to policyholder behavior assumptions. The margin represents additional compensation a market participant would require to assume these risks.

The discount rate used to determine the fair value of our GMAB, GMWB, GMWBL, FIA, and Stabilizer embedded derivative liabilities and the standalone derivative for MCG includes an adjustment to reflect the risk that these obligations will not be fulfilled (“nonperformance risk”). As of September 30, 2012, the adjustment for nonperformance risk resulted in a $1,401.1 million decrease to the fair value of the embedded derivatives and standalone derivative associated with our product guarantees. Through the second quarter of 2012, our nonperformance risk adjustment was based on the CDS spreads of ING V, the indirect parent of ING U.S., and applied to the risk-free swap curve in our valuation models. As a result of the availability of our own market observable data following our issuance of the 2022 Notes in the third quarter of 2012, we changed the estimate of nonperformance risk as of the beginning of the third quarter of 2012 to incorporate a blend of observable, similarly rated peer holding company CDS spreads, adjusted to reflect the credit quality of our individual insurance subsidiary that issued the guarantee as well as an adjustment to reflect the priority of policyholder claims.

See “—Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure About Market Risk” for additional information regarding the specific hedging strategies and reinsurance we utilize to mitigate risk for the product guarantees. Sensitivities of the GMAB, GMWB, GMWBL, FIA, and Stabilizer embedded derivative liabilities and the standalone derivative for MCG to changes in certain capital markets assumptions is also discussed.

Valuation and Amortization of Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs, Value of Business Acquired, and Other Intangibles and Related Amortization

DAC represents policy acquisition costs that have been capitalized and are subject to amortization and interest. Capitalized costs are incremental, direct costs of contract acquisition, as well as certain costs that are

 

-143-


Table of Contents

directly related to successful acquisition activities. Such costs consist principally of commissions, underwriting, sales, and contract issuance and processing expenses directly related to the successful acquisition of new and renewal business. DAC recoverability testing is performed for current issue year products to determine if premiums are sufficient to cover estimated benefits and expenses. Indirect or unsuccessful acquisition costs, maintenance, product development, and overhead expenses are charged to expense as incurred. VOBA represents the outstanding value of in force business acquired and is subject to amortization and interest. The value is based on the present value of estimated net cash flows embedded in the insurance contracts at the time of the acquisition and increased for subsequent deferrable expenses on purchased policies.

DSI represents benefits paid to contract owners for a specified period that are incremental to the amounts we credit on similar contracts without sales inducements and are higher than the contract’s expected ongoing crediting rates for periods after the inducement. URR relates to universal and variable universal life products and represents policy charges for benefits or services to be provided in future periods.

Collectively, we refer to DAC, VOBA, DSI and URR as “DAC/VOBA and other intangibles.” See the Note for Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Value of Business Acquired in our Consolidated Financial statements for additional information on the DAC/VOBA and other intangibles balances.

Amortization Methodologies

We amortize DAC and VOBA related to traditional contracts (term insurance, participating and non-participating whole life insurance, and traditional group life insurance) and certain accident and health insurance over the premium payment period in proportion to the present value of expected gross premiums. Assumptions as to mortality, morbidity, persistency, and interest rates, which include provisions for adverse deviation, are consistent with the assumptions used to calculate reserves for future policy benefits. These assumptions are “locked-in” at issue and not revised unless the DAC or VOBA balance is deemed to be unrecoverable from future expected profits. DAC recoverability testing is performed for current issue year products to determine if net premiums are sufficient to cover estimated benefits and expenses. In subsequent periods, the recoverability of the DAC or VOBA balances are determined by assessing whether future gross profits are sufficient to amortize the DAC or VOBA balances as well as provide for expected future benefits and maintenance costs. If a premium deficiency is deemed to be present, charges will be applied against the DAC and VOBA balances before an additional reserve is established. Absent such a premium deficiency, variability in amortization after policy issuance or acquisition relates only to variability in premium volumes.

We amortize DAC and VOBA related to fixed and variable universal life contracts and fixed and variable deferred annuity contracts over the estimated lives of the contracts in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits. Assumptions as to mortality, persistency, interest crediting rates, fee income, returns associated with separate account performance, impact of hedge performance, expenses to administer the business, and certain economic variables, such as inflation, are based on our experience and overall capital markets. At each valuation date, the most recent quarter’s estimated gross profits are updated with actual gross profits and the assumptions underlying future estimated gross profits are evaluated for continued reasonableness. Adjustments to estimated gross profits require that amortization rates be revised retroactively to the date of the contract issuance (“unlocking”). If the update of assumptions causes estimated gross profits to increase, DAC and VOBA amortization will decrease, resulting in a current period increase to earnings. The opposite result occurs when the assumption update causes estimated gross profits to decrease.

For variable deferred annuity contracts within Closed Block Variable Annuity, the Company amortizes DAC and VOBA in relation to the emergence of estimated gross revenue. For GICs and Employee Benefit stop-loss and certain life, disability, and voluntary employee paid products, acquisition costs are expensed as incurred.

We defer sales inducements and amortize the DSI over the life of the policy using the same methodology and assumptions used to amortize DAC. The amortization of sales inducements is included in Interest credited to contract owner account balances in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

-144-


Table of Contents

URR is amortized over the expected life of the contract in proportion to the estimated gross profits in a manner consistent with DAC for these products. The amortization of URR is included in Fee income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Each year, or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potential loss recognition issue exists, we perform testing to assess the recoverability of DAC/VOBA and other intangibles. If DAC/VOBA and other intangibles are not deemed recoverable from future expected profits, changes will be applied against the DAC/VOBA and other intangibles before an additional reserve is established.

Assumptions and Periodic Review

Changes in assumptions can have a significant impact on DAC/VOBA and other intangibles balances, amortization rates and results of operations. Assumptions are management’s best estimate of future outcome. Several assumptions are considered significant and require significant judgment in the estimation of gross profits associated with our variable products. We periodically review these assumptions against actual experience and, based on additional information that becomes available, update our assumptions.

 

   

One significant assumption is the assumed return associated with the variable account performance, which has historically had a greater impact on variable annuity than variable universal life products. To reflect the volatility in the equity markets, this assumption involves a combination of near-term expectations and long-term assumptions regarding market performance. The overall return on the variable account is dependent on multiple factors, including the relative mix of the underlying sub-accounts among bond funds and equity funds, as well as equity sector weightings. Our practice assumes that near-term and long-term increases or decreases in equity markets revert to the long-term appreciation in equity markets. We monitor market events and only change the assumption when sustained deviations are expected. This methodology incorporates a 9% long-term equity return assumption, a 14% cap and a five-year look-forward period. We implemented this reversion to the mean methodology on January 1, 2011.

 

   

Another significant assumption used in the estimation of future gross profits for fixed and variable universal life products is mortality. We utilize a combination of actual and industry experience when setting our mortality assumptions, and are consistent with the assumptions used to calculate reserves for future policy benefits.

 

   

Assumptions related to interest rate spreads and credit losses also impact estimated gross profits for all applicable products with credited rates. These assumptions are based on the current investment portfolio yields and credit quality, estimated future crediting rates, capital markets, and estimates of future interest rates and defaults.

 

   

Other significant assumptions include estimated policyholder behavior assumptions, such as surrender, lapse, and annuitization rates. We use a combination of actual and industry experience when setting and updating our policyholder behavior assumptions and such assumptions require considerable judgment. Estimated gross profits of our variable annuity contracts are particularly sensitive to these assumptions.

 

   

We include the impact of the change in value of the embedded derivative associated with the FIA contracts in gross profits for purposes of determining DAC amortization. When performing loss recognition testing on the GMAB, GMWB, GMWBL contracts, we include the change in value of the associated embedded derivatives in gross profits. In addition, we utilize a hedging program to mitigate the exposure of our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment to adverse capital market results, economic downturns and seek to ensure that the required assets are available to satisfy future death and living benefit guarantees. In general, our variable annuity hedge program generates gains and losses that mitigate our exposure to these guarantees. As our hedging program does not explicitly hedge the GAAP liability, we typically experience “breakage”, or a difference between the change in the GAAP liability and the change in the corresponding derivative instrument. We include the impact of our hedging activities supporting our death and living benefit guarantees in gross profits when performing loss recognition testing.

 

-145-


Table of Contents

Sensitivity

We perform sensitivity analyses to assess the impact that certain assumptions have on DAC/VOBA and other intangibles. The following table presents the estimated instantaneous net impact to income before income taxes of various assumption changes on our DAC/VOBA and other intangibles and the impact on related reserves for future policy benefits and reinsurance. The effects presented are not representative of the aggregate impacts that could result if a combination of such changes to equity markets, interest rates and other assumptions occurred.

        Immediate One-time Impact to Income Before Income Taxes

 

($ millions)    As of December 31, 2011  

Decrease long-term rate of return assumption by 100 basis points

   $ (246.4

Decrease long-term interest rate assumption by 50 basis points

     (117.5

Increase long-term interest rate assumption by 50 basis points

     110.6   

Increase future mortality assumption by 1%

     (32.4

A 10% decrease in equity market values

     (317.5

Assumptions regarding shifts in market factors may be overly simplistic and not indicative of actual market behavior in stress scenarios.

Lower assumed equity rates of return, lower assumed interest rates, increased assumed future mortality and decreases in equity market values all tend to decrease the balances of DAC/VOBA and other intangibles and to increase future policy benefit reserves, thus decreasing income before income taxes.

Higher assumed interest rates tend to increase the balances of DAC/VOBA and other intangibles and to decrease future policy benefit reserves, thus increasing income before income taxes.

Valuation of Investments and Derivatives

Our investment portfolio consists of public and private fixed maturity securities, commercial mortgage and other loans, equity securities, short-term investments, other invested assets, and derivative financial instruments. Fixed maturity and equity securities are primarily classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets with the difference from amortized cost included in Shareholder’s equity as a component of AOCI. We use derivatives mainly to provide an economic hedge of our exposure to variability of cash flows, interest rate risk, credit risk, exchange rate risk and market risk of assets and liabilities. See the Notes for Investments and Derivative Financial Instruments in our Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. We also issue certain products which contain embedded derivatives. See “—Critical Accounting Judgments and Estimates—Reserves for Future Policy Benefits” for further information.

Investments

We measure the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities based on assumptions used by market participants, which may include inherent risk, restrictions on the sale or use of an asset, or nonperformance risk, including our own credit risk. The estimate of fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants (“exit price”) in the principal market, or the most advantageous market in the absence of a principal market, for that asset or liability. We use a number of valuation sources to determine the fair values of our financial assets and liabilities, including quoted market prices, third-party commercial pricing services, third-party brokers, and industry-standard, vendor-provided software that models the value based on market observable inputs, and other internal modeling techniques based on projected cash flows.

We categorize our financial instruments into a three-level hierarchy based on the priority of the inputs to the valuation technique. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for

 

-146-


Table of Contents

identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). If the inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the category level is based on the lowest priority level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the instrument.

When available, the estimated fair value of securities is based on quoted prices in active markets that are readily and regularly obtainable. When quoted prices in active markets are not available, the determination of estimated fair value is based on market standard valuation methodologies, including discounted cash flows, matrix pricing, or other similar techniques. Inputs to these methodologies include, but are not limited to, market observable inputs such as benchmark yields, credit quality, issuer spreads, bids, offers, and cash flow characteristics of the security. For privately placed bonds, we also consider such factors as the net worth of the borrower, value of the collateral, the capital structure of the borrower, the presence of guarantees and the borrower’s ability to compete in its relevant market. Valuations are reviewed and validated monthly by an internal valuation committee using price variance reports, comparisons to internal pricing models, back testing of recent trades, and monitoring of trading volumes, as appropriate.

The valuation of financial assets and liabilities involves considerable judgment, is subject to considerable variability, is established using management’s best estimate and is revised as additional information becomes available. As such, changes in, or deviations from the assumptions used in such valuations can significantly affect our results of operations. Financial markets are subject to significant movements in valuation and liquidity which can impact our ability to liquidate and the selling price which can be realized for our securities.

Derivatives

Derivatives are carried at fair value, which is determined by using observable key financial data, such as yield curves, exchange rates, Standard & Poor’s 500 Index (“S&P 500”) prices, London Interbank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”), and Overnight Index Swap rates through values established by third-party sources, such as third-party brokers. Valuations for our futures contracts are based on unadjusted quoted prices from an active exchange. Counterparty credit risk is considered and incorporated in our valuation process through counterparty credit rating requirements and monitoring of overall exposure. Our own credit risk is also considered and incorporated in our valuation process.

We have certain CDS and options that are priced using models that primarily use market observable inputs, but contain inputs that are not observable to market participants.

We also have investments in certain fixed maturities, and have issued certain annuity products, that contain embedded derivatives whose fair value is at least partially determined by, among other things, levels of or changes in domestic and/or foreign interest rates (short-term or long-term), exchange rates, prepayment rates, equity markets, or credit ratings/spreads. The fair values of these embedded derivatives are determined using prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. For additional information regarding the valuation of and significant assumptions associated with derivatives and embedded derivatives related to guaranteed benefits contained within certain product offerings, see “—Critical Accounting Judgments and Estimates—Reserves for Future Policy Benefits.”

In addition, we have entered into a coinsurance with funds withheld reinsurance arrangement that contains an embedded derivative with the fair value of the derivative based on the change in the fair value of the underlying assets held in the trust using the valuation methods and assumptions described for our investments held.

The valuation of derivatives involves considerable judgment, is subject to considerable variability, is established using management’s best estimate and is revised as additional information becomes available. As such, changes in, or deviations from these assumptions used in such valuations can have a significant effect on the results of operations. For additional information regarding the fair value of our investments and derivatives, see the Note for Fair Value Measurements in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

-147-


Table of Contents

Impairments

We evaluate our available-for-sale general account investments quarterly to determine whether there has been an other-than-temporary decline in fair value below the amortized cost basis. This evaluation process entails considerable judgment and estimation. Factors considered in this analysis include, but are not limited to, the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost, the issuer’s financial condition and near-term prospects, future economic conditions and market forecasts, interest rate changes, and changes in ratings of the security. An extended and severe unrealized loss position on a fixed maturity may not have any impact on: (a) the ability of the issuer to service all scheduled interest and principal payments, and (b) the evaluation of recoverability of all contractual cash flows or the ability to recover an amount at least equal to its amortized cost based on the present value of the expected future cash flows to be collected. In contrast, for certain equity securities, we give greater weight and consideration to a decline in market value and the likelihood such market value decline will recover.

When assessing our intent to sell a security or if it is more likely than not we will be required to sell a security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, we evaluate facts and circumstances such as, but not limited to, decisions to rebalance the investment portfolio and sales of investments to meet cash flow or capital needs.

We use the following methodology and significant inputs to determine the amount of the OTTI credit loss:

 

   

We perform a discounted cash flow analysis comparing the current amortized cost of a security to the present value of future cash flows expected to be received, including estimated defaults and prepayments.

 

   

When determining collectability and the period over which the value is expected to recover for U.S. and foreign corporate securities, foreign government securities and state and political subdivision securities, we apply the same considerations utilized in our overall impairment evaluation process, which incorporates information regarding the specific security, the industry and geographic area in which the issuer operates, and overall macroeconomic conditions. Projected future cash flows are estimated using assumptions derived from our best estimates of likely scenario-based outcomes, after giving consideration to a variety of variables that include, but are not limited to: general payment terms of the security; the likelihood that the issuer can service the scheduled interest and principal payments; the quality and amount of any credit enhancements; the security’s position within the capital structure of the issuer; possible corporate restructurings or asset sales by the issuer; and changes to the rating of the security or the issuer by rating agencies.

 

   

Additional considerations are made when assessing the unique features that apply to certain structured securities, such as subprime, Alt-A, non-agency, RMBS, CMBS and ABS. These additional factors for structured securities include, but are not limited to: the quality of underlying collateral; expected prepayment speeds; loan-to-value ratio; debt service coverage ratios; current and forecasted loss severity; consideration of the payment terms of the underlying assets backing a particular security; and the payment priority within the tranche structure of the security.

Mortgage loans on real estate are all commercial mortgage loans. If a mortgage loan is determined to be impaired (i.e., when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement), the carrying value of the mortgage loan is reduced to the lower of either the present value of expected cash flows from the loan, based on the original purchase yield or the fair value of the collateral. For those mortgages that are determined to require foreclosure, the carrying value is reduced to the fair value of the underlying collateral, net of estimated costs to obtain and sell at the point of foreclosure.

Impairment analysis of the investment portfolio involves considerable judgment, is subject to considerable variability, is established using management’s best estimate and is revised as additional information becomes available. As such, changes in, or deviations from the assumptions used in such analysis can have a significant effect on the results of operations. For additional information regarding the evaluation process for impairments, see the Note for Investments in our Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the evaluation process for impairments.

 

-148-


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

Valuation Allowances

We use certain assumptions and estimates in determining the income taxes payable or refundable for the current year, the deferred income tax liabilities and assets for items recognized differently in our financial statements from amounts shown on our income tax returns, and the federal income tax expense. Determining these amounts requires analysis and interpretation of current tax laws and regulations, including the loss limitation rules associated with change in control. We exercise considerable judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting income tax liabilities and assets. These judgments and estimates are reevaluated on a periodic basis as regulatory and business factors change.

We evaluate and test the recoverability of deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets represent the tax benefit of future deductible temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Considerable judgment and the use of estimates are required in determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, and if so, the amount of such valuation allowance. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, we consider many factors, including:

 

   

The nature and character of the deferred tax assets and liabilities;

 

   

The nature and character of income by life and non-life subgroups;

 

   

Income in non-U.S. companies;

 

   

Taxable income in prior carryback years;

 

   

Projected future taxable income, exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards;

 

   

Projected future reversals of existing temporary differences;

 

   

The length of time carryforwards can be utilized;

 

   

Any prudent and feasible tax planning strategies we would employ to avoid a tax benefit from expiring unused;

 

   

The nature, frequency and severity of cumulative GAAP losses in recent years; and

 

   

Any unique tax rules that would impact the utilization of the deferred tax assets.

We have assessed whether it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized in the future. In making this assessment, we considered the available sources of income and positive and negative evidence regarding our ability to generate sufficient taxable income to realize our deferred tax assets, which include net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”), capital loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards.

We have considered these sources of income: future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income, taxable income in prior carry back years, and tax planning strategies.

Positive evidence includes a recent history of earnings, projected earnings attributable to our ongoing insurance and investment businesses, plans or the ability to sell certain assets and streams of revenues, plans to reduce future projected losses by reduction of sales of certain products, and predictable patterns of loss and income recognition. Negative evidence includes a history of operating losses in certain life businesses, large losses in the non-life business, and the potential unpredictability of certain components of future projected taxable income.

We use judgment in considering the relative impact of negative and positive evidence. The weight given to the potential effect of negative and positive evidence is commensurate with the extent to which it can be objectively verified. The more negative evidence that exists (a) the more positive evidence is necessary and

 

-149-


Table of Contents

(b) the more difficult it is to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed for some portion or all of the deferred tax asset. We concluded that the cumulative losses in recent years were significant negative evidence requiring the establishment of a valuation allowance.

We have determined that we need a valuation allowance of $2,807.0 million as of September 30, 2012. Pursuant to ASC Topic 740, we do not specifically identify the valuation allowance with individual categories. However, we have estimated that $1,341.0 million and $150.0 million of the September 30, 2012 valuation allowance are related to federal net operating losses and non life realized capital losses, respectively. The remaining balance of the valuation allowance is attributable to various items including losses in SLDI, our Cayman Islands insurance subsidiary, state taxes, and other deferred tax assets.

As of September 30, 2012, we have recognized $744.0 million deferred tax assets based on tax planning related to unrealized gains on investment assets. This tax planning strategy supports recognition of deferred tax assets which have been provided on loss carryforwards and deductible temporary differences. Included in this amount is a tax benefit of $99.0 million related to a $283.8 million life capital loss carryforward. Future changes, such as interest rate movements or an ownership change under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (discussed below), can adversely impact this tax planning strategy. To the extent unrealized gains decrease or to the extent loss utilization is limited, the tax benefit will be reduced by increasing the tax valuation allowance.

As of September 30, 2012, we had approximately $3.8 billion of federal NOLs and $0.7 billion of capital loss carryforwards, which expire as follows (the deferred tax asset and offsetting valuation allowances, if any, are also presented):

 

($ in millions)       

Expiration

   Life
Ordinary
Losses
    Non Life
Ordinary
Losses
    Life
Capital
Losses
    Non Life
Capital
Losses
    Total
Carryforward
 

2013

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ (19.1   $ (19.1

2014

     —          —          (125.3     (41.0     (166.3

2015

     —          —          —          (7.6     (7.6

2016

     —          —          (133.1     (328.4     (461.5

2017

     —          (3.2     (25.4     (33.5     (62.1

2018

     —          (5.3     —          —          (5.3

2019

     —          (8.2     —          —          (8.2

2020

     —          (24.9     —          —          (24.9

2021

     —          (59.0     —          —          (59.0

2022

     —          (7.2     —          —          (7.2

2023

     (1,059.3     (89.4     —          —          (1,148.7

2024

     —          —          —          —          —     

2025

     (180.2     (510.2     —          —          (690.4

2026

     (66.3     (355.0     —          —          (421.3

2027

     (91.9     (168.4     —          —          (260.3

2028

     —          (214.2     —          —          (214.2

2029

     —          (411.5     —          —          (411.5

2030

     —          (379.2     —          —          (379.2

2031

     —          (63.1     —          —          (63.1

2032

     —          (137.0     —          —          (137.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total losses

   $ (1,397.7   $ (2,435.8   $ (283.8   $ (429.6   $ (4,546.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax asset

   $ 489.0      $ 852.0      $ 99.0      $ 150.0      $ 1,590.0   

Valuation allowance

     (489.0     (852.0     —          (150.0     (1,491.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset on losses

   $ —        $ —        $ 99.0      $ —        $ 99.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-150-


Table of Contents

The table above provides ordinary and capital losses which may be re-classified based on our ongoing IRS audit. As of September 30, 2012, the most significant of these amounts are: (i) $328.0 million of non life capital losses related to interest rate swap terminations which occurred in 2011 and (ii) $491.0 million of life capital hedge losses which occurred in 2011 and 2012. The non life capital loss may ultimately be resolved to be a non life ordinary loss. The capital hedge loss may ultimately be resolved to be a life ordinary loss. These potential reclassifications would not be expected to have a material impact to the valuation allowance.

The current level of and assumptions related to the valuation allowances have implications for our future tax provisions. First, to the extent we have future book pre-tax losses, additional valuation allowances will most likely be provided to offset the majority of the deferred tax assets created. Second, to the extent we have future book pre-tax income, valuation allowances will most likely be released in the near term to offset the majority of the deferred tax liabilities created. Third, to the extent income is sustained for a period of time in the future, we may be able to consider future taxable income to support deferred tax assets. This may result in a release of significant valuation allowances. These changes in the valuation allowance could have a significant impact on earnings in the future.

Section 382 imposes limitations on a corporation’s ability to use its NOLs when the company undergoes an ownership change (See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—General—We expect that our ability to use beneficial U.S. tax attributes will be subject to limitations”). As of September 30, 2012, we have not recorded a valuation allowance giving specific consideration to a Section 382 ownership change event because the ultimate divestiture by ING Group of its interest in ING U.S., Inc. has not occurred. If ING Group were to divest its interest in ING U.S., Inc. in a manner such that Section 382 does apply, additional valuation allowances may be required. Although we are uncertain as to the ultimate financial impact of a reduction of the deferred tax asset resulting from an ownership change, the deferred tax asset that would potentially be subject to an additional valuation allowance is approximately $850.0 million as of September 30, 2012 as follows:

 

($ in millions)    Valuation
Allowance
on Deferred
Tax Assets
 

On capital losses supported by planning

   $ 744.0   

On unrealized losses subject to built in loss rules

     106.0   
  

 

 

 

Subject to valuation allowance at Section 382 event

   $ 850.0   
  

 

 

 

The $744.0 million of capital losses, supported by tax planning, relates to the deferred tax assets as described above. The $106.0 million represents a valuation allowance on the deferred tax asset on unrealized capital losses which we estimate will be realized during the first five years immediately following the ownership change and be subject to a Section 382 limitation. The actual impact on the valuation allowance is dependent mainly on the level of unrealized capital gains and losses at the time of the ownership change, the calculated Section 382 limitation, the estimated reversal pattern of the capital losses supported by tax planning strategies, the estimated reversal pattern of the unrealized capital gains comprising the tax planning strategies, and the estimated reversal pattern of the unrealized capital losses subject to the built in loss rules. The actual impact may be materially different from this estimate. The amounts described above are based solely on data and assumptions as of September 30, 2012.

Tax Contingencies

In establishing unrecognized tax benefits, we determine whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained under examination by the appropriate taxing authority. We also consider positions which have been reviewed and agreed to as part of an examination by the appropriate taxing authority. Tax positions that do not meet the more likely than not standard are not recognized. Tax positions that meet this standard are recognized in our Consolidated Financial Statements. We measure the tax position as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate resolution with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.

 

-151-


Table of Contents

Changes in Law

Certain changes or future events, such as changes in tax legislation, geographic mix of earnings and completion of tax audits, planning opportunities, and expectations about future outcomes could have an impact on our estimates of valuation allowances, deferred taxes, tax provisions, and effective tax rates.

For example, a reduction in the corporate tax rate would most likely result in a tax benefit based on the fact that, as of September 30, 2012, we have a deferred tax liability. Conversely, an increase in the corporate tax rate would most likely result in an additional tax expense.

Contingencies

A loss contingency is an existing condition, situation, or set of circumstances involving uncertainty as to possible loss that will ultimately be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. Examples of loss contingencies include pending or threatened adverse litigation, threat of expropriation of assets, and actual or possible claims and assessments. Amounts related to loss contingencies involve considerable judgments and are accrued if it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Reserves are established reflecting management’s best estimate, reviewed on a quarterly basis and revised as additional information becomes available. When a loss contingency is reasonably possible, but not probable, disclosure is made of management’s best estimate of possible loss, or the range of possible loss, or a statement is made that such an estimate cannot be made.

We are involved in threatened or pending lawsuits/arbitrations arising from the normal conduct of business. Due to the climate in insurance and business litigation/arbitration, suits against us sometimes include claims for substantial compensatory, consequential or punitive damages and other types of relief. Moreover, certain claims are asserted as class actions, purporting to represent a group of similarly situated individuals. It is not always possible to accurately estimate the outcome of such lawsuits/arbitrations. Therefore, changes to such estimates could be material. As facts and circumstances change, our estimates are revised accordingly. Our reserves reflect management’s best estimate of the ultimate resolution.

Employee Benefit Plans

We sponsor defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans covering eligible employees, sales representatives, and other individuals. The net periodic benefit cost and projected benefit obligations are calculated based on assumptions such as the discount rate, rate of return on plan assets, rates of future compensation increases, and health care cost trend rates. These assumptions require considerable judgment, are subject to considerable variability and are established using management’s best estimate. Actual results could vary significantly from assumptions based on changes such as economic and market conditions, demographics of participants in the plans, and amendments to benefits provided under the plans. Differences between the expected return and the actual return on plan assets and all other actuarial changes, which could be significant, are immediately recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Beginning January 1, 2012, the ING Americas Retirement Plan (the “Retirement Plan”) began using a cash balance pension formula instead of a final average pay (“FAP”) formula, allowing all eligible employees to participate in the Retirement Plan. Participants will earn an annual credit equal to 4% of eligible compensation. The accrued vested cash balance benefit is portable; participants can take it when they leave the Company’s employ. For participants in the Retirement Plan as of December 31, 2011, there will be a two-year transition period from the Retirement Plan’s current FAP formula to the cash balance pension formula. Under ASC Topic 715 requirements, the impact of the change in the Retirement Plan was recognized upon Board approval on November 10, 2011, resulting in an $83.6 million decrease to the benefit obligation.

The discount rate and expected rate of return assumptions relating to our defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans have historically had the most significant effect on our net periodic benefit costs and the projected and accumulated projected benefit obligations associated with these plans.

 

-152-


Table of Contents

Sensitivity

The discount rate and expected rate of return assumptions relating to our defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans have historically had the most significant effect on our net periodic benefit costs and the projected and accumulated projected benefit obligations associated with these plans.

The discount rate is based upon current market information provided by plan actuaries. The discount rate modeling process involves selecting a portfolio of high quality, non-callable bonds that will match the cash flows of the Retirement Plan. The discount rate in 2011 for the net periodic benefit cost was 5.5%. The discount rate for determining the projected benefit obligation and accumulated projected benefit obligation as of December 31, 2011 was 4.75%. Due to the curtailment of the Retirement Plan as a result of the Cognizant transaction (see “Business—Employees” for a description of the Cognizant transaction), we remeasured the Retirement Plan’s assets and liabilities using a discount rate of 4.25% on August 16, 2012. See the Note for Employee Benefit Arrangements in our Consolidated Financial Statements for details regarding the Cognizant transaction and the related Retirement Plan remeasurement.

After the Cognizant transaction, the sensitivities of the effect of an increase or decrease in the discount rate are as presented below:

 

($ in millions)    Increase (Decrease) in Net Periodic
Benefit Cost—Pension Plans
    Increase (Decrease) in Net Periodic
Benefit Cost—Other
Postretirement Benefits
 

Increase in discount rate by 100 basis points

   $ (280.6   $ (2.5

Decrease in discount rate by 100 basis points

     357.4        2.9   

 

($ in millions)    Increase (Decrease) in Pension
Benefit Obligation
    Increase (Decrease) in Accumulated
Postretirement Benefit Obligation
 

Increase in discount rate by 100 basis points

   $ (277.2   $ (2.7

Decrease in discount rate by 100 basis points

     353.3        3.1   

The expected rate of return considers the asset allocation, historical returns on the types of assets held, and the current economic environment. Based on these factors, we expect that the assets will earn an average percentage per year over the long term. This estimation is based on an active return on a compound basis, with a reduction for administrative expenses and non-ING investment manager fees paid from the assets. For estimation purposes, we assume the long-term asset mix will be consistent with the current mix. Changes on the asset mix could impact the amount of recorded pension income or expense, the funded status of the Retirement Plan, and the need for future cash contributions.

The expected rate of return for 2011 was 7.5% (net of expenses) for the Retirement Plan. The expected rate of return assumption is only applicable to this plan as assets are not held by any of the other pension and other postretirement plans.

After the Cognizant transaction, the effect of an increase or decrease in the actual rate of return on the net periodic benefit cost is presented in the table below:

 

($ in millions)   

Increase (Decrease) in Net Periodic

Benefit Cost—Pension Plans

Increase in actual rate of return by 100 basis points

   $(13.0)  

Decrease in actual rate of return by 100 basis points

   13.0

For more information related to our employee benefit plans, see the Note for Employee Benefit Arrangements in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

-153-


Table of Contents

Impact of New Accounting Pronouncements

For information regarding the impact of new accounting pronouncements, see the Note for Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies in our Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Market risk is the risk that our consolidated financial position and results of operations will be affected by fluctuations in the value of financial instruments. We have significant holdings in financial instruments and are naturally exposed to a variety of market risks. The main market risks we are exposed to include credit risk, interest rate risk and equity market price risk. We do not have material market risk exposure to “trading” activities in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Risk Management

As a financial services company active in Retirement, Investment Management and Insurance, taking measured risks is part of our business. As part of our efforts to ensure measured risk taking, we have integrated risk management in our daily business activities and strategic planning.

We place a high priority to risk management and risk control. We have comprehensive risk management and control procedures in place at all levels and have established a dedicated risk management function with responsibility for the formulation of our risk appetite, strategies, policies and limits. The risk management function is also responsible for monitoring our overall market risk exposures and provides review, oversight and support functions across the Company on risk-related issues.

Our risk appetite is aligned with how our businesses are managed and anticipates future regulatory developments. In particular, our risk appetite is aligned with regulatory capital requirements applicable to other regulated insurance subsidiaries as well as metrics that are aligned with various ratings agency models.

Our risk governance and control systems enable us to identify, control, monitor and aggregate risks and provide assurance that risks are being measured, monitored and reported adequately and effectively. To promote measured risk taking, we have integrated risk management with our business activities and strategic planning through a strategy to manage risk in accordance with the following three principles:

 

  1. Management of the businesses has primary responsibility for the day-to-day management of risk and forms the first line of defense.

 

  2. The risk management function, both at the corporate and the business level, as the second line of defense, has the primary responsibility to align risk taking with strategic planning through risk tolerance and limit setting. Risk managers in the businesses have direct reporting lines to the Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”).

 

  3. The internal audit function provides an ongoing independent (i.e. outside of the risk organization) and objective assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls, including financial and operational risk management and forms the third line of defense.

Our risk management is organized along a functional line comprising two levels within the organization: the corporate and business levels. The CRO heads the functional line, and each of the businesses has a similar function that reports to the CRO. This layered, functional approach is designed to promote consistent application of guidelines and procedures, regular reporting and appropriate communication vertically through the risk management function, as well as to provide ongoing support for the business. The scope, roles, responsibilities and authorities of the risk management function at different levels are described in an Insurance Risk Management Governance Framework to which all businesses must adhere.

 

-154-


Table of Contents

Our Risk Committee discusses and approves risk policies and reviews and approves risks associated with our activities. This includes volatility (affecting earnings and value), exposure (required capital and market risk) and insurance risks. Each business has an Asset-Liability Committee that reviews business specific risks and is governed by the Risk Committee.

We have implemented several limit structures to manage risk. Examples include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

At-risk limits on sensitivities of earnings and regulatory capital to the capital markets provide the fundamental framework to manage capital markets risks including the risk of asset / liability mismatch;

 

   

Duration and convexity mismatch limits;

 

   

Credit risk concentration limits;

 

   

Mortality concentration limits;

 

   

Catastrophe and mortality exposure retention limits for our insurance risk; and

 

   

Investment and derivative guidelines.

We manage our risk appetite based on two key risk metrics:

 

   

Regulatory and Rating Agency Capital Sensitivities: the potential reduction, under a moderate capital markets stress scenario, of the excess of available statutory capital above the minimum required under the NAIC regulatory RBC methodology and of our targeted rating agency capital position; and

 

   

Earnings Sensitivities: the potential reduction in results of operations under a moderate capital markets stress scenario. Maintaining a consistent level of earnings helps us to finance our operations, support our capital requirements and provide funds to pay dividends to stockholders.

Our risk metrics cover the most important aspects in terms of performance measures where risk can materialize and are representative of the regulatory constraints to which our business is subject. The sensitivities for earnings and statutory capital are important metrics since they provide insight into the level of risk we take under ‘moderate stress’ scenarios. They also are the basis for internal risk management.

We are also subject to cash flow stress testing pursuant to regulatory requirements. This analysis measures the effect of changes in interest rate assumptions on asset and liability cash flows. The analysis includes the effects of:

 

   

the timing and amount of redemptions and prepayments in our asset portfolio;

 

   

our derivative portfolio;

 

   

death benefits and other claims payable under the terms of our insurance products;

 

   

lapses and surrenders of our insurance products;

 

   

minimum interest guarantees of our insurance products; and

 

   

book value guarantees in our insurance products.

We evaluate any shortfalls that our cash flow testing reveals and if needed increase statutory reserves or adjust portfolio management strategies.

Derivatives are financial instruments whose values are derived from interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, financial indices, or other prices of securities or commodities. Derivatives include swaps, futures, options and forward contracts. Under U.S. insurance statutes, our insurance subsidiaries may use derivatives to hedge market values or cash flows of assets or liabilities; to replicate cash market instruments; and for certain limited income generating activities. Our insurance subsidiaries are generally prohibited from using derivatives

 

-155-


Table of Contents

for speculative purposes. References below to hedging and hedge programs refer to our process of reducing exposure to various risks. This does not mean that the process necessarily results in hedge accounting treatment for the respective derivative instruments. To qualify for hedge accounting treatment, a derivative must be highly effective in mitigating the designated risk of the hedged item and meet other specific requirements. Effectiveness of the hedge is assessed at inception and throughout the life of the hedging relationship. Even if a derivative qualifies for hedge accounting treatment, there may be an element of ineffectiveness of the hedge. The ineffective portion of a hedging relationship subject to hedge accounting is recognized in Net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Market Risk Related to Interest Rates

We define interest rate risk as the risk of an economic loss due to adverse changes in interest rates. This risk arises from our holdings in interest sensitive assets and liabilities, primarily as a result of investing life insurance premiums, fixed annuity and guaranteed investment contract deposits received in interest-sensitive assets and carrying these funds as interest-sensitive liabilities. We are also subject to interest rate risk on our variable annuity business, as a sustained decline in interest rates may subject us to higher cost of guaranteed benefits and increased hedging costs.

We use product design, pricing and ALM strategies to reduce the adverse effects of interest rate movement. Product design and pricing strategies can include the use of surrender charges, withdrawal restrictions and the ability to reset credited interest rates. ALM strategies can include the use of derivatives and duration and convexity mismatch limits. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—General—Interest rate volatility may adversely affect our profitability.”

Derivatives strategies include the following:

 

   

Minimum Interest Rate Guarantees: For certain liability contracts, we provide the contract holder a guaranteed minimum interest rate. These contracts include certain fixed annuities and other insurance liabilities. We purchase interest rate floors, swaps and swaptions to reduce risk associated with these liability guarantees.

 

   

Book Value Guarantees in Stable Value Contracts: For certain stable value contracts, the contract holder and participants may surrender the contract for the account value even if the market value of the asset portfolio is in an unrealized loss position. We purchase derivatives including interest rate caps, swaps and swaptions to reduce the risk associated with this type of guarantee.

 

   

Interest Risk Related to Variable Annuity Guaranteed Living Benefits: For Variable Annuity contracts with Guaranteed Living benefits, the contract holder may elect to receive income benefits over the remainder of their lifetime. We use derivatives such as interest rate swaps to hedge a portion of the interest rate risk associated with this type of guarantee.

 

   

Other Market Value and Cash Flow Hedges: We also use derivatives in general to hedge present or future changes in cash flows or market value changes in our assets and liabilities. We use derivatives such as interest rate swaps to specifically hedge interest rate risks associated with our CMO-B portfolio, see “Investments—CMO-B Portfolio.”

We assess interest rate exposures for financial assets, liabilities and derivatives using hypothetical test scenarios that assume either increasing or decreasing 100 basis point parallel shifts in the yield curve, reflecting changes in either credit spreads or risk-free rates. The following tables present the net estimated potential change in fair value from hypothetical 100 basis point upward and downward shifts in interest rates as of both September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. While the test scenarios are for illustrative purposes only and do not reflect our expectations regarding future interest rates or the performance of fixed-income markets, they are a near-term, reasonably possible hypothetical change that illustrates the potential impact of such events. These tests do not measure the change in value that could result from non-parallel shifts in the yield curve. As a result, the actual change in fair value from a 100 basis point change in interest rates could be different from that indicated by these calculations.

 

-156-


Table of Contents
     As of September 30, 2012  
     Notional      Fair
Value (1)
     Hypothetical Change in
Fair Value (2)
 
($ in millions)          +100 Basis Points
Yield Curve Shift
    -100 Basis Points
Yield Curve Shift
 

Financial assets with interest rate risk:

          

Fixed maturity securities, including securities pledged

   $ —         $ 75,375.7       $ (4,662.7   $ 4,592.3   

Equity securities, available for sale

     —           328.9         (7.6     6.8   

Commercial mortgage and other loans

     —           9,029.5         (320.9     245.6   

Loan-Dutch State obligation

     —           1,495.3         (15.2     9.5   

Derivatives:

          

Interest rate swaps, caps, forwards

     65,669.4         745.5         (1,024.5     1,377.0   

Financial liabilities with interest rate risk:

          

Investment contracts:

          

Funding agreements without fixed maturities and deferred annuities (3)

     —           55,488.6         (4,215.0     5,281.8   

Funding agreements with fixed maturities and GICs

     —           4,257.5         (167.3     178.3   

Supplementary contracts and immediate annuities

     —           3,492.9         (188.6     218.6   

Long-term debt

     —           3,839.7         (136.2     151.4   

Embedded derivatives on reinsurance

     —           176.4         (82.6     80.7   

Guaranteed benefit derivatives (3) :

          

FIA

     —           1,442.5         (86.6     84.9   

GMAB / GMWB / GMWBL

     —           1,978.1         (797.8     994.2   

Stabilizer and MCGs

     —           113.0         (90.0     125.0   

 

(1)  

Separate account assets and liabilities which are interest sensitive are not included herein as any interest rate risk is borne by the holder of the separate account.

(2)

(Decreases) in assets or (decreases) in liabilities are presented in parentheses. Increases in assets or increases in liabilities are presented without parentheses.

(3)  

Certain amounts included in Deferred annuities section are also reflected within the Guaranteed benefit derivatives section of the tables above.

 

-157-


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2011  
     Notional      Fair
Value (1)
     Hypothetical Change in
Fair Value (2)
 
($ in millions)          +100 Basis Points
Yield Curve Shift
    -100 Basis Points
Yield Curve Shift
 

Financial assets with interest rate risk:

          

Fixed maturity securities, including securities pledged

   $ —         $ 72,669.4       $ (4,334.6   $ 4,326.1   

Equity securities, available for sale

     —           353.8         (7.6     8.0   

Commercial mortgage and other loans

     —           8,943.7         (293.0     235.8   

Loan-Dutch State obligation

     —           1,806.4         (19.0     9.3   

Derivatives:

          

Interest rate swaps, caps, forwards

     65,352.0         839.9         (1,090.6     1,367.2   

Financial liabilities with interest rate risk:

          

Investment contracts:

          

Funding agreements without fixed maturities and deferred annuities (3)

     —           55,014.7         (3,677.6     4,592.1   

Funding agreements with fixed maturities and GICs

     —           5,261.0         (184.5     197.4   

Supplementary contracts and immediate annuities

     —           3,311.9         (173.2     198.3   

Long-term debt

     —           1,448.5         (52.2     59.5   

Embedded derivatives on reinsurance

     —           137.2         (86.4     85.7   

Guaranteed benefit derivatives (3) :

          

FIA

     —           1,304.9         (81.9     88.8   

GMAB / GMWB / GMWBL

     —           2,272.2         (837.9     1,065.6   

Stabilizer and MCGs

     —           221.0         (137.1     192.1   

 

(1)  

Separate account assets and liabilities which are interest sensitive are not included herein as any interest rate risk is borne by the holder of the separate account.

(2)

(Decreases) in assets or (decreases) in liabilities are presented in parentheses. Increases in assets or increases in liabilities are presented without parentheses.

(3)  

Certain amounts included in Deferred annuities section are also reflected within the Guaranteed benefit derivatives section of the tables above.

Market Risk Related to Equity Market Prices

Our variable products, FIA products and general account equity securities are significantly influenced by global equity markets. Increases or decreases in equity markets impact certain assets and liabilities related to our variable products and our earnings derived from those products. Our variable products include variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance.

Hedging of Variable Annuity Guaranteed Benefits

We primarily mitigate variable annuity market risk exposures through hedging. Market risk arises primarily from the minimum guarantees within the variable annuity products, whose economic costs are primarily dependent on future equity market returns, interest rate levels, equity volatility levels and policyholder behavior. The variable annuity hedging program is used to mitigate our exposure to equity market and interest rate changes and seeks to ensure that the required assets are available to satisfy future death benefit and living benefit obligations. While the variable annuity guarantee hedge program does not explicitly hedge statutory or GAAP reserves, as markets move up or down, in aggregate the returns generated by the variable annuity hedge program will significantly offset the statutory and GAAP reserve changes due to market movements.

The objective of the guarantee hedging program is to offset changes in equity market returns for most minimum guaranteed death benefits and all guaranteed living benefits, while also providing interest rate

 

-158-


Table of Contents

protection for certain minimum guaranteed living benefits. We hedge the equity market exposure using a hedge target set using market consistent valuation techniques for all guaranteed living benefits and most death benefits. We also hedge the interest rate risk in our GMWB/GMAB/GMWBL blocks using a market consistent valuation hedge target. We do not hedge interest rate risks for our GMIB or GMDB primarily because doing so would result in volatility in our regulatory reserves and rating agency capital that exceeds our tolerances and, secondarily, because doing so would produce additional volatility in our GAAP financial statements.

Variable Annuity Capital Hedge Overlay Program

Variable annuity guaranteed benefits are hedged based on their economic or fair value; however, the statutory reserves are not based on a market value. When equity markets decrease, the statutory reserve and rating agency required assets for the variable annuity guaranteed benefits can increase more quickly than the value of the derivatives held under the guarantee hedging program. This causes regulatory reserves to increase and rating agency capital to decrease. To protect the residual risk to regulatory reserves and rating agency capital in a decreasing equity market, we implemented the use of a static capital hedge in 2008. In 2010, we shifted to a dynamic CHO program. The current CHO strategy is intended to actively mitigate equity risk to the regulatory reserves and rating agency capital of the Company. The hedge is executed through the purchase and sale of equity index futures and is designed to limit the uncovered reserve increase in an immediate down equity market scenario to an amount we believe prudent for a company of our size and scale. This amount will change over time with market movements, changes in regulatory and rating agency capital and our risk tolerances.

Hedging of Fixed Indexed Annuity Benefits

We mitigate FIA market risk exposures through a combination of capital market hedging, product design and capital management. For the FIA book of business, these risks stem from the MGIR offered and the additional interest credits (Equity Participation or Interest Rate Participation) based on exposure to various stock market indices or the 3-month LIBOR. The minimum guarantees and stock market exposures are strongly dependent on capital markets and, to a lesser degree, policyholder behavior.

We mitigate this exposure in two ways. The primary way we hedge FIA equity exposure is to purchase OTC equity index call options from broker-dealer derivative counterparties who generally have a minimum credit rating of A3 from Moody’s and A- from S&P. The second way to hedge FIA equity exposure is by purchasing exchange traded equity index futures contracts.

Additionally, the credited rate mechanism for certain FIA contracts exposes us to changes in interest rate benchmarks. We mitigate this exposure by purchasing OTC interest rate swaptions from broker-dealer derivative counterparties who generally have a minimum credit rate of A3 from Moody’s and A- from S&P. For each broker-dealer counterparty, our derivative exposure to that counterparty is aggregated with any fixed income exposure to the same counterparty and is maintained within applicable limits.

These hedge programs are limited to the current policy term of the liabilities, based on current participation rates. Future returns, which may be reflected in FIA credited rates beyond the current policy term, are not hedged.

While the FIA hedging program does not explicitly hedge statutory or GAAP income volatility, the FIA hedging program tends to mitigate the statutory and GAAP reserve changes associated with movements in the equity market and 3-month LIBOR. This is due to the fact that a key component in the calculation of statutory and GAAP reserves is the market valuation of the current term embedded derivative. The risk management of the current term embedded derivative is the goal of the FIA hedging program. Due to the alignment of the embedded derivative reserve component with hedging of this same embedded derivative, there should be a match between changes in this component of the reserve and changes in the assets backing this component of the reserve. However, there may be an interim mismatch due to the fact that the hedges which are put in place are only intended to cover exposures expected to remain until the end of an indexing term (e.g. account value decrements during an indexing term associated with expected lapses and mortality are not hedged).

 

-159-


Table of Contents

Call options are used to hedge against an increase in various equity indices. An increase in various equity indices may result in increased payments to contract holders of FIA contracts. The call options offset this increased expense.

Futures contracts are also used to hedge against an increase in certain equity indices. An increase in certain equity indices may result in increased payments to contract holders of fixed indexed annuity contracts. The futures contracts offset this increased expense.

Interest rate swaptions are used to hedge against an increase in the interest rate benchmark (currently the 3-month LIBOR). An increase in the interest rate benchmark may result in increased payments to contract holders of FIA contracts. The interest rate swaptions offset this increased expense.

We assess equity risk exposures for financial assets, liabilities and derivatives using hypothetical test scenarios that assume either an increase or decrease of 10% in all equity market benchmark levels. The following tables present the net estimated potential change in fair value from an instantaneous increase and decrease in all equity market benchmark levels of 10% as of both September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. In calculating these amounts, we exclude separate account equity securities related to products for which the investment risk is borne primarily by the separate account contract holder rather than by us. While the test scenarios are for illustrative purposes only and do not reflect our expectations regarding future the performance of equity markets, they are near-term, reasonably possible hypothetical changes that illustrate the potential impact of such events. These scenarios consider only the direct effect on fair value of declines in equity benchmark market levels and not changes in asset-based fees recognized as revenue, changes in our estimates of total gross profits used as a basis for amortizing DAC and other costs, or changes in any other assumptions such as market volatility or mortality, utilization or persistency rates in variable contracts that could also impact the fair value of our living benefits features. In addition, these scenarios do not reflect the effect of basis risk, such as potential differences in the performance of the investment funds underlying the variable annuity products relative to the equity market benchmark we use as a basis for developing our hedging strategy. The impact of basis risk could result in larger differences between the change in fair value of the equity-based derivatives and the related living benefit features, in comparison to the hypothetical test scenarios.

 

     As of September 30, 2012  
                   Hypothetical Change in Fair Value (1)  
($ in millions)    Notional      Fair Value          + 10% Equity    
Shock
        - 10% Equity    
Shock (1)
 

Financial assets with equity market risk:

          

Equity securities, available for sale

   $ —         $ 328.9       $ 31.9      $ (31.9

Limited liability partnerships/corporations

     —           514.8         31.3        (31.3

Derivatives:

          

Equity futures and total return swaps

     12,423.2         34.9         (1,242.1     1,242.1   

Equity options

     3,127.8         102.5         61.1        (54.5

Financial liabilities with equity market risk:

          

Investment contracts:

          

Funding agreements without fixed maturities and deferred annuities (2)

     —           55,488.6         (179.4     282.4   

Guaranteed benefit derivatives (2) :

          

FIA

     —           1,442.5         127.4        (127.4

GMAB / GMWB/ GMWBL

     —           1.978.1         (269.3     345.5   

 

(1)

(Decreases) in assets or (decreases) in liabilities are presented in parentheses. Increases in assets or increases in liabilities are presented without parentheses.

(2)  

Certain amounts included in Deferred annuities section are also reflected within the Guaranteed benefit derivatives section of the tables above.

 

 

-160-


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2011  
                   Hypothetical Change in Fair Value (1)  
($ in millions)    Notional      Fair Value          + 10% Equity    
Shock
        - 10% Equity    
Shock
 

Financial assets with equity market risk:

          

Equity securities, available for sale

   $ —         $ 353.8       $ 33.9      $ (33.9

Limited liability partnerships/corporations

     —           599.6         25.5        (25.5

Derivatives:

          

Equity futures and total return swaps

     12,737.7         6.5         (1,274.7     1,274.7   

Equity options

     3,059.7         34.3         29.3        (27.6

Financial liabilities with equity market risk:

          

Investment contracts:

          

Funding agreements without fixed maturities and deferred
annuities
(2)

     —           55,014.7         (194.0     267.1   

Guaranteed benefit derivatives (2) :

          

FIA

     —           1,304.9         222.0        (222.0

GMAB / GMWB/ GMWBL

     —           2,272.2         (270.1     328.1   

 

(1)

(Decreases) in assets or (decreases) in liabilities are presented in parentheses. Increases in assets or increases in liabilities are presented without parentheses.

(2)  

Certain amounts included in Deferred annuities section are also reflected within the Guaranteed benefit derivatives section of the tables above.

Market Risk Related to Credit Risk

Credit risk is primarily embedded in the general account portfolio. The carrying value of our fixed maturity and equity portfolio totaled $75.7 billion, $73.0 billion and $69.4 billion at September 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Our credit risk materializes primarily as impairment losses. We are exposed to occasional cyclical economic downturns, during which impairment losses may be significantly higher than the long-term historical average. This is offset by years where we expect the actual impairment losses to be substantially lower than the long-term average.

Credit risk in the portfolio can also materialize as increased capital requirements as assets migrate into lower credit qualities over time. The effect of rating migration on our capital requirements is also dependent on the economic cycle and increased asset impairment levels may go hand in hand with increased asset related capital requirements.

We manage the risk of default and rating migration by applying disciplined credit evaluation and underwriting standards and prudently limiting allocations to lower quality, higher risk investments. In addition, we diversify our exposure by issuer and country, using rating based issuer and country limits. We also set investment constraints that limit our exposure by industry segment. To limit the impact that credit risk can have on earnings and capital adequacy levels, we have portfolio-level credit risk constraints in place. Limit compliance is monitored on a daily or, in some cases, monthly basis. Limit violations are reported to senior management.

We also have credit risk related to the ability of our derivatives and reinsurance counterparties to honor their obligations to pay the contract amounts under various agreements. In order to minimize the risk of credit loss on such contracts, we diversify our exposures among several counterparties and limit the amount of exposure to each based on credit rating. For most counterparties, including the largest reinsurance counterparties, we have collateral agreements in place that would substantially limit our credit losses in case of a counterparty default. We also generally limit our selection of counterparties that we do new transactions with to those with an “A-”

 

-161-


Table of Contents

credit rating or above. When exceptions are made to that principle, we generally obtain collateral to mitigate our risk of loss. For derivatives counterparty risk exposures (which includes reverse repurchase and securities lending transactions), we measure and monitor our risks on a market value basis daily.

We use credit derivatives to reduce our exposure to credit-related events as well as taking credit risk. For every subsidiary or internal portfolio, notional amount of credit risk taken using credit derivatives is limited to the amount of U.S. Treasury security investments in the same portfolio. We also place a limit on the amount of earnings volatility that these instruments can cause.

 

-162-


Table of Contents

INVESTMENTS

Investments for our general account are managed by our wholly owned asset manager, ING Investment Management LLC, pursuant to investment advisory agreements with affiliates. In addition, our internal treasury group manages our holding company liquidity investments, primarily money market funds.

Investment Strategy

Our investment strategy seeks to achieve sustainable risk-adjusted returns by focusing on principal preservation, disciplined matching of asset characteristics with liability requirements and the diversification of risks. Investment activities are undertaken according to investment policy statements that contain internally established guidelines and risk tolerances and in all cases are required to comply with applicable laws and insurance regulations. Risk tolerances are established for credit risk, credit spread risk, market risk, liquidity risk and concentration risk across issuers, sectors and asset types that seek to mitigate the impact of cash flow variability arising from these risks.

Segmented portfolios are established for groups of products with similar liability characteristics. Our investment portfolio consists largely of high quality fixed maturities and short-term investments, investments in commercial mortgage loans, alternative investments and other instruments, including a small amount of equity holdings. Fixed maturities include publicly issued corporate bonds, government bonds, privately placed notes and bonds, ABS, traditional MBS and various CMO tranches managed in combination with financial derivatives as part of a proprietary strategy known as “CMO-B.”

We use derivatives for hedging purposes to reduce our exposure to the cash flow variability of assets and liabilities, interest rate risk, credit risk and market risk. In addition, we use credit derivatives to replicate exposure to individual securities or pools of securities as a means of achieving credit exposure similar to bonds of the underlying issuer(s) more efficiently.

Since the height of the financial crisis in 2008, we have pursued a substantial repositioning of the investment portfolio aimed at reducing risk, increasing the stability and predictability of returns and pursuing intentional investment risks that are reliant on our core strengths. In the initial stages of the portfolio transition during the financial crisis, sizeable shifts in asset allocation occurred over short periods of time including greater than $1.0 billion of reduction in exposure to hedge funds. The repositioning has resulted in a significant decrease in exposure to structured assets, an improvement in the NAIC designation profile of our remaining structured assets and an increase in exposure to public and private investment grade corporate bonds and U.S. Treasury securities.

Over the 2009-2011 period, we significantly reduced our exposure to Non-Agency RMBS and CMBS securities. The most substantial reduction occurred in the Alt-A Back-Up Facility, in which a full credit risk transfer to the Dutch State was realized on 80% of the approximately $4.5 billion par Alt-A RMBS portfolio. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Alt-A Back-up Facility.” Over the same period, our exposure to Subprime RMBS and CMBS securities was reduced approximately $2.4 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively, through sales and impairments. The remaining Subprime and CMBS exposure carries a significantly improved NAIC designation profile. Over the same period, we have reduced exposure to financial institutions by approximately $2.0 billion, primarily out of a desire to reduce exposure to risk in the portfolio that is highly correlated with our own business model.

Each of these significant reductions in exposure and the repositioning overall represents our attempt at reducing risk, improving the stability and predictability of our investment returns and leveraging our core strengths.

See the Note for Investments (excluding Consolidated Investment Entities) in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

-163-


Table of Contents

Portfolio Composition

The following table presents the investment portfolio as of the dates indicated:

 

($ in millions)    As of September 30,
2012
    As of December 31,
2011
    As of December 31,
2010
 
     Carrying
Value
     %     Carrying
Value
     %     Carrying
Value
     %  

Fixed maturities available-for-sale, excluding securities pledged

   $ 71,038.4         74.7   $ 67,405.6         72.7   $ 62,446.8         71.9

Fixed maturities, at fair value using the FVO

     2,875.1         3.1     3,010.3         3.3     2,685.3         3.1

Equity securities, available-for-sale

     328.9         0.3     353.8         0.4     525.6         0.6

Short-term investments (1)

     3,637.4         3.8     3,572.7         3.8     2,809.2         3.2

Mortgage loans on real estate

     8,682.6         9.1     8,691.1         9.4     8,181.7         9.4

Loan—Dutch State obligation (2)

     1,503.6         1.6     1,792.7         1.9     2,314.2         2.7

Policy loans

     2,212.9         2.3     2,263.9         2.4     2,391.8         2.8

Limited partnerships/corporations

     514.8         0.5     599.6         0.6     757.2         0.8

Derivatives

     2,733.7         2.9     2,660.9         2.9     783.9         0.9

Other investments

     205.1         0.2     215.1         0.2     200.3         0.2

Securities pledged (3)

     1,462.2         1.5     2,253.5         2.4     3,790.1         4.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 95,194.7         100.0   $ 92,819.2         100.0   $ 86,886.1         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Short-term investments include investments with remaining maturities of one year or less, but greater than 3 months, at the time of purchase.

(2)  

The reported value of the Dutch State loan obligation (see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Alt-A Backup Facility”) is based on the outstanding loan balance plus any unamortized premium.

(3)  

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for information regarding securities pledged.

Fixed Maturities

Total fixed maturities by market sector, including securities pledged, were as presented below as of the dates indicated:

 

($ in millions)    As of September 30, 2012  
     Amortized Cost      % of Total     Fair Value      % of Total  

Fixed maturities:

          

U.S. Treasuries

   $ 5,288.7         7.9   $ 6,037.8         7.9

U.S. government agencies and authorities

     645.4         1.0     732.1         1.0

State, municipalities and political subdivisions

     321.5         0.5     350.9         0.5

U.S. corporate securities

     31,808.8         47.2     36,054.7         47.8

Foreign securities (1)

     14,119.2         21.0     15,679.6         20.9

RMBS

     7,660.0         11.4     8,694.1         11.5

CMBS

     4,759.5         7.1     5,217.0         6.9

Other ABS

     2,636.7         3.9     2,609.5         3.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities, including securities pledged

   $ 67,239.8         100.0   $ 75,375.7         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

 

-164-


Table of Contents
($ in millions)    As of December 31, 2011  
     Amortized Cost      % of Total     Fair Value      % of Total  

Fixed maturities:

          

U.S. Treasuries

   $ 5,283.8         7.9   $ 5,972.5         8.2

U.S. government agencies and authorities

     643.1         1.0     727.8         1.0

State, municipalities and political subdivisions

     375.1         0.6     393.9         0.5

U.S. corporate securities

     30,486.5         45.5     33,473.1         46.2

Foreign securities (1)

     14,041.9         21.0     15,067.4         20.7

RMBS

     7,935.0         11.8     9,048.1         12.5

CMBS

     5,387.1         8.1     5,485.4         7.5

Other ABS

     2,727.0         4.1     2,501.2         3.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities, including securities pledged

   $ 66,879.5         100.0   $ 72,669.4         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

 

($ in millions)    As of December 31, 2010  
     Amortized Cost      % of Total     Fair Value      % of Total  

Fixed maturities:

          

U.S. Treasuries

   $ 5,063.2         7.8   $ 5,062.4         7.3

U.S. government agencies and authorities

     943.7         1.4     999.5         1.4

State, municipalities and political subdivisions

     489.9         0.7     463.0         0.7

U.S. corporate securities

     27,218.9         41.4     28,722.5         41.7

Foreign securities (1)

     13,726.0         20.8     14,445.7         21.0

RMBS

     8,154.5         12.4     9,273.8         13.5

CMBS

     6,094.0         9.3     6,220.4         9.0

Other ABS

     4,080.7         6.2     3,734.9         5.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities, including securities pledged to creditors

   $ 65,770.9         100.0   $ 68,922.2         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

As of September 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the average duration of our fixed maturities portfolio, including securities pledged, is between 5.5 and 6.5 years.

Fixed Maturities Credit Quality—Ratings

The Securities Valuation Office (“SVO”) of the NAIC evaluates the fixed maturity security investments of insurers for regulatory reporting and capital assessment purposes and assigns securities to one of six credit quality categories called “NAIC designations.” An internally developed rating is used as permitted by the NAIC if no rating is available. These designations are generally similar to the credit quality designations of the NAIC acceptable rating organizations (“ARO”) for marketable fixed maturity securities, called “ARO ratings,” except for certain structured securities as described below. NAIC designations of “1,” highest quality and “2,” high quality, include fixed maturity securities generally considered investment grade. NAIC designations “3” through “6” include fixed maturity securities generally considered below investment grade (“BIG”) by such rating organizations.

The NAIC adopted revised designation methodologies for non-agency RMBS, including RMBS backed by subprime mortgage loans reported within ABS, that became effective December 31, 2009 and for CMBS that became effective December 31, 2010. The NAIC’s objective with the revised designation methodologies for these structured securities was to increase the accuracy in assessing expected losses and to use the improved assessment to determine a more appropriate capital requirement for such structured securities. The NAIC designations for structured securities, including subprime and Alt-A RMBS, are based upon a comparison of the

 

-165-


Table of Contents

bond’s amortized cost to the NAIC’s loss expectation for each security. Securities where modeling results in no expected loss in all scenarios are considered to have the highest designation of NAIC 1. A large percentage of the Company’s RMBS securities carry a NAIC 1 designation while the ARO rating indicates below investment grade. This is primarily due to the credit and intent impairments recorded by the Company which reduced the amortized cost on these securities to a level resulting in no expected loss in all scenarios, which corresponds to a NAIC 1 designation. The revised methodologies reduce regulatory reliance on rating agencies and allow for greater regulatory input into the assumptions used to estimate expected losses from such structured securities. In the tables below, we present the rating of structured securities based on ratings from the revised NAIC rating methodologies described above (which may not correspond to rating agency designations). All NAIC designations (e.g., NAIC 1-6) are based on the revised NAIC methodologies.

As a result of time lags between the funding of investments, the finalization of legal documents and the completion of the SVO filing process, the fixed maturity portfolio generally includes securities that have not yet been rated by the SVO as of each balance sheet date, such as private placements. Pending receipt of SVO ratings, the categorization of these securities by NAIC designation is based on the expected ratings indicated by internal analysis.

Information about our fixed maturity securities holdings, including securities pledged, by NAIC designations is presented in the following tables. Corresponding rating agency designations do not directly translate into NAIC designations, but represent our best estimate of comparable ratings from rating agencies, including Moody’s, S&P and Fitch. If no rating is available from a rating agency, then an internally developed rating is used on a basis believed to be similar to that used by the rating agencies.

The fixed maturities in our portfolio are generally rated by external rating agencies and, if not externally rated, are rated by us. Ratings are derived from three ARO ratings and are applied as follows based on the number of agency rating received:

 

   

when three ratings are received then the middle rating is applied;

 

   

when two ratings are received then the lower rating is applied;

 

   

when a single rating is received, the ARO rating is applied; and

 

   

when ratings are unavailable then an internal rating is applied.

The following tables present credit quality of fixed maturities, including securities pledged, using NAIC designations as of the dates indicated:

 

($ in millions)    As of September 30, 2012  
NAIC Quality Designation    1     2     3     4     5     6     Total Fair
Value
 

U.S. Treasuries

   $ 6,037.8      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 6,037.8   

U.S. government agencies and authorities

     732.1        —          —          —          —          —          732.1   

State, municipalities and political subdivisions

     345.4        4.5        1.0        —          —          —          350.9   

U.S. corporate securities

     16,627.5        17,625.5        1,411.5        324.6        51.3        14.3        36,054.7   

Foreign securities (1)

     4,231.8        10,502.1        804.4        38.1        103.2        —          15,679.6   

RMBS

     7,835.0        225.6        210.9        117.4        92.9        212.3        8,694.1   

CMBS

     4,830.7        141.3        223.8        21.2        —          —          5,217.0   

Other ABS

     2,323.8        72.7        143.2        32.8        3.7        33.3        2,609.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

   $ 42,964.1      $ 28,571.7      $ 2,794.8      $ 534.1      $ 251.1      $ 259.9      $ 75,375.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of Fair Value

     57.0     37.9     3.7     0.7     0.3     0.4     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

 

-166-


Table of Contents
($ in millions)    As of December 31, 2011  
NAIC Quality Designation    1     2     3     4     5     6     Total Fair
Value
 

U.S. Treasuries

   $ 5,972.5      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 5,972.5   

U.S. government agencies and authorities

     727.8        —          —          —          —          —          727.8   

State, municipalities and political subdivisions

     333.6        4.7        0.9        54.7        —          —          393.9   

U.S. corporate securities

     15,680.3        15,978.0        1,449.2        320.4        45.2        —          33,473.1   

Foreign securities (1)

     4,185.6        9,754.3        968.9        63.0        95.5        0.1        15,067.4   

RMBS

     8,060.8        197.8        300.6        125.8        223.0        140.1        9,048.1   

CMBS

     5,090.8        140.3        195.9        36.3        —          22.1        5,485.4   

Other ABS

     2,228.3        80.8        130.2        29.5        26.3        6.1        2,501.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

   $ 42,279.7      $ 26,155.9      $ 3,045.7      $ 629.7      $ 390.0      $ 168.4      $ 72,669.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of Fair Value

     58.2     36.0     4.2     0.9     0.5     0.2     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

 

($ in millions)    As of December 31, 2010  
NAIC Quality Designation    1     2     3     4     5     6     Total Fair
Value
 

U.S. Treasuries

   $ 5,062.4      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 5,062.4   

U.S. government agencies and authorities

     998.3        1.2        —          —          —          —          999.5   

State, municipalities and political subdivisions

     336.6        61.3        65.1        —          —          —          463.0   

U.S. corporate securities

     14,315.9        12,516.8        1,432.1        358.5        43.7        55.5        28,722.5   

Foreign securities (1)

     5,004.0        8,274.6        939.7        150.7        61.8        14.9        14,445.7   

RMBS

     8,719.4        153.2        189.8        168.6        40.3        2.5        9,273.8   

CMBS

     5,051.0        515.2        458.9        97.3        56.8        41.2        6,220.4   

Other ABS

     3,058.3        271.4        154.3        168.8        39.5        42.6        3,734.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

   $ 42,545.9      $ 21,793.7      $ 3,239.9      $ 943.9      $ 242.1      $ 156.7      $ 68,922.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of Fair Value

     61.7     31.6     4.7     1.4     0.4     0.2     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

 

-167-


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2012, the weighted average quality rating of our fixed maturities portfolio was A. The following tables present credit quality of fixed maturities, including securities pledged, using ARO ratings as of the dates indicated:

 

($ in millions)    As of September 30, 2012  
ARO Quality Ratings    AAA     AA     A     BBB     BB     B and
Below
    Total Fair
Value
 

U.S. Treasuries

   $ 6,037.8      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 6,037.8   

U.S. government agencies and authorities

     726.1        2.9        3.1        —          —          —          732.1   

State, municipalities and political subdivisions

     107.7        203.6        34.1        4.5        1.0        —          350.9   

U.S. corporate securities

     700.1        1,908.5        14,365.1        17,293.3        1,421.7        366.0        36,054.7   

Foreign securities (1)

     57.7        991.0        3,513.7        10,438.0        619.2        60.0        15,679.6   

RMBS

     6,918.5        78.2        194.2        88.8        96.7        1,317.7        8,694.1   

CMBS

     1,891.0        561.6        890.0        1,120.8        615.0        138.6        5,217.0   

Other ABS

     1,525.0        31.5        133.6        88.6        122.8        708.0        2,609.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

   $ 17,963.9      $ 3,777.3      $ 19,133.8      $ 29,034.0      $ 2,876.4      $ 2,590.3      $ 75,375.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of Fair Value

     23.8     5.0     25.4     38.5     3.8     3.5     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

 

($ in millions)    As of December 31, 2011  
ARO Quality Ratings    AAA     AA     A     BBB     BB     B and
Below
    Total Fair
Value
 

U.S. Treasuries

   $ 5,972.5      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 5,972.5   

U.S. government agencies and authorities

     722.4        2.9        2.5        —          —          —          727.8   

State, municipalities and political subdivisions

     106.4        195.6        31.6        4.7        0.9        54.7        393.9   

U.S. corporate securities

     714.6        2,045.1        13,268.3        15,653.3        1,464.8        327.0        33,473.1   

Foreign securities (1)

     43.4        1,021.9        3,479.9        9,690.9        727.9        103.4        15,067.4   

RMBS

     7,118.8        68.3        290.7        70.4        83.0        1,416.9        9,048.1   

CMBS

     2,591.5        553.1        907.1        740.3        577.1        116.3        5,485.4   

Other ABS

     1,361.2        59.4        118.0        144.1        144.9        673.6        2,501.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

   $ 18,630.8      $ 3,946.3      $ 18,098.1      $ 26,303.7      $ 2,998.6      $ 2,691.9      $ 72,669.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of Fair Value

     25.6     5.4     24.9     36.2     4.1     3.8     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

 

-168-


Table of Contents
($ in millions)    As of December 31, 2010  
ARO Quality Rating:    AAA     AA     A     BBB     BB     B and
Below
    Total Fair
Value
 

U.S. Treasuries

   $ 5,062.4      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 5,062.4   

U.S. government agencies and authorities

     995.7        2.6        —          1.2        —          —          999.5   

State, municipalities and political subdivisions

     129.3        169.7        37.6        61.4        65.0        —          463.0   

U.S. corporate securities

     518.0        2,413.7        11,556.2        12,377.5        1,488.7        368.4        28,722.5   

Foreign securities (1)

     47.7        1,119.0        4,043.9        8,368.3        640.8        226.0        14,445.7   

RMBS

     7,363.8        94.8        128.7        95.9        46.2        1,544.4        9,273.8   

CMBS

     2,992.4        774.0        999.2        846.6        489.7        118.5        6,220.4   

Other ABS

     1,367.2        288.1        142.5        286.5        189.9        1,460.7        3,734.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

   $ 18,476.5      $ 4,861.9      $ 16,908.1      $ 22,037.4      $ 2,920.3      $ 3,718.0      $ 68,922.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of Fair Value

     26.8     7.1     24.5     32.0     4.2     5.4     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

The amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturities, including securities pledged, as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, are presented below by contractual maturity. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities as securities may be restructured, called, or prepaid. MBS and Other ABS are presented separately because they are not due at a single maturity date.

 

($ in millions)    As of September 30, 2012      As of December 31, 2011  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  

Due to mature:

           

One year or less

   $ 2,866.5       $ 2,980.3       $ 2,815.1       $ 2,885.5   

After one year through five years

     14,086.4         15,013.6         13,850.8         14,543.9   

After five years through ten years

     16,690.9         18,554.3         16,512.4         17,753.2   

After ten years

     18,539.8         22,306.9         17,652.1         20,452.1   

Mortgage-backed securities

     12,419.5         13,911.1         13,322.1         14,533.5   

Other ABS

     2,636.7         2,609.5         2,727.0         2,501.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed maturities, including securities pledged

   $ 67,239.8       $ 75,375.7       $ 66,879.5       $ 72,669.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we did not have any investments in a single issuer, other than obligations of the U.S. government and government agencies and the Dutch State loan obligation (see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Alt-A Backup Facility”), with a carrying value in excess of 10% of our shareholder’s equity.

 

-169-


Table of Contents

Unrealized Capital Losses

Unrealized capital losses (including noncredit impairments), along with the fair value of fixed maturities, including securities pledged, by market sector and duration were as presented below as of the dates indicated:

 

($ in millions)   As of September 30, 2012  
    Six Months or Less Below
Amortized Cost
    More Than Six Months  and
Twelve Months or Less
Below Amortized Cost
    More Than Twelve Months
Below Amortized Cost
    Total  
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Capital
Losses
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Capital
Losses
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Capital
Losses
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Capital
Losses
 

U.S. Treasuries

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

U.S. corporate, state and municipalities

    501.5        5.1        176.9        13.1        258.2        39.7        936.6        57.9   

Foreign

    240.4        15.5        62.8        7.2        341.7        48.5        644.9        71.2   

RMBS

    175.8        2.8        76.7        4.0        672.2        97.5        924.7        104.3   

CMBS

    42.2        1.5        1.3        0.5        333.7        13.7        377.2        15.7   

Other ABS

    40.9        1.3        —          —          708.3        122.8        749.2        124.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,000.8      $ 26.2      $ 317.7      $ 24.8      $ 2,314.1      $ 322.2      $ 3,632.6      $ 373.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

($ in millions)   As of December 31, 2011  
    Six Months or Less Below
Amortized Cost
    More Than Six Months and
Twelve Months or Less
Below Amortized Cost
    More Than Twelve Months
Below Amortized Cost
    Total  
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Capital
Losses
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Capital
Losses
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Capital
Losses
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Capital
Losses
 

U.S. Treasuries

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

U.S. corporate, state and municipalities

    1,812.9        55.7        173.2        10.4        393.4        45.3        2,379.5        111.4   

Foreign

    1,177.6        66.2        80.2        7.3        655.8        71.9        1,913.6        145.4   

RMBS

    426.6        5.1        388.3        16.1        865.1        219.6        1,680.0        240.8   

CMBS

    338.3        6.4        1,131.6        87.6        241.4        55.2        1,711.3        149.2   

Other ABS

    306.9        5.3        165.8        42.7        668.5        222.7        1,141.2        270.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 4,062.3      $ 138.7      $ 1,939.1      $ 164.1      $ 2,824.2      $ 614.7      $ 8,825.6      $ 917.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

($ in millions)   As of December 31, 2010  
    Six Months or Less Below
Amortized Cost
    More Than Six Months  and
Twelve Months or Less
Below Amortized Cost
    More Than Twelve Months
Below Amortized Cost
    Total  
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Capital

Loss
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Capital

Loss
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Capital

Loss
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Capital
Loss
 

U.S. Treasuries

  $ 1,702.4      $ 55.9      $ —        $   —        $ —        $ —        $ 1,702.4      $ 55.9   

U.S. government agencies and authorities

    38.0        1.3        —          —          —          —          38.0        1.3   

U.S. corporate, state and municipalities

    4,665.2        152.3        68.1        2.8        750.4        65.6        5,483.7        220.7   

Foreign

    2,440.8        94.8        63.1        1.7        431.5        42.6        2,935.4        139.1   

RMBS

    1,244.5        22.6        20.4        1.9        1,082.9        244.1        2,347.8        268.6   

CMBS

    122.4        1.4        —          —          1,584.9        160.1        1,707.3        161.5   

Other ABS

    307.5        3.9        16.9        0.1        1,408.1        405.2        1,732.5        409.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 10,520.8      $ 332.2      $ 168.5      $ 6.5      $ 5,257.8      $ 917.6      $ 15,947.1      $ 1,256.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-170-


Table of Contents

Of the unrealized capital losses aged more than twelve months, the average market value of the related fixed maturities was 87.8%, 82.1% and 85.3% of the average book value as of September 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Gross unrealized losses on fixed maturities, including securities pledged, decreased $544.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, and $338.8 million and $3.1 billion for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in gross unrealized losses was primarily due to recognition of OTTI on RMBS and the declining yields and tightening spreads.

CMO-B Portfolio

As part of our broadly diversified investment portfolio, we have a core holding in a proprietary mortgage derivatives strategy known as CMO-B, which invests in a variety of CMO securities in combination with interest rate derivatives in targeting a specific type of exposure to the U.S. residential mortgage market. Because of their relative complexity and generally small natural buyer base, we believe certain types of CMO securities are consistently priced below their intrinsic value, thereby providing a source of potential return for investors in this strategy.

The CMO securities that are part of our CMO-B portfolio are either notional or principal securities, backed by the interest and principal components, respectively, of mortgages secured by single-family residential real estate. There are many variations of these two types of securities including interest only and principal only securities, as well as inverse-floating rate (principal) securities and inverse interest only securities, all of which are part of our CMO-B portfolio. This strategy has been in place for nearly two decades and thus far has been a significant source of investment income while exhibiting relatively low volatility and correlation compared to the other asset types in the investment portfolio, although we cannot predict whether favorable returns will continue in future periods.

To protect against the potential for credit loss associated with financially troubled borrowers, investments in our CMO-B portfolio are primarily in CMO securities backed by one of the government sponsored entities: the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) or Government National Mortgage Association.

Because the timing of the receipt of the underlying cash flow is highly dependent on the level and direction of interest rates, our CMO-B portfolio also has exposure to both interest rate and convexity risk. The exposure to interest rate risk—the potential for changes in value that results from changes in the general level of interest rates—is managed to a defined target duration using interest rate swaps. The exposure to convexity risk—the potential for changes in value that result from changes in duration caused by changes in interest rates—is dynamically hedged using interest rate swaps and at times, interest rate swaptions.

Changes in the prepayment behavior of homeowners represent both a risk and potential source of return for our CMO-B portfolio. As a result, we seek to invest in securities that are broadly diversified by collateral type to take advantage of the uncorrelated prepayment experiences of homeowners with unique characteristics that influence their ability or desire to prepay their mortgage. We choose collateral type and individual security based on an in-depth quantitative analysis of prepayment incentives across all available borrower types.

 

-171-


Table of Contents

The following table presents fixed maturities balances held in the CMO-B portfolio by NAIC rating as of the dates indicated:

 

($ in millions)    As of September 30, 2012     As of December 31, 2011     As of December 31, 2010  

NAIC

Designation

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     % Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     % Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     % Fair
Value
 

1

   $ 2,724.1       $ 3,555.3         91.2   $ 3,157.4       $ 4,214.1         91.6   $ 3,373.0       $ 4,630.0         98.1

2

     8.2         15.5         0.4     6.6         12.0         0.3     11.7         12.6         0.3

3

     15.3         20.5         0.5     8.2         12.9         0.3     12.5         16.6         0.4

4

     23.9         31.4         0.8     36.5         46.2         1.0     28.1         37.5         0.8

5

     44.8         69.4         1.8     121.2         174.6         3.8     9.7         19.6         0.4

6

     119.9         208.5         5.3     42.0         140.7         3.0     0.8         1.5         0.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,936.2       $ 3,900.6         100.0   $ 3,371.9       $ 4,600.5         100.0   $ 3,435.8       $ 4,717.8         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For CMO securities where we elected the FVO, amortized cost represents the market values. For details on the NAIC designation methodology, please see “ —Fixed Maturities Credit Quality—Ratings” above.

The following table presents the notional amounts and fair values of interest rate derivatives used in our CMO-B portfolio as of the dates indicated:

 

($ in millions)   As of September 30, 2012     As of December 31, 2011     As of December 31, 2010  
    Notional
Amount
    Assets
Fair
Value
    Liability
Fair
Value
    Notional
Amount
    Assets
Fair
Value
    Liability
Fair
Value
    Notional
Amount
    Assets
Fair
Value
    Liability
Fair
Value
 
Derivatives non-qualifying for hedge accounting:                  

Interest Rate Contracts

  $ 34,006.4      $ 856.5      $ 1,111.0      $ 33,204.1      $ 770.2      $ 1,024.3      $ 30,981.7      $ 438.1      $ 688.6   

The recent financial crisis resulted in tighter lending standards which has led to higher involuntary and lower voluntary prepayments, greater variations in prepayments based on borrower traits, lower correlation between interest rates and prepayments and elevated sensitivity to government policy changes for prepayments and valuations. We believe our CMO-B portfolio was positioned for such a landscape, as the interest only and inverse interest only, or notional, exposure in the portfolio generally benefited from slowing prepayments in 2009. At the same time, the diversified nature of the mortgage collateral underlying the securities in our CMO-B portfolio benefited from the renewed importance of differentiation by borrower classification. Our CMO-B portfolio also benefitted in 2009 from the fact that, consistent with the market, generally, valuations of some of the CMO-B securities had fallen significantly in late 2008 despite a lack of significant changes in the expectations for underlying cash flows. The decrease in valuations in 2008 created an opportunity for increases in valuations in 2009 when investors recognized the attractiveness of the sector.

The following table presents our CMO-B fixed maturity securities balances and tranche type as of the dates indicated:

 

($ in millions)   As of September 30, 2012     As of December 31, 2011     As of December 31, 2010  
Tranche Type   Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
    % Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
    % Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
    % Fair
Value
 

Inverse Floater

  $ 1,124.0      $ 1,654.4        42.4   $ 1,386.5      $ 2,001.2        43.5   $ 1,706.5      $ 2,331.8        49.4

Interest Only (IO)

    203.1        233.7        6.0     259.7        290.6        6.3     287.3        322.3        6.8

Inverse Interest Only

    1,285.7        1,680.4        43.1     1,339.6        1,913.3        41.6     1,164.3        1,779.3        37.7

Principal Only (PO)

    222.1        226.6        5.8     246.9        252.6        5.5     195.2        200.4        4.2

Floater

    88.1        89.9        2.3     120.6        120.7        2.6     53.9        52.1        1.1

Other

    13.2        15.6        0.4     18.6        22.1        0.5     28.6        31.9        0.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 2,936.2      $ 3,900.6        100.0   $ 3,371.9      $ 4,600.5        100.0   $ 3,435.8      $ 4,717.8        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-172-


Table of Contents

For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we sold approximately $509.0 million of IO and Inverse IO securities within the CMO-B strategy primarily to release required capital and improve the capital efficiency of the strategy going forward for certain portfolios and recognized a pre-tax gain of $129.3 million.

Generally, a continued increase in valuations, as well as muted prepayments despite low interest rates, led to a strong performance of our CMO-B portfolio in 2010. Based on fundamental prepayment analysis, we were able to increase the allocation to notional securities in a manner that was diversified by borrower and mortgage characteristics without unduly increasing portfolio risk because of the new mortgage financing environment and the belief that an increase in prepayments would be muted by the tight credit environment.

While the market in the second half of 2011 was volatile as a result of the European debt crisis and concerns regarding the implications of Home Affordable Refinance Program 2.0, our CMO-B portfolio performed well due to persistently low levels of prepayments and a diversified selection of underlying collateral types. Lower valuations and prepayments due to tight housing-related credit continued in the nine months ended September 30, 2012; however, to the extent these conditions change, we expect that the results of our CMO-B portfolio will likely underperform those of recent periods.

The following table presents returns for our CMO-B portfolio for the periods indicated:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2011     2010     2009  

Net investment income (loss)

   $ 834.4      $ 867.4      $ 1,158.5      $ 1,261.4      $ 1,286.0   

Net realized capital gains (losses) (1)

     (68.3     (177.4     (294.9     (243.3     (177.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income (pre-tax)

   $ 766.1      $ 690.0      $ 863.6      $ 1,018.1      $ 1,108.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Net realized capital gains (losses) also include derivatives interest settlements, fair value adjustments and realized gains (losses) on standalone derivatives contracts that are in the CMO-B portfolio.

In defining operating income before income taxes and non-operating income for our CMO-B portfolio, certain recharacterizations are recognized. As indicated in footnote (1) above, derivatives activity including net coupon settlement on interest rate swaps is included as Net realized capital gains (losses). Since these swaps are hedging securities whose coupon payments are reflected as net investment income (loss) (operating income), it is appropriate to represent the net swap coupons as operating income before income taxes rather than non-operating income. Also included in Net realized capital gains (losses) is the premium amortization and the change in fair value for securities designated under the FVO, whereas the coupon for these securities is included in net investment income (loss). In order to present the economics of these fair value securities in a similar manner to those of an available for sale security, the premium amortization is reclassified from Net realized capital gains (losses) (or non-operating income) to operating income.

After adjusting for the two items referenced immediately above, the following table presents operating income before income taxes and non-operating income for our CMO-B portfolio for the periods indicated:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended September 30,      Year Ended December 31,  
             2012                      2011              2011      2010      2009  

Operating income before income taxes

   $ 398.9       $ 383.6       $ 517.7       $ 566.8       $ 610.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Realized gains (losses) including OTTI

   $ 157.9       $ 20.1       $ 19.4       $ 19.6       $ 188.7   

Fair value adjustments

     209.3         286.3         326.5         431.7         309.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-operating income

   $ 367.2       $ 306.4       $ 345.9       $ 451.3       $ 498.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 766.1       $ 690.0       $ 863.6       $ 1,018.1       $ 1,108.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-173-


Table of Contents

Subprime and Alt-A Mortgage Exposure

The performance of underlying subprime and Alt-A mortgage collateral, originated prior to 2008, has continued to reflect the problems associated with a housing market that has since seen substantial price declines and an employment market that has declined significantly and remains under stress. Credit spreads have widened meaningfully from issuance and rating agency downgrades have been widespread and severe within the sector. Over the course of 2010 and 2011, market prices and liquidity within the sector exhibited volatility, driven by various factors, both domestically and globally. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, market prices and sector liquidity have exhibited some improvements, driven by an improved technical picture and positive sentiment regarding the potential for improvements within the sector. In managing our risk exposure to subprime and Alt-A mortgages, we take into account collateral performance and structural characteristics associated with its various positions.

We do not originate or purchase subprime or Alt-A whole-loan mortgages. Subprime lending is the origination of loans to customers with weaker credit profiles. We define Alt-A mortgages to include the following: residential mortgage loans to customers who have strong credit profiles but lack some element(s), such as documentation to substantiate income; residential mortgage loans to borrowers that would otherwise be classified as prime but whose loan structure provides repayment options to the borrower that increase the risk of default; and any securities backed by residential mortgage collateral not clearly identifiable as prime or subprime.

We have exposure to RMBS, CMBS and ABS. Our exposure to subprime mortgage-backed securities is primarily in the form of ABS structures collateralized by subprime residential mortgages and the majority of these holdings were included in Other ABS under “Fixed Maturities” above. As of September 30, 2012, the fair value and gross unrealized losses related to our exposure to subprime mortgage-backed securities were $949.5 million and $123.6 million, representing 1.3% of total fixed maturities, including securities pledged, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, the fair value and gross unrealized losses related to our exposure to subprime mortgage-backed securities were $974.2 million and $272.1 million, representing 1.3% of total fixed maturities, including securities pledged, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, the fair value and gross unrealized losses related to our exposure to subprime mortgage backed securities were $2.1 billion and $384.8 million, representing 3.0% of total fixed maturities, including securities pledged, respectively.

The NAIC adopted revised designation methodologies for non-agency RMBS, including RMBS backed by subprime mortgage loans reported within ABS, that became effective December 31, 2009 and for CMBS that became effective December 31, 2010. The NAIC’s objective with the revised designation methodologies for these structured securities was to increase the accuracy in assessing expected losses and to use the improved assessment to determine a more appropriate capital requirement for such structured securities. The NAIC designations for structured securities, including subprime and Alt-A RMBS, are based upon a comparison of the bond’s amortized cost to the NAIC’s loss expectation for each security. Securities where modeling results in no expected loss in all scenarios are considered to have the highest designation of NAIC 1. A large percentage of the Company’s RMBS securities carry a NAIC 1 designation while the ARO rating indicates below investment grade. This is primarily due to the credit and intent impairments recorded by the Company which reduced the amortized cost on these securities to a level resulting in no expected loss in all scenarios, which corresponds to a NAIC 1 designation.

 

-174-


Table of Contents

The following tables present our exposure to subprime mortgage-backed securities by credit quality using NAIC designations, ARO ratings and vintage year as of the dates indicated:

 

     % of Total Subprime Mortgage-backed Securities  
     NAIC Designation      ARO Ratings     Vintage  

As of September 30, 2012

                
   1      75.5    AAA      1.4   2007      29.6
   2      4.9    AA      0.8   2006      36.9
   3      15.0    A      5.8   2005 and prior      33.5
                

 

 

 
   4      3.5    BBB      6.5        100.0
                

 

 

 
   5      0.4    BB and below      85.5     
           

 

 

      
   6      0.7         100.0     
     

 

 

       

 

 

      
        100.0           
     

 

 

            

As of December 31, 2011

                
   1      78.1    AAA      2.9   2007      26.9
   2      4.7    AA      1.2   2006      41.2
   3      13.4    A      4.5   2005 and prior      31.9
                

 

 

 
   4      2.7    BBB      8.8        100.0
                

 

 

 
   5      0.5    BB and below      82.6     
           

 

 

      
   6      0.6         100.0     
     

 

 

       

 

 

      
        100.0           
     

 

 

            

As of December 31, 2010

                
   1      79.4    AAA      7.1   2007      33.9
   2      4.0    AA      7.0   2006      40.0
   3      6.2    A      3.8   2005 and prior      26.1
                

 

 

 
   4      7.8    BBB      5.1        100.0
                

 

 

 
   5      1.3    BB and below      77.0     
           

 

 

      
   6      1.3         100.0     
     

 

 

       

 

 

      
        100.0%              
     

 

 

            

Our exposure to Alt-A mortgages is included in the “RMBS” line item in the “Fixed Maturities” table under “Fixed Maturities” above. As of September 30, 2012, the fair value and gross unrealized losses related to our exposure to Alt-A RMBS aggregated to $415.2 million and $61.7 million, respectively, representing 0.6% of total fixed maturities, including securities pledged. As of December 31, 2011, the fair value and gross unrealized losses related to our exposure to Alt-A RMBS aggregated to $410.8 million and $117.6 million, respectively, representing 0.6% of total fixed maturities, including securities pledged. As of December 31, 2010, the fair value and gross unrealized losses related to our exposure to Alt-A RMBS aggregated to $504.3 million and $118.5 million, respectively representing 0.7% of total fixed maturities, including securities pledged.

 

-175-


Table of Contents

The following tables present our exposure to Alt-A RMBS by credit quality using NAIC designations, ARO ratings and vintage year as of the dates indicated:

 

     % of Total Alt-A Mortgage-backed Securities  
     NAIC Designation      ARO Ratings     Vintage  

As of September 30, 2012

                
     1         40.0    AAA      0.7   2007      19.9
     2         12.3    AA      1.3   2006      26.0
     3         17.5    A      5.1   2005 and prior      54.1
                

 

 

 
     4         19.0    BBB      3.9        100.0
                

 

 

 
     5         9.1    BB and below      89.0     
           

 

 

      
     6         2.1         100.0     
     

 

 

       

 

 

      
        100.0           
     

 

 

            

As of December 31, 2011

                
     1         38.7    AAA      1.0   2007      18.8
     2         11.0    AA      2.3   2006      25.3
     3         16.4    A      7.5   2005 and prior      55.9
                

 

 

 
     4         24.0    BBB      3.9        100.0
                

 

 

 
     5         9.0    BB and below      85.3     
           

 

 

      
     6         0.9         100.0     
     

 

 

       

 

 

      
        100.0           
     

 

 

            

As of December 31, 2010

                
     1         43.3    AAA      8.9   2007      19.0
     2         10.8    AA      4.4   2006      26.4
     3         13.6    A      2.2   2005 and prior      54.6
                

 

 

 
     4         25.3    BBB      2.4        100.0
                

 

 

 
     5         6.6    BB and below      82.1     
           

 

 

      
     6         0.4         100.0     
     

 

 

       

 

 

      
        100.0           
     

 

 

            

Commercial Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities

CMBS investments represent pools of commercial mortgages that are broadly diversified across property types and geographical areas. Delinquency rates on commercial mortgages have remained elevated. However, the steep pace of increases observed in the months following the credit crisis has slowed and some recent months have posted month over month declines in mortgage delinquencies. In addition, other performance metrics like vacancies, property values and rent levels have shown improvements. These metrics may provide early signals of a recovery in commercial real estate. In addition, the primary market for CMBS continued its recovery from the credit crisis with higher total new issuances in 2011, which was the third straight year of higher new issuances. Higher new issuances resulted in increased credit availability within the commercial real estate market.

For consumer ABS, delinquency and loss rates have continued to decline after the credit crisis. Improvements in various credit metrics across multiple types of asset-backed loans have been observed on a sustained basis.

 

-176-


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value of our CMBS totaled $5.2 billion, $5.5 billion and $6.2 billion, respectively, and Other ABS, excluding subprime exposure, totaled $1.7 billion, $1.5 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively.

As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010, the gross unrealized losses related to CMBS totaled $15.7 million, $149.2 million and $161.5 million, respectively, and gross unrealized losses related to Other ABS, excluding subprime exposure, totaled $1.9 million, $1.3 million and $29.5 million, respectively.

The following tables present our exposure to CMBS holdings by credit quality using NAIC designations, ARO ratings and vintage year as of the dates indicated:

 

     % of Total CMBS  
     NAIC Designation      ARO Ratings     Vintage  

As of September 30, 2012

                
   1      92.6    AAA      36.3   2008      0.3
   2      2.7    AA      10.7   2007      38.7
   3      4.3    A      17.1   2006      28.6
   4      0.4    BBB      21.4   2005 and prior      32.4
                

 

 

 
   5      —      BB and below      14.5        100.0
           

 

 

      

 

 

 
   6      —           100.0     
     

 

 

       

 

 

      
        100.0           
     

 

 

            

As of December 31, 2011

                
   1      92.7    AAA      47.3   2008      0.3
   2      2.6    AA      10.1   2007      33.4
   3      3.6    A      16.5   2006      26.5
   4      0.7    BBB      13.5   2005 and prior      39.8
                

 

 

 
   5      —      BB and below      12.6        100.0
           

 

 

      

 

 

 
   6      0.4         100.0     
     

 

 

       

 

 

      
        100.0           
     

 

 

            

As of December 31, 2010

                
   1      81.2    AAA      48.1   2008      0.2
   2      8.3    AA      12.4   2007      31.6
   3      7.4    A      16.1   2006      25.8
   4      1.6    BBB      13.6   2005 and prior      42.4
                

 

 

 
   5      0.8    BB and below      9.8        100.0
           

 

 

      

 

 

 
   6      0.7         100.0     
     

 

 

       

 

 

      
        100.0           
     

 

 

            

As of September 30, 2012, Other ABS was also broadly diversified both by type and issuer with credit card receivables, non-consolidated collateralized loan obligations (“CLO”) and automobile receivables, comprising 40.2%, 4.9% and 34.3%, respectively, of total Other ABS, excluding subprime exposure. As of December 31, 2011, Other ABS was also broadly diversified both by type and issuer with credit card receivables, non-consolidated CLO and automobile receivables, comprising 43.1%, 4.6% and 27.9%, respectively, of total Other ABS, excluding subprime exposure. As of December 31, 2010, Other ABS, excluding subprime mortgage exposure, were securitized by credit card receivables, CLO and automobile receivables comprising 47.0%, 13.2% and 18.3%, respectively, of total Other ABS, excluding subprime exposure.

 

-177-


Table of Contents

The following tables present the Company’s exposure to Other ABS holdings, excluding subprime exposure, by credit quality using NAIC designations, ARO ratings and vintage year as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     % of Total Other ABS  
     NAIC Designation      ARO Ratings     Vintage  

As of September 30, 2012

                
   1      96.7    AAA      90.5   2012      19.2
   2      1.6    AA      1.4   2011      17.2
   3      0.1    A      4.8   2010      6.3
   4      —      BBB      1.6   2009      2.7
   5      —      BB and below      1.7   2008      6.1
           

 

 

      
   6      1.6         100.0   2007      18.9
     

 

 

       

 

 

      
        100.0         2006      9.4
     

 

 

            
              2005 and prior      20.2
                

 

 

 
                   100.0
                

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

                
   1      96.1    AAA      86.6   2011      18.0
   2      2.3    AA      3.1   2010      9.6
   3      —      A      4.9   2009      6.4
   4      0.2    BBB      3.8   2008      7.0
   5      1.4    BB and below      1.6   2007      24.8
           

 

 

      
   6      —           100.0   2006      9.5
     

 

 

       

 

 

      
        100.0         2005 and prior      24.7
     

 

 

            

 

 

 
                   100.0
                

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010

                
   1      85.5    AAA      73.0   2010      10.9
   2      11.0    AA      8.9   2009      8.4
   3      1.5    A      4.0   2008      7.4
   4      0.3    BBB      10.5   2007      28.0
   5      0.8    BB and below      3.6   2006      13.0
           

 

 

      
   6      0.9         100.0   2005 and prior      32.3
     

 

 

       

 

 

      

 

 

 
        100.0              100.0
     

 

 

            

 

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructuring

We seek to invest in high quality, well performing portfolios of commercial mortgage loans and private placements. Under certain circumstances, modifications to these contracts are granted. Each modification is evaluated as to whether a troubled debt restructuring has occurred. A modification is a troubled debt restructuring when the borrower is in financial difficulty and the creditor makes concessions. Generally, the types of concessions may include reducing the face amount or maturity amount of the debt as originally stated, reducing the contractual interest rate, extending the maturity date at an interest rate lower than current market interest rates and/or reducing accrued interest. We consider the amount, timing and extent of the concession granted in determining any impairment or changes in the specific valuation allowance recorded in connection with the troubled debt restructuring. A valuation allowance may have been recorded prior to the quarter when the loan is modified in a troubled debt restructuring. Accordingly, the carrying value (net of the specific valuation allowance) before and after modification through a troubled debt restructuring may not change significantly, or

 

-178-


Table of Contents

may increase if the expected recovery is higher than the pre-modification recovery assessment. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we had two commercial mortgage loans and one private placement troubled debt restructuring with pre-modification and post modification carrying values of $55.1 million and $52.2 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2012, the Company had one private placement troubled debt restructuring with a pre-modification carrying value of $1.2 million, which was written down to zero in the third quarter.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we did not have any commercial mortgage loans or private placements modified in a troubled debt restructuring with a subsequent payment default.

Mortgage Loans on Real Estate

Our mortgage loans on real estate are all commercial mortgage loans, which totaled $8.7 billion, $8.7 billion and $8.2 billion as of September 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The carrying value of these loans is reported at amortized cost, less impairment write-downs and allowance for losses.

We diversify our commercial mortgage loan portfolio by geographic region and property type to manage concentration risk. We manage risk when originating commercial mortgage loans by generally lending only up to 75% of the estimated fair value of the underlying real estate. Subsequently, we continuously evaluate all mortgage loans based on relevant current information including a review of loan-specific credit, property characteristics and market trends. Loan performance is continuously monitored on a loan-specific basis throughout the year. The Company’s review includes submitted appraisals, operating statements, rent revenues and annual inspection reports, among other items. This review evaluates whether the properties are performing at a consistent and acceptable level to secure the debt.

We rate all commercial mortgages to quantify the level of risk. We place those loans with higher risk on a watch list and closely monitor these loans for collateral deficiency or other credit events that may lead to a potential loss of principal and/or interest. If we determine the value of any mortgage loan to be OTTI (i.e., when it is probable that we will be unable to collect on all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement), the carrying value of the mortgage loan is reduced to either the present value of expected cash flows from the loan, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or fair value of the collateral. For those mortgages that are determined to require foreclosure, the carrying value is reduced to the fair value of the underlying collateral, net of estimated costs to obtain and sell at the point of foreclosure. The carrying value of the impaired loans is reduced by establishing an other-than-temporary write-down recorded in Net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The following tables present our investment in commercial mortgage loans, the related valuation allowance and changes in the valuation allowance as of the dates indicated:

 

($ in millions)   As of
September 30,
2012
    As of
December 31,
2011
    As of
December 31,
2010
 

Commercial mortgage loans

  $ 8,687.1      $ 8,695.5      $ 8,188.7   

Collective valuation allowance

    (4.5     (4.4     (7.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net commercial mortgage loans

  $ 8,682.6      $ 8,691.1      $ 8,181.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Collective valuation allowance for losses, beginning of period

  $ 4.4      $ 7.0      $ 9.9   

Addition to (decrease of) allowance for losses

    0.1        (2.6     (2.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Collective valuation allowance for losses, end of period

  $ 4.5      $ 4.4      $ 7.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no impairments taken on the mortgage loan portfolio for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Impairments taken on the mortgage loan portfolio were $9.3 million and $13.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

-179-


Table of Contents

Our policy is to recognize interest income until a loan becomes 90 days delinquent or foreclosure proceedings are commenced, at which point interest accrual is discontinued. Interest accrual is not resumed until the loan is brought current.

Mortgage loan impairments recorded were primarily attributable to losses recognized on vacant land intended to be developed and properties located in the state of Michigan, which was severely impacted by the economic downturn.

The following table presents the aging of past due mortgage loans at carrying value as of the dates indicated:

 

($ in millions)    30 days or less
past due
     31 to 90 days past
due
     91 to 180 days
past due
     181 days or
more past due
     Total  

As of September 30, 2012

   $       $       $       $ 16.7       $ 16.7   

As of December 31, 2011

     1.6                         16.7         18.3   

As of December 31, 2010

     9.6         2.2         0.5         11.6         23.9   

Loan-to-value (“LTV”) and debt service coverage (“DSC”) ratios are measures commonly used to assess the risk and quality of commercial mortgage loans. The LTV ratio, calculated at time of origination, is expressed as a percentage of the amount of the loan relative to the value of the underlying property. An LTV ratio in excess of 100% indicates the unpaid loan amount exceeds the value of the underlying collateral. The DSC ratio, based upon the most recently received financial statements, is expressed as a percentage of the amount of a property’s net income (loss) to its debt service payments. A DSC ratio of less than 1.0 indicates that property’s operations do not generate sufficient income to cover debt payments. These ratios are utilized as part of the review process described above. The LTV and DSC ratios as of the dates indicated are as presented below:

 

($ in millions)    As of
September 30,
2012 (1)
     As of
December 31,
2011 (1)
     As of
December 31,
2010 (1)
 

Loan-to-Value Ratio:

        

0%—50%

   $ 2,232.5       $ 2,535.2       $ 2,834.9   

50%—60%

     2,480.1         2,479.4         2,181.2   

60%—70%

     3,363.9         2,991.9         2,470.9   

70%—80%

     566.7         621.2         649.3   

80% and above

     43.9         67.8         52.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial Mortgage Loans

   $ 8,687.1       $ 8,695.5       $ 8,188.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Balances do not include allowance for mortgage loan credit losses.

 

($ in millions)    As of
September 30,
2012 (1)
     As of
December 31,
2011 (1)
     As of
December 31,
2010 (1)
 

Debt Service Coverage Ratio:

        

Greater than 1.5x

   $ 5,887.4       $ 5,710.3       $ 5,577.6   

1.25x—1.5x

     1,279.2         1,547.2         1,147.6   

1.0x—1.25x

     1,111.2         1,082.2         770.3   

Less than 1.0x

     392.6         339.1         449.0   

Commercial mortgage loans secured by land or construction deals

     16.7         16.7         244.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial Mortgage Loans

   $ 8,687.1       $ 8,695.5       $ 8,188.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Balances do not include allowance for mortgage loan credit losses.

 

-180-


Table of Contents

Other-Than-Temporary Impairments

We evaluate available-for-sale fixed maturities and equity securities for impairment on a regular basis. The assessment of whether impairments have occurred is based on a case-by-case evaluation of the underlying reasons for the decline in estimated fair value. See the Note for Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies in our Consolidated Financial Statements for a policy used to evaluate whether the investments are other-than-temporarily impaired.

The following table presents our credit-related and intent-related impairments included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, excluding impairments included in AOCI, by type for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 and the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Year Ended December 31,  
         2012              2011          2011      2010      2009  

U.S. Treasuries

   $       $       $       $ 1.8       $ 542.5   

U.S. corporate

     5.1         26.3         55.2         30.7         177.2   

Foreign (1)

     2.2         46.2         71.3         121.5         137.1   

RMBS

     13.6         22.2         37.7         73.4         166.8   

CMBS

     1.7         105.5         133.7         59.5         258.4   

Other ABS

     1.8         190.5         195.5         589.9         255.7   

Equity

                             0.5         34.9   

Mortgage loans on real estate

             8.7         9.3         13.5         46.0   

Other assets (2)

     1.4                                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 25.8       $ 399.4       $ 502.7       $ 890.8       $ 1,618.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

(2)  

Includes loss on real estate owned that is classified as Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The above table includes $21.4 million of write-downs related to credit impairments for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, in OTTI, which were recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The remaining $4.4 million in write-downs for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 were related to intent impairments.

The above table includes $53.9 million of write-downs related to credit impairments for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, in OTTI, which were recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The remaining $345.5 million in write-downs for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 were related to intent impairments.

As part of our investment strategy, we may sell securities during the period in which fair value has declined below amortized cost for fixed maturities or cost for equity securities. In certain situations, new factors, including changes in the business environment, can change our previous intent to continue holding a security. Accordingly, these factors may lead us to record additional intent-related capital losses.

The fair value of the fixed maturities with OTTI as of September 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $8.8 billion, $9.3 billion and $8.5 billion, respectively.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the primary source of credit-related OTTI was write-downs recorded in the RMBS sector on securities collateralized by subprime residential mortgages.

 

-181-


Table of Contents

Net Investment Income

The following table presents Net investment income for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 and the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
            2012                   2011            2011     2010     2009  

Fixed maturities

   $ 3,179.2      $ 3,288.3      $ 4,402.1      $ 4,374.3      $ 4,787.4   

Equity securities, available-for-sale

     14.5        24.2        27.3        30.1        58.7   

Mortgage loans on real estate

     376.8        369.3        500.0        496.7        578.3   

Policy loans

     91.5        94.6        125.6        135.5        143.8   

Short-term investments and cash equivalents

     3.9        6.5        6.7        (3.5     30.6   

Other

     (17.2     (17.5     (80.8     (25.4     1.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross investment income

     3,648.7        3,765.4        4,980.9        5,007.7        5,600.4   

Less: investment expenses

     (6.2     (9.0     (12.1     (20.7     (31.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income

   $ 3,642.5      $ 3,756.4      $ 4,968.8      $ 4,987.0      $ 5,568.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income decreased $113.9 million from $3,756.4 million to $3,642.5 million, primarily due to a $91.9 million loss related to an agreement to sell certain private equity limited partnership investments interest holdings (“sale of certain alternative investments”) (see table below). The transaction is discussed below under “Investments—Sale of Certain Alternative Investments.” Further decreases were due to a decline in average assets in our Closed Block Institutional Spread Products segment and due to lapses in MYGAs. Certain MYGAs, mostly sold in 2002, will reach the end of their current guarantee period in 2012. Most of these MYGAs have high crediting rates and the supporting assets generate returns below the targets set when the contracts were issued, negatively impacting returns in our Annuities segment. During the current year, approximately $2.7 billion of the MYGAs reached the end of their current guarantee period, and approximately 67% of those policies up for renewal lapsed. The high lapse rate was expected as renewal crediting rates offered are lower than the credited rates during the initial term. The run-off of these MYGA contracts is expected to enhance the margin of our Annuities segment in future periods. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in assets in our Retirement segment driven by positive net flows, including customer transfers from variable separate accounts.

The net decrease in investment income for the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to a decline in the value of alternative investments and LIHTC partially offset by reduced investment expense. Within the fixed maturities investments, investment income increased in corporate securities and declined in CMBS as positions were reduced and reinvested into investment grade corporate securities. In addition, the increased income earned on corporate securities was also offset by a decline in earnings on certain CMO securities.

The decrease in net investment income for the year ended December 31, 2010 was generally due to reduction in average investment yields due to portfolio restructuring and declining interest rates. The decline in net investment income primarily related to fixed maturities as a portion of MBS and ABS securities have paid down or have been sold without reinvestment. The decline in net investment income was partially offset by an increase in corporate securities as this was the asset class where reinvestment has occurred. The decrease was also partially offset by the increase in other investment income which was primarily the result of increased investment income of alternative investments due to improved market conditions.

Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses)

Net realized capital gains (losses) are comprised of the difference between the amortized cost of investments and proceeds from sale and redemption, as well as losses incurred due to the credit-related and intent-related other-than-temporary impairment of investments. Realized investment gains and losses are also generated from

 

-182-


Table of Contents

changes in fair value of embedded derivatives within product guarantees and fixed maturities, changes in fair value of fixed maturity securities recorded at FVO and changes in fair value including accruals on derivative instruments, except for effective cash flow hedges. The cost of the investments on disposal is generally determined based on first-in-first-out methodology.

Net realized capital gains (losses) were as presented below for the periods indicated:

 

($ in millions)    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
         2012             2011             2011             2010             2009      

Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, including securities pledged

   $ 367.2      $ 51.2      $ 56.4      $ (340.4   $ (416.0

Fixed maturities, at FVO

     (168.4     (14.7     (92.0     (63.6     219.7   

Equity securities, available-for-sale

     1.8        14.7        18.6        9.6        29.5   

Derivatives

     (1,439.6     1,344.2        418.6        (1,243.5     (3,058.3

Embedded derivatives—fixed maturities

     (11.8     34.1        16.1        48.3        (278.9

Embedded derivatives—product guarantees

     349.4        (1,117.1     (1,945.1     (72.7     1,376.2   

Other investments

     4.8        (4.4     (4.0     (15.7     (50.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized capital gains (losses)

   $ (896.6   $ 308.0      $ (1,531.4   $ (1,678.0   $ (2,178.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized capital losses changed $1,204.6 million from a gain of $308.0 million to a loss of $896.6 million, primarily due to changes in fair value of guaranteed benefit derivatives due to nonperformance risk, changes in gains/losses on derivatives from the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment liability hedges, and losses on the CHO program. Changes in the fair value of guaranteed benefit derivatives in the Retirement, Annuities and Closed Block Variable Annuity segments due to nonperformance risk resulted in a decrease in income of $816.0 million. The changes in derivative gains (losses) from the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment liability hedges reduced income by $3,067.7 million. This decrease was driven by significant gains in 2011 due to equity market and interest rate decreases during that period compared to significant losses in 2012 due to the equity market increase during that period. In addition, the CHO program resulted in a decrease to income of $411.3 million due to losses in 2012 as a result of the equity market increase in 2012 and higher notional amounts for hedging the associated underlying risk, compared to a gain in 2011 due to the equity market decrease in 2011. The hedge program in the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment focuses on protecting regulatory reserves and rating agency capital rather than mitigating earnings volatility and, as a result, the losses in 2012 are only partially offset by a $2,092.7 million increase in income from changes in the gain/loss on guaranteed benefit derivatives, excluding nonperformance risk. The higher net realized capital losses were partially offset by a $373.6 million reduction in OTTI and $484.7 million in higher gains on guaranteed benefit derivatives, excluding nonperformance risk, primarily related to certain Stabilizer contracts in our Retirement segment. The gains in 2012 on guaranteed benefit derivatives in Retirement, primarily due to a reduction in expected future guaranteed interest rates on certain Stabilizer contracts, compared to losses in 2011 due to declining interest rates.

The favorable change in fixed maturities, available for sale, including securities pledged Net realized capital gains (losses) for the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to lower credit and intent related impairments on fixed maturities driven by improved economic and interest rate environment. The decrease in Total net realized capital gains (losses) for the year ended December 31, 2010 was primarily due to lower credit and intent related impairments on fixed maturities driven by the improved economic and interest rate environment. In addition, we experienced lower realized losses on derivatives, driven by the unwinding of futures contracts at the end of 2009 which were used in the capital hedge related to variable annuity products. Realized gains (losses) declined on fixed maturities, classified as available-for-sale, including securities pledged across most asset classes in 2009 primarily due to the adoption OTTI guidance and improved economic and interest rate environment.

 

-183-


Table of Contents

Derivatives

We use derivatives for a variety of hedging purposes as further described below. We also have embedded derivatives within fixed maturities instruments and certain annuity products with guarantees. See Note for Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Closed Block Variable Annuity Hedging

Variable Annuity Guarantee Hedging

We primarily mitigate variable annuity market risk exposures through hedging. Market risk arises primarily from the minimum guarantees within the variable annuity products, whose economic costs are primarily dependent on future equity market returns, interest rate levels, equity volatility levels, and policyholder behavior. The variable annuity hedging program is used to mitigate our exposure to equity market and interest rate changes and seeks to ensure that the required assets are available to satisfy future death benefit and living benefit obligations. While the variable annuity guarantee hedging program does not explicitly hedge statutory or GAAP reserves, as markets move up or down, in aggregate the returns generated by the variable annuity hedge program will significantly offset the statutory and GAAP reserve changes due to market movements.

The objective of the guarantee hedging program is to offset changes in equity market returns for most minimum guaranteed death benefits and all guaranteed living benefits, while also providing interest rate protection for certain minimum guaranteed living benefits. We hedge the equity market exposure using a hedge target set using market consistent valuation techniques for all guaranteed living benefits and most death benefits. We also hedge the interest rate risk in our GMWB/GMAB/GMWBL blocks using a market consistent valuation hedge target. We do not hedge interest rate risks for our GMIB or GMDB primarily because doing so would result in volatility in our regulatory reserves and rating agency capital that exceeds our tolerances and, secondarily, because doing so would produce additional volatility in GAAP financial statements.

Equity index futures on various equity indices are used to mitigate the risk of the change in value of the policyholder-directed separate account funds underlying the variable annuity contracts with minimum guarantees. A dynamic trading program is utilized to seek replication of the performance of targeted fund groups (i.e., the fund groups that can be covered by indices where liquid futures markets exist).

Total return swaps are also used to mitigate the risk of the change in value of certain policyholder directed separate account funds. These include fund classes such as emerging markets and real estate. They may also be used instead of futures of more liquid indices where it may be deemed advantageous. This hedging strategy is employed at our discretion based on current risk exposures and related transaction costs.

Interest rate swaps are used to mitigate the impact of interest rates changes on the economic liabilities associated with certain minimum guaranteed living benefits.

Variance swaps and equity options are used to mitigate the impact of changes in equity volatility on the economic liabilities associated with certain minimum guaranteed living benefits. This program began in the second quarter of 2012.

Foreign exchange forwards are used to mitigate the impact of policyholder-directed investments in international funds with exposure to fluctuations in exchange rates of certain foreign currencies. Rebalancing is performed based on pre-determined notional exposures to the specific currencies.

Variable Annuity Capital Hedge Overlay Program

Variable annuity guaranteed benefits are hedged based on their economic or fair value; however, the statutory reserves are not based on a market value. When equity markets decrease, the statutory reserve and

 

-184-


Table of Contents

rating agency required assets for the variable annuity guaranteed benefits can increase more quickly than the value of the derivatives held under the guarantee hedging program. This causes regulatory reserves to increase and rating agency capital to decrease. To protect the residual risk to regulatory reserves and rating agency capital in a decreasing equity market, we implemented the use of a static capital hedge in 2008. In 2010, we shifted to a dynamic CHO program. The current CHO strategy is intended to actively mitigate equity risk to the regulatory reserves and rating agency capital of the Company. The hedge is executed through the purchase and sale of equity index futures and is designed to limit the uncovered reserve increase in an immediate down equity market scenario to an amount we believe prudent for a company of our size and scale. This amount will change over time with market movements, changes in regulatory and rating agency capital and management actions.

For additional information regarding these strategies, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure About Market Risk.”

Fixed Indexed Annuity Hedging

We mitigate FIA market risk exposures through a combination of capital market hedging, product design and capital management. For the FIA book of business these risks stem from the MGIR offered and the additional interest credits (Equity Participation or Interest Rate Participation) based on exposure to various stock market indices or the 3-month LIBOR. The minimum guarantees and stock market exposures are strongly dependent on capital markets and, to a lesser degree, policyholder behavior.

The primary way we hedge FIA equity exposure is to purchase OTC equity index call options from broker-dealer derivative counterparties who generally have a minimum credit rating of A3 from Moody’s and A- from S&P. For each broker-dealer counterparty, our derivative exposure to that counterparty is aggregated with any fixed income exposure to the same counterparty and is maintained within applicable limits. The second way to hedge FIA equity exposure is by purchasing exchange traded equity index futures contracts.

Additionally, the credited rate mechanism for certain FIA contracts exposes us to changes in interest rate benchmarks. We mitigate this exposure by purchasing OTC interest rate swaptions from broker-dealer derivative counterparties who generally have a minimum credit rate of A3 from Moody’s and A- from S&P.

These hedge programs are limited to the current policy term of the liabilities, based on current participation rates. Future returns, which may be reflected in FIA credited rates beyond the current policy term, are not hedged.

While the FIA hedging program does not explicitly hedge statutory or GAAP income volatility, the FIA hedging program tends to mitigate the statutory and GAAP reserve changes associated with movements in the equity market and 3-month LIBOR. This is due to the fact that a key component in the calculation of statutory and GAAP reserves is the market valuation of the current term embedded derivative. The risk management of the current term embedded derivative is the goal of the FIA hedging program. Due to the alignment of the embedded derivative reserve component with hedging of this same embedded derivative, there should be a match between changes in this component of the reserve and changes in the assets backing this component of the reserve. However, there may be an interim mismatch due to the fact that the hedges which are put in place are only intended to cover exposures expected to remain until the end of an indexing term (e.g. account value decrements during an indexing term, associated with expected lapses and mortality, are not hedged).

Call options are used to hedge against an increase in various equity indices. An increase in various equity indices may result in increased payments to contract holders of FIA contracts. The call options offset this increased expense.

Futures contracts are also used to hedge against an increase in certain equity indices. An increase in certain equity indices may result in increased payments to contractholders of fixed indexed annuity contracts. The futures contracts offset this increased expense.

 

-185-


Table of Contents

Interest rate swaptions are used to hedge against an increase in the interest rate benchmark (currently the 3-month LIBOR). An increase in the interest rate benchmark may result in increased payments to contract holders of FIA contracts. The interest rate swaptions offset this increased expense.

Invested Asset and Credit Hedging

Interest rate caps and interest rate swaps are used to manage the interest rate risk in our fixed maturities portfolio. Interest rate swaps include forward starting swaps which are used for anticipated purchases of fixed maturities. They represent contracts that require the exchange of cash flows at regular interim periods, typically monthly or quarterly.

Foreign exchange swaps are used to reduce the risk of a change in the value, yield, or cash flow with respect to invested assets. Foreign exchange swaps represent contracts that require the exchange of foreign currency cash flows for U.S. dollar cash flows at regular interim periods, typically quarterly or semiannually.

Certain forwards are acquired to hedge certain CMO assets held by us against movements in interest rates, particularly mortgage rates. On the settlement date, we will either receive a payment (interest rate decreases on purchased forwards or interest rate rises on sold forwards) or will be required to make a payment (interest rate rises on purchased forwards or interest rate decreases on sold forwards).

CDS are used to reduce the credit loss exposure with respect to certain assets that we own, or to assume credit exposure on certain assets that we do not own. Payments are made to or received from the counterparty at specified intervals and amounts for the purchase or sale of credit protection. In the event of a default on the underlying credit exposure, we will either receive an additional payment (purchased credit protection) or will be required to make an additional payment (sold credit protection) equal to par minus recovery value of the swap contract.

Sale of Certain Alternative Investments

On June 4, 2012, certain of our insurance company subsidiaries entered into an agreement to sell certain general account private equity limited partnership investment interest holdings (“sale of certain alternative investments”) with a carrying value of $812.2 million as of March 31, 2012 included in Assets related to consolidated investment entities. These assets were sold to a group of private equity funds that are managed by Pomona Management LLC, also a subsidiary of ours. The transaction resulted in a net pre-tax loss of $91.9 million in the second quarter of 2012. The transaction closed in two tranches, with the first tranche having closed on June 29, 2012 and the second tranche having closed on October 29, 2012. Consideration received included $50.0 million of promissory notes due in two equal installments at December 31, 2013 and 2014. No additional loss was incurred on the second tranche since the fair value of the alternative investments was reduced to the agreed upon sale price as of June 30, 2012.

We sold these assets in order to reduce our exposure to alternative investments as part of our ordinary course portfolio management. We anticipate that the transaction will reduce required capital levels in the selling insurance companies, in light of the high capital charge associated with the asset class and improve liquidity and reduce earnings volatility.

European Exposures

We closely monitor our exposures to European sovereign debt in general, with a primary focus on our exposure to the sovereign debt of Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain (which we refer to as “peripheral Europe”), as these countries have applied for support from the European Financial Stability Facility or received support from the European Central Bank via government bond purchases in the secondary market.

 

-186-


Table of Contents

The financial turmoil in Europe continues to be a threat to global capital markets and remains a challenge to global financial stability. Additionally, the possibility of capital market volatility spreading through a highly integrated and interdependent banking system remains elevated. Furthermore, it is our view that the risk among European sovereigns and financial institutions warrants specific scrutiny, in addition to our customary surveillance and risk monitoring, given how highly correlated these sectors of the region have become.

We quantify and allocate our exposure to the region, as described in the table below, by attempting to identify all aspects of the region or country risk to which we are exposed. Among the factors we consider are the nationality of the issuer, the nationality of the issuer’s ultimate parent, the corporate and economic relationship between the issuer and its parent, as well as the political, legal and economic environment in which each functions. By undertaking this assessment, we believe that we develop a more accurate assessment of the actual geographic risk, with a more integrated understanding of all contributing factors to the full risk profile of the issuer.

In the normal course of our ongoing risk and portfolio management process, we closely monitor compliance with a credit limit hierarchy designed to minimize overly concentrated risk exposures by geography, sector and issuer. This framework takes into account various factors such as internal and external ratings, capital efficiency and liquidity and is overseen by a combination of Investment and Corporate Risk Management, as well as insurance portfolio managers focused specifically on managing the investment risk embedded in our portfolio.

As of September 30, 2012, we had $1.0 billion of exposure to peripheral Europe, which consisted of a broadly diversified portfolio of credit-related investments solely in the industrial and utility sectors. We had no fixed maturities or equity securities exposure to peripheral European sovereigns or to financial institutions based in peripheral Europe. Peripheral European exposure included non-sovereign exposure in Italy of $411.6 million, Ireland of $369.2 million, Spain of $225.1 million and Portugal of $9.1 million and no exposure to Greece. As of September 30, 2012, we had no derivative assets exposure to financial institutions based in peripheral Europe. For purposes of calculating the derivative assets exposure, we have aggregated exposure to single name and portfolio product CDS, as well as all non-CDS derivative exposure for which it either has counterparty or direct credit exposure to a company whose country of risk is in scope.

Among the remaining $8.9 billion of total non-peripheral European exposure, we had a portfolio of credit-related assets similarly diversified by country and sector across developed and developing Europe. As of September 30, 2012, our sovereign exposure was $1.8 billion, which consisted of fixed maturities and equity securities of $307.0 million and loans and receivables of $1.5 billion, comprised entirely of the Dutch State loan obligation to us under the Alt-A Back-up Facility. On November 14, 2012 the Alt-A Back-up Facility was terminated. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Alt-A Back-up Facility.” We also had $889.4 million in net exposure to non-peripheral financial institutions with a concentration in the United Kingdom of $324.6 million and Switzerland of $206.9 million. The balance of $6.2 billion was invested across non-peripheral, non-financial institutions.

In addition to aggregate concentration to the Netherlands of $2.7 billion (which included the $1.5 billion Dutch State loan obligation) and the United Kingdom of $2.8 billion as of September 30, 2012, we had significant non-peripheral European total country exposures in Switzerland of $783.2 million, Germany of $636.4 million, France of $502.6 million and Belgium of $423.5 million. We place additional scrutiny on our financial exposure in the United Kingdom, France and Switzerland given our concern for the potential for volatility to spread through the European banking system. We believe the primary risk results from market value fluctuations resulting from spread volatility and the secondary risk is default risk, should the European crisis worsen or fail to be resolved.

 

-187-


Table of Contents

The following table presents our European exposures at fair value and amortized cost as of September 30, 2012:

 

($ in millions)   Fixed Maturities and Equity Securities     Loan and
Receivables
Sovereign
(Amortized
Cost) (3)
    Derivative Assets  
Country (1)   Sovereign     Financial
Institutions
    Non-
Financial
Institutions
    Total
(Fair
Value)
    Total
(Amortized
Cost)
      Sovereign     Financial
Institutions
    Non-
Financial
Institutions
    Less:
Margin &
Collateral
    Total
(Fair
Value)
    Net Non-US
Funded at
September 30,
2012 (2)
 

Greece

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Ireland

    —          —          369.2        369.2        347.6        —          —          —          —          —          —          369.2   

Italy

    —          —          411.6        411.6        373.3        —          —          —          —          —          —          411.6   

Portugal

    —          —          9.1        9.1        7.4        —          —          —          —          —          —          9.1   

Spain

    —          —          225.1        225.1        230.0        —          —          —          —          —          —          225.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Peripheral Europe

  $ —        $ —        $ 1,015.0      $ 1,015.0      $ 958.3      $ —        $   —        $ —        $   —        $ —        $ —        $ 1,015.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Austria

    —          —          78.0        78.0        74.9        —          —          —          —          —          —          78.0   

Belgium

    36.9        —          386.6        423.5        356.2        —          —          —          —          —          —          423.5   

Bulgaria

    6.1        —          —          6.1        6.0        —          —          —          —          —          —          6.1   

Croatia

    28.7        —          —          28.7        25.5        —          —          —          —          —          —          28.7   

Czech Republic

    —          —          10.6        10.6        10.1        —          —          —          —          —          —          10.6   

Denmark

    —          9.9        85.7        95.6        83.5        —          —          —          —          —          —          95.6   

Finland

    —          —          43.2        43.2        39.5        —          —          —          —          —          —          43.2   

France

    —          90.6        406.4        497.0        463.8        —          —          323.5        —          317.9        5.6        502.6   

Germany

    —          51.6        582.6        634.2        566.2        —          —          13.6        —          11.4        2.2        636.4   

Hungary

    6.0        —          —          6.0        5.8        —          —          —          —          —          —          6.0   

Kazakhstan

    57.9        —          4.7        62.6        53.5        —          —          —          —          —          —          62.6   

Latvia

    4.9        —          —          4.9        4.6        —          —          —          —          —          —          4.9   

Lithuania

    35.2        —          —          35.2        30.7        —          —          —          —          —          —          35.2   

Luxembourg

    —          —          140.8        140.8        144.0        —          —          —          —          —          —          140.8   

Netherlands

    —          176.3        1,000.6        1,176.9        1,049.6        1,503.6        —          22.6        —          22.6        —          2,680.5   

Norway

    —          2.5        187.0        189.5        168.9        —          —          —          —          —          —          189.5   

Russian Federation

    96.7        —          96.1        192.8        169.1        —          —          —          —          —          —          192.8   

Slovakia

    5.3        —          —          5.3        5.0        —          —          —          —          —          —          5.3   

Sweden

    23.7        19.2        129.4        172.3        156.3        —          —          —          —          —          —          172.3   

Switzerland

    —          153.6        576.3        729.9        652.8        —          —          67.6        —          14.3        53.3        783.2   

Turkey

    5.6        —          —          5.6        5.5        —          —          —          —          —          —          5.6   

United Kingdom

    —          294.1        2,426.6        2,720.7        2,436.8        —          —          115.4        —          84.9        30.5        2,751.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-Peripheral Europe

    307.0        797.8        6,154.6        7,259.4        6,508.3        1,503.6        —          542.7        —          451.1        91.6        8,854.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 307.0      $ 797.8      $ 7,169.6      $ 8,274.4      $ 7,466.6      $ 1,503.6      $   —        $ 542.7      $ —        $ 451.1      $ 91.6      $ 9,869.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Exposures are classified according to the country of risk.

(2)  

Represents: (i) fixed maturities and equity securities at fair value; (ii) loan and receivables sovereign at amortized cost; and (iii) derivative assets at fair value.

(3)  

See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Alt-A Back-up Facility” for discussion of termination of the Alt-A Back-up Facility.

 

-188-


Table of Contents

Consolidated Investment Entities

We provide investment management services to, and have transactions with, various collateralized debt structures and securitizations (primarily consolidated investment entities (“CLO entities”)), private equity funds and single strategy hedge funds, insurance entities and other investment entities in the normal course of business. In certain instances, we serve as the investment manager, making day-to-day investment decisions concerning the assets of these entities. These entities are considered to be either variable interest entities (“VIEs”) or voting interest entities (“VOEs”) and we evaluate our involvement with each entity to determine whether consolidation is required.

Certain investment entities are consolidated under consolidation guidance. We consolidate entities under the VIE guidance when it is determined that we are the primary beneficiary. We consolidate certain entities under the VOE guidance when we act as the controlling general partner and the limited partners have no substantive rights to impact ongoing governance and operating activities.

With the exception of guarantees we issued in relation to collateral support for reinsurance contracts, we have no right to the benefits from, nor do we bear the risks associated with, these investments beyond our direct equity and debt investments in and management fees generated from these investment products. Such direct investments amounted to approximately $1.0 billion, $1.2 billion and $1.0 billion as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. If we were to liquidate, the assets held by consolidated investment entities would not be available to our general creditors.

Consolidated Investments

CLO Entities

Certain of our subsidiaries structure and manage CLO entities created for the sole purpose of offering investors various maturity and risk characteristics by issuing multiple tranches of collateralized debt. The notes issued by the CLO entities are backed by diversified portfolios consisting primarily of senior secured floating rate leveraged loans.

We provide collateral management services to the CLO entities and earn investment management fees and contingent performance fees. We have invested in certain of these entities, generally taking an ownership position in the unrated junior subordinated tranches. Theses CLO entities are structured and managed similarly, but have differing fee structures and we make different levels of initial capital investments in them. Our ownership interests and management and contingent performance fees were assessed to determine if we are the primary beneficiary of these entities.

In August 2012, we sponsored a new CLO entity and determined we were its primary beneficiary and therefore were required to consolidate it. The fair value of the assets and liabilities consolidated was $361.8 million and $361.8 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2012.

As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we consolidated 7 CLOs and 5 CLOs, respectively.

The collateral assets of consolidated CLO entities are held solely to satisfy the obligations of the CLO entities and the investors in the consolidated CLO entities have no recourse to the general credit of the Company for any losses sustained in the CLO entities.

Private Equity Funds and Single Strategy Hedge Funds (Partnerships)

We invest in and manage various alternative investments, including private equity funds and single strategy hedge funds. We, as a general partner or managing member of certain sponsored investment funds, are generally presumed to control these alternative investments unless the limited partners have the substantive ability to remove us, as the general partner without cause based upon a simple majority vote, or can otherwise dissolve the

 

-189-


Table of Contents

partnership, or have substantive participating rights over decision-making of the partnerships. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we consolidated 33 funds and 27 funds, respectively. See “Investments—Sale of Certain Alternative Investments” for a discussion of the sale of certain general account private equity limited partnership investment interest holdings.

Fair Value Measurement

Upon consolidation of CLO entities, we elected to apply the FVO for financial assets and financial liabilities held by these entities to measure these assets (primarily corporate loans) and liabilities (debt obligations issued by CLO entities) at fair value. We have elected the FVO to more closely align the accounting with the economics of the transactions and allow us to more effectively reflect changes in the fair value of CLO assets with a commensurate change in the fair value of CLO liabilities.

Investments held by consolidated private equity funds and single strategy hedge funds are reported in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Changes in the fair value of consolidated investment entities are recorded as a separate line item within Income related to Consolidated Investment Entities in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

The methodology for measuring the fair value and fair value hierarchy classification of financial assets and liabilities of consolidated investment entities is consistent with the methodology and fair value hierarchy rules that we apply to our investment portfolio. See the Fair Value Measurement section of the Note for Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Policies in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Nonconsolidated VIEs

CLO Entities

In addition to the consolidated CLO entities discussed above, we also hold variable interest in certain CLO entities that we do not consolidate because we have determined that we are not the primary beneficiary. With these CLO entities, we serve as the investment manager and receive investment management fees and contingent performance fees. Generally, we do not hold any interest in those nonconsolidated CLO entities. We have not provided and are not obligated to provide any financial or other support to these entities.

Although we have the power to direct the activities that significantly impact the economic performance for CLO entities, we do not hold a significant variable interest in any of these CLO entities and, as such, do not have the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the entity. Based on this analysis, we are not considered the primary beneficiary of any of these CLO entities, and have not consolidated. On a periodic basis we review the facts and circumstances regarding the CLO entities to determine whether our consolidation considerations remain appropriate. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010, we did not hold any ownership interest in these unconsolidated CLOs and our maximum exposure was equal to zero.

Investment Funds

We manage or hold investments in certain private equity funds and single strategy hedge funds. These funds are managed as a portfolio of investments that use advanced investment strategies such as leverage, long, short and derivative positions in both domestic and international markets with the goal of generating high returns. With these entities, we serve as the investment manager and are entitled to receive investment management fees and contingent performance fees that are generally expected to be insignificant. We do not hold any equity interest in these fund VIEs and have not provided and are not obligated to provide any financial or other support to these funds.

Although we have the power to direct the activities that significantly impact the economic performance of the funds, we do not hold a significant variable interest in any of these funds and, as such, do not have the

 

-190-


Table of Contents

obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the entity. Accordingly, we are not considered the primary beneficiary of and do not consolidate, any of these investment funds.

In addition, we do not consolidate funds, in which our involvement takes a form of a limited partner interest and is restricted to a role of a passive investor, as a limited partner interest does not provide us with any substantive kick-out or participating rights, which would overcome the presumption of control by the general partner.

Securitizations

We invest in various tranches of securitization entities, including RMBS, CMBS and ABS. Certain RMBS investments represent agency pass-through securities and close-to-the-index tranches issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or a similar government sponsored entity. Investments that we hold in non-agency RMBS and CMBS also include interest-only, principal-only, and inverse floating securities. We are not obligated to provide any financial or other support to these entities. The RMBS, CMBS and ABS entities are thinly capitalized by design and considered VIEs. Our involvement with these entities is limited to that of a passive investor. We have no unilateral right to appoint or remove the servicer, special servicer, or investment manager of these entities, which are generally viewed to have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the securitization entities’ economic performance, in any of these entities, nor do we function in any of these roles. Through our investments or other arrangements, we do not have the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the entity. Therefore, we are not the primary beneficiary and do not consolidate any of the RMBS, CMBS and ABS entities in which we hold investments. These investments are accounted for as investments available-for-sale as described in the Fair Value Measurements note to our Consolidated Financial Statements and unrealized capital gains (losses) on these securities are recorded directly in AOCI, except for certain RMBS which are accounted for under the FVO, whose change in fair value is reflected in Other net realized gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Our maximum exposure to loss on these structured investments is limited to the amount of our investment. See the Note for Investments in our Consolidated Financial Statements for details regarding the carrying amounts and classifications of these assets.

 

-191-


Table of Contents

ORGANIZATIONAL HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

Our History

Prior to this offering, we are a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group, a global financial institution of Dutch origin, with operations in more than 40 countries and more than 95,000 employees.

ING Group entered the United States life insurance market in 1975 through the acquisition of Wisconsin National Life Insurance Company, followed in 1976 with its acquisition of Midwestern United Life Insurance Company and Security Life of Denver Insurance Company in 1977. ING Group significantly expanded its presence in the United States in the late 1990s and 2000s with the acquisitions of Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa (1997), Furman Selz, an investment advisory company (1997), ReliaStar Life Insurance Company (including Pilgrim Capital Corporation) (2000), Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company (including Aeltus Investment Management) (2000) and CitiStreet (2008).

The following chart presents the ownership structure through which ING Group currently holds its interest in us. ING Insurance International B.V. is the record holder of our outstanding shares, which it holds for the economic benefit of ING Verzekeringen N.V.

 

LOGO

Anticipated Divestment from ING Group

Prior to this offering, we are a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group. In October 2009, ING Group submitted a restructuring plan to the EC in order to receive approval for state aid granted to ING Group by the Dutch State in November 2008 and March 2009. To receive approval for this state aid, ING Group was required to divest its insurance and investment management businesses, including the Company. On November 19, 2012 ING Group and the EC announced that the EC approved the 2012 Amended Restructuring Plan. The 2012 Amended Restructuring Plan requires ING Group to divest at least 25% of the Company by December 31, 2013, more than 50% of the Company by December 31, 2014, and 100% of the Company by December 31, 2016. The divestment of 50% of the Company is measured in terms of a divestment of over 50% of the shares of ING U.S., Inc., the loss of ING Group’s majority of directors on ING U.S., Inc.’s board of directors and the accounting

 

-192-


Table of Contents

deconsolidation of the Company (in line with IFRS accounting rules). In case ING Group does not satisfy its commitment to divest the Company as agreed with the EC, the Dutch State will renotify the recapitalization measure to the EC. In such a case, the EC may require additional restructuring measures or take enforcement actions against ING Group, or, at the request of ING Group and the Dutch State, could allow ING Group more time to complete the divestment. In the event ING Group is no longer required or is allowed more time to divest the Company, ING Group may delay its divestiture. For additional information on the separation from ING Group, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Separation from, and Continuing Relationship with, ING Group.

Our Organizational Structure

We are a holding company incorporated in Delaware in April 1999. We operate our businesses through a number of direct and indirect subsidiaries. The following organizational chart presents the ownership and jurisdiction of incorporation of our principal subsidiaries:

 

LOGO

The chart above presents:

 

   

ING U.S., Inc.

 

   

Our principal intermediate holding company, Lion Holdings, which is the direct parent of a number of our insurance and non-insurance operating entities.

 

   

Our principal operating entities that will be the primary sources of cash distributions to ING U.S., Inc. Specifically, these entities are our principal insurance operating companies (ILIAC, ING USA, SLD and RLI) and ING Investment Management LLC, the holding company for entities that operate our Investment Management business.

 

   

SLDI, our insurance subsidiary domiciled in the Cayman Islands.

Other ING Operations in the United States

ING Group has certain operations in the United States that do not form part of the Company, including ING Group’s wholesale banking operations and certain limited operations of its European and Asian investment management business.

 

-193-


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

We are a premier retirement, investment and insurance company serving the financial needs of approximately 13 million individual and institutional customers in the United States as of December 31, 2011. Our vision is to be America’s Retirement Company™. Our approximately 7,150 employees are focused on executing our mission to make a secure financial future possible—one person, one family and one institution at a time. Through our retirement, investment management and insurance businesses, we help our customers save, grow, protect and enjoy their wealth to and through retirement. We offer our products and services through a broad group of financial intermediaries, independent producers, affiliated advisors and dedicated sales specialists throughout the United States.

Our extensive scale and breadth of product offerings are designed to help Americans achieve their retirement savings, investment income and protection goals. Our strategy is centered on preparing customers for “Retirement Readiness”—being emotionally and economically secure and ready for their retirement. We believe that the rapid aging of the U.S. population, weakening of traditional social safety nets, shifting of responsibility for retirement planning from institutions to individuals and growth in total retirement account assets will drive significant demand for our products and services going forward. We believe that we are well positioned to deliver on this Retirement Readiness need.

We believe that we help our customers achieve four essential financial goals, as they prepare for, enter and enjoy their retirement years.

 

   

Save . Our products enable our customers to save for retirement by establishing investment accounts through their employers or individually.

 

   

Grow . We provide advisory programs, IRAs, fixed annuities, brokerage accounts, mutual funds and accumulation insurance products to help our customers achieve their financial objectives.

 

   

Protect . Our specialized retirement and insurance products, such as universal life, indexed universal life, term life and stable value products, allow our customers to protect against unforeseen life events and mitigate market risk.

 

   

Enjoy . Our retirement income products such as target date funds, guaranteed income funds, fixed annuities, IRAs, mutual funds and accumulation insurance products enable our customers to meet income needs through “post primary working years” and achieve wealth transfer objectives.

We tailor our products to meet the unique needs of our individual and institutional customers. Our individual businesses are primarily focused on the middle and mass affluent markets; however we serve customers across the full income spectrum, especially in our Institutional Retirement Plans business, Retail and Alternative Fund businesses, and Employee Benefits segment. Similarly, our institutional businesses serve a broad range of customers, with customized offerings to the small-mid, large and mega market segments.

We believe that with our leading market positions, investment expertise, and distribution reach we are well positioned to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns and earnings growth for our shareholders over time.

We operate our principal businesses through three business lines: Retirement Solutions, Investment Management and Insurance Solutions. We refer to these business lines as our “ongoing business.” In addition, we also have Closed Blocks and Corporate reporting segments. Closed Blocks consists of three businesses where we have placed our portfolios in run-off—Closed Block Variable Annuity, Closed Block Institutional Spread Products and Closed Block Other. Our Corporate segment includes our corporate activities and corporate-level assets and financial obligations.

 

-194-


Table of Contents

The following table presents a summary of our key individual and institutional markets, how we define those markets, and the key products sold in such markets.

Individual Markets

 

Market

   Household Income Range    Investable
Asset Range
  

Customer Products

Middle Market

   $50,000-$100,000    <$100,000   

Term Life Insurance

Mutual Funds

Rollover IRAs

Annuities

Mass Affluent

   $100,000-$250,000    $100,000-
$1,000,000
  

Term Life Insurance

Universal Life Insurance

Mutual Funds

Rollover IRAs

Financial Advisory

Annuities

Affluent

   $250,000-$500,000    $1,000,000-
$10,000,000
  

Term Life Insurance

Universal Life Insurance

Mutual Funds

Separately Managed Accounts

Alternatives Funds

Rollover IRAs

Financial Advisory

Annuities

Institutional Markets

        

Market

   Employee Size    Asset Range   

Customer Products

Small-Mid

   26-3,000    $5 million-
$150 million
  

Full Service Retirement Plans

Retirement Recordkeeping

Employee Benefits

Investment Management

Stable Value

Large

   3,000-5,000    $150 million-
$500 million
  

Full Service Retirement Plans

Retirement Recordkeeping

Employee Benefits

Investment Management

Stable Value

Mega

   >5,000    >$500
million
  

Retirement Recordkeeping

Employee Benefits

Investment Management

Stable Value

 

-195-


Table of Contents

We operate our ongoing business through three business lines which encompass five reporting segments:

Retirement Solutions. We are a leading provider of retirement services and products in the United States, with approximately $107.2 billion in AUM and $208.2 billion of AUA as of December 31, 2011. We provide an extensive product range addressing both the accumulation and income distribution needs of customers, through a broad distribution footprint of nearly 2,500 affiliated representatives and thousands of non-affiliated agents and TPAs. Our Retirement Solutions business comprises two financial reporting segments: Retirement and Annuities.

 

   

Retirement provides tax-deferred, employer-sponsored retirement savings plans and administrative services to more than 49,000 plan sponsors covering approximately 5.3 million plan participants in corporate, education, healthcare and government markets. Retirement also provides rollover IRAs, and other retail financial products as well as comprehensive financial advisory services to individual customers. We serve a broad spectrum of employers ranging from small companies to the very largest of corporations and government entities. We rank second in the U.S. defined contribution plan market by number of record kept plan sponsors and number of plan participants served, and fourth by assets under management and administration at December 31, 2011. We also rank second in the K-12 education market and fourth in the higher education market by assets at December 31, 2011. Retirement had $287.7 billion of AUM and AUA at December 31, 2011, of which $71.8 billion was full service business, $213.8 billion was recordkeeping and stable value business and $2.1 billion was Individual Markets business.

 

   

Annuities provides fixed and indexed annuities, tax-qualified mutual fund custodial products and payout annuities for pre-retirement wealth accumulation and post-retirement income management sold through multiple channels, and had $27.7 billion of AUM at December 31, 2011.

Investment Management. We are a prominent full-service asset manager with $166.1 billion of AUM and $59.0 billion of AUA as of December 31, 2011, delivering client-oriented investment solutions and advisory services. We serve both individual and institutional customers, offering them domestic and international fixed income, equity, multi-asset and alternative investment products and solutions across a range of geographies, investment styles and capitalization spectrums.

 

   

As of December 31, 2011, we managed $87.2 billion in our commercial business (comprised of $55.7 billion for third-party institutions and individual investors, and $31.5 billion in separate account assets for our Retirement Solutions, Insurance Solutions and Closed Block businesses) and $78.9 billion in general account assets. We are particularly focused on growing our commercial business, in which we achieved 7.0% organic AUM growth in 2011.

 

   

We have a highly scalable business model and are among the twenty largest managers of institutional tax-exempt assets in the U.S. and ranked number one among defined contribution investment managers in client loyalty and favorability in 2011.

 

   

As of December 31, 2011, our retail mutual fund portfolio assets totaled $18.6 billion. On a five-year asset-weighted basis, 77% of our mutual funds beat their Morningstar category average and 80% had lower volatility than their Morningstar competitor average as of December 31, 2011.

Insurance Solutions . We are one of the top providers of life insurance in the United States. In our focus individual products, term and universal life, we currently rank fourth and eleventh, respectively, based on premiums sold. We are also the fifth ranked provider of medical stop loss coverage in the United States based on in-force premiums. Our Insurance Solutions business comprises two financial reporting segments: Individual Life and Employee Benefits.

 

   

Individual Life provides wealth protection and transfer opportunities through universal, variable, and term products, distributed through independent channels to meet the needs of a broad range of customers from the middle-market through affluent market segments. The Individual Life distribution model is supported by independent life sales agents (over 2,200 independent general agents with access to over 91,000 producers), strategic distribution (over 30 independent managing directors supporting approximately 6,800 additional producers) and specialty markets (approximately 75 general agents with access to over 7,400 producers).

 

-196-


Table of Contents
   

Employee Benefits provides stop loss, group life, voluntary employee-paid and disability products to mid-sized and large businesses. The Company has 58 employee benefits sales representatives, across 19 sales offices, with average industry experience of 16 years. Approximately 62.5%, 16.3% and 12.4% of 2011 Employee Benefit sales were attributed to stop loss, life and voluntary products, respectively.

Closed Blocks . We separated our Closed Block Variable Annuity and Closed Block Institutional Spread Products segments from our other operations, placing them in run-off, and made a strategic decision to stop actively writing new retail variable annuity products with substantial guarantee features and to run-off the institutional spread products portfolio over time. Accordingly, these segments have been classified as closed blocks and are managed separately from our ongoing business.

 

   

Closed Block Variable Annuity . In 2009, we decided to cease sales of retail variable annuity products with substantial guarantee features (the last policies were issued in early 2010 and we placed this portfolio in run-off). Subsequently, we refined our hedging program to dynamically protect regulatory reserves and rating agency capital of the variable annuities block for adverse equity market movements. In addition, since 2010, we have increased statutory reserves considerably, added significant interest rate risk protection and have more closely aligned our policyholder behavior assumptions with experience. Our focus in managing our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment is on protecting regulatory reserves and rating agency capital from equity market movements via hedging and judiciously looking for opportunities to accelerate the run-off of the block, where possible. We believe that our hedging program combined with our Statutory reserves of $7.7 billion at September 30, 2012, related to the variable annuity block, provides adequate resources to fund a wide range of, but not all, possible market scenarios as well as a margin for adverse policyholder behavior.

 

   

Closed Block Institutional Spread Products . In 2009, we also placed the institutional spread products portfolio in run-off. As of September 30, 2012, remaining assets in the institutional spread products portfolio had an amortized cost of $4.8 billion, down from a peak of $14.3 billion in 2008.

As of December 31, 2011, we had $437.9 billion in total AUM and AUA and total shareholder’s equity, excluding AOCI and noncontrolling interests, of $9.8 billion. In 2011, we generated $277.8 million of income before income taxes, ($88.1) million in net loss available to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder and $1.1 billion of operating income before income taxes. As of September 30, 2012 we had $456.8 billion in total AUM and AUA. In the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we generated $714.1 million of income before income taxes, $495.7 million in net income available to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder and $709.2 million of operating income before income taxes . Operating income before income taxes is a non-GAAP financial measure. For a reconciliation of operating income before income taxes to income (loss) before income taxes, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Results of Operations—Company Consolidated.”

Market Environment and Opportunities

The current macroeconomic backdrop and financial market uncertainty, as well as the weakening of historical safety nets provided by governments and employers, such as Social Security and defined benefit plans, are increasing the need for Americans to plan for their own long-term financial security. Our products and services are designed to help individuals achieve their retirement savings, investment income and protection goals. We believe that we are uniquely positioned to benefit from a number of significant demographic and market trends, including the following:

 

   

Rapid growth in aging U.S. population . The U.S. Census Bureau estimates that the number of Americans aged 65 and older will more than double over the next 40 years, increasing from 40.2 million in 2010 to 88.5 million in 2050. By 2050, it is estimated that over 20% of the U.S. population will be aged 65 or older, as compared to 13.0% in 2010.

 

   

Fraying of traditional social safety nets . The U.S. Government Accountability Office has indicated that increasing life expectancy has created a risk that many retirees will outlive their retirement assets.

 

-197-


Table of Contents
 

Additionally, employer-sponsored private sector pension plans face severe funding deficits. According to a recent report by Mercer Consulting, a consulting and research firm, the aggregate funding deficit for pension plans sponsored by companies included on the S&P 1500 was $484 billion as of December 31, 2011. Americans realize that funding deficits in government and employer-sponsored pension plans leave them exposed to retirement income shortfalls. According to a LIMRA study, more than 62% of individuals aged 55 to 70 do not expect to receive enough income from Social Security and employer pensions to cover their basic living expenses through their retirement years.

 

   

Growth in the retirement savings market . The U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics estimates that private sector participation in defined benefit plans declined from 80% of full time employees in 1985 to 22% in 2011, while employee participation in defined contribution plans increased from 41% to 50% over the same period. Between 2000 and 2011, total assets held in defined contribution plans grew from $3.1 trillion to $5.0 trillion and total assets held in IRAs grew from $2.6 trillion in 2000 to $4.8 trillion in 2011, while total private sector defined benefit plan assets only grew from $2.0 trillion to $2.3 trillion. According to Cerulli Associates, a financial services research firm, total U.S. retirement account assets are expected to grow 38% from $16 trillion in 2011 to $22 trillion by 2016. The paradigm shift in savings responsibilities from institutions to individuals will drive much of this growth into the defined contribution and IRA markets, with defined contribution plan assets expected to grow from $4.8 trillion to $5.8 trillion and IRA assets expected to grow from $5.2 trillion to $7.6 trillion between 2011 and 2016. In addition, the anticipated growth of the rollover market presents a considerable long-term opportunity: according to LIMRA, assets rolled into IRAs exceeded $400 billion per year in 2011 (up 118% from 10 years ago) and are expected to reach approximately $600 billion per year by 2015.

 

   

Insufficient life insurance coverage . According to the most recent study available by LIMRA, 58 million or approximately half of all U.S. households do not believe they have sufficient life insurance coverage. The average U.S. household with life insurance coverage only owns enough to replace 3.6 years of income, as compared to the 7- to 12- year average recommended range as sourced by LIMRA.

We believe these market trends will drive increasing demand for our Retirement Solutions, Investment Management and Insurance Solutions businesses, and highlight the value of our holistic investment advisory approach as a means to help customers realize their retirement savings and income goals.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we have a number of competitive strengths which will allow us to capitalize on attractive market opportunities as we develop and grow our business in a consistent and prudent manner.

 

   

Leadership positions in our ongoing business with a broad range of product offerings capable of meeting the evolving financial needs of customers throughout their lives. We have leading positions in our Retirement Solutions and Insurance Solutions businesses and a prominent Investment Management business with top-tier investment performance across an array of asset classes. Few of our competitors have the breadth and scale across savings and financial protection products that customers will need throughout their lives.

 

   

Our Retirement Solutions business ranks as the number two provider of defined contribution retirement plans in the U.S., as measured by the number of plan sponsors and number of plan participants for which we provide recordkeeping services. We are one of the few retirement services providers in the U.S. capable of using our industry presence and scale to efficiently support small, mid, large and mega-sized employers in the 401(k), 403(b) and 457 market segments.

 

   

Our Investment Management business is a leading U.S. based asset manager, with 77% of our mutual funds beating their Morningstar category average and 80% having lower volatility than their Morningstar competitor average on a five-year asset-weighted basis as of December 31, 2011.

 

-198-


Table of Contents
   

Our Insurance Solutions business provides a full range of product capabilities and is the fourth largest writer of term life, the eleventh largest writer of universal life based on premiums sold in the United States, and the fifth largest provider of medical stop loss coverage based on premiums in force.

 

   

Relationships with over 13 million customers as of December 31, 2011 . We believe the size, scope and long-standing market presence of our businesses provide us with access to millions of individual customers, relationships with and relevance to distributors across the financial services landscape, economies of scale, and an understanding of and ability to leverage best practices across our organization. We can offer customers with whom we have built a relationship, either through their employer or directly, a suite of products that can meet most of their lifetime protection and accumulation needs.

 

   

Our institutional businesses provide us with the ability to access millions of individual customers in a cost-effective manner, and our comprehensive product suite gives us the opportunity to convert these touch points into long-term customer relationships.

 

   

Our access to individuals at critical points in their lives and our ability to offer tailored protection, retirement, investment and savings products enables us to cultivate deep, long-lasting and profitable customer relationships. Our product suite includes roll-over IRAs, mutual funds and annuities which enables us to maintain a relationship with individuals entering retirement or exiting their current plan for any other reason. According to LIMRA, approximately 75% of roll-over assets are captured by an institution with which the customer had a prior relationship.

 

   

Extensive, multi-channel distribution network with strong producer relationships. We offer customers access to our products and services through a national, multi-channel distribution network that includes approximately 200,000 individual points of contact associated with both affiliated and unaffiliated distributors.

 

   

We cultivate long-standing, loyal relationships with our distributors by providing innovative products, highly responsive service and efficient technology solutions.

 

   

Each of our businesses maintains its own distribution base, tailored by the nature of its products and preferences of its customers.

 

   

We have established extensive, multi-channel distribution networks in each of our ongoing businesses and believe these strong relationships are a key aspect of achieving our long term goals.

 

   

Scalable operating platform. We have developed a highly scalable business model which positions us well to future growth opportunities. Our operating platform supports both current and significantly higher volumes of business, positioning us favorably for margin expansion in the future.

 

   

Our Retirement Solutions business has operational centers of excellence that are leveraged across the Institutional Retirement Plans (full service recordkeeping) and Individual Markets businesses to efficiently and cost effectively provide high quality services to all clients.

 

   

Our Investment Management business has developed product manufacturing capabilities that would enable the business to manage a significant amount of additional assets with limited increase in costs.

 

   

Our Insurance Solutions business has scalable operational models that provide us the capability to add new business at attractive marginal costs and to quickly increase capacity to take advantage of attractive market conditions.

 

-199-


Table of Contents
   

Renewed financial strength . We have taken decisive actions to strengthen our balance sheet over the last four years by repositioning and reducing the risk of our investment portfolio, hedging our closed block against market-related volatility, deleveraging our capital structure and bolstering our holding company liquidity position.

 

   

Our U.S. insurance subsidiaries have maintained an estimated combined RBC ratio at or above 425% as of the end of each quarter during 2011 and 2012.

 

   

Our investment portfolio of $92.8 billion as of December 31, 2011, is comprised of approximately 78.4% fixed maturity securities, of which 94.2% have been assigned credit quality ratings of 1 or 2 by the NAIC.

 

   

Between December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2011, we reduced our Alt-A exposure 89.6% from $4.5 billion to $470.8 million, our subprime holdings 66.7% from $3.6 billion to $1.2 billion and our CMBS exposure 42.6% from $9.4 billion to $5.4 billion based on amortized cost. As of September 30, 2012, we had no direct sovereign exposure to Greece, Ireland, Portugal, Spain or Italy and no direct exposure to financial institutions based in those countries.

 

   

We decided to cease sales of retail variable annuity products with substantial guarantee features (last policies were issued in 2010) and placed this portfolio and the institutional spread products portfolio in run-off. Subsequently, we refined our hedging program to dynamically protect regulatory reserves and rating agency capital of the variable annuities block for adverse equity market movements. In addition, since 2010, we have increased statutory reserves considerably, added significant interest rate risk protection and have more closely aligned our policyholder behavior assumptions with experience.

 

   

We enhanced our capital structure and significantly reduced financial leverage.

 

   

Stringent risk management approach . Over the past few years, we have become increasingly focused on risk management and risk control. We have established an independent risk management function with responsibility for all risk management across the organization enabling clear separation of duties between risk, finance and investment functions.

 

   

We have comprehensive risk management and control procedures at all levels of our organization that support business strategies, formulate risk appetite, implement risk related policies and monitor limits.

 

   

We adhere to a strong policy and reporting framework that guides a multi-tiered risk governance structure in the assessment and management of risk and includes a daily feedback mechanism.

 

   

We follow disciplined processes to assess, measure, report and manage risks, including product development and pricing, ALM, capital management and risk mitigating activities such as hedging and reinsurance.

 

   

We maintain a dynamic hedging program that protects against select equity market and interest rate risks as illustrated by the recent extension of our Retirement stable value hedge to 80% coverage.

 

   

Highly experienced management team, supported by deep bench of talent . Our senior management team has extensive experience in the retirement, investment management and insurance sectors and is supported by a diverse group of talented executives throughout the Company.

 

   

Our 10 executive officers average over 25 years of financial services experience and are actively instilling a performance-driven, execution-oriented culture across our organization.

 

   

6 of our 10 executive officers have joined the Company since the financial crisis and have successfully put in place a set of strategies that are helping to define our Company today, including risk management initiatives, balance sheet discipline, and product portfolio improvements.

 

-200-


Table of Contents

Our Business Strategy

Building on our core strengths, we intend to pursue strategies to deliver consistent earnings growth with attractive risk-adjusted returns while maintaining a strong balance sheet. The immediate focus of our strategy is to improve the operating ROC of our ongoing business. We have identified more than thirty ROC-enhancing projects across our businesses and functions intended to improve operating ROC of our ongoing business from     % in 2011, to     % in 2012, to a goal in the range of     % to     % by 2016. Operating ROC is a non-GAAP financial measure. For additional detail on our ROC expansion goal and the calculation of operating ROC and reconciliations, see “—Operating Return on Capital Goal.” The cornerstones of our prudent ROC-expansion strategy are the following strategies:

 

   

Improve the profitability of our existing franchises. We have identified and are actively pursuing several initiatives to improve profitability across our businesses. These initiatives include maintaining strict pricing discipline for new sales, re-pricing existing blocks of business that do not meet our return hurdles, allowing the run-off of unprofitable books that cannot be re-priced and adjusting policyholder crediting rates. For instance, we recently instituted price increases across certain term and universal life products, positioning them to earn double-digit returns. We are working to reduce our operating and information technology overhead by leveraging our procurement capabilities to reduce expenses, increasing our use of business process outsourcing services and employing “Six Sigma” statistical management techniques. We believe these initiatives will enhance our margins and support improved earnings and increased cash flow distributions from our operating subsidiaries to ING U.S., Inc. going forward.

 

   

Focus on capital management across all businesses. We are highly focused on effectively managing the demands for capital across our businesses. We have prioritized growth in our higher return, less capital intensive Retirement Solutions and Investment Management businesses. Our Insurance Solutions business is focused on selling capital-efficient products such as indexed products in Individual Life and Employee Benefits products. The overall objective of these policies is to realign our businesses in a manner that will maximize free cash flow generation.

 

   

Leverage leading market positions, investment performance, and distribution strength to drive profitable growth in select markets. Within Retirement Solutions, we are focused on growing in the small-mid corporate and higher education retirement plan markets, which offer stronger growth and return potential than other sectors of the market. We are also seeking to cross-sell multiple products and services to our large recordkeeping-only clients. Within Investment Management, we are focused on leveraging our strong investment track record and historical performance to attract new institutional and individual customers in our third party business and to increase the share of proprietary assets under the management of Retirement Solutions. Given our scalable operating platform we believe our growth will produce margin expansion in these segments. Also, although we are deemphasizing parts of our Insurance Solutions business, it provides key capabilities, broad distribution and seasoned underwriting that complement Retirement Solutions and Investment Management in helping customers attain their financial goals.

 

   

Transcend boundaries between workplace benefits and personal financial products . We aim to deliver comprehensive solutions across our customer base by combining the capabilities of our three ongoing businesses. This combination of capabilities differentiates us from other financial services firms and allows us to capitalize on favorable demographic and social trends. For individuals, we intend to provide value-added services and increase the number of our products they consume. In Retirement Solutions, we have been seeking greater access to employees in employer-sponsored plans. We believe that such direct access will allow us to convert institutional relationships into individual ones and enable us to offer individuals entering retirement or exiting their current employer-sponsored plan for any other reason suitable products in which they can invest their retirement plan assets. In Insurance Solutions, we have been working with employer clients to offer a broader array of voluntary products to address the needs of their employees. Ultimately, we aspire to bridge the gap between workplace benefits and personal financial products in order to benefit our customers.

 

-201-


Table of Contents
   

Protect our balance sheet by prudently managing risks. Risk management is pervasive in everything we do as a Company. The coordination of our strategic, financial and risk functions have been critical to helping us focus on risk reduction initiatives as well as determining where to invest for the future. We have substantially reduced the risk of our investment portfolio since 2008 and intend to continue managing it conservatively. On the liability side, we have significantly deleveraged our capital structure, are keenly focused on managing tail risks and have implemented a hedging program designed to substantially mitigate the effect of market shocks on our regulatory and rating agency capital adequacy, especially as it relates to the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment . Our hedging program is constantly evaluated and revised in light of changing market conditions and to manage the trade-offs between capital preservation, cash flow, earnings and underlying economics.

Our Brand

Our company’s leadership and reputation in the financial services industry is built from the strong heritage of our brand. Through a history of acquisitions, including the Aetna, ReliaStar, Equitable of Iowa, Security Life of Denver brands, we have consistently integrated and branded our operations to achieve outstanding customer awareness, brand attributes, and brand affiliation. Since 2001, we largely consolidated our operations under the globally recognized ING brand. According to industry branding surveys, brand awareness for ING in the U.S. has grown dramatically, increasing from 11% in 2001 to 79% in 2012.

The ING U.S. brand is associated with retirement, investment and insurance products and solutions that deliver financial security, and as we become a standalone company, we plan to leverage our high brand awareness and brand strength to create a new brand that supports our mission of making a secure financial future possible for all of our customers.

We plan to invest substantial resources to develop and build awareness of our new brand, based on our vision to be America’s Retirement Company™. We believe that strong brand recognition is the first step in reestablishing ourselves with all of our stakeholders as a standalone company.

We have developed detailed plans for executing both the operational and legal entity rebranding efforts. Beginning shortly after the consummation of this offering, we intend to begin operational and legal work to rebrand to “            ”. Although this work will begin shortly after the consummation of this offering, we do not expect to formally shift the majority of our advertising and marketing to our new brand name until 8 to 15 months following this offering. The process of changing all marketing materials, operating materials and legal entity names containing the word “ING” or “Lion” to our new brand name will take approximately 24 months and, together with our anticipated advertising campaigns will cost between $             and $            .

Operating Return on Capital Goal

Our goal is to operate our ongoing business to deliver an attractive operating return on capital, or “operating ROC.” We view this metric as a key financial measure of our operating performance and have established the goals described below for our performance over time as measured by this metric. We believe that the presentation of operating ROC of our ongoing business enhances the understanding of its results of operations by highlighting its underlying profitability relative to its capital. We believe that delivering an attractive operating ROC should increase our enterprise valuation, improve our access to the capital markets, lower our cost of capital and attract and retain talent.

 

-202-


Table of Contents

Operating ROC is a non-GAAP financial measure. Other companies may use a similar non-GAAP financial measure that is calculated differently from the way we calculate it. Accordingly, our operating ROC may not be comparable to a similar measure used by other companies. We calculate operating ROC by dividing operating income (loss) before interest and after income taxes, by average capital. When we calculate operating ROC of our ongoing business, we use the following methodology:

 

   

Operating income (loss) before interest and after income taxes for our ongoing business is calculated by aggregating the operating income (loss) before income taxes for each segment included within our ongoing business, in each case tax-effected based on an assumed effective tax rate of 35%. Because interest expense related to financial leverage is recorded in our Corporate segment, no adjustment for interest expense is required with respect to operating income (loss) before income taxes for our ongoing business.

 

   

Average capital for our ongoing business is calculated by determining total Company average capital, allocating that average capital to each of our segments, and then aggregating segment average capital for each of the segments included within our ongoing business.

 

   

Total Company average capital is equal to the average ING U.S., Inc. shareholder’s equity, excluding AOCI, plus total Company average financial leverage (with the average in each case calculated as the simple average of such amounts as of the beginning and end of the relevant period).

 

   

Total Company financial leverage is calculated as the sum of consolidated short-term debt and long-term debt, plus loans from certain subsidiaries, and excluding operating leverage. We define operating leverage as self-liquidating forms of financing, such as securities lending, reverse repurchase and captive reinsurance reserve financing arrangements. For a reconciliation of financial leverage to total long-term and short-term debt, see “—Calculations and Reconciliations.”

 

       Total Company average capital is allocated to each of our segments in proportion to each segment’s target statutory capital, plus an allocation of the differences between statutory capital and Total ING U.S., Inc. shareholder’s equity on a GAAP basis (excluding AOCI), based on each segment’s portion of these differences.

For purposes of measuring our progress towards our operating ROC goal, when calculating operating ROC of our ongoing business for 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we applied certain adjustments to our operating income (loss) before interest and after income taxes for those periods to exclude the following items that we believe are not reflective of the performance of our ongoing business:

 

   

net earnings effects associated with investment portfolio restructurings implemented in 2012 to establish an appropriate standalone company capital structure and

 

   

DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking, which is an item that typically recurs but can be volatile from period to period.

We believe that excluding these items provides the most meaningful baseline for assessing our business performance against our long-term operating ROC goal for our ongoing business. We refer to our operating income (loss) before interest and after income taxes for 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012, as adjusted for these items, as “baseline operating income before interest and after income taxes.” For a reconciliation of baseline operating income before interest and after income taxes to operating income (loss) before income taxes, see “—Calculations and Reconciliations.” Other significant items and intangibles unlocking may occur in the future which could impact the comparability of our reported operating ROC for future periods to our long term objectives described below.

Our goal is to increase the operating ROC of our ongoing business from a baseline of     % in 2011 to     % in 2012 and, thereafter, to a range of     % to     % by 2016. During this period, our plan is to improve operating ROC by between              basis points and              basis points each year. These long-term goals are premised on a number of significant assumptions and are, by their nature, subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are outside of our control and further described below.

 

-203-


Table of Contents

As part of our efforts to reach our operating ROC goal for our ongoing business, for four of the segments included in our ongoing business we have set segment-level operating ROC goals that we seek to achieve by 2016. For our Investment Management segment, which is also included in our ongoing business, we have set an operating margin goal that we seek to achieve by 2016. We calculate operating margin in our Investment Management segment by dividing operating income (loss) before interest and income taxes by total operating revenues. These goals are:

 

   

Retirement: operating ROC goal in the range of       % to       %;

 

   

Annuities: operating ROC goal in the range of       % to       %;

 

   

Investment Management: operating margin goal in the range of       % to       %;

 

   

Individual Life: operating ROC goal in the range of       % to       %; and

 

   

Employee Benefits: operating ROC goal in the range of       % to       %.

In late 2011, we established a process to identify and track over thirty strategic initiatives across all our businesses and functions to help us reach our operating ROC goal for our ongoing business. For management purposes, we categorize each such initiative as a margin, growth or capital initiative. Within margin initiatives, we further specify the planned attributions from cost savings, re-pricing actions and the run-off of unprofitable blocks of business. Concurrently with our cost rationalization efforts, we plan to continue to make necessary investments in our businesses to help facilitate our ability to best serve our customers, including our planned efforts to rebrand our company following the consummation of this offering, the anticipated cost of which is not included in the calculation of our operating ROC goal. See “—Our Brand.”

Our plan calls for margin initiatives to be the greatest contributor to the operating ROC goal for our ongoing business, generating              basis points to              basis points improvement over the period from 2011 to 2016. The largest initiatives include: (a) enterprise-wide cost rationalization efforts where our goal is to reduce annual operating expenses by approximately $             to $             by 2016, as compared to 2011; (b) crediting rate reductions in our Retirement and Individual Life segments; (c) product repricing and single pay limit reductions on no-lapse guarantee and guaranteed death benefit products in our Individual Life segment; (d) cost rationalization efforts in our Retirement segment (separate from the enterprise-wide efforts described above) which include cost reductions in discretionary expenditures and measures to increase efficiencies in staffing; (e) run-off of the MYGA business in our Annuities segment; (f) margin and pricing improvement efforts in our Retirement segment, through improved assumption setting and risk management and growth of the return on capital of its large/mega recordkeeping and full service plans; and (g) loss ratio improvement efforts for stop loss policies written by our Employee Benefits segment, driven by improving underwriting, claims processing and product features.

Our plan calls for growth initiatives to generate              basis points to              basis points improvement to the operating ROC of our ongoing business over the period from 2011 to 2016. The largest initiatives include: (a) the strategy of our Retirement segment to capitalize on our deep institutional relationships to enhance the presence of our Individual Markets business (particularly in the rollover market); (b) efforts by our Investment Management business to capture defined contribution investment only business, given our competitive investment performance in attractive asset classes; (c) the focus by our Investment Management business on improving sales force productivity to drive third-party AUM growth; and (d) efforts by our Annuities segment to increase sales of our Select Advantage mutual fund given its low capital requirements.

Capital initiatives are anticipated to make additional incremental contributions to the operating ROC of our ongoing business over the period from 2011 to 2016. Capital optimization efforts are being implemented across our ongoing business that we believe will add incremental improvement to the operating ROC of our ongoing business. Many of our margin initiatives are intended to enhance both margin and capital efficiencies, such as the focused run-off of our unprofitable businesses and emphasis on less capital-intensive product categories, and have been described above. Capital-specific initiatives include various reinsurance transactions and new hedging strategies and programs. Our operating ROC goal for our ongoing business assumes we operate at our target capitalization level, which is currently a 425% RBC ratio for our U.S. insurance company subsidiaries on a combined basis.

 

-204-


Table of Contents

In setting the operating ROC goal described above, we have made significant assumptions with respect to, among other things:

 

   

general conditions of the markets in which our businesses operate;

 

   

movements of interest rates, particularly given the current sustained low interest rate environment;

 

   

movements of equity markets;

 

   

investment yields;

 

   

the effectiveness of our enterprise-wide and segment-specific cost rationalization efforts;

 

   

mortality rates, morbidity rates, persistency rates and other underwriting assumptions;

 

   

our ability to maintain financial leverage commensurate with our current credit ratings and a long-term financial leverage to capital ratio of 25%;

 

   

the absence of any change in our credit ratings due to our proposed strategic actions;

 

   

benefit costs, particularly in healthcare; and

 

   

the continuation of current compensation practices.

While these long-term goals are presented with numerical specificity and we believe such goals to be reasonable as of the date of this prospectus, given the significance of the assumptions used and the uncertainties surrounding such assumptions, there are significant risks that these assumptions may not be realized and thus the goals may not be achieved. Accordingly, our actual results are likely to differ from these goals and the differences may be material and adverse, particularly if actual events differ from one or more of our key assumptions. The goals and their underlying assumptions are forward-looking statements. We strongly caution investors not to place undue reliance on any of these assumptions or goals. Except as may be required by applicable securities laws, we are not under any obligation (and expressly disclaim any obligation) to update or alter any assumptions, goals, projections or other related statements that we may make. See “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for additional information regarding these forward-looking statements.

 

-205-


Table of Contents

Calculations and Reconciliations

The table below presents operating ROC for each of our segments, for our ongoing business and for the total Company, for the periods indicated.

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012  
($ in millions, unless otherwise
indicated)
  Retirement Solutions     Investment
Management
    Insurance Solutions     Total
Ongoing

Business
    Closed
Block
Variable
Annuity
    Corporate &
Other
Closed

Blocks
    Total
Company
 
    Retirement     Annuities       Individual
Life
    Employee
Benefits
         

Average Capital (1)

  $        $        $        $        $        $        $        $        $ 13,951.2   

Baseline operating income before interest and after income taxes (2)

    232.0        96.8        65.7        83.2        52.5        530.2        —          27.0        557.2   

Operating Return on Capital

    %        %        %        %        %        %        —          %        5.3
    Year Ended December 31, 2011  
    Retirement Solutions     Investment
Management
    Insurance Solutions     Total
Ongoing

Business
    Closed
Block
Variable
Annuity
    Corporate  &
Other
Closed

Blocks
    Total
Company
 
    Retirement     Annuities       Individual
Life
    Employee
Benefits
         

Average Capital (1)

  $        $        $        $        $        $        $        $        $ 13,588.7   

Baseline operating income before interest and after income taxes (2)

    258.5        79.0        56.9        185.7        54.1        634.3        —          61.5        695.8   

Operating Return on Capital

    %        %        %        %        %        %        —          %        5.1

 

(1) For segment average capital amounts, we allocate total Company average capital to each of our segments in proportion to each segment’s target statutory capital, plus an allocation of the differences between statutory capital and Total ING U.S., Inc. shareholder’s equity on a GAAP basis (excluding AOCI), based on each segment’s portion of these differences. Total Company average capital is calculated as follows:

 

     As of
September 30,
    As of December 31,  
($ in millions, unless otherwise indicated)    2012     2011     2010  

ING U.S., Inc. Shareholder’s Equity

   $ 13,910.5      $ 12,353.9      $ 6,830.8   

AOCI

     3,701.5        2,595.0        973.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

ING U.S., Inc. Shareholder’s Equity, excluding AOCI

     10,209.0        9,758.9        5,857.5   

Financial Leverage (a)

     3,893.2        4,041.3        7,519.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Capital

   $ 14,102.2      $ 13,800.2      $ 13,377.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial Leverage to Total Capital

     27.6     29.3     56.2

Average Capital (average for period)

   $ 13,951.2      $ 13,588.7     

 

  (a) Financial leverage is defined as short-term debt, long-term debt and loans from certain subsidiaries, excluding operating leverage. We define operating leverage as self-liquidating forms of financing, including securities lending, reverse repurchase and captive reinsurance reserve financing arrangements. The following table presents a reconciliation of financial leverage to total debt:

 

     As of
September 30,
     As of December 31,  
($ in millions, unless otherwise indicated)    2012      2011      2010  

Short-term Debt

   $ 774.9       $ 1,054.6       $ 5,464.6   

Long-term Debt

     3,642.7         1,343.1         2,784.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Debt

     4,417.6         2,397.7         8,248.6   

Less operating leverage

     (688.4      (688.4      (2,676.4

Plus loans from subsidiaries

     164.0         2,332.0         1,947.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial Leverage

   $ 3,893.2       $ 4,041.3       $ 7,519.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-206-


Table of Contents
  (2) Baseline operating income before interest and after income taxes is calculated as follows:

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012  
($ in millions)   Retirement Solutions     Investment
Management
    Insurance Solutions     Total
Ongoing

Business
    Closed
Block
Variable
Annuity
    Corporate  &
Other
Closed

Blocks
    Total
Company
 
    Retirement     Annuities       Individual
Life
    Employee
Benefits
         

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

  $ 340.4      $ 95.9      $ 103.3      $ 141.6      $ 80.8      $ 762.0        —        $ (52.8   $ 709.2   

Less:

                 

Interest Expense

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (88.6     (88.6

DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking

    14.7        (41.8     —          (1.2     —          (28.3     —          —          (28.3

Impact of investment portfolio restructuring (a)

    (31.2     (11.2     2.2        14.8        0.1        (25.3     —          (5.8     (31.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Baseline operating income before interest

    356.9        148.9        101.1        128.0        80.7        815.6        —          41.6        857.2   

Income tax expense (b)

    124.9        52.1        35.4        44.8        28.2        285.4        —          14.6        300.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Baseline operating income before interest and after income taxes

  $ 232.0      $ 96.8      $ 65.7      $ 83.2      $ 52.5      $ 530.2        —        $ 27.0      $ 557.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Year Ended December 31, 2011  
    Retirement Solutions     Investment
Management
    Insurance Solutions     Total
Ongoing

Business
    Closed
Block
Variable
Annuity
    Corporate  &
Other
Closed

Blocks
    Total
Company
 
    Retirement     Annuities       Individual
Life
    Employee
Benefits
         

Operating income (loss) before income taxes

  $ 441.9      $ 387.6      $ 87.5      $ 279.3      $ 83.3      $ 1,279.6        —        $ (160.0   $ 1,119.6   

Less:

                 

Interest Expense

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (185.7     (185.7

DAC/VOBA and other intangibles unlocking

    44.2        266.0        —          (6.4     —          303.8        —          —          303.8   

Reserve increase related to use of SSDMF (c)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (68.9     (68.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Baseline operating income before interest

    397.7        121.6        87.5        285.7        83.3        975.8        —          94.6        1,070.4   

Income tax expense (b)

    139.2        42.5        30.6        100.0        29.2        341.5        —          33.1        374.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Baseline operating income before interest and after income taxes

  $ 258.5      $ 79.1      $ 56.9      $ 185.7      $ 54.1      $ 634.3        —        $ 61.5      $ 695.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) Includes the net loss included in operating income from the sale of certain alternative investments and investment income associated with assets disposed of during the portfolio restructuring effected during 2012.

 

  (b) Based on an assumed effective tax rate of 35%.

 

  (c) Adjustment to exclude an item that we believe is not reflective of performance in the period. See the Note for Commitments and Contingencies in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

-207-


Table of Contents

Operating Return on Equity

As we achieve our operating ROC goal for our ongoing business, we expect our total Company operating return on equity (“operating ROE”) to correspondingly improve. We define total Company operating ROE as our total Company operating income (loss) after income taxes, which includes the results of our Closed Block segments and Corporate segment, divided by average ING U.S., Inc. shareholder’s equity, excluding AOCI.

If we achieve our operating ROC goal for our ongoing business, we would expect our total Company operating ROE to be between                 % and                 % by 2016. We continue to focus on the controlled run-off of our Closed Block segments and believe the segments’ impact to total Company operating ROE will diminish over time. However, our estimates relating to our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment assume only modest declines in its equity, and therefore such segment’s impact dampens the positive effects of our operating ROC improvement plan on total Company operating ROE. Over the same period, if we achieve our operating ROC goal for our ongoing business, we would expect operating ROE for our ongoing business to reach     % to     %.

When calculating expected total Company operating ROE and ongoing business operating ROE, we assume:

 

   

a financial leverage-to-capital ratio of 25%, which is consistent with our long-term financial leverage-to-capital goal;

 

   

annual total Company interest expense of approximately $                , based on the assumed amount of financial leverage; and

 

   

that we generate more than $         million of excess capital by 2016 through earnings and capital initiatives, net of new business and capital investment strain during the period, which our calculations assume would be returned to shareholders.

Retirement Solutions

Our Retirement Solutions business provides its products and services through two financial reporting segments: Retirement and Annuities. Retirement is focused on meeting the needs of individuals in preparing for and sustaining a secure retirement through employer-sponsored plans and services, as well as through individual account rollover plans and comprehensive financial product offerings and advisory services. Our Annuities segment provides fixed, indexed and payout annuities and mutual fund custodial accounts for pre-retirement wealth accumulation and post-retirement income management, sold through multiple channels.

Retirement

Our Retirement segment is well positioned in the marketplace, with our industry-leading Institutional Retirement Plans business and our growing Individual Markets business. The two businesses combined had $287.7 billion of AUM and AUA as of December 31, 2011, of which $58.8 billion were in proprietary assets.

Our Institutional Retirement Plans business offers tax-deferred employer-sponsored retirement savings plan and administrative services to small-mid corporations, large corporations, public and private school systems, higher education institutions, state and local governments, hospitals and healthcare facilities and not-for-profit organizations. This broad-based institutional business crosses many sectors of the economy, which provides diversification that helps insulate us from downturns in particular industries . In the defined contribution market, we rank second in the United States by number of plan sponsors, with more than 49,000, second by number of plan participants with approximately 5.3 million, and fourth by assets under management and administration, with $285.6 billion at December 31, 2011 .

Our Individual Markets business, which focuses on the rapidly expanding retiree market as well as on individuals and plan participants, offers retail financial products and comprehensive advice services to help individuals manage their retirement savings and income needs. While AUM and AUA for our Individual Markets business were $2.1 billion at December 31, 2011, it is a key area of future growth for our Retirement segment.

 

-208-


Table of Contents

Our Retirement segment earns revenue principally from asset and participant-based advisory and record-keeping fees. Retirement generated operating income before income taxes of $441.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $340.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Our Investment Management business also earns arm’s-length market-based fees from the management of the general account and mutual fund assets supporting Institutional Retirement Plans and Individual Markets rollover products . Distribution of Investment Management products and services using the Retirement segment continues to present a growth opportunity for our Retirement and Investment Management segments that we are actively pursuing.

We will continue to focus on growing our retirement platform by driving increases in our full-service Institutional Retirement Plans business, particularly in the small-mid corporate and higher education markets, and by further developing our Individual Markets business with a particular focus on aggressively cross-selling products and services to our Institutional Retirement Plan participants. We will also continue to place a strong emphasis on capital and cost management, with a focus on optimizing our distribution platform and achieving a diversified retirement product mix. In addition, we continue to promote targeted plan monitoring and relationship building to further improve client retention. We believe these initiatives will increase segment revenues and profitability.

An important element of our Retirement strategy is to leverage the extensive customer base to which we have access through our Institutional Retirement Plans business in order to grow our Individual Markets and Investment Management businesses. This opportunity is especially attractive in light of the significant portion of our Institutional Retirement Plans business for which we provide recordkeeping-only services, with such plans encompassing approximately 3 million plan participants as of September 30, 2012. We are therefore focused on building long-term relationships with our plan participants, especially when initiated through service touch points such as plan enrollments and rollovers, which will go beyond their participation in our Institutional Retirement Plans and enable us to offer them individual retirement and investment management solutions both during and after the term of their plan participation.

Institutional Retirement Plans

Products and Services . We offer tax-deferred Institutional Retirement Plans (across all U.S. tax sectors for tax-advantaged retirement savings) to employers of all sizes, principally focusing on for-profit businesses, public and private K-12 education entities and higher education institutions. Within these markets, we offer two distinct product sets: full service and recordkeeping only.

Full-service retirement products provide recordkeeping, plan administration, tailored participant education and communication services, trustee services and institutional and retail investments. These include a wide variety of investment and administrative products for defined contribution plans across all U.S. tax sectors for tax-advantaged retirement savings, as well as defined benefit pension plans, nonqualified executive benefit plans and employer stock option plans. Plan sponsors may select from a variety of investment structures and products, such as general account, separate account, mutual funds, stable value or collective investment trusts and a variety of underlying asset types (including their own employer stock) to best meet the needs of their employees. A broad selection of funds is available for our products in all asset categories from over 100 fund companies, including the ING family of mutual funds managed by our Investment Management business. Our full-service retirement plan offerings are also supported by award-winning participant communications and education programs, as well as investment advisory services offered through our Individual Markets business or through third parties (e.g., Morningstar) to help prepare individuals for retirement through customer-focused personalized and objective investment advice.

Recordkeeping service products provide administration support for plan sponsors seeking integrated record-keeping services for defined contribution, defined benefit and non-qualified plans. Our plan sponsor base spans the entire range of corporate plan sponsors as well as state and local governments. Our recordkeeping retirement plan offerings are also supported by award-winning participant communications and education programs, as well as investment advisory services offered through our Individual Markets business.

 

-209-


Table of Contents

Our stable value products are offered with a particular focus on cross-selling products utilizing proprietary investment management to our largest institutional recordkeeping plans. Our product offering includes both separate account GICs and synthetic GICs managed by either proprietary or outside investment managers.

As a top four provider by assets under management and administration in the United States, our defined contribution leadership position comes from decades of experience, organic growth and strategic acquisitions that have allowed us to increase our size, scale and reputation. We are one of only a few defined contribution providers that offer products, services and support to the full spectrum of businesses, ranging from small to mega-sized plans.

The following chart presents our Institutional Retirement Plans product/service models and corresponding AUM and AUA, key markets in which we compete, primary defined contribution plan tax codes and core products offered for each market segment.

 

Product/Service

Model

  AUM/AUA
(as of December 31,  2011)
 

Key Market Segments/Product

Lines

  Primary
Defined
Contribution

Plan Tax
Code
   

Core Products**

                   

Full Service Plans

  $71.8 Billion  

Small-Mid Corporate

K-12 Education

Higher Education

Healthcare

Non-Profits

Government (local and state)

   

 

 

 

 

 

401

403

403

403

403

457

(k) 

(b) 

(b) 

(b) 

(b) 

  

 

ING MAP Select, INGFramewor(k)

ING Custom Choice II

Retirement Choice II

Retirement Plus II

Retirement Master II

Custom Choice II

Custom Choice Blend

Recordkeeping

and Stable Value

Plans

  $213.8 Billion  

Small-Mid Corporate

Large Corporate

Government (local and state)

   

 

 

401

401

457

(k) 

(k) 

  

 

*

*

*

   

Stable Value

(Sold across all market segments with a strong focus on Large Corporate)

   

 

 

401

403

457

(k) 

(b) 

  

 

Separate Account and

Synthetic GICs

 

*  

Offerings include administration services and investment options such as mutual funds, commingled trusts and separate accounts.

**  

Core products actively being sold today.

For plans in the full service small-mid corporate segment, our core products are :

 

   

ING MAP Select , a group funding agreement/group annuity contract offered to fund qualified retirement plans. The product contains over 300 funds from well-known fund families (larger plans are offered a selection of approximately 2,000 funds) as well as our general account and various stable value options.

 

   

ING Framewor(k) , a mutual fund program offered to fund qualified retirement plans. The product contains over 300 funds from well-known fund families (larger plans are offered the ability to offer most funds that are traded through the National Securities Clearing Corporation) as well as our general account and various stable value options.

For plans in the full service education, healthcare, non-profits and government segments, we offer a variety of customized products, including the following:

 

   

Retirement Choice II , a retail mutual fund product which provides flexible funding vehicles and is designed to provide a diversified menu of mutual funds in addition to a guaranteed option (available through a group fixed annuity contract or stable value product).

 

-210-


Table of Contents
   

Retirement Plus II, Retirement Master II and Custom Choice II , registered group annuity products featuring variable investment options held in a variable annuity separate account and a fixed investment option held in the general account.

 

   

Custom Choice Blend , a combination product that can be used to support retail mutual funds through our subsidiary, ING National Trust, and/or an unregistered group annuity product featuring variable investment options held in a variable annuity separate account and a fixed investment option held in a general account.

Markets and Distribution

Our Institutional Retirement Plans business can be categorized into two markets: Corporate and Tax Exempt. A brief description of each, including sub segments and strengths are as follows:

Corporate Markets:

 

   

Small-Mid Corporate Market . In this growth market we offer both full service and recordkeeping only solutions to defined contribution plans of small-mid corporate segment (e.g., typically less than 3,000 employees). Our comprehensive product offering (including flexible investment choices), highly competitive fiduciary solutions, dedicated and proactive service teams and product and service innovations leveraged from our expertise in the Large Corporate market make us one of a small group of providers who can service small-mid corporate plans as they continue to grow. Our industry leadership in this market is evidenced by our sales results in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 for plans with less than 500 participants, which places us as the number three provider among other leading life insurance company competitors in the United States.

 

   

Large Corporate Market . In this market we offer recordkeeping services to defined contribution plans of large to mega-sized corporations. Our solutions and capabilities support the most complex retirement plans with a special focus on strategic relationship management and participant retirement readiness. We are dedicated to providing engaging education, technology-based tools and award winning print materials to help plan participants achieve a secure and dignified retirement.

Tax Exempt Markets:

 

   

Education Market. We offer comprehensive full service offerings to both public and private K-12 educational entities as well as public and private higher education institutions, which we believe is an attractive growth segment. In the United States, we rank third in the K-12 education market and fourth in higher education by assets as of September 30, 2012. Our innovative solutions to reduce administrative burden, deep technical and regulatory expertise and strong on-site service teams continue to support our position as one of the top providers in this market.

 

   

Healthcare Market. In this market we service hospitals and healthcare organizations by offering full service solutions for a variety of plan tax codes. Like the education market, we have strong administrative solutions for healthcare plan sponsors as well as award-winning participant communications and retirement tools in order to better prepare plan participants for retirement.

 

   

Government Market. We provide both full service and recordkeeping only offerings to small and large governmental entities (e.g., state and local government). For large governmental sponsors, we offer highly complex recordkeeping solutions that are tailored for each client. We also offer a broad range of proprietary, non-proprietary and stable value investments with open architecture. Our flexibility and expertise help make us the third ranked provider in this market in the United States based on assets under management and administration as of September 30, 2012.

 

-211-


Table of Contents

Products for Institutional Retirement Plans are distributed nationally through multiple unaffiliated channels or via affiliated distribution including direct sales teams. We offer localized support to these groups and their clients during and after the sales process, a broad selection of investment options and flexibility of choice and top-tier fiduciary solutions to help their clients meet or exceed plan guidelines and responsibilities.

Unaffiliated Distribution:

 

   

Independent Representatives . We are working with over 6,800 sales agents who primarily sell fixed annuity products from multiple vendors in the education market. Activities by these representatives are centered on increasing participant enrollments and deferral amounts in our existing plans.

 

   

Independent Producers. Over 13,200 wirehouse and independent producers are the primary distributors of our small-mid corporate market products (full service and recordkeeping only), but they also distribute products to the education, healthcare and government markets. These producers typically present their clients (i.e., employers seeking a defined contribution plan for their employees) with plan options from multiple vendors for comparison.

 

   

Third-party Administrators (TPAs) . Approximately 1,300 TPAs are selling and/or service partners for our small-mid corporate markets business (full service only), working with a variety of vendors. While TPAs typically focus on providing plan services only (such as administration and compliance testing), some also initiate and complete the sales process. TPAs also play a vital role as the connecting point between our wholesale team and unaffiliated producers who seek references for determining which providers they should recommend to their clients.

Affiliated Distribution:

 

   

Affiliated Representatives. ING Financial Partners, our retail broker-dealer, is one of the top ten broker-dealers in the United States as determined by total number of licensed representatives. As of September 30, 2012, we had nearly 2,500 affiliated representatives. These representatives support sales of products for the Retirement segment as well as other segments, with a subset that are primarily focused on driving new and existing sales in education, healthcare and government market plans (full service) through increasing enrollments for existing plans, educating existing participants and selling new plans.

 

   

Direct Sold by Field Force. While we typically rely on third-party distribution partners for the majority of sales for our Institutional Retirement Plans business, our wholesale team also interacts directly with plan sponsors in the education, healthcare and government markets. Typically, our field force interacts with a consultant hired by the plan sponsor. In order to present our offerings to these large clients, we work with numerous consultants at over 50 different consulting firms.

 

   

Direct Sold by Large Corporate Market or Stable Value Sales Teams. We have dedicated sales teams that work directly with large plan corporate market and stable value clients. The stable value investment only business can occur in either recordkeeping only plans or within other vendors’ plans. In the large corporate market and for our stable value products, our direct interaction typically occurs with numerous consultants among 21 different consulting firms.

 

-212-


Table of Contents

Competition . Our Institutional Retirement Plans business competes with other large, well-established insurance companies, asset managers, record keepers and diversified financial institutions. Competition varies in all market segments as very few institutions are able to compete across all markets as we do. The following chart presents the current competitive landscape in the markets where we offer our Institutional Retirement Plans and stable value products:

 

Market Segment

  

Competitive Landscape

   Select Competitors

Small-Mid Corporate

   Dominated by insurance based providers, primarily with third-party administration relationships    John Hancock

Principal

K-12 Education

   Dominated by a small number of insurance based providers    AXA

VALIC

Higher Education

   403(b) providers, asset managers and some insurance-based providers    TIAA-CREF

Fidelity

Healthcare /Other Non-Profits

   403(b) providers, asset managers and some insurance-based providers    TIAA-CREF

Fidelity

Government

   Primarily insurance-based providers but also asset managers and 457 providers    Nationwide

Great West

Recordkeeping

   Asset managers, business consulting services, payroll firms and insurance based providers    Fidelity

AON Hewitt

Product Offering

  

Competitive Landscape

   Select Competitors

Stable Value

   Insurance companies and banks    Prudential

MetLife

Our full-service Institutional Retirement Plans business competes primarily based on pricing, the breadth of our service and investment offerings, technical/regulatory expertise, industry experience, local enrollment and financial planning support, investment performance and our ability to offer industry tailored product features to meet the retirement income needs of our clients. Regarding the large plan recordkeeping only business, we have seen consolidation among industry providers in recent years seeking to increase scale, improve cost efficiencies and enter new market segments. However, the market remains competitive with few dominant players. As a result, we emphasize our strong sponsor relationships, flexible value-added services, technical and regulatory expertise, and participant retirement readiness suite of products and services to compete in this segment of the institutional market. Finally, we have seen new insurance company competitors enter the stable value space because demand from participant and plan sponsors remains strong for these products. Our long standing experience in the retirement market underscored by strong stable value expertise allows us to effectively compete against existing and new providers.

Individual Markets

Products and Services

Our Individual Markets business offers simple, easy-to-understand products, along with holistic advice and guidance delivered through affiliated brokers and by online capabilities. Our current investment solutions include advisory programs, mutual fund custodial IRAs, fixed annuities and brokerage accounts.

The primary focus of our Retirement segment is to serve over five million defined contribution plan participants. We also seek to capitalize on our access to these individuals through our Institutional Retirement Plans business by developing long-term relationships and providing individual retail solutions. We believe that our ability to offer a seamless and integrated approach to an individual customer’s entire financial picture, while saving for or living in retirement, presents a compelling reason for our Institutional Retirement Plans participants to use us as their principal investment and retirement plan provider. Through our broad range of advisory programs, our financial advisers have access to a wide set of solutions for our customers for building investment

 

-213-


Table of Contents

portfolios, including stocks, bonds and mutual funds, as well as managed accounts. These experienced advisers work with customers to select a program to meet their financial needs that takes into consideration each individual’s time horizon, goals and attitudes towards risk.

Markets and Distribution

Individual Markets products are primarily sold through affiliated representatives and online via the designated RetireWithING.com website. The affiliated representatives help provide cohesiveness between our Institutional Retirement Plans and Individual Markets businesses and they are grouped into two primary categories: affiliated field-based representatives and home office phone-based representatives. Affiliated field-based representatives are registered sales and investment advisory representatives in our retail broker dealer that drive both fee-based and commissioned sales. They provide face-to-face interaction with individuals who either participate within or are external to our Institutional Retirement Plans business and who seek retail investment products (e.g., rollover products) as well as financial advice and financial planning solutions. Home office phone-based representatives primarily focus on our unique growth opportunity of assisting participants in our large recordkeeping plans. They offer the same broad suite of products and services as the affiliated field-based representatives, but are highly trained in providing financial advice that helps customers transition through life stage and job-related changes.

In an effort to develop a path for either of these categories of affiliated representatives to offer holistic retirement planning solutions to participants in our Institutional Retirement Plans, we partner with our institutional clients to engage participants and offer comprehensive, personalized financial planning and appropriate solutions to their employees. Our program is designed to make employees better educated, more engaged and feel ready to take concrete action to prepare for retirement.

Competition

Our Individual Markets products and services compete for rollover opportunities against asset managers, banks, wirehouses and other broker-dealers who also offer individual retirement products, all of which currently have more market share than insurance based providers in this space. Primary competitors to our Individual Markets business are Fidelity, Vanguard, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, Bank of America Merrill Lynch, TIAA-CREF and Ameriprise.

Our Individual Markets products compete based on simplicity of design and a fund selection that includes proprietary and non-proprietary investment options. The products are primarily targeted towards existing participants, which allows us to benefit from the existing relationship.

Underwriting and Pricing

We price our institutional and individual retirement products based on long-term assumptions that include investment returns, mortality, persistency and operating costs. We establish target returns for each product based upon these factors and the expected amount of regulatory and rating agency capital that we must hold to support these contracts over their projected lifetime. We monitor and manage pricing and sales mix to achieve target returns. It may take new business several years before it is profitable, depending on the nature and life of the product, and is subject to variability as actual results may differ from pricing assumptions. We seek to mitigate investment risk by actively managing market and credit risks associated with investments and through asset/liability matching portfolio management.

Annuities

The Annuities segment provides fixed and indexed annuities, tax-qualified mutual fund custodial products and payout annuities for pre-retirement wealth accumulation and post retirement income management, sold through multiple channels. Revenues are generated from fees and from margins based on the difference between

 

-214-


Table of Contents

income earned on the investments supporting the liability and interest credited to customers. Our Annuities segment generated operating income before income taxes of $387.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $95.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. We were ranked fifth in AUM of FIAs according to LIMRA as of December 31, 2011.

We intend to achieve our risk-adjusted return objectives in Annuities through a disciplined approach, balancing profitability with growth, with a focus on preserving margins and the avoidance of expansion in low interest rate environments. As a result, we expect to opportunistically grow our FIA business when margins are attractive and to reduce growth but maintain distribution access when margins are less attractive. Our mutual fund custodial products business is not sensitive to interest rate conditions and, as such, is focused on growth. While we still offer traditional fixed annuities, we are prepared to allow the business to decline in volume due to low margins and less attractive returns. We intend to meet our risk management objectives by continuing to hedge market risks associated with the crediting strategies selected by clients on many of our FIA contracts. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure About Market Risk—Risk Management.”

Products and Services

Our Annuities segment product offerings include immediate and deferred fixed annuities designed to address customer needs for tax-advantaged savings and retirement income and their wealth-protection concerns. New sales comprise primarily FIAs and tax-qualified mutual fund custodial accounts.

Fixed Indexed Annuities (FIA ). FIAs are marketed principally based on underlying interest-crediting guarantee features coupled with the potential for increased returns based on the performance of market indices. For an FIA, the principal amount of the annuity is guaranteed to be no less than a minimum value based on non-forfeiture regulations that vary by state. Interest on FIAs is credited based on allocations selected by a customer in one or more of the strategies we offer and upon policy parameters that we set. The strategies include a fixed interest rate option, as well as several options based upon performance of various external financial market indices. Such indices may include equity indices, such as the S&P 500, or an interest rate benchmark, such as the change in LIBOR. The parameters (such as “caps,” “participation rates,” and “spreads”) are periodically declared by us for both initial and following periods. Our existing FIAs contain death benefits as required by non-forfeiture regulations. Some FIAs allow the purchase of optional living benefit riders at an additional cost. These living benefits guarantee a minimum annual withdrawal amount for life. The amount of the guaranteed annual withdrawal may vary by age at first withdrawal. We have used multiple designs with varying parameters over time and all form designs and parameters make up the existing block of in-force policies.

Multi-Year Guarantee Annuities (MYGA) . Our in-force block includes MYGA products, which provide guaranteed minimum rates of up to 4.0% and with terms up to 10 years. A certain block of MYGAs ($3.0 billion as of December 31, 2011), mostly sold in 2002, will reach the end of their current guarantee period in 2012. Most of these MYGAs have high crediting rates and the supporting assets generate returns below the target set when the contracts were issued, negatively impacting returns in our Annuities segment. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, approximately $2.7 billion of the MYGAs reached the end of their current guarantee period, and approximately 67% of those policies up for renewal lapsed. The high lapse rate was expected as renewal crediting rates offered are lower than the crediting rates during the initial term. The run-off of these MYGA contracts is expected to enhance the margin of our Annuities segment in future periods.

Although not currently a significant portion of new sales, we also offer other fixed annuities with a guaranteed interest rate or a periodic annuity payment schedule suitable for clients seeking a stable return.

Mutual Fund Custodial Products . Our Annuities segment also offers tax-qualified mutual fund custodial products, which provide flexible investment options across mutual fund families on a no-load basis. We charge a recordkeeping fee based on the amount of assets invested in the account, and we are paid asset-based fees by the

 

-215-


Table of Contents

managers of the mutual funds within the account. This product is designed to be a streamlined, simple rollover solution providing continued tax deferral on retirement assets. No minimum guarantees are offered for this product.

The following chart presents the key in-force annuity and mutual fund custodial products within this segment, along with data on AUM for each product, excluding payout annuities:

 

Annuity Product

   AUM
(as of December  31, 2011)
($ in billions)
 

Fixed Indexed Annuities (FIA)

   $ 12.1   

Multi-Year Guarantee Annuities (MYGA) & other Fixed Annuities

   $ 10.6   

Mutual Funds Custodial Products

   $  1.8   

Markets and Distribution

Our target markets for annuities include individual retirees and pre-retirees seeking to accumulate or receive distributions of assets for retirement. Annuity products are primarily distributed by independent marketing organizations, independent broker-dealers, banks, independent insurance agents, pension professionals and affiliated broker-dealers. The following chart presents our Annuities distribution, by channel.

 

Channel

   Sales
(Nine Months  Ended
September 30, 2012)

($ in millions)
     % of
Sales
 

Independent Insurance Agents /

Independent Marketing Organizations

   $ 591.6         37

Independent Broker-Dealers

   $ 535.5         34

Affiliated Broker-Dealers

   $ 248.8         16

Banks and Other Financial Institutions

   $ 218.6         13

Our mutual fund custodial products are distributed nationally, primarily through relationships with independent brokers, financial planners and agents. New sales are obtained from a “rollover” from an existing retirement account. The resulting custodial account is established as an IRA to maintain tax-deferred status for our customer.

Competition

Our Annuities segment faces competition from traditional insurance carriers, as well as banks, mutual fund companies and other investment managers such as Allianz, Aviva, American Equity, AXA, Lincoln and Great American. Principal competitive factors for fixed annuities are initial crediting rates, reputation for renewal crediting action, product features, brand recognition, customer service, cost, distribution capabilities and financial strength ratings of the provider. Competition may affect, among other matters, both business growth and the pricing of our products and services.

Mutual fund custodial products compete with brokerage accounts and other financial service and asset allocation offerings.

Underwriting and Pricing

We generally do not underwrite individual lives in our Annuities segment. Instead, we price our products based upon our expected investment returns and our expectations for mortality, longevity and persistency for the group of our contract holders as a whole, taking into account our historical experience. We price annuities by analyzing longevity and persistency risk, volatility of expected earnings on our AUM and the expected time to retirement. Our product pricing models take into account many additional factors as applicable, including, among other things capital requirements, hedging costs and operating expenses.

 

-216-


Table of Contents

Our custodial mutual fund account is a fee-based, recordkeeping product, for which the recordkeeping fees, combined with estimated mutual fund revenue sharing, are priced to cover acquisition and operating costs over the life of the account. These custodial mutual fund products do not generate investment margins, do not expose us to significant mortality risk and no hedging is required.

Investment Management

We offer domestic and international fixed income, equity, multi-asset and alternatives products and solutions across market sectors, investment styles and capitalization spectrums through our actively managed, full-service investment management business. Multiple investment platforms are backed by a fully integrated business support infrastructure that lowers expense and creates operating efficiencies and business leverage and scalability at low marginal cost. As of December 31, 2011, our Investment Management business managed $55.7 billion for third-party institutions and individual investors, $31.5 billion in separate account assets for our Retirement Solutions and Insurance Solutions businesses and our Closed Block segments and $78.9 billion in general account assets.

We are committed to investing responsibly and delivering research-driven, risk-adjusted, client-oriented investment strategies and solutions and advisory services across asset classes, geographies and investment styles. We serve a variety of institutional clients, including public, corporate and Taft-Hartley defined-benefit and defined-contribution retirement plans, endowments and foundations, and insurance companies through our institutional distribution channel and through affiliates. We also serve individual investors by offering our mutual funds and separately managed accounts through an intermediary-focused distribution platform or through affiliate and third-party retirement platforms.

Investment Management’s primary source of revenue is management fees collected on the assets we manage. These fees typically are based upon a percentage of AUM. In certain investment management fee arrangements, we may also receive performance-based incentive fees when the return on AUM exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. In addition, and to a lesser extent, Investment Management collects administrative fees on outside managed assets that are administered by our mutual fund platform, and distributed primarily by our Retirement Solutions business. Investment Management also receives fees as the exclusive investment manager of our general account, which is managed on an arm’s-length pricing basis. Investment Management generated operating income before income taxes of $87.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $103.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

We are driving Investment Management profitability by leveraging continued strong investment performance across all asset classes to accelerate growth in AUM (through both greater sales and lower redemptions) and taking advantage of a rebuilt sales force to increase productivity levels. We are also increasing scale in our primary capabilities and our share of proprietary funds in affiliate products, principally through leveraging our access to over 49,000 defined contribution plan sponsors and approximately 5.3 million plan participants through our Retirement Solutions business. Historically our proprietary share of AUM has been materially less than the industry average; in addition, we have lacked access to the majority of our retirement plan customers due to sponsor restrictions. We are focused on improving coordination between our Investment Management and Retirement Solutions businesses to capitalize on Retirement Solutions’ leading market position and Investment Management’s broad investment capabilities and strong investment track records. To that end we have established dedicated retirement resources within our Investment Management intermediary-focused distribution team to work with Retirement Solutions and have enhanced our Multi-Asset Strategies and Solutions investment platform (described below) to increase focus on retirement products such as our target date and target risk portfolios, which we believe will capture an increased proportion of retirement flows going forward.

We are also growing our third-party affiliated and non-affiliated investment management business through continued strength of investment performance as well as a number of key strategic initiatives, including: improved distribution productivity; increased focus on client “solutions” and income and outcome oriented

 

-217-


Table of Contents

products such as target date funds; pursuit of investment only mandates on non-affiliate retirement platforms; takeovers of sub-advised ING Mutual Funds where Investment Management now offers stronger investment performance; sub-advisory mandates for Investment Management investment capabilities on others platforms; leveraging partnerships with financial intermediaries and consultants; long-term expansion of our international investment capabilities, and opportunistic launching of capital markets products such as CLOs and Closed End Mutual Funds.

Products and Services

Investment Management delivers products and services that are manufactured by traditional and specialty investment platforms. The traditional platforms are fixed income, equities and multi-asset strategies and solutions (“MASS”). The specialty investment platforms are senior bank loans and alternatives.

Fixed Income. Investment Management’s fixed income platform manages assets for our general account, as well as for domestic and international institutional and retail investors. As of December 31, 2011, there were $110.3 billion in AUM on the entire platform, of which $78.9 billion were general account assets. Through the fixed income platform clients have access to money market funds, investment-grade corporate debt, government bonds, RMBS, CMBS, ABS, high yield bonds, private and syndicated debt instruments, commercial mortgages and preferred securities. Each sector within the platform is managed by seasoned investment professionals supported by significant credit, quantitative and macro research and risk management capabilities.

Equities. The equities platform is a multi-cap and multi-style research-driven platform comprising both fundamental and quantitative equity strategies for institutional and retail investors. As of December 31, 2011 there were $39.9 billion in AUM on the platform covering both domestic and international markets. Our fundamental equity capabilities are bottom-up, research driven and cover growth, value and core strategies in the large, mid and small cap spaces. Our quantitative equity capabilities are used to create quantitative and enhanced indexed strategies, support other fundamental equity analysis and create extension products.

MASS. Investment Management’s MASS platform offers a variety of investment products and strategies that combine multiple asset classes with asset allocation techniques. The objective of the MASS platform is to develop customized solutions that meet the specific, and often unique, goals of investors with products that change dynamically over time in response to changing markets and client needs. Utilizing core capabilities in asset allocation, manager selection, asset/liability modeling, risk management and financial engineering, the MASS team has developed a suite of target date and target risk funds that are distributed through our Retirement Solutions business and to institutional and retail investors. These funds can incorporate multi-manager funds. The MASS team also provides pension risk management, strategic and tactical asset allocation, liability-driven investing solutions and investment strategies that hedge out specific market exposures (e.g., portable alpha) for clients.

Senior Bank Loans. Investment Management’s senior bank loan group is a large experienced manager of below-investment grade floating-rate loans, actively managing diversified portfolios of loans made by major banks around the world to non-investment grade corporate borrowers. Senior in the capital structure, these loans have a first lien on the borrower’s assets, typically giving them stronger credit fundamentals than unsecured corporate bonds. The platform offers institutional, retail and structured products (e.g., CLOs), including on-shore and off-shore vehicles with assets of $9.5 billion as of December 31, 2011.

Alternatives. Investment Management’s primary alternatives platform is Pomona Capital. Pomona Capital specializes in investing in private equity funds in three ways: by purchasing secondary interests in existing partnerships; by investing in new partnerships; and by co-investing alongside buyout funds in individual companies. As of December 31, 2011, Pomona Capital managed assets totaling $6.2 billion. See “Investments—Sale of Certain Alternative Investments.” In addition, Investment Management offers select alternative and hedge funds leveraging our core debt and equity investment capabilities.

 

-218-


Table of Contents

The following chart presents the products we offer through the various markets in our Investment Management business, along with relevant data on AUM and net flows:

 

     AUM
(as of December  31, 2011)
($ in billions)
     Net Flows
(Year ended December 31, 2011)
($ in millions)
 

Investment Platform

     

Fixed Income

   $ 110.3       $ 3,051.7   

Equities

     39.9         1,807.0   

Senior Bank Loans

     9.5         554.4   

Alternatives

     6.4         289.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 166.1       $ 5,702.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

MASS (1)

   $ 19.4       $ (10.0

Client Segment

     

Retail

   $ 47.1       $ (1,710.9

Institutional

     40.1         4,258.0   

General Account

     78.9         N/A   

Mutual Fund Manager Re-assignments (2)

     N/A         3,155.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 166.1       $     5,702.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

ING U.S. affiliate sourced (3)

   $ 37.9       $ 3,303.5   

 

(1)  

$11.9 billion of MASS AUM are included in the fixed income and equity platforms presented above. The balance of MASS, $7.5 billion, are managed by third parties and we retain only a modest fee and therefore report these as AUA.

(2)  

Represents the re-assignment of mutual fund management contracts to ING Investment Management from external managers. The AUM related to the re-assignments are included in the retail segment above.

(3)  

Assets sourced from affiliates of ING U.S. include $14.2 billion for Closed Block Variable Annuity and net outflows from Closed Block Variable Annuity of $(1,524.2) million.

Markets and Distribution

We serve our institutional clients through a dedicated sales and service platform consisting of direct- and consultant-focused sales professionals. We serve individual investors through an intermediary-focused distribution platform, consisting of business development and wholesale forces which partner with banks, broker-dealers and independent financial advisers, as well as our affiliate and third-party retirement platforms.

With the exception of Pomona Capital, the different products and strategies associated with our investment platforms are distributed and serviced by these Retail and Institutional client-focused segments as follows:

 

   

Retail segment: Open- and closed-end funds through affiliate and third-party distribution platforms, including wirehouses, brokerage firms, and independent and regional broker-dealers. As of December 31, 2011, total AUM from these channels was $47.1 billion.

 

   

Institutional segment: Individual and pooled accounts, targeting defined benefit, defined contribution recordkeeping and retirement plans, Taft Hartley and endowments and foundations. As of December 31, 2011, Investment Management had more than 200 institutional clients, representing $40.1 billion of AUM primarily in separately managed accounts, collective investment trusts and structured vehicles.

Investment Management manages a variety of variable portfolios and mutual funds which are sold through our Retirement Solutions and Insurance Solutions businesses. As of December 31, 2011, total AUM from these channels was nearly $38.0 billion with the majority of the assets gathered through our Retirement segment.

 

-219-


Table of Contents

Competition

Investment Management competes with a wide array of asset managers and institutions in the highly fragmented U.S. investment management industry. In our key market segments, Investment Management competes on, among other things, the basis of investment performance, investment philosophy and process, product features and structure and client service. Our principal competitors in the Investment Management business include insurance-owned asset managers such as Principal Global Investors (Principal Financial Group), Prudential and Ameriprise, bank-owned asset managers such as J.P. Morgan Asset Management, as well as “pure-play” asset managers including PIMCO, Invesco, Wellington, Legg Mason, T. Rowe Price, Franklin Templeton and Fidelity.

Insurance Solutions

Our Insurance Solutions business comprises two financial reporting segments: Individual Life and Employee Benefits. Our strategy is based on a broad and effective distribution model, fueled by a manufacturing capability that provides a stream of competitive product solutions, all supported by an efficient operations and underwriting model.

Individual Life

Our Individual Life segment has a broad independent distribution footprint and manufactures a wide range of competitive products, from low-cost term life insurance designed to serve the middle market to fixed, indexed and variable universal life insurance products targeted to more affluent markets. We are re-pricing the core Individual Life products for profitability with a focus on expanding share in Indexed and Accumulation markets in an effort to use capital efficiently. Over the past six to seven years we have grown substantially, and in the third quarter of 2012, we were the fourth largest writer of term life in the United States. We are also the eleventh largest writer of universal life in the United States based on premiums sold or written. Our strong market positions have allowed us to properly scale our business to achieve greater profitability. Our larger term operation is a crucial part of achieving this scale and can be adjusted through pricing changes as necessary. As of December 31, 2011, Individual Life’s in-force book comprised over 1.3 million policies and gross premiums of over $2.1 billion.

The Individual Life segment generates revenue on its products from premiums, investment income, expense load, mortality charges and other policy charges, along with some asset-based fees. Profits are driven by the spread between investment income earned and interest credited to policyholders, plus the difference between premiums and mortality charges collected and benefits and expenses paid. Our Individual Life segment generated operating income before income taxes of $279.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $141.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

We intend to achieve our earnings growth in our Individual Life segment by focusing on growing our earnings drivers. Our earnings drivers include growing our in-force block of business by adding new businesses and entering new markets that meet our profit and capital requirements, combined with effectively managing our in-force block to meet our profitability objectives. This also includes focusing on improving our investment margins, growing our mortality profits and fully exploiting our technological capability in order to continue to reduce the new business unit costs and underwriting expense. In addition, we will further our financial objectives by continuing to utilize reinsurance to actively manage our risk and capital profile with the goal of controlling exposure to losses, reducing volatility and protecting capital. We aim to maximize earnings and capital efficiency in part by relieving the reserve strain for certain of our term and universal life products by means of reinsurance arrangements and other financing transactions. In addition, we are completing the introduction of re-priced offerings for term and universal life products, both of which are high capital consuming products. We expect these actions to slow the sale of the high-capital products while we simultaneously grow sales in the low capital, cash accumulation and current assumption type products.

 

-220-


Table of Contents

Products and Services

Our Individual Life segment currently offers products that include term life, universal life (“UL”), indexed universal life (“IUL”) and variable universal life insurance. These offerings are designed to address customer needs for death benefit protection, tax-advantaged wealth transfer and accumulation, premium financing, business planning, executive benefits and supplemental retirement income. We believe that our combination of product solutions is well-suited for the middle-market through the mass-affluent and makes us a full service provider to our independent distribution partners.

Term Life . Term life insurance provides basic, economical life insurance for consumers and we market term life insurance primarily on competitive pricing and service models. Our most basic term product offers coverage for periods spanning ten to thirty years, as well as a return-of-premium term product that provides consumers with the ability to receive back all of their premiums at the end of a policy’s term. Our term model provides us with added scale for expense coverage and opportunity for mortality profit. However, due to the low interest rate environment we announced in July 2012 that sales of 25-30 year TermSmart will be suspended and that existing applications need to be completed by the end of 2012.

UL . Accumulation-focused universal life products feature the opportunity to build tax-deferred cash value that can be accessed by consumers via loans and withdrawals for future needs. This money grows income tax-deferred, meaning no federal or state income taxes apply while it accumulates. The compounding tax-deferred interest can be an attractive feature to policyholders . These products help policyholders meet longer-range goals like college funding, supplemental retirement income and leaving a legacy for heirs. Other features include flexible premium payments that can change to meet policyholders’ evolving financial needs.

No-Lapse Guarantee UL . No-lapse guarantee universal life products utilize a secondary guarantee to continue to offer a lifetime death benefit guarantee even if the account value has turned negative. Cash accumulation is minimized in these products. These have been popular in the protection market for individuals looking for a lifetime death benefit guarantee at the lowest cost, and has been the most popular UL product line at ING. However, given the capital intensiveness of no-lapse guarantee ULs, in October 2012, we announced our plans to suspend the sales of this product line and to process all existing applications by the end of 2012.

IUL . For customers looking for an opportunity for a higher return in a low rate environment, we offer IUL products, which, along with death benefit protection, provide customers the opportunity for growth through potentially stronger surrender values than traditional UL products. These IUL products link to both fixed and indexed crediting strategies and offer protection from downside risk through a minimum interest guarantee, helping customers who seek solutions that would be advantageous for providing supplemental retirement income, payment of college costs or executive benefits. One of the IUL products we offer provides up to a lifetime death benefit guarantee coupled with significant long term surrender value potential through the ability to earn an index credit linked, in part, to any increases in the S&P 500. As discussed above, in October 2012, we announced the suspension of sales of this product for No-Lapse Guarantee UL products. We also have a unique global IUL product that links to multiple international indices, such as the S&P 500, Hang Seng Index or Euro Stoxx 50. Indexed products are the fastest growing new product segment and are a major focus of our product and distribution effort as they are less capital intensive and provide attractive returns.

Variable Universal Life . For customers seeking greater growth potential and more control over their investments, we offer an individual variable universal life insurance product designed to provide long-term cash accumulation potential with the ability to add optional riders that provide guarantees and more flexibility. We offer customers the ability to choose from individual variable investment options, which range from conservative to aggressive stock and bond investments managed by respected investment management firms in the industry or from diverse asset allocation solutions designed to match a customer’s risk tolerance.

 

-221-


Table of Contents

The following chart presents data on our in-force face amount and total gross premiums and deposits received for the key life insurance products that we offer:

 

     In-Force Face Amount      Total gross premiums
and deposits
 

Individual Life Product

   (as of December 31, 2011)
($ in millions)
     (year ended December 31,  2011)
($ in millions)
 

Term Life

   $ 455,400       $ 825.9   

Universal Life

   $ 76,800       $ 1,026.7   

Indexed Universal Life

   $ 2,900       $ 76.8   

Variable Universal Life

   $ 32,600       $ 211.3   

Markets and Distribution

Our Individual Life segment has a broad, multi-channel independent distribution reach that is designed to allow us to penetrate markets that range from the middle-market through affluent market. Our distribution organization boasts a comprehensive sales support, sales technology, marketing support and illustration system. We also offer an Internet-based sales solution that is based on educational selling at INGForLife.com . We offer service solutions to meet the diverse and changing requirements of our customers and distribution partners. The success of our customer service programs is measured through our employee, customer and distributor satisfaction scores, which rank at the top among our benchmark competitors based on the 2011 Life Producer Net Promoter rankings.

We primarily use three different channels to market and sell our Individual Life products. Our largest channel works through over 2,200 independent general agents and has the breadth to engage with the vast majority of licensed independent life insurance agents in the United States. Through this channel, we have access to over 91,000 independent producers. We also use a strategic distribution channel, with over 30 independent managing directors supporting approximately 6,800 producers who engage with our broker-dealer. These producers, while independent, use our brand and sell a wide range of our products, including life, annuity and mutual funds. Finally, we employ a specialty markets channel to focus on alternative distribution. This includes life insurance quote agencies, internet direct marketers, and other forms of non-traditional distribution. The specialty markets channel has been a significant growth engine in new markets, especially the middle market, producing an average of almost $40 million of new sales annually from its inception in 2008.

The following table presents a breakdown of Individual Life sales by distribution channel.

 

Channel

   2011 Sales
($ in millions)
     % of Sales  

Independent Life Sales

   $ 221.6         75.6

Strategic Distribution

   $ 31.3         10.7

Specialty Markets

   $ 40.0         13.7

The goal of our Individual Life distribution model is to be a full-service provider of life insurance products with a broad footprint, offering customers multiple ways to purchase products from our diverse portfolio. Achieving this goal has allowed us to penetrate affluent markets with our non-term portfolio, while building scale through policy count with sales of term and lower face non-term products in the middle market.

Competition

The Individual Life segment competes with large, well-established life insurance companies in a mature market, where price and service are key drivers. Primary competitors include Lincoln, MetLife, Prudential, American General, Principal Financial Group, John Hancock, Transamerica and Pacific Life. Individual Life primarily competes based on service and distribution channel relationships, price, brand recognition, financial strength ratings of our insurance subsidiaries and financial stability. We have strong capabilities to monitor competition and we utilize advanced models to benchmark our product offerings against others in the industry.

 

-222-


Table of Contents

Factors that could influence our ability to competitively price products while achieving targeted returns include the cost and availability of statutory reserve financing required for certain term and universal life insurance policies, internal capital funding requirements and an extended low interest rate environment.

Underwriting and Pricing

We set prices for many of our insurance products based upon expected mortality over the life of the product. We base the pricing of our life insurance products in part upon expected persistency of these products, which is the probability that a policy will remain in force from one period to the next. We base premiums and policy charges for individual life insurance on expected death benefits, surrender benefits, expenses and required reserves. We use assumptions for mortality, interest, expenses, policy persistency and premium payment pattern in pricing policies. In addition, certain of our insurance products that include guaranteed returns or crediting rates underwrite equity market or interest rate risks. We seek to maintain a spread between the return on our general account invested assets and the interest we credit on our policyholder accounts. Our underwriting and risk management functions adhere to prescribed underwriting guidelines, while maintaining a competitive suite of products priced consistent with our mortality assessment. We generally manage mortality risks by enforcing strict underwriting standards and maintaining sufficient scale so that the incidence of risk occurrence is likely to match statistical modeling.

With respect to our universal life secondary guarantee business, we seek to mitigate risk by pricing conservatively to recognize the interest rate risk and are willing to forgo sales in order to maintain our profit and risk profile.

Reinsurance

In general, our reinsurance strategy is designed to limit our mortality risk and volatility. We partner with highly-rated, well-regarded reinsurers and set up pools to share our excess mortality risk.

For term business, we keep the first $3 million of risk and the excess risk is shared among a pool of reinsurers. For most of our universal life product portfolio, we keep the first $5 million of risk and then reinsure a portion of the excess over $5 million into the pool until we reach our limit of $10 million of risk. 100% of the excess over $10 million then goes into the pool. Our maximum overall retained risk on any one life is $10 million. The following table presents our top five exposures:

 

Reinsurer

   Exposure
(shown as a  percentage of
Total Reinsurance) (1)
 

Swiss Re

     30

Reinsurance Group of America

     22

SCOR

     13

Generali

     9

Gen Re

     9

 

1)

“Total Reinsurance” equals net amount at risk (“NAR”) proportions of policies that have been placed with reinsurers (as of September 30, 2012).

Currently, reinsurance for new business is on a monthly renewable term basis, which only transfers mortality risk and limits our counterparty risk exposure. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure About Market Risk—Risk Management.”

Employee Benefits

Our Employee Benefits segment provides group insurance products to mid-size and large corporate employers and professional associations. In addition, our Employee Benefits segment serves the voluntary worksite market by providing individual and payroll-deduction products to employees of our clients. Our

 

-223-


Table of Contents

Employee Benefits segment is among the largest writers of medical stop loss coverage in the United States, currently ranking fifth on a premium basis with over $500.0 million of in-force premiums. We also hold top-20 positions in the group life and Voluntary Benefits (“VB”) markets on a premium basis. As of December 31, 2011, Employee Benefits total in-force premiums were $1.3 billion.

The Employee Benefits segment generates revenue from premiums, investment income, mortality and morbidity income and policy and other charges. Profits are driven by the spread between investment income and credited rates to policyholders on voluntary universal life and whole life products, along with the difference between premiums and mortality charges collected and benefits and expenses paid for group life, stop loss and voluntary health benefits. Our Employee Benefits segment generated operating income before income taxes of $83.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $80.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

The Employee Benefits segment offers attractive growth opportunities with much less capital strain. For example, we believe there are significant opportunities through expansion in the VB market as employers shift benefits costs to their employees. We have a number of new products and initiatives that we believe will help us drive growth in this market. In addition to the VB marketplace, we believe similar growth exists in the affinity marketplace. While expanding these lines, we also intend to continue to focus on profitability in our well established group life and stop loss product lines, by adding profitable new business to our in-force block, improving our persistency by retaining more of our best performing groups, and managing our loss ratios to below 80%, particularly on stop loss policies.

Products and Services

Our Employee Benefits segment offers group life, group disability, stop loss insurance and VB products. These offerings are designed to meet the financial needs of both employers and employees by helping employers attract and retain employees and control costs, as well as provide ease of administration and valuable protection for employees.

Stop Loss. Our stop loss insurance provides coverage for mid-sized to large employers that self-insure their medical claims. These employers provide a health plan to their employees and generally pay all plan-related claims and administrative expenses. Our stop loss product helps these employers contain their health expenses by reimbursing specified claim amounts above certain deductibles and by reimbursing claims that exceed a specified limit. We offer this product via two types of protection—individual stop loss insurance and aggregate stop loss insurance. The primary difference between these two types is a varying deductible; both coverages are re-priced and renewable annually.

Group Life . Group life products span basic and supplemental term life insurance as well as accidental death and dismemberment for mid-sized to large employers and affinity groups. These products offer employees guaranteed issue coverage, convenient payroll deduction, affordable rates and conversion options.

Voluntary Benefits. Our voluntary benefits business involves the sale of universal life insurance, whole life insurance, critical illness, accident insurance and short-term disability income through the workplace. This product lineup is 100% employee-paid through payroll deduction. New products to be introduced will focus on group-like structures that address the cost-shifting trend.

Group Disability. Group disability includes group long term disability, short term disability, telephonic short term disability, voluntary long term disability and voluntary short term disability products for mid-sized to large employers. This product offering is typically packaged for sale with group life products, especially in the middle-market.

 

-224-


Table of Contents

The following chart presents the key employee benefits products we offer, along with data on annual premiums for each product:

 

     Annualized In-
Force Premiums
 

Employee Benefits Products

   (Year ended December 31, 2011)
($ in millions)
 

Medical Stop Loss

   $ 533.9   

Group Life

   $ 484.8   

Voluntary Benefits

   $ 152.6   

Disability

   $ 88.2   

Markets and Distribution

Our Employee Benefits segment works primarily with national and regional benefits consultants, brokers, TPAs, enrollment firms and technology partners. Our tenured distribution organization provides local sales and account management support to offer customized solutions to mid-sized to large employers backed by a national accounts team. We offer innovative and flexible solutions to meet the varying and changing needs of our customers and distribution partners. We have many years of experience providing unique stop loss solutions and products for our customers. In addition, we are an experienced multi-line employee benefits insurance carrier (group life, disability, stop loss and elective benefits).

We primarily use three distribution channels to market and sell our employee benefits products. Our largest channel works through hundreds of brokers and consultant firms nationwide and markets our entire product portfolio. Our Voluntary sales team focuses on marketing elective benefits to complement an employer’s overall benefit package. Our Affinity sales team specializes in working with TPAs to market to members of association and affinity groups. ING Employee Benefits breadth of distribution gives us access to and the products to meet the needs of employers and their employees.

Our Employee Benefits segment primarily targets mid-sized and large corporate employers and professional associations. In addition, we market medical stop loss coverage to employer sponsors of self-funded employee health benefits plans.

Employee Benefits products are marketed to employers and professional associations through major brokerage operations, benefits consulting firms and direct sales. In the VB market, policies are marketed to employees at the worksite through enrollment firms, technology partners and brokers. When combined with distribution channels used by our Individual Life segment, we are able to provide complete access to our products through worksite-based sales.

The following chart presents our Employee Benefits distribution, by channel.

 

Channel

   2011 Sales
($ in millions)
     % of Sales  

Brokerage (Commissions Paid)

   $ 120.2         53

Benefits Consulting Firms (Fee Based Consulting)

   $ 77.2         34

Worksite Sales

   $ 28.1         13

Competition

The group insurance market is mature and, due to the large number of participants in this segment, price and service are key competitive drivers. Our principal competitors include MetLife, Prudential and Minnesota Life in Group Life, Houston Casualty, Symetra and Sun Life in Stop Loss, and Unum, Allstate and Transamerica in VB.

For group life insurance products, rate guarantees have become the industry norm, with rate guarantee duration periods trending upward in general. Technology is also a competitive driver, as employers and employees expect technology solutions to streamline their administrative costs.

 

-225-


Table of Contents

Underwriting and Pricing

Group insurance and disability pricing reflects the employer group’s claims experience and the risk characteristics of each employer group. The employer’s group claims experience is reviewed at time of policy issuance and periodically thereafter, resulting in ongoing pricing adjustments. The key pricing and underwriting criteria are morbidity and mortality assumptions, the employer group’s demographic composition, the industry, geographic location, regional and national economic trends, plan design and prior claims experience.

Medical stop loss insurance pricing reflects the risk characteristics and claims experience for each employer group. The product is annually renewable and the underwriting information is reviewed annually as a result. The key pricing and underwriting criteria are medical cost trends, morbidity assumptions, the employer group’s demographic composition, the industry, geographic location, plan design and prior claims experience. Pricing in the medical stop loss insurance market is generally cyclical.

Reinsurance

Our Employee Benefits reinsurance strategy seeks to limit our exposure to any one individual which will help limit and control risk.

Group Life, which includes Accidental Death and Dismemberment, cedes the excess over $750,000 of each coverage to a pool of reinsurers. Group Long Term Disability cedes substantially all of the risk including the claims servicing, to a TPA and reinsurer. Excess Medical Stop Loss has a reinsurance program in place that limits our exposure to any one specific claim to $1.25 million and there is an aggregate stop loss unit that limits our exposure to $2.0 million over the Policyholders Aggregate Excess Retention. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure About Market Risk—Risk Management.”

Closed Blocks

We separated our Closed Block Variable Annuity and Closed Block Institutional Spread Products segments from our other operations, placing them in run-off, and made a strategic decision to stop actively writing new retail variable annuity products with substantial guarantee features and to run-off the institutional spread products portfolio over time. Accordingly, these segments have been classified as closed blocks and are managed separately from our ongoing business.

Our Closed Blocks unit also includes Closed Block Other, which comprises various other lines of business that have been exited through reinsurance agreements or which have also been placed in run-off and separated from our other operations.

We continue to focus on the controlled run-off of our Closed Block segments and look for opportunities to accelerate this run-off, where possible.

Closed Block Variable Annuity

Our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment consists of retail variable annuity insurance policies with substantial guarantee features sold primarily from 2001 to early 2010, when the block entered run-off. These policies are long-term savings vehicles in which customers (policyholders) made deposits that are primarily maintained in separate accounts established by the Company and registered with the SEC as unit investment trusts. The deposits were invested, largely at the customer’s direction, in a variety of U.S. and international equity, fixed income, real estate and other investment options.

Many of these policies include living benefit riders, including GMWBL, GMIB, GMAB and GMWB. All deferred variable annuity contracts included GMDB.

 

-226-


Table of Contents

The recent financial crisis resulted in substantial market volatility, low interest rates and depressed equity market levels. Our variable annuity profitability declined markedly in 2009 and 2010 under these adverse market conditions, as customer account values fell below guaranteed levels and therefore our liabilities with respect to the underlying guarantees increased. Moreover, significant reduction in earnings from reduced mutual fund fees and increased hedging costs exacerbated the decline in profitability.

We have taken numerous actions since the financial crisis to strengthen our balance sheet, increase transparency and improve the risk profile of the block, including the following:

 

   

in 2009, we decided to cease sales of retail variable annuity products with substantial guarantee features. The products were fully closed to new sales in early 2010 and the management of the block shifted to run-off;

 

   

in 2010, we also refined our CHO strategy to dynamically protect regulatory reserves and rating agency capital levels in down equity market scenarios;

 

   

in early 2011, we began hedging the interest rate risk of our GMWBL book of business; and

 

   

in late 2011, we refined our policyholder behavior assumptions to more closely align with experience resulting in GAAP and gross U.S. statutory reserve increases of $741 million and $2,776 million in the fourth quarter of 2011, respectively.

GAAP accounting differs from the methods used to determine regulatory and rating agency capital measures. Therefore our hedge programs may create material earnings volatility for GAAP financial statements.

Our risk management program is focused on balancing key factors including regulatory reserves, rating agency capital, RBC, liquidity, earnings, and economic value. There is significant operational scale (over 490,000 variable policy holders and $43.8 billion in AUM in our Closed Block Variable Annuity Segment as of September 30, 2012) which ensures ongoing hedging, financial reporting and information technology (“IT”) maintenance expense efficiencies.

The block continues to generate revenue from asset-based fees. On a GAAP basis, we continue to amortize capitalized acquisition costs over gross revenues and we incur operating costs and benefit expenses in support of the segment.

Our focus in managing our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment is on protecting regulatory reserves and rating agency capital from equity market movements via hedging and judiciously looking for opportunities to accelerate the run-off of the block, where possible.

Nature of Liabilities

Substantially all of our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment products were issued by one of our operating subsidiaries, ING USA.

Each of our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment deferred variable annuity products include some combination of the following features which the customer elected when purchasing the product:

Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefits.

 

   

Standard. Guarantees that, upon the death of the individual specified in the policy, the death benefit will be no less than the premiums paid by the customer, net of any withdrawals.

 

   

Ratchet . Guarantees that, upon the death of the individual specified in the policy, the death benefit will be no less than the greater of (1) Standard or (2) the maximum policy anniversary (or quarterly) value of the variable annuity, adjusted for withdrawals.

 

-227-


Table of Contents
   

Rollup . Guarantees that, upon the death of the individual specified in the policy, the death benefit will be no less than the aggregate premiums paid by the contract owner, with interest at the contractual rate per annum, adjusted for withdrawals. The Rollup may be subject to a maximum cap on the total benefit.

 

   

Combo . Guarantees that, upon the death of the individual specified in the policy, the death benefit will be no less than the greater of (1) Ratchet or (2) Rollup.

Guaranteed Minimum Living Benefits

 

   

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit (GMIB). Guarantees a minimum income payout, exercisable only on a contract anniversary on or after a specified date, in most cases 10 years after purchase of the GMIB rider. The income payout is determined based on contractually established annuity factors multiplied by the benefit base. The benefit base equals the premium paid at the time of product issue and may increase over time based on a number of factors, including a rollup percentage (mainly 7% or 6% depending on the version of the benefit) and ratchet frequency subject to maximum caps which vary by product version (200%, 250% or 300% of initial premium).

 

   

Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit and Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit for Life (GMWB/GMWBL) Guarantees an annual withdrawal amount for a specified period of time (GMWB) or life (GMWBL) that is calculated as a percentage of the benefit base that equals premium paid at the time of product issue and may increase over time based on a number of factors, including a rollup percentage (mainly 7%, 6% or 0%, depending on versions of the benefit) and ratchet frequency (primarily annual or quarterly, depending on versions). The percentage used to determine the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may vary by age at first withdrawal and depends on versions of the benefit. A joint life-time withdrawal benefit option was available to include coverage for spouses. Most versions of the withdrawal benefit included reset and/or step-up features that may increase the guaranteed withdrawal amount in certain conditions. Earlier versions of the withdrawal benefit guarantee that annual withdrawals of up to 7.0% of eligible premiums may be made until eligible premiums previously paid by the contract owner are returned, regardless of account value performance. Asset allocation requirements apply at all times where withdrawals are guaranteed for life.

 

   

Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit (GMAB) . Guarantees that the account value will be at least 100% of the eligible premiums paid by the customer after 10 years, net of any withdrawals. We offered an alternative design that guaranteed the account value to be at least 200% of the eligible premiums paid by contract owners after 20 years.

Reserves for Future Policy Benefits

We establish and carry actuarially-determined reserves that are calculated to meet our future obligations. The principal assumptions used to establish liabilities for future policy benefits are based on our experience and periodically reviewed against industry standards. These assumptions include mortality, policy lapse, investment returns, inflation, benefit utilization and expenses. Changes in, or deviations from, the assumptions used can significantly affect our reserve levels and related future operations.

The determination of future policy benefit reserves is dependent on actuarial assumptions set by us in determining policyholder behavior, as described above.

Reserves for variable annuity GMDB and GMIB are determined by estimating the value of expected benefits in excess of the projected account balance and recognizing the excess ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. Expected assessments are based on a range of scenarios. The reserve for the GMIB guarantee incorporates an assumption for the percentage of the contracts that will annuitize. In general, we assume that GMIB annuitization rates will be higher for policies with more valuable (more “in the money”) guarantees. We periodically evaluate estimates used and adjust the additional liability balance, with a

 

-228-


Table of Contents

related charge or credit to benefit expense, if actual experience or other evidence suggests that earlier assumptions should be revised. Changes in reserves for GMDB and GMIB are reported in Policyholder benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Variable annuity GMAB, GMWB, and GMWBL are considered embedded derivatives, which are measured at estimated fair value separately from the host annuity contract, along with attributed fees collected or payments made, reported in Other net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

At inception of the GMAB, GMWB, and GMWBL contracts, we project fees to be attributed to the embedded derivative portion of the guarantee equal to the present value of projected future guaranteed benefits. Any excess or deficient fee is attributed to the host contract and reported in Fee income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The estimated fair value of the GMAB, GMWB, and GMWBL contracts is determined based on the present value of projected future guaranteed benefits, minus the present value of projected attributed fees. A risk neutral valuation methodology is used under which the cash flows from the guarantees are projected under multiple capital market scenarios using observable risk free rates. The projection of future guaranteed benefits and future attributed fees require the use of assumptions for capital markets (e.g. implied volatilities, correlation among indices, risk-free swap curve, etc.) and policyholder behavior (e.g. lapse, benefit utilization, mortality, etc.). The projection also includes adjustments for nonperformance risk and margins for non-capital market risks, or policyholder behavior assumptions. Risk margins are established to capture uncertainties related to policyholder behavior assumptions. The margin represents additional compensation a market participant would require in order to assume these risks.

The table below presents the policy count, account value and GAAP reserve amount by type of deferred variable annuity benefits.

 

($ in millions, unless otherwise specified)    As of September 30, 2012  
     Policy Count      Account  Value (1)     GAAP Reserve Amount  
            $      %        

Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefits:

     492,255       $ 43,230         $ 490   

Standard

     215,913         20,122         46     7   

Ratchet

     112,733         8,220         19     41   

Rollup

     34,173         2,395         6     74   

Combo

     129,436         12,493         29     368   

Guaranteed Living Benefits:

     492,255         43,230           3,175   

GMIB

     179,111         15,113         35     1,197   

GMWBL

     132,682         15,746         36     1,886   

GMAB/GMWB

     13,495         1,119         3     92   

No Living Benefit

     166,967         11,252         26     N/A   

 

(1)  

Account value excludes $603 million of Payout, Policy Loan and Life Insurance business which is included in consolidated account values.

Capital Management Considerations

The focus of the management of the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment is on regulatory reserve and capital requirements. As of September 30, 2012 we held regulatory reserves, net of third party reinsurance, of $7.7 billion supporting variable annuity guarantees, of which $6.5 billion supported living benefit guarantees.

Both market movements and changes in actuarial assumptions (including policyholder behavior and mortality) can result in significant changes to the regulatory reserve and rating agency capital requirements of this segment. The section below on “Variable Annuity Hedge Program and Reinsurance” describes the Variable

 

-229-


Table of Contents

Annuity CHO program, which is designed to mitigate the effect of adverse equity market movements on our regulatory reserves, RBC ratio levels, and rating agency capital position. Additionally, the section on “Variable Annuity Risks and Risk Management” discusses the risk of adverse developments in policyholder behavior and its potential impact on the regulatory reserves and rating agency capital position.

We believe that our hedging program combined with our statutory reserves related to the variable annuity block, provides adequate resources to fund a wide range of, but not all, possible market scenarios as well as a margin for adverse policyholder behavior.

NAR

The NAR for the GMDB, GMAB and GMWB benefits is equal to the guaranteed value of these benefits in excess of the account values in each case as of the date indicated. The NAR assumes utilization of benefits by all customers as of the date indicated.

The NAR for the GMIB and GMWBL benefits is equal to the excess of the present value of the minimum guaranteed annuity payments available to the contract owner over the current account value. It assumes that all policyholders exercise their benefit immediately, even if they have not yet attained the first exercise date shown in their contracts, and that there are no future lapses. The NAR assumes utilization of benefits by all customers as of the date indicated. This hypothetical immediate exercise of the benefit means that the customers give up any future increase in the guaranteed benefit that might accrue if they were to delay exercise to a later date. The discount rates used in the GMIB NAR methodology grade from current U.S. Treasury rates to long-term best estimates over ten years. The GMWBL NAR methodology uses current swap rates. The discounting for GMWBL and GMIB NAR was developed to be consistent with the methodology for the establishment of GAAP reserves.

The account values and NAR, both gross and net of reinsurance (“retained NAR”), of contract owners by type of minimum guaranteed benefit for retail variable annuity contracts were presented below as of September 30, 2012:

 

($ in millions)    As of September 30, 2012  
     Account  Value (1)      Gross
NAR
     Retained NAR     % Contracts  NAR
In-the-Money (2)
    %  NAR
In-the-Money (3)
 

GMDB

   $ 43,230       $ 7,967       $ 7,026        61     24

Living Benefit

            

GMIB

     15,113         3,531         3,531 (4)       86     22

GMWBL

     15,746         1,837         1,837        59     18

GMAB/GMWB

     1,119         44         44        27     16
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

Living Benefit Total

     31,978         5,412         5,412       

 

(1)  

Account value excludes $603 million of Payout, Policy Loan and Life Insurance business which is included in consolidated account values.

(2)  

Percentage of contracts that have a NAR greater than zero.

(3)  

For contracts with a NAR greater than zero, % NAR In-the-Money is defined as NAR/(NAR + Account Value).

(4)  

An alternate discounting approach using the currently applicable U.S. statutory reserve valuation rate for immediate annuities of 4.25% produces a result with a value of $2.3 billion.

As of the date indicated above, compared to $5.4 billion of NAR, we held gross statutory reserves before reinsurance of $6.5 billion for living benefit guarantees; of this amount, $6.4 billion was ceded to SLDI, supported by LOC in the amount of $1.7 billion and by assets in trust of $4.7 billion. However, NAR and statutory reserves are not directly comparable measures. Our GAAP reserves for living benefit guarantees was $3.2 billion at September 30, 2012. For a discussion of our GAAP reserves calculation methodology, see the Note for Business and Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies Future Policy Benefits and Contract Owner Accounts in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

-230-


Table of Contents

For GMIB products, in general, the policyholder has the right to elect income payment, beginning (for certain products) on the tenth anniversary year of product commencement, receive lump sum payment of the then current cash value, or remain in the variable sub-account. For GMIB products, if the policyholder makes the election to annuitize, the policyholder is entitled to receive the guaranteed benefit amount over an annuitization period. A small percentage of the products were first eligible to elect annuitizations beginning in 2010 and 2011. The remainder of the products will first become eligible to elect annuitization from 2012 to 2020, with the majority of first eligibility dates in 2014-2016. Many of these contracts contain significant incentives to delay annuitization past first eligibility.

Because policyholders have various contractual rights and significant incentives to defer their annuitization election, the period over which annuitization election will take place is subject to policyholder behavior and therefore indeterminate. In addition, upon annuitization the contract holder surrenders access to the account value and the account value is transferred to the Company’s general account where it is invested and the additional investment proceeds are used towards payment of the guaranteed benefit payment.

Variable Annuity Hedge Program and Reinsurance

Variable Annuity Guarantee Hedging Program. We primarily mitigate variable annuity market risk exposures through hedging. Market risk arises primarily from the minimum guarantees within the variable annuity products, whose economic costs are primarily dependent on future equity market returns, interest rate levels, equity volatility levels and policyholder behavior. The variable annuity hedging program is used to mitigate our exposure to equity market and interest rate changes and seeks to ensure that the required assets are available to satisfy future death benefit and living benefit obligations. While the variable annuity guarantee hedging program does not explicitly hedge statutory or GAAP reserves, as markets move up or down, in aggregate the returns generated by the variable annuity hedging program will significantly offset the statutory and GAAP reserve changes due to market movements.

The objective of the guarantee hedging program is to offset changes in equity market returns for most minimum guaranteed death benefits and all guaranteed living benefits, while also providing interest rate protection for certain minimum guaranteed living benefits. We hedge the equity market exposure using a hedge target set using market consistent valuation techniques for all guaranteed living benefits and most death benefits. We also hedge the interest rate risk in our GMWB/GMAB/GMWBL blocks using a market consistent valuation hedge target. We do not hedge interest rate risks for our GMIB or GMDB primarily because doing so would result in volatility in our regulatory reserves and rating agency capital that exceeds our tolerances and, secondarily, because doing so would produce additional volatility in GAAP financial statements.

Equity index futures on various equity indices are used to mitigate the risk of the change in value of the policyholder-directed separate account funds underlying the variable annuity contracts with minimum guarantees. A dynamic trading program is utilized to seek replication of the performance of targeted fund groups (i.e., the fund groups that can be covered by indices where liquid futures markets exist).

Total return swaps are also used to mitigate the risk of the change in value of certain policyholder-directed separate account funds. These include fund classes such as emerging markets and real estate. They may also be used instead of futures of more liquid indices where it may be deemed advantageous. This hedging strategy is employed at our discretion based on current risk exposures and related transaction costs.

Interest rate swaps are used to mitigate the impact of interest rates changes on the economic liabilities associated with certain minimum guaranteed living benefits.

Variance swaps and equity options are used to mitigate the impact of changes in equity volatility on the economic liabilities associated with certain minimum guaranteed living benefits. This program began in the second quarter of 2012.

 

-231-


Table of Contents

Foreign exchange forwards are used to mitigate the impact of policyholder-directed investments in international funds with exposure to fluctuations in exchange rates of certain foreign currencies. Rebalancing is performed based on pre-determined notional exposures to the specific currencies.

Variable Annuity Capital Hedge Overlay Program. Variable annuity guaranteed benefits are hedged based on their economic or fair value; however, the statutory reserves are not based on a market value. When equity markets decrease, the statutory reserve and rating agency required assets for the variable annuity guaranteed benefits can increase more quickly than the value of the derivatives held under the guarantee hedging program. This causes regulatory reserves to increase and rating agency capital to decrease. To protect the residual risk to regulatory reserves and rating agency capital in a decreasing equity market, we implemented the use of a static capital hedge in 2008. In 2010, we shifted to the dynamic CHO program. The current CHO strategy is intended to actively mitigate equity risk to the regulatory reserves and rating agency capital of the Company . The hedge is executed through the purchase and sale of equity index futures and is designed to limit the uncovered reserve increase in an immediate down equity market scenario to an amount we believe prudent for a company of our size and scale. This amount will change over time with market movements, changes in regulatory and rating agency capital, available collateral and our risk tolerance.

The following table presents the estimated net impacts to funding our regulatory reserves to our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment, after giving effect to our CHO program and the Variable Annuity guarantee hedge program for various shocks in equity markets and interest rates. This reflects the hedging we had in place as well as any collateral (in the form of LOC) or change in underlying asset values that would be used to achieve credit for reinsurance for the segment of liabilities reinsured to our Cayman Islands subsidiary at the close of business on September 30, 2012 in light of our determination of risk tolerance and available collateral at that time, which, as noted above, may change from time to time.

 

    As of September 30, 2012     As of
September 30, 2012
 
($ in millions)   Equity Market (S&P 500)     Interest Rates  
    -25%     -15%     -5%     +5%     +15%     +25%     -1%     +1%  

Decrease/(increase) in regulatory reserves

  $ (4,050   $ (2,550   $ (850   $ 750      $ 2,100      $ 3,150      $ (2,000   $ 1,300   

Hedge gain/(loss), immediate impact

    3,600        2,050        650        (550     (1,500     (2,200     1,450        (1,100

Increase / (decrease) in Market Value of Assets.

    —          —          —          —          —          —          250        (250

Increase/(decrease) in LOCs

    450        500        200        (150     (150     (150     350        —     

Net impact

    —          —          —          50        450        800        50        (50

 

The foregoing sensitivities illustrate the estimated impact of the indicated shocks beginning on the first market trading day following September 30, 2012 and give effect to dynamic rebalancing over the course of the shock event. The estimates of equity market shocks reflect a shock to all equity markets, domestic and global, of the same magnitude. The estimates of interest rate shocks reflect a shock to rates at all durations (a “parallel” shift in the yield curve). Decrease/(increase) in regulatory reserves includes statutory reserves for policyholder account balances, AG43 reserves and additional cash flow testing reserves related to the Closed Block Variable Annuity segment. Hedge Gain / (Loss) includes both the Variable Annuity guarantee hedge program and the CHO and assumes that hedge positions can be rebalanced during the market shock and that the performance of the derivative contracts closely matches the performance of the contract owner’s variable fund returns. Increase / (decrease) in LOCs indicates the change in the amount of LOCs used to provide credit for reinsurance at those times when the assets backing the reinsurance liabilities may be less than the statutory reserve requirement. As of September 30, 2012 the amount of LOCs required for this purpose, excluding the contingent capital facility, was $160.0 million and the actual amount of the available LOCs outstanding was $1.0 billion. Increase / (decrease) in Market Value of Assets is the estimated potential change in market value of assets supporting the segment of liabilities reinsured to our Cayman Island subsidiary from 100 basis point upward and downward shifts in interest rates. Results of an actual shock to equity markets or interest rates would likely differ from the above illustration

 

-232-


Table of Contents

due to issues such as ‘basis risk’ (differences in the performance of the derivative contracts versus the contract owner variable fund returns), equity shocks not occurring uniformly across all equity markets, variance in market volatility versus what is assumed, combined effects of interest rates and equities, additional impacts from rebalancing of hedges, the effects of time and changes in assumptions or methodology that affect reserves or hedge targets. Additionally, estimated net impact sensitivities vary over time as the market and closed book of business evolve or if assumptions or methodologies that affect reserves or hedge targets are refined.

We have engaged Milliman, Inc. (“Milliman”) to review the effectiveness of our Closed Block Variable Annuity equity hedge programs (the “Hedge Programs”) at protecting regulatory reserves under various equity market scenarios, as illustrated above including the regulatory capital requirement, delta hedge program gains and losses, and Capital Hedge Overlay. In conducting its review, Milliman:

 

  (i) created independent models, intended to be close approximations of our actual production models, to validate our statutory reserves and hedging calculations for guarantees in ING USA and SLDI. The review covered calculations from our internally developed systems. Milliman reviewed calculations for a range of policies, product types and capital market scenarios;

 

  (ii) validated aggregate sensitivities of the Variable Annuity Guarantee Hedging Program, including capital market sensitivities, underlying ‘greeks’ (representing rates of change of an underlying liability to movements in market variables such as equity market levels, interest rates, and volatility), and funding capital requirement by legal entity;

 

  (iii) reviewed our methodology to estimate the hedge gains/losses for the Variable Annuity Guarantee Hedging Program and Capital Hedge Overlay; and

 

  (iv) reviewed the consistency of our historical hedge rebalancing transactions to the Variable Annuity Guarantee Hedging Program’s stated ‘2% asset / liability delta’ threshold (where delta is the ‘greek’ representing the movement due to equity market level changes) and the Capital Hedge Overlay’s stated regulatory reserve threshold of trading in 25 million notional increments. The historical review covered daily equity futures trading activity during the second quarter of 2012.

Following its review, Milliman concluded that the Hedge Programs are effective based on the data and information (including internal assumptions) that we provided them as compared to their stated objectives for the components of calculating the net impact on regulatory reserves. Based on independent calculations, Milliman further concluded that hedge gain/losses comparable to the ones indicated in the table above would be expected to be realized based on the specific market movements that were assumed in the review. Milliman’s review did not include an audit or assessment of such data, information or assumptions, nor did Milliman perform a complete review of day-to-day operations of the hedge program.

For the three months ended September 30, 2012, our guarantee and overlay equity hedges resulted in a loss of approximately $800 million for ING USA, which was more than offset by a decrease in AG43 reserves in excess of reserves for cash surrender value of approximately $1,050 million for ING USA, due to increases in the equity markets. Change in statutory reserves due to equity and equity hedges for ING USA reflects non-affiliated reinsurance for variable annuity policies, but not the affiliated reinsurance transaction associated with the GMIB and GMWBL riders. ING USA accounts for substantially all of the Closed Block Variable Annuity business. In addition to equity hedge results and change in reserves due to the impact of equity market movements, statutory income includes fee income, investment income and other income offset by benefit payments, operating expenses and other costs as well as impacts to reserves and hedges due to effects of time and other market factors.

With respect to change in interest rates, regulatory reserves generally increase with decreasing rates and decrease with increasing rates, which is significantly offset by the change in value of the Variable Annuity Guarantee Hedging Program interest rate swaps.

As GAAP accounting differs from the methods used to determine regulatory reserves and rating agency capital requirements, our hedge programs may result in immediate impacts that may be lower or higher than the

 

-233-


Table of Contents

regulatory impacts illustrated above. The following table presents the estimated net impacts to GAAP earnings pre-tax in our Closed Bank Variable Annuity segment, which is the sum of the increase or decrease in U.S. GAAP reserves and the hedge gain or loss from our CHO program and the Variable Annuity Guarantee Hedge program for various shocks in both equity markets and interest rates. This reflects the hedging we had in place at the close of business on September 30, 2012 in light of our determination of risk tolerance at that time, which, as noted above, we adjust from time to time.

 

     As of September 30, 2012     As of September 30 2012  
($ in millions)    Equity Market (S&P 500)         Interest Rates      
     -25%      -15%      -5%      +5%     +15%     +25%     -1%      +1%  

Total estimated earnings sensitivity

   $ 1,600       $ 1,000       $ 300       $ (300   $ (750   $ (1,100   $ 500       $ (400

The foregoing sensitivities illustrate the impact of the indicated shocks on the first market trading day following September 30, 2012 and give effect to dynamic rebalancing over the course of the shock events. The estimates of equity market shocks reflect a shock to all equity markets, domestic and global, of the same magnitude. The estimates of interest rate shocks reflect a shock to rates at all durations (a “parallel” shift in the yield curve). Liabilities are based on GAAP reserves and embedded derivatives, with the latter including an adjustment for nonperformance risk. DAC is amortized on gross revenues which will not be volatile, however, volatility could be driven by loss recognition. Hedge Gain / (Loss) impacting the above estimated earnings sensitivity includes both the Variable Annuity Guarantee Hedge Program and the Capital Hedge Overlay Program and assumes that hedge positions can be rebalanced during the market shock and that the performance of the derivative contracts closely matches the performance of the contract owner’s variable fund returns. Actual results will differ from the estimates above due to issues such as ‘basis risk’ (differences in the performance of the derivative contracts versus the contract owner variable fund returns), changes in non-performance spreads, equity shocks not occurring uniformly across all equity markets, variance in market volatility versus what is assumed, combined effects of interest rates and equities, additional impacts from rebalancing of hedges, the effects of time, and changes in assumptions or methodology that affect reserves or hedge targets. Additionally, estimated net impact sensitivities vary over time as the market and closed book of business evolves, or if changes in assumptions or methodologies that affect reserves or hedge targets are refined. As the closed book of business evolves, actual net impacts are realized, or if changes are made to the target of the hedge program, the sensitivities may vary over time. Additionally, actual results will differ from the above due to issues such as basis risk, market volatility, changes in implied volatility, combined effects of interest rates and equities, rebalancing of hedges in the future, or the effects of time and other variations from the assumptions in the above table.

The balance of DAC, VOBA and other intangibles (net of adjustments for unrealized gains and losses) was $600.6 million as of September 30, 2012.

In addition to equity market and interest rate changes, movements in other market variables that are not explicitly hedged can also cause GAAP earnings volatility. This includes changes in implied equity market volatility (implied from the market prices of equity options) that affects the valuation of our fair value liabilities. We do not fully hedge for equity implied volatility given that such hedging introduces volatility in our regulatory reserves and rating agency capital which are not as sensitive to this market variable. As of September 30, 2012, the GAAP sensitivity (inclusive of our non-performance spread) of the GMAB / GMWB and GMWBL liabilities to a 1 percentage point move in implied volatility was approximately $54 million.

Hedging instruments

 

   

Guarantee Hedge . In order to mitigate equity risk associated with non-reinsured GMDBs and non-reinsured guaranteed living benefits, we enter into futures positions and total return swaps on various public market equity indices chosen to closely replicate contract owner variable fund returns. We also mitigate most of the foreign currency risk arising from its international fund exposure using forward contracts. We use market consistent valuation techniques to establish our derivative positions

 

-234-


Table of Contents
 

and to rebalance the derivative positions in response to market fluctuations. We also administer a hedging program that mitigates not only equity risk, but also the interest rate risk associated with our GMWB, GMWBL and GMAB riders. This component of the hedge primarily involves entering into interest rate swaps. In the second quarter of 2012, we entered into equity variance swaps and equity options to cover the volatility risks associated with the GMWB and GMAB riders.

 

   

Capital Hedge Overlay . The Variable Annuity CHO program is an overlay to the Variable Annuity Guarantee Hedge Program that mitigates the impact of potential declines in equity markets and their impact on regulatory reserves and rating agency capital. The program’s hedge strategy primarily involves using equity futures contracts.

The following table presents notional and fair value for hedging instruments:

 

($ in millions)    Notional Amount      Fair Value  
     As of
September 30,
2012
     As of
December 31,
2011
     As of
December 31,
2010
     As of
September 30,
2012
    As of
December 31,
2011
    As of
December 31,
2010
 

Guarantee Hedge Program:

               

Equity Futures (3)(4)

   $ 8,673.6       $ 8,526.8       $ 5,529.8       $ 50.5      $ 17.0      $ 12.6   

Total Return Swaps

     835.2         773.6         186.2         (17.0     (16.9     (6.3

Variance Swaps

     1.8         —           —           (6.1     —          —     

Currency Forwards (1)

     1,157.3         1,032.3         659.7         11.4        2.4        (4.8

Interest Rate Swaps (1)(2)

     17,111.0         19,352.0         9,534.0         1,111.0        1,154.7        (81.0

Put Options (1)

     351.3         63.7         44.1         29.2        —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 28,130.2       $ 29,748.4       $ 15,953.8       $ 1,179.0      $ 1,157.2      $ (79.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CHO Program:

               

Equity Futures (3)(4)

   $ 2,231.5       $ 2,541.6         —         $ (11.0   $ 9.8        —     

 

(1)  

Offsetting contracts have not been netted, therefore total notional of all outstanding contracts is shown.

(2)  

Total notional shown is a combination of pay-fix and pay-float contracts.

(3)  

Fair Value equals last day’s cash settlement.

(4)  

Futures notional is based on the current trade price of each contract.

Reinsurance. For contracts issued prior to January 1, 2000, most contracts with enhanced death benefit guarantees were reinsured to third-party reinsurers to mitigate the risk produced by such guaranteed death benefits. For contracts issued on or after January 1, 2000, the Company instituted a variable annuity guarantee hedging program in lieu of reinsurance. We utilized indemnity reinsurance agreements prior to January 1, 2000 to reduce our exposure to large losses from GMDBs in our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment. Reinsurance permits recovery of a portion of losses from reinsurers, although it does not discharge our primary liability as direct insurer of the risks. We evaluate the financial strength of potential reinsurers and continually monitor the financial strength and credit ratings of our reinsurers.

Variable Annuity Risks and Risk Management

The amounts ultimately due to policyholders under GMDB and guaranteed minimum living benefits, and the reserves required to support these liabilities, are driven by a variety of factors, including equity market performance, interest rate conditions, policyholder behavior, including exercise of various contract options, and policyholder mortality. We actively monitor each of these factors and implement a variety of risk management and financial management techniques to optimize the value of the block. Such techniques include hedging, use of offshore affiliate reinsurance, external reinsurance, and experience studies. See the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the reinsurance arrangements.

Market Risk Related to Equity Market Price and Interest Rates. Our variable annuity products are significantly influenced by the United States and other global equity markets. Increases or decreases in equity

 

-235-


Table of Contents

markets impact certain assets and liabilities related to our variable annuity products and our earnings derived from those products. A decrease in the equity markets may cause a decrease in the account values, thereby increasing the possibility that we may be required to pay amounts to contract owners due to guaranteed death and living benefits. An increase in the value of the equity markets may increase account values for these contracts, thereby decreasing our risk associated with guaranteed death and living benefits.

We are also subject to interest rate risk in our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment, as a sustained decline in interest rates may subject us to higher cost of guaranteed benefits and increased hedging costs.

In addition, in scenarios of equity market declines, sustained periods of low interest rates, rapidly rising interest rates or credit spread widening, the amount of additional statutory reserves that an insurance subsidiary is required to hold for variable annuity guarantees may increase. This increase in reserves would decrease the statutory surplus available for use in calculating its RBC ratios. In addition, collateral posting requirements for the hedge program could also pressure liquidity.

Periods of significant and sustained downturns in equity markets, increased equity volatility or reduced interest rates could result in an increase in the valuation of the future policy benefit or account balance liabilities associated with such products, resulting in a reduction to net income (loss). Although a certain portion of our guaranteed benefits are reinsured or covered under our variable annuity guarantee hedging program, for those guarantees not covered by these programs, we are exposed to the risk of increased costs and/or liabilities for benefits guaranteed in excess of account values during periods of adverse economic market conditions. Our risk management program is constantly re-evaluated to respond to changing market conditions and achieve the optimal balance and trade-offs among several important factors, including regulatory reserves, rating agency capital, RBC, earnings and other factors. A certain portion of these strategies could focus our emphasis on the protection of regulatory reserves and rating agency capital, RBC, liquidity, earnings and other factors and less on the earnings impact of guarantees, resulting in materially lower or more volatile GAAP earnings in periods of changing equity market levels. While we believe that our risk management program is effective in balancing numerous critical metrics, we are subject to the risk that our strategies and other management procedures prove ineffective or that unexpected policyholder behavior, combined with unfavorable market events, produces losses beyond the scope of the risk management strategies employed, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. We are also subject to the risk that the cost of hedging these guaranteed minimum benefits increases as implied volatilities increase and/or interest rates decrease, resulting in adverse impact to net income (loss).

Risk Related to Hedging. Our risk management program attempts to balance a number of important factors including regulatory reserves, rating agency capital, RBC, underlying economics, earnings and other factors. As discussed above, to reduce the risk associated with guaranteed living benefits, non-reinsured GMDB and fees related to these benefits, we enter derivative contracts on various public market indices chosen to closely replicate contract owner variable fund returns.

The Company’s risk management program is constantly re-evaluated to respond to changing market conditions and manage trade-offs among capital preservation, earnings and underlying economics.

Hedging instruments we use to manage risks might not perform as intended or expected, which could result in higher realized losses and unanticipated cash needs to collateralize or settle such transactions. Adverse market conditions can limit the availability and increase the costs of hedging instruments, and such costs may not be recovered in the pricing of the underlying products being hedged. In addition, hedging counterparties may fail to perform their obligations resulting in unhedged exposures and losses on positions that are not collateralized.

Risk Related to Policyholder Behavior Assumptions. Our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment is subject to risks associated with the future behavior of policyholders and future claims payment patterns, using assumptions for mortality experience, lapse rates, GMIB annuitization rates, and GMWB/GMWBL withdrawal rates. We are required to make assumptions about these behaviors and patterns, which may not reflect the actual behaviors and patterns we experience in the future.

 

-236-


Table of Contents

In particular, we have only minimal experience on policyholder behavior for our GMIB and GMWBL products, and, as a result, future experience could lead to significant changes in our assumptions. Our GMIB contracts have a ten-year waiting period before annuitization is available, with most of these GMIB contracts issued during the period 2004 to 2006. Those contracts first become eligible to annuitize during the period 2014 to 2016, but contain significant incentives to delay annuitization beyond the first eligibility date. As a result, to date we have only a statistically small sample of experience used to set annuitization rates. Therefore, we anticipate that observable experience data will become statistically credible later this decade, when a large volume of GMIB benefits begin to reach their maximum benefit over a four-year period from 2019 to 2022. It is possible, however, that more policyholders than we anticipate will choose to annuitize soon after the first eligibility date, rather than delay annuitization to receive increased guarantee benefits, in which case we may have statistically credible experience as early as in the period from 2014 to 2016.

Similarly, most of our GMWBL contracts are still in the first three to five policy years, so our assumptions for withdrawal from contracts with GMWBL benefits may change as experience emerges over the next five to seven years. In addition, like our GMIB contracts, many of our GMWBL contracts contain significant incentives to delay withdrawal. We expect customer decisions on annuitization and withdrawal will be influenced by customers’ financial plans and needs as well as by interest rate and market conditions over time and by the availability and features of competing products. If emerging experience deviates from our assumptions on either GMIB annuitization or GMWBL withdrawal, we could experience losses and a significant increase to reserve and capital requirements.

We also make estimates of expected lapse of these products, which is the probability that a policy will not remain in force from one period to the next. Lapse rates of our annuity products may be significantly impacted by the value of guaranteed minimum benefits relative to the value of the underlying separate accounts (account value or account balance). In general, policies with guarantees that are “in the money” (i.e., where the notional benefit amount is in excess of the account value) are assumed to be less likely to lapse. Conversely, “out of the money” guarantees are assumed to be more likely to lapse as the policyholder has less incentive to retain the policy. Lapse rates could also be adversely affected generally by developments that affect customer perception of us.

We make estimates of expected election rates of living benefits for these products and of the rate of election of certain optional benefits that may be exercised. The profitability of our deferred annuity products depends upon actual contract owner decisions to elect or delay the utilization of such benefits. The development of a secondary market for third-party investor strategies in the annuities business could also adversely affect the profitability of existing business by reducing lapse rates of in-the-money contracts in excess of current expectations or by causing living benefits to be elected at points in time that are more unfavorable than our current expectations. Actual lapse rates that are lower than our lapse rate assumptions could have an adverse effect on profitability in the later years of a block of business because the anticipated claims experience may be higher than expected in these later years. If actual lapse rates are significantly different from that assumed in our current reserving assumptions, our reserves for future policy benefits may prove to be inadequate.

Our variable annuity lapse rate experience has varied significantly over the period from 2006 to the present, reflecting among other factors, both pre- and post-financial crisis experience. During the early years of this period, our variable annuity policyholder lapse rate experience was higher than our current best estimate of policyholder lapse behavior would have indicated; in the later part of this period, after mid-2009, it was lower. Management’s current best estimate of variable annuity policyholder lapse behavior incorporates actual experience over the entire period, as we believe that over the duration of the Closed Block Variable Annuity policies we will experience the full range of policyholder behavior and market conditions. If our future experience were to approximate our lapse experience from either earlier in the period or later in the period, we would likely need to either reduce reserves (if actual experience were to approximate experience earlier in the period) or increase reserves (if actual experience were to approximate experience later in the period), by an amount that could be material.

 

-237-


Table of Contents

We review overall policyholder experience annually (including lapse, annuitization, withdrawal and mortality), or more frequently if necessary. As customer experience continues to materialize, we may adjust our assumptions. The magnitude of any required changes could be material and adverse to the results of operations or financial condition of the Company. We increased reserves in the fourth quarter of 2011 after a comprehensive review of our assumptions relating to lapses, mortality, annuitization of income benefits and utilization of withdrawal benefits. The review in 2011 included an analysis of a larger body of actual experience than was previously available, including a longer period with low equity markets and interest rates, which we believe provided greater insight into anticipated policyholder behavior for contracts that are in the money. This resulted in an increase of GAAP reserves of $741 million and gross U.S. statutory reserves of $2,776 million in the fourth quarter of 2011. It is possible that future assumption changes could produce reserve changes of this magnitude or even greater. Any such increase to reserves could require us to make material additional capital contributions to one or more of our insurance company subsidiaries or could otherwise be material and adverse to the results of operations or financial condition of the Company.

During the third quarter of 2012 we conducted a periodic review of actuarial assumptions, including policyholder behavior assumptions. As a result of this review, we increased GAAP reserves by $114.6 million as of September 30, 2012, driven primarily by an update to lapse rates on variable annuity contracts with lifetime living benefit guarantees. The same update to lapse rates, implemented in isolation, would have increased U.S. Statutory reserves by approximately $150 million. However, the net change for U.S. Statutory reserves was not material due to offsetting revisions to projection model inputs. This change in lapse assumptions, taken together with the update to lapse assumptions we made in late 2011, moved our assumptions to be in line with lapse experience over the study period of 2006 to present. Although we believe it is appropriate to consider actual experience over that entire period in setting our assumptions, this recent change also causes our assumption to move considerably closer to our actual lapse experience for the period from mid-2009 to present. However, as described in the previous paragraph, future reserve increases in connection with experience updates could be material and adverse to the results of operations or financial condition of the Company. Any such increase to reserves could require us to make material additional capital contributions to one or more of our insurance company subsidiaries or could otherwise be material and adverse to the results of operations or financial condition of the Company. We will continue to monitor the emergence of experience. We review our assumptions at least annually, and, if necessary, update our assumptions more frequently as additional information becomes available. If adjustments to assumptions are necessary, which is ordinary course for interest-sensitive long dated liabilities, we anticipate that the financial impact of such a change will likely be in a range, either up or down, that is generally consistent with the impact experienced in the third quarter of 2012.

Other Risks. Despite the closure of new product sales, some new policy amounts continue to be deposited as additional premium to existing contracts . Benefit designs do limit the attractiveness of additional premium, but in some cases these additional premiums may increase the guarantee available to the policyholder . The volume of additional premiums has diminished since we ceased new product sales in 2010 .

Closed Block Institutional Spread Products

Prior to 2009, we operated a spread lending businesses, which we call Closed Block Institutional Spread Products. However, following the recent financial crisis, investor appetite for uncollateralized liabilities not rated “AAA” collapsed and collateralized funding was constrained. As a result of these strained market conditions, Closed Block Institutional Spread Products issued $6.3 billion of new liabilities at widened funding spreads in 2009. In addition, our Closed Block Institutional Spread Products segment wrote super senior CDS contracts of which approximately $1 billion of notional amount remains outstanding. We shifted the focus of the business strategy from growing assets and earnings to running off the business over time. Total assets have declined from a peak of $14.3 billion in 2008 to approximately $4.8 billion as of September 30, 2012. We continue to reduce the block by searching for and finding opportunities to sell assets at prices that reflect the intrinsic value of the assets. Closed Block Institutional Spread Products remains an overhang on returns as it requires high capital relative to its earnings and elevated levels of liquidity in our investment portfolios. As these assets run off, capital invested in the business will be released and our portfolios will be properly adjusted.

 

-238-


Table of Contents

Closed Block Other

The third financial reporting segment making up our Closed Block business is Closed Block Other, which includes continuing obligations and assets connected with the group reinsurance and individual reinsurance businesses we sold between 2004 and 2009. Effective January 2009, we sold our group reinsurance business, ING Reinsurance U.S., to RGA. The transaction was accounted for as a reinsurance transaction. To effect this sale, we entered into coinsurance agreements with various subsidiaries of RGA. See the Note for Reinsurance in our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on these reinsurance arrangements. Between 2004 and 2009, we entered into several reinsurance transactions with Scottish Re and Hannover Re pursuant to which we ceded all liabilities related to our individual life reinsurance block. The reinsurance arrangements with respect to both the group and life individual reinsurance businesses are described more fully in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Reinsurance” above.

Employees

As of September 30, 2012, we had approximately 7,150 employees, with most working in one of our 10 major sites in 9 states. On June 14, 2012, we announced that we entered into a seven-year agreement with Cognizant pursuant to which Cognizant will provide business processing and operations services related to our retirement, life insurance and annuities businesses (the “Cognizant transaction”). Under the terms of the agreement with Cognizant, on August 16, 2012, more than 1,000 of our employees became Cognizant employees and Cognizant gave such individuals comparable responsibilities to their former roles with us. Cognizant also purchased and subleased some of our existing facilities to provide business and workplace continuity for our customers and former employees.

Properties

As of September 30, 2012, we owned or leased 89 locations totaling approximately 2.5 million square feet, of which approximately 0.9 million square feet was owned properties and approximately 1.6 million square feet was leased properties throughout the United States. As discussed above, we sold and subleased some of our facilities (including the sale of our Minot, North Dakota facility, representing approximately 123,000 square feet) to Cognizant in the second quarter of 2012.

Litigation and Regulatory Matters

See the Note for Commitments and Contingencies in our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our assessment of contingencies related to litigation and regulatory matters.

 

-239-


Table of Contents

REGULATION

Our operations and businesses are subject to a significant number of Federal and state laws, regulations, administrative determinations and similar legal constraints. Such laws and regulations are generally designed to protect our policyholders and contract owners and not our stockholders or holders of our other securities. Many of the laws and regulations to which we are subject are regularly re-examined and existing or future laws and regulations may become more restrictive or otherwise adversely affect our operations. The recent financial market disruptions have produced, and are likely to continue to produce, extensive changes in existing laws and regulations applicable to our businesses, including the Dodd-Frank Act discussed below.

Following is a description of certain legal and regulatory frameworks to which we or our subsidiaries are or may be subject.

Legislative and Regulatory Initiatives

Legislative proposals, which have been or may again be considered by Congress, include changing the taxation of annuity benefits, changing the tax treatment of insurance products relative to other financial products and changing life insurance company taxation. Some of these proposals, if enacted, could have a material adverse effect on life insurance, annuity and other retirement savings product sales, while others could have a material beneficial effect. Administrative budget proposals to disallow insurance companies a portion of the dividends received deduction in connection with variable product separate accounts could increase the cost of such products to policyholders. In addition to the assessments imposed on certain financial companies by the Dodd-Frank Act, it is possible that Congress may adopt a form of “financial crisis responsibility” fee or tax on banks and other financial firms to mitigate costs to taxpayers of various government programs established to address the recent financial crisis and offset costs of potential future crises.

In the third quarter of 2010, the SEC proposed rescinding Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act and adopting a new Rule 12b-2. If adopted, the proposal would impose new limitations on the levels of distribution-related charges that could be paid by mutual funds, including funds available under the Company’s variable annuity products. At this time, it is unclear when or if further action will be taken on this proposal.

Dutch State Transactions and Restructuring Plan

In November 2009, the 2009 Restructuring Plan received formal EC approval and the separation of insurance and banking operations and other components of the 2009 Restructuring Plan were approved by ING Group’s shareholders. On January 28, 2010, ING announced the filing of its appeal with the General Court of the European Union against specific elements of the EC’s decision regarding the 2009 Restructuring Plan.

On March 2, 2012, the General Court handed down its judgment in relation to ING Group’s appeal and annulled part of the EC’s state aid decision. Subsequently, the EC filed an appeal against the General Court’s judgment before the Court of Justice of the European Union. In parallel, the EC adopted a decision on May 11, 2012 that re-approved the state aid granted to ING Group as compatible with the internal market on the basis of ING Group’s 2009 Restructuring Plan. On the same date, the EC adopted an interim decision which opened an investigation concerning certain amendments and elements of the 2009 Restructuring Plan (the “Investigation”). On November 19, 2012, ING Group and the EC announced that the EC approved the 2012 Amended Restructuring Plan. The deadline as agreed with the EC in the 2012 Amended Restructuring Plan requires ING Group to divest at least 25% of the Company by December 31, 2013, more than 50% of the Company by December 31, 2014, and 100% of the Company by December 31, 2016. The divestment of 50% of the Company is measured in terms of a divestment of over 50% of the shares of ING U.S., Inc., the loss of ING Group’s majority of directors on ING U.S., Inc.’s board of directors and the accounting deconsolidation of the Company (in line with IFRS accounting rules). The Investigation has been finalized by the EC and ING Group’s appeal against the EC’s May 11, 2012 decision has been withdrawn. In case ING Group does not satisfy its commitment

 

-240-


Table of Contents

to divest the Company as agreed with the EC, the Dutch State will renotify the recapitalization measure to the EC. In such a case the EC may require additional restructuring measures or take enforcement actions against ING Group, or, at the request of ING Group and the Dutch State, could allow ING Group more time to complete the divestment.

Regulation Affecting ING U.S., Inc.

We are a holding company for all of our business operations, which we conduct through our subsidiaries. We, as an insurance holding company, are not licensed as an insurer, investment advisor, broker-dealer, or other regulated entity. However, because we own regulated insurers, we are subject to regulation as an insurance holding company.

Insurance Regulation

United States

Our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are subject to comprehensive regulation and supervision under U.S. state and federal laws. Each U.S. state, the District of Columbia and U.S. territories and possessions have insurance laws that apply to companies licensed to carry on an insurance business in the jurisdiction. The primary regulator of an insurance company, however, is located in its state of domicile. Each of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries is licensed and regulated in each state where it conducts insurance business.

State insurance regulators have broad administrative powers with respect to all aspects of the insurance business including: licensing to transact business, licensing agents, admittance of assets to statutory surplus, regulating premium rates for certain insurance products, approving policy forms, regulating unfair trade and claims practices, establishing reserve requirements and solvency standards, establishing credit for reinsurance requirements, fixing maximum interest rates on life insurance policy loans and minimum accumulation or surrender values and other matters. State insurance laws and regulations include numerous provisions governing the marketplace conduct of insurers, including provisions governing the form and content of disclosures to consumers, product illustrations, advertising, product replacement, suitability, sales and underwriting practices, complaint handling and claims handling. State regulators enforce these provisions through periodic market conduct examinations. State insurance laws and regulations regulating inter-party transactions, the payment of dividends, the types, amounts and valuations of permitted investments and change of control transactions are discussed in greater detail below.

Our principal insurance subsidiaries are domiciled in Colorado, Connecticut, Iowa and Minnesota. Our other U.S. insurance subsidiaries are domiciled in Indiana and New York. Our insurance subsidiaries domiciled in Colorado, Connecticut, Indiana, Iowa, Minnesota and New York are collectively referred to as “our insurance subsidiaries” in this prospectus for purposes of discussions of U.S. insurance regulatory matters. In addition, we have special purpose financial captive insurance company subsidiaries domiciled in Missouri and South Carolina that provide reinsurance to our U.S. insurance subsidiaries in order to facilitate the financing of excess reserve requirements associated with Regulation XXX or AG38. For more information on our use of captive reinsurance structures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Letter of Credit Facilities and Subsidiary Credit Support Arrangements.” We also have a subsidiary in the Cayman Islands that primarily provides reinsurance to our insurance subsidiaries.

State insurance laws and regulations require our insurance subsidiaries to file financial statements with state insurance regulators everywhere they are licensed and the operations of our insurance subsidiaries and accounts are subject to examination by those regulators at any time. Our insurance subsidiaries prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with accounting practices and procedures prescribed or permitted by these regulators. The NAIC has approved a series of uniform statutory accounting principles, or SAP, that have been adopted, in some cases with minor modifications, by all state insurance regulators.

 

-241-


Table of Contents

As a basis of accounting, SAP was developed to monitor and regulate the solvency of insurance companies. In developing SAP, insurance regulators were primarily concerned with assuring an insurer’s ability to pay all its current and future obligations to policyholders. As a result, statutory accounting focuses on conservatively valuing the assets and liabilities of insurers, generally in accordance with standards specified by the insurer’s domiciliary state. The values for assets, liabilities and equity reflected in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP are usually different from those reflected in financial statements prepared under SAP.

Effective with the annual reporting period ended December 31, 2010, the NAIC adopted revisions to the Annual Financial Reporting Model Regulation, or the Model Audit Rule, related to auditor independence, corporate governance and internal control over financial reporting. The adopted revisions require that we file reports with state insurance regulators regarding our assessment of internal control over financial reporting.

State insurance laws and regulations governing our special purpose financial captive insurance company subsidiaries domiciled in South Carolina and Missouri require such entities to file financial statements with their respective domiciliary state insurance regulators, including statutory financial statements.

State insurance regulators conduct periodic financial examinations of the books, records, accounts and business practices of insurers domiciled in their states, generally every three to five years. Financial examinations are generally carried out in cooperation with the insurance regulators of other states under guidelines promulgated by the NAIC. State and federal insurance and securities regulatory authorities and other state law enforcement agencies and attorneys general also from time to time make inquiries and conduct examinations or investigations regarding the compliance by our company, as well as other companies in our industry, with, among other things, insurance laws and securities laws.

Our special purpose financial captive insurance company subsidiaries domiciled in South Carolina and Missouri are subject to periodic financial examinations by their respective domiciliary state insurance regulators.

Insurance Holding Company Regulation

ING U.S., Inc. and our insurance subsidiaries are subject to the insurance holding companies laws of the states in which such insurance subsidiaries are domiciled. These laws generally require each insurance company directly or indirectly owned by the holding company to register with the insurance regulator in the insurance company’s state of domicile and to furnish annually financial and other information about the operations of companies within the holding company system. Generally, all transactions affecting the insurers in the holding company system must be fair and reasonable and, if material, require prior notice and approval or non-disapproval by the state’s insurance regulator. Our special purpose financial captive insurance company subsidiaries are not subject to insurance holding company laws.

Change of Control . State insurance holding company regulations generally provide that no person, corporation or other entity may acquire control of an insurance company, or a controlling interest in any parent company of an insurance company, without the prior approval of such insurance company’s domiciliary state insurance regulator. Under the laws of each of the domiciliary states of our insurance subsidiaries, any person acquiring, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting securities of an insurance company is presumed to have acquired “control” of the company. This statutory presumption of control may be rebutted by a showing that control does not exist in fact. The state insurance regulators, however, may find that “control” exists in circumstances in which a person owns or controls less than 10% of voting securities.

To obtain approval of any change in control, the proposed acquirer must file with the applicable insurance regulator an application disclosing, among other information, its background, financial condition, the financial condition of its affiliates, the source and amount of funds by which it will effect the acquisition, the criteria used in determining the nature and amount of consideration to be paid for the acquisition, proposed changes in the management and operations of the insurance company and other related matters. In considering an application to

 

-242-


Table of Contents

acquire control of an insurer, the insurance commissioner generally will consider such factors as the experience, competence and financial strength of the applicant, the integrity of the applicant’s Board of Directors and executive officers, the acquirer’s plans for the management and operation of the insurer and any anti-competitive results that may arise from the acquisition.

In addition, many state insurance laws require prior notification of state insurance regulators of a change in control of a non-domiciliary insurance company doing business in that state. While these pre-notification statutes do not authorize the state insurance regulators to disapprove the change in control, they authorize regulatory action in the affected state if particular conditions exist such as undue market concentration. Any future transactions that would constitute a change in control of our insurance subsidiaries may require prior notification in those states that have adopted pre-acquisition notification laws.

Any purchaser of shares of common stock representing 10% or more of the voting power of our capital stock will be presumed to have acquired control of our insurance subsidiaries unless, following application by that purchaser in each insurance subsidiary’s state of domicile, the relevant insurance commissioner determines otherwise.

The licensing orders governing our special purpose financial captive insurance company subsidiaries domiciled in South Carolina and Missouri provide that any change of control requires the approval of such insurance company’s domiciliary state insurance regulator. Although our special purpose financial captive insurance company subsidiaries are not subject to insurance holding company laws, such domiciliary state insurance regulator may use all or a part of the holding company law framework described above in determining whether to approve a proposed change of control.

The laws and regulations regarding change of control transactions may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control involving us, including through unsolicited transactions that some of our stockholders might consider to be desirable.

Recent Actions by the NAIC. The NAIC recently adopted significant changes to the insurance holding company act and regulations (the “NAIC Amendments”) . The NAIC Amendments are designed to respond to perceived gaps in the regulation of insurance holding company systems in the United States . One of the major changes is a requirement that an insurance holding company system’s ultimate controlling person submit annually to its lead state insurance regulator an “enterprise risk report” that identifies activities, circumstances or events involving one or more affiliates of an insurer that, if not remedied properly, are likely to have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition or liquidity of the insurer or its insurance holding company system as a whole . Other changes include requiring a controlling person to submit prior notice to its domiciliary insurance regulator of a divestiture of control, detailed minimum requirements for cost sharing and management agreements between an insurer and its affiliates and expansion of the agreements between an insurer and its affiliates to be filed with its domiciliary insurance regulator . The NAIC Amendments must be adopted by the individual state legislatures and insurance regulators in order to be effective . Each of Indiana and Connecticut adopted its version of the NAIC Amendments, which became effective July 1, 2012 and October 1, 2012 respectively . We cannot predict whether the NAIC Amendments will be adopted in whole or in part by other states or the impact, if any, these changes will have on our business, financial condition or results of operations .

In addition, the NAIC has proposed a “Solvency Modernization Initiative.” The Solvency Modernization Initiative focuses on the entire U.S. financial regulatory system and all aspects of financial regulation affecting insurance companies. Though broad in scope, the NAIC has stated that the Solvency Modernization Initiative will focus on: (1) capital requirements; (2) corporate governance and risk management; (3) group supervision; (4) statutory accounting and financial reporting; and (5) reinsurance . We cannot predict the effect of these initiatives on us at this time.

Dividend Payment Restrictions. As a holding company with no significant business operations of our own, we will depend on dividends and other distributions from our subsidiaries as the principal source of cash to meet

 

-243-


Table of Contents

our obligations, including the payment of interest on, and repayment of, principal of any debt obligations . The states in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled impose certain restrictions on the subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to us . These restrictions are based in part on the prior year’s statutory income and surplus . In general, dividends up to specified levels are considered ordinary and may be paid without prior approval . Dividends in larger amounts, or extraordinary dividends, are subject to approval by the insurance commissioner of the state of domicile of the insurance subsidiary proposing to pay the dividend .

Under the insurance laws applicable to our insurance subsidiaries domiciled in Colorado, Connecticut, Indiana, Iowa and Minnesota, an extraordinary dividend or distribution is defined as a dividend or distribution that, together with other dividends and distributions made within the preceding twelve months, exceeds the greater of (1) 10% of the insurer’s policyholder surplus as of the preceding December 31, or (2) the insurer’s net gain from operations for the twelve-month period ended the preceding December 31, in each case determined in accordance with statutory accounting principles . New York has similar restrictions, except that New York’s statutory definition of extraordinary dividend or distribution is an aggregate amount in any calendar year that exceeds the lesser of (1) 10% of policyholder’s surplus for the twelve-month period ended the preceding December 31, or (2) the insurer’s net gain from operations for the twelve-month period ended the preceding December 31, not including realized capital gains. In addition, under the insurance laws of the states of domicile of our principal insurance subsidiaries, no dividend or other distribution exceeding an amount equal to an insurance company’s earned surplus may be paid without the domiciliary insurance regulator’s prior approval.

Indiana law also requires the Indiana Department of Insurance to, at least one (1) time each year, review the ordinary shareholder dividends paid by each domestic insurer to determine whether dividends paid by the insurer meet certain standards, including whether the dividends paid by the insurer are reasonable in relation to the adequacy of the level of policyholder surplus of the insurer remaining after the payment of dividends . The Indiana Department of Insurance is also required to follow a practice under which the Department issues an order to a domestic insurer to limit the payment of ordinary shareholder dividends by the insurer if the Department determines that the policyholder surplus of the insurer does not meet certain standards, including that such surplus is not reasonable in relation to the outstanding liabilities of the insurer .

Our special purpose financial captive insurance company subsidiaries domiciled in South Carolina and Missouri may not declare or pay dividends in any form to us other than in accordance with their respective insurance securitization transaction agreements and their respective governing licensing orders, and in no event may the dividends decrease the capital of the captive below the minimum capital requirement applicable to it, and, after giving effect to the dividends, the assets of the captive paying the dividend must be sufficient to satisfy its domiciliary insurance regulator that it can meet its obligations . Approval by a captive’s domiciliary insurance regulator of an ongoing plan for the payment of dividends or other distribution is conditioned upon the retention, at the time of each payment, of capital or surplus equal to or in excess of amounts specified by, or determined in accordance with formulas approved for the captive by its domiciliary insurance regulator.

In the second quarter of 2012, our principal insurance subsidiaries domiciled in Colorado, Connecticut, Iowa and Minnesota received regulatory approvals or notices of non-objection, as the case may be, from their respective domiciliary state insurance regulators to make extraordinary distributions to ING U.S., Inc. or Lion Holdings in the aggregate amount of $800.0 million in response to 2012 extraordinary dividend requests. As of December 31, 2011, each of our insurance subsidiaries domiciled in Colorado, Iowa and Minnesota had negative earned surplus and did not have capacity to make ordinary dividend payments to ING U.S., Inc. or Lion Holdings without regulatory approval. Our Connecticut domiciled insurance company, ILIAC, had positive earned surplus as of December 31, 2011 and could have paid a maximum amount of $190.0 million of ordinary dividends to Lion Holdings without regulatory approval at March 31, 2012, but ILIAC’s 2012 distribution request exceeded its year-end 2011 earned surplus and therefore required domiciliary regulatory approval. The approved extraordinary distributions of $800.0 million (including the $190.0 million ordinary dividend capacity of ILIAC), were made on June 26, 2012.

 

-244-


Table of Contents

Following payment of such distributions set out in the table below, our principal insurance subsidiaries domiciled in Colorado, Iowa and Minnesota each had negative earned surplus accounts and therefore at the date of this prospectus have no current ordinary dividend capacity. ILIAC’s 2012 extraordinary distribution exceeded its year end 2011 earned surplus and therefore at the date of this prospectus it has no current ordinary dividend capacity. Any further dividends or distributions paid by any of these insurance subsidiaries will be on an extraordinary basis (and, therefore, subject to prior regulatory approval or notice of non-objection, as they case may be) until ordinary dividend capacity is developed. The ability to pay ordinary dividends will require the development by each insurance company of a positive earned surplus and will be limited to a distribution amount that does not exceed the insurance company’s prior year-end positive earned surplus and its applicable state insurance ordinary dividend threshold, after taking into account dividends and distributions made within the preceding twelve months. The following table presents the extraordinary distributions paid by our principal insurance subsidiaries in 2012:

 

($ in millions)

Insurance Subsidiary

   State of
Domicile
   Extraordinary Distributions
Paid in 2012

(through September 30, 2012)
 

ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company

   Iowa    $ 250.0   

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

   Colorado    $ 80.0   

ReliaStar Life Insurance Company

   Minnesota    $ 130.0   

ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company

   Connecticut    $ 340.0 (1)  

 

(1)  

Included $190 million of ordinary dividend capacity that ILIAC could have paid without regulatory approval in 2012.

As of the date of this prospectus, we expect the primary future sources of funds available to meet ongoing cash needs of ING U.S., Inc., will be extraordinary dividends and distributions from our insurance company subsidiaries (for which the prior approval or notice of non-objection, as the case may be, of our state insurance regulators is required), and dividends and distributions from our non-insurance company subsidiaries. We also expect that, in the near term, ILIAC, one of our principal insurance company subsidiaries, will have some limited ordinary dividend capacity (for which prior regulatory approval is not required). We are in the process of engaging with the state insurance regulators of our principal insurance subsidiaries to seek approval for additional extraordinary distributions to be paid to ING U.S., Inc. or Lion Holdings, as the case may be, immediately prior to the time of our anticipated initial public offering. In addition, we are engaging with such regulators to seek approval for enhanced ordinary dividend and distribution paying capacity from our principal insurance company subsidiaries following such offering. There can be no assurance that we will obtain either of such approvals.

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Restrictions on Dividends and Returns of Capital from Subsidiaries” for a discussion of dividends and distributions from our insurance subsidiaries.

Financial Regulation

Policy and Contract Reserve Sufficiency Analysis. Under the laws and regulations of their states of domicile, our insurance subsidiaries are required to conduct annual analyses of the sufficiency of their life and annuity statutory reserves . Other jurisdictions in which these subsidiaries are licensed may have certain reserve requirements that differ from those of their domiciliary jurisdictions . In each case, a qualified actuary must submit an opinion that states that the aggregate statutory reserves, when considered in light of the assets held with respect to such reserves, are sufficient to meet the insurer’s contractual obligations and related expenses . If such an opinion cannot be rendered, the affected insurer must set up additional statutory reserves by moving funds from available statutory surplus . Our insurance subsidiaries submit these opinions annually to applicable insurance regulatory authorities.

 

-245-


Table of Contents

Recent actions by the NAIC . The NAIC has begun a process of redefining the reserve methodology for certain of our insurance liabilities under a framework known as Principles-Based Reserving (“PBR”). Under PBR, an insurer’s reserves are still required to be conservative, since a primary focus of SAP is the protection of policyholders, however, greater credence is given to the insurer’s realized past experience and anticipated future experience as well as to current economic conditions. An important part of the PBR framework was the adoption of AG43 as of December 31, 2009 for variable annuity guaranteed benefits. Another significant development is the recent adoption of VM, which defines PBR for life insurance policies. The full NAIC membership adopted the VM in December 2012. The model law that enables VM will become effective on the January 1st after it has been adopted by at least 42 of the 55 jurisdictions that make up the NAIC, with the further proviso that the 42 adopting jurisdictions must also account for 75% of the premium by U.S. life insurance companies (measured as of 2008). VM is expected to become effective no earlier than January 1, 2015, and we anticipate that its provisions will require us to make changes to certain of our term and universal life insurance policies, in particular, those policies with guaranteed features and may result in more volatility on our financial results given the greater weight it places on current economic conditions.

The NAIC adopted revisions to AG38, specifically regarding reserving for certain universal life secondary guarantee products. Reserves on in-force business as of December 31, 2012 are now subject to a floor calculation based on assumptions consistent with a new PBR framework developed by the NAIC. Reserves on business written after December 31, 2012 will be calculated using a modified formulaic approach. We have not yet completed our analysis of the impact of these revisions on our reserves, and the revisions may require us to increase our statutory reserves for universal life policies with secondary guarantees. Further, changes in the method of calculating reserves may also impact the future profitability and sales of our universal life policies with secondary guarantees.

Surplus and Capital Requirements. Insurance regulators have the discretionary authority, in connection with the ongoing licensing of our insurance subsidiaries, to limit or prohibit the ability of an insurer to issue new policies if, in the regulators’ judgment, the insurer is not maintaining a minimum amount of surplus or is in hazardous financial condition. Insurance regulators may also limit the ability of an insurer to issue new life insurance policies and annuity contracts above an amount based upon the face amount and premiums of policies of a similar type issued in the prior year. We do not currently believe that the current or anticipated levels of statutory surplus of our insurance subsidiaries present a material risk that any such regulator would limit the amount of new policies that our principal insurance subsidiaries may issue.

Risk-Based Capital. The NAIC has adopted risk based capital, or RBC, requirements for life, health and property and casualty insurance companies . The requirements provide a method for analyzing the minimum amount of adjusted capital (statutory capital and surplus plus other adjustments) appropriate for an insurance company to support its overall business operations, taking into account the risk characteristics of the company’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items . State insurance regulators use the RBC requirements as an early warning tool to identify possibly inadequately capitalized insurers . An insurance company found to have insufficient statutory capital based on its RBC ratio may be subject to varying levels of additional regulatory oversight depending on the level of capital inadequacy . As of December 31, 2011, the RBC of each of our insurance subsidiaries exceeded statutory minimum RBC levels that would require any regulatory or corrective action.

IRIS Tests. The NAIC has developed a set of financial relationships or tests known as the Insurance Regulatory Information System, or IRIS, to assist state regulators in monitoring the financial condition of U.S. insurance companies and identifying companies requiring special attention or action. For IRIS ratio purposes, our principal insurance subsidiaries submit data to the NAIC on an annual basis. The NAIC analyzes this data using prescribed financial data ratios. A ratio falling outside the prescribed “usual range” is not considered a failing result. Rather, unusual values are viewed as part of the regulatory early monitoring system. In many cases, it is not unusual for financially sound companies to have one or more ratios that fall outside the usual range.

 

-246-


Table of Contents

Regulators typically investigate or monitor an insurance company if its IRIS ratios fall outside the prescribed usual range for four or more of the ratios, but each states has the right to inquire about any ratios falling outside the usual range . The inquiries made by state insurance regulators into an insurance company’s IRIS ratios can take various forms . In some instances, regulators may require the insurance company to provide a written explanation as to: the causes of the particular ratios being outside the usual range; management’s actions to produce results that will be within the usual range in future years; and what, if any, actions the insurance company’s domiciliary state insurance regulators have taken . Regulators are not required to take action if an IRIS ratio is outside the usual range, but depending upon the nature and scope of the particular insurance company’s exception, regulators may request additional information to monitor going forward and as a consequence thereof, may take additional regulatory action.

IRIS consists of a statistical phase and an analytical phase whereby financial examiners review insurers’ annual statements and financial ratios. The statistical phase consists of 12 key financial ratios based on year-end data that are generated from the NAIC database annually; each ratio has a “usual range” of results. As of December 31, 2011, ReliaStar Life Insurance Company of New York had five ratios outside the usual range, RLI had four ratios outside the usual range, SLD had two ratios outside the usual range, and ING USA had one ratio outside the usual range. There were six different IRIS ratios as to which our subsidiaries fell outside the usual range, including: change in premium, change in product mix, change in reserving ratio, net income (loss) to total income (including realized gains and losses), gross change in capital and surplus, net change in capital and surplus.

Management does not anticipate regulatory action as a result of the 2011 IRIS ratio results. In all instances in prior years, regulators have been satisfied upon follow-up that no regulatory action was required. It is possible that similar results may not occur in the future.

Insurance Guaranty Associations . Each state has insurance guaranty association laws that require insurance companies doing business in the state to participate in various types of guaranty associations or other similar arrangements. The laws are designed to protect policyholders from losses under insurance policies issued by insurance companies that become impaired or insolvent. Typically, these associations levy assessments, up to prescribed limits, on member insurers on the basis of the member insurer’s proportionate share of the business in the relevant jurisdiction in the lines of business in which the impaired or insolvent insurer is engaged. Some jurisdictions permit member insurers to recover assessments that they paid through full or partial premium tax offsets, usually over a period of years.

Privacy Regulation

In conducting our business, we collect and maintain personal data from our customers including personally identifiable non-public financial and health information. As a result, we are subject to regulation under federal and state privacy laws that require us to institute policies and procedures to protect against the improper use or disclosure of this information.

Marketing and Sales

State insurance regulators are becoming more active in adopting and enforcing suitability standards with respect to sales of fixed, indexed and variable annuities. In particular, the NAIC has adopted a revised SAT, which will, if enacted by the states, place new responsibilities upon issuing insurance companies with respect to the suitability of annuity sales, including responsibilities for training agents. Several states have already enacted laws based on the SAT.

Securities Regulation Affecting Insurance Operations

Certain of our principal insurance subsidiaries sell variable life insurance and variable annuities that are registered with and regulated by the SEC as securities under the Securities Act. These products are issued

 

-247-


Table of Contents

through separate accounts that are registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act, and are regulated by state law. Each separate account is generally divided into sub-accounts, each of which invests in an underlying mutual fund which is itself a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act. Our mutual funds, and in certain states, our variable life insurance and variable annuity products, are subject to filing and other requirements under state securities laws. Federal and state securities laws and regulations are primarily intended to protect investors and generally grant broad rulemaking and enforcement powers to regulatory agencies.

Federal Initiatives Affecting Insurance Operations

The U.S. federal government generally does not directly regulate the insurance business. However, the Dodd-Frank Act established the FSOC, which is authorized to subject non-bank financial companies deemed systemically significant to stricter prudential standards and other requirements and to subject such companies to a special orderly liquidation process outside the federal Bankruptcy Code, administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Insurance company subsidiaries would remain subject to liquidation and rehabilitation proceedings under state law, although the FSOC is authorized to direct that such a proceeding be commenced against the insurer under state law. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act established a Federal Insurance Office within the Treasury Department. While not having a general supervisory or regulatory authority over the business of insurance, the director of this office performs various functions with respect to insurance, including serving as a non-voting member of the FSOC, making recommendations to the FSOC regarding insurers to be designated for more stringent regulation and representing the U.S. in the negotiation of international insurance agreements with foreign insurance regulators. The director is also required to conduct a study on how to modernize and improve the system of insurance regulation in the United States, including by increasing national uniformity through either a federal charter or effective action by the states.

Federal legislation and administrative policies in several areas can significantly and adversely affect insurance companies. These areas include federal health care regulation, pension regulation, financial services regulation, federal tax laws relating to insurance and annuity product taxation and the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”) requiring, among other things, the establishment of anti-money laundering monitoring programs.

In addition, from time to time, federal measures are proposed which may significantly affect the insurance business, including limitations on antitrust immunity, tax incentives for lifetime annuity payouts, simplification bills affecting tax-advantaged or tax-exempt savings and retirement vehicles, proposals related to an optional federal charter for insurance companies and proposals to modify or eliminate the estate tax. In addition, various forms of direct federal regulation of insurance have been proposed in recent years.

Cayman Islands

As noted above, we have an insurance subsidiary in the Cayman Islands that primarily provides reinsurance to our U.S. insurance subsidiaries. Our Cayman Islands insurance subsidiary holds an unrestricted Class B insurance license issued by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority, or “CIMA”. Our Cayman Islands insurance subsidiary is subject to regulation and supervision by the CIMA under applicable Cayman Islands insurance law.

CIMA has broad powers to examine the affairs of insurance companies, with full access to business and other records of these companies and power to call on the appointed insurance manager to provide any information or explanation. Cayman Islands insurance law requires every insurer which does not have its own staffed office in the Cayman Islands to appoint an insurance manager resident in the Cayman Islands which our Cayman Islands insurance subsidiary has duly done. Cayman Islands insurance law also requires every insurer to maintain full and proper business records at a designated principal office in the Cayman Islands to ensure that CIMA has ready access to same. The insurance manager has a statutory duty to notify the Cayman Islands authorities if it has any cause for concern. CIMA also conducts periodic financial examinations of the books, records, accounts and business practices of insurers in the Cayman Islands.

 

-248-


Table of Contents

Our Cayman Islands insurance subsidiary, as a holder of an unrestricted Class B insurance license, was required to submit a business plan to CIMA containing, among other items, (1) a description of its ownership structure; (2) an overview of its capitalization, accounting and reserving methodologies; (3) a summary of its key reinsurance transactions; (4) a listing of its key financial information; and (5) a description of certain of its affiliated transactions. Our Cayman Islands insurance subsidiary is only permitted to conduct the insurance business detailed within the business plan and must seek prior approval from CIMA of any material changes in the information supplied to them and file an annual certificate of compliance.

There are minimum capital or net worth requirements for a licensee prescribed by Cayman Island insurance law. These minimum requirements vary depending on the scale and nature of the business to be carried on. Every licensee must demonstrate appropriate underwriting expertise which can be supplied by the insurance manager.

Every licensee, including our Cayman Islands insurance subsidiary, is required to prepare its financial statements in accordance with any internationally recognized set of generally accepted accounting principles approved by CIMA. Our Cayman Islands insurance subsidiary prepares its financial statements in accordance with IFRS, except for certain CIMA approved modifications related to effecting capital contributions with retroactive effect; accounting for U.S. statutory reserves by recording on the balance sheet the excess reserve against an offsetting “sundry asset” on the balance sheet; and the method for calculating reserves related to certain classes of reinsured business. Under recently adopted provisions of the Cayman Islands insurance law, for which implementing regulations have not been promulgated as of the date of this prospectus, licensees carrying on long term business, in addition to preparing financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, will be required to prepare on an annual basis an actuarial valuation of their respective assets and liabilities, certified by an approved actuary, so as to enable CIMA to be satisfied as to the licensee’s solvency.

Change of Control . Shares of a licensee totaling more than 5% of its issued share capital cannot be transferred or disposed of in any manner without the prior approval of CIMA. To obtain approval of any transfer or disposition, a licensee must file an application setting out any proposed changes to the management and operation of the licensee, any changes to the business plan and provide information establishing the fitness and propriety of any new owner or manager, among other matters. In addition, any indirect change in the ownership of a licensee that would result in a change to its approved business plan will require the approval of CIMA.

Dividend Payment Restrictions . There are no specific dividend payment restrictions under Cayman Islands insurance law. Dividends may be paid out of a licensee’s share premium account or out of a licensee’s profits. However, licensees are subject to the minimum net worth and solvency requirements set out above. Licensees must also pay dividends in accordance with the requirements set out in their respective constituent documents and the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands, which requires that no dividends may be paid to members out of the share premium account unless, immediately following the date on which the dividend is proposed to be paid, the company shall be able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. In addition, a Cayman Islands company can re-purchase or redeem its shares out of capital pursuant to the terms of its constituent documents and the Cayman Islands Companies Law as long as the company is able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. Our Cayman Islands insurance subsidiary is a party to a financing arrangement that restricts the payment of dividends and other distributions above a certain annual maximum amount while the financing arrangement is in place.

Regulation of Investment and Retirement Products and Services

Our investment, asset management and retirement products and services are subject to federal and state tax, securities, fiduciary (including ERISA), insurance and other laws and regulations. The SEC, FINRA, the CFTC, state securities commissions, state banking and insurance departments and the DOL and the Treasury Department are the principal regulators that regulate these products and services. The Dodd-Frank Act may also impact our investment, asset management, retirement and securities operations. See “—Financial Reform Legislation and Initiatives—Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act” below.

 

-249-


Table of Contents

Federal and state securities laws and regulations are primarily intended to protect investors in the securities markets and generally grant regulatory agencies broad enforcement and rulemaking powers, including the power to limit or restrict the conduct of business in the event of non-compliance with such laws and regulations. Federal and state securities regulatory authorities and FINRA from time to time make inquiries and conduct examinations regarding compliance by us and our subsidiaries with securities and other laws and regulations.

Securities Regulation with Respect to Certain Insurance and Investment Products and Services

Our variable life insurance, variable annuity and mutual fund products are generally “securities” within the meaning of, and registered under, the federal securities laws, and are subject to regulation by the SEC and FINRA. Our mutual funds, and in certain states our variable life insurance and variable annuity products, are also “securities” within the meaning of state securities laws. As securities, these products are subject to filing and certain other requirements. Sales activities with respect to these products are generally subject to state securities regulation, which may affect investment advice, sales and related activities for these products.

Some of our subsidiaries issue certain fixed and indexed annuities supported by the company’s general account and/or variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies through the company’s separate accounts. These subsidiaries and their activities in offering and selling variable insurance and annuity products are subject to extensive regulation under the federal securities laws administered by the SEC. Some of our separate accounts, as well as mutual funds that we sponsor, are registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act, and the units or shares, as applicable, of certain of these investment companies are qualified for sale in some or all states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. Each registered separate account is generally divided into sub-accounts, each of which invests in an underlying mutual fund, which is itself a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act. In addition, the variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by the separate accounts and certain fixed and indexed annuities supported by some of our subsidiaries’ general accounts, as well as mutual funds we sponsor, are registered with the SEC under the Securities Act. Certain variable contract separate accounts sponsored by our subsidiaries are exempt from registration, but may be subject to other provisions of the federal securities laws.

Broker-Dealers and Investment Advisers

Our securities operations, principally conducted by a number of SEC-registered broker-dealers, are subject to federal and state securities, commodities and related laws, and are regulated principally by the SEC, the CFTC, state securities authorities, FINRA, the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board and similar authorities. Agents and employees registered or associated with any of our broker-dealer subsidiaries are subject to the Exchange Act and to regulation and examination by the SEC, FINRA and state securities commissioners. The SEC and other governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations, as well as state securities commissions in the United States, have the power to conduct administrative proceedings that can result in censure, fines, cease-and-desist orders or suspension, termination or limitation of the activities of the regulated entity or its employees.

Broker-dealers are subject to regulations that cover many aspects of the securities business, including, among other things, sales methods and trading practices, the suitability of investments for individual customers, the use and safekeeping of customers’ funds and securities, capital adequacy, recordkeeping, financial reporting and the conduct of directors, officers and employees. The federal securities laws may also require, upon a change in control, re-approval by shareholders in registered investment companies of the investment advisory contracts governing management of those investment companies, including mutual funds included in annuity products. Investment advisory clients may also need to approve, or consent to, investment advisory agreements upon a change in control. In addition, broker-dealers are required to make certain monthly and annual filings with FINRA, including monthly FOCUS reports (which include, among other things, financial results and net capital calculations) and annual audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

-250-


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the SEC is authorized to establish a standard of conduct applicable to brokers and dealers whereby they would be required to act in the best interest of the customer without regard to the financial or other interest of the broker or dealer when providing personalized investment advice to retail and other customers. A January 2011 SEC study acknowledges that the offering of proprietary products would not be a per se violation of any such standard of care and that broker-dealers selling proprietary or a limited range of products could be permitted to make certain disclosures about their limited product offerings and obtain customer consents or acknowledgements. See “—Financial Reform Legislation and Initiatives—Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act” below for more information on the Dodd-Frank Act.

As registered broker-dealers and members of various self-regulatory organizations, our registered broker-dealer subsidiaries are subject to the SEC’s Uniform Net Capital Rule, which specifies the minimum level of net capital a broker-dealer is required to maintain and requires a minimum part of its assets to be kept in relatively liquid form. These net capital requirements are designed to measure the financial soundness and liquidity of broker-dealers. The uniform net capital rule imposes certain requirements that may have the effect of preventing a broker-dealer from distributing or withdrawing capital and may require that prior notice to the regulators be provided prior to making capital withdrawals. Certain of our broker-dealers are also subject to the net capital requirements of the CFTC and the various securities and commodities exchanges of which they are members. Compliance with net capital requirements could limit operations that require the intensive use of capital, such as trading activities and underwriting, and may limit the ability of our broker-dealer subsidiaries to pay dividends to us.

Some of our subsidiaries are registered as investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act and provide advice to registered investment companies, including mutual funds used in our annuity products, as well as an array of other institutional and retail clients. The Investment Advisers Act and Investment Company Act may require that fund shareholders be asked to approve new investment advisory contracts with respect to those registered investment companies upon a change in control of a fund’s adviser. Likewise, the Investment Advisers Act may require that other clients consent to the continuance of the advisory contract upon a change in control of the adviser. Further, proposals have been made that the SEC establish a self-regulatory organization with respect to registered investment advisers, which could increase the level of regulatory oversight over such investment advisers.

The commodity futures and commodity options industry in the United States is subject to regulation under the Commodity Exchange Act of 1936, as amended (the “Commodity Exchange Act”). The CFTC is charged with the administration of the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations adopted under that Act. Some of our subsidiaries are registered with the CFTC as commodity pool operators and commodity trading advisors. Our futures business is also regulated by the National Futures Association.

Employee Retirement Income Security Act Considerations

ERISA is a comprehensive federal statute that applies to U.S. employee benefit plans sponsored by private employers and labor unions. Plans subject to ERISA include pension and profit sharing plans and welfare plans, including health, life and disability plans. Among other things, ERISA imposes reporting and disclosure obligations, prescribes standards of conduct that apply to plan fiduciaries and prohibits transactions known as “prohibited transactions,” such as conflict-of-interest transactions, self-dealing and certain transactions between a benefit plan and a party in interest. ERISA also provides for a scheme of civil and criminal penalties and enforcement. Our insurance, investment management and retirement businesses provide services to employee benefit plans subject to ERISA, including limited services under specific contract where we may act as an ERISA fiduciary. We are also subject to ERISA’s prohibited transaction rules for transactions with ERISA plans, which may affect our ability to, or the terms upon which we may, enter transactions with those plans, even in businesses unrelated to those giving rise to party in interest status. The applicable provisions of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code are subject to enforcement by the DOL, the IRS and the PBGC.

 

-251-


Table of Contents

In October 2010, the DOL issued a proposed regulation that would, if finalized, have substantially expanded the range of activities that would be considered to be fiduciary investment advice under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code. If finalized as proposed, the regulation could have substantially limited the investment-related information and support that our advisors and employees could provide under current law to plan sponsors, participants and IRA holders on a non-fiduciary basis. This would have had a material impact on the level and type of services we could provide as well as to the nature and amount of compensation and fees we and our advisors could have received for investment-related services. The proposed regulation was withdrawn by the DOL on September 19, 2011. The DOL has indicated that it expects to issue a new proposed regulation in modified form. We cannot predict with any certainty what will be contained in the re-proposed regulations.

The DOL has also issued final regulations concerning the fee disclosure obligations under ERISA for service providers to ERISA employee benefit plans as well as final regulations addressing fee disclosure obligations to plan participants. The effective date of the service provider disclosure regulations was July 1, 2012, and the deadline for providing annual plan participant disclosures was August 30, 2012. These fee disclosure developments could potentially generate pressure on the pricing of our defined contribution retirement products and services.

Trust Activities Regulation

ING National Trust, our wholly owned subsidiary, is a national banking association chartered exclusively with trust powers by the OCC. ING National Trust is not permitted to, and does not, accept deposits (other than incidental to its trust activities). ING National Trust is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC and its exercise of fiduciary powers must comply with Part 9 of the OCC’s regulations, which governs the fiduciary activities of federally-chartered banks and trust companies and, among other things, imposes certain review and recordkeeping obligations and certain restrictions on self-dealing and conflict of interest transactions.

ING Investment Trust Co., our wholly owned subsidiary, is a limited purpose trust company chartered with the Connecticut Department of Banking. ING Investment Trust Co. is not permitted to, and does not, accept deposits (other than incidental to its trust activities). ING Investment Trust Co.’s activities are primarily to serve as trustee for and manage various collective and common trust funds. ING Investment Trust Co. is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Connecticut Banking Commissioner and is subject to state fiduciary duty laws. In addition, the collective trust funds managed by ING Investment Trust Co. are generally subject to ERISA.

Financial Reform Legislation and Initiatives

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act, which effects comprehensive changes to the regulation of financial services in the United States. The Dodd-Frank Act directs existing and newly-created government agencies and bodies to conduct certain studies and promulgate a multitude of regulations implementing the law, a process that is underway and is expected to continue over the next few years. While some studies have already been completed and the rule-making process is well underway, there continues to be significant uncertainty regarding the results of ongoing studies and the ultimate requirements of those regulations that have not yet been adopted. We cannot predict with certainty how the Dodd-Frank Act and such regulations will affect the financial markets generally, or impact our business, ratings, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition.

The Dodd-Frank Act created a new agency, the FSOC, which is authorized to subject nonbank financial companies to the supervision of the Federal Reserve if the FSOC determines that material financial distress at the company or the scope of the company’s activities could pose risks to the financial stability of the United States. If we were designated by the FSOC as a systemically significant nonbank financial company subject to supervision by the Federal Reserve, we would become subject to a comprehensive system of prudential

 

-252-


Table of Contents

regulation, including, among other matters, minimum capital requirements, liquidity standards, credit exposure requirements, maintenance of resolution plans, stress testing, management interlock prohibitions, additional fees and assessments and restrictions on proprietary trading and other investments (including restrictions similar to the so-called “Volcker Rule” on our proprietary trading activity or our ability to sponsor or invest in certain types of investment funds). The exact scope and consequences of these standards and requirements are subject to ongoing rulemaking activity by various federal banking regulators and therefore are currently unclear. However, this comprehensive system of prudential regulation, if applied to the Company, would significantly impact the manner in which we operate and could materially and adversely impact the profitability of one or more of our business lines or the level of capital required to support our activities. As long as the Company continues to be controlled by ING Group, the FSOC may consider the Company together with ING Group’s other operations in the United States for purposes of making this determination. Therefore, while we believe it is unlikely that the Company, either on a standalone basis or together with ING Group’s other operations in the United States, will ultimately receive this designation, there is a greater likelihood of such a designation being made for as long as we are controlled by ING Group.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act contains numerous other provisions, some of which may have an impact on us. These include:

 

   

The FSOC may recommend that state insurance regulators or other regulators apply new or heightened standards and safeguards for activities or practices we and other insurers or other financial services companies engage in if the FSOC determines that those activities or practices could create or increase the risk that significant liquidity, credit or other problems spread among financial companies. We cannot predict whether any such recommendations will be made or their effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition.

 

   

The Dodd-Frank Act creates a new framework for regulating OTC derivatives, which may increase the costs of hedging and other permitted derivatives trading activity undertaken by us. Under the new regulatory regime and subject to certain exceptions, certain standardized OTC derivatives will be cleared through a centralized clearinghouse and executed on a centralized exchange. It establishes new regulatory authority for the SEC and the CFTC over derivatives and “swap dealers,” “security-based swap dealers,” “major swap participants,” and “major security-based swap participants.” Based on final rules jointly developed by the CFTC and the SEC which became effective July 23, 2012, we do not believe we should be considered a “swap dealer,” “security-based swap dealer,” “major swap participant,” or “major security-based swap participant” as defined in the regulation. However, if it is determined that we meet one of these definitions, it could substantially increase the amount of regulatory requirements for us and the cost of hedging and other permitted derivatives trading activity undertaken by us. The CFTC and SEC also jointly adopted final rules, which (subject to certain exceptions) became effective on October 12, 2012, to further define the terms “swap” and “security-based swap,” and to clarify that certain products (i) issued by entities subject to supervision by the insurance commissioner (or similar official or agency) of any state or by the United States or an agency or instrumentality thereof (the “Provider Test”) and (ii) regulated as insurance or otherwise enumerated by rule are excluded from the definition of a “swap” and “security-based swap.” Thus, companies would not be considered “swap dealers,” “security-based swap dealers,” “major swap participants” or “major security-based participants” as a result of issuing such insurance products.

In addition, any insurance contracts which might otherwise be included within the definition of “swap” or “security-based swap” which were issued on or before the effective date of the rules will be grandfathered and thereby excluded from the definitions, as long as the issuer satisfies the Provider Test. However, the rulemaking does not extend the exemption to certain products issued by insurance companies including GICs, synthetic GICs, funding agreements, structured settlements and deposit administration contracts which the CFTC and SEC determined should be considered in a facts and circumstances analysis. As a result, there remains some uncertainty regarding the applicability of the definitions of “swap” and “security-based swap” to some products offered by us. We do not believe our products come within the definition of “swap” or “security-based swap.” However, if any products

 

-253-


Table of Contents

issued by us meet the criteria for either definition they would be subject to regulation under the Dodd-Frank Act, including clearing of certain standardized transactions through a centralized clearinghouse, execution of certain standardized trades on a centralized exchange and related reporting requirements. The legislation also requires the SEC and CFTC to conduct a study to determine whether stable value contracts fall within the definition of swap contracts, and if so, to determine whether an exemption to their regulation is appropriate. The SEC and CFTC are considering the study in light of the adoption of the rules described above. Stable value contracts are exempt from the legislation’s swap provisions, pending the effective date of any such regulatory action.

 

   

The Dodd-Frank Act established a Federal Insurance Office within the Treasury Department to be headed by a director appointed by the Secretary of the Treasury. See “—Insurance Regulation—Federal Initiatives Affecting Insurance Operations” above.

 

   

The Dodd-Frank Act established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) as an independent agency within the Federal Reserve to regulate consumer financial products and services offered primarily for personal, family or household purposes, with rule-making and enforcement authority over unfair, deceptive or abusive acts and practices. However, the legislation does not give the CFPB jurisdiction over insurance products or services, or over persons regulated by a state insurance regulator, subject to exceptions for certain non-insurance consumer financial products or services. In addition, broker-dealers and investment advisers are not subject to the CFPB’s jurisdiction when acting in their registered capacity. Employee benefit plans and other retirement products are generally excluded from the CFPB’s jurisdiction; however, certain types of employee benefit plans and retirement products may become subject to the CFPB’s jurisdiction upon a joint written request by the DOL and the Treasury Department. We believe we offer a very limited number of products subject to regulation by the CFPB, although it is possible that the CFPB will assert jurisdiction more expansively than anticipated.

 

   

The Dodd-Frank Act includes various securities law reforms that may affect our business practices and the liabilities and/or exposures associated therewith. See “—Broker-Dealers and Investment Advisers” above.

Until final regulations are promulgated pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our businesses, products, results of operation and financial condition will remain unclear.

International and National Regulatory Initiatives that May Affect Us as a Consequence of our Affiliation with ING Group

The causes of the recent financial crisis are being actively reviewed by lawmakers around the world, who are exploring steps to avoid similar problems in the future. In many respects, this work is being led by the Financial Stability Board (“FSB”), which consists of representatives of national financial authorities of the Group of Twenty (“G20”) nations. The FSB, along with the G20, have issued a series of papers and recommendations intended to produce significant changes in how financial companies, particularly companies that are members of large and complex financial groups, should be regulated. These proposals address such issues as financial group supervision, capital and solvency standards, systemic risk, corporate governance including executive compensation, and a host of related issues associated with responses to the financial crisis. The FSB, for example, has proposed to designate certain companies as systemically significant, similar to the approach the FSOC may take in connection with systemically significant banks and non-bank financial companies under the Dodd-Frank Act. Legislators and regulatory authorities in a number of jurisdictions in which ING Group operates have already begun introducing legislative and regulatory changes consistent with G20 and FSB recommendations as well as their own initiatives in a number of policy areas. In addition, the prudential regulation of insurance and reinsurance companies across the European Economic Area is due for significant change under the Solvency II Directive, which was adopted on November 25, 2009 and is expected to come into force in January 2014. The Solvency II Directive will effect a full revision of the European insurance industry’s solvency framework and prudential regime (in particular minimum capital and solvency requirements, governance requirements, risk management and public reporting standards) and will impose, among other things, group level supervision mechanisms.

 

-254-


Table of Contents

Regulation by Dutch Authorities

The DNB is the supervisor of the Company’s current ultimate parent, ING Group. DNB supervises and assesses the financial situation of ING Group as a whole and thus includes the operations of the Company and its subsidiaries. The divestment of the Company is subject to the approval of the DNB. This supervision of compliance with regulatory requirements includes the topics of capital adequacy, risk concentration and intra group contracts and positions as well as rules regarding the operations of ING Group. Furthermore DNB also plans and coordinates supervisory activities with the relevant supervisory authorities of ING Group subsidiaries. It is expected that on March 1, 2014 the European Central Bank will take over certain tasks of DNB, ING Group’s lead supervisor. The European Central Bank would assume responsibility for part of the prudential supervision of ING Bank and ING Group. The proposals to set up this new ‘Single Supervisory Mechanism’ are not yet final and at this point in time, it is uncertain if and how the new supervisory structure may impact ING Group or the Company.

In addition to the various US and international regulatory initiatives the Dutch authorities have launched a number of Dutch regulatory initiatives, including but not limited to the Dutch Intervention Act and legislation with regard to variable remuneration at financial institutions that have received state support.

The Intervention Act grants new powers to the DNB and the Minister of Finance to intervene in situations where an institution, including a financial group such as ING Group, faces financial difficulties or where there is a serious and immediate risk to the stability of the financial system caused by an institution in difficulty. The Act has entered into force with retroactive effect on January 20, 2012.

For information on certain requirements established by the European Union with respect to compensation disclosures and practices in financial services companies that may affect the Company, please see “Compensation of Executive Officers and Directors—Critical Compensation and Other Policies—Capital Requirements Directive III”.

We are unable to predict how any regulations resulting from such initiatives and proposals could affect the way ING Group conducts its business and manages capital, or to what extent any changes in the way ING Group conducts its business as a result thereof could affect us, as a consolidated subsidiary of ING Group, our relationship with ING Group or our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. The possibility of inconsistent and conflicting regulation of ING Group and the Company also exists as lawmakers and regulators in multiple jurisdictions simultaneously pursue these initiatives.

Other Laws and Regulations

USA Patriot Act

The Patriot Act contains anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws applicable to broker-dealers and other financial services companies, including insurance companies. The Patriot Act seeks to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering. Anti-money laundering laws outside of the United States contain provisions that may be different, conflicting or more rigorous. Internal practices, procedures and controls are required to meet the increased obligations of financial institutions to identify their customers, watch for and report suspicious transactions, respond to requests for information by regulatory authorities and law enforcement agencies and share information with other financial institutions.

We are also required to follow certain economic and trade sanctions programs administered by the Office of Foreign Asset Control that prohibit or restrict transactions with suspected countries, their governments and, in certain circumstances, their nationals. We are also subject to regulations governing bribery and other anti-corruption measures.

 

-255-


Table of Contents

Privacy Laws and Regulation

U.S. federal and state laws and regulations require financial institutions, including insurance companies, to protect the security and confidentiality of personal information and to notify consumers about their policies and practices relating to their collection and disclosure of consumer information and the protection of the security and confidentiality of that information. The disclosure and security of protected health information is also governed by federal and state laws. In particular, regulations promulgated by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services regulate the disclosure and use of protected health information by health insurers and others (including life insurers), the physical and procedural safeguards employed to protect the security of that information and the electronic transmission of such information. Federal and state laws require notice to affected individuals, law enforcement, regulators and others if there is a breach of the security of certain personal information, including social security numbers, and require holders of certain personal information to protect the security of the data. Federal regulations require financial institutions to implement effective programs to detect, prevent and mitigate identity theft. Federal and state laws and regulations regulate the ability of financial institutions to make telemarketing calls and to send unsolicited e-mail or fax messages to consumers and customers. Federal laws and regulations also regulate the permissible uses of certain types of personal information, including consumer report information. Federal and state governments and regulatory bodies may consider additional or more detailed regulation regarding these subjects.

Environmental Considerations

Our ownership and operation of real property and properties within our commercial mortgage loan portfolio is subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. Risks of hidden environmental liabilities and the costs of any required clean-up are inherent in owning and operating real property. Under the laws of certain states, contamination of a property may give rise to a lien on the property to secure recovery of the costs of clean-up, which could adversely affect the valuation of, and increase the liabilities associated with, the commercial mortgage loans we hold. In several states, this lien has priority over the lien of an existing mortgage against such property. In addition, we may be liable, in certain circumstances, as an “owner” or “operator,” for costs of cleaning-up releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances at a property mortgaged to us under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 and the laws of certain states. Application of various other federal and state environmental laws could also result in the imposition of liability on us for costs associated with environmental hazards.

We routinely conduct environmental assessments prior to closing any new commercial mortgage loans or to taking title to real estate. Although unexpected environmental liabilities can always arise, we seek to minimize this risk by undertaking these environmental assessments and complying with our internal environmental policies and procedures.

Health Care Reform Legislation

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, signed into law on March 23, 2010, and The Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, signed into law on March 30, 2010 (together, the “Health Care Act”), may lead to fundamental changes in the way that employers, including us, provide health care benefits, other benefits and other forms of compensation to their employees and former employees. Among other changes, and subject to various effective dates, the Health Care Act generally restricts certain limits on benefits, mandates coverage for certain kinds of care, extends the required coverage of dependent children through age 26, eliminates pre-existing condition exclusions or limitations, requires cost reporting and, in some cases, requires premium rebates to participants under certain circumstances, limits coverage waiting periods, establishes penalties on employers who fail to offer sufficient coverage to their full-time employees and requires employers under certain circumstances to provide employees with vouchers to purchase their own health care coverage. We cannot predict the impact of the Health Care Act, and any regulations or guidance related to the Health Care Act, on us as an employer and on the benefit plans we sponsor for employees or retirees and their dependents, or whether those benefits will remain competitive or effective in meeting their business objectives. Our costs to provide such benefits and our tax liabilities in connection with benefits or compensation cannot be predicted.

 

-256-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Management of the Company is led by the Office of the CEO (the “OCEO”) and the Executive Committee. The OCEO, our highest management body, is composed of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer and the Chief Financial Officer and is responsible for setting the leadership tone and providing overall strategic and financial guidelines for the Company. The Executive Committee, composed of the members of the OCEO as well as the remainder of our executive officers, set forth below, is tasked with setting corporate strategy, managing overall operating performance, building a cohesive culture and establishing our organizational structure.

Our Executive Officers

The following table presents information regarding our executive officers.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Rodney O. Martin, Jr*.

     60       Chief Executive Officer

Alain M. Karaoglan*

     50       Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Ewout L. Steenbergen*

     43       Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Mary E. (“Maliz”) Beams

     56       Chief Executive Officer, Retirement Solutions

Jeffrey T. Becker

     47       Chief Executive Officer, Investment Management

Donald W. (“Butch”) Britton

     64       Chief Executive Officer, Insurance Solutions

Bridget M. Healy

     57       Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer

Paul L. Mistretta

     58       Executive Vice President and Head of Operations

Kevin D. Silva

     59       Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer

Michael S. Smith

     49       Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer

 

* Designates a member of the OCEO.

Set forth below is biographical information about each of the executive officers named in the table above.

Rodney O. Martin, Jr. has served as chief executive officer and a member of the Board of Directors of ING U.S., Inc. since April 2011. Mr. Martin will assume the role of chairman of the Board of Directors upon completion of the offering. Mr. Martin is responsible for the overall strategy and performance of ING U.S., Inc. Mr. Martin began his insurance career as an agent with Connecticut Mutual Life Insurance Company, where, from February 1975 to August 1995, he served in various marketing and management positions. Mr. Martin ultimately advanced to become president of Connecticut Mutual Insurance Services. In 1995, Mr. Martin joined the American General Life Companies as president and chief executive officer where he ran the U.S. life insurance businesses until they were acquired by American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”), in 2001. At AIG, Mr. Martin held positions of increasing responsibility, from chief operating officer of AIG Worldwide Life Insurance, chairman and chief executive officer of American Life Insurance Company, chairman of American International Assurance, and most recently, chairman of AIG’s International Life and Retirement Services businesses until November 2010. Mr. Martin received his bachelor’s degree in business administration from Alfred University in Alfred, N.Y., and is also a Life Underwriter Training Council Fellow. Mr. Martin serves on the Board of Directors of ACLI and has served on the Board of Directors of LIMRA.

Alain M. Karaoglan has served as executive vice president and chief operating officer since September 2012, and from April 2011 to September 2012 served as executive vice president, finance and strategy. Mr. Karaoglan provides oversight to our Investment Management business, plus Strategy and Corporate Development, Investor Relations, Brand Marketing, Operations, and Information Technology. Mr. Karaoglan has also served as a member of the Board of Directors since April 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Karaoglan was senior vice president, Divestiture, for AIG from June of 2009 to April 2011. Prior to AIG, from September 2007 to April 2009, Mr. Karaoglan was managing director, Equity Research, for Banc of America Securities LLC. From October of 2000 to June 2007, he was managing director, North American Equity Research, at Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. Previously, from August 1997 to October 2000, he was an equity research analyst at

 

-257-


Table of Contents

Donaldson Lufkin & Jenrette after being in investment banking for approximately 10 years (1988-1997) at First Boston Corporation and, as a managing director at Bear Stearns, where he advised companies in corporate finance and merger and acquisitions transactions. Mr. Karaoglan received bachelor’s degrees, both magna cum laude, in business administration and economics from Pepperdine University and received his M.B.A. from Dartmouth College’s Tuck School of Business.

Ewout L. Steenbergen has served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of the Company and a member of the Board of Directors since January 2010. Mr. Steenbergen is responsible for strategic finance, capital management, treasury, actuarial, tax, insurance investments, controller functions, financial reporting, procurement and expense management for the Company. Mr. Steenbergen has been employed by ING Group since 1993. Immediately prior to his current position, he served as chief financial officer and chief risk officer for ING Asia Pacific. Mr. Steenbergen has held a number of management roles for ING Group including serving as regional general manager in Hong Kong, China, and as chief executive officer of RVS, an ING Group company based in the Netherlands that provides a broad range of life insurance, property and casualty insurance, and pension products. He has also served as head of corporate strategy for ING Group, chief executive officer of ING Insurance Czech Republic and Slovakia, and director of Retirement and Employee Benefits at Nationale-Nederlanden, ING Group’s life insurance company in the Netherlands. Prior to joining ING Group, Mr. Steenbergen was a consultant at the actuarial firm, Ten Pas (now part of Mercer) from 1990 to 1993. He holds a master’s degree in actuarial science from the University of Amsterdam (Netherlands) and a master’s degree in business administration from the University of Rochester.

Mary E. (“Maliz”) Beams has served as chief executive officer of our Retirement segment since June 2011, with responsibility broadened to cover the entire Retirement Solutions business since August 2012. Ms. Beams joined ING in 2011 with 30 years of experience in the financial services industry, spanning institutional, high net-worth and retail markets across asset management, retirement and banking sectors and has run both international and domestic businesses. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Beams served as president and chief executive officer of TIAA-CREF’s Individual and Institutional Services LLC (2004-2010). In addition to TIAA-CREF, Ms. Beams was a partner at Zurich Scudder Investments heading the offshore and U.S. mutual fund direct businesses (1997-2003). She was also a managing director of Fleet Financial (1993-1997), American Express (1988-1993) and Citibank (1984-1988). Ms. Beams received a B.A. in English from Boston College and an M.B.A. in finance and marketing from Columbia University. Ms. Beams is currently a board member of the Employee Benefits Research Institute (EBRI), The Insured Retirement Institute (IRI) and is a member of the CEO Task Force for Retirement Services, ACLI.

Jeffrey T. Becker has served as chief executive officer of our Investment Management business since October 2009. Mr. Becker has been employed by the Company and its predecessor since 1998, serving in increasingly responsible positions, including vice chairman, chief operating officer and chief financial officer of the Investment Management business. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Becker was chief credit officer for Aetna’s Real Estate Investment Group. Prior to joining Aetna in 1994, Mr. Becker was a senior manager in Arthur Andersen’s financial consulting practice. Mr. Becker earned a B.A. in economics from Colgate University and an M.B.A. in finance from New York University’s Stern School of Business.

Donald W. (“Butch”) Britton has served since January 2009 as chief executive officer of our Insurance Solutions business, which includes the Individual Life and Employee Benefits segments. Prior to assuming this role, Mr. Britton led the Company’s Life Business Group. Prior to joining the Company in 2004, he was employed by American General Financial Group from 1999 to 2002, serving as president of that company’s Life Division. Before this, he was employed by First Colony Life from 1981 to 1999, rising to president as well as commensurately senior positions with its affiliate GE Financial Assurance. Mr. Britton holds undergraduate and graduate degrees in mathematics from East Carolina University, Greenville, N.C. He is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries and a member of the American Academy of Actuaries. He served as chairman of the LIMRA Brokerage Committee and served a term on its Board of Directors. He also served as a director of its parent, LL Global, and one of its legacy organizations.

 

-258-


Table of Contents

Bridget M. Healy has served as executive vice president and chief legal officer of the Company since July 2007 and prior to 2012, also served in the same capacity for ING Group’s non-banking operations in the Americas. In this role, Ms. Healy is responsible for the law, government affairs, compliance and corporate responsibility functions for the Company. Ms. Healy joined ING U.S., Inc. from The Travelers Companies, Inc., where she was senior vice president and group general counsel from 2005 to 2007. Prior to Travelers, from 1995 to 2003 she served in positions of increasing responsibility at Becton Dickinson and Company, ultimately serving as its general counsel and corporate secretary from 2000-2003. In addition, she previously was a partner in the law firm of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan from 1992 to 1995 and practiced law in the United States and in Europe with Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP from 1982 to 1991. Ms. Healy received her J.D., magna cum laude, from the Georgetown University Law Center and is a graduate of Brown University, with an honors degree in International Relations and French Studies. Ms. Healy is Chairman-Elect of the Life Insurance Council of New York (LICONY).

Paul L. Mistretta has served as executive vice president and head of operations since May 2010. In this role, Mr. Mistretta is responsible for the operations functions supporting the Company’s businesses as well as shared service areas and Lean/Six Sigma deployment. Prior to his current position, Mr. Mistretta served as the head of operations for the Company’s Individual Life segment. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Mistretta was employed by the American General Life Companies, as executive vice president from 1999 to 2005, where he was responsible for various functions, including product development, project management, business development, insurance services and business process outsourcing. Prior to that position, from 1986 to 1999, he was at First Colony Life Insurance, rising to senior vice president and chief operations officer. From 1976 to 1986, he held various positions with Prudential and Bankers National Life. Mr. Mistretta earned a bachelor’s degree in management science from Kean College in Union, N.J. He is a Fellow at the Life Management Institute, with a specialization in information systems. He has served on various industry committees and as a board member of the Insurance Marketplace Services Association.

Kevin D. Silva has served as executive vice president and chief human resources officer of the Company since February 2012. Prior to his current position, from 2009 to 2012, he served as chief human resources officer at Argo Group International, a global, publicly traded specialty insurance company. Prior to joining Argo, Mr. Silva spent more than 13 years (1996-2009) at MBIA Insurance Corporation where he served as chief administrative officer responsible for the human resources, corporate administration, information resources, facilities and telecommunications, and records-management functions. Mr. Silva has also served in senior human resources leadership roles with Merrill Lynch (1993-1995), MasterCard International (1989-1993), and Pepsi Cola Company (1979-1989). Mr. Silva earned a bachelor’s degree in Communications from St. John’s University and a master’s degree in Psychology from New York University.

Michael S. Smith has served as the executive vice president and chief risk officer of the Company since May 2012. In this role, Mr. Smith is responsible for overseeing the enterprise-wide and business-level risk monitoring and management program for the Company. In addition to his risk management role, he provides management oversight of our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment. Mr. Smith joined the Company in May 2009 first as chief financial officer and chief insurance risk officer of the annuity business and subsequently as chief executive officer of Annuity Manufacturing. Prior to joining the Company, from 1988 to 2009, Mr. Smith was employed by Lincoln Financial Group (“LNC”) where he held several positions, including head of Profitability and Risk Management for Retirement Solutions at LNC, chief actuarial officer for Lincoln National Life, chief administrative officer and chief financial officer for Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc., chief financial officer and chief risk officer for LNC’s Life and Annuity division and head of customer support for LNC’s Employer Markets division. Mr. Smith holds bachelor’s degrees in Economics and Russian Studies from the University of Michigan. He attained Fellowship in the Society of Actuaries in 1990 and is also a Member of the American Academy of Actuaries. He also attained his CFA Charter holder designation in 2003.

 

-259-


Table of Contents

Our Directors

The Board of Directors is responsible for the oversight of management of the Company. The following table presents information regarding the current members of our Board of Directors. We expect that the composition of our Board of Directors will change at or prior to the offering.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Jan H.M. Hommen

     69       Chairman of the Board of Directors

Rodney O. Martin, Jr.

     60       Director

Patrick G. Flynn

     52       Director

Frederick S. Hubbell

     61       Director

Alain M. Karaoglan

     50       Director

Wilfred F. Nagel

     56       Director

Ewout L. Steenbergen

     43       Director

Set forth below is biographical information about each of the directors named in the table above, to the extent not provided above under “—Our Executive Officers.”

Jan H.M. Hommen is currently the chairman of the Board of Directors of ING U.S., Inc. and has served as a director in this role since 2011. He was appointed to the Supervisory Board of ING Group in June 2005 and became chairman of the Supervisory Board in January 2008 and has served as chairman of ING Group’s Executive Board since April 2009. Mr. Hommen is also chairman of the Management Boards of ING Bank, ING V. and ING Eurasia N.V. Prior to joining ING Group, Mr. Hommen was vice-chairman and chief financial officer of Koninklijke Philips Electronics. From 1975 to 1997, he worked for Alcoa Inc. rising to the office of chief financial officer at Alcoa’s U.S. head office in 1991. From 1970 to 1974 he was employed by Lips Aluminum, a Dutch company, first as controller and then as financial director. Mr. Hommen holds a master’s degree in Business Economics from Catholic University of Brabant (The Netherlands).

Patrick G. Flynn was appointed a director of ING U.S., Inc. in 2011. He has been a member of the Executive Board and chief financial officer of ING Group since April 2009. He also serves on the Management Boards of ING Bank, ING V. and ING Eurasia N.V. Prior to joining ING Group, he was employed by HSBC from 1989 to 2009 serving as chief financial officer for HSBC’s banking and insurance operations in South America from 2002 to 2006 and rising to chief financial officer of HSBC’s global Insurance business based in London. From 1984 to 1989 he was employed by KPMG in Dublin, Ireland. Mr. Flynn holds a bachelor’s degree in Business Studies from Trinity College Dublin. Mr. Flynn is a fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants, Ireland, and a member of the Association of Corporate Treasurers (UK).

Frederick S. Hubbell was appointed a director of ING U.S., Inc. in 2012. He served as a member of the Executive Board of ING Group from 2000 to 2006 and was Chairman of Insurance and Asset Management Americas for ING Group from 2004 to 2006. Mr. Hubbell was a member of the Executive Committee of Financial Services International for ING Group from 1999 to 2000 and served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the United States Life and Annuities Operations for ING Group from 1997 to 1999. He became President and Chief Executive Officer of Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa in 1989 and Chairman in 1993, and served in both roles until ING Group’s acquisition of Equitable in 1997. Mr. Hubbell was Chairman of Younkers, a retail department store business from 1985 to 1992. He was head of strategic planning of Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa from 1983 to 1985. Mr. Hubbell began his career as a lawyer in the United States at Dewey, Ballantine, Bushby, Palmer & Wood LLP from 1976 to 1978 and also practiced at Hughes Hubbard and Reed LLP from 1978 to 1981, and was a partner at Mumford, Schrage, Merriman and Zurek from 1981 to 1983. Mr. Hubbell received his B.A. from University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill in 1973 and his J.D. from University of Iowa in 1976. He serves on the Board of Directors of The Macerich Company, the Board of Visitors of the University of Iowa College of Business, the Board of Directors of the Community Foundation of Greater Des Moines, and as Chair of the Board of Trustees of Simpson College.

 

-260-


Table of Contents

Wilfred F. Nagel was appointed a director of ING U.S., Inc. in 2011. He has been a member of the Executive Board and chief risk officer of ING Group since May 2012. He also serves as chief risk officer on the Management Boards of ING Bank, ING V. and ING Eurasia N.V. He has been employed by ING Group since 1991 in various positions, most recently as chief executive officer of ING Bank Turkey since January 2010 and CEO of ING Wholesale Bank Asia from 2005 to January 2010. From 1981 to 1991, he was employed by ABN Amro Bank, most recently as head of Aerospace and Structured Finance. Mr. Nagel holds a master’s degree in Economics from VU University Amsterdam.

Committees of our Board of Directors

Prior to this offering, the Company’s Board of Directors consists of seven members and has a single standing committee, the audit committee. Following this offering, our Board will consist of nine members and will have the following standing committees: Audit, Compensation and Benefits, Nominating and Governance, and Executive Committees.

Our Board of Directors has determined that                 ,                  and                 , each of whom will be a director upon the closing of this offering, will be independent under the NYSE listing rules.

Audit Committee

Pursuant to the phase-in provisions of the NYSE listing requirements and Rule 10A-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act, our audit committee will initially be composed of at least three directors, all of whom will be “independent” under the NYSE listing rules and Rule 10A-3, except that until one year following the date of this prospectus, so long as the Audit Committee is composed of at least four members, one such member need not be “independent”.

The members of the Audit Committee will initially be             ,              and             , each of whom our Board of Directors has determined meets the qualifications for audit committee members set forth in the NYSE listing rules. Our Board of Directors has also determined that              is an “audit committee financial expert”, as defined by the SEC.

The Audit Committee’s primary function will be to assist the Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities of the financial reports and other financial information filed with the SEC or provided by us to regulators; our risk and capital profile and policies; our independent auditors’ qualifications and independence; and the performance our independent auditors and our internal audit function.

Prior to the offering, the audit committee has consisted of a single member, Mr. Hubbell.

Compensation and Benefits Committee

The members of the Compensation and Benefits Committee will initially be                     ,                      and                 . At such time as ING Group ceases to own more than 50% of our shares, the Compensation and Benefits Committee will consist solely of independent directors in accordance with the phase-in provisions of the NYSE listing requirements.

The Compensation and Benefits Committee will be responsible for annually reviewing and approving the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and evaluating and approving the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and evaluating his or her performance in light of these goals; determining the compensation of our executive officers and other appropriate officers, and administering our incentive and equity-based compensation plans.

Nominating and Governance Committee

The members of the Nominating and Governance Committee will initially be                      and                     . At such time as ING Group ceases to own more than 50% of our shares, the Nominating and Governance Committee will consist solely of independent directors in accordance with the phase-in provisions of the NYSE listing requirements.

 

-261-


Table of Contents

The Nominating and Governance Committee will be responsible for identifying and recommending candidates for election to our Board of Directors and each committee of our Board of Directors, reviewing and reporting to the Board of Directors on compensation of directors and Board committee members, developing, recommending and monitoring corporate governance principles applicable to the Board of Directors and the Company as a whole.

Executive Committee of the Board

The Executive Committee of the Board will be composed of Mr. Martin,                      and                     . The Executive Committee of the Board will be responsible for taking action on behalf of the entire Board with respect to certain exigent matters in between regularly scheduled meetings of our Board of Directors.

Codes of Ethics and Conduct

Prior to or concurrently with the completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will adopt a code of ethics and a code of conduct as such terms are used in Item 406 of Regulation S-K and the NYSE listing rules.

“Controlled Company” Exemption

Because ING Group will continue to own indirectly a majority of our stock following this offering, we will be a “controlled company” for purposes of the NYSE listing rules. Accordingly, our Board of Directors will not be required to have a majority of independent directors and our compensation and nominating and governance committees will not be required to meet the director independence requirements to which we would otherwise be subject until such time as we cease to be a “controlled company.”

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

We do not anticipate any interlocking relationships between any member of our Compensation Committee and any of our executive officers that would require disclosure under the applicable rules promulgated under the federal securities laws.

 

-262-


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Introduction

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”) provides a review of the compensation arrangements of our named executive officers. The following individuals were serving as our named executive officers as of December 31, 2012:

 

Name

  

Position

Rodney O. Martin, Jr.

   Chief Executive Officer

Alain M. Karaoglan

   Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Ewout L. Steenbergen

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Maliz E. Beams

   Chief Executive Officer, Retirement

Jeffrey T. Becker

   Chief Executive Officer, Investment Management

Former Executive

    

Robert G. Leary

   Former President and Chief Operating Officer

The compensation information presented in this CD&A reflects some differences among the compensation packages of the named executive officers. These differences, which are described in more detail below, were generally designed to reflect specific circumstances for Mr. Steenbergen, who is an expatriate, and, for Mr. Becker, who is part of our Investment Management business, which has historically maintained compensation programs that differ in many respects from the programs used in our other businesses. This CD&A also provides a review of the compensation paid to Mr. Leary, who served as our Chief Executive Officer from January 1, 2010 through April 3, 2011 and as our President and Chief Operating Officer from April 4, 2011 through September 10, 2012, when he went on leave, pending his departure from the Company, which occurred on December 6, 2012. Throughout this CD&A, we refer to the six executives above as our “named executive officers” or “NEOs,” and to Mr. Martin as our “Chief Executive Officer” or “CEO.”

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

As a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group prior to the offering, the compensation packages of our named executive officers were governed by the compensation philosophy and objectives of ING Group and were ultimately approved by ING Group and comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including those of the European Union and of the Netherlands. Accordingly, 2012 compensation for our NEOs was determined in accordance with ING Group’s compensation philosophy and objectives. ING Group follows compensation policies that support the establishment of compensation packages aligned with the business strategy, company values and risk appetite of ING Group. ING Group designs compensation programs to support the long-term interests of ING Group as a whole and the interests of ING Group’s customers and stockholders. ING Group works to create compensation packages that attract, motivate and retain capable and effective executives while effectively managing risk.

A summary of ING Group’s executive compensation principles that applied to our NEOs for 2012 are set forth below:

 

   

Compensation programs should attract, retain and motivate executive talent in a manner that ensures that our investors receive an appropriate return on their investment in the Company.

 

   

The NEOs’ target levels for each element of compensation and for overall total direct compensation (base salary, annual cash and deferred equity-based incentives and long-term equity-based incentives) should be competitive with the compensation packages provided to similarly situated executives with comparable responsibilities at companies that compete with the Company for executive talent.

 

   

Compensation packages should facilitate long-term equity growth by aligning the interests of executives with the interests of our investors through emphasizing long-term equity-based compensation and by encouraging executive stock ownership.

 

-263-


Table of Contents
   

Performance-based compensation should be a meaningful portion of total compensation and actual amounts earned should reward corporate, business unit and / or individual performance, within the boundaries of prudent risk management and all applicable regulatory considerations.

 

   

Perquisites should be provided on a limited basis only when necessary to serve an important business objective.

In anticipation of our becoming a standalone company, and building on the way that ING Group has historically determined compensation, we have been working to develop our compensation philosophy, objectives and procedures for the period following the completion of the offering. We anticipate that our compensation philosophy and objectives will be similar to the principles currently followed by ING Group with respect to our management team. Our compensation and benefits committee, which we anticipate forming upon the completion of the offering, will review the impact of the offering, will review all aspects of compensation and make appropriate adjustments, if any, and, along with the Board of Directors, will be responsible for determining our compensation philosophy consistent with all applicable laws and regulations, including CRD III for as long as ING Group owns more than 50% of the Company and consolidates the Company for financial reporting purposes. See “—Post-Offering Compensation Philosophy and Objectives” below for more details concerning our post-offering compensation practices.

Elements of Compensation

The following table presents the principal elements of the compensation programs that applied to our named executive officers for 2012 and the objective each element was designed to achieve. The elements of compensation (described below) were designed to provide a variety of fixed and at-risk compensation related to the achievement of the Company’s short-term and long-term objectives, although no specific formula or weightings were used to determine the proportion of total compensation each component contributed to 2012 NEO compensation. Beginning on January 1, 2011, however, ING Group was required by the DNB to comply with compensation guidelines, including some variable-to-fixed compensation ratios that may not be exceeded, that were implemented in response to a Capital Requirements Directive published by the European Union (the “EU”). These requirements were extended to ING U.S. effective January 1, 2012. See “—Critical Compensation and Other Policies—Capital Requirements Directive III” for more information regarding the Capital Requirements Directive and its applicability to the Company.

Compensation Elements

 

Compensation Element

  

Objective/Purpose

Base salary

  

Compensates NEOs for the day-to-day services performed for the Company.

Attracts and retains talented executives with competitive compensation levels.

Annual cash and deferred equity-based incentive compensation   

Motivates executives to achieve Company-wide and / or business unit-related performance goals selected for their potential to increase long-term stockholder value.

 

Promotes differentiation of pay based on corporate, business unit and / or individual performance and rewards executives for attaining annual objectives.

Long-term equity-based incentive compensation   

Motivates executives to achieve long-term Company-wide and / or business unit-related performance goals.

 

Emphasizes equity-based compensation and creates a culture focused on long-term value creation.

Retirement, deferral and health and welfare programs   

Addresses retirement needs of executives with competitive retirement programs.

Aligns with philosophy of attracting and retaining talented individuals.

Limited perquisites and other benefits    Addresses specific business needs by providing limited perquisites and other benefits.

 

-264-


Table of Contents

2012 Compensation

Base Salary

Base salary is an essential element of each NEO’s compensation package. Mr. Martin’s, Mr. Karaoglan’s, Ms. Beams’ and Mr. Leary’s base salaries were determined in accordance with the terms of their respective employment agreements and offer letter. The NEOs’ base salaries for 2012 were prepared by us and approved by the Supervisory Board after considering several factors, including the NEO’s experience, the NEO’s 2011 performance, the NEO’s 2011 base salary and the competitiveness of that base salary as compared to internal peers and similarly situated executives at companies that compete with us for executive talent. As described throughout this CD&A, the Company and ING Group review compensation data provided by a number of surveys and sources to determine the relative competitiveness of compensation programs as well as competitive levels of pay. For 2012, the surveys that were reviewed when determining appropriate base salaries included a survey prepared by Hewitt of total compensation measurements for executives in the financial services industry, a diversified insurance study of executive compensation prepared by Towers Watson and an investment management survey prepared by McLagan. The salary of Mr. Steenbergen, a citizen of the Netherlands, who has been on a long-term international assignment with the Company in the U.S. since January 1, 2010, is described below under “—Expatriate Arrangements of Mr. Steenbergen.”

The base salaries earned by the NEOs in 2012 were as follows: Mr. Martin—$1,000,000; Mr. Karaoglan—$650,000; Mr. Steenbergen—$497,552 ; Ms. Beams—$600,000; Mr. Becker—$391,667; and Mr. Leary—$836,250. Mr. Steenbergen’s base salary increased from $438,139 to $498,861, effective as of January 1, 2012, in connection with adjusting the components of his compensation to be consistent with ING Group’s obligations under CRD III, which adjustments included a decrease to his target annual incentive compensation award and an increase to his long-term incentive compensation opportunity. See “—Capital Requirements Directive III” below for more information relating to CRD III and its applicability to the Company. Mr. Becker’s base salary was increased from $350,000 to $400,000 beginning on March 1, 2012, in recognition of his superior 2011 performance and to keep his base salary competitive on a relative basis with those provided by companies for which the Company competes for talent. The other NEOs’ base salaries were not increased from their 2011 base salaries.

Annual Cash and Deferred Equity-Based Incentive Compensation

The 2012 compensation packages of our NEOs included an annual incentive opportunity designed to reward the achievement of business and individual performance goals for 2012. The annual incentive compensation payment with respect to 2012 is expected to be paid in March 2013, subject to mandatory CRD III requirements, as described below under “—Capital Requirements Directive III”. In this CD&A, references to 2012 annual incentive compensation awards are to the annual incentive compensation amounts that are expected to be paid to NEOs in March 2013, which were designed to recognize individual, Company and business unit performance during 2012. As described in more detail below, an individual’s target annual incentive award opportunity is adjusted in a non-formulaic manner after taking into account the funding of the relative bonus pools and individual annual incentive awards are determined based on the qualitative assessment of individual performance and the requirements of CRD III, if necessary.

Annual incentive awards were made to each of our NEOs. Mr. Becker’s annual incentive grant was awarded under the Investment Management business’s Annual Incentive Plan; other NEO’s incentive awards were made under the Company’s Incentive Compensation Plan (“ICP”).

Establishment of Annual Incentive Compensation Opportunity and Maximum Award

Mr. Martin’s, Mr. Karaoglan’s, Ms. Beams’ and Mr. Leary’s 2012 target and maximum annual incentive opportunities were determined under the terms of their respective employment agreements and offer letters. The 2012 target and maximum annual incentive opportunities for each of the other NEOs were proposed by

 

-265-


Table of Contents

Mr. Martin and reviewed and approved by the Supervisory Board of ING Group. Mr. Steenbergen’s target incentive award opportunity decreased from 55% to 40% of the base salary he would have received had he been employed in the Netherlands in combination with an increase in his base salary and long-term incentive award opportunity. The other NEOs’ target incentive award opportunities remained unchanged from their 2011 target annual incentive award opportunities. The NEOs’ 2012 target and maximum annual incentive opportunities were reviewed in conjunction with reviewing compensation surveys of financial services organizations published by Hewitt, Towers Watson and McLagan. These surveys were used to compare the target and maximum of each NEO to similarly situated executives at other companies that compete within the same talent market. Historically, we have sought to set total direct target compensation at or below median total direct target compensation reflected in these surveys. Following the establishment of the compensation committee of our Board of Directors, which we anticipate will take place concurrently with the closing of this offering, the compensation committee will be responsible for reviewing and approving the annual target and maximum incentive opportunity for each of our NEOs, subject to compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Target incentive award opportunities for the NEOs in 2012, as a percentage of base salary (and, in the case of Mr. Steenbergen, as a percentage of the base salary he would have received had he been employed in the Netherlands in 2012), were as follows: Mr. Martin—100%; Mr. Karaoglan—100%; Mr. Steenbergen—40%; Ms. Beams—125%; Mr. Becker—200%; and Mr. Leary—150%. The maximum 2012 incentive opportunity was capped at 200% of the target incentive amount for all NEOs, except for Messrs. Becker and Leary. Mr. Becker’s maximum incentive opportunity was capped at 300% of the target incentive amount, reflecting market practice in the investment management industry to set relatively lower base salaries and place greater emphasis on pay-for-performance incentive compensation opportunities as a component of overall compensation. Mr. Leary’s maximum incentive opportunity was capped at 300% based on his employment agreement.

Mandatory Deferral of 2012 Annual Incentive Compensation. In 2012, our NEOs were subject to an ING Group mandatory annual incentive award deferral plan under which portions of 2012 annual incentive amounts in excess of $129,368 will be automatically deferred as follows: (a) awards under $258,737—10% of the total incentive award, (b) awards under $388,105—$25,874 plus 20% of the amount above $258,737, (c) awards under $517,474—$51,747 plus 30% of the amount above $388,105, (d) awards under $646,842—$90,558 plus 40% of the amount above $517,474 and (e) awards over $646,842—$142,305 plus 50% of the amount above $646,842. Amounts that will be deferred will be converted into ING Group deferred shares granted under, and subject to the payment and other terms and conditions of, the ING Group Long-Term Sustainable Performance Plan (the “LSPP”). The deferred shares will vest over four years from the date of grant, with 50% vesting on the second anniversary, 25% vesting on the third anniversary and 25% vesting on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant. The automatic deferral mechanism was designed to further align the interests of our NEOs with ING Group’s stockholders by linking a portion of the executive’s annual incentive compensation to the longer-term performance of ING Group.

Establishment and Funding of Annual Incentive Compensation Pools. Company employees who receive 2012 annual incentive awards, including our NEOs, will participate in one or more incentive compensation funding pools. Each pool generally represents the total dollar amount of all 2012 incentive opportunities available to be awarded to individuals who participate in the pool. These pools include a corporate pool, designed to compensate participants for the financial performance of the entire Company, and business unit pools, designed to compensate participants for the financial performance of our individual business units, subject to any further discretionary adjustments by ING Group based on qualitative factors discussed below.

 

-266-


Table of Contents

The table below shows the relative notional weighting each incentive pool will carry in determining the annual incentive award for each NEO other than Mr. Becker. While Mr. Becker participates 100% in the Investment Management funding pool, his individual annual incentive award is determined 75% based on the results of the Investment Management business and 25% based on overall ING U.S. results, and is therefore presented accordingly in the below table.

 

Name

   Corporate Weighting      Business Unit Weighting  

Rodney O. Martin, Jr.

     100%         0%   

Alain M. Karaoglan

     100%         0%   

Ewout L. Steenbergen

     100%         0%   

Maliz E. Beams

     25%         Retirement – 75%   

Jeffrey T. Becker

     25%         Investment Management – 75%   

Former Executive

             

Robert G. Leary

     100%         0%   

At the beginning of 2012, we identified performance criteria for each pool, which will be factors considered when we establish the final amount of the pool in early 2013. These factors will be considered generally, but not used in a formulaic or automatic way, to determine pool funding amounts. For the 2012 corporate pool, these factors include operating result before tax (both including and excluding our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment), distributable earnings, administrative cost ratio, and underlying net result (both including and excluding our Closed Block Variable Annuity segment). For the 2012 Retirement pool, performance goals include operating result before tax, distributable earnings, administrative cost ratio, rollover capture rate, sales, net flows and retention and access rate. For the 2012 Investment Management pool, performance goals include external client total investment return compared to benchmarks and peer rankings, U.S. general account total investment return, sales, net flows (excluding general account and Closed Block Variable Annuity) and overall ING U.S. financial results. A number of the financial performance targets we have historically used in funding these pools, including in 2012, were based on international financial reporting standards (the accounting standards used by ING Group in its external reporting) and in some cases represent measures defined by ING Group and not used in this prospectus.

Historically, following the completion of each year, we have funded each pool after taking into consideration our actual performance during the year and, on a discretionary basis, applying various adjustments by ING Group based on consideration of other qualitative factors, such as ING Group’s overall performance, divestment strategy and an evaluation of the manner in which financial results were achieved. Following the establishment of the compensation committee of our Board of Directors, which we anticipate will take place concurrently with the closing of the offering, the compensation committee will be responsible for considering performance and establishing the funding level of each pool on an annual basis.

At the time of this filing, the final funding levels of these pools had not yet been established, pending determination of the final performance results.

Determination of Individual 2012 Annual Incentive Awards. Once an incentive pool has been funded as described above, individual participant performance is qualitatively assessed and an award recommendation is determined.

 

-267-


Table of Contents

The following table presents target annual incentive compensation for 2012. The target annual incentive opportunities will be adjusted after the funding of the relative pools is determined and the resulting annual incentive award payout, in both cash and deferred equity, for 2012 will be determined based on individual performance. The cash component of 2012 incentive compensation awards will be paid in early 2013.

 

Name

   2012
Target
Annual
Incentive
     2012 Adjusted
Target Based on
Pool Funding
     2012 Actual Incentive Award  
         Cash
Payment
     Deferred
Equity (1)
     Total
Annual
Incentive
Payment
 

Rodney O. Martin, Jr.

   $   1,000,000       $         TBD       $         TBD       $         TBD       $         TBD   

Alain M. Karaoglan

   $ 650,000       $ TBD       $ TBD       $ TBD       $ TBD   

Ewout L. Steenbergen

   $ 184,362       $ TBD       $ TBD       $ TBD       $ TBD   

Maliz E. Beams

   $ 750,000       $ TBD       $ TBD       $ TBD       $ TBD   

Jeffrey T. Becker (2)

   $ 800,000       $ TBD       $ TBD       $ TBD       $ TBD   

Former Executive

                                  

Robert G. Leary

   $ 1,350,000       $ TBD       $ TBD       $ TBD       $ TBD   

 

(1 )

The portion of the annual incentive award that will be automatically deferred and converted into grants of equity (deferred shares) under the LSPP will vest over four years from the date of grant, with 50% vesting on the second anniversary, 25% vesting on the third anniversary and 25% vesting on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant.

 

(2 )  

Mr. Becker’s target opportunity for 2012 was based on his annual base salary of $400,000.

Long-Term Equity-Based Incentive Compensation

The compensation philosophy of rewarding the achievement of long-term Company objectives was, prior to the offering, accomplished by providing the NEOs with the opportunity to earn ING Group equity awards that vested over time and, in some cases, upon the achievement of performance conditions. Prior to the offering, all long-term equity-based awards granted to our NEOs and other U.S. employees were granted in plan shares of ING Group. In addition to recent grants that were made under the LSPP, we have previously granted long-term equity-based awards under two other ING Group plans: options were granted under the ING Group Standard Share Option Plan (the “GSOP”) and performance shares and options were granted under the ING Group Long-Term Equity Ownership Plan (the “LEO Plan”). Beginning in March 2011, we granted equity-based awards under the LSPP. Performance shares and deferred shares may be granted under the LSPP. The Company also granted restricted American Depositary Share (“ADS”) units and restricted performance units under the ING Americas Insurance Holdings, Inc. Equity Compensation Plan (the “Equity Plan”). Some of the NEOs have outstanding awards under the GSOP, the LEO Plan, the LSPP and the Equity Plan, as set forth in the table entitled “—Outstanding Equity Awards Table at 2012 Year End.”

The Company is developing its approach to long-term incentive compensation granted after the offering. We intend to continue to use equity-based awards to align the interests of our executives with the interests of our stockholders, accelerate the achievement of long-term objectives and promote sustainable Company growth. After the offering, we intend to make equity-based awards to the Company’s NEOs and other employees in Company common stock.

We have historically granted equity-based awards each year in March. To the extent additional grants were necessary ( e.g. , for new hires), we have also historically made follow-up grants in September. We granted the equity-based awards relating to 2011 performance in March 2012 under the LSPP. Unless otherwise set forth in an individual agreement, long-term incentive award targets (as a percentage of base salary) were determined by us and approved by the Supervisory Board, based on reviews of market competitiveness and on individual performance. Market competitiveness is reviewed on an annual basis and any necessary adjustments to the long-term incentive award targets are made. The aggregate of the long-term incentive award targets was then reviewed, and ultimately approved, by the Supervisory Board. Final long-term incentive award determinations, based on the pre-established targets, were made after the end of the applicable year. Equity awards for 2012 were

 

-268-


Table of Contents

adjusted from 2011 levels only if an NEO’s 2011 awards were found to be uncompetitive and the NEO’s individual performance in 2011 was considered to be at a high level. Mr. Martin, Mr. Karaoglan, Mr. Steenbergen, Ms. Beams and Mr. Leary received annual long-term incentive awards in the beginning of 2012 in the following amounts, which were granted in the form of performance shares under the LSPP and which vest ratably over three years from the first anniversary of the date of grant: Mr. Martin—$780,000 (with a grant date fair value of $738,904); Mr. Karaoglan—$780,000 (with a grant date fair value of $738,904); Mr. Steenbergen—$300,000 (with a grant date fair value of $284,196); Ms. Beams—$750,000 (with a grant date fair value of $710,489); and Mr. Leary—$900,000 (with a grant date fair value of $852,588). Mr. Becker received an annual long-term incentive award in the beginning of 2012 of $600,000 (with a grant date fair value of $568,006), a portion of which was granted in the form of performance shares under the LSPP that vest ratably over three years from the first anniversary of the date of grant, and a portion of which was granted in the form of restricted ADS units under the Equity Plan that will vest on January 1, 2015. Our equity-based awards granted under the LSPP and the Equity Plan are calculated and communicated to our NEOs based on various internal factors and qualifications, and are similar to award measurements used by companies that compete with us for executive talent. These internally communicated amounts do not necessarily reflect the “grant date fair value” of these awards (computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718) which are required to be, and which are, included in the “—Summary Compensation Table” below.

Health and Insurance Plans

In 2012, our NEOs, other than Mr. Steenbergen, were eligible to participate in Company-sponsored benefit programs, offered on the same terms and conditions as those made generally available to all full-time and part-time employees. Basic health, life insurance, disability benefits and similar programs are provided to give employees access to healthcare and income protection for themselves and their family members. The NEOs also have access to a supplemental long-term disability program, facilitated by the Company, generally available to a broad group of highly paid Company employees on an elective basis. The cost of participating in the supplemental disability program is borne entirely by each NEO. See “—Expatriate Arrangements of Mr. Steenbergen” for more information relating to Mr. Steenbergen’s health and welfare benefits.

Tax-qualified and Non-qualified Retirement and Other Deferred Compensation Plans

Our NEOs, other than Mr. Steenbergen, generally are eligible for the same retirement benefits as full-time and part-time employees under the Company’s broad-based, tax-qualified retirement plans. As described further in the narrative description preceding the table entitled “—Pension Benefits in 2012,” the Company sponsors the Retirement Plan, a tax-qualified, noncontributory defined benefit pension plan for eligible employees.

The Company also sponsors the ING Americas Savings Plan and ESOP (the “401(k) Plan”), a tax-qualified defined contribution plan with a frozen employee stock ownership plan feature. Under the 401(k) Plan, the Company will match 100% of a participant’s contribution up to six percent.

In addition to the tax-qualified retirement benefits described above, the Company also maintains the ING Americas Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “SERP”) and the ING Insurance Americas 409A Deferred Compensation Savings Plan (the “DCSP”). The SERP and the DCSP permit our NEOs (other than Mr. Steenbergen) and certain other employees whose participation in our tax-qualified plans is limited due to compensation and contribution limits imposed under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), to receive the benefits on a non-qualified basis that they otherwise would have been eligible to receive under the Retirement Plan and the 401(k) Plan if it were not for the compensation and contribution limits set under the Internal Revenue Code. For purposes of determining benefits under the SERP and the DCSP, eligible compensation is limited to three times the Internal Revenue Code compensation limit, which was $250,000 for 2012.

See the narrative description preceding the table entitled “—Pension Benefits in 2012” for more detail of the Retirement Plan and the SERP. See the narrative description preceding the table entitled “—Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans Table for 2012” for more detail of the DCSP.

 

-269-


Table of Contents

Also, see “—Expatriate Arrangements of Mr. Steenbergen” for more information relating to Mr. Steenbergen’s retirement benefits.

Limited Perquisites and Other Benefits

While we do not offer a broad range of perquisites to our NEOs, we provided the named executive officers with Company-selected independent advisors to assist them with financial planning, tax and legal issues. The Company’s cost of these services are imputed as income to participating named executive officers and the applicable income taxes are paid by the named executive officer. See “—Expatriate Arrangements of Mr. Steenbergen” for more information relating to Mr. Steenbergen’s perquisites.

Transaction Incentive Bonuses

Certain one-time incentive award opportunities (“Transaction Incentive Bonuses”) were granted in 2011 to the NEOs and certain other executives to encourage the executives to achieve ING Group’s and the Company’s goal of successfully executing an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. The terms and conditions of the Transaction Incentive Bonuses were either set forth in award letters (the “Deal Incentive Awards”) or, in the case of Messrs. Martin and Karaoglan and Ms. Beams, set forth in each NEO’s employment agreement (the “Offering Incentive Awards”). Both the Deal Incentive Awards and the Offering Incentive Awards provide for the grant of restricted stock, a portion of which will be eligible to vest upon the completion of this offering, subject to fulfillment of relevant vesting conditions. The Offering Incentive Awards also include a cash component, which will be paid upon the completion of this offering, subject to continued employment through the date of the offering. See the narrative descriptions under “—Compensation of Named Executive Officers—Grants of Plan-Based Awards—Deal Incentive Awards” and “—Employment Agreements” for a description of the material terms of the Transaction Incentive Bonuses.

Retention Award

ING Group made Mr. Becker a cash retention award under the ING Investment Management Retention Participation Plan in March 2010 with a value of $600,000. The award amount was notionally invested in ING managed funds. One-third of the award vested in September 2010, one-third vested in September 2011 and one-third vested in September 2012.

Expatriate Arrangements of Mr. Steenbergen

Mr. Steenbergen is a citizen of the Netherlands who has served in the United States since January 1, 2010 pursuant to a long-term international assignment from ING Group. The Company currently follows the ING Group International Assignments Long-Term Assignment Policy (the “LTAP”), which provides executives on long-term international assignments with additional benefits to ensure that those on international assignment have approximately the same relative spending power in the host country as they would have had in their home country. Under the LTAP, the Company operates a ‘net pay policy’, to which tax equalization applies. This is designed to ensure that assignees pay no more or less tax than would have been payable if they had remained solely in their home country. Also under the LTAP, Mr. Steenbergen receives benefits to compensate him for certain expenses and cost differentials attributable to his expatriate status, as well as amounts to cover the taxes on those benefits. The value of his net market value allowance is included in Mr. Steenbergen’s base salary, as a salary adjustment, while other benefits are considered to be perquisites, and are provided in the form of reimbursements or direct payments of specific expenses, as described in more detail in the footnotes to the “—Summary Compensation Table.” In 2012, Mr. Steenbergen’s expatriate benefits included a housing allowance of $180,000, which represents an adjustment in respect of the cost of living differential between Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and New York City. Some other expatriate benefits, include tuition and other educational and related expenses for his children with an actual cost of $146,835 with a related tax payment of $119,688, and a home leave allowance of $16,913 with a related tax payment of $12,678. These benefits are considered perquisites and are reflected in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table

 

-270-


Table of Contents

below. In 2012, Mr. Steenbergen participated in ING Group health care and insurance programs that are generally available to all expatriates on assignment with ING U.S. He also participated in the ING Directors’ Pension Scheme, the Dutch tax-qualified, contributory defined benefit pension plan in which similarly situated employees of ING Group are eligible to participate.

Relationship of Compensation Policies and Practices to Risk Management

The Company and ING Group adhere to compensation policies and practices that are designed to support a strong risk management culture. We have reviewed the Company’s compensation programs, policies and practices for employees and have determined that those programs, policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Critical Compensation and Other Policies

Tax Deductibility of Compensation

Under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, a public company generally may not deduct compensation in excess of $1 million paid to its chief executive officer and the three other most highly compensated executive officers (other than the chief financial officer). Until the expiration of the post-offering transition period provided by the rules and regulations of the Internal Revenue Code, or until the LSPP is materially amended, if earlier, awards granted under the plan will be exempt from the deduction limits of Section 162(m). Generally, in order for awards granted after the expiration of the transition period to be exempt, the plan must be amended to comply with the exemption conditions and be submitted for approval of our stockholders. Following the offering, the compensation committee will continue to emphasize performance-based compensation for our named executive officers and will seek to minimize the impact of Section 162(m). Under Section 162(m)(6) of the Internal Revenue Code, certain health insurance providers cannot deduct compensation for any employees in excess of $500,000. The Company has determined that it is not subject to Section 162(m)(6) for calendar years 2010 through 2012. Additional guidance is expected to be issued by the Treasury Department with respect to the application of this section for 2013 and later years. The Company is continuing to monitor this issue and will determine whether the Section 162(m)(6) limitations will apply in the future based on that guidance. To the extent that the Company is subject to any of these limits on deductibility of compensation, the Company reserves the right to approve non-deductible compensation.

Compensation Recoupment Policies

Certain elements of our NEOs’ compensation packages are subject to recoupment or being “clawed back” under certain circumstances. Under both the CRD III policies described below (which became applicable to the Company on January 1, 2012) and the LSPP, ING Group has the right to claw back previously settled or paid awards if an NEO engages in fraud or malfeasance or if specific conduct of the NEO, either alone or in concert with others, led to the material restatement of ING Group’s or the Company’s annual accounts or resulted in significant reputational harm to ING Group or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

Capital Requirements Directive III

The EU published a Capital Requirements Directive (“CRD III”) with respect to compensation disclosures and practices in financial services companies, which all EU member states are required to implement and enforce. One objective of CRD III is to ensure that the total compensation and mix of fixed to variable compensation paid to key “Identified Staff” are consistent with CRD III, as implemented by each EU nation and in alignment with the companies’ risk management practices and policies. Another objective of CRD III is to ensure that compensation plans incorporate recoupment or “clawback” provisions, which are included in the compensation programs in which our NEOs participate. Another objective of CRD III is to ensure that the Company maintains an adequate capital base. These policies provide for the Company to make adjustments to reduce current or prior year variable compensation based on significant changes in the Company’s risk profile. In the Netherlands, the DNB oversees the implementation of and compliance with CRD III.

 

-271-


Table of Contents

CRD III has already been widely implemented across ING Group’s Europe-based financial services businesses. Under ING Group’s agreement with the DNB, since January 1, 2012 the CRD III requirements have applied to certain Company employees, referred to as “Control Function” employees and “Identified Staff.” Control Function employees include the heads of the corporate audit services, finance, human resources, compliance, risk management and legal departments and individuals they supervise, in each case, who may have a material impact on the Company’s risk profile. Identified Staff, who may also be Control Function employees, include employees who may have a material impact on the Company’s risk profile. Performance metrics for Control Function employees generally may not be directly linked to financial objectives related to their departments and variable-to-fixed pay may not exceed certain ratios.

Under CRD III, the compensation packages of Identified Staff relating to 2012 are subject to specified parameters, as follows:

 

   

Variable-to-fixed pay may not exceed certain ratios, and

 

   

Long-term incentives must be composed of at least 50% of variable pay for Identified Staff (other than those in Investment Management) and must be composed of at least 25% for those Identified Staff in Investment Management.

For 2012, there are approximately 40 “Identified Staff” from ING U.S., including all of the NEOs, whose total compensation packages must conform with CRD III. We are currently working with the DNB to determine at what point following the offering the guidelines and remuneration framework will cease to apply to the Company.

Post-Offering Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

The Company intends to implement a comprehensive executive compensation program following the offering based on four clear principles. Compensation programs will:

 

   

Align our executives with stockholder interests.

 

   

Drive business performance and results.

 

   

Support our business culture and business structure.

 

   

Deliver competitive pay to our teams.

Following the offering, we expect to continue to:

 

   

Ensure that competitive levels of compensation are paid when business targets are met.

 

   

Establish focused performance metrics that will reward executives for the most critical business objectives that drive long-term sustainable growth.

 

   

Simplify incentive programs and focus long-term compensation on the long-term results of the Company.

 

   

Encourage long-term share ownership at all levels of the organization.

 

   

Establish an appropriate approach to governance that balances the needs of stakeholders and will include the Company’s right to claw back compensation in certain circumstances.

 

-272-


Table of Contents

Compensation of Named Executive Officers

Summary Compensation

The following table presents the cash and other compensation for our NEOs for 2012.

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal
Position

  Year     Salary (1)     Bonus (2)     Stock
Awards (3)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation (4)
    Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings (5)
    All Other
Compensation (6)
    Total  

Rodney O. Martin, Jr., CEO

   

 

2012

2011

  

  

  $

$

1,000,000

746,212

  

  

  $

$


  

  

  $

$

923,129

  

  

  $

$

TBD

585,536

  

  

  $

$

30,209

  

  

  $

$

59,080

84,231

  

  

  $

$

TBD

1,415,979

  

  

Alain M. Karaoglan, COO

   

 

2012

2011

  

  

  $

$

650,000

452,292

  

  

  $

$


  

  

  $

$

923,129

381,980

  

  

  $

$

TBD

585,536

  

  

  $

$

28,809

  

  

  $

$

59,829

28,188

  

  

  $

$

TBD

1,447,996

  

  

Ewout L. Steenbergen, CFO

   

 

2012

2011

  

  

  $

$

498,861

438,139

  

  

  $

$


164,128

  

  

  $

$

314,575

235,236

  

  

  $

$

TBD

267,933

  

  

  $

$

820,688

172,514

  

  

  $

$

675,689

796,113

  

  

  $

$

TBD

2,074,063

  

  

Maliz E. Beams, CEO, Retirement

    2012      $ 600,000      $      $ 772,227      $ TBD      $ 29,628      $ 57,723      $ TBD   

Jeffrey T. Becker, CEO Investment Management

   

 

2012

2011

  

  

  $

$

391,667

350,000

  

  

  $

$

216,690

198,367

  

  

  $

$

856,429

959,285

  

  

  $

$

TBD

695,536

  

  

  $

$

293,510

235,762

  

  

  $

$

59,109

51,975

  

  

  $

$

TBD

2,490,925

  

  

Former Executive

                                               

Robert G. Leary, President and COO

   

 

2012

2011

  

  

  $

$

836,250

798,485

  

  

  $

$


90,000

  

  

  $

$

1,093,651

1,925,375

  

  

  $

$

TBD

645,536

  

  

  $

$

147,369

118,080

  

  

  $

$

1,682,186

93,785

  

  

  $

$

TBD

3,671,261

  

  

 

(1)  

Amounts in this column represent salary that was actually paid to each NEO in 2012. Mr. Steenbergen’s salary is comprised of two elements: (i) his net pay under the LTAP of $335,074 (see “—Expatriate Arrangements of Mr. Steenbergen”) and (ii) $163,787 in tax equalization payments. Mr. Steenbergen’s home country base salary, prior to any expatriate adjustments, was €330,000 ($427,218). These amounts were converted into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes using a conversion rate from Euro to USD of 1.2946 (as of January 1, 2012). Mr. Becker’s salary is based on his receiving an annualized base salary of $350,000 from January 1, 2012 through February 29, 2012 and an annualized base salary of $400,000 from March 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012.

(2)  

Amounts in this column reflect the portions of the cash retention award that became vested and was paid in September 2012 to Mr. Becker. For a more detailed description of the terms of Mr. Becker’s cash retention award, see “—2012 Compensation—Retention Award” above.

(3)  

Amounts in this column represent the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 of the performance shares and restricted stock granted to the NEOs under the LSPP and the Equity Plan in 2012 and of the deferred shares granted to the NEOs under the LSPP in 2012 as the portion of each NEO’s 2011 annual incentive award that was automatically deferred.

(4)  

The annual incentive awards allocated to each NEO for performance during 2012 have not yet been determined. We anticipate that such determinations will be made in March 2013. Mr. Leary’s 2012 annual incentive award will be pro-rated to reflect his departure date of December 6, 2013, in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement, as amended.

(5)  

Amounts in this column represent the net changes in actuarial present value in 2012 under the Retirement Plan, the SERP and the Directors’ Pension Plan. See the “—Pension Benefits in 2012” table below for more detail. Approximately 82% ($693,405) of the change in the present value of the accumulated pension benefit of Mr. Steenbergen from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012 is due solely to the change in the discount rate from 5.50% to 3.70%. The amount in this column for Mr. Leary reflects the change in pension value and nonqualified deferred compensation earnings as of December 6, 2012, his departure date.

(6)  

Amounts in this column include the employer contributions made under the 401(k) Plan and the DCSP as well as other perquisites as described in more detail in the table below entitled “—All Other Compensation Table for 2012.”

 

-273-


Table of Contents

All Other Compensation Table for 2012

 

Name

  401(k)
Employer
Match (1)
    DCSP
Employer
Match (2)
    Financial
Tax
Services (3)
    Gross-
Ups (4)
    Other (5)     Total  

Rodney O. Martin, Jr.

  $   15,000      $   30,300      $   13,780      $      $      $ 59,080   

Alain M. Karaoglan

  $ 15,000      $ 30,300      $ 14,529      $      $      $ 59,829   

Ewout L. Steenbergen

  $      $      $      $ 320,786      $ 354,903      $ 675,689   

Maliz E. Beams

  $ 7,500      $ 36,295      $ 13,928      $      $      $ 57,723   

Jeffrey T. Becker

  $ 15,000      $ 30,300      $ 13,809      $      $      $ 58,809   

Former Executive

                                   

Robert G. Leary

  $ 11,000      $ 34,000      $ 13,809      $      $ 1,623,377      $ 1,682,186   

 

(1)  

See the narrative under “—Retirement and Other Deferred Compensation Plans” for a description of the material terms of the 401(k) Plan.

(2)  

See the narrative under “—Retirement and Other Deferred Compensation Plans” for a description of the material terms of the DCSP.

(3)  

Amounts in this column represent the amounts actually paid by the Company, on behalf of each NEO, to the Company-selected financial advisor in 2012.

(4)  

The Company provided tax gross-ups to Mr. Steenbergen in accordance with the LTAP. These include reimbursements for taxes associated with his housing allowance ($137,492); his home leave allowance ($12,678); the tuition and other educational expenses for his children ($119,688); relocation costs and tax preparation and settlement costs ($38,775); and long-term incentive vesting ($12,153).

(5)  

The amount in this column for Mr. Steenbergen represents the sum of the expatriate benefits provided to Mr. Steenbergen in 2012 under the LTAP. These include a housing allowance ($180,000), a home leave allowance covering the cost of travel for Mr. Steenbergen and his family to travel to the Netherlands ($16,913), tuition and other educational and related expenses for his children ($147,510), tax preparation costs ($5,200) and relocation costs ($5,280). For more detail, see the narrative description under “—2012 Compensation—Expatriate Arrangements of Mr. Steenbergen,” above. The amount in this column for Mr. Leary represents the amounts paid or payable to Mr. Leary in connection with his departure from the Company on December 6, 2012 under his employment agreement, as amended. These include a severance benefit of one year’s annual base salary ($900,000) and the payment of Mr. Leary’s balance under the IM deferred compensation plan ($723, 377). Mr. Leary also received $83,077, the value of his accrued but unused vacation.

 

-274-


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The table below presents individual grants of awards made to each NEO during 2012.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for 2012

 

              Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
             

Name

 

Grant Type

  Grant
Date
    Threshold   Target   Maximum   Threshold
Number
of Shares
    Target
Number
of Shares
    Maximum
Number
of Shares
    Number
of Other
Stock
Awards
    Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock
Awards (1)
 

Rodney O. Martin, Jr.

  LSPP Perf Shares     3/28/2012                     84,593        126,890        $ 738,904   
  LSPP Deferred Shares     3/28/2012                     21,091        21,091        $ 184,226   

Alain M. Karaoglan

  LSPP Perf Shared     3/28/2012                     84,593        126,890        $ 738,904   
  LSPP Deferred Shares     3/28/2012                     21,091        21,091        $ 184,226   

Ewout L. Steenbergen

  LSPP Perf Shares     3/28/2012                     32,536        48,804        $ 284,196   
  LSPP Deferred Shares     3/28/2012                     3,478        3,478        $ 30,379   

Maliz E. Beams

  LSPP Perf Shares     3/28/2012                     81,340        122,010        $ 710,489   
  LSPP Deferred Shares     3/28/2012                     7,068        7,068        $ 61,738   

Jeffrey T. Becker

  LSPP Perf Shares     3/28/2012                     32,536        48,804        $ 284,196   
  LSPP Deferred Shares     3/28/2012                     33,020        33,020        $ 288,423   
  Restricted Stock 2     3/28/2012                         32,380      $ 283,811   

Former Executive

                                                   

Robert G. Leary

  LSPP Perf Shares     3/28/2012                     97,608        146,412        $ 852,588   
  LSPP Deferred Shares     3/28/2012                     27,598        27,598        $ 241,063   

 

(1)  

Amounts in this column represent the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.

(2)  

Fifty percent of Mr. Becker’s long-term incentive is comprised of awards granted under the LSPP and the remaining 50% is granted in the form of restricted ADS units granted under the Equity Plan.

Deal Incentive Awards

The Company granted Deal Incentive Awards to certain employees in 2011. These awards were granted to encourage award recipients to achieve the successful execution of an IPO of the Company. Awards are stated in a U.S. dollar value that will be converted into shares of restricted common stock of the Company on the closing date of the offering. Fifty percent of the restricted shares granted to the recipient upon this offering will fully vest at the end of the -day lock-up period described under “Underwriting.” The remaining 50% will fully vest at the earlier of (i) the end of the lock-up period specified in the underwriting agreement related to the first secondary share offering of Company common stock by ING Group (a “Secondary Offering”) following this offering or (ii) the date of closing of any post-offering merger or acquisition of the Company.

If an award recipient’s employment terminates prior to the date of the offering, the award will be forfeited and no amount will be paid to the recipient. If, however, the recipient’s employment is terminated without cause after the date of the offering but prior to the expiration of the -day lock-up period, then 50% of the restricted Company common stock will vest on termination of employment, and only the second 50% of the restricted stock would be forfeited. If the award recipient’s employment terminates after the date of the offering but prior to the vesting of the second 50% of the restricted Company common stock pursuant to either a Secondary Offering or a merger or sale of the Company, the second 50% of restricted Company stock will generally not vest and will be forfeited. If the recipient’s employment is terminated without cause either (i) after the date of a Secondary Offering but prior to the expiration of the associated lock-up period, or (ii) after the date of execution of the merger or acquisition agreement

 

-275-


Table of Contents

related to an acquisition of the Company, as applicable, then the remaining 50% of the restricted Company common stock will vest on the termination of employment. Upon the death of an award recipient at any time following the offering, all stock that would have been awarded will vest immediately with sales of such shares being subject to applicable lock-up periods. Certain restrictive covenants apply to the awards, and breach of any of those restrictive covenants would cause the award and any payments of restricted stock to be rescinded.

The terms of the Deal Incentive Awards of Mr. Steenbergen and Mr. Becker are set forth in award agreements and are as described in this section.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Year End

The table below provides information concerning unexercised options and stock and stock-based awards that have not vested for each NEO outstanding as of December 31, 2012.

Outstanding Equity Awards Table at 2012 Year End

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
  Option
Exercise
Price
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of
Shares
or
Units
of
Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested (1)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
    Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout 
Value  of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other Rights
That Have
Not
Vested (1)
 

Rodney O. Martin, Jr.

                 
                  84,593 (3)     $ 789,253   
              21,091 (5)     $ 196,779       

Alain M. Karaoglan

                 
                  36,076 (12)     $ 336,589   
                  84,593 (3)     $ 789,253   
              21,091 (5)     $ 196,779       

Ewout L. Steenbergen

                 
    2,051          14.37        3/15/2014           
    5,730          17.88        3/30/2015           
    4,860          25.16        3/23/2016           
    8,339          24.72        3/22/2017           
    11,447          16.66        3/13/2018           
    15,289          2.90        3/19/2019           
      13,918 (2)       7.35        3/17/2020            5,459 (11)     $ 50,932   
                  11,462 (8)     $ 106,940   
              15,239 (4)     $ 142,180       
              972 (9)     $ 9,069       
                  32,536 (3)     $ 303,561   
              3,478 (5)     $ 32,450       

Maliz E. Beams

                 
                  41,626 (9)     $ 388,371   
                  81,340 (3)     $ 758,902   
              7,068 (5)     $ 65,944       

Jeffrey T. Becker

                 
    7,814          14.37        3/15/2014           
    10,816          17.88        3/30/2015           
    8,479          25.16        3/23/2016           
    7,124          24.72        3/22/2017           
    13,829          16.66        3/13/2018           
    9,996          2.90        3/19/2019           
      26,374 (2)       7.35        3/17/2020            10,343 (11)     $ 96,500   
                  13,876 (8)     $ 129,463   
              33,716 (10)     $ 314,570       
              27,479 (6)     $ 256,379       
              21,635 (4)     $ 201,855       
              18,134 (9)     $ 169,190       
                  32,536 (3)     $ 303,561   
              33,020 (5)     $ 308,077       
              32,380 (7)     $ 302,105       

 

-276-


Table of Contents
    Option Awards     Stock Awards

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
  Option
Exercise
Price
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of
Shares
or
Units
of
Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
  Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested (1)
  Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
  Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout 
Value  of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other Rights
That Have
Not
Vested (1)

Former Executive

                 

Robert Leary

                 
    79,028          16.66        3/13/2018           
    56,570          2.90        3/19/2019           
      100,521 (2)       7.35        3/17/2020           

 

(1)  

The market value was determined by multiplying $9.33, the closing price of a share of ING Group common stock on December 31, 2012, by the number of shares or units.

(2)  

These options are scheduled to vest on March 17, 2013.

(3)  

These performance shares are scheduled to vest, in equal annual installments on March 28, 2013, March 28, 2014 and March 28, 2015 based on the achievement of performance metrics that are determined prior to each vesting cycle.

(4)  

These deferred shares are scheduled to vest on March 31, 2013.

(5)  

These deferred shares are scheduled to vest, in equal annual installments on March 28, 2013, March 28, 2014 and March 28, 2015.

(6)  

This restricted stock is scheduled to vest on January 1, 2014.

(7)

This restricted stock is scheduled to vest on January 1, 2015.

(8)  

These performance shares are scheduled to vest, in equal annual installments on March 30, 2013 and March 30, 2014 based on the achievement of performance metrics that are determined prior to each vesting cycle.

(9)  

These deferred shares are scheduled to vest, in equal annual installments on March 30, 2013 and March , 2014.

(10)  

This restricted stock is scheduled to vest on January 1, 2013.

(11)

These performance shares are scheduled to vest on March 17, 2013 based on the achievement of pre-established performance criteria.

(12)  

These performance shares are scheduled to vest, in equal annual installments on September 7, 2013 and September 7, 2014 based on the achievement of performance metrics that are determined prior to each vesting cycle.

The equity-based awards made in 2012 and 2011 were under the LSPP and the Equity Plan and awards made in years before 2011 were made under the GSOP, the LEO Plan and the Equity Plan. All equity-based awards set forth on the table above were awards in respect of ING Group ordinary shares.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2012

The following table provides information regarding all of the restricted units and performance shares held by the NEOs that vested during 2012 on an aggregated basis. None of the NEOs exercised any options in 2012.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table for 2012

 

     Option Awards    Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of Shares
Acquired on Exercise
   Value Realized on
Exercise
   Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting
     Value Realized
on Vesting
 

Alain M. Karaoglan

           14,430       $     117,709   

Ewout L. Steenbergen

           6,479       $ 61,477   
           4,584       $ 39,119   
           485       $ 4,139   

Maliz E. Beams

           16,650       $ 135,818   

Jeffrey T. Becker

           4,236       $ 40,194   
           5,550       $ 47,363   
           9,066       $ 77,368   
           17,922       $ 128,590   
           24,892       $ 205,351   

 

-277-


Table of Contents
     Option Awards    Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of Shares
Acquired on Exercise
   Value Realized on
Exercise
   Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting
     Value Realized
on Vesting
 

Former Executive

           

Robert G. Leary (1)

           23,971       $ 227,454   
           35,914       $ 306,486   
           5,986       $ 51,084   
           101,426       $ 762,216   
           99,564       $ 821,403   
           39,420       $ 95,471   
           66,568       $ 623,224   
           39,570       $ 370,463   
           124,448       $ 1,146,788   

 

 

(1)  

The following stock awards of Mr. Leary vested and were paid out in connection with his departure, in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement, as amended: (1) 39,420 performance shares granted under the LEO Plan were paid based on the TSR results as of June 30, 2012, as determined by ING Group, multiplied by the ING Group closing share price on December 7, 2012 ($95,471 was paid to Mr. Leary and $275,093 was forfeited by Mr. Leary in connection with the amendment of his employment agreement); (2) 66,568 restricted shares granted under the Equity Plan were paid based on the ING Group opening share price on December 6, 2012 ($623,224); (3) 39,570 deferred shares granted under the LSPP were paid based on the ING Group opening share price on December 6, 2012 ($370,463); and (4) 124,448 restricted shares granted under the Equity Plan were paid based on the average of the high and low price of ING American Depository Receipts on December 28, 2012 ($9.21  1 / 2 ) ($1,146,788). The following stock awards of Mr. Leary vested and would have been paid out in connection with his departure; however, he forfeited the right to receive these amounts in connection with the amendment of his employment agreement: (a) 44,893 performance shares granted under the LSPP, representing the 2012 portion of the 2011 performance shares ($420,298); (b) 32,536 performance shares granted under the LSPP, representing the 2012 portion of the 2012 performance shares ($304,609) and (c) 29,383 performance shares granted under the LEO Plan ($275,093).

Pension Benefits

As described above under “—2012 Compensation—Tax-qualified and Non-qualified Retirement and Other Deferred Compensation Plans,” the Company maintains tax-qualified and nonqualified defined benefit (pension) plans that provide retirement benefits for employees whose length of service allows them to vest in and receive these benefits. During 2012 regular full-time and part-time employees of the Company who were hired before January 1, 2009 and completed one year of service were covered by the Retirement Plan. Certain highly compensated employees who participate in the Retirement Plan whose benefits cannot be paid from the Retirement Plan as a result of tax limitations and who are designated by the Company are also eligible to participate in the SERP.

The benefit under the Retirement Plan for employees who participated prior to January 1, 2009 is currently calculated using a final average pay pension formula based on the employee’s average compensation for the highest five consecutive whole calendar years of benefit service earned during a period ranging from 10 to 20 years preceding the date of retirement. Eligible compensation generally includes base salary, annual incentive award and commissions, if applicable. The SERP benefit is equal to the difference between (a) the participant’s retirement benefit before taking into account the tax limitations on eligible compensation and other compensation deferrals and (b) the participant’s actual retirement benefit paid from the Retirement Plan. Pension benefits under the Retirement Plan and SERP are generally payable in the form of a monthly annuity, though certain benefits under the Retirement Plan may be received as a lump-sum or partial lump-sum payment.

A participant’s retirement benefits under the Retirement Plan and the SERP vest in full upon completion of five years of vesting service, when the participant reaches age 65 or if the participant dies while in active service with the Company. Participants may begin receiving full retirement benefits at age 65 and may be eligible for reduced benefits if retiring at an earlier age with a minimum of five years of vesting service. As of December 31, 2012, none of the NEOs were eligible for early retirement under the Retirement Plan. Benefits under the SERP may be forfeited at the discretion of the Company if the participant engages in unauthorized competition with the Company, is discharged for cause, or performs acts of willful malfeasance or gross negligence in a matter of material importance to the Company. The Retirement Plan and the SERP were closed to new participants effective January 1, 2009.

 

-278-


Table of Contents

Beginning January 1, 2012, all ING U.S. employees transitioned to a new cash balance pension formula under the Retirement Plan. A similar change to the SERP was also made. The cash balance pension formula credits 4% of eligible compensation to a hypothetical account in the Retirement Plan and SERP, as applicable, each month. Account balances receive a monthly interest credit based on a 30-year Treasury bond rate published by the IRS in the preceding August of each year (for 2012 that rate was 3.65%). Participants in the Retirement Plan and SERP prior to January 1, 2012 will transition to the new cash balance pension formula over a two-year period, ending December 31, 2013. Benefits that accrue during the transition period will be determined based on the prior final average pay pension formula or the new cash balance pension formula, whichever is greater. As participants in the Retirement Plan and the SERP prior to January 1, 2012, pension benefits for Messrs. Becker and Leary that accrue from January 1, 2012 through the transition period will be determined based on the greater of the prior final average pay pension formula or the new cash balance pension formula. Pension benefits that accrue after the transition period will be solely based on the new cash balance pension formula. Pension benefits for NEOs hired after December 31, 2008, including Messrs. Martin and Karaoglan and Ms. Beams, will be determined based solely on the new cash balance pension formula beginning January 1, 2012.

During 2012, Mr. Steenbergen participated in the ING Directors’ Pension Scheme (the “Directors’ Pension Plan”), to which a percentage of his base salary was automatically contributed. The benefit under the Directors’ Pension Plan is calculated based on the participant’s years of service and fixed annual salary (adjusted annually). Members of the Directors’ Pension Plan may begin receiving full retirement benefits at age 65 and may be eligible for reduced benefits if retiring at an earlier age.

The following table presents the accumulated benefits under the pension plans in which each NEO participates.

Pension Benefits in 2012 (1)

 

Name

   Plan Name    Number Years  Credit
Service
     Present Value of
Accumulated Benefit
     Payments During
2012
 

Rodney O. Martin, Jr.

   Retirement Plan      1       $ 10,090       $ 0  
   SERP      1       $ 20,119       $ 0  

Alain M. Karaoglan

   Retirement Plan      1       $ 9,616       $ 0  
   SERP      1       $ 19,193       $ 0  

Ewout L. Steenbergen

   Directors’ Pension Plan      18.5       $ 1,579,110       $ 0  

Maliz E. Beams

   Retirement Plan      1       $ 9,900       $ 0   
   SERP      1       $ 19,728       $ 0   

Jeffrey T. Becker

   Retirement Plan      18       $ 350,479       $ 0  
   SERP      18       $ 703,070       $   —   

Former Executive

                         

Robert G. Leary

   Retirement Plan      5       $ 143,453       $   —   
   SERP      5       $ 284,998       $   —   

 

 

(1)  

Assumptions for the “—Pension Benefits in 2012” table include:

The present value of accumulated benefits under the Retirement Plan and SERP shown in the “—Pension Benefits in 2012” table is calculated using the same actuarial assumptions used by the Company for GAAP financial reporting purposes, and assuming benefits commence as of age 65 under both plans. Those assumptions are:

 

   

The discount rate is 4.05%.

 

   

The RP-2000 Mortality Table with generational projection using Scale AA for males and females after commencement at age 65. No mortality assumed before age 65.

 

   

The interest crediting rate on cash balance accounts is 3.5%, except AFS cash balance benefits have a minimum of 5.0%.

 

   

The cost of living adjustment under prior AFS benefits is 2.2%.

 

-279-


Table of Contents

Assumptions for the 2012 ING Group Director’s Pension Plan include:

 

   

The discount rate is 3.70%, long-term rate of return on plan assets is 3.40%, and general inflation is 2.00%.

 

   

No general salary increase is assumed; promotional/seniority increase is assumed to be 10% between age 15 and 44.

 

   

Social Security increase is 2.00%; there is no cost-of-living indexation during 2013 or 2014 and for 2015 indexation is 2.00%.

 

   

Mortality is based on the AG Generational Table 2012-2062 with mortality rates from the Banking Sector.

 

   

Retirement age is equal to the normal pension age, 65. In lieu of deferment, Mr. Steenbergen has the option to commence his benefits immediately and would receive a monthly life annuity of approximately € 2,138.

 

   

Payment is assumed to be in the form of a life-long annuity, and in the event of disability, a temporary annuity payable until the age of 65.

 

   

The conversion rate from Euro to USD is 1.2946 (as of January 1, 2012).

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans

The Company maintains the DCSP, a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that allows employees to contribute to deferred compensation accounts amounts above the 401(k) annual limit and provides certain company matching contributions on the deferred amounts.

ING Insurance Americas 409A Deferred Compensation Savings Plan

Eligible employees who meet certain compensation thresholds may elect to participate in the DCSP. Participating employees may elect to defer up to 50% of their salary, up to 50% of their sales-based commission compensation, up to 100% of their short-term variable compensation (excluding sales-based commissions) and up to 100% of their long-term variable compensation and may also elect to defer compensation they would have contributed to their 401(k) Plan accounts were it not for the compensation and contribution limits under the Internal Revenue Code. The Company provides a 6% matching contribution on amounts deferred under the DCSP, provided that an executive’s aggregate Company match under the 401(k) Plan and DCSP for 2012 was limited to $45,000.

The table below presents, for each NEO, 2012 information with respect to the DCSP.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans Table for 2012

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions in 2012 (1)
     Registrant
Contributions in
2012 (1)
     Aggregate
Earnings in  2012 (2)
     Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
     Aggregate Balance
at 2012 End
 

Rodney O. Martin, Jr.

   $ 80,132       $ 30,300       $ 12,810       $   0       $ 198,380   

Alain M. Karaoglan

   $ 59,132       $ 30,300       $ 8,653       $   0       $ 146,033   

Ewout L. Steenbergen

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $   0       $ 0   

Maliz E. Beams

   $ 36,295       $ 36,295       $ 1,586       $   0       $ 74,176   

Jeffrey T. Becker

   $ 63,643       $ 30,300       $ 101,597       $   0       $ 2,267,894   

Former Executive

                                  

Robert G. Leary

   $ 821,633       $ 34,000       $ 332,815       $   0       $ 6,126,270   

 

 

(1)  

Amounts reported in this column that are reported in the “Summary Compensation Table” are: Mr. Martin—$80,132 base salary; Mr. Karaoglan—$59,132 base salary; Ms. Beams—$36,295 base salary; Mr. Becker—$63,643 base salary; and Mr. Leary—$81,482 base salary and $740,651 stock awards.

(2)  

Amounts in this column reflect the interest earned on notional investments, which investments are elected by the participant. The participant has the ability to change his or her investment election only during the annual open enrollment period.

 

-280-


Table of Contents

Potential Payments upon a Termination or Change in Control

ING Americas Severance Pay Plan

The ING Americas Severance Pay Plan (the “Severance Plan”) provides for the payment of severance benefits to eligible employees in the event of a qualifying termination of employment. Examples of qualifying termination events include an employee’s job elimination as a result of a reduction in workforce, an acquisition, a merger, divestiture or restructuring, outsourcing or position elimination. Other examples of qualifying termination events are significant pay reductions due to an employer-requested job change, the transfer of an employee’s job function more than 50 miles from the employee’s current work location, an employee’s job being filled while the employee is on an approved leave and the expiration of an employee’s expatriation assignment. Employees whose employment terminates for reasons other than a qualifying termination, including those who resign or are terminated for unsatisfactory performance, violation of laws or Company policies or similar reasons are not eligible for payments under the Severance Plan. Under the Severance Plan, eligible employees who do not sign a waiver and release agreement in connection with their employment termination receive two weeks of eligible pay. Employees who sign a waiver and release receive a benefit equal to the greatest of six weeks of eligible pay, two weeks of eligible pay per year of service (up to 52 weeks of eligible pay), or two weeks of eligible pay per $10,000 of eligible pay (up to 52 weeks of eligible pay). Outplacement and support services may be provided to eligible employees at the discretion of the Company. Messrs. Martin and Leary have employment agreements that provide for a lump-sum severance payment equal to annual salary in the event of an involuntary separation without “Cause” or for “Good Reason,” in either case as defined in the employment agreements. Ms. Beams’ offer letter provides for a lump sum severance payment equal to $600,000 in the event her employment is terminated without “Cause,” as defined in the offer letter, prior to the first vesting of 50% of her Deal Incentive Award. See the description of individual agreements in “—Employment Agreements” below for additional information regarding these arrangements. Currently, there are no other employment agreements that provide payments due to termination of employment. Mr. Karaoglan, Ms. Beams and Mr. Becker are eligible to participate in the ING U.S. Severance Plan that is generally available to all full-time and part-time employees. For 2012, Mr. Steenbergen was eligible for severance benefits in accordance with Dutch legal requirements.

Employment Agreements

Employment Agreement of Mr. Martin

The Company has an employment agreement with Mr. Martin, who serves as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and a member of its Board of Directors. The agreement provides that in the event of an IPO of the Company, and conditioned upon Mr. Martin’s continued employment thereafter, Mr. Martin will assume the role of Chairman of the Board of the Company in addition to his current roles. The term of the employment agreement is April 4, 2011 to December 31, 2014 and can be extended by mutual agreement.

Under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Martin receives an annual base salary of $1 million and has the opportunity for certain incentive payments. Mr. Martin is eligible to participate in the ICP, under which he may receive an award subject to his achievement of pre-established performance goals during each year ending during his employment. The amounts awarded under the ICP are determined by the Supervisory Board and have a target of 100% of base salary with an opportunity to earn up to 200% of his base salary, a certain portion of which is subject to deferral.

In addition to his base salary and ICP opportunity, Mr. Martin is eligible to receive an Offering Incentive Award in the amount of $6 million, contingent upon successful completion of an IPO of the Company, provided that he remains employed by the Company upon the completion of the IPO and each applicable payment and settlement date. Upon the completion of an IPO, Mr. Martin’s Offering Incentive Award will be payable as $2 million in cash and $4 million in Company restricted stock (based on the IPO price). The cash component of the award will be payable in a lump sum no later than 10 business days after the completion of the IPO. The restricted shares will vest as follows, provided that Mr. Martin is still employed by the Company on the applicable vesting date: (i) prior to December 31, 2014, if the Company completes one or more additional public

 

-281-


Table of Contents

offerings, a number of shares underlying the restricted share award shall vest equal to (I) the total number of shares underlying the original restricted share award multiplied by (II) the percentage of Company shares held by ING Group after the IPO that are sold in an additional public offering, and (ii) on December 31, 2014, if all of the shares underlying the original restricted stock award have not yet vested, and ING Group owns less than 50% of the amount of Company shares that it held prior to the IPO (the “Pre-IPO Shares”), then 50% of the unvested restricted shares shall vest (but no shares will vest if ING Group continues to own 50% or more of the Pre-IPO Shares). If the number of shares underlying the restricted stock award that have vested pursuant to the above is less than the “Minimum RSA Shares,” determined as (I) the number of shares underlying the restricted stock award multiplied by (II) a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount by which the percentage of the Pre-IPO Shares no longer owned by ING Group as of December 31, 2014 exceeds 33.33% and the denominator of which is 66.67%, then an additional number of shares underlying the restricted stock award shall vest such that the total number of shares that have vested is not less than the Minimum RSA Shares. All unvested shares underlying the restricted share award that have not vested as of December 31, 2014 shall be forfeited. In the event of Mr. Martin’s termination without cause, termination for good reason, death or disability following an IPO but prior to a relevant payment or vesting date, any unpaid portion of the Offering Incentive Award will immediately vest and be paid, unless applicable law or regulation requires payment in a different form or at a different time. Except as provided in his employment agreement, Mr. Martin’s restricted shares will be subject to the terms of the equity plan for executive officers of the Company in effect at the time of the IPO and to the terms of his award agreement under it.

During his employment, Mr. Martin is eligible to receive long-term equity-based incentive awards. With respect to the 2011 and 2012 performance years, he is eligible, in ING Group’s sole discretion, to receive up to a maximum aggregate amount of $2,000,000 in long-term incentive awards (his “Long-Term Incentive”). Beginning for fiscal year 2013 performance, Mr. Martin will be eligible to receive an annual long-term incentive award, as determined in its discretion by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, under one or more compensation plans to be established by the Company in its discretion. Mr. Martin is entitled to participate in each of the Company’s employee benefit and welfare plans, including plans providing retirement benefits or medical, dental, hospitalization, life or disability insurance, on a basis that is at least as favorable as that provided to other senior executives of the Company.

Mr. Martin’s employment agreement contains various provisions governing termination. If the Company terminates Mr. Martin’s employment for cause (which includes willful failure to perform substantially under the agreement, after demand for substantial performance has been given by the Board of Directors of the Company that specifically identifies how he has not substantially performed his responsibilities, engagement in illegal conduct or in gross negligence or willful misconduct, in any case, that is materially and demonstrably injurious to either ING Group or the Company and material breach of non-compete, non-solicitation and other restrictive covenants in the employment agreement) or if Mr. Martin terminates his employment other than for good reason (which includes a reduction in salary or incentive award opportunities, failure to pay compensation or other amounts due under the agreement, failure to elect and maintain Mr. Martin in the positions contemplated by the employment agreement, any material reduction or other materially adverse action related to his authority, responsibilities or duties, or relocation of his principal office more than 50 miles from the New York City metropolitan area) the Company will pay his unpaid salary through the end of his employment, his salary for any accrued but unused paid time off, any accrued expense reimbursements and other cash entitlements and any unpaid but vested ICP award for a year ending before the end of his employment (collectively, his “Accrued Compensation”). In addition, the Company will pay any benefits to which he is entitled under any plan, contract or arrangement other than those described in the employment agreement, (including any unpaid deferred compensation and other cash compensation accrued by him through the end of his employment) (collectively, the “Other Benefits”).

If the Company terminates Mr. Martin’s employment without cause or if he terminates his employment for good reason, the Company will pay his Accrued Compensation, the Other Benefits, a pro rata ICP award (based on actual performance through the termination date, multiplied by the number of days of employment before

 

-282-


Table of Contents

termination divided by 365), and a lump-sum severance payment equal to his salary and any unpaid portion of the Offering Incentive Award if his termination occurs on or after the date of an IPO. The Company’s obligation to make the specified payments and benefits in the event of a termination by the Company without cause or by Mr. Martin for good reason is conditioned upon Mr. Martin’s execution and delivery, without subsequent revocation, of an agreement releasing ING Group from all other liability.

Employment Agreement of Mr. Karaoglan

Mr. Karaoglan serves as the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company, reporting to the CEO. Certain terms and conditions of his employment are set forth in an offer letter dated April 5, 2011. Mr. Karaoglan is employed at will, and the Company may change the terms of or terminate his employment at any time.

Under the terms of his offer letter, Mr. Karaoglan receives an annual base salary of $650,000 and has the opportunity for certain incentive payments. Mr. Karaoglan is eligible to receive an annual incentive award with a target bonus opportunity of 100% of his base salary with the opportunity to earn up to 200% of his base salary, a certain portion of which is subject to deferral. Mr. Karaoglan is also eligible to participate in the LSPP, under which he may receive a long-term incentive award of ING Group restricted stock and/ or performance shares with a target value of 100% of his salary.

In addition to his base salary, annual incentive award opportunity and long-term incentive award opportunity, Mr. Karaoglan is eligible to receive an Offering Incentive Award in the amount of $2 million, contingent upon successful completion of an IPO of the Company, provided that he remains employed by the Company upon the completion of the IPO and the vesting date. Upon the completion of an IPO, Mr. Karaoglan will be awarded $666,667 in cash and $1,333,333 in restricted Company shares based on the IPO price. The cash component of the award will be payable in a lump sum no later than 30 business days after the completion of the IPO. The restricted shares would vest pursuant to the same terms and conditions as those described above for the vesting of the Offering Incentive Award of Mr. Martin, under “—Employment Agreement of Mr. Martin.” All unvested shares underlying the restricted share award that have not vested as of December 31, 2014 shall be forfeited. If Mr. Karaoglan’s employment is terminated without cause (which includes willful failure to perform substantially under the agreement, after demand for substantial performance has been given by the Company that specifically identifies how he has not substantially performed his responsibilities, and engagement in illegal conduct or in gross negligence or willful misconduct, in any case, that is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company) or for good reason (which includes a reduction in salary or ICP award opportunity, more than 50% of his responsibilities change and are not replaced with other responsibilities of generally similar significance or relocation of his principal office more than 50 miles from the New York City metropolitan area), death or disability following an IPO but prior to a relevant vesting or payment date, the Offering Incentive Award will immediately vest and be paid, unless applicable law or regulation requires payment in a different form or at a different time. Except as provided in his offer letter, Mr. Karaoglan’s restricted stock award will be subject to the terms of the equity plan for executive officers of the Company in effect at the time of the IPO and to the terms of his award agreement under it.

Employment Agreement of Mr. Steenbergen

Mr. Steenbergen serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. On May 19, 2004, ING Group entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Steenbergen, as Director of the Retail Division of ING Nederland. This agreement was amended effective January 1, 2006. Mr. Steenbergen’s employment agreement is governed by Dutch law and is of an indefinite term, with ING Group able to terminate the agreement with six months’ notice and Mr. Steenbergen able to terminate the agreement with three months’ notice. The contract will terminate automatically when Mr. Steenbergen reaches 65 years of age.

Under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Steenbergen may be eligible for awards of ING Group options, shares and performance shares under the LEO. Mr. Steenbergen has or will also receive a long-term

 

-283-


Table of Contents

bonus upon 10, 25 and 40 years of employment, in the amount of 25% of his net monthly salary and, 100% and 200%, of his gross monthly salary, respectively.

Mr. Steenbergen is entitled to lease a vehicle and is also eligible for reimbursement of certain expenses, including representation fees and telephone fees as well as relocation expenses. If Mr. Steenbergen takes out a mortgage on a residence from an ING Group company, he is entitled to a 25% discount on a maximum of €500,000 of the mortgage interest payable.

Mr. Steenbergen is eligible to participate in the ING Group Directors’ Pension Plan and, if employed in the Netherlands in 2012 would have been eligible for the ING Group Company Savings Scheme. For a description of the ING Group Directors’ Pension Plan, see “—Pension Benefits” above. If Mr. Steenbergen becomes unable to work due to disability, he will receive 100% of his fixed annual salary for one year. In the second year of disability, Mr. Steenbergen will be paid 100% of his salary in respect of any hours worked and, in respect of any hours not worked, he will receive a payment based on 70% of his annual income. Unless not possible due to the nature of the disease or disability, Mr. Steenbergen will be reintegrated to work according to a mutually agreed-upon written reintegration plan. He would be eligible for a discretionary bonus of 20% of his annual income after one year of disability, subject to sufficient cooperation with a written reintegration plan and 10% of his annual income after two years of disability, subject to a determination that he has reached the maximum attainable reintegration from a medial and labor perspective.

If Mr. Steenbergen’s employment terminates due to occupational disability, retrenchment or retirement, he will receive a payment of three times his fixed monthly salary. If Mr. Steenbergen dies prior to his retirement date, his spouse would receive a payment of four times his fixed monthly salary, any children under 21 years old would be entitled to a payment of one-fourth of his monthly salary and any children between the ages of 21 and 27 years old would receive a payment of half of his monthly salary.

Mr. Steenbergen is party to a letter agreement making him eligible to receive a Deal Incentive Award of $650,000, subject to the terms and conditions described above under “—Compensation of Named Executive Officers—Grants of Plan Based Awards—Deal Incentive Awards.”

Employment Agreement of Ms. Beams

Ms. Beams serves as the Chief Executive Officer, Retirement, of the Company, reporting to the CEO. Certain terms and conditions of her employment are set forth in an offer letter dated May 27, 2011. Ms. Beams is employed at will, and the Company may change the terms of or terminate her employment at any time.

Under the terms of her offer letter, Ms. Beams receives an annual base salary of $600,000 and has the opportunity for certain incentive payments. Ms. Beams is eligible to receive an annual incentive award with a target bonus opportunity of 125% of her base salary, a certain portion of which is subject to deferral. Ms. Beams is also eligible to participate in the LSPP, under which she may receive a long-term incentive award of ING Group restricted stock and / or performance shares with a target value of 125% of her base salary.

In addition to her base salary, annual incentive award opportunity and long-term incentive award opportunity, Ms. Beams is eligible to receive an Offering Incentive Award an aggregate value of $1.5 million, contingent upon a successful completion of an IPO of the Company, provided that she remains employed by the Company upon the completion of the IPO and the vesting date. The award amount will be converted into shares of restricted common stock of the Company on the closing date of the offering. Fifty percent of the restricted shares granted upon this offering will fully vest at the end of the -day lock-up period described under “Underwriting.” The remaining 50% will fully vest at the earlier of (i) the end of the lock-up period specified in the underwriting agreement related to the Secondary Offering following this offering or (ii) the date of closing of any post-offering merger or acquisition of the Company.

If Ms. Beams’ employment terminates prior to the expiration of the -day lock-up period, the award will be forfeited and no amount will be paid, other than a lump-sum severance payment as described below. If her

 

-284-


Table of Contents

employment is terminated after the expiration of the -day lock-up period, then only the second 50% of the restricted stock would be forfeited. If her employment is terminated either (i) by the Company for any reason after the date of a Secondary Offering but prior to the expiration of the associated lock-up period, or (ii) by an acquirer for any reason after the date of execution of the merger or acquisition agreement related to an acquisition of the Company, as applicable, then the remaining 50% of the restricted Company common stock will be forfeited.

The terms of Ms. Beams’ offer letter provide that upon a termination without cause prior to the earlier of (i) the first vesting of 50% of her Offering Incentive Award or (ii) the closing date of a trade sale of the Company, the Company will pay her a lump-sum payment of $600,000. Ms. Beams’ severance benefit equal to 52 weeks of base salary continuation under the Severance Plan is also guaranteed if a qualifying termination occurs within two years from her date of hire.

Employment Agreement of Mr. Becker

Mr. Becker serves as the Chief Executive Officer of Investment Management. Certain terms and conditions of his employment are set forth in an offer letter from Aetna Life & Casualty, dated July 25, 1994. Under the terms of his offer letter, Mr. Becker is entitled to an annual base salary of $82,500, which may be reviewed and adjusted. Mr. Becker’s current annual base salary, as described above under “—2012 Compensation—Base Salary” was $350,000 from January 1, 2012 through February 29, 2012 and $400,000 from March 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012. Mr. Becker is employed at will, and the Company may change the terms of or terminate his employment at any time.

Mr. Becker is party to a letter agreement making him eligible to receive a Deal Incentive Award of $800,000, subject to the terms and conditions described above under “—Compensation of Named Executive Officers—Grants of Plan Based Awards—Deal Incentive Awards.”

Employment Agreement of Mr. Leary

On March 26, 2011, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Leary, who served as the President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company, reporting to the CEO. Mr. Leary’s employment agreement was amended in December 2012 in conjunction with the termination of his employment. Mr. Leary went on leave in September 2012 pending his departure from the Company, which occurred on December 6, 2012.

Under the terms of his employment agreement, as amended, Mr. Leary received an annual base salary of $900,000 and had the opportunity for certain incentive payments. Mr. Leary was eligible to participate in the ICP, under which he was eligible to receive an award subject to his achievement of pre-established performance goals during each year ending during his employment. The amounts awarded under the ICP were determined by the Supervisory Board and had a target of 150% of base salary with an opportunity to earn up to 300% of his base salary, a certain portion of which was subject to deferral. Mr. Leary was also eligible to receive an annual long-term incentive award for each year ending during the term of his employment agreement equal to 150% of his salary. Had Mr. Leary been employed upon the successful completion of the IPO of the Company, he would have been eligible to receive an Offering Incentive Award. Due to the cessation of his employment prior to the offering, Mr. Leary is no longer eligible for that award.

During his employment, Mr. Leary was entitled to participate in each of ING Group’s employee benefit and welfare plans, including plans providing retirement benefits or medical, dental, hospitalization, life or disability insurance, on a basis that was at least as favorable as that provided to other senior executives of the Company.

The terms of Mr. Leary’s employment agreement provided that upon a termination without cause, the Company would pay his Accrued Compensation, the Other Benefits (including awards under the long-term incentive plans), a pro rata ICP award (based on actual performance through the termination date, multiplied by

 

-285-


Table of Contents

the number of days of employment since the year ending before termination divided by 365), and a lump-sum severance payment equal to his salary. Pursuant to the amendment to Mr. Leary’s employment agreement, Mr. Leary agreed to forfeit his right to receive the vesting and payment of certain equity awards, in an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 in consideration for a reduction from 12 months to 6 months to the length of time during which he agreed not to compete with the Company. The Company’s obligation to make the specified payments and benefits in the event of a termination by the Company without cause was conditioned upon Mr. Leary’s execution and delivery, without subsequent revocation, of an agreement releasing ING Group from all other liability, which Mr. Leary executed on December 20, 2012.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control Table (1)

The following table sets forth, for each NEO who was employed as of December 31, 2012, an estimate of potential payments the NEO would have received at, following, or in connection with a termination of employment under the circumstances enumerated below on December 31, 2012.

 

Name

  

Termination Trigger

   Severance (2)      Continued
Benefits
Health and
Welfare
Continuation
     Equity
Vesting (3)
     Other
Benefits (4)
     Total  

Rodney O. Martin, Jr.

   Involuntary termination without cause / for good reason (5)    $ 1,000,000       $         $ 459,857       $ 8,500       $ 1,468,357   
   Voluntary Termination (6)    $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
   Retirement (6)    $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
   Death (6)    $ —         $ —         $ 986,032       $ —         $ 986,032  
   Disability (6)    $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
   Involuntary termination following Change in Control (5)    $ 1,000,000       $ —         $ 459,857       $ 8,500       $ 1,468,357   

Alain M. Karaoglan

   Involuntary termination without cause / for good reason (5)    $ 650,000       $ 8,274       $ 628,152       $ 8,500       $ 1,294,926   
   Voluntary Termination (6)    $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
   Retirement (6)    $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
   Death (6)    $ —         $ —         $ 1,322,621       $ —         $ 1,322,621   
   Disability (6)    $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
   Involuntary termination following Change in Control (5)    $ 650,000       $ 8,274       $ 628,152       $ 8,500       $ 1,294,926   

Ewout L. Steenbergen (7)

   Involuntary termination without cause / for good reason (5)    $ 741,265       $ —         $ 473,328       $ —         $ 1,214,593   
   Voluntary Termination (6)    $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
   Retirement (6)    $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
   Death (6)    $ 142,406       $ —         $ 729,184       $ —         $ 871,590   
   Disability (6)    $ 106,805       $ —         $ 84,052       $ —         $ 190,857   
   Involuntary termination following Change in Control (5)    $ 741,265       $ —         $ 473,328       $ —         $ 1,241,593   

Maliz E. Beams

   Involuntary termination without cause / for good reason (5)    $ 600,000       $ 8,219       $ 513,094       $ 608,500       $ 1,729,813   
   Voluntary Termination (6)    $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
   Retirement (6)    $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
   Death (6)    $ —         $ —         $ 1,213,217       $ —         $ 1,213,217   
   Disability (6)    $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
   Involuntary termination following Change in Control (5)    $ 600,000       $ 8,219       $ 513,094       $ 608,500       $ 1,729,813   

Jeffrey T. Becker

   Involuntary termination without cause / for good reason (5)    $ 684,945       $ 8,274       $ 1,869,536       $ 8,500       $ 2,571,255   
   Voluntary Termination (6)    $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
   Retirement (6)    $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
   Death (6)    $ 284,945       $ —         $ 2,136,654       $ —         $ 2,421,599   
   Disability (6)    $ 284,945       $ —         $ 928,008       $ —         $ 1,212,953   
   Involuntary termination following Change in Control (5)    $ 684,945       $ 8,274       $ 1,869,536       $ 8,500       $ 2,571,255   

 

(1)

All amounts assume that the triggering event took place on December 31, 2012 and the price per share of ING Group ordinary share was €7.06; US $9.33 on December 31, 2012. No pro-rata bonus for the year of termination is included in the table because termination is assumed to be as of December 31, 2012 and full bonus would have been deemed earned as of that date. As of December 31, 2012, none

 

-286-


Table of Contents
  of the named executive officers were retirement eligible, therefore retirement benefits are not reported. There are no change in control provisions that would affect the level of benefits payable from the pension plans. The ING U.S. Severance Plan determines benefits under a formula that takes into account service and salary. The Plan’s maximum severance benefit is equal to 52 weeks of eligible pay.
(2)

Under the terms of his employment agreement, cash severance payments to Mr. Martin would be made in a lump sum by the Company. Under the terms of her offer letter, Ms. Beams’ $600,000 cash payment would be made in a lump sum by the Company. Under the terms of the Severance Plan and subject to the executive’s execution of a release, cash severance payments to Mr. Karaoglan, Ms. Beams and Mr. Becker would be made by the Company in substantially equal, semi-monthly payments as the same time as the regular payroll, for the duration of the severance period. The amount for Mr. Becker also includes the value as of December 31, 2012 of a deferred bonus granted on May 7, 2010, which is scheduled to vest on April 1, 2013 ($284,954). The deferred bonus were notionally invested in ING managed funds.

(3)

The equity valuations were determined using the ING Group closing share price on December 31, 2012 and the interim payout percentages for performance shares as of this same date. These totals exclude the values of the Transaction Incentive Bonuses. The following table details the equity valuations determined using the ING Group closing share price on December 31, 2012.

 

            Performance Shares                

Name

   Stock Options      Total Value      Prorated Value      Deferred Shares      Restricted Stock  

Rodney O. Martin, Jr.

   $ 0      $ 789,253      $ 263,078      $ 196,779      $ 0  

Alain M. Karaoglan

   $ 0      $ 1,125,842      $ 431,373      $ 196,779      $ 0  

Ewout L. Steenbergen

   $ 84,052      $ 461,434      $ 205,577      $ 183,698      $ 0  

Maliz E. Beams

   $ 0      $ 1,147,273      $ 447,150      $ 65,944      $ 0  

Jeffrey T. Becker

   $ 54,954      $ 529,524      $ 262,406      $ 679,121      $ 873,055  

 

(4)

The executive outplacement services program for executives with a salary of $275,000 or more provides services for up to 12 months at a fixed cost of $8,500 per participant. All NEOs would be eligible, except Mr. Steenbergen.

(5)  

Treatment and valuation of various equity awards upon involuntary termination are as follows: (1) options under the LEO Plan vest and may be exercised within 12 months of the official termination date; (2) performance shares under the LEO Plan are cashed out on a pro-rated basis based on ING Group’s most recent “relative TSR ranking” at the time of termination (2009-2011 Cycle: 133%; 2010-2012 Cycle: 183%), the number of months completed in each performance cycle and the ING Group stock price of the day following termination (12/31/12 Closing Price: €7.06; US $9.33); (3) performance shares granted under the LSPP are cashed out on a pro-rated basis based on ING Group’s most recent performance factor at the time of termination (100% for 2012 performance year), the number of months completed in current performance cycle (12 of 12), the forfeiture of all shares of future performance periods and the ING Group stock price on the termination date (12/31/12 Closing Price: €7.06; US $9.33); (4) deferred shares under the LSPP vest fully upon termination and (5) restricted stock is treated in accordance with individual restricted stock agreements. The relative TSR ranking is a relative total shareholder return measure, which captures the return received by stockholders and is measured against a group of 19 competitors’ TSRs.

(6)

Treatment and valuation of various equity awards upon termination due to retirement, death or disability is as follows: (1) options under the LEO Plan vest and may be exercised during the remainder of the option term; (2) performance shares under the LEO Plan continue to vest in accordance with their terms, with the full award payable based on ING Group’s relative TSR ranking at the end of the performance cycle and the ING group stock price on the date of vesting and paid out in cash only; (3) performance shares under the LSPP will be paid in cash, with the number of performance shares vesting multiplied by a performance factor and based on target payout; in the event of retirement or disability, awards will continue to vest upon original vesting dates, and in the event of death, awards will be deemed to have vested on the day of death; (4) deferred shares under the LSPP – in the event of retirement or disability, awards will continue to vest upon original vesting dates, and, in the event of death, shares vest fully; and (5) restricted stock is treated in accordance with individual restricted stock agreements.

(7)

Severance benefits for Mr. Steenbergen under the ING Group policy are determined under a formula that takes into account age-weighted service, eligible compensation and variable “C-factor” which is determined by management. For this estimate, the C-factor is equal to 1 but may be higher or lower. In the event of retirement or disability a payment of three times monthly salary will be made and in the event of death a payment of four times monthly salary will be made. No internal policy changes or change in legislation after December 31, 2012 have been taken into account for this calculation. The Euro conversion rate to USD is 1.2946 (as of January 1, 2012). In the event of termination, we would assume the actual costs of Mr. Steenbergen’s repatriation.

We have not included Mr. Leary in the table because he was no longer employed by us on December 31, 2012 and the amounts paid or payable in 2012 to Mr. Leary in connection with his departure, in addition to the $314,809 value of the acceleration of his stock options that were unvested as of December 6, 2012 (based on the ING Group share price on December 6, 2012), are set forth above in the “Summary Compensation Table” and the “Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table for 2012” and the related discussions above.

Compensation of Directors

ING U.S. has not yet paid any compensation to our directors in their capacity as members of the Board of Directors of ING U.S., except for Mr. Hubbell, who received director’s fees of $40,000 for 2012. We anticipate that directors who are not employees of ING U.S. or of any of our affiliated companies (including ING Group) will receive an annual fee of for service on the Board of Directors. All members of the Board of Directors will be reimbursed for reasonable costs and expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

-287-


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Relationship With ING Group Following the Offering

Prior to the completion of the offering, we are an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group, and have been part of ING Group’s consolidated business operations. Following the offering, we expect that ING Group will continue to hold a majority of our outstanding common stock, and as a result ING Group will continue to have significant control of our business, including pursuant to the agreements described below. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Separation from, and Continuing Relationship with, ING Group.” In addition, we expect that ING Group will continue to consolidate our financial results in its financial statements.

Shareholder Agreement

Prior to or concurrently with the completion of this offering, we will enter into a shareholder agreement with ING Group that will govern certain aspects of our continuing relationship (the “Shareholder Agreement”). Specifically, the Shareholder Agreement will address the composition of our Board of Directors and its committees, the rights of ING Group to nominate or approve the nomination of certain of our directors, other corporate governance matters, ING Group approval and consent rights with respect to certain corporate and business activities we may undertake, rights of ING Group with respect to our financial and business information and records, legal and regulatory compliance, public disclosures and financial accounting matters; and ING Group rights with respect to subsequent sales of our common stock. The Shareholder Agreement will be further described in, and the form of such agreement will be filed as an exhibit to, an amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Transitional Intellectual Property Agreement

Prior to or concurrently with the completion of this offering, we will enter into a transitional intellectual property agreement (the “IP Agreement”) with ING Group pursuant to which we will be granted a transitional license to use the ING name, logo and certain other ING Group trademarks for a limited period of time following the offering, and which will also govern certain other matters with respect to the use by us and ING Group of certain branding and campaign marks and devices and other intellectual property related to our business and that of ING Group. The IP Agreement will be further described in, and the form of such agreement will be filed as an exhibit to, an amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Master Claim Agreement

In 2012, we entered into an agreement with ING Group and ING Insurance Eurasia N.V. to allocate responsibility among the parties with respect to any litigation against a party (or its subsidiaries) when the party that is named as a defendant in the litigation contends that the litigation in question should be the responsibility of one or more of the other parties.

Additional Agreements

In addition to the foregoing, we expect to enter into additional agreements governing our relationship with ING Group following the offering. Such agreements will be further described in an amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Historical Related Party Transactions

Financing Arrangements

We have entered into a number of intercompany lending and guarantee arrangements with ING Group, ING V, a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group and our indirect parent, and with ING Bank, a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group. While we have recently taken steps to replace certain of these arrangements with standalone financing in contemplation of this offering, we expect to retain direct financing and guarantee arrangements with ING Group, ING V and ING Bank for some period of time following this offering.

 

-288-


Table of Contents

Guarantees

ING V or ING Group has guaranteed the obligations of the Company and its subsidiaries under various debt instruments, other financing facilities, and derivative contracts. Additionally, in some circumstances, ING Bank, ING Group, or another subsidiary of ING Group has provided a guarantee of another party’s obligation to the Company. Certain of these guarantees are described below. Unless otherwise stated, figures are presented as of September 30, 2012.

 

   

ING Group guarantees approximately $645.0 million par amount of various debentures of Lion Holdings that are due between 2013 and 2036 that were assumed by Lion Holdings in connection with the Company’s acquisition of Aetna’s life insurance and related businesses in 2000.

 

   

ING V is the guarantor for the Company’s $3.0 billion commercial paper facility. In connection with this guarantee, the Company pays ING V 10 basis points on the outstanding balance of the commercial paper program, or $0.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2012, $1.1 million in 2011, $1.6 million in 2010 and $1.8 million in 2009. ING Capital Markets LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Bank, acts as a dealer on the facility.

 

   

ING V provided a guarantee to Deutsche Bank AG of the Company’s obligations under a $350.0 million LOC facility issued by Deutsche Bank AG used to support the reinsurance obligation of Whisperingwind I, a captive reinsurer of the Company. As a result of a third-party transaction that closed on September 6, 2012, this LOC facility, and thus the ING V guarantee, were terminated. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Reinsurance Subsidiaries—ING U.S., Inc. Credit Support.”

 

   

ING V provided a guarantee to ING Bank of the Company’s obligations with respect to the $533.2 million in LOCs outstanding as of September 30, 2012 under a bi-lateral credit facility between the Company and ING Bank. LOCs outstanding were subsequently reduced by $500.0 million to $33.2 million based on decreased Closed Block Variable Annuity LOC requirements as of September 30, 2012. ING V’s guarantee obligations were accordingly reduced to $33.2 million. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Reinsurance Subsidiaries—ING U.S., Inc. Credit Support.” The guarantee obligations of ING V will expire on the latest maturity date of the outstanding LOCs. All but $30.0 million of these LOCs will expire by February 2013 with the remainder outstanding until 2026. No fees are paid by the Company to ING V with respect to this guarantee.

 

   

ING V is the guarantor of the obligations of Lion Custom Investments LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, under its ISDA master agreements with various unaffiliated counterparties. No fees are paid with respect to these guarantees. The net exposure to the Company, and thus ING V as guarantor, with respect to these obligations, based on market value as of September 30, 2012, was approximately $42.9 million.

 

   

ING V guaranteed the obligations of ING Financial Products Company, Inc. (“ING FPC”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, under certain credit derivative transactions that ING FPC entered into in 2008 with several unaffiliated counterparties. All such transactions, and the associated guarantees, have terminated except for two. Both of the remaining transactions, and the associated guarantees are scheduled to terminate in 2018. No fees have been or are paid with respect to these guarantees.

Letter of Credit Facilities

From time to time, we have entered into LOC facilities with ING Bank to provide for statutorily required reserves at our captive reinsurance subsidiaries. The terms of these LOC facilities, including fee provisions, are consistent with terms that would be entered into between arm’s-length unaffiliated parties.

On April 20, 2012, the Company entered into the Senior Unsecured Credit Facility with a syndicate of banks, including ING Bank, which replaces financing that was either internally funded or guaranteed by ING V.

 

-289-


Table of Contents

ING Bank has committed up to $250.0 million in financing as a member of the syndicate which entered into the Senior Unsecured Credit Facility. ING Bank acted as Joint Lead Arranger, Joint Book Manager, and Documentation Agent for these transactions. For these services, ING Bank received various fees totaling $3.3 million. On April 20, 2012 the Company replaced $1.4 billion of LOCs issued under the $2.5 billion Syndicated LOC Facility entered into on May 4, 2010 (described below), with LOCs issued under the Revolving Credit Agreement. LOCs issued by ING Bank under the Senior Unsecured Credit Facility amounted to $101.4 million. As of September 30, 2012, LOCs issued by ING Bank under the Senior Unsecured Credit Facility were $124.1 million.

In 2008 and 2009, we entered into two bi-lateral LOC facilities with ING Bank in the aggregate amount of approximately $1.1 billion. In June 2010, we consolidated and expanded these two facilities into a single bi-lateral LOC facility with ING Bank in an amount of approximately $2.3 billion. In May and December of 2011, this facility was amended to reduce the available credit to $1.6 billion and permit the issuance or increase of new LOCs until February 28, 2012. Accordingly, no additional LOCs can be issued under this facility. As of September 30, 2012, $533.2 million of LOCs issued under this facility remained outstanding. LOCs outstanding were subsequently reduced by $500.0 million to $33.2 million based on decreased Closed Block Variable Annuity LOC requirements as of September 30, 2012. All but $30.0 million of these LOCs will expire no later than February 2013. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Reinsurance Subsidiaries—ING U.S., Inc. Credit Support.”

In July 2011, we entered into a bi-lateral LOC facility with ING Bank in the amount of $625.0 million, in connection with a reinsurance transaction entered into by SLDI, our subsidiary, and subsequently retroceded to Hannover Life Reassurance (Ireland) Limited. As part of this transaction, SLDI also assigned all cash flows related to the underlying business to ING Bank. This facility was amended October 4, 2012 to reduce the facility amount to $300.0 million and extend the expiration date to June 30, 2013 such that all then-outstanding LOCs will expire by June 30, 2014.

In October 2009, we entered into a bi-lateral LOC facility of approximately $2.5 billion with ING Bank. In 2010, this bilateral LOC facility was replaced with a syndicated Letter of Credit facility of approximately $2.5 billion. Subsequently, in April 2012, this facility was replaced with the Revolving Credit Agreement described above, in an aggregate principal amount of $5.0 billion. ING Bank was the lead or co-lead arranger for both the May 2010 and April 2012 syndicated facilities.

In September of 2008, SLDI entered into a bi-lateral LOC facility with ING Bank in the amount of $825.0 million. This LOC facility was used to support the borrowing of securities from ING Bank that were used by the Master Trust as collateral for the reinsurance of business written by SLD. The Company provides a limited guarantee in favor of ING Bank on the return of securities to the extent that SLD draws on the collateral while receiving reinsurance payments when contractually due. This facility expires on December 31, 2013.

In December 2011, SLDI entered into a contingent capital LOC with ING Bank in the amount of $1.5 billion. The contingent capital LOC is used to support the reinsurance obligations of SLDI to another of our wholly owned subsidiaries, ING USA, related to variable annuity cessions from ING USA to SLDI. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Contingent Capital Letter of Credit.”

Intercompany Loans

In 2007, the Company entered into a $500.0 million par floating rate loan agreement with ING V under which the Company pays a variable rate of interest based on the three month LIBOR. Effective April 13, 2012, the term of the loan was extended until April 29, 2016. The Company had debt of $500.0 million as of September 30, 2012, December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, related to this loan agreement.

 

-290-


Table of Contents

As part of its participation in the Senior Unsecured Credit Facility described above, ING Bank funded $35.7 million of the total $500.0 million direct borrowings drawn at the inception of the facility. In July 2012, all direct borrowing under the facility were repaid and as of September 30, 2012, there were no direct borrowings thereunder.

ING Financial Markets LLC, a non-subsidiary affiliate of ING U.S., Inc., served as a Joint Book Running Manager in the 2022 Notes offering and received $0.3 million for its services. See “Management’s Discussion of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt Securities.”

The Company in the past borrowed funds from time to time from ING V under a facility loan agreement. The Company had debt of $6.7 billion as of December 31, 2009 and $3.7 billion as of December 31, 2010 related to this agreement. During 2011, the Company borrowed an additional $263.0 million under this facility, and ING V subsequently contributed all borrowings under the facility to the Company. The contributed debt, which had a book value and fair value of $4.0 billion, was immediately extinguished as a result of this contribution.

Between 2006 and 2008, the Company borrowed an aggregate of $3.0 billion from ING V under various fixed rate loan agreements. In January 2010, ING V contributed these loans to the Company and the debt was immediately extinguished as a result. The loans contributed had a book value of $3.0 billion and a fair market value of $3.1 billion. The transaction was recorded at fair market value and a loss on extinguishment of $108.3 million was recorded as interest expense.

On April 9, 2009, the Company sold a funding agreement in the amount of $600.0 million to the Columbine Funding Trust (“CFT”), a special purpose Delaware business trust. CFT, in turn, issued a trust note to ING Bank, which was collateralized by all of the cash flows from the funding agreement and otherwise matched the terms of the funding agreement. The Company was not a party to the trust note. The funding agreement was scheduled to mature in April 2012; however it was terminated in May 2011 with an early termination fee of $8.6 million paid to ING Bank.

Derivative and Swap Agreements

The Company is or has been party to several derivative contracts with ING V and ING Bank and one or more of ING Bank’s subsidiaries. Each of the transactions entered into pursuant to these contracts was entered into as a result of a competitive bid, which included unaffiliated counterparties. The Company is exposed to various risks relating to its ongoing business operations, including but not limited to interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, and equity market risk. To manage these risks, the Company uses various strategies, including derivatives contracts, certain of which are with related parties, including interest rate swaps, equity options and currency forwards.

As of September 30, 2012, December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the outstanding notional amounts of derivative contracts with ING V, ING Bank and one or more of ING Bank’s subsidiaries were $2.3 billion (consisting of interest rate swaps of $1.6 billion, equity options of $354.2 million and foreign exchange contracts of $346.2 million), $1.4 billion (consisting of interest rate swaps of $1.0 billion and equity options of $384.6 million), $8.1 billion (consisting of interest rate swaps of $7.4 billion, equity options of $382.6 million and currency forwards of $343.1 million) and $5.5 billion (consisting of interest rate swaps of $5.0 billion, equity options of $260.0 million and currency forwards of $306.8 million, respectively).

As of September 30, 2012, December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the market values for these contracts were $26.3 million, $7.9 million, ($342.1) million and ($391.8) million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded Net realized capital gains (losses) of $25.9 million, $376.4 million, ($144.4) million and ($17.2) million, respectively, in respect of derivative contracts with ING Bank and ING V.

 

-291-


Table of Contents

Master Repurchase Agreements

As another aspect of our financing and in order to preserve liquidity options, our subsidiaries SLD, SLDI, RLI and ING USA have all entered into master repurchase agreements with ING Financial Markets LLC, a subsidiary of ING Bank, which establishes the terms for any repurchase agreements or reverse repurchase agreements between the parties. There have been no transactions pursuant to the Master Purchase Agreements since 2009.

ING Bank Deposits

Certain of our subsidiaries previously invested funds in wholesale interest-bearing deposits with ING Bank of varying amounts that earned market rates of interest. During 2009, the amounts on deposit did not exceed $200.0 million. All such investments were redeemed in 2009.

Alt-A Back-up Facility

On January 26, 2009, ING Group, for itself and on behalf of certain subsidiaries, including the Company, reached an agreement with the Dutch State on an Illiquid Asset Back Up Facility (the “Alt-A Back-up Facility”) regarding Alt-A RMBS owned by subsidiaries, including the Company. Pursuant to this transaction, the Company transferred all risks and rewards on 80% of a $4.5 billion par Alt-A RMBS portfolio to ING Support Holding, a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group by means of the granting of a participation interest to ING Support Holding. ING Group and ING Support Holding entered into a back-to-back arrangement with the Dutch State on this 80%. As a result of this first transaction, the Company retained 20% of the exposure for any results on the $4.5 billion Alt-A RMBS portfolio.

The purchase price for the participation payable by the Dutch State was set at 90% of the par value of the 80% interest in the securities as of that date. This purchase price was payable in installments, was recognized as a loan granted to the Dutch State with a value of $3.3 billion, and is recorded as Loan-Dutch State Obligation on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (the “Dutch State Obligation”). Under the transaction, other fees were payable by both the Company and the Dutch State. The Company incurred net fees of $8.3 million, $9.4 million and $10.8 million in the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company executed a second transaction effective January 26, 2009, in which an additional $445.9 million par Alt-A RMBS portfolio owned by the Company was sold to ING Direct Bancorp. ING Direct Bancorp paid cash in the amount of $321.0 million for 80% of the Company’s additional $445.9 million par Alt-A RMBS and included those purchased securities as part of its Alt-A RMBS portfolio sale to the Dutch State. ING Direct Bancorp paid cash in the amount of $54.3 million and retained the remaining 20% of this Alt-A RMBS portfolio.

Upon the closing of the $4.5 billion par and the $445.9 million par transactions on March 31, 2009, the Company recognized a gain of $844.0 million, as the securities were impaired and written down to fair value in 2008.

On November 13, 2012, ING Group, ING Support Holding, ING Bank and the Company entered into restructuring arrangements with the Dutch State, which closed the following day (the “Termination Agreement”). Pursuant to these restructurings, the Company sold the Dutch State Obligation, with a carrying value of approximately $1.5 billion as of September 30, 2012, to ING Support Holding at fair value and transferred legal title to 80% of the securities subject to the Alt-A Back-up Facility to ING Bank. The restructuring resulted in an immaterial pre-tax loss. Following the restructuring transaction, the Company continues to own 20% of the Alt-A RMBS from the first transaction. The Company has the right to sell these securities, subject to a right of first refusal granted to ING Bank.

Asset Management Arrangements

Prior to the Termination Agreement, our Investment Management business managed the underlying assets and provided services related to the Company’s securities subject to the Alt-A Back-up Facility pursuant to

 

-292-


Table of Contents

services agreements with each of the participating subsidiaries. We did not include these underlying assets whose beneficial ownership had been transferred (as described herein) in our calculation of AUM or AUA.

As part of ING Group’s divestiture of ING Direct, ING Group, ING Bank and ING Direct entered into an agreement with the Dutch State similar to the Termination Agreement with respect to the Alt-A RMBS owned by ING Direct (the “ING Direct Restructuring”). As part of the ING Direct Restructuring, in February 2012 our Investment Management business entered into an agreement (the “Alt-A Asset Management Agreement”) with ING Bank pursuant to which it manages the assets transferred to ING Bank from ING Direct. In November 2012, in connection with the Termination Agreement, this Alt-A Asset Management Agreement was amended to provide that our Investment Management business would also manage the assets transferred to ING Bank as part of the Termination Agreement. As of September 30, 2012, ING Bank had paid us approximately $6.9 million in fees related to the Alt-A Asset Management Agreement.

Transition Services Agreements

In 2009, ING Group announced that it would begin the process of separating its insurance and banking businesses and divesting certain businesses (See “Organizational History and Structure—Anticipated Divestment from ING Group”). As part of this process, we have entered into a number of transition services agreements with our non-U.S. affiliates to continue to provide or receive services for certain periods. Pursuant to these arrangements, we benefit from certain services from such affiliates related to risk management, capital planning and corporate governance. We also provide certain administration and consulting services to ING V related to ING Group’s recently divested Latin American businesses see below “—Latin America Service Arrangements”. In addition, we previously provided investment advisory and client solicitation services to ING Bank pursuant to a transition services agreement. With the exception of certain Latin America-related services, these arrangements all have expired or will expire on or before December 31, 2012.

Agreements related to ING Group Divestitures

In recent years, ING Group has divested several businesses and has agreed in certain cases with the buyers of the divested businesses to observe certain non-competition and other restrictions. We are subject to certain of those restrictions, the material aspects of which are indicated below:

Sale of ING Direct (Online US Retail Banking)

Until the earlier of February 17, 2017 and the date ING Group ceases to own 50% or more of the Company’s voting power or ceases to have the power to appoint the majority of the Company’s Board, we may not, within the United States, accept retail bank deposits or operate an online securities brokerage or mortgage or consumer lending business. There are a number of exceptions to these restrictions. For instance, we may continue to carry on any businesses in which we were actively engaged or were actively contemplating on June 16, 2011, even if they would otherwise violate the restrictions. Similarly, we may acquire a business as long as a significant portion of such business’ revenues does not come from competing operations or we divest the competing operations. We also may hold minority, passive investment positions in competing businesses.

Also, until February 17, 2017, we may not adopt, use or attempt to register any trademark, service mark or domain name in the United States, its territories or possessions that consists of or contains (i) an orange sphere, orange ball or similar orange object, or (ii) the word “orange” in connection with promoting retail banking products, although there are no restrictions on our use of the color orange. There are also certain restrictions on the use of certain domain names, trademarks, and other intellectual property rights.

Sale of Clarion (US Real Estate Investment Manager)

Until the earlier of June 9, 2013 and the date we either cease to be a subsidiary of ING Group or our securities are publicly listed, we may not advise, manage, sponsor or take other similar action with respect to real

 

-293-


Table of Contents

estate investment funds or vehicles that (i) were formed after February 15, 2011; (ii) have a mandate to invest more than 50% or $500.0 million or more of their AUM, directly or indirectly, in direct investments in real property located in the United States (excluding mortgage loans (or related products) or securities) and (iii) are not managed by third parties. These restrictions do not apply to businesses in existence as of February 15, 2011 or those that fall below specified ownership or investment thresholds.

Sale of Lion Structured Finance Shares

On April 19, 2007, in an arms-length transaction, our wholly owned indirect subsidiary, Lion II Custom Investments LLC (“Lion II”), purchased 100% of the preferred shares and 20% of the common shares of Lion Structured Finance Corporation (“LSF”), a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Bank, for $249.5 million and $0.375 million, respectively. On December 9, 2010, LSF redeemed the preferred shares and common shares from Lion II for $249.5 million and $0.157 million, respectively.

Sale of ING Antai Taiwan

On February 11, 2009, ILICA Inc., our wholly owned indirect subsidiary (“ILICA”), sold its Taiwan-based subsidiary, ING Life Insurance Company Limited (“ING Taiwan”), to Fubon Financial Holding Co., Ltd (“Fubon”) and received cash (the “Cash Consideration”) as well as certain shares of Fubon (the “Fubon Shares”) as consideration. On March 30, 2009, pursuant to a participation agreement between ILICA and ING Bank, ILICA sold 100% of the beneficial interests in the Fubon Shares (the “Beneficial Interests”) to ING Bank for consideration of $240.0 million (the “Participation Agreement Consideration”). In December 2010, as part of its sale of the Beneficial Interests to unaffiliated third parties (the “Buyers”), ING Bank caused ILICA to transfer the legal title to all of the Fubon Shares to the Buyers. Both the Cash Consideration and the Participation Agreement Consideration were ultimately transferred to ING U.S., Inc.

Advisory Transactions

Several of our asset management subsidiaries have served as investment managers or sub-managers, investment advisors or sub-advisors, and portfolio managers or sub-managers for various funds pertaining to the asset management subsidiaries of ING Group or the general and separate accounts of non-U.S. insurance company subsidiaries of ING Group. The amount of fees we receive depends, in part, on the performance of the funds or the returns earned on the accounts which our subsidiaries are advising.

Fee and Revenue Sharing

Some of our asset management subsidiaries serve as co-managers or co-advisors for funds alongside other non-U.S. asset management subsidiaries of ING Group. For the services rendered as co-managers, we have agreed to share fees or revenues with our related party co-manager or co-advisor. Similarly, when asset management subsidiaries of ING Group serve as sub-advisors for our funds, we have entered into revenue sharing agreements, in which we receive a portion of the fees earned by the sub-advisor in return for hiring them as sub-advisor.

Non-Advisory Services

Several of our asset management subsidiaries have also provided and continue to provide non-advisory services to funds and asset management subsidiaries of ING Group. These services generally include, but are not limited to, providing research materials and recommendations, trading services, legal and tax advice, sales support services, compliance support and back office and administrative services.

 

-294-


Table of Contents

Distribution and Solicitation Agreements

Several of our asset management subsidiaries are parties to distribution and/or solicitation agreements with non-U.S. asset management subsidiaries of ING Group through which these non-U.S. asset management subsidiaries of ING Group may distribute or sell our asset management products or strategies outside of the United States. Likewise, our U.S. asset management subsidiaries may distribute or sell products or strategies of ING Group’s non-U.S. asset management subsidiaries to U.S.-based clients and investors.

Allocated Expenses

With respect to these asset management arrangements, we receive allocations of expenses from affiliates located outside of U.S. for staff and projects costs. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company did not pay our non-U.S. affiliates under those arrangements. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we paid our non-U.S. affiliates $2.9 million, $9.1 million and $1.1 million, respectively, under these arrangements.

Reinsurance Agreements

Three of our insurance subsidiaries, RLI, ReliaStar Life Insurance Company of New York, and SLD, are parties to life reinsurance treaties with ING Re (Netherlands) N.V. (“ING Re”), a wholly owned reinsurance subsidiary of ING Group. These reinsurance treaties are all either yearly or monthly renewable term reinsurance treaties, and all of these treaties were closed for new business as of December 31, 2010. Although there are no new additional risks ceded under these agreements, the reinsurance of the risks already ceded will continue until the underlying policies lapse. In connection with these reinsurance treaties, our subsidiaries together have paid premiums to ING Re of $7.4 million, $9.3 million, $8.3 million and $7.4 million, through the first nine months of 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

In 2000, SLDI entered into four standby assumption reinsurance agreements with ING Re related to certain Regulation XXX, AG38 and high net worth business written by SLDI. Three of those agreements remain in place but no liabilities have been ceded or are expected to be ceded under any of the agreements.

Transfer Pricing Agreements

We are a party to a transfer pricing agreement between the Company and ING Group, pursuant to which ING Group has charged us certain specified amounts for various services provided by the ING Group head office. These services include tax services, financial controls, acquisitions and divestments, vendor management, capital management general administrative services, human resources, corporate communications, and audit services among others. The total charges for the services provided pursuant to the transfer pricing agreement are a part of the administrative overhead allocation described below.

Compensation and Other Arrangements Concerning Employees

We maintain, or have maintained, human resources-related arrangements with ING Group in three primary areas: (i) long-term compensation for our employees, (ii) expatriate relationships and (iii) provision of services to employees of our former affiliates in Latin America (discussed below).

Incentive Compensation

Our employees participate in certain of ING Group’s long-term incentive compensation programs. On a semi-annual basis we are responsible for paying ING Group a recharge expense amount, which is an interest charge on a percentage of our outstanding stock options. This payment to ING Group was approximately $1.6 million, $3.1 million, $6.7 million and $5.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

-295-


Table of Contents

When our employees or retirees receive payments through any of the long-term incentive plans managed by ING Group, ING Group reimburses the Company for amounts paid to employees. This reimbursement was approximately $29.0 million, $10.9 million, $7.6 million and $1.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Expatriate Relationships

There are a number of employees originally hired by the Company that currently work at other affiliates within ING Group. Similarly, we currently host several employees originally hired elsewhere within ING Group. Any salary, tax and other expenses related to these expatriate arrangements are reimbursed to the entity incurring the cost. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we received approximately $4.6 million in reimbursements for such expenses while paying out $3.4 million. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we received $12.6 million, while paying out $10.7 million; for the year ended December 31, 2010, we received $10.9 million while paying out $11.6 million; and for the year ended December 31, 2009, we received $15.3 million while paying out $14.3 million.

Affiliate Loan Transaction with Named Executive Officer

One of our named executive officers has entered into an unsecured loan arrangement with a banking subsidiary of ING Group. Such loan was made in the ordinary course of business, was made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans made by the banking subsidiary with persons unrelated to it, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features. We disclaim any participation in the transaction.

Latin America Service Arrangements

In 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with a Latin American subsidiary of ING Group, pursuant to which the Company agreed to provide a variety of services to its Latin American affiliates, including personnel, legal, compliance, IT, finance and accounting and other services. This agreement was terminated upon the divestiture of ING Group’s Latin American businesses in December 2011, at which time the Company entered into a transition services agreement with a subsidiary of ING Group to continue providing these services. We will continue to provide a limited number of these services during 2013. As part of this agreement, the Company was reimbursed $28.9 million for expenses incurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. In addition, as a result of a separate understanding between the Company and ING Group, the Company was also reimbursed an additional $22.0 million for expenses incurred by the Company during 2011.

Sourcing/Procurement

We contract directly for most of our strategic sourcing and procurement needs. In several instances, we have entered into consolidated global agreements with ING Bank as the contracting entity to achieve greater leverage. In some cases, we pay directly to vendors based on pricing negotiated by ING Group. In other cases, we pay fees to ING Bank in consideration for our participation in these global arrangements. These global arrangements cover a variety of sourcing needs, including software licenses, information technology service and support, audit services and market data services. We reimbursed ING Bank approximately $3.1 million, $7.1 million, $8.1 million and $8.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In many cases, we have existing relationships with these vendors and have begun to contract directly with them.

Insurance Coverage

The Risk Management Program (“RMP”) of ING Group is a self-insured retention program that encompasses professional liability, fidelity/crime and employment practices liability exposures. The RMP insurance policies are issued directly to the Company, which pays premiums directly to a non-affiliated broker

 

-296-


Table of Contents

which, in turn, remits such premiums directly to the insurer. The insurer, in turn, cedes 100% of the RMP risks, along with 100% of the remitted premiums, to ING Re. The annual premium charges due by the Company include taxes, fees and premiums. In addition, the Company has taken out an additional stand-alone insurance policy insuring professional liability, fidelity/crime and employment practices liability exposures.

The Company maintains a separate, standalone Directors’ and Officers’ Liability insurance policy and a separate, standalone Fiduciary Liability insurance policy, each of which is issued by non-affiliated providers. In addition, the directors and officers of the Company are eligible for excess coverage under the Side A Directors’ and Officers’ Liability insurance policy issued to ING Group by non-ING Group affiliate providers.

Intellectual Property

We frequently make use of trademarks and other intellectual property owned by ING Group. While there are no formal, written license agreements in place between the Company and ING Group, and we have not historically paid license fees for the use of such intellectual property, we do follow brand guidelines as specified in the Trademark License Agreement concluded between ING Group and ING V. Following this offering, our use of trademarks and intellectual property owned by ING Group will be governed by the terms of the IP Agreement described under “—Relationships with ING Group Following the Offering.”

ING Global Network

Our Employee Benefits business, through our subsidiary, RLI, participates in a worldwide insurance network offering multinational pooling arrangements to global corporate clients. This network, called ING Global Network, is co-owned in equal portions by RLI, Nationale-Nederlanden Nederlanden B.V. (a subsidiary of ING Group) and an unaffiliated insurance company, and profits and losses of the network are split accordingly.

Administrative Overhead Allocations

As a subsidiary of ING Group, we make use of various other administrative and corporate services provided by non-U.S. affiliates of ING Group. We do not reimburse our affiliate service providers pursuant to formal written agreements but through accounting allocations. The total net allocations were approximately $5.2 million, $25.6 million, $21.7 million and $30.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

-297-


Table of Contents

Revenues and Expenses Associated with Related Party Transactions

The approximate net fees and costs received or (paid), or intercompany charges, for our various arrangements with ING Group and its affiliates, including ING V, are presented in the table below.

 

($ in millions)    Nine  Months
Ended
September 30,

2012
    Year ended December 31,  
       2011     2010     2009  

Types of Related Party Transactions

        

Financing arrangements

   $ (88.7   $ (98.6   $ (197.8   $ (303.3

Fees related to Alt-A Back-up Facility

     (5.5     (8.3     (9.4     (10.8

Revenues related to the Alt-A Back-up Facility

     6.9        —          —          —     

Transition services arrangements with affiliates (excluding Latin America human resources-related services set forth below)

     (3.4     (5.4     —          —     

Advisory, sub-advisory, distribution solicitation and portfolio management agreements fees

     12.2        2.8        (3.0     5.0   

Reinsurance Transactions

     (7.4     (9.3     (8.3     (7.4

Human resources services and compensation arrangements (not including Latin America Services Arrangements)

     (1.6     (3.1     (6.7     (5.4

Latin America human resources services arrangements

     22.0 (1)       (24.6 ) (1)       (18.0     (20.0

Sourcing/procurement services

     (3.1     (7.1     (8.1     (8.3

Real estate

     —          (0.1     (0.1     —     

Insurance policies

     (4.4     (4.5     (5.8     (5.2

Other administrative services, overhead allocations

     (5.2     (25.6     (21.7     (30.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (78.2   $ (183.8   $ (278.9   $ (385.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Based on agreements reached with ING Group (see “—Latin America Service Arrangements”) during 2012, the Company was reimbursed for expenses incurred in 2011 and 2012.

Related Party Transaction Approval Policy

Our Board of Directors will adopt, prior to completion of this offering, a related party transaction approval policy. This policy will be described in an amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

-298-


Table of Contents

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK AND SELLING STOCKHOLDER

Prior to the completion of this offering, all the shares of our common stock have been owned by ING Insurance International B.V., a Netherlands private company that is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group. Immediately following the offering, ING Insurance International B.V. will own approximately     percent of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares, and approximately     percent of our common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full.

ING Insurance International B.V. is selling approximately             shares of our common stock in this offering.

The following table presents information as of             , 2013 regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

 

   

all persons known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our executive officers and directors (including those who we expect will be our executive officers and directors upon completion of the offering); and

 

   

all executive officers and directors as a group.

For purposes of the following table, beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, which includes in a person’s beneficial ownership any shares of common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of             , 2013 but does not deem such shares to be outstanding for purposes of calculating any other person’s percentage ownership of common stock.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner presented in the table below is c/o ING U.S., Inc., 230 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10169.

 

     Shares of Common
Stock Beneficially
Owned Before the
Completion of the
Offering
   Shares
Being
Sold by
Stockholder
in the
Offering
   Shares of Common
Stock Beneficially
Owned After
Completion of the
Offering

Name and Address of

Beneficial Owners and

Selling Stockholders

   Number
of
Shares
   Percentage
of Class
   Number of
Shares
   Number
of
Shares
   Percentage
of Class

ING Insurance International B.V. (1)

              

Executive officers and directors (14 persons )

              

    Rodney O. Martin, Jr.

              

    Alain M. Karaoglan

              

    Ewout L. Steenbergen

              

    Mary E. Beams

              

    Jeffrey T. Becker

              

    Donald W. Britton

              

    Bridget M. Healy

              

    Paul L. Mistretta

              

    Kevin D. Silva

              

    Michael S. Smith

              

    Jan H.M. Hommen

              

    Patrick G. Flynn

              

    Frederick S. Hubbell

              

    Wilfred F. Nagel

              

All executive officers and directors as a group (14 persons)

              

 

(1)  

ING Insurance International B.V.’s principal business address is Amstelveenseweg 500, 1081 KL Amsterdam, The Netherlands. ING Insurance International B.V. is the record holder of our outstanding shares, which it holds for the economic benefit of ING Verzekeringen N.V.

 

-299-


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will file our amended and restated certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and our Board of Directors will adopt our amended and restated bylaws. We will file the forms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our Amended and Restated bylaws as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of the offering and relevant sections of the DGCL are summarized below. The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws are only summaries of such provisions and instruments and in each case are qualified by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Authorized Capital Stock

Our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares, including: (i)              shares of our common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and (ii)              shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. As of                     , 2013, we had outstanding              shares of our common stock, held of record by one stockholder, and no shares of preferred stock outstanding; and as of                     , 2013, but giving effect to the completion of the offering as if it had happened on such date, we had outstanding              shares of our common stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares).

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Our common stockholders will not be entitled to cumulative voting in the election of directors. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor if our Board of Directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and only then at the times and in the amounts that our Board of Directors may determine. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our Company, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive their ratable share of the net assets of our Company available after payment of all debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior preferential rights and payment of liquidation preferences, if any, of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of our common stock will have no preemptive, subscription or redemption rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Preferred Stock

Our Board of Directors will have the authority, subject to the limitations imposed by Delaware law, without any further vote or action by our stockholders, to issue preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences, limitations and rights of the shares of each series, including:

 

   

dividend rates;

 

   

conversion rights;

 

   

voting rights;

 

   

terms of redemption and liquidation preferences; and

 

   

the number of shares constituting each series.

 

-300-


Table of Contents

Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of our common stock. Holders of shares of preferred stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up before any payment is made to the holders of shares of our common stock.

Our Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.

There are no current agreements or understandings with respect to the issuance of preferred stock and our Board of Directors has no present intentions to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Applicable Law

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, Delaware law and insurance regulations applicable to our business may discourage or make more difficult a takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in his or her best interest. These provisions may also adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock. We believe that the benefits of increased protection give us the potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us and outweigh the disadvantage of discouraging those proposals because negotiation of the proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

For example, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws will prohibit stockholders from calling special meetings of our stockholders and, from and after such time as ING Group ceases to hold at least      % of our outstanding common stock, from taking action by written consent.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

As a Delaware corporation, we will be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

 

   

before the stockholder became interested, the Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and officers; or

 

   

at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by the Board of Directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

-301-


Table of Contents

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of Section 203 with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from amendments approved by holders of at least a majority of the corporation’s outstanding voting shares. We will not elect to “opt out” of Section 203.

Insurance Regulations

The insurance laws and regulations of the various states in which the Company’s insurance subsidiaries are organized may delay or impede a business combination involving the Company. State insurance laws prohibit an entity from acquiring control of an insurance company without the prior approval of the domestic insurance regulator. Under most states’ statutes, an entity is presumed to have control of an insurance company if it owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting stock of that insurance company or its parent company. These regulatory restrictions may delay, deter or prevent a potential merger or sale of our Company, even if our Board of Directors decides that it is in the best interests of stockholders for us to merge or be sold. These restrictions also may delay sales by us or acquisitions by third parties of our subsidiaries.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include provisions that limit the personal liability of our officers and directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except, to the extent required by the DGCL, for (i) any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) any unlawful payment of a dividend or unlawful stock repurchase or redemption, as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. These provisions will have no effect on the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission based on a director’s breach of his or her duty of care.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide for indemnification, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, of any person made or threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director of a subsidiary of the Company, or, at the request of the Company, serves or served as a director or officer of or in any other capacity for, or in relation to, any other enterprise, against all expenses, liabilities, losses and claims actually incurred or suffered by such person in connection with the action, suit or proceeding. In addition, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors pursuant to which we will agree to indemnify each such executive officer and director to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Company has been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Ownership Limitations

Certain transfers of our securities could result in an “ownership change” for purposes of Section 382, which would materially limit the use of certain of the Company’s tax attributes, including certain NOLs and capital loss carryforwards. Although we expect that the contemplated continued divestment by ING Group of our common stock will ultimately result in an “ownership change”, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include provisions (the “Ownership Limitations”) designed to prevent such an event from occurring prior to the time that such divestment would otherwise trigger the Section 382 limitation.

These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation generally will restrict any direct or indirect transfer of a direct or indirect interest (including a securities entitlement) in our common stock or

 

-302-


Table of Contents

certain other classes of stock then outstanding, and including the warrants, rights or options discussed below (collectively “Company Securities”) (such as transfers of our securities that result from the transfer of interests in other entities that own our common stock) if the effect would be to:

 

   

increase the direct, indirect or constructive ownership by any Person (as defined below) to 4.99% or more of our common stock then outstanding or certain other classes of stock then outstanding (a “Five Percent Shareholder”); or

 

   

increase the percentage of our stock owned directly, indirectly or constructively by a Five Percent Shareholder.

“Person” means any individual, firm, partnership, limited liability company, trust, association, limited liability partnership, corporation or other “entity” within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulation §1.382-3(a)(1)(i), and includes any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity. Restricted transfers include sales to Persons whose resulting percentage ownership (direct, indirect or constructive) of Company Securities would equal or exceed the 4.99% threshold discussed above, or to Persons whose direct or indirect ownership of our common stock would by attribution cause another Person to equal or exceed such threshold. Complicated stock ownership rules prescribed by the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (and U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) apply in determining whether a Person is a Five Percent Shareholder for purposes of the Ownership Limitations.

These transfer restrictions may result in the delay or refusal of certain requested transfers of our common stock, or prohibit ownership (thus requiring dispositions) of our common stock due to a change in the relationship between two or more persons or entities or to a transfer of an interest in an entity that, directly or indirectly, owns our common stock. The transfer restrictions will also apply to proscribe the creation, transfer or exercise of certain warrants, rights or options (which are broadly defined by Section 382) with respect to our securities to the extent that, in certain circumstances, the creation, transfer or exercise of the warrant, right or option would result in a proscribed level of ownership.

Any direct or indirect transfer attempted in violation of the Ownership Limitations will be void as of the date of the prohibited transfer as to the purported transferee (or, in the case of an indirect transfer, the direct owner of our securities will be deemed to have disposed of, and required to dispose of, the excess stock (as defined below), with such disposition being deemed to occur simultaneously with the transfer), and the purported transferee (or in the case of any indirect transfer, the direct owner) will not be recognized as the owner of the securities owned in violation of the Ownership Limitations for any purpose, including for purposes of voting and receiving dividends or other distributions in respect of our Company Securities, or in the case of options, receiving our securities in respect of their exercise. We refer to the Company Securities purportedly acquired in violation of the Ownership Limitations as “excess stock.”

In addition to a prohibited transfer being void as of the date it is attempted, upon demand, the purported transferee must transfer the excess stock to our agent along with any dividends or other distributions paid with respect to such excess stock. Our agent is required to sell such excess stock in an arm’s-length transaction (or series of transactions) that would not constitute a violation under the Ownership Limitations. The net proceeds of the sale, together with any other distributions with respect to such excess stock received by our agent, after deduction of all costs incurred by the agent, will be distributed first to the purported transferee in an amount, if any, up to the cost (or, in the case of gift, inheritance or similar transfer, the fair market value of the excess stock on the date of the prohibited transfer) incurred by the purported transferee to acquire such excess stock, and the balance of the proceeds, if any, will be distributed to the transferor in the prohibited transfer, or to a charitable beneficiary if the transferor cannot be readily identified. If the excess stock is sold by the purported transferee, such person will be treated as having sold the excess stock on behalf of our agent, and will be required to remit all proceeds to our agent (except to the extent we grant written permission to the purported transferee to retain an amount, not to exceed the amount such person otherwise would have been entitled to retain had our agent sold such shares for an amount equal to the proceeds of such sale (taking into account the actual costs incurred by our agent)).

 

-303-


Table of Contents

The transfer restrictions in the Ownership Limitations do not apply to (i) any transfer for which, prior to such transfer being consummated (or, in the case of an involuntary transfer, as soon as practicable after the transfer is consummated), our Board of Directors has granted its approval; (ii) a transfer pursuant to any transaction, including, but not limited to, a merger, consolidation, mandatory share exchange or other business combination in which all holders of our stock and other specified securities receive, or are offered the same opportunity to receive, cash or other consideration for all such Company Securities, and upon the consummation of which the acquiror owns at least a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, (iii) a transfer to any employee stock ownership or other employee benefit plan of the Company (or any entity or trustee holding shares of our common stock for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan or for the purpose of funding any such plan or funding other employee benefits for our employees), (iv) a transfer by ING Group or any of its subsidiaries to ING Group or any of its subsidiaries or (v) a transfer to any underwriter, dealer or initial purchaser from ING Group. Transfers by underwriters, dealers or purchasers following any transfer referred to in clause (v) remain subject to the Ownership Limitations.

The Ownership Limitations expire on the earliest of (i) the date of the occurrence of an ownership change resulting from the sale of our common stock by ING Group, (ii) the date on which our Board of Directors receives, at its request, a report from our advisors that the Ownership Limitations are no longer necessary for the preservation of our tax attributes described above because of the amendment or repeal of Section 382 or any other change in law, (iii) the first day of a taxable year to which our Board of Directors receives a report, at its request, from our advisors that the tax attributes described above may no longer be carried forward, and (iv) such other date as our Board of Directors determines.

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “          ”.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the consummation of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be                     . The transfer agent’s address is              .

 

-304-


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding, excluding shares awarded pursuant to certain equity award arrangements we have entered into with certain of our executive officers. Of the shares of common stock outstanding following this offering, the              shares of common stock (             shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares in full) sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any such shares of common stock held by our “affiliates”, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which would be subject to the limitations and restrictions described below under “—Rule 144.” The remaining              shares of common stock that will be outstanding are “restricted shares” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. As a result of the contractual lock-up period described below under and the provisions of Rule 144 these shares will be available for sale in the public market as presented below:

 

Shares of Common Stock

 

Shares are Available for Public Sale

  The date of this prospectus
           days following the date of this prospectus, subject to volume and manner of sale limitations

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have owned privately-purchased shares for at least six months or who own shares purchased in the open market are entitled to sell these shares as follows. Within any three-month period, each person may sell a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of our then-outstanding shares of common stock, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering, or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on                      during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice of the sale on Form 144. Sales under Rule 144 by affiliates will also be subject to manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

A person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who owns shares within the definition of “restricted securities” under Rule 144 that were purchased from us, or any affiliate, at least six months previously, would, beginning 90 days after this offering, also be entitled to sell shares under Rule 144. Such sales would be permitted without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions or notice requirements described above and, after one year, without any limits, including the public information requirement.

Registration Statement on Form S-8

We intend to file with the SEC, as soon as practicable following the completion of the offering, a Registration Statement on Form S-8 registering an aggregate of              shares of common stock underlying equity awards we have made and will make to our employees and certain other qualifying individuals, and the resale of those shares of common stock. The Form S-8 will become effective upon filing and shares of common stock so registered will become freely tradable upon such effectiveness, subject to any restrictions imposed on such resale pursuant to the lock-up agreements entered into with the underwriters for the offering.

 

-305-


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreements

We expect that we, ING Group and our directors and executive officers will enter into lock-up arrangements under which we and they will agree that we and they will not sell, directly or indirectly, any common stock for a period of          days from the date of this prospectus (subject to certain exceptions) without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. See “Underwriting.”

Registration Rights Agreement

Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we expect to enter into a registration rights agreement with ING Group, pursuant to which ING Group will be able to require us, beginning          days after the date of this prospectus, to file one or more registration statements with the SEC covering the public resale of the shares of our common stock beneficially owned by ING Group. In addition, ING Group will have certain “piggyback” registration rights, pursuant to which it will be entitled to register the resale of its shares alongside any offering of common stock that we may undertake, and the amount of shares of common stock we may offer may be subject to “cutback” in certain such cases.

 

-306-


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

This section summarizes material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder. You are a “non-U.S. holder” if you are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a beneficial owner of our common stock that is:

 

   

a nonresident alien individual,

 

   

a foreign corporation, or

 

   

an estate or trust that in either case is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis on income or gain from common stock.

This section applies to you only if you acquire our common stock in this offering and you hold our common stock as a capital asset for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

This section does not consider the specific facts and circumstances that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder and does not address the treatment of a non-U.S. holder under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction and does not address the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax. This section is based on the tax laws of the United States, including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, existing and proposed regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, all as of the date hereof. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

If a partnership holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding our common stock should consult its tax advisor with regard to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of an investment in our common stock.

You should consult a tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our common stock in your particular circumstances, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction.

Dividends

Distributions on our common stock will generally be treated as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined by U.S. federal income tax principles). Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your tax basis in our common stock and then as gain on the disposition of our common stock. Except as described below, if you are a non-U.S. holder of our common stock, dividends paid to you are subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate. Even if you are eligible for a lower treaty rate, we and other payors will generally be required to withhold at a 30% rate (rather than the lower treaty rate) on dividend payments to you, unless you have furnished to us or another payor:

 

   

a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or an acceptable substitute form upon which you certify, under penalties of perjury, your status as a non-U.S. person and your entitlement to the lower treaty rate with respect to such payments, or

 

   

in the case of payments made outside the United States to an offshore account (generally, an account maintained by you at an office or branch of a bank or other financial institution at any location outside the United States), other documentary evidence establishing your entitlement to the lower treaty rate in accordance with U.S. Treasury Regulations.

 

-307-


Table of Contents

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under a tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of that rate by filing a refund claim with the IRS.

If dividends paid to you are “effectively connected” with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States and, if required by a tax treaty, the dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States, we and other payors generally are not required to withhold tax from the dividends, provided that you have furnished to us or another payor a valid IRS Form W-8ECI or an acceptable substitute form upon which you represent, under penalties of perjury, that:

 

   

you are a non-U.S. person, and

 

   

the dividends are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States and are includible in your gross income.

“Effectively connected” dividends are taxed at rates applicable to U.S. citizens, resident aliens and domestic U.S. corporations.

If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, “effectively connected” dividends that you receive may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

If you are a non-U.S. holder, you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain that you recognize on a disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is “effectively connected” with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if required by a tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States,

 

   

you are an individual, you hold the common stock as a capital asset, you are present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale and certain other conditions exist, or

 

   

we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period, whichever period is shorter, you are not eligible for a treaty exemption, and, either (i) our common stock has ceased to be traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs, or (ii) you held (directly or indirectly) more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the five-year period preceding the disposition.

We have not been, are not and do not anticipate becoming a United States real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, “effectively connected” gains that you recognize may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.

Withholdable Payments to Foreign Financial Entities and Other Foreign Entities

A 30% withholding tax will be imposed on certain payments that are made to certain foreign financial institutions, investment funds and other non-U.S. persons that fail to comply with information reporting requirements in respect of their direct and indirect U.S. equityholders and/or U.S. accountholders. Such payments would include U.S.-source dividends and the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock that can produce U.S.-source dividends. Under administrative guidance and proposed regulations, withholding would not apply to payments of dividends before January 1, 2014, and to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock before January 1, 2017.

 

-308-


Table of Contents

Federal Estate Taxes

Common stock held by a non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in the holder’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

If you are a non-U.S. holder, we and other payors are required to report payments of dividends on IRS Form 1042-S even if the payments are exempt from withholding. You are generally exempt from backup withholding and information reporting on IRS Form 1099 with respect to:

 

   

payment of dividends on our common stock and

 

   

payment of proceeds from the sale of our common stock effected at a U.S. office of a broker,

in each case, as long as the income associated with such payments is otherwise exempt from U.S. federal income tax, and:

 

   

the payor or broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person and you have furnished to the payor or broker:

 

   

a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or an acceptable substitute form upon which you certify, under penalties of perjury, that you are a non-U.S. person, or

 

   

other documentation upon which it may rely to treat the payments as made to a non-United States person in accordance with U.S. Treasury Regulations, or

 

   

you otherwise establish an exemption.

Payment of proceeds from the sale of our common stock effected at a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting. However, a sale of our common stock that is effected at a foreign office of a broker will be subject to backup withholding and information reporting if:

 

   

the proceeds are transferred to an account maintained by you in the United States,

 

   

the payment of proceeds or the confirmation of the sale is mailed to you at a U.S. address, or

 

   

the sale has some other specified connection with the United States as provided in U.S. Treasury Regulations,

unless the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person and the documentation requirements described above are met or you otherwise establish an exemption.

In addition, a sale of our common stock that is effected at a foreign office of a broker will be subject to information reporting if the broker is:

 

   

a U.S. person,

 

   

a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes,

 

   

a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business for a specified three-year period, or

 

   

a foreign partnership, if at any time during its tax year:

 

   

one or more of its partners are “U.S. persons,” as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations, who in the aggregate hold more than 50% of the income or capital interest in the partnership, or

 

   

the foreign partnership is engaged in the conduct of a U.S. trade or business,

 

-309-


Table of Contents

unless the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person and the documentation requirements described above are met or you otherwise establish an exemption. Backup withholding will apply if the sale is subject to information reporting and the broker has actual knowledge that you are a U.S. person.

You generally may obtain a refund (or a credit) of any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules that exceed your income tax liability by timely filing a refund claim with the IRS.

 

-310-


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the Selling Stockholder have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and the Selling Stockholder and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

                 have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table presents the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and the Selling Stockholder. These amounts are presented assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock.

 

     Per Share      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by:

        

Us

   $         $         $     

The Selling Stockholder

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses to us

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the Selling Stockholder

   $         $         $     

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        .

 

-311-


Table of Contents

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “          ”.

We expect that we and all of our directors and officers and the Selling Stockholder will agree, subject to certain exceptions, that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending          days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”):

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock;

 

   

file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock,

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the restricted period we issue an earnings release or a material news event relating to us occurs, or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period or provide notification to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. of any earnings release or material news or material event that may give rise to an extension of the initial         -day restricted period,

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co., in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. When determining whether or not to release common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares of common stock and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale

 

-312-


Table of Contents

by exercising the option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the option to purchase additional shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We, the Selling Stockholder and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us, the Selling Stockholder and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors expected to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our revenues, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, certain financial ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or persons or entities with a relationship with us. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions. In particular, certain of the underwriters or their affiliates have a lending relationship with us under our Revolving Credit Agreement and Term Loan Agreement and act as agents thereunder.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

-313-


Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

People’s Republic of China

This prospectus may not be circulated or distributed in the People’s Republic of China (“China”) and the shares of common stock may not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any resident of China except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of China. For the purpose of this paragraph, China does not include Taiwan or the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau.

Egypt

The shares of common stock may not be offered or sold in any form of general solicitation or general advertising or in a public offering in Egypt, unless the pre-approval of the Egyptian Financial Supervisory Authority has been obtained. Shares of common stock offered and sold in the offering may only be offered or sold in Egypt through a private placement to Egyptian QIBs or Professional High Net Worth Investors (each as defined below) whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments for the purposes of their business and only in accordance with applicable Egyptian law and regulations including the applicable provisions of the Capital Market Law (“CMA”) and the provisions of the CMA’s Directives No. 31 for the year 2002 concerning private placements.

Each purchaser of the shares of common stock offered in the private placement in Egypt will be deemed to have represented that it is either an Egyptian QIB or a Professional High Net Worth Investor within the meaning of the CMA and the CMA’s Directives No. 31 of the year 2002 concerning private placements.

An “Egyptian QIB” is an institutional investor having (i) a minimum asset book value of 20.0 million Egyptian Pounds (“EGP”); (ii) a minimum equity book value of EGP 10.0 million; (iii) a minimum investment in securities (excluding securities related to the offering) of EGP 5.0 million as of date of the placement; or (iv) a license to operate in the field of securities and permitted to acquire securities within its objects. In addition, an Egyptian QIB should also have at least five years experience in capital markets and stock exchanges locally and internationally.

A “Professional High Net Worth Investor” is an individual investor: (i) who owns assets with a minimum value of EGP 2.0 million; (ii) with a minimum annual income of EGP 500,000; (iii) with a minimum bank savings account balance of EGP 500,000; (iv) who, as of the placement date, holds securities in two joint stock companies (excluding the offering) with a minimum value of EGP 2.0 million; or (v) who has at least five years experience in capital markets and stock exchanges locally or internationally.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

-314-


Table of Contents

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Hong Kong

Shares of our common stock may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of our common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of our common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

WARNING

The contents of this prospectus have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this prospectus, you should obtain independent professional advice.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Jordan

The shares of common stock have not been presented to, or approved by, the Jordanian Securities Commission or the Board for Regulating Transactions in Foreign Exchanges. The underwriters have confirmed that they will not offer the shares of common stock to potential investors in Jordan except (i) pursuant to a prospectus that is filed and approved by the Jordanian Securities Commission and (ii) by persons licensed to do so pursuant to the Jordanian Securities Law and the Law Regulating Trading in Foreign Exchanges, or exemptions from such filing and licenses apply or have been obtained.

 

-315-


Table of Contents

Kuwait

The shares of common stock have not been licensed for offering in Kuwait by the Ministry of Commerce and Industry or the Central Bank of Kuwait or any other relevant Kuwaiti government agency. The offering of the shares of common stock in Kuwait on any basis is, therefore, subject to restrictions in accordance with Decree Law No. 31 of 1990, as amended, and Ministerial Order No. 113 of 1992, as amended.

Qatar

In the State of Qatar, the offer of the shares of common stock is made on an exclusive basis to the specifically intended recipient thereof, upon that person’s request and initiative, for personal use only and will not be provided, offered, sold or delivered, at any time, directly or indirectly in the State of Qatar to any other person. This offer shall in no way be construed as a general public offer for the sale of securities to the public or an attempt to do business as a bank, an investment company or otherwise in the State of Qatar. This prospectus and the shares of common stock have not been registered with, approved or licensed by the Qatar Central Bank or the Qatar Financial Markets Authority or any other regulator in the State of Qatar and may not be publicly distributed. The information contained in this prospectus is for the recipient only and may not be shared with any third-party in Qatar. They are not for general circulation in the State of Qatar, and any distribution or reproduction of this prospectus by the recipient to third parties in Qatar is not permitted and shall be at the liability of such recipient.

Saudi Arabia

This document may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations issued by the Capital Market Authority.

The Capital Market Authority does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document, and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of our common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of our common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares of our common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; (3) by operation of law; or (4) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

 

-316-


Table of Contents

Taiwan

Shares of common stock cannot be offered, distributed, sold or resold to the public in Taiwan unless prior approval from, or effective registration with, the Republic of China government authorities has been obtained pursuant to the applicable laws or a private placement exemption is available under the applicable securities laws.

United Arab Emirates

The offering contemplated hereunder has not been approved or licensed by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates (“UAE”), the Securities and Commodities Authority of the UAE and/or any other relevant licensing authority in the UAE including any licensing authority incorporated under the laws and regulations of any of the free zones established and operating in the territory of the UAE, in particular the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”), a regulatory authority of the Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”). This offering does not constitute a public offer of shares in the UAE, DIFC and/or any other free zone in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law, Federal Law No. 8 of 1984 (as amended), DFSA Offered Securities Rules and NASDAQ Dubai Listing Rules, or otherwise. The shares of common stock may not be offered to the public in the UAE and/or any of the free zones. The shares of common stock may be offered and issued only to a limited number of investors in the UAE or any of its free zones who qualify as sophisticated investors under the relevant laws and regulations of the UAE or the free zone concerned.

Dubai International Financial Centre . This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to Persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other Person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The shares of common stock to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares of common stock offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial adviser

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

-317-


Table of Contents

VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK

The validity of the shares of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, New York, New York and for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The Consolidated Financial Statements and schedules of ING U.S., Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The review of our Closed Block Variable Annuity equity hedge programs referred to, and described in, this prospectus and registration statement was prepared by Milliman, Inc. and such references and descriptions are included on the authority of such firm as experts in actuarial and related services.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act for the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement and the exhibits. For further information about us you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits. References in this prospectus to any of our contracts or other documents are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract or document. You may read and copy any document that we file at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms. SEC filings are also available to the public at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting and information requirements of the Exchange Act and, as a result, will file periodic and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website at ing.us as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are filed with or furnished to the SEC. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus. Additionally, these periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above.

 

-318-


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

2022 Notes    $850.0 million principal amount of 5.5% Senior Notes due 2022 that we issued on July 13, 2012 in a private placement
ABS    Asset-backed securities
AG38    NAIC Actuarial Guideline XXXVIII, The Application of the Valuation of Life Insurance Policies Model Regulation (“Model”), which clarifies the application of XXX with respect to certain universal life insurance policies with secondary guarantees
AG43    NAIC Actuarial Guideline XLIII, Commissioners’ Annuity Reserve Valuation Method for Variable Annuities, which clarifies the approach to determining additional reserves required for variable annuities and the guaranteed benefits embedded in them
ALM    Asset/liability management
AOCI    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
ARO    NAIC acceptable rating organization providing credit quality and financial strength rating designations
ASC    FASB Accounting Standards Codification
ASU    FASB Accounting Standards Update
AUA    Assets under administration. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Operating Measures—Assets Under Management and Assets Under Administration.”
AUM    Assets under management. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Operating Measures—Assets Under Management and Assets Under Administration.”
CAL    Company action level risk-based capital, as defined by the NAIC
CDS    Credit default swaps
CFTC    U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission
Capital Hedge Overlay program    See “Business—Closed Blocks—Variable Annuity Hedge Program and Reinsurance—Variable Annuity Capital Hedge Overlay Program.”
CMBS    Commercial mortgage-backed securities
CMO    Collateralized mortgage obligation
CMO-B    A proprietary strategy to manage a portfolio of various CMO tranches in combination with financial derivatives. See “Investments—CMO-B Portfolio.”
CRO    The Chief Risk Officer of ING U.S., Inc. or one of its businesses or segments
DAC    Deferred acquisition cost, representing the incremental costs related directly to the successful acquisition of new and renewal insurance and annuity contracts
DAC/VOBA and other intangibles    DAC, VOBA, DSI, and URR
Divestment Transaction    Any sale or other divestment of all or a portion of ING U.S., Inc. common stock by ING Group, including this offering

 

-319-


Table of Contents

DNB

  

Dutch Central Bank ( De Nederlandsche Bank )

DOL    U.S. Department of Labor
DSI    Deferred sales inducements, representing amounts that are credited to a policyholder’s account balance that are higher than the expected credited rates on similar contracts without such an inducement and that are an incentive to purchase a contract
Dutch State loan obligation    The assignment by ING Support Holding of certain rights pursuant to participation agreements that certain subsidiaries of the Company entered into with ING Support Holding on January 26, 2009. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Alt-A Back-up Facility.”
Dutch State Transactions    The state aid granted to ING Group by the Kingdom of the Netherlands in November 2008 and March 2009. See “Regulation—Dutch State Transactions and Restructuring Plan.”
EC    European Commission
Exit price    The price that would be received to sell an asset or transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants
Favorable unlocking    See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Results of Operations—Segment by Segment—Unlocking of DAC/VOBA and other Contract Owner/Policyholder Intangibles.”
FIAs    Fixed indexed annuities
FSB    Financial Stability Board
FSOC    Financial Stability Oversight Council
FVO    Fair value option
GAAP    Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
GICs    Guaranteed investment contracts
GLWB    Guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefits
GMAB    Guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits
GMDB    Guaranteed minimum death benefits
GMIB    Guaranteed minimum income benefits
GMWB    Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits
GMWBL    Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits for life
GRIP    Guaranteed retirement income portfolio
Guaranteed benefit derivatives    Embedded derivatives and derivatives related to product guarantees
Hannover Re    Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America and Hannover Life Reassurance (Ireland) Limited, collectively
ILIAC    ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company, a principal insurance subsidiary of ING U.S., Inc.
ING Bank    ING Bank N.V., a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group
ING Group    ING Groep N.V.

 

-320-


Table of Contents
ING Re    ING Re (Netherlands) N.V., a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group
ING Support Holding    ING Support Holding, B.V., a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group
ING USA    ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company, a principal insurance subsidiary of ING U.S., Inc.
ING V    ING Verzekeringen N.V., a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group
IRAs    Individual Retirement Accounts
IRS    U.S. Internal Revenue Service
LIHTC    Low Income Housing Tax Credits
Lion Holdings    Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc., our principal intermediate holding company, which is the parent of a number of our insurance and non-insurance operating entities
LOCs    Letters of credit
MAP-21    Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act
MCG    Managed custody guarantee product
MGIR    Minimum Guaranteed Interest Rates
MPA    A master asset purchase agreement that the Company entered into, effective January 1, 2009, with Scottish Re and Hannover Re
MYGAs    Multi-Year Guarantee Annuities
NAIC    National Association of Insurance Commissioners
NAR    Net amount at risk
NAV    Net asset value
NOLs    Net operating loss carryforwards
Nonperformance risk    Risk that our obligations or the obligations of one of our subsidiaries will not be fulfilled
OCC    Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
OTTI    Other-than-temporary impairment
PBGC    U.S. Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
PBR    A Principles-Based Reserving framework under which the NAIC has begun a process of redefining the U.S. statutory reserve methodology for certain of our insurance liabilities
RBC    Risk-based capital as defined by the NAIC
RBC ratio    Company action level risk-based capital ratio
Regulation XXX (XXX)   

NAIC Model Regulation entitled “Valuation of Life Insurance Policies”, which requires insurers to establish additional statutory reserves for certain term life

insurance policies with long-term premium guarantees and for certain universal life policies with secondary guarantees

Restructuring Plan    A restructuring plan that ING Group submitted in October 2009 to the EC in order to receive approval for state aid granted to ING Group by the Dutch State in November 2008 and March 2009

 

-321-


Table of Contents
Revolving Credit Agreement    A three-year committed revolving credit agreement, which provides for issuance of up to $3.5 billion of letters of credit with a $1.5 billion sublimit for cash borrowings (reduced, as required by the terms of the Revolving Credit Agreement, to $1.075 billion in connection with the 2022 Notes), that we entered into on April 20, 2012 as part of the Senior Unsecured Credit Facility
RGA    Various subsidiaries of Reinsurance Group of America Incorporated, collectively
RLI    ReliaStar Life Insurance Company, a principal insurance subsidiary of ING U.S., Inc.
RMBS    Residential mortgage-backed securities
RMP    Risk Management Program
SAT    NAIC Suitability in Annuity Transactions Model Regulation
Scottish Re    Scottish Re Group Limited, Scottish Holdings, Inc., Scottish Re (U.S.), Inc., Scottish Re Life (Bermuda) Limited and Scottish Re (Dublin) Limited, collectively
Section 382    Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
Selling Stockholder    ING Insurance International B.V., a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group
Senior Unsecured Credit Facility   

A $5.0 billion senior unsecured credit facility that we entered into on April 20, 2012 with a syndicate of banks, which replaced financing that was either internally

funded or guaranteed by ING V. See “Glossary—Revolving Credit Agreement” and “—Term Loan Agreement.”

SLD    Security Life of Denver Insurance Company, a principal insurance subsidiary of ING U.S., Inc.
SLDI    Security Life of Denver International Limited, our insurance subsidiary domiciled in the Cayman Islands
SSDMF    U.S. Social Security Death Master File
Supervisory Board    Supervisory Board of ING Group
SVO    Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC
TAC    Total adjusted capital
Term Loan Agreement    A $1.5 billion two-year syndicated term loan agreement that we entered into on April 20, 2012 as part of the Senior Unsecured Credit Facility
TPAs    Third-party administrators
Unfavorable unlocking    See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Results of Operations—Segment by Segment—Unlocking of DAC/VOBA and other Contract Owner/Policyholder Intangibles.”
Unlocking event    See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Results of Operations—Segment by Segment—Unlocking of DAC/VOBA and other Contract Owner/Policyholder Intangibles.”
URR    Unearned revenue reserve, representing expense loads that are deducted from contract owner account balances and that are greater than the corresponding loads in subsequent contract years; the excess over the corresponding load in subsequent contract years is established as a liability when it is deducted and is amortized into revenue over the life of the associated contracts.

 

-322-


Table of Contents
Variable Annuity Guarantee Hedging Program    See “Business—Closed Blocks—Variable Annuity Hedge Program and Reinsurance—Variable Annuity Guarantee Hedging Program.”
VB    Voluntary Benefits
VIEs    Variable interest entities
VM    A new Valuation Manual for life insurance adopted by the NAIC in December 2012
VMCR    Value of management contract rights
VOBA    Value of business acquired, representing the present value of estimated cash flows embedded in acquired business, plus renewal commissions and certain other costs on such acquired business
VOCRA    Value of customer relationships acquired
VOEs    Voting interest entities
XXX    See “—Regulation XXX (XXX).”

 

-323-


Table of Contents

I NG U.S., Inc.

Index to Financial Statements

 

Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity for the years ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-7   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-8   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-10   

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) for the Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2012 and 2011

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2012 (unaudited) and December 31, 2011

     F-137   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited)

     F-139   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the nine months ended
September 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited)

     F-140   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited)

     F-141   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited)

     F-143   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

     F-144   

Financial Statement Schedules

  

Schedule I—Summary of Investments Other Than Investments in Affiliates

     F-213   

Schedule II—Condensed Financial Information of Parent

     F-214   

Schedule III—Supplementary Insurance Information

     F-225   

Schedule IV—Reinsurance

     F-227   

Schedule V—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

     F-228   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

ING U.S., Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ING U.S., Inc. (name changed from ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc.) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in shareholder’s equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 16b. These financial statements and schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedules based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits include consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of ING U.S., Inc. at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, in response to new accounting standards, the Company changed its methods of accounting for variable interest entities effective January 1, 2010 and for the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairments effective April 1, 2009.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

November 9, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In millions, except share data)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Assets

     

Investments:

     

Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value
(amortized cost of $61,800.5 at 2011 and $59,450.0 at 2010)

   $ 67,405.6       $ 62,446.8   

Fixed maturities, at fair value using the fair value option

     3,010.3         2,685.3   

Equity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value (cost of $320.6 at 2011 and $450.0 at 2010)

     353.8         525.6   

Short-term investments

     3,572.7         2,809.2   

Mortgage loans on real estate, net of valuation allowance of $4.4 at 2011 and $7.0 at 2010

     8,691.1         8,181.7   

Loan – Dutch State obligation

     1,792.7         2,314.2   

Policy loans

     2,263.9         2,391.8   

Limited partnerships/corporations

     599.6         757.2   

Derivatives

     2,660.9         783.9   

Other investments

     215.1         200.3   

Securities pledged (amortized cost of $2,068.7 at 2011 and $3,635.6 at 2010)

     2,253.5         3,790.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

     92,819.2         86,886.1   

Cash and cash equivalents

     638.0         615.3   

Short-term investments under securities loan agreements, including collateral delivered

     1,075.9         1,216.5   

Accrued investment income

     881.7         845.8   

Reinsurance recoverable

     7,723.4         7,758.4   

Deferred policy acquisition costs, Value of business acquired

     4,352.3         5,038.3   

Sales inducements to contract holders

     307.3         266.3   

Current income taxes

     26.0         —     

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     382.5         436.5   

Other assets

     1,476.3         1,498.1   

Assets related to consolidated investment entities:

     

Limited partnerships/corporations, at fair value

     2,860.3         2,255.3   

Cash and cash equivalents

     137.0         194.7   

Corporate loans, at fair value using the fair value option

     2,162.9         1,765.6   

Other assets

     15.5         11.5   

Assets held in separate accounts

     88,714.5         95,588.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 203,572.8       $ 204,376.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Continued)

(In millions, except share data)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011     2010  

Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity

    

Future policy benefits

   $ 26,312.6      $ 24,567.1   

Contract owner account balances

     62,045.8        59,075.7   

Payables under securities loan agreements, including collateral held

     1,781.8        1,165.7   

Short-term debt

     1,054.6        5,464.6   

Long-term debt

     1,343.1        2,784.0   

Funds held under reinsurance agreements

     1,307.6        1,260.5   

Derivatives

     1,955.8        1,885.3   

Pension and other post-employment provisions

     797.7        849.9   

Current income taxes

     —          37.0   

Deferred income taxes

     513.0        26.0   

Other liabilities

     1,563.6        1,793.8   

Liabilities related to consolidated investment entities:

    

Collateralized loan obligations notes, at fair value using the fair value option

     2,057.1        1,627.6   

Other liabilities

     199.5        183.4   

Liabilities related to separate accounts

     88,714.5        95,588.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     189,646.7        196,308.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholder’s equity:

    

Common stock (200,000 shares authorized, 100,207 issued and outstanding; $0.01 par value per share)

     —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

     22,867.5        18,827.3   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     2,595.0        973.3   

Retained earnings (deficit):

    

Appropriated-consolidated investment entities

     126.5        177.2   

Unappropriated

     (13,235.1     (13,147.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ING U.S., Inc. shareholder’s equity

     12,353.9        6,830.8   

Noncontrolling interest

     1,572.2        1,237.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholder’s equity

     13,926.1        8,067.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity

   $ 203,572.8      $ 204,376.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In millions, except per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Revenues:

      

Net investment income

   $ 4,968.8      $ 4,987.0      $ 5,568.6   

Fee income

     3,603.6        3,516.5        3,325.1   

Premiums

     1,770.0        1,707.5        1,985.5   

Net realized gains (losses):

      

Total other-than-temporary impairment losses

     (550.6     (1,383.4     (2,027.0

Portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in Other comprehensive income (loss)

     47.9        492.6        408.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other-than-temporary impairments recognized in earnings

     (502.7     (890.8     (1,618.6

Other net realized capital gains (losses)

     (1,028.7     (787.2     (560.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net realized capital gains (losses)

     (1,531.4     (1,678.0     (2,178.7

Other revenue

     428.2        547.0        947.8   

Income (loss) related to consolidated investment entities:

      

Net investment income (loss)

     528.4        316.0        (284.1

Changes in fair value related to collateralized loan obligations

     (48.8     (121.8     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     9,718.8        9,274.2        9,364.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefits and expenses:

      

Policyholder benefits

     3,286.5        2,466.7        2,881.2   

Interest credited to contract owner account balances

     2,455.5        2,560.6        2,748.7   

Operating expenses

     3,030.8        3,033.5        3,352.2   

Net amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

     387.0        746.6        1,052.3   

Interest expense

     139.3        332.5        385.5   

Operating expenses related to consolidated investment entities:

      

Interest expense

     68.4        49.8        —     

Other expense

     73.5        46.7        52.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total benefits and expenses

     9,441.0        9,236.4        10,472.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     277.8        37.8        (1,108.6

Income tax expense (benefit)

     175.0        171.0        (298.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     102.8        (133.2     (810.6

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

     190.9        (10.3     (207.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to

      

ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder

   $ (88.1   $ (122.9   $ (603.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder per common share

   $ (879.18   $ (1,226.46   $ (6,019.54
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(In millions)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Net income (loss)

   $ 102.8      $ (133.2   $ (810.6

Other comprehensive income, before tax:

      

Change in unrealized gains on securities

     1,655.4        3,377.3        5,452.9   

Change in other-than-temporary impairment losses

     165.4        (44.7     (346.8

Pension and other post-employment benefit liability

     78.9        (3.9     39.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, before tax

     1,899.7        3,328.7        5,145.2   

Income tax expense related to items of other comprehensive income

     (278.0     (1,012.5     (2,085.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, after tax

     1,621.7        2,316.2        3,060.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

     1,724.5        2,183.0        2,249.4   

Less: Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the noncontrolling interest

     190.9        (10.3     (207.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder

   $ 1,533.6      $ 2,193.3      $ 2,456.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity

(In millions)

 

    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
                Total
ING U.S., Inc.
Shareholder’s
Equity
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Shareholder’s
Equity
 
          Retained Earnings        
          Appropriated     Unappropriated        

Balance at January 1, 2009

  $ —        $ 13,691.4      $ (3,890.0   $ —        $ (13,318.8   $ (3,517.4   $ 1,580.6      $ (1,936.8

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of deferred policy acquisition costs and tax

    —          —          (512.9     —          897.9        385.0        —          385.0   

Comprehensive income (loss):

               

Net income (loss)

    —          —          —          —          (603.2     (603.2     (207.4     (810.6

Other comprehensive income, after tax

    —          —          3,060.0        —          —          3,060.0        —          3,060.0   
           

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

              2,456.8        (207.4     2,249.4   

Contribution of capital

    —          1,617.0        —          —          —          1,617.0        —          1,617.0   

Employee share-based payments

    —          25.6        —          —          —          25.6        —          25.6   

Contribution from noncontrolling interest, net

    —          —          —          —          —          —          103.4        103.4   

Deconsolidation of consolidated investment entities

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (282.4     (282.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

    —          15,334.0        (1,342.9     —          (13,024.1     967.0        1,194.2        2,161.2   

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

    —          —          —          297.2        —          297.2        —          297.2   

Comprehensive income (loss):

               

Net income (loss)

    —          —          —          —          (122.9     (122.9     (10.3     (133.2

Other comprehensive income, after tax

    —          —          2,316.2        —          —          2,316.2        —          2,316.2   
           

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

              2,193.3        (10.3     2,183.0   

Reclassification of noncontrolling interest

    —          —          —          (120.0     —          (120.0     120.0        —     

Contribution of capital

    —          3,482.8        —          —          —          3,482.8        —          3,482.8   

Employee share-based payments

    —          10.5        —          —          —          10.5        —          10.5   

Distribution to noncontrolling interest, net

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (66.9     (66.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    —          18,827.3        973.3        177.2        (13,147.0     6,830.8        1,237.0        8,067.8   

Comprehensive income (loss):

               

Net income (loss)

    —          —          —          —          (88.1     (88.1     190.9        102.8   

Other comprehensive income, after tax

    —          —          1,621.7        —          —          1,621.7        —          1,621.7   
           

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

              1,533.6        190.9        1,724.5   

Reclassification of noncontrolling interest

    —          —          —          (50.7     —          (50.7     50.7        —     

Contribution of capital

    —          3,979.7        —          —          —          3,979.7        —          3,979.7   

Employee share-based payments

    —          60.5        —          —          —          60.5        —          60.5   

Contribution from noncontrolling interest, net

    —          —          —          —          —          —          93.6        93.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ —        $ 22,867.5      $ 2,595.0      $ 126.5      $ (13,235.1   $ 12,353.9      $ 1,572.2      $ 13,926.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In millions)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 102.8      $ (133.2   $ (810.6

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Capitalization of deferred policy acquisition costs, value of business acquired, and sales inducements

     (692.2     (713.9     (916.6

Net amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, value of business acquired, and sales inducements

     401.0        848.7        1,315.9   

Net accretion/amortization of discount/premium

     133.4        144.6        (9.5

Future policy benefits, claims reserves, and interest credited

     2,946.0        644.6        1,962.6   

Provision for deferred income taxes

     236.6        600.1        (357.7

Net realized capital losses

     1,531.4        1,678.0        2,178.7   

Depreciation and amortization

     96.0        98.7        104.0   

Loss on conversion of debt to equity

     —          108.3        —     

(Gains) losses on consolidated investment entities

     (315.3     (80.4     337.0   

Losses on limited partnerships/corporations

     42.6        31.6        79.0   

Loss on divestment of businesses

     —          16.7        29.5   

Change in:

      

Accrued investment income

     (35.9     (71.4     39.9   

Reinsurance recoverable

     35.0        (171.9     144.7   

Other receivable and assets accruals

     12.1        7.8        (818.6

Other payables and accruals

     (293.2     (548.0     1,423.7   

Funds held under reinsurance agreements

     47.1        143.9        104.4   

Decrease (increase) in cash held by consolidated investment entities

     57.7        (123.8     34.3   

Other, net

     51.9        69.3        26.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     4,357.0        2,549.7        4,866.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

      

Proceeds from the sale, maturity, disposal or redemption of:

      

Fixed maturities

     17,312.4        20,554.6        23,328.5   

Equity securities, available-for-sale

     206.9        459.6        311.2   

Mortgage loans on real estate

     1,542.5        1,677.7        1,430.9   

Loan – Dutch State obligation

     505.6        519.9        454.5   

Limited partnerships/corporations

     121.3        173.9        194.7   

Acquisition of:

      

Fixed maturities

     (18,598.9     (24,788.4     (18,382.7

Equity securities, available-for-sale

     (52.7     (149.0     (101.2

Mortgage loans on real estate

     (2,057.9     (627.2     (234.5

Limited partnerships/corporations

     (156.4     (182.0     (84.9

Short-term investments, net

     (763.2     2,525.8        (3,493.4

Policy loans, net

     127.9        47.7        133.9   

Derivatives, net

     (1,216.7 )     (1,713.7     (4,422.7

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

(In millions)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Other investments

     (8.4     (33.7     62.6   

Sales from consolidated investment entities

     2,422.8        1,063.2        266.5   

Purchase of consolidated investment entities

     (3,044.6     (1,095.5     (229.4

Collateral received (delivered)

     756.7        (16.1     627.2   

Divestment sale of businesses, net of cash disposed of $57.5 in 2010 and $115.0 in 2009

     —          17.5        465.9   

Purchases of fixed assets, net

     (32.9     (34.7     (43.3

Other

     (16.1     (55.8     (2.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investment activities

     (2,951.7     (1,656.2     280.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

      

Deposits received for investment contracts

     16,571.1        11,731.3        13,397.1   

Maturities and withdrawals from investment contracts

     (16,746.6     (13,207.8     (21,215.9

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     606.5        265.1        1,544.1   

Repayment of long-term debt

     (573.8     (1,538.2     (1,745.6

Short-term debt, net

     (1,905.0     707.7        299.6   

Borrowings of consolidated investment entities

     138.9        168.3        178.5   

Repayments of debt of consolidated investment entities

     (121.4     (40.0     (189.9

Contributions from (distributions to) partners in consolidated investment entities

     647.7        (8.5     21.2   

Contribution of capital

     —          374.5        1,617.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (1,382.6     (1,547.6     (6,093.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     22.7        (654.1     (946.2

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     615.3        1,269.4        2,215.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 638.0      $ 615.3      $ 1,269.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

      

Income taxes paid, net

   $ 17.6      $ 42.3      $ 70.6   

Interest paid

     191.4        585.0        695.0   

Non-cash investment and financing activities:

      

Debt extinguishment

   $ 3,979.7      $ 3,000.0      $ —     

Capital contribution

     3,979.7        3,108.3        —     

Non-cash transfer Alt-A

     —          —          3,713.5   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

1. Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies

Business

ING U.S., Inc. (name changed from ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc.) is a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Insurance International B.V., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Verzekeringen N.V. (“ING Insurance”), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Insurance Topholding N.V., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Groep N.V. (“ING Group” or “ING”), the ultimate parent company. ING is a global financial services holding company based in The Netherlands, with American Depository Shares listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ING”.

ING U.S., Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively “the Company”) is a financial services organization in the United States that offers a broad range of retirement services, life insurance, annuities, mutual funds, group insurance and supplemental health products, guaranteed investment contracts, funding agreements, and investment management services.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of ING U.S., Inc. and its subsidiaries, as well as partnerships in which the Company has control and variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. See the “Consolidation” section below and the Consolidated Investment Entities note to these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Significant Accounting Policies

Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Those estimates are inherently subject to change and actual results could differ from those estimates.

The Company has identified the following accounts and policies as significant in that they involve a higher degree of judgment, are subject to a significant degree of variability, and contain accounting estimates:

Reserves for future policy benefits, valuation and amortization of deferred acquisition costs (“DAC”) and value of business acquired (“VOBA”), valuation of investments and derivatives, impairments, income taxes, contingencies, and employee benefit plans.

Consolidation

The Company consolidates entities in which it, directly or indirectly, is determined to have a controlling financial interest.

VIEs : The Company consolidates VIEs for which it is the primary beneficiary. An entity is a VIE if it has equity investors who lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or it does not have sufficient equity at risk to finance its expected activities without additional subordinated financial support from other

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

parties. The primary beneficiary (i) has the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance, and (ii) has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the entity.

VOEs : For entities determined not to be VIEs, the Company consolidates entities in which it has an equity investment of greater than 50% and has control over significant operating, financial and investing decisions of the entity. Additionally, the Company consolidates entities in which the Company is a substantive, controlling general partner, and the limited partners have no substantive rights to impact ongoing governance and operating activities of the partnership.

The Company provides investment management services to, and has transactions with, various collateralized loan obligations (“CLO” or “CLO entities”), private equity funds, real estate funds, fund-of-hedge funds, single strategy hedge funds, insurance entities, securitizations, and other investment entities in the normal course of business. In certain instances, the Company serves as the investment manager, making day-to-day investment decisions concerning the assets of these entities. These entities are considered to be either VIEs or VOEs, and the Company evaluates its involvement with each entity to determine whether consolidation is required. The Company consolidates entities that are considered to be VIEs, and for which the Company is considered to be the primary beneficiary.

For certain investment funds after January 1, 2010, and all entities prior to January 1, 2010, the determination is based on previous consolidation guidelines, which require an analysis to determine whether (a) an entity in which the Company holds a variable interest is a VIE, and (b) the Company’s involvement, through holding interests directly or indirectly in the entity or contractually through other variable interests (e.g., management fees), would be expected to absorb a majority of the entity’s expected losses or receive a majority of residual returns in the entity, or both.

The determination of whether an entity in which the Company holds a variable interest is a VIE requires judgments, which include determining whether the equity investment at risk is sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, evaluating whether the equity holders, as a group, can make decisions that have a significant effect on the success of the entity, determining whether two or more parties’ equity interests should be aggregated, and determining whether the equity investors have proportionate voting rights to their obligations to absorb losses or rights to receive returns from an entity. The Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE at the time it becomes involved with a VIE. Consolidation conclusions are reviewed quarterly to identify whether any reconsideration events have occurred, which would require detailed reassessment of the VIE status.

The Company has elected to apply the fair value option (“FVO”) for financial assets and financial liabilities held by consolidated CLO entities and continues to measure these assets (primarily senior bank and corporate loans) and liabilities (debt obligations issued by CLO entities) at fair value in subsequent periods. The Company has elected the FVO to more closely align its accounting with the economics of its transactions. This election allows the Company to more effectively align changes in the fair value of CLO assets with a commensurate change in the fair value of CLO liabilities.

See the “Adoption of New Pronouncements” section below and the Consolidated Investment Entities note to these Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the Company’s consolidated variable interests.

Fair Value Measurement

The Company measures the fair value of its financial assets and liabilities based on assumptions used by market participants in pricing the asset or liability, which may include inherent risk, restrictions on the sale or use of an

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

asset, or non-performance risk, including the Company’s own credit risk. The estimate of an exchange price is the price in an orderly transaction between market participants to sell the asset or transfer the liability (“exit price”) in the principal market, or the most advantageous market in the absence of a principal market, for that asset or liability. The Company utilizes a number of valuation sources to determine the fair values of its financial assets and liabilities, including quoted market prices, third-party commercial pricing services, third-party brokers, and industry-standard, vendor-provided software that models the value based on market observable inputs, and other internal modeling techniques based on projected cash flows.

The Company categorizes its financial instruments into a three-level hierarchy based on the priority of the inputs to the valuation technique. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). If the inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the category level is based on the lowest priority level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the instrument. Financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets are categorized as follows:

 

   

Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market. The Company defines an active market as a market in which transactions take place with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

 

   

Level 2 – Quoted prices in markets that are not active or valuation techniques that require inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include the following:

 

   

Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

 

   

Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets;

 

   

Inputs other than quoted market prices that are observable; and

 

   

Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data through correlation or other means.

 

   

Level 3 – Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. These valuations, whether derived internally or obtained from a third-party, use critical assumptions that are not widely available to estimate market participant expectations in valuing the asset or liability.

When available, the estimated fair value of financial instruments is based on quoted prices in active markets that are readily and regularly obtainable. When quoted prices in active markets are not available, the determination of estimated fair value is based on market standard valuation methodologies, including discounted cash flow methodologies, matrix pricing, or other similar techniques. See the Fair Value Measurements note to these Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the fair value of specific financial assets and liabilities.

Investments

The accounting policies for the Company’s principal investments are as follows:

Fixed Maturities and Equity Securities : The Company’s fixed maturities and equity securities are currently designated as available-for-sale, except those accounted for using the FVO. Available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value and unrealized capital gains (losses) on these securities are recorded directly in

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”), and presented net of related changes in DAC, VOBA, and deferred income taxes. In addition, certain fixed maturities have embedded derivatives, which are reported with the host contract on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company has elected the FVO for certain of its fixed maturities to better match measurement of assets and liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Certain collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), primarily interest-only and principal-only strips, are accounted for as hybrid instruments and valued at fair value with changes in the fair value recorded in Other net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Purchases and sales of fixed maturities and equity securities, excluding private placements, are recorded on the trade date. Purchases and sales of private placements and mortgage loans are recorded on the closing date. Investment gains and losses on sales of securities are generally determined on a first-in-first-out (“FIFO”) basis.

Interest income on fixed maturities is recorded when earned using an effective yield method, giving effect to amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Dividends on equity securities are recorded when declared. Such dividends and interest income are recorded in Net investment income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Included within fixed maturities are loan-backed securities, including residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”), commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”), and asset-backed securities (“ABS”). Amortization of the premium or discount from the purchase of these securities considers the estimated timing and amount of prepayments of the underlying loans. Actual prepayment experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the actual prepayments received and currently anticipated. Prepayment assumptions for single class and multi-class mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) and ABS are estimated by management using inputs obtained from third-party specialists, including broker-dealers, and based on management’s knowledge of the current market. For credit-sensitive MBS and ABS, and certain prepayment-sensitive securities, the effective yield is recalculated on a prospective basis.

For all other MBS and ABS, the effective yield is recalculated on a retrospective basis.

Short-term Investments : Short-term investments include investments with remaining maturities of one year or less, but greater than three months, at the time of purchase. These investments are stated at fair value.

Assets Held in Separate Accounts : Assets held in separate accounts are reported at the fair values of the underlying investments in the separate accounts. The underlying investments include mutual funds, short-term investments, cash, and fixed maturities.

Mortgage Loans on Real Estate : The Company’s mortgage loans on real estate are all commercial mortgage loans, which are reported at amortized cost, less impairment write-downs and allowance for losses. If a mortgage loan is determined to be impaired (i.e., when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement), the carrying value of the mortgage loan is reduced to the lower of either the present value of expected cash flows from the loan discounted at the loan’s original purchase yield or fair value of the collateral. For those mortgages that are determined to require foreclosure, the carrying value is reduced to the fair value of the underlying collateral, net of estimated costs to obtain and sell at the point of foreclosure. The carrying value of the impaired loans is reduced by establishing a permanent write-

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

down recorded in Other net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Property obtained from foreclosed mortgage loans is recorded in Other investments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Mortgage loans are evaluated by the Company’s investment professionals, including an appraisal of loan-specific credit quality, property characteristics, and market trends. Loan performance is continuously monitored on a loan-specific basis throughout the year. The Company’s review includes submitted appraisals, operating statements, rent revenues, and annual inspection reports, among other items. This review evaluates whether the properties are performing at a consistent and acceptable level to secure the debt.

Mortgages are rated for the purpose of quantifying the level of risk. Those loans with higher risk are placed on a watch list and are closely monitored for collateral deficiency or other credit events that may lead to a potential loss of principal or interest. The Company defines delinquent mortgage loans consistent with industry practice as 60 days past due.

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest income until a loan becomes 90 days delinquent or foreclosure proceedings are commenced, at which point interest accrual is discontinued. Interest accrual is not resumed until the loan is brought current.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, mortgage loans are held-for-investment. The Company diversifies its mortgage loan portfolio by geographic region and property type to reduce concentration risk. The Company manages risk when originating mortgage loans by generally lending only up to 75% of the estimated fair value of the underlying real estate.

The Company records an allowance for probable incurred, but not specifically identified losses.

Loan – Dutch State Obligation : The reported value of The State of the Netherlands (the “Dutch State”) loan obligation is based on the outstanding loan balance, plus any unamortized premium.

Policy Loans : The reported value of policy loans is equal to the carrying value of the loans. Interest income on such loans is recorded as earned in Net investment income using the contractually agreed upon interest rate. Generally, interest is capitalized on the policy’s anniversary date. Valuation allowances are not established for policy loans, as these loans are collateralized by the cash surrender value of the associated insurance contracts. Any unpaid principal or interest on the loan is deducted from the account value or the death benefit prior to settlement of the policy.

Limited Partnerships/Corporations : The Company uses the equity method of accounting for investments in limited partnership interests that are not consolidated. This asset group consists primarily of private equities, hedge funds, and VIEs. The Company records its share of earnings using a lag methodology, relying upon the most recent financial information available, generally not to exceed three months, where the contractual right exists to receive such financial information on a timely basis. The Company’s equity in earnings from limited partnership interests accounted for under the equity method is recorded in Net investment income.

Other Investments : Other investments are comprised primarily of Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock and property obtained from foreclosed mortgage loans, as well as other miscellaneous investments. The Company is a member of the FHLB system and is required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Cash dividends are

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

reported as Net investment income. The carrying value of the stock was $172.9 and $158.4 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Securities Lending : The Company engages in securities lending whereby certain domestic securities from its portfolio are loaned to other institutions for short periods of time. Initial collateral, primarily cash, is required at a rate of 102% of the market value of the loaned securities. For portions of the program, the lending agent retains 5% of the collateral deposited by the borrower and transfers the remaining 95% to the Company. For other portions of the program, the lending agent retains the cash collateral. Collateral retained by the agent is invested in liquid assets on behalf of the Company. The market value of the loaned securities is monitored on a daily basis with additional collateral obtained or refunded as the market value of the loaned securities fluctuates.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value of loaned securities was $1.0 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, and is included in Securities pledged on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Cash collateral received by the Company is included in Cash and cash equivalents or Invested assets to the extent it is reinvested. Collateral retained by the lending agent and invested in liquid assets on behalf of the Company is recorded in Short-term investments under securities loan agreement, including collateral delivered. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, liabilities to return collateral of $1.0 billion and $2.3 billion, respectively are included in Short-term debt and Payables under securities loan agreement, including collateral held on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Corporate Loans: Corporate loans held by consolidated CLO entities are reported in Corporate loans, at fair value using the FVO, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Changes in the fair value of the loans are recorded in Changes in fair value related to collateralized loan obligations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The fair values for corporate loans are determined using independent commercial pricing services. In the event that the third-party pricing source is unable to price an investment (which occurs in less than 2% of the loans), other relevant factors are considered including:

 

  i. Information relating to the market for the asset, including price quotations for and trading in the asset or in similar investments and the market environment and investor attitudes towards the asset and interests in similar investments;

 

  ii. The characteristics of and fundamental analytical data relating to the investment, including the cost, current interest rate, period until next interest rate reset, maturity and base lending rate, the terms and conditions of the corporate loan and any related agreements, and the position of the corporate loan in the borrower’s debt structure;

 

  iii. The nature, adequacy, and value of the corporate loan’s collateral, including the CLO’s rights, remedies, and interests with respect to the collateral;

 

  iv. The creditworthiness of the borrower, based on an evaluation of its financial condition, financial statements, and information about the business, cash flows, capital structure, and future prospects;

 

  v. The reputation and financial condition of the agent and any intermediate participants in the corporate loan; and

 

  vi. General economic and market conditions affecting the fair value of the corporate loan.

Other-than-temporary Impairments

The Company periodically evaluates its available-for-sale general account investments to determine whether there has been an other-than-temporary decline in fair value below the amortized cost basis. Factors considered in this analysis include, but are not limited to, the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

less than amortized cost, the issuer’s financial condition and near-term prospects, future economic conditions and market forecasts, interest rate changes, and changes in ratings of the security. An extended and severe unrealized loss position on a fixed maturity may not have any impact on: (a) the ability of the issuer to service all scheduled interest and principal payments, and (b) the evaluation of recoverability of all contractual cash flows or the ability to recover an amount at least equal to its amortized cost based on the present value of the expected future cash flows to be collected. In contrast, for certain equity securities, the Company gives greater weight and consideration to a decline in market value and the likelihood such market value decline will recover.

Prior to April 1, 2009, the Company recognized in earnings an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) for a fixed maturity in an unrealized loss position, unless it could assert that it had both the intent and ability to hold the fixed maturity for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery of estimated fair value to the security’s amortized cost. The entire difference between the fixed maturity’s amortized cost basis and its estimated fair value was recognized in earnings if the security was determined to have an OTTI.

There was no change in guidance for equity securities which, when an OTTI has occurred, continue to be impaired for the entire difference between the equity security’s cost and its estimated fair value.

Effective April 1, 2009, the Company prospectively adopted guidance on the recognition and presentation of an OTTI losses (see the “Adoption of New Pronouncements” section below). When assessing the Company’s intent to sell a security or if it is more likely than not it will be required to sell a security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, management evaluates facts and circumstances such as, but not limited to, decisions to rebalance the investment portfolio and sales of investments to meet cash flow or capital needs.

When the Company has determined it has the intent to sell or if it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell a security before recovery of its amortized cost basis and the fair value has declined below amortized cost (“intent impairment”), the individual security is written down from amortized cost to fair value, and a corresponding charge is recorded in Net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as an OTTI. If the Company does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, but the Company has determined that there has been an other-than-temporary decline in fair value below the amortized cost basis, the OTTI is bifurcated into the amount representing the present value of the decrease in cash flows expected to be collected (“credit impairment”) and the amount related to other factors (“noncredit impairment”). The credit impairment is recorded in Net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The noncredit impairment is recorded in Other comprehensive income (loss) on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company uses the following methodology and significant inputs to determine the amount of the OTTI credit loss:

 

   

The Company calculates the recovery value by performing a discounted cash flow analysis based on the present value of future cash flows expected to be received. The discount rate is generally the effective interest rate of the fixed maturity prior to impairment.

 

   

When determining collectability and the period over which the value is expected to recover, the Company applies the same considerations utilized in its overall impairment evaluation process, which incorporates information regarding the specific security, the industry and geographic area in which the issuer operates, and overall macroeconomic conditions. Projected future cash flows are estimated using assumptions derived from the Company’s best estimates of likely scenario-based outcomes, after giving consideration to a variety of variables that includes, but is not limited to: general payment terms of the security; the likelihood that the issuer can service the scheduled interest and principal payments;

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

the quality and amount of any credit enhancements; the security’s position within the capital structure of the issuer; possible corporate restructurings or asset sales by the issuer; and changes to the rating of the security or the issuer by rating agencies.

 

   

Additional considerations are made when assessing the unique features that apply to certain structured securities such as RMBS, CMBS, and ABS. These additional factors for structured securities include, but are not limited to: the quality of underlying collateral; expected prepayment speeds; current and forecasted loss severity; and the payment priority within the tranche structure of the security.

 

   

When determining the amount of the credit loss for U.S. and foreign corporate securities, foreign government securities, and state and political subdivision securities, the Company considers the estimated fair value as the recovery value when available information does not indicate that another value is more appropriate. When information is identified that indicates a recovery value other than estimated fair value, the Company considers in the determination of recovery value the same considerations utilized in its overall impairment evaluation process, which incorporates available information and the Company’s best estimate of scenarios-based outcomes regarding the specific security and issuer; possible corporate restructurings or asset sales by the issuer; the quality and amount of any credit enhancements; the security’s position within the capital structure of the issuer; fundamentals of the industry and geographic area in which the security issuer operates, and the overall macroeconomic conditions.

In periods subsequent to the recognition of the credit related impairment components of OTTI on a fixed maturity through Net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, the Company accounts for the impaired security as if it had been purchased on the measurement date of the impairment. Accordingly, the discount (or reduced premium) based on the new cost basis is accreted into net investment income over the remaining term of the fixed maturity in a prospective manner based on the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows.

Derivatives

The Company’s use of derivatives is limited mainly to economic hedging to reduce the Company’s exposure to cash flow variability of assets and liabilities, interest rate risk, credit risk, exchange rate risk, and market risk. It is the Company’s policy not to offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments and fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral or the obligation to return cash collateral arising from derivative instruments recognized at fair value executed with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement.

The Company enters into interest rate, equity market, credit default, and currency contracts, including swaps, futures, forwards, caps, floors, and options, to reduce and manage various risks associated with changes in value, yield, price, cash flow, or exchange rates of assets or liabilities held or intended to be held, or to assume or reduce credit exposure associated with a referenced asset, index, or pool. The Company also utilizes options and futures on equity indices to reduce and manage risks associated with its annuity products. Open derivative contracts are reported as Derivatives assets or liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded in Net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

To qualify for hedge accounting, at the inception of the hedging relationship, the Company formally documents its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedging transaction, as well as its designation of the hedge as either (i) a hedge of the exposure to changes in the estimated fair value of a recognized asset or

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

liability (“fair value hedge”); or (ii) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”). In this documentation, the Company sets forth how the hedging instrument is expected to hedge the designated risks related to the hedged item and sets forth the method that will be used to retrospectively and prospectively assess the hedging instrument’s effectiveness and the method which will be used to measure ineffectiveness. A derivative designated as a hedging instrument must be assessed as being highly effective in offsetting the designated risk of the hedged item. Hedge effectiveness is formally assessed at inception and periodically throughout the life of the designated hedging relationship.

 

   

Fair Value Hedge Relationship : For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge (e.g., hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset or a liability or an identified portion thereof that is attributable to a particular risk), the gain or loss on the derivative instrument, as well as the hedged item, to the extent of the risk being hedged, are recognized in Other net realized capital gains (losses).

 

   

Cash Flow Hedge Relationship : For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge (e.g., hedging the exposure to the variability in expected future cash flows that is attributable to interest rate risk), the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of AOCI and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction impacts earnings in the same line item associated with the forecasted transaction. The ineffective portion of the derivative’s change in value, if any, along with any of the derivative’s change in value that is excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness, are recorded in Other net realized capital gains (losses).

When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative is no longer expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in the estimated fair value or cash flows of a hedged item, the derivative continues to be carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at its estimated fair value, with subsequent changes in estimated fair value recognized immediately in Other net realized capital gains (losses). The carrying value of the hedged asset or liability under a fair value hedge is no longer adjusted for changes in its estimated fair value due to the hedged risk, and the cumulative adjustment to its carrying value is amortized into income over the remaining life of the hedged item. Provided the hedged forecasted transaction is still probable of occurrence, the changes in estimated fair value of derivatives recorded in Other comprehensive income (loss) related to discontinued cash flow hedges are released into the Consolidated Statements of Operations when the Company’s earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the hedged item.

When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is no longer probable that the forecasted transactions will occur on the anticipated date or within two months of that date, the derivative continues to be carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at its estimated fair value, with changes in estimated fair value recognized currently in Other net realized capital gains (losses). Derivative gains and losses recorded in Other comprehensive income (loss) pursuant to the discontinued cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction that is no longer probable are recognized immediately in Other net realized capital gains (losses).

If the Company’s current debt and claims paying ratings were downgraded in the future, the terms in the Company’s derivative agreements may be triggered, which could negatively impact overall liquidity. For the majority of the Company’s counterparties, there is a termination event should the Company’s long-term debt ratings drop below BBB+/Baal.

The carrying amounts for these financial instruments, which can be assets or liabilities, reflect the fair value of the assets and liabilities.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The Company also has investments in certain fixed maturities, and has issued certain annuity products, that contain embedded derivatives whose fair value is at least partially determined by levels of or changes in domestic and/or foreign interest rates (short-term or long-term), exchange rates, prepayment rates, equity markets, or credit ratings/spreads. Embedded derivatives within fixed maturities are included with the host contract on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and changes in fair value of the embedded derivatives are recorded in Other net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Embedded derivatives within annuity products are included in Future policy benefits on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and changes in the fair value of the embedded derivatives are recorded in Other net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In addition, the Company has entered into a coinsurance with funds withheld arrangement that contains an embedded derivative whose fair value is based on the change in the fair value of the underlying assets held in trust. The embedded derivative within the coinsurance arrangement is included in Funds held under reinsurance arrangements on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and changes in the fair value of the embedded derivative are recorded in Policyholder benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, and other highly liquid investments, such as money market instruments and debt instruments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at fair value. Cash and cash equivalents of VIEs and VOEs are not available for general use by the Company.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and included in Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Expenditures for replacements and major improvements are capitalized; maintenance and repair expenditures are expensed as incurred. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, total cost basis was $501.7 and $499.8, respectively. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, total accumulated depreciation was $316.1 and $304.5, respectively. Related depreciation expense was $36.2, $34.2, and $34.3 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and included in Operating expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Depreciation on property and equipment is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets with the exception of land and artwork, which are not depreciated.

The Company’s property and equipment are depreciated using the following estimated useful lives:

 

    

Estimated Useful Lives

Buildings

   40 years

Furniture and fixtures

   5 years

Leasehold improvements

   10 years, or the life of the lease, whichever is shorter

Equipment

   3 years

Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Value of Business Acquired

DAC represents policy acquisition costs that have been capitalized and are subject to amortization and interest. Capitalized costs are incremental, direct costs of contract acquisition, as well as certain costs related directly to successful acquisition activities. Such costs consist principally of certain commissions, underwriting, sales, and contract issuance and processing expenses directly related to the successful acquisition of new and renewal

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

business. Indirect or unsuccessful acquisition costs, maintenance, product development and overhead expenses are charged to expense as incurred. VOBA represents the outstanding value of in force business acquired and is subject to amortization and interest. The value is based on the present value of estimated net cash flows embedded in the insurance contracts at the time of the acquisition and increased for subsequent deferrable expenses on purchased policies.

Amortization Methodologies

Generally, the Company amortizes DAC and VOBA related to traditional contracts (term insurance, non-participating whole life insurance, and traditional group life insurance) and certain accident and health insurance over the entire premium payment period in proportion to the present value of expected gross premiums. Assumptions as to mortality, morbidity, persistency, and interest rates, which include provisions for adverse deviation, are consistent with the assumptions used to calculate reserves for future policy benefits. These assumptions are “locked-in” at issue and not revised unless the DAC or VOBA balance is deemed to be unrecoverable from future expected profits. Absent such a premium deficiency, variability in amortization after policy issuance or acquisition relates only to variability in premium volumes. If a premium deficiency, or loss recognition, is deemed to be present, charges will be applied against the DAC and VOBA balances before an additional reserve is established. DAC recoverability testing is performed for current issue year products to determine if net premiums are sufficient to cover estimated benefits and expenses.

Generally, the Company amortizes DAC and VOBA related to fixed and variable universal life contracts, variable deferred annuity contracts, and fixed deferred annuity contracts over the estimated lives of the contracts in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits. Assumptions as to mortality, persistency, interest crediting rates, fee income, returns associated with separate account performance, impact of hedge performance, expenses to administer the business, and certain economic variables, such as inflation, are based on the Company’s experience and overall capital markets. At each valuation date, estimated gross profits are updated with actual gross profits and the assumptions underlying future estimated gross profits are evaluated for continued reasonableness. Adjustments to estimated gross profits require that amortization rates be revised retroactively to the date of the contract issuance (“unlocking”).

For variable deferred annuity contracts within Closed Block Variable Annuity, the Company amortizes DAC and VOBA in relation to the emergence of estimated gross revenue.

The Company also reviews the estimated gross profits for each block of business to determine the recoverability of DAC and VOBA balances each period. DAC and VOBA are deemed to be recoverable if the estimated gross profits exceed these balances.

Assumptions

Changes in assumptions can have a significant impact on DAC and VOBA balances and amortization rates. Amortization of deferred sales inducements and recognition of unearned revenue (“URR”) on these products (see respective sections below) are also impacted by changes in assumptions.

Several assumptions are considered significant in the estimation of future gross profits associated with the Company’s variable products. One significant assumption is the assumed return associated with the variable account performance. To reflect the volatility in the equity markets, this assumption involves a combination of near-term expectations and long-term assumptions regarding market performance. The overall return on the variable account is dependent on multiple factors, including the relative mix of the underlying sub-accounts

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

among bond funds and equity funds, as well as equity sector weightings. The Company practice assumes that intermediate-term appreciation in equity markets reverts to the long-term appreciation in equity markets (“reversion to the mean”). The Company monitors market events and only changes the assumption when sustained deviations are expected. This methodology incorporates a 9% long-term equity return assumption, a 14% cap, and a five-year lookforward period. The reversion to the mean methodology was implemented prospectively on January 1, 2011.

Prior to January 1, 2011, the Company utilized a static long-term equity return assumption for projecting account balance growth in all future years. This return assumption was reviewed annually or more frequently, if deemed necessary. Actual returns that were higher than long-term expectations produced higher contract owner account balances, which increased future fee expectations and decreased future benefit payment expectations on minimum death and living benefit guarantees, resulting in higher expected gross revenues and gross profits. The opposite result occurred when returns were lower than long-term expectations.

Other significant assumptions include estimated policyholder behavior assumptions, such as surrender, lapse, and annuitization rates. Estimated gross revenues and gross profits of variable annuity contracts are sensitive to these assumptions.

Contract owners may periodically exchange one contract for another, or make modifications to an existing contract. These transactions are identified as internal replacements. Internal replacements that are determined to result in substantially unchanged contracts are accounted for as continuations of the replaced contracts. Any costs associated with the issuance of the new contracts are considered maintenance costs and expensed as incurred. Unamortized DAC and VOBA related to the replaced contracts continue to be deferred and amortized in connection with the new contracts. Internal replacements that are determined to result in contracts that are substantially changed are accounted for as extinguishments of the replaced contracts, and any unamortized DAC and VOBA related to the replaced contracts are written off to Net amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Sales Inducements

Sales inducements represent benefits paid to contract owners for a specified period that are incremental to the amounts the Company credits on similar contracts and are higher than the contract’s expected ongoing crediting rates for periods after the inducement. The Company defers sales inducements and amortizes them over the life of the policy using the same methodology and assumptions used to amortize DAC. The amortization of sales inducements is included in Interest credited to contract owners’ account balances in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Each year, or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potentially significant recoverability issue exists, the Company reviews the deferred sales inducements to determine the recoverability of these balances.

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company capitalized $39.9, $55.0, and $76.3, respectively, of sales inducements. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company amortized $14.0, $102.1, and $263.6, respectively, of sales inducements.

Future Policy Benefits and Contract Owner Accounts

Reserves

The Company establishes and carries actuarially-determined reserves that are calculated to meet its future obligations under insurance policies, including traditional life insurance, traditional annuities, and certain

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

accident and health insurance. Reserves also include estimates of unpaid claims as well as claims that the Company believes have been incurred but have not yet been reported as of the balance sheet date. The principal assumptions used to establish liabilities for future policy benefits are based on Company experience and periodically reviewed against industry standards. These assumptions include mortality, morbidity, policy lapse, renewal, retirement, investment returns, inflation, benefit utilization and expenses. Changes in, or deviations from, the assumptions used can significantly affect the Company’s reserve levels and related future operations.

 

   

Reserves for traditional life insurance contracts (mainly term insurance, non-participating whole life insurance, and traditional group life insurance) and accident and health insurance represent the present value of future benefits to be paid to or on behalf of contract owners and related expenses, less the present value of future net premiums. Assumptions as to interest rates, mortality, expenses, and persistency are based upon the Company’s experience at the period the policy is sold, including a margin for adverse deviation. Interest rates used to calculate the present value of these reserves ranged from 2.5% to 7.7%.

 

   

Reserves for individual and group traditional fixed annuities after annuitization and individual immediate annuities with life contingent payout benefits are equal to the present value of expected future payments. Assumptions as to interest rates, mortality, and expenses are based upon the Company’s experience at the period the policy is sold, including a margin for adverse deviation. Such assumptions generally vary by annuity plan type, year of issue, and policy duration. Interest rates used to calculate the present value of future benefits ranged from 3.0% to 7.5%.

Although assumptions are “locked-in” upon the issuance of traditional life insurance, immediate annuities with life contingent payout benefits, certain accident and health insurance, and for traditional fixed annuities after annuitization, significant changes in experience or assumptions may require the Company to provide for expected future losses on a product by establishing premium deficiency reserves. Premium deficiency reserves are determined based on best estimate assumptions that exist at the time the premium deficiency reserve is established and do not include a margin for adverse deviation. Reserves are recorded in Future policy benefits on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Contract Owner Accounts

Contract owner account balances relate to investment-type contracts, such as guaranteed investment contracts and funding agreements, universal life-type contracts, and certain fixed-indexed annuity (“FIA”) contracts.

 

   

Reserves for guaranteed investment contracts and funding agreements are calculated using the amount deposited with the Company, less withdrawals, plus interest accrued to the ending valuation date. Interest on these contracts is accrued by a predetermined index, plus a spread or a fixed rate, established at the issue date of the contract.

 

   

Account balances for individual and group deferred annuity investment contracts and individual immediate annuities without life contingent payouts, are equal to cumulative deposits, less charges and withdrawals, plus credited interest thereon. Credited interest rates vary by product and ranged up to 8.0% for the years 2011, 2010, and 2009. Reserves for group immediate annuities without life contingent payouts are equal to the discounted value of the payment at the implied break-even rate.

 

   

For FIAs, the aggregate initial liability is equal to the deposit received, plus a bonus, if applicable, and is split into a host component and an embedded derivative component. Thereafter, the host liability accumulates at a set interest rate, and the embedded derivative liability is recognized at fair value.

 

   

Account balances for universal life policies, including variable universal life and indexed universal life products, are equal to cumulative deposits, less charges and withdrawals and account values released upon death, plus credited interest theron.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Additional Reserves

The Company calculates additional reserve liabilities for universal life products with secondary and paid-up guarantees and for certain variable annuity guaranteed benefits. The additional reserve for such products recognizes the portion of contract assessments received in early years used to compensate the Company for benefits provided in later years.

The Company calculates a benefit ratio for each block of business that meets the requirements for additional reserves and calculates an additional reserve by accumulating amounts equal to the benefit ratio multiplied by the assessments for each period, reduced by excess benefits during the period. The additional reserve is accumulated at interest rates consistent with the DAC model for the period. The calculated reserve includes a provision for universal life contracts with patterns of cost of insurance charges that produce expected gains from the insurance benefit function followed by losses from that function in later years.

The Company’s URR relates to variable universal life and universal life products and represents policy charges for services to be provided in future periods. The charges are deferred as unearned revenue and amortized over the expected life of that contract in proportion to the estimated gross profits in a manner consistent with DAC for these products. Additional reserves are recorded in Future policy benefits on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Guarantees

Reserves for universal and variable life secondary guarantees and paid-up guarantees are determined by estimating the expected value of death benefits payable when the account balance is projected to be zero and recognizing those benefits ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. Expected experience is based on a range of scenarios. Assumptions used, such as the interest rate, lapse rate, and mortality, are consistent with assumptions used in estimating gross profits for purposes of amortizing DAC, and are thus subject to the same variability and risk. The Company periodically evaluates estimates used and adjusts the additional liability balances if actual experience or other evidence suggests that earlier assumptions should be revised.

Reserves for guaranteed minimum death benefits (“GMDB”) and guaranteed minimum income benefits (“GMIB”) are determined by estimating the value of expected benefits in excess of the projected account balance and recognizing the excess ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. Expected experience is based on a range of scenarios. Assumptions used, such as near-term and long-term equity market return, lapse rate, and mortality, are consistent with assumptions used in estimating gross profits for purposes of amortizing DAC, and thus, are subject to the same variability and risk. The assumptions of investment performance and volatility are consistent with the historical experience of the appropriate underlying equity index, such as the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Index. In addition, the reserve for the GMIB guarantee incorporates an assumption for the percentage of the potential annuitizations that may be elected by the contract owner. In general, the Company assumes that GMIB annuitization rates will be higher for policies with more valuable (more “in the money”) guarantees. The Company periodically evaluates estimates used and adjusts the additional liability balance, with a related charge or credit to benefit expense, if actual experience or other evidence suggests that earlier assumptions should be revised. Changes in reserves for GMDB and GMIB are reported in Policyholder benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Most contracts issued on or before December 31, 1999 with enhanced death benefit guarantees were reinsured to third-party reinsurers to mitigate the risk associated with such guarantees. For contracts issued after December 31, 1999, the Company instituted a variable annuity guarantee hedging program to mitigate the risks

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

associated with these guarantees, for which the Company did not seek hedge accounting. The variable annuity guarantee hedging program is based on the Company entering into derivative positions to offset such exposures to GMDB due to adverse changes in the equity markets. A hedging program is also utilized to mitigate certain risks associated with GMIB contracts.

Guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits (“GMAB”), guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”), guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits with life payouts (“GMWBL”), and FIAs are considered embedded derivatives, which are measured at estimated fair value separately from the host annuity contract, with changes in estimated fair value, along with attributed fees collected or payments made, reported in Other net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

At inception of the GMAB, GMWB, and GMWBL contracts, the Company calculates projected attributed fees for the embedded derivative portion of the projected future guarantee equal to the present value of projected future guaranteed benefits.

The estimated fair value of the GMAB, GMWB, and GMWBL contracts is determined based on the present value of projected future guaranteed benefits, minus the present value of projected attributed fees. A risk neutral valuation methodology is used under which the cash flows from the guarantees are projected under multiple capital market scenarios using observable risk free rates. The projection of future guaranteed benefits and future attributed fees require the use of assumptions for capital markets (e.g., implied volatilities, correlation among indices, risk-free swap curve, etc.) and policyholder behavior (e.g., lapse, benefit utilization, mortality, etc.). The projection also includes adjustments for the Company’s credit risk, or risk of nonperformance, and risk margins for non-capital market, or policyholder behavior assumptions. Risk margins are established to capture uncertainties related to policyholder behavior assumptions. The margin represents additional compensation a market participant would require to assume these risks.

The estimated fair value of the FIA embedded derivatives is based on the present value of the excess of interest payments to the contract holders over the minimum guaranteed interest rate. The excess interest payments are determined as the excess of projected index driven benefits over the projected guaranteed benefits. The projection horizon is over the anticipated life of the related contracts which takes into account best estimate actuarial assumptions, such as, partial withdrawals, full surrenders, deaths, annuitizations, maturities, etc. These projections also include adjustments for own credit risk, or risk of nonperformance and risk margins for non-capital market, or policyholder behavior, assumptions.

Products with guaranteed credited rates treat the guarantee as an embedded derivative for Stabilizer products and a stand-alone derivative for Managed custody guarantee (“MCG”) products. These derivatives are measured at estimated fair value with changes in estimated fair value, along with attributed fees collected, reported in Other net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The estimated fair value of the Stabilizer and MCG contracts is determined based on the present value of projected future claims, minus the present value of future guaranteed premiums. At inception of the contract the Company projects a guaranteed premium to be equal to the present value of the projected future claims. The income associated with the contracts is projected using actuarial and capital market assumptions, including benefits and related contract charges, over the anticipated life of the related contracts. The cash flow estimates are produced by using stochastic techniques under a variety of risk neutral scenarios and other best estimate assumptions. Explicit risk margins are included, as well as an explicit adjustment for nonperformance risks.

Nonperformance risk for product guarantees, products with guaranteed credited rates, and FIA contain adjustments to the fair value of these contracts based on the credit default swap spreads of ING Insurance with

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

similar term to maturity and priority of payment. The ING Insurance credit default spread is applied to the risk-free swap curve in the Company’s valuation models for these products and guarantees.

See the Reserves for Future Policy Benefits and the Guaranteed Benefit Features notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Separate Accounts

Separate account assets and liabilities generally represent funds maintained to meet specific investment objectives of contract owners who bear the investment risk, subject, in limited cases, to certain minimum guarantees. Investment income and investment gains and losses generally accrue directly to such contract owners. The assets of each account are legally segregated and are not subject to claims that arise out of any other business of the Company.

Separate account assets supporting variable options under variable annuity contracts are invested, as designated by the contract owner or participant (who bears the investment risk subject, in limited cases, to minimum guaranteed rates) under a contract, in shares of mutual funds that are managed by the Company, or in other selected mutual funds not managed by the Company.

The Company reports separately, as assets and liabilities, investments held in the separate accounts and liabilities of separate accounts if:

 

   

Such separate accounts are legally recognized;

 

   

Assets supporting the contract liabilities are legally insulated from the Company’s general account liabilities;

 

   

Investments are directed by the contract holder; and

 

   

All investment performance, net of contract fees and assessments, is passed through to the contract holder.

The Company reports separate account assets that meet the above criteria at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets based on the fair value of the underlying investments. Separate account liabilities equal separate account assets. Investment income and net realized and unrealized capital gains (losses) of the separate accounts, however, are not reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows do not reflect investment activity of the separate accounts.

Short-term and Long-term Debt

Short-term and long-term debt are carried at an amount equal to unpaid principal balance, net of any remaining unamortized discount or premium attributable to issuance. Discount or premium of debt-issuance costs are recognized as a component of Interest expense over the period the debt is expected to be outstanding, using the effective interest method of amortization.

CLO Notes

CLO notes issued by consolidated CLO entities are recorded as Collateralized loan obligations notes, at fair value using the FVO, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Changes in the fair value of the notes are recorded in Changes in fair value related to collateralized loan obligations in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Repurchase Agreements

The Company engages in dollar repurchase agreements with MBS (“dollar rolls”) and repurchase agreements with other collateral types to increase its return on investments and improve liquidity. Such arrangements meet the requirements to be accounted for as financing arrangements. The Company enters into dollar roll transactions by selling existing MBS and concurrently entering into an agreement to repurchase similar securities within a short time frame at a lower price. Under repurchase agreements, the Company borrows cash from a counterparty at an agreed upon interest rate for an agreed upon time frame and pledges collateral in the form of securities. At the end of the agreement, the counterparty returns the collateral to the Company, and the Company, in turn, repays the loan amount along with the additional agreed upon interest. Company policy requires that at all times during the term of the dollar roll and repurchase agreements that cash or other collateral types obtained is sufficient to allow the Company to fund substantially all of the cost of purchasing replacement assets. Cash received is invested in short-term investments, with the offsetting obligation to repay the loan included as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The carrying value of the securities pledged in dollar rolls and repurchase agreement transactions and the related repurchase obligation are included in Securities pledged and Short-term debt, respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the carrying value of the securities pledged in dollar rolls and repurchase agreement transactions, the related repurchase obligation, including accrued interest, and the collateral posted by the counterparty in connection with the change in the value of pledged securities that will be released upon settlement, were as follows:

 

     2011      2010  

Securities pledged

   $ —         $ 437.2   

Repurchase obligation

     —           425.8   

The Company also enters into reverse repurchase agreements. These transactions involve a purchase of securities and an agreement to sell substantially the same securities as those purchased. Company policy requires that, at all times during the term of the reverse repurchase agreements, cash or other collateral types provided is sufficient to allow the counterparty to fund substantially all of the cost of purchasing replacement assets. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company did not have any securities pledged under reverse repurchase agreements.

The primary risk associated with short-term collateralized borrowings is that the counterparty will be unable to perform under the terms of the contract. The Company’s exposure is limited to the excess of the net replacement cost of the securities over the value of the short-term investments. The Company believes the counterparties to the dollar rolls, repurchase, and reverse repurchase agreements are financially responsible and that the counterparty risk is minimal.

Recognition of Insurance Revenue and Related Benefits

Premiums related to traditional life and annuity policies with life contingencies are recognized as revenue when due from the contract owners. When premiums are due over a significantly shorter period than the period over which benefits are provided, any gross premium in excess of the net premium (i.e., the portion of the gross premium required to provide for all expected future benefits and expenses) is deferred and recognized into revenue in a constant relationship to insurance in force. Benefits are recorded as expense when incurred.

Amounts received as payment for investment-type and universal life-type contracts are reported as deposits to contract owner account balances. Revenues from these contracts consist primarily of fees assessed against the contract owner account balance for mortality and policy administration and are reported in Fee income. In

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

addition, the Company earns investment income from the investment of contract deposits in the Company’s general account portfolio. Fees assessed that represent compensation to the Company for services to be provided in future periods and certain other fees are deferred and amortized into revenue over the life of the related contracts in proportion to estimated gross profits. Benefits and expenses for these products include claims in excess of related account balances, expenses of contract administration, and interest credited to contract owner account balances.

Income Taxes

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return, which includes many of its subsidiaries, in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities are measured at the balance sheet date using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years the temporary differences are expected to reverse.

The Company evaluates and tests the recoverability of its deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets represent the tax benefit of future deductible temporary differences, operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Considerable judgment and the use of estimates are required in determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, and if so, the amount of such valuation allowance. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers many factors, including:

 

   

The nature and character of the deferred tax assets and liabilities;

 

   

The nature and character of income by life and non-life subgroups;

 

   

Income in non-U.S. companies;

 

   

Taxable income in prior carryback years;

 

   

Projected future taxable income, exclusive of reversing temporary differences;

 

   

Projected future reversals of existing temporary differences;

 

   

The length of time carryforwards can be utilized;

 

   

Carryforwards; and

 

   

Any prudent and feasible tax planning strategies the Company would employ to avoid a tax benefit from expiring unused.

The Company uses certain assumptions and estimates in determining the income taxes payable or refundable for the current year, the deferred income tax liabilities and assets for items recognized differently in its financial statements from amounts shown on its income tax returns, and the federal income tax expense. Determining these amounts requires analysis and interpretation of current tax laws and regulations, including the loss limitation rules associated with change in control. Management exercises considerable judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting income tax liabilities and assets. These judgments and estimates are reevaluated as regulatory and business factors change.

The Company determines whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained under examination by the appropriate taxing authority before any part of the benefit can be recognized in the financial statements. Tax

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

positions that do not meet the more likely than not standard are not recognized. Tax positions that meet this standard are recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company measures the tax position as the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate resolution with the tax authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.

Reinsurance

The Company utilizes reinsurance agreements in most aspects of its insurance business to reduce its exposure to large losses. Such reinsurance permits recovery of a portion of losses from reinsurers, although it does not discharge the primary liability of the Company as direct insurer of the risks reinsured.

For each of its reinsurance agreements, the Company determines whether the agreement provides indemnification against loss or liability relating to insurance risk. The Company reviews all contractual features, particularly those that may limit the amount of insurance risk to which the reinsurer is subject or features that delay the timely reimbursement of claims.

For reinsurance of long-duration contracts that transfer significant insurance risk, the difference, if any, between the amounts paid and benefits received related to the underlying contracts is included in the net cost of reinsurance. The expected net cost of reinsurance is recorded as a component of the reinsurance asset or liability. Any difference between actual and expected net cost of reinsurance is recognized in the current period and included as a component of profits used to amortize DAC.

For prospective reinsurance of short-duration contracts that meet the criteria for reinsurance accounting, amounts paid are recorded as ceded premiums and ceded unearned premiums and are reflected as a component of Premiums in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Such amounts are amortized through premiums over the remaining contract period in proportion to the amount of protection provided. For retroactive reinsurance of short-duration contracts that meet the criteria for reinsurance accounting, amounts paid in excess of the related insurance liabilities ceded are recognized immediately as a loss. Any gains on such retroactive agreements are deferred and recorded in Other liabilities. The gains are amortized over the remaining life of the underlying contracts.

The assumptions used to account for both long and short-duration reinsurance agreements are consistent with those used for the underlying contracts. Ceded contract owner liabilities are reported gross on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Amounts currently recoverable under reinsurance agreements are included in Reinsurance recoverable and amounts currently payable are included in Other liabilities. Such assets and liabilities relating to reinsurance agreements with the same reinsurer are recorded net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets if a right of offset exists within the reinsurance agreement. In the event that reinsurers do not meet their obligations to the Company under the terms of the reinsurance agreements, reinsurance balances recoverable could become uncollectible. In such instances, reinsurance recoverable balances are stated net of allowances for uncollectible reinsurance.

Premiums, Fee income, and Policyholder benefits are net of reinsurance ceded. Amounts received from reinsurers for policy administration are reported in Other revenue.

Accounting for reinsurance requires extensive use of assumptions and estimates, particularly related to the future performance of the underlying business and the potential impact of counterparty credit risks. The Company periodically reviews actual and anticipated experience compared to the assumptions used to establish assets and liabilities relating to ceded and assumed reinsurance. The Company also evaluates the financial strength of

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

potential reinsurers and continually monitors the financial condition of reinsurers. The S&P ratings for the Company’s reinsurers with the largest reinsurance recoverable balances are all A- rated or better. These reinsurers are: Lincoln National Corporation (“Lincoln”), Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America and Hannover Life Reassurance (Ireland) Limited (collectively, “Hannover Re”), and various subsidiaries of Reinsurance Group of America Incorporated (collectively, “RGA”). Only those reinsurance recoverable balances deemed probable of recovery are recognized as assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. See the Reinsurance note to these Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Employee Benefits Plans

Certain subsidiaries of the Company sponsor and/or administer various plans that provide defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefits covering eligible employees, sales representatives, and other individuals. The plans are generally funded through payments, determined by periodic actuarial calculations, to trustee-administered funds.

A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that defines an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service, and compensation. The liability recognized in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the projected pension benefit obligation (“PBO”) at the balance sheet date, less the fair value of plan assets, together with adjustments for unrecognized past service costs. This liability is included in Pension and other post-employment provisions on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The projected PBO is defined as the actuarially calculated present value of vested and non-vested pension benefits accrued based on future salary levels. The Company recognizes the funded status of the PBO for pension plans and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (“APBO”) for other postretirement plans on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Net periodic benefit cost is determined using management estimates and actuarial assumptions to derive service cost, interest cost, and expected return on plan assets for a particular year. The obligations and expenses associated with these plans require use of assumptions, such as the discount rate, expected rate of return on plan assets, rate of future compensation increases, healthcare cost trend rates, as well as assumptions regarding participant demographics such as age of retirements, withdrawal rates, and mortality. Management determines these assumptions based upon a variety of factors such as historical performance of the plan and its assets, currently available market and industry data, and expected benefit payout streams. The assumptions used may differ materially from actual results due to, among other factors, changing market and economic conditions and changes in participant demographics. These differences may have a significant effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and liquidity. Differences between the expected return and the actual return on these plan assets and actuarial gain/loss changes are immediately recognized in Operating expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

For post-retirement healthcare and other benefits to retirees, the entitlement to these benefits is usually conditional on the employee remaining in service up to retirement age and the completion of a minimum service period. The expected costs of these benefits are accrued in Other liabilities over the period of employment using an accounting methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension plans.

Share Based Compensation

Employees of the Company participate in various ING share-based compensation plans. The Company records compensation expense associated with stock options and other forms of equity compensation based on their fair values over the vesting period. Share-based compensation expense includes costs of employees who are directly associated with the operations of the Company.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Business Combinations

The Company recognizes the fair values of assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interests acquired in a business combination. The Company has not had any business combinations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Noncontrolling interest represents the interests of shareholders, other than the Company, in consolidated entities. In the Consolidated Statements of Operations, net earnings and losses attributable to noncontrolling interest represents such shareholders’ interest in the earnings and losses of those entities, or the attribution of results from consolidated VIEs or VOEs to which the Company is economically entitled.

Contingencies

A loss contingency is an existing condition, situation, or set of circumstances involving uncertainty as to possible loss that will ultimately be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. Examples of loss contingencies include pending or threatened adverse litigation, threat of expropriation of assets, and actual or possible claims and assessments. Amounts related to loss contingencies are accrued if it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated, based on the Company’s best estimate of the ultimate outcome. If determined to meet the criteria for a reserve, the Company also evaluates whether there are external legal or other costs directly associated with the resolution of the matter and accrues such costs if estimable.

Adoption of New Pronouncements

Financial Instruments

A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring

In April 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-02, “Receivables (Accounting Standards Codification™ (“ASC”) Topic 310): A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring” (“ASU 2011-02”), which clarifies the guidance on a creditor’s evaluation of whether it has granted a concession and whether the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties, as follows:

 

   

If a debtor does not have access to funds at a market rate for similar debt, the restructuring would be considered to be at a below-market rate;

 

   

An increase in the contractual interest rate does not preclude the restricting from being considered a concession, as the new rate could still be below the market interest rate;

 

   

A restructuring that results in a delay in payment that is insignificant is not a concession;

 

   

A creditor should evaluate whether it is probable that the debtor would be in payment default on any of its debt without the modification to determine if the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties; and

 

   

A creditor is precluded from using the effective interest rate test.

Also, ASU 2011-02 requires disclosure of certain information about troubled debt restructuring, which was previously deferred by ASU 2011-01.

The provisions of ASU 2011-02 were adopted by the Company on July 1, 2011, and applied retrospectively to January 1, 2011. The Company determined, however, that there was no effect on the Company’s financial

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

position, results of operations or cash flows upon adoption, as there were no troubled debt restructurings between January 1, 2011 and July 1, 2011. Additional disclosures are included in the Investments note to these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses

In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, “Receivables (ASC Topic 310): Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses” (“ASU 2010-20”), which requires certain existing disclosures to be disaggregated by class of financing receivable, including the rollforward of the allowance for credit losses, with the ending balance further disaggregated on the basis of impairment method. For each disaggregated ending balance, an entity also is required to disclose the related recorded investment in financing receivables, the nonaccrual status of financing receivables, and impaired financing receivables.

ASU 2010-20 also requires new disclosures by class of financing receivable, including credit quality indicators, aging of past due amounts, the nature and extent of troubled debt restructurings and related defaults, and significant purchases and sales of financing receivables disaggregated by portfolio segment.

In January 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-01, which temporarily delayed the effective date of the disclosures about troubled debt restructurings in ASU 2010-20.

The provisions of ASU 2010-20 were adopted by the Company on December 31, 2010, and are included in the Investments note to these Consolidated Financial Statements, as well as the “Reinsurance” section above, except for the disclosures about troubled debt restructurings included in ASU 2011-02, which was adopted by the Company on July 1, 2011 (see above). The disclosures that include information for activity that occurs during a reporting period were adopted by the Company on January 1, 2011 and are included in the Investment note to these Consolidated Financial Statements. As this pronouncement only pertains to additional disclosure, the adoption had no effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Scope Exception Related to Embedded Credit Derivatives

In March 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-11, “Derivatives and Hedging (ASC Topic 815): Scope Exception Related to Embedded Credit Derivatives” (“ASU 2010-11”), which clarifies that the only type of embedded credit derivatives that are exempt from bifurcation requirements are those that relate to the subordination of one financial instrument to another.

The provisions of ASU 2010-11 were adopted by the Company on July 1, 2010. The Company determined, however, that there was no effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows upon adoption, as the guidance is consistent with that previously applied by the Company.

Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved in Variable Interest Entities

In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-17, “Consolidations (ASC Topic 810): Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved in Variable Interest Entities” (“ASU 2009-17”), which amends the consolidation guidance for VIEs, as follows:

 

   

Eliminates the quantitative-based assessment for consolidation of VIEs and, instead, requires a qualitative assessment of whether an entity has the power to direct the VIEs activities, and whether the entity has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could be significant to the VIE;

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

   

Requires an ongoing reassessment of whether an entity is the primary beneficiary of a VIE; and

 

   

Requires enhanced disclosures, including (i) presentation on the balance sheet of assets and liabilities of consolidated VIEs that meet the separate presentation criteria and disclosure of assets and liabilities recognized on the balance sheet and (ii) the maximum exposure to loss for those VIEs in which a reporting entity is determined to not be the primary beneficiary but in which it has a variable interest.

In addition, in February 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-10, “Consolidations (ASC Topic 810): Amendments for Certain Investment Funds” (“ASU 2010-10”), which defers to ASU 2009-17 for a reporting entity’s interests in certain investment funds that have attributes of investment companies, for which the reporting entity does not have an obligation to fund losses, and that are not structured as securitization entities. The Company has determined that all of its managed funds, with the exception of certain CLOs, qualify for the deferral.

The provisions of ASU 2009-17 and ASU 2010-10 were adopted by the Company on January 1, 2010. As a result of adoption, the Company consolidated certain CLO investment entities managed by the Company on January 1, 2010, which increased total assets and total liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets by $1.7 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively, although the assets cannot be used by the Company, nor is the Company obligated for the debt. The difference in the fair value of assets and liabilities on January 1, 2010 of $297.2 was recorded in Appropriated Retained Earnings, which reflects elimination of the fair value of interests held by the Company. See the Consolidated Investment Entities note for the impact of the consolidation to these Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company applied the provisions of this guidance prospectively. As such, 2009 results and balances are not comparative to later periods. Additional disclosures relating to the Company’s involvement with VIEs are presented in the Consolidated Investment Entities note to these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Recognition and Presentation of Other-than-temporary Impairments

In April 2009, the FASB issued new guidance on recognition and presentation of OTTIs, included in ASC Topic 320, “Investments-Debt and Equity Securities”, which requires:

 

   

Noncredit related impairments to be recognized in Other comprehensive income (loss), if management asserts that it does not have the intent to sell the security and that it is not more likely than not that the entity will have to sell the security before recovery of the amortized cost basis;

 

   

Total OTTIs to be presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations with an offset recognized in AOCI for the noncredit related impairments;

 

   

A cumulative effect adjustment as of the beginning of the period of adoption to reclassify the noncredit component of a previously recognized OTTI from Retained earnings (deficit) to AOCI; and

 

   

Additional interim disclosures for debt and equity securities regarding types of securities held, unrealized losses, and OTTIs.

These provisions, as included in ASC Topic 320, were adopted by the Company on April 1, 2009. As a result of implementation, the Company recognized a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, resulting in an increase to Retained earnings of $897.9, net of DAC and income taxes, and decrease to Other comprehensive income of $512.9, net of DAC and income taxes, as of April 1, 2009. The net increase to total equity of $385.0 reflects the release of a tax valuation allowance upon adoption of this accounting policy standard. See the Investments note to these Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the Company’s OTTIs, including additional required disclosures.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

In March 2008, the FASB issued new guidance on disclosures about derivative instruments and hedging activities, included in ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”, which requires enhanced disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, fair value amounts of, and gains and losses on, derivative instruments, and credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements, including:

 

   

How and why derivative instruments are used;

 

   

How derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for; and

 

   

How derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial statements.

These provisions, as included in ASC Topic 815, were adopted by the Company on January 1, 2009, and are included in the “Derivative Financial Instruments” section above and the Fair Value Measurements note to these Consolidated Financial Statements. As the pronouncement only pertains to additional disclosure, the adoption had no effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets

In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-16, “Transfers and Servicing (ASC Topic 860): Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets” (“ASU 2009-16”), which eliminates the qualifying special purpose entity (“QSPE”) concept and requires a transferor of financial assets to:

 

   

Consider the transferor’s continuing involvement in assets, limiting the circumstances in which a financial asset should be derecognized when the transferor has not transferred the entire asset to an entity that is not consolidated;

 

   

Account for the transfer as a sale only if an entity transfers an entire financial asset and surrenders control, unless the transfer meets the conditions for a participating interest; and

 

   

Recognize and initially measure at fair value all assets obtained and liabilities incurred as a result of a transfer of financial assets accounted for as a sale.

The provisions of ASU 2009-16 were adopted on January 1, 2010. The Company determined, however, that there was no effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows upon adoption, as the Company did not have any QSPEs previously, and the requirements for sale accounting treatment are consistent with those previously applied by the Company.

Business Combinations and Noncontrolling Interests

Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, “Business Combinations (ASC Topic 805): Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations” (“ASU 2010-29”), which clarifies that if an entity presents comparative financial statements, it should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period. Also, ASU 2010-29 expands the supplemental pro forma disclosures under Topic 805 to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the pro forma revenue and earnings.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The provisions of ASU 2010-29 were adopted by the Company on January 1, 2011 for business combinations occurring on or after that date. The Company determined, however, that there was no effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, or disclosures for the year ended December 31, 2011, as there were no business combinations during the period.

Accounting and Reporting for Decreases in Ownership of a Subsidiary

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-02, “Consolidations (ASC Topic 810): Accounting and Reporting for Decreases in Ownership of a Subsidiary – a Scope Clarification” (“ASU 2010-02”), which clarifies that the scope of the decrease in ownership provisions applies to the following:

 

   

A subsidiary or group of assets that is a business or nonprofit activity;

 

   

A subsidiary that is a business or nonprofit activity that is transferred to an equity method investee or joint venture; and

 

   

An exchange of a group of assets that constitutes a business or nonprofit activity for a noncontrolling interest in an entity (including an equity method investee or joint venture).

ASU 2010-02 also notes that the decrease in ownership guidance does not apply to sales of in substance real estate and expands disclosure requirements.

The provisions of ASU 2010-02 were adopted, retrospectively, by the Company on January 1, 2010. The Company determined, however, that there was no effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 or 2009, as there were no decreases in ownership of a subsidiary during those periods.

Goodwill and Intangibles

When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (ASC Topic 350): When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts” (“ASU 2010-28”), which modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the test if qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists.

The provisions of ASU 2010-28 were adopted by the Company on January 1, 2011; however, they did not have an impact on its financial condition or results of operations, as the goodwill reporting unit did not have a zero or negative carrying amount at the October 1 testing date.

Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets

In April 2008, the FASB issued new guidance on the determination of the useful life of intangible assets, included in ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other”, which requires an entity to consider its own historical experience in renewing or extending similar contracts when developing assumptions about renewal or extension used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset. In the absence of such experience, an entity shall consider the assumptions that market participants would use about renewal or extension.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

These provisions, as included in ASC Topic 350, were adopted prospectively by the Company on January 1, 2009. The Company determined, however, that there was no effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 or 2009, as there were no acquisitions of intangible assets during those periods.

Fair Value

Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure (ASC Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements” (“ASU 2010-06”), which requires several new disclosures, as well as clarification to existing disclosures, as follows:

 

   

Significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and the reason for the transfers;

 

   

Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlement, in the Level 3 fair value measurements reconciliation on a gross basis;

 

   

Fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and liabilities (i.e., disaggregated); and

 

   

Valuation techniques and inputs for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements that fall in either Level 2 or Level 3 fair value measurements.

The provisions of ASU 2010-06 were adopted by the Company on January 1, 2010, except for the disclosures related to the Level 3 reconciliation, which were adopted by the Company on January 1, 2011. The adoption had no effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows as the pronouncement only pertains to additional disclosure. The disclosures required by ASU 2010-06 are included in the Financial Instruments note to those Consolidated Financial Statements.

Measuring the Fair Value of Certain Alternative Investments

In September 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-12, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC Topic 820): Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent)” (“ASU 2009-12”), which allows the use of net asset value to estimate the fair value of certain alternative investments, such as interests in hedge funds, private equity funds, real estate funds, venture capital funds, offshore fund vehicles, and funds of funds. In addition, ASU 2009-12 requires disclosures about the attributes of such investments.

The provisions of ASU 2009-12 were adopted by the Company on December 31, 2009. The Company determined, however, that there was no effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows upon adoption, as its guidance is consistent with that previously applied by the Company. The disclosure provisions required by ASU 2009-12 are presented in the Investments note to these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Deferred Acquisition Costs

Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance Contracts

In October 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-26, “Financial Services – Insurance (ASC Topic 944): Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance Contracts” (“ASU 2010-26”), which provides new guidance related to acquisition costs of new or renewal insurance contracts that qualify for deferral. Costs that should be capitalized include (1) incremental direct costs of successful contract acquisition and (2) certain costs related directly to successful acquisition activities (underwriting, policy issuance and processing, medical and inspection, and sales force contract selling) performed by the insurer for the contract.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Advertising costs should be included in deferred acquisition costs only if the capitalization criteria direct-response advertising guidance is met. All other acquisition-related costs should be charged to expense as incurred.

The Company early adopted the provisions of ASU 2010-26 on January 1, 2011, and applied the provisions retrospectively. If financial statements had been previously issued, the impact to the Company’s retained earnings, as a result of implementation, would have been a decrease of $1.2 billion, net of income taxes of $300.8 as of January 1, 2011.

Other Pronouncements

Presentation of Comprehensive Income

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (ASC Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income” (“ASU 2011-05”), which states that an entity has the option to present total comprehensive income and the components of net income and other comprehensive income either in a single, continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate, consecutive statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, which defers the ASU 2011-05 requirements to present, on the face of the financial statements, the effects of reclassification out of AOCI on the components of net income and Other comprehensive income.

The Company early adopted provisions of ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2010-12 as of December 31, 2011, and applied the provisions retrospectively. The Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, with corresponding revisions to the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity, is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, the required disclosures are included in the AOCI note to these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Consolidation Analysis of Investments Held through Separate Accounts

In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-15, “Financial Services-Insurance (ASC Topic 944): How Investments Held through Separate Accounts Affect an Insurer’s Consolidation Analysis of Those Investments” (“ASU 2010-15”), which clarifies that an insurance entity generally should not consider any separate account interests in an investment held for the benefit of policy holders to be the insurer’s interests, and should not combine those separate account interests with its general account interest in the same investment when assessing the investment for consolidation.

The provisions of ASU 2010-15 were adopted by the Company on January 1, 2011; however, the Company determined that there was no effect on its financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows upon adoption, as the guidance is consistent with that previously applied by the Company.

Subsequent Events

In May 2009, the FASB issued new guidance on subsequent events, included in ASC Topic 855, “Subsequent Events”, which establishes:

 

   

The period after the balance sheet date during which an entity should evaluate events or transactions for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements;

 

   

The circumstances under which an entity should recognize such events or transactions in its financial statements; and

 

   

Disclosures regarding such events or transactions and the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

These provisions, as included in ASC Topic 855, were adopted by the Company on June 30, 2009. In addition, in February 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-09, “Subsequent Events (Topic 855): Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements”, which clarifies that a Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filer should evaluate subsequent events through the date the financial statements are issued and eliminates the requirement for an SEC filer to disclose that date, effective upon issuance. The Company determined that there was no effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows upon adoption, as the guidance is consistent with that previously applied by the Company.

Future Adoption of Accounting Pronouncements

Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (ASC Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities” (“ASU 2011-11”), which requires an entity to disclose both gross and net information about instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position, as well as instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. In addition, the standard requires disclosure of collateral received and posted in connection with master netting agreements or similar arrangements.

The provisions of ASU 2011-11 are effective, retrospectively, for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual reporting periods. The Company is currently in the process of determining the disclosure impact of adoption of the provisions of ASU 2011-11.

Testing Goodwill for Impairment

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (ASC Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment” (“ASU 2011-08”), which provides an entity the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If an entity determines that it is not more likely than not that the reporting unit is impaired, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. If, however, an entity concludes otherwise, it is required to perform the two-step impairment test.

The provisions of ASU 2011-08 are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. As such, this standard will be applied to the Company’s process for impairment tests that occur after January 1, 2012.

Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”)

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (ASC Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs” (“ASU 2011-04”), which includes the following amendments:

 

   

The concepts of highest and best use and valuation premise are relevant only when measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets;

 

   

The requirements for measuring the fair value of equity instruments are consistent with those for measuring liabilities;

 

   

An entity is permitted to measure the fair value of financial instruments managed within a portfolio at the price that would be received to sell or transfer a net position for a particular risk; and

 

   

The application of premiums and discounts in a fair value measurement is related to the unit of account for the asset or liability.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

ASU 2011-04 also requires additional disclosures, including use of a nonfinancial asset in a way that differs from its highest and best use, categorization by level for items in which fair value is required to be disclosed, and further information regarding Level 3 fair value measurements.

The provisions of ASU 2011-04 are effective during interim or annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, and should be applied prospectively. The Company is currently in the process of determining the impact of adoption of the provisions of ASU 2011-04.

Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-03, “Transfers and Servicing (ASC Topic 860): Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements” (“ASU 2011-03”), which removes from the assessment of effective control (1) the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, and (2) the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion.

The provisions of ASU 2011-03 are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after December 15, 2011, and should be applied prospectively. The Company is currently in the process of determining the impact of adoption of the provisions of ASU 2011-03.

 

2. Divestments

In October 2008, ING announced that the Company had reached an agreement with Fubon Financial Holding Co. Ltd. (“Fubon”) to sell 100% of its ownership interest in ING Life Insurance Co. Ltd. (“ING Life Taiwan”) for approximately $600.0. As of December 31, 2008, ING Life Taiwan was classified as a disposal group held for sale, and assets and liabilities were recorded at lower of book or fair value, resulting in an after-tax loss of approximately $199.4. The sale of ING Life Taiwan closed in February 2009, and the Company received as consideration cash of $338.6, and the remainder in shares of Fubon. In March 2009, the Company transferred the beneficial ownership of the Fubon shares to ING Bank N.V. (“ING Bank”) for $240.0 and recognized an additional loss of $21.3.

In October 2009, the Company disposed of several blocks of primarily group reinsurance business under coinsurance agreements with various subsidiaries of Reinsurance Group of America Incorporated (collectively, “RGA”) (the “RGA Transaction”). Pursuant to the RGA Transaction, RGA paid a ceding commission of $129.8 and undertook to novate the underlying reinsurance agreements . The RGA transaction was effective as of January 1, 2010. The Company retained a reinsurance portfolio that was previously managed within the same business unit and has been in run-off since 2002.

In November 2009, the Company reached an agreement to sell three of its independent retail broker-dealers, Financial Network Investment Corporation, Multi-Financial Securities Corporation and PrimeVest Financial Services, Inc., and certain other affiliates, to Lightyear Capital LLC for approximately $145.0. The transaction closed on January 31, 2010 and resulted in a pre-tax loss of approximately $44.4.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

3. Investments (excluding Consolidated Investment Entities)

Fixed Maturities and Equity Securities

Available-for-sale and FVO fixed maturities and equity securities were as follows as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Capital
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Capital
Losses
     Embedded
Derivatives (3)
    Fair Value      OTTI (2)  

Fixed maturities:

                

U.S. Treasuries

   $ 5,283.8       $ 688.7       $ —         $ —        $ 5,972.5       $ —     

U.S. government agencies and authorities

     643.1         84.7         —           —          727.8         —     

State, municipalities, and political subdivisions

     375.1         21.2         2.4         —          393.9         —     

U.S. corporate securities

     30,486.5         3,095.6         109.0         —          33,473.1         —     

Foreign securities (1) :

                

Government

     834.9         92.9         9.9         —          917.9         —     

Other

     13,207.0         1,078.0         135.5         —          14,149.5         0.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total foreign securities

     14,041.9         1,170.9         145.4         —          15,067.4         0.1   

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

                

Agency

     5,754.8         865.4         11.9         182.2        6,790.5         1.7   

Non-Agency

     2,180.2         228.2         228.9         78.1        2,257.6         197.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Residential mortgage-backed securities

     7,935.0         1,093.6         240.8         260.3        9,048.1         199.3   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     5,387.1         247.5         149.2         —          5,485.4         6.3   

Other asset-backed securities

     2,727.0         62.1         270.7         (17.2     2,501.2         20.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities, including securities pledged

     66,879.5         6,464.3         917.5         243.1        72,669.4         226.1   

Less: securities pledged

     2,068.7         189.4         4.6         —          2,253.5         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

     64,810.8         6,274.9         912.9         243.1        70,415.9         226.1   

Equity securities:

                

Common stock

     222.1         14.7         5.6         —          231.2         —     

Preferred stock

     98.5         24.1         —           —          122.6         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity securities

     320.6         38.8         5.6         —          353.8         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity and equity security investments

   $ 65,131.4       $ 6,313.7       $ 918.5       $ 243.1      $ 70,769.7       $ 226.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

(2)  

Represents OTTIs reported as a component of Other comprehensive income.

(3)  

Embedded derivatives within fixed maturity securities are reported with the host investment. The changes in fair value of embedded derivatives are reported in Net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations unless the FVO has been elected for the carrying value of the fixed maturity investment.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Available-for-sale and FVO fixed maturities and equity securities were as follows as of December 31, 2010:

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Capital
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Capital
Losses
     Embedded
Derivatives (3)
    Fair Value      OTTI (2)  

Fixed maturities:

                

U.S. Treasuries

   $ 5,063.2       $ 55.1       $ 55.9       $ —        $ 5,062.4       $ —     

U.S. government agencies and authorities

     943.7         57.1         1.3         —          999.5         —     

State, municipalities, and political subdivisions

     489.9         11.4         38.3         —          463.0         —     

U.S. corporate securities

     27,218.9         1,686.0         182.4         —          28,722.5         0.7   

Foreign securities (1) :

                

Government

     1,283.4         110.9         10.3         —          1,384.0         —     

Other

     12,442.6         747.9         128.8         —          13,061.7         0.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total foreign securities

     13,726.0         858.8         139.1         —          14,445.7         0.3   

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

                

Agency

     5,303.2         925.7         24.8         163.0        6,367.1         1.7   

Non-Agency

     2,851.3         223.0         243.8         76.2        2,906.7         189.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Residential mortgage-backed securities

     8,154.5         1,148.7         268.6         239.2        9,273.8         191.1   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     6,094.0         287.9         161.5         —          6,220.4         22.1   

Other asset-backed securities

     4,080.7         75.5         409.2         (12.1     3,734.9         177.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities, including securities pledged

     65,770.9         4,180.5         1,256.3         227.1        68,922.2         391.5   

Less: securities pledged

     3,635.6         202.0         47.5         —          3,790.1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

     62,135.3         3,978.5         1,208.8         227.1        65,132.1         391.5   

Equity securities:

                

Common stock

     357.1         48.6         0.2         —          405.5         —     

Preferred stock

     92.9         27.2         —           —          120.1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity securities

     450.0         75.8         0.2         —          525.6         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity and equity investments

   $ 62,585.3       $ 4,054.3       $ 1,209.0       $ 227.1      $ 65,657.7       $ 391.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

(2)  

Represents OTTIs reported as a component of Other comprehensive income.

(3)  

Embedded derivatives within fixed maturity securities are reported with the host investment. The changes in fair value of embedded derivatives are reported in Net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations unless the FVO has been elected for the carrying value of the fixed maturity investment.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturities, including securities pledged, as of December 31, 2011, are shown below by contractual maturity. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities as securities may be restructured, called, or prepaid. MBS and Other ABS are shown separately because they are not due at a single maturity date.

 

     2011  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

Due to mature:

     

One year or less

   $ 2,815.1       $ 2,885.5   

After one year through five years

     13,850.8         14,543.9   

After five years through ten years

     16,512.4         17,753.2   

After ten years

     17,652.1         20,452.1   

Mortgage-backed securities

     13,322.1         14,533.5   

Other asset-backed securities

     2,727.0         2,501.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed maturities, including securities pledged

   $ 66,879.5       $ 72,669.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The investment portfolio is monitored to maintain a diversified portfolio on an ongoing basis. Credit risk is mitigated by monitoring concentrations by issuer, sector and geographic stratification and limiting exposure to any one issuer.

The Company did not have any investments in a single issuer, other than obligations of the U.S. government and government agencies and the Dutch State loan obligation, with a carrying value in excess of 10% of the Company’s consolidated Shareholder’s equity at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The following tables set forth the composition of the U.S. and foreign corporate securities within the fixed maturity portfolio by industry category at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Capital
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Capital
Losses
     Fair
Value
 

2011

           

Communications

   $ 3,561.5       $ 395.4       $ 12.5       $ 3,944.4   

Financial

     6,309.6         450.5         133.9         6,626.2   

Industrial and other companies

     24,071.1         2,252.6         67.2         26,256.5   

Utilities

     8,535.8         948.7         26.2         9,458.3   

Transportation

     1,215.5         126.4         4.7         1,337.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 43,693.5       $ 4,173.6       $ 244.5       $ 47,622.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2010

           

Communications

   $ 1,849.3       $ 158.2       $ 0.9       $ 2,006.6   

Financial

     7,678.8         622.6         107.2         8,194.2   

Industrial and other companies

     22,191.6         1,219.1         129.8         23,280.9   

Utilities

     7,119.6         380.0         71.6         7,428.0   

Transportation

     822.2         54.0         1.7         874.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 39,661.5       $ 2,433.9       $ 311.2       $ 41,784.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The Company invests in various categories of CMOs, including CMOs that are not agency-backed, that are subject to different degrees of risk from changes in interest rates and defaults. The principal risks inherent in holding CMOs are prepayment and extension risks related to dramatic decreases and increases in interest rates resulting in the prepayment of principal from the underlying mortgages, either earlier or later than originally anticipated. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, approximately 32.8% and 28.5%, respectively, of the Company’s CMO holdings, such as interest-only or principal-only strips, were invested in those types of CMOs which are subject to more prepayment and extension risk than traditional CMOs.

Certain CMOs, primarily interest-only and principal-only strips, are accounted for as hybrid instruments and valued using the FVO with changes in the fair value recorded in Other net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Fixed Maturity Securities Credit Quality – Ratings

The Securities Valuation Office (“SVO”) of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) evaluates the fixed maturity security investments of insurers for regulatory reporting and capital assessment purposes and assigns securities to one of six credit quality categories called “NAIC designations.” An internally developed rating is used as permitted by the NAIC if no rating is available. These designations are generally similar to the credit quality designations of the NAIC acceptable rating organizations (“ARO”) for marketable fixed maturity securities, called “ARO ratings,” except for certain structured securities as described below. NAIC designations of “1,” highest quality, and “2,” high quality, include fixed maturity securities generally considered investment grade (“IG”) by such rating organizations. NAIC designations 3 through 6 include fixed maturity securities generally considered below investment grade (“BIG”) by such rating organizations.

The NAIC adopted revised designation methodologies for non – agency RMBS, including RMBS backed by subprime mortgage loans reported within ABS, that became effective December 31, 2009 and for CMBS that became effective December 31, 2010. The NAIC’s objective with the revised designation methodologies for these structured securities was to increase the accuracy in assessing expected losses, and to use the improved assessment to determine a more appropriate capital requirement for such structured securities. The revised methodologies reduce regulatory reliance on rating agencies and allow for greater regulatory input into the assumptions used to estimate expected losses from such structured securities.

As a result of time lags between the funding of investments, the finalization of legal documents and the completion of the SVO filing process, the fixed maturity portfolio generally includes securities that have not yet been rated by the SVO as of each balance sheet date, such as private placements. Pending receipt of SVO ratings, the categorization of these securities by NAIC designation is based on the expected ratings indicated by internal analysis.

Information about the Company’s fixed maturity securities holdings, including securities pledged, by NAIC designations is set forth in the following tables. Corresponding rating agency designation does not directly translate into NAIC designation, but represents the Company’s best estimate of comparable ratings from rating agencies, including Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”), Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”), and Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”). If no rating is available from a rating agency, then an internally developed rating is used.

It is the Company’s objective that the portfolio of fixed maturities be of high quality and be well diversified by market sector. The fixed maturities in the Company’s portfolio are generally rated by external rating agencies

 

F-42


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

and, if not externally rated, are rated by the Company on a basis believed to be similar to that used by the rating agencies. Ratings are derived from three ARO ratings and are applied as follows based on the number of agency ratings received:

 

 

when three ratings are received then the middle rating is applied;

 

 

when two ratings are received then the lower rating is applied;

 

 

when a single rating is received, the ARO rating is applied;

 

 

and, when ratings are unavailable then an internal rating is applied.

Unrealized Capital Losses

Unrealized capital losses (including noncredit impairments) in fixed maturities, including securities pledged, for IG and BIG securities by duration based on NAIC designations, were as follows at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011     2010  
     IG      % of IG
and BIG
    BIG      % of IG
and BIG
    IG      % of IG
and BIG
    BIG      % of IG
and BIG
 

Six months or less below amortized cost

   $ 112.5         12.3   $ 26.2         2.9   $ 287.5         22.9   $ 44.7         3.6

More than six months and twelve months or less below amortized cost

     125.4         13.7     38.7         4.2     4.6         0.4     1.9         0.1

More than twelve months below amortized cost

     395.0         43.0     219.7         23.9     521.4         41.5     396.2         31.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unrealized capital losses

   $ 632.9         69.0   $ 284.6         31.0   $ 813.5         64.8   $ 442.8         35.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrealized capital losses (including noncredit impairments) in fixed maturities, including securities pledged for securities rated BBB and above (Investment Grade (“IG”)) and securities rated BB and below (Below Investment Grade (“BIG”)) by duration, based on ARO ratings, were as follows at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011     2010  
     IG      % of IG
and BIG
    BIG      % of IG
and BIG
    IG      % of IG
and BIG
    BIG      % of IG
and BIG
 

Six months or less below amortized cost

   $ 108.4         11.8   $ 30.3         3.3   $ 286.0         22.8   $ 46.2         3.7

More than six months and twelve months or less below amortized cost

     66.4         7.2     97.7         10.6     4.3         0.3     2.2         0.2

More than twelve months below amortized cost

     188.2         20.6     426.5         46.5     305.0         24.3     612.6         48.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unrealized capital losses

   $ 363.0         39.6   $ 554.5         60.4   $ 595.3         47.4   $ 661.0         52.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Unrealized capital losses (including noncredit impairments), along with the fair value of fixed maturity securities, including securities pledged, by market sector and duration were as follows as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

    Six Months or Less
Below Amortized Cost
    More Than Six
Months and Twelve
Months or Less
Below Amortized Cost
    More Than Twelve
Months Below
Amortized Cost
    Total  
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Capital
Losses
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Capital
Losses
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Capital
Losses
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Capital
Losses
 

2011

               

U.S. Treasuries

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

U.S. government agencies and authorities

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

U.S. corporate, state, and municipalities

    1,812.9        55.7        173.2        10.4        393.4        45.3        2,379.5        111.4   

Foreign

    1,177.6        66.2        80.2        7.3        655.8        71.9        1,913.6        145.4   

Residential mortgage-backed

    426.6        5.1        388.3        16.1        865.1        219.6        1,680.0        240.8   

Commercial mortgage-backed

    338.3        6.4        1,131.6        87.6        241.4        55.2        1,711.3        149.2   

Other asset-backed

    306.9        5.3        165.8        42.7        668.5        222.7        1,141.2        270.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 4,062.3      $ 138.7      $ 1,939.1      $ 164.1      $ 2,824.2      $ 614.7      $ 8,825.6      $ 917.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Six Months or Less
Below Amortized Cost
    More Than Six
Months and Twelve

Months or Less
Below Amortized Cost
    More Than Twelve
Months Below
Amortized Cost
    Total  
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Capital
Losses
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Capital
Losses
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Capital
Losses
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Capital
Losses
 

2010

               

U.S. Treasuries

  $ 1,702.4      $ 55.9      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 1,702.4      $ 55.9   

U.S. government agencies and authorities

    38.0        1.3        —          —          —          —          38.0        1.3   

U.S. corporate, state, and municipalities

    4,665.2        152.3        68.1        2.8        750.4        65.6        5,483.7        220.7   

Foreign

    2,440.8        94.8        63.1        1.7        431.5        42.6        2,935.4        139.1   

Residential mortgage-backed

    1,244.5        22.6        20.4        1.9        1,082.9        244.1        2,347.8        268.6   

Commercial mortgage-backed

    122.4        1.4        —          —          1,584.9        160.1        1,707.3        161.5   

Other asset-backed

    307.5        3.9        16.9        0.1        1,408.1        405.2        1,732.5        409.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 10,520.8      $ 332.2      $ 168.5      $ 6.5      $ 5,257.8      $ 917.6      $ 15,947.1      $ 1,256.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of the unrealized capital losses aged more than twelve months, the average market value of the related fixed maturities was 82.1% and 85.3% of the average book value as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Unrealized capital losses (including noncredit impairments) in fixed maturities, including securities pledged to creditors, for instances in which fair value declined below amortized cost by greater than or less than 20% for consecutive months as indicated in the tables below, were as follows as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Amortized Cost      Unrealized Capital
Losses
     Number of
Securities
 
     < 20%      > 20%      < 20%      > 20%      < 20%      > 20%  

2011

                 

Six months or less below amortized cost

   $ 4,560.5       $ 616.9       $ 184.5       $ 166.1         474         105   

More than six months and twelve months or less below amortized cost

     1,805.8         197.9         103.8         61.0         114         46   

More than twelve months below amortized cost

     1,935.4         626.6         159.1         243.0         269         145   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,301.7       $ 1,441.4       $ 447.4       $ 470.1         857         296   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2010

                 

Six months or less below amortized cost

   $ 12,486.3       $ 207.4       $ 469.2       $ 61.9         818         32   

More than six months and twelve months or less below amortized cost

     1,094.7         54.4         71.6         14.5         136         10   

More than twelve months below amortized cost

     1,834.0         1,526.6         106.6         532.5         221         261   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,415.0       $ 1,788.4       $ 647.4       $ 608.9         1,175         303   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrealized capital losses (including noncredit impairments) in fixed maturities, including securities pledged, by market sector for instances in which fair value declined below amortized cost by greater than or less than 20% for consecutive months as indicated in the tables below, were as follows as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Amortized Cost      Unrealized Capital
Losses
     Number of
Securities
 
     < 20%      > 20%      < 20%      > 20%      < 20%      > 20%  

2011

                 

U.S. Treasuries

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —           —           —     

U.S. government agencies and authorities

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

U.S. corporate, state and municipalities

     2,402.2         88.7         85.5         25.9         185         7   

Foreign

     1,912.4         146.6         96.8         48.6         153         16   

Residential mortgage-backed

     1,475.5         445.3         87.2         153.6         323         178   

Commercial mortgage-backed

     1,723.5         137.0         114.2         35.0         48         7   

Other asset-backed

     788.1         623.8         63.7         207.0         148         88   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,301.7       $ 1,441.4       $ 447.4       $ 470.1         857         296   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2010

                 

U.S. Treasuries

   $ 1,758.3       $ —         $ 55.9       $ —           24         —     

U.S. government agencies and authorities

     39.3         —           1.3         —           2         —     

U.S. corporate, state and municipalities

     5,526.8         177.6         167.4         53.3         334         11   

Foreign

     3,027.8         46.7         126.9         12.2         168         8   

Residential mortgage-backed

     2,053.4         563.0         98.1         170.5         367         160   

Commercial mortgage-backed

     1,710.6         158.2         100.7         60.8         56         17   

Other asset-backed

     1,298.8         842.9         97.1         312.1         224         107   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,415.0       $ 1,788.4       $ 647.4       $ 608.9         1,175         303   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

All investments with fair values less than amortized cost are included in the Company’s OTTI analysis, and impairments were recognized as disclosed in the “Other-than-temporary Impairments” section. After detailed impairment analysis was completed, management determined that the remaining investments in an unrealized loss position were not other-than-temporarily impaired, and therefore no further OTTI was necessary.

Subprime and Alt-A Mortgage Exposure

The Company does not originate or purchase subprime or Alt-A whole-loan mortgages. The Company has exposure to RMBS, CMBS and ABS. Subprime lending is the origination of loans to customers with weaker credit profiles. The Company defines Alt-A Loans to include the following: residential mortgage loans to customers who have strong credit profiles but lack some element(s), such as documentation to substantiate income; residential mortgage loans to borrowers that would otherwise be classified as prime but whose loan structure provides repayment options to the borrower that increase the risk of default; and any securities backed by residential mortgage collateral not clearly identifiable as prime or subprime.

The Company’s exposure to subprime mortgage-backed securities is primarily in the form of ABS structures collateralized by subprime residential mortgages, and the majority of these holdings are included in Other ABS in the “Fixed Maturities and Equity Securities” section above. As of December 31, 2011, the fair value and gross unrealized losses related to the Company’s exposure to subprime mortgage-backed securities was $974.2, representing 1.3% of total fixed maturities, including securities pledged, and $272.1, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, the fair value and gross unrealized losses related to the Company’s exposure to subprime mortgage-backed securities was $2.1 billion, representing 3.0% of total fixed maturities, including securities pledged, and $384.8, respectively.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following tables summarize the Company’s exposure to subprime mortgage-backed securities by credit quality using NAIC designations, ARO ratings and vintage year as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

    

% of Total Subprime Mortgage-backed Securities

 
    

NAIC Designation

    

ARO Ratings

    

Vintage

 
2011                  
   1      78.1%       AAA      2.9%       2007      26.9%   
                 
   2      4.7%       AA      1.2%       2006      41.2%   
                 
   3      13.4%       A      4.5%       2005 and prior      31.9%   
                 

 

 

 
   4      2.7%       BBB      8.8%            100.0%   
                 

 

 

 
   5      0.5%       BB and below      82.6%         
           

 

 

       
   6      0.6%            100.0%         
     

 

 

       

 

 

       
        100.0%               
     

 

 

             
2010                  
   1      79.4%       AAA      7.1%       2007      33.9%   
                 
   2      4.0%       AA      7.0%       2006      40.0%   
                 
   3      6.2%       A      3.8%       2005 and prior      26.1%   
                 

 

 

 
   4      7.8%       BBB      5.1%            100.0%   
                 

 

 

 
   5      1.3%       BB and below      77.0%         
           

 

 

       
   6      1.3%            100.0%         
     

 

 

       

 

 

       
        100.0%               
     

 

 

             

The Company’s exposure to Alt-A mortgages is included in Residential mortgaged-backed in the “Fixed Maturities and Equity Securities” section above. As of December 31, 2011, the fair value and gross unrealized losses aggregated to $410.8, representing 0.6% of total fixed maturities, including securities pledged, and $117.6, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, the fair value and gross unrealized losses aggregated to $504.3, representing 0.7% of total fixed maturities, including securities pledged, and $118.5, respectively.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following tables summarize the Company’s exposure to Alt-A residential mortgage-backed securities by credit quality using NAIC designations, ARO ratings and vintage year as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

    

% of Total Alt-A Mortgage-backed Securities

 
    

NAIC Designation

    

ARO Ratings

    

Vintage

 
2011                  
   1      38.7%       AAA      1.0%       2007      18.8%   
                 
   2      11.0%       AA      2.3%       2006      25.3%   
                 
   3      16.4%       A      7.5%       2005 and prior      55.9%   
                 

 

 

 
   4      24.0%       BBB      3.9%            100.0%   
                 

 

 

 
   5      9.0%       BB and below      85.3%         
           

 

 

       
   6      0.9%            100.0%         
     

 

 

       

 

 

       
        100.0%               
     

 

 

             
2010                  
   1      43.3%       AAA      8.9%       2007      19.0%   
                 
   2      10.8%       AA      4.4%       2006      26.4%   
                 
   3      13.6%       A      2.2%       2005 and prior      54.6%   
                 

 

 

 
   4      25.3%       BBB      2.4%            100.0%   
                 

 

 

 
   5      6.6%       BB and below      82.1%         
           

 

 

       
   6      0.4%            100.0%         
     

 

 

       

 

 

       
        100.0%               
     

 

 

             

Transfer of Alt-A RMBS Participation Interest and Related Loans to Dutch State

On January 26, 2009, ING announced it reached an agreement, for itself and on behalf of certain ING affiliates including the Company, with the Dutch State on an Illiquid Assets Back-Up Facility covering 80% of ING’s Alt-A RMBS. Refer to the Related Party Transaction note to these Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding this transaction.

Commercial Mortgage-backed and Other Asset-backed Securities

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value of the Company’s CMBS totaled $5.5 billion and $6.2 billion, respectively, and Other ABS, excluding subprime exposure, totaled $1.5 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the gross unrealized losses related to CMBS totaled $149.2 and $161.5, respectively, and gross unrealized losses related to Other ABS, excluding subprime exposure, totaled $1.3 and $29.5, respectively. CMBS investments represent pools of commercial mortgages that are broadly diversified across property types and geographical areas.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following tables summarize the Company’s exposure to CMBS holdings by credit quality using NAIC designations, ARO ratings and vintage year as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

    

% of Total CMBS

 
    

NAIC Designation

     ARO Ratings      Vintage  
2011                  
   1      92.7%       AAA      47.3%       2008      0.3%   
                 
   2      2.6%       AA      10.1%       2007      33.4%   
                 
   3      3.6%       A      16.5%       2006      26.5%   
                 
   4      0.7%       BBB      13.5%       2005 and prior      39.8%   
                 

 

 

 
   5      —  %       BB and below      12.6%            100.0%   
           

 

 

       

 

 

 
   6      0.4%            100.0%         
     

 

 

       

 

 

       
        100.0%               
     

 

 

             
2010                  
   1      81.2%       AAA      48.1%       2008      0.2%   
                 
   2      8.3%       AA      12.4%       2007      31.6%   
                 
   3      7.4%       A      16.1%       2006      25.8%   
                 
   4      1.6%       BBB      13.6%       2005 and prior      42.4%   
                 

 

 

 
   5      0.8%       BB and below      9.8%            100.0%   
           

 

 

       

 

 

 
   6      0.7%            100.0%         
     

 

 

       

 

 

       
        100.0%               
     

 

 

             

As of December 31, 2011, Other ABS was also broadly diversified both by type and issuer with credit card receivables, non-consolidated CLOs, and automobile receivables, comprising 43.1%, 4.6%, and 27.9%, respectively, of total Other ABS, excluding subprime exposure.

As of December 31, 2010, Other ABS was also broadly diversified both by type and issuer with credit card receivables, non-consolidated CLOs, and automobile receivables, comprising 47.0%, 13.2%, and 18.3%, respectively, of total Other ABS, excluding subprime exposure.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following tables summarize the Company’s exposure to Other ABS holdings, excluding subprime exposure, by credit quality using NAIC designations, ARO ratings and vintage year as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

    

% of Total Other ABS

 
    

NAIC Designation

    

ARO Ratings

    

Vintage

 
2011                  
   1      96.1%       AAA      86.6%       2011      18.0%   
                 
   2      2.3%       AA      3.1%       2010      9.6%   
                 
   3      —  %       A      4.9%       2009      6.4%   
                 
   4      0.2%       BBB      3.8%       2008      7.0%   
                 
   5      1.4%       BB and below      1.6%       2007      24.8%   
           

 

 

       
   6      —  %            100.0%       2006      9.5%   
     

 

 

       

 

 

       
        100.0%             2005 and prior      24.7%   
     

 

 

             

 

 

 
                    100.0%   
                 

 

 

 
2010                  
   1      85.5%       AAA      73.0%       2010      10.9%   
                 
   2      11.0%       AA      8.9%       2009      8.4%   
                 
   3      1.5%       A      4.0%       2008      7.4%   
                 
   4      0.3%       BBB      10.5%       2007      28.0%   
                 
   5      0.8%       BB and below      3.6%       2006      13.0%   
           

 

 

       
   6      0.9%            100.0%       2005 and prior      32.3%   
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 
        100.0%                  100.0%   
     

 

 

             

 

 

 

Mortgage Loans on Real Estate

The Company’s mortgage loans on real estate are all commercial mortgage loans, which are reported at amortized cost, less impairment write-downs and allowance for losses. The Company has high quality, well performing, portfolios of commercial mortgage loans and private placements. Under certain circumstances, modifications to these contracts are granted. Each modification is evaluated as to whether a troubled debt restructuring has occurred. A modification is a troubled debt restructuring when the borrower is in financial difficulty and the creditor makes concessions. Generally, the types of concessions may include: reduction of the face amount or maturity amount of the debt as originally stated, reduction of the contractual interest rate, extension of the maturity date at an interest rate lower than current market interest rate and/or reduction of accrued interest. The Company considers the amount, timing and extent of the concession granted in determining any impairment or changes in the specific valuation allowance recorded in connection with the troubled debt restructuring. A valuation allowance may have been recorded prior to the quarter when the loan is modified in a troubled debt restructuring. Accordingly, the carrying value (net of the specific valuation allowance) before and after modification through a troubled debt restructuring may not change significantly, or may increase if the expected recovery is higher than the pre-modification recovery assessment. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company had two commercial mortgage loans and one private placement troubled debt restructuring with pre-modification and post-modification carrying values of $55.1 and $52.2, respectively.

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, the Company had one loan modified in a troubled debt restructuring with a subsequent payment default.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s investment in mortgage loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011     2010  

Commercial mortgage loans

   $ 8,695.5      $ 8,188.7   

Collective valuation allowance

     (4.4     (7.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial mortgage loans

   $ 8,691.1      $ 8,181.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairments taken on the mortgage loan portfolio were $9.3, $13.5 and $46.0 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The following table summarizes the activity in the allowance for losses for all commercial mortgage loans for years December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011     2010  

Collective valuation allowance for losses, beginning of period

   $ 7.0      $ 9.9   

Addition to/(release of) allowance for losses

     (2.6     (2.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Collective valuation allowance for losses, end of period

   $ 4.4      $ 7.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The carrying values and unpaid principal balances of impaired mortgage loans were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011      2010  

Impaired loans with allowances for losses

   $ —         $ —     

Impaired loans without allowances for losses

     48.7         38.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     48.7         38.6   

Less: Allowances for losses on impaired loans

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impaired loans, net

   $ 48.7       $ 38.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unpaid principal balance of impaired loans

   $ 63.8       $ 48.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables present information on impaired loans, troubled debt, restructured loans, loans 90 days or more past due, and loans in foreclosure for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     2011      2010      2009  

Impaired loans, average investment during the period

   $ 43.7       $ 72.5       $ 62.7   

Interest income recognized on impaired loans, on an accrual basis

     1.8         3.7         4.1   

Interest income recognized on impaired loans, on a cash basis

     1.8         4.2         3.3   

 

     2011      2010      2009  

Troubled debt restructured loans (1)

   $ 15.7       $ —         $ —     

Interest income recognized on restructured loans, on an accrual basis

     0.3         —           —     

Loans 90 days or more past due, interest no longer accruing, at amortized cost (1)

     16.6         2.7         —     

Loans in foreclosure, at amortized cost (1)

     —           —           36.9   

Unpaid principal balance of loans 90 days or more past due, interest no longer accruing

     21.6         4.9         —     

 

(1)  

Amounts included in Troubled debt restructuring loans, Loans 90 days or more past due, and Loans in foreclosure, which were also impaired, are included in Impaired loans, on average investment during the period.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Loan-to-value (“LTV”) and debt service coverage (“DSC”) ratios are measures commonly used to assess the risk and quality of mortgage loans. The LTV ratio, calculated at time of origination, is expressed as a percentage of the amount of the loan relative to the value of the underlying property. A LTV ratio in excess of 100% indicates the unpaid loan amount exceeds the underlying collateral. The DSC ratio, based upon the most recently received financial statements, is expressed as a percentage of the amount of a property’s net income to its debt service payments. A DSC ratio of less than 1.0 indicates that property’s operations do not generate sufficient income to cover debt payments. These ratios are utilized as part of the review process described above.

The following tables present the LTV ratios as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011 (1)      2010 (1)  

Loan to Value Ratio:

     

0% – 50%

   $ 2,535.2       $ 2,834.9   

50% – 60%

     2,479.4         2,181.2   

60% – 70%

     2,991.9         2,470.9   

70% – 80%

     621.2         649.3   

80% and above

     67.8         52.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial Mortgage Loans

   $ 8,695.5       $ 8,188.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Balances do not include allowance for mortgage loan credit losses.

The following tables present the DSC ratios as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011 (1)      2010 (1)  

Debt Service Coverage Ratio:

     

Greater than 1.5x

   $ 5,710.3       $ 5,577.6   

1.25x – 1.5x

     1,547.2         1,147.6   

1.0x – 1.25x

     1,082.2         770.3   

Less than 1.0x

     339.1         449.0   

Mortgage loans secured by land or construction deals

     16.7         244.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial Mortgage Loans

   $ 8,695.5       $ 8,188.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Balances do not include allowance for mortgage loan credit losses.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Properties collateralizing mortgage loans are geographically dispersed throughout the United States, as well as diversified by property type, as reflected in the following tables as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011 (1)     2010 (1)  
     Gross
Carrying
Value
     % of
Total
    Gross
Carrying
Value
     % of
Total
 

Commercial Mortgage Loans by U.S. Region:

          

Pacific

   $ 2,140.2         24.6   $ 2,113.7         25.8

South Atlantic

     1,555.4         17.9     1,437.2         17.6

Middle Atlantic

     1,124.0         12.9     1,215.1         14.8

East North Central

     1,010.4         11.6     751.9         9.2

West South Central

     1,100.3         12.7     999.2         12.2

Mountain

     776.9         8.9     765.3         9.3

West North Central

     415.4         4.8     368.1         4.5

New England

     320.0         3.7     319.3         3.9

East South Central

     252.9         2.9     218.9         2.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial Mortgage Loans

   $ 8,695.5         100.0   $ 8,188.7         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Balances do not include allowance for mortgage loan credit losses.

 

     2011 (1)     2010 (1)  
     Gross
Carrying
Value
     % of
Total
    Gross
Carrying
Value
     % of
Total
 

Commercial Mortgage Loans by Property Type:

          

Industrial

   $ 3,457.0         39.8   $ 3,022.1         37.0

Retail

     2,104.2         24.2     1,838.2         22.4

Office

     1,384.5         15.9     1,368.6         16.7

Apartments

     972.8         11.2     1,058.0         12.9

Hotel/Motel

     468.4         5.4     551.6         6.7

Other

     280.0         3.2     323.8         4.0

Mixed Use

     28.6         0.3     26.4         0.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial Mortgage Loans

   $ 8,695.5         100.0   $ 8,188.7         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Balances do not include allowance for mortgage loan credit losses.

The following table sets forth the breakdown of mortgages by year of origination as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011 (1)      2010 (1)  

Year of Origination:

     

2011

   $ 1,998.0       $ —     

2010

     598.5         507.8   

2009

     226.3         248.0   

2008

     1,026.8         1,126.5   

2007

     1,141.6         1,315.3   

2006

     964.9         1,247.9   

2005 and prior

     2,739.4         3,743.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial Mortgage Loans

   $ 8,695.5       $ 8,188.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Balances do not include allowance for mortgage loan credit losses.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Evaluating Securities for Other-than-temporary Impairment

The Company performs a regular evaluation, on a security-by-security basis, of its available-for-sale securities holdings, including fixed maturity securities, and equity securities in accordance with its impairment policy in order to evaluate whether such investments are other-than-temporarily impaired.

The following table identifies the Company’s credit-related and intent-related impairments included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, excluding impairments included in Other comprehensive income (loss) by type for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     2011      2010      2009  
     Impairment      No. of
Securities
     Impairment      No. of
Securities
     Impairment      No. of
Securities
 

U.S. Treasuries

   $ —           —         $ 1.8         1       $ 542.5         21   

U.S. corporate

     55.2         41         30.7         32         177.2         81   

Foreign (1)

     71.3         61         121.5         31         137.1         51   

Residential mortgage-backed

     37.7         134         73.4         128         166.8         200   

Commercial mortgage-backed

     133.7         26         59.5         15         258.4         26   

Other asset-backed

     195.5         122         589.9         107         255.7         70   

Equity

     —           —           0.5         4         34.9         9   

Mortgage loans on real estate

     9.3         7         13.5         11         46.0         13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 502.7         391       $ 890.8         329       $ 1,618.6         471   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

The above table includes $72.5, $339.7, and $404.5, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, in Other-than-temporary write-downs related to credit impairments, which are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The remaining $430.2, $551.1, and $1.2 billion, in write-downs for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, are related to intent impairments.

The following table summarizes these intent impairments, which are also recognized in earnings, by type for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     2011      2010      2009  
     Impairment      No. of
Securities
     Impairment      No. of
Securities
     Impairment      No. of
Securities
 

U.S. Treasuries

   $ —           —         $ 1.8         1       $ 542.5         21   

U.S. corporate

     55.2         40         28.2         31         138.3         61   

Foreign (1)

     59.0         56         75.0         26         124.6         46   

Residential mortgage-backed

     7.9         27         20.6         23         40.6         82   

Commercial mortgage-backed

     124.3         26         31.7         9         257.3         25   

Other asset-backed

     183.8         118         393.8         64         110.8         17   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 430.2         267       $ 551.1         154       $ 1,214.1         252   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

The Company may sell securities during the period in which fair value has declined below amortized cost for fixed maturities or cost for equity securities. In certain situations new factors, including changes in the business environment, can change the Company’s previous intent to continue holding a security. Accordingly, these factors may lead the Company to record additional intent related capital losses.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The fair value of fixed maturities with OTTI at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $9.3 billion and $8.5 billion, respectively.

The following table identifies the amount of credit impairments on fixed maturities for which a portion of the OTTI loss was recognized in Other comprehensive income (loss), and the corresponding changes in such amounts:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Balance at January 1

   $ 304.6      $ 287.8      $ —     

Implementation of OTTI guidance included in ASC Topic 320 (1)

     —          —          195.5   

Additional credit impairments:

      

On securities not previously impaired

     10.3        115.4        70.2   

On securities previously impaired

     17.0        22.3        30.5   

Reductions:

      

Securities intent impaired

     (38.2     (72.5     —     

Securities sold, matured, prepaid or paid down

     (159.8     (48.4     (8.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

   $ 133.9      $ 304.6      $ 287.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Represents credit losses remaining in Retained earnings related to the adoption of new guidance on OTTI, included in ASC Topic 320 on April 1, 2009.

Net Investment Income

Sources of Net investment income were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Fixed maturities

   $ 4,402.1      $ 4,374.3      $ 4,787.4   

Equity securities, available-for-sale

     27.3        30.1        58.7   

Mortgage loans on real estate

     500.0        496.7        578.3   

Policy loans

     125.6        135.5        143.8   

Short-term investments and cash equivalents

     6.7        (3.5     30.6   

Other

     (80.8     (25.4     1.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross investment income

     4,980.9        5,007.7        5,600.4   

Less: investment expenses

     (12.1     (20.7     (31.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income

   $ 4,968.8      $ 4,987.0      $ 5,568.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had $0.2 and $3.9, respectively, of investments in fixed maturities which produced no net investment income. Fixed maturities are moved to a non-accrual status immediately when the investment defaults.

Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses)

Net realized capital gains (losses) are comprised of the difference between the amortized cost of investments and proceeds from sale and redemption, as well as losses incurred due to the credit-related and intent-related other-than-temporary impairment of investments. Realized investment gains and losses are also generated from changes in fair value of embedded derivatives within product guarantees and fixed maturities, changes in fair

 

F-55


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

value of fixed maturities recorded at FVO and fair value changes including accruals on derivative instruments, except for effective cash flow hedges. The cost of the investments on disposal is generally determined based on FIFO methodology.

Net realized capital gains (losses) were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, including securities pledged

   $ 56.4      $ (340.4   $ (416.0

Fixed maturities, at fair value option

     (92.0     (63.6     219.7   

Equity securities, available-for-sale

     18.6        9.6        29.5   

Derivatives

     418.6        (1,243.5     (3,058.3

Embedded derivative – fixed maturities

     16.1        48.3        (278.9

Embedded derivative – product guarantees

     (1,945.1     (72.7     1,376.2   

Other investments

     (4.0     (15.7     (50.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized capital losses

   $ (1,531.4   $ (1,678.0   $ (2,178.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

After-tax net realized capital losses

   $ (1,017.4   $ (1,184.7   $ (1,416.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of fixed maturities and equity securities, available-for-sale, and the related gross realized gains and losses, before tax, were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Proceeds on sales

   $ 12,850.7      $ 15,637.1      $ 17,411.5 (1)  

Gross gains

     648.5        644.2        800.9   

Gross losses

     (181.9     (101.3     (357.7

 

(1)

Includes proceeds from sale of Alt-A securities to the Dutch State in the first quarter of 2009.

 

4. Derivative Financial Instruments

See Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies note to these Consolidated Financial Statements, for information regarding the Company’s purpose for entering into derivatives and the policies on valuation and classification of derivatives. See Collateral in the Commitments and Contingencies note to these Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the amount of cash and securities received and delivered for derivative positions. The Company enters into the following derivatives:

Interest rate caps : Interest rate caps are used to manage the interest rate risk in the Company’s fixed maturity portfolio. Interest rate caps are purchased contracts that are used by the Company to hedge annuity products against rising interest rates.

Interest rate swaps : Interest rate swaps are used to manage the interest rate risk in the Company’s fixed maturity portfolio, as well as the Company’s liabilities. Interest rate swaps represent contracts that require the exchange of cash flows at regular interim periods, typically monthly or quarterly.

Foreign exchange swaps : Foreign exchange swaps are used to reduce the risk of a change in the value, yield, or cash flow with respect to invested assets. Foreign exchange swaps represent contracts that require the exchange of foreign currency cash flows for U.S. dollar cash flows at regular interim periods, typically quarterly or semi-annually.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Credit default swaps : Credit default swaps are used to reduce the credit loss exposure with respect to certain assets that the Company owns, or to assume credit exposure on certain assets that the Company does not own. Payments are made to or received from the counterparty at specified intervals and amounts for the purchase or sale of credit protection. In the event of a default on the underlying credit exposure, the Company will either receive an additional payment (purchased credit protection) or will be required to make an additional payment (sold credit protection) equal to par minus recovery value of the swap contract.

Total return swaps : Total return swaps are used to hedge against a decrease in variable annuity account values, which are invested in certain funds. The difference between floating-rate interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed upon notional principal amount is exchanged with other parties at specified intervals.

Forwards : Certain forwards are acquired to hedge certain CMO assets held by the Company against movements in interest rates, particularly mortgage rates. On the settlement date, the Company will either receive a payment (interest rate drops on purchased forwards or interest rate rises on sold forwards) or will be required to make a payment (interest rate rises on purchased forwards or interest rate drops on sold forwards). The Company also uses currency forward contracts to hedge policyholder liabilities in variable annuity contracts which are linked to foreign indexes. The currency fluctuations may result in a decrease in variable annuity account values, which would increase the possibility of the Company incurring an expense for guaranteed benefits in excess of account values.

Futures : Futures contracts are used to hedge against a decrease in certain equity indices. Such decreases may result in a decrease in variable annuity account values, which would increase the possibility of the Company incurring an expense for guaranteed benefits in excess of account values. Futures contracts are also used to hedge against an increase in certain equity indices. Such increases may result in increased payments to contract holders of FIA contracts, and the futures income would serve to offset this increased expense.

Interest rate swaptions : Interest swaptions are used to hedge against an increase in the interest rate benchmarked crediting strategies within FIA contracts. Such increase may result in increased payments to contract holders of FIA contracts, and the interest rate swaptions offset this increased expense.

Options : Call options are used to hedge against an increase in the various equity indices. Such increase may result in increased payments to contract holders of FIA contracts, and the options offset this increased expense.

Managed Custody Guarantees : The Company issued certain credited rate guarantees on externally managed variable bond funds that represent stand alone derivatives. The market value is partially determined by, among other things, levels of or changes in interest rates, prepayment rates, and credit ratings/spreads.

Embedded derivatives : The Company also has investments in certain fixed maturity instruments, and has issued certain annuity products, that contain embedded derivatives whose market value is at least partially determined by, among other things, levels of or changes in domestic and/or foreign interest rates (short-term or long-term), exchange rates, prepayment rates, equity rates, or credit ratings/spreads. In addition, the Company has entered into a coinsurance with a funds withheld arrangement which contains an embedded derivative whose fair value is based on the change in the fair value of the underlying assets held in trust. The embedded derivatives for certain fixed maturity instruments, certain annuity products and coinsurance with funds withheld arrangements are reported with the host contract in investments, in Future policy benefits or Funds held under reinsurance agreements, respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The notional amounts and fair values of derivatives were as follows as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011      2010  
     Notional
Amount
     Asset
Fair
Value
     Liability
Fair
Value
     Notional
Amount
     Asset
Fair
Value
     Liability
Fair
Value
 

Derivatives: Qualifying for hedge accounting

                 

Cash flow hedges:

                 

Interest rate contracts

   $ 1,000.0       $ 174.0       $ —         $ 21.0       $ 1.7       $ —     

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           —           —           32.5         —           0.2   

Fair value hedges:

                 

Interest rate contracts

     358.2         —           13.1         82.0         —           8.0   

Derivatives: Non-qualifying for hedge accounting

                 

Interest rate contracts (1)

     63,993.8         2,227.6         1,548.7         56,892.3         560.4         1,601.9   

Foreign exchange contracts

     1,880.6         12.2         134.4         1,580.1         7.7         151.2   

Equity contracts

     15,797.4         69.1         28.3         9,518.1         118.6         16.8   

Credit contracts

     3,368.8         178.0         231.3         5,643.5         95.5         107.2   

Managed custody guarantees

     N/A         —           1.0         N/A         —           2.0   

Embedded derivatives

                 

Within fixed maturity investments

     N/A         243.1         N/A         N/A         227.1         N/A   

Within annuity products

     N/A         —           3,797.1         N/A         —           1,679.4   

Within reinsurance agreements

     N/A         —           137.2         N/A         —           69.1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 2,904.0       $ 5,891.1          $ 1,011.0       $ 3,635.8   
     

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

As of December 31, 2011, includes a notional amount, asset fair value and liability fair value for interest rate caps of $8.8 billion, $40.0 and $3.5, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, includes a notional amount, asset fair value and liability fair value for interest rate caps of $8.1 billion, $45.2 and $8.8, respectively.

N/A – Not Applicable.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Net realized gains (losses) on derivatives were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Derivatives: Qualifying for hedge accounting (1)

      

Cash flow hedges:

      

Interest rate contracts

   $ —        $ (0.3   $ (6.6

Fair value hedges:

      

Interest rate contracts

     (57.2     (4.8     1.0   

Derivatives: Non-qualifying for hedge accounting (2)

      

Interest rate contracts

     1,041.8        (443.9     (477.7

Foreign exchange contracts

     (2.4     33.2        (133.1

Equity contracts

     (559.0     (867.1     (2,643.4

Credit contracts

     (4.6     39.4        201.5   

Managed custody guarantees

     1.1        4.1        34.0   

Embedded derivatives

      

Within fixed maturity investments (2)

     16.1        48.3        (278.9

Within annuity products (2)

     (1,946.2     (76.7     1,342.3   

Within reinsurance agreements (3)

     (68.1     (42.6     (110.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (1,578.5   $ (1,310.4   $ (2,071.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Changes in value for effective fair value hedges are recorded in Other net realized capital gains (losses). Changes in fair value upon disposal for effective cash flow hedges are recorded in Other net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(2)  

Changes in value are included in Other net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(3)  

Changes in value are included in Policyholder benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Credit Default Swaps

The Company has entered into various credit default swaps. When credit default swaps are sold, the Company assumes credit exposure to certain assets that it does not own. Credit default swaps may also be purchased to reduce credit exposure in the Company’s portfolio. Credit default swaps involve a transfer of credit risk from one party to another in exchange for periodic payments. These instruments are typically written for a maturity period of five years and do not contain recourse provisions, which would enable the seller to recover from third parties. The Company has International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (“ISDA”) agreements with each counterparty with which it conducts business and tracks the collateral positions for each counterparty. To the extent cash collateral is received, it is included in Payables under securities loan agreement, including collateral held, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is reinvested in short-term investments. Collateral held is used in accordance with the Credit Support Annex (“CSA”) to satisfy any obligations. IG bonds owned by the Company are the source of noncash collateral posted, which is reported in Securities pledged on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In the event of a default on the underlying credit exposure, the Company will either receive an additional payment (purchased credit protection) or will be required to make an additional payment (sold credit protection) equal to par value minus recovery value of the swap contract. As of December 31, 2011, the fair value of credit default swaps of $178.0 and $231.3 was included in Derivatives assets and Derivatives liabilities, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2010, the fair value of credit default swaps of $95.5 and $107.2 was included in Derivatives assets and Derivatives liabilities, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance

 

F-59


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Sheets. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the maximum potential future exposure to the Company on credit default swaps, net of purchased protection of $1.0 billion in each year, was $1.3 billion and $3.6 billion, respectively.

 

5. Fair Value Measurements (excluding Consolidated Investment Entities)

The following table presents the Company’s hierarchy for its assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011:

 

     2011  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3 (2)      Total  

Assets

           

Fixed maturities including securities pledged:

           

U.S. Treasuries

   $ 5,342.1       $ 630.4       $ —         $ 5,972.5   

U.S. government agencies and authorities

     —           727.8         —           727.8   

U.S. corporate, state and municipalities

     —           33,346.4         520.6         33,867.0   

Foreign (1)

     —           14,906.8         160.6         15,067.4   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     —           8,861.5         186.6         9,048.1   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     —           5,485.4         —           5,485.4   

Other asset-backed securities

     —           2,396.7         104.5         2,501.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities, including securities pledged

     5,342.1         66,355.0         972.3         72,669.4   

Equity securities, available-for-sale

     274.6         11.6         67.6         353.8   

Derivatives:

           

Interest rate contracts

     18.1         2,383.5         —           2,401.6   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           12.2         —           12.2   

Equity contracts

     26.8         —           42.3         69.1   

Credit contracts

     —           6.0         172.0         178.0   

Cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, and short-term investments under securities loan agreement

     5,125.4         161.2         —           5,286.6   

Assets held in separate accounts

     83,976.1         4,722.3         16.1         88,714.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 94,763.1       $ 73,651.8       $ 1,270.3       $ 169,685.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Derivatives:

           

Annuity product guarantees:

           

FIA

   $ —         $ —         $ 1,304.9       $ 1,304.9   

GMAB / GMWB / GMWBL

     —           —           2,272.2         2,272.2   

Stabilizers and MCGs

     —           —           221.0         221.0   

Other derivatives:

           

Interest rate contracts

     —           1,561.8         —           1,561.8   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           134.4         —           134.4   

Equity contracts

     3.3         —           25.0         28.3   

Credit contracts

     —           17.2         214.1         231.3   

Embedded derivative on reinsurance

     —           137.2         —           137.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 3.3       $ 1,850.6       $ 4,037.2       $ 5,891.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

(2)  

Level 3 net assets and liabilities accounted for (2%) of total net assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Excluding separate accounts assets for which the policyholder bears the risk, the Level 3 net assets and liabilities in relation to total net assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis totaled (4%).

 

F-60


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following table presents the Company’s hierarchy for its assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2010:

 

     2010  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3 (2)      Total  

Assets

           

Fixed maturities including securities pledged:

           

U.S. Treasuries

   $ 4,506.7       $ 555.7       $ —         $ 5,062.4   

U.S. government agencies and authorities

     —           999.5         —           999.5   

U.S. corporate, state and municipalities

     —           29,106.1         79.4         29,185.5   

Foreign (1)

     —           14,389.7         56.0         14,445.7   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     —           8,359.8         914.0         9,273.8   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     —           6,220.3         0.1         6,220.4   

Other asset-backed securities

     —           1,408.6         2,326.3         3,734.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities, including securities pledged

     4,506.7         61,039.7         3,375.8         68,922.2   

Equity securities, available-for-sale

     429.9         12.8         82.9         525.6   

Derivatives:

           

Interest rate contracts

     11.6         538.5         12.0         562.1   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           7.7         —           7.7   

Equity contracts

     12.6         —           106.0         118.6   

Credit contracts

     —           15.9         79.6         95.5   

Cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, and short-term investments under securities loan agreement

     4,164.9         476.1         —           4,641.0   

Assets held in separate accounts

     91,436.4         4,129.4         22.3         95,588.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 100,562.1       $ 66,220.1       $ 3,678.6       $ 170,460.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Derivatives:

           

Annuity product guarantees:

           

FIA

   $ —         $ —         $ 1,178.2       $ 1,178.2   

GMAB / GMWB / GMWBL

     —           —           500.2         500.2   

Stabilizers and MCGs

     —           —           3.0         3.0   

Other derivatives:

           

Interest rate contracts

     0.2         1,609.3         0.4         1,609.9   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           151.4         —           151.4   

Equity contracts

     0.8         —           16.0         16.8   

Credit contracts

     —           1.5         105.7         107.2   

Embedded derivative on reinsurance

     —           69.1         —           69.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 1.0       $ 1,831.3       $ 1,803.5       $ 3,635.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

(2)  

Level 3 net assets and liabilities accounted for 1% of total net assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Excluding separate accounts assets for which the policyholder bears the risk, the Level 3 net assets and liabilities in relation to total net assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis totaled 3%.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Valuation of Financial Assets and Liabilities

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at estimated fair value on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, further disclosure of estimated fair values is included in the Investments note to these Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The exit price and the transaction (or entry) price will be the same at initial recognition in many circumstances.

However, in certain cases, the transaction price may not represent fair value. The fair value of a liability is based on the amount that would be paid to transfer a liability to a third-party with an equal credit standing. Fair value is required to be a market-based measurement which is determined based on a hypothetical transaction at the measurement date, from a market participant’s perspective. The Company considers three broad valuation techniques when a quoted price is unavailable: (i) the market approach, (ii) the income approach, and (iii) the cost approach. The Company determines the most appropriate valuation technique to use, given the instrument being measured and the availability of sufficient inputs. The Company prioritizes the inputs to fair valuation techniques and allows for the use of unobservable inputs to the extent that observable inputs are not available.

The Company utilizes a number of valuation methodologies to determine the fair values of its financial assets and liabilities in conformity with the concepts of “exit price” and the fair value hierarchy as prescribed in ASC Topic 820. Valuations are obtained from third-party commercial pricing services, brokers, and industry-standard, vendor-provided software that models the value based on market observable inputs. The valuations obtained from third-party commercial pricing services are non-binding. The Company reviews the assumptions and inputs used by third party commercial pricing services for each reporting period in order to determine an appropriate fair value hierarchy level. The documentation and analysis obtained from the third party commercial pricing services are reviewed by the Company, including in-depth validation procedures confirming the observability of inputs. The valuations are reviewed and validated monthly through the internal valuation committee price variance review, comparisons to internal pricing models, back testing to recent trades, or monitoring of trading volumes.

All valuation methods and assumptions are validated at least quarterly to ensure the accuracy and relevance of the fair values. There were no material changes to the valuation methods or assumptions used to determine fair values during 2011 and 2010, except for the Company’s use of commercial pricing services to value certain CMO assets which commenced in the first quarter of 2010. Certain CMO assets were previously valued using an average of broker quotes when more than one broker quote is provided.

The following valuation methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the reported values for the investments and derivatives described below:

Fixed maturities : The fair values for the actively traded marketable bonds are determined based upon the quoted market prices and are classified as Level 1 assets. Assets in this category would primarily include certain U.S. Treasury securities. The fair values for marketable bonds without an active market are obtained through several commercial pricing services, which provide the estimated fair values, and are classified as Level 2 assets. These services incorporate a variety of market observable information in their valuation techniques, including benchmark yields, broker-dealer quotes, credit quality, issuer spreads, bids, offers and other reference data. This category includes U.S. and foreign corporate bonds, ABS, U.S. agency and government guaranteed securities, CMBS, and RMBS, including certain CMO assets. During the first quarter of 2011, the market for subprime RMBS was determined to be active and, as such, these securities are included in Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy at December 31, 2011.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Generally, the Company does not obtain more than one vendor price from pricing services per instrument. The Company uses a hierarchy process in which prices are obtained from a primary vendor, and, if that vendor is unable to provide the price, the next vendor in the hierarchy is contacted until a price is obtained or it is determined that a price cannot be obtained from a commercial pricing service. When a price cannot be obtained from a commercial pricing service, independent broker quotes are solicited. Securities priced using independent broker quotes are classified as Level 3.

Broker quotes and prices obtained from pricing services are reviewed and validated through an internal valuation committee price variance review, comparisons to internal pricing models, back testing to recent trades, or monitoring of trading volumes. At December 31, 2011, $557.7 and $58.3 billion of a total fair value of $72.7 billion in fixed maturities, including securities pledged, were valued using unadjusted broker quotes and unadjusted prices obtained from pricing services, respectively, and verified through the review process. If pricing from a vendor is not available, the fair values for certain CMO assets are determined by taking the average of broker quotes when more than one broker quote is provided and classified as Level 3. The remaining balance in fixed maturities consisted primarily of privately placed bonds valued using a matrix-based pricing.

All prices and broker quotes obtained go through the review process described above including valuations for which only one broker quote is obtained. After review, for those instruments where the price is determined to be appropriate, the unadjusted price provided is used for financial statement valuation. If it is determined that the price is questionable, another price may be requested from a different vendor. The internal valuation committee then reviews all prices for the instrument again, along with information from the review, to determine which price best represents “exit price” for the instrument.

Fair values of privately placed bonds are determined primarily using a matrix-based pricing model and are generally classified as Level 2 assets. The model considers the current level of risk-free interest rates, current corporate spreads, the credit quality of the issuer, and cash flow characteristics of the security. Also considered are factors such as the net worth of the borrower, the value of collateral, the capital structure of the borrower, the presence of guarantees, and the Company’s evaluation of the borrower’s ability to compete in its relevant market. Using this data, the model generates estimated market values which the Company considers reflective of the fair value of each privately placed bond.

Equity securities, available-for-sale : Fair values of publicly traded equity securities are based upon quoted market price and are classified as Level 1 assets. Other equity securities, typically private equities or equity securities not traded on an exchange, are valued by other sources such as analytics or brokers and are classified as Level 2 or Level 3 assets.

Cash and cash equivalents, Short-term investments, and Short-term investments under securities loan agreement : The carrying amounts for cash reflect the assets’ fair values. The fair values for cash equivalents and most short-term investments are determined based on quoted market prices. These assets are classified as Level 1. Other short-term investments are valued and classified in the fair value hierarchy consistent with the policies described herein, depending on investment type.

Derivatives : Derivatives are carried at fair value, which is determined using the Company’s derivative accounting system in conjunction with observable key financial data from third-party sources, such as yield curves, exchange rates, S&P 500 Index prices, and London Interbank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”), which are obtained from third-party sources and uploaded into the system. For those derivatives that are unable to be valued by the accounting system, the Company typically utilizes values established by third-party brokers. Counterparty credit risk is considered and incorporated in the Company’s valuation process through counterparty credit rating

 

F-63


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

requirements and monitoring of overall exposure. It is the Company’s policy to transact only with IG counterparties with a credit rating of A- or better. Valuations for the Company’s futures and interest rate forward contracts are based on unadjusted quoted prices from an active exchange and, therefore, are classified as Level 1. The Company also has certain credit default swaps and options that are priced using models that primarily use market observable inputs, but contain inputs that are not observable to market participants, which have been classified as Level 3. However, all other derivative instruments are valued based on market observable inputs and are classified as Level 2. The Company’s own credit risk is also considered and incorporated in the Company’s valuation process.

Annuity product guarantees : The Company records reserves for annuity contracts containing GMAB, GMWB, and GMWBL riders. The guarantee is treated as an embedded derivative and is required to be reported separately from the host variable annuity contract. The fair value of the obligation is calculated based on actuarial and capital market assumptions related to the projected cash flows, including benefits and related contract charges, over the anticipated life of the related contracts. The cash flow estimates are produced by using stochastic techniques under a variety of market return scenarios and other best estimate assumptions. These derivatives are classified as Level 3 liabilities in the fair value hierarchy.

The Company records a liability for its FIA contracts for interest payments to contract holders above the minimum guaranteed interest rate. The guarantee is treated as an embedded derivative and is required to be reported separately from the host contract. The fair value of the obligation is calculated based on actuarial and capital market assumptions related to the projected cash flows, including benefits and related contract charges, over the anticipated life of the related contracts. The cash flow estimates are produced by best estimate assumptions. These derivatives are classified as Level 3 liabilities in the fair value hierarchy.

The Company records reserves for annuity contracts containing guaranteed credited rates (Stabilizer and MCG contracts) for derivative instruments and hedging activities. The guarantee is treated as an embedded derivative or a stand-alone derivative (depending on the underlying product) and is required to be reported at fair value. The fair value of the obligation is calculated based on the income approach as described in ASC 820. The income associated with the contracts is projected using relevant actuarial and capital market assumptions, including benefits and related contract charges, over the anticipated life of the related contracts. The cash flow estimates are produced by using stochastic techniques under a variety of risk neutral scenarios and other best estimate assumptions. These derivatives are classified as Level 3 assets.

Nonperformance risk for product guarantees, products with guaranteed credited rates, and FIA contain adjustments to the fair value of these contracts based on the credit default swap spreads of ING Insurance with similar term to maturity and priority of payment. The ING Insurance credit default spread is applied to the risk-free swap curve in the Company’s valuation models for these products and guarantees. The credit spreads of ING Insurance decreased by approximately 90 basis points from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011, which contributed to changes in the valuation of the reserves for all annuity product guarantees. Explicit risk margins in the actuarial assumptions underlying valuations are also included, as well as an explicit recognition of all nonperformance risks.

Embedded derivative on reinsurance: The carrying value of the embedded derivative is estimated based upon the change in the fair value of the assets supporting the funds withheld payable under the combined coinsurance and coinsurance funds withheld reinsurance agreement between the Company and Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America. As the fair value of the assets held in trust is based on a quoted market price (Level 1), the fair value of the embedded derivative is based on market observable inputs and is classified as Level 2.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Assets held in separate accounts : Assets held in separate accounts are reported at the quoted fair values of the underlying investments in the separate accounts. The underlying investments include mutual funds, short-term investments and cash, the valuations of which are based upon a quoted market price and are included in Level 1. Fixed maturity valuations are obtained from third-party commercial pricing services and brokers and are classified in the fair value hierarchy consistent with the policy described above for fixed maturities.

Transfers in and out of Level 1 and 2

There were no securities transferred between levels 1 and 2 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Certain U.S. Treasury securities valued by commercial pricing services where prices are derived using market observable inputs have been transferred from Level 1 to Level 2. These securities for the year ended December 31, 2010, were U.S. Treasury strips of $292.6 in which prices are modeled incorporating a variety of market observable information in their valuation techniques, including benchmark, yields, broker-dealer quotes, credit quality, issuer spreads, bids, offers and other reference data. The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the beginning of the reporting period.

Level 3 Financial Instruments

The fair values of certain assets and liabilities are determined using prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement (i.e., Level 3 as defined by ASC 820), including but not limited to liquidity spreads for investments within markets deemed not currently active. These valuations, whether derived internally or obtained from a third-party, use critical assumptions that are not widely available to estimate market participant expectations in valuing the asset or liability. In addition, the Company has determined, for certain financial instruments, an active market is such a significant input to determine fair value that the presence of an inactive market may lead to classification in Level 3. In light of the methodologies employed to obtain the fair values of financial assets and liabilities classified as Level 3, additional information is presented below.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following table summarizes the change in fair value of the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities and transfers in and out of Level 3 for the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

    2011  
    Fair Value as
of

January 1
    Total
Realized/Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
Included in:
    Purchases     Issuances     Sales     Settlements     Transfers
in to
Level 3 (2)
    Transfers
out of
Level 3 (2)
    Fair
Value
as of
December 31
    Change In
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Earnings (3)
 
    Net
Income
    OCI                  

Fixed maturities, including securities pledged:

                     

U.S. corporate, state and municipalities

  $ 79.4      $ (0.3   $ 6.0      $ 53.7      $ —        $ —        $ (93.5   $ 478.3      $ (3.0   $ 520.6      $ (0.2

Foreign

    56.0        1.5        (10.6     58.3        —          (39.0     (10.3     107.5        (2.8     160.6        (1.6

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    914.0        (3.4     (1.9     90.2        —          (23.4     (36.4     11.5        (764.0     186.6        (4.8

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    0.1        —          —          —          —          —          (0.1     —          —          —          —     

Other asset-backed securities

    2,326.3        (263.7     178.0        0.2        —          (721.1     (93.8     —          (1,321.4     104.5        (24.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities including securities pledged

    3,375.8        (265.9     171.5        202.4        —          (783.5     (234.1     597.3        (2,091.2     972.3        (31.2

Equity securities, available-for-sale

    82.9        —          1.3        16.1        —          (4.2     —          —          (28.5     67.6        —     

Derivatives:

                     

Annuity product guarantees:

                     

Fixed indexed annuities (1)

    (1,178.2     (114.1     —          —          (135.4     —          122.8        —          —          (1,304.9     —     

Guaranteed minimum withdrawal and accumulation benefits and GMWBL (1)

    (500.2     (1,618.5     —          —          (155.6     —          2.1        —          —          (2,272.2     —     

Stabilizers and MCGs (1)

    (3.0     (212.5     —          (5.5     —          —          —          —          —          (221.0     —     

Other derivatives, net

    75.5        (36.3     —          —          (64.0     —          —          —          —          (24.8     (53.7

Assets held in separate accounts (4)

    22.3        —          —          9.8        (3.4     —          —          —          (12.6     16.1        0.1   

 

(1)  

All gains and losses on Level 3 liabilities are classified as realized gains (losses) for the purpose of this disclosure because it is impracticable to track realized and unrealized gains (losses) separately on a contract-by contract basis. These amounts are included in Other net realized gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(2)  

The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the beginning of the reporting period.

(3)  

For financial instruments still held as of December 31, amounts are included in Net investment income and Net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(4)  

The realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in net income for separate account assets are offset by an equal amount for separate account liabilities, which result in a net zero impact on net income for the Company.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following table summarizes the change in fair value of the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities and transfers in and out of Level 3 for the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

    2010  
    Fair Value as
of January 1
    Total
Realized/Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
Included in:
    Purchases,
Sales,
Issuances,
and
Settlements
    Transfers
in to
Level 3 (2)
    Transfers
out of
Level 3 (2)
    Fair
Value
as of
December 31
    Change In
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Earnings (3)
 
      Net
Income
    OCI            

Fixed maturities, including securities pledged:

               

U.S. corporate, state and municipalities

  $ —        $ —        $ (0.9   $ (9.3   $ 89.6      $ —        $ 79.4      $ 0.2   

Foreign

    —          —          0.5        13.5        42.0        —          56.0        (0.3

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    5,097.2        (58.4     5.0        (94.7     21.5        (4,056.6     914.0        (88.6

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    —          —          —          —          0.1        —          0.1        —     

Other asset-backed securities

    1,817.9        (577.8     1,006.6        (278.1     357.7        —          2,326.3        (579.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities including securities pledged

    6,915.1        (636.2     1,011.2        (368.6     510.9        (4,056.6     3,375.8        (667.8

Equity securities, available-for-sale

    342.9        (3.0     3.2        (217.2     —          (43.0     82.9        (0.3

Derivatives:

               

Annuity product guarantees:

               

Fixed indexed annuities (1)

    (952.7     (211.5     —          (14.0     —          —          (1,178.2     —     

Guaranteed minimum withdrawal and accumulation benefits and GMWBL

    (492.3     129.9        —          (137.8     —          —          (500.2     —     

Stabilizers and MCGs (1)

    (6.0     9.0        —          (6.0     —          —          (3.0     —     

Other derivatives, net

    40.5        (45.5     —          80.5        —          —          75.5        36.4   

Assets held in separate accounts (4)

    56.3        5.8        —          (57.7     17.9        —          22.3        1.0   

 

(1)  

All gains and losses on Level 3 liabilities are classified as realized gains (losses) for the purpose of this disclosure because it is impracticable to track realized and unrealized gains (losses) separately on a contract-by contract basis. These amounts are included in Other net realized gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(2)  

The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the beginning of the reporting period.

(3)  

For financial instruments still held as of December 31, amounts are included in Net investment income and Net realized capital gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(4)  

The realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in net income for separate account assets are offset by an equal amount for separate account liabilities, which result in a net zero impact on net income for the Company.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The transfers out of Level 3 for the year ended December 31, 2011 in fixed maturities, including securities pledged, are primarily due to the Company’s determination that the market for subprime RMBS securities has become active. While the valuation methodology has not changed, the Company has concluded that the frequency of transactions in the market for subprime RMBS securities represent regularly occurring market transactions and therefore are now classified as Level 2. The transfers out of Level 3 for the year ended December 31, 2010 in fixed maturities, including securities pledged, are primarily due to an increased utilization of vendor valuations for certain CMO assets, as opposed to the previous use of broker quotes.

The remaining transfers in and out of Level 3 for fixed maturities, equity securities and separate accounts for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, are due to the variation in inputs relied upon for valuation each quarter. Securities that are primarily valued using independent broker quotes when prices are not available from one of the commercial pricing services are reflected as transfers into Level 3, as these securities are generally less liquid with very limited trading activity or where less transparency exists corroborating the inputs to the valuation methodologies. When securities are valued using more widely available information, the securities are transferred out of Level 3 and into Level 1 or 2, as appropriate.

The carrying values and estimated fair values of certain of the Company’s financial instruments were as follows as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

    2011     2010  
    Carrying
Value
    Fair
Value
    Carrying
Value
    Fair
Value
 

Assets

       

Fixed maturities, including securities pledged

  $ 72,669.4      $ 72,669.4      $ 68,922.2      $ 68,922.2   

Equity securities, available-for-sale

    353.8        353.8        525.6        525.6   

Mortgage loans on real estate

    8,691.1        8,943.7        8,181.7        8,439.7   

Loan – Dutch State obligation

    1,792.7        1,806.4        2,314.2        2,202.9   

Policy loans

    2,263.9        2,263.9        2,391.8        2,391.8   

Limited partnerships/corporations

    599.6        599.6        757.2        757.2   

Cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, and short-term investments under securities loan agreement

    5,286.6        5,286.6        4,641.0        4,641.0   

Derivatives

    2,660.9        2,660.9        783.9        783.9   

Other investments

    215.1        220.1        200.3        205.4   

Assets held in separate accounts

    88,714.5        88,714.5        95,588.1        95,588.1   

Liabilities

       

Investment contract liabilities:

       

Funding agreements without fixed maturities and deferred annuities (1)

    50,872.6        55,014.7        47,750.1        46,788.7   

Funding agreements with fixed maturities and guaranteed investment contracts

    5,559.0        5,261.0        5,646.0        5,190.5   

Supplementary contracts, immediate annuities and other

    3,037.0        3,311.9        2,846.3        2,838.3   

Derivatives:

       

Annuity product guarantees:

       

FIA

    1,304.9        1,304.9        1,178.2        1,178.2   

GMAB/GMWB/GMWBL

    2,272.2        2,272.2        500.2        500.2   

Stabilizers and MCGs

    221.0        221.0        3.0        3.0   

Other derivatives

    1,955.8        1,955.8        1,885.3        1,885.3   

Short-term debt

    1,054.6        1,054.6        5,464.6        5,467.4   

Long-term debt

    1,343.1        1,448.5        2,784.0        2,833.6   

Embedded derivatives on reinsurance

    137.2        137.2        69.1        69.1   

 

(1)

Certain amounts included in Funding agreements without fixed maturities and deferred annuities are also reflected within the Annuity product guarantees section of the table above.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following disclosures are made in accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 825 which requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument.

ASC Topic 825 excludes certain financial instruments, including insurance contracts, and all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.

The following valuation methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of the following financial instruments, which are not carried at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

Mortgage loans on real estate : The fair values for mortgage loans on real estate are estimated on a monthly basis using discounted cash flow analyses and rates currently being offered in the marketplace for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings. Loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for purposes of the calculations.

Loan – Dutch State obligation : The fair value of the Dutch State loan obligation is estimated utilizing discounted cash flows from the Dutch Strip Yield Curve.

Policy loans : The fair value of policy loans is equal to the carrying value of the loans. Policy loans are collateralized by the cash surrender value of the associated insurance contracts.

Limited partnerships/corporations : The fair value for these investments, primarily private equity fund of funds and hedge funds, is based on actual or estimated Net Asset Value (“NAV”) information, as provided by the investee.

Other investments : The fair value of other investments is estimated based on the Company’s percentage of ownership of third-party appraised value for joint ventures and third-party appraised value for real estate. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value.

Investment contract liabilities :

With a fixed maturity : Fair value is estimated by discounting cash flows, including associated expenses for maintaining the contracts, at rates, which are market risk-free rates augmented by credit spreads on current Company credit default swaps. The augmentation is present to account for nonperformance risk. A margin for non-financial risks associated with the contracts is also included.

Without a fixed maturity : Fair value is estimated as the mean present value of stochastically modeled cash flows associated with the contract liabilities relevant to both the contract holder and to the Company. The stochastic valuation scenario set is consistent with current market parameters, and discount is taken using stochastically evolving short risk-free rates in the scenarios augmented by credit spreads on current Company debt. The augmentation in the discount is present to account for nonperformance risk. Margins for non-financial risks associated with the contract liabilities are also included.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Short-term debt and Long-term debt : Estimated fair value of the Company’s short-term and long-term debt is based upon discounted future cash flows using a discount rate approximating the current market rate, incorporating own credit risk.

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on available market information and judgments about various financial instruments, such as estimates of timing and amounts of future cash flows. Such estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument, nor do they consider the tax impact of the realization of unrealized capital gains (losses). In many cases, the fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets, nor can the disclosed value be realized in immediate settlement of the instruments. In evaluating the Company’s management of interest rate, price, and liquidity risks, the fair values of all assets and liabilities should be taken into consideration, not only those presented above.

 

6. Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Value of Business Acquired

Activity within DAC and VOBA was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     DAC     VOBA     Total  

Balance at January 1, 2009

   $ 6,626.8      $ 2,747.5      $ 9,374.3   

Deferrals of commissions and expenses

     821.8        18.5        840.3   

Amortization:

      

Amortization (2)

     (1,140.3     (251.7     (1,392.0

Interest accrued (1)

     234.8        104.9        339.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amortization included in Consolidated Statements of Operations

     (905.5     (146.8     (1,052.3

Change in unrealized capital gains/losses on available-for-sale securities

     (1,998.4     (996.1     (2,994.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     4,544.7        1,623.1        6,167.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferrals of commissions and expenses

     630.2        28.7        658.9   

Amortization:

      

Amortization (3)

     (932.8     (155.6     (1,088.4

Interest accrued (1)

     238.3        103.5        341.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amortization included in Consolidated Statements of Operations

     (694.5     (52.1     (746.6

Change in unrealized capital gains/losses on available-for-sale securities

     (669.0     (372.0     (1,041.0

Group reinsurance divestment

     (0.8     —          (0.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     3,810.6        1,227.7        5,038.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferrals of commissions and expenses

     633.6        18.7        652.3   

Amortization:

      

Amortization

     (459.5     (265.8     (725.3

Interest accrued (1)

     238.2        100.1        338.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amortization included in Consolidated Statements of Operations

     (221.3     (165.7     (387.0

Change in unrealized capital gains/losses on available-for-sale securities

     (556.0     (395.3     (951.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 3,666.9      $ 685.4      $ 4,352.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Interest accrued at the following rates for DAC: 2% to 8% during 2011, 3% to 8% during 2010, and 4% to 8% during 2009. Interest accrued at the following rates for VOBA: 3% to 7% during 2011, 3% to 7% during 2010, and 3% to 7% during 2009.

(2)  

For 2009, includes loss recognition and related unlocking events for DAC and VOBA of $383.0 and $40.8, respectively.

(3)

For 2010, includes loss recognition events for DAC and VOBA of $149.5 and $9.1, respectively.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The estimated amount of VOBA amortization expense, net of interest, is presented in the following table. Actual amortization incurred during these years may vary as assumptions are modified to incorporate actual results.

 

Year

   Amount  

2012

   $ 75.2   

2013

     91.0   

2014

     89.1   

2015

     90.9   

2016

     87.4   

 

7. Reserves for Future Policy Benefits and Contract Owner Account Balances

Future policy benefits for individual participating traditional life insurance are based on the net level premium method, calculated using the investment yields, mortality, termination and expense assumptions appropriate at the time the policies were issued. Changes in or deviations from the assumptions used for mortality, morbidity, expected future premiums and interest can significantly affect the Company’s reserve levels and, accordingly, provisions for adverse deviation are built into the liability assumptions.

The method for determining the Company’s liabilities for individual and group annuity contracts vary by product type and are described in detail in the Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies note to these Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company’s liability for future policy benefits is also inclusive of liabilities for guarantee benefits related to certain annuity contracts, which are discussed more fully in the Guaranteed Benefit Features note to these Consolidated Financial Statements .

Future policy benefits and contract owner account balances were as follows as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011      2010  

Future policy benefits:

     

Traditional life insurance contracts

   $ 7,266.5       $ 6,998.1   

Individual & group annuities and supplementary contracts

     16,543.6         15,083.3   

Individual immediate annuities with life-contingent payouts

     558.0         575.5   

Other

     1,944.5         1,910.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 26,312.6       $ 24,567.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contract owner account balances:

     

Guaranteed investment contracts and funding agreements

   $ 5,398.6       $ 4,972.1   

Universal life-type contracts:

     

Universal life contracts

     16,555.5         16,531.1   

Individual & group deferred annuity contracts

     26,170.4         24,042.2   

Individual immediate annuities without life-contingent payouts

     655.7         750.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total universal life-type contracts

     43,381.6         41,323.5   

Individual and Group fixed annuities

     12,059.3         11,498.4   

Other

     1,206.3         1,281.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 62,045.8       $ 59,075.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-71


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

8. Guaranteed Benefit Features

While the Company ceased new sales of certain retail variable annuity products in March 2010, its currently-sold retail variable annuity contracts with separate account options guarantee the contract owner a return of no less than (i) total deposits made to the contract less any partial withdrawals, (ii) total deposits made to the contract less any partial withdrawals plus a minimum return, or (iii) the highest contract value on a specified date minus any withdrawals. These guarantees include benefits that are payable in the event of death, annuitization or at specified dates.

The Company also issues variable life, variable universal life and universal life contracts where the Company contractually guarantees to the contract owner a death benefit even when there is insufficient value to cover monthly mortality and expense charges, whereas otherwise the contract would typically lapse (“no lapse guarantee”).

In addition, the Company’s Stabilizer and MCG products have guaranteed credited rates. Credited rates are set either quarterly or annually. Most contracts have a zero percent minimum credited rate guarantee, although some contracts have minimum credited rate guarantees up to 3% and allow the contract holder to select either the market value of the account or the book value of the account at termination. The book value of the account is equal to deposits plus interest, less any withdrawals. The fair value is estimated using the income approach.

The Company’s major source of income from guaranteed benefit features is the base contract mortality, expense, and guaranteed death and living benefit rider fees charged to the contract owner, less the costs of administering the product and providing for the guaranteed death and living benefits.

The Company’s retail variable annuity contracts offer one or more of the following guaranteed death and living benefits:

Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefits (GMDB)

 

   

Standard – Guarantees that, upon death, the death benefit will be no less than the premiums paid by the contract owner, adjusted for any contract withdrawals.

 

   

Ratchet – Guarantees that, upon death, the death benefit will be no less than the greater of (1) Standard or (2) the maximum contract anniversary (or quarterly anniversary) value of the variable annuity, adjusted for contract withdrawals.

 

   

Combo – Guarantees that, upon death, the death benefit will be no less than the greater of (1) Ratchet or (2) Rollup (Rollup guarantees that, upon death, the death benefit will be no less than the aggregate premiums paid by the contract owner accruing interest at the contractual rate per annum, adjusted for contract withdrawals, which is subject to a maximum cap on the rolled up amount.)

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit (GMIB)

Guarantees a minimum income payout upon annuitization, exercisable each contract anniversary on or after a specified date, in most cases the 10th rider anniversary.

 

   

For contracts issued before February 2003, the GMIB rider guarantees a minimum income payout determined based on a GMIB rollup amount equal to eligible premiums paid by the contract owner accruing interest at the contractual rate per annum, adjusted for contract withdrawals, which is subject to a maximum age cap (typically age 80) on the rolled up amount.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

   

For contracts issued during or after February 2003, the GMIB rider guarantees a minimum payout determined based on the greater of a (i) GMIB rollup amount or (ii) GMIB ratchet amount. The GMIB rollup amount is equal to the aggregate premiums paid by the contract owner accruing interest at the contractual rate per annum (“GMIB rollup rate”), adjusted for contract withdrawals, which may be subject to a maximum age cap on the rolled up amount. The ratchet amount is the maximum contract anniversary (or quarterly anniversary) value of the variable annuity, adjusted for contract withdrawals prior to age 90.

Eligible premiums are premiums and premium credits added within five years of the rider effective date. The GMIB rollup rates may vary (6.0% or 7.0%) depending on versions of the benefits. The maximum rollup amount was capped at 200%, 250%, or 300% depending on the versions of the benefits.

Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit (GMAB)

Guarantees that the account value will be at least 100% of the eligible premiums paid by the contract owner after 10 years, net of any contract withdrawals. In the past, the Company offered an alternative design that guaranteed the account value to be at least 200% of the eligible premiums paid by contract owners after 20 years.

Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit and Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit for Life (GMWB/GMWBL)

Guarantees an annual withdrawal amount for a specified period of time (GMWB) or life (GMWBL) that is calculated as a percentage of the benefit base that equals premium at the time of contract issue and may increase over time based on a number of factors, including a rollup percentage (7%, 6%, or 0%, depending on versions of the benefit) and ratchet frequency (primarily annual or quarterly, depending on versions). The percentage used to determine the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may vary by age at first withdrawal and depends on versions of the benefit. A joint life-time withdrawal benefit option was available to include coverage for spouses. Most versions of the withdrawal benefit included reset and/or step-up features that may increase the guaranteed withdrawal amount in certain conditions. Earlier versions of the withdrawal benefit guarantee that annual withdrawals of up to 7.0% of eligible premiums may be made until eligible premiums previously paid by the contract owner are returned, regardless of account value performance. Asset allocation requirements apply at all times where withdrawals are guaranteed for life.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following assumptions and methodologies were used to determine the guaranteed reserves for retail variable annuity contracts at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

Area

  

2011 Assumptions/Basis for Assumptions

  

2010 Assumptions/Basis for Assumptions

Data used

   Based on 1,000 investment performance scenarios.    Based on 1,000 investment performance scenarios.
Mean investment performance    GMDB: The mean investment performance varies by fund group. In general, the Company groups all separate account returns into 6 fund groups, and generate stochastic returns for each of these fund groups. The overall blended mean separate account return is 8.1%. The general account fixed portion is a small percentage of the overall total.    GMDB: The mean investment performance varies by fund group. In general, the Company groups all separate account returns into 6 fund groups, and generate stochastic returns for each of these fund groups. The overall blended mean separate account return is 8.1%. The general account fixed portion is a small percentage of the overall total.
   GMIB: the overall blended mean is 8.1% based on a single fund group    GMIB: The overall blended mean is 8.1% based on a single fund group
   GMAB/GMWB/GMWBL: Zero rate curve    GMAB/GMWB/GMWBL: Zero rate curve

Volatility

   GMDB: 15.8%    GMDB: 15.8%
   GMIB: 16.5%    GMIB: 16.5%
   GMAB/GMWB/GMWBL: Implied volatilities through the first 5 years and then a blend of implied and historical thereafter.    GMAB/GMWB/GMWBL: Implied volatilities through the first 5 years and then a blend of implied and historical thereafter.

Mortality

   Depending on the type of benefit and gender, the Company uses the Annuity 2000 basic table with mortality improvement through 2011, further adjusted for company experience.    Depending on Guaranteed Living Benefit Type, product, and issue year, the Company uses 55% to 80% of the SoA 90-95 ultimate mortality table. This percentage grades to 100% over the ages of 80 to 120.

Lapse rates

   Vary by contract type, share class, time remaining in the surrender charge period and in-the-moneyness.    Vary by contract type and duration.

Discount rates

   GMDB/GMIB: 5.5%    GMDB/GMIB: 5.5%
   GMAB/GMWB/GMWBL: Zero rate curve plus adjustment for nonperformance risk; nonperformance risk varies between 0.95% and 1.65% based on term structure.    GMAB/GMWB/GMWBL: Zero rate curve plus adjustment for nonperformance risk; nonperformance risk varies between 1.5% and 2.6% based on term structure.

Variable annuity contracts containing guaranteed minimum death and living benefits expose the Company to equity risk. With the decline in the equity markets, the Company has exposure to increasing claims due to the guaranteed minimum benefits. On the other hand, with an increase in the equity markets, the Company’s exposure to risks associated with the guaranteed minimum benefits generally decreases. In order to mitigate the risk associated with guaranteed death and living benefits, the Company enters into reinsurance agreements and derivatives positions on various public market indices chosen to closely replicate contract owner variable fund returns.

The calculation of the GMDB and GMIB liabilities assumes dynamic surrenders and GMIB liabilities also assume dynamic utilization of the guaranteed benefit feature.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The liabilities for variable life and universal life contracts, as well as variable annuity contracts containing guaranteed minimum death and living benefits, are recorded in separate account liabilities as follows as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The separate account liabilities may include more than one type of guarantee. These liabilities are subject to the requirements for additional reserve liabilities under ASC Topic 944, which are recorded in the Company’s general account. The paid and incurred amounts were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Variable  Life
and

Universal
Life
    GMDB     GMAB/
GMWB
    GMIB     GMWBL     Stabilizer  and
MCGs (1)
 

Separate account liability at December 31, 2011

   $ 582.3      $ 41,547.0      $ 1,182.9      $ 14,565.4      $ 15,081.2      $ 31,024.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Separate account liability at December 31, 2010

   $ 564.1      $ 46,996.0      $ 1,532.7      $ 16,437.6      $ 16,007.9      $ 27,286.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional liability balance:

            

Balance at January 1, 2009

   $ 919.4      $ 574.1      $ 206.0      $ 628.3      $ 1,492.4      $ 220.0   

Incurred guaranteed benefits

     449.8        84.4        (112.8     120.0        (1,093.3     (214.0

Paid guaranteed benefits

     (264.4     (170.9     —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     1,104.8        487.6        93.2        748.3        399.1        6.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Incurred guaranteed benefits

     442.5        15.1        2.9        61.0        15.7        (3.0

Paid guaranteed benefits

     (318.3     (124.3     (10.6     (40.0     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     1,229.0        378.4        85.5        769.3        414.8        3.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Incurred guaranteed benefits

     589.6        258.7        44.8        586.3        1,729.2        218.0   

Paid guaranteed benefits

     (312.7     (106.8     (2.1     (65.4     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 1,505.9      $ 530.3      $ 128.2      $ 1,290.2      $ 2,144.0      $ 221.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The Separate account liability at December 31, 2011 and 2010 includes $24.2 billion and $21.6 billion, respectively, of externally managed assets, which are not reported on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The net amount at risk for the GMDB, GMAB and GMWB benefits is equal to the guaranteed value of these benefits in excess of the account values.

The net amount at risk for the GMIB and GMWBL benefits is equal to the excess of the present value of the minimum guaranteed annuity payments available to the contract owner over the current account value.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The separate account values, net amount at risk, net of reinsurance, and the weighted average attained age of contract owners by type of minimum guaranteed benefit for retail variable annuity contracts were as follows as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011  
     In the Event of Death      At Annuitization, Maturity, or Withdrawal  
     GMDB      GMAB/GMWB      GMIB      GMWBL  

Annuity Contracts:

             

Minimum Return or Contract Value

             

Separate account value

   $ 41,547.0       $ 1,182.9       $ 14,565.4       $ 15,081.2   

Net amount at risk, net of reinsurance

   $ 8,893.9       $ 70.7       $ 3,714.0       $ 2,046.3   

Weighted average attained age

     68         69         62         65   

 

     2010  
     In the Event of Death      At Annuitization, Maturity, or Withdrawal  
     GMDB      GMAB/GMWB      GMIB      GMWBL  

Annuity Contracts:

             

Minimum Return or Contract Value

             

Separate account value

   $ 46,996.0       $ 1,532.7       $ 16,437.6       $ 16,007.9   

Net amount at risk, net of reinsurance

   $ 7,084.9       $ 58.1       $ 1,740.6       $ 292.8   

Weighted average attained age

     67         68         62         64   

The net amount at risk for the secondary guarantees is equal to the current death benefit in excess of the account values.

The separate account values, net amount at risk, net of reinsurance, and the weighted average attained age of contract owners by type of minimum guaranteed benefit for universal life and variable life contracts were as follows as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011      2010  
     Secondary
Guarantees
     Paid-up
Guarantees
     Secondary
Guarantees
     Paid-up
Guarantees
 

Universal and Variable Life Contracts:

           

Account value (general and separate account)

   $ 5,033.6       $ —         $ 4,884.8       $ —     

Net amount at risk, net of reinsurance

   $ 20,653.2       $ —         $ 18,491.5       $ —     

Weighted average attained age

     60         —           59         —     

Account balances of contracts with guarantees invested in variable separate accounts were as follows as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011      2010  

Equity securities (including mutual funds):

     

Equity funds

   $ 31,047.3       $ 35,941.0   

Bond funds

     5,882.0         5,829.7   

Balanced funds

     4,692.2         5,259.8   

Money market funds

     1,137.2         1,237.3   

Other

     130.2         161.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 42,888.9       $ 48,429.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-76


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

9. Reinsurance

The Company has reinsurance treaties covering a portion of the mortality risks and guaranteed death and living benefits under its life insurance and annuity contracts. The Company remains liable to the extent its reinsurers do not meet their obligations under the reinsurance agreements.

The Company reinsures its business through a diversified group of well capitalized, highly rated reinsurers. The Company monitors trends in arbitration and any litigation outcomes with its reinsurers. Collectability of reinsurance balances are evaluated by monitoring ratings and evaluating the financial strength of its reinsurers. Large reinsurance recoverable balances with offshore or other non-accredited reinsurers are secured through various forms of collateral, including secured trusts, funds withheld accounts and irrevocable letters of credit.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $7.7 billion of net unaffiliated reinsurance recoverables, of which $3.1 billion, or 40.3%, were due from the Company’s largest unaffiliated reinsurer, Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America and Hannover Life Reassurance (Ireland) Limited (collectively, “Hannover Re”). As of December 31, 2010, the Company had $7.8 billion of net unaffiliated reinsurance recoverables, of which $3.1 billion, or 39.7%, were due from Hannover Re. The amounts due from Hannover Re were fully secured as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The Company had $467.2 and $609.6 of unsecured unaffiliated reinsurance recoverable balances at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These reinsurance recoverable balances are periodically assessed for uncollectability and there were no significant allowances for uncollectible reinsurance as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The amounts on the Consolidated Balance Sheets include the impact of reinsurance. Information regarding the effect of reinsurance is as follows as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011  
     Direct      Assumed      Ceded      Total,
Net of
Reinsurance
 

Assets

           

Premiums receivable

   $ 90.7       $ 391.5       $ 398.0       $ 84.2   

Reinsurance recoverable

     —           —           7,723.4         7,723.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 90.7       $ 391.5       $ 8,121.4       $ 7,807.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Future policy benefits and claims reserves

   $ 84,265.7       $ 4,092.7       $ 7,723.4       $ 80,635.0   

Liability for funds withheld under reinsurance agreements

     1,307.6         —           —           1,307.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 85,573.3       $ 4,092.7       $ 7,723.4       $ 81,942.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2010  
     Direct      Assumed      Ceded      Total,
Net of
Reinsurance
 

Assets

           

Premiums receivable

   $ 89.8       $ 409.3       $ 419.1       $ 80.0   

Reinsurance recoverable

     —           —           7,758.4         7,758.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 89.8       $ 409.3       $ 8,177.5       $ 7,838.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Future policy benefits and claims reserves

   $ 79,511.6       $ 4,131.2       $ 7,758.4       $ 75,884.4   

Liability for funds withheld under reinsurance agreements

     1,260.5         —           —           1,260.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 80,772.1       $ 4,131.2       $ 7,758.4       $ 77,144.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reinsurance recoverable was comprised of the following as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011     2010  

Claims recoverable from reinsurers

   $ 227.9      $ 266.2   

Amounts due to reinsurers

     (128.4     (88.3

Reinsurance reserves ceded

     7,586.5        7,530.9   

Other

     37.4        49.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,723.4      $ 7,758.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-78


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The amounts in the Consolidated Statements of Operations include the impact of reinsurance. Information regarding the effect of reinsurance is as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Premiums:

      

Direct premiums

   $ 1,999.2      $ 1,953.9      $ 1,855.3   

Reinsurance assumed

     1,329.2        1,526.3        1,779.8   

Reinsurance ceded

     (1,558.4     (1,772.7     (1,649.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premiums

   $ 1,770.0      $ 1,707.5      $ 1,985.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Universal life and investment-type product policy fees:

      

Direct universal life and investment-type product policy fees

   $ 3,510.5      $ 3,444.8      $ 3,259.7   

Reinsurance ceded

     (6.0     (6.1     (6.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net universal life and investment-type product policy fees

   $ 3,504.5      $ 3,438.7      $ 3,252.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contract owner benefits and claims:

      

Direct contract owner benefits and claims

   $ 6,179.9      $ 5,513.4      $ 5,719.5   

Reinsurance assumed

     1,333.2        780.1        1,662.1   

Reinsurance ceded

     (1,771.1     (1,266.2     (1,751.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net contract owner benefits and claims

   $ 5,742.0      $ 5,027.3      $ 5,629.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective October 1, 1998, the Company disposed of a block of its individual life insurance business under an indemnity reinsurance arrangement with a subsidiary of Lincoln National Corporation (“Lincoln”) for $1.0 billion. Under the agreement, Lincoln contractually assumed from the Company certain policyholder liabilities and obligations, although the Company remains obligated to contract owners. The Lincoln subsidiary established a trust to secure its obligations to the Company under the reinsurance transaction. Of the Reinsurance recoverable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, $2.2 billion and $2.3 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, is related to the reinsurance recoverable from the subsidiary of Lincoln under this reinsurance agreement.

Effective January 1, 2009, the Company executed a Master Asset Purchase Agreement (the “MPA”) with respect to its individual reinsurance business with Scottish Re Group Limited, Scottish Holdings, Inc., Scottish Re (U.S.), Inc., Scottish Re Life (Bermuda) Limited and Scottish Re (Dublin) Limited (collectively, “Scottish Re”) and Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America and Hannover Life Reassurance (Ireland) Limited (collectively, “Hannover Re”). Pursuant to the MPA, the Company recaptured all business then-reinsured to Scottish Re, and immediately ceded 100% of such business to Hannover Re on a modified coinsurance, funds withheld, and coinsurance basis, which resulted in no gain or loss. The Company will remain obligated to maintain collateral for certain reserve requirements of the business transferred from the Company to Hannover Re for the duration of such reserve requirements or until the underlying reinsurance contracts are novated to Hannover Re or Hannover Re puts into place its own collateral for such reserve requirements. Of the Reinsurance recoverable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, $3.1 billion as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, is related to the reinsurance recoverable from Hannover Re under this reinsurance agreement.

Effective January 1, 2010, the Company disposed of several blocks of its reinsurance business under coinsurance agreements (the “Reinsurance Agreements”) with various subsidiaries of Reinsurance Group of America Incorporated (collectively, “RGA”) (the “RGA Transaction”). Pursuant to the RGA Transaction, RGA paid a ceding commission of $129.8 and undertook to novate the underlying reinsurance agreements. Under the terms of the Reinsurance Agreements, the Company ceded to RGA 100% of the liabilities related to various blocks of business, including Group Life, Accident and Special Risk, Medical, Managed Care, and Long-term Disability

 

F-79


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

contracts. RGA established trusts with initial assets of $625.4 to secure its obligations to the Company under the reinsurance transaction. The trusts were to remain funded until such time as the remaining liabilities under the reinsurance agreements fell beneath a set threshold.

At December 31, 2011, due primarily to novations, there were no remaining trust funding requirements. Of the Reinsurance recoverable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, $11.1 as of December 31, 2011 is related to the reinsurance recoverable from RGA under this reinsurance agreement.

 

10. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill is the excess of cost over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had $31.1 in goodwill allocated to the Investment Management segment. There is no accumulated impairment balance associated with this goodwill. The Company performs the Step 1 goodwill impairment analysis annually as of October 1 and more frequently if facts and circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired.

Other Intangible Assets

The Company has the following assets included in Other intangible assets, which have been capitalized and are amortized over their expected economic lives.

The Company recorded Value of Management Contracts (“VMCR”) from the acquisition of Reliastar in 2000 that represent the right by the mutual fund advisor company to manage the assets that are held in the mutual funds business.

Customer relationship lists from the acquisition of CitiStreet, LLC in 2008 represent Value of Customer Relationship Acquired (“VOCRA”) for contracts with customers that were in place at the time of the acquisition.

In addition, computer software that has been purchased or generated internally for own use is stated at cost, less amortization and any impairment losses. Amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over its useful life. When assessing potential impairment, the unamortized capitalized costs are compared with the net realizable value of the computer software. The amount by which the unamortized capitalized costs exceed the net realizable value is written off. Based on this methodology, the Company determined there were no software impairments in 2011, 2010, and 2009.

Other intangible assets were as follows at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

    

Weighted

Average

Amortization

Lives

   2011      2010  
      Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Management contract rights

   20 years    $ 550.0       $ 311.6       $ 238.4       $ 550.0       $ 284.2       $ 265.8   

Customer relationship lists

   20 years      115.8         27.0         88.8         115.8         20.1         95.7   

Computer software

   3 years      459.0         434.8         24.2         456.2         412.3         43.9   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

      $ 1,124.8       $ 773.4       $ 351.4       $ 1,122.0       $ 716.6       $ 405.4   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-80


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $59.8, $64.5, and $69.7 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The estimated amortization of intangible assets are as follows:

 

Year

   Amount  

2012

   $ 50.4   

2013

     41.8   

2014

     37.3   

2015

     36.8   

2016

     36.0   

Thereafter

     149.1   
  

 

 

 
   $ 351.4   
  

 

 

 

Amortization of intangibles assets is included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in Operating expenses.

The Company does not have any indefinite-lived intangibles other than goodwill.

 

11. Shareholder’s Equity and Dividend Restrictions

Common Stock

The following table presents a roll-forward of changes in Common Stock issued and outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     2011      2010      2009  

Common stock, January 1

     100,207         100,207         100,207   

Common stock issued

     —           —           —     

Common stock acquired

     —           —           —     

Stock-based compensation programs

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common stock, December 31

     100,207         100,207         100,207   

Common stock held in treasury, December 31

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common stock issued and outstanding, December 31

     100,207         100,207         100,207   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Statutory Equity and Income

Each of ING U.S., Inc.’s wholly owned U.S. insurance subsidiaries is subject to minimum risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements established by the insurance departments of their applicable state of domicile. The formulas for determining the amount of RBC specify various weighting factors that are applied to financial balances or various levels of activity based on the perceived degree of risk. Regulatory compliance is determined by a ratio of total adjusted capital, as defined by the NAIC, to authorized control level RBC, as defined by the NAIC. Each of ING U.S., Inc.’s U.S. insurance subsidiaries exceeded the minimum RBC requirements for all periods presented herein.

Each of ING U.S., Inc.’s wholly owned insurance subsidiaries is required to prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the insurance department of its state of domicile. Statutory accounting practices primarily differ from U.S. GAAP by charging policy

 

F-81


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

acquisition costs to expense as incurred, establishing future policy benefit liabilities and contract owner account balances using different actuarial assumptions as well as valuing investments and certain assets and accounting for deferred taxes on a different basis. Certain assets that are not admitted under statutory accounting principles are charged directly to surplus. Depending on the regulations of the insurance department of an insurance company’s state of domicile, the entire amount or a portion of an insurance company’s asset balance can be non-admitted based on the specific rules regarding admissibility.

Statutory net income (loss) for the three years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 and statutory capital and surplus for the two years ended as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 of ING U.S., Inc.’s primary wholly owned insurance subsidiaries is as follows:

 

     Statutory Net Income (Loss)     Statutory Capital  and
Surplus
 
     2011     2010     2009     2011      2010  

Subsidiary Name (State of Domicile):

           

ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company (IA)

   $ 386.0      $ (384.4   $ (627.5   $ 2,222.0       $ 1,724.7   

ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company (“ILIAC”) (CT)

     194.4        66.0        271.6        1,931.9         1,688.3 (1)  

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company (“SLD”) (CO)

     175.2        (339.9     23.7        1,519.5         1,457.0   

ReliaStar Life Insurance Company (“RLIC”) (MN)

     (83.0     (234.2     (92.5     2,104.3         2,078.1 (2)  

 

(1)  

As prescribed by statutory accounting practices, ILIAC statutory surplus as of December 31, 2010 included the impact of $150.0 capital contribution received by ILIAC from its immediate parent, Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc. (“Lion”), on February 18, 2011.

(2)  

As prescribed by statutory accounting practices, RLIC statutory surplus as of December 31, 2010 included the impact of $50.0 capital contribution received by RLIC from its immediate parent, Lion, on February 18, 2011.

Dividend Restrictions

The states in which the principal insurance subsidiaries of ING U.S., Inc. are domiciled impose certain restrictions on the subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to their parent. These restrictions are based in part on the prior year’s statutory income and surplus. In general, dividends up to specified levels are considered ordinary and may be paid without prior approval. Dividends in larger amounts, or “extraordinary” dividends, are subject to approval by the insurance commissioner of the state of domicile of the insurance subsidiary proposing to pay the dividend.

Under the insurance laws applicable to ING U.S., Inc.’s subsidiaries domiciled in Connecticut, Colorado, Indiana, Iowa and Minnesota, an “extraordinary” dividend or distribution is defined as a dividend or distribution that, together with other dividends and distributions made within the preceding twelve months, exceeds the greater of (i) 10% of the insurer’s policyholder surplus as of the preceding December 31, or (ii) the insurer’s net gain from operations for the twelve-month period ending the preceding December 31, in each case determined in accordance with statutory accounting principles. New York has similar restrictions, except that New York’s statutory definition of “extraordinary” dividend or distribution is an aggregate amount in any calendar year that exceeds the lesser of (i) 10% of policyholder’s surplus for the twelve-month period ending the preceding December 31, or (ii) the insurer’s net gain from operations for the twelve-month period ending the preceding December 31, not including realized capital gains. The laws and regulations of some of the domiciliary states also prohibit an insurer from declaring or paying a dividend except out of its earned surplus or require the insurer to obtain regulatory approval before it may do so.

 

 

F-82


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Dividends and return of capital distributions paid by each of the Company’s principal wholly owned insurance subsidiaries to its parent is as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

    Dividends Paid     Return of Capital Distribution  
    2011     2010     2009         2011             2010             2009      

Subsidiary Name (State of Domicile):

           

ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company (IA)

  $     —        $ —        $     —        $ —        $     —        $     —     

ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company (CT) (1)

    —          203.0        —          —          —          —     

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company (CO) (2)

    —          —          —          200.0        —          —     

ReliaStar Life Insurance Company (MN) (3)

    —          221.0        —          —          —          —     

 

(1)  

Connecticut Insurance Department approved ILIAC’s 2010 dividend.

(2)  

Colorado Insurance Division approved SLD’s 2011 return of capital distribution.

(3)  

Minnesota Insurance Division approved RLIC’s 2010 dividend.

 

12. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Shareholder’s equity included the following components of AOCI as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Fixed maturities

   $ 5,546.8      $ 2,924.2      $ (1,502.6

Equity securities, available-for-sale

     33.2        75.6        31.6   

Derivatives

     172.6        1.4        (0.3

DAC/VOBA adjustment on available-for-sale securities

     (2,202.3     (1,251.0     (210.0

Sales inducements adjustment on available-for-sale securities

     (80.3     (95.4     (19.7

Other investments

     (33.2     (38.8     (15.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrealized capital gains (losses), before tax

     3,436.8        1,616.0        (1,716.6

Deferred income tax liability

     (915.1     (664.7     349.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized capital gains (losses)

     2,521.7        951.3        (1,367.4

Pension and other post-employment benefits liability, net of tax

     73.3        22.0        24.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 2,595.0      $ 973.3      $ (1,342.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-83


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Changes in AOCI, net of DAC, VOBA, and tax were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Fixed maturities

   $ 2,457.2      $ 4,471.5      $ 8,632.4   

Equity securities, available-for-sale

     (42.4     44.0        88.4   

Derivatives

     171.2        1.7        5.7   

DAC/VOBA adjustment on available-for-sale securities

     (951.3     (1,041.0     (2,994.5

Sales inducements adjustment on available-for-sale securities

     15.1        (75.7     (235.3

Other investments

     5.6        (23.2     (43.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains/losses on securities, before tax

     1,655.4        3,377.3        5,452.9   

Deferred income tax asset/liability

     (192.5     (1,029.5     (2,192.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains/losses on securities, after tax

     1,462.9        2,347.8        3,260.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in other-than-temporary impairment losses, before tax

     165.4        (44.7     (346.8

Deferred income tax asset/liability

     (57.9     15.6        121.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in other-than-temporary impairment losses, after tax

     107.5        (29.1     (225.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pension and other post-employment benefit liability, before tax

     78.9        (3.9     39.1   

Deferred income tax asset/liability

     (27.6     1.4        (13.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pension and other post-employment benefit liability, after tax

     51.3        (2.5     25.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), after tax

   $ 1,621.7      $ 2,316.2      $ 3,060.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in unrealized capital gains (losses) on securities, including securities pledged and noncredit impairments, as recognized in AOCI, reported net of DAC, VOBA, and income taxes, were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     2011      2010     2009  

Net unrealized capital holding gains arising during the period (1)

   $ 1,214.5       $ 1,953.6      $ 3,043.5   

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains (losses)and other items included in Net income (losses) (2)

     31.1         (213.6     (241.1

Change in deferred tax asset valuation allowance

     387.0         151.5        (250.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized capital gains on securities

   $ 1,570.4       $ 2,318.7      $ 3,034.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Pretax unrealized capital holding gains (losses) arising during the year were $1,868.6, $3,004.1, and $4,731.3, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

(2)  

Pretax reclassification adjustments for gains (losses) and other items included in Net income (loss) were $47.8, $(328.5), and $(374.6), for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

13. Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Current tax (benefit) expense:

      

Federal

   $ (18.0   $ (384.0   $ 89.0   

State

     (22.0     (15.0     6.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current tax (benefit) expense

     (40.0     (399.0     95.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax expense:

      

Federal

     213.0        568.0        (393.0

State

     2.0        2.0        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax expense (benefit)

     215.0        570.0        (393.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 175.0      $ 171.0      $ (298.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes were different from the amount computed by applying the federal income tax rate to income (loss) before income taxes for the following reasons for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 277.8      $ 37.8      $ (1,108.6

Tax rate

     35.0     35.0     35.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate

     97.2        13.2        (388.0

Tax effect of:

      

Valuation allowance

     175.0        547.0        90.0   

Dividend received deduction

     (74.0     (108.0     (65.0 ) (1)  

Audit settlement

     13.0        (312.0     4.0 (1)  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —          38.0        —     

State tax expense (benefit)

     17.0        (6.0     (1.0 ) (1)  

Noncontrolling interest

     (67.0     4.0        73.0 (1)  

Tax credits

     (19.0     (19.0     (17.0 ) (1)  

Non-deductible expenses

     32.0        13.0        14.0 (1)  

Other

     0.8        0.8        (8.0 ) (1)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 175.0      $ 171.0      $ (298.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

These amounts were allocated to Other comprehensive income in accordance with the exception described in ASC 740-20-45-7.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Temporary Differences

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are presented below:

 

     2011     2010  

Deferred tax assets

    

Loss carryforwards

   $ 1,901.0      $ 1,331.0   

Investments

     1,590.0        2,245.0   

Insurance reserves

     1,594.0        1,359.0   

Compensation and benefits

     452.0        436.0   

Other

     246.0        495.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross assets before valuation allowance

     5,783.0        5,866.0   

Less: Valuation allowance

     (2,875.0     (3,087.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assets, net of valuation allowance

     2,908.0        2,779.0   

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Net unrealized investment gains

     (1,861.0     (750.0

Deferred policy acquisition costs

     (1,494.0     (1,775.0

Other

     (66.0     (280.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross liabilities

     (3,421.0     (2,805.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax liability

   $ (513.0   $ (26.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the federal, state and capital loss carryforwards for tax purposes at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011      2010  

Federal net operating loss carryforward (1)

   $ 4,084.0       $ 3,097.0   

State net operating loss carryforward (1)

     1,383.0         1,427.0   

Federal tax capital loss carryforward (2)

     880.0         143.0   

Credit carryforward (3)

     121.0         75.0   

 

(1)  

These net operating loss carryforwards expire from 2012 to 2031.

(2)  

Expires between 2013 and 2016.

(3)  

Expires between 2013 and 2031.

The Company evaluates and tests the recoverability of its deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets represent the tax benefit of future deductible temporary differences, operating loss carryforwards, and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Considerable judgment and the use of estimates are required in determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, and if so, the amount of such valuation allowance. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers many factors, including:

 

   

The nature and character of the deferred tax assets and liabilities;

 

   

The nature and character of income by life and non-life subgroups;

 

   

Income in non-U.S. companies;

 

F-86


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

   

Taxable income in prior carryback years;

 

   

Projected future taxable income, exclusive of reversing temporary differences;

 

   

Projected future reversals of existing temporary differences;

 

   

The length of time carryforwards can be utilized;

 

   

Carryforwards; and

 

   

Any prudent and feasible tax planning strategies the Company would employ to avoid a tax benefit from expiring unused.

The Company has recorded valuation allowances related to the tax benefit of certain federal and state net operating losses, realized capital losses on investments and certain other deferred tax assets.

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the (decreases) increases in the valuation allowances were $(212.0), $395.5, and $340.0 respectively. In addition, in 2009 the Company had a $(385.0) decrease to the valuation allowance related to a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, there were increases of $175.0, $547.0, and $90.0, respectively, in the valuation allowance that were allocated to continuing operations and increases (decreases) of $(387.0), $(151.5) and $250.0, respectively, that were allocated to other comprehensive income. For 2011 and 2010, the amounts allocated to continuing operations were primarily the result of increasing negative evidence that caused a change in judgment regarding the ability to realize deferred tax assets in future years. For 2011 and 2010, the valuation allowances allocated to Other comprehensive income were directly related to the appreciation of the Company’s available-for-sale portfolio during those years and not due to changes in expectations of taxable income in future periods.

For 2009, the Company followed the exception described in ASC 740-20-45-7. In addition, the amount of the valuation allowance allocated to continuing operations was caused by a change in judgment regarding the beginning of the year deferred tax asset.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

Reconciliations of the change in the unrecognized income tax benefits were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 197.0      $ 405.0      $ 441.0   

Additions for tax positions related to current year

     7.0        7.0        10.0   

Additions for tax positions related to prior years

     —          118.0        41.0   

Reductions for tax positions related to prior years

     (25.0     (351.0     (52.0

Reductions for settlements with taxing authorities

     (105.0     18.0        (35.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 74.0      $ 197.0      $ 405.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-87


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The Company had $24.0, $49.0, and $362.6 of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which would affect the Company’s effective rate if recognized.

Interest and Penalties

The Company recognizes interest expense and penalties, if applicable, related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expense net of federal income tax. The total amounts of gross accrued interest and penalties on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $23.0 and $35.0, respectively. The Company recognized gross interest expense (benefit) related to unrecognized tax in its Consolidated Statements of Operations of $(7.0), $(51.0) and $7.0 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Tax Regulatory Matters

The Income tax expense for 2010 reflected nonrecurring favorable adjustments, resulting from a reduction in the tax liability that was no longer deemed necessary based on the results of the IRS examination, monitoring the activities of the IRS with respect to certain issues with other taxpayers and the merits of the Company’s positions.

The Company settled a New York State audit in 2009 and a Connecticut State audit in 2010. The Connecticut state audit resulted in a reduction of the state net operating loss carryforward by $1.3 billion for which a valuation allowance had been established.

In March 2011, the IRS completed its examination of the Company’s returns through tax year 2009. The Company is currently under audit by the IRS for tax years 2010 through 2012 and it is expected that the examination of tax year 2010 will be finalized within the next twelve months. The Company is also under examination by various state agencies.

The Company does not expect any material changes to the unrecognized tax benefits within the next year. The Company and the IRS have agreed to participate in the Compliance Assurance Program for the tax years 2010 through 2012.

 

14. Employee Benefit Arrangements

Pension, Other Postretirement Benefit Plans and Other Benefit Plans

ING U.S., Inc. subsidiaries maintain both qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans (the “Plans”). These plans generally cover all employees and certain sales representatives who meet specified eligibility requirements. Pension benefits are based on a formula using compensation and length of service of employees at retirement. Annual contributions are paid to the Plans at a rate necessary to adequately fund the accrued liabilities of the Plans calculated in accordance with legal requirements. The Plans comply with applicable regulations concerning investments and funding levels.

The ING Americas Retirement Plan (the “Retirement Plan”) is a tax qualified defined benefit plan, the benefits of which are guaranteed (within certain specified legal limits) by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”). The Retirement Plan was amended and restated effective July 1, 2008 related to the admission of the employees from the acquisition of CitiStreet LLC. Effective January 1, 2009, the Retirement Plan was amended also to provide that anyone hired or rehired by the Company on or after January 1, 2009, would not be eligible to participate in the Retirement Plan.

Beginning January 1, 2012, the Retirement Plan will use a cash balance pension formula instead of a final average pay (“FAP”) formula, allowing all eligible employees to participate in the Retirement Plan. Participants

 

F-88


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

will earn an annual credit equal to 4% of eligible compensation. Interest is credited monthly based on a 30-year U.S. Treasury securities bond rate published by the Internal Revenue Service in the preceding August of each year. The accrued vested cash pension balance benefit is portable; participants can take it if they leave the Company. For participants in the Retirement Plan as of December 31, 2011, there will be a two-year transition period from the Retirement Plan’s current FAP formula to the cash balance pension formula. Due to ASC Topic 715 requirements, the accounting impact of the change in the Retirement Plan was recognized upon the sponsoring company’s approval November 10, 2011, resulting in an $83.6 decrease to the benefit obligation.

In addition to providing qualified retirement benefit plans, the Company provides certain supplemental retirement benefits to eligible employees, non-qualified pension plans for insurance sales representatives who have entered into a career agent agreement and certain other individuals. These plans are non-qualified defined benefit plans which means all benefits are payable from the general assets of the sponsoring company. The defined benefit plan for sales representatives was terminated effective January 1, 2002. In connection with the termination, all benefit accruals ceased and all accrued benefits were frozen.

The Company also offers deferred compensation plans for eligible employees, eligible career agents and certain other individuals who meet the eligibility criteria. The Company’s deferred compensation commitment for employees is recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in Other liabilities and totaled $268.2 and $301.4 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

ING U.S., Inc. subsidiaries also provide other post-employment and post-retirement employee benefits to certain employees. These are primarily post-retirement healthcare and life insurance benefits to retired employees and other eligible dependents and post-employment/pre-retirement plans provided to employees and former employees. In 2008, the post-retirement healthcare plan was contributory, with retiree contribution levels adjusted annually. Beginning August 1, 2009, ING U.S., Inc. subsidiaries moved from self-insuring these costs and began to use a private-fee-for-service Medicare Advantage program for post-Medicare eligible retired participants. ING U.S., Inc. subsidiaries subsidize a portion of the monthly per-participant premium for some retirees age 65 and older. This change had a minimal impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

On June 14, 2012, the Company announced an agreement with Cognizant Technology Solutions U.S. Corporation (Cognizant) under which Cognizant will provide business processing and operations services related to the Company. Under the terms of the seven-year agreement, Cognizant made offers of employment to more than 1,000 employees of the Company in Minot, North Dakota and Des Moines, Iowa. Based on an actuarial estimate using the Retirement Plan assets and obligations, the Company recognized a remeasurement loss resulting from the revaluation of the Retirement Plan’s assets and obligations, partially offset by a curtailment gain. The net loss before income taxes was $108.3 and was recognized on the date the employees transitioned to Cognizant, which was on August 16, 2012.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Obligations, Funded Status and Net Periodic Benefit Costs

The following tables set forth a reconciliation of beginning and ending balances of the benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets, as well as the funded status of the Company’s defined benefit pension and postretirement healthcare benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Pension Plans     Other
Postretirement Benefits
 
     2011     2010         2011             2010      

Change in benefit obligation:

        

Benefit obligations, January 1

   $ 1,787.7      $ 1,597.8      $ 55.8      $ 60.8   

Service cost

     37.5        38.7        (2.1     —     

Interest cost

     95.0        93.2        2.6        2.7   

Plan participants’ contribution

     —          —          0.2        0.2   

Net actuarial (gains) losses

     193.0        139.0        (5.4     (1.6

Early retiree reinsurance program payments

     —          —          0.3        —     

Prescription drug subsidies

     —          —          0.6        1.0   

Benefits paid

     (80.1     (77.6     (6.0     (7.3

Plan amendments

     (83.6     —          —          —     

Curtailments

     —          (3.4     —          —     

Settlements

     (4.3     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligations, December 31

     1,945.2        1,787.7        46.0        55.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

        

Fair value of plan net assets, January 1

     993.6        870.9        —          —     

Actual return on plan assets

     111.2        157.1        —          —     

Employer contributions

     173.1        43.2        4.9        6.1   

Plan participants’ contributions

     —          —          0.2        0.2   

Benefits paid

     (80.1     (77.6     (5.1     (6.3

Settlements

     (4.3     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan net assets, December 31

     1,193.5        993.6        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unfunded status at end of year (1)

   $ (751.7   $ (794.1   $ (46.0   $ (55.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Funded status is not indicative of the Company’s ability to pay ongoing pension benefits or of its obligation to fund retirement trusts. Required pension funding is determined in accordance with ERISA regulations.

Amounts recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and AOCI were as follows as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

    Pension Plans     Other
Postretirement Benefits
 
    2011     2010         2011             2010      

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of:

       

Accrued benefit cost

  $ (751.7   $ (794.1   $ (46.0   $ (55.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

  $ (751.7   $ (794.1   $ (46.0   $ (55.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (income):

       

Prior service cost (credit)

  $ (81.0   $ 1.3      $ (31.7   $ (35.1

Tax effect

    28.3        (0.5     11.1        12.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (income), net of tax

  $ (52.7   $ 0.8      $ (20.6   $ (22.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-90


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Information for pension and other postretirement benefit plans with a projected benefit obligation and an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets was as follows as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Pension Plans      Other
Postretirement Benefits
 
     2011      2010          2011              2010      

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 1,945.2       $ 1,787.7       $ 46.0       $ 55.8   

Accumulated benefit obligation

     1,929.3         1,715.2         N/A         N/A   

Fair value of plan assets

     1,193.5         993.6         —           —     

Components of Periodic Net Benefit Cost

Net periodic pension cost and net periodic other postretirement benefit plan cost consist of the following:

 

   

Service Cost : Service cost represents the increase in the projected benefit obligation as a result of benefits payable to employees on service rendered during the current year.

 

   

Interest Cost (on the Liability) : Interest cost represents the increase in the amount of projected benefit obligation at the end of each year due to the time value adjustment.

 

   

Expected Return on Plan Assets : Expected return on plan assets represents the anticipated return earned by the pension fund assets in a given year.

 

   

Net Loss (Gain) Recognition : Actuarial gains and losses occur as a result of differences between actual and expected experience on pension plan assets or projected benefit obligation during a given period. The Company’s accounting policy is to immediately recognize all actuarial gains (losses) on the qualified and nonqualified retirement plans as well as the other post retirement benefit plans.

 

   

Amortization of Prior Service Cost : This cost represents the recognition of increases or decreases in pension (other postretirement) benefit obligation as a result of changes in plans or initiation of new plans. The increases or decreases in obligation are recognized in AOCI at the time of the particular amendment. The costs are then amortized to pension (other postretirement benefit) expense over the expected service years of the covered employees.

The components of net periodic benefit cost and other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in Other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Pension Plans     Postretirement Benefits  
     2011     2010     2009     2011     2010     2009  

Net Periodic (Benefit) Costs:

            

Service cost

   $ 37.5      $ 38.7      $ 38.7      $ (2.1   $ —        $ 0.1   

Interest cost

     95.0        93.2        89.9        2.6        2.7        5.1   

Expected return on plan assets

     (81.6     (70.3     (68.0     —          —          —     

Amortization of prior service cost (credit)

     (1.3     0.4        0.5        (3.4     (4.4     (2.4

Loss recognized due to curtailments

     —          3.5        6.1        —          —          —     

Net loss (gain) recognition

     163.3        45.4        2.8        (5.5     (1.4     (11.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic (benefit) costs

     212.9        110.9        70.0        (8.4     (3.1     (8.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in AOCI:

            

Prior service cost (credit)

     (83.6     —          —          —          —          (39.6

Amortization of prior service (credit) cost

     1.3        (0.4     (0.5     3.4        4.4        2.4   

The effect of any curtailment or settlement

     —          (0.1     (0.3     —          —          (1.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in AOCI

     (82.3     (0.5     (0.8     3.4        4.4        (38.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in net periodic (benefit) costs and AOCI

   $ 130.6      $ 110.4      $ 69.2      $ (5.0   $ 1.3      $ (47.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-91


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The estimated prior service cost for the pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans are amortized from AOCI into net periodic (benefit) cost. Such amounts included in AOCI and expected to be recognized as components of periodic (benefit) cost in 2012 are as follows:

 

     Pension Plans     Other
Postretirement
Benefits
 

Amortization of prior service cost (credit)

   $ (11.5   $ (3.4

Assumptions

The weighted-average assumptions used in determining benefit obligations were as follows:

 

     Pension Plans     Other
Postretirement Benefits
 
     2011     2010    

2011

   

2010

 

Discount rate

     4.75     5.5     4.75     5.5

Rate of compensation increase

     4.0     4.0     N/A        N/A   

In determining the discount rate assumption, the Company utilizes current market information provided by its plan actuaries including a discounted cash flow analysis of the Company’s pension obligation and general movements in the current market environment. The discount rate modeling process involves selecting a portfolio of high quality, noncallable bonds that will match the cash flows of the Retirement Plan. Based upon all available information, it was determined that 4.75% was the appropriate discount rate as of December 31, 2011 to calculate the Company’s accrued benefit liability. Accordingly, the 4.75% discount rate will also be used to determine the Company’s 2012 pension expense. The decrease in the discount rate at December 31, 2011 was driven by the general decrease in yields of high-grade corporate bonds over the last calendar year.

The weighted-average assumptions used in determining net benefit cost were as follows:

 

     Pension Plans     Other
Postretirement Benefits
 
     2011     2010     2009     2011     2010     2009  

Discount rate

     5.5     6.0     6.0     5.5     6.0     6.0

Rate of compensation increase

     4.0     3.0     1.5     N/A        N/A        N/A   

Expected rate of return on plan assets

     7.5     8.0     8.0     N/A        N/A        N/A   

The weighted average assumptions used in calculating the net benefit cost for 2011 were, as indicated above, a 5.5% discount rate and a 4.0% rate of compensation increase. The expected return on plan assets is updated at least annually, taking into consideration the Plan’s asset allocation, historical returns on the types of assets held in the Fund, and the current economic environment. Based on these factors, it is expected that the Fund’s assets will earn an average percentage per year over the long term. This estimation is based on an active return on a compound basis, with a reduction for administrative expenses and non-ING investment manager fees paid from the Fund. For estimation purposes, it is assumed the long-term asset mix will be consistent with the current mix. Changes in the asset mix could impact the amount of recorded pension income or expense, the funded status of the Plan, and the need for future cash contributions.

The annual assumed rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered benefits (i.e. health care cost trend rate) for the medical rate within the other post retirement benefit plan is 7.5%, decreasing gradually to 5.5% over the next five years with an ultimate trend rate of 5.0%.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Assumed healthcare cost trend rates may have a significant effect on the amounts reported for healthcare plans. A one-percentage point change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 

     One Percentage
Point Increase
     One Percentage
Point Decrease
 

Effect on the aggregate of service and interest cost components

   $ 0.1       $ (0.1

Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

     2.4         (2.1

Plan Assets

The Retirement Plan is the only defined benefit plan with plan assets in a trust. The primary financial objective of the Retirement Plan is to secure participant retirement benefits. As such, the key objective in the Retirement Plan’s financial management is to promote stability and, to the extent appropriate, growth in funded status (i.e. the ratio of market value of assets to liabilities). The investment strategy for the Retirement Plan’s portfolio of assets (“the Fund”) balances the requirement to generate returns with the need to control risk. The asset mix is recognized as the primary mechanism to influence the reward and risk structure of the Fund in an effort to accomplish the Retirement Plan’s funding objectives. Desirable target allocations amongst identified asset classes are set and within each asset class, careful consideration is given to balancing the portfolio among industry sectors, geographies, interest rate sensitivity, economic growth, currency and other factors affecting investment returns. The assets are managed by professional investment firms. They are bound by mandates and are measured against benchmarks. Consideration is given to balancing security concentration, investment style, and reliance on particular active investment strategies, among other factors. The Company reviews its asset mix of the Fund on a regular basis. Generally, the pension committee of the Company will rebalance the Fund’s asset mix to the target mix as individual portfolios approach their minimum or maximum levels. However, the pension committee has the discretion to deviate from these ranges or to manage investment performance using different criteria.

Derivative contracts may be used for hedging purposes to reduce the Retirement Plan’s exposure to interest rate risk. Interest rate swaps and/or Treasury futures are used to manage the interest rate risk in the Retirement Plan’s fixed maturity portfolio. Interest rate swaps represent contracts that require the exchange of cash flows at regular interim periods. The derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting.

 

F-93


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The Company’s pension plan’s target allocation range and actual asset allocation by asset category is presented in the table below:

 

     Actual Asset Allocation  
         2011             2010      

Equity securities:

    

Target allocation range

     45%-70 %       45%-70 %  

Large-cap domestic

     28.1     32.2

Small/Mid-cap domestic

     7.1     8.2

International

     12.2     14.7

Other

     4.0     4.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity securities

     51.4     59.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fixed maturities:

    

Target allocation range

     25%-40 %       25%-40 %  

U.S. Treasuries and cash

     18.0     3.5

U.S. government agencies and authorities

     1.2     —     

U.S. corporate, state and municipalities

     7.0     8.1

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     9.3     14.2

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     1.8     2.8

Other asset-backed securities

     1.1     1.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

     38.4     30.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other investments:

    

Target allocation range

     6%-14 %       6%-14 %  

Hedge funds

     5.2     5.3

Real estate

     5.0     5.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other investments

     10.2     10.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-94


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The fair values of the pension plan assets at December 31, 2011 by asset class were as follows:

 

     2011  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level  3 (1)      Total  

Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 18.0       $ —         $ —         $ 18.0   

Fixed maturities:

           

U.S. government bonds

     102.7         —           —           102.7   

U.S. corporate, state and municipalities

     0.3         79.6         —           79.9   

Foreign

     —           12.2         —           12.2   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     —           84.9         —           84.9   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     —           15.0         —           15.0   

Other asset-backed securities

     —           6.1         —           6.1   

Equity securities:

           

Large-cap domestic

     322.8         —           —           322.8   

Mid-cap domestic

     42.2         —           —           42.2   

Small-cap domestic

     42.2         —           —           42.2   

Preferred

     —           —           —           —     

International

     —           —           —           —     

Other

     —           —           —           —     

Other investments:

           

Real estate (2)

     —           —           62.0         62.0   

Commingled funds (3)

     —           146.1         —           146.1   

Limited partnerships (4)

     —           —           110.1         110.1   

Private placements

     —           14.3         —           14.3   

Common collective trust:

           

Short-term investment fund (5)

     —           134.1         —           134.1   

Futures

     3.1         —           —           3.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 531.3       $ 492.3       $ 172.1       $ 1,195.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Derivative liability

   $ —         $ 1.4       $ —         $ 1.4   

Other liabilities

     —           —           0.8         0.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ 1.4       $ 0.8       $ 2.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Level 3 net assets accounted for 14.4% of total net assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

(2)  

UBS Trumbull Property Fund (“UBS”) used the NAV to calculate fair value. UBS has a balance of $62.0 and is an actively managed core portfolio of equity real estate. The Fund has both relative and real return objectives. Its relative performance objective is to outperform the National Council of Real Estate investment Fiduciaries Open-End Diversified Core (“NFI_ODCE”) index over any given three-to-five-year period. The Fund’s real return performance objective is to achieve at least a 5% real rate of return (i.e., inflation-adjusted return), before advisory fees, over any given three-to-five-year period.

(3)  

Commingled funds are comprised of two assets which use NAV to calculate fair value. Baillie Gifford Funds has a balance of $78.9 and uses a bottom up approach to stock picking. In determining the potential of a company, the fund manager analyzes industry background, competitive advantage, management attitudes and financial strength, and valuation. There are no redemption restrictions in the Baillie Gifford Funds. Silchester has a fund balance of $67.2 that has an investment objective to achieve long-term growth

 

F-95


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

  primarily by investing in a diversified portfolio of equity securities of companies located in any country other than the United States. Silchester clients may contribute to and redeem moneys from the funds on a monthly basis as of the first business day of each month. Clients must notify Silchester at least six business days before the month-end to make a redemption request. Baillie Gifford and Silchester, as a normal course of business, enter into contracts (commitments) that contain indemnifications or warranties. The funds’ maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown, as this would involve future claims that have not yet occurred. Baillie Gifford and Silchester have no unfunded commitments.
(4)  

Limited partnerships are comprised of three assets which use NAV to calculate fair value. Pantheon Europe has a balance of $12.8 and Pantheon USA has a balance of $39.6. Their strategy is to create a portfolio of high quality private equity funds, operating across Europe and diversified by stage, sector, geography, manager and vintage year. Magnitude Institutional, Ltd. (“MIL”) has a balance of $57.7 and is designed to realize appreciation in value primarily through the allocation of capital directly and indirectly among investment funds and accounts.

(5)

This category includes common collective trust funds invested in a short-term investment fund. The Short-term investment fund is designed to provide a rate of return by investing in a full range of high-quality, short-term money market securities. Participants redemptions in the Short-term investment fund were the result of the normal course of business, the Trustee permitted redemptions in cash. In order to control liquidity and realized losses on the sale of securities in the Short-term investment fund, requests for cash redemptions were not permitted where participants desired to exit the Short-term investment fund.

 

F-96


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The fair values of the pension plan assets at December 31, 2010 by asset class were as follows:

 

     2010  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level  3 (1)      Total  

Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 31.5       $ —         $ —         $ 31.5   

Fixed maturities:

           

U.S. government bonds

     97.8         —           —           97.8   

U.S. corporate, state and municipalities

     —           86.8         —           86.8   

Foreign

     —           0.2         —           0.2   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     —           43.2         —           43.2   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     —           6.8         —           6.8   

Other asset-backed securities

     —           10.0         —           10.0   

Equity securities:

           

Large-cap domestic

     215.8         —           —           215.8   

Mid-cap domestic

     87.6         —           —           87.6   

Small-cap domestic

     87.6         —           —           87.6   

Preferred

     0.3         —           —           0.3   

International

     0.1         —           —           0.1   

Other

     0.8         —           —           0.8   

Other investments:

           

Real estate (2)

     —           —           54.1         54.1   

Commingled funds (3)

     —           145.3         —           145.3   

Limited partnerships (4)

     —           —           93.3         93.3   

Private placements

     —           12.5         —           12.5   

Common collective trust:

           

Short-term investment fund (5)

     —           40.5         —           40.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 521.5       $ 345.3       $ 147.4       $ 1,014.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

U.S. government bonds-futures contracts

   $ 8.4       $ —         $ —         $ 8.4   

Derivative liability

     —           11.3         —           11.3   

Other liabilities

     —           —           0.9         0.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8.4       $ 11.3       $ 0.9       $ 20.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Level 3 net assets accounted for 14.5% of total net assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

(2)  

UBS Trumbull Property Fund (“UBS”) used the NAV to calculate fair value. UBS has a balance of $54.1 and is an actively managed core portfolio of equity real estate. The Fund has both relative and real return objectives. Its relative performance objective is to outperform the NFI_ODCE index over any given three-to-five-year period. The Fund’s real return performance objective is to achieve at least a 5% real rate of return (i.e., inflation-adjusted return), before advisory fees, over any given three-to-five-year period.

(3)

Commingled funds are comprised of two assets which use NAV to calculate fair value. Baillie Gifford Funds has a balance of $74.9 and uses a bottom up approach to stock picking. In determining the potential of a company, the fund manager analyzes industry background, competitive advantage, management attitudes and financial strength, and valuation. There are no redemption restrictions in the Baillie Gifford Funds. Silchester has a fund balance of $70.4 that has an investment objective to achieve long-term growth primarily by investing in a diversified portfolio of equity securities of companies located in any country

 

F-97


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

  other than the United States. Silchester clients may contribute to and redeem moneys from the funds on a monthly basis as of the first business day of each month. Clients must notify Silchester at least six business days before the month-end to make a redemption request. Baillie Gifford and Silchester, as a normal course of business, enter into contracts (commitments) that contain indemnifications or warranties. The funds’ maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown, as this would involve future claims that have not yet occurred. Baillie Gifford and Silchester have no unfunded commitments.
(4)  

Limited partnerships are comprised of three assets which use NAV to calculate fair value. Pantheon Europe has a balance of $11.6 and Pantheon USA has a balance of $29.3. Their strategy is to create a portfolio of high quality private equity funds, operating across Europe and diversified by stage, sector, geography, manager and vintage year. Magnitude Institutional, Ltd. (“MIL”) has a balance of $52.4 and is designed to realize appreciation in value primarily through the allocation of capital directly and indirectly among investment funds and accounts.

(5)

This category includes common collective trust funds invested in a short-term investment fund. The Short-term investment fund is designed to provide a rate of return by investing in a full range of high-quality, short-term money market securities. Participants redemptions in the Short-term investment fund were the result of the normal course of business, the Trustee permitted redemptions in cash. In order to control liquidity and realized losses on the sale of securities in the Short-term investment fund, requests for cash redemptions were not permitted where participants desired to exit the Short-term investment fund.

As described in the Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies note to these Consolidated Financial Statements, pension plan assets are categorized into a three-level fair value hierarchy based upon the inputs available in valuating each of the assets. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The leveling hierarchy is applied to the pension plans assets as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents : Cash and cash equivalents are cash valued at carrying value held as collateral against interest rate swaps contract that overlay the pension plan assets and are classified as Level 1.

U.S. government bonds and corporate bonds and notes : Fair values for actively traded marketable bonds are determined based upon quoted market prices or dealer quotes and are classified as Level 1 assets. Corporate bonds, ABS, and U.S. agency bonds use observable pricing method such as matrix pricing, market corroborated pricing or inputs such as yield curves and indices. These investments are classified as Level 2.

Common stocks and preferred stocks : Fair values are based upon a quoted market price determined in an active market and are included in Level 1.

Real estate : Real estate is based on unobservable inputs. The fair value used relies on the investment manager’s own assumptions. These investments are included in Level 3. The fair value of the investment in this category has been estimated using the NAV per share.

Limited partnerships : Venture capital is classified as Level 3 because of the unobservable inputs valued by investment manager’s own assumptions. The fair value of the investment in this category has been estimated using the NAV per share.

Common collective trust and commingled funds : Common collective trusts and commingled funds are valued at quoted redemption values that represent the NAV of units held at year end which management has determined approximate fair values. These assets are included in Level 2. The fair value of the investment in this category has been estimated using the NAV per share.

 

F-98


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Other bonds : MBS and private placements are classified as Level 2 because inputs other than quoted prices are observable for the asset or liability used.

Futures : Futures contract’s fair values are derived from unadjusted quoted prices from an active exchange and, therefore, are classified as Level 1.

Derivative liabilities : Instrument’s fair value is derived from market observable inputs such as market corroborated pricing and are classified as Level 2.

The following table summarizes the change in fair value of the pension plan’s Level 3 assets and liabilities and transfers in and out of Level 3 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

    2011  
    Fair Value
as of
January 1
    Actual Return on
Plan Assets
    Purchases     Issuances     Sales     Settlements     Transfers
in to
Level 3
    Transfers
out of
Level 3
    Fair Value
as of
December 31
 
    Held at
Year-end
    Sold
During
Year
               

Other liabilities

  $ (0.9   $ —        $ —        $ 0.1      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ (0.8

Real estate

    54.1        2.4        —          5.5        —          —          —          —          —          62.0   

Limited partnerships

    93.3        4.4        (0.1     16.0        —          (3.5     —          —          —          110.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 146.5      $ 6.8      $ (0.1   $ 21.6      $ —        $ (3.5   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 171.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     2010  
     Fair Value
as of
January 1
    Actual Return on
Plan Assets
     Purchases, Sales,
Issuances, and
Settlements
     Transfers
in to
Level 3
     Transfers
out of
Level 3
     Fair Value
as of
December 31
 
     Held at
Year-end
     Sold
During
Year
             

Other liabilities

   $ (1.0   $ 0.1       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ (0.9

Real estate

     46.3        5.6         —           2.2         —           —           54.1   

Limited partnerships

     74.6        7.3         —           11.4         —           —           93.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 119.9      $ 13.0       $ —         $ 13.6       $ —         $ —         $ 146.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expected Future Contributions and Benefit Payments

The expected benefit payments for the Company’s pension and postretirement plans to be paid for the years indicated are as follows:

 

     Pension
Benefits
     Other
Postretirement
Benefits

Gross
 

2012

   $ 91.1       $ 4.8   

2013

     92.3         4.4   

2014

     92.9         3.9   

2015

     95.1         3.5   

2016

     96.7         3.2   

2017-2021

     518.0         12.7   

 

F-99


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The Company expects that it will make a cash contribution of approximately $101.2 to the qualified and non-qualified pension plans and approximately $4.8 to other postretirement plans in 2012.

Defined Contribution Plans

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries sponsor defined contribution plans. The largest defined contribution plan is the ING Americas Savings Plan and ESOP (the “Savings Plan”). The assets of the Savings Plan are held in independently administered funds. Substantially all employees of the Company are eligible to participate, other than the Company’s agents. The Savings Plan is a tax qualified defined contribution and stock bonus plan, which includes an employee stock ownership plan component. Savings Plan benefits are not guaranteed by the PBGC. The Savings Plan allows eligible participants to defer into the Savings Plan a specified percentage of eligible compensation on a pretax basis. The Company matches such pretax contributions, up to a maximum of 6% of eligible compensation, subject to IRS limits. All matching contributions are subject to a 4 year graded vesting schedule. All contributions made to the Savings Plan are subject to certain limits imposed by applicable law. These plans do not give rise to balance sheet provisions, other than relating to short-term timing differences included in Other liabilities. The amount of cost recognized for the defined contribution pension plans for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $38.2, $37.7, and $40.7, respectively, and is recorded in Operating expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

15. Share-based Compensation

Description of Plans

Global Stock Option Plan : During 1997, ING Group approved the 1997 Phantom Plan within the ING Group Global Stock Option Plan (“GSOP”) for certain key employees. During 1999, ING Group amended the GSOP to provide for non-qualified options on ING Group common stock for certain key executives in the U.S. The term of the non-qualified options is a ten-year term and vest at a rate of one third per year over the first three years of the option life. Options are granted at fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. ING Group ceased issuing options under the GSOP plan in 2004. While no new GSOP options will be awarded, previously granted GSOP options will remain in place until exercised, lapsed, forfeited, or cancelled. All GSOP options are fully vested.

Long-term Equity Ownership Plan : Starting in 2004, ING Group began issuing options under the Long-term Equity Ownership Plan (“leo”). Under leo, participants are awarded both stock options and performance shares. Leo stock options are nonqualified options on ING Group shares in the form of American Depository Receipts (“ADRs”). The options have a ten-year term and vest three years from the grant date subject to the participant meeting the three-year service vesting condition. Upon vesting, participants generally have up to seven years in which to exercise their vested options. A shorter exercise period applies in the event of termination due to redundancy, business divestiture, voluntary termination, or termination for cause.

An option gives the recipient the right to purchase an ING Group share in the form of ADRs at a price equal to the fair market value of one ING Group share on the date of grant.

Leo performance shares are a contingent grant of ING Group stock and on vesting, the participant has the right to receive a cash amount equal to the closing price per ING Group share on the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Market on the vesting date times the number of vested Plan shares. Leo performance shares generally vest three years from the grant date, and can range from 0-200% of target based on ING’s Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) relative to a peer group of global financial services companies as determined at the end of the vesting period. To vest, a participant must be actively employed on the vesting date, although immediate vesting will occur in the event of the participant’s death, disability or retirement. If a participant is terminated due to redundancy or

 

F-100


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

business divestiture, vesting will occur but in only a portion of the award. Unvested shares are generally subject to forfeiture when an employee voluntarily terminates employment or is terminated for cause (as defined in the leo plan document).

Long-term Sustainable Performance Plan performance shares (“LSPP”) were granted on March 30, 2011 with a three year graded vesting schedule. Participants were awarded a conditional right to receive a number of ING Group shares in the form of ADRs in the future. Awards under the LSPP vest, and shares are delivered 1/3 each of the first (2012), second (2013) and third (2014) anniversary of the award date, provided the participants are still employed by ING. The Performance Shares are subject to two performance targets: Return on Equity (“ROE”) which is 80% of the total award granted and Employee Engagement which is 20% of the total award granted and is measured annually.

At the end of the specified performance period, the extent to which ING’s performance targets have been met will determine the actual number of leo and LSPP performance shares that the participants will receive on the vesting date.

Equity Compensation Plan : The Company provides certain key employees with Restricted American Depository Share (“ADS”) units to reward individual performance. ADS units are contingent grants of ING Group ADS’s based upon the financial performance of the Company for units granted. The ADS units are subject to a three-year vesting period from the date of grant. To vest, the participant must be actively employed on the vesting date.

Discretionary Bonus Deferral Shares

Commencing in 2010, ING Group introduced a Discretionary Bonus Deferral plan (“DBD”) to select employees which results in the participant receiving ING shares in the future. If an employee’s gross 2009 bonus (paid in 2010) was $71,500 or more, 1/3 of the total gross value was processed and paid in cash. The remaining 2/3 was deferred primarily in ING shares until vesting date. The recipients were granted a conditional right to a number of DBD shares on May 12, 2010. The DBD shares vest after three years of service on March 13, 2013, providing the participant is still actively employed by the Company.

In 2011 Deferred Shares (ING Shares) were awarded under LSPP related to the mandatory 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan (“ICP”) deferral of awards for employees who received an ICP payment greater than $132,700. The deferred amount starts at 10% and increases in steps of 10% depending upon the total ICP payout. The maximum deferral percentage is 50%. Deferred shares vest 1/3 on the first (2012), the second (2013) and third (2014) anniversary of the award date provided that participant is still employed by ING. There are no further performance conditions attached to the shares.

The Share-based compensation plans are denominated in ING stock.

Compensation Cost

Compensation expense related to the share-based compensation plans is recognized based on fair value and on the number of awards expected to vest, which represents the awards granted less expected forfeitures over the life of the award, as estimated at the date of grant. Differences in actual versus expected experience or changes in expected forfeitures are recognized in the period of change. Compensation expense is principally related to the issuance of stock options, performance shares, restricted stock units, and Discretionary bonus deferral shares. The majority of the awards granted are made in the first quarter of each year.

 

F-101


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Compensation cost recognized and related income tax benefit for stock based compensation plans for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

     2011      2010      2009  
     Total
Compensation
Cost
Recognized
     Income
Tax
Benefit
     Total
Compensation
Cost
Recognized
     Income
Tax
Benefit
     Total
Compensation
Cost
Recognized
     Income
Tax
Benefit
 

Stock options

   $ 9.3       $ 3.2       $ 14.7       $ 5.1       $ 20.4       $ 7.1   

Restricted shares

     12.1         4.3         15.5         5.4         20.9         7.3   

Performance shares

     29.3         10.3         11.3         4.0         14.6         5.1   

Discretionary bonus deferral shares

     10.1         3.5         5.8         2.0         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 60.8       $ 21.3       $ 47.3       $ 16.5       $ 55.9       $ 19.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no compensation costs for stock based compensation plans capitalized in deferred acquisition costs for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Performance Shares, Restricted Share Units, and Discretionary Bonus Deferral Shares

The following is a summary of the stock options, restricted shares, ING Group performance shares, and discretionary bonus deferral shares outstanding as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Shares Outstanding  
     Stock
Options
     Restricted
Shares
     Performance
Shares
     Discretionary
Bonus Deferral
Shares
 

Year ended December 31, 2011

     23,831,484         4,339,825         6,757,452         1,782,101   

Year ended December 31, 2010

     27,915,700         4,573,461         4,313,744         953,069   

Year ended December 31, 2009

     27,261,556         4,586,723         3,853,295         —     

Unrecognized compensation cost

The following is a summary of unrecognized compensation cost and expected weighted average years remaining until vested as of December 31, 2011:

 

     2011  
     Stock
Options
     Performance
Shares
     Restricted
Share Units
     Discretionary
Deferred
Bonus Shares
     Total  

Unrecognized compensation cost

   $ 6.8       $ 31.3       $ 19.6       $ 10.0       $ 67.7   

Expected weighted average (in years)

                 1.49   

 

F-102


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

16. Financing Agreements

Short-term Debt

The following table summarizes the Company’s short-term debt including the weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

                   Weighted
Average Rate
 
     2011      2010      2011     2010  

Commercial paper

   $ 554.6       $ 1,203.6         1.19     1.37

Borrowings from Parent (1)

     —           2,715.0         —          1.50

Other third-party borrowed funds (2)

     —           1,120.8         —          0.81

Repurchase agreements (3)

     —           425.2         —          0.88

Current portion of long-term debt (1)

     500.0         —           0.49     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total

   $ 1,054.6       $ 5,464.6        
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

(1)  

See the “Affiliated Financing Agreements” in the Related Party Transactions note to these Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)  

See the “Securities Lending” section of the Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies note to these Consolidated Financial Statements.

(3)  

See the “Repurchase Agreements” section of the Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies note to these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Commercial Paper

The Company has a commercial paper program with an authorized capacity of $3.0 billion, which is guaranteed by ING Insurance. The Company pays ING Insurance 10 basis points on the outstanding balance of the commercial paper program. The Company’s commercial paper borrowings have been generally used to fund the working capital needs of the Company’s subsidiaries and provide short-term liquidity.

Guaranteed Debt

The following amounts are included with the Company’s debt obligations at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011      2010  

Commercial paper

   $ 554.6       $ 1,203.6   

Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc. debentures (1)

     635.8         634.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,190.4       $ 1,838.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

ING Group is guarantor to outstanding legacy debt securities originally issued by Aetna Services, Inc. (formerly Aetna Life and Casualty).

 

F-103


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Long-term Debt

The following table summarizes the Company’s long-term debt securities issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Maturity      2011      2010  

6.75% Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc. debentures, due 2013 (2)

     9/15/2013       $ 137.9       $ 137.4   

7.25% Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc. debentures, due 2023 (2)

     8/15/2023         157.6         157.2   

7.63% Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc. debentures, due 2026 (2)

     8/15/2026         231.6         231.4   

8.42% Equitable of Iowa Companies Capital Trust II notes, due 2027

     4/1/2027         14.0         14.0   

6.97% Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc. debentures, due 2036 (2)

     8/15/2036         108.7         108.7   

0.50% ING Insurance Floating Rate Note, due 2012 (1)

     1/4/2012         —           1,000.0   

0.33% ING Insurance Floating Rate Note, due 2012 (1)

     8/10/2012         500.0         500.0   

1.00% Windsor Property Loan

     6/14/2027         4.9         4.9   

0.94% Surplus Floating Rate Note

     12/31/2037         359.3         318.3   

0.94% Surplus Floating Rate Note

     6/30/2037         329.1         312.1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

        1,843.1         2,784.0   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

        500.0         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 1,343.1       $ 2,784.0   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

See the “Affiliated Financing Agreements” in the Related Party Transactions note to these Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)

Guaranteed by ING Group.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants related to the borrowings in the table above.

Unsecured senior debt which consists of senior notes, fixed rate notes and other notes with varying interest rates rank highest in priority, followed by subordinated debt which consists of junior subordinated debt securities. Payments of interest and principal on the Company’s surplus notes, which are subordinate to all other obligations at the issuer operating insurance company level and senior to obligations issued at ING U.S., Inc., may be made only with the prior approval of the insurance department of the state of domicile.

Aggregate amounts of future principal payments of long-term debt for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

2012 (1)

   $ —     

2013

     137.9   

2014

     —     

2015

     —     

2016

     —     

Thereafter

     1,205.2   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,343.1   
  

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Excludes current portion of long-term debt.

 

F-104


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Surplus Notes

On September 30, 2010, after receiving all necessary regulatory approvals, Whisperingwind I, LLC, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, revised its securitization structure by terminating the Variable Funding Surplus Note Purchase Agreement (“WWI Purchase Agreement”) with Deutsche Bank AG, Cayman Islands Branch and replacing it with a Credit Facility Agreement with Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch and is guaranteed by ING Insurance. Upon termination of the WWI Purchase Agreement, Whisperingwind I repaid the outstanding surplus notes principal balance of $198.4. Concurrently, the Company, as applicant, established a letter of credit (“LOC”) with an initial posted amount of $180.0. The issuer of the LOC is Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, and the beneficiary of the LOC is RLIC. At December 31, 2011, the outstanding LOC amount was $232.0. The aggregate maximum LOC issuance amount is $350.0. This facility has been replaced with a portion of the funding provided by the September 6, 2012 transaction as described in the Subsequent Events note to these Consolidated Financial Statements.

On November 1, 2007, Whisperingwind II, LLC, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a Variable Funding Surplus Note Purchase Agreement (the “WWII Purchase Agreement”) with Structured Asset Repackaged Trust II, 2005-B (the “STARTS Trust”), a Delaware statutory business trust organized by HSBC Securities (USA), Inc. (“HSBC”), as part of an insurance securitization transaction. Under the WWII Purchase Agreement, Whisperingwind II is provided opportunity for issuance and sale, and for the STARTS Trust to purchase one or more floating rate variable funding surplus notes (the “WWII Note”) up to an aggregate principal commitment amount of $459.2 with an available commitment period extending through December 31, 2037. The carrying value and par value of the WWII Note at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $359.3 and $318.3, respectively. The WWII Note bears interest at a variable rate equal to the LIBOR plus periodic adjustments as defined by the WWII Purchase Agreement. Principal and interest repayments cannot be made without prior written approval (or written confirmation of non-disapproval) of the South Carolina Director of Insurance, who can prohibit such payments on the WWII notes if certain statutory capital requirements are not met. Whisperingwind II met these requirements at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Interest paid for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $3.1, $3.2, and $5.0, respectively.

On June 29, 2007, Whisperingwind III, LLC, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a Variable Funding Surplus Note Purchase Agreement (the “WWIII Purchase Agreement”) with Structured Asset Repackaged Trust II, 2007-ING WWIII (the “WWIII STARTS Trust”), a Delaware statutory business trust organized by HSBC, as part of an insurance securitization transaction. Under the WWIII Purchase Agreement, Whisperingwind III is provided opportunity for issuance and sale, and for the WWIII STARTS Trust to purchase one or more floating rate variable funding surplus notes (the “WWIII Note”) up to an aggregate principal commitment amount of $498.8 with an available commitment period extending through June 30, 2037. The carrying value and par value of the WWIII Note at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $329.1, and $312.1, respectively. The WWIII Note bears interest at a variable rate equal to the LIBOR plus periodic adjustments as defined by the WWIII Purchase Agreement. Principal and interest repayments cannot be made without prior written approval (or written confirmation of non-disapproval) of the South Carolina Director of Insurance, who can prohibit such payments on the WWIII Notes if certain statutory capital requirements are not met. Whisperingwind III met these requirements at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Interest paid for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $3.0, $3.1, and $4.9, respectively.

Windsor Property Loan

On June 16, 2007, the State of Connecticut acting on behalf of the Department of Economic and Community Development (“DECD”) loaned ILIAC $9.9 (the “DECD Loan”) in connection with the development of a corporate office facility located at One Orange Way, Windsor, Connecticut (the “Windsor Property”). The loan

 

F-105


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

has a term of twenty years and bears an annual interest rate of 1.00%. As long as no defaults have occurred under the loan, no payments of principal or interest are due for the initial ten years of the loan. For the second ten years of the DECD Loan term, ILIAC is obligated to make monthly payments of principal and interest.

The DECD Loan provided for loan forgiveness during the first five years of the term at varying amounts up to $5.0 if ILIAC and its affiliates met certain employment thresholds at the Windsor Property during that period. On December 1, 2008, the DECD determined that the Company had met the employment thresholds for loan forgiveness and, accordingly, forgave $5.0 of the DECD Loan to ILIAC in accordance with the terms of the DECD Loan. The DECD Loan provides additional loan forgiveness at varying amounts up to $4.9 if ILIAC and its ING affiliates meet certain employment thresholds at the Windsor Property during years five through ten of the loan. ILIAC’s obligations under the DECD Loan are secured by an unlimited recourse guaranty from ING North America Corporation.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the amount of the loan outstanding was $4.9, which was reflected in Long-term debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Refer to Affiliated Financing Agreements in the Related Party Transactions note to these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Credit Facilities

The Company maintains credit facilities used primarily for collateral required under affiliated reinsurance transactions and also for general corporate purposes. Unsecured and uncommitted LOC facilities totaled $5.9 billion and unsecured and committed LOC facilities totaled $4.1 billion. The Company additionally has approximately $275.0 of secured facilities. Of the aggregate $10.3 billion ($5.0 billion with ING Bank, N.V. (“ING Bank”, an affiliate) capacity available, the Company utilized $9.2 billion ($4.6 billion with ING Bank) in letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2011. Total fees associated with credit facilities in 2011, 2010, and 2009 totaled $103.4, $104.0, and $38.0, respectively.

 

F-106


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following is a summary of the Company’s credit facilities as of December 31, 2011:

 

                As of December 31, 2011  
    Secured/
Unsecured
  Committed/
Uncommitted
  Expiration   Capacity     Utilization     Unused
Commitment
 

Obligor / Applicant

           

ING U.S., Inc. / Security Life of Denver International Limited, Roaring River LLC (1)

  Unsecured   Uncommitted   08/30/12   $ 2,138.0      $ 2,138.0      $ —     

ING U.S., Inc. / Security Life of Denver International Limited, Roaring River LLC (1)

  Unsecured   Uncommitted   02/28/13     1,605.0        1,212.0        —     

Security Life of Denver International Limited (1)

  Unsecured   Uncommitted   12/31/31     1,500.0        1,500.0        —     

ING U.S., Inc. / Security Life of Denver International Limited

  Unsecured   Committed   08/19/21     750.0        750.0        —     

ING U.S., Inc. / Security Life of Denver International Limited

  Unsecured   Committed   11/09/21     750.0        750.0        —     

Security Life of Denver International Limited (1)

  Unsecured   Committed   12/31/13     825.0        825.0        —     

ING U.S., Inc. / Security Life of Denver International Limited (1)(2)

  Unsecured   Uncommitted   06/30/13     625.0        608.0        —     

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

  Secured   Committed   Conditional     265.0        265.0        —     

ING U.S., Inc. / Security Life of Denver International Limited

  Unsecured   Committed   12/31/25     475.0        475.0        —     

ING U.S., Inc.

  Unsecured   Uncommitted   Various dates     2.2        2.2        —     

ING U.S., Inc.

  Secured   Uncommitted   Various dates     10.0        7.0        —     

ING U.S., Inc. / Whisperingwind I (3)

  Unsecured   Committed   09/20/18     350.0        232.0        118.0   

ING U.S., Inc. / Roaring River II LLC

  Unsecured   Committed   12/31/19     995.0        400.0        595.0   
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        $ 10,290.2      $ 9,164.2      $ 713.0   
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Secured facilities

        $ 275.0      $ 272.0      $ —     

Unsecured and uncommitted

          5,870.2        5,460.2        —     

Unsecured and committed

          4,145.0        3,432.0        713.0   
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        $ 10,290.2      $ 9,164.2      $ 713.0   
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

ING Bank

        $ 5,042.5      $ 4,632.5      $ —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Refer to Related Party Transactions note to these Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

(2)  

This facility expired on June 30, 2012 and all outstanding LOCs will terminate by June 30, 2013.

(3)  

This facility has been replaced with a portion of the funding provided by the September 6, 2012 transaction as described in the Subsequent Events note to these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-107


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

17. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company leases its office space and certain equipment under operating leases, the longest term of which expires in 2023.

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, rent expense for leases was $51.3, $55.8, and $59.6, respectively. The future net minimum payments under noncancelable leases for the years ended December 31, 2012 through 2016 are estimated to be $46.6, $37.4, $27.0, $21.5, and $17.3, respectively, and $32.5, thereafter. The Company pays substantially all expenses associated with its leased and subleased office properties.

Commitments

Through the normal course of investment operations, the Company commits to either purchase or sell securities, mortgage loans, or money market instruments, at a specified future date and at a specified price or yield. The inability of counterparties to honor these commitments may result in either a higher or lower replacement cost. Also, there is likely to be a change in the value of the securities underlying the commitments.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had off-balance sheet commitments to purchase investments equal to their fair value of $1.3 billion, of which $470.9 relates to consolidated investment entities. At December 31, 2010, the Company had off balance sheet commitments to purchase investments equal to their fair value of $1.6 billion, of which $634.1 relates to consolidated investment entities.

Collateral

Under the terms of the Company’s Over-The-Counter Derivative ISDA Agreements, the Company may receive from, or deliver to, counterparties, collateral to assure that all terms of the ISDA Agreements will be met with regard to the CSA. The terms of the CSA call for the Company to pay interest on any cash received equal to the Federal Funds rate. As of December 31, 2011, the Company held $757.7 of net cash collateral related to derivative contracts. As of December 31, 2011, the Company delivered $40.0 and $11.8 of net cash collateral related to derivative contracts and credit facilities, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, the Company held $13.2 of net cash collateral and delivered $64.1 of cash collateral related to derivative contracts. As of December 31, 2010, the Company delivered $52.6 and $11.5 of cash collateral related to derivative contracts and credit facilities, respectively. The collateral held and delivered are included in Payables under securities loan agreements, including collateral held and Short-term investments under securities loan agreements, including collateral delivered, respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company delivered securities as collateral of $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively, which was included in Securities pledged on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Insurance Company Guaranty Fund Assessments

Insurance companies are assessed the costs of funding the insolvencies of other insurance companies by the various state guaranty associations, generally based on the amount of premiums companies collect in that state.

The Company accrues the cost of future guaranty fund assessments based on estimates of insurance companies insolvencies provided by the National Organization of Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Associations and the amount of premiums written in each state. The Company has estimated this undiscounted liability, which is included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, to be $58.9 and $54.9 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company has also recorded an asset in Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets of $21.0 and $19.4 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 for future credits to premium taxes.

 

F-108


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Funding Agreements

The Company is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka (collectively “FHLB”) and is required to maintain a collateral deposit that backs funding agreements issued to the FHLB. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had $3.2 billion and $2.9 billion in non-putable funding agreements, respectively, which are included in Contract owner account balances on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had $265.0 in LOCs issued by the FHLB. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, assets with a market value of approximately $3.8 billion and $3.6 billion, respectively, collateralized the FHLB funding agreements. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, assets with a market value of approximately $354.0 and $311.6, respectively, collateralized the FHLB LOCs. Assets on deposit with the FHLB are included in Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Restricted Assets

The Company is required to maintain assets on deposit with various regulatory authorities to support its insurance operations. The Company may also post collateral in connection with securities lending, repurchase agreements and derivative transactions as described further in this note. The components of the fair value of the restricted assets were as follows as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011      2010  

Fixed maturity collateral deposits to FHLB

   $ 4,106.5       $ 3,936.9   

Other fixed maturities-state deposits

     260.8         262.8   

Securities pledged

     2,253.5         3,790.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total restricted assets

   $ 6,620.8       $ 7,989.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Litigation and Regulatory Matters

The Company is a defendant in a number of litigation matters arising from the conduct of its business, both in the ordinary course and otherwise. In some of these matters, claimants seek to recover very large or indeterminate amounts, including compensatory, punitive, treble and exemplary damages. Modern pleading practice in the U.S. permits considerable variation in the assertion of monetary damages and other relief. Claimants are not always required to specify the monetary damages they seek or they may be required only to state an amount sufficient to meet a court’s jurisdictional requirements. Moreover, some jurisdictions allow claimants to allege monetary damages that far exceed any reasonable possible verdict. The variability in pleading requirement and past experience demonstrates that the monetary and other relief that may be requested in a lawsuit or claim oftentimes bears little relevance to the merits or potential value of a claim. Litigation against the Company includes a variety of claims including negligence, breach of contract, fraud, violation of regulation or statute, breach of fiduciary duty, negligent misrepresentation, failure to supervise, elder abuse, and other torts. Due to the uncertainties of litigation, the outcome of a litigation matter and the amount or range of potential loss is difficult to forecast and a determination of potential losses requires significant management judgment.

As with other financial services companies, the Company periodically receives informal and formal requests for information from various state and federal governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations in connection with inquiries and investigations of the products and practices of the Company or the financial services industry. It is the practice of the Company to cooperate fully in these matters.

It is not possible to predict the ultimate outcome or to provide reasonably possible losses or ranges of losses for all pending regulatory matters and litigation. While it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain cases could have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s financial position, based on information currently known, management believes that the outcome of pending litigation and regulatory matters is not likely to have such an

 

F-109


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

effect. However, given the large and indeterminate amounts sought and the inherent unpredictability of such matters, it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain of the Company’s litigation or regulatory matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s results of operations or cash flows in a particular quarterly or annual period.

For some matters, the Company is able to estimate a possible range of loss. For such matters in which a loss is probable, an accrual has been made. For matters where management, however, believes a loss is reasonably possible, but not probable, no accrual is required to be made. Accordingly, the estimate contained in this paragraph reflects both types of matters. For matters for which an accrual has been made, but there remains a reasonably possible range of loss in excess of the amounts accrued, the estimate reflects the reasonably possible range of loss in excess of the accrued amounts. For other matters included within this estimation, for which a reasonably possible but not probable, range of loss exists, the estimate reflects the reasonably possible and unaccrued loss or range of loss. As of December 31, 2011, the Company estimates the aggregate range of reasonably possible losses, in excess of any amounts accrued for these matters as of such date, to be up to approximately $100.0.

For other matters, the Company is currently not able to estimate the reasonably possible loss or range of loss. It is often unable to estimate the possible loss or range of loss until developments in such matters have provided sufficient information to support an assessment of the range of possible loss, such as quantification of a damage demand from plaintiffs, discovery from plaintiffs and other parties, investigation of factual allegations, rulings by a court on motions or appeals, analysis by experts and the progress of settlement discussions. On a quarterly and annual basis, management reviews relevant information with respect to litigation and regulatory contingencies and updates the Company’s accruals, disclosures and reasonably possible losses or ranges of loss based on such reviews.

Litigation against the Company includes a case styled Healthcare Strategies, Inc., Plan Administrator of the Healthcare Strategies Inc. 401(k) Plan v. ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company (U.S.D.C. D. CT, filed February 22, 2011), which has been filed by the administrator of a 401(k) ERISA Plan who claims that the Company has entered into revenue sharing agreements with mutual funds and others in violation of the prohibited transaction rules of the Employee Retirement Income Act (“ERISA”). Among other things, Claimant seeks declaratory relief and the disgorgement of all revenue sharing payments and profits earned in connection with such payments, as well as attorney’s fees. On January 26, 2012, Plaintiff filed a motion requesting to be allowed to represent a class of similarly situated ERISA Plans, which the Court granted on September 26, 2012. The Company has filed with the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit a Petition pursuant to Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 23(f) asking the Court of Appeals to review this decision. The Company denies Claimant’s allegations and is vigorously defending this litigation.

Currently, regulatory matters include an examination of the policy, applied by one of the Company’s subsidiaries, for addressing and correcting an error that is made when processing the trade instructions of an ERISA plan or one of its participants. Under that policy, the subsidiary absorbs any loss and retains any gain that results from such an error correction. They also include considerable regulatory scrutiny regarding whether and to what extent life insurance companies are using the United States Social Security Administration’s Death Master File (“SSDMF”) to proactively ascertain when customers have deceased and to pay benefits even where no claim for benefits has been made. The Company has received industry-wide and company-specific inquiries and is engaged in multi-state market conduct examinations with respect to its claims settlement practices, including its use of Personal Transition Accounts and of the SSDMF, and compliance with unclaimed property laws. A majority of states are conducting an audit of the Company’s compliance with unclaimed property laws. The Company also has been reviewing whether benefits are owed and whether reserves are adequate in instances where an insured appears to have died, but no claim for death benefits has been made. Some of the

 

F-110


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

investigations, exams, inquiries and audits could result in regulatory action against the Company. The potential outcome of such action is difficult to predict but could subject the Company to adverse consequences, including, but not limited to, settlement payments, additional payments to beneficiaries, additional escheatment of funds deemed abandoned under state laws, and disgorgement of retained gains. They may also result in fines and penalties and changes to the Company’s procedures for the identification and escheatment of abandoned property or the correction of processing errors, and other financial liability.

 

18. Related Party Transactions

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various transactions with affiliated companies. Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operating decisions.

Income and expense from transactions with related parties is shown in the following table for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     2011      2010      2009  
     Income      Expense      Income     Expense      Income     Expense  

ING Insurance (1)(2)(3)

   $ 11.1       $ 38.9       $ (36.6   $ 115.2       $ (17.5   $ 254.2   

ING Group (3)

     —           78.1         —          78.3         —          79.3   

ING Bank (2)

     367.9         67.1         (106.5     91.0         1.3        57.9   

Other (3)

     18.4         20.7         17.6        13.3         16.1        11.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 397.4       $ 204.8       $ (125.5   $ 297.8       $ (0.1   $ 403.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

See “Affiliated Financing Agreements” section below.

(2)  

See “Derivatives” section below.

(3)  

See “Operating Agreements” section below.

Assets and liabilities from transactions with related parties are shown in the following table as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011      2010  
     Assets      Liabilities      Assets      Liabilities  

ING Insurance (1)(2)(3)

   $ 0.4       $ 502.1       $ 39.5       $ 4,410.3   

ING Group (3)

     0.4         —           —           8.4   

ING Bank (1)(2)

     13.7         14.7         14.2         1,189.6   

Other (3)

     9.7         1.1         8.7         2.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 24.2       $ 517.9       $ 62.4       $ 5,611.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

See “Affiliated Financing Agreements” section below.

(2)  

See “Derivatives” section below.

(3)  

See “Operating Agreements” section below.

The material agreements whereby the Company generates revenues and expenses with affiliated entities are as follows:

Credit Facilities

The Company is a borrower in several credit facility agreements with ING Bank, in which ING Bank provides LOC capacity. The Company had accrued interest of $8.9 and $14.8 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company incurred expenses of $43.7, $62.6, and $33.3, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-111


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

During 2009, 2010 and 2011 the Company utilized $825.0 of capacity from a committed LOC facility with ING Bank completed in September 2008 used to support the reinsurance obligations of the Company’s Cayman Islands subsidiary, Security Life of Denver International Limited (“SLDI”). Refer to the “Collateral Support for Reinsurance Contracts” section of the Consolidated Investment Entities note to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Due to the ratings downgrade of ING Insurance which occurred in October 2009, the Company’s syndicated bank LOC facilities of $1.86 billion and $600.0 were terminated and replaced with a $2.45 billion bilateral facility with ING Bank in November 2009. On May 4, 2010 the Company entered into a $2.5 billion syndicated LOC facility intended to replace the $2.45 billion bilateral facility with ING Bank. ING Bank is a provider of $570.0 of the $2.5 billion of capacity from the 2010 syndicated facility. The facility supports the reinsurance obligations of SLDI and the Company’s onshore captive reinsurers. ING Insurance is the guarantor and indemnifies the bank syndicate up to $2.5 billion. Since the facility agreement matured at the end of August 2011 (such that letters of credit outstanding have a final expiration date of no later than August 30, 2012), the Company’s capacity at December 31, 2011 is equal to the amount of letters of credit outstanding of $2.138 billion. ING Bank’s share is $487.0.

On June 22, 2010, the Company entered into a $2.3 billion bilateral LOC facility with ING Bank. The facility supports the reinsurance obligations of SLDI and the Company’s onshore captive reinsurers. ING Insurance is the guarantor and indemnifies ING Bank up to $2.3 billion. The facility matured at the end of September 2011, however the Company and ING Bank completed an amendment in December 2011 to extend the maturity of $1.575 billion of capacity under the bilateral facility until February 28, 2012 (such that letters of credit outstanding have a final expiration date of no later than February 28, 2013). The agreement also includes $30.0 of letters of credit issued by ING Bank which expire in 2026 so that total amount of the facility is $1.605 billion. ING Insurance remains the guarantor and indemnifies ING Bank up to $1.605 billion.

On July 1, 2011, the Company entered into a $625.0 bilateral LOC facility agreement with ING Bank in connection with a reinsurance transaction entered into by SLDI, which were subsequently retroceded to Hannover Life Reassurance (Ireland) Limited. As part of this transaction, SLDI also assigned all cash flows related to the underlying business to ING Bank. This facility expires on July 1, 2012 with all then-outstanding LOCs terminating by March 31, 2013.

On December 31, 2011, the Company entered into a $1.5 billion contingent capital LOC facility with ING Bank to support the reinsurance obligations of SLDI to another of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, which is unconditional and irrevocable and expires on December 31, 2031.

Affiliated Financing Agreements

The Company borrows funds from time to time from ING Insurance under a Facility Loan Agreement. The borrowings under the Facility Loan Agreement are made at varying rates of interest and have varying maturity dates. The Company had debt of $3.7 billion as of December 31, 2010 related to this agreement. The Company had accrued interest of $4.2 as of December 31, 2010. The Company incurred interest of $32.1, $32.9 and $17.6, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

During 2011, the Company made an additional $263.0 of borrowings under the Facility Loan Agreement from ING Insurance. ING Insurance contributed to the Company all borrowings under the Facility Loan Agreement which were owed to ING Insurance by the Company. The debt was immediately extinguished as a result of the contribution. The borrowings contributed had a book value and fair value of $4.0 billion.

 

 

F-112


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

In 2007 the Company entered into a $500.0 par floating rate loan agreement with ING Insurance in which the Company pays a variable rate of interest based on three month LIBOR. This note matures on August 10, 2012. Effective April 13, 2012, the term of the note was extended until 2016. The Company had debt of $500.0 and $500.0 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, related to this loan agreement. The Company had accrued interest of $0.4 and $0.2 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company incurred interest of $1.8, $1.9, and $5.1, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

In 2006 the Company entered into a $500.0 par fixed rate loan agreement with ING Insurance in which the Company paid a fixed rate of interest of 6.199%. The loan had an original maturity date of September 29, 2031. This note could be called without penalty at the discretion of the Company on December 8, 2015 or at any March 8, June 8, September 8, or December 8 thereafter. On January 21, 2010, ING Insurance contributed the loan to the Company and it was immediately extinguished. The Company incurred interest of $1.7 and $31.0 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of $12.0, which was recorded in Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In 2006 the Company entered into a $500.0 par fixed rate loan agreement with ING Insurance in which the Company paid a fixed rate of interest of 6.249%. The loan had an original maturity date of September 29, 2036. This note could be called at the discretion of the Company on December 8, 2015 or at any March 8, June 8, September 8, or December 8 thereafter. On January 21, 2010, ING Insurance contributed the loan to the Company and it was immediately extinguished. The Company incurred interest of $1.7 and $31.2 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of $13.3, which was recorded in Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In 2008 the Company entered into a $1,000.0 par fixed rate loan agreement with ING Insurance in which the Company paid a fixed rate of interest of 4.99%. The loan had an original maturity date of October 15, 2012. On January 21, 2010, ING Insurance contributed the loan to the Company and it was immediately extinguished. The Company incurred interest of $2.8 and $49.9 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of $49.8, which was recorded in Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In 2008 the Company entered into a $1,000.0 par fixed rate loan agreement with ING Insurance in which the Company paid a fixed rate of interest of 4.517%. The loan had an original maturity date of September 15, 2013. On January 21, 2010, ING Insurance contributed the loan to the Company and it was immediately extinguished. The Company incurred interest of $2.5 and $45.2 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of $33.2, which was recorded in Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In 2000 the Company entered into a $1,020.0 par fixed rate loan agreement with ING Insurance in which the Company paid a fixed rate of interest of 6.39%. The loan had an original maturity date of December 27, 2010. At its stated maturity date, the loan was replaced with a similar amount of borrowings under the Facility Loan Agreement. The Company incurred interest of $64.3 and $65.2 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Derivatives

The Company is party to several derivative contracts with ING Insurance and ING Bank. Each of these contracts were entered into as a result of a competitive bid, which included unaffiliated counterparties. The Company is exposed to various risks relating to its business operations, including but not limited to interest rate risk, foreign

 

F-113


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

currency risk, and equity market risk. To manage these risks, the Company uses various strategies by using derivatives contracts, certain of which are with related parties, which includes interest rate swaps, equity options and currency forwards.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the outstanding notional amounts were $1.4 billion (consisting of interest rate swaps of $1.0 billion and equity options of $384.6) and $8.1 billion (consisting of interest rate swaps of $7.4 billion, equity options of $382.6, and currency forwards of $343.1), respectively. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the market values for these contracts were $7.9 and $(342.1), respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded net realized capital gains (losses) of $376.4, $(144.4), and $(17.2), respectively, with ING Bank and ING Insurance.

The Company has sold protection under certain credit default swap derivative contracts that are supported by a guarantee provided by ING Insurance. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the maximum potential future exposure to the Company on credit default swaps supported by the ING Insurance guarantee was $1.0 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively.

Operating Agreements

ING Investment Management LLC (“IIM”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, has certain operating agreements whereby it generates revenues and incurs expenses with affiliated entities. As of December 31, 2011, IIM generated revenues and incurred expenses of $20.6 and $17.8, respectively, with ING Insurance, ING Group and other affiliates under the following operating agreements. As of December 31, 2010, IIM generated revenues and incurred expenses of $18.9 and $21.9, respectively, with ING Insurance, ING Group and other affiliates under the following operating agreements. As of December 31, 2009, IIM generated revenues and incurred expenses of $17.1 and $12.1, respectively, with ING Insurance and Other Affiliates, under the following operating agreements:

 

   

IIM manages, co-manages, and distributes certain investment products for various affiliates. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, revenue earned under these agreements was $19.1, $17.9, and $16.2, respectively.

 

   

IIM receives distribution fees for the sale of certain offshore funds to U.S. clients and closed end funds in the U.S. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, revenue under these agreements was $1.5, $1.0, and $0.9, respectively.

 

   

IIM pays sub advisory fees to certain affiliates related to the management of mutual funds and other investment products. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, fees incurred under these agreements were $23.1, $26.8, and $23.9, respectively.

 

   

IIM provides IT support, management oversight, risk management, procurement services, and trade processing to certain affiliates and is reimbursed for a share of the related costs. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, expenses reimbursed to IIM under these agreements were $8.2, $14.0, and $12.9, respectively.

 

   

IIM receives allocation of expenses from affiliates located outside of U.S. for staff and projects costs. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, costs incurred under these agreements were $2.9, $9.1, and $1.1, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had net receivables of $9.3 resulting from operating agreements with other affiliates, ING Group and ING Insurance of $8.6, $0.4 and $0.3, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had net payables of $2.0 resulting from certain operating agreements with ING Group of $8.4, reduced by net receivables with other affiliates and ING Insurance of $6.0 and $0.4, respectively.

 

F-114


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Administrative Overhead Allocations

The Company is allocated expenses for various administrative and corporate services provided by ING Group. Net allocations were $25.6, $21.7 and $30.5 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Latin America Service Arrangements

Prior to the divestiture of ING Group’s Latin American pension, life insurance, and investment management businesses in December 2011, the Company provided data management services with respect to ING Group’s long term incentive programs for ING employees based in Latin America. Additionally, the Company provided payroll, benefits and human resources information systems for Latin America employees based in the U.S. The Company incurred net expenses of $24.6, $18.0, and $20.0 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which were not reimbursed by ING Group.

Funding Agreements

On April 9, 2009, the Company sold a funding agreement in the amount of $600.0 to the Columbine Funding Trust (“CFT”), a special purpose Delaware business trust. CFT, in turn, issued a trust note to ING Bank, an affiliate, which was collateralized by the cash flows from the funding agreement and otherwise matches the terms of the funding agreement. The Company is not a party to the trust note. The funding agreement was scheduled to mature in April 2012, however it was terminated on May 18, 2011 with an early termination fee paid to ING Bank of $8.6. The interest expense related to the funding agreement was $7.5, $20.3, and $16.3 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Back-up Facility

On January 26, 2009, ING Group announced it had reached an agreement, for itself and on behalf of certain ING affiliates including the Company, with the Dutch State on an Illiquid Assets Back-up Facility (the “Back-up Facility”) covering 80% of ING’s Alt-A RMBS. Under the terms of the Back-up Facility, a full credit risk transfer to the Dutch State was realized on 80% of ING’s $36.0 billion portfolio of Alt-A RMBS owned by ING Bank, fsb and ING U.S., Inc. subsidiaries, including $3.3 billion of the Alt-A RMBS portfolio owned by ING U.S., Inc. subsidiaries (with respect to each ING U.S., Inc. subsidiary, its “Designated Securities Portfolio” and collectively for all participating ING U.S., Inc. subsidiaries, the “Company’s Designated Securities Portfolio”) (the “ING Dutch State Transaction”). In exchange, the Company received an assignment of the Dutch State payment obligations under the Back-up Facility related to the Company’s Designated Securities Portfolio, which is recorded as Loan-Dutch State obligation on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (the “Dutch State Obligation”). As a result of the risk transfer, the Dutch State participates in 80% of any results of the ING Alt-A RMBS portfolio. The risk transfer to the Dutch State took place at a discount of 10% of par value. In addition, under the Back-up Facility, other fees were paid by the Company and the Dutch State. The Company remains the legal owner of 100% of its Alt-A RMBS portfolio and will remain exposed to 20% of any results on its portfolio. The ING-Dutch State Transaction closed on March 31, 2009, with the risk transfer to the Dutch State taking effect on January 26, 2009.

In order to implement that portion of the ING-Dutch State Transaction related to the Company’s Designated Securities Portfolio, each participating ING U.S., Inc. subsidiary entered into a participation agreement with its affiliates, ING Support Holding B.V. (“ING Support Holding”) and ING, pursuant to which each such ING U.S., Inc. subsidiary conveyed to ING Support Holding an 80% participation interest in its Designated Securities Portfolio and pays a periodic transaction fee, and received, as consideration for the participation, an assignment by

 

F-115


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

ING Support Holding of its right to receive payments from the Dutch State under the Illiquid Assets Back-Up Facility related to its Designated Securities Portfolio among ING, ING Support Holding, and the Dutch State (with respect to each such ING U.S., Inc. subsidiary, the “ING U.S., Inc. subsidiary Back-up Facility”). Under each ING U.S., Inc. subsidiary Back-Up Facility, the Dutch State is obligated to pay certain periodic fees and make certain periodic payments with respect to its Designated Securities Portfolio, and ING Support Holding is obligated to pay a periodic guarantee fee and make periodic payments to the Dutch State equal to the distributions it receives with respect to the 80% participation interest in its Designated Securities Portfolio. The Company incurred net fees of $8.3, $9.4, and $10.8 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

In a second transaction, a portion of the Company’s Alt-A RMBS was sold for cash to an ING U.S., Inc. subsidiary in the amount of $321.0 that immediately thereafter, sold such securities to ING Direct Bancorp. Contemporaneous with such transfer, ING Direct Bancorp included such purchased securities as part of its Alt-A RMBS portfolio sale to the Dutch State. This transfer closed on March 31, 2009. Upon the closing of these transactions on March 31, 2009, the Company recognized a gain of $870.0, as the securities were impaired and written down to market value in 2008.

 

19. Consolidated Investment Entities

The Company provides investment management services to, and has transactions with, various collateralized loan obligations, private equity funds, real estate funds, fund-of-hedge funds, single strategy hedge funds, insurance entities, securitizations, and other investment entities in the normal course of business. In certain instances, the Company serves as the investment manager, making day-to-day investment decisions concerning the assets of these entities. These entities are considered to be either VIEs or VOEs, and the Company evaluates its involvement with each entity to determine whether consolidation is required.

Certain investment entities are consolidated under VIE or VOE consolidation guidance. The Company consolidates entities under the VIE guidance when it is determined that the Company is the primary beneficiary of these entities. The Company consolidates certain entities under the VOE guidance when it acts as the controlling general partner and the limited partners have no substantive rights to impact ongoing governance and operating activities.

With the exception of guarantees issued by the Company in relation to collateral support for reinsurance contracts, the Company has no right to the benefits from, nor does it bear the risks associated with these investments beyond the company’s direct equity and debt investments in and management fees generated from these investment products. Such direct investments amounted to approximately $1.2 billion and $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. If the Company were to liquidate, the assets held by consolidated investment entities would not be available to the general creditors of the Company.

Consolidated Investments

CLO Entities

Certain subsidiaries of the Company structure and manage CLO entities created for the sole purpose of offering investors various maturity and risk characteristics by issuing multiple tranches of collateralized debt. The notes issued by the CLO entities are backed by diversified portfolios consisting primarily of senior secured floating rate leveraged loans. Repayment risk is segmented into tranches. The credit rating of these tranches reflect the credit quality of the underlying collateral as well as how much protection a given tranche is afforded by tranches that are subordinate to it, with the most junior tranche bearing the first loss and receiving the residual benefits.

 

F-116


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The Company provides collateral management services to the CLO entities. In return for providing management services, the Company earns investment management fees and contingent performance fees. The Company has invested in certain of the entities, generally taking an ownership position in the unrated junior subordinated tranches. The CLO entities are structured and managed similarly but have differing fee structures and initial capital investments made by the Company. The Company’s ownership interests and management and contingent performance fees were assessed to determine if the company is the primary beneficiary of these entities.

In accordance with the Company’s accounting policy on consolidation described in the Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policy note to these Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company consolidated four CLO entities upon the adoption of ASU 2009-17 as of January 1, 2010 (refer to the Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policy note to these Consolidated Financial Statements). In addition, in July 2011 the Company sponsored a new CLO entity and determined that it was its primary beneficiary and consolidated it. The Company continued to consolidate all these entities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The Company has determined that all five CLO entities are thinly capitalized by design, and therefore would fall under the VIE guidance. In these entities, the Company’s role as collateral manager provides it with the contractual power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIEs’ economic performance, such as managing the collateral portfolio and its credit risk. Additionally, the Company has determined that it could receive significant benefits and/or absorb significant losses from these CLO entities through the ownership interests it holds in the notes issued by the VIEs as well as through base management and contingent performance fees that it receives as the collateral manager. As a result, the Company has determined that it is the primary beneficiary and should consolidate these five CLO entities.

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2009-17 which is now encompassed in ASC Topic 810, the Company’s ownership interest, which was classified as available-for-sale investments on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, combined with its other interests (management and incentive fees), were quantitatively assessed to determine if the Company was the primary beneficiary of these entities. The Company determined, for periods prior to the adoption of ASU 2009-17, that it did not absorb the majority of the expected gains or losses from the CLO entities and therefore was not their primary beneficiary and should not consolidate these entities.

The collateral assets of consolidated CLO entities are held solely to satisfy the obligations of the CLO entities, and the investors in the consolidated CLO entities have no recourse to the general credit of the Company for any losses sustained in the CLO entities.

Private Equity, Real Estate, Hedge Funds, and Fund-of-hedge Funds (Partnerships)

The Company invests in and manages various limited partnerships, including single strategy hedge funds, fund of hedge funds, private equity and real estate funds. For entities structured as general partnerships, the Company assessed whether the partnership should be consolidated under the VOE model as described in the Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policy note to these Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company, as a general partner or managing member of certain sponsored investment funds, is generally presumed to control the limited partnerships unless the limited partners have the substantive ability to remove the general partner without cause based upon a simple majority vote, or can otherwise dissolve the partnership, or have substantive participating rights over decision-making of the partnerships.

Based on the above guidance, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company consolidated 27 funds and 26 funds, respectively, which were structured as partnerships.

 

F-117


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

On June 4, 2012, certain insurance company subsidiaries of the Company entered into an agreement to sell certain general account private equity limited partnership investment interest holdings with a carrying value of $812.2 as of March 31, 2012 included in Assets related to consolidated investment entities to a group of private equity funds that are managed by Pomona Management LLC, also a subsidiary of the Company. The transaction resulted in a net pre-tax loss of $91.9 in the second quarter of 2012. The transaction closed in two tranches with the first tranche closed on June 29, 2012 and the second tranche closed on October 29, 2012. Consideration received included $50.0 of promissory notes due in two equal installments at December 31, 2013 and 2014. No additional loss was incurred on the second tranche since the fair value of the alternative investments was reduced to the agreed upon sales price as of June 30, 2012.

Collateral Support for Reinsurance Contracts

Beginning in December 2009, the Company entered into various guarantee agreements involving Karson Capital Limited (“Karson”). Karson is an unaffiliated company that provides collateral alternatives to letters of credit for reinsurance transactions. Karson established the KCL Master Trust (“Master Trust” or “Borrower”), which is a Delaware statutory series trust. The Master Trust enters into securities lending agreements as borrower with various affiliated and unaffiliated banks (“Securities Lenders”) as lenders. Fair value of the loaned securities was $2.7 billion and $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, including securities with a fair value of $825.0 and $1.3 billion as of December 2011 and 2010, respectively, provided by ING Bank.

Collateral notes backed by the borrowed securities, with a face value of $2.7 billion and $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were issued by the Master Trust and placed in reinsurance trusts established for the benefit of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries, which are eliminated in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company has provided certain guarantees of the Borrower’s performance obligations to the Securities Lenders as collateral for the Borrower’s obligations under the securities lending agreements. Additional collateral in the form of letters of credit or similar liquidity obligations have been provided by banks for $2.7 billion and $1.3 billion for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, including $1.2 billion and $1.3 billion provided by ING Bank. The Company pays the securities lending and LOC fees directly to affiliated and unaffiliated banks. See the Related Parties Transactions note to these Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

The Master Trust sponsored by Karson has minimal equity, and therefore falls under the VIE model. The Company holds variable interests in this VIE relating to the guarantees of the obligations under the securities lending agreements. The company considered its implicit and explicit financial responsibility to ensure that the Master Trust operates as designed and, thus, determined that the Company has the implied power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the Master Trust’s economic performance under the VIE model. The Company also determined it has the obligation to absorb losses under the securities lending guarantees. Based on these conclusions the Company determined it is the primary beneficiary under the VIE model and should consolidate the Master Trust.

Following the Company’s review of the Master Trust assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses, a determination was made that although the VIE is subject to consolidation, the securities lending arrangements were not subject to consolidation since the Borrower is not required to recognize borrowed securities on its balance sheet. The obligation to return borrowed securities is only recorded if the securities are sold by the borrower; otherwise, the borrowed securities are just disclosed in the financial statements. The Master Trust reported no other assets, liabilities, revenues, or expenses.

 

F-118


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following table summarizes the components of the consolidated investment entities, excluding reinsurance contracts, at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011      2010  

Assets of Consolidated Investment Entities

     

VIEs – CLO entities:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 98.3       $ 145.7   

Corporate loans, at fair value using the fair value option

     2,162.9         1,765.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total CLO entities

     2,261.2         1,911.3   

VOEs – Private equity, real estate, hedge funds, and fund-of-hedge funds:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

     38.7         49.0   

Limited partnerships/corporations, at fair value

     2,860.3         2,255.3   

Other assets

     15.5         11.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment funds

     2,914.5         2,315.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets of consolidated investment entities

   $ 5,175.7       $ 4,227.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities of Consolidated Investment Entities

     

VIEs – CLO entities:

     

CLO notes, at fair value using the fair value option

   $ 2,057.1       $ 1,627.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total CLO entities

     2,057.1         1,627.6   

VOEs – Private equity, real estate, hedge funds, and fund-of-hedge funds:

     

Other liabilities

     199.5         183.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment funds

     199.5         183.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities of consolidated investment entities

   $ 2,256.6       $ 1,811.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-119


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following tables reflect the impact of consolidation of investment entities into the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Before
Consolidation (1)
     CLOs (2)      VOEs      CLOs
Adjustments (3)
    VOEs
Adjustments (3)
    Total  

2011

               

Total investments and cash

   $ 94,677.6       $ —         $ —         $ (77.6   $ (1,142.8   $ 93,457.2   

Other assets

     16,225.4         —           —           —          —          16,225.4   

Assets held in consolidated investment entities

     —           2,261.2         2,914.5         —          —          5,175.7   

Assets held in separate accounts

     88,714.5         —           —           —          —          88,714.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 199,617.5       $ 2,261.2       $ 2,914.5       $ (77.6   $ (1,142.8   $ 203,572.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Future policy benefits and contract owner account balances

   $ 88,358.4       $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —        $ 88,358.4   

Other liabilities

     10,317.2         —           —           —          —          10,317.2   

Liabilities held in consolidated investment entities

     —           2,134.7         199.5         (77.6     —          2,256.6   

Liabilities related to separate accounts

     88,714.5         —           —           —          —          88,714.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     187,390.1         2,134.7         199.5         (77.6     —          189,646.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity attributable to common shareholders

     12,227.4         —           2,715.0         —          (2,715.0     12,227.4   

Retained earnings appropriated for investors in consolidated investment entities

     —           126.5         —           —          —          126.5   

Equity attributable to noncontrolling interest in consolidated investment entities

     —           —           —           —          1,572.2        1,572.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 199,617.5       $ 2,261.2       $ 2,914.5       $ (77.6   $ (1,142.8   $ 203,572.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

The Before Consolidation column includes ING’s equity interest in the investment products subsequently consolidated, accounted for as equity method and available-for-sale investments.

(2)  

The Company adopted guidance now encompassed in ASC Topic 810 on January 1, 2010, resulting in the consolidation of certain CLOs. In accordance with the standard, prior periods have not been restated to reflect the consolidation of theses CLOs. Prior to January 1, 2010, the Company was not deemed to be the primary beneficiary of these CLOs.

(3)  

Adjustments include the elimination of intercompany transactions between the Company and its consolidated investment entities, primarily the elimination of the Company’s equity at risk recorded as investments by the Company (before consolidation) against either equity (private equity and real estate partnership funds) or senior and subordinated debt (CLOs) of the funds.

 

F-120


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

     Before
Consolidation (1)
     CLOs (2)      VOEs      CLOs
Adjustments (3)
    VOEs
Adjustments (3)
    Total  

2010

               

Total investments and cash

   $ 88,503.3       $ —         $ —         $ (106.5   $ (895.4   $ 87,501.4   

Other assets

     17,059.9         —           —           —          —          17,059.9   

Assets held in consolidated investment entities

     —           1,911.3         2,315.8         —          —          4,227.1   

Assets held in separate accounts

     95,588.1         —           —           —          —          95,588.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 201,151.3       $ 1,911.3       $ 2,315.8       $ (106.5   $ (895.4   $ 204,376.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Future policy benefits and contract owner account balances

   $ 83,642.8       $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —        $ 83,642.8   

Other liabilities

     15,266.8         —           —           —          —          15,266.8   

Liabilities held in consolidated investment entities

     —           1,734.1         183.4         (106.5     —          1,811.0   

Liabilities related to separate accounts

     95,588.1         —           —           —          —          95,588.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     194,497.7         1,734.1         183.4         (106.5     —          196,308.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity attributable to common shareholders

     6,653.6         —           2,132.4         —          (2,132.4     6,653.6   

Retained earnings appropriated for investors in consolidated investment entities

     —           177.2         —           —          —          177.2   

Equity attributable to noncontrolling interest in consolidated investment entities

     —           —           —           —          1,237.0        1,237.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 201,151.3       $ 1,911.3       $ 2,315.8       $ (106.5   $ (895.4   $ 204,376.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

The Before Consolidation column includes ING’s equity interest in the investment products subsequently consolidated, accounted for as equity method and available-for-sale investments.

(2)  

The Company adopted guidance now encompassed in ASC Topic 810 on January 1, 2010, resulting in the consolidation of certain CLOs. In accordance with the standard, prior periods have not been restated to reflect the consolidation of theses CLOs. Prior to January 1, 2010, the Company was not deemed to be the primary beneficiary of these CLOs.

(3)  

Adjustments include the elimination of intercompany transactions between the Company and its consolidated investment entities, primarily the elimination of the Company’s equity at risk recorded as investments by the Company (before consolidation) against either equity (private equity and real estate partnership funds) or subordinated debt (CLOs) of the funds.

 

F-121


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

    Before
Consolidation (1)
    CLOs (2)     VOEs     CLOs
Adjustments (3)
    VOEs
Adjustments (3)
    Total  

2011

           

Revenues:

           

Net investment income

  $ 5,104.7      $ —        $ —        $ (11.5   $ (124.4   $ 4,968.8   

Fee income

    3,614.5        —          —          (10.9     —          3,603.6   

Premiums

    1,770.0        —          —          —          —          1,770.0   

Net realized capital losses

    (1,531.4     —          —          —          —          (1,531.4

Other income

    428.2        —          —          —          —          428.2   

Income related to consolidated investment entities

    —          41.0        438.6        —          —          479.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    9,386.0        41.0        438.6        (22.4     (124.4     9,718.8   

Benefits and expenses:

           

Policyholder benefits and Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners

    5,742.0        —          —          —          —          5,742.0   

Other expense

    3,557.1        —          —          —          —          3,557.1   

Operating expenses related to consolidated investment entities

    —          91.7        72.6        (22.4     —          141.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total benefits and expenses

    9,299.1        91.7        72.6        (22.4     —          9,441.0   

Income (loss) income before income taxes

    86.9        (50.7     366.0        —          (124.4     277.8   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    175.0        —          —          —          —          175.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    (88.1     (50.7     366.0        —          (124.4     102.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net income (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —          (50.7     —          —          241.6        190.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder

  $ (88.1   $ —        $ 366.0      $ —        $ (366.0   $ (88.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

The Before Consolidation column includes ING’s equity interest in the investment products accounted for as equity method (private equity and real estate partnership funds) and available-for-sale investments (CLOs). The net income arising from consolidation of CLOs is completely attributable to other investors in these CLOs, as the Company’s share has been eliminated through consolidation.

(2)  

The Company adopted guidance now encompassed in ASC Topic 810 on January 1, 2010, resulting in the consolidation of certain CLOs. In accordance with the standard, prior periods have not been restated to reflect the consolidation of theses CLOs. Prior to January 1, 2010, the Company was not deemed to be the primary beneficiary of these CLOs.

(3)  

Adjustments include the elimination of intercompany transactions between the Company and its consolidated investment products, primarily the elimination of the Company’s management fees expensed by the funds and recorded as operating revenues (before consolidation) by the Company.

 

F-122


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

     Before
Consolidation (1)
    CLOs (2)     VOEs      CLOs
Adjustments (3)
    VOEs
Adjustments (3)
    Total  

2010

             

Revenues:

             

Net investment income

   $ 5,085.0      $ —        $ —         $ (7.3   $ (90.7   $ 4,987.0   

Fee income

     3,526.5        —          —           (10.0     —          3,516.5   

Premiums

     1,707.5        —          —           —          —          1,707.5   

Net realized capital losses

     (1,678.0     —          —           —          —          (1,678.0

Other income

     547.0        —          —           —          —          547.0   

Income related to consolidated investment entities

     —          (52.1     246.3         —          —          194.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     9,188.0        (52.1     246.3         (17.3     (90.7     9,274.2   

Benefits and expenses:

             

Policyholder benefits and Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners

     5,027.3        —          —           —          —          5,027.3   

Other expense

     4,112.6        —          —           —          —          4,112.6   

Operating expenses related to consolidated investment entities

     —          67.9        45.9         (17.3     —          96.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total benefits and expenses

     9,139.9        67.9        45.9         (17.3     —          9,236.4   

Income (loss) before income taxes

     48.1        (120.0     200.4         —          (90.7     37.8   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     171.0        —          —           —          —          171.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     (122.9     (120.0     200.4         —          (90.7     (133.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

     —          (120.0     —           —          109.7        (10.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder

   $ (122.9   $ —        $ 200.4       $ —        $ (200.4   $ (122.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

The Before Consolidation column includes ING’s equity interest in the investment products accounted for as equity method (private equity and real estate partnership funds) and available-for-sale investments (CLOs). The net income arising from consolidation of CLOs is completely attributable to other investors in these CLOs, as the Company’s share has been eliminated through consolidation.

(2)  

The Company adopted guidance now encompassed in ASC Topic 810 on January 1, 2010, resulting in the consolidation of certain CLOs. In accordance with the standard, prior periods have not been restated to reflect the consolidation of theses CLOs. Prior to January 1, 2010, the Company was not deemed to be the primary beneficiary of these CLOs.

(3)  

Adjustments include the elimination of intercompany transactions between the Company and its consolidated investment products, primarily the elimination of the Company’s management fees expensed by the funds and recorded as operating revenues (before consolidation) by the Company.

 

F-123


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

     Before
Consolidation (1)
    VOEs     VOEs
Adjustments (2)
    Total  

2009

        

Revenues:

        

Net investment income

   $ 5,439.0      $ —        $ 129.6      $ 5,568.6   

Fee income

     3,325.1        —          —          3,325.1   

Premiums

     1,985.5        —          —          1,985.5   

Net realized capital losses

     (2,178.7     —          —          (2,178.7

Other income

     947.8        —          —          947.8   

Income related to consolidated investment entities

     —          (284.1     —          (284.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     9,518.7        (284.1     129.6        9,364.2   

Benefits and expenses:

        

Policyholder benefits and Interest credited and other benefits to contract owners

     5,629.9        —          —          5,629.9   

Other expense

     4,790.0        —          —          4,790.0   

Operating expenses related to consolidated investment entities

     —          52.9        —          52.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total benefits and expenses

     10,419.9        52.9        —          10,472.8   

Income (loss) income before income taxes

     (901.2     (337.0     129.6        (1,108.6

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (298.0     —          —          (298.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     (603.2     (337.0     129.6        (810.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

     —          —          (207.4     (207.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder

   $ (603.2   $ (337.0   $ 337.0      $ (603.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

The Before Consolidation column includes ING’s equity interest in the investment products accounted for as equity method (private equity and real estate partnership funds).

(2)  

Adjustments include the elimination of intercompany transactions between the Company and its consolidated investment products, primarily the elimination of the Company’s management fees expensed by the funds and recorded as operating revenues (before consolidation) by the Company.

Fair Value Measurement

Upon consolidation of CLO entities, the Company elected to apply the FVO for financial assets and financial liabilities held by these entities and continued to measure these assets (primarily corporate loans) and liabilities (debt obligations issued by CLO entities) at fair value in subsequent periods. The Company has elected the FVO to more closely align its accounting with the economics of its transactions and allows the Company to more effectively align changes in the fair value of CLO assets with a commensurate change in the fair value of CLO liabilities.

Investments held by consolidated private equity, real estate, single strategy hedge funds and fund-of-hedge funds are measured and reported in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Changes in the fair value of consolidated investment entities are recorded as a separate line item within Income related to Consolidated Investment Entities in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The fair value for CLO notes is determined using an income approach, driven by cash flows expected to be received from the portfolio inputs of underlying assets. The valuation inputs include market yields, default notes,

 

F-124


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

recovery rate and recovery lag, which are determined primarily based on the nature of the investments in the underlying collateral pool and cannot be consolidated by securable market data. Hence, CLO notes issued by consolidated CLO entities are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The methodology for measuring the fair value and fair value hierarchy classification of financial assets and liabilities of consolidated investment entities is consistent with the methodology and fair value hierarchy rules applied by the Company to its investment portfolio. Refer to the “Fair Value Measurement” section of the Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Policies note to these Consolidated Financial Statements.

As discussed in more detail below, the Company utilizes valuations obtained from third-party commercial pricing services, brokers, and investment sponsor or third-party administrator that supplies NAV (or its equivalent) per share used as a practical expedient. The valuations obtained from brokers and third-party commercial pricing services are non-binding. These valuations are reviewed on a monthly or quarterly basis (dependent on the type of fund or product). Procedures include, but are not limited to, a review of underlying fund investor reports, review of top and worst performing funds requiring further scrutiny, review of variance from prior periods and review of variance from benchmarks, where applicable. In addition, the Company considers both macro and fund specific events which may impact the latest NAV supplied and determines if further adjustment of value should be made. Such changes, if any, are subject to senior management review.

When a price cannot be obtained from a commercial pricing service, independent broker quotes are solicited. Securities priced using independent broker quotes are classified as Level 3. Broker quotes and prices obtained from pricing services are reviewed and validated through an internal valuation committee price variance review, comparisons to internal pricing models, back testing to recent trades, or monitoring of trading volumes.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The carrying amounts for cash reflect the assets’ fair values. The fair value for cash equivalents is determined based on quoted market prices. These assets are classified as Level 1.

VIEs – CLO Entities

Corporate loans – The fair values for corporate loans are determined using independent commercial pricing services. Fair value measurement based on pricing services may be classified in Level 2 or Level 3 depending on the type, complexity, observability and liquidity of the asset being measured. Assets held by consolidated CLO entities are comprised of corporate loans, which are generally not complex instruments. The inputs used by independent commercial pricing services, such as benchmark yields and credit risk adjustments, are those that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Hence, the fair value measurement of corporate loans priced by independent pricing service providers is classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The collateral assets held by consolidated CLOs consist primarily of corporate loans. Corporate loan investments, which comprise the majority of consolidated CLO portfolio collateral, are senior secured corporate loans from a variety of industries, including but not limited to the aerospace and defense, broadcasting, technology, utilities, household products, healthcare, oil and gas, and finance industries. Corporate loans mature at various dates between 2011 and 2021, pay interest at Libor or PRIME plus a spread of up to 9.5%, and typically range in credit rating categories from A+ down to unrated. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the unpaid principal balance exceeded the fair value of the corporate loans by approximately $109.0 and $58.9, respectively. Less than 1% of the collateral assets are in default as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

F-125


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

CLO notes – The fair value for the CLO notes is determined using an income approach, driven by cash flows expected to be received from the portfolio of underlying assets. The valuation inputs include market yields, default rates, recovery rate and recovery lag, which are determined primarily based on the nature of the investments in the underlying collateral pool and cannot be corroborated by observable market data. Accordingly, CLO notes issued by consolidated CLO entities are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Notes issued by consolidated CLOs mature at various dates between 2020 and 2022 and have a weighted average maturity of 9.6 years. The CLO notes are issued in various tranches with different risk profiles. The interest rates are generally variable rates based on Libor plus a pre-defined spread, which varies from 0.22% for the more senior tranches to 5.00% for the more subordinated tranches. The outstanding balance on the notes issued by consolidated CLOs exceeds their fair value by approximately $275.0 and $266.0 as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The investors in this debt are not affiliated with the Company and have no recourse to the general credit of the Company for this debt.

VOEs – Private Equity, Real Estate, Single Strategy Hedge Funds, and Fund-of-hedge Funds

Investments, at fair value, primarily represent the Company’s investments in private equity funds, real estate funds, single strategy hedge funds and fund-of-hedge funds. The fair value for these investments is estimated based on the NAV from the latest financial statements of these funds provided by the fund’s investment manager or third-party administrator.

Investments in these funds typically may not be fully redeemed at NAV within 90 days because of inherent restrictions on near-term redemptions. Therefore, these investments are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value hierarchy levels of consolidated investment entities are presented in the table below:

 

     2011  
     Fair Value
Measurements
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets

           

VIEs – CLO entities:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 98.3       $ 98.3       $ —         $ —     

Corporate loans, at fair value

     2,162.9         —           2,162.9         —     

VOEs – Private equity, real estate, hedge funds, and funds of hedge funds:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

     38.7         38.7         —           —     

Investments, at fair value

     2,860.3         —           —           2,860.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

   $ 5,160.2       $ 137.0       $ 2,162.9       $ 2,860.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

VIEs – CLO entities CLO notes, at fair value

   $ 2,057.1       $ —         $ —         $ 2,057.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities at fair value

   $ 2,057.1       $ —         $ —         $ 2,057.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-126


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

     2010  
     Fair Value
Measurements
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets

           

VIEs – CLO entities:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 145.7       $ 145.7       $ —         $ —     

Corporate loans, at fair value

     1,765.6         —           1,765.6         —     

VOEs – Private equity, real estate, hedge funds, and funds of hedge funds:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

     49.0         49.0         —           —     

Investments, at fair value

     2,255.3         —           —           2,255.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

   $ 4,215.6       $ 194.7       $ 1,765.6       $ 2,255.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

VIEs – CLO entities CLO notes, at fair value

   $ 1,627.6       $ —         $ —         $ 1,627.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities at fair value

   $ 1,627.6       $ —         $ —         $ 1,627.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Level 3 assets primarily include investments in private equity, real estate, hedge funds, and funds of funds held by the consolidated VOEs, while the Level 3 liabilities consist of CLO notes. Transfers of investments out of Level 3 and into Level 2 or Level 1, if any, are recorded as of the beginning of the period in which the transfer occurred. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no transfers in or out of Level 3, or transfers between Level 1 and Level 2.

The reconciliation of the beginning and ending fair value measurements for Level 3 assets and liabilities using significant unobservable inputs for years 2011 and 2010 is presented in the table below. Note that the format of the Level 3 reconciliation for the year ended December 31, 2011 has changed because the Company has adopted the provisions of ASU 2010-06. Refer to the Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies note to these Consolidated Financial Statements for a detailed discussion of the adoption of ASU 2010-06 by the Company.

 

     2011  
     Beginning
Balance
January 1
    Deconsolidation (1)     Purchases (2)     Sales (2)     Gains (Losses)
Included in the
Consolidated
Statement of
Operations
    Ending
Balance
December 31
 

Assets

            

VOEs – Private equity, real estate, hedge funds, and funds of hedge funds:

            

Investments, at fair value

   $ 2,255.3      $ (27.1   $ 1,630.8      $ (1,459.5   $ 460.8      $ 2,860.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

   $ 2,255.3      $ (27.1   $ 1,630.8      $ (1,459.5   $ 460.8      $ 2,860.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

            

VIEs – CLO entities:

            

CLO notes, at fair value

   $ (1,627.6   $ —        $ (404.0   $ 1.0      $ (26.5   $ (2,057.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities at fair value

   $ (1,627.6   $ —        $ (404.0   $ 1.0      $ (26.5   $ (2,057.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

See “Deconsolidations of Certain Investment Entities” in the section below.

(2)  

The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2010-06. Refer to Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of these Consolidated Financial Statements for a more detailed discussion.

 

F-127


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

     2010  
     Beginning
Balance
January 1
     Transition
Adjustment
    Deconsolidation (1)     Purchases and
Sales, Net
     Gains (Losses)
Included in the
Consolidated
Statement of
Operations
    Ending
Balance
December 31
 

Assets

              

VOEs – Private equity, real estate, hedge funds, and funds of hedge funds:

              

Investments, at fair value

   $ 1,987.1       $ —        $ (66.5   $ 93.7       $ 241.0      $ 2,255.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

   $ 1,987.1       $ —        $ (66.5   $ 93.7       $ 241.0      $ 2,255.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

              

VIEs – CLO entities:

              

CLO notes, at fair value

   $ —         $ (1,431.4   $ —        $ —         $ (196.2   $ (1,627.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities at fair value

   $ —         $ (1,431.4   $ —        $ —         $ (196.2   $ (1,627.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

See “Deconsolidations of Certain Investment Entities” in the section below.

Deconsolidation of Certain Investment Entities

During 2011, the Company deconsolidated one investment fund because the fund started the liquidation process and began to make capital distributions to its partners in the last quarter of 2011. The Company owned the entire investment fund prior to deconsolidation. The Company did not have any outstanding capital commitments to this fund as part of the deconsolidation date. This fund has closed and therefore, the Company no longer has any involvement.

During 2010, the Company deconsolidated one investment fund because the fund was in the liquidation process and the Company as a sole investor in this fund did not have any outstanding capital commitments to it. Prior to deconsolidation, the investment fund was owned by various subsidiaries of the Company. The Company uses the equity method of accounting for its investment in this fund ($8.8 and $22.2 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively) and reported within Limited partnerships on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company continues to oversee the final liquidation.

During 2009, the Company deconsolidated six investment funds in total.

 

   

Three funds of which the Company was the general partner were deconsolidated based on their final liquidation and distribution of all net assets. These funds have fully liquidated and therefore, the Company no longer has any involvement.

 

   

Two funds of which the Company was the general partner were deconsolidated as the Company ceased to act as an investment manager. The Company remains as a limited partner investor and continues to earn a share of performance fee income now earned by the new general partner.

 

   

One fund was deconsolidated as the Company no longer retained control over the fund’s activities due to certain bankruptcy proceedings within the fund itself. The fund’s investors remain and await bankruptcy settlement at which time the fund will distribute proceeds and be closed.

As a result of these deconsolidations, there has not been a material impact to the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

 

F-128


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Non-consolidated VIEs

CLO Entities

In addition to the consolidated CLO entities, the Company also holds variable interest in certain CLO entities which are not consolidated as it has been determined that the Company is not the primary beneficiary. With these CLO entities, the Company serves as the investment manager and receives investment management fees and contingent performance fees. Generally, the Company does not hold any interest in the non-consolidated CLO entities. The Company has never provided and is not obligated to provide any financial or other support to these entities.

Although the Company has the power to direct the activities that significantly impact the economic performance for CLO entities, it does not hold a significant variable interest in any of these CLO entities and, as such, does not have the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the entity. Based on this analysis, the Company is not considered the primary beneficiary of any of these CLO entities, and has not consolidated. The Company will review its assumptions on a periodic basis to determine if conditions have changed such that the projection of these contingent fees becomes significant enough to reconsider the Company’s consolidation status as variable interest holder. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company did not hold any ownership interests in these unconsolidated CLOs and its maximum exposure was equal to zero.

The following table presents the December 31, 2011 and 2010 carrying amounts of total assets and liabilities of the VIEs in which the Company has concluded that it holds a variable interest, but is not the primary beneficiary. The Company determines its maximum exposure to loss to be: (i) the amount invested in the debt or equity of the VIE and (ii) other commitments and guarantees to the VIE.

 

     2011      2010  

Carrying amount

   $ —         $ —     

Maximum exposure to loss

     —           —     

Assets of non-consolidated investment entities

     1,773.0         1,876.6   

Liabilities of non-consolidated investment entities

     1,777.1         1,887.9   

Investment Funds

The Company manages or holds investments in certain private equity funds, fund of hedge funds and single strategy hedge funds. These funds are managed as a portfolio of investments that use advanced investment strategies such as leverage, long, short and derivative positions in both domestic and international markets with the goal of generating high returns. With these entities, the Company serves as the investment manager and is entitled to receive investment management fees and contingent performance fees that are generally expected to be insignificant. The Company does not hold any equity interest in these fund VIEs and has never provided and is not obligated to provide any financial or other support to these funds.

Although the Company has the power to direct the activities that significantly impact the economic performance of the funds, it does not hold a significant variable interest in any of these funds and, as such, does not have the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the entity. Accordingly, the Company is not considered the primary beneficiary and did not consolidate any of these investment funds.

In addition, the Company does not consolidate the funds, in which its involvement takes a form of a limited partner interest and is restricted to a role of a passive investor, as a limited partner’s interest does not provide the Company with any substantive kick-out or participating rights, which would overcome the presumption of control by the general partner.

 

F-129


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Securitizations

The Company invests in various tranches of securitization entities, including RMBS, CMBS and ABS. Certain RMBS investments represent agency pass-through securities and close-to-the-index tranches issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or a similar government-sponsored entity. Investments held by the Company in non-agency RMBS and CMBS also include interest-only, principal-only, and inverse floating securities. Through its investments, the Company is not obligated to provide any financial or other support to these entities.

Each of the RMBS, CMBS, and ABS entities described above are thinly capitalized by design, and considered VIEs under ASC 810-10-25 as amended by ASU 2009-17. As discussed above, the Company’s involvement with these entities is limited to that of a passive investor. The Company has no unilateral right to appoint or remove the servicer, special servicer, or investment manager, which are generally viewed to have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the securitization entities’ economic performance, in any of these entities, nor does the Company function in any of these roles. The Company through its investments or other arrangements does not have the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the entity. Therefore, the Company is not the primary beneficiary and will not consolidate any of the RMBS, CMBS, and ABS entities it holds investments in. These investments are accounted for as investments available-for-sale as described in the Fair Value Measurements note to these Consolidated Financial Statements, and unrealized capital gains (losses) on these securities are recorded directly in AOCI, except for certain RMBS which are accounted for under the FVO whose change in fair value is reflected in Net investment income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss on these structured investments is limited to the amount of its investment. Refer to the Investments note of these Consolidated Financial Statements for details regarding the carrying amounts and classifications of these assets.

 

20. Segments

The Company provides its principal products and services in three ongoing businesses and reports results through five ongoing segments as follows:

 

Business

  

Segment

Retirement Solutions

  

Retirement

Annuities

Investment Management

   Investment Management

Insurance Solutions

  

Individual Life Employee Benefits

Employee Benefits

The Company also has a Corporate segment, which includes the financial data not directly related to the businesses, and Closed Block segments, which includes non-strategic products that are in run-off and no longer being actively marketed and sold.

These segments reflect the manner by which the Company’s chief operating decision maker views and manages the business. The following is a brief description of these segments, as well as Corporate and Closed Block segments.

Retirement Solutions

The Retirement Solutions business provides its products through two segments: Retirement and Annuities. The Retirement segment provides tax-deferred, employer-sponsored retirement savings plans and administrative

 

F-130


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

services in corporate, health, education and government markets, as well as rollover IRA and other retail financial products. The Annuities segment primarily provides fixed, indexed and payout annuities and custodial mutual funds for pre-retirement wealth accumulation and post-retirement income management, primarily sold through multiple channels.

Investment Management

The Investment Management business provides investment products and retirement solutions through a broad range of traditional and alternative asset classes, geographies and styles, in separate accounts, pooled accounts, annuity portfolios and mutual funds. Products and services are offered to institutional clients, including public, corporate and union retirement plans, endowments and foundations and insurance companies, as well as individual investors and affiliated U.S. businesses and are distributed through the Company’s direct sales force, consultant channel and intermediary partners (such as banks, broker-dealers and independent financial advisers).

Insurance Solutions

The Insurance Solutions business provides its products through two segments: Individual Life and Employee Benefits. The Individual Life segment provides wealth protection and transfer opportunities through universal, variable and term life products, distributed through an independent channel, strategic distribution channel and specialty markets channel to meet personal and business needs of a broad range of customers from the middle market to the mass affluent. The Employee Benefits segment provides life, stop loss, disability and voluntary employee paid products to mid-sized and large businesses.

Corporate

Corporate includes corporate operations and corporate level assets and financial obligations. The Corporate segment includes investment income on assets backing surplus in excess of amounts held at the segment level, financing and interest expenses, other items not allocated to segments, such as certain expenses and liabilities of employee benefit plans and intercompany eliminations.

Closed Blocks

Closed Blocks include the Closed Block Variable Annuity, Closed Block Institutional Spread Products, and Closed Block Other, which are in run-off. Closed Block Variable Annuity and Closed Block Institutional Spread Products (which issues guaranteed investment contracts and funding agreements) are no longer being actively marketed and sold, but are managed to minimize capital risk. The Closed Block Other segment mainly consists of the contingent consideration, promissory notes and loss related to the 2010 sale of three of the Company’s broker-dealers, the amortization of the deferred gain related to the divestment of Group Reinsurance in 2010 via reinsurance and the Individual Reinsurance segment that was divested in 2004 via reinsurance.

 

F-131


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Measurement

Operating income (loss) before income taxes is an internal measure used by management to evaluate segment performance. The Company uses the same accounting policies and procedures to measure segment operating income (loss) before income taxes as it does for consolidated net income (loss). Operating income (loss) before income taxes does not replace net income (loss) as the U.S. GAAP measure of the Company’s consolidated results of operations and is calculated by adjusting each segment’s income (loss) before income taxes for the following items:

 

   

Net investment gains (losses), net of related amortization of DAC, VOBA, sales inducements and unearned revenue. Net investment gains (losses) include gains (losses) on the sale of securities, impairments, changes in the fair value of investments using the FVO unrelated to the implied loan-backed security income recognition for certain mortgage-backed obligations, and changes in the fair value of derivative instruments, excluding realized gains (losses) associated with swap settlements, and accrued interest;

 

   

Net guaranteed benefit hedging gains (losses), which include changes in the fair value of derivatives related to guaranteed benefits, net of related reserve increases (decreases) and net of related amortization of DAC, VOBA, and sales inducements, less the estimated cost of these benefits. The estimated cost, which is reflected in operating results, reflects the expected cost of these benefits if markets perform in line with the Company’s long-term expectations and includes the cost of hedging. All other derivative and reserve changes related to guaranteed benefits are excluded from operating results, including the impacts related to changes in the Company’s nonperformance spread;

 

   

Income (loss) related to business exited through reinsurance or divestment;

 

   

Income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests;

 

   

Income (loss) related to early extinguishment of debt;

 

   

Impairment of goodwill, VMCR and VOCRA;

 

   

Immediate recognition of net actuarial gains (losses) related to the Company’s pension and other post-employment benefit obligations and gains (losses) from plan amendments and curtailments; and

 

   

Other items, including restructuring expenses (severance, lease write-offs, etc.), integration expenses related to the Company’s acquisition of CitiStreet, and certain third-party expenses related to the anticipated divestment of the Company by ING Group.

Operating income (loss) before income taxes also does not reflect the results of operations of the Company’s Closed Block Variable Annuity segment, since this segment is managed to focus on protecting regulatory reserves and rating agency capital rather than achieving operating metrics. When the Company presents the adjustments to Income (loss) before income taxes on a consolidated basis, each adjustment excludes the relative portions attributable to the Company’s Closed Block Variable Annuity segment.

 

F-132


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The summary below reconciles operating income (loss) before income taxes for the segments to Income (loss) before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Retirement Solutions:

      

Retirement

   $ 441.9      $ 469.6      $ 358.3   

Annuities

     387.6        115.0        48.7   

Investment Management

     87.5        50.1        44.4   

Insurance Solutions:

      

Individual Life

     279.3        313.5        301.1   

Employee Benefits

     83.3        82.0        37.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ongoing Businesses

     1,279.6        1,030.2        789.7   

Corporate

     (230.2     (399.1     (470.5

Closed Blocks:

      

Closed Block Institutional Spread Products

     83.2        (3.8     1.8   

Closed Block Other

     (13.0     (6.7     6.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closed Blocks

     70.2        (10.5     8.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating income (loss) before income taxes

     1,119.6        620.6        327.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments:

      

Closed Block Variable Annuity

     (564.5     (220.2     (1,864.8

Net realized investment gains (losses) and related charges and adjustments

     71.8        (96.4     538.0   

Net guaranteed benefit hedging gains (losses) and related charges and adjustments

     (269.4     (30.0     186.4   

Loss related to businesses exited through reinsurance or divestment

     (35.1     (3.3     (20.4

Income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     190.9        (10.3     (207.4

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     —          (108.3     —     

Immediate recognition of net actuarial gains (losses) related to the Company’s pension and other post-employment benefit obligations and impacts of plan amendments and curtailments

     (157.8     (47.5     2.6   

Other adjustments to operating income (loss)

     (77.7     (66.8     (70.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 277.8      $ 37.8      $ (1,108.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating revenues is a measure of the Company’s segment revenues. The Company calculates operating revenues by adjusting each segment’s revenues for the following items:

 

   

Net realized investment gains (losses) and related charges and adjustments include gains (losses) on the sale of securities, impairments, changes in the fair value of investments using the fair value option (“FVO”) unrelated to the implied loan-backed security income recognition for certain mortgage-backed obligations and changes in the fair value of derivative instruments, excluding realized gains (losses) associated with swap settlements and accrued interest. These are net of related amortization of unearned revenue;

 

   

Loss on change in fair value of derivatives related to guaranteed benefits include changes in the fair value of derivatives related to guaranteed benefits, less the estimated cost of these benefits. The estimated cost, which is reflected in operating results, reflects the expected cost of these benefits if markets perform in line with the Company’s long-term expectations and includes the cost of hedging.

 

F-133


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

All other derivative and reserve changes related to guaranteed benefits are excluded from operating revenues, including the impacts related to changes in the Company’s non-performance spread;

 

   

Revenues related to businesses exited through reinsurance or divestment;

 

   

Revenues attributable to noncontrolling interests; and

 

   

Other adjustments to operating revenues primarily reflect fee income earned by the Company’s broker-dealers for sales of non-proprietary products, which are reflected net of commission expense in the Company’s segments’ operating revenues.

Operating revenues also does not reflect the revenues of the Company’s Closed Block Variable Annuity segment, since this segment is managed to focus on protecting regulatory reserves and rating agency capital rather than achieving operating metrics. When the Company presents the adjustments to Total revenues on a consolidated basis, each adjustment excludes the relative portions attributable to the Company’s Closed Block Variable Annuity segment.

The summary below reconciles operating revenues for the segments to Total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Retirement Solutions:

      

Retirement

   $ 2,225.4      $ 2,179.0      $ 2,024.5   

Annuities

     1,401.4        1,482.5        1,442.7   

Investment Management

     491.9        454.5        392.0   

Insurance Solutions:

      

Individual Life

     2,785.0        2,613.4        2,546.6   

Employee Benefits

     1,246.2        1,277.8        1,357.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ongoing Businesses

     8,149.9        8,007.2        7,763.0   

Corporate

     (13.7     (132.3     (73.8

Closed Blocks:

      

Closed Block Institutional Spread Products

     188.1        167.6        308.6   

Closed Block Other

     52.2        64.3        88.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closed Blocks

     240.3        231.9        397.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

     8,376.5        8,106.8        8,086.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments:

      

Closed Block Variable Annuity

     794.9        677.7        (325.3

Net realized investment gains (losses) and related charges and adjustments

     219.2        47.7        358.1   

Gain (loss) on change in fair value of derivatives related to guaranteed benefits

     (399.0     (66.9     138.6   

Revenues related to businesses exited through reinsurance or divestment

     116.1        137.6        1,049.4   

Revenues attributable to noncontrolling interests

     399.1        143.2        (99.7

Other adjustments to operating revenues

     212.0        228.1        156.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 9,718.8      $ 9,274.2      $ 9,364.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-134


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Segment Information

The following is a summary of certain financial information for the Company’s segments for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

The Investment Management segment revenues include the following intersegment revenues, primarily consisting of asset-based management and administration fees. Balances for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 reflect the current fee structure pursuant to the asset management agreement.

 

     2011      2010      2009  

Investment management intersegment revenues

   $ 164.1       $ 156.8       $ 170.8   

The summary below presents Total assets for the Company’s segments as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011      2010  

Retirement Solutions:

     

Retirement

   $ 76,076.8       $ 74,631.4   

Annuities

     29,969.5         29,852.3   

Investment Management

     507.6         542.7   

Insurance Solutions:

     

Individual Life

     24,527.8         23,637.0   

Employee Benefits

     2,586.6         2,510.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ongoing Businesses

     133,668.3         131,173.9   

Corporate

     3,328.6         2,728.8   

Closed Blocks:

     

Closed Block Variable Annuity

     47,564.3         49,506.4   

Closed Block Institutional Spread Products

     6,234.7         8,903.5   

Closed Block Other

     8,821.6         8,838.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closed Blocks

     62,620.6         67,248.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets of segments

     199,617.5         201,151.3   

Noncontrolling interest

     3,955.3         3,225.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 203,572.8       $ 204,376.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

21. Subsequent Events

On April 12, 2012, the maturity for ING U.S., Inc.’s $500.0 floating rate loan agreement with ING Insurance was extended until April 29, 2016.

On April 20, 2012, the Company entered into a $5.0 billion Senior Unsecured Credit Facility (“Credit Facility”) with a syndicate of banks, replacing financing that was either internally funded or guaranteed by ING Insurance. As part of the Credit Facility, the Company entered into a committed Revolving Credit Agreement (“Revolving Credit Agreement”). The Revolving Credit Agreement includes a $3.5 billion LOC facility that includes a revolving credit sublimit of $1.5 billion. The total outstanding amount of LOCs and revolving credit outstanding may not exceed $3.5 billion. ING Bank, an affiliate of the Company, has committed up to $250.0 in financing as a member of the syndicate which entered into the Revolving Credit Agreement. The cost of LOCs and revolving loans vary depending on the current credit rating of the Company and currently is LIBOR plus 200 basis points. The Revolving Credit Agreement expires on April 20, 2015 at which time any outstanding amounts are due.

 

F-135


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

As part of the Credit Facility, the Company also entered into a $1.5 billion syndicated Term Loan Agreement (“Term Loan Agreement”). The Company pays interest under the Term Loan Agreement at a variable rate based on the current credit rating of the Company and currently is LIBOR plus 200 basis points. The Company is required to make principal payments totaling 5.0% of the original borrowing amount each 3 months for the first 12 months of the Loan Agreement and 7.5% each 3 months for the second 12 months. The Loan Agreement expires on April 20, 2014 at which time all remaining borrowed amounts are due.

ING Bank acted as Joint Lead Arranger, Joint Book Manager, and Documentation Agent for these transactions. For these services, ING Bank received various fees totaling $3.3.

The Company replaced $1.4 billion of LOCs issued under a $2.5 billion Syndicated LOC Facility entered into on May 4, 2010, with LOCs issued under the Revolving Credit Agreement on April 20, 2012. LOCs issued by ING Bank under the Revolving Credit Agreement amounted to $101.4.

Also on April 20, 2012, proceeds amounting to $2.0 billion from the Credit Facility were used by the Company to repay intercompany loans and for general corporate purposes. The Company continues to maintain reciprocal loan agreements with affiliates.

On July 13, 2012, the Company issued $850.0 in 5.5% unsecured Senior Notes due 2022 (the “2022 Notes”) in a private placement with registration rights. The 2022 Notes are guaranteed by Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Interest is paid semi-annually on each January 15 and July 15, commencing on January 15, 2013. ING Financial Markets, LLC, an affiliate, served as Joint Book Running Manager and was paid $0.3 for its services. The Company used the proceeds of the 2022 Notes to repay $500.0 of the direct borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement. As a result of the issuance of the $850.0 2022 Notes, the revolving credit borrowing sublimit was reduced by 50% of the issuance to $1,075.0. The remaining proceeds of the 2022 Notes will be used for general corporate purposes including the retirement of commercial paper.

On September 6, 2012, the Company entered into a Reimbursement Agreement with a third party bank providing for $390.0 of initial funding in the form of a variable funding trust note and letters of credit. This funding can increase up to $1.2 billion prior to the scheduled maturity date of the transaction in June 2022 and will be used to support the reinsurance obligations of the Company’s captive subsidiary, Roaring River III, LLC.

 

F-136


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

September 30, 2012 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2011

(In millions, except share data)

 

     As of
September 30,
2012
     As of
December 31,
2011
 

Assets:

     

Investments:

     

Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $63,056.1 at 2012 and $61,800.5 at 2011)

   $ 71,038.4       $ 67,405.6   

Fixed maturities, at fair value using the fair value option

     2,875.1         3,010.3   

Equity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value (cost of $282.4 at 2012 and $320.6 at 2011)

     328.9         353.8   

Short-term investments

     3,637.4         3,572.7   

Mortgage loans on real estate, net of valuation allowance of $4.5 at 2012 and $4.4 at 2011

     8,682.6         8,691.1   

Loan – Dutch State obligation

     1,503.6         1,792.7   

Policy loans

     2,212.9         2,263.9   

Limited partnerships/corporations

     514.8         599.6   

Derivatives

     2,733.7         2,660.9   

Other investments

     205.1         215.1   

Securities pledged (amortized cost of $1,308.6 at 2012 and $2,068.7 at 2011)

     1,462.2         2,253.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

     95,194.7         92,819.2   

Cash and cash equivalents

     2,078.7         638.0   

Short-term investments under securities loan agreements, including collateral delivered

     412.4         1,075.9   

Accrued investment income

     900.4         881.7   

Reinsurance recoverable

     7,565.9         7,723.4   

Deferred policy acquisition costs, Value of business acquired

     3,623.8         4,352.3   

Sales inducements to contract holders

     226.3         307.3   

Current income taxes

     0.6         26.0   

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     358.9         382.5   

Other assets

     1,355.7         1,476.3   

Assets related to consolidated investment entities:

     

Limited partnerships/corporations, at fair value

     3,078.6         2,860.3   

Cash and cash equivalents

     485.9         137.0   

Corporate loans, at fair value using the fair value option

     2,595.2         2,162.9   

Other assets

     21.3         15.5   

Assets held in separate accounts

     96,312.2         88,714.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 214,210.6       $ 203,572.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-137


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Continued)

September 30, 2012 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2011

(In millions, except share data)

 

     As of
September 30,
2012
    As of
December 31,
2011
 

Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity:

    

Future policy benefits

   $ 23,971.0      $ 26,312.6   

Contract owner account balances

     62,323.8        62,045.8   

Payables under securities loan agreement, including collateral held

     1,299.8        1,781.8   

Short-term debt

     774.9        1,054.6   

Long-term debt

     3,642.7        1,343.1   

Funds held under reinsurance agreements

     1,265.3        1,307.6   

Derivatives

     1,961.8        1,955.8   

Pension and other post-employment provisions

     853.4        797.7   

Deferred income taxes

     1,092.1        513.0   

Other liabilities

     1,664.7        1,563.6   

Liabilities related to consolidated investment entities:

    

Collateralized loan obligations notes, at fair value using the fair value option

     2,902.8        2,057.1   

Other liabilities

     194.6        199.5   

Liabilities related to separate accounts

     96,312.2        88,714.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     198,259.1        189,646.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholder’s equity:

    

Common stock (200,000 shares authorized, 100,207 issued and outstanding; $0.01 par value per share)

     —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

     22,900.0        22,867.5   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     3,701.5        2,595.0   

Retained earnings (deficit):

    

Appropriated-consolidated investment entities

     48.4        126.5   

Unappropriated

     (12,739.4     (13,235.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ING U.S., Inc. shareholder’s equity

     13,910.5        12,353.9   

Noncontrolling interest

     2,041.0        1,572.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholder’s equity

     15,951.5        13,926.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity

   $ 214,210.6      $ 203,572.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-138


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 (Unaudited)

(In millions, except per share data)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2011  

Revenues:

    

Net investment income

   $ 3,642.5      $ 3,756.4   

Fee income

     2,624.8        2,721.0   

Premiums

     1,389.9        1,320.6   

Net realized gains (losses):

    

Total other-than-temporary impairments

     (30.7     (433.1

Less: Portion of other-than-temporary impairments recognized in Other comprehensive income (loss)

     (4.9     (33.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other-than-temporary impairments recognized in earnings

     (25.8     (399.4

Other net realized capital gains (losses)

     (870.8     707.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net realized capital gains (losses)

     (896.6     308.0   

Other revenue

     286.7        319.6   

Income (loss) related to consolidated investment entities:

    

Net investment income

     435.5        621.6   

Changes in fair value related to collateralized loan obligations

     (71.3     (189.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     7,411.5        8,858.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefits and expenses:

    

Policyholder benefits

     1,946.3        2,559.2   

Interest credited to contract owner account balance

     1,690.0        1,838.0   

Operating expenses

     2,330.9        2,132.2   

Net amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

     539.9        404.6   

Interest expense

     109.0        108.8   

Operating expenses related to consolidated investment entities:

    

Interest expense

     74.0        47.1   

Other expense

     7.3        57.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total benefits and expenses

     6,697.4        7,147.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     714.1        1,710.4   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (4.0     (115.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     718.1        1,825.5   

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

     222.4        123.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder

   $ 495.7      $ 1,702.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder per common share

   $ 4,946.76      $ 16,989.83   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-139


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 (Unaudited)

(In millions)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2011  

Net income (loss)

   $ 718.1      $ 1,825.5   

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax:

    

Unrealized gains/losses on securities

     1,643.4        1,255.4   

Other-than-temporary impairments

     50.2        166.9   

Pension and other post-employment benefit liability

     (11.0     (1.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax

     1,682.6        1,420.6   

Income tax benefit (expense) related to items of other comprehensive income (loss)

     (576.1     (108.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), after tax

     1,106.5        1,312.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

     1,824.6        3,137.5   

Less: Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the noncontrolling interest

     222.4        123.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder

   $ 1,602.2      $ 3,014.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-140


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 (Unaudited)

(In millions)

 

     Common
Stock
     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
     Retained Earnings (Deficit)     Total
ING U.S.,  Inc.
Shareholder’s
Equity
    Noncontrolling
Interest
     Total
Shareholder’s
Equity
 
              Appropriated     Unappropriated         

Balance at January 1, 2012

   $ —         $ 22,867.5       $ 2,595.0       $ 126.5      $ (13,235.1   $ 12,353.9      $ 1,572.2       $ 13,926.1   

Comprehensive income (loss):

                    

Net income (loss)

     —           —           —           —          495.7        495.7        222.4         718.1   

Other comprehensive income (loss), after tax

     —           —           1,106.5         —          —          1,106.5        —           1,106.5   
               

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

                  1,602.2        222.4         1,824.6   

Reclassification of noncontrolling interest

     —           —           —           (78.1     —          (78.1     78.1         —     

Employee related benefits

     —           32.5         —           —          —          32.5        —           32.5   

Contribution from (Distribution to) noncontrolling interest, net

     —           —           —           —          —          —          168.3         168.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2012

   $ —         $ 22,900.0       $ 3,701.5       $ 48.4      $ (12,739.4   $ 13,910.5      $ 2,041.0       $ 15,951.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-141


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity (Continued)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

(In millions)

 

     Common
Stock
     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
     Retained Earnings (Deficit)     Total
ING U.S.,  Inc.
Shareholder’s
Equity
    Noncontrolling
Interest
     Total
Shareholder’s
Equity
 
              Appropriated     Unappropriated         

Balance at January 1, 2011

   $ —         $ 18,827.3       $ 973.3       $ 177.2      $ (13,147.0   $ 6,830.8      $ 1,237.0       $ 8,067.8   

Comprehensive income (loss):

                    

Net income (loss)

     —           —           —           —          1,702.5        1,702.5        123.0         1,825.5   

Other comprehensive income (loss), after tax

     —           —           1,312.0         —          —          1,312.0        —           1,312.0   
               

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

                  3,014.5        123.0         3,137.5   

Reclassification of noncontrolling interest

     —           —           —           (189.0     —          (189.0     189.0         —     

Contribution of capital

        2,696.7                2,696.7           2,696.7   

Employee related benefits

     —           33.4         —           —          —          33.4        —           33.4   

Contribution from (Distribution to) noncontrolling interest, net

     —           —           —           —          —          —          116.5         116.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2011

   $ —         $ 21,557.4       $ 2,285.3       $ (11.8   $ (11,444.5   $ 12,386.4      $ 1,665.5       $ 14,051.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-142


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 (Unaudited)

(In millions)

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,  
            2012                     2011          

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 2,422.0      $ 3,260.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

   

Proceeds from the sale, maturity, disposal or redemption of:

   

Fixed maturities

    13,430.6        13,592.3   

Equity securities, available-for-sale

    57.6        105.5   

Mortgage loans on real estate

    1,258.1        1,248.5   

Loan – Dutch State obligation

    284.0        378.7   

Limited partnerships/corporations

    318.0        110.1   

Acquisition of:

   

Fixed maturities

    (13,636.4     (13,208.5

Equity securities, available-for-sale

    (17.4     (37.7

Mortgage loans on real estate

    (1,248.9     (1,815.9

Limited partnerships/corporations

    (44.5     (122.7

Short-term investments, net

    (63.5     (1,650.4

Policy loans, net

    51.0        123.6   

Derivatives, net

    (1,458.8     (318.6

Other investments

    4.6        14.0   

Sales from consolidated investment entities

    1,222.2        1,816.2   

Purchase of consolidated investment entities

    (1,528.1     (2,038.4

Collateral received (delivered)

    181.5        442.3   

Purchases of fixed assets, net

    (18.8     (24.8

Other

    —          (25.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (1,208.8     (1,411.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

   

Deposits received for investment contracts

    12,910.8        11,512.3   

Maturities and withdrawals from investment contracts

    (15,278.5     (11,854.2

Proceeds from issuance of debt with maturities of more than three months

    2,911.5        17,415.7   

Repayment of debt with maturities of more than three months

    (649.2     (17,101.2

Net proceeds from (repayment of) debt with maturities of three months or less

    (242.4     (1,444.2

Debt issuance costs

    (30.3     —     

Borrowings of consolidated investment entities

    54.3        130.1   

Repayments of debt of consolidated investment entities

    (50.4     (120.4

Contributions from (distributions to) participants in consolidated investment entities

    601.7        258.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    227.5        (1,203.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    1,440.7        645.0   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    638.0        615.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 2,078.7      $ 1,260.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

   

Income taxes paid (received), net

  $ (27.6   $ 12.0   

Interest paid

    98.7        187.5   

Non-cash financing activities:

   

Debt extinguishment

  $ —        $ 2,696.7   

Capital contribution

    —          2,696.7   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-143


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

1. Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies

Business

ING U.S., Inc. (name changed from ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc. on June 14, 2012) is a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Insurance International B.V., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Verzekeringen N.V. (“ING V”), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Insurance Topholding N.V., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Groep N.V. (“ING Group” or “ING”), the ultimate parent company. ING is a global financial services holding company based in The Netherlands, with American Depository Shares listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ING.”

ING U.S., Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively “the Company”) is a financial services organization in the United States that offers a broad range of retirement services, annuities, life insurance, mutual funds, group insurance and supplemental health products, guaranteed investment contracts, funding agreements and investment management services.

ING has announced the anticipated separation of its global banking and insurance businesses. While all options for effecting this separation remain open, ING has announced that the base case for this separation includes an initial public offering (“IPO”) of ING U.S., Inc. which together with its subsidiaries, constitutes ING’s U.S.-based retirement, investment management, and insurance operations. On November 9, 2012, ING U.S., Inc. filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in connection with the proposed IPO of its common stock.

The Company provides its principal products and services in three businesses (Retirement Solutions, Investment Management and Insurance Solutions) and reports results through five ongoing operating segments, including Retirement, Annuities, Investment Management, Individual Life and Employee Benefits. The Company also has a Corporate segment, which includes the financial data not directly related to the businesses and Closed Block segments. See the Segments note to these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and are unaudited. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Those estimates are inherently subject to change and actual results could differ from those estimates.

The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of ING U.S., Inc. and its subsidiaries, as well as partnerships (voting interest entities (“VOEs”)) in which the Company has control and variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. See the Consolidated Investment Entities note to these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

The Company uses the equity method of accounting for investments in limited partnership interests that are not consolidated, which consist primarily of private equities, hedge funds and VIEs for which the Company is not the primary beneficiary.

 

F-144


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements reflect all adjustments (including normal, recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the financial position of the Company as of September 30, 2012, its results of operations, comprehensive income, changes in shareholder’s equity and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, in conformity with U.S. GAAP. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of full year performance. The December 31, 2011 Consolidated Balance Sheet is from the audited ING U.S., Inc. Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (“2011 ING U.S., Inc. Consolidated Financial Statements”), which includes all disclosures required by U.S. GAAP. Therefore, these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the 2011 ING U.S., Inc. Consolidated Financial Statements.

Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Adoption of New Pronouncements

Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance Contracts

In October 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-26, “Financial Services – Insurance (Accounting Standards Codification TM (“ASC”) Topic 944): Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance Contracts” (“ASU 2010-26”), which clarifies what costs relating to the acquisition are of new or renewal insurance contracts qualify for deferral. Costs that should be capitalized include (1) incremental direct costs of successful contract acquisition and (2) certain costs related directly to successful acquisition activities (underwriting, policy issuance and processing, medical and inspection and sales force contract selling) performed by the insurer for the contract. Advertising costs should be included in deferred acquisition costs only if the capitalization criteria in the U.S. GAAP direct-response advertising guidance are met. All other acquisition-related costs should be charged to expense as incurred. The Company early adopted the provisions of ASU 2010-26 on January 1, 2011 and applied the provisions retrospectively. If financial statements had been previously issued, as a result of implementation, the Company’s Retained earnings (deficit) would have been a decrease of $1.2 billion, net of income taxes of $300.8, as of January 1, 2011.

Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-03, “Transfers and Servicing (ASC Topic 860): Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements” (“ASU 2011-03”), which removes from the assessment of effective control (1) the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms and (2) the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion.

The provisions of ASU 2011-03 were adopted by the Company on January 1, 2012. The Company determined that there was no effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows, as the guidance is consistent with that previously applied by the Company.

Testing Goodwill for Impairment

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (ASC Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment” (“ASU 2011-08”), which provides an entity the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If an entity determines that it is not more likely than not that the reporting unit is impaired, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. If an entity concludes otherwise, it is required to perform the two-step impairment test.

 

F-145


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The provisions of ASU 2011-08 were adopted by the Company on January 1, 2012. The Company has determined that there are no impairment indicators since the last annual review.

Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”)

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (ASC Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS” (“ASU 2011-04”), which includes the following amendments:

 

   

The concepts of highest and best use and valuation premise are relevant only when measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets;

 

   

The requirements for measuring the fair value of equity instruments are consistent with those for measuring liabilities;

 

   

An entity is permitted to measure the fair value of financial instruments managed within a portfolio at the price that would be received to sell or transfer a net position for a particular risk; and

 

   

The application of premiums and discounts in a fair value measurement is related to the unit of account for the asset or liability.

ASU 2011-04 also requires additional disclosures, including use of a nonfinancial asset in a way that differs from its highest and best use, categorization by level for items in which fair value is required to be disclosed and further information regarding Level 3 fair value measurements.

The provisions of ASU 2011-04 were adopted by the Company on January 1, 2012. The disclosures required by ASU 2011-04 are included in the Fair Value Measurements note to these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. As the pronouncement only pertains to additional disclosure, the adoption had no effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Presentation of Comprehensive Income

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (ASC Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income” (“ASU 2011-05”), which states that an entity has the option to present total comprehensive income and the components of net income and other comprehensive income either in a single, continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate, consecutive statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, which defers the ASU 2011-05 requirements to present, on the face of the financial statements, the effects of reclassification out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”) on the components of net income and other comprehensive income.

The Company early adopted provisions of ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2010-12 as of December 31, 2011, and applied the provisions retrospectively. The Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, with corresponding revisions to the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity, is included in the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, the required disclosures are included in the Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) note to these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-146


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Future Adoption of Accounting Pronouncements

Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (ASC Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities” (“ASU 2011-11”), which requires an entity to disclose both gross and net information about instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position, as well as instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. In addition, the standard requires disclosure of collateral received and posted in connection with master netting agreements or similar arrangements.

The provisions of ASU 2011-11 are effective, retrospectively, for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and periods within those annual reporting periods. The Company is currently in the process of determining the disclosure impact of adoption of the provisions of ASU 2011-11.

 

2. Investments (excluding Consolidated Investment Entities)

Fixed Maturities and Equity Securities

Available-for-sale and fair value option (“FVO”) fixed maturities and equity securities were as follows as of September 30, 2012:

 

    Amortized
Cost
    Gross
Unrealized
Capital
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Capital
Losses
    Embedded
Derivatives (2)
    Fair Value     OTTI (3)  

Fixed maturities:

           

U.S. Treasuries

  $ 5,288.7      $ 749.1      $ —        $ —        $ 6,037.8      $ —     

U.S. government agencies and authorities

    645.4        86.7        —          —          732.1        —     

State, municipalities and political subdivisions

    321.5        29.6        0.2        —          350.9        —     

U.S. corporate securities

    31,808.8        4,303.6        57.7        —          36,054.7        —     

Foreign securities (1) :

           

Government

    1,072.0        114.5        4.6        —          1,181.9        —     

Other

    13,047.2        1,517.1        66.6        —          14,497.7        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total foreign securities

    14,119.2        1,631.6        71.2        —          15,679.6        —     

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

           

Agency

    5,929.3        691.9        14.3        157.0        6,763.9        1.2   

Non-Agency

    1,730.7        203.7        90.0        85.8        1,930.2        154.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Residential mortgage-backed securities

    7,660.0        895.6        104.3        242.8        8,694.1        155.2   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    4,759.5        473.2        15.7        —          5,217.0        4.4   

Other asset-backed securities

    2,636.7        108.4        124.1        (11.5     2,609.5        16.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities, including securities pledged

    67,239.8        8,277.8        373.2        231.3        75,375.7        176.0   

Less: securities pledged

    1,308.6        163.1        9.5        —          1,462.2        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

    65,931.2        8,114.7        363.7        231.3        73,913.5        176.0   

Equity securities:

           

Common stock

    178.9        21.7        1.5        —          199.1        —     

Preferred stock

    103.5        26.3        —          —          129.8        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity securities

    282.4        48.0        1.5        —          328.9        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities and equity securities investments

  $ 66,213.6      $ 8,162.7      $ 365.2      $ 231.3      $ 74,242.4      $ 176.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

(2)  

Embedded derivatives within fixed maturity securities are reported with the host investment. The changes in fair value of embedded derivatives are reported in Other net realized capital gains (losses) in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(3)  

Represents other-than-temporary impairments (“OTTI”) reported as a component of Other comprehensive income.

 

F-147


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Available-for-sale and FVO fixed maturities and equity securities were as follows as of December 31, 2011:

 

    Amortized
Cost
    Gross
Unrealized
Capital
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Capital
Losses
    Embedded
Derivatives (2)
    Fair Value     OTTI (3)  

Fixed maturities:

           

U.S. Treasuries

  $ 5,283.8      $ 688.7      $ —        $ —        $ 5,972.5      $ —     

U.S. government agencies and authorities

    643.1        84.7        —          —          727.8        —     

State, municipalities and political subdivisions

    375.1        21.2        2.4        —          393.9        —     

U.S. corporate securities

    30,486.5        3,095.6        109.0        —          33,473.1        —     

Foreign securities (1) :

           

Government

    834.9        92.9        9.9        —          917.9        —     

Other

    13,207.0        1,078.0        135.5        —          14,149.5        0.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total foreign securities

    14,041.9        1,170.9        145.4        —          15,067.4        0.1   

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

           

Agency

    5,754.8        865.4        11.9        182.2        6,790.5        1.7   

Non-Agency

    2,180.2        228.2        228.9        78.1        2,257.6        197.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Residential mortgage-backed securities

    7,935.0        1,093.6        240.8        260.3        9,048.1        199.3   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    5,387.1        247.5        149.2        —          5,485.4        6.3   

Other asset-backed securities

    2,727.0        62.1        270.7        (17.2     2,501.2        20.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities, including securities pledged

    66,879.5        6,464.3        917.5        243.1        72,669.4        226.1   

Less: securities pledged

    2,068.7        189.4        4.6        —          2,253.5        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

    64,810.8        6,274.9        912.9        243.1        70,415.9        226.1   

Equity securities:

           

Common stock

    222.1        14.7        5.6        —          231.2        —     

Preferred stock

    98.5        24.1        —          —          122.6        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity securities

    320.6        38.8        5.6        —          353.8        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities and equity securities investments

  $ 65,131.4      $ 6,313.7      $ 918.5      $ 243.1      $ 70,769.7      $ 226.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

(2)  

Embedded derivatives within fixed maturity securities are reported with the host investment. The changes in fair value of embedded derivatives are reported in Other net realized capital gains (losses) in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(3)  

Represents other-than-temporary impairments (“OTTI”) reported as a component of Other comprehensive income.

 

F-148


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturities, including securities pledged, as of September 30, 2012, are shown below by contractual maturity. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities as securities may be restructured, called, or prepaid. Mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) and other asset-backed securities (“ABS”) are shown separately because they are not due at a single maturity date.

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  

Due to mature:

     

One year or less

   $ 2,866.5       $ 2,980.3   

After one year through five years

     14,086.4         15,013.6   

After five years through ten years

     16,690.9         18,554.3   

After ten years

     18,539.8         22,306.9   

Mortgage-backed securities

     12,419.5         13,911.1   

Other asset-backed securities

     2,636.7         2,609.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed maturities, including securities pledged

   $ 67,239.8       $ 75,375.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The investment portfolio is monitored to maintain a diversified portfolio on an ongoing basis. Credit risk is mitigated by monitoring concentrations by issuer, sector and geographic stratification and limiting exposure to any one issuer.

As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company did not have any investments in a single issuer, other than obligations of the U.S. government and government agencies and the State of the Netherlands (the “Dutch State”) loan obligation, with a carrying value in excess of 10% of the Company’s consolidated Shareholder’s equity. See the Back Up Facility section of the Related Party note for further discussion of the Dutch State loan obligation.

The following tables set forth the composition of the U.S. and foreign corporate securities within the fixed maturity portfolio by industry category as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Capital
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Capital
Losses
     Fair Value  

2012

           

Communications

   $ 3,543.5       $ 565.2       $ 2.2       $ 4,106.5   

Financial

     5,735.5         702.2         56.2         6,381.5   

Industrial and other companies

     25,415.8         3,124.2         21.4         28,518.6   

Utilities

     8,949.6         1,261.5         44.4         10,166.7   

Transportation

     1,211.6         167.6         0.1         1,379.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 44,856.0       $ 5,820.7       $ 124.3       $ 50,552.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2011

           

Communications

   $ 3,561.5       $ 395.4       $ 12.5       $ 3,944.4   

Financial

     6,309.6         450.5         133.9         6,626.2   

Industrial and other companies

     24,071.1         2,252.6         67.2         26,256.5   

Utilities

     8,535.8         948.7         26.2         9,458.3   

Transportation

     1,215.5         126.4         4.7         1,337.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 43,693.5       $ 4,173.6       $ 244.5       $ 47,622.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-149


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The Company invests in various categories of collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), including CMOs that are not agency-backed, that are subject to different degrees of risk from changes in interest rates and defaults. The principal risks inherent in holding CMOs are prepayment and extension risks related to significant decreases and increases in interest rates resulting in the prepayment of principal from the underlying mortgages, either earlier or later than originally anticipated. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, approximately 30.0% and 32.8%, respectively, of the Company’s CMO holdings were invested in those types of CMOs which are subject to more prepayment and extension risk than traditional CMOs.

Certain CMOs, primarily interest-only and principal-only strips, are accounted for as hybrid instruments and valued using the FVO with changes in the fair value recorded in Other net realized capital gains (losses) in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Repurchase Agreements

The Company engages in dollar repurchase agreements with mortgage-backed securities (“dollar rolls”) and repurchase agreements with other collateral types to increase its return on investments and improve liquidity. Such arrangements meet the requirements to be accounted for as financing arrangements. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company did not have any securities pledged in dollar rolls and repurchase agreement transactions.

The Company also enters into reverse repurchase agreements. These transactions involve a purchase of securities and an agreement to sell substantially the same securities as those purchased. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company did not have any securities pledged under reverse repurchase agreements.

The primary risk associated with short-term collateralized borrowings is that the counterparty will be unable to perform under the terms of the contract. The Company’s exposure is limited to the excess of the net replacement cost of the securities over the value of the short-term investments. The Company believes the counterparties to the dollar rolls, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements are financially responsible and that the counterparty risk is minimal.

Securities Lending

The Company engages in securities lending whereby certain domestic securities from its portfolio are loaned to other institutions for short periods of time. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the fair value of loaned securities was $358.9 and $1.0 billion, respectively, and is included in Securities pledged on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Collateral retained by the lending agent and invested in liquid assets on behalf of the Company is recorded in Short-term investments under securities loan agreement, including collateral delivered. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, liabilities to return collateral of $367.8 and $1.0 billion, respectively, are included in Payables under securities loan agreement, including collateral held on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Fixed Maturity Securities Credit Quality – Ratings

The Securities Valuation Office (“SVO”) of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) evaluates the fixed maturity security investments of insurers for regulatory reporting and capital assessment purposes and assigns securities to one of six credit quality categories called “NAIC designations.” An internally developed rating is used as permitted by the NAIC if no rating is available. These designations are generally similar to the credit quality designations of the NAIC acceptable rating organizations (“ARO”) for marketable fixed maturity securities, called “rating agency designations,” except for certain structured securities as described below. NAIC designations of “1,” highest quality and “2,” high quality, include fixed maturity securities

 

F-150


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

generally considered investment grade by such rating organizations. NAIC designations 3 through 6 include fixed maturity securities generally considered below investment grade by such rating organizations.

The NAIC adopted revised designation methodologies for non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”), including RMBS backed by subprime mortgage loans reported within ABS and for commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”). The NAIC’s objective with the revised designation methodologies for these structured securities was to increase the accuracy in assessing expected losses and to use the improved assessment to determine a more appropriate capital requirement for such structured securities. The NAIC designations for structured securities, including subprime and Alt-A RMBS, are based upon a comparison of the bond’s amortized cost to the NAIC’s loss expectation for each security. Securities where modeling results in no expected loss in all scenarios are considered to have the highest designation of NAIC 1. A large percentage of the Company’s RMBS securities carry a NAIC 1 designation while the ARO rating indicates below investment grade. This is primarily due to the credit and intent impairments recorded by the Company which reduced the amortized cost on these securities to a level resulting in no expected loss in all scenarios, which corresponds to a NAIC 1 designation. The revised methodologies reduce regulatory reliance on rating agencies and allow for greater regulatory input into the assumptions used to estimate expected losses from such structured securities. In the tables below, we present the rating of structured securities based on ratings from the revised NAIC rating methodologies described above (which may not correspond to rating agency designations). All NAIC designations (e.g., NAIC 1-6) are based on the revised NAIC methodologies.

As a result of time lags between the funding of investments, the finalization of legal documents and the completion of the SVO filing process, the fixed maturity portfolio generally includes securities that have not yet been rated by the SVO as of each balance sheet date, such as private placements. Pending receipt of SVO ratings, the categorization of these securities by NAIC designation is based on the expected ratings indicated by internal analysis.

Information about certain of the Company’s fixed maturity securities holdings by NAIC designations is set forth in the following tables. Corresponding rating agency designation does not directly translate into NAIC designation, but represents the Company’s best estimate of comparable ratings from rating agencies, including Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) and Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”). If no rating is available from a rating agency, then an internally developed rating is used.

The fixed maturities in the Company’s portfolio are generally rated by external rating agencies and, if not externally rated, are rated by the Company on a basis similar to that used by the rating agencies. Ratings are derived from three ARO ratings and are applied as follows based on the number of agency ratings received:

 

   

when three ratings are received then the middle rating is applied;

 

   

when two ratings are received then the lower rating is applied;

 

   

when a single rating is received, the ARO rating is applied; and

 

   

when ratings are unavailable then an internal rating is applied.

 

 

F-151


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Unrealized Capital Losses

Unrealized capital losses (including noncredit impairments), along with the fair value of fixed maturity securities, including securities pledged, by market sector and duration were as follows as of September 30, 2012:

 

    Six Months or Less
Below Amortized Cost
    More Than Six
Months and Twelve
Months or Less
Below Amortized Cost
    More Than Twelve
Months Below
Amortized Cost
    Total  
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Capital
Losses
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Capital
Losses
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Capital
Losses
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Capital
Losses
 

2012

               

U.S. corporate, state and municipalities

  $ 501.5      $ 5.1      $ 176.9      $ 13.1      $ 258.2      $ 39.7      $ 936.6      $ 57.9   

Foreign

    240.4        15.5        62.8        7.2        341.7        48.5        644.9        71.2   

Residential mortgage-backed

    175.8        2.8        76.7        4.0        672.2        97.5        924.7        104.3   

Commercial mortgage-backed

    42.2        1.5        1.3        0.5        333.7        13.7        377.2        15.7   

Other asset-backed

    40.9        1.3        —          —          708.3        122.8        749.2        124.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,000.8      $ 26.2      $ 317.7      $ 24.8      $ 2,314.1      $ 322.2      $ 3,632.6      $ 373.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrealized capital losses (including noncredit impairments), along with the fair value of fixed maturity securities, including securities pledged, by market sector and duration were as follows as of December 31, 2011:

 

    Six Months or Less
Below Amortized Cost
    More Than Six
Months and Twelve
Months or Less

Below Amortized Cost
    More Than Twelve
Months Below
Amortized Cost
    Total  
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Capital
Losses
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Capital
Losses
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Capital
Losses
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Capital
Losses
 

2011

               

U.S. corporate, state and municipalities

  $ 1,812.9      $ 55.7      $ 173.2      $ 10.4      $ 393.4      $ 45.3      $ 2,379.5      $ 111.4   

Foreign

    1,177.6        66.2        80.2        7.3        655.8        71.9        1,913.6        145.4   

Residential mortgage-backed

    426.6        5.1        388.3        16.1        865.1        219.6        1,680.0        240.8   

Commercial mortgage-backed

    338.3        6.4        1,131.6        87.6        241.4        55.2        1,711.3        149.2   

Other asset-backed

    306.9        5.3        165.8        42.7        668.5        222.7        1,141.2        270.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 4,062.3      $ 138.7      $ 1,939.1      $ 164.1      $ 2,824.2      $ 614.7      $ 8,825.6      $ 917.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of the unrealized capital losses aged more than twelve months, the average market value of the related fixed maturities was 87.8% and 82.1% of the average book value as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

 

F-152


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Unrealized capital losses (including noncredit impairments) in fixed maturities, including securities pledged, for instances in which fair value declined below amortized cost by greater than or less than 20% for consecutive months as indicated in the tables below, were as follows as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     Amortized Cost      Unrealized Capital
Losses
     Number of Securities  
     < 20%      > 20%      < 20%      > 20%      < 20%      > 20%  

2012

                 

Six months or less below amortized cost

   $ 1,535.6       $ 115.8       $ 90.7       $ 31.0         231         33   

More than six months and twelve months or less below amortized cost

     605.3         33.2         31.3         10.4         94         12   

More than twelve months below amortized cost

     1,253.6         462.3         50.5         159.3         222         113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,394.5       $ 611.3       $ 172.5       $ 200.7         547         158   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2011

                 

Six months or less below amortized cost

   $ 4,560.5       $ 616.9       $ 184.5       $ 166.1         474         105   

More than six months and twelve months or less below amortized cost

     1,805.8         197.9         103.8         61.0         114         46   

More than twelve months below amortized cost

     1,935.4         626.6         159.1         243.0         269         145   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,301.7       $ 1,441.4       $ 447.4       $ 470.1         857         296   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrealized capital losses (including noncredit impairments) in fixed maturities, including securities pledged, by market sector for instances in which fair value declined below amortized cost by greater than or less than 20% for consecutive months as indicated in the tables below, were as follows as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     Amortized Cost      Unrealized Capital Losses      Number of Securities  
     < 20%      > 20%          < 20%              > 20%          < 20%      > 20%  

2012

                 

U.S. corporate, state and municipalities

   $ 943.4       $ 51.1       $ 31.8       $ 26.1         89         3   

Foreign

     569.6         146.5         27.2         44.0         31         21   

Residential mortgage-backed

     853.2         175.8         47.5         56.8         314         93   

Commercial mortgage-backed

     382.7         10.2         13.4         2.3         18         2   

Other asset-backed

     645.6         227.7         52.6         71.5         95         39   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,394.5       $ 611.3       $ 172.5       $ 200.7         547         158   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2011

                 

U.S. corporate, state and municipalities

   $ 2,402.2       $ 88.7       $ 85.5       $ 25.9         185         7   

Foreign

     1,912.4         146.6         96.8         48.6         153         16   

Residential mortgage-backed

     1,475.5         445.3         87.2         153.6         323         178   

Commercial mortgage-backed

     1,723.5         137.0         114.2         35.0         48         7   

Other asset-backed

     788.1         623.8         63.7         207.0         148         88   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,301.7       $ 1,441.4       $ 447.4       $ 470.1         857         296   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

All investments with fair values less than amortized cost are included in the Company’s other-than-temporary impairments analysis and impairments were recognized as disclosed in the “Evaluating Securities for Other-Than-Temporary Impairments” section below. The Company evaluates non-agency RMBS and ABS based on

 

F-153


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

actual and projected cash flows after considering the quality of underlying collateral, forecasted loss severity, the payment priority within the tranche structure of the security and amount of any credit enhancements. The Company’s assessment of current levels of cash flows compared to estimated cash flows at the time the securities were acquired indicates the amount and the pace of projected cash flows from the underlying collateral has generally been lower and slower, respectively. However, since cash flows are typically projected at a trust level, the impairment review incorporates the security’s position within the trust structure as well as credit enhancement remaining in the trust to determine whether an impairment is warranted. Therefore, while lower and slower cash flows will impact the trust, the effect on a particular security within the trust will be dependent upon the trust structure. Where the assessment continues to project full recovery of principal and interest on schedule, the Company has not recorded an impairment. Unrealized losses on below investment grade securities are principally related to RMBS (primarily Alt-A RMBS), and ABS (primarily subprime RMBS) largely due to economic and market uncertainties including concerns over unemployment levels, lower interest rate environment on floating rate securities requiring higher risk premiums since purchase and valuations of residential real estate supporting subprime RMBS. Based on this analysis, the Company determined that the remaining investments in an unrealized loss position were not other-than-temporarily impaired and therefore no further other-than-temporary impairment was necessary.

Subprime and Alt-A Mortgage Exposure

The Company does not originate or purchase subprime or Alt-A whole-loan mortgages. The Company does have exposure to RMBS, CMBS and ABS. Subprime lending is the origination of loans to customers with weaker credit profiles. The Company defines Alt-A Loans to include the following: residential mortgage loans to customers who have strong credit profiles but lack some elements, such as documentation to substantiate income; residential mortgage loans to borrowers that would otherwise be classified as prime but whose loan structure provides repayment options to the borrower that increase the risk of default; and any securities backed by residential mortgage collateral not clearly identifiable as prime or subprime.

The Company’s exposure to subprime mortgage-backed securities is primarily in the form of ABS structures collateralized by subprime residential mortgages and the majority of these holdings are included in Other ABS in the Fixed Maturities and Equity Securities section above. As of September 30, 2012, the fair value and gross unrealized losses related to the Company’s exposure to subprime mortgage-backed securities was $949.5 and $123.6, respectively, representing 1.3% of total fixed maturities, including securities pledged. As of December 31, 2011, the fair value and gross unrealized losses related to the Company’s exposure to subprime mortgage-backed securities was $974.2 and $272.1, respectively, representing 1.3% of total fixed maturities, including securities pledged.

 

F-154


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following tables summarize the Company’s exposure to subprime mortgage-backed securities by credit quality using NAIC designations, ARO ratings and vintage year as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     % of Total Subprime Mortgage-backed Securities  
     NAIC
Designation
    ARO Ratings     Vintage  

2012

               
     1         75.5   AAA      1.4   2007      29.6
               
     2         4.9   AA      0.8   2006      36.9
               
     3         15.0   A      5.8   2005 and prior      33.5
               

 

 

 
     4         3.5   BBB      6.5        100.0
               

 

 

 
     5         0.4   BB and below      85.5     
          

 

 

      
     6         0.7        100.0     
     

 

 

      

 

 

      
        100.0          
     

 

 

           

2011

               
     1         78.1   AAA      2.9   2007      26.9
               
     2         4.7   AA      1.2   2006      41.2
               
     3         13.4   A      4.5   2005 and prior      31.9
               

 

 

 
     4         2.7   BBB      8.8        100.0
               

 

 

 
     5         0.5   BB and below      82.6     
          

 

 

      
     6         0.6        100.0     
     

 

 

      

 

 

      
        100.0          
     

 

 

           

The Company’s exposure to Alt-A mortgages is included in Residential mortgage-backed securities in the “Fixed Maturities and Equity Securities” section above. As of September 30, 2012, the fair value and gross unrealized losses related to the Company’s exposure to Alt-A RMBS aggregated to $415.2 and $61.7, respectively, representing 0.6% of total fixed maturities, including securities pledged. As of December 31, 2011, the fair value and gross unrealized losses related to the Company’s exposure to Alt-A RMBS aggregated to $410.8 and $117.6, respectively, representing 0.6% of total fixed maturities, including securities pledged.

 

F-155


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following tables summarize the Company’s exposure to Alt-A residential mortgage-backed securities by credit quality using NAIC designations, ARO ratings and vintage year as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     % of Total Alt-A Mortgage-backed Securities  
     NAIC
Designation
    ARO Ratings     Vintage  

2012

               
     1         40.0   AAA      0.7   2007      19.9
               
     2         12.3   AA      1.3   2006      26.0
               
     3         17.5   A      5.1   2005 and prior      54.1
               

 

 

 
     4         19.0   BBB      3.9        100.0
               

 

 

 
     5         9.1   BB and below      89.0     
          

 

 

      
     6         2.1        100.0     
     

 

 

      

 

 

      
        100.0          
     

 

 

           

2011

               
     1         38.7   AAA      1.0   2007      18.8
               
     2         11.0   AA      2.3   2006      25.3
               
     3         16.4   A      7.5   2005 and prior      55.9
               

 

 

 
     4         24.0   BBB      3.9        100.0
               

 

 

 
     5         9.0   BB and below      85.3     
          

 

 

      
     6         0.9        100.0     
     

 

 

      

 

 

      
        100.0          
     

 

 

           

Commercial Mortgage-backed and Other Asset-backed Securities

As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the fair value of the Company’s CMBS totaled $5.2 billion and $5.5 billion, respectively, and Other ABS, excluding subprime exposure, totaled $1.7 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the gross unrealized losses related to CMBS totaled $15.7 and $149.2, respectively, and gross unrealized losses related to Other ABS, excluding subprime exposure, totaled $1.9 and $1.3, respectively. CMBS investments represent pools of commercial mortgages that are broadly diversified across property types and geographical areas.

 

F-156


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following tables summarize the Company’s exposure to CMBS holdings by credit quality using NAIC designations, ARO ratings and vintage year as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     % of Total CMBS  
     NAIC
Designation
    ARO Ratings     Vintage  

2012

               
     1         92.6   AAA      36.3   2008      0.3
               
     2         2.7   AA      10.7   2007      38.7
               
     3         4.3   A      17.1   2006      28.6
               
     4         0.4   BBB      21.4   2005 and prior      32.4
               

 

 

 
     5         —        BB and below      14.5        100.0
          

 

 

      

 

 

 
     6         —             100.0     
     

 

 

      

 

 

      
        100.0          
     

 

 

           

2011

               
     1         92.7   AAA      47.3   2008      0.3
               
     2         2.6   AA      10.1   2007      33.4
               
     3         3.6   A      16.5   2006      26.5
               
     4         0.7   BBB      13.5   2005 and prior      39.8
               

 

 

 
     5         —        BB and below      12.6        100.0
          

 

 

      

 

 

 
     6         0.4        100.0     
     

 

 

      

 

 

      
        100.0          
     

 

 

           

As of September 30, 2012, Other ABS was also broadly diversified both by type and issuer with credit card receivables, nonconsolidated collateralized loan obligations and automobile receivables, comprising 40.2%, 4.9% and 34.3%, respectively, of total Other ABS, excluding subprime exposure.

As of December 31, 2011, Other ABS was also broadly diversified both by type and issuer with credit card receivables, nonconsolidated collateralized loan obligations and automobile receivables, comprising 43.1%, 4.6% and 27.9%, respectively, of total Other ABS, excluding subprime exposure.

 

F-157


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following tables summarize the Company’s exposure to Other ABS holdings, excluding subprime exposure, by credit quality using NAIC designations, ARO ratings and vintage year as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     % of Total Other ABS  
     NAIC
Designation
    ARO Ratings     Vintage  

2012

               
     1         96.7   AAA      90.5   2012      19.2
               
     2         1.6   AA      1.4   2011      17.2
               
     3         0.1   A      4.8   2010      6.3
               
     4         —        BBB      1.6   2009      2.7
               
     5         —        BB and below      1.7   2008      6.1
          

 

 

      
     6         1.6        100.0   2007      18.9
     

 

 

      

 

 

      
        100.0        2006      9.4
     

 

 

           
             2005 and prior      20.2
               

 

 

 
                  100.0
               

 

 

 

2011

               
     1         96.1   AAA      86.6   2011      18.0
               
     2         2.3   AA      3.1   2010      9.6
               
     3         —        A      4.9   2009      6.4
               
     4         0.2   BBB      3.8   2008      7.0
               
     5         1.4   BB and below      1.6   2007      24.8
          

 

 

      
     6         —             100.0   2006      9.5
     

 

 

      

 

 

      
        100.0        2005 and prior      24.7
     

 

 

           

 

 

 
                  100.0
               

 

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructuring

The Company invests in high quality, well performing portfolios of commercial mortgage loans and private placements. Under certain circumstances, modifications to these contracts are granted. Each modification is evaluated as to whether a troubled debt restructuring has occurred. A modification is a troubled debt restructure when the borrower is in financial difficulty and the creditor makes concessions. Generally, the types of concessions may include reducing the face amount or maturity amount of the debt as originally stated, reducing the contractual interest rate, extending the maturity date at an interest rate lower than current market interest rates and/or reducing accrued interest. The Company considers the amount, timing and extent of the concession granted in determining any impairment or changes in the specific valuation allowance recorded in connection with the troubled debt restructuring. A valuation allowance may have been recorded prior to the quarter when the loan is modified in a troubled debt restructuring. Accordingly, the carrying value (net of the specific valuation allowance) before and after modification through a troubled debt restructuring may not change significantly, or may increase if the expected recovery is higher than the pre-modification recovery assessment. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had two commercial mortgage loans and one private placement troubled debt restructurings with pre-modification and post modification carrying values of $55.1 and $52.2, respectively. As of September 30, 2012, the Company had one private placement troubled debt restructuring with a pre-modification carrying value of $1.2, which was written down to zero.

 

F-158


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company had no commercial mortgage loans or private placements modified in a troubled debt restructuring with a subsequent payment default.

Mortgage Loans on Real Estate

The Company’s mortgage loans on real estate are all commercial mortgage loans, which are reported at amortized cost, less impairment write-downs and allowance for losses.

The following table summarizes the Company’s investment in mortgage loans as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     2012     2011  

Commercial mortgage loans

   $ 8,687.1      $ 8,695.5   

Collective valuation allowance

     (4.5     (4.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net commercial mortgage loans

   $ 8,682.6      $ 8,691.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no impairments taken on the mortgage loan portfolio for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Impairments taken on the mortgage loan portfolio were $8.7 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

As of September 30, 2012, all commercial mortgage loans are held-for-investment. The Company diversifies its commercial mortgage loan portfolio by geographic region and property type to reduce concentration risk. The Company manages risk when originating commercial mortgage loans by generally lending only up to 75% of the estimated fair value of the underlying real estate. Subsequently, the Company continuously evaluates all mortgage loans based on relevant current information including an appraisal of loan-specific credit quality, property characteristics and market trends. Loan performance is monitored on a loan specific basis through the review of submitted appraisals, operating statements, rent revenues and annual inspection reports, among other items. This review ensures properties are performing at a consistent and acceptable level to secure the debt.

The following table summarizes the activity in the allowance for losses for all commercial mortgage loans for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

     2012      2011  

Collective valuation allowance for losses, beginning of period

   $ 4.4       $ 7.0   

Addition to / (release of) allowance for losses

     0.1         (2.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Collective valuation allowance for losses, end of period

   $ 4.5       $ 4.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The carrying values and unpaid principal balances of impaired mortgage loans were as follows as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     2012      2011  

Impaired loans with allowances for losses

   $ —         $ —     

Impaired loans without allowances for losses

     24.5         48.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     24.5         48.7   

Less: Allowances for losses on impaired loans

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impaired loans, net

   $ 24.5       $ 48.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unpaid principal balance of impaired loans

   $ 31.9       $ 63.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-159


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following table presents information on impaired loans, restructured loans, loans 90 days or more past due and loans in foreclosure as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     2012      2011  

Impaired loans, average investment during the period

   $ 36.6       $ 43.7   

Troubled debt restructured loans (1)

     —           15.7   

Loans 90 days or more past due, interest no longer accruing, at amortized cost

     —           16.6   

Loans in foreclosure, at amortized cost

     16.7         —     

Unpaid principal balance of loans 90 days or more past due, interest no longer accruing

     —           21.6   

 

(1)

Amounts included in Troubled debt restructured loans, Loans 90 days or more past due and Loans in foreclosure, which were also impaired, are included in the Impaired loans, average investment during the period.

There were four mortgage loans in the Company’s portfolio in process of foreclosure as of September 30, 2012 with a total amortized cost of $16.7. There were no other loans in arrears with respect to principal and interest as of September 30, 2012.

The following table presents information on interest income recognized on impaired and troubled debt restructured loans for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011:

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,  
        2012             2011      

Interest income recognized on impaired loans, on an accrual basis

  $ 0.5      $ 1.3   

Interest income recognized on impaired loans, on a cash basis

    0.6        1.4   

Interest income recognized on troubled debt restructured loans, on an accrual basis

    0.3        —     

Loan-to-value (“LTV”) and debt service coverage (“DSC”) ratios are measures commonly used to assess the risk and quality of mortgage loans. The LTV ratio, calculated at time of origination, is expressed as a percentage of the amount of the loan relative to the value of the underlying property. A LTV ratio in excess of 100% indicates the unpaid loan amount exceeds the underlying collateral. The DSC ratio, based upon the most recently received financial statements, is expressed as a percentage of the amount of a property’s net income to its debt service payments. A DSC ratio of less than 1.0 indicates that property’s operations do not generate sufficient income to cover debt payments. These ratios are utilized as part of the review process described above.

The following table presents the LTV ratios as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     2012 (1)      2011 (1)  

Loan-to-Value Ratio:

     

0% - 50%

   $ 2,232.5       $ 2,535.2   

50% - 60%

     2,480.1         2,479.4   

60% - 70%

     3,363.9         2,991.9   

70% - 80%

     566.7         621.2   

80% and above

     43.9         67.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial mortgage loans

   $ 8,687.1       $ 8,695.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Balances do not include allowance for mortgage loan credit losses.

 

F-160


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following table presents the DSC ratios as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     2012 (1)      2011 (1)  

Debt Service Coverage Ratio:

     

Greater than 1.5x

   $ 5,887.4       $ 5,710.3   

1.25x - 1.5x

     1,279.2         1,547.2   

1.0x - 1.25x

     1,111.2         1,082.2   

Less than 1.0x

     392.6         339.1   

Commercial mortgage loans secured by land or construction loans

     16.7         16.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial mortgage loans

   $ 8,687.1       $ 8,695.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Balances do not include allowance for mortgage loan credit losses.

Properties collateralizing mortgage loans are geographically dispersed throughout the United States, as well as diversified by property type, as reflected in the following tables as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     2012 (1)     2011 (1)  
     Gross Carrying
Value
     % of
Total
    Gross Carrying
Value
     % of
Total
 

Commercial Mortgage Loans by U.S. Region:

          

Pacific

   $ 2,065.6         23.7   $ 2,140.2         24.6

South Atlantic

     1,690.6         19.4     1,555.4         17.9

Middle Atlantic

     1,054.5         12.1     1,124.0         12.9

East North Central

     986.8         11.4     1,010.4         11.6

West South Central

     1,107.9         12.8     1,100.3         12.7

Mountain

     693.2         8.0     776.9         8.9

West North Central

     525.9         6.1     415.4         4.8

New England

     330.1         3.8     320.0         3.7

East South Central

     232.5         2.7     252.9         2.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial mortgage loans

   $ 8,687.1         100.0   $ 8,695.5         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Balances do not include allowance for mortgage loan credit losses.

 

     2012 (1)     2011 (1)  
     Gross Carrying
Value
     % of
Total
    Gross Carrying
Value
     % of
Total
 

Commercial Mortgage Loans by Property Type:

          

Industrial

   $ 3,354.8         38.5   $ 3,457.0         39.8

Retail

     2,167.5         25.0     2,104.2         24.2

Office

     1,344.9         15.5     1,384.5         15.9

Apartments

     974.2         11.2     972.8         11.2

Hotel/Motel

     436.4         5.0     468.4         5.4

Other

     334.9         3.9     280.0         3.2

Mixed Use

     74.4         0.9     28.6         0.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial mortgage loans

   $ 8,687.1         100.0   $ 8,695.5         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Balances do not include allowance for mortgage loan credit losses.

 

F-161


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following table sets forth the breakdown of mortgages by year of origination as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     2012 (1)      2011 (1)  

Year of Origination:

     

2012

   $ 1,239.5       $ —     

2011

     1,978.1         1,998.0   

2010

     432.2         598.5   

2009

     204.4         226.3   

2008

     892.6         1,026.8   

2007

     772.4         1,141.6   

2006 and prior

     3,167.9         3,704.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial mortgage loans

   $ 8,687.1       $ 8,695.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Balances do not include allowance for mortgage loan credit losses.

Evaluating Securities for Other-Than-Temporary Impairments

The Company performs a regular evaluation, on a security-by-security basis, of its available-for-sale securities holdings, including fixed maturity securities and equity securities in accordance with its impairment policy in order to evaluate whether such investments are other-than-temporarily impaired.

The following table identifies the Company’s credit-related and intent-related impairments included in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations, excluding impairments included in Other comprehensive income (loss) by type for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2012      2011  
     Impairment      No. of
Securities
     Impairment      No. of
Securities
 

U.S. corporate

   $ 5.1         3       $ 26.3         11   

Foreign (1)

     2.2         5         46.2         26   

Residential mortgage-backed

     13.6         91         22.2         109   

Commercial mortgage-backed

     1.7         1         105.5         24   

Other asset-backed

     1.8         6         190.5         119   

Mortgage loans on real estate

     —           —           8.7         6   

Other assets (2)

     1.4         1         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 25.8         107       $ 399.4         295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

(2)  

Includes loss on real estate owned that is classified as Other assets on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The above table includes $21.4 and $53.9 of write-downs related to credit impairments for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, in Other-than-temporary impairments, which are recognized in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, the remaining $4.4 and $345.5 in write-downs, are related to intent impairments.

 

F-162


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following table summarizes these intent impairments, which are also recognized in earnings, by type for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2012      2011  
     Impairment      No. of
Securities
     Impairment      No. of
Securities
 

U.S. corporate

   $ 1.0         2       $ 26.3         11   

Foreign (1)

     1.5         4         35.2         23   

Residential mortgage-backed

     —           —           0.3         15   

Commercial mortgage-backed

     1.7         1         104.3         24   

Other asset-backed

     0.2         1         179.4         115   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4.4         8       $ 345.5         188   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

The Company may sell securities during the period in which fair value has declined below amortized cost for fixed maturities or cost for equity securities. In certain situations, new factors, including changes in the business environment, can change the Company’s previous intent to continue holding a security. Accordingly, these factors may lead the Company to record additional intent related capital losses.

The fair value of fixed maturities with OTTI as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was $8.8 billion and $9.3 billion, respectively.

The following table identifies the amount of credit impairments on fixed maturities for which a portion of the OTTI loss was recognized in Other comprehensive income (loss) and the corresponding changes in such amounts for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2012             2011      

Balance at January 1

   $ 133.9      $ 304.6   

Additional credit impairments:

    

On securities not previously impaired

     0.3        7.5   

On securities previously impaired

     14.2        11.2   

Reductions:

    

Securities intent impaired

     —          (38.2

Securities sold, matured, prepaid or paid down

     (39.8     (152.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30

   $ 108.6      $ 132.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Investment Income

The Company uses the equity method of accounting for investments in limited partnership interests that are not consolidated. This asset group consists primarily of private equities, hedge funds and certain VIEs. The Company records its share of earnings using a lag methodology, relying upon the most recent financial information available, generally not to exceed three months, where the contractual right exists to receive such financial information on a timely basis. The Company’s equity in earnings from limited partnership interests accounted for under the equity method is recorded in Net investment income.

 

F-163


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following table summarizes Net investment income for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
           2012                 2011        

Fixed maturities

   $ 3,179.2      $ 3,288.3   

Equity securities, available-for-sale

     14.5        24.2   

Mortgage loans on real estate

     376.8        369.3   

Policy loans

     91.5        94.6   

Short-term investments and cash equivalents

     3.9        6.5   

Other

     (17.2     (17.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross investment income

     3,648.7        3,765.4   

Less: Investment expenses

     (6.2     (9.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income

   $ 3,642.5      $ 3,756.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company had $0.3 and $0.2, respectively, of investments in fixed maturities which produced no net investment income. Fixed maturities are moved to a non-accrual status immediately when the investment defaults.

Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses)

Net realized capital gains (losses) are comprised of the difference between the amortized cost of investments and proceeds from sale and redemption, as well as losses incurred due to the credit-related and intent-related other-than-temporary impairment of investments. Realized investment gains and losses are also primarily generated from changes in fair value of embedded derivatives within product guarantees and fixed maturities, changes in fair value of fixed maturities recorded at FVO and changes in fair value including accruals on derivative instruments, except for effective cash flow hedges. The cost of the investments on disposal is generally determined based on first-in-first-out (“FIFO”) methodology.

Net realized capital gains (losses) were as follows for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
           2012                 2011        

Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, including securities pledged

   $ 367.2      $ 51.2   

Fixed maturities, at fair value option

     (168.4     (14.7

Equity securities, available-for-sale

     1.8        14.7   

Derivatives

     (1,439.6     1,344.2   

Embedded derivative – fixed maturities

     (11.8     34.1   

Embedded derivative – product guarantees

     349.4        (1,117.1

Other investments

     4.8        (4.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized capital gains (losses)

   $ (896.6   $ 308.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

After-tax net realized capital gains (losses)

   $ (594.9   $ 183.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-164


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Proceeds from the sale of fixed maturities and equity securities, available-for-sale and the related gross realized gains and losses, before tax, were as follows for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
           2012                  2011        

Proceeds on sales

   $ 8,973.8       $ 10,247.6   

Gross gains

     433.3         532.1   

Gross losses

     35.5         160.6   

 

3. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company enters into the following types of derivatives:

Interest rate caps : The Company uses interest rate cap contracts to hedge the interest rate exposure arising from duration mismatches between assets and liabilities. Interest rate caps are also used to hedge interest rate exposure if rates rise above a specified level. Such increases in rates will require the Company to incur additional expenses. The future payout from the interest rate caps fund this increased exposure. The Company pays an upfront premium to purchase these caps. The Company utilizes these contracts in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

Interest rate swaps : Interest rate swaps are used by the Company primarily to reduce market risks from changes in interest rates and to alter interest rate exposure arising from mismatches between assets and/or liabilities. Interest rate swaps are also used to hedge the interest rate risk associated with the value of assets it owns or in an anticipation of acquiring them. Using interest rate swaps, the Company agrees with another party to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed rate and floating rate interest payments, calculated by reference to an agreed upon notional principal amount. These transactions are entered into pursuant to master agreements that provide for a single net payment to be made to/from the counterparty at each due date. The Company utilizes these contracts in qualifying hedging relationships as well as non-qualifying hedging relationships.

Foreign exchange swaps : The Company uses foreign exchange or currency swaps to reduce the risk of change in the value, yield or cash flows associated with certain foreign denominated invested assets. Foreign exchange swaps represent contracts that require the exchange of foreign currency cash flows against U.S. dollar cash flows at regular periods, typically quarterly or semi-annually. The Company utilizes these contracts in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

Credit default swaps : Credit default swaps are used to reduce credit loss exposure with respect to certain assets that the Company owns, or to assume credit exposure on certain assets that the Company does not own. Payments are made to or received from the counterparty at specified intervals. In the event of a default on the underlying credit exposure, the Company will either receive a payment (purchased credit protection) or will be required to make a payment (sold credit protection) equal to the par minus recovery value of the swap contract. The Company utilizes these contracts in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

Total return swaps : The Company uses total return swaps as a hedge against a decrease in variable annuity account values, which are invested in certain indices. Using total return swaps, the Company agrees with another party to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between the economic risk and reward of assets or a market index and the LIBOR rate, calculated by reference to an agreed upon notional principal amount. No cash is exchanged at the onset of the contracts. Cash is paid and received over the life of the contract based upon the terms of the swaps. The Company utilizes these contracts in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

 

F-165


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Currency forwards : The Company uses currency forward contracts to hedge policyholder liabilities associated with the variable annuity contracts which are linked to foreign indices. The currency fluctuations may result in a decrease in account values, which would increase the possibility of the Company incurring an expense for guaranteed benefits in excess of account values. The Company utilizes these contracts in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

Forwards : The Company uses forward contracts to hedge certain invested assets against movement in interest rates, particularly mortgage rates. The Company uses To Be Announced (“TBA”) securities as an economic hedge against rate movements. Forward contracts are utilized in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

Futures : Futures contracts are used to hedge against a decrease in certain equity indices. Such decreases may result in a decrease in variable annuity account values which would increase the possibility of the Company incurring an expense for guaranteed benefits in excess of account values. The Company also uses futures contracts as a hedge against an increase in certain equity indices. Such increases may result in increased payments to the holders of the fixed index annuity contracts. The Company enters into exchange traded futures with regulated futures commissions that are members of the exchange. The Company also posts initial and variation margin with the exchange on a daily basis. The Company utilizes exchange-traded futures in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

Swaptions : A swaption is an option to enter into a swap with a forward starting effective date. The Company uses swaptions to hedge the interest rate exposure associated with the minimum crediting rate and book value guarantees embedded in the retirement products that the Company offers. Increases in interest rates will generate losses on assets that are backing such liabilities. In certain instances, the Company locks in the economic impact of existing purchased swaptions by entering into offsetting written swaptions. Swaptions are also used to hedge against an increase in the interest rate benchmarked crediting strategies within Fixed Indexed Annuity (“FIA”) contracts. Such increases may result in increased payments to contract holders of FIA contracts and the interest rate swaptions offset this increased exposure. The Company pays a premium when it purchases the swaption. The Company utilizes these contracts in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

Options : The Company uses put options to manage the equity, interest rate and equity volatility risk of the economic liabilities associated with certain variable annuity minimum guaranteed living benefits. The Company also uses call options to hedge against an increase in various equity indices. Such increases may result in increased payments to the holders of the FIA contracts. The Company pays an upfront premium to purchase these options. The Company utilizes these options in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

Variance swaps : The Company uses variance swaps to manage equity volatility risk on the economic liabilities associated with certain minimum guaranteed living benefits. An increase in the equity volatility results in a higher valuations of such liabilities. In an equity variance swap, the Company agrees with another party to exchange amounts in the future, based on the changes in equity volatility over a defined period. Equity variance swaps are utilized in non-qualifying hedging relationships.

Managed custody guarantees (“MCG”) : The Company issues certain credited rate guarantees on externally managed variable bond funds that represent stand alone derivatives. The market value is partially determined by, among other things, levels of or changes in interest rates, prepayment rates and credit ratings/spreads.

Embedded derivatives : The Company also invests in certain fixed maturity instruments and has issued certain annuity products that contain embedded derivatives whose market value is at least partially determined by, among other things, levels of or changes in domestic and/or foreign interest rates (short-term or long-term),

 

F-166


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

exchange rates, prepayment rates, equity rates, or credit ratings/spreads. In addition, the Company has entered into a coinsurance with a funds withheld arrangement which contains an embedded derivative whose fair value is based on the change in the fair value of the underlying assets held in trust. The embedded derivatives for certain fixed maturity instruments, certain annuity products and coinsurance with funds withheld arrangements are reported with the host contract in investments, in Future policy benefits or Funds held under reinsurance agreements, respectively, on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Changes in the fair value of embedded derivatives within fixed maturity investments and within annuity products are recorded in Other net realized capital gains (losses) in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. Changes in fair value of embedded derivatives with reinsurance agreements are reported in Policyholder benefits in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The notional amounts and fair values of derivatives were as follows as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     2012      2011  
     Notional
Amount
     Asset
Fair
Value
     Liability
Fair
Value
     Notional
Amount
     Asset
Fair
Value
     Liability
Fair
Value
 

Derivatives: Qualifying for hedge accounting

                 

Cash flow hedges:

                 

Interest rate contracts

   $ 1,000.0       $ 221.2       $ —         $ 1,000.0       $ 174.0       $ —     

Fair value hedges:

                 

Interest rate contracts

     291.1         —           17.6         358.2         —           13.1   

Derivatives: Non-qualifying for hedge accounting

                 

Interest rate contracts (1)

     64,378.2         2,240.4         1,698.5         63,993.8         2,227.6         1,548.7   

Foreign exchange contracts

     2,004.2         17.1         136.1         1,880.6         12.2         134.4   

Equity contracts

     15,551.0         166.9         29.5         15,797.4         69.1         28.3   

Credit contracts

     3,042.2         88.1         80.1         3,368.8         178.0         231.3   

Managed custody guarantees

     N/A         —           —           N/A         —           1.0   

Embedded derivatives:

                 

Within fixed maturity investments

     N/A         231.3         —           N/A         243.1         N/A   

Within annuity products

     N/A         —           3,533.6         N/A         —           3,797.1   

Within reinsurance agreements

     N/A         —           176.4         N/A         —           137.2   
     

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 2,965.0       $ 5,671.8          $ 2,904.0       $ 5,891.1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

As of September 30, 2012, includes a notional amount, asset fair value and liability fair value for interest rate caps of $4.5 billion, $20.0 and $0.1, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, includes a notional amount, asset fair value and liability fair value for interest rate caps of $8.8 billion, $40.0 and $3.5, respectively.

N/A – Not Applicable

 

F-167


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Net realized gains (losses) on derivatives were as follows for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2012                 2011        

Derivatives: Qualifying for hedge accounting (1)

    

Cash flow hedges:

    

Interest rate contracts

   $ —        $ (42.2

Fair value hedges:

    

Interest rate contracts

     (10.2     (17.9

Derivatives: Non-qualifying for hedge accounting (2)

    

Interest rate contracts

     230.4        945.6   

Foreign exchange contracts

     (9.1     (3.3

Equity contracts

     (1,680.4     493.4   

Credit contracts

     29.7        (31.4

Managed custody guarantees (2)

     1.1        1.3   

Embedded derivatives:

    

Within fixed maturity investments

     (11.8     34.1   

Within annuity products

     348.3        (1,118.4

Within reinsurance agreements

     (39.2     (66.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (1,141.2   $ 194.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Changes in value for effective fair value hedges are recorded in Other net realized capital gains (losses). Changes in fair value upon disposal for effective cash flow hedges are recorded in Other net realized capital gains (losses) in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(2)  

Changes in value are included in Other net realized capital gains (losses) in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Credit Default Swaps

The Company has entered into various credit default swaps. When credit default swaps are sold, the Company assumes credit exposure to certain assets that it does not own. Credit default swaps may also be purchased to reduce credit exposure in the Company’s portfolio. Credit default swaps involve a transfer of credit risk from one party to another in exchange for periodic payments. These instruments are typically written for a maturity period of five years and do not contain recourse provisions, which would enable the seller to recover from third parties. The Company has International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (“ISDA”) agreements with each counterparty with which it conducts business and tracks the collateral positions for each counterparty. To the extent cash collateral is received, it is included in Payables under securities loan agreements, including collateral held, on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and is reinvested in short-term investments. Collateral held is used in accordance with the Credit Support Annex (“CSA”) to satisfy any obligations. IG bonds owned by the Company are the source of noncash collateral posted, which is reported in Securities pledged on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. In the event of a default on the underlying credit exposure, the Company will either receive an additional payment (purchased credit protection) or will be required to make an additional payment (sold credit protection) equal to par value minus recovery value of the swap contract. As of September 30, 2012, the fair value of credit default swaps of $88.1 and $80.1 was included in Derivatives assets and Derivatives liabilities, respectively, on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2011, the fair value of credit default swaps of $178.0 and $231.3 was included in Derivatives assets and Derivatives liabilities,

 

F-168


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

respectively, on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the maximum potential future net exposure to the Company on credit default swaps, net of purchased protection of $1.0 billion in each year, were $1.0 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively.

 

4. Fair Value Measurements (excluding Consolidated Investment Entities)

Fair Value Measurement

The Company measures the fair value of its financial assets and liabilities based on assumptions used by market participants in pricing the asset or liability, which may include inherent risk, restrictions on the sale or use of an asset, or nonperformance risk, including the Company’s nonperformance risk. The estimate of fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants to sell the asset or transfer the liability (“exit price”) in the principal market, or the most advantageous market in the absence of a principal market, for that asset or liability. The Company utilizes a number of valuation sources to determine the fair values of its financial assets and liabilities, including quoted market prices, third-party commercial pricing services, third-party brokers and industry-standard, vendor-provided software that models the value based on market observable inputs and other internal modeling techniques based on projected cash flows.

The Company categorizes its financial instruments into a three-level hierarchy based on the priority of the inputs to the valuation technique. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). If the inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the category level is based on the lowest priority level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the instrument. Financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets are categorized as follows:

 

   

Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market. The Company defines an active market as a market in which transactions take place with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

 

   

Level 2 – Quoted prices in markets that are not active or valuation techniques that require inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include the following:

 

  a) Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

 

  b) Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets;

 

  c) Inputs other than quoted market prices that are observable; and

 

  d) Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data through correlation or other means.

 

   

Level 3 – Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. These valuations, whether derived internally or obtained from a third party, use critical assumptions that are not widely available to estimate market participant expectations in valuing the asset or liability. When available, the estimated fair value of securities is based on quoted prices in active markets that are readily and regularly obtainable. When quoted prices in active markets are not available, the determination of estimated fair value is based on market standard valuation methodologies, including discounted cash flow methodologies, matrix pricing, or other similar techniques.

 

F-169


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following table presents the Company’s hierarchy for its assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2012:

 

     2012  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Fixed maturities, including securities pledged:

           

U.S. Treasuries

   $ 5,365.8       $ 672.0       $ —         $ 6,037.8   

U.S. government agencies and authorities

     —           732.1         —           732.1   

U.S. corporate, state and municipalities

     —           35,844.9         560.7         36,405.6   

Foreign (1)

     —           15,553.7         125.9         15,679.6   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     —           8,625.7         68.4         8,694.1   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     —           5,217.0         —           5,217.0   

Other asset-backed securities

     —           2,456.3         153.2         2,609.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities, including securities pledged

     5,365.8         69,101.7         908.2         75,375.7   

Equity securities, available-for-sale

     262.5         3.4         63.0         328.9   

Derivatives:

           

Interest rate contracts

     27.9         2,433.7         —           2,461.6   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           17.1         —           17.1   

Equity contracts

     61.5         64.0         41.4         166.9   

Credit contracts

     —           9.8         78.3         88.1   

Cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and short-term investments under securities loan agreements

     6,065.7         62.8         —           6,128.5   

Assets held in separate accounts

     91,632.7         4,671.1         8.4         96,312.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 103,416.1       $ 76,363.6       $ 1,099.3       $ 180,879.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivatives:

           

Annuity product guarantees:

           

FIA

   $ —         $ —         $ 1,442.5       $ 1,442.5   

GMAB/GMWB/GMWBL (2)

     —           —           1,978.1         1,978.1   

Stabilizer and MCGs

     —           —           113.0         113.0   

Other derivatives:

           

Interest rate contracts

     —           1,716.1         —           1,716.1   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           136.1         —           136.1   

Equity contracts

     3.2         26.3         —           29.5   

Credit contracts

     —           1.1         79.0         80.1   

Embedded derivative on reinsurance

     —           176.4         —           176.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 3.2       $ 2,056.0       $ 3,612.6       $ 5,671.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

(2)

Guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits (“GMAB”), Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”), Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits with life payouts (“GMWBL”).

 

F-170


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following table presents the Company’s hierarchy for its assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011:

 

     2011  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Fixed maturities, including securities pledged:

           

U.S. Treasuries

   $ 5,342.1       $ 630.4       $ —         $ 5,972.5   

U.S. government agencies and authorities

     —           727.8         —           727.8   

U.S. corporate, state and municipalities

     —           33,346.4         520.6         33,867.0   

Foreign (1)

     —           14,906.8         160.6         15,067.4   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     —           8,861.5         186.6         9,048.1   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     —           5,485.4         —           5,485.4   

Other asset-backed securities

     —           2,396.7         104.5         2,501.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities, including securities pledged

     5,342.1         66,355.0         972.3         72,669.4   

Equity securities, available-for-sale

     274.6         11.6         67.6         353.8   

Derivatives:

           

Interest rate contracts

     18.1         2,383.5         —           2,401.6   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           12.2         —           12.2   

Equity contracts

     26.8         —           42.3         69.1   

Credit contracts

     —           6.0         172.0         178.0   

Cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and short-term investments under securities loan agreements

     5,125.4         161.2         —           5,286.6   

Assets held in separate accounts

     83,976.1         4,722.3         16.1         88,714.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 94,763.1       $ 73,651.8       $ 1,270.3       $ 169,685.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivatives:

           

Annuity product guarantees:

           

FIA

   $ —         $ —         $ 1,304.9       $ 1,304.9   

GMAB/GMWB/GMWBL (2)

     —           —           2,272.2         2,272.2   

Stabilizer and MCGs

     —           —           221.0         221.0   

Other derivatives:

           

Interest rate contracts

     —           1,561.8         —           1,561.8   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           134.4         —           134.4   

Equity contracts

     3.3         —           25.0         28.3   

Credit contracts

     —           17.2         214.1         231.3   

Embedded derivative on reinsurance

     —           137.2         —           137.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 3.3       $ 1,850.6       $ 4,037.2       $ 5,891.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Primarily U.S. dollar denominated.

(2)

Guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits (“GMAB”), Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”), Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits with life payouts (“GMWBL”).

 

F-171


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Valuation of Financial Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at estimated fair value on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, further disclosure of estimated fair values is included in the Investments note to these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The exit price and the transaction (or entry) price will be the same at initial recognition in many circumstances. However, in certain cases, the transaction price may not represent fair value. The fair value of a liability is based on the amount that would be paid to transfer a liability to a third-party with an equal credit standing. Fair value is required to be a market-based measurement which is determined based on a hypothetical transaction at the measurement date, from a market participant’s perspective. The Company considers three broad valuation techniques when a quoted price is unavailable: (i) the market approach, (ii) the income approach and (iii) the cost approach. The Company determines the most appropriate valuation technique to use, given the instrument being measured and the availability of sufficient inputs. The Company prioritizes the inputs to fair valuation techniques and allows for the use of unobservable inputs to the extent that observable inputs are not available.

The Company utilizes a number of valuation methodologies to determine the fair values of its financial assets and liabilities in conformity with the concepts of “exit price” and the fair value hierarchy as prescribed in ASC Topic 820. Valuations are obtained from third-party commercial pricing services, brokers and industry-standard, vendor-provided software that models the value based on market observable inputs. The valuations obtained from third-party commercial pricing services are non-binding. The Company reviews the assumptions and inputs used by third-party commercial pricing services for each reporting period in order to determine an appropriate fair value hierarchy level. The documentation and analysis obtained from third-party commercial pricing services are reviewed by the Company, including in-depth validation procedures confirming the observability of inputs. The valuations are reviewed and validated monthly through the internal valuation committee price variance review, comparisons to internal pricing models, back testing to recent trades, or monitoring of trading volumes.

The following valuation methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the reported values for the investments and derivatives described below:

Fixed maturities : The fair values for the actively traded marketable bonds are determined based upon the quoted market prices and are classified as Level 1 assets. Assets in this category would primarily include certain U.S. Treasury securities. The fair values for marketable bonds without an active market are obtained through several commercial pricing services, which provide the estimated fair values and are classified as Level 2 assets. These services incorporate a variety of market observable information in their valuation techniques, including benchmark yields, broker-dealer quotes, credit quality, issuer spreads, bids, offers and other reference data. This category includes U.S. and foreign corporate bonds, ABS, U.S. agency and government guaranteed securities, CMBS and RMBS, including certain CMO assets.

Generally, the Company does not obtain more than one vendor price from pricing services per instrument. The Company uses a hierarchy process in which prices are obtained from a primary vendor and, if that vendor is unable to provide the price, the next vendor in the hierarchy is contacted until a price is obtained or it is determined that a price cannot be obtained from a commercial pricing service. When a price cannot be obtained from a commercial pricing service, independent broker quotes are solicited. Securities priced using independent broker quotes are classified as Level 3.

Broker quotes and prices obtained from pricing services are reviewed and validated through an internal valuation committee price variance review, comparisons to internal pricing models, back testing to recent trades, or

 

F-172


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

monitoring of trading volumes. As of September 30, 2012, $461.9 and $60.6 billion of a total fair value of $75.4 billion in fixed maturities, including securities pledged, were valued using unadjusted broker quotes and unadjusted prices obtained from pricing services, respectively, and verified through the review process. The remaining balance in fixed maturities consisted primarily of privately placed bonds valued using a matrix-based pricing.

All prices and broker quotes obtained go through the review process described above including valuations for which only one broker quote is obtained. After review, for those instruments where the price is determined to be appropriate, the unadjusted price provided is used for financial statement valuation. If it is determined that the price is questionable, another price may be requested from a different vendor. The internal valuation committee then reviews all prices for the instrument again, along with information from the review, to determine which price best represents “exit price” for the instrument.

Fair values of privately placed bonds are determined primarily using a matrix-based pricing model and are generally classified as Level 2 assets. The model considers the current level of risk-free interest rates, current corporate spreads, the credit quality of the issuer and cash flow characteristics of the security. Also considered are factors such as the net worth of the borrower, the value of collateral, the capital structure of the borrower, the presence of guarantees and the Company’s evaluation of the borrower’s ability to compete in its relevant market. Using this data, the model generates estimated market values which the Company considers reflective of the fair value of each privately placed bond.

Equity securities, available-for-sale : Fair values of publicly traded equity securities are based upon quoted market price and are classified as Level 1 assets. Other equity securities, typically private equities or equity securities not traded on an exchange, are valued by other sources such as analytics or brokers and are classified as Level 2 or Level 3 assets.

Cash and cash equivalents, Short-term investments and Short-term investments under securities loan agreement : The carrying amounts for cash reflect the assets’ fair values. The fair values for cash equivalents and most short-term investments are determined based on quoted market prices. These assets are classified as Level 1. Other short-term investments are valued and classified in the fair value hierarchy consistent with the policies described herein, depending on investment type.

Derivatives : Derivatives are carried at fair value, which is determined using the Company’s derivative accounting system in conjunction with observable key financial data from third-party sources, such as yield curves, exchange rates, S&P 500 Index prices, London Interbank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”) and Overnight Index Swap (“OIS”) rates. In June 2012, the Company began using OIS rather than LIBOR for valuations of collateralized interest rate derivatives, which are obtained from third-party sources. For those derivatives that are unable to be valued by the accounting system, the Company typically utilizes values established by third-party brokers. Counterparty credit risk is considered and incorporated in the Company’s valuation process through counterparty credit rating requirements and monitoring of overall exposure. It is the Company’s policy to transact only with investment grade counterparties with a credit rating of A- or better. The Company’s nonperformance risk is also considered and incorporated in the Company’s valuation process. Valuations for the Company’s futures and interest rate forward contracts are based on unadjusted quoted prices from an active exchange and, therefore, are classified as Level 1. The Company also has certain credit default swaps and options that are priced using models that primarily use market observable inputs, but contain inputs that are not observable to market participants, which have been classified as Level 3. However, all other derivative instruments are valued based on market observable inputs and are classified as Level 2.

 

F-173


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The Company has entered into a number of options as hedges on its FIA liabilities. The maximum exposure is the current value of the option. The payoff of these contracts depends on market conditions during the lifetime of the option. The fair value measurement of options is highly sensitive to implied equity and interest rate volatility and the market reflects a considerable variance in broker quotes. The Company uses a third-party vendor to determine the market value of these options.

Product guarantees : The Company records reserves for annuity contracts containing GMAB, GMWB and GMWBL riders. The guarantee is an embedded derivative and is required to be accounted for separately from the host variable annuity contract. The fair value of the obligation is calculated based on actuarial and capital market assumptions related to the projected cash flows, including benefits and related contract charges, over the anticipated life of the related contracts. The cash flow estimates are produced by using stochastic techniques under a variety of market return scenarios and other market implied assumptions. These derivatives are classified as Level 3 liabilities in the fair value hierarchy.

The Company records an embedded derivative liability for its FIA contracts for interest payments to contract holders above the minimum guaranteed interest rate. The guarantee is treated as an embedded derivative and is required to be accounted for separately from the host contract. The fair value of the obligation is calculated based on actuarial and capital market assumptions related to the projected cash flows, including benefits and related contract charges, over the anticipated life of the related contracts. The cash flow estimates are produced by market implied assumptions. These derivatives are classified as Level 3 liabilities in the fair value hierarchy.

The Company records reserves for Stabilizer and MCG contracts containing guaranteed credited rates in accordance with U.S. GAAP for derivative instruments and hedging activities. The guarantee is treated as an embedded derivative or a stand-alone derivative (depending on the underlying product) and is required to be reported at fair value. The estimated fair value is determined based on the present value of projected future claims, minus the present value of future guaranteed premiums. At inception of the contract, the Company projects a guaranteed premium to be equal to the present value of the projected future claims. The income associated with the contracts is projected using relevant actuarial and capital market assumptions, including benefits and related contract charges, over the anticipated life of the related contracts. The cash flow estimates are produced by using stochastic techniques under a variety of risk neutral scenarios and other market implied assumptions. These derivatives are classified as Level 3 liabilities.

The discount rate used to determine the fair value of the Company’s GMAB, GMWB, GMWBL, FIA, and Stabilizer embedded derivative liabilities and the stand-alone derivative for Managed custody guarantee (“MCG”) includes an adjustment to reflect the risk that these obligations will not be fulfilled (“nonperformance risk”). Through June 30, 2012, nonperformance risk was based on the credit default swap spreads of ING V with similar term to maturity and priority of payment. The ING V credit default spread was applied to the risk-free swap curve in the Company’s valuation models for these products and guarantees. As a result of the availability of ING U.S., Inc.’s market observable data following the issuance of the $850.0 in 5.5% unsecured Senior Notes due 2022 in the third quarter of 2012, the Company changed its estimate of nonperformance risk to incorporate a blend of observable, similarly rated peer company credit default swap spreads, adjusted to reflect the credit quality of the individual insurance subsidiary that issued the guarantee as well as an adjustment to reflect the priority of policyholder claims.

The Company’s valuation actuaries are responsible for the policies and procedures for valuing the embedded derivatives, reflecting the capital markets and actuarial valuation inputs and nonperformance risk in the estimate of the fair value of the embedded derivatives. The actuarial and capital market assumptions for each liability are approved by each product’s Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”), including an independent annual review by the U.S. CRO. Models used to value the embedded derivatives must comply with the Company’s governance policies.

 

F-174


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Quarterly, an attribution analysis is performed to quantify changes in fair value measurements and a sensitivity analysis is used to analyze the changes. The changes in fair value measurements are also compared to corresponding movements in the hedge target to assess the validity of the attributions. The results of the attribution analysis are reviewed by the valuation actuaries, responsible CFOs, Controllers, CROs and/or others as nominated by management.

Embedded derivative on reinsurance: The carrying value of the embedded derivative is estimated based upon the change in the fair value of the assets supporting the funds withheld payable under the combined coinsurance and coinsurance funds withheld reinsurance agreement between the Company and Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America. As the fair value of the assets held in trust is based on a quoted market price (Level 1), the fair value of the embedded derivative is based on market observable inputs and is classified as Level 2.

Assets held in separate accounts : Assets held in separate accounts are reported at the quoted fair values of the underlying investments in the separate accounts. The underlying investments include mutual funds, short-term investments and cash, the valuations of which are based upon a quoted market price and are included in Level 1. Fixed maturity valuations are obtained from third-party commercial pricing services and brokers and are classified in the fair value hierarchy consistent with the policy described above for fixed maturities.

Transfers in and out of Level 1 and 2

There were no securities transferred between Level 1 and Level 2 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the beginning of the reporting period.

Level 3 Financial Instruments

The fair values of certain assets and liabilities are determined using prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement (i.e., Level 3 as defined by ASC Topic 820), including but not limited to liquidity spreads for investments within markets deemed not currently active. These valuations, whether derived internally or obtained from a third-party, use critical assumptions that are not widely available to estimate market participant expectations in valuing the asset or liability. In addition, the Company has determined, for certain financial instruments, an active market is such a significant input to determine fair value that the presence of an inactive market may lead to classification in Level 3. In light of the methodologies employed to obtain the fair values of financial assets and liabilities classified as Level 3, additional information is presented below.

 

F-175


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following table summarizes the change in fair value of the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities and transfers in and out of Level 3 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012:

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012  
    Fair Value
as of
January 1
    Total
Realized/Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
Included in:
    Purchases     Issuances     Sales     Settlements     Transfers
in to
Level 3 (2)
    Transfers
out of
Level 3 (2)
    Fair Value
as of
September 30
    Change In
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Earnings (3)
 
      Net
  Income  
      OCI                    

Fixed maturities, including securities pledged:

                     

U.S. corporate, state and municipalities

  $ 520.6      $ 1.0      $ (5.8   $ 15.4      $ —        $ (3.1   $ (54.2   $ 133.3      $ (46.5   $ 560.7      $ 0.6   

Foreign

    160.6        1.8        (12.0     —          —          (11.6     (7.4     79.4        (84.9     125.9        —     

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    186.6        5.0        (0.4     —          —          (30.8     (1.2     0.4        (91.2     68.4        (2.6

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Other asset-backed securities

    104.5        12.1        3.7        20.0        —          (1.6     (12.3     27.9        (1.1     153.2        11.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities including securities pledged

    972.3        19.9        (14.5     35.4        —          (47.1     (75.1     241.0        (223.7     908.2        9.5   

Equity securities, available-for-sale

    67.6        (0.5     (0.7     5.0        —          (8.4     —          —          —          63.0        —     

Derivatives:

                     

Product guarantees:

                     

Fixed indexed annuities (1)

    (1,304.9     (172.6     —          —          (82.6     —          117.6        —          —          (1,442.5     —     

Guaranteed minimum withdrawal and accumulation benefits and GMWBL (1)

    (2,272.2     410.0        —          —          (116.1     —          0.2        —          —          (1,978.1     —     

Stabilizer and MCGs (1)

    (221.0     112.0        —          (4.0     —          —          —          —          —          (113.0     —     

Other derivatives, net

    (24.8     18.5        —          18.3        —          —          34.1        —          (5.4     40.7        16.8   

Assets held in separate accounts (4)

    16.1        0.6        —          0.2        —          (10.1     —          1.6        —          8.4        0.9   

 

(1)  

All gains and losses on Level 3 liabilities are classified as realized gains (losses) for the purpose of this disclosure because it is impracticable to track realized and unrealized gains (losses) separately on a contract-by contract basis. These amounts are included in Other net realized gains (losses) in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(2)  

The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the beginning of the reporting period.

(3)  

For financial instruments still held as of September 30, amounts are included in Net investment income and Total net realized capital gains (losses) in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(4)  

The investment income and realized gains (losses) and change in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income for separate account assets are offset by an equal amount for separate account liabilities, which result in a net zero impact on net income for the Company.

 

F-176


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following table summarizes the change in fair value of the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities and transfers in and out of Level 3 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011:

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011  
    Fair Value
as of
January 1
    Total
Realized/Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
Included in:
    Purchases     Issuances     Sales     Settlements     Transfers
in to
Level 3 (2)
    Transfers
out of
Level 3 (2)
    Fair  Value
as of
September 30
    Change In
Unrealized

Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Earnings (3)
 
      Net
  Income  
      OCI                    

Fixed maturities, including securities pledged:

                     

U.S. corporate, state and municipalities

  $ 79.4      $ —        $ 7.9      $ 14.0      $ —        $ (20.0   $ (57.2   $ 491.0      $ (3.0   $ 512.1      $ —     

Foreign

    56.0        0.4        (13.5     —          —          (14.2     (6.8     78.2        (10.0     90.1        (0.2

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    914.0        (3.1     1.7        9.5        —          (23.5     (8.6     —          (787.6     102.4        (2.8

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    0.1        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          0.1        —     

Other asset-backed securities

    2,326.3        (262.0     174.7        5.2        —          (716.9     (73.0     3.8        (1,321.0     137.1        (24.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities including securities pledged

    3,375.8        (264.7     170.8        28.7        —          (774.6     (145.6     573.0        (2,121.6     841.8        (27.2

Equity securities, available-for-sale

    82.9        (0.1     1.3        15.9        —          (4.2     —          —          (28.5     67.3        —     

Derivatives:

                     

Product guarantees:

                     

Fixed indexed annuities (1)

    (1,178.2     8.2        —          —          (104.8     —          88.5        —          —          (1,186.3     —     

Guaranteed minimum withdrawal and accumulation benefits and GMWBL (1)

    (500.2     (981.6     —          —          (116.6     —          2.0        —          —          (1,596.4     —     

Stabilizer and MCGs (1)

    (3.0     (143.7     —          (4.1     —          —          —          —          —          (150.8     —     

Other derivatives, net

    75.5        (8.5     —          —          —          —          (63.6     —          —          3.4        (32.0

Assets held in separate accounts (4)

    22.3        (0.1     —          7.8        —          —          (3.1     —          (12.6     14.3        —     

 

F-177


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

(1)  

All gains and losses on Level 3 liabilities are classified as realized gains (losses) for the purpose of this disclosure because it is impracticable to track realized and unrealized gains (losses) separately on a contract-by contract basis. These amounts are included in Other net realized gains (losses) in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(2)  

The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the beginning of the reporting period.

(3)  

For financial instruments still held as of September 30, amounts are included in Net investment income and Total net realized capital gains (losses) in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(4)  

The investment income and realized gains (losses) and change in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income for separate account assets are offset by an equal amount for separate account liabilities, which result in a net zero impact on net income for the Company.

The transfers in and out of Level 3 for fixed maturities, equity securities and separate accounts for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, were due to the variation in inputs relied upon for valuation during the quarter. Securities that are primarily valued using independent broker quotes when prices are not available from one of the commercial pricing services are reflected as transfers into Level 3. When securities are valued using more widely available information, the securities are transferred out of Level 3 and into Level 1 or 2, as appropriate.

The fair value of certain options and swap contracts are valued using observable inputs, and such options and swap contracts were transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 during the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

The transfers out of Level 3 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 in fixed maturities, including securities pledged, were primarily due to the Company’s determination that the market for subprime RMBS securities had become active in the first quarter 2011 and to an increased utilization of vendor valuations for certain CMO assets, as opposed to the previous use of broker quotes in the second quarter of 2011. While the valuation methodology for subprime RMBS securities has not changed, the Company has concluded that the frequency of transactions in the market for subprime RMBS securities represent regularly occurring market transactions and therefore are now classified as Level 2.

Significant Unobservable Inputs

Quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in the Company’s Level 3 fair value measurements of its Annuity product guarantees is presented in the following sections and table.

The Company’s Level 3 fair value measurements of its fixed maturities, equity securities available-for-sale and equity and credit derivative contracts are primarily based on broker quotes for which the quantitative detail of the unobservable inputs is neither provided nor reasonably corroborated, thus negating the ability to perform a sensitivity analysis.

Significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements of GMABs, GMWBs and GMWBLs include long-term equity implied volatility, correlations between the rate of return on policyholder funds and between interest rates and equity returns, nonperformance risk, mortality and policyholder behavior assumptions, such as benefit utilization, lapses and partial withdrawals. Significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements of FIAs include nonperformance risk and lapses. Such inputs are monitored quarterly.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Stabilizer embedded derivative and the MCG derivative are interest rate implied volatility, nonperformance risk, lapses and policyholder deposits. Such inputs are monitored quarterly.

 

F-178


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Following is a description of selected inputs:

Equity / Interest Rate Volatility : A term-structure model is used to approximate implied volatility for the equity indices for GMAB, GMWB and GMWBL fair value measurements and swap rates for the Stabilizer and MCG fair value measurements. Where no implied volatility is readily available in the market, an alternative approach is applied based on historical volatility.

Correlations : Integrated interest rate and equity scenarios are used in GMAB, GMWB and GMWBL fair value measurements to better reflect market interest rates and interest rate volatility correlations between equity and fixed income fund groups and between equity fund groups and interest rates. The correlations are based on historical fund returns and swap rates from external sources.

Nonperformance Risk: For the estimate of the fair value of embedded derivatives associated with our product guarantees, the Company uses a blend of observable, similarly rated peer company credit default swap spreads, adjusted to reflect the credit quality of the individual insurance subsidiary that issued the guarantee and the priority of policyholder claims.

Actuarial Assumptions : Management regularly reviews actuarial assumptions, which are based on the Company’s experience and periodically reviewed against industry standards. Industry standards and Company experience may be limited on certain products.

The following table presents the unobservable inputs for Level 3 fair value measurements at September 30, 2012:

 

     Range (1)  

Unobservable Input

   GMWB /
GMWBL
    GMAB     FIA     Stabilizer / MCG  

Long-Term Equity Implied Volatility

     15% to 25     15% to 25     —          —     

Interest Rate Implied Volatility

     —          —          —          0% to 4

Correlations Between:

        

Equity Funds

     50% to 98     50% to 98     —          —     

Equity and Fixed Income Funds

     -20% to 44     -20% to 44     —          —     

Interest Rates and Equity Funds

     -25% to -16     -25% to -16     —          —     

Nonperformance Risk

     0.25% to 3.5     0.25% to 3.5     0.25% to 3.5     0.25% to 3.5

Actuarial Assumptions:

        

Benefit Utilization

     0% to  85 % (2)       —          —          —     

Partial Withdrawals

     0% to 10     0% to 10     —          —     

Lapses

     0% to  45 % (3)       0% to  35 % (3)       0% to 10     0% to  55 % (4)  

Policyholder Deposits (5)

     —          —          —          0% to 20 % (4)  

Mortality

     —   (6)       —   (6)       —          —     

 

(1)  

Represents the range of reasonable assumptions that management has used in its fair value calculations.

(2)

The utilization assumption itself is a function of policyholder age and policy duration. The utilization rate is also affected by interaction with lapse and mortality assumptions. The utilization rate for GMWB and GMWBL will tend to be lower for younger contract owners; for contracts that are less “in the money”; and for contracts that have not reached their maximum accumulated GMWB and GMWBL benefit amount. Conversely, the utilization rate will tend to be higher for contract owners near or beyond retirement age; for contracts that are highly “in the money”; and for contracts that have accumulated their maximum GMWB or GMWBL benefit amount.

 

F-179


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

(3)

Lapse rates will tend to be lower during the contractual surrender charge period and higher after the surrender charge period ends; the highest lapse rates occur in the year immediately after the end of the surrender charge period. We make dynamic adjustments to lower the lapse rates for contracts that are more “in the money.”

(4)

The lapse and policy holder deposit assumptions for Stabilizer/MCG contracts vary with the nature of the agreement with the plan sponsor.

(5)

Measured as a percentage of assets under management or assets under administration.

(6)

The mortality rate is based on the Annuity 2000 Basic table with mortality improvements.

Generally, the following will cause an increase (decrease) in the GMAB, GMWB and GMWBL embedded derivative fair value liabilities:

 

   

An increase (decrease) in long-term equity implied volatility

 

   

An increase (decrease) in equity-interest rate correlations

 

   

A decrease (increase) in nonperformance risk

 

   

A decrease (increase) in mortality

 

   

An increase (decrease) in benefit utilization

 

   

A decrease (increase) in lapses

Changes in fund correlations may increase or decrease the fair value depending on the direction of the movement and the mix of funds. Changes in partial withdrawals may increase or decrease the fair value depending on the timing and magnitude of withdrawals.

Generally, the following will cause an increase (decrease) in the FIA embedded derivative fair value liability:

 

   

A decrease (increase) in nonperformance risk

 

   

A decrease (increase) in lapses

Generally, the following will cause an increase (decrease) in the derivative and embedded derivative fair value liabilities related to Stabilizer and MCG contracts:

 

   

An increase (decrease) in interest rate volatility

 

   

A decrease (increase) in nonperformance risk

 

   

A decrease (increase) in lapses

 

   

A decrease (increase) in policyholder deposits

We note the following interrelationships:

 

   

Higher long-term equity implied volatility is often correlated with lower equity returns, which will result in higher in-the-moneyness, which in turn, results in lower lapses due to the dynamic lapse component reducing the lapses. This increases the projected number of policies that are available to use the GMWBL benefit and may also increase the fair value of the GMWBL.

 

   

Generally, an increase (decrease) in benefit utilization will decrease (increase) lapses of GMWB and GMWBL.

 

   

Generally, an increase (decrease) in interest rate volatility will increase (decrease) lapses of Stabilizer and MCG contracts due to dynamic participant behavior.

 

F-180


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Other Financial Instruments

The carrying values and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments were as follows as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     2012      2011  
     Carrying
Value
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Value
     Fair
Value
 

Assets:

           

Fixed maturities, including securities pledged

   $ 75,375.7       $ 75,375.7       $ 72,669.4       $ 72,669.4   

Equity securities, available-for-sale

     328.9         328.9         353.8         353.8   

Mortgage loans on real estate

     8,682.6         9,029.5         8,691.1         8,943.7   

Loan – Dutch State obligation

     1,503.6         1,495.3         1,792.7         1,806.4   

Policy loans

     2,212.9         2,212.9         2,263.9         2,263.9   

Limited partnerships/corporations

     514.8         514.8         599.6         599.6   

Cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and short-term investments under securities loan agreements

     6,128.5         6,128.5         5,286.6         5,286.6   

Derivatives

     2,733.7         2,733.7         2,660.9         2,660.9   

Other investments

     205.1         211.9         215.1         220.1   

Assets held in separate accounts

     96,312.2         96,312.2         88,714.5         88,714.5   

Liabilities:

           

Investment contract liabilities:

           

Funding agreements without fixed maturities and deferred annuities (1)

     49,710.9         55,488.6         50,872.6         55,014.7   

Funding agreements with fixed maturities and guaranteed investment contracts

     4,472.0         4,257.5         5,559.0         5,261.0   

Supplementary contracts, immediate annuities and other

     3,154.0         3,492.9         3,037.0         3,311.9   

Derivatives:

           

Annuity product guarantees:

           

FIA

     1,442.5         1,442.5         1,304.9         1,304.9   

GMAB / GMWB / GMWBL

     1,978.1         1,978.1         2,272.2         2,272.2   

Stabilizer and MCGs

     113.0         113.0         221.0         221.0   

Other derivatives

     1,961.8         1,961.8         1,955.8         1,955.8   

Short-term debt

     774.9         780.3         1,054.6         1,054.6   

Long-term debt

     3,642.7         3,839.7         1,343.1         1,448.5   

Embedded derivatives on reinsurance

     176.4         176.4         137.2         137.2   

 

(1)

Certain amounts included in Funding agreements without fixed maturities and deferred annuities are also reflected within the Annuity product guarantees section of the table above.

 

F-181


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The following disclosures are made in accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 825 which requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized at fair value on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument.

ASC Topic 825 excludes certain financial instruments, including insurance contracts and all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.

The following valuation methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of the following financial instruments, which are not carried at fair value on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets:

Mortgage loans on real estate : The fair values for mortgage loans on real estate are estimated on a monthly basis using discounted cash flow analyses and rates currently being offered in the marketplace for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings. Loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for purposes of the calculations. Mortgage loans on real estate are classified as Level 3.

Loan – Dutch State obligation : The fair value of the Dutch State loan obligation is estimated utilizing cash flows net of certain contract fees discounted using cash flows from the Netherlands Strip Yield Curve and is classified as Level 3.

Policy loans : The fair value of policy loans is equal to the carrying value of the loans. Policy loans are collateralized by the cash surrender value of the associated insurance contracts and are classified as Level 2.

Limited partnerships/corporations : The fair value for these investments, primarily private equity fund of funds and hedge funds, is based on actual or estimated Net Asset Value (“NAV”) information, as provided by the investee and are classified as Level 3.

Other investments : The fair value of other investments is estimated based on the Company’s percentage of ownership of third-party appraised value for joint ventures and third-party appraised value for real estate which are classified as Level 3. Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value and is classified as Level 1.

Investment contract liabilities:

Without a fixed maturity : Fair value is estimated as the mean present value of stochastically modeled cash flows associated with the contract liabilities taking into account assumptions about contract holder behavior. The stochastic valuation scenario set is consistent with current market parameters and discount is taken using stochastically evolving risk-free rates in the scenarios plus an adjustment for nonperformance risk. Margins for non-financial risks associated with the contract liabilities are also included. These liabilities are classified as Level 3.

With a fixed maturity : Fair value is estimated by discounting cash flows, including associated expenses for maintaining the contracts, at rates, which are risk-free rates plus an adjustment for nonperformance risk. These liabilities are classified as Level 2.

 

F-182


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Supplementary contracts and immediate annuities: Fair value is estimated as the mean present value of the single deterministically modeled cash flows associated with the contract liabilities discounted using stochastically evolving short risk-free rates in the scenarios plus an adjustment for nonperformance risk. The valuation is consistent with current market parameters. Margins for non-financial risks associated with the contract liabilities are also included. These liabilities are classified as Level 3.

Short-term debt and Long-term debt : Estimated fair value of the Company’s short-term and long-term debt is based upon discounted future cash flows using a discount rate approximating the current market rate, incorporating nonperformance risk. Short-term debt is classified as Level 1 and long-term debt is classified as Level 2.

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on available market information and judgments about various financial instruments, such as estimates of timing and amounts of future cash flows. Such estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument, nor do they consider the tax impact of the realization of unrealized capital gains (losses). In many cases, the fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets, nor can the disclosed value be realized in immediate settlement of the instruments. In evaluating the Company’s management of interest rate, price and liquidity risks, the fair values of all assets and liabilities should be taken into consideration, not only those presented above.

 

5. Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Value of Business Acquired

Activity within deferred acquisition costs (“DAC”) and value of business acquired (“VOBA”) was as follows for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011:

 

     DAC     VOBA     Total  

Balance at January 1, 2012

   $ 3,666.8      $ 685.5      $ 4,352.3   

Deferrals of commissions and expenses

     458.6        13.1        471.7   

Amortization:

      

Amortization

     (619.6     (161.5     (781.1

Interest accrued (1)

     172.9        68.3        241.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amortization included in Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

     (446.7     (93.2     (539.9

Change in unrealized capital gains/losses on available-for-sale securities

     (461.5     (198.8     (660.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2012

   $ 3,217.2      $ 406.6      $ 3,623.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Interest accrued at the following rates for DAC: 1.5% to 7.4% during 2012.

 

     DAC     VOBA     Total  

Balance at January 1, 2011

   $ 3,810.6      $ 1,227.7      $ 5,038.3   

Deferrals of commissions and expenses

     472.6        14.6        487.2   

Amortization:

      

Amortization

     (490.5     (170.6     (661.1

Interest accrued (1)

     180.0        76.5        256.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amortization included in Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

     (310.5     (94.1     (404.6

Change in unrealized capital gains/losses on available-for-sale securities

     (456.3     (258.7     (715.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2011

   $ 3,516.4      $ 889.5      $ 4,405.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Interest accrued at the following rates for DAC: 2.0% to 8.0% during 2011.

 

F-183


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

6. Dividend Restrictions

The states in which the principal insurance subsidiaries of ING U.S., Inc. are domiciled impose certain restrictions on the subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to their parent. These restrictions are based in part on the prior year’s statutory income and surplus. In general, dividends up to specified levels are considered ordinary and may be paid without prior approval. Dividends in larger amounts, or “extraordinary” dividends, are subject to approval by the insurance commissioner of the state of domicile of the insurance subsidiary proposing to pay the dividend.

Under the insurance laws applicable to ING U.S., Inc.’s subsidiaries domiciled in Connecticut, Colorado, Indiana, Iowa and Minnesota, an “extraordinary” dividend or distribution is defined as a dividend or distribution that, together with other dividends and distributions made within the preceding twelve months, exceeds the greater of (i) 10% of the insurer’s policyholder surplus as of the preceding December 31, or (ii) the insurer’s net gain from operations for the twelve-month period ending the preceding December 31, in each case determined in accordance with statutory accounting principles. New York has similar restrictions, except that New York’s statutory definition of “extraordinary” dividend or distribution is an aggregate amount in any calendar year that exceeds the lesser of (i) 10% of policyholder’s surplus for the twelve-month period ending the preceding December 31, or (ii) the insurer’s net gain from operations for the twelve-month period ending the preceding December 31, not including realized capital gains. The insurance laws and regulations of the states of Connecticut, Colorado, Iowa and Minnesota also prohibit an insurer from declaring or paying a dividend except out of its earned surplus or require the insurer to obtain regulatory approval before it may do so.

In June 2012, insurance subsidiaries of ING U.S., Inc. domiciled in Colorado, Connecticut, Iowa and Minnesota received regulatory approvals or notices of non-objection from their respective domiciliary insurance regulators to make distributions to ING U.S., Inc. or Lion Holdings in the aggregate amount of $800.0. Such distributions were made on June 26, 2012. These domiciliary state regulatory actions have been taken by the relevant domiciliary state insurance regulators in response to requests that stated the intended use of the proceeds was to provide $500.0 to the Cayman Islands domiciled insurance subsidiary, Security Life of Denver International Limited (“SLDI”), and retain the balance at ING U.S., Inc. for general corporate purposes. On June 26, 2012, ING U.S., Inc. made a capital contribution to SLDI in the amount of $400.0. Additionally, ING U.S., Inc. repaid $100.0 of intercompany loan from a subsidiary of SLDI and, on June 28, 2012 the proceeds of this loan repayment were used to pay a dividend to SLDI.

Dividends or return of capital distributions paid to the Company by its principal insurance subsidiaries to its parent were as follows for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Dividends Paid      Return of Capital Distributions  
     2012      2011              2012                      2011          

Subsidiary Name (State of domicile):

           

ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company (IA)

   $ —         $ —         $ 250.0       $ —     

ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company (CT)

     190.0         —           150.0         —     

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company (CO)

     —           —           80.0         200.0   

ReliaStar Life Insurance Company (MN)

     130.0         —           —           —     

 

F-184


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

7. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Shareholder’s equity included the following components of AOCI as of September 30, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012     2011  

Fixed maturities, net of OTTI

   $ 7,904.6      $ 4,955.1   

Equity securities, available-for-sale

     46.5        32.4   

Derivatives

     220.2        146.8   

DAC/VOBA adjustment on available-for-sale securities

     (2,862.5     (1,966.0

Sales inducements adjustment on available-for-sale securities

     (137.4     (104.7

Other investments

     (41.0     (25.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrealized capital gains (losses), before tax

     5,130.4        3,038.3   

Deferred income tax asset (liability)

     (1,495.0     (773.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized capital gains (losses)

     3,635.4        2,264.4   

Pension and other post-employment benefits liability, net of tax

     66.1        20.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

AOCI

   $ 3,701.5      $ 2,285.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in AOCI, net of DAC, VOBA and tax were as follows for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012     2011  

Fixed maturities

   $ 2,307.8      $ 1,864.0   

Equity securities, available-for-sale

     13.4        (43.2

Derivatives

     47.6        145.4   

DAC/VOBA adjustment on available-for-sale securities

     (660.3     (715.0

Sales inducements adjustment on available-for-sale securities

     (57.1     (9.3

Other investments

     (8.0     13.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains/losses on securities, before tax

     1,643.4        1,255.4   

Deferred income tax asset/liability

     (562.3     (50.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains/losses on securities, after tax

     1,081.1        1,204.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in OTTI, before tax

     50.2        166.9   

Deferred income tax asset/liability

     (17.6     (58.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in OTTI, after tax

     32.6        108.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pension and other post-employment benefit liability, before tax

     (11.0     (1.7

Deferred income tax asset/liability

     3.8        0.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pension and other post-employment benefit liability, after tax

     (7.2     (1.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in AOCI, after tax

   $ 1,106.5      $ 1,312.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-185


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Changes in unrealized capital gains/losses on securities, including securities pledged and noncredit impairments, as recognized in AOCI, reported net of DAC, VOBA and income taxes, were as follows for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012      2011  

Net unrealized capital gains/losses arising during the period (1)

   $ 1,339.6       $ 952.5   

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains (losses) and other items included in Net income (loss) (2)

     238.0         27.4   

Change in deferred tax asset valuation allowance

     12.1         388.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized capital gains/losses on securities

   $ 1,113.7       $ 1,313.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Pre-tax unrealized capital gains/losses arising during the period were $2,059.5 and $1,464.4, for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

(2)

Pre-tax reclassification adjustments for gains (losses) and other items included in Net income (loss) were $365.9 and $42.1, for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

8. Income Taxes

Income taxes were different from the amount computed by applying the federal income (loss) tax rate to income before income taxes for the following reasons for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2012                     2011          

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 714.1      $ 1,710.4   

Tax rate

     35.0     35.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate

     249.9        598.6   

Tax effect of:

    

Valuation allowance

     (56.1     (630.3

Dividend received deduction

     (79.4     (55.5

Audit settlement

     (7.5     7.1   

State tax expense (benefit)

     (27.0     8.1   

Noncontrolling interest

     (77.8     (43.1

Tax credits

     (13.9     (13.8

Non-deductible expenses

     9.1        11.7   

Other

     (1.3     2.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ (4.0   $ (115.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowances are provided when it is considered unlikely that deferred tax assets will be realized. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company had a tax valuation allowance of $3.1 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively, that was allocated to continuing operations and $(300.6) and $(287.1), respectively, that was allocated to other comprehensive income related to realized and unrealized capital losses.

Tax Regulatory Matters

In March 2012, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed its examination of the Company’s income tax returns through tax year 2010. The 2010 settlement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial

 

F-186


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

position. The Company is currently under audit by the IRS and has agreed to participate in the Compliance Assurance Program for tax years 2011 and 2012. It is anticipated that the IRS audit of the 2011 tax year will be finalized within the next twelve months.

 

9. Employee Benefit Arrangements

Pension, Other Postretirement Benefit Plans and Other Benefit Plans

ING U.S., Inc. subsidiaries maintain both qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans (the “Plans”). The Plans generally cover all employees and certain sales representatives who meet specified eligibility requirements. Pension benefits are based on a formula using compensation and length of service of employees at retirement. Annual contributions are paid to the Plans at a rate necessary to adequately fund the accrued liabilities of the Plans calculated in accordance with legal requirements. The Plans comply with applicable regulations concerning investments and funding levels.

Beginning January 1, 2012, the ING Americas Retirement Plan (the “Retirement Plan”) uses a cash balance pension formula instead of a final average pay (“FAP”) formula, allowing all eligible employees to participate in the Retirement Plan. For participants in the Retirement Plan as of December 31, 2011, there is a two-year transition period from the Retirement Plan’s current FAP formula to the cash balance pension formula.

The Company also offers deferred compensation plans for eligible employees, eligible career agents and certain other individuals who meet the eligibility criteria. The Company’s deferred compensation commitment for employees is recorded on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets in Other liabilities as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 totaled $269.3 and $268.2, respectively.

ING U.S., Inc. subsidiaries also provide other post-employment and post-retirement employee benefits to certain employees. These are primarily post-retirement healthcare and life insurance benefits to retired employees and other eligible dependents and post-employment/pre-retirement plans provided to employees and former employees.

On June 14, 2012, the Company announced an agreement with Cognizant Technology Solutions U.S. Corporation (Cognizant) under which Cognizant will provide business processing and operations services related to the Company. Under the terms of the seven-year agreement, Cognizant made offers of employment to more than 1,000 employees of the Company in Minot, North Dakota and Des Moines, Iowa. Based on an actuarial estimate using the Retirement Plan assets and obligations, the Company recognized a remeasurement loss resulting from the revaluation of the Retirement Plan’s assets and obligations, partially offset by a curtailment gain.

The components of net periodic benefit cost recognized in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

     Pension Plans     Postretirement Benefits  
     2012     2011         2012             2011      

Net Periodic (Benefit) Cost:

        

Service cost

   $ 29.6      $ 28.8      $ —        $ (1.6

Interest cost

     67.7        71.9        1.1        2.0   

Expected return on plan assets

     (68.4     (59.8     —          —     

Amortization of prior service cost (credit)

     (8.5     0.3        (2.5     (2.0

Net loss (gain) recognition

     115.0        —          0.1        —     

(Gain) loss recognized due to settlements or curtailments

     (6.7     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic (benefit) cost

   $ 128.7      $ 41.2      $ (1.3   $ (1.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-187


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Defined Contribution Plans

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries sponsor defined contribution plans. The largest defined contribution plan is the ING Americas Savings Plan and ESOP (the “Savings Plan”). Substantially all employees of the Company are eligible to participate, other than the Company’s agents. The amount of cost recognized for the defined contribution pension plans for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was $26.4 and is recorded in Operating expenses in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. The amount of cost recognized for the defined contribution pension plans for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $29.4 and is recorded in Operating expenses in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

10. Financing Agreements

Short-term Debt

The following table summarizes the Company’s short-term debt including the weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings outstanding as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

                   Weighted Average Rate  
     2012      2011      2012     2011  

Commercial paper

   $ 299.2       $ 554.6         1.30     1.19

Current portion of long-term debt (1)(2)

     475.7         500.0         3.54     0.49
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total

   $ 774.9       $ 1,054.6        
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

(1)  

See the “Credit Facilities” section of this note for information on the Senior Credit Facility.

(2)  

See the “Affiliated Financing Agreements” in the Related Party Transactions note to these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Commercial Paper

The Company has a commercial paper program with an authorized capacity of $3.0 billion, which is guaranteed by ING V. The Company pays ING V 10 basis points (“bps”) on the outstanding balance of the commercial paper program as a fee for this guarantee. The Company’s commercial paper borrowings have generally been used to fund the working capital needs of the Company’s subsidiaries and provide short-term liquidity.

Guaranteed Debt

The following amounts guaranteed by ING Group are included with the Company’s debt obligations as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     2012      2011  

Commercial paper

   $ 299.2       $ 554.6   

Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc. debentures (1)

     636.7         635.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 935.9       $ 1,190.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

ING Group is guarantor to outstanding legacy debt securities originally issued by Aetna Services, Inc. (formerly Aetna Life and Casualty).

 

F-188


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Long-term Debt

The following table summarizes the Company’s long-term debt securities issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     Maturity      2012      2011  

2.22% Syndicated Bank Term Loan, due 2014 (1)

     04/20/2014       $ 1,425.0       $ —     

6.75% Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc. debentures, due 2013 (2)

     09/15/2013         138.2         137.9   

7.25% Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc. debentures, due 2023 (2)

     08/15/2023         158.0         157.6   

7.63% Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc. debentures, due 2026 (2)

     08/15/2026         231.8         231.6   

8.42% Equitable of Iowa Companies Capital Trust II notes, due 2027

     04/01/2027         13.9         14.0   

6.97% Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc. debentures, due 2036 (2)

     08/15/2036         108.7         108.7   

2.69% Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc. Floating Rate Note, due 2016 (1)(3)

     04/29/2016         500.0         500.0   

1.00% Windsor Property Loan

     06/14/2027         4.9         4.9   

1.01% Surplus Floating Rate Note (4)

     12/31/2037         359.3         359.3   

1.01% Surplus Floating Rate Note

     06/30/2037         329.1         329.1   

5.5% Senior Notes, due 2022

     07/15/2022         849.5         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

        4,118.4         1,843.1   

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

        475.7         500.0   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 3,642.7       $ 1,343.1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

See the “Credit Facilities” section of this note for information on the Senior Credit Facility.

(2)  

Guaranteed by ING Group.

(3)  

See the “Affiliated Financing Agreements” in the Related Party Transactions note to these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

(4)  

On January 3, 2013, the note was repaid. See “Surplus Notes” section below.

As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants.

Unsecured senior debt which consists of senior notes, fixed rate notes and other notes with varying interest rates rank highest in priority, followed by subordinated debt which consists of junior subordinated debt securities. Payments of interest and principal on the Company’s surplus notes, which are subordinate to all other obligations at the issuer operating insurance company level and senior to obligations issued at ING U.S., Inc., may be made only with the prior approval of the insurance department of the state of domicile.

On July 13, 2012, the Company issued $850.0 in 5.5% unsecured Senior Notes due 2022 (the “2022 Notes”) in a private placement with registration rights. The 2022 Notes are guaranteed by Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Interest is paid semi-annually on each January 15 and July 15, commencing on January 15, 2013. ING Financial Markets, LLC, an affiliate, served as Joint Book Running Manager and was paid $0.3 for its services. The Company used the proceeds of the 2022 Notes to repay $500.0 of the direct borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement. The remaining proceeds of the 2022 Notes will be used for general corporate purposes including the retirement of commercial paper.

Surplus Notes

On January 3, 2013, ReliaStar Life Insurance Co. and Whisperingwind II, LLC, indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company, executed a novation and recapture agreement with a third party reinsurer related to an existing insurance securitization transaction. As a result, Whisperingwind II, LLC’s outstanding floating rate variable funding surplus note in the amount of $359.3 due December 31, 2037 was repaid.

 

F-189


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Credit Facilities

The Company maintains credit facilities used primarily for collateral required under affiliated reinsurance transactions and also for general corporate purposes. As of September 30, 2012, unsecured and uncommitted letter of credit (“LOC”) facilities totaled $3.7 billion, unsecured and committed LOC facilities totaled $8.5 billion and secured facilities totaled $275.0. Of the aggregate $12.5 billion ($4.8 billion with ING Bank, N.V. (“ING Bank”, an affiliate)) capacity available, the Company utilized $7.9 billion ($3.2 billion with ING Bank) in LOCs outstanding as of September 30, 2012. Total fees associated with credit facilities for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 were $176.0 and $88.5, respectively.

The following table outlines the Company’s credit facilities, their dates of expiration, capacity and utilization as of September 30, 2012:

 

    Secured/
Unsecured
  Committed/
Uncommitted
  Expiration     Capacity     Utilization     Unused
Commitment
 

Obligor / Applicant

           

ING U.S., Inc. (1)

  Unsecured   Committed     4/20/2015      $ 3,500.0      $ 1,737.0      $ 1,763.0   

ING U.S., Inc. / Security Life of Denver International Limited, Roaring River LLC (1)

  Unsecured   Uncommitted     2/28/2013        1,605.0        533.2        —     

Security Life of Denver International Limited (1)

  Unsecured   Uncommitted     12/31/2031        1,500.0        1,500.0        —     

ING U.S., Inc. / Security Life of Denver International Limited

  Unsecured   Committed     8/19/2021        750.0        750.0        —     

ING U.S., Inc. / Security Life of Denver International Limited

  Unsecured   Committed     11/9/2021        750.0        750.0        —     

Security Life of Denver International Limited (1)

  Unsecured   Committed     12/31/2013        825.0        825.0        —     

ING U.S., Inc. / Security Life of Denver International Limited (1)(2)

  Unsecured   Uncommitted     6/30/2013        625.0        223.2        —     

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

  Secured   Committed     Conditional        265.0        265.0        —     

ING U.S., Inc. / Security Life of Denver International Limited

  Unsecured   Committed     12/31/2025        475.0        475.0        —     

ING U.S., Inc.

  Unsecured   Uncommitted     Various dates        2.1        2.1        —     

ING U.S., Inc.

  Secured   Uncommitted     Various dates        10.0        4.7        —     

ING U.S., Inc. / Roaring River III LLC

  Unsecured   Committed     6/30/2022        1,151.2        418.0        733.2   

ING U.S., Inc. / Roaring River II LLC

  Unsecured   Committed     12/31/2019        995.0        435.0        560.0   
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        $ 12,453.3      $ 7,918.2      $ 3,056.2   
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Secured facilities

        $ 275.0      $ 269.7      $ —     

Unsecured and uncommitted

          3,732.1        2,258.5        —     

Unsecured and committed

          8,446.2        5,390.0        3,056.2   
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        $ 12,453.3      $ 7,918.2      $ 3,056.2   
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

ING Bank

        $ 4,805.0      $ 3,205.5      $ 125.9   
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Refer to the Related Party Transactions note to these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for information.

(2)  

This facility was amended on October 4, 2012 to extend the availability to issue LOCs until June 30, 2013, such that all issued LOCs will expire no later than June 30, 2014.

 

F-190


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

On April 20, 2012, the Company entered into a $5.0 billion unsecured Senior Credit Facility (“Credit Facility”) with a syndicate of banks, replacing financing that was either internally funded or guaranteed by ING V. The Credit Facility is guaranteed by Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. As part of the Credit Facility, the Company entered into a $3.5 billion committed Revolving Credit Agreement (“Revolving Credit Agreement”) and a $1.5 billion syndicated Term Loan Agreement (“Term Loan Agreement”).

The Revolving Credit Agreement includes a $3.5 billion LOC facility with a revolving credit borrowing sublimit of $1.5 billion. Under the terms of the Revolving Credit Agreement, the revolving credit borrowing sublimit will be reduced by 50% of any debt securities issued by the Company, to a minimum of $750.0. The total amount of LOCs and revolving credit borrowings outstanding at any time may not exceed $3.5 billion. The Revolving Credit Agreement expires on April 20, 2015 at which time any outstanding borrowings are due. The Company must collateralize any LOCs outstanding as of the expiration date of the facility. As of September 30, 2012, $1.7 billion of LOCs were outstanding under the Revolving Credit Agreement. Of this total, LOCs issued by ING Bank amount to $124.1. The costs of the Revolving Credit Agreement vary depending on the current credit rating of the Company. Currently, the Company pays interest equal to LIBOR plus 200 bps on direct borrowings and an issuance fee of 200 bps for LOCs.

As of September 30, 2012, there were no amounts outstanding as revolving credit borrowings. On July 17, 2012, the Company repaid $500.0 of revolving credit borrowings with proceeds from the issuance of the 2022 Notes. Concurrently, as a result of the issuance of the 2022 Notes, the revolving credit borrowing sublimit was reduced by 50% of the issuance to $1,075.0. As a member of the syndicate which entered into the Revolving Credit Agreement, ING Bank committed up to $250.0 in financing. ING Bank acted as Joint Lead Arranger, Joint Book Manager and Documentation Agent for these transactions. For these services, ING Bank received various fees totaling $3.3.

As part of the Credit Facility, the Company borrowed $1.5 billion under the Term Loan Agreement. The Company pays interest that varies based on its current credit rating. Currently, the interest rate is equal to LIBOR plus 200 bps. The Company is required to make principal payments totaling 5.0% of the original borrowing amount each 3 months for the first 12 months and 7.5% each 3 months for the second 12 months. The Term Loan Agreement expires on April 20, 2014 at which time all remaining borrowed amounts are due.

On September 6, 2012, the Company entered into a Reimbursement Agreement with a third party bank providing for $390.0 of initial funding in the form of a variable funding trust note and letters of credit. This funding can increase up to $1.2 billion prior to the scheduled maturity date of the transaction in June 2022 and will be used to support the reinsurance obligations of the Company’s captive subsidiary, Roaring River III, LLC.

 

11. Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

Through the normal course of investment operations, the Company commits to either purchase or sell securities, mortgage loans, or money market instruments, at a specified future date and at a specified price or yield. The inability of counterparties to honor these commitments may result in either a higher or lower replacement cost. Also, there is likely to be a change in the value of the securities underlying the commitments.

As of September 30, 2012, the Company had off-balance sheet commitments to purchase investments equal to their fair value of $954.1, of which $240.9 relates to consolidated investment entities. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had off balance sheet commitments to purchase investments equal to their fair value of $1.3 billion, of which $470.9 relates to consolidated investment entities.

 

F-191


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Collateral

Under the terms of the Company’s Over-The-Counter Derivative ISDA Agreements, the Company may receive from, or deliver to, counterparties, collateral to assure that all terms of the ISDA Agreements will be met with regard to the CSA. The terms of the CSA call for the Company to pay interest on any cash received equal to the Federal Funds rate. As of September 30, 2012, the Company held $932.0 of net cash collateral related to derivative contracts. As of September 30, 2012, the Company delivered $32.7 and $11.8 of cash collateral related to derivative contracts and credit facilities, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, the Company held $757.7 of net cash collateral related to derivative contracts. As of December 31, 2011, the Company delivered $40.0 and $11.8 of cash collateral related to derivative contracts and credit facilities, respectively. The collateral held and delivered is included in Payables under securities loan agreements, including collateral held and Short-term investments under securities loan agreements, including collateral delivered, respectively, on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company delivered securities as collateral of $1.1 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, which was included in Securities pledged on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Federal Home Loan Bank Funding Agreements

The Company is a member of the FHLB of Des Moines and the FHLB of Topeka and is required to pledge collateral that backs funding agreements issued to the FHLB. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company had $3.1 billion and $3.2 billion in non-putable funding agreements, respectively, which are included in Contract owner account balances on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company had $265.0, respectively, in LOCs issued by the FHLBs. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, assets with a market value of approximately $3.5 billion and $3.8 billion, respectively, collateralized the FHLB funding agreements. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, assets with a market value of approximately $323.1 and $354.0, respectively, collateralized the FHLB LOCs. Assets pledged to the FHLBs are included in Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Restricted Assets

The Company is required to maintain assets on deposit with various regulatory authorities to support its insurance operations. The Company may also post collateral in connection with certain securities lending, repurchase agreements, funding agreement, LOC and derivative transactions as described further in this note. The components of the fair value of the restricted assets were as follows as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     2012      2011  

Fixed maturity collateral pledged to FHLB

   $ 3,788.6       $ 4,106.5   

Other fixed maturities-state deposits

     230.1         260.8   

Securities pledged

     1,462.2         2,253.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total restricted assets

   $ 5,480.9       $ 6,620.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Litigation and Regulatory Matters

The Company is a defendant in a number of litigation matters arising from the conduct of its business, both in the ordinary course and otherwise. In some of these matters, claimants seek to recover very large or indeterminate

 

F-192


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

amounts, including compensatory, punitive, treble and exemplary damages. Modern pleading practice in the U.S. permits considerable variation in the assertion of monetary damages and other relief. Claimants are not always required to specify the monetary damages they seek or they may be required only to state an amount sufficient to meet a court’s jurisdictional requirements. Moreover, some jurisdictions allow claimants to allege monetary damages that far exceed any reasonable possible verdict. The variability in pleading requirement and past experience demonstrates that the monetary and other relief that may be requested in a lawsuit or claim oftentimes bears little relevance to the merits or potential value of a claim. Litigation against the Company includes a variety of claims including negligence, breach of contract, fraud, violation of regulation or statute, breach of fiduciary duty, negligent misrepresentation, failure to supervise, elder abuse and other torts. Due to the uncertainties of litigation, the outcome of a litigation matter and the amount or range of potential loss is difficult to forecast and a determination of potential losses requires significant management judgment.

As with other financial services companies, the Company periodically receives informal and formal requests for information from various state and federal governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations in connection with inquiries and investigations of the products and practices of the Company or the financial services industry. It is the practice of the Company to cooperate fully in these matters.

It is not possible to predict the ultimate outcome or to provide reasonably possible losses or ranges of losses for all pending regulatory matters and litigation. While it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain cases could have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s financial position, based on information currently known, management believes that the outcome of pending litigation and regulatory matters is not likely to have such an effect. However, given the large and indeterminate amounts sought and the inherent unpredictability of such matters, it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain of the Company’s litigation or regulatory matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s results of operations or cash flows in a particular quarterly or annual period.

For some matters, the Company is able to estimate a possible range of loss. For such matters in which a loss is probable, an accrual has been made. For matters where the Company, however, believes a loss is reasonably possible, but not probable, no accrual is required to be made. Accordingly, the estimate contained in this paragraph reflects both types of matters. For matters for which an accrual has been made, but there remains a reasonably possible range of loss in excess of the amounts accrued, the estimate reflects the reasonably possible range of loss in excess of the accrued amounts. For other matters included within this estimation, for which a reasonably possible but not probable, range of loss exists, the estimate reflects the reasonably possible and unaccrued loss or range of loss. As of September 30, 2012, the Company estimates the aggregate range of reasonably possible losses, in excess of any amounts accrued for these matters as of such date, to be up to approximately $85.0.

For other matters, the Company is currently not able to estimate the reasonably possible loss or range of loss. It is often unable to estimate the possible loss or range of loss until developments in such matters have provided sufficient information to support an assessment of the range of possible loss, such as quantification of a damage demand from plaintiffs, discovery from plaintiffs and other parties, investigation of factual allegations, rulings by a court on motions or appeals, analysis by experts and the progress of settlement discussions. On a quarterly and annual basis, the Company reviews relevant information with respect to litigation and regulatory contingencies and updates the Company’s accruals, disclosures and reasonably possible losses or ranges of loss based on such reviews.

Litigation against the Company includes a case styled Healthcare Strategies, Inc., Plan Administrator of the Healthcare Strategies Inc. 401(k) Plan v. ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company (U.S.D.C. D. CT, filed February 22, 2011), which has been filed by the administrator of a 401(k) Employee Retirement Income Act

 

F-193


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

(“ERISA”) Plan who claims that the Company has entered into revenue sharing agreements with mutual funds and others in violation of the prohibited transaction rules of the ERISA. Among other things, Claimant seeks declaratory relief and the disgorgement of all revenue sharing payments and profits earned in connection with such payments, as well as attorney’s fees. On January 26, 2012, Plaintiff filed a motion requesting to be allowed to represent a class of similarly situated ERISA Plans, which the Court granted on September 26, 2012. The Company denies Claimant’s allegations and is vigorously defending this litigation.

The regulatory examination of the policy, applied by one of the Company’s subsidiaries, for addressing and correcting an error that is made when processing the trade instructions of an ERISA plan or one of its participants was settled in the fourth quarter of 2012. Under the policy, the subsidiary absorbs any loss and retains any gain that results from such an error correction. The resolution will not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position. Regulatory matters include considerable regulatory scrutiny regarding whether and to what extent life insurance companies are using the United States Social Security Administration’s Death Master File (“SSDMF”) to proactively ascertain when customers have deceased and to pay benefits even where no claim for benefits has been made. The Company has received industry-wide and company-specific inquiries and is engaged in multi-state market conduct examinations with respect to its claims settlement practices, including its use of Personal Transition Accounts and of the SSDMF and compliance with unclaimed property laws. A majority of states are conducting an audit of the Company’s compliance with unclaimed property laws. The Company also has been reviewing whether benefits are owed and whether reserves are adequate in instances where an insured appears to have died, but no claim for death benefits has been made. Some of the investigations, exams, inquiries and audits could result in regulatory action against the Company. The potential outcome of such action is difficult to predict but could subject the Company to adverse consequences, including, but not limited to, settlement payments, additional payments to beneficiaries and additional escheatment of funds deemed abandoned under state laws. They may also result in fines and penalties and changes to the Company’s procedures for the identification and escheatment of abandoned property and other financial liability.

 

12. Related Party Transactions

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various transactions with affiliated companies. Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operating decisions.

The following table summarizes income and expense from transactions with related parties for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2012     2011  
     Income      Expense     Income     Expense  

ING V (1)(2)

   $ 0.9       $ 9.5      $ 10.0      $ 33.2   

ING Group

     13.9         2.8        1.9        53.8   

ING Bank (1)(2)

     39.7         85.0        367.8        58.0   

Other

     0.7         (3.7     (5.6     (5.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 55.2       $ 93.6      $ 374.1      $ 140.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

See “Affiliated Financing Agreements” section below.

(2)  

See “Derivatives” section below.

 

F-194


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Assets and liabilities from transactions with related parties as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are shown in the following table:

 

     2012      2011  
     Assets      Liabilities      Assets      Liabilities  

ING V (1)(2)

   $ 0.4       $ 502.0       $ 0.4       $ 502.1   

ING Group

     15.0         1.0         0.4         —     

ING Bank (1)(2)

     48.1         38.9         13.7         14.7   

Other

     2.9         1.4         9.7         1.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 66.4       $ 543.3       $ 24.2       $ 517.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

See “Affiliated Financing Agreements” section below.

(2)  

See “Derivatives” section below.

The material agreements whereby the Company generates revenues and expenses with affiliated entities are as follows:

Credit Facilities

As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company was a borrower in several credit facility agreements with ING Bank, in which ING Bank provided LOC capacity used primarily for collateral required under affiliated reinsurance transactions and also for general corporate purposes. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company utilized $3.2 billion and $4.6 billion of capacity, respectively, from these facilities with ING Bank. The Company had accrued interest of $19.9 and $8.9 as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The Company incurred expenses of $78.5 and $41.5 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Refer to the Credit Facilities section of the Financing Agreements note to these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

On April 20, 2012, the Company entered into a $5.0 billion Senior Credit Facility with a syndicate of banks, including ING Bank, replacing financing that was either internally funded or guaranteed by ING V. Refer to the Credit Facilities section of the Financing Agreements note to these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

On September 10, 2012, the Company terminated a $350.0 Letter of Credit Facility agreement with a third party which was guaranteed by ING V. Effective with the cancellation of the letter of credit, ING V’s guarantee was extinguished.

Affiliated Financing Agreements

The Company has a $500.0 par floating rate loan agreement with ING V in which the Company pays a variable rate of interest based on three month LIBOR which was originally due to mature on August 10, 2012. Effective April 13, 2012, the term of the note was extended to April 29, 2016. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company had debt of $500.0 for both periods related to this loan agreement. The Company had accrued interest of $1.9 and $0.4 as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The Company incurred interest of $9.1 and $1.3 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-195


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Derivatives

The Company is party to several derivative contracts with ING V and ING Bank and one or more of ING Bank’s subsidiaries. Each of these contracts were entered into as a result of a competitive bid, which included unaffiliated counterparties. The Company is exposed to various risks relating to its ongoing business operations, including but not limited to interest rate risk, foreign currency risk and equity market risk. To manage these risks, the Company uses various strategies, including derivatives contracts, certain of which are with related parties, such as interest rate swaps, equity options and currency forwards.

As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the outstanding notional amounts were $2.3 billion (consisting of interest rate swaps of $1.6 billion, equity options of $354.2 and foreign exchange contracts of $346.2) and $1.4 billion (consisting of interest rate swaps of $1.0 billion and equity options of $384.6), respectively. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the market values for these contracts were $26.3 and $7.9, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded net realized capital gains (losses) of $25.9 and $376.6, respectively, with ING Bank and ING V.

The Company has sold protection under certain credit default swap derivative contracts that are supported by a guarantee provided by ING V. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the maximum potential future exposure to the Company on credit default swaps supported by the ING V guarantee was $1.0 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively.

Administrative Overhead Allocations

The Company is allocated expenses for various administrative and corporate services provided by ING Group. Net allocations were $5.2 and $19.6 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Latin America Service Arrangements

Prior to the divestiture of ING Group’s Latin American pensions, life insurance and investment management businesses in December 2011, the Company provided a variety of services to its Latin American affiliates, including personnel, legal, compliance, IT, finance and accounting and other services pursuant to an agreement with one of ING’s Latin American subsidiaries. In 2012, this agreement was replaced by a transition services agreement between the Company and ING Group pursuant to which the Company has continued providing these services. The Company will continue to provide a limited number of these services during 2013. The Company was reimbursed for expenses of $28.9 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The Company incurred net expenses of $15.2 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. In June 2012, as part of an agreement with ING Group, the Company was reimbursed by ING Group for $22.0 of expenses incurred during 2011.

Alt-A Back-up Facility

On January 26, 2009, ING Group, for itself and on behalf of certain subsidiaries, including the Company, reached an agreement with the Dutch State on an Illiquid Asset Back Up Facility (the “Alt-A Back-up Facility”) regarding Alt-A RMBS owned by subsidiaries, including the Company. Pursuant to this transaction, the Company transferred all risks and rewards on 80% of a $4.5 billion par Alt-A RMBS portfolio to ING Support Holding, a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group by means of the granting of a participation interest to ING Support Holding. ING Group and ING Support Holding entered into a back-to-back arrangement with the Dutch State on this 80%. As a result of this first transaction, the Company retained 20% of the exposure for any results on the $4.5 billion Alt-A RMBS portfolio.

 

F-196


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The purchase price for the participation payable by the Dutch State was set at 90% of the par value of the 80% interest in the securities as of that date. This purchase price was payable in installments, was recognized as a loan granted to the Dutch State with a value of $3.3 billion, and is recorded as Loan-Dutch State Obligation on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (the “Dutch State Obligation”). Under the transaction, other fees were payable by both the Company and the Dutch State. The Company incurred net fees of $8.3, $9.4 and $10.8 in the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company executed a second transaction effective January 26, 2009, in which an additional $445.9 par Alt-A RMBS portfolio owned by the Company was sold to ING Direct Bancorp. ING Direct Bancorp paid cash in the amount of $321.0 for 80% of the Company’s additional $445.9 par Alt-A RMBS and included those purchased securities as part of its Alt-A RMBS portfolio sale to the Dutch State. ING Direct Bancorp paid cash in the amount of $54.3 and retained the remaining 20% of this Alt-A RMBS portfolio.

Upon the closing of the $4.5 billion par and the $445.9 par transactions on March 31, 2009, the Company recognized a gain of $844.0, as the securities were impaired and written down to fair value in 2008.

On November 13, 2012, ING Group, ING Support Holding, ING Bank and the Company entered into restructuring arrangements with the Dutch State, which closed the following day (the “Termination Agreement”). Pursuant to these restructurings, the Company sold the Dutch State Obligation, with a carrying value of approximately $1.5 billion as of September 30, 2012, to ING Support Holding at fair value and transferred legal title to 80% of the securities subject to the Alt-A Back-up Facility to ING Bank. The restructuring resulted in an immaterial pre-tax loss. Following the restructuring transaction, the Company continues to own 20% of the Alt-A RMBS from the first transaction. The Company has the right to sell these securities, subject to a right of first refusal granted to ING Bank.

Asset Management Arrangements

Prior to the Termination Agreement, ING Investment Management LLC (“IIM”) managed the underlying assets and provided services related to the Company’s securities subject to the Alt-A Back-up Facility pursuant to services agreements with each of the participating subsidiaries.

As part of ING Group’s divestiture of ING Direct, ING Group, ING Bank and ING Direct entered into an agreement with the Dutch State similar to the Termination Agreement with respect to the Alt-A RMBS owned by ING Direct (the “ING Direct Restructuring”). As part of the ING Direct Restructuring, in February 2012, IIM entered into an agreement (the “Alt-A Asset Management Agreement”) with ING Bank pursuant to which it manages the assets transferred to ING Bank from ING Direct. In November 2012, in connection with the Termination Agreement, this Alt-A Asset Management Agreement was amended to provide that IIM would also manage the assets transferred to ING Bank as part of the Termination Agreement. As of September 30, 2012, ING Bank had paid the Company approximately $6.9 in fees related to the Alt-A Asset Management Agreement.

 

13. Consolidated Investment Entities

The Company provides investment management services to and has transactions with, various collateralized loan obligations, private equity funds, single strategy hedge funds, insurance entities, securitizations and other investment entities in the normal course of business. In certain instances, the Company serves as the investment manager, making day-to-day investment decisions concerning the assets of these entities. These entities are considered to be either VIEs or VOEs and the Company evaluates its involvement with each entity to determine whether consolidation is required.

 

F-197


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Certain investment entities are consolidated under VIE or VOE consolidation guidance. The Company consolidates entities under the VIE guidance when it is determined that the Company is the primary beneficiary of these entities. The Company consolidates certain entities under the VOE guidance when it acts as the controlling general partner and the limited partners have no substantive rights to impact ongoing governance and operating activities.

With the exception of guarantees issued by the Company in relation to collateral support for reinsurance contracts, the Company has no right to the benefits from, nor does it bear the risks associated with these investments beyond the Company’s direct equity and debt investments in and management fees generated from these investment products. Such direct investments amounted to approximately $1.0 billion and $1.2 billion as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. If the Company were to liquidate, the assets held by consolidated investment entities would not be available to the general creditors of the Company as a result.

Consolidated Investments

Collateral Loan Obligations (“CLO”) Entities

Certain subsidiaries of the Company structure and manage CLO entities created for the sole purpose of offering investors various maturity and risk characteristics by issuing multiple tranches of collateralized debt. The notes issued by the CLO entities are backed by diversified portfolios consisting primarily of senior secured floating rate leveraged loans.

The Company provides collateral management services to the CLO entities. In return for providing management services, the Company earns investment management fees and contingent performance fees. The Company has invested in certain of the entities, generally taking an ownership position in the unrated junior subordinated tranches. The CLO entities are structured and managed similarly but have differing fee structures and initial capital investments made by the Company. The Company’s ownership interests and management and contingent performance fees were assessed to determine if the Company is the primary beneficiary of these entities.

In August 2012, the Company sponsored a new CLO entity and determined that the Company was the primary beneficiary and therefore, the Company was required to consolidate it. The fair value of the assets and liabilities consolidated was $361.8 and $361.8, respectively, as of September 30, 2012.

As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company consolidated 7 CLOs and 5 CLOs, respectively.

Private Equity Funds and Single Strategy Hedge Funds (Limited Partnerships)

The Company invests in and manages various limited partnerships, including private equity funds and single strategy hedge funds. The Company, as a general partner or managing member of certain sponsored investment funds, is generally presumed to control the limited partnerships unless the limited partners have the substantive ability to remove the general partner without cause based upon a simple majority vote, or can otherwise dissolve the partnership, or have substantive participating rights over decision-making of the partnerships.

On June 4, 2012, certain insurance subsidiaries of the Company entered into an agreement to sell certain general account private equity limited partnership investment interest holdings with a carrying value of $812.2 as of March 31, 2012 included in Assets related to consolidated investment entities to a group of private equity funds that are managed by Pomona Management LLC, also a subsidiary of the Company. The transaction resulted in a net pre-tax loss of $91.9 in the second quarter of 2012. The transaction closed in two tranches with the first tranche closed on June 29, 2012 and the second tranche closed on October 29, 2012. Consideration received

 

F-198


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

included $50.0 of promissory notes due in two equal installments at December 31, 2013 and 2014. No additional loss was incurred on the second tranche since the fair value of the alternative investments was reduced to the agreed upon sales price as of June 30, 2012.

As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company consolidated 33 funds and 27 funds, respectively, which were structured as partnerships.

The following table summarizes the components of the consolidated investment entities, excluding collateral support for certain reinsurance contracts, as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     2012      2011  

Assets of Consolidated Investment Entities

     

VIEs – CLO entities:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 435.3       $ 98.3   

Corporate loans, at fair value using the fair value option

     2,595.2         2,162.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total CLO entities

     3,030.5         2,261.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

VOEs – Private equity funds and single strategy hedge funds:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

     50.6         38.7   

Limited partnerships/corporations, at fair value

     3,078.6         2,860.3   

Other assets

     21.3         15.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment funds

     3,150.5         2,914.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets of consolidated investment entities

   $ 6,181.0       $ 5,175.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities of Consolidated Investment Entities

     

VIEs – CLO entities:

     

CLO notes, at fair value using the fair value option

   $ 2,902.8       $ 2,057.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total CLO entities

     2,902.8         2,057.1   

VOEs – Private equity funds and single strategy hedge funds:

     

Other liabilities

     194.6         199.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment funds

     194.6         199.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities of consolidated investment entities

   $ 3,097.4       $ 2,256.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement

Upon consolidation of CLO entities, the Company elected to apply the FVO for financial assets and financial liabilities held by these entities and continued to measure these assets (primarily corporate loans) and liabilities (debt obligations issued by CLO entities) at fair value in subsequent periods. The Company has elected the FVO to more closely align its accounting with the economics of its transactions and allows the Company to more effectively align changes in the fair value of CLO assets with a commensurate change in the fair value of CLO liabilities.

Investments held by consolidated private equity funds and single strategy hedge funds are measured and reported at fair value in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Changes in the fair value of consolidated investment entities are recorded as a separate line item within Income related to Consolidated Investment Entities in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

F-199


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The methodology for measuring the fair value and fair value hierarchy classification of financial assets and liabilities of consolidated investment entities is consistent with the methodology and fair value hierarchy rules applied by the Company to its investment portfolio. Refer to the Fair Value Measurement section of the Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Policies note included in the 2011 ING U.S., Inc. Consolidated Financial Statements.

As discussed in more detail below, the Company utilizes valuations obtained from third-party commercial pricing services, brokers and investment sponsors or third-party administrators that supply NAV (or its equivalent) per share used as a practical expedient. The valuations obtained from brokers and third-party commercial pricing services are non-binding. These valuations are reviewed on a monthly or quarterly basis (dependent on the type of fund or product). Procedures include, but are not limited to, a review of underlying fund investor reports, review of top and worst performing funds requiring further scrutiny, review of variance from prior periods and review of variance from benchmarks, where applicable. In addition, the Company considers both macro and fund specific events which may impact the latest NAV supplied and determines if further adjustment of value should be made. Such changes, if any, are subject to senior management review.

When a price cannot be obtained from a commercial pricing service, independent broker quotes are solicited. Securities priced using independent broker quotes are classified as Level 3. Broker quotes and prices obtained from pricing services are reviewed and validated through an internal valuation committee price variance review, comparisons to internal pricing models, back testing to recent trades, or monitoring of trading volumes.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The carrying amounts for cash reflect the assets’ fair values. The fair value for cash equivalents is determined based on quoted market prices. These assets are classified as Level 1.

VIEs – CLO Entities

Corporate loans – Corporate loan investments, which comprise the majority of consolidated CLO portfolio collateral, are senior secured corporate loans from a variety of industries, including, but not limited to, the aerospace and defense, broadcasting, technology, utilities, household products, healthcare, oil and gas and finance industries. Corporate loans mature at various dates between 2012 and 2022, pay interest at LIBOR or PRIME plus a spread of up to 12.0% and typically range in credit rating categories from A+ down to unrated. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the unpaid principal balance exceeded the fair value of the corporate loans by approximately $47.5 and $109.0, respectively. Less than 1% of the collateral assets are in default as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

The fair values for corporate loans are determined using independent commercial pricing services. Fair value measurement based on pricing services may be classified in Level 2 or Level 3 depending on the type, complexity, observability and liquidity of the asset being measured. The inputs used by independent commercial pricing services, such as benchmark yields and credit risk adjustments, are those that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Hence, the fair value measurement of corporate loans priced by independent pricing service providers is classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

CLO notes – The CLO notes are issued in various tranches with different risk profiles. The interest rates are generally variable rates based on LIBOR plus a pre-defined spread, which varies from 0.22% for the more senior tranches to 7.00% for the more subordinated tranches. CLO notes mature at various dates between 2020 and 2022 and have a weighted average maturity of 9.0 years. The outstanding balance on the notes issued by consolidated

 

F-200


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

CLOs exceeds their fair value by approximately $151.1 and $275.0 as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The investors in this debt are not affiliated with the Company and have no recourse to the general credit of the Company for this debt.

The CLO notes are backed by a diversified loan portfolio consisting primarily of senior secured floating rate leveraged loans. Repayment risk is segmented into tranches with credit ratings of these tranches reflecting both the credit quality of underlying collateral as well as how much protection a given tranche is afforded by tranches that are subordinate to it. The most subordinated tranche bears the first loss and receives the residual payments, if any.

The fair value of the CLO notes is determined using an income approach based on present value techniques and option-pricing models (which incorporate present value techniques), driven by cash flows expected to be received from the portfolio of underlying assets. The most significant inputs include the constant annual default rate, recovery rate, recovery lag, constant annual prepayment rate, reinvestment price and spread, reinvestment of principal proceeds, call date, call price and discount rate, which are determined primarily based on the nature of the investments in the underlying collateral pool and cannot be corroborated by observable market data. Accordingly, CLO notes are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

To evaluate the reliability of the option-pricing models, the Company obtains broker-dealer pricing information from broker-dealers, which is based on the broker’s proprietary pricing models considering the deals in the market of similar quality and tranches of same priority. The broker-dealer will model the price based on projected cash flows and terminal value, which often incorporate unobservable inputs. As such, the prices are not considered official marks for CLO tranches.

In determining the fair value of subordinated tranches in which the Company retains ownership interest, similar assumptions as noted above are used to project future cash flows and determine the fair value of the CLO notes. In the event that the Company’s modeled prices differ significantly from the observed market transactions, the Company reviews its assumptions and may adjust the fair value of such subordinated and equity classes if necessary.

The following table shows significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of Level 3 assets and liabilities as of September 30, 2012:

 

Assets and Liabilities

   Fair Value      Valuation Technique    Unobservable Inputs    Estimate  

CLO Notes

   $ 2,902.8       Discounted Cash Flow    Default Rate      2.0
         Recovery Rate      70.0
         Prepayment Rate      20.0
         Discount Margin      153 bps to 1,125 bps   

The following narrative indicates the sensitivity of inputs:

 

   

Default Rate: An increase (decrease) in the expected default rate would likely increase (decrease) the discount margin (increase risk premium) used to value the CLO notes and, as a result, would potentially decrease the value of the CLO notes; however, if an increase in the expected default rates does not have a subsequent change in the discount margin used to value the CLO notes, then an increase in default rate would potentially increase the value of the CLO notes as the expected weighted average life (“WAL”) of the CLO notes would decrease.

 

   

Recovery rate: A decrease (increase) in the expected recovery of defaulted assets would potentially decrease (increase) the valuation of CLO notes.

 

F-201


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

   

Prepayment Rate: A decrease (increase) in the expected rate of collateral prepayments would potentially decrease (increase) the valuation of CLO notes as the expected WAL would increase.

 

   

Discount Margin (spread over LIBOR): An increase (decrease) in the discount margin used to value the CLO notes would decrease (increase) the value of the CLO notes.

VOEs – Private Equity Funds and Single Strategy Hedge Funds

Limited partnerships, at fair value, primarily represent the Company’s investments in private equity funds and single strategy hedge funds. The fair value for these investments is estimated based on the NAV from the latest financial statements of these funds, provided by the fund’s investment manager or third-party administrator. Investments in these funds typically may not be fully redeemed at NAV within 90 days because of inherent restrictions on near-term redemptions. Therefore, these investments are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

These consolidated investments are mostly private equity funds spread across 33 limited partnerships that focus on the primary or secondary market. The limited partnerships invest in private equity funds and, at times, make strategic co-investments directly into private equity companies, including, but not limited to, buyout, venture capital, distressed and mezzanine.

Private Equity Funds

As prescribed in ASC Topic 820, the unit of account for these investments is the interest in the investee fund. The Company owns an undivided interest in the fund portfolio and does not have the ability to dispose of individual assets and liabilities in the fund portfolio. Rather, the Company would be required to redeem or dispose of its entire interest in the investee fund. There is no current active market for interests in underlying private equity funds.

Valuation is generally based on the valuations provided by the fund’s general partner or investment manager. The valuations typically reflect the fair value of the Company’s capital account balance of each fund investment, including unrealized capital gains (losses), as reported in the financial statements of the respective investee fund as of the respective year end or the latest available date. In circumstances where fair values are not provided, the Company seeks to determine the fair value of fund investments based upon other information provided by the fund’s general partner or investment manager or from other sources. The fair value of securities received in-kind from fund investments is determined based on the restrictions around the securities.

 

   

Unrestricted, publicly traded securities are valued at the closing public market price on the reporting date;

 

   

Restricted, publicly traded securities may be valued at a discount from the closing public market price on the reporting date, depending on the circumstances; and

 

   

Privately held securities are valued by the directors/general partner of the investee fund, based on a variety of factors, including the price of recent transactions in the company’s securities and the company’s earnings, revenue and book value.

 

F-202


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Private Equity Companies

In the case of direct investments or co-investments in private equity companies, the Company initially recognizes investments at cost and subsequently adjusts investments to fair value. On a quarterly basis, the Company reviews the general partner or lead investor’s valuation of the investee company, taking into account other available information, such as indications of a market value through subsequent issues of capital or transactions between third-parties, performance of the investee company during the period and public, comparable companies analysis, where appropriate.

The fair value hierarchy levels of consolidated investment entities as of September 30, 2012 are presented in the table below:

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Fair Value
Measurements
 

Assets

           

VIEs – CLO entities:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 435.3       $ —         $ —         $ 435.3   

Corporate loans, at fair value using the fair value option

     —           2,595.2         —           2,595.2   

VOEs – Private equity funds and single strategy hedge funds:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

     50.6         —           —           50.6   

Limited partnerships/corporations, at fair value

     —           —           3,078.6         3,078.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets, at fair value

   $ 485.9       $ 2,595.2       $ 3,078.6       $ 6,159.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

VIEs – CLO entities:

           

CLO notes, at fair value using the fair value option

   $ —         $ —         $ 2,902.8       $ 2,902.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities, at fair value

   $ —         $ —         $ 2,902.8       $ 2,902.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value hierarchy levels of consolidated investment entities as of December 31, 2011 are presented in the table below:

 

     2011  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Fair Value
Measurements
 

Assets

           

VIEs – CLO entities:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 98.3       $ —         $ —         $ 98.3   

Corporate loans, at fair value using the fair value option

     —           2,162.9         —           2,162.9   

VOEs – Private equity funds and single strategy hedge funds:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

     38.7         —           —           38.7   

Limited partnerships/corporations, at fair value

     —           —           2,860.3         2,860.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets, at fair value

   $ 137.0       $ 2,162.9       $ 2,860.3       $ 5,160.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

VIEs – CLO entities:

           

CLO notes, at fair value using the fair value option

   $ —         $ —         $ 2,057.1       $ 2,057.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities, at fair value

   $ —         $ —         $ 2,057.1       $ 2,057.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-203


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Level 3 assets primarily include investments in private equity funds and single strategy hedge funds held by the consolidated VOEs, while the Level 3 liabilities consist of CLO notes. Transfers of investments out of Level 3 and into Level 2 or Level 1, if any, are recorded as of the beginning of the period in which the transfer occurred. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, there were no transfers in or out of Level 3, or transfers between Level 1 and Level 2.

The reconciliation of the beginning and ending fair value measurements for Level 3 assets and liabilities using significant unobservable inputs for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 is presented in the table below:

 

    2012  
    Beginning
Balance
January 1
    Purchases     Sales     Gains (Losses)
Included in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statement of
Operations
    Ending
Balance
September 30
 

Assets

         

VOEs – Private equity funds and single strategy hedge funds:

         

Limited partnerships/corporations, at fair value

  $ 2,860.3      $ 408.5      $ (431.3   $ 241.1      $ 3,078.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets, at fair value

  $ 2,860.3      $ 408.5      $ (431.3   $ 241.1      $ 3,078.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

         

VIEs – CLO entities:

         

CLO notes, at fair value using the fair value option

  $ (2,057.1   $ (723.8   $ 2.5      $ (124.4   $ (2,902.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, at fair value

  $ (2,057.1   $ (723.8   $ 2.5      $ (124.4   $ (2,902.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The reconciliation of the beginning and ending fair value measurements for Level 3 assets and liabilities using significant unobservable inputs for the nine months ended September 30, 2011:

 

    2011  
    Beginning
Balance
January 1
    Purchases     Sales     Gains (Losses)
Included in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statement of
Operations
    Ending
Balance
September 30
 

Assets

         

VOEs – Private equity funds and single strategy hedge funds:

         

Limited partnerships/corporations, at fair value

  $ 2,255.3      $ 922.2      $ (726.9   $ 571.7      $ 3,022.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets, at fair value

  $ 2,255.3      $ 922.2      $ (726.9   $ 571.7      $ 3,022.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

         

VIEs – CLO entities:

         

CLO notes, at fair value using the fair value option

  $ (1,627.6   $ (404.0   $ —        $ (64.6   $ (2,096.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, at fair value

  $ (1,627.6   $ (404.0   $ —        $ (64.6   $ (2,096.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-204


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Deconsolidation of Certain Investment Entities

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company did not deconsolidate any investment entities.

Nonconsolidated VIEs

CLO Entities

In addition to the consolidated CLO entities, the Company also holds variable interest in certain CLO entities which are not consolidated as it has been determined that the Company is not the primary beneficiary. With these CLO entities, the Company serves as the investment manager and receives investment management fees and contingent performance fees. Generally, the Company does not hold any interest in the nonconsolidated CLO entities. The Company has never provided, and is not obligated to provide, any financial or other support to these entities.

The Company will review its assumptions on a periodic basis to determine if conditions have changed such that the projection of these contingent fees becomes significant enough to reconsider the Company’s consolidation status as variable interest holder. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company did not hold any ownership interests in these unconsolidated CLOs.

The following table presents the September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 carrying amounts of total assets and liabilities of the VIEs in which the Company has concluded that it holds a variable interest, but is not the primary beneficiary. The Company determines its maximum exposure to loss to be: (i) the amount invested in the debt or equity of the VIE and (ii) other commitments and guarantees to the VIE.

 

     2012      2011  

Carrying amount

   $ —         $ —     

Maximum exposure to loss

     —           —     

Assets of nonconsolidated investment entities

     1,802.6         1,773.0   

Liabilities of nonconsolidated investment entities

     1,773.7         1,777.1   

Investment Funds

The Company manages or holds investments in certain private equity funds and single strategy hedge funds. With these entities, the Company serves as the investment manager and is entitled to receive investment management fees and contingent performance fees that are generally expected to be insignificant. Although the Company has the power to direct the activities that significantly impact the economic performance of the funds, it does not hold a significant variable interest in any of these funds and, as such, does not have the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the entity. Accordingly, the Company is not considered the primary beneficiary and did not consolidate any of these investment funds.

In addition, the Company does not consolidate the funds, in which its involvement takes a form of a limited partner interest and is restricted to a role of a passive investor, as a limited partner’s interest does not provide the Company with any substantive kick-out or participating rights, which would overcome the presumption of control by the general partner.

 

F-205


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Securitizations

The Company invests in various tranches of securitization entities, including RMBS, CMBS and ABS. Through its investments, the Company is not obligated to provide any financial or other support to these entities. Each of the RMBS, CMBS and ABS entities are thinly capitalized by design and considered VIEs. The Company’s involvement with these entities is limited to that of a passive investor. The Company has no unilateral right to appoint or remove the servicer, special servicer, or investment manager, which are generally viewed to have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the securitization entities’ economic performance, in any of these entities, nor does the Company function in any of these roles. The Company, through its investments or other arrangements, does not have the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the entity. Therefore, the Company is not the primary beneficiary and will not consolidate any of the RMBS, CMBS and ABS entities in which it holds investments. These investments are accounted for as investments available-for-sale as described in the Fair Value Measurements note to these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and unrealized capital gains (losses) on these securities are recorded directly in AOCI, except for certain RMBS which are accounted for under the FVO whose change in fair value is reflected in Other net realized gains (losses) in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss on these structured investments is limited to the amount of its investment. Refer to the Investments note of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for details regarding the carrying amounts and classifications of these assets.

 

14. Segments

The Company provides its principal products and services in three ongoing businesses and reports results through five ongoing segments as follows:

 

Business

  

Segment

Retirement Solutions   

Retirement

 

Annuities

 

Investment Management   

Investment Management

 

Insurance Solutions   

Individual Life

 

Employee Benefits

The Company also has a Corporate segment, which includes the financial data not directly related to the businesses and Closed Block segments, which include non-strategic products that are in run-off and no longer being actively marketed and sold.

These segments reflect the manner by which the Company’s chief operating decision maker views and manages the business. The following is a brief description of these segments, as well as Corporate and Closed Block segments.

Retirement Solutions

The Retirement Solutions business provides its products through two segments: Retirement and Annuities. The Retirement segment provides tax-deferred, employer-sponsored retirement savings plans and administrative services in corporate, health, education and government markets, as well as rollover IRA and other retail financial products. The Annuities segment primarily provides fixed, indexed and payout annuities and custodial mutual funds for pre-retirement wealth accumulation and post-retirement income management, primarily sold through multiple channels.

 

F-206


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Investment Management

The Investment Management business provides investment products and retirement solutions through a broad range of traditional and alternative asset classes, geographies and styles, in separate accounts, pooled accounts, annuity portfolios and mutual funds. Products and services are offered to institutional clients, including public, corporate and union retirement plans, endowments and foundations and insurance companies, as well as individual investors and affiliated U.S. businesses and are distributed through the Company’s direct sales force, consultant channel and intermediary partners (such as banks, broker-dealers and independent financial advisers).

Insurance Solutions

The Insurance Solutions business provides its products through two segments: Individual Life and Employee Benefits. The Individual Life segment provides wealth protection and transfer opportunities through universal, variable and term life products, distributed through an independent channel, strategic distribution channel and specialty markets channel to meet personal and business needs of a broad range of customers from the middle market to the mass affluent. The Employee Benefits segment provides life, stop loss, disability and voluntary employee paid products to mid-sized and large businesses.

Corporate

Corporate includes corporate operations and corporate level assets and financial obligations. The Corporate segment includes investment income on assets backing surplus in excess of amounts held at the segment level, financing and interest expenses, other items not allocated to segments, such as certain expenses and liabilities of employee benefit plans and intercompany eliminations.

Closed Blocks

Closed Blocks include the Closed Block Variable Annuity, Closed Block Institutional Spread Products and Closed Block Other, which are in run-off. Closed Block Variable Annuity and Closed Block Institutional Spread Products (which issues guaranteed investment contracts and funding agreements) are no longer being actively marketed and sold, but are managed to minimize capital risk. The Closed Block Other segment mainly consists of the contingent consideration and loss related to the 2010 sale of three of the Company’s broker dealers and the amortization of the deferred gain related to the divestment of Group Reinsurance in 2010 via reinsurance and the Individual Reinsurance segment that was divested in 2004 via reinsurance.

Measurement

Operating income (loss) before income taxes is an internal measure used by management to evaluate segment performance. The Company uses the same accounting policies and procedures to measure segment operating income (loss) before income taxes as it does for consolidated net income (loss). Operating income (loss) before income taxes does not replace net income (loss) as the U.S. GAAP measure of the Company’s consolidated results of operations. However, the Company believes that the definitions of operating income (loss) before income taxes provide users with a more valuable measure of its business and segment performances and enhance the understanding of the Company’s performance by highlighting performance drivers. Each segment’s income (loss) before income taxes is calculated by making adjustments for the following items:

 

   

Net investment gains (losses), net of related amortization of DAC, VOBA, sales inducements and unearned revenue. Net investment gains (losses) include gains (losses) on the sale of securities, impairments, changes in the fair value of investments using the FVO unrelated to the implied loan-

 

F-207


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

backed security income recognition for certain mortgage-backed obligations and changes in the fair value of derivative instruments, excluding realized gains (losses) associated with swap settlements and accrued interest;

 

   

Net guaranteed benefit hedging gains (losses), which include changes in the fair value of derivatives related to guaranteed benefits, net of related reserve increases (decreases) and net of related amortization of DAC, VOBA and sales inducements, less the estimated cost of these benefits. The estimated cost, which is reflected in operating results, reflects the expected cost of these benefits if markets perform in line with the Company’s long-term expectations and includes the cost of hedging. All other derivative and reserve changes related to guaranteed benefits are excluded from operating results, including the impacts related to changes in the Company’s nonperformance spread;

 

   

Income (loss) related to business exited through reinsurance or divestment;

 

   

Income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests;

 

   

Income (loss) related to early extinguishment of debt;

 

   

Impairment of goodwill, value of management contract rights and value of customer relationships acquired;

 

   

Immediate recognition of net actuarial gains (losses) related to the Company’s pension and other post-employment benefit obligations and losses related to curtailments; and

 

   

Other items, including restructuring expenses (severance, lease write-offs, etc.), integration expenses related to the Company’s acquisition of CitiStreet and certain third-party expenses related to the anticipated divestment of the Company by ING Group.

Operating income (loss) before income taxes also does not reflect the results of operations of the Company’s Closed Block Variable Annuity segment, since this segment is managed to focus on protecting regulatory reserves and rating agency capital rather than achieving operating metrics. When the Company presents the adjustments to Income (loss) before income taxes on a consolidated basis, each adjustment excludes the relative portions attributable to the Company’s Closed Block Variable Annuity segment.

 

F-208


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

The summary below reconciles operating income (loss) before income taxes for the segments to Income (loss) before income taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2012             2011      

Retirement Solutions:

    

Retirement

   $ 340.4      $ 371.9   

Annuities

     95.9        187.8   

Investment Management

     103.3        74.4   

Insurance Solutions:

    

Individual Life

     141.6        240.6   

Employee Benefits

     80.8        62.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Ongoing Businesses

     762.0        937.0   

Corporate

     (138.7     (134.2

Closed Blocks:

    

Closed Block Institutional Spread Products

     41.0        68.3   

Closed Block Other

     44.9        (13.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closed Blocks

     85.9        55.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating income (loss) before income taxes

     709.2        857.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments:

    

Closed Block Variable Annuity

     (525.0     944.6   

Net investment gains and related charges and adjustments

     400.8        39.9   

Net guaranteed benefit hedging losses and related charges and adjustments

     113.9        (178.2

Loss related to businesses exited through reinsurance or divestment

     (34.1     (24.9

Income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     222.4        123.0   

Immediate recognition of net actuarial (losses) gains related to the Company’s pension and other post-employment benefit obligations and impacts related to curtailments

     (108.4     —     

Other adjustments to operating income

     (64.7     (51.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 714.1      $ 1,710.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating revenues is a measure of the Company’s segment revenues. The Company calculates operating revenues by adjusting each segment’s revenues for the following items:

 

   

Net realized investment gains (losses) and related charges and adjustments include gains (losses) on the sale of securities, impairments, changes in the fair value of investments using the fair value option (“FVO”) unrelated to the implied loan-backed security income recognition for certain mortgage-backed obligations and changes in the fair value of derivative instruments, excluding realized gains (losses) associated with swap settlements and accrued interest. These are net of related amortization of unearned revenue;

 

   

Loss on change in fair value of derivatives related to guaranteed benefits include changes in the fair value of derivatives related to guaranteed benefits, less the estimated cost of these benefits. The estimated cost, which is reflected in operating results, reflects the expected cost of these benefits if markets perform in line with the Company’s long-term expectations and includes the cost of hedging. All other derivative and reserve changes related to guaranteed benefits are excluded from operating revenues, including the impacts related to changes in the Company’s nonperformance spread;

 

F-209


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

   

Revenues related to businesses exited through reinsurance or divestment;

 

   

Revenues attributable to noncontrolling interests; and

 

   

Other adjustments to operating revenues primarily reflect fee income earned by the Company’s broker-dealers for sales of non-proprietary products, which are reflected net of commission expense in the Company’s segments’ operating revenues.

Operating revenues also do not reflect the revenues of the Company’s Closed Block Variable Annuity segment, since this segment is managed to focus on protecting regulatory reserves and rating agency capital rather than achieving operating metrics. When the Company presents the adjustments to Total revenues on a consolidated basis, each adjustment excludes the relative portions attributable to the Company’s Closed Block Variable Annuity segment.

The summary below reconciles operating revenues for the segments to Total revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2012             2011      

Retirement Solutions:

    

Retirement

   $ 1,701.4      $ 1,727.1   

Annuities

     989.6        1,083.1   

Investment Management

     403.0        381.8   

Insurance Solutions:

    

Individual Life

     2,099.7        2,083.4   

Employee Benefits

     937.6        941.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Ongoing Businesses

     6,131.3        6,217.0   

Corporate

     46.7        (31.0

Closed Blocks:

    

Closed Block Institutional Spread Products

     103.2        149.3   

Closed Block Other

     29.6        42.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closed Blocks

     132.8        191.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

     6,310.8        6,377.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments:

    

Closed Block Variable Annuity

     (138.1     2,073.7   

Net realized investment gains (loss) and related charges and adjustments

     553.9        134.4   

Revenues (loss) on change in fair value of derivatives related to guaranteed benefits

     112.6        (268.1

Revenues (loss) related to businesses exited through reinsurance or divestment

     63.5        101.6   

Revenues (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     347.8        279.7   

Other adjustments to operating revenues

     161.0        159.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 7,411.5      $ 8,858.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-210


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Segment Information

The following is a summary of certain financial information for the Company’s segments for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

The Investment Management segment revenues include the following intersegment revenues, primarily consisting of asset-based management and administration fees.

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
           2012                  2011        

Investment management intersegment revenues

   $ 117.3       $ 123.9   

The summary below presents Total assets for the Company’s segments as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

           2012                  2011        

Retirement Solutions:

     

Retirement

   $ 84,139.4       $ 76,076.8   

Annuities

     28,280.0         29,969.5   

Investment Management

     451.7         507.6   

Insurance Solutions:

     

Individual Life

     25,315.7         24,527.8   

Employee Benefits

     2,688.1         2,586.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Ongoing Businesses

     140,874.9         133,668.3   

Corporate

     5,952.0         3,328.6   

Closed Blocks:

     

Closed Block Variable Annuity

     48,748.9         47,564.3   

Closed Block Institutional Spread Products

     5,062.7         6,234.7   

Closed Block Other

     8,385.3         8,821.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closed Blocks

     62,196.9         62,620.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets of segments

     209,023.8         199,617.5   

Noncontrolling interest

     5,186.8         3,955.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 214,210.6       $ 203,572.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-211


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Schedule I—Summary of Investments Other Than Investments in Affiliates

Schedule II— Condensed Financial Information of Parent

Schedule III—Supplementary Insurance Information

Schedule IV—Reinsurance

Schedule V—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

F-212


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Schedule I

Summary of Investments Other than Investments in Affiliates

As of December 31, 2011

(In millions)

 

Type of Investments    Cost      Value      Amount
Shown on
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
 

Fixed maturities:

        

U.S. Treasuries

   $ 5,283.8       $ 5,972.5       $ 5,972.5   

U.S. government agencies and authorities

     643.1         727.8         727.8   

State, municipalities, and political subdivisions

     375.1         393.9         393.9   

Public utilities

     6,625.6         7,348.3         7,348.3   

Other corporate securities

     23,860.9         26,124.8         26,124.8   

Foreign securities (1)

     14,041.9         15,067.4         15,067.4   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     7,935.0         9,048.1         9,048.1   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     5,387.1         5,485.4         5,485.4   

Other asset-backed securities

     2,727.0         2,501.2         2,501.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities, including securities pledged

     66,879.5         72,669.4         72,669.4   

Equity securities, available-for-sale

     320.6         353.8         353.8   

Short-term investments

     3,572.7         3,572.7         3,572.7   

Mortgage loans on real estate

     8,691.1         8,943.7         8,691.1   

Loan – Dutch State obligation

     1,792.7         1,806.4         1,792.7   

Policy loans

     2,263.9         2,263.9         2,263.9   

Limited partnerships/corporations

     599.6         599.6         599.6   

Derivatives

     224.1         2,660.9         2,660.9   

Other investments

     215.1         220.1         215.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 84,559.3       $ 93,090.5       $ 92,819.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

The term “foreign” includes foreign governments, foreign political subdivisions, foreign public utilities, and all other bonds of foreign issuers. Substantially all of the Company’s foreign securities are denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

F-213


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Schedule II

Condensed Financial Information of Parent

Condensed Balance Sheets

(In millions, except share data)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011     2010  

Assets

    

Investments:

    

Equity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value (cost of $65.6 at 2011 and $74.5 at 2010)

   $ 69.4      $ 85.5   

Derivatives

     137.1        135.6   

Investments in subsidiaries

     14,867.0        12,693.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

     15,073.5        12,914.2   

Cash and cash equivalents

     1.3        3.0   

Loans to subsidiaries

     179.4        1,049.6   

Due from subsidiaries

     6.3        9.2   

Current income taxes

     —          296.0   

Deferred income taxes

     263.0        311.0   

Other assets

     55.7        54.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 15,579.2      $ 14,637.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity

    

Short-term debt

   $ 2,911.0      $ 6,315.8   

Long-term debt

     —          1,000.0   

Derivatives

     71.5        440.7   

Due to affiliates

     16.2        25.9   

Current income taxes

     214.0        —     

Other liabilities

     12.6        24.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     3,225.3        7,807.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholder’s equity:

    

Common stock (200,000 shares authorized, 100,207 issued and outstanding; $0.01 par value per share)

     —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

     22,867.5        18,827.3   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     2,595.0        973.3   

Retained earnings (deficit):

    

Appropriated

     126.5        177.2   

Unappropriated

     (13,235.1     (13,147.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ING U.S., Inc. shareholder’s equity

     12,353.9        6,830.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity

   $ 15,579.2      $ 14,637.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this Condensed Financial Information.

 

F-214


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Schedule II

Condensed Financial Information of Parent

Condensed Statements of Operations

(In millions)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Revenues:

      

Net investment income

   $ 10.9      $ 19.7      $ 25.5   

Net realized capital losses

     (42.2     (155.8     (24.4

Credit facility fees

     4.6        5.4        3.6   

Other income

     15.1        13.8        9.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     (11.6     (116.9     14.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses:

      

Interest expense

     61.7        249.0        290.4   

Other expense

     11.9        11.9        3.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     73.6        260.9        294.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes and equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     (85.2     (377.8     (280.1

Income tax expense

     363.0        151.0        490.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     (448.2     (528.8     (770.1

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     360.1        405.9        166.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder

   $ (88.1   $ (122.9   $ (603.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this Condensed Financial Information.

 

F-215


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Schedule II

Condensed Financial Information of Parent

Condensed Statements of Comprehensive Income

(In millions)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Net loss available to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder

   $ (88.1   $ (122.9   $ (603.2

Other comprehensive income, after tax

     1,621.7        2,316.2        3,060.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder

   $ 1,533.6      $ 2,193.3      $ 2,456.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this Condensed Financial Information.

 

F-216


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Schedule II

Condensed Financial Information of Parent

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

(In millions)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

      

Net loss available to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder

   $ (88.1   $ (122.9   $ (603.2

Adjustments to reconcile net loss available to ING U.S., Inc.’s common shareholder to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     (360.1     (405.9     (166.9

Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes

     48.0        1,164.0        (699.0

Loss on conversion of debt to equity

     —          108.3        —     

Realized investment losses, net

     42.2        155.8        24.4   

Change in:

      

Receivable and asset accruals

     295.1        (295.0     49.9   

Due from subsidiaries

     2.9        27.0        26.7   

Due to subsidiaries

     (2.3     (30.6     (14.3

Other payables and accruals

     196.7        (89.1     (5.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     134.4        511.6        (1,387.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

      

Proceeds from the sale, maturity, disposal or redemption of equity securities, available-for-sale

     21.2        37.0        53.9   

Acquisition of equity securities, available-for-sale

     (12.5     (24.0     (28.8

Cash received on interest rate swaps

     13.9        54.7        76.7   

Cash paid on interest rate swaps

     (424.3     (252.7     (565.3

Long-term intercompany loans issued to subsidiaries

     —          —          (65.0

Maturity of long-term intercompany loans issued to subsidiaries

     13.9        43.2        —     

Net maturity of intercompany loans to subsidiaries

     856.3        482.8        660.1   

Return of capital contributions from subsidiaries

     200.0        688.1        411.8   

Capital contributions to subsidiaries

     (377.0     (1,597.0     (3,600.4

Collateral delivered

     (2.5     (75.8     (5.3

Loan issued to third party

     —          (50.0     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     289.0        (693.7     (3,062.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this Condensed Financial Information.

 

F-217


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Schedule II

Condensed Financial Information of Parent

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

(In millions)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

      

Short-term debt, net

     (622.0     (121.1     (857.4

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     548.5        265.1        1,544.1   

Repayment of long-term debt

     (573.8     (319.9     (1,667.2

Net (repayments of) proceeds from loans to subsidiaries

     (40.8     (15.4     2,061.1   

Net proceeds from loans payable to ING Insurance

     263.0        —          1,695.0   

Contributions of capital from ING Insurance

     —          374.5        1,617.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (425.1     183.2        4,392.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (1.7     1.1        (57.3

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     3.0        1.9        59.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 1.3      $ 3.0      $ 1.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

      

Interest paid

   $ 52.6      $ 149.0      $ 282.4   

Non-cash financing activity:

      

Debt extinguishment

   $ 3,979.7      $ 3,000.0      $ —     

Capital contribution

     3,979.7        3,108.3        —     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this Condensed Financial Information.

 

F-218


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Schedule II

Notes to Condensed Financial Information of Parent

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

1. Basis of Presentation

The condensed financial information of ING U.S., Inc. (name changed from ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc.) should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of ING U.S., Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”) and the notes thereto (the “Consolidated Financial Statements”). ING U.S., Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Insurance International B.V., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Verzekeringen N.V. (“ING Insurance”), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Insurance Topholding N.V., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Groep N.V. (“ING”), the ultimate parent company. ING is a global financial services holding company based in The Netherlands.

The accompanying condensed financial information reflects the results of operations, financial position and cash flows for ING U.S., Inc. The condensed financial information is in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and require management to adopt accounting policies and make certain estimates and assumptions. Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

 

2. Loans to Subsidiaries

ING U.S., Inc. maintains reciprocal loan agreements with subsidiaries to facilitate unanticipated short-term cash requirements that arise in the ordinary course of business. Under these life agreements, the limitations on borrowing are based on the nature of the subsidiary’s operations. For reciprocal loan agreements with insurance companies, the amounts that either party may borrow from the other under the agreement vary, depending on the state of domicile, and are equal to 2%-5% of the insurance subsidiary’s statutory net admitted assets, excluding separate accounts, as of the preceding December 31. For reciprocal loan agreements with non-insurance subsidiaries, the limits vary and are set by management based on an assessment of the financial position of the subsidiary. Interest on any borrowing by a subsidiary is charged at the rate of ING U.S., Inc.’s cost of funds for the interest period, plus 0.15%. Borrowings by ING Alternative Asset Management LLC (“IAAM”) occur to enable IAAM to make capital contributions to the ING Multi-Strategy Opportunity Fund LLC (“the fund”), the fund that it manages. The applicable variable interest rate is equal to the rate of return on capital invested in the fund.

 

Subsidiaries    Rate     Maturity Date      2011      2010  

ING Alternative Asset Management LLC

     6.06% / -4.8     6/30/2012       $ 7.9       $ 21.8   

ING Financial Products Company, Inc.

     0.8     1/3/2012         1.0         —     

ING Financial Products Company, Inc.

     1.0     1/3/2012         24.0         —     

ING Financial Products Company, Inc.

     1.0     1/4/2012         23.0         —     

ING Financial Products Company, Inc.

     1.0     1/6/2012         32.0         —     

ING Institutional Plan Services, LLC

     1.18     1/3/2012         4.0         —     

ING Institutional Plan Services, LLC

     1.18     1/4/2012         4.0         —     

ING Institutional Plan Services, LLC

     1.18     1/12/2012         10.0         —     

ING Institutional Plan Services, LLC

     1.18     1/13/2012         20.0         —     

ING North America Insurance Corporation

     0.9     1/3/2012         23.5         —     

ING Payroll Management, Inc.

     0.9     1/3/2012         6.0         —     

Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc.

     1.2     1/11/2011         —           983.1   

Security Life of Denver International Limited

     1.05%-1.18     1/6/2012         6.0         20.5   

Security Life of Denver International Limited

     1.15%-1.18     1/13/2012         18.0         24.2   
       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        $ 179.4       $ 1,049.6   
       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-219


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Schedule II

Notes to Condensed Financial Information of Parent

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

Interest income earned on loans to subsidiaries of $8.1, $16.1 and $25.8 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, is included in net investment income.

 

3. Financing Agreements

Short-term Debt

The following table summarizes ING U.S., Inc.’s short-term debt and the related weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

                   Weighted
Average Rate
 
     2011      2010      2011     2010  

Commercial paper

   $ 554.6       $ 1,203.6         1.19     1.37

Inter-company financing – parent

     —           2,715.0         —          1.50

Inter-company financing – subsidiaries

     2,356.4         2,397.2         0.30     0.27
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total

   $ 2,911.0       $ 6,315.8        
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Commercial Paper

ING U.S., Inc. has a commercial paper program with an authorized capacity of $3.0 billion. ING U.S., Inc. commercial paper borrowings have been generally used to fund the working capital needs of the Company and provide short-term liquidity.

Inter-company financing

ING U.S., Inc. has an outstanding loan with ING Insurance at December 31, 2011 and 2010 under a common master note agreement. Refer to “Affiliated Financing Agreements” in the Related Party Transactions note to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Under the reciprocal loan agreements with subsidiaries, interest on any borrowing by ING U.S., Inc. from a subsidiary is charged at a rate based on the prevailing interest rate of U.S. commercial paper available for purchase with a similar duration.

Long-term Debt

The following table summarizes ING U.S., Inc.’s long-term debt securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Interest
Rate
    2011      2010  

ING Floating Rate Note, due January 4, 2012

     0.50   $ —         $ 1,000.0   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     $ —         $ 1,000.0   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010, and when the debt was paid on June 21, 2011, ING U.S., Inc. was in compliance with all debt covenants related to the borrowings in the table above.

Credit Facilities

ING U.S., Inc. maintains credit facilities used primarily for collateral required under affiliated reinsurance transactions and also for general corporate purposes. Unsecured and uncommitted letter of credit (“LOC”)

 

F-220


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Schedule II

Notes to Condensed Financial Information of Parent

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

facilities totaled $4.4 billion and unsecured and committed facilities totaled $3.3 billion. ING U.S., Inc. additionally has approximately $10.0 of secured facilities. Of the aggregate $7.7 billion capacity available, ING U.S., Inc. utilized $6.6 billion in LOCs outstanding as of December 31, 2011. Total fees associated with credit facilities in 2011, 2010 and 2009 totaled $103.2, $93.5 and $15.2, respectively.

Guarantees

ING U.S., Inc. provides an indemnification of a limited nature, effective on December 19, 2011, in connection with an $825.0 securities lending agreement between the KCL Master Trust (“Master Trust”) and ING Bank, N.V. (“ING Bank”). In the event of default on the securities lending agreement by the Master Trust, ING U.S., Inc. is required to indemnify ING Bank for the outstanding obligations of the Master Trust. This agreement and the related indemnification were entered into to obtain collateral to support the Company’s reinsurance obligations and are effective for the duration that the collateral remains outstanding. This agreement expires on December 31, 2013.

ING U.S., Inc. provides various indemnifications of securities lending agreements between the Master Trust and third-party banks. In the event of default on the securities lending agreements by the Master Trust, ING U.S., Inc. is required to indemnify the third-party banks for the outstanding obligations of the Master Trust. These agreements and the related indemnifications amounted to $400.0, $750.0 and $750.0, effective January 26, 2011, August 19, 2011 and November 9, 2011, respectively, and were entered into to obtain collateral to support the Company’s reinsurance obligations and are effective for the duration that the collateral remains outstanding. The $400.0 transaction was not renewed in 2012, and ING U.S., Inc.’s indemnification terminated on January 26, 2012.

ING U.S., Inc. entered into surplus maintenance agreements with Whisperingwind I, Whisperingwind II and Whisperingwind III, captive insurance subsidiaries subject to regulation by the South Carolina Department of Insurance, on September 30, 2010, November 1, 2007 and June 28, 2007, respectively. The Whisperingwind I agreement was entered into in conjunction with a LOC provided by the subsidiary as part of a reinsurance transaction whereby ING U.S., Inc. agreed to cause Whisperingwind I to maintain Total Adjusted Capital of the greater of 100% Authorized Control Level Risk Based Capital or $0.25 plus the present value of certain facility fees. This facility has been replaced with a portion of the funding provided by the September 6, 2012 transaction as described in the Subsequent Events note to this Condensed Financial Information. The Whisperingwind II and Whisperingwind III agreements were entered into in conjunction with the issuance of surplus notes by the respective subsidiary as part of reinsurance transactions whereby ING U.S., Inc. agreed to cause Whisperingwind II and Whisperingwind III to maintain Adjusted Capital and Surplus at 200% of its Company Action Level Risk Based Capital.

ING U.S., Inc. entered into a surplus maintenance agreement with Roaring River II, a captive insurance subsidiary subject to regulation by the Missouri Department of Insurance, on December 31, 2010, in conjunction with a LOC provided by the subsidiary as part of a reinsurance transaction whereby ING U.S., Inc. agrees to cause Roaring River II to maintain Adjusted Capital and Surplus at 250% of its Company Action Level Risk Based Capital. The Roaring River II agreement includes a provision for capital contributions to be made in the event certain mortality thresholds are exceeded by Roaring River II.

These surplus maintenance agreements are effective for the duration of the in-force policies subject to the related reinsurance transactions. Maximum potential obligations are not specified in the agreements and therefore, it is not possible to determine the maximum potential amounts due under these guarantees.

 

F-221


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Schedule II

Notes to Condensed Financial Information of Parent

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

ING Insurance issued a $500.0 loan to Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc. on August 9, 2007. This loan has interest rate at LIBOR plus .05% and matures on August 10, 2012. Upon issuance of this loan, ING U.S., Inc. entered into an agreement in which it guaranteed all obligations under the loan agreement to ING Insurance.

Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc. issued $50.0 of Trust Originated Preferred Securities (“ToPR”) on April 3, 1997. As of December 31, 2011, a total par value amount of $13.0 remains outstanding. These securities have a fixed interest rate of 8.424% and mature on April 1, 2027. On January 27, 2003, ING U.S., Inc. entered into an agreement in which it guaranteed the full payment when due of all obligations under ToPR.

Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc. entered into a Capital Assurance Agreement with ING National Trust effective May 23, 2007. ING National Trust is required to maintain a minimum capital level of $2.0 to comply with Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) capital and liquidity requirements. Pursuant to the Capital Assurance Agreement, if at any time ING National Trust’s capital level falls below the minimum capital requirement, Lion Connecticut Holdings agrees to contribute capital up to the minimum capital requirement. This agreement is effective until terminated upon mutual agreement of ING National Trust and Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc. The maximum potential obligation is not specified or applicable. Since these obligations are not subject to limitations, it is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount due under these guarantees. Additionally, should Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc. be unable to contribute capital under the Agreement, ING U.S., Inc. has agreed to perform such duties.

Effective February 25, 2000, ING U.S., Inc. entered into a Corporate Guarantee Agreement with a third party ceding insurer where ING U.S., Inc. guarantees the reinsurance obligations of Security Life of Denver Insurance Company assumed under a reinsurance agreement with the third party cedent. The maximum potential obligation is not specified or applicable. Since these obligations are not subject to limitations, it is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount due under these guarantees.

There were no assets or liabilities recognized by ING U.S., Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 in relation to these intercompany indemnifications and support agreements. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, no circumstances existed in which ING U.S., Inc. was required to currently perform under these indemnifications and support agreements.

 

4. Return of Capital

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, ING U.S., Inc. received returns of capital from the following subsidiaries:

 

     2011      2010      2009  

Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc.

   $ —         $ 688.1       $ 207.8   

North America Insurance Corporation

     —           —           204.0   

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

     200.0         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 200.0       $ 688.1       $ 411.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

5. Income Taxes

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, ING U.S., Inc. held deferred tax assets of $263.0 and $311.0, respectively, related to carryforwards which have not been realized by its subsidiaries but have been reimbursed to the subsidiaries by ING U.S., Inc. pursuant to the tax allocation agreement. These deferred tax assets were primarily

 

F-222


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Schedule II

Notes to Condensed Financial Information of Parent

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

comprised of payments associated with federal net operating loss, state net operating loss, federal tax capital loss, and credit carryforwards.

Valuation allowances have been applied to these deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 at the subsidiary level. The character, amount, and estimated expiration date of the carryforwards and the related allowances are disclosed in the Income Taxes note to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

6. Subsequent Events

On April 12, 2012, the maturity for ING U.S., Inc.’s $500.0 floating rate loan agreement with ING Insurance was extended until April 29, 2016.

On April 20, 2012, the Company entered into a $5.0 billion Senior Unsecured Credit Facility (“Credit Facility”) with a syndicate of banks, replacing financing that was either internally funded or guaranteed by ING Insurance. As part of the Credit Facility, the Company entered into a committed Revolving Credit Agreement (“Revolving Credit Agreement”). The Revolving Credit Agreement includes a $3.5 billion LOC facility that includes a revolving credit sublimit of $1.5 billion. The total outstanding amount of LOCs and revolving credit outstanding may not exceed $3.5 billion. ING Bank, an affiliate of the Company, has committed up to $250.0 in financing as a member of the syndicate which entered into the Revolving Credit Agreement. The cost of LOCs and revolving loans vary depending on the current credit rating of the Company and currently is LIBOR plus 200 basis points. The Revolving Credit Agreement expires on April 20, 2015 at which time any outstanding amounts are due.

As part of the Credit Facility, the Company also entered into a $1.5 billion syndicated Term Loan Agreement (“Term Loan Agreement”). The Company pays interest under the Term Loan Agreement at a variable rate based on the current credit rating of the Company and currently is LIBOR plus 200 basis points. The Company is required to make principal payments totaling 5.0% of the original borrowing amount each 3 months for the first 12 months of the Loan Agreement and 7.5% each 3 months for the second 12 months. The Loan Agreement expires on April 20, 2014 at which time all remaining borrowed amounts are due.

ING Bank acted as Joint Lead Arranger, Joint Book Manager, and Documentation Agent for these transactions. For these services, ING Bank received various fees totaling $3.3.

The Company replaced $1.4 billion of LOCs issued under a $2.5 billion Syndicated LOC Facility entered into on May 4, 2010, with LOCs issued under the Revolving Credit Agreement on April 20, 2012. LOCs issued by ING Bank under the Revolving Credit Agreement amounted to $101.4.

Also on April 20, 2012, proceeds amounting to $2.0 billion from the Credit Facility were used by the Company to repay intercompany loans and for general corporate purposes. The Company continues to maintain reciprocal loan agreements with affiliates.

On June 4, 2012, certain insurance subsidiaries of the Company entered into an agreement to sell certain general account private equity limited partnership investment interest holdings with a carrying value of $812.2 as of March 31, 2012 to a group of private equity funds that are managed by Pomona Management LLC, also a subsidiary of the Company. The transaction resulted in a net pre-tax loss of $91.9 in the second quarter of 2012. The transaction closed in two tranches with the first tranche closed on June 29, 2012 and the second tranche closed on October 29, 2012. Consideration received included $50.0 of promissory notes due in two equal installments at December 31, 2013 and 2014. In connection with these promissory notes, ING U.S., Inc. unconditionally guaranteed payment of the notes in the event of any default of payments due.

 

F-223


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Schedule II

Notes to Condensed Financial Information of Parent

(Dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise stated)

 

On July 13, 2012, the Company issued $850.0 in 5.5% unsecured Senior Notes due 2022 (the “2022 Notes”) in a private placement with registration rights. The 2022 Notes are guaranteed by Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Interest is paid semi-annually on each January 15 and July 15, commencing on January 15, 2013. ING Financial Markets, LLC, an affiliate, served as Joint Book Running Manager and was paid $0.3 for its services. The Company used the proceeds of the 2022 Notes to repay $500.0 of the direct borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement. As a result of the issuance of the $850.0 2022 Notes, the revolving credit borrowing sublimit was reduced by 50% of the issuance to $1,075.0. The remaining proceeds of the 2022 Notes will be used for general corporate purposes including the retirement of commercial paper.

On September 6, 2012, the Company entered into a Reimbursement Agreement with a third party bank providing for an initial $390.0 of funding in the form of a variable funding trust note and letters of credit. This funding can increase up to $1.2 billion prior to the scheduled maturity date of the transaction in June 2022 and will be used to support the reinsurance obligations of the Company’s captive subsidiary, Roaring River III, LLC.

 

F-224


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Schedule III

Supplementary Insurance Information

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010

(In millions)

 

Segment

   DAC and
VOBA
     Future Policy
Benefits and
Contract Owner
Account
Balances
     Unearned
Premiums (1)
 

2011

        

Retirement Solutions:

        

Retirement

   $ 987.4       $ 26,370.9       $ —     

Annuities

     606.6         25,260.3         —     

Insurance Solutions:

        

Individual Life

     2,067.9         17,246.6         0.1   

Employee Benefits

     94.8         2,002.8         1.4   

Investment Management

     1.8         —           —     

Corporate

     7.3         128.4         —     

Closed Blocks:

        

Variable Annuity

     586.4         5,382.4         —     

Institutional Spread Products

     0.1         5,422.6         —     

Other

     —           6,544.4         0.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,352.3       $ 88,358.4       $ 1.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2010

        

Retirement Solutions:

        

Retirement

   $ 1,378.8       $ 24,252.4       $ —     

Annuities

     307.0         26,006.7         —     

Insurance Solutions:

        

Individual Life

     2,633.6         16,901.8         0.1   

Employee Benefits

     91.0         1,973.1         1.3   

Investment Management

     2.5         —           —     

Corporate

     —           37.5         —     

Closed Blocks:

        

Variable Annuity

     625.3         2,790.5         —     

Institutional Spread Products

     0.1         4,998.2         —     

Other

     —           6,682.6         0.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,038.3       $ 83,642.8       $ 1.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Represents unearned premiums associated with short-duration products of the Company’s accidental and health business.

 

F-225


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Schedule III

Supplementary Insurance Information

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In millions)

 

Segment

   Net
Investment
Income (1)(2)
    Premiums
and Fee
Income (1)(2)
    Interest
Credited
and Other
Benefits
to Contract
Owners
    Amortization
of DAC and
VOBA
    Other
Operating
Expenses (1)(2)
     Premiums
Written
(Excluding
Life)
 

2011

             

Retirement Solutions:

             

Retirement

   $ 1,733.7      $ 721.7      $ 826.2      $ 149.5      $ 1,095.6       $ —     

Annuities

     1,494.6        63.9        978.0        (159.4     126.7         —     

Insurance Solutions:

             

Individual Life

     1,009.5        1,810.0        1,872.5        328.6        332.9         0.1   

Employee Benefits

     143.7        1,125.2        917.7        15.9        229.3         575.2   

Investment Management

     (123.9     529.3        —          4.1        463.8         —     

Corporate

     222.8        (169.5     78.4        (7.5     234.8         —     

Closed Blocks:

             

Variable Annuity

     85.8        1,280.7        890.2        55.2        413.8         —     

Institutional Spread Products

     372.4        2.4        89.0        0.6        11.3         —     

Other

     30.2        9.9        90.0        —          122.6         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,968.8      $ 5,373.6      $ 5,742.0      $ 387.0      $ 3,030.8       $ 575.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

2010

             

Retirement Solutions:

             

Retirement

   $ 1,672.5      $ 714.4      $ 797.9      $ 50.9      $ 1,131.4       $ —     

Annuities

     1,528.6        91.4        1,091.9        182.2        131.0         —     

Insurance Solutions:

             

Individual Life

     1,038.3        1,622.3        1,742.7        237.4        325.0         0.1   

Employee Benefits

     143.2        1,152.5        943.5        19.4        232.9         537.5   

Investment Management

     (92.4     491.9        —          4.1        460.6         —     

Corporate

     192.0        (162.2     (1.7     —          139.0         —     

Closed Blocks:

             

Variable Annuity

     51.9        1,285.7        240.2        252.7        398.6         —     

Institutional Spread Products

     434.1        2.6        152.8        0.6        13.8         —     

Other

     18.8        25.4        60.0        (0.7     201.2         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,987.0      $ 5,224.0      $ 5,027.3      $ 746.6      $ 3,033.5       $ 537.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

2009

             

Retirement Solutions:

             

Retirement

   $ 1,549.2      $ 673.7      $ 781.9      $ 27.3      $ 1,035.6       $ —     

Annuities

     1,626.3        51.9        1,011.9        157.9        114.5         —     

Insurance Solutions:

             

Individual Life

     1,056.1        1,531.3        1,634.5        205.2        299.0         0.1   

Employee Benefits

     107.8        1,260.3        1,067.7        9.4        242.9         490.4   

Investment Management

     191.1        401.6        —          3.7        392.8         —     

Corporate

     182.9        (92.8     (5.1     —          110.5         —     

Closed Blocks:

             

Variable Annuity

     34.6        1,144.1        476.8        647.7        408.3         —     

Institutional Spread Products

     665.0        2.8        275.8        0.6        19.4         —     

Other

     155.6        337.7        386.4        0.5        729.2         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,568.6      $ 5,310.6      $ 5,629.9      $ 1,052.3      $ 3,352.2       $ 490.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Includes the elimination of certain intersegment revenues and expenses that have been recorded on an arm’s length basis, primarily consisting of asset-based management and administration fees, which have been charged by Investment Management and eliminated in the Corporate segment.

(2)  

Includes the elimination of intercompany transactions between the Company and its consolidated investment entities, primarily the elimination of the Company’s management fees expensed by the funds, recorded as operating revenues before the Company’s consolidation of its consolidated investment entities and eliminated in the Investment Management segment.

 

F-226


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Schedule IV

Reinsurance

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In millions)

 

     Gross      Ceded      Assumed      Net      Percentage
of  Assumed
to Net
 

2011

              

Life insurance in force

   $ 748,208.9       $ 163,571.6       $ 14,947.4       $ 599,584.7         2.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Premiums:

              

Life insurance

   $ 1,291.8       $ 1,454.0       $ 1,319.8       $ 1,157.6         114.0

Accident and health insurance

     670.0         104.4         9.3         574.9         1.6

Annuities

     37.4         —           0.1         37.5         0.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total premiums

   $ 1,999.2       $ 1,558.4       $ 1,329.2       $ 1,770.0         75.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

2010

              

Life insurance in force

   $ 706,563.8       $ 170,888.2       $ 20,040.5       $ 555,716.1         3.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Premiums:

              

Life insurance

   $ 1,233.6       $ 1,532.5       $ 1,387.4       $ 1,088.5         127.5

Accident and health insurance

     652.4         240.2         138.9         551.1         25.2

Annuities

     67.9         —           —           67.9         —  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total premiums

   $ 1,953.9       $ 1,772.7       $ 1,526.3       $ 1,707.5         89.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

2009

              

Life insurance in force

   $ 673,892.9       $ 177,838.7       $ 49,106.4       $ 545,160.6         9.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Premiums:

              

Life insurance

   $ 1,196.4       $ 1,584.4       $ 1,535.9       $ 1,147.9         133.8

Accident and health insurance

     623.8         65.2         243.8         802.4         30.4

Annuities

     35.1         —           0.1         35.2         0.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total premiums

   $ 1,855.3       $ 1,649.6       $ 1,779.8       $ 1,985.5         89.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

F-227


Table of Contents

ING U.S., Inc.

Schedule V

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In millions)

 

     Balance      Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
     Write-offs/
Payments/
Other
    Balance  
     January 1,           December 31,  

2011

          

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets

   $ 3,087.0       $ 175.0       $ (387.0 ) (1)     $ 2,875.0   

2010

          

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets

   $ 2,691.5       $ 547.0       $ (151.5 ) (1)     $ 3,087.0   

2009

          

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets

   $ 2,736.5       $ 90.0       $ (135.0 ) (2)     $ 2,691.5   

 

(1)  

For 2011 and 2010, these amounts represent valuation allowances allocated to Other comprehensive income directly related to the appreciation of the Company’s available-for-sale portfolio, and not pertaining to expectations of taxable income in future years.

(2)  

For 2009, the change in the tax valuation allowance decreased by $385.0 related to the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle which was partially offset by a $250.0 increase allocated to Other comprehensive income directly related to the appreciation of the Company’s available-for-sale portfolio, and not pertaining to expectations of taxable income in future years.

 

F-228


Table of Contents

 

 

             Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

Morgan Stanley

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

 

Through and including                     , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution

The following table sets forth all expenses, other than the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with this offering. All the amounts shown are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee and the listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 13,640   

FINRA filing fee

     15,500   

Listing fee

     *   

Printing and engraving

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

     *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be included by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification Of Directors And Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) provides in relevant part that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or serving at the request of the corporation in such capacity for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

The DGCL also permits a corporation to indemnify such persons against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) in connection with the defense or settlement of an action by or in the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where a present or former director or officer is successful in the defense of such an action, suit or proceeding referenced above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses which such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such persons in defending any action, suit or proceeding may be paid in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon, in the case of a current officer or director, receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to be so indemnified.

The DGCL provides that the indemnification described above is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for indemnification by the Company of its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

In accordance with Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains a provision to limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for violations of the directors’ fiduciary duty, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty

 

II-1


Table of Contents

to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

The DGCL also provides corporations with the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation in a similar capacity for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him or her in any such capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability as described above. Policies of insurance are maintained by the Company under which our directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the terms of the policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of, and certain liabilities which might be imposed as a result of, actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been directors or officers.

The foregoing statements are subject to the detailed provisions of the DGCL and the full text of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which is filed as Exhibit 3.2 hereto.

We intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers that will provide, subject to their terms, the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and officers by Section 145 of the DGCL and certain additional procedural protections.

The proposed form of underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1 provides that the underwriters are obligated under certain circumstances to indemnify our directors, officers and certain controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales Of Unregistered Securities

On July 10, 2012, ING U.S., Inc. sold $850,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5.5% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “2022 Notes”), fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc. The 2022 Notes were sold to qualified institutional buyers in the United States in reliance on Rule 144A and to investors outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S. The 2022 Notes were offered to investors at 99.946% of the principal amount thereof. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC acted as joint book-running managers for the initial purchasers. The aggregate initial purchasers’ discount was $5,525,000.

 

Item 16. Exhibits And Financial Statement Schedules

 

  (a) Exhibits.

The following documents are filed as exhibits hereto:

 

Exhibit

No.

  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of ING U.S., Inc.**
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ING U.S., Inc.*
  3.3    By-Laws of ING U.S., Inc.**
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws of ING U.S., Inc.*
  4.1    Registration Rights Agreement between ING U.S., Inc. and ING Groep N.V.*
  4.2    Form of Common Stock Certificate*

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit

No.

  

Description

  5.1    Opinion of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP as to the validity of the Shares*
10.1    Indenture, dated as of July 13, 2012, among ING U.S., Inc., Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee
10.2    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 13, 2012, among ING U.S., Inc., Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee
10.3    Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 13, 2012, by and among ING U.S., Inc., Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
10.4    Indenture, dated as of August 1, 1993, between Aetna Life and Casualty Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as trustee
10.5    First Indenture Supplement, dated as of August 1, 1996 between Aetna Services, Inc. (F/K/A Aetna Life and Casualty Company) and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as trustee
10.6    Second Indenture Supplement, dated as of October 30, 2000, among Aetna Services, Inc. (F/K/A Aetna Life and Casualty Company), Aetna Inc. and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as trustee
10.7    Third Indenture Supplement, dated as of December 13, 2000, among Aetna, Inc., ING Groep N.V. and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as trustee
10.8    Indenture, dated as of July 1, 1996, among Aetna Life and Casualty Company, Aetna, Inc. and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as trustee
10.9    First Indenture Supplement dated as of October 30, 2000 among Aetna Services, Inc. (F/K/A Aetna Life and Casualty Company), Aetna Inc. and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as trustee
10.10    Second Indenture Supplement dated as of December 13, 2000, between Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc. (as successor to Aetna, Inc., Aetna Services, Inc. and Aetna Life and Casualty Company) and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as trustee
10.11    Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2012, among ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc., Bank of America, N.A. and the other parties thereto
10.12    Term Loan Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2012, among Bank of America, N.A. and the other parties thereto
10.13    Credit Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2011, by and between Security Life of Denver International Limited, ING Bank N.V., London Branch, as administrative agent, and the Issuing Banks described therein
10.14    Master Transaction Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2006, by and between ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines
10.15    Advances, Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2009, by and between ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines
10.16    Deposit Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2000 between the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka and Security Life of Denver Insurance Company
10.17    Advance, Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2004, by and between the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka and Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit

No.

  

Description

10.18    Amended and Restated Institutional Custody Agreement, dated as of May 12, 2004, by and between Security Life of Denver Insurance Company and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka
10.19    Master Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2009, by and among Scottish Re Group Limited, Scottish Holdings, Inc., Scottish Re (U.S.), Inc., Scottish Re Life (Bermuda) Limited, Scottish Re (Dublin) Limited, Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America, Hannover Life Reassurance (Ireland) Limited, Security Life of Denver Insurance Company, Security Life of Denver International Limited
10.20    Reinsurance Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2009, between Security Life of Denver Insurance Company and Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America
10.21    Reinsurance Agreement, effective as of July 1, 2011, between Security Life of Denver International Limited and Hannover Life Reassurance (Ireland) Limited
10.22    Reinsurance Agreement, effective as of July 1, 2011, between Security Life of Denver International Limited and Hannover Life Reassurance (Ireland) Limited
10.23    Reinsurance Agreement, effective as of July 1, 2011, between Security Life of Denver International Limited and Hannover Life Reassurance (Ireland) Limited
10.24    Coinsurance Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1998, between Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company and The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
10.25    Modified Coinsurance Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1998, between Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company and The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
10.26    Coinsurance Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1998, between Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company and Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York
10.27    Amendment No. 1 to Coinsurance Agreement, effective March 1, 2007 between ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company (F/K/A Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company) and Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York
10.28    Modified Coinsurance Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1998, between Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company and Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York
10.29    Master Services Agreement for Business Processes, dated as of June 5, 2012, between ING North America Insurance Corporation and Cognizant Technology Solutions U.S. Corporation
10.30    Tax Sharing Agreement by and between ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc. and various subsidiaries with respect to federal taxes*
10.31    Tax Sharing Agreement by and between ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc. and various subsidiaries with respect to state taxes
10.32    Form of Shareholder Agreement between ING U.S., Inc. and ING Groep N.V.*
10.33    Form of Transitional Intellectual Property License Agreement between ING U.S., Inc. and ING Groep N.V.*
10.35    Master Claim Agreement, dated April 17, 2012, between ING Groep N.V., ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc. and ING Insurance Eurasia N.V.
10.37    Form of Director Indemnification Agreement*

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit

No.

  

Description

10.38    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated March 25, 2011, between Rodney O. Martin, Jr. and ING U.S., Inc.*
10.39    Offer Letter, dated July 5, 1994, between Jeffrey Becker and Aetna Life and Casualty*
10.40    Retention Award, dated March 30, 2010, between Jeffrey Becker and ING Investment Management Holdings N.V.*
10.41    Deal Incentive Award Agreement, dated July 2011, between Jeffrey Becker, ING Groep, N.V. and ING U.S., Inc. (f/k/a ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc.)*
10.42    Offer Letter, dated April 5, 2011, between Alain Karaoglan and ING Insurance US*
10.43    Employment Contract, dated May 19, 2004, between Ewout Steenbergen and ING Personnel VOF*
10.44    Amendment to Employment Contract, dated December 8, 2005, between Ewout Steenbergen and ING Personnel VOF*
10.45    Retention Award, dated March 19, 2010, between Ewout Steenbergen and ING U.S., Inc.*
10.46    Deal Incentive Award Agreement, dated July 2011, between Ewout Steenbergen, ING Groep, N.V. and ING U.S., Inc. (f/k/a ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc.)*
10.47    International Assignment Agreement, dated October 27, 2009, between Ewout Steenbergen and ING Group as amended on November 12, 2009*
10.48    Letter, dated October 27, 2009, relating to appointment of Ewout Steenbergen as CFO of ING U.S. Insurance*
10.49    Release Agreement and Employment Agreement Amendment with Robert G. Leary, dated December 20, 2012*
10.50    Retention Award, dated January 4, 2010, between Robert Leary and ING Verzekeringen N.V.*
10.51    Maliz Beams Offer Letter dated May 27, 2011*
10.52    ING Group Incentive Compensation Plan
10.53    ING Group Long-Term Sustainable Performance Plan
10.54    Form of ING Group Long-Term Sustainable Performance Plan Grant
10.55    Form of ING Group Grant of Deferred Shares
10.56    ING Group Long-Term Equity Ownership Plan
10.57    Form of ING Group Long-Term Equity Ownership Plan Grant
10.58    ING Group Standard Share Option Plan
10.59    ING Americas Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (Amended/Restated December 2011)
10.60    ING Americas Retirement Plan (Amended/Restated December 2011)
10.61    ING Insurance Americas 409A Deferred Compensation Savings Plan
10.62    Amendment No. 1 to ING Insurance Americas 409A Deferred Compensation Savings Plan (Amended/Restated January 1, 2010)
10.63    ING Americas Severance Pay Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2008)
10.64    Amendment No. 1 to ING Americas Severance Pay Plan (Amended/Restated October 1, 2008)

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit

No.

  

Description

10.65    Amendment No. 2 to ING Americas Severance Pay Plan (Amended/Restated June 22, 2009)
10.66    Amendment No. 3 to ING Americas Severance Pay Plan (Amended/Restated October 1, 2009)
10.67    Amendment No. 4 to ING Americas Severance Pay Plan (Amended/Restated December 1, 2010)
10.68    ING Investment Management—Retention Participation Plan
10.69    ING Investment Management, LLC Annual Incentive Plan
10.70    ING Investment Management—Deferred Compensation Plan
10.71    ING Americas Insurance Holdings, Inc. Equity Compensation Plan
10.72    ING Directors’ Pension Scheme
10.73    ING International Assignments Long-Term Assignments Policy
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of ING U.S., Inc.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.2    Consent of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
23.3    Consent of Milliman, Inc.**

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed with registration statement on Form S-1 filed on November 9, 2012.

 

  (b) Financial Statements Schedules.

 

Number

  

Description

  

   

 
I    Summary of Investments other than Investments in Affiliates      F-209   
II    Condensed Financial Information of Parent      F-210   
III    Supplementary Insurance Information      F-221   
IV    Reinsurance      F-224   
V    Valuation and Qualifying Amounts      F-225   

 

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(2) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

(3) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(4) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post- effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-7


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, on the 23 rd day of January, 2013.

 

ING U.S., INC.

By:

  /s/ R ODNEY O. M ARTIN , J R .                
  Name:     Rodney O. Martin, Jr.
  Title:       Chief Executive Officer

By:

 

/s/ A LAIN M. K ARAOGLAN                

  Name:     Alain M. Karaoglan
  Title:       EVP and Chief Operating Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signatures

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    J AN H. M. H OMMEN        

Jan H. M. Hommen

  

Chairman and Director

  January 23, 2013

/ S /    R ODNEY O. M ARTIN , J R .        

Rodney O. Martin, Jr.

  

Director and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

January 23, 2013

/ S /    P ATRICK G. F LYNN        

Patrick G. Flynn

  

Director

  January 23, 2013

/ S /    A LAIN M. K ARAOGLAN        

Alain M. Karaoglan

  

Director and Chief Operating Officer

  January 23, 2013

/ S /    F REDERICK S. H UBBELL        

Frederick S. Hubbell

  

Director

  January 23, 2013

/ S /    W ILFRED F. N AGEL        

Wilfred F. Nagel

  

Director

  January 23, 2013

/ S /    E WOUT L. S TEENBERGEN        

Ewout L. Steenbergen

  

Director and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  January 23, 2013

/ S /    S TEVEN T. P IERSON        

Steven T. Pierson

  

Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  January 23, 2013

 

II-8

Exhibit 10.1

ING U.S., INC.

LION CONNECTICUT HOLDINGS INC.

INDENTURE

Dated as of July 13, 2012

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          P AGE  
ARTICLE 1   
D EFINITIONS AND O THER P ROVISIONS OF G ENERAL A PPLICATION   

Section 1.01.

  

Definitions

     1   

Section 1.02.

  

Compliance Certificates and Opinions

     7   

Section 1.03.

  

Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee

     8   

Section 1.04.

  

Acts of Holders

     8   

Section 1.05.

  

Notices, Etc., to Trustee or Company

     9   

Section 1.06.

  

Notice to Holders; Waiver

     9   

Section 1.07.

  

Conflict with Trust Indenture Act

     10   

Section 1.08.

  

Effect of Headings and Table of Contents

     10   

Section 1.09.

  

Successors and Assigns

     10   

Section 1.10.

  

Separability Clause

     10   

Section 1.11.

  

Benefits of Indenture

     10   

Section 1.12.

  

Governing Law

     10   

Section 1.13.

  

Legal Holidays

     10   

Section 1.14.

  

Waiver of Jury Trial

     10   
ARTICLE 2   
T HE S ECURITIES   

Section 2.01.

  

Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series

     11   

Section 2.02.

  

Denominations

     13   

Section 2.03.

  

Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating

     13   

Section 2.04.

  

Temporary Securities

     15   

Section 2.05.

  

Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange

     16   

Section 2.06.

  

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities

     17   

Section 2.07.

  

Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved

     18   

Section 2.08.

  

Persons Deemed Owners

     19   

Section 2.09.

  

Cancellation

     19   

Section 2.10.

  

Computation of Interest

     19   

Section 2.11.

  

CUSIP Numbers

     19   
ARTICLE 3   
R EDEMPTION OF S ECURITIES   

Section 3.01.

  

Applicability of Article

     20   

Section 3.02.

  

Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee

     20   

Section 3.03.

  

Selection by Trustee of Securities to be Redeemed

     20   

Section 3.04.

  

Notice of Redemption

     20   

Section 3.05.

  

Deposit of Redemption Price

     21   

Section 3.06.

  

Securities Payable on Redemption Date

     21   

Section 3.07.

  

Securities Redeemed in Part

     22   

 

-i-


ARTICLE 4   
S INKING F UNDS   

Section 4.01.

  

Applicability of Article

     22   

Section 4.02.

  

Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities

     22   

Section 4.03.

  

Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund

     23   
ARTICLE 5   
C OVENANTS   

Section 5.01.

  

Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest

     23   

Section 5.02.

  

Maintenance of Office or Agency

     23   

Section 5.03.

  

Money for Securities Payments to be Held in Trust

     24   

Section 5.04.

  

Corporate Existence

     25   

Section 5.05.

  

Statement by Officers as to Default

     25   

Section 5.06.

  

Limitation on Liens

     25   

Section 5.07.

  

Limitation on Disposition of Stock of Certain Subsidiaries

     26   

Section 5.08.

  

Future Subsidiary Guarantees

     26   
ARTICLE 6   
C ONSOLIDATION , M ERGER , C ONVEYANCE , T RANSFER OR L EASE   

Section 6.01.

  

Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms

     26   

Section 6.02.

  

Successor Substituted

     27   
ARTICLE 7   
R EMEDIES   

Section 7.01.

  

Events of Default

     27   

Section 7.02.

  

Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment

     29   

Section 7.03.

  

Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee

     31   

Section 7.04.

  

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     32   

Section 7.05.

  

Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities

     32   

Section 7.06.

  

Application of Money Collected

     32   

Section 7.07.

  

Limitation on Suits

     33   

Section 7.08.

  

Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest

     33   

Section 7.09.

  

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

     33   

Section 7.10.

  

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

     33   

Section 7.11.

  

Delay or Omission not Waiver

     34   

Section 7.12.

  

Control by Holders

     34   

Section 7.13.

  

Waiver of Past Defaults

     34   

Section 7.14.

  

Undertaking for Costs

     35   

Section 7.15.

  

Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws

     35   

 

-ii-


ARTICLE 8   
T HE T RUSTEE   

Section 8.01.

  

Certain Duties and Responsibilities

     35   

Section 8.02.

  

Notice of Defaults

     36   

Section 8.03.

  

Certain Rights of Trustee

     37   

Section 8.04.

  

Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities

     38   

Section 8.05.

  

May Hold Securities

     38   

Section 8.06.

  

Money Held in Trust

     38   

Section 8.07.

  

Compensation and Reimbursement

     38   

Section 8.08.

  

Disqualification; Conflicting Interests

     39   

Section 8.09.

  

Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility

     39   

Section 8.10.

  

Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor

     39   

Section 8.11.

  

Acceptance of Appointment by Successor

     41   

Section 8.12.

  

Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business

     42   

Section 8.13.

  

Preferential Collection of Claims

     42   

Section 8.14.

  

Appointment of Authenticating Agent

     42   

Section 8.15.

  

Consequential Damages

     43   

Section 8.16.

  

Notices

     44   

Section 8.17.

  

Force Majeure

     44   
ARTICLE 9   
H OLDERS ’ L ISTS AND R EPORTS BY T RUSTEE A ND C OMPANY   

Section 9.01.

  

Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders

     44   

Section 9.02.

  

Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders

     45   

Section 9.03.

  

Reports by Trustee

     45   

Section 9.04.

  

Reports by Company

     45   
ARTICLE 10   
S UPPLEMENTAL I NDENTURES   

Section 10.01.

  

Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders

     46   

Section 10.02.

  

Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders

     47   

Section 10.03.

  

Execution of Supplemental Indentures

     49   

Section 10.04.

  

Effect of Supplemental Indentures

     49   

Section 10.05.

  

Conformity with Trust Indenture Act

     49   

Section 10.06.

  

Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures

     49   
ARTICLE 11   
S ATISFACTION A ND D ISCHARGE ; D EFEASANCE   

Section 11.01.

  

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

     49   

Section 11.02.

  

Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

     50   

Section 11.03.

  

Defeasance and Discharge

     51   

Section 11.04.

  

Covenant Defeasance

     51   

Section 11.05.

  

Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

     52   

Section 11.06.

  

Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

     53   

 

-iii-


ARTICLE 12   
S UBSIDIARY G UARANTEE   

Section 12.01.

  

Applicability of Article

     54   

Section 12.02.

  

Subsidiary Guarantee

     54   

Section 12.03.

  

Contribution

     56   

Section 12.04.

  

Successors And Assigns

     56   

Section 12.05.

  

No Waiver

     56   

Section 12.06.

  

Modification

     56   

Section 12.07.

  

Execution Of Supplemental Indenture For Future Subsidiary Guarantors

     56   

Section 12.08.

  

Limitation On Liability

     57   

Section 12.09.

  

Release Of Subsidiary Guarantor

     57   

Section 12.10.

  

Notice to Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations

     57   
ARTICLE 13   
G ENERAL G UARANTEE A GREEMENT   

Section 13.01.

  

General Guarantee Agreement Inapplicable

     57   

 

-iv-


INDENTURE

INDENTURE, dated as of July 13, 2012, among ING U.S., INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), having its principal executive offices at 230 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10169, LION CONNECTICUT HOLDINGS INC., a Connecticut corporation, as the initial Subsidiary Guarantor (as defined below) hereunder, and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its unsecured senior debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (herein called the “ Securities ”), to be issued in one or more series as in this Indenture provided; such Securities, except as otherwise specifically provided in an indenture supplemental hereto with respect to a particular series of Securities, to be fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed by the Subsidiary Guarantors as provided in Article 12;

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, the Company, the initial Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities or of any series thereof, as follows:

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS AND O THER P ROVISIONS OF G ENERAL A PPLICATION

Section 1.01. Definitions .

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) the terms defined in this Article have the respective meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

(2) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the respective meanings assigned to them therein;

(3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the respective meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term “ generally accepted accounting principles ” with respect to any computation required in the United States of America or permitted hereunder shall mean such accounting principles as are generally accepted at the date of such computation;

(4) the words “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and

(5) references to Sections are to Sections of this Indenture unless otherwise expressly indicated.


Act ,” when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 1.04.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “ control ” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Authenticating Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Trustee to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities.

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of such board.

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (or the Clerk or Assistant Clerk) of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

Business Day ” means each day which is not a day on which Federal or State banking institutions in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York are authorized or obligated by law, executive order or regulation to close.

Capital Stock ” for any corporation or other entity means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) stock issued by that corporation or entity.

Claiming Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.03.

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act or, if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

Company ” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Person shall have become permitted as the Company’s successor pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “ Company ” shall mean such successor Person.

Company Request ” or “ Company Order ” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by any two Officers.

Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office, as at the date of this

 

-2-


Indenture, is located at One Federal Street, 3 rd Floor, Boston, MA 02210, Attention: Earl W. Dennison, Jr., or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company.

The term “ corporation ” includes corporations, associations, companies (including limited liability companies), limited and general partnerships and business trusts.

The terms “ covenant defeasance ” and “ defeasance ” bear the meanings assigned to such terms, respectively, by Sections 11.04 and 11.03.

The term “ default ,” when used in Section 8.02, has the meaning specified in Section 8.02.

Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.07(c).

Depository ” means, with respect to the Securities of any series issuable or issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, the Person designated as Depository for such series by the Company pursuant to Section 2.01(b)(xv), which Person shall be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act; and if at any time there is more than one such Person, “ Depository ” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the Depository with respect to the Securities of such series.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Global Security ” or “ Global Securities ” means a Security or Securities, as the case may be, evidencing all or part of a series of Securities, issued to the Depository for such series or its nominee, and registered in the name of such Depository or nominee.

Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.02.

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Security Register.

Indebtedness ” of any Person means indebtedness for borrowed money and indebtedness under purchase money mortgages or other purchase money liens or conditional sales or similar title retention agreements, in each case where such indebtedness has been created, incurred, or assumed by such Person to the extent such indebtedness would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, guarantees by such Person of such indebtedness of others, and indebtedness for borrowed money secured by any mortgage, pledge or other lien or encumbrance upon property owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such indebtedness.

Indenture ” means this indenture agreement as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and shall include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 2.01.

 

-3-


interest ,” when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity.

Interest Payment Date ,” when used with respect to any Security, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.

Lion Holdings ,” means Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc., a Connecticut corporation.

Maturity ,” when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

Notice of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, any Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary or the Controller, of the Company.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any two Officers. An Officers’ Certificate provided pursuant to Section 5.05 shall be signed by the principal executive, financial or accounting Officer of the Company.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for the Company (including an employee or officer of the Company or any of its Affiliates) and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee (it being agreed and acknowledged that Sullivan & Cromwell LLP is acceptable to the Trustee to provide such opinion).

Original Issue Discount Security ” means any Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 7.02.

Outstanding ,” when used with respect to Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

(i) Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(ii) Securities for whose payment or redemption money (or in the case of payment by defeasance under Section 11.03, money, U.S. Government Obligations or both) in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust, or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent), for the Holders of such Securities; provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the

 

-4-


Trustee has been made and provided further , in the case of payment by defeasance under Section 11.03, that all conditions precedent to the application of such Section shall have been satisfied; and

(iii) Securities which have been paid pursuant to Section 2.06(c) or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Securities in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Securities are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Securities are valid obligations of the Company;

provided , however , that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, (i) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 7.02 and (ii) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities which the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s independent right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Securities on behalf of the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Place of Payment ,” when used with respect to the Securities of any series, means the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities of that series are payable as specified as contemplated by Section 2.01 or, if not so specified, New York, New York.

Predecessor Security ” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 2.06 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

Redemption Date ,” when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

 

-5-


Redemption Price ,” when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on the Securities of any series means the date specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 2.01.

Responsible Officer ,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such other officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Restricted Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06.

Securities ” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and more particularly means any Securities of any series authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Security Register ” and “ Security Registrar ” have the respective meanings specified in Section 2.05.

Senior Unsecured Credit Facility ” means, collectively, the Term Loan Agreement dated as of April 20, 2012 among the Company, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), and the Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of April 20, 2012 among the Company, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, swing line lender, fronting L/C issuer and several L/C agent and the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Revolving Credit Agreement ”), as the Term Loan Agreement or the Revolving Credit Agreement may be amended, replaced, refinanced, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Special Record Date ” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.07(c).

Stated Maturity ,” when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.

Subsidiary ” of any Person means a corporation, a majority of the outstanding Voting Stock of which is, at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries thereof.

Subsidiary Guarantee ” means a guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor on the terms set forth in Article 12.

 

-6-


Subsidiary Guarantor ” means Lion Holdings, and each of the Company’s domestic Subsidiaries that is required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.08 and Section 12.07.

Successor ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.

Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at the date as of which this Indenture was executed, except as provided in Section 10.05 and, to the extent required by any amendment thereto, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time.

Trustee ” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have assumed such role pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “ Trustee ” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder and, if at any time there is more than one such Person, “ Trustee ” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series.

U.S. Government Obligation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.05(a).

Vice President ” means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president.”

Voting Stock ” of any specified “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) as of any date, means the capital stock of such person that is at the time entitled to vote generally in the election of the board of directors of such person.

Section 1.02. Compliance Certificates and Opinions . (a) Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

(b) Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than certificates provided pursuant to Section 5.05) shall include:

(i) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

-7-


(iii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, such individual has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such individual to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(iv) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 1.03. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee . (a) In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or more documents.

(b) Any certificate or opinion of any officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

(c) Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

Section 1.04. Acts of Holders . (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “ Act ” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 8.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution

 

-8-


thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Security Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security or such other Security.

(e) The Depository selected pursuant to Section 2.01(b)(xv), as a Holder, may appoint agents and otherwise authorize participants to give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action which a Holder is entitled to give or take hereunder.

Section 1.05. Notices, Etc., to Trustee or Company. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made, given or furnished to, or filed with,

(a) the Trustee by any Holder or the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or

(b) the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its office specified in the first paragraph of this instrument or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

Section 1.06. Notice to Holders; Waiver. (a) Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at such Holder’s address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

(b) In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

 

-9-


Section 1.07. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act. If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof which is required to be included in this Indenture by any of the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, such required provision shall control. If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by section 318(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, such imposed duties shall control. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under the Trust Indenture Act to be a part of and govern this Indenture, such provision of the Trust Indenture Act shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as such provision of the Trust Indenture Act is so modified or excluded, as the case may be.

Section 1.08. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 1.09. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

Section 1.10. Separability Clause. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 1.11. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

Section 1.12. Governing Law. This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

Section 1.13. Legal Holidays. In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Securities) payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any) need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity, provided that no interest shall accrue on the amount then payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be.

Section 1.14. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE COMPANY, EACH SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES,

 

-10-


TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

ARTICLE 2

T HE S ECURITIES

Section 2.01. Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series. (a) The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

(b) The Securities may be issued in one or more series. There shall be established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and (subject to Section 2.03) set forth or determined as provided in an Officers’ Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto (with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and with such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the Officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities), prior to the issuance of Securities of any series:

(i) the title of the Securities of the series (which shall distinguish the Securities of the series from all other Securities);

(ii) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to Section 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 3.07 or 10.06 and except for any Securities which, pursuant to Section 2.03, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);

(iii) the Person to whom any interest on a Security of the series shall be payable, if other than the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest;

(iv) the date or dates on which the principal of the Securities of the series is payable and/or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined;

(v) the rate or rates (or method for establishing the rate or rates) at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest, if any, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest shall be payable and the Regular Record Date for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date (or method for establishing such date or dates);

(vi) the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on Securities of the series shall be payable;

 

-11-


(vii) the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company;

(viii) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem or purchase Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

(ix) if other than denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, the denominations in which Securities of the series shall be issuable;

(x) if other than the full principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Securities of the series which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 7.02 or the method by which such portion shall be determined;

(xi) if other than such currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public or private debts, the currency or currencies (including composite currencies) in which payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and/or interest on the Securities of the series shall be payable;

(xii) if the principal of (and premium, if any) and/or interest on the Securities of the series are to be payable, at the election of the Company or any Holder, in a currency or currencies (including composite currencies) other than that in which the Securities are stated to be payable, the period or periods within which, and the terms and conditions, upon which, such election may be made;

(xiii) if the amounts of payments of principal of (and premium, if any) and/or interest on the Securities of the series may be determined with reference to an index, the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;

(xiv) in the case of Securities of a series the terms of which are not established pursuant to subsection (xi), (xii) or (xiii) above, whether either or both of Section 11.03 or Section 11.04 shall not be applicable to the Securities of such series; or, in the case of Securities the terms of which are established pursuant to subsection (xi), (xii) or (xiii) above, the adoption and applicability, if any, to such Securities of any terms and conditions similar to those contained in Section 11.03 and/or Section 11.04;

(xv) whether the Securities of the series shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and, in such case, the Depository for such Global Security or Global Securities;

(xvi) any additional or different events of default that apply to Securities of the series, and any change in the right of the Trustee or the Holders of such Securities to declare the principal thereof due and payable;

 

-12-


(xvii) if the Securities of such series are not to be guaranteed by any Subsidiary Guarantor, an express determination to that effect;

(xviii) any additional or different covenants that apply to Securities of the series;

(xix) the form of the Securities of the series; and

(xx) any other terms of the series (which terms shall not contradict the provisions of this Indenture).

(c) The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the Officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

(d) All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to interest rates, method for determining interest rates, Interest Payment Dates, Regular Record Dates, redemption terms, Stated Maturity, denomination, date of authentication, currency, any index for determining amounts payable, and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to such Board Resolution and set forth or determined as provided in such Officers’ Certificate or in any indenture supplemental hereto.

(e) If any of the terms of the series are established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate setting forth the terms of the series. With respect to Securities of a series constituting a medium term note program, such Board Resolution may provide general terms or parameters for Securities of such series and may provide that the specific terms of particular Securities of such series, and the Persons authorized to determine such terms or parameters, may be determined in accordance with or pursuant to the Company Order referred to in Section 2.03.

Section 2.02. Denominations. The Securities of each series shall be issuable in registered form without coupons in such denominations as shall be specified as contemplated by Section 2.01. In the absence of any such provisions with respect to the Securities of any series, the Securities of such series shall be issuable in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Section 2.03. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating. (a) The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by any Officer and attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these Officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile. It shall not be necessary for the Securities of any series to be endorsed or executed by any Subsidiary Guarantor and such Securities shall nevertheless be entitled to the benefits of Article 12 hereof unless otherwise expressly determined pursuant to Section 2.01(b)(xvii).

(b) Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper Officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

 

-13-


(c) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed on behalf of the Company pursuant to clause (a) above to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with such Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities; provided , that, with respect to Securities of a series constituting a medium term note program, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Securities of such series for original issue from time to time in the aggregate principal amount established for such series pursuant to such procedures acceptable to the Trustee and to such recipients as may be specified from time to time by a Company Order. The amount, maturity dates, original issue dates, whether the Securities are to be issued as one or more Global Securities or certificated securities, interest rates and any other terms of the Securities of such series shall be determined by or pursuant to such Company Order and procedures.

(d) The Trustee’s certificates of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated:      
    U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
      as Trustee
    By:  

 

      Name:
      Title:

(e) If the form or terms of the Securities of the series have been established in or pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions as permitted by Section 2.01, in authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall receive, and (subject to Section 8.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating,

(i) if the form of any of such Securities has been established by or pursuant to Board Resolution as permitted by Section 2.01, that such form has been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

(ii) if the terms of any of such Securities have been established by or pursuant to Board Resolution as permitted by Section 2.01, that such terms have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

(iii) that such Securities, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

 

-14-


(f) Notwithstanding that such form or terms have been so established, the Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture would adversely affect the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner which is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

(g) With respect to Securities of a series constituting a medium term note program, if the form and general terms of the Securities of such series have been established by or pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions or by an indenture supplemental hereto, as permitted by Section 2.01 in authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall receive, and (subject to Section 8.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the foregoing documents and Opinion of Counsel, or in lieu of clause (e) above, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the Securities have been duly authorized by the Company and, when duly executed by the Company and completed and authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with this Indenture and issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with any applicable distribution agreement, will have been duly issued under this Indenture and will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

(h) Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

(i) No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.09 together with a written statement (which need not comply with Section 1.02 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) stating that such Security has never been issued and sold by the Company, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 2.04. Temporary Securities. (a) Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order from the Company, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the Officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

 

-15-


(b) If temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of that series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities of such series, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any series, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series and of like tenor, of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series.

Section 2.05. Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange. (a) The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Security Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers of Securities. The Trustee is hereby appointed “ Security Registrar ” for the purpose of registering Securities and transfers of Securities as herein provided.

(b) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security of any series at an office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment designated by the Company pursuant to Section 5.02 for that series, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor.

(c) At the option of the Holder, Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Securities of the same series of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

(d) All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(e) Every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

(f) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or for exchange of Securities, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any

 

-16-


tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 2.04, 2.05(h), 3.07 or 10.06 not involving any transfer.

(g) The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange Securities of any series during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities of that series selected for redemption under Section 3.03 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption or purchase in whole or in part, except, in the case of a partial redemption or purchase, that portion of any security not being redeemed or purchased.

(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Security shall be exchangeable pursuant to the applicable supplemental indenture applicable to that Security.

(i) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, but subject to exchanges under clause (h) above, a Global Security may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depository with respect to such Global Security to a nominee of such Depository or by a nominee of such Depository to such Depository or another nominee of such Depository.

Section 2.06. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities. (a) If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same series and of like tenor and principal amount, and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

(b) If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of any of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of the same series and of like tenor and principal amount, and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

(c) In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

(d) Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company or the Trustee may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee and its counsel) connected therewith.

(e) Every new Security of any series issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that series duly issued hereunder.

 

-17-


(f) The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

Section 2.07. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved. (a) Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 2.01 with respect to any series of Securities, interest on any Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest.

(b) The principal of, and premium, if any, and interest due on the Securities shall be paid in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments of interest (including interest on any Interest Payment Date) will be made, subject to such surrender where applicable and subject, in the case of a Global Security, to the Trustee’s arrangements with the Depositary, at the option of the Company, (i) by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register or (ii) by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States of America as may be designated in writing to the Trustee at least 15 days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto.

(c) Any interest on any Security of any series which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder entitled to such interest by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (i) or (ii) below:

(i) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security of such series and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a special record date (the “ Special Record Date ”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Securities of such series at his address as it appears in the Security Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such

 

-18-


Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (ii).

(ii) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Securities of any series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

(d) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security delivered under this Indenture, upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security, shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and interest to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

Section 2.08. Persons Deemed Owners . Prior to due presentment of a Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee, including a Paying Agent, may treat the Person in whose name such Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 2.07) interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee, including a Paying Agent, shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Section 2.09. Cancellation . All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange or for credit against any sinking fund payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly canceled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities canceled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All canceled Securities held by the Trustee shall be disposed of as directed by a Company Order from the Company.

Section 2.10. Computation of Interest . Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.01 for Securities of any series, interest on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

Section 2.11. CUSIP Numbers . The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the

 

-19-


Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.

ARTICLE 3

R EDEMPTION OF S ECURITIES

Section 3.01. Applicability of Article . Securities of any series which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.01 for Securities of any series) in accordance with this Article.

Section 3.02. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee . The election of the Company to redeem any Securities shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all the Securities of like tenor of any series, the Company shall, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Securities of such series to be redeemed. Any such notice may be cancelled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. In the case of any redemption of Securities prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction.

Section 3.03. Selection by Trustee of Securities to be Redeemed . (a) If less than all the Securities of like tenor of any series are to be redeemed, the particular securities to be redeemed shall be selected by the Trustee from the Outstanding Securities of like tenor of such series not previously called for redemption, by lot or any other such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of such Securities of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for such Securities.

(b) The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

(c) For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Securities redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Securities which has been or is to be redeemed.

Section 3.04. Notice of Redemption . (a) Unless otherwise indicated for a particular series of Securities by Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officers’ Certificate, notice of redemption shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 90 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, at such Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register.

 

-20-


Such notice of redemption shall state:

(i) the Redemption Date,

(ii) the Redemption Price, including the portion thereof representing any accrued interest and additional interest, if any,

(iii) if less than all the Outstanding Securities of like tenor of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed,

(iv) in case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Security shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Security, the Holder of such Security will receive, without charge, a new Security or Securities of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,

(v) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security to be redeemed and, if applicable, that interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after such date,

(vi) the CUSIP number and/or similar numbers of such Securities, if any (or any other numbers used by a Depository to identify such Securities),

(vii) the place or places where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price, and

(viii) that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case.

(b) Any such notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price . At least one Business Day prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, the Company shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 5.03) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and (except if the Redemption Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) accrued interest on, all the Securities which are to be redeemed on that date.

Section 3.06. Securities Payable on Redemption Date . (a) Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified and, from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Securities shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption

 

-21-


in accordance with such notice, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 2.07.

(b) If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Security.

Section 3.07. Securities Redeemed in Part . Any Security which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing). The Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge, a new Security or Securities of the same series and of like tenor, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered.

ARTICLE 4

S INKING F UNDS

Section 4.01. Applicability of Article . (a) The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series permitted by the applicable supplemental indenture except as otherwise specified in accordance with Section 2.01 for Securities of such series.

(b) The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a “ mandatory sinking fund payment ,” and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as an “ optional sinking fund payment .” If provided for by the terms of Securities of any series, the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 4.02. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series.

Section 4.02. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities . The Company (x) may deliver Outstanding Securities of a series (other than any previously called for redemption) and (y) may apply as a credit Securities of a series which have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, in each case in satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of such series required to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities as provided for by the terms of such series; provided that such Securities have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

 

-22-


Section 4.03. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund . Not less than 60 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for any series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of that series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to Section 4.02 and will also deliver to the Trustee any such Securities. Not less than 30 days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 3.03 and cause notice of the redemption, prepared by the Company, thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 3.04. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 3.06 and 3.07.

ARTICLE 5

C OVENANTS

Section 5.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest . (a) The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of each series of Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities of that series in accordance with the terms of the Securities and this Indenture.

(b) An installment of principal or interest shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent holds on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay such installment and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or otherwise.

Section 5.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency . (a) The Company will maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Securities an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

(b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

-23-


Section 5.03. Money for Securities Payments to be Held in Trust . (a) If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any of the Securities of that series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of its failure so to act.

(b) Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, prior to each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Securities of that series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

(c) The Company will cause each Paying Agent for any series of Securities other than the Trustee or the Company to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will:

(i) hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Securities of that series in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

(ii) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities of that series) in the making of any payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest on the Securities of that series; and

(iii) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

(d) The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order, direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent. Upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

(e) Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company in trust, for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Security of any series, and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company

 

-24-


Request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust. Thereafter the Holder of such Security shall, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

Section 5.04. Corporate Existence . Subject to Article 6, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in a material respect to the Holders.

Section 5.05. Statement by Officers as to Default . The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, an Officers’ Certificate stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture applicable to the Company and, if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge.

Section 5.06. Limitation on Liens .

(a) So long as any Securities of any series are Outstanding, the Company shall not, and it shall not permit any Subsidiary of the Company to, at any time directly or indirectly create, assume, incur or guarantee any Indebtedness which is secured by a mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest, or other encumbrance (any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest or other encumbrance being hereinafter in this Section 5.06 referred to as a “lien”) on the Capital Stock of:

(i) Lion Holdings, ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company, ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company, ReliaStar Life Insurance Company, Security Life of Denver Insurance Company, Security Life of Denver International Limited or ING Investment Management LLC;

(ii) any successor to substantially all of the business of any such Person which is also a Subsidiary of the Company; or

(iii) any other Subsidiary of the Company having direct or indirect control of any such Person or successor (each Person or successor referred to in this Section 5.06(a)(iii) or Sections 5.06(a)(i) and 5.06(a)(ii), a “ Restricted Subsidiary ”),

without making effective provision whereby the Notes then Outstanding (and, if the Company so elects, any other Indebtedness of the Company that is not subordinate to the Notes and with respect to which the governing instruments require, or pursuant to which the Company is otherwise obligated or required, to provide such security) shall be equally and ratably secured with such secured Indebtedness so long as such other Indebtedness shall be secured.

(b) If the Company shall hereafter be required to secure the Notes equally and ratably with any other Indebtedness pursuant to this Section, (i) the Company will promptly deliver to

 

-25-


the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the foregoing covenant has been complied with and (ii) the Trustee is hereby authorized to enter into an indenture or agreement supplemental hereto and to take such action, if any, as it may deem advisable to enable it to enforce the rights of the holders of the Notes so secured.

Section 5.07. Limitation on Disposition of Stock of Certain Subsidiaries .

(a) So long as any Securities of any series are Outstanding and subject to the provisions of Article 6, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Capital Stock (other than preferred stock having no voting rights of any kind) of any Restricted Subsidiary.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, subsection (a) of this Section 5.07 shall not apply to:

(i) a sale or other disposition of any of such Capital Stock to a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company; or

(ii) a sale or other disposition of all of a Subsidiary’s Capital Stock for at least fair value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith);

(iii) a sale or other disposition required to comply with an order of a court or regulatory authority of competent jurisdiction, other than an order issued at the Company’s request or the request of any Subsidiary of the Company; or

(iv) a sale or other disposition of the stock of ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company or Security Life of Denver International Limited.

Section 5.08. Future Subsidiary Guarantees . The Company shall cause each Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia that, on or after the date hereof, becomes a borrower or guarantor under the Senior Unsecured Credit Facility, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit A hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder and shall guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations in accordance with Article 12.

ARTICLE 6

C ONSOLIDATION , M ERGER , C ONVEYANCE , T RANSFER OR L EASE

Section 6.01. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .

(a) So long as Securities of any series are Outstanding, the Company shall not (x) merge with or into or consolidate with another Person or (y) sell, assign, transfer, lease or convey all or substantially all of its properties and assets to, any Person other than, with respect to this clause (y), a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company; and no Person shall (xx) merge with or into or consolidate with the Company or (yy) except for any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company, sell, assign, transfer, lease or convey all or substantially all of its properties and assets to the Company, unless:

(i) the Company is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving such merger or consolidation or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease or conveyance shall have been made (the “ Successor ”), if other than the Company, is a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and shall expressly assume by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Securities and this Indenture;

 

-26-


(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default or event that after notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(iii) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such supplemental indenture required in connection with a transaction pursuant to this Section 6.01 comply with this Indenture.

For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Section 6.01, a sale or other disposition of ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company, Security Life of Denver International Limited, their respective assets or any assets constituting all or part of the Company’s Closed Block Variable Annuity segment shall be deemed not to constitute a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets.

Section 6.02. Successor Substituted . Upon any consolidation by the Company with or merger by the Company into any other corporation or any conveyance, transfer or lease of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety in accordance with this Section 6.02, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities.

ARTICLE 7

R EMEDIES

Section 7.01. Events of Default . “ Event of Default ,” wherever used herein with respect to Securities of any series, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a) default in the payment of any interest upon any Security of that series when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or

(b) default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security of that series when due regardless of whether such payment has become due

 

-27-


whether at maturity, upon redemption, because of acceleration or otherwise; provided, however, that a valid extension of the maturity of such Securities in accordance with the terms of any indenture supplemental hereto shall not constitute a default in the payment of principal or premium, if any; or

(c) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Company in this Indenture (other than a covenant or warranty a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with or which has expressly been included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of a series of Securities other than the series in respect of which the Event of Default is being determined), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “ Notice of Default ” hereunder; or

(d) an event of default, as defined in any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any Indebtedness for money borrowed of the Company or of any Subsidiary Guarantor, whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, shall happen and shall result in a principal amount in excess of $100,000,000 of Indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable, and such acceleration shall not have been rescinded or annulled, or such Indebtedness shall not have been discharged, within a period of 15 days after there has been given, by registered or certified United States mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such event of default and requiring the Company to cause such acceleration to be rescinded or annulled or to cause such Indebtedness to be discharged and stating that such notice is a “ Notice of Default ” hereunder; or

(e) the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of (i) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that may be applicable to Securities of that series in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or (ii) a decree or order adjudging the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that may be applicable to Securities of that series bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company under any applicable Federal or State law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or Subsidiary Guarantor, if applicable, or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

 

-28-


(f) the commencement by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that may be applicable to Securities of that series of a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that may be applicable to Securities of that series in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Federal or State law, or the consent by it to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or Subsidiary Guarantor, if applicable, of that series or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that may be applicable to Securities of that series of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that may be applicable to Securities of that series in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the taking of corporate action by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that may be applicable to Securities of that series in furtherance of any such action; or

(g) any other Event of Default provided with respect to Securities of that series.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.01, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of an Event of Default hereunder (except for those described in paragraphs (a) through (c) above) unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice thereof.

Section 7.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment . (a) If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (e) or (f) of Section 7.01) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series may declare the principal amount (or, if any of the Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount of such Securities as may be specified in the terms thereof) of all of the Securities of that series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified amount) shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in clause (e) or (f) of Section 7.01 occurs, the principal amount (or, if any of the Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount of such Securities as may be specified in the terms thereof) of all of the Outstanding Securities of that series shall be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of any Security of that series.

 

-29-


(b) At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities of any series has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(i) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

(A) all overdue interest on all Securities of that series,

(B) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Securities of that series which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities,

(C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue principal (and premium, if any) and overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and

(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel;

and

(ii) all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that series, other than the non-payment of the principal of Securities of that series which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 7.13.

(c) No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

(d) Upon receipt by the Trustee of any declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, with respect to Securities of a series all or part of which is represented by a Global Security, the record date for determining Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series entitled to join in such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall be the day the Trustee receives such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, or, if such receipt occurs after the close of business or on a day that is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided , that unless such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the day which is 90 days after such record date, such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of no further effect. The Trustee may conclusively rely on any representation by the Holders delivering such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, that such Holders constitute the requisite percentage to deliver such declaration. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of such 90-day period, a

 

-30-


new declaration of acceleration, or rescission or annulment thereof, as the case may be, that is identical to a declaration of acceleration, or rescission or annulment thereof, which has been canceled pursuant to the provision to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to the provision of this Section 7.02.

Section 7.03. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee . (a) The Company covenants that if:

(i) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Security when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days; or

(ii) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security at the Maturity thereof; or

(iii) default is made in the deposit of any sinking fund payment, when and as due by the terms of a Security;

the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, interest on any overdue principal (and premium, if any) and on any overdue interest, at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

(b) If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities, wherever situated.

(c) If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

 

-31-


Section 7.04. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . (a) In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal (and premium, if any) or interest) the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (and premium, if any) and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

(ii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same.

(b) Any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 8.07.

(c) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize, consent to, accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 7.05. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities . All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

Section 7.06. Application of Money Collected . Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 8.07;

SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: To the Company.

 

-32-


Section 7.07. Limitation on Suits . No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(a) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series;

(b) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

(c) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request; and

(d) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding;

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all of such Holders.

Section 7.08. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 2.07) interest on such Security on the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

Section 7.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies . If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 7.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative . Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in Section 2.06, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given

 

-33-


hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 7.11. Delay or Omission not Waiver . No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Securities to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

Section 7.12. Control by Holders . (a) The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the Securities of such series, provided that:

(i) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, nor subject the Trustee to a material risk of personal liability in respect of which the Trustee has not received reasonably satisfactory indemnification, and

(ii) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

(b) Upon receipt by the Trustee of any such direction with respect to Securities of a series all or part of which is represented by a Global Security, the record date for determining Holders of outstanding Securities of such series entitled to join in such direction shall be the day the Trustee receives such direction, or, if such receipt occurs after the close of business or on a day that is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that unless such majority in principal amount shall have been obtained prior to the day which is 90 days after such record date, such direction shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of no further effect. The Trustee may conclusively rely on any representation by the Holders delivering such direction that such Holders constitute the requisite percentage to deliver such direction. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of such 90-day period, a new direction identical to a direction which has been canceled pursuant to the provisions to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7.12.

Section 7.13. Waiver of Past Defaults . (a) The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series waive any past default hereunder with respect to such series and its consequences, except a default:

(i) in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Security of such series, or

(ii) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article 10 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected.

 

-34-


(b) Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 7.14. Undertaking for Costs . Each party to this Indenture agrees, and each Holder of any Security by acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Company, to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Security on or after the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).

Section 7.15. Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws . The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any usury, stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE 8

T HE T RUSTEE

Section 8.01. Certain Duties and Responsibilities . (a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any

 

-35-


provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(b) In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of subsection (a) of this Section;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction, determined as provided in Section 7.12, of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series; and

(iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

Section 8.02. Notice of Defaults . Within 90 days after the Trustee has gained knowledge of an occurrence of any default hereunder with respect to the Securities of any series (without regard to any grace period or notice requirements), the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Holders of Securities of such series, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, notice of such default here under known to the Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however , that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Security of such series or in the payment of any sinking fund installment with respect to Securities of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive

 

-36-


committee or a trust committee of directors or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of Securities of such series. For the purpose of this Section, the term “ default ” means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series.

Section 8.03. Certain Rights of Trustee . Subject to the provisions of Section 8.01:

(a) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order, or as otherwise expressly provided herein, and any resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

(c) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate;

(d) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(e) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture (including, without limitation, instituting, conducting or defending any litigation), unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

(f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;

(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

 

-37-


(h) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture;

(i) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder; and

(j) the Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, provided that the Trustee reasonably believes that the last such certificate received from the Company or currently on file is no longer accurate.

Section 8.04. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities . The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. The Trustee or any Authenticating Agent shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.

Section 8.05.  May Hold Securities . The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Security Registrar or any other agent of the Company or of the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to Sections 8.08 and 8.13, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Security Registrar or such other agent.

Section 8.06. Money Held in Trust . Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Company.

Section 8.07. Compensation and Reimbursement . The Company agrees:

(a) to pay to the Trustee from time to time such reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and for its services hereunder as Trustee, Paying Agent, Security Registrar and in all other capacities in which it is serving hereunder as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(b) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct; and

 

-38-


(c) to indemnify the Trustee and its agents, directors, employees and officers for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, claim, damage, liability or out-of-pocket expense (including the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel) incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its or their part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the reasonable costs and out-of-pocket expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the Trustee’s powers or duties hereunder.

As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee in such capacity, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on particular Securities. If the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the expenses and the compensation for the services will be intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any applicable Federal or State law for the relief of debtors. The provisions of this Section 8.07 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the termination of this Indenture.

Section 8.08. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests . The Trustee shall comply with the terms of section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 8.09. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility . There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of such supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

Section 8.10. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor . (a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 8.11.

(b) The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 8.11 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

 

-39-


(c) The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities of any series by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

(d) If at any time:

(i) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 8.08 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

(ii) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 8.09 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or any such Holder, or

(iii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, (i) the Company by a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee with respect to all Securities, or (ii) subject to Section 7.14, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee with respect to all Securities and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

(e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series) and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 8.11. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 8.11, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 8.11, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

(f) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series by mailing written notice of such event by first-class

 

-40-


mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders of Securities of such series as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

Section 8.11. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor .

(a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee. On the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

(b) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (i) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (ii) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect to all Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and (iii) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee. Upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates. On request of the Company or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates.

(c) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in clause (a) and (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

 

-41-


(d) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

Section 8.12. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business . Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities.

Section 8.13. Preferential Collection of Claims . The Trustee shall comply with section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, excluding any creditor relationship listed in section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent indicated therein.

Section 8.14. Appointment of Authenticating Agent . (a) At any time when any of the Securities remain Outstanding, the Trustee may and, upon request of the Company, shall appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to one or more series of Securities, which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 2.06; provided that the Trustee’s appointment of such Authenticating Agent shall be subject to the Company’s approval at the time of and throughout such appointment. Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or to the requirements of such supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

(b) Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation

 

-42-


succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section.

(c) An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and the Company, and the Trustee shall terminate any such agency promptly upon request by the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may and, upon request of the Company, shall appoint a successor Authenticating Agent, provided that the Trustee’s appointment of such Authentication Agent shall be subject to the Company’s approval at the time of and throughout such appointment, and shall mail written notice of such appointment by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

(d) The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section.

(e) If an appointment of an Authenticating Agent with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in lieu of the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in the following form:

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated:

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
  as Trustee
By:  

 

  As Authenticating Agent
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

Section 8.15. Consequential Damages . In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

-43-


Section 8.16. Notices . The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods, provided , however , that the Trustee shall have received or have on file an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give such instructions or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended and replaced whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Company elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Company agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods by the Company to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties.

Section 8.17. Force Majeure . In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

ARTICLE 9

H OLDERS ’ L ISTS AND R EPORTS BY T RUSTEE A ND C OMPANY

Section 9.01. Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders . If the Trustee is not the Security Registrar, the Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

(a) semi-annually (at intervals of not more than six months), not later than 15 days after each Regular Record Date (or, if there is no Regular Record Date relating to a series, semiannually on dates set forth in the Board Resolution or supplemental indenture with respect to such series), a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such date, and

(b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished.

 

-44-


Section 9.02. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders . (a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 9.01 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 9.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(b) Holders of any series may communicate pursuant to section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with other Holders of that series or any other series with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities of that series or any other series. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of section 312(c) of the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 9.03. Reports by Trustee . (a) Within 60 days after May 15 of each year, commencing the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, the Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act occurred within the previous 12 months, but not otherwise, mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Trustee also shall comply with sections 313(a), 313(b), 313(c) and 313(d) of the Trust Indenture Act.

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the Commission and each securities exchange, if any, on which the Securities of that series are listed.

(c) The Company shall notify the Trustee if the Securities of any series become listed on any securities exchange or of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with section 313(d) of the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 9.04. Reports by Company . (a) Unless the Company has filed the information referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 9.04(a) with the Commission, the Company shall post on its public website (and shall make available to the Trustee for distribution to a Holder upon any such Holder’s written request, without cost to any Holder, the following reports within 15 days of the date the Company posts such reports on its public website):

(i) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, audited financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries, together with the related report of the Company’s independent auditors thereon, prepared in accordance with the requirements that would have been applicable to such audited financial statements if appearing in an Annual Report on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, under the Exchange Act filed by the Company as a non-accelerated filer (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

(ii) within 55 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, unaudited interim financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries, prepared in accordance with the requirements that would have been applicable to such unaudited interim financial statements if appearing in a Quarterly

 

-45-


Report on Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form, under the Exchange Act filed by the Company as a non-accelerated filer (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(b) From such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall file with the Trustee and make available to Holders (without exhibits), without cost to any Holder, all documents the Company files with, or furnishes to, the Commission under the Exchange Act, within 15 days after it files them with, or furnishes such documents to the Commission. Any such documents that are publicly available through the EDGAR system of the Commission (or any successor system) shall be deemed to have been filed with the Trustee and made available to Holders in accordance with the Company’s obligations hereunder.

(c) If at any time that the Company is not subject to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and to the extent not satisfied by Section 9.04(a) and Section 9.04(b), the Company shall furnish to the Holders of the Securities, securities analysts, prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(d) The Company shall furnish annually to the Trustee statements as to the Company’s compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture.

(e) Delivery of any information, documents and reports to the Trustee pursuant to clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 9.04 is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such items shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

ARTICLE 10

S UPPLEMENTAL I NDENTURES

Section 10.01. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders . Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee (at the direction of the Company) at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(a) to cure any ambiguity, defect, or inconsistency herein or in the Securities of any series;

(b) to comply with Section 5.08 or Article 6;

(c) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities;

 

-46-


(d) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company;

(e) to add to, delete from, or revise the conditions, limitations, and restrictions on the authorized amount, terms, or purposes of issue, authentication, and delivery of Securities, as herein set forth;

(f) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of any Securities in any material respect, provided that any change made solely to conform the provisions of this Indenture to the description of any Securities in an offering document or prospectus supplement relating to such Security will be deemed not to adversely affect any Security of any series in any material respect;

(g) to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of the Securities of any series as provided in Section 2.01, to establish the form of any certifications required to be furnished pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or any series of Securities, or to add to the rights of the holders of any series of Securities;

(h) to add any additional Events of Default for the benefit of the holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such additional Events of Default are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such additional Events of Default are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series);

(i) to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in uncertificated form;

(j) to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture in respect of one or more series of Securities, provided that any such addition, change or elimination (i) shall neither (A) apply to any Security of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture and entitled to the benefit of such provision nor (B) modify the rights of the holder of any such Security with respect to such provision or (ii) shall become effective only when there is no such Security Outstanding;

(k) to secure the Securities; or

(l) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 8.11(b).

Section 10.02. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders . (a) With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series affected by such supplemental indenture or indentures at the time Outstanding, the Company, when authorized by Board Resolutions, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the

 

-47-


provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner not covered by Section 10.01 the rights of the Holders of the Securities of such series under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holders of each Security then Outstanding and affected thereby,

(i) extend the fixed maturity of any Securities of any series, or reduce the principal amount thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any premium payable upon the redemption thereof;

(ii) change the place of payment for any Security;

(iii) change the currency in which any Security or any premium or interest is payable;

(iv) impair the right to enforce any payment on or with respect to any Security;

(v) adversely change the right to convert or exchange, including decreasing the conversion rate or the conversion price of, such Security (if applicable);

(vi) reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for modification or amendment of this Indenture or for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or for waiver of certain defaults;

(vii) reduce the requirements contained in this Indenture for quorum or voting;

(viii) modify any guarantee in a manner that would adversely affect the Holders of any Security; or

(ix) modify any of the above provisions.

(b) A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

(c) It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

(d) The Company may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders of Securities entitled to consent pursuant to this Section. Such record date shall be the later of (i) 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or (ii) the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.01 prior to such solicitation.

 

-48-


Section 10.03. Execution of Supplemental Indentures . In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 8.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 10.05). The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties, or immunities or liabilities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Section 10.04. Effect of Supplemental Indentures . Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes. Every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

Section 10.05. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act . Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act, as then in effect, to the extent that a supplemental indenture is required to conform to the Trust Indenture Act, as then in effect.

Section 10.06. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures .

Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company, and such Securities may be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, in exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series.

ARTICLE 11

S ATISFACTION A ND D ISCHARGE ; D EFEASANCE

Section 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture . (a) This Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be of further effect with respect to Securities of any series (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities of such series and replacement of lost, stolen or mutilated Securities of such series herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee, on the demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to such series, when:

(i) Either:

(A) all Securities of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (other than (1) Securities of such series which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.06 and (2) Securities of such series for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 5.03); or

(B) all such Securities of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation:

(1) have become due and payable, or

 

-49-


(2) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(3) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption,

and the Company, in the case of clauses (1), (2) or (3) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee cash or, in the case of notes payable only in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligations (as defined in Section 11.05) as trust funds in trust for the purpose an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities of such series which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be; and

(ii) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

(iii) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

(b) At any time when no Securities of any series are outstanding, this Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be of further effect and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute instruments of satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

(c) Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 8.07 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01(a)(i)(B), the obligations of the Trustee under Section 11.06 and Section 5.03(e) shall survive.

Section 11.02. Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance . Unless pursuant to Section 2.01 provision is made for either or both of (a) defeasance of the Securities of another series under Section 11.03 not to be applicable with respect to the Securities of a particular series or (b) covenant defeasance of the Securities of another series under Section 11.04 not to be applicable with respect to the Securities of such particular series, then the provisions of such Sections, together with the other provisions of Sections 11.03, 11.04, 11.05 and 11.06, shall be applicable to the Securities of such particular series, and the Company may at its option by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, at any time, with respect to the Securities of such particular series, elect to have either Section 11.03 or Section 11.04 be applied to the Outstanding Securities of such series upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in Sections 11.03, 11.04, 11.05 and 11.06.

 

-50-


Section 11.03. Defeasance and Discharge . Upon the Company’s exercise of the option set forth in Section 11.02 and satisfaction of the conditions to defeasance set forth in Section 11.05, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to the Outstanding Securities of such series on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ defeasance ”). For this purpose, such defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Outstanding Securities of such series and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Securities and this Indenture insofar as such Securities are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 11.05 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Securities when such payments are due, (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 5.02 and 5.03, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, and immunities of the Trustee under Sections 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 5.03(e), 8.07 and 11.06 and otherwise the duty of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued on registration of transfer or exchange and (d) Sections 11.03, 11.04, 11.05 and 11.06. Subject to compliance with Sections 11.03, 11.04, 11.05 and 11.06, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 11.03 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 11.04 with respect to the Securities of such series.

Section 11.04. Covenant Defeasance . Upon the Company’s exercise of the option set forth in Section 11.02 and satisfaction of the conditions to defeasance set forth in Section 11.05, the Company shall be released from its obligations under Sections 5.04, 5.05, 5.06, 5.07, 6.01 and 9.04 and any other covenants to be applicable to the Securities of a series as specified pursuant to Section 2.01 unless specified otherwise pursuant to such Section (and the failure to comply with any such provisions shall not constitute a default or Event of Default under Section 7.01), and the occurrence of any event described in Sections 7.01(c), (d) and (g) and any other events of default to be applicable to the Securities of a series as specified pursuant to Section 2.01 unless specified otherwise pursuant to such Section shall not constitute a default or Event of Default hereunder, with respect to the Outstanding Securities of such series on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ covenant defeasance ”). For this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, with respect to the Outstanding Securities of such series, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such Section with respect to it, whether directly or indirectly by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or by reason of any reference in any such Section to any other provision herein or in any other document, but the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby.

 

-51-


Section 11.05. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance . The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 11.03 or Section 11.04 to the Outstanding Securities of such series:

(a) the Company shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 8.09 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article 11 applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the holders of such Securities, (i) money in an amount, or (ii) U.S. Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than the due date of any payment, money in an amount, or (iii) a combination thereof, sufficient, without reinvestment, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, (A) the principal of (and premium, if any) on and each installment of principal of (premium, if any) and interest on the Outstanding Securities of such series on the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest and (B) any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to the Outstanding Securities of such series on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Securities. For this purpose, “ U.S. Government Obligations ” means securities that are (x) direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (y) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt;

(b) no Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or during the period ending on the 91 st day after such date (other than an Event of Default resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any lien securing such borrowing);

(c) such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not cause the Trustee for the Securities of such series to have a conflicting interest for purposes of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to any securities of the Company;

(d) such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

(e) such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not cause any Securities of such series then listed on any registered national securities exchange under the Exchange Act to be delisted;

 

-52-


(f) in the case of an election under Section 11.03, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (x) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (y) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of the Outstanding Securities of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred;

(g) in the case of an election under Section 11.04, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of the Outstanding Securities of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred;

(h) such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall be effected in compliance with any additional terms, conditions or limitations which may be imposed on the Company in connection therewith pursuant to Section 2.01; and

(i) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to either the defeasance under Section 11.03 or the covenant defeasance under Section 11.04, as the case may be, have been complied with and that such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not cause any Securities of such series then listed on any registered national securities exchange under the Exchange Act to be delisted.

Section 11.06. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.03(e), all money deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively, for purposes of this Section 11.06, the “ Trustee ”), all money and U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee and all money received by the Trustee in respect of U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee, pursuant to Section 11.01 or 11.05, in respect of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(a) The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 11.05 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof, other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the Outstanding Securities of such series.

 

-53-


(b) Anything in this Article 11 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 11.05 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent defeasance or covenant defeasance and pay any obligations owed or accrued in favor of the Trustee.

ARTICLE 12

S UBSIDIARY G UARANTEE

Section 12.01. Applicability of Article . Except as otherwise provided or contemplated by the terms of any series of Securities pursuant to Section 2.01(b)(xvii) and provided that such series of Securities include a notation to the effect described in Section 2.01(b)(xvii) expressly set forth in such Securities, all Securities of all series shall be entitled to the benefit of this Article 12.

Section 12.02. Subsidiary Guarantee .

(a) Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, jointly and severally, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest (and premium, if any) on the Securities when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Securities (the Indenture and the Securities being hereinafter collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from such Subsidiary Guarantor, and that such Subsidiary Guarantor will remain bound under this Article notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

(b) Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Securities or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other Person (including the Subsidiary Guarantors) under this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Securities; (iv) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (v) except as set forth in Section 12.09, any change in the ownership of such Subsidiary Guarantor.

(c) Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

-54-


(d) Except as expressly set forth in Section 12.08, Section 12.09, Section 11.03 and Section 11.04 of this Indenture, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture or the Securities, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such Subsidiary Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

(e) Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.

(f) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Subsidiary Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay the principal of or interest (and premium, if any) on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption, by repurchase or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee or the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) and (iii) all other monetary Guaranteed Obligations of the Company to the Holders and the Trustee.

(g) Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full in cash of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 7 for the purposes of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 7, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Subsidiary Guarantor for the purposes of this Section. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that any right of indemnity, subrogation or contribution it may have under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

-55-


(h) Each Subsidiary Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Article.

(i) It shall not be necessary for the guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor to be endorsed upon any Security.

Section 12.03. Contribution . Each Subsidiary Guarantor (a “ Contributing Party ”) agrees that, in the event a payment shall be made by any other Subsidiary Guarantor under any Subsidiary Guarantee (the “ Claiming Guarantor ”), the Contributing Party shall indemnify the Claiming Guarantor in an amount equal to the amount of such payment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the net worth of the Contributing Party on the date of such payment and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Subsidiary Guarantors on the date of such payment.

Section 12.04. Successors And Assigns . This Article 12 shall be binding upon each Subsidiary Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Securities shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.

Section 12.05. No Waiver . Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 12 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 12 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

Section 12.06. Modification .

(a) No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article, nor the consent to any departure by any Subsidiary Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective (i) unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee and (ii) with respect to the Holder of a Security adversely affected thereby, unless such Holder consents thereto, and, in each case, then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.

(b) No notice to or demand on any Subsidiary Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Subsidiary Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

Section 12.07. Execution Of Supplemental Indenture For Future Subsidiary Guarantors . Each Subsidiary which is required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.08 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the

 

-56-


form of Exhibit A hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Article 12 and shall guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture and Subsidiary Guarantee, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (a) such supplemental indenture and Subsidiary Guarantee have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary and (b) such supplemental indenture is authorized and permitted by this Indenture and all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

Section 12.08. Limitation On Liability . Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Subsidiary Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to such Subsidiary Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Section 12.09. Release Of Subsidiary Guarantor .

(a) Except with respect to Lion Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to this Article 12 shall terminate without any further action required on the part of the Trustee or any Holder if such Subsidiary Guarantor is permanently released from its guarantee of the Company’s Indebtedness under the Senior Unsecured Credit Facility.

(b) In each case contemplated in paragraph (a), if the Company shall provide an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee to the effect that the release of a Subsidiary Guarantor complies with paragraph (a), the Trustee shall execute and deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing such release.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, the Subsidiary Guarantee by Lion Holdings pursuant to this Article 12 shall continue whether or not Lion Holdings is released from its guarantee of the Company’s Indebtedness under the Senior Unsecured Credit Facility.

Section 12.10. Notice to Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations . Within two Business Days following (i) any modification, amendment or waiver of this Article affecting the obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor or (ii) any event pursuant to which the obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Article shall be assumed or become binding (including by operation of law) upon any successor or assign of a Subsidiary Guarantor, the Company shall provide written notice of such modification, amendment, waiver or event to all nationally recognized statistical rating organizations with a then publicly announced and current credit rating on any series of Securities to which this Article applies.

ARTICLE 13

G ENERAL G UARANTEE A GREEMENT

Section 13.01. General Guarantee Agreement Inapplicable . Without in any way limiting the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder, the General Guarantee Agreement (as amended, the “ General Guarantee Agreement ”) dated April 17, 2012 by Lion Holdings in favor of each person to whom the Company may owe any obligations

 

-57-


evidenced by senior unsecured debentures, notes or similar debt instruments issued by the Company shall be inapplicable to the Securities. The Trustee shall not be entitled to enforce any rights under the General Guarantee Agreement with respect to any Securities or other obligation under this Indenture. The Trustee waives all rights and remedies it may have under the General Guarantee Agreement with respect to any obligation under this Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, any obligation under this Indenture is not an obligation as defined in the General Guarantee Agreement. This Article 13 does not in any way limit any obligation of the Company under any Securities or any Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts,

each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original,

but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature pages follow]

 

-58-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ING U.S., INC.
By:  

/s/ Alain M. Karaoglan

  Name:   Alain M. Karaoglan
  Title:   Executive Vice President,
Finance and Strategy
By:  

/s/ Ewout L. Steenbergen

  Name:   Ewout L. Steenbergen
  Title:   Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
LION CONNECTICUT HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

/s/ Alain M. Karaoglan

  Name:   Alain M. Karaoglan
  Title:   Executive Vice President,
Finance and Strategy
By:  

/s/ Ewout L. Steenbergen

  Name:   Ewout L. Steenbergen
  Title:   Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

  as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

[ Indenture ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ING U.S., INC.
By:  

 

  Name:   Alain M. Karaoglan
  Title:   Executive Vice President,
Finance and Strategy
By:  

 

  Name:   Ewout L. Steenbergen
  Title:   Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
LION CONNECTICUT HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

 

  Name:   Alain M. Karaoglan
  Title:   Executive Vice President,
Finance and Strategy
By:  

 

  Name:   Ewout L. Steenbergen
  Title:   Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

  as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Earl W. Dennison Jr.

  Name:   Earl W. Dennison Jr.
  Title:   Vice President

 

[ Indenture ]


EXHIBIT A

[Form of Supplemental Indenture for New Subsidiary Guarantor]

[NUMBER] SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

[NUMBER] SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ [Number] Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of              , 20      among                      (a “ New Subsidiary Guarantor ”), a                      corporation and a subsidiary of ING U.S., INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and the initial Subsidiary Guarantor have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture dated as of July 13, 2012 (as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 13, 2012, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantor party thereto and the Trustee, and as further amended, supplemented or modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of the Company’s 5.5% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 12.07 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the New Subsidiary Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Subsidiary Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Guaranteed Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Subsidiary Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Company are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, for value received, the Company, the New Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:

1. Defined Terms . Defined terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. Agreement to Guarantee . The New Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Subsidiary Guarantors (if any), to provide an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 12 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture.

3. No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, agent, employee, incorporator, stockholder, partner, member or manager of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under any Notes, the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by

 

A-1


reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, waives and releases all such liability and acknowledges that the waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

4. Ratification of Indenture, Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of the Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

5. Governing Law . THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

6. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

7. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

8. Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts,

each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original,

but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature pages follow]

 

A-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this [Number] Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ING U.S., INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[NEW SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

  as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit 10.2

ING U.S., INC.

LION CONNECTICUT HOLDINGS INC.

5.5% Senior Notes due 2022

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of July 13, 2012

to the Indenture Dated as of July 13, 2012

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          P AGE  
  

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS

  
Section 1.01    Certain Terms Defined in the Indenture; Additional Terms      2   
   ARTICLE 2   
   F ORM AND TERMS OF THE N OTES   
Section 2.01    Form and Dating      7   
Section 2.02    Paying Agent; Depository      8   
Section 2.03    Registration, Transfer and Exchange      8   
Section 2.04    Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange      10   
Section 2.05    Temporary Offshore Global Notes      12   
Section 2.06    Terms of the Notes      13   
Section 2.07    Optional Redemption      14   
Section 2.08    Offer to Repurchase Upon A Change of Control Repurchase Event      14   
Section 2.09    Interest Rate Adjustments Upon Ratings Changes      16   
   ARTICLE 3   
   M ISCELLANEOUS   
Section 3.01    Trust Indenture Act Controls      17   
Section 3.02    Governing Law      17   
Section 3.03    Payment of Notes      17   
Section 3.04    Multiple Counterparts      17   
Section 3.05    Severability      18   
Section 3.06    Relation to Indenture      18   
Section 3.07    Ratification      18   
Section 3.08    Effectiveness      18   
Section 3.09    Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities      18   
   ARTICLE 4   
   G ENERAL G UARANTEE A GREEMENT   
Section 4.01    General Guarantee Agreement Inapplicable      18   

 

EXHIBITS   
EXHIBIT A    Form of Note
EXHIBIT B    Restricted Legend
EXHIBIT C    DTC Legend
EXHIBIT D    Regulation S Certificate

 

i


EXHIBIT E    Rule 144A Certificate
EXHIBIT F    Certificate of Beneficial Ownership
EXHIBIT G    Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend

 

ii


FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ First Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of July 13, 2012, among ING U.S., INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), having its principal executive offices at 230 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10169, LION CONNECTICUT HOLDINGS INC., a Connecticut corporation, as the initial Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder, and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company, the initial Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of July 13, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), to provide for the issuance by the Company from time to time of Securities to be issued in one or mores series as provided in the Indenture;

WHEREAS, the issuance and sale of $850,000,000 aggregate principal amount of a new series of the Securities of the Company designated as its 5.5% Senior Notes due 2022 and, if and when issued, any Additional Notes, together with any Exchange Notes issued therefor, as provided herein (the “ Notes ”), to be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Subsidiary Guarantors, have been authorized by resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company and the board of directors of the initial Subsidiary Guarantor;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and sell $850,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Notes on the date hereof, to be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with Article 12 of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, Sections 2.01 and 10.01 of the Indenture provide that the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture to provide for the issuance of and to establish the form or terms and conditions of Securities of any series as permitted by the Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to establish the form, terms and conditions of the Notes; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this First Supplemental Indenture a legal, valid and binding supplement to the Indenture according to its terms and the terms of the Indenture have been done;


NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, the Company, the initial Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS

Section 1.01 C ertain Terms Defined in the Indenture; Additional Terms .

(a) For purposes of this First Supplemental Indenture, all capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture, as amended hereby.

(b) The following capitalized terms used herein shall be defined accordingly:

Additional Interest ” means additional interest owed to the Holders pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement.

Agent Member ” means a member of, or a participant in, the Depository.

Additional Notes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b).

Baseline Ratings ” means Baa3 (in the case of Moody’s) or BBB- (in the case of Standard & Poor’s), or, if the Company shall have substituted another Rating Agency for Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s following a Rating Withdrawal Event, the equivalent rating from such Rating Agency.

Below Investment Grade Ratings Event ” means the Notes cease to be rated at or above the Baseline Ratings by at least one of the Rating Agencies on any date during the period commencing 60 days prior to, and ending 60 days after (which 60-day period will be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for a possible downgrade by any Rating Agency, but in no case past the Termination Time) the earlier of (1) the occurrence of a Change of Control; or (2) public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or the intention of the Company to effect a Change of Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Below Investment Grade Ratings Event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating shall not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus shall not be deemed a Below Investment Grade Ratings Event for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Repurchase Event hereunder) if the Rating Agencies making the reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply do not announce or publicly confirm or inform the Trustee in writing at its request that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control shall have occurred at the time of the ratings event).

Certificated Note ” means a Note in registered individual certificated form without interest coupons.

Certificate of Beneficial Ownership ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F.

 

2


Change of Control ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following:

(1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of consolidation, amalgamation or merger), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than to the Company or one of its subsidiaries;

(2) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any consolidation, amalgamation, or merger or other combination (including by way of a scheme of arrangement)) the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than ING Groep N.V. or a subsidiary of ING Groep N.V., becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

(3) the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any person, or any person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or such other person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the shares of the Voting Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction constitute, or are converted into or exchanged for, a majority of the Voting Stock of the surviving person immediately after giving effect to such transaction; or

(4) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation, winding up or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control for the purposes of this definition if:

(i) the Company becomes a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company and (A) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Company’s Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (B) with respect to clause (2) above only, immediately following that transaction no Person (other than ING Groep N.V., a subsidiary of ING Groep N.V. or a holding company satisfying the requirements of this sentence) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company;

(ii) the transaction consists solely of a sale or other disposition of ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company, Security Life of Denver International Limited, their respective assets or any assets constituting all or part of the Company’s Closed Block Variable Annuity segment; or

(iii) the transaction consists of a sale of equity securities of the Company pursuant to a public offering registered with the Commission.

Change of Control Repurchase Event ” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Below Investment Grade Ratings Event.

 

3


Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the U.S. Treasury security or securities selected by the Premium Calculation Agent as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the term remaining from such Optional Redemption Date to the Maturity of the Notes (the “ Remaining Life ”) that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the Remaining Life.

Comparable Treasury Price ” means, with respect to such Optional Redemption Date, (1) the average of five Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Optional Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Premium Calculation Agent obtains fewer than five such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

Downgrade Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a).

DTC Legend ” means the legend set forth in Exhibit C.

Exchange Notes ” means the Notes of the Company issued pursuant to the Indenture in exchange for, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to, the Initial Notes, in compliance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement and containing terms substantially identical to the Initial Notes (except that (i) such Exchange Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to transfer restrictions or bear the Restricted Legend, and (ii) the provisions relating to rights under the Registration Rights Agreement will be eliminated).

Exchange Offer ” means an offer by the Company to the Holders of the Initial Notes to exchange outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes, as provided for in a Registration Rights Agreement.

Global Note ” means a Note in registered global form without interest coupons.

Initial Additional Notes ” means Additional Notes issued in an offering not registered under the Securities Act and any Notes issued in replacement thereof, but not including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Initial Notes ” means the Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Notes issued in replacement thereof, but not including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Initial Purchasers ” means the initial purchasers party to a Purchase Agreement dated June 28, 2012 with the Company and the initial Subsidiary Guarantor relating to the sale of the Notes by the Company.

interest ”, in respect of the Notes, unless the context otherwise requires, refers to interest and Additional Interest, if any.

IPO Date ” means the date upon which a sale or distribution to the public of any equity securities of the Company is completed, if at the time of such sale or distribution (or within 30 days thereafter) such equity securities are of a class that is listed on a national securities exchange.

 

4


Issue Date ” means the date on which the Notes are originally issued under this Indenture.

Make-Whole Redemption Amount ” means the sum, as calculated by the Premium Calculation Agent, of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes to be redeemed (not including any portion of those payments of interest accrued as of such Optional Redemption Date), discounted from their respective scheduled payment dates to such Optional Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, such Optional Redemption Date.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

Offshore Global Note ” means a Global Note representing Notes issued and sold pursuant to Regulation S.

Optional Redemption Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.07.

Permanent Offshore Global Note ” means an Offshore Global Note that does not bear the Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend.

Premium Calculation Agent ” means an investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Company.

Primary Treasury Dealer ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Reference Treasury Dealers.”

Rating Agency ” means Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and, following any Rating Withdrawal Event, any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act which shall be designated by the Company through written notice to the Trustee as a substitute Rating Agency to replace the Rating Agency subject to the Rating Withdrawal Event.

Rating Withdrawal Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.09.

Reference Treasury Dealers ” means (1) Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and their successors; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. government securities dealer in the United States (a “ Primary Treasury Dealer ”) the Company will substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer, and (2) any other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Premium Calculation Agent after consultation with the Company.

Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any Optional Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Premium Calculation Agent of the bid and ask prices for the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Premium Calculation Agent by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such Optional Redemption Date.

 

5


Registration Rights Agreement ” means (i) the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 13, 2012 between the Company, the initial Subsidiary Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers party thereto with respect to the Initial Notes, and (ii) with respect to any Additional Notes, any registration rights agreements between the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers party thereto relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes or exchange them for Notes registered under the Securities Act.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

Remaining Life ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Comparable Treasury Issue.”

Restricted Legend ” means the legend set forth in Exhibit B.

Restricted Period ” means the relevant 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A Certificate ” means (i) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto or (ii) a written certification addressed to the Company and the Trustee to the effect that the Person making such certification (x) is acquiring such Note (or beneficial interest) for its own account or one or more accounts with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and each such account is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A, (y) is aware that the transfer to it or exchange, as applicable, is being made in reliance upon the exemption from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A, and (z) acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) or has determined not to request such information.

Standard & Poor’s ” means Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, and its successors.

Temporary Offshore Global Note ” means an Offshore Global Note that bears the Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend.

Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Exhibit G.

Termination Time ” means the date that is 180 days following the earliest of any IPO Date.

 

6


Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any Optional Redemption Date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated or interpolated (on a day count basis) using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the applicable Comparable Treasury Price for such Optional Redemption Date. The Treasury Rate will be calculated on the third Business Day preceding such Optional Redemption Date.

U.S. Global Note ” means a Global Note that bears the Restricted Legend representing Notes issued and sold pursuant to Rule 144A.

(c) As used in the Indenture, for purposes of the Notes, the term “interest” shall be deemed to include any “Additional Interest” payable as a consequence of a “Registration Default,” in each case as defined in, and in accordance with, the Registration Rights Agreement.

ARTICLE 2

F ORM AND TERMS OF THE N OTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating . (a) The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by any Officer and attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these Officers on the Notes may be manual or facsimile The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000, in excess thereof.

The terms and notations contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of the Indenture as supplemented by this First Supplemental Indenture and the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this First Supplemental Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.

(b)    (i) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c), Section 2.04(b)(iii), Section 2.04(b)(v), or Section 2.04(c) or Section 2.03(a)(iii), each Initial Note or Additional Note (other than a Permanent Offshore Global Note) will bear the Restricted Legend.

(ii) Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note or Additional Note, will bear the DTC Legend.

(iii) Each Temporary Offshore Global Note will bear the Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend.

(iv) Initial Notes and Additional Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will be issued as provided in Section 2.05(a).

(v) Initial Notes and Additional Notes offered and sold in reliance on any exception under the Securities Act other than Regulation S and Rule 144A will be issued, and upon the request of the Company to the Trustee, Initial Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A may be issued, in the form of Certificated Notes.

 

7


(c)    (i) If the Company determines (upon the advice of counsel and such other certifications and evidence as the Company may reasonably require) that a Note is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or a successor provision) without compliance with any limits thereunder and that the Restricted Legend is no longer necessary or appropriate in order to ensure that subsequent transfers of the Note (or a beneficial interest therein) are effected in compliance with the Securities Act,

(ii) after an Initial Note or any Initial Additional Note is (x) sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise, or (y) is validly tendered for exchange into an Exchange Note pursuant to an Exchange Offer,

the Company may instruct the Trustee in an Officers’ Certificate to cancel the Note and issue to the Holder thereof (or to its transferee) a new Note of like tenor and amount, registered in the name of the Holder thereof (or its transferee), that does not bear the Restricted Legend, and the Trustee will comply with such instruction.

(d) By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Restricted Legend (or any beneficial interest in such a Note), each Holder thereof and each owner of a beneficial interest therein acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note (and any such beneficial interest) set forth in this Indenture and in the Restricted Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note (and any such beneficial interest) only in accordance with this Indenture and such legend.

Section 2.02 Paying Agent; Depository . (a) The Company appoints the Trustee as the initial agent of the Company for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes, and the office of the Trustee located in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, be and hereby is, designated as the office or agency where the Notes may be presented for payment and where notices to or demands upon the Company in respect of the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to which the Notes are to be issued may be served. The Company may at any time designate additional paying agents or rescind the designation of any paying agent or approve a change in the office through which the paying agent acts.

(b) The Depository shall initially be DTC and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depository by the Company.

Section 2.03 Registration, Transfer and Exchange . (a) Each Global Note will be registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee and, so long as DTC is serving as the Depository thereof, will bear the DTC Legend.

(i) Each Global Note will be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for the Depository. Transfers of a Global Note (but not a beneficial interest therein) will be limited to transfers thereof in whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective nominees, except (y) as set forth in (iii) of this Section 2.03(a) and (z) transfers of portions thereof in the form of Certificated Notes may be made upon request of an Agent Member (for itself or on behalf of a beneficial owner) by written notice given to the Trustee by or on behalf of the Depository in accordance with customary procedures of the Depository and in compliance with this Section 2.03 and Section 2.04.

 

8


(ii) Agent Members will have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository, and the Depository may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner and Holder of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Depository or its nominee may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person (including any Agent Member and any Person that holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through an Agent Member) to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes, and nothing herein will impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of any security.

(iii) If (x) the Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for a Global Note and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or (y) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Trustee has received a written request from the Depository, the Trustee will promptly exchange each beneficial interest in the Global Note for one or more Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an equal aggregate principal amount registered in the name of the owner of such beneficial interest, as identified to the Trustee by the Depository, and thereupon the Global Note will be deemed canceled. If such Note does not bear the Restricted Legend, then the Certificated Notes issued in exchange therefor will not bear the Restricted Legend. If such Note bears the Restricted Legend, then the Certificated Notes issued in exchange therefor will bear the Restricted Legend, provided that any Holder of any such Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note will have the right upon presentation to the Trustee of a duly completed Certificate of Beneficial Ownership after the Restricted Period to exchange such Certificated Note for a Certificated Note of like tenor and amount that does not bear the Restricted Legend, registered in the name of such Holder.

(b) Each Certificated Note will be registered in the name of the Holder thereof or its nominee.

(c)    (i) Global Note to Global Note . If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Trustee will (y) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note being transferred or exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (z) record a like increase in the principal amount of the other Global Note. Any beneficial interest in one Global Note that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Note, will, upon transfer or exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer and exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.

(ii) Global Note to Certificated Note . If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is transferred or exchanged for a Certificated Note, the Trustee will (y) record a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such

 

9


transfer or exchange and (z) deliver one or more new Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an equal aggregate principal amount to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the owner of such beneficial interest (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or owner, as applicable.

(iii) Certificated Note to Global Note . If a Certificated Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel such Certificated Note, (y) record an increase in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Certificated Note, deliver to the Holder thereof one or more new Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Certificated Note, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.

(iv) Certificated Note to Certificated Note . If a Certificated Note is transferred or exchanged for another Certificated Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel the Certificated Note being transferred or exchanged, (y) deliver one or more new Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the Holder of the canceled Certificated Note (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Certificated Note, deliver to the Holder thereof one or more Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Certificated Note, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.

Section 2.04 Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange . (a) The transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made in accordance with this Section 2.04 and Section 2.03 and, in the case of a Global Note (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Security Registrar shall refuse to register any requested transfer or exchange that does not comply with the preceding sentence.

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) of this Section 2.04, the transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) of the type set forth in column A below for a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) of the type set forth opposite in column B below may only be made in compliance with the certification requirements (if any) described in the clause of this paragraph set forth opposite in column C below.

 

 A

        

 B

         

 C

U.S. Global Note      U.S. Global Note       (i)
U.S. Global Note      Offshore Global Note       (ii)
U.S. Global Note      Certificated Note       (iii)
Offshore Global Note      U.S. Global Note       (iv)
Offshore Global Note      Offshore Global Note       (i)
Offshore Global Note      Certificated Note       (v)

 

10


 A

        

 B

         

 C

Certificated Note      U.S. Global Note       (iv)
Certificated Note      Offshore Global Note       (ii)
Certificated Note      Certificated Note       (iii)

(i) No certification is required.

(ii) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Security Registrar a duly completed Regulation S Certificate; provided that if the requested transfer or exchange is made by the Holder of a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend, then no certification is required.

(iii) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee (y) a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate or (z) a duly completed Regulation S Certificate, and/or an Opinion of Counsel and such other certifications and evidence as the Company may reasonably require in order to determine that the proposed transfer or exchange is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States; provided that if the requested transfer or exchange is made by the Holder of a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend, then no certification is required. In the event that (y) the requested transfer or exchange takes place after the Restricted Period and a duly completed Regulation S Certificate is delivered to the Security Registrar or (z) a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend is surrendered for transfer or exchange, upon transfer or exchange the Trustee will deliver a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend.

(iv) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Security Registrar a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate.

(v) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no such exchange is permitted if the requested exchange involves a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note. If the requested transfer involves a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note, the Person requesting the transfer must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Security Registrar a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate or and/or an Opinion of Counsel and such other certifications and evidence as the Company may reasonably require in order to determine that the proposed transfer is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. If the requested transfer or exchange involves a beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Note, no certification is required and the Trustee will deliver a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend.

(c) No certification is required in connection with any transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein):

(i) after such Note is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or a successor provision) without the need for current public information; provided that the Company has provided the Trustee with an Officer’s Certificate to that

 

11


effect, and the Company may require from any Person requesting a transfer or exchange in reliance upon this clause (i) an opinion of counsel and any other reasonable certifications and evidence in order to support such certificate; or

(ii) (y) sold pursuant to an effective registration statement, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise or (z) which is validly tendered for exchange into an Exchange Note pursuant to an Exchange Offer.

Any Certificated Note delivered in reliance upon this paragraph will not bear the Restricted Legend.

(d) The Trustee will retain copies of all certificates, opinions and other documents received in connection with the transfer or exchange of a Note (or a beneficial interest therein), and the Company will have the right to inspect and make copies thereof at any reasonable time upon written notice to the Trustee.

(e) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

Section 2.05 Temporary Offshore Global Notes . (a) Each Note originally sold by the Initial Purchasers in reliance upon Regulation S will be evidenced by one or more Offshore Global Notes that bear the Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend.

(b) An owner of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note (or a Person acting on behalf of such an owner) may provide to the Trustee (and the Trustee will accept) a duly completed Certificate of Beneficial Ownership at any time after the Restricted Period (it being understood that the Trustee will not accept any such certificate during the Restricted Period). Promptly after acceptance of a Certificate of Beneficial Ownership with respect to such a beneficial interest, the Trustee will cause such beneficial interest to be exchanged for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Note, and will (x) permanently reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Offshore Global Note by the amount of such beneficial interest and (y) increase the principal amount of such Permanent Offshore Global Note by the amount of such beneficial interest.

(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b), if after the Restricted Period any Initial Purchaser owns a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note, such Initial Purchaser may, upon written request to the Trustee accompanied by a certification as to its status as an Initial Purchaser, exchange such beneficial interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Note, and the Trustee will comply with such request and will (x) permanently reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Offshore Global Note by the amount of such beneficial interest and (y) increase the principal amount of such Permanent Offshore Global Note by the amount of such beneficial interest.

 

12


(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any owner of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note shall not be entitled to receive payment of principal or interest on such beneficial interest or other amounts in respect of such beneficial interest until such beneficial interest is exchanged for an interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Note or transferred for an interest in another Global Note or a Certificated Note.

Section 2.06 Terms of the Notes . The following terms relating to the Notes are hereby established:

(a) Title . The Notes shall constitute a series of Securities having the title “5.5% Senior Notes due 2022.”

(b) Principal Amount . The aggregate principal amount of the Notes that may be initially authenticated and delivered under the Indenture shall be $850,000,000. The Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders of Notes, issue additional Notes (in any such case “ Additional Notes ”) of a series having the same ranking and the same interest rate, maturity and other terms as the Notes including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Additional Notes, except for the issue date, the public offering price and, in some cases, the first Interest Payment Date and interest accrual date, provided that no Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing, provided further that if any such additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes initially issued hereunder for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such additional Notes shall have a separate CUSIP number. Any Additional Notes and the existing Notes will constitute a single series under the Indenture and all references to the relevant Notes shall include the Additional Notes unless the context otherwise requires.

(c) Maturity Date . The entire outstanding principal of the Notes shall be payable on July 15, 2022.

(d) Interest Rate . The rate at which the Notes shall bear interest shall be 5.5% per annum; the date from which interest shall accrue on the Notes shall be July 13, 2012, or the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or provided for; the Interest Payment Dates for the Notes shall be January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning January 15, 2013 (whether or not a Business Day), provided , that interest payable at the Stated Maturity or upon redemption will be paid to the person to whom principal is payable; the interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date, will be paid, in immediately available funds, to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the January 1 or July 1, as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date (whether or not a Business Day), provided , that interest payable at the Stated Maturity or upon redemption will be paid to the person to whom principal is payable. Payment of principal and interest on the Notes will be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or such other office or agency of the Company as may be designated for such purpose, in such currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however , that each installment of interest and principal on the Notes may at the Company’s option be paid in immediately available funds by transfer to an account maintained by the payee located in the United States of America.

 

13


(e) Currency . The currency of denomination of the Notes is United States Dollars. Payment of principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes will be made in United States Dollars.

Section 2.07 Optional Redemption . (a) The provisions of Article 3 of the Indenture shall apply to the Notes.

(b) At any time and from time to time, the Notes will be redeemable, as a whole or in part, at the Company’s option, on at least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, prior notice mailed to the registered address of each holder of the Notes, or provided by email or facsimile to the Trustee for transmission to the Depository or its nominee or such other notice method in accordance with the Indenture as determined by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or a certificate executed by certain Officers of the Company (any such date fixed for redemption, an “ Optional Redemption Date ”), at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, such Optional Redemption Date, or (ii) the Make-Whole Redemption Amount.

(c) Notwithstanding Article 3 of the Indenture, the notice of redemption with respect to any redemption pursuant to Section 3.04 need not set forth the Redemption Price but only the manner of calculation thereof as described above.

(d) On and after the Redemption Date for the Notes, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or any portion thereof called for redemption, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price. On or before the Redemption Date for the Notes, the Company will deposit with a Paying Agent, or the Trustee, funds sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to be redeemed on such date. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes or portions of the Notes to be redeemed by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. The Trustee may select for redemption Notes and portions of Notes in amounts of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, provided that the unredeemed portion of any Note to be redeemed in part will not be less than $2,000, and shall thereafter promptly notify the Company in writing of the numbers of Notes to be redeemed, in whole or in part.

Section 2.08 Offer to Repurchase Upon A Change of Control Repurchase Event . (a) If a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurs prior to the Termination Time, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, the Company shall make an offer to each Holder of Notes to repurchase all or any part (equal to integral multiples of $1,000 with no residual Notes less than $2,000) of that Holder’s Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to, but excluding, the date of repurchase. Within 30 days following any Change of Control Repurchase Event or, at the Company’s option, prior to any Change of Control prior to the Termination Time, but after the public announcement of the Change of Control, the Company will mail by first class mail or equivalent, a notice to each Holder of Notes, with a copy to the Trustee, describing the

 

14


transaction or transactions that constitute or may constitute the Change of Control Repurchase Event and offering to repurchase Notes on the payment date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed. The notice shall, if mailed prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control, state that the offer to purchase is conditioned on a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurring on or prior to the payment date specified in the notice. The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Repurchase Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 2.08, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 2.08 by virtue of such conflict.

(b) On the repurchase date following a Change of Control Repurchase Event, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:

(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Company’s offer;

(ii) deposit with the Trustee an amount equal to the aggregate purchase price and accrued interest in respect of all Notes or portions of the Notes properly tendered; and

(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted, together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes being purchased by the Company.

(c) The Trustee shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the purchase price for the Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of any Notes surrendered; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

(d) The Company shall not be required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirement for an offer made by the Company and such third party purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer.

(e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 2.08 shall not be applicable if the Change of Control or Below Investment Grade Ratings Event occurs after the Termination Time.

(f) For the avoidance of doubt, the Company’s obligation to repurchase the Notes pursuant to this Section 2.08 is guaranteed by each Subsidiary Guarantor.

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of a Change of Control Repurchase Event unless and until it shall have received written notice thereof from the Company in accordance with Section 2.08(a).

 

15


Section 2.09 Interest Rate Adjustments Upon Ratings Changes . (a) If, at any time prior to the Termination Time, the rating on the Notes from either Rating Agency is downgraded (each such downgrade, a “ Downgrade Event ”) below the Baseline Ratings, the interest rate payable on the Notes will increase by 25 basis points for each one notch rating downgrade by either Rating Agency.

(b) Following any Downgrade Event and prior to the Termination Time, the interest rate payable on the Notes shall be increased or decreased from time to time so that, (i) to the extent that either Rating Agency maintains a rating on the Notes that is one or more notches below the Baseline Ratings, the interest rate has been increased by 25 basis points (and only 25 basis points) for each such notch and (ii) if either Rating Agency maintains a rating that is at or above the Baseline Ratings, then all interest rate increases as a result of Downgrade Events with respect to such Rating Agency shall be reversed.

(c) If at any time prior to the Termination Time the rating on the Notes from either Rating Agency is withdrawn, suspended, or otherwise discontinued (a “ Rating Withdrawal Event ”), the interest rate payable on the Notes will increase by 100 basis points for each such Rating Withdrawal Event. For the avoidance of doubt, any increase in the interest rate payable on the Notes due to a Rating Withdrawal Event shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any increase in the interest rate payable on the Notes due to a Downgrade Event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment shall be made to the interest rate payable on the Notes solely as a result of any Rating Agency ceasing to provide a rating on the Notes if such Rating Agency ceases to provide ratings on all debt securities of issuers in the life insurance industry generally or on all debt securities generally.

(d) If, following any Rating Withdrawal Event, another Rating Agency shall provide a rating on the Notes, the increase in the interest rate resulting from such Rating Withdrawal Event shall be reversed upon the designation of the other Rating Agency as a substitute Rating Agency by the Company through written notice to the Trustee. If such substitute Rating Agency shall initially assign a rating to the Notes that is below the Baseline Ratings, such assignment shall be deemed to be a Downgrade Event and the interest rate on the Notes shall be adjusted in the manner described in this Section 2.09.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the cumulative interest rate increase on the Notes as a result of all Downgrade Events or Rating Withdrawal Events exceed 200 basis points in the aggregate, and in no event shall the interest rate payable on the Notes be lower than 5.5%.

(f) Any interest rate increase or decrease described in this Section 2.09 will take effect as of the first Business Day following the public announcement of any ratings action that requires an adjustment to the interest rate (or, in the case of the designation of a substitute Rating Agency, upon the date of written notice to the Trustee of such designation). For the avoidance of doubt, no interest rate increase or decrease described in this Section 2.09 shall have any effect on interest that shall have accrued on the Notes prior to such date or have any other retroactive effect.

 

16


(g) From and after the Termination Time, no further adjustment to the interest rate payable on the Notes will be made in connection with any Downgrade Event or Rating Withdrawal Event. For the avoidance of doubt, the interest rate payable at the Termination Time as a result of the adjustments pursuant to this Section 2.09 (as it may be additionally adjusted from time to time pursuant to any other provisions of the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement) shall remain in effect until the Maturity, or until the Notes are earlier redeemed or repurchased.

(h) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within five Business Days after a Downgrade Event or Rating Withdrawal Event, or any reversal of an interest rate increase pursuant to Section 2.09(b), written notice stating that (i) the Downgrade Event or Rating Withdrawal Event, or subsequent reversal pursuant to Section 2.09(b), as the case may be, has occurred and (ii) the new interest rate resulting from the Downgrade Event, Rating Withdrawal Event or subsequent reversal pursuant to Section 2.09(b).

(i) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Downgrade Event or Rating Withdrawal Event, or resulting change in the interest rate payable on any Notes unless and until it shall have received written notice thereof from the Company in accordance with Section 2.09(h).

ARTICLE 3

M ISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls . If any provision of this First Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this First Supplemental Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act, the required provision shall control. If any provision of this First Supplemental Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act which may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this First Supplemental Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case may be.

Section 3.02 Governing Law . This First Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

Section 3.03 Payment of Notes . Payments in respect of the Notes represented by the Global Notes are to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders of the Global Notes. With respect to Certificated Notes, the Company will make all payments through the Paying Agent by mailing a check to each Holder’s registered address; provided, however , that payments may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to the account specified by the Holder thereof.

Section 3.04 Multiple Counterparts . The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this First Supplemental Indenture. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent one and the same First Supplemental Indenture.

 

17


Section 3.05 Severability . Each provision of this First Supplemental Indenture shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision which is not essential to the effectuation of the basic purpose of this First Supplemental Indenture or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and a Holder shall have no claim therefor against any party hereto.

Section 3.06 Relation to Indenture . This First Supplemental Indenture constitutes a part of the Indenture, the provisions of which (as modified by this First Supplemental Indenture) shall apply to the series of Securities established by this First Supplemental Indenture but shall not modify, amend or otherwise affect the Indenture insofar as it relates to any other series of Securities or modify, amend or otherwise affect in any manner the terms and conditions of the Securities of any other series.

Section 3.07 Ratification . The Indenture, as supplemented and amended by this First Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified and confirmed. The Indenture and this First Supplemental Indenture shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument. All provisions included in this First Supplemental Indenture supersede any conflicting provisions included in the Indenture unless not permitted by law. The Trustee accepts the trusts created by the Indenture, as supplemented by this First Supplemental Indenture, and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions of the Indenture, as supplemented by this First Supplemental Indenture.

Section 3.08 Effectiveness . The provisions of this First Supplemental Indenture shall become effective as of the date hereof.

Section 3.09 Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities . The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this First Supplemental Indenture or of the Securities. The Trustee or any Authenticating Agent shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.

ARTICLE 4

G ENERAL G UARANTEE A GREEMENT

Section 4.01 General Guarantee Agreement Inapplicable . Without in any way limiting the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder, the General Guarantee Agreement dated April 17, 2012 by Lion Holdings in favor of each person to whom the Company may owe any obligations evidenced by senior unsecured debentures, notes or similar debt instruments issued by the Company shall be inapplicable to the Securities. The Trustee shall not be entitled to enforce any rights under the General Guarantee Agreement with respect to any Securities or other obligation under this Indenture. The Trustee waives all rights and remedies it may have under the General Guarantee Agreement with respect to any obligation under this Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, any obligation under this First Supplemental Indenture is not an obligation as defined in the General Guarantee Agreement. This Article 4 does not in any way limit any obligation of the Company under any Securities or any Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

18


This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts,

each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original,

but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature pages follow]

 

19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ING U.S., INC.
By:  

/s/ Alain M. Karaoglan

  Name:   Alain M. Karaoglan
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

Finance and Strategy

By:  

/s/ Ewout L. Steenbergen

  Name:   Ewout L. Steenbergen
  Title:  

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

LION CONNECTICUT HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

/s/ Alain M. Karaoglan

  Name:   Alain M. Karaoglan
  Title:   Executive Vice President,
Finance and Strategy
By:  

/s/ Ewout L. Steenbergen

  Name:   Ewout L. Steenbergen
  Title:  

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

[ Indenture ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ING U.S., INC.
By:  

 

  Name:   Alain M. Karaoglan
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

Finance and Strategy

By:  

 

  Name:   Ewout L. Steenbergen
  Title:  

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

LION CONNECTICUT HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

 

  Name:   Alain M. Karaoglan
  Title:   Executive Vice President,
Finance and Strategy
By:  

 

  Name:   Ewout L. Steenbergen
  Title:  

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By:  

/s/ Earl W. Dennison Jr.

  Name:   Earl W. Dennison Jr.
  Title:   Vice President

 

[ Indenture ]


EXHIBIT A

[Form of 5.5% Senior Note due 2022]

ING U.S., INC.

5.5% Senior Note due 2022

Fully and Unconditionally Guaranteed by Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc.

Principal Amount: $         

 

No.      
CUSIP:    [45685EAA4] 1   
   [U45717AA0] 2   
ISIN:    [US45685EAA47] 1   
   [USU45717AA00] 2   

ING U.S., Inc., a Delaware corporation (herein called the “ Company ,” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to                     , or registered assigns, the principal sum of $          on July 15, 2022 (the “ Maturity Date ”) (except to the extent redeemed or repaid prior to the Maturity Date) and to pay interest thereon from July 13, 2012 (the “ Original Issue Date ”) or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for semi-annually at the rate of 5.5% per annum, on January 15 and July 15 (each such date, an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing January 15, 2013, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment. The rate of interest payable hereon is subject to adjustment as provided in the Indenture (as defined below), but shall in no event be less than the rate stated above.

Payment of Interest . The interest so payable, and punctually paid or made available for payment, on any Interest Payment Date, will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid, in immediately available funds, to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor securities) is registered at the close of business on January 1 or July 1 (whether or not a Business Day, as defined in the Indenture), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date (the “ Regular Record Date ”). Any such interest not punctually paid or duly provided for (“ Defaulted Interest ”) will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date, and such Defaulted Interest, may be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date (the

 

1   For Rule 144A Note(s).
2   For Regulation S Note(s).

 

A-1


Special Record Date ”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not less than ten days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

Place of Payment . Payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on this Note will be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or such other office or agency of the Company as may be designated for such purpose, in such currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however , that each installment of interest, premium, if any, and principal on this Note may at the Company’s option be paid in immediately available funds by transfer to an account maintained by the payee located in the United States of America.

Time of Payment . In any case where any Interest Payment Date, the Maturity Date or any date fixed for redemption or repayment of the Notes shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture or this Note), payment of principal or interest, if any, need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such Interest Payment Date, the Maturity Date or the date so fixed for redemption or repayment, and no interest shall accrue in respect of the delay.

General . This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Securities of the Company, issued and to be issued in one or more series under an indenture (the “ Base Indenture ”), dated as of July 13, 2012, among the Company, Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc., as the initial Subsidiary Guarantor, and U.S. Bank National Association (herein called the “ Trustee ,” which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture with respect to a series of which this Note is a part), as supplemented by a First Supplemental Indenture thereto, dated as of July 13, 2012 (the “ First Supplemental Indenture ” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “ Indenture ”), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto from time to time and the Trustee. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities, and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Note is one of a duly authorized series of Securities designated as “5.5% Senior Notes due 2022” (collectively, the “ Notes ”), initially limited in aggregate principal amount to $850,000,000.

Further Issuance . The Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, issue additional Securities (the “ Additional Securities ”) of this series having the same ranking and the same interest rate, maturity and other terms as the Notes. Any Additional Securities of this series and the Notes will constitute a single series under the Indenture and all references to the Notes shall include the Additional Securities unless the context otherwise requires; provided that if any such Additional Securities are not fungible with the Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Securities shall have a separate CUSIP number.

 

A-2


Events of Default . If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing, the principal of the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

Sinking Fund . The Notes are not subject to any sinking fund.

Redemption and Repurchase . The Notes are subject to optional redemption, and may be the subject of an offer to purchase upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Repurchase Event, as further described in the Indenture. There is no sinking fund or mandatory redemption applicable to the Notes.

Restrictive Covenants . The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to create liens or the ability of the Company to consolidate, merge or sell, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets.

Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance . The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of (a) the entire indebtedness of the Company on this Note and (b) certain restrictive covenants and the related Defaults and Events of Default, upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth therein, which provisions apply to this Note.

Modification and Waivers; Obligations of the Company Absolute . The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series. Such amendment may be effected under the Indenture at any time by the Company, and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of each series affected thereby. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all outstanding Securities, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture. Furthermore, provisions in the Indenture permit the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities of individual series to waive on behalf of all of the Holders of Securities of such individual series certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver shall be conclusive and binding upon the Holder of this Note and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the time, place, and rate, and in the currency, herein prescribed.

Subsidiary Guarantees . This Note will be entitled to the benefits of certain Subsidiary Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders.

 

A-3


Registration Rights . The Note will be entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 13, 2012, between the Company, the initial Subsidiary Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers named therein, including the right to receive Additional Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) as and when set forth therein. 3

No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, agent, employee, incorporator, stockholder, partner, member, or manager of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under any Notes, the Indenture or any Subsidiary Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Limitation on Suits . As set forth in, and subject to, the provisions of the Indenture, no Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to this series, the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have made written request, and offered indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee to institute such proceedings as Trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days; provided, however , that such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by the Holder hereof for the enforcement of payment of the principal of or interest on this Note on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.

Authorized Denominations . The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Registration of Transfer or Exchange . As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations herein and therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable in the register of the Notes maintained by the Security Registrar upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, at the office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of and interest on this Note are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations herein and therein set forth, the Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of different authorized denominations, as requested by the Holders surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

3   Include only for Initial Note or Additional Note.

 

A-4


Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Holder as the owner hereof for all purposes (except with respect to certain payments of Defaulted Interest), whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Defined Terms . All terms used in this Note, which are defined in the Indenture and are not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

Governing Law . This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed and its seal to be hereunto affixed and attested.

Dated:

 

ING U.S., INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Attest:

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-6


TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture, as such is supplemented by the within-mentioned First Supplemental Indenture.

Dated:

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

A-7


ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

 

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee or transferee)

 

(Insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee or transferee)
and irrevocably appoint   

 

agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Dated:  

 

      Signed:
       

 

        (Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:      

 

        Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

 

A-8


[THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED ON ALL

CERTIFICATES BEARING A RESTRICTED LEGEND]

In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to                      , the undersigned confirms that such transfer is made without utilizing any general solicitation or general advertising and further as follows:

Check One

¨ (1) This Note is being transferred to a “qualified institutional buyer” in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and certification in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture is being furnished herewith.

¨ (2) This Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Regulation S thereunder, and certification in the form of Exhibit E to the Indenture is being furnished herewith.

or

¨ (3) This Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (1) or (2) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee is not obligated to register this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in the Indenture have been satisfied.

 

Date:  

 

     
     

 

      Seller
      By  

 

NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within-mentioned instrument in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever.

 

A-9


Signature Guarantee: 1

 

 

 

 
  By  

 

 
  To be executed by an executive officer  

 

1   Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Security Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Association Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-10


[Attach to Global Note only]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES AND DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

ING U.S., INC.

5.5% Senior Note due 2022

Fully and Unconditionally Guaranteed by Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc.

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is $        . The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date

   Amount of decrease
in Principal  Amount
of this Global Note
   Amount of increase
in Principal  Amount
of this Global Note
   Principal Amount of
this Global Note
following such
decrease or increase
   Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee or Note
Custodian
           
           

 

A-11


EXHIBIT B

RESTRICTED LEGEND

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER

(1) REPRESENTS THAT

(A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, OR

(B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND

(2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY

(A) TO THE COMPANY,

(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

(E) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) OR (D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE

 

B-1


WITH (2)(E) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

B-2


EXHIBIT C

DTC LEGEND

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“ DTC ”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE ARE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE ARE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TRANSFER PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE.

 

C-1


EXHIBIT D

Regulation S Certificate

                     ,              

U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee

Earl Dennison, Jr.

U.S. Bank Corporate Trust Services

One Federal Street, 3rd Floor

Boston, Ma 02110

Phone# (617) 603-6567

Fax# (617) 603-6667

earl.dennison@usbank.com

ING U.S., Inc. 5.5% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “ Notes ”) issued under the Indenture as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture (collectively, the “ Indenture ”), each dated as of July 13, 2012 relating to the Notes

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Terms are used in this Certificate as used in Regulation S (“Regulation S”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), except as otherwise stated herein.

[ CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE. ]

 

  ¨   A.   This Certificate relates to our proposed transfer of $          principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture. We hereby certify as follows:
        1.   The offer and sale of the Notes was not and will not be made to a person in the United States (unless such person is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by it for which it is acting is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3)) and such offer and sale was not and will not be specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad.
        2.   Unless the circumstances described in the parenthetical in paragraph 1 above are applicable, either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the buyer was outside the United

 

D-1


          States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market, and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States.
        3.   Neither we, any of our affiliates, nor any person acting on our or their behalf has made any directed selling efforts in the United States with respect to the Notes.
        4.   The proposed transfer of Notes is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
        5.   If we are a dealer or a person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the Notes, and the proposed transfer takes place during the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture), or we are an officer or director of the Company or an Initial Purchaser (as defined in the Indenture), we certify that the proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the provisions of Rule 904(b) of Regulation S.
  ¨   B.   This Certificate relates to our proposed exchange of $          principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Notes to be held by us. We hereby certify as follows:
        1.   At the time the offer and sale of the Notes was made to us, either (i) we were not in the United States or (ii) we were excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by us for which we were acting was excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3); and we were not a member of an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad.
        2.   Unless the circumstances described in paragraph 1(ii) above are applicable, either (a) at the time our buy order was originated, we were outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and we did not pre- arrange the transaction in the United States.
        3.   The proposed exchange of Notes is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

D-2


You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

      Very truly yours,
     

[NAME OF SELLER (FOR TRANSFERS) OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)]

      By:  

 

        Name:
        Title:
        Address:
Date:  

 

     

 

D-3


EXHIBIT E

Rule 144A Certificate

                     ,             

U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee

Earl Dennison, Jr.

U.S. Bank Corporate Trust Services

One Federal Street, 3rd Floor

Boston, Ma 02110

Phone# (617) 603-6567

Fax# (617) 603-6667

earl.dennison@usbank.com

ING U.S., Inc. 5.5% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “ Notes ”) issued under the Indenture as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture (collectively, the “ Indenture ”), each dated as of July 13, 2012 relating to the Notes

Ladies and Gentlemen:

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (1) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

This Certificate relates to:

[ CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE .]

 

  ¨   A.   Our proposed purchase of $          principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture.
  ¨   B.   Our proposed exchange of $          principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Notes to be held by us.

We and, if applicable, each account for which we are acting in the aggregate owned and invested more than $100,000,000 in securities of issuers that are not affiliated with us (or such accounts, if applicable), as of              , 20      , which is a date on or since close of our most recent fiscal year. We and, if applicable, each account for which we are acting, are a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A (“Rule 144A”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). If we are acting on behalf of an account, we exercise sole investment discretion with respect to such account. We are aware that the transfer of Notes to us, or such exchange, as applicable, is being made in reliance upon the exemption from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A. Prior to the date of this Certificate we have received such information regarding the Company as we have requested pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) or have determined not to request such information.

 

E-1


You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

      Very truly yours,
     

[NAME OF PURCHASER (FOR TRANSFERS) OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)]

      By:  

 

        Name:
        Title:
        Address:
Date:  

 

     

 

E-2


EXHIBIT F

[COMPLETE FORM I OR FORM II AS APPLICABLE.]

[FORM I]

Certificate of Beneficial Ownership

To: U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee

Earl Dennison, Jr.

U.S. Bank Corporate Trust Services

One Federal Street, 3rd Floor

Boston, Ma 02110

Phone# (617) 603-6567

Fax# (617) 603-6667

earl.dennison@usbank.com

OR

[Name of DTC Participant]

ING U.S., Inc. 5.5% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “ Notes ”) issued under the Indenture as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture (collectively, the “ Indenture ”), each dated as of July 13, 2012 relating to the Notes

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are the beneficial owner of $          principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture and represented by a Temporary Offshore Global Note (as defined in the Indenture).

We hereby certify as follows:

[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]

 

  ¨   A.   We are a non-U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended).
  ¨   B.   We are a U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that purchased the Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

      Very truly yours,
     

[NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER]

      By:  

 

        Name:
        Title:
        Address:
Date:  

 

     

 

F-1


[FORM II]

Certificate of Beneficial Ownership

U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee

Earl Dennison, Jr.

U.S. Bank Corporate Trust Services

One Federal Street, 3rd Floor

Boston, Ma 02110

Phone# (617) 603-6567

Fax# (617) 603-6667

earl.dennison@usbank.com

ING U.S., Inc. 5.5% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “ Notes ”) issued under the Indenture as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture (collectively, the “ Indenture ”), each dated as of July 13, 2012 relating to the Notes

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This is to certify that based solely on certifications we have received in writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission from Institutions appearing in our records as persons being entitled to a portion of the principal amount of Notes represented by a Temporary Offshore Global Note issued under the above-referenced Indenture, that as of the date hereof, $          principal amount of Notes represented by the Temporary Offshore Global Note being submitted herewith for exchange is beneficially owned by persons that are either (i) non-U.S. persons (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) or (ii) U.S. persons that purchased the Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

We further certify that (i) we are not submitting herewith for exchange any portion of such Temporary Offshore Global Note excepted in such certifications and (ii) as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any Institution to the effect that the statements made by such Institution with respect to any portion of such Temporary Offshore Global Note submitted herewith for exchange are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.

 

F-2


You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

      Yours faithfully,
      [Name of DTC Participant]
      By:  

 

        Name:
        Title:
        Address:
Date:  

 

     

 

F-3


EXHIBIT G

THIS NOTE IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE. PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD APPLICABLE HERETO, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN MAY NOT BE HELD BY ANY PERSON OTHER THAN (1) A NON-U.S. PERSON OR (2) A U.S. PERSON THAT PURCHASED SUCH INTEREST IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”). BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN ARE NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR PHYSICAL NOTES OTHER THAN A PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. TERMS IN THIS LEGEND ARE USED AS USED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

NO BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL OR INTEREST HEREON UNTIL SUCH BENEFICIAL INTEREST IS EXCHANGED OR TRANSFERRED FOR AN INTEREST IN ANOTHER NOTE.

 

G-1

Exhibit 10.3

EXECUTION VERSION

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated July 13, 2012 (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and among ING U.S., INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), LION CONNECTICUT HOLDINGS INC. (the “ Initial Guarantor ”) and CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC, MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED and MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC (collectively with, and for and on behalf of, the other “Initial Purchasers” named in the Purchase Agreement referred to below, the “ Initial Purchasers ”).

The Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers are parties to the Purchase Agreement dated July 10, 2012 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), which provides for the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of $850,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 5.5% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “ Securities ”) which will be guaranteed on an unsecured, senior basis by the Guarantor. As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Guarantor have agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Additional Guarantor ” shall mean any subsidiary of the Company that executes a Guarantee under the Indenture after the date of this Agreement.

Additional Interest ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(i) hereof.

Business Day ” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the Company’s successors.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Exchange Dates ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof.

Exchange Offer ” shall mean the exchange offer by the Company and the Guarantor of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration ” shall mean a registration under the Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.


Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

Exchange Securities ” shall mean senior notes issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantor under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities (except that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest rate for failure to comply with this Agreement) and to be offered to Holders of Securities in exchange for Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Free Writing Prospectus ” means each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities.

Guarantees ” shall mean the guarantee of the Securities and guarantee of the Exchange Securities by the Guarantor under the Indenture.

Guarantor ” shall mean the Initial Guarantor and any other subsidiary of the Company that Guarantees the Securities pursuant to the Indenture.

Holders ” shall mean the Initial Purchasers, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided that, for purposes of Section 4 and Section 5 hereof, the term “Holders” shall include Participating Broker-Dealers.

Indemnified Holders ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

Indemnified Offering Documents ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.

Indemnified Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

Indemnified Registration Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.

Indemnifying Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

Indenture ” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities dated as of July 13, 2012 among the Company, the Guarantor and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, and as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Initial Purchasers ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Inspector ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(xiv) hereof.

 

- 2 -


IPO Registration Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

Issue Date ” shall mean July 13, 2012.

Issuer Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.

Majority Holders ” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, any Registrable Securities owned directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount; and provided , further , that if the Company shall issue any additional Securities under the Indenture prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement, such additional Securities and the Registrable Securities to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one class for purposes of determining whether the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities has been obtained.

Notice and Questionnaire ” shall mean a notice of registration statement and selling security holder questionnaire distributed to a Holder by the Company upon receipt of a Shelf Request from such Holder.

Participating Broker-Dealers ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

Participating Holder ” shall mean any Holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 2(b) hereof.

Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus included in, or, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Act, deemed a part of, a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including any document incorporated by reference therein.

Prospectus Delivery Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(b) hereof.

Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Registrable Securities ” shall mean the Securities; provided that the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, provided , that Securities not disposed of pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement shall cease to be Registrable Securities one year from the date the

 

- 3 -


Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC (with such one-year period to be extended by the duration of any Suspension Period that shall occur prior to the expiration of such period), (ii) when such Securities cease to be outstanding or (iii) except in the case of Securities that otherwise remain Registrable Securities and that are held by an Initial Purchaser and that are ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, when the Exchange Offer is consummated.

Registration Default ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has not been filed by the Target Filing Date, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not completed on or prior to the Target Registration Date, (iii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) or Section 2(b)(ii) hereof, has not become effective on or prior to the Target Registration Date, (iv) if the Company receives a Shelf Request pursuant to Section 2(b)(iii), the Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed thereby has not become effective by the later of (a) the Target Registration Date and (b) 90 days after delivery of such Shelf Request, or (v) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by this Agreement, has become effective and thereafter ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each case whether or not permitted by this Agreement, within a period of one year from such effectiveness (or such shorter period as any Registrable Securities are outstanding); provided that it shall not be a Registration Default under this clause (v) if the period or periods during which the Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective or Prospectus ceases to be usable (each such period, a “ Suspension Period ”) are less than, in aggregate, 90 days in length; and provided further that such one year period shall be extended by one day for each day of a Suspension Period.

Registration Expenses ” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company and the Guarantor with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or FINRA registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any Underwriters in connection with blue sky qualification of any Registrable Securities sold pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements or other similar agreements and any other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees, (v) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantor and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Participating Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Participating Holders holding a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities held by such Participating Holders and which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company) and (viii) the fees and disbursements of the independent registered public accountants of the Company and the Guarantor, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder.

 

- 4 -


Registration Statement ” shall mean any registration statement of the Company and the Guarantor that covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

SEC ” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Shelf Effectiveness Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

Shelf Registration ” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.

Shelf Registration Statement ” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and the Guarantor that covers all or a portion of the Registrable Securities on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

Shelf Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

Staff ” shall mean the staff of the SEC.

Suspension Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of the term “Registration Default.”

Target Filing Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

Target Registration Date ” shall mean the earlier of (i) the date which is 120 days after the effectiveness of the IPO Registration Statement and (ii) the date which is 400 days after the Issue Date.

Trust Indenture Act ” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time.

Trustee ” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

Underwriter ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e) hereof.

Underwritten Offering ” shall mean an offering in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.

 

- 5 -


2. Registration Under the Securities Act . (a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, the Company and the Guarantor shall use their reasonable best efforts to (x) cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement with the SEC within 365 days after the Issue Date (or, if earlier, within 30 days after the effectiveness of any registration statement the Company files covering the initial public offering of the Company’s equity securities (the “IPO Registration Statement”); such earlier date, the “Target Filing Date”), covering an offer to the Holders of the Registrable Securities to exchange the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities and (y) have such Registration Statement become and remain effective until 180 days after the last Exchange Date for use by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof. The Company and the Guarantor shall use their reasonable best efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later than the Target Registration Date.

The Company and the Guarantor shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related Prospectus and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law, substantially the following:

 

  (i) that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;

 

  (ii) the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “ Exchange Dates ”);

 

  (iii) that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest but will not retain any rights under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified in Section 2(b) hereof;

 

  (iv) that any Holder electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to (A) surrender such Registrable Security, together with appropriate accompanying documents, to the institution and at the address and in the manner specified in the notice, or (B) effect such exchange otherwise in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for such Registrable Security, in each case prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and

 

  (v) that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by (A) sending to the institution and at the address specified in the notice, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities exchanged or (B) effecting such withdrawal in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for the Registrable Securities.

As a condition to participating in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be required to represent to the Company and the Guarantor that (1) any Exchange Securities to be received by it

 

- 6 -


will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (2) at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (3) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company or the Guarantor and (4) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such Holder will deliver a Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Company and the Guarantor shall:

 

  (i) accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and

 

  (ii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Company and issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Securities equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities tendered by such Holder.

The Company and the Guarantor shall use their reasonable best efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff.

For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any provision of this Section 2(a) purporting to require physical mailing, delivery or acceptance of any document or instrument, the Company and the Guarantor may conduct the Exchange Offer exclusively through the automated tender offer program of the Depository Trust Company or any successor or similar system permitting electronic transmittal, tender and acceptance of documents and instruments, provided that this provision shall apply only to Registrable Securities held in the form of beneficial interests in a global note deposited with (or held by a custodian for) the Depository Trust Company.

(b) In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantor determine that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) hereof is not available or the Exchange Offer may not be completed as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason completed by the Target Registration Date or (iii) upon receipt of a written request (a “ Shelf Request ”) from any Initial Purchaser representing that it holds Registrable Securities that are or were ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, in each case unless the Company and Guarantor shall have previously done so, the Company and the Guarantor shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after the Target Registration Date or, if later, the date of the Shelf Request, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of all the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and to have such

 

- 7 -


Shelf Registration Statement become effective; provided that no Holder will be entitled to have any Registrable Securities included in any Shelf Registration Statement, or entitled to use the prospectus forming a part of such Shelf Registration Statement, until such Holder shall have delivered a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire and provided such other information regarding such Holder to the Company as is contemplated by Section 3(b) hereof.

In the event that the Company and the Guarantor are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (iii) of the preceding sentence, the Company and the Guarantor shall use their reasonable best efforts to file and have become effective both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof with respect to all Registrable Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities held by the Initial Purchasers after completion of the Exchange Offer.

The Company and the Guarantor agree to use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the Securities cease to be Registrable Securities (the “ Shelf Effectiveness Period ”). The Company and the Guarantor further agree to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement, the related Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder or if reasonably requested by a Holder of Registrable Securities with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use their reasonable best efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective, if required, and such Shelf Registration Statement, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable. The Company and the Guarantor agree to furnish to the Participating Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.

(c) The Company and the Guarantor shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) hereof. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

(d) An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC. A Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC or is automatically effective upon filing with the SEC as provided by Rule 462 under the Securities Act.

(e) (i) If a Registration Default occurs, the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by the following amounts (hereinafter referred to as “ Additional Interest ”) (A) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period beginning on the day immediately following such Registration Default and (B) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case until and including the date such Registration Default ends, provided that the maximum increase shall be 1.00% per annum.

 

- 8 -


(ii) A Registration Default ends when the Securities cease to be Registrable Securities or, if earlier, (1) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (i) of the definition thereof, when the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement is filed, (2) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (ii) of the definition thereof, when the Exchange Offer is completed or when the Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective, (3) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (iii) or (iv) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective or (4) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (v) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement again becomes effective or the Prospectus again becomes usable. If at any time more than one Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, then, until the next date that there is no Registration Default, the increase in interest rate provided for by this paragraph shall apply as if there occurred a single Registration Default that begins on the date that the earliest such Registration Default occurred and ends on such next date that there is no Registration Default.

(f) The payment of Additional Interest as provided in Section 2(e)(i) hereof shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available to any Holder or Initial Purchaser for a Registration Default. For the avoidance of doubt, no Holder, Initial Purchaser or other party shall seek or be entitled to specific performance of the Company’s or Guarantor’s obligations hereunder.

3. Registration Procedures . (a) In connection with their obligations pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Company and the Guarantor shall as expeditiously as possible:

(i) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (A) shall be selected by the Company and the Guarantor, (B) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and (C) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include (including through incorporation by reference, if available to the Company and Guarantor) all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith;

(ii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act;

(iii) to the extent any Free Writing Prospectus is used, comply with Rule 433 under the Securities Act in connection therewith;

(iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Participating Holder and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Participating Holder, counsel or Underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities thereunder; and, subject to Section 3(c) hereof, the Company and the Guarantor consent to the use of such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus and any

 

- 9 -


amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the Participating Holders and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law;

(v) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use their reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Participating Holder shall reasonably request in writing by the time the applicable Registration Statement becomes effective; cooperate with such Participating Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA; and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each Participating Holder to complete the disposition in each such jurisdiction of the Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Holder; provided that neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall be required to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (2) consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise subject to such taxation;

(vi) in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Participating Holder promptly and, if requested by any such Participating Holder, confirm such advice in writing (1) when a Shelf Registration Statement has become effective, when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective, when any Free Writing Prospectus covering Registrable Securities has been filed or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus covering Registrable Securities has been filed, (2) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, including the receipt by the Company of any notice of objection of the SEC to the use of a Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, (3) if the Company or the Guarantor receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, or (4) of the happening of any event during the Shelf Effectiveness Period that makes any statement made in the Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus covering Registrable Securities untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in the Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus covering Registrable Securities in order to make the statements therein not misleading;

(vii) use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the resolution of any objection of the SEC pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, including by filing an amendment to such Registration Statement on the proper form, and provide prompt notice to each Holder or Participating Holder of the withdrawal of any such order or such resolution;

(viii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Participating Holder, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without any documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);

 

- 10 -


(ix) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the Participating Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) as such Participating Holders may reasonably request at least two Business Days prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;

(x) upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(a)(vi)(4) hereof, use their reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus covering Registrable Securities or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available) to purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and the Company and the Guarantor shall notify the Participating Holders (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) and any Participating Broker-Dealers known to the Company (in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus covering Registrable Securities as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and such Participating Holders and Participating Broker-Dealers, as applicable, hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, until the Company and the Guarantor have amended or supplemented the Prospectus or the Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to correct such misstatement or omission;

(xi) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Shelf Registration Statement, any Prospectus contained therein, any Free Writing Prospectus relating to Registrable Securities, any amendment to a Shelf Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus contained therein or a Free Writing Prospectus relating to Registrable Securities or of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Shelf Registration Statement, a Prospectus contained therein or a Free Writing Prospectus relating to Registrable Securities after initial filing of a Shelf Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers, as representatives of the Participating Holders and make such of the representatives of the Company and the Guarantor as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers available for discussion of such document; and the Company and the Guarantor shall not, at any time after initial filing of a Shelf Registration Statement, use or file any Prospectus contained therein, any Free Writing Prospectus relating to Registrable Securities, any amendment of or supplement to a Shelf Registration Statement or a Prospectus contained therein or a Free Writing Prospectus relating to Registrable Securities, or any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Shelf Registration Statement, a Prospectus contained therein or a Free Writing Prospectus relating to Registrable Securities, of which the Initial Purchasers shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchasers shall reasonably object; provided that the requirements of this

 

- 11 -


paragraph shall not apply to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, its quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, its current reports on Form 8-K or any other documents filed pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(xii) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the initial effective date of a Registration Statement;

(xiii) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be; cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

(xiv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon reasonable notice make available for inspection by a representative of the Participating Holders (an “ Inspector ”), any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, any attorney or accountant designated by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities held by the Participating Holders and any attorney or accountant designated by such Underwriter, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all pertinent financial and other records, documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company and the Guarantor to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement; provided that such Inspector, Underwriter, attorneys or accountants shall be acceptable to the Company in its judgment reasonably exercised and shall agree to enter into a written confidentiality agreement mutually acceptable to the Company and such Inspector, Underwriter, attorneys or accountants regarding any records, information or documents that are designated by the Company as confidential unless (a) such records, information or documents are available to the public or (b) disclosure of such records, information or documents is required by a court or administrative or other governmental or regulatory order after the exhaustion of appeals therefrom, and to use such information obtained pursuant to this provision only in connection with the transaction for which such information was obtained, and not for any other purpose;

(xv) if reasonably requested by any Participating Holder, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Participating Holder as such Participating Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as the Company has received notification of the matters to be so included in such filing;

(xvi) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the request of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, enter into such customary agreements in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering and in such connection, use commercially reasonable efforts to (1) make such representations and warranties to the Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and the

 

- 12 -


Shelf Registration Statement, Prospectus contained therein, any Free Writing Prospectus relating to Registrable Securities and documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings, (2) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantor (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Underwriters and their counsel) addressed to each Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (3) obtain “comfort” letters from the independent registered public accountants of the Company and the Guarantor (and, if necessary, any other registered public accountant of any subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantor, or of any business acquired by the Company or the Guarantor for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement) addressed to each Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings, and (4) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantor made pursuant to clause (1) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement, provided however, that the Company and Guarantor shall only be obligated to comply with this paragraph (xvi) with respect to one Underwritten Offering; and

(xvii) so long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding, cause each Additional Guarantor upon the creation or acquisition by the Company of such Additional Guarantor (or the effectiveness of the applicable Guarantee, if later), to execute a counterpart to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex A and to deliver such counterpart, to the Initial Purchasers no later than five Business Days following the execution thereof.

(b) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company may require, as a condition to including a Holder’s Registrable Securities on the Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company a Notice and Questionnaire and such other information regarding such Holder and the proposed disposition by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company and the Guarantor may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

(c) Each Participating Holder and each Participating Broker-Dealer (as defined below) agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company and the Guarantor of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(a)(vi)(2) or Section 3(a)(vi)(4) hereof, such Participating Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement until such Participating Holder’s or Participating Broker-Dealer’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a)(x) hereof and, if so directed by the Company and the Guarantor, such Participating Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer will deliver to the Company and the Guarantor all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Participating Holder’s or Participating Broker-Dealer’s possession, of the Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

- 13 -


(d) If the Company and the Guarantor shall give any notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantor shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders of such Registrable Securities shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. Any such suspensions shall constitute Suspension Periods subject to clause (v) of the definition of “Registration Default” in Section 1 hereof.

(e) The Participating Holders who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers (each an “ Underwriter ”) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in such offering, and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company.

4. Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer . (a) The Staff has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a “ Participating Broker-Dealer ”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

The Company and the Guarantor understand that it is the Staff’s position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available to purchasers) to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act.

(b) In light of the above, the Company and the Guarantor agree to maintain the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period (the “Prospectus Delivery Period”) of up to 180 days after the last Exchange Date (as such period may be extended pursuant to Section 3(d) hereof) for the benefit of any Participating Broker Dealers that shall have certified to the Company in writing that they are or anticipate that they will be Participating Broker-Dealers, and provided further that, each such Participating Broker-Dealer shall promptly notify the Company when they cease to hold any Registrable Securities. The Company and the Guarantor further agree that such Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available) the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, but only during the Prospectus Delivery Period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4.

(c) The Initial Purchasers shall have no liability to the Company, the Guarantor or any Holder with respect to any request that they may make pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof.

 

- 14 -


5. Indemnification and Contribution . (a) The Company and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Participating Holder, each Participating Broker-Dealer authorized to deliver a Prospectus under Section 4(b) hereof and each Person, if any, who controls any such Participating Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of a Participating Holder) or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in the case of a Participating Broker-Dealer that has been so authorized under Section 4(b) hereof; such Registration Statement with respect to a Participating Holder or such a Participating Broker-Dealer being referred to herein as an “Indemnified Registration Statement”) or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (2) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus contained in an Indemnified Registration Statement, any Free Writing Prospectus related to Registrable Securities (in the case of Participating Holders) or Exchange Securities (in the case of such Participating Broker-Dealers) or any “issuer information” (“ Issuer Information ”) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act and related to an offer of Registrable Securities (in the case of Participating Holders) or an offer of Exchange Securities (in the case of such Participating Broker-Dealers; the documents and filings referred to in this clause (2), together with each Indemnified Registration Statement, are referred herein collectively as the “Indemnified Offering Documents”), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Initial Purchaser or information relating to any Holder furnished to the Company in writing through Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC or any such Holder expressly for use therein. In connection with any Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities for which the Company and Guarantor are subject to obligations under Section 3(xvi), the Company and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Participating Holders, if requested in connection with any Indemnified Offering Documents used in connection with such Underwritten Offering.

(b) Each Participating Holder and each Participating Broker-Dealer agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantor, the other Participating Holders and the other Participating Broker-Dealers, the directors of the Company and the Guarantor, each officer of the Company and the Guarantor who signed the Registration Statement that is part of the Indemnified Offering Documents and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, the Guarantor or any other Participating Holder and each Participating Broker-Dealer within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages

 

- 15 -


or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Indemnified Offering Documents.

(c) If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the “ Indemnified Person ”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “ Indemnifying Person ”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under paragraph (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided , further , that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under paragraph (a) or (b) above. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded, based on the written advice of counsel, that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm (x) for any Holder that is an Indemnified Person (“Indemnified Holders”) and any control Persons of such Indemnified Holder shall be designated in writing by the majority of the Indemnified Holders (voting based on the principal amount of Securities held by each that are covered by the Indemnified Registration Statement) and (y) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such

 

- 16 -


request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantor from the offering of the Securities and the Exchange Securities, on the one hand, and by the Indemnified Holders from receiving Securities or Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act, on the other hand, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantor on the one hand and the Indemnified Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantor on the one hand and the Indemnified Holders on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Guarantor or by the Indemnified Holders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) The Company, the Guarantor and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Indemnified Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, in no event shall an Indemnified Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities sold by such Indemnified Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Indemnified Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Indemnified Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5 are several and not joint.

 

- 17 -


(f) The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

(g) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Indemnified Holder or any Person controlling any Indemnified Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company or the Guarantor or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Company or the Guarantor, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

6. General .

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company and the Guarantor represent, warrant and agree that (i) the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or the Guarantor under any other agreement and (ii) neither the Company nor the Guarantor has entered into, or on or after the date of this Agreement will enter into, any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

(b) Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company and the Guarantor have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder.

(c) Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Initial Purchasers, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; (ii) if to the Company and the Guarantor, initially at the Company’s address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c); and (iii) to such other persons at their respective addresses as provided in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c). All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.

 

- 18 -


(d) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. Any successor to the Company, whether by merger, consolidation or other transaction, shall expressly assume the obligations of the Company hereunder. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Initial Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Company or the Guarantor with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.

(e) Third Party Beneficiaries. Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Company and the Guarantor, on the one hand, and, the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(g) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(h) Governing Law. This Agreement, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(i) Entire Agreement; Severability . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable or against public policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. The Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions.

 

- 19 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

ING U.S., INC.
By:  

/s/ Alain M. Karaoglan

Name:   Alain M. Karaoglan
Title:  

Executive Vice President

Finance and Strategy

By:  

/s/ Ewout L. Steenbergen

Name:   Ewout L. Steenbergen
Title:  

Executive Vice President, and

Chief Financial Officer

LION CONNECTICUT HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

/s/ Alain M. Karaoglan

Name:   Alain M. Karaoglan
Title:  

Executive Vice President,

Finance and Strategy

By:  

/s/ Ewout L. Steenbergen

Name:   Ewout L. Steenbergen
Title:  

Executive Vice President, and

Chief Financial Officer

 

A-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

ING U.S., INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
LION CONNECTICUT HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
The Initial Purchasers :
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
By:  

/s/ Jack McSpadden

  Authorized Signatory
  Name:   Jack McSpadden
  Title:   Managing Director
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

      INCORPORATED

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

For and on behalf of the “Initial Purchasers” named in the within-mentioned Purchase Agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

ING U.S., INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
LION CONNECTICUT HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
The Initial Purchasers :
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:  

/s/ Maria Sramek

  Authorized Signatory
  Name:   Maria Sramek
  Title:   Executive Director

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

      INCORPORATED

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

For and on behalf of the “Initial Purchasers” named in the within-mentioned Purchase Agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

ING U.S., INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
LION CONNECTICUT HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
The Initial Purchasers :
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

      INCORPORATED

By:  

/s/ [illegible signature]

  Authorized Signatory
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

For and on behalf of the “Initial Purchasers” named in the within-mentioned Purchase Agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

ING U.S., INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
LION CONNECTICUT HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
The Initial Purchasers :
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

      INCORPORATED

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
By:  

/s/ [illegible signature]

  Authorized Signatory

For and on behalf of the “Initial Purchasers” named in the within-mentioned Purchase Agreement.


Annex A

Counterpart to Registration Rights Agreement

The undersigned hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees as a Guarantor (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 13, 2012 by and among ING U.S., INC., a Delaware corporation, the GUARANTORS party thereto, and CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC, MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED and MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC on behalf of themselves and the other Initial Purchasers) to be bound by the terms and provisions of such Registration Rights Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this counterpart as of                      .

 

[GUARANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-1

Exhibit 10.4

 

 

 

AETNA LIFE AND CASUALTY COMPANY

TO

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST

COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

                     TRUSTEE

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of August 1, 1993

 

 

Senior Debt Securities

 

 

 


AETNA LIFE AND CASUALTY COMPANY

Reconciliation and tie between certain Sections of

this Indenture, dated as of August 1, 1993, and

Sections 310 through 318, inclusive, of

the Trust Indenture Act of 1939:

 

Trust Indenture

Act Section

      

Indenture

Section

Section 310 (a) (1)      609
(a) (2)      609
(a) (3)      Not Applicable
(a) (4)      Not Applicable
(b)      608
     610
Section 311(a)      613
(b)      613
Section 312 (a)      701
     702 (a)
(b)      702(b)
(c)      702 (c)
Section 313 (a)      703 (a)
(b)      703 (a)
(c)      703 (a)
(d)      703 (b)
Section 314 (a)      704
(a) (4)      101
     1004
(b)      Not Applicable
(c) (1)      102
(c) (2)      102
(c) (3)      Not Applicable
(d)      Not Applicable
(e)      102
Section 315 (a)      601
(b)      602
(c)      601
(d)      601
(e)      514
Section 316 (a)      101
(a) (1) (A)      502
     512
(a) (1) (B)      513
(a) (2)      Not Applicable
(b)      508
(c)      104(c)
Section 317(a)(l)      503


Trust Indenture

Act Section

      

Indenture

Section

(a) (2)

     504

(b)

     1003

Section 318(a)

     107

 

NOTE: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

PARTIES

     1   

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

     1   
ARTICLE ONE   
Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application   

Section 101.

 

Definitions

     1   

Section 102.

 

Compliance Certificates and Opinions

     7   

Section 103.

 

Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee

     8   

Section 104.

 

Acts of Holders; Record Dates

     8   

Section 105.

 

Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company

     10   

Section 106.

 

Notice to Holders; waiver

     10   

Section 107.

 

Conflict with Trust Indenture Act

     10   

Section 108.

 

Effect of Headings and Table of Contents

     11   

Section 109.

 

Successors and Assigns

     11   

Section 110.

 

Separability Clause

     11   

Section 111.

 

Benefits of Indenture

     11   

Section 112.

 

Governing Law

     11   

Section 113.

 

Legal Holidays

     11   

Section 114.

 

Personal Immunity from Liability for Incorporators, Stockholders, Etc.

     11   
ARTICLE TWO   
SECURITY FORMS   

Section 201.

 

Forms Generally

     12   

Section 202.

 

Form of Face of Security

     12   

Section 203.

 

Form of Reverse of Security

     14   

Section 204.

 

Form of Legend for Global Securities

     18   

Section 205.

 

Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

     19   

Section 206.

 

Form of Conversion Notice

     19   
ARTICLE THREE   
THE SECURITIES   

Section 301.

 

Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series

     21   

Section 302.

 

Denominations

     23   

Section 303.

 

Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating

     23   

 

NOTE: This table of contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture

 

i


         Page  

Section 304.

 

Temporary Securities

     25   

Section 305.

 

Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange

     25   

Section 306.

 

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities

     27   

Section 307.

 

Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved

     27   

Section 308.

 

Persons Deemed Owners

     29   

Section 309.

 

Cancellation

     29   

Section 310.

 

Computation of Interest

     29   
ARTICLE FOUR   
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE   

Section 401.

 

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

     30   

Section 402.

 

Application of Trust Fund

     31   
ARTICLE FIVE   
REMEDIES   

Section 501.

 

Events of Default

     31   

Section 502.

 

Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment

     33   

Section 503.

 

Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee

     35   

Section 504.

 

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     35   

Section 505.

 

Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities

     36   

Section 506.

 

Application of Money Collected

     36   

Section 507.

 

Limitation on Suits

     36   

Section 508.

 

Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest and to Convert

     37   

Section 509.

 

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

     37   

Section 510.

 

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

     38   

Section 511.

 

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

     38   

Section 512.

 

Control by Holders

     38   

Section 513.

 

Waiver of Past Defaults

     39   

Section 514.

 

Undertaking for Costs

     39   
ARTICLE SIX   
THE TRUSTEE   

Section 601.

 

Certain Duties and Responsibilities

     39   

Section 602.

 

Notice of Defaults

     39   

Section 603.

 

Certain Rights of Trustee

     40   

Section 604.

 

Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities

     41   

 

 

NOTE: This table of contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture

 

ii


         Page  

Section 605.

 

May Hold Securities

     41   

Section 606.

 

Money Held in Trust

     41   

Section 607.

 

Compensation and Reimbursement

     41   

Section 608.

 

Disqualification; Conflicting Interests

     42   

Section 609.

 

Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility

     42   

Section 610.

 

Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor

     42   

Section 611.

 

Acceptance of Appointment by Successor

     43   

Section 612.

 

Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business

     44   

Section 613.

 

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company

     45   

Section 614.

 

Appointment of Authenticating Agent

     45   
ARTICLE SEVEN   
HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY   

Section 701.

 

Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders

     46   

Section 702.

 

Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders

     47   

Section 703.

 

Reports by Trustee

     47   

Section 704.

 

Reports by Company

     47   
ARTICLE EIGHT   
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, OR SALE OF ASSETS   

Section 801.

 

Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms

     48   

Section 802.

 

Successor Substituted

     48   
ARTICLE NINE   
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES   

Section 901.

 

Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders

     49   

Section 902.

 

Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders

     50   

Section 903.

 

Execution of Supplemental Indentures

     51   

Section 904.

 

Effect of Supplemental Indentures

     51   

Section 905.

 

Conformity with Trust Indenture Act

     51   

Section 906.

 

Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures

     51   

Section 907.

 

Waiver of Compliance by Holders

     52   

 

 

NOTE: This table of contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture

 

iii


         Page  
ARTICLE TEN   
COVENANTS   

Section 1001.

 

Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest

     52   

Section 1002.

 

Maintenance of Office or Agency

     52   

Section 1003.

 

Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust

     53   

Section 1004.

 

Statement by Officers as to Default

     54   

Section 1005.

 

Limitations on Liens on Common Stock of Principal Insurance Subsidiaries

     54   
ARTICLE ELEVEN   
REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES   

Section 1101.

 

Applicability of Article

     54   

Section 1102.

 

Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee

     54   

Section 1103.

 

Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed

     54   

Section 1104.

 

Notice of Redemption

     55   

Section 1105.

 

Deposit of Redemption Price

     56   

Section 1106.

 

Securities Payable on Redemption Date

     56   

Section 1107.

 

Securities Redeemed in Part

     57   
ARTICLE TWELVE   
CONVERSION OF SECURITIES   

Section 1201.

 

Applicability of Article

     57   

Section 1202.

 

Exercise of Conversion Privilege

     57   

Section 1203.

 

No Fractional Shares

     58   

Section 1204.

 

Adjustment of Conversion Price

     59   

Section 1205.

 

Notice of Certain Corporate Actions

     59   

Section 1206.

 

Reservation of Shares of Common Stock

     60   

Section 1207.

 

Payment of Certain Taxes Upon Conversion

     60   

Section 1208.

 

Nonassessability

     60   

Section 1209.

 

Effect of Consolidation or Merger on Conversion Privilege

     60   

Section 1210.

 

Duties of Trustee Regarding Conversion

     61   

Section 1211.

 

Repayment of Certain Funds Upon Conversion

     62   
ARTICLE THIRTEEN   
DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE   

Section 1301.

 

Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

     62   

Section 1302.

 

Defeasance and Discharge

     62   

Section 1303.

 

Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

     63   

Section 1304.

 

Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations to be Held In Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

     65   

Section 1305.

 

Reinstatement

     66   

 

 

NOTE: This table of contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture

 

iv


         Page  
ARTICLE FOURTEEN   
SINKING FUNDS   

Section 1401.

 

Applicability of Article

     66   

Section 1402.

 

Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities

     66   

Section 1403.

 

Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund

     67   

 

 

NOTE: This table of contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture

 

v


INDENTURE, dated as of August 1, 1993, between AETNA LIFE AND CASUALTY COMPANY, a Connecticut insurance corporation (herein called the “Company”), having its principal office at 151 Farmington Avenue, Hartford, Connecticut 06156, and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national association duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, as Trustee (herein called the “Trustee”).

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (herein called the “Securities”), to be issued in one or more series as in this Indenture provided.

All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities or of series thereof, as follows:

ARTICLE ONE

Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application

 

Section 101. Definitions.

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

(2) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein;

(3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term “generally accepted accounting principles” with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean such accounting principles as are generally accepted at the date of such computation;

(4) the words “Article” and “section” refer to an Article and Section, respectively, of this Indenture; and

(5) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.


“Act”, when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 104.

“Authenticating Agent” means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 614 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of one or more series.

“Board of Directors” means either (i) the board of directors of the Company, the executive committee of such board of directors or any other duly authorized committee of directors and/or officers appointed by such board of directors or executive committee, or (ii) one or more duly authorized officers of the Company to whom the board of directors of the Company or a committee thereof has delegated the authority to act with respect to the matters contemplated by this Indenture.

“Board Resolution” means (i) a copy of a resolution certified by the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification or (ii} a certificate signed by the authorized officer or officers of the Company to whom the board of directors of the Company or a committee thereof has delegated its authority as described in the definition of Board of Directors), and in each case, delivered to the Trustee.

“Business Day”, when used with respect to any Place of Payment, means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in that Place of Payment are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

“Common Stock” means, with respect to the Company, its common capital stock, without par value, and with respect to any Principal Insurance Subsidiary, stock of any class, however designated, except stock which is non-participating beyond fixed dividend and liquidation preferences and the holders of which have either no voting rights or limited voting rights entitling them, only in the case of certain contingencies, to elect less than a majority of the directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Principal Insurance Subsidiary, and shall include securities of any class, however designated, which are convertible into such Common Stock.

“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.

 

2


“Company Request” or “Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by (i) any two of the following individuals: the Chairman, a Vice Chairman, the President or a Vice President, or (ii) by one of the foregoing individuals and by any other Vice President, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Corporate Secretary or any other individual authorized by the Board of Directors for such purpose, and delivered to the Trustee.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Trustee located at 750 Main Street, Suite 1114, Hartford, Connecticut 06103 at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered.

“corporation” means a corporation, association, company, joint-stock company or business trust.

“Covenant Defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 1303.

“Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 307.

“Defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 1302.

“Depositary” means, with respect to Securities of any series issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act that is designated to act as Depositary for such Securities as contemplated by Section 301.

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 501.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute thereto.

“Floating or Adjustable Rate Provision” means a formula or provision, specified in or pursuant to a Board Resolution or an indenture supplemental hereto, providing for the determination, whether pursuant to objective factors or pursuant to the sole discretion of any Person (including the Company), and periodic adjustment of the interest rate borne by a Floating or Adjustable Rate Security.

“Floating or Adjustable Rate Security” means any Security which provides for interest thereon at a periodic rate that may vary from time to time over the term thereof in accordance with a Floating or Adjustable Rate Provision.

“Foreign Government Obligations” has the meaning specified in Section 1304.

“Global Security” means a Security that evidences all or part of the Securities of any series and is authenticated and delivered to, and registered in the name of, the Depositary for such Securities or a nominee thereof.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Security Register.

 

3


“Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, including, for all purposes of this instrument, and any such supplemental indenture, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be a part of and govern this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, respectively. The term “Indenture” shall also include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 301.

“interest”, when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity.

“Interest Payment Date”, when used with respect to any Security, means the Stated Maturity of an instalment of interest on such Security.

“Maturity”, when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or an instalment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

“Non-Recourse Debt” means any indebtedness for money borrowed as to which the liability of the Company or its Principal Insurance Subsidiaries is limited solely to specific assets.

“Notice of Default” means a written notice of the kind specified in Section 501(4).

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by (i) any two of the following individuals: the Chairman, a Vice Chairman, the President or a Vice President, or (ii) by one of the foregoing individuals and by any other Vice President, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Corporate Secretary, of the Company, or any other individual authorized by the Board of Directors for such purpose, and delivered to the Trustee. One of the officers signing an Officers’ Certificate given pursuant to Section 1004 shall be the principal executive, financial or accounting officer of the Company.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, or who may be other counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.

“Original Issue Discount Security” means any Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502.

“Outstanding”, when used with respect to Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

(i) Securities theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

 

4


(ii) Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities; provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

(iii) Securities as to which Defeasance has been effected pursuant to Section 1302; and

(iv) Securities which have been paid pursuant to Section 306 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Securities in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Securities are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Securities are valid obligations of the Company;

provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, (A) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502, (B) the principal amount of a Security denominated in one or more foreign currencies or currency units shall be the U.S. dollar equivalent, determined in the manner provided as contemplated by Section 301 on the date of original issuance of such Security, of the principal amount (or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, the U.S. dollar equivalent on the date of original issuance of such Security of the amount determined as provided in {A) above) of such Security, and (C) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Subsidiary of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities which the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Subsidiary of the Company or of such other obligor.

“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities on behalf of the Company.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Place of Payment”, when used with respect to the Securities of any series, means the place or places where the principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities of that series are payable as specified as contemplated by Section 301.

 

5


“Predecessor Security” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

“Principal Insurance Subsidiary” means only Aetna Life Insurance Company and The Aetna Casualty and Surety Company, and any other Subsidiary of the Company which shall hereafter succeed by merger or otherwise to a major part of the business of one or more of the Principal Insurance Subsidiaries. The decision as to whether a Subsidiary shall have succeeded to a major part of the business of one or more of the Principal Insurance Subsidiaries shall be made in good faith by the board of directors of the Company or a committee thereof by the adoption of a resolution so stating, and the Company shall within 30 days of the date of the adoption of such resolution deliver to the Trustee a copy thereof, certified by the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company.

“Redemption Date”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

“Redemption Price”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

“Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on the Securities of any series means the date specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 301.

“Responsible Officer”, when used with respect to the Trustee, means the chairman or any vice-chairman of the board of directors, the chairman or any vice-chairman of the executive committee of the board of directors, the chairman of the trust committee, the president, any vice president, the secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, the cashier, any assistant cashier, any trust officer or assistant trust officer, the controller or any assistant controller or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Securities” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and more particularly means any Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

“Security Register” and “Security Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 305.

“Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.

“Stated Maturity”, when used with respect to any Security or any instalment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such instalment of principal or interest is due and payable.

 

6


“Subsidiary” means a corporation more than 50% of the voting power of which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more other Subsidiaries. For the purposes of this definition, “voting power” means the power to vote for the election of directors, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at the date as of which this instrument was executed; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “Trust Indenture Act” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

“U.S. Government Obligations” has the meaning specified in Section 1304.

“Vice President”, when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president”.

 

Section 102. Compliance Certificates and Opinions.

Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee such certificates and opinions as may be required under the Trust Indenture Act. Each such certificate or opinion shall be given in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, if to be given by an officer of the Company, or an Opinion of Counsel, if to be given by counsel, and shall comply with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and any other requirements set forth in this Indenture.

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (excluding certificates provided for in Section 1004) shall include

(1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

7


(3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, such individual has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such individual to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

Section 103. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters. upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which its certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

Any certificate, statement or opinion of an officer of the Company or of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to accounting matters, upon a certificate, opinion or representation by an accountant or firm of accountants in the employ of the Company, unless such officer or counsel, as the case may be, knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate, opinion or representation with respect to such accounting matters upon which its certificate, statement or opinion may be based is erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

 

Section 104. Acts of Holders; Record Dates.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein

 

8


sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 601) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him or her the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than such signer’s individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such signer’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The Company may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, fix any day as the record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities of any series entitled to give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, or to vote on any action, authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series. If not set by the Company prior to the first solicitation of a Holder of Securities of such series made by any Person in respect of any such action, or, in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, the record date for any such action or vote shall be the 30th day (or, if later, the date of the most recent list of Holders required to be provided pursuant to Section 701) prior to such first solicitation or vote, as the case may be. With regard to any record date for action to be taken by the Holders of one or more series of Securities, only the Holders of Securities of such series on such date (or their duly designated proxies) shall be entitled to give or take, or vote on, the relevant action.

(d) The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Security Register or by a certificate of the Security Registrar.

(e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

(f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to give or take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Security may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Security or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any different part of such principal amount.

 

9


Section 105. Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

(1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: W. Jeffrey Kramer, or

(2) the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this instrument, Attention: Vice President – Finance and Treasurer, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

 

Section 106. Notice to Holders; Waiver.

Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at its address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date (if any), and not earlier than the earliest date (if any), prescribed for the g v ng of such notice; provided, however, that the Company or the Trustee, upon a good faith determination that mailing is in the circumstances impractical, may give such notice by any other method which, in the reasonable belief of the Company or, in the case of the Trustee, of the Company and the Trustee, is likely to be received by the Holders. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

 

Section 107. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.

If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under such Act to be a part of and govern this Indenture, the latter provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case may be.

 

10


Section 108. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

Section 109. Successors and Assigns.

All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

 

Section 110. Separability Clause.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 111. Benefits of Indenture.

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

Section 112. Governing Law.

This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, but without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

Section 113. Legal Holidays.

In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Security or the last day on which a Holder has the right to convert a Security at a particular conversion price shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Securities (other than a provision of the Securities of any series which specifically states that such provision shall apply in lieu of this Section)) payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any) or conversion need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity, provided that no interest shall accrue with respect to such payment for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be.

 

Section 114. Personal Immunity from Liability for Incorporators, Stockholders, Etc.

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Security, or for any claim based thereon, or otherwise in respect of any Security, or based on or in respect of this Indenture or any indenture supplemental hereto, against any incorporator, or against any past, present or future stockholder, director or officer, as such, of

 

11


the Company or of any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Securities.

ARTICLE TWO

SECURITY FORMS

 

Section 201. Forms Generally.

The Securities of each series shall be in substantially the form set forth in this Article, or in such other form as shall be established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution or in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistent herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of the Securities. If the form of Securities of any series is established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Company Order contemplated by Section 303 for the authentication and delivery of such Securities.

The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

 

Section 202. Form of Face of Security.

[Insert any legend required by the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder.]

AETNA LIFE AND CASUALTY COMPANY

 

No.                $             

AETNA LIFE AND CASUALTY COMPANY, a Connecticut insurance corporation (herein called the “company”, which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to                      , or registered assigns, the principal sum of                      [Dollars] [if other than Dollars, substitute other currency or currency units] [if the Security is to bear interest prior to Maturity, insert – , and to pay interest thereon from                      or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, [semi-annually on              and              in each year] [If other than semi-annual payments, insert frequency of payments and payment dates], commencing              , at [If the Security is to bear interest at a fixed rate, insert the rate of      %per annum [If the Security is a Floating or Adjustable Rate Security, insert – a rate per

 

12


annum [computed-determined] in accordance with the [insert defined name of Floating or Adjustable Rate Provision] set forth below] [If the security is to bear interest at a rate determined with reference to an index, refer to description of index below] until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment [if applicable, insert – , and (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable) at the rate of      % per annum on any overdue principal and premium and on any overdue instalment of interest]. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the              or              (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities of this series not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in ,y other lawful manner not inconsistent with requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities of this series may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture].

[If the Securities are Floating or Adjustable Rate Securities with respect to which the principal of or any premium or interest may be determined with reference to an index, insert the text of the Floating or Adjustable Rate Provision.]

[If the Security is not to bear interest prior to Maturity, insert – The principal of this Security shall not bear interest except in the case of a default in payment of principal upon acceleration, upon redemption or at Stated Maturity and in such case the overdue principal of this Security shall bear interest at the rate of      % per annum (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), which shall accrue from the date of such default in payment to the date payment of such principal has been made or duly provided for. Interest on any overdue principal shall be payable on demand. Any such interest on any overdue principal that is not so paid on demand shall bear interest at the rate of      % per annum (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), which shall accrue from the date of such demand for payment to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for, and such interest shall also be payable on demand.]

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and [if applicable, insert – any such] interest on this Security will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in              , in such coin or currency [of the United States of America] [if the Security is denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars, specify other currency or currency unit in which payment of the principal of and any premium or interest may be made] as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts [if applicable, insert – ; provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register].

 

13


Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

Dated:

 

AETNA LIFE AND CASUALTY COMPANY
By  

 

 

Attest:
   

 

Section 203. Form of Reverse of Security.

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (herein called the “securities”), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated as of                      (herein called the “Indenture”), between the Company and                      , as Trustee (herein called the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof[, limited in aggregate principal amount to $                      ].

[If applicable, insert – The Securities of this series are subject to redemption upon not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice by mail, [if applicable, insert – (1) on              in any year commencing with the year              and ending with the year              . through operation of the sinking fund for this series at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount, and (2)] at any time [on or after              , 19      ], as a whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount): If redeemed [on or before              ,      %, and if redeemed] during the 12-month period beginning          of the years indicated,

 

14


Year

 

Redemption Price

 

Year

 

Redemption Price

     
     
     
     
     
     
     

and thereafter at a Redemption Price equal to      % of the principal amount, together in the case of any such redemption [if applicable, insert – (whether through operation of the sinking fund or otherwise)] with accrued interest to the Redemption Date, but interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to such Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture.]

[If applicable, insert – The Securities of this series are subject to redemption upon not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice by mail, (1) on              in any year commencing with the year              and ending with the year              through operation of the sinking fund for this series at the Redemption Prices for redemption through operation of the sinking fund (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) set forth in the table below, and (2) at any time [on or after              ], as a whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at the Redemption Prices for redemption otherwise than through operation of the sinking fund (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) set forth in the table below: If redeemed during the 12-month period beginning              of the years indicated,

 

Year

 

Redemption Price For Redemption Through
Operation of the Sinking Fund

 

Redemption Price For Redemption Otherwise Than
Through Operation of the Sinking Fund

   
   
   
   
   
   

and thereafter at a Redemption Price equal to      % of the principal amount, together in the case of any such redemption (whether through operation of the sinking fund or otherwise) with accrued interest to the Redemption Date, but interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to such Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture.]

[The sinking fund for this series provides for the redemption on              in each year beginning with the year              and ending with the year              of [not less than $          (“mandatory sinking fund”) and not more than] $          aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series. Securities of this series acquired or redeemed by the

 

15


Company otherwise than through [mandatory] sinking fund payments may be credited against subsequent [mandatory) sinking fund payments otherwise required to be made [in the inverse order in which they become due].]

[If the Security is subject to redemption, insert – In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities of this series and of like tenor for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.]

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of (1) the entire indebtedness of this Security or (2) certain restrictive covenants and Events of Default with respect to this Security, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture.

[If the Security is convertible into Common Stock of the Company, insert – Subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Security is entitled, at its option, at any time on or before [insert date) (except that, in case this Security or any portion hereof shall be called for redemption, such right shall terminate with respect to this Security or portion hereof, as the case may be, so called for redemption at the close of business on the date fixed for redemption as provided in the Indenture unless the Company defaults in making the payment due upon redemption), to convert the principal amount of this Security (or any portion hereof which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof), into fully paid and non-assessable shares (calculated as to each conversion to the nearest 1/100th of a share) of the Common Stock of the Company, as said shares shall be constituted at the date of conversion, at the conversion price of $          principal amount of Securities for each share of Common Stock, or at the adjusted conversion price in effect at the date of conversion determined as provided in the Indenture, upon surrender of this Security, together with the conversion notice hereon duly executed, to the Company at the designated office or agency of the Company in                      , accompanied (if so required by the Company) by instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company and to the Trustee, duly executed by the Holder or by its duly authorized attorney in writing. such surrender shall, if made during any period beginning at the close of business on a Regular Record Date and ending at the opening of business on the Interest Payment Date next following such Regular Record Date (unless this Security or the portion being converted shall have been called for redemption on a Redemption Date during such period), also be accompanied by payment in funds acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the interest payable on such Interest Payment Date on the principal amount of this Security then being converted. Subject to the aforesaid requirement for payment and, in the case of a conversion after the Regular Record Date next preceding any Interest Payment Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, to the right of the Holder of this Security (or any Predecessor Security) of record at such Regular Record Date to receive. an installment of interest (with certain exceptions provided in the Indenture), no adjustment is to be made on conversion for interest accrued hereon or for dividends on shares of Common Stock issued on conversion. The Company is not required to issue fractional shares upon any such conversion, but shall make adjustment therefor in cash on the basis of the current market value of such fractional interest as provided in the Indenture. The conversion price is subject to adjustment as provided in the Indenture. In addition, the Indenture provides that in case of certain consolidations or mergers to which the Company is a party or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Indenture shall be amended, without the consent of any

 

16


Holders of Securities, so that this Security, if then outstanding, will be convertible thereafter, during the period this Security shall be convertible as specified above, only into the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon the consolidation, merger or sale by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock into which this Security might have been converted immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or sale (assuming such holder of Common Stock failed to exercise any rights of election and received per share the kind and amount received per share by a plurality of non-electing shares) [, assuming if such consolidation, merger or sale is prior to              , 19      , that this Security were convertible at the time of such consolidation, merger or sale at the initial conversion price specified above as adjusted from              , 19      to such time pursuant to the Indenture]. In the event of conversion of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities for the unconverted portion hereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.]

[If the Security is convertible into other securities of the Company, specify the conversion features.]

[If the Security is not an Original Issue Discount Security, insert – If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Securities of this series may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.]

[If the Security is an Original Issue Discount Security, insert – If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall occur and be continuing, an amount of principal of the Securities of this series may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect “provided in the Indenture. Such amount shall be equal to – insert formula for determining the amount. Upon payment (i) of the amount of principal so declared due and payable and (ii) of interest on any overdue principal and overdue interest (in each case to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), all of the Company’s obligations in respect of the payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on the Securities of this series shall terminate.]

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series to be affected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Security at the times, place and [rate-rates], and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

17


As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registerable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of and any premium and interest on this Security are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities of this series and of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Securities of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $          and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Securities of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security is overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on this Security, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture or any indenture supplemental thereto, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issue hereof, expressly waived and released.

All terms used in this Security which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

Section 204. Form of Legend for Global Securities.

Every Global Security authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form or such other legends as may be required:

This Security is a Global Security within the meaning of the Indenture hereinafter referred to and is registered in the name of a Depositary or a nominee thereof.

 

18


This Security may not be transferred to, or registered or exchanged for Securities registered in the name of, any Person other than the Depositary or a nominee thereof and no such transfer may be registered, except in the limited circumstances described in the Indenture.

Every Security authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, this Security shall be a Global Security subject to the foregoing, except in such limited circumstances.

 

Section 205. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.

The Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

 

As Trustee
By  

 

  Authorized Officer

 

Section 206. Form of Conversion Notice.

To Aetna Life and Casualty Company

The undersigned owner of this Security hereby irrevocably exercises the option to convert this Security, or portion hereof (which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, into shares of Common Stock of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Security, and directs that the shares issuable and deliverable upon the conversion, together with any check in payment for fractional shares and any Securities representing any unconverted principal amount hereof, be issued and delivered to the registered holder hereof unless a different name has been indicated below. If this Notice is being delivered on a date after the close of business on a Regular Record Date and prior to the opening of business on the related Interest Payment Date (unless this Security or the portion thereof being converted has been called for redemption on a Redemption Date within such period), this Notice is accompanied by payment, in funds acceptable to the Company, of an amount equal to the interest payable on such Interest Payment Date of the principal of this Security to be converted. If shares are to be issued in the name of a person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay all transfer taxes payable with respect hereto. Any amount required to be paid by the undersigned on account of interest accompanies this Security.

 

19


Principal Amount to be Converted

(in an integral multiple of

$1,000, if less than all):

$                     

 

Dated  

 

   

 

      Signature
      Signature(s) must be guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company or a member firm of a national stock exchange if shares of Common Stock are to be delivered, or Securities to be issued, other than to and in the name of the registered owner.
     

 

      Signature Guarantee

Fill in for registration of shares of Common Stock and Security if to be issued otherwise than to the registered holder.

 

 

    Social Security or other Taxpayer
(Name)     Identifying Number
   

 

 

   
(Address)    

 

   

Please print Name and

Address (including zip

code number)

   

 

20


ARTICLE THREE

THE SECURITIES

 

Section 301. Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series.

The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

The Securities may be issued in one or more series. There shall be established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of Securities of any series,

(1) the title of the Securities of the series (which shall distinguish the Securities of the series from Securities of any other series);

(2) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to Sections 304, 305, 306, 906 or 1107 and except for any Securities which, pursuant to Section 303, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);

(3) the Person to whom any interest on a Security of the series shall be payable, if other than the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest;

(4) the date or dates on which the principal of the Securities of the series is payable;

(5) the rate or rates at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest, if any, or the Floating or Adjustable Rate Provision pursuant to which such rates shall be determined, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, the Interest Payment Dates on which any such interest shall be payable and the Regular Record Date for any interest payable on any Interest Payment Date;

(6) whether the Securities of the series would be secured pursuant to Section 901(6);

(7) the place or places where the principal of and any premium and interest on Securities of the series shall be payable;

(8) the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which (including premium, if any) and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company pursuant to a sinking fund or otherwise;

 

21


(9) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem or purchase Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

(10) the terms of any right to convert Securities of the series into shares of Common Stock of the Company or other securities or property;

(11) if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which Securities of the series shall be issuable;

(12) the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, or currency units in which payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on any Securities of the series shall be payable if other than the currency of the United States of America and the manner of determining the equivalent thereof in the currency of the United States of America for purposes of the definition of “Outstanding” in Section 101;

(13) if the amount of payments of principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of the series may be determined with reference to one or more indices, the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;

(14) if the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of the series is to be payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof, in one or more currencies, including composite currencies, or currency units other than that or those in which the Securities are stated to be payable, the currency, currencies, including composite currencies, or currency units in which payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on Securities of such series as to which such election is made shall be payable, and the periods within which and the terms and conditions upon which such election is to be made;

(15) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Securities of the series which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502 or provable under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy or similar law pursuant to Section 503;

(16) if and as applicable, that the Securities of the series shall be issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and, in such case, the Depositary or Depositaries for such Global Security or Global Securities and any circumstance other than those set forth in Section 305 in which any such Global Security may be transferred to, and registered and exchanged for Securities registered in the name of, a Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof and in which any such transfer may be registered;

 

22


(17) any other event or events of default applicable with respect to the Securities of the series in addition to those provided in Section 501(1) through (7);

(18) any other covenant or warranty included for the benefit of Securities of the series in addition to (and not inconsistent with) those included in this Indenture for the benefit of Securities of all series, or any other covenant or warranty included for the benefit of Securities of the series in lieu of any covenant or warranty included in this Indenture for the benefit of Securities of all series, or any provision that any covenant or warranty included in this Indenture for the benefit of Securities of all series shall not be for the benefit of Securities of the series, or any combination of such covenants, warranties or provisions;

(19) any restriction or condition on the transferability of the Securities of the series;

(20) any authenticating or paying agents, registrars, conversion agents or any other agents with respect to the Securities of the series; and

(21) any other terms of the series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, except as permitted by Section 901(5)).

All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to the Board Resolution referred to above or in any such indenture supplemental hereto.

If any of the terms of the series are established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of such action shall be delivered to the Trustee.

 

Section 302. Denominations.

The Securities of each series shall be issuable in registered form without coupons in such denominations as shall be specified as contemplated by Section 301. In the absence of any such provisions with respect to the Securities of any series, the Securities of such series shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

 

Section 303. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman, a Vice Chairman, its President, any Vice President, its Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer, under its corporate seal reproduced thereon attested by its Corporate Secretary or one of its Assistant Corporate Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile.

The seal of the Company may be in the form of a facsimile thereof and may be impressed, affixed, imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Securities. Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not

 

23


hold such offices at the date of such Securities. Minor typographical and other minor errors in the text of any Security or minor defects in the seal or facsimile signature on any Security shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such Security if it has been duly authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities. If the form or terms of the Securities of the series have been established in or pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions as permitted by Sections 201 and 301, in authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 601) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating,

(a) if the form of such Securities has been established by or pursuant to Board Resolution as permitted by Section 201, that such form has been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

(b) if the terms of such Securities have been established by or pursuant to Board Resolution as permitted by Section 301, that such terms have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

(c) that such Securities, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally or the rights of creditors of insurance companies generally and to general equity principles.

The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Securities under this Section if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith by its board of directors, executive committee, or a trust committee of directors or responsible officers of the Trustee shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to existing Holders of Securities.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 301 and of the preceding paragraph, if all Securities of a series are not to be originally issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver the Board Resolution otherwise required pursuant to Section 301 or the Company Order and Opinion of Counsel otherwise required pursuant to such preceding paragraph at or prior to the time of authentication of each Security of such series if such documents are delivered at or prior to the authentication upon original issuance of the first Security of such series to be issued.

Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication

 

24


substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 309, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

 

Section 304. Temporary Securities.

Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

If temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of that series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities of such series, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any series, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor one or more definitive Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor. Until so exchanged the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series and tenor.

 

Section 305. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “security Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it or the Trustee may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers of Securities. The Trustee is hereby appointed “Security Registrar” for the purpose of registering Securities and transfers of Securities as herein provided.

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security of any series at the office or agency in a Place of Payment for that series, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor.

 

25


At the option of the Holder, Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

Every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, redemption or payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 304, 906 or 1107 not involving any transfer.

Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange Securities of any series during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities of that series selected for redemption under Section 1103 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, no Global Security may be transferred to, or registered or exchanged for Securities registered in the name of, any Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or any nominee thereof, and no such transfer may be registered, unless (1) such Depositary (A) notifies the Company and the Trustee that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Security or (B) ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, (2) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee a Company Order that such Global Security shall be so transferable, registrable and exchangeable, and such transfers shall be registrable, (3) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Securities evidenced by such Global Security or (4) there shall exist such other circumstances, if any, as have been specified for this purpose as contemplated by Section 301. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, a Global Security to which the restriction set forth in the preceding sentence shall have ceased to apply may be transferred only to, and may be registered and exchanged for Securities registered only in the name or names of, such Person or Persons as the Depositary for such Global Security shall have directed and no transfer thereof other than such a transfer may be registered.

 

26


Every Security authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, a Global Security to which the restriction set forth in the first sentence of the preceding paragraph shall apply, whether pursuant to this Section, Section 304, 306, 906 or 1107 or otherwise, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Security.

 

Section 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.

If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) a mutilated Security, or (ii) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and in either case such security or indemnity as may be required by either of them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of the same series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company or the Trustee may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

Every new Security of any series issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that series duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

 

Section 307. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.

Except as otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to any series of Securities, interest on any Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest.

 

27


Any interest on any Security of any series which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in Clause (1) or (2) below:

(1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security of such series and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this Clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 15 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Securities of such series at its address as it appears in the Security Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following Clause (2).

(2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Securities of any series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

Subject to the provisions of Section 1202, in the case of any Security which is converted after any Regular Record Date and on or prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (other than any Security the principal of (or premium, if any, on) which shall become due and payable, whether at a Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption, or otherwise, prior to such Interest Payment Date), interest whose Stated Maturity is on such Interest Payment Date shall be payable on such Interest Payment Date notwithstanding such conversion and such interest (whether or not punctually paid or duly provided for) shall be paid

 

28


to the Person in whose name that Security (or any one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the immediately preceding sentence, in the case of any Security which is converted, interest whose Stated Maturity is after the date of conversion of such Security shall not be payable.

 

Section 308. Persons Deemed Owners.

Prior to due presentment of a Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and any premium and (subject to Section 307) any interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

Section 309. Cancellation.

All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange or for credit against any sinking fund payment or for conversion shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Securities held by the Trustee shall be disposed of as directed by a Company Order. Acquisition by the Company of any Security shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Security unless and until the same is delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 310. Computation of Interest.

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of any series, interest on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

29


ARTICLE FOUR

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 401. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

This Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of conversion, registration of transfer or exchange of Securities of a series herein expressly provided for) with respect to Securities of any series, and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to a series, when

(1) either

(A) all Securities of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Securities which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306 and (ii) Securities of such series for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 1003) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(B) all such Securities of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

(i) have become due and payable, or

(ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee in trust for the purpose (A) money (either in United States dollars or such other currency or currency unit in which the Securities of any series may be payable) in an amount, or (B) U.S. Government Obligations (or Foreign Government Obligations if the Securities are denominated in a foreign currency or currencies) that through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment, money in an amount, or (C) a combination thereof, sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of (and premium, if any) and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities of such series which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

(2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to .the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to such series have been complied with.

 

30


In the event there are Securities of two or more series outstanding hereunder, the. Trustee shall be required to execute an instrument acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture only if requested to do so with respect to Securities of a particular series as to which it is Trustee and if the other conditions thereto are met. In the event that there are two or more Trustees hereunder, then the effectiveness of any such instrument shall be conditioned upon receipt of such instruments from all Trustees hereunder.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to a particular series, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 607, the obligations of the Trustee to any Authenticating Agent under Section 614 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of Clause (1} of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 402 and the last paragraph of Section 1003 shall survive until there are no Securities Outstanding with respect to a particular series and the obligations of the Company and the Trustee with respect to all other series of Securities shall survive.

 

Section 402. Application of Trust Fund.

Subject to provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all amounts deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and any premium and interest for whose payment such funds have been deposited with the Trustee.

ARTICLE FIVE

REMEDIES

 

Section 501. Events of Default.

“Event of Default” whenever used with respect to Securities of a series means any one of the following events and such other events as may be established with respect to the Securities of such series as contemplated by Section 301 hereof:

(1) Default in the payment of any instalment of interest upon any of the Securities of such series as and when the same shall become due and payable, d continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or

(2) Default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any of the Securities of such series as and when the same shall become due and payable either at maturity, upon redemption, by declaration or otherwise; or

(3) Default in the making of any sinking fund payment, whether mandatory or optional, as and when the same shall become due and payable by the terms of the Securities of such series; or

(4) Failure on the part of the Company duly to observe or perform in any material respect any other of the covenants or agreements on the part of the Company

 

31


contained in this Indenture (other than those set forth exclusively in the terms of any other particular series of Securities established as contemplated by this Indenture for the benefit of such other series) and written notice of such failure, stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder, and requiring the Company to remedy the same, shall have been given by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Company by the Trustee, or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, and such failure shall have continued unremedied for a period of 90 days after the date of the Company’s receipt of such Notice of Default; or

(5) An event of default, as defined in any indenture or instrument evidencing or under which the Company or any Principal Insurance Subsidiary shall have outstanding indebtedness for borrowed money in a principal amount in excess of $50,000,000, shall happen and be continuing and such indebtedness shall have been accelerated so that the same shall be or become due and payable prior to the date on which the same would otherwise have become due and payable (other than acceleration of Non-Recourse Debt which does not exceed in the aggregate 4% of the Company’s total shareholders” equity, as set forth in the most recently published audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company) or the Company or any Principal Insurance Subsidiary shall default in the payment at final maturity of outstanding indebtedness for borrowed money in a principal amount in excess of $50,000,000 (other than default in payment at final maturity of Non-Recourse Debt which does not exceed in the aggregate 4% of the Company’s total shareholders’ equity as set forth in the most recently published audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company), and such acceleration or default at maturity shall not be waived, rescinded or annulled within 30 days after written notice thereof, stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder, shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee (if such event be known to it), or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series; provided, however, that if such acceleration under such indenture or instrument or default at maturity shall be remedied or cured by the Company or Principal Insurance Subsidiary, or waived, rescinded or annulled by the requisite holders of such indebtedness, then the Event of Default hereunder by reason thereof shall be deemed likewise to have been thereupon remedied, cured or waived without further action upon the part of either the Trustee or any of the Holders; and provided further, that, subject to the provisions of Sections 601 and 602, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any such default unless written notice thereof shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company, by the holder of any such indebtedness or an agent of the holder of any such indebtedness, by the trustee then acting under any such indenture or other instrument under which such default shall have occurred, or by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series; or

(6) A decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall have been entered adjudging the Company a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of the Company under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy or similar law, and such decree or order shall have continued undischarged and unstayed for a period of 90 days; or a decree or order of a court having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a

 

32


receiver, liquidator, trustee, assignee, sequestrator or similar official in bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company or of all or substantially all of its property, or for the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered, and such decree or order shall have continued undischarged and unstayed for a period of 90 days; or

(7) The Company shall institute proceedings to be adjudicated a voluntary bankrupt, or shall consent to the filing of a bankruptcy proceeding against it, or shall file a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy or similar law, or shall consent to the filing of any such petition, or shall consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, trustee, assignee, sequestrator or similar official in bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company or of all or substantially all of its property, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due and its willingness to be adjudged a bankrupt, or corporate action shall be taken by the Company in furtherance of any of the aforesaid purposes.

Upon receipt by the Trustee of any Notice of Default pursuant to this Section 501 with respect to Securities of any series, a record date shall automatically and without any other action by any Person be set for the purpose of determining the holders of Outstanding Securities of such series entitled to join in such Notice of Default, which record date shall be the close of business on the day the Trustee receives such Notice of Default. The Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such Notice of Default, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that, unless such Notice of Default shall have become effective by virtue of Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents) having joined therein on or prior to the 90th day after such record date, such Notice of Default shall automatically and without any action by any Person be cancelled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder (or a duly appointed agent thereof) from giving, before or after the expiration of such 90 day period, a Notice of Default contrary to or different from, or, after the expiration of such period, identical to, a Notice of Default that has been cancelled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date in respect thereof shall be set pursuant to this paragraph.

 

Section 502. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series may declare the principal amount (or, if any of the Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount of such Securities as may be specified in the terms thereof) of all of the Securities of that series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified amount) shall become immediately due and payable.

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with .respect to Securities of any series has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has

 

33


been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if

(1) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay series

(A) all overdue interest on all Securities of that

(B) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Securities of that series which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and any interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities,

(C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and

(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel except such costs and expenses as are a result of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee;

and

(2) all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that series, other than the non-payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on the Securities of that series which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 513.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Upon receipt by the Trustee of any declaration of acceleration, or any rescission and annulment of any such declaration, pursuant to this Section 502 with respect to Securities of any series, a record date shall automatically and without any other action by any Person be set for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series entitled to join in such declaration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, which record date shall be the close of business on the day the Trustee receives such declaration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be. The Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such declaration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that, unless such declaration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of Holders of at least 25%, in the case of any declaration of acceleration, or a majority, in the case of any rescission or annulment, in principal amount of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents) having joined therein on or prior to the 90th day after such record date, such declaration. or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without any action by any Person be cancelled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder (or a duly appointed agent thereof) from giving, before or after the expiration of such 90-day period, a declaration of acceleration, or a rescission and annulment

 

34


of any such declaration, contrary to or different from, or, after the expiration of such period, identical to, a declaration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, that has been cancelled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date in respect thereof shall be set pursuant to this paragraph.

 

Section 503. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

The Company covenants that if

(1) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Security when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or

(2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security at the Maturity thereof,

the Company will, upon written demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal and any premium and interest and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, interest on any overdue principal and premium and on any overdue interest, at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel except such costs and expenses, as are a result of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee. Until such demand is made by the Trustee, the Company may pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Securities of any series to the registered holders, whether or not the Securities of such series are overdue.

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

 

Section 504. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

In case of any judicial proceeding relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), its property or its creditors, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to take any and all actions authorized under the Trust Indenture Act in order to have claims of the Holders and the Trustee allowed in any such proceeding. In particular, the Trustee shall be authorized to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial .proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607 except such costs and expenses, as are a result of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee.

 

35


No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding; provided, however, that the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and be a member of a creditors’ or other similar committee.

 

Section 505. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities.

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel except such costs and expenses, as are a result of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

 

Section 506. Application of Money Collected.

Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal or any premium or interest, upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 607;

SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal and any premium and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company or any other Person lawfully entitled thereto.

 

Section 507. Limitation on Suits.

No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless

(1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series;

 

36


(2) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

(3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

(4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

(5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series;

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all of such Holders.

 

Section 508. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest and to Convert.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and any premium and (subject to Section 307) any interest on such Security on the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to convert such Securities in accordance with Article Twelve and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment or such right of conversion, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 509. Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

37


Section 510. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in the last paragraph of Section 306, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

Section 511. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Securities to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Subject to Section 507, every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

Section 512. Control by Holders.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the Securities of such series, provided that

(1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and

(2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

Upon receipt by the Trustee of any such direction with respect to Securities of any series, a record date shall be set for determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series entitled to join in such direction, which record date shall be the close of business on the day the Trustee receives such direction. The Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that, unless such direction shall have become effective by virtue of Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents) having joined therein on or prior to the 90th day after such record date, such direction shall automatically and without any action by any Person be cancelled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder (or a duly appointed agent thereof) from giving, before or after the expiration of such 90-day period, a direction contrary to or different from, or, after the expiration of such period, identical to, a direction that has been cancelled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date in respect thereof shall be set pursuant to this paragraph.

 

38


Section 513. Waiver of Past Defaults.

The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series waive any past default hereunder with respect to such series and its consequences, except a default

(1) in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Security of such series, or

(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected.

Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 514. Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in such suit to file an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and may assess costs against any such party litigant, in the manner and to the extent provided in the Trust Indenture Act; provided that neither this Section nor the Trust Indenture Act shall be deemed to authorize any court to require such an undertaking or to make such an assessment in any suit instituted by the Company.

ARTICLE SIX

THE TRUSTEE

 

Section 601. Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee .shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

 

Section 602. Notice of Defaults.

If a default occurs hereunder with respect to Securities of any series, the Trustee shall give the Holders of Securities of such series notice of such default as and to the extent provided by the Trust Indenture Act; provided, however, that in the case of any default of the

 

39


character specified in Section 501(4) with respect to Securities of such series, no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 30 days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section, the term “default” means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series.

 

Section 603. Certain Rights of Trustee.

Subject to the provisions of Section 601:

(a) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

(c) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate;

(d) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(e) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

(f) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the remedy or waiver of all Events of Default, the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall upon reasonable notice to the Company be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at a time and place acceptable to the Company; and

(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

 

40


Section 604. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. The Trustee or any Authenticating Agent shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.

 

Section 605. May Hold Securities.

The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Security Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to Sections 608 and 613, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Security Registrar or such other agent.

 

Section 606. Money Held in Trust.

Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Company.

 

Section 607. Compensation and Reimbursement.

The Company agrees

(1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its written request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation, and reasonable expenses and disbursements of its agents and outside counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith; and

(3) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

 

41


Section 608. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests.

If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture.

 

Section 609. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 or is a subsidiary of a corporation which shall be a Person that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and which unconditionally guarantees the obligations of the Trustee hereunder. If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

 

Section 610. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

(a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 611.

(b) The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 611 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

(c) The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities of any series by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

(d) If at any time:

(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 608 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

 

42


(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 609 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder, or

(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, (i) the Company by a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee with respect to all securities, or (ii) subject to Section 514, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee with respect to all Securities and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

(e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series) and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 611. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any Series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 611, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any Series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 611, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

(f) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series to all Holders of Securities of such series in the manner provided in Section 106. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

 

Section 611. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

(a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the

 

43


rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

(b) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer the rights, powers, trust and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (2) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect to all Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and (3) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustee co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Company or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates.

(c) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

(d) No successor shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

 

Section 612. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties

 

44


hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities.

 

Section 613. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of claims against the Company (or any such other obligor).

 

Section 614. Appointment of Authenticating Agent.

The Trustee may with the consent of the Company appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to one or more series of Securities which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon original issue and upon exchange, registration of transfer, partial conversion or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 306, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee or the Company may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company or the Trustee, as the case may be. Upon receiving such a notice of

 

45


resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall mail written notice of such appointment by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

The Trustee agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section, and the Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed for such payments, subject to the provisions of Section 607.

If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

 

As Trustee

 

By  

 

  As Authenticating Agent

 

By  

 

  Authorized Officer

ARTICLE SEVEN

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

 

Section 701. Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.

The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee

(a) semi-annually, not later than 10 days after each Regular Record Date in each year, a list for each series of Securities, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities of such series as of the preceding Regular Record Date, and

(b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;

 

46


excluding from any such list names and addresses received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar.

 

Section 702. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders.

(a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 701 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 701 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(b) The rights of the Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act.

(c) Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Section 703. Reports by Trustee.

(a) The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto. To the extent that any such report is required by the Trust Indenture Act with respect to any 12 month period, such report shall cover the 12 month period ending July 15 and shall be transmitted by the next succeeding September 15.

(b) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which any Securities are listed, with the Commission and with the Company. The Company will notify the Trustee when any Securities are listed on any stock exchange.

 

Section 704. Reports by Company.

The Company shall file with the Trustee and the Commission”, and transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to such Act; provided that any such information, documents or reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act shall be filed with the Trustee within 15 days after the same is so required to be filed with the Commission.

 

47


ARTICLE EIGHT

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, OR SALE OF ASSETS

 

Section 801. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or sell its properties and assets as, or substantially as, an entirety to any Person, and the Company shall not permit any Person to consolidate with or merge into the Company, unless:

(1) in case the Company shall consolidate with or merge into another Person or sell its properties and assets as, or substantially as, an entirety to any Person, the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which purchases the properties and assets of the Company as, or substantially, as an entirety shall be a corporation, partnership or trust, shall be organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on all the Securities and the performance or observance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed and the conversion rights, if any, shall be provided for in accordance with Article Twelve, by supplemental indenture satisfactory in form to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee, by the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company shall have been merged or by the corporation which shall have acquired the Company’s assets;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default shall have happened and be continuing; and

(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, or sale and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

Section 802. Successor Substituted.

Upon any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company into, any other Person or any sale of the properties and assets of the Company as, or substantially as, an entirety in accordance with Section 801, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such sale is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities.

 

48


ARTICLE NINE

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

Section 901. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.

Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities; or

(2) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; or

(3) to add any additional Events of Default; or

(4) to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in bearer form, registrable or not registrable as to principal, and with or without interest coupons, or to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in uncertificated form; or

(5) to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture in respect of one or more series of Securities, provided that any such addition, change or elimination (i) shall neither (A) apply to any Security of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture and entitled to the benefit of such provision nor (B) modify the rights of the Holder of any such Security with respect to such provision or (ii) shall become effective only where there is no such Security Outstanding; or

(6) to secure the Securities pursuant to the requirements of Section 1005, or to otherwise secure the Securities of any series; or

(7) to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Sections 201 and 301; or

(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 611(b); or

 

49


(9) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, provided that such action pursuant to this clause (9) shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series in any material respect; or

(10) to make provision with respect to the conversion rights of Holders pursuant to the requirements of Article Twelve, including providing for the conversion of the securities into any security (other than the Common Stock of the Company) or property of the Company; or

(11) to conform to any mandatory provisions of law.

 

Section 902. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.

With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority of principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of each series affected by such supplemental indenture, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby,

(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any instalment of principal of or interest on, any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon (including any change in the Floating or Adjustable Rate Provision pursuant to which such rate is determined that would reduce such rate for any period) or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or reduce the amount of the principal of an Original Issue Discount Security that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502, or change any Place of Payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Security or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date), or

(2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, or

(3) if applicable, make any change that adversely affects the right to convert any security to which the provisions of Article Twelve are applicable or, except as provided in this Indenture, decrease the conversion rate or increase the conversion price of any such security, or

(4) modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 513 or Section 907, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby, provided, however, that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any Holder with respect to changes in the references to “the Trustee” and concomitant changes in this Section and Section 907, or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 611(b) and 901(8).

 

50


A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

 

Section 903. Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 601) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

Section 904. Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

 

Section 905. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.

Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Section 906. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.

Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series.

 

51


Section 907. Waiver of Compliance by Holders.

Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, any of the acts which the Company is required to do, or is prohibited from doing, by any of the provisions of this Indenture may, to the extent that such provisions might be changed or eliminated by a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 902 upon consent of holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Securities of the series affected, be omitted or done by the Company, if there is obtained the prior consent or waiver of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Securities of such series.

ARTICLE TEN

COVENANTS

 

Section 1001. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of each series of Securities that it will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid the principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities of that series in accordance with the terms of the Securities and this Indenture.

 

Section 1002. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

So long as any Securities are Outstanding, the Company will maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Securities an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for conversion and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

52


Section 1003. Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust.

If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of or any premium or interest on any of the Securities of that series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal and any premium and interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, prior to each due date of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of that series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held as provided by the Trust Indenture Act, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

The Company will cause each Paying Agent for any series of Securities other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will (i) comply with the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act applicable to it as a Paying Agent and (ii) during the continuance of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities of that series) in the making of any payment in respect of the Securities of that series, and upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Securities of that series.

The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

 

53


Section 1004. Statement by Officers as to Default.

The Company will deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, a certificate signed by the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signer thereof the Company is in compliance with all terms, conditions and covenants of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and if the signer has obtained knowledge of any continuing default by the Company in the performance, observation or fulfillment of any such term, condition or covenant, specifying each such default and the nature thereof.

 

Section 1005. Limitations on Liens on Common Stock of Principal Insurance Subsidiaries.

As long as any of the Securities remains outstanding, the Company will not, and will not permit any Principal Insurance Subsidiary to, issue, assume, incur or guarantee any indebtedness for borrowed money secured by a mortgage, pledge, lien or other encumbrance, directly or indirectly, on any of the Common Stock of a Principal Insurance Subsidiary, which Common Stock is owned by the Company or by any Principal Insurance Subsidiary, unless the Securities and, if the Company so elects, any other indebtedness of the Company ranking on a parity with the Securities, shall be secured equally and ratably with, or prior to, such secured indebtedness for borrowed money so long as it is outstanding.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

 

Section 1101. Applicability of Article.

Securities of any series which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of any series) in accordance with this Article.

 

Section 1102. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.

In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all the Securities of any series, the Company shall, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date, of the principal amount of Securities of such series to be redeemed and, if applicable, of the tenor of the Securities to be redeemed. In the case of any redemption of Securities prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction.

 

Section 1103. Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed.

If less than all the Securities of any series are to be redeemed (unless all of the Securities of such series and of a specified tenor are to be redeemed), the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 45 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee,

 

54


from the Outstanding Securities of such series not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of Securities of such series of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series. If less than all of the Securities of such series and of a specified tenor are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 45 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series and specified tenor not previously called for redemption in accordance with the preceding sentence.

If any Security selected for partial redemption is converted in part before termination of the conversion right with respect to the portion of the Security so selected, the converted portion of such Security shall be deemed (so far as may be) to be the portion selected for redemption. Securities which have been converted during a selection of Securities to be redeemed shall be treated by the Trustee as Outstanding for the purpose of such selection.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Securities redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Securities which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

Section 1104. Notice of Redemption.

Notice of redemption shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, at its address appearing in the Security Register.

All notices of redemption shall state:

(1) the Redemption Date,

(2) the Redemption Price,

(3) if less than all the Outstanding Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption of any Securities, the principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed,

(4) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security to be redeemed and, if applicable, that interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after said date,

(5) if applicable, the conversion price, and that the date on which the right to convert the principal of the Securities or the portions thereof to be redeemed will terminate will be the Redemption Date and the place or places where such Securities may be surrendered for conversion,

 

55


(6) the place or places where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price, and

(7) that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case.

Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

 

Section 1105. Deposit of Redemption Price.

Prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and (except if the Redemption Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) accrued interest on, all the Securities which are to be redeemed on that date, other than any Securities called for redemption on that date which have been converted prior to the date of such deposit.

If any Security or portion thereof called for redemption is converted, any money deposited with the Trustee or with any Paying Agent or so segregated and held in trust for the redemption of such Security or portion thereof shall (subject to any right of the Holder of such Security or any Predecessor Security to receive interest as provided in the last paragraph of Section 307) be paid to the Company upon Company Request or, if then held by the Company, shall be discharged from such trust.

 

Section 1106. Securities Payable on Redemption Date.

Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified, and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Securities shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.

If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal and any premium shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Security.

 

56


Section 1107. Securities Redeemed in Part.

Any Security which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge, a new Security or Securities of the same series and of like tenor, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered.

ARTICLE TWELVE

Conversion of Securities

 

Section 1201. Applicability of Article.

The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to the Securities of any series which are convertible into shares of Common Stock of the Company, and the issuance of such shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of such Securities, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for the Securities of such series.

 

Section 1202. Exercise of Conversion Privilege.

In order to exercise a conversion privilege, the Holder of a Security of a series with such a privilege shall surrender such Security to the Company at the office or agency maintained for that purpose pursuant to Section 1002, accompanied by written notice to the Company that the Holder elects to convert such Security or a specified portion thereof. Such notice shall also state, if different from the name and address of such Holder, the name or names (with address) in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock which shall be issuable on such conversion shall be issued. Securities surrendered for conversion shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed by or accompanied by instruments of transfer in forms satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by the registered Holder or its attorney duly authorized in writing; and Securities so surrendered for conversion during the period from the close of business on any Regular Record Date to the opening of business on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (excluding Securities or portions thereof called for redemption during such period) shall also be accompanied by payment in funds acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the interest payable on such Interest Payment Date on the principal amount of such Security then being converted, and such interest shall be payable to such registered Holder notwithstanding the conversion of such Security, subject to the provisions of Section 307 relating to the payment of Defaulted Interest by the Company. As promptly as practicable after the receipt of such notice and of any payment required pursuant to a Board Resolution and, subject to Section 303, set forth, or determined in the manner provided, in an Officers’ Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of such series of Security, and the surrender of such Security in accordance with such reasonable regulations as the Company may prescribe, the Company shall issue and shall deliver, at the office or agency at which such Security is surrendered, to such Holder or on its

 

57


written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such Security (or specified portion thereof), in accordance with the provisions of such Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate or supplemental indenture, and cash as provided therein in respect of any fractional share of such Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the date on which such notice and such payment, if required, shall have been received in proper order for conversion by the Company and such Security shall have been surrendered as aforesaid (unless such Holder shall have so surrendered such Security and shall have instructed the Company to effect the conversion on a particular date following such surrender and such Holder shall be entitled to convert such Security on such date, in which case such conversion shall be deemed to be effected immediately prior to the close of business on such date) and at such time the rights of the Holder of such Security as such Security Holder shall cease and the person or persons in whose name or names any certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock of the Company shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the Holder or Holders of record of the shares represented thereby. Except as set forth above and subject to the final paragraph of Section 307, no payment or adjustment shall be made upon any conversion on account of any interest accrued on the Securities surrendered for conversion or on account of any dividends on the Common Stock of the Company issued upon such conversion.

In the case of any Security which is converted in part only, upon such conversion the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or on the order of the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Security or Securities of the same series, of authorized denominations, in aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted portion of such Security.

 

Section 1203. No Fractional Shares.

No fractional share of Common Stock of the Company shall be issued upon conversions of Securities of any series. If more than one Security shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the number of full shares which shall be issuable upon conversion shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted hereby) so surrendered. If, except for the provisions of this Section 1203, any Holder of a Security or Securities would be entitled to a fractional share of Common Stock of the Company upon the conversion of such Security or Securities, or specified portions thereof, the Company shall pay to such Holder an amount in cash equal to the current market value of such fractional share computed, (i) if such Common Stock is listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on a national securities exchange, on the basis of the last reported sale price regular way on such exchange on the last trading day prior to the date of conversion upon which such a sale shall have been effected, or (ii) if such Common Stock is not at the time so listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on a national securities exchange, on the basis of the average of the bid and asked prices of such Common Stock in the over-the-counter market, on the last trading day prior to the date of conversion, as reported by the National Quotation Bureau, Incorporated or similar organization if the National Quotation Bureau, Incorporated is no longer reporting such information, or if not so available, the fair market price as determined by the Board of Directors. For purposes of this Section, “trading day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday other than any day on

 

58


which the Common Stock is not traded on the New York Stock Exchange, or if the Common Stock is not traded on the New York Stock Exchange, on the principal exchange or market on which the Common Stock is traded or quoted.

 

Section 1204. Adjustment of Conversion Price.

The conversion price of Securities of any series that is convertible into Common Stock of the Company shall be adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, reclassification, combinations or similar transactions in accordance with the terms of the supplemental indenture or Board Resolutions setting forth the terms of the Securities of such series.

Whenever the conversion price is adjusted, the Company shall compute the adjusted conversion price in accordance with terms of the applicable Board Resolution or supplemental indenture and shall prepare an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the adjusted conversion price and showing in reasonable detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based, and such certificate shall forthwith be filed at each office or agency maintained for the purpose of conversion of Securities pursuant to Section 1002 and, if different, with the Trustee. The Company shall forthwith cause a notice setting forth the adjusted conversion price to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Securities of such series at its address appearing on the Security Register and to any conversion agent other than the Trustee.

 

Section 1205. Notice of Certain Corporate Actions.

In case:

(a) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution) on its Common Stock payable otherwise than in cash out of its retained earnings (other than a dividend for which approval of any shareholders of the Company is required); or

(b) the Company shall authorize the granting to the holders of its Common Stock of rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or of any other rights (other than any such grant for which approval of any shareholders of the Company is required); or

(c) of any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Company (other than a subdivision or combination of its outstanding shares of Common Stock, or of any consolidation, merger or share exchange to which the Company is a party and for which approval of any shareholders of the Company is required), or of the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

(d) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company;

then the Company shall cause to be filed with the Trustee, and shall cause to be mailed to all Holders at their last addresses as they shall appear in the Securities Register, at least 20 days (or 10 days in any case specified in clause (a) or (b) above) prior to the applicable record date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (i) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, rights, options or warrants, or, if a record is not to be taken, the

 

59


date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distribution, rights, options or warrants are to be determined, or (ii) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, share exchange, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock for securities, cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, share exchange, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up. If at any time the Trustee shall not be the conversion agent, a copy of such notice shall also forthwith be filed by the Company with the Trustee.

 

Section 1206. Reservation of Shares of Common Stock.

The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of Securities, the full number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding Securities of any series that has conversion rights.

 

Section 1207. Payment of Certain Taxes Upon Conversion.

The Company will pay any and all taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of its Common Stock on conversion of Securities pursuant hereto. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of its Common Stock in a name other than that of the Holder of the Security or Securities to be converted, and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such issue has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax, or has established, to the satisfaction of the Company, that such tax has been paid.

 

Section 1208. Nonassessability.

The Company covenants that all shares of its Common Stock which may be issued upon conversion of Securities will upon issue in accordance with the terms hereof be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable.

 

Section 1209. Effect of Consolidation or Merger on Conversion Privilege.

In case of any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company into or with any other Person, or in case of any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Company or the Person formed by such consolidation or the Person into which the .Company shall have been merged or the Person which shall have acquired such assets, as the case may be, shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing that the Holder of each Security then outstanding of any series that is convertible into Common Stock of the Company shall have the right, which right shall be the exclusive conversion right thereafter available to said Holder (until the expiration of the conversion right of such Security), to convert such Security into the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such consolidation, merger or sale by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company into which such Security might have been converted immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or sale, subject to compliance with the other

 

60


provisions of this Indenture, such Security and such supplemental indenture. Such supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in such Security. The above provisions of this Section shall similarly apply to successive consolidations, mergers or sales. It is expressly agreed and understood that anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, if, pursuant to such merger, consolidation or sale, holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company do not receive shares of common stock of the surviving corporation but receive other securities, cash or other property or any combination thereof, Holders of Securities shall not have the right to thereafter convert their Securities into common stock of the surviving corporation or the corporation which shall have acquired such assets, but rather, shall have the right upon such conversion to receive the other securities, cash or other property receivable by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company into which the Securities held by such holder might have been converted immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or sale, all as more fully provided in the first sentence of this Section 1209. Anything in this Section 1209 to the contrary notwithstanding, the provisions of this Section 1209 shall not apply to a merger or consolidation of another corporation with or into the Company pursuant to which both of the following conditions are applicable: (i) the Company is the surviving corporation and (ii) the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company are not changed or converted into any other securities or property (including cash) or changed in number or character or reclassified pursuant to the terms of such merger or consolidation.

As evidence of the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) into which Securities may properly be convertible after any such consolidation, merger or sale, or as to the appropriate adjustments of the conversion prices applicable with respect thereto, the Trustee shall be furnished with and may accept the certificate or op n on of an independent certified public accountant with respect thereto; and, in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely thereon, and shall not be responsible or accountable to any Holder of Securities for any provision in conformity therewith or approved by such independent certified accountant which may be contained in said supplemental indenture.

 

Section 1210. Duties of Trustee Regarding Conversion.

Neither the Trustee nor any conversion agent shall at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder of Securities of any series that is convertible into Common Stock of the Company to determine whether any facts exist which may require any adjustment of the conversion price, or with respect to the nature or extent of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed, whether herein or in any supplemental indenture, any resolutions of the Board of Directors or written instrument executed by one or more officers of the Company provided to be employed in making the same. Neither the Trustee nor any conversion agent shall be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any shares of Common Stock of the Company, or of any securities or property, which may at any time be issued or delivered upon the conversion of any Securities and neither the Trustee nor any conversion agent makes any representation with respect thereto. Subject to the provisions of Section 601, neither the Trustee nor any conversion agent shall be responsible for any failure of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of its Common Stock or stock certificates or other securities or property upon the surrender of any Security for the purpose of

 

61


conversion or to comply with any of the covenants of the Company contained in this Article Twelve or in the applicable supplemental indenture, resolutions of the Board of Directors or written instrument executed by one or more duly authorized officers of the Company.

 

Section 1211. Repayment of Certain Funds Upon Conversion.

Any funds which at any time shall have been deposited by the Company or on its behalf with the Trustee or any other paying agent for the purpose of paying the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on any of the Securities (including funds deposited for the sinking fund referred to in Article Three hereof) and which shall not be required for such purposes because of the conversion of such Securities as provided in this Article Twelve shall after such conversion be repaid to the Company by the Trustee upon the Company’s written request.

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

 

Section 1301. Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Company may elect, at any time, to have either Section 1302 or Section 1303 applied to the Outstanding Securities of any series, upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article Thirteen.

 

Section 1302. Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon the Company’s exercise of the option provided in Section 1301 to have this Section 1302 applied to the Outstanding Securities of any series, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to the Outstanding Securities of such series as provided in this Section on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 1304 are satisfied (hereinafter called “Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Outstanding Securities of such series and to have satisfied all its other obligations under the Securities of such series and this Indenture insofar as the Securities of such series are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), subject to the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (1) the rights of Holders of Securities of such series to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 1304 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of and any premium and interest on such Securities of such series when payments are due, (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Securities of such series under Sections 304, 305, 306, 1002 and 1003, (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, including, without limitation, its rights under Section 607 and (4) this Article Thirteen. Subject to compliance with this Article Thirteen, the Company may exercise its option provided in Section 1301 to have this Section 1302 applied to the Outstanding Securities of any series notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option provided in Section 1301 to have Section 1303 applied to the Outstanding Securities of such series.

 

62


Section 1303. Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Company’s exercise of the option provided in Section 1301 to have this Section 1303 applied to the outstanding Securities of any series, (1) the Company shall be released from its obligations under Section 1005 and Section 801 and (2) the occurrence of any event specified in Sections 501(3), 501(4) (with respect to Section 1005 and Section 801) and 501(5) shall be deemed not to be or result in an Event of Default, in each case with respect to the Outstanding Securities of such series as provided in this Section on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 1304 are satisfied (hereinafter called “Covenant Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such specified Section (to the extent so specified in the case of Section 501(4)), whether directly or indirectly by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or by reason of any reference in any such Section to any other provision herein or in any other document, but the remainder of this Indenture and the Securities of such series shall be unaffected thereby.

 

Section 1304. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 1302 or Section 1303 to the Outstanding Securities of any series:

(1) The Company shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee that satisfies the requirements contemplated by Section 609 and agrees to comply with the provisions of this Article Thirteen applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series, (A) in the case of Securities of such series denominated in U.S. dollars, (i) money in an amount, or (ii) U.S. Government Obligations that through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment, money in an amount, or (iii) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or any such other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, the principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities of such series on the respective Stated Maturities, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Securities of such series. As used herein, “U.S. Government Obligation” means (x) any security that is (i) a direct obligation of the United States of America for the payment of which full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (ii) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality for the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case (i) or (ii), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and (y) any depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) as custodian with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligation specified in Clause (x) and held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligation, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction

 

63


from the amount payable to the Holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depositary receipt; or (B) in the case of Securities of such series denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar, (i) money in such currency in an amount, or (ii) Foreign Government Obligations that through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment, money in such currency in an amount, or (iii) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or any such other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, the principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities of such series on the respective Stated Maturities, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Securities of such series. As used herein, “Foreign Government Obligation” means (x) any security that is (i) a direct obligation of the government that issued such currency for the payment of which full faith and credit of such government is pledged or (ii) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality for such government the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by such government, which, in either case (i) or (ii), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and (y) any depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) as custodian with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Foreign Government Obligation specified in Clause (x) and held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Foreign Government Obligation, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the Holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Foreign Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depositary receipt.

(2) In the case of an election under Section 1302, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that the Holders of the Outstanding Securities of such series will not recognize gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit, Defeasance and discharge to be effective with respect to the Securities of such series and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit, Defeasance and discharge were not to occur.

(3) In the case of an election under Section 1303, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holder of the Outstanding Securities of such series will not recognize gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as result of the deposit and Covenant Defeasance to be effected with respect to the Securities of such series and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit and Covenant Defeasance were not to occur.

 

64


(4) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that the Securities of such series, if then listed on any securities exchange, will not be delisted as a result of such deposit.

(5) No Event of Default or event that (after notice or lapse of time or both) would become an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such deposit or, with regard to any Event of Default or any such event specified in Sections 501(6) and 501(7), at any time on or prior to the 90th day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until after such 90th day).

(6) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent with respect to such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

(7) Such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in the trust arising from such deposit constituting an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, unless such trust shall be qualified under such Act or exempt from regulation thereunder.

 

Section 1304. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations to be Held In Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money and U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee or other qualifying trustee (solely for purposes of this Section and Section 1306, the Trustee and any such other trustee are referred to collectively as the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 1304 in respect of the Securities of any Defeasible Series shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities of such series and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any such Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of Securities of such series, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal and any premium and interest, but money so held in trust need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 1304 or the principal and interest receive in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge that by law is for the account of the Holders of Outstanding Securities.

Anything in this Article Thirteen to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any money or U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 1304 with respect to Securities of any Defeasible Series that, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Securities of such series.

 

65


Section 1305. Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with this Article Thirteen with respect to the Securities of any series by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Securities of such series shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Thirteen with respect to Securities of such series until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all money held in trust pursuant to Section 1305 with respect to Securities of such series in accordance with this Article Thirteen; provided, however, that if the Company makes any payment of principal of or any premium or interest on any Security of such series following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series to receive such payment from the money so held in trust.

ARTICLE FOURTEEN

Sinking Funds

 

Section 1401. Applicability of Article.

The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of such series.

The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment”, and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment”. If provided for by the terms of Securities of any series, the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 1402. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series.

 

Section 1402. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities.

The Company (1) may deliver Outstanding Securities of a series (other than any previously called for redemption) and (2) may apply as a credit Securities of a series which have been converted pursuant to Article Twelve or Securities of a series which have been acquired or redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities or otherwise, in each case in satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of such series required to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities as provided for by the terms of such series; provided that such Securities have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

 

66


Section 1403. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund.

Not less than 45 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for any series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of that series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to Section 1402 and will also deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so delivered. Not less than 15 nor more than 45 days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 1103 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 1104. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 1106 and 1107.

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

 

 

67


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

    AETNA LIFE AND CASUALTY COMPANY
    By  

/s/ ROBERT H. KULLAS

      Vice President – Finance and Treasurer
Attest:      

/s/ JEAN M. WAGGETT

     
    STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
    By  

/s/ W. JEFFREY KRAMER

      Assistant Vice President
Attest:      

/s/ CAUNA M. ANTONUCCI

     

 

68


STATE OF CONNECTICUT    )
   ) ss.:
COUNTY OF HARTFORD    )

On the 10th day of August, 1993, before me personally came Robert H. Kullas, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that (s)he is Vice President – Finance and Treasurer of AETNA LIFE AND CASUALTY COMPANY, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that (s)he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that (s)he signed her/his name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/    CYNTHIA L. DROZD        

Notary Public

 

STATE OF CONNECTICUT    ):
   ) ss.:
COUNTY OF HARTFORD    )

On the 12th day of August, 1993, before me personally came W. Jeffrey Kramer, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that (s)he is Assistant Vice President of STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that (s)he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that (s)he signed her/his name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/    BRIAN T. SMITH        

Notary Public

 

69


STATE OF CONNECTICUT    ):
   )ss.:
COUNTY OF HARTFORD    )

On the 10th day of August, 1993, before me personally came Robert H. Kullas, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that (s)he is Vice President – Finance and Treasurer of AETNA LIFE AND CASUALTY COMPANY, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that (s)he ,ows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that (s)he signed her/his name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/    CYNTHIA L. DROZD        

Notary Public

 

STATE OF CONNECTICUT    ):
   )ss.:
COUNTY OF HARTFORD    )

On the 12th day of August, 1993, before me personally came W. Jeffrey Kramer, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that (s)he is Assistant Vice President of STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that (s)he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that (s)he signed her/his name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/    BRIAN T. SMITH        

Notary Public

 

70

Exhibit 10.5

 

 

 

 

AETNA SERVICES, INC.

(formerly Aetna Life and Casualty Company)

AETNA INC.

AND

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE

 

 

FIRST INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

Dated as of August 1, 1996

to

INDENTURE

Dated as of August 1, 1993

Between

Aetna Services, Inc.

(formerly Aetna Life and Casualty Company)

and

State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut,

National Association, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

FIRST INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

FIRST INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT, dated as of August 1, 1996, among AETNA SERVICES, INC. (formerly Aetna Life and Casualty Company), a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut (the “Company”), AETNA INC., a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut (the “Guarantor”), and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (the “Trustee”).


RECITALS OF THE COMPANY AND THE GUARANTOR

The Company and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an Indenture dated as of August 1, 1993 (the “Indenture”), which provides for the issuance from time to time by the Company of its unsecured debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness in one or more series (“Securities”, as more fully defined in the Indenture).

Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 30, 1996, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of May 30, 1996 among the Company, the Guarantor, U.S. Healthcare, Inc., Antelope Sub, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Guarantor (“Aetna Sub”), and New Merger Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Guarantor, on July 19, 1996 Aetna Sub was merged with and into the Company with the result that the Company is as of the date of this First Indenture Supplement a direct wholly owned subsidiary of the Guarantor. In connection with such merger the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation was amended to change its name to Aetna Services, Inc.

As of the date of this First Indenture Supplement, the only Securities of the Company that have been issued and remain outstanding under the Indenture consist of $200 million original principal amount of 6 3/8% Notes due August 15, 2003 (the “6 3/8% Notes”), $200 million original principal amount of 6 3/4% Debentures due September 15, 2013 (the “6 3/4% Debentures”) and $200 million original principal amount of 7 1/4% Debentures due August 15, 2023 (the “7 1/4% Debentures”).

This First Indenture Supplement amends the Indenture, pursuant to Section 901 thereof: (i) to provide for the full and unconditional guarantee by the Guarantor of the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the 6 3/8% Notes, the 6 3/4% Debentures and the 7 1/4% Debentures previously issued under the Indenture and (ii) to make certain other changes to the terms of the Indenture.

All acts and proceedings required by law, by the Indenture and by the certificates of incorporation and bylaws of the Company and the Guarantor necessary to constitute this First Indenture Supplement a valid and binding agreement for the uses and purpose herein set forth in accordance with its terms have been done and performed, and the execution and delivery of this First Indenture Supplement have in all respects been duly authorized.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Securities.

ARTICLE 1

AMENDMENTS

SECTION 101. The Guarantor is hereby made a party to the Indenture.


SECTION 102. Section 101 of the Indenture is hereby amended to add to the definitions set forth in such Section the following additional definitions in the appropriate alphabetical order:

First Indenture Supplement:

The term “First Indenture Supplement” shall mean the First Indenture Supplement dated as of August 1, 1996 to this Indenture.

Guarantee:

The term “Guarantee” shall mean the guarantee set forth in Section 1501 hereof, including any evidence of such guarantee by endorsement on any Guaranteed Security pursuant to Section 1502 hereof. The Guarantee shall be deemed part of the Guaranteed Securities.

Guaranteed Securities:

The term “Guaranteed Securities” shall mean, collectively, the $200 million in original principal amount of the $200 million in original principal amount of 6 3/8% Notes due August 15, 2003, 6 3/4% Debentures due September 15, 2013, and the $200 million in original principal amount of 7 1/4% Debentures due August 15, 2023 issued under the Indenture prior to the date of the First Indenture Supplement and remaining outstanding as of such date and “Guaranteed Security” means any of such Securities.

Guarantor:

The term “Guarantor” shall mean AETNA INC., a Connecticut corporation, and, subject to the provisions of Section 1506, shall also include its successors and assigns.

SECTION 103. (a) The definition of “Board of Directors” set forth in Section 101 of the Indenture is hereby amended by inserting the words “or of the Guarantor, as the case may be” immediately after the words “the Company” appearing therein.

(b) The definitions of “Board Resolution”, “Officers’ Certificate” and “Company Request” or “Company Order” set forth in Section 101 of the Indenture are hereby amended by inserting the words “or of the Guarantor, as the case may be” immediately after the words “the Company” appearing therein.

(c) The definition of “Opinion of Counsel” set forth in Section 101 of the Indenture is hereby amended by inserting the words “, or the Guarantor”, immediately after the words “the Company” therein.

SECTION 104. A new Article Fifteen is added to the Indenture to read in its entirety as follows:

 

-2-


ARTICLE FIFTEEN

Guarantee

SECTION 1502. Guarantee. The Guarantor hereby unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Guaranteed Security authenticated and delivered by or on behalf of the Trustee the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Guaranteed Security, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at Stated Maturity, by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, according to the terms of such Guaranteed Securities and of the Indenture. In case of default by the Company in the payment of any such principal, premium or interest, the Guarantor hereby agrees duly and punctually to make any such payment when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at Stated Maturity, by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment was made by the Company. The Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be as if it were principal debtor and not merely surety, and shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, the validity, legality or enforceability of any such Guaranteed Security or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, or any waiver, modification, indulgence or consent granted to the Company with respect thereto by the Holder of any Guaranteed Security of any series or by the Trustee, the recovery of any judgment against the Company or any action to enforce the same, or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or indulgence shall, without the consent of the Guarantor, increase the principal amount of a Guaranteed Security or the interest rate thereon or increase any premium payable upon redemption thereof. The Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Company, any right of set-off or counterclaim, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest or notice with respect to any Guaranteed Security or the indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Guarantee will not be discharged as to any Guaranteed Security except by payment in full of the principal of (premium, if any) and interest on such Guaranteed Security.

The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of a Holder of a Guaranteed Security against the Company in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the Guarantor pursuant to the

 

-3-


provisions of the Guarantee; provided, however, that the Guarantor shall not, without the consent of all Holders of Guaranteed Securities of such series be entitled to enforce, or to receive, any payments arising out of or based upon such right of subrogation until the principal of, premium, if any, and interest then due and payable on all Guaranteed Securities of the relevant series shall have been irrevocably paid in full in accordance with the terms of such Guaranteed Securities.

The Guarantee is a guarantee of payment when due and not of collection. The Guarantee shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, in respect of any Guaranteed Securities if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of such Guaranteed Security is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Holder of such Guaranteed Security or any trustee for such Holder upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Company or any other entity, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Company or any other entity or any substantial part of their respective property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

SECTION 1502. Execution of Guarantees. At the time that any Guaranteed Security is authenticated and delivered by the Trustee after the date of the First Indenture Supplement in connection with the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of a Guaranteed Security pursuant to Section 304, 305 or 306 of this Indenture, as evidence of the Guarantee set forth in Section 1501 hereof, the Guarantor hereby agrees that notation of such Guarantee shall be endorsed on the reverse of such Guaranteed Security in the form set forth in Section 1503 hereof. The Guarantee shall be executed on behalf of the Guarantor by its Chairman, a Vice Chairman, its President, any Vice President, its Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer under its corporate seal attested by its Corporate Secretary or one of its Assistant Corporate Secretaries. The signatures of any or all of these officers on the Guarantees may be manual or by facsimile and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Guaranteed Security. The seal of the Guarantor may be in the form of a facsimile thereof and may be impressed, affixed, imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Guaranteed Securities.

Guarantees bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Guarantor shall bind the Guarantor notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of the Guaranteed Securities on which such Guarantees were endorsed or did not hold such offices at the date of such Guaranteed Securities.

 

-4-


The Guarantor hereby agrees that the Guarantee set forth in Section 1501 hereof shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply to each Guaranteed Security executed, authenticated, issued and delivered under this Indenture, whether or not a notation of the Guarantee is endorsed on such Guaranteed Security.

The execution and delivery by the Company and the Guarantor of the First Indenture Supplement to the Trustee shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth herein on behalf of the Guarantor with respect to all outstanding Guaranteed Securities. However, the Guarantee shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose with respect to any specific Guaranteed Security unless the Certificate of Authentication on such Guaranteed Security provided for in Section 205 of this Indenture shall have been signed by the Trustee.

SECTION 1503. Form of Notation of Guarantee. The Guarantee shall be endorsed on the Guaranteed Securities pursuant to Section 1502 hereof in the following form:

[Form of Notation of Guarantee]

GUARANTEE

OF

AETNA INC.

Aetna Inc., a Connecticut corporation (herein called the “Guarantor”, which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to in the Security upon which this Guarantee is endorsed), for value received, hereby unconditionally guarantees to the Holder of the Security upon which this Guarantee is endorsed the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on said Security, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at Stated Maturity or upon declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, according to the terms thereof and of the Indenture dated as of August 1, 1993, as amended (herein called the “Indenture”), between Aetna Services, Inc. (herein called the “Company”) and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as Trustee and to which the Guarantor became a party pursuant to a First Indenture Supplement dated as of August 1, 1996. In case of the failure of the Company punctually to make any such payment of principal, premium or interest, the Guarantor hereby agrees to pay or to cause any such payment to be made

 

-5-


punctually when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at Stated Maturity, by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the Company. The Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be as if it were principal debtor and not merely surety, and shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, the validity, legality or enforceability of said Security or the Indenture, or the absence of any action to enforce the same, or any waiver, modification, indulgence or consent granted to the Company with respect thereto by the Holder of said Security or by the Trustee, the recovery of any judgment against the Company or any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or indulgence shall, without the consent of the Guarantor, increase the principal amount of said Security or the interest rate thereon or increase any premium payable upon redemption thereof. The Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of bankruptcy of the Company, any right of set-off or to counterclaim, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest or notice with respect to said Security or the indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment in full of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on said Security.

The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder against the Company in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Guarantee, provided, however, that the Guarantor shall not, without the consent of all Holders of all outstanding Securities of the same series issued under the Indenture, be entitled to enforce, or to receive, any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until the principal of, premium, if any, and interest then due and payable on all Securities of the same series issued under the Indenture shall have been irrevocably paid in full in accordance with the terms of such Securities.

This Guarantee is a guarantee of payment when due and not of collection. This Guarantee shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, in respect of said Security if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of said Security is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Holder of said Security or any trustee for said Holder upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the

 

-6-


Company or any other entity, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Company or any other entity or any substantial part of their respective property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

No reference herein to such Indenture and no provision of this Guarantee or of such Indenture shall alter or impair the guarantee of the Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Security upon which this Guarantee is endorsed at the times, place and rate, and in the cash or currency prescribed herein.

This Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, but without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

This Guarantee shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose with respect to any Security unless the certificate of authentication on said Security shall have been manually signed by or on behalf of the Trustee under the Indenture.

All terms used in this Guarantee which are defined in such Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Aetna Inc. has caused the execution hereof in its corporate name by its duly authorized officers.

 

Aetna Inc.
By  

 

 

[Seal]
Attest:

 

[Assistant] Corporate Secretary

 

-7-


SECTION 1504. Reports by the Guarantor. The Guarantor shall file with the Trustee and the Commission, and transmit to Holders. such information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to such Act; provided that any such information, documents or reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act shall be filed with the Trustee within 15 days after the same is so required to be filed with the Commission.

SECTION 1505. Guarantor’s Statement as to Compliance; Notice of Certain Events of Default. The Guarantor will deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Guarantor ending after the date of this First Indenture Supplement, a certificate signed by the Guarantor’s principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signer thereof the Guarantor is in compliance with all terms, conditions and covenants of the Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided thereunder) and, if the signer has obtained knowledge of any continuing default by the Guarantor in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any such term, condition or covenant, specifying each such default and the nature thereof.

SECTION 1506. Guarantor May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms. The Guarantor shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or sell its properties and assets as, or substantially as, an entirety to any Person, and the Guarantor shall not permit any Person to consolidate with or merge into the Guarantor, unless:

(1) in the case the Guarantor shall consolidate with or merge into another Person (including, without limitation, the Company) or sell its properties and assets as, or substantially as, an entirety to any Person (including, without limitation, the Company), the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Guarantor is merged or the Person which purchases the properties and assets of the Guarantor as, or substantially, as an entirety shall be a corporation, partnership or trust, shall be organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the

 

-8-


due and punctual performance of the obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee of the Guaranteed Securities then outstanding and the performance or observance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Guarantor to be performed or observed, by supplemental indenture satisfactory in form to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee, by the Person (if other than the Guarantor) formed by such consolidation or into which the Guarantor shall have been merged or by the corporation which shall have acquired the Guarantor’s assets;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default shall have happened and be continuing; and

(3) the Guarantor has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, or sale and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with this Section 1506 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

Upon any consolidation of the Guarantor with, or merger of the Guarantor into, any Person or any sale of the properties and assets of the Guarantor as, or substantially as, an entirety in accordance with this Section 1506, the successor Person formed by such consolidation, or into which the Guarantor is merged or to which such sale is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Guarantor under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Guarantor herein, and thereafter, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Guaranteed Securities.

SECTION 1507. Personal Immunity from Liability of Incorporators, Stockholders, Etc. No recourse shall be had for the payment of any obligations of the Guarantor with respect to the Guaranteed Securities, the Guarantee or this Indenture or any indenture supplemental hereto, against any incorporator, or against any past, present or future stockholder, director or officer, as such, of the Guarantor or of any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as consideration for, the execution of the First Indenture Supplement by the Guarantor and the issue of the Guarantee.

 

-9-


SECTION 105. Section 102 of the Indenture is hereby amended by inserting the words “and Section 1505” after the words “Section 1004” in the second paragraph of such section.

SECTION 106. Section 105 of the Indenture is hereby amended by inserting the words “or the Guarantor” after the words “the Company” each time such words appear in subparagraphs (1) and (2) thereof. The Trustee hereby agrees that, substantially simultaneously with its furnishing to the Company any notice or communication under the Indenture, as amended hereby, the Trustee shall furnish a copy thereof to the Guarantor. The Company hereby agrees that, substantially with its receiving or furnishing any notice or communication under the Indenture, as amended hereby, the Company will provide a copy thereof to the Guarantor.

SECTION 107. Section 106 of the Indenture is hereby amended as follows:

(a) The words “, the Guarantor” are inserted after the word “Company” in the ninth line and after the second reference to “the Company” in the twelfth line of the first paragraph thereof.

(b) The words “and the Guarantor” are inserted after the first reference to the words “the Company” in the twelfth line of the first paragraph thereof.

SECTION 108. Section 109 of the Indenture is hereby amended by adding the words “or the Guarantor” after the words “the Company”.

SECTION 109. Section 308 of the Indenture is hereby amended by inserting (i) the words “the Guarantor,” after the word “Company” in the second, third and eighth lines thereof and (ii) the words “or the Guarantor” after the words “the Company” in the ninth line thereof.

SECTION 110. Section 401 of the Indenture is hereby amended (i) by adding the words “and the Guarantor” after the words “the Company” in the last paragraph of such Section and (ii) by adding the following as a new penultimate paragraph of such Section:

“In the event the Company exercises its rights under this Section 401 with respect to a series of Guaranteed Securities, upon satisfaction by the Company of the conditions set forth in this Section 401 with respect to such series, the Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantees with respect to such series of Guaranteed Securities shall likewise be satisfied and discharged and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to such series of Guaranteed Securities.”

SECTION 111. Section 402 of the Indenture is hereby amended by inserting the words “(and, in respect of the Guaranteed Securities, the Guarantee)” after the words “securities” in the fourth line thereof.

SECTION 112. Section 509 of the Indenture is hereby amended by inserting the words “the Guarantor,” after the words “the Company,” therein.

 

-10-


SECTION 113. Section 603 of the Indenture is hereby amended by inserting the words “or of the Guarantor, as the case may be” after the words “the Company” in paragraph (b) of such section.

SECTION 114. Section 605 of the Indenture is hereby amended by inserting the words “or the Guarantor” after the words “the Company” in such section.

SECTION 115. Section 607 of the Indenture is hereby amended by replacing the words “The Company agrees” with “The Company and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, agree” in the first line thereof.

SECTION 116. (a) Paragraph (b) of Section 610 of the Indenture is hereby amended by inserting the words “and the Guarantor” after the words “the Company” in the first sentence thereof.

(b) Paragraph (c) of Section 610 of the Indenture is hereby amended by inserting the words “and to the Guarantor” after the words “the Company” in such section.

(c) Paragraph (d) of Section 610 of the Indenture is hereby amended as follows:

(i) The words “or the Guarantor” are inserted after the words “the Company” in subclause (1) and (2) of such paragraph.

(ii) The words “and the Guarantor” are inserted after the words “the Company” in the first line immediately following subclause (3) of such paragraph.

(d) Paragraph (e) of Section 610 of the Indenture is hereby amended by inserting the words “and the Guarantor” after the words “the Company” each time such words appear in such paragraph.

SECTION 117. Section 611 of the Indenture is hereby amended (i) by inserting the words “and the Guarantor” after the words “the Company” each time such words appear in paragraphs (a) and (c) of such section, and (ii) by inserting the words “, the Guarantor” after the words “the Company” each time such words appear in paragraph (b) of such section.

SECTION 118. Section 901 of the Indenture is hereby amended as follows:

(a) The words “the Guarantor, when authorized by a Board Resolution,” are inserted after the words “Board Resolution,” in the second line of such section.

(b) The words “or the Guarantor” are inserted after the words “the Company” each time such words appear in paragraphs (1) and (2) of such section.

SECTION 119. Section 902 of the Indenture is hereby amended by inserting the words “the Guarantor, when authorized by a Board Resolution” after the words “Board Resolution,” in the fifth line of the first paragraph of such section.

 

-11-


SECTION 120. Section 907 of the Indenture is hereby amended by inserting the words “or the Guarantor” after the words “the Company” each time such words appear in such section.

SECTION 121. Article Thirteen of the Indenture is hereby amended as follows:

(a) The words “and, in the case such option is exercised with respect to a series of Guaranteed Securities, the Guarantor shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to the Outstanding Guaranteed Securities of such series and its Guarantee in respect thereof, all” are inserted after the words “of such series” in the fifth line of Section 1302.

(b) The words “and, in the case such option is exercised with respect to a series of Guaranteed Securities, the Guarantor” are inserted after the words “the Company” in the ninth line of Section 1302.

(c) The words “and, if applicable, the Guarantee of the Guarantor in respect thereof” are inserted after the words “of such series” in the eleventh, twelfth and thirteenth lines of Section 1302.

(d) The word “its” in the eleventh line of Section 1302 is hereby replaced with the word “their”.

(e) The words (i) “and, if such option is exercised with respect to the Guaranteed Securities, the Guarantor shall be released from its obligations under Section 1506” are inserted after the words “Section 801” in the fifth line of Section 1303 and (ii) “and the Guarantor” are inserted after the words “the Company” in the thirteenth line of Section 1303.

(f) The words “(or, in the case of the Guaranteed Securities, the Company or the Guarantor)” are inserted after the words “The Company” in the first line of clause (1) of such Section 1304.

(g) The words (i) “or the Guarantor” are inserted after the words “the Company” in the twelfth line of the first paragraph of Section 1305, (ii) “or the Guarantor, as the case may be,” are inserted after the word “Company” in the third line of the third paragraph of Section 1305 and (iii) “and, if applicable, any related Guarantee of such Securities” are inserted after the words “of such series” in the last line of the third paragraph of Section 1305.

(h) The words (i) “and, if applicable, the Guarantor’s” are inserted after the words “the Company’s” in the sixth line of Section 1306, (ii) “and, if applicable, any related Guarantee of the Guarantor” are inserted after the words “of such series” in the seventh line of Section 1306, (iii) “or, in the case of a series of Guaranteed Securities, if the Guarantor makes any payment in respect thereof pursuant to its Guarantee of such Guaranteed Securities” are inserted after the words “of its obligations” in the sixteenth line of Section 1306 and (iv) “or the Guarantor, as the case may be,” are inserted after the words “the Company” in the sixteenth line of Section 1306.

 

-12-


ARTICLE 2

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 201. Effectiveness. This First Indenture Supplement shall take effect as of the date hereof.

SECTION 202. Indenture Ratified. Except as herein expressly provided, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed by the Company and the Trustee and all the terms, provisions and conditions thereof are and will remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 203. Execution by the Trustee. The Trustee has executed this First Indenture Supplement only upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the correctness of the recitals herein contained, which shall be taken as the statements of the Company and the Guarantor, and the Trustee makes no representation and shall have no responsibility for, and in respect of, the validity or sufficiency of this First Indenture Supplement or the execution thereof by the Company or the Guarantor.

SECTION 204. Governing Law. This First Indenture Supplement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, but without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

SECTION 205. Execution in Counterparts. This First Indenture Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one instrument.

 

-13-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Indenture Supplement to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto duly affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

    AETNA SERVICES, INC.
[Seal]    
   

By /s/ Alfred P. Quirk, Jr.

    Alfred P. Quirk, Jr.
    Vice President-Corporate Finance
Attest:      

/s/ Paige L. Falasco

     
    AETNA INC.
[Seal]    
   

By /s/ Alfred P. Quirk, Jr.

    Alfred P. Quirk, Jr.
    Vice President-Corporate Finance
Attest:      

/s/ Paige L. Falasco

     
[Seal]     STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
    By  

/s/ James E. Mogavero

Attest:      

/s/ Andrew M. Sinasky

     

 

-14-


State of Connecticut   
County of Hartford    ss:

On the 1st day of August, 1996, before me personally came Alfred P. Quirk, Jr., to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that [he] [she] resides at 44 Stonegate, Farmington, CT 06032, that [he] [she] is the Vice President, Corporate Finance of Aetna Services, Inc., one of the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that [he] [she] knows the corporate seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that [he] [she] signed [his] [her] name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/    Joanne R. Jensen    9-1-99    

Notary Public

 

State of Connecticut   
County of Hartford    ss:

On the 1st day of August, 1996, before me personally came Alfred P. Quirk, Jr., to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that [he] [she] resides at 44 Stonegate, Farmington, CT 06032, that [he] [she] is the Vice President, Corporate Finance of Aetna Inc., one of the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that [he] [she] knows the corporate seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that [he] [she] signed [his] [her] name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/    Joanne R. Jensen    9-1-99    

Notary Public

 

Commonwealth of Massachusetts   
County of Suffolk    ss:

On the 1st day of August, 1996, before me personally came James E. Mogavero, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that [he] [she] resides at 6 Adele Circle, Wakefield, MA 01880, that [he] [she] is an Assistant Vice President of State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, one of the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that [he] [she] knows the corporate seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that [he] [she] signed [his] [her] name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/ Laura L. Shepherd

Notary Public

 

-15-

Exhibit 10.6

 

 

AETNA SERVICES, INC.

(Formerly Aetna Life and Casualty Company)

AETNA INC.

AND

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE

 

 

SECOND INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

Dated as of October 30, 2000

to

INDENTURE

Dated as of August 1, 1993

As previously supplemented on

August 1, 1996

Among

Aetna Services, Inc.

(Formerly Aetna Life and Casualty Company)

Aetna Inc.

and

State Street Bank and Trust Company of

Connecticut, National Association, as Trustee


SECOND INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

SECOND INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT, dated as of October 30, 2000, (the “ Second Supplemental Indenture ”) among Aetna Services, Inc. (formerly Aetna Life and Casualty Company), a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut (the “ Company ”), Aetna Inc., a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut (the “ Guarantor ”), and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Company and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an Indenture dated as of August 1, 1993 (as previously amended or supplemented, the “ Indenture ”), which provides for the issuance from time to time by the Company of its unsecured debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness in one or more series (“ Securities ”, as more fully defined in the Indenture);

WHEREAS , the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered a First Indenture Supplement dated as of August 1, 1996 (the “ First Supplemental Indenture ”) to the Indenture, which provides, among other things for the Guarantor to be a party to the Indenture;

WHEREAS , the Company and the Guarantor have entered into a Plan of Merger dated as of October 30, 2000, (the “ Merger Agreement ”) whereby the Company will merge into the Guarantor with the Guarantor surviving the merger (the “ Merger ”);

WHEREAS , Section 801 and 1506 of the Indenture prohibit the consummation of the Merger unless the requirements, restrictions and conditions set forth in Article 8 and Article 15 of the Indenture are satisfied, including without limitation the requirement that the Guarantor deliver to the Trustee this Second Supplemental Indenture;

WHEREAS , in order to satisfy the aforementioned requirements, the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee have determined to enter into and execute this Second Supplemental Indenture; and

WHEREAS , all acts and proceedings required by law, by the Indenture and by the certificates of incorporation and bylaws of the Company and the Guarantor necessary to constitute this Second Supplemental Indenture a valid and binding agreement for the uses and purpose herein set forth in accordance with its terms have been done and performed, and the execution and delivery of this Second Supplemental Indenture have in all respects been duly authorized.

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Securities.


ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01. TERMS DEFINED IN INDENTURE . All terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given such terms in the Indenture.

ARTICLE 2

ASSUMPTION OF OBLIGATIONS

SECTION 2.01. ASSUMPTION OF OBLIGATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 801 OF THE INDENTURE . The Guarantor hereby assumes, pursuant to Section 801 of the Indenture, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on all the Securities and the performance and observance of every covenant of the Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed, to the same extent that the Company is bound and liable.

SECTION 2.02. ASSUMPTION CONDITIONED UPON EFFECTIVENESS OF THE MERGER . The assumption by the Guarantor of the Company’s obligations and liabilities under the Indenture, as provided for in this Second Supplemental Indenture is conditioned upon and shall not be effective until the Effective Time of the Merger, as defined in, pursuant to and upon the terms of the Merger Agreement.

ARTICLE 3

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 3.01. EFFECTIVENESS . This Second Supplemental Indenture shall take effect as of the date hereof.

SECTION 3.02. INDENTURE RATIFIED . Except as herein expressly provided, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed by the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee and all the terms, provisions and conditions thereof are and will remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 3.03. EXECUTION BY THE TRUSTEE . The Trustee has executed this Second Supplemental Indenture only upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the correctness of the recitals herein contained, which shall be taken as the statements of the Company and the Guarantor, and the Trustee makes no representation and shall have no responsibility for, and in respect of, the validity or sufficiency of this Second Supplemental Indenture or the execution thereof by the Company or the Guarantor.

SECTION 3.04. GOVERNING LAW . This Second Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, but without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

SECTION 3.05. EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS . This Second Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one instrument.

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto duly affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

    AETNA SERVICES, INC.

[Seal]

   
    By  

/s/ Alfred P. Quirk, Jr.

      Alfred P. Quirk, Jr.
      Vice President, Finance and Treasurer
Attest:    

/s/ Paige L. Falasco

   
    AETNA INC.

[Seal]

   
    By  

/s/ Alfred P. Quirk, Jr.

      Alfred P. Quirk, Jr.
      Vice President, Finance and Treasurer
Attest:    

/s/ Paige L. Falasco

   
   

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST

COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

[Seal]

   
    By  

/s/ Earl W. Dennison, Jr.

      Earl W. Dennison, Jr.
      Vice President
Attest:    

/s/ [illegible signature]

   

 

-3-


State of Connecticut    ss: Hartford
County of Hartford   

On the 30th day of October, 2000, before me personally carne Alfred P. Quirk, Jr., to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is the Vice President, Finance and Treasurer of Aetna Services Inc., one of the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the corporate seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/ William C. Baskin III

Notary Public

William C. Baskin III

My Commission Expires 7/31/2003

 

State of Connecticut    ss: Hartford
County of Hartford   

On the 30th day of October, 2000, before me personally came Alfred P. Quirk, Jr., to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is the Vice President, Finance and Treasurer of Aetna Inc., one of the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the corporate seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/ William C. Baskin III

Notary Public

William C. Baskin III

My Commission Expires 7/31/2003

 

-4-


Commonwealth of Massachusetts    )
   ) ss:
Suffolk County    )

On the [ ] day of October, 2000, before me personally came Earl W. Dennison, Jr., to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is a Vice President of State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, one of the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the corporate seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/ Dorothy M. Clark

Notary Public
Dorothy M. Clark
My Commission Expires October 27, 2006

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.7

 

 

AETNA INC.

(to be renamed Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc.)

ING GROEP N.V.

AND

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE

 

 

THIRD INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

Dated as of December 13, 2000

to

INDENTURE

Dated as of August 1, 1993

As previously supplemented on

August 1, 1996, and

October 30, 2000

Between

Aetna Inc.

(to be renamed Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc.)

(in its own right and as successor

by merger to Aetna Services, Inc.)

and

State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut,

National Association, as Trustee


THIRD INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

THIRD INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT, dated as of December 13, 2000 (the “ Third Indenture Supplement ”) among AETNA INC. (in its own right and as successor by merger to Aetna Services, Inc.), a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut (which shall be renamed Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc. following the Merger, as defined below) (the “ Company ”), ING GROEP N.V., a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ New Guarantor ”), and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY AND THE NEW GUARANTOR

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an Indenture dated as of August 1, 1993 (as heretofore amended or supplemented, the “ Indenture ”), the First Indenture Supplement dated as of August 1, 1996 (the “ First Indenture Supplement ”) and the Second Indenture Supplement dated as of October 30, 2000 (the “ Second Indenture Supplement ”), which provide for the issuance from time to time by the Company of its unsecured debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness in one or more series (the “ Securities ”, as more fully defined in the Indenture);

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Plan of Merger dated as of October 30, 2000, between the Company and Aetna Services, Inc. (formerly Aetna Life and Casualty Company) (“ Aetna Services ”), Aetna Services, the prior Issuer of the Securities, was merged with and into the Company (the “ Aetna Services Merger ”) with the Company surviving the Aetna Services Merger;

WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the Aetna Services Merger, Aetna Services, the Company and the Trustee executed the Second Indenture Supplement whereby the obligations of Aetna Services under the Indenture were assumed by the Company;

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Restructuring and Merger (the “ Merger Agreement ”) dated as of July 19, 2000, among ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc. (“ ING America ”), ANB Acquisition Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of ING America (“ Merger Sub ”), the Company and, for limited purposes only, the New Guarantor, Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”) with the result that the Company will be a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary a£ the New Guarantor;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the New Guarantor has agreed to guarantee the performance of obligations of the Company under the Indenture, such guarantee to take substantially the same form as the Company’s current guarantee of such obligations;

WHEREAS, this Third Indenture Supplement amends the Indenture, pursuant to Section 901 thereof, to provide for the full and unconditional guarantee by the New Guarantor of the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities;

WHEREAS, all acts and proceedings required by law, by the Indenture and by the certificates of incorporation and bylaws of the Company and the New Guarantor necessary to


constitute this Third Indenture Supplement a valid and binding agreement for the uses and purpose herein set forth in accordance with its terms have been done and performed, and the execution and delivery of this Third Indenture Supplement have in all respects been duly authorized.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Securities.

Article 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 101. All terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given such terms in the Indenture.

Article 2

AMENDMENTS

Section 201. The New Guarantor is hereby made a party to the Indenture.

Section 202. The definition of “Guarantor” in SECTION 101 of the Indenture is hereby amended by replacing the words “AETNA INC., a Connecticut corporation” with the words “ING GROEP N.V., a corporation organized under the laws of the Netherlands”.

Section 203. Paragraph (2) of SECTION 105 of the Indenture is hereby amended by (a) deleting the words “or the Guarantor” after the words (i) “to the Company” and (ii) “by the Company”) and (b) adding the words “and to the Guarantor addressed to it at Strawinskylaan 2631, 1077 ZZ Amsterdam, P.O. Box 810, 1000 Av. Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and marked for the attention of Diederik van Wassenaer, General Counsel, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Guarantor” after the words “by the Company”.

Section 204. (a) The first sentence of the last paragraph of SECTION 1502 of the Indenture is hereby amended by replacing the words “First Indenture Supplement” with the words “Third Indenture Supplement”.

(b) The second sentence of the last paragraph of SECTION 1502 of the Indenture is hereby amended by adding the following after the last word of that paragraph and before the period:

“, it being understood that, with respect to any Guaranteed Security outstanding as of the effectiveness of the Third Indenture Supplement, nothing contained herein shall be construed to require that a new Certificate of Authentication be signed by the Trustee with respect to a specific Guaranteed Security if a Certificate of

 

-2-


Authentication provided for in Section 205 of this Indenture on such Guaranteed Security has been signed by the Trustee prior to the effectiveness of the Third Indenture Supplement”.

Section 205. (a) SECTION 1503 of the Indenture is hereby amended by replacing the words “Aetna Inc.” wherever they appear in SECTION 1503 with the words “ING Groep N.V.”.

(b) The first sentence of the first paragraph of SECTION 1503 of the Indenture is hereby amended by replacing (i) the words “Connecticut corporation” with the words “corporation organized under the laws of the Netherlands” and (ii) the words “First Indenture Supplement dated as of August 1, 1996” with the words “Third Indenture Supplement dated as of December 13, 2000”.

Article 3

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 301. Effectiveness. This Third Indenture Supplement shall take effect as of the Effective Time (as such term is defined in the Merger Agreement) of the Merger, which is 5:01 p.m., New York City time, on the date hereof.

Section 302. Company Acknowledgment. The Company hereby acknowledges that it continues to be liable and bound for the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on all the Securities and the performance or observance of every covenant of the Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed.

Section 303. Indenture Ratified. Except as herein expressly provided, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed by the Company and the Trustee and all the terms, provisions and conditions thereof are and will remain in full force and effect.

Section 304. Execution by the Trustee. The Trustee has executed this Third Indenture Supplement only upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the correctness of the recitals herein contained, which shall be taken as the statements of the Company and the New Guarantor, and the Trustee makes no representation and shall have no responsibility for, and in respect of, the validity or sufficiency of this Third Indenture Supplement or the execution thereof by the Company or the New Guarantor.

Section 305. Governing Law. This Third Indenture Supplement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, but without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

Section 306. Submission to Jurisdiction. The New Guarantor hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any other New York State court sitting in New York City, Borough of Manhattan, solely in respect of any suit or proceeding arising out of or based on the Indenture, and hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, as a defense in any suit or proceeding arising out of

 

-3-


or based on the Indenture, that it is not subject thereto or that such suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in said courts or that the venue thereof may not be appropriate or that the Indenture may not be enforced in or by such courts, and the New Guarantor irrevocably agrees that all claims with respect to such suit or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such court. The New Guarantor hereby consents to and grants any such court jurisdiction over the person of the New Guarantor and over the subject matter of such dispute and agrees that mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such suit or proceeding to the New Guarantor in the manner provided in the Indenture, with a copy to ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc., 5780 Powers Ferry Road, NW, Atlanta, Georgia 30327-4390, Attention: General Counsel, or in such other manner as may be permitted by law shall be valid and sufficient service thereof.

Section 307. Execution in Counterparts. This Third Indenture Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one instrument.

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Third Indenture Supplement to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto duly affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

    AETNA INC.
[Seal]    
    By  
   

 

    Name:
    Title:
Attest:      

 

     
    ING GROEP N.V.
[Seal]      
    By  
   

 

    Name:
    Title:
Attest:      

 

     
[Seal]    

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST

COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

    By  

/s/ Earl W. Dennison Jr.

      Name:    Earl W. Dennison Jr.
      Title:      Vice President
Attest:      

/s/ Donald E. Smith

     

Donald E. Smith

Vice President

     


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Third Indenture Supplement to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto duly affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

    AETNA INC.
[Seal]    
    By  

/s/ Alfred P. Quirk Jr.

    Name: Alfred P. Quirk Jr.
    Title: Vice President, Finance and Treasurer
Attest:      

/s/ Robert M. Donahoe

     
Robert M. Donahoe      
    ING GROEP N.V.
[Seal]    
    By  

/s/ B. Scott Burton

    Name:
    Title:
Attest:      

/s/ William D. Torchiana

     
William D. Torchiana      
[Seal]    

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST

COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

    By  

 

      Name:
      Title:
Attest:      

 

     


State of Connecticut   )   
County of Hartford   )    ss:

On the 7 th day of December, 2000, before me personally came Alfred P. Quirk, Jr., to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that [he] [she] resides at 29 Pembroke, Farmington, CT, that [he] [she] is the Vice President, Finance and Treasurer of Aetna Inc., one of the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that [he] [she] knows the corporate seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that [he] [she] signed [his] [her] name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/ William C. Baskin III

Notary Public

William C. Baskin III

Commission Expires 7/31/2003

 

State of New York   )   
County of New York   )    ss:

On the 13 th day of December, 2000, before me personally came B. Scott Burton, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that [he] [she] resides at Atlanta, Georgia, that [he] [she] is the authorized signatory of ING Groep N.V., one of the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that [he] [she] knows the corporate seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that [he] [she] signed [his] [her] name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/ David E. Schoen

Notary Public

 

Commonwealth of Massachusetts   )   
County of Suffolk   )    ss:

On the 11 th day of December, 2000, before me personally came Earl W. Dennison Jr., to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is a Vice President of State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, one of the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the corporate seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/ Sandra M. Black

Notary Public

Sandra M. Black

My Commission Expires November 10, 2008

Exhibit 10.8

AETNA LIFE AND CASUALTY COMPANY

(To Be Renamed Aetna Services, Inc.)

ISSUER

AETNA INC.,

GUARANTOR

AND

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST

COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

TRUSTEE

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of July 1, 1996

 

 


Senior Debt Securities

Reconciliation and tie between certain Sections of this Indenture, dated as of July 1, 1996, and Sections 310 through 318, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939:

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

  

Indenture Section

310(a)(1)

   609
 

(a)(2)

   609
 

(a)(3)

   Not Applicable
 

(a)(4)

   Not Applicable
 

(b)

   608
     610

311(a)

   613
 

(b)

   613

312(a)

   701
     702(a)
 

(b)

   702(b)
 

(c)

   702(c)

313(a)

   703(a)
 

(b)

   703(a)
 

(c)

   703(a)
 

(d)

   703(b)

314(a)

   704
 

(a)(4)

   101
     1004
 

(b)

   Not Applicable
 

(c)(1)

   102
 

(c)(2)

   102
 

(c)(3)

   Not Applicable
 

(d)

   Not Applicable
 

(e)

   102

315(a)

   601
 

(b)

   602
 

(c)

   601
 

(d)

   601
 

(e)

   514

316(a)

   101
 

(a)(1)(A)

   502
     512
 

(a)(1)(B)

   513
 

(a)(2)

   Not Applicable
 

(b)

   508
 

(c)

   104(c)

317(a)(1)

   503
 

(a)(2)

   504
 

(b)

   1003

318(a)

   107

 

 

NOTE: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

 

-2-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

PARTIES

        1   

RECITALS

        1   

ARTICLE ONE

 

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

  

  

Section 101.

  

Definitions

     1   
  

Act

     2   
  

Authenticating Agent

     2   
  

Board of Directors

     2   
  

Board Resolution

     2   
  

Business Day

     2   
  

Commission

     2   
  

Common Stock

     2   
  

Company

     3   
  

Company Request; Company Order

     3   
  

Corporate Trust Office

     3   
  

corporation

     3   
  

Covenant Defeasance

     3   
  

Defaulted Interest

     3   
  

Defeasance

     3   
  

Depositary

     3   
  

Event of Default

     3   
  

Exchange Act

     3   
  

Floating or Adjustable Rate Provision

     3   
  

Floating or Adjustable Rate Security

     3   
  

Foreign Government Obligations

     4   
  

Global Security

     4   
  

Guarantee

     4   
  

Guaranteed Obligations

     4   
  

Guarantor

     4   
  

Holder

     4   
  

Indenture

     4   
  

interest

     4   
  

Interest Payment Date

     4   
  

Maturity

     4   
  

Non-Recourse Debt

     4   
  

Notice of Default

     4   
  

Officers’ Certificate

     4   
  

Opinion of Counsel

     5   
  

Original Issue Discount Security

     5   

 

 

NOTE: This table of contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

 

-i-


  

Outstanding

     5   
  

Paying Agent

     6   
  

Person

     6   
  

Place of Payment

     6   
  

Predecessor Security

     6   
  

Principal Subsidiary

     6   
  

Redemption Date

     6   
  

Redemption Price

     6   
  

Regular Record Date

     6   
  

Responsible Officer

     7   
  

Securities

     7   
  

Security Register and Security Registrar

     7   
  

Special Record Date

     7   
  

Stated Maturity

     7   
  

Subsidiary

     7   
  

Trustee

     7   
  

Trust Indenture Act

     7   
  

U.S. Government Obligations

     7   
  

Vice President

     7   

Section 102.

  

Compliance Certificates and Opinions

     8   

Section 103.

  

Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee

     8   

Section 104.

  

Acts of Holders; Record Dates

     9   

Section 105.

  

Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Company and Guarantor

     10   

Section 106.

  

Notice to Holders; Waiver

     10   

Section 107.

  

Conflict with Trust Indenture Act

     11   

Section 108.

  

Effect of Headings and Table of Contents

     11   

Section 109.

  

Successors and Assigns

     11   

Section 110.

  

Separability Clause

     11   

Section 111.

  

Benefits of Indenture

     11   

Section 112.

  

Governing Law

     12   

Section 113.

  

Legal Holidays

     12   

Section 114.

  

Personal Immunity from Liability for Incorporators, Stockholders, Etc.

     12   

ARTICLE TWO

 

SECURITY FORMS

  

  

Section 201.

  

Forms Generally

     12   

Section 202.

  

Form of Face of Security

     13   

Section 203.

  

Form of Reverse of Security

     15   

Section 204.

  

Form of Legend for Global Securities

     19   

Section 205.

  

Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

     19   

Section 206.

  

Form of Guarantee

     20   

 

 

NOTE: This table of contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

 

-ii-


ARTICLE THREE

 

THE SECURITIES

  

  

Section 301.

  

Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series

     21   

Section 302.

  

Denominations

     24   

Section 303.

  

Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating

     24   

Section 304.

  

Temporary Securities

     26   

Section 305.

  

Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange

     27   

Section 306.

  

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities

     28   

Section 307.

  

Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved

     29   

Section 308.

  

Persons Deemed Owners

     30   

Section 309.

  

Cancellation

     30   

Section 310.

  

Computation of Interest

     31   

ARTICLE FOUR

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

  

  

Section 401.

  

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

     31   

Section 402.

  

Application of Trust Fund

     32   

ARTICLE FIVE

 

REMEDIES

  

  

Section 501.

  

Events of Default

     33   

Section 502.

  

Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment

     35   

Section 503.

  

Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee

     36   

Section 504.

  

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     37   

Section 505.

  

Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities

     38   

Section 506.

  

Application of Money Collected

     38   

Section 507.

  

Limitation on Suits

     39   

Section 508.

  

Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest

     39   

Section 509.

  

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

     39   

Section 510.

  

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

     40   

Section 511.

  

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

     40   

Section 512.

  

Control by Holders

     40   

Section 513.

  

Waiver of Past Defaults

     41   

Section 514.

  

Undertaking for Costs

     41   

 

 

NOTE: This table of contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

 

-iii-


ARTICLE SIX

 

THE TRUSTEE

  

  

Section 601.

  

Certain Duties and Responsibilities

     41   

Section 602.

  

Notice of Defaults

     42   

Section 603.

  

Certain Rights of Trustee

     42   

Section 604.

  

Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities

     43   

Section 605.

  

May Hold Securities

     43   

Section 606.

  

Money Held in Trust

     43   

Section 607.

  

Compensation and Reimbursement

     44   

Section 608.

  

Disqualification; Conflicting Interests

     44   

Section 609.

  

Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility

     44   

Section 610.

  

Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor

     44   

Section 611.

  

Acceptance of Appointment by Successor

     46   

Section 612.

  

Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business

     47   

Section 613.

  

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company or Guarantor

     47   

Section 614.

  

Appointment of Authenticating Agent

     47   

ARTICLE SEVEN

 

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE, COMPANY AND GUARANTOR

  

  

Section 701.

  

Company and Guarantor to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders

     49   

Section 702.

  

Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders

     49   

Section 703.

  

Reports by Trustee

     49   

Section 704.

  

Reports by Company and Guarantor

     50   

ARTICLE EIGHT

 

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, OR SALE OF ASSETS

  

  

Section 801.

  

Company or Guarantor May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms

     50   

Section 802.

  

Successor Substituted

     51   

Section 803.

  

Assumption by Guarantor or Subsidiary of Company’s Obligations

     51   

ARTICLE NINE

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

  

  

Section 901.

  

Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders

     52   

Section 902.

  

Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders

     53   

Section 903.

  

Execution of Supplemental Indentures

     55   

Section 904.

  

Effect of Supplemental Indentures

     55   

Section 905.

  

Conformity with Trust Indenture Act

     55   

 

 

NOTE: This table of contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

 

-iv-


Section 906.

  

Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures

     55   

Section 907.

  

Waiver of Compliance by Holders

     55   

ARTICLE TEN

 

COVENANTS

  

  

Section 1001.

  

Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest

     56   

Section 1002.

  

Maintenance of Office or Agency by Company and Guarantor

     56   

Section 1003.

  

Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust

     57   

Section 1004.

  

Statement by Officers as to Default

     58   

Section 1005.

  

Limitations on Liens on Common Stock of Principal Subsidiaries

     58   

ARTICLE ELEVEN

 

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

  

  

Section 1101.

  

Applicability of Article

     58   

Section 1102.

  

Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee

     59   

Section 1103.

  

Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed

     59   

Section 1104.

  

Notice of Redemption

     59   

Section 1105.

  

Deposit of Redemption Price

     60   

Section 1106.

  

Securities Payable on Redemption Date

     60   

Section 1107.

  

Securities Redeemed in Part

     60   

ARTICLE TWELVE

 

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

  

  

Section 1201.

  

Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

     61   

Section 1202.

  

Defeasance and Discharge

     61   

Section 1203.

  

Covenant Defeasance

     61   

Section 1204.

  

Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

     62   

Section 1205.

  

Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations to be Held In Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

     64   

Section 1206.

  

Reinstatement

     65   

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

 

SINKING FUNDS

  

  

Section 1301.

  

Applicability of Article

     65   

Section 1302.

  

Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities

     65   

Section 1303.

  

Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund

     66   

 

 

NOTE: This table of contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

 

-v-


ARTICLE FOURTEEN

 

GUARANTEE OF SECURITIES

  

  

Section 1401.

  

Guarantee

     66   

Section 1402.

  

Subrogation

     67   

Section 1403.

  

Reinstatement

     67   

Section 1404.

  

Execution and Delivery of Guarantees

     67   
     
     
     

TESTIMONIUM

  

SIGNATURES AND SEALS

  

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

  

 

 

NOTE: This table of contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

 

-vi-


INDENTURE, dated as of July 1, 1996, among AETNA LIFE AND CASUALTY COMPANY (to be renamed Aetna Services, Inc.), a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut (herein called the “Company”), having its principal office at 151 Farmington Avenue, Hartford, Connecticut 06156, AETNA INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut (herein called the “Guarantor”), having its principal office at 151 Farmington Avenue, Hartford, Connecticut 06156 and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national association duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, as Trustee (herein called the “Trustee”).

RECITALS

The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (herein called the “Securities”), to be issued in one or more series as in this Indenture provided.

The Guarantor has duly authorized the unconditional guarantee of the Securities on the terms hereinafter set forth and the execution and delivery of the Indenture.

All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company and the Guarantor, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities or of series thereof, as follows:

ARTICLE ONE

Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application

Section 101. Definitions .

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

(2) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein;

(3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term “generally accepted accounting principles” with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean such accounting principles as are generally accepted at the date of such computation;


(4) the words “Article” and “Section” refer to an Article and Section, respectively, of this Indenture; and

(5) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

“Act”, when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 104.

“Authenticating Agent” means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 614 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of one or more series.

“Board of Directors”, when used with reference to either the Company or the Guarantor, means either (i) the Board of Directors of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, the Executive Committee of such Board of Directors or any other duly authorized committee of directors and/or officers appointed by such Board of Directors or Executive Committee, or (ii) one or more duly authorized officers of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, to whom the Board of Directors of the Company or the Guarantor or a committee thereof has delegated the authority to act with respect to the matters contemplated by this Indenture.

“Board Resolution”, when used with reference to either the Company or the Guarantor, means (i) a copy of a resolution certified by the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification or (ii) a certificate signed by the authorized officer or officers of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, to whom the Board of Directors of the Company or the Guarantor or a committee thereof has delegated its authority (as described in the definition of Board of Directors), and in each case, delivered to the Trustee.

“Business Day”, when used with respect to any Place of Payment, means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in that Place of Payment are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

“Common Stock” means with respect to any Principal Subsidiary, stock of any class, however designated, except stock which is non-participating beyond fixed divided and liquidation preferences and the holders of which have either no voting rights or limited voting rights entitling them, only in the case of certain contingencies, to elect less than a majority of the

 

-2-


directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Principal Subsidiary, and shall include securities of any class, however designated, which are convertible into such Common Stock.

“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.

“Company Request” or “Company Order”, when used with reference to the Company or the Guarantor, means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company or of the Guarantor, as the case may be, by (i) any two of the following individuals: the Chairman, the President, a Vice Chairman or a Vice President, or (ii) by one of the foregoing individuals and by any other Vice President, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Corporate Secretary or any other individual authorized by the Board of Directors for such purpose, and delivered to the Trustee.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Trustee located at 750 Main Street, Suite 1114, Hartford, Connecticut 06103 at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered.

“corporation” means a corporation, association, company, joint-stock company or business trust.

“Covenant Defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 1203.

“Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 307.

“Defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 1202.

“Depositary” means, with respect to Securities of any series issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act that is designated to act as Depositary for such Securities as contemplated by Section 301.

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 501.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute thereto.

“Floating or Adjustable Rate Provision” means a formula or provision, specified in or pursuant to a Board Resolution or an indenture supplemental hereto, providing for the determination, whether pursuant to objective factors or pursuant to the sole discretion of any Person (including the Company), and periodic adjustment of the interest rate borne by a Floating or Adjustable Rate Security.

“Floating or Adjustable Rate Security” means any Security which provides for interest thereon at a periodic rate that may vary from time to time over the term thereof in accordance with a Floating or Adjustable Rate Provision.

 

-3-


“Foreign Government Obligations” has the meaning specified in Section 1204.

“Global Security” means a Security that evidences all or part of the Securities of any series and is authenticated and delivered to, and registered in the name of, the Depositary for such Securities or a nominee thereof.

“Guarantee” means any guarantee of the Guarantor endorsed on a Security authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture and shall include the guarantee set forth in Section 1401.

“Guaranteed Obligations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1401.

“Guarantor” means the Person named as the “Guarantor” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Guarantor” shall mean such successor Person.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Security Register.

“Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, including, for all purposes of this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be a part of and govern this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, respectively. The term “Indenture” shall also include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 301.

“interest”, when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity.

“Interest Payment Date”, when used with respect to any Security, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.

“Maturity”, when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

“Non-Recourse Debt” means any indebtedness for money borrowed as to which the liability of the Guarantor, the Company or the Principal Subsidiaries is limited solely to specific assets.

“Notice of Default” means a written notice of the kind specified in Section 501(4).

“Officers’ Certificate”, when used with respect to the Company or the Guarantor, means a certificate signed by (i) any two of the following individuals: the Chairman, the President, a Vice Chairman or a Vice President, or (ii) by one of the foregoing individuals and by

 

-4-


any other Vice President, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Corporate Secretary, of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, or any other individual authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, for such purpose, and delivered to the Trustee. One of the officers signing an Officers’ Certificate given pursuant to Section 1004 shall be the principal executive, financial or accounting officer of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, or who may be other counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Each such opinion shall include the statements required by Section 314(e) of the Trust Indenture Act, if applicable.

“Original Issue Discount Security” means any Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502.

“Outstanding”, when used with respect to Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

(i) Securities theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(ii) Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company or the Guarantor) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company or the Guarantor (if the Company or the Guarantor shall act as Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities; provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

(iii) Securities as to which Defeasance has been effected pursuant to Section 1202; and

(iv) Securities which have been paid pursuant to Section 306 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Securities in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Securities are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Securities are valid obligations of the Company;

provided , however , that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, (A) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502, (B) the principal amount of a Security denominated in one or more foreign currencies or currency units shall be the U.S. dollar equivalent, determined in the manner provided as contemplated by Section 301 on the date of original issuance of such Security, of the principal amount (or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, the U.S. dollar

 

-5-


equivalent on the date of original issuance of such Security of the amount determined as provided in (A) above) of such Security, and (C) Securities owned by the Company, the Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantor or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities which the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company, the Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Subsidiary of the Company, the Guarantor or of such other obligor.

“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of or any premium or interest on Y Securities on behalf of the Company.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Place of Payment”, when used with respect to the Securities of any series, means the place or places where the principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities of that series are payable as specified as contemplated by Section 301.

“Predecessor Security” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

“Principal Subsidiary” means only Aetna Life Insurance Company, Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company and U.S. Healthcare, Inc., and any other Subsidiary of the Guarantor which shall hereafter succeed by merger or otherwise to a major part of the business of one or more of the Principal Subsidiaries. The decision as to whether a Subsidiary shall have succeeded to a major part of the business of one or more of the Principal Subsidiaries shall be made in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Guarantor or a committee thereof by the adoption of a resolution so stating, and the Guarantor shall within 30 days of the date of the adoption of such resolution deliver to the Trustee a copy thereof, certified by the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Guarantor.

“Redemption Date”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

“Redemption Price”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

“Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on the Securities of any series means the date specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 301.

 

-6-


“Responsible Officer”, when used with respect to the Trustee, means the chairman or any vice-chairman of the board of directors, the chairman or any vice-chairman of the executive committee of the board of directors, the chairman of the trust committee, the president, any vice president, the secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, the cashier, any assistant cashier, any trust officer or assistant trust officer, the controller or any assistant controller or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Securities” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and more particularly means any Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

“Security Register” and “Security Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 305.

“Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.

“Stated Maturity”, when used with respect to any Security or any instalment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such instalment of principal or interest is due and payable.

“Subsidiary” of any Person means a corporation more than 50% of the voting power of which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “voting power” means the power to vote for the election of directors, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at the date as of which this instrument was executed; provided , however , that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “Trust Indenture Act” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

“U.S. Government Obligations” has the meaning specified in Section 1204.

“Vice President”, when used with respect to the Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president”.

 

-7-


Section 102. Compliance Certificates and Opinions .

Upon any application or request by the Company or the Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee such certificates and opinions as may be required under the Trust Indenture Act. Each such certificate or opinion shall be given in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, if to be given by an officer of the Company or the Guarantor, or an Opinion of Counsel, if to be given by counsel, and shall comply with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and any other requirements set forth in this Indenture.

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (excluding certificates provided for in Section 1004) shall include

(1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, such individual has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such individual to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 103. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee .

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company or the Guarantor may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which its certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

 

-8-


Any certificate, statement or opinion of an officer of the Company or the Guarantor or of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to accounting matters, upon a certificate, opinion or representation by an accountant or firm of accountants in the employ of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such officer or counsel, as the case may be, knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate, opinion or representation with respect to such accounting matters upon which its certificate, statement or opinion may be based is erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

Section 104. Acts of Holders; Record Dates .

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company and the Guarantor. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 601) conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Company and the Guarantor, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him or her the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than such signer’s individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such signer’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The Company or the Guarantor may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, fix any day as the record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities of any series entitled to give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, or to vote on any action, authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series. If not set by the Company or the Guarantor prior to the first solicitation of a Holder of Securities of such series made by any Person in respect of any such action, or, in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, the record date for any such action or vote shall be the 30th day (or, if later, the date of the most recent list of Holders required to be provided pursuant to Section 701) prior to such first solicitation or vote, as the case may be. With regard to any record date for action to be taken by

 

-9-


the Holders of one or more series of Securities, only the Holders of Securities of such series on such date (or their duly designated proxies) shall be entitled to give or take, or vote on, the relevant action.

(d) The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Security Register or by a certificate of the Security Registrar.

(e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, the Company or the Guarantor in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

(f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to give or take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Security may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Security or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any different part of such principal amount.

Section 105. Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Company and Guarantor .

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

(1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company or by the Guarantor shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Corporate Trust Department, or

(2) the Company or the Guarantor by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, in the case of the Company, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this instrument, Attention: Treasurer, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company, with a copy to the Guarantor, and, in the case of the Guarantor, first-class postage prepaid and addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this instrument, Attention: Treasurer, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Guarantor, with a copy to the Company.

Section 106. Notice to Holders; Waiver .

Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at its address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date (if any), and not earlier than the earliest date (if any), prescribed for the giving of such notice; provided, however, that the Company, the

 

-10-


Guarantor or the Trustee, upon a good faith determination that mailing is in the circumstances impractical, may give such notice by any other method which, in the reasonable belief of the Company or the Guarantor or, in the case of the Trustee, of the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee, is likely to be received by the Holders. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

Section 107. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act .

If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under such Act to be a part of and govern this Indenture, the latter provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case may be.

Section 108. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents .

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 109. Successors and Assigns .

All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company or the Guarantor shall bind their successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

Section 110. Separability Clause .

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities or in the Guarantees shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 111. Benefits of Indenture .

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities or in the Guarantees, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

-11-


Section 112. Governing Law .

This Indenture and the Securities and the Guarantees shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, but without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

Section 113. Legal Holidays .

In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Securities (other than a provision of the Securities of any series which specifically states that such provision shall apply in lieu of this Section)) payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any) need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity, provided that no interest shall accrue with respect to such payment for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be, except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on such Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity, as the case may be.

Section 114. Personal Immunity from Liability for Incorporators, Stockholders, Etc.

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Security, or for any claim based thereon, or otherwise in respect of any Security or of the Guarantees, or based on or in respect of this Indenture or any indenture supplemental hereto, against any incorporator, or against any past, present or future stockholder, director or officer, as such, of the Company or of any successor corporation, or of the Guarantor or of any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Securities and the Guarantees.

ARTICLE TWO

Security Forms

Section 201. Forms Generally .

The Securities of each series shall be in substantially the form set forth in this Article, or in such other form as shall be established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution of the Company or in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistent herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of the Securities. If the form of Securities of any

 

-12-


series is established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution of the Company, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Company Order contemplated by Section 303 for the authentication and delivery of such Securities.

The Guarantees by the Guarantor to be endorsed on the Securities of each series shall be substantially in such form set forth in Section 206, or in such other form as shall be established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution of the Guarantor, or in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistent herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Guarantees, all as evidenced by such execution. If the form of Guarantees to be endorsed on the Securities of any series is established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution of the Guarantor, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Guarantor and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Company Order contemplated by Section 303 for the authentication and delivery of such Securities.

The definitive Securities and the Guarantees shall be printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

Section 202. Form of Face of Security .

[ Insert any legend required by the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder. ]

[AETNA LIFE AND CASUALTY COMPANY]

[AETNA SERVICES, INC.]

[      %] GUARANTEED [ZERO COUPON] [NOTE] [DEBENTURE] DUE                     

 

No.                 $                         

[AETNA LIFE AND CASUALTY COMPANY] [AETNA SERVICES, INC.], a Connecticut corporation (herein called the “Company”, which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to                      , or registered assigns, the principal sum of                      [Dollars] [ if other than Dollars, substitute other currency or currency units ] [ if the Security is to bear interest prior to Maturity, insert —, and to pay interest thereon from                      or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, [semi-annually on                      and                      in each year] [ If other than semi-annual payments , insert frequency of payments and payment dates), commencing                      , at [ If the Security is to bear interest at a fixed rate , insert — the rate of              % per annum [ If the Security is a Floating or Adjustable Rate Security, insert — a rate per annum [computed-determined] in accordance with the [insert defined name of Floating or Adjustable Rate Provision] set forth

 

-13-


below] [ If the security is to bear interest at a rate determined with reference to an index , refer to description of index below] until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment [ if applicable, insert — , and (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable) at the rate of      % per annum on any overdue principal and premium and on any overdue instalment of interest). The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the                      or                      (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities of this series not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities of this series may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture].

[If the Securities are Floating or Adjustable Rate Securities with respect to which the principal of or any premium or interest may be determined with reference to an index , insert the text of the Floating or Adjustable Rate Provision.]

[ If the Security is not to bear interest prior to Maturity, insert — The principal of this Security shall not bear interest except in the case of a default in payment of principal upon acceleration, upon redemption or at Stated Maturity and in such case the overdue principal of this Security shall bear interest at the rate of      % per annum (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), which shall accrue from the date of such default in payment to the date payment of such principal has been made or duly provided for. Interest on any overdue principal shall be payable on demand. Any such interest on any overdue principal that is not so paid on demand shall bear interest at the rate of      % per annum (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), which shall accrue from the date of such demand for payment to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for, and such interest shall also be payable on demand.)

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and [if applicable, insert — any such] interest on this Security will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in                      , in such coin or currency [of the United States of America] [ if the Security is denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars , specify other currency or currency unit in which payment of the principal of and any premium or interest may be made] as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts [ if applicable, insert — ; provided , however , that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register).

 

-14-


Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

Dated:

 

[AETNA LIFE AND CASUALTY COMPANY] [AETNA SERVICES, INC.]
By  

 

 

[Seal]
Attest:

 

Section 203. Form of Reverse of Security .

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (herein called the “Securities”), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated as of July 1, 1996 (herein called the “Indenture”), among the Company, as Issuer, Aetna Inc., as Guarantor (herein called the “Guarantor”) and                      , as Trustee (herein called the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof[, limited in aggregate principal amount to [$]          ].

[ If applicable, insert — The Securities of this series are subject to redemption upon not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice by mail, [ if applicable, insert — (1) on                      in any year commencing with the year          and ending with the year          through operation of the sinking fund for this series at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount, and (2)] at any time [on or after                      ], as a whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount): If redeemed [on or before                      ,      %, and if redeemed] during the 12-month period beginning                      of the years indicated,

 

-15-


Year

   Redemption Price    Year    Redemption Price
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        

and thereafter at a Redemption Price equal to      % of the principal amount, together in the case of any such redemption [ if applicable, insert — (whether through operation of the sinking fund or otherwise)] with accrued interest to the Redemption Date, but interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to such Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture.]

[ If applicable, insert — The Securities of this series are subject to redemption upon not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice by mail, (1) on                      in any year commencing with the year          and ending with the year          through operation of the sinking fund for this series at the Redemption Prices for redemption through operation of the sinking fund (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) set forth in the table below, and (2) at any time [on or after                      ], as a whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at the Redemption Prices for redemption otherwise than through operation of the sinking fund (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) set forth in the table below: If redeemed during the 12-month period beginning                      of the years indicated,

 

Year

   Redemption Price For
Redemption Through
Operation of the Sinking Fund
   Redemption Price For
Redemption Otherwise Than
Through Operation of  the
Sinking Fund
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

and thereafter at a Redemption Price equal to      % of the principal amount, together in the case of any such redemption (whether through operation of the sinking fund or otherwise) with accrued interest to the Redemption Date, but interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to such Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture.]

 

-16-


[The sinking fund for this series provides for the redemption on                      in each year beginning with the year          and ending with the year          of [not less than) [$]          [(“mandatory sinking fund”) and not more than [$]          ] aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series. Securities of this series acquired or redeemed by the Company otherwise than through [mandatory) sinking fund payments may be credited against subsequent [mandatory] sinking fund payments otherwise required to be made [in the inverse order in which they become due].)

[ If the Security is subject to redemption, insert — In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities of this series and of like tenor for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.]

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of (1) the entire indebtedness of this Security or (2) certain restrictive covenants and Events of Default with respect to this Security, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture.

[ If the Security is not an Original Issue Discount Security, insert — If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Securities of this series may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.]

[ If the Security is an Original Issue Discount Security, insert — If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall occur and be continuing, an amount of principal of the Securities of this series may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. Such amount shall be equal to — insert formula for determining the amount . Upon payment (i) of the amount of principal so declared due and payable and (ii) of interest on any overdue principal and overdue interest (in each case to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), all of the Company’s obligations in respect of the payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on the Securities of this series shall terminate.]

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the Guarantor and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series to be affected under the Indenture at any time by the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company or the Guarantor or both, with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

 

-17-


No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Security at the times, place and [rate-rates), and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registerable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of and any premium and interest on this Security are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities of this series and of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Securities of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of [$]          and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Securities of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee and any agent of the Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security is overdue, and neither the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Indenture provides that the Company and the Guarantor, at the Company’s option, (a) will be discharged from any and all obligations in respect of the Securities (except for certain obligations to register the transfer or exchange of Securities, replace stolen, lost or mutilated Securities, maintain paying agencies and hold moneys for payment in trust) or (b) need not comply with certain restrictive covenants of the Indenture, in each case if the Company or the Guarantor deposits, in trust, with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations (or Foreign Government Obligations if the Securities are denominated in a foreign currency or currencies) which through the payment of interest thereon and principal thereof in accordance with their terms will provide money, in an amount sufficient to pay all the principal (including any mandatory sinking fund payments) of, and (premium, if any) and interest on, the Securities on the dates such payments are due in accordance with the terms of such Securities and Guarantees, and certain other conditions are satisfied.

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on this Security, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof or of the Guarantee endorsed hereon, or based on or in respect of the Indenture or any indenture

 

-18-


supplemental thereto, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor corporation, or of the Guarantor or of any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issue hereof, expressly waived and released.

All terms used in this Security which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

Section 204. Form of Legend for Global Securities .

Every Global Security authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form or such other legends as may be required:

This Security is a Global Security within the meaning of the Indenture hereinafter referred to and is registered in the name of a Depositary or a nominee thereof. This Security may not be transferred to, or registered or exchanged for Securities registered in the name of, any Person other than the Depositary or a nominee thereof and no such transfer may be registered, except in the limited circumstances described in the Indenture. Every Security authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, this Security shall be a Global Security subject to the foregoing, except in such limited circumstances.

Section 205. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication .

The Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Securities of the series designated herein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

 

 
  As Trustee
By  

 

  Authorized Officer

 

-19-


Section 206. Form of Guarantee .

Guarantees to be endorsed on the Securities shall, subject to Section 201, be in substantially the form set forth below; words enclosed in brackets shall be inserted, if applicable:

GUARANTEE

OF

AETNA INC.

Aetna Inc., a Connecticut corporation (herein called the “Guarantor”, which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to in the Security upon which this Guarantee is endorsed), for value received, hereby unconditionally guarantees to the Holder of the Security upon which this Guarantee is endorsed the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on said Security [and the due and punctual payment of the sinking fund payments provided for herein], when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity or upon declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, according to the terms thereof and of the Indenture referred to therein. In case of the failure of [Aetna Life and Casualty Company] [Aetna Services, Inc.], a Connecticut corporation (herein called the “Company”, which term includes any successor corporation under such Indenture) punctually to make any such payment of principal, premium or interest [or sinking fund payment], the Guarantor hereby agrees to pay or to cause any such payment to be made punctually when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at Stated Maturity or upon declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the Company. The Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be as if it were principal debtor and not merely surety, and shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, the validity, legality or enforceability of said Security or the Indenture, or the absence of any action to enforce the same, or any waiver, modification, indulgence or consent granted to the Company with respect thereto, by the Holder of said Security or by the Trustee, the recovery of any judgment against the Company or any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or indulgence shall, without the consent of the Guarantor, increase the principal amount of said Security or the interest rate thereon or increase any premium payable upon redemption thereof. The Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of bankruptcy of the Company, any right of set-off or to counterclaim, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest or notice with respect to said Security or the indebtedness evidenced thereby [or with respect to any sinking fund payment required under said Security] and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment in full of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on said Security.

The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder against the Company in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Guarantee; provided , however , that the Guarantor shall not, without the consent of all Holders of all outstanding Securities of this series issued under the Indenture, be entitled to enforce, or to receive, any payments arising out of or based upon such right of subrogation until the principal of, premium, if any, and interest then due and payable on all Securities of the same series issued under the Indenture shall have been irrevocably paid in full in accordance with the terms of such Securities.

This Guarantee is a guarantee of payment when due and not of collection. This Guarantee shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, in respect of said

 

-20-


Security if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of said Security is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Holder of said Security or any trustee for said Holder upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Company or any other entity, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Company or any other entity or any substantial part of their respective property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

No reference herein to such Indenture and no provision of this Guarantee or of such Indenture shall alter or impair the guarantee of the Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Security upon which this Guarantee is endorsed at the times, place and rate, and in the cash or currency prescribed herein.

This Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, but without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

This Guarantee shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on said Security shall have been manually signed by or on behalf of the Trustee under such Indenture.

All terms used in this Guarantee which are defined in such Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Aetna Inc. has caused the execution hereof in its corporate name by its duly authorized officers.

 

AETNA INC.
By  

 

[Seal]

Attest:

 

 

[Assistant] Corporate Secretary

ARTICLE THREE

The Securities

Section 301. Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series .

The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

 

-21-


The Securities may be issued in one or more series. There shall be established in or pursuant to Board Resolutions of the Company and the Guarantor, as appropriate, and set forth in Officers’ Certificates of the Company and the Guarantor, as appropriate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of Securities of any series,

(1) the title of the Securities of the series (which shall distinguish the Securities of the series from Securities of any other series);

(2) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to Sections 304, 305, 306, 906 or 1107 and except for any Securities which, pursuant to Section 303, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);

(3) the Person to whom any interest on a Security of the series shall be payable, if other than the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest;

(4) the date or dates on which the principal of the Securities of the series is payable;

(5) the rate or rates at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest, if any, or the Floating or Adjustable Rate Provision pursuant to which such rates shall be determined, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, the Interest Payment Dates on which any such interest shall be payable and the Regular Record Date for any interest payable on any Interest Payment Date;

(6) whether the Securities of the series would be secured pursuant to Section 901(6);

(7) the place or places where the principal of and any premium and interest on Securities of the series shall be payable;

(8) if applicable, the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which (including premium, if any) and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series may or are required to be redeemed or prepaid, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company or the Guarantor pursuant to a sinking fund or otherwise;

(9) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem or purchase Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

(10) if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which Securities of the series shall be issuable;

 

-22-


(11) if other than such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time is legal tender for payment of public or private debts, the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, or currency units in which payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on any Securities of the series shall be payable and the manner of determining the equivalent thereof in the currency of the United States of America for purposes of the definition of “outstanding” in Section 101;

(12) if the amount of payments of principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of the series may be determined with reference to one or more indices, the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;

(13) if the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of the series is to be payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof, in one or more currencies, including composite currencies, or currency units other than that or those in which the Securities are stated to be payable, the currency, currencies, including composite currencies, or currency units in which payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on Securities of such series as to which such election is made shall be payable, and the periods within which and the terms and conditions upon which such election is to be made;

(14) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Securities of the series which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502 or provable under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy or similar law pursuant to Section 503;

(15) if applicable, that the Securities of the series shall be issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and, in such case, the Depositary or Depositaries for such Global Security or Global Securities and any circumstance other than those set forth in Section 305 in which any such Global Security may be transferred to, and registered and exchanged for Securities registered in the name of, a Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof and in which any such transfer may be registered;

(16) any other event or events of default applicable with respect to the Securities of the series in addition to those provided in Section 501(1) through (7);

(17) any other covenant or warranty included for the benefit of Securities of the series in addition to (and not inconsistent with) those included in this Indenture for the benefit of Securities of all series, or any other covenant or warranty included for the benefit of Securities of the series in lieu of any covenant or warranty included in this Indenture for the benefit of Securities of all series, or any provision that any covenant or warranty included in this Indenture for the benefit of Securities of all series shall not be for the benefit of Securities of the series, or any combination of such covenants, warranties or provisions;

(18) if other than as set forth in Section 206, the Guarantee of the Securities of such series pursuant to Article Fourteen hereof;

 

-23-


(19) any restriction or condition on the transferability of the Securities of the series;

(20) any authenticating or paying agents, registrars or any other agents with respect to the Securities of the series; and

(21) any other terms of the series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, except as permitted by Section 901(5)).

All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination and number and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to the Board Resolutions referred to above and set forth in such Officers’ Certificate or in any such indenture supplemental hereto.

If any of the terms of the series are established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution of the Company or the Guarantor, a copy of such action shall be delivered to the Trustee.

Section 302. Denominations .

The Securities of each series shall be issuable in registered form without coupons in such denominations as shall be specified as contemplated by Section 301. In the absence of any such provisions with respect to the Securities of any series, the Securities of such series shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

Section 303. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating .

The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman, its President, a Vice Chairman, any Vice President, its Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer, under its corporate seal reproduced thereon attested by its Corporate Secretary or one of its Assistant Corporate Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile.

The Guarantees shall be executed on behalf of the Guarantor by its Chairman, its President, a Vice Chairman, any Vice President, its Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer, under its corporate seal reproduced thereon and attested by its Corporate Secretary or one of its Assistant Corporate Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Guarantees may be manual or facsimile.

The seal of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, may be in the form of a facsimile thereof and may be impressed, affixed, imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Securities. Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company or of the Guarantor shall bind the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities. Minor typographical and other minor errors in the text of any Security or the Guarantee endorsed thereon or minor defects in the seal or facsimile signature on any Security or the Guarantee endorsed thereon shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such Security or such Guaranty if such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.

 

-24-


At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the Company and having endorsed thereon Guarantees executed by the Guarantor to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order of the Company for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with such Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities having such Guarantees endorsed thereon. If the form or terms of the Securities of the series or the form of Guarantees endorsed thereon have been established in or pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions as permitted by Sections 201 and 301, in authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities and Guarantees endorsed thereon, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 601) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating,

(a) if the form or forms of such Securities and the applicable Guarantees have been established by or pursuant to Board Resolution as permitted by Section 201, that such form or forms have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

(b) if the terms of such Securities and the applicable Guarantees have been established by or pursuant to Board Resolution as permitted by Section 301, that such terms have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

(c) that such Securities, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally or the rights of creditors of insurance companies generally and to general equity principles; and

(d) that such Guarantees, when the Securities on which such Guarantees are endorsed are authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Securities under this Section if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith by its board of directors, executive committee, or a trust committee of directors or responsible officers of the Trustee shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to existing Holders of Securities.

 

-25-


Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 301 and of the preceding paragraph, if all Securities of a series are not to be originally issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver the Officers’ Certificate otherwise required pursuant to Section 301 or the Company Order and Opinion of Counsel otherwise required pursuant to such preceding paragraph at or prior to the time of authentication of each Security of such series if such documents are delivered at or prior to the authentication upon original issuance of the first Security of such series to be issued.

Each Security and the applicable Guarantee shall be dated the date of its authentication.

No Security or Guarantee endorsed thereon shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that such Security or Guarantee is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 309, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security and the Guarantee endorsed thereon shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 304. Temporary Securities .

Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and having endorsed thereon Guarantees of the Guarantor substantially of the tenor of definitive Guarantees, which Securities and Guarantees may be printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities or such Guarantees may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities and such Guarantees.

If temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of that series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities of such series, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any series, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor one or more definitive Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor which have endorsed thereon Guarantees duly executed by the Guarantor. Until so exchanged the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series and tenor.

 

-26-


Section 305. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange .

The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “Security Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it or the Trustee may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers of Securities. The Trustee is hereby appointed “Security Registrar” for the purpose of registering Securities and transfers of Securities as herein provided.

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security of any series at the office or agency in a Place of Payment for that series, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor which have endorsed thereon a Guarantee duly executed by the Guarantor.

At the option of the Holder, Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor, each such Security having endorsed thereon a Guarantee duly executed by the Guarantor upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company and the Guarantor, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

Every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, redemption or payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 304, 906 or 1107 not involving any transfer.

Unless otherwise required by the rules of any stock exchange on which the Securities are listed or of any quotation system through which the Securities are traded, neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange Securities of any series during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities of that series selected for redemption

 

-27-


under Section 1103 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, no Global Security may be transferred to, or registered or exchanged for Securities registered in the name of, any Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or any nominee thereof, and no such transfer may be registered, unless (1) such Depositary (A) notifies the Company and the Trustee that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Security or (B) ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, (2) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee a Company Order that such Global Security shall be so transferable, registrable and exchangeable, and such transfers shall be registrable, (3) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Securities evidenced by such Global Security or (4) there shall exist such other circumstances, if any, as have been specified for this purpose as contemplated by Section 301. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, a Global Security to which the restriction set forth in the preceding sentence shall have ceased to apply may be transferred only to, and may be registered and exchanged for Securities registered only in the name or names of, such Person or Persons as the Depositary for such Global Security shall have directed and no transfer thereof other than such a transfer may be registered.

Every Security authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, a Global Security to which the restriction set forth in the first sentence of the preceding paragraph shall apply, whether pursuant to this Section, Section 304, 306, 906 or 1107 or otherwise, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Security.

Section 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities .

If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) a mutilated Security, or (ii) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and in either case such security or indemnity as may be required by either of them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of the same series and of like tenor and principal amount having endorsed thereon a Guarantee duly executed by the Guarantor, and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company or the Trustee may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

 

-28-


Every new Security of any series issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company and the Guarantor, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that series duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

Section 307. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved .

Except as otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to any series of Securities, interest on any Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest.

Any interest on any Security of any series which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in Clause (1) or (2) below:

(1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security of such series and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this Clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 15 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Securities of such series at its address as it appears in the Security Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following Clause (2).

 

-29-


(2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Securities of any series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

Section 308. Persons Deemed Owners .

Prior to due presentment of a Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee and any agent of the Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and any premium and (subject to Section 307) any interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

No holder of any beneficial interest in any Global Security held on its behalf by a Depositary shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to such Global Security, and such Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee, and any agent of the Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee as the owner of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall impair, as between a Depositary and such holders of beneficial interests, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of the Depositary as Holder of any Security.

Section 309. Cancellation .

All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange or for credit against any sinking fund payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Company or the Guarantor may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company or the Guarantor may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Securities held by the Trustee shall be disposed of as directed by a Company Order. Acquisition by the Company or the Guarantor of any Security shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Security unless and until the same is delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

-30-


Section 310. Computation of Interest .

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of any series, interest on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and, for any period shorter than a full monthly period, shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in such period.

ARTICLE FOUR

Satisfaction and Discharge

Section 401. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .

This Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities of a series herein expressly provided for} with respect to Securities of any series and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to a series, when

(1) either

(A) all Securities of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Securities which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306 and (ii) Securities of such series for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company or the Guarantor and thereafter repaid to the Company or the Guarantor or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 1003) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(B) all such Securities of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

(i) have become due and payable, or

(ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

and the Company or the Guarantor, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee in trust for the purpose (A) money (either in United States dollars or such other currency or currency unit in which the Securities of any series may be payable) in an amount, or (B) U.S.

 

-31-


Government Obligations (or Foreign Government Obligations if the Securities are denominated in a foreign currency or currencies) that through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment, money in an amount, or (C) a combination thereof, sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of (and premium, if any) and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities of such series which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

(2) the Company or the Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to such series have been complied with.

In the event there are Securities of two or more series outstanding hereunder, the Trustee shall be required to execute an instrument acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture only if requested to do so with respect to Securities of a particular series as to which it is Trustee and if the other conditions thereto are met. In the event that there are two or more Trustees hereunder, then the effectiveness of any such instrument shall be conditioned upon receipt of such instruments from all Trustees hereunder.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to a particular series, the obligations of the Company and the Guarantor to the Trustee under Section 607, the obligations of the Trustee to any Authenticating Agent under Section 614 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of Clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 402 and the last paragraph of Section 1003 shall survive until there are no Securities Outstanding with respect to a particular series and the obligations of the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee with respect to all other series of Securities shall survive.

Section 402. Application of Trust Fund .

Subject to provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all amounts deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or the Guarantor acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and any premium and interest for whose payment such funds have been deposited with the Trustee.

 

-32-


ARTICLE FIVE

Remedies

Section 501. Events of Default .

“Event of Default” whenever used with respect to Securities of a series means any one of the following events and such other events as may be established with respect to the Securities of such series as contemplated by Section 301 hereof:

(1) Default in the payment of any instalment of interest upon any of the Securities of such series as and when the same shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or

(2) Default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any of the Securities of such series as and when the same shall become due and payable either at maturity, upon redemption, by declaration or otherwise; or

(3) Default in the making of any sinking fund payment, whether mandatory or optional, as and when the same shall become due and payable by the terms of the Securities of such series; or

(4) Failure on the part of the Company or the Guarantor duly to observe or perform in any material respect any other of the covenants or agreements on the part of the Company or the Guarantor contained in this Indenture (other than those set forth exclusively in the terms of any other particular series of Securities established as contemplated by this Indenture for the benefit of such other series) and written notice of such failure, stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder, and requiring the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, to remedy the same, shall have been given by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Company and the Guarantor by the Trustee, or to the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, and such failure shall have continued unremedied for a period of 90 days after the date of the Company’s and the Guarantor’s receipt of such Notice of Default; or

(5) An event of default, as defined in any indenture or instrument evidencing or under which the Company, the Guarantor or any Principal Subsidiary shall have outstanding indebtedness for borrowed money in a principal amount in excess of $50,000,000, shall happen and be continuing and such indebtedness shall have been accelerated so that the same shall be or become due and payable prior to the date on which the same would otherwise have become due and payable (other than acceleration of Non-Recourse Debt which does not exceed in the aggregate 4% of the Guarantor’s total shareholders’ equity, as set forth in the most recently published audited consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor) or the Company, the Guarantor or any Principal Subsidiary shall default in the payment at final maturity of outstanding indebtedness for borrowed money in a principal amount in excess of $50,000,000 (other than default in payment at final maturity of Non-Recourse Debt which does not exceed in the aggregate

 

-33-


4% of the Guarantor’s total shareholders’ equity as set forth in the most recently published audited consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor), and such acceleration or default at maturity shall not be waived, rescinded or annulled within 30 days after written notice thereof, stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder, shall have been given to the Company and the Guarantor by the Trustee (if such event be known to it), or to the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series; provided , however , that if such acceleration under such indenture or instrument or default at maturity shall be remedied or cured by the Company, the Guarantor or Principal Subsidiary, or waived, rescinded or annulled by the requisite holders of such indebtedness, then the Event of Default hereunder by reason thereof shall be deemed likewise to have been thereupon remedied, cured or waived without further action upon the part of either the Trustee or any of the Holders; and provided further , that, subject to the provisions of Sections 601 and 602, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any such default unless written notice thereof shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, by the holder of any such indebtedness or an agent of the holder of any such indebtedness, by the trustee then acting under any such indenture or other instrument under which such default shall have occurred, or by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series; or

(6) A decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall have been entered adjudging the Company or the Guarantor a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of the Company or the Guarantor under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy or similar law, and such decree or order shall have continued undischarged and unstayed for a period of 90 days; or a decree or order of a court having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, trustee, assignee, sequestrator or similar official in bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company or the Guarantor or of all or substantially all of the Company’s or the Guarantor’s property, or for the winding up or liquidation of the Company’s or the Guarantor’s affairs, shall have been entered, and such decree or order shall have continued undischarged and unstayed for a period of 90 days; or

(7) The Company or the Guarantor shall institute proceedings to be adjudicated a voluntary bankrupt, or shall consent to the filing of a bankruptcy proceeding against it, or shall file a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy or similar law, or shall consent to the filing of any such petition, or shall consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, trustee, assignee, sequestrator or similar official in bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company or the Guarantor or of all or substantially all of the Company’s or the Guarantor’s property, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or either the Company or the Guarantor shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due and its willingness to be adjudged a bankrupt, or corporate action shall be taken by the Company or the Guarantor in furtherance of any of the aforesaid purposes.

 

-34-


Upon receipt by the Trustee of any Notice of Default pursuant to this Section 501 with respect to Securities of any series, a record date shall automatically and without any other action by any Person be set for the purpose of determining the holders of Outstanding Securities of such series entitled to join in such Notice of Default, which record date shall be the close of business on the day the Trustee receives such Notice of Default. The Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such Notice of Default, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that, unless such Notice of Default shall have become effective by virtue of Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents) having joined therein on or prior to the 90th day after such record date, such Notice of Default shall automatically and without any action by any Person be cancelled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder (or a duly appointed agent thereof) from giving, before or after the expiration of such 90-day period, a Notice of Default contrary to or different from, or, after the expiration of such period, identical to, a Notice of Default that has been cancelled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date in respect thereof shall be set pursuant to this paragraph.

Section 502. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment .

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series may declare the principal amount (or, if any of the Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount of such Securities as may be specified in the terms thereof) of all of the Securities of that series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company and the Guarantor (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified amount) and all accrued interest thereon shall become immediately due and payable.

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities of any series has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, by written notice to the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if

(1) the Company or the Guarantor has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

(A) all overdue interest on all Securities of that series,

(B) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Securities of that series which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and any interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities,

(C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and

 

-35-


(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel except such costs and expenses as are a result of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee;

and

(2) all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that series, other than the non-payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on the Securities of that series which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 513.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Upon receipt by the Trustee of any declaration of acceleration, or any rescission and annulment of any such declaration, pursuant to this Section 502 with respect to Securities of any series, a record date shall automatically and without any other action by any Person be set for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series entitled to join in such declaration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, which record date shall be the close of business on the day the Trustee receives such declaration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be. The Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such declaration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that, unless such declaration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of Holders of at least 25%, in the case of any declaration of acceleration, or a majority, in the case of any rescission or annulment, in principal amount of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents) having joined therein on or prior to the 90th day after such record date, such declaration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without any action by any Person be cancelled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder (or a duly appointed agent thereof) from giving, before or after the expiration of such 90-day period, a declaration of acceleration, or a rescission and annulment of any such declaration, contrary to or different from, or, after the expiration of such period, identical to, a declaration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, that has been cancelled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date in respect thereof shall be set pursuant to this paragraph.

Section 503. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee .

The Company covenants that if

(1) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Security when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or

(2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security at the Maturity thereof,

 

-36-


the Company will, upon written demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal and any premium and interest and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, interest on any overdue principal and premium and on any overdue interest, at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel except such costs and expenses, as are a result of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee. Until such demand is made by the Trustee, the Company may pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Securities of any series to the Holders thereof, whether or not the Securities of such series are overdue.

If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Company, the Guarantor or any other obligor upon such Securities and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company, the Guarantor or any other obligor upon such Securities, wherever situated.

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

Section 504. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

In case of any judicial proceeding relative to the Company, the Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company, the Guarantor or such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to take any and all actions authorized under the Trust Indenture Act in order to have claims of the Holders and the Trustee allowed in any such proceeding. In particular, the Trustee shall be authorized

(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (and premium, if any) and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities in accordance with the terms thereof and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

(ii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

-37-


and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607 except such costs and expenses, as are a result of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee.

No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding; provided , however , that the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and be a member of a creditors’ or other similar committee.

Section 505. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities .

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel except such costs and expenses, as are a result of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

Section 506. Application of Money Collected .

Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal or any premium or interest, upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 607;

SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal and any premium and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company or any other Person lawfully entitled thereto.

 

-38-


Section 507. Limitation on Suits .

No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless

(1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series;

(2) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

(3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

(4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

(5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series; it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all of such Holders.

Section 508. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest .

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and any premium and (subject to Section 307) any interest on such Security on the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

Section 509. Restoration of Rights and Remedies .

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

-39-


Section 510. Rights and Remedies Cumulative .

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in the last paragraph of Section 306, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 511. Delay or Omission Not Waiver .

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Securities to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Subject to Section 507, every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

Section 512. Control by Holders .

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the Securities of such series, provided that

(1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and

(2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

Upon receipt by the Trustee of any such direction with respect to Securities of any series, a record date shall be set for determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series entitled to join in such direction, which record date shall be the close of business on the day the Trustee receives such direction. The Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that, unless such direction shall have become effective by virtue of Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents) having joined therein on or prior to the 90th day after such record date, such direction shall automatically and without any action by any Person be cancelled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder (or a duly appointed agent thereof) from giving, before or after the expiration of such 90-day period, a direction contrary to or different from, or, after the expiration of such period, identical to, a direction that has been cancelled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date in respect thereof shall be set pursuant to this paragraph.

 

-40-


Section 513. Waiver of Past Defaults .

The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series waive any past default hereunder with respect to such series and its consequences, except a default

(1) in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Security of such series, or

(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected.

With respect to any series of Securities, the Company or the Guarantor may, but shall not be obligated to, establish a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to waive any past default hereunder. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to waive any default hereunder, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided , however , that unless such Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall have waived such default prior to the date which is 90 days after such record date, any such waiver previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no effect.

Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 514. Undertaking for Costs .

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in such suit to file an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and may assess costs against any such party litigant, in the manner and to the extent provided in the Trust Indenture Act; provided that neither this Section nor the Trust Indenture Act shall be deemed to authorize any court to require such an undertaking or to make such an assessment in any suit instituted by the Company or the Guarantor.

ARTICLE SIX

The Trustee

Section 601. Certain Duties and Responsibilities .

The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it

 

-41-


shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

Section 602. Notice of Defaults .

If a default occurs hereunder with respect to Securities of any series, the Trustee shall give the Holders .of Securities of such series notice of such default as and to the extent provided by the Trust Indenture Act; provided , however , that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 501(4) with respect to Securities of such series, no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 30 days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section, the term “default” means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series.

Section 603. Certain Rights of Trustee .

Subject to the provisions of Section 601:

(a) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) any request or direction of the Company or the Guarantor mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or the Guarantor may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

(c) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate;

(d) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(e) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

 

-42-


(f) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the remedy or waiver of all Events of Default, the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall upon reasonable notice to the Company and the Guarantor be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company and the Guarantor, personally or by agent or attorney at a time and place acceptable to the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be; and

(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

Section 604. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities .

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, and the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities or of the Guarantees. The Trustee or any Authenticating Agent shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.

Section 605.  May Hold Securities .

The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Security Registrar or any other agent of the Company or the Guarantor, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to Sections 608 and 613, may otherwise deal with the Company or the Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Security Registrar or such other agent.

Section 606. Money Held in Trust .

Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be.

 

-43-


Section 607. Compensation and Reimbursement .

The Company and the Guarantor agree

(1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its written request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation, and reasonable expenses and disbursements of its agents and outside counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith; and

(3) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

Section 608. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests .

If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture.

Section 609. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility .

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 or is a subsidiary of a corporation which shall be a Person that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and which unconditionally guarantees the obligations of the Trustee hereunder. If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

Section 610. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor .

(a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 611.

(b) The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company and the Guarantor. If the

 

-44-


instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 611 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

(c) The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities of any series by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company and the Guarantor.

(d) If at any time:

(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 608 after written request therefor by the Company or the Guarantor or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 609 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or the Guarantor or by any such Holder, or

(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, (i) the Company by a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee with respect to all Securities, or (ii) subject to Section 514, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee with respect to all Securities and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

(e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series) and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 611. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such. vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the Guarantor and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 611, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 611, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

 

-45-


(f) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series to all Holders of Securities of such series in the manner provided in Section 106. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

Section 611. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor .

(a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company, to the Guarantor and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company, the Guarantor or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

(b) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the Guarantor, the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer the rights, powers, trust and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (2) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect to all Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and (3) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustee co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Company and the Guarantor or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates.

 

-46-


(c) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company and the Guarantor shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

(d) No successor shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

Section 612. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business .

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities.

Section 613. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company or Guarantor .

If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company, the Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Securities, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of claims against the Company, the Guarantor or any such other obligor.

Section 614. Appointment of Authenticating Agent .

The Trustee may with the consent of the Company appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to one or more series of Securities which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon original issue and upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 306, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section. the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent

 

-47-


shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee or the Company may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company or the Trustee, as the case may be. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall mail written notice of such appointment by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

The Trustee agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section, and the Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed for such payments, subject to the provisions of Section 607.

If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

 

 
  As Trustee
By  

 

  As Authenticating Agent
By  

 

  Authorized Officer

 

-48-


ARTICLE SEVEN

Holders’ Lists and Reports by Trustee, Company and Guarantor

Section 701. Company and Guarantor to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders .

The Company and the Guarantor will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee

(a) semi-annually, not later than 10 days after each Regular Record Date in each year, a list for each series of Securities, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities of such series as of the preceding Regular Record Date, and

(b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company or the Guarantor of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;

excluding from any such list names and addresses received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar.

Section 702. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders .

(a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 701 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 701 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(b) The rights of the Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act.

(c) Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee that none of the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee or any agent of any of them shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 703. Reports by Trustee .

(a) The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto. To the extent that any such report is required by the Trust Indenture Act with respect to any 12 month period, such report shall cover the 12 month period ending July 15 and shall be transmitted by the next succeeding September 15.

 

-49-


(b) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which any Securities are listed, with the Commission and with the Company and the Guarantor. The Company will notify the Trustee when any Securities are listed on any stock exchange.

Section 704. Reports by Company and Guarantor .

The Company and the Guarantor shall file with the Trustee and the Commission, and transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to such Act; provided that any such information, documents or reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act shall be filed with the Trustee within 15 days after the same is so required to be filed with the Commission.

ARTICLE EIGHT

Consolidation, Merger, or Sale of Assets

Section 801. Company or Guarantor May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .

Neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall consolidate with or merge into any other Person or sell its properties and assets as, or substantially as, an entirety to any Person, and neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall permit any Person to consolidate with or merge into the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, unless:

(1) in case the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall consolidate with or merge into another Person (including, without limitation, the Guarantor or the Company, as the case may be), or sell its properties and assets as, or substantially as, an entirety to any Person (including, without limitation, the Guarantor or the Company, as the case may be), the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, is merged or the Person which purchases the properties and assets of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, as, or substantially, as an entirety shall be a corporation, partnership or trust, shall be organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, in the case of any such transaction involving the Company, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on all the Securities and the performance or observance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed, and, in the case of any such transaction involving the Guarantor, the due and punctual performance of the Guarantees and the performance or observance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Guarantor to be performed or observed, in each case by supplemental indenture satisfactory in form to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee, by the Person

 

-50-


{if other than the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall have been merged or by the corporation which shall have acquired the assets of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default shall have happened and be continuing; and

(3) the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, or sale and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

Section 802. Successor Substituted .

Upon any consolidation of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, with, or merger of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, into, any other Person or any sale of the properties and assets of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, as, or substantially as, an entirety in accordance with Section 801, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, is merged or to which such sale is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, herein, and thereafter the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities or the Guarantees, as the case may be.

Section 803. Assumption by Guarantor or Subsidiary of Company’s Obligations .

The Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Guarantor may, where permitted by law, assume the obligations of the Company (or any Person which shall have previously assumed the obligations of the Company) for the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and any premium), interest on and any other payments with respect to the Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture and the Securities on the part of the Company (or such other Person) to be performed or observed, provided that:

(1) the Guarantor or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall expressly assume such obligations by an indenture supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee and if such Subsidiary assumed such obligations, the Guarantor shall, by such supplemental indenture, confirm that its Guarantees shall apply to such Subsidiary’s obligations under the Securities and this Indenture, as modified by such supplemental indenture;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

-51-


(3) the Guarantor or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such assumption and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with;

(4) such assumption shall not result in adverse tax consequences to any Holder; and

(5) the Guarantor and/or such Subsidiary shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (1} the Securities are legal, valid and binding obligations of the assuming corporation enforceable against the assuming corporation in accordance with their terms subject to (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, moratorium and other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and the rights of creditors of insurance companies generally and (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) and (2) if a Subsidiary of the Guarantor is the assuming corporation, the Guarantees continue to be the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with their terms subject to (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, moratorium and other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and the rights of creditors of insurance companies generally and (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

Upon any such assumption, the Guarantor or such Subsidiary shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if the Guarantor or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, had been named as the “Company” in herein, and the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this instrument or any successor Person which shall theretofore have become such in the manner prescribed in this Article shall be released from its liability as obligor upon the Securities.

ARTICLE NINE

Supplemental Indentures

Section 901. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders .

Without the consent of any Holders, the Company and the Guarantor, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company or the Guarantor and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company or the Guarantor herein and in the Securities or Guarantees; or

 

-52-


(2) to add to the covenants of the Company or the Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company or the Guarantor; or

(3) to add any additional Events of Default; or

(4) to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in bearer form, registrable or not registrable as to principal, and with or without interest coupons, or to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in uncertificated form; or

(5) to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture in respect of one or more series of Securities, including, without limitation, with respect to any of the provisions in Article Fourteen, provided that any such addition, change or elimination (i) shall neither (A) apply to any Security of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture and entitled to the benefit of such provision nor (B) modify the rights of the Holder of any such Security with respect to such provision or (ii) shall become effective only when there is no such Security Outstanding; or

(6) to secure the Securities pursuant to the requirements of Section 1005, or to otherwise secure the Securities of any series or the Guarantees; or

(7) to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series or the form of Guarantees as permitted by Sections 201 and 301; or

(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 611(b); or

(9) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, provided that such action pursuant to this clause (9) shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series in any material respect; or

(10) to conform to any mandatory provisions of law.

Section 902. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders .

With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority of principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of each series affected by such supplemental indenture, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee, the Company and the Guarantor, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any

 

-53-


manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series under this Indenture; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby,

(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of principal of or interest on, any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon (including any change in the Floating or Adjustable Rate Provision pursuant to which such rate is determined that would reduce such rate for any period) or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or reduce the amount of the principal of an Original Issue Discount Security that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502, or change any Place of Payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Security or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date), or

(2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, or

(3) modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 513 or Section 907, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby, provided , however , that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any Holder with respect to changes in the references to “the Trustee” and concomitant changes in this Section and Section 907, or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 611(b) and 901(8), or

(4) modify or affect in any manner adverse to the interests of the Holders of any Securities the terms and conditions of the obligations of the Guarantor in respect of the due and punctual payment of the principal thereof, premium, if any, and interest, if any, thereon or any sinking fund payments provided in respect thereof.

A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

 

-54-


Section 903. Execution of Supplemental Indentures .

In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 601) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Section 904. Effect of Supplemental Indentures .

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

Section 905. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act .

Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 906. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures .

Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company and the Guarantor shall so determine, new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee, the Company and the Guarantor, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company, the Guarantees endorsed thereon may be executed by the Guarantor and such Securities may be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series.

Section 907. Waiver of Compliance by Holders .

Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, any of the acts which the Company or the Guarantor is required to do, or is prohibited from doing, by any of the provisions of this Indenture may, to the extent that such provisions might be changed or eliminated by a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 902 upon consent of holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Securities of the series affected, be omitted or done by the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, if there is obtained the prior consent or waiver of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Securities of such series.

 

-55-


ARTICLE TEN

Covenants

Section 1001. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest .

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of each series of Securities that it will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid the principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities of that series in accordance with the terms of the Securities and this Indenture.

Section 1002. Maintenance of Office or Agency by Company and Guarantor .

(a) So long as any Securities are Outstanding, the Company will maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Securities an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

(b) So long as any Securities are Outstanding, the Guarantor will maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Securities an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment under the Guarantees endorsed thereon and where notices and demands to or upon the Guarantor in respect of the Guarantees endorsed on the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served. The Guarantor will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Guarantor shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Guarantor hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

The Guarantor may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for such

 

-56-


purpose or where such notices or demands may be served and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Guarantor of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Guarantor will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

Section 1003. Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust .

If the Company or the Guarantor shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of or any premium or interest on any of the Securities of that series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal and any premium and interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, prior to each due date of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of that series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held as provided by the Trust Indenture Act, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

The Company will cause each Paying Agent for any series of Securities other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will (i) comply with the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act applicable to it as a Paying Agent and (ii) during the continuance of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities of that series) in the making of any payment in respect of the Securities of that series, and upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the. Securities of that series.

The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company or the Guarantor, in trust for the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company or the Guarantor) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company or the Guarantor for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability

 

-57-


of the Company or the Guarantor as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be.

Section 1004. Statement by Officers as to Default .

The Company and the Guarantor will each deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Guarantor ending after the date hereof, a certificate signed by the Company’s or the Guarantor’s, as the case may be, principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signer thereof the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, is in compliance with all terms, conditions and covenants of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and if the signer has obtained knowledge of any continuing default by the Company or the Guarantor in the performance, observation or fulfillment of any such term, condition or covenant, specifying each such default and the nature thereof.

Section 1005. Limitations on Liens on Common Stock of Principal Subsidiaries .

As long as any of the Securities remains outstanding, the Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Principal Subsidiary to, issue, assume, incur or guarantee any indebtedness for borrowed money secured by a mortgage, pledge, lien or other encumbrance, directly or indirectly, on any of the Common Stock of a Principal Subsidiary, which Common Stock is owned by the Guarantor, by the Company or by any Principal Subsidiary, unless the obligations of the Company under the Securities and, if the Company or the Guarantor so elects, any other indebtedness of the Company or the Guarantor ranking on a parity with or prior to the Securities or the Guarantor’s obligations under the Guarantees, as the case may be, shall be secured equally and ratably with, or prior to, such secured indebtedness for borrowed money so long as it is outstanding and is so secured.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

Redemption of Securities

Section 1101. Applicability of Article .

Securities of any series which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of any series) in accordance with this Article.

 

-58-


Section 1102. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee .

In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all the Securities of any series, the Company shall, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date, of the principal amount of Securities of such series to be redeemed and, if applicable, of the tenor of the Securities to be redeemed. In the case of any redemption of Securities prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers” Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction.

Section 1103. Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed .

If less than all the Securities of any series are to be redeemed (unless all of the Securities of such series and of a specified tenor are to be redeemed), the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 45 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of Securities of such series of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series. If less than all of the Securities of such series and of a specified tenor are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 45 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series and specified tenor not previously called for redemption in accordance with the preceding sentence.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Securities redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Securities which has been or is to be redeemed.

Section 1104. Notice of Redemption .

Notice of redemption shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, at its address appearing in the Security Register.

All notices of redemption shall state:

(1) the Redemption Date,

(2) the Redemption Price,

 

-59-


(3) if less than all the Outstanding Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption of any Securities, the principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed,

(4) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security to be redeemed and, if applicable, that interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after said date,

(5) the place or places where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price, and

(6) that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case.

Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

Section 1105. Deposit of Redemption Price .

Prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and (except if the Redemption Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) accrued interest on, all the Securities which are to be redeemed on that date.

Section 1106. Securities Payable on Redemption Date .

Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified, and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Securities shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date; provided , however , that, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.

If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal and any premium shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Security.

Section 1107. Securities Redeemed in Part .

Any Security which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed

 

-60-


by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge, a new Security or Securities of the same series and of like tenor, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered.

ARTICLE TWELVE

Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

Section 1201. Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The Company may elect, at any time, to have either Section 1202 or Section 1203 applied to the Outstanding Securities of any series and the Guarantees endorsed thereon, upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article Twelve.

Section 1202. Defeasance and Discharge .

Upon the Company’s exercise of the option provided in Section 1201 to have this Section 1202 applied to the Outstanding Securities of any series and the Guarantees endorsed thereon, the Company and the Guarantor shall each be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to the Outstanding Securities of such series and the Guarantees endorsed thereon as provided in this Section on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 1204 are satisfied (hereinafter called “Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantor shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Outstanding Securities of such series and the Guarantees endorsed thereon and to have satisfied all their other obligations under the Securities of such series, the Guarantees endorsed thereon and this Indenture insofar as the Securities of such series and the Guarantees endorsed thereon are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), subject to the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (1) the rights of Holders of Securities of such series to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 1204 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of and any premium and interest on such Securities of such series when payments are due, (2) the Company’s or the Guarantor’s obligations, as the case may be, with respect to the Securities of such series under Sections 304, 305, 306, 1002 and 1003, (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, including, without limitation, its rights under Section 607 and (4) this Article Twelve. Subject to compliance with this Article Twelve, the Company may exercise its option provided in Section 1201 to have this Section 1202 applied to the Outstanding Securities of any series and the Guarantees endorsed thereon notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option provided in Section 1201 to have Section 1203 applied to the Outstanding Securities of such series and the Guarantees endorsed thereon.

Section 1203. Covenant Defeasance .

Upon the Company’s exercise of the option provided in Section 1201 to have this Section 1203 applied to the Outstanding Securities of any series and the Guarantees endorsed

 

-61-


thereon, (1) the Guarantor shall be released from its obligations under Section 1005 and the Company and the Guarantor shall be released from their obligations under Section 801 and (2) the occurrence of any event specified in Sections 501(3), 501(4) (with respect to Section 1005 and Section 801) and 501(5) shall be deemed not to be or result in an Event of Default, in each case with respect to the Outstanding Securities of such series as provided in this Section on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 1204 are satisfied (hereinafter called “Covenant Defeasance”. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantor may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such specified Section (to the extent so specified in the case of Section 501(4)), whether directly or indirectly by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or by reason of any reference in any such Section to any other provision herein or in any other document, but the remainder of this Indenture and the Securities of such series shall be unaffected thereby.

Section 1204. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 1202 or Section 1203 to the Outstanding Securities of any series;

(1) The Company or the Guarantor shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee that satisfies the requirements contemplated by Section 609 and agrees to comply with the provisions of this Article Twelve applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series, (A) in the case of Securities of such series denominated in U.S. dollars, (i) money in an amount, or (ii) U.S. Government Obligations that through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment, money in an amount, or (iii) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or any such other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, the principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities of such series on the respective Stated Maturities, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Securities of such series or (B) in the case of Securities of such series denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar, (i) money in such currency in an amount, or (ii) Foreign Government Obligations that through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment, money in such currency in an amount, or (iii) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or any such other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, the principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities of such series on the respective Stated Maturities, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Securities of such series. As used herein, (1) “U.S. Government Obligation” means (x) any security that is (i) a direct obligation of the United States of America for the payment

 

-62-


of which full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (ii) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality for the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case (i) or (ii), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and (y) any depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) as custodian with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligation specified in Clause (x) and held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligation, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the Holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depositary receipt and (2) “Foreign Government Obligation” means (x) any security that is (i) a direct obligation of the government that issued such currency for the payment of which full faith and credit of such government is pledged or (ii) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality for such government the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by such government, which, in either case (i) or (ii), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and (y) any depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) as custodian with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Foreign Government Obligation specified in Clause (x) and held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Foreign Government Obligation, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the Holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Foreign Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depositary receipt.

(2) In the case of an election under Section 1202, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that the Holders of the Outstanding Securities of such series will not recognize gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit, Defeasance and discharge to be effected with respect to the Securities of such series and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit, Defeasance and discharge were not to occur.

(3) In the case of an election under Section 1203, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holder of the Outstanding Securities of such series will not recognize gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as result of the deposit and Covenant Defeasance to be effected with respect to the Securities of such series and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit and Covenant Defeasance were not to occur.

 

-63-


(4) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that the Securities of such series, if then listed on any securities exchange, will not be delisted as a result of such deposit.

(5) No Event of Default or event that (after notice or lapse of time or both) would become an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such deposit or, with regard to any Event of Default or any such event specified in Sections 501(6) and 501(7), at any time on or prior to the 90th day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until after such 90th day).

(6) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent with respect to such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

(7) Such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in the trust arising from such deposit constituting an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, unless such trust shall be qualified under such Act or exempt from regulation thereunder.

Section 1205. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations to be Held In Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money and U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee or other qualifying trustee (solely for purposes of this Section and Section 1206, the Trustee and any such other trustee are referred to collectively as the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 1204 in respect of the Securities of any series shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities of such series and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any such Paying Agent (including the Company or the Guarantor acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of the Securities of such series, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal and any premium and interest, but money so held in trust need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 1204 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge that by law is for the account of the Holders of Outstanding Securities.

Anything in this Article Twelve to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, from time to time upon Company Request any money or U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 1204 with respect to Securities of any series that, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Securities of such series and the Guarantees endorsed thereon.

 

-64-


Section 1206. Reinstatement .

If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with this Article Twelve with respect to the Securities of any series by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Securities of such series and the Guarantees endorsed thereon shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Twelve with respect to Securities of such series until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all money held in trust pursuant to Section 1205 with respect to Securities of such series in accordance with this Article Twelve; provided , however , that if the Company makes any payment of principal of or any premium or interest on any Security of such series following the reinstatement of its obligations or if the Guarantor makes any payment in respect thereof pursuant to its Guarantee of such Securities of such series, the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series to receive such payment from the money so held in trust.

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

Sinking Funds

Section 1301. Applicability of Article .

The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of such series.

The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment”, and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment”. If provided for by the terms of Securities of any series, the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 1302. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series.

Section 1302. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities .

The Company (1) may deliver Outstanding Securities of a series (other than any previously called for redemption) and (2) may apply as a credit Securities of a series which have been acquired or redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities or otherwise, in each case in satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of such series required to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities as provided for by the terms of such series; provided that such Securities have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such

 

-65-


purpose by the Trustee at the Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

Section 1303. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund .

Not less than 45 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for any series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of that series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to Section 1302 and will also deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so delivered. Not less than 15 nor more than 45 days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 1103 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 1104. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 1106 and 1107.

ARTICLE FOURTEEN

Guarantee of Securities

Section 1401. Guarantee .

The Guarantor hereby unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Security of each series of the Company authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent the due and punctual payment of the principal of (premium, if any) and interest on such Security and the due and punctual payment of any sinking fund payments provided for pursuant to the terms of such Security, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at Stated Maturity, by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise according to the terms of such Security and of this Indenture (the “Guaranteed Obligations”). In case of default by the Company in the payment of any such principal, premium, interest or sinking fund payment, the Guarantor agrees duly and punctually to make any such payment when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity, by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the Company. The Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be as if it were principal debtor and not merely surety, and shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, the validity, legality or enforceability of any Security of any series or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same or any waiver, modification or indulgence or consent granted to the Company with respect thereto by the Holder of any Security of any series or the Trustee, the recovery of any judgment against the Company or any action to enforce the same, or any other circumstances which may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or indulgence shall, without the consent of the Guarantor, increase the principal amount of a Security or the interest rate thereon or increase any premium payable upon redemption thereof. The Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a

 

-66-


court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Company, any right of set-off or counterclaim, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protect or notice with respect to any Security or the indebtedness evidenced thereby or with respect to any sinking fund payment required pursuant to the terms of a Security issued under this Indenture and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Guarantee will not be discharged as to any Security except by payment in full of the principal of {premium, if any) and interest on such Security.

Section 1402. Subrogation .

The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder of a Security against the Company in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Guarantee; provided , however , that the Guarantor shall not, without the consent of all Holders of Securities of such series, be entitled to enforce, or to receive, any payments arising out of or based upon, such right of subrogation until the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest then due and payable on all Securities of the relevant series shall have been irrevocably paid in full in accordance with the terms of such Securities.

Section 1403. Reinstatement .

The Guarantee of the Guarantor is a guarantee of payment when due and not of collection. The Guarantee shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, in respect of any Security if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of such Security is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Holder of such Security or any trustee for said Holder upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Company or any other entity, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Company or any other entity or any substantial part of their respective property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

Section 1404. Execution and Delivery of Guarantees .

To evidence its guarantee set forth in Section 1401, the Guarantor hereby agrees to execute, subject to Section 201, the Guarantee in a form established pursuant to Section 206, to be endorsed on each Security authenticated and delivered by the Trustee. Each such Guarantee shall be executed by the Guarantor as provided in Section 303.

The delivery of any Security by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee endorsed thereon on behalf of the Guarantor.

* * * *

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

-67-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

AETNA LIFE AND CASUALTY COMPANY
By  

/s/ Alfred P. Quirk, Jr.

Name:   Alfred P. Quirk, Jr.
Title:   Vice President, Corporate Finance

[Seal]

Attest:

 

/s/ Paige L. Falasco

 

AETNA INC.
By  

/s/ Alfred P. Quirk, Jr.

Name:   Alfred P. Quirk, Jr.
Title:   Vice President, Corporate Finance

[Seal]

Attest:

 

/s/ Paige L. Falasco

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST

COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION

By  

/s/ Jill Olson

Name:   Jill Olson
Title:   Assistant Vice President

[Seal]

Attest:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Sinasky

 

-68-


STATE OF CONNECTICUT   )  
  )               ss.:
COUNTY OF HARTFORD   )  

On the 15th day of August, 1996, before me personally came Alfred P. Quirk, Jr., to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is the Vice President, Corporate Finance of AETNA LIFE AND CASUALTY COMPANY, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/ James W. Francoline

Notary Public

 

-69-


STATE OF CONNECTICUT   )  
  )               ss.:
COUNTY OF HARTFORD   )  

On the 15th day of August, 1996, before me personally came Alfred P. Quirk, Jr., to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is Vice President, Corporate Finance of AETNA INC., one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/ James W. Francoline

Notary Public

 

-70-


COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS   )  
  )               ss.:
COUNTY OF SUFFOLK   )  

On the 15th day of August, 1996, before me personally came Jill Olson, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that she is Assistant Vice President of STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that she knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that she signed her name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/ Cecil A. Gilbert

Notary Public

 

-71-

Exhibit 10.9

 

 

AETNA SERVICES, INC., Issuer

AETNA INC., Guarantor

AND

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, Trustee

 

 

FIRST INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

Dated as of October 30, 2000

to

INDENTURE

Dated as of July 1, 1996

Among

Aetna Services, Inc., Issuer

(formerly Aetna Life and Casualty Company)

Aetna Inc., Guarantor

and

State Street Bank and Trust Company

of Connecticut, National Association, Trustee


FIRST INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

FIRST INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT, dated as of October 30, 2000 (the “ First Supplemental Indenture ”), among Aetna Services, Inc., (formerly Aetna Life and Casualty Company) a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut (the “ Company ”), Aetna Inc., a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut (the “ Guarantor ”), and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, a national association duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Company. the Guarantor and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an Indenture dated as of July 1, 1996 (the “ Indenture ”), which provides for the issuance from time to time by the Company of its debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness to be issued in one or more series as provided in the Indenture (the “ Securities ”);

WHEREAS , the Company and the Guarantor have entered into a Plan of Merger dated as of October 30, 2000, (the “ Merger Agreement ”) whereby the Company will merge into the Guarantor with the Guarantor surviving the merger (the “ Merger ”);

WHEREAS , Section 801 of the Indenture prohibits the consummation of the Merger unless the requirements, restrictions and conditions set forth in Article 8 of the Indenture are satisfied, including without limitation the requirement that the Guarantor deliver to the Trustee this First Supplemental Indenture;

WHEREAS , in order to satisfy the aforementioned requirements, the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee have determined to enter into and execute this First Supplemental Indenture; and

WHEREAS , all acts and proceedings required by law, by the Indenture and by the certificates of incorporation and bylaws of the Company and the Guarantor necessary to constitute this First Supplemental Indenture a valid and binding agreement for the uses and purpose herein set forth in accordance with its terms have been done and performed, and the execution and delivery of this First Supplemental Indenture have in all respects been duly authorized.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Securities.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01. Terms Defined in Indenture. All terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Indenture.


ARTICLE 2

ASSUMPTION OF OBLIGATIONS

SECTION 2.01. Assumption by the Guarantor Pursuant to Section 801 of the Indenture . The Guarantor hereby assumes, pursuant to Section 801 of the Indenture, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on all the Securities and the performance or observance of every covenant of the Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed, to the same extent that the Company is bound and liable.

SECTION 2.02. Assumption Conditioned Upon Effectiveness of the Merger . The assumption by the Guarantor of the Company’s obligations and liabilities under the Indenture, as provided for in this First Supplemental Indenture, is conditioned upon and shall not be effective until the Effective Time of the Merger, as defined in, pursuant to and upon the terms of the Merger Agreement.

ARTICLE 3

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 3.01. Effectiveness . This First Supplemental Indenture shall take effect as of the date hereof.

SECTION 3.02. Indenture Ratified . Except as herein expressly provided, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed by the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee and all the terms, provisions and conditions thereof are and will remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 3.03. Execution by the Trustee . The Trustee has executed this First Supplemental Indenture only upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the correctness of the recitals herein contained, which shall be taken as the statements of the Company and the Guarantor, and the Trustee makes no representation and shall have no responsibility for, and in respect of, the validity or sufficiency of this First Supplemental Indenture or the execution thereof by the Company or the Guarantor.

SECTION 3.04. Governing Law . This First Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, but without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

SECTION 3.05. Execution in Counterparts . This First Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one instrument.

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto duly affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

    AETNA SERVICES, INC.
[Seal]     By  

/s/ Alfred P. Quirk, Jr.

      Alfred P. Quirk, Jr.
      Vice President, Finance and Treasurer
Attest:      

/s/ Paige L. Falasco

     
    AETNA INC.
[Seal]     By  

/s/ Alfred P. Quirk, Jr.

      Alfred P. Quirk, Jr.
      Vice President, Finance and Treasurer
Attest:      

/s/ Paige L. Falasco

     
   

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST

COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE

[Seal]     By  

/s/ Earl W. Dennison, Jr.

      Earl W. Dennison, Jr.
      Vice President
Attest:      

/s/ [illegible signature]

     

 

-3-


State of Connecticut

County of Hartford        ss: Hartford

On the 30th day of October, 2000, before me personally came Alfred P. Quirk, Jr., to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is the Vice President, Finance and Treasurer of Aetna Services, Inc., one of the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the corporate seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/    William C. Baskin III        

William C. Baskin III
Notary Public
My commission expires 7/31/2003

State of Connecticut

County of Hartford        ss: Hartford

On the 30th day of October, 2000, before me personally came Alfred P. Quirk, Jr., to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is the Vice President, Finance and Treasurer of Aetna Inc., one of the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the corporate seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/    William C. Baskin III        

William C. Baskin III
Notary Public
My commission expires 7/31/2003


)  
)   ss.:
)  

On the 31st day of October, 2000, before me personally came Earl W. Dennison, Jr., to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is a Vice President of STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the corporate seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/    Dorothy M. Clark        

Dorothy M. Clark
Notary Public
My commission expires 10/27/2006

Exhibit 10.10

 

 

AETNA INC.

(to be renamed Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc.)

ING GROEP N.V.

AND

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE

 

 

SECOND INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

Dated as of December 13 , 2000

to

INDENTURE

Dated as of July 1, 1996

As previously supplemented on

October 30, 2000

Between

Aetna Inc.

(to be renamed Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc.)

(in its own right and as successor

by merger to Aetna Services, Inc.)

and

State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut,

National Association, as Trustee


SECOND INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

SECOND INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT, dated as of December      , 2000 (the “ Second Indenture Supplement ”) among AETNA INC. (in its own right and as successor by merger to Aetna Services, Inc.), a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut (which shall be renamed Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc. following the Merger, as defined below) (the “ Company ”), ING GROEP N.V., a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ New Guarantor ”), and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY AND THE NEW GUARANTOR

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an Indenture dated as of July 1, 1996 (as heretofore amended or supplemented, the “ Indenture ”), and the First Indenture Supplement dated as of October 30, 2000 (the “ First Indenture Supplement ”), which provide for the issuance from time to time by the Company of its unsecured debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness in one or more series (the “ Securities ”, as more fully defined in the Indenture);

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Plan of Merger dated as of October 30, 2000, between the Company and Aetna Services, Inc. (formerly Aetna Life and Casualty Company) (“ Aetna Services ”), Aetna Services, the prior Issuer of the Securities, was merged with and into the Company (the “ Aetna Services Merger ”) with the Company surviving the Aetna Services Merger;

WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the Aetna Services Merger, Aetna Services, the Company and the Trustee executed the First Indenture Supplement whereby the obligations of Aetna Services under the Indenture were assumed by the Company;

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Restructuring and Merger (the “ Merger Agreement ”) dated as of July 19, 2000, among ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc. (“ ING America ”), ANB Acquisition Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of ING America (“ Merger Sub ”), the Company and, for limited purposes only, the New Guarantor, Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”) with the result that the Company will be a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the New Guarantor;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the New Guarantor has agreed to guarantee the performance of obligations of the Company under the Indenture, such guarantee to take substantially the same form as the Company’s current guarantee of such obligations;

WHEREAS, this Second Indenture Supplement amends the Indenture, pursuant to Section 901 thereof to provide for the full and unconditional guarantee by the New Guarantor of the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities;

WHEREAS, all acts and proceedings required by law, by the Indenture and by the certificates of incorporation and bylaws of the Company and the New Guarantor necessary to constitute this Second Indenture Supplement a valid and binding agreement for the uses and


purpose herein set forth in accordance with its terms have been done and performed, and the execution and delivery of this Second Indenture Supplement have in all respects been duly authorized.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Securities.

Article 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 101. All terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given such terms in the Indenture.

Article 2

AMENDMENTS

Section 201. The New Guarantor is hereby made a party to the Indenture.

Section 202. Paragraph (2) of SECTION 105 of the Indenture is hereby amended by replacing the words “in the case of the Guarantor, first-class postage prepaid and addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this instrument, Attention: Treasurer,” with the words “in the case of the Guarantor, first-class postage prepaid and addressed to it at Strawinskylaan 2631, 1077 ZZ Amsterdam, P.O. Box 810, 1000 Av. Amsterdam, the Netherlands, Attention: Diederik van Wassenaer, General Counsel.”

Section 203. SECTION 203 of the Indenture is hereby amended by replacing the words “Aetna Inc.” with “ING Groep N.V.”

Section 204. (a) SECTION 206 of the Indenture is hereby amended by replacing the words “Aetna Inc.” wherever they appear in SECTION 206 with the words “ING Groep N.V.”

(b) The first sentence of SECTION 206 of the Indenture is hereby amended by replacing (i) the words “Connecticut corporation” with the words “a corporation organized under the laws of the Netherlands” and (ii) the words “[Aetna Life and Casualty Company][Aetna Services, Inc.]” with the words “Aetna Inc.”.

Section 205. SECTION 1404 of the Indenture is hereby amended by adding the following sentence after the last sentence of that section:

“The parties acknowledge that, with respect to any Security outstanding as of the effectiveness of the Second Indenture Supplement, nothing contained herein shall be construed to require that a new Guarantee be executed by the Guarantor or that a new Security be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, in each case with

 

-2-


respect to a specific Security, if a Guarantee has been executed by Aetna Inc. with respect to such Security and such Security has been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, in each case prior to the effectiveness of the Second Indenture Supplement.”

Article 3

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 301. Effectiveness. This Second Indenture Supplement shall take effect as of the Effective Time (as such term is defined in the Merger Agreement) of the Merger, which is 5:01p.m., New York City time, on the date hereof.

Section 302. Company Acknowledgment. The Company hereby acknowledges that it continues to be liable and bound for the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on all the Securities and the performance or observance of every covenant of the Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed.

Section 303. Indenture Ratified. Except as herein expressly provided, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed by the Company and the Trustee and all the terms, provisions and conditions thereof are and will remain in full force and effect.

Section 304. Execution by the Trustee. The Trustee has executed this Second Indenture Supplement only upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the correctness of the recitals herein contained, which shall be taken as the statements of the Company and the New Guarantor, and the Trustee makes no representation and shall have no responsibility for, and in respect of, the validity or sufficiency of this Second Indenture Supplement or the execution thereof by the Company or the New Guarantor.

Section 305. Governing Law. This Second Indenture Supplement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, but without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

Section 306. Submission to Jurisdiction. The New Guarantor hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any other New York State court sitting in New York City, Borough of Manhattan, solely in respect of any suit or proceeding arising out of or based on the Indenture, and hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, as a defense in any suit or proceeding arising out of or based on the Indenture, that it is not subject thereto or that such suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in said courts or that the venue thereof may not be appropriate or that the Indenture may not be enforced in or by such courts, and the New Guarantor irrevocably agrees that all claims with respect to such suit or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such court. The New Guarantor hereby consents to and grants any such court jurisdiction over the person of the New Guarantor and over the subject matter of such dispute and agrees that mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such suit or proceeding to the New Guarantor in the manner provided in the Indenture, with a copy to ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc., 5780 Powers Ferry Road, NW, Atlanta, Georgia 30327- 4390, Attention: General Counsel, or in such other manner as may be permitted by law shall be valid and sufficient service thereof.

 

-3-


Section 307. Execution in Counterparts. This Second Indenture Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one instrument.

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Indenture Supplement to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto duly affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

    AETNA INC.
[Seal]    
    By  

 

      Name:  
      Title:  
Attest:        

 

       
    ING GROEP N.V.
[Seal]        
    By  

 

      Name:  
      Title:  
Attest:        

 

       
    STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
[Seal]    
    By  

/s/ Earl W. Dennison Jr.

      Name:   Earl W. Dennison Jr.
      Title:   Vice President
Attest:        

/s/ Donald E. Smith

       
Donald E. Smith        
Vice President        


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Indenture Supplement to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto duly affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

    AETNA INC.
[Seal]    
    By  

/s/ Alfred P. Quirk Jr.

      Name:   Alfred P. Quirk Jr.
      Title:   Vice President, Finance and Treasurer
Attest:        

/s/ Robert M. Donahoe

       
/s/ Robert M. Donahoe     ING GROEP N.V.
[Seal]        
    By  

/s/ B. Scott Burton

      Name:  
      Title:  
Attest:        

/s/ William D. Torchiana

       
/s/ William D. Torchiana     STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
[Seal]    
    By  

 

      Name:  
      Title:  
Attest:        

 

       


State of Connecticut    )

County of Hartford      )                     ss: Hartford

On the 7 th  day of December, 2000, before me personally came Alfred P. Quirk Jr., to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that [he] [she] resides at 29 Pembroke, Farmington, CT, that [he] [she] is the Vice President, Finance and Treasurer of Aetna Inc., one of the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that [he] [she] knows the corporate seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that [he] [she] signed [his] [her] name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/ William C. Baskin III

Notary Public
William C. Baskin III
Commission Expires 7/31/03

State of New York       )

County of New York   )                     ss:

On the 13 th  day of December, 2000, before me personally came B. Scott Burton, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that [he] [she] resides at Atlanta, Georgia, that [he] [she] is an authorized signatory of ING Groep N.V., one of the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that [he] [she] knows the corporate seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed [his] [her] name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/ David E. Schoen

Notary Public


Commonwealth of Massachusetts        )

Suffolk County                                     )                      ss:

On the 11 th  day of December, 2000, before me personally came Earl W. Dennison Jr., to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is a Vice President of State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, one of the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the corporate seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/ Sandra M. Black

Notary Public
Sandra M. Black
Notary Public
My Commission Expires November 10, 2006

Exhibit 10.11

Execution Version

 

 

Published CUSIP Number: 44982JAG3

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of April 20, 2012

among

ING AMERICA INSURANCE HOLDINGS, INC.

as the Borrower,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender,

Fronting L/C Issuer

and

Several L/C Agent,

and

The Other Lenders Party Hereto

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Syndication Agent

ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

SUNTRUST BANK,

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

and

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND,

as

Documentation Agents

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH

and

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

as

Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section

        

Page

 

Article I. Definitions and Accounting Terms

     1   

1.01

 

Defined Terms

     1   

1.02

 

Other Interpretive Provisions

     24   

1.03

 

Accounting Terms

     25   

1.04

 

Rounding

     26   

1.05

 

Times of Day

     26   

1.06

 

Letter of Credit Amounts

     26   

Article II. The Commitments and Credit Extensions

     26   

2.01

 

Letters of Credit

     26   

2.02

 

Committed Loans

     40   

2.03

 

Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans

     40   

2.04

 

Swing Line Loans

     42   

2.05

 

Prepayments

     45   

2.06

 

Termination or Reduction of Commitments

     46   

2.07

 

Repayment of Loans

     47   

2.08

 

Interest

     47   

2.09

 

Fees

     48   

2.10

 

Computation of Interest and Fees

     49   

2.11

 

Evidence of Debt

     49   

2.12

 

Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback

     50   

2.13

 

Sharing of Payments by Lenders

     52   

2.14

 

Increase in Commitments

     52   

2.15

 

Cash Collateral

     54   

2.16

 

Defaulting Lenders

     55   

2.17

 

Non-NAIC Approved Banks

     58   

Article III. Taxes, Yield Protection and Illegality

     58   

3.01

 

Taxes

     58   

3.02

 

Illegality

     64   

3.03

 

Inability to Determine Rates

     65   

3.04

 

Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans

     65   

3.05

 

Compensation for Losses

     67   

3.06

 

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

     68   

3.07

 

Survival

     69   

Article IV. Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions

     69   

4.01

 

Conditions of Initial Credit Extension

     69   

4.02

 

Conditions to all Credit Extensions

     71   

 

i


Article V. Representations and Warranties

     72   

5.01

 

Existence, Qualification and Power

     72   

5.02

 

Authorization; No Contravention

     72   

5.03

 

Governmental Authorization; Other Consents

     72   

5.04

 

Binding Effect

     72   

5.05

 

Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect

     73   

5.06

 

Litigation

     73   

5.07

 

No Default

     73   

5.08

 

Environmental Compliance

     73   

5.09

 

Taxes

     73   

5.10

 

ERISA Compliance

     74   

5.11

 

Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act

     74   

5.12

 

Disclosure

     75   

5.13

 

Compliance with Laws

     75   

5.14

 

OFAC

     75   

Article VI. Affirmative Covenants

     75   

6.01

 

Financial Statements

     75   

6.02

 

Certificates; Other Information

     77   

6.03

 

Notices

     78   

6.04

 

Payment of Obligations

     79   

6.05

 

Preservation of Existence, Etc.

     79   

6.06

 

Maintenance of Properties

     79   

6.07

 

Maintenance of Insurance

     79   

6.08

 

Compliance with Laws

     80   

6.09

 

Books and Records

     80   

6.10

 

Inspection Rights

     80   

6.11

 

Use of Proceeds

     80   

Article VII. Negative Covenants

     81   

7.01

 

Liens

     81   

7.02

 

Indebtedness

     82   

7.03

 

Fundamental Changes

     83   

7.04

 

Asset Sales

     83   

7.05

 

Restricted Payments

     84   

7.06

 

Arrangements to Restrict Payments

     84   

7.07

 

Transactions with Affiliates

     84   

7.08

 

Use of Proceeds

     84   

7.09

 

Financial Covenants

     84   

 

ii


Article VIII. Events of Default and Remedies

     85   

8.01

 

Events of Default

     85   

8.02

 

Remedies Upon Event of Default

     88   

8.03

 

Application of Funds

     88   

Article IX. Administrative Agent

     89   

9.01

 

Appointment and Authority

     89   

9.02

 

Rights as a Lender

     90   

9.03

 

Exculpatory Provisions

     90   

9.04

 

Reliance by Administrative Agent

     91   

9.05

 

Delegation of Duties

     91   

9.06

 

Resignation of Administrative Agent

     92   

9.07

 

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders

     93   

9.08

 

No Other Duties, Etc.

     94   

9.09

 

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

     94   

9.10

 

Release of Guaranty

     95   

Article X. Miscellaneous

     95   

10.01

 

Amendments, Etc.

     95   

10.02

 

Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication

     96   

10.03

 

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement

     98   

10.04

 

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

     99   

10.05

 

Payments Set Aside

     102   

10.06

 

Successors and Assigns

     102   

10.07

 

Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality

     107   

10.08

 

Right of Setoff

     108   

10.09

 

Interest Rate Limitation

     109   

10.10

 

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

     109   

10.11

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties

     109   

10.12

 

Severability

     109   

10.13

 

Replacement of Lenders

     110   

10.14

 

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

     111   

10.15

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

     111   

10.16

 

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

     112   

10.17

 

Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents

     112   

10.18

 

General Guarantee Agreement

     113   

10.19

 

USA PATRIOT Act

     113   

10.20

 

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     113   

 

iii


SCHEDULES

2.01

   Commitments and Applicable Percentages

4.01

   Intercompany Debt

5.06

   Litigation

5.08

   Environmental Claims

7.01

   Existing Liens

7.06

   Existing Arrangements Restricting Payments

10.02

   Administrative Agent’s Office; Certain Addresses for Notices

EXHIBITS

Form of

A

   Committed Loan Notice

B

   Swing Line Loan Notice

C

   Note

D

   Compliance Certificate

E

   Assignment and Assumption

F-1

   U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

F-2

   U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

F-3

   U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

F-4

   U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

G

   Guaranty

H-1

   Fronted Letter of Credit

H-2

   Several Letter of Credit

I

   Letter of Credit Application

J

   Letter of Credit Amendment Application

 

iv


REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

This REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of April 20, 2012, among ING AMERICA INSURANCE HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, Fronting L/C Issuer and Several L/C Agent.

The Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide a revolving credit facility, and the Lenders are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

Article I.

Definitions and Accounting Terms

1.01 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Administrative Agent ” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 , or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Affected Lender ” means a Lender that is not obligated to issue a particular Several Letter of Credit because of one or more of the events or circumstances described in Sections 2.01(a)(iii)(A) or 2.01(a)(iii)(B) and that has elected not to issue such Several Letter of Credit as a result of one or more of such events or circumstances.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Agent Parties ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.02(c) .

Agent-Related Persons ” means the Administrative Agent, together with its Affiliates (including, in the case of Bank of America in its capacity as the Administrative Agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated), and the partners, officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors of such Persons and Affiliates.


Aggregate Commitments ” means, as of the date of any determination, the Commitments of all of the Lenders then in effect. As of the date hereof, the Aggregate Commitments shall equal $3,500,000,000.

Agreement ” means this Revolving Credit Agreement.

Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority ” means, with respect to a Person, (a) the insurance department or similar insurance regulatory or administrative authority or agency of the jurisdiction in which such Person is domiciled or (b) to the extent asserting regulatory jurisdiction over such Person, the insurance department, authority or agency in each state or jurisdiction in which such Person is licensed, and shall include any Federal or national insurance regulatory department, authority or agency that may be created and that asserts insurance regulatory jurisdiction over such Person.

Applicable Percentage ” means with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Aggregate Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment at such time, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.16 . If the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Lenders to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02 or if the Aggregate Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender shall be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Lender most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

Applicable Rate ” means, from time to time, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Debt Ratings as set forth below:

 

Applicable Rate

 

Pricing Level

   Debt Ratings
S&P/Moody’s
   Commitment
Fee
    Eurodollar
Rate+/Letters of
Credit
    Base Rate +  

1

   ³ A-/A3      0.175     1.250     0.250

2

   BBB+/Baa1      0.225     1.500     0.500

3

   BBB/Baa2      0.275     1.750     0.750

4

   BBB-/Baa3      0.375     2.000     1.000

5

   < BBB-/Baa3      0.500     2.500     1.500

Debt Ratings ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratings as determined by S&P and Moody’s (collectively, the “ Debt Ratings ”) of the Borrower’s non-credit-enhanced (except with respect to any Guarantee by the Guarantor), senior unsecured long-term debt or, if such ratings are not available, the counterparty credit rating or issuer rating, as applicable, of the Borrower by S&P and Moody’s; provided that (a) if the respective Debt Ratings issued by the foregoing rating agencies differ by one level, then the Pricing Level for the higher of such Debt Ratings shall apply (with the Debt Ratings for Pricing Level I being the highest and the Debt Ratings for Pricing Level 5 being the lowest); (b) if there is a split in Debt Ratings of more than one level, then the Pricing Level that is one level lower than the Pricing Level of the higher Debt

 

2


Rating shall apply; (c) if the Borrower has only one Debt Rating, the Pricing Level that is one level lower than that of such Debt Rating shall apply; and (d) if the Borrower does not have any Debt Rating, Pricing Level 5 shall apply.

Initially, the Applicable Rate shall be determined based upon the Debt Ratings specified in the certificate delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(vii) . Thereafter, each change in the Applicable Rate resulting from a publicly announced change in either of the Debt Ratings shall be effective, during the period commencing on the date of the public announcement thereof and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change.

Applicant ” means with respect to a particular Letter of Credit, the Borrower or, if such Letter of Credit is requested to be issued for the account of any Subsidiary of Borrower, such Subsidiary.

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Arrangers ” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., ING Bank N.V., London Branch and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers.

Assignee Group ” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.06(b) ), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit E or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by MarkitClear or other electronic platform) approved by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

Attributable Debt ” means, on any date, in respect of any Capital Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

Audited Financial Statements ” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, prepared in accordance with GAAP, including the notes thereto, and a comparison against the prior year’s financial condition and results.

Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b)(v) .

Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (a) the Commitment Termination Date, (b) the date of termination of the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06 , and (c) the date of termination of the commitment of the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Lenders to make or participate in L/C Credit Extensions and of the commitment of each Lender to make or participate in Loans pursuant to Section 8.02 .

 

3


Bank of America ” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.

Bank of America Agency Fee Letter ” means that certain letter agreement dated as of March 6, 2012, between the Borrower and Bank of America.

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “ prime rate ,” and (c) the Eurodollar Rate plus 1.00%. The “ prime rate ” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such prime rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Base Rate Committed Loan ” means a Committed Loan that is a Base Rate Loan.

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Borrower Materials ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .

Borrowing ” means a Committed Borrowing or a Swing Line Borrowing, as the context may require.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the State of New York or the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day that is also a London Banking Day.

Capital Lease ” of any Person means any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee which would, in accordance with GAAP as in effect as of the date hereof, be required to be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of such person.

Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of one or more of the Fronting L/C Issuer, any Limited Fronting Lender or the Lenders, as applicable, as collateral for L/C Obligations or obligations of the Lenders to fund participations in respect of L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances or, if the Administrative Agent and the Fronting L/C Issuer or the applicable Limited Fronting Lender, as applicable, shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Fronting L/C Issuer or the applicable Limited Fronting Lender, as applicable. “ Cash Collateral ” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

 

4


Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Base III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “ Change in Law ”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Change of Control ” means:

(a) until any of the capital stock of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect holding company of the Borrower, all or substantially all the assets of which consist of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) is sold in an initial public offering or the Borrower (or any direct or indirect holding company of the Borrower, all or substantially all the assets of which consist of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 pursuant to Sections 12(b), 12(g) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (excluding becoming subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 solely due to the issuance of debt securities), ING Groep N.V. shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, shares of the capital stock of the Borrower representing 65% or more of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Borrower; and

(b) from and after the date that any of the capital stock of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect holding company of the Borrower, all or substantially all the assets of which consist of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) is sold in an initial public offering or the Borrower (or any direct or indirect holding company of the Borrower, all or substantially all the assets of which consist of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 pursuant to Sections 12(b), 12(g) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (excluding becoming subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 solely due to the issuance of debt securities), any event or series of events by which:

(i) any “ person ” or “ group ” ((A) as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (B) other than a “ person ” or “ group ” consisting solely of ING Groep N.V. and/or its Subsidiaries) becomes the “ beneficial owner ” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of shares of the capital stock of the Borrower representing the greater of (x) 35% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Borrower, and (y) aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Borrower held by a “ person ” or “ group ” consisting solely of ING Groep N.V. and/or its Subsidiaries, plus one share; or

(ii) a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower shall at any time be occupied by persons who were not (A) nominated or approved by the board of directors of the Borrower or appointed or designated to the board of directors of the Borrower or approved by ING Groep N.V. or one of its subsidiaries or (B) nominated, appointed, approved or designated by directors so nominated, appointed, approved or designated.

 

5


Closing Date ” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 10.01 .

Closing Date Liquidity ” means, for the Borrower on an unconsolidated basis, on and as of the Closing Date and after giving effect to the Credit Extensions to be made on the Closing Date and the use of the proceeds thereof, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the unrestricted and unencumbered cash and cash equivalents of the Borrower, plus (b) the amount of the Committed Loan Sublimit that is available for Borrowings of Committed Loans, plus (c) the amount of the then unborrowed and available commitments under other contractually committed credit facilities entered into by the Borrower with ING Groep N.V., ING Bank N.V. and/or other lenders reasonably acceptable to the Arrangers, if such other contractually committed credit facilities (i) have an initial tenor of not less than 364 days and a then-remaining tenor of not less than 90 days and (ii) do not contain or require any condition precedent or representation and warranty as to “no material adverse change or effect” at the time of any borrowing under such contractually committed credit facilities, plus (d) the then unutilized dividend capacity of the Insurance Subsidiaries of the Borrower that is available to be distributed without approval from any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority, plus (e) the amount of the then unborrowed and available commitments under the credit facility entered into by ING Verzekeringen N.V. and ING Bank N.V. dated March 30, 2012 (as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement), relating to the Guarantee given by ING Verzekeringen N.V. on December 13, 2011 (as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement), in respect of U.S. commercial paper issued by the Borrower, minus (f) the amount of any commercial paper of the Borrower then outstanding that is backstopped by the Committed Loan Sublimit or one or more of the contractually committed credit facilities described in clause (c)  or clause (e)  above, minus (g) the amount of principal payments then payable by the Borrower within 90 days after the Closing Date in respect of Debt, excluding (i) any Debt then owed by the Borrower to any Subsidiary, (ii) the Obligations and (iii) the Debt owing under the Term Loan Agreement.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral Note Facility ” means that certain securities lending transaction contemplated by the Master Securities Loan Agreement dated as of August 19, 2011, between Standard Chartered Bank, as lender, the KCL Master Trust, as borrower, and KCL Services (5) Incorporated, pursuant to which Standard Chartered Bank loaned securities to KCL Master Trust to be used as reinsurance collateral for Subsidiaries and the Borrower issued a Guarantee.

 

6


Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Committed Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02 , (b) issue Several Letters of Credit (or to purchase participations therein if it becomes a Non-NAIC Approved Bank), (c) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, and (d) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

Commitment Termination Date ” means April 20, 2015; provided , however , that if such date is not a Business Day, the Commitment Termination Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.

Committed Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Committed Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.02 .

Committed Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02 .

Committed Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Committed Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.03(a) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

Committed Loan Sublimit ” means an amount equal to $1,500,000,000, as such amount may be increased pursuant to Section 2.14 or reduced pursuant to Section 2.06(a) . The Committed Loan Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D .

Confirming Bank ” means, as provided in Section 2.17 with respect to any Non-NAIC Approved Bank, (a) Bank of America or (b) any other Lender that is an NAIC Approved Bank and that has agreed to confirm Several Letters of Credit with respect to which such Non-NAIC Approved Bank is an issuer and which are outstanding during the period that such Non-NAIC Approved Bank is a Non-NAIC Approved Bank.

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Continuing Liquidity ” means, for the Borrower on an unconsolidated basis, at any time after the Closing Date, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the unrestricted and unencumbered cash and cash equivalents of the Borrower at such time, plus (b) the amount of the Committed Loan Sublimit that is available for Borrowings of Committed Loans at such time, plus (c) the amount at such time of the unborrowed and available commitments under other contractually committed credit facilities entered into by the Borrower with ING Groep N.V., ING Bank N.V. and/or other lenders reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, if such other contractually committed credit facilities do not contain or require any condition precedent or

 

7


representation and warranty as to “no material adverse change or effect” at the time of any borrowing under such contractually committed credit facilities, plus (d) the unutilized dividend capacity at such time of the Insurance Subsidiaries of the Borrower that is available at such time to be distributed without approval from any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority, plus (e) the amount of the then unborrowed and available commitments under the credit facility entered into by ING Verzekeringen N.V. and ING Bank N.V. dated March 30, 2012 (as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement, including any replacement or refinancing thereof between such parties or between the Borrower and ING Bank N.V. on terms, taken as a whole, not less favorable to the Lenders for the purposes of this provision), relating to the Guarantee given by ING Yerzekeringen N.V. on December 13, 2011 (as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement), in respect of U.S. commercial paper issued by the Borrower, minus (f) the amount of any commercial paper outstanding at such time that is backstopped by the Committed Loan Sublimit or one or more of the contractually committed credit facilities described in clause (c)  or clause (e)  above.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Credit Extension ” means each of the following: (a) an L/C Credit Extension and (b) a Borrowing.

Debt ” means, at any time for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (except as provided below in this definition), without duplication, all of the following:

 

  (a) all obligations for borrowed money and all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

 

  (b) all fixed or contingent obligations arising under or in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

 

  (c) net obligations under any Swap Contract (excluding net obligations under Swap Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes, so long as such net obligations are not due and owing at the time in question);

 

  (d) all obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business);

 

  (e) all obligations (excluding (i) prepaid interest thereon and (ii) net obligations under Swap Contracts, to the extent excluded under clause (c)  of this definition) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased, whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed or is limited in recourse;

 

  (f) all Attributable Debt in respect of Capital Leases;

 

8


  (g) all obligations in respect of capital stock that is mandatorily redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date; and

 

  (h) all Guarantees in respect of any of the foregoing;

provided that Debt shall not include (i) Operating Debt (other than as set forth in the following proviso, and for purposes of the definition of Non-Operating Debt, Section 7.02 , Section 8.01(e) , and Section 9.10) , (ii) obligations under or in respect of insurance, reinsurance or annuity contracts and (iii) obligations in respect of Hybrid Securities (other than for purposes of Section 7.02 , Section 8.01(e) , and Section 9.10 ) but only to the extent that the Hybrid Securities Amount that is not included as Debt does not exceed 15% of Total Capitalization; provided further , that all obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the Term Loan Agreement (other than obligations in respect of undrawn Letters of Credit) shall be included in determining Debt and any Debt of the Borrower owing to any Subsidiary in an amount, in the aggregate, up to $500,000,000 shall be included in determining Debt even if such Debt would otherwise be eliminated in consolidation. For all purposes hereof, the Debt of any Person shall include the Debt of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Debt is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of any Capital Lease as of any date shall be deemed to be the amount of Attributable Debt in respect thereof as of such date.

Debt Ratings ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “ Applicable Rate .”

Debt Securities ” means any notes, bonds, debentures, or other similar evidence of Debt for borrowed money or any other term loan Debt, including Debt to Affiliates that are not Subsidiaries of the Borrower, but excluding (a) the Obligations and any Debt arising under the Term Loan Agreement, (b) Debt that is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, (c) other Debt by and among the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries and (d) borrowings by registered mutual funds and alternative investment vehicles that are recourse only to such fund or vehicle or pursuant to a capital call line of credit facility that provides recourse to undrawn capital commitments of investors in such fund or vehicle.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means (a) when used with respect to any of the Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees, an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (iii) 2% per annum; provided , however , that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum, and (b) when used with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate plus 2% per annum.

 

9


Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 2.16(b) , any Lender that, (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, the Swing Line Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans) within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or the Swing Line Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c)  upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a)  through (d)  above, and of the effective date of such status, shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.16(b) as of the date established therefor by the Administrative Agent in a written notice of such determination, which shall be delivered by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, the Swing Line Lender and each other Lender promptly following such determination.

Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

 

10


Eligible Assignee ” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 10.06(b)(iii) , and 10.06(b)(v) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 10.06(b)(iii) ).

Environmental Laws ” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c)  of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o)  of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) the withdrawal of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which such entity was a “ substantial employer ” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA; (e) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Pension Plan; (f) any event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (g) the determination that any Pension Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered or critical status within the meaning of Sections 430 , 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303 , 304 and 305 of ERISA; or (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

Eurodollar Rate ” means:

(a) for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to (i) the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or such other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period or, (ii) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; and

(b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to (i) BBA LIBOR, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time determined two London Banking Days prior to such date for Dollar deposits being delivered in the London interbank market for a term of one month commencing that day or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the date of determination in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Base Rate Loan being made or maintained and with a term equal to one month would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market at their request at the date and time of determination.

 

11


Eurodollar Rate Loan ” means a Committed Loan that bears interest at a rate based on clause (a)  of the definition of “ Eurodollar Rate .”

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01 .

Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to any Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its Lending Office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 10.13 ) or (ii) such Lender changes its Lending Office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(ii) or Section 3.01(c) , amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its Lending Office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(e) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.

Existing Credit Agreement ” means that certain Agreement dated as of May 4, 2010, among the Borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Borrower, certain financial institutions and ING Bank N.V., London Branch, as administrative agent, as amended, amended and restated, modified or replaced from time to time.

FASB ASC ” means the Accounting Standards Codification of the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof.

 

12


Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

Fee Letters ” mean the Bank of America Agency Fee Letter, the MLPFS/Citigroup Fee Letter, the ING Fee Letter and the JPM Fee Letter.

Foreign Lender ” means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fronted Letter of Credit ” means any Letter of Credit which is issued by the Fronting L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.01(a) , substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 (with such changes thereto as are acceptable to the Borrower), or if the Borrower and the Fronting L/C Issuer agree, another form reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Fronting L/C Issuer.

Fronting Exposure ” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to the Fronting L/C Issuer or any Limited Fronting Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding L/C Obligations with respect to Fronted Letters of Credit or Several Letters of Credit, as applicable, other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to the Swing Line Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of Swing Line Loans other than Swing Line Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof.

Fronting L/C Issuer ” means Bank of America in its capacity as an issuer of Fronted Letters of Credit, or any successor in such capacity.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

 

13


General Guarantee Agreement ” shall mean the General Guarantee Agreement, dated April 17, 2012, and made by the Guarantor in favor of the Holders (as defined therein) with respect to the Obligations (as defined therein).

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supranational bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or other obligation, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Debt or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Debt or other obligation, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Debt or other obligation, or (d) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Debt or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “ Guarantee ” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor ” means Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc., a Connecticut corporation.

Guaranty ” means the Guaranty made by the Guarantor in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, substantially in the form of Exhibit G .

Hybrid Securities ” means, at any time, trust preferred securities, deferrable interest subordinated debt securities, mandatory convertible debt or other hybrid securities issued by the Borrower or any Subsidiary that is accorded at least some equity treatment by S&P at the time of issuance thereof.

Hybrid Securities Amount ” means, with respect to any Hybrid Securities, the principal amount (which principal amount may be a portion of the aggregate principal amount) of such Hybrid Securities that is accorded equity treatment by S&P at the time of issuance thereof.

Increase Effective Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(e) .

 

14


Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower or the Guarantor under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a) , Other Taxes.

Indemnitee ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(b) .

Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07 .

ING Fee Letter ” means that certain letter agreement dated as of March 6, 2012, between the Borrower and ING Bank N.V., London Branch.

Insurance Subsidiary ” means any (a) Subsidiary that is licensed to engage in the business of insurance or reinsurance by any Governmental Authority; and (b) any direct or indirect Subsidiary of such a Subsidiary.

Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Commitment Termination Date; provided , however , that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Commitment Termination Date.

Interest Period ” means as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months (or such other period that is twelve months or less if consented to by all of the Lenders) thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that:

(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and Date.

(iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Commitment Termination Date.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

15


ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “ International Standby Practices 1998 ” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Issuer Documents ” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, and the Applicant or in favor of the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, and relating to any such Letter of Credit.

JPM Fee Letter ” means that certain letter agreement dated as of March 6, 2012, between the Borrower and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06 . For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “ outstanding ” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

Lender ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto and, as the context requires, includes the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, each Limited Fronting Lender, and the Swing Line Lender.

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Letter of Credit ” means any standby letter of credit issued hereunder, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 or Exhibit H-2 (with such changes thereto as are acceptable to the Borrower), or if the Borrower, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent (as applicable) otherwise agree, another form reasonably acceptable to the Borrower, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable.

Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance of a Letter of Credit, substantially in the form of Exhibit I .

 

16


Letter of Credit Amendment Application ” means an application and agreement for the amendment of a Letter of Credit, substantially in the form of Exhibit J .

Letter of Credit Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(11) .

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing). Solely for the avoidance of doubt, the filing of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement that is a protective lease filing in respect of an Operating Lease that does not constitute a security interest in leased property or otherwise give rise to a Lien does not constitute a Lien solely on account of being filed in a public office.

Limited Fronting Lender ” means, (a) as provided in Section 2.01(a)(vi) , (i) Bank of America (so long as it is not an Affected Lender with respect to a particular Several Letter of Credit) or (ii) any other Lender (so long as it is not an Affected Lender with respect to a particular Several Letter of Credit) that agrees that it shall be an issuer with respect to any Affected Lender’s Applicable Percentage of a particular Several Letter of Credit, or (b) as provided in Section 2.17 , (i) Bank of America or (ii) any other Lender that is a NAIC Approved Bank and that agrees that it shall be an issuer with respect to any Non-NAIC Approved Bank’s Applicable Percentage of Several Letters of Credit issued during the period that such Non-NAIC Approved Bank is a Non-NAIC Approved Bank. For the avoidance of doubt, no Lender other than Bank of America shall be required to be a Limited Fronting Lender.

Loan ” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under Article II in the form of a Committed Loan or a Swing Line Loan.

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, each Note, the Guaranty, each Issuer Document, any agreement creating or perfecting rights in Cash Collateral pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.15 of this Agreement, and the Fee Letters.

London Banking Day ” means any day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Master Agreement ” means any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement or any other master agreement.

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse effect upon the operations, business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Borrower of any Loan Document to which it is a party.

 

17


Maximum Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.09 .

MLPFS/Citigroup Fee Letter ” means that certain letter agreement dated as of March 6, 2012, among the Borrower, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Multiple Employer Plan ” means a Plan which has two or more contributing sponsors (including the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate) at least two of whom are not under common control, as such a plan is described in Section 4064 of ERISA.

NAIC ” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners and any successor thereto.

NAIC Approved Bank ” means, as of any date of determination, any Lender that is listed on the most current “Bank List” of banks approved by the NAIC; provided that if such Lender is a Foreign Lender, such Lender is acting through the United States branch of such Lender listed on such “Bank List”.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means, with respect to the issuance or incurrence of any Debt Securities by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or with respect to any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition described in Section 7.04 , the excess of (a) the sum of the cash received in connection with such transaction over (b) the underwriting or placement discounts and commissions or financial advisory fees, if any, and other reasonable and customary out-of-pocket fees, costs, expenses and taxes, incurred by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection therewith.

Net Income ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the consolidated net income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (excluding extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses) for that period; provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the calculation of “ Net Income ” any effects resulting from (a) accumulated other comprehensive income, (b) all noncontrolling interests (as determined in accordance with the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, entitled “ Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements ”), (c) the application of FASB ASC 815 to derivative or hedge transactions entered into with respect to statutory reserves relating to closed block variable annuity contracts, and the related tax impact and (d) the change in fair value of any liability due to non-performance risk in accordance with FASB ASC 820, and the related tax impact.

Net Worth ” means, as of any date of determination, the consolidated shareholders’ equity of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on that date; provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the calculation of “ Net Worth ” any effects resulting from (a) accumulated other comprehensive income, (b) all noncontrolling interests (as determined in accordance with the

 

18


Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, entitled “ Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements ”), (c) the application of FASB ASC 815 to derivative or hedge transactions entered into with respect to statutory reserves relating to closed block variable annuity contracts, and the related tax impact and (d) the change in fair value of any liability due to non-performance risk in accordance with FASB ASC 820, and the related tax impact.

Non-Extension Notice Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b)(v) .

Non-NAIC Approved Bank ” means, at any time, any Lender that is not a NAIC Approved Bank.

Non-Consenting Lender ” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (a) requires the approval of all Lenders or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.01 and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

Non-Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

Non-Operating Debt ” of any Person shall mean, all Debt (other than Operating Debt) of such Person.

Note ” means a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Committed Loans made by such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit C .

Obligations ” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, the Borrower or the Guarantor arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against the Borrower or the Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.

Operating Debt ” of any Person shall mean, without duplication, any Debt or other obligations of such Person (a) in respect of AXXX, XXX and other similar insurance reserve requirements, (b) incurred in connection with repurchase agreements and securities lending, (c) to the extent the proceeds of which are used directly or indirectly (including for the purpose of funding portfolios that are used to fund trusts in order) to support AXXX, XXX and other similar insurance reserve requirements, (d) to the extent the proceeds of which are used to fund discrete customer-related assets or pools of assets (and related hedge instruments and capital) that are at least notionally segregated from other assets and have sufficient cash flow to pay principal and interest thereof, with insignificant risk of other assets of such Person and its subsidiaries being called upon to make such principal and interest payments, (e) excluded from financial leverage by both S&P and Moody’s in their evaluation of such Person, (f) in respect of letters of credit (other than the Letters of Credit) issued on behalf of any Subsidiary for insurance regulatory or reinsurance purposes, (g) that is consolidated on the balance sheet of such Person as a “ Variable Interest Entity ” under ASC 810 (or any successor interpretations or amendments thereto) or (h) that is owed to a Federal Home Loan Bank.

 

19


Operating Lease ” of any Person means any lease (including leases which may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such person as lessee which is not a Capital Lease, as determined in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date hereof.

Operating Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is actively engaged in the conduct of business, including any Subsidiary referred to in clause (a) of the definition of Insurance Subsidiary, and any direct or indirect parent company of such Subsidiary that is itself a Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, no captive Subsidiary established for the purpose of reinsuring redundant reserve liabilities or Security Life of Denver International Limited will be deemed to be an Operating Subsidiary.

Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 3.06 ).

Outstanding Amount ” means (i) with respect to Committed Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Committed Loans and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (ii) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts.

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(d) .

 

20


Participant Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(d) .

Participating L/C Issuer ” means, from time to time with respect to each Several Letter of Credit, each Affected Lender or Non-NAIC Approved Bank, as applicable, for whose Applicable Percentage a Limited Fronting Lender has agreed to be liable as an issuer.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Pension Ac t” means the Pension Protection Act of 2006.

Pension Funding Rules ” means the rules of the Code and ERISA regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans and set forth in, with respect to plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Pension Act, Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, each as in effect prior to the Pension Act and, thereafter, Sections 412 , 430 , 431 , 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302 , 303 , 304 and 305 of ERISA.

Pension Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (including a Multiple Employer Plan or a Multiemployer Plan) that is maintained or is contributed to by the Borrower and any ERISA Affiliate and is either covered by Title IV of ERISA or is subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code.

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan ” means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA (including a Pension Plan), maintained for employees of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or any such Plan to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is required to contribute on behalf of any of its employees.

Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .

Public Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .

Recipient ” means the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder.

Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(c) .

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Committed Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

 

21


Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having Total Credit Exposures representing more than 50% of the Total Credit Exposures of all Lenders; provided that, if, at any time, any Lender that is an Affiliate of the Borrower has Total Credit Exposure representing more than 20% of the Total Credit Exposures of all Lenders, then such Lender shall be deemed to have Total Credit Exposure of 20% of the Total Credit Exposures of all Lenders and all other Lenders shall be deemed in the aggregate to have 80% of the Total Credit Exposures of all Lenders calculated on a pro-rata basis with appropriate adjustment to the denominator. The Total Credit Exposure of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Lenders at any time; provided that, the amount of any participation in any Swing Line Loan and Unreimbursed Amounts that such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund that have not been reallocated to and funded by another Lender shall be deemed to be held by the Lender that is the Swing Line Lender or the Fronting L/C Issuer, as the case may be, in making such determination.

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer, controller or any vice president of the Borrower or the Guarantor, as applicable. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of the Borrower or the Guarantor, as applicable, and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of the Borrower or the Guarantor, as applicable.

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any capital stock or other ownership interest of the Borrower, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other ownership interest, or on account of any return of capital to the Borrower’s shareholders.

Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, as to any Lender at any time, the aggregate principal amount at such time of (a) its outstanding Committed Loans and (b) its participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and any successor thereto.

SAP ” means the accounting procedures and practices prescribed or permitted by the Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority or the NAIC.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Several L/C Agent ” means Bank of America, in its capacity as agent and attorney-in-fact for the Lenders in issuing, extending and amending Several Letters of Credit, or any successor in such capacity.

 

22


Several Letter of Credit ” means any Letter of Credit issued severally by the Lenders, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-2 (with such changes thereto as are acceptable to the Borrower), or if the Borrower and the Several L/C Agent agree, another form reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Several L/C Agent.

Statutory Statement ” means a statement of the condition and affairs of an Insurance Subsidiary, prepared in accordance with SAP, and filed with the Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority or the NAIC.

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “ Subsidiary ” or to “ Subsidiaries ” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

Swap Contract ” means any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any Master Agreement.

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a) , the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Swing Line Borrowing ” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04 .

Swing Line Lender ” means Bank of America, in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

Swing Line Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a) .

Swing Line Loan Notice ” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

 

23


Swing Line Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $25,000,000 and (b) the Committed Loan Sublimit. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Committed Loan Sublimit.

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Loan Agreement ” means that certain Term Loan Agreement dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Borrower, as borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders from time to time party thereto.

Threshold Amount ” means $200,000,000.

Total Capitalization ” means, as of any date of determination, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of (a) Net Worth, plus (b) Debt plus (c) the aggregate Hybrid Securities Amount (but only to the extent that such Hybrid Securities Amount is not included in Debt at such time).

Total Credit Exposure ” means, as to any Lender at any time, the unused Commitments and Revolving Credit Exposure of such Lender at such time.

Total Outstandings ” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.

Type ” means with respect to a Committed Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

UCP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce (“ ICC ”) Publication No. 600 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(c)(i) and (ii) .

U.S. Person ” means any Person that is a “ United States Person ” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(e)(ii)(B)(3) .

1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “ include ,”

 

24


includes ” and “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “ without limitation .” The word “ will ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “ shall .” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “ hereto ,” “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “ asset ” and “ property ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

(b) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “ from ” means “ from and including; ” the words “ to ” and “ until ” each mean “ to but excluding ;” and the word “ through ” means “ to and including .”

(c) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

1.03 Accounting Terms .

(a) Generally . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with any covenant (including the computation of any financial covenant) contained herein, Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be carried at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, and the effects of FASB ASC 825 on financial liabilities shall be disregarded.

(b) Changes in GAAP . If at any time any change in GAAP (each change, an “ Accounting Change ”) would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, in either case within 30 days after delivery of the financial

 

25


statements by the Borrower immediately following such Accounting Change, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such Accounting Change (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP without giving effect to such Accounting Change and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such Accounting Change.

1.04 Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

1.05 Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

1.06 Letter of Credit Amounts . Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

Article II.

The Commitments and Credit Extensions

2.01 Letters of Credit .

(a) The Letter of Credit Commitment .

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) the Fronting L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Lenders set forth in this Section 2.01 , (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Commitment Termination Date, to issue Fronted Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and to amend or extend Fronted Letters of Credit previously issued by it, and (2) to honor drawings under the Fronted Letters of Credit; (B) each Lender agrees, through the Several L/C Agent, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Commitment Termination Date, to issue severally, and for itself alone, Several Letters of Credit at the request of and for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate stated amounts of such Several Letters of Credit, and

 

26


to amend or extend Several Letters of Credit previously issued by it, and (2) to honor severally, and for itself alone, drawings under the Several Letters of Credit in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of such drawings; (C) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Fronted Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and any drawings thereunder in accordance with their Applicable Percentages; (D) with respect to any Affected Lender or Non-NAIC Approved Bank, as applicable, as a Participating L/C Issuer under any Several Letter of Credit to be issued pursuant hereto, each Limited Fronting Lender, in reliance upon the agreements of such Affected Lender or Non-NAIC Approved Bank, as applicable, as a Participating L/C Issuer set forth in this Section 2.01 , agrees to issue through the Several L/C Agent, in addition to or as a part of the Several Letters of Credit it has agreed to issue on its own behalf, severally any such Several Letter of Credit, for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, in an amount equal to such Affected Lender’s or Non-NAIC Approved Bank’s, as applicable, Applicable Percentage of the stated amount of such Several Letter of Credit, and to amend or extend each such Several Letter of Credit previously issued by it as a Limited Fronting Lender for such Participating L/C Issuer; and (E) with respect to any Several Letter of Credit issued by a Limited Fronting Lender pursuant to clause (D)  preceding, each applicable Affected Lender or Non-NAIC Approved Bank, as applicable, agrees to purchase participations in the obligations of such Limited Fronting Lender under such Several Letter of Credit in an amount equal to all of the credit exposure of such Limited Fronting Lender (solely in its capacity as a Limited Fronting Lender for such Affected Lender or Non-NAIC Approved Bank, as applicable) under such Several Letter of Credit; provided that after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension, (x) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (y) the Revolving Credit Exposure of any Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment (except as provided in clauses (A) , (D)  and (E) , as applicable, above for the Fronting L/C Issuer or a Limited Fronting Lender) and (z) the aggregate stated amount of Fronted Letters of Credit shall not exceed $500,000,000 at any time (for the avoidance of doubt, no Several Letter of Credit with respect to which any Lender is acting as a Limited Fronting Lender or a Confirming Bank shall be deemed to be a Fronted Letter of Credit for this purpose). Each request by the Borrower or any Subsidiary for the issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in this Agreement. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

(ii) Neither the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent nor the Lenders, as applicable, shall issue any Letter of Credit, if:

(A) subject to Section 2.01(b)(v) , the expiry date of the requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or

(B) the expiry date of the requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the Commitment Termination Date, unless all the Lenders have approved such expiry date.

 

27


(iii) Neither the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent nor the Lenders, as applicable, shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or, if the Administrative Agent has been notified thereof by such Lender, any Lender from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or, if the Administrative Agent has been notified thereof by such Lender, any Lender or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or, if the Administrative Agent has been notified thereof by such Lender, any Lender shall prohibit, or request that the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or, if the Administrative Agent has been notified thereof by such Lender, any Lender refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or, if the Administrative Agent has been notified thereof by such Lender, any Lender with respect to the Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or, if the Administrative Agent has been notified thereof by such Lender, any Lender is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or, if the Administrative Agent has been notified thereof by such Lender, any Lender any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense that was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or, if the Administrative Agent has been notified thereof by such Lender, any Lender in good faith deems material to it;

(B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or, if the Administrative Agent has been notified thereof by such Lender, any Lender applicable to letters of credit generally;

(C) except as otherwise agreed by the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, such Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $100,000;

 

28


(D) such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars; or

(E) after issuance of such Letter of Credit, more than 25 Letters of Credit would be outstanding unless the Borrower, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent otherwise agree;

(F) if such Letter of Credit is a Fronted Letter of Credit or a Several Letter of Credit in respect of which there is a Limited Fronting Lender, any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless the Fronting L/C Issuer or the applicable Limited Fronting Lender, as applicable, has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral, satisfactory to the Fronting L/C Issuer or the applicable Limited Fronting Lender, as applicable, with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate the Fronting L/C Issuer’s or the applicable Limited Fronting Lender’s, as applicable, actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.16(a)(iv) ) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either such Letter of Credit or such Letter of Credit and all other L/C Obligations as to which the Fronting L/C Issuer or the applicable Limited Fronting Lender, as applicable, has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion.

(iv) Neither the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent nor any Lender, as applicable, shall amend or extend any Letter of Credit if it would not be permitted at such time to issue the Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

(v) Neither the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent nor any Lender, as applicable, shall be under any obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or such Lender, as applicable, would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to the Letter of Credit.

(vi) Each Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent (which shall in turn notify the Several L/C Agent and the Borrower) upon becoming an Affected Lender with respect to a particular Several Letter of Credit. In the absence of receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice by a Lender that it has become an Affected Lender with respect to a particular Several Letter of Credit, it shall be conclusively presumed by the Administrative Agent and the Several L/C Agent that such Lender is not an Affected Lender with respect to such Several Letter of Credit. If such notice is given by an Affected Lender with respect to a particular Several Letter of Credit, such notice shall not be effective as a like notice with respect to any other Several Letter of Credit. If such notice is given by an Affected Lender with respect to a particular Several Letter of Credit, upon the Borrower’s request (A) Bank of America will act as the Limited Fronting Lender for such Affected Lender with respect to such Several Letter of

 

29


Credit, or (B) another Lender may agree (in its sole discretion) to act as the Limited Fronting Lender for such Affected Lender with respect to such Several Letter of Credit upon such terms and conditions as such Affected Lender and such other Lender may agree.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit.

(i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Applicant delivered to (A) the Fronting L/C Issuer, in the case of Fronted Letters of Credit, (B) the Several L/C Agent, in the case of Several Letters of Credit, and (C) the Administrative Agent, in each case, in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Applicant. Such Letter of Credit Application may be sent by facsimile, by United States mail, by overnight courier, by electronic transmission using the system provided by the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, by personal delivery or by any other means acceptable to the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or the Administrative Agent, as applicable. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, and the Administrative Agent (A) in the case of a Fronted Letter of Credit, not later than 11:00 a.m. at least two Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and the Fronting L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion), and (B) in the case of a Several Letter of Credit, not later than 11:00 a.m. at least three Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and the Several L/C Agent may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion). In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall submit a Letter of Credit Application. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall submit a Letter of Credit Amendment Application.

(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application or Letter of Credit Amendment Application, the Fronting L/C Issuer or Several L/C Agent, as applicable, will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application or Letter of Credit Amendment Application from the Applicant and, if not, the Fronting L/C Issuer or Several L/C Agent, as applicable, will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Promptly thereafter the Administrative Agent will provide each Lender with a copy thereof. Unless the Fronting L/C Issuer or Several L/C Agent, as applicable, has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that such Letter of Credit is not permitted to be issued hereunder or that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Fronting

 

30


L/C Issuer or Several L/C Agent, as applicable, shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the Fronting L/C Issuer’s or Several L/C Agent’s, as applicable, usual and customary business practices.

(iii) The Several L/C Agent is hereby authorized to execute and deliver each Several Letter of Credit and each amendment to a Several Letter of Credit on behalf of each Lender and to otherwise act on behalf of each Lender with respect to each Several Letter of Credit as provided herein. The Several L/C Agent shall use the Applicable Percentage of each Lender as its “ Percentage Obligation ” (or equivalent term) under each Several Letter of Credit; provided that the applicable Limited Fronting Lender, in its capacity as such, shall, in addition to its own “ Percentage Obligation ” as a Lender, have a “ Percentage Obligation ” (or equivalent term) equal to the Applicable Percentage of each Participating L/C Issuer for which such Limited Fronting Lender serves in such capacity under such Several Letter of Credit. The Several L/C Agent is hereby authorized by the Lenders to amend a Several Letter of Credit to change the “ Percentage Obligation ” (or equivalent term) of a Lender or to add or delete a Lender liable thereunder in connection with an assignment or any other addition or replacement of a Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In the event a Lender becomes a Participating L/C Issuer or ceases to be a Participating L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent is hereby authorized by the Lenders to amend each Several Letter of Credit to reflect such change in status and to change the “ Percentage Obligation ” (or equivalent term) of the applicable Limited Fronting Lender, as the case may be. Each Lender hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Several L/C Agent its true and lawful attorney-in-fact for and on behalf of such Lender with full power of substitution and revocation in its own name or in the name of the Several L/C Agent for the limited purpose of issuing, executing and delivering, as the case may be, each Several Letter of Credit and each amendment to a Several Letter of Credit and for carrying out the purposes of this Agreement with respect to Several Letters of Credit, each as provided herein.

(iv) It is the intention and agreement of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Several L/C Agent that (A) except as otherwise expressly set forth herein (including with respect to Limited Fronting Lenders), the rights and obligations of the Lenders in respect of outstanding Several Letters of Credit shall be determined in accordance with the Applicable Percentages of the Lenders from time to time in effect and (B) outstanding Several Letters of Credit shall be promptly amended to reflect any changes in the Applicable Percentages of the Lenders, whether arising in connection with an assignment pursuant to Section 10.06 , an increase of the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to Section 2.14 , or any other event or circumstance resulting in a change in the Applicable Percentages of the Lenders under this Agreement. However, it is acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Several L/C Agent that amendments of outstanding Several Letters of Credit may not be immediately effected and may be subject to the consent of the beneficiaries of such Several

 

31


Letters of Credit. Accordingly, whether or not Several Letters of Credit are amended as contemplated hereby, the Lenders agree that they shall purchase and sell participations or otherwise make or effect such payments among themselves (but through the Administrative Agent) so that payments by the Lenders of drawings under Several Letters of Credit and payments by the Borrowers of Unreimbursed Amounts and interest thereon are, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein (including with respect to Limited Fronting Lenders and Defaulting Lenders), in each case shared by the Lenders in accordance with the Applicable Percentages of the Lenders from time to time in effect.

(v) If the Applicant so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent (on behalf of the Lenders), as applicable, may, in its sole discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day in each such twelvemonth period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued, which shall be not later than 30 days prior to the then effective expiration date (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”). Unless otherwise directed by the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, the Applicant shall not be required to make a specific request to the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than twelve months from the then existing expiry date and in any event not later than twelve months after the Commitment Termination Date; provided , however , that the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, shall not permit any such extension if (A) the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii)  or (iii)  of Section 2.05(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, not to permit such extension.

(vi) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

 

32


(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations .

(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Fronted Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Fronted Letter of Credit, the Fronting L/C Issuer shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the date (the “ Honor Date ”) on which the Fronting L/C Issuer anticipates that payment of such drawing will be made. Not later than 2:00 p.m. on the Business Day immediately following the Honor Date, so long as the Borrower has received notice of such payment from the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent by 10:00 a.m. on such Honor Date and, otherwise, not later than 2:00 p.m. on the second Business Day immediately following the Honor Date (each such date, a “ Letter of Credit Reimbursement Date ”), the Borrower shall reimburse the Fronting L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the amount of such drawing (such amount, the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”). If the Borrower fails to make such reimbursement by the required time and if such Unreimbursed Amount is not repaid on the date the required time occurs through a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in accordance with clause (ii)  below, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the Unreimbursed Amount, and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Each Lender shall, upon any notice pursuant to this Section 2.01(c)(i) , in purchase of its participation in such Unreimbursed Amount, make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Fronting L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, which notice shall be given not later than 10:00 a.m. on the Business Day specified. If any Defaulting Lender shall fail to make such funds available, any Cash Collateral delivered on account of such Defaulting Lender for such Fronted Letter of Credit shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the reimbursement of the Fronting L/C Issuer as required hereunder. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received or applied to the Fronting L/C Issuer. Any notice given by the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.01(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(ii) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Several Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Several Letter of Credit, the Several L/C Agent shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders, of the date (also, the “ Honor Date ”) on which the Several L/C Agent anticipates that payment of such drawing will be made, which notice shall be given not later than 2:00 p.m. on the Business Day immediately preceding the Honor Date. Not later than 10:00 a.m.

 

33


on the Honor Date and without further notice or demand by the Several L/C Agent or the Administrative Agent, (A) each Lender (including each Limited Fronting Lender) shall make funds available to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage (and, in the case of each Limited Fronting Lender, the Applicable Percentage of each applicable Participating L/C Issuer) of the drawing under such Several Letter of Credit and, (B) in the event a Limited Fronting Lender pays the Applicable Percentage of a Participating L/C Issuer, such Participating L/C Issuer shall pay such Applicable Percentage to such Limited Fronting Lender in purchase of its participation in such payment. Not later than 2:00 p.m. on the Business Day immediately following the Honor Date, so long as the Borrower has received notice of payment under such Several Letter of Credit from the Several L/C Agent or the Administrative Agent by 10:00 a.m. on the Honor Date and, otherwise, not later than 2:00 p.m. on the second Business Day immediately following the Honor Date (each such date, also a “ Letter of Credit Reimbursement Date ”), the Borrower shall pay to the Lenders through the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the amount of such drawing (such amount, also the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”). Any notice given by the Several L/C Agent or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.01(c)(ii) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(iii) In the event the Borrower fails to pay any Unreimbursed Amount as required by clause (i)  or (ii)  above, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Business Day such Unreimbursed Amount is due in an amount equal to such Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.03 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Each Borrowing made pursuant to this Section 2.01(c)(iii) shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to pay the related Unreimbursed Amount.

(iv) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, such Unreimbursed Amount (together with interest) shall be immediately due and payable by the Borrower without further demand.

(v) Any Unreimbursed Amount that is not paid by the Borrower by 2:00 p.m. on the Honor Date shall bear interest from the Honor Date to the applicable Letter of Credit Reimbursement Date at a rate equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for Base Rate Loans. If an Unreimbursed Amount is not paid by the Borrower by 2:00 p.m. on the applicable Letter of Credit Reimbursement Date (whether through a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans or otherwise), each Unreimbursed Amount shall bear interest from the applicable Letter of Credit Reimbursement Date to the date that such Unreimbursed Amount

 

34


is paid by the Borrower (whether through a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans or otherwise) at a rate equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for Base Rate Loans plus 2% per annum.

(vi) Until each Lender funds its obligation pursuant to this Section 2.01(c) , interest in respect of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each Unreimbursed Amount shall be solely for the account of the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent (if the Several L/C Agent has funded on behalf of such Lender, as provided in Section 2.01(c)(viii) ), as applicable.

(vii) Each Lender’s obligation to fund its obligations pursuant to this Section 2.01(c) , shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, the Administrative Agent, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans pursuant to this Section 2.01(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such funding by any Lender shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to pay each Unreimbursed Amount, together with interest as provided herein.

(viii) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.01(c) by the time specified in Section 2.01(c)(i) or 2.01(c)(ii) , as applicable, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent (to the extent that the Several L/C Agent shall have funded such amount on behalf of such Lender, it being understood and agreed that the Several L/C Agent shall have no obligation or liability to fund any amount under any Several Letter of Credit other than in its capacity as a Lender), as applicable, shall, through the Administrative Agent, be entitled to recover from such Lender, on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Administrative Agent at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any reasonable administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing. A certificate of the Administrative Agent with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (viii)  shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Repayment of Fundings .

(i) If after any Lender (including any Limited Fronting Lender) has funded its obligation under Section 2.01(c) in respect of any drawing under any

 

35


Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent receives any payment (including any payment of interest) in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), then the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage (or applicable share as provided herein) thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s funding was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent. If any Lender has not funded its obligation as aforesaid, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment shall be paid to the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent (if the Several L/C Agent shall have funded on behalf of such Lender, as provided in Section 2.01(c)(viii) ), as applicable.

(ii) If any payment made by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(d)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.

(e) Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the Borrower to pay each Unreimbursed Amount shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

 

36


(iv) waiver by the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or any Lender, as applicable, of any requirement that exists for the Fronting L/C Issuer’s, the Several L/C Agent’s, or such Lender’s, as applicable, protection and not the protection of the Borrower or any waiver by the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or any Lender, as applicable, which does not in fact materially prejudice the Borrower;

(v) honor of a demand for payment presented electronically even if such Letter of Credit requires that demand be in the form of a draft;

(vi) any payment made by the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or any Lender in respect of an otherwise complying item presented after the date specified as the expiration date of, or the date by which documents must be received under such Letter of Credit if presentation after such date is authorized by the ISP;

(vii) any payment by the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Lenders under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit or any payment made by the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Lenders, as applicable, under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;

(viii) any Letter of Credit having a Subsidiary of the Borrower as an Applicant; or

(ix) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, including any failure of the Borrower to receive notice of any Honor Date, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

The Borrower and any other Applicant shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto requested by the Borrower and such Applicant that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s or such Applicant’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower or such Applicant will notify the Fronting L/C Issuer (with respect to Fronted Letters of Credit) or the Several L/C Agent (with respect to Several Letters of Credit) within two Business Days of receipt of such Letter of Credit or amendment. The Borrower and such Applicant shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or the Lenders, as applicable, unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

(f) Role of Fronting L/C Issuer, Several L/C Agent and Limited Fronting Lender . Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter

 

37


of Credit, neither the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent nor any Limited Fronting Lender shall have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. Neither the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent nor any Limited Fronting Lender, any Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or any Limited Fronting Lender shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any Issuer Document. Each of the Borrower and any other Applicant hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, any Limited Fronting Lender, any Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or any Limited Fronting Lender shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i)  through (v)  of Section 2.01(e) ; provided , however , that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower (or any other applicable Applicant) may have a claim against the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, and Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, may be liable to the Borrower or such Applicant, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower or such Applicant which the Borrower or such Applicant proves were caused primarily by the Fronting L/C Issuer’s or the Several L/C Agent’s, as applicable, gross negligence or willful misconduct or the Fronting L/C Issuer’s or the Several L/C Agent’s, as applicable, willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or any Limited Fronting Lender, as applicable, shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason. The Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, may send a Letter of Credit or conduct any communication to or from the beneficiary via the Society of Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (“ SWIFT ”) message or overnight courier, or any other commercially reasonable means of communicating with a beneficiary.

(g) Applicability of ISP or UCP . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, and the Borrower when a

 

38


Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the ISP or UCP (as chosen by the Borrower) shall apply to each Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, shall not be responsible to the Borrower for, and the Fronting L/C Issuer’s or the Several L/C Agent’s, as applicable, rights and remedies against the Borrower shall not be impaired by, any action or inaction of the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, required or permitted under any law, order, or practice that is required or permitted to be applied to any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, including the Law or any order of a jurisdiction where the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, or the beneficiary is located or the practice stated in the ISP or the UCP, as applicable.

(h) Letter of Credit Fees . The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage a Letter of Credit fee (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”) for each Letter of Credit issued equal to the Applicable Rate (converted to a daily rate) times the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears and (ii) due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Commitment Termination Date, on the date that is twelve months after the Commitment Termination Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Letter of Credit shall be multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.

(i) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges . The Borrower shall pay directly to the Fronting L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Fronted Letter of Credit, at the rate per annum specified in the Bank of America Agency Fee Letter, computed on the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. Such fronting fee shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fee shall be due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Commitment Termination Date, on the date that is twelve months after the Commitment Termination Date and thereafter on demand. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06 . In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, relating to each Letter of Credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable. In respect of any period that, pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(vi) or Section 2.17 , Bank of America acts as a Limited Fronting Lender or as a Confirming Bank for any Lender that becomes an Affected Lender or a Non-NAIC Approved Bank, as

 

39


applicable, the Letter of Credit Fee payable to such Lender shall be reduced by 0.25% per annum (or such lesser percentage as Bank of America may agree) and Bank of America shall receive the amount of such reduction from each Borrower for its own account as a fronting fee or confirmation fee, as applicable. In the event that, pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(vi) or Section 2.17 , any other Lender agrees to act as a Limited Fronting Lender or Confirming Bank for any Lender that becomes an Affected Lender or a Non-NAIC Approved Bank, such other Lender shall receive such compensation therefor as such Affected Lender or Non-NAIC Approved Bank and such other Lender may agree.

(j) Conflict with Issuer Documents . In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

(k) Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries . Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be obligated to pay each Unreimbursed Amount and accrued interest thereon with respect to each Letter of Credit that is issued and outstanding hereunder. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of its Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of its Subsidiaries.

2.02 Committed Loans . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “ Committed Loan ”) to the Borrower from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided , however , that after giving effect to any Committed Borrowing, (i) the Outstanding Amount of Committed Loans shall not exceed the Committed Loan Sublimit, (ii) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (iii) each Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment. Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.02 , prepay under Section 2.05 , and reborrow under this Section 2.02 . Committed Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

2.03 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans .

(a) Each Committed Borrowing, each conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Committed Loans, and (ii) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Committed Loans; provided , however , that if the Borrower wishes to request Eurodollar Rate Loans having an Interest Period other than one, two, three or six months in duration as provided in the definition of “ Interest Period ,” the applicable notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. four Business Days prior to the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or

 

40


continuation, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Lenders of such request and determine whether the requested Interest Period is acceptable to all of them. Not later than 11:00 a.m., three Business Days before the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower (which notice may be by telephone) whether or not the requested Interest Period has been consented to by all the Lenders. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.03(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Sections 2.01(c) and 2.04(c) , each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Committed Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Committed Borrowing, a conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Committed Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Committed Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Committed Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Committed Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or if the Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Committed Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month.

(b) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Committed Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans described in the preceding subsection. In the case of a Committed Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Committed Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.01 ), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided , however , that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing is given by the Borrower, there are L/C Obligations

 

41


outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing, first , shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Obligations, and second , shall be made available to the Borrower as provided above.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans without the consent of the Required Lenders.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(e) After giving effect to all Committed Borrowings, all conversions of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Committed Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than ten Interest Periods in effect with respect to Committed Loans.

2.04 Swing Line Loans .

(a) The Swing Line . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04 , may in its sole discretion make loans (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ”) to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period; provided , however , that (x) after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans shall not exceed the Swing Line Sublimit, (ii) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (iii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans, plus the Swing Line Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Committed Loans and L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Commitment of the Swing Line Lender, and (iv) the Revolving Credit Exposure of any Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (y) the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04 , prepay under Section 2.05 , and reborrow under this Section 2.04 . Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

(b) Borrowing Procedures . Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the

 

42


Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $250,000, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a) , or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article IV is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender may in its sole discretion, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of such Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower.

(c) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans .

(i) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Lender make a Base Rate Committed Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.03 , without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 . The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall make an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral available with respect to the applicable Swing Line Loan) for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii) , each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Committed Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Committed Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i) , the request

 

43


for Base Rate Committed Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Lenders severally fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of such Swing Line Loan and each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i) , the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in the relevant Committed Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii)  shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 . No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) Repayment of Participations .

(i) At any time after any Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

 

44


(ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender . The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Lender funds its Base Rate Committed Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Applicable Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

(f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender . The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the applicable Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

2.05 Prepayments .

(a) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Committed Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (A) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Committed Loans; (ii) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; and (iii) any prepayment of Base Rate Committed Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Committed Loans to be prepaid and, if Eurodollar Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 . Subject to Section 2.16 , each such prepayment shall be applied to the Committed Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.

 

45


(b) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (ii) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

(c) If for any reason the Total Outstandings at any time exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect (including pursuant to Section 7.04 ), the Borrower shall immediately prepay Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided , however , that the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(c) unless after the prepayment in full of the Committed Loans and Swing Line Loans the Total Outstandings exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect. If for any reason the Outstanding Amount of Committed Loans at any time exceeds the Committed Loan Sublimit then in effect (including pursuant to Section 7.04 ), the Borrower shall immediately prepay the Committed Loans in an aggregate amount equal to such excess. If for any reason the Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans at any time exceeds the Swing Line Sublimit then in effect (including pursuant to Section 7.04 ), the Borrower shall immediately prepay the Swing Line Loans in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.

(d) In the event that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries issues or incurs any Debt Securities, the Borrower shall, within three (3) Business Days of the actual receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance or incurrence of such Debt Securities, prepay any outstanding Committed Loans in an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of such Net Cash Proceeds. For the avoidance of doubt, no such prepayment shall be required if no Committed Loans are then outstanding. To the extent any portion of such Net Cash Proceeds remain after such prepayment, then the Borrower shall concurrently therewith prepay the Debt outstanding under the Term Loan Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof.

2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitments .

(a) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Aggregate Commitments, or from time to time permanently reduce the Aggregate Commitments; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. three Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (iii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Aggregate Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Outstandings would exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (iv) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments, the Committed Loan Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the

 

46


amount of the Aggregate Commitments, such Sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any such notice of termination or reduction of the Aggregate Commitments. Any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments shall be applied to the Commitment of each Lender according to its Applicable Percentage. All fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination. Notwithstanding the termination of the Aggregate Commitments, this Agreement shall not terminate, and the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement shall continue, until all Letters of Credit have expired, been replaced or been terminated and each Unreimbursed Amount and all interest, fees and other amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full.

(b) In the event that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries issues or incurs any Debt Securities, the Committed Loan Sublimit shall, concurrently with each such issuance or incurrence, be automatically reduced by an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the face amount of such Debt Securities until the amount of the Committed Loan Sublimit is equal to $750,000,000. For the avoidance of doubt, no such reduction shall occur if the Committed Loan Sublimit does not exceed $750,000,000 at the time of any such issuance or incurrence of Debt Securities.

2.07 Repayment of Loans .

(a) The Borrower shall repay to the Lenders on the Commitment Termination Date the aggregate principal amount of Committed Loans outstanding on such date.

(b) The Borrower shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date ten Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Commitment Termination Date.

2.08 Interest .

(a) Subject to the provisions of subsection (b)  below, (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; (ii) each Base Rate Committed Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate; (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(b) (i) If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(ii) If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by the Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any

 

47


applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of the Required Lenders, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(iii) Upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, the Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws; provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Sections 8.01(a) or (h) , the outstanding Obligations hereunder shall automatically accrue interest at the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

2.09 Fees. In addition to certain fees described in subsections (h)  and (i)  of Section 2.01 :

(a) Commitment Fee . The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee equal to the Applicable Rate times the actual daily amount by which the Aggregate Commitments exceed the sum of (i) the Outstanding Amount of Committed Loans and (ii) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.16 . For the avoidance of doubt, the Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans shall not be counted towards or considered usage of the Aggregate Commitments for purposes of determining the commitment fee. The commitment fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the last day of the Availability Period. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(b) Other Fees .

(i) The Borrower shall pay to Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and the Citigroup Global Markets Inc. for their own respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the MLPFS/Citigroup Fee Letter. The Borrower shall pay to Bank of America for its own account fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Bank of America Agency Fee Letter. The Borrower shall pay to ING Bank N.V., London Branch for its own

 

48


account fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the ING Fee Letter. The Borrower shall pay to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC for its own account fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the JPM Fee Letter. All such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

(ii) The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees . All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans (including Base Rate Loans determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate) shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a) , bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

2.11 Evidence of Debt .

(a) The Credit Extensions (and the L/C Obligations arising therefrom) made or participated in by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions (and the L/C Obligations arising therefrom) made or participated in by the Lenders and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in subsection (a) , each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

 

49


2.12 Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback .

(a) General . All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made free and clear of and without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

(b) Clawback .

(i) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Committed Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date of such Committed Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Committed Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.03 (or, in the case of a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.03 ) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Committed Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative

 

50


Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Committed Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in such Committed Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

(ii) Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Fronting L/C Issuer hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Fronting L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Fronting L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the Fronting L/C Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b)  shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(c) Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent . If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II , and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall promptly return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(d) Obligations of Lenders Several . The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Committed Loans and to honor drawing under, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 10.04(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Committed Loan, to fund any such drawing or participation or to make any payment under Section 10.04(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and except for Limited Fronting Lenders with respect to Several Letters of Credit they have issued on behalf of Affected Lenders or Non-NAIC Approved Banks, no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Committed Loan, to honor a drawing or to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 10.04(c) .

 

51


(e) Funding Source . Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan or other funding obligation in any particular place or manner.

2.13 Sharing of Payments by Lenders . If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of the Committed Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations held by it (whether as in issuer or as a participant) or in Swing Line Loans held by it resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Committed Loans or participations and accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Committed Loans and participations in L/C Obligations (whether as in issuer or as a participant) and Swing Line Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Committed Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that:

(i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

(ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (y) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 2.15 , or (z) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Committed Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).

The Borrower and the Guarantor consent to the foregoing and agree, to the extent they may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower and the Guarantor rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower or the Guarantor in the amount of such participation.

2.14 Increase in Commitments .

(a) Request for Increase . Provided no Event of Default then exists, upon notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify such of the Lenders as the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall designate), the Borrower may, from time to time, request an increase in the Aggregate Commitments by an amount not exceeding $1,000,000,000 in the aggregate; provided that any such request for an

 

52


increase shall be in a minimum amount of $25,000,000. At the time of sending such notice, the Borrower (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall specify the time period within which each designated Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to the designated Lenders).

(b) Committed Loan Sublimit Increase . The Committed Loan Sublimit shall not be increased in conjunction with any such increase in the Aggregate Commitments.

(c) Lender Elections to Increase . Each designated Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within such time period whether or not it agrees to increase its Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Applicable Percentage of such requested increase. Any designated Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Commitment.

(d) Notification by Administrative Agent; Additional Lenders . The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of the Lenders’ responses to each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested increase and subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent and the Swing Line Lender (which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Borrower may also invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Lenders pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Effective Date and Allocations . If the Aggregate Commitments are increased in accordance with this Section , the Borrower (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall determine the effective date (the “ Increase Effective Date ”) and the final allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, the Lenders and any party to become a Lender on the Increase Effective Date of the final allocation of such increase and the Increase Effective Date. The Administrative Agent is authorized and directed to amend and distribute to the Lenders, including any party becoming a Lender on the Increase Effective Date, a revised Schedule 2.01 that gives effect to the increase and the allocation among the Lenders.

(f) Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase . The Borrower shall prepay or, if reasonably practicable, the Administrative Agent shall reallocate, any Committed Loans outstanding on the Increase Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 ) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Committed Loans ratable with any revised Applicable Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section 2.14 . In addition, any funded participations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans shall, to the extent reasonably practicable, be allocated among the Lenders so that such funded participations are held ratably by the Lenders in accordance with any revised Applicable Percentages.

 

53


(g) Conflicting Provisions . This Section shall supersede any provisions any Section 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.

2.15 Cash Collateral .

(a) Certain Credit Support Events . If (i) the Fronting L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Fronted Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an Unreimbursed Amount that is not paid by the Borrower when due, (ii) a Limited Fronting Lender has honored any drawing request under any Several Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an Unreimbursed Amount that is not paid by the Borrower when due, (iii) the Lenders, through the Several L/C Agent, have honored any drawing request under any Several Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an Unreimbursed Amount that is not paid by the Borrower when due, (iv) as of the Commitment Termination Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, (v) the Borrower shall be required to provide Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 8.02(c) , or (vi) there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, the Borrower shall (A) immediately and without any request by any Person (in the case of clause (iv)  above), (B) immediately following any request by the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, a Limited Fronting Lender or any Lender (in the case of clause (v)  above) or (C) within one Business Day following any request by the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, a Limited Fronting Lender or any Lender (in all other cases), provide Cash Collateral in an amount equal to 100% of all outstanding L/C Obligations (in the case of clause (i) , (ii) , (iii) , (iv)  or (v)  above) or equal to 100% of all Fronting Exposure (determined after giving effect to Section 2.16(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender) (in the cause of clause (vi)  above). The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 2.15(a) are in addition to the obligations of the Borrower under Section 2.05(c) .

(b) Grant of Security Interest . The Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, the Limited Fronting Lenders and the Lenders, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such Cash Collateral so provided as collateral pursuant hereto, and in all proceeds of the foregoing, all as security for the obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section 2.15(c) . If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the amount required by Section 2.15(a) , the Borrower will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (after giving effect to any Cash Collateral provided by any Defaulting Lender). All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at Bank of America. The Borrower shall pay on demand therefor from time to time all customary account opening, activity and other administrative fees and charges in connection with the maintenance and disbursement of Cash Collateral.

 

54


(c) Application . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section 2.15 or Sections 2.01 , 2.05 , 2.16 or 8.02 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific L/C Obligations, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may be provided for herein.

(d) Release . Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure or to secure other obligations shall be released promptly following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure or other obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender (or, as appropriate, its assignee following compliance with Section 10.06(b)(vi) )) or (ii) the determination by the Administrative Agent that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided , however , (x) that Cash Collateral furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower shall not be released during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default (and following application as provided in this Section 2.15 may be otherwise applied in accordance with Section 8.03 ), and (y) the Person providing Cash Collateral and the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, any Limited Fronting Lender or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, may agree that Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations.

2.16 Defaulting Lenders .

(a) Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments . Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of “ Required Lenders ” and Section 10.01 .

(ii) Defaulting Lender Waterfall . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VIII or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 10.08 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, any Limited Fronting Lender or the Swing Line Lender hereunder; third , to Cash Collateralize the Fronting Exposure of the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, or any Limited Fronting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.15 ; fourth , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists), to the funding of

 

55


any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth , if so determined by the Administrative Agent or requested by the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, any Limited Fronting Lender or the Swing Line Lender, and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize any future funding obligations with respect to such Defaulting Lender of any participation in any Letter of Credit, in accordance with Section 2.15 ; sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, any Limited Fronting Lender or the Swing Line Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, any Limited Fronting Lender or the Swing Line Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh , so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or Unreimbursed Amounts in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (y) such Loans or Unreimbursed Amounts were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and Unreimbursed Amounts owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or Unreimbursed Amounts owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments hereunder without giving effect to Section 2.16(a)(iv) . Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.16(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii) Certain Fees .

(A) No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.09(a) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).

(B) Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive Letter of Credit Fees for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting

 

56


Lender only to the extent allocable to its Applicable Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.15 .

(C) With respect to any fee payable under Section 2.09(a) or any Letter of Credit Fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A)  or (B)  above, the Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv)  below, (y) pay to the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such Fronting L/C Issuer’s or the Swing Line Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

(iv) Reallocation of Applicable Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure . All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) but only to the extent that (x) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Borrower shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (y) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment. No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(v) Cash Collateral, Repayment of Swing Line Loans . If the reallocation described in Section 2.16(a)(iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under applicable Law, (x) first, prepay Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to the Swing Line Lender’s Fronting Exposure and (y) second, Cash Collateralize the Fronting L/C Issuer’s and any Limited Fronting Lender’s Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.15 .

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any

 

57


conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Committed Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentages (without giving effect to Section 2.16(a)(iv)) , whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

2.17 Non-NAIC Approved Banks . If, on or at any time after the Closing Date, a Lender is not or ceases to be a NAIC Approved Bank, such Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower thereof and, upon the Borrower’s request, (a) Bank of America will act as the Limited Fronting Lender for such Lender with respect to any Several Letters of Credit issued during the period that such Lender is a Non-NAIC Approved Bank (and/or as a Confirming Bank for such Lender with respect to any Several Letters of Credit issued prior to such Lender becoming an Non-NAIC Approved Bank), or (b) another Lender that is a NAIC Approved Bank may agree to act as the Limited Fronting Lender for such Lender with respect to any Several Letters of Credit issued during the period that such Lender is a Non-NAIC Approved Bank (and/or as a Confirming Bank for such Lender with respect to any Several Letters of Credit issued prior to such Lender becoming an Non-NAIC Approved Bank) upon such terms and conditions as such Non-NAIC Approved Bank and such other Lender may agree. If Bank of America or such other Lender, as applicable, becomes a Confirming Bank, it shall enter into a confirming bank agreement with such Non-NAIC Approved Bank upon such terms as the applicable parties may agree (and furnish a copy thereof to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent). Each Lender (other than Bank of America) that agrees to act as a Limited Fronting Lender and/or Confirming Bank for any Non-NAIC Approved Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of such agreement and of any termination or expiration of such agreement.

Article III.

Taxes, Yield Protection and Illegality

3.01 Taxes .

(a) Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes .

(i) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower and the Guarantor under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Laws. If any applicable Laws (as determined in the good faith discretion of the Administrative Agent) require the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any

 

58


such payment by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower or the Guarantor, then the Administrative Agent, the Borrower or the Guarantor shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding, upon the basis of the information and documentation to be delivered pursuant to Section 3.01(e) .

(ii) If the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent shall be required by the Code to withhold or deduct any Taxes, including both United States Federal backup withholding and withholding taxes, from any payment, then (A) the Administrative Agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by the Administrative Agent to be required based upon the information and documentation it has received pursuant to subsection (e)  below, (B) the Administrative Agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with the Code, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the Borrower or the Guarantor shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01 ) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

(iii) If the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent shall be required by any applicable Laws other than the Code to withhold or deduct any Taxes from any payment, then (A) the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent, as required by such Laws, shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by it to be required based upon the information and documentation it has received pursuant to Section 3.01(e) , (B) the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent, to the extent required by such Laws, shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with such Laws, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the Borrower or the Guarantor shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01 ) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a)  above, the Borrower or the Guarantor shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(c) Tax Indemnifications .

(i) The Borrower shall, and does hereby, indemnify each Recipient, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 20 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 3.01 )

 

59


payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall, and does hereby, indemnify the Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 20 days after demand therefor, for any amount which a Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, for any reason fails to pay indefeasibly to the Administrative Agent as required pursuant to Section 3.01(c)(ii) below.

(ii) Each Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent shall, and does hereby, severally indemnify, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 20 days after demand therefor, (x) the Administrative Agent against any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable (but only to the extent that the Borrower has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), (y) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, as applicable, against any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 10.06(d) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, as applicable, against any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower or the Guarantor in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as the case may be, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (ii) .

(d) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by the Borrower or by the Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 3.01 , the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by Laws to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be.

 

60


(e) Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation .

(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Sections 3.01(e)(ii)(A) , 3.01(e)(ii)(B) and 3.01(e)(ii)(D ) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax

 

61


pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A ) of the Code, a “1 0 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or

(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2 or Exhibit F-3 , IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or

 

62


1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(iii) Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered pursuant to this Section 3.01 expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds . Unless required by applicable Laws, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as the case may be. If any Recipient determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section , it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) incurred by such Recipient, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Recipient, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Recipient in the event the Recipient is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection , in no event will the applicable Recipient be required to pay any amount to the Borrower pursuant to this subsection the payment of which would place the Recipient in a less favorable net after-Tax position than such Recipient would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This subsection shall not be construed to require the Recipient to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

(g) Survival . Each party’s obligations under this Section 3.01 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights

 

63


by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

3.02 Illegality . If any Lender determines that any Change in Law or introduction of any law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the legal authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market (each, an “ Eurodollar Illegality Event ”), then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, (i) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Committed Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (x) the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans and (y) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest at the Base Rate by reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted and any amount payable pursuant to Section 3.05(c) . During any period in which an Eurodollar Illegality Event is in effect, the Borrower may request, through the Administrative Agent, that the Lenders affected by such Eurodollar Illegality Event confirm that the circumstances giving rise to the Eurodollar Illegality Event continue to be in effect. If, within ten Business Days following such confirmation request, such Lenders have not confirmed the continued effectiveness of such Eurodollar Illegality Event, then such Eurodollar Illegality Event shall no longer be deemed to be in effect; provided , that (A) the Borrower shall not be permitted to submit any such request more than once in any 30-day period and (B) nothing contained in this Section 3.02 or the failure to provide confirmation of the continued effectiveness of such Eurodollar Illegality Event shall in any way affect the Lenders’ right to provide any additional notices of an Eurodollar Illegality Event as provided in this Section 3.02 .

 

64


3.03 Inability to Determine Rates . If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan or in connection with an existing or proposed Base Rate Loan, or (c) the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender (each, a “ Market Disruption Event ”). Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (y) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the Eurodollar Rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein. During any period in which a Market Disruption Event is in effect, the Borrower may request, through the Administrative Agent, that the Required Lenders confirm that the circumstances giving rise to the Market Disruption Event continue to be in effect. If, within ten Business Days following such confirmation request, the Required Lenders have not confirmed the continued effectiveness of such Market Disruption Event, then such Market Disruption Event shall no longer be deemed to be in effect; provided , that (A) the Borrower shall not be permitted to submit any such request more than once in any 30 day period and (B) nothing contained in this Section 3.03 or the failure to provide confirmation of the continued effectiveness of such Market Disruption Event shall in any way affect the Required Lenders’ right to provide any additional notices of a Market Disruption Event as provided in this Section 3.03 .

3.04 Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans .

(a) Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement contemplated by Section 3.04(e) ), the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent;

(ii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(iii) impose on any Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense

 

65


(excluding any Tax described in the parenthetical contained in clause (ii)  preceding) affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan the interest on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to increase the cost to such Lender of making or participating (or of maintaining its obligation to make or participate in any Swing Line Loan) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, the Borrower will pay to such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered; provided that as to any Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent seeking compensation under this Section 3.04(a) , such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent shall only be so compensated to the extent such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent is then generally seeking such compensation from similarly situated customers under agreements relating to similar credit transactions that include provisions similar to this Section 3.04(a) and the definition of “ Change in Law ”.

(b) Capital Requirements . If any Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or any Limited Fronting Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or such Limited Fronting Lender or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s, the Fronting L/C Issuer’s or such Limited Fronting Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s, the Fronting L/C Issuer’s or such Limited Fronting Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s, the Fronting L/C Issuer’s or such Limited Fronting Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans held by, such Lender (whether as participant or issuer) or such Limited Fronting Lender, or the Fronting Letters of Credit issued by the Fronting L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or such Limited Fronting Lender or such Lender’s, the L/C Issuer’s or such Limited Fronting Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s, the Fronting L/C Issuer’s or such Limited Fronting Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s, the Fronting L/C Issuer’s or such Limited Fronting Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or such Limited Fronting Lender, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or such Limited Fronting Lender or such Lender’s, the Fronting L/C Issuer’s or such Limited Fronting

 

66


Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered; provided that as to any Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent seeking compensation under this Section 3.04(b) , such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent shall only be so compensated to the extent such Lender, the Fronting L/C issuer or the Several L/C Agent is then generally seeking such compensation from similarly situated customers under agreements relating to similar credit transactions that include provisions similar to this Section 3.04(b) and the definition of “ Change in Law ”.

(c) Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of a Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or a Limited Fronting Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or such Limited Fronting Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a)  or (b)  of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or such Limited Fronting Lender, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or any Limited Fronting Lender to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s, the L/C Issuer’s or such Limited Fronting Lender’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or a Limited Fronting Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or such Limited Fronting Lender, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s, the L/C Issuer’s or such Limited Fronting Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180 day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

(e) Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans . The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “ Eurocurrency liabilities ”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrower shall have received at least 10 days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice 10 days’ prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable 10 days’ from receipt of such notice.

3.05 Compensation for Losses . Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);

 

67


(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower; or

(c) any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 10.13 ;

including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05 , each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

3.06 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .

(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or requires the Borrower to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent pursuant to Section 3.01 , or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , then at the request of the Borrower such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent shall, as applicable, use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts then or thereafter payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04 , as the case may be, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as the case may be, to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as the case may be. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional

 

68


amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 3.06(a) , the Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 10.13 .

3.07 Survival . All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder, and resignation of the Administrative Agent.

Article IV.

Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions

4.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension . The obligation of the Fronting L/C Issuer and each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or telecopies (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (unless otherwise specified), each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:

(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement, sufficient m number for distribution to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Borrower;

(ii) a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note;

(iii) the Guaranty executed by the Guarantor;

(iv) such customary certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of the Borrower and the Guarantor as the Administrative Agent may require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(v) such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that the Borrower and the Guarantor are duly organized or formed, and that the Borrower and the Guarantor are validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where the conduct of their business requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(vi) opinions of in-house counsel and Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, each counsel to the Borrower, with respect to the Borrower and the Guarantor, and Day Pitney LLP, Connecticut counsel to the Guarantor, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender;

 

69


(vii) a certificate (which certificate shall be true and correct) signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying (A) that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and 4.02(b) have been satisfied, (B) that there has been no event or circumstance since the date of the Audited Financial Statements that has had or would be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; (C) the current Debt Ratings; and (D) that the Borrower has Closing Date Liquidity of not less than $500,000,000;

(viii) evidence that the Existing Credit Agreement has been or concurrently with the Closing Date is being terminated and repaid in full and all Liens securing obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement have been or concurrently with the Closing Date are being released;

(ix) evidence of the repayment of intercompany Debt owing by the Borrower to certain of its Subsidiaries (which Debt is described on Schedule 4.01 ) in an aggregate amount that causes such intercompany Debt not to exceed $500,000,000;

(x) evidence that the intercompany Debt owing by the Borrower or the Guarantor to ING Groep N.V. or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Subsidiaries of the Borrower) (A) has been converted to common equity of the Borrower or the Guarantor or (B) to the extent such Debt remains outstanding, has been amended or modified to have a stated maturity date occurring after the first anniversary of the Commitment Termination Date and otherwise has terms and conditions substantially similar to the terms and conditions of such Debt prior to the amendment or modification thereof that extends the stated maturity date thereof;

(xi) evidence that Debt Ratings are not less than BBB- from S&P and not less than Baa3 from Moody’s (and if such rating is BBB- from S&P or Baa3 from Moody’s, that neither is on negative watch);

(xii) the Audited Financial Statements;

(xiii) such other customary assurances, certificates, documents or consents as the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, the Swing Line Lender or the Required Lenders may reasonably require.

(b) Any fees required to be paid on or before the Closing Date pursuant to the Loan Documents shall have been paid.

(c) Unless waived by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall have paid all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent (directly to such counsel if requested by the Administrative Agent) to the extent invoiced two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of such fees,

 

70


charges and disbursements as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings ( provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).

(d) The Closing Date shall have occurred on or before April 30, 2012.

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 9.03 , for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01 , each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

4.02 Conditions to all Credit Extensions . The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Committed Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article V or any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that those representations and warranties which are qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that those representations and warranties which are qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 4.02 , the representations and warranties contained in subsection (a)  of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a)  and (b) , respectively, of Section 6.01 ; provided that after the Closing Date the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5.05(b) or Section 5.06 shall not be required to be true or correct.

(b) No Default shall then exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.

(c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Committed Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b)  have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

 

71


Article V.

Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power . The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and, as applicable, in good standing (to the extent such concept is applicable) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c) , to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.02 Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and the Guarantor of each Loan Document to which it is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of the Borrower’s or the Guarantor’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien (other than a Lien permitted hereby) under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which the Borrower or the Guarantor is a party or affecting the properties of Borrower or the Guarantor, which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which the Borrower, the Guarantor or its respective property is subject which would be both material and adverse to the Lenders; or (c) violate any Law the effect of which would be both material and adverse to the Lenders.

5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents . No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, the Borrower or the Guarantor of any Loan Document to which it is a party.

5.04 Binding Effect . This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document to which the Borrower is a party, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which the Borrower is a party when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms except to the extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws generally affecting creditors’ rights and by equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law). The Guaranty, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by the Guarantor. The Guaranty when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor, enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except to the

 

72


extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws generally affecting creditors’ rights and by equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).

5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .

(a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Debt to the extent required to be shown pursuant to GAAP.

(b) Since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.06 Litigation . Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.06 , there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower threatened, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or that affects the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

5.07 No Default . No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

5.08 Environmental Compliance . Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.08 , the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are not subject to any claim alleging liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law in connection with their respective businesses, operations and properties, except for claims which, if adversely determined, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.09 Taxes . The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all Federal, state and other tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal, state and other taxes, assessments, fees and other charges levied or imposed by a Government Authority upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except (a) those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP, and (b) those for which failure to file or non-payment would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

73


5.10 ERISA Compliance .

(a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state laws. Each Pension Plan that is intended to be a qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that the form of such Plan is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and the trust related thereto has been determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be exempt from federal income tax under Section 501(a) of the Code, or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the Internal Revenue Service. To the best knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred that would prevent or cause the loss of such tax-qualified status.

(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred, and neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate is aware of any fact, event or circumstance that would reasonably be expected to constitute or result in an ERISA Event with respect to any Pension Plan; (ii) the Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate has met all applicable requirements under the Pension Funding Rules in respect of each Pension Plan, and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the Pension Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained; (iii) as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is 60% or higher and neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate knows of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage for any such plan to drop below 60% as of the most recent valuation date; (iv) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability to the PBGC other than for the payment of premiums, and there are no premium payments which have become due that are unpaid; (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or Section 4212(c) of ERISA; and (vi) no Pension Plan has been terminated by the plan administrator thereof nor by the PBGC, and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that could reasonably be expected to cause the PBGC to institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate any Pension Plan.

5.11 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .

(a) The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock.

(b) The Borrower is not and is not required to be registered as an “ investment company ” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

74


5.12 Disclosure . No written information or written data (excluding any forecasts, projections, budgets, estimates and general market or industry data) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished or publicly disclosed by the Borrower) when provided and when taken as a whole with all other information or data provided, furnished or disclosed by the Borrower contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, (i) with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time (it being understood and agreed that forecasts, estimates and projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts or guaranties of future performance, that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections may differ from the projected results and that such differences may be material and that the Borrower makes no representation that such representations will in fact be realized) and (ii) as to statements, information and reports specified as having been derived by the Borrower from third parties, other than Affiliates of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the Borrower represents only that it has no knowledge of any material misstatement therein.

5.13 Compliance with Laws . The Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.14 OFAC . Neither the Borrower, the Guarantor nor any of their respective Subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the United States Department of State; and the Borrower, the Guarantor and their respective Subsidiaries will not directly or indirectly use any proceeds of any Credit Extension hereunder for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any such sanctions.

Article VI.

Affirmative Covenants

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01 , 6.02 , and 6.03 ) cause each Subsidiary to:

6.01 Financial Statements . Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, if earlier, 15 days after the date required to be filed with the SEC (without giving effect to any extension permitted by the SEC)) (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012), a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “ going concern ” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;

 

75


(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, if earlier, 5 days after the date required to be filed with the SEC (without giving effect to any extension permitted by the SEC)) (commencing with the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2012, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, the related consolidated statements of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, and the related consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, in each case setting forth in comparative form, as applicable, the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) within 5 days after filing with the Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority and in any event within 90 days after the end of each year (except with respect to Security Life of Denver International Limited, which shall be provided by June 30 th after the end of each year), the annual Statutory Statement of each Insurance Subsidiary for such year, certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of such Insurance Subsidiary as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial position of such Insurance Subsidiary for such year in accordance with SAP;

(d) within 5 days after filing with the Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each year, the quarterly Statutory Statement of each Insurance Subsidiary for such period, certified by one of the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of such Insurance Subsidiary as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial position of such Insurance Subsidiary for such period in accordance with SAP;

 

76


As to any information contained in materials furnished pursuant to Section 6.02(c) , the Borrower shall not be separately required to furnish such information under clause (a)  or (b)  above, but the foregoing shall not be in derogation of the obligation of the Borrower to furnish the information and materials described in clause (a)  or (b)  above at the times specified therein.

6.02 Certificates; Other Information . Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:

(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and 6.01(b) (commencing with the delivery of the financial statements for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2012), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by one of the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower (which delivery may, unless the Administrative Agent or a Lender requests executed originals, be by electronic communication including fax or email and shall be deemed to be an original authentic counterpart thereof for all purposes);

(b) promptly after the same are available (to the extent not publicly available on EDGAR), any registration statements filed by the Borrower with the SEC in connection with an initial public offering of its capital stock, and after any such initial public offering, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the shareholders of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto; and

(c) promptly, except to the extent prohibited by applicable Law, regulatory policy, or regulatory restriction (as determined in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Borrower), such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) from time to time may reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(b) or Section 6.02(b) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon its reasonable request to the Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender (by facsimile or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e ., soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative

 

77


Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery of or to maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request by a Lender for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make available to the Lenders, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on Debt Domain, IntraLinks, SyndTrak, or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws ( provided , however , that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 10.07 ); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information;” and (z) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.”

6.03 Notices . Promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a) of the occurrence of any Event of Default;

(b) of (i) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between the Borrower or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority or (ii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws, in each case to the extent permitted by law and to the extent that such matter would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event;

(d) of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, other than changes required or provided for pursuant to GAAP or applicable regulations or changes disclosed in reports provided or made available to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01 or 6.02 ; and

(e) of any public announcement by Moody’s or S&P of any change in a Debt Rating.

 

78


Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 (other than Section 6.03(e) ) shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.

6.04 Payment of Obligations . Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless (i) the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Borrower or such Subsidiary or (ii) the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property, except to the extent that such Lien is permitted hereby or failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) all Debt, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Debt, except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.03 or 7.04 or except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.06 Maintenance of Properties . In a manner consistent with that used by other Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (a) maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.07 Maintenance of Insurance . Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower (except any self-insurance to the extent and in any amount consistent with prudent market practice for a same or similar business), insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons, except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

79


6.08 Compliance with Laws . Comply with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.09 Books and Records . (a) Maintain books of record and account, in accordance with good accounting practices on the basis of GAAP in all material respects; and (b) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

6.10 Inspection Rights . Except to the extent prohibited by applicable Law, regulatory policy or regulatory restriction (in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Borrower), no more than twice a year and at their own expense (unless an Event of Default then exists in which case there shall be no limit so long as the Event of Default exists) permit representatives of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate and financial records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its financial condition, business and corporate affairs with its Responsible Officers, all at such reasonable times during normal business hours, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided , however , that when an Event of Default then exists the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.

6.11 Use of Proceeds . (a) Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions made on the Closing Date (i) to refinance existing Debt (including intercompany Debt owing by and among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries), (ii) for the issuance of Letters of Credit to replace letters of credit issued pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement (or to backstop such letters of credit pending their replacement), (iii) to pay fees and expenses and (iv) for working capital and other lawful corporate purposes, and (b) following the Closing Date, use the proceeds of any Credit Extensions for working capital and any other lawful corporate purposes, including to use Letters of Credit to secure and support reserve requirements under insurance and reinsurance agreements entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary and for any other lawful corporate purposes. It is the express intent of the parties, without limiting the foregoing use of proceeds, that proceeds of Credit Extensions are not to be used to refinance debt of the Borrower in situations where the Borrower is unable to obtain its ordinary course business funding requirements in the financial markets.

 

80


Article VII.

Negative Covenants

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

7.01 Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, including any of the capital stock of any of its Subsidiaries, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:

(a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document or the Term Loan Agreement;

(b) Liens existing on the date hereof securing Non-Operating Debt and listed on Schedule 7.01 ;

(c) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP or for which the failure to pay would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(e) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;

(f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Debt), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;

(h) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business that do not secure Debt;

(i) purchase money Liens;

(j) Liens on cash or securities securing Debt owing to a Federal Reserve Bank or a Federal Home Loan Bank;

(k) Liens on any property existing prior to the acquisition of such property so long as such Lien was not created in anticipation of such acquisition and does not attach to any other property;

(l) Liens on cash or securities securing swap contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

81


(m) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business on deposit, custody and securities accounts;

(n) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(j) ;

(o) Liens securing Operating Debt arising out of deposits of cash or securities into collateral trusts or reinsurance trusts with ceding companies or insurance regulators or as otherwise entered in the ordinary course of business;

(p) Liens securing Operating Debt on cash or securities incurred in connection with repurchase, reverse repurchase and securities lending transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(q) Liens (not securing Debt) in favor of a Governmental Authority, as contemplated by the rules and regulations issued by a Governmental Authority which the Borrower or any Insurance Subsidiary is required to comply in order to remain licensed;

(r) Liens securing Operating Debt arising under escrows, trusts, custodianships, separate accounts, funds withheld procedures, and similar deposits, arrangements or agreements established with respect to insurance policies, annuities, guaranteed investment contracts and similar products underwritten by, or reinsurance agreements entered into by, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(s) Liens on securitized assets so long as such Liens do not encumber any other property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(t) Liens securing Debt or other obligations owed by (i) the Borrower to any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Borrower, or (iii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower to any Subsidiary of the Borrower;

(u) other Liens securing Operating Debt incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(v) other Liens securing Non-Operating Debt in an amount that does not exceed $500,000,000 at any time; and

(w) Liens securing the refinancing of any Debt or other obligations secured by a Lien permitted hereunder so long as such Liens do not attach to any additional property in connection with such refinancing.

7.02 Indebtedness . Allow the Subsidiaries of the Borrower to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt for borrowed money in an aggregate amount in excess of $250,000,000, except:

(a) Operating Debt;

 

82


(b) Debt of any Subsidiary of the Borrower owing to the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower (but including any Debt owing to any other Affiliate of the Borrower);

(c) Debt of a registered mutual fund or alternative investment vehicle that is only recourse to such fund or vehicle or to capital commitments made to such fund or vehicle; and

(d) So long as the Guaranty has not been released, Debt for borrowed money of the Guarantor.

7.03 Fundamental Changes . Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, except that, so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom:

(a) any Subsidiary may merge with (i) the Borrower, provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, or (ii) any one or more other Subsidiaries or Persons that become Subsidiaries, provided that when any wholly-owned Subsidiary is merging with another Subsidiary that would not be a wholly-owned Subsidiary, the wholly-owned Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person; and

(b) any Subsidiary may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a wholly-owned Subsidiary, then the transferee must either be the Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary.

7.04 Asset Sales . Sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of the stock, operations, or business assets of (a) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an amount that, individually or in the aggregate, equals or exceeds the sum of (i) 35% of the consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011, plus (ii) the outstanding and unpaid balance of the term loan made pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement at the time of such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition, or (b) an Insurance Subsidiary if the statutory surplus of such Insurance Subsidiary equals or exceeds (i) 35% of the consolidated or combined statutory surplus of all Insurance Subsidiaries of the Borrower as of December 31, 2011, plus (ii) the outstanding and unpaid balance of the term loan made pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement at the time of such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition; provided that the 35% contained in clauses (a)(i) and (b)(i) above shall be increased to 50% if, within three (3) Business Days of the actual receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds from any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of the stock, operations, or business assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the Borrower applies such Net Cash Proceeds for the following purposes and in the following order of priority: first , to make any prepayment required by Section 7.04 of the Term Loan Agreement, second , to reduce the amount of the Committed Loan Sublimit (without reduction of the Aggregate Commitments), and third , to reduce the Aggregate Commitments. If, as a result of this Section 7.04 , the Outstanding Amount of Committed Loans exceeds the Committed Loan Sublimit or the Total Outstandings exceed the Aggregate Commitments, then the Borrower shall prepay or Cash Collateralize such excess in accordance with Section 2.05(c) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition by any Insurance Subsidiary, in which the Net Cash Proceeds, if any, thereof are retained by such Insurance Subsidiary, shall not be deemed to be a sale, transfer, lease or other disposition for purposes of this Section 7.04 .

 

83


7.05 Restricted Payments . Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation to do so, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom; provided that following the capital stock of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect holding company of the Borrower, all or substantially all the assets of which consist of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) being sold in an initial public offering or the Borrower (or any direct or indirect holding company of the Borrower, all or substantially all the assets of which consist of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) becoming subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 pursuant to Sections 12(b) , 12(g) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (excluding becoming subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 solely due to the issuance of debt securities), the payment of any dividend or distribution shall be permitted within 90 days of the date of declaration, if at the date of declaration of such payment no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

7.06 Arrangements to Restrict Payments . Permit any Operating Subsidiary to enter into any consensual arrangement that limits such Operating Subsidiary’s ability to make dividend payments or other distributions or otherwise transfer assets to the Borrower, except (a) any such arrangement entered into prior to the date of this Agreement and described on Schedule 7.06 , (b) any such arrangement entered into by an Operating Subsidiary with a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Operating Subsidiary; (c) any such usual and customary arrangement entered into by a joint venture in which such Operating Subsidiary is a joint venturer; and (d) any such arrangement restricting any mutual fund or investment fund managed or advised by such Operating Subsidiary.

7.07 Transactions with Affiliates . Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on terms substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Borrower or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Guarantee Agreement shall be permitted hereunder.

7.08 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U or Regulation X of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund Debt originally incurred for such purpose.

7.09 Financial Covenants .

(a) Net Worth . Permit Net Worth at any time to be less than the sum of (i) $7,319,175,000, (ii) an amount equal to 75% of any increase in Net Worth after the date hereof by reason of any conversion of debt securities of the Borrower into common stock or other ownership interests of the Borrower, (iii) an amount equal to 50% of any increase in Net Worth of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries after December 31, 2011 by

 

84


reason of the issuance and sale of common stock or other ownership interests of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and (iv) an amount equal to 50% of the Net Income earned in each full fiscal quarter ending after December 31, 2011 (with no deduction for a net loss in any such fiscal quarter).

(b) Debt to Capital Ratio . Permit the ratio of the total amount of Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to the amount of Total Capitalization of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to be greater than 35% as to the last day of any fiscal quarter.

(c) Minimum Continuing Liquidity . Permit Continuing Liquidity at any time to be less than $500,000,000; provided that, if, at any time, (i) all obligations owing under the Term Loan Agreement have been repaid in full, and (ii) either (A) the Borrower has a Debt Rating of at least BBB- from S&P and at least Baa3 from Moody’s (and if the rating is BBB- from S&P or Baa3 from Moody’s, neither is on negative watch) or (B)(l) there are no Committed Loans outstanding and no commercial paper outstanding that is backstopped by the Committed Loan Sublimit, (2) there is no Debt for borrowed money outstanding and owing by the Borrower to any of its Subsidiaries, and (3) any Debt for borrowed money owing by the Borrower to ING Verzekeringen N.V. or any of its other Affiliates does not exceed the amount of any such Debt on the Closing Date (after giving effect to the Credit Extensions made on the Closing Date and the use of the proceeds thereof), then this Section 7.09(c) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect.

Article VIII.

Events of Default and Remedies

8.01 Events of Default . Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

(a) Non-Payment . The Borrower fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation or (ii) within three days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Obligation, any fee due hereunder or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants . The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.03(a) or 6.05 (as to the Borrower) or Article VII ; or

(c) Other Defaults . The Borrower fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a)  or (b)  above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent; or

(d) Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect (or incorrect in any material respect if such representation or warranty is not qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect) when made or deemed made; provided that any restatement of the Audited Financial

 

85


Statements pursuant to financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 shall not cause any representation or warranty set forth in Section 5.05(a) to be incorrect at the time made unless such restatement is material and adverse to the Lenders; or

(e) Cross-Default . (i) The Borrower or any Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Debt or Guarantee (other than with respect to (I) the Obligations, (II) Debt under Swap Contracts, (III) a downgrade of Debt Ratings under the Collateral Note Facility, and (IV) Operating Debt which is recourse only to a Subsidiary of the Borrower which is a special purpose life insurance captive vehicle) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) exceeding the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any Debt or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Debt or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Debt to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Debt to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded, if the aggregate principal amount of such Debt or Guarantee exceeds the Threshold Amount; or (ii) the Borrower or any Subsidiary fails to make when due one or more required payments under one or more Swap Contracts (whether as a result of the occurrence of an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) or otherwise) in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount, and, in the case of any failure or default described in this Section 8.01(e) , such failure or default has not been cured by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or waived prior to the exercising of any remedies pursuant to Section 8.02 ; or

(f) Collateral Note Facility . There occurs a downgrade of Debt Ratings, which causes the Collateral Note Facility to be due within 120 days of such downgrade and the Borrower fails to refinance the Collateral Note Facility within 110 days of such acceleration of the Collateral Note Facility, it being understood that such refinancing of the Collateral Note Facility may, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, be effected through the issuance of one or more Letters of Credit hereunder; or

(g) Term Loan Agreement . The occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined therein) under the Term Loan Agreement.

(h) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. The Borrower or any Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the

 

86


application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(i) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment . (i) The Borrower or the Guarantor becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 30 days after its issue or levy; or

(j) Judgments . There is entered against the Borrower or any Subsidiary (i) one or more non-appealable final judgments or orders by a court of competent jurisdiction for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments or orders) exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments by a court of competent jurisdiction that have, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) such judgment or order is not paid within 60 days or there is a period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

(k) ERISA . (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

(l) Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or the Borrower, the Guarantor or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document; or the Borrower or the Guarantor denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any Loan Document; or

(m) Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control.

 

87


8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default . If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

(a) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans, any obligation of the Fronting L/C Issuer or each Lender, as applicable, to make L/C Credit Extensions and any obligation of the Swing Line Lender or any Lender, as applicable, to make, maintain or participate in Swing Line Loans to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

(c) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

(d) exercise on behalf of itself, the Lenders, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent all rights and remedies available to it, the Lenders, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent under the Loan Documents;

provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans, any obligation of the Fronting L/C Issuer or each Lender, as applicable, to make L/C Credit Extensions and any obligation of the Swing Line Lender or any Lender, as applicable, to make, maintain or participate in Swing Line Loans shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

8.03 Application of Funds . After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02 ), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall, subject to the provisions of Sections 2.15 and 2.16 , be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article III ) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders and the Fronting L/C Issuer (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and the Fronting L/C Issuer and amounts payable under Article III ), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

 

88


Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans, Unreimbursed Amounts and other Obligations, ratably among the Lenders and the Fronting L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and Unreimbursed Amounts, ratably among the Lenders and the Fronting L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth , to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Lenders, as applicable, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit to the extent not otherwise Cash Collateralized by the Borrower pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 2.15 ; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Sections 2.01(c) and 2.15 , amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

Article IX.

Administrative Agent

9.01 Appointment and Authority .

(a) Each of the Lenders, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article IX are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Fronting L/C Issuer, and the Several L/C Agent, and neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor shall have rights as a third-party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

(b) The Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to the Fronted Letters of Credit or the Several Letters of Credit, as applicable, and the documents associated therewith, and the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article IX with respect to any

 

89


acts taken or omissions suffered by the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in this Article IX and in the definition of “Agent-Related Person” included the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent, as applicable.

9.02 Rights as a Lender . The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

9.03 Exculpatory Provisions . The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith

 

90


shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 10.01 and 8.02 ) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent.

The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

9.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the Fronting L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the Fronting L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

9.05 Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and non-appealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

 

91


9.06 Resignation of Administrative Agent .

(a) The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States, subject to the acceptance of such appointment by such successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “ Resignation Effective Date ”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) on behalf of the Lenders, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above, subject to the acceptance of such appointment by such successor. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.

(b) If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d)  of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, by notice in writing to the Borrower and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and, in consultation with the Borrower, appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “ Removal Effective Date ”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.

(c) With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (i) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (ii) except for any indemnity payments or other amounts then owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or removed) Administrative Agent (other than as provided in Section 3.01(g) and other than any rights to indemnity payments or other amounts owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent as of the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date, as applicable), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or

 

92


removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 10.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

(d) Any resignation by Bank of America as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as Fronting L/C Issuer, Several L/C Agent and the Swing Line Lender.

(e) If Bank of America resigns as Fronting L/C Issuer or Several L/C Agent, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.01(c) . If Bank of America resigns as the Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c) . In the event of any such resignation as Fronting L/C Issuer, Several L/C Agent or Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor Fronting L/C Issuer, Several L/C Agent or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided , however , that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America as Fronting L/C Issuer, Several L/C Agent or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. Upon the appointment by the Borrower of a successor Fronting L/C Issuer, Several L/C Agent or Swing Line Lender hereunder (which successor shall in all cases be a Lender other than a Defaulting Lender), (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Fronting L/C Issuer, Several L/C Agent or Swing Line Lender, as applicable, (ii) the retiring Fronting L/C Issuer, Several L/C Agent and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (iii) the successor Fronting L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Fronted Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory Bank of America to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Fronted Letters of Credit.

9.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

93


9.08 No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Arrangers, Book Managers, Syndication Agents or Documentation Agents listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or the Swing Line Lender hereunder.

9.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to the Borrower or the Guarantor, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.01(i) and 2.01(j) , 2.09 and 10.04 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04 .

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

 

94


9.10 Release of Guaranty . Provided that no Event of Default then exists, the Lenders, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Borrower, to release (and the Administrative Agent shall release) the Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if at the time of such release (including as the result of a payment made concurrently with such release), the Debt for borrowed money of Subsidiaries of the Borrower (other than (a) Operating Debt and other Debt of any Subsidiary of the Borrower owing to the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower (but including any Debt owing to any other Affiliate of the Borrower) and (b) Debt of a registered mutual fund or alternative investment vehicle that is only recourse to such fund or vehicle or to capital commitments made to such fund or vehicle) does not exceed an aggregate amount equal to $250,000,000.

Article X.

Miscellaneous

10.01 Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or the Guarantor therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower or the Guarantor, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) waive any condition set forth in Section 4.01 without the written consent of each Lender;

(b) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02 ) without the written consent of such Lender;

(c) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment or mandatory prepayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) or any scheduled or mandatory reduction of the Aggregate Commitments hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or Unreimbursed Amount, or (subject to clause (iv)  of the second proviso to this Section 10.01 ) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided , however , that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be required to amend the definition of “ Default Rate ” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate;

(e) change Section 8.03 or any other provision of this Agreement in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;

 

95


(f) change any provision of this Section or the definition of “ Required Lenders ” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender; or

(g) release the Guaranty except in accordance with Section 9.10 , without the written consent of each Lender.

and, provided further , that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or each Limited Fronting Lender, as applicable, in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or such Limited Fronting Lender, as applicable, under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (iv) the Fee Letters may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender disproportionately adversely relative to other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

10.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication .

(a) Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b)  below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 ; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire

 

96


(including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the Borrower).

Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b)  below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b) .

(b) Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent pursuant to Article II if such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or the Borrower may each, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “ return receipt requested ” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i)  of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefore; provided that, for both clauses (i)  and (ii) , if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice, email or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient.

(c) The Platform . THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD

 

97


PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any Agent-Related Person (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s, the Guarantor’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet.

(d) Change of Address, Etc. Each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent and the Swing Line Lender may change its address, facsimile or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, facsimile or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent and the Swing Line Lender. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, facsimile number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.

(e) Reliance by Administrative Agent, Fronting L/C Issuer, Several L/C Agent, Swing Line Lender and Lenders . The Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, the Swing Line Lender and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic or electronic Committed Loan Notices, Letter of Credit Applications and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, the Swing Line Lender and the Lenders and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement . No failure by any Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no

 

98


delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Borrower or the Guarantor shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 8.02 for the benefit of all the Lenders, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, any Limited Fronting Lender and the Swing Line Lender; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, any Limited Fronting Lender or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, a Limited Fronting Lender or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 10.08 (subject to the terms of Section 2.13 ), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to the Borrower or the Guarantor under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided , further , that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.02 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b) , (c)  and (d)  of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.13 , any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

10.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

(a) Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and the Agent-Related Persons (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or any Limited Fronting Lender in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or any Limited Fronting Lender (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the

 

99


Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or any Limited Fronting Lender), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

(b) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of one firm of primary counsel for the Administrative Agent and one firm of primary counsel for the other Indemnitees, unless such other Indemnitees cannot be represented by one primary firm due to conflicts of interest, in which case the other Indemnitees shall be indemnified from and against and reimbursed for the reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of such number of other counsel as are necessary in light of such conflicts of interest), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including in respect of any matters addressed in Section 3.01 ), (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), or (iii) any other claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF THE INDEMNITEE ; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, (y) result from a claim brought by the Borrower against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrower has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or (z) any action, claim, litigation or proceeding solely among the Indemnified Parties so long as such action, claim, litigation or proceeding is not attributable to any act or omission by the Borrower. Without limiting the provisions of Section 3.01(c) , this Section 10.04(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.

 

100


(c) Reimbursement by Lenders . To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a)  or (b)  of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, the Swing Line Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing (but without limiting the obligation of the Borrower under such subsection), each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, the Swing Line Lender or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought based on each Lender’s Applicable Percentage at such time) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender), provided, further that, the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or the Swing Line Lender in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or the Swing Line Lender in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c)  are subject to the provisions of Section 2.12(d) .

(d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, and acknowledges that no other Person shall have, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b)  above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(e) Payments . All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.

(f) Survival . The agreements in this Section and the indemnity provisions of Section 10.02(e) shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent and the Swing Line Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

 

101


10.05 Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, any Limited Fronting Lender or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, any Limited Fronting Lender or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, any Limited Fronting Lender or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent, any Limited Fronting Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent and any Limited Fronting Lender under clause (b)  of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

10.06 Successors and Assigns .

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b)  of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d)  of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f)  of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d)  of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

102


(b) Assignments by Lenders . Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this subsection (b) , participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts .

(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B) in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $10,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(ii) Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii)  shall not apply to rights in respect of the Swing Line Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of Swing Line Loans;

(iii) Required Consents . No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:

(A) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof;

(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender; and

(C) the consent of the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent and the Swing Line Lender shall be required for any assignment.

(iv) Assignment and Assumption . The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and

 

103


Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided , however , that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

(v) No Assignment to Certain Persons . No such assignment shall be made (A) to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries, or (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B) , or (C) to a natural person.

(vi) Certain Additional Payments . In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c)  of this Section , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 , 3.05 , and 10.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment; provided , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Upon request, the

 

104


Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d)  of this Section.

(c) Register . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower (and such agency being solely for tax purposes), shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it (or the equivalent thereof in electronic form) and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person, a Defaulting Lender or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section 10.04(c) without regard to the existence of any participation.

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that affects such Participant. The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b)  of this Section (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 3.01(e) shall be delivered to the Lender who sells the participation) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b)  of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.06 and 10.13 as if it were an assignee under subsection (b)  of this Section and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment

 

105


under Sections 3.01 or 3.04 , with respect to any participation, than the Lender from whom it acquired the applicable participation would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 3.06 with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f 103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(e) Limitations upon Participant Rights . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 , than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 3.01(e) as though it were a Lender.

(f) Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(g) Resignation as Fronting L/C Issuer, Several L/C Agent or Swing Line Lender after Assignment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank of America assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to subsection (b)  above, Bank of America may, (i) upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as Fronting L/C Issuer or Several L/C Agent and/or (ii) upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower, resign as Swing Line Lender. In the event of any such resignation as Fronting L/C Issuer, Several L/C Agent or Swing Line Lender, the

 

106


Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor Fronting L/C Issuer, Several L/C Agent or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided , however , that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America as Fronting L/C Issuer, Several L/C Agent or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. If Bank of America resigns as Fronting L/C Issuer or Several L/C Agent, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the Fronting L/C Issuer or Several L/C Agent hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as Fronting L/C Issuer or Several L/C Agent and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Committed Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.01(c) ). If Bank of America resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Committed Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c) . Upon the appointment of a successor Fronting L/C Issuer, Several L/C Agent and/or Swing Line Lender, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Fronting L/C Issuer, Several L/C Agent or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, and (b) the successor Fronting L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of Credit.

10.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Related Parties on a need-to-know basis (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent required or requested by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Person or its Related Parties (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) (in which case the disclosing party agrees, to the extent practicable and permitted by applicable law, to notify the Borrower promptly prior to such disclosure), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (t) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement or any Eligible Assignee invited to be a Lender pursuant to Section 2.14(d) or (ii) any actual or prospective party (including a trustee) (or its Related Parties) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder, (g) on a confidential basis to (i) any rating agency in connection with rating the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the credit facilities provided hereunder, (ii) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers or other market identifiers with respect to the credit facilities provided hereunder or (iii) such Person’s

 

107


auditors on a need-to-know basis in connection with the audit of such Person’s books and records, (h) with the consent of the Borrower or (i) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower. For purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws.

10.08 Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or the Guarantor, as the case may be, excluding any custodial, trust or special reserve accounts, against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower or the Guarantor, as the case may be, now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or their respective Affiliates, irrespective of whether or not such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower or the Guarantor, as the case may be, may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch, office or Affiliate of such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer or the Several L/C Agent different from the branch, office or Affiliate holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided that , in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.16 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent

 

108


and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender, the Fronting L/C Issuer and the Several L/C Agent agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

10.09 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or the L/C Obligations or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

10.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic imaging means ( e.g . “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

10.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan, the L/C Obligations or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

10.12 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the

 

109


remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.12, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, the Fronting L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

10.13 Replacement of Lenders . If the Borrower is entitled to replace a Lender pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.06 or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.06 ), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Sections 3.01 and 3.04 ) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:

(a) the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 10.06(b) ;

(b) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Obligations, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05 ) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

(c) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;

(d) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws; and

(e) in the case of an assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

 

110


10.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

(a) GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN) AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF IN ANY ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING OF ANY KIND OR DESCRIPTION, WHETHER IN LAW OR EQUITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT OR OTHERWISE IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATING HERETO OR THERETO, AND AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.

(c) WAIVER OF VENUE . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B)  OF THIS SECTION . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(d) SERVICE OF PROCESS . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 10.02 . NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

10.15 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE

 

111


LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

10.16 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i)(A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii)(A) the Administrative Agent, each of the Arrangers and each of the Lenders each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) none of the Administrative Agent, any Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and none of the Administrative Agent, any Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower or its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

10.17 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents . The words “ execution ,” “ signed ,” “ signature ,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

112


10.18 General Guarantee Agreement . The Administrative Agent and Lenders agree that the General Guarantee Agreement shall not apply to any Borrowing or other obligation under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not be entitled to enforce any rights under the General Guarantee Agreement with respect to any Borrowing or other obligation under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent and Lenders waive all rights and remedies they may have under the General Guarantee Agreement with respect to any Borrowing or obligation under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, any Borrowing or other obligation under this Agreement is not an Obligation as defined in the General Guarantee Agreement. This Section 10.18 does not in any way limit any obligation of the Guarantor under the Guaranty.

10.19 USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act ( Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower and any other Applicant, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and any other Applicant and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower and any other Applicant in accordance with the Act. The Borrower and any other Applicant shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.

10.20 ENTIRE AGREEMENT . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.

 

113


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ING AMERICA INSURANCE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ David S. Pendegrass

  Name:   David S. Pendegrass
  Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer
By:  

/s/ Spencer T. Shell

  Name:   Spencer T. Shell
  Title:   Vice President and Assistant Treasurer

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Aamir Saleem

  Name:   Aamir Saleem
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ M.E.R. Sharman

  Name:   M.E.R. Sharman
  Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ M. Groen

  Name:   M. Groen
  Title:   Director

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Jason Cassit

  Name:   Jason Cassit
  Title:   Director

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


CITIBANK, N.A. , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Maureen P. Maroney

  Name:   Maureen P. Maroney
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Brijendra Grewal

  Name:   Brijendra Grewal
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ John S. McGill

  Name:   John S. McGill
  Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Virginia Cosenza

  Name:   Virginia Cosenza
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Patricia Lloyd

  Name:   Patricia Lloyd
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Joseph W. Lux

  Name:   Joseph W. Lux
  Title:   Managing Director

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


BARCLAYS BANK PLC , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Michael Mozer

  Name:   Michael Mozer
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Mary E. Evans

  Name:   Mary E. Evans
  Title:  

Associate Director

Banking Products Services, US

By:  

/s/ Joselin Fernandez

  Name:   Joselin Fernandez
  Title:  

Associate Director

Banking Products Services, US

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Evans Glass

  Name:   Evans Glass
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


SUNTRUST BANK , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Douglas C. O’Bryan

  Name:   Douglas C. O’Bryan
  Title:   Director

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Heather Lindstrom

  Name:   Heather Lindstrom
  Title:   Managing Director

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


CREDIT SUISSE AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Karl Studer

  Name:   Karl Studer
  Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Bill O’Daly

  Name:   Bill O’Daly
  Title:   Director

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Mark Walton

  Name:   Mark Walton
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Michael King

  Name:   Michael King
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


STANDARD CHARTERED BANK, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ James Curtis

  Name:   James Curtis
  Title:   Director

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Charles Kornberger

  Name:   Charles Kornberger
  Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Gina Harth-Cryde

  Name:   Gina Harth-Cryde
  Title:   Managing Director

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


LLYODS TSB BANK PLC, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Julia R. Franklin

  Name:   Julia R. Franklin
  Title:   Vice President F014
By:  

/s/ Dannis McClellan

  Name:   Dannis McClellan
  Title:   Assistant Vice President M040

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ William R. McDonnell

  Name:   William R. McDonnell
  Title:   Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Thane Rattew

  Name:   Thane Rattew
  Title:   Managing Director

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Glenn Schuermann

  Name:   Glenn Schuermann
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Karen Hanke

  Name:   Karen Hanke
  Title:   Director

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Andrei Bourdine

  Name:   Andrei Bourdine
  Title:   Assistant Vice President

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


NATIONAL AUSTRALIA BANK LIMITED, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Helen Hsu

  Name:   Helen Hsu
  Title:   Director

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


BNP PARIBAS, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Michael Albanese

  Name:   Michael Albanese
  Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Nair P. Raghu

  Name:   Nair P. Raghu
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement


THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Lisa De Cristafaro

  Name:   Lisa De Cristafaro
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to

Revolving Credit Agreement

Exhibit 10.12

Execution Version

 

 

 

Published CUSIP Number: 44982JAE8

TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

Dated as of April 20, 2012

among

ING AMERICA INSURANCE HOLDINGS, INC.

as the Borrower,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent,

and

The Other Lenders Party Hereto

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Syndication Agent

ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

SUNTRUST BANK,

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

and

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND,

as

Documentation Agents

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH

and

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

as

Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section

        Page  

Article I. Definitions and Accounting Terms

     1   

1.01

  

Defined Terms

     1   

1.02

  

Other Interpretive Provisions

     21   

1.03

  

Accounting Terms

     21   

1.04

  

Rounding

     22   

1.05

  

Times of Day

     22   

Article II. The Term Loans

     22   

2.01

  

The Term Loans

     22   

2.02

  

Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans

     22   

2.03

  

Prepayments

     24   

2.04

  

Termination or Reduction of Commitments

     25   

2.05

  

Repayment of Loans

     25   

2.06

  

Interest

     26   

2.07

  

Fees

     27   

2.08

  

Computation of Interest and Fees

     27   

2.09

  

Evidence of Debt

     27   

2.10

  

Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback

     28   

2.11

  

Sharing of Payments by Lenders

     30   

2.12

  

Defaulting Lenders

     30   

Article III. Taxes, Yield Protection and Illegality

     32   

3.01

  

Taxes

     32   

3.02

  

Illegality

     37   

3.03

  

Inability to Determine Rates

     38   

3.04

  

Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans

     38   

3.05

  

Compensation for Losses

     40   

3.06

  

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

     41   

3.07

  

Survival

     41   

Article IV. Conditions Precedent to Loans

     41   

4.01

  

Conditions of Loans

     41   

Article V. Representations and Warranties

     44   

5.01

  

Existence, Qualification and Power

     44   

5.02

  

Authorization; No Contravention

     44   

5.03

  

Governmental Authorization; Other Consents

     44   

5.04

  

Binding Effect

     44   

 

i


5.05

  

Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect

     45   

5.06

  

Litigation

     45   

5.07

  

No Default

     45   

5.08

  

Environmental Compliance

     45   

5.09

  

Taxes

     46   

5.10

  

ERISA Compliance

     46   

5.11

  

Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act

     47   

5.12

  

Disclosure

     47   

5.13

  

Compliance with Laws

     47   

5.14

  

OFAC

     47   

Article VI. Affirmative Covenants

     48   

6.01

  

Financial Statements

     48   

6.02

  

Certificates; Other Information

     49   

6.03

  

Notices

     51   

6.04

  

Payment of Obligations

     51   

6.05

  

Preservation of Existence, Etc.

     51   

6.06

  

Maintenance of Properties

     52   

6.07

  

Maintenance of Insurance

     52   

6.08

  

Compliance with Laws

     52   

6.09

  

Books and Records

     52   

6.10

  

Inspection Rights

     52   

6.11

  

Use of Proceeds

     53   

Article VII. Negative Covenants

     53   

7.01

  

Liens

     53   

7.02

  

Indebtedness

     55   

7.03

  

Fundamental Changes

     55   

7.04

  

Asset Sales

     55   

7.05

  

Restricted Payments

     56   

7.06

  

Arrangements to Restrict Payments

     56   

7.07

  

Transactions with Affiliates

     56   

7.08

  

Use of Proceeds

     57   

7.09

  

Financial Covenants

     57   

Article VIII. Events of Default and Remedies

     57   

8.01

  

Events of Default

     57   

8.02

  

Remedies Upon Event of Default

     60   

8.03

  

Application of Funds

     60   

Article IX. Administrative Agent

     61   

9.01

  

Appointment and Authority

     61   

9.02

  

Rights as a Lender

     61   

9.03

  

Exculpatory Provisions

     61   

 

ii


9.04

  

Reliance by Administrative Agent

     62   

9.05

  

Delegation of Duties

     63   

9.06

  

Resignation of Administrative Agent

     63   

9.07

  

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders

     64   

9.08

  

No Other Duties, Etc.

     64   

9.09

  

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

     65   

9.10

  

Release of Guaranty

     65   

Article X. Miscellaneous

     66   

10.01

  

Amendments, Etc.

     66   

10.02

  

Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication

     67   

10.03

  

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement

     69   

10.04

  

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

     70   

10.05

  

Payments Set Aside

     72   

10.06

  

Successors and Assigns

     72   

10.07

  

Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality

     76   

10.08

  

Right of Setoff

     77   

10.09

  

Interest Rate Limitation

     78   

10.10

  

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

     78   

10.11

  

Survival of Representations and Warranties

     78   

10.12

  

Severability

     79   

10.13

  

Replacement of Lenders

     79   

10.14

  

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

     80   

10.15

  

Waiver of Jury Trial

     81   

10.16

  

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

     81   

10.17

  

Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents

     82   

10.18

  

General Guarantee Agreement

     82   

10.19

  

USA PATRIOT Act

     82   

10.20

  

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     82   

 

iii


SCHEDULES

 

2.01    Commitments and Applicable Percentages
4.01    Intercompany Debt
5.06    Litigation
5.08    Environmental Claims
7.01    Existing Liens
7.06    Existing Arrangements Restricting Payments
10.02    Administrative Agent’s Office; Certain Addresses for Notices

EXHIBITS

 

Form of
A    Loan Notice
B    Note
C    Compliance Certificate
D    Assignment and Assumption
E-1    U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
E-2    U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
E-3    U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
E-4    U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate F Guaranty

 

iv


TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

This TERM LOAN AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of April 20, 2012, among ING AMERICA INSURANCE HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

The Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide a term loan facility, and the Lenders are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

Article I.

Definitions and Accounting Terms

1.01 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Administrative Agent ” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 , or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Agent Parties ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.02(c) .

Agent-Related Persons ” means the Administrative Agent, together with its Affiliates (including, in the case of Bank of America in its capacity as the Administrative Agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated), and the partners, officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors of such Persons and Affiliates.

Aggregate Commitments ” means, as of the date of any determination, the Commitments of all of the Lenders then in effect. As of the date hereof, the Aggregate Commitments shall equal $1,500,000,000.

Agreement ” means this Term Loan Agreement.

Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority ” means, with respect to a Person, (a) the insurance department or similar insurance regulatory or administrative authority or agency of

 

1


the jurisdiction in which such Person is domiciled or (b) to the extent asserting regulatory jurisdiction over such Person, the insurance department, authority or agency in each state or jurisdiction in which such Person is licensed, and shall include any Federal or national insurance regulatory department, authority or agency that may be created and that asserts insurance regulatory jurisdiction over such Person.

Applicable Percentage ” means, (a) with respect to any Lender at any time prior to the Borrowing of the Loans on the Closing Date, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Aggregate Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment at such time, and (b) with respect to any Lender thereafter, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the aggregate principal amount of all Lenders’ loans represented by the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Loans at such time. The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

Applicable Rate ” means, from time to time, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Debt Ratings as set forth below:

 

Applicable Rate

 

Pricing Level

   Debt Ratings
S&P/Moody’s
   Eurodollar
Rate
    Base Rate
+
 

1

   ³  A- / A3      1.250     0.250

2

   BBB+ / Baa1      1.500     0.500

3

   BBB / Baa2      1.750     0.750

4

   BBB- / Baa3      2.000     1.000

5

   < BBB- / Baa3      2.500     1.500

Debt Ratings ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratings as determined by S&P and Moody’s (collectively, the “ Debt Ratings ) of the Borrower’s non-credit-enhanced (except with respect to any Guarantee by the Guarantor), senior unsecured long-term debt or, if such ratings are not available, the counterparty credit rating or issuer rating, as applicable, of the Borrower by S&P and Moody’s; provided that (a) if the respective Debt Ratings issued by the foregoing rating agencies differ by one level, then the Pricing Level for the higher of such Debt Ratings shall apply (with the Debt Ratings for Pricing Level 1 being the highest and the Debt Ratings for Pricing Level 5 being the lowest); (b) if there is a split in Debt Ratings of more than one level, then the Pricing Level that is one level lower than the Pricing Level of the higher Debt Rating shall apply; (c) if the Borrower has only one Debt Rating, the Pricing Level that is one level lower than that of such Debt Rating shall apply; and (d) if the Borrower does not have any Debt Rating, Pricing Levels shall apply.

Initially, the Applicable Rate shall be determined based upon the Debt Ratings specified in the certificate delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(vii) . Thereafter, each change in the Applicable Rate resulting from a publicly announced change in either of the Debt Ratings shall be effective, during the period commencing on the date of the public announcement thereof and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change.

 

2


Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Arrangers ” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., ING Bank N.V., London Branch, and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers.

Assignee Group ” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.06(b) ), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit D or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by MarkitClear or other electronic platform) approved by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

Attributable Debt ” means, on any date, in respect of any Capital Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

Audited Financial Statements ” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, prepared in accordance with GAAP, including the notes thereto, and a comparison against the prior year’s financial condition and results.

Bank of America ” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.

Bank of America Agency Fee Letter ” means that certain letter agreement dated as of March 6, 2012, between the Borrower and Bank of America.

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus  1 / 2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “ prime rate ,” and (c) the Eurodollar Rate plus 1.00%. The “ prime rate ” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such prime rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

 

3


Borrower Materials ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .

Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01 .

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the State of New York or the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day that is also a London Banking Day.

Capital Lease ” of any Person means any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee which would, in accordance with GAAP as in effect as of the date hereof, be required to be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of such Person.

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “ Change in Law ”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Change of Control ” means:

(a) until any of the capital stock of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect holding company of the Borrower, all or substantially all the assets of which consist of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) is sold in an initial public offering or the Borrower (or any direct or indirect holding company of the Borrower, all or substantially all the assets of which consist of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 pursuant to Sections 12(b), 12(g) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (excluding becoming subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 solely due to the issuance of debt securities), ING Groep N.V. shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, shares of the capital stock of the Borrower representing 65% or more of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by issued and outstanding capital stock of the Borrower; and

(b) from and after the date that any of the capital stock of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect holding company of the Borrower, all or substantially all the

 

4


assets of which consist of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) is sold in an initial public offering or the Borrower (or any direct or indirect holding company of the Borrower, all or substantially all the assets of which consist of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 pursuant to Sections 12(b), 12(g) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (excluding becoming subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 solely due to the issuance of debt securities), any event or series of events by which:

(i) any “ person ” or “ group ” ((A) as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (B) other than a “ person ” or “ group ” consisting solely of ING Groep N.V. and/or its Subsidiaries) becomes the “ beneficial owner ” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of shares of the capital stock of the Borrower representing the greater of (x) 35% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Borrower, and (y) aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Borrower held by a “ person ” or “ group ” consisting solely of ING Groep N.V. and/or its Subsidiaries, plus one share; or

(ii) a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower shall at any time be occupied by persons who were not (A) nominated or approved by the board of directors of the Borrower or appointed or designated to the board of directors of the Borrower or approved by ING Groep N.V. or one of its subsidiaries or (B) nominated appointed, approved or designated by directors so nominated, appointed, approved or designated.

Closing Date ” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 10.01 .

Closing Date Liquidity ” means, for the Borrower on an unconsolidated basis, on and as of the Closing Date and after giving effect to the Borrowing to be made on the Closing Date and the use of the proceeds thereof, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the unrestricted and unencumbered cash and cash equivalents of the Borrower, plus (b) the amount of the Committed Loan Sublimit (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement) that is available for borrowings of loans under the Revolving Credit Agreement, plus (c) the amount of the then unborrowed and available commitments under other contractually committed credit facilities entered into by the Borrower with ING Groep N.V., ING Bank N.V. and/or other lenders reasonably acceptable to the Arrangers, if such other contractually committed credit facilities (i) have an initial tenor of not less than 364 days and a then remaining tenor of not less than 90 days and (ii) do not contain or require any condition precedent or representation and warranty as to “no material adverse change or effect” at the time of any borrowing under such contractually committed credit facilities, plus (d) the then unutilized dividend capacity of the Insurance Subsidiaries of the Borrower that is available to be distributed without approval from any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority, plus (e) the amount of the then unborrowed

 

5


and available commitments under the credit facility entered into by ING Verzekeringen N.V. and ING Bank N.V. dated March 30, 2012 (as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement), relating to the Guarantee given by ING Verzekeringen N.V. on December 13, 2011 (as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement), in respect of U.S. commercial paper issued by the Borrower, minus (f) the amount of any commercial paper of the Borrower then outstanding that is backstopped by the Committed Loan Sublimit (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement) under the Revolving Credit Agreement or one or more of the contractually committed credit facilities described in clause (c) or clause (e) above, minus (g) the amount of principal payments then payable by the Borrower within 90 days after the Closing Date in respect of Debt, excluding (i) any Debt then owed by the Borrower to any Subsidiary, (ii) the Obligations and (iii) the Debt owing under the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral Note Facility ” means that certain securities lending transaction contemplated by the Master Securities Loan Agreement dated as of August 19, 2011, between Standard Chartered Bank, as lender, the KCL Master Trust, as borrower, and KCL Services (5) Incorporated, pursuant to which Standard Chartered Bank loaned securities to KCL Master Trust to be used as reinsurance collateral for Subsidiaries and the Borrower issued a Guarantee.

Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to make Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01 , in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 .

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit  C .

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Continuing Liquidity ” means, for the Borrower on an unconsolidated basis, at any time after the Closing Date, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the unrestricted and unencumbered cash and cash equivalents of the Borrower at such time, plus (b) the amount of the Committed Loan Sublimit (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement) that is available for borrowings of loans under the Revolving Credit Agreement at such time, plus (c) the amount at such time of the then unborrowed and available commitments under other contractually committed credit facilities entered into by the Borrower with ING Groep N.V., ING Bank N.V. and/or other lenders reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, if such other contractually committed credit facilities do not contain or require any condition precedent or representation and warranty as to “no material adverse change or effect” at the time of any borrowing under such contractually committed credit facilities, plus (d) the unutilized dividend capacity at such time of the Insurance Subsidiaries of the Borrower that is available at such time to be distributed without approval from any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority, plus (e) the amount of the then unborrowed and available commitments under the credit facility entered into by ING Verzekeringen N.V. and ING Bank N.V. dated March 30, 2012 (as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement, including any

 

6


replacement or refinancing thereof between such parties or between the Borrower and ING Bank N.V. on terms, taken as a whole, not less favorable to the Lenders for the purposes of this provision), relating to the Guarantee given by ING Verzekeringen N.V. on December 13, 2011 (as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement), in respect of U.S. commercial paper issued by the Borrower, minus (f) the amount of any commercial paper outstanding at such time that is backstopped by the Committed Loan Sublimit (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement) under the Revolving Credit Agreement or one or more of the contractually committed credit facilities described in clause (c) or clause (e) above.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Debt ” means, at any time for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (except as provided below in this definition), without duplication, all of the following:

 

  (a) all obligations for borrowed money and all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

 

  (b) all fixed or contingent obligations arising under or in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

 

  (c) net obligations under any Swap Contract (excluding net obligations under Swap Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes, so long as such net obligations are not due and owing at the time in question);

 

  (d) all obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business);

 

  (e) all obligations (excluding (i) prepaid interest thereon and (ii) net obligations under Swap Contracts, to the extent excluded under clause (c)  of this definition) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased, whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed or is limited in recourse;

 

  (f) all Attributable Debt in respect of Capital Leases;

 

  (g) all obligations in respect of capital stock that is mandatorily redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date; and

 

  (h) all Guarantees in respect of any of the foregoing;

provided that Debt shall not include (i) Operating Debt (other than as set forth in the following proviso, and for purposes of the definition of Non-Operating Debt, Section 7.02 , Section 8.01(e) and Section 9.10 ), (ii) obligations under or in respect of insurance, reinsurance or annuity contracts and (iii) obligations in respect of Hybrid Securities (other than for purposes

 

7


of Section 7.02 , Section 8.01(e) and Section 9.10 ) but only to the extent that the Hybrid Securities Amount that is not included as Debt does not exceed 15% of Total Capitalization; provided further, that all obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the Revolving Credit Agreement (other than obligations in respect of undrawn letters of credit outstanding under the Revolving Credit Agreement) shall be included in determining Debt and any Debt of the Borrower owing to any Subsidiary in an amount, in the aggregate, up to $500,000,000 shall be included in determining Debt even if such Debt would otherwise be eliminated in consolidation. For all purposes hereof, the Debt of any Person shall include the Debt of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Debt is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of any Capital Lease as of any date shall be deemed to be the amount of Attributable Debt in respect thereof as of such date.

Debt Ratings ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “ Applicable Rate .

Debt Securities ” means any notes, bonds, debentures, or other similar evidence of Debt for borrowed money or any other term loan Debt, including Debt to Affiliates that are not Subsidiaries of the Borrower, but excluding (a) the Obligations and any Debt arising under the Revolving Credit Agreement, (b) Debt that is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, (c) other Debt by and among the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries and (d) borrowings by registered mutual funds and alternative investment vehicles that are recourse only to such fund or vehicle or pursuant to a capital call line of credit facility that provides recourse to undrawn capital commitments of investors in such fund or vehicle.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means when used with respect to any of the Obligations, an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (iii) 2% per annum; provided, however, that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum.

Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 2.12(b) , any Lender that, (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be

 

8


paid by it hereunder within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower or the Administrative Agent in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund its Loans hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c)  upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above, and of the effective date of such status, shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.12(b) as of the date established therefor by the Administrative Agent in a written notice of such determination, which shall be delivered by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower and each Lender promptly following such determination.

Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

Eligible Assignee ” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 10.06(b)(iii) , and 10.06(b)(v) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 10.06(b)(iii) ) .

Environmental Laws ” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

 

9


ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c)  of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o)  of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) the withdrawal of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which such entity was a “ substantial employer ” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA; (e) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Pension Plan; (f) any event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (g) the determination that any Pension Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered or critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; or (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

Eurodollar Rate ” means:

(a) for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to (i) the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate ( BBA LIBOR ), as published by Reuters (or such other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period or, (ii) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; and

(b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to (i) BBA LIBOR, at approximately 11 :00 a.m., London time determined two London Banking Days prior to such date for Dollar deposits being delivered in the London interbank market for a term of one month commencing that day or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the date of determination in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Base Rate Loan being made or maintained and with a term equal to one month would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market at their request at the date and time of determination.

 

10


Eurodollar Rate Loan ” means a Loan or portion thereof that bears interest at a rate based on clause (a)  of the definition of Eurodollar Rate .

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01 .

Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to any Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its Lending Office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in a Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 10.13 ) or (ii) such Lender changes its Lending Office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(ii) or Section 3.01(c) , amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its Lending Office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(e) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.

Existing Credit Agreement ” means that certain Agreement dated as of May 4, 2010, among the Borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Borrower, certain financial institutions and ING Bank N.V., London Branch, as administrative agent, as amended, amended and restated, modified or replaced from time to time.

FASB ASC ” means the Accounting Standards Codification of the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

11


Fee Letters ” mean the Bank of America Agency Fee Letter, the MLPFS/Citigroup Fee Letter, the ING Fee Letter and the JPM Fee Letter.

Foreign Lender ” means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

General Guarantee Agreement ” shall mean the General Guarantee Agreement, dated April 17, 2012, and made by the Guarantor in favor of the Holders (as defined therein) with respect to the Obligations (as defined therein).

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supranational bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or other obligation, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Debt or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Debt or other obligation, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Debt or other obligation, or (d) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Debt or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable,

 

12


the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “ Guarantee ” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor ” means Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc., a Connecticut corporation.

Guaranty ” means the Guaranty made by the Guarantor in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, substantially in the form of Exhibit F .

Hybrid Securities ” means, at any time, trust preferred securities, deferrable interest subordinated debt securities, mandatory convertible debt or other hybrid securities issued by the Borrower or any Subsidiary that is accorded at least some equity treatment by S&P at the time of issuance thereof.

Hybrid Securities Amount ” means, with respect to any Hybrid Securities, the principal amount (which principal amount may be a portion of the aggregate principal amount) of such Hybrid Securities that is accorded equity treatment by S&P at the time of issuance thereof.

Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower or the Guarantor under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a) , Other Taxes.

Indemnitee ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(b) .

Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07 .

ING Fee Letter ” means that certain letter agreement dated as of March 6, 2012, between the Borrower and ING Bank N.Y., London Branch.

Insurance Subsidiary ” means any (a) Subsidiary that is licensed to engage in the business of insurance or reinsurance by any Governmental Authority; and (b) any direct or indirect Subsidiary of such a Subsidiary.

Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; provided , however , that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date.

Interest Period ” means as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months (or such other period that is twelve months or less if consented to by all of the Lenders) thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Loan Notice; provided that:

(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

 

13


(ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

JPM Fee Letter ” means that certain letter agreement dated as of March 6, 2012, between the Borrower and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

Lender ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing). Solely for the avoidance of doubt, the filing of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement that is a protective lease filing in respect of an Operating Lease that does not constitute a security interest in leased property or otherwise give rise to a Lien does not constitute a Lien solely on account of being filed in a public office.

Loan ” means each Base Rate Loan and/or Eurodollar Rate Loan made by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.01 .

 

14


Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, each Note, the Guaranty, the Loan Notice and the Fee Letters.

Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) the Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

London Banking Day ” means any day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Master Agreement ” means any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement or any other master agreement.

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Borrower of any Loan Document to which it is a party.

Maturity Date ” means April 20, 2014.

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.09 .

MLPFS/Citigroup Fee Letter ” means that certain letter agreement dated as of March 6, 2012, among the Borrower, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Multiple Employer Plan ” means a Plan which has two or more contributing sponsors (including the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate) at least two of whom are not under common control, as such a plan is described in Section 4064 of ERISA.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means, with respect to the issuance or incurrence of any Debt Securities by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or with respect to any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition described in Section 2.03(c) or Section 7.04 , the excess of (a) the sum of the cash received in connection with such transaction over (b) the underwriting or placement discounts and commissions or financial advisory fees, if any, and other reasonable and customary out-of-pocket fees, costs, expenses and taxes, incurred by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection therewith.

 

15


Net Income ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the consolidated net income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (excluding extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses) for that period; provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the calculation of “ Net Income ” any effects resulting from (a) accumulated other comprehensive income, (b) all noncontrolling interests (as determined in accordance with the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, entitled “ Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements ), (c) the application of FASB ASC 815 to derivative or hedge transactions entered into with respect to statutory reserves relating to closed block variable annuity contracts, and the related tax impact and (d) the change in fair value of any liability due to non-performance risk in accordance with FASB ASC 820, and the related tax impact.

Net Worth ” means, as of any date of determination, the consolidated shareholders’ equity of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on that date; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the calculation of “ Net Worth ” any effects resulting from (a) accumulated other comprehensive income, (b) all noncontrolling interests (as determined in accordance with the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, entitled “ Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements ), (c) the application of FASB ASC 815 to derivative or hedge transactions entered into with respect to statutory reserves relating to closed block variable annuity contracts, and the related tax impact and (d) the change in fair value of any liability due to non-performance risk in accordance with FASB ASC 820, and the related tax impact.

Non-Consenting Lender ” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (a) requires the approval of all Lenders or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.01 and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

Non-Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

Non-Operating Debt ” of any Person shall mean, all Debt (other than Operating Debt) of such Person.

Note ” means a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing the Loan made by such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

Obligations ” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, the Borrower or the Guarantor arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against the Borrower or the Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.

Operating Debt ” of any Person shall mean, without duplication, any Debt or other obligations of such Person (a) in respect of AXXX, XXX and other similar insurance reserve

 

16


requirements, (b) incurred in connection with repurchase agreements and securities lending, (c) to the extent the proceeds of which are used directly or indirectly (including for the purpose of funding portfolios that are used to fund trusts in order) to support AXXX, XXX and other similar insurance reserve requirements, (d) to the extent the proceeds of which are used to fund discrete customer-related assets or pools of assets (and related hedge instruments and capital) that are at least notionally segregated from other assets and have sufficient cash flow to pay principal and interest thereof, with insignificant risk of other assets of such Person and its subsidiaries being called upon to make such principal and interest payments, (e) excluded from financial leverage by both S&P and Moody’s in their evaluation of such Person, (f) in respect of letters of credit (other than the letters of credit issued under the Revolving Credit Agreement) issued on behalf of any Subsidiary for insurance regulatory or reinsurance purposes, (g) that is consolidated on the balance sheet of such Person as a “ Variable Interest Entity ” under ASC 810 (or any successor interpretations or amendments thereto) or (h) that is owed to a Federal Home Loan Bank.

Operating Lease ” of any Person means any lease (including leases which may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such person as lessee which is not a Capital Lease, as determined in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date hereof.

Operating Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is actively engaged in the conduct of business, including any Subsidiary referred to in clause (a) of the definition of Insurance Subsidiary, and any direct or indirect parent company of such Subsidiary that is itself a Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, no captive Subsidiary established for the purpose of reinsuring redundant reserve liabilities or Security Life of Denver International Limited will be deemed to be an Operating Subsidiary.

Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution,

 

17


delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 3.06 ) .

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(d) .

Participant Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(d) .

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Pension Act ” means the Pension Protection Act of 2006.

Pension Funding Rules ” means the rules of the Code and ERISA regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans and set forth in, with respect to plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Pension Act, Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, each as in effect prior to the Pension Act and, thereafter, Sections 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.

Pension Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (including a Multiple Employer Plan or a Multiemployer Plan) that is maintained or is contributed to by the Borrower and any ERISA Affiliate and is either covered by Title IV of ERISA or is subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code.

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan ” means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA (including a Pension Plan), maintained for employees of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or any such Plan to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is required to contribute on behalf of any of its employees.

Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .

Public Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .

Recipient ” means the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder.

Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(c) .

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

 

18


Required Lenders ” means, at any time, those Lenders holding Loans representing more than 50% of the Loans held by all Lenders: provided that, if, at any time, any Lender that is an Affiliate of the Borrower holds Loans representing more than 20% of the aggregate amount of Loans held by all Lenders, then such Lender shall be deemed to hold Loans representing 20% of the aggregate amount of Loans held by all Lenders and all other Lenders shall be deemed in the aggregate to hold Loans representing 80% of the aggregate amount of Loans held by all Lenders calculated on a pro-rata basis with appropriate adjustment to the denominator. The Loans held by any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Lenders at any time.

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer, controller or any vice president of the Borrower or the Guarantor, as applicable. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of the Borrower or the Guarantor, as applicable, and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of the Borrower or the Guarantor, as applicable.

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any capital stock or other ownership interest of the Borrower, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other ownership interest, or on account of any return of capital to the Borrower’s shareholders.

Revolving Credit Agreement ” means that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Borrower, as borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders from time to time party thereto.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and any successor thereto.

SAP ” means the accounting procedures and practices prescribed or permitted by the Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority or the NAIC.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Statutory Statement ” means a statement of the condition and affairs of an Insurance Subsidiary, prepared in accordance with SAP, and filed with the Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority or the NAIC.

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “ Subsidiary ” or to “ Subsidiaries ” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

 

19


Swap Contract ” means any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any Master Agreement.

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a) , the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Threshold Amount ” means $200,000,000.

Total Capitalization ” means, as of any date of determination, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of (a) Net Worth plus (b) Debt plus (c) the aggregate Hybrid Securities Amount (but only to the extent that such Hybrid Securities Amount is not included in Debt at such time).

Type ” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

U.S. Person ” means any Person that is a “ United States Person ” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(e)(ii)(B)(3) .

 

20


1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “ include ,” “ includes ” and “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “ without limitation . ” The word “ will ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “ shall . ” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “ hereto ,” “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ h ereunder ,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “ asset ” and “ property ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

(b) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “ from ” means “ from and including ; ” the words “ to ” and “ until ” each mean “ to but excluding ; ” and the word “ through ” means “ to and including .

(c) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

1.03 Accounting Terms .

(a) Generally . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with any covenant (including the computation of any financial covenant) contained herein, Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be carried at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, and the effects of FASB ASC 825 on financial liabilities shall be disregarded.

 

21


(b) Changes in GAAP . If at any time any change in GAAP (each change, an “ Accounting Change ) would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, in either case within 30 days after delivery of the financial statements by the Borrower immediately following such Accounting Change, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such Accounting Change (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that , until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP without giving effect to such Accounting Change and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such Accounting Change.

1.04 Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

1.05 Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

Article II.

The Term Loans

2.01 The Term Loans . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make Loans to the Borrower on the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed such Lender’s Commitment. Each Borrowing shall consist of Loans made simultaneously by the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages of the aggregate Loans included in such Borrowing made by all Lenders. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01 and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans .

(a) Each Borrowing, each conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans, and (ii) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans; provided, however, that if the Borrower wishes to request Eurodollar Rate Loans having an Interest Period other than one, two, three or six months in duration as provided in the definition of “ Interest Period, ” the applicable notice must be received by

 

22


the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. four Business Days prior to the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Lenders of such request and determine whether the requested Interest Period is acceptable to all of them. Not later than 11:00 a.m., three Business Days before the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower (which notice may be by telephone) whether or not the requested Interest Period has been consented to by all the Lenders. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Borrowing, a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Loan Notice or if the Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month.

(b) Following receipt of a Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans described in the preceding subsection. In the case of each Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.01 , the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans without the consent of the Required Lenders.

 

23


(d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(e) After giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than ten Interest Periods in effect with respect to the Loans.

2.03 Prepayments .

(a) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (A) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (ii) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; and (iii) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and, if Eurodollar Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 .

(b) In the event that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries issues or incurs any Debt Securities, the Borrower shall, within three (3) Business Days of the actual receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance or incurrence of such Debt Securities, first , make any prepayment required by the Revolving Credit Agreement in an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of such Net Cash Proceeds, and second , to the extent any such Net Cash Proceeds remain after such prepayment, prepay the Loans.

(c) If the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries sells, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of the stock, operations or business assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) that in the aggregate constitute twenty percent (20%) or more of the consolidated assets of the Borrower and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011,

 

24


or (ii) in the case of a sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of the stock, operations or business assets of an Insurance Subsidiary, if the statutory surplus of such Insurance Subsidiary constitutes twenty percent (20%) or more of the consolidated or combined statutory surplus of all Insurance Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011, then the Borrower shall, within three (3) Business Days of the actual receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof, prepay the Loans in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Net Cash Proceeds (such prepayments to be applied as set forth in clause (d)  below); provided , however , that, with respect to any Net Cash Proceeds of such sales, transfers, leases or other dispositions described in this Section 2.03(c) , at the election of the Borrower (as notified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date of such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition), and so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower or such Subsidiary may reinvest all or any portion of such Net Cash Proceeds in stock or operating assets comprising the insurance business of the Borrower, contribute as equity, or loan on a subordinated basis to an Insurance Subsidiary, so long as such reinvestment, contribution or loan is made within 180 days of receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided , further , that such Net Cash Proceeds shall be deemed to be reinvested if (x) within 180 days after the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds, the Borrower or such Subsidiary enters into a binding contract for such reinvestment and (y) the reinvestment contemplated by such contract is closed within 90 days thereafter (as certified by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent). Any Net Cash Proceeds of any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition described in this Section 2.03(c) and not reinvested, contributed or loaned as permitted pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) shall be immediately applied to the prepayment of the Loans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition by any Insurance Subsidiary, where such Net Cash Proceeds thereof are retained by such Insurance Subsidiary, shall not be deemed to be a sale, transfer, lease or other disposition for purposes of this Section 2.03(c) .

(d) Subject to Section 2.12 , each prepayment of Loans pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03 shall be applied ratably to the principal installments due on the Loans pursuant to Section 2.05 and shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.

2.04 Termination or Reduction of Commitments . The Aggregate Commitments shall be automatically and permanently reduced to zero after the Borrowings on the Closing Date.

2.05 Repayment of Loans . On the Maturity Date, the Borrower shall pay the outstanding principal balance of the Loans, together with all accrued interest and any other amounts then owing hereunder. Prior to the Maturity Date, the Borrower shall repay to the Lenders the aggregate principal amount of the Loans outstanding following the Borrowings on the Closing Date on the following dates and in the respective amounts set forth opposite such dates (which amounts may be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments pursuant to Section 2.03 and Section 7.04 ):

 

Date

   Amount  

July 20, 2012

   $ 75,000,000   

October 20, 2012

   $ 75,000,000   

January 20, 2013

   $ 75,000,000   

April 20, 2013

   $ 75,000,000   

July 20, 2013

   $ 112,500,000   

October 20, 2013

   $ 112,500,000   

January 20, 2014

   $ 112,500,000   

 

25


2.06 Interest .

(a) Subject to the provisions of subsection (b)  below, (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; and (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(b)    (i) If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(ii) If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by the Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of the Required Lenders, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(iii) Upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, the Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws; provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Sections 8.01(a) or (h) , the outstanding Obligations hereunder shall automatically accrue interest at the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

 

26


(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

2.07 Fees .

(a) The Borrower shall pay to Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and the Citigroup Global Markets Inc. for their own respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the MLPFS/Citigroup Fee Letter. The Borrower shall pay to Bank of America for its own account fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Bank of America Agency Fee Letter. The Borrower shall pay to ING Bank N.V., London Branch for its own account fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the ING Fee Letter. The Borrower shall pay to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC for its own account fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the JPM Fee Letter. All such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

(b) The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

2.08 Computation of Interest and Fees . All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans (including Base Rate Loans determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate) shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.10(a) , bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

2.09 Evidence of Debt .

(a) The Loans made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Loans made by the Lenders and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the

 

27


obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

2.10 Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback .

(a) General . All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made free and clear of and without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

(b) Clawback .

(i) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date of such Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or, in the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02 ) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of such Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but

 

28


excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

(ii) Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b)  shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(c) Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent . If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II , and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the Loans set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall promptly return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(d) Obligations of Lenders Several . The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 10.04(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan or to make any payment under Section 10.04(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make any Loan or to make its payment under Section 10.04(c) .

 

29


(e) Funding Source . Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan or other funding obligation in any particular place or manner.

2.11 Sharing of Payments by Lenders . If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of the Loans made by it, resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Loans and accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that:

(i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

(ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).

The Borrower and the Guarantor consent to the foregoing and agree, to the extent they may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower and the Guarantor rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower or the Guarantor in the amount of such participation.

2.12 Defaulting Lenders .

(a) Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments . Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of “ Required Lenders ” and Section 10.01 .

 

30


(ii) Defaulting Lender Waterfall . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VIII or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 10.08 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; third , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement; fourth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; fifth , so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and sixth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (y) such Loans were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments hereunder. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein, that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentages, whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected

 

31


parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

Article III.

Taxes, Yield Protection and Illegality

3.01 Taxes .

(a) Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes .

(i) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower and the Guarantor under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Laws. If any applicable Laws (as determined in the good faith discretion of the Administrative Agent) require the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower or the Guarantor, then the Administrative Agent, the Borrower or the Guarantor shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding, upon the basis of the information and documentation to be delivered pursuant to Section 3.01(e) .

(ii) If the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent shall be required by the Code to withhold or deduct any Taxes, including both United States Federal backup withholding and withholding taxes, from any payment, then (A) the Administrative Agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by the Administrative Agent to be required based upon the information and documentation it has received pursuant to subsection (e)  below, (B) the Administrative Agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with the Code, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the Borrower or the Guarantor shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01 ) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

(iii) If the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent shall be required by any applicable Laws other than the Code to withhold or deduct any Taxes from any payment, then (A) the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent, as required by such Laws, shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by it to be required based upon the information and documentation it has received pursuant to Section 3.01(e) , (B) the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent, to the extent required by such Laws, shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with such Laws, and (C) to the

 

32


extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the Borrower or the Guarantor shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01 ) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a)  above, the Borrower or the Guarantor shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(c) Tax Indemnifications .

(i) The Borrower shall, and does hereby, indemnify each Recipient, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 20 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 3.01 ) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall, and does hereby, indemnify the Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 20 days after demand therefor, for any amount which a Lender for any reason fails to pay indefeasibly to the Administrative Agent as required pursuant to Section 3.01(c)(ii) below.

(ii) Each Lender shall, and does hereby, severally indemnify, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 20 days after demand therefor, (x) the Administrative Agent against any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Borrower has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), (y) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, as applicable, against any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 10.06(d) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, as applicable, against any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower or the Guarantor in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

33


Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (ii) .

(d) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by the Borrower or by the Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 3.01 , the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by Laws to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be.

(e) Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation .

(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Sections 3.01(e)(ii)(A), 3.01(e)(ii)(B) and 3.01(e)(ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such

 

34


number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or

(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 or Exhibit E-3 , IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request

 

35


of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(iii) Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered pursuant to this Section 3.01 expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds . Unless required by applicable Laws, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender. If any Recipient determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section , it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) incurred by such Recipient, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Recipient, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Recipient in the event the Recipient is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection, in no event will the

 

36


applicable Recipient be required to pay any amount to the Borrower pursuant to this subsection the payment of which would place the Recipient in a less favorable net after-Tax position than such Recipient would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This subsection shall not be construed to require the Recipient to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

(g) Survival . Each party’s obligations under this Section 3.01 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

3.02 Illegality . If any Lender determines that any Change in Law or introduction of any law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the legal authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market (each, an “ Eurodollar Illegality Event ”), then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, (i) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (x) the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans and (y) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest at the Base Rate by reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted and any amount payable pursuant to Section 3.05(c) . During any period in which an Eurodollar Illegality Event is in effect, the Borrower may request, through the Administrative Agent, that the Lenders affected by such Eurodollar Illegality Event confirm that the circumstances giving rise to the Eurodollar Illegality Event continue to be in effect. If,

 

37


within ten Business Days following such confirmation request, such Lenders have not confirmed the continued effectiveness of such Eurodollar Illegality Event, then such Eurodollar Illegality Event shall no longer be deemed to be in effect; provided , that (A) the Borrower shall not be permitted to submit any such request more than once in any 30-day period and (B) nothing contained in this Section 3.02 or the failure to provide confirmation of the continued effectiveness of such Eurodollar Illegality Event shall in any way affect the Lenders’ right to provide any additional notices of an Eurodollar Illegality Event as provided in this Section 3.02 .

3.03 Inability to Determine Rates . If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan or in connection with an existing or proposed Base Rate Loan, or (c) the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender (each, a “ Market Disruption Event ). Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (y) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the Eurodollar Rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein. During any period in which a Market Disruption Event is in effect, the Borrower may request, through the Administrative Agent, that the Required Lenders confirm that the circumstances giving rise to the Market Disruption Event continue to be in effect. If, within ten Business Days following such confirmation request, the Required Lenders have not confirmed the continued effectiveness of such Market Disruption Event, then such Market Disruption Event shall no longer be deemed to be in effect; provided , that (A) the Borrower shall not be permitted to submit any such request more than once in any 30 day period and (B) nothing contained in this Section 3.03 or the failure to provide confirmation of the continued effectiveness of such Market Disruption Event shall in any way affect the Required Lenders’ right to provide any additional notices of a Market Disruption Event as provided in this Section 3.03 .

3.04 Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans .

(a) Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement contemplated by Section 3.04(e) );

 

38


(ii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(iii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (excluding any Tax described in the parenthetical contained in clause (ii)  preceding) affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan the interest on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender, the Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered; provided that as to any Lender seeking compensation under this Section 3.04(a) , such Lender shall only be so compensated to the extent such Lender is then generally seeking such compensation from similarly situated customers under agreements relating to similar credit transactions that include provisions similar to this Section 3.04(a) and the definition of Change in Law .

(b) Capital Requirements . If any Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitment of such Lender or the Loans made by such Lender to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered; provided that as to any Lender seeking compensation under this Section 3.04(b) , such Lender shall only be so compensated to the extent such Lender is then generally seeking such compensation from similarly situated customers under agreements relating to similar credit transactions that include provisions similar to this Section 3.04(b) and the definition of “ Change in Law .

(c) Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a)  or (b)  of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

 

39


(d) Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180 day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

(e) Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans . The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “ Eurocurrency liabilities ”) , additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrower shall have received at least 10 days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice 10 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable 10 days from receipt of such notice.

3.05 Compensation for Losses . Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);

(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower; or

(c) any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 10.13 ;

including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05 , each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by

 

40


it at the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

3.06 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .

(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or requires the Borrower to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , then at the request of the Borrower such Lender shall, as applicable, use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts then or thereafter payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04 , as the case may be, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 3.06(a) , the Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 10.13 .

3.07 Survival . All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder, and resignation of the Administrative Agent.

Article IV.

Conditions Precedent to Loans

4.01 Conditions of Loans . The obligation of each Lender to make its Loan hereunder as part of the Borrowing on the Closing Date is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or telecopies (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (unless otherwise specified), each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:

(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement, sufficient in number for distribution to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Borrower;

 

41


(ii) a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note;

(iii) the Guaranty executed by the Guarantor;

(iv) such customary certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of the Borrower and the Guarantor as the Administrative Agent may require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(v) such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that the Borrower and the Guarantor are duly organized or formed, and that the Borrower and the Guarantor are validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where the conduct of their business requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(vi) opinions of in-house counsel and Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, each counsel to the Borrower, with respect to the Borrower and the Guarantor, and Day Pitney LLP, Connecticut counsel to the Guarantor, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender;

(vii) a certificate (which certificate shall be true and correct) signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying (A) that the conditions specified in Sections 4.01(d) and (e)  have been satisfied, (B) that there has been no event or circumstance since the date of the Audited Financial Statements that has had or would be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; (C) the current Debt Ratings; and (D) that the Borrower has Closing Date Liquidity of not less than $500,000,000;

(viii) evidence that the Existing Credit Agreement has been or concurrently with the Closing Date is being terminated and repaid in full and all Liens securing obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement have been or concurrently with the Closing Date are being released;

(ix) evidence of the repayment of intercompany Debt owing by the Borrower to certain of its Subsidiaries (which Debt is described on Schedule 4.01 ) in an aggregate amount that causes such intercompany Debt not to exceed $500,000,000;

(x) evidence that the intercompany Debt owing by the Borrower or the Guarantor to ING Groep N.V. or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the

 

42


Subsidiaries of the Borrower) (A) has been converted to common equity of the Borrower or the Guarantor or (B) to the extent such Debt remains outstanding, has been amended or modified to have a stated maturity date occurring after the second anniversary of the Maturity Date and otherwise has terms and conditions substantially similar to the terms and conditions of such Debt prior to the amendment or modification thereof that extends the stated maturity date thereof;

(xi) evidence that Debt Ratings are not less than BBB- from S&P and not less than Baa3 from Moody’s (and if such rating is BBB- from S&P or Baa3 from Moody’s, that neither is on negative watch);

(xii) the Audited Financial Statements;

(xiii) such other customary assurances, certificates, documents or consents as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably require.

(b) Any fees required to be paid on or before the Closing Date pursuant to the Loan Documents shall have been paid.

(c) Unless waived by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall have paid all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent (directly to such counsel if requested by the Administrative Agent) to the extent invoiced two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of such fees, charges and disbursements as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings ( provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).

(d) The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article V or any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that those representations and warranties which are qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all respects).

(e) On the Closing Date, no Default shall exist, or would result from the Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds thereof.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received a Loan Notice in accordance with the requirements hereof.

(g) The Closing Date shall have occurred on or before April 30, 2012.

The Loan Notice submitted with respect to the Borrowing on the Closing Date shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.01(d) and (e)  have been satisfied on and as of the Closing Date.

 

43


Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 9.03 , for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01 , each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

Article V.

Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power . The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and, as applicable, in good standing (to the extent such concept is applicable) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c) , to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.02 Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and the Guarantor of each Loan Document to which it is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of the Borrower’s or the Guarantor’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien (other than a Lien permitted hereby) under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which the Borrower or the Guarantor is a party or affecting the properties of Borrower or the Guarantor, which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which the Borrower, the Guarantor or its respective property is subject which would be both material and adverse to the Lenders; or (c) violate any Law the effect of which would be both material and adverse to the Lenders.

5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents . No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, the Borrower or the Guarantor of any Loan Document to which it is a party.

5.04 Binding Effect . This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document to which the Borrower is a party, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document to

 

44


which the Borrower is a party when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms except to the extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws generally affecting creditors’ rights and by equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law). The Guaranty, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by the Guarantor. The Guaranty when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor, enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms except to the extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws generally affecting creditors’ rights and by equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).

5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .

(a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Debt to the extent required to be shown pursuant to GAAP.

(b) Since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.06 Litigation . Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.06 , there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower threatened, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or that affects the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

5.07 No Default . No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

5.08 Environmental Compliance . Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.08 , the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are not subject to any claim alleging liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law in connection with their respective businesses, operations and properties, except for claims which, if adversely determined, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

45


5.09 Taxes . The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all Federal, state and other tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal, state and other taxes, assessments, fees and other charges levied or imposed by a Government Authority upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except (a) those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP, and (b) those for which failure to file or non-payment would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 ERISA Compliance .

(a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state laws. Each Pension Plan that is intended to be a qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that the form of such Plan is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and the trust related thereto has been determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be exempt from federal income tax under Section 501(a) of the Code, or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the Internal Revenue Service. To the best knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred that would prevent or cause the loss of such tax-qualified status.

(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred, and neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate is aware of any fact, event or circumstance that would reasonably be expected to constitute or result in an ERISA Event with respect to any Pension Plan; (ii) the Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate has met all applicable requirements under the Pension Funding Rules in respect of each Pension Plan, and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the Pension Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained; (iii) as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is 60% or higher and neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate knows of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage for any such plan to drop below 60% as of the most recent valuation date; (iv) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability to the PBGC other than for the payment of premiums, and there are no premium payments which have become due that are unpaid; (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or Section 4212(c) of ERISA; and (vi) no Pension Plan has been terminated by the plan administrator thereof nor by the PBGC, and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that could reasonably be expected to cause the PBGC to institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate any Pension Plan.

 

46


5.11 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .

(a) The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock.

(b) The Borrower is not and is not required to be registered as an “ investment company ” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

5.12 Disclosure . No written information or written data (excluding any forecasts, projections, budgets, estimates and general market or industry data) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished or publicly disclosed by the Borrower) when provided and when taken as a whole with all other information or data provided, furnished or disclosed by the Borrower contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, (i) with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time (it being understood and agreed that forecasts, estimates and projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts or guaranties of future performance, that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections may differ from the projected results and that such differences may be material and that the Borrower makes no representation that such representations will in fact be realized) and (ii) as to statements, information and reports specified as having been derived by the Borrower from third parties, other than Affiliates of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the Borrower represents only that it has no knowledge of any material misstatement therein.

5.13 Compliance with Laws . The Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.14 OFAC . Neither the Borrower, the Guarantor nor any of their respective Subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the United States Department of State; and the Borrower, the Guarantor and their respective Subsidiaries will not directly or indirectly use any proceeds of any Borrowing hereunder for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any such sanctions.

 

47


Article VI.

Affirmative Covenants

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01 , 6.02 , and 6.03 ) cause each Subsidiary to:

6.01 Financial Statements . Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, if earlier, 15 days after the date required to be filed with the SEC (without giving effect to any extension permitted by the SEC)) (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012), a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “ going concern ” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, if earlier, 5 days after the date required to be filed with the SEC (without giving effect to any extension permitted by the SEC)) (commencing with the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2012, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, the related consolidated statements of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, and the related consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, in each case setting forth in comparative form, as applicable, the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) within 5 days after filing with the Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority and in any event within 90 days after the end of each year (except with respect to Security Life of Denver International Limited, which shall be provided by June 30th after the end of each year), the annual Statutory Statement of each Insurance

 

48


Subsidiary for such year, certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of such Insurance Subsidiary as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial position of such Insurance Subsidiary for such year in accordance with SAP;

(d) within 5 days after filing with the Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each year, the quarterly Statutory Statement of each Insurance Subsidiary for such period, certified by one of the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of such Insurance Subsidiary as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial position of such Insurance Subsidiary for such period in accordance with SAP;

As to any information contained in materials furnished pursuant to Section 6.02(d) , the Borrower shall not be separately required to furnish such information under clause (a)  or (b)  above, but the foregoing shall not be in derogation of the obligation of the Borrower to furnish the information and materials described in clause (a)  or (b)  above at the times specified therein.

6.02 Certificates; Other Information . Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:

(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and 6.01(b) (commencing with the delivery of the financial statements for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2012), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by one of the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower (which delivery may, unless the Administrative Agent or a Lender requests executed originals, be by electronic communication including fax or email and shall be deemed to be an original authentic counterpart thereof for all purposes);

(b) promptly after the same are available (to the extent not publicly available on EDGAR), any registration statements filed by the Borrower with the SEC in connection with an initial public offering of its capital stock, and after any such initial public offering, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the shareholders of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto; and

(c) promptly, except to the extent prohibited by applicable Law, regulatory policy, or regulatory restriction (as determined in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Borrower), such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) from time to time may reasonably request.

 

49


Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(b) or Section 6.02(b) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon its reasonable request to the Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender (by facsimile or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery of or to maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request by a Lender for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ) by posting the Borrower Materials on Debt Domain, IntraLinks, SyndTrak, or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “ PUBLIC ” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “ PUBLIC ” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “ PUBLIC , ” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws (provided, however , that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 10.07 ) ; (y) all Borrower Materials marked “ PUBLIC ” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “ Public Side Information ; ” and (z) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “ PUBLIC ” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “ Public Side Information .

 

50


6.03 Notices . Promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a) of the occurrence of any Event of Default;

(b) of (i) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between the Borrower or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority or (ii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws, in each case to the extent permitted by law and to the extent that such matter would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event;

(d) of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, other than changes required or provided for pursuant to GAAP or applicable regulations or changes disclosed in reports provided or made available to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01 or 6.02 ; and

(e) of any public announcement by Moody’s or S&P of any change in a Debt Rating.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 (other than Section 6.03(e) ) shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.

6.04 Payment of Obligations . Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless (i) the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Borrower or such Subsidiary or (ii) the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property, except to the extent that such Lien is permitted hereby or failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) all Debt, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Debt, except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc . (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section  7. 03 or 7. 04 or except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c)

 

51


preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.06 Maintenance of Properties . In a manner consistent with that used by other Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (a) maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.07 Maintenance of Insurance . Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower (except any self-insurance to the extent and in any amount consistent with prudent market practice for a same or similar business), insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons, except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.08 Compliance with Laws . Comply with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.09 Books and Records . (a) Maintain books of record and account, in accordance with good accounting practices on the basis of GAAP in all material respects; and (b) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

6.10 Inspection Rights . Except to the extent prohibited by applicable Law, regulatory policy or regulatory restriction (in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Borrower), no more than twice a year and at their own expense (unless an Event of Default then exists in which case there shall be no limit so long as the Event of Default exists) permit representatives of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate and financial records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its financial condition, business and corporate affairs with its Responsible Officers, all at such reasonable times during normal business hours, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided, however, that when an Event of Default then exists the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.

 

52


6.11 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of the Loans (a) to refinance existing Debt (including intercompany Debt owing by and among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries), (b) to pay fees and expenses and (c) for working capital and other lawful corporate purposes. It is the express intent of the parties, without limiting the foregoing use of proceeds, that proceeds of the Loans are not to be used to refinance debt of the Borrower in situations where the Borrower is unable to obtain its ordinary course business funding requirements in the financial markets.

Article VII.

Negative Covenants

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

7.01 Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, including any of the capital stock of any of its Subsidiaries, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:

(a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document or the Revolving Credit Agreement;

(b) Liens existing on the date hereof securing Non-Operating Debt and listed on Schedule 7.01 ;

(c) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP or for which the failure to pay would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(e) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;

(f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Debt), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;

 

53


(h) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business that do not secure Debt;

(i) purchase money Liens;

(j) Liens on cash or securities securing Debt owing to a Federal Reserve Bank or a Federal Home Loan Bank;

(k) Liens on any property existing prior to the acquisition of such property so long as such Lien was not created in anticipation of such acquisition and does not attach to any other property;

(l) Liens on cash or securities securing swap contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(m) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business on deposit, custody and securities accounts;

(n) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.0l(j) ;

(o) Liens securing Operating Debt arising out of deposits of cash or securities into collateral trusts or reinsurance trusts with ceding companies or insurance regulators or as otherwise entered in the ordinary course of business;

(p) Liens securing Operating Debt on cash or securities incurred in connection with repurchase, reverse repurchase and securities lending transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(q) Liens (not securing Debt) in favor of a Governmental Authority, as contemplated by the rules and regulations issued by a Governmental Authority which the Borrower or any Insurance Subsidiary is required to comply in order to remain licensed;

(r) Liens securing Operating Debt arising under escrows, trusts, custodianships, separate accounts, funds withheld procedures, and similar deposits, arrangements or agreements established with respect to insurance policies, annuities, guaranteed investment contracts and similar products underwritten by, or reinsurance agreements entered into by, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(s) Liens on securitized assets so long as such Liens do not encumber any other property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(t) Liens securing Debt or other obligations owed by (i) the Borrower to any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Borrower, or (iii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower to any Subsidiary of the Borrower;

 

54


(u) other Liens securing Operating Debt incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(v) other Liens securing Non-Operating Debt in an amount that does not exceed $500,000,000 at any time; and

(w) Liens securing the refinancing of any Debt or other obligations secured by a Lien permitted hereunder so long as such Liens do not attach to any additional property in connection with such refinancing.

7.02 Indebtedness . Allow the Subsidiaries of the Borrower to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt for borrowed money in an aggregate amount in excess of $250,000,000, except:

(a) Operating Debt;

(b) Debt of any Subsidiary of the Borrower owing to the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower (but including any Debt owing to any other Affiliate of the Borrower);

(c) Debt of a registered mutual fund or alternative investment vehicle that is only recourse to such fund or vehicle or to capital commitments made to such fund or vehicle; and

(d) So long as the Guaranty has not been released, Debt for borrowed money of the Guarantor.

7.03 Fundamental Changes . Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, except that, so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom:

(a) any Subsidiary may merge with (i) the Borrower, provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, or (ii) any one or more other Subsidiaries or Persons that become Subsidiaries, provided that when any wholly-owned Subsidiary is merging with another Subsidiary that would not be a wholly-owned Subsidiary, the wholly-owned Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person; and

(b) any Subsidiary may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a wholly-owned Subsidiary, then the transferee must either be the Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary.

7.04 Asset Sales . Sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of the stock, operations, or business assets of (a) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an amount that, individually or in the aggregate, equals or exceeds the sum of (i) 35% of the consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011, plus (ii) the outstanding and unpaid balance of the Loans at the time of such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition,

 

55


or (b) an Insurance Subsidiary if the statutory surplus of such Insurance Subsidiary equals or exceeds (i) 35% of the consolidated or combined statutory surplus of all Insurance Subsidiaries of the Borrower as of December 31, 2011, plus (ii) the outstanding and unpaid balance of the Loans at the time of such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition; provided that the 35% contained in clauses (a)(i) and (b)(i) above shall be increased to 50% if, within three (3) Business Days of the actual receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds from any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of the stock, operations, or business assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the Borrower applies such Net Cash Proceeds for the following purposes and in the following order of priority: first, to prepay the Loans (such prepayment to be applied in accordance with Section 2.03(d) ) and second, to reduce the commitments under and as required by Section 7.04 of the Revolving Credit Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition by any Insurance Subsidiary, in which the Net Cash Proceeds, if any, thereof are retained by such Insurance Subsidiary, shall not be deemed to be a sale, transfer, lease or other disposition for purposes of this Section 7.04 .

7.05 Restricted Payments . Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation to do so, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom; provided that following the capital stock of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect holding company of the Borrower, all or substantially all the assets of which consist of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) being sold in an initial public offering or the Borrower (or any direct or indirect holding company of the Borrower, all or substantially all the assets of which consist of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) becoming subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 pursuant to Sections 12(b) , 12(g) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (excluding becoming subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 solely due to the issuance of debt securities), the payment of any dividend or distribution shall be permitted within 90 days of the date of declaration, if at the date of declaration of such payment no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

7.06 Arrangements to Restrict Payments . Permit any Operating Subsidiary to enter into any consensual arrangement that limits such Operating Subsidiary’s ability to make dividend payments or other distributions or otherwise transfer assets to the Borrower, except (a) any such arrangement entered into prior to the date of this Agreement and described on Schedule 7. 06 , (b) any such arrangement entered into by an Operating Subsidiary with a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Operating Subsidiary; (c) any such usual and customary arrangement entered into by a joint venture in which such Operating Subsidiary is a joint venturer; and (d) any such arrangement restricting any mutual fund or investment fund managed or advised by such Operating Subsidiary.

7.07 Transactions with Affiliates . Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on terms substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Borrower or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Guarantee Agreement shall be permitted hereunder.

 

56


7.08 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of the Loans, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U or Regulation X of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund Debt originally incurred for such purpose.

7.09 Financial Covenants .

(a) Net Worth . Permit Net Worth at any time to be less than the sum of (i) $7,319,175,000, (ii) an amount equal to 75% of any increase in Net Worth after the date hereof by reason of any conversion of debt securities of the Borrower into common stock or other ownership interests of the Borrower, (iii) an amount equal to 50% of any increase in Net Worth of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries after December 31, 2011 by reason of the issuance and sale of common stock or other ownership interests of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and (iv) an amount equal to 50% of the Net Income earned in each full fiscal quarter ending after December 31, 2011 (with no deduction for a net loss in any such fiscal quarter).

(b) Debt to Capital Ratio . Permit the ratio of the total amount of Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to the amount of Total Capitalization of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to be greater than 35% as to the last day of any fiscal quarter.

(c) Minimum Continuing Liquidity . Permit Continuing Liquidity at any time to be less than $500,000,000; provided that, if, at any time, (i) the Obligations have been repaid in full, and (ii) either (A) the Borrower has a Debt Rating of at least BBB- from S&P and at least Baa3 from Moody’s (and if the rating is BBB- from S&P or Baa3 from Moody’s, neither is on negative watch) or (B)(l) there are no outstanding loans under the Committed Loan Sublimit (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement) outstanding and no commercial paper outstanding that is backstopped by the Committed Loan Sublimit (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement), (2) there is no Debt for borrowed money outstanding and owing by the Borrower to any of its Subsidiaries, and (3) any Debt for borrowed money owing by the Borrower to ING Verzekeringen N.V. or any of its other Affiliates does not exceed the amount of any such Debt on the Closing Date (after giving effect to the Borrowings made on the Closing Date and the use of the proceeds thereof), then this Section 7.09(c) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect.

Article VIII.

Events of Default and Remedies

8.01 Events of Default . Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

(a) Non-Payment . The Borrower fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or (ii) within three days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan, any fee due hereunder or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

 

57


(b) Specific Covenants . The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.03(a) or 6.05 (as to the Borrower) or Article VII ; or

(c) Other Defaults . The Borrower fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a)  or (b)  above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent; or

(d) Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect (or incorrect in any material respect if such representation or warranty is not qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect) when made or deemed made; provided that any restatement of the Audited Financial Statements pursuant to financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 shall not cause any representation or warranty set forth in Section 5.05(a) to be incorrect at the time made unless such restatement is material and adverse to the Lenders; or

(e) Cross-Default . (i) The Borrower or any Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Debt or Guarantee (other than with respect to (I) the Obligations, (II) Debt under Swap Contracts, (III) a downgrade of Debt Ratings under the Collateral Note Facility, and (IV) Operating Debt which is recourse only to a Subsidiary of the Borrower which is a special purpose life insurance captive vehicle) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) exceeding the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any Debt or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Debt or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Debt to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Debt to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded, if the aggregate principal amount of such Debt or Guarantee exceeds the Threshold Amount; or (ii) the Borrower or any Subsidiary fails to make when due one or more required payments under one or more Swap Contracts (whether as a result of the occurrence of an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) or otherwise) in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount, and, in the case of any failure or default described in this Section 8.01(e) , such failure or default has not been cured by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or waived prior to the exercising of any remedies pursuant to Section 8.02 ; or

 

58


(f) Collateral Note Facility . There occurs a downgrade of Debt Ratings, which causes the Collateral Note Facility to be due within 120 days of such downgrade and the Borrower fails to refinance the Collateral Note Facility within 110 days of such acceleration of the Collateral Note Facility, it being understood that such refinancing of the Collateral Note Facility may, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, be effected through the issuance of one or more letters of credit under the Revolving Credit Agreement; or

(g) Revolving Credit Agreement . The occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined therein) under the Revolving Credit Agreement.

(h) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc . The Borrower or any Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(i) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment . (i) The Borrower or the Guarantor becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 30 days after its issue or levy; or

(j) Judgments . There is entered against the Borrower or any Subsidiary (i) one or more non-appealable final judgments or orders by a court of competent jurisdiction for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments or orders) exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments by a court of competent jurisdiction that have, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) such judgment or order is not paid within 60 days or there is a period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

(k) ERISA . (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of

 

59


any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

(l) Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or the Borrower, the Guarantor or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document; or the Borrower or the Guarantor denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any Loan Document; or

(m) Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control.

8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default . If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

(a) declare any existing Commitment of each Lender to make Loans to be terminated, whereupon such Commitments shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; and

(c) exercise on behalf of itself, the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents;

provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

8.03 Application of Funds . After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02 ), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.12 , be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article III ) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including fees,

 

60


charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and amounts payable under Article III ), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting interest on the Loans and other Obligations, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Article IX.

Administrative Agent

9.01 Appointment and Authority . Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article IX are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

9.02 Rights as a Lender . The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “ Lender ” or “ Lenders ” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

9.03 Exculpatory Provisions . The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

61


(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 10.01 and 8.02 ) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender.

The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

9.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative

 

62


Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

9.05 Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and non appealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

9.06 Resignation of Administrative Agent .

(a) The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States, subject to the acceptance of such appointment by such successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “ Resignation Effective Date ”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above, subject to the acceptance of such appointment by such successor. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.

(b) If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d)  of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, by notice in writing to the Borrower and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and, in consultation with the Borrower, appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days (or such earlier day

 

63


as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “ Removal Effective Date ”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.

(c) With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (i) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (ii) except for any indemnity payments or other amounts then owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or removed) Administrative Agent (other than as provided in Section 3.01(g) and other than any rights to indemnity payments or other amounts owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent as of the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date, as applicable), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section ) . The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 10.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

9.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

9.08 No Other Duties, Etc . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Arrangers, Book Managers, Syndication Agents or Documentation Agents listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent or a Lender hereunder.

 

64


9.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to the Borrower or the Guarantor, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.07 and 10.04 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.07 and 10.04 .

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

9.10 Release of Guaranty . Provided that no Event of Default then exists, the Lenders, irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Borrower, to release (and the Administrative Agent shall release) the Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if at the time of such release (including as the result of a payment made concurrently with such release), the Debt for borrowed money of Subsidiaries of the Borrower (other than (a) Operating Debt and other Debt of any Subsidiary of the Borrower owing to the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower (but including any Debt owing to any other Affiliate of the Borrower) and (b) Debt of a registered mutual fund or alternative investment vehicle that is only recourse to such fund or vehicle or to capital commitments made to such fund or vehicle) does not exceed an aggregate amount equal to $250,000,000.

 

65


Article X.

Miscellaneous

10.01 Amendments, Etc . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or the Guarantor therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower or the Guarantor, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) waive any condition set forth in Section 4.01 without the written consent of each Lender;

(b) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02 ) without the written consent of such Lender;

(c) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment or mandatory prepayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) or any scheduled or mandatory reduction of the Aggregate Commitments hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan, or (subject to clause (ii)  of the second proviso to this Section 10.01 ) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided, however, that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be required to amend the definition of “ Default Rate ” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate:

(e) change Section 8.03 or any other provision of this Agreement in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;

(f) change any provision of this Section or the definition of “ Required Lenders ” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender; or

(g) release the Guaranty except in accordance with Section 9.10 , without the written consent of each Lender.

and, provided further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (ii) the Fee Letters may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing

 

66


executed only by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender disproportionately adversely relative to other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

10.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication .

(a) Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b)  below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 ; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the Borrower).

Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b)  below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b) .

(b) Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Article II if such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may each, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

 

67


Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “ return receipt requested ” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i)  of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefore; provided that, for both clauses (i)  and (ii) , if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice, email or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient.

(c) The Platform . THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “ AS IS ” AND “ AS AVAILABLE . ” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any Agent-Related Person (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s, the Guarantor’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet.

(d) Change of Address, Etc . Each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, may change its address, facsimile or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, facsimile or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, facsimile number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “ Private Side Information ” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through

 

68


the “ Public Side Information ” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.

(e) Reliance by Administrative Agent and Lenders . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic or electronic Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement . No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Borrower or the Guarantor shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 8.02 for the benefit of all the Lenders; provided, however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 10.08 (subject to the terms of Section 2.11 ), or (c) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to the Borrower or the Guarantor under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided, further , that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.02 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b) , (c)  and (d)  of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.11 , any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

 

69


10.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

(a) Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and the Agent-Related Persons (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated) and (ii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent or any Lender), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section , or (B) in connection with the Loans made hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans.

(b) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of one firm of primary counsel for the Administrative Agent and one firm of primary counsel for the other Indemnitees, unless such other Indemnitees cannot be represented by one primary firm due to conflicts of interest, in which case the other Indemnitees shall be indemnified from and against and reimbursed for the reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of such number of other counsel as are necessary in light of such conflicts of interest), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including in respect of any matters addressed in Section 3.01 ), (ii) any Loan or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, or (iii) any other claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF THE INDEMNITEE ; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulte from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, (y) result from a

 

70


claim brought by the Borrower against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrower has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or (z) any action, claim, litigation or proceeding solely among the Indemnified Parties so long as such action, claim, litigation or proceeding is not attributable to any act or omission by the Borrower. Without limiting the provisions of Section 3.01(c) , this Section 10.04(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.

(c) Reimbursement by Lenders . To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a)  or (b)  of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Related Party of any of the foregoing (but without limiting the obligation of the Borrower under such subsection), each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought based on each Lender’s Applicable Percentage at such time) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender), provided, further that, the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c)  are subject to the provisions of Section 2.10(d) .

(d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, and acknowledges that no other Person shall have, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b)  above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(e) Payments . All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.

 

71


(f) Survival . The agreements in this Section and the indemnity provisions of Section 10.02(e) shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

10.05 Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under clause (b)  of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

10.06 Successors and Assigns .

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b)  of this Section , (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d)  of this Section , or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d)  of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

72


(b) Assignments by Lenders . Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts .

(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B) in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section , the aggregate amount of the Commitment or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “ Trade Date ” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(ii) Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned;

(iii) Required Consents . No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:

(A) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof; and

(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender.

(iv) Assignment and Assumption . The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided, however , that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole

 

73


discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

(v) No Assignment to Certain Persons . No such assignment shall be made (A) to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries, or (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B) , or (C) to a natural person.

(vi) Certain Additional Payments . In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c)  of this Section , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 , 3.05 , and 10.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment; provided , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d)  of this Section .

 

74


(c) Register . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower (and such agency being solely for tax purposes), shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it (or the equivalent thereof in electronic form) and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person, a Defaulting Lender or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section 10.04(c) without regard to the existence of any participation.

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that affects such Participant. The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b)  of this Section (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 3.01(e) shall be delivered to the Lender who sells the participation) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b)  of this Section ; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.06 and 10.13 as if it were an assignee under subsection (b)  of this Section and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 3.01 or 3.04 , with respect to any participation, than the Lender from whom it acquired the applicable participation would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation.

 

75


Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 3.06 with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.11 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(e) Limitations upon Participant Rights . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 , than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 3.01(e) as though it were a Lender.

(f) Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

10.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Related Parties on a need-to-know basis (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent required or requested by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Person or its Related Parties (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) (in which case the disclosing party agrees, to the extent practicable and permitted by applicable law, to notify the Borrower promptly prior to such disclosure), (c) to

 

76


the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section , to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective party (including a trustee) (or its Related Parties) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder, (g) on a confidential basis to (i) any rating agency in connection with rating the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the credit facilities provided hereunder, (ii) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers or other market identifiers with respect to the credit facilities provided hereunder or (iii) such Person’s auditors on a need to know basis in connection with the audit of such Person’s books and records, (h) with the consent of the Borrower or (i) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent and any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower. For purposes of this Section , Information ” means all information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws.

10.08 Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or the Guarantor, as the case may be, excluding any custodial, trust or special reserve accounts, against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower or Guarantor, as the case may be, now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or any of its Affiliates, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower or the Guarantor, as

 

77


the case may be, may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch, office or Affiliate of such Lender different from the branch, office or Affiliate holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided, that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.12 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender and each of its Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender or each of its Affiliates may have. Each Lender agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

10.09 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

10.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic imaging means (e.g. “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

10.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that

 

78


the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Loan, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied.

10.12 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.12 , if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

10.13 Replacement of Lenders . If the Borrower is entitled to replace a Lender pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.06 or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.06 ) , all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Sections 3.01 and 3.04 ) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:

(a) the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 10.06(b) ;

(b) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05 ) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

(c) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;

(d) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws; and

(e) in the case of an assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent.

 

79


A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

10.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc .

(a) GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN) AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF IN ANY ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING OF ANY KIND OR DESCRIPTION, WHETHER IN LAW OR EQUITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT OR OTHERWISE IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATING HERETO OR THERETO, AND AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.

(c) WAIVER OF VENUE . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

 

80


(d) SERVICE OF PROCESS . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 10.02 . NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

10.15 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION .

10.16 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i)(A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii)(A) the Administrative Agent, each of the Arrangers and each of the Lenders each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) none of the Administrative Agent, any Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and none of the Administrative Agent, any Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower or its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

 

81


10.17 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents . The words “ execution ,” “ signed ,” “ signature ,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

10.18 General Guarantee Agreement . The Administrative Agent and Lenders agree that the General Guarantee Agreement shall not apply to any Borrowing or other obligation under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not be entitled to enforce any rights under the General Guarantee Agreement with respect to any Borrowing or other obligation under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent and Lenders waive all rights and remedies they may have under the General Guarantee Agreement with respect to any Borrowing or obligation under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, any Borrowing or other obligation under this Agreement is not an Obligation as defined in the General Guarantee Agreement. This Section 10.18 does not in any way limit any obligation of the Guarantor under the Guaranty.

10.19 USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act ( Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act. The Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “ know your customer ” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.

10.20 ENTIRE AGREEMENT . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.

 

82


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ING AMERICA INSURANCE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ David S. Pendergrass

  Name:    David S. Pendergrass
  Title:      SVP and Treasurer
By:  

/s/ Spencer T. Shell

  Name:    Spencer T. Shell
  Title:      VP and Assistant Treasurer

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Aamir Saleem

  Name: Aamir Saleem
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


SUNTRUST BANK , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Douglas C. O’Bryan

  Name: Douglas C. O’Bryan
  Title:   Director

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Heather Lindstrom

  Name: Heather Lindstrom
  Title:   Managing Director

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Doreen Barr

  Name: Doreen Barr
  Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Michael O. Spaight

  Name: Michael O. Spaight
  Title:   Associate

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Mark Walton

  Name:    Mark Walton
  Title:      Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Michael King

  Name:    Michael King
  Title:      Vice President

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Jason Cassity

  Name:    Jason Cassity
  Title:      Director

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


CITIBANK, N.A. , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Maureen P. Maroney

  Name:    Maureen P. Maroney
  Title:      Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Brijendra Grewal

  Name:    Brijendra Grewal
  Title:      Vice President

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ John S. McGill

  Name:    John S. McGill
  Title:      Director
By:  

/s/ Virginia Cosenza

  Name:    Virginia Cosenza
  Title:      Vice President

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Patrizia Lloyd

  Name:    Patrizia Lloyd
  Title:      Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Joseph W. Lux

  Name:    Joseph W. Lux
  Title:      Managing Director

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Andrei Bourdine

  Name:  Andrei Bourdine
  Title:    Assistant Vice President

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


BARCLAYS BANK PLC , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Michael Mozer

  Name:  Michael Mozer
  Title:    Vice President

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Evan Glass

  Name:  Evan Glass
  Title:    Vice President

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Mary E. Evans

  Name:  Mary E. Evans
 

Title:  Associate Director

           Banking Products Services, US

By:  

/s/ Joselin Fernandes

  Name:  Joselin Fernandes
 

Title:  Associate Director

           Banking Products Services, US

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Charles Kornberger

  Name:    Charles Kornberger
  Title:      MD
By:  

/s/ Gina Harth Cryde

  Name:    Gina Harth Cryde
  Title:      Managing Director

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Julia R. Franklin

  Name:    Julia R. Franklin
 

Title:      Vice President

                        F014

By:  

/s/ Dennis McClellan

  Name:    Dennis McClellan
 

Title:      Assistant Vice President

                               M040

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ William R. McDonnell

  Name:    William R. McDonnell
  Title:      Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Thane Rattew

  Name: Thane Rattew
  Title:   Managing Director

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD. , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Glenn Schuermann

  Name: Glenn Schuermann
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Karen Hanke

  Name: Karen Hanke
  Title:   Director

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


NATIONAL AUSTRALIA BANK LIMITED , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Helen Hsu

  Name: Helen Hsu
  Title:   Director

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


FIRST HAWAIIAN BANK , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Dawn Hofmann

  Name: Dawn Hofmann
  Title: Vice President

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement


THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Lisa DeCristofaro

  Name: Lisa DeCristofaro
  Title:   VP

 

Signature Page to

Term Loan Agreement

Exhibit 10.13

Execution Copy

 

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of December 30, 2011

among

SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INTERNATIONAL LIMITED,

as the Applicant,

ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH

as Administrative Agent

and

THE VARIOUS FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS FROM

TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,

as Issuing Banks

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

  

  

Section 1.1  

Definitions

     1   
Section 1.2  

Other Interpretive Provisions

     11   
Section 1.3  

Accounting Principles; Knowledge

     12   

ARTICLE II

 

ISSUANCE OF LETTERS OF CREDIT; MAKING LOANS;

PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

  

  

  

Section 2.1  

Issuance of Letters of Credit and Funding

     13   
Section 2.2  

Reimbursement Obligations and Interest

     14   
Section 2.3  

The Issuing Banks’ Obligations to the Applicant

     15   
Section 2.4  

The Applicant’s Obligations Absolute

     15   
Section 2.5  

Loans

     16   
Section 2.6  

Fees

     17   
Section 2.7  

Computation of Interest and Fees

     17   
Section 2.8  

Payments by the Applicant

     18   
Section 2.9  

Law Governing Letters of Credit

     18   
Section 2.10  

Confirming Bank

     18   
Section 2.11  

Letter of Credit Expiration Extension

     19   

ARTICLE III

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

  

  

Section 3.1  

Closing Date

     19   
Section 3.2  

Conditions to Loans

     20   
Section 3.3  

Rights and Obligations of Issuing Banks

     20   

 

-i-


ARTICLE IV

 

TAXES AND YIELD PROTECTION

  

  

Section 4.1  

Taxes

     21   
Section 4.2  

Increased Costs and Reduction of Return

     23   
Section 4.3  

Reimbursement Certificates

     24   
Section 4.4  

Time for Payments

     24   
Section 4.5  

Survival

     24   

ARTICLE V

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

  

  

Section 5.1  

Due Organization, Authorization, etc.

     24   
Section 5.2  

Litigation and Contingent Liabilities

     25   
Section 5.3  

Proceeds

     25   
Section 5.4  

Compliance with Laws

     25   

ARTICLE VI

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

  

  

Section 6.1  

Reports, Certificates and Other Information

     25   
Section 6.2  

Corporate Existence; Foreign Qualification

     27   
Section 6.3  

Books, Records and Inspections

     27   
Section 6.4  

Taxes and Liabilities

     27   
Section 6.5  

Compliance with Laws; Contractual Obligations

     27   
Section 6.6  

Maintenance of Permits

     27   
Section 6.7  

Further Assurances

     28   

ARTICLE VII

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

  

  

Section 7.1  

Other Agreements

     29   
Section 7.2  

Restricted Payments

     29   
Section 7.3  

Funds Withheld Trust Withdrawals

     29   

 

-ii-


ARTICLE VIII

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

  

  

Section 8.1  

Events of Default

     30   
Section 8.2  

Remedies

     31   

ARTICLE IX

 

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

  

  

Section 9.1  

Appointment

     31   
Section 9.2  

Delegation of Duties

     32   
Section 9.3  

Exculpatory Provisions

     32   
Section 9.4  

Reliance by Administrative Agent

     32   
Section 9.5  

Notice of Default

     33   
Section 9.6  

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Issuing Banks

     33   
Section 9.7  

Indemnification

     34   
Section 9.8  

Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity

     34   
Section 9.9  

Successor Administrative Agent

     34   
Section 9.10  

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

     35   

ARTICLE X

 

MISCELLANEOUS

  

  

Section 10.1  

Amendments and Waivers

     35   
Section 10.2  

Notices

     36   
Section 10.3  

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

     37   
Section 10.4  

Costs and Expenses

     37   
Section 10.5  

Indemnity

     38   
Section 10.6  

Payments Set Aside

     38   
Section 10.7  

Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments; Replacement of Issuing Bank

     38   
Section 10.8  

Confidentiality

     41   
Section 10.9  

Set-off

     42   
Section 10.10  

Counterparts

     43   
Section 10.11  

Severability

     43   

 

-iii-


Section 10.12  

No Third Parties Benefited

     43   
Section 10.13  

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

     43   
Section 10.14  

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     44   
Section 10.15  

Currency Indemnity

     44   
Section 10.16  

Service of Process

     44   
Section 10.17  

Entire Agreement

     45   

SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

 

SCHEDULE 1

   Commitments

SCHEDULE 1.1(A)

   Deviations from Adjusted IFRS

SCHEDULE 5.2

   Litigation

SCHEDULE 10.2

   Addresses

EXHIBIT A

   Form of Application for Letter of Credit

EXHIBIT B

   Form of Assignment and Assumption

EXHIBIT C

   Form of Note

EXHIBIT D

   Form of Letter of Credit

EXHIBIT E

   Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement

ANNEX 1

   Fee Schedule

 

-iv-


Exhibit 10.13

Execution Copy

CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of December 30, 2011 is entered into by and between SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, a Cayman Islands company (“ SLDI ”), ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH (“ ING ”), as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), and the Issuing Banks (as defined below).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, SLDI desires that the Issuing Banks issue one or more Letters of Credit to the Beneficiary and make one or more Loans to support SLDI’s obligations under the Reinsurance Agreement, as described herein; and

WHEREAS, the Issuing Banks are willing to issue one or more such Letters of Credit and are willing to make one or more Loans upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . When used herein, the following terms shall have the corresponding meanings:

Adjusted IFRS ” means the set of standards, procedures and related guidance agreed to between the Applicant and the Applicant’s regulators regarding the preparation of the Applicant’s financial statements which specifies that the financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with the standards, procedures and related guidance of the International Accounting Standards Board, designated as International Financial Reporting Standards with such deviations as permitted by the Applicant’s regulators as more particularly described on Schedule 1.1(A) in effect on the Closing Date or as may hereafter be disclosed to the Administrative Agent from time to time; provided , however , that from and after the effectiveness of the Applicant’s adoption of generally accepted accounting principles as the method of preparation of its financial statements with such deviations as permitted by the Applicant’s regulators, “Adjusted IFRS” shall mean such generally accepted accounting principles including such deviations as permitted by the Applicant’s regulators as may be disclosed to the Administrative Agent from time to time. In the event that any Accounting Change (as defined below) shall occur and such change results in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, then the Applicant, the Administrative Agent and the Required Banks shall enter into negotiations in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to reflect equitably such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating the Applicant’s financial condition shall be the same after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made. Until such time as such an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by the Applicant, the Administrative Agent and the Required Banks, all financial


covenants, standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such Accounting Changes had not occurred. “ Accounting Changes ” refers to changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the International Accounting Standards Board or Financial Accounting Standards Board, as applicable, with such deviations as permitted by the Applicant’s regulators as may be disclosed to the Administrative Agent from time to time.

Affected Issuer Party ” as defined in Section 10.7(e).

Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person (excluding any trustee under, or any committee with responsibility for administering, any Plan). For purposes of this definition, a Person shall be deemed to be:

(i) “controlled by” any other Person if such other Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to vote 15% or more of the securities having at the time of any determination hereunder voting power for the election of directors of such Person, or to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise; or

(ii) “controlled by” or “under common control with” such other Person if such other Person is the executor, administrator or other personal representative of such Person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any Issuer Party or any Affiliate thereof be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Applicant or any of the Subsidiaries for purposes of the Credit Documents or any of the matters contemplated thereunder.

Agent Parties ” as defined in Section 9.3.

Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement.

Applicable Interest Rate ” as defined in Annex 1.

Applicable Margin ” as defined in Annex 1

Applicant ” means SLDI.

Application for Letter of Credit ” means an application for the issuance of a Letter of Credit in the form of Exhibit A with any blanks appropriately completed.

Approved Fund ” as defined in Section 10.7.

Assignee ” as defined in Section 10.7(b).

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

 

-2-


Attorney Costs ” means and includes all reasonable fees and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel.

Availability Period ” means that period commencing as of the Closing Date and ending on December 31, 2031.

Bank Affiliate ” as defined in Section 10.7(b).

Beneficiary ” means ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company or the applicable Ceding Company.

Benefited Bank ” as defined in Section 10.9(b).

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City or London are authorized or required by law to close.

Capital Adequacy Regulation ” means any guideline, request or directive of any central bank or other Governmental Authority, or any other law, rule or regulation, in each case whether or not having the force of law, in each case regarding capital adequacy of any financial institution or of any corporation controlling a financial institution including, without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Act and any rules, guidelines or directives issued under it; and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives concerning capital adequacy enacted by the Basel Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices (or any successor authority) or the United States or Dutch financial regulatory authorities, in each case, regardless of the date enacted.

Capital Stock ” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

Capitalized Lease ” means, as to any Person, any lease that is or should be capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with IFRS, consistently applied with prior periods, together with any other lease which is in substance a financing lease, including any lease under which (i) such Person has or will have an option to purchase the property subject thereto at a nominal amount or an amount less than a reasonable estimate of the fair market value of such property as of the date the lease is entered into or (ii) the term of the lease approximates or exceeds the expected useful life of the property leased thereunder.

Ceding Company ” shall have the meaning given to such term m the Reinsurance Agreement.

Closing Date ” as defined in Section 3.1.

Closing Fee ” as defined in Annex 1.

Collateral Assignment ” as defined in Section 6.7(b).

 

-3-


Commitment ” means, as to any Issuing Bank, the obligation of such Issuing Bank to purchase interests in Letters of Credit and make Loans in an aggregate amount (and, in the case of Letters of Credit, the aggregate face amount) not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Commitment” opposite such Issuing Bank’s name on Schedule 1 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Issuing Bank became a party hereto. The original amount of the Commitments is ONE BILLION FIVE HUNDRED MILLION DOLLARS ($1,500,000,000), as may be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis with respect to the Letters of Credit by the aggregate face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and with respect to the Loans by the aggregate principal amount of all Loans funded since the Closing Date.

Commitment Percentage ” means, as to any Issuing Bank at any time, the percentage which such Issuing Bank’s Commitment then constitutes of the total Commitments or, at any time after the Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage which the aggregate amount of such Issuing Bank’s outstanding Credit Extensions constitutes of the amount of the aggregate outstanding Credit Extensions of all Issuing Banks. The original Commitment Percentage of each Issuing Bank is set forth on Schedule 1.

Contingent Liability ” means any agreement, undertaking or arrangement by which any Person (outside the ordinary course of such Person’s business) guarantees, endorses, acts as surety for or otherwise becomes or is contingently liable for (by direct or indirect agreement, contingent or otherwise, to provide funds for payment by, to supply funds to, or otherwise to invest in, a debtor, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss) the Debt, obligation or other liability of any other Person (other than by endorsements of instruments in the course of collection), or for the payment of dividends or other distributions upon the shares of any other Person, or undertakes or agrees (contingently or otherwise) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire or become responsible for any Debt, obligation or liability, or any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge thereof (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise), or to maintain solvency, assets, level of income or other financial condition of any other Person, or to make payment or transfer property to any other Person other than for fair value received. The amount of any Person’s obligation under any Contingent Liability shall (subject to any limitation set forth therein) be deemed to be the outstanding principal amount (or maximum permitted principal amount, if larger) of the Debt, obligation or other liability guaranteed or supported thereby.

Contractual Obligation ” means, relative to any Person, any obligation, commitment or undertaking under any agreement or other instrument to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound or subject.

Cost of Funds Rate ” as defined in Annex 1.

Credit Documents ” means (a) this Agreement, (b) the Letters of Credit and all documents relating to the Letters of Credit, including any Applications for Letters of Credit and any Issuing Bank’s other standard form documents for Letter of Credit issuances, continuations, substitutions or amendments, (c) the Notes, and (d) all other agreements, instruments, certificates, documents, schedules and other written indicia delivered by, or on behalf of the Applicant to, or for the benefit of, any of the Issuer Parties in connection with any of the foregoing including, if applicable, the Collateral Assignment.

 

-4-


Credit Extension ” as defined in Section 10.7(b).

Currency Due ” as defined in Section 10.15.

Debt ” means, with respect to any Person, at any date, without duplication: (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or in respect of loans or advances; (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (iii) all obligations in respect of letters of credit which have been drawn but not reimbursed by the Person for whose account such letters of credit were issued, and bankers’ acceptances issued for the account of such Person; (iv) all obligations in respect of Capitalized Leases of such Person; (v) all Hedging Obligations of such Person; (vi) whether or not so included as liabilities in accordance with IFRS, consistently applied with prior periods, all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services; (vii) Debt of such Person secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including debt arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such Debt is limited in recourse; (viii) any Debt of another Person secured by a Lien on any assets of such first Person, whether or not such Debt is assumed by such first Person (it being understood that, if such Person has not assumed or otherwise become personally liable for any such Debt, the amount of the Debt of such person in connection therewith shall be limited to the lesser of the face amount of such Debt and the fair market value of all property of such Person securing such Debt); (ix) any Debt of a partnership in which such Person is a general partner, unless such Debt is nonrecourse to such Person; (x) all Disqualified Stock of such Person; and (xi) all Contingent Liabilities of such Person, whether or not in connection with the foregoing; notwithstanding anything to contrary contained in this definition, Debt shall not include: (A) Debt arising after the Closing Date from transactions that, the Administrative Agent and the Required Banks determine in their respective reasonable discretions meet the criteria that the funds for repayment of such Debt are set aside and segregated, in whole, at the time such Debt is incurred until repaid in full and the incurrence of such Debt is economically neutral to the Applicant; (B) contingent liabilities arising out of endorsements of checks and other negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business; (C) unsecured current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and paid within 120 days after the due date (unless contested in good faith and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, reserved against in conformity with IFRS, consistently applied with prior periods) other than liabilities that are for money borrowed or are evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments (except as described in clause (B) of this sentence); (D) any obligations of such Person under any reinsurance agreement pursuant to which a trust arrangement is established to support or secure such obligation; or (E) accrued and deferred compensation (including options) incurred in the ordinary course of business.

Default ” means any condition or event which, after notice or lapse of time (or both), would constitute an Event of Default.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, in either case at the option of the holder thereof) or otherwise (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is or may become redeemable or repurchaseable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or (c) is convertible or

 

-5-


exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof for Debt or Disqualified Stock, on or prior to, in the case of clause (a), (b) or (c), the date that is 365 days after the Expiry Date, provided , however , that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to purchase or redeem such Capital Stock in cash upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or “change of control” (or similar terms having the same meaning) occurring prior to the date that is 365 days after the Expiry Date shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if:

(x) the “asset sale” or “change of control” provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are not more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the terms applicable to the Obligations; and

(y) any such requirement only becomes operative after compliance with such terms applicable to the Obligations, including the payment of all Obligations.

Dollar(s) ” and the sign “ $ ” means lawful money of the United States of America.

Event of Default ” means any of the events described in Section 8.1.

Excluded Taxes ” means, in the case of any Issuer Party, (i) income taxes, franchise taxes or similar taxes as are imposed on or measured by such Issuer Party’s net income by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such Issuer Party is organized or any other jurisdiction in which such Issuer Party maintains a lending office; (ii) taxes imposed by reason of any present or former connection between any Issuer Party and the jurisdiction imposing such taxes (other than a connection arising as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the issuance of Letters of Credit under this Agreement or the performance of any transactions contemplated by, or the enforcement of rights under, this Agreement); (iii) any branch profits taxes imposed by the U.S. or any similar taxes imposed by any other jurisdiction in which an Issuer Party is located; and (iv) any tax required to be withheld as a result of the failure of an Issuer Party to satisfy the requirements of the foreign account tax compliance provisions of the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act of 2010, P.L. 111, 147, 124 Stat. 71.

Executive Officer ” means, as to any Person, the president, if any, the chief financial officer, the chief executive officer, managing director, finance director, vice president, treasurer, assistant treasurer, secretary, assistant secretary or other director or senior executive of such Person.

Expiration Date ” means the later to occur of December 31, 2031 or the passage of the Expiry Date of all outstanding Letters of Credit, provided , however , that the Expiration Date shall in no event be later than the termination or reduction in whole of the Commitment to make Loans.

Expiry Date ” means, as to each Letter of Credit, the expiry date specified in such Letter of Credit.

Fiscal Quarter ” means any period of three consecutive calendar months ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each calendar year.

 

-6-


Fiscal Year ” means any period of twelve consecutive calendar months ending on the last day of December.

Foreign Issuing Bank ” as defined in Section 10.16.

Funds Withheld Account ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Reinsurance Agreement.

Funds Withheld Account Assets ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Reinsurance Agreement.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions or powers of or pertaining to government.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the net liability of such Person under any futures contract or options contract (including property catastrophe futures and options), interest rate swap agreements and interest rate collar agreements and all other agreements or arrangements for non-speculative purposes designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates that are entered into in the ordinary course of business.

IFRS ” means the standards, procedures and related guidance of the International Accounting Standards Board, designated as International Financial Reporting Standards; provided , however , that from and after the effectiveness of a Person’s adoption of generally accepted accounting principles as the method of preparation of its financial statements, “IFRS” shall mean such generally accepted accounting principles.

Indemnified Liabilities ” as defined in Section 10.5.

Indemnified Person ” as defined in Section 10.5.

ING ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof.

Interest Period ” means the period commencing on the day of the event giving rise to the applicable payment and ending one month thereafter and thereafter, the period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such unreimbursed amount and ending one month thereafter; provided , however , that the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

(A) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day; and

(B) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the next calendar month.

 

-7-


Issuer Party ” means the Administrative Agent and each Issuing Bank.

Issuing Banks ” means (a) the financial institutions or entities listed on the signature pages hereof as an “Issuing Bank” and (b) each other financial institution or other entity that from time to time becomes a party hereto by execution of an Assignment and Assumption.

Judgment Currency ” as defined in Section 10.15.

knowledge ” as defined in Section 1.3.

Letter of Credit ” means each standby letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement which, subject to Section 2.9 , shall be (a) in substantially the form of Exhibit D or (b) in such other form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent and Applicant that complies with the applicable requirements to permit the Beneficiary to take statutory financial statement credit for the reinsurance secured or supported thereby in all jurisdictions in which the Beneficiary may use letters of credit for such purposes, other than the requirement that the issuer thereof be a NAIC Approved Bank.

Letter of Credit Fee ” as defined in Annex 1.

Letter of Credit Fee Rate ” as defined in Annex 1.

LIBO Rate ” means:

(i) the rate appearing on Page 3750 of the Telerate Service (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to Dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of the applicable Interest Period;

(ii) if such date does not appear on said Page 3750 (or such successor), the offered rate for deposits in Dollars with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period appearing on the display designated page “LIBO” on the Reuter Monitor Money Rates Service (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time, for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to Dollar deposits in the London interbank market) as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the day that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; and

(iii) in the event that neither rate referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) of this definition is available at such time for any reason, an interest rate per annum equal to the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in Dollars are offered by four major

 

-8-


money center banks in London, England selected by the Administrative Agent from time to time, to prime banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the day that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period in the amount of the applicable unreimbursed payment or disbursement if such amount were to be outstanding for such Interest Period, adjusted to the nearest one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) or, if there is no nearest one-quarter of one percent (0.25%), then the next higher one-quarter of one percent (0.25%).

License(s) ” means licenses (including licenses or certificates of authority from applicable insurance departments or other regulatory authorities), permits or authorizations to transact insurance and reinsurance business.

Lien ” means, when used with respect to any Person, any interest in any real or personal property, asset or other right held, owned or being purchased or acquired by such Person for its own use, consumption or enjoyment which secures payment or performance of any obligation, and shall include any mortgage, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge, retained title of a conditional vendor or lessor, or other security agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, chattel mortgage, assignment, pledge, retention of title, financing or similar statement or notice, or other encumbrance arising as a matter of law, judicial process or otherwise.

Loans ” as defined in Section 2.5(a).

Margin Stock ” means “margin stock” as defined under Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States, as now and from time to time hereafter in effect.

Material Adverse Effect ” means the occurrence of an event (including any adverse determination in any litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding) which has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a materially adverse effect on:

(i) the assets, business, financial condition or operation of the Applicant; or

(ii) the ability of the Applicant to perform any of its payment or other material obligations under any of the Credit Documents that by its terms purports to bind the Applicant; or

(iii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Applicant of any Credit Document that by its terms purports to bind the Applicant.

Maturity Date ” means December 31, 2041.

Maximum Availability ” means ONE BILLION FIVE HUNDRED MILLION DOLLARS ($1,500,000,000).

NAIC ” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners and any successor thereto.

 

-9-


NAIC Approved Bank ” means any bank listed on the most current list of banks approved by the Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC (the “ NAIC Bank List ”).

Notes ” mean those certain Promissory Notes made by the Applicant in favor of the Issuing Banks, each in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof, and each as may be amended, restated, replaced, extended or otherwise modified from time to time.

Obligations ” means all obligations and liabilities of the Applicant to the Issuer Parties under or in connection with this Agreement, or any other Credit Document, howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, primary or secondary, joint or several, recourse or nonrecourse or now or hereafter existing or due or to become due, whether for Reimbursement Obligations, interest, fees, expenses, claims, indemnities or otherwise.

Ordinary Course Litigation ” is defined in Section 5.2.

Organization Documents ” means the articles or certificate of organization or formation, certificate of limited partnership, joint venture or partnership agreement, operating or limited liability company agreement, bylaws, certificate of incorporation, certificate of incorporation on a change of name memorandum and article of association, or other constitutional or organizational document of any Person, other than an individual, each as from time to time amended or modified.

Other Taxes ” means any present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Credit Documents.

Participant ” as defined in Section 10.7(c).

Payment Amount ” means for each Issuing Bank, with respect to each drawing under a Letter of Credit or funding of a Loan, such Issuing Bank’s Commitment Percentage multiplied by the amount of such drawing.

Percentage of Facility Utilization ” means, for any Fiscal Quarter, the result, expressed as a percentage, of (1) the average daily aggregate face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit during such Fiscal Quarter, divided by (2) the lesser of (x) the aggregate total Commitments or (y) the Maximum Availability.

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, company, partnership, firm, trust, association, government, governmental agency or other entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

Process Agent ” means, as to the Applicant or a Foreign Issuing Bank, the Person appointed by the Applicant or a Foreign Issuing Bank, as applicable, pursuant to Section 10.16.

Register ” as defined in Section 10.7.

 

-10-


Reimbursement Obligations ” means the obligation of the Applicant under Section 2.2 hereof to reimburse the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Banks, for amounts paid by the Issuing Banks in respect of each drawing under any of the Letters of Credit, including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon pursuant to Section 2.2, whether or not such amounts are financed using a Loan.

Reinsurance Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Automatic Reinsurance Agreement effective as of July 1, 2009 by and between the Beneficiary and the Applicant, as amended and restated effective as of October 1, 2011 and as may be further amended from time to time.

Required Banks ” means at any time, the holders of more than 50% of the sum of (a) aggregate unpaid Reimbursement Obligations then outstanding and (b) the aggregate Commitments then in effect or, if the Commitments have been terminated, the aggregate Credit Extensions then outstanding.

Requirement of Law ” for any Person means the Organization Documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule, ordinance or regulation, or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property, or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Restricted Payment ” as defined in Section 7.2.

SLDI ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof.

Subsidiary ” means a corporation, company, partnership, limited liability company or other entity that is not an individual of which the indicated Person and/or its other Subsidiaries, individually or in the aggregate, own, directly or indirectly, such number of outstanding shares as have at the time of any determination hereunder more than 50% of the ordinary voting power. For purposes hereof, references to “Subsidiary” or “Subsidiaries” shall mean a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Applicant, unless otherwise specified.

Taxes ” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, other than any Excluded Taxes.

Section 1.2 Other Interpretive Provisions .

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder” and similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; and subsection, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(c) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, indentures, notices and other writings, however evidenced.

 

-11-


(d) The term “including” is not limiting and means “including without limitation.”

(e) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”, and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(f) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references to agreements (including this Agreement) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of any Credit Document, and (ii) references to any statute or regulation are to be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting the statute or regulation.

(g) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

(h) This Agreement and other Credit Documents may use several different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and shall each be performed in accordance with their terms.

(i) This Agreement and the other Credit Documents are the result of negotiations among, and have been reviewed by counsel to, the Issuing Banks, the Applicant and the other parties thereto, and are the products of all parties. Accordingly, they shall not be construed against the Issuer Parties merely because of any Issuer Party’s involvement in their preparation.

Section 1.3 Accounting Principles; Knowledge . Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, all financial and accounting terms used herein or in any of the Credit Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto shall be defined in accordance with Adjusted IFRS. When used in this Agreement, the term “financial statements” shall include the notes and schedules thereto except in the case of unaudited financial statements which shall be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments an may exclude notes and schedules. In addition, when used herein, unless otherwise explicitly stated, the “knowledge” of any Person shall mean matters within the actual knowledge of such Person (or an Executive Officer of such Person) or which should have been known by such Person (or an Executive Officer of such Person) in the normal course of their duties without the obligation for due inquiry or investigation.

 

-12-


ARTICLE II

ISSUANCE OF LETTERS OF CREDIT; MAKING LOANS;

PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

Section 2.1 Issuance of Letters of Credit and Funding .

(a) On the Closing Date and upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, ING (for itself and on behalf of the other Issuing Banks) shall issue, for the account of the Applicant, one or more Letters of Credit, in all cases, denominated in Dollars, and in a maximum face not to exceed the Maximum Availability. The Applicant shall submit an Application for Letter of Credit to the Administrative Agent not less than three (3) Business Days (or such shorter period of time as is acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) prior to the Business Day on which the Applicant desires a Letter of Credit to be issued, completed to the satisfaction of the Administrative Agent.

(b) Each Issuing Bank irrevocably agrees to accept, on the terms and conditions set forth below, for such Issuing Bank’s own account and risk an undivided interest equal to such Issuing Bank’s Commitment Percentage in the obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit and the amount of each draft presented to the Administrative Agent.

(c) Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of a sight draft and certificate constituting a drawing under a Letter of Credit that the Administrative Agent has determined is in compliance with the Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent will notify each other Issuing Bank of (i) the aggregate amount of such drawing and (ii) the amount of each Issuing Bank’s Payment Amount. In the event that the Administrative Agent makes any payment under such Letter of Credit and the Applicant shall not have reimbursed such amount in full to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.2, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the other Issuing Banks of such failure, and each Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have made a Loan to the Applicant in an amount equal to its Payment Amount and shall promptly pay to the Administrative Agent such Payment Amount as its portion of the Loan in immediately available funds. If such notice of any drawing is delivered by fax by the Administrative Agent to an Issuing Bank at or prior to 11:00 a.m., London time, on any Business Day, such Issuing Bank shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Payment Amount no later than 12:00 p.m., London time, on the second Business Day thereafter. If such notice is delivered by fax by the Administrative Agent to such Issuing Bank after 11:30 a.m., London time, such Issuing Bank shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Payment Amount no later than 10:30 a.m., London time, on the third Business Day thereafter.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent shall honor such drawing and advance the aggregate amount of all Issuing Banks’ Payment Amounts to the Beneficiary, notwithstanding the fact that the Administrative Agent has not, as of the time of such disbursement, received such Payment Amount. Upon any such honor and advancement by the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank shall be absolutely and unconditionally obligated to remit to the Administrative Agent such Issuing Bank’s Payment Amount with regard to such drawing in accordance with subsection (c). Without limiting the foregoing, each Issuing Bank shall be obligated to remit said Payment Amount to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Administrative Agent notwithstanding that Applicant shall have become subject to any bankruptcy, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization or other proceeding for the relief of debtors or has become insolvent or any adverse change in the financial or business condition of the same have occurred.

 

-13-


(e) Each payment by each Issuing Bank to the Administrative Agent or by the Administrative Agent to each Issuing Bank referred to above shall be made in immediately available and freely transferable funds to such Person at its respective payment office specified in writing to the Administrative Agent.

(f) If any amount required to be paid by any Issuing Bank to the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (d) above in respect of any payment made by the Administrative Agent under any Letter of Credit is paid to the Administrative Agent after the date such payment is due, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover from such Issuing Bank, on demand, such amount with interest thereon calculated (on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed) at a per annum rate equal to the LIBO Rate (assuming an Interest Period of one month), from such due date through the date such payment is made. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Issuing Bank with respect to any amounts owing under this Section shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

(g) Except as otherwise provided herein, (i) each payment of Obligations shall be made pro rata among the Issuing Banks owed such Obligations according to the respective unpaid amounts of such Obligations owed to such Issuing Banks; and (ii) each payment of fees (other than fees paid to the Administrative Agent for their respective accounts) shall be shared among the Issuing Banks pro rata according to their respective Commitment Percentages.

(h) Whenever, at any time after payment of any drawing under any Letter of Credit, any Issuing Bank receives any payment related to such Letter of Credit (whether directly from the Applicant or otherwise), or any payment of interest on account thereof, such Issuing Bank will pay such amount to the Administrative Agent for distribution to each Issuing Bank that paid its Payment Amount with respect to such drawing its pro rata share thereof; provided , however , that in the event that any such payment received from the Applicant or otherwise shall be required to be returned, each Issuing Bank shall return to the Administrative Agent the portion thereof previously distributed to it.

(i) Any amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be treated as the issuance by each Issuing Bank of a Letter of Credit in the amount equal to its pro rata share of such increase.

Section 2.2 Reimbursement Obligations and Interest . The Applicant hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of the Issuing Banks, for each payment and disbursement (including any amounts paid by any Issuing Bank with respect to such payment or disbursement, to the extent such payment or disbursement is required by applicable law) made by the Issuing Banks in respect of the Letters of Credit in connection with any demand for payment made by the Beneficiary as follows: (i) to the extent that the aggregate of (A) the face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and (B) the initial principal amount of all previously funded Loans (including the Loan needed to fund the applicable draw), exceeds the Maximum Availability or an Event of Default described in Section 8.1(iii) has occurred, within ten (10) Business Days of any amount being drawn under a Letter of Credit, an amount equal to the excess amount of such draw over the Maximum Availability; (ii) if an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Section 8.1(iii)) has occurred and is continuing and, pursuant to Section 8.2, the Administrative

 

-14-


Agent has terminated the Commitment to make Loans and the Commitment has not been reinstated in accordance with Section 8.2, within ten (10) Business Days of any amount being drawn under a Letter of Credit, an amount equal to the full amount of such draw and (iii) in all other instances, using the proceeds of a Loan which shall be automatically advanced as set forth in Section 2.5(c). The amount of each payment or disbursement (whether or not financed by a Loan) shall bear interest from but not including the date of such payment or disbursement to and including the date that the Issuing Banks are reimbursed by the Applicant therefor, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Interest Rate. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Applicant forthwith whenever any demand for payment is made under any Letter of Credit by the Beneficiary; provided , however , that the failure of the Administrative Agent to so notify the Applicant shall not affect the rights of the Issuing Banks in any manner whatsoever.

Section 2.3 The Issuing Banks’ Obligations to the Applicant . In determining whether to honor a draw upon any Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks shall have no obligation to the Applicant other than to confirm that any documents required to be delivered under such Letter of Credit have been delivered and substantially comply with the requirements of such Letter of Credit. No action taken or omitted to be taken by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Banks under or in connection with any Letter of Credit shall reduce or impair the Applicant’s Reimbursement Obligations, or, if taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence and willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a non-appealable judgment, impose upon the Administrative Agent or Issuing Banks any liability to the Applicant.

Section 2.4 The Applicant’s Obligations Absolute . The obligations of the Applicant under any Credit Document to reimburse the Issuing Banks for a drawing under a Letter of Credit and to repay any Obligations shall be unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of each Credit Document under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Credit Document;

(ii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the obligations of the Applicant in respect of any Letter of Credit or any other amendment or waiver of, or any consent to departure from, the terms of all or any of the Credit Documents;

(iii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that the Applicant may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), any Issuer Party or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents or any unrelated transaction;

(iv) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect, or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any Letter of Credit;

 

-15-


(v) any payment by the Issuing Banks under the Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the Issuing Banks under any Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any insolvency proceeding;

(vi) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the obligations of the Applicant in respect of any Letter of Credit; or

(vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Applicant.

Section 2.5 Loans .

(a) Loans . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, from and after the Closing Date, the Issuing Banks agree to establish a non-revolving line of credit under which the Issuing Banks shall make loans (the “ Loans ”) to the Applicant from time to time from and after the Closing Date until the Expiration Date in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not exceeding at any time the lesser of the aggregate Commitments and the Maximum Availability. The Loans shall be evidenced by the Notes. Amounts repaid under the Loans may not be reborrowed.

(b) Obligation to Fund . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligation of the Issuing Banks to continue making Loans within the Commitment shall terminate upon the Expiration Date, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.1(iii) and, at the option of the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 8.2, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. If an Event of Default shall occur, the Administrative Agent may, as a condition to providing a waiver of such Event of Default, require an amendment or modification of this Agreement to increase the interest rates, as shall be determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; provided that nothing contained herein or elsewhere will be deemed to require the Administrative Agent to provide such waiver on any terms.

(c) Borrowings . Loans shall automatically be deemed requested by Applicant upon funding of any draw under a Letter of Credit in the amount of such draw.

(d) Amounts Outstanding . The Administrative Agent may from time to time render a statement of the Loans and the amounts due with respect thereto, including accrued and unpaid interest, fees and other charges with respect thereto. If the Applicant fails to object to any such statement within 25 Business Days after it is received by the Applicant, it shall be deemed to be an account stated and binding upon Applicant, absent manifest error. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent’s failure to enter the date, interest rate, Interest Period, if any, and amount of any Loan on its records shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the

 

-16-


obligation of Applicant under this Agreement and the Notes to repay the principal amount of the advances, re-advances, borrowings and re-borrowings of the Loans made by the Issuing Banks to the Applicant under this Agreement together with all interest, fees and other charges accruing thereon.

(e) Repayment . Unless payment thereof shall have been accelerated in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof, each Loan shall be payable by Applicant on the Maturity Date.

(f) Interest Rate . The outstanding principal amount of each Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Interest Rate and be payable in accordance with Annex A.

(g) Use of Proceeds . Proceeds of the Loans shall be used solely to finance the reimbursement obligations of the Applicant under this Section 2 with respect to drawings under Letters of Credit.

(h) Prepayment . The Applicant may prepay the Loans on or before the Maturity Date or obtain the surrender of a Letter of Credit on or before the Expiry Date, in whole or in part, at any time, without premium or penalty except for payment of fees and costs described in Article IV and on Annex 1. Loans prepaid or repaid may not be reborrowed nor may new Letters of Credit be issued after the Closing Date.

Section 2.6 Fees .

(a) The Applicant shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of the Issuing Banks, the Letter of Credit Fee as required by Annex 1 on the dates set forth on Annex 1.

(b) The Applicant agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in respect of each Letter of Credit issued by the Administrative Agent and any amendment, continuation, substitution or extension under the terms thereof, such reasonable fees and expenses as the Administrative Agent customarily charges its customers in connection with the amendment, transfer, negotiation, processing and/or administration of letters of credit, in each case not to exceed $17,500.

(c) On the Closing Date, the Applicant shall pay the Closing Fee in an amount as set forth on Annex 1 attached hereto.

Section 2.7 Computation of Interest and Fees .

(a) All computations of interest and fees shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual number of days elapsed. Interest and fees shall accrue during each period during which interest or such fees are computed from and including the first day thereof up to, and including, the last day thereof (which day shall be the day preceding the first day of the next period or, in the case of a period ending as of the Maturity Date or an Expiry Date, the Maturity Date or such Expiry Date, respectively).

 

-17-


(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive and binding on the Applicant and the Issuer Parties in the absence of manifest error.

(c) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of the Applicant to the Issuer Parties hereunder shall be subject to the limitation that payments of interest shall not be required for any period for which interest is computed hereunder, to the extent (but only to the extent) that contracting for or receiving such payment by the Issuer Parties would be contrary to the provisions of any applicable law limiting the highest rate of interest that may be lawfully contracted for, charged or received by the Issuer Parties, and in such event the Applicant shall pay the Issuer Parties interest at the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

Section 2.8 Payments by the Applicant .

(a) All payments to be made by the Applicant shall be made to the Administrative Agent in Dollars by 2:00 p.m. (London time) on the due date to JPMorgan Chase Bank, New York, for the account of ING Bank N.V., London Branch, Account number 001.1.938123, or in other such currencies to an account as instructed in writing by the Administrative Agent, without set-off or counterclaim and free of and without deduction for any taxes, levies, withholdings or imposts imposed by any governmental or taxing authority in the United States of America or any other jurisdiction whatsoever.

(b) Whenever any payment is due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the following Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest or fees, as the case may be.

Section 2.9 Law Governing Letters of Credit . Each Letter of Credit shall be in the form, and contain or omit such terms, as may be required under applicable rules and regulations to permit the beneficiary thereof to take statutory financial statement credit for the reinsurance secured or supported thereby in all jurisdictions in which the beneficiary may use letters of credit for such purpose and shall, to the extent possible, conform to the Administrative Agent’s standard form of stand-by letter of credit, which is attached hereto as Exhibit D. Unless otherwise agreed by the Required Banks and the Applicant, each Letter of Credit shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York and by the “2007 Revision of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Commercial Documentary Credits” (International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600), as specified in the applicable Letter of Credit.

Section 2.10 Confirming Bank . The Applicant hereby agrees that, to the extent the Administrative Agent is not a NAIC Approved Bank, the Administrative Agent may arrange, at the cost and expense of the Applicant (and not at the cost and expense of the Administrative Agent), for a NAIC Approved Bank to act as a confirming bank as to each Letter of Credit issued by the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to provide a NAIC Approved Bank or otherwise satisfy regulatory requirements for the Beneficiary to obtain reserve credit for reserves secured or supported by the Letters of Credit, provided , however , that upon the written request of the Applicant or the Beneficiary, the Administrative Agent will cooperate with and assist the Applicant and the Beneficiary in providing a confirmation by a NAIC Approved Bank with

 

-18-


respect to a particular Letter of Credit so long as the Applicant indemnifies and holds the Administrative Agent harmless against the Administrative Agent’s reasonable costs and expenses relating to any modification to the form of Letter of Credit to obtain a confirmation of a Letter of Credit, including without limitation, pursuant to Section 10.4.

Section 2.11 Letter of Credit Expiration Extension . Each Issuing Bank acknowledges that to the extent provided under the terms of any Letter of Credit, the expiration date of such Letter of Credit will be automatically extended for an additional year, without amendment, unless at least thirty (30) days (or such other period required by Governmental Authority) prior to the applicable Expiry Date, notice is given to the Beneficiary by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms of the respective Letter of Credit (a “ Notice of Non-Extension ”) that the expiration date of such Letter of Credit will not be extended beyond its current expiration date. The Administrative Agent will give Notices of Non-Extension as to any or all outstanding Letters of Credit if (x) requested to do so by the Required Banks or (y) as to such Letter of Credit only, any outstanding Letter of Credit which would expire, if automatically extended by its terms for an additional year, on a date after the Expiry Date. The Administrative Agent will give Notices of Non-Extension as to all outstanding Letters of Credit if the Maturity Date has occurred.

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 3.1 Closing Date . The obligations of the Issuer Parties hereunder to issue Letters of Credit shall not become effective until the date (the “ Closing Date ”) on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (as determined by the Administrative Agent):

(a) delivery of this Agreement and the ING Note executed by the Applicant;

(b) the representations and warranties of the Applicant contained in each of the Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects, except where a representation or warranty is qualified by materiality in which case it shall be true and correct in all respects, on and as of the date of such issuance;

(c) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(d) delivery of a certificate of an Executive Officer of the Applicant dated as of the Closing Date certifying the Organization Documents of the Applicant and the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Applicant authorizing the execution, delivery and performance, respectively, of the Credit Documents and those documents and matters required of it with respect to the Credit Documents;

(e) certificates of an Executive Officer of the Applicant certifying the names of the individual or individuals authorized to sign the Credit Documents and other documents contemplated by this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which the Applicant is a party, together with a sample of the true signature of each such individual, on which certificate each Issuer Party may conclusively rely until formally advised by a like certificate by the Applicant of any changes therein;

 

-19-


(f) opinion of counsel to Administrative Agent addressed to the Administrative Agent and Issuing Banks as to certain New York law matters, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and Issuing Banks;

(g) a certificate of an Executive Officer of the Applicant, dated as of the Closing Date, stating that there are no insurance regulatory proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of such Executive Officer, threatened against Applicant in any jurisdiction and no Default or Event of Default exists;

(h) evidence as of the Closing Date, that the Funds Withheld Account has Funds Withheld Account Assets with a market value of at least US$5,208,000,000; and

(i) the payment of all fees, expenses and other amounts due and payable under each Credit Document, including the Closing Fee and all fees and expenses payable pursuant to Section 10.4(a).

The Administrative Agent shall notify in writing the Applicant and the Issuing Banks of the Closing Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.

Section 3.2 Conditions to Loans . The obligation of the Administrative Agent to make Loans is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions (as determined by the Administrative Agent):

(a) the Closing Date shall have occurred;

(b) immediately before the making of such Loan, the Commitment shall not have been terminated and not reinstated in accordance with Section 8.2; and

(c) no Event of Default described in Section 8.1(iii) shall have occurred.

The Applicant hereby authorizes the making of a Loan upon any draw under a Letter of Credit.

Section 3.3 Rights and Obligations of Issuing Banks . Unless otherwise agreed by all the Issuer Parties:

(a) the obligations of the Issuer Parties under the Credit Documents shall be several and not joint;

(b) failure by an Issuer Party to perform its obligations under any Credit Document shall not affect the obligations of any other party under any of the Credit Documents;

(c) no Issuer Party shall be responsible for the obligations of any other Issuer Party under the Credit Documents;

(d) the rights of an Issuer Party under the Credit Documents are separate and independent rights;

 

-20-


(e) each obligation arising under the Credit Documents to or for the benefit of an Issuer Party, including a Reimbursement Obligation, shall be a separate and independent Debt and obligation of the Applicant; and

(f) an Issuer Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Credit Documents, separately and independently enforce its rights under the Credit Documents or otherwise.

ARTICLE IV

TAXES AND YIELD PROTECTION

Section 4.1 Taxes .

(a) Any and all payments by the Applicant to the Issuer Parties under this Agreement and any other Credit Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any Taxes except as required by law, in which case Section 4.1(c), below, shall apply. In addition, the Applicant shall pay all Other Taxes.

(b) The Applicant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer Parties for the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes (including any Taxes and Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 4.1) paid by any Issuer Party and any liability (including penalties, interest, additions to tax and Attorney Costs and other expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto. Payment under this indemnification shall be made within 30 days after the date on which the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank makes written demand therefore to the Applicant.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (h) below, if the Applicant shall be required by law to deduct or withhold any Taxes or Other Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to any Issuer Party, then:

(i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 4.1) such Issuer Party receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made;

(ii) the Applicant shall make such deductions or withholdings; and

(iii) the Applicant shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law.

(d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment by the Applicant of Taxes or Other Taxes, the Applicant shall furnish the Administrative Agent and each other applicable Issuer Party the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof, or other evidence of payment satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each such other Issuer Party.

(e) If the Applicant is required to pay additional amounts to any Issuer Party pursuant to Section 4.1(c), then such Issuer Party shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with

 

-21-


legal and regulatory restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its applicable office so as to eliminate any such additional payment by the Applicant which may thereafter accrue, if such change in the judgment of such Issuer Party is not disadvantageous to such Issuer Party or inconsistent with its internal policies.

(f) If the Applicant is required to pay additional amounts to any Issuer Party pursuant to Section 4.1(c) and an Issuer Party determines that:

(i) a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that additional amount forms part, or to that additional amount; and

(ii) that Issuer Party has obtained, utilized and retained that Tax Credit,

that Issuer Party shall pay an amount to the Applicant which that Issuer Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-tax position as it would have been in had payment of the additional amount not been required to be made by the Applicant.

For the purpose of this clause, “ Tax Credit ” means a credit against, relief or remission for, refund of or repayment of any Tax.

(g) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.1(g), each Foreign Issuing Bank must supply to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower either (A) two (2) properly executed originals of Form W-8ECI or Form W-8BEN or any successor or similar forms prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service or other documents satisfactory to the Applicant and the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, certifying (1) as to such Foreign Issuing Bank’s status for purposes of determining exemption from United States withholding taxes with respect to all payments to be made to such Foreign Issuing Bank hereunder and under any other Credit Documents or (2) that all payments to be made to such Foreign Issuing Bank hereunder and under any other Credit Documents are subject to such taxes at a rate reduced to zero by an applicable tax treaty, or (B)(l) a certificate executed by such Foreign Issuing Bank certifying that such Foreign Issuing Bank is not a “bank” and that such Foreign Issuing Bank qualifies for the portfolio interest exemption under Section 881(c) of the Code, and (2) two (2) properly executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor form), in each case, certifying such Foreign Issuing Bank’s entitlement to an exemption from United States withholding tax with respect to payments of interest to be made hereunder or under any other Credit Documents. An Issuer Party must comply with its obligations under this paragraph as soon as practicable after the date it becomes a party to this Agreement. An Issuer Party is not obliged to supply any form under this paragraph (g) if it is unable to do so by reason of any change after the date of this Agreement in (or in the administration or application of) any law or regulation or any published practice or concession of any relevant taxing authority.

(h) No additional amounts shall be payable pursuant to section 4.1(c) with respect to (i) any Taxes that would not have been imposed but for the failure of the Issuer Party to comply with the requirements of Section 4.1(g) and (ii) in the case of an assignment by an Issuer Party or the designation of a new lending office, any Taxes that exceed the amount of Taxes that would have been imposed on such payments but for the assignment by the Issuer Party or the designation of a new lending office, as the case may be, unless such assignment or designation resulted from the request of the Applicant.

 

-22-


Section 4.2 Increased Costs and Reduction of Return .

(a) If any Issuer Party determines at any time that, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation, in each case after the Closing Date, or (ii) the compliance by such Issuer Party with any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law) after the Closing Date, there shall be any increase in the cost (except for any cost with respect to Taxes, Excluded Taxes, or Other Taxes, as to which Section 4.1 is controlling) to such Issuer Party of the issuance, substitution, continuation, amendment or extension of the expiry date of, or participation in, a Letter of Credit, the making of any Loan, or the maintenance of any Commitment or Credit Extension hereunder, then the Applicant shall be liable for, and shall from time to time, upon demand, pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuer Party, such additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate such Issuer Party for such increased costs; provided that, to the extent such increased costs are not specifically related to the Obligations, such Issuer Party is charging such amounts to its other customers in respect of substantially similar transactions on a non-discriminatory basis and such amounts were not incurred by such Issuer Party more than 180 days prior to the date of such request (unless the increased costs arise from a change in law that is retroactive in effect, in which case such 180-day limitation shall not apply).

(b) If any Issuer Party shall have determined at any time that (i) the introduction of any Capital Adequacy Regulation, (ii) any change in any Capital Adequacy Regulation, (iii) any change in the interpretation or administration of any Capital Adequacy Regulation by any central bank or other Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or (iv) compliance by such Issuer Party (or its applicable branch or lending or other office) or any corporation controlling such Issuer Party with any Capital Adequacy Regulation, in each case after the Closing Date, affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Issuer Party or any corporation controlling such Issuer Party and (taking into consideration such Issuer Party’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy and such Issuer Party’s desired return on capital) determines that the amount of such capital is increased or its rate of return is decreased as a consequence of the issuance, substitution, continuation, amendment or extension of the expiry date of, or participation in, a Letter of Credit or the making of any Loan under this Agreement, or the maintenance of any Commitment or Credit Extension hereunder, then, upon demand of such Issuer Party to the Applicant, the Applicant shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of such Issuer Party, from time to time as specified by such Issuer Party, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Issuer Party for such increase; provided that, to the extent such increased costs are not specifically related to the Obligations, such Issuer Party is charging such amounts to its other customers in respect of substantially similar transactions on a non­discriminatory basis and such additional amounts were not incurred by such Issuer Party more than 180 days prior to the date of such request (unless the additional amounts arise from any of the aforementioned changes that is retroactive in effect, in which case such 180-day limitation shall not apply).

 

-23-


Section 4.3 Reimbursement Certificates . In order to claim reimbursement or compensation under this Article IV, an Issuer Party shall deliver to the Applicant a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the amount payable to such Issuer Party hereunder. Such certificate shall be conclusive and binding on the Applicant in the absence of manifest error.

Section 4.4 Time for Payments . Amounts due under this Article IV shall be due and payable on the first date on which interest is due after delivery of the certificated set forth in Section 4.3.

Section 4.5 Survival . The agreements and obligations of the Applicant in this Article IV shall survive the payment of all other Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Issuer Parties to enter into this Agreement and to issue, continue, substitute, amend or extend the expiry date of, or participate in, a Letter of Credit hereunder, the Applicant represents and warrants to the Issuer Parties as of the Closing Date that:

Section 5.1 Due Organization, Authorization, etc. The Applicant and the Beneficiary: (i) is a company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation; (ii) is duly qualified to do business and in good standing in each jurisdiction where, because of the nature of its activities or properties, such qualification is required; (iii) has the requisite corporate power and authority and the right to own and operate its properties, to lease the property it operates under lease, and to conduct its business as now and proposed to be conducted; and (iv) has obtained all material Licenses, permits, consents or approvals from or by, and has made all filings with and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction, to the extent required for such ownership, operation and conduct (including the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) as to each of the foregoing. The execution, delivery and performance by the Applicant of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby are within its corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action (including shareholder approval if required). The Applicant and Beneficiary have not taken any corporate action, nor have any other steps been taken or legal proceeding started or, to the knowledge of the Applicant, threatened against Applicant or Beneficiary, for its winding-up, dissolution, administration, examination or reorganization, or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, examiner, trustee or similar officer of Applicant or Beneficiary or over any or all of its assets or revenues. The Applicant and Beneficiary has received all material consents and approvals (if any shall be required) necessary for such execution, delivery and performance under, and such execution, delivery and performance do not and will not contravene or conflict with, or create a Lien (other than in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks pursuant to the Credit Documents) or right of termination or acceleration under, any Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation binding upon Applicant and Beneficiary, except for any contravention of, or conflict with, any such Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation, which individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. This Agreement and each of the Credit Documents constitutes (or when executed and delivered will

 

-24-


constitute) the legal, valid and binding obligations of Applicant, enforceable against it in accordance with its respective terms subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and general equity principles.

Section 5.2 Litigation and Contingent Liabilities . As of the Closing Date, except as set forth in Schedule 5.2 hereto, there is no claim, litigation (including derivative actions), mediation, arbitration, governmental investigation or proceeding or inquiry pending or, to the knowledge of the Applicant, threatened against the Applicant or the Beneficiary other than those that, in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect (such claims, litigation, mediation, arbitration, governmental investigation or proceedings or inquiries, other than those set forth in Schedule 5.2, are referred to collectively as “ Ordinary Course Litigation ”). Other than any liability incident to such claims, litigation or proceedings, to the knowledge of the Applicant neither the Applicant nor the Beneficiary have any material Contingent Liabilities except as set forth on the audited financial statements of the Applicant or the Beneficiary (as applicable) delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date.

Section 5.3 Proceeds . The Letters of Credit issued hereunder are intended to be used solely to secure the Applicant’s obligations under the Reinsurance Agreement. None of the proceeds of such Letters of Credit are intended to be used for any other purposes or in violation of applicable law, and none of such proceeds are intended to be used directly or indirectly, whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to buy or carry any Margin Stock.

Section 5.4 Compliance with Laws . Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the Applicant nor the Beneficiary is in violation of any law, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, policy, guideline or other requirement of any Governmental Authority, (ii) to the best of the Applicant’s knowledge, no such violation has been alleged and (iii) each of the Applicant and the Beneficiary has filed in a timely manner all reports, documents and other instruments required to be filed by it with any Governmental Authority and the information contained in each of such filings is true, correct and complete in all material respects.

ARTICLE VI

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Until all outstanding Letters of Credit have expired or terminated and all Loans and Reimbursement Obligations are paid in full, the Applicant agrees that, unless at any time the Required Banks shall otherwise expressly consent in writing, the Applicant shall perform all of the following covenants in full.

Section 6.1 Reports, Certificates and Other Information .

(a) The Applicant shall furnish to the Administrative Agent (with a copy for each Issuer Party) the following reports, statements, notices and other information:

(i) within forty-five (45) days after the close of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year of the Applicant, (a) a copy of the unaudited

 

-25-


consolidated balance sheets of the Applicant, as of the close of such quarter and the related statements of income and cash flows for that portion of the Fiscal Year ending as of the close of such Fiscal Quarter, all prepared in accordance with Adjusted IFRS, consistently applied with prior periods (subject to normal year-end adjustments and except that footnote and schedule disclosure may not be included), and accompanied by the certification of an Executive Officer of the Applicant that all such financial statements are complete and correct and present fairly, in all material respects, as of their respective dates, in accordance with Adjusted IFRS, consistently applied with prior periods (subject to normal year-end adjustments and except that footnote and schedule disclosure may not be included), the unaudited consolidated results of operations and cash flows of the Applicant as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and for the period then ended, and (b) a copy of the Net Settlement Statement (as defined in the Reinsurance Agreement) relating to such Fiscal Quarter;

(ii) within one hundred eighty (180) days after the close of each Fiscal Year of the Applicant, a copy of the annual audited consolidated financial statements of the Applicant consisting of balance sheets and statements of income and changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows, setting forth in comparative form in each case the figures for the previous Fiscal Year of the Applicant, which financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with Adjusted IFRS, certified without material qualification, except with respect to the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the agreement between the Applicant and its regulators but not in accordance with Adjusted IFRS to the extent permitted hereby, by a firm of independent chartered public accountants of recognized international standing selected by the Applicant that all such financial statements are complete and correct and present fairly, in all material respects, as of their respective dates, in accordance with Adjusted IFRS the consolidated financial position and the results of operations and cash flows of the Applicant as at the end of such year and for the year then ended; provided that prior to providing the audited financial statements to any Issuing Bank, such Issuing Bank shall execute and deliver any acknowledgement, indemnity and release letter required by the Applicant’s auditors;

(iii) promptly (but in no event later than ten (10) Business Days) after the filing with insurance regulatory authorities, the statutory financial statements of the Beneficiary as filed with such insurance regulatory authorities in the domicile of the Applicant; and

(iv) promptly (but in no event later than five (5) Business Days) after an Executive Officer of the Applicant obtains knowledge of the existence of any Default or Event of Default, notice specifying in reasonable detail the nature of such Default or Event of Default. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of a Default or Event of Default until the notice required by this clause (iv) is received by the Administrative Agent.

(b) The Applicant shall from time to time, promptly provide the Issuing Banks with such information concerning the business practices of the Applicant related to the Reinsurance Agreement or the financial condition and operations of the Applicant as the

 

-26-


Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank may reasonably request; provided that prior to delivering any such information to an Issuing Bank (other than the Administrative Agent or a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of ING Groep, N.V.), such receiving Issuing Bank shall execute and deliver to the Applicant a copy of the confidentiality and non-disclosure agreement (“ Confidentiality Agreement ”) attached hereto as Exhibit E (or, if no such agreement is yet attached, in a form reasonably acceptable to the parties).

Section 6.2 Corporate Existence; Foreign Qualification . The Applicant shall do and cause to be done at all times all things necessary to: (i) maintain and preserve the corporate existence of the Applicant; and (ii) be, and ensure that the Applicant is, duly qualified to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to do so could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.3 Books, Records and Inspections . The Applicant shall: (i) maintain materially complete and accurate books and records; (ii) permit access upon reasonable prior notice and at reasonable times by the Administrative Agent and, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Issuing Bank, to its books and records; (iii) permit the Administrative Agent and, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Issuer Party or its designated representative to inspect at reasonable times its properties and operations; and (iv) permit the Administrative Agent and, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Issuer Party to discuss its business, operations and financial condition with its officers, provided , however , that the Administrative Agent shall assist the Issuing Banks and the Issuing Banks shall coordinate the exercise of their rights pursuant to this Section 6.3 so as to minimize the impact on the Applicant’s day-to-day operations.

Section 6.4 Taxes and Liabilities .

(a) The Applicant shall pay when due all material taxes and assessments except as contested in good faith and with respect to which reserves have been established, and are being maintained, in accordance with Adjusted IFRS, consistently applied with prior periods.

(b) The Applicant shall pay when due all other material liabilities except as contested in good faith and with respect to which reserves have been established, and are being maintained, in accordance with Adjusted IFRS, consistently applied with prior periods.

Section 6.5 Compliance with Laws; Contractual Obligations . The Applicant shall comply with all Requirements of Law related to its businesses, activities and operations and with all Contractual Obligations binding upon it, except where any such noncompliance, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.6 Maintenance of Permits . The Applicant shall maintain all permits, licenses and consents as may be required for the conduct of its business by any Governmental Authority, except where any such failures, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-27-


Section 6.7 Further Assurances .

(a) Following the Closing Date, the Applicant and ING shall use reasonable efforts to negotiate an amendment to this Agreement, to the extent practicable, that includes a provision whereby a draw by the Beneficiary upon any Letters of Credit prior to utilizing a specified amount of the other assets available to the Beneficiary to secure the Applicant’s obligations under the terms of the Reinsurance Agreement results in the ability of the Administrative Agent to terminate the obligations to make Loans; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 6.7(a), shall require the Applicant or ING to effectuate the negotiated amendment including this provision if such an amendment (i) is not or would not be approved by the Beneficiary’s or the Applicant’s governing regulatory body, if required, (ii) would result in the Beneficiary failing to be able to obtain full statutory financial statement credit for all purposes for the reinsurance provided thereby; (iii) would be reasonably likely to adversely impact the financial, credit, claims paying or other ratings of the Applicant, the Beneficiary or any of their Affiliates by any nationally recognized rating organization or agency; (iv) would be subject to any condition that individually or in the aggregate would adversely impact the Beneficiary or Applicant; or (v) otherwise would cause the Applicant or Beneficiary to be in violation of any applicable law or regulation.

(b) Following the Closing Date, the Applicant and ING shall use reasonable efforts to negotiate a collateral assignment (the “ Collateral Assignment ”) that grants a lien and security interest in the property described in this clause (b) and, upon an Event of Default in the Applicant’s fee and expense payment obligation, allows the Administrative Agent to enforce such lien and security interest in the Net Settlement payments due the Applicant under the Reinsurance Agreement and such other assets as the Applicant and ING agree is practicable, provided , however , that nothing in this Section 6.7(b), shall require the Applicant or ING to effectuate the Collateral Assignment if the Collateral Assignment (i) is not or would not be approved by the Beneficiary’s or the Applicant’s governing regulatory body, if required, (ii) would be reasonably likely to adversely impact the financial, credit, claims paying or other ratings of the Applicant, the Beneficiary or any of their Affiliates by any nationally recognized rating organization or agency from their respective ratings; (iii) would be subject to any condition that individually or in the aggregate would adversely impact the Beneficiary; or (iv) otherwise cause the Applicant or Beneficiary to be in violation of any applicable law or regulation.

(c) Following the Closing Date, the Applicant and ING shall negotiate in good faith the Confidentiality Agreement to be attached as Exhibit E to this Agreement.

(d) Within forty five (45) days following the Closing Date, (i) the Applicant shall deliver an opinion of counsel to the Applicant addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks (and their successors and assigns), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the counsel delivering the opinion.

(e) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the failure to complete the actions set forth in Sections 6.7(a), (b) or (c) above shall not constitute an Event of Default.

 

-28-


ARTICLE VII

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Until all outstanding Letters of Credit have expired or terminated and all Loans and Reimbursement Obligations are, indefeasibly and irrevocably, paid in full, the Applicant agrees that, unless at any time the Required Banks shall otherwise expressly consent in writing, they shall perform or observe all of the following covenants:

Section 7.1 Other Agreements . The Applicant shall not enter into any agreement containing any provision which would be violated or breached by the performance of its obligations hereunder or under any instrument or document delivered or to be delivered by it hereunder or in connection herewith.

Section 7.2 Restricted Payments . The Applicant will not (i) declare, make, or pay any distribution of any kind whatsoever or dividend (other than dividends payable solely in common stock (or equivalent interests) of the Person making such dividend) on, or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of any Applicant or Subsidiary, whether now or hereafter outstanding; (ii) make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of any Applicant or Subsidiary; or (iii) except in connection with intercompany borrowings in the ordinary course of Applicant’s business, which in any event shall not exceed $750,000,000 at any time, make or pay any contribution or loan of any kind whatsoever to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Applicant (collectively, “ Restricted Payments ”), except that:

(a) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Applicant may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $40,000,000 in any Fiscal Year;

(b) the Applicant may make Restricted Payments from the Applicant’s or its Subsidiaries’ CMOB portfolio not in excess of $60,000,000 in any calendar year; and

(c) in addition to any Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (a) and (b) above, so long as no principal amount is outstanding under any Loan, the Applicant may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the aggregate reduction in the sum of the aggregate face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit and available amount of the Loans in each Fiscal Year.

Section 7.3 Funds Withheld Trust Withdrawals . The Applicant will not agree or consent to the withdrawal of funds from the Funds Withheld Trust or any other trust established to provide reserve credit pursuant to the Reinsurance Agreement other than in accordance with the Reinsurance Agreement or any governing trust agreement.

 

-29-


ARTICLE VIII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Section 8.1 Events of Default . Each of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement:

(i) failure of the Applicant to pay any Reimbursement Obligation;

(ii) failure of the Applicant to pay (A) any interest or fees payable hereunder or under the Credit Documents, other than the Reimbursement Obligations, within five (5) Business Days following the due date thereof, or (B) any other amounts payable hereunder or under the Credit Documents, other than the Reimbursement Obligations, within three (3) Business Days following receipt of notice of a default in the payment thereof or demand therefor;

(iii) the Applicant becomes insolvent or generally fails to pay, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due; there shall be commenced by or against the Applicant any case, proceeding or other action under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, supervision, examinership, conservatorship, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, rehabilitation, conservation, supervision, examinership, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, obligations or liabilities, or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, rehabilitator, conservator, supervisor, examiner, liquidator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, in each case which results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or if filed against the Applicant, remains undismissed, undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or there shall be commenced against the Applicant any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets which results in the entry of an order for any such relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or the Applicant shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth above; or any Governmental Authority shall issue any order of conservation, supervision, examinership or any other order of like effect relating to the Applicant;

(iv) failure by the Applicant to comply with or to perform any other provision of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents to which it is a party (and not constituting an Event of Default under any of the other provisions of this Article VIII) and such failure shall not be remedied for a period of ten (10) Business Days after the Applicant has actual knowledge of such failure;

 

-30-


(v) any Credit Document shall cease to be in full force and effect with respect to any Applicant or any action shall be taken by or on behalf of the Applicant to discontinue any of the Credit Documents or to contest the validity, binding nature or enforceability of any thereof; or

(vi) the Beneficiary shall default on its payment obligations under the “Net Settlement” provisions of the Reinsurance Agreement after the expiration of any applicable grace periods; provided , however , that the Beneficiary’s exercise of its set off rights under the Reinsurance Agreement shall not constitute a default in its payment obligation under the Net Settlement provision of the Reinsurance Agreement.

Section 8.2 Remedies . If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, (a) the Administrative Agent may (and upon the direction of the Required Banks shall) declare the Commitments to make Loans to be terminated ( provided that such declaration shall be deemed to have been made automatically and immediately upon any Event of Default under Section 8.1(iii) above), (b) the Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any additional Loans hereunder without notice of any kind, (c) all outstanding Obligations shall bear interest based on the default rate as set forth in Annex 1 and (d) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to exercise all remedies available under applicable law. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 8.2 to the contrary, any Commitments to make Loans that are terminated upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Section 8.1(iii)) shall be automatically reinstated if (i) such Event of Default is cured, (ii) no other Events of Default have occurred and are continuing; and (iii) the Administrative Agent has received payment of all fees then due and payable as though the Commitment with respect to the Loans had not been terminated.

ARTICLE IX

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Section 9.1 Appointment . Each Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as the agent of such Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and each such Issuing Bank irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, including the issuance of Letters of Credit, and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Credit Document, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Issuing Bank or any other Person, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Credit Documents with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

 

-31-


Section 9.2 Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Credit Document by or through Affiliates, agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Section 9.3 Exculpatory Provisions . Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates (collectively, and including the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such, the “ Agent Parties ”) shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Issuing Banks, any participant or other Person for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Applicant or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Credit Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Credit Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Credit Document or for any failure of any Person party thereto to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent Party shall be under any obligation to any Issuing Bank to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Applicant or any other Person.

Section 9.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent .

(a) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any instrument, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, e-mail, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Applicant), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Credit Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Banks (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Issuing Banks) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Issuing Banks against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Banks (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Issuing Banks), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Issuing Banks and all future holders of the Obligations.

 

-32-


(b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Sections 3.1 or 3.2 with respect to any draw on a Letter of Credit, each Issuing Bank that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed in respect of any claim or proceeding by such Issuing Bank against the Administrative Agent to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter that has been consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, in the absence of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent, as applicable.

Section 9.5 Notice of Default . With respect to other Issuing Banks, the Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from an Issuing Bank or an Applicant referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Issuing Banks. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be directed by the Required Banks (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Issuing Banks); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Issuing Banks.

Section 9.6 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Issuing Banks . Each Issuing Bank expressly acknowledges that no Agent Party has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of an Applicant or any Affiliate of any Applicant, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent Party to any Issuing Bank, including whether any Agent Parties have disclosed material information in their possession. Each Issuing Bank represents to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent Party or any other Issuing Bank, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Applicant and its Affiliates, and all Requirements of Law applicable to it and its Affiliates, and made its own decision to extend its Commitments hereunder and enter into and perform this Agreement. Each Issuing Bank also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent Party or any other Issuing Bank, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Applicant and its Affiliates. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Issuing Banks by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Issuing Bank with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of the Applicant or any Affiliate of the Applicant that may come into the possession of any Agent Party.

 

-33-


Section 9.7 Indemnification . The Issuing Banks agree to indemnify each Agent Party (to the extent not reimbursed by the Applicant and without limiting the obligation of any Applicant to do so), ratably according to their respective Commitment Percentages in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Obligations shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with such Commitment Percentages immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent Party in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Credit Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by such Agent Party under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Issuing Bank shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided , however , that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Banks shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section. The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Obligations.

Section 9.8 Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity . ING and its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with any Applicant or Affiliate thereof as though it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Issuing Banks. The Issuing Banks acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, ING or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Applicant or its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Applicant or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to any Letter of Credit issued or participated in by it and any other Obligation, ING shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as any Issuing Bank and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the terms “Issuing Bank” and “Issuing Banks” shall include ING in its individual capacity.

Section 9.9 Successor Administrative Agent . ING may resign as Administrative Agent upon 30 days’ notice to the Issuing Banks and the Applicant. If ING shall resign as Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, then the Required Banks shall appoint from among the Issuing Banks willing to act in such capacity a successor agent for the Issuing Banks, which successor agent shall (unless a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing) be subject to approval by the Applicant (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent, and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Obligations. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date that is 30 days following a retiring

 

-34-


Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective, and the Issuing Banks shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Banks appoint a successor agent as provided for above. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article VIII shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

Section 9.10 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Applicant or Affiliate thereof, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether any Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any Person) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent hereunder) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Issuing Bank to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Issuing Banks, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Issuing Bank any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Issuing Bank or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Issuing Bank in any such proceeding.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1 Amendments and Waivers . Neither this Agreement, any other Credit Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except

 

-35-


in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.1. The Required Banks and each Person party to the relevant Credit Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Banks, the Administrative Agent and each Person party to the relevant Credit Document may, from time to time, (a) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Credit Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Banks or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or any Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (i) forgive any principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Reimbursement Obligation, extend the Expiry Date or the Maturity Date, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (except in connection with the waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates (which waiver shall be effective with the consent of the Required Banks)), reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Banks or the percentage of Issuing Banks required to take any other action pursuant to other Sections of this Agreement, or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Issuing Bank’s Commitment, release any collateral covered by the Collateral Assignment, release any guarantors from their obligations under any guarantee of the Obligations or affect the provisions of Section 2.11, in each case without the written consent of all Issuing Banks; (ii) eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Issuing Bank under this Section 10.1 or make any other change to this Section 10.1, without the written consent of such Issuing Bank; (iii) consent to the assignment or transfer by the Applicant of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, in each case without the written consent of the Required Banks; or (iv) amend, modify or waive any provision of Article VIII without the written consent of the Administrative Agent; and provided , further , no amendment, waiver or modification shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Issuing Banks required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any Applications for Letters of Credit relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by the Administrative Agent. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Issuing Banks and shall be binding upon the Applicant, the Issuing Banks, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Obligations. In the case of any waiver, the Applicant, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, and any Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 10.2 Notices .

(a) All notices, requests and other communications shall be in writing and mailed or delivered to the address or facsimile number specified for notices on Schedule 10.2; or, if directed to the Applicant or any Issuer Party, to such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties, and as directed to any other party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the Applicant and the Administrative Agent; provided that the Administrative Agent and Issuing Banks may, unless the context expressly otherwise provides, provide notices to the Applicant by facsimile transmission,

 

-36-


provided that any matter transmitted by the Administrative Agent or an Issuing Bank by facsimile (i) shall be immediately confirmed by a telephone call to the recipient at the telephone number specified on Schedule 10.2, and (ii) shall be followed promptly by delivery of a hard copy original thereof.

(b) All such notices, requests and communications shall, when transmitted by overnight delivery, or, in the case of a notice, request or communication by the Administrative Agent or an Issuing Bank faxed, be effective when delivered for overnight (next-day) delivery, or transmitted in legible form by facsimile machine or, if delivered, upon delivery, except that notices, requests and communications to the Administrative Agent or Issuing Banks pursuant to Article II shall not be effective until actually received.

(c) Any agreement of any Issuer Party herein to receive certain notices, requests or communications by telephone or facsimile is solely for the convenience and at the request of the Applicant. The Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks shall be entitled to rely on the authority of any Person purporting to be a Person authorized by the Applicant to give such notice, request or communication, and neither the Administrative Agent nor any Issuing Bank shall have any liability to the Applicant or other Person on account of any action taken or not taken by it in reliance upon such telephonic or facsimile notice, request or communication. The obligation of the Applicant to repay the Obligations shall not be affected in any way or to any extent by any failure by the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank to receive written confirmation of any telephonic, telex or facsimile notice, request or communication or the receipt by it of a confirmation which is at variance with the terms understood by it to be contained in the telephonic or facsimile notice, request or communication.

Section 10.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any party hereto or any thereof, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

Section 10.4 Costs and Expenses . The Applicant shall:

(a) whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent within ten Business Days after demand for all costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the negotiation, preparation, delivery, syndication, administration and execution of, and any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification to (in each case, whether or not consummated), this Agreement, any Credit Document and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including reasonable Attorney Costs incurred by the Administrative Agent with respect thereto (for the avoidance of doubt, the Applicant is not required to pay Attorney Costs of any Issuing Bank, in such capacity, pursuant to this Section 10.4(a));

(b) pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after demand at any time for all costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with any revisions to or replacement of the form of Letter of Credit; and

 

-37-


(c) pay or reimburse each Issuer Party within ten (10) Business Days after demand at any time for all costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by such Issuer Party in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement, or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or any other Credit Document during the existence of an Event of Default or as a consequence thereof or after acceleration of the Obligations (including in connection with any “workout” or restructuring regarding the Obligations, and including in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or appellate proceeding).

Section 10.5 Indemnity . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Applicant shall indemnify and hold each Issuer Party and each of the Affiliates, respective officers, directors, employees, counsel, agents and attorneys-in-fact of each Issuer Party (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, reasonable costs, charges, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time (including at any time following replacement of the applicable Issuer Party) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnified Person in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, or the transactions contemplated hereby, or any action taken or omitted by any Indemnified Person under or in connection with any of the foregoing, including with respect to any investigation, litigation or proceeding (including any Insolvency Proceeding or appellate proceeding) related to or arising out of this Agreement or the issuance, amendment or extension of the expiry date of a Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds of a Letter of Credit, whether or not any Indemnified Person is party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided that the Applicant shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnified Person with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent that such Indemnified Liabilities arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable decision. The agreements in this Section shall survive payment of all other Obligations.

Section 10.6 Payments Set Aside . To the extent that the Applicant makes a payment to any Issuer Party, or any Issuer Party exercises its right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by any Issuer Party in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any insolvency proceeding or otherwise, then to the extent of such recovery the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred.

Section 10.7 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments; Replacement of Issuing Bank .

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of any Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit or financial

 

-38-


institution that confirms any Issuing Bank’s issuance of a Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Applicant may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Issuing Bank (and any attempted assignment or transfer by an Applicant without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Issuing Bank may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section.

(b)    (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Issuing Bank may assign to one or more assignees (each, an “ Assignee ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of (x) its obligations in respect of outstanding Letters of Credit and any Reimbursement Obligations at the time owing to it (together, such Issuing Bank’s “ Credit Extensions ”) and (y) its Commitments) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to an Assignee that is an Issuing Bank (or (1) a Person (a “ Bank Affiliate ”) (x) that is a wholly owned Subsidiary of an Issuing Bank, (y) of whom an Issuing Bank is a wholly owned Subsidiary or (z) that is a wholly owned Subsidiary of another Person of whom an Issuing Bank is a wholly owned Subsidiary or (2) an Approved Fund) immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to an Issuing Bank, a Bank Affiliate or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Issuing Bank’s Commitments or Credit Extensions, the amount of the Commitments or Credit Extensions of the assigning Issuing Bank subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $25,000,000 unless the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Issuing Bank and its Bank Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any; and

(B) the parties to each assignment (other than an assignment to a Bank Affiliate or an Approved Fund) shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 payable by the assignor or assignee.

For the purposes of this Section 10.7, the term “Approved Fund” means, with respect to any Issuing Bank that is a fund or other financial entity which invests in bank loans and similar extensions of credit, any other fund or other financial entity that invests in bank loans and similar extensions of credit and is managed by the same investment adviser as such Issuing Bank or by an affiliate of such investment advisor.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of

 

-39-


an Issuing Bank under this Agreement, and the assigning Issuing Bank thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Issuing Bank’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Issuing Bank shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Article IV and Sections 10.4, 10.5, 10.6 and 10.15). Any assignment or transfer by an Issuing Bank of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 10.7 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Issuing Bank of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Applicant (but without any duty whatsoever to the Applicant or any other Person), shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Issuing Banks, and the Commitments of, and Credit Extensions relating to, each Issuing Bank pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Applicant, the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as an Issuing Bank hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Issuing Bank and an Assignee, the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c)    (i) Any Issuing Bank may, without the consent of the Applicant or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks, financial institutions, funds or other entities (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Issuing Bank’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and Credit Extensions); provided that (A) such Issuing Bank’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Issuing Bank shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Applicant, the Administrative Agent and the other Issuing Banks shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Issuing Bank in connection with such Issuing Bank’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement pursuant to which an Issuing Bank sells such a participation shall provide that such Issuing Bank shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement may provide that such Issuing Bank will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Issuing Bank directly affected thereby and (2) and directly affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Applicant agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Article III to the same extent as if it were an Issuing Bank and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section.

 

-40-


(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Article III than the applicable Issuing Bank would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Applicant’s prior written consent.

(d) Any Issuing Bank may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Issuing Bank, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release an Issuing Bank from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Issuing Bank as a party hereto.

(e) Replacement of Issuing Bank . If the Applicant is required pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2 to make any additional payment to any Issuer Parties or if any Issuer Party fails to make its own Payment Amount to the Administrative Agent as required pursuant to this Agreement or if any Issuer Party declines to support a proposed amendment or waiver otherwise supported by the Required Banks or that would have been approved but for such Issuer Party’s refusal to support such amendment or waiver (any such Issuer Party so affected being referred to herein as an “ Affected Issuer Party ”), the Applicant may elect to terminate or replace the Commitment of such Affected Issuer Party, provided that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such termination or replacement, and provided further that, concurrently with such termination or replacement, (i) if the Affected Issuer Party is being replaced, another Bank or other entity which is reasonably satisfactory to the Applicant and the Administrative Agent shall agree, as of such date, to purchase for cash at par the Obligations of the Affected Issuer Party pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit B and to become an Issuer Party for all purposes under this Agreement and to assume all obligations of the Affected Issuer Party to be replaced as of such date and to comply with the requirements of this Section 10.7 applicable to assignments and (ii) the Applicant shall pay to such Affected Issuer Party in immediately available funds on the date of such replacement all interest, fees and other amounts then accrued but unpaid to such Affected Issuer Party by the Applicant hereunder to and including the date of termination or replacement, as applicable, including payments due to such Affected Issuer Party under Sections 4.1 or 4.2.

(f) Liability of ING . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any other documents contemplated hereby, ING (or any successor to ING by merger or consolidation) shall remain primarily liable for all draws under the Letters of Credit.

Section 10.8 Confidentiality . The Administrative Agent agrees to take and to cause its Affiliates to take customary precautions and care to maintain the confidentiality of all information provided to it by the Applicant under this Agreement or any other Credit Document, and neither it nor any of its Affiliates shall use any such information other than in connection with or in enforcement of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, except to the extent such information was or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of

 

-41-


disclosure by the Administrative Agent or was or becomes available on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Applicant ( provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Applicant known to the Administrative Agent); provided , however , that the Administrative Agent may disclose such information: (i) pursuant to any requirement of any Governmental Authority to which the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) is subject or in connection with an examination of the Administrative Agent by any such authority; (ii) that is, in the opinion of legal counsel, required by law, regulation, judicial or governmental order, subpoena or other legal or administrative process; provided the Administrative Agent gives the Applicant prompt written notice of such requirement as far in advance of the proposed disclosure as possible so that the Applicant (at its expense) may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy which is necessary to protect its interests and; provided , further , that the Administrative Agent shall cooperate in all commercially reasonable respects with the Applicant in seeking to prevent or limit disclosure and, in the event a protective order or other remedy is not obtained, the Administrative Agent will limit the disclosure to the information actually required to be disclosed; (iii) to the extent reasonably required in connection with any litigation or proceeding by the Administrative Agent or its Affiliates against the Applicant or its Affiliates or by the Applicant or its Affiliates against the Administrative Agent or its Affiliates; (iv) to the extent reasonably required in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Credit Document; (v) to the Administrative Agent’s independent auditors, attorneys and other professional advisors; and (vi) to its Affiliates which are either its parent or it or its parent’s wholly owned Subsidiary who have a need to know the information in connection with this Agreement or (vii) with the prior written consent of the Applicant which may be withheld in its sole discretion. Each Issuer Party other than the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver a copy of the Confidentiality Agreement to the Applicant.

Section 10.9 Set-off . (a) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Issuer Party provided by law, if an Event of Default exists, in the event of a drawing upon a Letter of Credit or the Obligations have been accelerated, each Issuer Party is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Applicant, any such notice being waived by the Applicant to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Debt at any time owing by, such Issuer Party to or for the credit or the account of an Applicant against any and all Obligations owing by the Applicant, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Issuer Party shall have made demand under this Agreement or any Credit Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured. Each Issuer Party agrees promptly to notify the Applicant and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application; provided , however , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

(b) Except to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for payments to be allocated to a particular Issuing Bank, if any Issuing Bank (a “ Benefited Bank ”) shall receive any payment of all or part of the Obligations owing to it, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or insolvency proceedings, or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Issuing Bank, if any, in respect of the Obligations owing to such other Issuing Bank, such Benefited Bank shall purchase for cash from the other Issuing Banks a

 

-42-


participating interest in such portion of the Obligations owing to each such other Issuing Bank, or shall provide such other Issuing Banks with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Bank to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Issuing Banks; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Bank, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

Section 10.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 10.11 Severability . The illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder shall not in any way affect or impair the legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder.

Section 10.12 No Third Parties Benefited . Except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 9.1 and for beneficiaries of Letters of Credit, this Agreement is made and entered into for the sole protection and legal benefit of the Applicant, the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks, and their permitted successors and assigns, and no other Person shall be a direct or indirect legal beneficiary of, or have any direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection with, this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents.

Section 10.13 Governing Law and Jurisdiction .

(a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, PROVIDED THAT THE ISSUER PARTIES SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.

(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK SITTING IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, COUNTY OF NEW YORK, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT THE APPLICANT AND EACH ISSUER PARTY CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. THE APPLICANT AND EACH ISSUER PARTY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT RELATED HERETO. THE APPLICANT AND EACH ISSUER PARTY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS AND IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS BY REGISTERED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID OR BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY NEW YORK OR FEDERAL LAW.

 

-43-


Section 10.14 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THE APPLICANT AND EACH ISSUER PARTY WAIVES ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO, PARTICIPANT OR ASSIGNEE, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE. THE APPLICANT AND EACH ISSUER PARTY AGREES THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY ARE WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF OR THEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS.

Section 10.15 Currency Indemnity . If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court in any jurisdiction with respect to any Credit Document, it becomes necessary to convert into the currency of such jurisdiction (the “ Judgment Currency ”) any amount due under any Credit Document in any currency other than the Judgment Currency (the “ Currency Due ”), then conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which judgment is given. For this purpose, “rate of exchange” means the rate at which an Issuing Bank is able, on the relevant date, to purchase the Currency Due with the Judgment Currency in accordance with its normal practice. In the event that there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given and the date of payment of the amount due, the Applicant will, on the day of payment, pay such additional amount, if any, or be entitled to receive reimbursement of such amount, if any, as may be necessary to ensure that the amount paid on such date is the amount it the Judgment Currency which when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment is the amount then due under any Credit Document in the Currency Due. If the amount of the Currency Due which any Issuer Party is so able to purchase is less than the amount of the Currency Due originally due to it, the Applicant shall indemnify and save the Issuer Parties harmless from and against loss or damage arising as a result of such deficiency. This indemnity shall constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in any Credit Document, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by the Issuer Parties from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due under any Credit Document or under any judgment or order.

Section 10.16 Service of Process . Prior to the date hereof, the Applicant shall have appointed The Corporation Trust Company, with an office on the date hereof at Corporation

 

-44-


Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, as their agent to receive on their behalf and their property service of copies of the summons and complaints and any other process which may be served in any such action or proceeding, provided that a copy of such process is also mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Applicant at its addresses specified pursuant to Section 10.2. The Administrative Agent and each Issuing Bank that is not domiciled in the United States and does not maintain a branch or representative office in the United States (a “ Foreign Issuing Bank ”) shall appoint the Person designated on Schedule 10.2, as its agent to receive on its behalf and its property service of copies of the summons and complaints and any other process which may be served in any such action or proceeding, provided that a copy of such process is also mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Administrative Agent or such Foreign Issuing Bank at its address specified pursuant to Section 10.2. Such service may be made by mailing or delivering a copy of such process to the Applicant, the Administrative Agent or a Foreign Issuing Bank, as applicable, in care of the appropriate Process Agent at such Process Agent’s above address, and the Applicant, the Administrative Agent and each Foreign Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably authorize and direct its Process Agent to accept such service on its behalf. The Applicant agrees to indemnify their Process Agent in connection with all matters relating to its appointment as agent of the Applicant for such purposes, to enter into any agreement relating to such appointment which such Process Agent may customarily require, and to pay such Process Agent’s customary fees upon demand. The Administrative Agent and each Foreign Issuing Bank agrees to indemnify its Process Agent in connection with all matters relating to its appointment as agent of such Foreign Issuing Bank for such purposes, to enter into any agreement relating to such appointment which such Process Agent may customarily require, and to pay such Process Agent’s customary fees upon demand. As an alternative method of service, the Applicant also irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies of such process to the Applicant at its addresses specified pursuant to Section 10.2. Nothing in this Section 10.16 shall affect the right of the Administrative Agent or an Issuing Bank to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or affect the right of the Administrative Agent or an Issuing Bank to bring any action or proceeding against the Applicant, or any of its properties in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

Section 10.17 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the other Credit Documents, embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the Applicant and the Issuing Banks and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings of such Persons, verbal or written, relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

[The next page is the signature page.]

 

-45-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused its duly authorized representatives to execute and delivery this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

APPLICANT:     ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND ISSUING BANK:
SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INTERNATIONAL LIMITED     ING BANK N.V., London Branch
By:  

/s/ Angus Hyslop

    By:  

 

Name:  

Angus Hyslop

    Name:  

 

Its:  

President

    Its:  

 

By:  

/s/ David S. Pendergrass

    By:  

 

Name:  

David S. Pendergrass

    Name:  

 

Its:  

Vice President & Treasurer

    Its:  

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused its duly authorized representatives to execute and deliver this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

APPLICANT:     ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND ISSUING BANK:
SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INTERNATIONAL LIMITED     ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH, AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND ISSUING BANK
By:  

 

    By:  

/s/ P.N.A. Galpin

Name:  

 

    Name:  

P.N.A. Galpin

Its:  

 

    Its:  

Authorised Signatory

By:  

 

    By:  

/s/ I. Taylor

Name:  

 

    Name:  

I. Taylor

Its:  

 

    Its:  

Authorised Signatory

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


SCHEDULE 1

Commitments

 

Issuing Banks

   Commitments      Commitment
Percentages
 

ING Bank N.V., London Branch

   $ 1,500,000,000         100


SCHEDULE 1.1(A)

Deviations From Adjusted IFRS

The Applicant prepares annual accounts in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, except as outlined below.

 

1. Retroactive Capital Contribution — From time to time, the Applicant’s parent may agree to make capital contributions to the Applicant subsequent to the end of a calendar year or calendar quarter, and the Applicant will record that capital contribution (as contributed surplus on the balance sheet along with a parent company receivable) as of the end of such immediately preceding calendar year or calendar quarter so long as: (i) in the case of any capital infusion subsequent to a calendar year end, the capital infusion is made prior to the filing of the Applicant’s year-end financial statement with the Cayman Island Monetary Authority (“CIMA”) and such year-end financial statement filing is timely made pursuant to CIMA requirements; and (ii) in the case of any capital infusion subsequent to a calendar quarter end, the capital infusion is made not later than 91 days following such quarter end.

The above is intended to cover both year-end retroactive capital contributions that will be recorded on filed year end financials, as well as retroactive capital contributions that might be needed at any time during the calendar year.

 

2. Sundry Assets — The applicant records on its financial statements the U.S. statutory reserve ceded under its various agreements as a liability, along with a “sundry asset” representing the loss reserve redundancy, which is the excess of the U.S. statutory reserve over the IFRS reserve held by the Applicant. Some U.S. domiciles require the Applicant to hold such “mirror reserves” so that the ceding companies may take reserve credit for the reinsurance ceded.


SCHEDULE 5.2

Litigation

Applicant — None

Beneficiary — None


SCHEDULE 10.2

Addresses

 

a. Administrative Agent :

ING Bank N.V., London Branch

60 London Wall

London, England EC2M 5TQ

England

Tel. No.: (44) 20-7767-5920

Fax No.: (44) 20-7767-7507

Attention: Mariette Groen

Email: Mariette.groen@uk.ing.com

with a copy to:

Edwards Wildman Palmer LLP

750 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

USA

Tel. No.: 212-308-4411

Fax No.: 212-308-4844

Attention: Geoffrey Etherington

Email: getherington@edwardswildman.com

Agent for Service of Process:

Edwards Wildman Palmer LLP

750 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

USA

Tel. No.: 212-308-4411

Fax No.: 212-308-4844

Attention: Geoffrey Etherington

Email: getherington@edwardswildman.com

 

b. ING :

ING Bank N.V., London Branch

60 London Wall

London, England EC2M 5TQ

England

Tel. No.: (44) 20-7767-5920

Fax No.: (44) 20-7767-7507

Attention: Mariette Groen

Email: Mariette.groen@uk.ing.com


with a copy to:

Edwards Wildman Palmer LLP

750 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

USA

Tel. No.: 212-308-4411

Fax No.: 212-308-4844

Attention: Geoffrey Etherington

Email: getherington@edwardswildman.com

Agent for Service of Process:

Edwards Wildman Palmer LLP

750 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

USA

Tel. No.: 212-308-4411

Fax No.: 212-308-4844

Attention: Geoffrey Etherington

Email: getherington@edwardswildman.com

 

c. Applicant :

Security Life of Denver International Limited

5780 Powers Ferry Road

Atlanta, Georgia 30327-4390

Tel. No.: (770) 980-3312

Fax No: (770) 980-4840

Attn: David S. Pendergrass

Email: david.pendergrass@us.ing.com

with a copy to:

Security Life of Denver International Limited

5780 Powers Ferry Road

Atlanta, Georgia 30327-4390

Tel. No.: (770) 541-3201

Fax No: (770) 980-4840

Attn: Timothy W. Brown

Email: timothy.brown@us.ing.com


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF APPLICATION FOR LETTER OF CREDIT

 

  To: [ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH], as Administrative Agent

 

  From: Security Life of Denver International Limited, as Applicant

 

  Date: [                    ]

SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INTERNATIONAL LIMITED — U.S.$ 1,500,000,000

Credit Agreement dated 31 December 2011 (as amended, the “Agreement”)

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is an Application for Letter of Credit.

 

2. We wish to arrange for a Letter of Credit to be issued on the following terms:

 

  (a) Issue Date: [                    ]

 

  (b) Effective Date: [                    ]

 

  (c) Amount: U.S.$ [            ]

 

  (d) Expiry Date: [                    ].

 

3. Our delivery instructions are: [                    ].

 

4. We confirm that each condition precedent under the Agreement which must be satisfied on the date of this Application for Letter of Credit is so satisfied.

 

5. This Application for Letter of Credit is irrevocable.

 

6. We attach a copy of the proposed Letter of Credit.

 

By:
Security Life Of Denver International Limited

 

Annex A-1


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

This Assignment and Assumption Agreement (the “ Assignment ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [ Insert Name of Assignor ) (the “ Assignor ”) and [ Insert Name of Assignee ) (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement defined below, receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as an Issuing Bank under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including without limitation any letters of credit, guarantees, and swingline loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as an Issuing Bank) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as, the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1.    Assignor:  

 

2.    Assignee:  

 

     [and is a Bank Affiliate/Approved Fund of [ identify Issuing Bank ] 1 ]
3.    Applicant:  

Security Life of Denver International Limited

4.    Administrative Agent:  

[ING Bank N.V., London Branch]

 

1  

Select as applicable.

 

Exhibit B

Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement


5.    Credit Agreement:   Credit Agreement, dated as of 31 December 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among Security Life of Denver International Limited (“ Applicant ”), the Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto, and [ING Bank N.V., London Branch], as administrative agent (“ Administrative Agent ”).
6.    Assigned Interest:  

 

Facility
Assigned

   Aggregate Amount
of Commitment  for
all Issuing Banks*
     Amount of
Commitment
Assigned*
     Percentage Assigned
of Commitment 2
     CUSIP Number
   $         $           %      
   $         $           %      
   $         $           %      

 

[7.    Trade Date:  

 

  ] 3

Effective Date:               , 20        [TO BE INSERTED BY AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The terms set forth in this Assignment are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:  

 

  Title:
ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:  

 

  Title:

 

* Amount to be adjusted by the counterparties to take into account any payments or prepayments made between the Trade Date and the Effective Date.
2  

Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment of all Issuing Banks thereunder.

3  

To be completed if the Assignor and the Assignee intend that the minimum assignment amount is to be determined as of the Trade Date.

 

Exhibit B

Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement


[Consented to and] 4 Accepted:

[ING BANK, N.V., LONDON BRANCH], as Agent

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

4  

To be added only if the consent of the Agent is required pursuant to Section 10.7(b) of the Credit Agreement.

 

Exhibit B

Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement


ANNEX 1

TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

FOR ASSIGNMENT

1. Representations and Warranties .

1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Applicant, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Credit Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Applicant, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Credit Document.

1.2 Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become an Issuing Bank under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all requirements of an assignee under the Credit Agreement (subject to receipt of such consents as may be required under the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as an Issuing Bank thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of an Issuing Bank thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Issuing Bank, and (v) if it is not incorporated under the laws of the United States or a State thereof, attached to the Assignment is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Issuing Bank, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Documents are required to be performed by it as an Issuing Bank.

2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignee whether such amounts have accrued prior to, on or after

 

Exhibit B

Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement


the Effective Date. The Assignor and the Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments by the Administrative Agent for periods prior to the Effective Date or with respect to the making of this assignment directly between themselves.

3. General Provisions . This Assignment shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment. This Assignment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and performed in said state.

 

Exhibit B

Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$[ ]    [ ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, a [ ] (“ Applicant ”), promises to pay to [ ] (the “ Issuing Bank ”), at the place and times provide in the Credit Agreement referred to below, the principal sum of

[ ] DOLLARS AND [ ]/100 CENTS ($[ ])

together with all accrued interest, pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of 31 December 2011 (together with all amendments and other modifications, if any from time to time hereafter made thereto, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Applicant, the Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto, and [ING Bank N.V., London Branch], as administrative agent (“ Administrative Agent ”). This Promissory Note is being executed and delivered by the Applicant pursuant to Section 3.1(a) of the Credit Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.

The Applicant is obligated to make payments of principal to the Issuing Bank, as provided in Section 2.5(e) of the Credit Agreement. In addition, the unpaid principal amount of this Promissory Note from time to time outstanding shall bear interest as provided in the Credit Agreement. All payments of principal and interest on this Promissory Note shall be payable in lawful currency of the Unites States of America in immediately available funds to the Issuing Bank.

This Promissory Note is entitled to the benefits of, and evidences obligations incurred under, the Credit Agreement, to which reference is made for a description of the security for this Promissory Note and for a statement of the terms and conditions on which the Applicant is permitted and required to make prepayments and repayments of principal of the obligations evidenced hereby and on which such obligations may be declared to be immediately due and payable.

THIS PROMISSORY NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED, CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

The Applicant hereby waives all requirements as to diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and (except as required by the Credit Agreement) notice of any kind with respect to this Promissory Note.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Applicant has executed this Promissory Note under seal as of the day and year first above written.

 

SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


Exhibit D — Form of Letter of Credit

LETTER OF CREDIT

ING Bank N.V., London Branch

60 London Wall, London EC2M 5TQ

Irrevocable Letter of Credit No.                      

Beneficiary:

ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company

c/o ING Americas

1290 Broadway

12 th Floor Attn: Mary Tuttle

Denver, Colorado 80203

USA

Applicant:

Security Life of Denver International Limited

Continental Building

25 Church Street, PO Box HM 1978

Hamilton HM HX, Bermuda

Amount: USD $1,500,000,000

Issue Date: [December 31, 2011]

To Beneficiary:

We have established this clean, irrevocable, and unconditional Letter of Credit in your favor as beneficiary for drawings up to U.S. $1,500,000,000 effective immediately. This Letter of Credit is issued, presentable and payable at our office at (issuing bank address) and expires with our close of business on [December 31, 2031]. Except when the amount of this Letter of Credit is increased, this Credit cannot be modified or revoked without your consent.

The term “Beneficiary” includes any successor by operation of law of the named Beneficiary including without limitation any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator. Drawings by any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator shall be for the benefit of all of the Beneficiary’s contractholders.

We hereby undertake to promptly honor your sight draft(s) drawn on us, indicating our Credit No                       , for all or any part of this Credit upon presentation of your draft drawn on us at our office specified in paragraph one on or before the expiration date hereof or any automatically extended expiry date.

Except as expressly stated herein, this undertaking is not subject to any agreement, requirement or qualification. The obligation of ING Bank N.V., London Branch under this Credit is the individual obligation of ING Bank N.V., London Branch and is in no way contingent upon reimbursement with respect thereto, or upon our ability to perfect any lien, security interest or any other reimbursement.


Exhibit D — Form of Letter of Credit

This Letter of Credit is deemed to be automatically extended without amendment for one year from the expiration date or any future expiration date, unless thirty days prior to such expiration date, we notify ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company and Security Life of Denver International, Limited by Registered Mail that this Letter of Credit will not be renewed for any such additional period.

This Letter of Credit is subject to and governed by the laws of the State of New York and the 2007 Revision of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits of the International Chamber of Commerce (Publication No. 600) and in the event of any conflict the Laws of New York will control. If this credit expires during an interruption of business as described in Article 36 of said Publication 600, the bank hereby specifically agrees to effect payment if this Credit is drawn against within 30 days after the resumption of business.


Exhibit E — Form of Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement

 

 

CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

[ Month ] [ Day ], 20     

[Name of Counterparty)

[Address]

[Address]

[Address]

Attn: [                      ]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

[ NAME OF COUNTERPARTY ], a [ TYPE OF ENTITY ] organized under the laws of [ JURISDICTION OF FORMATION ] (“ you ’’, “ your ” and related terms) has or will become an Issuing Bank (as defined therein) under the Credit Agreement among ING Bank N.V., London Branch, as Administrative Agent, and Security Life of Denver International Limited, as Applicant (the “ Company ”, “ we ” or “ us ”) and the various financial institutions from time to time party thereto, as Issuing Banks dated as of December 30, 2011 (the “ Relevant Matter ”). As an Issuing Bank, we and our affiliates have furnished and/or will furnish you with certain information that the Company and its affiliates consider non-public, confidential or proprietary in nature. All such information, whether written or oral, furnished to you by or on behalf of the Company before, on or after the date of this letter, and all notes, analyses, compilations, studies, copies and other documents, whether prepared by you or others, which contain or otherwise reflect such information, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Confidential Information ”.

In consideration of our furnishing you with the Confidential Information, you and we agree that:

 

1.

Nondisclosure of Confidential Information . You will keep the Confidential Information confidential and will not disclose the Confidential Information to any person whatsoever, provided that the Confidential Information may be disclosed by you (a) to any of your directors, officers, partners, members, principals, employees, agents, affiliates, attorneys, accountants or consultants (collectively, “ Representatives ”) who need to know the Confidential Information in connection with our discussions regarding the Relevant Matter, so long as such Representatives are informed of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and instructed to maintain its confidentiality in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (b) as is reasonably required in connection with a proceeding to enforce your rights relating to the Relevant Matter or (c) with the Company’s prior written consent. You agree to be responsible for any actions by your Representatives to whom you disclose Confidential Information which are not in

 

-1-


  accordance with this Agreement, and that any breach by them of the terms hereof shall be considered a breach by you; provided that the foregoing will not apply to any Representative who has executed a confidentiality agreement substantially comparable to this Agreement in favor of the Company and its affiliates.

 

2. Use of Confidential Information . You will use the Confidential Information solely in connection with your duties and obligations relating to the Relevant Matter or as reasonably required in connection with a proceeding to enforce your rights relating to the Relevant Matter.

 

3. Exceptions to Confidential Information . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, “Confidential Information” does not include any information that (a) was or becomes generally available to the public (other than as a result of disclosure or actions by you or your Representatives in violation of this Agreement) (b) was or becomes available to you or your Representatives on a non-confidential basis from a source (other than the Company or its Representatives) which to your knowledge is not prohibited from disclosing such information to you by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation to the Company or any of its Representatives, (c) was in your possession or in the possession of your Representatives prior to the date of this Agreement and was obtained from a source (other than the Company or its Representatives or the Administrative Agent) that to your knowledge was not prohibited by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation to the Company from disclosing such information to you, (d) is independently derived by you or your Representatives without reference to the Confidential Information or (e) is approved by the Company in writing for disclosure without restriction; provided , that clauses (a) through (d) shall not except from the definition of Confidential Information the fact that the Company is planning or contemplating any transaction, investment, or other activity that the Company has not publicly announced or acknowledged.

 

4. Return or Destruction of Confidential Information . Promptly upon termination of this Agreement, you and your Representatives shall destroy or return all copies of the Confidential Information in your and their control or possession. Upon written request by the Company, such return or destruction shall be verified by you by a certification in writing by one of your duly authorized officers. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, you may retain such copies as you are required to maintain by applicable law or internal document retention policy; provided , that any copies so retained shall remain subject to the confidentiality and use provisions of this Agreement.

 

5.

Compelled Disclosures . In the event that you or any of your Representatives receives a subpoena, interrogatory or other request for Confidential Information or reasonably believes that you are required or legally compelled to disclose any of the Confidential Information to a third party, including a governmental or other regulatory body to whose jurisdiction you are subject, you will (unless prohibited by law) provide the Company with prompt notice as soon as practicable and, to the extent possible, before such disclosure has occurred, so that the Company or any of its affiliates may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy. You will (in the absence of any conflicting interest as advised by counsel) act reasonably to cooperate with the Company and its affiliates to

 

-2-


  obtain such protective order or other remedy. Even in the event of a conflict of interest as advised by counsel, you will not object to efforts by the Company or its affiliates to obtain such protective order or other remedy. In the event that such a protective order or other protective remedy is not obtained, you will furnish only that portion of the Confidential Information that is requested or demanded or that is legally required in the opinion of its counsel, as applicable, and in each case, shall use reasonable efforts to request that confidential treatment will be accorded to the Confidential Information. It being acknowledged by the Company that the disclosure of any Confidential Information to any governmental authority, body or entity with supervisory authority over you pursuant to an examination, audit or other investigation of you or your operations, books or records by such authority, body or entity shall be deemed required or legally compelled and that you shall not be required to provide a notice hereunder to the Company with respect to any such examination, audit or investigation unless the applicable governmental authority, body or entity shall have requested disclosure that would include Confidential Information.

 

6. Reserved

 

7. No Representation or Warranty . Neither the Company nor its affiliates nor any of its or their officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives make any representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of the Confidential Information; provided that nothing in this sentence shall limit or reduce the liability or obligation of the Company with respect to any representation or warranty made by the Company under or pursuant to the Credit Agreement referred to in the first paragraph hereof. You agree that neither the Company nor its affiliates nor its or their officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives shall have any liability to you or any of your Representatives resulting from the use of the Confidential Information by you or such Representatives

 

8. Expiration of this Agreement . This Agreement and all obligations hereunder, except for Section 4 hereof, will terminate on the date falling two years after the date you cease to be an Issuing Bank under the Relevant Matter.

 

9. Remedies . You agree that money damages may not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Agreement by you or your Representatives and that the Company and its affiliates may be irreparably harmed in the event of such a breach. Accordingly, the Company and its affiliates shall be entitled, in addition to any other remedies or money damages, to seek specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief as a remedy for any such breach.

 

10.

Miscellaneous . The agreements set forth herein may only be waived or modified by an agreement in writing signed on behalf of the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard to the conflict of laws provisions thereof. In the event of any litigation arising hereunder or in connection with the matters contemplated hereby, each party agrees to submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of courts of the State of New York and of the United States located in the City of New York. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed

 

-3-


  to constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned or delegated by you without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall be granted or not according to the Company’s sole discretion, and any attempted assignment without such written consent shall be null and void. You are entering into this Agreement for the benefit of the Company and its affiliates, which are third party beneficiaries hereto. In case provisions of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. No failure or delay by the Company in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder. This Agreement represents the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter hereof. The headings in this Agreement are provided for convenience only and shall not be construed to affect the meaning, construction or effect of this Agreement.

Please confirm your agreement with the foregoing by signing and returning a copy of this letter to us.

 

Sincerely,
SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INTERNATIONAL
LIMITED
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Accepted and agreed as of

the date first written above:

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

-4-


Annex 1

Fee Schedule

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

Applicable Interest Rate ” means a rate per annum equal to the sum of (a) the Cost of Funds Rate, as determined from time to time, plus (b) the Applicable Margin, plus (c) if the Implied Rating of SLDI shall be less than BBB, the Ratings Downgrade Step-up, with each change in the Cost of Funds Rate or Ratings Downgrade Step-up being given effect from and after the date of such change.

Applicable Margin ” means, for a particular draw under a Letter of Credit, the sum of (a) 5.50%; plus (b) if such draw shall be prior to the Expiration Date, (i) 0.15% multiplied by (ii) the number of years prior to the Expiration Date that such draw shall have been made, with any draw that is not made on an anniversary of Closing Date being deemed made as of the immediately preceding anniversary thereof.

Closing Fee ” means a fee equal to 0.50% of the total Commitments.

Cost of Funds Rate ” means, as of any date, ING’s cost of funds, as determined by the Administrative Agent in good faith.

Implied Rating of SLDI ” means a financial rating of A+ through CCC or lower from time to time assigned by any nationally recognized rating organization or agency to the Applicant or, if no such rating is assigned, as determined by the Administrative Agent in good faith; provided that, if ratings methodologies shall change such that ratings shall be designated differently, the Applicant shall in good faith convert the then current ratings to the designations utilized herein.

Letter of Credit Fee ” means a fee with respect to a particular Letter of Credit equal to the Letter of Credit Fee Rate multiplied by the face amount of such Letter of Credit.

Letter of Credit Fee Rate ” means three percent (3%) per annum.

Ratings Downgrade Step-up ” means, in the event the Implied Rating of SLDI shall be less than BBB, with respect to a particular Implied Rating of SLDI, the rate per annum specified below:

 

Implied Rating of SLDI

   Ratings Downgrade Step-up  

BBB-

     0.18

BB+

     0.38

BB

     0.60

 

Annex 1


Implied Rating of SLDI

   Ratings Downgrade Step-up  

BB-

     0.81

B+

     1.01

B

     1.28

B-

     1.72

CCC or lower

     2.18

2. Payment of Letter of Credit Fee . The Applicant shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Issuing Banks, quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December commencing on March 31, 2012 and on the applicable expiry date in respect of each Letter of Credit the Letter of Credit Fee, which shall be payable from the date of issuance until the expiry date (as may be extended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement and such Letter of Credit) of such Letter of Credit or any earlier cancellation, repayment or prepayment of such Letter of Credit.

3. Payment of Fees and Expenses for Issuance of Letter of Credit . The Applicant agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in respect of each Letter of Credit issued by the Administrative Agent and any amendment, continuation, substitution or extension under the terms thereof, such reasonable fees and expenses as the Administrative Agent customarily charges its customers in connection with the amendment, transfer, negotiation, processing and/or administration of letters of credit, not to exceed US$17,500 in each instance.

4. Payment of Closing Fee . Within three (3) Business Days following receipt of an invoice therefor, the Applicant shall pay the Closing Fee to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of the Issuing Banks. The Closing Fee shall be non-refundable and shall be deemed to be fully earned upon payment.

5. Payment of Interest; Default Rate .

(a) The outstanding principal amount of each Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Interest Rate. Interest shall be payable on the Expiration Date and quarterly in arrears on the first day of each Fiscal Quarter following the making of such Loan.

(b) If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all outstanding Obligations (whether or not overdue) shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto plus five (5) % during the continuance of such Event of Default (both before and after judgment). Payments of such default interest shall be due and payable on each date that interest is due pursuant to clause (a) above.

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.14

 

LOGO

#1147

Master Transaction Agreement

This Master Transaction Agreement (“Agreement”) dated this May 1, 2006, is entered into between ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company (“Member”), with principal offices at Des Moines, Iowa, and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (“Bank”) with principal offices in Des Moines, Iowa.

Article 1

Deposit Accounts

1.1 Deposit Accounts. The Bank may establish one or more deposit accounts with such maturities and bearing such interest as the Bank and the Member may agree from time to time.

1.2 Charges to Member’s Account. The Bank, so long as it acts in good faith and with ordinary care may charge Member’s deposit account(s) for: (1) any regulatory assessment if directed to do so by the Member’s primary regulator; and (2) amounts due the Bank arising in connection with services performed by the Bank on behalf of the Member.

1.3 Security Interest. Member hereby grants to Bank a security interest in all deposit accounts in order to secure any and all obligations of the Member now or hereafter existing. Member authorizes the Bank to exercise all rights and remedies available to secured creditors in the event of default on any obligation including, but not limited to, the right to set off any deposits against any obligation.

1.4 Overdrafts. If an overdraft occurs in the Member’s account then the Bank may, at its option, charge a fee to the Member’s deposit account.

Article 2

Payment Orders

2.1 Authority

A. The Member authorizes the Bank to execute payment orders transferring funds from or to any deposit account now or hereafter maintained by Member with the Bank to or from any account of the Member or any third party, whether such account is maintained at the Bank or any other financial institution upon the Bank’s receipt of instructions, from any of the Member’s

 

1


authorized officers, employees or agents or any person purporting to be one of such officers, employees or agents. Whenever the term ‘instructions’ is used in this Article it refers to instructions received by any means, including but not limited to, written, electronic, oral, telephonic or facsimile. If the Bank assigns a confidential code word, password, or number to the Member as part of a security procedure to verify the authenticity of payment orders, the Bank is hereby authorized to accept such payment order upon receipt of instructions containing such confidential code word, password, or number.

B. The Member further authorizes the Bank to act upon such other instructions relating to payment orders, including cancellation or amendment, which the Bank receives from any of the Member’s authorized officers, employees or agents. If the Bank assigns a confidential code word, password, or number to the Member as part of a security procedure to verify the authenticity of payment orders or other instructions relating to payment orders, including cancellation or amendment, the Bank is hereby authorized to accept, cancel, or amend such payment order upon receipt of instructions containing such confidential code word, password, or number.

2.2 Security Procedures

A. The Bank may assign to Member and its authorized officers, employees, and agents a confidential code word, password, or number as part of a security procedure to verify the authenticity of payment orders or other instructions relating to payment orders, including cancellation or amendment. Any security procedure offered by the Bank shall be offered for the purpose of verifying the authenticity of a payment order or instructions canceling, or amending a payment order and shall not be offered for the purpose of detecting an error in the transmission or the content of the payment order.

B. IF THE MEMBER FAILS OR REFUSES TO USE A SECURITY PROCEDURE OFFERED BY THE BANK, THE MEMBER AGREES THAT THE SECURITY PROCEDURE CHOSEN BY THE MEMBER IS COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND FURTHER AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY PAYMENT ORDER, WHETHER OR NOT AUTHORIZED, WHICH IS ISSUED IN ITS NAME AND ACCEPTED BY THE BANK.

C. The Member is responsible for safeguarding any such confidential code word, password, or number and limiting access to the code word, password, or number to authorized officers, employees, or agents and shall report any breach of confidentiality promptly to the Bank.

D. Following the receipt of a payment order, the Bank reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to verify or authenticate any payment order or other related instruction by subsequent telephone calls to an authorized officer, employee, or agent of the Member or by any other means which the Bank may deem appropriate, but failure to verify or authenticate any such payment order or instruction shall not be evidence of any failure to exercise reasonable care or good faith. The Bank shall not be liable if it rejects a payment or performs any related act if the Bank in good faith is unable to satisfy itself that the instruction is given by an officer, employee or agent.

 

2


2.3 Other Rules, Policies and Procedures

A. From time to time the Bank may establish fees, rules, policies, and procedures regarding payment orders, including establishing a part of a business day during which it is open for the receipt, processing, and transmittal of payment orders or other instructions relating to payment orders, including cancellation or amendment. The Bank shall notify the Member from time to time of such fees, rules, policies, and procedures and the Member shall be bound by such fees, rules, policies, and procedures.

B. The Bank may reject or impose conditions that must be satisfied before it will accept a payment order for any reason. If the Bank, in its capacity as a receiving or beneficiary’s bank, rejects a payment order, the Bank shall notify the Member, orally, electronically, or in writing, that the Bank is rejecting or has rejected, or will not pay or accept, a payment order. The Bank shall not be liable for any damages due to its rejection of any payment order.

C. The Bank may rely on the number in a payment order that identifies an intermediary bank or beneficiary’s bank, even if it identifies a bank different from the bank identified by name in the payment order, if the Bank does not know of such an inconsistency in identification. The Bank may rely on the number in a payment order that identifies the beneficiary, even if it identifies a person or entity different from the person or entity identified by name in the payment order, if the Bank does not know of such an inconsistency in identification. The Bank has no duty to detect any such inconsistency.

D. If the Member is the sender of a payment order, the Member authorizes the Bank to obtain payment for such payment order by debiting the amount of the payment order from any of the Member’s deposit accounts with the Bank. The Bank shall be under no obligation to execute any payment order unless the Member has on deposit with the Bank collected funds sufficient to cover such payment order.

E. Upon accepting a payment order in its capacity as a receiving bank, the Bank shall transmit, mail or deliver to the Member a confirmation or periodic statement stating the date and amount of the payment order accepted and the account to which funds were transferred. Not more than 3 calendar days after the receipt of such confirmation or periodic statement, the Member will cause it to be examined and will immediately notify the Bank of any unauthorized or erroneously executed payment order. MEMBER’S FAILURE AFTER RECEIPT OF SUCH ADVICE TO PROMPTLY REPORT ANY UNAUTHORIZED OR ERRONEOUSLY EXECUTED PAYMENT ORDER SHALL RELIEVE THE BANK OF ITS LIABILITY TO PAY INTEREST ON ANY REFUNDABLE AMOUNTS WITH RESPECT THERETO.

 

3


F. If the Bank, in its capacity as a beneficiary’s bank, accepts a payment order for the Member, payment occurs at the first to occur of: the Bank credits the amount of the payment order to the Member’s account, the Bank notifies the Member that the Bank has credited the Member’s account, or the Bank lawfully applies the credit to a debt of the Member. If the Bank, in its capacity as a beneficiary’s bank, accepts a payment order for the Member, regardless of whether the payment order instructs payment to an account of the Member, the Bank may, but is not required to, provide notice of such acceptance to the Member.

G. If the Bank receives a cancellation or amendment of a payment order after the Bank has already executed the payment order, Bank may, but is not required to, attempt to recover the funds from the beneficiary using whatever steps it deems reasonable, provided, however, that if the Bank attempts to recover the funds, it need not pursue the claim beyond normal commercial steps and may require the Member to pursue its own claim at any time. The Bank makes no representation or warranty as to its ability to cancel, or amend a payment order once accepted or executed.

H. The Bank will provide the Member with such additional information with respect to payment orders as the Member, through its authorized officers, employees, or agents, may reasonably request. However, the Bank and its agents shall have no obligation to trace any payment order issued by the Member or acquire proof that any payment order issued by the Member to any account designated by number is, in fact, credited to the name of the desired beneficiary.

2.4 Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

A. The Bank shall not be liable for any payment order made or for any other act performed by the Bank relating to such payment order nor any damages or losses arising therefrom, if such payment order or act is made by an officer, agent, or employee of the Bank pursuant to instructions, written, electronic, or oral (including telephonic or facsimile), which such officer or employee reasonably and in good faith believes to be that of Member’s authorized officer, employee or agent. Authority to issue a payment order and to issue other directions and instructions shall be conclusively presumed if the person making the request uses the confidential code word, password, or number assigned to the Member. The Bank’s own records evidencing that the person making the payment order utilized the proper confidential code word, password, or number shall be conclusive proof that the person was authorized and that the payment order was properly issued in the amounts indicated in such records.

B. The Bank shall not be liable for any error, discrepancy, or delay on the part of the intermediary bank, funds transfer system, or agent used by the Bank in the transmission of any payment order, the cancellation, or amendment of any payment order, or related act.

C. IN NO EVENT SHALL BANK BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ATTORNEY’S FEES IN CONNECTION WITH THE BANK’S ACCEPTANCE, REJECTION, OR HANDLING OF PAYMENT ORDERS.

 

4


D. Any interest which the Bank is required to pay to the Member shall be limited to the interest computed by multiplying the Bank’s overnight deposit rate by the amount on which interest is payable and then multiplying the product by the actual number of days for which interest is payable divided by 360.

E. If the Member amends or cancels any payment order or any instructions for a payment, the Member shall indemnify and hold the Bank harmless for any costs, expenses, damages and liabilities, including attorneys’ fees, which the Bank may incur as a result of the cancellation or amendment or in attempting to effect such recovery of fund.

F. The Member consents to tape recordings by the Bank of telephone instructions of payment orders and related acts with respect thereto, but the Bank’s failure to so record shall not be deemed a failure to exercise reasonable care or good faith. The Member shall indemnify and hold harmless the Bank against any costs, expenses, damages and liabilities, including attorneys’ fees that the Bank may incur as a result of such recording or use thereof.

Article 3

Securities Safekeeping

3.1 Securities Safekeeping Accounts. The Bank may from time to time establish one or more book-entry accounts on behalf of the Member to which the Bank may from time to time credit securities. The Bank shall not itself hold any security hereunder. The Member authorizes the Bank to utilize any other securities intermediary, the Treasury/Reserve Automated Debt Entry System maintained by the Federal Reserve Banks, or the Depository Trust Company and any other clearing corporation to the extent possible in connection with its performance hereunder. The terms “securities,” “securities intermediary,” and “clearing corporation” shall have the meaning given to them in Section 8-102 of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in Iowa.

3.2 Responsibilities. With respect to all securities held in the Member’s account, the Bank shall, unless otherwise instructed to the contrary:

A. Receive all income and other payments and advise the Member as promptly as practicable of any such amounts due but not paid;

B. Present for payment and receive the amount paid upon all securities which may mature and advise the Member as promptly as practicable of any such amounts due but not paid;

C. Forward to the Member copies of all information or documents that it may receive from an issuer of securities which, in the opinion of Custodian, are intended for the beneficial owner of securities; and

D. Execute, as agent, any certificates of ownership, affidavits, declarations or other certificates under any tax laws now or hereafter in effect in connection with the collection of bond and note coupons.

 

5


3.3 Authorization. The Member authorizes the Bank to follow entitlement orders, as such term is defined in Section 8-102 of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in Iowa, transferring securities to or from any safekeeping account( s) now or hereafter maintained by Member with the Bank from or to any other account of the Member or any third party, whether such account is maintained at the Bank or any other securities intermediary, upon the Bank’s receipt of entitlement orders of any of the Member’s authorized officers, employees or agents or any person purporting to be one of such officers, employees or agents.

3.4 Rules, Policies and Procedures

A. From time to time, the Bank may establish fees, rules, policies, and procedures regarding securities safekeeping, including establishing a part of a business day during which it is open for the receipt and processing of entitlement orders. The Bank shall notify the Member from time to time of such fees, rules, policies, and procedures and the Member shall be bound by such fees, rules, policies, and procedures.

B. If the Bank receives a cancellation or amendment of an entitlement order after the Bank has already executed the entitlement order, the Bank may, but is not required to, attempt to recover the securities using whatever steps it deems reasonable, provided, however, that if the Bank attempts to recover the securities, it need not pursue the claim beyond normal commercial steps and may require the Member to pursue its own claim at any time. The Bank makes no representation or warranty as to its ability to cancel, or amend an entitlement order once accepted or executed.

C. The Bank shall credit all cash proceeds received by the Bank arising as a result of entitlement orders for securities held hereunder or payments on such securities to the Member’s deposit account(s). The Bank shall charge the Member’s deposit account(s) for all costs, expenses, and fees arising as a result of any entitlement orders for securities held hereunder. The Bank may refuse to honor any entitlement order if the collected balances in the Member’s deposit account(s) are insufficient to cover such costs, expenses, and fees.

D. The Bank, from time to time, shall transmit, mail, or deliver to the Member a confirmation or periodic statement stating the date of any entitlement order affected by the Bank or received by the Bank with respect to securities held and securities transactions taken hereunder. Not more than three (3) calendar days after the receipt of such confirmation or periodic statement, the Member will cause it to be examined and will immediately notify the Bank of any unauthorized or erroneously executed entitlement order. MEMBER’S FAILURE AFTER RECEIPT OF SUCH CONFIRMATION OR STATEMENT TO PROMPTLY REPORT ANY UNAUTHORIZED OR ERRONEOUSLY EXECUTED ENTITLEMENT ORDER SHALL CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF AND AGREEMENT WITH SUCH CONFIRMATION OR STATEMENT BY MEMBER.

E. The Bank will provide the Member with such additional information with respect to entitlement orders as the Member, through its authorized officers, employees or agents, may reasonably request.

 

6


3.5 Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

A. From time to time, the Bank may provide valuation information to the Member regarding securities held hereunder. The Bank makes no warranties, either express or implied, as to the authenticity of the information provided. The Bank provides this information solely as a service to the Member and such information shall not in any manner be construed as advice concerning any securities transaction. The Member is responsible for making all decisions with regard to entitlement orders and transactions hereunder.

B. The Bank shall have no duty of inquiry or otherwise with respect to the nature or ownership of any securities held, acquired, or transferred hereunder or with respect to the authority of Member under federal or state law or regulations to undertake any securities transactions, nor shall the Bank be deemed to have made any determination as to the propriety of any securities transaction effected pursuant to the instructions of Member. The Member acknowledges and agrees that the Bank does not offer any investment advice with respect to securities transactions hereunder.

C. The Bank agrees to exercise reasonable care in actions taken by the Bank with respect to Member’s securities; provided, however, that the Bank shall not be liable to Member or to third parties for any loss or damage suffered by Member or such third parties arising from causes beyond the control of the Bank, including without limitation acts or omissions of any securities intermediary that has physical custody of securities. The Bank shall be responsible only for those duties expressly set forth in this Agreement and, without limiting the foregoing, the Bank shall have no duty or responsibility:

(1) to supervise the investment of, or make recommendations with respect to, the purchase, retention, or sale of securities or other property relating to this Agreement;

(2) with respect to any security as to which a default in the payment of principal or interest has occurred, to give notice of default, make demand for payment, or take any other action with respect to such default;

(3) for any act or omission, or for the insolvency or notice to the Bank of the insolvency, of any broker or agent that is selected by the Bank (in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Bank in such selection) or by Member or any other person to effect any transaction pursuant to this Agreement;

(4) to evaluate or to report to Member regarding the financial condition of party to which the Bank delivers or makes arrangements for the delivery of securities or payment pursuant to this Agreement; or

(5) for any loss occasioned delay in the actual receipt of notice by the Bank of any payment, redemption, or other transaction regarding securities or property held pursuant to this Agreement in respect to which Bank is authorized to take some action.

 

7


D. If Member, any broker, dealer, or other third party cancels or fails to follow instructions or entitlement orders for a trade or other related act (including the failure to purchase or deliver the security at the stated price to the Bank), Member shall indemnify and hold the Bank harmless for all expenses, costs, fees, including attorney’s fees and court costs, or other liability incurred by the Bank. Member agrees that if it fails to deliver securities to the Bank for transfer on behalf of Member pursuant to previous entitlement orders, the Bank may charge Member’s deposit account in the amount reasonably necessary for the Bank to purchase an equivalent amount of such securities for transfer. The Bank shall not be liable for any market loss or gain relating to the delay or failure to purchase or transfer a security.

E. As between Member and the Bank, Member shall bear all losses arising from any actions taken with respect to securities pursuant to this Agreement where an act or omission, whether or not authorized, of an officer, employee or agent of Member contributed to such losses, and Member shall bear all losses arising from any action taken with respect to securities pursuant to this Agreement where the Bank has acted on the basis of unauthorized instruction, unless the Bank had actual knowledge that the instructions were unauthorized.

F. The Member consents to tape recordings by the Bank of telephone instructions of entitlement orders and related acts with respect thereto, but the Bank’s failure to so record shall not be deemed a failure to exercise reasonable care or good faith. The Member agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Bank against any costs, expenses, damages and liabilities, including attorneys’ fees that the Bank may incur as a result of such recording or use thereof.

Article 4

Letters of Credit

4.1 Applications. An authorized officer, employee, or agent of the Member may apply, in such form as the Bank may specify from time to time, for a letter of credit. Nothing contained in this Agreement or the policies and procedures currently set forth in the Bank’s Member Products and Services Policy, as amended, superseded or replaced by the Bank’s Board of Directors from time to time, and the Bank’s Credit and Collateral Procedures, as amended, superseded or replaced by the Bank’s management from time to time (collectively referred to herein as the “Member Policies and Procedures”) shall be construed as an agreement or commitment by the Bank to grant any letter of credit hereunder. The Bank expressly reserves its right and power, in its sole discretion, to either issue or refuse to issue any letter of credit in any form that the Bank determines from time to time.

4.2 Honoring Draws. The Bank shall honor and pay each and every request for payment made under and in compliance with any letter of credit, even if submitted or issued by an administrator, executor, trustee in bankruptcy, debtor in possession, assignee for benefit of creditors, liquidators, receiver, agent, attorney in fact or other representative of any beneficiary or of any successor or approved in writing by the Bank. The Bank’s sole obligation to the Member is limited to honoring requests for payment made under and in compliance with letter of credit issued hereunder even though: (i) the Bank may have prepared the letter of credit or any

 

8


other document required to be presented thereunder; and (ii) the Bank may otherwise be aware of facts concerning the transaction which gives rise to the letter of credit. The Bank has no duty to inquire into the existence of any disputes or controversies between the Member, any beneficiary, or person or firm or their or their respective rights, duties, or liabilities or whether any fact or event referred to in any document presented under the letter of credit is true and correct.

The Bank shall not be responsible for and the Bank’s obligations under a letter of credit shall not be affected by:

A. The use which may be made of any letter of credit or any act or omission of any beneficiary or permitted assignee of any letter of credit;

B. The validity, sufficiency, genuineness or collectability of any drafts, certificates, instruments, notices of default or other documents, including endorsements or signatures thereon;

C. Any breach of contract between the Member and any third party;

D. Compliance with or circumstances resulting from the existence or exercise of applicable laws, regulations or restrictions by any government or any group asserting or exercising de facto or de jure governmental powers; and

E. Any event, fact or condition beyond the control of the Bank.

4.3 Reimbursement. The Member agrees that any amount paid by the Bank under and in compliance with any letter of credit shall become immediately due and payable by the Member and Member shall immediately reimburse the Bank for such amount. The Member hereby authorizes the Bank to debit the Member’s deposit account(s) with the Bank for all amounts due and payable to the Bank. If the amount in the deposit account(s) is, at any time, insufficient to pay such due and payable amounts, the Bank may, without notice to the Member, apply any other funds or assets then in the possession of the Bank to the payment of such amounts. The Member may apply to the Bank for an advance under the security agreement existing between the Bank and the Member in order to repay all amounts paid by the Bank under and in compliance with any letter of credit and that are due and payable to the Bank. Nothing contained in this Agreement, the security agreement existing between the Bank and the Member, or the Member Policies and Procedures shall be construed as an agreement or commitment by the Bank to grant any advance. The Bank expressly reserves its right and power to either grant or deny in its sole discretion any advance.

4.4 Collateral and Security Interest. The Member agrees that and all letters of credit issued by the Bank on behalf of the Member shall be secured in accordance with all the terms and provisions of the security agreement existing between the Bank and the Member as if such letter of credit were an advance granted under such security agreement. The Member further agrees that any and all amounts due and payable to the Bank under this Agreement shall be secured in accordance with all the terms and provisions of the security agreement existing between the Bank and the Member as if such amounts were advances granted under such security agreement.

 

9


4.5 Fees and Other Charges. The Member agrees to pay the Bank on demand any and all fees or charges established by the Bank from time to time for the issuance of a letter of credit or for honoring any draw made by a beneficiary under a letter of credit and any and all fees, charges, and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees paid or incurred by the Bank in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement.

Article 5

General

5.1 Change in Authorization. The Bank shall be promptly notified in writing in such form or forms as the Bank may specify from time to time by the Secretary or any officer of the Member of any change in authorized officers, employees, and agents. Until the Bank has actually received such notice in writing, it shall be indemnified and saved harmless from any loss suffered or liability incurred by it in continuing to act in reliance on the authority of such previously authorized officer, employee, or agent.

5.2 Termination of Agreement. This Agreement may be terminated by either party after giving the other party five (5) days written notice; provided, however, that the terms of this Agreement shall continue to govern any deposit account, payment order, security safekeeping or letter of credit that remains outstanding following termination of this Agreement.

5.3 Applicable Law. This Agreement is governed by the Federal Home Loan Bank Act, Rules and Regulations of the Federal Housing Finance Board (FHFB), and policies, guidelines and directives of the FHFB, and the Member Policies and Procedures, and to the extent applicable and not inconsistent therewith, the laws of the State of Iowa. If any portion of this Agreement conflicts with applicable law, such conflict shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement that can be given effect without the conflicting provision, and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are severable.

5.4 Indemnification. Member agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Bank and the Bank’s correspondents, agents and subagents, assignees, and participants from and against any and all demands, actions, claims, losses, perils, liabilities, and expenses including attorneys’ fees and expenses, not involving the Bank’s bad faith, resulting from or incurred, suffered, or paid by any of them in connection with this Agreement.

5.5 Agreement Constitutes Entire Agreement. Except as set forth in this paragraph, this Agreement, together with any related applications and agreements, embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements between such parties that relate to that subject matter. Letters of credit issued by the Bank to the Member prior to the execution of this Agreement shall continue to be governed exclusively by the terms of the prior agreements pursuant to which such letters of credit were issued, except that (i) any default thereunder shall constitute default hereunder, (ii) collateral furnished as security hereunder shall also secure such prior letter of credit and (iii) the rights and obligations with respect to such collateral shall be governed by the terms of this Agreement.

 

10


5.6 No Waiver of Rights. A failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege in respect of this Agreement will not be presumed to operate as a waiver, and a single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege will not be presumed to preclude any subsequent or further exercise of any right, power, or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. No waiver by the Bank of any event of default shall be in effect unless in writing and signed by an authorized officer of the Bank, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of a subsequent event of default or be deemed to be a continuing waiver. No course of dealing between Member and the Bank or its agents or employees shall be effective to change, modify or discharge any provision of this Agreement or to constitute a waiver of any default.

5.7 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable to any extent or in any application, the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such provision to different persons or circumstances or in different jurisdictions shall not be affected thereby.

5.8 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon each of the parties, successors and permitted assigns. The Member may not assign any obligation hereunder without the prior written consent of the Bank. The Bank may assign any or all of its rights and obligations hereunder or with respect to any advance or other indebtedness to any other party.

5.9 Events of Default. The following occurrences shall be events of default:

A. Any event of default as defined in the security agreement existing between the Bank and the Member;

B. The failure of the Member to pay any amount due hereunder or to provide collateral as required hereunder; and

C. The breach by the Member of any representation, warranty, covenant or information furnished by the Member hereunder or the failure of any representation, warranty, covenant or information furnished by the Member in any context to be and remain true, correct and complete.

5.10 Remedies. Upon the occurrence of an event of default the Bank shall have all the rights and remedies as provided for in an event of default under the security agreement existing between the Bank and the Member and shall have all other rights and remedies available at law or in equity to secure, collect, enforce, or satisfy the Member’s obligations to the Bank hereunder. All rights and remedies of the Bank hereunder are cumulative of each and every other right or remedy which the Bank may otherwise have at law or in equity or under any contract or other writing for the enforcement of the security interest granted to the Bank or the collection of any amount due hereunder.

5.11 Member’s Representations, Warranties and Covenants. Member represents, warrants and covenants to the Bank that the following are and shall remain true, complete and correct at all times until the termination of this Agreement:

A. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Member and its execution, delivery, and performance have been authorized by all necessary corporate actions;

 

11


B. Neither this Agreement, nor any letter of credit, nor transaction to which this Agreement relates violates any law or regulation applicable to the Member or any supervisory or consent agreement with any regulatory body;

C. The Member has duly entered into a security agreement with the Bank and the same is currently in full force and effect and the Member maintains sufficient qualifying collateral to fully secure any and all letters of credit issued and outstanding hereunder in accordance with the terms and conditions of such security agreement; and

D. The Member agrees to maintain one or more deposit accounts with the Bank at all times during which a letter of credit issued hereunder remains outstanding.

E. The person signing this document on behalf of the Member represents that its execution was authorized by appropriate action of the Board of Directors of the Member and that such action is duly reflected in the records of the Member.

 

ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company – #1147

(Full Corporate Name of Customer and member number)

By:   /s/ [Illegible signature]
Title:   Vice President and Chief Actuary, Institutional Markets
Date:   July 14, 2006

 

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
By:   /s/ [Illegible signature]
Title:   Officer of Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines

Date:

  July 10, 2006

 

12

Exhibit 10.15

ADVANCES, PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

DELIVERY

This Advances, Pledge and Security Agreement (“Agreement”), effective this 27 th day of March, 2009, is entered between ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company (“Member”), with principal offices at 909 Locust Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309 and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (“Bank”), with principal offices in Des Moines, Iowa.

WHEREAS , the Bank may from time to time make available extensions of credit to the Member (“Advances”), in accordance with the Federal Home Loan Bank Act, the regulations and directives of the Federal Housing Finance Agency, the Confirmations issued hereunder, and the policies and procedures currently set forth in the Bank’s Member Products Policy, as amended, superseded or replaced by the Bank’s Board of Directors from time to time, and the Bank’s Credit and Collateral Procedures, as amended. superseded or replaced by the Bank’s management from time to time (collectively referred to herein as the “Member Policies and Procedures”);

WHEREAS , the Member desires, from time to time, to obtain Advances from the Bank in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Confirmations issued hereunder and the Member Policies and Procedures; and

WHEREAS , the Bank requires that all Advances, and all other indebtedness, arising from any and all obligations or liabilities of the Member to the Bank be secured pursuant to this Agreement, and the Member agrees to provide such security;

NOW THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, intending to be legally bound, and with respect to each and every such Advance, the Bank and the Member agree as follows:

Section 1. Applications . The Member shall request an Advance in such form as shall be specified by the Bank. Nothing contained in this Agreement or the Member Policies and Procedures shall be construed as an agreement or commitment by the Bank to grant any Advance hereunder. The Bank expressly reserves its right and power to either grant or deny in its sole discretion any Advance.

Section 2. Confirmation of Advance . Each Advance, and, except as otherwise provided, all other indebtedness, shall be evidenced by a writing or electronic record, in such form or forms as may be determined by the Bank from time to time (“Confirmation”), issued by the Bank to the Member. The Member and the Bank shall be bound by the terms and conditions set forth herein, in the Confirmation and in the Member Policies and Procedures. Any inconsistencies between the terms and conditions of a Confirmation, this Agreement, any funding agreement, if applicable, or the Member Policies and Procedures, shall be resolved in favor of this Agreement.

 

January 2009


Section 3. Payment to the Bank . The Member shall repay each Advance and make payments of interest thereon and any and all costs, expenses, fees and penalties relating thereto as specified herein and in the Member Policies and Procedures and the related Confirmation. All payments shall be made at the office of the Bank in Des Moines, Iowa, or at such other place as the Bank, or its successors or assigns, may from time to time appoint in writing.

The Member shall maintain in its demand deposit account(s) with the Bank (collectively, the “Demand Deposit Account”) an amount at least equal to the amounts then currently due and payable to the Bank on outstanding Advances. The Member hereby authorizes the Bank to debit the Demand Deposit Account for all amounts due and payable to the Bank on any Advance or other indebtedness. If the amount in the Demand Deposit Account is, at any time, insufficient to pay such due and payable amounts, the Bank may, without notice to the Member, apply any other funds or assets then in the possession of the Bank to the payment of such amounts.

Past due payments of principal, interest, or other amounts payable in connection with any Advance may, at the option of the Bank, bear interest until paid at a default rate that is 3% per annum higher than the then current rate being charged by the Bank for Advances.

Section 4. Creation of Security Interest in Collateral .

A. As collateral security for any and all Advances and other indebtedness, the Member hereby assigns, transfers, pledges and grants a security interest to the Bank, its successors or assigns all of the following (collectively, the “Collateral”):

1. all Capital Stock of the Bank now or hereafter owned by Member, and all deposit accounts now or hereafter maintained by the Member with the Bank; and

2. such property of Member as is described on a Collateral Listing substantially in the form of Exhibit A or in such other form as may be determined by the Bank from time to time, transmitted from time to time by Member to Bank and delivered by Member to Bank as collateral hereunder and identified as such.

The Member shall promptly deliver the Collateral to the Bank or its authorized agents, in the manner specified by the Member Policies and Procedures or as otherwise specified in writing by the Bank.

B. The Member undertakes and agrees to keep and maintain at all times Collateral (exclusive of Bank Capital Stock and Member’s deposit accounts) which has an Advance Equivalency sufficient to fully secure its Advances. Advance Equivalency is calculated by applying commercially reasonable Collateral Maintenance Levels to the fair market value or book value of Collateral. The Member acknowledges that the Bank may increase such Collateral Maintenance Levels, in a commercially reasonable and nondiscriminatory manner as determined by the Bank, by providing written notice of any such increase to the Member at least thirty (30) calendar days prior to implementing the same.

 

January 2009

 

-2-


C. The Bank agrees to allow the Member to withdraw any Collateral specified in a written request to the Bank, provided that the Bank reasonably determines that the remaining Collateral (exclusive of Bank Capital Stock and Member’s deposit accounts), after giving effect to such withdrawal, has an Advance Equivalency at least equal to Member’s Advances.

D. The Member agrees to make, execute and deliver to the Bank such assignments, endorsements, listings, powers, or other documents or instruments, or to take any such other measures as the Bank may reasonably request in order to protect its security interest in the Collateral. The Member authorizes the Bank to file any and all financing statements and amendments thereto as the Bank reasonably deems desirable to perfect and protect its security interest in the Collateral.

E. The Member agrees to provide any information regarding the Collateral reasonably requested by the Bank and to make its books and records available to the Bank audits or verification pursuant to Section 9.

F. Member agrees to provide any information requested by the Bank in connection with an Advance or Collateral and any information contained in any status report, schedule, or other documents requested or required hereunder and any other information given from time to time by the Member as to each item of Collateral.

G. Unless otherwise directed by the Member, the Bank undertakes and agrees to transfer all income received by the Bank on any Collateral to the Member’s Demand Deposit Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, in the event that a default as described in Section 6 has occurred and is continuing, the Bank shall directly apply any such income received in satisfaction of the amount in default.

H. The sole duty of the Bank with respect to any Collateral delivered by the Member shall be to use reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral.

Section 5. Covenants . The Member represents, warrants, and covenants to the Bank, which representations, warranties, and covenants shall be deemed to be repeated at all times until the termination of this Agreement:

A. No Event of Default, as defined in Section 6, with respect to the Member has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result of the Member entering into or performing its obligations under this Agreement or any Advance.

B. The Member owns and has marketable title to the Collateral free and clear of any and all liens, claims, or encumbrances of any kind, and has the right and authority to grant a security interest in the Collateral and to subject all of the Collateral to this Agreement.

C. All of the Collateral meets the standards and requirements with respect thereto established by the Member Policies and Procedures.

D. The Member at all times maintains and accurately reflects the terms of this Agreement, including the Bank’s interest in Collateral, and all Advances and other indebtedness on its books and records.

 

January 2009

 

-3-


E. The Member has the full power and authority and has received all corporate and governmental authorizations and approvals as may be required to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and any Advance.

Section 6. Events of Default . The Bank may consider the Member in default hereunder upon the occurrence of any of the following events or conditions:

A. Failure of the Member to pay any interest, or repay any principal or pay any other amount due in connection with any Advance and such failure has not been cured five (5) business days after receipt of notice of such failure;

B. Breach or failure to perform by the Member of any covenant, promise, condition, obligation or liability contained or referred to herein, or any other agreement to which the Member and the Bank are parties and such breach or failure has not been cured five (5) business days after receipt of notice of such breach or failure;

C. Proof that any representation, statement or warranty made or furnished in any manner to the Bank by or on behalf of the Member in connection with all or part of any Advance was false in any material respect when made or furnished;

D. The issuance of any tax levy, seizure, attachment, garnishment, levy of execution or other process with respect to the Member the amount of which is greater than five percent (5%) of the Member’s capital and surplus;

E. Any suspension of payment by the Member to any creditor or any events which result in acceleration of the maturity of any indebtedness of the Member to others under any indenture, agreement or other undertaking the aggregate amount of which is greater than the lesser of five percent (5%) of Member’s capital and surplus or five percent (5%) of the Bank’s capital and surplus, as determined in accordance with the accounting principles governing the Member’s or Bank’s published financial statements, respectively;

F. Any: (i) application for, or appointment of, a receiver for, the Member or for any part of the property of the Member; (ii) voluntary dissolution of or adjudication of insolvency, or assignment for benefit of creditors, or general transfer of assets by the Member; (iii) takeover of the management of the Member by any supervisory authority; (iv) liquidation, merger, or sale of a substantial portion of the Member’s assets outside of the ordinary course of the Member’s business; (v) termination of the membership of the Member in the Bank; or (vi) at any time that in the case of Advances made under the provisions of 12 U.S.C. § 1431(g)(4) or any successor provisions are outstanding, any increase in the creditor liabilities of the Member, excepting its liabilities to the Bank, in any manner to an amount exceeding 5% of the Member’s net assets; or

G. Determination by the Bank based on reasonable evidence and in good faith that a material adverse change has occurred in the financial condition of the Member from that disclosed at the time of the making of any Advance, or from the condition of the Member as theretofore most recently disclosed to the Bank in any manner.

 

January 2009

 

-4-


Section 7. Bank Remedies in the Event of Default . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder, the Bank may, at its option, declare the entire amount of any and all Advances or other indebtedness to be immediately due and payable. Without limitation of any of its rights and remedies hereunder or under other law, the Bank shall have all of the remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Iowa. The Member agrees to pay all the costs and expenses of the Bank in the collection of the secured indebtedness and enforcement of the Bank’s rights hereunder including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees. The Bank may sell the Collateral or any part thereof in such manner and for such price as the Bank deems appropriate without any liability for any loss due to decrease in the market value of the Collateral during the period held. The Bank shall have the right to purchase all or part of the Collateral at public or private sale. If any notification of intended disposition of any of the Collateral is required by law, such notification shall be deemed reasonable and properly given if mailed, postage prepaid, at least five days before any such disposition to the address of the Member appearing on the records of the Bank.

The proceeds of any sale shall be applied in the following order: first, to pay all costs and expenses of every kind for the enforcement of this Agreement or the care, collection, safekeeping, sale, foreclosure, delivery or otherwise respecting the Collateral (including expenses for legal services); then to interest and fees on all indebtedness of the Member to the Bank; then to the principal amount of any such indebtedness whether or not such indebtedness is due or accrued. The Bank, at its discretion or as assigned by law, may apply any surplus to indebtedness of Member to third parties claiming a secondary security interest in the Collateral. Any remaining surplus shall be paid to the Member.

Section 8. Appointment of Bank as Attorney-in-Fact . Member does hereby make, constitute and appoint Bank its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to deal with the Collateral in the Event of Default and, in its name and stead to release, collect, compromise, settle, and release or record any note, mortgage or deed of trust which is a part of such Collateral as fully as the Member could do if acting for itself. The powers herein granted are coupled with an interest, and are irrevocable, and full power of substitution is granted to the Bank in the premises.

Section 9. Audit and Verification of Collateral . In extension and not in limitation of all requirements of law respecting examination of the Member by or on behalf of the Bank, the Member agrees that all Collateral pledged hereunder shall always be subject to audit and verification by or on behalf of the Bank in its corporate capacity.

Section 10. Resolution to be Furnished by Member . The Member agrees to furnish to the Bank at the execution of this Agreement, and from time to time hereafter, a certified copy of a resolution of its Board of Directors or other governing body authorizing such of the Member’s officers, agents, and employees as the Member shall select, to apply for Advances from the Bank. In lieu of requiring an additional resolution upon execution of this Agreement, the Bank may rely on a previously furnished resolution of the Member’s Board of Directors or other governing body with respect to Advances made pursuant to this Agreement.

 

January 2009

 

-5-


Section 11. Applicable Law . This Agreement and all Advances and other indebtedness obtained hereunder shall be governed by the statutory and common law of the United States and, to the extent federal law incorporates or defers to state law, the laws (exclusive of choice of law provisions) of the State of Iowa. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Iowa shall apply to the parties’ rights and obligations with respect to the Collateral. If any portion of this Agreement conflicts with applicable law, such conflict shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement that can be given effect without the conflicting provision, and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are severable.

Section 12. Jurisdiction . In any action or proceeding brought by the Bank or the Member in order to enforce any right or remedy under this Agreement, Member hereby submits to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of Iowa, or if such action or proceeding may not be brought in Federal Court, the jurisdiction of the Iowa District Court in Polk County. If any action or proceeding is brought by the Member seeking to obtain relief against the Bank arising out of this Agreement and such relief is not granted by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Member will pay all attorney’s fees and court costs incurred by the Bank in connection therewith.

Section 13. Effective Date; Agreement Constitutes Entire Agreement . This Agreement shall be effective on the date of execution of this Agreement by the parties hereto. Except as set forth in this paragraph, this Agreement, together with the Member Policies and Procedures and any applicable Confirmations, shall embody the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof. This Agreement may not be amended except by written amendment executed by the Bank and the Member. Each such Confirmation and the Member Policies and Procedures shall be incorporated herein. Advances made by the Bank to the Member prior to the effective date of this Agreement shall be governed exclusively by the terms of the prior agreements pursuant to which such Advances were made, except that (i) any default thereunder shall constitute default hereunder, (ii) Collateral furnished as security hereunder shall also secure such prior Advances and (iii) the rights and obligations with respect to such Collateral shall be governed by the terms of this Agreement and the Member Policy and Procedures as amended, superseded or replaced from time to time.

Section 14. Section Headings . Section headings are not to be considered part of this Agreement. Section headings are solely for convenience of reference, and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any of its provisions.

Section 15. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon each of the parties, successors and permitted assigns. The Member may not assign any obligation hereunder without the prior written consent of the Bank. The Bank may assign any or all of its rights and obligations hereunder or with respect to any Advance or other indebtedness to any other party.

Section 16. No Waiver of Rights . A failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege in respect of this Agreement will not be presumed to operate as a waiver, and a single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege will not be presumed to preclude any subsequent or further exercise of any right, power, or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

Section 17. Remedies Cumulative . The rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided by law.

 

January 2009

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be signed in its name by its duly authorized representatives as of the dates below.

 

ING USA ANNUITY AND LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   /s/ [illegible signature]                                  ,
Title:   Vice President
Date:   March 27, 2009

 

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
By:   /s/ Jodie L. Stephens                               ,
Title:   Officer of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines
Date:   4-17-09

 

January 2009

Exhibit 10.16

 

LOGO

 

   Deposit Agreement

This Deposit Agreement (Agreement) is made as of May 15, 2000, between: The Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka (Bank) and Security Life of Denver Insurance Company (Institution), which has its principal office at 1290 Broadway, Denver, CO 80203

 

 

 

 

WHEREAS, the Institution desires to open one or more deposit accounts with the Bank and the Bank is willing to open such an account or accounts for the Institution upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Institution and the Bank agree as follows:

 

  1. The Bank agrees to open one or more deposit accounts for the Institution, from time to time, upon the request of the Institution. All accounts established hereunder shall be subject to and governed by the Rules and Regulations Governing Deposit Accounts, as the same shall be adopted by the Bank from time to time (Rules and Regulations). The Institution acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Rules and Regulations as in effect on the date hereof. Any changes in the Rules and Regulations shall be effective as to the Institution ten (10) days after the Bank mails a copy of such changes to the Institution at the address as listed below or such other address as the Institution shall provide to the Bank in writing, or the effective date of the Rules and Regulations, whichever is later.

 

  2. The Institution agrees to pay, in the manner prescribed in the Rules and Regulations, the Bank’s customary charges with respect to any accounts established hereunder.

 

  3. If the Institution has entered into (or shall hereafter enter into) an Advance, Pledge and Security Agreement (Advance Agreement) with the Bank, the Institution hereby grants to the Bank a lien on and security interest in any credits, deposits and monies in the accounts of the Institution maintained by the Bank upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Advance Agreement, to secure the repayment of any and all indebtedness of the Institution to the Bank under the Advance Agreement or otherwise, and the Institution agrees further that upon maturity of any indebtedness owed to the Bank by the Institution, either by its terms or by acceleration, the Bank may, in its sole discretion and without limiting any other rights and remedies and without notice, setoff and apply any sums then on deposit to the payment of any such indebtedness.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Institution and the Bank have caused this Agreement to be signed in their names by their duly authorized officers.

 

      Institution:
Date: May 15, 2000     Security Life of Denver Insurance Company
      Name of Institution
      1290 Broadway, Denver, CO 80203
      Address
      By:   /s/ Gregory McGreevy
        Authorized Signature
        Gregory McGreevy, President, ING
        Typed Name and Title Institutional Markets
Attest:   /s/ Eric Banta      
Eric Banta      
Assistant- Secretary      
     

Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka

2 Townsite Plaza

P.O. Box 176

Topeka, KS 66601-0176

Date: June 28, 2000     By:   /s/ Sonia Betsworth
        Authorized Signature
        Sonia Betsworth, SVP
        Typed Name and Title
Attest:   /s/ Tad Kramar      
Tad Kramar, Ass’t. Secretary      
Secretary      

Exhibit 10.17

 

LOGO      FHLBank Topeka / P.O. Box 176 / One Security Benefit Pl, Suite 100 / Topeka, Kansas 66601-0176
   PH 785.233.0507 / www.fhlbtopeka.com
Building Communities Together   
  
   Advance, Pledge and Security Agreement
   (Specific Pledge)

 

Institution:        Security Life of Denver Insurance Company   
Address:    1290 Broadway   
   Denver, Colorado 80203   

This Advance, Pledge and Security Agreement (Agreement) is made by and between the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka (FHLBank) and the above-described institution (Institution).

CONTENTS

 

   DEFINITIONS
1.1    Defined Terms
   ADVANCES AND OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
2.1    Advance Procedures; Demand Deposit Account
2.2    Estoppel
2.3    Obligation to Repay
2.4    Funding Commitments; Ineligibility
2.5    Stock Purchase
   SECURITY AGREEMENT
3.1    Specific Pledge; Required Collateral Amount
3.2    Perfection of Security Interest
3.3    Release of Collateral
3.4    Institution’s Representations and Warranties Concerning Collateral
3.5    Reports, Audits and Access
3.6    FHLBank’s Responsibility as to Collateral
3.7    Application of Payments
   DEFAULT; REMEDIES; POWER OF ATTORNEY
4.1    Events of Default; Acceleration
4.2    Remedies
4.3    Power of Attorney
4.4    Payment of Prepayment Charges
4.5    Default Rate
4.6    Sale of Collateral
   MISCELLANEOUS
5.1    General Representations and Warranties
5.2    FIRREA Covenant
5.3    Good Faith; Liability of Bank
5.4    Assignment of Indebtedness
5.5    Discretion to Deny Advances
5.6    Access to Bank Records
5.7    Amendment; Waivers
5.8    Jurisdiction; Legal Fees
5.9    Applicable Law; Severability
5.10    Successors and Assigns
5.11    Notices
5.12    Consent to Receive Information
5.13    Recorded Conversations
5.14    Entire Agreement
5.15    Counterparts
 

 

FHLBank and the Institution agree as follows:

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 Defined Terms . The following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

  a. “Act” means the Federal Home Loan Bank Act, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1421, et seq.

 

  b. “Advance” or “Advances” means any and all loans or other extensions of credit, including without limitation Interest Rate Exchange and Option Transactions, letters of credit, credit enhancement obligations in connection with acquired member assets, guarantees, insurance company funding agreements, or other arrangements intended to facilitate transactions between the Institution and third parties (but excluding any obligation that FHLBank may now or hereafter have to honor such as items or transfer orders under a depository or similar agreement between the Institution and FHLBank), regardless of whether FHLBank’s obligation is contingent upon the occurrence or nonoccurrence of any condition, and including all loans or other extensions of credit by FHLBank to the Institution prior to the date hereof.

 

  c. “Business Day” means any day that the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City is open for business.

 

Page 1 of 10


  d. “Capital Stock” means all of the capital stock of FHLBank, of any class or classes, owned by the Institution and all payments that have been or hereafter are made on account of any subscription for such capital stock and all unpaid dividends on such capital stock.

 

  e. “Collateral” means all assets and property, including the proceeds thereof, assigned, transferred or pledged to FHLBank by the Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Agreement or otherwise.

 

  f. “Commitment” or “Commitments” means any agreement under which FHLBank is obligated to make an Advance to the Institution.

 

  g. “Confirmation” means a written or machine-readable electronic transmission issued by FHLBank from time to time confirming an Advance, including the notation of the Advance on the Institution’s demand deposit account statement and schedules to insurance company agreements.

 

  h. “Member Products Policy” means the Member Products Policy of FHLBank as published from time to time or, if FHLBank ceases to have a policy with that title, any other policy or policies of FHLBank governing credit, lending, collateral pricing and acquired member assets.

 

  i. “Eligible Collateral” means Collateral, other than Capital Stock, which: (l) qualifies as security for Advances under the terms and conditions of the Act and the Regulations and satisfies the requirements that may be established by FHLBank from time to time; and (2) is owned by the Institution free and clear of any liens, encumbrances or interests other than the interest of FHLBank hereunder.

 

  j. “Indebtedness” means all indebtedness of the Institution to FHLBank, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, including all Advances and any other sums owed by the Institution to FHLBank pursuant to any provision hereof, and all other obligations and liabilities of the Institution to FHLBank.

 

  k. “Lending Value” means the value that FHLBank shall from time to time, in its sole discretion, ascribe to the various types of Collateral.

 

  l. “Regulations” means the regulations of the Federal Housing Finance Board or its successor, as amended. 12 CFR Chapter IX.

 

  m. “Required Collateral Amount” means the aggregate dollar amount that FHLBank may specify from time to time with respect to each Advance and any other obligation or liability of the Institution to FHLBank. FHLBank may increase or decrease the Required Collateral Amount at any time.

 

  n. “Interest Rate Exchange and Option Transaction” or “Interest Rate Exchange and Option Transactions” means any and all interest rate swaps, interest rate caps, floors or collars, options, futures, forward contracts, currency exchange transactions or similar transactions entered into between FHLBank and the Institution.

ADVANCES AND OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

 

2.1 Advance Procedures; Demand Deposit Account . All Advances are subject to and governed by the Member Products Policy, which is incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement. Periodically, the Institution may apply to FHLBank for Advances in accordance with the procedures established by FHLBank. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by FHLBank, each Advance shall be evidenced by a Confirmation and shall be made by crediting a demand deposit account of the Institution with FHLBank and payments of interest, principal or other amounts owed to FHLBank shall be made debiting such account. The Institution shall maintain sufficient available balances in the account to fund all payments due to FHLBank.

 

2.2 Estoppel . Failure of the Institution to deliver a written notice to FHLBank specifying any disputed term or condition of an Advance within ten (10) Business Days after FHLBank mails by first-class mail or transmits electronically a Confirmation to the Institution shall constitute the agreement and acknowledgment by the Institution that the terms and conditions of the Advance as stated in the Confirmation are valid and are those that the Institution requested and by which the Institution agreed to be bound. The Institution shall thereafter be estopped from asserting any claim or defense with respect to the repayment of such Advance and all interest, fees and other charges thereon or in connection therewith.

 

2.3 Obligation to repay . The Institution unconditionally agrees to repay all Advances and other Indebtedness, together with all interest and any fees, costs and expenses in connection therewith, at the applicable interest rate per annum provided in the Confirmation pertaining thereto, all upon the terms and conditions stated in the applicable Confirmation, FHLBank’s Member Products Policy for such type of Advance or Indebtedness and as otherwise specified herein. Accrued interest on each Advance shall be due and payable at the times specified in FHLBank’s Member Products Policy, Confirmation or as otherwise specified in writing by FHLBank.

 

Page 2 of 10


2.4 Funding Commitments; Ineligibility . In the event the Institution’s access to Advances is restricted by any applicable law or regulatory directive, FHLBank shall not fund outstanding Commitments to the Institution. The Institution shall immediately notify FHLBank if it becomes ineligible for Advances under any applicable law or regulatory directive.

 

2.5 Stock Purchase . The Institution unconditionally agrees that whenever it receives an Advance or transacts any other business with FHLBank, it shall purchase Capital Stock as and when required by FHLBank’s Capital Plan, Member Products Policy, and any applicable laws, Regulations, resolutions of FHLBank’s board of directors and provisions of FHLBank’s Organization Certificate or bylaws, all as in effect at the time the Advance or other transaction is entered into (or, if at that time FHLBank does not have a Capital Plan, any other plans or policies of FHLBank governing Capital Stock and capital structure). The Institution authorizes FHLBank to effect such purchase by exchange shares of classes of Capital Stock held by the Institution and/or debiting the Institution’s accounts at FHLBank in accordance with such Capital Plan, Member Products Policy, and any applicable laws, Regulations, resolutions of FHLBank’s board of directors and provisions of FHLBank’s Organization Certificate or bylaws, as amended.

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

3.1 Specific Pledge; Required Collateral Amount .

 

  a. As security for all present and future Indebtedness, the Institution hereby assigns, transfers and pledges to FHLBank, and grants to FHLBank a security interest in, the following (1) Capital Stock; (2) all accounts and deposit accounts of the Institution held by FHLBank; (3) all property specified and described by the Institution from time to time on schedules or forms prescribed by FHLBank; (4) all property delivered from time to time by the Institution to FHLBank or FHLBank’s custodian; and (5) the proceeds of any of the foregoing.

 

  b. The Institution shall at all times have granted FHLBank a security interest in an amount of Eligible Collateral that has a Lending Value at least equal to the Required Collateral amount applicable to the Institution.

 

  c. While the Institution may, except as provided below, retain the documents evidencing any Collateral it has pledged to FHLBank, it is specifically understood and agreed that the Institution holds such documents solely for the benefit, and subject to the direction and control, of FHLBank.

 

  d. The Institution shall not assign, pledge. transfer, create any security interest in, sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral without the prior written consent of FHLBank.

 

  e. FHLBank may take such steps as it reasonably deems necessary to protect its security interest in Collateral including, without limitation, filing financing statements, requiring delivery, and requiring the pledging and/or protection of additional collateral whether or not such additional collateral is Eligible Collateral.

 

3.2 Perfection of Security Interest .

 

  a. Immediately upon FHLBank’s request, and from time to time thereafter, the Institution shall take all actions as FHLBank shall reasonably deem necessary or to FHLBank’s security interest in the Collateral, including but not limited to the making, execution and to FHLBank of such assignments, listings, powers, financing statements or other instruments and documents as FHLBank may require.

 

  b. The Institution agrees to pay to FHLBank upon demand such fees and charges as may be assessed by FHLBank to cover overhead and other costs relating to the perfection of FHLBank’s security interest in the Collateral (including without limitation the receipt, holding and redelivery of Collateral and to reimburse FHLBank upon request for all recording fees) and other reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by FHLBank in connection therewith (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of any bailee that may be appointed by FHLBank hereunder, and the agents and legal counsel of FHLBank and of such bailee).

 

  c. In the event any Collateral that was Eligible Collateral ceases to be Eligible Collateral, the Institution will promptly notify FHLBank in writing of the reason such Collateral has ceased to be Eligible Collateral and request the release of such Collateral pursuant to Section 3.3.

 

  d. The form and sufficiency of all documents pertaining to the Collateral shall be satisfactory to FHLBank. Any Collateral that is not satisfactory to FHLBank may be rejected by FHLBank or may have a Lending Value ascribed thereto that shall be less than the value normally ascribed thereto under FHLBank’s Member Products Policy, or as FHLBank may otherwise specify.

 

Page 3 of 10


3.3 Release of Collateral . Upon receipt by FHLBank of a written request from the Institution asking for the release of any Collateral, FHLBank shall promptly release to the Institution, at the Institution’s expense, the Collateral specified in said written request. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, while an Event of Default hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing, or at any time that FHLBank’s records indicate that such release would reduce the Lending Value of the Institution’s Collateral below the Required Collateral Amount, or at any time that the FHLBank reasonably and in good faith deems itself insecure, FHLBank may refuse such request.

 

3.4 Institution’s Representations and Warranties Concerning Collateral . The Institution represents and warrants to FHLBank, as of the date hereof and as of each date on which there shall he any outstanding Indebtedness or Commitment, as follows:

 

  a. The Institution owns and has title to all Collateral and has the right and authority to grant a security interest to FHLBank in all Collateral and to subject all Collateral to this Agreement.

 

  b. All Collateral that the Institution pledges to FHLBank meets the standards and requirements for Eligible Collateral from time to time established by FHLBank, the Act and the Regulations.

 

  c. The Institution has not conveyed or otherwise created, and there does not otherwise exist. any participation interest (except as permitted by the Member Products Policy) or other direct, indirect, legal or beneficial interest, lien or encumbrance, in any Collateral that the Institution has pledged to FHLBank, in favor of any person or entity other than FHLBank and the Institution, except as specifically communicated in writing to FHLBank.

 

3.5 Reports, Audits and Access .

 

  a. The Institution shall provide FHLBank with written periodic reports containing such information on the Collateral as FHLBank shall require from time to time, including listings of mortgages and securities, unpaid principal balances thereof and certifications concerning the status of payments of mortgages and of taxes and insurance on property securing mortgages. The Institution shall give FHLBank access at all reasonable times to Collateral in the possession of the Institution and to the books and records of account of the Institution relating to the Collateral for the purpose of permitting FHLBank to examine, verify or reconcile the Collateral and the reports of the Institution to FHLBank thereon.

 

  b. All Collateral and the satisfaction by the Institution of the Required Collateral Amount shall be subject to periodic audit and verification by or on behalf of FHLBank. Such audits and certifications may occur without notice during the Institution’s normal business hours or upon reasonable notice at such other times as FHLBank may reasonably request. The Institution shall provide access to, and shall make adequate working facilities available to, the representatives or agents of FHLBank for purposes of such audits and verifications. The Institution agrees to pay to FHLBank such reasonable fees and as may be assessed by FHLBank to cover overhead and other costs relating to such audits and verifications.

 

  c. The Institution shall furnish to FHLBank annually, if FHLBank requests, an audit report prepared by an external independent auditor of the Institution in such form as FHLBank may require certifying the accuracy of any or all information required to be given to FHLBank by the Institution with respect to the Collateral, and copies of any available audited financial statements, management letters and directors’ exams in regard to the Institution.

 

  d. In order for FHLBank to adequately assess and monitor the financial and business condition of the Institution, the Institution authorizes FHLBank to obtain all information, examination reports and all other reports, and any regulatory notices, actions or orders, in paper or electronic form, concerning or relating to the Institution or its affiliates and prepared or issued by or for any agency or other governmental subdivision, department, division, office, board, bureau or other instrumentality that regulates or examines the Institution. FHLBank shall take reasonable precautions to maintain the confidentiality of all information, reports and other documents obtained under this Section 3.5.

 

  e. If the Lending Value of the Eligible Collateral pledged by the Institution shall at any time fall below the Required Collateral Amount, the Institution shall immediately notify FHLBank.

 

3.6

Bank’s Responsibility as to Collateral . In the event that FHLBank shall take possession of any Collateral hereunder, FHLBank’s duty as to such Collateral shall be solely to use reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession. This duty shall not require FHLBank to take any steps necessary to preserve rights against prior parties or the duty

 

Page 4 of 10


  to send notices, perform services or take any action in connection with the management of the Collateral. The Institutions shall make and maintain copies, microfilm or other recordings of all Collateral delivered to FHLBank.

 

3.7 Application of Payments . FHLBank may, in its sole discretion, apply any payments by or recovery from the Institution, which are received by FHLBank without any designation from the Institution (at the time of such payment or recovery) as to the intended application thereof, at such time and in such manner and order of priority as FHLBank shall deem appropriate.

DEFAULT; REMEDIES; POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

4.1 Events of Default; Acceleration . Upon the occurrence of and during the continuation of any of the following events or conditions of default (Event of Default), FHLBank may at its option and notwithstanding any other provision hereof, by a notice to the Institution, declare all Indebtedness, including but not limited to any accrued interest and any prepayment that are provided for upon payment of an Advance before the date(s) scheduled for repayment, to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any further notice:

 

  a. Failure of the Institution to keep sufficient available balances on deposit with FHLBank to pay any interest, principal or other amount then due and owing to FHLBank one (1) Business Day after FHLBank gives notice to the Institution that its available balances on deposit with FHLBank are insufficient to pay amounts then due and owing; or

 

  b. Continued failure of the Institution to perform any promise or obligation or to satisfy any condition or liability contained in this Agreement for five (5) Business Days after FHLBank gives notice to the Institution of such failure; or

 

  c. Continued failure of the Institution to provide adequate Eligible Collateral as required by FHLBank for three (3) Business Days after FHLBank gives notice to the Institution of such failure unless the Institution shall reduce its Required Collateral Amount during such three (3) Business Day period such that the Institution has sufficient Eligible Collateral; or

 

  d. Any suspension of payment by the Institution to any creditor of sums due or the occurrence of any event that results (or which with the giving of notice or passage of time or both will result) in acceleration of the maturity of any indebtedness of the Institution to others under any security agreement, indenture, loan agreement or other undertaking, provided that such indebtedness is a material amount with respect to the Institution and is not subject to a good faith dispute, or the Institution’s admission that it is unable to pay its debts as they mature; or

 

  e. Appointment of a trustee, conservator, liquidator, custodian or similar official for the Institution, or for substantially all of the Institution’s property, or the entry of a judgment, decree or administrative decision adjudicating the Institution insolvent or bankrupt, or the commencement of proceedings seeking any of the foregoing if such proceedings have not been dismissed within 30 calendar days; or

 

  f. Sale by the Institution of all or substantially all of the Institution’s assets or the taking of any action by the Institution to liquidate or dissolve; or

 

  g. Termination of the Institution’s membership in FHLBank or the Institution’s ceasing to be a type of financial institution that is eligible under the Act to become a member of FHLBank; or

 

  h. Merger, consolidation or other combination of the Institution with an entity that is not a member of FHLBank if the nonmember entity is the surviving entity in such transaction; or

 

  i. FHLBank determines that any representation or warranty made or furnished by the Institution, its employees or other representatives to FHLBank, in this Agreement or in any other manner, in connection with any Advance or other Indebtedness or Collateral, is incorrect or misleading in any material respect; or

 

  j. FHLBank reasonably and in good faith determines that a material adverse change has occurred in the financial condition of the Institution that materially impairs its ability to pay its debts as they mature.

 

4.2

Remedies . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, FHLBank shall have all of the rights and remedies provided by applicable law, which shall include, but not be limited to, all of the remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Kansas. In addition, FHLBank may take immediate possession of any of the Collateral or any part thereof wherever the same may be found. FHLBank may sell, assign and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof to public or private sale for such price as FHLBank deems appropriate without any liability for any loss due to decrease in the market

 

Page 5 of 10


  value of the Collateral during the period held. FHLBank shall have the right to purchase all or part of the Collateral at such sale. If the Collateral includes instruments or securities that will be redeemed by the issuer upon surrender, or any accounts or deposits in the possession of FHLBank, FHLBank may realize upon such Collateral without notice to the Institution. If any notification of intended disposition of any of the Collateral is required by applicable law, such notification shall be deemed reasonable and properly given if mailed, postage prepaid, at least five (5) Business Days before any such disposition to the address of the Institution appearing on the records of FHLBank. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, FHLBank may, in its sole discretion, apply any payment by or recovery from the Institution or any sum realized from Collateral, at such time and in such manner and order of priority as FHLBank shall deem fit, regardless of any manifestation of any contrary intention or desire on the part of the Institution or the provisions of any other agreement between FHLBank and the Institution. The Institution agrees that FHLBank may exercise its right of setoff upon the occurrence of an Event of Default in the same manner as if the Advances and Commitments were unsecured. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default at any time when all or part of the obligations of the Institution to FHLBank hereunder shall be the subject of any guarantee by a third party for FHLBank’s benefit and there shall be other outstanding obligations of the Institution to FHLBank that are not so guaranteed but that are secured by the Collateral, then any sums realized by FHLBank from the Collateral, or from any other Collateral pledged or furnished to FHLBank by the Institution under any other agreement, shall be applied first to the satisfaction of such other nonguaranteed obligations and then the Institution’s guaranteed obligations hereunder. The Institution agrees to pay all the costs and expenses of FHLBank in the collection of the Indebtedness and enforcement and preservation of FHLBank’s rights and remedies in case of default, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees. FHLBank in its discretion may apply any surplus after payment of Indebtedness, provision for repayment to FHLBank of any amounts to be paid under outstanding Commitments and all costs of collection and enforcement, to third parties claiming a secondary security interest in the Collateral, with any remaining surplus paid to the Institution. The Institution shall be liable to FHLBank for any deficiency remaining.

 

4.3 Power of Attorney . After the occurrence of an Event of Default, FHLBank may in its discretion, in its own name or in the name of its nominee or of the Institution, do any or all things and take any and all actions that are pertinent to the protection of FHLBank’s interest hereunder and, if such actions are subject to the laws of a state, are lawful under the laws of the State of Kansas, including the following:

 

  a. Terminate any consent given hereunder:

 

  b. Notify obligors on any Collateral to make payments thereon directly to FHLBank;

 

  c. Endorse any Collateral that is in the Institution’s name or that has been endorsed by others to the Institution’s name;

 

  d. Enter into any extension, settlement or other agreement to or affecting any Collateral;

 

  e. Take any action the Institution is required to take or that is otherwise necessary to: (1) and record a statement or otherwise a security interest in any or all of the Collateral; or (2) to obtain, prescribe, protect, enforce or collect the Collateral;

 

  f. Take control of any funds or other proceeds generated by or arising from the Collateral and use the same to reduce Indebtedness as it becomes due; and

 

  g. Cause the Collateral to be transferred to FHLBank’s name or the name of its nominee.

The Institution hereby appoints FHLBank as its true and lawful attorney, for and on behalf of the Institution and in its name, place and stead, to prepare, execute and record endorsements and assignments to FHLBank of all or any item of Collateral (including the identification and listing, by exhibit prepared by FHLBank or otherwise, of mortgage loans constituting such Collateral), giving or granting to FHLBank, as such attorney, full power and authority to do or perform every lawful act necessary to proper in connection therewith as fully as the Institution could or might do. The Institution hereby ratifies and confirms all that FHLBank shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue of this special power of attorney. The special power of attorney (i) is granted for a period commencing on the date of the Event of Default and continuing until the discharge of all Indebtedness and all obligations of the Institution hereunder, (ii) is coupled with an interest, and (iii) is irrevocable for the period granted. As the Institution’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact, FHLBank shall have no responsibility to take any steps necessary to preserve rights against other parties or the duty to send notices, perform services or take any action in connection with the management of the Collateral.

 

Page 6 of 10


4.4 Payment of Prepayment Charges . Any prepayment fees or charges for which provision is made, whether under a Confirmation or otherwise, with respect to any Advance shall be payable at the time of any voluntary or involuntary payment of the principal of such Advance prior to the originally scheduled maturity thereof. This shall include, without limitation, payments that are made in connection with the liquidation of the Institution or that become due as a result of an acceleration by FHLBank pursuant to Section 4.1, whether such payment is made by the Institution, by a trustee, conservator, receiver, liquidator, custodian or similar official, of or for the Institution, or by any successor to or any assignee of the Institution. The Institution acknowledges and agrees that the damages incurred by FHLBank due to a prepayment of an Advance will be difficult to ascertain at the time of such prepayment and, in lieu thereof, the Institution and FHLBank agree that the formula for calculation of the prepayment fee (or for the calculation of the fee payable upon prepayment of a non-prepayable Advance) set forth in the Confirmation or in the Member Products Policy at the time the Advance is issued constitutes a fair, reasonable and good faith estimate of the damages suffered by FHLBank because of such prepayment and is therefore payable as a prepayment fee or charge.

 

4.5 Default Rate . Any payment of principal or interest or any other sum due hereunder, if not paid when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) shall bear interest, to the maximum extent permitted by law, at a rate per annum for each day during the period commencing on the due date thereof until such amount shall be paid in full equal to 315 basis points above the previous business day’s daily effective federal funds rate as provided in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 and daily updates thereto, or any equivalent successor rate, release or publication, or as otherwise set forth in the Member Products Policy.

 

4.6 Sale of Collateral . In view of the possibility that federal and state securities and other laws may impose certain restrictions on the method by which sale of the Collateral may be effected, FHLBank and the Institution agree that any sale of the Collateral as a result of an Event of Default shall be deemed “commercially reasonable” regardless of whether the notice or manner of such sale contains provisions or imposes, or is subject to, conditions or restrictions deemed appropriate to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 or any other applicable federal or state securities or other law. It is further agreed that from time to time FHLBank may attempt to sell the Collateral by means of private placement. In so doing, FHLBank may restrict the bidders and prospective purchasers to those who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the investment only and not for distribution, or otherwise impose restrictions deemed appropriate by FHLBank for the purpose of complying with the requirements of applicable securities laws. FHLBank may solicit offers to buy such Collateral, for cash or otherwise, from a limited number of investors deemed by FHLBank to be responsible parties who might be interested in purchasing such Collateral. If FHLBank solicits offers from at least three (3) such investors, then the acceptance by FHLBank of the highest offer obtained therefrom (whether or not three (3) offers arc obtained) shall be deemed to be a commercially reasonable method of disposing of the Collateral.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

5.1 General Representations and Warranties . The Institution represents and warrants that to the best of its knowledge as of the date hereof and as of each date on which there shall be any outstanding Indebtedness or Commitment:

 

  a. The Institution is not now, and neither the execution of nor the performance of any of the transactions or obligations of the Institution under this Agreement shall, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or otherwise, cause the Institution to be: (1) in violation of its charter or articles of incorporation, by-laws, the Act or the Regulations, any other law or administrative regulation, any court decree or any order of any regulatory authority or (2) in default under or in breach of any indenture, contract or other instrument or agreement to which the Institution is a party or by which the Institution or any of its property may be bound; in each case so as to materially affect the Institution’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  b. The Institution has full corporate power and authority and has received all corporate and governmental authorizations and approvals as may be required to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to borrow each Advance.

 

  c. The information given by the Institution in any document provided, or in any oral statement made, in connection with an application or request for an Advance or a Commitment, or a pledge, specification or delivery of Collateral, is true, accurate and complete in all material respects.

 

5.2

FIRREA Covenant . If the Institution in an insured depository institution, it further represents and warrants to, and covenants and agrees with, FHLBank that the necessary action to authorize the delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder includes all authorizations required for insured depository institutions under the Financial Institutions

 

Page 7 of 10


  Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989, as amended, and the Institution will at all times during the term of this Agreement continuously include and maintain this Agreement, including all exhibits, attachments, supplements, Confirmations incorporated herein and evidence of all necessary approvals, as part of its official written books and records. In addition to any other remedies which FHLBank may have under this Agreement or otherwise, if the Institution breaches or defaults on any of its obligations set forth in this paragraph, FHLBank shall be entitled to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for an order requiring specific performance by the Institution of such obligations, and the Institution shall not contest any such application and shall comply with any such order.

 

5.3 Good Faith; Liability of Bank . The Institution and FHLBank shall have an obligation of good faith in the performance and enforcement of every duty or right imposed or granted by this Agreement, and any other actions or inactions taken or not taken with respect to this Agreement. “Good Faith” shall mean honesty in fact (i.e., an objective standard rather than a subjective standard). FHLBank shall not be liable for any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims (including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees) incurred by the Institution, except those costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of FHLBank or any of its employees or duly appointed agents. In no event shall FHLBank be liable to the Institution or any third party for special, indirect or consequential damages, or lost profits or loss of business, arising under or in connection with this Agreement, even if previously informed of the possibility of such damages and regardless of the form of action.

 

5.4 Assignment of Indebtedness . The Institution hereby gives FHLBank the full right, power and authority to pledge or assign to any party all or part of the Indebtedness, together with a proportionate amount of the Collateral, as security for Consolidated Federal Home Loan Bank Obligations issued pursuant to the provisions of the Act or for any other purpose authorized by the Act, the Regulations or the Federal Housing Finance Board. In the case of any such pledge or assignment, FHLBank shall have no further responsibility with respect to Collateral transferred to the pledgee or assignee, and all references herein to “FHLBank” shall be read to refer instead to the pledgee or assignee with respect to such Collateral. The Institution may not voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law or otherwise assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or with respect to any Indebtedness or Commitments without the express prior written consent of FHLBank.

 

5.5 Discretion to Deny Advances . Nothing contained herein or in any documents describing or setting forth FHLBank’s Member Products Policy or other policies shall be construed as an agreement or commitment on the part of FHLBank to grant Advances hereunder, or to enter into any other transaction, the right and power of FHLBank in its discretion to either grant (with or without conditions) or any Advance or other transaction hereunder being reserved.

 

5.6 Access to Bank Records . FHLBank shall grant to all governmental regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over the Institution, to the Institution’s independent public accountants (to be named by written notice delivered to FHLBank) and to the Institution’s internal auditors the right at any reasonable time to examine and audit the Institution’s records in FHLBank’s possession, the right to request directly from FHLBank any reports. summaries or information of FHLBank relating to the Institution and the right to observe the processing of reports or examine the Institution’s documents at FHLBank; provided, however, FHLBank’s obligations hereunder shall not apply to the extent that the records, reports, summaries, information or documents sought or requested are contained in or derived from data not provided by FHLBank to the Institution or by the Institution to FHLBank pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.7 Amendment; Waivers . No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure therefrom shall be effective unless executed by the party against whom such change is asserted and shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on the Institution in any case shall entitle the Institution to any other or further notice or demand in the same or similar or other circumstance. Any forbearance, failure or delay by FHLBank in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall not be deemed to be a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise by FHLBank of any right, power or remedy hereunder shall not preclude the further exercise thereof. Every right, power and remedy of FHLBank shall continue in full force and effect until specifically waived by FHLBank in writing.

 

5.8

Jurisdiction; Legal Fees . In any action or proceeding brought by FHLBank or the Institution in order to enforce any right or remedy under this Agreement, the parties hereby consent to, and agree that they will submit to, the jurisdiction of the United States District Court of the District of Kansas, or if such action or proceeding may not be brought in federal court, the jurisdiction of the District Court of the County of Shawnee, State of Kansas, to the exclusion of all other courts. The Institution agrees that if any action or proceeding is brought by the Institution seeking to obtain any legal or equitable relief against

 

Page 8 of 10


  FHLBank under or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby, and such relief is not granted by the final decision after any and all appeals of a court of competent jurisdiction, the Institution will pay all attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred by FHLBank in connection therewith. The Institution agrees to reimburse FHLBank for all costs and expenses (including reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel for FHLBank) incurred by FHLBank in connection with the enforcement or preservation of FHLBank’s rights under this Agreement including, but not limited to, its rights in respect of any Collateral and the audit or possession thereof.

 

5.9 Applicable Law; Severability . This Agreement and all Advances granted under this Agreement shall be governed by the statutory and common law of the United States and, to the extent federal law incorporates or defers to state law, the laws (exclusive of choice of law provisions) of the State of Kansas. In the event that any portion of this Agreement conflicts with applicable law, such conflict shall not affect other provisions of this Agreement that can be given effect without the conflicting provision, and to this end the provisions of the Agreement shall be severable.

 

5.10 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assignees of the Institution and FHLBank.

 

5.11 Notices . Any notice, advice, request, consent or direction given, made or withdrawn pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing or by machine-readable electronic transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given to and received by a party hereto three (3) Business Days after it shall have been mailed to such party at its address herein provided, if delivered by first-class mail, or if delivered by hand or by machine-readable electronic transmission, when actually received by such party at its principal office.

 

5.12 Consent to Receive Information . By executing this Agreement the Institution grants permission to FHLBank to send to the Institution from time to time notices, announcements, press releases and other communications, some of which may be deemed advertisements, concerning FHLBank and its products and services and other information which FHLBank believes may be of interest or benefit to its members, by mail, delivery service or e-mail, or facsimile to the facsimile number(s) set forth below the Institution’s signature, or to such other facsimile number(s) as the Institution shall indicate from time to time.

 

5.13 Recorded Conversations . Each party authorizes the other, in its discretion, to record telephone conversations between employees or other representatives of the parties concerning any proposed or actual Advances or other transactions between the parties. Such recorded conversations shall be admissible evidence of the terms and conditions of such transactions and the parties waive any right to object to the admission of such evidence on the ground that it is not in writing. The parties shall not be obligated to inform the other party of such recording at any time.

 

5.14 Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements between such parties, and all oral and written statements by either party, that relate to such subject matter. Notwithstanding the above, Advances made by FHLBank to the Institution prior to the execution of this Agreement shall continue to be governed by the terms of the Confirmation pursuant to which such Advances were made, and otherwise by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

5.15 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one of more counterparts, all of which shall constitute but one Agreement.

 

Page 9 of 10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , FHLBank and the Institution have caused this Agreement to be signed in their names by their duly authorized officers

 

INSTITUTION    

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF TOPEKA

One Security Benefit Place, Suite 100

Topeka, KS 66606-2444

By:  

/s/ Karen Czizik

    By:  

/s/ B.P. Hodges

  Authorized Signature       Authorized Signature
       
 

Karen Czizik, Vice President

     

B.P. Hodges, SVP

  Name and Title       Name and title
       

 

Attest:  

/s/ Eric Banta

    Date: 8-30-04
  Signature      
Name:  

Eric Banta

    Attest:  

/s/ Tad Kramar

  Assistant Secretary       Secretary

 

Fax No(s).:   (303) 860-2690         Name:  

Tad Kramar, Asst. Secretary

        Secretary
  (303) 813-2129      

 

Page 10 of 10

Exhibit 10.18

 

LOGO    FHLBank Topeka / P.O. Box 176 / One Security Benefit Pl, Suite 100 / Topeka, Kansas 66601-0176
   PH 785.233.0507 / www.fhlbtopeka.com
Building Communities Together   
   Amended and Restated Institutional Custody Agreement

This Amended and Restated Institutional Custody Agreement (“Agreement”), is made as of the 12 th  day of May, 2004, by and between Security Life of Denver Insurance Company, (“Customer”) and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka (“Custodian”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Customer and the Custodian are parties to that certain Institutional Custody Agreement dated October 23, 2001 (the “Prior Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Customer and the Custodian desire to further amend and restate the Prior Agreement; and

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Customer and the Custodian agree that the Prior Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

The parties hereby agree that the Custodian shall hold and dispose of all securities and other property of the Customer deposited with, delivered to or received by the Custodian, subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

1. (a) The Custodian will hold the securities in one or more custodial accounts (referred to as Custodial Account, whether one or more) which the Custodian will open and maintain in such name(s) as may be agreed upon from time to time with the Customer.

(b) The Customer authorizes and instructs the Custodian to maintain the securities in the Custodial Account directly in its offices or indirectly through custody accounts which have been established by the Custodian with the following other securities intermediaries: (i) another bank or trust company located within the United States (Subcustodian); and (ii) a securities depository or clearing agency or system in which the Custodian or Subcustodian participates (Depository). The Custodian may, at any time in its discretion, terminate any custody account at any Subcustodian or Depository. Securities held in a fungible bulk by the Custodian and securities in a clearing corporation or in the Federal Reserve book-entry system shall be separately identified on the Custodian’s official records as being owned by the Customer. Said records shall identify which custodied securities are held by the Custodian or by its agent and which securities are in a clearing corporation or in the Federal Reserve book-entry system. If the securities are in a clearing corporation or in the Federal Reserve book-entry system, said records shall also identify where the securities are physically located and if in a clearing corporation, the name of the clearing corporation, and if held by an agent, the name of the agent.

(c) Subject to the aforesaid provision, securities are to be held in the Custodial Account in coupon bearer form; with respect to securities that are received in registered form, the Custodian is authorized to reregister such securities in the name of its nominee or the nominee of a Subcustodian or Depository, unless alternate registration instructions are furnished. Physical securities held in a Custodial Account shall be held either separate from the securities of the Custodian and all of its other customers or in a fungible bulk of securities as part of a Filing of Securities by Issue (FOSBI) arrangement.

(d) In consideration of the registration of any stocks, bonds, securities or other property in the name of a nominee, the Customer agrees to pay on demand to the Custodian or nominee the amount of any loss or liability claimed or asserted against the Custodian or its nominee by reason of such registration, including any liability for stockholders’ assessments.

FHLBank Topeka / COLORADO / KANSAS / NEBRASKA / OKLAHOMA

 

Page 1 of 7


(e) Should any securities that are forwarded to the Custodian by the Customer, and that are subsequently deposited with a Depository, not be deemed acceptable for deposit by the Depository for any reason, the Customer shall immediately furnish the Custodian with like securities in acceptable form or, in the alternative, the Custodian is authorized to charge the Customer’s account for the cost of replacing such securities and for any other fees or charges as may be payable to such Depository as a result of such unacceptable deposit.

(f) The Custodian is authorized to accept, act upon and rely upon each of the following (Instructions): (i) all signed, written statements given by one or more of the officers, employees or agents of the Customer as are designated by resolution of the Customer’s board of directors, as provided to the Custodian, and any amendments thereto, from time to time; and (ii) all statements received by telephone, facsimile transmission, bank wire or other teleprocess acceptable to the Custodian which it believes in good faith to have been given by such authorized person or which are transmitted with proper testing or authentication pursuant to terms and conditions which the Custodian may specify. The Custodian shall incur no liability to the Customer, or otherwise, as a result of any act by the Custodian in accordance with Instructions on which the Custodian is authorized to rely pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph.

(g) Securities held in a Custodial Account in excess of the Required Collateral Amount as such term is defined in the Advance, Pledge and Security Agreement by and between the Customer and the Custodian dated June 28, 2000, as may be amended from time to time, shall be withdrawable upon the demand of the Customer if so requested by Instructions provided to the Custodian.

(h) In complying with Instructions for delivery of securities, the Custodian will make deliveries through (i) the Federal Reserve system, pursuant to applicable regulations and operating circulars of the Federal Reserve Banks, all as amended from time to time; or (ii) the facilities of any Depository pursuant to the Kansas Uniform Commercial Code and the rules and procedures of such Depository, and any subsequent amendments thereto.

(i) The Customer acknowledges familiarity with the current securities industry practice of delivering physical securities against later payment on delivery date. Notwithstanding instructions to deliver securities against payment, the Custodian is authorized to make delivery against a temporary receipt (sometimes called a “window ticket”) in lieu of payment. The Custodian will use its best efforts to obtain payment thereof during the same business day, but the Customer solely assumes all risks of payment for such deliveries. The Custodian may accept checks, whether certified or not, in payment for securities delivered, and the Customer assumes sole responsibility for the risks of collectibility of such checks.

 

2. Unless instructed otherwise in writing, the proceeds of sales, redemptions, collections and other receipts, and dividend and interest income will be credited to the Customer’s account on a timely basis consistent with industry standards. The term “account” shall be deemed to mean any one or more of the Customer’s deposit accounts maintained with the Custodian at the time of the transaction referred to.

 

3. (a) In no event shall the Custodian be responsible to ascertain or to take any action concerning any puts, calls, conversions, exchanges, reorganizations, offers, tenders or similar matters relating to securities held in the Custodial Account other than to transmit to the Customer, in a manner, all information to any such action received by the Custodian from any offerors or otherwise. All Instructions to the Custodian with respect to tender offers must be in writing and delivered to the Custodian within sufficient time for the Custodian to act thereon if any action is required. As used herein, “sufficient time” shall mean at least one business day before the last permissible date for action by the Custodian, and the Custodian shall have no liability to the Customer for failure to act upon Instructions received by the Custodian at any time after such date.

(b) All proxies and material pertaining thereto received by the Custodian in connection with stocks, bonds, securities and other property held in the Custodial Account will be forwarded to the Customer.

(c) Should any securities held by a Depository be called for a partial redemption by the issuer of such securities, the Custodian is authorized to accept allocation as determined pursuant to the program then in effect at such Depository or, in the absence of any such program, in the Custodian’s sole discretion to allot the called portion to the respective holders in any manner deemed to be fair and equitable in its judgment.

 

Page 2 of 7


(d) Recapitalizations and stock distributions will be credited to the Custodial Account within five (5) business days after the Stock Exchange due bill redeemable date (ten [10] business days after payable date) in order to comply with the normal course of settling the Custodian’s position at the Depository and sufficient time to allocate these shares to the Custodial Account. Stock dividends will be credited on the payable date.

(e) The Custodian is authorized to exchange temporary for definitive certificates and old certificates for new or overstamped certificates evidencing a change therein.

 

4. (a) With respect to foreign securities or securities for which adequate financial information is not readily available, the Custodian’s responsibility is expressly limited to safekeeping. With respect to such securities, the Custodian assumes no responsibility for coupon payments, redemptions, exchanges or similar matters affecting such securities.

(b) Collections of monies in foreign currency, to the extent possible, are to be converted into U.S. dollars at customary rates. All risk and expense incident to such foreign collections and conversions are for the Customer’s account, and the Custodian shall have no responsibility for fluctuations in exchange rates affecting such collections or conversions.

 

5. The Customer acknowledges its responsibility as a principal for all of its obligations arising under or in connection with this Agreement, notwithstanding that the Customer may be acting on behalf of other persons. The Customer warrants its authority to deposit in the Custodial Account and any other account of the Customer any securities and funds which the Custodian or its agents receive from the Customer and to give Instructions relative thereto. The Custodian shall not be subject to, nor shall its rights and obligations with respect to this Agreement and the Custodial Account be affected by, any agreement between the Customer and any other person. The Custodian assumes no liability to any customer of the Customer or to any beneficiary for which the Customer may be acting as agent, bailee or fiduciary.

 

6. (a) The Custodian shall be responsible for the performance of only such duties as are set forth herein or contained in Instructions given to the Custodian which are not contrary to the provisions of this Agreement. The Custodian will use reasonable care with respect to the safekeeping of securities in the Custodial Account and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, in carrying out its obligations under this Agreement. The Custodian shall indemnify the Customer for any loss of custodied securities occasioned by the negligence or dishonesty of the Custodian’s officers or employees, or burglary, robbery, holdup, theft, or mysterious disappearance, including loss by damage or destruction. In the event that there is a loss of custodied securities for which the Custodian shall be obligated to indemnify the Customer pursuant to this section, the Custodian shall promptly replace the securities or the value thereof and the value of any loss of rights or privileges resulting from said loss of securities. In the event that the Custodian gains entry in a clearing corporation or in the Federal Reserve book-entry system through an agent, the Custodian shall have an agreement with the agent under which the agent shall be subject to the same liability for loss of securities as the Custodian. So long as and to the extent that it has exercised reasonable care, the Custodian shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any securities or evidence of title thereto received by it or delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement and shall be held harmless in acting upon, and may conclusively rely on, without liability for any loss resulting therefrom, any notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed or furnished by the proper party or parties, including, without limitation, Instructions, and shall be indemnified by the Customer for any losses, damages, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by the Custodian and arising out of action taken or omitted with reasonable care by the Custodian hereunder or under any Instructions. With respect to a Depository, the Custodian shall only be responsible or liable for losses arising from employment of such Depository caused by the Custodian’s own failure to exercise reasonable care. In the event of any loss to the Customer by reason of the failure of the Custodian or a Subcustodian to exercise reasonable care, the Custodian shall be liable to the Customer to the extent of the Customer’s actual damages at the time such loss was discovered, without reference to any special conditions or circumstances. In no event shall the Custodian be liable for any consequential or special damages. The Custodian shall be entitled to rely, and may act, on any advice provided by counsel for the Customer on any matters relating to this Agreement, and the Custodian shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted pursuant to such advice.

 

Page 3 of 7


(b) In the event the Customer subscribes to an electronic on-line service and communications system offered by the Custodian, the Customer shall be fully responsible for the security of the Customer’s connecting terminal, access thereto and the proper and authorized use thereof and the initiation and application of continuing effective safeguards with respect thereto and agrees to defend and indemnify the Custodian and hold the Custodian harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, costs and expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by the Custodian as a result of any improper or unauthorized use of such terminal by the Customer or by any others.

(c) Subject to the exercise of reasonable care, the Custodian shall have no liability for any loss occasioned by delay in the actual receipt of notice by the Custodian or by a Subcustodian of any payment, redemption or other transaction regarding securities in the Custodial Account in respect of which the Custodian has agreed to take action under this Agreement. The Custodian shall not be liable for any loss resulting from, or caused by, acts of governmental authorities (whether de jure or de facto), including, without limitation, nationalization, expropriation and the imposition of currency restrictions; devaluations of or fluctuations in the value of currencies; changes in laws and regulations applicable to the banking or securities industry; market conditions that prevent the orderly execution of securities transactions or affect the value of securities; acts of war, terrorism. insurrection or revolution; strikes or work stoppages; the inability of a local clearing and settlement system to settle transactions for reasons beyond the control of the Custodian; nuclear fusion, fission or radioactivity, or hurricane, tornado, cyclone, earthquake, volcanic eruption or other acts of God.

(d) The Custodian shall have no liability in respect of any loss, damage or expense suffered by the Customer, insofar as such loss, damage or expense arises from the performance of the Custodian’s duties hereunder by reason of the Custodian’s reliance upon records that were maintained for the Customer by entities other than the Custodian prior to engagement of the Custodian under this Agreement.

(e) The Custodian shall not be liable to the Customer, and the Customer agrees to indemnify the Custodian and its nominees, for any loss, damage or expense suffered or incurred by the Custodian or its nominees arising out of any violation of any investment restriction or other restriction or limitation applicable to the Customer pursuant to any contract or any law or regulation.

(f) The provisions of this section shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

7. The Custodian may charge any account of the Customer for all costs incurred by the Custodian in connection with its receipt of securities for the Custodial Account. The Custodian is not obligated to effect any transaction or make any payment in connection therewith unless there are sufficient available funds on deposit in the Customer’s account or funds have otherwise been made available to the Custodian to its satisfaction. The amount by which payments made by the Custodian with respect to property in, or to be received for, the Custodial Account, or with respect to other transactions pursuant to this Agreement, exceed available funds and result in an account overdraft shall be deemed a loan from the Custodian to the Customer in the amount of such overdraft, payable on demand. Such overdraft loan shall bear interest, to the maximum extent permitted by law, at a rate per annum for each day during the period commencing on the due date thereof until such amount shall be paid in full equal to 315 basis points above the previous business day’s daily effective federal funds rate as published in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15, or any equivalent successor rate, release or publication. Any such overdraft loans shall be based on the Custodian’s sole determination to make (or refrain from making) the underlying advance in each case.

 

8. In order to secure the payment and performance of all of the Customer’s liabilities to the Custodian at any time outstanding, the Customer hereby grants a lien and right of setoff as to the balance in any non-custodial account of the Customer, from time to time, and the Custodian may, at any time, in its sole discretion and without notice, appropriate and apply toward the payment of liabilities to the Custodian the balance of each such account and/or take such other action(s) or exercise any other options, powers and rights which the Custodian now or hereafter has as a secured party under the Kansas Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable law. The term “liabilities” shall include all of the Customer’s liabilities arising hereunder, including, but not limited to, loans, other advances, interest, fees, charges, expenses and attorneys’ fees and expenses.

 

Page 4 of 7


9. The Custodian agrees to provide the Customer with regular monthly reports that identify each individual item of Collateral then pledged to and held by the Custodian in the Custodial Account, or at such more frequent intervals as the parties may agree. The Custodian shall provide to the Customer from time to time such other information as may be reasonably requested by the Customer, including confirmation of all transfers of securities to or from the Custodial Account. To the extent that the Custodian reports the market value of the Custodial Account holdings, the Customer acknowledges that the Custodian now obtains and will in the future obtain such information from outside sources that it deems to be reliable, and confirms that the Custodian does not verify or represent or warrant either the accuracy or the completeness of any such information furnished to the Customer.

 

10. (a) The Custodian shall be under no duty to take any action with respect to any property held in any Custodial Account except to the extent of any Instructions properly issued by the Customer.

(b) In the event that the Custodian agrees, at the request of the Customer, to appear on behalf of the Customer, and prosecute or defend any legal or equitable proceeding, the Customer agrees to indemnify the Custodian for any and all costs and expenses including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and expenses.

(c) The Custodian is authorized and empowered, in the name and on behalf of the Customer, to execute any certificates of ownership or other reports, declarations or affidavits that the Custodian is or may hereafter be required to execute and furnish under any regulation of the Internal Revenue Service, or other authority of the United States, so far as the same are required in connection with any property that is now or may hereafter be held in the Custodial Account, claiming no exceptions on behalf of the Customer. The Customer shall notify the Custodian immediately in writing of any material change in the Customer’s status that may affect any such certificates, reports or other required documents, or on the contents thereof.

 

11. The Customer agrees to pay the Custodian, as compensation for its services hereunder, its applicable fees in effect from time to time, of which the Custodian will provide the Customer with notice.

 

12. The Customer agrees to and does hereby indemnify and hold harmless the Custodian from any and all loss, liability (excluding any liability occasioned by the negligence or misconduct of the Custodian’s employees), claims, damages and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and expenses) arising from the Custodian’s performance of services as Custodian hereunder, including matters arising out of a settlement of any dispute prior to the Custodian’s being named as a defendant in any litigation or proceeding, and whether or not the Custodian is a party to such litigation or proceeding.

 

13. This Agreement shall continue until terminated by either party upon at least sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the other. In the event of the termination of this Agreement at the Customer’s request, the Custodian may transfer to the Customer all stocks, bonds, securities and other property registered in the name of the Custodian’s or Subcustodian’s nominee or a Depository, and the Custodian shall charge all expenses incident to such transfer to the Customer’s account. If termination of this Agreement is made at the Custodian’s request, the above-described charges shall be at the Custodian’s expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Customer fails to pay any amount when due under this Agreement, and fails to make such payment within twenty (20) days after the Custodian sends the Customer written notice of nonpayment, the Custodian may terminate this Agreement upon at least seven (7) days’ prior written notice to the Customer and charge all expenses incident to such transfer to the Customer’s account.

 

14. Any notice, request, consent or Instruction given, made or withdrawn pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing or by machine-readable electronic transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given to and received by a party hereto three (3) business days after it shall have been mailed to such party at its address herein provided, postage prepaid, if delivered by first-class mail or, if delivered by hand or by machine-readable electronic transmission, when actually received by such party at its principal office.

 

Page 5 of 7


15. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements between such parties, and all oral and written statements by either party, that relate to such subject matter. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, or consent to any departure therefrom, shall be effective unless executed by the party against whom such change is asserted, and any consent or waiver shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.

 

16. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Kansas (without reference to choice of law doctrine) and shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties and their successors and assigns.

 

17. The federal and state courts within the State of Kansas shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction over any claim or dispute which may arise hereunder or which either party may allege or assert against the other and/or any transactions contemplated hereunder.

 

18. If any provision of this Agreement is deemed to be invalid or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of this Agreement.

 

19. The Custodian shall secure and maintain insurance protection covering the Custodian’s duties and activities under this Agreement in an amount required by the Custodian’s banking regulator.

 

20. At the Customer’s reasonable request, the Custodian shall send or cause to be sent any reports which the Custodian or its agents receive from a clearing corporation or the Federal Reserve book-entry system on their respective systems of internal accounting control and any reports prepared by outside auditors on the Custodian’s or its agent’s internal accounting control of securities.

 

21. Upon reasonable advance written notice from the Colorado Division of Insurance, the Custodian shall permit the Division or its representatives to examine, during normal business hours, any books, documents, papers and records relating to the Custodial Account or the assets in the Custodial Account.

 

22. Upon the written request of the Customer, the Custodian shall permit the Customer, its agents or employees, or independent auditors designated by the Customer to examine, audit, excerpt, transcribe and copy, during normal business hours, any books, documents, papers and records relating to the Custodial Account or the assets in the Custodial Account.

 

23. This Custodial Agreement may he executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and the counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument, which shall be sufficiently evidenced by any one counterpart.

 

Page 6 of 7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed in their names by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above-written.

 

SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INSURANCE

COMPANY

c/o ING Institutional Markets

1290 Broadway

Denver, CO 80203

By:   /s/ Dawn Peck
  Authorized Signature
  Dawn Peck VP, Asst Treasurer
  Typed Name and Title
Attest:   /s/ Eric Banta

Eric Banta

Assistant Secretary

 

   

Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka

P.O. Box 176

Topeka, KS 66601-0176

Date: 5-12-2004     By:   /s/ Frank M. Tiernan
      Frank M. Tiernan, SVP
      Typed Name and Title
Attest:   /s/ Tad Kramar

Tad Kramar, Asst. Secretary

Secretary

 

Page 7 of 7

Exhibit 10.19

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

MASTER ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

SCOTTISH RE GROUP LIMITED,

SCOTTISH HOLDINGS, INC.,

SCOTTISH RE (U.S.), INC,

SCOTTISH RE LIFE (BERMUDA) LIMITED,

SCOTTISH RE (DUBLIN) LIMITED,

AND

HANNOVER LIFE REASSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA,

HANNOVER LIFE REASSURANCE (IRELAND) LIMITED,

AND

SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INSURANCE COMPANY,

SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

DATED AS OF JANUARY 22, 2009

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     2   

Section 1.1.

  Definitions      2   

ARTICLE II PURCHASE AND SALE

     15   

Section 2.1.

  Purchase and Sale      15   

Section 2.2.

  Payments at Closing      16   

Section 2.3.

  Additional Payment with respect to Novations of Certain ING Retrocession Agreements      19   

Section 2.4.

  Closing      19   

Section 2.5.

  Deliveries by the Sellers      20   

Section 2.6.

  Deliveries by the Buyers      21   

Section 2.7.

  Deliveries by the ING Companies      22   

Section 2.8.

  Post Effective Time Amounts Received and Paid      23   

Section 2.9.

  Consents; Administration Pending Consent      25   

Section 2.10.

  Treatment of Sale and Reinsurance Transactions      27   

Section 2.11.

  Additional Post Closing Payments      27   

ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS TO THE BUYERS

     27   

Section 3.1.

  Organization, Standing and Corporate Power      28   

Section 3.2.

  Authority      28   

Section 3.3.

  Noncontravention; Consents      28   

Section 3.4.

  Financial Statements      29   

Section 3.5.

  The Model      29   

Section 3.6.

  Absence of Certain Changes or Events      29   

Section 3.7.

  Benefit Plans      30   

Section 3.8.

  Compliance with Applicable Laws      30   

 

-i-


Section 3.9.

   Litigation      30   

Section 3.10.

   Reserves      31   

Section 3.11.

   Contracts      31   

Section 3.12.

   Acquired Assets; Investment Assets      33   

Section 3.13.

   Intellectual Property      34   

Section 3.14.

   Regulatory Matters      36   

Section 3.15.

   Brokers      36   

Section 3.16.

   Properties; Absence of Liens      36   

Section 3.17.

   No Other Representations or Warranties      37   

Section 3.18.

   Sufficiency of Assets      38   

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS TO THE ING COMPANIES

     38   

Section 4.1.

   Organization, Standing and Corporate Power      38   

Section 4.2.

   Authority      38   

Section 4.3.

   Noncontravention; Consents      39   

Section 4.4.

   Litigation      39   

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYERS

     39   

Section 5.1.

   Organization, Standing and Corporate Power      40   

Section 5.2.

   Authority      40   

Section 5.3.

   Noncontravention; Consents      40   

Section 5.4.

   Litigation      41   

Section 5.5.

   Brokers      41   

Section 5.6.

   No Additional Representations      41   

ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ING COMPANIES

     42   

Section 6.1.

   Organization, Standing and Corporate Power      42   

 

-ii-


Section 6.2.

   Authority      42   

Section 6.3.

   Noncontravention; Consents      43   

Section 6.4.

   Litigation      43   

Section 6.5.

   Brokers      43   

Section 6.6.

   Investment Assets      44   

ARTICLE VII COVENANTS

     44   

Section 7.1.

   Conduct of Business of the Sellers      44   

Section 7.2.

   Access to Information; Confidentiality      45   

Section 7.3.

   Consents, Approvals and Filings      46   

Section 7.4.

   Public Announcements      47   

Section 7.5.

   Further Assurances      47   

Section 7.6.

   Notification of Certain Matters      47   

Section 7.7.

   Insurance      48   

Section 7.8.

   Certain Collateral Facilities      48   

Section 7.9.

   ING Facility and Related Issues      49   

Section 7.10.

   IBNR Trust Agreements      51   

Section 7.11.

   Retrocession Agreements      52   

Section 7.12.

   Employee Matters      53   

Section 7.13.

   Expenses      55   

Section 7.14.

   Books and Records      55   

Section 7.15.

   Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation      55   

Section 7.16.

   Financial Statements      57   

Section 7.17.

   Use of Names      56   

Section 7.18.

   Data Room Documents      57   

Section 7.19.

   Leases      57   

 

-iii-


Section 7.20.

  Restricted Payments      58   

Section 7.21.

  Commercially Reasonable Efforts      58   

Section 7.22.

  Post Closing Transfers of Assets      58   

Section 7.23.

  Industry Risk Retrocession Agreements      58   

Section 7.24.

  OM Treaties      58   

ARTICLE VIII CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     59   

Section 8.1.

  Conditions to Each Party’s Obligations      59   

Section 8.2.

  Conditions to Obligations of the Buyers      60   

Section 8.3.

  Conditions to Obligations of the Sellers      61   

Section 8.4.

  Conditions to Obligations of the ING Companies      62   

ARTICLE IX TERMINATION PRIOR TO CLOSING

     64   

Section 9.1.

  Termination of Agreement      64   

Section 9.2.

  Procedure Upon Termination and Consequences      64   

ARTICLE X INDEMNIFICATION

     65   

Section 10.1.

  Survival      65   

Section 10.2.

  Indemnification by the Parent      65   

Section 10.3.

  Indemnification by the Buyer      66   

Section 10.4.

  Certain Limitations on Indemnification      66   

Section 10.5.

  Third Party Claim Procedures      67   

Section 10.6.

  Additional Indemnification Obligations      68   

ARTICLE XI GENERAL PROVISIONS

     70   

Section 11.1.

  Fees and Expenses      70   

Section 11.2.

  Notices      70   

Section 11.3.

  Interpretation      72   

Section 11.4.

  Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries      72   

 

-iv-


Section 11.5.

  Governing Law      72   

Section 11.6.

  Assignment      72   

Section 11.7.

  Amendments      73   

Section 11.8.

  Enforcement      73   

Section 11.9.

  Severability      74   

Section 11.10.

  Counterparts      74   

Section 11.11.

  Waiver of Jury Trial      74   

Section 11.12.

  No Conflict      75   

Section 11.13.

  Bulk Sales      75   

 

EXHIBIT A-1    -         Acquired Assets
EXHIBIT A-2    -         Excluded IP Assets
EXHIBIT B    -         Assumed Liabilities
EXHIBIT C-1       -         ING Administrative Services Agreement
EXHIBIT C-2       -         ING-Ballantyne Administrative Services Agreement
EXHIBIT D       -         ING Asset Management Services Agreement
EXHIBIT E       -         ING Retrocession Agreements
EXHIBIT F       -         Scottish Re Administrative Services Agreement
EXHIBIT G       -         Scottish Retrocession Agreements
EXHIBIT H       -         SLD-HLRUS Reinsurance Agreements
EXHIBIT I       -         SLD-SRUS Reinsurance Agreements
EXHIBIT J       -         SLDI-HLRI Reinsurance Agreement
EXHIBIT K       -         SLDI-SRLB Reinsurance Agreements
EXHIBIT L       -         Transition Services Agreement
EXHIBIT M    -         Flow of Funds Matrix
EXHIBIT N-1    -         List of Investment Assets
EXHIBIT N-2    -         List of Ballantyne Recapture Assets
EXHIBIT O       -         Retrocession Net Amount at Risk
EXHIBIT P       -         Bill of Sale, Assignment and Assumption
EXHIBIT Q       -         Other Required Transfer Documents
EXHIBIT R       -         Amendments to UHRL Transaction Documents
EXHIBIT S       -         Amendments to Indemnity Reinsurance Agreement between SLD and Ballantyne
EXHIBIT T-1       -         Amended SLD-SLDI Agreement
EXHIBIT T-2            -         Amended SLD-SLDI Agreement

 

-v-


MASTER ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of January 22, 2009 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among SCOTTISH RE GROUP LIMITED, an exempted company limited by shares organized and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Parent ”), SCOTTISH HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ SHI ”), SCOTTISH RE (U.S.), INC., a Delaware insurance company (“ SRUS ”), SCOTTISH RE LIFE (BERMUDA) LIMITED, a Bermuda insurance company (“ SRLB ”), SCOTTISH RE (DUBLIN) LIMITED, an Ireland insurance company, (“ SRD ,” and together with the Parent, SHI, SRUS and SRLB each a “ Seller ” and collectively the “ Sellers ”), and HANNOVER LIFE REASSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, a Florida insurance company (“ HLRUS ”) and HANNOVER LIFE REASSURANCE (IRELAND) LIMITED, an Ireland insurance company (“ HLRI ,” and together with HLRUS, the “ Buyers ”), and SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INSURANCE COMPANY, a Colorado insurance company (“ SLD ”), and SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, a Bermuda insurance company (“ SLDI, ” and together with SLD, the “ ING Companies ”).

WHEREAS, the Parent, SRUS and SRLB acquired the individual life reinsurance business of the ING Companies (the “ ING Block ”) pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement dated October 17, 2004, as amended (the “ ING APA ”);

WHEREAS, the ING Insurance Contracts (as defined below) are ceded as of the date hereof on an indemnity reinsurance basis from the ING Companies to SRUS and SRLB;

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Buyers, the Sellers and the ING Companies desire for the Buyers to replace SRUS and SRLB as the reinsurers of the ING Insurance Contracts in a transaction whereby the ING Companies shall (a) recapture the Recaptured Liabilities (as defined below) from SRUS and SRLB, and (b) immediately cede the Reinsured Liabilities (as defined below) to the Buyers on an indemnity reinsurance basis;

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Sellers and the ING Companies shall novate the UHRL Liabilities to the Buyers pursuant to the UHRL Novation Documents;

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the consummation of the recapture and reinsurance transactions, the Sellers wish to sell, transfer, assign and delegate to the Buyers, and the Buyers shall purchase, accept and assume from the Sellers certain assets and liabilities, which are primarily used with or relate to the administration of the ING Insurance Contracts;

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the consummation of the recapture and reinsurance transactions, the parties wish for the Buyers to enter into certain administrative servicing arrangements with the Sellers and the ING Companies;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

2005 Inuring Reinsurance Advance ” means an amount equal to (i) the quota share of the business ceded by SLD under the Ballantyne Reinsurance Agreement as of December 31, 2008 multiplied by (ii) $5,905,000.

Acquired Asset Value ” shall mean $18,000,000.

Acquired Assets ” means each of the assets described on Exhibit A-1 hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any omission on Exhibit A-1 , the Acquired Assets include (a) all of the Sellers’ material assets relating to premium accounting, client data management, business support, treaty audits, external third party retrocession administration, claims and administration systems and furniture, fixtures and equipment relating to such operations, in each case in respect of the Sellers’ U.S. mortality risk reinsurance business which is known as “Traditional Solutions” and which includes the Reinsured Liabilities and (b) all Seller Intellectual Property relating to the administration of the Reinsured Liabilities or the provision of services pursuant to the Scottish Re Administrative Services Agreement, including the SAGE administrative system (including associated applications such as RADAR, CMLIS, DLA and ReView), the SUMMIT pricing system, the ASCENT underwriting system, the Mortality Research Center, Documentum, Moses, CIC and QIS, any supporting software or infrastructure relating to these systems; provided that the Acquired Assets shall not include any Excluded IP Assets. For the avoidance of doubt, if an asset is listed on Exhibit A-1 and also is an Excluded Asset, only that portion of the asset to be retained by the Sellers pursuant to Exhibit A-2 shall be excluded from the Acquired Assets.

Acquired Business ” means the (a) the Acquired Assets, (b) the Assumed Liabilities and the reinsurance business conducted with respect thereto, but shall not mean, in any case, any Excluded Liabilities, (c) Premiums due to be paid on or after the Effective Time and prior to the Closing Date with respect to the ING Insurance Contracts, and (d) reinsurance recoverables with respect to the ING Insurance Contracts under the ING Retrocession Agreements and the Scottish Retrocession Agreements for losses incurred on or after the Effective Time and prior to the Closing Date.

Affiliate ” of any Person means: (i) with respect to any Seller, the Parent and each Subsidiary of the Parent, and (ii) with respect to any other Person, another Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first Person.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

Amended SLD-SLDI Agreements ” means the SLD-SLDI Agreements, as amended at Closing to be substantially in the form of Exhibits T-1 and T-2 hereto.

 

-2-


Assessment Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

Assumed Liabilities ” means (a) the Reinsured Liabilities, and (b) each of the liabilities and obligations set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

Ballantyne ” means Ballantyne Re plc.

Ballantyne Q4 Recapture ” means the recapture, if any, prior to the Closing by SLD of a quota share of the business ceded under the Ballantyne Reinsurance Agreement effective as of December 31, 2008.

Ballantyne Q4 Recapture Adjustment ” means the aggregate market value of the Ballantyne Recapture Assets as of the Closing Date.

Ballantyne Recapture ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.9(f).

Ballantyne Recapture Assets ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(d).

Ballantyne Reinsurance Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Indemnity Reinsurance Agreement between SLD and Ballantyne, effective as of October 1, 2008, as amended from time to time.

Bill of Sale, Assignment and Assumption ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a)(i).

Books and Records ” shall mean all records (in any type of storage medium) in the possession or control of the Sellers with respect to the Acquired Business, including, without limitation, customer lists, sales records, records relating to regulatory matters, financial and accounting records, reinsurance records, administrative records, underwriting and/or pricing databases, and compliance records. For the avoidance of doubt, if any such records contain information which does not relate to the Acquired Business, such information shall not constitute “Books and Records.”

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by Law to be closed in the City of New York.

Business Employee ” means each Employee whose work primarily relates to the Acquired Business, which Persons are set forth on Section 1.1(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter.

Buyer Indemnitees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

Buyer Indicative Market Valuation List ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(c)(ii).

Buyer Material Adverse Effect ” means with respect to each of the Buyers, any event, change, circumstance or effect that individually or in the aggregate, is, or is reasonably likely to be, materially adverse to the ability of the Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

 

-3-


Buyers ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

Buyers Disclosure Letter ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article V.

Buyers Facility ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.9(d).

Change of Control of Parent ” means the consummation of any transaction or series of transactions that result in the Parent no longer being under the control of one holder of the Investor Shares as of the date of this Agreement, or both such holders jointly.

Charlotte Lease Amendments ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.19(b).

Closing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

Closing Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

Closing Payment Amount ” shall mean $1,325,000,000 plus (i) the Interim Period Reinsurance Payments Adjustment plus (ii) the Interim Period Earnings Adjustment minus (iii) an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid interest as of and including the Closing Date on the Investment Assets transferred at Closing as contemplated by Section 2.2(c) plus (iv) the 2005 Inuring Reinsurance Advance plus (v) the Ballantyne Q4 Recapture Adjustment, minus (vi) the Lease Assignment Adjustment.

COBRA ” means Section 4980B of the Code and Title I, Subtitle B, Part 6 of ERISA.

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company Claims ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.7(a).

Company Liabilities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.7(a).

Computer Programs ” means (i) all computer programs, including all object code, code applications, databases, executables, copy books and all modules required to compile programs, (ii) all source code, programming notes, flow charts, descriptions and other materials used to design, plan, organize, develop, compile, support and maintain any of the foregoing, and (iii) all documentation, including operator manuals and training materials, relating to the foregoing.

Confidentiality Agreement ” means the confidentiality agreement entered into prior to the date hereof by the Buyer and the Parent in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, as amended.

Contracts ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.11(a).

Copyrights ” means all copyrightable works (including Computer Programs, website content, documentation and related items), whether or not published or registered, all copyrights (including the copyrights to any Computer Programs), mask works, derivative works thereof, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith.

 

-4-


Core Intellectual Property ” shall mean the SAGE administrative system (including associated applications such as RADAR, CMLIS, DLA and ReView), the SUMMIT pricing system, the ASCENT underwriting system, the Mortality Research Center, Documentum, Moses, CIC and QIS, any supporting software or infrastructure relating to these systems; provided that the Core Intellectual Property shall not include any Excluded IP Assets. For the avoidance of doubt, if an asset is included in the Core Intellectual Property and is also an Excluded Asset, only that portion of the asset to be retained by the Sellers pursuant to Exhibit A-2 shall be excluded from the Core Intellectual Property.

Covered Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.9(b).

Credit Event ” means with respect to any security, (i) the occurrence of a “Bankruptcy” of the issuer of such security (as the term “Bankruptcy” is defined in the 2003 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions, published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., determined as if such issuer were a “Reference Entity”) or (ii) a downgrade in the rating of such security in effect on the date of this Agreement by either of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., from investment grade to non-investment grade.

D&L ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.12.

Data ” means (i) all information that is stored or accessible using any computer, network, Computer Program or any combination thereof, and (ii) statistical data, compilations and analyses used or created to support business processes (including underwriting decisions, risk management, pricing and transaction processing) that is stored in or accessible using any computer, network, Computer Program or any combination thereof.

Data Room ” means the electronic data room created by the Sellers, and to which the Buyers have been given access in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as supplemented by written correspondence (including documents provided therewith) from the Sellers, or any of their Affiliates or Representatives, to the Buyers, or any of their Representatives (including by electronic mail, facsimile transmission or through the facilities of the electronic data room).

Database ” means any electronic compilation of Data (including any documentation needed to run, modify or interpret the same).

December SAP Statements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.

Denver Lease Assignment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.19(a).

Effective Time ” means 12:01 a.m. New York time, on January 1, 2009.

Employee ” means each individual who immediately prior to the Closing is employed by the Sellers.

 

-5-


Employee Benefit Plan ” means (a) each “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA); (b) each deferred compensation, profit sharing, equity-based, and non-statutory unemployment scheme, plan, program, agreement, arrangement, commitment and/or practice for the benefit of Business Employees (wherever employed), and/or their dependents and beneficiaries; and (c) each bonus, incentive, fringe benefit (other than a fringe benefit described in Code Section 132(a)), salary continuation, accrued leave, vacation, sick pay, and sick leave plan, program, agreement, arrangement, commitment and/or practice for the benefit of any defined category of Business Employees (wherever employed) ten (10) or more in number, and/or their dependents and beneficiaries, other than any such plan, program, agreement, arrangement, commitment and/or practice the benefits of which do not exceed in fair market value two percent (2%) of each such Business Employee’s taxable compensation during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the Closing Date.

Employee Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.12(a).

ERISA ” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Escrow Agent ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

Escrow Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

Escrow Funds ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Act Report ” means each publicly available form, report, schedule, statement and other document filed with or furnished to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission by the Parent pursuant to the Exchange Act prior to the date hereof (as such documents have since the time of their filing been amended prior to the date hereof).

Excluded IP Assets ” means the percentage of assets retained by the Sellers, to the extent that such assets are also transferred, in part, to the Buyers, as described in Exhibit A-2 hereto.

Excluded Liabilities ” means all liabilities or obligations of any character or nature (whether known or unknown, absolute or contingent, disclosed or undisclosed) of any of the Sellers that are not Assumed Liabilities, including the Retained Reinsurance Liabilities.

Extra-Contractual Obligations ” means all liabilities and obligations to any Person (including, without limitation, a Governmental Entity) arising out of or relating to ING Insurance Contracts (other than liabilities or obligations arising under the express terms and conditions of ING Insurance Contracts), including any liability for fines, penalties, forfeitures, punitive, special, exemplary or other form of extra-contractual damages, including all legal fees and expenses relating thereto, which liabilities or obligations arise from any act, error or omission, whether or not intentional, negligent, in bad faith or otherwise, relating to: (i) the administration of the ING Insurance Contracts; (ii) the investigation, defense, trial, settlement or handling of claims, benefits, or payments under the ING Insurance Contracts; or (iii) the failure to pay, the delay in payment, or errors in calculating or administering the payment of benefits or claims under or in connection with the ING Insurance Contracts.

 

-6-


Facility Collateral Change Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.9(e).

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

Governmental Entity ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

HLRI ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

HLRUS ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

IBNR Trust Agreements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(d).

Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.5.

Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.5.

Indemnity Cap ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(a)(ii).

Industry Risk Retrocession Agreements ” means, collectively, the Industry Risk Retrocession Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2004, by and between SLD and SRUS and the Industry Risk Retrocession Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2004, by and between SLD and SRLB.

ING Administrative Services Agreement ” means the administrative service agreement among HLRUS, SLD and SLDI to be entered into at Closing, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto.

ING APA ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

ING Asset Management Services Agreement ” means the asset management services agreement between HLRUS and SLD to be entered into at Closing, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

ING-Ballantyne Administrative Services Agreement ” means the administrative services agreement (with respect to Ballantyne) among HLRUS and SLD to be entered into at Closing, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 hereto.

ING Block ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

ING Companies ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

ING Companies Disclosure Letter ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article VI.

ING Companies Material Adverse Effec t” means with respect to each of the ING Companies, any event, change, circumstance or effect that individually or in the aggregate, is, or is reasonably likely to be, materially adverse to the ability of either of the ING Companies to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

 

-7-


ING Facility ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.9(a).

ING Indemnitees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.6(a).

ING Insurance Contracts ” means the life reinsurance contracts entered into by SLD or SLDI and covered immediately prior to the Effective Time under the SLD-SRUS Reinsurance Agreements and the SLDI-SRLB Reinsurance Agreements.

ING Letter Agreement ” means that certain letter agreement dated December 31, 2004 by and among ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc., the ING Companies, the Parent, SRUS and SRLB relating to certain matters under the ING APA.

ING Retrocession Agreements ” mean the retrocession pool agreements identified on Exhibit E hereto between SLD and/or SLDI, as cedants, and various third-party retrocessionaires.

Insurance Regulator ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.

Intellectual Property ” means all intellectual property, including without limitation, all Computer Programs, Data and Databases, Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Trade Secrets, and the rights to sue for past, present and future infringement or misappropriation thereof.

Interim Payments ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a).

Interim Period Earnings Adjustment ” shall mean an amount equal to $187,993 per day from the Effective Time to and including the Closing Date.

Interim Period Financial Statements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.16.

Interim Period Reinsurance Payments Adjustment ” means an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the Interim Receipts minus the aggregate amount of the Interim Payments.

Interim Receipts ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a).

Investment Assets ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(c)(i).

Investor Shares ” means the Convertible Cumulative Participating Preferred Shares issued by the Parent, and any securities issued in respect thereof or in exchange therefor.

Knowledge ” means the actual knowledge of (a) with respect to the Sellers, those Persons listed in Section 1.1(c) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, (b) with respect to the Buyers, those Persons listed in Section 1.1(a) of the Buyers Disclosure Letter and (c) with respect to the ING Companies, those persons listed in Section 1.1(a) of the ING Companies Disclosure Letter.

Law ” means any constitution, statute, law, code, administrative interpretation, regulation, rule, injunction, judgment, order, writ, decree, ordinance, directive judgment, policy, guideline or ruling of any Governmental Entity, including common law.

Lease ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(b)(i).

 

-8-


Lease Assignment Adjustment ” means an amount equal to the portion of any lease payments made by the Sellers with respect to the leases referred to in Sections 7.19(a) and (b) prior to the Closing Date that relate to periods after the Closing Date to the extent the Buyers benefit from such payments.

Leased Real Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(a).

Liabilities ” means any and all debts, liabilities and obligations, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured or determined or determinable, including those arising under any Law or Order and those arising under any contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment or undertaking.

Licensed Computer Programs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(g).

Licensed Intellectual Property ” means all Intellectual Property licensed or otherwise used by any Seller or any of their Subsidiaries primarily in, or material to the conduct of, the Acquired Business.

Liens ” means any liens, pledges, charges, claims, security interests, options, mortgages, assignments, hypothecations, preferences, priorities, deposit arrangements, easements, options, proxies, voting trusts or other encumbrances of any nature whatsoever (statutory or otherwise).

Litigation ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.9(a).

Losses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

Methodology Related Coinsurance Increase ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.9(c).

Modco Reserve Methodology ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.9(c).

New York Court ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.8(a).

Novated Industry Risk Retrocession Agreements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.23.

Novation ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

NY DOI ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(b).

OM Treaties ” means (i) the Yearly Renewable Term Retrocession Agreement, effective April 1, 2003, between SLD and Fidelity and Guaranty Life Insurance Company and (ii) the Renewable Term Retrocession Agreement, effective December 31, 2002, between SLD and OMNIA Life Insurance Company.

Order ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.9(a).

Outside Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(c).

 

-9-


Owned Computer Programs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(f).

Owned Intellectual Property ” means all Intellectual Property owned in whole or in part by any Seller or any of their Subsidiaries, in each case, constituting an Acquired Asset.

Parent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

Parent Marks ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.17(a).

Patents ” means all patents and patent applications, and all divisions, reissues, continuations, extensions, continuations-in-part thereof.

Permits ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a)(i).

Permitted Investment Asset Liens ” as to any Investment Asset, means (i) Liens for taxes not yet due and payable, (ii) Liens arising under the SLD-SRUS Reinsurance Agreements and related transaction documents that will be released prior to, or concurrent with, the Closing, (iii) Liens arising under the SLDI-SRLB Reinsurance Agreements and related transaction documents that will be released prior to, or concurrent with, the Closing, (iv) Liens arising under or created pursuant to authority granted under any investment management agreement entered into between the ING Companies and any Seller that will be released prior to, or concurrent with, the Closing, (v) Liens in respect of any power-of-attorney granted to any Seller (but not including any Liens created pursuant to any actions taken by such Seller pursuant to such power of attorney, unless such Lien would be included in another clause in this definition) that will be released prior to, or concurrent with, the Closing, and (vi) Liens that arise solely by virtue of this Agreement or any Transaction Document.

Permitted Liens ” as to any asset, means (i) Liens for taxes not yet due and payable, (ii) Liens arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of business that do not in the aggregate materially detract from or impair the value or materially interfere with the present use of such asset in the Acquired Business, (iii) Liens that arise solely by virtue of this Agreement or any Transaction Document, (iv) other Liens that do not in the aggregate materially detract from or impair the value or materially interfere with the present use of such asset in the Acquired Business.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity.

Premium ” means premiums, consideration, deposits and similar receipts.

Proceeding ” shall have the meaning given in Section 7.1(b)(iv).

Quarterly SAP Statements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(ii).

Recapture Agreements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(i).

Recapture Subaccount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(d).

 

-10-


Recaptured Liabilities ” shall mean the liabilities and obligations reinsured under the terms and conditions of the SLD-SRUS Reinsurance Agreements and the SLDI-SRLB Reinsurance Agreements, other than the Retained Reinsurance Liabilities and the UHRL Liabilities.

Reinsured Liabilities ” shall mean the liabilities and obligations reinsured under the terms and conditions of the SLD-HLRUS Reinsurance Agreements and the SLDI-HLRI Reinsurance Agreement; it being understood by the parties hereto that the Reinsured Liabilities shall not include any Retained Reinsurance Liabilities.

Representatives ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, consultants, financial advisors, legal advisors and other representatives.

Requesting Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.22.

Required Novating Insurer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(d).

Responding Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.22.

Retained Reinsurance Liabilities ” means (a) any liabilities or obligations under the SLD-SRUS Reinsurance Agreements or the SLDI-SRLB Reinsurance Agreements (without giving effect to the Recapture Agreements) with respect to (i) losses incurred or amounts due to be paid prior to the Effective Time by SRUS or SRLB, as applicable, including obligations with respect to pending claims and claims incurred but not yet reported or (ii) experience refunds payable by SRUS or SRLB, as applicable, that relate solely to an accounting period completed prior to the Effective Time, (b) any Extra-Contractual Obligations arising from or relating to the acts, errors or omissions by Sellers or their Representatives after January 1, 2005 and prior to the Closing Date, (c) reinsurance premiums due to be paid prior to the Effective Time with respect to the ING Insurance Contracts under the ING Retrocession Agreements and any other Retroceded Reinsurance Agreement (as defined in the ING APA) or the Scottish Retrocession Agreements, (d) any Taxes due to the extent such Taxes relate to Premiums received by or accrued by the Sellers or the ING Companies prior to the Effective Time, (e) assessments and similar charges in connection with participation by the Sellers or the ING Companies whether voluntary or involuntary in any guaranty association established or governed by any U.S. state or other jurisdiction to the extent such assessments and charges relate to periods beginning prior to the Effective Time, (f) commissions payable with respect to the ING Insurance Contracts to or for the benefit of producers or intermediaries who marketed or produced the ING Insurance Contracts to the extent such commissions relate to periods beginning prior to the Effective Time, (g) liabilities for returns or refunds of Premiums to the extent such returns or refunds relate to Premiums received by or accrued by the Sellers or the ING Companies prior to the Effective Time, and (h) expense allowances payable under the ING Insurance Contracts to the extent such allowances relate to periods beginning prior to the Effective Time.

Retrocession Agreements ” means the ING Retrocession Agreements and the Scottish Retrocession Agreements.

Retrocession Net Amount at Risk ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

 

-11-


SALIC ” means Scottish Annuity & Life Insurance Company (Cayman) Ltd.

SAP ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.

Scottish Re Administrative Services Agreement ” means the administrative service agreement between HLRUS and Parent to be entered into at the Closing substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto.

Scottish Retrocession Agreements ” mean the retrocession agreements identified on Exhibit G between SRUS, SRLB, SRD and/or SALIC, as cedants, and various third-party retrocessionaires, as such retrocession agreements relate to Reinsured Liabilities.

Segregated Account ” means the segregated account established by SLD pursuant to Section 5.25 of the ING APA.

Seller Financial Statements ” means the December SAP Statements and the Quarterly SAP Statements.

Seller Indemnitees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.

Seller Intellectual Property ” means all Owned Intellectual Property and all Licensed Intellectual Property.

Seller Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) any event, change, circumstance or effect that individually or in the aggregate is or is reasonably likely to be materially adverse to the ability of any Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or perform their obligations hereunder or thereunder, or (b) any event, change, circumstance or effect that individually or in the aggregate is or is reasonably likely to be materially adverse on the financial condition, assets, liabilities, properties, business or results of operations of the Acquired Business, taken as a whole, but shall exclude, only in the case of clause (b) above, any such effect resulting from, relating to or arising out of: (i) general economic, political (including national and international political conditions) or market conditions (including changes in interest rates), so long as such conditions do not have a materially disproportionate effect on the Acquired Business, taken as a whole, compared to similar business reinsured by other United States life reinsurance companies; (ii) any change or proposed change in Law or accounting or actuarial principles required in any jurisdiction, so long as such change or proposed change does not have a materially disproportionate effect on the Acquired Business, taken as a whole, compared to similar business reinsured by other United States life reinsurance companies; (iii) any failure of any of the Sellers or the Acquired Business to achieve internal financial or other projections or budgets (it being the understanding of the parties hereto that the underlying cause for such failure may constitute a Seller Material Adverse Effect if such event is not otherwise excluded from the definition of Seller Material Adverse Effect); and (iv) any occurrence or condition arising out of the negotiation and execution of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or the public announcement thereof (including any occurrence or condition arising out of the identity of or facts relating to the Buyers or any ratings action taken by one or more of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations with respect to the rating of any of the Sellers).

 

-12-


Sellers ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

Sellers Disclosure Letter ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article III.

Sellers’ Insurance Policies ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.7(a).

SHI ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

SLD ” shall have the meanings set forth in the introductory paragraph.

SLD-HLRUS Reinsurance Agreements ” mean the reinsurance agreements pursuant to which SLD shall cede certain ING Insurance Contracts to HLRUS and which shall be entered into at Closing substantially in the form of Exhibits H hereto.

SLD-SLDI Agreements ” means Treaty 2774 between SLD, as ceding company, and SLDI, as reinsurer, effective July 1, 2000, and Treaty 2962 between SLD, as ceding company, and SLDI, as reinsurer, effective June 1, 2002.

SLD-SLDI Retroceded Business ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.9(b).

SLD-SRUS Reinsurance Agreements ” mean the reinsurance agreements listed on Exhibit I .

SLD-SRUS UHRL Reinsurance Agreement ” means the Coinsurance Agreement between SLD and SRUS dated December 22, 2005.

SLDI ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

SLDI-HLRI Reinsurance Agreement ” means the reinsurance agreement pursuant to which SLDI shall cede certain ING Insurance Contracts to HLRI and which shall be entered into at Closing substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto.

SLDI-SRLB Reinsurance Agreements ” mean the reinsurance agreements between SLDI and SRLB listed on Exhibit K .

SRD ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

SRLB ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

SRLB IBNR Trust Required Balance ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(b).

SRLB Subject Claims ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(b).

SRUS ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

SRUS IBNR Trust Required Balance ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a).

 

-13-


SRUS Subject Claims ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a).

Subsidiary ” of any Person means another Person fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock or other voting interests of which, or fifty percent (50%) or more of the equity securities of which, is owned directly or indirectly by such first Person.

Taxes ” means all income, property, sales, excise, employment, payroll, withholding and other taxes, tariffs or governmental charges of any nature whatsoever imposed by any Governmental Entity (together with any interest or penalty, addition to Tax or additional amount imposed with respect thereto).

Third Party Claim ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.5.

Threshold ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(a)(i).

Trade Secrets ” shall mean all trade secrets and confidential business information including all inventions, compositions, methodologies, processes and techniques (in each case whether or not patentable), discoveries, developments, ideas, concepts, research and development, Data and Databases, designs, formulae, methods, processes, designs, drawings, specifications, technology, items of proprietary know-how, information or data, prospect lists, customer lists, supplier lists, projections, analyses and market studies, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans and proposals, and all other proprietary items; provided , that “Trade Secrets” does not include non-proprietary information, know-how or processes otherwise available to the industry or the public.

Trademarks ” means all trademarks, service marks, certification marks, trade dress, logos and other indicators of source, trade names, internet domain names, and corporate names, together with all translations, adaptations, derivations and combinations thereof, including all goodwill associated therewith, and all applications, registrations and renewals in connection therewith.

Transaction Documents ” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the documents to be delivered at Closing pursuant to Sections 2.5, 2.6 and 2.7, and all other documents, instruments, certificates or agreements otherwise executed in connection herewith.

Transfer Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(c).

Transferred Employees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.12(a).

Transition Services Agreement ” means the transition services agreement between HLRUS and SRUS to be entered into at Closing substantially in the form of Exhibit L hereto.

UHRL ” shall mean Union Hamilton Reinsurance, Ltd.

UHRL Liabilities ” shall mean the liabilities and obligations reinsured under the terms and conditions of the SLD-SRUS UHRL Reinsurance Agreement.

 

-14-


UHRL Novation Documents ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(a).

UHRL Transaction Documents ” shall mean (i) the Reinsurance Agreement, effective as of December 22, 2005, between SRUS and UHRL, (ii) the Stop Loss Reinsurance Agreement, effective as of December 22, 2005, between SRUS and SRD, (iii) the Stop Loss Retrocession Agreement, effective as of December 22, 2005, between UHRL and SRD, (iv) the Reinsurance Trust Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2005, between UHRL, SRUS and US Bank National Association, as Trustee, (v) the Security Trust Agreement, effective as of December 22, 2005, among UHRL, SRD, SALIC, the Parent and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, (vi) the Guarantee, effective as of December 22, 2005, by Wachovia Corporation in favor of the Company, (vii) the Side Letter, dated December 22, 2005, between SALIC, the Parent, SRD and UHRL, and all other instruments, agreements and certificates delivered in connection therewith.

WARN ” shall mean the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, as

ARTICLE II

PURCHASE AND SALE

Section 2.1. Purchase and Sale .

(a) As contemplated by, and subject to the consummation of, this Agreement, effective as of the Effective Time:

(i) SLD and SLDI, respectively, shall enter into recapture agreements and agreements to be mutually agreed between the Sellers and the ING Companies prior to the Closing that terminate certain other agreements associated with the ING Block, including the ING Letter Agreement, with SRUS and SRLB, respectively, pursuant to the terms of which SLD and SLDI will recapture one hundred percent (100%) of the Recaptured Liabilities ceded under the SLD-SRUS Reinsurance Agreements and the SLDI-SRLB Reinsurance agreements (collectively, the “ Recapture Agreements ”);

(ii) SLD and SLDI, respectively, shall enter into the SLD-HLRUS Reinsurance Agreements and the SLDI-HLRI Reinsurance Agreement with HLRUS and HLRI pursuant to the terms of which SLD and SLDI will cede one hundred percent (100%) of the Reinsured Liabilities to HLRUS and HLRI, respectively.

(iii) SLD and SLDI shall enter into the Amended SLD-SLDI Agreements.

(iv) The Sellers, the Buyers and the ING Companies shall enter into the UHRL Novation Documents.

 

-15-


(b) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing:

(i) The Buyers shall assume from the applicable Sellers, and be obligated to pay, perform and discharge all of, the Assumed Liabilities other than the Reinsured Liabilities;

(ii) Each Seller shall transfer, assign and deliver to the applicable Buyer, and such Buyer shall purchase, acquire and accept from such Seller, the Acquired Assets owned by such Seller, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens.

(c) On or prior to the Closing Date, each Seller shall exercise all rights, and take all such other actions, necessary to effect the conveyance of the Acquired Assets, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, to the Buyers on the Closing Date.

Section 2.2. Payments at Closing .

(a) At the Closing, the Sellers, the Buyers and the ING Companies shall make the following payments (in cash and/or transfer of securities (whether direct or through the transfer of rights to accounts holding cash and/or securities), in accordance with Section 2.2(c) below), as more specifically detailed on Exhibit M hereto, it being understood and agreed among the parties that as provided on Exhibit M , the payment obligations set forth below may be settled with net payments between parties, and by the direction of payments by the intended recipient of such payments to other parties.

(i) Pursuant to the terms of the Recapture Agreements, SRUS and SRLB shall make recapture payments to SLD and SLDI, respectively, in an aggregate amount equal to the Closing Payment Amount;

(ii) Pursuant to the terms of the SLD-HLRUS Reinsurance Agreements and the SLDI-HLRI Reinsurance Agreement, SLD and SLDI shall make initial premium payments to HLRUS and HLRI, respectively, in an aggregate amount equal to the Closing Payment Amount;

(iii) The Buyers shall make payments to the Sellers in an aggregate amount equal to the Acquired Asset Value, which the Buyers and Sellers agree is the value of the Acquired Assets.

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, the Buyers, the Sellers and the ING Companies agree that as a result of the Sellers making the payments described on Exhibit M , (i) the Sellers shall be credited with having paid to the ING Companies the full recapture payments owed with respect to the recapture transactions contemplated by the Recapture Agreements, and (ii) the ING Companies shall be credited with having paid to the Buyers the full amount of the initial reinsurance premiums in connection with the reinsurance transactions contemplated by the SLD-HLRUS Reinsurance Agreements and the SLDI-HLRI Reinsurance Agreement.

 

-16-


(c) The payments contemplated by Section 2.2(a) and Exhibit M shall be made on the Closing Date by a combination of transfers of cash, transfers of Investment Assets (as defined below) and a transfer of the Ballantyne Recapture Assets. Such Investment Assets shall have an aggregate market value as of the Closing Date equal to the Closing Payment Amount, minus the aggregate amount of cash transferred (excluding any cash in the Recapture Subaccount), minus the Ballantyne Q4 Recapture Adjustment. As set forth on Exhibit M , transfers of cash may be effected by one or more wire transfers of immediately available funds or by transfer of rights to one or more accounts holding cash, and transfers of Investment Assets may be effected by a direct transfer of such Investment Assets or by a transfer of rights to one or more accounts holding such Investment Assets (including by way of a recapture and cession of reinsurance obligations pursuant to a reinsurance agreement) and transfer of Ballantyne Recapture Assets shall be effected by an indirect transfer of rights in the Recapture Subaccount, which shall be effected by a transfer of rights in the Segregated Account. Any account in which the Sellers’ rights will be transferred to the Buyers at Closing as described in the preceding sentence is referred to herein as a “ Transfer Account .” At least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Buyers shall specify to the Sellers and the ING Companies the account or accounts to which all payments or transfers on the Closing Date shall be made (other than payments to be made by way of a Transfer Account). Any transfer of Investment Assets shall be on the following terms:

(i) Prior to the date of this Agreement, the Buyers and the Sellers have agreed to a list of securities (the “ Investment Assets ”), which list is attached hereto as Exhibit N-1 (which exhibit specifies the principal amount of each Investment Asset, the December 31, 2008 market value of each such Investment Asset, as determined by the Sellers, and a description of the valuation methodology used to determine such market values). For the avoidance of doubt, Ballantyne Recapture Assets shall not be considered Investment Assets for the purposes of this Agreement.

(ii) Seven (7) Business Days prior to the anticipated Closing Date, the Buyers shall provide to the Sellers the Buyers’ determination of the market value of each of the Investment Assets as of the immediately preceding Business Day (the “ Buyer Indicative Market Valuation List ”), using a valuation methodology consistent with the valuation methodology described in Exhibit N-1 . In addition, at the time of delivery of the Buyer Indicative Market Valuation List, the Buyers may deliver to the Sellers a list of securities to be excluded from the list of Investment Assets set forth on Exhibit N-1 that have become unacceptable to the Buyers in their reasonable judgment. Any security so excluded shall no longer be deemed an Investment Asset for purposes of this Agreement. If the Buyers exclude securities from the list of Investment Assets as contemplated by this Section 2.2(c)(ii), the Sellers shall be entitled to delay the Closing for a reasonable number of days to permit the Sellers to liquidate in an orderly manner sufficient securities to fund the related increase to the cash portion of the Closing Payment Amount.

(iii) Three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Buyers may deliver an additional list of securities to be excluded from the list of Investment Assets set forth on Exhibit N-1 ; provided , that such list may only include securities that have experienced a Credit Event. Any security so excluded shall no longer be deemed an Investment Asset for purposes of this Agreement.

 

-17-


(iv) The market value as of the Closing Date of each of the Investment Assets shall be determined by the Buyers based on the closing market prices of the Investment Assets on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, using a valuation methodology consistent with the valuation methodology described in Exhibit N-1 . The Buyers shall deliver to the Sellers a list of such market values prior to the Closing as promptly as practicable after such market values are determined.

(v) The Sellers shall have the right to determine, in their sole discretion, whether any Investment Assets will be transferred in satisfaction of the Sellers’ payment obligations, and if so, which Investment Assets will be so transferred. In furtherance of the foregoing, the ING Companies hereby consent to exchanges of cash and securities into and out of any Transfer Account by the Sellers on or after the tenth (10 th ) Business Day preceding the anticipated Closing Date in order to comply with this Section 2.2; provided , that such exchanges do not result in the reduction in the aggregate value of cash or securities held in such Transfer Account.

(d) In the event that the Ballantyne Q4 Recapture occurs, the ING Companies shall concurrently with such Ballantyne Q4 Recapture deposit cash or securities acceptable to the Buyers into a subaccount (the “ Recapture Subaccount ”) established within the Segregated Account, with a market value, valued as of the day of transfer, equal to the market value of the assets released by Ballantyne to SLD in connection with the Ballantyne Q4 Recapture. Prior to the occurrence of the Ballantyne Q4 Recapture, the Buyers and the ING Companies shall cooperate to prepare a list of the securities to initially be deposited into the Recapture Subaccount, which list shall be designated Exhibit N-2 , and such list shall specify the principal amount of each such security and the issuer thereof. The Recapture Subaccount shall be used exclusively for such cash and the securities listed on Exhibit N-2 , plus any interest, earnings, proceeds or payments on, with respect to or in respect of such cash and securities (collectively, the “ Ballantyne Recapture Assets ”) and all Ballantyne Recapture Assets shall be held in the Recapture Subaccount. The Buyers shall have the sole right to direct SRUS as to the management of the Ballantyne Recapture Assets, subject to compliance with any applicable investment guidelines, and no Ballantyne Recapture Assets may be withdrawn from the Recapture Subaccount prior to the earlier of (i) the Closing or (ii) the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms; provided that Ballantye Recapture Assets may be withdrawn from the Recapture Subaccount in connection with the investment management of such account, so long as any securities purchased, and the proceeds of any sales, are deposited in the Recapture Subaccount. For the avoidance of doubt, the transfer of the Ballantyne Recapture Assets at the Closing shall be deemed to satisfy any obligation to make a payment in an amount equal to the Ballantyne Q4 Recapture Adjustment.

(e) The Buyers, the Sellers and the ING Companies acknowledge and agree that the payments, asset transfers and assumptions of liabilities described in this Section 2.2 and below in Section 2.3 are all integral parts of the same transaction and that such payments constitute sufficient consideration for the performance of each party’s obligations hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents.

(f) From the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date, the Buyers, the Sellers and the ING Companies each agree to cooperate and to work in good faith and to use commercially reasonable efforts to finalize Exhibit M in anticipation of the Closing in a form reasonably acceptable to each of the parties hereto.

 

-18-


Section 2.3. Additional Payment with respect to Novations of Certain ING Retrocession Agreements . With respect to the Novations (as defined below) of the ING Retrocession Agreements listed on Exhibit O obtained as contemplated by Section 7.11(b):

(a) If the Sellers have received executed novations or partial novations or any other form of agreement reasonably acceptable to the Buyers (any such novation, partial novation or agreement, a “ Novation ”) from participants representing less than ninety percent (90%)  of the net amount at risk shown on Exhibit O (the “ Retrocession Net Amount at Risk ”) by the later of (i) the date that is thirty (30) days after the Closing Date and (ii) April 30, 2009 (such date, the “ Assessment Date ”), then the Sellers shall pay to the Buyers an additional amount equal to the sum of the amounts set forth on Exhibit O opposite the names of the participants from which the Sellers have not received executed Novations. Such payment shall be made by the Sellers to the Buyers within ten (10) Business Days following the Assessment Date and shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account or accounts as the Buyers may specify not later than three (3) Business Days after the Assessment Date.

(b) If the Sellers have received executed Novations from participants representing ninety percent (90%) or more of the Retrocession Net Amount at Risk by the Assessment Date, then within ten (10) Business Days following such date, the Sellers shall deliver to The Bank of New York Mellon (the “ Escrow Agent ”) cash and/or cash equivalents reasonably acceptable to the Buyers, in an aggregate amount equal to the product of one-half (0.5) multiplied by the sum of the amounts set forth on Exhibit O opposite the names of the participants from which the Sellers have not received executed Novations (such amount, together with all accrued interest thereon, the “ Escrow Funds ”). The Escrow Funds shall be deposited by the Escrow Agent into an account established by the Escrow Agent pursuant to an escrow agreement on terms reasonably acceptable to the Buyers and the Sellers, and based on the customary form of the Escrow Agent for such an agreement (the “ Escrow Agreement ”). The Escrow Funds shall be held as a trust fund and shall not be subject to any lien, attachment, trustee process or any other judicial process of any creditor of any party. The Escrow Funds shall remain in place through December 31, 2009. To the extent the Sellers receive additional executed Novations after the Assessment Date but prior to December 31, 2009, with respect to each such additional executed Novation received, Escrow Funds shall be immediately disbursed to the Sellers in an amount equal to one-half of the amount set forth on Exhibit O opposite the name of the participant from which such executed Novation is received. After December 31, 2009, any remaining Escrow Funds shall be immediately disbursed to the Buyers.

Section 2.4. Closing . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Closing”) shall take place at the offices of Dewey & LeBoeuf LLP, 1301 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019 at 10:00 A.M. New York City time on the third (3 rd ) Business Day following the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the obligations of the parties set forth in Article VIII or such other date and time as to which the parties hereto shall agree. The date on which the Closing actually occurs is herein referred to as the “ Closing Date .” The parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Closing to occur on or prior to February 18, 2009.

 

-19-


Section 2.5. Deliveries by the Sellers .

(a) At the Closing, the applicable Sellers shall execute and deliver or cause to be delivered to the applicable Buyers or their designee:

(i) a bill of sale, assignment and assumption, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit P (the “ Bill of Sale, Assignment and Assumption ”), and any other required transfer documents, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit Q, in each case duly executed by each of the Sellers, transferring to the Buyers, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, the Acquired Assets;

(ii) the Scottish Re Administrative Services Agreement;

(iii) the Transition Services Agreement;

(iv) the Charlotte Lease Amendments;

(v) The Denver Lease Assignment;

(vi) the Novated Industry Risk Retrocession Agreements;

(vii) novation of the Scottish Retrocession Agreements pursuant to Section 7.11(a), to the extent obtained prior to the Closing;

(viii) Sellers and their Affiliates, to the extent they are retrocessionaires under the ING Retrocession Agreements, agreement to the novations to the ING Retrocession Agreements contemplated by Section 7.11(b)(ii);

(ix) the UHRL Novation Documents contemplated by Section 7.8(a); and

(x) the certificates and other documents required to be delivered to the Buyers pursuant to Section 8.2.

(b) At the Closing, the applicable Sellers shall execute and deliver or cause to be delivered to the applicable ING Companies or their designee:

(i) Recapture amendments for the SLD-SRUS Reinsurance Agreements;

(ii) Recapture amendments for the SLDI-SRLB Reinsurance Agreements;

(iii) Termination of the Security Trust Agreement dated as of December 31, 2004 between SRUS, SLD, and The Bank of New York;

(iv) Termination of the Security Trust Agreement dated as of December 31, 2004 between SRLB, SLDI and The Bank of New York;

 

-20-


(v) Termination of the Reinsurance Trust Agreement dated as of December 31, 2004 between SRUS, SLD, and The Bank of New York;

(vi) Termination of the Reinsurance Trust Agreement dated as of December 31, 2004 between SRLB, SLDI, and The Bank of New York;

(vii) Termination of the Administrative Services Agreement dated as of December 31, 2004 between SLD, SLDI and SRUS, as amended;

(viii) Termination of the Asset Management Services Agreement dated as of December 31, 2004 between SRUS and SLD;

(ix) the UHRL Novation Documents contemplated by Section 7.8(a);

(x) the Novated Industry Risk Retrocession Agreements;

(xi) the IBNR Trust Agreements; and

(xii) the certificates and other documents required to be delivered to the ING Companies pursuant to Section 8.4.

Section 2.6. Deliveries by the Buyers .

(a) At the Closing, the applicable Buyers shall execute and deliver or cause to be delivered to the applicable Sellers or their designee:

(i) the Bill of Sale, Assignment and Assumption;

(ii) the Scottish Re Administrative Services Agreement;

(iii) the Transition Services Agreement;

(iv) the Charlotte Lease Amendment;

(v) The Denver Lease Assignments;

(vi) execution of the novations of the Scottish Retrocession Agreements pursuant to Section 7.11(a);

(vii) execution of the novations to the ING Retrocession Agreements contemplated by Section 7.11(b);

(viii) the UHRL Novation Documents contemplated by Section 7.8(a);

(ix) the Novated Industry Risk Retrocession Agreements; and

(x) the certificates and other documents required to be delivered to the Sellers pursuant to Section 8.3.

 

-21-


(b) At the Closing, the applicable Buyers shall execute and deliver or cause to be delivered to the applicable ING Companies or their designee:

(i) the SLD-HLRUS Reinsurance Agreements;

(ii) the SLDI-HLRI Reinsurance Agreement;

(iii) the ING Administrative Services Agreement;

(iv) the ING-Ballantyne Administrative Services Agreement;

(v) the ING Asset Management Services Agreement;

(vi) the UHRL-related documents contemplated by Section 7.8(a);

(vii) the Novated Industry Risk Retrocession Agreements; and

(viii) the certificates and other documents required to be delivered to the ING Companies pursuant to Section 8.4.

Section 2.7. Deliveries by the ING Companies .

(a) At the Closing, the applicable ING Companies shall execute and deliver or cause to be delivered to the applicable Buyers or their designee:

(i) the SLD-HLRUS Reinsurance Agreements;

(ii) the SLDI-HLRI Reinsurance Agreement;

(iii) the ING Administrative Services Agreement;

(iv) the ING-Ballantyne Administrative Services Agreement;

(v) the ING Asset Management Services Agreement;

(vi) the agreements/amendments with respect to UHRL contemplated by Section 7.8(a);

(vii) the Novated Industry Risk Retrocession Agreements;

(viii) the agreements/amendments with respect to Ballantyne contemplated by Section 7.8(b);

(ix) the ING Companies and their affiliates, to the extent they are retrocessionaires under the ING Retrocession Agreements, agreement to the novations to the ING Retrocession Agreements contemplated by Section 7.11(b)(ii); and

(x) the certificates and other documents required to be delivered to the Buyers pursuant to Section 8.2.

 

-22-


(b) At the Closing, the applicable ING Companies shall execute and deliver or cause to be delivered to the applicable Sellers or their designee:

(i) Recapture amendments for the SLD-SRUS Reinsurance Agreements;

(ii) Recapture amendments for the SLDI-SRLB Reinsurance Agreements;

(iii) Termination of the Security Trust Agreement dated as of December 31, 2004 between SRUS, SLD, and The Bank of New York;

(iv) Termination of the Security Trust Agreement dated as of December 31, 2004 between SRLB, SLDI and The Bank of New York;

(v) Termination of the Reinsurance Trust Agreement dated as of December 31, 2004 between SRUS, SLD, and The Bank of New York;

(vi) Termination of the Reinsurance Trust Agreement dated as of December 31, 2004 between SRLB, SLDI, and The Bank of New York;

(vii) Termination of the Administrative Services Agreement dated as of December 31, 2004 between SLD, SLDI and SRUS, as amended;

(viii) Termination of the Asset Management Services Agreement dated as of December 31, 2004 between SRUS and SLD;

(ix) the UHRL-related documents contemplated by Section 7.8(a);

(x) the Novated Industry Risk Retrocession Agreements;

(xi) the IBNR Trust Agreements; and

(xii) the certificates and other documents required to be delivered to the Sellers pursuant to Section 8.3.

(c) At the Closing, SLD and SLDI shall execute the Amended SLD-SLDI Agreements and shall deliver copies thereof to Buyers and Sellers.

Section 2.8. Post Effective Time Amounts Received and Paid .

(a) With respect to the period from and after the Effective Time and prior to the Closing, as between the Buyers and the Sellers, (i) all payments of premium and expense and tax allowances based on premiums due to be paid during such period, all payments in settlement of claims incurred during such period under the Retrocession Agreements and all payments in respect of experience refunds that do not relate solely to an accounting period completed prior to the Effective Time that are received by the Sellers or any of their Affiliates prior to the Closing in respect of those Recaptured Liabilities that will be Reinsured Liabilities after the Closing Date and the UHRL Liabilities shall be for the account of the Buyers (“ Interim Receipts ”) and (ii) all payments in settlement of claims incurred during such period, all payments of premium under the Retrocession Agreements due to be paid during such period and payments in respect of experience refunds that do not relate solely to an accounting period completed prior to the Effective Time that are paid by the Sellers or any of their Affiliates prior to the Closing in respect of those Recaptured Liabilities that will be Reinsured Liabilities after the Closing Date and the UHRL Liabilities shall be for the account of the Buyers (“ Interim Payments ”). To the extent that any payments referred to above in clauses (i) and (ii) are not included in the calculation of the Interim Period Reinsurance Payments Adjustment, such payments shall be deemed to have been received after the Closing and shall be settled in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.8(b) and (c), and such payments shall not be deemed Interim Receipts or Interim Payments. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the ING Block, all payments of premium and expense and tax allowances based on premiums due to be paid prior to the Effective Time, all payments in respect of claims incurred prior to the Effective Time, and all payments in respect of experience refunds relating solely to an accounting period completed prior to the Effective Time, in each case whether received or paid by any of the Sellers or any of their Affiliates, shall be for the account of the Sellers.

 

-23-


(b) From and after the Closing, as between the Buyers and the Sellers, all amounts that are received by the Sellers or any of their Affiliates in respect of the Acquired Business (including any payments of premium due to be paid from and after the Effective Time, any payments in respect of claims incurred from and after the Effective Time and any payments in respect of experience refunds that do not relate solely to an accounting period completed prior the Effective Time) shall be received by such Person as agent, in trust for and on behalf of the Buyers, and following the Closing the Sellers shall, on a weekly basis for a period of one (1) year, and promptly upon the receipt thereof after such one (1) year period, pay, or cause to be paid, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Buyers all such amounts received by or paid to any Seller or any of its Affiliates and shall provide the Buyers information as to the nature and source of such payments, including any invoice related thereto.

(c) From and after the Closing, as between the Buyers and the Sellers, all amounts that are received by the Buyers or any of their Affiliates with respect to: (i) any Retained Reinsurance Liability, (ii) any payments of premium and expense and tax allowances based on premiums due to be paid prior to the Effective Time (net of expense allowances based on such premiums), (iii) any payments in respect of claims incurred prior to the Effective Time, (iv) any payments in respect of experience refunds that relate solely to an accounting period completed prior the Effective Time, or (v) any Excluded Liability (including any recoveries from retrocessionaires) shall be received by such Person as agent, in trust for and on behalf of the Sellers, and following the Closing the Buyers shall, on a weekly basis for a period of one (1) year, and promptly upon the receipt thereof after such one (1) year period, pay, or cause to be paid, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Sellers all such amounts received by or paid to any Buyer or any of its Affiliates and shall provide the Sellers information as to the nature and source of such payments, including any invoice related thereto.

 

-24-


(d) For purposes of any post Closing weekly payments to be made pursuant to this Section 2.8, if the amount to be paid by the Sellers pursuant to Section 2.8(b) is greater than the amount to be paid by the Buyers pursuant to Section 2.8(c), the Sellers shall pay the Buyers an amount equal to such difference, and if the amount to be paid by the Buyers pursuant to Section 2.8(c) is greater than the amount to be paid by the Sellers pursuant to Section 2.8(b), the Buyers shall pay the Sellers an amount equal to such difference.

(e) The parties acknowledge and agree that certain amounts identified as being for the account of the Buyers under Sections 2.8(a), (b) and (c) may be for the account of the ING Companies under the terms of the SLD-HLRUS and SLDI-HLRI Reinsurance Agreements, and the terms of those agreements will govern as to any such amounts as between Buyers and the ING Companies. In addition, the parties acknowledge and agree that certain amounts identified as being for the account of the Sellers under Sections 2.8(a), (b) and (c) may be for the account of the ING Companies under the terms of the Recapture Agreements, and the terms of those agreements will govern as to any such amounts as between the Sellers and the ING Companies.

Section 2.9. Consents; Administration Pending Consent .

(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall not constitute an agreement to assign any Acquired Asset or right (other than Intellectual Property, assets or rights which are governed by Section 2.9(c)) that is included in the Acquired Assets but is not assignable or transferable without the consent of any Person, other than the Buyers or any of their Affiliates, the Sellers or any of their Affiliates, or the ING Companies or any of their Affiliates, or for which assignment without such consent would constitute a breach or in any way adversely affect the rights of the Buyers thereunder to the extent that such consent shall not have been obtained prior to the Closing; provided , however , that the Sellers shall have the continuing obligation after the Closing to use their reasonable efforts to endeavor to obtain all necessary consents to the assignment thereof and, upon obtaining the requisite third party consents thereto, such agreement, license or rights, shall be transferred and assigned to the Buyers hereunder.

(b) With respect to any Acquired Asset or right (other than Intellectual Property, assets or rights which are governed by Section 2.9(a)) included in the Acquired Assets that is not assigned to the Buyers at the Closing by reason of Section 2.9(a), after the Closing and until the applicable requisite consents are obtained and the foregoing sold and assigned to the Buyers, the applicable Seller shall provide to the Buyers the benefits under each such Acquired Asset or right (with the Buyers responsible for all liabilities and obligations thereunder to the extent it would be liable under the applicable Acquired Asset if the requisite consent had been obtained and such Acquired Asset had been assigned to the Buyers). In particular, in the event that any requisite consent is not obtained prior to the Closing, then the Buyers and the Sellers shall enter into such arrangements (including reinsuring, sublicensing, subleasing or subcontracting, if permitted) to provide to the Buyers the economic and operational equivalent of obtaining such requisite consent and assigning such Acquired Asset or right, including enforcement for the benefit of the Buyers of all claims or rights arising thereunder, and the performance by the Buyers of the obligations thereunder. The Sellers shall take all actions reasonably requested by the Buyers to enforce their rights in respect of any such Acquired Assets, including the assertion and enforcement of any rights, claim, presentation, demand or draw under or with respect to any such Acquired Assets.

 

-25-


(c) The Sellers shall at their sole expense obtain the consent of any Person required for the assignment or transfer to the Buyers at Closing (without a breach or any other adverse effect upon the rights of the Buyers) of the Intellectual Property set forth in Section 2.9(c)(i) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, which consent shall be broad enough to authorize the Buyers to provide the services Buyers are required to provide under the Scottish Re Administrative Service Agreement, the ING Administrative Service Agreement, the ING- Ballantyne Administrative Services Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement and in addition, with respect to the Core Intellectual Property, to use the Core Intellectual Property for the Buyers’ North American reinsurance business; provided that the Sellers shall have no obligation under this Section 2.9(c) to obtain such consents or alternative arrangements for the provision of Parent Transition Services (as that term is defined in the Transition Services Agreement). With respect to the consents contemplated by this Section 2.9(c), such consents shall permit the Buyers to use the applicable Intellectual Property until at least the later of (i) the date on which such Intellectual Property is no longer required to provide a Buyer Transition Service under the Transition Services Agreement or (ii) the date of the expiration of the existing term of the agreement underlying the Sellers’ right to use such Intellectual Property. Such consents shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Buyers. The Sellers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to promptly obtain all such consents prior to the Closing, and to the extent any such consents have not been obtained, the Sellers shall continue to use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consents as soon as reasonably practicable after the Closing. The Sellers shall be solely responsible for paying any penalties owed to a third party for their failure to obtain such consents prior to the Closing; it being understood that the Sellers shall not be responsible for the payment of any penalties to the extent resulting from the conduct of the Buyers after any such consent has been obtained as contemplated by the foregoing sentences or Buyers’ breach of an alternative arrangement entered into by Buyers as contemplated by the following sentence. In the event that any such consents are not obtained prior to the Closing, then the Buyers and the Sellers shall enter into such reasonable arrangements (including sublicensing or subcontracting, if permitted) to provide to the Buyers the economic and operational equivalent of obtaining such consents and assigning such Intellectual Property, including enforcement for the benefit of the Buyers of all claims or rights arising thereunder, and the performance by the Buyers of the obligations thereunder. The Sellers shall take all actions reasonably requested by the Buyers to enforce their rights in respect of any such Intellectual Property, including the assertion and enforcement of any rights, claim, presentation, demand or draw under or with respect to any such Intellectual Property.

(d) To the extent that the Buyers identify to the Sellers during the period between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date any services that will be Parent Transition Services (as that term is defined in the Transition Services Agreement) pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, the Sellers will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain prior to Closing any consents required to provide such Parent Transition Services. The costs for such consents shall be at the Buyers’ sole expense. Such consents shall be reasonably acceptable to Buyers and Parent.

 

-26-


Section 2.10. Treatment of Sale and Reinsurance Transactions . For the avoidance of doubt, Sellers, Buyers and the ING Companies agree that the transactions described in Section 2.1 are intended to constitute (a) a purchase by Buyers from Sellers of the individual life reinsurance business previously conducted by the ING Companies (other than the business reinsured to Ballantyne Re directly by SLD as of October 1, 2008) and (b) a recapture of the Recaptured Liabilities by the ING Companies from Sellers and an immediate retrocession of the Reinsured Liabilities by the ING Companies to the Buyers in furtherance of that purchase. Sellers, Buyers and the ING Companies further agree that they and their respective Affiliates will treat such transactions in a manner consistent with such intention for all Tax purposes.

Section 2.11. Additional Post Closing Payments .

(a) After the Closing Date, each time SLD effects a Ballantyne Recapture, if any, upon the effectiveness of each such Ballantyne Recapture, the Buyers shall promptly pay to the Sellers an amount equal to the product of (A) the quota share percentage of such Ballantyne Recapture and (B) the applicable amount set forth on a schedule to be agreed between the Buyers and the Sellers prior to the Closing Date that provides the relevant base premium amounts for periods following the Closing, using interpolation to determine amounts falling between identified dates, as necessary.

(b) After the Closing, in the event that SLD is required by an arbitral award to return to Ballantyne a portion of any recapture payment received from Ballantyne in connection with a Ballantyne Q4 Recapture or a Ballantyne Recapture that is retroceded to HLRI as contemplated by Section 7.9(f) of this Agreement, then the Buyers shall promptly reimburse SLD for the amount so returned upon SLD providing notice to the Sellers of such amount along with a copy of such award.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS TO THE BUYERS

Except as otherwise disclosed in the corresponding section of the disclosure letter delivered by the Sellers in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement (the “ Sellers Disclosure Letter ”) ( provided , that any disclosure contained in any section of the Sellers Disclosure Letter shall qualify each other representation and warranty where it would be reasonably apparent that it should be an exception to such representation or warranty or be disclosed in such section of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, it being acknowledged and agreed by the Buyers that the disclosure of any matter set forth in the Sellers Disclosure Letter shall expressly not be deemed to constitute an admission by the Sellers or any of their Affiliates, or otherwise imply, that any such matter rises to the level of a Seller Material Adverse Effect or is otherwise material for purposes of this Agreement), the Sellers hereby represent and warrants to the Buyers, as of the date hereof (except where such representation or warranty is expressly made as of another specific date), as follows:

 

-27-


Section 3.1. Organization, Standing and Corporate Power . Except as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, each Seller is duly incorporated (or, if not a corporation, duly organized), validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the

jurisdiction in which it is incorporated (or, if not a corporation, in which it is organized), and has the requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted. Except as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, each Seller is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the ownership or leasing of its properties makes such qualification necessary, other than in such jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified (individually or in the aggregate) would not have a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.2. Authority . Each Seller has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which such Seller is a party, and, subject to obtaining required regulatory approvals as contemplated by this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which such Seller is a party. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by each Seller (to the extent such Seller is a party thereto) and the consummation by each Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of each Seller. This Agreement has been and at the Closing, the other Transaction Documents will be, duly executed and delivered by each Seller that is a party hereto and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by each of the parties hereto (other than the Sellers), constitute or will constitute, as the case may be, valid and binding obligations of each such Seller, enforceable against such Seller in accordance with their respective terms, except that (i) such enforcement may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws, now or hereafter in effect, affecting creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

Section 3.3. Noncontravention; Consents . Except as set forth in Section 3.3(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, the execution and delivery by each of the Sellers of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party will not, (i) violate, conflict with any of the provisions its articles, bylaws or other constituent documents (ii) subject to the matters referred to in the next sentence, conflict with, result in a breach of or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), give rise to a right of termination or acceleration, or result in the creation of any Lien on any property or asset of any Seller under, any agreement, permit, franchise, license or instrument to which any Seller is a party, or (iii) subject to the matters referred to in the next sentence, contravene any Law applicable to any Seller, which, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, would have a Seller Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval, waiver or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, or notice to, any federal, state or local court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency, political subdivision, instrumentality or any securities exchange, in any jurisdiction (a “ Governmental Entity ”), and no consent, approval, waiver or authorization of any third party, is required by or with respect to any Seller in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or the consummation by any Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby except for (a) the approvals, filings and notices required under the insurance Laws of the jurisdictions set forth in Section 3.3(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, and (b) such other consents, approvals, authorizations, declarations, filings or notices as are set forth in Section 3.3(c) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter.

 

-28-


Section 3.4. Financial Statements . The Sellers have made available to the Buyers in the Data Room true and complete copies of the (i) the annual audited statutory financial statements of SRUS, SRLB and SRD as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 including the exhibits, schedules and notes thereto (the “ December SAP Statements ”) and (ii) the unaudited statutory financial statements of SRUS as of March 31, 2008, June 30, 2008 and September 30, 2008, including the exhibits, schedules and notes thereto for the three, six and nine month periods then ended (the “ Quarterly SAP Statements ”), in each case to the extent each of SRUS, SRLB and SRD is required by applicable Law to prepare such financial statements, and in each case as filed with the Governmental Entity charged with supervision of insurance companies in the jurisdiction of domicile of such Subsidiary (the “ Insurance Regulator ”). Except as set forth in Section 3.4 of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, the Seller Financial Statements were, and upon their delivery to the Buyers, the Interim Period Financial Statements (as defined below) will have been (x) prepared in conformity with statutory accounting practices (“ SAP ”) prescribed or permitted by such Insurance Regulator applied on a consistent basis and present fairly, to the extent required by and in conformity with SAP, except as set forth in the notes, exhibits or schedules thereto, in all material respects the statutory financial condition of each of SRUS, SRLB and SRD at their respective dates and the results of operations and cash flows of each of SRUS, SRLB and SRD for each of the periods then ended (subject, in the case of the Quarterly SAP Statements, to normal year-end adjustments), and (y) compiled from and are or will be consistent with the Books and Records of SRUS, SRLB and SRD, as applicable.

Section 3.5. The Model . Sellers prepared for Buyers a set of financial projections with respect solely to the Acquired Business utilizing Sellers’ proprietary financial model. To the Knowledge of the Sellers, the data used in preparing such projections was compiled from and is consistent with the Books and Records of SRUS, SRLB and SRD, as applicable, as of the date so used. The assumptions used in preparing such projections were those provided by Buyers or as otherwise disclosed to Buyers. For the avoidance of doubt, no representation or warranty, express or implied, is made hereby with regard to the accuracy of such projections or whether actual results of the Acquired Business will be consistent with such projections.

Section 3.6. Absence of Certain Changes or Events . Except as specifically contemplated by this Agreement or disclosed in Section 3.6 of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, from December 31, 2007 to the date hereof no Seller has: (i) with respect to the Acquired Business, made any change in accounting methods, principles or practices materially affecting its assets or liabilities, except insofar as may have been required by Law or required or permitted by a change in applicable GAAP or SAP, (ii) other than as disclosed to the Buyers in the Data Room, taken any action through the date hereof that, if taken during the period from the date hereof through the Closing Date, would constitute a breach of Section 7.1(b), or (iii) agreed or committed to take any of the foregoing actions.

 

-29-


Section 3.7. Benefit Plans .

(a) Each Employee Benefit Plan is listed in Section 3.7(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter.

(b) No Employee Benefit Plan (other than an Employee Benefit Plan which is intended to be “qualified” within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code or which consists of a program in the nature of Workers Compensation coverage) provides post-employment medical, surgical, or hospital care or benefits, or benefits in the event of sickness or accident with respect to Business Employees (or former employees who would have been Business Employees but for their termination of employment prior to the Closing Date) following their termination of service with the Sellers (other than as required pursuant to Section 601 of ERISA).

(c) No Employee Benefit Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA has been terminated or is or has been the subject of termination proceedings pursuant to Title IV of ERISA and resulted, or would result, in an obligation to make future contributions to such Employee Benefit Plan.

Section 3.8. Compliance with Applicable Laws . This Section 3.8 is not intended to, and does not relate to, the subject matter specifically addressed in the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.7 (Benefit Plans) and Section 3.10 (Reserves).

(a) Except as disclosed in Section 3.8(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, each Seller, with respect to the applicable Acquired Assets owned by each of them (i) have in full force and effect all material approvals, authorizations, qualifications, orders, consents, franchises, licenses, permits, filings and rights required by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “ Permits ”) necessary for them to own, lease or operate their properties and assets and to carry on their respective business in the manner and in the jurisdictions as now conducted, and (ii) have not received any written notice from any Governmental Entity of the failure to have any required Permit, except, in each case, as would not have a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except as set forth in Section 3.8(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, the Sellers have conducted the Acquired Business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 3.8(c) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, since January 1, 2006, no Seller has received any written notice of a violation of any Law that is applicable to the Acquired Business from any Governmental Entity.

Section 3.9. Litigation .

(a) Except as disclosed in the Exchange Act Reports or set forth in Section 3.9 of the Sellers Disclosure Letter (with date, names of parties, court or Governmental Entity and docket or other reference number and, if applicable, established reserves), as of the date hereof, with respect to the Acquired Business, there is no material suit, action, litigation, claim (other than insurance policy claims arising in the ordinary course), investigation, inquiry, hearing, petition, grievance, complaint, controversy, proceeding or arbitration (collectively, “ Litigation ”) pending or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, threatened in writing against or affecting any of the Sellers, nor is there any material judgment, decree, injunction ruling, writ or arbitration award or other award (or agreement entered into in any administrative, judicial or arbitration proceeding with any Governmental Entity) or order of any Governmental Entity or arbitrator (each, an “ Order ”) outstanding against or affecting any of the Sellers with respect to the Acquired Business.

 

-30-


(b) As of the date hereof, there is no Litigation pending or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, threatened in writing against or affecting the Sellers or any of their Affiliates and, with respect to Litigation commenced or threatened by any Person other than a Governmental Entity, which has a reasonable probability of success, that (i) seeks to restrain or enjoin the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) would have a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

(c) As of the Closing Date, except as set forth on an updated version of Section 3.9 of the Sellers Disclosure Letter delivered to the Buyers prior to the Closing, there will be no litigation pending or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, threatened in writing against or affecting the Sellers or any of their Affiliates and, with respect to Litigation commenced or threatened by any Person other than a Governmental Entity, which has a reasonable probability of success, that (i) seeks to restrain or enjoin the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) would have a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.10. Reserves . The Sellers have made available to the Buyers in the Data Room true and complete copies of all material actuarial reports prepared by third-party consultants that are in the possession of the Sellers relating to the reserves of SRUS, SRLB or SRD with respect to the Acquired Business as of any date on or after December 31, 2007. The policy reserves, and other liability amounts required by SAP to be determined using actuarial methods, recorded in the December SAP Statements and the Quarterly SAP Statements, as of the date thereof: (a) have been determined in accordance with presently accepted actuarial standards consistently applied and prepared in accordance with applicable SAP, consistently applied, and otherwise meet the requirements of applicable insurance Laws in all material respects; (b) have been fairly stated, in accordance with sound actuarial principles; (c) were based on actuarial assumptions which produce reserves at least as great as those called for in any contract provision as to reserve basis and method, and were in accordance with any applicable contract provisions; and (d) other than with respect to reserving for pending claims and claims incurred but not reported, have been computed on the basis of assumptions consistent with those used to compute the corresponding items in such financial statements as of the preceding financial statement period-end, except in each case where the failure to do so would not have an adverse effect on the Acquired Business. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement (including Section 3.4), none of the Sellers is making any representations, express or implied, in or pursuant to this Agreement concerning the adequacy or sufficiency of reserves.

Section 3.11. Contracts .

(a) With respect to the Acquired Business, except as listed in Section 3.11(a) , Section 3.13(b) and Section 3.13(g) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter and other than the Retrocession Agreements or agreements entered into pursuant to the ING APA, as of the date hereof, no Seller is a party to or bound by:

 

-31-


(i) any agreement with any Governmental Entity which requires the Sellers to take, or refrain from taking any actions (other than ministerial actions taken in the ordinary course of business resulting from its status as a regulated entity);

(ii) any agreements with “most-favored nations” pricing or other terms; or

(iii) any agreement with any managing general agent, insurance broker, insurance agent, insurance producer, adjuster, third party administrator or other insurance or reinsurance intermediary.

Material agreements, commitments, arrangements and plans listed or required to be listed in Section 3.11(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, Section 3.13(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter and Section 3.13(g) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter are referred to herein as the “ Contracts .”

(b) Section 3.11(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter identifies any Retrocession Agreements with respect to which the retrocessionaire has posted a letter of credit, funded a trust account or allowed funds to be withheld, in each case for credit for reinsurance purposes. Except as set forth in Section 3.11(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, there are no amounts recoverable under any Retrocession Agreement that are more than ninety (90) calendar days past due or for which the reinsurer has provided notice that such amount is not fully collectible in due course. Except as set forth in Section 3.11(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, none of the Retrocession Agreements is unexecuted by any of the parties thereto.

(c) Copies of ING Insurance Contracts, representing in the aggregate at least ninety five percent (95%) of the in-force business by net amount at risk for all ING Insurance Contracts, and which copies do not omit any reinsurance contract which individually represents more than one-half percent (0.5%) of the in-force business by net amount at risk for all ING Insurance Contracts have been made available to the Buyers, including by way of providing onsite access to an electronic database that includes electronic versions of such contracts. Such copies of the ING Insurance Contracts, or any amendments thereto, executed after January 1, 2005 are true, correct and complete, and such copies of the ING Contracts executed prior to January 1, 2005, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, are true, correct and complete.

(d) Except as set forth in Section 3.11(d) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, each Contract and each Scottish Retrocession Agreement is in full force and effect, and none of the Sellers or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, any other party thereto is in default or breach in any material respect under the terms of, or has provided any written notice of any intention to terminate, any such Contract or Scottish Retrocession Agreement. Except as set forth in Section 3.11(d) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, each ING Insurance Contract and each ING Retrocession Agreement is in full force and effect, and none of the parties thereto is in default or breach in any material respect under the terms of, or has provided any written notice of any intention to terminate, any such ING Insurance Contract or ING Retrocession Agreement. To the Knowledge of the Sellers, no party to any Contract, ING Insurance Contract or Retrocession Agreement is the subject of a rehabilitation, liquidation, conservation, receivership, bankruptcy or similar proceeding. Except as set forth in Section 3.11(d) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, to the extent that the Sellers have made the parties to the Retrocession Agreements aware of the Novations contemplated by Sections 7.11(a) and 7.11(b), none of the parties to the Retrocession Agreements have provided any notice of their intention not to execute such Novations. Except as set forth in Section 3.11(d) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, no event or circumstance has occurred, or will occur by reason of the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby, that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute any event of default thereunder or would result in a termination thereof or would allow the other party to make any material modification or amendment thereto or exercise any other material right under any Contract, ING Insurance Contract or Retrocession Agreement. Copies of each Retrocession Agreement (including all material modifications and amendments thereto and waivers thereunder) have been made available to the Buyers. Such copies of the Retrocession Agreements, or any amendments thereto, executed after January 1, 2005 are true, correct and complete and such copies of the Retrocession Agreements executed prior to January 1, 2005, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, are true, correct and complete.

 

-32-


(e) True, correct and complete copies of each Contract (other than “shrink-wrap” license contracts for generally-available Licensed Computer Program) have been made available to the Buyers in the Data Room.

(f) Except as set forth in Section 3.11(f) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, as of the date hereof, each UHRL Transaction Document is a valid and binding agreement of the Sellers and their Affiliates to the extent parties thereto, and is in full force and effect. Except as set forth in Section 3.11(f) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, as disclosed to the Buyers in the Data Room or as contemplated by this Agreement, as of the date hereof, none of the Sellers or its Affiliates or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, any other party thereto is in default or breach in any material respect under the terms of, or has provided any written notice of any intention to terminate, any such UHRL Transaction Document and, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, none of the other parties thereto is the subject of a rehabilitation, liquidation, conservation, receivership, bankruptcy or similar proceeding. True, correct and complete copies of each UHRL Transaction Document in effect as of the date hereof (including all material modifications and amendments thereto and waivers thereunder) have been made available to the Buyers in the Data Room.

Section 3.12. Acquired Assets; Investment Assets .

(a) As of the date hereof, each Acquired Asset is owned by one or more Sellers free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. The Bill of Sale, Assignment and Assumption and any other deeds, endorsements, assignments or other instruments relating to the transfer of the Acquired Assets to be executed and delivered by a Seller to the Buyers at the Closing will be valid and binding obligations of such Seller, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except that (i) such enforcement may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws, now or hereafter in effect, affecting creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

-33-


(b) Each Investment Asset is owned by one or more Sellers or ING Companies free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Investment Asset Liens.

Section 3.13. Intellectual Property .

(a) Section 3.13(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter identifies (with patent numbers, registration numbers or application numbers, as applicable) the current interests of each Seller in all Patents included in the Owned Intellectual Property, all registrations or pending applications to register any Copyright included in the Owned Intellectual Property, and all registrations or pending applications to register any Trademark included in the Owned Intellectual Property. Except as set forth in Section 3.13(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, the Sellers have taken commercially reasonable actions to protect such Patents, Copyrights and Trademarks, including making and maintaining necessary filings and registrations and paying any applicable maintenance fees. Section 3.13(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter sets forth with respect to such Patents, Copyrights and Trademarks any maintenance fees or taxes, filing requirements, responses to office actions and similar requirements, the deadline for which falls due prior to the Closing Date or within ninety (90) calendar days after the Closing Date. To the Knowledge of the Sellers, none of the Sellers is using or enforcing any material Owned Intellectual Property in a manner that would reasonably be expected to result in the cancellation or unenforceability of the registration for such Owned Intellectual Property. To the Knowledge of the Sellers, no Person other than the Sellers and their Subsidiaries owns or has any other right in or to, or has claimed any ownership, license or other right in or to, any Owned Intellectual Property.

(b) Section 3.13(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter identifies all material Licensed Intellectual Property, including each agreement, commitment arrangement or contract pursuant to which any third party has licensed or otherwise granted any rights with respect thereto (other than Computer Programs identified in Section 3.13(g) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter).

(c) Except as set forth in Section 3.13(c) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, (i) the conduct of the Acquired Business and use of any of the Seller Intellectual Property do not infringe upon or misappropriate the Intellectual Property of any third party, (ii) there are no infringements or misappropriations of the Owned Intellectual Property by any third-party, and (iii) there are no any infringements or misappropriations by any third-party of any of the material Licensed Intellectual Property arising from the applicable license to the Sellers. Except as set forth in Section 3.13(c) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, all rights held by the Sellers in Seller Intellectual Property are fully transferable to the Buyers without payment to any third party for such transfer and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not alter or impair any of the rights of the Buyers after the Closing to use the Seller Intellectual Property in the manner used by the applicable Seller with respect to the Acquired Business prior to the Closing.

 

-34-


(d) Except as set forth in Section 3.13(d) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, there are no claims pending, or to the Knowledge of the Sellers, threatened: (i) alleging that the conduct of the Acquired Business by the Sellers or the use of any of the Seller Intellectual Property as currently utilized infringes upon or constitutes an unauthorized use of the Intellectual Property of any third-party; (ii) alleging that the Owned Intellectual Property is being infringed by any third-party; (iii) alleging that any Licensed Intellectual Property with respect to which the Sellers hold any exclusive rights is being infringed by any third-party; or (iv) challenging the ownership, validity or enforceability (including, without limitation, through any opposition, cancellation, interference or concurrent registration proceedings) of the Owned Intellectual Property or any Licensed Intellectual Property with respect to which the Sellers hold any exclusive rights. To the Knowledge of the Sellers, no Seller Intellectual Property is subject to any outstanding judgment, injunction, order, decree, or agreement restricting the use thereof by any Seller or restricting the licensing or transfer thereof by any Seller.

(e) Except as set forth in Section 3.13(e) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, the Sellers have taken commercially reasonable actions to maintain the secrecy of all Trade Secrets used in the Acquired Business (including requiring current employees to execute a statement of compliance with the Parent employee handbook, a copy of which has been provided to the Buyers and which includes provisions applicable to the confidentiality of Intellectual Property and execution of valid and enforceable agreements with other Persons to whom such confidential Intellectual Property is made available).

(f) Section 3.13(f) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter sets forth the current interests of each Seller in all material Computer Programs included in the Owned Intellectual Property (the “ Owned Computer Programs ”). Except as set forth in Section 3.13(f) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, the Sellers own and possess a complete copy of the source code for each Owned Computer Program. The Sellers have provided to the Buyers all documentation in the possession of the Sellers relating to compiling, supporting and maintaining each material Owned Computer Program, and, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, such documentation is complete in all material respects.

(g) Section 3.13(g) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter identifies all material Computer Programs included in the Licensed Intellectual Property, including each agreement, commitment arrangement or contract pursuant to which any third party has licensed or otherwise granted any rights with respect thereto (the “ Licensed Computer Programs ”), but excluding “shrink-wrap” or similar off-the-shelf computer license contracts for generally-available Licensed Computer Programs. The Sellers have provided to the Buyers all documentation in the possession of the Sellers relating to compiling, supporting and maintaining each material Licensed Computer Program, and, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, such documentation is complete in all material respects.

(h) Except as set forth in Section 3.13(h) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, all current employees of each Seller involved in the development of Intellectual Property included in the Acquired Assets have executed a statement of compliance with the SHI and SRUS employee handbook, a copy of which has been provided to the Buyers and which includes provisions applicable to the ownership of Intellectual Property.

 

-35-


(i) The Sellers have caused to be established and are in material compliance with a security program, including technology, practices and procedures generally consistent with common practice of comparable-sized companies in the life reinsurance industry designed to protect the integrity of transactions executed through their computer systems, the security, confidentiality and integrity of their Data and Databases, and against the corruption, infection or compromise of Computer Programs operating on their systems or on the systems of third parties to which they have been granted access, which security program includes the Sellers.

Section 3.14. Regulatory Matters .

(a) The Sellers have made available to the Buyers in the Data Room true and complete copies of all material financial examination, market conduct or other reports of United States state insurance departments with respect to the Acquired Business and any equivalent reports of other Insurance Regulators with respect to the Acquired Business, in each case, which have been completed since January 1, 2006. Other than as set forth in Section 3.14(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, since January 1, 2006, no material violations with respect to the Acquired Business have been asserted in writing by any Insurance Regulator, other than any violation which has been cured or otherwise resolved to the satisfaction of such Insurance Regulator or which is no longer being pursued by such Insurance Regulator following a response by the relevant Seller.

(b) The Sellers have delivered or made available to the Buyers in the Data Room true and complete copies of all material registrations, filings, notifications and submissions made since January 1, 2006 with respect to the Acquired Business by any Seller with any Insurance Regulator. Except as identified in Section 3.14(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, no material deficiencies have been asserted by any Governmental Entity with respect to such registrations, filings, notifications or submissions that have not been satisfied.

(c) With respect to the Acquired Business, no Seller is, in any material respect, in default under or in violation of any Order, stipulation, decree, award or judgment entered into with or issued by any Insurance Regulator; nor has any Seller received any notice of any such material default or violation that remains uncorrected.

Section 3.15. Brokers . No broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other Person, other than Merrill, Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin Financial Advisors, Inc., the fees and expenses of which will be paid by the Parent, is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Sellers or any Affiliate.

Section 3.16. Properties; Absence of Liens .

(a) Each Seller has a good and valid leasehold interest in each parcel of real property leased by such Seller respectively and used in connection with the conduct or operations of the Acquired Business (the “ Leased Real Property ”), free and clear of all Liens except for any Permitted Liens. Such Seller has the right to use and occupy the Leased Real Property for the full term of the lease or sublease relating thereto.

 

-36-


(b) With respect to the Leased Real Property, (i) each of the agreements by which the Seller has obtained a leasehold interest in such Leased Real Property (each, a “ Lease ”) is set forth in Section 3.16(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter and is in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and the applicable Seller is the holder of the lessee’s or tenant’s interest thereunder, (ii) to the Knowledge of the Sellers, there exists no default under any Lease and no circumstance exists which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, could result in such a default, (iii) except as set forth in Section 3.16(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, there are no leases, subleases, licenses concessions or any other contracts granting to any Person or entity other than the Sellers any right to the possession, use, occupancy or enjoyment of any Leased Real Property or any portion thereof, and (iv) the Sellers use or their applicable Affiliate’s use of the premises demised under each Lease is in compliance in all material respects with all zoning, fire, health, building, handicapped persons, sanitation, use, occupancy and other applicable Law. The Sellers have not received any citation, subpoena, summons or other written notice from any Governmental Entity alleging any such non- compliance.

(c) The Sellers have delivered or otherwise made available to the Buyers, true, correct and complete copies of the Leases, together with all amendments, modifications or supplements, if any, thereto, and any material correspondence with any of the parties to the Leases or with any Governmental Entity and any other material written agreements related to the Leases. Except as set forth in Section 3.16(c) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, no Lease contains any provision providing that the other party may terminate or exercise other rights under such contract as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents and no third party consent is required to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

Section 3.17. No Other Representations or Warranties . Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Article III (as modified by the Sellers Disclosure Letter), neither the Sellers nor any other Person makes or has made any other express or implied representation or warranty or any other inducement or promise to the Buyers with respect to the Sellers, the Acquired Business or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and the Sellers disclaim any other representations or warranties, whether made by the Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives or advisors. Except for the representations and warranties contained in Article III hereof (as modified by the Sellers Disclosure Letter), the Sellers hereby disclaim all liability and responsibility for any representation, warranty, projection, forecast, statement, or information (including such information, documents or material made available to the Buyers in the Data Room, management presentations or in any other form in expectation of, or in connection with, the transactions contemplated hereby) made, communicated, or furnished (orally, in writing or electronically) to the Buyers or their Affiliates or representatives (including any opinion, information, projection, responses to any questions or inquiries, or advice that may have been or may be provided to the Buyers by any director, officer, employee, agent, consultant, or representative of the Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates). The Sellers make no representations or warranties to the Buyers regarding the probable success or profitability of the Acquired Business.

 

-37-


Section 3.18. Sufficiency of Assets . As of the Closing Date, and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the services, if any, to be provided to the Buyers pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, the Buyers will own all of the tangible and intangible assets and contractual rights (other than rights under employment agreements and otherwise relating to employment and human resources matters) necessary to (i) conduct the Sellers’ Acquired Business in the manner in which it is currently being conducted, as modified by the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (ii) provide all services that the Buyers or their Affiliates are required to provide under the terms and conditions of the Scottish Re Administrative Services Agreement, the ING Administrative Services Agreement, the ING- Ballantyne Administrative Services Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS TO THE ING COMPANIES

Except as otherwise disclosed in the Sellers Disclosure Letter ( provided , that any disclosure contained in any section of the Sellers Disclosure Letter shall qualify each other representation and warranty where it would be reasonably apparent that it should be an exception to such representation or warranty or be disclosed in such section of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, it being acknowledged and agreed by the ING Companies that the disclosure of any matter set forth in the Sellers Disclosure Letter shall expressly not be deemed to constitute an admission by the Sellers or any of their Affiliates, or otherwise imply, that any such matter rises to the level of a Seller Material Adverse Effect or is otherwise material for purposes of this Agreement), the Sellers hereby represent and warrant to the ING Companies, as of the date hereof (except where such representation or warranty is expressly made as of another specific date), as follows:

Section 4.1. Organization, Standing and Corporate Power . Except as set forth in Section 4.1 of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, each Seller is duly incorporated (or, if not a corporation, duly organized), validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated (or, if not a corporation, in which it is organized), and has the requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted. Except as set forth in Section 4.1 of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, each Seller is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the ownership or leasing of its properties makes such qualification necessary, other than in such jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified (individually or in the aggregate) would not have a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.2. Authority . Each Seller has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which such Seller is a party, and, subject to obtaining required regulatory approvals as contemplated by this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which such Seller is a party. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by each Seller (to the extent such Seller is a party thereto) and the consummation by each Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of each Seller. This Agreement has been and at the Closing, the other Transaction Documents will be, duly executed and delivered by each Seller that is a party hereto and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by each of the parties hereto (other than the Sellers), constitute or will constitute, as the case may be, valid and binding obligations of each such Seller, enforceable against such Seller in accordance with their respective terms, except that (i) such enforcement may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws, now or hereafter in effect, affecting creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

-38-


Section 4.3. Noncontravention; Consents . Except as set forth in Section 4.3(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, the execution and delivery by each of the Sellers of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party will not, (i) violate, conflict with any of the provisions its articles, bylaws or other constituent documents (ii) subject to the matters referred to in the next sentence, conflict with, result in a breach of or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), give rise to a right of termination or acceleration, or result in the creation of any Lien on any property or asset of any Seller under, any agreement, permit, franchise, license or instrument to which any Seller is a party, or (iii) subject to the matters referred to in the next sentence, contravene any Law applicable to any Seller, which, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, would have a Seller Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval, waiver or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Entity, and no consent, approval, waiver or authorization of any third party, is required by or with respect to any Seller in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or the consummation by any Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby except for (a) the approvals, filings and notices required under the insurance Laws of the jurisdictions set forth in Section 4.3(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, and (b) such other consents, approvals, authorizations, declarations, filings or notices as are set forth in Section 4.3(c) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter.

Section 4.4. Litigation . There is no Litigation pending or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, threatened in writing against or affecting the Sellers or any of their Affiliates that (i) seeks to restrain or enjoin the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) would have a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYERS

Except as otherwise disclosed in this Agreement or the corresponding section of the Disclosure Letter delivered by the Buyers in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement (the “ Buyers Disclosure Letter ”) ( provided , that any disclosure contained in any section of the Buyers Disclosure Letter shall qualify each other representation and warranty where it would be reasonably apparent that it should be an exception to such representation or warranty or be disclosed in such section of the Buyers Disclosure Letter, it being acknowledged and agreed by the Sellers that the disclosure of any matter set forth in the Buyers Disclosure Letter shall expressly not be deemed to constitute an admission by the Buyers, or otherwise imply, that any such matter rises to the level of a Buyer Material Adverse Effect or is otherwise material for purposes of this Agreement), the Buyers represent and warrant to the Sellers and solely with respect to Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4 and 5.5, to the ING Companies, as of the date hereof (except where such representation or warranty is expressly made as of another specific date), as follows:

 

-39-


Section 5.1. Organization, Standing and Corporate Power . Each of the Buyers is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and has the requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted. Each of the Buyers is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the ownership or leasing of its properties makes such qualification necessary, other than in such jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified (individually or in the aggregate) would not have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.2. Authority . Each of the Buyers has the requisite company power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and subject to obtaining the required regulatory approvals, and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by each of the Buyers of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation by each of the Buyers of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Buyers. No action by the shareholders of each of the Buyers is necessary to authorize the execution and delivery by the Buyers of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation by the Buyers of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement has been and, at the Closing, the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party will be, duly executed and delivered by each Buyer and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by each of the parties thereto (other than the Buyers), constitute or will constitute, as the case may be, valid and binding obligations of the Buyers, enforceable against the Buyers in accordance with their respective terms except that (i) such enforcement may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws, now or hereafter in effect, affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

Section 5.3. Noncontravention; Consents . The execution and delivery by each of the Buyers of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party will not, (i) conflict with any of the provisions of the governing documents of any Buyer, (ii) subject to the matters referred to in the next sentence, conflict with, result in a breach of or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) give rise to a right of termination or acceleration under, or result in the creation of any Lien on any property or asset of any Buyer under, any agreement, permit, franchise, license or instrument to which any Buyer is a party or (iii) subject to the matters referred to in the next sentence, contravene any Law applicable to any Buyer, which, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, would have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Entity, and no consent, approval or authorization of any third party is required by or with respect to any Buyer in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by any of the Buyers of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or the consummation by the Buyers of any of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, except for (a) the approvals, filings and notices required under the insurance Laws of the jurisdictions set forth in Section 5.3 of the Buyer Disclosure Letter and (b) such other consents, approvals, authorizations, declarations, filings or notices as are set forth in Section 5.3 of the Buyer Disclosure Letter.

 

-40-


Section 5.4. Litigation . There is no Litigation pending or, to the Knowledge of the Buyers, threatened in writing against or affecting the Buyers or any of their Affiliates that (i) seeks to restrain or enjoin the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) would have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Buyers nor any of their Affiliates nor, to the Knowledge of the Buyers, any officer, director or employee of the Buyers or any of their Affiliates has been permanently or temporarily enjoined or barred by any Order of any Governmental Entity from engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in connection with the business conducted by the Acquired Business that could reasonably be expected to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.5. Brokers . No broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other Person, other than J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., the fees and expenses of which will be paid by the Buyers or their Affiliates, is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Buyers or their Affiliates.

Section 5.6. No Additional Representations . The Buyers acknowledge that neither the Sellers, the ING Companies nor any other Person has made any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding the Sellers, the ING Companies, the Acquired Business or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement furnished or made available to the Buyer and its representatives except as expressly set forth in Article III, and neither the Sellers, the ING Companies nor any other Person shall be subject to any liability to the Buyers or any other Person resulting from the Sellers’ making available to the Buyers or the Buyers’ use of such information or any other information, documents or material made available to the Buyers in the due diligence materials provided to the Buyers, including in the Data Room, other management presentations (formal or informal) or in any other form in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, except for the explicit representations and warranties of the Sellers in Section 3.5 relating to the data and assumptions used in preparing the financial projections referred to therein, the Buyers acknowledge that the Sellers and the ING Companies make no representation or warranty to the Buyers with respect to any financial projection or forecast relating to the Sellers or the Acquired Business, whether or not included in any management presentation or other diligence materials.

 

-41-


ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ING COMPANIES

Except as otherwise disclosed in this Agreement or the corresponding section of the Disclosure Letter delivered by the ING Companies in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement (the “ ING Companies Disclosure Letter ”) ( provided , that any disclosure contained in any section of the ING Companies Disclosure Letter shall qualify each other representation and warranty where it would be reasonably apparent that it should be an exception to such representation or warranty or be disclosed in such section of the ING Companies Disclosure Letter, it being acknowledged and agreed by the Sellers and the Buyers that the disclosure of any matter set forth in the ING Companies Disclosure Letter shall expressly not be deemed to constitute an admission by the ING Companies or any of their Subsidiaries, or otherwise imply, that any such matter rises to the level of an ING Companies Material Adverse Effect or is otherwise material for purposes of this Agreement), each of the ING Companies represents and warrants to the Sellers and to the Buyers as of the date hereof (except where such representation or warranty is expressly made as of another specific date), as follows:

Section 6.1. Organization, Standing and Corporate Power . Each of the ING Companies is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and has the requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted. Each of the ING Companies is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the ownership or leasing of its properties makes such qualification necessary, other than in such jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified (individually or in the aggregate) would not have an ING Companies Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.2. Authority . Each of the ING Companies has the requisite company power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and subject to obtaining the required regulatory approvals, and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by each of the ING Companies of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation by each of the ING Companies of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of each of the ING Companies. No action by the shareholders of the Buyer is necessary to authorize the execution and delivery by each of the ING Companies of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation by each of the ING Companies of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement has been and, at the Closing, the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party will be, duly executed and delivered by each of the ING Companies and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by each of the parties thereto (other than the ING Companies), constitute or will constitute, as the case may be, valid and binding obligations of each of the ING Companies, enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms except that (i) such enforcement may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws, now or hereafter in effect, affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

-42-


Section 6.3. Noncontravention; Consents . The execution and delivery by the each of the ING Companies of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party will not, (i) conflict with any of the provisions of the governing documents of either of the ING Companies (ii) subject to the matters referred to in the next sentence, conflict with, result in a breach of or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) give rise to a right of termination or acceleration under, or result in the creation of any Lien on any property or asset of any of the ING Companies under, any agreement, permit, franchise, license or instrument to which any of the ING Companies is a party or (iii) subject to the matters referred to in the next sentence, contravene any Law applicable to any of the ING Companies, which, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, would have an ING Companies Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Entity, and no consent, approval or authorization of any third party is required by or with respect to any of the ING Companies in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by any of the ING Companies of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or the consummation by any of the ING Companies of any of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, except for (a) the approvals, filings and notices required under the insurance Laws of the jurisdictions set forth in Section 6.3 of the ING Companies Disclosure Letter and (c) such other consents, approvals, authorizations, declarations, filings or notices as are set forth in Section 6.3 of the ING Companies Disclosure Letter.

Section 6.4. Litigation . There is no Litigation pending or, to the Knowledge of each of the ING Companies, threatened in writing against or affecting any of the ING Companies or any of their Affiliates that (i) seeks to restrain or enjoin the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) would have an ING Companies Material Adverse Effect. Neither the ING Companies nor any of their Affiliates nor, to the Knowledge of the ING Companies, any officer, director or employee of the ING Companies or any of their Affiliates has been permanently or temporarily enjoined or barred by any Order of any Governmental Entity from engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in connection with the business conducted by the Acquired Business that could reasonably be expected to have an ING Companies Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.5. Brokers . No broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other Person, is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the ING Companies or their Affiliates.

 

-43-


Section 6.6. Investment Assets . With respect to Investment Assets owned by the ING Companies, neither the ING Companies nor any Affiliate thereof has taken or permitted to be taken any action that would result in the creation of any Lien on such Investment Assets other than: (i) any Permitted Investment Asset Lien; (ii) any Lien created by any action or omission of any Seller or by any sub-adviser to any Seller pursuant to any investment management agreement entered into between either of the ING Companies and any Seller or any investment management agreement entered into between any Seller or any such sub-adviser; and (iii) any Lien created by any Seller pursuant to any power of attorney granted to such Seller by either of the ING Companies.

ARTICLE VII

COVENANTS

Section 7.1. Conduct of Business of the Sellers . During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the Closing Date, the Sellers agree that (except (i) as permitted or required by Section 7.1(b) or any other provision of this Agreement, (ii) as set forth in Section 7.1 of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, (iii) as required by any applicable Law, (iv) as required by a Governmental Entity of competent jurisdiction, or (v) with the prior written consent of the Buyers):

(a) Each of the Sellers shall conduct the Acquired Business in the ordinary course, consistent with its current practice, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts (i) to preserve intact the Acquired Business and with respect to the Acquired Business, its relationships with cedants, producers, Governmental Entities, rating agencies, financing counterparties, bond insurers and financial guarantors, customers, suppliers, distributors, creditors, lessors, employees and others having business dealings with it, (ii) to keep available the services of its current officers and key employees who are Business Employees on terms and conditions substantially comparable to those currently in effect, and (iii) to maintain its current rights and franchises, subject to the terms of this Agreement, and

(b) with respect to the Acquired Business, no Seller shall be permitted to:

(i) subject any Acquired Assets to any Lien;

(ii) sell or dispose of any of the Acquired Assets;

(iii) (A) amend, terminate or assign any Contract, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with its current practice, or any UHRL Transaction Document, or (B) enter into any new agreement, arrangement or understanding that, if in existence on the date hereof, would constitute, or be deemed to constitute, a Contract;

(iv) other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, commence, settle or compromise any material Litigation (each, a “ Proceeding ”) or enter into any consent decree, injunction or similar restraint or form of equitable relief in settlement of any material Proceeding, except for any such settlements that are within the insured limits of insurance policies with respect to such claims;

 

-44-


(v) terminate, cancel, amend or modify, or fail to maintain or renew any insurance policies maintained by it covering the Acquired Assets which is not replaced by a comparable amount of insurance coverage;

(vi) take any actions or omit to take any actions that would or would be reasonably likely to (A) result in any of the conditions to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby set forth in Article VIII not being satisfied or (B) materially impair the ability of the Sellers or the Buyers to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby in accordance with the terms hereof or materially delay such consummation;

(vii) abandon, dedicate to the public, convey title to or grant licenses under (other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice) any Owned Intellectual Property;

(viii) terminate the employment of any Business Employee, who has been offered employment by the Buyers, once the Sellers have received notice of their names from the Buyers, other than termination for cause;

(ix) enter into, amend, modify or supplement any ING Insurance Contract or Retrocession Agreement, other than non-material amendments in the ordinary course of business consistent with prior practice, which do not materially increase the obligations of the Sellers thereunder, and other than the execution of treaties in connection with business in-force as of the date of this Agreement for which a letter of intent had been previously executed;

(x) enter into any agreement with Insurance Regulators (other than ministerial actions taken in the ordinary course of business resulting from its status as a regulated entity or any agreement with the Insurance Department of the State of Delaware) that (i) requires the Sellers to take or refrain from taking any action and (ii) which adversely affects the Acquired Business or the owner thereof and would be binding on the Buyers after the Closing Date;

(xi) enter into any recapture transaction with third parties with respect to an ING Insurance Contract or Retrocession Agreement except to the extent contemplated by this Agreement or required by the other party in accordance with the terms and conditions of such agreement; or

(xii) agree to take any of the foregoing actions.

Section 7.2. Access to Information; Confidentiality . Each of the Sellers shall afford to the Buyers and their Representatives reasonable access during the period prior to the Closing Date to its properties, facilities, books, contracts, commitments, records, data, systems, personnel, consultants (including actuarial consultants), auditors and advisors, to the extent relating to the Acquired Business and, during such period, the Sellers shall furnish to the Buyers and to their Representatives such information concerning the business, properties, financial condition, operations and personnel of the Acquired Business as the Buyers may from time to time reasonably request, other than any such properties, books, contracts, commitments, records and information that (a) are subject to an attorney-client or other legal privilege which the Sellers and their legal counsel reasonably believe will be impaired by such disclosure or (b) are subject to an obligation of confidentiality, provided , that the Sellers will use commercially reasonable efforts to have any such obligation of confidentiality waived if the Buyers so requests. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, in fulfilling its obligations under this Section 7.2, the Sellers shall not be required to (i) violate any applicable Law or (ii) furnish or otherwise make available to the Buyers customer-specific data or competitively sensitive information relating to areas of their business in which the Buyers or their Affiliates compete against the Sellers or any of their Affiliates. Furthermore, the Buyers shall not, without the prior written consent of the Sellers, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, contact or communicate with any vendor, customer, Employee or other business partner of the Sellers with respect to or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. The Buyers agree that their access to such investigation shall be conducted in such a manner as not to interfere unreasonably with the operations of the Sellers.

 

-45-


All requests for access or information pursuant to this Section 7.2 shall be directed to such Person or Persons as the Sellers shall designate. Without limiting the terms thereof, the Confidentiality Agreement shall govern the obligations of the Buyers and their officers, directors, employees, Affiliates, financing sources and authorized advisors, representatives and other agents with respect to all information of any type furnished or made available to them pursuant to this Section 7.2.

Section 7.3. Consents, Approvals and Filings .

(a) The parties will each use their commercially reasonable efforts, and will cooperate fully with each other (i) to comply as promptly as practicable with all requirements of Governmental Entities applicable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, (ii) to obtain as promptly as practicable all necessary permits, Orders or other consents, approvals or authorizations of Governmental Entities and consents or waivers of all third parties necessary in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and (iii) otherwise to take, or cause to be taken, all actions necessary, proper or advisable to comply promptly with all legal requirements that may be imposed on such party and its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents as promptly as practicable. In connection therewith, the parties will make and cause their respective Affiliates to make all legally required filings as promptly as practicable in order to facilitate prompt consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and will provide and will cause their respective Affiliates to provide such information and communications to Governmental Entities as such Governmental Entities may request. Each of the parties shall provide to the other parties copies of all applications or other communications to Governmental Entities in connection with this Agreement in advance of the filing or submission thereof.

 

-46-


(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, after the date hereof, the Buyers shall timely make such submissions to the New York Department of Insurance (the “ NY DOI ”) as have been requested by the NY DOI in connection with HLRUS’ request that the NY DOI not challenge SLD’s credit for reinsurance with respect to reinsurance ceded by SLD to HLRUS pursuant to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. To the extent requested by the Buyers, the Sellers and the ING Companies will provide the Buyers with reasonable assistance in connection with any such submissions.

(c) Each party agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to file with all applicable Governmental Entities any other requests for approval of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement required to be obtained by such party as promptly as practicable after the date hereof, and in any event within ten (10) calendar days after the date hereof, and all such requests shall include all required exhibits. A reasonable time prior to furnishing any written materials to any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the party making such filing shall furnish the other parties with a copy thereof, and such other parties shall have a reasonable opportunity to provide comments thereon; provided , that the Sellers shall be entitled to redact from such copies any information provided therein that does not relate to the Acquired Business. Each party shall give to the other parties prompt written notice if it receives any notice or other communication from any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and, in the case of any such notice or communication which is in writing, shall promptly furnish such other parties with a copy thereof. Each party shall give to the other parties reasonable prior written notice of the time and place when any meetings or other conferences may be held by it with any Insurance Regulator in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and the other parties shall have the right to have a representative or representatives attend or otherwise participate in any such meeting or conference.

Section 7.4. Public Announcements . The Buyers, the Sellers, the ING Companies and their respective Affiliates, will consult with each other before issuing, and provide each other the opportunity to review and comment upon, any press release or other public statement with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and shall not issue any such press release or make any such public statement without the advance approval of the other parties following such consultation (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), except as may be required by applicable Law or by any Governmental Entity.

Section 7.5. Further Assurances . The Sellers, the Buyers and the ING Companies each agree to execute and deliver such other documents, certificates, agreements and other writings and to take such other actions as may be necessary or desirable in order to consummate or implement expeditiously the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, provided , however , that any such additional documents, certificates, agreements and other writings or actions must be reasonably satisfactory to each of the Sellers, the Buyers and the ING Companies, as applicable, and not impose upon any of them a material liability, risk, obligation, loss, cost or expense not contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

Section 7.6. Notification of Certain Matters . From the date hereof until the Closing Date, the Sellers shall give prompt notice to the Buyers and the ING Companies to the extent that they acquire actual Knowledge of (i) the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event the occurrence or non-occurrence of which would be reasonably likely to cause any representation or warranty of the Sellers contained in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate as of the date hereof or as of the Closing Date; (ii) any failure of the Sellers to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder; (iii) the occurrence since the date of this Agreement of any event that is reasonably likely to cause or result in a Seller Material Adverse Effect; and (iv) any Litigation that has been or is threatened in writing to be, brought, asserted or commenced relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or naming any Buyer as a defendant. The Buyers shall give prompt notice to the Sellers and the ING Companies to the extent that they acquire actual knowledge of (A) the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event the occurrence or non-occurrence of which would be reasonably likely to cause any representation or warranty of the Buyers contained in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate as of the date hereof or as of the Closing Date and (B) any failure of the Buyers to comply with or satisfy in any material respect any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder. The ING Companies shall give prompt notice to the Buyers and the Sellers to the extent they acquire actual knowledge of (I) the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event the occurrence or non-occurrence of which would be reasonably likely to cause any representation or warranty of the ING Companies contained in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate as of the date hereof or as of the Closing Date and (II) any failure of the ING Companies to comply with or satisfy in any material respect any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 7.6 shall not affect the representations, warranties or agreements of the parties, the conditions to the performance by the parties hereunder, or limit or otherwise affect the remedies available hereunder to the party receiving such notice.

 

-47-


Section 7.7. Insurance .

(a) To the extent that (i) any insurance policies owned or controlled by the Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates (collectively, the “ Sellers’ Insurance Policies ”) cover any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense resulting from, arising out of, based upon or relating to, any Acquired Asset (the “ Company Liabilities ”) and resulting from, arising out of, based upon or relating to, occurrences prior to the Closing and (ii) the Sellers’ Insurance Policies permit claims to be made thereunder with respect to Company Liabilities resulting from, arising out of, based upon or relating to, occurrences prior to the Closing (the “ Company Claims ”), the Sellers shall cooperate in a commercially reasonable manner and shall cause their Affiliates to cooperate in a commercially reasonable manner with the Buyers in submitting Company Claims (or pursuing Company Claims previously made) on behalf of the Buyers under any Sellers’ Insurance Policies.

(b) Except as set forth in Section 7.7(a), from and after the Closing Date, the Buyers shall become solely responsible for all insurance coverage and related risk of loss with respect to the Acquired Assets.

Section 7.8. Certain Collateral Facilities .

(a) UHRL . With respect to the UHRL Transaction Documents, the Buyers, the Sellers and the ING Companies, shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to negotiate, execute and deliver, prior to the Closing Date, agreements, or amendments to agreements, with terms and conditions substantially as set forth in Exhibit R (the “ UHRL Novation Documents ”) hereto.

 

-48-


(b) Ballantyne .

(i) With respect to the Ballantyne Reinsurance Agreement, the ING Companies shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to negotiate, execute and deliver, prior to the Closing Date, agreements, or amendments to agreements, with terms and conditions consistent with the terms set forth in Exhibit S hereto.

(ii) The Buyers agree to administer the business reinsured by SLD to Ballantyne under the Ballantyne Reinsurance Agreement in accordance with the the ING-Ballantyne Administrative Services Agreement for the fee described in Section 7.8(b)(ii) of the Sellers Disclosure Letter.

(iii) The Sellers agree to reimburse SLD within ten (10) Business Days of SLD providing notice to the Sellers of payment thereof by SLD for the amount of such fees referred to in clause (ii) above.

Section 7.9. ING Facility and Related Issues .

(a) The Buyers and the ING Companies acknowledge that (i) certain of the business to be ceded under the SLDI-HLRI Reinsurance Agreement is a retrocession of XXX and AXXX business assumed by SLDI from SLD, (ii) with respect to such retrocession, SLD retrocedes a certain portion of the business to SLDI on modified coinsurance or a coinsurance funds withheld basis and SLD cedes the remaining portion of the retroceded business to SLDI on a coinsurance basis, and (iii) SLDI posts the collateral necessary for SLD to take credit on its statutory financial statements for the reserves ceded by SLD to SLDI on a coinsurance basis (such arrangement between SLD and SLDI, which is also described in Section 5.24 of the ING APA, the “ ING Facility ”).

(b) The ING Companies agree to continue to make the ING Facility available in the amount necessary to enable SLD to take full credit on its statutory financial statements for (i) all business retroceded from SLD to SLDI as of the Effective Time including the business that had been subject to the “HSBC II” collateral facility, and (ii) any business subject to a Ballantyne Recapture (as defined below) (the “ SLD-SLDI Retroceded Business ”). To the extent the ING Facility provides collateral for any SLD-SLDI Retroceded Business, the Buyers agree to pay the ING Companies, quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter, a facility fee based on the amount of the SLD-SLDI Retroceded Business covered by the ING Facility as of the end of the preceding calendar quarter (the “ Covered Amount ”), as follows: one hundred (100), one hundred and ten (110) and one hundred and fifteen (115) basis points (calculated on a per annum basis) multiplied by the Covered Amount for calendar years 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively; one hundred and twenty (120) basis points (calculated on a per annum basis) multiplied by the Covered Amount for calendar years 2012 and 2013; and one hundred and twenty five (125) basis points (calculated on a per annum basis) multiplied by the Covered Amount for calendar years thereafter.

 

-49-


(c) With respect to the SLD-SLDI Retroceded Business ceded on a modified coinsurance basis or a coinsurance funds withheld basis, the ING Companies agree that, on the Closing Date, they will execute the Amended SLD-SLDI Agreements, which will, among other things, provide that the modified coinsurance reserves and coinsurance funds withheld reserves, as applicable for the business reinsured thereunder shall be determined by SLDI (and SLD) in the manner set forth in the Amended SLD-SLDI Agreements (the “ Modco Reserve Methodology ”). To the extent that the use of the Modco Reserve Methodology results in an increase in the amount of SLD-SLDI Retroceded Business being ceded on a coinsurance basis (rather than on a modified coinsurance or coinsurance funds withheld basis) compared to the amount which would have been ceded on a coinsurance basis if the modified coinsurance reserves and coinsurance funds withheld reserves were calculated based on the method used by SLDI (and SLD) prior to the Effective Time (the “ Methodology Related Coinsurance Increase ”), the ING Companies agree that they shall make the ING Facility available to the Buyers in the amount necessary to enable SLD to take credit on its statutory financial statements with respect to the amount by which (i) the Methodology Related Coinsurance Increase exceeds (ii) the “Funds Withheld Balance 2” (as defined in the SLDI-HLRI Reinsurance Agreement) at the time in question at the following cost: one hundred and seventy five (175) basis points (calculated on a per annum basis) multiplied by the amount by which (i) exceeds (ii).

(d) The Buyers may elect to provide SLD with reinsurance credit for the business subject to the ING Facility using one or more other facilities (each such facility, a “ Buyers Facility ”). Subject to the ING Companies’ review of a Buyers Facility and reasonable satisfaction that the Buyers Facility provides SLD with full reinsurance reserve credit and security comparable to the ING Facility, the ING Companies shall reasonably cooperate with the Buyers with respect to the Buyers election to transfer business from the ING Facility to a Buyers Facility, including (i) SLDI recapturing the relevant business from HLRI for no recapture fee, (ii) SLD recapturing the relevant business from SLDI, and (iii) SLD reinsuring the relevant business to HLRUS or an Affiliate under a reinsurance agreement substantially similar to the SLD- HLRUS Reinsurance Agreements identified as Item i on Exhibit H .

(e) To the extent that, in accordance with Section 7.9(d), the Buyers replace a portion of the ING Facility with a Buyers Facility, the dollar amount of the ING Facility replaced shall be referred to as a “ Facility Collateral Change Amount ”. The ING Companies agree to make the ING Facility available to the Buyers, in an amount equal to the Facility Collateral Change Amount, to provide credit for reinsurance to SLD with respect to any non-XXX business then reinsured pursuant to the SLD-HLRUS Reinsurance Agreements by recapturing such business from HLRUS (for no recapture fee, other than cash or assets relating to the reserves for such business) in the amount of the Facility Collateral Change Amount and receding such business to SLDI, and from SLDI to HLRI.

(f) If the Closing occurs and SLD recaptures an additional quota share of the business ceded under the Amended and Restated Indemnity Reinsurance Agreement between SLD and Ballantyne, effective as of October 1, 2008 (each such recapture, a “ Ballantyne Recapture ”), then the ING Companies and the Buyers agree that in connection with each Ballantyne Recapture, the Buyers shall reinsure the business subject to the Ballantyne Recapture by having (i) SLD cede such business to SLDI on terms set forth in the Amended SLD-SLDI Agreements at the time such transactions are consummated and (ii) SLDI retrocede such business to HLRI under the SLDI-HLRI Reinsurance Agreement (it being understood that the only initial payment required at the time of the transactions contemplated by clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 7.9(f) shall be the funding of the Segregated Account in the amount required by the SLD-SLDI Reinsurance Agreements at the time such transactions are consummated). In connection with any Ballantyne Recapture, the ING Companies shall cause the Segregated Account to be funded with assets acceptable to the Buyers. The ING Companies shall provide the Buyers with prompt written notice of any Ballantyne Recapture.

 

-50-


Section 7.10. IBNR Trust Agreements .

(a) On the Closing Date, SRUS shall secure its obligations to SLD in respect of incurred but not yet reported claims and pending claims under the SLD-SRUS Reinsurance Agreements as of the Effective Time (the “ SRUS Subject Claims ”) by depositing into a trust an amount (such amount, the “ SRUS IBNR Trust Required Balance ”) equal to the excess of (a) its gross reserves on the reinsurance business reinsured under such agreements (without regard to any amounts ceded under retrocession agreements) over (b) ninety percent (90%) of its accrual for premiums receivable on such reinsurance business as of the Effective Time (adjusted to reflect premiums actually received and SRUS Subject Claims actually paid prior to Closing), which calculation shall be certified by a senior officer of SRUS as required by the applicable IBNR Trust Agreement. Promptly after the fifteenth (15 th ) and thirtieth (30 th ) day of each month following the Closing Date (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day) until September 15, 2009 (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day), SRUS (or its agent) shall calculate and deliver to the ING Companies and the trustee of such trust an updated calculation of the SRUS IBNR Required Balance, which calculation shall be certified by a senior officer of SRUS as required by the applicable IBNR Trust Agreement. On the second Business Day following the delivery of such updated calculation, (i) if the amount in such trust exceeds the updated amount of the SRUS IBNR Trust Required Balance, funds in the amount of such excess shall be disbursed to SRUS and (ii) if the amount in such trust is less than the updated amount of the SRUS IBNR Trust Required Balance, SRUS shall deposit funds in the amount of such shortfall in such trust. All funds remaining in such trust shall be released to SRUS on September 30, 2009, except to the extent that SRUS has failed to pay SRUS Subject Claims due prior to such date.

(b) On the Closing Date, SRLB shall secure its obligations to SLDI in respect of incurred but not yet reported claims and pending claims under the SLDI-SRLB Reinsurance Agreements as of the Effective Time (the “ SRLB Subject Claims ”) by depositing into a trust an amount (such amount, the “ SRLB IBNR Trust Required Balance ”) equal to the excess of (a) its gross reserves on the reinsurance business reinsured under such agreements (without regard to any amounts ceded under retrocession agreements) over (b) ninety percent (90%) of its accrual for premiums receivable on such reinsurance business as of the Effective Time (adjusted to reflect premiums actually received and SRLB Subject Claims actually paid prior to Closing) , which calculation shall be certified by a senior officer of SRLB as required by the applicable IBNR Trust Agreement. Promptly after the fifteenth (15 th ) and thirtieth (30 th ) day of each month following the Closing Date (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day) until September 15, 2009 (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day), SRLB (or its agent) shall calculate and deliver to the ING Companies and the trustee of such trust an updated calculation of the SRLB IBNR Required Balance, which calculation shall be certified by a senior officer of SRLB as required by the applicable IBNR Trust Agreement. On the second Business Day following the delivery of such updated calculation, (i) if the amount in such trust exceeds the updated amount of the SRLB IBNR Trust Required Balance, funds in the amount of such excess shall be disbursed to SRLB and (ii) if the amount in such trust is less than the updated amount of the SRLB IBNR Trust Required Balance, SRLB shall deposit funds in the amount of such shortfall in such trust. All funds remaining in such trust shall be released to SRLB on September 30, 2009, except to the extent that SRLB has failed to pay SRLB Subject Claims due prior to such date.

 

-51-


(c) At the Closing, SRUS shall enter into a trust agreement with SLD and SRLB shall enter into a trust agreement with SLDI (collectively, the “ IBNR Trust Agreements ”), in each case with a trustee that is reasonable acceptable to the Sellers and the ING Companies, consistent with the terms set forth in this Section 7.10, except as may otherwise be agreed in writing by the Sellers and the ING Companies. SRUS shall be entitled to designate the investment manager for the assets held under the IBNR Trust Agreements.

Section 7.11. Retrocession Agreements .

(a) Scottish Retrocession Agreements . Until December 31, 2009, the Sellers and the Buyers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to enter into a Novation with respect to the Scottish Retrocession Agreements, on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the parties, so that HLRUS and HLRI, as applicable, replace SRUS and SRLB, as applicable, as the cedants under such agreements effective as of the Effective Time. Prior to any such Novation, SRUS and SRLB agree to exercise any recapture rights under the Scottish Retrocession Agreements at the Buyers’ direction.

(b) ING Retrocession Agreements .

(i) Until December 31, 2009 (or until the Assessment Date if the Sellers have not received executed Novations from participants representing 90% or more of the Retrocession Net Amount at Risk by the Assessment Date), the Sellers, the Buyers and the ING Companies shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to enter into a Novation with respect to the ING Retrocession Agreements, as soon as practical by the dates set forth in Sections 2.3(a) and (b), by letter agreement or otherwise, so that the retrocessionaires agree that HLRUS and HLRI, as applicable, replace SLD and SLDI, as applicable, as the cedants under such agreements effective as of the Effective Time. Prior to any such Novation, the ING Companies agree to exercise any recapture rights under the ING Retrocession Agreements at the Buyers’ direction.

(ii) To the extent the Sellers, the ING Companies and their respective affiliates are retrocessionaires under the ING Retrocession Agreements described in Section 7.11(b)(i), each of the Sellers and the ING Companies shall, and shall cause their Affiliates to, agree to the novation described therein on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

-52-


Section 7.12. Employee Matters .

(a) As of the date of this Agreement, the Sellers have made reasonable efforts to obtain from each Business Employee as soon as practicable consent to release to HLRUS or its Affiliate all information (the “ Employee Information ”) reasonably requested by HLRUS or its Affiliate in writing about such Business Employees in order for HLRUS or an Affiliate of HLRUS to decide to whom HLRUS or such Affiliate will offer employment, subject, in each case, to any restrictions on the provision of such information under applicable Law. The Sellers shall make substantially all the Employee Information available to HLRUS or its Affiliate within five (5) calendar days after the date of this Agreement or, with respect to any specific Business Employee, as soon as reasonably practical after the Sellers obtain the Business Employee’s consent, if later. The Sellers shall permit HLRUS or an Affiliate of HLRUS to have reasonable access to the Business Employees beginning on the date of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, access to the Business Employees for the purpose of conducting interviews. No later than February 11, 2009, HLRUS or an Affiliate of HLRUS shall identify and provide to the Sellers a written list of the Business Employees to whom HLRUS or an Affiliate of HLRUS will definitely offer employment effective as of the Closing Date. Each such offer of employment to a Business Employee shall be for a position, provide for compensation, and require presence at a jobsite, as determined in the sole discretion of HLRUS or its Affiliate and communicated in writing to the Business Employee. The Sellers agree to cooperate with HLRUS or an Affiliate of HLRUS in its efforts to hire such Business Employees; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing the Sellers and their Affiliates shall be permitted to offer continued employment to any such Business Employee if the Sellers or their Affiliates reasonably require the services of such person following the Closing. Business Employees who become employed by HLRUS or by an Affiliate of HLRUS in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be referred to herein as “ Transferred Employees .” The Buyers shall have no liability or responsibility for, and the Sellers shall have sole liability and responsibility for, any and all severance pay and other employment termination obligations for all Business Employees and prior to the date on which any Transferred Employee becomes an employee of any Buyer hereunder, Transferred Employees to the extent such obligations relate to termination of employment with the Sellers. Nothing in this Section 7.12(a) is intended to or shall require the Buyers or their Affiliates to employ or continue to employ any employee for any period of time or to continue to maintain any term or condition of employment, including, without limitation, the position, title, compensation, location or employer, with respect to any such employee or otherwise to treat any such employee on any basis other than as an employee-at-will.

(b) From and after the Closing Date, except as otherwise specified in this Section 7.12, each Transferred Employee shall be eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans, programs, policies and arrangements of HLRUS or its Affiliate, as applicable, on the same basis as similarly situated employees of HLRUS or its Affiliate, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, the determination of whether employees are similarly situated will take into account the total mix of characteristics of each employee’s position, including, without limitation, job title, level of responsibility and rate of compensation. Service by the Transferred Employees with the Sellers shall be recognized under each benefit plan, program or arrangement established, maintained or contributed to by the Buyers or any of their Affiliates after the Closing Date for the benefit of the Transferred Employees, for purposes of eligibility to participate, eligibility for early retirement, vesting, and the amount or level of benefits under any vacation, disability, sick pay or severance plan, but in no event shall such service prior to the Closing Date be required to be taken into account in determining the accrual of benefits under any defined benefit pension plan.

 

-53-


(c) Any Transferred Employee whose employment is terminated for any reason other than for cause after the Closing Date shall be treated in the same manner as similarly situated employees of HLRUS or its Affiliate, as applicable, with respect to such termination.

(d) HLRUS or its Affiliate shall, or shall cause the applicable entity to, (i) waive all limitations as to preexisting conditions, exclusions and waiting periods with respect to participation and coverage requirements applicable to the Transferred Employees under any welfare plan (within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA) in which such Transferred Employees may be eligible to participate after the Closing Date, other than limitations or waiting periods that are already in effect with respect to such Business Employees and that have not been satisfied as of the Closing Date under any such welfare plan under which the Business Employees are covered immediately prior to the Closing Date, and (ii) provide each Transferred Employee with credit for any co-payments and deductibles paid prior to the Closing Date(and during the then current plan year of the applicable Buyer welfare plan) in satisfying any applicable deductible or out-of-pocket requirements under any such welfare plans that such Transferred Employees are eligible to participate in after the Closing Date.

(e) The Sellers shall be solely responsible for providing required notices under COBRA to any M&A Qualified Beneficiaries (as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 54.4980B-9, Q&A 4) and the Sellers shall provide or cause to be provided continuation coverage under COBRA to such individuals. The Sellers agree to indemnify, defend and hold the Buyers and their Affiliates harmless from and against any and all liabilities, losses, claims, demands, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, actual attorneys’ fees, expenses and costs) and any other liability that the Buyers or their Affiliates may incur as a result of either the Sellers’ failure to provide the required COBRA continuation notice or coverage to M&A Qualified Beneficiaries. With respect to any Transferred Employee who has a “qualifying event” (as that term is defined in Code Section 4980 B(f)(3)) after the Closing Date, HLRUS or its Affiliate shall be solely responsible for any required COBRA continuation coverage under the group health plan maintained by HLRUS or its Affiliate in which such Transferred Employee participated at the time of termination.

(f) The Sellers shall retain all liabilities under or relating to any liability or obligation arising under or relating to (i) any Employee Benefit Plan established, maintained, sponsored or contributed to by either the Sellers or their Affiliates, including, without limitation, the Scottish Re Group Limited Stock Option Plan, and (ii) any obligation to pay salaries, wages and bonuses (including any amounts owed with respect any retention or stay bonus programs or agreement) to the Business Employees, other than the obligation to pay salaries, wages and bonuses to Transferred Employees with respect to periods following the Closing Date. Neither the Sellers nor any of their Affiliates shall assume any liability or obligation arising under or relating to any Employee Benefit Plan established, maintained, sponsored or contributed to by the Buyers or any of their Affiliates. The Buyers shall not assume the sponsorship of, maintain, or otherwise be deemed to be responsible for any liability arising from any Employee Benefit Plan established, maintained, sponsored, or contributed to by the Sellers or their Affiliates for the benefit of any employee, including any Transferred Employee.

 

-54-


(g) From and after the Closing Date, the Sellers and the Buyers shall cooperate to ensure an orderly transition of the Transferred Employees.

(h) The Sellers shall be responsible for providing any notification that may be required under WARN with respect to the Business Employees to the extent such obligation arises prior to the Closing Date. From and after the Closing Date, HLRUS or its Affiliate shall be responsible for providing any notification that may be required under WARN with respect to its employees, including the Transferred Employees.

Section 7.13. Expenses . Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, the parties to this Agreement shall bear their respective expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby, including all fees and expenses of their advisers.

Section 7.14. Books and Records . Prior to the Closing Date, the Sellers shall cause all Books and Records to be maintained in the ordinary course consistent with past practices and applicable Law. On or prior to the Closing Date, the Sellers shall deliver to the Buyers all Books and Records and, if (at any time after the Closing) the Sellers discover in their possession or under its control any other Books and Records, it shall promptly deliver such Books and Records to the Buyers; provided, that (i) any Books and Records that relate primarily to Excluded Liabilities shall be maintained by the Sellers, and copies shall be delivered to the Buyers on or prior to the Closing Date of the portions of such Books and Records relating to the Acquired Business and (ii) the Sellers may retain a copy of any portion of the Books and Records relating to the Excluded Liabilities; provided further, that the Buyers and the Sellers shall provide reasonable access to the other party to the Books and Records that it retains.

Section 7.15. Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation .

(a) Except for the continuation of the Sellers’ U.S. mortality risk reinsurance business that is not part of the Acquired Business, in the ordinary course, consistent with its current practice, the Parent agrees for a period of twelve (12) months after the Closing Date to refrain, and to cause its Subsidiaries to refrain (but only for such time as such companies remain Subsidiaries of the Parent), from engaging (for its own account or for the benefit of any other Person), directly or indirectly, as a principal, agent or employee, solely or jointly with others, or as stockholder or other owner in or of any Person, in any business that competes with the Acquired Business in the U.S. mortality risk reinsurance business in the Territory; provided , that this Section 7.15(a) shall immediately terminate and Parent and its Subsidiaries shall have no further obligation hereunder upon a Change of Control of Parent. For purposes of this Section 7.15, “Territory” means the United States of America and its territories, and, if any, the foreign countries in which the Sellers write life reinsurance business based on United States lives as of the Closing Date.

 

-55-


(b) The Parent agrees for a period of two (2) years after the Closing Date to refrain, and to cause its Subsidiaries to refrain, from, directly or indirectly, soliciting or attempting to employ or contract with, or employing or contracting with, any Transferred Employee while such Transferred Employee is an employee of any Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Sellers shall not be prevented from hiring any Transferred Employee who contacts it on his or her own initiative without any direct or indirect solicitation by the Sellers, their Affiliates or their agents (other than though general solicitations in industry journals, newspapers or similar publications or through use of a search firm or similar agency that has not been directed by the Sellers to contact such person or the Transferred Employees generally).

(c) If any provisions contained in this Section 7.15 shall for any reason be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Section 7.15, but this Section 7.15 shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. It is the intention of the parties that if any of the restrictions or covenants contained herein is held to cover a geographic area or to be for a length of time which is not permitted by applicable Law, or in any way construed to be too broad or to any extent invalid, such provision shall not be construed to be null, void and of no effect, but to the extent such provision would be valid or enforceable under applicable Law, a court of competent jurisdiction shall construe and interpret or reform this Section 7.15 to provide for a covenant having the maximum enforceable geographic area, time period and other provisions (not greater than those contained herein) as shall be valid and enforceable under such applicable Law.

(d) The Parent specifically agrees that the covenants contained in this Section 7.15 are an integral part of the inducement of the Buyers to enter into this Agreement, that any damage caused to the Buyers or any of their Affiliates by reason of the breach by the Parent or any of its Affiliates of this Section 7.15 would cause irreparable harm that could not be adequately compensated for in monetary damages alone and that the Buyers (or their successors or assigns) will be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to all other legal and equitable rights and remedies available to it in connection with any breach by the Parent or any of its Affiliates of any provision of this Section 7.15 and that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no right, power or remedy conferred upon or reserved or exercised by the Buyers in this Section 7.15 is intended to be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy, each and every one of which (now or hereafter existing at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise) will be cumulative and concurrent.

Section 7.16. Financial Statements . From the date hereof through the Closing Date, to the extent that SRUS, SRLB or SRD is required by applicable Law to prepare any statutory financial statements and file such statements with an Insurance Regulator, the Sellers shall make true and correct copies of all such statements available to the Buyers promptly after filing with the applicable Insurance Regulator (any such financial statements, the “ Interim Period Financial Statements ”).

 

-56-


Section 7.17. Use of Names .

(a) Notwithstanding any inference contained herein or prior course of conduct to the contrary, except as contemplated by the Scottish Re Administrative Services Agreement, and as necessary with respect to novations and clarifications contemplated by Section 7.11, in no event shall the Buyers or any of their Affiliates have any right to use, nor shall the Buyers or any of their Affiliates use, any corporate name or acronym of the Sellers, or any of their Affiliates in any jurisdiction, or any registered or unregistered trademark, trade name, service mark, domain name or URL or any application or registration therefore, owned by, licensed to or used by the Parent or any of its Affiliates or any other name, term or identification that suggests, simulates or is otherwise confusing due to its similarity to any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Parent Marks ”).

(b) The Buyers acknowledge that any damage caused to the Parent, or any of their Affiliates by reason of the breach by the Buyers, or any of their respective Affiliates of this Section 7.17 would cause irreparable harm that could not be adequately compensated for in monetary damages alone; therefore, the Buyers agrees that, in addition to any other remedies, at law or otherwise, the Parent, and any of their respective Affiliates shall be entitled to an injunction issued by a court of competent jurisdiction restraining and enjoining any violation of this Section 7.17.

Section 7.18. Data Room Documents . On or before Closing, the Sellers shall deliver to the Buyers non-password protected electronic copies of all documents in the Data Room included in the Books and Records as of the date of this Agreement, which shall not include any documents that do not relate to the Acquired Business, in a format readable without the use of passwords or access to any document software besides Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat.

Section 7.19. Leases .

(a) Denver . With respect to the office space currently leased by SHI at 1290 Broadway, Denver, Colorado 80203, SHI shall assign the lease to HLRUS or its designee as of the Closing Date (the “ Denver Lease Assignment ”), which assignment shall be on terms substantially similar to the lease currently in effect for such office space and shall provide that liabilities in respect of such lease shall begin to accrue to the assignee upon such assignment.

(b) Charlotte . With respect to the office space currently leased by SHI and SRUS at the Simmons Building, 13840 Ballantyne Corporate Place, Charlotte, NC 28277, the Sellers and the Buyers shall amend the current lease so that as of the Closing Date: (i) SHI and SRUS continue as the tenant with respect to the third and fifth floors but terminate their lease with respect to the fourth floor, and (ii) HLRUS or its designee becomes the tenant with respect to the fourth floor and enters into a new lease with the landlord for the fourth floor, or if SHI and SRUS are unable to effect such termination and such new lease using commercially reasonable efforts, SHI and SRUS shall sublease the fourth floor to HLRUS or its designee (the foregoing, collectively, the “ Charlotte Lease Amendments ”), which amendments and/or new lease shall be on terms substantially similar to the lease currently in effect for such office space, after giving effect to the pro rata portion of such office space to be leased by the Buyers.

(c) The Sellers shall assign that certain License Agreement for an Executive Suite, dated as of September 22, 1999, between the Sellers and Stadium Management Company, LLC to HLRUS or its designee as of the Closing Date.

 

-57-


Section 7.20. Restricted Payments . For a period of twelve (12) months following the Closing Date, the Parent shall not make any payment or distribution to the holders of the Investor Shares in their capacity as such or in respect of the Investor Shares.

Section 7.21. Commercially Reasonable Efforts . Each party to this Agreement agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to take or cause to be taken and to do or cause to be done all such actions and things as shall be necessary or advisable, or as shall be reasonably requested by any other party, in order to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Transaction Documents.

Section 7.22. Post Closing Transfers of Assets . For a period of twelve (12) months following the Closing Date, if the Buyers discover a need for any asset of the Sellers, which was not included among the Acquired Assets and is owned by the Sellers at the time that the Buyers make a request for the asset under this Section 7.22, or the Sellers discover a need for any asset included in the Acquired Assets, which is owned by the Buyers at the time the Sellers make a request for the asset under this Section 7.22, the party discovering the need for such an asset (the “ Requesting Party ”) may request the transfer of such asset by the other party (the “ Responding Party ”); provided , that the fair market value of such asset shall not exceed $20,000 and the aggregate fair market value of all assets transferred under this Section 7.22 to such Requesting Party shall not exceed $100,000. The Responding Party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to such a transfer; provided , that such Responding Party shall not be deemed to be unreasonably withholding its consent in the event that, at the time it receives the request, it is using the asset, has a good faith expectation that it will use such asset in the future, or has agreed to sell such asset to a third party, in each case at the time it receives the request. If consent is granted, such Responding Party shall promptly transfer or cause its Affiliate to transfer such asset to the Requesting Party, on an “as is” basis, at no cost to the Requesting Party.

Section 7.23. Industry Risk Retrocession Agreements . The Buyers, the Sellers and the ING Companies shall negotiate mutually agreeable agreements to effect the novation of the Industry Risk Retrocession Agreements from the Sellers to the Buyers, which agreements shall be entered into on the Closing Date (the “ Novated Industry Risk Retrocession Agreements ”). Such agreements will include provisions permitting the Buyers to (i) effect a single recapture of any or all of the risk ceded thereunder without the payment of any recapture fee or penalty at any time prior to December 31, 2009 and (ii) effect a recapture on any date within 90 days of the Buyers’ increasing their reinsurance retention limit; provided, that if the Buyers elect to recapture any of such risk they shall recapture all such risk except to the extent they are prevented from doing so by retention limits generally applicable to the Buyers and their Affiliates, and the Buyers shall provide to the ING Companies certifications of their appointed actuaries or senior officers to that effect.

Section 7.24. OM Treaties . From and after the Closing Date until December 31, 2009, the Buyers agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the recapture of the OM Treaties. The Buyers, the Sellers and the ING Companies agree that from and after the Closing Date, neither the Buyers nor the Sellers shall have any liabilities or obligations in respect of any obligation to pay any portion of any investment income under the OM Treaties, as contemplated by paragraph G of the ING Letter Agreement. In all other respects, however, the ING Companies and the Buyers shall treat the matters addressed in such paragraph G as described therein. For the avoidance of doubt, except as explicitly set forth above, the Buyers shall have no obligations under the ING Letter Agreement.

 

-58-


ARTICLE VIII

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 8.1. Conditions to Each Party’s Obligations . The respective obligations of each party to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and the other actions to be taken at the Closing are subject to the satisfaction or waiver on or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

(a) Governmental Approvals . All filings required to be made prior to the Closing Date with, and all consents, approvals, permits and authorizations required to be obtained prior thereto from, Governmental Entities in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents by the Sellers, the Buyers, and the ING Companies as set forth in Sections 3.3 and 4.3 of the Sellers Disclosure Letter, Section 5.3 of the Buyers Disclosure Letter and Section 6.3 of the ING Companies Disclosure Letter shall have been made or obtained.

(b) No Injunctions or Restraints . No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other Order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction and no statute, rule or regulation of any Governmental Entity preventing the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents shall be in effect or have the effect of making any of the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or otherwise prohibiting its consummation. No action shall have been instituted by a Governmental Entity and, at what would otherwise have been the Closing Date, remain pending before a Governmental Entity to restrain or prohibit or otherwise challenge the performance of the obligations of the parties hereto, nor shall any Governmental Entity have notified any party to this Agreement that the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby would constitute a violation of Law and that it intends to commence proceedings to restrain the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, to force divestiture if the same is consummated or to materially modify the terms or results of the transactions contemplated hereby unless such Governmental Entity shall have withdrawn such notice, or has otherwise indicated in writing that it will not take any action, prior to what would otherwise have been the Closing Date.

(c) Collateral Facilities . The transactions contemplated by Section 7.8(a)(with respect to UHRL) shall have been completed, which completion shall include (i) the receipt of any third party consents required therefor, (ii) the termination of the Security Trust Agreement associated with the UHRL transaction and (iii) the release of the assets held pursuant to such Security Trust Agreement to the Sellers.

(d) Novation of Certain Treaties . Each of Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada and Manulife Insurance Company and any applicable affiliates thereof (each a “ Required Novating Reinsurer ”) will have entered into (i) a letter of intent on terms reasonably acceptable to the parties hereto with one or more Affiliates of each of SLD, SRUS and HLRUS providing for the Novation of the ING Retrocession Agreements to which such Required Novating Reinsurer is a party (provided that for purposes of this clause (i), ING Retrocession Agreements shall include only those ING Retrocession Agreements that are excess retrocession agreements) and (ii) a letter of intent on terms reasonably acceptable to the Buyers and the Sellers with one or more Affiliates of each of SRUS and HLRUS providing for the Novation of the Scottish Retrocession Agreements to which such Required Novating Reinsurer is a party with respect to the Reinsured Liabilities reinsured thereunder.

 

-59-


Section 8.2. Conditions to Obligations of the Buyers . The obligations of the Buyers to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and the other actions to be taken at the Closing are further subject to the satisfaction, or waiver by the Buyers, on or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Sellers and the ING Companies set forth in Articles III and VI of this Agreement, respectively (i) that are not qualified as to materiality or a Seller Material Adverse Effect or an ING Companies Material Adverse Effect, as applicable, shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (other than those representations and warranties that speak as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date), and (ii) that are qualified as to materiality or a Seller Material Adverse Effect or an ING Companies Material Adverse Effect, as applicable, shall be true and correct in all respects (without giving effect to such materiality or a Seller Material Adverse Effect or an ING Companies Material Adverse Effect, as applicable, qualifications contained in such representations and warranties) as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (other than those representations and warranties that speak as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct in all respects as of such date without giving effect to such materiality or a Seller Material Adverse Effect or an ING Companies Material Adverse Effect, as applicable, qualifications) except to the extent, in the aggregate, breaches of such representations and warranties described in this clause (ii) do not have a Seller Material Adverse Effect or an ING Companies Material Adverse Effect, as applicable; provided , that the representations and warranties of the Sellers set forth in the first sentence of Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date; and the Buyers shall have received certificates signed, respectively, (A) on behalf of each Seller by an executive officer of Parent to the effect set forth in this paragraph, and (B) on behalf of each of the ING Companies by an executive officer of each of the ING Companies to the effect set forth in this paragraph.

(b) Performance of Obligations of the Sellers and the ING Companies . The Sellers and the ING Companies shall have performed or complied with in all material respects all obligations, agreements and covenants required to be performed or complied with by it under this Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date, and the Buyers shall have received certificates signed, respectively, (i) on behalf of the Sellers by an executive officer of the Parent to such effect, and (ii) on behalf of each of the ING Companies by an executive officer of each ING Company to such effect.

 

-60-


(c) No Seller Material Adverse Effect . Since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have been any state of facts, event, change, effect, development, condition or occurrence (or, with respect to facts, events, changes, effects, developments, conditions, or occurrences existing prior to the date hereof, any worsening thereof) that, individually and in the aggregate, has had or would have a Seller Material Adverse Effect or an ING Companies Material Adverse Effect.

(d) New York Department of Insurance . The NY DOI shall not have advised HLRUS, formally or informally, that HLRUS will not be accredited as a reinsurer in New York for purposes of reinsurance ceded by SLD to HLRUS pursuant to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(e) Transaction Documents . The Sellers shall have executed and delivered to the Buyers counterparts of each of the Transaction Documents to which it or an Affiliate is a party. Also, each of the ING Companies shall have executed and delivered to the Buyers counterparts of each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

(f) Corporate Actions . All necessary corporate actions of the Sellers and the ING Companies in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents shall have been taken, and all such corporate actions of the Sellers and all documents and instruments incident thereto, shall be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the Buyers, and the Buyers shall have received all such documents and instruments, or copies thereof, certified if requested, as may be reasonably requested.

(g) Ballantyne . The transactions contemplated by Section 7.8(b)(i) (with respect to Ballantyne) shall have been completed, including obtaining any third party consents required therefore.

(h) Retrocession Agreements . The transactions contemplated by Section 7.11(b)(ii) shall have been completed, on the terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer.

(i) Leases . All required consents from the landlords or other Persons with respect to the Denver Lease Assignment and the Charlotte Lease Amendments have been obtained.

Section 8.3. Conditions to Obligations of the Sellers . The obligations of the Sellers to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and the other actions to be taken at the Closing are further subject to the satisfaction, or waiver by the Sellers, on or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Buyers and the ING Companies set forth in Articles V and VI of this Agreement, respectively (i) that are not qualified as to materiality or a Buyer Material Adverse Effect or an ING Companies Material Adverse Effect, as applicable, shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (other than those representations and warranties that speak as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date), and (ii) that are qualified as to materiality or a Buyer Material Adverse Effect or an ING Companies Material Adverse Effect, as applicable, shall be true and correct in all respects (without giving effect to such materiality or Buyer Material Adverse Effect or ING Companies Material Adverse Effect, as applicable, qualifications contained in such representations and warranties) as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (other than those representations and warranties that speak as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct in all respects as of such date without giving effect to such materiality or Buyer Material Adverse Effect or ING Companies Material Adverse Effect, as applicable, qualifications) except to the extent, in the aggregate, breaches of such representations and warranties described in this clause (ii) do not have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect or ING Companies Material Adverse Effect, as applicable; and the Parent shall have received certificates signed, respectively, (A) on behalf of each Buyer by an executive officer of each Buyer to the effect set forth in this paragraph, and (B) on behalf of each of the ING Companies by an executive officer of each of the ING Companies to the effect set forth in this paragraph.

 

-61-


(b) Performance of Obligations of the Buyers and the ING Companies . The Buyers and the ING Companies shall have performed or complied with in all material respects all their respective obligations, agreements and covenants required to be performed or complied with by it under this Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date, and the Parent shall have received certificates signed, respectively, (i) on behalf of each Buyer by an executive officer of each Buyer to such effect, and (ii) on behalf of each of the ING Companies by an executive officer of each of the ING Companies to such effect.

(c) Transaction Documents . Each Buyer shall have executed and delivered to the Sellers counterparts of each of the Transaction Documents to which it or an Affiliate is a party. Also, each of the ING Companies shall have executed and delivered to the Sellers counterparts of each of the Transaction Documents to which it or an Affiliate is a party.

(d) Corporate Authority . All necessary corporate actions of the Buyers and the ING Companies in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents shall have been taken, and all such corporate actions of the Buyers and all documents and instruments incident thereto, shall be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the Sellers, and the Sellers shall have received all such documents and instruments, or copies thereof, certified if requested, as may be reasonably required.

(e) Recapture of Certain Liabilities . Prior to or concurrent with the Closing, SRUS shall have recaptured all reinsured liabilities under, and terminated, that certain Yearly Renewable Term Reinsurance Agreement between SRUS and London Life Reinsurance Company, dated as of October 1, 2006, as amended.

Section 8.4. Conditions to Obligations of the ING Companies . The obligations of the ING Companies to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and the other actions to be taken at the Closing are further subject to the satisfaction, or waiver by the ING Companies, on or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Buyers and the Sellers set forth in Articles IV and V of this Agreement, respectively (i) that are not qualified as to materiality or a Buyer Material Adverse Effect or a Seller Material Adverse Effect, as applicable, shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (other than those representations and warranties that speak as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date), and (ii) that are qualified as to materiality or a Buyer Material Adverse Effect or a Seller Material Adverse Effect, as applicable, shall be true and correct in all respects (without giving effect to such materiality or Buyer Material Adverse Effect or Seller Material Adverse Effect, as applicable, qualifications contained in such representations and warranties) as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (other than those representations and warranties that speak as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct in all respects as of such date without giving effect to such materiality or Buyer Material Adverse Effect or Seller Material Adverse Effect, as applicable, qualifications) except to the extent, in the aggregate, breaches of such representations and warranties described in this clause (ii) do not have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect or Seller Material Adverse Effect, as applicable; and the Parent shall have received certificates signed, respectively, (A) on behalf of each Buyer by an executive officer of each Buyer to the effect set forth in this paragraph, and (B) on behalf of each Seller by an executive officer of the Parent to the effect set forth in this paragraph.

 

-62-


(b) Performance of Obligations of the Buyers and the Sellers . The Buyers and the Sellers shall have performed or complied with in all material respects all their respective obligations, agreements and covenants required to be performed or complied with by it under this Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date, and the ING Companies shall have received certificates signed, respectively, (i) on behalf of each Buyer by an executive officer of each Buyer to such effect, and (ii) on behalf of each Seller by an executive officer of the Parent to such effect.

(c) Transaction Documents . Each Buyer shall have executed and delivered to the ING Companies counterparts of each of the Transaction Documents to which it or an Affiliate is a party. Also, each Seller shall have executed and delivered to the ING Companies counterparts of each of the Transaction Documents to which it or an Affiliate is a party.

(d) Corporate Authority . All necessary corporate actions of the Buyers and the Sellers in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents shall have been taken, and all such corporate actions of the Buyers and the Sellers and all documents and instruments incident thereto, shall be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the ING Companies, and the ING Companies shall have received all such documents and instruments, or copies thereof, certified if requested, as may be reasonably required.

(e) New York Department of Insurance . The NY DOI shall not have advised SLD, formally or informally, that the NY DOI will not permit SLD to take reinsurance reserve credit for the business ceded to HLRUS pursuant to the SLD-HLRUS Reinsurance Agreement.

 

-63-


ARTICLE IX

TERMINATION PRIOR TO CLOSING

Section 9.1. Termination of Agreement . This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

(a) by mutual written consent of the Sellers, the Buyers and the ING Companies;

(b) by the Sellers, the Buyers or the ING Companies, if there shall be any Order of any Governmental Entity which prohibits or restrains any party from consummating the transactions contemplated hereby, and such Order shall have become final and nonappealable;

(c) by the Sellers or the Buyers or the ING Companies, if the Closing has not occurred on or prior to March 31, 2009 (the “ Outside Date ”); provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 9.1(c) shall not be available to a party if such party has failed to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement and such failure has been the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or prior to such date;

(d) by the Buyers, in the event of any breach by the Sellers or the ING Companies of any of the Sellers’ or the ING Companies’ respective agreements, representations or warranties contained herein that (i) would reasonably be expected to result in the failure of a condition set forth in Section 8.2 to be satisfied, and (ii) cannot be or has not been cured by the earlier of: (x) the thirtieth (30 th ) calendar day following receipt by the Sellers or the ING Companies, as applicable, of written notice from the Buyers of such breach, or (y) the Outside Date; or

(e) by the Sellers, in the event of any breach by the Buyers or the ING Companies of any of the Buyers’ or the ING Companies’ respective agreements, representations or warranties contained herein that (i) would reasonably be expected to result in the failure of a condition set forth in Section 8.3 to be satisfied and (ii) cannot be or has not been cured by the earlier of: (x) the thirtieth (30 th ) calendar day following receipt by the Buyers or the ING Companies, as applicable, of written notice from the Sellers of such breach, or (y) the Outside Date; or

(f) by the ING Companies, in the event of a breach by the Buyers or the Sellers of any of the Buyers’ or the Sellers’ respective agreements, representations or warranties contained herein that (i) would reasonably be expected to result in the failure of a condition set forth in Section 8.4 to be satisfied and (ii) cannot be or has not been cured by the earlier of: (x) the thirtieth (30 th ) calendar day following receipt by the Buyers or the Sellers, as applicable, of written notice from the ING Companies of such breach, or (y) the Outside Date.

Section 9.2. Procedure Upon Termination and Consequences . Either the Buyers , the Sellers or the ING Companies may terminate this Agreement when permitted pursuant to Section 9.1 by delivering written notice of such termination to the other parties, and such termination shall be effective upon delivery of such notice in accordance with Section 11.2. If this Agreement is terminated as provided herein, (a) the Buyers (and their respective agents and

 

-64-


representatives) shall return to the Sellers all documents, and other material obtained from the Sellers that constitutes confidential information under the Confidentiality Agreement, whether obtained before or after the execution hereof, (b) such termination shall not in any way limit the rights and remedies of any party against any other party which has breached any of the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other provisions of this Agreement prior to its termination, and (c) Section 7.14, Section 9.2, Article XI and the Confidentiality Agreement, including with respect to information that is subject to the Confidentiality Agreement pursuant to this Agreement, shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 10.1. Survival . The representations and warranties of the parties contained in this Agreement or in any certificate or other writing delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the Closing for a period of twelve (12) months following the Closing Date provided, however, that the representations and warranties made in Sections 3.2, 3.12, 4.2, 5.2 and 6.2 shall survive the Closing indefinitely; The covenants and agreements of the parties contained in this Agreement or in any certificate or other writing delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the Closing indefinitely or for any shorter period expressly specified therein. Notwithstanding the preceding sentences, any breach of representation, warranty, covenant or agreement in respect of which indemnity may be sought under this Agreement shall survive the time at which it would otherwise terminate pursuant to the preceding sentences, if notice of the inaccuracy or breach thereof giving rise to such right of indemnity shall have been given to the party against whom such indemnity may be sought prior to such time.

Section 10.2. Indemnification by the Parent . From and after the Closing, the Parent shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Buyers, their Affiliates, member, partners, directors, shareholders and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisers and representatives (collectively, the “ Buyer Indemnitees ”) from and against, and pay or reimburse the Buyer Indemnitees for, any and all damage, loss, liability, and expense (including reasonable expenses of investigation, enforcement and collection and reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and expenses in connection with any Litigation), whether or not involving a third party claim, but excluding consequential damages other than out-of-pocket damages resulting from the payment of consequential damages to a third party pursuant to a final judgment (collectively, “ Losses ”), resulting from or arising out of:

(a) any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty when made or deemed made by any Seller in or pursuant to this Agreement or any Transaction Document (other than the Scottish Re Administrative Services Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement);

(b) any failure of any Seller to perform any covenant or agreement under this Agreement or any Transaction Document (other than the Scottish Re Administrative Services Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement);

 

-65-


(c) any Excluded Liabilities;

(d) any matter relating to or arising from any Employee Benefit Plan established, maintained, sponsored, or contributed to by either the Parent or its Affiliates; or

(e) any infringement by any third party of the Seller Intellectual Property that is pending as of the Closing Date or that arises with respect to events occurring prior to the Closing Date.

Section 10.3. Indemnification by the Buyer . From and after the Closing, the Buyers shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Sellers and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisers and representatives (collectively, the “ Seller Indemnitees ”) from and against, and pay or reimburse the Seller Indemnitees for, any and all Losses resulting from or arising out of (a) any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Buyers in or pursuant to this Agreement or any Transaction Document (other than the Scottish Re Administrative Services Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement), (b) any failure of the Buyers to perform any covenant or agreement under this Agreement or any Transaction Document (other than the Scottish Re Administrative Services Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement) or (c) any Assumed Liabilities.

Section 10.4. Certain Limitations on Indemnification .

(a) After the Closing, except with respect to Losses (x) arising out of inaccuracies in or breaches of the representations and warranties contained in the first sentence of Section 3.1, and Section 3.2, or (y) arising out of fraud, bad faith, intentional misrepresentation or intentional omission by the Sellers, the Parent shall not be required to indemnify the Buyer Indemnitees for Losses under Section 10.2(a), (i) until the aggregate amount of all such Losses exceeds $5,000,000 (the “ Threshold ”), in which event the Parent shall be responsible for all Losses from the first dollar of such Losses, whether or not in excess of the Threshold or (ii) for Losses in the aggregate in excess of $75,000,000 (the “ Indemnity Cap ”).

(b) After the Closing, except with respect to Losses arising out of (x) inaccuracies in or breaches of the representations and warranties contained in the first sentence of Section 5.1, and Section 5.2, or (y) fraud, bad faith, intentional misrepresentation or intentional omission by the Buyers, the Buyers shall not be required to indemnify the Seller Indemnitees for Losses under Section 10.3(a), (i) until the aggregate amount of all such Losses exceeds the Threshold, in which event the Buyers shall be responsible for all Losses, whether or not in excess of the Threshold from the first dollar of such Losses, or (ii) for Losses in excess of the Indemnity Cap.

(c) The rights and remedies of any party in respect of any inaccuracy or breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement shall in no way be limited by the fact that the act, omission, occurrence or other state of facts or circumstances upon which any claim of any such inaccuracy or breach is based may also be the subject matter of any other representation, warranty, covenant or agreement as to which there is no inaccuracy or breach except as expressly provided herein.

 

-66-


(d) The indemnities provided for in this Article X shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the Buyer Indemnitees or the Seller Indemnitees, as the case may be, after the Closing for any inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of the Sellers or the Buyers, respectively, herein or any other breach of this Agreement; provided , that nothing herein shall limit in any way any such party’s remedies in respect of fraud, bad faith, intentional misrepresentation or omission or intentional misconduct by the other party in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. For the avoidance of doubt, this Article X shall not limit any remedies of any party for any breach of this Agreement by any other party in the event that there is not a Closing.

(e) No party to this Agreement (or any of its Affiliates) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the ING Companies) shall, in any event, be liable or otherwise responsible to any other party (or any of its Affiliates) for any punitive, exemplary or special damages of such other party (or any of its Affiliates) arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the performance or breach hereof, other than any such damages arising in connection with a Third Party Claim (as defined below).

(f) To the extent that any Losses for which indemnification is sought from the Sellers pursuant to this Article X result from actions or the failure to take action by the Sellers or any of their Subsidiaries that the Buyers caused the Sellers or such Subsidiary to take or fail to take, directly or indirectly, the Sellers shall not be required to provide any indemnity for such Losses.

(g) For purposes of determining the amount of Losses to be indemnified pursuant to this Article X (but not for purposes of determining whether an inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty has occurred), any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty (other than the representation and warranty contained in Section 3.7) shall be determined without regard to any materiality, Seller Material Adverse Effect, or similar qualification contained in or otherwise applicable to such representation or warranty.

(h) To the extent that a Buyer Indemnitee or a Seller Indemnitee has received payment in respect of a Loss pursuant to the provisions of another Transaction Document such Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification for such Loss under this Agreement (including pursuant to Section 10.6), but only to the extent of such payment.

Section 10.5. Third Party Claim Procedures . In the case of any Litigation asserted by a third party (a “ Third Party Claim ”) against a party entitled to indemnification under this Agreement (the “ Indemnified Party ”), notice shall be given by the Indemnified Party to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of such Third Party Claim, and the Indemnified Party shall permit the Indemnifying Party (at the expense of such Indemnifying Party and so long as the Indemnifying Party acknowledges in writing its obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party for Losses related to such Third Party Claim) to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim, provided , that (a) counsel for the Indemnifying Party who shall conduct the defense of such Third Party Claim shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such Indemnified Party’s expense, and (b) the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligation under this Agreement except to the extent that such failure results in a lack of actual notice to the Indemnifying Party and such Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced as a result of such failure to give notice. If the Indemnifying Party does not promptly assume the defense of such Third Party Claim following notice thereof, the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to assume and control such defense and to settle or agree to pay in full such Third Party Claim without the consent of the Indemnifying Party without prejudice to the ability of the Indemnified Party to enforce its claim for indemnification against the Indemnifying Party hereunder. Except with the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, no Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such Third Party Claim, shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that (i) provides for injunctive or other nonmonetary relief affecting the Indemnified Party, (ii) does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by each claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of an irrevocable release from all liability with respect to such Third Party Claim, or (iii) would restrict such Indemnified Party’s ability to conduct its business in the ordinary course or would otherwise have a materially adverse impact on the business of the Indemnified Party. If the Indemnified Party in good faith determines that the conduct of the defense or any proposed settlement of any Third Party Claim would reasonably be expected to affect adversely the Indemnified Party’s Tax liability or the ability of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to conduct its business, or that the Indemnified Party may have available to it one or more defenses or counterclaims that are inconsistent with one or more of those that may be available to the Indemnifying Party in respect of such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right at all times to take over and control the defense, settlement, negotiation or Litigation relating to any such Third Party Claim at the sole cost of the Indemnifying Party, provided , that if the Indemnified Party does so take over and control, the Indemnified Party shall not settle such Third Party Claim without the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In any event, the Sellers and the Buyers shall cooperate in the defense of any Third Party Claim subject to this Article X and the records of each shall be reasonably available to the other with respect to such defense.

 

-67-


Section 10.6. Additional Indemnification Obligations .

(a) Indemnification by the Buyers . From and after the Closing, the Buyers shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the ING Companies and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisers and representatives (collectively, the “ ING Indemnitees ”) from and against, and pay or reimburse the ING Indemnitees for, any and all Losses resulting from or arising out of any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Buyers in or pursuant to Sections 5.1 through 5.5 of this Agreement.

(b) Indemnification by the Parent . From and after the Closing, the Parent shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the ING Indemnitees from and against, and pay or reimburse the ING Indemnitees for, any and all Losses resulting from or arising out of any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Seller in or pursuant to Article IV of this Agreement.

 

-68-


(c) Indemnification by the ING Companies . From and after the Closing, the ING Companies shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer Indemnities and the Seller Indemnitees from and against, and pay or reimburse the Buyer Indemnitees or Seller Indemnitees, as applicable, for, any and all Losses resulting from or arising out of any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the ING Companies in or pursuant to Article VI of this Agreement.

(d) Limitations on Indemnification . Except with respect to Losses arising out of (x) inaccuracies in or breaches of the representations and warranties contained in the first sentence of Sections 4.1 or 4.2 in the case of the Parent, or Sections 5.1 or 5.2 in the case of the Buyers, or Sections 6.1 or 6.2 in the case of the ING Companies, or (y) fraud, bad faith, intentional misrepresentation or intentional omission by the Sellers, the Buyers or the ING Companies:

(i) The Buyers shall not be required to indemnify the ING Indemnitees for Losses under Section 10.6(a) until the aggregate amount of such Losses exceeds $100,000, in which event the Buyers shall be responsible for all Losses from the first dollar of such Losses, whether or not in excess such amount. In addition, the Buyers shall not be required to indemnify the ING Indemnitees for Losses under Section 10.6(a) for Losses in the aggregate in excess of $5,000,000.

(ii) The Parent shall not be required to indemnify the ING Indemnitees for Losses under Section 10.6(b) until the aggregate amount of such Losses exceeds $100,000, in which event the Parent shall be responsible for all Losses from the first dollar of such Losses, whether or not in excess such amount. In addition, the Parent shall not be required to indemnify the ING Indemnitees for Losses under Section 10.6(b) for Losses in the aggregate in excess of $5,000,000.

(iii) The ING Companies shall not be required to indemnify the Buyer Indemnitees or the Seller Indemnitees for Losses under Section 10.6(c) until the aggregate amount of such Losses for the Buyer Indemnitees or the Seller Indemnitees, as applicable, exceeds $100,000, in which event the ING Companies shall be responsible to the Buyer Indemnitees or the Seller Indemnitees, as applicable, for all Losses from the first dollar of such Losses, whether or not in excess such amount. In addition, the ING Companies shall not be required to indemnify the Buyer Indemnitees for Losses under Section 10.6(c) for Losses in the aggregate in excess of $5,000,000, and the ING Companies shall not be required to indemnify the Seller Indemnitees for Losses under Section 10.6(c) for Losses in the aggregate in excess of $5,000,000.

(e) The indemnities provided for in this Section 10.6 shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the ING Indemnitees, after the Closing, for any inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of the Sellers or the Buyers in this Agreement; provided , that nothing herein shall limit in any way the ING Companies’ remedies in respect of fraud, bad faith, intentional misrepresentation or omission or intentional misconduct by the Buyers or the Sellers in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

(f) The indemnities provided for in this Section 10.6 shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the Buyer Indemnitees and the Seller Indemnitees, after the Closing, for any inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of the ING Companies in this Agreement; provided , that nothing herein shall limit in any way the Buyers’ or the Sellers’ remedies in respect of fraud, bad faith, intentional misrepresentation or omission or intentional misconduct by the ING Companies in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

-69-


(g) For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 10.6 shall not limit any remedies of any party (i) for any breach of this Agreement by any other party in the event that there is not a Closing or (ii) for any breach of any other agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement.

(h) For purposes of determining the amount of Losses to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 10.6 (but not for purposes of determining whether an inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty has occurred), any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty shall be determined without regard to any materiality, Seller Material Adverse Effect, Buyer Material Adverse Effect, ING Companies Material Adverse Effect or similar qualification contained in or otherwise applicable to such representation or warranty.

(i) To the extent that an ING Indemnitee has received payment in respect of a Loss pursuant to the provisions of another Transaction Document, such ING Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification for such Loss under this Agreement, but only to the extent of such payment.

ARTICLE XI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 11.1. Fees and Expenses . If the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents are not consummated, each party hereto shall pay its own expenses.

Section 11.2. Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, by facsimile (which is confirmed) or sent by overnight courier (providing proof of delivery) to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

  (a) if to the Buyers, to

 

       Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America
       800 North Magnolia Avenue, Suite 1400
       Orlando, Florida 32803
       Attention: President

 

       with concurrent copies to:

 

       Hannover Life Reassurance (Ireland) Limited
       4 Custom House Plaza
       IFSC
       Dublin 1
       Ireland
       Attention: Managing Director

 

-70-


       and

 

       Locke Lord Bissell & Liddell LLP
       401 9th Street, N.W.
       Suite 400 South
       Washington, DC 20004
       Attention: William J. Kelty, III, Esq.

 

  (b) if to the Sellers, to

 

       Scottish Re Group Limited
       Crown House, Second Floor
       4 Par-la-Ville Road
       Hamilton, HM 08, Bermuda
       Fax: (441) 295-7576

 

       Attention: Paul Goldean, Esq.

 

       with concurrent copies to:

 

       Dewey & LeBoeuf LLP
       1301 Avenue of the Americas
       New York, NY 10019
       Fax: (212) 259-8000

 

       Attention: Stephen G. Rooney, Esq.

 

  (c) if to the ING Companies, to

 

       Security Life of Denver Insurance Company
       Attention: President
       c/o ING North America Insurance Corporation
       5780 Powers Ferry Road NW
       Atlanta, GA 30327

 

       with concurrent copies to:

 

       ING North America Insurance Corporation
       5780 Powers Ferry Road NW
       Atlanta, GA 30327
       Attention: Corporate General Counsel

 

       and

 

       David A. Massey, Esq.
       Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP
       1275 Pennsylvania Ave., NW
       Washington, DC 20004-2415

 

-71-


Section 11.3. Interpretation . When a reference is made in this Agreement to a Section, Exhibit, or Schedule, such reference shall be to a Section of, or an Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” Whenever this Agreement refers to a date when a payment is “due to be paid” with respect to a payment that is required to be paid on or after a date, but prior to a later date, it shall mean the earliest of such dates. Whenever the singular is used herein, the same shall include the plural, and whenever the plural is used herein, the same shall include the singular, where appropriate.

Section 11.4. Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement (including the Sellers Disclosure Letter, the Buyers Disclosure Letter the ING Companies Disclosure Letter and all Exhibits hereto), together with the other Transaction Documents and the Confidentiality Agreement, supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among the parties with respect to such subject matter, including the non-binding Final Term Sheet entered into by and among the Parent, Hannover Ruckversicherungs AG and the ING Companies on December 18, 2008. To the extent the provisions of any Transaction Document other than this Agreement are inconsistent with this Agreement, the provisions of such Transaction Document shall supersede the inconsistent provisions of this Agreement with respect to the parties to such Transaction Document. Except for the provisions of Article X (which shall be for the benefit of the Buyer Indemnitees and the Seller Indemnitees), this Agreement is not intended to confer upon any Person other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder.

Section 11.5. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its principles or rules of conflict of laws to the extent such principles or rules are not mandatorily applicable by statute and would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction, in each case without giving effect to its principles or rules of conflict of laws to the extent such principles or rules are not mandatorily applicable by statute and would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

Section 11.6. Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement shall be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise by any of the parties without the prior written consent of the other parties, and any such assignment that is not consented to shall be null and void. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties and their respective successors and assigns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 11.6, the Buyers may assign, without the prior written consent of any other parties hereto, all or any portion of its respective rights, benefits or obligations hereunder to an Affiliate, provided , that no such assignment shall relieve the Buyers of obligations under this Agreement that have not been performed timely by any such Affiliate assignee.

 

-72-


Section 11.7. Amendments . This Agreement may be amended, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended, and the terms hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by each of the parties hereto or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance.

Section 11.8. Enforcement .

(a) The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to, in addition to any other remedies at law or otherwise, specific performance of this Agreement or an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any court of the United States or any state court which in either case is located in the City of New York (any such federal or state court, a “ New York Court ”), in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. In addition, each of the parties hereto (a) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of any New York Court in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction or venue by motion or other request for leave from any such New York Court.

(b) Each Seller agrees that service of all writs, process and summonses in any suit, action or proceeding brought in connection with this Agreement against such Seller in any New York Court may be made upon CT Corporation System, at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10011, whom such Seller irrevocably appoints as its authorized agent for service of process. Each Seller represents and warrants that CT Corporation System has agreed to act as its agent for service of process. Each Seller agrees that such appointment shall be irrevocable until the irrevocable appointment by such Seller of a successor in the City of New York as its authorized agent for such purpose and the acceptance of such appointment by such successor. Each Seller further agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. If CT Corporation System shall cease to act as the agent for service of process for a Seller, such Seller shall appoint without delay, another such agent and provide prompt written notice to the Buyers of such appointment.

(c) Each Buyer agrees that service of all writs, process and summonses in any suit, action or proceeding brought in connection with this Agreement against such Buyer in any New York Court may be made upon Kevin J. Walsh at Locke Lord Bissell & Liddell LLP, 885 Third Avenue, 26th Floor, New York, New York 10022, whom such Buyer irrevocably appoints as its authorized agent for service of process. Each Buyer represents and warrants that Kevin J. Walsh has agreed to act as its agent for service of process. Each of the Buyers agrees that such appointment shall be irrevocable until the irrevocable appointment by such Buyer of a successor in the City of New York as its authorized agent for such purpose and the acceptance of such appointment by such successor. Each Buyer further agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. If Kevin J. Walsh shall cease to act as the agent for service of process for a Buyer, such Buyer shall appoint without delay, another such agent and provide prompt written notice to the Sellers of such appointment.

 

-73-


(d) Each ING Company agrees that service of all writs, process and summonses in any suit, action or proceeding brought in connection with this Agreement against such ING Company in any New York Court may be made upon CT Corporation System, at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10011, whom such ING Company irrevocably appoints as its authorized agent for service of process. Each ING Company represents and warrants that CT Corporation System has agreed to act as its agent for service of process. Each ING Company agrees that such appointment shall be irrevocable until the irrevocable appointment by such ING Company of a successor in the City of New York as its authorized agent for such purpose and the acceptance of such appointment by such successor. Each ING Company further agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. If CT Corporation System shall cease to act as the agent for service of process for an ING Company, such ING Company shall appoint without delay, another such agent and provide prompt written notice to the Sellers of such appointment.

Section 11.9. Severability .

(a) Whenever possible, each provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable Law, but if any provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable Law in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or portion of any provision in such jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion of any provision had never been contained herein.

(b) No delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party of any right, power or privilege, nor any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege, preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other such right, power or privilege.

Section 11.10. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties.

Section 11.11. Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the parties hereby expressly waives any right to trial by jury in any dispute, whether sounding in contract, tort or otherwise, between or among any of the parties arising out of or related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or any other instrument or document executed or delivered in connection herewith. Any party may file an original counterpart or a copy of this Agreement with any court as written evidence of the consent of the parties to the waiver of their right to trial by jury.

 

-74-


Section 11.12. No Conflict . The Buyers and the Sellers agree that, notwithstanding any current or prior representation of any Seller by Dewey & LeBoeuf LLP (“ D&L ”), D&L shall be allowed to represent the Sellers or any of their Affiliates in any matters and disputes (or any other matter), including in any matter or dispute adverse to the Buyers, any Seller that either is existing on the date hereof or that arises in the future and relates to this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and the Buyers and the Sellers hereby waive any claim they have or may have that D&L has a conflict of interest or is otherwise prohibited from engaging in such representation solely by reason of D&L’s prior representation of such Seller.

Section 11.13. Bulk Sales . The Sellers and the Buyers agree to waive compliance with Article 6 of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in each of the jurisdictions in which any of the Acquired Assets are located to the extent that such Article is applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

-75-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parent, SHI, SRUS, SRLB, SRD and HLRUS and HLRI and SLD and SLDI have caused this Agreement to be signed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the date first written above.

 

SCOTTISH RE GROUP LIMITED

By

  /s/ Paul Goldean
 

 

  Name: Paul Goldean

 

SCOTTISH HOLDINGS, INC

By

  /s/ Greg Klingenberg
 

 

  Name: Greg Klingenberg

 

SCOTTISH RE (U.S.), INC.

By

  /s/ Chris Shanahan
 

 

  Name: Chris Shanahan

 

SCOTTISH RE LIFE (BERMUDA) LIMITED

By

  /s/ Meredith A. Ratajczak
 

 

  Name: Meredith A. Ratajczak

 

SCOTTISH RE (DUBLIN) LIMITED

By

  /s/ Paul Goldean
 

 

  Name: Paul Goldean

Master Asset Purchase Agreement


HANNOVER LIFE REASSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

By

  /s/ Peter R. Schaefer
 

 

  Name:  Peter R. Schaefer
  Title:    President and CEO

 

By

  /s/ Jeffrey R. Burt
 

 

  Name:  Jeffrey R. Burt
  Title:    VP

 

HANNOVER LIFE REASSURANCE (IRELAND) LIMITED

By

  /s/ Debbie O’Hare
 

 

  Name:  Debbie O’Hare
  Title:    Managing Director

 

By

  /s/ Anna Fuhrmeister
 

 

  Name:  Anna Fuhrmeister
  Title:    Associate Director

 

SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INSURANCE COMPANY

By

  /s/ David S. Pendergrass
 

 

  Name:
  Title:

Master Asset Purchase Agreement


SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

By

  /s/ David S. Pendergrass
 

 

  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit 10.20

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

between

SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INSURANCE COMPANY

(referred to as the Company)

and

HANNOVER LIFE REASSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

(referred to as the Reinsurer)

Effective as of January 1, 2009

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

       Page   
  ARTICLE I   
  DEFINITIONS   

Section 1.1

  Definitions      1   
  ARTICLE II   
  BASIS OF COINSURANCE AND BUSINESS COINSURED   

Section 2.1

  Reinsurance      6   

Section 2.2

  Reinsurance Coverage      7   

Section 2.3

  Reserves      7   

Section 2.4

  Insurance Contract and Reserve Assumption Changes      8   
  ARTICLE III   
  TRANSFER OF ASSETS; ACCOUNTING; ADMINISTRATION   

Section 3.1

  Payments by the Company      8   

Section 3.2

  Settlement      8   

Section 3.3

  Modified Coinsurance      9   

Section 3.4

  Delayed Payments      9   

Section 3.5

  Offset and Recoupment Rights      9   

Section 3.6

  Administration      9   

Section 3.7

  Certain Reports      9   
  ARTICLE IV   
  LICENSES; REPORTS; SECURITY   

Section 4.1

  Licenses      10   

Section 4.2

  Reports      10   

Section 4.3

  Security      10   

Section 4.4

  Credit for Reinsurance      12   
  ARTICLE V   
  OVERSIGHTS; COOPERATION; REGULATORY MATTERS   

Section 5.1

  Oversights      12   

Section 5.2

  Cooperation      12   

Section 5.3

  Regulatory Matters      12   
  ARTICLE VI   
  DAC TAX   

Section 6.1

  Election      12   

 

-i-


  ARTICLE VII   
  ARBITRATION   

Section 7.1

  Arbitration      14   

Section 7.2

  Arbitration Procedure      14   
  ARTICLE VIII   
  INSOLVENCY   

Section 8.1

  Insolvency of the Company      15   
  ARTICLE IX   
  DURATION; RECAPTURE   

Section 9.1

  Duration      16   

Section 9.2

  Survival      16   

Section 9.3

  Recapture      16   

Section 9.4

  Recapture Payments      17   

Section 9.5

  Payment Upon Termination      17   
  ARTICLE X   
  INDEMNIFICATION; DISCLAIMER   

Section 10.1

  Reinsurer’s Obligation to Indemnify      18   

Section 10.2

  Company’s Obligation to Indemnify      18   

Section 10.3

  Indemnification Procedures      18   

Section 10.4

  Disclaimer      19   
  ARTICLE XI   
  MISCELLANEOUS   

Section 11.1

  Notices      19   

Section 11.2

  Entire Agreement      20   

Section 11.3

  Captions      20   

Section 11.4

  Governing Law and Jurisdiction      21   

Section 11.5

  No Third Party Beneficiaries      21   

Section 11.6

  Expenses      21   

Section 11.7

  Counterparts      21   

Section 11.8

  Severability      21   

Section 11.9

  Waiver of Jury Trial; Multiplied and Punitive Damages      21   

Section 11.10

  Treatment of Confidential Information      22   

Section 11.11

  Assignment      22   

Section 11.12

  Service of Process      22   

 

-ii-


REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

THIS REINSURANCE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into on February 20, 2009, effective as of 12:01 a.m. New York time on January 1, 2009 (the “ Effective Time ”) by and between Security Life of Denver Insurance Company, a Colorado- domiciled life insurance company (the “ Company ” or “ SLD ”) and Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America, a Florida-domiciled life insurance company (the “ Reinsurer ”).

WHEREAS , the Company, Security Life of Denver International Limited, a Bermuda-domiciled insurance company (“ SLDI ” and together with the Company, the “ ING Companies ”), Scottish Re Group Limited (“ SRGL ”), Scottish Holdings, Inc. (“ SHI ”), Scottish Re (U.S.), Inc. (“SRUS”), Scottish Re Life (Bermuda) Limited, (“ SRLB ”), Scottish Re (Dublin) Limited (“ SRD ” and together with SRGL, SHI, SRUS and SRLB, the “Sellers”), the Reinsurer and Hannover Life Reassurance (Ireland) Limited (“ HLRI ” and together with Reinsurer, the “ Buyers ”) have entered into a Master Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2009 (the “ Asset Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Sellers, the Buyers and the ING Companies have agreed to replace SRUS and SRLB with the Reinsurer and HLRI as the reinsurers of certain of the individual life reinsurance business of the Company and SLDI acquired by Sellers pursuant an Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among the ING Companies, SRGL, SRLB and SRUS, dated as of October 17, 2004, as amended (the “ ING APA ”);

WHEREAS , as contemplated by the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company wishes to cede and retrocede to the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer wishes to indemnity reinsure, on a one-hundred percent (100%) coinsurance/modified coinsurance or coinsurance basis, as set forth herein, the Covered Insurance Contracts (as hereinafter defined); and

WHEREAS , the Company wishes the Reinsurer to perform, or cause the performance of, certain administrative functions on behalf of the Company with respect to the Covered Insurance Contracts, and the Company, SLDI and the Reinsurer have entered into an Administrative Services Agreement of even date herewith (the “Administrative Services Agreement”) pursuant to which the Reinsurer shall provide, or cause the provision of, such administrative services;

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual and several promises and undertakings herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Reinsurer agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . Any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement. The following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below throughout this Agreement:

180-Day Treasury Rate ” means the annual yield rate, on the date to which the 180-Day Treasury Rate relates, of actively traded U.S. Treasury securities having a remaining duration to maturity of six (6) months, as such rate is published under “Treasury Constant Maturities” in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519).


Accounting Period ” means each calendar quarter during the term of this Agreement or any fraction thereof ending on the Recapture Date or the Termination Date, as applicable.

Additional Reinsurance Premium ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

Administrative Services Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals. “Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Asset Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Benefit Payments ” means, with respect to any Accounting Period, the aggregate amount of payments that become due pursuant to Section 2.1(b) during such Accounting Period.

Buyers ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Commissioner ” means the Commissioner of the Colorado Division of Insurance. “Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Company Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 of this Agreement.

Confidential Information ” means all documents and information concerning one party, any of its Affiliates, the Reinsured Liabilities or the Covered Insurance Contracts, including any information relating to any person insured directly or indirectly under the Covered Insurance Contracts, furnished to the other party or such other party’s Affiliates or representatives in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, except that Confidential Information shall not include information which: (a) at the time of disclosure or thereafter is generally available to and known by the public other than by way of a wrongful disclosure by a party hereto or by any representative of a party hereto; (b) was available on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the parties hereto or their representatives, provided that such source is not and was not bound by a confidentiality agreement with a party hereto; or (c) was independently developed without violating any obligations under this Agreement and without the use of any Confidential Information.

Covered Insurance Contracts ” means all ING Insurance Contracts, whether or not executed, entered into by the Company and reinsured immediately prior to the Effective Time under the SLD-SRUS Reinsurance Agreements other than the SLD-SRUS UHRL Reinsurance Agreement and the Second Amended and Restated SLD Coinsurance Agreement, effective as of October 1, 2008, between SRUS and SLD, including without limitation the reinsurance agreements listed on Schedule 1.1(a). The parties agree to update Schedule 1.1(a) from time to time to reflect Covered Insurance Contracts entered into in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or discovered after the Effective Time.

Effective Time ” means the effective time shown in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

-2-


Existing Reinsurance ” means all reinsurance agreements that the Company has entered into with third parties in respect of the Covered Insurance Contracts, including without limitation the ING Retrocession Agreements entered into by the Company (other than the ING Retrocession Agreements that are novated to the Reinsurer in accordance with Section 7.11(b) of the Asset Purchase Agreement), and any reinsurance agreement entered into by the Company to replace any of such reinsurance agreements following any termination or recapture thereof, as all such reinsurance agreements may be in force from time to time and at any time.

HLRI ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

IFRS ” means the accounting principles for the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union.

IFRS Reserves ” means the reserves and other liabilities of the Reinsurer in respect of the Reinsured Liabilities calculated under IFRS in accordance with the assumptions set forth in Exhibit B; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, “IFRS Reserves” shall be net of (a) deferred acquisition costs or (b) value of business acquired, but shall include reserves for business assumed on a modified coinsurance basis.

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3 of this Agreement. “Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

Independent Accountants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(f) of this Agreement.

Independent Actuary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(e) of this Agreement.

ING APA ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

ING Companies ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

ING Insurance Contracts ” means the life reinsurance contracts entered into by the Company or SLDI and covered immediately prior to the Effective Time under the SLD- SRUS Reinsurance Agreements and the SLDI-SRLB Reinsurance Agreements.

Initial Security Amount Posting Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a) of this Agreement.

Modified Coinsurance Adjustment ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A. “Modified Coinsurance Amount” means, with respect to any Accounting Period, the aggregate amount held by ceding companies as modified coinsurance reserves under the Covered Insurance Contracts ceded on a coinsurance/modified coinsurance basis as of the close of such Accounting Period.

 

-3-


Modified Coinsurance Investment Income ” shall be equal to the investment income earned on the assets held in respect of the modified coinsurance reserves under the Covered Insurance Contracts ceded on a coinsurance/modified coinsurance basis.

Net Settlement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 of this Agreement. “Premiums” means premiums, considerations, deposits and similar receipts with respect to the Covered Insurance Contracts.

RBC Formula ” means the formula for determining the risk-based capital for life insurance set forth in the instructions for preparing a risk-based capital report as adopted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners and as in effect in the State of Florida from time to time.

Recapture Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3 of this Agreement. “Recapture Triggering Event” means any of the following occurrences:

(i) the existence of an insolvency, rehabilitation, conservation or comparable proceeding by or against the Reinsurer;

(ii) the Reinsurer’s “total adjusted capital” (as such term is defined in, and calculated pursuant to, the RBC Formula) falls below 100% of the Reinsurer’s “company action level risk-based capital” (as such term is defined in, and calculated pursuant to, the RBC Formula) and is not increased to at least 100% within thirty (30) calendar days after the date upon which the Reinsurer is required to provide to the Company the report pursuant to Section 3.7 of this Agreement; or

(iii) a Recapture Triggering Event has occurred under the SLDI-HLRI Reinsurance Agreement.

Received Amounts ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A. “Reinsurance IMR” the interest maintenance reserve associated with the reinsurance of the Covered Insurance Contracts ceded on a coinsurance/modified coinsurance basis.

Reinsurance IMR Investment Income ” shall be equal to the investment income earned on the assets supporting the Reinsurance IMR.

Reinsured Liabilities ” means all gross liabilities and obligations arising out of or relating to the Covered Insurance Contracts arising on or after the Effective Time (including without limitation, to the extent arising on or after the Effective Time, (a) all liabilities arising out of any changes to the terms and conditions of the Covered Insurance Contracts mandated by applicable Law, (b) Taxes due in respect of Premiums to the extent such Taxes relate to Premiums received by or accrued by the Reinsurer on or after the Effective Time, (c) assessments and similar charges in connection with participation by the Company or the Reinsurer whether voluntary or involuntary in any guaranty association established or governed by any U.S. state or other jurisdiction to the extent such assessments and charges relate to periods beginning on or after the Effective Time, (d) commissions payable with respect to the Covered Insurance Contracts to or for the benefit of the producers or intermediaries who marketed or produced the Covered Insurance Contracts to the extent such commissions relate to periods beginning on or after the Effective Time, (e) liabilities for returns or refunds of Premiums to the extent such returns or refunds relate to Premiums received by or accrued by the Reinsurer on or after the Effective Time, (f) expense allowances payable under the Covered Insurance Contracts to the extent such allowances relate to periods beginning on or after the Effective Time, (g) unclaimed property liabilities arising under or relating to the Covered Insurance Contracts, (h) Extra-Contractual Obligations and (i) experience refunds that relate to any Accounting Period completed after the Effective Time) other than Retained Reinsurance Liabilities, net of benefits collected under Existing Reinsurance attributable to periods on or after the Effective Time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as to any Covered Insurance Contract pursuant to which the Company has ceded any risk to SLDI under Treaty 2774, effective July 1, 2000 and as amended through and including the Effective Time, or under Treaty 2962, effective June 1, 2002 and as amended through and including the Effective Time, “Reinsured Liabilities” shall only include liabilities and obligations not ceded to SLDI under either of such treaties.

 

-4-


Reinsurer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Reinsurer Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2 of this Agreement.

Reserves ” means the reserves and other liabilities in respect of the Reinsured Liabilities required to be maintained by the Reinsurer in accordance with SAP.

SAP ” means the statutory accounting principles prescribed or permitted by the Florida Office of Insurance Regulation.

Security Amount ” means with respect to any Accounting Period during which an Initial Security Amount Posting Date occurs or beginning after an Initial Security Amount Posting Date and prior to the related Security Amount Release Date, the excess of (i) the IFRS Reserves as of the end of the prior Accounting Period, updated to reflect the actual mortality experience under the Covered Insurance Contracts from the Effective Time to the date on which the Security Triggering Event giving rise to such Initial Security Amount Posting Date occurred over (ii) the Modified Coinsurance Amount as of the end of the prior Accounting Period.

Security Amount Adjustment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b) of this Agreement.

Security Amount Adjustment Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b) of this Agreement.

Security Amount Release Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(d) of this Agreement.

Security Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of the following: the insurer financial strength rating of the Reinsurer is downgraded to below “A-” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

Sellers ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

-5-


Settlement Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

SHI ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

SLDI ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Special Duty ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4 of this Agreement.

SRD ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

SRGL ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

SRLB ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

SRUS ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Statutory Financial Statements ” means, with respect to any party, the annual and quarterly statutory financial statements of such party filed with the Governmental Entity charged with supervision of insurance companies in the jurisdiction of domicile of such party to the extent such party is required by applicable Law to prepare and file such financial statements.

Triggering Event ” means a Recapture Triggering Event or a Security Triggering Event.

Terminal Accounting Period ” means the Accounting Period during which the Recapture Date, if any, or the Termination Date, if any, occurs.

Terminal Settlement Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4 of this Terminal.

Termination Date ” means the date on which this Agreement is terminated in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article IX hereof.

Third Party Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

BASIS OF COINSURANCE AND BUSINESS COINSURED

Section 2.1 Reinsurance .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby cedes on a combination coinsurance/modified coinsurance basis or a coinsurance basis, as specified on Schedule 1.1(a), to the Reinsurer as of the Effective Time, and the Reinsurer hereby accepts and agrees to assume and indemnity reinsure on such basis as of the Effective Time, one hundred percent (100%) of all Reinsured Liabilities arising under or relating to the Covered Insurance Contracts. This Agreement is an agreement for indemnity reinsurance solely between the Company and the Reinsurer and shall not create any legal relationship whatsoever between the Reinsurer and any Person other than the Company. The reinsurance effected under this Agreement shall be maintained in force, without reduction, unless such reinsurance is terminated or reduced as provided herein.

 

-6-


(b) On and after the Effective Time, the Reinsurer will have the responsibility for paying to or on behalf of the Company, as and when due, all Reinsured Liabilities arising under or attributable to the Covered Insurance Contracts.

Section 2.2 Reinsurance Coverage . In no event shall the reinsurance provided hereunder with respect to a particular Covered Insurance Contract be in force and binding unless such Covered Insurance Contract is in force and binding as of the Effective Time; provided, however, that the Covered Insurance Contracts reinsured hereunder shall include (a) all lapsed or surrendered insurance contracts subject to the reinsurance hereunder, that are reinstated in accordance with their terms on and after the Effective Time and (b) all unexecuted Covered Insurance Contracts. Upon the reinstatement of any lapsed or surrendered policy included within Covered Insurance Contracts, such reinstated Covered Insurance Contract shall be automatically reinsured hereunder, when, and to the extent that, the Company is liable under such reinstated Covered Insurance Contract.

Section 2.3 Reserves . On and after the Effective Time, the Reinsurer shall establish and maintain as a liability on its Statutory Financial Statements, Reserves for the Covered Insurance Contracts ceded hereunder, calculated consistent with the reserve requirements, SAP and actuarial principles applicable to the Reinsurer under Florida Law and otherwise in accordance with any valuation bases and methods of determining reserves that may be provided in the Covered Insurance Contracts. The Reinsurer shall provide the Company, no later than one-hundred and eighty (180) calendar days after the end of each calendar year, with copies of all actuarial opinions and actuarial memoranda and all reserve evaluations pertaining to the Reserves for the Covered Insurance Contracts, including, without limitation, any actuarial opinions and reserve evaluations performed by independent actuaries, auditors or other outside consultants. The Company may, at its own cost at any time, upon reasonable notice to the Reinsurer following the Effective Time, examine the Books and Records, and any other books and records that would have been included in the Books and Records had they been in existence at the Effective Time, maintained by the Reinsurer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and review the Reinsurer’s reserve procedures, in each case as applicable to the Reinsured Liabilities. If as a result of such examination the Company believes that the Reserves are not consistent with the requirements of the first sentence of this Section 2.3 in all material respects, the Reinsurer shall, at the Company’s request and expense, obtain and deliver to the Company an actuarial opinion as to the adequacy of the Reserves for the Covered Insurance Contracts produced by an independent actuary reasonably acceptable to the Company. In the event that the actuarial opinion so rendered reasonably indicates a material inadequacy in the Reserves for the Covered Insurance Contracts, or in the Reinsurer’s reserve procedures, the Reinsurer shall promptly adjust the amount of the Reserves for the Covered Insurance Contracts, and implement appropriate changes to its procedures so as to avoid inadequacies in future periods; provided , however , the Reinsurer shall have the right to contest the findings of such actuarial opinion in accordance with the provisions of Article VII.

 

-7-


Section 2.4 Insurance Contract and Reserve Assumption Changes . The Company shall not change (a) the terms and conditions of any Covered Insurance Contracts or (b) the assumptions and methods used to establish the reserves attributable to the Covered Insurance Contracts, except as required by applicable Law or with the consent of the Reinsurer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), and, in the event such a change is required by applicable Law, the Company shall notify the Reinsurer promptly upon becoming aware of the requirement to effect any such change and provide the Reinsurer the opportunity to contest such requirement.

ARTICLE III

TRANSFER OF ASSETS; ACCOUNTING; ADMINISTRATION

Section 3.1 Payments by the Company .

(a) As consideration for the Reinsurer’s agreement to provide reinsurance pursuant to this Agreement between the Company and the Reinsurer, the Company is transferring, as of the Effective Time, to the Reinsurer as an initial reinsurance premium, cash and securities in accordance with Section 2.2 of the Asset Purchase Agreement in an amount equal to $69,000,000.

(b) The Reinsurer shall be entitled prior to the Recapture Date, as additional reinsurance premium (the “ Additional Reinsurance Premium ”), to payment of amounts equal to Premiums received by the Company (and attributable to periods) on and after the Effective Time that are attributable to the Covered Insurance Contracts, net of premiums due to be paid to third party reinsurers for Existing Reinsurance in respect of the Covered Insurance Contracts; provided , however , that following the occurrence of a Recapture Triggering Event, the Company shall be entitled to retain such amounts as funds withheld under this Agreement, and following the occurrence of a Security Triggering Event, the Company shall be entitled to retain such amounts as funds withheld under this Agreement until such time as the Reinsurer posts security in accordance with Section 4.3. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Company retains all right, title and interest to all Premiums and other amounts received with respect to the Covered Insurance Contracts, subject to its contractual obligations under this Agreement to pay corresponding amounts over to the Reinsurer in accordance with Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

(c) To the extent that the Company recovers amounts from any third party attributable to the Covered Insurance Contracts and to periods beginning on or after the Effective Time (including, without limitation, Premiums in arrears from a policyholder or ceding company with respect to a reinstated Covered Insurance Contract net of any amounts due to third parties under Existing Reinsurance, litigation recoveries, and experience refunds, but excluding amounts recovered under Existing Reinsurance), the Company shall transfer such amounts to the Reinsurer and provide the Reinsurer with any pertinent information that the Company may have relating thereto in accordance with Section 3.2 hereof.

Section 3.2 Settlement . During the term of this Agreement, a settlement amount between the Company and the Reinsurer as of the last day of each Accounting Period (the “Net Settlement”) shall be calculated by the Reinsurer in accordance with Exhibit A, and a statement setting forth such calculation (the “Settlement Statement”) shall be delivered by the Reinsurer to the Company within 30 calendar days of the end of such Accounting Period in accordance with the Administrative Services Agreement. If the amount of the Net Settlement for an Accounting Period is positive, the Company shall pay such amount to the Reinsurer within 5 Business Days of its receipt of the Settlement Statement for such Accounting Period. If the amount of the Net Settlement for an Accounting Period is negative, the Reinsurer shall pay the absolute value of such amount to the Company at the time it delivers the Settlement Statement for such Accounting Period to the Company.

 

-8-


Section 3.3 Modified Coinsurance .

(a) The Company shall retain, maintain, and own, or shall permit the ceding companies under the Covered Insurance Contracts to retain, maintain, and own, assets held in respect of the Reinsured Liabilities ceded on a coinsurance/modified coinsurance basis in an amount equal to the Modified Coinsurance Amount.

(b) Simultaneously with the payment of the initial reinsurance premium pursuant to Section 3.1(a), the Company shall withhold from the Reinsurer an amount equal to the Modified Coinsurance Amount, if any, as at the Effective Time as an initial modified coinsurance adjustment.

Section 3.4 Delayed Payments . If there is a delayed settlement of any payment due hereunder, interest will accrue on such payment at the 180-Day Treasury Rate then in effect until settlement is made. For purposes of this Section 3.4, a payment will be considered overdue, and such interest will begin to accrue, on the first day immediately following the date such payment is due. For greater clarity, (i) a payment shall be deemed to be due hereunder on the last date on which such payment may be timely made under the applicable provision, and (ii) interest will not accrue on any payment due the Reinsurer hereunder unless the delayed settlement thereof was caused by the Company.

Section 3.5 Offset and Recoupment Rights . Any debits or credits incurred on and after the Effective Time in favor of or against either the Company or Reinsurer with respect to this Agreement or any other reinsurance agreements or trust agreements that constitute Related Agreements or otherwise are deemed mutual debits or credits, as the case may be, shall be set off and recouped, and only the net balance shall be allowed or paid. This Section 3.5 shall apply notwithstanding the existence of any insolvency, rehabilitation, conservatorship or comparable proceeding by or against the Company or the Reinsurer.

Section 3.6 Administration . The Reinsurer will administer, or cause the administration of, the Covered Insurance Contracts and cause quarterly accountings with respect thereto to be provided to the Company in accordance with the Administrative Services Agreement. All reports, remittances and payments due to or from a party hereto shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Administrative Services Agreement.

Section 3.7 Certain Reports .

(a) Not later than sixty (60) calendar days after the end of each calendar year, and forty-five (45) calendar days after the end of any Accounting Period other than the Accounting Period ending on December 31, the Reinsurer shall provide to the Company a calculation of the Reinsurer’s “total adjusted capital” and “company action level risk-based capital” (as each such term is defined in, and calculated pursuant to, the RBC Formula), together with a certificate of an officer of the Reinsurer stating that such calculation is in accordance with the RBC Formula.

 

-9-


(b) The Reinsurer shall provide written notice of the occurrence of any Triggering Event within two (2) Business Days after its occurrence. The Company may request that the Reinsurer provide the Company with copies of its quarterly unaudited or annual audited, as applicable, Statutory Financial Statements to confirm the calculations provided by Reinsurer pursuant to this Section 3.7. In addition, Reinsurer shall cooperate fully with the Company and promptly respond to the Company’s reasonable inquiries from time to time concerning the determination of whether a Triggering Event has occurred.

ARTICLE IV

LICENSES; REPORTS; SECURITY

Section 4.1 Licenses . At all times during the term of this Agreement, the Reinsurer shall hold and maintain all licenses and authorizations required under applicable Law and otherwise take all action (i) so that the Company shall receive full statutory reserve credit for reinsurance ceded on a coinsurance basis under this Agreement in its Statutory Financial Statements filed with the Commissioner and in the statutory financial statements required to be filed with Governmental Entities charged with supervision of insurance companies in such other United States jurisdictions in which the Company must file such financial statements and (ii) to perform its obligations hereunder.

Section 4.2 Reports . At the Company’s request, the Reinsurer shall provide the Company with its annual and quarterly Statutory Financial Statements and a copy of its annual audited Statutory Financial Statements.

Section 4.3 Security .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Security Triggering Event, the Company shall have the right to require the Reinsurer to post security in an amount equal to the Security Amount. Not later than ten (10) Business Days following receipt by the Reinsurer of written notice from the Company requiring such security (the “ Initial Security Amount Posting Date ”), the Reinsurer shall calculate the Security Amount, provide written notice of such calculation to the Company and post security in such amount. At the option of the Reinsurer, such security may take the form of either (x) a letter of credit issued by a bank, and in a form, reasonably acceptable to the Company naming the Company as beneficiary or (y) assets (complying with the investment guidelines attached to the ING Asset Management Services Agreement) deposited in a trust account established for the benefit of Company on terms reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Reinsurer. In connection with the foregoing, the Reinsurer shall take all actions as may be necessary or desirable, or that the Company may reasonably request, in order to grant the Company a security interest in any assets deposited in trust pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

-10-


(b) For each Accounting Period beginning after an Initial Security Amount Posting Date and prior to the related Security Amount Release Date, the Reinsurer shall calculate the Security Amount with respect to such Accounting Period and provide written notice of the calculation of the Security Amount to the Company (the “ Security Amount Adjustment Notice ”), not later than thirty (30) calendar days after the end of the prior Accounting Period (the “ Security Amount Adjustment Date ”). If the Security Amount is reduced as of any Security Amount Adjustment Date, then the excess portion of any letter of credit posted as security pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be cancelled or the excess portion of the assets deposited in a trust account as security pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be returned to the Reinsurer, as the case may be, within two (2) Business Days of the delivery of the Security Amount Adjustment Notice to the Company. If the Security Amount is increased as of any Security Amount Adjustment Date, then the Reinsurer shall post the required additional security (in the form described in Section 4.3(a)) promptly upon delivery of the Security Amount Adjustment Notice to the Company.

(c) The Company hereby agrees that it shall draw on any letter of credit posted in respect of a Security Triggering Event or withdraw assets on deposit in a trust account in respect of a Security Triggering Event only if, and to the extent that, the Reinsurer fails to timely pay any material amount due to the Company hereunder and such amount remains unpaid for thirty (30) calendar days after notice to the Reinsurer of such nonpayment. Any amount drawn on a letter of credit or paid from a trust account pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be deemed to satisfy the Reinsurer’s requirement to make such payment.

(d) In the event that following a Security Triggering Event the insurer financial strength rating of the Reinsurer increases to at least “A-” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, then any letter of credit posted in respect of such Security Triggering Event shall be surrendered and cancelled or any amount held in trust in respect of such Security Triggering Event shall be returned to the Reinsurer, as the case may be, within two (2) Business Days after the date upon which the Reinsurer provides to the Company notice of such ratings increase (the “ Security Amount Release Date ”).

(e) The Company may contest the Reinsurer’s calculation of the Security Amount by providing an alternative calculation to the Reinsurer in writing within thirty (30) calendar days after the date on which the Company receives the Reinsurer’s calculation. If the Company contests the Reinsurer’s calculation of the Security Amount with respect to any Accounting Period, the parties shall act in good faith to reach an agreement as to the correct Security Amount for such Accounting Period within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which the Company submits its alternative calculation. If the Company and the Reinsurer are unable to reach an agreement as to the calculation of the Security Amount during such period, the parties may submit the dispute regarding the calculation of the Security Amount for resolution to an independent third party actuary mutually acceptable to the Company and the Reinsurer (the “ Independent Actuary ”). Upon the selection of the Independent Actuary, and in any event within five (5) calendar days following such selection, the parties shall cause the Independent Actuary to review the calculation of the Security Amount and to deliver to the Reinsurer and the Company as promptly as practicable (but no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the commencement of the Independent Actuary’s review), a report setting forth the Independent Actuary’s calculation of the Security Amount. Such report shall also state the fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Actuary and indicate which of the parties shall bear such costs or in what percentage such costs shall be allocated to the parties. The Independent Actuary’s report shall be final and binding upon the Reinsurer and the Company.

 

-11-


Section 4.4 Credit for Reinsurance . It is the intention of the Reinsurer and the Company that the Company shall receive full statutory reserve credit for the reinsurance ceded to the Reinsurer under this Agreement in its Statutory Financial Statements filed with the Commissioner and in the statutory financial statements required to be filed with Governmental Entities charged with supervision of insurance companies in such other United States jurisdictions in which the Company must file such financial statements. The Reinsurer shall, at its sole cost and expense, take all steps necessary such that the Company will be permitted under applicable Law to take such reserve credit for reinsurance ceded under this Agreement; provided that the Reinsurer shall have the option of selecting among the available alternatives under applicable Law to provide the Company with such reserve credit. In connection with the foregoing, the Reinsurer shall take all actions as may be necessary or desirable, or that the Company may reasonably request, in order to grant the Company a security interest in any assets deposited in any reinsurance trust established by the Reinsurer to provide the Company with such reserve credit.

ARTICLE V

OVERSIGHTS; COOPERATION; REGULATORY MATTERS

Section 5.1 Oversights . Inadvertent delays, errors or omissions made in connection with this Agreement or any transaction hereunder shall not relieve either party from any liability which would have attached had such delay, error or omission not occurred, provided always that such error or omission is rectified as soon as possible after discovery, and provided , further , that the party making such error or omission or responsible for such delay shall be responsible for any additional liability which attaches as a result. If (a) the failure of either party to comply with any provision of this Agreement is unintentional or the result of a misunderstanding or oversight and (b) such failure to comply is promptly rectified, both parties shall be restored as closely as possible to the positions they would have occupied if no error or oversight had occurred.

Section 5.2 Cooperation . Each party hereto shall cooperate fully with the other in all reasonable respects in order to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement.

Section 5.3 Regulatory Matters . If the Company or the Reinsurer receives notice of, or otherwise becomes aware of, any regulatory inquiry, investigation or proceeding relating to the Covered Insurance Contracts that would reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on the other party, the Company or the Reinsurer, as applicable, shall promptly notify the other party thereof, whereupon the parties shall cooperate in good faith and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such matter in a mutually satisfactory manner, in light of all the relevant business, regulatory and legal facts and circumstances.

ARTICLE VI

DAC TAX

Section 6.1 Election .

(a) All uncapitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the regulations under Section 848 of the Code.

 

-12-


(b) Each of the Company and the Reinsurer acknowledges that it is subject to taxation under Subchapter L of the Code and hereby makes the election contemplated by Section 1.848-2(g)(8) of the Treasury Regulations with respect to this Agreement. Each of the Company and the Reinsurer (i) agrees that such election is effective for the taxable year of each party that includes the Effective Time and for all subsequent years during which this Agreement remains in effect and (ii) warrants that it will take no action to revoke the election.

(c) Pursuant to Section 1.848-2(g)(8) of the Treasury Regulations, each of the Company and the Reinsurer hereby agrees (i) to attach a schedule to its federal income Tax return in the form of Schedule 6.1(c) for its first taxable year ending on or after the Effective Time that identifies this Agreement as a reinsurance agreement for which the joint election under Section 1.848-2(g)(8) has been made, (ii) that the party with net positive consideration for this Agreement for each taxable year will capitalize its specified policy acquisition expenses with respect to this Agreement without regard to the general deductions limitation of Section 848(c)(1) of the Code, and (iii) to exchange information pertaining to the amount of net consideration under this Agreement each year to ensure consistency or as otherwise required by the Internal Revenue Service. The Reinsurer shall prepare and execute duplicate copies of the schedule described in the preceding sentence as soon as practicable after the Effective Time and submit them to the Company for execution. The Company shall execute the copies and return one of them to the Reinsurer within thirty (30) calendar days of the receipt of such copies.

(d) The Company shall submit a schedule to the Reinsurer by May 1 of each year of its calculation of the net consideration under this Agreement for the preceding taxable year. This schedule of calculations shall be accompanied by a statement signed by an authorized representative of the Company stating that the Company shall report such net consideration in its federal income Tax return for the preceding taxable year.

(e) The Reinsurer may contest such calculation by providing an alternative calculation to the Company in writing within thirty (30) calendar days after the date on which the Reinsurer receives the Company’s calculation. If the Reinsurer does not so notify the Company, the Reinsurer shall report the net consideration under this Agreement as determined by the Company in the Reinsurer’s federal income Tax return for the preceding taxable year.

(f) If the Reinsurer contests the Company’s calculation of the net consideration under this Agreement, the parties shall act in good faith to reach an agreement as to the correct amount of net consideration within thirty (30) calendar days after the date on which the Reinsurer submits its alternative calculation. If the Reinsurer and the Company reach an agreement as to the amount of net consideration under this Agreement, each party shall report such amount in its federal income Tax return for the preceding taxable year. If, during such period, the Reinsurer and the Company are unable to reach an agreement, they shall promptly thereafter cause Deloitte & Touche USA LLP (the “ Independent Accountants ”) to promptly review (which review shall commence no later than five (5) calendar days after the selection of the Independent Accountants) this Agreement and the calculations of the Reinsurer and the Company for the purpose of calculating the net consideration under this Agreement. In making such calculation, the Independent Accountants shall consider only those items or amounts in the Company’s calculation as to which the Reinsurer has disagreed. The Independent Accountants shall deliver to the Reinsurer and the Company, as promptly as practicable (but no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the commencement of their review), a report setting forth such calculation, which calculation shall result in a net consideration between the amount thereof shown in the Company’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(d) and the amount thereof shown in the Reinsurer’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(e). Such report shall be final and binding upon the Reinsurer and the Company. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountants shall be borne (i) by the Company if the difference between the net consideration as calculated by the Independent Accountants and the Company’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(d) is greater than the difference between the net consideration as calculated by the Independent Accountants and the Reinsurer’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(e), (ii) by the Reinsurer if the first such difference is less than the second such difference, and (iii) otherwise equally by the Reinsurer and the Company.

 

-13-


ARTICLE VII

ARBITRATION

Section 7.1 Arbitration .

(a) After the Closing Date, any dispute between the parties with respect to the calculation of amounts that are to be calculated, reported, or that may be audited pursuant to this Agreement (other than disputes relating to: (i) the assets to be transferred to the Reinsurer pursuant to Section 2.2. of the Asset Purchase Agreement, (ii) calculations of the net consideration under this Agreement, which shall be resolved in accordance with Article VI hereof, (iii) whether a Triggering Event has occurred or (iv) calculation of the Security Amount, which shall be resolved in accordance with Section 4.3 hereof), shall be decided through negotiation and, if necessary, arbitration as set forth in Section 7.2. For the avoidance of doubt, and without limiting the rights of the Reinsurer and its Affiliates under the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Reinsurer shall have no claim in arbitration or otherwise against the Company with respect to the amount or nature of the assets transferred to the Reinsurer pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Asset Purchase Agreement or Section 3.1(a) of this Agreement.

(b) The parties intend this Section 7.1 to be enforceable in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act, including any amendments to such law which are subsequently adopted. In the event that either party refuses to submit to arbitration as required by Section 7.1(a), the other party may request the court specified in Section 11.4 to compel arbitration.

Section 7.2 Arbitration Procedure . The Company and Reinsurer intend that any dispute between them arising under this Agreement (excluding those disputes identified in Section 7.1(a)) be resolved without resort to any litigation. Accordingly, the Company and Reinsurer agree that they will negotiate diligently and in good faith to agree on a mutually satisfactory resolution of any such dispute; provided , however , that if any such dispute cannot be so resolved by them within sixty (60) calendar days (or such longer period as the parties may agree) after commencing such negotiations, the Company and Reinsurer agree that they will submit such dispute to arbitration in the manner specified in, and such arbitration proceeding will be conducted in accordance with, the Supplementary Rules for the Resolution of Intra-Industry U.S. Reinsurance and Insurance Disputes of the American Arbitration Association.

 

-14-


The arbitration hearing will be before a panel of three (3) disinterested arbitrators, each of whom must be a present or former officer of a life insurance or life reinsurance company familiar with the life reinsurance business, or other professionals with experience in life insurance or reinsurance, provided that such professionals shall not have performed services for either party within the previous five (5) years, and provided further that no arbitrator shall be a former employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates. The Company and Reinsurer will each appoint one arbitrator by written notification to the other party within thirty (30) calendar days after the date of the mailing of the notification initiating the arbitration. These two arbitrators will then select the third arbitrator within sixty (60) calendar days after the date of the mailing of the notification initiating arbitration.

If either the Company or Reinsurer fails to appoint an arbitrator, or should the two arbitrators be unable to agree upon the choice of a third arbitrator, the American Arbitration Association will appoint the necessary arbitrators within thirty (30) calendar days after the request to do so.

The arbitrators shall base their decision on the terms and conditions of this Agreement. However, if the terms and conditions of this Agreement do not explicitly dispose of an issue in dispute between the parties, the arbitrators may base their decision on the customs and practices of the life insurance and life reinsurance industry together with an interpretation of the law. The vote or approval of a majority of the arbitrators will decide any question considered by the arbitrators. The place of arbitration will be determined by the arbitrators. Each decision (including, without limitation, each award) of the arbitrators will be final and binding on all parties and will be nonappealable, except that (at the request of either the Company or Reinsurer) any award of the arbitrators may be confirmed (or, if appropriate, vacated) by a judgment entered by the court specified in Section 11.4. No such award or judgment will bear interest except as provided in Section 3.4. In no event may the arbitrators award punitive or exemplary damages. Each party will be responsible for paying (a) all fees and expenses charged by its respective counsel, accountants, actuaries, and other representatives in conjunction with such arbitration and (b) one-half of the fees and expenses charged by each arbitrator.

ARTICLE VIII

INSOLVENCY

Section 8.1 Insolvency of the Company . In the event of the insolvency of the Company, all reinsurance made, ceded, renewed or otherwise becoming effective under this Agreement shall be payable by the Reinsurer directly to the Company or to its statutory liquidator, receiver or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Company under the Covered Insurance Contracts without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company. It is understood, however, that in the event of the insolvency of the Company, the liquidator, receiver or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice of the pendency of a claim against the Company on a Covered Insurance Contract within a reasonable period of time after such claim is filed in the insolvency proceedings and that during the pendency of such claim the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses which it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver or statutory successor. It is further understood that the expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to court approval, against the Company as part of the expense of liquidation to the extent of a proportionate share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

 

-15-


ARTICLE IX

DURATION; RECAPTURE

Section 9.1 Duration . This Agreement shall continue in force until such time as (i) the Company’s liability with respect to all Covered Insurance Contracts reinsured hereunder is terminated in accordance with their respective terms, or the Company has elected to recapture the reinsurance of Covered Insurance Contracts in full in accordance with Section 9.3, and (ii) the Company has received payments which discharge such liability in full in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. In no event shall the interpretation of this Section 9.1 imply any unilateral right of the Reinsurer to terminate this Agreement; provided , however , that in the event that the Company fails to timely pay any material amount due the Reinsurer hereunder, and such amount remains unpaid for thirty (30) calendar days, the Reinsurer shall have the right to terminate reinsurance hereunder upon the end of such period. In such case or in the event that following an insolvency of the Company, the statutory liquidator, receiver or statutory successor of the Company terminates this Agreement, the provisions of Section 9.3 and Section 9.4 shall apply as if the Termination Date were a Recapture Date and the Reinsurer shall be relieved of all liability under this Agreement to make future payments to the Company.

Section 9.2 Survival . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IX, the terms and conditions of Articles I, VI and X and the provisions of Sections 11.1, 11.4, 11.6, 11.9 and 11.10 shall remain in full force and effect after the Termination Date.

Section 9.3 Recapture .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Recapture Triggering Event, the Company shall have the right to recapture all, and not less than all, of the reinsurance ceded under this Agreement, by providing the Reinsurer with written notice of its intent to effect recapture. Recapture of the Covered Insurance Contracts shall be effective on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which the Company has provided the Reinsurer with such notice (the “ Recapture Date ”).

(b) In addition, all or a portion of the reinsurance ceded under this Agreement may be recaptured with the mutual written consent of the parties hereto, including in connection with the establishment of a Buyers Facility.

(c) If any Covered Insurance Contract is terminated or liabilities thereunder are recaptured strictly in accordance with the terms of such Covered Insurance Contract and the consent of the Company is not required for such termination or recapture, the Company shall, upon ten (10) days’ prior written notice to the Reinsurer, recapture the liabilities ceded to the Reinsurer hereunder that are attributable to such terminated Covered Insurance Contract or to the liabilities recaptured under such Covered Insurance Contract, as the case may be.

 

-16-


(d) Following any recapture pursuant to this Section 9.3, subject to Section 9.2 and to the payment obligations described in Section 9.4, both the Company and the Reinsurer will be fully and finally released from all rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of the recaptured portion of the Covered Insurance Contract or Covered Insurance Contracts, including any claims of the Reinsurer to any modified coinsurance reserves held in connection with recaptured portion of the Covered Insurance Contracts, other than any payment obligations due hereunder prior to the Recapture Date but still unpaid on such date.

Section 9.4 Recapture Payments .

(a) In connection with a recapture in full pursuant to Section 9.3(a), the Reinsurer shall prepare a Settlement Statement (the “ Terminal Settlement Statement ”) within sixty (60) calendar days of the Recapture Date setting forth the Net Settlement calculated in accordance with Exhibit A for the for the Terminal Accounting Period. If the amount of the Net Settlement for the Terminal Accounting Period is positive, the Company shall pay such amount to the Reinsurer within five (5) calendar days of its receipt of the Terminal Settlement Statement. If the amount of the Net Settlement for the Terminal Accounting Period is negative, the Reinsurer shall pay the absolute value of such amount to the Company at the time it delivers the Terminal Settlement Statement to the Company. In addition, on the Recapture Date or any other date on which all of the reinsurance ceded under this Agreement is recaptured, any letter of credit posted pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be immediately surrendered and cancelled and any amount held in trust pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be immediately returned to the Reinsurer, as the case may be.

(b) No recapture fee shall be payable in connection with a recapture in connection with the establishment of a Buyers Facility pursuant to Section 9.3(b) and any recapture payment in connection therewith shall be as mutually agreed by the parties.

(c) In connection with a recapture due to the termination or recapture by an underlying ceding company of a Covered Insurance Contract pursuant to Section 9.3(c), the Company shall pay to the Reinsurer its quota share of any recapture fee received by the Company from such underlying ceding company in connection with the recapture and the Reinsurer shall pay to the Company its quota share of any recapture payment paid by the Company to such underlying ceding company.

Section 9.5 Payment Upon Termination . Promptly following the termination of this Agreement other than a termination in connection with a recapture in accordance with Sections 9.3 and 9.4 or a termination in accordance with the proviso clause in Section 9.1 or the last sentence of Section 9.1 (i) the Company and the Reinsurer shall implement a Net Settlement in accordance with Exhibit D for the Terminal Accounting Period and (ii) the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to collect amounts due from ceding companies under the Covered Insurance Contracts and pay to the Reinsurer an amount equal to the aggregate of the amount of assets actually held by the Company in respect of the Modified Coinsurance Amount at the time of termination (including all Received Amounts so collected from ceding companies). In addition, on the Termination Date, any letter of credit posted pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be immediately surrendered and cancelled and any amount held in trust pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be immediately returned to the Reinsurer, as the case may be.

 

-17-


ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION; DISCLAIMER

Section 10.1 Reinsurer’s Obligation to Indemnify . The Reinsurer hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers and employees (collectively, the “ Company Indemnified Parties ”) from and against all losses, liabilities, claims, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and damages reasonably and actually incurred by the Company to the extent arising from (i) any breach of the covenants and agreements of the Reinsurer contained in this Agreement, except to the extent that such losses, liabilities, claims, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and damages are attributable to acts or omissions of a person who is a director, officer, employee, agent, representative, successor, or permitted assign of the Company or any of its Affiliates, unless such person is acting at the direction or request of the Reinsurer, and (ii) any successful enforcement of this indemnity.

Section 10.2 Company’s Obligation to Indemnify . The Company hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Reinsurer and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers and employees (collectively, the “ Reinsurer Indemnified Parties ”) from and against all losses, liabilities, claims, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and damages reasonably and actually incurred by the Reinsurer to the extent arising from (i) any breach of the covenants and agreements of the Company contained in this Agreement, except to the extent that such losses, liabilities, claims, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and damages are attributable to acts or omissions of a person who is a director, officer, employee (other than in such employee’s capacity as an employee of the Company), agent, representative, successor, or permitted assign of the Reinsurer or any of its Affiliates, and (ii) any successful enforcement of this indemnity.

Section 10.3 Indemnification Procedures . In the case of any Litigation asserted by a third party (a “ Third Party Claim ”) against a party entitled to indemnification under this Agreement (the “ Indemnified Party ”), notice shall be given by the Indemnified Party to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of such Third Party Claim, and the Indemnified Party shall permit the Indemnifying Party (at the expense of such Indemnifying Party and so long as the Indemnifying Party acknowledges in writing its obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party for Losses related to such Third Party Claim) to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim, provided that (a) counsel for the Indemnifying Party who shall conduct the defense of such Third Party Claim shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such Indemnified Party’s expense, and (b) the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligation under this Agreement except to the extent that such failure results in a lack of actual notice to the Indemnifying Party and such Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced as a result of such failure to give notice. If the Indemnifying Party does not promptly assume the defense of such Third Party Claim following notice thereof, the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to assume and control such defense and to settle or agree to pay in full such Third Party Claim without the consent of the Indemnifying Party without prejudice to the ability of the Indemnified Party to enforce its claim for indemnification against the Indemnifying Party hereunder. Except with the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, no Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such Third Party Claim, shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that (i) provides for injunctive or other nonmonetary relief affecting the Indemnified Party, (ii) does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by each claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of an irrevocable release from all liability with respect to such Third Party Claim, or (iii) would restrict such Indemnified Party’s ability to conduct its business in the ordinary course or would otherwise have a materially adverse impact on the business of the Indemnified Party. If the Indemnified Party in good faith determines that the conduct of the defense or any proposed settlement of any Third Party Claim would reasonably be expected to affect adversely the Indemnified Party’s Tax liability, or that the Indemnified Party may have available to it one or more defenses or counterclaims that are inconsistent with one or more of those that may be available to the Indemnifying Party in respect of such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right at all times to take over and control the defense, settlement, negotiation or Litigation relating to any such Third Party Claim at the sole cost of the Indemnifying Party, provided that if the Indemnified Party does so take over and control, the Indemnified Party shall not settle such Third Party Claim without the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In any event, the Reinsurer and the Company shall cooperate in the defense of any Third Party Claim subject to this Article X and the records of each shall be reasonably available to the other with respect to such defense.

 

-18-


Section 10.4 Disclaimer . The Reinsurer hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Reinsurer is not relying in any way upon any duty of utmost good faith or other similar duty of disclosure on the part of the Company (a “ Special Duty ”) in connection with the cession of liabilities from the Company to the Reinsurer as of the Effective Time. Accordingly, as an inducement for the Company to enter into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Reinsurer hereby agrees that it will not institute any arbitration or other proceeding against the Company or assert any claim or defense against the Company in any arbitration or other proceeding with respect to the liabilities assumed hereunder based in whole or in part upon any Special Duty as of the Effective Time; provided , however , that the Reinsurer reserves all of its rights and remedies in respect of any Special Duty arising after the Effective Time.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 Notices . Any notice, request or other communication to be given by any party hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, sent by registered or certified, postage prepaid, or by overnight courier with written confirmation of delivery. Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, or if mailed, on the date shown on the receipt therefor, or if sent by overnight courier, on the date shown on the written confirmation of delivery. Such notices shall be given to the following address:

 

To Company:        

   Security Life of Denver Insurance Company
   Attention: President
   c/o ING North America Insurance Corporation
   5780 Powers Ferry Road NW
   Atlanta, GA 30327

 

-19-


With concurrent

  

copies to:

   ING North America Insurance Corporation
   5780 Powers Ferry Road NW Atlanta, GA 30327
   Attention: Corporate General Counsel
   and
   David A. Massey, Esq.
   Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP
   1275 Pennsylvania Ave., NW
   Washington, DC 20004-2415

To the Reinsurer:

   Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America
   800 North Magnolia Avenue, Suite 1400
   Orlando, Florida 32803
   Attention: President

With concurrent copies to:    

   Locke Lord Bissell & Liddell LLP
   401 9th Street, N.W. Suite 400 South
   Washington, DC 20004
   Attention: William J. Kelty, III, Esq.
   and
   Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
   919 Third Avenue
   New York, NY 10022
   Attention: Nicholas F. Potter, Esq.

Section 11.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any respect whatsoever except by instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. This Agreement, the other SLD-HLRUS Reinsurance Agreements, the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Administrative Services Agreement, the ING Ballantyne Administrative Services Agreement, the SLD-HLRI Reinsurance Agreement, the ING Asset Management Services Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations, discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties and there are no general or specific warranties, representations or other agreements by or among the parties in connection with the entering into of this Agreement or the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth or contemplated herein.

Section 11.3 Captions . The captions of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

-20-


Section 11.4 Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts entered into therein, without reference to principles of choice of law or conflicts of laws. Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any State or Federal Court sitting in New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each party hereto agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail, shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding brought against such party in such court. Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each party hereto agrees that final judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon such party and may be enforced in any other courts to whose jurisdiction such party may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.

Section 11.5 No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in any provision of this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the parties hereto, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

Section 11.6 Expenses . Except as otherwise provided herein, the parties hereto shall each bear their respective expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, all fees and expenses of counsel, actuaries and other representatives.

Section 11.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof each signed by less than all, but together signed by all of the parties hereto. Each counterpart may be delivered by facsimile transmission, which transmission shall be deemed delivery of an originally executed document.

Section 11.8 Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, that provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

Section 11.9 Waiver of Jury Trial; Multiplied and Punitive Damages . Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives, with respect to any first party action filed by the other party (but not as to any action by one party against the other seeking indemnification for a third party claim against the party initiating the action, to the extent that such damages may be recoverable as part of the indemnification by the indemnified party) (i) any and all right to trial by jury, and (ii) any right to punitive, incidental, consequential or multiplied damages, either pursuant to common law or statute, in any legal proceedings arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

-21-


Section 11.10 Treatment of Confidential Information .

(a) The parties agree that, other than as contemplated by this Agreement and to the extent permitted or required to implement the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the parties will keep confidential and will not use or disclose the other party’s Confidential Information and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the exhibits and schedules hereto, except as otherwise required by applicable Law or any order or ruling of any state or national insurance regulatory authority, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other Governmental Entity.

(b) The confidentiality obligations contained in this Agreement or in any other agreement between the parties hereto, as they relate to the reinsurance hereunder, shall not apply to the federal Tax structure or federal Tax treatment of this Agreement and each party hereto may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the federal Tax structure and federal Tax treatment of this Agreement; provided , that such disclosure may not be made until the earliest of (x) the date of the public announcement of discussions relating to this Agreement, (y) the date of the public announcement of this Agreement, or (z) the date of the execution of this Agreement. The preceding sentence is intended to cause this Agreement to be treated as not having been offered under conditions of confidentiality for purposes of Section 1.6011-4(b)(3) (or any successor provision) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 6011 of the Code, and shall be construed in a manner consistent with such purpose. Subject to the provision with respect to disclosure in the first sentence of this subsection (b), each party hereto acknowledges that it has no proprietary or exclusive rights to the federal Tax structure of this Agreement or any federal Tax matter or federal Tax idea related to this Agreement.

Section 11.11 Assignment . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties. Except as provided below in this Section 11.11, neither party may assign any of its duties or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party; provided , however , that this Agreement shall inure to the benefit and bind those who, by operation of law, become successors to the parties, including, without limitation, any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator and any successor, merged or consolidated entity. The Reinsurer shall be entitled to assign its administrative duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company, unless the person or entity to whom such duties are to be assigned is not, at the time of such assignment, a subsidiary of the Reinsurer, in which event the Reinsurer shall obtain the prior written consent of the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

Section 11.12 Service of Process . The Reinsurer hereby designates The Corporation Trust Company as its true and lawful attorney upon whom may be served any lawful process in any action, suit or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the Company. The Company hereby designates the Commissioner as its true and lawful attorney upon whom may be served any lawful process in any action, suit or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the Reinsurer.

 

-22-


[The rest of this page intentionally left blank.]

 

-23-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed effective January 1, 2009.

 

SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   /s/ David Pendergrass
  Name:    David Pendergrass
  Title:      Senior Vice President

 

HANNOVER LIFE REASSURANCE
COMPANY OF AMERICA
By:   /s/ Peter R. Schaefer
  Name:    Peter R. Schaefer
  Title:      President and CEO
By:   /s/ Jeffrey R. Burt
  Jeffrey R. Burt

 

 

REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


EXHIBIT A

Net Settlement

The Net Settlement with respect to any Accounting Period is equal to the following:

a) the Additional Reinsurance Premium; minus

b) the Benefit Payments; plus

c) the Modified Coinsurance Investment Income and the Reinsurance IMR Investment Income; minus

d) the Modified Coinsurance Amount as of the close of such Accounting Period less the Modified Coinsurance Amount as of the close of the preceding Accounting Period (the “ Modified Coinsurance Adjustment ”); minus

e) the Reinsurance IMR as of the close of such Accounting Period less the Reinsurance IMR as of the close of the preceding Accounting Period; minus

f) with respect to a Terminal Accounting Period ending on the Recapture Date only, an amount equal to the difference (whether positive or negative) between (i) the IFRS Reserves as of the close of the Terminal Accounting Period and (ii) the Modified Coinsurance Amount as of the close of the Terminal Accounting Period;

provided that with respect to the Modified Coinsurance Investment Income, the Reinsurance IMR Investment Income, the Modified Coinsurance Adjustment, or the Reinsurance IMR for an Accounting Period, to the extent that the calculation of any of such items would result in an amount payable to the Reinsurer, only such amounts as are actually received by the Company from the ceding companies under the Covered Insurance Contracts by way of payment or offset or otherwise (“ Received Amounts ”) shall be included in the Net Settlement; provided further that to the extent that the Reinsurer makes any payments during an Accounting Period to or on behalf of the Company in respect of Reinsured Liabilities, the amount of any such payments shall be excluded from the Net Settlement; and provided further that to the extent the Reinsurer receives any Additional Reinsurance Premium in respect of an Accounting Period during such Accounting Period, the amount of any such Additional Reinsurance Premium received shall be excluded from the Net Settlement.


EXHIBIT B

IFRS Reserve Methodology and Components

Methodology

An initial defined reserve method consistent with the requirements of US GAAP was employed to develop the IFRS liability. This was done over the 30 year period of the projections. A VOBA was determined following the development of the IFRS liability.

Components used in the calculation

Premiums

Fee income

Interest

Mortality

Persistency

Expense allowances

Internal expenses

Third party retrocession cost, including adjustments for experience refunds and LCF’s. Assumed recaptures and experience refunds

Collateral costs

Pads were applied to interest, death benefits, NAR, third party retrocession costs, and collateral costs.


Schedule 1.1(a)

Covered Insurance Contracts

(including all amendments to such contracts through and including the Effective Time)

(i) Covered Insurance Contracts Reinsured on a Coinsurance/Modified Coinsurance Basis

 

  A. Treaty 0597-1783 between AGL Life Assurance Company and SLD, effective 6/1/1997

 

  B. Treaty 0024-0447 between American Memorial Life Insurance Company and SLD, effective 8/1/1983

 

  C. Treaty 0565-0063 between American Woodmen’s Life Insurance Company and SLD, effective 2/1/1967

 

  D. Treaty 0078-0081 between Conseco (formerly Lamar Life) and SLD, effective 3/1/1981

 

  E. Treaty 0267-0842 between Conseco Life Insurance Company and SLD, effective 9/30/1983

 

  F. Treaty 7327 between Golden Gate and SLD, effective 10/1/2004

 

  G. Treaty 0564-0212 between Grand Pacific Life Insurance Company and SLD, effective 4/1/1985

 

  H. Treaty 0203-1377 between Guardian Life Insurance Company of America and SLD, effective 7/1/1995

 

  I. Treaty 0044-1108 between Metropolitan Life Insurance Company and SLD, effective 1/1/1992 (Treaty originally entered between New England Mutual Life Insurance Company, which merged into Metropolitan in August 1996)

 

  J. Treaty 0570-1180 between Pacific Mutual Life Insurance Company and SLD, effective 1/1/1984

 

  K. Treaty 0153-3586 between Pruco Life Insurance Company and SLD, effective 7/1/2002

 

  L. Treaty 0051-0455 between Security Benefit Life and SLD, effective 7/1/1983

 

  M. Treaty 0493-0463 between Security Mutual Life and SLD, effective 7/1/1978 (co/modco)

 

  N. Treaty 0493-0464 between Security Mutual Life Insurance Company and SLD, effective 7/1/1978

 

  O. Treaty 541 between United Fidelity Life Insurance Company and SLD, effective 11/30/1982

 

  P. Treaty 0491-0560 between United Presidential Life Ins Company and SLD, effective 12/1/1984


(ii) Covered Insurance Contracts Reinsured on a Coinsurance Basis

 

  A. All Covered Insurance Contracts other than those listed in Schedule 1.1(a)(i), including without limitation, the following treaties:

 

       Treaty
Number
  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
  1.       0151-1099    Aachener Ruckversicherungs Gesellschaft    SLD    1/11/92    YRT
  2.       0432-0002A    Abraham Lincoln Insurance Company (used to be Capital Savings Life Insurance Company)    SLD    12/23/70    COINS
  3.       0432-0002B    Abraham Lincoln Insurance Company (used to be Capital Savings Life Insurance Company)    SLD    5/1/71    COINS
  4.       0432-0001    Abraham Lincoln Insurance Company (used to be Lincoln Continental Life Insurance Company)    SLD    7/1/69    YRT
  5.       0099-6706    Acacia Life Ins Company    SLD    1/1/04    YRT
  6.       0099-1817    Acacia Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/97    YRT
  7.       0099-2489    Acacia Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/00    YRT
  8.       0099-2199    Acacia Life Insurance Company    SLD    08/01/99    COINS
  9.       0099-6746    Acacia Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/03    YRT
  10.       0017**-0730    Acacia Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/88    YRT
  11.       0099-0761 (3099F)    Acacia Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/88    YRT
  12.       0099-1086    Acacia Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/92    YRT
  13.       0099-0003    Acacia Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/87    MRT
  14.       0099-1448    Acacia Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/9/96    YRT
  15.       0492-0004 (B)    Academy Life and Accident Insurance Corporation    SLD    10/22/63    YRT
  16.       0492-0069B    Academy Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/10/67    COINS
  17.       0492-0005    Academy Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/73    YRT
  18.       0492-0004 (A)    Academy Life Insurance; Pension Life Insurance Company of America; Allegheny National Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/74    YRT
  19.       6200-4726    Acadia Life Ltd.    SLD    1/1/03    MRT
  20.       0597-2840    AGL Life Assurance Company    SLD    8/1/01    YRT
  21.       0022-0007    AIG Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/87    YRT
  22.       0022-0008    AIG Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/98    MRT
  23.       0022-0777    AIG Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/88    COINS
  24.       0593-1100    Alexander Hamilton Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/92    COINS
  25.       0593-1130    Alexander Hamilton Life Insurance Company (Jefferson Pilot)    SLD    1/1/93    MRT
  26.       0593-0764    Alexander Hamilton Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    7/1/88    YRT
  27.       0183-1587    All American Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
  28.       0183-1836    All American Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/15/97    COINS
  29.       0183-1220    All American Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/94    YRT
  30.       0183-1775    All American Life Insurance Company (now AIG)    SLD    6/1/95    YRT
  31.       0017-6588    Allianaz Life Insurance Co of North America    SLD    10/15/03    YRT
  32.       0017-6846    Allianz Life Insurance Co of North America    SLD    1/1/04    COINS
  33.       0017-6886    Allianz Life Insurance Co of North America    SLD    1/1/04    YRT
  34.       0009-0163    Allianz Life Insurance Company of North America    SLD    12/1/86    YRT
  35.       0422-0013    Allied Life Insurance Company, Reassure America Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/87    COINS
  36.       0120-7282    Allstate Life Insurance Co of NY    SLD    10/1/03    YRT
  38.       0217-2156    Allstate Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/99    YRT
  39.       0217-4626    Allstate Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/5/03    YRT
  40.       0217-1422    Allstate Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/15/95    YRT

 

-2-


       Treaty
Number
 

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
  41.       0120-3424   Allstate Life of N.Y.    SLD    6/3/02    COINS
  42.       ****-0104A   Amalgamated Labor Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/77    YRT
  43.       ****-0103A & E   Amalgamated Labor Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/77    LPR
  44.       3568   America Financial Life and Annuity    SLD    9/1/02    COINS
  45.       0536-0042   America Republic Insurance Company    SLD    3/29/82    YRT

(#42) MRT

(#43 – 45)

  46.       ****-0028   American Community Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/15/62    YRT
  47.       0407-0286   American Country Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/69    YRT
  48.       0053-0749   American Crown Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/88    COINS
  49.       ****-0016   American Educators Life Insurance Company    SLD    08/01/71    LPR
  50.       ####-515A   American Educators Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/78    YRT
  51.       0223-0099 (Second
contract in treaty)
  American Employees Insurance Company    SLD    2/12/55    YRT
  52.       ****-0099 (Third
contract in treaty)
  American Employees Insurance Company    SLD    6/28/56    YRT
  53.       0330-2241   American Enterprise Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/99    YRT
  54.       ****-0427A   American Estate Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/69    YRT
  55.       ****-0427B   American Estate Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/27/65    YRT
  58.       0352-5826   American Family Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/03    YRT
  59.       0245-0058A   American Fidelity Assurance Company (used to be Great Life Insurance Company)    SLD    9/1/70    COINS
  60.       ***-0060   American Fidelity Assurance Company (used to be Paramount American Life Insurance Company)    SLD    9/1/82    YRT
  61.       ****-0409   American Fidelity Assurance Company (successor to American Standard Life And Accident Insurance Company)    SLD    9/30/88    YRT
  62.       0245-0056   American Fidelity Assurance Company (used to be Old Security Life Insurance Co)    SLD    1/11/72    YRT
  63.       0245-0059   American Fidelity Assurance Company (used to be American Continental Life Insurance Company)    SLD    1/1/78    LPR
  64.       0245-0055   American Fidelity Assurance Company (used to be American Standard Life and Accident Insurance Co).    SLD    1/1/72    YRT
  65.       0245-0054   American Fidelity Assurance Company (used to be American Standard Life and Accident Insurance Co).    SLD    8/1/68    MRT
  66.       0245-0053   American Fidelity Assurance Company (used to be American Standard Life and Accident Insurance Co).    SLD    1/1/72    LPR
  67.       0245-0058B   American Fidelity Assurance Company (used to be Great Life Insurance Co)    SLD    Unknown,
signed 10/21/70
   YRT
  68.       0245-0052   American Fidelity Assurance Company (used to be Old Security Life Insurance Company)    SLD    1/11/72    YRT
  69.       0245-0051   American Fidelity Assurance Company (used to be Old Security Life Insurance Co).    SLD    1/1/73    LPR
  70.       0146-0018   American Founders Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/87    YRT
  71.       0146-0019   American Founders Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/86    MRT
  72.       0219-0499   American Founders Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/2/85    YRT
  73.       0219-0500   American Founders Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/61    YRT
  74.       0219-0501   American Founders Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/61    COINS
  75.       0219-0504   American Founders Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/2/85    MRT
  76.       0202-1292   American General Life Insurance Co    SLD    1/1/86    YRT
  77.       0140-3226   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/99    YRT
  79.       0110-0902   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/91    COINS
  80.       0140-1528   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/98    COINS
  81.       0140-1527   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/96    YRT
  82.       0183-1510   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/95    YRT
  83.       0072-1400   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/95    YRT
  84.       0202-2177   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/98    YRT
  85.       0202-2176   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/98    YRT
  86.       0140-2175   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/98    YRT
  87.       0110-2543   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/98    YRT
  88.       0072-1835   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/15/97    COINS

 

-3-


       Treaty
Number
 

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
  89.       0140-4466   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/31/02    COINS
  90.       0140-2839   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/01    YRT
  91.       0072-1606   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/96    YRT
  92.       0072-1607   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/96    COINS
  93.       0072-0412   American General Life Insurance Company (successor to The Old Line Life Insurance Company of America)    SLD    6/1/89    COINS
  94.       0072-1773   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/97    YRT
  95.       0183-1774   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/95    YRT
  96.       0140-1035   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/92 for
facultative,
10/1/92 for
automatic
business
   MRT
  97.       0140-1031   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/92    YRT
  98.       0140-2959   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown    COINS
  99.       0140-2874   American General Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/5/98    YRT
  100.       0072-2798   American General Life Insurance Company (AGL)    SLD    3/1/01    YRT
  101.       3**3-0368   American General Life Insurance Company (successor to New Jersey Life Insurance Company)    SLD    9/1/86    YRT
  102.       3**3-0367   American General Life Insurance Company (successor to New Jersey Life Insurance Company)    SLD    11/1/86    COINS
  103.       ****-0406   American General Life Insurance Company (successor to Pioneer American Insurance Company)    SLD    Unknown,
witnessed
8/4/48
   YRT
  104.       0072-0791   American General Life Insurance Company (used to be the Old Line Life Insurance Company of America).    SLD    6/1/89    YRT
  105.       0579-0024   American Guardian Life Assurance Company    SLD    1/1/86    YRT
  106.       0597-1771   American Guardian Life Assurance Company    SLD    4/1/97    YRT
  107.       0607-0065   American Guardian Life Assurance Company (successor to Annapolis Life Insurance Company)    SLD    1/1/86    YRT
  108.       0547-0026   American Home Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/82    YRT
  109.       0023-0031   American International Insurance Company    SLD    12/01/82    MRT
  110.       0023-0030   American International Life Assurance    SLD    1/1/87    YRT
  111.       0023-0775   American International Life Assurance Company of NY    SLD    8/1/88    COINS
  112.       ****-0417   American Memorial Life Assurance Company    SLD    3/1/83    YRT
  113.       1489   American Merchant Life Insurance Company (assumed from Loyalty Life Insurance Company) (marked Reassurance American Life Insurance Corporation)    SLD    12/1/85    COINS
  114.       037, 038   American Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/82    COINS
(037) YRT
(038)
  115.       0182-1290   American Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/94    YRT
  116.       0598-2963   American National Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/97    YRT
  117.       0598-1769   American National Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/97    YRT
  118.       0598-0048   American National Insurance Company (successor to American Security Life Insurance Company)    SLD    1/1/86    YRT
  119.       0611-0040   American National Life Insurance Company (American Health and Life assigned to ANLIC effective June 30, 1987)    SLD    6/12/86    MRT
  120.       0611-0039   American National Life Insurance Company (American Health and Life Insurance Company assigned to ANLIC, effective June 30, 1987)    SLD    04/01/86    YRT
  121.       ****-0041   American Pacific Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/15/70    YRT
  122.       0038-0734   American Physicians Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/15/88    YRT
  123.       0038-0735   American Physicians Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/15/88    YRT
  124.       7536-2837   American Republic Insurance Company    SLD    6/22/01    COINS
  125.       0536-0046   American Republic Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/82    MRT
  126.       0598-0049   American Security Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/86    MRT
  127.       ****-0520   American Travellers (Transport Life Insurance Company)    SLD    Unknown    MRT
  128.       0001-0903   American United Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/91    COINS
  129.       0001-2928   American United Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/02    YRT
  130.       0001-1163   American United Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/93    YRT
  132.       ***-0050   American Western Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown    YRT
  133.       0069-0787   Americo Financial L & A (used to be The College Life Insurance Company of America).    SLD    7/1/89    YRT

 

-4-


       Treaty
Number
 

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
  Basis
  134.       0069-3569   Americo Financial Life & Annuity    SLD    9/1/02   YRT
  135.       0069-4386   Americo Financial Life & Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/03   COINS
  136.       0069-4387   Americo Financial Life & Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/03   COINS
  137.       0069-2949   Americo Financial Life and Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/02   COINS
  138.       0069-2950   Americo Financial Life and Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/02   COINS
  140.       0109-6087   Ameritas Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/20/03   YRT
  141.       0341-2491   Ameritas Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/00   YRT
  142.       0109-2194   Ameritas Life Insurance Company    SLD    08/01/99   YRT
  143.       0109-2405   Ameritas Life Insurance Corp.    SLD    11/1/98   YRT
  144.       0109-1020   Ameritas Life Insurance Corp.    SLD    4/1/92   YRT
  145.       0109-0932   Ameritas Life Insurance Corp.    SLD    1/1/92   YRT
  146.       0109-2488   Ameritas Life Insurance Corp.    SLD    6/1/00   YRT
  147.       0109-6526   Ameritas Life Insurance Corp.    SLD    7/1/01   COINS
  149.       0109-2255

0341-2751

0099-2752

0347-2753

  Ameritas Life Insurance Corp. (2255), Ameritas Variable Life Insurance Company (2751), Acacia Life Insurance Company (2752), Acacia National Life Insurance Company (2753)    SLD    1/1/00   COINS

(2255),

YRT (2751,

2752,

2753)

  150.       0109-1040   Ameritas Life Insurance Corporation    SLD    7/1/92   YRT
  151.       0182-1788   Amerus Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/97   YRT
  152.       0133-2946   Amerus Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/02   COINS
  153.       0182-5846   Amerus Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/98   COINS
  154.       0182-5786   Amerus Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/03   YRT
  155.       0182-5806   Amerus Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/03   YRT
  156.       0182-5069   Amerus Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/03   YRT
  157.       0182-5226   Amerus Life Insurance. Company    SLD    2/1/03   YRT
  158.       0075-0829   Anchor (Ceding Company used to be Mutual Benefit Life Insurance Co).    SLD    1/1/90   YRT
  159.       ****-0066   Anthem Life Insurance Company of Indiana (successor to Associates Life Insurance Company)    SLD    1/1/86   COINS
  160.       ****-0050   Arkansas Underwriters Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    10/10/69   YRT
  161.       ****-0588 (C)   Assured Investors Life Company    SLD    4/9/70   YRT
  162.       ****-0588 (D)   Assured Investors Life Company    SLD    7/15/69   YRT
  163.       0119-0068   Atlantic and Pacific Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/54   YRT
  164.       0026-0251   Auto Club Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/15/88   MRT
  165.       0052-6387   Auto-Owners Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/03   COINS
  166.       0041-1149   AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/93   YRT
  167.       0041-1150   AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company Ceding Company f/k/a Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States (changed name as of 9/7/04)    SLD    6/1/93   YRT
  168.       0041-0148   AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company f/k/a Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States (changed name as of 9/7/04)    SLD    12/1/86   YRT
  169.       0041-0736   AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, Ceding Company f/k/a Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States (changed name as of 9/7/04)    SLD    Unknown   YRT
  170.       0041-2022   AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company. f/k/a Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States (changed name as of 9/7/04)    SLD    1/1/99   YRT
  171.       0226-1444   AXA ReVie    SLD    1/1/95   YRT
  172.       0367-7302   Balboa LIC &Balboa Life Insurance Company of NY    SLD    (date on LOI)
7/1/04
  COINS
  173.       0367-7302   Balboa Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/04   COINS
  174.       0351-7303   Balboa Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/04   COINS
  175.       0538-1868   Baltimore Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/98   YRT
  176.       0538-0070   Baltimore Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/4/82   MRT
  177.       0213-1398   Baltimore Life Insurance Company (BLI)    SLD    7/1/95   YRT
  178.       7325   Banc One Insurance Company    SLD    7/16/04   YRT
  179.       0133-1052   Bankers Life and Casualty Company of NY    SLD    6/1/92   YRT
  180.       0133-2107   Bankers Life Insurance Company of N.Y.    SLD    11/1/98   YRT
  181.       0133-6110   Bankers Life Insurance Company of N.Y.    SLD    12/1/01   YRT

 

-5-


       Treaty
Number
 

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
  182.       0317-0072A   Bankers Life Insurance Company of Nebraska    SLD    10/1/64    YRT
  183.       0317-0072B   Bankers Life Insurance Company of Nebraska    SLD    5/24/61    YRT
  184.       0133-1309   Bankers Life Insurance Company of New York    SLD    3/1/95    YRT
  185.       0133-1839   Bankers Life Insurance Company of New York    SLD    7/1/97    MRT
  186.       0133-1013   Bankers Life Insurance Company of NY (used to be called Bankers Life and Casualty Company of NY)    SLD    1/1/92    COINS
  187.       Number not

yet assigned

  Bankers Life Insurance Company of NY    SLD    4/1/98    COINS
  188.       0321-0267   Bankers National life Insurance Company (Lincoln American Life Insurance Company assigned to National Fidelity, effective June 30, 1999; National Fidelity assigned to Bankers National Life Insurance Company, effective April 1, 2000)    SLD    01/01/59    YRT
  189.       0394-1413   Bankers Security Life Insurance Company    SLD    04/01/95    YRT
  190.       ****-0074A   Bankers Security Life Insurance Society    SLD    5/1/71    YRT
  191.       ****-0075   Bankers Security Life Insurance Society    SLD    5/1/71    MRT
  192.       0394-0896   Bankers Security Life Insurance Society    SLD    9/1/90    YRT
  193.       0010-0759   Bankers Union Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/20/49    YRT
  194.       576   Banner Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/84    COINS
  196.       1479   Banner Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/15/95    MRT
  197.       0559-1478   Banner Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/15/95    COINS
  198.       0559-1217   Banner Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/94    YRT
  200.       0559-7247   Banner Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/04    YRT
  201.       0559-1653   Banner Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/15/96    MRT
  202.       ****-0949   Beneficial Life Insurance Company    SLD    01/01/92    YRT
  203.       0118-1548   Beneficial Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
  204.       0118-1310   Beneficial Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/94    YRT
  205.       0118-6747   Beneficial Life Insurance Company    SLD    01/01/04    YRT
  206.       0118-3527   Beneficial Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/15/00    YRT
  207.       0118-2131   Beneficial Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown    COINS
  209.       0303-6269   Berkshire Life Ins Company Of America    SLD    10/1/03    MRT
  210.       0085-1808   Berkshire Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/98    YRT
  211.       ****-1214   Berkshire Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/93    COINS
  212.       0114-1147   Best Meredian Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/93    YRT
  213.       0114-0908   Best Meridian Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/91    MRT
  214.       0089-0077A   Bonneville-Sylvan Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/70    MRT
  215.       0293-1980   Boston Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/98    YRT
  216.       0293-2878   Boston Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/01    COINS
  217.       0529-0082   Bradford National Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/81    COINS
  218.       0002-1795   Business Men’s Assurance Co of America    SLD    7/1/97    MRT
  219.       0002-1800   Business Men’s Assurance Co of America    SLD    9/1/97    COINS
  220.       2252   Business Men’s Assurance Company    SLD    1/1/00    COINS
  221.       0002-0085   Business Men’s Assurance Company    SLD    8/1/48    YRT
  222.       0002-1857   Business Men’s Assurance Company of America    SLD    4/1/98    COINS
  223.       0002-1506   Business Men’s Assurance Company of America    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
  224.       0002-2731   Business Men’s Assurance Company of America    SLD    4/2/01    YRT
  225.       ****-1601   Business Men’s Assurance Company of America    SLD    1/1/96    COINS
  226.       0002-1609   Business Men’s Assurance Company of America    SLD    8/1/96    COINS
  227.       0002-0248   Business Men’s Assurance Company of America    SLD    10/01/89    YRT
  228.       0002-1120   Business Men’s Assurance Company of America    SLD    1/1/93    YRT
  229.       0087-1909   C.M. Life Insurance Company & Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company & MML Bay State Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/98    COINS
  230.       1684   C.M. Life Insurance Company, Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, MML Bay State Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/16/96    YRT
  231.       ****-0090A   Capitol Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/77    YRT
  232.       ****-0090B   Capitol Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/74    YRT
  233.       0089   Capitol Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/65    YRT
  234.       0228-0088   Capitol Security Life Insurance Company (successor to Mercury National Life Insurance Company)    SLD    10/22/63    YRT

 

-6-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
  Basis
235.    3012-0510A    Ceding Company: Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/15/85   YRT
236.    0182-1269    Central Life Assurance Company    SLD    1/1/94   YRT
237.    0548-0036    Central Life Assurance Company (successor to American Mutual Life Insurance Company)    SLD    3/4/86   COINS
238.    ****-0093    Central Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/84   YRT
239.    ****-0157B    Central Nat’l Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/2/60   YRT
240.    ****-0157C    Central Nat’l Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/24/53   YRT
241.    ****-0095    Central National Life Insurance Company of Omaha    SLD    Unknown   YRT
242.    3007-0523    Central Security Lfe Insurance (successor to Unilife Insurance Company)    SLD    4/9/87   COINS
243.    0111-0904    Century Life Assurance Company    SLD    7/1/91   YRT
244.    ****-0466B    Charter Oak Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/57   YRT
245.    ****-0466A    Charter Oak Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/58   YRT
246.    ****-0096    Chase National Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/20/70   YRT
247.    0164-1647    Chubb Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    11/1/96   YRT
248.    0164-1135    Chubb Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    5/1/93
(for
facultative
cases);
9/7/93
(automatic
cases)
  COINS
249.    3572-0768    Chubb Sovereign Life Insurance (changed its name from Sovereign Life Insurance Company effective 1/1/92).    SLD    4/1/88   YRT
250.    3572-0767    Chubb Sovereign Life Insurance Co (changed from Sovereign Life Insurance Co).    SLD    4/1/88   YRT
251.    3571-0482    Chubb Sovereign Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/85   COINS
252.    3571-0485    Chubb Sovereign Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/85   COINS
253.    3571-0487    Chubb Sovereign Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/85   COINS
254.    0572-1098    Chubb Sovereign Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/92   YRT
255.    0572-0769    Chubb Sovereign Life Insurance Company (name changed from Sovereign Life Insurance Company effective 1/1/92).    SLD    1/1/89   COINS
256.    0572-0771    Chubb Sovereign Life Insurance Company (name changed from Sovereign Life Insurance Company effective 1/1/92).    SLD    1/1/89   COINS
257.    0572-0408    Chubb Sovereign Life Insurance Company (successor to Sovereign Life Insurance Company)    SLD    2/1/89   YRT
258.    7342    Cincinnati Life Ins. Co.    SLD    5/1/04   YRT
259.    0278-2021    Cincinnati Life Insurance Company    SLD    05/01/98   YRT
260.    0278-1816    Cincinnati Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/15/97   YRT
261.    0278-6626    Cincinnati Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/03   YRT
263.    1589    Citicorp International Insurance Agency    SLD    (executed

by CC

7/4/03
but not
by SLD)

  YRT
264.    0482-0151    Citizens Insurance Company of America    SLD    12/1/71   YRT
265.    ****-0240    Citizens Life and Casualty Insurance Company    SLD    09/23/64   COINS
266.    ****-0239(A)    Citizens Life and Casualty Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/63   MRT
267.    ****-0239(B)    Citizens Life and Casualty Insurance Company    SLD    11/18/48   YRT
268.    ****-0241    Citizens Life and Casualty Insurance Company    SLD    05/12/75   YRT
269.    0369-0134    Clarica (changed its name from ITT Hamilton Life Co).    SLD    1/1/71   YRT
270.    0185-2941    Clarica Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/02   MRT
271.    0185-2705    Clarica Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/00   MRT
272.    0185-3786    Clarica Life Insurance Company – U.S.    SLD    10/1/02   MRT
273.    0610-2785    Clarica Life Insurance Company – U.S.    SLD    4/1/01   YRT
274.    0369-0135    Clarica Life Insurance Company – U.S.    SLD    5/15/67   YRT
275.    0369-0136    Clarica Life Insurance Co – US    SLD    2/1/85   COINS
276.    0185-3385    Clarica Life US    SLD    4/1/02   MRT
277.    0087-1659    CM Life Insurance Co, Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Co, and MML Bay State Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/16/96   YRT
278.    0087-1661    CM Life Insurance Company, Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, and MML Bay State Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/96   YRT
279.    0087-1662    CM Life Insurance Company, Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, and MML Bay State Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/96   YRT

 

-7-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
280.   

0250-0099

(First contract in treaty)

   Coastal States Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/19/61    YRT
281.    0069-2534    College Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/00    COINS
282.    0069-2092    College Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    05/01/98    YRT
283.    0395-0101    Cologne Life Reinsurance Company    SLD    8/1/83    YRT
284.    0181-1195    Colonial Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    5/1/93:

Facultative

9/7/93:
Automatic

   YRT
285.    ****-0069B    Colony Charter Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/67    COINS
286.    0505-103C    Colorado Bankers Life Insurance Co    SLD    12/18/83    COINS
287.    ****-0105    Colorado Bankers Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/22/74    YRT
288.    ****-0104B    Colorado Bankers Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/77    YRT
289.    ****-0104C    Colorado Bankers Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/77    YRT
290.    0505-0103B    Colorado Bankers Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/78    COINS
291.    0505-0103 D    Colorado Bankers Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/77    COINS
292.    0531-0391    Colorado Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/81    YRT
293.    0585-0106    Columbia Universal Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/15/85    MRT
294.    0585-733    Columbia Universal Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/87    COINS
295.    0106-0388    Columbia Universal Life Insurance Company (apparent successor to Old Faithful Life Insurance Company)    SLD    1/1/77    YRT
296.    0081-1235    Columbian Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/93    COINS
297.    0081-1016    Columbian Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/15/91    YRT
298.    0081-0844    Columbian Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/91    COINS
299.    0079-1015    Columbian Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/15/91    COINS
300.    0079-1185    Columbian Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/94    YRT
301.    ****-1236    Columbian Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/93    COINS
302.    ****-0224B    Columbian National Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/14/49    YRT
303.    0162-1287    Columbus Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/94    COINS
304.    0162-1125    Columbus Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/93    YRT
305.    ****-0017    Columbus Standard Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/01/80    LPR
306.    0067-1416    Combined Insurance Company of America    SLD    6/1/95    YRT
307.    3614-0109    Commercial Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/86    YRT
308.    0579-0129    Commonwealth Life and Peoples Security Life (but the original ceding company was Consumers Life Insurance Company of NC)    SLD    2/1/85    MRT
309.    0167-1670    Commonwealth Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/96    YRT
310.    0167-1145    Commonwealth Life Insurance/Peoples (used to be Consumers Life Insurance Company)    SLD    2/1/85    MRT
311.    0169-1146    Commonwealth Life/ Peoples Security (used to be Consumers Life Insurance Company of NC)    SLD    2/1/85    YRT
312.    0552-1858    Companion Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/15/98    YRT
313.    0189-1565    Companion Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
314.    0189-1932    Companion Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/97    COINS
315.    0189-1264    Companion Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/94    YRT
316.    0189-1263    Companion Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/94    YRT
318.    0037-1963    Connecticut General Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/98 for
policies
issued on/
After
1/1/97
   YRT
319.    0037-1460    Connecticut General Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/95    YRT
320.    0416-0120    Connecticut General Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/73    YRT
321.    0134-1038    Connecticut Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/92 for
facultative;
1/1/93 for
automatic
   YRT
322.    0078-0081    Conseco (formerly Lamar Life) and SLD    SLD    Unknown    COINS
323.    0258-1552    Conseco Annuity Assurance Company    SLD    6/1/96    YRT
324.    0490-3163    Conseco Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/99    YRT
325.    0258-0034    Conseco Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/87    YRT

 

-8-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
326.    0258-0033    Conseco Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/04    COINS
327.    0258-0032A    Conseco Insurance Company (Amend. 1, effective 3/1/04, signed by CC 8/04)    SLD    3/20/63    MRT
328.    0258-0032B    Conseco Insurance Company (Amend. 1, effective 3/1/04, signed by CC 8/04)    SLD    1/1/64    MRT
329.    0258-0035    Conseco Insurance Company (Amend. 1, effective 3/1/04, signed by CC 8/04)    SLD    12/1/85    MRT
330.    0258-1138    Conseco Insurance Company (Amend., effective 3/1/04, signed by CC 8/04)    SLD    4/1/93    YRT
331.    0078-0839    Conseco Life (ceding Company used to be Bradford National Life Insurance Co).    SLD    6/8/81    COINS
332.    ****-0306    Conseco Life (name used to be Massachusetts General Life Insurance Co).    SLD    8/1/79    LPR
333.    ****-0306    Conseco Life Insurance (ceding Company used to be Massachusetts General Life Insurance Co).    SLD    12/26/72    LPR
335.    0490-2877    Conseco Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/01    YRT
336.    0491-0826    Conseco Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/89    YRT
338.    0490-2227    Conseco Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/00    COINS
339.    0490-1996    Conseco Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/98    YRT
340.    0490-1993    Conseco Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/98    COINS
341.    0490-2477    Conseco Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/00    YRT
342.    0490-2800    Conseco Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/27/01    YRT
343.    0490-1994    Conseco Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/98    COINS
344.    0267-2001    Conseco Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/98    YRT
345.    0490-1746    Conseco Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/97    COINS
346.    0267-1747    Conseco Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/97    YRT
347.    0490-1992    Conseco Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/98    YRT
348.    0078-0840    Conseco Life Insurance Company (ceding Company used to be Bradford National Life Insurance Co).    SLD    4/1/83    MRT
349.    0078-0841    Conseco Life Insurance Company (ceding Company used to be Bradford National Life Insurance Co).    SLD    2/1/81    YRT
350.    0529-0080    Conseco Life Insurance Company (successor to Bradford National Life Insurance Company)    SLD    3/1/85    COINS
351.    0267-0079    Conseco Life Insurance Company (successor to Bradford National Life Insurance Company)    SLD    3/1/85    YRT
352.    0082-0793    Conseco Medical Insurance (ceding Company name used to be Connecticut National Life Insurance Co).    SLD    12/18/89    YRT
353.    0082-0884    Conseco Medical Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/91    COINS
354.    0082-0947    Conseco Medical Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/91    MRT
355.    0082-0122    Conseco Medical Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/87    COINS
356.    0082-1648    Conseco Medical Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/96    YRT
357.    0082-1665    Conseco Medical Insurance Company    SLD

BP

   11/1/96    YRT
358.    ****-0519    Conseco Senior Health Insurance Co    SLD    4/15/83    MRT
359.    0378-0515B    Conseco Senior Health Insurance Company    SLD    12/23/71    COINS
360.    ****-0516    Conseco Senior Health Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/67    COINS
361.    ****-0517    Conseco Senior Health Insurance Company    SLD    4/15/83    YRT
362.    0576-2893    Conseco Variable Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/01    YRT
363.    ****-0123    Consolidated Bankers Life Insurance Company of Louisiana    SLD    10/1/82    COINS
364.    ****-0124    Consolidated Bankers Life Insurance Company of Louisiana    SLD    10/1/83    YRT
365.    0561-0125    Constitutional Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/84    MRT
366.    0578-0127    Consumers Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/85    MRT
367.    0170-1152    Consumers Life Insurance Company of North Carolina    SLD    9/1/85    YRT
368.    1952-0591    Continental American Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/52    YRT
369.    0332-1578    Continental Assurance Company    SLD    10/6/95    YRT
370.    0332-0859    Continental Assurance Company    SLD    10/1/90    YRT
371.    0032-1075    Continental Assurance Company    SLD    7/5/91    MRT
372.    0332-2011    Continental Assurance Company    SLD    4/1/98    YRT
373.    0332-2134    Continental Assurance Company    SLD    10/1/98    YRT
374.    0332-0130    Continental Assurance Company    SLD    12/1/82    YRT
375.    0332-1433    Continental Assurance Company    SLD    8/21/95    YRT

 

-9-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
  Basis
376.    0442-0132    Continental Investors Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/78   COINS
377.    ****-0133A    Continental Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/67   YRT
378.    ****-0133B    Continental Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/15/51   YRT
379.    ****-0133C    Continental Western Life Insurance Co    SLD    Unknown   YRT
380.    ****-0466C    Cosmopolitan Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/27/57   YRT
381.    0121-3546    Cotton States Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/02   YRT
382.    0256-7266    Country Life Ins Company    SLD    Unknown   COINS
383.    0575-1070    Crown Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/91   YRT
384.    0575 -0891    Crown Life Insurance Company    SLD    01/01/90   YRT
385.    0575-1818    Crown Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/31/97   YRT
386.    0575-0912    Crown Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/91   COINS
387.    0575-0138    Crown Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/85   YRT
388.    0575-0137    Crown Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/84   YRT
389.    0575-1123    Crown Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/93   YRT
390.    0575-1270    Crown Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/94   YRT
391.    0134-1218    CT Mutual Life Insurance Company & C.M. Life Insurance Company, Hartford CT    SLD    2/1/94   YRT
392.    0268-5086    CUNA Mutual Life    SLD    9/1/03   COINS
393.    0576-1093    Current Co is Protective Life. (However, Jefferson National Life Insurance Company was the original ceding co).    SLD    10/1/92   YRT
394.    0428-0140A    Dallas General Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/6/69   YRT
395.    0428-0140B    Dallas General Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/8/69   YRT
396.    0029-0141    Delaware American Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/87   YRT
397.    0029-0142    Delaware American Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/87   MRT
398.    0029-0776    Delaware American Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/88   COINS
399.    0563-0172    E.F. Hutton Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/86   MRT
400.    ****-0173    E.F. Hutton Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/85   MRT
401.    ****-0273A    Educators Security Insurance Company    SLD    01/01/70   YRT
402.    ****-0273B    Educators Security Insurance Company    SLD    07/01/66   YRT
403.    0197-6728    Empire General Assurance Company    SLD    2/1/04   YRT
404.    0197-5266    Empire General Life Assurance Company    SLD    6/1/03   YRT
405.    0197-1781    Empire General Life Assurance Corp.    SLD    5/1/97   YRT
406.    0197-1782    Empire General Life Assurance Corp.    SLD    5/1/97   YRT
407.    0187-1232    Empire General Life Assurance Corp.    SLD    3/1/94   YRT
408.    ****-1279    Empire General Life Assurance Corp.    SLD    1/1/94   YRT
409.    ****-1277    Empire General Life Assurance Corp.    SLD    1/1/94   YRT
410.    0401-0143    Employees Life Company    SLD    4/1/71   YRT
411.    0573-0144    Employers Modern Life Company    SLD    1/1/85   YRT
412.    0573    Employers Modern Life Company    SLD    3/1/95   COINS
413.    0573-1316    Employers Modern Life Company    SLD    3/8/96   YRT
414.    0001-0061    Employers Reassurance Co (0050) (used to be American United Life Insurance Co) (0001)    SLD    7/1/59   YRT
415.    0050-0566    Employers Reassurance Corp.    SLD    1/1/87   YRT
416.    0001-0061    Employers Reassurance Corporation (0050) (used to be American United Life Insurance Company (0001))    SLD    10/1/78   YRT
417.    0619-1255    Employers Reassurance Int’l Limited (used to be NRG America Life Reassurance Company)    SLD    1/1/91   YRT
418.    0619-0994    Employers Reassure Corporation    SLD    07/31/91   YRT
419.    ****-0146    Equitable Life & Casualty Insurance Co    SLD    Unknown,
executed &
delivered
11/9/48
  YRT
420.    SECLIFE-99037    Equitable Life Assurance Society    SLD    1/1/99   YRT
421.    0041-6847    Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States    SLD    12/1/03   YRT
422.    0175-1447    Equitable Life Assurance Society of U.S.    SLD    5/17/96   YRT
423.    0041-7275    Equitable Life Assurance Society of US    SLD    (date on
LOI)
9/1/04
  YRT

 

-10-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
424.    0156-0592    Equitable Life Insurance Company of Colorado    SLD    3/18/56    YRT
425.    0018-0410    Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa    SLD    4/1/89    COINS
426.    0018-0765    Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa    SLD    5/1/88    YRT
427.    0018-0150    Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa    SLD    5/1/87    COINS
428.    0018-0766    Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa    SLD    8/1/88    YRT
429.    0018-1276    Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa    SLD    9/1/94    YRT
430.    0018-1321    Equitable of Iowa Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/95    YRT
431.    0175-1387    Equitable Variable Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/93    YRT
432.    ****-0402B    ERC Life Reinsurance Corp (successor to Phoenix Mutual Life Insurance Company)    SLD    1/1/71    YRT
433.    ****-0402C    ERC Life Reinsurance Corp (successor to Phoenix Mutual Life Insurance Company)    SLD    9/11/70    YRT
434.    ****-0402D    ERC Life Reinsurance Corp (successor to Phoenix Mutual Life Insurance Company)    SLD    1/1/71    YRT
435.    0557-1423    ERC Life Reinsurance Corp. (successor to Frankona America Life Reassurance Company)    SLD    1/1/95    COINS
436.    ****-0403    ERC Life Reinsurance Corp. (successor to Phoenix Mutual Life Insurance Company)    SLD    1/1/84    YRT
437.    ****-0402A    ERC Life Reinsurance Corp. (successor to Phoenix Mutual Life Insurance Company)    SLD    12/8/66    YRT
438.    0269-2879    Family Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/01    COINS
439.    0251-7268    Farmers New World Life Ins Company    SLD    6/1/04    COINS
441.    0251-1593    Farmers New World Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/96    YRT
442.    0251-3384    Farmers New World Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/02    YRT
443.    2096    Federal Kemper Life Assurance Company    SLD    10/9/98    COINS
444.    0165-7126    Federal Kemper Life Assurance Company    SLD    10/1/03    YRT
445.    0260-2098    Federal Kemper Life Assurance Company (used to be Kemper Investors Life Insurance Co).    SLD    9/1/97    YRT
446.    0103-2570    Federated Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/01    YRT
447.    0103-2888    Federated Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/02    YRT
448.    0233-1580    Fidelity & Guarantee Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/15/96    YRT
449.    0280-6446    Fidelity & Guarantee Life Insurance Company of New York    SLD    7/1/03    COINS
450.    0280-1492    Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/96    YRT
455.    7363    Fidelity and Guaranty    SLD    9/1/03    COINS
456.    ****-0157A    Fidelity Bankers Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/68    YRT
457.    ****-0347D    Fidelity Life and Disability Company    SLD    8/27/51    YRT
458.    ****-0347E    Fidelity Life and Disability Company    SLD    6/27/52    YRT
460.    0430-0823    Fidelity Life Assoc.    SLD    1/1/90    MRT
461.    ****-0158    Fidelity Life Association    SLD    8/1/71    YRT
462.    159    Fidelity Life Association    SLD    4/1/85    COINS
463.    0430-0160    Fidelity Life Association    SLD    4/1/87    COINS
464.    0430-1215    Fidelity Life Association    SLD    6/4/93    YRT
465.    0430-0779    Fidelity Life Association    SLD    1/31/89    COINS
466.    0615-0162    Fidelity Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/85    YRT
467.    ****-0536    Financial Assurance Inc. (United Fidelity Life Insurance Company)    SLD    1/1/66    YRT
468.    ****-0164    Financial Guaranty Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/3/82    YRT
469.    ****-0165    Financial Guaranty Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/15/82    COINS
470.    0609-0139    Financial Life Assurance Company of Canada    SLD    1/1/86    COINS
471.   

0058-0615

(3058 M)

   First Alexander Hamilton Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/88    YRT
472.    0288-2249    First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/00    YRT
473.    0288-1862    First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/98    COINS
474.    0288-2160    First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/00    YRT
475.    0019-3525    First Ameritas Life Insurance Corp. of NY (Assignee)    SLD    10/1/03    COINS
476.    ****-2558    First Annuity Company of Bermuda Ltd.    SLD    12/11/00    MRT
477.    0563-0778    First Capital Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/88    MRT
479.    0255-6668    First Colony Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/04/00    YRT
480.    0255-6026    First Colony Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/3/03    COINS

 

-11-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
481.    0255-1655    First Colony Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/26/96    YRT
482.    0255-1686    First Colony Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/10/96    YRT
483.    0255-2184    First Colony Life Insurance Company    SLD    06/26/99    YRT
484.    ****-0175    First Commercial life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/86    YRT
485.    0312-2109    First Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    05/01/98    COINS
486.    0241-0329    First Kansas Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/82    YRT
487.    ****-0177    First Life Assurance Company    SLD    5/1/85    YRT
488.    ****-0179    First Life Assurance Company    SLD    10/16/84    YRT
489.    ****-0181    First Life Assurance Company    SLD    12/1/85    MRT
490.    ****-0180    First Life Assurance Company    SLD    Unknown    YRT
491.    0180-6730    First MetLife Investors Company    SLD    2/1/04    COINS
492.    0211-2538    First Penn-Pacific Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/00    MRT
493.    0211-1812    First Penn-Pacific Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/97    MRT
494.    0211-1395    First Penn-Pacific Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/95    YRT
495.    7301    First Penn-Pacific Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/04    COINS
496.    0054-1155    First Transamerica Life Ins Company    SLD    6/14/93    YRT
497.    0054-0415    First TransAmerica Life Insurance Co    SLD    9/1/89    YRT
498.    0083-0848    First Transamerica Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/90    YRT
499.    0054-1079    First Transamerica Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/92    MRT
500.    0054-1017    First Transamerica Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/91    YRT
501.    0054-1078    First Transamerica Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/92    YRT
502.    0054-0907    First Transamerica Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/26/91    COINS
503.    0054-1184    First Transamerica Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/93    YRT
504.    ****-1234    First Transamerica Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/94    COINS
505.    0054-1111    First Transamerica Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/92    MRT
506.    ****-0182    First United Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/78    YRT
507.    0348-2507    First Variable Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/00    YRT
508.    0608-0184    Florida Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/85    YRT
509.    0608-0185    Florida Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/85    MRT
510.    ****-0183    Florida Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/85    YRT
511.    0557-0187    Frankona America Life Reassurance Company    SLD    4/1/86    YRT
512.    0557-0188    Frankona America Life Reassurance Company    SLD    1/1/84    YRT
513.    0342-0193    Frontier Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/84    YRT
514.    0606-1997    GE Life & Annuity    SLD    11/1/98    MRT
515.    0606-2203    GE Life & Annuity Assurance Company    SLD    10/1/99    YRT
516.   

0606-0264

(0262, 0263)

   GE Life and Annuity Assurance Company    SLD    Facultative
reinsurance
11/1/85,
Automatic
reinsurance
4/1/86
   YRT

(#264)
YRT
(#262)
COINS
(#263)

517.    0525-4970    General American Life Ins Company    SLD    4/1/02    YRT
518.    0525-1014    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/92    COINS
519.    0525-0194    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/80    YRT
520.    0525-1550    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/96    COINS
522.    0525-0195    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/84    YRT
523.    2759    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/01    YRT
524.    0525-1564    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
525.    0525-1824    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/97    YRT
526.    0525-1166    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/92    YRT
527.    0159-1173    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/92    YRT
528.    0159-1175    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/14/83    YRT
529.    0159-1174    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/81    YRT
531.    0525-6726    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/04    YRT
532.    0525-3528    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/02    MRT
533.    0525-1924    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/98    YRT

 

-12-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
534.    0525-1921    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/98    COINS
535.    2842    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/00    YRT
536.    0525-2863    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/01    YRT
537.    0525-1641    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/96    COINS
538.    0525-1642    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/96    COINS
539.    0525-1643    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/96    YRT
540.    0525-1275    General American Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/95    YRT
541.    0604-2179    General Electric Capital Assurance Company    SLD    6/26/99    YRT
542.    0604-2496    General Electric Capital Assurance Company    SLD    12/02/00    YRT
543.    0604-6027    General Electric Capital Assurance Company    SLD    3/3/03    COINS
544.    0237-1543    General Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/95    COINS
545.    0237-2875    General Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/00    COINS
546.    0237-1650    General Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/96    YRT
547.    0236-1541    General Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    11/1/95    YRT
548.    0236-1651    General Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    8/1/96    COINS
549.    0361-0197    General Reinsurance Life Corporation    SLD    5/27/65    YRT
550.    0248-0201    Georgia International Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/64    YRT
551.    0247-1572    Gerling Global Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
552.    0247-1461    Gerling Global Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/95    YRT
553.    0247-1935    Gerling Global Life Insurance Company of Toronto    SLD    1/1/98    YRT
554.    0247-1151    Gerling Global Life Insurance Company, U.S. Branch    SLD    1/1/93    YRT
555.    0299-1936    Gerling Global Life ReInsurance Co    SLD    1/1/98    YRT
556.    0144-1076    Golden American Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/92    MRT
557.    0144-1077    Golden American Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/92    YRT
558.    0144-1437    Golden American Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/95    YRT
559.    7328    Golden Gate Captive Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/04    YRT
560.    0544-0206    Golden Rule Insurance Company    SLD    8/15/82    COINS
561.    0544-0208    Golden Rule Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/84    YRT
562.    0544-0209    Golden Rule Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/85    MRT
563.    0564-0210    Grand Pacific Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/84    YRT
564.    0564-0211    Grand Pacific Life Insurance Company Ltd.    SLD    4/1/85    MRT
565.    0576-1092    Great American (However Jefferson National Life Insurance Company was the original ceding Co).    SLD    10/1/92    YRT
566.    0273-2866    Great American Assurance Company of Puerto Rico    SLD    4/1/99    MRT
567.    0273-2865    Great American Life Assurance Company of Puerto Rico    SLD    4/1/99    YRT
568.    0279-2162    Great American Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/99    YRT
570.    0279-5087    Great American Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/03    COINS
572.    0279-1837    Great American Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/98    YRT
573.    0279-1838    Great American Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/98    YRT
574.    0549-0213    Great American Reserve Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/83    YRT
575.    0549-0603    Great American Reserve Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/87    YRT
576.   

0576 (also

3576 listed) -

0526

   Great American Reserve Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/85    COINS
577.    3576-0527    Great American Reserve Insurance Company    SLD    5/17/85    MRT
578.    3576-0773    Great American Reserve Insurance Company (named on the treaty--Union Life Insurance Company)    SLD    4/1/85    MRT
579.    ****-0381    Great Columbia Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/70    YRT
580.    ****-0543D    Great Fidelity Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/14/65    YRT
581.    ****-0057    Great Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/71    YRT
582.    ****-0176C    Great Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/2/53    YRT
583.    ****-0365    Great Plains Life Insurance    SLD    12/23/70    COINS
584.    0581-0108    Great Southern (original ceding Company name was Commercial Bankers Life Insurance Co)    SLD    4/1/85    MRT
585.    0566-0216    Great Southern Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/86    MRT
586.    0566-2265    Great Southern Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/00    YRT
587.    0566-1852    Great Southern Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/98    YRT

 

-13-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
588.    0566-0847    Great Southern Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/90    COINS
589.    0566-1391    Great Southern Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/95    COINS
590.    0566-2015    Great Southern Life Insurance Company    SLD    05/01/98    YRT
591.    0566-2725    Great Southern Life Insurance Company    SLD    04/01/99    COINS
592.    0566-2264    Great Southern Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/99    COINS
593.    0566-1190    Great Southern Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/93    MRT
594.    0566-2948    Great Southern Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/02    COINS
595.    0566-2428    Great Southern Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/00    COINS
596.    0566-1970    Great Southern Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/98    YRT
597.    0566-1679    Great Southern Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/85    YRT
598.    ****-0307    Great Southern Life Insurance Company (successor to Commercial Bankers Life Insurance Company)    SLD    11/1/85    YRT
599.    0566-1343    Great Southern Life Insurance Company (used to be Ohio Life Insurance Co).    SLD    10/1/94    YRT
600.    0059-1347    Great Southern Life Insurance Company (used to be The Ohio Life Insurance Co).    SLD    Unknown    YRT
601.    0059-1346    Great Southern Life Insurance Company (used to be The Ohio Life Insurance Co).    SLD    10/1/94    YRT
602.    0059-0784    Great Southern Life Insurance Company (used to be The Ohio Life Insurance Co).    SLD    5/1/89    YRT
603.    ****-1021    Great Western Life Assurance Company    SLD    1/1/93    YRT
604.    ****-0027    Greater Western Assurance Company    SLD    Unknown    YRT
605.    0526-3145    Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/01    YRT
606.    0526-2942    Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    12/29/00    YRT
607.    0526-2205    Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/00    YRT
608.    2788    Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/01    YRT
609.    0526-1105    Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/93    COINS
610.    0526-2201    Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    09/10/99    YRT
611.    0526-0219    Great-West Life Assurance Company    SLD    10/1/86    YRT
612.    0526-0220    Great-West Life Assurance Company    SLD    1/1/80    YRT
613.    ****-1104    Great-West Life Assurance Company    SLD    1/1/93    YRT
614.    0526-1984    Great-West Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/98    YRT
615.    0403-0222    Guaranty Income Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/65    YRT
616.    0262-6268    Guardian Insurance and Annuity Company    SLD    10/1/03    MRT
617.    1750    Guardian Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    5/1/97    COINS
619.    0085-0857    Guardian Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    12/1/90    YRT
620.    ****-0419    GuideOne Life Insurance Company (successor to Preferred Risk Life Insurance Company)    SLD    12/18/57    YRT
621.    ****-0420    GuideOne Life Insurance Company (successor to Preferred Risk Life Insurance Company)    SLD    11/1/64    MRT
622.    ****-0421    GuideOne Life Insurance Company (successor to Preferred Risk Life Insurance Company)    SLD    12/15/72    MRT
623.    0178-0433    GuideOne Life Insurance Company (successor to Preferred Risk Life Insurance Company)    SLD    3/1/78    YRT
624.    ****-0029    Hallmark Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/70    MRT
625.    0264-2148    Hartford Life & Accident Company    SLD    5/1/99    COINS
626.    0157-1908    Hartford Life & Accident Ins Company & Hartford Life Insurance Company & ITT Hartford Life & Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/97    YRT
627.    0157-4149    Hartford Life & Accident Insurance Company Hartford Life Insurance Company & Hartford Life & Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/02    YRT
628.    0157-4646    Hartford Life & Accident Insurance Company, Hartford Life Insurance Company and Hartford Life & Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    Fac. Bus
effective
11/1/02
Auto.
Bus
effective
12/1/02
   YRT
629.    0264-1717    Hartford Life & Annuity Company    SLD    1/1/97    YRT
630.    0600-0608    Hartford Life & Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/87    COINS
631.    0208-1344    Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/93    YRT
632.    7026    Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/04    YRT
633.    0157-4666    Hartford Life and accident Insurance Company & Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/02    YRT

 

-14-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
  Basis
634.    0031-4126    Hartford Life and Accident, Hartford Life, and Hartford Life and Annuity    SLD    1/1/02   MRT
635.   

0157-

2239/2240

   Hartford Life and Accident/Hartford Life and Annuity    SLD    10/15/99   YRT
636.    0292-4766    Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/03   YRT
637.    0292-3846    Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/02   YRT
638.    0292-1297    Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/95   COINS
639.    2163    Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    05/14/97   COINS
640.    6946    Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/04   YRT
641.   

0157-2243

(P9912)

   Hartford Life Insurance Company Hartford Life & Annuity Insurance Corporation    SLD    12/1/99   YRT
642.    ****-0224A    Hartford Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/15/70   YRT
643.    ****-2917    Hartford Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/02   MRT
644.    0157- 3506    Hartford Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/02   YRT
645.    0157-2851    Hartford Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/15/01   YRT
646.    0157-2854    Hartford Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/15/01   YRT
647.    0264-1796    Hartford Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/97   COINS
648.    0157-1308    Hartford Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/95   COINS
649.    0157-4826    Hartford Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/03   YRT
650.    0157-1595    Hartford Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/96   YRT
651.    0157-1116    Hartford Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/93   YRT
652.    0157-5486    Hartford Life Insurance Company    SLD    (date on

LOI)

7/1/03

  COINS
653.    0157-4886    Hartford Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/27/03   YRT
654.    6926    Hartford Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/04   YRT
655.    0292-5487    Hartford Life Insurance Company (NY only)    SLD    7/1/03

(LOI)

  COINS
656.    7350 (LOI)    Hartford Life Insurance Company, Hartford Life & Annuity Company    SLD    Executed

11/4/04

  YRT/

COINS

657.    0157-7350    Hartford Life Insurance Cos.    SLD    (date on
LOI)
2/13/04
(executed
11/10/04)
  YRT/
COINS
658.    ****-0521A    Hill Country of Montana (Life of Montana Insurance Company)    SLD    7/1/76   YRT
659.    ****-0521B    Hill Country of Montana (Life of Montana Insurance Company)    SLD    9/15/71   MRT
660.    ****-0225A    Home State Life Insurance Company, Inc..    SLD    10/20/68   YRT
661.    0370-7313    Horace Mann Life Ins Company    SLD    9/1/04   YRT
662.    ****-0176A    Ideal National Insurance Company    SLD    6/28/60   YRT
664.    2150    IDS Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/29/99   MRT
665.    0094-4206    IDS Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/25/02   YRT
666.    0094-0862    IDS Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/90   YRT
667.    0094-2849    IDS Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/29/01   YRT
668.    0322-6606    IDS Life Insurance Company of New York    SLD    8/18/03   YRT
669.    0322-6383    IDS Life Insurance Company of New York    SLD    8/18/03   YRT
670.    0322-2537    IDS Life Insurance Company of NY    SLD    11/15/00   YRT
672.    0322-6386    IDS Life Insurance Company of NY    SLD    8/18/03   YRT
673.    0308-2094    Illinois Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    01/01/99   YRT
674.    ***-0119A    INA Life Insurance Company Company of North America    SLD    12/5/68   YRT
675.    0409-0567    Independent American Life Insurance Co    SLD    7/1/71   COINS
676.    0409-0567A    Independent American Life Insurance Company    SLD    LPR:
1/1/72
YRT:
12/5/72
  YRT
677.    0409-0567B    Independent American Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/69   YRT
678.    0209-1588    Indianapolis Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/96   YRT
679.    0209-1384    Indianapolis Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/95   YRT
680.    0209-1456    Indianapolis Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/95   YRT

 

-15-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
681.    0209-1494    Indianapolis Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
682.    0209-2947    Indianapolis Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/02    COINS
683.    0209-1772    Indianapolis Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/97    COINS
684.    0209-2960    Indianapolis Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/00    YRT
685.    7343    Industrial-Alliance Pacific LIC    SLD    8/1/04    YRT
686.    0176-7146    Industrial-Alliance Pacific Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/04    COINS
687.    0176-7147    Industrial-Alliance Pacific Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/04    YRT
688.    ****-0152B    Int’l Service Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/72    YRT
689.    0309-0996    Integon Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/92    COINS
690.    ****-0274B    International Fidelity Insurance Company    SLD    01/01/59    YRT
691.    ****-0274C    International Fidelity Insurance Company    SLD    05/16/50    YRT
692.    ****-0274D    International Fidelity Insurance Company    SLD    01/01/59    YRT
693.    0562-0278    International Fidelity Insurance Company    SLD    01/01/59    YRT
694.    ****-0274A    International Fidelity Life Insurance Company    SLD    01/01/57    YRT
695.    ****-0589(C)    International Opportunity Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown,

executed &

delivered
4/1/58

   YRT
696.    ****-0589(D)    International Opportunity Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/14/59    YRT
697.    ****-0152A    International Service Life Insurance Co    SLD    2/18/69    YRT
699.    0282-1802    Inter-State Assurance Company    SLD    1/1/98    COINS
700.    0591-3526    Investors Life Co of N.A.    SLD    9/1/02    COINS
701.    ****-0316    Investors Life Insurance Company of North America (successor to Median Life Insurance Company)    SLD    5/1/86    YRT
702.    ****-0315    Investors Life Insurance Company of North America (successor to Median Life Insurance Company)    SLD    5/1/86    COINS
703.    0292-1141    ITT Hartford Life & Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/93    YRT
704.    0292-1156    ITT Hartford Life and Annuity Ins Company    SLD    7/1/93    YRT
705.    0292-1792    ITT Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/94    COINS
706.    0292-0614    ITT Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/87    YRT
707.    0618-0229    ITT Life Insurance Corp.    SLD    12/1/86    YRT
708.    0292-0228A    ITT Life Insurance Corp.    SLD    8/1/73    YRT
709.    0292-0609    ITT Life Insurance Corporation    SLD    1/1/88    YRT
710.    0919-0889    ITT Lyndon Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/30/91    YRT
711.    0292-0228B    ITT Mid-Western Life Insurance Corp.    SLD    3/1/70    YRT
712.    0292-0228C    ITT Mid-Western Life Insurance Corp.    SLD    1/1/70    YRT
713.    ****-0226    Jackson Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/27/62    YRT
714.    0323-6906    Jackson National Life Ins Company of NY    SLD    1/1/03    COINS
715.    0426-0237    Jackson National Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/11/69    YRT
716.    0426-1085    Jackson National Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/92    YRT
717.    0426-1084    Jackson National Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/92    COINS
718.    0426-4266    Jackson National Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/03    COINS
719.    0148-1089    Jackson National Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/92    COINS
720.    0426-1445    Jackson National Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/27/95    MRT
721.    0426-1393    Jackson National Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/94    YRT
722.    0426-1392    Jackson National Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/94    YRT
723.    0426-1396    Jackson National Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/95    YRT
724.    0426-1397    Jackson National Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/95    MRT
726.    0148-6086    Jackson National Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/9/03    YRT
727.    0426-1436    Jackson National Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/95    YRT
728.    0426-1749    Jackson National Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/98    YRT
729.    0426-7106    Jackson National Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/23/04    YRT
730.    0148-1380    Jackson National Life Insurance Company (used to be Jackson National Life Insurance Company of Michigan)    SLD    1/1/95    YRT
731.    0148-1379    Jackson National Life Insurance Company (used to be Jackson National Life Insurance Company of Michigan)    SLD    1/1/95    YRT
732.    0148-1090    Jackson National Life Insurance Company of Michigan    SLD    2/1/92    YRT

 

-16-


      

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
  733.       0323-7107    Jackson National Life Insurance Company of N.Y.    SLD    2/23/04    YRT
  734.       0326-2183    Jackson National Life Insurance Company of NY    SLD    05/01/99    YRT
  735.       0343-2858    Jamestown Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/01    YRT
  736.       0407-0287    Jefferson National Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/82    YRT
  737.       0407-0289    Jefferson National Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/78    LPR
  738.       0593-1143    Jefferson Pilot (original ceding Company was Alexander Hamilton Life Insurance Co).    SLD    1/1/93    MRT
  739.       0572-0883    Jefferson Pilot Financial    SLD    7/10/90    YRT
  740.       0164-2085    Jefferson Pilot Financial Company    SLD    01/01/97    YRT
  741.       0512-1454    Jefferson Pilot Financial Insurance    SLD    11/1/94    YRT
  742.       0572-0483    Jefferson Pilot Financial Insurance Co    SLD    1/1/85    YRT
  743.       0572-0484    Jefferson Pilot Financial Insurance Co    SLD    10/1/85    YRT
  744.       0164-1455    Jefferson Pilot Financial Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/94    YRT
  745.       0593-0009    Jefferson Pilot Financial Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/86    COINS
  746.       0572-0486    Jefferson Pilot Financial Insurance Corporation    SLD    1/1/85    COINS
  747.       ****-0745    Jefferson Pilot Financial Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown    MRT
  748.       ***-0746    Jefferson Pilot Financial Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown    YRT
  749.       0593-0010    Jefferson Pilot Financial Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/86    YRT
  750.       0593-1625    Jefferson Pilot Financial Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown    YRT
  751.       0593-1626    Jefferson Pilot Financial Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/96    YRT
  752.       0593-1627    Jefferson Pilot Financial Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/96    YRT
  753.       0593-1628    Jefferson Pilot Financial Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown    YRT
  754.       0073-1030    Jefferson Pilot Life (used to be Kentucky Central Life Insurance Co).    SLD    12/1/91    YRT
  755.       0181-1453    Jefferson Pilot Life America Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/94    YRT
  756.       0015-2007    Jefferson Pilot Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown    COINS
  757.       0593-0012    Jefferson Pilot Life Insurance Company    SLD    01/01/86    MRT
  758.       ****-0266A    Jefferson Pilot Life Insurance Company    SLD    01/01/72    YRT
  759.       0015-6486    Jefferson Pilot Life Insurance Company, Jefferson Pilot Financial Insurance; Jefferson Pilot Life America Insurance    SLD    11/1/03    YRT
  760.       0058-1261    Jefferson Pilot LifeAmerica Insurance Company (successor to First Alexander Hamilton Life Insurance Company)    SLD    6/1/93    YRT
  761.       2005    Jefferson-Pilot Life America Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/98    YRT
  762.       ****-0238    Jefferson-Pilot Life Insurance Company    SLD    01/01/87    YRT
  763.       0164-1778    Jefferson-Pilot Life Insurance Company Alexander Hamilton Life Insurance Company First Alexander Hamilton Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/98    COINS
  764.       0015-2546    Jefferson-Pilot Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/02    YRT
  765.       ****-1282    Jefferson-Pilot Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/94    MRT
  766.       1164    Jefferson-Pilot Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/93    MRT
  767.       0073-0780    Jefferson-Pilot Life Insurance Company (used to be Kentucky Central Life Insurance Co).    SLD    3/1/89    COINS
  768.       0057-0762    John Adams Life Insurance Company of New York    SLD    1/1/89    YRT
  769.       0057-0763    John Adams Life Insurance Company of NY    SLD    1/1/89    YRT
  770.       0053-0414    John Alden Life Insurance Company (Successor to American Crown Life Insurance Company)    SLD    8/1/89    YRT
  771.       0355-3927    John Hancock Life and John Hancock Variable Life    SLD    10/11/02    COINS
  773.       3529    John Hancock Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/15/02    YRT
  774.       0355-2516    John Hancock Life Insurance Company & John Hancock Variable Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/26/00    YRT
  775.      

0005-4046

0355-6306

   John Hancock Variable Life Insurance Company John Hancock Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/03    YRT
  776.      

0005-6226

0355-6227

   John Hancock Variable Life Insurance Company John Hancock Life Ins Col.    SLD    6/21/03    YRT
  777.       0252-1910    Kansan City Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/98    YRT
  778.       0252-2434    Kansas City Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/00    COINS
  780.       0178-1801    Kansas City Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/97    COINS
  781.       0252-1805    Kansas City Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/97    YRT
  782.       0252-1597    Kansas City Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/96    MRT
  783.       0252-6088    Kansas City Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/02    YRT

 

-17-


      

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
  784.       0178-0422    Kansas City Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/78    MRT
  785.       0051-0451    Kansas City Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/84    YRT
  786.       0051-0452    Kansas City Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/82    YRT
  787.       0252-2973    Kansas City Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/01    YRT
  788.       0252-1982    Kansas City Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/98    COINS
  789.       0178-2432    Kansas City Life Insurance Company (Previous CC = Guideone Life Insurance Company)    SLD    1/1/00    COINS
  790.       2733    Kemper Investors Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/00    YRT
  791.       2202    Kemper Investors Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/98    YRT
  792.       0165-1136    Kemper Life Assurance Company    SLD    1/1/92    YRT
  793.       0073-0728    Kentucky Central Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/88    YRT
  794.       0073-0729    Kentucky Central Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/88    YRT
  795.       0154-3285    Keyport Life    SLD    3/1/03    YRT
  796.       0275-7292    Kolnische Ruckversicherungs-Gesellschaft Ag, Cologne    SLD    7/1/97    YRT
  797.       0532-3165    Lafayette Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/03    YRT
  798.       0532-0245    Lafayette Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/82    COINS
  799.       0532-0242    Lafayette Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/2/81    LPR
  800.       5032-244    Lafayette Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/85    YRT
  801.       0567-0253    Legacy Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/15/84    MRT
  803.       0316-2133    Liberty Life Assurance Company    SLD    6/1/99    COINS
  804.       0346-2246    Liberty Life Assurance Company of Boston    SLD    10/1/99    YRT
  805.       0316-2738    Liberty Life Assurance Company of Boston    SLD    1/1/99    YRT
  806.       0316-2196    Liberty Life Assurance Company of Boston    SLD    12/01/99    YRT
  807.       0316-7273    Liberty Life Ins Company of Boston    SLD    3/1/04    COINS
  808.       0116-0910    Liberty Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/88    MRT
  809.       0116-0911    Liberty Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/89    COINS
  810.       0116-7027    Liberty Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/04    COINS
  811.       0588-0256    Life Assurance Company of Pennsylvania    SLD    2/8/85    YRT
  812.       0606-1813    Life Insurance Co of Virginia    SLD    10/1/97    COINS
  813.       0400-0545    Life Insurance Company of Kansas    SLD    7/9/68    YRT
  814.       ****-0119B    Life Insurance Company of North America    SLD    12/5/68    YRT
  815.       0172-7290    Life Insurance Company of the Southwest    SLD    4/1/04    YRT
  816.       0606-1312    Life Insurance Company of Virginia    SLD    10/1/94    YRT
  817.      

0104-5408

0112-5409

0225-5410

0498-5411

0012-5412

   Life Investors Ins Co of America; Peoples Benefit Life; Transamerica Life; Western Reserve Life Assurance Company of Ohio    SLD    6/1/03    COINS
  818.       0104-2799    Life Investors Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/01    COINS
  819.       0104-3155    Life Investors Insurance Company of America    SLD    7/1/02    YRT
  820.       0170-1153    Life of Boston Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/85    COINS
  821.       0494-2245    Lincoln Benefit Life Company    SLD    5/15/99    YRT
  822.       0494-1476    Lincoln Benefit Life Company    SLD    5/1/95    YRT
  823.       4087    Lincoln Benefit Life Company    SLD    10/15/02    MRT
  824.       0494-2155    Lincoln Benefit Life Company    SLD    1/15/99    COINS
  826.       0494-1999    Lincoln Benefit Life Company    SLD    6/1/01    COINS
  827.       0494-1983    Lincoln Benefit Life Company    SLD    5/1/97    YRT
  828.       0494-0270    Lincoln Benefit Life Company    SLD    1/1/84    MRT
  829.       0494-0269    Lincoln Benefit Life Company    SLD    5/21/73    YRT
  830.       0494-1753    Lincoln Benefit Life Company    SLD    6/1/96    YRT
  831.       0494-0268    Lincoln Benefit Life Company    SLD    6/1/86    YRT
  832.       0494-4086    Lincoln Benefit Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/31/02    MRT
  833.       0494-0993    Lincoln Benefit Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/91    COINS
  834.       0494-0931    Lincoln Benefit Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/15/91    MRT
  835.       ****-0225B    Lincoln Heritage Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/70    YRT
  836.       ****-0225C    Lincoln Heritage Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/76    YRT

 

-18-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
837.    ****-0225D    Lincoln Heritage Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown

(signed

12/5/67)

   YRT
838.    0253-0006    Lincoln Heritage Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/16/73    YRT
839.    0523-0568    Lincoln Heritage Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/79    COINS
840.    0541-0569    Lincoln Heritage Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/82    YRT
841.    ****-0271    Lincoln Heritage Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/70    YRT
842.    ****-0272    Lincoln Heritage Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/74    YRT
843.    0311-2100    Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York    SLD    7/1/98    YRT
844.    7306    Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York    SLD    3/1/04    COINS
845.    0037-2114    Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of NY    SLD    07/01/78    YRT
846.    0037-2115    Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of NY    SLD    01/01/82    YRT
847.   

Not Yet

Assigned

   Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of NY    SLD    7/1/02    YRT
848.               
849.    0562-2129    Lincoln Nat’l Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/97    YRT
850.    0562-2952    Lincoln National Life Ins Company    SLD    1/1/02    YRT
851.    0562-3152    Lincoln National Life Ins Company    SLD    5/1/02 for

facultative

9/6/02 for
automatic

   YRT
852.    0562-1545    Lincoln National Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
853.    1962    Lincoln National Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/98    YRT
854.    0562-1848    Lincoln National Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/97    YRT
855.    0562-2127    Lincoln National Life Insurance Company    SLD    06/01/93    MRT
856.    0562-2125    Lincoln National Life Insurance Company    SLD    01/01/93    YRT
857.    0139-2123    Lincoln National Life Insurance Company    SLD    04/01/92    MRT
858.    0562-2116    Lincoln National Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/82    YRT
859.    ####-0344    Lone Star Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/15/65    YRT
860.    0344-0280    Lone Star Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/15/65    YRT
861.    0035-0282    Louisiana National Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/87    YRT
862.    0528-3101    Loyal American Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/02    COINS
863.    0407-0288    Lumbermens Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/82    COINS
864.    0407-2965    M Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/02    YRT
865.    0904-3807    M Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/02    YRT
866.    0904-4068    M Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/02    YRT
867.    904-901    M Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/91    YRT
868.    0904-1182    M Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/84    YRT
869.    0616-0616    Maccabees Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/31/88    COINS
870.    0616-293    Maccabees Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/86    MRT
871.    0595-0725    Manhattan Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/88    YRT
872.    0595-0997    Manhattan Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/92    YRT
873.    0595-1487    Manhattan Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/11/95    YRT
874.    0287-1649    Manhattan Nat’l Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/96    YRT
875.    0287-1488    Manhattan National Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
876.    0287-297    Manhattan National Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/86    MRT
877.    0726    Manhattan National Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/88    YRT
878.    3287-0296    Manhattan National Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/86    COINS
880.    0301-1973    Manu Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/97    COINS
881.    0014-1088    Manufacturers Life Insurance Co (called Manulife)    SLD    1/21/92 for
individual
plans for
survivorship
“special
edition” and
any riders
attached to
these plans.
3/24/92 for
all other
survivorship
plans
   YRT

 

-19-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
882.    0234-7006    Manufacturers Life Insurance Co (USA)    SLD    3/1/04    YRT
883.    0234-2500    Manufacturers Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/99    YRT
884.    0234-7269    Manufacturers Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/17/04    YRT
885.    0234-5926    Manufacturers Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/03    YRT
886.    0014-0934    Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)    SLD    3/15/89    YRT
887.    0014-1304A    Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)    SLD    12/16/94    YRT
888.    0014-1304B    Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)    SLD    12/31/87    COINS
889.    0014-1304C    Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)    SLD    12/31/87    COINS
890.    0014-1304D    Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)    SLD    12/31/87    COINS
891.    0014-1304E    Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)    SLD    1/1/86    COINS
892.    0014-0299    Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)    SLD    12/1/87    COINS
893.   

0014-1569

0235-1571

0234-1570

   Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) (Manulife USA), Previous CCs: Manufacturers Life Insurance Company, Manufacturers Life Insurance Company of America (Novation Agrmt, 11/22/01)    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
896.    0234-1803    Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (USA)    SLD    12/31/87    YRT
897.    0301-7166    Manufacturers Life Insurance Company of New York    SLD    9/1/02    YRT
898.    0301-2689    Manufacturers Life Insurance Company of NY    SLD    1/4/99    YRT
900.   

Recent win

7362

   Manulife    SLD    Effective in

November for
offshore

business

   YRT
901.    0234-1892    Manulife Reinsurance Corp.    SLD    1/1/97    COINS
902.    0014-0298    Manulife Reinsurance Corporation (used to be Manufacturers Life Insurance Co).    SLD    11/1/84    YRT
903.    0332-2009    MARC (Continental Assurance Co).    SLD    4/1/98    YRT
904.    0088-2012    MARC (Valley Forge Life Insurance Co).    SLD    4/1/98    MRT
905.    0496-0305    Mark Twain Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/73    LPR
906.    0387-2519    Mass Mutual Int’l (Bermuda) Limited    SLD    05/10/99    YRT
907.    0087-1660    Mass. Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown    YRT
908.    0490-0617    Massachusetts General Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/88    YRT
910.    0087-0858    Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/90    YRT
911.    0087-1071    Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/92    YRT
912.    0087-1542    Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/96    COINS
913.    0134-1018    Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/92    YRT
914.   

0087-1194

(Mass. Mutual

Life)

0087-2512

(MML Bay

State)

   Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company Mutual Life Insurance Company, MML Bay State Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/93    YRT
915.    0087-1133    Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/29/93    COINS
916.    0087-1132    Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/29/93    YRT
917.    3246    Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, C.M. Life Insurance Company, MML Bay State Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/02    YRT
918.    ****-1682    Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, MML Bay State Life Insurance Company, and CM Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/94    YRT
919.    0510-1254    Mercantile and General Life Reassurance Company of America    SLD    4/27/94    YRT
920.   

Recent win

0043-7356,

0525-7357

   Met/Gen Am UL01 and ULSG03    SLD    7/1/04    YRT
921.    0192-4968    MetLife Investors Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/02    YRT
922.    0191-4966    MetLife Investors Insurance Company of Calif.    SLD    5/1/02    YRT
923.   

0180-6730

0212-6731

   MetLife Investors USA Insurance Co First MetLife Investors Insurance Company    SLD    (date on

LOI)

2/1/04

   COINS
924.    0212-6731    MetLife Investors USA Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/04    COINS
925.    0043-1221    Metropolitan Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/94    YRT
926.    2933    Metropolitan Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/02    YRT
927.    0043-6166    Metropolitan Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/02    YRT

 

-20-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
929.    0043-0875    Metropolitan Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/91    YRT
930.    0096-0882    Metropolitan Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/90    COINS
931.    0043-1022    Metropolitan Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/92    MRT
932.    0043-4971    Metropolitan Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/02    YRT
933.    5386    Metropolitan Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/4/02    YRT
934.    1256    Metropolitan Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/94    COINS
935.    0044-0948    Metropolitan Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/91    YRT
936.    0043-1940    Metropolitan Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/98    COINS
938.    ****-0015B    Mid American life Insurance Company    SLD    11/15/54    YRT
939.    ****-0015C    Mid American life Insurance Company    SLD    01/02/58    COINS
940.    ****-0015D    Mid American life Insurance Company    SLD    01/02/58    YRT
941.    Recent win    Midland HOLI    SLD    Unknown    TBD
942.    ****-0618    Midland Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown    YRT
943.    1843    Midland Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/98    YRT
944.    0093-0319    Midland National Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/86    YRT
945.    0587-0153    Midland National Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/85    COINS
946.    0587-6228    Midland National Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/03    YRT
947.    0587-6246    Midland National Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/03    YRT
948.    0587-0154    Midland National Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/86    YRT
949.    0587-0155    Midland National Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/86    MRT
950.    0587-0156    Midland National Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/85    COINS
951.    0587-7332    Midland National Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/04    YRT
952.    0587-7333    Midland National Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/03    COINS
953.    0587-7334    Midland National Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/04    YRT
954.    0185-5326    Midland National Life Insurance Company—West Des Moines, IA (Novation Agrmt., effective 4/1/04, signed 8/04) Previous CC: Clarica Life Insurance Company-US    SLD    3/1/03    COINS
955.    ****- 0227    Midwestern Health Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown    YRT
956.   

****-0323

(First contract in treaty)

   Mid-Western Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/65    YRT
957.   

****-0323

(Second contract in treaty)

   Mid-Western Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/27/65    YRT
958.   

****-0323

(Third contract in treaty)

   Mid-Western Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/68    YRT
959.    0553-0320    Midwestern United Life Insurance Co    SLD    1/1/84    YRT
960.    0298-3986    Minnesota Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/02    YRT
962.    0238-2214    Minnesota Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/00    YRT
963.    0238-2158    Minnesota Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/98    YRT
964.    0238-4606    Minnesota Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/03    YRT
965.    0238-6686    Minnesota Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/04    YRT
966.    0238-3018    Minnesota Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/02    YRT
967.    0238-2469    Minnesota Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/00    YRT
968.    0238-7324    Minnesota Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/18/04

(9/20/04 in

Altris)

   YRT
969.    0238-1560    Minnesota Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/96    YRT
970.    ****-0327    Minnesota Protective Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/65    COINS
971.    ****-0326    Minnesota Protective Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/10/62    MRT
972.    0244-0331    Missouri National Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/2/62    COINS
973.    0244-0330    Missouri National Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/2/62    YRT
974.    0087-7314    MML Bay State LIC; C.M. LIC; Massachusetts Mutual LIC    SLD    8/1/04    YRT
976.    2703    MML Bay State Life Insurance Company, C.M. Life Insurance Company, Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/01    YRT
977.   

0087-2789,

2869

   MML Bay State Life Insurance Company, C.M. Life Insurance Company, Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/01    YRT
978.    0087-4286    MML Bay State Life, C.M. Life, and Massachusetts Mutual    SLD    3/31/03    YRT

 

-21-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
979.    0200-0334    Modern Pioneer’s Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/85    YRT
980.   

****-0332

(Fourth contract in treaty)

   Modern Pioneers Insurance Company    SLD    7/20/55    YRT
981.    0200-0333A    Modern Pioneers Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/81    YRT
982.    0200-0333B    Modern Pioneers Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/65    YRT
983.    ****-0332A    Modern Pioneers Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/59    YRT
985.    0281-2936    Mony Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/02    YRT
986.    1079-5667    MONY Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/03    YRT
987.    1079-5666    MONY Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/03    YRT
988.    0281-4346    Mony Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/16/98    YRT
989.    0281-2770    MONY Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    4/26/01    YRT
990.    0281-1819    MONY Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    6/1/94    YRT
991.    0281-1820    MONY Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    3/7/94    YRT
993.    7364    MONY Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/22/04    COINS
994.    0249-0335B    Mountain States Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    4/17/62    YRT
995.    0040 -2010    Munich American Reassurance Company    SLD    04/01/98    YRT
996.    0332-1459    Munich American Reassurance Company    SLD    9/16/93    YRT
997.    0332-1428    Munich American Reassurance Company (successor to Continental Assurance Company)    SLD    1/1/95    YRT
998.    0332-1106    Munich American Reassurance Company (the original ceding company was Continental Assurance Co).    SLD    8/20/92    YRT
999.    0332-1385    Munich American Reassurance Company of Atlanta (used to be Continental Assurance Co).    SLD    1/1/95    YRT
1000.    0088-1575    Munich American Reassurance Company of Atlanta, GA    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
1001.    0088-1576    Munich American Reassurance Company of Atlanta, GA    SLD    1/1/96    COINS
1002.    0332-1573    Munich American Reassurance Company of Atlanta, GA    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
1003.    0332-1574    Munich American Reassurance Company of Atlanta, GA    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
1004.    0332-1127    Munich American Reassurance Company of Atlanta, GA    SLD    1/1/93    YRT
1005.    0075-0732    Mutual Benefit Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/88    YRT
1006.    ****-0333C    Mutual Investors Assurance Company    SLD    1/1/65    YRT
1007.    0179-1187    Mutual Life Insurance Co of NY    SLD    3/7/94    MRT
1008.    7048-2838    Mutual of Omaha Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/01    COINS
1009.    7048-2833    Mutual of Omaha Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/01    COINS
1010.    0032-1551    Mutual Trust Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/15/96    COINS
1011.    0032-737    Mutual Trust Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/88    YRT
1012.    0551-0346    National Benefit Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/85    YRT
1013.    0551-0345A    National Benefit Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/85    COINS
1014.    0551-0345B    National Benefit Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/85    COINS
1015.    0551-0345C    National Benefit Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/85    COINS
1016.    ****-0416    National Benefit Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown    YRT
1017.    ****-0533    National Educators Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/13/50    YRT
1018.    0028-0347C    National Farmers Union Life Assoc.    SLD    12/1/49    YRT
1019.    3028-0352    National Farmers Union Life Insurance Co    SLD    2/1/87    MRT
1020.    3586-0284    National Farmers Union Life Insurance Co (ceding Company used to be Loyalty Life Insurance Co).    SLD    4/1/85    YRT
1021.    ****-0353    National Farmers Union Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown    MRT
1022.    ****-0354    National Farmers Union Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown    YRT
1023.    0028-0350    National Farmers Union Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/78    YRT
1024.    0028-0347A    National Farmers Union Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/76    YRT
1025.    0028-0347B    National Farmers Union Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/62    YRT
1026.    0586-0285    National Farmers Union Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/85    YRT
1027.    0028-0348    National Farmers Union Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown    YRT
1028.    0028-0351    National Farmers Union Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown    YRT
1029.    0357    National Fidelity Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/84    YRT
1030.    0326-2233    National Guardian Life Insurance Co    SLD    6/1/00    YRT
1031.    0095-2734    National Guardian Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/01    COINS

 

-22-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
1032.    0163-2004    National Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/98    COINS
1033.    0163-1639    National Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/96    COINS
1034.    1322    National Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/94    COINS
1035.    0163-1859    National Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/97    YRT
1037.    0163-2915    National Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/02    YRT
1038.    0163-5106    National Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/02    YRT
1039.    0163-1126    National Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/93    COINS
1040.    0163-2768    National Life InsuranceCompany    SLD    6/1/01    YRT
1041.    0163-2964    National Life InsuranceCompany    SLD    7/22/02    YRT
1042.    0049-1477    National Security Life and Annuity Company    SLD    1/1/95    YRT
1043.    ****-0358C    National Western Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/28/57    YRT
1044.    ****-0364    National Western Life Insurance Company (successor to Great Plains Life Insurance Company)    SLD    10/01/70    YRT
1045.    ****-0359    National Western Life Insurance Company (successor to Pacific-Atlantic Life Insurance Company)    SLD    8/1/64    MRT
1046.    ****-0358A    National Western Life Insurance Company (successor to Security National Life Insurance Company)    SLD    5/10/51    YRT
1047.    ****-0358A    National Western Life Insurance Company (successor to Security National Life Insurance Company)    SLD    4/10/51    YRT
1048.    0195-1486    Nationwide Life & Annuity Company of America    SLD    1/1/96    COINS
1049.    0356-7310    Nationwide Life and Annuity    SLD    6/25/04    YRT
1050.    0195-1273    Nationwide Life and Annuity Company of America (successor to ProvidentMutual Life and Annuity Company of America)    SLD    4/1/94    YRT
1051.   

0207-5246 &

0356-5986

   Nationwide Life Insurance Co & Nationwide Life and Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/03    MRT
1052.    0891-5090    Nationwide Life Insurance Co of Amer. & Nationwide Life & Annuity Co of America    SLD    7/1/03    YRT
1053.    0207-1342    Nationwide Life Insurance Company and Nationwide Life and Annuity Insurance Company (added by Amendment No. 11)    SLD    11/1/94    YRT
1054.    UL2G 5987    Nationwide Life Insurance Company Nationwide Life and Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/03    MRT
1056.    0207-1809    Nationwide Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/96    YRT
1057.    0207-1810    Nationwide Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/97    COINS
1058.    0207-4446    Nationwide Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/25/02    YRT
1059.    0356-5988    Nationwide Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/03    MRT
1060.   

0207-3766

0356-3767

   Nationwide Life Insurance Company Nationwide Life and Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/02    YRT
1061.    0207-7293    Nationwide Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/21/03    YRT
1062.    0819-1435    Nationwide Life Insurance Company (successor to Provident Mutual Life Insurance Company)    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
1063.    ****-0522C    New American Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/59    YRT
1064.    ****-0522D    New American Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/16/57    YRT
1065.    1855    New England Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/98    YRT
1067.    0193-1294    New England Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/93    YRT
1068.    0193-2737    New England Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/01    YRT
1069.    2739    New England Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/00    YRT
1070.    0193-3505    New England Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/02    MRT
1071.    0193-1967    New England Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/97    COINS
1072.    ****-1672    New England Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/96    YRT
1073.    ****-1674    New England Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/30/96    YRT
1074.    0044-1320    New England Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/94    YRT
1075.    0193-1266    New England Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/94 for

facultative
business,

8/1/94 for

automatic
business

   YRT
1076.    0193-1267    New England Variable Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/94 for

facultative
business,

8/1/94 for
automatic

business

   YRT

 

-23-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
1077.    0289-5026    New York Life Ins & Annuity Corp.    SLD    7/1/02    YRT
1078.    0289-1833    New York Life Insurance & Annuity Corp.    SLD    2/11/98    COINS
1079.    2213    New York Life Insurance and Annuity Corporation    SLD    9/28/99    YRT
1080.    2783    New York Life Insurance and Annuity Corporation    SLD    7/30/99    YRT
1081.    0152-1101    New York Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/28/92    YRT
1082.    1307    New York Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/94    YRT
1085.    0152-2571    New York Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/00    YRT
1086.    ****-0370    North America Insurance Company    SLD    1/23/50    YRT
1087.    0620-0846    North American Company for Life & Health    SLD    3/1/90    YRT
1089.    0620-0604    North American Company for Life & Health Insurance    SLD    7/13/87    COINS
1091.    0620-2121    North American Company for Life & Health Insurance    SLD    12/7/98    COINS
1093.    3582-0838    North American Company for Life & Health Insurance (used to be Amoco Life Insurance Company)    SLD    2/1/85    MRT
1095.    0621-3224    North American Company for Life & Health of N.Y.    SLD    7/22/02    YRT
1097.    0620-2262    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance    SLD    1/1/00    YRT
1098.    0620-0753    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance    SLD    3/1/88    YRT
1099.    3620-0774    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance    SLD    1/1/89    YRT
1100.    0620-3926    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance    SLD    9/5/02    YRT
1101.    0620-0893    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance    SLD    9/9/90    MRT
1102.    0620-2735    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance    SLD    7/14/00    YRT
1103.    0621-2729    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance    SLD    2/1/01    YRT
1105.    0620-6826    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance    SLD    12/8/03    YRT
1106.    3120    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance    SLD    4/15/02    YRT
1107.    0620-6786    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance    SLD    12/8/03    YRT
1108.    0620-6766    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance    SLD    12/8/03    YRT
1109.    0620-6826    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance    SLD    12/8/03    YRT
1110.    3620-0376    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance    SLD    12/1/86    MRT
1111.    0620-0375    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance    SLD    12/1/86    COINS
1112.    0620-0373    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance    SLD    12/1/86    YRT
1113.    0620-0413    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance    SLD    Unknown    YRT
1114.    0582-0064    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance (used to be Amoco Life Insurance Co)    SLD    2/1/85    MRT
1115.    0621-6827    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance of New York    SLD    12/8/03    YRT
1116.    0621-2736    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance of New York    SLD    10/2/00    YRT
1117.    0621-2730    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance of NY    SLD    4/20/01    YRT
1118.    0621-6806    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance Of NY    SLD    12/08/03    YRT
1119.    0621-6767    North American Company for Life and Health Insurance Of NY    SLD    12/08/03    YRT
1120.    0379    North Atlantic Insurance Company of America (marked “Reliastar Life Insurance Company of New York”)    SLD    6/1/87    YRT
1121.    447-0758    North Coast Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/89    YRT
1122.    0287-0295B    Northern Founders Insurance Company (cover of main treaty says Manhattan National)    SLD    1/1/64    YRT
1123.    0287-0295D    Northern National Insurance Company (Covers of main treaty says Manhattan National is handwriting)    SLD    10/15/69    YRT
1125.    0102-1563    Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/29/96    YRT
1126.    0102-0930    Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/91    COINS
1127.    0102-1134    Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    01/01/93    YRT
1128.    0102-2157    Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    04/05/99    YRT
1129.    0102-2263    Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    04/03/00    COINS
1130.    0102-2724    Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
1131.    0102-2187    Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/5/99    YRT
1132.    0102-2468    Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/3/96    YRT
1133.    0102-1094    Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/92    YRT
1134.    6947    Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/29/04    YRT
1135.    7339    Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/05    YRT
1136.    7340    Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/05    YRT

 

-24-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
1137.    0101-1315    Northwestern National Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/95    YRT
1139.    3569-0385    Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/85    MRT
1140.    0012-0511    Occidental Life Insurance Company of California    SLD    1/1/79    YRT
1141.    508-B    Occidental Life Insurance Company of California    SLD    7/1/74    YRT
1142.    508-C    Occidental Life Insurance Company of California    SLD    Unknown    YRT
1143.    ****-0384    Occidental Life Insurance Company of N.C.    SLD    8/1/84    COINS
1144.    0160-5446    Ohio National Life Assurance Company    SLD    3/31/03    YRT
1145.    0160-2575    Ohio National Life Assurance Company    SLD    09/05/00    YRT
1146.    1265    Ohio National Life Assurance Corporation    SLD    1/1/94    YRT
1147.    0160-1124    Ohio National Life Assurance Corporation    SLD    2/1/93 for

facultative
business,

8/1/93 for

automatic
business

   MRT
1149.    0160-1961    Ohio National Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/98    YRT
1150.    0229-1482    Ohio State Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/96    MRT
1151.    0229-1971    Ohio State Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/98    YRT
1152.    0229-1968    Ohio State Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/96    COINS
1153.    0229-2430    Ohio State Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/00    COINS
1154.    ****-0387    Old Faithful Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/72    YRT
1155.    ****-0386    Old Faithful Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/29/53    YRT
1156.    0072-1586    Old Line Insurance Company of America    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
1159.    0072-1509    Old Line Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
1160.    0072-1776    Old Line Life Insurance Company of America (now AIG)    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
1161.    ****-0362    Old National Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/68    YRT
1162.    0200-0332C    Old Reliance Insurance Company (successor to Modern Pioneers’ Insurance Co)    SLD    6/1/54    YRT
1163.    0325-0324    Old Surety Life Insurance Company (successor to Mid-Western Life Insurance Company)    SLD    9/1/86    COINS
1164.    ****-0363    Olympic Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/23/68    YRT
1165.    0017-0553    Olympic National Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown    COINS
1166.    0017-0552    Olympic National Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/49    YRT
1167.    0450-0394C    Ozark National Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/10/70    YRT
1168.    0450-0394E    Ozark National Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/11/63    MRT
1169.    0450-0394D    Ozark National Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/67    YRT
1170.   

0450-0394A

(First contract in treaty)

   Ozark National Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/10/70    YRT
1171.   

0450-0394B

(Second contract in treaty)

   Ozark National Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/20/64    MRT
1172.    0039-0747    Pacific Guardian Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/88    YRT
1173.    0329-2951    Pacific Life & Annuity    SLD    1/1/02    YRT
1174.    0329-2212    Pacific Life & Annuity Company    SLD    8/2/99    YRT
1175.    0329-6188    Pacific Life & Annuity Company    SLD    1/1/02    YRT
1176.    0329-2483    Pacific Life & Annuity Company    SLD    10/1/99    YRT
1177.    0329-4907    Pacific Life & Annuity Company    SLD    4/1/03    YRT
1178.    0329-5006    Pacific Life & Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/03    COINS
1179.    0904-4067    Pacific Life & Annuity, M Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/02    YRT
1180.    0570-6187    Pacific Life and Annuity Company Pacific Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/02    YRT
1181.   

0329-2951

0570-2939

0570-6187

0329-6188

   Pacific Life and Annuity Company Pacific Life Insurance Company    SLD    (date on

LOI)

1/1/02

   YRT
1182.    0590-2939    Pacific Life Ins Company    SLD    1/1/02    YRT
1183.    0570-2247    Pacific Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/99    YRT
1184.    0563-0169    Pacific Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/86    YRT
1186.    0570-7272    Pacific Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/04 –

12/31/04

   YRT

 

-25-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
1187.    0570-7271    Pacific Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/04 –

12/31/04

   YRT
1188.    0570-5906    Pacific Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/04 –

4/30/??

   YRT
1189.    0563-0170    Pacific Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/86    YRT
1190.    0570-2482    Pacific Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/99    YRT
1191.   

0570-5046

0329-5047

  

Pacific Life Insurance Company

Pacific Life and Annuity Company

   SLD    (date on

LOI)

5/1/04

   YRT
1192.    0570-4906    Pacific Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/03    YRT
1193.    ****-0396    Pacific Life Insurance Company (successor to Pacific Mutual Life Insurance Company)    SLD    1/1/84    YRT
1194.    ****-0790    Pacific Life Insurance Company (used to be Pacific Mutual Life Insurance Co).    SLD    8/1/89    YRT
1195.    0570-1067    Pacific Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/91    COINS
1196.    0570-1219    Pacific Mutual life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/91    YRT
1197.    0570-1181A    Pacific Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/84    YRT
1198.    ****-0395    Pacific Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/83    YRT
1199.    0570-0990 C    Pacific Mutual Life Insurance Company & SLD & M Life    SLD &

Pacific

Mutual

   1/1/84    COINS
1200.    ****-0360    Pacific-Atlantic Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/23/65    MRT
1201.    0294-1872    Pan-American Int’l Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/97    YRT
1202.    0274-1847    Pan-American Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/97    COINS
1203.    0210-1664    Penn Mutual Life Insurance Co.    SLD    9/1/96    MRT
1204.    0210-2237    Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/99    YRT
1205.    1210-2204    Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/99    YRT
1206.    0210-2102    Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    01/01/99    YRT
1207.    0210-2421    Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/00    YRT
1208.    0210-2841    Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/30/01    YRT
1209.    0169-1671    Peoples Security Life Insurance Co    SLD    9/1/96    YRT
1210.    ****-0596 (B)    Perpetual Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/10/56    YRT
1211.    0243- 6146    PHL Variable Insurance Co    SLD    6/9/03    YRT
1212.    0243-2784    PHL Variable Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/01    COINS
1213.    ****-2787    Phoenix Life Insurance Company    SLD    03/01/01    YRT
1214.    ****-3074    Phoenix Life Insurance Company Phoenix Life and Annuity Company PHL Variable Insurance Company    SLD    2/25/02    COINS
1215.    0375-2934    Phoenix Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/25/02    COINS
1216.    024-2935    Phoenix Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/25/02    COINS
1217.    0375-2786    Phoenix Life Insurance Company & PHL Variable Insurance Company & Phoenix Life & Annuity Company    SLD    01/01/00    YRT
1218.    0375-2860    Phoenix Life Insurance Company /PHL Variable Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/17/01    YRT
1219.    0375-5706    Phoenix Life Insurance Company, PHL Variable Insurance Company    SLD    3/24/03    COINS
1220.    0375-5206    Phoenix Life Insurance Company, PHL Variable Insurance Company    SLD    3/24/03    COINS
1221.   

0242-3147,

0242-3148,

0242-3149

   Phoenix Life Insurance Company, Phoenix Life and Annuity Company, PHL Variable Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/02    YRT
1222.    0589-0405    Pilot Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/16/85    YRT
1223.    0300-2930    Pioneer Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/02    YRT
1224.    0300-2931    Pioneer Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/02    COINS
1225.    0300-1972    Pioneer Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/98    COINS
1226.    3471-0418    Prairie States Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/16/83    YRT
1227.    0287-0295C    Preferred Life Insurance Company (cover of main treaty says Manhattan National)    SLD    1/12/62    YRT
1228.    0287-0295A    Preferred Life Insurance Company (Cover of Main treaty says Manhattan National)    SLD    3/1/64    MRT
1229.    0178-0741    Preferred Risk Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/88    MRT
1230.    0178-0742    Preferred Risk Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/88    MRT
1231.    0905    Presidential Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/91    COINS

 

-26-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
1232.    0113-1652    Presidential Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/97    YRT
1233.    0218-2944    Principal Life Insurance Company of Des Moines, Iowa    SLD    5/1/02    YRT
1234.    2113    Principal Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/99    YRT
1235.    0218-2206    Principal Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/98    YRT
1236.    0218-2769    Principal Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/01    YRT
1237.    0218-2495    Principal Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/00    YRT
1238.    0218-1427    Principal Life Insurance Company (successor to Principal Mutual Life Insurance Company)    SLD    10/1/95    YRT
1239.    0218-1438    Principal Life Insurance Company (successor to Principal Mutual Life Insurance Company)    SLD    10/1/85    YRT
1240.    ****-0423    Professional Investors Life Insurance Co    SLD    4/8/70    COINS
1241.    ****-0050    Professional Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/62    YRT
1242.    0461-0424    Progress Life & Accident Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/70    YRT
1243.    0270-7283    Protective L&A (West Coast Life Insurance Company)    SLD    (date on

LOI)

2/9/04

   YRT
1244.    0279-2979    Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    12/28/01    YRT
1245.    0270-3304    Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    9/3/02    COINS
1246.    0270-6186    Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/02    COINS
1247.    0270-5448    Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company    SLD    3/17/03    YRT
1248.    ****-0543C    Protective Life Ins Company (successor to United Founders Life Insurance Company of Texas)    SLD    Unknown    YRT
1249.    ****-0543G    Protective Life Insurance Co (successor to United Founders Life Insurance Company)    SLD    8/10/56    YRT
1250.    0091-0425    Protective Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/87    COINS
1252.    0091-3161    Protective Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/02    COINS
1253.    0091-1985    Protective Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/98    COINS
1254.    1977    Protective Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/97    COINS
1256.    0091-1446    Protective Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/94    YRT
1257.    0091-4587    Protective Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/02    COINS
1258.    0091-6287    Protective Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/03    COINS
1259.    0091-7331    Protective Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/02    YRT
1260.    0091-3162    Protective Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/02    YRT
1261.    0091-6046    Protective Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/02    YRT
1262.    0091-4588    Protective Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/02    COINS
1263.    0197-1975    Protective Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/97    COINS
1264.    0091-2867    Protective Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/00    YRT
1265.    0091-1112    Protective Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/15/93    YRT
1266.    0091-1640    Protective Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/15/96    COINS
1267.    0091-0426    Protective Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/86    MRT
1268.    0091-4226    Protective Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/03    YRT
1269.    0173-1417    Protective Life Insurance Company (successor to Standard Insurance Company)    SLD    7/26/95    YRT
1270.    ****-0543A    Protective Life Insurance Company (successor to United Founders Life Insurance Company)    SLD    Unknown,

date of
witnessing

9/14/72

   YRT
1271.    ****-0543F    Protective Life Insurance Company (successor to United Founders Life Insurance Company)    SLD    1/1/61    YRT
1272.    0590-1449    Provident Life & Accident Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/95    YRT
1273.    0590-1511    Provident Life & Accident Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/96    YRT
1274.    0590-0428    Provident Life and Accident Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/85    YRT
1275.    0063-0782    Provident Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/89    YRT
1276.    0819-1233    Provident Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/94    YRT
1277.   

0195-3668

0195-3669

   Provident Mutual Life Insurance Company & Providentmutual Life and Annuity Company of America    SLD    7/1/02    YRT
1278.    0239-1755    Providian Life and Health Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/87    YRT
1279.    0239-1579    Providian Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/96    COINS
1280.    0153-3806    Pruco Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/02    YRT

 

-27-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
1281.    0153-3608    Pruco Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/02    YRT
1282.    0153-6266    Pruco Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/30/02    YRT
1283.    6267    Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey    SLD    9/30/02    YRT
1284.    0246-1584    Prudential Insurance Company of America    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
1285.    0246-2548    Prudential Insurance Company of America    SLD    1/1/00    YRT
1286.    ****-1439    Prudential Select Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/95    COINS
1287.    ****-0522E    Public Security Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/14/54    YRT
1288.    ****-0266B    Reassure America (Name of ceding company changed from Lifetime Life Insurance Co to Western Pioneer Life Insurance Company, effective Aug. 5 , 1969; Western Pioneer merged with Reassure America Life Insurance Company on July 1, 1996)    SLD    08/05/69    YRT
1289.    ****-0265A    Reassure America (used to be Lifetime Security Life Insurance Co).    SLD    Unknown    LPR
1290.    ****-0265B    Reassure America (used to be Lifetime Security Life Insurance Co).    SLD    Unknown    YRT
1291.    0036-0277A    Reassure America Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/18/67    COINS
1292.    0036-0277B    Reassure America Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/27/67    YRT
1293.    0036-0277C    Reassure America Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/70    YRT
1294.    0596-014    Reassure America Life Insurance Company    SLD    02/01/86    YRT
1295.    0596-1087    Reassure American Life Insurance Company (used to be Allied Life Insurance Company)    SLD    10/1/92 for

facultative
reinsurance

1/1/93 for

automatic
reinsurance

   YRT
1296.    ****-0358B    Reliance National Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/63    YRT
1297.    ****-0074B    Reliastar Bankers Security Life Insurance Society    SLD    5/1/68    YRT
1298.    0101-0881    ReliaStar Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/91    YRT
1299.    0101-1785    Reliastar Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/97    COINS
1300.    0394-0783    Reliastar Life Insurance Company (used to be Bankers Security Life Insurance Society)    SLD    4/1/89    YRT
1301.    0017-0781    Reliastar Life Insurance Company (used to United Olympic Life Insurance Co).    SLD    4/1/89    COINS
1302.    0021-0380    ReliaStar Life Insurance Company of NY    SLD    6/1/87    COINS
1303.    0021-2198    Reliastar Life Insurance Company of NY    SLD    01/01/98    YRT
1304.    ****-0152A    Reserve Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/69    YRT
1305.    0129-1549    Reunione Adriatica Di Sicurta’ S.p.A., Milan, Italy    SLD    1/1/95    COINS
1306.    0919-1110    RGA Re-insurance Co (ceding Company used to be ITT Lyndon Life Insurance Co).    SLD    12/31/92    YRT
1307.    0159-1450    RGA Reinsurance Company    SLD    1/1/95    YRT
1308.    0159-2152    RGA Reinsurance Company of America    SLD    12/04/90    YRT
1309.    0129-1305    Riunione Adriatica Di Sicurta    SLD    1/1/94    YRT
1310.    0129-1306    Riunione Adriatica Di Sicurta    SLD    1/1/94    COINS
1311.    ****-0077B    Rocky Mountain Empire Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/56    MRT
1312.    ****-0342    Rocky Mountain Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/51    YRT
1313.    ****-0341    Rocky Mountain Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/20/50    YRT
1314.    0616-0892    Royal Maccabees Life Insurance Company    SLD    02/01/91    MRT
1315.    0616-1303    Royal Maccabees Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/94    YRT
1316.    0443    Rushmore Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/82    COINS
1317.    0024-0439 A    Rushmore Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/23/49    YRT
1318.    0024-0439 B    Rushmore Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/50    YRT
1319.    0024-0442    Rushmore National Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/82    YRT
1320.    0024-0445    Rushmore National Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/84    YRT
1321.    0024-0446    Rushmore National Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/84    YRT
1322.    0150-6231    Safeco Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/02    YRT
1323.    0150-3524    Safeco Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/02    COINS
1324.    ****-1122    Saint Louis Reinsurance Company    SLD    1/1/93    YRT
1325.    ****-2533    Samsung Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/99    YRT
1326.    0392    SCOR RE Life Insurance Company (changed to Optimum Re Insurance Company)    SLD    1/1/86    YRT
1327.    0455    Security Benefit Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/83    COINS

 

-28-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
1328.    0051-0454    Security Benefit Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/84    YRT
1329.    ****-1131    Security Equity Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/93    YRT
1330.    0493-2256    Security Financial Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/00    COINS
1331.    0306-2020    Security First Life Insurance Company    SLD    08/01/98    YRT
1332.    0493-0461    Security Mutual Life Insurance Co    SLD    4/1/85    MRT
1333.    0493-1806    Security Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/94    YRT
1334.    0493-0465    Security Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/30/82    MRT
1335.    0493 0458    Security Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/12/73    MRT
1336.    0879    Security Mutual Life Insurance Company of New York    SLD    1/1/91    YRT
1337.    1169    Security Mutual Life Insurance Company of New York    SLD    12/1/93    YRT
1338.    0880    Security Mutual Life Insurance Company of New York    SLD    9/1/90    COINS
1339.    0098-0946    Security Mutual Life Insurance Company of NY    SLD    5/1/91    YRT
1340.    0098-1341    Security Mutual Life Insurance Company of NY    SLD    12/1/94    YRT
1341.    0098-1119    Security Mutual Life Insurance Company of NY    SLD    8/1/93    YRT
1342.    0493-1920    Security Mutual Life of Lincoln NE    SLD    7/1/98    COINS
1343.    0105-0888    Security-Connecticut Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/91    YRT
1344.    3543-0744    Sentry Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/92    YRT
1345.    0543-2231    Sentry Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/00    YRT
1346.    0543-2232    Sentry Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/00    COINS
1347.    0543-1787    Sentry Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/97    YRT
1348.    0543-0471    Sentry Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/87    COINS
1349.    0543-0470    Sentry Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/87    YRT
1350.    0543-0473    Sentry Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/87    MRT
1351.    0567-0255    Service Life of Omaha    SLD    8/20/84    COINS
1352.    0567-0254    Service Life of Omaha    SLD    6/1/86    YRT
1353.    ****-0543E    Servicemen’s National Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/12/61    YRT
1354.    0592-0727    Shenandoah Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/87    YRT
1355.    0592-0751    Shenandoah Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/88    YRT
1356.    0592-0474    Shenandoah Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/85    MRT
1357.    0054-1631    First Transamerica Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/15/96    YRT
1358.    1998    SLDI    SLD    1/1/98    YRT
1359.    ****-0475    Southern Farm Bureau Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown    YRT
1360.    9142C    Southern Farm Bureau Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/22/82    COINS
1361.    0546-6866    Southern Farm Bureau Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/04    YRT
1362.    0546-0477    Southern Farm Bureau Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/85    MRT
1363.    476    Southern Farm Bureau Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/22/1982    COINS
1364.   

0581-0107

0566-1669

   Southern Life Insurance Company - Original Tty was w/ Commercial Bankers Life 11/1/85    SLD    4/1/85    YRT
1365.    ****-0015A    Southern States Life Insurance Company    SLD    01/23/50    YRT
1366.    0136-1080    Southland Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/92    COINS
1367.    0136-1025    Southland Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/92    YRT
1368.    0136-2572    Southland Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/00    YRT
1369.    1029    Southland Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/92    YRT
1370.    ****-0543H    Southwest Republic Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/27/53    YRT
1371.    0336-0478A    Southwestern Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/20/65    YRT
1372.    0336-0478B    Southwestern Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/20/65    YRT
1373.    0572-0940    Sovereign Life Insurance Company of California, Chubb Sovereign Life Insurance Company, Jefferson-Pilot    SLD    01/01/91    COINS
1374.    0173-1148    Standard Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/93    YRT
1375.    0283-0488    Standard Life and Accident Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/64    MRT
1376.    0077-0824    Standard Life Insurance Company of Indiana (used to be First International Life Insurance Co).    SLD    1/1/90    YRT
1377.    0402-0760    Standard Mutual Life Company    SLD    Unknown    COINS
1378.    ****-0335A    Standard Savings Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/27/60    YRT
1379.    0583-0020    Standard Security Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/85    YRT
1380.    0583-0021    Standard Security Life Insurance Company    SLD    08/01/85    YRT

 

-29-


    

Treaty

Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
1381.    0456-0490    State Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/70    YRT
1382.    0456-0491    State Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/82    YRT
1383.    0456-0492    State Mutual Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/82    COINS
1384.    0456-0493    State Mutual Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/84    COINS
1385.    0074-0731    Statesman Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/88    YRT
1386.    0342-0192    Sterling Nat’l Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/20/82    YRT
1387.    0610-0935    Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada    SLD    8/1/90    YRT
1388.    0610-2095    Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada    SLD    01/01/99    COINS
1389.    0610-2767    Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada    SLD    5/1/01    YRT
1390.    0610-0495    Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada    SLD    5/1/86    YRT
1391.    0610-1140    Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada    SLD    4/1/93    YRT
1392.    0610-0407    Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada    SLD    1/1/98    YRT
1393.    0610-1666    Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada    SLD    1/1/97    YRT
1394.    0625-2236    Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)    SLD    7/1/99    YRT
1395.    0315-2772    Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (US)    SLD    5/1/01    YRT
1396.    0624-5626    Sun Life Financial Insurance & Annuity Co (Bermuda) Ltd.    SLD    3/1/03    MRT
1397.    0290-6466    Sun Life Insurance & Annuity Company of NY    SLD    9/1/03    YRT
1398.   

Recent win

3166

   Sun Life Insurance Company    SLD    Effective in

November for
offshore
business

   YRT
1399.    0062-3154    Sunset Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/02    COINS
1400.    ****-0497    Sunset Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown    YRT
1401.    0062-3017    Sunset Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/15/98    YRT
1402.    0062-2485    Sunset Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    2/1/00    YRT
1403.    0062-2486    Sunset Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    1/1/00    YRT
1404.    0062-1845    Sunset Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    1/1/98    COINS
1405.    0062-2193    Sunset Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    07/01/99    YRT
1406.    0122-0950    Surety Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/91    YRT
1407.    0122-1546    Surety Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/94    YRT
1408.    0122-1193    Surety Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/93    YRT
1409.    1041    Swiss Re    SLD    7/1/83    YRT
1410.    0510-1789    Swiss Re Life & Health    SLD    7/1/96    COINS
1411.    0510-1790    Swiss Re Life & Health    SLD    7/1/96    YRT
1412.    3510-0310    Swiss Re Life & Health (successor to The Mercantile and General Life Reinsurance Company of Canada)    SLD    11/01/87    YRT
1413.    ****-0309A    Swiss Re Life & Health (successor to The Mercantile and General Life Reinsurance Company of Canada)    SLD    11/01/87    YRT
1414.    ****-0309B    Swiss Re Life & Health (successor to The Mercantile and General Life Reinsurance Company of Canada    SLD    7/13/82    YRT
1415.    ****-0307    Swiss Re Life & Health (successor to The Mercantile and General Life Reinsurance Company of Canada)    SLD    2/1/77    YRT
1416.    0516-1271    Swiss Re Life & Health America (North American Reassurance Co)    SLD    1/1/94    YRT
1417.    0051-1054    Swiss Re Life & Health America (used to be North American Reassurance Company and before that, it used to be Security Benefit Life Insurance Co)    SLD    1/1/87    YRT
1418.    0156-1302    Swiss Re Life & Health America Inc.    SLD    1/1/95    YRT
1419.    0510-0939    Swiss Re Life & Health America Inc.    SLD    8/15/91    YRT
1420.    0510-0942    Swiss Re Life & Health America Inc.    SLD    1/1/91    YRT
1421.    0510-0943    Swiss Re Life & Health America Inc.    SLD    1/1/91    YRT
1422.    0510-1462    Swiss Re Life & Health America Inc.    SLD    7/1/95    COINS
1423.    0037-0110    Swiss Re Life & Health America Inc.    SLD    1/1/60    YRT
1424.    0510-0945    Swiss Re Life & Health America Inc. (used to be The Mercantile and General Reinsurance Company)    SLD    1/1/91    YRT
1425.    0837-0849    Swiss Re Life & Health America, Inc.    SLD    1/1/89    YRT
1426.    0510-1284    Swiss Re Life & Health America, Inc.    SLD    4/1/94    YRT
1427.    0510-1293    Swiss Re Life & Health America, Inc.    SLD    3/1/94    YRT
1428.    0510-1296    Swiss Re Life & Health America, Inc.    SLD    4/1/94    YRT
1429.    0995    Swiss Re Life and Health America, Inc. (Novated from Connecticut General Life Insurance Company)    SLD    7/1/91    YRT

 

-30-


     Treaty
Number
 

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
  Basis
1431.    0250-7206   Tennessee Farmers Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/04   YRT
1432.    0250-7267   Tennessee Farmers Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/04   COINS
1433.    0503   Teton National Insurance (assumed by American Founders Life as of 12/31/01)    SLD    2/2/85   COINS
1434.    ****-0505   Teton National Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown   MRT
1435.    0219-0502   Teton National Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/72   COINS
1436.    0135-1019   Texas Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/92   YRT
1437.    0135-1390   Texas Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/95   YRT
1438.    0497-0546   Texas National Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/73   LPR
1439.    ****-0596 (C)   The American Founders Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/15/56   YRT
1440.    ****-0091   The Capitol Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/15/84   YRT
1441.    ****-0097   The Chesapeake Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/29/81   COINS
1442.    0540-1081   The Chesapeake Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/17/79   COINS
1443.    0278-2940   The Cincinnati Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/15/02   YRT
1444.    2078-1918   The Cincinnati Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/98   COINS
1445.    0069-2413   The College Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    1/1/00   COINS
1446.    0069-2727   The College Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    04/01/99   COINS
1447.    0069-1129   The College Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    4/1/93   COINS
1448.    0069-1969   The College Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    1/1/98   YRT
1449.    1191   The College Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    1/1/1993   YRT
1450.    0092-0094   The College Life Insurance Company of America (successor to Central National Life Insurance Company)    SLD    7/24/53   YRT
1451.    ****-0069A   The Colony Charter Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/66   MRT
1452.    ****-0596(A)   The Denver National Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/63   YRT
1453.    0041-5686   The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States    SLD    3/1/03   YRT
1454.    0175-1161   The Equitable Life Assurance Society of US    SLD    6/1/93   YRT
1455.    0175-1162   The Equitable Life Assurance Society of US    SLD    6/1/93   YRT
1456.    ****-1274   The Equitable of Colorado Inc.    SLD    4/4/94   YRT
1457.    0593-0011   The Franklin Life Insurance Company (successor to Alexander Hamilton Life Insurance Company)    SLD    1/1/86   YRT
1458.    0203-1381   The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    5/1/95   YRT
1459.    0203-1632   The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    7/1/86   COINS
1460.    0157-1595-4   The Hartford Life Insurance Company    SLD    (date on

LOI)

10/1/98

  YRT
1461.    0606-0261   The Life Insurance Company of Virginia    SLD    1/1/86   YRT
1462.    0562-1378   The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/95   YRT
1463.    0562-4326   The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/03   YRT
1464.    7305   The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/04   YRT
1465.    0595-1037   The Manhattan Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/92   YRT
1466.    0595-0294   The Manhattan Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/84   MRT
1467.    0301-7086   The Manufacturers Life Insurance Co of NY    SLD    3/1/04   YRT
1468.    7362 (pv.

KW01)

  The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/30/04   TBD
1469.    0234-3947   The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)    SLD    9/1/02   YRT
1471.    0234-5926   The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (USA)    SLD    (date on

LOI)

10/1/03

  YRT
1472.    0257-1748   The Mercantile and General Reinsurance Company Ltd.    SLD    1/1/96   YRT
1473.    0613-2258   The Midland Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/00   COINS
1474.    0613-2161   The Midland Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/99   COINS
1475.    0613-1844   The Midland Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/98   COINS
1476.    0613-0318   The Midland Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/86   COINS
1477.    ****-1278   The Mutual Life Insurance Company of New York    SLD    6/1/94   COINS
1478.    0948-0044   The New England Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/91   MRT
1479.    0059-611   The Ohio Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/88   YRT
1480.    0059-0612   The Ohio Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/88   COINS

 

-31-


     Treaty
Number
 

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
1481.    0059-0613   The Ohio Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/88    YRT
1482.    0206-1394   The Ohio National Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/94    COINS
1483.    0229-2726   The Ohio State Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/99    COINS
1484.    0429-5088   The Penn Insurance & Annuity Company    SLD    11/1/02    YRT
1485.    0210-2165   The Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/99    YRT
1486.    0210-1434   The Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/95    YRT
1487.    0210-1441   The Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/21/95    YRT
1488.    0210-1442   The Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/21/95    MRT
1489.    0246-1734   The Prudential Insurance Company of America    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
1490.    0107-0992   The Travelers Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/92    COINS
1491.    0107-1582   The Travelers Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/96    COINS
1492.    0107-0999   The Travelers Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/91    YRT
1493.    0107-0998   The Travelers Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/91    YRT
1494.    0107-0991   The Travelers Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/92    YRT
1495.    0107-1154   The Travelers Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/93    COINS
1496.    0107-1097   The Travelers Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/92    YRT
1497.    0107-1165   The Travelers Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/93    YRT
1498.    0107-2975   The Travelers Insurance Company & The Travelers Life and Annuity Company    SLD    6/1/02    YRT
1499.    0107-1283

0221-1646

 

The Travelers Insurance Company

Travelers Life and Annuity

   SLD    6/1/94    MRT

(1283),
COINS

(1646)

1500.    0107-1667

0221-1668

  The Travelers Insurance Company & The Travelers Life and Annuity Company    SLD    3/1/97    YRT

(1667),
COINS
(1668)

1501.    0107-1598   The Travelers Insurance Company and The Travelers Life and Annuity Company    SLD    10/1/96    MRT
1502.    0107-1840

0221-1841

  The Travelers Insurance Company and The Travelers Life and Annuity Company    SLD    1/1/98    MRT

(1840),
COINS

(1841)

1503.    0107-5366

0221-5367

  The Travelers Insurance Company, The Travelers Life & Annuity Co    SLD    4/1/03    YRT
1504.    0107-1658

0221-1657

  The Travelers Life Insurance Company The Travelers Life and Annuity Company    SLD    8/1/92    YRT
1505.    0020-1142   The Union Central Life Insurance Co    SLD    7/1/93    YRT
1506.    0020-3144   The Union Central Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/02    COINS
1507.    0020-1869   The Union Central Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/97    YRT
1508.    ****-1604   The Union Central Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/96    COINS
1510.    ****-1768   The Union Central Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/97    COINS
1511.    0194-1399   The United States Life Insurance Company in the City of New York    SLD    7/1/95    YRT
1512.    0194-1443   The United States Life Insurance Company in the City of New York    SLD    4/1/95    MRT
1513.    0194-3344   The United States Life Insurance Company in the City of New York    SLD    10/1/99    YRT
1514.    0583-0022

(also Treaty #

0023)

  The United States Life Insurance Company in the City of NY (used to be American General Life Insurance Company and before that Standard Security Life Insurance Company of NY)    SLD    11/7/84    COINS
1515.    0204-4926   Thrivent Financial For Lutherans    SLD    3/1/03    YRT
1516.    0331-2549   TIAA-CREF Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/01    COINS
1517.    0331-2857   TIAA-Cref Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/02    YRT
1518.    0600-0506   Time Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/86    MRT
1519.    0600-1036   Time Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/91    YRT
1520.    0185-1231   TMG Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/94    MRT
1521.    0408-0507   Tower Life and Accident Insurance Company    SLD    7/19/68    YRT
1522.    0104-3158   Transamerica Assurance Company    SLD    7/1/02    YRT
1523.    ****-6327   Transamerica Financial Life    SLD    8/1/03    COINS
1524.    ****-6326   Transamerica Financial Life    SLD    8/1/03    YRT
1525.    ****-6329   Transamerica Financial Life    SLD    8/1/03    COINS
1526.    ****-6328   Transamerica Financial Life    SLD    8/1/03    COINS

 

-32-


       Treaty
Number
 

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
  Basis
  1527.       0104-3160   Transamerica Financial Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/02   YRT
  1528.       0104-3156   Transamerica Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/02   YRT
  1529.       0225-5406   Transamerica Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/03   YRT
  1530.       0147-6326-1   Transamerica Occidental Life and Transamerica Financial Life Insurance Company    SLD    (date on

LOI)

4/1/04

  YRT

(6326)

  1531.       0012-1157   Transamerica Occidental Life Ins Company    SLD    10/1/93   YRT
  1532.       0012-1158   Transamerica Occidental Life Ins Company    SLD    10/1/93   YRT
  1533.       0012-1159   Transamerica Occidental Life Ins Company    SLD    10/1/93   YRT
  1534.       0054-1160   Transamerica Occidental Life Ins Company    SLD    10/1/93   YRT
  1535.       ****-0756   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance    SLD    Unknown   YRT
  1536.       0012-1403   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Co    SLD    4/1/95   YRT
  1537.       0012-1115   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Co    SLD    10/1/92   YRT
  1538.       0012-1257   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/94   COINS
  1539.       0012-1258   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/94   COINS
  1540.       0012-1376   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/5/94   COINS
  1541.       0012-1408   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/95   COINS
  1542.       0012-1409   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/95   YRT
  1543.       0012-1424   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/23/95   YRT
  1544.       0104-3157   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/02   YRT
  1545.       0012-1028   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/89   COINS
  1546.       0012-928   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/90   YRT
  1547.       0012-938   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/27/91   YRT
  1548.       0012-952   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    07/01/91   YRT
  1549.       0012-929   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    03/01/90   YRT
  1550.       0012-898   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    05/01/92   YRT
  1551.       ****-0509   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/85   YRT
  1552.       3012-0510B   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/86   YRT
  1553.       3012-0510C   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/86   YRT
  1554.       0012-953   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/91   YRT
  1557.       ****-0755   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown   YRT
  1558.       1939   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/98   YRT
  1559.       0951   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/91   COINS
  1560.       0899   TransAmerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/91   COINS
  1561.       1402   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/95   YRT
  1562.       508-A   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/82   YRT
  1563.       2169   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/25/99   COINS
  1565.       2457   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/3/00   YRT
  1566.       0012-2922   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/4/02   YRT
  1567.       0012-1886   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/31/98   COINS
  1568.       0012-1867   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/5/98   MRT
  1569.       0012-1866   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/5/98   COINS
  1570.       0012-1865   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/5/98   COINS
  1571.       0012-1864   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/5/98   COINS
  1572.       0012-1863   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/5/98   COINS
  1573.       0012-2172   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    01/25/99   COINS
  1574.       0012-2173   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    01/25/99   YRT
  1575.       0012-2171   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    01/25/99   COINS
  1576.       0012-0887   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/90   YRT
  1577.       0012-1026   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/89   YRT
  1578.       0012-1027   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/89   COINS
  1579.       0012-1861   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/98   YRT
  1580.       0012-843   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/19/88   COINS
  1581.       0012-1053   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/91   YRT
  1582.       0012-2463   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/3/00   YRT
  1583.       0012-0250   Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/15/87   YRT

 

-33-


       Treaty
Number
  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
  1584.       0012-1375    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/5/94    COINS
  1585.       0012-1374    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/5/94    YRT
  1586.       0012-1373    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/17/95    COINS
  1587.       0012-2890    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/01    YRT
  1588.       0012-2891    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/15/01    YRT
  1589.       0012-2889    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/01    YRT
  1590.       0012-2880    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/4/02    YRT
  1591.       0012-1798    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/97    COINS
  1592.       0012-1401    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/95    YRT
  1593.       0012-1404    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/95    YRT
  1594.       0012-1406    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/95    YRT
  1596.       0012-1405    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/95    YRT
  1597.       0012-1407    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    04/01/95    COINS
  1598.       0012-1412    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    04/03/95    YRT
  1599.       0012-1825    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/97    YRT
  1600.       0012-2732    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/01    YRT
  1601.       0012-2234    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/99    YRT
  1602.       0012-2235    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/99    YRT
  1603.       0012-1505    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/14/96    YRT
  1604.       0012-1503    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/22/95    COINS
  1605.       0012-1502    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/22/95    COINS
  1606.       0012-1504    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/22/95    COINS
  1607.       0012-2892    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/01    YRT
  1608.       0012-0827    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/89    COINS
  1609.       0512    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/86    COINS
  1610.       0513    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/87    COINS
  1611.       0012-0788    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/98    YRT
  1613.       0012-1583    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/96    COINS
  1614.       0012-1938    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/98    YRT
  1616.       0012-1912    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/30/98    YRT
  1617.       0012-2458    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/3/00    YRT
  1618.       0012-2456    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/3/00    YRT
  1620.       0012-2459    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/3/00    COINS
  1621.       0012-3404    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/02    YRT
  1622.       0012-1430    TransAmerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/3/95    YRT
  1623.       0012-1629    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/26/96    YRT
  1624.       0012-1634    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/96    COINS
  1625.       0012-1635    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/96    COINS
  1626.       0012-1636    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/96    COINS
  1627.       0012-1637    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/96    COINS
  1628.       0012-1638    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/96    YRT
  1629.       0012-1114    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/92    YRT
  1630.       0012-1281    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown,
executed by
SLD 9/13/94 &
Transamerica
9/8/94
   YRT
  1631.       0012-1735    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/24/97    COINS
  1632.       0012-1754    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/97    YRT
  1633.       0012-1262    TransAmerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/1/94    COINS
  1634.       0012-0805    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/89    YRT
  1635.       0012-1032    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/91    MRT
  1636.       0012-2174    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    01/25/99    YRT
  1637.       1376    Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/5/94    COINS
  1638.       0025-2760    Transamerica Pacific Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/00    YRT
  1639.       0025-2762    Transamerica Pacific Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/00    YRT

 

-34-


     Treaty
Number
 

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
   Basis
1640.    0025-2761   Transamerica Pacific Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/00    YRT
1641.    0518   Transport Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/13/83    COINS
1642.    ****-0522A   Transwestern Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/76    YRT
1643.    ****-0522B   Transwestern Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/69    YRT
1644.    0107-0894   Travelers Insurance    SLD    6/1/91    COINS
1645.    0107-1480   Travelers Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/96    MRT
1647.    0107-1288

0221-1440

  Travelers Insurance Company Travelers Life & Annuity Company    SLD    10/1/94    COINS
1648.    0107-1830   Travelers Insurance Company, Travelers Life & Annuity Company    SLD    6/1/95    YRT
1649.    6123-2926   Tremont International Insurance Limited    SLD    1/1/02    YRT
1650.    0326-2182   Trustmark Insurance Company    SLD    05/01/99    YRT
1651.    ****-0178   Underwriters Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/27/68    YRT
1652.    0017-0554   Unigard Olympic Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/7/73    YRT
1653.    3020-0524   Union Central Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/87    COINS
1654.    0020-1603

(PC096)

  Union Central Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/21/96    YRT
1655.    0020-252   Union Central Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/88    YRT
1656.    0020-1319   Union Central Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/94    YRT
1657.    0020-2185   Union Central Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/99    YRT
1658.    ****-1751   Union Central Life Insurance Company    SLD    Unknown    YRT
1659.    0020-2186   Union Central Life Insurance Company    SLD    03/01/00    COINS
1660.    0020-5967   Union Central Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/03    YRT
1661.    0020-5966   Union Central Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/03    YRT
1662.    0199-0529   United American Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/82    YRT
1663.    ****-0103F   United American Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/85    COINS
1664.    ****-0528A   United American Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/59    YRT
1665.    0199-0528B   United American Insurance Company    SLD    8/30/49    YRT
1666.    3199-0530   United American Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/83    COINS
1667.    ****-0590   United American Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/74    YRT
1668.    ****-0589(A)   United American Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/24/49    YRT
1669.    ****-0589(B)   United American Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/49    YRT
1670.    ****-0531A   United Fidelity Insurance Company Company    SLD    10/1/71    YRT
1671.    ****-0532   United Fidelity Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/8/49    YRT
1672.    ****-0535   United Fidelity Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/71    YRT
1673.    ****-0534   United Fidelity Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/71    YRT
1674.    ****-0538   United Fidelity Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/71    COINS
1675.    0013-0438   United Fidelity Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/89    YRT
1676.    ****-0539   United Fidelity Life Insurance Company (successor to Financial Assurance Inc.)    SLD    3/7/73    YRT
1678.    ****-0548   United National Life Insurance Company of America    SLD    1/1/77    LPR
1679.    0552-1566   United of Omaha Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/96    YRT
1680.    0552-1253   United of Omaha Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/1/92    YRT
1681.    0552-1931   United of Omaha Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/98    YRT
1682.    (0552/3552)-

0549

  United of Omaha Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/85    YRT
1683.    0552-0550   United of Omaha Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/1/85    YRT
1684.    3552-0551   United of Omaha Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/82    MRT
1685.    0552-1426   United of Omaha Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/95    YRT
1686.    0552-1118   United of Omaha Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/15/92    YRT
1687.    0552-1107   United of Omaha Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/92    YRT
1688.    0604-0555   United Pacific Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/1/85    YRT
1689.    0604-0556   United Pacific Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/87    YRT
1690.    0605-0557   United Pacific Reliance Life Insurance Company of New York    SLD    11/1/85    YRT
1691.    0184-1591   United Presidential Life    SLD    3/1/96    YRT
1692.    0491-0558   United Presidential Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/18/73    YRT
1693.    0491-0559   United Presidential Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/82    MRT

 

-35-


       Treaty
Number
 

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
  Basis
  1694.       0491-607   United Presidential Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/ 1/88   MRT
  1695.       0491-0937   United Presidential Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/90   MRT
  1696.       0491-1299   United Presidential Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/95   YRT
  1697.       ****-0275   United Reserve Life Insurance Company    SLD    06/26/63   YRT
  1698.       0378-0515A   United Savings Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/12/67   YRT
  1699.       0068-1121   United Services Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/93   YRT
  1700.       0583-0021   United States Life Insurance Company (American General Life Insurance Co merged with U.S. Life. Insurance Company effective Dec. 31, 2002)    SLD    08/01/85   YRT
  1701.       0194-2868   United States Life Insurance Company in the City of New York    SLD    3/1/01   YRT
  1702.       1605   United States Life Insurance Company in the City of New York    SLD    7/1/96   YRT
  1703.       ****-1431   United States Life Insurance Company in the City of New York    SLD    Unknown   YRT
  1704.       0194-1585   United States Life Insurance Company in the City of NY    SLD    Unknown   YRT
  1705.       0194-1369   United States Life Insurance Company in the City of NY    SLD    6/1/94   YRT
  1706.       0194-1777   United States Life Insurance Company in the City of NY    SLD    6/1/95   COINS
  1707.       0537-0561   Universal Fidelity Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/12/82   YRT
  1708.       0602-0563   Universal Underwriters Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/1/86   MRT
  1712.       0610?-3171   US Branch of Clarica Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/10/00   YRT
  1713.       0271-1916   USAA Life Insurance Company    SLD    6/1/98   COINS
  1714.       0271-2871   USAA Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/01   YRT
  1715.       ****-1752   USAA Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/19/97   COINS
  1716.       0201-1289   USG Annuity & Life Company    SLD    9/1/94   YRT
  1717.       0201-1687   USG Annuity & Life Company    SLD    12/1/96   MRT
  1718.       0327-2550   Utica National Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/2/00   YRT
  1719.       0088-1815   Valley Forge Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/8/97   COINS
  1720.       1814   Valley Forge Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/8/97   COINS
  1721.       1547   Valley Forge Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/96   YRT
  1722.       0088-1074   Valley Forge Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/5/91   YRT
  1723.       0088-0860   Valley Forge Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/1/90   YRT
  1724.       0088-1352   Valley Forge Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/15/94   YRT
  1725.       0088-1351   Valley Forge Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/2/95   YRT
  1726.       0088-2132   Valley Forge Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/28/98   YRT
  1727.       0088-1432   Valley Forge Life. Insurance Company    SLD    5/8/95   YRT
  1728.       0060-0610   Vulcan Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/88   YRT
  1729.       0060-0936   Vulcan Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/31/91   YRT
  1730.       0115-0909   Washington National Life Insurance Company of New York    SLD    9/1/91   YRT
  1731.       0184-1590   West Coast Life    SLD    3/1/96   YRT
  1732.       0184-3325   West Coast Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/22/02   COINS
  1733.       0184-2505   West Coast Life Insurance Company    SLD    5/15/00   YRT
  1734.       0184-2153   West Coast Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/99   YRT
  1735.       0184-2544   West Coast Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/00   COINS
  1736.       0184-2927   West Coast Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/31/02   YRT
  1737.       0184-1348   West Coast Life Insurance Company    SLD    12/1/94   YRT
  1738.       0184-1230   West Coast Life Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/94   MRT
  1739.       0184-2925   West Coast Life Insurance Company    SLD    11/10/01

for facultative

11/15/01

for automatic

  COINS
  1740.       4166   West Coast Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/03   YRT
  1741.       0184-2490   West Coast Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/00   YRT
  1742.       0270-7285   West Coast Life Insurance Company    SLD    (date on

LOI)

2/11/04 terms

accepted,

12/1/03

Tty effective

  YRT
  1743.       0184-7287   West Coast Life Insurance Company    SLD    (date on

LOI)

12/1/03

  YRT

 

-36-


     Treaty
Number
 

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
  Basis
1744.    0184-5166   West Coast Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/03   YRT
1745.    0184-7284   West Coast Life Insurance Company    SLD    (date on

LOI)

12/1/03

  YRT
1746.    7288   West Coast Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/03   YRT
1747.    ****-0522F   West Texas Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/15/51   YRT
1748.    ****-0522G   West Texas Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/15/51   YRT
1749.    0133D   Western American Life Insurance Company    SLD    8/25/49   YRT
1750.    ****-0390   Western Paramount Life Insurance Company    SLD    3/1/75   YRT
1751.    0506-0389   Western Paramount Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/75   LPR
1752.    0498-0570   Western Reserve Life Assurance Company of Ohio    SLD    1/1/73   YRT
1753.    0498-0571A   Western Reserve Life Assurance Company of Ohio    SLD    1/1/74   YRT
1754.    0498-0571B   Western Reserve Life Assurance Company of Ohio    SLD    1/1/74   YRT
1755.    0497-5827   Western Reserve Life Assurance Company of Ohio    SLD    9/1/03   MRT
1756.    3159   Western Reserve Life Assurance Company of Ohio, AUSA Life Insurance Company, Life Investors Insurance Company of America, Transamerica Assurance Company, Transamerica Life Insurance Company, Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company    SLD    7/1/02   YRT
1757.    ****-0431A   Western States Mutual Life Insurance Company    SLD    9/15/52   YRT
1758.    ****-0176B   Western United Life Insurance Co    SLD    4/29/55   YRT
1759.    ****-1216   William Penn Insurance Company of NY    SLD    1/1/94   YRT
1760.    0559-0577   William Penn Life Assurance Company of America    SLD    7/1/84   YRT
1762.    0559-0581   William Penn Life Assurance Company of America    SLD    1/1/84   YRT
1763.    0558-0583   William Penn Life Insurance Company of New York    SLD    1/1/84   YRT
1764.    0558-0585   William Penn Life Insurance Company of New York    SLD    7/1/84   YRT
1765.    0558-7246   William Penn Life Insurance Company of New York    SLD    3/1/04   YRT
1766.    0558-0584   William Penn Life Insurance Company of New York    SLD    7/1/84   COINS
1767.    0558-1678   William Penn Life Insurance Company of New York    SLD    9/1/96   MRT
1768.    0558-1856   William Penn Life of New York    SLD    1/1/98   YRT
1769.    0584-0586   Woodmen Accident and Life Company    SLD    10/1/85   YRT
1770.    0584-0587   Woodmen Accident and Life Company    SLD    1/1/85   YRT
1771.    ****-0588 (A)   Woodmen of the World Life Insurance Society    SLD    6/18/59   YRT
1772.    ****-0588 (B)   Woodmen of the World Life Insurance Society    SLD    6/11/53   YRT
1773.    0503-0498   Woodmen of the World Life Insurance Society    SLD    7/15/74   YRT
1774.    0030-1186   World Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/93   YRT
1775.    0030-1128   World Insurance Company    SLD    2/1/93   MRT
1776.    0563-0171   World-Wide Assurance Company Ltd.    SLD    5/15/84   MRT
1777.    ****-0748   Zurich Kemper Life    SLD    Unknown   MRT
1778.    0310-2097   Zurich Life Insurance Company    SLD    10/9/98   YRT
1779.    BR7   Security Life of Denver International Limited    SLD    1/1/00   YRT
1780.    0184-5066   West Coast Life Insurance Company    SLD    1/1/03   COINS
1781.    6646   West Coast Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/22/02   COINS
1782.    7289   West Coast Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/22/02   COINS
1783.    7311   West Coast Life Insurance Company    SLD    4/22/02   COINS

 

-37-


Schedule 6.1(c)

Section 1.848-2(g)(8) Election

R EINSURANCE A GREEMENTS FOR WHICH THE JOINT ELECTION UNDER T REASURY R EGULATION

S ECTION  1.848-2(G)(8) H AS B EEN M ADE

A joint election under Treasury regulation section 1.848-2(g)(8) has been made for the following reinsurance agreement(s):

1. Reinsurance Agreement Between Security Life of Denver Insurance Company and Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America, Effective as of January 1, 2009

Exhibit 10.21

Execution Copy

 

 

 

REINSURANCE AGREEMENT (A)

[SLD Business]

between

SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

(referred to as the Company)

and

HANNOVER LIFE REASSURANCE (IRELAND) LIMITED

(referred to as the Reinsurer)

Effective as of July 1, 2011

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS   

Section 1.1

  Definitions      2   
ARTICLE II   
BASIS OF COINSURANCE AND BUSINESS COINSURED   

Section 2.1

  Reinsurance      8   

Section 2.2

  Reinsurance Coverage      8   

Section 2.3

  Reserves      9   

Section 2.4

  Insurance Contract and Reserve Assumption Changes      9   
ARTICLE III   
TRANSFER OF ASSETS; ACCOUNTING; ADMINISTRATION   

Section 3.1

  Payments by the Company      10   

Section 3.2

  Settlement      10   

Section 3.3

  Modified Coinsurance; Funds Withheld      11   

Section 3.4

  Delayed Payments      11   

Section 3.5

  Offset and Recoupment Rights      11   

Section 3.6

  Administration      12   

Section 3.7

  Certain Reports      12   
ARTICLE IV   
LICENSES; REPORTS; SECURITY   

Section 4.1

  Licenses      12   

Section 4.2

  Reports      12   

Section 4.3

  Security      12   
ARTICLE V   

OVERSIGHTS; COOPERATION; REGULATORY MATTERS

  

Section 5.1

  Oversights      14   

Section 5.2

  Cooperation      14   

Section 5.3

  Regulatory Matters      14   
ARTICLE VI   
DAC TAX   

Section 6.1

  DAC Tax      15   

 

-i-


ARTICLE VII   
ARBITRATION   

Section 7.1

  Arbitration      17   

Section 7.2

  Arbitration Procedure      17   
ARTICLE VIII   
INSOLVENCY   

Section 8.1

  Insolvency of the Company      18   
ARTICLE IX   
DURATION; RECAPTURE   

Section 9.1

  Duration      19   

Section 9.2

  Survival      19   

Section 9.3

  Recapture      19   

Section 9.4

  Recapture Payments      20   

Section 9.5

  Payment Upon Termination      20   
ARTICLE X   
INDEMNIFICATION; DISCLAIMER   

Section 10.1

  Reinsurer’s Obligation to Indemnify      21   

Section 10.2

  Company’s Obligation to Indemnify      21   

Section 10.3

  Indemnification Procedures      21   

Section 10.4

  Disclaimer      22   
ARTICLE XI   
MISCELLANEOUS   

Section 11.1

  Notices      22   

Section 11.2

  Entire Agreement      24   

Section 11.3

  Captions      24   

Section 11.4

  Governing Law and Jurisdiction      24   

Section 11.5

  No Third Party Beneficiaries      24   

Section 11.6

  Expenses      24   

Section 11.7

  Counterparts      25   

Section 11.8

  Severability      25   

Section 11.9

  Waiver of Jury Trial; Multiplied and Punitive Damages      25   

Section 11.10

  Treatment of Confidential Information      25   

Section 11.11

  Assignment      26   

Section 11.12

  Service of Process      26   

Section 11.13

  Excise Tax      26   

 

-ii-


REINSURANCE AGREEMENT (A)

THIS REINSURANCE AGREEMENT (A) (the “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into on August 19, 2011, effective as of 12:01 a.m. New York time on July 1, 2011 (the “ Effective Time ”) by and between Security Life of Denver International Limited, a life insurance company domiciled in The Cayman Islands (the “ Company ” or “ SLDI ”) and Hannover Life Reassurance (Ireland) Limited, an Ireland-domiciled life insurance company (the “ Reinsurer ”).

WHEREAS , the Company, Security Life of Denver Insurance Company, a Colorado-domiciled insurance company (“ SLD ” and together with the Company, the “ ING Companies ”), Scottish Re Group Limited (“ SRGL ”), Scottish Holdings, Inc. (“ SHI ”), Scottish Re (U.S.), Inc. (“ SRUS ”), Scottish Re Life (Bermuda) Limited, (“ SRLB ”), Scottish Re (Dublin) Limited (“ SRD ” and together with SRGL, SHI, SRUS and SRLB, the “ Sellers ”), the Reinsurer and Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America (“ HLRUS ” and together with Reinsurer, the “ Buyers ”) entered into a 0Master Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2009 (the “ Asset Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Sellers, the Buyers and the ING Companies agreed to replace SRUS and SRLB with HLRUS and the Reinsurer as the reinsurers of certain of the individual life reinsurance business of SLD and the Company acquired by Sellers pursuant an Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among the ING Companies, SRGL, SRLB and SRUS, dated as of October 17, 2004, as amended (the “ ING APA ”); and

WHEREAS , as contemplated by the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company ceded and retroceded to the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer indemnity reinsured, on a one-hundred percent (100%) coinsurance/modified coinsurance or coinsurance/coinsurance with funds withheld basis, as set forth herein, the Covered Insurance Contracts (as hereinafter defined) and the “Covered Insurance Contracts” as defined in Reinsurance Agreement (B) and Reinsurance Agreement (C) being executed concurrently herewith, all under a single reinsurance agreement entered into on February 20, 2009, effective as of 12:01 a.m. New York time on January 1, 2009 (such time being referred to herein as the “Original Effective Time”, and such agreement, as amended prior to the date hereof, being referred to herein as the “ Original Reinsurance Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , the Company and the Reinsurer wish to separate the Original Reinsurance Agreement into three reinsurance agreements effective as of the Effective Time (the “ New Reinsurance Agreements ”), each covering a block of business as described in such New Reinsurance Agreement and collectively covering all reinsured business under the Original Reinsurance Agreement; and

WHEREAS , upon the execution and delivery of all New Reinsurance Agreements, the Original Reinsurance Agreement shall remain in full force and effect with respect to the parties’ respective rights and obligations thereunder arising prior to the Effective Time as specified in Section 2.1(c) of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Company wishes the Reinsurer to perform, or cause the performance of, certain administrative functions on behalf of the Company with respect to the Covered Insurance Contracts, and the Company, SLD and HLRUS previously entered into an Administrative Services Agreement dated as of February 20, 2009 (the “ Administrative Services Agreement ”) pursuant to which HLRUS provides, or causes the provision of, such administrative services; and


WHEREAS , the Administrative Services Agreement is being amended concurrently herewith to reflect certain agreements among the parties thereto as to the administration of the New Reinsurance Agreements;

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual and several promises and undertakings herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Reinsurer agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . Any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement. The following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below throughout this Agreement:

180-Day Treasury Rate ” means the annual yield rate, on the date to which the 180-Day Treasury Rate relates, of actively traded U.S. Treasury securities having a remaining duration to maturity of six (6) months, as such rate is published under “Treasury Constant Maturities” in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519).

2010 SLD APR ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A.

Accounting Period ” means each calendar quarter during the term of this Agreement or any fraction thereof ending on the Recapture Date or the Termination Date, as applicable.

Additional Reinsurance Premium ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

Adjustment Factor ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A.

Administrative Services Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Asset Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Benefit Payments ” means, with respect to any Accounting Period, the aggregate amount of payments that become due pursuant to Section 2.1(b) during such Accounting Period.

Buyers ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Capitalized Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

 

-2-


Code ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Company Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 of this Agreement.

Company Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Confidential Information ” means all documents and information concerning one party, any of its Affiliates, the Reinsured Liabilities or the Covered Insurance Contracts, including any information relating to any person insured directly or indirectly under the Covered Insurance Contracts, furnished to the other party or such other party’s Affiliates or representatives in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, except that Confidential Information shall not include information which: (a) at the time of disclosure or thereafter is generally available to and known by the public other than by way of a wrongful disclosure by a party hereto or by any representative of a party hereto; (b) was available on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the parties hereto or their representatives, provided that such source is not and was not bound by a confidentiality agreement with a party hereto; or (c) was independently developed without violating any obligations under this Agreement and without the use of any Confidential Information.

Covered Insurance Contracts ” means the reinsurance agreements listed on Schedule 1.1(a).

DAC Tax ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Effective Time ” means the effective time shown in the preamble of this Agreement.

Existing Reinsurance ” means all reinsurance agreements that the Company has entered into with third parties in respect of the Covered Insurance Contracts, including without limitation the ING Retrocession Agreements entered into by the Company (other than the ING Retrocession Agreements that are novated to the Reinsurer in accordance with Section 7.11(b) of the Asset Purchase Agreement), and any reinsurance agreement entered into by the Company to replace any of such reinsurance agreements following any termination or recapture thereof, as all such reinsurance agreements may be in force from time to time and at any time.

Financial Statements ” means, with respect to any party, the annual and, if applicable, quarterly financial statements of such party to the extent such party is required by applicable Law in its jurisdiction of domicile to prepare and file such financial statements.

Foreign DAC Election ” has the meaning set forth in ` 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Funds Withheld Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b) of this Agreement.

 

-3-


Funds Withheld Adjustment 1 ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit D.

Funds Withheld Balance 1 ” means, with respect to any Accounting Period, the aggregate amount maintained by the Company on its books as of the close of such Accounting Period as a receivable for funds held by or deposited with SLD, as the ceding company under SLD Treaty 2962.

Funds Withheld Balance 2 ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A.

Funds Withheld Investment Income 1 ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit B.

Funds Withheld Investment Income 2 ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit B.

HLRUS ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

IFRS ” means the accounting principles for the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union.

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

Independent Accountants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Independent Actuary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(e) of this Agreement.

ING APA ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

ING Companies ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

ING Reinsurance IMR ” means the sum of (a) the aggregate of the “ Reinsurance IMR ” as defined in SLD Treaty 2774 and (b) the aggregate of the “Reinsurance IMR” as defined in SLD Treaty 2962.

Initial Funds Withheld Balance 2 ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b)(ii) of this Agreement.

Initial Security Amount Posting Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a) of this Agreement.

LIBOR ” means, for any day, the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having an overnight maturity, which rate appears on the Reuters Page LIBOR01 or any successor page at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next preceding Business Day).

Modified Coinsurance Adjustment ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit D.

 

-4-


Modified Coinsurance Amount ” means, with respect to any Accounting Period, the aggregate amount held by ceding companies as modified coinsurance reserves under the Covered Insurance Contracts ceded on a coinsurance/modified coinsurance basis listed in Schedule 1.1(a)(i) as of the close of such Accounting Period.

Modified Coinsurance Investment Income ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit B.

Net Settlement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

New Reinsurance Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Original Effective Time ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Original Reinsurance Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Premiums ” means premiums, considerations, deposits and similar receipts with respect to the Covered Insurance Contracts.

Recapture Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3 of this Agreement.

Recapture Triggering Event ” means any of the following occurrences:

(i) the existence of an insolvency, rehabilitation, conservation or comparable proceeding by or against the Reinsurer;

(ii) the insurer financial strength rating of the Reinsurer is downgraded to below “BBB” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services;

(iii) the minimum solvency margin maintained by the Reinsurer as mandated by the Irish Financial Services Regulatory Authority falls below 100% and is not increased to at least 100% within thirty (30) calendar days after the date upon which the Reinsurer is required to provide the Company the report pursuant to Section 3.7 of this Agreement; or

(iv) a Recapture Triggering Event has occurred under the SLD-HLRUS Reinsurance Agreement listed as item 1 on Schedule H to the Asset Purchase Agreement.

Received Amounts ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit D.

Reinsurance Agreement (B) ” means that certain Reinsurance Agreement (B) being executed concurrently herewith, effective as of the Effective Time, by and between the Company and the Reinsurer.

Reinsurance Agreement (C) ” means that certain Reinsurance Agreement (C) being executed concurrently herewith, effective as of the Effective Time, by and between the Company and the Reinsurer.

 

-5-


Reinsured Liabilities ” means all gross liabilities and obligations arising out of or relating to the Covered Insurance Contracts arising on or after the Original Effective Time (including without limitation, to the extent arising on or after the Original Effective Time, (a) all liabilities arising out of any changes to the terms and conditions of the Covered Insurance Contracts mandated by applicable Law, (b) Taxes due in respect of Premiums to the extent such Taxes relate to Premiums received by or accrued by the Reinsurer on or after the Original Effective Time, (c) assessments and similar charges in connection with participation by the Company or the Reinsurer whether voluntary or involuntary in any guaranty association established or governed by any U.S. state or other jurisdiction to the extent such assessments and charges relate to periods beginning on or after the Original Effective Time, (d) commissions payable with respect to the Covered Insurance Contracts to or for the benefit of the producers or intermediaries who marketed or produced the Covered Insurance Contracts to the extent such commissions relate to periods beginning on or after the Original Effective Time, (e) liabilities for returns or refunds of Premiums to the extent such returns or refunds relate to Premiums received by or accrued by the Reinsurer on or after the Original Effective Time, (f) expense allowances payable under the Covered Insurance Contracts to the extent such allowances relate to periods beginning on or after the Original Effective Time, (g) unclaimed property liabilities arising under or relating to the Covered Insurance Contracts, (h) Extra-Contractual Obligations and (i) experience refunds that relate to any Accounting Period completed after the Original Effective Time) other than Retained Reinsurance Liabilities, net of benefits collected under Existing Reinsurance attributable to periods on or after the Original Effective Time.

Reinsurer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Reinsurer Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2 of this Agreement.

Reserves ” means the reserves and other liabilities of the Reinsurer in respect of the Reinsured Liabilities calculated under IFRS in accordance with the assumptions set forth in Exhibit C; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, “Reserves” shall be net of (a) deferred acquisition costs, (b) value of business acquired or (c) the ING Reinsurance IMR, but shall include reserves for business assumed on a modified coinsurance basis.

Security Amount ” means with respect to any Accounting Period during which an Initial Security Amount Posting Date occurs or beginning after an Initial Security Amount Posting Date and prior to the related Security Amount Release Date, the excess of (i) the Reserves as of the end of the prior Accounting Period, updated to reflect the actual mortality experience under the Covered Insurance Contracts from the Original Effective Time to the date on which the Security Triggering Event giving rise to such Initial Security Amount Posting Date occurred over (ii) the sum of the Modified Coinsurance Amount and the Total Funds Withheld Balance as of the end of the prior Accounting Period.

Security Amount Adjustment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b) of this Agreement.

Security Amount Adjustment Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b) of this Agreement.

 

-6-


Security Amount Release Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(d) of this Agreement.

Security Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of the following: the insurer financial strength rating of the Reinsurer is downgraded to below “A-” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

Sellers ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Settlement Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

SHI ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

SLD ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

SLD APR ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A.

SLD Funds Withheld APR ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A.

SLD Modco APR ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A.

SLD-SLDI Loop Reserves ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A.

SLD Treaty 2774 ” means the Covered Insurance Contract ceded on a coinsurance/modified coinsurance basis listed in Schedule 1.1(a)(i)(A).

SLD Treaty 2962 ” means the Covered Insurance Contract ceded on a coinsurance/coinsurance funds withheld basis listed in Schedule 1.1(a)(ii)(A).

Special Duty ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4 of this Agreement.

SRD ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

SRGL ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

SRLB ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

SRUS ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Tax Rate Percentage ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Terminal Accounting Period ” means the Accounting Period during which the Recapture Date, if any, or the Termination Date, if any, occurs.

Terminal Settlement Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4 of this Agreement.

 

-7-


Termination Date ” means the date on which this Agreement is terminated in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article IX hereof.

Third Party Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

Total Funds Withheld Balance ” means, with respect to any Accounting Period, the sum of (a) the Funds Withheld Balance 1 as of the end of such Accounting Period and (b) the Funds Withheld Balance 2 as of the end of such Accounting Period.

Treasury Regulations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Triggering Event ” means a Recapture Triggering Event or a Security Triggering Event.

ARTICLE II

BASIS OF COINSURANCE AND BUSINESS COINSURED

Section 2.1 Reinsurance .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby cedes on a combination coinsurance/modified coinsurance basis or a combination coinsurance/coinsurance with funds withheld basis, as specified on Schedule 1.1(a), to the Reinsurer as of the Effective Time, and the Reinsurer hereby accepts and agrees to assume and indemnity reinsure on such basis as of the Effective Time, one hundred percent (100%) of all Reinsured Liabilities arising under or relating to the Covered Insurance Contracts. This Agreement is an agreement for indemnity reinsurance solely between the Company and the Reinsurer and shall not create any legal relationship whatsoever between the Reinsurer and any Person other than the Company. The reinsurance effected under this Agreement shall be maintained in force, without reduction, unless such reinsurance is terminated or reduced as provided herein.

(b) On and after the Effective Time, the Reinsurer will have the responsibility for paying to or on behalf of the Company, as and when due, all Reinsured Liabilities arising under or attributable to the Covered Insurance Contracts.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Original Reinsurance Agreement shall remain in full force and effect with respect to the parties’ respective rights and obligations thereunder arising prior to the Effective Time; provided , for the avoidance of doubt, that (i) Reinsured Liabilities not paid by the Reinsurer prior to the Effective Time are reinsured under this Agreement regardless of whether they arose or arise prior to or after the Effective Time, and (ii) neither party shall be required to pay any amount under this Agreement that it has paid pursuant to the Original Reinsurance Agreement or vice versa.

Section 2.2 Reinsurance Coverage . In no event shall the reinsurance provided hereunder with respect to a particular Covered Insurance Contract be in force and binding unless such Covered Insurance Contract was in force and binding as of the Original Effective Time; provided , however , that the Covered Insurance Contracts reinsured hereunder shall include (a) all

 

-8-


lapsed or surrendered insurance contracts subject to the reinsurance hereunder, that are reinstated in accordance with their terms on and after the Original Effective Time and (b) all unexecuted Covered Insurance Contracts. Upon the reinstatement of any lapsed or surrendered policy included within Covered Insurance Contracts, such reinstated Covered Insurance Contract shall be automatically reinsured hereunder, when, and to the extent that, the Company is liable under such reinstated Covered Insurance Contract.

Section 2.3 Reserves . On and after the Effective Time, the Reinsurer shall establish and maintain as a liability on its Financial Statements, Reserves for the Covered Insurance Contracts ceded hereunder, calculated consistent with the reserve requirements and actuarial principles applicable to the Reinsurer under IFRS. The Reinsurer shall provide the Company, no later than one-hundred and eighty (180) calendar days after the end of each calendar year, with copies of all actuarial opinions and actuarial memoranda and all reserve evaluations pertaining to the Reserves for the Covered Insurance Contracts, including, without limitation, any actuarial opinions and reserve evaluations performed by independent actuaries, auditors or other outside consultants. The Company may, at its own cost at any time, upon reasonable notice to the Reinsurer following the Effective Time, examine the Books and Records, and any other books and records that would have been included in the Books and Records had they been in existence at the Effective Time, maintained by the Reinsurer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and review the Reinsurer’s reserve procedures, in each case as applicable to the Reinsured Liabilities. If as a result of such examination the Company believes that the Reserves are not consistent with the requirements of the first sentence of this Section 2.3 in all material respects, the Reinsurer shall, at the Company’s request and expense, obtain and deliver to the Company an actuarial opinion as to the adequacy of the Reserves for the Covered Insurance Contracts produced by an independent actuary reasonably acceptable to the Company. In the event that the actuarial opinion so rendered reasonably indicates a material inadequacy in the Reserves for the Covered Insurance Contracts, or in the Reinsurer’s reserve procedures, the Reinsurer shall promptly adjust the amount of the Reserves for the Covered Insurance Contracts, and implement appropriate changes to its procedures so as to avoid inadequacies in future periods; provided , however , the Reinsurer shall have the right to contest the findings of such actuarial opinion in accordance with the provisions of Article VII.

Section 2.4 Insurance Contract and Reserve Assumption Changes . The Company shall not change (a) the terms and conditions of any Covered Insurance Contracts or (b) the assumptions and methods used to establish the reserves attributable to the Covered Insurance Contracts, except as required by applicable Law or with the consent of the Reinsurer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), and, in the event such a change is required by applicable Law, the Company shall notify the Reinsurer promptly upon becoming aware of the requirement to effect any such change and provide the Reinsurer the opportunity to contest such requirement.

 

-9-


ARTICLE III

TRANSFER OF ASSETS; ACCOUNTING; ADMINISTRATION

Section 3.1 Payments by the Company .

(a) As consideration for the Reinsurer’s agreement to provide reinsurance pursuant to the Original Reinsurance Agreement between the Company and the Reinsurer, the Company transferred, as of the Original Effective Time, to the Reinsurer as an initial reinsurance premium, cash and securities in accordance with Section 2.2 of the Asset Purchase Agreement in an amount equal to $998,994,222.

(b) The Reinsurer shall be entitled prior to the Recapture Date, as additional reinsurance premium (the “ Additional Reinsurance Premium ”), to payment of amounts equal to Premiums received by the Company (and attributable to periods) on and after the Effective Time that are attributable to the Covered Insurance Contracts, net of premiums due to be paid to third party reinsurers for Existing Reinsurance in respect of the Covered Insurance Contracts; provided , however , that following the occurrence of a Recapture Triggering Event, the Company shall be entitled to retain such amounts as funds withheld under this Agreement, and following the occurrence of a Security Triggering Event, the Company shall be entitled to retain such amounts as funds withheld under this Agreement until such time as the Reinsurer posts security in accordance with Section 4.3. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Company retains all right, title and interest to all Premiums and other amounts received with respect to the Covered Insurance Contracts, subject to its contractual obligations under this Agreement to pay corresponding amounts over to the Reinsurer in accordance with Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

(c) To the extent that the Company recovers amounts from any third party attributable to the Covered Insurance Contracts and to periods beginning on or after the Effective Time (including, without limitation, Premiums in arrears from a policyholder or ceding company with respect to a reinstated Covered Insurance Contract net of any amounts due to third parties under Existing Reinsurance, litigation recoveries, and experience refunds, but excluding amounts recovered under Existing Reinsurance), the Company shall transfer such amounts to the Reinsurer and provide the Reinsurer with any pertinent information that the Company may have relating thereto in accordance with Section 3.2 hereof.

Section 3.2 Settlement . During the term of this Agreement, a settlement amount between the Company and the Reinsurer as of the last day of each Accounting Period (the “ Net Settlement ”) shall be calculated by the Reinsurer in accordance with Exhibit D, and a statement setting forth such calculation (the “ Settlement Statement ”) shall be delivered by the Reinsurer to the Company within thirty (30) calendar days of the end of such Accounting Period in accordance with the Administrative Services Agreement. Subject to Section 3.5, if the amount of the Net Settlement for an Accounting Period is positive, the Company shall pay such amount to the Reinsurer within 5 Business Days of its receipt of the Settlement Statement for such Accounting Period. Subject to Section 3.5, if the amount of the Net Settlement for an Accounting Period is negative, the Reinsurer shall pay the absolute value of such amount to the Company at the time it delivers the Settlement Statement for such Accounting Period to the Company.

 

-10-


Section 3.3 Modified Coinsurance; Funds Withheld .

(a) Modified Coinsurance.

(i) The Company shall retain, maintain, and own, or shall permit the ceding companies under the Covered Insurance Contracts to retain, maintain, and own, assets in respect of the Reinsured Liabilities ceded on a coinsurance/modified coinsurance basis in an amount equal to the Modified Coinsurance Amount.

(ii) Simultaneously with the payment of the initial reinsurance premium pursuant to Section 3.1(a), the Company withheld from the Reinsurer an amount equal to the Modified Coinsurance Amount as at the Original Effective Time as an initial modified coinsurance adjustment.

(b) Funds Withheld Account.

(i) The Company shall maintain a funds withheld account payable to the Reinsurer on its books during the term of this Agreement (the “ Funds Withheld Account ”) in an amount which at any time during the term of this Agreement shall be equal to the Total Funds Withheld Balance at such time.

(ii) Simultaneously with the payment of the initial reinsurance premium pursuant to Section 3.1(a), the Company withheld from the Reinsurer an amount equal to the Total Funds Withheld Balance as at the Original Effective Time as an initial funds withheld adjustment, which included an initial funds withheld adjustment of $161,334,000 in respect of Funds Withheld Balance 2 (the “ Initial Funds Withheld Balance 2 ”).

Section 3.4 Delayed Payments . If there is a delayed settlement of any payment due hereunder, interest will accrue on such payment at the 180-Day Treasury Rate then in effect until settlement is made. For purposes of this Section 3.4, a payment will be considered overdue, and such interest will begin to accrue, on the first day immediately following the date such payment is due. For greater clarity, (i) a payment shall be deemed to be due hereunder on the last date on which such payment may be timely made under the applicable provision, and (ii) interest will not accrue on any payment due the Reinsurer hereunder unless the delayed settlement thereof was caused by the Company.

Section 3.5 Offset and Recoupment Rights . Any debits or credits incurred on and after the Effective Time in favor of or against either the Company or Reinsurer with respect to this Agreement, Reinsurance Agreement (B), or Reinsurance Agreement (C) or any other reinsurance agreements or trust agreements that are deemed mutual debits or credits, as the case may be, shall be set off and recouped, and only the net balance shall be allowed or paid. This Section 3.5 shall apply notwithstanding the existence of any insolvency, rehabilitation, conservatorship or comparable proceeding by or against the Company or the Reinsurer.

 

-11-


Section 3.6 Administration . The Reinsurer will administer, or cause the administration of, the Covered Insurance Contracts and cause quarterly accountings with respect thereto to be provided to the Company in accordance with the Administrative Services Agreement. All reports, remittances and payments due to or from a party hereto shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Administrative Services Agreement.

Section 3.7 Certain Reports .

(a) Not later than ninety (90) calendar days after the end of each calendar year, and sixty (60) calendar days after the end of any Accounting Period other than the Accounting Period ending on December 31, the Reinsurer shall provide to the Company a copy of Form CR30, which details the calculation of the minimum solvency margin of the Reinsurer, together with a certificate of an officer of the Reinsurer stating that such calculation is in accordance with the procedures for the calculation of a reinsurance company minimum solvency margin required by Irish Law.

(b) The Reinsurer shall provide written notice of the occurrence of any Triggering Event within two (2) Business Days after its occurrence. The Company may request that the Reinsurer provide the Company with copies of its quarterly unaudited or annual audited, as applicable, Financial Statements to confirm the calculations provided by Reinsurer pursuant to this Section 3.7. In addition, Reinsurer shall cooperate fully with the Company and promptly respond to the Company’s reasonable inquiries from time to time concerning the determination of whether a Triggering Event has occurred.

ARTICLE IV

LICENSES; REPORTS; SECURITY

Section 4.1 Licenses . At all times during the term of this Agreement, the Reinsurer shall hold and maintain all licenses and authorizations required under applicable Law and otherwise take all commercially reasonable action that may be necessary to perform its obligations under this Section 4.1.

Section 4.2 Reports . At the Company’s request, the Reinsurer shall provide the Company with its audited annual Financial Statements along with the audit report thereon, as well as any quarterly reports required to be filed by the Reinsurer. At the Reinsurer’s request, the Company shall provide the Reinsurer with its audited annual Financial Statements along with the audit report thereon, as well as any quarterly reports required to be filed by the Company.

Section 4.3 Security .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Security Triggering Event, the Company shall have the right to require the Reinsurer to post security in an amount equal to the Security Amount. Not later than ten (10) Business Days following receipt by the Reinsurer of written notice from the Company requiring such security (the “ Initial Security Amount Posting Date ”), the Reinsurer shall calculate the Security Amount, provide written notice of such calculation to the Company and post security in such amount. At the option of the Reinsurer, such security may take the form of either (x) a letter of credit issued by a bank, and in a form, reasonably acceptable to the Company naming the Company as beneficiary or (y) assets (complying with the investment guidelines attached to the ING Asset Management Services Agreement) deposited in a trust account established for the benefit of Company on terms reasonably acceptable

 

-12-


to the Company and the Reinsurer. In connection with the foregoing, the Reinsurer shall take all actions as may be necessary or desirable, or that the Company may reasonably request, in order to grant the Company a security interest in any assets deposited in trust pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(b) For each Accounting Period beginning after an Initial Security Amount Posting Date and prior to the related Security Amount Release Date, the Reinsurer shall calculate the Security Amount with respect to such Accounting Period and provide written notice of the calculation of the Security Amount to the Company (the “ Security Amount Adjustment Notice ”), not later than thirty (30) calendar days after the end of the prior Accounting Period (the “ Security Amount Adjustment Date ”). If the Security Amount is reduced as of any Security Amount Adjustment Date, then the excess portion of any letter of credit posted as security pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be cancelled or the excess portion of the assets deposited in a trust account as security pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be returned to the Reinsurer, as the case may be, within two (2) Business Days of the delivery of the Security Amount Adjustment Notice to the Company. If the Security Amount is increased as of any Security Amount Adjustment Date, then the Reinsurer shall post the required additional security (in the form described in Section 4.3(a)) promptly upon delivery of the Security Amount Adjustment Notice to the Company.

(c) The Company hereby agrees that it shall draw on any letter of credit posted in respect of a Security Triggering Event or withdraw assets on deposit in a trust account in respect of a Security Triggering Event only if, and to the extent that, the Reinsurer fails to timely pay any material amount due to the Company hereunder and such amount remains unpaid for thirty (30) calendar days after notice to the Reinsurer of such nonpayment. Any amount drawn on a letter of credit or paid from a trust account pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be deemed to satisfy the Reinsurer’s requirement to make such payment.

(d) In the event that following a Security Triggering Event the insurer financial strength rating of the Reinsurer increases to at least “A-” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, then any letter of credit posted in respect of such Security Triggering Event shall be surrendered and cancelled or any amount held in trust in respect of such Security Triggering Event shall be returned to the Reinsurer, as the case may be, within two (2) Business Days after the date upon which the Reinsurer provides to the Company notice of such ratings increase (the “ Security Amount Release Date ”).

(e) The Company may contest the Reinsurer’s calculation of the Security Amount by providing an alternative calculation to the Reinsurer in writing within thirty (30) calendar days after the date on which the Company receives the Reinsurer’s calculation. If the Company contests the Reinsurer’s calculation of the Security Amount with respect to any Accounting Period, the parties shall act in good faith to reach an agreement as to the correct Security Amount for such Accounting Period within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which the Company submits its alternative calculation. If the Company and the Reinsurer are unable to reach an agreement as to the calculation of the Security Amount during such period, the parties may submit the dispute regarding the calculation of the Security Amount for resolution to an independent third party actuary mutually acceptable to the Company and the Reinsurer (the “ Independent Actuary ”). Upon the selection of the Independent Actuary, and in any event within five (5) calendar days

 

-13-


following such selection, the parties shall cause the Independent Actuary to review the calculation of the Security Amount and to deliver to the Reinsurer and the Company as promptly as practicable (but no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the commencement of the Independent Actuary’s review), a report setting forth the Independent Actuary’s calculation of the Security Amount. Such report shall also state the fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Actuary and indicate which of the parties shall bear such costs or in what percentage such costs shall be allocated to the parties. The Independent Actuary’s report shall be final and binding upon the Reinsurer and the Company.

(f) The security required by this Section 4.3 shall be maintained separately for each of this Agreement, Reinsurance Agreement (B) and Reinsurance Agreement (C). The Company shall reimburse the Reinsurer for any amount by which the cost of providing three separate forms of security exceeds that which the Reinsurer would have incurred to maintain a single form of security; provided, that the Reinsurer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any such excess.

ARTICLE V

OVERSIGHTS; COOPERATION; REGULATORY MATTERS

Section 5.1 Oversights . Inadvertent delays, errors or omissions made in connection with this Agreement or any transaction hereunder shall not relieve either party from any liability which would have attached had such delay, error or omission not occurred, provided always that such error or omission is rectified as soon as possible after discovery, and provided , further , that the party making such error or omission or responsible for such delay shall be responsible for any additional liability which attaches as a result. If (a) the failure of either party to comply with any provision of this Agreement is unintentional or the result of a misunderstanding or oversight and (b) such failure to comply is promptly rectified, both parties shall be restored as closely as possible to the positions they would have occupied if no error or oversight had occurred.

Section 5.2 Cooperation . Each party hereto shall cooperate fully with the other in all reasonable respects in order to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement.

Section 5.3 Regulatory Matters . If the Company or the Reinsurer receives notice of, or otherwise becomes aware of, any regulatory inquiry, investigation or proceeding relating to the Covered Insurance Contracts that would reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on the other party, the Company or the Reinsurer, as applicable, shall promptly notify the other party thereof, whereupon the parties shall cooperate in good faith and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such matter in a mutually satisfactory manner, in light of all the relevant business, regulatory and legal facts and circumstances.

 

-14-


ARTICLE VI

DAC TAX

Section 6.1 DAC Tax .

(a) To the extent hereinafter set forth, the Reinsurer shall indemnify the Company for any additional Tax that the Company incurs as a result of the application of section 848 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), with respect to the Covered Insurance Contracts and as a consequence of the Reinsurer not being subject to U.S. taxation within the meaning of section 1.848-2(h) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under section 848 of the Code (the “ Treasury Regulations ”) (such additional Tax, the “ DAC Tax ”), provided, however, that the Reinsurer shall have no obligation to the Company under this Article VI unless the Company has made the election described in section 1.848-2(h)(3) of the Treasury Regulations (the “ Foreign DAC Election ”) in or prior to the taxable year for which the Company seeks indemnification. The DAC Tax for each taxable year shall equal (1) the excess of (A) the product of (i) the amount of “net negative consideration” (as such term is defined in section 1.848-2(f) of the Treasury Regulations), if any, attributable solely to this Agreement that the Company would take into account for such taxable year for purposes of section 848 of the Code if section 1.848-2(h) of the Treasury Regulations were not applicable to the Company, multiplied by (ii) the applicable percentage set forth in section 848(c)(1) of the Code for the category of “specified insurance contracts” (as defined in section 848(e)(1) of the Code) reinsured under the Covered Insurance Contracts (such product being referred to herein as the “ Capitalized Amount ”), over (B) the hypothetical Tax deductions attributable to the amortization of an amount equal to the Capitalized Amount (and the amortization of any unamortized similar amount for prior years) for such taxable year under section 848(a), multiplied by (2) the quotient of (A) the maximum marginal corporate federal income Tax rate percentage generally applicable to life insurance companies for such taxable year (the “ Tax Rate Percentage ”), divided by (B) the excess of (i) 100 percent over (ii) the Tax Rate Percentage. (In the event that the amount determined under clause (1)(A) is less than the amount determined under clause (1)(B), the product of the foregoing formula will constitute an amount reimbursable to the Reinsurer as a Company Payment (as defined below).) To the extent that, as a result of the Foreign DAC Election, the Company derives any Tax benefit from the treatment of (1) the amount of “net negative consideration” described above as an amount to be netted against “net positive consideration” for purposes of section 1.848-2(h)(5)(ii)(A) of the Treasury Regulations or (2) all or part of a Capitalized Amount as a “net negative foreign capitalization amount” for purposes of section 1.848-2(h)(6) or (7) of the Treasury Regulations, and such Tax benefit is in excess of the Tax benefit that the Company would have derived in the absence of this Agreement, the amount of the DAC Tax for a relevant taxable year shall be reduced or the Company shall reimburse the Reinsurer for part or all of the Reinsurer’s payments of the DAC Tax (a “ Company Payment ”), and other appropriate adjustments shall be made to the amount of the Capitalized Amount and the DAC Tax and Company Payment payable hereunder, in each case in a manner consistent with the purposes of this Section 6.1(a) and the provisions of section 1.848-2(h) of the Treasury Regulations. For the avoidance of doubt, any payment required to be made by the Reinsurer to the Company or by the Company to the Reinsurer under this Section 6.1(a) for a taxable year shall be taken into account in determining the DAC Tax (or the Company Payment) for the taxable year in which notice of the amount, if any, payable under this Section 6.1(a) is provided by the Company to the Reinsurer. All references to provisions of the Code or the Treasury Regulations

 

-15-


under this Section 6.1(a) shall be deemed to include references to any applicable statutory or regulatory successor provision, to the extent such successor provisions may be applicable to this Agreement. An example illustrating the operation of this Section 6.1(a) is attached hereto as Schedule 6.1(a).

(b) The DAC Tax or Company Payment payable for each taxable year shall be calculated in accordance with accrual principles of accounting. Upon the filing of the Company’s federal income Tax return for each taxable year, the amount, if any, payable under Section 6.1(a) for the taxable year shall be calculated by the Company and notice setting forth the calculation of such amount shall be provided to the Reinsurer. The Reinsurer shall pay any DAC Tax amount to the Company within 20 Business Days after receipt of such notice, together with interest at an annual rate of LIBOR plus 0.90% on the DAC Tax amount, calculated from the date on which the Company’s federal income Tax return is due in respect of such taxable year to the payment date of the DAC Tax indemnification. If a Company Payment is required to be made hereunder, the Company shall pay such amount to the Reinsurer within 20 Business Days after receipt of such notice, together with interest at an annual rate of LIBOR plus 0.90% on such amount, calculated from the date on which the Company’s federal income Tax return is due in respect of such taxable year to the payment date of such Company Payment. The Reinsurer and the Company shall cooperate in good faith to implement the purposes of this Section 6.1, and the Reinsurer shall have the right to verify the Company’s calculations hereunder.

(c) The Reinsurer may contest any calculation under Section 6.1(a) by providing an alternative calculation to the Company in writing within thirty (30) calendar days after the date on which the Reinsurer receives the Company’s calculation. If the Reinsurer does not so notify the Company, the Company’s calculation of the amount, if any, payable under Section 6.1(a) for the relevant taxable year shall be final for all purposes of this Agreement.

(d) If the Reinsurer contests the Company’s calculation of the amount, if any, payable under Section 6.1(a) for the relevant taxable year, the parties shall act in good faith to reach an agreement as to the correct amount payable for such year within thirty (30) calendar days after the date on which the Reinsurer submits its alternative calculation. If the Reinsurer and the Company reach an agreement as to the correct amount payable for such year, the party obligated to make a payment to the other party shall timely make such payment. If, following such 30-day period, the Reinsurer and the Company are unable to reach an agreement, they shall promptly thereafter cause Deloitte & Touche USA LLP or, if Deloitte & Touche USA LLP is unable or unwilling to serve, another nationally recognized accounting firm mutually agreeable to the Company and the Reinsurer (the “ Independent Accountants ”) to promptly review (which review shall commence no later than five (5) calendar days after the selection of the Independent Accountants) this Agreement and the calculations of the Reinsurer and the Company for the purpose of calculating the amount, if any, payable under Section 6.1(a) for the relevant taxable year. In making such calculation, the Independent Accountants shall consider only those items or amounts in the Company’s calculation as to which the Reinsurer has disagreed. The Independent Accountants shall deliver to the Reinsurer and the Company, as promptly as practicable (but no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the commencement of their review), a report setting forth such calculation, which calculation shall result in an amount payable between the amount thereof shown in the Company’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b) and the amount thereof shown in the Reinsurer’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(c). Such report shall be final and binding upon the Reinsurer and the Company.

 

-16-


The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountants shall be borne (i) by the Company if the difference (whether positive or negative) between the amount payable (as calculated by the Independent Accountants) and the Company’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b) is greater than the difference between the amount payable (as calculated by the Independent Accountants) and the Reinsurer’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(c), (ii) by the Reinsurer if the first such difference is less than the second such difference, and (iii) otherwise equally by the Reinsurer and the Company.

(e) The Company and the Reinsurer agree to negotiate in good faith following the execution of this Agreement to determine a single net amount that would be payable from the Reinsurer to the Company pursuant to the principles of Section 6.1(a) and that would be payable in lieu of the annual payments contemplated by such Section.

ARTICLE VII

ARBITRATION

Section 7.1 Arbitration .

(a) After the Closing Date, any dispute between the parties with respect to the calculation of amounts that are to be calculated, reported, or that may be audited pursuant to this Agreement (other than disputes relating to: (i) the assets to be transferred to the Reinsurer pursuant to Section 2.2. of the Asset Purchase Agreement, (ii) calculations relating to DAC Tax, which shall be resolved in accordance with Article VI hereof, (iii) whether a Triggering Event has occurred or (iv) calculation of the Security Amount, which shall be resolved in accordance with Section 4.3 hereof), shall be decided through negotiation and, if necessary, arbitration as set forth in Section 7.2. For the avoidance of doubt, and without limiting the rights of the Reinsurer and its Affiliates under the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Reinsurer shall have no claim in arbitration or otherwise against the Company with respect to the amount or nature of the assets transferred to the Reinsurer pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Asset Purchase Agreement or Section 3.1(a) of this Agreement.

(b) The parties intend this Section 7.1 to be enforceable in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act, including any amendments to such law which are subsequently adopted. In the event that either party refuses to submit to arbitration as required by Section 7.1(a), the other party may request the court specified in Section 11.4 to compel arbitration.

Section 7.2 Arbitration Procedure . The Company and Reinsurer intend that any dispute between them arising under this Agreement (excluding those disputes identified in Section 7.1(a)) be resolved without resort to any litigation. Accordingly, the Company and Reinsurer agree that they will negotiate diligently and in good faith to agree on a mutually satisfactory resolution of any such dispute; provided , however , that if any such dispute cannot be so resolved by them within sixty (60) calendar days (or such longer period as the parties may agree) after commencing such negotiations, the Company and Reinsurer agree that they will submit such dispute to arbitration in the manner specified in, and such arbitration proceeding will be conducted in accordance with, the Supplementary Rules for the Resolution of Intra-Industry U.S. Reinsurance and Insurance Disputes of the American Arbitration Association.

 

-17-


The arbitration hearing will be before a panel of three (3) disinterested arbitrators, each of whom must be a present or former officer of a life insurance or life reinsurance company familiar with the life reinsurance business, or other professionals with experience in life insurance or reinsurance, provided that such professionals shall not have performed services for either party within the previous five (5) years, and provided further that no arbitrator shall be a former employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates. The Company and Reinsurer will each appoint one arbitrator by written notification to the other party within thirty (30) calendar days after the date of the mailing of the notification initiating the arbitration. These two arbitrators will then select the third arbitrator within sixty (60) calendar days after the date of the mailing of the notification initiating arbitration.

If either the Company or Reinsurer fails to appoint an arbitrator, or should the two arbitrators be unable to agree upon the choice of a third arbitrator, the American Arbitration Association will appoint the necessary arbitrators within thirty (30) calendar days after the request to do so.

The arbitrators shall base their decision on the terms and conditions of this Agreement. However, if the terms and conditions of this Agreement do not explicitly dispose of an issue in dispute between the parties, the arbitrators may base their decision on the customs and practices of the life insurance and life reinsurance industry together with an interpretation of the law. The vote or approval of a majority of the arbitrators will decide any question considered by the arbitrators. The place of arbitration will be determined by the arbitrators. Each decision (including, without limitation, each award) of the arbitrators will be final and binding on all parties and will be nonappealable, except that (at the request of either the Company or Reinsurer) any award of the arbitrators may be confirmed (or, if appropriate, vacated) by a judgment entered by the court specified in Section 11.4. No such award or judgment will bear interest except as provided in Section 3.4. In no event may the arbitrators award punitive or exemplary damages. Each party will be responsible for paying (a) all fees and expenses charged by its respective counsel, accountants, actuaries, and other representatives in conjunction with such arbitration and (b) one-half of the fees and expenses charged by each arbitrator.

ARTICLE VIII

INSOLVENCY

Section 8.1 Insolvency of the Company . In the event of the insolvency of the Company, all reinsurance made, ceded, renewed or otherwise becoming effective under this Agreement shall be payable by the Reinsurer directly to the Company or to its statutory liquidator, receiver or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Company under the Covered Insurance Contracts without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company. It is understood, however, that in the event of the insolvency of the Company, the liquidator, receiver or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice of the pendency of a claim against the Company on a Covered Insurance Contract within a reasonable period of time after such claim is filed in the insolvency proceedings and that during the pendency of such claim the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses which it may deem available to the Company or its

 

-18-


liquidator, receiver or statutory successor. It is further understood that the expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to court approval, against the Company as part of the expense of liquidation to the extent of a proportionate share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

ARTICLE IX

DURATION; RECAPTURE

Section 9.1 Duration . This Agreement shall continue in force until such time as (i) the Company’s liability with respect to all Covered Insurance Contracts reinsured hereunder is terminated in accordance with their respective terms, or the Company has elected to recapture the reinsurance of Covered Insurance Contracts in full in accordance with Section 9.3, and (ii) the Company has received payments which discharge such liability in full in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. In no event shall the interpretation of this Section 9.1 imply any unilateral right of the Reinsurer to terminate this Agreement; provided , however , that in the event that the Company fails to timely pay any material amount due the Reinsurer hereunder or under Reinsurance Agreement (B) or Reinsurance Agreement (C), and such amount remains unpaid for thirty (30) calendar days, the Reinsurer shall have the right to terminate reinsurance hereunder upon the end of such period. In such case or in the event that following an insolvency of the Company, the statutory liquidator, receiver or statutory successor of the Company terminates this Agreement, the provisions of Section 9.3 and Section 9.4 shall apply as if the Termination Date were a Recapture Date and the Reinsurer shall be relieved of all liability under this Agreement to make future payments to the Company.

Section 9.2 Survival . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IX, the terms and conditions of Articles I, VI and X and the provisions of Sections 11.1, 11.4, 11.6, 11.9 and 11.10 shall remain in full force and effect after the Termination Date.

Section 9.3 Recapture .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Recapture Triggering Event, the Company shall have the right to recapture all, and not less than all, of the reinsurance ceded under this Agreement, Reinsurance Agreement (B) and Reinsurance Agreement (C), by providing the Reinsurer with written notice of its intent to effect recapture. Recapture of the Covered Insurance Contracts shall be effective on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which the Company has provided the Reinsurer with such notice (the “ Recapture Date ”).

(b) In addition, all or a portion of the reinsurance ceded under this Agreement may be recaptured with the mutual written consent of the parties hereto, including in connection with the establishment of a Buyers Facility.

(c) If any Covered Insurance Contract is terminated or liabilities thereunder are recaptured strictly in accordance with the terms of such Covered Insurance Contract and the consent of the Company is not required for such termination or recapture, the Company shall, upon ten (10) days’ prior written notice to the Reinsurer, recapture the liabilities ceded to the Reinsurer hereunder that are attributable to such terminated Covered Insurance Contract or to the liabilities recaptured under such Covered Insurance Contract, as the case may be.

 

-19-


(d) Following any recapture pursuant to this Section 9.3, subject to Section 9.2 and to the payment obligations described in Section 9.4, both the Company and the Reinsurer will be fully and finally released from all rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of the recaptured portion of the Covered Insurance Contract or Covered Insurance Contracts, including any claims of the Reinsurer to any modified coinsurance reserves or funds withheld balances held in connection with recaptured portion of the Covered Insurance Contracts, other than any payment obligations due hereunder prior to the Recapture Date but still unpaid on such date.

Section 9.4 Recapture Payments .

(a) In connection with a recapture in full pursuant to Section 9.3(a), the Reinsurer shall prepare a Settlement Statement (the “ Terminal Settlement Statement ”) within sixty (60) calendar days of the Recapture Date setting forth the Net Settlement calculated in accordance with Exhibit D for the for the Terminal Accounting Period. If the amount of the Net Settlement for the Terminal Accounting Period is positive, the Company shall pay such amount to the Reinsurer within five (5) calendar days of its receipt of the Terminal Settlement Statement. If the amount of the Net Settlement for the Terminal Accounting Period is negative, the Reinsurer shall pay the absolute value of such amount to the Company at the time it delivers the Terminal Settlement Statement to the Company. In addition, on the Recapture Date or any other date on which all of the reinsurance ceded under this Agreement is recaptured, any letter of credit posted pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be immediately surrendered and cancelled and any amount held in trust pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be immediately returned to the Reinsurer, as the case may be.

(b) No recapture fee shall be payable in connection with a recapture in connection with the establishment of a Buyers Facility pursuant to Section 9.3(b) and any recapture payment in connection therewith shall be as mutually agreed by the parties.

(c) In connection with a recapture due to the termination or recapture by an underlying ceding company of a Covered Insurance Contract pursuant to Section 9.3(c), the Company shall pay to the Reinsurer its quota share of any recapture fee received by the Company from such underlying ceding company in connection with the recapture and the Reinsurer shall pay to the Company its quota share of any recapture payment paid by the Company to such underlying ceding company.

Section 9.5 Payment Upon Termination . Promptly following the termination of this Agreement other than a termination in connection with a recapture in accordance with Sections 9.3 and 9.4 or a termination in accordance with the proviso clause in Section 9.1 or the last sentence of Section 9.1 (i) the Company and the Reinsurer shall implement a Net Settlement in accordance with Exhibit D for the Terminal Accounting Period and (ii) the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to collect amounts due from ceding companies under the Covered Insurance Contracts and pay to the Reinsurer an amount equal to the aggregate of the amount of assets actually held by the Company in respect of the Modified Coinsurance Amount and in the Funds Withheld Account at the time

 

-20-


of termination (including all Received Amounts so collected from ceding companies). In addition, on the Termination Date, any letter of credit posted pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be immediately surrendered and cancelled and any amount held in trust pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be immediately returned to the Reinsurer, as the case may be.

ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION; DISCLAIMER

Section 10.1 Reinsurer’s Obligation to Indemnify . The Reinsurer hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers and employees (collectively, the “ Company Indemnified Parties ”) from and against all losses, liabilities, claims, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and damages reasonably and actually incurred by the Company to the extent arising from (i) any breach of the covenants and agreements of the Reinsurer contained in this Agreement, except to the extent that such losses, liabilities, claims, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and damages are attributable to acts or omissions of a person who is a director, officer, employee, agent, representative, successor, or permitted assign of the Company or any of its Affiliates, unless such person is acting at the direction or request of the Reinsurer, and (ii) any successful enforcement of this indemnity.

Section 10.2 Company’s Obligation to Indemnify . The Company hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Reinsurer and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers and employees (collectively, the “ Reinsurer Indemnified Parties ”) from and against all losses, liabilities, claims, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and damages reasonably and actually incurred by the Reinsurer to the extent arising from (i) any breach of the covenants and agreements of the Company contained in this Agreement, except to the extent that such losses, liabilities, claims, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and damages are attributable to acts or omissions of a person who is a director, officer, employee (other than in such employee’s capacity as an employee of the Company), agent, representative, successor, or permitted assign of the Reinsurer or any of its Affiliates, and (ii) any successful enforcement of this indemnity.

Section 10.3 Indemnification Procedures . In the case of any Litigation asserted by a third party (a “ Third Party Claim ”) against a party entitled to indemnification under this Agreement (the “ Indemnified Party ”), notice shall be given by the Indemnified Party to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of such Third Party Claim, and the Indemnified Party shall permit the Indemnifying Party (at the expense of such Indemnifying Party and so long as the Indemnifying Party acknowledges in writing its obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party for Losses related to such Third Party Claim) to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim, provided that (a) counsel for the Indemnifying Party who shall conduct the defense of such Third Party Claim shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such Indemnified Party’s expense, and (b) the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligation under this Agreement except to the extent that such failure results in a lack of actual notice to the Indemnifying Party and such Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced as a result of such failure to give notice. If the Indemnifying Party does not promptly assume the defense of such

 

-21-


Third Party Claim following notice thereof, the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to assume and control such defense and to settle or agree to pay in full such Third Party Claim without the consent of the Indemnifying Party without prejudice to the ability of the Indemnified Party to enforce its claim for indemnification against the Indemnifying Party hereunder. Except with the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, no Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such Third Party Claim, shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that (i) provides for injunctive or other nonmonetary relief affecting the Indemnified Party, (ii) does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by each claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of an irrevocable release from all liability with respect to such Third Party Claim, or (iii) would restrict such Indemnified Party’s ability to conduct its business in the ordinary course or would otherwise have a materially adverse impact on the business of the Indemnified Party. If the Indemnified Party in good faith determines that the conduct of the defense or any proposed settlement of any Third Party Claim would reasonably be expected to affect adversely the Indemnified Party’s Tax liability, or that the Indemnified Party may have available to it one or more defenses or counterclaims that are inconsistent with one or more of those that may be available to the Indemnifying Party in respect of such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right at all times to take over and control the defense, settlement, negotiation or Litigation relating to any such Third Party Claim at the sole cost of the Indemnifying Party, provided that if the Indemnified Party does so take over and control, the Indemnified Party shall not settle such Third Party Claim without the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In any event, the Reinsurer and the Company shall cooperate in the defense of any Third Party Claim subject to this Article X and the records of each shall be reasonably available to the other with respect to such defense.

Section 10.4 Disclaimer . The Reinsurer hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Reinsurer is not relying in any way upon any duty of utmost good faith or other similar duty of disclosure on the part of the Company (a “ Special Duty ”) in connection with the cession of liabilities from the Company to the Reinsurer as of the Effective Time. Accordingly, as an inducement for the Company to enter into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Reinsurer hereby agrees that it will not institute any arbitration or other proceeding against the Company or assert any claim or defense against the Company in any arbitration or other proceeding with respect to the liabilities assumed hereunder based in whole or in part upon any Special Duty as of the Effective Time; provided , however , that the Reinsurer reserves all of its rights and remedies in respect of any Special Duty arising after the Original Effective Time other than any Special Duty arising in connection with the separation of the Original Reinsurance Agreement into this Agreement, Reinsurance Agreement (B) and Reinsurance Agreement (C) as of the Effective Time.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 Notices . Any notice, request or other communication to be given by any party hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, sent by registered or certified, postage prepaid, or by overnight courier with written confirmation of delivery. Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, or if mailed, on the date shown on the receipt therefor, or if sent by overnight courier, on the date shown on the written confirmation of delivery. Such notices shall be given to the following address:

 

-22-


To Company:   

Security Life of Denver International Limited

Attention: President

c/o ING North America Insurance Corporation

5780 Powers Ferry Road NW

Atlanta, GA 30327

With concurrent copies to:       

ING North America Insurance Corporation

5780 Powers Ferry Road NW

Atlanta, GA 30327

Attention: Corporate General Counsel

 

and

 

David A. Massey, Esq.

Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP

1275 Pennsylvania Ave., NW

Washington, DC 20004-2415

To the Reinsurer:   

Hannover Life Reassurance (Ireland) Limited

4 Custom House Plaza

IFSC

Dublin 1

Ireland

Attention: Managing Director

With concurrent copies to:   

Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America

800 North Magnolia Avenue, Suite 1400

Orlando, Florida 32803

Attention: President

 

and

 

Locke Lord Bissell & Liddell LLP

401 9th Street, N.W.

Suite 400 South

Washington, DC 20004

Attention: William J. Kelty, III, Esq.

 

and

 

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Nicholas F. Potter, Esq.

 

-23-


Section 11.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any respect whatsoever except by instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

This Agreement, Reinsurance Agreement (B), Reinsurance Agreement (C), the Original Reinsurance Agreement, the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Administrative Services Agreement, the ING Ballantyne Administrative Services Agreement, the SLD-HLRUS Reinsurance Agreements, the ING Asset Management Services Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations, discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties and there are no general or specific warranties, representations or other agreements by or among the parties in connection with the entering into of this Agreement or the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth or contemplated herein.

Section 11.3 Captions . The captions of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 11.4 Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts entered into therein, without reference to principles of choice of law or conflicts of laws. Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any State or Federal Court sitting in New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each party hereto agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by hand in The Cayman Islands or Ireland, as the case may be, addressed to such party, with a concurrent copy by U.S. registered mail, shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding brought against such party in such court. Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each party hereto agrees that final judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon such party and may be enforced in any other courts to whose jurisdiction such party may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.

Section 11.5 No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in any provision of this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the parties hereto, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

Section 11.6 Expenses . Except as otherwise provided herein, the parties hereto shall each bear their respective expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, all fees and expenses of counsel, actuaries and other representatives.

 

-24-


Section 11.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof each signed by less than all, but together signed by all of the parties hereto. Each counterpart may be delivered by facsimile transmission, which transmission shall be deemed delivery of an originally executed document.

Section 11.8 Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, that provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

Section 11.9 Waiver of Jury Trial; Multiplied and Punitive Damages . Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives, with respect to any first party action filed by the other party (but not as to any action by one party against the other seeking indemnification for a third party claim against the party initiating the action, to the extent that such damages may be recoverable as part of the indemnification by the indemnified party) (i) any and all right to trial by jury, and (ii) any right to punitive, incidental, consequential or multiplied damages, either pursuant to common law or statute, in any legal proceedings arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 11.10 Treatment of Confidential Information .

(a) The parties agree that, other than as contemplated by this Agreement and to the extent permitted or required to implement the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the parties will keep confidential and will not use or disclose the other party’s Confidential Information and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the exhibits and schedules hereto, except as otherwise required by applicable Law or any order or ruling of any state or national insurance regulatory authority, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other Governmental Entity.

(b) The confidentiality obligations contained in this Agreement or in any other agreement between the parties hereto, as they relate to the reinsurance hereunder, shall not apply to the federal Tax structure or federal Tax treatment of this Agreement and each party hereto may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the federal Tax structure and federal Tax treatment of this Agreement; provided , that such disclosure may not be made until the earliest of (x) the date of the public announcement of discussions relating to this Agreement, (y) the date of the public announcement of this Agreement, or (z) the date of the execution of this Agreement. The preceding sentence is intended to cause this Agreement to be treated as not having been offered under conditions of confidentiality for purposes of Section 1.6011-4(b)(3) (or any successor provision) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 6011 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed in a manner consistent with such purpose. Subject to the provision with respect to disclosure in the first sentence of this subsection (b), each party hereto acknowledges that it has no proprietary or exclusive rights to the federal Tax structure of this Agreement or any federal Tax matter or federal Tax idea related to this Agreement.

 

-25-


Section 11.11 Assignment . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties. Except as provided below in this Section 11.11, neither party may assign any of its duties or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party. The Reinsurer shall be entitled to assign its administrative duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company, unless the person or entity to whom such duties are to be assigned is not, at the time of such assignment, a subsidiary of the Reinsurer, in which event the Reinsurer shall obtain the prior written consent of the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

Section 11.12 Service of Process . The Reinsurer hereby designates The Corporation Trust Company as its true and lawful attorney upon whom may be served any lawful process in any action, suit or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the Company.

Section 11.13 Excise Tax . The Reinsurer shall reimburse the Company in full for any federal excise Tax paid by the Company under section 4371 of the Code in connection with this Agreement, other than any such Tax payable as a result of any action or inaction by the Company (other than any action or inaction contemplated or required by this Agreement or the Asset Purchase Agreement).

[The rest of this page intentionally left blank.]

 

-26-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed effective July 1, 2011.

 

SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER

INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

By:  

/s/ David S. Pendergrass

Name:   David S. Pendergrass
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
By:  

/s/ Richard Lau

Name:   Richard Lau
Title:   Director

HANNOVER LIFE REASSURANCE

(IRELAND) LIMITED

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed effective July 1, 2011.

 

SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

HANNOVER LIFE REASSURANCE (IRELAND) LIMITED

By:  

/s/ Debbie O’Hare

  8/7/2011
Name:   Debbie O’Hare   Dublin, Ireland
Title:   Managing Director  
By:  

/s/ Anja Fuhrmeister

  11/7/2011
Name:   Anja Fuhrmeister   Dublin, Ireland
Title:   General Manager  


EXHIBIT A

Funds Withheld Balance 2

Funds Withheld Balance 2 ” means, (i) with respect to any Accounting Period ending on or prior to December 31, 2010, the excess of (A) the SLD APR as of the end of such Accounting Period over (B) the SLD-SLDI Loop Reserves as of the end of such Accounting Period and (ii) with respect to any Accounting Period ending after December 31, 2010, the product of (A) the excess of (x) the 2010 SLD APR over (y) the SLD-SLDI Loop Reserves as of the end of such Accounting Period, multiplied by (B) the Adjustment Factor for such Accounting Period.

For purposes of calculating the Funds Withheld Balance 2, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

2010 SLD APR ” means the SLD APR with respect to the Accounting Period ending on December 31, 2010.

Adjustment Factor ” means, with respect to any Accounting Period, the percentage listed under the column “Adjustment Factor” in the table below opposite the date on which such Accounting Period ends, provided, that the Reinsurer may elect to use an Adjustment Factor with a higher value than the Adjustment Factor shown below so long as the higher Adjustment Factor does not exceed 1.0 and the Reinsurer notifies the Company at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the relevant Accounting Period that it elects to use a higher Adjustment Factor than the value shown below for such Accounting Period:

 

Accounting Period Ending

        

Adjustment Factor

March 31, 2011      0.95
June 30, 2011      0.90
September 30, 2011      0.85
December 31, 2011      0.80
March 31, 2012      0.75
June 30, 2012      0.70
September 30, 2012      0.65
December 31, 2012      0.60
March 31, 2013      0.55
June 30, 2013      0.50
September 30, 2013      0.45
December 31, 2013      0.40
March 31, 2014      0.35
June 30, 2014      0.30
September 30, 2014      0.25
December 31, 2014      0.20
March 31, 2015      0.15
June 30, 2015      0.10
September 30, 2015      0.05
December 31, 2015 and thereafter      0.00


SLD APR ” means, with respect to any Accounting Period, the sum of (a) the SLD Modco APR as of the end of such Accounting Period and (b) the SLD Funds Withheld APR as of the end of such Accounting Period.

SLD-SLDI Loop Reserves ” means, with respect to any Accounting Period, the sum of (a) the Reserves as of the end of such Accounting Period for SLD Treaty 2774 and (b) the Reserves as of the end of such Accounting Period for SLD Treaty 2962.

SLD Funds Withheld APR ” means, with respect to any Accounting Period, an amount equal to the sum of (a) and (b), in each case (x) calculated in a manner consistent with the calculation made by SLD and the Company in the administration of SLD Treaty 2962 as at December 31, 2008 (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include adjustments of the type set forth on Schedule A), and (y) minus the amount of any premium accruals in respect of SLD Treaty 2962 that are permitted by applicable statutory accounting requirements to be offset against collateral requirements for business ceded to unauthorized reinsurers, where:

(a) is equal to the amount of “Contract claims: Life” with respect to the policies covered under SLD Treaty 2962 shown on line 4.1 of page 3 of the statutory financial statements filed by SLD with the Colorado Division of Insurance for such Accounting Period; and

(b) is equal to the aggregate for all policies covered under SLD Treaty 2962 of the Company’s quota share of (i) the present value of future benefits on each such policy plus (ii) the present value of future expenses on each such policy minus (iii) the present value of future gross premiums on each such policy as of the end of such Accounting Period. The present value shall be calculated using the pricing assumptions used by SLD in pricing the reinsurance for such policy adjusted to provide for adverse deviation on a basis determined from time to time by SLD and the Company.

SLD Modco APR ” means, with respect to any Accounting Period, an amount equal to the sum of (a) and (b), in each case (x) calculated in a manner consistent with the calculation made by SLD and the Company in the administration of SLD Treaty 2774 as at December 31, 2008 (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include adjustments of the type set forth on Schedule A), and (y) minus the amount of any premium accruals in respect of SLD Treaty 2774 that are permitted by applicable statutory accounting requirements to be offset against collateral requirements for business ceded to unauthorized reinsurers, where:

(a) is equal to the amount of “Contract claims: Life” with respect to the policies covered under SLD Treaty 2774 shown on line 4.1 of page 3 of the statutory financial statements filed by SLD with the Colorado Division of Insurance for such Accounting Period; and

(b) is equal to the sum of (i) and (ii), where:

(i) is equal to the aggregate for all policies covered under SLD Treaty 2774 that are ceded to SLD on a yearly renewable term or monthly renewable term basis for which the reinsurance premiums charged by SLD are guaranteed for more than one year of the Company’s quota share of the valuation net premium calculated as the tabular cost of insurance for each future policy year as of the end of such Accounting Period. For purposes of calculating the SLD Modco APR, the tabular cost of insurance is defined as the net single premium at the beginning of a policy year for one-year term insurance in the amount of the guaranteed death benefit in that


policy year using an interest rate determined by SLD that does not exceed the maximum valuation interest rate and mortality set by SLD pursuant to Section 6(e) of National Association of Insurance Commissioners Valuation of Life Insurance Policies Model Regulation; and

(ii) is equal to the aggregate for all other policies covered under SLD Treaty 2774 of the Company’s quota share of (x) the present value of future benefits on each such policy plus (y) the present value of future expenses on each such policy minus (z) the present value of future gross premiums on each such policy, not to exceed the statutory reserve established by SLD in any jurisdiction. The present value shall be calculated using the pricing assumptions used by SLD in pricing the reinsurance for such policy adjusted to provide for adverse deviation on a basis determined from time to time by the SLD and the Company.


EXHIBIT B

Investment Income

The “ Funds Withheld Investment Income 1 ” for an Accounting Period shall be equal to the investment income earned during such Accounting Period on the assets constituting the funds withheld balances established in connection with SLD Treaty 2962.

The “ Funds Withheld Investment Income 2 ” for an Accounting Period, shall be equal to the product of the Funds Withheld Balance 2 as of the beginning of such Accounting Period, multiplied by the rate of return actually realized on the portfolio of assets owned by SLDI and managed by HLRUS pursuant to the ING Asset Management Services Agreement during such Accounting Period.

The “ Modified Coinsurance Investment Income ” for an Accounting Period shall be equal to the investment income earned during such Accounting Period on the assets held in respect of the modified coinsurance reserves under the Covered Insurance Contracts ceded on a coinsurance/modified coinsurance basis listed in Schedule 1.1(a)(i).


EXHIBIT C

IFRS Reserve Methodology and Components

Methodology

An initial defined reserve method consistent with the requirements of US GAAP was employed to develop the IFRS liability. This was done over the 30 year period of the projections. A VOBA was determined following the development of the IFRS liability.

Components used in the calculation

Premiums

Fee income

Interest

Mortality

Persistency

Expense allowances

Internal expenses

Third party retrocession cost, including adjustments for experience refunds and LCF’s.

Assumed recaptures and experience refunds

Collateral costs

Pads were applied to interest, death benefits, NAR, third party retrocession costs, and collateral costs.


EXHIBIT D

Net Settlement

The Net Settlement with respect to any Accounting Period is equal to the following:

a) the Additional Reinsurance Premium; minus

b) the Benefit Payments; plus

c) the Modified Coinsurance Investment Income, the Funds Withheld Investment Income 1 and the Funds Withheld Investment Income 2; minus

d) the Modified Coinsurance Amount as of the close of such Accounting Period less the Modified Coinsurance Amount as of the close of the preceding Accounting Period (the “ Modified Coinsurance Adjustment ”); minus

e) the Funds Withheld Balance 1 as of the close of such Accounting Period less the Funds Withheld Balance 1 as of the close of the preceding Accounting Period (the “ Funds Withheld Adjustment 1 ”); minus

f) (i) with respect to the Accounting Period beginning on January 1, 2009, the Funds Withheld Balance 2 as of the close of such Accounting Period less the Initial Funds Withheld Balance 2 and (ii) with respect to all other Accounting Periods, the Funds Withheld Balance 2 as of the close of such Accounting Period less the Funds Withheld Balance 2 as of the close of the preceding Accounting Period; minus

g) with respect to a Terminal Accounting Period ending on the Recapture Date only, an amount equal to the difference (whether positive or negative) between (i) the Reserves as of the close of the Terminal Accounting Period and (ii) the sum of (x) the Modified Coinsurance Amount as of the close of the Terminal Accounting Period and (y) the Total Funds Withheld Balance as of the close of the Terminal Accounting Period;

provided that with respect to the Modified Coinsurance Investment Income, the Funds Withheld Investment Income 1, the Modified Coinsurance Adjustment, or the Funds Withheld Adjustment 1 for an Accounting Period, to the extent that the calculation of any of such items would result in an amount payable to the Reinsurer, only such amounts as are actually received by the Company from the ceding companies under the Covered Insurance Contracts by way of payment or offset or otherwise (“ Received Amounts ”) shall be included in the Net Settlement; provided further that to the extent that the Reinsurer makes any payments during an Accounting Period to or on behalf of the Company in respect of Reinsured Liabilities, the amount of any such payments shall be excluded from the Net Settlement; and provided further that to the extent the Reinsurer receives any Additional Reinsurance Premium in respect of an Accounting Period during such Accounting Period, the amount of any such Additional Reinsurance Premium received shall be excluded from the Net Settlement.

In connection with each Net Settlement, the Reinsurer shall fund any amounts required to be paid by the Company as “Top-Ups”, and shall be entitled to any funds withdrawn by the Company as “Withdrawals”, in each case under Schedule F to SLD Treaty 2774 and Schedule F to SLD Treaty 2962 (referred to together herein as “Schedule F”); provided, that the Reinsurer may, at its election, notify


the Company that it elects to establish one or more letters of credit for the benefit of SLD satisfying the requirements of Schedule F with respect to Market Value Top-Up Payments in lieu of funding such payments in cash or other assets. Such Top-Ups and Withdrawals shall be made in lieu of the payment of Modified Coinsurance Investment Income and Funds Withheld Investment Income 1 in clause (c) and in lieu of the payment of amounts under clauses (d) and (e) of the Net Settlement formula above (it being acknowledged that all or a portion of any Top-Up may also consist of collateralization for unrealized capital losses consistent with the intent of SLD and the Company with respect to Schedule F as described in the first sentence of Section 4 of Schedule F). The Reinsurer shall fund any amounts required to be funded by the Company pursuant to the second sentence of Section 8.1 of SLD Treaty 2774 and SLD Treaty 2962; provided, that the five (5) business days referred to in that sentence shall be deemed for the purposes of the Reinsurer’s funding obligation to mean five (5) business days following the Reinsurer’s receipt of the due and accrued investment income report referred to therein. The Reinsurer shall be given credit for the amount of any funding provided by the Reinsurer pursuant to the foregoing sentence against any amount payable by the Reinsurer in connection with the Net Settlement for the relevant Accounting Period.

The Company shall act at the direction of the Reinsurer in determining (i) whether to (A) utilize letters of credit established by the Reinsurer rather than cash or other assets in funding any such Top-Up Payment as permitted by Schedule F and (B) make any Withdrawal permitted by Schedule F, and (ii) whether to dispute any asset value for purposes of Schedule F and in selecting an independent investment management firm to resolve any such dispute in accordance with Section 3 of Schedule F. In connection with any Terminal Settlement under either of such treaties, the Reinsurer shall be (i) required to make any payment required to be made by the Company to SLD under Section 2(a) of Schedule F and (ii) entitled to any payment required to be made by SLD to the Company under Section 2(b) of Schedule F.

Any payments made by SLD as adjustments in accordance with Section 5 of Schedule F shall be paid over by the Company to the Reinsurer, and any payments made by the Company to SLD as adjustments under such Section shall be reimbursed by the Reinsurer.


Schedule 1.1(a)

Covered Insurance Contracts

(including all amendments to such contracts through and including the Effective Time)

(i) Covered Insurance Contracts Reinsured on a Coinsurance/Modified Coinsurance Basis

 

  A. Treaty 2774 between SLD as ceding company and SLDI as reinsurer, effective 7/1/2001, including the percentage of the Ballantyne Treaties (as defined therein) reinsured by the ceding company from time to time thereunder.

(ii) Covered Insurance Contracts Reinsured on a Coinsurance/Coinsurance With Funds Withheld Basis

 

  A. Treaty 2962 between SLD as ceding company and SLDI as reinsurer, effective 6/1/2002, including the percentage of the Ballantyne Treaties (as defined therein) reinsured by the ceding company from time to time thereunder.


Schedule 6.1(a)

Section 6.1(a) Example

A. Assumptions

 

  1. C retrocedes business to R.

 

  2. C engages in no other retrocession agreements.

 

  3. The applicable section 848 percentage is 7.7%.

 

  4. The Tax Rate Percentage is 35%.

B. Facts

 

Year

   2009     2010     2011     2012      2013      2014     2015  

Net Consideration 1

     (10,000     0        5,000        10,000         10,000         (15,000     (6,000

Capitalized Amount

     770        0        0        0         0         1155        462   

Hypothetical Amortization Deductions 2

     38.5        77        38.5 3       0         0         0        23.1   

DAC Tax

     393.9        0        0        0         0         0        236.3   

Company Payment

     0        41.5        228        207.3         0         0        0   

Unused Net Foreign Capitalization Amount 4

     (770     (770     (385     385         1155         0        (462

 

1  

This amount is negative if in parentheses. Positive amounts of net consideration are treated as zero under the DAC Tax formula. The net consideration number includes any DAC Tax payment or Company Payment made in a year. Thus, for 2010, the zero amount of net consideration reflects both the actual negative consideration paid by C to R in respect of the retroceded business and the DAC Tax payment made by R to C for the 2009 year.

2  

Based on the amortization of an amount equal to the Capitalized Amount or Amounts, as adjusted for use of net negative foreign capitalization amounts.

3  

The reduction in the amortization deductions for 2011 from the 77 implicit in the 770 of Capitalized Amount for 2009 is attributable to the use of 385 of the net negative foreign capitalization amount from 2009 and a concomitant reduction in the analog to the Capitalized Amount number that is used to calculate the hypothetical amortization deductions. A similar adjustment occurs with respect to 2012.

4  

This amount is negative if in parentheses.


Schedule A

APR Adjustments

(as at December 31, 2008, for illustrative purposes)

Settlement Balances and Trust (Funding)/Refund

Requirements for 4th Quarter 2008

 

     12/31/2008     12/31/2008     12/31/2008  
     FWH     Modco     Total -
FWH/MODCO
 

EOP APR

     947,459,505        147,389,216        1,094,848,721   

EOP Disabled Lives

     2,057,079        255,113        2,312,192   

EOP Critical Illness Res

     2,552,898        —          2,552,898   

EOP IBNR Critical Illness

     840,535        —          840,535   

EOP Total pending

     84,217,843        5,698,151        89,915,993   

EOP IBNR Life

     63,705,938        5,564,375        69,270,313   

Industry Risk Stat Reserves

     —          —          —     

Industry Risk Pending Claims

     —          —          —     

Retro—Pending

     (13,636,914     —          (13,636,914

Retro—IBNR

     (2,765,055     (71,682     (2,836,737

Retro—Stat Credit

     (66,554,596     (2,418,466     (68,973,063
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,017,877,233        156,416,706        1,174,293,940   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.22

Execution Copy

 

 

 

REINSURANCE AGREEMENT (B)

[SLDI Direct business with LOCs]

between

SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

(referred to as the Company)

and

HANNOVER LIFE REASSURANCE (IRELAND) LIMITED

(referred to as the Reinsurer)

Effective as of July 1, 2011

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     2   

Section 1.1. Definitions

     2   

ARTICLE II BASIS OF COINSURANCE AND BUSINESS COINSURED

     7   

Section 2.1. Reinsurance

     7   

Section 2.2. Reinsurance Coverage

     7   

Section 2.3. Reserves

     8   

Section 2.4. Insurance Contract and Reserve Assumption Changes

     8   

ARTICLE III TRANSFER OF ASSETS; ACCOUNTING; ADMINISTRATION

     8   

Section 3.1. Payments by the Company

     8   

Section 3.2. Settlement

     9   

Section 3.3. Delayed Payments

     9   

Section 3.4. Offset and Recoupment Rights

     10   

Section 3.5. Administration

     10   

Section 3.6. Certain Reports

     10   

ARTICLE IV LICENSES; REPORTS; SECURITY

     10   

Section 4.1. Licenses

     10   

Section 4.2. Reports

     10   

Section 4.3. Security

     11   

ARTICLE V OVERSIGHTS; COOPERATION; REGULATORY MATTERS

     12   

Section 5.1. Oversights

     12   

Section 5.2. Cooperation

     12   

Section 5.3. Regulatory Matters

     12   

ARTICLE VI DAC TAX

     13   

Section 6.1. DAC Tax

     13   

ARTICLE VII ARBITRATION

     15   

Section 7.1. Arbitration

     15   

Section 7.2. Arbitration Procedure

     15   

ARTICLE VIII INSOLVENCY

     16   

Section 8.1. Insolvency of the Company

     16   

ARTICLE IX DURATION; RECAPTURE

     17   

Section 9.1. Duration

     17   

Section 9.2. Survival

     17   

Section 9.3. Recapture

     17   

Section 9.4. Recapture Payments

     18   

Section 9.5. Payment Upon Termination

     18   


ARTICLE X INDEMNIFICATION; DISCLAIMER

     19   

Section 10.1. Reinsurer’s Obligation to Indemnify

     19   

Section 10.2. Company’s Obligation to Indemnify

     19   

Section 10.3. Indemnification Procedures

     19   

Section 10.4. Disclaimer

     20   

ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS

     20   

Section 11.1. Notices

     20   

Section 11.2. Entire Agreement

     22   

Section 11.3. Captions

     22   

Section 11.4. Governing Law and Jurisdiction

     22   

Section 11.5. No Third Party Beneficiaries

     22   

Section 11.6. Expenses

     22   

Section 11.7. Counterparts

     23   

Section 11.8. Severability

     23   

Section 11.9. Waiver of Jury Trial; Multiplied and Punitive Damages

     23   

Section 11.10. Treatment of Confidential Information

     23   

Section 11.11. Assignment

     24   

Section 11.12. Service of Process

     24   

Section 11.13. Excise Tax

     24   

 

ii


REINSURANCE AGREEMENT (B)

THIS REINSURANCE AGREEMENT (B)  (the “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into on August 19, 2011, effective as of 12:01 a.m. New York time on July 1, 2011 (the “ Effective Time ”) by and between Security Life of Denver International Limited, a life insurance company domiciled in The Cayman Islands (the “ Company ” or “ SLDI ”) and Hannover Life Reassurance (Ireland) Limited, an Ireland-domiciled life insurance company (the “ Reinsurer ”).

WHEREAS , the Company, Security Life of Denver Insurance Company, a Colorado-domiciled insurance company (“ SLD ” and together with the Company, the “ ING Companies ”), Scottish Re Group Limited (“ SRGL ”), Scottish Holdings, Inc. (“ SHI ”), Scottish Re (U.S.), Inc. (“ SRUS ”), Scottish Re Life (Bermuda) Limited, (“ SRLB ”), Scottish Re (Dublin) Limited (“ SRD ” and together with SRGL, SHI, SRUS and SRLB, the “ Sellers ”), the Reinsurer and Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America (“ HLRUS ” and together with Reinsurer, the “ Buyers ”) entered into a Master Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2009 (the “ Asset Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Sellers, the Buyers and the ING Companies agreed to replace SRUS and SRLB with HLRUS and the Reinsurer as the reinsurers of certain of the individual life reinsurance business of SLD and the Company acquired by Sellers pursuant an Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among the ING Companies, SRGL, SRLB and SRUS, dated as of October 17, 2004, as amended (the “ ING APA ”); and

WHEREAS , as contemplated by the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company ceded and retroceded to the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer indemnity reinsured, on a one-hundred percent (100%) coinsurance/modified coinsurance or coinsurance/coinsurance with funds withheld basis, as set forth herein, the Covered Insurance Contracts (as hereinafter defined) and the “Covered Insurance Contracts” as defined in Reinsurance Agreement (A) and Reinsurance Agreement (C) being executed concurrently herewith, all under a single reinsurance agreement entered into on February 20, 2009, effective as of 12:01 a.m. New York time on January 1, 2009 (such time being referred to herein as the “ Original Effective Time ”, and such agreement, as amended prior to the date hereof, being referred to herein as the “ Original Reinsurance Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , the Company and the Reinsurer wish to separate the Original Reinsurance Agreement into three reinsurance agreements effective as of the Effective Time (the “ New Reinsurance Agreements ”), each covering a block of business as described in such New Reinsurance Agreement and collectively covering all reinsured business under the Original Reinsurance Agreement; and

WHEREAS , upon the execution and delivery of all New Reinsurance Agreements, the Original Reinsurance Agreement shall remain in full force and effect with respect to the parties’ respective rights and obligations thereunder arising prior to the Effective Time as specified in Section   2.1(c) of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Company wishes the Reinsurer to perform, or cause the performance of, certain administrative functions on behalf of the Company with respect to the Covered Insurance Contracts, and the Company, SLD and HLRUS previously entered into an Administrative Services Agreement dated as of February 20, 2009 (the “ Administrative Services Agreement ”) pursuant to which HLRUS provides, or causes the provision of, such administrative services; and


WHEREAS , the Administrative Services Agreement is being amended concurrently herewith to reflect certain agreements among the parties thereto as to the administration of the New Reinsurance Agreements;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual and several promises and undertakings herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Reinsurer agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions . Any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement. The following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below throughout this Agreement:

180-Day Treasury Rate ” means the annual yield rate, on the date to which the 180-Day Treasury Rate relates, of actively traded U.S. Treasury securities having a remaining duration to maturity of six (6) months, as such rate is published under “Treasury Constant Maturities” in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519).

Accounting Period ” means each calendar quarter during the term of this Agreement or any fraction thereof ending on the Recapture Date or the Termination Date, as applicable.

Additional Reinsurance Premium ” has the meaning set forth in Section   3.1(b) of this Agreement.

Administrative Services Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Asset Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Benefit Payments ” means, with respect to any Accounting Period, the aggregate amount of payments that become due pursuant to Section 2.1(b) during such Accounting Period.

Buyers ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Capitalized Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Code ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

2


Company Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 of this Agreement.

Company Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Confidential Information ” means all documents and information concerning one party, any of its Affiliates, the Reinsured Liabilities or the Covered Insurance Contracts, including any information relating to any person insured directly or indirectly under the Covered Insurance Contracts, furnished to the other party or such other party’s Affiliates or representatives in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, except that Confidential Information shall not include information which: (a) at the time of disclosure or thereafter is generally available to and known by the public other than by way of a wrongful disclosure by a party hereto or by any representative of a party hereto; (b) was available on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the parties hereto or their representatives, provided that such source is not and was not bound by a confidentiality agreement with a party hereto; or (c) was independently developed without violating any obligations under this Agreement and without the use of any Confidential Information.

Covered Insurance Contracts ” means the reinsurance agreements listed in Schedule 1.1(a).

DAC Tax ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Effective Time ” means the effective time shown in the preamble of this Agreement.

Existing Reinsurance ” means all reinsurance agreements that the Company has entered into with third parties in respect of the Covered Insurance Contracts, including without limitation the ING Retrocession Agreements entered into by the Company (other than the ING Retrocession Agreements that are novated to the Reinsurer in accordance with Section 7.11(b) of the Asset Purchase Agreement), and any reinsurance agreement entered into by the Company to replace any of such reinsurance agreements following any termination or recapture thereof, as all such reinsurance agreements may be in force from time to time and at any time.

Financial Statements ” means, with respect to any party, the annual and, if applicable, quarterly financial statements of such party to the extent such party is required by applicable Law in its jurisdiction of domicile to prepare and file such financial statements.

Foreign DAC Election ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

HLRUS ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

IFRS ” means the accounting principles for the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union.

 

3


Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

Independent Accountants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Independent Actuary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(e) of this Agreement.

ING APA ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

ING Companies ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Initial Security Amount Posting Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a) of this Agreement.

LIBOR ” means, for any day, the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having an overnight maturity, which rate appears on the Reuters Page LIBOR01 or any successor page at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next preceding Business Day).

Net Settlement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

New Reinsurance Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Original Effective Time ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Original Reinsurance Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Premiums ” means premiums, considerations, deposits and similar receipts with respect to the Covered Insurance Contracts.

Recapture Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3 of this Agreement.

Recapture Triggering Event ” means any of the following occurrences:

(i) the existence of an insolvency, rehabilitation, conservation or comparable proceeding by or against the Reinsurer;

(ii) the insurer financial strength rating of the Reinsurer is downgraded to below “BBB” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services;

(iii) the minimum solvency margin maintained by the Reinsurer as mandated by the Irish Financial Services Regulatory Authority falls below 100% and is not increased to at least 100% within thirty (30) calendar days after the date upon which the Reinsurer is required to provide the Company the report pursuant to Section 3.6 of this Agreement; or

 

4


(iv) a Recapture Triggering Event has occurred under the SLD-HLRUS Reinsurance Agreement listed as item 1 on Schedule H to the Asset Purchase Agreement.

Received Amounts ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit B.

Reinsurance Agreement (A) ” means that certain Reinsurance Agreement (A) being executed concurrently herewith, effective as of the Effective Time, by and between the Company and the Reinsurer.

Reinsurance Agreement (C) ” means that certain Reinsurance Agreement (C) being executed concurrently herewith, effective as of the Effective Time, by and between the Company and the Reinsurer.

Reinsurance IMR ” means the interest maintenance reserve required to be funded by the Company under the terms of the Covered Insurance Contracts.

Reinsurance IMR Investment Income ” for an Accounting Period shall be equal to the investment income earned during such Accounting Period on the assets supporting the Reinsurance IMR.

Reinsured Liabilities ” means all gross liabilities and obligations arising out of or relating to the Covered Insurance Contracts arising on or after the Original Effective Time (including without limitation, to the extent arising on or after the Original Effective Time, (a) all liabilities arising out of any changes to the terms and conditions of the Covered Insurance Contracts mandated by applicable Law, (b) Taxes due in respect of Premiums to the extent such Taxes relate to Premiums received by or accrued by the Reinsurer on or after the Original Effective Time, (c) assessments and similar charges in connection with participation by the Company or the Reinsurer whether voluntary or involuntary in any guaranty association established or governed by any U.S. state or other jurisdiction to the extent such assessments and charges relate to periods beginning on or after the Original Effective Time, (d) commissions payable with respect to the Covered Insurance Contracts to or for the benefit of the producers or intermediaries who marketed or produced the Covered Insurance Contracts to the extent such commissions relate to periods beginning on or after the Original Effective Time, (e) liabilities for returns or refunds of Premiums to the extent such returns or refunds relate to Premiums received by or accrued by the Reinsurer on or after the Original Effective Time, (f) expense allowances payable under the Covered Insurance Contracts to the extent such allowances relate to periods beginning on or after the Original Effective Time, (g) unclaimed property liabilities arising under or relating to the Covered Insurance Contracts, (h) Extra-Contractual Obligations and (i) experience refunds that relate to any Accounting Period completed after the Original Effective Time) other than Retained Reinsurance Liabilities, net of benefits collected under Existing Reinsurance attributable to periods on or after the Original Effective Time.

Reinsurer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Reinsurer Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2 of this Agreement.

 

5


Reserves ” means the reserves and other liabilities of the Reinsurer in respect of the Reinsured Liabilities calculated under IFRS in accordance with the assumptions set forth in Exhibit A; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, “Reserves” shall be net of (a) deferred acquisition costs and (b) value of business acquired.

Security Amount ” means with respect to any Accounting Period during which an Initial Security Amount Posting Date occurs or beginning after an Initial Security Amount Posting Date and prior to the related Security Amount Release Date, the amount of the Reserves as of the end of the prior Accounting Period, updated to reflect the actual mortality experience under the Covered Insurance Contracts from the Original Effective Time to the date on which the Security Triggering Event giving rise to such Initial Security Amount Posting Date occurred.

Security Amount Adjustment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b) of this Agreement.

Security Amount Adjustment Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b) of this Agreement.

Security Amount Release Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(d) of this Agreement.

Security Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of the following: the insurer financial strength rating of the Reinsurer is downgraded to below “A-” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

Sellers ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Settlement Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

SHI ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

SLD ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Special Duty ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4 of this Agreement.

SRD ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

SRGL ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

SRLB ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

SRUS ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Tax Rate Percentage ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Terminal Accounting Period ” means the Accounting Period during which the Recapture Date, if any, or the Termination Date, if any, occurs.

 

6


Terminal Settlement Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4 of this Agreement.

Termination Date ” means the date on which this Agreement is terminated in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article IX hereof.

Third Party Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

Treasury Regulations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Triggering Event ” means a Recapture Triggering Event or a Security Triggering Event.

ARTICLE II

BASIS OF COINSURANCE AND BUSINESS COINSURED

Section 2.1. Reinsurance .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby cedes on a coinsurance basis to the Reinsurer as of the Effective Time, and the Reinsurer hereby accepts and agrees to assume and indemnity reinsure on such basis as of the Effective Time, one hundred percent (100%) of all Reinsured Liabilities arising under or relating to the Covered Insurance Contracts. This Agreement is an agreement for indemnity reinsurance solely between the Company and the Reinsurer and shall not create any legal relationship whatsoever between the Reinsurer and any Person other than the Company. The reinsurance effected under this Agreement shall be maintained in force, without reduction, unless such reinsurance is terminated or reduced as provided herein.

(b) On and after the Effective Time, the Reinsurer will have the responsibility for paying to or on behalf of the Company, as and when due, all Reinsured Liabilities arising under or attributable to the Covered Insurance Contracts.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Original Reinsurance Agreement shall remain in full force and effect with respect to the parties’ respective rights and obligations thereunder arising prior to the Effective Time; provided , for the avoidance of doubt, that (i) Reinsured Liabilities not paid by the Reinsurer prior to the Effective Time are reinsured under this Agreement regardless of whether they arose or arise prior to or after the Effective Time, and (ii) neither party shall be required to pay any amount under this Agreement that it has paid pursuant to the Original Reinsurance Agreement or vice versa.

Section 2.2. Reinsurance Coverage . In no event shall the reinsurance provided hereunder with respect to a particular Covered Insurance Contract be in force and binding unless such Covered Insurance Contract was in force and binding as of the Original Effective Time; provided , however , that the Covered Insurance Contracts reinsured hereunder shall include (a) all lapsed or surrendered insurance contracts subject to the reinsurance hereunder, that are reinstated in accordance with their terms on and after the Original Effective Time and (b) all unexecuted Covered Insurance Contracts. Upon the reinstatement of any lapsed or surrendered policy included within Covered Insurance Contracts, such reinstated Covered Insurance Contract shall be automatically reinsured hereunder, when, and to the extent that, the Company is liable under such reinstated Covered Insurance Contract.

 

7


Section 2.3. Reserves . On and after the Effective Time, the Reinsurer shall establish and maintain as a liability on its Financial Statements, Reserves for the Covered Insurance Contracts ceded hereunder, calculated consistent with the reserve requirements and actuarial principles applicable to the Reinsurer under IFRS. The Reinsurer shall provide the Company, no later than one-hundred and eighty (180) calendar days after the end of each calendar year, with copies of all actuarial opinions and actuarial memoranda and all reserve evaluations pertaining to the Reserves for the Covered Insurance Contracts, including, without limitation, any actuarial opinions and reserve evaluations performed by independent actuaries, auditors or other outside consultants. The Company may, at its own cost at any time, upon reasonable notice to the Reinsurer following the Effective Time, examine the Books and Records, and any other books and records that would have been included in the Books and Records had they been in existence at the Effective Time, maintained by the Reinsurer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and review the Reinsurer’s reserve procedures, in each case as applicable to the Reinsured Liabilities. If as a result of such examination the Company believes that the Reserves are not consistent with the requirements of the first sentence of this Section 2.3 in all material respects, the Reinsurer shall, at the Company’s request and expense, obtain and deliver to the Company an actuarial opinion as to the adequacy of the Reserves for the Covered Insurance Contracts produced by an independent actuary reasonably acceptable to the Company. In the event that the actuarial opinion so rendered reasonably indicates a material inadequacy in the Reserves for the Covered Insurance Contracts, or in the Reinsurer’s reserve procedures, the Reinsurer shall promptly adjust the amount of the Reserves for the Covered Insurance Contracts, and implement appropriate changes to its procedures so as to avoid inadequacies in future periods; provided , however , the Reinsurer shall have the right to contest the findings of such actuarial opinion in accordance with the provisions of Article VII.

Section 2.4. Insurance Contract and Reserve Assumption Changes . The Company shall not change (a) the terms and conditions of any Covered Insurance Contracts or (b) the assumptions and methods used to establish the reserves attributable to the Covered Insurance Contracts, except as required by applicable Law or with the consent of the Reinsurer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), and, in the event such a change is required by applicable Law, the Company shall notify the Reinsurer promptly upon becoming aware of the requirement to effect any such change and provide the Reinsurer the opportunity to contest such requirement.

ARTICLE III

TRANSFER OF ASSETS; ACCOUNTING; ADMINISTRATION

Section 3.1. Payments by the Company .

(a) As consideration for the Reinsurer’s agreement to provide reinsurance pursuant to the Original Reinsurance Agreement between the Company and the Reinsurer, the Company transferred, as of the Original Effective Time, to the Reinsurer as an initial reinsurance premium, cash and securities in accordance with Section 2.2 of the Asset Purchase Agreement in an amount equal to $998,994,222.

 

8


(b) The Reinsurer shall be entitled prior to the Recapture Date, as additional reinsurance premium (the “ Additional Reinsurance Premium ”), to payment of amounts equal to Premiums received by the Company (and attributable to periods) on and after the Effective Time that are attributable to the Covered Insurance Contracts, net of premiums due to be paid to third party reinsurers for Existing Reinsurance in respect of the Covered Insurance Contracts; provided , however , that following the occurrence of a Recapture Triggering Event, the Company shall be entitled to retain such amounts as funds withheld under this Agreement, and following the occurrence of a Security Triggering Event, the Company shall be entitled to retain such amounts as funds withheld under this Agreement until such time as the Reinsurer posts security in accordance with Section 4.3. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Company retains all right, title and interest to all Premiums and other amounts received with respect to the Covered Insurance Contracts, subject to its contractual obligations under this Agreement to pay corresponding amounts over to the Reinsurer in accordance with Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

(c) To the extent that the Company recovers amounts from any third party attributable to the Covered Insurance Contracts and to periods beginning on or after the Effective Time (including, without limitation, Premiums in arrears from a policyholder or ceding company with respect to a reinstated Covered Insurance Contract net of any amounts due to third parties under Existing Reinsurance, litigation recoveries, and experience refunds, but excluding amounts recovered under Existing Reinsurance), the Company shall transfer such amounts to the Reinsurer and provide the Reinsurer with any pertinent information that the Company may have relating thereto in accordance with Section 3.2 hereof.

Section 3.2. Settlement . During the term of this Agreement, a settlement amount between the Company and the Reinsurer as of the last day of each Accounting Period (the “ Net Settlement ”) shall be calculated by the Reinsurer in accordance with Exhibit B, and a statement setting forth such calculation (the “ Settlement Statement ”) shall be delivered by the Reinsurer to the Company within thirty (30) calendar days of the end of such Accounting Period in accordance with the Administrative Services Agreement. Subject to Section 3.4, if the amount of the Net Settlement for an Accounting Period is positive, the Company shall pay such amount to the Reinsurer within 5 Business Days of its receipt of the Settlement Statement for such Accounting Period. Subject to Section 3.4, if the amount of the Net Settlement for an Accounting Period is negative, the Reinsurer shall pay the absolute value of such amount to the Company at the time it delivers the Settlement Statement for such Accounting Period to the Company.

Section 3.3. Delayed Payments . If there is a delayed settlement of any payment due hereunder, interest will accrue on such payment at the 180-Day Treasury Rate then in effect until settlement is made. For purposes of this Section 3.3, a payment will be considered overdue, and such interest will begin to accrue, on the first day immediately following the date such payment is due. For greater clarity, (i) a payment shall be deemed to be due hereunder on the last date on which such payment may be timely made under the applicable provision, and (ii) interest will not accrue on any payment due the Reinsurer hereunder unless the delayed settlement thereof was caused by the Company.

 

9


Section 3.4. Offset and Recoupment Rights . Any debits or credits incurred on and after the Effective Time in favor of or against either the Company or Reinsurer with respect to this Agreement, Reinsurance Agreement (A), Reinsurance Agreement (C) or any other reinsurance agreements or trust agreements that are deemed mutual debits or credits, as the case may be, shall be set off and recouped, and only the net balance shall be allowed or paid. This Section 3.4 shall apply notwithstanding the existence of any insolvency, rehabilitation, conservatorship or comparable proceeding by or against the Company or the Reinsurer.

Section 3.5. Administration . The Reinsurer will administer, or cause the administration of, the Covered Insurance Contracts and cause quarterly accountings with respect thereto to be provided to the Company in accordance with the Administrative Services Agreement. All reports, remittances and payments due to or from a party hereto shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Administrative Services Agreement.

Section 3.6. Certain Reports .

(a) Not later than ninety (90) calendar days after the end of each calendar year, and sixty (60) calendar days after the end of any Accounting Period other than the Accounting Period ending on December 31, the Reinsurer shall provide to the Company a copy of Form CR30, which details the calculation of the minimum solvency margin of the Reinsurer, together with a certificate of an officer of the Reinsurer stating that such calculation is in accordance with the procedures for the calculation of a reinsurance company minimum solvency margin required by Irish Law.

(b) The Reinsurer shall provide written notice of the occurrence of any Triggering Event within two (2) Business Days after its occurrence. The Company may request that the Reinsurer provide the Company with copies of its quarterly unaudited or annual audited, as applicable, Financial Statements to confirm the calculations provided by Reinsurer pursuant to this Section 3.6. In addition, Reinsurer shall cooperate fully with the Company and promptly respond to the Company’s reasonable inquiries from time to time concerning the determination of whether a Triggering Event has occurred.

ARTICLE IV

LICENSES; REPORTS; SECURITY

Section 4.1. Licenses . At all times during the term of this Agreement, the Reinsurer shall hold and maintain all licenses and authorizations required under applicable Law and otherwise take all commercially reasonable action that may be necessary to perform its obligations under this Section 4.1.

Section 4.2. Reports . At the Company’s request, the Reinsurer shall provide the Company with its audited annual Financial Statements along with the audit report thereon, as well as any quarterly reports required to be filed by the Reinsurer. At the Reinsurer’s request, the Company shall provide the Reinsurer with its audited annual Financial Statements along with the audit report thereon, as well as any quarterly reports required to be filed by the Company.

 

10


Section 4.3. Security .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Security Triggering Event, the Company shall have the right to require the Reinsurer to post security in an amount equal to the Security Amount. Not later than ten (10) Business Days following receipt by the Reinsurer of written notice from the Company requiring such security (the “ Initial Security Amount Posting Date ”), the Reinsurer shall calculate the Security Amount, provide written notice of such calculation to the Company and post security in such amount. At the option of the Reinsurer, such security may take the form of either (x) a letter of credit issued by a bank, and in a form, reasonably acceptable to the Company naming the Company as beneficiary or (y) assets (complying with the investment guidelines attached to the ING Asset Management Services Agreement) deposited in a trust account established for the benefit of Company on terms reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Reinsurer. In connection with the foregoing, the Reinsurer shall take all actions as may be necessary or desirable, or that the Company may reasonably request, in order to grant the Company a security interest in any assets deposited in trust pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(b) For each Accounting Period beginning after an Initial Security Amount Posting Date and prior to the related Security Amount Release Date, the Reinsurer shall calculate the Security Amount with respect to such Accounting Period and provide written notice of the calculation of the Security Amount to the Company (the “ Security Amount Adjustment Notice ”), not later than thirty (30) calendar days after the end of the prior Accounting Period (the “ Security Amount Adjustment Date ”). If the Security Amount is reduced as of any Security Amount Adjustment Date, then the excess portion of any letter of credit posted as security pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be cancelled or the excess portion of the assets deposited in a trust account as security pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be returned to the Reinsurer, as the case may be, within two (2) Business Days of the delivery of the Security Amount Adjustment Notice to the Company. If the Security Amount is increased as of any Security Amount Adjustment Date, then the Reinsurer shall post the required additional security (in the form described in Section 4.3(a)) promptly upon delivery of the Security Amount Adjustment Notice to the Company.

(c) The Company hereby agrees that it shall draw on any letter of credit posted in respect of a Security Triggering Event or withdraw assets on deposit in a trust account in respect of a Security Triggering Event only if, and to the extent that, the Reinsurer fails to timely pay any material amount due to the Company hereunder and such amount remains unpaid for thirty (30) calendar days after notice to the Reinsurer of such nonpayment. Any amount drawn on a letter of credit or paid from a trust account pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be deemed to satisfy the Reinsurer’s requirement to make such payment.

(d) In the event that following a Security Triggering Event the insurer financial strength rating of the Reinsurer increases to at least “A-” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, then any letter of credit posted in respect of such Security Triggering Event shall be surrendered and cancelled or any amount held in trust in respect of such Security Triggering Event shall be returned to the Reinsurer, as the case may be, within two (2) Business Days after the date upon which the Reinsurer provides to the Company notice of such ratings increase (the “ Security Amount Release Date ”).

 

11


(e) The Company may contest the Reinsurer’s calculation of the Security Amount by providing an alternative calculation to the Reinsurer in writing within thirty (30) calendar days after the date on which the Company receives the Reinsurer’s calculation. If the Company contests the Reinsurer’s calculation of the Security Amount with respect to any Accounting Period, the parties shall act in good faith to reach an agreement as to the correct Security Amount for such Accounting Period within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which the Company submits its alternative calculation. If the Company and the Reinsurer are unable to reach an agreement as to the calculation of the Security Amount during such period, the parties may submit the dispute regarding the calculation of the Security Amount for resolution to an independent third party actuary mutually acceptable to the Company and the Reinsurer (the “ Independent Actuary ”). Upon the selection of the Independent Actuary, and in any event within five (5) calendar days following such selection, the parties shall cause the Independent Actuary to review the calculation of the Security Amount and to deliver to the Reinsurer and the Company as promptly as practicable (but no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the commencement of the Independent Actuary’s review), a report setting forth the Independent Actuary’s calculation of the Security Amount. Such report shall also state the fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Actuary and indicate which of the parties shall bear such costs or in what percentage such costs shall be allocated to the parties. The Independent Actuary’s report shall be final and binding upon the Reinsurer and the Company.

(f) The security required by this Section 4.3 shall be maintained separately for each of this Agreement, Reinsurance Agreement (A) and Reinsurance Agreement (C). The Company shall reimburse the Reinsurer for any amount by which the cost of providing three separate forms of security exceeds that which the Reinsurer would have incurred to maintain a single form of security; provided, that the Reinsurer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any such excess.

ARTICLE V

OVERSIGHTS; COOPERATION; REGULATORY MATTERS

Section 5.1. Oversights . Inadvertent delays, errors or omissions made in connection with this Agreement or any transaction hereunder shall not relieve either party from any liability which would have attached had such delay, error or omission not occurred, provided always that such error or omission is rectified as soon as possible after discovery, and provided , further , that the party making such error or omission or responsible for such delay shall be responsible for any additional liability which attaches as a result. If (a) the failure of either party to comply with any provision of this Agreement is unintentional or the result of a misunderstanding or oversight and (b) such failure to comply is promptly rectified, both parties shall be restored as closely as possible to the positions they would have occupied if no error or oversight had occurred.

Section 5.2. Cooperation . Each party hereto shall cooperate fully with the other in all reasonable respects in order to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement.

Section 5.3. Regulatory Matters . If the Company or the Reinsurer receives notice of, or otherwise becomes aware of, any regulatory inquiry, investigation or proceeding relating to the Covered Insurance Contracts that would reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on the other party, the Company or the Reinsurer, as applicable, shall promptly notify the other party thereof, whereupon the parties shall cooperate in good faith and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such matter in a mutually satisfactory manner, in light of all the relevant business, regulatory and legal facts and circumstances.

 

12


ARTICLE VI

DAC TAX

Section 6.1. DAC Tax .

(a) To the extent hereinafter set forth, the Reinsurer shall indemnify the Company for any additional Tax that the Company incurs as a result of the application of section 848 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), with respect to the Covered Insurance Contracts and as a consequence of the Reinsurer not being subject to U.S. taxation within the meaning of section 1.848-2(h) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under section 848 of the Code (the “ Treasury Regulations ”) (such additional Tax, the “ DAC Tax ”), provided, however, that the Reinsurer shall have no obligation to the Company under this Article VI unless the Company has made the election described in section 1.848-2(h)(3) of the Treasury Regulations (the “ Foreign DAC Election ”) in or prior to the taxable year for which the Company seeks indemnification. The DAC Tax for each taxable year shall equal (1) the excess of (A) the product of (i) the amount of “net negative consideration” (as such term is defined in section 1.848-2(f) of the Treasury Regulations), if any, attributable solely to this Agreement that the Company would take into account for such taxable year for purposes of section 848 of the Code if section 1.848-2(h) of the Treasury Regulations were not applicable to the Company, multiplied by (ii) the applicable percentage set forth in section 848(c)(1) of the Code for the category of “specified insurance contracts” (as defined in section 848(e)(1) of the Code) reinsured under the Covered Insurance Contracts (such product being referred to herein as the “ Capitalized Amount ”), over (B) the hypothetical Tax deductions attributable to the amortization of an amount equal to the Capitalized Amount (and the amortization of any unamortized similar amount for prior years) for such taxable year under section 848(a), multiplied by (2) the quotient of (A) the maximum marginal corporate federal income Tax rate percentage generally applicable to life insurance companies for such taxable year (the “ Tax Rate Percentage ”), divided by (B) the excess of (i) 100 percent over (ii) the Tax Rate Percentage. (In the event that the amount determined under clause (1)(A) is less than the amount determined under clause (1)(B), the product of the foregoing formula will constitute an amount reimbursable to the Reinsurer as a Company Payment (as defined below).) To the extent that, as a result of the Foreign DAC Election, the Company derives any Tax benefit from the treatment of (1) the amount of “net negative consideration” described above as an amount to be netted against “net positive consideration” for purposes of section 1.848-2(h)(5)(ii)(A) of the Treasury Regulations or (2) all or part of a Capitalized Amount as a “net negative foreign capitalization amount” for purposes of section 1.848-2(h)(6) or (7) of the Treasury Regulations, and such Tax benefit is in excess of the Tax benefit that the Company would have derived in the absence of this Agreement, the amount of the DAC Tax for a relevant taxable year shall be reduced or the Company shall reimburse the Reinsurer for part or all of the Reinsurer’s payments of the DAC Tax (a “ Company Payment ”), and other appropriate adjustments shall be made to the amount of the Capitalized Amount and the DAC Tax and Company Payment payable hereunder, in each case in a manner consistent with the purposes of this Section 6.1(a) and the provisions of section 1.848-2(h) of the Treasury Regulations. For the avoidance of doubt, any payment required to be made by the Reinsurer to the Company or by the Company to the Reinsurer under this Section 6.1(a) for a taxable year shall be taken into account in determining the DAC Tax (or the Company Payment) for the taxable year in which notice of the amount, if any, payable under this Section 6.1(a) is provided by the Company to the Reinsurer. All references to provisions of the Code or the Treasury Regulations under this Section 6.1(a) shall be deemed to include references to any applicable statutory or regulatory successor provision, to the extent such successor provisions may be applicable to this Agreement. An example illustrating the operation of this Section 6.1(a) is attached hereto as Schedule 6.1(a).

 

13


(b) The DAC Tax or Company Payment payable for each taxable year shall be calculated in accordance with accrual principles of accounting. Upon the filing of the Company’s federal income Tax return for each taxable year, the amount, if any, payable under Section 6.1(a) for the taxable year shall be calculated by the Company and notice setting forth the calculation of such amount shall be provided to the Reinsurer. The Reinsurer shall pay any DAC Tax amount to the Company within 20 Business Days after receipt of such notice, together with interest at an annual rate of LIBOR plus 0.90% on the DAC Tax amount, calculated from the date on which the Company’s federal income Tax return is due in respect of such taxable year to the payment date of the DAC Tax indemnification. If a Company Payment is required to be made hereunder, the Company shall pay such amount to the Reinsurer within 20 Business Days after receipt of such notice, together with interest at an annual rate of LIBOR plus 0.90% on such amount, calculated from the date on which the Company’s federal income Tax return is due in respect of such taxable year to the payment date of such Company Payment. The Reinsurer and the Company shall cooperate in good faith to implement the purposes of this Section 6.1, and the Reinsurer shall have the right to verify the Company’s calculations hereunder.

(c) The Reinsurer may contest any calculation under Section 6.1(a) by providing an alternative calculation to the Company in writing within thirty (30) calendar days after the date on which the Reinsurer receives the Company’s calculation. If the Reinsurer does not so notify the Company, the Company’s calculation of the amount, if any, payable under Section 6.1(a) for the relevant taxable year shall be final for all purposes of this Agreement.

(d) If the Reinsurer contests the Company’s calculation of the amount, if any, payable under Section 6.1(a) for the relevant taxable year, the parties shall act in good faith to reach an agreement as to the correct amount payable for such year within thirty (30) calendar days after the date on which the Reinsurer submits its alternative calculation. If the Reinsurer and the Company reach an agreement as to the correct amount payable for such year, the party obligated to make a payment to the other party shall timely make such payment. If, following such 30-day period, the Reinsurer and the Company are unable to reach an agreement, they shall promptly thereafter cause Deloitte & Touche USA LLP or, if Deloitte & Touche USA LLP is unable or unwilling to serve, another nationally recognized accounting firm mutually agreeable to the Company and the Reinsurer (the “ Independent Accountants ”) to promptly review (which review shall commence no later than five (5) calendar days after the selection of the Independent Accountants) this Agreement and the calculations of the Reinsurer and the Company for the purpose of calculating the amount, if any, payable under Section 6.1(a) for the relevant taxable year. In making such calculation, the Independent Accountants shall consider only those items or amounts in the Company’s calculation as to which the Reinsurer has disagreed. The Independent Accountants shall deliver to the Reinsurer and the Company, as promptly as practicable (but no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the commencement of their review), a report setting forth such calculation, which calculation shall result in an amount payable between the amount thereof shown in the Company’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b) and the amount thereof shown in the Reinsurer’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(c). Such report shall be final and binding upon the Reinsurer and the Company. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountants shall be borne (i) by the Company if the difference (whether positive or negative) between the amount payable (as calculated by the Independent Accountants) and the Company’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b) is greater than the difference between the amount payable (as calculated by the Independent Accountants) and the Reinsurer’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(c), (ii) by the Reinsurer if the first such difference is less than the second such difference, and (iii) otherwise equally by the Reinsurer and the Company.

 

14


(e) The Company and the Reinsurer agree to negotiate in good faith following the execution of this Agreement to determine a single net amount that would be payable from the Reinsurer to the Company pursuant to the principles of Section 6.1(a) and that would be payable in lieu of the annual payments contemplated by such Section.

ARTICLE VII

ARBITRATION

Section 7.1. Arbitration .

(a) After the Closing Date, any dispute between the parties with respect to the calculation of amounts that are to be calculated, reported, or that may be audited pursuant to this Agreement (other than disputes relating to: (i) the assets to be transferred to the Reinsurer pursuant to Section 2.2. of the Asset Purchase Agreement, (ii) calculations relating to DAC Tax, which shall be resolved in accordance with Article VI hereof, (iii) whether a Triggering Event has occurred or (iv) calculation of the Security Amount, which shall be resolved in accordance with Section 4.3 hereof), shall be decided through negotiation and, if necessary, arbitration as set forth in Section 7.2. For the avoidance of doubt, and without limiting the rights of the Reinsurer and its Affiliates under the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Reinsurer shall have no claim in arbitration or otherwise against the Company with respect to the amount or nature of the assets transferred to the Reinsurer pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Asset Purchase Agreement or Section 3.1(a) of this Agreement.

(b) The parties intend this Section 7.1 to be enforceable in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act, including any amendments to such law which are subsequently adopted. In the event that either party refuses to submit to arbitration as required by Section 7.1(a), the other party may request the court specified in Section 11.4 to compel arbitration.

Section 7.2. Arbitration Procedure . The Company and Reinsurer intend that any dispute between them arising under this Agreement (excluding those disputes identified in Section 7.1(a)) be resolved without resort to any litigation. Accordingly, the Company and Reinsurer agree that they will negotiate diligently and in good faith to agree on a mutually satisfactory resolution of any such dispute; provided , however , that if any such dispute cannot be so resolved by them within sixty (60) calendar days (or such longer period as the parties may agree) after commencing such negotiations, the Company and Reinsurer agree that they will submit such dispute to arbitration in the manner specified in, and such arbitration proceeding will be conducted in accordance with, the Supplementary Rules for the Resolution of Intra-Industry U.S. Reinsurance and Insurance Disputes of the American Arbitration Association.

 

15


The arbitration hearing will be before a panel of three (3) disinterested arbitrators, each of whom must be a present or former officer of a life insurance or life reinsurance company familiar with the life reinsurance business, or other professionals with experience in life insurance or reinsurance, provided that such professionals shall not have performed services for either party within the previous five (5) years, and provided further that no arbitrator shall be a former employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates. The Company and Reinsurer will each appoint one arbitrator by written notification to the other party within thirty (30) calendar days after the date of the mailing of the notification initiating the arbitration. These two arbitrators will then select the third arbitrator within sixty (60) calendar days after the date of the mailing of the notification initiating arbitration.

If either the Company or Reinsurer fails to appoint an arbitrator, or should the two arbitrators be unable to agree upon the choice of a third arbitrator, the American Arbitration Association will appoint the necessary arbitrators within thirty (30) calendar days after the request to do so.

The arbitrators shall base their decision on the terms and conditions of this Agreement. However, if the terms and conditions of this Agreement do not explicitly dispose of an issue in dispute between the parties, the arbitrators may base their decision on the customs and practices of the life insurance and life reinsurance industry together with an interpretation of the law. The vote or approval of a majority of the arbitrators will decide any question considered by the arbitrators. The place of arbitration will be determined by the arbitrators. Each decision (including, without limitation, each award) of the arbitrators will be final and binding on all parties and will be nonappealable, except that (at the request of either the Company or Reinsurer) any award of the arbitrators may be confirmed (or, if appropriate, vacated) by a judgment entered by the court specified in Section 11.4. No such award or judgment will bear interest except as provided in Section 3.3. In no event may the arbitrators award punitive or exemplary damages. Each party will be responsible for paying (a) all fees and expenses charged by its respective counsel, accountants, actuaries, and other representatives in conjunction with such arbitration and (b) one-half of the fees and expenses charged by each arbitrator.

ARTICLE VIII

INSOLVENCY

Section 8.1. Insolvency of the Company . In the event of the insolvency of the Company, all reinsurance made, ceded, renewed or otherwise becoming effective under this Agreement shall be payable by the Reinsurer directly to the Company or to its statutory liquidator, receiver or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Company under the Covered Insurance Contracts without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company. It is understood, however, that in the event of the insolvency of the Company, the liquidator, receiver or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice of the pendency of a claim against the Company on a Covered Insurance Contract within a reasonable period of time after such claim is filed in the insolvency proceedings and that during the pendency of such claim the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses which it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver or statutory successor. It is further understood that the expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to court approval, against the Company as part of the expense of liquidation to the extent of a proportionate share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

 

16


ARTICLE IX

DURATION; RECAPTURE

Section 9.1. Duration . This Agreement shall continue in force until such time as (i) the Company’s liability with respect to all Covered Insurance Contracts reinsured hereunder is terminated in accordance with their respective terms, or the Company has elected to recapture the reinsurance of Covered Insurance Contracts in full in accordance with Section 9.3, and (ii) the Company has received payments which discharge such liability in full in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. In no event shall the interpretation of this Section 9.1 imply any unilateral right of the Reinsurer to terminate this Agreement; provided , however , that in the event that the Company fails to timely pay any material amount due the Reinsurer hereunder or under Reinsurance Agreement (A) or Reinsurance Agreement (C), and such amount remains unpaid for thirty (30) calendar days, the Reinsurer shall have the right to terminate reinsurance hereunder upon the end of such period. In such case or in the event that following an insolvency of the Company, the statutory liquidator, receiver or statutory successor of the Company terminates this Agreement, the provisions of Section 9.3 and Section 9.4 shall apply as if the Termination Date were a Recapture Date and the Reinsurer shall be relieved of all liability under this Agreement to make future payments to the Company.

Section 9.2. Survival . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IX, the terms and conditions of Articles I, VI and X and the provisions of Sections 11.1, 11.4, 11.6, 11.9 and 11.10 shall remain in full force and effect after the Termination Date.

Section 9.3. Recapture .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Recapture Triggering Event, the Company shall have the right to recapture all, and not less than all, of the reinsurance ceded under this Agreement, Reinsurance Agreement (A) and Reinsurance Agreement (C), by providing the Reinsurer with written notice of its intent to effect recapture. Recapture of the Covered Insurance Contracts shall be effective on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which the Company has provided the Reinsurer with such notice (the “ Recapture Date ”).

(b) In addition, all or a portion of the reinsurance ceded under this Agreement may be recaptured with the mutual written consent of the parties hereto, including in connection with the establishment of a Buyers Facility.

 

17


(c) If any Covered Insurance Contract is terminated or liabilities thereunder are recaptured strictly in accordance with the terms of such Covered Insurance Contract and the consent of the Company is not required for such termination or recapture, the Company shall, upon ten (10) days’ prior written notice to the Reinsurer, recapture the liabilities ceded to the Reinsurer hereunder that are attributable to such terminated Covered Insurance Contract or to the liabilities recaptured under such Covered Insurance Contract, as the case may be.

(d) Following any recapture pursuant to this Section 9.3, subject to Section 9.2 and to the payment obligations described in Section 9.4, both the Company and the Reinsurer will be fully and finally released from all rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of the recaptured portion of the Covered Insurance Contract or Covered Insurance Contracts other than any payment obligations due hereunder prior to the Recapture Date but still unpaid on such date.

Section 9.4. Recapture Payments .

(a) In connection with a recapture in full pursuant to Section 9.3(a), the Reinsurer shall prepare a Settlement Statement (the “ Terminal Settlement Statement ”) within sixty (60) calendar days of the Recapture Date setting forth the Net Settlement calculated in accordance with Exhibit B for the for the Terminal Accounting Period. If the amount of the Net Settlement for the Terminal Accounting Period is positive, the Company shall pay such amount to the Reinsurer within five (5) calendar days of its receipt of the Terminal Settlement Statement. If the amount of the Net Settlement for the Terminal Accounting Period is negative, the Reinsurer shall pay the absolute value of such amount to the Company at the time it delivers the Terminal Settlement Statement to the Company. In addition, on the Recapture Date or any other date on which all of the reinsurance ceded under this Agreement is recaptured, any letter of credit posted pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be immediately surrendered and cancelled and any amount held in trust pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be immediately returned to the Reinsurer, as the case may be.

(b) No recapture fee shall be payable in connection with a recapture in connection with the establishment of a Buyers Facility pursuant to Section 9.3(b) and any recapture payment in connection therewith shall be as mutually agreed by the parties.

(c) In connection with a recapture due to the termination or recapture by an underlying ceding company of a Covered Insurance Contract pursuant to Section 9.3(c), the Company shall pay to the Reinsurer its quota share of any recapture fee received by the Company from such underlying ceding company in connection with the recapture and the Reinsurer shall pay to the Company its quota share of any recapture payment paid by the Company to such underlying ceding company.

Section 9.5. Payment Upon Termination . Promptly following the termination of this Agreement other than a termination in connection with a recapture in accordance with Sections 9.3 and 9.4 or a termination in accordance with the proviso clause in Section 9.1 or the last sentence of Section 9.1 (i) the Company and the Reinsurer shall implement a Net Settlement in accordance with Exhibit B for the Terminal Accounting Period and (ii) the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to collect amounts due from ceding companies under the Covered Insurance Contracts and pay to the Reinsurer any amounts collected (including all Received Amounts so collected from ceding companies). In addition, on the Termination Date, any letter of credit posted pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be immediately surrendered and cancelled and any amount held in trust pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be immediately returned to the Reinsurer, as the case may be.

 

18


ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION; DISCLAIMER

Section 10.1. Reinsurer’s Obligation to Indemnify . The Reinsurer hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers and employees (collectively, the “ Company Indemnified Parties ”) from and against all losses, liabilities, claims, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and damages reasonably and actually incurred by the Company to the extent arising from (i) any breach of the covenants and agreements of the Reinsurer contained in this Agreement, except to the extent that such losses, liabilities, claims, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and damages are attributable to acts or omissions of a person who is a director, officer, employee, agent, representative, successor, or permitted assign of the Company or any of its Affiliates, unless such person is acting at the direction or request of the Reinsurer, and (ii) any successful enforcement of this indemnity.

Section 10.2. Company’s Obligation to Indemnify . The Company hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Reinsurer and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers and employees (collectively, the “ Reinsurer Indemnified Parties ”) from and against all losses, liabilities, claims, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and damages reasonably and actually incurred by the Reinsurer to the extent arising from (i) any breach of the covenants and agreements of the Company contained in this Agreement, except to the extent that such losses, liabilities, claims, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and damages are attributable to acts or omissions of a person who is a director, officer, employee (other than in such employee’s capacity as an employee of the Company), agent, representative, successor, or permitted assign of the Reinsurer or any of its Affiliates, and (ii) any successful enforcement of this indemnity.

Section 10.3. Indemnification Procedures . In the case of any Litigation asserted by a third party (a “ Third Party Claim ”) against a party entitled to indemnification under this Agreement (the “ Indemnified Party ”), notice shall be given by the Indemnified Party to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of such Third Party Claim, and the Indemnified Party shall permit the Indemnifying Party (at the expense of such Indemnifying Party and so long as the Indemnifying Party acknowledges in writing its obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party for Losses related to such Third Party Claim) to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim, provided that (a) counsel for the Indemnifying Party who shall conduct the defense of such Third Party Claim shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such Indemnified Party’s expense, and (b) the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligation under this Agreement except to the extent that such failure results in a lack of actual notice to the Indemnifying Party and such Indemnifying Party is

 

19


materially prejudiced as a result of such failure to give notice. If the Indemnifying Party does not promptly assume the defense of such Third Party Claim following notice thereof, the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to assume and control such defense and to settle or agree to pay in full such Third Party Claim without the consent of the Indemnifying Party without prejudice to the ability of the Indemnified Party to enforce its claim for indemnification against the Indemnifying Party hereunder. Except with the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, no Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such Third Party Claim, shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that (i) provides for injunctive or other nonmonetary relief affecting the Indemnified Party, (ii) does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by each claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of an irrevocable release from all liability with respect to such Third Party Claim, or (iii) would restrict such Indemnified Party’s ability to conduct its business in the ordinary course or would otherwise have a materially adverse impact on the business of the Indemnified Party. If the Indemnified Party in good faith determines that the conduct of the defense or any proposed settlement of any Third Party Claim would reasonably be expected to affect adversely the Indemnified Party’s Tax liability, or that the Indemnified Party may have available to it one or more defenses or counterclaims that are inconsistent with one or more of those that may be available to the Indemnifying Party in respect of such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right at all times to take over and control the defense, settlement, negotiation or Litigation relating to any such Third Party Claim at the sole cost of the Indemnifying Party, provided that if the Indemnified Party does so take over and control, the Indemnified Party shall not settle such Third Party Claim without the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In any event, the Reinsurer and the Company shall cooperate in the defense of any Third Party Claim subject to this Article X and the records of each shall be reasonably available to the other with respect to such defense.

Section 10.4. Disclaimer . The Reinsurer hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Reinsurer is not relying in any way upon any duty of utmost good faith or other similar duty of disclosure on the part of the Company (a “ Special Duty ”) in connection with the cession of liabilities from the Company to the Reinsurer as of the Effective Time. Accordingly, as an inducement for the Company to enter into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Reinsurer hereby agrees that it will not institute any arbitration or other proceeding against the Company or assert any claim or defense against the Company in any arbitration or other proceeding with respect to the liabilities assumed hereunder based in whole or in part upon any Special Duty as of the Effective Time; provided , however , that the Reinsurer reserves all of its rights and remedies in respect of any Special Duty arising after the Original Effective Time other than any Special Duty arising in connection with the separation of the Original Reinsurance Agreement into this Agreement, Reinsurance Agreement (A) and Reinsurance Agreement (C) as of the Effective Time.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1. Notices . Any notice, request or other communication to be given by any party hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, sent by registered or certified, postage prepaid, or by overnight courier with written confirmation of delivery. Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, or if mailed, on the date shown on the receipt therefor, or if sent by overnight courier, on the date shown on the written confirmation of delivery. Such notices shall be given to the following address:

 

20


To Company:   

Security Life of Denver International Limited

Attention: President

c/o ING North America Insurance Corporation

5780 Powers Ferry Road NW

Atlanta, GA 30327

With concurrent copies to:

  

ING North America Insurance Corporation

5780 Powers Ferry Road NW

Atlanta, GA 30327

Attention: Corporate General Counsel

   and
  

David A. Massey, Esq.

Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP

1275 Pennsylvania Ave., NW

Washington, DC 20004-2415

To the Reinsurer:

  

Hannover Life Reassurance (Ireland) Limited

4 Custom House Plaza

IFSC Dublin 1

Ireland

Attention: Managing Director

With concurrent copies to:

  

Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America

800 North Magnolia Avenue, Suite 1400

Orlando, Florida 32803

Attention: President

   and
  

Locke Lord Bissell & Liddell LLP

401 9th Street, N.W.

Suite 400 South

Washington, DC 20004

Attention: William J. Kelty, III, Esq.

   and

 

21


 

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Nicholas F. Potter, Esq.

Section 11.2. Entire Agreement . This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any respect whatsoever except by instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. This Agreement, Reinsurance Agreement (A), Reinsurance Agreement (C), the Original Reinsurance Agreement, the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Administrative Services Agreement, the ING Ballantyne Administrative Services Agreement, the SLD-HLRUS Reinsurance Agreements, the ING Asset Management Services Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations, discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties and there are no general or specific warranties, representations or other agreements by or among the parties in connection with the entering into of this Agreement or the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth or contemplated herein.

Section 11.3. Captions . The captions of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 11.4. Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts entered into therein, without reference to principles of choice of law or conflicts of laws. Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any State or Federal Court sitting in New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each party hereto agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by hand in The Cayman Islands or Ireland, as the case may be, addressed to such party, with a concurrent copy by U.S. registered mail, shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding brought against such party in such court. Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each party hereto agrees that final judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon such party and may be enforced in any other courts to whose jurisdiction such party may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.

Section 11.5. No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in any provision of this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the parties hereto, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

Section 11.6. Expenses . Except as otherwise provided herein, the parties hereto shall each bear their respective expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, all fees and expenses of counsel, actuaries and other representatives.

 

22


Section 11.7. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof each signed by less than all, but together signed by all of the parties hereto. Each counterpart may be delivered by facsimile transmission, which transmission shall be deemed delivery of an originally executed document.

Section 11.8. Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, that provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

Section 11.9. Waiver of Jury Trial; Multiplied and Punitive Damages . Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives, with respect to any first party action filed by the other party (but not as to any action by one party against the other seeking indemnification for a third party claim against the party initiating the action, to the extent that such damages may be recoverable as part of the indemnification by the indemnified party) (i) any and all right to trial by jury, and (ii) any right to punitive, incidental, consequential or multiplied damages, either pursuant to common law or statute, in any legal proceedings arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 11.10. Treatment of Confidential Information .

(a) The parties agree that, other than as contemplated by this Agreement and to the extent permitted or required to implement the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the parties will keep confidential and will not use or disclose the other party’s Confidential Information and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the exhibits and schedules hereto, except as otherwise required by applicable Law or any order or ruling of any state or national insurance regulatory authority, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other Governmental Entity.

(b) The confidentiality obligations contained in this Agreement or in any other agreement between the parties hereto, as they relate to the reinsurance hereunder, shall not apply to the federal Tax structure or federal Tax treatment of this Agreement and each party hereto may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the federal Tax structure and federal Tax treatment of this Agreement; provided , that such disclosure may not be made until the earliest of (x) the date of the public announcement of discussions relating to this Agreement, (y) the date of the public announcement of this Agreement, or (z) the date of the execution of this Agreement. The preceding sentence is intended to cause this Agreement to be treated as not having been offered under conditions of confidentiality for purposes of Section 1.6011-4(b)(3) (or any successor provision) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 6011 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed in a manner consistent with such purpose. Subject to the provision with respect to disclosure in the first sentence of this subsection (b), each party hereto acknowledges that it has no proprietary or exclusive rights to the federal Tax structure of this Agreement or any federal Tax matter or federal Tax idea related to this Agreement.

 

23


Section 11.11. Assignment . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties. Except as provided below in this Section 11.11, neither party may assign any of its duties or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party. The Reinsurer shall be entitled to assign its administrative duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company, unless the person or entity to whom such duties are to be assigned is not, at the time of such assignment, a subsidiary of the Reinsurer, in which event the Reinsurer shall obtain the prior written consent of the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

Section 11.12. Service of Process . The Reinsurer hereby designates The Corporation Trust Company as its true and lawful attorney upon whom may be served any lawful process in any action, suit or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the Company.

Section 11.13. Excise Tax . The Reinsurer shall reimburse the Company in full for any federal excise Tax paid by the Company under section 4371 of the Code in connection with this Agreement, other than any such Tax payable as a result of any action or inaction by the Company (other than any action or inaction contemplated or required by this Agreement or the Asset Purchase Agreement).

[The rest of this page intentionally left blank.]

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed effective July 1, 2011.

 

SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER

INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

By:   /s/ David S. Pendergrass
Name:   David S. Pendergrass
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
By:   /s/ Richard Lau
Name:   RICHARD LAU
Title:   DIRECTOR

HANNOVER LIFE REASSURANCE

(IRELAND) LIMITED

By:    
Name:  
Title:  
By:    
Name:  
Title:  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed effective July 1, 2011.

 

SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
By:        
Name:    
Title:    
HANNOVER LIFE REASSURANCE (IRELAND) LIMITED
By:   /s/ Debbie O’Hare   8/7/2011
Name:   DEBBIE O’HARE   Dublin, Ireland
Title:   MANAGING DIRECTOR  
By:   /s/ Anja Fuhrmeister   11/7/2011
Name:   ANJA FUHRMEISTER   Dublin, Ireland
Title:   GENERAL MANAGER  


EXHIBIT A

IFRS Reserve Methodology and Components

Methodology

An initial defined reserve method consistent with the requirements of US GAAP was employed to develop the IFRS liability. This was done over the 30 year period of the projections. A VOBA was determined following the development of the IFRS liability.

Components used in the calculation

Premiums

Fee income

Interest

Mortality

Persistency

Expense allowances

Internal expenses

Third party retrocession cost, including adjustments for experience refunds and LCF’s.

Assumed recaptures and experience refunds

Collateral costs

Pads were applied to interest, death benefits, NAR, third party retrocession costs, and collateral costs.


EXHIBIT B

Net Settlement

The Net Settlement with respect to any Accounting Period is equal to the following:

a) the Additional Reinsurance Premium; minus

b) the Benefit Payments; plus

c) the Reinsurance IMR Investment Income; minus

d) the Reinsurance IMR as of the close of such Accounting Period less the Reinsurance IMR as of the close of the preceding Accounting Period; minus

e) with respect to a Terminal Accounting Period ending on the Recapture Date only, an amount equal to the Reserves as of the close of the Terminal Accounting Period;

provided that with respect to the Reinsurance IMR for an Accounting Period, to the extent that the calculation thereof would result in an amount payable to the Reinsurer, only such amounts as are actually received by the Company from the ceding companies under the Covered Insurance Contracts by way of payment or offset or otherwise (“ Received Amounts ”) shall be included in the Net Settlement; provided further that to the extent that the Reinsurer makes any payments during an Accounting Period to or on behalf of the Company in respect of Reinsured Liabilities, the amount of any such payments shall be excluded from the Net Settlement; and provided further that to the extent the Reinsurer receives any Additional Reinsurance Premium in respect of an Accounting Period during such Accounting Period, the amount of any such Additional Reinsurance Premium received shall be excluded from the Net Settlement.


Schedule 1.1(a)

Covered Insurance Contracts

(including all amendments to such contracts through and including the Effective Time)

 

Treaty
Number

  

Ceding Company

    

Reinsurer

     Effective
Date
    

Basis

6526-2562    Great-West Life & Annuity      SLDI      6/1/00      COINS

6087-2510 Admin Tty # 2530 mirrors 2510

   Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company      SLDI      09/11/00      COINS

6331-2873

   TIAA-CREF Life Insurance Company      SLDI      11/1/01      COINS

6508-2014

   William Penn Life Insurance Company of NY      SLDI      1/1/98      YRT


Schedule 6.1(a)

Section 6.1(a) Example

 

A. Assumptions

 

  1. C retrocedes business to R.

 

  2. C engages in no other retrocession agreements.

 

  3. The applicable section 848 percentage is 7.7%.

 

  4. The Tax Rate Percentage is 35%.

 

B. Facts

 

Year

   2009     2010     2011     2012      2013      2014     2015  

Net Consideration 1

     (10,000     0        5,000        10,000         10,000         (15,000     (6,000

Capitalized Amount

     770        0        0        0         0         1155        462   

Hypothetical Amortization Deductions 2

     38.5        77        38.5 3       0         0         0        23.1   

DAC Tax

     393.9        0        0        0         0         0        236.3   

Company Payment

     0        41.5        228        207.3         0         0        0   

Unused Net Foreign Capitalization Amount 4

     (770     (770     (385     385         1155         0        (462

 

1  

This amount is negative if in parentheses. Positive amounts of net consideration are treated as zero under the DAC Tax formula. The net consideration number includes any DAC Tax payment or Company Payment made in a year. Thus, for 2010, the zero amount of net consideration reflects both the actual negative consideration paid by C to R in respect of the retroceded business and the DAC Tax payment made by R to C for the 2009 year.

2  

Based on the amortization of an amount equal to the Capitalized Amount or Amounts, as adjusted for use of net negative foreign capitalization amounts.

3  

The reduction in the amortization deductions for 2011 from the 77 implicit in the 770 of Capitalized Amount for 2009 is attributable to the use of 385 of the net negative foreign capitalization amount from 2009 and a concomitant reduction in the analog to the Capitalized Amount number that is used to calculate the hypothetical amortization deductions. A similar adjustment occurs with respect to 2012.

4  

This amount is negative if in parentheses.

Exhibit 10.23

Execution Copy

 

 

 

REINSURANCE AGREEMENT (C)

[SLDI Direct business without LOCs]

between

SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

(referred to as the Company)

and

HANNOVER LIFE REASSURANCE (IRELAND) LIMITED

(referred to as the Reinsurer)

Effective as of July 1, 2011

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
  ARTICLE I   
  DEFINITIONS   

Section 1.1.

  Definitions      2   
  ARTICLE II   
  BASIS OF COINSURANCE AND BUSINESS COINSURED   

Section 2.1.

  Reinsurance      7   

Section 2.2.

  Reinsurance Coverage      8   

Section 2.3.

  Reserves      8   

Section 2.4.

  Insurance Contract and Reserve Assumption Changes      8   
  ARTICLE III   
  TRANSFER OF ASSETS; ACCOUNTING; ADMINISTRATION   

Section 3.1.

  Payments by the Company      9   

Section 3.2.

  Settlement      9   

Section 3.3.

  Delayed Payments      10   

Section 3.4.

  Offset and Recoupment Rights      10   

Section 3.5.

  Administration      10   

Section 3.6.

  Certain Reports      10   
  ARTICLE IV   
  LICENSES; REPORTS; SECURITY   

Section 4.1.

  Licenses      10   

Section 4.2.

  Reports      11   

Section 4.3.

  Security      11   
  ARTICLE V   
  OVERSIGHTS; COOPERATION; REGULATORY MATTERS   

Section 5.1.

  Oversights      12   

Section 5.2.

  Cooperation      13   

Section 5.3.

  Regulatory Matters      13   
  ARTICLE VI   
  DAC TAX   

Section 6.1.

  DAC Tax      13   

 

-i-


         Page  
  ARTICLE VII   
  ARBITRATION   

Section 7.1.

  Arbitration      15   

Section 7.2.

  Arbitration Procedure      16   
  ARTICLE VIII   
  INSOLVENCY   

Section 8.1.

  Insolvency of the Company      17   
  ARTICLE IX   
  DURATION; RECAPTURE   

Section 9.1.

  Duration      17   

Section 9.2.

  Survival      17   

Section 9.3.

  Recapture      17   

Section 9.4.

  Recapture Payments      18   

Section 9.5.

  Payment Upon Termination      19   
  ARTICLE X   
  INDEMNIFICATION; DISCLAIMER   

Section 10.1.

  Reinsurer’s Obligation to Indemnify      19   

Section 10.2.

  Company’s Obligation to Indemnify      19   

Section 10.3.

  Indemnification Procedures      19   

Section 10.4.

  Disclaimer      20   
  ARTICLE XI   
  MISCELLANEOUS   

Section 11.1.

  Notices      21   

Section 11.2.

  Entire Agreement      22   

Section 11.3.

  Captions      22   

Section 11.4.

  Governing Law and Jurisdiction      22   

Section 11.5.

  No Third Party Beneficiaries      23   

Section 11.6.

  Expenses      23   

Section 11.7.

  Counterparts      23   

Section 11.8.

  Severability      23   

Section 11.9.

  Waiver of Jury Trial; Multiplied and Punitive Damages      23   

Section 11.10.

  Treatment of Confidential Information      23   

Section 11.11.

  Assignment      24   

Section 11.12.

  Service of Process      24   

Section 11.13.

  Excise Tax      24   

 

-ii-


REINSURANCE AGREEMENT (C)

THIS REINSURANCE AGREEMENT (C)  (the “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into on August 19, 2011, effective as of 12:01 a.m. New York time on July 1, 2011 (the “ Effective Time ”) by and between Security Life of Denver International Limited, a life insurance company domiciled in The Cayman Islands (the “ Company ” or “ SLDI ”) and Hannover Life Reassurance (Ireland) Limited, an Ireland-domiciled life insurance company (the “ Reinsurer ”).

WHEREAS , the Company, Security Life of Denver Insurance Company, a Colorado-domiciled insurance company (“ SLD ” and together with the Company, the “ ING Companies ”), Scottish Re Group Limited (“ SRGL ”), Scottish Holdings, Inc. (“ SHI ”), Scottish Re (U.S.), Inc. (“ SRUS ”), Scottish Re Life (Bermuda) Limited, (“ SRLB ”), Scottish Re (Dublin) Limited (“ SRD ” and together with SRGL, SHI, SRUS and SRLB, the “ Sellers ”), the Reinsurer and Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America (“ HLRUS ” and together with Reinsurer, the “ Buyers ”) entered into a Master Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2009 (the “ Asset Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Sellers, the Buyers and the ING Companies agreed to replace SRUS and SRLB with HLRUS and the Reinsurer as the reinsurers of certain of the individual life reinsurance business of SLD and the Company acquired by Sellers pursuant an Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among the ING Companies, SRGL, SRLB and SRUS, dated as of October 17, 2004, as amended (the “ ING APA ”); and

WHEREAS , as contemplated by the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company ceded and retroceded to the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer indemnity reinsured, on a one-hundred percent (100%) coinsurance/modified coinsurance or coinsurance/coinsurance with funds withheld basis, as set forth herein, the Covered Insurance Contracts (as hereinafter defined) and the “ Covered Insurance Contracts ” as defined in Reinsurance Agreement (A) and Reinsurance Agreement (B) being executed concurrently herewith, all under a single reinsurance agreement entered into on February 20, 2009, effective as of 12:01 a.m. New York time on January 1, 2009 (such time being referred to herein as the “ Original Effective Time ”, and such agreement, as amended prior to the date hereof, being referred to herein as the “ Original Reinsurance Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , the Company and the Reinsurer wish to separate the Original Reinsurance Agreement into three reinsurance agreements effective as of the Effective Time (the “ New Reinsurance Agreements ”), each covering a block of business as described in such New Reinsurance Agreement and collectively covering all reinsured business under the Original Reinsurance Agreement; and

WHEREAS , upon the execution and delivery of all New Reinsurance Agreements, the Original Reinsurance Agreement shall remain in full force and effect with respect to the parties’ respective rights and obligations thereunder arising prior to the Effective Time as specified in Section 2.1(c) of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Company wishes the Reinsurer to perform, or cause the performance of, certain administrative functions on behalf of the Company with respect to the Covered Insurance Contracts, and the Company, SLD and HLRUS previously entered into an Administrative Services Agreement dated as of February 20, 2009 (the “ Administrative Services Agreement ”) pursuant to which HLRUS provides, or causes the provision of, such administrative services; and


WHEREAS , the Administrative Services Agreement is being amended concurrently herewith to reflect certain agreements among the parties thereto as to the administration of the New Reinsurance Agreements;

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual and several promises and undertakings herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Reinsurer agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions . Any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement. The following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below throughout this Agreement:

180-Day Treasury Rate ” means the annual yield rate, on the date to which the 180-Day Treasury Rate relates, of actively traded U.S. Treasury securities having a remaining duration to maturity of six (6) months, as such rate is published under “ Treasury Constant Maturities ” in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519).

Accounting Period ” means each calendar quarter during the term of this Agreement or any fraction thereof ending on the Recapture Date or the Termination Date, as applicable.

Additional Reinsurance Premium ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

Administrative Services Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Asset Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Benefit Payments ” means, with respect to any Accounting Period, the aggregate amount of payments that become due pursuant to Section 2.1(b) during such Accounting Period.

Buyers ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Capitalized Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Code ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

-2-


Company Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 of this Agreement.

Company Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Confidential Information ” means all documents and information concerning one party, any of its Affiliates, the Reinsured Liabilities or the Covered Insurance Contracts, including any information relating to any person insured directly or indirectly under the Covered Insurance Contracts, furnished to the other party or such other party’s Affiliates or representatives in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, except that Confidential Information shall not include information which: (a) at the time of disclosure or thereafter is generally available to and known by the public other than by way of a wrongful disclosure by a party hereto or by any representative of a party hereto; (b) was available on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the parties hereto or their representatives, provided that such source is not and was not bound by a confidentiality agreement with a party hereto; or (c) was independently developed without violating any obligations under this Agreement and without the use of any Confidential Information.

Covered Insurance Contracts ” means all ING Insurance Contracts, whether or not executed, entered into by the Company and reinsured immediately prior to the Effective Time under the SLDI-SRLB Reinsurance Agreements, including without limitation the reinsurance agreements listed on Schedule 1.1(a) but excluding the reinsurance agreements identified as “ Covered Insurance Contracts ” in Reinsurance Agreement (A) and Reinsurance Agreement (B). The parties agree to update Schedule 1.1(a) from time to time to reflect Covered Insurance Contracts entered into in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or discovered after the Effective Time.

DAC Tax ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Effective Time ” means the effective time shown in the preamble of this Agreement.

Existing Reinsurance ” means all reinsurance agreements that the Company has entered into with third parties in respect of the Covered Insurance Contracts, including without limitation the ING Retrocession Agreements entered into by the Company (other than the ING Retrocession Agreements that are novated to the Reinsurer in accordance with Section 7.11(b) of the Asset Purchase Agreement), and any reinsurance agreement entered into by the Company to replace any of such reinsurance agreements following any termination or recapture thereof, as all such reinsurance agreements may be in force from time to time and at any time.

Financial Statements ” means, with respect to any party, the annual and, if applicable, quarterly financial statements of such party to the extent such party is required by applicable Law in its jurisdiction of domicile to prepare and file such financial statements.

Foreign DAC Election ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

 

-3-


HLRUS ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

IFRS ” means the accounting principles for the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union.

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

Independent Accountants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Independent Actuary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(e) of this Agreement.

ING APA ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

ING Companies ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

ING Insurance Contracts ” means the life reinsurance contracts entered into by SLD or the Company and covered immediately prior to the Effective Time under the SLD-SRUS Reinsurance Agreements and the SLDI-SRLB Reinsurance Agreements.

Initial Security Amount Posting Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a) of this Agreement.

LIBOR ” means, for any day, the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having an overnight maturity, which rate appears on the Reuters Page LIBOR01 or any successor page at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next preceding Business Day).

Net Settlement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

New Reinsurance Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Original Effective Time ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Original Reinsurance Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Premiums ” means premiums, considerations, deposits and similar receipts with respect to the Covered Insurance Contracts.

Recapture Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3 of this Agreement.

Recapture Triggering Event ” means any of the following occurrences:

(i) the existence of an insolvency, rehabilitation, conservation or comparable proceeding by or against the Reinsurer;

 

-4-


(ii) the insurer financial strength rating of the Reinsurer is downgraded to below “BBB” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services;

(iii) the minimum solvency margin maintained by the Reinsurer as mandated by the Irish Financial Services Regulatory Authority falls below 100% and is not increased to at least 100% within thirty (30) calendar days after the date upon which the Reinsurer is required to provide the Company the report pursuant to Section 3.6 of this Agreement; or

(iv) a Recapture Triggering Event has occurred under the SLD-HLRUS Reinsurance Agreement listed as item 1 on Schedule H to the Asset Purchase Agreement.

Received Amounts ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit B.

Reinsurance Agreement (A) ” means that certain Reinsurance Agreement (A) being executed concurrently herewith, effective as of the Effective Time, by and between the Company and the Reinsurer.

Reinsurance Agreement (B) ” means that certain Reinsurance Agreement (B) being executed concurrently herewith, effective as of the Effective Time, by and between the Company and the Reinsurer.

Reinsurance IMR ” means the interest maintenance reserve required to be funded by the Company under the terms of the Covered Insurance Contracts.

Reinsurance IMR Investment Income ” for an Accounting Period shall be equal to the investment income earned during such Accounting Period on the assets supporting the Reinsurance IMR.

Reinsured Liabilities ” means all gross liabilities and obligations arising out of or relating to the Covered Insurance Contracts arising on or after the Original Effective Time (including without limitation, to the extent arising on or after the Original Effective Time, (a) all liabilities arising out of any changes to the terms and conditions of the Covered Insurance Contracts mandated by applicable Law, (b) Taxes due in respect of Premiums to the extent such Taxes relate to Premiums received by or accrued by the Reinsurer on or after the Original Effective Time, (c) assessments and similar charges in connection with participation by the Company or the Reinsurer whether voluntary or involuntary in any guaranty association established or governed by any U.S. state or other jurisdiction to the extent such assessments and charges relate to periods beginning on or after the Original Effective Time, (d) commissions payable with respect to the Covered Insurance Contracts to or for the benefit of the producers or intermediaries who marketed or produced the Covered Insurance Contracts to the extent such commissions relate to periods beginning on or after the Original Effective Time, (e) liabilities for returns or refunds of Premiums to the extent such returns or refunds relate to Premiums received by or accrued by the Reinsurer on or after the Original Effective Time, (f) expense allowances payable under the Covered Insurance Contracts to the extent such allowances relate to periods beginning on or after the Original Effective Time, (g) unclaimed property liabilities arising under or relating to the Covered Insurance Contracts, (h) Extra-Contractual Obligations and (i) experience refunds that relate to any Accounting Period completed after the Original Effective Time) other than Retained Reinsurance Liabilities, net of benefits collected under Existing Reinsurance attributable to periods on or after the Original Effective Time.

 

-5-


Reinsurer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Reinsurer Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2 of this Agreement.

Reserves ” means the reserves and other liabilities of the Reinsurer in respect of the Reinsured Liabilities calculated under IFRS in accordance with the assumptions set forth in Exhibit A; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, “ Reserves ” shall be net of (a) deferred acquisition costs and(b) value of business acquired.

Security Amount ” means with respect to any Accounting Period during which an Initial Security Amount Posting Date occurs or beginning after an Initial Security Amount Posting Date and prior to the related Security Amount Release Date, the amount of the Reserves as of the end of the prior Accounting Period, updated to reflect the actual mortality experience under the Covered Insurance Contracts from the Original Effective Time to the date on which the Security Triggering Event giving rise to such Initial Security Amount Posting Date occurred.

Security Amount Adjustment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b) of this Agreement.

Security Amount Adjustment Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b) of this Agreement.

Security Amount Release Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(d) of this Agreement.

Security Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of the following: the insurer financial strength rating of the Reinsurer is downgraded to below “A-” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

Sellers ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Settlement Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

SHI ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

SLD ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Special Duty ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4 of this Agreement.

SRD ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

SRGL ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

SRLB ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

-6-


SRUS ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Tax Rate Percentage ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Terminal Accounting Period ” means the Accounting Period during which the Recapture Date, if any, or the Termination Date, if any, occurs.

Terminal Settlement Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4 of this Agreement.

Termination Date ” means the date on which this Agreement is terminated in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article IX hereof.

Third Party Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

Treasury Regulations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement.

Triggering Event ” means a Recapture Triggering Event or a Security Triggering Event.

ARTICLE II

BASIS OF COINSURANCE AND BUSINESS COINSURED

Section 2.1. Reinsurance .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby cedes on a coinsurance basis to the Reinsurer as of the Effective Time, and the Reinsurer hereby accepts and agrees to assume and indemnity reinsure on such basis as of the Effective Time, one hundred percent (100%) of all Reinsured Liabilities arising under or relating to the Covered Insurance Contracts. This Agreement is an agreement for indemnity reinsurance solely between the Company and the Reinsurer and shall not create any legal relationship whatsoever between the Reinsurer and any Person other than the Company. The reinsurance effected under this Agreement shall be maintained in force, without reduction, unless such reinsurance is terminated or reduced as provided herein.

(b) On and after the Effective Time, the Reinsurer will have the responsibility for paying to or on behalf of the Company, as and when due, all Reinsured Liabilities arising under or attributable to the Covered Insurance Contracts.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Original Reinsurance Agreement shall remain in full force and effect with respect to the parties’ respective rights and obligations thereunder arising prior to the Effective Time; provided , for the avoidance of doubt, that (i) Reinsured Liabilities not paid by the Reinsurer prior to the Effective Time are reinsured under this Agreement regardless of whether they arose or arise prior to or after the Effective Time, and (ii) neither party shall be required to pay any amount under this Agreement that it has paid pursuant to the Original Reinsurance Agreement or vice versa.

 

-7-


Section 2.2. Reinsurance Coverage . In no event shall the reinsurance provided hereunder with respect to a particular Covered Insurance Contract be in force and binding unless such Covered Insurance Contract was in force and binding as of the Original Effective Time; provided , however , that the Covered Insurance Contracts reinsured hereunder shall include (a) all lapsed or surrendered insurance contracts subject to the reinsurance hereunder, that are reinstated in accordance with their terms on and after the Original Effective Time and (b) all unexecuted Covered Insurance Contracts. Upon the reinstatement of any lapsed or surrendered policy included within Covered Insurance Contracts, such reinstated Covered Insurance Contract shall be automatically reinsured hereunder, when, and to the extent that, the Company is liable under such reinstated Covered Insurance Contract.

Section 2.3. Reserves . On and after the Effective Time, the Reinsurer shall establish and maintain as a liability on its Financial Statements, Reserves for the Covered Insurance Contracts ceded hereunder, calculated consistent with the reserve requirements and actuarial principles applicable to the Reinsurer under IFRS. The Reinsurer shall provide the Company, no later than one-hundred and eighty (180) calendar days after the end of each calendar year, with copies of all actuarial opinions and actuarial memoranda and all reserve evaluations pertaining to the Reserves for the Covered Insurance Contracts, including, without limitation, any actuarial opinions and reserve evaluations performed by independent actuaries, auditors or other outside consultants. The Company may, at its own cost at any time, upon reasonable notice to the Reinsurer following the Effective Time, examine the Books and Records, and any other books and records that would have been included in the Books and Records had they been in existence at the Effective Time, maintained by the Reinsurer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and review the Reinsurer’s reserve procedures, in each case as applicable to the Reinsured Liabilities. If as a result of such examination the Company believes that the Reserves are not consistent with the requirements of the first sentence of this Section 2.3 in all material respects, the Reinsurer shall, at the Company’s request and expense, obtain and deliver to the Company an actuarial opinion as to the adequacy of the Reserves for the Covered Insurance Contracts produced by an independent actuary reasonably acceptable to the Company. In the event that the actuarial opinion so rendered reasonably indicates a material inadequacy in the Reserves for the Covered Insurance Contracts, or in the Reinsurer’s reserve procedures, the Reinsurer shall promptly adjust the amount of the Reserves for the Covered Insurance Contracts, and implement appropriate changes to its procedures so as to avoid inadequacies in future periods; provided , however , the Reinsurer shall have the right to contest the findings of such actuarial opinion in accordance with the provisions of Article VII.

Section 2.4. Insurance Contract and Reserve Assumption Changes . The Company shall not change (a) the terms and conditions of any Covered Insurance Contracts or (b) the assumptions and methods used to establish the reserves attributable to the Covered Insurance Contracts, except as required by applicable Law or with the consent of the Reinsurer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), and, in the event such a change is required by applicable Law, the Company shall notify the Reinsurer promptly upon becoming aware of the requirement to effect any such change and provide the Reinsurer the opportunity to contest such requirement.

 

-8-


ARTICLE III

TRANSFER OF ASSETS; ACCOUNTING; ADMINISTRATION

Section 3.1. Payments by the Company .

(a) As consideration for the Reinsurer’s agreement to provide reinsurance pursuant to the Original Reinsurance Agreement between the Company and the Reinsurer, the Company transferred, as of the Original Effective Time, to the Reinsurer as an initial reinsurance premium, cash and securities in accordance with Section 2.2 of the Asset Purchase Agreement in an amount equal to $998,994,222.

(b) The Reinsurer shall be entitled prior to the Recapture Date, as additional reinsurance premium (the “ Additional Reinsurance Premium ”), to payment of amounts equal to Premiums received by the Company (and attributable to periods) on and after the Effective Time that are attributable to the Covered Insurance Contracts, net of premiums due to be paid to third party reinsurers for Existing Reinsurance in respect of the Covered Insurance Contracts; provided , however , that following the occurrence of a Recapture Triggering Event, the Company shall be entitled to retain such amounts as funds withheld under this Agreement, and following the occurrence of a Security Triggering Event, the Company shall be entitled to retain such amounts as funds withheld under this Agreement until such time as the Reinsurer posts security in accordance with Section 4.3. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Company retains all right, title and interest to all Premiums and other amounts received with respect to the Covered Insurance Contracts, subject to its contractual obligations under this Agreement to pay corresponding amounts over to the Reinsurer in accordance with Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

(c) To the extent that the Company recovers amounts from any third party attributable to the Covered Insurance Contracts and to periods beginning on or after the Effective Time (including, without limitation, Premiums in arrears from a policyholder or ceding company with respect to a reinstated Covered Insurance Contract net of any amounts due to third parties under Existing Reinsurance, litigation recoveries, and experience refunds, but excluding amounts recovered under Existing Reinsurance), the Company shall transfer such amounts to the Reinsurer and provide the Reinsurer with any pertinent information that the Company may have relating thereto in accordance with Section 3.2 hereof.

Section 3.2. Settlement . During the term of this Agreement, a settlement amount between the Company and the Reinsurer as of the last day of each Accounting Period (the “ Net Settlement ”) shall be calculated by the Reinsurer in accordance with Exhibit B, and a statement setting forth such calculation (the “ Settlement Statement ”) shall be delivered by the Reinsurer to the Company within thirty (30) calendar days of the end of such Accounting Period in accordance with the Administrative Services Agreement. Subject to Section 3.4, if the amount of the Net Settlement for an Accounting Period is positive, the Company shall pay such amount to the Reinsurer within 5 Business Days of its receipt of the Settlement Statement for such Accounting Period. Subject to Section 3.4, if the amount of the Net Settlement for an Accounting Period is negative, the Reinsurer shall pay the absolute value of such amount to the Company at the time it delivers the Settlement Statement for such Accounting Period to the Company.

 

-9-


Section 3.3. Delayed Payments . If there is a delayed settlement of any payment due hereunder, interest will accrue on such payment at the 180-Day Treasury Rate then in effect until settlement is made. For purposes of this Section 3.3, a payment will be considered overdue, and such interest will begin to accrue, on the first day immediately following the date such payment is due. For greater clarity, (i) a payment shall be deemed to be due hereunder on the last date on which such payment may be timely made under the applicable provision, and (ii) interest will not accrue on any payment due the Reinsurer hereunder unless the delayed settlement thereof was caused by the Company.

Section 3.4. Offset and Recoupment Rights . Any debits or credits incurred on and after the Effective Time in favor of or against either the Company or Reinsurer with respect to this Agreement, Reinsurance Agreement (A), Reinsurance Agreement (B) or any other reinsurance agreements or trust agreements that are deemed mutual debits or credits, as the case may be, shall be set off and recouped, and only the net balance shall be allowed or paid. This Section 3.4 shall apply notwithstanding the existence of any insolvency, rehabilitation, conservatorship or comparable proceeding by or against the Company or the Reinsurer.

Section 3.5. Administration . The Reinsurer will administer, or cause the administration of, the Covered Insurance Contracts and cause quarterly accountings with respect thereto to be provided to the Company in accordance with the Administrative Services Agreement. All reports, remittances and payments due to or from a party hereto shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Administrative Services Agreement.

Section 3.6. Certain Reports .

(a) Not later than ninety (90) calendar days after the end of each calendar year, and sixty (60) calendar days after the end of any Accounting Period other than the Accounting Period ending on December 31, the Reinsurer shall provide to the Company a copy of Form CR30, which details the calculation of the minimum solvency margin of the Reinsurer, together with a certificate of an officer of the Reinsurer stating that such calculation is in accordance with the procedures for the calculation of a reinsurance company minimum solvency margin required by Irish Law.

(b) The Reinsurer shall provide written notice of the occurrence of any Triggering Event within two (2) Business Days after its occurrence. The Company may request that the Reinsurer provide the Company with copies of its quarterly unaudited or annual audited, as applicable, Financial Statements to confirm the calculations provided by Reinsurer pursuant to this Section 3.6. In addition, Reinsurer shall cooperate fully with the Company and promptly respond to the Company’s reasonable inquiries from time to time concerning the determination of whether a Triggering Event has occurred.

ARTICLE IV

LICENSES; REPORTS; SECURITY

Section 4.1. Licenses . At all times during the term of this Agreement, the Reinsurer shall hold and maintain all licenses and authorizations required under applicable Law and otherwise take all commercially reasonable action that may be necessary to perform its obligations under this Section 4.1.

 

-10-


Section 4.2. Reports . At the Company’s request, the Reinsurer shall provide the Company with its audited annual Financial Statements along with the audit report thereon, as well as any quarterly reports required to be filed by the Reinsurer. At the Reinsurer’s request, the Company shall provide the Reinsurer with its audited annual Financial Statements along with the audit report thereon, as well as any quarterly reports required to be filed by the Company.

Section 4.3. Security .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Security Triggering Event, the Company shall have the right to require the Reinsurer to post security in an amount equal to the Security Amount. Not later than ten (10) Business Days following receipt by the Reinsurer of written notice from the Company requiring such security (the “ Initial Security Amount Posting Date ”), the Reinsurer shall calculate the Security Amount, provide written notice of such calculation to the Company and post security in such amount. At the option of the Reinsurer, such security may take the form of either (x) a letter of credit issued by a bank, and in a form, reasonably acceptable to the Company naming the Company as beneficiary or (y) assets (complying with the investment guidelines attached to the ING Asset Management Services Agreement) deposited in a trust account established for the benefit of Company on terms reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Reinsurer. In connection with the foregoing, the Reinsurer shall take all actions as may be necessary or desirable, or that the Company may reasonably request, in order to grant the Company a security interest in any assets deposited in trust pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(b) For each Accounting Period beginning after an Initial Security Amount Posting Date and prior to the related Security Amount Release Date, the Reinsurer shall calculate the Security Amount with respect to such Accounting Period and provide written notice of the calculation of the Security Amount to the Company (the “ Security Amount Adjustment Notice ”), not later than thirty (30) calendar days after the end of the prior Accounting Period (the “ Security Amount Adjustment Date ”). If the Security Amount is reduced as of any Security Amount Adjustment Date, then the excess portion of any letter of credit posted as security pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be cancelled or the excess portion of the assets deposited in a trust account as security pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be returned to the Reinsurer, as the case may be, within two (2) Business Days of the delivery of the Security Amount Adjustment Notice to the Company. If the Security Amount is increased as of any Security Amount Adjustment Date, then the Reinsurer shall post the required additional security (in the form described in Section 4.3(a)) promptly upon delivery of the Security Amount Adjustment Notice to the Company.

(c) The Company hereby agrees that it shall draw on any letter of credit posted in respect of a Security Triggering Event or withdraw assets on deposit in a trust account in respect of a Security Triggering Event only if, and to the extent that, the Reinsurer fails to timely pay any material amount due to the Company hereunder and such amount remains unpaid for thirty (30) calendar days after notice to the Reinsurer of such nonpayment. Any amount drawn on a letter of credit or paid from a trust account pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be deemed to satisfy the Reinsurer’s requirement to make such payment.

 

-11-


(d) In the event that following a Security Triggering Event the insurer financial strength rating of the Reinsurer increases to at least “A-” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, then any letter of credit posted in respect of such Security Triggering Event shall be surrendered and cancelled or any amount held in trust in respect of such Security Triggering Event shall be returned to the Reinsurer, as the case may be, within two (2) Business Days after the date upon which the Reinsurer provides to the Company notice of such ratings increase (the “ Security Amount Release Date ”).

(e) The Company may contest the Reinsurer’s calculation of the Security Amount by providing an alternative calculation to the Reinsurer in writing within thirty (30) calendar days after the date on which the Company receives the Reinsurer’s calculation. If the Company contests the Reinsurer’s calculation of the Security Amount with respect to any Accounting Period, the parties shall act in good faith to reach an agreement as to the correct Security Amount for such Accounting Period within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which the Company submits its alternative calculation. If the Company and the Reinsurer are unable to reach an agreement as to the calculation of the Security Amount during such period, the parties may submit the dispute regarding the calculation of the Security Amount for resolution to an independent third party actuary mutually acceptable to the Company and the Reinsurer (the “ Independent Actuary ”). Upon the selection of the Independent Actuary, and in any event within five (5) calendar days following such selection, the parties shall cause the Independent Actuary to review the calculation of the Security Amount and to deliver to the Reinsurer and the Company as promptly as practicable (but no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the commencement of the Independent Actuary’s review), a report setting forth the Independent Actuary’s calculation of the Security Amount. Such report shall also state the fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Actuary and indicate which of the parties shall bear such costs or in what percentage such costs shall be allocated to the parties. The Independent Actuary’s report shall be final and binding upon the Reinsurer and the Company.

(f) The security required by this Section 4.3 shall be maintained separately for each of this Agreement, Reinsurance Agreement (A) and Reinsurance Agreement (B). The Company shall reimburse the Reinsurer for any amount by which the cost of providing three separate forms of security exceeds that which the Reinsurer would have incurred to maintain a single form of security; provided , that the Reinsurer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any such excess.

ARTICLE V

OVERSIGHTS; COOPERATION; REGULATORY MATTERS

Section 5.1. Oversights . Inadvertent delays, errors or omissions made in connection with this Agreement or any transaction hereunder shall not relieve either party from any liability which would have attached had such delay, error or omission not occurred, provided always that such error or omission is rectified as soon as possible after discovery, and provided , further , that the party making such error or omission or responsible for such delay shall be responsible for any additional liability which attaches as a result. If (a) the failure of either party to comply with any provision of this Agreement is unintentional or the result of a misunderstanding or oversight and (b) such failure to comply is promptly rectified, both parties shall be restored as closely as possible to the positions they would have occupied if no error or oversight had occurred.

 

-12-


Section 5.2. Cooperation . Each party hereto shall cooperate fully with the other in all reasonable respects in order to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement.

Section 5.3. Regulatory Matters . If the Company or the Reinsurer receives notice of, or otherwise becomes aware of, any regulatory inquiry, investigation or proceeding relating to the Covered Insurance Contracts that would reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on the other party, the Company or the Reinsurer, as applicable, shall promptly notify the other party thereof, whereupon the parties shall cooperate in good faith and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such matter in a mutually satisfactory manner, in light of all the relevant business, regulatory and legal facts and circumstances.

ARTICLE VI

DAC TAX

Section 6.1. DAC Tax .

(a) To the extent hereinafter set forth, the Reinsurer shall indemnify the Company for any additional Tax that the Company incurs as a result of the application of section 848 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), with respect to the Covered Insurance Contracts and as a consequence of the Reinsurer not being subject to U.S. taxation within the meaning of section 1.848-2(h) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under section 848 of the Code (the “ Treasury Regulations ”) (such additional Tax, the “ DAC Tax ”), provided , however , that the Reinsurer shall have no obligation to the Company under this Article VI unless the Company has made the election described in section 1.848-2(h)(3) of the Treasury Regulations (the “ Foreign DAC Election ”) in or prior to the taxable year for which the Company seeks indemnification. The DAC Tax for each taxable year shall equal (1) the excess of (A) the product of (i) the amount of “ net negative consideration ” (as such term is defined in section 1.848-2(f) of the Treasury Regulations), if any, attributable solely to this Agreement that the Company would take into account for such taxable year for purposes of section 848 of the Code if section 1.848-2(h) of the Treasury Regulations were not applicable to the Company, multiplied by (ii) the applicable percentage set forth in section 848(c)(1) of the Code for the category of “ specified insurance contracts ” (as defined in section 848(e)(1) of the Code) reinsured under the Covered Insurance Contracts (such product being referred to herein as the “ Capitalized Amount ”), over (B) the hypothetical Tax deductions attributable to the amortization of an amount equal to the Capitalized Amount (and the amortization of any unamortized similar amount for prior years) for such taxable year under section 848(a), multiplied by (2) the quotient of (A) the maximum marginal corporate federal income Tax rate percentage generally applicable to life insurance companies for such taxable year (the “ Tax Rate Percentage ”), divided by (B) the excess of (i) 100 percent over (ii) the Tax Rate Percentage. (In the event that the amount determined under clause (1)(A) is less than the amount determined under clause (1)(B), the product of the foregoing formula will constitute an amount reimbursable to the Reinsurer as a Company Payment (as defined below).) To the extent that, as a result of the Foreign DAC Election, the Company derives any Tax benefit from the treatment of (1) the amount of “ net negative consideration ” described above as an amount to be netted against “ net positive consideration ” for

 

-13-


purposes of section 1.848-2(h)(5)(ii)(A) of the Treasury Regulations or (2) all or part of a Capitalized Amount as a “ net negative foreign capitalization amount ” for purposes of section 1.848-2(h)(6) or (7) of the Treasury Regulations, and such Tax benefit is in excess of the Tax benefit that the Company would have derived in the absence of this Agreement, the amount of the DAC Tax for a relevant taxable year shall be reduced or the Company shall reimburse the Reinsurer for part or all of the Reinsurer’s payments of the DAC Tax (a “ Company Payment ”), and other appropriate adjustments shall be made to the amount of the Capitalized Amount and the DAC Tax and Company Payment payable hereunder, in each case in a manner consistent with the purposes of this Section 6.1(a) and the provisions of section 1.848-2(h) of the Treasury Regulations. For the avoidance of doubt, any payment required to be made by the Reinsurer to the Company or by the Company to the Reinsurer under this Section 6.1(a) for a taxable year shall be taken into account in determining the DAC Tax (or the Company Payment) for the taxable year in which notice of the amount, if any, payable under this Section 6.1(a) is provided by the Company to the Reinsurer. All references to provisions of the Code or the Treasury Regulations under this Section 6.1(a) shall be deemed to include references to any applicable statutory or regulatory successor provision, to the extent such successor provisions may be applicable to this Agreement. An example illustrating the operation of this Section 6.1(a) is attached hereto as Schedule 6.1(a).

(b) The DAC Tax or Company Payment payable for each taxable year shall be calculated in accordance with accrual principles of accounting. Upon the filing of the Company’s federal income Tax return for each taxable year, the amount, if any, payable under Section 6.1(a) for the taxable year shall be calculated by the Company and notice setting forth the calculation of such amount shall be provided to the Reinsurer. The Reinsurer shall pay any DAC Tax amount to the Company within 20 Business Days after receipt of such notice, together with interest at an annual rate of LIBOR plus 0.90% on the DAC Tax amount, calculated from the date on which the Company’s federal income Tax return is due in respect of such taxable year to the payment date of the DAC Tax indemnification. If a Company Payment is required to be made hereunder, the Company shall pay such amount to the Reinsurer within 20 Business Days after receipt of such notice, together with interest at an annual rate of LIBOR plus 0.90% on such amount, calculated from the date on which the Company’s federal income Tax return is due in respect of such taxable year to the payment date of such Company Payment. The Reinsurer and the Company shall cooperate in good faith to implement the purposes of this Section 6.1, and the Reinsurer shall have the right to verify the Company’s calculations hereunder.

(c) The Reinsurer may contest any calculation under Section 6.1(a) by providing an alternative calculation to the Company in writing within thirty (30) calendar days after the date on which the Reinsurer receives the Company’s calculation. If the Reinsurer does not so notify the Company, the Company’s calculation of the amount, if any, payable under Section 6.1(a) for the relevant taxable year shall be final for all purposes of this Agreement.

(d) If the Reinsurer contests the Company’s calculation of the amount, if any, payable under Section 6.1(a) for the relevant taxable year, the parties shall act in good faith to reach an agreement as to the correct amount payable for such year within thirty (30) calendar days after the date on which the Reinsurer submits its alternative calculation. If the Reinsurer and the Company reach an agreement as to the correct amount payable for such year, the party obligated to make a payment to the other party shall timely make such payment. If, following such 30-day period, the Reinsurer and the Company are unable to reach an agreement, they shall promptly

 

-14-


thereafter cause Deloitte & Touche USA LLP or, if Deloitte & Touche USA LLP is unable or unwilling to serve, another nationally recognized accounting firm mutually agreeable to the Company and the Reinsurer (the “ Independent Accountants ”) to promptly review (which review shall commence no later than five (5) calendar days after the selection of the Independent Accountants) this Agreement and the calculations of the Reinsurer and the Company for the purpose of calculating the amount, if any, payable under Section 6.1(a) for the relevant taxable year. In making such calculation, the Independent Accountants shall consider only those items or amounts in the Company’s calculation as to which the Reinsurer has disagreed. The Independent Accountants shall deliver to the Reinsurer and the Company, as promptly as practicable (but no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the commencement of their review), a report setting forth such calculation, which calculation shall result in an amount payable between the amount thereof shown in the Company’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b) and the amount thereof shown in the Reinsurer’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(c). Such report shall be final and binding upon the Reinsurer and the Company. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountants shall be borne (i) by the Company if the difference (whether positive or negative) between the amount payable (as calculated by the Independent Accountants) and the Company’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b) is greater than the difference between the amount payable (as calculated by the Independent Accountants) and the Reinsurer’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(c), (ii) by the Reinsurer if the first such difference is less than the second such difference, and (iii) otherwise equally by the Reinsurer and the Company.

(e) The Company and the Reinsurer agree to negotiate in good faith following the execution of this Agreement to determine a single net amount that would be payable from the Reinsurer to the Company pursuant to the principles of Section 6.1(a) and that would be payable in lieu of the annual payments contemplated by such Section.

ARTICLE VII

ARBITRATION

Section 7.1. Arbitration .

(a) After the Closing Date, any dispute between the parties with respect to the calculation of amounts that are to be calculated, reported, or that may be audited pursuant to this Agreement (other than disputes relating to: (i) the assets to be transferred to the Reinsurer pursuant to Section 2.2. of the Asset Purchase Agreement, (ii) calculations relating to DAC Tax, which shall be resolved in accordance with Article VI hereof, (iii) whether a Triggering Event has occurred or (iv) calculation of the Security Amount, which shall be resolved in accordance with Section 4.3 hereof), shall be decided through negotiation and, if necessary, arbitration as set forth in Section 7.2. For the avoidance of doubt, and without limiting the rights of the Reinsurer and its Affiliates under the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Reinsurer shall have no claim in arbitration or otherwise against the Company with respect to the amount or nature of the assets transferred to the Reinsurer pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Asset Purchase Agreement or Section 3.1(a) of this Agreement.

 

-15-


(b) The parties intend this Section 7.1 to be enforceable in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act, including any amendments to such law which are subsequently adopted. In the event that either party refuses to submit to arbitration as required by Section 7.1(a), the other party may request the court specified in Section 11.4 to compel arbitration.

Section 7.2. Arbitration Procedure . The Company and Reinsurer intend that any dispute between them arising under this Agreement (excluding those disputes identified in Section 7.1(a)) be resolved without resort to any litigation. Accordingly, the Company and Reinsurer agree that they will negotiate diligently and in good faith to agree on a mutually satisfactory resolution of any such dispute; provided , however , that if any such dispute cannot be so resolved by them within sixty (60) calendar days (or such longer period as the parties may agree) after commencing such negotiations, the Company and Reinsurer agree that they will submit such dispute to arbitration in the manner specified in, and such arbitration proceeding will be conducted in accordance with, the Supplementary Rules for the Resolution of Intra-Industry U.S. Reinsurance and Insurance Disputes of the American Arbitration Association.

The arbitration hearing will be before a panel of three (3) disinterested arbitrators, each of whom must be a present or former officer of a life insurance or life reinsurance company familiar with the life reinsurance business, or other professionals with experience in life insurance or reinsurance, provided that such professionals shall not have performed services for either party within the previous five (5) years, and provided further that no arbitrator shall be a former employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates. The Company and Reinsurer will each appoint one arbitrator by written notification to the other party within thirty (30) calendar days after the date of the mailing of the notification initiating the arbitration. These two arbitrators will then select the third arbitrator within sixty (60) calendar days after the date of the mailing of the notification initiating arbitration.

If either the Company or Reinsurer fails to appoint an arbitrator, or should the two arbitrators be unable to agree upon the choice of a third arbitrator, the American Arbitration Association will appoint the necessary arbitrators within thirty (30) calendar days after the request to do so.

The arbitrators shall base their decision on the terms and conditions of this Agreement. However, if the terms and conditions of this Agreement do not explicitly dispose of an issue in dispute between the parties, the arbitrators may base their decision on the customs and practices of the life insurance and life reinsurance industry together with an interpretation of the law. The vote or approval of a majority of the arbitrators will decide any question considered by the arbitrators. The place of arbitration will be determined by the arbitrators. Each decision (including, without limitation, each award) of the arbitrators will be final and binding on all parties and will be nonappealable, except that (at the request of either the Company or Reinsurer) any award of the arbitrators may be confirmed (or, if appropriate, vacated) by a judgment entered by the court specified in Section 11.4. No such award or judgment will bear interest except as provided in Section 3.3. In no event may the arbitrators award punitive or exemplary damages. Each party will be responsible for paying (a) all fees and expenses charged by its respective counsel, accountants, actuaries, and other representatives in conjunction with such arbitration and (b) one-half of the fees and expenses charged by each arbitrator.

 

-16-


ARTICLE VIII

INSOLVENCY

Section 8.1. Insolvency of the Company . In the event of the insolvency of the Company, all reinsurance made, ceded, renewed or otherwise becoming effective under this Agreement shall be payable by the Reinsurer directly to the Company or to its statutory liquidator, receiver or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Company under the Covered Insurance Contracts without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company. It is understood, however, that in the event of the insolvency of the Company, the liquidator, receiver or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice of the pendency of a claim against the Company on a Covered Insurance Contract within a reasonable period of time after such claim is filed in the insolvency proceedings and that during the pendency of such claim the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses which it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver or statutory successor. It is further understood that the expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to court approval, against the Company as part of the expense of liquidation to the extent of a proportionate share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

ARTICLE IX

DURATION; RECAPTURE

Section 9.1. Duration . This Agreement shall continue in force until such time as (i) the Company’s liability with respect to all Covered Insurance Contracts reinsured hereunder is terminated in accordance with their respective terms, or the Company has elected to recapture the reinsurance of Covered Insurance Contracts in full in accordance with Section 9.3, and (ii) the Company has received payments which discharge such liability in full in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. In no event shall the interpretation of this Section 9.1 imply any unilateral right of the Reinsurer to terminate this Agreement; provided , however , that in the event that the Company fails to timely pay any material amount due the Reinsurer hereunder or under Reinsurance Agreement (A) or Reinsurance Agreement (B), and such amount remains unpaid for thirty (30) calendar days, the Reinsurer shall have the right to terminate reinsurance hereunder upon the end of such period. In such case or in the event that following an insolvency of the Company, the statutory liquidator, receiver or statutory successor of the Company terminates this Agreement, the provisions of Section 9.3 and Section 9.4 shall apply as if the Termination Date were a Recapture Date and the Reinsurer shall be relieved of all liability under this Agreement to make future payments to the Company.

Section 9.2. Survival . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IX, the terms and conditions of Articles I, VI and X and the provisions of Sections 11.1, 11.4, 11.6, 11.9 and 11.10 shall remain in full force and effect after the Termination Date.

Section 9.3. Recapture .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Recapture Triggering Event, the Company shall have the right to recapture all, and not less than all, of the reinsurance ceded under this Agreement, Reinsurance Agreement (A) and Reinsurance Agreement (B), by providing

 

-17-


the Reinsurer with written notice of its intent to effect recapture. Recapture of the Covered Insurance Contracts shall be effective on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which the Company has provided the Reinsurer with such notice (the “ Recapture Date ”).

(b) In addition, all or a portion of the reinsurance ceded under this Agreement may be recaptured with the mutual written consent of the parties hereto, including in connection with the establishment of a Buyers Facility.

(c) If any Covered Insurance Contract is terminated or liabilities thereunder are recaptured strictly in accordance with the terms of such Covered Insurance Contract and the consent of the Company is not required for such termination or recapture, the Company shall, upon ten (10) days’ prior written notice to the Reinsurer, recapture the liabilities ceded to the Reinsurer hereunder that are attributable to such terminated Covered Insurance Contract or to the liabilities recaptured under such Covered Insurance Contract, as the case may be.

(d) Following any recapture pursuant to this Section 9.3, subject to Section 9.2 and to the payment obligations described in Section 9.4, both the Company and the Reinsurer will be fully and finally released from all rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of the recaptured portion of the Covered Insurance Contract or Covered Insurance Contracts other than any payment obligations due hereunder prior to the Recapture Date but still unpaid on such date.

Section 9.4. Recapture Payments .

(a) In connection with a recapture in full pursuant to Section 9.3(a), the Reinsurer shall prepare a Settlement Statement (the “ Terminal Settlement Statement ”) within sixty (60) calendar days of the Recapture Date setting forth the Net Settlement calculated in accordance with Exhibit B for the for the Terminal Accounting Period. If the amount of the Net Settlement for the Terminal Accounting Period is positive, the Company shall pay such amount to the Reinsurer within five (5) calendar days of its receipt of the Terminal Settlement Statement. If the amount of the Net Settlement for the Terminal Accounting Period is negative, the Reinsurer shall pay the absolute value of such amount to the Company at the time it delivers the Terminal Settlement Statement to the Company. In addition, on the Recapture Date or any other date on which all of the reinsurance ceded under this Agreement is recaptured, any letter of credit posted pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be immediately surrendered and cancelled and any amount held in trust pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be immediately returned to the Reinsurer, as the case may be.

(b) No recapture fee shall be payable in connection with a recapture in connection with the establishment of a Buyers Facility pursuant to Section 9.3(b) and any recapture payment in connection therewith shall be as mutually agreed by the parties.

(c) In connection with a recapture due to the termination or recapture by an underlying ceding company of a Covered Insurance Contract pursuant to Section 9.3(c), the Company shall pay to the Reinsurer its quota share of any recapture fee received by the Company from such underlying ceding company in connection with the recapture and the Reinsurer shall pay to the Company its quota share of any recapture payment paid by the Company to such underlying ceding company.

 

-18-


Section 9.5. Payment Upon Termination . Promptly following the termination of this Agreement other than a termination in connection with a recapture in accordance with Sections 9.3 and 9.4 or a termination in accordance with the proviso clause in Section 9.1 or the last sentence of Section 9.1 (i) the Company and the Reinsurer shall implement a Net Settlement in accordance with Exhibit B for the Terminal Accounting Period and (ii) the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to collect amounts due from ceding companies under the Covered Insurance Contracts and pay to the Reinsurer any amounts collected (including all Received Amounts so collected from ceding companies). In addition, on the Termination Date, any letter of credit posted pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be immediately surrendered and cancelled and any amount held in trust pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be immediately returned to the Reinsurer, as the case may be.

ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION; DISCLAIMER

Section 10.1. Reinsurer’s Obligation to Indemnify . The Reinsurer hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers and employees (collectively, the “ Company Indemnified Parties ”) from and against all losses, liabilities, claims, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and damages reasonably and actually incurred by the Company to the extent arising from (i) any breach of the covenants and agreements of the Reinsurer contained in this Agreement, except to the extent that such losses, liabilities, claims, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and damages are attributable to acts or omissions of a person who is a director, officer, employee, agent, representative, successor, or permitted assign of the Company or any of its Affiliates, unless such person is acting at the direction or request of the Reinsurer, and (ii) any successful enforcement of this indemnity.

Section 10.2. Company’s Obligation to Indemnify . The Company hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Reinsurer and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers and employees (collectively, the “ Reinsurer Indemnified Parties ”) from and against all losses, liabilities, claims, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and damages reasonably and actually incurred by the Reinsurer to the extent arising from (i) any breach of the covenants and agreements of the Company contained in this Agreement, except to the extent that such losses, liabilities, claims, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and damages are attributable to acts or omissions of a person who is a director, officer, employee (other than in such employee’s capacity as an employee of the Company), agent, representative, successor, or permitted assign of the Reinsurer or any of its Affiliates, and (ii) any successful enforcement of this indemnity.

Section 10.3. Indemnification Procedures . In the case of any Litigation asserted by a third party (a “ Third Party Claim ”) against a party entitled to indemnification under this Agreement (the “ Indemnified Party ”), notice shall be given by the Indemnified Party to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of such Third Party Claim, and the Indemnified Party shall permit the Indemnifying Party (at the expense of such

 

-19-


Indemnifying Party and so long as the Indemnifying Party acknowledges in writing its obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party for Losses related to such Third Party Claim) to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim, provided that (a) counsel for the Indemnifying Party who shall conduct the defense of such Third Party Claim shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such Indemnified Party’s expense, and (b) the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligation under this Agreement except to the extent that such failure results in a lack of actual notice to the Indemnifying Party and such Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced as a result of such failure to give notice. If the Indemnifying Party does not promptly assume the defense of such Third Party Claim following notice thereof, the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to assume and control such defense and to settle or agree to pay in full such Third Party Claim without the consent of the Indemnifying Party without prejudice to the ability of the Indemnified Party to enforce its claim for indemnification against the Indemnifying Party hereunder. Except with the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, no Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such Third Party Claim, shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that (i) provides for injunctive or other nonmonetary relief affecting the Indemnified Party, (ii) does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by each claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of an irrevocable release from all liability with respect to such Third Party Claim, or (iii) would restrict such Indemnified Party’s ability to conduct its business in the ordinary course or would otherwise have a materially adverse impact on the business of the Indemnified Party. If the Indemnified Party in good faith determines that the conduct of the defense or any proposed settlement of any Third Party Claim would reasonably be expected to affect adversely the Indemnified Party’s Tax liability, or that the Indemnified Party may have available to it one or more defenses or counterclaims that are inconsistent with one or more of those that may be available to the Indemnifying Party in respect of such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right at all times to take over and control the defense, settlement, negotiation or Litigation relating to any such Third Party Claim at the sole cost of the Indemnifying Party, provided that if the Indemnified Party does so take over and control, the Indemnified Party shall not settle such Third Party Claim without the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In any event, the Reinsurer and the Company shall cooperate in the defense of any Third Party Claim subject to this Article X and the records of each shall be reasonably available to the other with respect to such defense.

Section 10.4. Disclaimer . The Reinsurer hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Reinsurer is not relying in any way upon any duty of utmost good faith or other similar duty of disclosure on the part of the Company (a “ Special Duty ”) in connection with the cession of liabilities from the Company to the Reinsurer as of the Effective Time. Accordingly, as an inducement for the Company to enter into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Reinsurer hereby agrees that it will not institute any arbitration or other proceeding against the Company or assert any claim or defense against the Company in any arbitration or other proceeding with respect to the liabilities assumed hereunder based in whole or in part upon any Special Duty as of the Effective Time; provided , however , that the Reinsurer reserves all of its rights and remedies in respect of any Special Duty arising after the Original Effective Time other than any Special Duty arising in connection with the separation of the Original Reinsurance Agreement into this Agreement, Reinsurance Agreement (A) and Reinsurance Agreement (B) as of the Effective Time.

 

-20-


ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1. Notices . Any notice, request or other communication to be given by any party hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, sent by registered or certified, postage prepaid, or by overnight courier with written confirmation of delivery. Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, or if mailed, on the date shown on the receipt therefor, or if sent by overnight courier, on the date shown on the written confirmation of delivery. Such notices shall be given to the following address:

 

To Company:   

Security Life of Denver International Limited

Attention: President

c/o ING North America Insurance Corporation

5780 Powers Ferry Road NW

Atlanta, GA 30327

With concurrent copies to:   

ING North America Insurance Corporation

5780 Powers Ferry Road NW

Atlanta, GA 30327

Attention: Corporate General Counsel

 

and

 

David A. Massey, Esq.

Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP

1275 Pennsylvania Ave., NW

Washington, DC 20004-2415

To the Reinsurer:   

Hannover Life Reassurance (Ireland) Limited

4 Custom House Plaza

IFSC

Dublin 1

Ireland

Attention: Managing Director

With concurrent copies to:   

Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America

800 North Magnolia Avenue, Suite 1400

Orlando, Florida 32803

Attention: President

 

and

 

-21-


  

Locke Lord Bissell & Liddell LLP

401 9th Street, N.W.

Suite 400 South

Washington, DC 20004

Attention: William J. Kelty, III, Esq.

 

and

 

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Nicholas F. Potter, Esq.

Section 11.2. Entire Agreement . This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any respect whatsoever except by instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. This Agreement, Reinsurance Agreement (A), Reinsurance Agreement (B), the Original Reinsurance Agreement, the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Administrative Services Agreement, the ING Ballantyne Administrative Services Agreement, the SLD-HLRUS Reinsurance Agreements, the ING Asset Management Services Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations, discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties and there are no general or specific warranties, representations or other agreements by or among the parties in connection with the entering into of this Agreement or the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth or contemplated herein.

Section 11.3. Captions . The captions of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 11.4. Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts entered into therein, without reference to principles of choice of law or conflicts of laws. Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any State or Federal Court sitting in New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each party hereto agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by hand in The Cayman Islands or Ireland, as the case may be, addressed to such party, with a concurrent copy by U.S. registered mail, shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding brought against such party in such court. Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each party hereto agrees that final judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon such party and may be enforced in any other courts to whose jurisdiction such party may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.

 

-22-


Section 11.5. No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in any provision of this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the parties hereto, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

Section 11.6. Expenses . Except as otherwise provided herein, the parties hereto shall each bear their respective expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, all fees and expenses of counsel, actuaries and other representatives.

Section 11.7. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof each signed by less than all, but together signed by all of the parties hereto. Each counterpart may be delivered by facsimile transmission, which transmission shall be deemed delivery of an originally executed document.

Section 11.8. Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, that provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

Section 11.9. Waiver of Jury Trial; Multiplied and Punitive Damages . Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives, with respect to any first party action filed by the other party (but not as to any action by one party against the other seeking indemnification for a third party claim against the party initiating the action, to the extent that such damages may be recoverable as part of the indemnification by the indemnified party) (i) any and all right to trial by jury, and (ii) any right to punitive, incidental, consequential or multiplied damages, either pursuant to common law or statute, in any legal proceedings arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 11.10. Treatment of Confidential Information .

(a) The parties agree that, other than as contemplated by this Agreement and to the extent permitted or required to implement the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the parties will keep confidential and will not use or disclose the other party’s Confidential Information and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the exhibits and schedules hereto, except as otherwise required by applicable Law or any order or ruling of any state or national insurance regulatory authority, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other Governmental Entity.

 

-23-


(b) The confidentiality obligations contained in this Agreement or in any other agreement between the parties hereto, as they relate to the reinsurance hereunder, shall not apply to the federal Tax structure or federal Tax treatment of this Agreement and each party hereto may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the federal Tax structure and federal Tax treatment of this Agreement; provided , that such disclosure may not be made until the earliest of (x) the date of the public announcement of discussions relating to this Agreement, (y) the date of the public announcement of this Agreement, or (z) the date of the execution of this Agreement. The preceding sentence is intended to cause this Agreement to be treated as not having been offered under conditions of confidentiality for purposes of Section 1.6011-4(b)(3) (or any successor provision) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 6011 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed in a manner consistent with such purpose. Subject to the provision with respect to disclosure in the first sentence of this subsection (b), each party hereto acknowledges that it has no proprietary or exclusive rights to the federal Tax structure of this Agreement or any federal Tax matter or federal Tax idea related to this Agreement.

Section 11.11. Assignment . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties. Except as provided below in this Section 11.11, neither party may assign any of its duties or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party. The Reinsurer shall be entitled to assign its administrative duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company, unless the person or entity to whom such duties are to be assigned is not, at the time of such assignment, a subsidiary of the Reinsurer, in which event the Reinsurer shall obtain the prior written consent of the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

Section 11.12. Service of Process . The Reinsurer hereby designates The Corporation Trust Company as its true and lawful attorney upon whom may be served any lawful process in any action, suit or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the Company.

Section 11.13. Excise Tax . The Reinsurer shall reimburse the Company in full for any federal excise Tax paid by the Company under section 4371 of the Code in connection with this Agreement, other than any such Tax payable as a result of any action or inaction by the Company (other than any action or inaction contemplated or required by this Agreement or the Asset Purchase Agreement).

[The rest of this page intentionally left blank.]

 

-24-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed effective July 1, 2011.

 

SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER

INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

By:   /s/ David S. Pendergrass
Name:   David S. Pendergrass
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
By:   /s/ Richard Lau
Name:   Richard Lau
Title:   Director

 

HANNOVER LIFE REASSURANCE

(IRELAND) LIMITED

By:    
Name:  
Title:  
By:    
Name:  
Title:  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed effective July 1, 2011.

 

SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER

INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

By:    
Name:  
Title:  
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

HANNOVER LIFE REASSURANCE

(IRELAND) LIMITED

By:   /s/ Debbie O’Hare   8/7/2011
Name:   Debbie O’Hare   Dublin, Ireland
Title:   Managing Director
By:   /s/ Anja Fuhrmeister   11/7/2011
Name:   Anja Fuhrmeister   Dublin, Ireland
Title:   General Manager


EXHIBIT A

IFRS Reserve Methodology and Components

Methodology

An initial defined reserve method consistent with the requirements of US GAAP was employed to develop the IFRS liability. This was done over the 30 year period of the projections. A VOBA was determined following the development of the IFRS liability.

Components used in the calculation

Premiums

Fee income

Interest

Mortality

Persistency

Expense allowances

Internal expenses

Third party retrocession cost, including adjustments for experience refunds and LCF’s.

Assumed recaptures and experience refunds

Collateral costs

Pads were applied to interest, death benefits, NAR, third party retrocession costs, and collateral costs.


EXHIBIT B

Net Settlement

The Net Settlement with respect to any Accounting Period is equal to the following:

a) the Additional Reinsurance Premium; minus

b) the Benefit Payments; plus

c) the Reinsurance IMR Investment Income; minus

d) the Reinsurance IMR as of the close of such Accounting Period less the Reinsurance IMR as of the close of the preceding Accounting Period; minus

e) with respect to a Terminal Accounting Period ending on the Recapture Date only, an amount equal to the Reserves as of the close of the Terminal Accounting Period;

provided that with respect to the Reinsurance IMR for an Accounting Period, to the extent that the calculation thereof would result in an amount payable to the Reinsurer, only such amounts as are actually received by the Company from the ceding companies under the Covered Insurance Contracts by way of payment or offset or otherwise (“ Received Amounts ”) shall be included in the Net Settlement; provided further that to the extent that the Reinsurer makes any payments during an Accounting Period to or on behalf of the Company in respect of Reinsured Liabilities, the amount of any such payments shall be excluded from the Net Settlement; and provided further that to the extent the Reinsurer receives any Additional Reinsurance Premium in respect of an Accounting Period during such Accounting Period, the amount of any such Additional Reinsurance Premium received shall be excluded from the Net Settlement.


Schedule 1.1(a)

Covered Insurance Contracts

(including all amendments to such contracts through and including the Effective Time)

 

A. Treaty 0303-F002 between Berkshire Life Insurance Company of America and SLDI, effective 10/1/2003

 

B. All Covered Insurance Contracts including without limitation, the following treaties:

 

Treaty Number

  

Ceding Company

   Reinsurer    Effective
Date
  Basis

4706

   Acadia International Ltd    SLDI    1/1/03   MRT

6001-2167

   Acadia Life Int’l Limited (MRM Life Limited changed its name to Acadia Life Int’l Limited, effective May 9, 2002)    SLDI    04/01/99   COINS

6618-2497 and

0900-2404 which

is a mirror of 2497

   Bermuda Life Insurance Company Limited    SLDI    05/10/00   YRT

6617-3364-1

   Citicorp International Life Insurance Company, Ltd.    SLDI    (date on LOI) 7/3/02   YRT

6617-3364

   Citicorp Intl Life Insurance Company Ltd.    SLDI    7/3/02   YRT

6386-2540

   MassMutual (Bermuda) Limited    SLDI    10/01/00   YRT

6387-2539

   MassMutual Int’l Bermuda Limited    SLDI    10/01/00   YRT

6610-2545

   Sun Life Assurance Company Canada    SLDI    8/15/00   MRT

6610-2166

   Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada    SLDI    11/11/95   MRT

2919

   TIAA-CREF Life Insurance Company    SLDI    4/1/02   COINS

4246

   Titan Life & Annuity Insurance Company    SLDI    12/1/02   YRT

0232-6966

   Transamerica Life International (Bermuda) Ltd.    SLDI    12/16/03   YRT

0107-1288

0221-1440

  

Travelers Insurance Company

Travelers Life & Annuity Company

   SLDI    (date on LOI) 10/1/94   COINS


Schedule 6.1(a)

Section 6.1(a) Example

 

A. Assumptions

 

  1. C retrocedes business to R.

 

  2. C engages in no other retrocession agreements.

 

  3. The applicable section 848 percentage is 7.7%.

 

  4. The Tax Rate Percentage is 35%.

 

B. Facts

 

Year

   2009     2010     2011     2012      2013      2014     2015  

Net Consideration 1

     (10,000     0        5,000        10,000         10,000         (15,000     (6,000

Capitalized Amount

     770        0        0        0         0         1155        462   

Hypothetical Amortization Deductions 2

     38.5        77        38.5 3       0         0         0        23.1   

DAC Tax

     393.9        0        0        0         0         0        236.3   

Company Payment

     0        41.5        228        207.3         0         0        0   

Unused Net Foreign Capitalization Amount 4

     (770     (770     (385     385         1155         0        (462

 

1  

This amount is negative if in parentheses. Positive amounts of net consideration are treated as zero under the DAC Tax formula. The net consideration number includes any DAC Tax payment or Company Payment made in a year. Thus, for 2010, the zero amount of net consideration reflects both the actual negative consideration paid by C to R in respect of the retroceded business and the DAC Tax payment made by R to C for the 2009 year.

2  

Based on the amortization of an amount equal to the Capitalized Amount or Amounts, as adjusted for use of net negative foreign capitalization amounts.

3  

The reduction in the amortization deductions for 2011 from the 77 implicit in the 770 of Capitalized Amount for 2009 is attributable to the use of 385 of the net negative foreign capitalization amount from 2009 and a concomitant reduction in the analog to the Capitalized Amount number that is used to calculate the hypothetical amortization deductions. A similar adjustment occurs with respect to 2012.

4  

This amount is negative if in parentheses.

Exhibit 10.24

EXECUTION COPY

COINSURANCE AGREEMENT

between the

AETNA LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

(referred to as the Company)

and

THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

(referred to as the Reinsurer)

Dated as of October 1, 1998


INDEX OF SCHEDULES

Schedule 1.1 (A)        Policy Forms

Schedule 1.1 (B)        Separate Account Assets

Schedule 1.1 (C)        Separate Accounts

Schedule 1.1 (D)        Third-Party Reinsurance

 

-i-


INDEX OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit A         Recapture Fee Formula

Exhibit B         Form of Security Trust Agreement

Exhibit C         Closing Date Liabilities Methodology

Exhibit D         Calculation of Reinsurance Trust Required Balance

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I  
DEFINITIONS   

1.1

  Definitions      1   
ARTICLE II   
BASIS OF COINSURANCE AND BUSINESS COINSURED   

2.1

  Coinsurance      9   

2.2

  Reinsurer Extra Contractual Obligations      10   

2.3

  Reinstatements, Conversions and Exchanges      10   

2.4

  Certain Policy Elements      10   

2.5

  Reserves      10   

2.6

  Separate Account Reserves      11   

2.7

  Policy Changes or Reductions      11   
ARTICLE III   
ACCOUNTINGS AND TRANSFER OF ASSETS   

3.1

  Ceding Commission      11   

3.2

  Transfer of Assets      11   

3.3

  Post-Closing Adjustments      12   

3.4

  Interim Monthly Accountings      12   

3.5

  Monthly Accountings      12   

3.6

  Monthly Payments      13   

3.7

  Delayed Payments      13   

3.8

  Offset Rights      13   

3.9

  Third-Party Reinsurance      13   

3.10

  Premium Taxes and Assessments      13   
ARTICLE IV   
POLICY ADMINISTRATION   

4.1

  Interim Servicing      14   

4.2

  Transfer of Servicing Obligations      14   

4.3

  Regulatory Matters      14   

4.4

  Policy Changes      14   
ARTICLE V   
OVERSIGHTS   

5.1

  Oversights      14   

 

-iii-


ARTICLE VI  
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT   

6.1

  Conditions Precedent      15   
ARTICLE VII   
DUTY OF COOPERATION   

7.1

  Cooperation      15   
ARTICLE VIII   
DAC TAX   

8.1

  Election      15   
ARTICLE IX   
INDEMNIFICATION AND RECAPTURE   

9.1

  Reinsurer’s Obligation to Indemnify      16   

9.2

  Company’s Obligation to Indemnify      17   

9.3

  Certain Definitions and Procedures      17   

9.4

  Security Trust Account and Recapture Rights      17   
ARTICLE X   
DISPUTE RESOLUTION   

10.1

  Other Disputes over Calculations      23   
ARTICLE XI   
INSOLVENCY   

11.1

  Insolvency Clause      23   
ARTICLE XII   
DURATION   

12.1

  Duration      24   

12.2

  Reinsurer’s Liability      24   

12.3

  Survival      24   
ARTICLE XIII   
MISCELLANEOUS   

13.1

  Notices      24   

13.2

  Confidentiality      25   

13.3

  Entire Agreement      25   

13.4

  Waivers and Amendments      25   

13.5

  No Third Party Beneficiaries      26   

 

-iv-


13.6

  Assignment      26   

13.7

  Governing Law      26   

13.8

  Counterparts      26   

13.9

  Severability      26   

13.10

  Schedules, Exhibits and Paragraph Headings      26   

13.11

  Expenses      26   

13.12

  No Prejudice      26   

 

-v-


COINSURANCE AGREEMENT

THIS COINSURANCE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) made by and between Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company, a Connecticut domiciled stock life insurance company (the “Company”) and The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, an Indiana domiciled stock life insurance company (the “Reinsurer”).

WHEREAS, the Company has issued or reinsured from other insurance companies, including Aetna Life Insurance Company, a Connecticut domiciled stock life insurance company (“ALIC”), certain Policies (as defined below);

WHEREAS, the Company, ALIC, the Reinsurer, and Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York, a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the State of New York (“LLANY”), have entered into a Second Amended and Restated Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 21, 1998 (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company has agreed to cede and transfer to the Reinsurer certain liabilities arising under the Policies (as defined below) and the Post-Closing Policies (as defined below) for the consideration specified herein and the Reinsurer has agreed to reinsure such liabilities on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Reinsurer perform certain administrative functions on behalf of the Company with respect to the Policies, and the Company, ALIC and Reinsurer have entered into an Administrative Services Agreement of even date herewith (the “Administrative Services Agreement”) pursuant to which the Reinsurer shall provide such administrative services.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual and several promises and undertakings herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Reinsurer agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions . The following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below throughout this Agreement:

“Accounting” means an Interim Monthly Accounting or a Monthly Accounting, as applicable.

“Administrative Services Agreement” means the Administrative Services Agreement by and between the Company, ALIC and the Reinsurer of even date herewith.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, at the time in question, any other Person Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with such Person. “Control” (including the terms “Controlling,” “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, the holding of policyholders’ proxies by contract other than a commercial contract


for goods or non-management services, or otherwise, unless the power is the result of an official position with or corporate office held by the Person. Except as provided otherwise in this Agreement, control is presumed to exist if any Person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds shareholders’ proxies representing 25% or more of the voting securities of any other Person, or holds or controls sufficient policyholders’ proxies, or is entitled by contract or otherwise, to nominate, appoint or to elect the majority of the board of directors or comparable governing body of any other Person.

“ALIAC” means Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company, a stock life Insurance company organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut.

“ALIC” means Aetna Life Insurance Company, a stock life Insurance company organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut.

“Ancillary Agreements” means the various agreements collectively defined as “Ancillary Agreements” in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Annual Statement” means the Company’s convention form statutory annual statement, together with all required schedules and supplements thereto, as filed with the Insurance Department of the State of Connecticut.

“Applicable Law” means any domestic or foreign federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance or code, or any written rules, regulations or administrative interpretations issued by any Governmental Authority pursuant to any of the foregoing, and any order, writ, injunction, directive, judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction applicable to the parties hereto.

“Assets Purchase Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Asset Purchase Agreement by and among the Company, ALIC, the Reinsurer and LLANY, dated as of May 21, 1998.

“Books and Records” means the originals or copies of all customer lists, policy information, policy forms and rating plans, disclosure and other documents and filings, including statutory filings, required under all Applicable Laws, administrative records, reinsurance records, claim records, sales records, underwriting records, financial records, Tax records and compliance records in the possession or control of the Company and relating principally to the operation of the Business including, without limitation, any database, magnetic or optical media (to the extent not subject to licensing restrictions) and any other form of recorded, computer generated or stored information or process, but excluding: (a) the Company’s original certificate of incorporation, bylaws, corporate seal, licenses to do business, minute books and other corporate records relating to corporate organization and capitalization; (b) original Tax and corporate accounting records relating to the Business; (c) any original books and records relating to the Retained Liabilities; (d) any records that are subject to attorney-client privilege; and (e) the Retained Contracts and any records relating thereto.

“Business” means marketing, issuing and administering the Policies in the United States and the other business activities reasonably related thereto, in each case as currently conducted by the Company or, where so specified herein, as to be conducted by the Reinsurer following the Closing Date.

 

-2-


“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, a day on which banking institutions in the State of Connecticut are permitted or obligated by Applicable Law to be closed or a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed for trading.

“Ceding Commission” means the aggregate ceding allowance payable by the Reinsurer to the Company in connection with the reinsurance of the Policies hereunder.

“Closing” means the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

“Closing Balance Sheet” means the pro forma balance sheet of the Business as of the last day of the second month preceding the month in which the Closing shall occur, which shall be prepared and delivered by the Company to the Reinsurer not later than the fifth day prior to the Closing Date in accordance with Article II of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Closing Date” means the date on which the Closing occurs.

“Closing Date Liabilities” means, as of any date, the General Account Reserves and other statutory liabilities relating to the Business, which shall be (a) estimated and reflected in the Closing Balance Sheet as of the last day of the second month preceding the month in which the Closing shall occur; and (b) subsequently adjusted and reflected in the Revised Closing Balance Sheet and Final Closing Balance Sheet as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the last day of the month immediately preceding the month in which the Closing Date falls. The Closing Date Liabilities shall be determined and reported in accordance with the methodology set forth on Exhibit C.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“Commissions” mean all commissions, expense allowances, benefit credits and other fees and compensation payable to Producers.

“Connecticut SAP” means the statutory accounting principles and practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Department of the State of Connecticut.

“Contract Date” means May 21, 1998.

“Distribution Agreements” mean the agreements between the Company, on one hand, and Producers, on the other, with respect to the Policies as of April 13, 1998.

“Effective Date” means 12:01 a.m. Eastern Time on October 1, 1998.

“Election Notice” means a notice given by the Company to the Reinsurer with respect to the exercise of recapture of Security Trust remedies pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof.

 

-3-


“Event of Default” means any event described in Section 9.4 hereof which gives rise to Recapture Rights or other remedy.

“Extra Contractual Obligations” means all liabilities or obligations arising under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, exclusive of liabilities or obligations arising under the express terms and conditions of the Policies and Post-Closing Policies and the other Liabilities, but including, without limitation, any liability for fines, penalties, forfeitures, punitive, special, exemplary or other form of extra-contractual damages, which liabilities or obligations arise from any act, error or omission, whether or not intentional, negligent, in bad faith or otherwise relating to: (a) the marketing, sale, underwriting, production, issuance, cancellation or administration of the Policies or Post-Closing Policies (b) the investigation, defense, trial, settlement or handling of claims, benefits, or payments under the Policies or Post-Closing Policies; or (c) the failure to pay, the delay in payment, or errors in calculating or administering the payment of benefits, claims or any other amounts due or alleged to be due under or in connection with the Policies or Post-Closing Policies.

“Final Closing Balance Sheet” means the final pro forma balance sheet of the Business as of the Closing Date prepared in accordance with Article II of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time.

“General Account Reserves” means the general account statutory reserves of the Company before reduction for accrued for expense allowances recognized in Separate Account Reserves (without regard to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) with respect to the Policies or Post-Closing Policies, as applicable, determined in accordance with Connecticut SAP.

“Governmental Authority” means any court, administrative or regulatory agency or commission, or other federal, state or local governmental authority or instrumentality or the National Association of Securities Dealers or national securities exchanges having jurisdiction over any party hereto.

“Interim Monthly Accounting” shall mean a monthly accounting prepared in accordance with Connecticut SAP and delivered by the Company to the Reinsurer in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.4 hereof.

“Liabilities” means all gross liabilities and obligations arising out of or relating to the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, other than the Retained Liabilities and Extra Contractual Obligations. The Liabilities shall include, without limitation: (a) the General Account Reserves; (b) all liabilities for incurred but not reported claims, benefits, interest on death claims or other payments arising under or relating to the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, whether or not (i) included within the General Account Reserves, or (ii) incurred before or after the Effective Date; (c) all liabilities arising out of any changes to the terms and conditions of the Policies and Post-Closing Policies mandated by Applicable Law whether or not incurred before or after the Effective Date; (d) premium Taxes due in respect of Premiums paid on or after the Effective Date (without giving effect to any credits due to the Company for any guaranty fund assessments paid by the Company prior to Closing), and all other Tax liabilities arising out of or relating to the

 

-4-


Business or Post-Closing Policies for periods commencing on or after the Effective Date (except for income Taxes imposed on the Company under Subtitle A of the Code); (e) assessments and similar charges in connection with participation by the Company or Reinsurer, whether voluntary or involuntary, in any guaranty association established or governed by any state or other jurisdiction, arising on account of direct Premiums paid on or after the Effective Date; (f) Commissions payable with respect to the Policies and Post-Closing Policies to or for the benefit of the Producers who marketed or produced the Policies, in any case payable on or after the Effective Date; (g) any liability arising under the Transferred Contracts; (h) premiums, payments, fees or other consideration or amounts due on or after the Effective Date under any Third Party Reinsurance Agreements which are included with the Transferred Contracts; (i) all liabilities for amounts payable on or after the Effective Date for returns or refunds of Premiums, (j) all liabilities which relate to (i) amounts transferred from the Separate Accounts to the Company’s general accounts pending distribution to owners of the Variable Policies; and (ii) amounts held in the Company’s general account pending transfer to the Separate Accounts; (iii) any insurance liabilities or obligations arising under the Variable Policies (including any Variable Policies included within the Post-Closing Policies) that are not payable out of the assets of the Company’s Separate Account; and (k) all unclaimed property liabilities arising under or relating to the Policies and Post-Closing Policies.

“LIBOR” means a rate per annum equal to the three month London Interbank Offered Rate as published in The Wall Street Journal, Eastern Edition, in effect on the Closing Date.

“LLNY” means Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York, a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the State of New York.

“Market Value” means the market value of the assets held in a Security Trust, determined pursuant to Section 4.01 of the Security Trust Agreement.

“Modified Coinsurance Agreement” means the Modified Coinsurance Agreement between the Company and Reinsurer in the form of Exhibit P to the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Monthly Accounting” shall mean a monthly accounting prepared in accordance with Connecticut SAP and delivered by the Reinsurer to the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.5 hereof.

“NAIC” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

“Non-Guaranteed Elements” mean cost of insurance charges, loads and expense charges, credited interest rates, mortality and expense charges, administrative expense risk charges, variable premium rates and variable paid-up amounts, as applicable, under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies.

“Other Assets” mean the specific assets of the Company listed in Schedule 1.1 (A) to the Asset Purchase Agreement and such other fixed assets as may be mutually agreed among the parties.

 

-5-


“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental, judicial or regulatory body, business unit, division or other entity.

“Policies” mean all of the Company’s individual universal life, individual corporate owned life, individual traditional life, sponsored life and individual participating life insurance policies and participating annuities, together with all related binders, slips and certificates (including applications therefor and all supplements, endorsements, riders and agreements in connection therewith) which have been issued or reinsured by the Company in connection with the Business (in accordance with, and as determined by reference to, the Company’s historical practices), which policies shall include, but not be limited to (a) all policies issued on the policy forms included in the list of base codes set forth on Schedule 1.1 (A) and which: (i) are effected, bound or issued on or prior to the Effective Date; and (ii) are in force as of the Effective Date; or (iii) are subject to being renewed or reinstated in accordance with their terms on the Effective Date; and (b) all individual life policies which are required to be issued by the Company prior to or after the Effective Date following the exercise of conversion rights in accordance with the terms of the individual life policies coinsured by the Reinsurer under this Agreement; provided, however, that Policies shall not include any policies that are coinsured or administered by LLANY pursuant to the applicable Ancillary Agreements.

“Policyholders” means policyholders, insureds and assignees under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies.

“Post-Closing Policies” means the policies issued by ALIAC after the Effective Date pursuant to Article V of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Premiums” means premiums, considerations, deposits and similar receipts with respect to the Policies or Post-Closing Policies.

“Producers” mean all LBMs, MGAs, brokers, agents, general agents, COLI speciality brokers, re-enrollers under the Company’s sponsored life products, broker-dealers, producers or other Persons who market or produce the Policies and who (a) have been appointed by the Company, and (b) are entitled to receive Commissions from the Company.

“Recapture Fee” means the amount determined in accordance with the formula set forth on Exhibit A hereto, which is payable by the Reinsurer to the Company in connection with recapture of the Policies and Post-Closing Policies by the Company pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof.

“Recapture Rights” mean the right of the Company to recapture the Policies and Post Closing Policies pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof.

“Reinsured Liabilities” means the Liabilities reinsured pursuant to this Agreement.

“Reinsurer Extra Contractual Obligations” means: (a) all Extra Contractual Obligations to the extent such obligations arise out of acts, errors or omissions occurring (or, in the case of omissions, failing to occur) at any time on or after the Effective Date by any of the Reinsurer or its directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, agents, representatives, successors and assigns; (b) all of the Sellers’

 

-6-


Extra Contractual Obligations except to the extent otherwise provided in Articles VIII and IX of the Asset Purchase Agreement; and ( c) all liabilities and obligations (exclusive of obligations arising under the express terms and conditions of the Policies and Post-Closing Policies and the other Liabilities) to the extent such obligations arise out of or relate to the Company’s administration of claims, Non-Guaranteed Elements, and other aspects of or relating to the Policies or the Post-Closing Policies on and .after the Effective Date pursuant to the recommendations from the Reinsurer pursuant to this Agreement, the Administrative Services Agreement or the Transition Services Agreement.

“Required Balance” means one hundred percent (100%) of the amount equal to (a) the Reserves on the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, plus (b) other liabilities relating to the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, which shall be calculated in accordance with the methodology set forth on Exhibit D hereto, minus (c) the amount of outstanding loans under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies (to the extent such loans constitute admitted assets under Connecticut SAP).

“Reserves” means the sum of all reserves and liabilities required to be maintained by the Company for the Policies and Post-Closing Policies issued or reinsured by it, calculated consistent with (a) the reserve requirements, statutory accounting rules and actuarial principles applicable to the Company under the law of each state in which the Policies and Post-Closing Policies were issued or delivered, and (b) otherwise in accordance with the methodologies used by the Company to calculate the reserves and liabilities for the Policies and Post-Closing Policies in accordance with Connecticut SAP and sound actuarial principles and any valuation bases and methods of determining reserves as provided in the forms of Policies and Post-Closing Policies, as applicable; provided, however, the term “Reserves” shall not include the Separate Account Reserves.

“Retained Contracts” means all contracts, agreements, leases, software licenses, rights, obligations or other commitments of the Company that (a) arise out of or are related exclusively to any business or operation of the Company other than the Business, or (b) arise out of or are related in any way to the Business and which, in the case of both clauses (a) and (b) herein, are not Transferred Contracts.

“Retained Liabilities” means the liabilities of the Company arising solely from any of the following: (a) premium taxes due in respect of Premiums paid prior to the Effective Date; (b) amounts payable prior to the Effective Date for returns or refunds of Premiums; (c) Commissions payable with respect to the Policies to or for the benefit of Producers, in any case payable prior to the Effective Date; (d) assessments and similar charges in connection with participation by the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, in any guaranty association established or governed by any state or other jurisdiction, arising on account of direct Premiums paid prior to the Effective Date; (e) the Retained Contracts; (f) premiums, payments, fees or other consideration or amounts due prior to the Effective Date under the Third-Party Reinsurance Agreements; (g) death claims under the Policies which are reported prior to the Closing Date; (h) the pending litigation described on Schedule 3.03 to the Asset Purchase Agreement; (i) interest stabilization reserve relating to the Policies; G) liabilities or obligations relating to the Business to the extent such liabilities or obligations have been accrued for on Company’s books and records as of 11 :59 p.m. Eastern Time on the day immediately preceding the Effective Date in accordance with Connecticut SAP but are not reflected on the Final Closing Balance Sheet; and (k) all other

 

-7-


liabilities, obligations or indemnities expressly assumed by the Company under the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement, this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement.

“Revised Closing Balance Sheet” means the pro forma balance sheet of the Business as of the Closing Date prepared and delivered by the Company to the Reinsurer in accordance with Article II of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Secured Policies” means the Policies and Post-Closing Policies secured by the Security Trust established under Section 9.4 hereof.

“Security Trust” means a trust account established with a Trustee for the purpose of securing the Reinsurer’s obligations to the Company in accordance with Article IX hereof.

“Security Trust Agreement” means the trust agreement governing the Security Trust, which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

“Sellers’ Extra Contractual Obligations” means all Extra Contractual Obligations to the extent such obligations arise out of acts, errors or omissions occurring (or, in the case of omissions, failing to occur) at any time prior to the Effective Date by the Company or its directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, agents or representatives.

“Separate Account Assets” means the assets described on Schedule 1.1 (B) hereto which constitute the Separate Accounts.

“Separate Account Reserves” means the reserves associated with the Variable Policies which are held in the Company’s Separate Accounts, determined in accordance with Connecticut SAP.

“Separate Accounts” means the specific separate accounts of the Company identified in Schedule 1.1 (C) hereto.

“Taxes” (or “Tax” as the context may require) means any tax, however denominated, imposed by any federal, state, local, municipal, territorial, provincial or foreign government or any agency or political subdivision of any such government (a “Taxing Authority”), including, without limitation, any tax imposed under Subtitle A of the Code and any net income, alternative or add-on minimum tax, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, gains, goods and services, production, documentary, recording, social security, unemployment, disability, workers’ compensation, estimated, ad valorem, value added, transfer, franchise, profits, license, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, capital stock, occupation, personal or real property, environmental or windfall profit tax, premiums, custom, duty or other tax, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Taxing Authority relating thereto.

“Termination Date” shall mean the date on which this Agreement is terminated in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article XII hereof.

 

-8-


“Third-Party Reinsurance Agreements” means the reinsurance agreements identified on Schedule 1.1 (D) hereto under which the Company has ceded liabilities to non-Affiliated reinsurers with respect to the Policies.

“Transferred Assets” means: (a) cash or cash equivalents equal to the amount as of the Closing Date of (A) the Closing Date Liabilities, minus (B) the amount of outstanding loans under the Policies (to the extent such loans constitute admitted assets under Connecticut SAP), minus (C) the aggregate amounts ascribed to the Other Assets in the Closing Balance Sheet, Revised Closing Balance Sheet or Final Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, and minus (D) the Ceding Commission; (b) as between the parties hereto, all of the Company’s rights and interests under the Policies to receive principal and interest paid on policy loans on or after the Effective Date; and (c) as between the parties hereto, all of the Company’s rights and interests to premiums due or to become due, premiums deferred and uncollected, premium adjustments and any and all amounts, payments or consideration which are or were held, received or collected by the Company on or after the Effective Date, or which are now due or will become due from any source under or in connection with the Policies except, however, to the extent that any such premiums, adjustments, amounts, payments or consideration are included within clause (a) herein.

“Transferred Contracts” means: (a) the contracts, agreements, leases, software licenses, rights, obligations or other commitments of the Company (to the extent freely assignable) used exclusively by the Company in the Business (but excluding the Policies and the Distribution Agreements); and (b) contracts, agreements, leases, software licenses, rights, obligations, and other commitments relating to the Business (but excluding the Policies and the Distribution Agreements) identified on Schedule 3.17 to the Asset Purchase Agreement or listed on the supplement to such Schedule 3.17 contemplated by the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Transition Services Agreement” means the Transition Services Agreement among the Company, ALIC, LLANY and the Reinsurer.

“Trustee” means a bank or trust company reasonably acceptable to the parties to this Agreement, which acts as trustee of a Security Trust pursuant to the terms and conditions of a Security Trust Agreement; provided, however, that such bank or trust company shall (a) possess assets of at least $10 billion; and (b) be rated at least Al by each of Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. and A + by Standard & Poor’s Corporation.

“Variable Policies” means the individual variable life insurance policies issued by the Company, which are funded, in whole or in part, by the Separate Accounts.

ARTICLE II

BASIS OF COINSURANCE AND BUSINESS COINSURED

2.1 Coinsurance . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby cedes or retrocedes, as the case may be, on a coinsurance basis to the Reinsurer as of the Effective Date, and the Reinsurer hereby accepts and agrees to indemnity reinsure on a coinsurance basis as of the Effective Date, one hundred percent (100%) of all Liabilities arising under or relating to the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies. This Agreement shall not continue or create any legal relationship whatsoever between the

 

-9-


Reinsurer and Persons who own or are insured under the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies. Except as expressly provided herein, this Agreement does not reinsure any policy written by the Company or the Reinsurer after the Effective Date. The reinsurance effected under this Agreement shall be maintained in force, without reduction, unless such reinsurance is terminated, reduced or recaptured as provided herein.

2.2 Reinsurer Extra Contractual Obligations . In addition to the Reinsurer’s coinsurance of Liabilities, the Reinsurer hereby accepts and agrees to assume and discharge one hundred percent (100%) of all Reinsurer Extra Contractual Obligations.

2.3 Reinstatements, Conversions and Exchanges . In no event shall the coinsurance provided hereunder with respect to a particular Policy be in force and binding unless such Policy is in force and binding as of the Effective Date; provided, however that the Policies and Post-Closing Policies reinsured shall include (a) all Post-Closing Policies; (b) all lapsed or surrendered Policies or Post-Closing Policies reinstated in accordance with their terms on and after the Effective Date; and (c) all Policies or Post-Closing Policies issued on and after the Effective Date pursuant to (i) any option provided under the terms of any Variable Policy issued at any time by the Company for the exchange of such contract for a non-variable life insurance contract; or (ii) any option provided under the terms of any of the Policies or Post-Closing Policies for the conversion of such Policies or Post-Closing Policies to an individual life insurance policy. Upon the reinstatement of any lapsed or surrendered Policy or Post-Closing Policy, or the issuance of any exchange or converted life insurance Policy or Post-Closing Policy, such Policy or Post-Closing Policy shall be automatically reinsured hereunder. If the Company collects Premiums in arrears from a Policyholder or ceding company of a reinstated Policy or Post-Closing Policy, the Company shall pay to the Reinsurer all Premiums so collected.

2.4 Certain Policy Elements . From and after the Effective Date, the Reinsurer may make recommendations to the Company with respect to (a) the Non-Guaranteed Elements of the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies; and (b) the reserving methodology related to the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies (including changes required by Applicable Law, GAAP or Connecticut SAP). The Company shall set all Non-Guaranteed Elements of the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies, taking into account the recommendations of the Reinsurer with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the Reinsurer hereby acknowledges and agrees that any claim, liability or obligation, to the extent such claim, liability or obligation arises out of or relates to the Company’s establishment of Non-Guaranteed Elements pursuant to the Reinsurer’s recommendations with respect thereto, is included within the Reinsurer Extra Contractual Obligations that the Reinsurer has expressly assumed pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements and for which the Reinsurer has agreed to indemnify the Company pursuant to Article IX of the Asset Purchase Agreement and Article IX of this Agreement.

2.5 Reserves . On and after the Closing Date, the Reinsurer shall establish and maintain as a liability on its statutory financial statements Reserves for the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies ceded hereunder, calculated consistent with (a) the reserve requirements, statutory accounting rules and actuarial principles applicable to the Company under the law of each state in which the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies were issued or delivered; and (b) otherwise in accordance with the methodologies used by the

 

-10-


Company to calculate the reserves and liabilities for the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies in accordance with Connecticut SAP and sound actuarial principles and any valuation bases and methods of determining reserves as provided in the forms of Policies and Post-Closing Policies. The Reinsurer shall provide the Company, not less than annually, with copies of all actuarial opinions and actuarial memoranda and all reserve evaluations pertaining to the Reserves, including, without limitation, any actuarial opinions and reserve evaluations performed by independent actuaries, auditors or other outside consultants. At the option of the Company, the Company may, at its own cost at any time following the Closing, examine the Books and Records maintained by the Reinsurer and review its reserve procedures. If the results of such examination are not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Reinsurer shall, at the Company’s request and expense, obtain and deliver to the Company an actuarial opinion as to the adequacy of the Reserves, produced by an independent actuary acceptable to the Company. The Reinsurer shall promptly adjust the amount of the Reserves and implement appropriate changes to its reserve procedures if an actuarial opinion, reserve evaluation or review, including, without limitation, any evaluation or review made by the Company, reasonably indicates an inadequacy in the Reserves or in the Reinsurer’s reserve procedures.

2.6 Separate Account Reserves . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, effective as of the Effective Date the Company arid the Reinsurer shall reinsure the Separate Account Reserves on a modified coinsurance basis, subject to the execution and delivery of the Modified Coinsurance Agreement; provided, however, that the Company shall retain, control and own all Separate Account Assets and Separate Account Reserves whether or not the Modified Coinsurance Agreement is executed and delivered.

2.7 Policy Changes or Reductions . In the event of a material change in the provisions and conditions of a Policy or a Post-Closing Policy (provided that such change is not in violation of Section 4.4 hereof), a corresponding change in the related coinsurance and appropriate cash adjustments shall be made consistent with the policy change rules of the Company. If the face amount of a Policy or a Post-Closing Policy is reduced or increased, the amount coinsured by the Reinsurer shall be reduced or increased accordingly.

ARTICLE III

ACCOUNTINGS AND TRANSFER OF ASSETS

3.1 Ceding Commission . The Reinsurer shall pay to the Company on the Closing Date a Ceding Commission in the amount of $662,004,000. The Ceding Commission shall be credited to the Company as a reduction in the amount of cash or cash equivalents included within the Transferred Assets to be transferred by the Company to the Reinsurer at Closing in accordance with the provisions of Sections 3.2 hereof.

3.2 Transfer of Assets . On the Closing Date; the Company shall sell, assign and transfer to the Reinsurer as reinsurance premium all of the Company’s right, title and interest in the Transferred Assets, including, without limitation, cash or cash equivalents in an aggregate amount (subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof) equal to the amount as of the Closing Date of: (A) Closing Date Liabilities, minus (B) the amount of outstanding loans under the Policies (to the extent such loans constitute admitted assets under Connecticut SAP), minus (C) the aggregate amounts ascribed to the Other Assets, and minus (D) the Ceding Commission, all as reflected on that part of the Closing Balance Sheet relating to the Policies reinsured hereunder.

 

-11-


3.3 Post-Closing Adjustments . (a) In the event that the aggregate amount of cash or cash equivalents transferred by the Company to the Reinsurer on the Closing Date is less than the amount of (A) Closing Date Liabilities, minus (B) the amount of outstanding loans under the Policies (to the extent that such loans constitute admitted assets under Connecticut SAP), minus (C) the aggregate amounts ascribed to the Other Assets, and minus (D) the Ceding Commission, all as reflected on that part of the Final Closing Balance Sheet relating to the Policies reinsured hereunder, the Company shall transfer to the Reinsurer additional cash or cash equivalents equal to the amount of such difference, together with interest thereon from and including the Closing Date to, but not including the date of, such transfer computed at LIBOR.

(b) In the event that the aggregate amount of cash or cash equivalents transferred to the Reinsurer on the Closing Date is greater than the amount of (A) Closing Date Liabilities, minus (B) the amount of outstanding loans under the Policies (to the extent that such loans constitute admitted assets under Connecticut SAP), minus (C) the aggregate amounts ascribed to the Other Assets, and minus (D) the Ceding Commission, all as reflected on the portion of the Final Closing Balance Sheet relating to the Policies reinsured hereunder, the Reinsurer shall transfer to the Company cash or cash equivalents equal to the amount of such difference, together with interest thereon from and including the Closing Date to, but not including the date of, such transfer computed at LIBOR.

3.4 Interim Monthly Accountings . The Company shall provide the Reinsurer with an Interim Monthly Accounting as of the end of each calendar month, no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such month; provided, however, that the first Interim Monthly Accounting shall be provided to the Reinsurer no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of the month in which the Closing Date fell and the final Interim Monthly Accounting shall be delivered no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the date on which the Company is no longer providing accounting services under the Transition Services Agreement. The Company shall provide such Accounting in a format that is mutually acceptable to the Company and the Reinsurer.

3.5 Monthly Accountings . Beginning with and after the first calendar month during which the Company is no longer providing accounting services under the Transition Services Agreement, the Reinsurer shall provide the Company with a Monthly Accounting as of the end of each calendar month, no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such month; provided, however, that the first Monthly Accounting shall be provided to the Company no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of the first calendar month during which the Company is no longer providing accounting services under the Transition Services Agreement and the Reinsurer shall deliver the final Monthly Accounting no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the Termination Date; provided , further , that in the event that subsequent data or calculations require revision of the final Monthly Accounting, the required revision and any appropriate payments shall be made in cash by the parties five (5) Business Days after they mutually agree as to the appropriate revision. The Reinsurer shall provide such Accounting in a format that is mutually acceptable to the Company and the Reinsurer.

 

-12-


3.6 Monthly Payments . If an Accounting reflects a balance due to the party to which the Accounting is delivered and/or the Security Trust, the amount(s) shown as due shall be paid within five (5) Business Days of the delivery of the Accounting. If (a) an Accounting reflects a balance due the party that prepared the Accounting or the Security Trust and (b) the party receiving the Accounting does not object to the Accounting within five (5) Business Days of its delivery, the amount(s) shown as due shall be paid within seven (7) Business Days after the date on which the Accounting was delivered. Any dispute over any amount shown on an Accounting that cannot be amicably resolved by the parties shall be resolved pursuant to the procedures set forth in Article X. If the Security Trust is established while the Company is collecting funds pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, the Company may remit directly to the Trustee on behalf of the Reinsurer that portion of any amount due the Reinsurer needed to fully fund the Security Trust and the balance only of any amount due the Reinsurer shall be remitted to the Reinsurer.

3.7 Delayed Payments . If there is a delayed settlement of any payment due hereunder, interest will accrue on such payment at the three month London Interbank Offering Rate (LIB OR) as published in The Wall Street Journal, Eastern Edition, in effect on the day such payment is due. For purposes of this Section 3.7, a payment will be considered overdue, and such interest will begin to accrue, on the date which is five (5) Business Days after the date such payment is due.

3.8 Offset Rights . Any debts or credits incurred on and after the Effective Date in favor of or against either the Company or Reinsurer with respect to this Agreement are deemed mutual debts or credits, as the case may be, and shall be set off, and only the balance shall be allowed or paid.

3.9 Third-Party Reinsurance . In the event the Reinsurer desires to retrocede to any third-party reinsurer (whether or not Affiliated with the Reinsurer) any portion of the Liabilities reinsured by it under this Agreement, the Reinsurer shall be responsible for obtaining such retrocessional coverage at its sole expense.

3.10 Premium Taxes and Assessments . The Reinsurer shall pay the Company on a monthly basis an amount equal to two percent (2%) of the gross Premiums on the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies collected by the Reinsurer, as an advance against the Reinsurer’s liabilities for premium Taxes payable by the Company and assessments to the Company by state guaranty or insolvency or similar associations or funds, to the extent that such Taxes and assessments are allocable to Premiums paid on or after the Effective Date. Amounts payable pursuant to this Section 3.10 shall be reflected on the Accountings delivered hereunder and shall be paid pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.6. Not later than June 30 after each calendar year falling within the term of this Agreement, the Company shall provide the Reinsurer with an accounting of its actual premium Tax and guaranty fund assessment liability with respect to the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies for such calendar year (without giving effect to any credits due to the Company for any guaranty fund assessments paid by the Company prior to Closing). If such accounting reflects amounts owed to the Reinsurer, the Company shall pay such amounts in cash to the Reinsurer with the accounting. If it reflects amounts owed to the Company (including any interest or penalties relating to underpayment of estimated Taxes based on information provided by the Reinsurer), the Reinsurer shall pay such amounts in cash to the Company within five (5) Business Days of receiving the accounting. The Company

 

-13-


shall payor provide the Reinsurer with the benefit of guaranty fund assessments previously reimbursed by the Reinsurer to the extent such payments were actually utilized to reduce the Company’s tax liabilities. The utilization of any outstanding assessments by the Company shall be determined on a FIFO basis (those assessments made in earlier years shall be considered used first).

ARTICLE IV

POLICY ADMINISTRATION

4.1 Interim Servicing . During the period from the Effective Date through the termination of the Transition Services Agreement with respect to each service provided by the Company thereunder, the Company has agreed to continue to provide certain Policyholder services for the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies.

4.2 Transfer of Servicing Obligations . On and after the date on which a service is no longer being provided pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, and pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement, the Reinsurer has agreed to provide Policyholder service for the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies and to supply to the Company on a timely basis copies of accounting and other records pertaining to such service. The parties hereby agree that the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies shall be administrated pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement. Reinsurer’s compensation for all services provided to the Company shall not be obligated to pay any additional monies to Reinsurer for such administrative services.

4.3 Regulatory Matters . If the Company or the Reinsurer receives notice of, or otherwise becomes aware of any regulatory inquiry, investigation or proceeding relating to the Policies or the Post-Closing Policies, the Company or the Reinsurer, as applicable, shall promptly notify the other party thereof, whereupon the parties shall cooperate in good faith and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such matter in a mutually satisfactory manner, in light of all the relevant business, regulatory and legal facts and circumstances.

4.4 Policy Changes . Neither the Company nor the Reinsurer shall make any changes to the Company’s policy forms except with the express written consent of the other party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) or if (a) the changes are required by Applicable Law and (b) the Reinsurer gives the Company prior notice in writing of the nature of such required changes in the manner provided by the Administrative Services Agreement.

ARTICLE V

OVERSIGHTS

5.1 Oversights . Inadvertent delays, errors or omissions made in connection with this Agreement or any transaction hereunder shall not relieve either party from any liability which would have attached had such delay, error or omission not occurred, provided always that such error or omission is rectified as soon as possible after discovery, and provided that the party making such error or omission or responsible for such delay shall be responsible for any additional liability which attaches as a result.

 

-14-


ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.1 Conditions Precedent . This Agreement shall not become effective unless and until (a) all state insurance regulatory authorities whose approval is required shall have approved this Agreement in writing, and (b) all applicable waiting periods under any federal or state statute or regulation shall have expired or been terminated.

ARTICLE VII

DUTY OF COOPERATION

7.1 Cooperation . Each party hereto shall cooperate fully with the other in all reasonable respects in order to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

DAC TAX

8.1 Election . In accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.848-2(g)(8), the Company and Reinsurer hereby elect to determine specified policy acquisition expenses with respect to this Agreement without regard to the general deductions limitation of Section 848(c)(1) of the Code.

(a) All uncapitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the regulations under Section 848 of the Code.

(b) The party with net Positive consideration under this Agreement for each taxable year shall capitalize specified policy acquisition expenses with respect to this Agreement without regard to the general deductions limitation of Section 848 ( c)(1) of the Code.

(c) Both parties agree to exchange information pertaining to the amount of net consideration under this Agreement each year to ensure consistency.

(d) The Company shall submit a schedule to the Reinsurer by May 1 of each year of its calculation of the net consideration under this Agreement for the preceding taxable year. This schedule of calculations shall be accompanied by a statement signed by an authorized representative of the Company stating that the Company shall report such net consideration in its federal income tax return for the preceding taxable year.

(e) The Reinsurer may contest such calculation by providing an alternative calculation to the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after the date on which the Reinsurer receives the Company’s calculation. If the Reinsurer does not so notify the Company, the Reinsurer shall report the net consideration under this Agreement as determined by the Company in the Reinsurer’s federal income tax return for the preceding taxable year.

(f) If Reinsurer contests the Company’s calculation of the net consideration under this Agreement, the parties shall act in good faith to reach an agreement as to the correct amount of net consideration within thirty (30) days after the date on which the Reinsurer submits its alternative calculation. If Reinsurer and the Company reach agreement as to the amount of net consideration under this Agreement, each party shall report such amount in its federal income tax return for the preceding taxable year.

 

-15-


If, during such period, Reinsurer and the Company are unable to reach agreement, they shall promptly thereafter cause independent accountants of nationally recognized standing reasonably satisfactory to Reinsurer and the Company (who shall not have any material relationship with Reinsurer or the Company), promptly to review (which review shall commence no later than five (5) days after the selection of such independent accountants), this Agreement and the calculations of Reinsurer and the Company for the purpose of calculating the net consideration under this Agreement. In making such calculation, such independent accountants shall consider only those items or amounts in the Company’s calculation as to which the Reinsurer has disagreed.

Such independent accountants shall deliver to Reinsurer and the Company, as promptly as practicable (but no later than sixty (60) days after the commencement of their review), a report setting forth such calculation, which calculation shall result in a net consideration between the amount thereof shown in the Company’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 8.1 (d) and the amount thereof shown in Reinsurer’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 8.1 (e). Such report shall be final and binding upon Reinsurer and the Company. The fees, costs and expenses of such independent accountant shall be borne (i) by the Company if the difference between the net consideration as calculated by the independent accountants and the Company’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 8.1 (d) is greater than the difference between the net consideration as calculated by the independent accountants and Reinsurer’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 8.1 (e), (ii) by the Reinsurer if the first such difference is less than the second such difference, and (iii) otherwise equally by Reinsurer and the Company.

(g) This election shall be effective for the 1998 taxable year and for all subsequent taxable years for which this Agreement remains in effect.

(h) Both parties agree to attach a schedule to their respective federal income tax returns for the first taxable year ending after the date on which this election becomes effective which identifies this Agreement as a reinsurance agreement for which an election has been made under Treasury Regulations Section I.848-2(g)(8).

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION AND RECAPTURE

9.1 Reinsurer’s Obligation to Indemnify . Subject to any limitation contained in the Asset Purchase Agreement, Reinsurer hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company and its directors, officers, employees, representatives (excluding the Producers), Affiliates, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “Company Indemnified Parties”) from and against all Losses asserted against, imposed upon or incurred by any Company Indemnified Party arising from: (i) the Liabilities; (ii) the Reinsurer Extra Contractual Obligations (including, but not limited to, all claims that constitute Sellers’ Extra Contractual Obligations but for which the Company’s indemnification obligation has expired pursuant to Section 8.01(c) of the Asset Purchase Agreement); (iii) any breach or nonfulfillment by Reinsurer of, or any failure by Reinsurer to perform, any of the covenants, terms or conditions of, or any duties or obligations under, this Agreement; and (iv) any enforcement of this indemnity.

 

-16-


9.2 Company’s Obligation to Indemnify . Subject to any limitation contained in the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Reinsurer and its directors, officers, employees, representatives (excluding the Producers), Affiliates, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “Reinsurer Indemnified Parties”) from and against all Losses asserted against, imposed upon or incurred by any Reinsurer Indemnified Party arising from: (i) the Retained Liabilities; (ii) Sellers’ Extra Contractual Obligations (but only to the extent that the Company’s indemnification obligation for Sellers’ Extra Contractual Obligations has not expired pursuant to Section 8.01(c) of the Asset Purchase Agreement); (iii) any breach or nonfulfillment by the Company of, or any failure by the Company to perform, any of the covenants, terms or conditions of, or any duties or obligations under, this Agreement; and (iv) any enforcement of this indemnity.

9.3 Certain Definitions and Procedures . For purposes of this Article IX, “Loss” or “Losses” shall mean actions, claims, losses, liabilities, damages, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), interest and penalties. In the event either Reinsurer or the Company shall have a claim for indemnity against the other party under the terms of this Agreement, the parties shall follow the procedures set forth in Sections 9.02, 9.03 and 9.04 of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

9.4 Security Trust Account and Recapture Rights .

(a) Events of Default . From and after the Closing Date, any of the following occurrences shall constitute an event that entitles the Company to require the Reinsurer to deposit and maintain assets in a Security Trust in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 9.4 (individually or collectively, as the context indicates, an “Event of Default”):

 

  (i) the Reinsurer ceases to maintain any of (A) an A.M. Best Company rating of at least B++, (B) a Standard & Poor’s Corporation insurer financial strength rating of at least BBB- and (C) Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. claims-paying ability rating of at least Baa3; or

 

  (ii) the Reinsurer fails to (A) maintain a ratio of (i) Total Adjusted Capital (as defined in the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act or in the rules and procedures prescribed by the NAIC with respect thereto, in each case as in effect as of December 31, 1997) to (ii) the Company Action Level RBC (as defined in the Risk-Based Capital (REC) Model Act or in the rules and procedures prescribed by the NAIC with respect thereto, in each case as in effect as of December 31, 1997) of at least 185 percent, or (B) maintain a Standard & Poor’s Corporation’s capital adequacy ratio (calculated in accordance with the rules and procedures in effect on the Contract Date) of at least 115 percent; or

 

  (iii)

(A) the Reinsurer ceases to be licensed as a life insurer or ceases to qualify as an accredited reinsurer in a particular jurisdiction under circumstances that would cause the Company to be denied credit for reinsurance ceded hereunder

 

-17-


  on the financial statements filed by the Company in said jurisdiction, or (B) the Company is denied credit for reinsurance ceded hereunder on the financial statements filed by the Company in any jurisdiction; or

 

  (iv) a petition for insolvency, rehabilitation, conservation, supervision, liquidation or similar proceeding is filed by or against the Reinsurer or its statutory representative in any jurisdiction; or

 

  (v) any Person other than one of the Affiliates of the Reinsurer in existence on the Closing Date acquires or assumes (A) Control of the Reinsurer, whether by merger, consolidation, stock acquisition, or otherwise (including, without limitation, the acquisition or assumption of the power to direct the Reinsurer’s management and policies by means of a management or services agreement or other contractual arrangement) or (B) all or substantially all of the assets or liabilities of the Reinsurer by reinsurance (whether indemnity or assumption) or otherwise;

 

  (vi) this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; or

 

  (vii) this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; or an Event of Default occurs pursuant to Section 9.07(a)(vii) of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

The occurrence of any Event of Default shall entitle the Company to elect to require the Reinsurer to establish a Security Trust regardless of whether or not such an occurrence constitutes a Recapture Event, provided, that the Company has not delivered an Election Notice electing recapture.

(b) Recapture Events . From and after the Closing Date, and whether or not an Event of Default has occurred or Security Trust has been established pursuant to Section 9.4(a) hereof, any of the following occurrences shall constitute an event that entitles the Company to exercise the recapture remedy set forth in this Section 9.4 (individually or collectively, as the context indicates, a “Recapture Event”):

 

  (i) Reinsurer ceases to maintain any of (A) an A.M. Best Company rating of at least B+, (B) a Standard & Poor’s Corporation insurer financial strength rating of at least BB+ and (C) a Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. claims-paying ability rating of at least Bal; or

 

  (ii) the Reinsurer fails to (A) maintain a ratio of (i) Total Adjusted Capital (as defined in the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act or in the rules and procedures prescribed by the NAIC with respect thereto, in each case as in effect as of December 31, 1997) to (ii) the Company Action Level RBC (as defined in the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act or in the rules and procedures prescribed by the NAIC with respect thereto, in each case as in effect as of December 31, 1997) of at least 160 percent; or (B) maintain a Standard & Poor’s Corporation’s capital adequacy ratio (calculated in accordance with the rules and procedures in effect on the Contract Date) of at least 100 percent; or

 

-18-


  (iii) a petition for insolvency, rehabilitation, conservation, supervision, liquidation or similar proceeding is filed by or against the Reinsurer or its statutory representative in any jurisdiction; or

 

  (iv) within thirty (30) calendar days of its receipt of a demand therefor delivered pursuant to Section 9.4(d), Reinsurer fails to execute the Security Trust Agreement or deposit and maintain asset in trust on the terms provided in Section 9.4(t) and in the Security Trust Agreement, provided, however, that the Company executes such Security Trust Agreement contemporaneously with the delivery of the demand; or

 

  (v) this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; or

 

  (vi) within thirty (30) calendar days of the termination of the Administrative Services Agreement in accordance with its terms, (A) Reinsurer does not take all steps necessary to arrange for a third-party administrator acceptable to the Company in its sole discretion, reasonably exercised, to provide all administrative services to be provided pursuant to the terminated Administrative Services Agreement at the cost of Reinsurer or (B) such third-party administrator fails to enter into an administrative service agreement with the Company, satisfactory in form and substance to the Company in its sole discretion, reasonably exercised; or

 

  (vii) a judgment or order is entered by a court of competent jurisdiction declaring the invalidity of the Security Trust or finding that the assets held in a Security Trust are general assets of Reinsurer or otherwise do not constitute a “secured claim” within the meaning of the laws of Reinsurer’s domiciliary state;

 

  (viii) a Security Trust is established for the benefit of the Company pursuant to Section 9.4(a)(iii) and the Company is denied credit on its financial statements filed in any jurisdiction with respect to the reinsurance provided by the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer does not take all steps necessary to enable the Company to obtain credit on its financial statements within thirty (30) calendar days of the Reinsurer’s receipt of written notice from the Company as to the occurrence described herein; or

 

  (ix) a Recapture Event occurs pursuant to Section 9.07(b)(ix) of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

The occurrence of any Recapture Event shall entitle the Company to elect recapture remedies hereunder regardless of whether (1) such an occurrence also constitutes an Event of Default, (2) the Reinsurer has previously established a Security Trust or (3) the Company has previously delivered an Election Notice requiring Reinsurer to establish a Security Trust.

 

-19-


(c) Notice to The Company . The Reinsurer shall provide the Company with:

 

  (i) written notice of any downgrade in the Reinsurer’s A. M. Best Company rating or its Standard & Poor’s Corporation insurer financial strength rating or its Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. claims-paying ability rating within three (3) Business Days after the Reinsurer’s receipt of notice of such adjustment;

 

  (ii) a written report of the calculation of the Reinsurer’s Total Adjusted Capital and Authorized Control Level RBC (based on the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act and or the rules and procedures in effect on December 31, 1997) and Standard & Poor’s Corporation’s capital adequacy ratio (based on the rules and procedures in effect on the Contract Date) as of the end of each calendar quarter within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such quarter;

 

  (iii) written notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Recapture Event within two (2) Business Days after its occurrence; and

 

  (iv) not less than annually, a written report, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, certifying that no Event of Default or Recapture Event has occurred during the period covered by such report or is continuing as of the last day of such period, together with the appropriate calculations and back up reasonably necessary to substantiate the basis of the Reinsurer’s certification.

The Company may, at its own expense, review the Reinsurer’s books and records to confirm the risk based capital calculations provided by the Reinsurer pursuant to Section 9.4(c)(ii). In addition, Reinsurer shall (A) cooperate fully with the Company and promptly respond to the Company’s inquiries from time to time concerning the Reinsurer’s financial condition, operating results and any events, occurrences or other matters which arise on and after the Effective Date and which reasonably relate to the Business or Reinsurer’s ability to perform and discharge its obligations under the Asset Purchase Agreement, this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements and (B) provide to the Company such financial statements, reports, internal control letters and reports prepared by auditors and other third parties, SAS-70 reports and other documents of the Reinsurer as the Company may reasonably request from time to time.

(d) Election of Remedies . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Company may elect to require the Reinsurer to maintain assets in a Security Trust for the purpose of securing the Reinsured Liabilities under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies ceded to it pursuant to this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of any Recapture Event, the Company may elect to recapture, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below all, but not less than all, of the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies ceded hereunder. The Company shall give the Reinsurer written notice of its election (the “Election Notice”) specifying (x) the grounds for the exercise of its remedies pursuant to this Section 9.4 and either (y) if it elects to recapture the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, the fact of recapture, and the effective date of recapture or (z) if it elects a Security Trust, the fact that the Reinsurer is obligated to execute the Security Trust Agreement and to deposit and maintain assets in the Security Trust for the purpose of securing such Reinsured

 

-20-


Liabilities (the “Secured Policies”). The Reinsurer may unwind and terminate a Security Trust if, prior to the second anniversary of the date on which the Event of Default which originally gave rise to the establishment of such Security Trust occurred, both (A) the original Event of Default has been cured or remediated, and (B) no new Event of Default or Recapture Event has occurred; provided that (i) prior to such second anniversary date, the Company has not properly provided an Election Notice to recapture the Policies and Post-Closing Policies ceded by it; and (ii) the termination of the Security Trust shall not prejudice or be deemed a waiver of the Company’s right to demand the establishment of a new Security Trust or elect recapture upon the occurrence of any other or new Event of Default or Recapture Event.

(e) Recapture . Any recapture by the Company shall not be deemed to have been consummated until (i) the Company has given the Reinsurer an Election Notice pursuant to Section 9 A( d); and (ii) the Company has received payment of the entire Recapture Fee as determined in accordance with Exhibit A hereto. If the Reinsured Liabilities under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies to be recaptured are secured pursuant to a Security Trust established pursuant to Section 9.4(f), the Company may, in its sole discretion, withdraw assets from the Security Trust having an aggregate Market Value (determined pursuant to the Security Trust Agreement governing such Security Trust) not to exceed the amount of the Recapture Fee. The Reinsurer shall promptly pay the Company the full amount of the Recapture Fee, reduced by the amount, if any, withdrawn from the Security Trust. Following the consummation of the recapture of Policies and Post-Closing Policies pursuant to this Section 9.4(e), no additional premiums, deposits or other amounts payable under such Policies and Post-Closing Policies shall be ceded to the Reinsurer hereunder.

(f) Security Trust . (i)  Establishment of the Trust Account . Within thirty (30) calendar days of the Company’s delivery to the Reinsurer of an Election Notice requiring that the Reinsurer secure the Reinsured Liabilities ceded by the Company with a Security Trust, the Reinsurer shall execute the Security Trust Agreement and deposit into an account with the Trustee (the “Security Trust”), naming the Company as the sole beneficiary thereof, assets having a market value in an amount no less than the Required Balance, for the purpose of securing the Reinsured Liabilities under Secured Policies. The Security Trust Agreement shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

(ii) Trust Assets . At the direction of the Reinsurer, the assets held in the Security Trust shall be held in the form of (A) cash and cash-equivalents, (B) certificates of deposit, (C) obligations of the United States Government or its agencies, (D) investment grade bonds, (E) whole (not participations) investment grade (as determined in accordance with the Reinsurer’s internal rating systems) commercial mortgages; provided that the aggregate market value of such commercial mortgages held in the Security Trust shall not exceed 15 percent of the aggregate market value of the assets held in the Security Trust, and (F) straight Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae 30-year mortgage-backed securities rated AA+ and above; provided that the aggregate market value of such mortgage-backed securities held in the Security Trust shall not exceed 15 percent of the aggregate market value of the assets held in the Security Trust; and provided, further, that in the event a Security Trust is established pursuant to Section 9.4(a)(v), the assets held in the Security Trust may be invested in accordance with the Reinsurer’s internal investment policies for its individual life insurance business, a copy of which has been provided to the Company. The aggregate Market Value of the assets held in the Security Trust

 

-21-


shall at all times be at least equal to the Required Balance. As long as the Security Trust Agreement remains in force, the Reinsurer shall calculate the Required Balance as of the last day of each calendar month and report the amount of the Required Balance to the Company and the Trustee within ten (10) Business Days after the end of such month. In connection with such calculation, the Company shall direct the Trustee to make the payment to the Reinsurer of any amounts in the Security Trust which exceed the Required Balance, and Reinsurer shall promptly deposit such additional permitted assets as may be necessary to increase the Market Value of the Security Trust assets to the Required Balance. The form and duration of assets to be held in the Security Trust shall be appropriate in light of the Reinsured Liabilities under the Secured Policies. Prior to delivering any assets for deposit in the Security Trust, the Reinsurer shall execute assignments or endorsements in blank of all of the Reinsurer’s right, title and interest in such assets (according to procedures set forth in the Security Trust Agreement), so that the Company, or the Trustee upon the Company’s direction, may whenever necessary negotiate title to any such assets without consent or signature from the Reinsurer or any other entity.

(iii) Permitted Withdrawals . The Company may withdraw assets from the Security Trust at any time and from time to time, notwithstanding any other provisions of the Asset Purchase Agreement, this Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement, and such assets may be utilized and applied by the Company, or any successor by operation of law of the Company, including, without limitation, any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator of the Company, without diminution because of insolvency on the part of the Company or Reinsurer; provided, however, that the Company may only withdraw such assets for one or more of the following purposes:

 

  (A) to reimburse the Company for any Reinsured Liabilities under the Secured Policies paid by the Company to the extent not paid by the Reinsurer when due;

 

  (B) to make payment to the Reinsurer of any amounts that exceed the Required Balance;

 

  (C) to pay all or any portion of any Recapture Fee due in connection with the recapture of the Secured Policies; or

 

  (D) to pay any other amounts that are due to the Company under this Agreement, the Asset Purchase Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements to the extent not paid directly to Company by Reinsurer when due.

(g) Resort to Collateral . Notwithstanding the remedies contemplated by this Section 9.4, the other Ancillary Agreements and the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, require direct payment by the Reinsurer of any sum in default under the Asset Purchase Agreement, this Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement in lieu of exercising the remedies in this Section 9.4, and it shall be no defense to any such claim that the Company might have had recourse to the Security Trust or recapture remedy.

 

-22-


(h) Certain Remedies . The Company and Reinsurer acknowledge that any damage caused to the Company by reason of the breach by the Reinsurer or any of its successors in interest of this Section 9.4 could not be adequately compensated for in monetary damages alone; therefore, each party agrees that, in addition to any other remedies at law or otherwise, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance of this Section 9.4 or an injunction to be issued by a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to Section 13.7 hereof restraining and enjoining any violation of this Section 9.4, in addition to such other equitable or legal remedies as such court may determine. The Company and Reinsurer hereby release, waive and discharge any and all claims and causes of action asserting in any way that: (a) any Security Trust is not valid, binding or enforceable; and (b) any remedy of the Company including, without limitation, the Company’s recapture and Security Trust remedies hereunder and under Article IX of the Asset Purchase Agreement is not valid, binding or enforceable. The Company and the Reinsurer are forever estopped and barred from making any such assertion in any context or forum whatsoever.

ARTICLE X

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

10.1 Other Disputes over Calculations . After the Closing Date, any dispute between the parties with respect to the calculation of amounts which are to be calculated, reported, or which may be audited pursuant to this Agreement (other than disputes relating to: (i) the Closing Balance Sheet, which shall be resolved in accordance with the Asset Purchase Agreement; or (ii) calculations relating to DAC tax, which shall be resolved in accordance with Article VIII hereof), which cannot be resolved by the parties within sixty (60) calendar days, shall be referred to an independent accounting firm of national recognized standing (which shall not have any material relationship with the Reinsurer or the Company) mutually agreed to by the parties; provided , however , that where the dispute involves an actuarial issue, the dispute shall instead be referred to an independent actuarial firm of national recognized standing (which shall not have any material relationship with the Reinsurer or the Company) mutually agreed to by the parties. There shall be no appeal from the decision made by such firm except that, pursuant to Section 11.07 of the Asset Purchase Agreement, either party may petition a court having jurisdiction over the parties and subject matter to reduce the arbitrator’s decision to judgment. The fees charged by the accounting firm or actuarial firm, as applicable, to resolve the dispute shall be allocated between the Company and the Reinsurer by such firm in accordance with its judgment as to the relative merits of the parties’ positions, in respect of the dispute.

ARTICLE XI

INSOLVENCY

11.1 Insolvency Clause . In the event of the insolvency of the Company, all coinsurance made, ceded, renewed or otherwise becoming effective under this Agreement shall be payable by the Reinsurer directly to the Company or to its liquidator, receiver or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Company under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company. It is understood, however, that in the event of the insolvency of the Company, the liquidator or receiver or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice of the pendency of a claim against the Company on a Policy or Post-Closing Policy within a reasonable period of time after such claim is filed in the insolvency proceedings and that

 

-23-


during the pendency of such claim the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated any defense or defenses which it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator or receiver or statutory successor. It is further understood that the expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to court approval, against the Company as part of the expense of liquidation to the extent of a proportionate share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

ARTICLE XII

DURATION

12.1 Duration . This Agreement shall continue in force until such time that the Reinsurer’s liability with respect to all Policies and Post-Closing Policies reinsured hereunder is terminated pursuant to Section 12.2.

12.2 Reinsurer’s Liability . The liability of the Reinsurer under this Agreement with respect to any Policy or Post-Closing Policy will begin simultaneously with that of the Company, but not prior to the Effective Date. The Reinsurer’s liability with respect to any Policy will terminate on the earliest of: (a) the date such Policy or Post-Closing Policy is recaptured in accordance with Section 9.4; or (b) the date the Company’s liability on such Policy or Post-Closing Policy is terminated in accordance with its terms. Termination of the Reinsurer’s liability under clauses (a) and (b) herein is subject to the Company’s actual receipt of payments which discharge such liability in full in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. In no event shall the interpretation of this Section 12.2 imply a unilateral right of the Reinsurer to terminate this Agreement.

12.3 Survival . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article XII, the terms and conditions of Article I , VIII, IX and X and Section 13.2 shall remain in full force and effect after the Termination Date.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

13.1 Notices . Any notice or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when (a) mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, (b) mailed by overnight express mail or other nationally recognized overnight or same-day delivery service or (c) delivered in person to the parties at the following addresses:

If to the Company, to:

Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company

151 Farmington Avenue

Hartford, Connecticut 06156

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

-24-


With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Aetna Retirement Services, Inc.

151 Farmington Avenue

Hartford, Connecticut 06156

Attention: General Counsel

Lord, Bissell & Brook

115 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Attention: James R. Dwyer

If to the Reinsurer, to:

The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

1300 South Clinton

P.O. Box 1110

Fort Wayne, Indiana 46801

Attention: Carl Baker

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan LLP

1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20004

Attention: David A. Massey

Either party may change the names or addresses where notice is to be given by providing notice to the other party of such change in accordance with this Section 13.1.

13.2 Confidentiality . Each of the parties shall maintain the confidentiality of all information related to the Policies and Post-Closing Policies and all other information denominated as confidential by the other party provided to it in connection with this Agreement, and shall not disclose such information to any third parties without prior written consent of the other party, except as may be permitted by Sections 5.18 and 11.02 of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

13.3 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the other Ancillary Agreements, the Asset Purchase Agreement, the other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby, and the Exhibits and the Schedules hereto and thereto contain the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

13.4 Waivers and Amendments . Any term or condition of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the party that is entitled to the benefit thereof. Such waiver must be in writing and must be executed by an executive officer of such party. A waiver on one occasion shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the same or any other term or condition on a future occasion. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a writing duly executed by an executive officer of the Company and the Reinsurer, respectively.

 

-25-


13.5 No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement constitutes an indemnity reinsurance agreement solely between the Company and the Reinsurer, and is intended solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted successors and assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer any rights as a third-party beneficiary to this Agreement upon any other Person as to the Transferred Assets or any other term, condition or provision of this Agreement.

13.6 Assignment . This Agreement shall not be assigned by either of the parties hereto without the prior written approval of the other party.

13.7 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT, WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CONFLICTS OF LAW DOCTRINE. ALL ISSUES RELATING TO VENUE AND JURISDICTION SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SECTION 11.07 OF THE ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

13.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

13.9 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any present or future law or if determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, and if the rights or obligations of the Company or the Reinsurer under this Agreement will not be materially and adversely affected thereby, such provision shall be fully severable, and this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom.

13.10 Schedules, Exhibits and Paragraph Headings . Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto are made a part of this Agreement. Paragraph headings are provided for reference purposes only and are not made a part of this Agreement.

13.11 Expenses . Except as explicitly provided to the contrary herein or in the Asset Purchase Agreement, each party shall be solely responsible for all expenses it incurs in connection with this Agreement or in consummating the transactions contemplated hereby or performing the obligations imposed hereby, including, without limitation, the cost of its attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors.

13.12 No Prejudice . The parties agree that this Agreement has been jointly negotiated and drafted by the parties hereto and that the terms hereof shall not be construed in favor of or against any party on account of its participation in such negotiations and drafting.

 

-26-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed effective this              day of                      , 1998.

 

AETNA LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
By:   /s/ Catherine H. Smith
Name:   Catherine H. Smith
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  
Name:  
Title:  

 

-27-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed effective this 1 st day of October, 1998.

 

AETNA LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
By:  
Name:  
Title:  
THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   /s/ Keith J. Ryan
Name:   Keith J. Ryan
Title:  

Senior Vice President and Chief

Financial Officer

 

-28-


EXHIBIT A

Recapture Fee

The amount of the Recapture Fee shall be determined in accordance with the formula set forth below by Tillinghast-Towers Perrin (“Tillinghast”), or such other nationally recognized actuarial consulting firm as may be agreed by the Reinsurer and the Company and which shall not be affiliated with either the Reinsurer or the Company. Tillinghast shall determine the amount of the Recapture Fee, unless the Reinsurer and the Company reach an agreement in writing on the use of another actuarial firm within 30 Business Days of the delivery of an Election Notice electing recapture. The actuarial firm selected to calculate the amount of the Recapture Fee is referred to hereinafter as the “Actuary.”

The Recapture Fee shall be equal to (a) + (b) - (c), where (a) is the Required Balance (as defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement and the Coinsurance Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached) as of the date on which the recapture is consummated (the “Recapture Date”), (b) is the amount of the Penalty Fee as determined below and (c) is the amount of the Ceding Commission as determined below.

Penalty Fee . The Penalty Fee shall consist of 105 percent of (a) the incremental, onetime fee (estimated by the Actuary if necessary) of a third-party administrator (to be selected by the Company in its sole discretion) charged by such administrator in connection with assuming responsibility for all the administrative services to be provided under the Administrative Services Agreement for the Policies, Post-Closing Policies and Separate Accounts subject to recapture (the “Recaptured Business”), plus (b) the fees and costs (estimated by the Actuary if necessary) of the Actuary for its work in calculating the Recapture Fee and of any attorneys or other outside consultants advising the Company in connection with the recapture.

Ceding Commission . The Ceding Commission shall be equal to the Appraisal Value of the Recaptured Business as of the Recapture Date, adjusted for Taxes as provided below.

Appraisal Value . The Appraisal Value of the Recaptured Business shall be equal to the present value (calculated at a 13.5 percent interest rate) as of the Recapture Date of the following values for the Recaptured Business: (a) After Tax Statutory Profits, plus (b) After Tax Interest on Required Surplus, minus or plus (c) the Increase or Decrease in Required Surplus, minus (d) the Required Surplus as of the Recapture Date.

For these purposes, Required Surplus shall be calculated on the assumption that Total Adjusted Capital to Company Action Level RBC, in each case with respect to the Recaptured Business, shall be 200 percent (Both Total Adjusted Capital and Company Action Level RBC shall be determined as provided in the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act or the NAIC’s rules with respect thereto in effect as of the Recapture Date). In fixing the other values required by the above formula, the Actuary shall use its best estimates of future mortality, earned and credited interest rates, lapses and surrenders, premium persistency, producer compensation, other taxes, licenses and fees; provided, however, that the Actuary shall assume that the unit cost of providing administrative services for the Recaptured Business shall increase by three percent per year over the estimated cost of such services for the twelve months immediately following the Recapture Date.

 

A-1


Tax Adjustments . The Ceding Commission shall be calculated net of any Federal or state income Tax credits and charges incurred by the Company as a result of the recapture of the Recaptured Business.

If the Tax adjustments contemplated by the preceding paragraph were made pursuant to the Code provisions in effect as of the Closing, the Company would realize a Tax credit for (a) the Ceding Commission adjusted for the difference between statutory and Tax reserves and (b) the present value of the Tax charge for the DAC Taxes (determined under Section 848 of the Code) generated by the recapture. The present value of the DAC Tax charge shall be calculated at a 13.5 percent interest rate and shall take into account the amount and timing of anticipated Tax deductions attributable to amortization of specified policy acquisition costs pursuant to Section 848 of the Code. The Ceding Commission would equal the Appraisal Value net of such credits and charges.

In the event that the Code is amended prior to a Recapture Date, the Actuary shall make the appropriate adjustment (if any) to the calculations set forth in the preceding paragraph in order to preserve the parties’ intent that the Ceding Commission be calculated net of any Federal or state income tax credits as a result of the recapture.

 

A-2


EXHIBIT C

Closing Date Liabilities

AETNA LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

ALIAC’s Closing Date Liabilities shall consist of all liabilities listed below with re to the Policies issued by ALIAC, determined as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the day immediately preceding the Effective Date in accordance with Connecticut SAP.

Liabilities with Respect to Policies and Post-Closing Policies

Aggregate Reserves for Life Policies

Policy and Contract Claims

Premiums Received in Advance

Liability for Premium and Other Fund Deposits Cost of Collection

Separate Account Liabilities

 

C-1


EXHIBIT D

Required Balance

AETNA LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

The Required Balance with respect to the Policies and Post-Closing Policies issued by ALIAC as of any date shall be computed as the excess of (a) all liabilities listed below with respect to such Policies and Post-Closing Policies, determined under Connecticut SAP as of such date, over (b) the aggregate amount of the policy loans (including accrued interest thereon) under such Policies and Post-Closing Policies, determined under Connecticut SAP as of such date.

Liabilities with Respect to Policies and Post-Closing Policies

Aggregate Reserves for Life Policies

Policy and Contract Claims

Premiums Received in Advance

Liability for Premium and Other Fund Deposits Cost of Collection

Separate Account Liabilities

 

D-1

Exhibit 10.25

EXECUTION COPY

MODIFIED COINSURANCE AGREEMENT

between the

AETNA LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY (referred to as the Company)

and

THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (referred to as the Reinsurer)

Dated as of October 1, 1998


INDEX OF SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.1 (A)

   Policy Forms

Schedule 1.1 (B)

   Separate Account Assets

Schedule 1.1 (C)

   Separate Accounts


TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1

  Definitions      1   
ARTICLE II   
BASIS OF MODIFIED COINSURANCE AND BUSINESS COINSURED   

2.1

  Modified Coinsurance      5   

2.2

  Reinstatements, Conversions and Exchanges      6   

2.3

  Separate Accounts      6   

2.4

  Reserves      6   

2.5

  Policy Changes or Reductions      6   
ARTICLE III   
RESERVE ADJUSTMENTS: ACCOUNTINGS   

3.1

  Ceding Commission      6   

3.2

  Monthly Reserve Adjustment      7   

3.3

  Interest on Accrued for Expense Allowance      7   

3.4

  Payments from Mutual Fund Organizations      7   

3.5

  Interim Monthly Accountings      7   

3.6

  Monthly Accountings      7   

3.7

  Monthly Payments      8   

3.8

  Delayed Payments      8   

3.9

  Offset Rights      8   

3.10

  Third-Party Reinsurance      8   

3.11

  Premium Taxes and Assessments      8   
ARTICLE IV   
POLICY ADMINISTRATION   

4.1

  Interim Servicing      8   

4.2

  Transfer of Servicing Obligations      9   

4.3

  Regulatory Matters      9   

4.4

  Policy Changes      9   
ARTICLE V   
OVERSIGHTS   

5.1

  Oversights      9   
ARTICLE VI   
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT   

6.1

  Conditions Precedent      9   

 

-i-


ARTICLE VII   
DUTY OF COOPERATION   

7.1

  Cooperation      9   
ARTICLE VIII   
DAC TAX   

8.1

  Election      10   
ARTICLE IX   
INDEMNIFICATION AND RECAPTURE   

9.1

  Reinsurer’s Obligation to Indemnify      11   

9.2

  Company’s Obligation to Indemnify      11   

9.3

  Certain Definitions and Procedures      11   

9.4

  Recapture Rights      12   
ARTICLE X   
DISPUTE RESOLUTION   

10.1

  Other Disputes over Calculations      14   
ARTICLE XI   
INSOLVENCY   

11.1

  Insolvency Clause      15   
ARTICLE XII   
DURATION   

12.1

  Duration      15   

12.2

  Reinsurer’s Liability      15   

12.3

  Survival      15   
ARTICLE XIII   
MISCELLANEOUS   

13.1

  Notices      16   

13.2

  Confidentiality      17   

13.3

  Entire Agreement      17   

13.4

  Waivers and Amendments      17   

13.5

  No Third Party Beneficiaries      17   

13.6

  Assignment      17   

13.7

  Governing Law      17   

13.8

  Counterparts      17   

13.9

  Severability      17   

13.10

  Schedules, Exhibits and Paragraph Headings      18   

13.11

 

Expenses

     18   

13.12

 

No Prejudice

     18   

 

-ii-


MODIFIED COINSURANCE AGREEMENT

THIS MODIFIED COINSURANCE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) made by and between Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company, a Connecticut domiciled stock life insurance company (the “Company”) and The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, an Indiana domiciled stock life insurance company (the “Reinsurer”),

WHEREAS, the Company has issued certain Policies (as defined below);

WHEREAS, the Company, Aetna Life Insurance Company, a Connecticut domiciled stock life insurance company (“ALIC”), the Reinsurer, and Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York, a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the State of New York (“LLANY”), have entered into a Second Amended and Restated Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 21, 1998 (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which the Reinsurer has agreed to reinsure on a 100% basis all of the liabilities arising under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies (as defined below);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Reinsurer have entered into a certain Coinsurance Agreement of even date herewith (the “Coinsurance Agreement”) pursuant to which, the Company has ceded and the Reinsurer has reinsured on a 100% coinsurance basis the general account liabilities arising under the Policies and Post- Closing Policies;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Reinsurer wish to supplement the Coinsurance Agreement by providing for the reinsurance by the Reinsurer of the Separate Account Liabilities (as defined below) arising under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies on a 100% modified coinsurance basis in order to achieve 100% reinsurance of all the liabilities arising under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Reinsurer perform certain administrative functions on behalf of the Company with respect to the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, and the Company, ALIC and Reinsurer have entered into an Administrative Services Agreement of even date herewith (the “Administrative Services Agreement”) pursuant to which the Reinsurer shall provide such administrative services.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual and several promises and undertakings herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Reinsurer agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions . The following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below throughout this Agreement:

“Accounting” means an Interim Monthly Accounting or a Monthly Accounting, as applicable.


“Administrative Services Agreement” means the Administrative Services Agreement by and between the Company, ALIC and the Reinsurer of even date herewith.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, at the time in question, any other Person Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with such Person. “Control” (including the terms “Controlling,” “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, the holding of policyholders’ proxies by contract other than a commercial contract for goods or non-management services, or otherwise, unless the power is the result of an official position with or corporate office held by the Person. Except as provided otherwise in this Agreement, control is presumed to exist if any Person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds shareholders’ proxies representing 25% or more of the voting securities of any other Person, or holds or controls sufficient policyholders’ proxies, or is entitled by contract or otherwise, to nominate, appoint or to elect the majority of the board of directors or comparable governing body of any other Person.

“ALIAC” means Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company, a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut.

“ALIC” means Aetna Life Insurance Company, a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut.

“Ancillary Agreements” means the various agreements collectively defined as “Ancillary Agreements” in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Applicable Law” means any domestic or foreign federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance or code, or any written rules, regulations or administrative interpretations issued by any Governmental Authority pursuant to any of the foregoing, and any order, writ, injunction, directive, judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction applicable to the parties hereto.

“Asset Purchase Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Asset Purchase Agreement by and among the Company, ALIC, the Reinsurer and LLANY, dated as of May 21, 1998.

“Books and Records” means the originals or copies of all customer lists, policy information, policy forms and rating plans, disclosure and other documents and filings, including statutory filings, required under all Applicable Laws, administrative records, reinsurance records, claim records, sales records, underwriting records, financial records, Tax records and compliance records in the possession or control of the Company and relating principally to the operation of the Business including, without limitation, any database, magnetic or optical media (to the extent not subject to licensing restrictions) and any other form of recorded, computer generated or stored information or process, but excluding: (a) the Company’s original certificate of incorporation, bylaws, corporate seal, licenses to do business, minute books and other corporate records relating to corporate organization and capitalization; (b) original Tax and corporate accounting records relating to the Business; and (c) any records that are subject to attorney-client privilege.

 

-2-


“Business” means marketing, issuing and administering the Policies in the United States and the other business activities reasonably related thereto, in each case as currently conducted by the Company or, where so specified herein, as to be conducted by the Reinsurer following the Closing Date.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, a day on which banking institutions in the State of Connecticut are permitted or obligated by Applicable Law to be closed or a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed for trading.

“Ceding Commission” means the aggregate ceding allowance payable by the Reinsurer to the Company in connection with the reinsurance of the Policies and hereunder.

“Closing” means the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

“Closing Date” means the date on which the Closing occurs.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“Coinsurance Agreement” means the Coinsurance Agreement by and between the Company and the Reinsurer of even date herewith and which is entered into in conjunction with this Agreement in order to give full effect to the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Commissions” means all commissions, expense allowances, benefit credits and other fees and compensation payable to Producers.

“Connecticut SAP” means the statutory accounting principles and practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Department of the State of Connecticut.

“Contract Date” means May 21, 1998.

“Effective Date” means 12:01 a.m. Eastern Time on October 1, 1998.

“Election Notice” means a notice given by the Company to the Reinsurer with respect to the exercise of recapture remedy pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof.

“GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time.

“Governmental Authority” means any court, administrative or regulatory agency or commission, or other federal, state or local governmental authority or instrumentality or the National Association of Securities Dealers or national securities exchanges having jurisdiction over any party hereto.

“Interim Monthly Accounting” means a monthly accounting prepared in accordance with Connecticut SAP and delivered by the Company to the Reinsurer in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.5 hereof.

 

-3-


“LIBOR” means a rate per annum equal to the three month London Interbank Offered Rate as published in The Wall Street Journal , Eastern Edition.

“LLANY” means Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York, a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the State of New York.

“Monthly Accounting” means a monthly accounting prepared in accordance with Connecticut SAP and delivered by the Reinsurer to the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.6 hereof.

“Monthly Reserve Adjustment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 hereof.

“NAIC” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental, judicial or regulatory body, business unit, division or other entity.

“Policies” means all of the Company’s individual variable life insurance policies, together with all related binders, slips and certificates (including applications therefor and all supplements, endorsements, riders and agreements in connection therewith) which have been issued by the Company in connection with the Business (in accordance with, and as determined by reference to, the Company’s historical practices), which policies shall include, but not be limited to (a) all policies issued on the policy forms included in the list of base codes set forth on Schedule 1.1 (A) and which: (i) are effected, bound or issued on or prior to the Effective Date and (ii) are in force as of the Effective Date or (iii) are subject to being renewed or reinstated in accordance with their terms on the Effective Date and (b) all individual variable life insurance policies which are required to be issued by the Company prior to or after the Effective Date following the exercise of conversion rights in accordance with the terms of the individual life policies coinsured by the Reinsurer under the Coinsurance Agreement; provided, however, that Policies shall not include any policies that are coinsured or administered by LLANY pursuant to the applicable Ancillary Agreements.

“Policyholders” means policyholders, insureds, and assignees under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies.

“Post-Closing Policies” means the individual variable life insurance policies issued by ALIAC after the Effective Date pursuant to Article V of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Premiums” means premiums, considerations, deposits and similar receipts with respect to the Policies or Post-Closing Policies.

“Producers” means all LBMs, MGAs, brokers, agents, general agents, COLI specialty brokers, broker-dealers, producers or other Persons who market or produce the Policies and who (a) have been appointed by the Company, and (b) are entitled to receive Commissions from the Company.

 

-4-


“Recapture Rights” means the right of the Company to recapture the Policies and Post-Closing Policies pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof.

“Separate Account Assets” means the assets described on Schedule 1.1(B) hereto which constitute the Separate Accounts.

“Separate Account Liabilities” means the liabilities or obligations arising under the express terms and conditions of the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, to the extent payable out of the Separate Accounts in accordance with the terms of the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies.

“Separate Account Reserves” means the reserves associated with the Policies and Post-Closing Policies which are held in the Company’s Separate Accounts, determined in accordance with Connecticut SAP.

“Separate Accounts” means the specific separate accounts of the Company identified in Schedule 1.1 (C) hereto.

“Taxes” (or “Tax” as the context may require) means any tax, however denominated, imposed by any federal, state, local, municipal, territorial, provincial or foreign government or any agency or political subdivision of any such government (a “Taxing Authority”), including, without limitation, any tax imposed under Subtitle A of the Code and any net income, alternative or add-on minimum tax, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, gains, goods and services, production, documentary, recording, social security, unemployment, disability, workers’ compensation, estimated, ad valorem, value added, transfer, franchise, profits, license, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, capital stock, occupation, personal or real property, environmental or windfall profit tax, premiums, custom, duty or other tax, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Taxing Authority relating thereto.

“Termination Date” means the date on which this Agreement is terminated in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article XII hereof.

“Transition Services Agreement” means the Transition Services Agreement among the Company, ALIC, LLANY and the Reinsurer.

ARTICLE II

BASIS OF MODIFIED COINSURANCE AND BUSINESS COINSURED

2.1 Modified Coinsurance . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby cedes or retrocedes, as the case may be, on a modified coinsurance basis to the Reinsurer as of the Effective Date, and the Reinsurer hereby accepts and agrees to indemnity reinsure on a modified coinsurance basis as of the Effective Date, one hundred percent (100%) of the Separate Account Liabilities arising under or relating to the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies. This Agreement shall not continue or create any legal relationship whatsoever between the Reinsurer and Persons who own or are insured under the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies. Except as expressly provided herein, this Agreement does not reinsure any policy written by the Company or the Reinsurer after the Effective Date. The reinsurance effected under this Agreement shall be maintained in force, without reduction, unless such reinsurance is terminated, reduced or recaptured as provided herein.

 

-5-


2.2 Reinstatements, Conversions and Exchanges . Conversions and Exchanges. In no event shall the modified coinsurance provided hereunder with respect to a particular Policy be in force and binding unless such Policy is in force and binding as of the Effective Date provided , however , that the Policies and Post-Closing Policies reinsured shall include (a) all Post-Closing Policies (b) all lapsed or surrendered Policies or Post-Closing Policies reinstated. in accordance with their terms on and after the Effective Date; and (c) all Policies reinstated, in accordance with their terms on and after the Effective Date pursuant to any option provided under the terms of any policies coinsured by the Reinsurer pursuant to any Ancillary Agreement for the conversion of such policies to a variable individual life insurance policy. Upon the reinstatement of any lapsed or surrendered Policy or Post-Closing Policy, such Policy or Post-Closing Policy shall be automatically reinsured hereunder.

2.3 Separate Accounts . (a) For each of the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, the amount to be invested on a variable basis in accordance with the terms of such Policies and Post-Closing Policies shall be held by the Company in the Separate Accounts, and all Premiums or other deposits with respect to such Policies and Post-Closing Policies shall be deposited in the Separate Accounts to the extent required by such Policies and Post-Closing Policies.

(b) For each of the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, the amount to be paid with respect to surrenders, loans, death benefits or any other amounts to be paid out of the assets of the Separate Accounts in accordance with the terms of such Policies and Post-Closing Policies shall be paid out of such assets.

2.4 Reserves . The Company shall retain, control and own the Separate Account Reserves and all Separate Account Assets.

2.5 Policy Changes or Reductions . In the event of a material change in the provisions and conditions of a Policy or a Post-Closing Policy (provided that such change is not in violation of Section 4.4 hereof), a corresponding change in the related modified coinsurance and any appropriate cash adjustments shall be made consistent with the policy change rules of the Company. If the face amount of a Policy or a Post-Closing Policy is reduced or increased, the amount coinsured by the Reinsurer shall be reduced or increased accordingly.

ARTICLE III

RESERVE ADJUSTMENTS: ACCOUNTINGS

3.1 Ceding Commission . The Reinsurer shall pay to the Company on the Closing Date a Ceding Commission in the amount of $82,987,000. The Ceding Commission shall be credited to the Company as a reduction in the amount of cash or cash equivalents included within the Transferred Assets (as defined in the Coinsurance Agreement) to be transferred by the Company to the Reinsurer pursuant to the Coinsurance Agreement. In accordance with Section 2.4 of this Agreement, there shall be no transfer of Separate Account Reserves or Separate Account Assets at the Closing.

 

-6-


3.2 Monthly Reserve Adjustment . The “Monthly Reserve Adjustment” for any month shall be an amount equal to the Separate Account Reserves at the end of such month, minus (i) the amount transferred from the Company’s general account to the Separate Accounts for the Policies and Post-Closing Policies during such month; plus (ii) the amount transferred from the Separate Accounts to the general account for the Policies and Post-Closing Policies during such month, excluding policy charges and fees deducted from the Separate Accounts for the Policies and Post-Closing Policies; minus (iii) the amount equal to the Separate Account Reserves at the end of the month preceding such calendar month; minus (iv) the amount equal to the sum of all earned investment income and capital gains and losses, realized and unrealized, with respect to the Policies and Post-Closing Policies in the Separate Accounts during such calendar month. On a monthly basis, commencing with the month in which the Closing occurs, an amount equal to the Monthly Reserve Adjustment will be shown as a credit to the Reinsurer on the Accountings required by Sections 3.5 and 3.6 below, if the foregoing formula yields a negative amount, or as a credit to the Company on such Accountings, if the foregoing formula yields a positive amount. The Monthly Reserve Adjustment shall be calculated on a pre-tax basis.

3.3 Interest on Accrued for Expense Allowance . On a monthly basis, commencing with the month in which the Closing occurs, an amount equal to the pre-tax interest on the preceding month “Accrued for Expense Allowance Recognized in Reserves” (as shown on page 3, line 13A of the NAIC Annual Statement Blank Form for 1997) where the interest rate equals 1/12 x [month end 10-year Treasure rate + 75 basis points] will be shown as a credit to the Company on the Accountings.

3.4 Payments from Mutual Fund Organizations . On a monthly basis, commencing with the month in which the Closing occurs, an amount equal to the pre-tax amount of any expense reimbursement (other than “soft dollars”), indemnification or revenue-sharing payments made to the Company by any mutual fund organization attributable to the use of such organization’s mutual funds as funding vehicles for the Policies or the Post-Closing Policies will be shown as a credit to the Reinsurer on the Accountings.

3.5 Interim Monthly Accountings . The Company shall provide the Reinsurer with an Interim Monthly Accounting of the Monthly Reserve Adjustment and the amounts contemplated by Sections 3.3 and 3.4 of this Agreement as of the end of each calendar month, no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such month; provided , however , that the first Interim Monthly Accounting shall be provided to the Reinsurer no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of the month in which the Closing Date fell and the final Interim Monthly Accounting shall be delivered no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the date on which the Company is no longer providing accounting services under the Transition Services Agreement. The Company shall provide such Accounting in a format that is mutually acceptable to the Company and the Reinsurer.

3.6 Monthly Accountings . Beginning with and after the first calendar month during which the Company is no longer providing accounting services under the Transition Services Agreement, the Reinsurer shall provide the Company with a Monthly Accounting of the Monthly Reserve Adjustment and the amounts contemplated by Sections 3.3 and 3.4 of this Agreement as of the end of each calendar month, no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such month; provided , however , that the first Monthly Accounting shall be provided to the Company no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of the first calendar month during

 

-7-


which the Company is no longer providing accounting services under the Transition Services Agreement and the Reinsurer shall deliver the final Monthly Accounting no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the Termination Date; provided , further , that in the event that subsequent data or calculations require revision of the final Monthly Accounting, the required revision and any appropriate payments shall be made in cash by the parties five (5) Business Days after they mutually agree as to the appropriate revision. The Reinsurer shall provide such Accounting in a format that is mutually acceptable to the Company and the Reinsurer.

3.7 Monthly Payments . If an Accounting reflects a balance due to the party to which the Accounting is delivered, the amount(s) shown as due shall be paid within five (5) Business Days of the delivery of the Accounting. If (a) an Accounting reflects a balance due the party that prepared the Accounting and (b) the party receiving the Accounting does not object to the Accounting within five (5) Business Days of its delivery, the amount(s) shown as due shall be paid within seven (7) Business Days after the date on which the Accounting was delivered. Any dispute over any amount shown on an Accounting that cannot be amicably resolved by the parties shall be resolved pursuant to the procedures set forth in Article X.

3.8 Delayed Payments . If there is a delayed settlement of any payment due hereunder, interest will accrue on such payment at the three month London Interbank Offering Rate (LIBOR) as published in The Wall Street Journal , Eastern Edition, in effect on the day such payment is due. For purposes of this Section 3.8, a payment will be considered overdue and such interest will begin to accrue, on the date which is five (5) Business Days after the date such payment is due.

3.9 Offset Rights . Any debts or credits incurred on and after the Effective Date in favor of or against either the Company or Reinsurer with respect to this Agreement are deemed mutual debts or credits, as the case may be, and shall be set off, and only the balance shall be allowed or paid.

3.10 Third-Party Reinsurance . In the event the Reinsurer desires to retrocede to any third-party reinsurer (whether or not Affiliated with the Reinsurer) any portion of the Separate Account Liabilities reinsured by it under this Agreement, the Reinsurer shall be responsible for obtaining such retrocessional coverage at its sole expense.

3.11 Premium Taxes and Assessments . In connection with the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, and except for the DAC tax issues specifically addressed by Article VIII of this Agreement, all matters regarding Taxes or assessments by state guaranty or insolvency or similar associations or funds shall be governed by the Coinsurance Agreement.

ARTICLE IV

POLICY ADMINISTRATION

4.1 Interim Servicing . During the period from the Effective Date through the termination of the Transition Services Agreement with respect to each service provided by the Company thereunder, the Company has agreed to continue to provide certain Policyholder services for the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies.

 

-8-


4.2 Transfer of Servicing Obligations . On and after the date on which a service is no longer being provided pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, and pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement, the Reinsurer has agreed to provide Policyholder service for the Policies, the Post-Closing Policies and the Separate Accounts and to supply to the Company on a timely basis copies of accounting and other records pertaining to such service. The parties hereby agree that the Policies, the Post-Closing Policies and the Separate Accounts shall be administrated pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement. The Company shall not be obligated to pay any additional monies to Reinsurer for such administrative services.

4.3 Regulatory Matters . If the Company or the Reinsurer receives notice of, or otherwise becomes aware of any regulatory inquiry, investigation or proceeding relating to the Policies, the Post-Closing Policies or the Separate Accounts, the Company or the Reinsurer, as applicable, shall promptly notify the other party thereof, whereupon the parties shall cooperate in good faith and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such matter in a mutually satisfactory manner, in light of all the relevant business, regulatory and legal facts and circumstances.

4.4 Policy Changes . Neither the Company nor the Reinsurer shall make any changes to the Company’s policy forms except with the express written consent of the other party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) or if (a) the changes are required by Applicable Law and (b) the Reinsurer gives the Company prior notice in writing of the nature of such required changes in the manner provided by the Administrative Services Agreement.

ARTICLE V

OVERSIGHTS

5.1 Oversights . Inadvertent delays, errors or omissions made in connection with this Agreement or any transaction hereunder shall not relieve either party from any liability which would have attached had such delay, error or omission not occurred, provided always that such error or omission is rectified as soon as possible after discovery, and provided that the party making such error or omission or responsible for such delay shall be responsible for any additional liability which attaches as a result.

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.1 Conditions Precedent . This Agreement shall not become effective unless and until (a) all state insurance regulatory authorities whose approval is required shall have approved this Agreement in writing, and (b) all applicable waiting periods under any federal or state statute or regulation shall have expired or been terminated.

ARTICLE VII

DUTY OF COOPERATION

7.1 Cooperation . Each party hereto shall cooperate fully with the other in all reasonable respects in order to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement.

 

-9-


ARTICLE VIII

DAC TAX

8.1 Election . In accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.848-2(g)(8), the Company and Reinsurer hereby elect to determine specified policy acquisition expenses with respect to this Agreement without regard to the general deductions limitation of Section 848(c)(1) of the Code.

(a) All uncapitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the regulations under Section 848 of the Code.

(b) The party with net positive consideration under this Agreement for each taxable year shall capitalize specified policy acquisition expenses with respect to this Agreement without regard to the general deductions limitation of Section 848(c)(1) of the Code.

(c) Both parties agree to exchange information pertaining to the amount of net consideration under this Agreement each year to ensure consistency.

(d) The Company shall submit a schedule to the Reinsurer by May 1 of each year of its calculation of the net consideration under this Agreement for the preceding taxable year. This schedule of calculations shall be accompanied by a statement signed by an authorized representative of the Company stating that the Company shall report such net consideration in its federal income tax return for the preceding taxable year.

(e) The Reinsurer may contest such calculation by providing an alternative calculation to the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after the date on which the Reinsurer receives the Company’s calculation. If the Reinsurer does not so notify the Company, the Reinsurer shall report the net consideration under this Agreement as determined by the Company in the Reinsurer’s federal income tax return for the preceding taxable year.

(f) If Reinsurer contests the Company’s calculation of the net consideration under this Agreement, the parties shall act in good faith to reach an agreement as to the correct amount of net consideration within thirty (30) days after the date on which the Reinsurer submits its alternative calculation. If Reinsurer and the Company reach agreement as to the amount of net consideration under this Agreement, each party shall report such amount in its federal income tax return for the preceding taxable year.

If, during such period, Reinsurer and the Company are unable to reach agreement, they shall promptly thereafter cause independent accountants of nationally recognized standing reasonably satisfactory to Reinsurer and the Company (who shall not have any material relationship with Reinsurer or the Company), promptly to review (which review shall commence no later than five (5) days after the selection of such independent accountants), this Agreement and the calculations of Reinsurer and the Company for the purpose of calculating the net consideration under this Agreement. In making such calculation, such independent accountants shall consider only those items or amounts in the Company’s calculation as to which the Reinsurer has disagreed.

 

-10-


Such independent accountants shall deliver to Reinsurer and the Company, as promptly as practicable (but no later than sixty (60) days after the commencement of their review), a report setting forth such calculation, which calculation shall result in a net consideration between the amount thereof shown in the Company’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(d) and the amount thereof shown in Reinsurer’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(e). Such report shall be final and binding upon Reinsurer and the Company. The fees, costs and expenses of such independent accountant shall be borne (i) by the Company if the difference between the net consideration as calculated by the independent accountants and the Company’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(d) is greater than the difference between the net consideration as calculated by the independent accountants and Reinsurer’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(e), (ii) by the Reinsurer if the first such difference is less than the second such difference, and (iii) otherwise equally by Reinsurer and the Company.

(g) This election shall be effective for the 1998 taxable year and for all subsequent taxable years for which this Agreement remains in effect.

(h) Both parties agree to attach a schedule to their respective federal income tax returns for the first taxable year ending after the date on which this election become effective which identifies this Agreement as a reinsurance agreement for which an election has been made under Treasury Regulations Section 1.848-2(g)(8).

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION AND RECAPTURE

9.1 Reinsurer’s Obligation to Indemnify . Subject to any limitation contained in the Asset Purchase Agreement and without prejudice to any indemnity rights under the Coinsurance Agreement, Reinsurer hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company and its directors, officers, employees, representatives (excluding the Producers), Affiliates, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “Company Indemnified Parties”) from and against all Losses asserted against, imposed upon or incurred by any Company Indemnified Party arising from: (i) any breach or nonfulfillment by Reinsurer of, or any failure by Reinsurer to perform, any of the covenants, terms or conditions of, or any duties or obligations under, this Agreement; and (ii) any enforcement of this indemnity.

9.2 Company’s Obligation to Indemnify . Subject to any limitation contained in the Asset Purchase Agreement and without prejudice to any indemnity rights under the Coinsurance Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Reinsurer and its directors, officers, employees, representatives (excluding the Producers), Affiliates, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “Reinsurer Indemnified Parties”) from and against all Losses assessed against, imposed upon or incurred by any Reinsurer Indemnified Party arising from: (i) any breach or nonfulfillment by the Company of, or any failure by the Company to perform, any of the covenants, terms or conditions of, or any duties or obligations under, this Agreement; and (ii) any enforcement of this indemnity.

9.3 Certain Definitions and Procedures . For purposes of this Article IX, “Loss” or “Losses” shall mean actions, claims, losses, liabilities, damages, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), interest and penalties. In the event either Reinsurer or the Company shall have a claim for indemnity against the other party under the terms of this Agreement, the parties shall follow the procedures set forth in Sections 9.02, 9.03 and 9.04 of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

 

-11-


9.4 Recapture Rights

(a) Recapture Events . From and after the Closing Date, any of the following occurrences shall constitute an event that entitles the Company to exercise the recapture remedy set forth in this Section 9.4 (individually or collectively, as the context indicates, a “Recapture Event”):

 

  (i) Reinsurer ceases to maintain any of (A) an A.M. Best Company rating of at least B+, (B) a Standard & Poor’s Corporation insurer financial strength rating of at least BB+, and (C) a Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. claims-paying ability rating of at least Ba1; or

 

  (ii) Reinsurer fails to (A) maintain a ratio of (i) Total Adjusted Capital (as defined in the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act or in the rules and procedures prescribed by the NAIC with respect thereto, in each case as in effect as of December 31, 1997) to (ii) the Company Action Level RBC (as defined in the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act or in the rules and procedures prescribed by the NAIC with respect thereto, in each case as in effect as of December 31, 1997) of at least 160 percent; or (B) maintain a Standard & Poor’s Corporation’s capital adequacy ratio (calculated in accordance with the rules and procedures in effect on the Contract Date) of at least 100 percent; or

 

  (iii) a petition for insolvency, rehabilitation, conservation, supervision, liquidation or similar proceeding is filed by or against the Reinsurer or its statutory representative in any jurisdiction; or

 

  (iv) this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; or

 

  (v) within thirty (30) calendar days of the termination of the Administrative Services Agreement in accordance with its terms, (A) Reinsurer does not take all steps necessary to arrange for a third-party administrator acceptable to the Company in its sole discretion, reasonably exercised, to provide all administrative services to be provided pursuant to the terminated Administrative Services Agreement at the cost of Reinsurer or (B) such third-party administrator fails to enter into an administrative service agreement with the Company, satisfactory in form and substance to the Company in its sole discretion, reasonably exercised; or

 

  (vi) a Recapture Event occurs pursuant to Section 9.07(b)(ix) of the Asset Purchase Agreement; or

 

  (vii) a Recapture Event occurs under the Coinsurance Agreement.

 

-12-


The occurrence of any Recapture Event shall entitle the Company to elect recapture remedies hereunder.

(b) Notice to the Company . The Reinsurer shall provide the Company with:

 

  (i) written notice of any downgrade in the Reinsurer’s A. M. Best Company rating or its Standard & Poor’s Corporation insurer financial strength rating or its Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. claims-paying ability rating within three (3) Business Days after the Reinsurer’s receipt of notice of such adjustment;

 

  (ii) a written report of the calculation of the Reinsurer’s Total Adjusted Capital and Authorized Control Level RBC based on the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act and/or the rules and procedures in effect as of December 31, 1997 and Standard & Poor’s Corporation’s capital adequacy ratio (based on the rules and procedures in effect on the Contract Date) as of the end of each calendar quarter within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such quarter;

 

  (iii) written notice of the occurrence of any Recapture Event within two (2) Business Days after its occurrence; and

 

  (iv) not less than annually, a written report, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, certifying that no Recapture Event has occurred during the period covered by such report or is continuing as of the last day of the last day of such period, together with the appropriate calculations and back up reasonably necessary to substantiate the basis of the Reinsurer’s certification.

The Company may, at its own expense, review the Reinsurer’s books and records to confirm the risk based capital calculations provided by the Reinsurer pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(ii). In addition, Reinsurer shall (A) cooperate fully with the Company and promptly respond to the Company’s inquiries from time to time concerning the Reinsurer’s financial condition, operating results and any events, occurrences or other matters which arise on and after the Effective Date and which reasonably relate to the Business or Reinsurer’s ability to perform and discharge its obligations under the Asset Purchase Agreement, this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements and (B) provide to the Company such financial statements, reports, internal control letters and reports prepared by auditors and other third parties, SAS-70 reports and other documents of the Reinsurer as the Company may reasonably request from time to time.

(c) Recapture . Upon the occurrence of any Recapture Event, the Company may elect to recapture, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below all, but not less than all, of the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies ceded hereunder. The Company shall give the Reinsurer written notice of its election (the “Election Notice”) specifying the grounds for the exercise of its remedies pursuant to this Section 9.4, the fact of recapture, and the effective date of recapture. Any recapture by the Company shall not be deemed to have been consummated until (i) the Company has given the Reinsurer an Election Notice pursuant to Section 9.4(c); and (ii) the Company has received payment of the entire Recapture Fee as defined in the Coinsurance Agreement. The Reinsurer shall

 

-13-


promptly pay the Company the full amount of the Recapture Fee. Following the consummation of the recapture of Policies and Post-Closing Policies pursuant to this Section 9.4(c), no additional premiums, deposits or other amounts payable under or in connection with such Policies and Post-Closing Policies, including but not limited to all amounts payable to the Reinsurer according to Article III of this Agreement shall be ceded to the Reinsurer hereunder.

(d) Resort to Collateral . Notwithstanding the remedies contemplated by this Section 9.4, the other Ancillary Agreements and the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, require direct payment by the Reinsurer of any sum in default under the Asset Purchase Agreement, this Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement in lieu of exercising the remedies in this Section 9.4, and it shall be no defense to any such claim that the Company might have had recourse to the recapture remedy.

(e) Certain Remedies . The Company and Reinsurer acknowledge that any damage caused to the Company by reason of the breach by the Reinsurer or any of its successors in interest of this Section 9.4 could not be adequately compensated for in monetary damages alone;

therefore, each party agrees that, in addition to any other remedies at law or otherwise, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance of this Section 9.4 or an injunction to be issued by a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to Section 13.7 hereof restraining and enjoining any violation of this Section 9.4, in addition to such other equitable or legal remedies as such court may determine. The Company and Reinsurer hereby release, waive and discharge any and all claims and causes of action asserting in any way that any remedy of the Company including, without limitation, the Company’s recapture remedy hereunder and under Article IX of the Asset Purchase Agreement is not valid, binding or enforceable. The Company and the Reinsurer are forever estopped and barred from making any such assertion in any context or forum whatsoever.

ARTICLE X

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

10.1 Other Disputes over Calculations . After the Closing Date, any dispute between the parties with respect to the calculation of amounts which are to be calculated, reported, or which may be audited pursuant to this Agreement (other than disputes relating to calculations relating to DAC tax, which shall be resolved in accordance with Article VIII hereof), which cannot be resolved by the parties within sixty (60) calendar days, shall be referred to an independent accounting firm of national recognized standing (which shall not have any material relationship with the Reinsurer or the Company) mutually agreed to by the parties; provided , however , that where the dispute involves an actuarial issue, the dispute shall instead be referred to an independent actuarial firm of national recognized standing (which shall not have any material relationship with the Reinsurer or the Company) mutually agreed to by the parties. There shall be no appeal from the decision made by such firm except that, pursuant to Section 11.07 of the Asset Purchase Agreement, either party may petition a court having jurisdiction over the parties and subject matter to reduce the arbitrator’s decision to judgment. The fees charged by the accounting firm or actuarial firm, as applicable, to resolve the dispute shall be allocated between the Company and the Reinsurer by such firm in accordance with its judgment as to the relative merits of the parties’ positions in respect of the dispute.

 

-14-


ARTICLE XI

INSOLVENCY

11.1 Insolvency Clause . In the event of the insolvency of the Company, all modified coinsurance made, ceded, renewed or otherwise becoming effective under this Agreement shall be payable by the Reinsurer directly to the Company or to its liquidator, receiver or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Company under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company. It is understood, however, that in the event of the insolvency of the Company, the liquidator or receiver or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice of the pendency of a claim against the Company on a Policy or Post-Closing Policy within a reasonable period of time after such claim is filed in the insolvency proceedings and that during the pendency of such claim the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated any defense or defenses which it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator or receiver or statutory successor. It is further understood that the expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to court approval, against the Company as part of the expense of liquidation to the extent of a proportionate share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

ARTICLE XII

DURATION

12.1 Duration . This Agreement shall continue in force until such time that the Reinsurer’s liability with respect to all Policies and Post-Closing Policies reinsured hereunder is terminated pursuant to Section 12.2.

12.2 Reinsurer’s Liability . The liability of the Reinsurer under this Agreement with respect to any Policy or Post-Closing Policy will begin simultaneously with that of the Company, but not prior to the Effective Date. The Reinsurer’s liability with respect to any Policy will terminate on the earliest of: (a) the date such Policy or Post-Closing Policy is recaptured in accordance with Section 9.4; or (b) the date the Company’s liability on such Policy or Post-Closing Policy is terminated in accordance with its terms. Termination of the Reinsurer’s liability under clauses (a) and (b) herein is subject to the Company’s actual receipt of payments which discharge such liability in full in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. In no event shall the interpretation of this Section 12.2 imply a unilateral right of the Reinsurer to terminate this Agreement.

12.3 Survival . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article XII, the terms and conditions of Article I, VIII, IX and X and Section 13.2 shall remain in full force and effect after the Termination Date.

 

-15-


ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

13.1 Notices . Any notice or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when (a) mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, (b) mailed by overnight express mail or other nationally recognized overnight or same-day delivery service or (c) delivered in person to the parties at the following addresses:

If to the Company, to:

Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company

151 Farmington Avenue

Hartford, Connecticut 06156

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Aetna Retirement Services, Inc.

151 Farmington Avenue Hartford,

Connecticut 06156

Attention: General Counsel

Lord, Bissell & Brook

115 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Attention: James R. Dwyer

If to the Reinsurer, to:

The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

1300 South Clinton

P.O. Box 1110

Fort Wayne, Indiana 46801

Attention: Carl Baker

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan LLP

1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20004

Attention: David A. Massey

Either party may change the names or addresses where notice is to be given by providing notice to the other party of such change in accordance with this Section 13.1.

 

-16-


13.2 Confidentiality . Each of the parties shall maintain the confidentiality of all information related to the Policies and Post-Closing Policies and all other information denominated as confidential by the other party provided to it in connection with this Agreement, and shall not disclose such information to any third parties without prior written consent of the other party, except as may be permitted by Sections 5.18 and 11.02 of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

13.3 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Coinsurance Agreement, the other Ancillary Agreements, the Asset Purchase Agreement, the other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby, and the Exhibits and the Schedules hereto and thereto contain the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto. Except for those matters specifically addressed in Article VII of this Agreement, in the event that there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of the Coinsurance Agreement, the language of the Coinsurance Agreement shall govern.

13.4 Waivers and Amendments . Any term or condition of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the party that is entitled to the benefit thereof such waiver must be in writing and must be executed by an executive officer of such party. A waiver on one occasion shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the same or any other term or condition on a future occasion. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a writing duly executed by an executive officer of the Company and the Reinsurer, respectively.

13.5 No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement constitutes an indemnity reinsurance agreement solely between the Company and the Reinsurer, and is intended solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted successors and assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer any rights as a third-party beneficiary to this Agreement upon any other Person as to any other term, condition or provision of this Agreement.

13.6 Assignment . This Agreement shall not be assigned by either of the parties hereto without the prior written approval of the other party.

13.7 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT, WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CONFLICTS OF LAW DOCTRINE. ALL ISSUES RELATING TO VENUE AND JURISDICTION SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SECTION 11.07 OF THE ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

13.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

13.9 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or. unenforceable under any present or future law or if determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, and if the rights or obligations of the Company or the Reinsurer under this Agreement will not be materially and adversely affected thereby, such provision shall be fully severable, and this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom.

 

-17-


13.10 Schedules, Exhibits and Paragraph Headings . Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto are made a part of this Agreement. Paragraph headings are provided for reference purposes only and are not made a part of this Agreement.

13.11 Expenses . Except as explicitly provided to the contrary herein or in the Asset Purchase Agreement, each party shall be solely responsible for all expenses it incurs in connection with this Agreement or in consummating the transactions contemplated hereby or performing the obligations imposed hereby, including, without limitation, the cost of its attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors.

13.12 No Prejudice . The parties agree that this Agreement has been jointly negotiated and drafted by the parties hereto and that the terms hereof shall not be construed in favor of or against any party on account of its participation in such negotiations and drafting.

 

-18-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed effective this 1 st day of October , 1998.

 

AETNA LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
By:   /s/ Catherine H. Smith
  Name:    Catherine H. Smith
  Title:      Chief Financial Officer

 

THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE

INSURANCE COMPANY

By:   /s/ Keith J. Ryan
  Name:    Keith J. Ryan
  Title:      Senior Vice President and Chief
               Financial Officer

 

-19-

Exhibit 10.26

EXECUTION COPY

COINSURANCE AGREEMENT

between the

AETNA LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

(referred to as the Company)

and

LINCOLN LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY OF NEW YORK

(referred to as the Reinsurer)

Dated as of October 1, 1998


INDEX OF SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.1(A)   Policy Forms
Schedule 1.1(B)   Separate Account Assets
Schedule 1.1(C)   Separate Accounts
Schedule 1.1(D)   Third-Party Reinsurance


INDEX OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A    Recapture Fee Formula
Exhibit B    Form of Security Trust Agreement
Exhibit C    Closing Date Liabilities Methodology Calculation
Exhibit D    Calculation of Reinsurance Trust Required Balance


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

           Page  

ARTICLE I

  DEFINITIONS      1   

1.1

  Definitions      1   

ARTICLE II

  BASIS OF COINSURANCE AND BUSINESS COINSURED      9   

2.1

  Coinsurance      9   

2.2

  Reinsurer Extra Contractual Obligations      10   

2.3

  Reinstatements, Conversions and Exchanges      10   

2.4

  Certain Policy Elements      10   

2.5

  Reserves      10   

2.6

  Separate Account Reserves      11   

2.7

  Policy Changes or Reductions      11   

ARTICLE III

  ACCOUNTINGS AND TRANSFER OF ASSETS      11   

3.1

  Ceding Commission      11   

3.2

  Transfer of Assets      11   

3.3

  Post-Closing Adjustments      12   

3.4

  Interim Monthly Accountings      12   

3.5

  Monthly Accountings      12   

3.6

  Monthly Payments      13   

3.7

  Delayed Payments      13   

3.8

  Offset Rights      13   

3.9

  Premium Taxes and Assessments      13   

ARTICLE IV

  POLICY ADMINISTRATION      14   

4.1

  Interim Servicing      14   

4.2

  Transfer of Servicing Obligations      14   

4.3

  Regulatory Matters      14   

4.4

  Policy Changes      14   

ARTICLE V

  OVERSIGHTS      15   

5.1

  Oversights      15   

ARTICLE VI

  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      15   

6.1

  Conditions Precedent      15   

ARTICLE VII

  DUTY OF COOPERATION      15   

7.1

  Cooperation      15   

ARTICLE VIII

  DAC TAX      15   

8.1

  Ejection      15   

ARTICLE IX

  INDEMNIFICATION AND RECAPTURE      17   

9.1

  Reinsurer’s Obligation to Indemnify      17   

9.2

  Company’s Obligation to Indemnify      17   

 

-i-


9.3

  Certain Definitions and Procedures      17   

9.4

  Security Trust Account and Recapture Rights      17   

ARTICLE X

  DISPUTE RESOLUTION      23   

10.1

  Other Disputes over Calculations      23   

ARTICLE XI

  INSOLVENCY      24   

11.1

  Insolvency Clause      24   

ARTICLE XII

  DURATION      24   

12.1

  Duration      24   

12.2

  Reinsurer’s Liability      24   

12.3

  Survival      25   

ARTICLE XIII

  MISCELLANEOUS      25   

13.1

  Notices      25   

13.2

  Confidentiality      26   

13.3

  Entire Agreement      26   

13.4

  Waivers and Amendments      26   

13.5

  No Third Party Beneficiaries      26   

13.6

  Assignment      26   

13.7

  Governing Law      26   

13.8

  Counterparts      27   

13.9

  Severability      27   

13.10

  Schedules, Exhibits and Paragraph Headings      27   

13.11

  Expenses      27   

13.12

  No Prejudice      27   

 

-ii-


COINSURANCE AGREEMENT

THIS COINSURANCE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) made by and between Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company, a Connecticut domiciled stock life insurance company (the “Company”) and Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York, a New York domiciled stock life insurance company (the “Reinsurer”).

WHEREAS, the Company has issued or reinsured from other insurance companies, including Aetna Life Insurance Company, a Connecticut domiciled stock life insurance company (“ALIC”), certain Policies (as defined below);

WHEREAS, the Company, ALIC, the Reinsurer, and The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the State of Indiana, have entered into a Second Amended and Restated Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 21,1998 (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company has agreed to cede and transfer to the Reinsurer certain liabilities arising under the Policies (as defined below) and the Post-Closing Policies (as defined below) for the consideration specified herein and the Reinsurer has agreed to reinsure such liabilities on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Reinsurer perform certain administrative functions on behalf of the Company with respect to the Policies, and the Company, ALIC and Reinsurer have entered into the NY Administrative Services Agreement of even date herewith (the “NY Administrative Services Agreement”) pursuant to which the Reinsurer shall provide such administrative services.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual and several promises and undertakings herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Reinsurer agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions . The following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below throughout this Agreement:

“Accounting” means an Interim Monthly Accounting or a Monthly Accounting, as applicable.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, at the time in question, any other Person Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with such Person. “Control” (including the terms “Controlling,” “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, the holding of policyholders’ proxies by contract other than a commercial contract for goods or non-management services, or otherwise, unless the power is the result of an official position with or corporate office held by the Person. Except as provided otherwise in this Agreement, control is presumed to exist if any Person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds shareholders’ proxies representing 25% or more of the voting securities of any other Person, or holds or controls sufficient policyholders’ proxies, or is entitled by contract or otherwise, to nominate, appoint or to elect the majority of the board of directors or comparable governing body of any other Person.


“ALIAC” means Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company, a stock life Insurance company organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut.

“ALIC” means Aetna Life Insurance Company, a stock life Insurance company organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut.

“Ancillary Agreements” means the various agreements collectively defined as “Ancillary Agreements” in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Annual Statement” means the Company’s convention form statutory annual statement, together with all required schedules and supplements thereto, as filed with the Insurance Department of the State of Connecticut.

“Applicable Law” means any domestic or foreign federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance or code, or any written rules, regulations or administrative interpretations issued by any Governmental Authority pursuant to any of the foregoing, and any order, writ, injunction, directive, judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction applicable to the parties hereto.

“Asset Purchase Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Asset Purchase Agreement by and among the Company, ALIC, the Reinsurer and The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, dated as of May 21, 1998.

“Books and Records” means the originals or copies of all customer lists, policy information, policy forms and rating plans, disclosure and other documents and filings, including statutory filings, required under all Applicable Laws, administrative records, reinsurance records, claim records, sales records, underwriting records, financial records, Tax records and compliance records in the possession or control of the Company and relating principally to the operation of the Business including, without limitation, any database, magnetic or optical media (to the extent not subject to licensing restrictions) and any other form of recorded, computer generated or stored information or process, but excluding: (a) the Company’s original certificate of incorporation, bylaws, corporate seal, licenses to do business, minute books and other corporate records relating to corporate organization and capitalization; (b) original Tax and corporate accounting records relating to the Business; (c) any original books and records relating to the Retained Liabilities; (d) any records that are subject to attorney-client privilege; and (e) the Retained Contracts and any records relating thereto.

“Business” means marketing, issuing and administering the Policies in the United States and the other business activities reasonably related thereto, in each case as currently conducted by the Company or, where so specified herein, as to be conducted by the Reinsurer following the Closing Date.

 

-2-


“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, a day on which banking institutions in the State of Connecticut are permitted or obligated by Applicable Law to be closed or a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed for trading.

“Ceding Commission” means the aggregate ceding allowance payable by the Reinsurer to the Company in connection with the reinsurance of the Policies hereunder.

“Closing” means the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

“Closing Balance Sheet” means the pro forma balance sheet of the Business as of the last day of the second month preceding the month in which the Closing shall occur, which shall be prepared and delivered by the Company to the Reinsurer not later than the fifth day prior to the Closing Date in accordance with Article II of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Closing Date” means the date on which the Closing occurs.

“Closing Date Liabilities” means, as of any date, the General Account Reserves and other statutory liabilities relating to the Business, which shall be (a) estimated and reflected in the Closing Balance Sheet as of the last day of the second month preceding the month in which the Closing shall occur; and (b) subsequently adjusted and reflected in the Revised Closing Balance Sheet and Final Closing Balance Sheet as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the last day of the month immediately preceding the month in which the Closing Date falls. The Closing Date Liabilities shall be determined and reported in accordance with the methodology set forth on Exhibit C.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“Commissions” mean all commissions, expense allowances, benefit credits and other fees and compensation payable to Producers.

“Connecticut SAP” means the statutory accounting principles and practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Department of the State of Connecticut.

“Contract Date” means May 21, 1998.

“Distribution Agreements” mean the agreements between the Company, on one hand, and Producers, on the other, with respect to the Policies as of April 13, 1998.

“Effective Date” means 12:01 a.m. Eastern Time on October 1, 1998.

“Election Notice” means a notice given by the Company to the Reinsurer with respect to the exercise of recapture or Security Trust remedies pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof.

“Event of Default” means any event described in Section 9.4 hereof which gives rise to Recapture Rights or other remedy.

 

-3-


“Extra Contractual Obligations” means all liabilities or obligations arising under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, exclusive of liabilities or obligations arising under the express terms and conditions of the Policies and Post-Closing Policies and the other Liabilities, but including, without limitation, any liability for fines, penalties, forfeitures, punitive, special, exemplary or other form of extra-contractual damages, which liabilities or obligations arise from any act, error or omission, whether or not intentional, negligent, in bad faith or otherwise relating to: (a) the marketing, sale, underwriting, production, issuance, cancellation or administration of the Policies or Post-Closing Policies; (b) the investigation, defense, trial, settlement or handling of claims, benefits, or payments under the Policies or Post-Closing Policies; or (c) the failure to pay, the delay in payment, or errors in calculating or administering the payment of benefits, claims or any other amounts due or alleged to be due under or in collection with the Policies or Post-Closing Policies.

“Final Closing Balance Sheet” means the final pro forma balance sheet of the Business as of the Closing Date prepared in accordance with Article II of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time.

“General Account Reserves” means the general account statutory reserves of the Company before reduction for accrued for expense allowances recognized in Separate Account Reserves (without regard to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) with respect to the Policies or Post-Closing Policies, as applicable, determined in accordance with Connecticut SAP.

“Governmental Authority” means any court, administrative or regulatory agency or commission, or other federal, state or local governmental authority or instrumentality or the National Association of Securities Dealers or national securities exchanges having jurisdiction over any party hereto.

“Interim Monthly Accounting” shall mean a monthly accounting prepared in accordance with Connecticut SAP and delivered by the Company to the Reinsurer in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.4 hereof.

“Liabilities” means all gross liabilities and obligations arising out of or relating to the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, other than the Retained Liabilities and Extra Contractual Obligations. The Liabilities shall include, without limitation: (a) the General Account Reserves; (b) all liabilities for incurred but not reported claims, benefits, interest on death claims or other payments arising under or relating to the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, whether or not (i) included within the General Account Reserves, or (ii) incurred before or after the Effective Date; (c) all liabilities arising out of any changes to the terms and conditions of the Policies and Post-Closing Policies mandated by Applicable Law whether or not incurred before or after the Effective Date; (d) premium Taxes due in respect of Premiums paid on or after the Effective Date (without giving effect to any credits due to the Company for any guaranty fund assessments paid by the Company prior to Closing), and all other Tax liabilities arising out of or relating to the Business or Post-Closing Policies for periods commencing on or after the Effective Date (except for income Taxes imposed on the Company under Subtitle A of the Code); (e) assessments and similar charges in connection with participation by the Company or Reinsurer, whether voluntary or involuntary, in any guaranty association established or governed by any state or other jurisdiction, arising on account of direct Premiums paid on or after the Effective Date; (f) Commissions payable with respect to the Policies and Post-Closing Policies to or for the benefit of the Producers who marketed or produced the Policies, in any case payable on or after the Effective Date; (g) any liability arising under the Transferred Contracts; (h) premiums, payments, fees or other consideration or amounts due on or after the Effective Date under any Third Party Reinsurance Agreements which are included with the Transferred Contracts; (i) all liabilities for amounts payable on or after the Effective Date for returns or refunds of Premiums; (j) all liabilities which relate to (i) amounts transferred from the Separate Accounts to the Company’s general accounts pending distribution to owners of the Variable Policies; and (ii) amounts held in the Company’s general account pending transfer to the Separate Accounts; (iii) any insurance liabilities or obligations arising under the Variable Policies (including any Variable Policies included within the Post-Closing Policies) that are not payable out of the assets of the Company’s Separate Account; and (k) all unclaimed property liabilities arising under or relating to the Policies and Post-Closing Policies.

 

-4-


“LIBOR” means a rate per annum equal to the three month London Interbank Offered Rate as published in The Wall Street Journal, Eastern Edition, in effect on the Closing Date.

“Market Value” means the market value of the assets held in a Security Trust, determined pursuant to Section 4.01 of the Security Trust Agreement.

“Monthly Accounting” shall mean a monthly accounting prepared in accordance with Connecticut SAP and delivered by the Reinsurer to the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.5 hereof.

“NAIC” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

“Non-Guaranteed Elements” mean cost of insurance charges, loads and expense charges, credited interest rates, mortality and expense charges, administrative expense risk charges, variable premium rates and variable paid-up amounts, as applicable, under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies.

“NY Administrative Services Agreement” means the NY Administrative Services Agreement by and between the Company, ALIC and the Reinsurer of even date herewith.

“NY Modified Coinsurance Agreement” means the Modified Coinsurance Agreement between the Company and the Reinsurer in the form of Exhibit Q to the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Other Assets” mean the specific assets of the Company listed in Schedule1.1(A) to the Asset Purchase Agreement and such other fixed assets as may be mutually agreed among the parties.

 

-5-


“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental, judicial or regulatory body, business unit, division or other entity.

“Policies” mean all of the Company’s individual universal life, individual corporate owned life, individual traditional life, sponsored life and individual participating life insurance policies and participating annuities, together with all related binders, slips and certificates (including applications therefor and all supplements, endorsements, riders and agreements in connection therewith) that were delivered or issued for delivery to policyowners that were New York residents, and which have been issued or reinsured by the Company in connection with the Business (in accordance with, and as determined by reference to, the Company’s historical practices), which policies shall include, but not be limited to (a) all policies issued on the policy forms included in the list of base codes set forth on Schedule 1.1(A) and which: (i) are effected, bound or issued on or prior to the Effective Date; and (ii) are in force as of the Effective Date; or (iii) are subject to being renewed or reinstated in accordance with their terms on the Effective Date; and (b) all individual life policies which are required to be issued by the Company prior to or after the Effective Date following the exercise of conversion rights in accordance with the terms of the individual life policies coinsured by the Reinsurer under this Agreement.

“Policyholders” means policyholders, insureds and assignees under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies.

“Post-Closing Policies” means the policies issued by ALIAC after the Effective Date pursuant to Article V of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Premiums” means premiums, considerations, deposits and similar receipts with respect to the Policies or Post-Closing Policies.

“Producers” mean all LBMs, MGAs, brokers, agents, general agents, COLI speciality brokers, re-enrollers under the Company’s sponsored life products, broker-dealers, producers or other Persons who market or produce the Policies and who (a) have been appointed by the Company, and (b) are entitled to receive Commissions from the Company.

“Recapture Fee” means the amount determined in accordance with the formula set forth on Exhibit A hereto, which is payable by the Reinsurer to the Company in connection with recapture of the Policies and Post-Closing Policies by the Company pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof.

“Recapture Rights” mean the right of the Company to recapture the Policies and Post Closing Policies pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof.

“Reinsured Liabilities” means the Liabilities reinsured pursuant to this Agreement.

“Reinsurer Extra Contractual Obligations” means: (a) all Extra Contractual Obligations to the extent such obligations arise out of acts, errors or omissions occurring (or, in the case of omissions, failing to occur) at any time on or after the Effective Date by any of the Reinsurer or its directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, agents, representatives, successors and assigns; (b) all of the Sellers’ Extra Contractual Obligations except to the extent otherwise provided in Articles VIII and IX of the Asset Purchase Agreement; and (c) all liabilities and obligations (exclusive of obligations rising under the express terms and conditions of the Policies and Post-Closing Policies and the other Liabilities) to the extent such obligations arise out of or relate to the Company’s administration of claims, Non-Guaranteed Elements, and other aspects of or relating to the Policies or the Post-Closing Policies on and after the Effective Date pursuant to the recommendations from the Reinsurer pursuant to this Agreement, the NY Administrative Services Agreement or the Transition Services Agreement.

 

-6-


“Required Balance” means one hundred percent (100%) of the amount equal to (a) the Reserves on the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, plus (b) other liabilities relating to the. Policies and Post-Closing Policies, which shall be calculated in accordance with the methodology set forth on Exhibit D hereto, minus (c) the amount of outstanding loans under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies (to the extent such loans constitute admitted assets under Connecticut SAP).

“Reserves” means the sum of all reserves and liabilities required to be maintained by the Company for the Policies and Post-Closing Policies issued or reinsured by it, calculated consistent with (a) the reserve requirements, statutory accounting rules and actuarial principles applicable to the Company under the law of each state in which the Policies and Post-Closing Policies were issued or delivered, and (b) otherwise in accordance with the methodologies used by the Company to calculate the reserves and liabilities for the Policies and Post-Closing Policies in accordance with Connecticut SAP and sound actuarial principles and any valuation bases and methods of determining reserves as provided in the forms of Policies and Post-Closing Policies, as applicable; provided, however, the term “Reserves” shall not include the Separate Account Reserves.

“Retained Contracts” means all contracts, agreements, leases, software licenses, rights, obligations or other commitments of the Company that (a) arise out of or are related exclusively to any business or operation of the Company other than the Business, or (b) arise out of or are related in any way to the Business and which, in the case of both clauses (a) and (b) herein, are not Transferred Contracts.

“Retained Liabilities” means the liabilities of the Company arising solely from any of the following: (a) premium taxes due in respect of Premiums paid prior to the Effective Date; (b) amounts payable prior to the Effective Date for returns or refunds of Premiums; (c) Commissions payable with respect to the Policies to or for the benefit of Producers, in any case payable prior to the Effective Date; (d) assessments and similar charges in connection with participation by the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, in any guaranty association established or governed by any state or other jurisdiction, arising on account of direct Premiums paid prior to the Effective Date; (e) the Retained Contracts; (t) premiums, payments, fees or other consideration or amounts due. prior to the Effective Date under the Third-Party Reinsurance Agreements; (g) death claims under the Policies which are reported prior to the Closing Date; (h) the pending litigation described on Schedule 3.03 to the Asset Purchase Agreement; (i) interest stabilization reserve relating to the Policies; G) liabilities or obligations relating to the Business to the extent such liabilities or obligations have been accrued for on Company’s books and records as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the day immediately preceding the Effective Date in accordance with Connecticut SAP but are not reflected on the Final Closing Balance Sheet; and (k) all other liabilities, obligations or indemnities expressly assumed by the Company under the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement, this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement.

 

-7-


“Revised Closing Balance Sheet” means the pro forma balance sheet of the Business as of the Closing Date prepared and delivered by the Company to the Reinsurer in accordance with Article II of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Secured Policies” means the Policies and Post-Closing Policies secured by the Security Trust established under Section 9.4 hereof.

“Security Trust” means a trust account established with a Trustee for the purpose of securing the Reinsurer’s obligations to the Company in accordance with Article IX hereof.

“Security Trust Agreement” means the trust agreement governing the Security Trust, which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

“Sellers’ Extra Contractual Obligations” means all Extra Contractual Obligations to the extent such obligations arise out of acts, errors or omissions occurring (or, in the case of omissions, failing to occur) at any time prior to the Effective Date by the Company or its directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, agents or representatives.

“Separate Account Assets” means the assets described on Schedule 1.1(B) hereto which constitute the Separate Accounts.

“Separate Account Reserves” means the reserves associated with the Variable Policies which are held in the Company’s Separate Accounts, determined in accordance with Connecticut SAP.

“Separate Accounts” means the specific separate accounts of the Company identified in Schedule 1.1(C) hereto.

“Taxes” (or “Tax” as the context may require) means any tax, however denominated, imposed by any federal, state, local, municipal, territorial, provincial or foreign government or any agency or political subdivision of any such government (a “Taxing Authority”), including, without limitation, any tax imposed under Subtitle A of the Code and any net income, alternative or add-on minimum tax, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, gains, goods and services, production, documentary, recording, social security, unemployment, disability, workers’ compensation, estimated, ad valorem, value added, transfer, franchise, profits, license, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, capital stock, occupation, personal or real property, environmental or windfall profit tax, premiums, custom, duty or other tax, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Taxing Authority relating thereto.

 

-8-


“Termination Date” shall mean the date on which this Agreement is terminated in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article XII hereof.

“Third-Party Reinsurance Agreements” means the reinsurance agreements identified on Schedule 1.1(D) hereto under which the Company has ceded liabilities to non-Affiliated reinsurers with respect to the Policies.

“Transferred Assets” means: (a) cash or cash equivalents equal to the amount as of the Closing Date of (A) the Closing Date Liabilities, minus (B) the amount of outstanding loans under the Policies (to the extent such loans constitute admitted assets under Connecticut SAP), minus (C) the aggregate amounts ascribed to the Other Assets in the Closing Balance Sheet, Revised Closing Balance Sheet or Final Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, and minus (D) the Ceding Commission; (b) as between the parties hereto, all of the Company’s rights and interests under the Policies to receive principal and interest paid on policy loans on or after the Effective Date; and (c) as between the parties hereto, all of the Company’s rights and interests to premiums due or to become due, premiums deferred and uncollected, premium adjustments and any and all amounts, payments or consideration which are or were held, received or collected by the Company on or after the Effective Date, or which are now due or will become due from any source under or in connection with the Policies except, however, to the extent that any such premiums, adjustments, amounts, payments or consideration are included within clause (a) herein.

“Transferred Contracts” means: (a) the contracts, agreements, leases, software licenses, rights, obligations or other commitments of the Company (to the extent freely assignable) used exclusively by the Company in the Business (but excluding the Policies and the Distribution Agreements); and (b) contracts, agreements, leases, software licenses, rights, obligations, and other commitments relating to the Business (but excluding the Policies and the Distribution Agreements) identified on Schedule 3.17 to the Asset Purchase Agreement or listed on the supplement to such Schedule 3.17 contemplated by the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Transition Services Agreement” means the Transition Services Agreement among the Company, ALIC, The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and the Reinsurer.

“Trustee” means a bank or trust company reasonably acceptable to the parties to this Agreement, which acts as trustee of a Security Trust pursuant to the terms and conditions of a Security Trust Agreement; provided, however, that such bank or trust company shall (a) possess assets of at least $10 billion; and (b) be rated at least Al by each of Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. and A+ by Standard & Poor’s Corporation.

“Variable Policies” means the individual variable life insurance policies issued by the Company, which are funded, in whole or in part, by the Separate Accounts.

ARTICLE II

BASIS OF COINSURANCE AND BUSINESS COINSURED

2.1 Coinsurance . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby cedes or retrocedes, as the case may be, on a coinsurance basis to the Reinsurer as of the Effective Date, and the Reinsurer hereby accepts and agrees to indemnity reinsure on a coinsurance basis as of the Effective Date, one hundred percent (100%) of all Liabilities arising under or relating to the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies. This Agreement shall not continue or create any legal relationship whatsoever between the Reinsurer and Persons who own or are insured under the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies. Except as expressly provided herein, this Agreement does not reinsure any policy written by the Company or the Reinsurer after the Effective Date. The reinsurance effected under this Agreement shall be maintained in force, without reduction, unless such reinsurance is terminated, reduced or recaptured as provided herein.

 

-9-


2.2 Reinsurer Extra Contractual Obligations . In addition to the Reinsurer’s coinsurance of Liabilities, the Reinsurer hereby accepts and agrees to assume and discharge one hundred percent (100%) of all Reinsurer Extra Contractual Obligations.

2.3 Reinstatements, Conversions and Exchanges . In no event shall the coinsurance provided hereunder with respect to a particular Policy be in force and binding unless such Policy is in force and binding as of the Effective Date; provided, however that the Policies and Post-Closing Policies reinsured shall include (a) all Post-Closing Policies; (b) all lapsed or surrendered Policies or Post-Closing Policies reinstated in accordance with their terms on and after the Effective Date; and (c) all Policies or Post-Closing Policies issued on and after the Effective Date pursuant to (i) any option provided under the terms of any Variable Policy issued at any time by the Company for the exchange of such contract for a non-variable life insurance contract; or (ii) any option provided under the terms of any of the Policies or Post-Closing Policies for the conversion of such Policies or Post-Closing Policies to an individual life insurance policy. Upon the reinstatement of any lapsed or surrendered Policy or Post-Closing Policy, or the issuance of any exchange or converted life insurance Policy or Post-Closing Policy, such Policy or Post-Closing Policy shall be automatically reinsured hereunder. If the Company collects Premiums in arrears from a Policyholder or ceding company of a reinstated Policy or Post-Closing Policy, the Company shall pay to the Reinsurer all Premiums so collected.

2.4 Certain Policy Elements . From and after the Effective Date, the Reinsurer may make recommendations to the Company with respect to (a) the Non-Guaranteed Elements of the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies; and (b) the reserving methodology related to the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies (including changes required by Applicable Law, GAAP or Connecticut SAP). The Company shall set all Non-Guaranteed Elements of the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies, taking into account the recommendations of the Reinsurer with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the Reinsurer hereby acknowledges and agrees that any claim, liability or obligation, to the extent such claim, liability or obligation arises out of or relates to the Company’s establishment of Non-Guaranteed Elements pursuant to the Reinsurer’s recommendations with respect thereto. is included within the Reinsurer Extra Contractual Obligations that the Reinsurer has expressly assumed pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements and for which the Reinsurer has agreed to indemnify the Company pursuant to Article IX of the Asset Purchase Agreement and Article IX of this Agreement.

2.5 Reserves . On and after the Closing Date, the Reinsurer shall establish and maintain as a liability on its statutory financial statements Reserves for the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies ceded hereunder, calculated consistent with (a) the reserve requirements, statutory accounting rules and actuarial principles applicable to the Company under the law of the State of New York and each state in which the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies were issued or delivered; and (b) otherwise in accordance with the methodologies used by the Company to calculate the reserves and liabilities for the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies in accordance with Connecticut SAP and sound actuarial principles and any valuation bases and methods of determining reserves as provided in the forms of Policies and Post-Closing Policies. The Reinsurer shall provide the Company, not less than annually, with copies of all actuarial opinions and actuarial memoranda and all reserve evaluations pertaining to the Reserves, including, without limitation, any actuarial opinions and reserve evaluations performed by independent actuaries, auditors or other outside consultants. At the option of the Company, the Company may, at its own cost at any time following the Closing, examine the Books and Records maintained by the Reinsurer and review its reserve procedures. If the results of such examination are not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Reinsurer shall, at the Company’s request and expense, obtain and deliver to the Company an actuarial opinion as to the adequacy of the Reserves, produced by an independent actuary acceptable to the Company. The Reinsurer shall promptly adjust the amount of the Reserves and implement appropriate changes to its reserve procedures if an actuarial opinion, reserve evaluation or review, including, without limitation, any evaluation or review made by the Company, reasonably indicates an inadequacy in the Reserves or in the Reinsurer’s reserve procedures.

 

-10-


2.6 Separate Account Reserves . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, effective as of the Effective Date the Company and the Reinsurer shall reinsure the Separate Account Reserves on a modified coinsurance basis, subject to the execution and delivery of the NY Modified Coinsurance Agreement; provided, however, that the Company shall retain, control and own all Separate Account Assets and Separate Account Reserves whether or not the NY Modified Coinsurance Agreement is executed and delivered.

2.7 Policy Changes or Reductions . In the event of a material change in the provisions and conditions of a Policy or a Post-Closing Policy (provided that such change is not in violation of Section 4.4 hereof), a corresponding change in the related coinsurance and appropriate cash adjustments shall be made consistent with the policy change rules of the Company. If the face amount of a Policy or a Post-Closing Policy is reduced or increased, the amount coinsured by the Reinsuer shall be reduced or increased accordingly.

ARTICLE III

ACCOUNTINGS AND TRANSFER OF ASSETS

3.1 Ceding Commission . The Reinsurer shall pay to the Company on the Closing Date a Ceding Commission in the amount of $116,487,000. The Ceding Commission shall be credited to the Company as a reduction in the amount of cash or cash equivalents included within the Transferred Assets to be transferred by the Company to the Reinsurer at Closing in accordance with the provisions of Sections 3.2 hereof.

3.2 Transfer of Assets . On the Closing Date, the Company shall sell, assign and transfer to the Reinsurer as reinsurance premium all of the Company’s right, title and interest in the Transferred Assets, including, without limitation, cash or cash equivalents in an aggregate amount (subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof) equal to the amount as of the

 

-11-


Closing Date of: (A) Closing Date Liabilities, minus (B) the amount of outstanding loans under the Policies (to the extent such loans constitute admitted assets under Connecticut SAP), minus (C) the aggregate amounts ascribed to the Other Assets, and minus (D) the Ceding Commission, all as reflected on that part of the Closing Balance Sheet relating to the Policies reinsured hereunder.

3.3 Post-Closing Adjustments . (a) In the event that the aggregate amount of cash or cash equivalents transferred by the Company to the Reinsurer on the Closing Date is less than the amount of (A) Closing Date Liabilities, minus (B) the amount of outstanding loans under the Policies (to the extent that such loans constitute admitted assets under Connecticut SAP), minus (C) the aggregate amounts ascribed to the Other Assets, and minus (D) the Ceding Commission, all as reflected on that part of the Final Closing Balance Sheet relating to the Policies reinsured hereunder, the Company shall transfer to the Reinsurer additional cash or cash equivalents equal to the amount of such difference, together with interest thereon from and including the Closing Date to, but not including the date of, such transfer computed at LIBOR.

(b) In the event that the aggregate amount of cash or cash equivalents transferred to the Reinsurer on the Closing Date is greater than the amount of (A) Closing Date Liabilities, minus (B) the amount of outstanding loans under the Policies (to the extent that such loans constitute admitted assets under Connecticut SAP), minus (C) the aggregate amounts ascribed to the Other Assets, and minus (D) the Ceding Commission, all as reflected on the portion of the Final Closing Balance Sheet relating to the Policies reinsured hereunder, the Reinsurer shall transfer to the Company cash or cash equivalents equal to the amount of such difference, together with interest thereon from and including the Closing Date to, but not including the date of , such transfer computed at LIBOR.

3.4 Interim Monthly Accountings . The Company shall provide the Reinsurer with an Interim Monthly Accounting as of the end of each calendar month, no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such month; provided, however , that the first Interim Monthly Accounting shall be provided to the Reinsurer no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of the month in which the Closing Date fell and the final Interim Monthly Accounting shall be delivered no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the date on which the Company is no longer providing accounting services under the Transition Services Agreement. The Company shall provide such Accounting in a format that is mutually acceptable to the Company and the Reinsurer.

3.5 Monthly Accountings . Beginning with and after the first calendar month during which the Company is no longer providing accounting services under the Transition Services Agreement, the Reinsurer shall provide the Company with a Monthly Accounting as of the end of each calendar month, no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such month; provided, however, that the first Monthly Accounting shall be provided to the Company no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of the first calendar month during which the Company is no longer providing accounting services pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement and the Reinsurer shall deliver the final Monthly Accounting no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the Termination Date; provided, further , that in the event that subsequent data or calculations require revision of the final Monthly Accounting, the required revision and any appropriate payments shall be made in cash by the parties five (5) Business

Days after they mutually agree as to the appropriate revision. The Reinsurer shall provide such Accounting in a format that is mutually acceptable to the Company and the Reinsurer.

 

-12-


3.6 Monthly Payments . If an Accounting reflects a balance due to the party to which the Accounting is delivered and/or the Security Trust, the amount(s) shown as due shall be paid within five (5) Business Days of the delivery of the Accounting. If (a) an Accounting reflects a balance due the party that prepared the Accounting or the Security Trust and (b) the party receiving the Accounting does not object to the Accounting within five (5) Business Days of its delivery, the amount(s) shown as due shall be paid within seven (7) Business Days after the date on which the Accounting was delivered. Any dispute over any amount shown on an Accounting that cannot be amicably resolved by the parties shall be resolved pursuant to the procedures set forth in Article X. If the Security Trust is established while the Company is collecting funds pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, the Company may remit directly to the Trustee on behalf of the Reinsurer that portion of any amount due the Reinsurer needed to fully fund the Security Trust and the balance only of any amount due the Reinsurer shall be remitted to the Reinsuer.

3.7 Delayed Payments . If there is a delayed settlement of any payment due hereunder, interest will accrue on such payment at the three month London Interbank Offering Rate (LIBOR) as published in The Wall Street Journal, Eastern Edition, in effect on the day such payment is due. For purposes of this Section 3.7, a payment will be considered overdue, and such interest will begin to accrue, on the date which is five (5) Business Days after the date such payment is due.

3.8 Offset Rights . Any debts or credits incurred on and after the Effective Date in favor of or against either the Company or Reinsurer with respect to this Agreement are deemed mutual debts or credits, as the case may be, and shall be set off, and only the balance shall be allowed or paid.

3.9 Third-Party Reinsurance . In the event the Reinsurer desires to retrocede to any third-party reinsurer (whether or not Affiliated with the Reinsurer) any portion of the Liabilities reinsured by it under this Agreement, the Reinsurer shall be responsible for obtaining such retrocessional coverage at its sole expense.

3.9 Premium Taxes and Assessments . The Reinsurer shall pay the Company on a monthly basis an amount equal to two percent (2%) of the gross Premiums on the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies collected by the Reinsurer, as an advance against the Reinsurer’s liabilities for premium Taxes payable by the Company and assessments to the Company by state guaranty or insolvency or similar associations or funds, to the extent that such Taxes and assessments are allocable to Premiums paid on or after the Effective Date. Amounts payable pursuant to this Section 3.10 shall be reflected on the Accountings delivered hereunder and shall be paid pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.6. Not later than June 30 after each calendar year falling within the term of this Agreement, the Company shall provide the Reinsurer with an accounting of its actual premium Tax and guaranty fund assessment liability with respect to the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies for such calendar year (without giving effect to any credits due to the Company for any guaranty fund assessments paid by the Company prior to Closing). If such accounting reflects amounts owed to the Reinsurer, the Company shall pay such amounts in cash to the Reinsurer with the accounting. If it reflects amounts owed to the Company (including any interest or penalties relating to underpayment of estimated Taxes based on information provided by the Reinsurer), the Reinsurer shall pay such amounts in cash to the Company within five (5) Business Days of receiving the accounting. The Company shall payor provide the Reinsurer with the benefit of guaranty fund assessments previously reimbursed by the Reinsurer to the extent such payments were actually utilized to reduce the Company’s tax liabilities. The utilization of any outstanding assessments by the Company shall be determined on a FIFO basis (those assessments made in earlier years shall be considered used first).

 

-13-


ARTICLE IV

POLICY ADMINISTRATION

4.1 Interim Servicing . During the period from the Effective Date through the termination of the Transition Services Agreement with respect to each service provided by the Company thereunder, the Company has agreed to continue to provide certain Policyholder services for the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies.

4.2 Transfer of Servicing Obligations . On and after the date on which a service is no longer being provided pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, and pursuant to the NY Administrative Services Agreement, the Reinsurer has agreed to provide Policyholder service for the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies and to supply to the Company on a timely basis copies of accounting and other records pertaining to such service. The parties hereby agree that the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies shall be administrated pursuant to the NY Administrative Services Agreement. Reinsurer’s compensation for all services provided to the Company pursuant to the NY Administrative Services Agreement shall be included in the reinsurance premium paid by the Company to Reinsurer pursuant to Section 3.2 above and the Company shall not be obligated to pay any additional monies to Reinsurer for such administrative services.

4.3 Regulatory Matters . If the Company or the Reinsurer receives notice of, or otherwise becomes aware of any regulatory inquiry, investigation or proceeding relating to the Policies or the Post-Closing Policies, the Company or the Reinsurer, as applicable, shall promptly notify the other party thereof, whereupon the parties shall cooperate in good faith and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such matter in a mutually satisfactory manner, in light of all the relevant business, regulatory and legal facts and circumstances. The parties recognize that, as the issuing company, the Company retains ultimate responsibility for resolution of the matters described in this section.

4.4 Policy Changes . Neither the Company nor the Reinsurer shall make any changes to the Company’s policy forms except with the express written consent of the other party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) or if (a) the changes are required by Applicable Law and (b) the Reinsurer gives the Company prior notice in writing of the nature of such required changes in the manner provided by the NY Administrative Services Agreement.

 

-14-


ARTICLE V

OVERSIGHTS

5.1 Oversights . Inadvertent delays, errors or omissions made in connection with this Agreement or any transaction hereunder shall not relieve either party from any liability which would have attached had such delay, error or omission not occurred, provided always that such error or omission is rectified as soon as possible after discovery, and provided that the party making such error or omission or responsible for such delay shall be responsible for any additional liability which attaches as a result.

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.1 Conditions Precedent . This Agreement shall not become effective unless and until (a) all state insurance regulatory authorities whose approval is required shall have approved this Agreement in writing, and (b) all applicable waiting periods under any federal or state statute or regulation shall have expired or been terminated.

ARTICLE VII

DUTY OF COOPERATION

7.1 Cooperation . Each party hereto shall cooperate fully with the other in all reasonable respects in order to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

DAC TAX

8.1 Ejection . In accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.848-2(g)(8), the Company and Reinsurer hereby elect to determine specified policy acquisition expenses with respect to this Agreement without regard to the general deductions limitation of Section 848(c)(I) of the Code.

(a) All uncapitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the regulations under Section 848 of the Code.

(b) The party with net positive consideration under this Agreement for each taxable year shall capitalize specified policy acquisition expenses with respect to this Agreement without regard to the general deductions limitation of Section 848( c)(1) of the Code.

(c) Both parties agree to exchange information pertaining to the amount of net consideration under this Agreement each year to ensure consistency.

(d) The Company shall submit a schedule to the Reinsurer by May 1 of each year of its calculation of the net consideration under this Agreement for the preceding taxable year. This schedule of calculations shall be accompanied by a statement signed by an authorized representative of the Company stating that the Company shall report such net consideration in its federal income tax return for the preceding taxable year.

 

-15-


(e) The Reinsurer may contest such calculation by providing an alternative calculation to the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after the date on which the Reinsurer receives the Company’s calculation. If the Reinsurer does not so notify the Company, the Reinsurer shall report the net consideration under this Agreement as determined by the Company in the Reinsurer’s federal income tax return for the preceding taxable year.

(f) If Reinsurer contests the Company’s calculation of the net consideration under this Agreement, the parties shall act in good faith to reach an agreement as to the correct amount of net consideration within thirty (30) days after the date on which the Reinsurer submits its alternative calculation. If Reinsurer and the Company reach agreement as to the amount of net consideration under this Agreement, each party shall report such amount in its federal income tax return for the preceding taxable year.

If, during such period, Reinsurer and the Company are unable to reach agreement, they shall promptly thereafter cause independent accountants of nationally recognized standing reasonably satisfactory to Reinsurer and the Company (who shall not have any material relationship with Reinsurer or the Company), promptly to review (which review shall commence no later than five (5) days after the selection of such independent accountants), this Agreement and the calculations of Reinsurer and the Company for the purpose of calculating the net consideration under this Agreement. In making such calculation, such independent accountants shall consider only those items or amounts in the Company’s calculation as to which the Reinsurer has disagreed.

Such independent accountants shall deliver to Reinsurer and the Company, as promptly as practicable (but no later than sixty (60) days after the commencement of their review), a report setting forth such calculation, which calculation shall result in a net consideration between the amount thereof shown in the Company’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(d) and the amount thereof shown in Reinsurer’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(e). Such report shall be final and binding upon Reinsurer and the Company. The fees, costs and expenses of such independent accountant shall be borne (i) by the Company if the difference between the net consideration as calculated by the independent accountants and the Company’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(d) is greater than the difference between the net consideration as calculated by the independent accountants and Reinsurer’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(e), (ii) by the Reinsurer if the first such difference is less than the second such difference, and (iii) otherwise equally by Reinsurer and the Company.

(g) This election shall be effective for the 1998 taxable year and for all subsequent taxable years for which this Agreement remains in effect.

(h) Both parties agree to attach a schedule to their respective federal income tax returns for the first taxable year ending after the date on which this election becomes effective which identifies this Agreement as a reinsurance agreement for which an election has been made under Treasury Regulations Section 1.848-2(g)(8).

 

-16-


ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION AND RECAPTURE

9.1 Reinsurer’s Obligation to Indemnify . Subject to any limitation contained in the Asset Purchase Agreement, Reinsurer hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company and its directors, officers, employees, representatives (excluding the Producers), Affiliates, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “Company Indemnified Parties”) from and against all Losses asserted against, imposed upon or incurred by any Company Indemnified Party arising from: (i) the Liabilities; (ii) the Reinsurer Extra Contractual Obligations (including, but not limited to, all claims that constitute Sellers’ Extra Contractual Obligations but for which the Company’s indemnification obligation has expired pursuant to Section 8.01(c) of the Asset Purchase Agreement); (iii) any breach or nonfulfillment by Reinsurer of, or any failure by Reinsurer to perform, any of the covenants, terms or conditions of, or any duties or obligations under, this Agreement; and (iv) any enforcement of this indemnity.

9.2 Company’s Obligation to Indemnify . Subject to any limitation contained in the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Reinsurer and its directors, officers, employees, representatives (excluding the Producers), Affiliates, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “Reinsurer Indemnified Parties”) from and against all Losses asserted against, imposed upon or incurred by any Reinsurer Indemnified Party arising from: (i) the Retained Liabilities; (ii) Sellers’ Extra Contractual Obligations (but only to the extent that the Company’s indemnification obligation for Sellers’ Extra Contractual Obligations has not expired pursuant to Section 8.01(c) of the Asset Purchase Agreement); (iii) any breach or nonfulfillment by the Company of, or any failure by the Company to perform, any of the covenants, terms or conditions of, or any duties or obligations under, this Agreement; and (iv) any enforcement of this indemnity.

9.3 Certain Definitions and Procedures . For purposes of this Article IX, “Loss” or “Losses” shall mean actions, claims, losses, liabilities, damages, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), interest and penalties. In the event either Reinsurer or the Company shall have a claim for indemnity against the other party under the terms of this Agreement, the parties shall follow the procedures set forth in Sections 9.02, 9.03 and 9.04 of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

9.4 Security Trust Account and Recapture Rights .

(a) Events of Default . From and after the Closing Date, any of the following occurrences shall constitute an event that entitles the Company to require the Reinsurer to deposit and maintain assets in a Security Trust in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 9.4 (individually or collectively, as the context indicates, an “Event of Default”):

 

  (i) the Reinsurer ceases to maintain any of (A) an A.M. Best Company rating of at least B++, (B) a Standard & Poor’s Corporation insurer financial strength rating of at least BBB-, and (C) Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. claims-paying ability rating of at least Baa3; or

 

-17-


  (ii) the Reinsurer fails to (A) maintain a ratio of (i) Total Adjusted Capital (as defined in the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act or in the rules and procedures prescribed by the NAIC with respect thereto, in each case as in effect as of December 31, 1997) to (ii) the Company Action Level RBC (as defined in the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act or in the rules and procedures prescribed by the NAIC with respect thereto, in each case as in effect as of December 31, 1997) of at least 185 percent, or (B) maintain a Standard & Poor’s Corporation’s capital adequacy ratio (calculated in accordance with the rules and procedures in effect on the Contract Date) of at least 115 percent; or

 

  (iii) (A) the Reinsurer ceases to be licensed as a life insurer or ceases to qualify as an accredited reinsurer in a particular jurisdiction under circumstances that would cause the Company to be denied credit for reinsurance ceded hereunder on the financial statements filed by the Company in said jurisdiction, or (B) the Company is denied credit for reinsurance ceded hereunder on the financial statements filed by the Company in any jurisdiction; or

 

  (iv) a petition for insolvency, rehabilitation, conservation, supervision, liquidation or similar proceeding is filed by or against the Reinsurer or its statutory representative in any jurisdiction; or

 

  (v) any Person other than one of the Affiliates of the Reinsurer in existence on the Closing Date acquires or assumes (A) Control of the Reinsurer, whether by merger, consolidation, stock acquisition, or otherwise (including, without limitation, the acquisition or assumption of the power to direct the Reinsurer’s management and policies by means of a management or services agreement or other contractual arrangement) or (B) all or substantially all of the assets or liabilities of the Reinsurer by reinsurance (whether indemnity or assumption) or otherwise;

 

  (vi) this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; or

 

  (vii) an Event of Default occurs pursuant to Section 9.07(a)(vii) of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

The occurrence of any Event of Default shall entitle the Company to elect to require the Reinsurer to establish a Security Trust regardless of whether or not such an occurrence constitutes a Recapture Event, provided, that the Company has not delivered an Election Notice electing recapture.

(b) Recapture Events . From and after the Closing Date, and whether or not an Event of Default has occurred or Security Trust has been established pursuant to Section 9.4(a) hereof, any of the following occurrences shall constitute an event that entitles the Company to exercise the recapture remedy set forth in this Section 9.4 (individually or collectively, as the context indicates, a “Recapture Event”):

 

-18-


  (i) Reinsurer ceases to maintain any of (A) an A.M. Best Company rating of at least B+, (B) a Standard & Poor’s Corporation insurer financial strength rating of at least BB+, and (C) a Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. claims-paying ability rating of at least Bal; or

 

  (ii) Reinsurer fails to (A) maintain a ratio of (i) Total Adjusted Capital (as defined in the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act or in the rules and procedures prescribed by the NAIC with respect thereto, in each case as in effect as of December 31, 1997) to (ii) the Company Action Level RBC (as defined in the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act or in the rules and procedures prescribed by the NAIC with respect thereto, in each case as in effect as of December 31, 1997) of at least 160 percent; or (B) maintain a Standard & Poor’s Corporation’s capital adequacy ratio (calculated in accordance with the rules and procedures in effect on the Contract Date) of at least 100 percent; or

 

  (iii) a petition for insolvency, rehabilitation, conservation, supervision, liquidation or similar proceeding is filed by or against the Reinsurer or its statutory representative in any jurisdiction; or

 

  (iv) within thirty (30) calendar days of its receipt of a demand therefor delivered pursuant to Section 9A(d), Reinsurer fails to execute the Security Trust Agreement or deposit and maintain asset in trust on the terms provided in Section 9A(f) and in the Security Trust Agreement, provided, however, that the Company executes such Security Trust Agreement contemporaneously with the delivery of the demand; or

 

  (v) this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; or

 

  (vi) within thirty (30) calendar days of the termination of the NY Administrative Services Agreement in accordance with its terms, (A) Reinsurer does not take all steps necessary to arrange for a third-party administrator acceptable to the Company in its sole discretion, reasonably exercised, to provide all administrative services to be provided pursuant to the terminated NY Administrative Services Agreement at the cost of Reinsurer or (B) such third-party administrator fails to enter into an administrative service agreement with the Company, satisfactory in form and substance to the Company in its sole discretion, reasonably exercised; or

 

-19-


  (vii) a judgment or order is entered by a court of competent jurisdiction declaring the invalidity of the Security Trust or finding that the assets held in a Security Trust are general assets of Reinsurer or otherwise do not constitute a “secured claim” within the meaning of the laws of the Reinsurer’s domiciliary state; or

 

  (viii) a Security Trust is established for the benefit of the Company pursuant to Section 9.4(a)(iii) and the Company is denied credit on its financial statements filed in any jurisdiction with respect to the reinsurance provided by the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer does not take all steps necessary to enable the Company to obtain credit on its financial statements within thirty (30) calendar days of the Reinsurer’s receipt of written notice from the Company as to the occurrence described herein; or

 

  (ix) a Recapture Event occurs pursuant to Section 9.07(b)(ix) of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

The occurrence of any Recapture Event shall entitle the Company to elect recapture remedies hereunder regardless of whether (1) such an occurrence also constitutes an Event of Default, (2) the Reinsurer has previously established a Security Trust or (3) the Company has previously delivered an Election Notice requiring Reinsurer to establish a Security Trust.

(c) Notice to The Company . The Reinsurer shall provide the Company with:

 

  (i) written notice of any downgrade in the Reinsurer’s A. M. Best Company rating or its Standard & Poor’s Corporation insurer financial strength rating or its Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. claims-paying ability rating within three (3) Business Days after the Reinsurer’s receipt of notice of such adjustment;

 

  (ii) a written report of the calculation of the Reinsurer’s Total Adjusted Capital and Authorized Control Level RBC (based on the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act and/or the rules and procedures in effect as of December 31, 1997) and Standard & Poor’s Corporation’s capital adequacy ratio (based on the rules and procedures in effect on the Contract Date) as of the end of each calendar quarter within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such quarter;

 

  (iii) written notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Recapture Event within two (2) Business Days after its occurrence; and

 

  (iv) not less than annually, a written report, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, certifying that no Event of Default or Recapture Event has occurred during the period covered by such report or is continuing as of the last day of such period, together with the appropriate calculations and back up reasonably necessary to substantiate the basis of the Reinsurer’s certification.

 

-20-


The Company may, at its own expense, review the Reinsurer’s books and records to confirm the risk based capital calculations provided by the Reinsurer pursuant to Section 9.4(c)(ii). In addition, Reinsurer shall (A) cooperate fully with the Company and promptly respond to the Company’s inquiries from time to time concerning the Reinsurer’s financial condition, operating results and any events, occurrences or other matters which arise on and after the Effective Date and which reasonably relate to the Business or Reinsurer’s ability to perform and discharge its obligations under the Asset Purchase Agreement, this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements and (B) provide to the Company such financial statements, reports, internal control letters and reports prepared by auditors and other third parties, SAS-70 reports and other documents of the Reinsurer as the Company may reasonably request from time to time.

(d) Election of Remedies . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Company may elect to require the Reinsurer to maintain assets in a Security Trust for the purpose of securing the Reinsured Liabilities under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies ceded to it pursuant to this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of any Recapture Event, the Company may elect to recapture, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below all, but not less than all, of the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies ceded hereunder. The Company shall give the Reinsurer written notice of its election (the “Election Notice”) specifying (x) the grounds for the exercise of its remedies pursuant to this Section 9.4 and either (y) if it elects to recapture the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, the fact of recapture, and the effective date of recapture or (z) if it elects a Security Trust, the fact that the Reinsurer is obligated to execute the Security Trust Agreement and to deposit and maintain assets in the Security Trust for the purpose of securing such Reinsured Liabilities (the “Secured Policies”). The Reinsurer may unwind and terminate a Security Trust if, prior to the second anniversary of the date on which the Event of Default which originally gave rise to the establishment of such Security Trust occurred, both (A) the original Event of Default has been cured or remediated, and (B) no new Event of Default or Recapture Event has occurred; provided that (i) prior to such second anniversary date, the Company has not properly provided an Election Notice to recapture the Policies and Post-Closing Policies ceded by it; and (ii) the termination of the Security Trust shall not prejudice or be deemed a waiver of the Company’s right to demand the establishment of a new Security Trust or elect recapture upon the occurrence of any other or new Event of Default or Recapture Event.

(e) Recapture . Any recapture by the Company shall not be deemed to have been consummated until (i) the Company has given the Reinsurer an Election Notice pursuant to Section 9.4(d); and (ii) the Company has received payment of the entire Recapture Fee as determined in accordance with Exhibit A hereto. If the Reinsured Liabilities under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies to be recaptured are secured pursuant to a Security Trust established pursuant to Section 9.4(f), the Company may, in its sole discretion, withdraw assets from the Security Trust having an aggregate Market Value (determined pursuant to the Security Trust Agreement governing such Security Trust) not to exceed the amount of the Recapture Fee. The Reinsurer shall promptly pay the Company the full amount of the Recapture Fee, reduced by the amount, if any, withdrawn from the Security Trust. Following the consummation of the recapture of Policies and Post-Closing Policies pursuant to this Section 9.4(e), no additional premiums, deposits or other amounts payable under such Policies and Post-Closing Policies shall be ceded to the Reinsurer hereunder.

 

-21-


(f) Security Trust . (i)  Establishment of the Trust Account . Within thirty (30) calendar days of the Company’s delivery to the Reinsurer of an Election Notice requiring that the Reinsurer secure the Reinsured Liabilities ceded by the Company with a Security Trust, the Reinsurer shall execute the Security Trust Agreement and deposit into an account with the Trustee (the “Security Trust”), naming the Company as the sole beneficiary thereof, assets having a market value in an amount no less than the Required Balance, for the purpose of securing the Reinsured Liabilities under Secured Policies. The Security Trust Agreement shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

(ii) Trust Assets . At the direction of the Reinsurer, the assets held in the Security Trust shall be held in the form of (A) cash and cash-equivalents, (B) certificates of deposit, (C) obligations of the United States Government or its agencies, (D) investment grade bonds, (E) whole (not participations) investment grade (as determined in accordance with the Reinsurer’s internal rating systems) commercial mortgages; provided that the aggregate market value of such commercial mortgages held in the Security Trust shall not exceed 15 percent of the aggregate market value of the assets held in the Security Trust, and (F) straight Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae 30-year mortgage-backed securities rated AA+ and above; provided that the aggregate market value of such mortgage-backed securities held in the Security Trust shall not exceed 15 percent of the aggregate market value of the assets held in the Security Trust; and provided, further, that in the event a Security Trust is established pursuant to Section 9.4(a)(v), the assets held in the Security Trust may be invested in accordance with the Reinsurer’s internal investment policies for its individual life insurance business, a copy of which has been provided to the Company. The aggregate Market Value of the assets held in the Security Trust shall at all times be at least equal to the Required Balance. As long as the Security Trust Agreement remains in force, the Reinsurer shall calculate the Required Balance as of the last day of each calendar month and report the amount of the Required Balance to the Company and the Trustee within ten (10) Business Days after the end of such month. In connection with such calculation, the Company shall direct the Trustee to make the payment to the Reinsurer of any amounts in the Security Trust which exceed the Required Balance, and Reinsurer shall promptly deposit such additional permitted assets as may be necessary to increase the Market Value of the Security Trust assets to the Required Balance. The form and duration of assets to be held in the Security Trust shall be appropriate in light of the Reinsured Liabilities under the Secured Policies. Prior to delivering any assets for deposit in the Security Trust, the Reinsurer shall execute assignments or endorsements in blank of all of the Reinsurer’s right, title and interest in such assets (according to procedures set forth in the Security Trust Agreement), so that the Company, or the Trustee upon the Company’s direction, may whenever necessary negotiate title to any such assets without consent or signature from the Reinsurer or any other entity.

(iii) Permitted Withdrawals . The Company may withdraw assets from the Security Trust at any time and from time to time, notwithstanding any other provisions of the Asset Purchase Agreement, this Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement, and such assets may be utilized and applied by the Company, or any successor by operation of law of the Company, including, without limitation, any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator of the Company, without diminution because of insolvency on the part of the Company or Reinsurer; provided, however, that the Company may only withdraw such assets for one or more of the following purposes:

 

-22-


  (A) to reimburse the Company for any Reinsured Liabilities under the Secured Policies paid by the Company to the extent not paid by the Reinsurer when due;

 

  (B) to make payment to the Reinsurer of any amounts that exceed the Required Balance;

 

  (C) to pay all or any portion of any Recapture Fee due in connection with the recapture of the Secured Policies; or

 

  (D) to pay any other amounts that are due to the Company under this Agreement, the Asset Purchase Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements to the extent not paid directly to Company by Reinsurer when due.

(g) Resort to Collateral . Notwithstanding the remedies contemplated by this Section 9.4, the other Ancillary Agreements and the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, require direct payment by the Reinsurer of any sum in default under the Asset Purchase Agreement, this Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement in lieu of exercising the remedies in this Section 9.4, and it shall be no defense to any such claim that the Company might have had recourse to the Security Trust or recapture remedy.

(h) Certain Remedies . The Company and Reinsurer acknowledge that any damage caused to the Company by reason of the breach by the Reinsurer or any of its successors in interest of this Section 9.4 could not be adequately compensated for in monetary damages alone; therefore, each party agrees that, in addition to any other remedies at law or otherwise, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance of this Section 9.4 or an injunction to be issued by a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to Section 13.7 hereof restraining and enjoining any violation of this Section 9.4, in addition to such other equitable or legal remedies as such court may determine. The Company and Reinsurer hereby release, waive and discharge any and all claims and causes of action asserting in any way that: (a) any Security Trust is not valid, binding or enforceable; and (b) any remedy of the Company including, without limitation, the Company’s recapture and Security Trust remedies hereunder and under Article IX of the Asset Purchase Agreement is not valid, binding or enforceable. The Company and the Reinsurer are forever estopped and barred from making any such assertion in any context or. forum whatsoever.

ARTICLE X

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

10.1 Other Disputes over Calculations . After the Closing Date, any dispute between the parties with respect to the calculation of amounts which are to be calculated, reported, or which may be audited pursuant to this Agreement (other than disputes relating to: (i) the Closing Balance Sheet, which shall be resolved in accordance with the Asset Purchase Agreement; or (ii) calculations relating to DAC tax, which shall be resolved in accordance with Article VIII hereof), which cannot be resolved by the parties within sixty (60) calendar days, shall be referred to an independent accounting firm of national recognized standing (which shall not have any material relationship with the Reinsurer or the Company) mutually agreed to by the parties; provided, however, that where the dispute involves an actuarial issue, the dispute shall instead be referred to an independent actuarial firm of national recognized standing (which shall not have any material relationship with the Reinsurer or the Company) mutually agreed to by the parties. There shall be no appeal from the decision made by such firm except that, pursuant to Section 11.07 of the Asset Purchase Agreement, either party may petition a court having jurisdiction over the parties and subject matter to reduce the arbitrator’s decision to judgment. The fees charged by the accounting firm or actuarial firm, as applicable, to resolve the dispute shall be allocated between the Company and the Reinsurer by such firm in accordance with its judgment as to the relative merits of the parties’ positions in respect of the dispute.

 

-23-


ARTICLE XI

INSOLVENCY

11.1 Insolvency Clause . In the event of the insolvency of the Company, all coinsurance made, ceded, renewed or otherwise becoming effective under this Agreement shall be payable by the Reinsurer directly to the Company or to its liquidator, receiver or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Company under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company. It is understood, however, that in the event of the insolvency of the Company, the liquidator or receiver or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice of the pendency of a claim against the Company on a Policy or Post-Closing Policy within a reasonable. period of time after such claim is filed in the insolvency proceedings and that during the pendency of such claim the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated any defense or defenses which it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator or receiver or statutory successor. It is further understood that the expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to court approval, against the Company as part of the expense of liquidation to the extent of a proportionate share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

ARTICLE XII

DURATION

12.1 Duration . This Agreement shall continue in force until such time that the Reinsurer’s liability with respect to all Policies and Post-Closing Policies reinsured hereunder is terminated pursuant to Section 12.2.

12.2 Reinsurer’s Liability . The liability of the Reinsurer under this Agreement with respect to any Policy or Post-Closing Policy will begin simultaneously with that of the Company, but not prior to the Effective Date. The Reinsurer’s liability with respect to any Policy will terminate on the earliest of: (a) the date such Policy or Post-Closing Policy is recaptured in accordance with Section 9.4; or (b) the date the Company’s liability on such Policy or Post-Closing Policy is terminated in accordance with its terms. Termination of the Reinsurer’s liability under clauses (a) and (b) herein is subject to the Company’s actual receipt of payments

which discharge such liability in full in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. In no event shall the interpretation of this Section 12.2 imply a unilateral right of the Reinsurer to terminate this Agreement.

 

-24-


12.3 Survival . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article XII, the terms and conditions of Article I, VIII, IX and X and Section 13.2 shall remain in full force and effect after the Termination Date.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

13.1 Notices . Any notice or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when (a) mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, (b) mailed by overnight express mail or other nationally recognized overnight or same-day delivery service or (c) delivered in person to the parties at the following addresses:

If to the Company, to:

Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company

151 Farmington Avenue

Hartford, Connecticut 06156

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Aetna Retirement Services, Inc.

151 Farmington Avenue

Hartford, Connecticut 06156

Attention: General Counsel

Lord, Bissell & Brook

115 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Attention: James R. Dwyer

If to the Reinsurer, to:

Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York

120 Madison Street, Suite 1700

Syracuse, NY 13202

Attention: Philip L. Holstein

 

-25-


With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan LLP

1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20004

Attention: David A. Massey

Either party may change the names or addresses where notice is to be given by providing notice to the other party of such change in accordance with this Section 13.1.

13.2 Confidentiality . Each of the parties shall maintain the confidentiality of all information related to the Policies and Post-Closing Policies and all other information denominated as confidential by the other party provided to it in connection with this Agreement, and shall not disclose such information to any third parties without prior written consent of the other party, except as may be permitted by Sections 5.18 and 11.02 of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

13.3 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the other Ancillary Agreements, the Asset Purchase Agreement, the other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby, and the Exhibits and the Schedules hereto and thereto contain the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

13.4 Waivers and Amendments . Any term or condition of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the party that is entitled to the benefit thereof. Such waiver must be in writing and must be executed by an executive officer of such party. A waiver on one occasion shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the same or any other term or condition on a future occasion. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a writing duly executed by an executive officer of the Company and the Reinsurer, respectively.

13.5 No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement constitutes an indemnity reinsurance agreement solely between the Company and the Reinsurer, and is intended solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted successors and assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer any rights as a third-party beneficiary to this Agreement upon any other Person as to the Transferred Assets or any other term, condition or provision of this Agreement.

13.6 Assignment . This Agreement shall not be assigned by either of the parties hereto without the prior written approval of the other party.

13.7 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT, WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CONFLICTS OF LAW DOCTRINE. ALL ISSUES RELATING TO VENUE AND JURISDICTION SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SECTION 11.07 OF THE ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

 

-26-


13.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

13.9 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any present or future law or if determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, and if the rights or obligations of the Company or the Reinsurer under this Agreement will not be materially and adversely affected thereby, such provision shall be fully severable, and this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom.

13.10 Schedules, Exhibits and Paragraph Headings . Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto are made a part of this Agreement. Paragraph headings are provided for reference purposes only and are not made a part of this Agreement.

13.11 Expenses . Except as explicitly provided to the contrary herein or in the Asset Purchase Agreement, each party shall be solely responsible for all expenses it incurs in connection with this Agreement or in consummating the transactions contemplated hereby or performing the obligations imposed hereby, including, without limitation, the cost of its attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors.

13.12 No Prejudice . The parties agree that this Agreement has been jointly negotiated and drafted by the parties hereto and that the terms hereof shall not be construed in favor of or against any party on account of its participation in such negotiations and drafting.

 

-27-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed effective this 1 st day of October , 1998.

 

AETNA LIFE INSURANCE AND

ANNUITY COMPANY

By:  
Title:  

LINCOLN LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY

OF NEW YORK

 

/s/ Philip L. Holstein

By:   Philip L. Holstein
Title:   President


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed effective this 1 st day of October, 1998.

 

AETNA LIFE INSURANCE AND

ANNUITY COMPANY

 

/s/ Catherine H. Smith

By:   Catherine H. Smith
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
LINCOLN LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY
OF NEW YORK
By:  
Title:  


EXHIBIT A

Recapture Fee

The amount of the Recapture Fee shall be determined in accordance with the formula set forth below by Tillinghast-Towers Perrin (“Tillinghast”), or such other nationally recognized actuarial consulting firm as may be agreed by the Reinsurer and the Company and which shall not be affiliated with either the Reinsurer or the Company. Tillinghast shall determine the amount of the Recapture Fee, unless the Reinsurer and the Company reach an agreement in writing on the use of another actuarial firm within 30 Business Days of the delivery of an Election Notice electing recapture. The actuarial firm selected to calculate the amount of the Recapture Fee is referred to hereinafter as the “Actuary.”

The Recapture Fee shall be equal to (a) + (b)  - (c), where (a) is the Required Balance (as defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement and the Coinsurance Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached) as of the date on which the recapture is consummated (the “Recapture Date”), (b) is the amount of the Penalty Fee as determined below and (c) is the amount of the Ceding Commission as determined below.

Penalty Fee . The Penalty Fee shall consist of 105 percent of (a) the incremental, onetime fee (estimated by the Actuary if necessary) of a third-party administrator (to be selected by the Company in its sole discretion) charged by such administrator in connection with assuming responsibility for all the administrative services to be provided under the Administrative Services Agreement for the Policies, Post-Closing Policies and Separate Accounts subject to recapture (the “Recaptured Business”), 12.lm (b) the fees and costs (estimated by the Actuary if necessary) of the Actuary for its work in calculating the Recapture Fee and of any attorneys or other outside consultants advising the Company in connection with the recapture.

Ceding Commission . The Ceding Commission shall be equal to the Appraisal Value of the Recaptured Business as of the Recapture Date, adjusted for Taxes as provided below.

Appraisal Value . The Appraisal Value of the Recaptured Business shall be equal to the present value (calculated at a 13.5 percent interest rate) as of the Recapture Date of the following values for the Recaptured Business: (a) After Tax Statutory Profits, (b) After Tax Interest on Required Surplus, minus or (c) the Increase or Decrease in Required Surplus, minus (d) the Required Surplus as of the Recapture Date.

For these purposes, Required Surplus shall be calculated on the assumption that Total Adjusted Capital to Company Action Level RBC, in each case with respect to the Recaptured Business, shall be 200 percent (Both Total Adjusted Capital and Company Action Level RBC shall be determined as provided in the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act or the NAIC’s rules with respect thereto in effect as of the Recapture Date). In fixing the other values required by the above formula, the Actuary shall use its best estimates of future mortality, earned and credited interest rates, lapses and surrenders, premium persistency, producer compensation,


other taxes, licenses and fees; provided, however, that the Actuary shall assume that the unit cost of providing administrative services for the Recaptured Business shall increase by three percent per year over the estimated cost of such services for the twelve months immediately following the Recapture Date.

Tax Adjustments . The Ceding Commission shall be calculated net of any Federal or state income Tax credits and charges incurred by the Company as a result of the recapture of the Recaptured Business.

If the Tax adjustments contemplated by the preceding paragraph were made pursuant to the Code provisions in effect as of the Closing, the Company would realize a Tax credit for (a) the Ceding Commission adjusted for the difference between statutory and Tax reserves and (b) the present value of the Tax charge for the DAC Taxes (determined under Section 848 of the Code) generated by the recapture. The present value of the DAC Tax charge shall be calculated at a 13.5 percent interest rate and shall take into account the amount and timing of anticipated Tax deductions attributable to amortization of specified policy acquisition costs pursuant to Section 848 of the Code. The Ceding Commission would equal the Appraisal Value net of such credits and charges.

In the event that the Code is amended prior to a Recapture Date, the Actuary shall make the appropriate adjustment (if any) to the calculations set forth in the preceding paragraph in order to preserve the parties’ intent that the Ceding Commission be calculated net of any Federal or state income tax credits as a result of the recapture.


EXHIBIT C

Closing Date Liabilities

AETNA LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

ALIAC’s Closing Date Liabilities shall consist of all liabilities listed below with respect to the Policies issued by ALIAC, determined as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the day immediately preceding the Effective Date in accordance with Connecticut SAP.

Liabilities with Respect to Policies and Post-Closing Policies

Aggregate Reserves for Life Policies

Policy and Contract Claims

Premiums Received in Advance

Liability for Premium and Other Fund Deposits

Cost of Collection

Separate Account Liabilities


EXHIBIT D

Required Balance

AETNA LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

The Required Balance with respect to the Policies and Post-Closing Policies issued by ALIAC as of any date shall be computed as the excess of (a) all liabilities listed below with respect to such Policies and Post-Closing Policies, determined under Connecticut SAP as of such date, over (b) the aggregate amount of the policy loans (including accrued interest thereon) under such Policies and Post-Closing Policies, determined under Connecticut SAP as of such date.

Liabilities with Respect to Policies and Post-Closing Policies

Aggregate Reserves for Life Policies

Policy and Contract Claims

Premiums Received in Advance

Liability for Premium and Other Fund Deposits

Cost of Collection

Separate Account Liabilities


SCHEDULE 1.1(A)

[Page intentionally left blank]

Exhibit 10.27

Amendment No. 1 to Coinsurance Agreement

Between

ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company

(formerly Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity)

and

Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York

Effective March 1, 2007


This Amendment No. 1 (“Amendment No. 1”) to Coinsurance Agreement (the “Coinsurance Agreement”) dated October 1, 1998, between Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company, now known as ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company, (“ILIAC” or the “Company”) and The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company (“LNL”), is entered into by ILIAC and Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York (“LNY”), successor to LNL as Reinsurer by assignment, and is entered into as of March 19, 2007 and effective as of March 1, 2007.

WHEREAS, Company and LNL entered into the Coinsurance Agreement effective October 1, 1998;

WHEREAS, LNL and LNY, LNL’s wholly owned subsidiary, has with ILIAC’s consent, entered into an Assignment and Assumption Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A , pursuant to which LNL assigned all of its rights, title and interest in and to the Coinsurance Agreement and LNY assumed all of LNL’s obligations thereunder (except the Retained Indemnification Obligations, as defined in the Assignment and Assumption Agreement) including the Reinsured Liabilities;

WHEREAS, as consideration for ILIAC’s consent to the assignment of the Reinsured Liabilities, LNY is establishing a Trust Account (as defined below) for the benefit of ILIAC with the Bank of New York (“BNY”) to, among other things, secure the payment of amounts due under the Coinsurance Agreement; and

WHEREAS, commensurate with the execution and delivery of this Amendment No. 1, LNY as grantor, Bank of New York, as trustee, and ILIAC, as beneficiary, are entering into a Grantor Trust Agreement (the “Trust Agreement”).

NOW THEREFORE, to reflect the foregoing changes resulting from establishing the Trust Account, LNY and ILIAC agree to amend the Coinsurance Agreement as follows.

I. Definitions : The following definitions are hereby amended and restated as follows:

“Election Notice” means a notice given by the Company to the Reinsurer with respect to the exercise of recapture remedies pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof.

“Market Value” means the market value of the assets held in the trust account under the Trust Agreement.

“Secured Policies” means the Policies and Post-Closing Policies secured by the Trust Account established under Section 9.4 hereof.

The definition of “Event of Default,” “Security Trust,” “Security Trust Agreement” and “Trustee” are hereby deleted and the following definitions are added:

“Recapture Event” means any event described in Section 9.4 hereof which gives rise to Recapture Rights or other remedy.

 

2


“Trust Account” means a trust account established with the Trustee for the purpose of securing the Reinsurer’s obligations to the Company in accordance with Article IX hereof.

“Trust Agreement” means the Grantor Trust Agreement, a copy of which is attached to this Amendment No. 1 as Exhibit B.

“UCC” means the New York Commercial Code.

In each and every place the words “Security Trust” and “Security Trust Agreement” appear in the Coinsurance Agreement, as amended, they shall be replaced with “Trust Account” and “Trust Agreement” respectively.

II.(a) Section 3.5 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Monthly Accountings . The Reinsurer shall provide the Company with a Monthly Accounting as of the end of each calendar month and shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to provide the Monthly Accounting by the date set by the Company to meet both its internal monthly reporting requirements and its quarterly and annual regulatory filing requirements. The Reinsurer shall in no event provide the Monthly Accounting later than 15 Business Days after the end of each calendar month; provided that in the event that subsequent data or calculations require revision of the final Monthly Accounting, the required revision and any appropriate payments shall be made in cash by the parties five Business Days after they mutually agree as to the appropriate revision. The Reinsurer shall provide such Monthly Accountings in a format and containing the information reasonably requested by the Company.

(b) Section 3.6 is amended by deleting (i) from the second line the words “and/or the Security Trust”; (ii) from the fourth line “or the Security Trust”; and (iii) the last sentence.

III. Section 9.1 (iii) is deleted and replaced with the following:

(iii) any breach or nonfulfillment by Reinsurer of, or any failure by Reinsurer to perform, any of its covenants, terms or conditions of, or any duties or obligations under, this Agreement or the Trust Agreement.

IV. Section 9.4 (a) “Events of Default” is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

(a) Security; Credit for Reinsurance .

(i) The Reinsurer, as grantor, is creating the Trust Account with Bank of New York, naming the Company as sole beneficiary thereof. The Trust Account shall be funded as provided in the Trust Agreement. The Reinsurer hereby pledges the assets in the Trust Account, including its residual interest therein, to perfect a first priority security interest in favor of the Company under Article 9 of the UCC. During the term of the Trust Agreement, the Reinsurer shall not, and shall direct that the Trustee will not, grant or cause to be created in favor of any third person any security interest whatsoever in any of the assets in the Trust Account or in the residual interest therein.

 

3


(ii) In the event that the Company is denied credit for reinsurance ceded hereunder on the financial statements filed by the Company in any jurisdiction, then within 30 days of the Reinsurer’s receipt of written notice by the Company informing them of such denial, the Reinsurer shall take all steps necessary to enable the Company to obtain credit on its financial statement.

V. Sections 9.4(b), (c), (d) and (e) are deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

(b) Recapture Events . From and after the Closing Date, any of the following occurrences shall constitute an event that entitles the Company to exercise the recapture remedy set forth in this Section 9.4 (individually or collectively, as the context indicates, a “Recapture Event”):

 

  (i) Reinsurer ceases to maintain any of (A) an A.M. Best Company rating of at least B+, (B) a Standard & Poor’s Corporation insurer financial strength rating of at least BB+, and (C) a Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. claims-paying ability rating of at least Ba1; or

 

  (ii) Reinsurer fails to (A) maintain a ratio of (i) Total Adjusted Capital (as defined in the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act or in the rules and procedures prescribed by the NAIC with respect thereto, in each case as in effect as of December 31, 2006) to (ii) the Company Action Level RBC (as defined in the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act or in the rules and procedures prescribed by the NAIC with respect thereto, in each case as in effect as of December 31, 2006) of at least 160 percent; or (B) maintain a Standard & Poor’s Corporation’s capital adequacy ratio (calculated in accordance with the rules and procedures in effect as of December 31, 2006) of at least 100 percent; or

 

  (iii) a petition for insolvency, rehabilitation, conservation, supervision, liquidation or similar proceeding is filed by or against the Reinsurer or its statutory representative in any jurisdiction; or

 

  (iv) intentionally left blank

 

  (v) this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; or

 

  (vi) within thirty (30) calendar days of the termination of the Administrative Services Agreement in accordance with its terms, (A) Reinsurer does not take all steps necessary to arrange for a third­ party administrator acceptable to the Company in its sole discretion, reasonably exercised, to provide all administrative services to be provided pursuant to the terminated Administrative Services Agreement at the cost of Reinsurer or (B) such third-party administrator fails to enter into an administrative service agreement with the Company, satisfactory in form and substance to the Company in its sole discretion, reasonably exercised; or

 

4


  (vii) a judgment or order is entered by a court of competent jurisdiction declaring the invalidity of the Trust or finding that the assets held in a Trust are general account assets of Reinsurer or otherwise do not constitute a “secured claim” within the meaning of the laws of Reinsurer’s domiciliary state; or

 

  (viii) the Company is denied credit on its financial statements filed in any jurisdiction with respect to the reinsurance provided by the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer does not take all steps necessary to enable the Company to obtain credit on its financial statements within thirty (30) calendar days of the Reinsurer’s receipt of written notice from the Company as to the occurrence described herein;

 

  (ix) intentionally left blank.

(c) Notice to The Company . The Reinsurer shall provide the Company with:

 

  (i) written notice of any downgrade in the Reinsurer’s A. M. Best Company rating or its Standard & Poor’s Corporation insurer financial strength rating or its Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. claims-paying ability rating within three (3) Business Days after the Reinsurer’s receipt of notice of such adjustment;

 

  (ii) a written report of the calculation of the Reinsurer’s Total Adjusted Capital and Authorized Control Level RBC (based on the Risk­ Based Capital (RBC) Model Act and/or the rules and procedures in effect as of December 31, 2006) and Standard & Poor’s Corporation’s capital adequacy ratio (based on the rules and procedures in effect as of December 31, 2006) of each calendar quarter within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such quarter;

 

  (iii) written notice of the occurrence of any Recapture Event within two (2) Business Days after its occurrence; and

 

  (iv) not less than annually, a written report, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, certifying that no Recapture Event has occurred during the period covered by such report or is continuing as of the last day of such period, together with the appropriate calculations and back up reasonably necessary to substantiate the basis of the Reinsurer’s certification.

The Company may, at its own expense, review the Reinsurer’s books and records to confirm the risk based capital calculations provided by the Reinsurer pursuant to Section 9.4(c)(ii). In addition, Reinsurer shall (A) cooperate fully with the Company and promptly respond to the Company’s inquiries from time to time concerning the Reinsurer’s financial condition, operating results and any events, occurrences or other matters which arise on and after the Effective Date and which reasonably relate to the Business or Reinsurer’s ability to perform and discharge its obligations under the Asset Purchase Agreement, this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements and (B) provide to the Company such financial statements, reports, internal control letters and reports prepared by auditors and other third parties, SAS-70 reports and other documents of the Reinsurer as the Company may reasonably request from time to time.

 

5


(d) E lection of Remedies . Upon the occurrence of any Recapture Event, the Company may elect to recapture, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below all, but not less than all, of the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies ceded hereunder. The Company shall give the Reinsurer written notice of its election (the “Election Notice”) specifying (x) the grounds for the exercise of its remedies pursuant to this Section 9.4 and (y) the effective date of recapture.

(e) Recapture . Any recapture by the Company shall not be deemed to have been consummated until (i) the Company has given the Reinsurer an Election Notice pursuant to Section 9.4(d); and (ii) the Company has received payment of the entire Recapture Fee as determined in accordance with Exhibit A “Recapture Fee” to the Coinsurance Agreement. If the Reinsured Liabilities under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies to be recaptured are secured by a Trust Account established in accordance with Section 9.4(a), the Company may, in its sole discretion, withdraw assets from the Trust Account having an aggregate Market Value (determined pursuant to the Trust Agreement governing such Trust Account) not to exceed the amount of the Recapture Fee. The Reinsurer shall promptly pay the Company the full amount of the Recapture Fee, reduced by the amount, if any, withdrawn from the Trust Account. Following the consummation of the recapture of Policies and Post-Closing Policies pursuant to this Section 9.4(e), no additional premiums, deposits or other amounts payable under such Policies and Post-Closing Policies shall be ceded to the Reinsurer hereunder.

VI. Section 9.4(f) is deleted in entirety and intentionally left blank.

VII. Section 9.4(i) is added as follows:

(i) Inconsistent Language . The parties acknowledge that this Section 9.4 has been amended since the execution of the Asset Purchase Agreement. Accordingly, to the extent there is anything inconsistent between this Section 9.4 and Section 9.07 of the Asset Purchase Agreement, this Section 9.4 shall prevail.

VIII. Section 13.1 Notices is amended as follows:

Notices sent to the Company shall be sent to:

ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company

151 Farmington Avenue

Hartford, Connecticut 06156

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

ING North America Insurance Company

5780 Powers Ferry Road NW

Atlanta, Georgia 30327-4390

Attention: Corporate General Counsel

 

6


And

ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company

151 Farmington Avenue

Hartford, Connecticut 06156

Attention: MaryEllen Thibodeau TS31

Counsel

Notices sent to LNY shall be sent to:

Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York

1300 S. Clinton Street

Fort Wayne, IN 46802

Attention: Keith Ryan, Second Vice President

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York

100 Madison Street

Suite 1860

Syracuse, NY 13202

Attention: Robert Sheppard, Second Vice President and General Counsel

IX. Exhibit B to the Coinsurance Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit B to this Amendment No. 1.

Except as specifically changed by the express terms of this Amendment No. 1, the terms and provisions of the Coinsurance Agreement remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

This Amendment No. 1 may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment No. 1 to be executed this 19 th day of March, 2007

 

LINCOLN LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY

OF NEW YORK

By:    
  Name:   Keith J. Ryan
  Title:   Second Vice President

ING LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY

COMPANY

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  


Exhibit A

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is executed as of March 19, 2007 and effective as of March 1, 2007 by and between ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company (formerly named Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company (“ ALIAC ”)), a Connecticut domiciled stock life insurance company (the “ Company ”), The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, an Indiana domiciled stock life insurance company (the “ Reinsurer ”), and Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York, a New York domiciled stock life insurance company (“ LLANY ”).

WHEREAS , the Company (then ALIAC), Aetna Life Insurance Company (“ ALIC ”), the Reinsurer, and LLANY, entered into a Second Amended and Restated Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 21, 1998 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, ALIAC agreed to cede and transfer to Reinsurer certain liabilities pursuant to a Coinsurance Agreement dated October 1, 1998 (the “ Coinsurance Agreement ”) and a Modified Coinsurance Agreement dated October 1, 1998 (the “ Modco Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , the Reinsurer agreed to perform certain administrative functions on behalf of ALIAC, pursuant to an Administrative Services Agreement dated October 1, 1998 (the “ Administrative Services Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , the Company and Reinsurer entered into an Agreement effective as of March 1, 2007 (“ Optional Assignment Agreement ”) pursuant to which Company granted the Reinsurer the right to assign to LLANY certain of its rights and delegate certain of its obligations existing under the LNL Coinsurance Agreement, Modco Agreement, and Administrative Services Agreement (collectively the “ Covered Agreements ”), subject to certain specific conditions;

WHEREAS , consistent with the provisions of the Optional Assignment Agreement between the Company and the Reinsurer, the Reinsurer wishes to assign and delegate to LLANY and LLANY agrees to accept and assume all of the transferred rights and obligations existing under the Covered Agreements as hereinafter set forth.

Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them under the Coinsurance Agreement, the Modco Agreement or the Administrative Services Agreement, as applicable.

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

1. LLANY Representations and Warranties . LLANY represents and warrants that:

 

  a) LLANY is properly licensed as either a life insurance company or an accredited reinsurer in the States of Connecticut and New York;

 

1


  b) LLANY has a ratio of(i) Total Adjusted Capital (as defined in the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act or in the rules and procedures prescribed by the NAIC with respect thereto, in each case as in effect as of December 31, 2006) to (ii) the Company Action Level RBC (as defined in the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act or in the rules and procedures prescribed by the NAIC with respect thereto, in each case as in effect as of December 31, 2006), of at least 300 percent;

 

  c) LLANY has ratings no lower than those of Reinsurer from the following firms: (i) A.M. Best Company; (ii) Standard & Poor’s Corporation; and (iii) Moody’s Investors Services, Inc.;

 

  d) LLANY is Controlled by or is under common Control with Reinsurer.

2. Assignment . As of the Effective Date, Reinsurer hereby assigns and transfers to LLANY all of Reinsurer’s right, title, and interest in and to, and delegates all its obligations and duties under, the Covered Agreements other than the Retained Indemnification Obligations which it will retain (the “Transferred Rights and Obligations”). Retained Indemnification Obligations mean Reinsurer’s indemnification obligations under (A) Section 9.1(ii) of the Coinsurance Agreement for Reinsurer Extra Contractual Obligations and Seller Extra Contractual Obligations; (B) Section 9.1(iii) of the Coinsurance Agreement for any breach, nonfulfillment or failure to perform by Reinsurer prior to the Effective Date; and (C) Section 6.02 of the Administrative Services Agreement for any breach, nonfulfillment, performance, failure to perform or other act, error or omission by Reinsurer, in its role as Administrator, prior to the Effective Date.

3. Assumption . As of the Effective Date, LLANY hereby assumes and agrees to pay, perform and discharge in full all of the Transferred Rights and Obligations of Reinsurer under the Covered Agreements and releases Reinsurer from any and all such liabilities and obligations thereunder so as to result in the substitution of LLANY for Reinsurer in Reinsurer’s name, place and stead except with respect to the Retained Indemnification Obligations. It is the intent of LLANY and Reinsurer to effect a novation of both the Coinsurance Agreement and the Modco Agreement with respect to the Transferred Rights and Obligations but not the Retained Indemnification Obligations.

4. Ceding Commission . LLANY shall pay Reinsurer a ceding commission equal to $156.4 million on the effective date of this Agreement.

5. Terms and Conditions . LLANY hereby agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of each and every Covered Agreement.

6. Company Consent to Assignment and Assumption .

 

  (a)

Company hereby consents to the assignment and assumption set forth in Sections 2 and 3 hereof. Company, Reinsurer, and LLANY agree that such assignment and assumption shall have the force and effect of creating a direct agreement between Company and LLANY with respect to the Transferred Rights and Obligations and that Reinsurer will remain directly liable to Company for the Retained Indemnification Obligations. Reinsurer agrees that it will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Company against any

 

2


  Loss arising from (i) any degradation in service quality below the level described in Section 2.4 of the Administrative Services Agreement and (ii) LLANY’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Administrative Services Agreement.

 

  (b) Reinsurer agrees that it will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Company against any Loss arising from (i) any degradation in service quality below the level described in Section 2.4 of the Administrative Services Agreement, (ii) any additional Tax liability incurred by Company directly related to Company’s execution of this Agreement, provided that Company grants Reinsurer the right to control and manage any such tax controversy and cooperates in good faith with Reinsurer’s efforts to resolve any tax controversy with the Internal Revenue Service.

 

  (c) Reinsurer covenants and warrants that as long as the Coinsurance Agreement and the Modco Agreement remain in effect it shall remain responsible for services pursuant to the terms of either the Interaffiliate Service Agreement entered into by LLANY and Reinsurer as of January 1, 2004, or a substantially similar agreement to be entered into between Reinsurer and LLANY and shall cause the services previously provided by Reinsurer pursuant to the Administrative Service Agreement to continue to be performed at no lower level of quality than that which would have been required of Reinsurer.

7. Binding Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and to their successors and assigns.

8. Notices . Any notice or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when (a) mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, (b) mailed by overnight express mail or other nationally recognized overnight or same-day delivery service or (c) delivered in person to the parties at the following addresses:

If to the Company, to:

ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company

151 Farmington Avenue

Hartford, Connecticut 06156

Attention: MaryEllen Thibodeau, Counsel

With a concurrent copy to:

ING North America Insurance Corporation

5780 Powers Ferry Road

Atlanta, GA 30327-4390

Attention: Corporate General Counsel

 

3


If to the Reinsurer, to:

The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

1300 South Clinton Street

Fort Wayne, IN 46802

Attention: Marcie Weber, Senior Counsel

If to LLANY, to:

Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York

100 Madison Street

Suite 1860

Syracuse, NY 13202

Attention: Robert Sheppard, Second Vice President and General Counsel

9. Waivers . Any term or condition of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the party that is entitled to the benefit thereof. Such waiver must be in writing and must be executed by an officer of such party. A waiver on one occasion shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the same or any other term or condition on a future occasion. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a writing duly executed by an officer of the Company, the Reinsurer, and LLANY respectively.

10. Assignments . This Agreement (or any rights or obligations therein) shall not be assigned or delegated by any of the parties hereto without the prior written approval of the other parties, and of the New York Insurance Department. Any attempted assignment or delegation in violation of this paragraph shall be invalid and void.

11. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard of its conflicts of law doctrine.

12. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

13. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any present or future law or if determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, and if the rights or obligations of the LLANY, the Company or the Reinsurer under this Agreement will not be materially and adversely affected thereby, such provision shall be fully severable, and this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have entered into this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

ING LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:    
Name:   Keith J. Ryan
Title:   Second Vice President
LINCOLN LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY OF NEW YORK
By:    
Name:   Keith J. Ryan
Title:   Second Vice President


Exhibit B

GRANTOR TRUST AGREEMENT

Dated as of March 19, 2007

and

Effective as of March 1, 2007

Among

Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York

as Grantor

ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company

as Beneficiary

and

The Bank of New York

as Trustee

and

The Bank of New York

as Securities Intermediary


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         PAGE  
Parties/Recitals      2   
1.  

Deposit of Assets to the Trust Account

     3   
2.  

Withdrawal of Assets from the Trust Account

     5   
3.  

Redemption, Investment and Substitution of Assets

     8   
4.  

Crediting of Income

     9   
5.  

Right to Vote Assets

     9   
6.  

Additional Rights and Duties of the Trustee

     10   
7.  

The Trustee’s Compensation, Expenses, etc.

     11   
8.  

Resignation or Removal of the Trustee

     12   
9.  

Termination of the Trust Account

     13   
10.  

Representations and Warranties

     13   
11.  

Definitions

     15   
12.  

Governing Law

     17   
13.  

UCC

     17   
14.  

Successors and Assigns

     17   
15.  

Severability

     17   
16.  

Entire Agreement

     17   
17.  

Amendments

     17   
18.  

Notices, etc.

     17   
19.  

Headings

     19   
20.  

Counterparts

     19   

 

1


GRANTOR TRUST AGREEMENT

GRANTOR TRUST AGREEMENT, dated as of March 19, 2007 and effective as of March 1, 2007 (the “ Effective Date ”) (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York, a stock insurance company organized and existing under the laws of and domiciled in the State of New York (hereinafter the “Grantor”), ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company, a stock insurance company organized and existing under the laws of and domiciled in the State of Connecticut (such insurer and its successors by operation of law, including, without limitation, any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator thereof, being hereinafter referred to as the “ Beneficiary ”), The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation as trustee and as secured party, for the benefit of the Beneficiary (such bank, in its capacity as trustee and as secured party, being referred to as the “ Trustee ”), and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as securities intermediary, (such bank, in its capacity as securities intermediary, being referred to as the “ Securities Intermediary ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Beneficiary (formerly named Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company) is a party to the Coinsurance Agreement dated October 1, 1998, as amended effective March 1, 2007 (as amended, the “LNL Coinsurance Agreement”) with The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company (“LNL”); and

WHEREAS , the Beneficiary is also a party to the Coinsurance Agreement dated October 1, 1998, as amended effective March 1, 2007 (as amended, the “LLANY Coinsurance Agreement”) with the Grantor; and

WHEREAS , pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated the date of this Agreement, the Grantor has succeeded to the interests of LNL under the LNL Coinsurance Agreement (except as otherwise specified in the Assignment and Assumption Agreement); and

WHEREAS , as consideration for the Beneficiary’s consent to the assignment of the LNL Coinsurance Agreement pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the Grantor agreed to secure payment of the Secured Obligations; and

WHEREAS , the Grantor desires to establish with the Trustee a trust account (the “ Trust Account ”) and transfer to the Trustee for deposit in the Trust Account cash and other Assets in an amount equal to the Required Amount in order to secure and to fund payment of the Secured Obligations; and

WHEREAS , the Trustee has agreed to act as Trustee hereunder and, in accordance with the terms hereof, to hold cash or other Assets in trust in the Trust Account on the terms herein set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

2


1. Deposit of Assets in the Trust Account; Security Interest

(a) Effective as of the Effective Date and upon delivery of this Agreement, the Grantor hereby establishes a Trust Account and the Trustee hereby accepts the Trust Account herein created and declared upon the terms provided herein and shall administer the Trust Account as Trustee and, with respect to the security interest granted in Section l(h) hereof, as secured party for the exclusive benefit of the Beneficiary. The Grantor shall establish and the Trustee shall maintain the Trust Account as a securities account at The Bank of New York as Securities Intermediary with regard to the Trust Account. The Trustee shall be the entitlement holder with respect to the Trust Account. The Trust Account shall be subject to withdrawal by the Beneficiary and the Grantor as provided herein. The Trustee and its lawfully appointed successors are authorized and shall have power to receive such cash and other Assets as the Grantor transfers to or vests in the Trustee or places under the Trustee’s possession and control, and to hold, invest, reinvest, manage and dispose of the same for the uses and purposes and in the manner and according to the provisions hereinafter set forth. All such trusteed assets at all times shall be maintained as a trust account, separate and distinct from all other assets of the Trustee, and shall be continuously maintained by the Trustee.

(b) Effective as of the Effective Date and upon delivery of this Agreement, the Grantor will transfer to the Trustee, for deposit to the Trust Account, cash and such other Assets as may be designated by the Grantor in an amount equal to the Required Amount as of the calendar quarter immediately preceding the Effective Date, which the Grantor and the Beneficiary agree is USD$2,723,848,944. The initial Assets are listed on Exhibit A .

(c) Within fifteen Business Days after the end of each calendar quarter:

(i) the Grantor shall determine the Required Amount as of the last day of the calendar quarter just ended. For purposes of this Agreement, the Required Amount shall be determined by the Grantor in accordance with the standards for calculating reserves set forth in Section 2.5 of the LNL Coinsurance Agreement and Section 2.5 of the LLANY Coinsurance Agreement;

(ii) if the Valuation Report for the Assets as of the last day of the calendar quarter just ended shows that the fair market value of the Assets is less than the Required Amount as of the last day of such quarter, then, within five Business Days after the later to occur of receipt of the Valuation Report and Grantor’s determination of the Required Amount, the Grantor shall transfer cash or other Assets to the Trust Account in an amount equal to such deficiency;

(iii) the Grantor shall provide both the Beneficiary and the Trustee a certificate signed by an authorized officer of Grantor setting forth the amounts described in (i) and (ii), if applicable, and including reasonable supporting detail of such computations and certifying that the Assets in the Trust Account comply with the Investment Policy.

 

3


(d) To the extent that the Beneficiary disagrees with the Grantor’s calculation of the Required Amount or the certification that the Assets comply with the Investment Policy, the Beneficiary shall notify both the Grantor and the Trustee in writing within ten Business Days of the Beneficiary’s receipt of the certificate described in Section 1(c)(iii). If the Beneficiary and the Grantor resolve the dispute then Beneficiary will provide written notice of that fact to Trustee within three Business Days of the resolution of the dispute. If the Grantor and the Beneficiary cannot resolve the disagreement within ten Business Days of the Beneficiary notifying the Grantor of its disagreement, such dispute between the Beneficiary and the Grantor regarding the Grantor’s determination of the Required Amount shall be resolved pursuant to Article X of the LNL Coinsurance Agreement. The Trustee shall have no duty, responsibility or obligation whatsoever to participate in any such dispute resolution process between the Beneficiary and the Grantor. If the resolution of any such dispute results in the Required Amount being increased above the Grantor’s determination, then within five Business Days following such resolution, the Grantor shall deposit into the Trust Account additional Assets in an amount equal to such increase.

(e) The Grantor hereby represents, warrants and covenants (i) that any Assets transferred to the Trustee for deposit to the Trust Account will be in such form that the Beneficiary, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2 (a), and the Trustee, upon written direction by the Beneficiary, may negotiate any such Assets without consent or signature from the Grantor or any other person in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and (ii) that all Assets transferred to the Trustee for deposit to the Trust Account will consist only of cash (United States legal tender) and Eligible Securities.

(f) All Assets in the Trust Account shall be valued at their current fair market value in U.S. dollars as determined by the Trustee exercised in a reasonable manner as described below. Within ten Business Days after the end of each month the Trustee shall send to the Beneficiary and the Grantor a written report regarding the valuation of the Assets at the end of such month (the “ Valuation Report ”). Each report shall include a fair market value valuation of all Assets in the Trust Account in accordance with the asset prices provided by the market makers or such other appropriate independent sources of valuation, by an independent nationally recognized pricing service to which the Trustee subscribes in the normal conduct of its business (e.g., Interactive Data, Merrill Lynch, Bloomberg, Lehman Brothers Inc., etc.). The Trustee shall not be liable for an incorrect fair market valuation of Assets caused by the use of inaccurate or erroneous prices provided by such pricing services or sources. If the price is not available as set forth above, the Trustee can obtain the price by retaining, at the expense of the Grantor and pursuant to the written recommendation of the Grantor’s investment manager, a major independent securities valuation firm to appraise the value of such Assets. If the Grantor or the Beneficiary disputes the fair market value of the Assets in the Trust Account as set forth in the Valuation Report, then within ten Business Days following receipt of the Valuation Report, the Grantor or the Beneficiary, as the case may be, will notify the other party of its dispute regarding the valuation (the “ Valuation Dispute Notice ”). The Valuation Dispute Notice shall contain sufficient information to support the disputing party’s valuation. The Trustee shall not be a party to any dispute between the Grantor and Beneficiary relating to the valuation of Assets set forth in the Valuation Report, but shall be provided with a copy of any Valuation Dispute Notice delivered by the Grantor or Beneficiary under this provision. The non-disputing party has five Business Days from the receipt of the Valuation Dispute Notice to agree with the disputing party’s valuation or provide its own reasonable valuation of the specific Assets in dispute (the “ Asset Response ”). During no more than four Business Days after the Asset Response, the parties to the

 

4


dispute will continue to work to resolve the disagreement, failing which they shall disclose to each other their final and last best proposal (“ Proposal ” as hereinafter defined) no later than the end of such four Business Day period. For purposes hereof, a “ Proposal ” of a party to the dispute shall consist of the valuation correction and related information supporting the valuation correction. If no resolution of disagreements is reached on or prior to the Business Day following such four Business Days, the parties to the dispute will on such next following Business Day submit their final and last best Proposal (previously disclosed to the other party as provided above) to arbitration by a major independent securities valuation firm, the identity of which shall be mutually agreed, and the parties to the dispute will abide by the result of such arbitration, which arbitration process shall require the arbitrator to select one of the two final and last best Proposals. The cost of such arbitration shall be shared equally by the Beneficiary and Grantor. To the extent feasible, and at the joint written direction of the Grantor and the Beneficiary, the Trustee shall adopt the valuation methodology underlying the valuation adopted in arbitration or agreed to by the Beneficiary and the Grantor.

(g) Pending resolution of any dispute with respect to valuation of Assets, the Grantor and Beneficiary will continue to follow the requirements of this Agreement based on the Trustee’s Valuation Report as submitted. Upon resolution of any dispute regarding the valuation, the Trustee will take the action hereunder that it would otherwise have been required to take, if any. If resolution of any such dispute results in the fair market value of the Assets in the Trust Account being less than the Required Amount, then, within five Business Days of such resolution, the Grantor will transfer cash or other assets to the Trust Account in an amount equal to such deficiency.

(h) In order to secure the timely and complete payment and performance of each and all of the Grantor’s Secured Obligations, the Grantor hereby grants to the Trustee, as agent of and as secured party for the exclusive benefit of the Beneficiary, a security interest in the Grantor’s right, title and interest in the Trust Account and the Assets (including without limitation any residual interest therein). The Trustee, as entitlement holder for the benefit of the Beneficiary of all rights associated with the Assets and the Trust Account, shall have control (as defined in the UCC) of the Assets and Trust Account for the purpose of perfecting the interest granted hereby and shall issue entitlement orders to the Securities Intermediary as instructed by the Grantor and the Beneficiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Grantor hereby authorizes the Beneficiary to file or to instruct the Trustee to file UCC-1 Financing Statements with respect to the Trust Account and the Assets for which such a financing statement is appropriate, and hereby appoints the Beneficiary as attorney-in-fact for the purpose of signing Grantor’s name on any such financing statements. The Trustee shall, at the written direction of the Beneficiary, file the completed UCC-1 Financing Statements delivered to the Trustee by the Beneficiary with respect to the Security Trust Account and the Assets.

2. Withdrawal of Assets from the Trust Account .

(a) The Beneficiary shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, to instruct the Trustee to withdraw Assets from the Trust Account for the reasons specified in Section 2(f) only, by providing written notice to both the Grantor and the Trustee (the “Beneficiary Withdrawal Notice”), in an amount and for the reason as are specified in such Beneficiary Withdrawal Notice. The Beneficiary Withdrawal Notice may designate a party (the “Designee”) other than the Beneficiary to whom Assets specified therein

 

5


shall be delivered. The Beneficiary need present no statement or document in addition to a Beneficiary Withdrawal Notice in order to withdraw any Assets. A copy of the form of the Beneficiary Withdrawal Notice is attached as Exhibit B. Such Beneficiary Withdrawal Notice shall be effective and shall be honored by the Trustee promptly after delivery to the Trustee.

(b) Upon a Beneficiary Withdrawal Notice becoming effective, the Trustee shall immediately take any and all steps necessary to transfer, absolutely and unequivocally, all right, title and interest in the Assets specified in such Beneficiary Withdrawal Notice, and shall deliver such Assets to or for the account of the Beneficiary or such Designee as specified in such Beneficiary Withdrawal Notice.

(c) If no Triggering Event has occurred and provided that any dispute with Beneficiary as described in Sections l(d) or l(f) has been satisfactorily resolved, then no more than once per quarter, the Grantor shall have the right to instruct the Trustee to withdraw Assets from the Trust Account for the reason specified in Section 2(g)(l) only, upon written notice to the Trustee (the “Grantor Withdrawal Notice”), in the amount specified in such Grantor Withdrawal Notice. The Grantor Withdrawal Notice may specify that the Assets are to be delivered to itself, a Designee or the Beneficiary. The Grantor need present no statement or document in addition to a Grantor Withdrawal Notice in order to withdraw any assets. A copy of the Grantor Withdrawal Notice is attached as Exhibit D. Such Grantor Withdrawal Notice shall be effective and shall be honored by the Trustee promptly after the latest to occur of the following: (i) the Grantor Withdrawal Notice is delivered to the Trustee; (ii) ten Business Days after the Grantor provides the certificate described in Section l(c)(iii) to both the Beneficiary and the Trustee if the Beneficiary has not objected in writing as described in Section l(d) during that ten Business Day period; and (iii) if the Trustee has received a written notice of disagreement from Beneficiary as described in Section 1(d), when the Trustee receives written notification from the Beneficiary that the dispute has been resolved. As part of the Grantor Withdrawal Notice, the Grantor shall certify that each withdrawal has been made for the purposes specified in Section 2(g)(1). If a Beneficiary Withdrawal Notice is outstanding when the Trustee receives a Grantor Withdrawal Notice, then the Beneficiary Withdrawal Notice shall be honored first.

(d) Upon a Grantor Withdrawal Notice becoming effective, the Trustee shall immediately take any and all steps necessary to transfer the Assets specified in such Grantor Withdrawal Notice, and shall deliver such Assets to or for the account of the Grantor or such Designee as specified in such Grantor Withdrawal Notice.

(e) Except as expressly permitted by Section 3 of this Agreement, in the absence of a Beneficiary or Grantor Withdrawal Notice, the Trustee shall not allow substitutions or withdrawals of any Assets from the Trust Account.

(f) The Beneficiary hereby covenants to the Grantor that it will use and apply any withdrawn assets, without diminution because of the insolvency of the Beneficiary or the Grantor, for the following purposes only:

(1) to reimburse the Beneficiary for any Reinsured Liabilities under the Policies and the Post Closing Policies reinsured under the LNL Coinsurance Agreement or the LLANY Coinsurance Agreement paid by the Beneficiary to the extent not paid by the Grantor when due;

 

6


(2) to pay any amounts that are due to the Beneficiary under the LNL Coinsurance Agreement or the LLANY Coinsurance Agreement to the extent not paid directly to the Beneficiary by the Grantor when due;

(3) to pay all or any portion of the Recapture Fee due in connection with the recapture of the Policies and the Post Closing Policies under the LNL Coinsurance Agreement or the LLANY Coinsurance Agreement ; or

(4) to pay any other amounts that are due to the Beneficiary under any of the Ancillary Agreements.

(g) The Grantor hereby covenants to the Beneficiary that it will remove assets from the Trust Account for the following purposes only:

(1) to reduce the amount held in the Trust Account by the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Assets as shown in the Valuation Report for the Assets as of the last day of the calendar quarter just ended, over the Required Amount as of the last day of such quarter in accordance with this Section 2; or

(2) to substitute assets held in the Trust Account with other securities of equivalent or higher value and equivalent or higher quality in accordance with Section 3 of this Agreement.

(h) Procedures for Withdrawals after Grantor Credit Event.

(1) If Grantor ceases to maintain an A. M. Best Company financial strength rating of at least B++, a Grantor Credit Event shall have occurred.

(2) After a Grantor Credit Event occurs and Beneficiary has received notice thereof pursuant to Section 9.1 (c) of the LNL Coinsurance Agreement and the LLANY Coinsurance Agreement, Beneficiary shall notify Trustee of the fact in writing, and the following procedures shall be used for withdrawals by Grantor.

(a) Grantor shall provide each Grantor Withdrawal Notice to both the Trustee and the Beneficiary.

(b) Trustee shall follow the procedures described in Sections 2(c) and 2(d) above except that a Grantor Withdrawal Notice shall not be honored until Trustee shall have received a written confirmation permitting the withdrawal from the Beneficiary.

(c) Beneficiary shall permit the withdrawal if (A) it receives written certification from the Grantor that such withdrawal is required to pay policy benefits pursuant to the LLANY Coinsurance Agreement and/or the LNL Coinsurance Agreement; (B) the condition to withdrawal in Section 2(g)(l) has been met; and (C) no Recapture Event has occurred.

 

7


(i) Procedures for Withdrawals after Grantor Event of Default.

(1) If Grantor’s ceases to maintain am A. M. Best Company financial strength rating of at least B+, a Grantor Event of Default shall have occurred.

(2) After the occurrence of a Grantor Event of Default and Beneficiary has received notice thereof from the Grantor pursuant to Section 9.1 (c) of the LNL Coinsurance Agreement and the LLANY Coinsurance Agreement, the Beneficiary shall notify Trustee of the fact in writing and the following procedures shall be followed for withdrawals by Grantor.

(a) Grantor shall provide each Grantor Withdrawal Notice to both the Trustee and the Beneficiary.

(b) Trustee shall follow the procedures described in Sections 2(c) and 2(d) above except that a Grantor Withdrawal Notice shall not be honored until Trustee shall have received from the Beneficiary a written confirmation permitting the withdrawal.

(c) After the occurrence of a Grantor Event of Default, Beneficiary may, in its sole discretion, decline to permit a withdrawal to be made pursuant to an outstanding Grantor Withdrawal Notice.

(j) The Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting upon a Grantor Withdrawal Notice and/or Beneficiary Withdrawal Notice and shall not incur any liability to anyone resulting from actions taken by the Trustee in reliance in good faith on such instructions.

(k) The Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine that any Assets withdrawn from the Trust Account pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement will be used and applied in the manner contemplated by paragraphs (f) and (g) of this Section 2.

(l) The Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any notice of a Triggering Event that it reasonably believes to be from the Beneficiary. The Trustee shall not be responsible to determine that a Triggering Event has occurred.

3. Redemption, Investment and Substitution of Assets .

(a) The Trustee shall surrender for payment all maturing Assets and all Assets called for redemption and deposit the proceeds of any such payment in the Trust Account.

(b) The Grantor hereby notifies the Trustee and the Beneficiary that it has retained the services of Delaware Investment Advisors (“DIA”) as its investment manager for all Assets, which may be held in the Trust Account. The Grantor will cause DIA to follow the Investment Policy for Assets held in the Trust Account. The Grantor agrees that all investments and substitutions of securities permitted by this Section will be and remain in compliance with the relevant limitations of the applicable insurance laws and the

 

8


Investment Policy. The Trustee shall follow the instructions of DIA regarding the settlement of trades and not accept the direction of any other investment manager without the Grantor’s prior written consent. The Trustee shall forward a copy of any notice, statement, or report that it is required to provide to the Grantor, to DIA also. Substitutions made pursuant to this Section 3, shall not be subject to the withdrawal provisions of Section 2.

(c) The Grantor shall be responsible for investing and reinvesting Assets. From time to time, at the written order and direction of the Grantor or DIA, the Trustee shall invest Assets as specified by the Grantor or DIA.

(d) From time to time, and subject to all applicable provisions of this Agreement, the Grantor or DIA may direct the Trustee to substitute Assets of equivalent or higher value and quality for other Assets presently held in the Trust Account in accordance with the Investment Policy and relevant limitations of applicable insurance laws. The Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine the value of such substituted securities.

(e) Any instruction or order concerning such investments or substitutions of securities shall be referred to herein as an “Investment Order”. The Trustee shall execute Investment Orders and settle securities transactions by itself or by means of an agent or broker. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any act or omission or for the solvency of any such agent or broker. The Trustee shall not be liable except for its own negligence, willful misconduct or lack of good faith.

(f) When the Trustee is directed to deliver Assets against payment, delivery will be made in accordance with generally accepted market practice.

(g) When Trustee is directed to deliver Assets against payment, delivery will be made in accordance with generally accepted market practice.

(h) Any loss incurred from any investment pursuant to the terms of this Section 3 shall be borne exclusively by the Trust Account.

4. Crediting of Income .

All payments of interest, dividends and other income in respect of Assets in the Trust Account shall be posted and credited by the Trustee to the Trust Account. Trustee may debit the Trust Account to recoup any interest, dividend or other income automatically posted and credited on the payment date to the Trust Account which is not subsequently received by the Trustee.

5. Right to Vote Assets .

The Trustee shall forward all annual and interim stockholder reports and all proxies and proxy materials relating to the Assets in the Trust Account to the Grantor and DIA. The Grantor and/or DIA shall have the full and unqualified right to vote any Assets in the Trust Account and to exercise any and all proprietary rights not inconsistent with this Agreement with respect to any securities or other property forming a part of the Trust Account.

 

9


6. Additional Rights and Duties of the Trustee and the Securities Intermediary .

(a) The Trustee shall notify the Grantor and the Beneficiary in writing within ten (10) days following each deposit to, withdrawal from, or substitution of Assets in, the Trust Account.

(b) Before accepting any Asset for deposit to the Trust Account, the Trustee shall determine that such Asset is in such form that the Beneficiary or the Trustee, upon direction by the Beneficiary may, negotiate such Asset without consent or signature from the Grantor or any person other than the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) The Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine that any Assets in the Trust Account are or continue to be assets which comply with the Investment Policy, any terms or conditions of the LNL Coinsurance Agreement or the LLANY Coinsurance Agreement, or any applicable insurance laws.

(d) The Trustee shall hold all Assets in a safe place at the Trustee’s office in the United States, except that the Trustee may deposit any Assets in the Trust Account in a book-entry account maintained at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or in depositories such as the Depository Trust Company. Assets may be held in the name of a nominee maintained by the Trustee or by any such depository.

(e) The Trustee shall accept and open all mail directed to the Grantor or the Beneficiary in care of the Trustee and shall forward such mail to the party to whom it is directed.

(f) The Trustee shall furnish to the Grantor and the Beneficiary a statement of all Assets in the Trust Account at the inception of the Trust Account and monthly, in accordance with Section l(f) hereof.

(g) The Trustee shall keep full and complete records of the administration of the Trust Account. Upon the request of the Grantor or the Beneficiary, the Trustee shall promptly permit the Grantor or the Beneficiary, their respective agents, employees or independent auditors to examine, audit, excerpt, transcribe, and copy, during the Trustee’s normal business hours, any books, documents, papers, and records relating to the Trust Account or the Assets.

(h) Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Trustee is authorized to follow and rely upon all instructions given by officers named in incumbency certificates furnished to the Trustee from time to time by the Grantor, DIA, and the Beneficiary, respectively, and by attorneys-in-fact acting under written authority furnished to the Trustee by the Grantor, DIA or the Beneficiary, including, without limitation, instructions given by letter, facsimile transmission, telegram, teletype, cablegram or electronic media, if the Trustee reasonably believes such instructions to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties. The Trustee shall be liable only for its own negligence, willful misconduct or lack of good faith and, except for such liability, will not incur any liability to anyone resulting from actions taken by the Trustee in reliance in good faith on such instructions given in accordance with this Agreement, including without limitation, any liability in executing instructions (i) from any attorney-in-fact or investment manager prior to receipt by it of notice of the revocation of the written authority of the attorney-in-fact or investment manager, or (ii) from any officer of the Grantor, the Beneficiary, or DIA named in an incumbency certificate delivered hereunder prior to receipt by it of a more current certificate.

 

10


(i) The duties and obligations of the Trustee shall only be such as are specifically set forth in this Agreement, as it may from time to time be amended, and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be liable except for its own negligence, willful misconduct or lack of good faith, and in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special, punitive, or consequential losses or damages arising in connection with this Agreement.

(j) No provision of this Agreement shall require the Trustee to take any action which, in the Trustee’s reasonable judgment, would result in any violation of this Agreement or any provision of law. If any third party asserts a lien against any of the Assets, the Trustee shall promptly notify both the Grantor and the Beneficiary of such claim.

(k) The Trustee shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Assets or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the liens on any of the Assets, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, except to the extent such action or omission constitutes negligence, lack of good faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, for the validity of title to the Assets, for insuring the Assets or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or liens upon the Assets subject to the requirement of good faith, reasonableness and the lack of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee.

(l) The Trustee shall not incur any liability for not performing any act or fulfilling any duty, obligation, or responsibility hereunder by reason of any occurrence beyond the control of Trustee including but not limited to any act or provision of any present or future law or regulator or governmental authority, terrorism, any act of God or war, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or telex or other wire or communication facility. The Trustee will use everything within its reasonable control to bring its systems and operations back into operation in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and in conjunction with Trustee’s operations contingency plan, an updated copy of which shall be provided to either the Grantor or the Beneficiary upon request.

(m) The Securities Intermediary agrees that it will comply with entitlement orders issued by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and that such compliance is not subject to any conditions, qualifications or further consents. The Securities Intermediary will not comply with entitlement orders issued by any other person.

(n) The Securities Intermediary hereby waives any right of counterclaim, bankers’ liens, liens or perfection rights as securities intermediary with respect to the Assets, the proceeds thereof and the Trust Account.

7. The Trustee’s Compensation, Expenses, etc .

(a) The Grantor shall pay the Trustee, as compensation for its services under this Agreement, a fee which shall be mutually agreed upon in writing by the Trustee and which shall be updated no more frequently than annually. The Grantor shall pay or reimburse the Trustee for all of the Trustee’s appropriate expenses and disbursements in connection with its duties under this Agreement (including

 

11


attorney’s fees and expenses), except any such expense or disbursement as may arise from the Trustee’s negligence, willful misconduct, or lack of good faith. The Trustee shall notify the Grantor of all expenses and disbursements on a quarterly basis (“Trustee Invoice”). The Trustee Invoice shall state the nature and amount of such expenses and disbursements and such other information as the Grantor may reasonably request to make such payment to the Trustee. The Grantor shall pay such expenses and disbursements within a reasonable period of time after its receipt and review of such Trustee Invoice, unless the Trustee and Grantor agree otherwise in writing.

(b) The Trustee may not invade the Trust Account Assets for the purpose of paying compensation to or reimbursing expenses of the Trustee. The Grantor hereby indemnifies the Trustee for, and holds it harmless against, any loss, liability, costs or expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses) incurred or made without negligence, willful misconduct or lack of good faith on the part of the Trustee, arising out of or in connection with the performance of its obligations in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, including any loss, liability, costs or expenses arising out of or in connection with the status of the Trustee and its nominee as the holder of record of the Assets. The Grantor hereby acknowledges that the foregoing indemnities shall survive the resignation or discharge of the Trustee or the termination of this Agreement.

(c) No Assets shall be withdrawn from the Trust Account or used in any manner for paying compensation to, or reimbursement or indemnification of, the Trustee.

8. Resignation or Removal of the Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may resign at any time by giving not less than 90 days written notice thereof to the Beneficiary and to the Grantor. The Trustee may be removed by the Grantor’s delivery of not less than 30 days written notice of removal to the Trustee and the Beneficiary. Such resignation or removal shall become effective on the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee and the transfer to such successor Trustee of all Assets in the Trust Account in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section 8.

(b) Upon receipt by the Beneficiary and the Grantor of the Trustee’s notice of resignation or by the Trustee and the Beneficiary of the Grantor’s notice of removal, the Grantor and the Beneficiary shall appoint a successor Trustee. Any successor Trustee shall be a bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System or chartered in the State of New York and shall not be a Parent, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of the Grantor or the Beneficiary. Upon the acceptance of the appointment as Trustee hereunder by a successor Trustee and the transfer to such successor Trustee of all Assets in the Trust Account, the resignation or removal of the Trustee shall become effective. Thereupon, such successor Trustee shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the resigning or removed Trustee, and the resigning or removed Trustee shall be discharged from any future duties and obligations under this Agreement, but the resigning or removed Trustee shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of the indemnities provided herein for the Trustee as well as responsible for its obligations, acts and omissions taken while acting as Trustee.

 

12


9. Termination of the Trust Account .

Both Grantor and Beneficiary shall notify the Trustee in writing if (i) the Beneficiary exercises its right to recapture under the LNL Coinsurance Agreement and the LLANY Coinsurance Agreement, and (ii) the Grantor pays the Beneficiary the Recapture Fee under the LNL Coinsurance Agreement and the LLANY Coinsurance Agreement. Upon receipt of such notice, this Trust Account shall automatically terminate. Barring such an automatic termination event, this Agreement shall continue in effect as long as either the LNL Coinsurance Agreement or the LLANY Coinsurance Agreement remains in effect. The Grantor and the Beneficiary shall provide Trustee with at least 15 days written notice prior to the effective date of any termination. Upon termination of this Agreement, after satisfaction of any outstanding Beneficiary Withdrawal Notices, or deduction of amounts required to satisfy any outstanding Beneficiary Withdrawal Notices, and upon receipt of certification of the Beneficiary that the Grantor has no further obligation to maintain the Trust Account, all assets not previously withdrawn by the Beneficiary shall be delivered by the Trustee to the Grantor or to its order.

10. Representations and Warranties .

(a) The Trustee represents and warrants that the Trustee is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of New York and has the corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now being conducted. The Trustee is duly qualified and authorized to do business and is in good standing as a banking corporation in each jurisdiction where the Assets are maintained. The Trustee is also a Securities Intermediary, as defined by the Uniform Commercial Code, as adopted in each state in which the Trustee maintains Assets, and the Trustee is at all times acting in its capacity as a Securities Intermediary with respect to the Assets. In addition, the Trustee is a member of the Federal Reserve System and is not an Affiliate of the Grantor or the Beneficiary.

(b) The Trustee represents and warrants that the Trustee has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Trustee and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the Trustee have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Trustee. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trustee, enforceable against the Trustee in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or affecting creditors’ rights generally and except to the extent that injunctive or other equitable relief is within the discretion of a court.

(c) The Trustee represents and warrants that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not and will not (l) violate or conflict with the Trustee’s corporate charter or by-laws; or (2) violate or conflict with any law or governmental regulation, or any judicial, administrative or arbitration order, award, judgment, writ, injunction or decree applicable to the Trustee.

(d) The Trustee represents and warrants that it is not an Affiliate of either the Grantor or the Beneficiary.

 

13


(e) The Grantor represents and warrants that the Grantor is a stock life insurance company duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of New York and has the corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now being conducted.

(f) The Grantor represents and warrants that the Grantor has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Grantor and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the Grantor have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Grantor. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Grantor, enforceable against the Grantor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or affecting creditors’ rights generally and except to the extent that injunctive or other equitable relief is within the discretion of a court.

(g) The Grantor represents and warrants that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not and will not (1) violate or conflict with the Grantor’s corporate charter or by-laws; or (2) violate or conflict with any law or governmental regulation, or any judicial, administrative or arbitration order, award, judgment, writ, injunction or decree applicable to the Grantor.

(h) The Grantor represents and warrants that it has succeeded to The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company’s interest in the LNL Coinsurance Agreement pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement.

(i) The Beneficiary represents that it has entered into the Coinsurance Agreements listed on Exhibit C.

(j) The Beneficiary represents and warrants that the Beneficiary is a stock life insurance company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut and has the corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now being conducted.

(k) The Beneficiary represents and warrants that the Beneficiary has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Beneficiary and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the Beneficiary have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Beneficiary. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Beneficiary, enforceable against the Beneficiary in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or affecting the rights of creditors of insurance companies generally and except to the extent that injunctive or other equitable relief is within the discretion of a court.

(l) The Beneficiary represents and warrants that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not and will not (1) violate or conflict with the Beneficiary’s corporate charter or by-laws; or (2) violate or conflict with any law or governmental regulation, or any judicial, administrative or arbitration order, award, judgment, writ, injunction or decree applicable to the Beneficiary.

 

14


11. Definitions .

Except as the context shall otherwise require, the following terms shall have the following meanings for all purposes of this Agreement (the definitions to be applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of each term defined if both forms of such term are used in this Agreement):

The term “Affiliate” with respect to any corporation shall mean a corporation which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such corporation.

The term “Assets” shall mean all cash and Eligible Securities deposited in the Trust Account by the Grantor or on the Grantor’s behalf, including proceeds from the disposition or reinvestment of such deposits, plus interest, dividends, and any other income generated by such deposits, and the term “Asset” shall mean any individual one of the Assets.

The term “Asset Response” shall have the meaning set forth in Section l(f).

The term “Assignment and Assumption Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

The term “Beneficiary Withdrawal Notice” means a notice substantially in the form of the specimen notice attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B, signed by the Beneficiary.

The term “control” (including the related terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of the voting stock of a corporation.

The term “Designee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

The term “DIA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b).

The term “Effective Date” shall mean March 1, 2007.

The term “Eligible Securities” shall mean and include any and all securities and other investments that are permitted under New York insurance law as admitted assets in the preparation of the statutory annual statement filed by the Grantor, other than real estate, and permitted pursuant to the investment policy included as Exhibit E.

The term “Grantor Withdrawal Notice” means a notice substantially in the form of the specimen notice attached to this Agreement as Exhibit D, signed by the Grantor.

The term “Investment Order” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e).

The term “Investment Policy” shall mean the investment policy set forth in Exhibit E.

 

15


The term “LLANY Coinsurance Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

The term “LNL” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

The term “LNL Coinsurance Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

The term “Parent” shall mean an institution that, directly or indirectly, controls another institution.

The terms “person” shall mean and include an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or political subdivision thereof.

The term “Proposal” shall have the meaning set forth in Section l(f).

The term “Required Amount” shall mean 102% of the amount needed to fund all of the Reinsured Liabilities under the LNL Coinsurance Agreement and the LLANY Coinsurance Agreement combined.

The term “Secured Obligations” shall mean any and all obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of the Grantor to the Beneficiary of any and every kind and nature, howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether now or hereafter existing, whether now due or to become due, whether primary, secondary, direct, indirect, absolute, contingent or otherwise (including, without limitation, obligations of performance), whether several, joint or joint and several, and arising under or in connection with the LNL Coinsurance Agreement, LLANY Coinsurance Agreement, or any other Ancillary Agreement.

The term “Subsidiary” shall mean an institution controlled, directly or indirectly, by another institution.

The term “Triggering Event” shall mean any of the following: a Grantor Event of Default, a Recapture Event, or a Grantor Credit Event.

The term “Trustee Invoice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

The term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code.

The term “Valuation Dispute Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section l(f).

The term “Valuation Report” shall have the meaning set forth in Section l(f).

Other capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the LNL Coinsurance Agreement and the LLANY Coinsurance Agreement, as applicable.

 

16


12. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions thereof; including, without limitation, matters related to the security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement. Each party waives trial by jury in any judicial proceeding involving, directly or indirectly, any matter (whether sounding in tort, contract, or otherwise) in any way arising out of or related to this Agreement or the relationship established hereunder. This provision is a material inducement for the parties to enter into this Agreement.

13. UCC .

This Trust Agreement is intended to be a Security Agreement under the UCC for the purpose of creating a security interest in assets in the Trust Account. Such security interest shall not in any way limit the rights of the Grantor to withdraw assets from the Trust Account pursuant to the terms of Section 2.

14. Successors and Assigns .

Except as expressly permitted by Section 8 of this Agreement, no party to this Agreement may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the parties. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective permitted successors and assigns including, without limitation, those who become successors to the parties by operation of law.

15. Severability .

In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be declared invalid or unenforceable by any regulatory body or court having jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining portions of this Agreement.

16. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties, and there are no understandings or agreements, conditions or qualifications relative to this Agreement other than those fully expressed in this Agreement.

17. Amendments .

This Agreement may be modified or otherwise amended, and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived, only if such modification, amendment or waiver is in writing and signed by the Parties.

18. Notices, etc .

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices, directions, requests, demands, acknowledgments, notifications, and other communications required or permitted to be given or made under the terms hereof shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by overnight courier with written confirmation of delivery. Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, or if mailed, on the date shown the receipt thereof, or if sent by overnight courier, on the date shown on the written confirmation of delivery and when addressed as follows:

 

17


If to the Grantor:

Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York

1300 S. Clinton St.

Fort Wayne, IN 46802

Attention: Keith Ryan, Second Vice President

Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York

100 Madison Street

Suite 1860

Syracuse, N.Y. 13202

Attention: Robert Sheppard, Second Vice President and General Counsel

With a concurrent copy to DIA:

Delaware Investment Advisors

2005 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19103

Attention: Rich Millard

If to the Beneficiary:

ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company

c/o ING North American Insurance Corporation

5780 Powers Ferry Road

Atlanta, GA 30327-4390

Attention: Treasurer

With a concurrent copy to:

ING North American Insurance Corporation

5780 Powers Ferry Road

Atlanta, GA 30327-4390

Attention: Corporate General Counsel

And

ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company

151 Farmington Ave.

Hartford, CT 06156

Attention: MaryEllen Thibodeau TS31

                 Counsel

 

18


If to the Trustee:

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay, 8W

New York, New York 10286

Attention: Karen Vaporean

Facsimile: (212) 815-5877

If to the Securities Intermediary:

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay, 8W

New York, New York 10286

Attention: Karen Vaporean

Facsimile: (212) 815-5877

Each Party may from time to time designate a different address for notices, directions, requests, demands, acknowledgments and other communications by giving written notice of such change to the other Parties as provided in this section.

19. Headings .

The headings of the Sections and the Table of Contents have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part of this Agreement.

20. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall constitute an original, but such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

 

19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

LINCOLN LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY OF NEW YORK
By:  

 

Name:   Keith J. Ryan
Title:   Second Vice President
ING LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Securities Intermediary
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


EXHIBIT B

Form of Beneficiary Withdrawal Notice

From: (“Beneficiary”)

To: The Bank of New York [or its successor] (the “Trustee”]

Date:

 

Re: Trust Agreement dated as of                                          among Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York (the “Grantor”), ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company (the “Beneficiary”), The Bank of New York, (the “Trustee”), and The Bank of New York (the “Securities Intermediary”) (“Trust Agreement”) and Trust Account #                         

Dear Sirs:

We hereby give you notice pursuant to Section 2(a) of the Trust Agreement that the Beneficiary is entitled to withdraw the sum of $                      from the Trust Account. Beneficiary hereby certifies that such withdrawal is for one or more of the purposes set forth in Section 2(f) of the Trust Agreement. Payment should be immediately made to                      by the following method:                                          .

The Beneficiary hereby demands payment of the above-specified amount in accordance with Section 2(a) of the Trust Agreement.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

Name:
Title:

Name:

Title:

For and on behalf of the Beneficiary


EXHIBIT C

Reinsurance Agreements

Coinsurance Agreement between the Aetna Life Insurance and annuity Company and The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company dated as of October 1, 1998.

Coinsurance Agreement between the Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company and Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York dated as of October 1, 1998.


EXHIBIT D

Form of Grantor Withdrawal Notice

From: (“Grantor”)

To: The Bank of New York [or its successor] (the “Trustee”]

Date:

 

Re: Trust Agreement dated as of                      among the Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York (the “Grantor”), ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company (the “Beneficiary”), The Bank of New York (the “Trustee” and The Bank of New York (the “Securities Intermediary” (“Trust Agreement”) and Trust Account #                     

Dear Sirs:

We hereby give you notice pursuant to Section 2(c) of the Trust Agreement that the Grantor is entitled to withdraw the sum of $                      from the Trust Account. The Grantor hereby certifies that this withdrawal is for the purpose set out in Section (2)(g)(l) of the Trust Agreement. The Grantor certifies that this notice is being given more than 10 Business Days after the certification described in Section 1(c)(iii) of the Trust Agreement was delivered to the Beneficiary, and, to the best of Grantor’s knowledge and belief, there is no dispute outstanding between the Beneficiary and the Grantor pursuant to either section 1(d) or 1(f) of the Trust Agreement at the present time. Payment should be immediately made to                                  by the following method:                                                                   .

The Grantor hereby demands payment of the above-specified amount in accordance with Section 2(c) of the Trust Agreement.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

Name:
Title:

Name:

Title:

For and on behalf of the Grantor


EXHIBIT E

INVESTMENT POLICY FOR TRUST ACCOUNT

Regulation: New York Investment Law

Portfolio Manager: Delaware Investment Advisers (“Delaware”)

Company Description :

Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York (“LNY”) is a wholly owned-subsidiary of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, an insurance company headquartered in Fort Wayne, Indiana. This Investment Policy applies to the trust account (“Trust Account”) established for the benefit of ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company with the Bank of New York as trustee.

Investment Objective :

The primary objective is to maximize GAAP investment income net of cost of capital, consistent with the long-term preservation of capital and due consideration given to the impact of income taxes. Overall investment strategy will be executed within the context of prudent asset/liability management and the constraints of applicable law and regulation.

 

Asset Categories:

   Maximum % of Admitted Assets 1  

Direct Short Term Investments 2

     20

Government Bonds

     100

Corporate Bonds

     100

Mortgage-Backed Securities

     20 % 3  

Asset-Backed Securities

     20

Convertible Bonds and Bonds w/Warrants

     5

Convertible Preferreds

     5

Total Global Limit for Convertibles

     5

Less Liquid Investments :

  

Private Placements

     40 % 4  

 

1  

Admitted assets are those assets reported as of the last day of the most recently concluded annual statement year adjusted pursuant to Section 1405(b) of the New York Insurance Law. Non-admitted assets are assumed to have a market value of $0 for all mark-to-market calculations.

2  

All direct short term investments should be A1/Pl.

3  

Total for CMBS, agency and non-agency CMOs (excluding volatile tranches) and pass-throughs.

4  

Must be Investment Grade at time of transfer to trust, subsequent downgrades accepted to BB.


Mortgage Loans

     20

Total Less Liquid Investments

     40

I.       Equity-related Securities

  

Preferred Stocks

     10

Total equity-related securities (including convertibles)

     12

Tax-Advantaged Securities :

  

Tax Exempts

     2

Foreign Investments: 5

  

Canadian

     10

Other Foreign

     9

Additional Restrictions Below:

  

Jurisdictions with Top 3 Credit Ratings

     8

Maximum per Country (Top 3 Ratings)

     6

Jurisdictions with Other Ratings

     4

Maximum per Country (Other Ratings)

     2

Other Investments (Basket): 6

  

Total non-New York and New York investments Combined

     10

Mortgage Loan/Personal Property/Real Property or Interest therein/Equity

     5

Foreign

     2

High Yield Investments (non-convertible) [Applies to all Fixed Income Investments]:

  

NAIC Grade 3-4-5-6

     8

NAIC Grade 4-5-6

     3

NAIC Grade 5-6

     1

 

 

5  

Foreign assets will either be dollar denominated or the foreign currency will be 100% hedged back to USD. The value of any such foreign currency hedge will be counted as part of the foreign assets limit.

6  

Basket transactions are not intended to be used to breach maximum limits listed in this Investment Policy but rather to provide the Investment Manager the flexibility to consider innovative investments for inclusion in the trust.


Derivative Transactions Policy : Delaware will use derivative transactions on behalf of LNY in accordance with the guidelines and restrictions of the LNY Statement of Policy, Guidelines and Internal control Procedures for Derivative Transactions, as in effect from time to time.

Permitted Investments : Any investment is allowed to the extent the investment is permitted by New York Insurance Investment Law and does not exceed the limitations in this policy statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, investments in affiliates of LNY are not permitted.

Diversification :

Securities :

 

   

The maximum investment in any one issuer, institution, real estate property, or borrower is limited to 2% of admitted assets with the exception of US Government and Agency obligations and Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities (see attached table for single issuer limits by credit quality)

 

   

The maximum exposure per sector (e.g., Financial, Utility, Industrial, etc.) is 40% of admitted assets

 

   

The maximum exposure per industry (e.g. Banking, Electrical, Basic Industry, etc.) is 15% of admitted assets

Mortgage Loans and Real Estate :

 

   

No single mortgage loan acquisition may exceed 2% of admitted assets (see attached table for single issuer limits by credit quality).

 

   

No single acquisition may exceed $20 million without approval of the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of LNY.

Target Duration

The target duration of the Trust Account will be set at the individual portfolio policy statements and will be based on the characteristics of the liabilities in the particular portfolio. The duration should be maintained within a range of the greater of .5yrs or 20% of the target duration.

 

  Approved by: Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York Investment Committee

  Date:


Proposed Single Issuer Limits by Credit Ratings:

 

Rating

   Public and Private
Bonds

as a % of AUM
    Commercial
Mortgages
as a % of AUM
    Rating

AAA

     1.5     2.0   1

AA

     1.5     2.0   2

A

     1.5     2.0   3

BBB

     1.0     1.0   4

BB

     0.5     0.25   5

B and below

     0.13     0.07   6-8

Overall Portfolio Credit Quality by Linear Credit Rating:

 

Rating

   % of portfolio

A- or higher

       50 %

BBB- or higher

       93 %

Exhibit 10.28

EXECUTION COPY

MODIFIED COINSURANCE AGREEMENT

between the

AETNA LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

(referred to as the Company)

and

LINCOLN LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY OF NEW YORK

(referred to as the Reinsurer)

Dated as of October 1, 1998


INDEX OF SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.1 (A)   Policy Forms
Schedule 1.1 (B)   Separate Account Assets
Schedule 1.1 (C)   Separate Accounts


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I

  DEFINITIONS      1   

1.1

  Definitions      1   

ARTICLE II

  BASIS OF MODIFIED COINSURANCE AND BUSINESS COINSURED      5   

2.1

  Modified Coinsurance      5   

2.2

  Reinstatements, Conversions and Exchanges      6   

2.3

  Separate Accounts      6   

2.4

  Reserves      6   

2.5

  Policy Changes or Reductions      6   

ARTICLE III

  RESERVE ADJUSTMENTS: ACCOUNTINGS      6   

3.1

  Ceding Commission      6   

3.2

  Monthly Reserve Adjustment      6   

3.3

  Interest on Accrued for Expense Allowance      7   

3.4

  Payments from Mutual Fund Organizations      7   

3.5

  Interim Monthly Accountings      7   

3.6

  Monthly Accountings      7   

3.7

  Monthly Payments      8   

3.8

  Delayed Payments      8   

3.9

  Offset Rights      8   

3.10

  Third-Party Reinsurance      8   

3.11

  Premium Taxes and Assessments      8   

ARTICLE IV

  POLICY ADMINISTRATION      8   

4.1

  Interim Servicing      8   

4.2

  Transfer of Servicing Obligations      8   

4.3

  Regulatory Matters      9   

 

-i-


4.4

  Policy Changes      9   

ARTICLE V

  OVERSIGHTS      9   

5.1

  Oversights      9   

ARTICLE VI

  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      9   

6.1

  Conditions Precedent      9   

ARTICLE VII

  DUTY OF COOPERATION      9   

7.1

  Cooperation      9   

ARTICLE VIII DAC TAX

     10   

8.1

  Election      10   

ARTICLE IX

  INDEMNIFICATION AND RECAPTURE      11   

9.1

  Reinsurer’s Obligation to Indemnify      11   

9.2

  Company’s Obligation to Indemnify      11   

9.3

  Certain Definitions and Procedures      11   

9.4

  Recapture Rights      12   

ARTICLE X

  DISPUTE RESOLUTION      14   

10.1

  Other Disputes over Calculations      14   

ARTICLE XI

  INSOLVENCY      15   

11.1

  Insolvency Clause      15   

ARTICLE XII

  DURATION      15   

12.1

  Duration      15   

12.2

  Reinsurer’s Liability      15   

12.3

  Survival      16   

ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS

     16   

13.1

  Notices      16   

13.2

  Confidentiality      17   

 

-ii-


13.3

  Entire Agreement      17   

13.4

  Waivers and Amendments      17   

13.5

  No Third Party Beneficiaries      17   

13.6

  Assignment      17   

13.7

  Governing Law      17   

13.8

  Counterparts      17   

13.9

  Severability      17   

13.10

  Schedules, Exhibits and Paragraph Headings      18   

13.11

  Expenses      18   

13.12

  No Prejudice      18   

 

-iii-


MODIFIED COINSURANCE AGREEMENT

THIS MODIFIED COINSURANCE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) made by and between Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company, a Connecticut domiciled stock life insurance company (the “Company”) and Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York, a New York domiciled stock life insurance company (the “Reinsurer”).

WHEREAS, the Company has issued certain Policies (as defined below);

WHEREAS, the Company, Aetna Life Insurance Company, a Connecticut domiciled stock life insurance company (“ALIC”), the Reinsurer, and The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (“LNLIC”), have entered into a Second Amended and Restated Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 21, 1998 (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which the Reinsurer has agreed to reinsure on a 100% basis all of the liabilities arising under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies (as defined below);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Reinsurer have entered into a certain Coinsurance Agreement of even date herewith (the “Coinsurance Agreement”) pursuant to which, the Company has ceded and the Reinsurer has reinsured on a 100% coinsurance basis the general account liabilities arising under the Policies and Post- Closing Policies;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Reinsurer wish to supplement the Coinsurance Agreement by providing for the reinsurance by the Reinsurer of the Separate Account Liabilities (as defined below) arising under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies on a 100% modified coinsurance basis in order to achieve 100% reinsurance of all the liabilities arising under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Reinsurer perform certain administrative functions on behalf of the Company with respect to the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, and the Company, ALIC and Reinsurer have entered into a NY Administrative Services Agreement of even date herewith (the “NY Administrative Services Agreement”) pursuant to which the Reinsurer shall provide such administrative services.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual and several promises and undertakings herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Reinsurer agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions . The following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below throughout this Agreement:

“Accounting” means an Interim Monthly Accounting or a Monthly Accounting, as applicable.


“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, at the time in question, any other Person Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with such Person. “Control” (including the terms “Controlling,” “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, the holding of policyholders’ proxies by contract other than a commercial contract for goods or non-management services, or otherwise, unless the power is the result of an official position with or corporate office held by the Person. Except as provided otherwise in this Agreement, control is presumed to exist if any Person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds shareholders’ proxies representing 25% or more of the voting securities of any other Person, or holds or controls sufficient policyholders’ proxies, or is entitled by contract or otherwise, to nominate, appoint or to elect the majority of the board of directors or comparable governing body of any other Person.

“ALIAC” means Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company, a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut.

“ALIC” means Aetna Life Insurance Company, a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut.

“Ancillary Agreements” means the various agreements collectively defined as “Ancillary Agreements” in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Applicable Law” means any domestic or foreign federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance or code, or any written rules, regulations or administrative interpretations issued by any Governmental Authority pursuant to any of the foregoing, and any order, writ, injunction, directive, judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction applicable to the parties hereto.

“Asset Purchase Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Asset Purchase Agreement by and among the Company, ALIC, the Reinsurer and LNLIC, dated as of May 21, 1998.

“Books and Records” means the originals or copies of all customer lists, policy information, policy forms and rating plans, disclosure and other documents and filings, including statutory filings, required under all Applicable Laws, administrative records, reinsurance records, claim records, sales records, underwriting records, financial records, Tax records and compliance records in the possession or control of the Company and relating principally to the operation of the Business including, without limitation, any database, magnetic or optical media (to the extent not subject to licensing restrictions) and any other form of recorded, computer generated or stored information or process, but excluding: (a) the Company’s original certificate of incorporation, bylaws, corporate seal, licenses to do business, minute books and other corporate records relating to corporate organization and capitalization; (b) original Tax and corporate accounting records relating to the Business; and (c) any records that are subject to attorney-client privilege.

“Business” means marketing, issuing and administering the Policies in the United States and the other business activities reasonably related thereto, in each case as currently conducted by the Company or, where so specified herein, as to be conducted by the Reinsurer following the Closing Date.

 

-2-


“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, a day on which banking institutions in the State of Connecticut are permitted or obligated by Applicable Law to be closed or a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed for trading.

“Ceding Commission” means the aggregate ceding allowance payable by the Reinsurer to the Company in connection with the reinsurance of the Policies hereunder.

“Closing” means the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

“Closing Date” means the date on which the Closing occurs.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“Coinsurance Agreement” means the Coinsurance Agreement by and between the Company and the Reinsurer of even date herewith and which is entered into in conjunction with this Agreement in order to give full effect to the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Commissions” means all commissions, expense allowances, benefit credits and other fees and compensation payable to Producers.

“Connecticut SAP” means the statutory accounting principles and practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Department of the State of Connecticut.

“Contract Date” means May 21, 1998.

“Effective Date” means 12:01 a.m. Eastern Time on October 1, 1998.

“Election Notice” means a notice given by the Company to the Reinsurer with respect to the exercise of recapture remedy pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof.

“GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time.

“Governmental Authority” means any court, administrative or regulatory agency or commission, or other federal, state or local governmental authority or instrumentality or the National Association of Securities Dealers or national securities exchanges having jurisdiction over any party hereto.

“Interim Monthly Accounting” means a monthly accounting prepared in accordance with Connecticut SAP and delivered by the Company to the Reinsurer in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.5 hereof.

“LIBOR” means a rate per annum equal to the three month London Interbank Offered Rate as published in The Wall Street Journal , Eastern Edition.

 

-3-


“LNLIC” means The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the State of Indiana.

“Monthly Accounting” means a monthly accounting prepared in accordance with Connecticut SAP and delivered by the Reinsurer to the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.6 hereof.

“Monthly Reserve Adjustment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 hereof.

“NAIC” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

“NY Administrative Services Agreement” means the Administrative Services Agreement by and between the Company, ALIC and the Reinsurer of even date herewith.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, joint venture; association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental, judicial or regulatory body, business unit, division or other entity.

“Policies” means all of the Company’s individual variable life insurance policies, together with all related binders, slips and certificates (including applications therefor and all supplements, endorsements, riders and agreements in connection therewith) that were delivered or issued for delivery to policyowners that were New York residents, and which have been issued by the Company in connection with the Business (in accordance with, and as determined by reference to, the Company’s historical practices), which policies shall include, but not be limited to (a) all policies issued on the policy forms included in the list of base codes set forth on Schedule 1.1 (A) and which: (i) are effected, bound or issued on or prior to the Effective Date- and (ii) are in force as of the Effective Date- or (iii) are subject to being renewed or reinstated in accordance with their terms on the Effective Date; and (b) all individual variable life insurance policies which are required to be issued by the Company prior to or after the Effective Date following the exercise of conversion rights in accordance with the terms of the individual life policies coinsured by the Reinsurer under the Coinsurance Agreement.

“Policyholders” means policyholders, insureds and assignees under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies.

“Post-Closing Policies” means the individual variable life insurance policies issued by ALIAC after the Effective Date pursuant to Article V of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Premiums” means premiums, considerations, deposits and similar receipts with respect to the Policies or Post-Closing Policies.

“Producers” means all LBMs, MGAs, brokers, agents, general agents, COLI specialty brokers, broker-dealers, producers or other Persons who market or produce the Policies and who (a) have been appointed by the Company, and (b) are entitled to receive Commissions from the Company.

“Recapture Rights” means the right of the Company to recapture the Policies and Post-Closing Policies pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof.

 

-4-


“Separate Account Assets” means the assets described on Schedule 1.1 (B) hereto which constitute the Separate Accounts.

“Separate Account Liabilities” means the liabilities or obligations arising under the express terms and conditions of the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, to the extent payable out of the Separate Accounts in accordance with the terms of the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies.

“Separate Account Reserves” means the reserves associated with the Policies and Post-Closing Policies which are held in the Company’s Separate Accounts, determined in accordance with Connecticut SAP.

“Separate Accounts” means the specific separate accounts of the Company identified in Schedule 1.1 (C) hereto.

“Taxes” (or “Tax” as the context may require) means any tax, however denominated, imposed by any federal, state, local, municipal, territorial, provincial or foreign government or any agency or political subdivision of any such government (a “Taxing Authority”), including, without limitation, any tax imposed under Subtitle A of the Code and any net income, alternative or add-on minimum tax, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, gains, goods and services, production, documentary, recording, social security, unemployment, disability, workers’ compensation, estimated, ad valorem, value added, transfer, franchise, profits, license, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, capital stock, occupation, personal or real property, environmental or windfall profit tax, premiums, custom, duty or other tax, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Taxing Authority relating thereto.

“Termination Date” means the date on which this Agreement is terminated in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article XII hereof.

“Transition Services Agreement” means the Transition Services Agreement among the Company, ALIC, LNLIC and the Reinsurer.

ARTICLE II

BASIS OF MODIFIED COINSURANCE AND BUSINESS COINSURED

2.1 Modified Coinsurance . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby cedes or retrocedes, as the case may be, on a modified coinsurance basis to the Reinsurer as of the Effective Date, and the Reinsurer hereby accepts and agrees to indemnity reinsure on a modified coinsurance basis as of the Effective Date, one hundred percent (100%) of the Separate Account Liabilities arising under or relating to the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies. This Agreement shall not continue or create any legal relationship whatsoever between the Reinsurer and Persons who own or are insured under the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies. Except as expressly provided herein, this Agreement does not reinsure any policy written by the Company or the Reinsurer after the Effective Date. The reinsurance effected under this Agreement shall be maintained in force, without reduction, unless such reinsurance is terminated, reduced or recaptured as provided herein.

 

-5-


2.2 Reinstatements, Conversions and Exchanges . In no event shall the modified coinsurance provided hereunder with respect to a particular Policy be in force and binding unless such Policy is in force and binding as of the Effective Date; provided, however , that the Policies and Post-Closing Policies reinsured shall include (a) all Post-Closing Policies; (b) all lapsed or surrendered Policies or Post-Closing Policies reinstated in accordance with their terms on and after the Effective Date; and (c) all Policies or Post-Closing Policies issued on or after the Effective Date pursuant to any option provided under the term of any policies coinsured by the Reinsurer pursuant to any Ancillary Agreement for the conversion of such policies to a variable individual life insurance policy. Upon the reinstatement of any lapsed or surrendered Policy or Post-Closing Policy, such Policy or Post-Closing Policy shall be automatically reinsured hereunder.

2.3 Separate Accounts . (a) For each of the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, the amount to be invested on a variable basis in accordance with the terms of such Policies and Post-Closing Policies shall be held by the Company in the Separate Accounts, and all Premiums or other deposits with respect to such Policies and Post-Closing Policies shall be deposited in the Separate Accounts to the extent required by such Policies and Post-Closing Policies.

(b) For each of the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, the amount to be paid with respect to surrenders, loans, death benefits or any other amounts to be paid out of the assets of the Separate Accounts in accordance with the terms of such Policies and Post-Closing Policies shall be paid out of such assets.

2.4 Reserves . The Company shall retain, control and own the Separate Account Reserves and all Separate Account Assets.

2.5 Policy Changes or Reductions . In the event of a material change in the provisions and conditions of a Policy or a Post-Closing Policy (provided that such change is not in violation of Section 4.4 hereof), a corresponding change in the related modified coinsurance and any appropriate cash adjustments shall be made consistent with the policy change rules of the Company. If the face amount of a Policy or a Post-Closing Policy is reduced or increased, the amount coinsured by the Reinsurer shall be reduced or increased accordingly.

ARTICLE III

RESERVE ADJUSTMENTS: ACCOUNTINGS

3.1 Ceding Commission . The Reinsurer shall pay to the Company on the Closing Date a Ceding Commission in the amount of $6,047,000. The Ceding Commission shall be credited to the Company as a reduction in the amount of cash or cash equivalents included within the Transferred Assets (as defined in the Coinsurance Agreement) to be transferred by the Company to the Reinsurer pursuant to the Coinsurance Agreement. In accordance with Section 2.4 of this Agreement, there shall be no transfer of Separate Account Reserves or Separate Account Assets at the Closing.

3.2 Monthly Reserve Adjustment . The “Monthly Reserve Adjustment” for any month shall be an amount equal to the Separate Account Reserves at the end of such month, minus (i) the amount transferred from the Company’s general account to the Separate Accounts for the Policies and Post-Closing Policies during such month; (ii) the amount transferred from the Separate Accounts to the

 

-6-


general account for the Policies and Post-Closing Policies during such month, excluding policy charges and fees deducted from the Separate Accounts for the Policies and Post-Closing Policies; minus (iii) the amount equal to the Separate Account Reserves at the end of the month preceding such calendar month; (iv) the amount equal to the sum of all earned investment income and capital gains and losses, realized and unrealized, with respect to the Policies and Post-Closing Policies in the Separate Accounts during such calendar month. On a monthly basis, commencing with the month in which the Closing occurs, an amount equal to the Monthly Reserve Adjustment will be shown as a credit to the Reinsurer on the Accountings required by Sections 3.5 and 3.6 below, if the foregoing formula yields a negative amount, or as a credit to the Company on such Accountings, if the foregoing formula yields a positive amount. The Monthly Reserve Adjustment shall be calculated on a pre-tax basis.

3.3 Interest on Accrued for Expense Allowance . On a monthly basis, commencing with the month in which the Closing occurs, an amount equal to the pre-tax interest on the preceding month “Accrued for Expense Allowance Recognized in Reserves” (as shown on page 3, line 13A of the NAIC Annual Statement Blank Form for 1997) where the interest rate equals 1/12 x [month end 10-year Treasury rate + 75 basis points] will be shown as a credit to the Company on the Accountings.

3.4 Payments from Mutual Fund Organizations . On a monthly basis, commencing with the month in which the Closing occurs, an amount equal to the pre-tax amount of any expense reimbursement (other than “soft dollars”), indemnification or revenue-sharing payments made to the Company by any mutual fund organization attributable to the use of such organization’s mutual funds as funding vehicles for the Policies or the Post-Closing Policies will be shown as a credit to the Reinsurer on the Accountings.

3.5 Interim Monthly Accountings . The Company shall provide the Reinsurer with an Interim Monthly Accounting of the Monthly Reserve Adjustment and the amounts contemplated by Section 3.3 and 3.4 of this Agreement as of the end of each calendar month, no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such month; provided, however , that the first Interim Month Accounting shall be provided to the Reinsurer no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of the month in which the Closing Date fell and the final Interim Monthly Accounting shall be delivered no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the date on which the Company is no longer providing accounting services under the Transition Services Agreement. The Company shall provide such Accounting in a format that is mutually acceptable to the Company and the Reinsurer.

3.6 Monthly Accountings . Beginning with and after the first calendar month during which the Company is no longer providing accounting services under the Transition Services Agreement, the Reinsurer shall provide the Company with a Monthly Accounting of the Monthly Reserve Adjustment and the amounts contemplated by Sections 3.3 and 3.4 of this Agreement as of the end of each calendar month, no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such month provided, however , that the first Monthly Accounting shall be provided to the Company no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of the first calendar month during which the Company is no longer providing accounting services under the Transition Services Agreement and the Reinsurer shall deliver the final Monthly Accounting no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the Termination Date provided, further , that in the

 

-7-


event that subsequent data or calculations require revision of the final Monthly Accounting, the required revision and any appropriate payments shall be made in cash by the parties five (5) Business Days after they mutually agree as to the appropriate revision. The Reinsurer shall provide such Accounting in a format that is mutually acceptable to the Company and the Reinsurer.

3.7 Monthly-Payments . If an Accounting reflects a balance due to the party to which the Accounting is delivered, the amount(s) shown as due shall be paid within five (5) Business Days of the delivery of the Accounting. If (a) an Accounting reflects a balance due the party that prepared the Accounting and (b) the party receiving the Accounting does not object to the Accounting within five (5) Business Days of its delivery, the amount(s) shown as due shall be paid within seven (7) Business Days after the date on which the Accounting was delivered. Any dispute over any amount shown on an Accounting that cannot be amicably resolved by the parties shall be resolved pursuant to the procedures set forth in Article X.

3.8 Delayed Payments . If there is a delayed settlement of any payment due hereunder, interest will accrue on such payment at the three month London Interbank Offering Rate (LIBOR) as published in The Wall Street Journal, Eastern Edition, in effect on the day such payment is due. For purposes of this Section 3.8, a payment will be considered overdue, and such interest will begin to accrue, on the date which is five (5) Business Days after the date such payment is due.

3.9 Offset Rights . Any debts or credits incurred on and after the Effective Date in favor of or against either the Company or Reinsurer with respect to this Agreement are deemed mutual debts or credits, as the case may be, and shall be set off, and only the balance shall be allowed or paid.

3.10 Third-Party Reinsurance . In the event the Reinsurer desires to retrocede to any third-party reinsurer (whether or not Affiliated with the Reinsurer) any portion of the Separate Account Liabilities reinsured by it under this Agreement, the Reinsurer shall be responsible for obtaining such retrocessional coverage at its sole expense.

3.11 Premium Taxes and Assessments . In connection with the Policies and Post-Closing Policies, and except for the DAC tax issues specifically addressed by Article VIII of this Agreement, all matters regarding Taxes or assessments by state guaranty or insolvency or similar associations or funds shall be governed by the Coinsurance Agreement.

ARTICLE IV

POLICY ADMINISTRATION

4.1 Interim Servicing . During the period from the Effective Date through the termination of the Transition Services Agreement with respect to each service provided by the Company thereunder, the Company has agreed to continue to provide certain Policyholder services for the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies.

4.2 Transfer of Servicing Obligations . On and after the date on which a service is no longer being provided pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, and pursuant to the NY Administrative Services Agreement, the Reinsurer has agreed to provide Policyholder service for the Policies, the Post-Closing Policies and the Separate Accounts and to supply to the Company on a timely

 

-8-


basis copies of accounting and other records pertaining to such service. The parties hereby agree that the Policies, the Post-Closing Policies and the Separate Accounts shall be administrated pursuant to the NY Administrative Services Agreement. The Company shall not be obligated to pay any additional monies to Reinsurer for such administrative services.

4.3 Regulatory Matters . If the Company or the Reinsurer receives notice of, or otherwise becomes aware of any regulatory inquiry, investigation or proceeding relating to the Policies, the Post-Closing Policies or the Separate Accounts, the Company or the Reinsurer, as applicable, shall promptly notify the other party thereof, whereupon the parties shall cooperate in good faith and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such matter in a mutually satisfactory manner, in light of all the relevant business, regulatory and legal facts and circumstances. The parties recognize that, as the issuing company, the Company retains ultimate responsibility for resolution of the matters described in this Section.

4.4 Policy Changes . Neither the Company nor the Reinsurer shall make any changes to the Company’s policy forms except with the express written consent of the other party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) or if (a) the changes are required by Applicable Law and (b) the Reinsurer gives the Company prior notice in writing of the nature of such required changes in the manner provided by the NY Administrative Services Agreement.

ARTICLE V

OVERSIGHTS

5.1 Oversights . Inadvertent delays, errors or omissions made in connection with this Agreement or any transaction hereunder shall not relieve either party from any liability which would have attached had such delay, error or omission not occurred, provided always that such error or omission is rectified as soon as possible after discovery, and provided that the party making such error or omission or responsible for such delay shall be responsible for any additional liability which attaches as a result.

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.1 Conditions Precedent . This Agreement shall not become effective unless and until (a) all state insurance regulatory authorities whose approval is required shall have approved this Agreement in writing, and (b) all applicable waiting periods under any federal or state statute or regulation shall have expired or been terminated.

ARTICLE VII

DUTY OF COOPERATION

7.1 Cooperation . Each party hereto shall cooperate fully with the other in all reasonable respects in order to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement.

 

-9-


ARTICLE VIII

DAC TAX

8.1 Election . In accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.848-2(g)(8), the Company and Reinsurer hereby elect to determine specified policy acquisition expenses with respect to this Agreement without regard to the general deductions limitation of Section 848(c)(1) of the Code.

(a) All uncapitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the regulations under Section 848 of the Code.

(b) The party with net positive consideration under this Agreement for each taxable year shall capitalize specified policy acquisition expenses with respect to this Agreement without regard to the general deductions limitation of Section 848(c)(1) of the Code.

(c) Both parties agree to exchange information pertaining to the amount of net consideration under this Agreement each year to ensure consistency.

(d) The Company shall submit a schedule to the Reinsurer by May 1 of each year of its calculation of the net consideration under this Agreement for the preceding taxable year. This schedule of calculations shall be accompanied by a statement signed by an authorized representative of the Company stating that the Company shall report such net consideration in its federal income tax return for the preceding taxable year.

(e) The Reinsurer may contest such calculation by providing an alternative calculation to the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after the date on which the Reinsurer receives the Company’s calculation. If the Reinsurer does not so notify the Company, the Reinsurer shall report the net consideration under this Agreement as determined by the Company in the Reinsurer’s federal income tax return for the preceding taxable year.

(f) If Reinsurer contests the Company’s calculation of the net consideration under this Agreement, the parties shall act in good faith to reach an agreement as to the correct amount of net consideration within thirty (30) days after the date on which the Reinsurer submits its alternative calculation. If Reinsurer and the Company reach agreement as to the amount of net consideration under this Agreement, each party shall report such amount in its federal income tax return for the preceding taxable year.

If, during such period, Reinsurer and the Company are unable to reach agreement, they shall promptly thereafter cause independent accountants of nationally recognized standing reasonably satisfactory to Reinsurer and the Company (who shall not have any material relationship with Reinsurer or the Company), promptly to review (which review shall commence no later than five (5) days after the selection of such independent accountants), this Agreement and the calculations of Reinsurer and the Company for the purpose of calculating the net consideration under this Agreement. In making such calculation, such independent accountants shall consider only those items or amounts in the Company’s calculation as to which the Reinsurer has disagreed.

 

-10-


Such independent accountants shall deliver to Reinsurer and the Company, as promptly as practicable (but no later than sixty (60) days after the commencement of their review), a report setting forth such calculation, which calculation shall result in a net consideration between the amount thereof shown in the Company’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(d) and the amount thereof shown in Reinsurer’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(e). Such report shall be final and binding upon Reinsurer and the Company. The fees, costs and expenses of such independent accountant shall be borne (i) by the Company if the difference between the net consideration as calculated by the independent accountants and the Company’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(d) is greater than the difference between the net consideration as calculated by the independent accountants and Reinsurer’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(e), (ii) by the Reinsurer if the first such difference is less than the second such difference, and (iii) otherwise equally by Reinsurer and the Company.

(g) This election shall be effective for the 1998 taxable year and for all subsequent taxable years for which this Agreement remains in effect.

(h) Both parties agree to attach a schedule to their respective federal income tax returns for the first taxable year ending after the date on which this election becomes effective which identifies this Agreement as a reinsurance agreement for which an election has been made under Treasury Regulations Section 1.848-2(g)(8).

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION AND RECAPTURE

9.1 Reinsurer’s Obligation to Indemnify . Subject to any limitation contained in the Asset Purchase Agreement and without prejudice to any indemnity rights under the Coinsurance Agreement, Reinsurer hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company and its directors, officers, employees, representatives (excluding the Producers), Affiliates, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “Company Indemnified Parties”) from and against all Losses asserted against, imposed upon or incurred by any Company Indemnified Party arising from: (i) any breach or nonfulfillment by Reinsurer of, or any failure by Reinsurer to perform, any of the covenants, terms or conditions of, or any duties or obligations under, this Agreement; and (ii) any enforcement of this indemnity.

9.2 Company’s Obligation to Indemnify . Subject to any limitation contained in the Asset Purchase Agreement and without prejudice to any indemnity rights under the Coinsurance Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Reinsurer and its directors, officers, employees, representatives (excluding the Producers), Affiliates, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “Reinsurer Indemnified Parties”) from and against all Losses asserted against, imposed upon or incurred by any Reinsurer Indemnified Party arising from: (i) any breach or nonfulfillment by the Company of, or any failure by the Company to perform, any of the covenants, terms or conditions of, or any duties or obligations under, this Agreement; and (ii) any enforcement of this indemnity.

9.3 Certain Definitions and Procedures . For purposes of this Article IX, “Loss” or “Losses” shall mean actions, claims, losses, liabilities, damages, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), interest and penalties. In the event either Reinsurer or the Company shall have a claim for indemnity against the other party under the terms of this Agreement, the parties shall follow the procedures set forth in Sections 9.02, 9.03 and 9.04 of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

 

-11-


9.4 Recapture Rights .

(a) Recapture Events . From and after the Closing Date, any of the following occurrences shall constitute an event that entitles the Company to exercise the recapture remedy set forth in this Section 9.4 (individually or collectively, as the context indicates, a “Recapture Event”):

 

  (i) Reinsurer ceases to maintain any of (A) an A.M. Best Company rating of at least B+, (B) a Standard & Poor’s Corporation insurer financial strength rating of at least BB+, and (C) a Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. claims-paying ability rating of at least Bal; or

 

  (ii) Reinsurer fails to (A) maintain a ratio of (i) Total Adjusted Capital (as defined in the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act or in the rules and procedures prescribed by the NAIC with respect thereto, in each case as in effect as of December 31, 1997) to (ii) the Company Action Level RBC (as defined in the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act or in the rules and procedures prescribed by the NAIC with respect thereto, in each case as in effect as of December 31, 1997) of at least 160 percent; or (B) maintain a Standard & Poor’s Corporation’s capital adequacy ratio (calculated in accordance with the rules and procedures in effect on the Contract Date) of at least 100 percent; or

 

  (iii) a petition for insolvency, rehabilitation, conservation, supervision, liquidation or similar proceeding is filed by or against the Reinsurer or its statutory representative in any jurisdiction; or

 

  (iv) this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; or

 

  (v) within thirty (30) calendar days of the termination of the NY Administrative Services Agreement in accordance with its terms, (A) Reinsurer does not take all steps necessary to arrange for a third-party administrator acceptable to the Company in its sole discretion, reasonably exercised, to provide all administrative services to be provided pursuant to the terminated NY Administrative Services Agreement at the cost of Reinsurer or (B) such third-party administrator fails to enter into an administrative service agreement with the Company, satisfactory in form and substance to the Company in its sole discretion, reasonably exercised; or

 

-12-


  (vi) a Recapture Event occurs pursuant to Section 9.07(b)(ix) of the Asset Purchase Agreement; or

 

  (vii) a Recapture Event occurs under the Coinsurance Agreement.

The occurrence of any Recapture Event shall entitle the Company to elect recapture remedies hereunder.

(b) Notice to The Company . The Reinsurer shall provide the Company with:

 

  (i) written notice of any downgrade in the Reinsurer’s A.M. Best Company rating or its Standard & Poor’s Corporation insurer financial strength rating or its Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. claims-paying ability rating within three (3) Business Days after the Reinsurer’s receipt of notice of such adjustment;

 

  (ii) a written report of the calculation of the Reinsurer’s Total Adjusted Capital and Authorized Control Level RBC based on the Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Model Act and/or the rules and procedures in effect as of December 31, 1997 and Standard & Poor’s Corporation’s capital adequacy ratio (based on the rules and procedures in effect on the Contract Date) as of the end of each calendar quarter within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such quarter;

 

  (iii) written notice of the occurrence of any Recapture Event within two (2) Business Days after its occurrence; and

 

  (iv) not less than annually, a written report, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, certifying that no Recapture Event has occurred during the period covered by such report or is continuing as of the last day of such period, together with the appropriate calculations and back up reasonably necessary to substantiate the basis of the Reinsurer’s certification.

The Company may, at its own expense, review the Reinsurer’s books and records to confirm the risk-based capital calculations provided by the Reinsurer pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(ii). In addition, Reinsurer shall (A) cooperate fully with the Company and promptly respond to the Company’s inquiries from time to time concerning the Reinsurer’s financial condition, operating results and any events, occurrences or other matters which arise on and after the Effective Date and which reasonably relate to the Business or Reinsurer’s ability to perform and discharge its obligations under the Asset Purchase Agreement, this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements and (B) provide to the Company such financial statements, reports, internal control letters and reports prepared by auditors and other third parties, SAS-70 reports and other documents of the Reinsurer as the Company may reasonably request from time to time.

 

-13-


(c) Recapture . Upon the occurrence of any Recapture Event, the Company may elect to recapture, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below all, but not less than all, of the Policies and the Post-Closing Policies ceded hereunder. The Company shall give the Reinsurer written notice of its election (the “Election Notice”) specifying the grounds for the exercise of its remedies pursuant to this Section 9.4, the fact of recapture, and the effective date of recapture. Any recapture by the Company shall not be deemed to have been consummated until (i) the Company has given the Reinsurer an Election Notice pursuant to Section 9.4(c) and (ii) the Company has received payment of the entire Recapture Fee as defined in the Coinsurance Agreement. The Reinsurer shall promptly pay the Company the full amount of the Recapture Fee. Following the consummation of the recapture of Policies and Post-Closing Policies pursuant to this Section 9.4(c), no additional premiums, deposits or other amounts payable under or in connection with such Policies and Post-Closing Policies, including but not limited to all amounts payable to the Reinsurer according to Article III of this Agreement shall be ceded to the Reinsurer hereunder.

(d) Resort to Collateral . Notwithstanding the remedies contemplated by this Section 9.4, the other Ancillary Agreements and the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, require direct payment by the Reinsurer of any sum in default under the Asset Purchase Agreement, this Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement in lieu of exercising the remedies in this Section 9.4, and it shall be no defense to any such claim that the Company might have had recourse to the recapture remedy.

(e) Certain Remedies . The Company and Reinsurer acknowledge that any damage caused to the Company by reason of the breach by the Reinsurer or any of its successors in interest of this Section 9.4 could not be adequately compensated for in monetary damages along therefore, each party agrees that, in addition to any other remedies at law or otherwise, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance of this Section 9.4 or an injunction to be issued by a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to Section 13.7 hereof restraining and enjoining any violation of this Section 9.4, in addition to such other equitable or legal remedies as such court may determine. The Company and Reinsurer hereby release, waive and discharge any and all claims and causes of action asserting in any way that any remedy of the Company including, without limitation, the Company’s recapture remedy hereunder and under Article IX of the Asset Purchase Agreement is not valid, binding or enforceable. The Company and the Reinsurer are forever estopped and barred from making any such assertion in any context or forum whatsoever.

ARTICLE X

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

10.1 Other Disputes over Calculations . After the Closing Date, any dispute between the parties with respect to the calculation of amounts which are to be calculated, reported, or which may be audited pursuant to this Agreement (other than disputes relating to calculations relating to DAC tax, which shall be resolved in accordance with Article VIII hereof), which cannot be resolved by the parties within sixty (60) calendar days, shall be referred to an independent accounting firm of national recognized standing (which shall not have any material relationship with the Reinsurer or the Company) mutually agreed to by the parties; provided, however , that where the dispute involves an actuarial issue, the dispute shall instead be referred to an independent actuarial firm of national recognized standing (which shall not have any material relationship with the Reinsurer or the Company) mutually agreed to by the parties.

 

-14-


There shall be no appeal from the decision made by such firm except that, pursuant to Section 11.07 of the Asset Purchase Agreement, either party may petition a court having jurisdiction over the parties and subject matter to reduce the arbitrator’s decision to judgment. The fees charged by the accounting firm or actuarial firm, as applicable, to resolve the dispute shall be allocated between the Company and the Reinsurer by such firm in accordance with its judgment as to the relative merits of the parties’ positions in respect of the dispute.

ARTICLE XI

INSOLVENCY

11.1 Insolvency Clause . In the event of the insolvency of the Company, all modified coinsurance made, ceded, renewed or otherwise becoming effective under this Agreement shall be payable by the Reinsurer directly to the Company or to its liquidator, receiver or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Company under the Policies and Post-Closing Policies without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company. It is understood, however, that in the event of the insolvency of the Company, the liquidator or receiver or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice of the pendency of a claim against the Company on a Policy or Post-Closing Policy within a reasonable period of time after such claim is filed in the insolvency proceedings and that during the pendency of such claim the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated any defense or defenses which it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator or receiver or statutory successor. It is further understood that the expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to court approval, against the Company as part of the expense of liquidation to the extent of a proportionate share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

ARTICLE XII

DURATION

12.1 Duration . This Agreement shall continue in force until such time that the Reinsurer’s liability with respect to all Policies and Post-Closing Policies reinsured hereunder is terminated pursuant to Section 12.2.

12.2 Reinsurer’s Liability . The liability of the Reinsurer under this Agreement with respect to any Policy or Post-Closing Policy will begin simultaneously with that of the Company, but not prior to the Effective Date. The Reinsurer’s liability with respect to any Policy will terminate on the earliest of: (a) the date such Policy or Post-Closing Policy is recaptured in accordance with Section 9.4 or (b) the date the Company’s liability on such Policy or Post-Closing Policy is terminated in accordance with its terms. Termination of the Reinsurer’s liability under clauses (a) and (b) herein is subject to the Company’s actual receipt of payments which discharge such liability in full in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. In no event shall the interpretation of this Section 12.2 imply a unilateral right of the Reinsurer to terminate this Agreement.

 

-15-


12.3 Survival . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article XII, the terms and conditions of Article I, VII, IX and X and Section 13.2 shall remain in full force and effect after the Termination Date.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

13.1 Notices . Any notice or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when (a) mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, (b) mailed by overnight express mail or other nationally recognized overnight or same-day delivery service or (c) delivered in person to the parties at the following addresses:

If to the Company, to:

Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company

151 Farmington Avenue

Hartford, Connecticut 06156

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Aetna Retirement Services, Inc.

151 Farmington Avenue

Hartford, Connecticut 06156

Attention: General Counsel

Lord, Bissell & Brook

115 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Attention: James R. Dwyer

If to the Reinsurer, to:

Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York

120 Madison Street, Suite 1700

Syracuse, NY 13202

Attention: Philip L. Holstein

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan LLP

1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20004

Attention: David A. Massey

Either party may change the names or addresses where notice is to be given by providing notice to the other party of such change in accordance with this Section 13.1.

 

-16-


13.2 Confidentiality . Each of the parties shall maintain the confidentiality of all information related to the Policies and Post-Closing Policies and all other information denominated as confidential by the other party provided to it in connection with this Agreement, and shall not disclose such information to any third parties without prior written consent of the other party, except as may be permitted by Sections 5.18 and 11.02 of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

13.3 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Coinsurance Agreement, the other Ancillary Agreements, the Asset Purchase Agreement, the other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby, and the Exhibits and the Schedules hereto and thereto contain the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto. Except for those matters specifically addressed in Article III of this Agreement, in the event that there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of the Coinsurance Agreement, the language of the Coinsurance Agreement shall govern.

13.4 Waivers and Amendments . Any term or condition of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the party that is entitled to the benefit thereof such waiver must be in writing and must be executed by an executive officer of such party. A waiver on one occasion shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the same or any other term or condition on a future occasion. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a writing duly executed by an executive officer of the Company and the Reinsurer, respectively.

13.5 No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement constitutes an indemnity reinsurance agreement solely between the Company and the Reinsurer, and is intended solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted successors and assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer any rights as a third-party beneficiary to this Agreement upon any other Person as to any other term, condition or provision of this Agreement.

13.6 Assignment . This Agreement shall not be assigned by either of the parties hereto without the prior written approval of the other party.

13.7 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT, WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CONFLICTS OF LAW DOCTRINE. ALL ISSUES RELATING TO VENUE AND JURISDICTION SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SECTION 11.07 OF THE ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

13.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

13.9 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any present or future law or if determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, and if the rights or obligations of the Company or the Reinsurer under this Agreement will not be materially and adversely affected thereby, such provision shall be fully severable, and this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this

 

-17-


Agreement, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom.

13.10 Schedules, Exhibits and Paragraph Headings . Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto are made a part of this Agreement. Paragraph headings are provided for reference purposes only and are not made a part of this Agreement.

13.11 Expenses . Except as explicitly provided to the contrary herein or in the Asset Purchase Agreement, each party shall be solely responsible for all expenses it incurs in connection with this Agreement or in consummating the transactions contemplated hereby or performing the obligations imposed hereby, including, without limitation, the cost of its attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors.

13.12 No Prejudice . The parties agree that this Agreement has been jointly negotiated and drafted by the parties hereto and that the terms hereof shall not be construed in favor of or against any party on account of its participation in such negotiations and drafting.

 

-18-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed effective this 1 st day of October, 1998.

 

AETNA LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
  /s/ Catherine H. Smith
By:   Catherine H. Smith
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

LINCOLN LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY OF

        NEW YORK

B Y :  
Title:  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed effective this 1 st day of October, 1998.

 

AETNA LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY

COMPANY

  /s/ Catherine H. Smith
By:   Catherine H. Smith
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

LINCOLN LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY OF

        NEW YORK

  /s/ Philip L. Holstein
By:   Philip L. Holstein
Title:   President

Exhibit 10.29

EXECUTION VERSION

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR BUSINESS PROCESSES

between

ING NORTH AMERICA INSURANCE CORPORATION

and

COGNIZANT TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS U.S. CORPORATION

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION.      1   

Section 1.01

  Definitions.      1   

Section 1.02

  References.      10   

Section 1.03

  Headings.      10   

Section 1.04

  Precedence.      10   

Section 1.05

  Agreement Framework.      10   
ARTICLE 2   IMPLEMENTATION SERVICES.      11   

Section 2.01

  Implementation Services.      11   

Section 2.02

  Acceptance of Deliverables.      11   

Section 2.03

  Critical Milestones.      11   

Section 2.04

  Implementation Governance.      12   
ARTICLE 3   SERVICES.      12   

Section 3.01

  Services.      12   

Section 3.02

  Service Levels.      12   

Section 3.03

  Labor and Materials.      12   

Section 3.04

  Procedures Manual.      12   

Section 3.05

  NAIC Architecture.      13   

Section 3.06

  NAIC Policies.      13   

Section 3.07

  Knowledge Sharing.      13   

Section 3.08

  Inspections and Monitoring.      14   

Section 3.09

  Reports and Data Feeds.      14   

Section 3.10

  Training, Instruction and Related Support.      14   

Section 3.11

  New or Improved Technology or Business Process.      14   

Section 3.12

  Continuous Improvement and Best Practices.      14   

Section 3.13

  Satisfaction Survey.      15   

Section 3.14

  Acceptance of Deliverables.      15   

Section 3.15

  Exit Plan.      15   

Section 3.16

  Divestiture and Acquisition.      15   

Section 3.17

  Relief Event.      16   
ARTICLE 4   SERVICE DELIVERY ORGANIZATION.      16   

Section 4.01

  Service Delivery Organization Members.      16   

Section 4.02

  Key Individuals.      18   

Section 4.03

  Critical Individuals.      18   

Section 4.04

  Replacements.      19   

Section 4.05

  Turnover.      19   

Section 4.06

  Subcontracting.      19   
ARTICLE 5   SERVICE LOCATIONS.      20   

Section 5.01

  Service Locations.      20   

Section 5.02

  Cognizant-furnished Space.      21   

Section 5.03

  NAIC Service Locations Identification Credentials.      21   

Section 5.04

  Security at Cognizant Service Locations.      21   

Section 5.05

  NAIC Competitors.      21   

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

i


ARTICLE 6   COOPERATION WITH OTHER SUPPLIERS.      21   

Section 6.01

  Cooperation with Other Suppliers.      21   

Section 6.02

  Cooperation on Service Problems.      22   

Section 6.03

  Disputes Related to Cooperation.      22   

ARTICLE 7

  LICENSES AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS.      23   

Section 7.01

  NAIC IP.      23   

Section 7.02

  Cognizant IP.      23   

Section 7.03

  Developed IP.      24   

Section 7.04

  Consents, Approvals and Requests.      24   

Section 7.05

  Restrictions.      25   

ARTICLE 8

  DATA.      25   

Section 8.01

  Ownership of Data.      25   

Section 8.02

  Correction of Errors.      25   

Section 8.03

  Logical Data Security.      25   

Section 8.04

  Physical Data Security.      27   

Section 8.05

  Privacy and PII.      28   

Section 8.06

  Regulatory Information.      29   

Section 8.07

  HIPAA Compliance.      29   

Section 8.08

  Information Security Audit.      29   

Section 8.09

  Safety and Security.      29   

ARTICLE 9

  FEES AND INVOICING.      29   

Section 9.01

  Fees.      29   

Section 9.02

  Expenses.      30   

Section 9.03

  Currency.      30   

Section 9.04

  Invoices.      30   

Section 9.05

  Credits.      30   

Section 9.06

  e-Procurement System.      30   

ARTICLE 10

  TAXES.      31   

Section 10.01

  In General.      31   

Section 10.02

  Income Taxes.      31   

Section 10.03

  Tax on Inputs.      31   

Section 10.04

  Invoicing.      31   

Section 10.05

  Withholding Tax.      31   

Section 10.06

  Filings and Registrations.      33   

Section 10.07

  Cooperation.      33   

ARTICLE 11

  GOVERNANCE AND CHANGE CONTROL.      33   

Section 11.01

  Governance.      33   

Section 11.02

  Changes of Scope.      33   

Section 11.03

  Dispute Resolution.      33   

Section 11.04

  Benchmarking.      34   

ARTICLE 12

  AUDITS.      35   

Section 12.01

  Service Audits.      35   

Section 12.02

  Financial Audits.      35   

Section 12.03

  Control Audits.      36   

Section 12.04

  SSAE 16.      36   

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

ii


Section 12.05

  Facilities.      37   

Section 12.06

  Audit Limitations.      37   

ARTICLE 13

  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.      37   

Section 13.01

  Generally.      37   

Section 13.02

  Permitted Disclosure.      38   

Section 13.03

  Exclusions.      38   

Section 13.04

  Return of Materials.      38   

Section 13.05

  Unauthorized Use, Access or Disclosure.      38   

Section 13.06

  Record Maintenance and Retention.      39   

ARTICLE 14

  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.      39   

Section 14.01

  NAIC.      39   

Section 14.02

  Cognizant.      39   

Section 14.03

  Changes to Laws.      40   

Section 14.04

  Cooperation with Regulators.      41   
ARTICLE 15   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS.      41   

Section 15.01

  NAIC.      41   

Section 15.02

  Cognizant.      42   

Section 15.03

  Repair and Re-performance.      43   

Section 15.04

  Obligation to Replace.      43   

Section 15.05

  Pass-Through Warranties.      44   

Section 15.06

  Disclaimer.      44   

ARTICLE 16

  INDEMNIFICATION      44   

Section 16.01

  NAIC.      44   

Section 16.02

  Cognizant.      45   

Section 16.03

  Indemnification Procedures.      46   

Section 16.04

  Contribution.      46   

ARTICLE 17

  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.      46   

Section 17.01

  Direct Damages.      46   

Section 17.02

  Consequential Damages.      47   

Section 17.03

  Exclusions.      47   

Section 17.04

  Assignment of Claims.      47   

Section 17.05

  Injunctive Relief.      48   
ARTICLE 18   INSURANCE.      48   

Section 18.01

  Coverage.      48   

Section 18.02

  Cost of Insurance Coverage.      49   

Section 18.03

  Certificate of Insurance Coverage.      49   

Section 18.04

  Status and Rating of Insurance Company.      49   
ARTICLE 19   TERM AND TERMINATION.      49   

Section 19.01

  Term.      49   

Section 19.02

  Termination for Cause.      49   

Section 19.03

  Termination for Convenience.      50   

Section 19.04

  Termination for Change in Control.      50   

Section 19.05

  Termination for Deterioration of Financial Condition.      50   

Section 19.06

  Termination for Service Level Failure.      50   

Section 19.07

  Termination for Service Failure.      50   

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

iii


Section 19.08

  Termination for Change in Law.      50   

Section 19.09

  Termination for Failure to Refresh Damages Cap.      51   

Section 19.10

  Termination for Force Majeure.      51   

Section 19.11

  Other Terminations.      51   

Section 19.12

  Termination Fees.      51   

Section 19.13

  Continuing Obligations.      51   

Section 19.14

  Effect of Termination.      51   

Section 19.15

  Termination Assistance.      52   

Section 19.16

  Hiring of Service Delivery Organization.      53   
ARTICLE 20   FORCE MAJEURE, BUSINESS CONTINUITY AND DISASTER RECOVERY.      53   

Section 20.01

  Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery.      53   

Section 20.02

  Force Majeure.      54   

Section 20.03

  Alternate Source.      55   

Section 20.04

  No Payment for Unperformed Services.      55   

Section 20.05

  Allocation of Resources.      55   

ARTICLE 21

  STEP-IN RIGHTS.      56   

Section 21.01

  Step-in Rights.      56   

Section 21.02

  Step-out.      56   

ARTICLE 22

  MISCELLANEOUS.      57   

Section 22.01

  Amendment.      57   

Section 22.02

  Assignment.      57   

Section 22.03

  Consents, Approvals and Requests.      57   

Section 22.04

  Counterparts.      57   

Section 22.05

  Entire Agreement.      57   

Section 22.06

  Export.      57   

Section 22.07

  Good Faith and Fair Dealing.      58   

Section 22.08

  Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Venue.      58   

Section 22.09

  Continued Performance.      58   

Section 22.10

  Independent Contractor.      58   

Section 22.11

  No Co-Employment.      58   

Section 22.12

  Non-Solicitation.      59   

Section 22.13

  Notices.      59   

Section 22.14

  Publicity.      60   

Section 22.15

  Remedies Cumulative.      60   

Section 22.16

  Severability.      60   

Section 22.17

  Survival.      60   

Section 22.18

  Third Party Beneficiaries.      60   

Section 22.19

  Waiver.      61   

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

iv


TABLE OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit 1    Form of Statement of Work
Exhibit 2    Service Level Methodology
Exhibit 3    Acceptance and Change Control
Exhibit 4    Service Location Requirements
Exhibit 5    Termination Assistance Services
Exhibit 6    Form of Guarantee
Exhibit 7    Form of Non-Disclosure and Assignment Agreement
Exhibit 8    NAIC Policies
Exhibit 9    Breakage
Exhibit 10    Minimum Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Requirements
Exhibit 11    Competitors
Exhibit 12    Procedures Manual Table of Contents

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

v


MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR BUSINESS PROCESSES

This Master Services Agreement for Business Processes (this “ MSA ”) is made and entered into as of June 5, 2012 (the “ MSA Effective Date ”) by and between ING North America Insurance Corporation, a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ NAIC ”) and Cognizant Technology Solutions U.S. Corporation, a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ Cognizant ”).

WHEREAS, the MSA Contracting Parties have engaged in extensive negotiations and discussions that have culminated in the formation of the relationship set forth in this MSA;

WHEREAS, Cognizant and certain of its Affiliates desire to provide to NAIC and certain of its Affiliates and designees, and NAIC and certain of its Affiliates and designees desire to obtain from Cognizant and certain of its Affiliates, the services set forth in this Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the agreements set forth below, the MSA Contracting Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION .

Section 1.01 Definitions . The following terms have the following meanings:

 

(1) Abandonment ” means Cognizant’s intentional termination of its provision of any Service during the MSA Term or Cognizant’s intentional failure to provide any Termination Assistance Service. For clarity, the term “Abandonment” shall not include a termination in accordance with Section 19.02(3) , a cessation of its provision of Termination Assistance Services in accordance with Section 19.15(2) or any other cessation of the Services agreed by the Parties.

 

(2) Acceptance ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit 3 .

 

(3) Acceptance Criteria ” means the criteria used to determine whether a Deliverable complies in all material respects with the requirements for such Deliverable, conforms to its specifications and meets or exceeds its functionality and performance requirements, as set forth in the applicable SOW.

 

(4) Affected Employee ” has the meaning set forth in Attachment H to the applicable SOW .

 

(5) Affected Party ” means the Party affected by a Force Majeure Event.

 

(6) Affected Service Delivery Organization Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.16 .

 

(7) Affiliate ” means, as to any entity, any other entity that, directly or indirectly, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such entity.

 

(8) Agreement ” means the MSA and all SOWs or the MSA and an SOW, as the context demands.

 

(9) At Risk Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit 2 .

 

(10) Benchmarker ” means the third party designated by NAIC Group from time to time to conduct the Benchmarking Process from the following list: Alsbridge/ProBenchmark; Gartner, Inc.; Information Services Group; PA Consulting; or The Hackett Group.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

1


(11) Benchmarking Process ” means the objective measurement and comparison process (utilizing baselines and industry standards) utilized by the Benchmarker.

 

(12) Benchmark Report ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.04(4) .

 

(13) Broken Transaction Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit 9 .

 

(14) Business Continuity Event ” means any event that is not a Force Majeure Event, but which nevertheless may prevent, hinder or delay the performance of the Services by Cognizant Group.

 

(15) Business Continuity Plan ” means any business continuity plan set forth in an SOW.

 

(16) Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday.

 

(17) Change ” means any change to (a) the Services, (b) processes or Systems that would alter the functionality, performance standards or technical environment of the Systems, (c) the manner in which the Services are provided or (d) the manner in which the Services are used.

 

(18) Change in Control ” means the (a) consolidation, merger, share exchange or other business combination involving an entity (other than an initial public offering of securities of such entity), in which immediately following such transaction either (i) less than 50 percent of the directors of the surviving parent entity immediately following the closing of the transaction were directors of such entity immediately prior to the closing of the transaction or (ii) less than 50 percent of the voting power of the surviving parent entity immediately following the closing of the transaction is held by persons who were shareholders of such entity immediately prior to the closing of the transaction, (b) sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of an entity or (c) acquisition by any entity, or group of entities acting in concert, of beneficial ownership of 30 percent or more of the outstanding voting securities or other ownership interests of an entity.

 

(19) Change Procedures ” means the procedures applicable to a Change as set forth in Exhibit 3 .

 

(20) Claim ” means any assertion, actual or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitral, investigative or otherwise).

 

(21) Cognizant ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

(22) Cognizant Account Manager ” has the meaning set forth in the applicable SOW.

 

(23) Cognizant Agent ” means an agent, contractor, subcontractor or other representative of Cognizant Group performing any of Cognizant Group’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

(24) Cognizant Competitor ” means the entities listed in Exhibit 11 .

 

(25) Cognizant Consents ” means all licenses, consents, permits, approvals and authorizations that are necessary to allow, in connection with the Services, (a) Cognizant Group and Cognizant Agents to use (i) the Cognizant IP and Cognizant Hardware, (ii) any assets owned or leased by Cognizant or Cognizant Agents and (iii) any third party services retained by Cognizant, (b) Service Recipients and NAIC Agents to use the Cognizant IP and Cognizant Hardware and (c) Cognizant Group and Cognizant Agents to assign the Deliverables and NAIC Data to NAIC Group.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

2


(26) Cognizant Executive ” has the meaning set forth in the applicable SOW.

 

(27) Cognizant Group ” means Cognizant and any wholly owned Affiliate of Cognizant Technology Solutions Corporation (and any Affiliate of Cognizant Technology Solutions Corporation that is not wholly owned, solely due to a requirement of Law) performing the Services, either individually or collectively, as the context demands.

 

(28) Cognizant Hardware ” means the Hardware leased or owned by a member of Cognizant Group that is used by a member of Cognizant Group to provide the Services.

 

(29) Cognizant Indemnified Parties ” means Cognizant, its Affiliates and the officers, directors, employees, successors and permitted assigns of Cognizant and its Affiliates.

 

(30) Cognizant IP ” means IP that is licensed or owned by Cognizant Group (or, for clarity, by a Cognizant Agent), that is used in connection with the Services, including the Software set forth in any applicable SOW and indicated as “Cognizant” Software.

 

(31) Cognizant Resources ” means the Cognizant IP, Developed IP, Deliverables, Services or any other resource or item provided to Service Recipients by Cognizant Group (or, for clarity, a Cognizant Agent).

 

(32) Cognizant Service Delivery Executive ” has the meaning set forth in the applicable SOW.

 

(33) Cognizant Service Location ” means any premises owned, leased or used by Cognizant Group set forth in an SOW, from which Cognizant Group shall provide the Services described in such SOW (including any business continuity or disaster recovery services with respect to such Services).

 

(34) Confidential Information ” means all non-public information, documentation and IP of a Party, Affiliates of a Party or their clients, employees, distribution partners, agents, customers, suppliers, contractors and other third parties doing business with such Party or Affiliates of a Party, whether disclosed to, accessed by or otherwise learned by the other Party, including: (a) with respect to NAIC Group, all NAIC Data, PII and information concerning NAIC Group’s customers (including their beneficiaries), third party administrators and recipients of NAIC Group’s services, either directly or indirectly, such as employees of NAIC Group customers, plan participants, members, dependents, beneficiaries and similarly situated persons; (b) with respect to Cognizant Group, all Cognizant Group proprietary data included in the solution designs; (c) this MSA and each SOW; (d) all information marked as confidential (or with words of similar meaning); (e) anything developed by reference to the information described in this definition; and (f) “inside information”, including any material, non-public, price-sensitive corporate or market information relating to such Party, Affiliates of a Party or their clients, employees, distribution partners, agents, customers (including their beneficiaries), suppliers, contractors and other third parties doing business with such Party or Affiliates of a Party, that is acquired in connection with this Agreement.

 

(35) Control ” means, with respect to any entity, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities (or other ownership interest), by contract or otherwise.

 

(36) Control Objectives ” means NAIC Group’s internal controls with respect to the Services as set forth in an SOW and as may be updated by NAIC Group in accordance with Section 12.03 .

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

3


(37) Critical Individual ” means the individuals identified as “critical individuals” in an SOW.

 

(38) Critical Milestone ” means the milestones, and the completion criteria associated with such milestones, identified as “critical” in the Implementation Plan under an SOW.

 

(39) Critical Milestone Completion Date ” means the completion date specified for the applicable Critical Milestone.

 

(40) Damages Cap ” has the meaning set forth in Section 17.01 .

 

(41) Data Security Breach ” means any unlawful or unauthorized acquisition, access, loss, theft, use or disclosure of PII, any breach or attempted breach of the security of PII or any other circumstances or event that compromises the privacy or security of PII.

 

(42) Data Subject ” means any natural person or trust about whom data may be stored, used, transferred or processed by Cognizant Group in connection with the Services.

 

(43) Deliverables ” means the Developed IP and other products, documentation or other items to be developed or otherwise provided by Cognizant Group pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(44) Designated Services ” means (a) the services, functions and responsibilities of Cognizant Group described in this Agreement (including any in-flight projects set forth in any SOW), (b) the services, functions and responsibilities being performed in the 12 months prior to the applicable Go-Live Date by NAIC Group’s employees or NAIC Agents whose services, functions or responsibilities were displaced or transferred as a result of an SOW, even if the service, function or responsibility is not specifically described in an SOW and (c) any services, functions or responsibilities not specifically described in an SOW, but which are inherently required or necessary for the proper performance and delivery of the services described in clause (a) and clause (b).

 

(45) Developed IP ” means any IP developed by Cognizant Group, in whole or in part, pursuant to an SOW that is (a) a modification or enhancement of NAIC IP or (b) an original non-derivative work (including standard operating procedures created by Cognizant Group for Services performed under an SOW).

 

(46) Disabling Code ” means any device, “lockout”, self-help code or other software code or routine ( e.g. , back door, time bomb or worm) that is able to: (a) disable, restrict use of, lock or erase Software, Hardware or data; or (b) permit unauthorized monitoring of user behavior ( e.g. , spyware).

 

(47) Disaster Recovery Plan ” means any disaster recovery plan set forth in an SOW.

 

(48) Dispute Resolution Procedures ” means the procedures set forth in Section 11.03 .

 

(46) Excluded Taxes ” means, in the case of either of the Parties, (a) income taxes, franchise taxes or similar taxes as are imposed on or measured by such Party’s net income by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such Party is organized or any other jurisdiction in which such Party maintains an office; (b) taxes imposed by reason of any present or former connection between any Party and the jurisdiction imposing such taxes (other than a connection arising as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or the performance of any Services contemplated by, or the enforcement of rights under, this Agreement); (c) any branch profits taxes imposed by the U.S. or any similar taxes imposed by any other jurisdiction in which a Party is located; and (d) any tax required to be withheld as a result of the failure of a Party to satisfy the requirements of the foreign account tax compliance provisions of the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act of 2010, P.L. 111-147, 124 Stat. 71.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

4


(49) Exit Plan ” means the detailed exit plan for the transfer of each of the Services from Cognizant Group to NAIC Group or a supplier designated by NAIC Group.

 

(50) Export Controls ” means all export and national security Laws of the U.S. and all other applicable Governmental Authorities.

 

(51) Fees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01 .

 

(52) Files and Work Papers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.06(1) .

 

(53) Force Majeure Event ” means a fire, flood, earthquake, other elements of nature or acts of God, acts of war, terrorism, riots, rebellions, revolutions or civil disorders or other business continuity event beyond the reasonable control of the Party whose performance is prevented, hindered or delayed.

 

(54) Go-Live Date ” means the date when Cognizant Group assumes responsibility for providing a Service as set forth in the applicable Implementation Plan.

 

(55) Governmental Authority ” means any U.S. or non-U.S. federal, state, provincial, municipal, local, territorial or other governmental department, regulatory authority, self-regulatory organization ( e.g. , FINRA, MSRB and stock exchanges) or legislative, judicial or administrative body.

 

(56) Hardware ” means equipment, including computers and related equipment, such as central processing units and other processors, controllers, modems, communications and telecommunications equipment ( e.g. , voice, data and video), cables, storage devices, printers, terminals, other peripherals and input and output devices, and other tangible mechanical and electronic equipment intended for the processing, input, output, storage, manipulation, communication, transmission and retrieval of information and data.

 

(57) HIPAA ” means (a) the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, Public Law No. 104-191, and regulations promulgated thereunder by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and (b) Subtitle D of the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, also known as Title XIII of Division A and Title IV of Division B of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, Public Law No. 111-005.

 

(58) Implementation Plan ” means the plan set forth in the applicable SOW describing the implementation of the Designated Services.

 

(59) Implementation Services ” means all functions and services necessary to accomplish the implementation or transfer of the Designated Services to Cognizant Group.

 

(60) Income Tax ” means any tax on or measured by the net income of a corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association or other organization or entity (including taxes on capital or net worth that are imposed as an alternative to a tax based on net or gross income), or taxes which are of the nature of excess profits tax, gross receipts tax, minimum tax on tax preferences, alternative minimum tax, accumulated earnings tax, personal holding company tax, capital gains tax or franchise tax for the privilege of doing business.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

5


(61) Indemnified Party ” means NAIC Indemnified Party or Cognizant Indemnified Party, as applicable.

 

(62) Indemnifying Party ” means NAIC under Section 16.01 and Cognizant under Section 16.02 .

 

(63) IP ” means any (a) inventions, processes, methodologies, procedures and trade secrets, (b) Software and tools, (c) literary works or other works of authorship, including documentation, reports, drawings, charts, graphics and other written documentation, (d) trademarks, service marks, logos or domain names and (e) any other intellectual property.

 

(64) Key Individual ” means the Cognizant Executive and such other individuals identified as “key individuals” in an SOW.

 

(65) Laws ” means all U.S. and non-US. laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, declarations, decrees, directives, legislative enactments and Governmental Authority orders and subpoenas.

 

(66) Loss ” means any loss, damage, payment, liability (including settlements, judgments, fines and penalties) or cost and expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs and other litigation expenses).

 

(67) Milestone Credit ” means the credit NAIC is entitled to receive as a result of Cognizant Group’s failure to meet a Critical Milestone in accordance with the applicable SOW.

 

(68) MSA ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

(69) MSA Contracting Parties ” means NAIC and Cognizant, together.

 

(70) MSA Contracting Party ” means NAIC or Cognizant, as applicable.

 

(71) MSA Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

(72) MSA Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.01(1) .

 

(73) NAIC ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

(74) NAIC Agent ” means an agent, contractor, subcontractor or other representative of NAIC Group, other than Cognizant Group, exercising any of NAIC Group’s rights or performing any of NAIC Group’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

(75) NAIC Architecture ” means NAIC Group’s information technology architecture rules and policies as set forth in Exhibit 8 or as NAIC Group provides or makes available to Cognizant Group from time-to-time in written or electronic format.

 

(76) NAIC Auditors ” means NAIC Group and any of its regulators, accountants, auditors or third party consultants.

 

(77) NAIC Competitor ” means those competitors listed on Exhibit 11 , as amended by NAIC from time to time.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

6


(78) NAIC Consents ” means all licenses, consents, permits, approvals and authorizations that are necessary to allow Cognizant Group to use (a) the NAIC IP and NAIC Hardware, (b) any assets owned or leased by NAIC Group and (c) the services provided for the benefit of the Service Recipients under NAIC Group’s third party services contracts, in each case, as necessary to provide the Services.

 

(79) NAIC Data ” means all data or information regarding NAIC Group, the businesses of NAIC Group, or NAIC Group clients, employees, former employees, distribution partners, agents, customers (including their beneficiaries), suppliers, contractors, other third parties doing business with NAIC Group, third party administrators and recipients of NAIC Group’s services, either directly or indirectly, such as employees of NAIC Group customers, plan participants, members, dependents, beneficiaries and similarly situated persons (a) submitted to Cognizant Group by NAIC Group or the Service Recipients, (b) obtained, developed, processed or produced by Cognizant Group (other than data internal to Cognizant Group, such as individual performance data for the members of the Service Delivery Organization and security logs retained by Cognizant) or (c) accessed by Cognizant Group in connection with the Services.

 

(80) NAIC Data Safeguards ” means NAIC Policies applicable to data security.

 

(81) NAIC Group ” means NAIC and any Affiliates of NAIC that receive the Services, either individually or collectively, as the context demands.

 

(82) NAIC Hardware ” means the Hardware leased or owned by a member of NAIC Group that is used by a member of Cognizant Group to provide the Services.

 

(83) NAIC Indemnified Parties ” means NAIC, its Affiliates and the officers, directors, employees, successors and permitted assigns of NAIC and its Affiliates.

 

(84) NAIC IP ” means IP that is licensed or owned by NAIC Group or an NAIC Agent (other than the Cognizant IP) that is used by Cognizant in connection with the Services, including the Software set forth in an SOW and indicated as “NAIC” Software.

 

(85) NAIC Policies ” means NAIC Group’s policies, standards and procedures listed (a) in Exhibit 8 (and as such policies are set forth on NAIC Group’s internal website), (b) with respect to any additional NAIC Policies applicable to a specific SOW, in such SOW and (c) as NAIC Group otherwise provides or makes available to Cognizant Group from time-to-time in a written or electronic format. On the first Business Day of each month, Cognizant Group shall review whether the NAIC Policies have been updated by checking the first page of each policy for announcements that such policy has been updated. If an NAIC Policy has been updated and compliance with such update is required before the first Business Day of the following month, NAIC Group shall provide notice of such update to Cognizant.

 

(86) NAIC Privacy Policies ” means NAIC Policies with respect to data privacy.

 

(87) NAIC Record Retention Policies ” means NAIC Policies with respect to record retention.

 

(88) NAIC Senior Executive ” has the meaning set forth in the applicable SOW.

 

(89) NAIC Service Delivery Manager ” has the meaning set forth in the applicable SOW.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

7


(90) NAIC Service Location ” means any premises owned, leased or used by NAIC Group and identified in an applicable SOW, at which NAIC Group may (to the extent set forth in such SOW) provide space for Service Delivery Organization members to provide Services.

 

(91) Other Supplier ” means any third party providing services to NAIC or its Affiliates.

 

(92) Parties ” means NAIC Group and Cognizant Group.

 

(93) Party ” means either NAIC Group or Cognizant Group.

 

(94) PHI ” means “protected health information” as defined in 45 C.F.R. § 160.103.

 

(95) Physically Segregated Area ” means a separate walled-off space within the applicable Service Location, with controlled access only available to members of the Service Delivery Organization.

 

(96) PII ” means information or data that (a) identifies an individual, including by name, signature, address, telephone number or other unique identifier, (b) that can be used to identify or authenticate an individual, including passwords, PINs, biometric data, unique identification numbers ( e.g. , social security numbers), answers to security questions or other personal identifiers or (c) is PHI.

 

(97) Procedures Manual ” means the documentation of the procedures that will be followed to implement and manage the MSA, the applicable SOW and the overall relationship in accordance with the structure set forth in Exhibit 12 .

 

(98) Recovery Time Objective ” means the time period within which Cognizant Group is required to restore a Service in the event of a Business Continuity Event or Force Majeure Event, as such time is set forth in the applicable SOW.

 

(99) Related Documentation ” means, with respect to Software, all materials, documentation (including control documentation utilized in connection with an audit), specifications, technical manuals, user manuals, flow diagrams, file descriptions and other written information that describes the function and use of such Software, but excluding any source code.

 

(100) Relief Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.17 .

 

(101) Service Delivery Organization ” means the personnel of Cognizant Group (including, for clarity, Cognizant Agents) who provide the Services.

 

(102) Service Level Credits ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit 2 .

 

(103) Service Level Default ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit 2 .

 

(104) Service Levels ” means the service levels and standards for the performance of the Services as set forth in the applicable SOW.

 

(105) Service Locations ” means the NAIC Service Locations and Cognizant Service Locations.

 

(106) Service Problem ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02 .

 

(107) Service Problem Dispute ” means any dispute between Cognizant Group and an Other Supplier regarding the allocation of responsibility for an issue or Service Problem.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

8


(108) Service Recipient ” means (a) NAIC Group, (b) NAIC Agents and (c) such other entities (including NAIC Group’s customers, NAIC Group’s customers’ employees (including their beneficiaries) and agents and other third parties providing goods or services to or purchasing goods or services from NAIC Group) designated in an SOW or by notice from NAIC to Cognizant Group, from time-to-time, to receive the Services.

 

(109) Services ” means the Designated Services, Termination Assistance Services, Implementation Services and any other services, functions and responsibilities the Parties agree shall be provided under this Agreement .

 

(110) Service Taxes ” means all sales, use, lease, service, value-added, excise, consumption, stamp duty and other such other taxes and duties that are assessed against any party to this MSA or an SOW by a Tax Authority on the provision of the Services as a whole or on any particular Service received by any Service Recipient from Cognizant Group, other than any Excluded Taxes.

 

(111) Software ” means the object code and source code versions of any applications, programs, operating system software, computer software languages, utilities, tools, machine readable texts and files and other computer programs, in whatever form or media (including the tangible media upon which such are recorded or printed), including all corrections, improvements, updates and releases thereof.

 

(112) SOW ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.05(2) .

 

(113) SOW Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in the applicable SOW.

 

(114) SOW Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.01(2) .

 

(115) Step-In Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 21.01 .

 

(116) Step-Out Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 21.02(3) .

 

(117) Step-Out Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 21.02(1) .

 

(118) Step-Out Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 21.02(2) .

 

(119) System ” means the Software and Hardware used to provide the Services.

 

(120) Tax Authority ” means any Governmental Authority or other fiscal, revenue, customs or excise authority, body or official competent to impose, collect or assess tax.

 

(121) Taxes ” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, other than any Excluded Taxes.

 

(122) Termination Assistance Period ” means a period of time designated by NAIC, commencing on the date a determination is made that there shall be an expiration or termination of this MSA, an SOW, Tower or Service and continuing for up to 24 months after the effective date of such expiration or termination.

 

(123) Termination Assistance Services ” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.15 .

 

(124) Tower ” means the segregation of the Designated Services into one or more commercial towers of services as set forth in an SOW.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

9


(125) Transfer Date ” has the meaning set forth in Attachment H to the applicable SOW.

 

(126) Transferred Employee ” has the meaning set forth in Attachment H to the applicable SOW.

 

(127) Virus ” means any malicious code, defect, component, programs or other internal components ( e.g. , computer “virus”, computer “worm”, computer time bomb, “Trojan horse”, “back door” or similar component).

 

(128) VRA Process ” means the NAIC vendor risk assessment process.

 

(129) Write Off ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit 9 .

Section 1.02 References .

 

(1) References to this MSA include the Exhibits hereto; references to the Exhibits to this MSA include any Attachments thereto; references to an SOW include any Attachments thereto; and references to the Attachments to an SOW include any Schedules thereto.

 

(2) Except where otherwise indicated: (a) references in this MSA (exclusive of the Exhibits) to Articles, Sections or Exhibits are to Articles or Sections of, or Exhibits to, this MSA (exclusive of the Exhibits).

 

(3) References in this Agreement to any Law means such Law as changed, supplemented, amended or replaced.

 

(4) References in this Agreement to, and mentions of, the word “include”, “including” or the phrases “ e.g. ” or “such as” means “including, without limitation”.

 

(5) References in this Agreement to “day”, “week”, “quarter” or “year” refer to a calendar day, week, quarter or year respectively, unless otherwise indicated.

 

(6) $ or “dollars” refers to United States dollars.

 

(7) Except where otherwise indicated, all references in this MSA to an SOW means the SOW under which the applicable Services are provided.

Section 1.03 Headings . The Article and Section headings, Table of Contents and Table of Exhibits are for reference and convenience only and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 1.04 Precedence . In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this MSA and the terms and conditions of any SOW, the terms and conditions of this MSA shall prevail unless excluded or modified in accordance with Section 1.05(2) . In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this MSA (exclusive of the Exhibits) and the terms and conditions of any Exhibit, the terms and conditions of this MSA (exclusive of the Exhibits) shall prevail.

Section 1.05 Agreement Framework .

 

(1) This MSA establishes the general terms and conditions applicable to Cognizant Group’s provision, and NAIC Group’s receipt of, Services.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

10


(2) This MSA contemplates the future execution by NAIC Group and Cognizant Group of one or more statements of work for Services in the form set forth in Exhibit 1 (each such statement of work, an “ SOW ” and collectively, the “ SOWs ”). Each SOW shall be effective when executed by an authorized representative of NAIC and an authorized representative of Cognizant (or any member of Cognizant Group). The terms of this MSA shall be deemed to be incorporated into each SOW and the terms and conditions set forth in this MSA shall govern Cognizant’s provision of Services under an SOW, except for provisions in this MSA that are specifically excluded or modified in such SOW, which shall include a reference to the applicable Section in this MSA being excluded or modified; provided, however, that such exclusion or modification shall only be applicable to such SOW.

 

(3) Each SOW shall contain, to the extent applicable: (a) a description of any technology to be developed or provided, any systems or operations to be supported or the Services to be performed by Cognizant; (b) the related tasks to be completed by NAIC Group and any third parties (other than Cognizant Agents); (c) a list of all Cognizant IP to be incorporated or embedded in, or that are necessary for the use, operation or maintenance of, the Deliverables, Systems or Services; (d) a description of the Deliverables to be produced by Cognizant Group, including the Acceptance Criteria for such Deliverables; (e) the performance and delivery schedule; (f) the Fees to be paid to Cognizant Group and a payment schedule; (g) the description of any Service Levels; (h) the Cognizant Service Locations; and (i) such additional information as the Parties may wish to include.

 

(4) Cognizant Technology Solutions Corporation shall enter into a performance and financial guarantee on behalf of any member of the Cognizant Group entering into an SOW or performing Services under the Agreement in the form provided in Exhibit 6 .

ARTICLE 2 IMPLEMENTATION SERVICES .

Section 2.01 Implementation Services . Cognizant Group shall perform the Implementation Services on or before the applicable Go-Live Date. Cognizant Group shall perform the Implementation Services in accordance with the dates set forth in the applicable Implementation Plan and without causing an unplanned interruption or disruption to the Designated Services or NAIC Group’s business that (1) results in any Loss to NAIC Group, (2) an inquiry by a Governmental Authority or (3) reputational damage to NAIC Group’s business . NAIC Group shall perform those obligations specifically identified as NAIC Group responsibilities in the Implementation Plan. The Implementation Plan may be modified from time to time pursuant to the Change Procedures.

Section 2.02 Acceptance of Deliverables . Each milestone identified in an Implementation Plan shall be subject to the acceptance procedures set forth in Exhibit 3 .

Section 2.03 Critical Milestones .

 

(1) If Cognizant Group fails to achieve a Critical Milestone, measured on a weekly basis, by the applicable Critical Milestone Completion Date, Cognizant shall promptly issue a credit note to NAIC in an amount equal to the applicable Milestone Credit associated with such Critical Milestone, and promptly issue a subsequent credit note to NAIC in an amount equal to the Milestone Credit associated with the achievement of such Critical Milestone for each additional week that Cognizant Group fails to achieve such Critical Milestone. NAIC’s right to obtain Milestone Credits described in this Section shall not limit NAIC’s right to recover other Losses incurred by NAIC as a result of such failure or to terminate the applicable SOWs; provided, however, that if NAIC collects other damages from Cognizant as a result of such failure, the amount of such other damages shall be reduced by the amount of Milestone Credits paid to NAIC for such failure, such that NAIC does not recover twice for the same Loss.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

11


(2) NAIC may terminate this MSA, the applicable SOW, Tower or Service, upon notice to Cognizant, if Cognizant Group fails to achieve a Critical Milestone by the Critical Milestone Completion Date and fails to cure such failure within 15 Business Days after receipt of notice thereof, or such other period set forth in an applicable SOW.

 

(3) In the event of a delay of 15 days or more in the successful completion of Critical Milestones, Cognizant shall be responsible for any additional actual reasonable costs incurred after such 15 day delay by NAIC Group as a result of such delay without prejudice to NAIC Group’s rights in Article 9 .

Section 2.04 Implementation Governance . The Parties shall comply with the implementation governance procedures set forth in the applicable SOW.

ARTICLE 3 SERVICES .

Section 3.01 Services . Cognizant Group shall provide the Services to the Service Recipients in accordance with this Agreement. Cognizant Group shall cause the Services to be performed (1) with adequate numbers of qualified personnel (as to training, skill and experience), (2) in a good, professional and workmanlike manner, (3) consistent with industry standards and generally accepted practices and (4) with the experience and expertise necessary to provide the Services in accordance with this Agreement.

Section 3.02 Service Levels . Cognizant Group shall perform the Services in accordance with the applicable Service Levels. Cognizant Group’s performance against the Service Levels (including any credits resulting from such performance) shall be measured and assessed in accordance with the methodology set forth in Exhibit 2 .

Section 3.03 Labor and Materials . Cognizant Group shall perform all work necessary to provide the Services in accordance with this Agreement. Except as explicitly provided in this MSA or an SOW, Cognizant Group shall furnish and pay for all labor, materials, services, facilities, equipment and computer resources (including the Cognizant IP and Cognizant Hardware) necessary to provide the Services and meet its obligations under this Agreement, excluding the NAIC IP to be furnished by NAIC Group. Cognizant Group shall keep the NAIC Service Locations and NAIC assets free of any liens arising from the acts or omissions of Cognizant Group.

Section 3.04 Procedures Manual .

 

(1) The initial draft of the Procedures Manual shall be a Deliverable, subject to Acceptance, and, unless otherwise set forth in an SOW, shall be provided prior to the delivery of Designated Services under an SOW. The responsibilities of each Party with respect to the Services shall be clearly indicated within the document. The table set forth in Exhibit 12 provides the general organization and content of the Procedures Manual. Although not intended to replicate the MSA or an SOW, the Procedures Manual shall provide comprehensive documentation of the procedures that shall be followed to implement and manage each SOW.

 

(2) Cognizant Group shall update and amend the Procedures Manual from time to time in order to reflect all changes to Cognizant Group’s operations and the then-current Services and to include any additional Services; provided, however, that Cognizant Group shall not update or amend the Procedures Manual without prior notice to the NAIC Senior Executive and the NAIC Service Delivery Executives whose Services are impacted, and approval by such NAIC Service Delivery Executives. As a minimum, Cognizant Group shall make such updates and amendments (a) at the end of each quarter, (b) after a material Change is made to the Services, (c) prior to the Go-Live Date of a new Service, (d) at the same time a material Change is made to the Services that affects the Business Continuity Plan or Disaster Recovery Plan and (e) at any time upon NAIC Group’s request. Cognizant Group shall deliver such updated Procedures Manual to NAIC for NAIC approval within a reasonable time, but in any event within 10 days after the applicable Change, quarter, period or NAIC Group request, or such other period agreed upon by the Cognizant Service Delivery Executive and NAIC Senior Executive in writing or by electronic mail.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

12


(3) Cognizant Group shall perform the Services in accordance with the Procedures Manual; provided, however, that in no event shall the Procedures Manual decrease the scope or quantity of Services, increase the Fees or impose any obligation on NAIC Group or any Services Recipient that have been allocated to Cognizant Group under this Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the Procedures Manual and this Agreement, this Agreement shall govern.

Section 3.05 NAIC Architecture . Cognizant Group shall comply with the NAIC Architecture and any modifications to the NAIC Architecture. To the extent that such modifications materially increase or decrease Cognizant Group’s costs to provide the Services, the MSA Contracting Parties shall negotiate an equitable adjustment to the Fees with respect to such increased or decreased cost in accordance with the Change Procedures. If NAIC Group provides relief to Cognizant Group from performing the Services in compliance with a requirement of the NAIC Architecture, such relief shall only be valid if NAIC provides a written variance approved by the person(s) designated by NAIC. Otherwise, if Cognizant Group discovers or is notified of a failure to comply with the NAIC Architecture, Cognizant Group shall promptly: (1) notify NAIC; and (2) if Cognizant Group was responsible for the failure, investigate and cure such failure no later than 10 days after Cognizant Group first discovers or is notified of such failure, or such other period agreed upon by the Cognizant Executive and NAIC Senior Executive in writing or by electronic mail.

Section 3.06 NAIC Policies . Cognizant Group shall comply with the NAIC Policies and any modifications to the NAIC Policies. To the extent that such modifications materially increase or decrease Cognizant Group’s costs to provide the Services, the MSA Contracting Parties shall negotiate an equitable adjustment to the Fees with respect to such increased or decreased cost in accordance with the Change Procedures. If NAIC Group provides relief to Cognizant Group from performing the Services in compliance with a requirement of the NAIC Policies, such relief shall only be valid if NAIC provides a written variance approved by the person(s) designated by NAIC. Otherwise, if Cognizant Group discovers or is notified of a failure to comply with the NAIC Policies, Cognizant Group shall promptly: (1) notify NAIC; and (2) if Cognizant Group was responsible for the failure, investigate and cure such failure no later than 10 days after Cognizant Group first discovers or is notified of such failure, or such other period agreed upon by the Cognizant Service Delivery Executive and NAIC Senior Executive in writing or by electronic mail.

Section 3.07 Knowledge Sharing . Cognizant Group shall: (1) explain and review the procedures set forth in the Procedures Manual with NAIC Group at least once every quarter; and (2) upon NAIC Group’s request, assist NAIC Group subject matter experts (as designated by NAIC Group) in understanding the performance of the Services, including attending meetings with NAIC Group or, subject to the confidentiality obligations set forth in Article 13 , its designee to the extent necessary for such designee to provide services to NAIC Group.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

13


Section 3.08 Inspections and Monitoring . Subject to the provisions set forth in Section 12.06 , NAIC Group shall have the right to (1) inspect all Service Locations and to observe any Service Delivery Organization member as he or she performs the Services and (2) review upon reasonable prior notice all Systems, NAIC Data, training materials, job aids and other materials utilized in providing the Services. With respect to any interactions with a Service Recipient, NAIC Group shall have the right to monitor such interactions, electronically, remotely or otherwise. In addition, NAIC Group shall have the right to intervene with respect to any interaction between Cognizant Group and a Service Recipient.

Section 3.09 Reports and Data Feeds . Cognizant Group shall provide the reports specified in this MSA, Exhibit 2 and any SOWs. To the extent Cognizant Group holds electronically any NAIC Data used to provide the Services, Cognizant Group shall at all times provide NAIC Group with real time access to such NAIC Data.

Section 3.10 Training, Instruction and Related Support . No more than two times each year, upon the request of NAIC, Cognizant Group shall provide to NAIC Group training and instruction, for up to 10 NAIC Group employees, by experienced, duly qualified instructors designed to provide such employees with sufficient knowledge: (1) to operate and utilize the Deliverables and the Services in the NAIC Group business environment and operations; and (2) to understand and provide the Services (and to understand and operate the systems used to provide such Services) after expiration or termination of the applicable SOW, Tower or Service. Such training shall be provided at Cognizant Group’s cost; provided, however, that if such training is to take place in the U.S. and NAIC Group requests that a member of the Service Delivery Organization who is not located in the U.S. (or will not otherwise be in the U.S. at the time of the training) provide such training, then NAIC Group shall, subject to Section 9.02(3) , reimburse Cognizant Group for such member’s travel expenses. In the event NAIC requests training and instruction more than two times in a year or for more than 10 NAIC Group employees, Cognizant Group shall provide such training and instruction in accordance with the rates set forth in the applicable SOW.

Section 3.11 New or Improved Technology or Business Process . Cognizant Group shall: (1) jointly with NAIC Group, identify cost-efficient methods to implement technology changes and proven methodologies and implement technology changes and proven methodologies in accordance with the Change Procedures; (2) maintain a level of technology, in a manner consistent with other top tier business process outsourcing service providers, such that NAIC Group is in a position to take advantage of technological advances relating to the Services; (3) provide to NAIC Group any information processing technology developments, including new developments in Software and Hardware that could reasonably be expected to have an impact on NAIC Group’s business for NAIC Group’s evaluation in connection with the Services; (4) to the extent Cognizant Group establishes an advisory board or other group for the purpose of evaluating and setting policy with regard to then-existing technology and available upgrades applicable to the Services and such advisory board or other group includes client representatives, permit NAIC to have at least one representative (to be selected by NAIC) on such advisory board or other group; and (5) upon NAIC Group’s request, meet with NAIC Group at least once during every 180-day period during the MSA Term to inform NAIC Group of any new information processing technology or business process Cognizant Group is developing or technology or process trends and directions of which Cognizant Group is otherwise aware that could reasonably be expected to have an impact on NAIC Group’s business.

Section 3.12 Continuous Improvement and Best Practices . Cognizant Group shall on a continuous basis (1) use commercially reasonable efforts to identify ways to improve the Service Levels from the perspective of NAIC Group and (2) identify, seek NAIC approval for and, after obtaining NAIC approval, apply in accordance with the Change Procedures proven techniques and tools from other installations and organizations within its operations that would benefit NAIC Group operationally or financially. Cognizant Group shall, from time to time, include updates with respect to such improvements, techniques and tools in the reports provided to NAIC Group pursuant to this Agreement. Cognizant Group shall consider in good faith NAIC Group suggestions and proposals for such improvements, techniques and tools. Cognizant Group shall make available to NAIC Group all enhancements or new features to the Services that Cognizant Group generally makes available to Cognizant Group’s other customers: (a) at no additional charge to NAIC, if such enhancements or features are typically provided to Cognizant Group’s other customers at no additional charge; or (b) if such enhancement or feature is typically provided at an additional charge to Cognizant’s other customers, at such additional charge; provided, however, that such additional charge is no more than the charge to Cognizant’s other customers and reflects a discount to Cognizant Group’s standard charges that is consistent with the level of discount reflected in the fees under the applicable SOW.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

14


Section 3.13 Satisfaction Survey . Under each SOW, the Parties shall semi-annually conduct a satisfaction survey designed to measure NAIC Group’s satisfaction level with the Services. The Parties shall promptly (but in no case later than 90 days after the applicable SOW Effective Date) negotiate and agree upon a form of satisfaction survey.

Section 3.14 Acceptance of Deliverables . Each Deliverable developed or otherwise provided by Cognizant Group as part of the Services shall be subject to the acceptance procedures set forth in Exhibit 3 .

Section 3.15 Exit Plan . In accordance with Exhibit 5 and with respect to each SOW, no later than 90 days after the first applicable Go-Live Date, Cognizant Group shall deliver to NAIC the Exit Plan, by SOW and Tower, for NAIC’s review and approval, in accordance with the acceptance procedures set forth in Exhibit 3 . Cognizant Group shall update such Exit Plan no later than 90 days after each subsequent Go-Live Date under such SOW. Upon NAIC’s request, Cognizant Group shall provide a copy of such updated plan to NAIC for review and comment. If Cognizant Group fails to develop, update or maintain the Exit Plan in accordance with this Section, then within 10 Business Days after NAIC’s request, the Cognizant Executive shall travel, at Cognizant Group’s cost and expense, to the location designated by NAIC Group to meet with NAIC Group to discuss the reason for such failure.

Section 3.16 Divestiture and Acquisition .

 

(1) If an entity or business unit of NAIC Group is divested, in whole or in part, NAIC may elect (a) to reduce the volume of Services (and any related commitments thereto) provided to NAIC Group by the volume of the Services that was provided to such divested entity or business unit (in whole or in part) or (b) to have Cognizant Group continue to provide the Services to such divested entity or business unit (or purchaser thereof), in whole or in part, in accordance with the then-existing terms and charging methodologies for the Services, for a period not to exceed the lesser of (i) 24 months from the effective date of such divestiture and (ii) the remainder of the applicable SOW Term and any Termination Assistance Period, and, at the end of such period, to reduce the volume of Services (and any related commitments thereto) provided to NAIC Group by the volume of the Services that was provided to such divested entity or business unit, in whole or in part. During such period, NAIC shall remain responsible for all acts and omissions of such divested entity or business unit, including compliance or any non-compliance with the terms of this Agreement. After such divested entity’s or business unit’s divestiture from NAIC, NAIC may continue to exercise on behalf of such divested entity or business unit (or purchaser thereof) any rights NAIC has, or such divested entity or business unit had, under this Agreement prior to such divested entity’s or business unit’s divestiture during the period of time that such divested entity or business unit continues to receive the Services. If implementation services are required in order to commence providing Services to such divested entity or business unit, in whole or in part, Cognizant Group shall provide such Services as requested by NAIC and Cognizant Group shall complete such implementation services within the agreed upon timeframes. The fees for such implementation services shall be calculated using the rates set forth in the applicable SOW and the number of hours to provide such implementation services shall be agreed by the MSA Contracting Parties in accordance with the Change Procedures.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

15


(2) In the event that NAIC or any of its Affiliates acquires an entity or business, in whole or in part, NAIC may elect to have Cognizant Group provide some or all of the Services to such acquired entity or business, in whole or in part, in accordance with the then-existing terms and charging methodologies for such Services. If implementation services are required in order to commence providing Services to the acquired entity or business, in whole or in part, Cognizant Group shall provide such Services as requested by NAIC and Cognizant Group shall complete such implementation services within the agreed upon timeframes. The fees for such implementation services shall be calculated using the rates set forth in the applicable SOW and the number of hours to provide such implementation services shall be agreed by the MSA Contracting Parties in accordance with the Change Procedures.

Section 3.17 Relief Event . Cognizant Group shall be excused for its non-performance of an obligation under this Agreement for as long as, and to the extent, Cognizant Group’s performance of such obligation is directly prevented by (1) the failure of NAIC Group or an NAIC Agent to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement (including, subject to a root cause analysis, a failure of a system provided by NAIC Group or an NAIC Agent to perform in accordance with the requirements set forth in an SOW, provided such failure is not due to an act or omission of Cognizant or its Affiliates); (2) a written or electronic agreement between the Cognizant Service Delivery Executive and NAIC Senior Executive to re-direct resources or priorities other than in the ordinary course of the Services (provided, however, that the Cognizant Service Delivery Executive notifies the NAIC Senior Executive prior to such agreement that such re-direction or re-prioritization shall cause such non-performance); or (3) incorrect or incomplete information provided by a third party that could not have been identified as incorrect or incomplete in connection with Cognizant Group’s performance of the Services or the exercise of reasonable judgment (a “ Relief Event ”); provided, however, that Cognizant Group (a) demonstrates the basis for the Relief Event was the primary cause of such non-performance, (b) uses commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate the impact of such Relief Event, (c) continues to use commercially reasonable efforts (including emergency fixes and workarounds) to perform such obligation and (d) provides NAIC Group notice of such non-performance describing in reasonable detail the nature of such non-performance as soon as possible after Cognizant Group (i) knows of such non-performance, but in no event later than one Business Day after Cognizant Group has such knowledge or (ii) should have known of such non-performance in which case Cognizant Group shall not be excused until after it provides notice of the non-performance.

ARTICLE 4 SERVICE DELIVERY ORGANIZATION .

Section 4.01 Service Delivery Organization Members .

 

(1) All Service Delivery Organization members shall possess the training, skills and qualifications agreed upon by the MSA Contracting Parties and otherwise necessary to properly perform the Services.

 

(2) Before assigning any individual to the Service Delivery Organization, Cognizant Group shall, at a minimum, conduct, in compliance with all applicable Laws, an educational and prior work experience background check on each such individual (provided, however, that Cognizant Group shall not conduct, and shall not be required to conduct, such checks with respect to the Transferred Employees, prior to employment of such Transferred Employees). Cognizant may, in its sole discretion, conduct a background check of a Transferred Employee after such individual’s employment with Cognizant. Such background check shall include (a) verifying each such individual’s identification through original documentation, educational degrees or diplomas earned through original documentation or confirmation from the applicable educational institution and prior employment history through original documentation or confirmation from the applicable employer for the previous seven years and (b), if required by Law or NAIC Policy, conducting a criminal background check, including facilitating the fingerprinting of such individual. Cognizant Group shall obtain the consent of any individual prior to performing the background checks described in this Section. Other than the Transferred Employees, Cognizant Group shall not assign any individual to the Service Delivery Organization (i) whose background check is not consistent with the information provided by such individual or such individual’s previous employer, (ii) who has been convicted of, pled guilty or nolo contendere to a crime involving breach of trust, dishonesty, injury or attempted injury to any property or person or (iii) who refuses to provide consent with respect to Cognizant Group’s or NAIC Group’s, as applicable, performance of the background checks described in this Section. Cognizant Group shall (A) maintain a copy of such background checks during the applicable SOW Term, (B) certify Cognizant Group’s compliance with this Section 4.01(2) to NAIC Group upon NAIC Group’s request and (C) if required by Law or upon a Governmental Authority request, shall provide NAIC Group with such copy for its review. Notwithstanding the above, in the event Cognizant Group becomes aware that a Transferred Employee does not meet any of the above criteria, Cognizant Group will notify the NAIC Senior Executive of such fact and, unless the NAIC Senior Executive consents to such Transferred Employee remaining on the account, promptly remove such Transferred Employee from the account. In addition, Cognizant Group shall ensure that all Service Delivery Organization members performing Services in the United States are legally authorized to work in the United States and free from any legal or contractual restraints prohibiting working or the exercise of skills, including employment agreements or non-competition agreements with other or former employers.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

16


(3) All members of the Service Delivery Organization shall be dedicated full-time to providing the Services, except (a) as indicated in the applicable SOW, (b) with respect to the Cognizant Senior Executive, Cognizant Executive, Cognizant Finance Manager, and Cognizant Service Delivery Executive (as defined and to the extent indicated in the applicable SOW), (c) with respect to temporary Service Delivery Organization members used to provide subject matter expertise concerning isolated issues, (d) with respect to the Critical Individuals used for sales calls and other limited client pursuit activities or (e) otherwise approved by NAIC.

 

(4) Cognizant Group shall provide NAIC Group with a list of all Service Delivery Organization members providing the Services and a personnel organization chart regarding such Service Delivery Organization (a) each month, (b) upon any change in the Service Delivery Organization and (c) as otherwise requested by NAIC Group.

 

(5) Cognizant Group personnel located at an NAIC Service Location may not provide services to any other Cognizant Group customer other than NAIC Group from such NAIC Service Locations. Cognizant Group shall notify NAIC after dismissing, reassigning or the voluntary resignation of any Service Delivery Organization member. Such notice shall be provided immediately if such dismissal or reassignment is for cause and in all other cases, as soon as possible, but no later than 24 hours after such dismissal, reassignment or voluntary resignation.

 

(6) Cognizant Group shall ensure that each member of the Service Delivery Organization complies with (a) the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement, both during and after the MSA Term, (b) the provisions of this Article and (c) while such member of the Service Delivery Organization is at any NAIC facility, the facility’s policies, codes of conduct and safety requirements applicable to such NAIC facility as are made available to such members or Cognizant Group in written or electronic format. Prior to assigning an individual to the Service Delivery Organization, Cognizant Group has caused, or shall cause, such individual to enter into a non-disclosure and assignment of IP and other proprietary rights agreement no less protective than the form set forth in Exhibit 7 .

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

17


Section 4.02 Key Individuals .

 

(1) Cognizant Group shall assign the Key Individuals to the Service Delivery Organization. Key Individuals shall be dedicated to performing the Services for the period of time and level of dedication set forth in the applicable SOW, subject to the limitations set forth in this MSA.

 

(2) Before assigning any Key Individual, whether as an initial assignment or as a replacement, Cognizant Group shall: (a) notify NAIC of the proposed assignment; (b) introduce the individual to appropriate representatives of NAIC Group and permit such representatives to interview such individual; (c) provide NAIC Group with a resume and any other information available to Cognizant Group regarding the individual that may be requested by NAIC Group; and (d) obtain NAIC’s approval for such assignment. If NAIC does not approve such individual, Cognizant Group shall as soon as reasonably possible propose a replacement to NAIC Group in accordance with this Section. Cognizant Group shall provide NAIC Group with an updated list of all Key Individuals at least quarterly after the applicable SOW Effective Date and otherwise upon request by NAIC.

 

(3) The initial individuals assigned to be a Key Individual shall not be replaced or reassigned for 24 months from the SOW Effective Date; provided, however, that Cognizant Group may replace such Key Individual if: (i) the NAIC Senior Executive consents to such reassignment or replacement, including by agreeing to a plan to transition roles from on-shore to off-shore; or (ii) such Key Individual (A) voluntarily resigns from, or is dismissed by, Cognizant Group, (B) fails to perform his or her duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, (C) dies, is disabled or is placed on long-term medical leave or (D) is placed on long-term leave due to family considerations. In such case, the replacement for such initial individual (in accordance with this Section) shall be assigned to be a Key Individual for the longer of the remaining initial 24 months and 12 months. In addition, if a Key Individual is unable to perform the Services due to family considerations for a period greater than three weeks, Cognizant Group may provide a temporary replacement for such Key Individual (in accordance with this Section) until such time as the original Key Individual is able to perform the Services again. All subsequent individuals assigned to be a Key Individual shall not be replaced or reassigned for 12 months (subject resignation for the reasons stated above). In no event shall Cognizant Group replace more than one-quarter of the total number of Key Individuals during any rolling 60-day period during the applicable SOW Term.

Section 4.03 Critical Individuals .

 

(1) Cognizant Group shall not replace or reassign any Critical Individual for a period of 24 months from the Go-Live Date of the applicable Services to be performed by such Critical Individual (or, if the Critical Individual is not identified in Attachment D to an SOW, but is assigned to a project, until Acceptance by NAIC Group of the project (or, if Acceptance is not required, completion of the project) provide such period is not more than 24 months from the SOW Effective Date); provided, however, that Cognizant Group may replace such Critical Individual if: (a) the NAIC Senior Executive consents to such reassignment or replacement including by agreeing to a plan to transition roles from on-shore to off-shore; or (b) such Critical Individual (i) voluntarily resigns from, or is dismissed by, Cognizant Group, (ii) fails to perform his or her duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, (iii) dies, is disabled or is placed on long-term medical leave or (iv) is placed on long-term leave due to family considerations. In addition, if a Critical Individual is unable to perform the Services due to family considerations for a period greater than three weeks, Cognizant Group shall be relieved of its obligation to cause such Critical Individual to provide services until such time as such Critical Individual is able to resume performance of the Services. In no event shall Cognizant Group replace more than one-quarter of the total number of Critical Individuals during any rolling 60-day period during the applicable SOW Term.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

18


(2) NAIC may select up to 20 Critical Individuals that Cognizant Group shall not assign to the account of any NAIC Competitor without NAIC Group’s consent (a) while such Critical Individual is assigned to the NAIC Group account and (b) for a period of six months following the date that such Critical Individual is removed from, or ceases to provide Services in connection with, the NAIC Group account.

Section 4.04 Replacements .

 

(1) Upon notice from the NAIC Senior Executive, Cognizant Group shall promptly remove any Service Delivery Organization member; provided, however, that in the event the NAIC Senior Executive requests removal of a Service Delivery Organization member because of such individual’s tortious conduct, illegal conduct or moral turpitude, Cognizant Group shall remove such individual immediately upon receipt of the request from the NAIC Senior Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, NAIC agrees that it will not exercise its discretion to require the removal of any person on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, age, disability, sexual orientation or other characteristics protected by applicable Law.

 

(2) Cognizant Group shall as soon as reasonably possible replace any Service Delivery Organization member who is terminated, resigns or otherwise ceases to perform the Services with an individual with similar qualifications to perform the Services and shall otherwise maintain backup and replacement procedures for the Service Delivery Organization to maintain continuity of the Services without adversely affecting the performance of the Services or Service Levels.

 

(3) Unless otherwise agreed to by the MSA Contracting Parties in an SOW, Cognizant Group shall not invoice NAIC Group for, and NAIC Group shall have no obligation to pay any amounts with respect to, time to train any individual appointed to the Service Delivery Organization, including with respect to training for an individual replacing an individual who was removed from the Service Delivery Organization.

Section 4.05 Turnover . Cognizant Group shall ensure continuity of the Service Delivery Organization and shall maintain, unless otherwise set forth in an SOW, less than the turnover percentage set forth in the applicable SOW for the Service Delivery Organization at each Service Location in any rolling 12-month period during the applicable SOW Term. Should turnover at a Service Location exceed such percentage in any rolling 12-month period during the applicable SOW Term, Cognizant Group shall promptly provide NAIC with a remediation plan in accordance with its existing retention policies for NAIC’s review and approval, and promptly implement such plan, at its cost and expense, as approved by NAIC.

Section 4.06 Subcontracting .

 

(1) Any Cognizant Agents requiring consent and pre-approved to perform the applicable Services shall be set forth in the applicable SOW.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

19


(2) Except as provided in an SOW, Cognizant shall not subcontract or delegate performance of the Services or obligations under this Agreement, including to any successor to a Cognizant Agent, without the consent of NAIC (in its sole discretion); provided, however, that Cognizant may subcontract or delegate performance of the Services or obligations under this Agreement without such consent to (a) a wholly-owned Affiliate of Cognizant Technology Solutions Corporation, (b) a non-wholly owned Affiliate of Cognizant Technology Solutions Corporation, if such ownership structure is solely due to a requirement of Law and (c) natural persons who are independent contractors, provided that such independent contractors consist of a de minimus portion of the Service Delivery Organization.

 

(3) No subcontracting or delegation shall release Cognizant Group from its responsibility for its obligations under this Agreement and Cognizant shall be responsible for all acts and omissions of the Cognizant Agents, including compliance or any non-compliance with the terms of this Agreement. Cognizant Group shall be responsible for all payments to the Cognizant Agents. Cognizant shall ensure that any entity to which Cognizant Group subcontracts or delegates any performance of the Services or any obligations under this Agreement complies with this Agreement.

 

(4) To the extent any Cognizant Agent is providing the Services, or performing any other obligation of Cognizant Group under this Agreement, use of the term “Cognizant Group” shall include such Cognizant Agent. The inclusion of Cognizant Agent within the definition of “Cognizant Group” does not cause any Cognizant Agent to be a party to this MSA or the applicable SOW (or be part of the term “MSA Contracting Party”).

ARTICLE 5 SERVICE LOCATIONS .

Section 5.01 Service Locations . Cognizant Group shall provide the Services under an SOW from the Service Locations as set forth in such SOW. In the event that Cognizant Group provides Services from any NAIC Service Locations, Cognizant Group’s use of any such NAIC Service Location shall be subject to the facility use terms set forth in Exhibit 4 . Provision of any Services from any other service location, as well as any additional Service to be performed from an approved Service Location, must be approved in advance by NAIC (in its sole discretion); provided, however, that such approval shall not be required (but prior notice shall be required) if the other service location is a building within a contiguous corporate campus that contains an existing Cognizant Service Location. If NAIC rejects any proposed service location, it shall provide the reason for such rejection. If Cognizant Group requests a relocation to, or use of, another services location, any incremental cost and expense reasonably incurred by NAIC Group as a result of such relocation or use shall be reimbursed by Cognizant Group to NAIC Group. In addition, Cognizant Group’s consolidation of any Service Locations, and any other closure of any Service Location by Cognizant Group, must be approved in advance by NAIC and any incremental cost and expense reasonably incurred by NAIC Group as a result of consolidation or closure of any Service Location shall be reimbursed by Cognizant Group to NAIC Group. In the event NAIC Group requests that Cognizant Group provide any Services from any other service location, Cognizant Group shall relocate the provision of such Services in accordance with such request, and any incremental cost and expense reasonably incurred by Cognizant Group as a result of relocation to, or use of, another such service location shall be reimbursed by NAIC Group to Cognizant Group; provided, however, that any incremental cost and expense reasonably incurred by NAIC Group as a result of a relocation due to a NAIC Group request based on the following shall be reimbursed by Cognizant Group to NAIC Group: (1) work being performed from a location not approved in accordance with this Section, (2) Cognizant Group’s breach of a material obligation under this Agreement that can only be remedied by relocation or (3) the directive of a Governmental Authority.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

20


Section 5.02 Cognizant-furnished Space . Cognizant Group shall, at the Cognizant Service Locations, furnish office space for NAIC Group, including associated services ( e.g. , telephone), supplies and equipment in accordance with Exhibit 4 and the applicable SOW.

Section 5.03 NAIC Service Locations Identification Credentials . Assignment of individuals in the Service Delivery Organization to a NAIC Service Location may, at NAIC Group’s discretion, require such individuals to carry NAIC Group’s identification credentials, which shall be surrendered upon demand or completion of such individual’s services. The identification credentials shall be used only as directed by NAIC Group. Cognizant Group shall be liable for any unauthorized use of the identification credentials by the Service Delivery Organization. If an individual who has been given NAIC Group identification credentials leaves Cognizant Group’s employment or ceases to perform the Services, for cause (or other similar reason), Cognizant Group shall immediately identify such individual to NAIC Group and return such individual’s identification credentials to NAIC Group. In all other instances, Cognizant Group shall identify such individual within 24 hours to NAIC Group and promptly return the identification credentials. In the event such identification credentials are not returned within such time, Cognizant Group shall promptly provide a written explanation to NAIC Group.

Section 5.04 Security at Cognizant Service Locations . Subject to this Section, Cognizant shall cause the Services to be provided from offices in a Physically Segregated Area within each Service Location. No services shall be provided to any third party from within such Physically Segregated area of any such Cognizant Service Location. If the number of Service Delivery Organization members to provide Services under the Agreement from a Service Location (including Service Delivery Organization members located in any buildings within a contiguous corporate campus that contains such Service Location) is projected to be less than 50 individuals and placing such employees in a Physically Segregated Area would have a material cost to Cognizant, then Cognizant shall specify in the applicable SOW the cost for providing such Physically Segregated Area, which cost shall be borne by NAIC unless NAIC agrees to waive the requirement of a Physically Segregated Area. With respect to physical security at the Service Locations, Cognizant Group shall comply with industry best practices, NAIC Policies on physical security and such other requirements set forth in Section 8.04 .

Section 5.05 NAIC Competitors . Cognizant Group shall not provide services to any NAIC Competitor from the Physically Segregated Area.

ARTICLE 6 COOPERATION WITH OTHER SUPPLIERS .

Section 6.01 Cooperation with Other Suppliers .

 

(1) Cognizant Group shall cooperate with any Other Supplier, to the extent required for Cognizant Group to provide the Services in accordance with this Agreement or to the extent required for such Other Supplier to provide its services to NAIC Group, in each case, without materially impacting Cognizant Group’s then-current delivery model. Such cooperation shall include:

 

  (a) provision of requested and applicable written information concerning the Services, data and technology used in providing the Services including information regarding the operating environment, system constraints and other operating parameters;

 

  (b) reasonable assistance and support to the Other Suppliers;

 

  (c) reasonable access to Cognizant Group and NAIC Group Systems and architecture configurations associated with the Services, to the extent reasonably requested by Other Suppliers; and

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

21


  (d) subject to Section 7.02 , access to and use of the Cognizant IP and Cognizant Hardware to the extent reasonably requested by Other Suppliers;

 

     provided, however, that provision of such information, assistance, support and access shall be subject to such Other Supplier being bound by confidentiality provisions consistent with those in this Agreement and complying with Cognizant Group’s security policies, to the same extent such policies are applicable to NAIC Group under this Agreement.

 

(2) In the event that Cognizant Group materially breaches any of its obligations set forth in this Article, and as a result thereof NAIC Group is required to pay any reasonable additional amount to any Other Supplier, then Cognizant Group shall reimburse NAIC Group for any such additional amount NAIC Group is required to pay to such Other Supplier. Such reimbursement shall not limit NAIC Group’s right to recover in accordance with this Agreement, other damages incurred by NAIC Group as a result of such failure; provided, however, that any damages awarded as a result of such additional recovery shall be offset by the amount of any such reimbursement to NAIC Group in connection with such breach to the extent that such additional recovery is for the same Loss for which NAIC Group was reimbursed pursuant this Section 6.01(2) .

Section 6.02 Cooperation on Service Problems . Cognizant Group shall cooperate with the Other Suppliers and NAIC Group to establish the root cause of any failure (each such failure, a “ Service Problem ”). To the extent the root cause of a Service Problem falls within the responsibility of Cognizant Group or any of the Other Suppliers to correct, each shall provide to the others, as requested, reasonable assistance and support regarding the resolution of the Service Problem. NAIC Group shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause Other Suppliers to cooperate with Cognizant Group in a manner consistent with this Article. Subject to Section 6.03 , in no event shall such assistance and support affect the overall allocation of responsibility between Cognizant Group and the Other Suppliers regarding (a) Cognizant Group’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement (including Cognizant Group’s performing the Services in accordance with the Service Levels) and (b) any Other Supplier’s obligations relating to NAIC Group. Cognizant Group shall not be responsible for performing the Other Suppliers’ obligations to NAIC Group.

Section 6.03 Disputes Related to Cooperation .

 

(1) Cognizant Group shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any Service Problem Dispute without NAIC Group’s intervention no later than five days after receipt of notice of such Service Problem Dispute.

 

(2) If Cognizant Group and the Other Supplier are not able to resolve such Service Problem Dispute within such time period:

 

  (a) Cognizant Group shall: (i) promptly advise NAIC in writing of the Service Problem Dispute; (ii) provide information to NAIC concerning the Service Problem Dispute; and (iii) provide Cognizant Group’s recommendation for remedying the Service Problem Dispute. NAIC may request additional information concerning the Service Problem Dispute and require Cognizant Group and the Other Supplier to attend meetings to determine the appropriate resolution of the Service Problem Dispute; and

 

  (b) NAIC may direct either Cognizant Group or the Other Supplier to begin to perform any services necessary to cure the Service Problem based on NAIC’s reasonable belief regarding which party has responsibility to provide the disputed services. If NAIC directs Cognizant Group to perform such services, NAIC shall so inform Cognizant Group and Cognizant Group shall promptly commence performance of such services. Subject to Section 6.03(3) , any such services performed by Cognizant Group shall be performed at no additional cost or expense to NAIC Group.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

22


(3) If either MSA Contracting Party wishes to pursue further the resolution of the Service Problem Dispute, either MSA Contracting Party may submit the issue to the other MSA Contracting Party for resolution in accordance with the Dispute Resolution Procedures. Pending final adjudication of a dispute, Cognizant Group shall continue to perform the services in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. If it is determined through the Dispute Resolution Procedures that Cognizant Group is not responsible under this Agreement for curing the disputed Service Problem, NAIC shall compensate Cognizant Group (using the applicable rates set forth in the applicable SOW) for Cognizant Group’s performance of the services necessary to cure the Service Problem. If it is so determined that Cognizant Group is responsible under this Agreement for curing the disputed Service Problem, Cognizant Group shall refund any amounts paid by NAIC Group to Cognizant Group for Cognizant Group’s efforts to correct the disputed Service Problem.

ARTICLE 7 LICENSES AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS .

Section 7.01 NAIC IP . To the extent Cognizant Group requires use of the NAIC IP in connection with providing the Services, NAIC grants Cognizant a global, royalty-free, non-exclusive, non-transferable license for Cognizant Group and Cognizant Agents to access, use and copy the NAIC IP (but only to the extent permitted by any applicable third party license agreement). Such license shall be only for the MSA Term and shall be limited to the extent necessary for Cognizant Group and Cognizant Agents to perform their obligations hereunder.

Section 7.02 Cognizant IP .

 

(1) With respect to Cognizant IP that is embedded in any of Services or a Deliverable, Cognizant grants NAIC a global, perpetual, royalty-free, irrevocable, non-exclusive license for NAIC Group to access and use such Cognizant IP. Such license shall extend to third parties providing services to NAIC Group to the extent necessary for such services to be provided by such third parties to NAIC Group; provided, however, that such third parties are bound by confidentiality obligations similar to those of NAIC Group hereunder.

 

(2) With respect to Cognizant IP that is not embedded in any Services or a Deliverable, but that is used by Cognizant in connection with its provision of the Services:

 

  (a) Cognizant shall grant (or procure the applicable third party rights and grant) a global, royalty-free, irrevocable, non-exclusive fully paid-up license to NAIC Group to access and use such Software during the SOW Term to the extent necessary for NAIC Group to receive the Services and such license shall extend to third parties providing services to NAIC Group to the extent necessary for such services to be provided by such third parties; provided, however, that such third parties are bound by confidentiality obligations similar to those of NAIC Group hereunder;

 

  (b) after the SOW Term, Cognizant Group: (i) shall not be required to license to NAIC Group any such Cognizant IP that is owned by Cognizant and has not been licensed to a third party, other than in connection with Cognizant’s provision of services to such third party; (ii) shall license to NAIC Group any such Cognizant IP that is owned by Cognizant Group and has been licensed to a third party (other than in connection with it provision of services to such third party), such license to be on terms and conditions at least as favorable as those offered to such third parties; and (iii) shall, with respect to any Cognizant IP that is third party IP, cause such third party to license such third party IP to NAIC Group on terms and conditions consistent with the licensing terms provided to Cognizant Group; provided, however, that Cognizant Group shall not be obligated to cause any such third party to license such third party IP to NAIC Group, if (x) prior to Cognizant Group’s use of such third party IP to provide the Services, Cognizant Group obtained NAIC’s consent to use such third party IP without such license rights after the SOW Term, (y) such third party IP is under an enterprise-wide license and is for back-office operations, or (z) is not used to provide the Services.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

23


Section 7.03 Developed IP .

 

(1) Unless otherwise agreed to by the MSA Contracting Parties, NAIC shall own and have all right, title and interest in and to the Developed IP. Cognizant Group hereby irrevocably assigns, transfers and conveys to NAIC all of its right, title and interest in and to the Developed IP. Cognizant Group shall execute any documents (or take any other actions) as may be necessary, or as NAIC may request, to perfect the ownership of NAIC in the Developed IP. NAIC may designate another entity of NAIC Group for the ownership in this Section, in which case the references to NAIC in this Section shall be to such NAIC Group entity.

 

(2) Cognizant shall cause each Deliverable that is Developed IP to: (a) after Acceptance by NAIC Group, and, in the event there is a warranty period in an SOW, during the applicable warranty period, (i) materially conform to and perform in accordance with the applicable Related Documentation, Acceptance Criteria and agreed-upon specifications, including operating in connection with the applicable NAIC Group systems and (ii) be provided on media that is free of defects in materials and workmanship, under normal use; (b) not contain any Virus or Disabling Code at the time of delivery (and Cognizant Group shall use commercially reasonable efforts not to introduce any Virus or Disabling Code into the NAIC Group Systems); and (c) not contain any Software that requires as a condition of its use, modification or distribution that such Software (or other Software incorporated into, derived from or distributed with such Software) be (i) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (ii) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works or (iii) redistributed at no charge.

 

(3) Cognizant Group shall provide NAIC Group with all Related Documentation (and other documentation that is IP) that is customarily provided with the applicable type of Services, Deliverable, Procedures Manual and Exit Plan and such Related Documentation (and other documentation that is IP) shall be accurate, current and complete and sufficient to enable an individual reasonably skilled in the applicable subject matter to use and maintain the Related Documentation without reference to any other person or materials.

Section 7.04 Consents, Approvals and Requests .

 

(1) Cognizant Group shall, at its cost and expense, obtain, maintain and comply with the Cognizant Consents, if any. NAIC Group shall comply with the Cognizant Consents. In the event Cognizant Group is unable to obtain a Cognizant Consent, Cognizant Group shall implement (at its own cost and expense), subject to NAIC consent, a work around as necessary to enable Cognizant Group to provide the Services without such consent. Upon NAIC’s request, Cognizant Group shall provide NAIC Group with evidence of any Cognizant Consent.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

24


(2) NAIC Group shall, at its cost and expense, obtain, maintain and comply with the NAIC Consents, if any. Cognizant Group shall comply with the NAIC Consents. In the event NAIC Group is unable to obtain an NAIC Consent, NAIC Group shall implement (at its own cost and expense) a work around as necessary to enable Cognizant Group to provide the Services without such consent.

 

(3) Each Party shall reasonably cooperate with the other in obtaining the NAIC Consents and Cognizant Consents, as applicable, including by executing reasonable confidentiality agreements if required by the applicable third party.

Section 7.05 Restrictions . Neither Party shall decompile, disassemble or reverse engineer any of the IP of the other Party. Each Party grants only the licenses expressly set forth in this Article 7 and no other licenses are granted.

ARTICLE 8 DATA .

Section 8.01 Ownership of Data . To the extent Cognizant Group has or acquires any rights in NAIC Data, Cognizant Group hereby irrevocably assigns, transfers and conveys to NAIC (or the entity of NAIC Group designated by NAIC) all of its right, title and interest in and to NAIC Data. Upon NAIC Group’s request, Cognizant Group shall execute any documents (or take any other actions) as may be necessary, or as NAIC Group may request, to enforce the rights of NAIC Group in NAIC Data. If such other actions impose a material cost on Cognizant Group, such other actions shall be at NAIC Group’s cost and expense, unless such other actions are required as a result of a Cognizant Group act or omission, in which case such other actions shall be at Cognizant Group’s cost and expense.

Section 8.02 Correction of Errors . Cognizant Group shall promptly (1) notify NAIC Group of any errors or inaccuracies in, or loss of, NAIC Data if and when Cognizant Group becomes aware of such errors or inaccuracies, (2) correct any such errors, inaccuracies or loss (including, restoring such NAIC Data to the last backup, if necessary) at its cost and expense to the extent such errors, inaccuracies or loss are caused by Cognizant Group’s act or omission (unless such act or omission was taken at the direction of NAIC Group) and (3) correct any such errors, inaccuracies or loss (including, restoring such NAIC Data to the last backup, if necessary) upon NAIC Group’s request and at NAIC Group’s cost and expense to the extent such errors, inaccuracies or loss are (a) not caused by Cognizant Group’s act or omission or (b) caused by Cognizant Group’s act or omission taken at the direction of NAIC Group. In the event of a dispute as to which Party caused such error, or inaccuracy, Cognizant Group shall promptly correct such error, inaccuracy or loss at its cost and expense as directed by NAIC Group pending the resolution of such dispute in accordance with the Dispute Resolution Procedures. If it is determined through the Dispute Resolution Procedures that Cognizant Group did not cause such error, inaccuracy or loss, NAIC Group shall compensate Cognizant Group (using the applicable rates set forth in the applicable SOW) for Cognizant Group’s performance of the services necessary to correct such error, inaccuracy or loss.

Section 8.03 Logical Data Security .

 

(1) Cognizant Group shall (a) establish and maintain administrative, technical and physical safeguards designed to protect against the destruction, loss or alteration of Confidential Information, (b) establish and maintain appropriate security measures for the purpose of protecting Confidential Information and (c) comply with all applicable privacy and data protections Laws in its performance of the Services, including the Laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and all other state and federal regulations relating to personal information security, including the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. In addition, Cognizant Group shall comply with all reasonable data processing security requirements under this Agreement, including pursuant to

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

25


  Section 14.02 and those set forth in the NAIC Policies. To the extent such modifications materially increase or decrease Cognizant Group’s cost to provide the Services, the MSA Contracting Parties shall negotiate an equitable adjustment to the Fees with respect to such increased or decreased cost in accordance with the Change Procedures.

 

(2) Cognizant Group shall ensure that external connections to the World Wide Web have appropriate security controls including industry standard intrusion detection and countermeasures that shall detect and terminate any unauthorized activity prior to entering the firewall maintained by Cognizant Group. Cognizant Group shall use and maintain industry standard firewalls regulating all data entering Cognizant Group’s internal data network from any external source, which firewalls shall enforce secure connections between internal and external Systems and shall permit only specific types of data to pass through. Cognizant Group shall ensure that industry standard encryption techniques are used when the Confidential Information of NAIC Group is transmitted by Cognizant Group. The Services, if applicable, shall be compatible with industry standard Internet browsers. Cognizant Group shall design and use user identification and access controls to limit access to the Confidential Information of NAIC Group.

 

(3) If Cognizant Group knows of any circumstance that may constitute or result in a Data Security Breach, including any threat or perceived threat that may prevent Cognizant Group from complying with all of NAIC Group’s applicable security requirements set forth in this Agreement and the NAIC Data Safeguards, Cognizant Group shall promptly (but no later than within 48 hours of such knowledge) notify NAIC Group, and, subject to the cost provisions set forth in Section 8.03(4) , Cognizant Group shall promptly investigate and take all commercially reasonable steps to remedy such breach. Cognizant Group acknowledges and agrees that no NAIC Data or Confidential Information may (i) be placed on unencrypted mobile media, CDs, DVDs, equipment or laptops or (ii) be located outside the Service Locations, without the consent of NAIC Group. In addition, NAIC Group may, upon prior notice, restrict the Service Locations at which NAIC Data may be located.

 

(4) Cognizant Group shall be responsible for any and all security breaches to the extent arising from Cognizant Group’s facilities, property or personnel, or caused by the failure of Cognizant Group to comply with its obligations under this Agreement. Unless Cognizant Group is instructed by a Governmental Authority to notify a third party of a Data Security Breach, any decision to notify a third party (including a Service Recipient or Governmental Authority) of a Data Security Breach shall be in NAIC Group’s sole discretion. The timing, content and manner of any such notice shall be approved in advance by NAIC Group. In the event NAIC Group decides to notify a Service Recipient of a Data Security Breach, Cognizant Group shall pay the costs of investigations related to the Data Security Breach, notification (provided, that if any person is required by Law to receive notice in connection with a Data Security Breach, notice shall be deemed to be required by Law for all potential recipients affected by the same Data Security Breach), reasonable credit monitoring, reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses and other related expenses to the extent the Data Security Breach is in connection with any Cognizant Group breach under this Agreement.

 

(5) Subject to the audit procedures set forth in Article 12 , Cognizant Group shall submit to an audit of its administrative, technical and physical security at NAIC Group’s request, to the extent NAIC Group reasonably determines such audit is necessary to verify that all applicable NAIC Group security requirements are being met by Cognizant Group. Such audit may be performed up to two times a year and in the event that a deficiency is identified, a subsequent audit (or audits, if the subsequent audit reveals a deficiency) may be performed to confirm such deficiency has been remedied. In addition, upon NAIC’s request, on or prior to the applicable SOW Effective Date and at least once per year thereafter during the applicable SOW Term, Cognizant Group shall also submit to, and complete the VRA Process and Cognizant Group shall comply with all security requirements described in the documentation provided and questionnaires completed by Cognizant Group as part of the VRA Process. Cognizant Group shall promptly remediate any deficiency in Cognizant Group’s security, business continuity plans or disaster recovery plans revealed by the VRA Process or which constitutes a material breach of NAIC Group’s then-current security, business continuity or disaster recovery requirements for Cognizant Group (as made known to Cognizant Group in advance in written or electronic format), including by use of additional temporary controls while Cognizant Group performs any such remediation. NAIC may terminate this MSA or the applicable SOW, Tower or Service upon notice to Cognizant, if Cognizant Group fails to promptly remediate such deficiency to NAIC’s reasonable satisfaction.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

26


Section 8.04 Physical Data Security .

 

(1) Cognizant Group shall establish a secured and dedicated Physically Segregated Area within each Service Location in accordance with Section 5.04 . All entry points to any Physically Segregated Area shall be secured by a badge access control system, and only members of the Service Delivery Organization, and individuals providing services that are necessary for the performance of the Services ( e.g. , maintenance) shall be provided access; provided, however, that all individuals who have access to the Physically Segregated Area shall be members of the Service Delivery Organization, Cognizant Agents or NAIC Agents. All entry and exit points to the Physically Segregated Area shall be actively monitored by closed-circuit television cameras and all closed-circuit television camera logs shall be retained for a period of 30 days and all badge access logs shall be retained for a period of seven years. Peripheral ports ( e.g. , USB, Serial and PCMCIA) and native hardware ( e.g. , CD-ROM, CD-R and DVD-ROM) on end-user machines shall be restricted or disabled and members of the Service Delivery Organization shall not be granted administrator or power user privileges. Cameras, any device containing a camera ( e.g. , mobile phones and webcams) and audio recording devices shall be prohibited from entering the Physically Segregated Area. All entry points to the Physically Segregated Area shall be monitored by a security guard, whose responsibilities shall include the enforcement of NAIC Group’s security requirements.

 

(2) There shall be no printers within the Physically Segregated Area without NAIC Group’s consent. If Cognizant Group requests the use of printers then upon NAIC Group’s approval, Cognizant Group shall implement dedicated printers within the Physically Segregated Area. If NAIC Group requests the use of printers, then such implementation shall be at NAIC Group’s cost. Printers shall be equipped with a specific non-white color of paper ( e.g. , orange) or all printed materials shall be clearly marked as “NAIC Confidential” and Cognizant Group shall establish appropriate controls to prevent printed materials from leaving the Physically Segregated Area. Cognizant Group shall also provide a secure means of disposal ( e.g. , shredding) of printed materials within the Physically Segregated Area. Internet access from the Physically Segregated Area shall be prohibited unless otherwise authorized by NAIC Group in writing. Access to the Systems of NAIC Group or NAIC Data shall only be provided from within the Physically Segregated Area at the Service Locations.

 

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, NAIC Group may authorize, in its sole discretion, certain Service Delivery Organization members to telecommute (including pursuant to a Business Continuity Plan or Disaster Recovery Plan). In such case, in addition to the requirements set forth in Exhibit 4 , Cognizant Group shall cause such Service Delivery Organization members to comply with NAIC Policies with respect to telecommuting or such other requirements as NAIC Group provides or makes available to Cognizant Group from time-to-time in written or electronic format.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

27


Section 8.05 Privacy and PII . Cognizant Group shall comply with the NAIC Privacy Policy. To the extent required in order to comply with applicable Law concerning processing of PII, each MSA Contracting Party shall each cause its respective Affiliates as identified in an SOW to execute a data transfer agreement and to make such amendments to such agreement as may be required under applicable Law from time-to-time. With respect to any PII, Cognizant Group shall:

 

(1) process all PII accessed, obtained, developed, processed or produced by Cognizant Group only to perform its obligations under this Agreement and as specifically permitted by this Agreement, or as otherwise instructed in writing from time-to-time by NAIC Group;

 

(2) not use such PII for any other purpose including for its own commercial benefit;

 

(3) treat all PII as Confidential Information;

 

(4) ensure that all PII created by Cognizant Group on behalf of NAIC Group is not subject to unauthorized alteration or deletion, accidental or unlawful destruction, accidental loss or alteration while such PII is under the control of Cognizant Group;

 

(5) ensure that all appropriate administrative, technical and physical measures are taken to protect PII under the control of Cognizant Group against unauthorized disclosure or access and against all other unlawful forms of processing, including meeting or exceeding the requirements of the NAIC Data Safeguards;

 

(6) comply with the provisions of this Agreement and the reasonable instructions of NAIC Group to return, store or destroy the PII;

 

(7) comply with all applicable Laws with respect to processing of PII and take any additional steps reasonably requested by NAIC Group to comply with any notification or other obligations required under such Laws;

 

(8) limit access to and possession of PII only to those members of the Service Delivery Organization whose responsibilities under this Agreement reasonably require such access or possession;

 

(9) notify NAIC Group promptly upon becoming aware of a breach of any of the forgoing clauses in this Section;

 

(10) notify NAIC Group prior to making any change with respect to Cognizant Group’s administrative, technical and physical measures to protect PII that could adversely affect the controls or standards of protection previously specified or approved;

 

(11) notify NAIC Group promptly (and in any event no later than two days after receipt) of any communication received from a Data Subject relating to the security of such Data Subject’s PII or rights to access, modify or correct his or her PII that is outside of the usual course of Services, and comply with all reasonable instructions of NAIC Group before responding to such communications;

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

28


(12) permit NAIC Group or its designees to inspect a Service Location upon eight hours prior notice to ensure Cognizant Group’s compliance with NAIC Group’s “clean desk” policy and other applicable NAIC Data Safeguards; and

 

(13) cause the members of the Service Delivery Organization to attend such training as the NAIC Group may request from time to time with respect to PII.

Section 8.06 Regulatory Information . Cognizant Group shall promptly provide to NAIC Group any information or records maintained by Cognizant Group in connection with the Services that are requested by any Governmental Authority or otherwise required to answer any inquiries from any Governmental Authority.

Section 8.07 HIPAA Compliance . Cognizant Group shall provide the Services and process all PHI in accordance with HIPAA. All processing of PHI by Cognizant Group shall be in accordance with, and subject to the executed HIPAA Business Associate Agreement in the form set forth in Exhibit 6 (the “ BAA ). In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the BAA and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the BAA shall govern. Cognizant Group shall, with respect to any PHI: (1) comply with the BAA and the provisions set forth in Section 8.05 ; (2) make no attempt to identify PHI that has been partially de-identified (such as encoded data); and (3) not contact the individuals to whom the PHI pertains except to the extent it is required to do so under this Agreement.

Section 8.08 Information Security Audit . Cognizant Group agrees that, subject to the provisions set forth in Section 12.06 , an NAIC Auditor may from time-to-time conduct penetration testing and on-site inspections to review and assess the adequacy of Cognizant Group’s information security measures and Cognizant Group shall, at no additional cost or expense to NAIC Group, promptly remedy all deficiencies found as a result of such assessment.

Section 8.09 Safety and Security . Cognizant Group shall maintain and enforce safety and physical security procedures that are at least equal to the highest of the following as follows: (1) with respect to the Cognizant Service Locations, (a) the procedures employed by Cognizant Group (on a location by location basis) on the applicable SOW Effective Date, (b) the procedures employed by Cognizant at locations of other similarly situated Cognizant customers receiving substantially similar services and (c) any higher standard or other procedures otherwise agreed upon by the Parties; and (2) solely with respect to members of the Service Delivery Organization who are located at NAIC Service Locations, (a) those procedures applicable to the NAIC Service Locations made available to Cognizant in advance in written or electronic format (as the same may be amended by NAIC from time to time during the applicable SOW Term; provided, however, that amendments to procedures may be subject to the Change Procedures if the amendment adversely impacts Cognizant Group’s ability to meet the Service Levels or imposes material costs or obligations on Cognizant) and (b) any higher standard otherwise agreed upon by the MSA Contracting Parties. Cognizant Group shall permit and cooperate with NAIC Group’s testing, from time to time, of the physical security procedures at the Service Locations.

ARTICLE 9 FEES AND INVOICING .

Section 9.01 Fees . NAIC Group shall pay to Cognizant Group the fees, not otherwise disputed in good faith, as set forth in the applicable SOW for the performance of the Services described in such SOW (the “ Fees ”) within 30 days after receipt of a correct invoice from Cognizant in accordance with this Article 9 . NAIC Group shall be under no obligation to pay any Fees for Services not provided by Cognizant Group or for Services re-performed NAIC Group shall not be required to pay any invoice delivered more than 120 days after the date such invoice was due to be invoiced in accordance with the terms of this MSA. Any obligation by NAIC Group or any Service Recipient to pay any amounts pursuant to this MSA shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable SOW.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

29


Section 9.02 Expenses .

 

(1) Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, NAIC Group (and the Service Recipients) shall have no obligation to pay to (or reimburse to) any party any amounts in addition to the Fees.

 

(2) If any expenses are expressly set forth to be reimbursed by NAIC, such expenses shall be reimbursed pursuant to this Article but only if such expense is: (a) reasonable and customary; (b) approved by NAIC in accordance with the NAIC Group guidelines provided to Cognizant Group prior to the applicable SOW Effective Date; and (c) itemized on the month’s invoice following the month in which the expenses occurred, with receipts supporting each individual expense over $25.

 

(3) Except as provided under any SOW or upon prior approval by the NAIC Service Delivery Manager, there shall be no charges for travel expenses and related costs to NAIC Group in connection with Cognizant Group’s provision of the Services. Cognizant Group shall cause the Service Delivery Organization members to comply with Cognizant Group’s travel expense guidelines.

Section 9.03 Currency . Unless otherwise set forth in an SOW, each invoice submitted to NAIC Group shall be denominated and paid in U.S. dollars.

Section 9.04 Invoices .

 

(1) Cognizant Group shall invoice NAIC Group for the Fees on a monthly basis in accordance with the procedure set forth in the applicable SOW. Cognizant Group shall provide with each invoice such reasonable documentation supporting the charges as NAIC Group may reasonably request.

 

(2) Cognizant Group shall maintain, in secure locations (to prevent destruction and unauthorized access) and in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and Practices, records sufficient to substantiate the Fees including such records required to be kept by Governmental Authorities. Cognizant Group shall retain such records for the longer of (a) the period required by Law, (b) the NAIC Record Retention Policy, and (c) six years after the expiration or termination of this MSA. Such records shall be accessible pursuant to Article 12 .

Section 9.05 Credits . Any undisputed credit or reimbursement due to NAIC Group by Cognizant Group under this MSA may be applied against any invoice payable by one or more members of the NAIC Group, as designated by NAIC.

Section 9.06 e-Procurement System . Cognizant Group acknowledges that NAIC Group has deployed the Ariba eProcurement system as its electronic system for ordering goods and services from its suppliers. In order to provide Services to NAIC Group, Cognizant Group must (1) register on the Ariba Supplier Network (ASN), (2) work with NAIC Group, as appropriate, to develop and implement an Ariba catalog (custom or punch out) defining the Services that may be purchased, (3) work with NAIC Group as appropriate to utilize the ASN to invoice NAIC Group electronically and (4) participate in NAIC Group’s purchasing card program, when applicable. Each Party is responsible for its own costs associated with meeting the above requirements. Cognizant acknowledges that failure to comply with this Section may result in payment delays by NAIC Group. Notwithstanding any implication to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any delay in payment by NAIC Group that results from a failure of Cognizant Group to comply with this Section shall not constitute a “late” payment or otherwise be considered a breach by NAIC Group of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

30


ARTICLE 10 TAXES .

Section 10.01 In General .

 

(1) Subject to the other provisions of this Article, the Fees paid to Cognizant Group are exclusive of any applicable Service Taxes. NAIC Group shall be financially responsible for Service Taxes which are required to be remitted by Cognizant Group only to the extent Cognizant Group issues a legally valid invoice with the detail required by Section 10.04 .

 

(2) Cognizant Group shall collect and remit any Service Taxes in all applicable jurisdictions as required by Law.

 

(3) To the extent practicable, Cognizant Group shall provide all goods and Services under this Agreement in non-tangible form, with no exchange of tangible personal property.

Section 10.02 Income Taxes . Each Party shall be responsible for its own Income Taxes and any taxes on its personal property.

Section 10.03 Tax on Inputs .

 

(1) Each Party shall be responsible for any Service Taxes payable on Hardware, Software or property such Party owns or leases from a third party, or for which such Party is financially responsible under this Agreement.

 

(2) Cognizant Group shall be responsible for all Service Taxes on any goods or services used or consumed by Cognizant Group in providing the Services (including services obtained from subcontractors) where such Taxes are imposed on Cognizant Group’s acquisition or use of such goods or services.

Section 10.04 Invoicing . To the extent that any Service Tax is to be paid by NAIC Group, Cognizant Group shall separately identify such Service Tax. The Parties shall reasonably cooperate to segregate the Fees into the following separate payment streams: (1) those for taxable goods or Services, separately identifying each good and Service with the appropriate tax applied and the location to which the taxable good or Service is provided; (2) those for nontaxable goods or Services; (3) those for which Service Tax has already been paid; and (4) those for which Cognizant Group functions merely as a paying agent for NAIC Group in receiving goods, supplies or services (including leasing and licensing arrangements) that otherwise are nontaxable or have been previously subject to Service Tax.

Section 10.05 Withholding Tax .

 

(1) Any and all payments by the NAIC Group shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any Taxes.

 

(2) Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05(7) , if NAIC Group shall be required by Law (or any duly constituted Tax Authority) to deduct or withhold any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable to Cognizant Group’s performing (or invoicing and receiving payment for) Services for any reason from a location outside the applicable country in which the NAIC Group entity or any Service Recipient is located, then

 

  (a) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) Cognizant Group receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made;

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

31


  (b) NAIC Group shall make such deductions or withholdings; and

 

  (c) NAIC Group shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Taxing Authority or other authority in accordance with applicable Law.

 

(3) Within 30 days after the date of any payment by NAIC Group of Taxes, NAIC Group shall furnish Cognizant Group the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof, or other evidence of payment satisfactory to Cognizant Group.

 

(4) If NAIC Group is required to pay additional amounts to Cognizant Group pursuant to Section 10.05(2)(a) , then Cognizant Group shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its applicable office so as to eliminate any such additional payment by NAIC Group which may thereafter accrue, if such change in the judgment of Cognizant Group is not disadvantageous to Cognizant Group or inconsistent with its internal policies.

 

(5) If NAIC Group is required to pay additional amounts to Cognizant Group pursuant to Section 10.05(2)(a) and Cognizant Group determines that:

 

  (a) a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that additional amount forms part, or to that additional amount; and

 

  (b) Cognizant Group has obtained, utilized and retained that Tax Credit,

then Cognizant Group shall pay an amount to NAIC Group which Cognizant Group determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-tax position as it would have been in had payment of the additional amount not been required to be made by NAIC Group.

For the purpose of this clause, “Tax Credit” means a credit against, relief or remission for, refund of or repayment of any Tax.

 

(6) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10.05(5) , in the event that NAIC Group requests that a non-U.S. member of Cognizant Group is the invoicing entity under the applicable SOW, Cognizant Group shall supply to NAIC Group, upon request from NAIC Group, two properly executed originals of the applicable Form W-8 or any successor or similar forms prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service or other documents reasonably satisfactory to NAIC Group certifying to (a) and (b) below. In the event that a non-U.S. member of Cognizant Group is the invoicing entity not due to NAIC Group’s request, Cognizant Group shall supply to NAIC Group two properly executed originals of the applicable Form W-8 or any successor or similar forms prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service or other documents reasonably satisfactory to NAIC Group certifying to (a) and (b) below.

 

  (a) as to the status of such non-U.S. member of Cognizant Group for purposes of determining exemption from United States withholding taxes with respect to all payments to be made hereunder or

 

  (b) that all payments to be made to such non-U.S. member of Cognizant Group are subject to such taxes at a rate reduced to zero by an applicable tax treaty.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

32


(7) Cognizant Group is not obliged to supply any form if it is unable to do so by reason of any change after the date of this Agreement in (or in the administration or application of) any Law or regulation or any published practice or concession of any relevant Taxing Authority.

No additional amounts shall be payable pursuant to Section 10.05(2)(a) with respect to: (a) any Taxes that would not have been imposed but for the failure of Cognizant Group to comply with the requirements of Section 10.05(6) ; and (b) in the case of an assignment by Cognizant Group or the designation of a new performing office, any Taxes that exceed the amount of Taxes that would have been imposed on such payments but for the assignment by Cognizant Group, unless such assignment or designation resulted from the request of NAIC Group.

Section 10.06 Filings and Registrations . Each Party represents, warrants and covenants that it shall file appropriate Tax returns, and pay applicable Taxes owed arising from or related to the provision of the Services in applicable jurisdictions.

Section 10.07 Cooperation . In accordance with the indemnification procedures set forth in Article 16 , NAIC Group and Cognizant Group shall promptly notify each other and coordinate with each other in the response to and settlement of any claims for Services Taxes asserted by applicable Taxing Authorities that NAIC Group or Cognizant Group is responsible for under this Agreement. In addition, each of NAIC Group and Cognizant Group shall reasonably cooperate with the other to more accurately determine each Party’s Tax liability and (without incurring additional aggregate costs) to minimize the other Party’s Tax liability, to the extent legally permissible. Each of NAIC Group and Cognizant Group shall provide and make available to the other any resale certificates, information regarding out-of-state sales or use of equipment, materials or services, and any other exemption certificates or information requested by a Party. NAIC Group and Cognizant Group each shall be entitled to any Tax refunds, credits or rebates obtained with respect to the Taxes for which such party is financially responsible under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 11 GOVERNANCE AND CHANGE CONTROL .

Section 11.01 Governance . The Parties shall comply with the governance procedures set forth in the applicable SOW.

Section 11.02 Changes of Scope . Any changes to the Services not otherwise contemplated in an SOW shall be made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Exhibit 3 .

Section 11.03 Dispute Resolution .

 

(1) Any dispute arising under this Agreement that is not resolved in the ordinary course of business shall be discussed in person or by telephone by the Cognizant Service Delivery Manager and the NAIC Service Delivery Manager within five Business Days after receipt of a notice from either Party specifying the nature of the dispute. If the Cognizant Service Delivery Manager and the NAIC Service Delivery Manager are unable to resolve the dispute within such five Business Day period (or do not meet within such period), the dispute shall be escalated to the Cognizant Executive and the NAIC Senior Executive for resolution. At NAIC Group’s option, such escalation meetings shall take place at an NAIC Group office designated by NAIC Group.

 

(2) If the Cognizant Executive and the NAIC Senior Executive are unable to resolve the dispute within 10 Business Days after escalation (or are unable to meet within such period), then either Party may pursue its rights and remedies under this Agreement, including initiating judicial proceedings.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

33


(3) The foregoing shall not prevent or delay either Party from seeking equitable remedies available under Law at any time.

Section 11.04 Benchmarking .

 

(1) NAIC Group may select a Benchmarker from the list of pre-approved Benchmarkers to conduct the Benchmarking Process. If (a) a Benchmarker is no longer providing the services required to conduct the Benchmarking Process or (b) the Parties agree that a Benchmarker should be replaced, then, in each case, the Parties shall promptly designate an agreed upon replacement benchmarker (and such replacement shall be deemed to be included in the definition of Benchmarker).

 

(2) The Benchmarker must sign a confidentiality agreement in favor of both Parties in which the Benchmarker agrees that (a) the information and data obtained or produced by the Benchmarker in connection with the Benchmarking Process (including the results of the Benchmarking Process and the Benchmark Report) constitutes the confidential and proprietary information of the Parties, and (b) the Benchmarker agrees that it shall not use or disclose such confidential information and data, except to the extent consented to by both Parties for the benefit of the Parties in connection with this Agreement.

 

(3) Upon 60 days prior notice to Cognizant Group, but not more than once per 24 months with respect to an SOW following the second anniversary of the applicable SOW Effective Date, the Benchmarker shall conduct the Benchmarking Process with respect to one or more Towers, including the Service Levels and Fees applicable to such Tower or Towers. The Parties and the Benchmarker shall agree to (a) the objective third-party information that shall be required to conduct or support the Benchmarking Process and (b) the methodology that shall be used to conduct or support the specific Benchmarking Process and the normalization processes that shall be applied, including, factors to normalize the applicable data, including financial investments made by Cognizant Group under the applicable SOW and the size, scale and scope of the applicable Services. Cognizant Group shall cooperate to facilitate the Benchmarking Process and shall meet with NAIC Group and the Benchmarker prior to and throughout the Benchmarking Process. Cognizant Group shall not be required to provide the Benchmarker with Cognizant Group’s internal cost data (except with respect to any cost-based Fees) or data of other Cognizant Group customers. The Benchmarker shall conduct the Benchmarking Process in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with Cognizant Group’s ongoing service operations and whenever at a Cognizant facility shall comply with Cognizant Group’s security guidelines. Each Party shall pay their own costs of assisting the Benchmarker and NAIC Group shall bear the cost of the Benchmarker with respect to the Benchmarking Process.

 

(4) Within 30 days after the completion of each Benchmarking Process, the Benchmarker shall deliver to the Parties the final results of the Benchmarking Process in a written report, including identification of the supporting documentation (the “ Benchmark Report ”).

 

(5) Within 30 days after receipt of the Benchmark Report, the Parties shall review the Benchmark results. If either Party has reason to believe that the report contains manifest errors, they shall promptly notify the Benchmarker of the information being contested along with such documentation as is necessary to support the claim and copy the other Party on all such correspondence. The Benchmarker shall review the claim and meet with both Parties to resolve any such claim and make any necessary adjustments to its findings prior to the Benchmarking Report being considered final. In the event the Benchmarker and the Parties are unable to resolve such claim within 10 days after a Party submitted such claim to the Benchmarker, the Parties shall resolve such claim in accordance with Section 11.03 .

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

34


(6) If the final Benchmark Report indicates that the rates with respect to the Fees in connection with the benchmarked Services are greater than the rates at the bottom of the quartile with the highest rates in the Benchmark Report, then, within 30 days after conclusion of the Benchmark Process:

 

  (a) Cognizant Group shall automatically adjust the rates with respect to the Fees for the benchmarked Services such that the adjusted rates are equal to those at the bottom of the quartile with the highest rates for such Services ( e.g. , if the rates for a Service are $100 and the Benchmark Process indicates that the rates within the quartile with the highest rates range from $90 to $93 dollars, then the rates with respect to the Fees shall be automatically adjusted to $90) effective no event later than the date that is 60 days after the Benchmarker has delivered the final Benchmark Report; provided, however, that if the Parties dispute the adjustment to such rates as a result of a Benchmark such that agreement upon an adjustment takes longer than 60 days after the date of the delivery of the final Benchmark Report, the adjustment shall be retroactive to the date that is 60 days after the date of delivery of the final Benchmark Report; or

 

  (b) if Cognizant Group refuses to adjust the rates with respect to the Fees in accordance with the preceding paragraph, and NAIC continues to require such adjustment, then the applicable SOW may be terminated upon 30 days’ notice by either MSA Contracting Party and the unadjusted Fees shall continue to apply until the end of the SOW Term.

 

(7) For clarity, at any time during the MSA Term, NAIC Group (or an NAIC Agent on NAIC Group’s behalf) may perform a benchmark of the Services, Service Level or Fees; provided, however, that such benchmark shall not be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 11.04(3)-(8) .

ARTICLE 12 AUDITS .

Section 12.01 Service Audits . Upon reasonable prior notice to the Cognizant Service Delivery Executive, Cognizant Group shall provide NAIC Auditors with reasonable access to, and any assistance and information that they may reasonably require with respect to, the applicable portions of the Service Locations and Services for purposes of auditing Cognizant Group’s compliance with this Agreement and applicable Law. Upon notification that an audit identifies that: (1) Cognizant Group is not in compliance with this Agreement; or (2) NAIC Group is not in compliance with applicable Laws due to Cognizant Group’s non-compliance with this Agreement, then in each case, Cognizant Group shall promptly correct such non-compliance and, if such correction takes more than 72 hours to complete, Cognizant Group shall provide NAIC a plan for correcting such non-compliance no later than 24 hours after such 72 hour period, for NAIC’s review and approval.

Section 12.02 Financial Audits . Upon reasonable prior notice to the Cognizant Service Delivery Executive (but in any event no more than once per year per Tower, unless an inaccuracy is discovered in which case another audit during such year is permitted), Cognizant Group shall provide NAIC Auditors with reasonable access to the applicable portions of the records and supporting documentation as may be requested by NAIC Auditors to audit and determine if the Fees are accurate and in accordance with this Agreement as well as compliance with financial terms and conditions of this Agreement. If such audit reveals that Cognizant Group has overcharged NAIC Group, upon notice of the amount of such overcharge: (1) Cognizant Group shall promptly provide a credit note to NAIC for the amount of the overcharge; and (2) if the amount of the overcharge is greater than 10 percent of the amount of total Fees that were subject to the audit, Cognizant Group shall promptly reimburse NAIC for the reasonable cost and expense of such audit, up to an amount equal to 50 percent of the amount of the overcharge.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

35


Section 12.03 Control Audits . NAIC Group shall, from time-to-time, provide to Cognizant Group Control Objectives. Cognizant Group shall comply with, shall provide the Services in accordance with, and shall otherwise not cause the Services or NAIC Group System’s to fail to satisfy, or cause a weakness or deficiency with respect to, the Control Objectives (including any corrective recommendations or other instructions by NAIC Group). Cognizant Group shall assist NAIC Group in addressing its audit control requirements relating to the Control Objectives, including by: (1) participating in any reviews by NAIC Group as to compliance with such requirements; and (2) including NAIC Group in any reviews by Cognizant Group as to compliance with such requirements. Cognizant Group shall promptly remediate any weakness or deficiency revealed in connection with an audit of the Control Objectives or as a result of any failure by Cognizant Group to comply with, or to provide Services which comply with, the Control Objectives, at its cost and expense.

Section 12.04 SSAE 16 .

 

(1) Each year, Cognizant Group shall engage a third party internationally recognized auditor to conduct a SSAE 16 audit with respect to the Services and provide (a) a SOC-1 Type II report, at its cost and expense, and (b) upon NAIC Groups’ request, a SOC-2 or SOC-3 Type II report, at NAIC Groups’ cost and expense. Cognizant Group shall cooperate with NAIC Group to determine the scope and control objective requirements for the SSAE 16 SOC-1 ( and SOC-2 or SOC-3, if applicable) Type II reports. As soon as reasonably practicable following Cognizant Group’s receipt of such reports, but no later than November 15 of each year covering a period commencing October 1 of the previous year through and including September 30 of the then-current year, Cognizant Group shall provide NAIC Group and its external auditors with a copy of such report to the extent related to the provision or receipt of the Services and NAIC Group may share a copy of such report with its customers, customer’s agents and regulators. In January of each year, Cognizant Group shall, at its cost and expense, cause its auditor to provide a bridge letter, with respect to the SOC-1 Type II report for such year, for the period October 1 through December 31. Cognizant shall notify NAIC as soon as possible after any weakness or deficiency is identified in connection with an audit conducted pursuant to Section 12.04(1) .

 

(2) Every 180 days, Cognizant Group shall permit, and reasonably cooperate with, NAIC Auditors to conduct an end-to-end SSAE 16 audit of Cognizant Group’s provision of the Services (including, as directed by NAIC Group, for each of Cognizant Group’s subcontractors and at each of the Service Locations). Cognizant Group shall respond to inquiries regarding the SSAE 16 reports from NAIC Group and its external auditors as necessary.

 

(3) With respect to any audit reports issued under this Section, Cognizant Group shall promptly remediate any weakness or deficiency identified in such reports or that could reasonably be expected to result in a qualified report. Such remediation shall be provided at Cognizant Group’s cost and expense; provided, however, that if the remediation is related to an audit report provided pursuant to Section 12.04(2) , then such remediation work shall be at Cognizant Group’s cost and expense only to the extent resulting from Cognizant Group’s failure to comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, otherwise NAIC Group shall be financially responsible for the cost and expense for such remediation and such remediation shall be implemented in accordance with the Change Procedures.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

36


(4) If Cognizant Group issues a qualified audit report provided pursuant to Section 12.04(1) , Cognizant Group shall provide NAIC Group an unqualified audit report as soon as is feasible and with such timing discussed and agreed with the NAIC Senior Executive, but in no event later than 90 days after delivery of the qualified report.

 

(5) If NAIC Group determines that a form of independently audited quality certification that replaces, or is an alternative to the audit reports set forth in this Section is sufficient to satisfy NAIC Group’s audit and reporting requirements, then Cognizant Group shall, at NAIC Group’s request, perform its obligations relating to the issuance of such new quality certification and any associated remediation work arising therefrom. The MSA Contracting Party financially responsible for the cost and expense of new quality certification and any associated remediation work shall be the MSA Contracting Party that would have been financially responsible for the cost and expense arising in connection with conducting the audit report under Section 12.04(1) or Section 12.04(2) or any associated remediation work under Section 12.04(3) .

Section 12.05 Facilities . Cognizant Group shall provide NAIC Auditors with space, office furnishings (including lockable cabinets), telephone, internet and facsimile services, utilities and duplicating services and reasonable access to applicable portions of the systems, data and reports containing NAIC Group information on Cognizant Group’s premises as NAIC Auditors may require to perform the audits and inspections described in this Article.

Section 12.06 Audit Limitations . Any audit performed under this Article shall be subject to the provisions set forth in this Section 12.06 .

 

(1) Any NAIC Auditor that is a Cognizant Competitor shall be subject to Cognizant’s prior approval (provided, however, that Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, Ernst & Young, KPMG and PricewaterhouseCoopers, and any successors-in-interest, shall be deemed to not be a competitor of Cognizant for the purposes of this MSA).

 

(2) All NAIC Auditors shall comply with Cognizant Group’s reasonable security policies while present at a Cognizant facility.

 

(3) No audit shall be performed at a Service Location during a local holiday applicable to such Service Location.

 

(4) The NAIC Auditors shall not materially interfere with the Service Delivery Organization’s performance of the Services.

 

(5) NAIC Group’s cost and expense of performing such audit and the cost and expense of any copies of Cognizant Group’s books and records requested by NAIC Group and provided by Cognizant Group in connection with such audit shall, in each case, be borne by NAIC Group unless otherwise set forth in this Agreement.

ARTICLE 13 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION .

Section 13.01 Generally . Each Party agrees that: (1) it shall keep and maintain all Confidential Information in strict confidence, using such degree of care as it uses to avoid unauthorized use or disclosure of its own Confidential Information of a similar nature, but in no event less than a commercially reasonable degree of care; (2) it shall use and disclose Confidential Information solely for the purposes for which such information, or access to it, is provided pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and shall not use or disclose Confidential Information for such Party’s own purposes or for the benefit of anyone other than the other Party; and (3) it shall not, directly or indirectly, disclose Confidential Information to anyone outside of the other Party, except with the other Party’s consent.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

37


Section 13.02 Permitted Disclosure . Either Party may disclose relevant aspects of the other’s Confidential Information to the general and limited partners, officers, directors, professional advisors (including accountants and insurers), clients, employees, distribution partners, agents, customers (including their beneficiaries), suppliers, contractors, other third parties doing business with such Party, third party administrators and, in the case of NAIC, recipients of NAIC Group’s services, either directly or indirectly, such as employees of NAIC Group customers, plan participants, members, dependents, beneficiaries and similarly situated persons to the extent such disclosure is necessary for the current or future performance of their obligations to such Party; provided, however, that the recipient is subject to confidentiality obligations at least as stringent as required under this Agreement. In addition, (1) either Party may disclose Confidential Information of the other Party to the extent required to comply with any Law (provided, however, that to the extent permissible by Law, such Party provides the other Party with prior notice of any such disclosure and works with the other Party to resist or limit the scope of such disclosure and further provided that the disclosing Party limit any such disclosure to the information or records required to satisfy the request or inquiry and to the entity (or entities) to whom such disclosure is required to be made), (2) NAIC Group may disclose Confidential Information of Cognizant Group to Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction over NAIC Group and (3) NAIC Group may disclose Confidential Information relating to the Services in connection with (a) a response by NAIC Group to requests for information, proposal or due diligence in connection with an acquisition, divestiture or other similar corporate transaction or (b) a request for information or proposal for services to replace the Services; provided, however, that in no event may NAIC Group disclose the legal terms and conditions in this MSA, Cognizant IP, Cognizant Group’s internal cost information, or Cognizant rate cards in connection with such request or proposal.

Section 13.03 Exclusions . The restrictions on use and disclosure in this Article shall not apply to: (1) Confidential Information already known to a Party on a non-confidential basis, as demonstrated by prior existing records, when it was disclosed by the other Party; (2) Confidential Information that is or becomes known to the public through no breach of any obligation of confidence or other wrongful act by a Party or its employees, agents or contractors (except for PII); (3) Confidential Information that is received by a Party from a third party where such Party is unaware, after reasonable inquiry, that such Confidential Information is subject to a confidentiality or other non-disclosure agreement; and (4) Confidential Information developed by a Party independently of disclosure by or receipt from the other Party.

Section 13.04 Return of Materials . Upon a Party’s request and as directed by such Party, the other Party shall promptly return or securely erase, wipe clean and destroy, at the requesting Party’s direction, any or all Confidential Information and all written materials that contain, summarize or describe any Confidential Information in its possession, except to the extent the Party in possession of such Confidential Information (1) has a license to such materials under this Agreement or (2) is required to retain particular Confidential Information in order to comply with Law or such Party’s internal record retention requirements.

Section 13.05 Unauthorized Use, Access or Disclosure . Each Party shall promptly notify the other upon learning of any unlawful or unauthorized access, use or disclosure of the Confidential Information of the other Party; provided, however, if such Party is Cognizant Group, such notice shall be within one hour of any Key Individual (excluding the Cognizant Human Resource Manager or Cognizant Finance Manager) having knowledge of such unauthorized access, use or disclosure. If a Party is responsible for such access, use or disclosure, such Party shall cure such access, use or disclosure promptly (but in no event later than 24 hours after learning of such access, use or disclosure, if such access, use or disclosure is capable of being cured within such 24 hour period) and provide satisfactory assurance to the other Party that such access, use or disclosure shall not recur.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

38


Section 13.06 Record Maintenance and Retention .

 

(1) During the MSA Term, Cognizant Group shall maintain and manage all paper or electronic records, files, documents, work papers, receipts and other information in any form provided by NAIC Group or NAIC Agents or generated pursuant to this Agreement (the “ Files and Work Papers ”), in accordance with the following:

 

  (a) all Files and Work Papers shall be maintained and managed (i) separately from files generated, managed or maintained by Cognizant Group under agreements with other companies, (ii) in a manner so they can be quickly and accurately produced when required by NAIC Group and (iii) as required Law;

 

  (b) all Files and Work Papers that are created or modified by Cognizant Group in electronic format must be submitted to NAIC Group in electronic format or as otherwise directed by NAIC Group;

 

  (c) all Files and Work Papers shall be properly destroyed in accordance with this Agreement and NAIC Group’s destruction schedule as provided to Cognizant Group herewith and as may be modified by NAIC Group from time to time; and

 

  (d) prior to the destruction of any Files and Work Papers, Cognizant Group shall notify NAIC Group so that NAIC Group can verify whether such Files and Work Papers should be destroyed and are not pertinent to any litigation or government inquiry or are otherwise required to be maintained before their destruction.

 

(2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon termination of any SOW, Cognizant Group shall retain all Files and Work Papers related to such SOW for a minimum of six years. Thereafter, NAIC Group shall accept the return, or permit the destruction of, such Files and Work Papers, at NAIC Group’s discretion.

ARTICLE 14 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS .

Section 14.01 NAIC . NAIC Group shall comply with all Laws applicable to NAIC Group.

Section 14.02 Cognizant .

 

(1) Cognizant Group shall comply with all Laws (a) applicable to Cognizant Group, (b) applicable to Cognizant Group’s performance of the Services and (c) as necessary to keep NAIC Group in compliance with Laws with respect to the Services. Cognizant Group shall provide the Services to NAIC Group in compliance with all applicable Laws.

 

(2) NAIC Group may direct Cognizant Group on (a) the method of compliance with any Laws described in Section 14.02(1)(c) and (b) which Laws are applicable to Cognizant Group’s performance of the Services. Cognizant Group shall comply with all such direction.

 

(3) If Cognizant Group reasonably determines that performance of the Services requires an interpretation of any Law, Cognizant Group shall present to NAIC Group the issue for interpretation and NAIC Group shall provide such interpretation to Cognizant Group by notice signed by the applicable NAIC Senior Executive (or his or her designee) with respect to such issue. Cognizant Group shall be authorized to act and rely on, and shall promptly implement such NAIC Group interpretation in the performance and delivery of the Services. The Parties shall resolve questions of interpretation and shall implement the resulting NAIC Group interpretation on an expedited basis.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

39


(4) Cognizant Group shall not be responsible for a failure to comply with a Law to the extent that Cognizant Group relies on, and complies with, NAIC Group’s direction pursuant to Section 14.02(2)(a) in respect of such Law or NAIC Group’s interpretation of such Law pursuant to Section 14.02(3) .

 

(5) Cognizant Group shall provide NAIC Group (and NAIC Agents, NAIC Auditors, subject to Section 12.06 , and any Governmental Authority, in each case, designated by the NAIC) access to any applicable information, Service Locations and members of the Service Delivery Organization as NAIC deems is necessary to confirm that Cognizant Group is in compliance with any Law applicable to NAIC Group and that are related to the Services.

 

(6) Subject to Section 14.02(7) , if Cognizant Group is not in compliance with any Law with which it is required to comply pursuant to Section 14.02(1) , then: (a) Cognizant Group shall promptly undertake such measures as NAIC Group shall require and which are necessary to establish compliance with the Law; (b) NAIC Group (or its designee) may, at Cognizant Group’s cost, undertake such measures as NAIC Group shall require and which are necessary to establish compliance with the Law; or (c) if such non-compliance creates serious reputational or regulatory risk for NAIC Group such that NAIC Group determines, in its reasonable business judgment, that its continued receipt of the Services could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its reputation, NAIC may terminate this MSA as of the date (including immediately) specified by NAIC in a termination notice to Cognizant.

 

(7) If within 12 months after a Go-Live Date for a Service, Cognizant Group is not in compliance with any Law with which it is required to comply pursuant to Section 14.02(1)(c) and such non-compliance also existed prior to the Go-Live Date with respect to NAIC Group’s provision of such service, then NAIC may elect, at is cost and expense, to either: (a) have Cognizant Group promptly undertake such measures as NAIC Group shall require and which are necessary to establish compliance with the Law; or (b) have NAIC Group (or its designee) undertake such measures as NAIC shall require and which are necessary to establish compliance with the Law. During such 12 month period, Cognizant shall be excused from any liability for such non-compliance, unless Cognizant fails to promptly notify NAIC Group after learning of such non-compliance or fails to comply with such measures as NAIC Group requires to bring the Services into compliance with the Law.

Section 14.03 Changes to Laws .

 

(1) Cognizant shall promptly notify NAIC of any changes in Law to which it becomes aware that may relate to the Service Recipient’s use of the Services or Cognizant Group’s delivery of the Services. The Parties shall work together to identify the impact of such changes on NAIC Group’s use and Cognizant Group’s delivery of the Services.

 

(2) Unless a change in Law causes the delivery of any part of the Services to become impossible, Cognizant Group shall perform such Services regardless of changes in Law.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

40


(3) Each Party shall bear the cost to comply with any changes in Laws (not related to the Services) applicable to such Party ( e.g ., Laws relating to the employment of its employees, employee tax withholding applicable to its employees and environmental and health and safety Laws relating to its employees or facilities). In addition, subject to Section 14.02(7) , Cognizant Group shall bear (a) the costs to comply with any change in Law under Section 14.02(1)(b) and (b) any implementation costs to bring the Services into compliance with any change in Law under Section 14.02(1)(c) . NAIC shall bear any increased ongoing costs with respect to the provision of the Services resulting from a change in Law under Section 14.02(1)(c) .

Section 14.04 Cooperation with Regulators . As directed by NAIC Group, Cognizant Group shall work with those Governmental Authorities that regulate NAIC Group in an open and co-operative way, including: (1) meeting with such Governmental Authorities; (2) coordinating with NAIC Group to provide to representatives or appointees of such Governmental Authorities any applicable materials, records and information relating to the Services or allowing any such representatives or appointees access to such materials, records and information relating to the Services and providing such facilities as such representatives or appointees may reasonably require; and (3) permitting representatives or appointees of such Governmental Authorities to have access on demand to any of its premises to the extent relating to the Services.

ARTICLE 15 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS .

Section 15.01 NAIC . NAIC represents, warrants and covenants that:

 

(1) it is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of Delaware;

 

(2) it has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(3) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized by NAIC and shall not conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute a default under any other agreement to which NAIC is a party or by which NAIC is bound;

 

(4) it is duly licensed, authorized or qualified to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which a license, authorization or qualification is required for the ownership or leasing of its assets or the transaction of business of the character transacted by it, except where the failure to be so licensed, authorized or qualified would not have a material adverse effect on NAIC’s ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(5) it is in compliance with all Laws applicable to NAIC and has obtained all applicable governmental permits and licenses required of NAIC in connection with its obligations under this Agreement; and

 

(6) there is no outstanding litigation, arbitrated matter or other dispute as of the date of execution of this MSA to which NAIC is a party which, if decided unfavorably to NAIC, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Cognizant Group’s or NAIC Group’s ability to fulfill their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

41


Section 15.02 Cognizant . Cognizant represents, warrants and covenants that:

 

(1) it is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of Delaware;

 

(2) it has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(3) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Cognizant has been duly authorized by Cognizant and shall not conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute a default under any other agreement to which Cognizant Group is a party or by which Cognizant Group is bound;

 

(4) it is duly licensed, authorized or qualified to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which a license, authorization or qualification is required for the ownership or leasing of its assets or the transaction of business of the character transacted by it, except where the failure to be so licensed, authorized or qualified would not have a material adverse effect on Cognizant Group’s ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(5) Cognizant Group is in compliance with all Laws applicable to Cognizant Group and has obtained all applicable governmental permits and licenses required of Cognizant Group in connection with its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(6) there is no outstanding litigation, arbitrated matter or other dispute as of the date of execution of this MSA to which Cognizant Group is a party which, if decided unfavorably to Cognizant Group, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on NAIC Group’s or Cognizant Group’s ability to fulfill their respective obligations under this Agreement;

 

(7) the Cognizant Resources (and use thereof) do not infringe, and shall not infringe or cause the infringement of, the proprietary rights of a third party, except to extent such infringement is a result of: (a) use of the Cognizant Resources by NAIC Group in contravention of the Related Documentation or license granted to NAIC Group under Article 7 or an applicable SOW; (b) failure by NAIC Group to use new or corrected versions of such Cognizant Resources provided by Cognizant Group to NAIC Group with no additional charge (provided, however, that NAIC Group is notified that use of such new or corrected version is necessary to avoid infringement); (c) modifications made by NAIC Group or NAIC Agents other than at the direction of Cognizant Group; (d) Cognizant Group complying with instructions, specifications or designs required or provided by NAIC Group where such compliance necessarily would give rise to such infringement; or (e) combination of the Cognizant Resources by NAIC Group or NAIC Agents with products or systems other than those provided by, or authorized by, Cognizant Group;

 

(8) Cognizant Group shall maintain Hardware and Software to the extent that Cognizant Group has maintenance responsibility for such assets, including: (a) maintaining Hardware in good operating condition, subject to normal wear and tear; (b) undertaking repairs and preventive maintenance on Hardware in accordance with the applicable Hardware manufacturer’s recommendations; and (c) performing Software and Hardware maintenance in accordance with the applicable Software or Hardware vendor’s documentation, recommendations and specifications;

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

42


(9) there shall be (a) no fraud by Cognizant Group in connection with any obligation of Cognizant Group under this Agreement and (b) no misuse, misappropriation or fraud (or, subject to Exhibit 9 , mishandling or loss) with respect to funds delivered to, or otherwise under the control of, Cognizant Group;

 

(10) in connection with Cognizant Group’s provision of the Services, Cognizant Group shall not wrongfully access, and shall not permit unauthorized persons or entities to access, NAIC Group’s information technology systems or networks and that any authorized access shall be consistent with such authorization and in accordance with NAIC Policies;

 

(11) the Deliverables shall not contain any Disabling Code at the time of delivery and Cognizant Group shall (a) not introduce any Disabling Code into the NAIC Group computer systems and (b) use commercially reasonable efforts (including at a minimum use of then-current industry standard security and anti-virus tools) to prevent (i) the introduction of Viruses into the NAIC Group computer systems and (ii) Deliverables from containing any Viruses at the time of delivery; and

 

(12) Cognizant Group shall ensure it has a valid work authorization with respect to each member of the Service Delivery Organization for each applicable jurisdiction.

Section 15.03 Repair and Re-performance . In the event of a breach of Section 7.03(2) , Section 7.03(3) or Section 15.02(11) , Cognizant Group shall correct such breach as soon as reasonably possible commensurate with the nature and effect of such breach, but in no event later than 30 days after notification from NAIC Group, or such other period agreed upon by the Cognizant Service Delivery Executive and NAIC Senior Executive in writing or by electronic mail. Such correction shall be repairing or replacing any applicable Deliverable, such that the corrected Deliverable complies with such representations, warranties and covenants. If the breach is not so corrected in accordance with the foregoing sentence, NAIC Group may:

 

(1) extend the time for Cognizant Group to correct such breach (if correction is commercially practical);

 

(2) receive an appropriate, agreed-upon reduction in the Fees for such Deliverable (which reduction shall be in the form of a credit note, if requested by NAIC Group); or

 

(3) in addition to its other rights and remedies under this Agreement, receive a refund of all Fees for such Deliverable to the extent NAIC Group returns or certifies destruction of the applicable Deliverable.

If NAIC Group selects the option set forth in Section 15.03(1) , and the breach remains uncorrected at the end of the extended time, NAIC Group shall have the same options. Any repaired or replaced Deliverable, shall be subject to the same representations, warranties, covenants and remedies for a new warranty period that begins on the date correction is completed.

Section 15.04 Obligation to Replace . In the case of a breach of Section 15.02(7) , or a Claim with respect to such Section, Cognizant Group shall use its best efforts to either: (1) procure for NAIC Group the right to continue using or receiving the applicable Cognizant Resource; or (2) replace or modify the applicable Cognizant Resource to be non-infringing without degradation or loss of functionality. If neither remedy is possible, NAIC Group may receive a refund of all Fees for such Cognizant Resource to the extent NAIC Group returns or certifies destruction of the applicable Cognizant Resource.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

43


Section 15.05 Pass-Through Warranties . Cognizant Group shall, to the extent permissible, pass-through to NAIC Group all available warranties and provide all available (including extended) applicable original equipment manufacturer and additional warranties that Cognizant Group has obtained for third party Hardware used to provide the Services. Cognizant Group shall obtain and pass-through to NAIC Group any warranties required by the specifications for Hardware procured on behalf of NAIC Group.

Section 15.06 Disclaimer . NEITHER MSA CONTRACTING PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE. EACH MSA CONTRACTING PARTY EXPLICITLY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

ARTICLE 16 INDEMNIFICATION .

Section 16.01 NAIC . NAIC shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Cognizant Indemnified Parties from and against any Loss relating to a Claim by a third party against the Cognizant Indemnified Parties:

 

(1) that the NAIC IP or use thereof infringes, or causes the infringement of, the proprietary rights of a third party, except to the extent such infringement is a result of: (a) use of the NAIC IP by Cognizant Group in contravention of the Related Documentation or license granted to Cognizant Group under Article 7 or an applicable SOW; (b) failure by Cognizant Group to use new or corrected versions of such NAIC IP provided by NAIC Group to Cognizant Group with no additional charge (provided, however, that Cognizant Group is notified that use of such new or corrected version is necessary to avoid infringement); (c) modifications made by Cognizant Group or a Cognizant Agent other than at the direction of NAIC Group; (d) NAIC Group complying with instructions, specifications or designs required or provided by Cognizant Group where such compliance necessarily would give rise to such infringement; or (e) combination of the NAIC IP by Cognizant Group or a Cognizant Agent with products or systems other than those provided by, or authorized by, NAIC Group;

 

(2) relating to any taxes, interest, penalties or other amounts assessed against Cognizant Group that are the obligation of NAIC Group pursuant to Article 10 ;

 

(3) relating to breach of Article 13 , Section 14.01 or Section 22.06 by NAIC Group, except to the extent such breach is caused by Cognizant Group or a Cognizant Agent;

 

(4) relating to the inaccuracy, untruthfulness or breach of any representation or warranty made by NAIC in Section 15.01(1) , Section 15.01(2) , Section 15.01(3) or Section 15.01(4) ;

 

(5) relating to (a) injury or death of any person (including employees of Cognizant Group or NAIC Group) or (b) the loss of or damage to any tangible property (including tangible property of the employees of Cognizant Group or NAIC Group), in each case, resulting from the acts or omissions (including breach of contract) of NAIC Group; or

 

(6) relating NAIC Group’s employment or termination of the employment of any Affected Employee during any period prior to such Affected Employee’s Transfer Date (or for those Affected Employees that do not transfer to Cognizant Group, any period prior to, on or after the Go-Live Date) by NAIC Group (to the extent such termination does not result from Cognizant Group’s failure to hire an Affected Employee in accordance with Attachment H to the applicable SOW), including any claim by any Affected Employee that arises under any Law (including, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Equal Pay Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and ERISA and all other Laws regulating the terms and conditions of employment), under the common law or in equity (including any claims for wrongful discharge or otherwise), or under any benefit plans or under any policy, agreement, understanding or promise, written, oral or implied, formal or informal, between NAIC Group and such Affected Employee.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

44


NAIC shall indemnify Cognizant Indemnified Parties from any costs reasonably incurred in connection with enforcing this Section.

Section 16.02 Cognizant . Cognizant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the NAIC Indemnified Parties from and against any Loss relating to a Claim by a third party against the NAIC Indemnified Parties:

 

(1) that the Cognizant Resources or use thereof infringes, or causes the infringement of, the proprietary rights of a third party, except to the extent such infringement is a result of: (a) use of the Cognizant Resources by NAIC Group in contravention of the Related Documentation or license granted to NAIC Group under Article 7 or an applicable SOW; (b) failure by NAIC Group to use new or corrected versions of such Cognizant Resources provided by Cognizant Group to NAIC Group with no additional charge (provided, however, that NAIC Group is notified that use of such new or corrected version is necessary to avoid infringement); (c) modifications made by NAIC Group or a NAIC Agent other than at the direction of Cognizant Group; (d) Cognizant Group complying with instructions, specifications or designs required or provided by NAIC Group where such compliance necessarily would give rise to such infringement; or (e) combination of the Cognizant Resources by NAIC Group or a NAIC Agent with products or systems other than those provided by, or authorized by, Cognizant Group;

 

(2) relating to any taxes, interest, penalties or other amounts assessed against NAIC Group that are the obligation of Cognizant Group pursuant to Article 10 ;

 

(3) relating to a breach of Section 8.01 , Section 8.04 , Article 13 , Section 14.02 or Section 22.06 by Cognizant Group;

 

(4) relating to the inaccuracy, untruthfulness or breach of any representation or warranty made by Cognizant in Section 15.02(1) , Section 15.02(2) , Section 15.02(3) , Section 15.02(4) , Section 15.02(7) , Section 15.02(9) , Section 15.02(10) , Section 15.02(11) or Section 15.02(12) ;

 

(5) relating to (a) injury or death of any person (including employees of Cognizant Group or NAIC Group, or customers of NAIC Group) or (b) the loss of or damage to any tangible property (including tangible property of the employees of Cognizant Group or NAIC Group, or customers of NAIC Group), in each case, resulting from the acts or omissions (including breach of contract) of Cognizant Group;

 

(6) by a Cognizant Agent, a member of the Service Delivery Organization or any third party to whom Cognizant Group owes a duty or obligation, except to the extent such claim is directly due to an act or omission of NAIC Group;

 

(7) relating to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Cognizant Group;

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

45


(8) relating to Cognizant Group’s offer to employ any Affected Employees, including (a) any acts or omissions with respect to making offers to or employing any Affected Employee and (b) the terms of any offer provided to any Affected Employee or the terms of employment provided to any Transferred Employee, other than a Loss arising from a claim that such offer or term violated an obligation ( e.g. , through an employee policy, NAIC Group plan or contract) that NAIC Group owed to such Affected Employee or Transferred Employee; or

 

(9) relating to Cognizant Group’s employment or termination of the employment of any Transferred Employee during any period on or after such Transferred Employee’s Transfer Date, including any claim by a Transferred Employee that arises under any Law (including, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Equal Pay Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and ERISA and all other Laws regulating the terms and conditions of employment), under the common law or in equity (including any claims for wrongful discharge or otherwise), or under any benefit plans or under any policy, agreement, understanding or promise, written, oral or implied, formal or informal, between Cognizant Group and such Affected Employee or Transferred Employee.

Cognizant shall indemnify NAIC Indemnified Parties from any costs reasonably incurred in connection with enforcing this Section.

Section 16.03 Indemnification Procedures . If any Claim is commenced against an Indemnified Party, prompt notice thereof shall be given by the Indemnified Party to the Indemnifying Party. At the Indemnifying Party’s cost and expense: (1) the Indemnifying Party shall immediately take control of the defense of such Claim and shall engage attorneys acceptable to the Indemnified Party to defend such claim; and (2) the Indemnified Party shall cooperate with the Indemnifying Party (and its attorneys) in the defense of such Claim. The Indemnified Party may, at its own cost and expense, participate on a non-controlling basis (through its attorneys or otherwise) in such defense. The Indemnifying Party shall not enter into any settlement of such Claim that does not include a full release of the Indemnified Party or involves a remedy other than the payment of money, without the Indemnified Party’s consent. If the Indemnifying Party does not assume control over the defense of a Claim as provided in this Section, the Indemnified Party may defend the Claim in such manner as it may deem appropriate, at the reasonable cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party.

Section 16.04 Contribution . If any Claim entitles each MSA Contracting Party to indemnification from the other under Section 16.01 or Section 16.02 , then the MSA Contracting Parties shall allocate between themselves any loss, liability or costs arising out of or relating to such Claim according to each MSA Contracting Party’s relative share of liability.

ARTICLE 17 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY .

Section 17.01 Direct Damages . Each of the MSA Contracting Parties shall be liable to the other for any damages arising out of or relating to its performance or failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that the liability of an MSA Contracting Party to the other, whether based on an action or claim in contract, equity, negligence, tort or otherwise, for any event, act or omission occurring during the MSA Term shall not exceed, in the aggregate, an amount equal to the greater of (1) $25,000,000 and (2) the Fees paid or payable by NAIC Group for the 24 consecutive month portion of the MSA Term preceding the date of the occurrence of the applicable event, act or omission giving rise to such damages or, if less than 24 months have elapsed since the MSA Effective Date, then 24 times the average monthly Fees paid during the elapsed time since the MSA Effective Date (the “ Damages Cap ”).

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

46


Section 17.02 Consequential Damages . Neither MSA Contracting Party shall be liable for, nor shall the measure of damages include, any indirect (for clarity, interest and tax consequences shall be considered direct damages), consequential, special, exemplary or punitive damages, including any loss of business or loss of profits arising out of or relating to its performance or failure to perform under this Agreement, regardless of the form of action or theory of recovery and even if such MSA Contracting Party has been advised of the possibility of such damages or such damages could have been reasonably foreseen by such MSA Contracting Party.

Section 17.03 Exclusions .

 

(1) The limitation or exculpation of liability set forth in Section 17.01 or Section 17.02 shall not apply in the case of:

 

  (a) any Losses resulting from Abandonment by Cognizant Group;

 

  (b) any Losses resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of a Party;

 

  (c) any Losses resulting from the infringement of a Party’s IP by the other Party under this Agreement;

 

  (d) any Losses resulting from a breach of Section 8.01 , or Section 8.04 , by Cognizant Group;

 

  (e) any Losses resulting from a breach of Article 13 by a Party;

 

  (f) any Losses resulting from a breach of Section 14.01 by NAIC Group or Section 15.01(1) , Section 15.01(2) , Section 15.01(3) , Section 15.01(4) by NAIC;

 

  (g) any Losses resulting from a breach of Section 14.02(1) by Cognizant Group or Section 15.02(1) , Section 15.02(2) , Section 15.02(3) , Section 15.02(4) , Section 15.02(7) , Section 15.02(9) , Section 15.02(10) , Section 15.02(11) or Section 15.02(12) by Cognizant Group; or

 

  (h) the indemnification obligations of either MSA Contracting Party.

 

(2) The limitation of liability set forth in Section 17.01 shall not apply in the case of (a) the failure of NAIC Group to pay any Fees, due and payable to Cognizant Group in accordance with this Agreement or (b) the failure of Cognizant to issue any credits or other amounts, due and payable to NAIC Group in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(3) Any Loss that is a Broken Transaction Loss or Write Off shall (a) not be subject to the limitation of liability in Section 17.01 , but shall be subject the limitations of liability set forth in the applicable SOW and (b) be deemed to be a direct damage and, as a result, to which the exculpation of liability set forth in Section 17.02 shall not apply.

Section 17.04 Assignment of Claims . Any cause of action arising under this Agreement that may be brought (1) by an Affiliate of NAIC (including any such Affiliate that enters into an SOW), shall be brought by NAIC or (2) by an Affiliate of Cognizant (including such Affiliate that enters into an SOW), shall be brought by Cognizant. Each MSA Contracting Party shall be entitled to the benefit of all rights, defenses, counterclaims and other protections to which their applicable Affiliates may be entitled with respect to any such cause of action.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

47


Section 17.05 Injunctive Relief . Without limiting any rights of NAIC Group or Cognizant Group to obtain equitable relief under Law, NAIC Group and Cognizant Group acknowledge and agree that (1) any breach (or threatened breach) of Section 2.01 , Section 3.01 , Section 3.16 , Section 6.03 , Article 7 , Section 8.01 , Section 8.05 , Article 13 , Section 19.15 , Section 19.16 or Article 21 by Cognizant Group shall be deemed to cause immediate and irreparable injury to NAIC Group, and in the event of such breach (or threatened breach), NAIC Group shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief, without bond or other security; and (2) any breach (or threatened breach) of Section 3.16 , Article 7 , Section 12.06 , or Article 13 by NAIC Group shall be deemed to cause immediate and irreparable injury to Cognizant Group, and in the event of such breach (or threatened breach), Cognizant Group shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief, without bond or other security. The provisions of Section 11.03 shall not apply with respect to any request for such injunctive relief.

ARTICLE 18 INSURANCE .

Section 18.01 Coverage . Cognizant Group shall carry and maintain in force, with reputable insurance companies authorized to do business in the jurisdictions where the Services are performed, insurance of the types and in the amounts of the minimum coverage, including:

 

(1) Workers compensation in the statutory required limits in accordance with the applicable federal, state, municipal, local, territorial or other statutory requirements.

 

(2) Employer’s liability insurance with limits not less than $1,000,000 per accident covering all employees engaged in the work. A waiver of subrogation shall be provided in favor of NAIC Group.

 

(3) Commercial general liability insurance (including bodily injury, death and property damage) in an amount of not less than $1,000,000 (combined single limit on each occurrence and $2,000,000 in the aggregate) and umbrella liability coverage in the amount not less than $5,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate. Such coverage shall include blanket contractual liability (including liability assumed under this MSA or an SOW), broad form property damage liability (including coverage for extra expenses and lost profits), products and completed operations liability, personal injury liability (including invasion of privacy, libel or slander). NAIC Group shall be named as additional insured to the commercial general and umbrella liability policies. A waiver of subrogation shall be provided in favor of NAIC Group.

 

(4) Automobile liability insurance for owned, non-owned, leased, hired, operated and/or licensed automobiles, trucks, tractors, all-terrain vehicles with limits of not less than $2,000,000 per accident for accidental injury to one or more persons or damage to or destruction of property as a result of one accident or occurrence. NAIC Group shall be named as an additional insured on the automobile liability policy.

 

(5) Crime insurance to include the following coverages: employee theft, forgery or alteration, and computer fraud and funds transfer fraud. Coverage limits shall not be less than $10,000,000 per claim and in the aggregate. The policy shall include NAIC Group as loss payee, A.I.M.A.

 

(6) Professional liability insurance in a limit not less than $10,000,000 per claim and in the aggregate for liability arising out of any negligent act, error, mistake or omission of Cognizant Group. Professional liability shall include cyber liability, breach notification cost coverage, network security and privacy liability coverage. The coverage must respond to all claims reported within three years following the period for which coverage is required.

 

(7) Business travel accident insurance in a limit not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

48


Section 18.02 Cost of Insurance Coverage . All insurance coverage shall be provided at Cognizant Group’s sole cost and expense. The deductible amounts for each of the policies in Section 18.01 shall be borne by Cognizant Group.

Section 18.03 Certificate of Insurance Coverage . Within 10 days after the MSA Effective Date and otherwise upon NAIC Group’s request, Cognizant Group shall furnish to NAIC Group certificates of insurance acceptable to NAIC Group (including evidence of renewal of insurance) evidencing all coverage referenced in Section 18.01 including, as applicable, evidence that NAIC and its Affiliates shall be named as additional insureds to each applicable liability policy by means of the certificates of insurance. Cognizant shall provide NAIC 30 days prior notice of any planned cancellation of the coverage by Cognizant Group, and shall promptly notify NAIC of any cancellation of the coverage by the applicable insurer. Cancellation or material alteration shall not relieve Cognizant Group of its continuing obligation to maintain insurance coverage in accordance with this Article.

Section 18.04 Status and Rating of Insurance Company . All insurance coverage shall be written through insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the work is to be performed and rated no less than A- VII in the most current edition of A.M. Best’s Key Rating Guide.

ARTICLE 19 TERM AND TERMINATION .

Section 19.01 Term .

 

(1) This MSA shall commence on the MSA Effective Date and continue until terminated in accordance with this Article (the “ MSA Term ”).

 

(2) The term of an SOW shall commence on the SOW Effective Date and continue until the end of the last Termination Assistance Period after the earlier of (a) the expiration date specified in such SOW or, if no expiration date is specified, the date on which all work under such SOW is completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of such SOW, (b) the date upon which such SOW is terminated in accordance with its terms, or (c) the date upon which this MSA is terminated in accordance with its terms (the “ SOW Term ”).

Section 19.02 Termination for Cause .

 

(1) NAIC may terminate this MSA upon notice to Cognizant if Cognizant Group has materially breached an obligation pursuant to this Agreement (or a series of non-material breaches which collectively constitute a material breach), and fails to cure such breach within 30 days after receipt of notice thereof, if such breach is susceptible to cure. If such breach is not susceptible to cure, NAIC may terminate this MSA on 30 days’ notice to Cognizant. The cure period in this Section 19.02(1) shall not apply to, and shall not prejudice, any specific right in any other Section of this Agreement to terminate this MSA.

 

(2) NAIC may terminate an SOW upon notice to Cognizant if Cognizant Group has materially breached an obligation pursuant to the applicable SOW (or a series of non-material breaches which collectively constitute a material breach), and fails to cure such breach within 30 days after receipt of notice thereof, if such breach is susceptible to cure. If such breach is not susceptible to cure, NAIC may terminate the applicable SOW on 30 days’ notice to Cognizant. The cure period in this Section 19.02(2) shall not apply to, and shall not prejudice, any specific right in any other Section of this Agreement to terminate an SOW.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

49


(3) If NAIC Group breaches its obligation to pay Fees not otherwise disputed in good faith pursuant to an SOW and fails to cure such breach within 30 days after receipt by NAIC of notice thereof from Cognizant referencing this Section 19.02(3) then, after such 30 day period, Cognizant shall provide NAIC a second notice of such breach referencing this Section 19.02(3) . If NAIC fails to cure such breach within 15 days after its receipt of such second notice, then Cognizant may terminate the applicable SOW upon notice to NAIC.

Section 19.03 Termination for Convenience . NAIC may terminate this MSA, an SOW, Tower or Service upon 90 days’ notice to Cognizant at any time without cause. In the event of the termination of an SOW pursuant to this Section, NAIC shall pay to Cognizant on the last day of the applicable Termination Assistance Period the termination fees set forth in the applicable SOW.

Section 19.04 Termination for Change in Control . Upon 90 days’ notice to Cognizant, NAIC may terminate: (1) this MSA in the event of a Change in Control of (a) Cognizant or the disposition of the business performing the Services or (b) NAIC; or (2) an SOW in the event of a Change in Control of the Cognizant Group entity that is a party to such SOW or the disposition of the business performing the Services under such SOW.

Section 19.05 Termination for Deterioration of Financial Condition . NAIC may terminate this MSA in the event that: (1) Cognizant files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or an involuntary petition is filed against it; (2) Cognizant is adjudged bankrupt; (3) a court assumes jurisdiction of the assets of Cognizant under a federal reorganization act, or other statute; (4) a trustee or receiver is appointed by a court for all or a substantial portion of the assets of Cognizant; (5) Cognizant becomes insolvent, suspends business or ceases to conduct its business in the ordinary course; (6) Cognizant makes an assignment of its assets for the benefit of its creditors; (7) the occurrence of a material adverse change in Cognizant’s business, properties, financial condition or operations adversely affecting the provision of Services; (8) Cognizant’s external auditor gives Cognizant a “going concern” explanation or qualification; or (9) Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s or Fitch, or other equivalent rating agency, lowers Cognizant’s credit rating below “investment grade” ( e.g. , in the case of Moody’s, a rating lower than Baa3; in the case of Standard & Poor’s, a rating lower than BBB-; in the case of Fitch, a rating lower than BBB-; or, if the defined ratings shall have been revised by Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s or Fitch, an equivalent rating). Cognizant shall give NAIC prompt notice of any such event.

Section 19.06 Termination for Service Level Failure . NAIC may terminate this MSA or the applicable SOW, Tower or Service upon notice to Cognizant if (1) the same Service Level Default under an SOW occurs in three consecutive months or three times in any six consecutive months or (2) more than five percent of the Service Measurements in any Tower or in the aggregate under any SOW, result in Service Level Defaults in any rolling 12-month period.

Section 19.07 Termination for Service Failure . NAIC may terminate this MSA or the applicable SOW, Tower or Service upon notice to Cognizant if Cognizant Group fails to provide a Service under an SOW for any reason (other than a Force Majeure Event) and fails to cure such failure within the applicable Recovery Time Objective set forth in the Business Continuity Plan or Disaster Recovery Plan (or, if no time frame is specified, within 10 days after the initial failure to provide such Service).

Section 19.08 Termination for Change in Law . NAIC may terminate this MSA or the applicable SOW, Tower or Service upon 90 days’ notice (or such earlier period of time as required by a Governmental Authority) to Cognizant if any change in Law, or an applicable Governmental Authority imposes a binding restriction or requirement that makes, or shall make, it impossible for NAIC Group to continue to receive the Services under an SOW; provided, however, that the MSA Contracting Parties shall negotiate in good faith a work around with respect to such change in Law or binding restriction or requirement during such 90 day period. In the event that such change in Law or issuance of guidance is due primarily to the actions of Cognizant Group, its Affiliates or agents (whether or not related to the Services), then such termination shall be treated as if it were a termination for cause.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

50


Section 19.09 Termination for Failure to Refresh Damages Cap . NAIC may terminate this MSA upon notice to Cognizant if the aggregate liability for claims asserted by NAIC under this MSA exceeds the Damages Cap and Cognizant does not agree to restore the Damages Cap to the amounts set forth in Section 17.01 within 30 days after receipt of notice thereof by NAIC.

Section 19.10 Termination for Force Majeure . NAIC may terminate this MSA or the applicable SOW, Tower or Service upon notice to Cognizant if a Force Majeure Event prevents, hinders or delays performance of a Service for more than 10 days after the date of such event.

Section 19.11 Other Terminations . In addition to the provisions of this Article, this MSA or the applicable SOW, Tower or Service may be terminated as provided in Section 2.03(2) Section 8.03(5) , Section 11.04(6) and Section 14.02(6) .

Section 19.12 Termination Fees . Except as set forth in an SOW, there shall be no termination fees in connection with a termination under this Agreement.

Section 19.13 Continuing Obligations . Any termination or expiration of this MSA, or an SOW, Tower or Service shall not relieve or release either Party from any rights, liabilities or obligations that may have accrued under the Law or this Agreement.

Section 19.14 Effect of Termination . In the event of a termination or expiration of this MSA, or an SOW, Tower or Service:

 

(1) Cognizant Group shall implement the Exit Plan in respect of the expired or terminated Services, upon NAIC’s request.

 

(2) Unless required in connection with NAIC Group’s receipt of any other Services, the rights granted to Cognizant in Section 7.01 shall terminate at NAIC’s direction and Cognizant Group shall (a) deliver to NAIC Group, at no cost or expense to NAIC Group, a current copy of the NAIC IP and (b) destroy or erase all other copies of the NAIC IP in Cognizant Group’s possession. Cognizant Group shall, upon NAIC’s request, certify in writing to NAIC, in a form reasonably acceptable to NAIC and executed by an authorized officer of Cognizant, that all such copies have been destroyed or erased.

 

(3) Cognizant Group shall be entitled to payment for the expired or terminated Services performed through the effective date of termination (including works in progress). Such payment shall be apportioned according to any deliverable payment milestones or fixed price arrangements if payment is other than on a time and materials basis. However, Cognizant Group shall not be entitled to any payment for deliverable milestones that have not been met if termination is by NAIC due to breach by Cognizant Group.

 

(4) Cognizant Group shall deliver to NAIC a copy of any applicable Cognizant IP (other than any third party Cognizant IP) licensed to NAIC Group for its use after the SOW Term in accordance with Section 7.02 .

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

51


(5) Cognizant Group shall (a) deliver to NAIC a copy of all Developed IP used in connection with the expired or terminated Services, in the form in use as of the date of termination or expiration and (b), unless required in connection with NAIC Group’s receipt of any other Services, destroy or erase all other copies of Developed IP in Cognizant Group’s possession. Cognizant Group shall, upon NAIC’s request, certify in writing to NAIC, in a form reasonably acceptable to NAIC and executed by an authorized officer of Cognizant, that all such copies have been destroyed or erased.

 

(6) Unless required in connection with NAIC Group’s receipt of any other Services, agreements for maintenance, business continuity, disaster recovery or other third party services used in connection with the expired or terminated Services, upon NAIC’s request, Cognizant Group shall transfer, assign or sublicense such third party agreements to NAIC or its designee and Cognizant Group shall reasonably assist NAIC to transfer or assign such agreements to NAIC or its new service provider, on terms and conditions acceptable to all applicable parties. The obligation in this Section 19.14(6) shall not apply to any “master service agreements” Cognizant Group may have with a third party that do not provide for such transfer; provided, however, that Cognizant provides notice to NAIC of such restriction prior to using such third party to provide Services and obtains NAIC’s approval to use such Cognizant IP to provide the Services.

 

(7) Unless required in connection with NAIC Group’s receipt of any Services, upon NAIC’s request, Cognizant Group shall sell (or assign) to NAIC or its new service provider the Cognizant Hardware owned (or leased) by Cognizant and used by Cognizant Group or Cognizant Agents primarily for the benefit of NAIC Group to perform the expired or terminated Services, free and clear of all liens, security interests or other encumbrances. If sold, the purchase price shall equal (on the date of transfer) the fair market value, as shall be determined by an agreed upon appraisal.

Section 19.15 Termination Assistance .

 

(1) If an SOW, Tower or Service terminates or expires, in whole or in part, for any reason (including termination by Cognizant Group pursuant to Section 19.02(3) ) NAIC Group may require Cognizant Group, for up to 24 months after the effective date of such termination or expiration, to: (a) continue to perform the terminated or expired Services (or portion thereof) under the applicable SOW; (b) reasonably cooperate with NAIC Group or another supplier designated by NAIC Group in the transfer of the Services to NAIC Group or such other supplier in order to facilitate the transfer of the Services to NAIC Group or such other supplier; and (c) perform any other services requested by NAIC Group to transfer the provision of the terminated or expired Services to NAIC Group or another supplier, including any services set forth in the Exit Plan and Exhibit 5 (the services in clauses (a) through (c), the “ Termination Assistance Services ”). The Termination Assistance Services shall be considered “Services” and shall be performed in accordance with this Agreement. If there are no established rates for the services in clause (c), the Parties shall negotiate rates for such services consistent with the Fees ( e.g. , comparable rates then-being paid by NAIC Group and at a discount that is consistent with any discount provided in the applicable SOW to Cognizant Group’s standard rates). There shall be no additional Fees for providing the reasonable cooperation described in clause (b) unless such cooperation requires additional resources over and above those used to provide the Services without causing disruption in the Services. During any Termination Assistance Period, the Termination Assistance Services shall be of the same quality, level of performance and scope as provided prior to termination, but not less than as required under this Agreement.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

52


(2) If an SOW is terminated by Cognizant in accordance with Section 19.02(3) , and NAIC Group fails to pay any undisputed amounts for the Termination Assistance Services under such SOW in accordance with Section 9.01 (or such other invoicing terms set forth in such SOW), then the invoicing terms set forth in Section 9.01 (or such SOW) shall be replaced with the provisions of this Section 19.15(2) with respect to the invoicing of Termination Assistance Services under such SOW during the remainder of the Termination Assistance Period. Cognizant may invoice NAIC up to 15 Business Days prior to the beginning of the next month and NAIC shall pay such invoice within 10 Business Days after receipt of such invoice. In the immediately following month, Cognizant shall true-up the Fees for the preceding month based on the amount of Termination Assistance Services actually consumed by NAIC Group. Cognizant shall charge or credit, as applicable, the amount of such true-up Fees on its next invoice to NAIC Group. If such credit is greater than the remaining payments under such SOW then NAIC Group shall receive a refund in an amount equal to such credit from Cognizant no later than 10 days after the applicable month. If NAIC Group fails to make any payments not otherwise disputed in good faith when due under this Section 19.15(2) , Cognizant Group shall not be required to perform the Termination Assistance Services under such SOW.

Section 19.16 Hiring of Service Delivery Organization . As of the date a determination is made that there shall be an expiration or termination pursuant to this Article, with respect to the then-current members of the Service Delivery Organization providing the expired or terminated Services (“ Affected Service Delivery Organization Member ”), Cognizant Group shall not terminate, reassign or otherwise remove from the Service Delivery Organization any Affected Service Delivery Organization Member (subject to Section 2.02 of Exhibit 5 ) and, upon NAIC Group’s request, Cognizant Group shall (1) provide NAIC Group with the name of each Affected Service Delivery Organization Member, his or her job description, (2) provide NAIC Group full access to such Affected Service Delivery Organization Member and (3) allow NAIC Group or its designee to meet with and extend offers of employment to (a) any Transferred Employee who is then-currently an Affected Service Delivery Organization Member and is dedicated to the account and (b) any Affected Service Delivery Organization Member fulfilling one of the roles described in the applicable SOW. Cognizant Group shall waive any restrictions that may prevent such Affected Service Delivery Organization Member from being hired by NAIC Group pursuant to this Section and Cognizant Group shall not provide any competing employment offer to any such Affected Service Delivery Organization Members and shall take such other actions reasonably requested by NAIC Group to cause such Affected Service Delivery Organization Member to seamlessly transfer to NAIC Group (or its designee); provided, however, that Cognizant Group shall not be liable under this MSA if an Affected Service Delivery Organization Member elects to continue his or her employment with Cognizant Group. Additionally, Cognizant Group shall not make any other material change to the terms or conditions of its employment of such Affected Service Delivery Organization Members other than such changes that are made in accordance with Cognizant Group’s normal personnel practices and cycles.

ARTICLE 20 FORCE MAJEURE, BUSINESS CONTINUITY AND DISASTER RECOVERY .

Section 20.01 Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery .

 

(1) Subject to Section 20.02 , if a Force Majeure Event or Business Continuity Event affects, or is reasonably like to affect, Cognizant Group’s ability to provide the Services, then Cognizant Group shall (a) immediately notify NAIC Group thereof and describe the event in reasonable detail, (b) implement the Business Continuity Plan and Disaster Recovery Plan at its cost and expense and (c) restore the Services in accordance with the Recovery Time Objectives. Cognizant Group shall keep NAIC actively informed during a Force Majeure Event or Business Continuity Event. Cognizant Group shall also maintain a log of each Force Majeure Event and Business Continuity Event, the impact of such event and the actions taken to address the event.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

53


(2) Upon prior notice to NAIC, Cognizant Group shall periodically, but no less than twice each year, test the operability of each Business Continuity Plan and Disaster Recovery Plan. Such tests shall include those business continuity or disaster recovery scenarios reasonable specified by NAIC (e.g. Level I, Level II, or Level III, as defined in the NAIC Policy “BCM Minimum Standards”) and, upon NAIC’s request, include integrated testing with NAIC’s business continuity and disaster recovery plans. Cognizant Group shall (a) provide NAIC Auditors with a then-current copy of the Business Continuity Plan and Disaster Recovery Plan, (b) permit NAIC Group to observe and participate in any test of the Business Continuity Plan or Disaster Recovery Plan, (c) provide NAIC Group with applicable portions of any internal reports with respect to any test of the Business Continuity Plan and Disaster Recovery Plan, (d) remediate any deficiencies identified in the Business Continuity Plan and Disaster Recovery Plan and (e) certify in writing to NAIC, in a form reasonably acceptable to NAIC and executed by an authorized officer of Cognizant, that the Business Continuity Plan and Disaster Recovery Plan have been tested and remediated in accordance with this Section. Cognizant Group shall cause (i) the then-current copy of the Business Continuity Plan and Disaster Recovery Plan to be available to NAIC Group at all times in written or electronic format and (ii) each Service Location to maintain a hardcopy of the Business Continuity Plan and Disaster Recovery Plan for such Service Location in a secure location within such Service Location.

 

(3) Prior to providing the Services from a Service Location, Cognizant Group shall develop a Business Continuity Plan and Disaster Recovery Plan for the Services to be provided from such Service Location. Each such plan shall (a) be developed to meet or exceed the Recovery Time Objectives applicable to the Services, (b) comply with NAIC Group’s policies for business continuity and disaster recovery and, unless waived by NAIC, include a redundant service location, uninterrupted power supply, redundant critical systems (including telephony) and such other requirements set forth in Exhibit 10 and (c) be subject to Acceptance by NAIC. Each Business Continuity Plan and Disaster Recovery Plan for Service Locations in the United States shall, subject to the terms of this Agreement, include telecommuting, if possible, by the affected Service Delivery Organization members.

 

(4) Cognizant Group shall cooperate with any continuity risk assessment or business impact analysis conducted by NAIC Group. If as a result of a request by NAIC Group or the outcome of such assessment or analysis, a change is required to be made to a Business Continuity Plan or Disaster Recovery Plan, Cognizant Group shall make such change pursuant to the Change Procedures.

 

(5) Cognizant Group shall establish a crisis management team at each Service Location and permit NAIC Group to designate individuals to participate as members of such team. The crisis management team shall meet quarterly and provide the minutes of such meeting to Cognizant Group. Upon NAIC Groups’ request, Cognizant shall designate members of the Service Delivery Organization to participate in NAIC Groups’ crisis management teams. In the event of a Force Majeure Event or Business Continuity Event, Cognizant Group shall implement its crisis management teams and cooperate with NAIC Groups’ crisis management teams.

Section 20.02 Force Majeure .

 

(1) To the extent performance by an Affected Party of any of its obligations under this Agreement is prevented, hindered or delayed by a Force Majeure Event, the Affected Party shall be excused for such non-performance, hindrance or delay for as long as such Force Majeure Event continues; provided, however, that: (a) such Force Majeure Event is beyond the control of the Affected Party and could not be prevented by appropriate precautions; (b) the Affected Party is diligently attempting to recommence performance (including through alternate means); and (c) Cognizant Group, if it is the Affected Party, is implementing the Business Continuity Plan and Disaster Recovery Plan, as applicable.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

54


(2) Notwithstanding Section 20.02(1) , the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event does not excuse, limit or otherwise affect Cognizant Group’s obligation to implement the Business Continuity Plan or Disaster Recovery Plan or to restore the Services in accordance with the Recovery Time Objectives, except to the extent that implementation of such Business Continuity Plan or Disaster Recovery Plan is directly prevented, hindered or delayed by a Force Majeure Event (and such Force Majeure Event was not contemplated by such Business Continuity Plan or Disaster Recovery Plan), in which case implementation of the Business Continuity Plan or Disaster Recovery Plan shall be excused pursuant to Section 20.02(1) .

For example, if a tornado at a primary Service Location (Site A) prevents Service delivery from such Service Location and a flood prevents Service delivery from Site A’s disaster recovery site (Site B), subject to the following sentence, Cognizant Group shall be excused from non-performance of the Service from such Service Locations due to a Force Majeure Event under Section 20.01(1) , assuming Cognizant continues to satisfy its obligations in Section 20.02(1)(b) . If, however, the Business Continuity Plan and Disaster Recovery Plan contemplated a category tornado at Site A and flood at Site B ( i.e. , the plans were designed to provide for recovery in spite of a tornado and flood impacting during the same period), then failure to implement the Business Continuity Plan and Disaster Recovery Plan or to recover the Service in accordance with the Recovery Time Objectives shall not be excused by the Force Majeure Event under Section 20.02(1) .

Section 20.03 Alternate Source . If any Force Majeure Event or Business Continuity Event prevents, hinders or delays performance of a Service for more than the applicable Recovery Time Objective set forth in the Business Continuity Plan or Disaster Recovery Plan (or, if no time frame is specified, more than 10 days after the date of such event), NAIC may authorize NAIC Group to procure such Services from an alternate source, or perform such Services for itself, and Cognizant Group shall reimburse NAIC Group for the reasonable costs and expenses in excess of the then-current Fees for such Services that are commercially reasonable under the circumstances and incurred by NAIC Group in procuring such Services, or NAIC Group’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in excess of the then-current Fees for such Services to the extent NAIC Group performs such Services for itself for up to sixty days; provided, however, that if NAIC provides notice of termination of an SOW with respect to such Services, Cognizant Groups’ obligation to reimburse NAIC Group under this Section shall cease as of the date of such notice.

Section 20.04 No Payment for Unperformed Services . If Cognizant Group fails to provide the Services in accordance with this MSA and an applicable SOW due to the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event or Business Continuity Event, the Fees shall be adjusted in a manner such that NAIC is not responsible for the payment of any Fees for Services that Cognizant Group (or an alternate source obtained by Cognizant Group) fails to provide.

Section 20.05 Allocation of Resources . Whenever a Force Majeure Event or Business Continuity Event or other business continuity event causes Cognizant Group to allocate limited resources between or among Cognizant Group’s customers, Cognizant Group shall not provide to any of its other customers priority over the Service Recipients, except to the extent required by applicable Law.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

55


ARTICLE 21 STEP-IN RIGHTS .

Section 21.01 Step-in Rights . In the event of (1) an uncured material breach with respect to the Services, (2) a material disruption with respect to a Service (including a disruption arising out of a Force Majeure Event or Business Continuity Event), (3) two of the same Service Level Defaults occurring in three consecutive months or five of the same Service Level Defaults occurring in any rolling 12 months or (4) NAIC Group is directed, or required, by Law or Governmental Authority to step in, NAIC Group may step in to supervise or direct (including by demonstrating), or designate a NAIC Agent to step in to supervise or direct (including by demonstrating), Cognizant Group’s performance of the impacted Services, until such time that Cognizant Group can demonstrate the ability to perform such Services without such supervision or direction (the date NAIC steps-in, the “ Step-In Date ”). NAIC Group’s exercise of its rights under this Section shall not constitute a waiver by NAIC Group of any rights it may have (including NAIC Group’s rights to terminate this MSA, an SOW, Tower or Service) before, on or after the Step-In Date. Cognizant Group shall cooperate with NAIC Group or NAIC Agent in respect of such step-in including by providing access to Software, Hardware and Service Locations and any other assistance and information requested by NAIC Group or NAIC Agent, including by providing NAIC Group or NAIC Agent space at the Cognizant Service Location. In the event NAIC Group exercises its right to terminate this MSA, an SOW, Tower or Service in connection with the events giving rise to a step-in, NAIC Group may initiate or continue to exercise its step-in rights during the Termination Assistance Period. Cognizant Group shall be liable for NAIC Group’s reasonable costs and expenses up to sixty (60) days incurred as a result of exercising its rights under this Section pursuant to: (a)  Section 21.01(1) ; (b)  Section 21.01(2) and Cognizant Group is unable to restore the Services within the Recovery Time Objectives (subject to 20.02(2)); (c)  Section 21.01(3) ; and (d)  Section 21.01(4) where such directive or requirement is due to the wrongful act or omission of Cognizant Group.

Section 21.02 Step-out .

 

(1) If NAIC Group exercised its step-in rights in accordance with Section 21.01 , NAIC Group may elect to cease exercising its right to step-in at any time by giving notice to Cognizant (“ Step-Out Notice ”).

 

(2) Within three Business Days after the Step-In Date, Cognizant Group shall develop a plan to demonstrate to NAIC Group how it shall resume the proper performance of the applicable Services (“ Step-Out Plan ”), and shall provide such Step-Out Plan to NAIC Group for approval. Approval by NAIC of the Step-Out Plan shall not constitute a waiver by NAIC Group of any rights it may have if Cognizant Group is unable to perform any of its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement after the Step-Out Date. The Step-Out Plan and delivery of the Services shall remain Cognizant Group’s responsibility.

 

(3) Following receipt and review of any Step-Out Plan, NAIC Group shall either (a) confirm the date for resumption of the affected Services by Cognizant Group as being the date set out in the Step-Out Notice or (b) revise the date to reflect the time to implement the Step-Out Plan and the state of readiness of Cognizant Group. The date notified by NAIC Group under clause (a) or clause (b) shall be the “ Step-Out Date ”. Once NAIC Group has notified Cognizant of a Step-Out Date, Cognizant Group shall devote all necessary resources to implement the Step-Out Plan such that delivery of the affected Services by Cognizant Group is restored to the Service Levels, and that the affected Services are delivered in accordance with all other provisions of this Agreement, from the Step-Out Date.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

56


(4) During any step-in period, the MSA Contracting Parties shall meet at least weekly to discuss progress toward remedying the event which gave rise to exercise of the step-in right, including deciding whether or not Cognizant Group can resume performance of the affected Services. By exercising its right to step-in NAIC Group shall not, and shall not be deemed to, assume any obligation to resolve the event giving rise to its right to step-in or relieve Cognizant of any obligation or liability in relation to that event or relieve Cognizant of any of its other obligations or liabilities under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 22 MISCELLANEOUS .

Section 22.01 Amendment . No amendment of this MSA or an SOW shall be valid unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the MSA Contracting Parties (as designated by each entity from time-to-time).

Section 22.02 Assignment . Neither MSA Contracting Party shall assign this MSA or an SOW, or any amounts payable pursuant to this MSA or an SOW, without the consent of the other; provided, however, that NAIC may assign this MSA or an SOW to: (1) an entity acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of NAIC; (2) the successor in any merger involving NAIC; or (3) an Affiliate of NAIC; provided, however, that, in each case, such entity agrees in writing to assume and be bound by all obligations of NAIC under this MSA or the applicable SOW. This MSA shall be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the MSA Contracting Parties. Any assignment in violation of this Section shall be null and void ab initio .

Section 22.03 Consents, Approvals and Requests . Except as specifically set forth in this MSA or an SOW, all consents, acceptances and approvals to be given by either Party under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and each Party shall make only reasonable requests under this Agreement.

Section 22.04 Counterparts . This MSA may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one single agreement between the Parties.

Section 22.05 Entire Agreement . This MSA supersedes all prior discussions and agreements between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and represents the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to that subject matter.

Section 22.06 Export . Each Party shall comply with all Export Controls. Prior to providing Cognizant with access to any technology or material (including data) in connection with the Services, NAIC Group shall promptly notify Cognizant of any technology or material that is subject to any classification other than EAR99 (or its non-U.S. equivalent) and, in such event, will (with cooperation and assistance from Cognizant Group): (1) identify the Export Controls (e.g. EAR or ITAR) and classifications (e.g. ECCN) applicable to such technology and materials, including any required third party licenses, consents or authorizations; (2) notify Cognizant of such Export Controls; and (3) obtain any such required third party licenses, consents or authorizations or, if and as requested by Cognizant Group, cooperate with and assist Cognizant Group in obtaining such third party licenses, consents or authorizations. Cognizant Group agrees to notify NAIC Group of any technology, technical data or information that it will provide to NAIC Group pursuant to this Agreement that is subject to control under applicable export regulations under any classification other than EAR99 (or its non-U.S. equivalent) and, in such event, will (a) identify the Export Controls (e.g. EAR or ITAR) and classifications (e.g. ECCN) applicable to such technology and materials, including any required third party licenses, consents or authorizations; (b) notify NAIC of such Export Controls; (c) obtain any such required third party licenses, consents or authorizations or, if and as requested by NAIC Group, cooperate with and assist NAIC Group in obtaining such third party licenses, consents or authorizations; and (d) provide any copies of such licenses, consents or authorizations requested by NAIC Group to demonstrate compliance with the Export Controls. In addition, Cognizant Group shall not access any NAIC Data from a country embargoed by the U.S.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

57


Section 22.07 Good Faith and Fair Dealing . Except where explicitly stated otherwise ( e.g. , use of “sole discretion”), the performance of all obligations and exercise of all rights by each Party shall be governed by the principle of good faith and fair dealing and by a commercially reasonable standard.

Section 22.08 Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such State, without regard to the conflicts of law principles of such State. Each Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of (1) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and (2) the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement. Each Party hereby agrees to commence any such action, suit or proceeding in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if such suit, action or other proceeding cannot be brought in such court for jurisdictional reasons, to commence such suit, action or other proceeding in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to such Party’s respective address set forth in Section 22.13 shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding in New York with respect to any matters to which it has submitted to jurisdiction in this Agreement. Each Party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement in (a) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or (b) the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, and hereby and thereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each Party hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect to any litigation directly or indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement.

Section 22.09 Continued Performance . Each Party agrees to continue performing its obligations under this MSA and any SOWs while a dispute is being resolved except to the extent the issue in dispute precludes performance (dispute over payment shall not be deemed to preclude performance) and without limiting either Party’s right to terminate this MSA an SOW, Tower or Service as provided in Article 19 .

Section 22.10 Independent Contractor . Cognizant Group is an independent contractor with respect to NAIC Group. Officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors retained by or on behalf of Cognizant Group to perform Cognizant Group’s obligations under this Agreement shall at all times be under Cognizant Group’s exclusive direction and control and shall in no way be deemed to be an employee, agent or contractor of NAIC Group.

Section 22.11 No Co-Employment . Cognizant Group agrees and acknowledges, for itself and for the Service Delivery Organization, that:

 

(1) The members of the Service Delivery Organization shall not be entitled to any benefits provided to employees of NAIC Group or its Affiliates, whether consisting of participation in an employee retirement, pension, supplemental compensation, defined contribution or similar plan; workers’ compensation; disability or other similar benefits; unemployment or other similar insurance or otherwise. Cognizant Group shall be responsible for providing all of the members of the Service Delivery Organization with all such benefits as may be required by Law or by the terms of any employee retirement, pension, supplemental compensation, defined contribution or similar plan in or to which Cognizant Group or any member of the Service Delivery Organization participates or contributes.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

58


(2) NAIC Group shall not be responsible for, and Cognizant Group shall be exclusively responsible for, making payment of wages, salary or bonus or other amounts to the members of the Service Delivery Organization, and for withholding from such members all such amounts and making payments to the appropriate Governmental Authorities for any and all statutory withholdings and other amounts in connection with any and all governmental taxes or fees. NAIC Group shall further not be responsible for, and Cognizant Group shall be exclusively responsible for, any withholdings from payments to the Service Delivery Organization with respect to payments to any union, club or other organization of or to which Cognizant Group or any member of the Service Delivery Organization is a member or may be subject, or any employee retirement, pension, supplemental compensation, defined contribution or similar plan in or to which either Cognizant Group or any member of the Service Delivery Organization participates or contributes.

 

(3) Cognizant Group acknowledges and agrees that NAIC Group shall have no responsibility for verifying the work authorization status of any of the members of the Service Delivery Organization.

Section 22.12 Non-Solicitation . Except as otherwise set forth in Section 19.16 and any transfer of employees expressly described in an SOW, during the MSA Term and for a period of 12 months following the termination or expiration of this MSA, each Party agrees not to, without the consent of the other Party, directly or indirectly, solicit for employment, hire or establish any consultancy or other working engagement with any employee of the other Party; provided, however, that nothing herein shall prevent either Party from (1) engaging in or using general solicitations to the public, general advertising, placement firm searches or similar means not directed or targeted at employees of the other Party and their Affiliates or (2) hiring any employee of the other Party (a) whose employment with such other Party has been terminated for at least 60 days prior to such hire or (b) who initiates contact with a Party in response to indirect means such as general solicitations to the public, general advertisement, placement firm searches or similar means not directed or targeted at such employee. If NAIC Group hires an employee of Cognizant Group in accordance with this Section during the term of the MSA, NAIC Group agrees not to have such employee manage Cognizant Groups’ performance under an SOW. In the event a Cognizant Group employee located in India or the Philippines responds to a general solicitation for work to be performed in India or the Philippines, within 6 months after the termination or expiration of this MSA, NAIC Group agrees to discuss with Cognizant Group in good faith whether the right to hire may be waived for such employee.

Section 22.13 Notices . All notices, requests, consents, approvals, agreements, authorizations, acceptances, rejections and waivers under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when: (1) delivered by hand or private, prepaid courier service to the person specified for the receiving MSA Contracting Party at the address specified; or (2) mailed to that addressee at that address by a nationally recognized express mail carrier with package tracking capability or certified mail, return receipt requested, with postage fully prepaid. The MSA Contracting Parties may change the address or person for notification upon 10 days’ notice to the other. The initial notification information is:

 

    For NAIC Group:    For Cognizant Group:

ING North America Insurance Corporation

230 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10169

Attention: Head of Business Transformation

  

        Cognizant Technology Solutions U.S. Corporation

        500 Frank W. Burr Blvd.

        Teaneck, New Jersey 07666

        Attention: General Counsel

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

59


    With a copy to:    With a copy to:

ING North America Insurance Corporation

230 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10169

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

  

        Cognizant Technology Solutions U.S. Corporation

        500 Frank W. Burr Blvd.

        Teaneck, New Jersey 07666

        Attention: Chief Financial Officer

    With a copy to:     

ING North America Insurance Corporation

20 Washington Avenue South

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401

Attn: Director of Strategic Sourcing

  

Except as expressly permitted in this Agreement, an electronic mail message does not satisfy any requirement in this Agreement that a notice, consent, approval, agreement, authorization, acceptance, rejection or waiver must be in writing or signed by any person or Party, or any similar requirement.

Section 22.14 Publicity . Neither Party shall (1) use the name, trade name, trademarks, service marks or logos of the other Party in any publicity releases, news releases, annual reports, marketing materials, product packaging, signage, stationary, print literature, advertising or websites, (2) represent (directly or indirectly) that any product or service offered by the Party has been used, approved or endorsed by the other Party or (3) make any sort of public communication regarding the other Party, this Agreement, without the consent of the other Party, in each instance, which the other Party may withhold in its sole discretion.

Section 22.15 Remedies Cumulative . No specific remedy under this MSA shall limit a Contracting Party’s right to exercise all other remedies available to such Contracting Party under Law, in equity or under this Agreement, and all such remedies shall be cumulative.

Section 22.16 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be contrary to law, then the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, except to the extent such remaining provisions are not capable of substantial performance as a result of such holding.

Section 22.17 Survival . Article 6, Article 7, Article 9, Article 10, Article 12, Article 13, Article 15 (to the extent relating to a breach occurring during the Term), Article 16, Article 17, Section 3.14, Section 8.01, Section 11.03, Section 12.02 (for so long as any records are required to be retained pursuant to this MSA), Section 19.12, Section 19.14, Section 19.15, Section 19.16, Section 22.08, Section 22.12, Section 22.13, Section 22.14, this Section, Section 22.18 and any other provisions, Sections or Articles that by their nature are necessary to survive the expiration or termination of this MSA and any SOW for any reason shall survive the expiration or termination of this MSA or any SOW.

Section 22.18 Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Parties and their permitted assigns and each such Party intends that this Agreement shall not benefit, or create any right or cause of action in or on behalf of, any person or entity other than the Parties, their permitted assigns, and with respect to Article 16 , the NAIC Indemnified Parties and Cognizant Indemnified Parties.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

60


Section 22.19 Waiver . No delay or omission by any Party to exercise any right or power it has under this Agreement shall impair or be construed as a waiver of such right or power. A waiver by any Party of any breach or obligation shall not be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach or any other obligation.

Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows.

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

61


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the authorized representatives of the MSA Contracting Parties have executed this MSA as of the MSA Effective Date.

 

ING NORTH AMERICA INSURANCE
CORPORATION
      COGNIZANT TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS U.S. CORPORATION
by:  

 

      by:  

 

name:  

 

      name:  

 

title:  

 

      title:  

 

by:  

 

       
name:  

 

       
title:  

 

       

 

 

– NAIC Confidential –

 

Exhibit 10.31

TAX SHARING AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into by and between ING AMERICA INSURANCE HOLDINGS, INC. (“ING”) and each of its undersigned subsidiaries (the “Subsidiaries”, or in the singular “Subsidiary”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, ING and/or some or all of the Subsidiaries may join in the filing of a state or local tax return on a consolidated, combined or unitary basis; and

WHEREAS, it is desirable for the Subsidiaries and ING to enter into this Tax Sharing Agreement (“Agreement”) to provide for the manner of computation of the amounts and timing of payments among them, and various related matters;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements contained herein and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Applicability

The parties intend that the provisions of this Agreement shall apply to situations in which a state or local franchise, income tax or other tax return based on, or measured by, net income (“state or local income tax return”) is filed on behalf of more than one party to this Agreement on a consolidated, combined, or unitary basis (each company participating in such a return is referred to herein as a “Group Member”). ING is hereby authorized to determine, in its sole discretion, whether any of the Subsidiaries will be included in the filing of a consolidated, combined, or unitary state or local income tax return, or whether any Subsidiary will file a separate, stand-alone state or local income tax. return, in states where the choice is available.

 

2. Allocation of Liability

For each taxable year during which a consolidated, combined or unitary state or local income tax return is filed, each Group Member will pay to the Designated Lead Company of such group an amount determined as follows:

i.) Where the tax liability of the group of companies is calculated by reference to the consolidated, combined, or unitary apportionment or allocation factors of the group as a whole, the amount of tax liability payable by each Group Member will be determined on the basis of its proportional share of the total group’s apportionment or allocation factor. Each Group Member generating tax losses or credits, including any carryovers thereof, will be paid for such losses or credits as they are recognized and actually utilized to reduce the total tax liability of the group.

ii.) Where the tax liability of the group of companies is calculated for each Group Member on a separate company basis utilizing separate company apportionment or allocation factors, the amount of tax liability payable by each Group Member will be an amount equal to its separate company tax liability. Separate company losses or credits, and any carryovers thereof, will only be recognized and paid for at the time, and to the extent, that they are utilized in the reduction of the consolidated, combined or unitary taxable income of the group.


iii.) In those situations in which ING or any of the Subsidiaries files separate, stand-alone state or local income tax returns, each such party will be solely responsible for all taxes, additions to tax, penalties, and interest associated with such stand-alone filings.

iv.) Unless specifically approved in writing, all payments made pursuant to this Agreement by a Group Member shall be made by that Group Member, and not by any other company or business unit on its behalf.

 

3. Separate Return Years

To the extent any portion of a tax loss or credit of a consolidated, combined or unitary group is carried back or carried forward to a separate return year of a Group Member (whether by operation of law or at the discretion of the Designated Lead Company) the Group Member shall not be entitled to payment from the Designated Lead Company with respect thereto. This shall be the case whether or not the Group Member actually receives payment for the benefit of such tax loss or credit from the applicable tax authority or otherwise.

 

4. Installment Payments

 

  a. During and following a taxable year in which Group Members are included in a state or local income tax return filed on a consolidated, combined or unitary basis, each shall pay to the Designated Lead Company, or receive from the Designated Lead Company, as the case may be, installment payments of the amount determined pursuant to section 2 of this Agreement. Payments shall made by or to each Group Member in amounts that produce, on a group basis, cumulative installments consistent with the payment rules of the applicable taxing authority. Payments shall be made to/by each Group Member to/by the Designated Lead Company within 30 days of the installment payment date mandated by the applicable taxing authority. The Designated Lead Company may revise the schedule of installment payments set forth in this paragraph, and may provide for annual rather than quarterly payments in cases where amounts due fall below a certain threshold, although any such change shall be prospective and shall not take effect prior to written notice to the Group Members.

 

  b. The Designated Lead Company shall pay to the applicable taxing authority all required installments of state or local estimated taxes pursuant to applicable provisions of state or local law on behalf of itself and each Group Member. The Designated Lead Company shall have the sole right to determine the amount of each such tax payment with respect to the group’s tax liability for the taxable year.

 

  c. Should the amount of any tax payment made by the Designated Lead Company under this section to the taxing authority exceed the sum of installment payments made by all Group Members for any corresponding installment date, the Designated Lead Company may, in its sole discretion, determine each Group Member’s fair and reasonable share of that excess, and notify each Group Member thereof. The amount of such excess amount shall be paid over to the Designated Lead Company within 15 business days of the date of notification.

 

  d. If a penalty or an addition to tax for underpayment of estimated taxes is imposed on the group with respect to any required installment under applicable state or local law, the Designated Lead Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine the amount of each Group Member’s share of such penalty or addition to tax, which amount shall be paid over to the Designated Lead Company within 15 business days of the date of notification.

 

-2-


5. ADJUSTED RETURNS

If any adjustments are made to the consolidated, combined or unitary returns for a taxable year, whether by reason of the filing of an amended return, or a claim for refund with respect to such taxable year, or an audit with respect to such taxable year, the amounts due under this Agreement for such taxable year shall be redetermined by the Designated Lead Company taking into account such adjustments. If, as a result of such redetermination, any amounts due under this Agreement shall differ from the amounts previously paid, then, except as provided in section 6 hereof, payment of such difference shall be made by each Group Member to the Designated Lead Company, or by the Designated Lead Company to the Group Member, as the case may be, (a) in the case of an adjustment resulting in a refund or credit, not later than thirty (30) days after the date on which such refund is received or credit is allowed with respect to such adjustment or (b) in the case of an adjustment resulting in the assertion of a deficiency, not later than thirty (30) days after the Group Member is notified of the deficiency. Any amounts due to or from a Group Member under this section shall be determined with respect to such refund or deficiency taking into account any penalties, interest or other additions to tax which may be imposed. ING shall indemnify each Subsidiary in the event the taxing authority levies upon such Subsidiary’s assets for unpaid taxes in excess of the amount required to be paid by such Subsidiary in relation to a consolidated, combined or unitary return filed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

6. PROCEDURAL MATTERS

The Designated Lead Company shall prepare and file the consolidated, combined or unitary state or local return and any other returns, documents or statements required to be filed with the appropriate jurisdiction, with respect to the determination of the tax liability of the filing group. In its sole discretion, the Designated Lead Company shall have the right with respect to any return which it has filed or will file, (a) to determine (i) the manner in which such returns, documents or statements shall be prepared and filed, including, without limitation, the manner in which any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit shall be reported, (ii) whether any extensions may be requested and (iii) the elections that will be made by any Group Member, (b) to contest, compromise or settle any adjustment or deficiency proposed, asserted or assessed as a result of any audit of such returns by the taxing authority, (c) to file, prosecute, compromise or settle any claim for refund and (d) to determine whether any refunds to which the filing group may be entitled shall be paid by way of refund or credited against the tax liability of the group. Each Group Member hereby irrevocably appoints the Designated Lead Company as its agent and attorney-in-fact to take such action (including the execution of documents) as the Designated Lead Company may deem appropriate to effect the foregoing.

 

-3-


7. ADDITIONAL MEMBERS

If future subsidiaries are acquired or created and they participate in the consolidated, combined or unitary filing, such subsidiaries shall join in and be bound by this Agreement. This section will also apply to subsidiaries that are not eligible immediately to join the filing group, when they become eligible to join the filing group.

 

8. COMPANIES LEAVING GROUP

Except as specifically treated to the contrary herein, a Group Member shall be treated as having withdrawn from this Agreement upon the signing of a letter of intent or a definitive agreement to sell the Group Member. Amounts payable to or receivable from Designated Lead Company shall be recomputed with respect to the withdrawing Group Member, including an estimate of the remaining taxes actually payable or receivable upon the filing of the tax return for the year of withdrawal, as of the last day such Group Member is a member of the group. Any amounts so computed as due to or from the Designated Lead Company to or from Group Member shall be paid prior to its leaving the group, provided, however, that any deficiency or excess of taxes determined on the basis of the tax return filed for the year of withdrawal, and paid to or from Designated Lead Company related to the tax liability of the withdrawing Group Member for the portion of the year of withdrawal during which it had been a member of the affiliated group, shall be settled not later than November 15 of the year following the year of the date of withdrawal.

The extent to which Designated Lead Company or such Group Member is entitled to any other payments as a result of adjustments, as provided in section 5 hereof, determined after such Group Member has left the affiliated group but affecting any taxable year during which this Agreement was in effect with respect to the Designated Lead Company and such Group Member, shall be provided for pursuant to a separate written agreement between ING and the former Group Member or its new owner, or in the absence of such agreement, pursuant to the provision of section 5 hereof. Tax benefits arising from the carry back of losses or credits of the former Group Member to tax years during which it was a member of the group shall not be refunded to the Group Member, unless specifically provided for pursuant to a separate written agreement between ING and the former Group Member, or its new owner.

 

9. BOOKS AND RECORDS

The books, accounts and records of ING and the Subsidiaries shall be maintained so as to provide clearly and accurately the information required for the operation of this Agreement. Notwithstanding termination of this Agreement, all materials including, but not limited to, returns, supporting schedules, workpapers, correspondence and other documents relating to the combined, consolidated or unitary tax return shall be made available to ING and/or any Subsidiary during regular business hours. Records will be retained by ING and by each Subsidiary, in a manner satisfactory to ING, adequate to comply with any audit request by the appropriate State or local taxing authority, and, in any event to comply with any record retention agreement entered into by ING or any Subsidiary with such taxing authority.

 

-4-


10. ESCROW AGREEMENTS

The parties hereto agree that, to the extent required by applicable law, they shall enter into and file with appropriate jurisdictions any escrow agreements or similar contractual arrangements with respect to the taxes covered by this Agreement. The terms of such agreements shall, to the extent set forth therein, and with respect to the parties thereto, prevail over the terms of this Agreement.

 

11. TERMINATION

This Agreement shall be terminated if ING and the Subsidiaries agree in writing to such termination.

 

12. ADMINISTRATION

This Agreement shall be administered by the Vice President of Taxes of ING or, in his/her absence, by any other officer of ING so designated by the Controller of ING. Disputes between ING and any Subsidiary shall be resolved by the Vice President of Taxes of ING or other designated officer and the senior financial officer of each Subsidiary involved in the dispute. Should ING, in its sole discretion, determine that any provision of this Agreement cannot be applied practicably to any item or any part of any state or local income tax return, ING shall apply a reasonable rule of operation in such situation, as determined in its sole discretion, but predicated on the principle of equitable sharing of the tax impact of such item among those parties included in the tax return responsible for such tax impact. ING and the Subsidiaries each agree to indemnify any party to this agreement for any loss or other injury sustained as a result of errors or omissions committed by ING or one of the Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement.

 

13. PERIOD COVERED

This Agreement shall be effective with respect to each party thereto upon signing by such party, and shall supersede all previous agreements between ING and any Subsidiary with respect to the matters contained herein and such previous agreement shall thereupon terminate. The Agreement shall apply to the taxable year 2001, to all prior taxable years which are open to adjustments as provided in section 5 hereof (to the extent not subject to any separate tax sharing agreement) and to all subsequent periods unless and until amended or terminated, as provided in section 11 hereof.

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Tax Sharing Agreement.

 

ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc.     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Treasurer
Cyberlink Development, LLC     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
GAC Capital, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Boyd G. Combs

      Name:   Boyd G. Combs
      Title:   Senior Vice President, Tax
ING America Life Corporation     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
ING Fund Services Co., LLC     By:  

/s/ Lydia L. Homer

      Name:   Lydia L. Homer
      Title:   Senior Vice President and Controller
ING Mutual Funds Management Co., LLC (merged into ING Investments, LLC in 2001)     By:  

/s/ Lydia L. Homer

      Name:   Lydia L. Homer
      Title:   Senior Vice President and Controller
ING North America Insurance Corporation     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
Life of Georgia Agency, Inc.     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
Life Insurance Company of Georgia     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
Lion Custom Investments, LLC     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
Lion II Custom Investments, LLC     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
MIA Office Americas, Inc.     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

 

-1-


Orange Investment Enterprises, Inc.     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
QuickQuote, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Boyd G. Combs

      Name:   Boyd G. Combs
      Title:   Senior Vice President, Tax
QuickQuote Financial, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Eric Banta

      Name:   Eric Banta
      Title:   Assistant Secretary
QuickQuote Systems, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Eric Banta

      Name:   Eric Banta
      Title:   Assistant Secretary
Southland Life Insurance Company     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
Springstreet Associates, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Boyd G. Combs

      Name:   Boyd G. Combs
      Title:   Senior Vice President, Tax
First Columbine Life Insurance Company     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
First Secured Mortgage Deposit Corporation     By:  

/s/ Jeffrey William Seel

      Name:   Jeffrey William Seel
      Title:   President and Director
First ING Life Insurance Company of New York     By:  

/s/ Eric Banta

      Name:   Eric G. Banta
      Title:   Secretary
ING America Equities, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Paula Cludray-Engelke

      Name:   Paula Cludray-Engelke
      Title:   Secretary
Midwestern United Life Insurance Company     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
Security Life of Denver Insurance Company     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

 

-2-


Security Life Assignment Corporation     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
UC Mortgage Corp     By:  

/s/ Boyd G. Combs

      Name:   Boyd G. Combs
      Title:   Senior Vice President, Tax
ING Brokers Network, LLC (fka ING Advisors Network, Inc.)     By:  

/s/ John S. Simmers

      Name:   John S. Simmers
      Title:   Director
ING Insurance Agency, Inc.     By:  

/s/ John S. Simmers

      Name:   John S. Simmers
      Title:   Chief Executive Officer
IFG Advisory Services, Inc. (aka Associated Financial Planners, Inc.)     By:  

/s/ Glenn Black

      Name:   Glenn Black
      Title:   Vice President, Taxation
Carnegie Financial Corporation     By:  

/s/ E. Paul Stewart

      Name:   E. Paul Stewart
      Title:   Treasurer
Carnegie Securities Corporation     By:  

/s/ E. Paul Stewart

      Name:   E. Paul Stewart
      Title:   Treasurer
Compulife Agency, Inc.     By:  

/s/ E. Paul Stewart

      Name:   E. Paul Stewart
      Title:   Treasurer
Compulife, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Boyd G. Combs

      Name:   Boyd G. Combs
      Title:   Senior Vice President, Tax
Compulife Investor Services, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Tax Officer
IFG Advisory, Inc.     By:  

/s/ E. Paul Stewart

      Name:   E. Paul Stewart
      Title:   Treasurer
IFG Agency, Inc.     By:  

/s/ E. Paul Stewart

      Name:   E. Paul Stewart
      Title:   Treasurer

 

-3-


IFG Agency of Ohio, Inc.     By:  

/s/ E. Paul Stewart

      Name:   E. Paul Stewart
      Title:   Treasurer
IFG Brokerage Corp.     By:  

/s/ E. Paul Stewart

      Name:   E. Paul Stewart
      Title:   Treasurer
IFG Insurance Agency of Massachusetts, Inc.     By:  

/s/ E. Paul Stewart

      Name:   E. Paul Stewart
      Title:   Treasurer
IFG Insurance Services, Inc.     By:  

/s/ E. Paul Stewart

      Name:   E. Paul Stewart
      Title:   Treasurer
IFG Insurance Services of Alabama, Inc.     By:  

/s/ E. Paul Stewart

      Name:   E. Paul Stewart
      Title:   Treasurer
IFG Network, Inc.     By:  

/s/ E. Paul Stewart

      Name:   E. Paul Stewart
      Title:   Treasurer
IFG Network Securities, LLC     By:  

/s/ Glenn Black

      Name:   Glenn Black
      Title:   Vice President and Tax Officer
IFG Services, Inc.     By:  

/s/ E. Paul Stewart

      Name:   E. Paul Stewart
      Title:   Treasurer
Investors Financial Group, LLC     By:  

/s/ E. Paul Stewart

      Name:   E. Paul Stewart
      Title:   Treasurer
Investors Financial Planning, Inc.     By:  

/s/ E. Paul Stewart

      Name:   E. Paul Stewart
      Title:   Treasurer
National Alliance for Independent Portfolio Managers, Inc.     By:  

/s/ E. Paul Stewart

      Name:   E. Paul Stewart
      Title:   Treasurer
Pennington, Bass & Associates, Inc.     By:  

/s/ E. Paul Stewart

      Name:   E. Paul Stewart
      Title:   Treasurer

 

-4-


Planned Investments, Inc.     By:  

/s/ E. Paul Stewart

      Name:   E. Paul Stewart
      Title:   Treasurer
Planned Investment Resources, Inc.     By:  

/s/ E. Paul Stewart

      Name:   E. Paul Stewart
      Title:   Treasurer
MFSC Insurance Agency of California, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Douglas G. Temple-Trujillo

      Name:   Douglas G. Temple-Trujillo
      Title:   Director
MFSC Insurance Agency of Massachusetts, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Boyd G. Combs

      Name:   Boyd G. Combs
      Title:   Senior Vice President, Tax
MFSC Insurance Agency of Nevada, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Douglas G. Temple-Trujillo

      Name:   Douglas G. Temple-Trujillo
      Title:   Director
MFSC Insurance Agency of Ohio, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Douglas G. Temple-Trujillo

      Name:   Douglas G. Temple-Trujillo
      Title:   Director
MFSC Insurance Agency of Texas, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Boyd G. Combs

      Name:   Boyd G. Combs
      Title:   Senior Vice President, Tax
MFSC Insurance Agency of Texas, Inc.     By:  

/s/ John S. Simmers

      Name:   John S. Simmers
      Title:   Director
Multi-Financial Group, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Douglas G. Temple-Trujillo

      Name:   Douglas G. Temple-Trujillo
      Title:   Director
Multi-Financial Securities Corporation     By:  

/s/ Douglas G. Temple-Trujillo

      Name:   Douglas G. Temple-Trujillo
      Title:   Director
PMG Agency, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Luke F. Baum

      Name:   Luke F. Baum
      Title:   Vice President
VESTAX Capital Corporation     By:  

/s/ Valerie G. Brown

      Name:   Valerie G. Brown
      Title:   Director

 

-5-


VESTAX Securities Corporation     By:  

/s/ Luke F. Baum

      Name:   Luke F. Baum
      Title:   Vice President,
        Chief Operating Officer and SROP
VTX Agency, Inc.     By:  

/s/ R. Jack Conley

      Name:   R. Jack Conley
      Title:   Vice President,
        Secretary and Treasurer
VTX Agency of Massachusetts, Inc.     By:  

/s/ R. Jack Conley

      Name:   R. Jack Conley
      Title:   Vice President,
        Secretary and Treasurer
VTX Agency of Michigan, Inc.     By:  

/s/ R. Jack Conley

      Name:   R. Jack Conley
      Title:   Vice President,
        Secretary and Treasurer
VTX Agency of Texas, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Luke F. Baum

      Name:   Luke F. Baum
      Title:   President, Secretary and Treasurer
ING Payroll Management, Inc.     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Treasurer
Directed Services, Inc.     By:  

/s/ David Lee Jacobson

      Name:   David Lee Jacobson
      Title:   Senior Vice President and Assistant
        Secretary
Equitable of Iowa Companies, Inc.     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
ING Funds Distributor, Inc. (fka ING Pilgrim Securities, Inc.; fka Pilgrim Securities, Inc.)     By:  

/s/ Lydia L. Homer

      Name:   Lydia L. Homer
      Title:   Senior Vice President and Controller
Locust Street Securities, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Jacqueline C. Conley

      Name:   Jacqueline C. Conley
      Title:   Vice President, Compliance
LSSI, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Jacqueline C. Conley

      Name:   Jacqueline C. Conley
      Title:   Secretary

 

-6-


LSSI Massachusetts Insurance Agency, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Karl Lindberg

      Name:   Karl Lindberg
      Title:   President and Secretary
LSSI North Carolina, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Karl Lindberg

      Name:   Karl Lindberg
      Title:   President and Secretary
LSSI Nevada, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Jacqueline C. Conley

      Name:   Jacqueline C. Conley
      Title:   Secretary
LSSI Ohio Agency, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Karl Lindberg

      Name:   Karl S. Lindberg
      Title:   Vice President and Secretary
LSSI Texas, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Jacqueline C. Conley

      Name:   Jacqueline C. Conley
      Title:   Secretary
ReliaStar Financial Corp.     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
Bancwest Insurance Agency, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Paula Cludray-Engelke

      Name:   Paula Cludray-Engelke
      Title:   Assistant Secretary
Washington Square Securities, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Tax Officer
Washington Square Insurance Agency, Inc. (MA)     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Tax Officer
Washington Square Insurance Agency, Inc. (TX)     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Tax Officer
Washington Square Insurance Agency, Inc. (NM)     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Tax Officer
Washington Square Insurance Agency, Inc. (OH)     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Tax Officer

 

-7-


PrimeVest Financial Services, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Tax Officer
PrimeVest Insurance Agency of Alabama, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Mass

      Name:   Kevin P. Mass
      Title:   Secretary
PrimeVest Insurance Agency of New Mexico, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Mass

      Name:   Kevin P. Mass
      Title:   Secretary
PrimeVest Insurance Agency of Ohio, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Mass

      Name:   Kevin P. Mass
      Title:   Secretary
PrimeVest Insurance Agency of Oklahoma, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Mass

      Name:   Kevin P. Mass
      Title:   Secretary
Prime Vest Insurance Agency of Texas, Inc.     By:  

/s/ LeAnn Rummel McCool

      Name:   LeAnn Rummel McCool
      Title:   Sole Director and President,
        Secretary and Treasurer
Branson Insurance Agency, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Mass

      Name:   Kevin P. Mass
      Title:   Secretary
Express America TC, Inc .     By:  

/s/ Lydia L. Homer

      Name:   Lydia L. Homer
      Title:   Senior Vice President and Controller
EAMC Liquidation Corp.     By:  

/s/ Lydia L. Homer

      Name:   Lydia L. Homer
      Title:   Senior Vice President and Controller
Granite Investment Services, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Tax Officer
ReliaStar Investment Research, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Tax Officer
ReliaStar Payroll Agent, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Paula Cludray-Engelke

      Name:   Paula Cludray-Engelke
      Title:   Secretary

 

-8-


ING Capital Corporation, LLC (fka ING Pilgrim Capital Corporation; fka Pilgrim Capital Corporation; fka Pilgrim Holdings Corporation)     By:  

/s/ Lydia L. Homer

      Name:   Lydia L. Homer
      Title:   Senior Vice President and Controller
ING Pilgrim Funding, Inc. (fka Pilgrim Funding, Inc.)     By:  

/s/ Lydia L. Homer

      Name:   Lydia L. Homer
      Title:   Senior Vice President and Controller
ING Funds Services, LLC (fka ING Pilgrim Group, LLC; fka Pilgrim Group, LLC)     By:  

/s/ Lydia L. Homer

      Name:   Lydia L. Homer
      Title:   Senior Vice President and Controller
ING Investments, LLC (fka ING Pilgrim Investments, LLC; fka Pilgrim Investments, Inc.)     By:  

/s/ Lydia L. Homer

      Name:   Lydia L. Homer
      Title:   Senior Vice President and Controller
ING Re Underwriters, Inc. (fka ReliaStar Managing Underwriters, Inc.)     By:  

/s/ Paula Cludray-Engelke

      Name:   Paula Cludray-Engelke
      Title:   Secretary
ING National Trust (fka ReliaStar National Trust Company)     By:  

/s/ Robert J. Scalise

      Name:   Robert J. Scalise
      Title:   Assistant Vice President, Finance
Northeastern Corporation     By:  

/s/ Boyd G. Combs

      Name:   Boyd G. Combs
      Title:   Senior Vice President, Tax
Sucessful Money Management Seminars, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Duane Pfaff

      Name:   Duane Pfaff
      Title:   Vice President
Financial Northeastern Corporation     By:  

/s/ Paula Cludray-Engelke

      Name:   Paula Cludray-Engelke
      Title:   Secretary
FNC Insurance Services, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Jeffrey P. Zage

      Name:   Jeffrey P. Zage
      Title:   Secretary
Financial Northeastern Securities, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Tax Officer
Guaranty Brokerage Services, Inc. (fka Split Rock Financial, Inc.; fka Bisys Brokerage Services, Inc.)     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Tax Officer

 

-9-


Bancwest Investment Services, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Tax Officer
Washington Square Insurance Agency, Inc. (AL)     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Tax Officer
Lexington Funds Distributor, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Lydia L. Homer

      Name:   Lydia L. Homer
      Title:   Senior Vice President and Controller
ING Advisors, Inc. (fka ING Pilgrim Advisors; fka ING Lexington Management Corporation)     By:  

/s/ Lydia L. Homer

      Name:   Lydia L. Homer
      Title:   Senior Vice President and Controller
Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc.     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Vice President and Tax Officer
Aetna Financial Services, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Paula Cludray-Engelke

      Name:   Paula Cludray-Engelke
      Title:   Secretary
ING Insurance Services Holding Company, Inc. (fka Aetna Insurance Agency Holding Co., Inc.)     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Tax Officer
ING Insurance Services, Inc. (fka Aetna Insurance Agency, Inc.)     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Tax Officer
ING Insurance Services of Alabama, Inc. (fka Aetna Insurance Agency of Alabama, Inc.)     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Tax Officer
ING Insurance Services of Massachusetts, Inc. (fka Aetna Insurance Agency of Massachusetts, Inc.)     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Tax Officer
Aetna Insurance Agency of Ohio, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Sandra B. Cloutier

      Name:   Sandra B. Cloutier
      Title:   President
ING Retail Holding Company, Inc. (fka Aetna Retail Holding Company, Inc.)     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Tax Officer

 

-10-


ING Retirement Services, Inc. (fka Aetna Retirement Services, Inc.)     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
ING Retirement Holdings, Inc. (fka Aetna Retirement Holdings, Inc.)     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
ING Insurance Services Holding Company, Inc. (fka Aetna Service Holding Company, Inc.)     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Tax Officer
Systematized Benefits Administrators, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Joseph J. Elmy

      Name:   Joseph J. Elmy
      Title:   Tax Officer
FNI International, Inc.     By:  

/s/ John S. Simmers

      Name:   John S. Simmers
      Title:   Corporate Secretary
Financial Network Investment Corporation     By:  

/s/ John S. Simmers

      Name:   John S. Simmers
      Title:   Corporate Secretary
FN Insurance Services, Inc.     By:  

/s/ John S. Simmers

      Name:   John S. Simmers
      Title:   Executive Vice President and
        Secretary
FN Insurance Agency of Massachusetts, Inc.     By:  

/s/ John S. Simmers

      Name:   John S. Simmers
      Title:   Secretary
FN Insurance Agency of New Jersey, Inc.     By:  

/s/ John S. Simmers

      Name:   John S. Simmers
      Title:   Corporate Secretary
FN Insurance Services of Nevada, Inc.     By:  

/s/ John S. Simmers

      Name:   John S. Simmers
      Title:   Secretary
FN Insurance Services of Alabama, Inc.     By:  

/s/ John S. Simmers

      Name:   John S. Simmers
      Title:   Secretary
FN Insurance Agency of Kansas, Inc.     By:  

/s/ John S. Simmers

      Name:   John S. Simmers
      Title:   Corporate Secretary

 

-11-


ING International Insurance Holdings, Inc. (fka Aetna International, Inc.)     By:  

/s/ Lena A. Rabbitt

      Name:   Lena A. Rabbitt
      Title:   Assistant Secretary
ING International Nominee Holdings, Inc. (fka AE Five, Incorporated)     By:  

/s/ Lena A. Rabbitt

      Name:   Lena A. Rabbitt
      Title:   Assistant Secretary
ALICA Holdings, Inc.     By:  

/s/ David Pendergrass

      Name:   David Pendergrass
      Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
Aetna Capital Holdings, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Scott Burton

      Name:   Scott Burton
      Title:   Assistant Secretary
Aetna International Fund Management, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Scott Burton

      Name:   Scott Burton
      Title:   Assistant Secretary
Financial Network Investment Corporation of Hawaii     By:  

/s/ John S. Simmers

      Name:   John S. Simmers
      Title:   Secretary
Financial Network Investment Corporation of Hilo, Inc.     By:  

/s/ John S. Simmers

      Name:   John S. Simmers
      Title:   Corporate Secretary
Financial Network Investment Corporation Of Honolulu     By:  

/s/ John S. Simmers

      Name:   John S. Simmers
      Title:   Corporate Secretary
Financial Network Investment Corporation of Kauai, Inc.     By:  

/s/ John S. Simmers

      Name:   John S. Simmers
      Title:   Corporate Secretary
Financial Network Investment Corporation of Puerto Rico, Inc.     By:  

/s/ John S. Simmers

      Name:   John S. Simmers
      Title:   Corporate Secretary
FN Insurance Services of HI, Inc.     By:  

/s/ John S. Simmers

      Name:   John S. Simmers
      Title:   Vice President and
        Corporate Secretary
ReliaStar Life Insurance Company     By:  

/s/ Paula Cludray-Engelke

      Name:   Paula Cludray-Engelke
      Title:   Secretary

 

-12-


Northern Life Insurance Company     By:  

/s/ Paula Cludray-Engelke

      Name:   Paula Cludray-Engelke
      Title:   Secretary
Security-Connecticut Life Insurance Company     By:  

/s/ Paula Cludray-Engelke

      Name:   Paula Cludray-Engelke
      Title:   Secretary
ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company     By:  

/s/ Paula Cludray-Engelke

      Name:   Paula Cludray-Engelke
      Title:   Secretary
ING Insurance Company of America     By:  

/s/ Paula Cludray-Engelke

      Name:   Paula Cludray-Engelke
      Title:   Secretary
Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa     By:  

/s/ Paula Cludray-Engelke

      Name:   Paula Cludray-Engelke
      Title:   Secretary
USG Annuity & Life Company     By:  

/s/ Paula Cludray-Engelke

      Name:   Paula Cludray-Engelke
      Title:   Secretary
Golden American Life Insurance Company     By:  

/s/ Paula Cludray-Engelke

      Name:   Paula Cludray-Engelke
      Title:   Secretary

 

-13-

Exhibit 10.35

ING Groep N.V., Executive Board Charter

EXECUTION COPY

CONFIDENTIAL

MASTER CLAIM AGREEMENT

APRIL 2012

ING GROEP N.V.

and

ING AMERICA INSURANCE HOLDINGS, INC.

and

ING INSURANCE EURASIA N.V.


ING Groep N.V., Executive Board Charter

CONTENTS

 

Clause    Page  

1.

  

Interpretation

     2   

2.

  

Effective date

     2   

3.

  

Allocated Liability for Litigation (including the related Losses)

     2   

4.

  

Principles for Allocation of Liability for Litigation (including the related Losses)

     2   

5.

  

Unallocated Liability for Litigation and Losses

     4   

6.

  

Objection Against Allocation

     4   

7.

  

Conduct of Litigation

     5   

8.

  

Right to Join Litigation

     7   

9.

  

Duty to Co-Operate

     7   

10.

  

Indemnification and Payments

     8   

11.

  

Insurance

     9   

12.

  

Subordinate Status

     9   

13.

  

Termination

     10   

14.

  

Confidentiality and Disclosure

     10   

15.

  

Notices

     11   

16.

  

Rights and Obligations Relating to Subsidiaries

     12   

17.

  

General

     12   

18.

  

Governing Law

     13   

19.

  

Dispute Resolution

     13   

SIGNATORIES

     17   

SCHEDULE 1 Allocated Liability for Litigation

     18   

SCHEDULE 2 Litigation Notice

     19   

SCHEDULE 3 Objection Notice

     20   

SCHEDULE 4 Determination Notice

     21   

SCHEDULE 5 Joiner Notice

     22   

SCHEDULE 6 Interpretation

     23   

SCHEDULE 7 Statement Concerning Unit-Linked Products

     26   

APPENDIX 1 Governance Manual and Decision Structure

     27   

Part 1 ING Group Governance Manual Dated 13 December 2010

     27   

APPENDIX 2 Dispute Resolution Flow Chart

     3   

 

-i-


ING Groep N.V., Executive Board Charter

 

THIS MASTER CLAIM AGREEMENT (the MCA ) dated 17 April 2012 is made

BETWEEN :

 

(1) ING GROEP N.V. , a public company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands whose registered office is in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and registered with the Chamber of Commerce under number 33231073 ( Groep );

 

(2) ING AMERICA INSURANCE HOLDINGS, INC. , a company incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America, whose registered office is in Delaware and with Delaware ID number 3026651 ( Insurance US ); and

 

(3) ING INSURANCE EURASIA N.V. , a public company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands whose registered office is in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and registered with the Chamber of Commerce under number 52403424 ( Insurance Eurasia ),

together the Parties and each a Party .

WHEREAS :

 

(A) Groep is separating and divesting its insurance and investment management businesses, including the insurance and investment management businesses of Insurance US and Insurance Eurasia, respectively, through a sale, initial public offering or otherwise. After completion of that process, Insurance US and Insurance Eurasia will no longer be wholly-owned group companies of Groep.

 

(B) The Parties wish to establish uniform arrangements between the Parties in respect of the allocation of liability for and handling of Litigation (as defined in Schedule 6) that may be filed against any Party, or its Subsidiary (as defined in Schedule 6), and related Losses (as defined in Schedule 6) incurred by that Party, or that Party’s Subsidiary, for which responsibility should belong wholly or partially to another Party, or that Party’s Subsidiary.

 

(C) The Parties wish to lay down these uniform arrangements between them in respect of the allocation of liability for and handling of Litigation in this MCA, which, except for Schedule I and Schedule 7, is subordinate to, and does not supersede, any existing or future written arrangement among the Parties or their respective Subsidiaries or any of them concerning the same subject matters as set out in this MCA.

 

(D) Generally, a Party who is named as a defendant or respondent in a Litigation, or whose Subsidiary is named as a defendant or respondent in a Litigation, will be responsible for handling the defence of the matter and the consequences thereof. Because of the relationship of the Parties, however, there may be instances where a Party or its Subsidiary is named as a defendant or respondent in a matter where another Party (or its Subsidiary) should have the responsibility for conducting the Litigation and the related Losses in the particular circumstance. This MCA is intended to provide a means for addressing these circumstances.

 

(E) The Parties wish to apply the ING Group Governance Manual (as defined in Schedule 6) and the ING Group Decision Structure (as defined in Schedule 6) when determining of which Party a company is a Subsidiary (as defined in Schedule 6). For the purpose of this MCA and in accordance with the ING Group Governance Manual and the ING Group Decision Structure, Insurance US (and its Subsidiaries) and Insurance Eurasia (and its Subsidiaries) shall not be regarded as subsidiaries of Groep. For the avoidance of doubt, the accession to the MCA by Insurance Eurasia also covers all ING’s Asian insurance and investment management businesses.


ING Groep N.V., Executive Board Charter

 

THE PARTIES AGREE as follows:

 

1. INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In addition to terms defined elsewhere in this MCA, the definitions and other provisions in Schedule 6 apply throughout this MCA, unless the contrary intention appears

 

2. EFFECTIVE DATE

This MCA becomes effective on the date of this MCA.

 

3. ALLOCATED LIABILITY FOR LITIGATION (INCLUDING THE RELATED LOSSES)

Schedule I lists the liability for Litigation (including the related Losses) that has been allocated amongst the Parties and their Subsidiaries. The Parties agree that they are bound by the allocations as set out in Schedule I and that they will not dispute such allocations whether by way of Objection Notice or otherwise. The allocation as set out in Schedule I supersedes all prior arrangements among the Parties (or their respective Subsidiaries) or any of them concerning the same subject matter.

 

4. PRINCIPLES FOR ALLOCATION OF LIABILITY FOR LITIGATION (INCLUDING THE RELATED LOSSES)

 

4.1 If (i) the liability for any Litigation (including the related Losses) is not allocated pursuant to this MCA as set out in Schedule I or otherwise, and (ii) the Party which is the Formal Litigant or whose Subsidiary is the Formal Litigant in that Litigation does not accept full liability for such Litigation (including the related Losses) as set out in a Litigation Notice sent in accordance with clause 5, the unallocated liability for such Litigation (including the related Losses) shall be allocated in accordance with the following principles to a Party or its Business, or to more Parties or their Businesses:

 

  (a) to which any loss or profit resulting from the Litigation would have been attributable if such loss or profit had arisen in the period covered by the Groep consolidated annual accounts for the year 2011;

 

  (b) which enjoyed the profit and loss of the business activities which gave rise to the Litigation;

 

-2-


ING Groep N.V., Executive Board Charter

 

  (c) to which the liability for earlier litigation was allocated of which the Litigation is a sequel or otherwise directly related;

 

  (d) that employs, or employed, the management responsible for the actions causing the Litigation;

 

  (e) that employed the persons whose action or inaction is the subject of Litigation; and/or

 

  (f) any other principle the Parties may deem relevant.

 

4.2 Notwithstanding clause 4.1, if:

 

  (a) the liability for a fine, penalty, punitive damages or other economic sanction imposed by a Governmental Authority (a Sanction ) (including the Losses directly relating to such Sanction (together with the Sanction, the Sanction Losses ) is not allocated pursuant to this MCA as set out in Schedule I or otherwise; and

 

  (b) the Party on which the Sanction was imposed or whose Subsidiary on which the Sanction was imposed does not accept full liability for the Sanction, the unallocated liability for such Sanction (including the related Litigation and related Losses) shall be allocated to a Party or its Business, or to more Parties or their Businesses, that caused the Sanction by its action or inaction and the Litigation directly related to the Sanction shall be conducted by the Litigation Conduct Party.

 

4.3 The liability for any Litigation (including the related Losses) may be allocated to more than one Party or its Business.

 

4.4 If the liability for any Litigation (including the related Losses) does not exceed EUR 50,000 in total, that specific Litigation (including the related Losses) shall not be allocated pursuant to clauses 4.1 and 4.2. The liability for any Litigation (including the related Losses) that falls below this threshold must be fully paid for, and the relevant Litigation must be conducted, by the Formal Litigant. The exception as set out in this clause 4.4 shall not apply if:

 

  (a) the liability for any Litigation (including the related Losses) falls below the threshold of EUR 50,000 in total; and

 

  (b) are suffered, or expected to be suffered, by (i) a Party that is wholly-owned by Groep, or (ii) by Groep, if Groep wishes to allocate the liability for that specific Litigation (including the related Losses) to a Party that is wholly-owned by Groep,

in which case the liability for that specific Litigation (including the related Losses) will be allocated in accordance with clauses 4.1, 4.2, 19.1 and 19.2(a).

 

-3-


ING Groep N.V., Executive Board Charter

 

5. UNALLOCATED LIABILITY FOR LITIGATION AND LOSSES

 

5.1 If (i) a Party is, or becomes, aware of any Litigation not listed in Schedule 1 and in which that Party, or its Subsidiary, is the Formal Litigant, and (ii) that Party does not accept full liability for such Litigation (including the related Losses), that Party must send a Litigation Notice to all other Parties that, according to the notifying Party, should bear all, or part of, the Losses (these Parties together with the Formal Litigant, the Relevant Parties ). The Formal Litigant must send the Litigation Notice as soon as reasonably practicable but in any event within eight (8) weeks of becoming aware of such Litigation.

 

5.2 Each Litigation Notice must contain:

 

  (a) the proposed allocation of the liability for the Litigation (including the related Losses)to the Party or its Business, or to more Parties or their Businesses (including a percentage split of such allocation between the Parties or their Businesses), based on the allocation principles set out in clause 4;

 

  (b) the reasons for the proposed allocation;

 

  (c) a summary of the Litigation, including the parties to the Litigation, claimed amounts, a description of the dispute and the status; and

 

  (d) any other information that is useful for assessing the Litigation and the proposed allocation.

 

5.3 Failure to timely issue a Litigation Notice pursuant to clause 5.1 will not result in a loss of rights under this MCA, but any damages arising because of the Litigation Notice not issued on time will be borne by the Party that should have issued the Litigation Notice on time. Failure to issue a Litigation Notice within six months after becoming aware of such Litigation results in the loss of all rights of the Formal Litigant under this MCA and the Formal Litigant must conduct the Litigation and is fully liable for the related Losses.

 

6. OBJECTION AGAINST ALLOCATION

 

6.1 The Party, Parties, that received a Litigation Notice shall have eight (8) weeks after receipt of the Litigation Notice in which to object to the allocation proposed in the Litigation Notice by issuing an Objection Notice. Each Objection Notice must be sent to all Relevant Parties. If no Objection Notice is issued within eight (8) weeks of receipt of a Litigation Notice, the allocation proposed in the Litigation Notice shall become final and binding.

 

6.2 Until eight (8) weeks after the receipt of the Litigation Notice in accordance with clause 6.1, and, if an Objection Notice is issued, also after that period until the Litigation (including the related Losses) have been allocated in accordance with the MCA:

 

  (a) the Formal Litigant shall not make, and shall procure that there is not made, any admission of liability, agreement, settlement or compromise with any person nor consent, and procure that there is not consented, to the entry of any judgment or final order in relation to any such Litigation, unless the Relevant Parties agree otherwise;

 

-4-


ING Groep N.V., Executive Board Charter

 

  (b) the Relevant Parties shall have 15 Business Days from the date of the Objection Notice to unanimously agree on the allocation of the liability for the Litigation (including the related Losses) which agreement shall be final and binding; and

 

  (c) and if no agreement is reached pursuant to clause 6.1 or 6.2(b), the Relevant Parties shall immediately try to solve the matter in accordance with clause 19.

 

7. CONDUCT OF LITIGATION

 

7.1 Litigation for which the liability has not, or has not yet, been allocated in accordance with clause 4.1 shall be conducted by the Formal Litigant in full compliance with clause 6.2(a).

 

7.2 (a) If the liability for specific Litigation (including the related Losses) has been allocated to one Party or its Business, the Litigation shall be conducted (as construed in Schedule 6) by that Party (or any of its Subsidiaries).

 

  (b) If the liability for specific Litigation (including the related Losses) has been allocated to multiple Parties or their Businesses, the Litigation shall be conducted by the Party (or any of its Subsidiaries) to which the largest part of the liability for the specific Litigation (including the related Losses) has been allocated.

 

  (c) If two or more Parties or their Businesses equally share the liability for specific Litigation (including the related Losses), the Party (or any of its Subsidiaries) that also is the Formal Litigant shall conduct the relevant Litigation. For the avoidance of doubt, if there are two or more Formal Litigants, they may each conduct the Litigation as a party thereto.

The Party (or any of its Subsidiaries), or Parties (or any of their Subsidiaries), that may conduct that Litigation pursuant to this clause 7.2 shall be the Litigation Conduct Party , or Litigation Conduct Parties .

 

7.3 A Litigation Conduct Party shall conduct the Litigation for which the liability has been allocated to it in accordance with this MCA.

 

7.4 To the extent reasonably possible, the Formal Litigant, and, if the Litigation Conduct Party is not the same Party as the Formal Litigant, the Litigation Conduct Party, shall take into account the views and interests of all Relevant Parties (without prejudice to clause 8).

 

7.5 No decision or agreement as regards the conduct of Litigation pursuant to this clause 7 shall affect the basis upon which the liability for specific Litigation (including the related Losses) is to be allocated or shall constitute an allocation of the liability for that Litigation (including the related Losses).

 

-5-


ING Groep N.V., Executive Board Charter

 

7.6 If the Litigation Conduct Party cannot conduct the Litigation as a party to the Litigation pursuant to applicable law and regulation, the following shall apply. If the Litigation Conduct Party is not a Subsidiary of the Formal Litigant, the Formal Litigant shall:

 

  (a) conduct the Litigation in accordance with the instructions of the Litigation Conduct Party;

 

  (b) provide all relevant documents, correspondence and other information concerning the Litigation to the Litigation Conduct Party; and

 

  (c) if so required by the Litigation Conduct Party in writing:

 

  (i) ensure that the Litigation Conduct Party is, to the extent possible under applicable law, (A) placed in a position to take over the conduct of the Litigation by transferring the Litigation to the Litigation Conduct Party through the provision of a power of attorney or otherwise, or (B) added or brought in as a third party to the Litigation, in both cases at least allowing the Litigation Conduct Party to represent its own interests in the Litigation; and

 

  (ii) provide such information and assistance as the Litigation Conduct Party may reasonably request in connection with the preparation for and conduct of the Litigation,

provided that the Litigation Conduct Party shall keep the Formal Litigant informed of the progress of any proceedings and shall consult with the Formal Litigant prior to taking any action which may affect the Formal Litigant.

 

7.7 If the Formal Litigant is entitled to recover from any third party any sum in respect of any Litigation whether by way of third party recourse, insurance, payment discount or otherwise, it shall inform the Litigation Conduct Party and the Litigation Conduct Party may request the Formal Litigant to take action to recover such sum. If the Litigation Conduct Party makes such request, the Formal Litigant shall take all reasonable steps to recover any sum whether by way of a claim against its insurer or otherwise including but not limited to commencing and conducting legal proceedings. The Formal Litigant shall keep the Litigation Conduct Party informed of the progress of any action taken.

 

7.8 Any Formal Litigant:

 

  (a) is not required to seek, or comply with, the requirements of the Litigation Conduct Party under this clause 7 to the extent necessary to avoid the Formal Litigant breaching any criminal or regulatory laws, orders, regulations or equivalent;

 

  (b) may, in that event, instead conduct the Litigation in such a manner as it considers appropriate so as to avoid breaching any criminal or regulatory laws, orders, regulations or equivalent; and

 

  (c) shall remain entitled to be indemnified pursuant to clause 10 although it has not sought, or complied with, the requirements of the Litigation Conduct Party under this clause 7, provided it provides immediate written notice to the Litigation Conduct Party of relying on this clause 7.8 and it specifies all relevant details of the Litigation and the manner in which this clause 7.8 is being relied upon.

 

-6-


ING Groep N.V., Executive Board Charter

 

7.9 If the notice pursuant to clause 7.8(c) would, in the reasonable opinion of the Formal Litigant, cause the Formal Litigant to breach any criminal or regulatory laws, orders, regulations or equivalent, such notice may be postponed until it no longer causes such breach.

 

8. RIGHT TO JOIN LITIGATION

 

8.1 If another Party not being the Litigation Conduct Party has a, direct or indirect, material interest in the conduct and result of the Litigation, it may decide to join as a party to the Litigation by issuing a Joiner Notice to the Litigation Conduct Party.

 

8.2 “Material interest” includes, but is not limited to, material reputational risk, risk of adverse precedent effect, or being allocated a percentage of liability for the Litigation (including the related Losses) between 35% up to and including 50%.

 

8.3 Without prejudice to clause 8.4, the Litigation Conduct Party shall, as soon as practically possible, procure that the Party who issued the Joiner Notice is, to the extent possible under applicable law, added or brought in as a third party to the Litigation which allows that Party (or its Subsidiary) to represent its own interests in the Litigation. If the Party who issued the Joiner Notice (or its Subsidiary) cannot be added or brought in as a third party to the Litigation, the Litigation Conduct Party shall keep the Party who issued the Joiner Notice informed of the progress of any proceedings and shall consult with, and take into account the reasonable commercial interest of, the Party who issued the Joiner Notice prior to taking any action which may affect that Party.

 

8.4 If the Litigation Conduct Party does not accept the Joiner Notice by another Party or breaches its obligation set out in clause 8.3, the matter shall immediately be settled in accordance with clause 19.

 

8.5 Nothing in this clause 8 affects the liability for any Litigation (including the related Losses), as allocated in accordance with this MCA (for the avoidance of doubt, including Schedule 1).

 

9. DUTY TO CO-OPERATE

 

9.1 Each Party shall, and shall procure that its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law and in the context of this MCA:

 

  (a) provide all assistance reasonably requested by any other Party to defend or pursue any Litigation;

 

-7-


ING Groep N.V., Executive Board Charter

 

  (b) retain and preserve:

 

  (i) all Documents relating to a Business for a period as provided by the relevant applicable laws; and

 

  (ii) all Documents relating to Litigation of which it is or becomes aware for a period of seven (7) years from the later of: (A) the date of this MCA or (B) the date on which the specific Litigation is settled or a court passes final and binding judgment concerning the Litigation, or such longer period as can reasonably be demonstrated to be required by a Party for the purposes of Litigation;

 

  (c) allow any other Party, and its professional advisers and auditors, reasonable access to the Documents referred to in clause 9.l(b), including the right to take copies at the requesting Party’s expense, to the extent that they relate or may relate to any Litigation and the requesting Party has a reasonable interest in gaining access to such Documents;

 

  (d) allow any other Party, and its professional advisers and auditors, reasonable access to personnel with knowledge relating to the Documents referred to in clause 9.l(b) above or of any matter relating to the Litigation;

 

  (e) make available the personnel referred to in clause 9.l(d) above for the purpose of providing witness evidence;

 

  (f) at all times take all steps necessary to maintain any legal privilege that exists in relation to any Documents relevant to any Litigation of which they have been notified or any information received or obtained pursuant to this MCA.

 

9.2 The provisions of clause 9.1 constitute the minimum requirements for co-operation between the Parties and are without prejudice to any other, more onerous, obligations agreed to by any Party in other relevant agreements.

 

9.3 If, and to the extent, a Party, or any of its Subsidiaries, has a material conflicting interest, such Party may refuse to perform its obligations set out in clause 9.1. If the Litigation Conduct Party does not accept such non co-operation, the Disputing Parties shall immediately try to solve the matter in accordance with clause 19.

 

10. INDEMNIFICATION AND PAYMENTS

 

10.1 A Party shall be an indemnifying party if and to the extent the liability for specific Litigation (including the related Losses) has been allocated to that Party, or its Business, in accordance with this MCA (for the avoidance of doubt, including Schedule 1) (the Indemnifying Party ).

 

-8-


ING Groep N.V., Executive Board Charter

 

10.2 If a Party (or any of its Subsidiaries), or Parties (or any of their Subsidiaries), incur or bear Losses as a result of being a Formal Litigant, Litigation Conduct Party or both in connection with specific Litigation, the Indemnifying Party, or Indemnifying Parties, shall indemnify that Party or those Parties for those Losses, except to the extent those Losses are:

 

  (a) caused by or aggravated by a Party’s (or any of its Subsidiaries’) fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct; or

 

  (b) recovered by the Loss-bearing Party from a third party.

 

10.3 The Indemnifying Party, or Indemnifying Parties, shall indemnify in the proportion in which the liability for the Litigation (including the related Losses) has been allocated to them, or their Business, in accordance with this MCA.

 

10.4 In the event that there is more than one Indemnifying Party in respect of specific Litigation, the Indemnifying Parties shall be severally, but not jointly, liable to indemnify.

 

10.5 If any amounts are recovered by an Indemnified Party from a third party, including but not limited to an insurer, following the payment of any amount or amounts under this clause 10 by an Indemnifying Party, or Indemnifying Parties, in respect of the same Litigation, the Indemnified Party shall promptly return to the Indemnifying Party or Indemnifying Parties in the proportions in which the liability for the Litigation (including the related Losses) has been allocated, an amount equal to the amount recovered from the third party less the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of such recovery and any taxation incurred in connection with such recovery.

 

11. INSURANCE

 

11.1 This MCA does not release Parties (or any of their Subsidiaries) to fulfil its obligations under an agreement with any relevant insurer to report the Litigation received.

 

11.2 The provisions of this MCA shall not affect (i) any provision of any insurance policy or an agreement with an insurer or (ii) reasonable requirement of any relevant insurer concerning the way Litigation is conducted.

 

11.3 In the event that one or more policies of insurance apply to a particular Litigation, and in the event that the relevant insurers do not agree as regards how the Litigation is to be conducted, the Parties shall consult together and with their insurers and fully co-operate with a view to agreeing how the Litigation is to be conducted.

 

12. SUBORDINATE STATUS

 

12.1 Except for Schedule 1 and Schedule 7, this MCA is subordinate to and does not supersede any written arrangements among the Parties (or their respective Subsidiaries) or any of them concerning the same subject matter as set out herein. Nothing in clauses 6, 7, 8 and 9 affects the liability for any Litigation (including the related Losses), as allocated in, or in accordance with, Schedule 1 and Schedule 7.

 

12.2 For the avoidance of doubt, Parties may agree on additional arrangements to the MCA if all Parties agree.

 

-9-


ING Groep N.V., Executive Board Charter

 

13. TERMINATION

This MCA shall terminate on its 15th anniversary, provided that clauses 1, 6 up to and including 12, and 14 up to and including clause 19 shall continue to apply to the extent that Legal Proceedings are still pending on that date.

 

14. CONFIDENTIALITY AND DISCLOSURE

 

14.1 Each Party shall, and shall procure that each of its Subsidiaries shall, keep confidential all information provided to it by, or on behalf of, another Party or otherwise obtained by it under or in connection with this MCA which relates to another Party or their Subsidiaries (the Confidential Information ).

 

14.2 Nothing in this clause 14 prevents any Confidential Information being disclosed:

 

  (a) with the written approval of the other Party to whom the Confidential Information relates which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (thereby taking into account each Party’s duty to cooperate under clause 9); or

 

  (b) to the extent required by law or any competent regulatory body or deemed necessary by a Party in connection with any Litigation, provided that a Party who discloses any Confidential Information that qualifies as Insider Information shall promptly notify the other Party to whom that Confidential Information relates, where practicable and lawful to do so, before disclosure occurs and consult that other Party regarding the form, timing and content of such disclosure; or

 

  (c) to the extent that the information is in or comes into the public domain other than as a result of a breach of this MCA or any other undertaking or duty of confidentiality by any Party; or

 

  (d) to any Party’s professional advisers or auditors or insurer/broker.

 

14.3 Each Party acknowledges that certain Confidential Information that might be provided to it may be considered insider information in relation to securities of another Party under applicable securities law and regulation, if such securities are listed on a stock exchange (as is the case for Groep on the date of this MCA) ( Insider Information ). The possession of Insider Information may give rise to certain securities law restrictions. Accordingly, each Party undertakes that, as long as any information provided to it constitutes Insider Information, it will comply with all applicable securities laws.

 

-10-


ING Groep N.V., Executive Board Charter

 

15. NOTICES

 

15.1 All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder must be in writing and may be delivered in person or sent by registered post or fax to the Party to whom it is to be given as follows:

 

  (a) If to Groep:

Bijlmerplein 888

1102 MG Amsterdam

The Netherlands

Fax: +31(0)205760950

For the attention of: General Counsel.

 

  (b) If to Insurance US:

230 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10169

United States of America

Fax: [ ]

Marked for the attention of: General Counsel

 

  (c) If to Insurance Eurasia:

ING Insurance Eurasia N.V.

Corporate Legal

Location Code IH 04.508

Amstelveenseweg 500

1081 KL Amsterdam

The Netherlands

Fax: +31(0)205416767

marked for the attention of: General Counsel

or at such other address or fax number as it may notify to the other Parties under this clause.

 

15.2 Any notice or document shall be deemed to be given:

 

  (a) if delivered in person, at the time of delivery; or

 

  (b) if sent by post, at 10:00 a.m. on the second Business Day after it was put into the post, if sent within the jurisdiction, or at 10:00 a.m. (local time at the place of destination) on the fifth Business Day after it was put into the post, if sent by airmail, or

 

  (c) if sent by fax, on the date of transmission, if transmitted before 5.00 p.m. (local time at the place of destination) on any Business Day and in any other case on the Business Day following the date of transmission.

 

-11-


ING Groep N.V., Executive Board Charter

 

15.3 In proving service of a notice or document it shall be sufficient to prove that delivery was made or that the envelope containing the notice or communication was properly addressed and posted, or that the fax was properly addressed and transmitted.

 

15.4 The Parties agree that the provisions of clause 14.3 shall not apply to the service of any summons, order, judgment or other document relating to or in connection with any legal proceedings.

 

16. RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO SUBSIDIARIES

 

16.1 Each of the Parties warrants that it will procure and secure, to its best efforts and within its power, that all the terms and obligations stated in this MCA shall also be fulfilled and upheld by any and all of its Subsidiaries.

 

16.2 In case of an intragroup restructuring of a Subsidiary, or Subsidiaries, the Party under whose governance structure the transferred Subsidiary falls, or Subsidiaries fall, shall procure full compliance of this MCA by that Subsidiary, or Subsidiaries.

 

16.3 If a Party divests one or more of its Subsidiaries, it will use best efforts to procure a joint and several guarantee from the third-party acquirer (or third-party acquirers) for the continued performance by that Subsidiary, or those Subsidiaries, of their obligations under this MCA, for the benefit of the other Parties and their Subsidiaries. Once a Subsidiary is divested to a third-party acquirer (or third-party acquirers), the Party under whose governance structure the divested Subsidiary fell shall no longer be responsible for the compliance of this MCA by that Subsidiary.

 

17. GENERAL

 

17.1 Each of the Parties shall, at its own cost and expense, execute and do (or use its reasonable endeavours to procure to be executed and done by any Subsidiary or necessary third party) all such deeds, documents, acts and things as any other Party may from time to time reasonably require to give full effect to this MCA.

 

17.2 No Party may assign any of its rights or transfer any of the obligations under this MCA or any interest therein (including by means of contract assignment, legal demerger or novation) without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

17.3 Each Party shall pay the costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with entering into this MCA.

 

17.4 This MCA may be executed in any number of counterparts. This has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this MCA.

 

17.5 If at any time any provision of this MCA is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the laws of any jurisdiction, this shall not affect or impair:

 

  (a) the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provision of this MCA; or

 

-12-


ING Groep N.V., Executive Board Charter

 

  (b) the legality, validity or enforceability under the law of any other jurisdiction of that or any other provision of this MCA; and

any such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by a legal, valid and enforceable provision which, given the contents and purpose of this MCA is, to the greatest extent possible, similar to that of the original provision.

 

17.6 The rights of each party under this MCA:

 

  (a) may be exercised as often as necessary;

 

  (b) are, unless this MCA provides otherwise, cumulative and not exclusive of rights and remedies provided by law; and

 

  (c) may be waived only in writing.

 

17.7 Delay in exercising or non-exercise of any such right is not a waiver of that right.

 

17.8 None of the clauses of this MCA are intended to be invoked by anyone other than the Parties ( derdenbeding ).

 

17.9 Nothing stated in or implied by this MCA shall be deemed as any agreement by any Party that it has engaged in any wrongdoing or that is has any liability to any plaintiff or other third party.

 

18. GOVERNING LAW

 

18.1 This MCA is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands.

 

18.2 Any power of attorney or other document executed in connection with this MCA or the transactions provided for in this MCA shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands.

 

19. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

Amicable settlement

 

19.1 Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this MCA between Parties (the Disputing Parties ) shall be submitted to the CFOs and general counsels of the Disputing Parties to be settled and resolved by them within 15 Business Days of the matter being referred to them, or such longer period as unanimously agreed by those CFOs and general counsels, following and upon written request of either one of the Disputing Parties. Any agreement reached by the CFOs and general counsels of the Disputing Parties shall be final and binding.

 

-13-


ING Groep N.V., Executive Board Charter

 

19.2 If a dispute is not resolved and settled in accordance with clause 19.1 and :

 

  (a) such dispute is between (i) Groep and one or more Parties which are (directly or indirectly) wholly-owned by Groep or (ii) two or more Parties which are (directly or indirectly) wholly-owned by Groep, the dispute will be settled in accordance with the internal governance as laid down in the ING Group Governance Manual and the ING Group Decision Structure; or

 

  (b) such dispute is between (i) Groep and one or more Parties which are not (directly or indirectly) wholly-owned by Groep or (ii) two or more Parties which are not (directly or indirectly) wholly-owned by Groep, and

 

  (A) such dispute relates to clause 1 up to and including clause 18 of this MCA, the matter shall be referred for determination by an Expert in accordance with clauses 19.3 up to and including 19.14; or

 

  (B) such dispute relates to this MCA other than to clause 1 up to and including clause 18 (but for the avoidance of doubt, including but not limited to the execution of a binding advice of an Expert, or Experts, given pursuant to clauses 19.3 up to and including 19.14), the matter shall be finally settled by arbitration in accordance clause 19.15.

Expert

 

19.3 If a dispute is referred for determination by an Expert in accordance with clause 19.2(b)(A), any Disputing Party may propose the appointment of an individual as expert (the Expert ) to determine the allocation of the liability for the Litigation (including the related Losses) by issuing a Determination Notice to the other Relevant Parties as soon as reasonably practicable. If the Relevant Parties unanimously agree on the proposed Expert, that Expert shall be appointed by the Relevant Parties.

 

19.4 If the Relevant Parties fail to appoint the Expert in accordance with clause 19.3 within 15 Business Days of the date of the Determination Notice (or such longer period as unanimously agreed by the CFOs of the Relevant Parties), each Disputing Party shall appoint one (1) Expert. The Experts so appointed by the Relevant Parties shall jointly appoint one (1) additional Expert who shall act as chairman (the Chairman ). This Chairman shall have a casting vote in case of a deadlock.

 

19.5 If the Experts, who are appointed by the Parties under clause 19.4, fail to appoint a Chairman within ten (10) Business Days after the date on which the Experts were appointed and Insurance US is:

 

  (a) one of the Relevant Parties, the Relevant Parties shall within five (5) Business Days instruct the president of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales to appoint an Expert who shall act as Chairman within ten (10) Business Days; or

 

  (b) not a Disputing Party, the Relevant Parties shall within five (5) Business Days instruct the president of the Royal Dutch Institute for Registered Accountants to appoint an Expert who shall act as Chairman within ten (10) Business Days.

 

-14-


ING Groep N.V., Executive Board Charter

 

19.6 A person may only be appointed as Chairman, if that person:

 

  (a) does not have any conflict of interest, including but not limited to existing business relationships with or management role, professional advisory role or consultancy role at one or more of the Relevant Parties; and

 

  (b) has proven experience in the financial services industry and willing and able to act as Expert within the proposed time frame.

 

19.7 If no Chairman is appointed pursuant to clause 19.5, the dispute shall be resolved pursuant to clause 19.15.

 

19.8 The Relevant Parties may make written submission to the Experts within ten (10) Business Days after the appointment of an Expert in accordance with clause 19.3 or a Chairman in accordance with clause 19.4 or 19.5. The Expert, or Experts, shall be entitled to make such additional enquiries as he may determine in his discretion to assist with the binding advice. Any such enquiries will be made in writing jointly to the Disputing Parties setting out the issues that the Expert, or Experts consider(s) that either or all Disputing Parties should address.

 

19.9 The Expert, or Experts shall ensure that all Disputing Parties have a reasonable opportunity to present their arguments both in writing and in a hearing (should any Disputing Party request a hearing), taking into account the timeframe to render the binding advice.

 

19.10 The Disputing Parties shall request the Expert, or Experts, to determine the referred dispute within 30 Business Days after the appointment of an Expert in accordance with clause 19.3 or a Chairman in accordance with clause 19.4 or 19.5. The Expert, or Experts, shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator.

 

19.11 The Disputing Parties shall make all relevant Documents within their control available in a timely fashion to the Expert, or Experts, if so requested by the Expert, or Experts.

 

19.12 The Disputing Parties require any dispute to remain confidential between them and the Expert, or Experts. The Expert, or Experts, agree(s) to observe and ensure such confidentiality and to ensure that all documentation and correspondence remain confidential. The Expert, or Experts, will not disclose any confidential information concerning the Disputing Parties’ business to third parties without the relevant Disputing Parties’ prior written consent unless otherwise required by law, a court of competent jurisdiction, taxation authorities or other government or regulatory authority.

 

19.13 The decision of the Expert, or Experts, shall be final and binding on the Disputing Parties.

 

-15-


ING Groep N.V., Executive Board Charter

 

19.14 If an Expert is, or Experts are, appointed to determine the allocation of the liability for the Litigation (including the related Losses) in accordance with clauses 19.3 up to and including 19.14, the costs of the sole Expert appointed in accordance with clause 19.3, or of the Chairman, shall be borne by the Disputing Parties pro rata to the percentages in which the liability for the Litigation has been allocated. The costs of Experts appointed pursuant to clause 19.4 shall be awarded by the Experts (including the Chairman) as they think fit. Each Disputing Party shall pay its own costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the appointment of, and the written submissions to, the Expert or Experts.

Arbitration

 

19.15 If a dispute is not resolved and settled in accordance with clause 19.1 and the dispute is not, or cannot be, referred for: (i) settlement in accordance with clause 19.2(a); or (ii) determination by an Expert in accordance with clause 19.2(b)(A), any dispute arising out of or in connection with this clause 19 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the execution ( tenuitvoerlegging ) of a binding advice of the Expert, or Experts, and questions in respect of the authority of the arbiters) shall be finally settled by arbitration in accordance with the rules of the Netherlands Arbitration Institute ( Nederlands Arbitrage Instituut ). The arbitral tribunal shall be composed of three arbitrators appointed in accordance with those rules. The place of the arbitration will be Amsterdam, the Netherlands. The language of arbitration shall be English. The arbitrators shall decide according tot the rules of law. Consolidation of arbitral proceedings with other proceedings as provided for in article 1046 of the Dutch Code of Civil Procedure is excluded.

 

19.16 This clause 19 shall also apply to disputes arising in connection with agreements which are connected with this MCA, unless the relevant agreement expressly provides otherwise.

(intentionally left blank)

 

-16-


ING Groep N.V., Executive Board Charter

 

SIGNATORIES

This MCA may be signed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. This MCA has been signed by the Puties {or their duly authorised representatives) on the date stated at the beginning of this MCA.

 

ING GROEP N.V.      

/s/ Jan-Willem Vink

   

/s/ Cornelis Blokbergen

Signed by:   Jan-Willem Vink     Signed by:   Cornelis Blokbergen
Title/function:   General Counsel     Title/function:   Head Corporate Legal Department
ING AMERICA INSURANCE HOLDINGS INC      

/s/ Bridget Healy

   

/s/ Paul Howell

Signed by:   Bridget Healy     Signed by:   Paul Howell
Title/function:  

General Counsel

Executive Vice President & Chief Legal

Officer

    Title/function:   Deputy General Counsel-Litigation
ING INSURANCE EURASIA N.V.      

/s/ Lard Friese

   

/s/ Janet Stuijt

Signed by:   Lard Friese     Signed by:   Janet Stuijt
Title/function:  

Member

Management Board EurAsia

    Title/function:   General Counsel & Head of Compliance

Exhibit 10.52

ING Incentive Compensation Plan

Published Date:

08/27/2008

Modified date: August 2008

Resources

Submit feedback or questions about the Incentive Compensation Plan

Table of contents

Introduction

Incentive compensation at ING

How the plan works

Payment of awards

Eligibility

Introduction

ING firmly believes that in order to be an industry leader, the company must offer personal growth and reward opportunities that are based on company and individual success.

Incentive compensation, in its most simple terms, is a way to reward employees for their contributions to company success.

Incentive compensation at ING

ING’s incentive compensation plan (“ICP” or the “Plan”) is intended to focus employees on the role they play in helping ING succeed by aligning each participating employee’s goals with the business unit they work in, as well as the rest of the organization. It also directly links potential earnings to an employee’s performance and contributions toward making ING successful.

ICP is an annual incentive plan for all employees who meet eligibility requirements and do not participate in another variable compensation plan (for example, a sales incentive plan). The ICP is sponsored by ING North America Insurance Corporation (the “company”) and specified U.S. affiliates participate in it.

How the ICP works

At the beginning of each year, senior management sets financial and operational goals for the company, all business units/functional units.


At that same time, as part of the annual objective-setting process, employees and their managers set individual goals that are intended to support their business unit/functional unit and the company’s financial and operational objectives. Each employee will have one single set of annual objectives for both performance management and determining merit salary increases and incentive pay. These individual objectives help employees clarify their business priorities, establish job expectations and are used, in part, to evaluate the employee’s work performance and progress during the course of the plan year.

Each employee who is eligible to participate in the ICP has an established incentive target amount. The incentive target is a percentage of his or her base salary. For example, if an employee has a base salary of $30,000 and a target ICP of 5%, his or her target incentive award is $1,500. Payouts range from 0% to 200% of this target amount. Depending on how the individual, the company and the business unit/functional unit performed for the year, the payout to this employee could be as little as $0 or as much as $3,000.

After the end of the year, the financial and operational goal results are determined for the overall business and the business/functional units. Once this determination is made, the actual award levels are established for the following business units:

Insurance

Wealth Management

U.S. support businesses (Legal/Compliance, HR/Marketing, Finance, CITS)

ING Investment Management, LLC, has established its own annual incentive plan, which covers its employees. For the 2008 performance period, a separate annual incentive plan has also been established for former CitiStreet LLC employees who transferred to active employment with ING on July 1, 2008 (or if later, the date the employee returned from an authorized leave of absence).

The company and business unit/functional unit award level is expressed as a percent of target. For example, if the business unit exceeded its goals, the company may decide to award it 110% of the target. If a business unit does not meet its goals, the company may decide to award less than 100% of target. This overall funding level is then divided among underlying business groups and functional units based on the performance of the underlying business group or functional unit. For example, assume the overall funding award level at the business unit/functional unit is 110%. A functional unit within this business unit exceeded its goals and a decision is made to award it 110%. Another functional unit within the business unit also exceeded its goals, and a decision is made to award it 120% of target, and yet another functional unit in this business unit did not meet its goals and is awarded 90% of target.


Determinations are based on the results of financial and operational objectives. The business unit/functional unit award level is then used to determine what individual employees in that unit will receive.

Individual awards are based on how well the employee performed against his or her individual performance objectives, taking into account the award level for his or her business unit/functional unit. A business unit/functional unit can only award an amount that does not exceed its award level multiplied by the total employee targets within that business unit/functional unit for the plan year. In the example above, the business unit can not award more than 110% of its total targets. Using this target level, Jane could receive an award of 125% of her target award based on her work for the year, while John receives an award of 80% of his target award.

ICP awards are not guaranteed and there is no requirement that any amount be paid in any year, even if performance goals are met or exceeded. An award under ICP is contingent upon a number of factors, including but not limited to (a) the company’s performance, (b) the performance of the business unit or functional unit the employee works in, (c) how the employee performs for the year, (d) how well other employees in that business unit/functional unit performed, (e) eligibility requirements for ICP participation, and (f) being actively employed on the payment date (unless an exception as described below applies).

It is equally important to emphasize that employees in the same business unit with the same incentive targets may not receive the same award amount. ING’s pay-for-performance philosophy dictates that higher-performing employees receive larger awards than lower-performing employees. Managers have discretion to determine and recommend individual award amounts that are then approved by their manager. It is possible not to have an award granted to an individual employee for the year even if all or some of his or her personal goals are satisfied.

Payment of awards

Incentive targets

All ICP participants have an incentive target. This amount represents the target award. The actual award will be adjusted up or down based on company, business unit/functional unit, individual performance, and any other factors taken into consideration by the company.

ICP target percentages for all eligible employees are based on the job the employee has in the organization, and should conform to the ICP Target Guidelines. These guidelines are based on the competitive market in which the organization operates.


An employee’s ICP award target is calculated using the employee’s base salary as of the last working day of the year multiplied by his or her ICP target percentage. For eligible part-time employees, his or her annualized salary is based on scheduled hours, not actual hours worked. For non-exempt employees, overtime paid in the calendar year is added to base salary when calculating the award target. This also includes any “straight time” hours paid to part-time non-exempt employees for hours worked in addition to their normally scheduled hours.

Employees will be included in the business unit/functional area based on where they are employed as of Nov. 1 of the plan year. There is no blending or prorata allocation made in the event an employee changes business units/functional areas during the year.

Example:

If Jane is in Business Unit “A” from January through September of the plan year, and then transfers to Business Unit “B” for the remainder of the year (all of October, November and December), her award is based on her individual performance and the ICP funding for Business Unit “B.” The ICP funding for Business Unit “A” will not be used in determining her ICP Award. Also, while her manager from Business Unit “A” should have input in her performance review, her manager in Business Unit “B” is responsible for her performance review and final determination of her ICP award.

Using the example above, if Jane transferred to Business Unit “B” after Nov. 1, then her ICP award would be determined using the funding from Business Unit “A,” and administered by the manager in Business Unit “A.” Again, there would be no blending of funding from Business Unit “A” and “B.” This is the case even though Jane’s manager from Business Unit “B” is responsible for her performance review for the plan year

Payouts

Awards will be paid no later than March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the end of the plan year. The employee must be an active employee at the time of the payout to receive payment of an award. Payment occurs once all of the financial results are in, company and business unit/functional unit award levels have been determined, employee performance results have been recorded, and managers’ award recommendations have been made and approved. All payouts are subject to applicable federal, state and local income tax-reporting, and other payroll-related deductions and reporting.

Nontransferability of awards

Target awards payable under the plan may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the company may withhold all or a portion of a payout to satisfy a participant’s repayment obligation to the company, an employer or an affiliate.


Eligibility

To be eligible to participate in the ICP, an employee must be:

A U.S.-based employee of one of the business units participating in the ICP.

Full-time or part-time and scheduled to work 1,000 hours or more during the plan year (weekly standard hours field in PeopleSoft must be 19.5 or greater to qualify for ICP).

Hired on or before Sept. 30 of the plan year.

Meet the eligibility requirements for the plan year, but retire at the end of the plan year. The employee must be an active employee until the last working day of the plan year and retire (or be eligible for retirement) on Jan. 1 following the plan year. Retirement eligibility for ICP is defined as being at least 55 years of age with five years of service with ING, as determined under the ING Americas Retirement Plan. If the employee is eligible to receive an award it will be based on his or her individual performance as well as the funding for the business unit/functional unit he or she was employed by at the time of termination.

Exclusions

An employee is not eligible to participate if:

Covered under a sales commission, bonus, other business-unit specific incentive plan or any other cash incentive plan.

A temporary employee or intern or an independent contractor.

The employee voluntarily resigns (other than retirement on the last day of the plan year) from ING before the award is paid in March 15 of the following year.

The employee is terminated by the company due to poor performance or misconduct.

The employee is employed by an employer that does not participate in the ICP, such as ING Investment Management, LLC.

The employee is terminated by the company during the plan year for business or similar reasons, dies or becomes permanently disabled before Oct. 1 of the plan year.

An employee who transfers to the company in connection with the CitiStreet acquisition will not be eligible to participate in the plan for the 2008 performance period (awards that are paid in 2009 based on 2008 performance).

Clarification of special circumstances

If an employee is not actively employed at the time ICP awards are paid, but is eligible for a payment because he or she terminated employment on or after the last day of the plan year and is retirement eligible; or he or she is separated from employment because of a job elimination on or after Oct. 1 of the plan year (as more fully described below); or died or became permanently disabled on or after Oct. 1 of the plan year, at the sole discretion of the company and based on recommendations of the former employee’s manager, he or she may receive an ICP award payment. ICP award amounts will be based on the award level for the business unit/functional unit the former employee was in on the date he or she separated from service, the former employee’s job performance and individual contribution to the success of the business while employed. The amount payable will be subject to prorata reduction based on the number of whole months worked during the plan year. Payment will be made at the same time as other ICP payments are made.


Job elimination on or after Oct. 1 of the plan year

An employee may be eligible for an ICP award payment in accordance with the company’s severance plan if an employee’s job is eliminated on or after Oct. 1 of the plan year and the employee is eligible for severance benefits. To be eligible for payment of an ICP award, an employee’s termination date must be on or after Oct. 1 of the plan year. An employee will be considered for an award based on his or her performance and the actual funding of the business unit or functional unit he or she was employed by at the time of separation from service. This award will be prorated based on the employee’s termination date. Any ICP award payment made due to job elimination will be paid at the same time as other ICP payments are made. There is no requirement that a terminated employee receive an ICP award as award payments are discretionary.

Rehires

If an employee is re-hired into an eligible position before Oct. 1 of the plan year, he or she will only be eligible for a prorated portion of the ICP award, based on his or her most recent re-hire date. Prior service during the plan year before the initial termination will not be used in the calculation of his or her ICP award amount. Re-hires after Oct. 1 of the plan year will not be eligible for an ICP award.

Example A:

Joe is in an ICP-eligible position and terminates employment with the company in May of the plan year. He is rehired in July of the same plan year in an ICP-eligible position. Joe would be eligible for a prorated ICP award based on his re-hire date, or 6/12ths of the plan year. His January through May service is not considered for purposes of determining his ICP award amount. If Joe’s year-end base salary is $30,000 and he has a 4% ICP target, and his actual award is at 100% of target, the calculation of his target award for the year would be: $30,000 (base) x 4% (ICP target) x 50% (6/12ths pro-ration for the months since re-hire in an ICP-eligible position).


The final award amount is dependent on Joe’s individual performance and the award level for the company and the business unit/functional unit he is employed by at the end of the plan year.

Example B:

Jane is in an ICP-eligible position and terminates employment with the company in July of the plan year. She is rehired on Oct. 15 in an ICP-eligible position. She would not be eligible for ICP in the plan year in which she was re-hired.

Transfer to/from ICP-eligible position from/to an ICP-ineligible position

Employees who switch positions during the year from an ICP-eligible position to a non-ICP-eligible position or vice-versa should be considered for a prorated award based on the period of time during which he or she was in an ICP-eligible job.

For example, if an employee is in an ICP-eligible position for the first seven months of the year, and then transfers to a position that is eligible for sales commission for the last five months, he or she should be eligible for a prorated award for 7/12ths of the year.

Each individual who changes positions in this type of situation will be treated on a case-by-case basis. There is no requirement that each individual be treated the same. For example, if an employee switches from an ICP-eligible position to a sales position that is ICP-ineligible, the employee may have incurred a decrease in base salary at the time of transfer because the incentive/base combination has changed. In a case like this, if determined to be eligible for an ICP award, the ICP award should be pro-rated and based on the employee’s eligible salary while in the ICP-eligible position (i.e., before switching to a sales position eligible for a sales plan). Human Resources will provide assistance to the employee’s manager in situations such as this.

Change in status temporary/regular

Employees who have a status of “temporary” employee and then switch to a “regular” employee during the plan year will be eligible for a prorated ICP award, based on the portion of the plan year he or she is classified as a regular employee. The employee must be classified as a regular employee no later than Sept. 30 of the plan year to be eligible to receive an ICP award payment. Eligibility for ICP awards is subject to all other eligibility criteria of the ICP. Employees who change from regular to temporary will not be eligible for an award, even if the switch occurs after Sept. 30 of the plan year.


Change of status – full-time to part-time

Eligibility for an ICP award payment is determined as of Dec. 31 of the plan year. If an employee is scheduled to work 20 hours or more per week, he or she is eligible to receive an ICP award based on eligible pay on Dec. 31.

For example, if Scott goes from full-time at $30,000 with a 4% ICP target, to part time, 20 hours per week, with a salary of $15,000 and a 4% target on Dec. 15, Scott’s ICP target will be reduced from $1,200 to $600. If, on the other hand, Scott goes from part-time with a $15,000 salary for 20 hours per week, to full-time at $30,000, both with a 4% target, his ICP target award would increase from $600 to $1,200.

The ICP target is based solely on what the salary and ICP target percentage are on Dec. 31 (including overtime if applicable). Award amounts are based on the individual performance and company, business unit/functional unit performance for the plan year, and any other factors taken into consideration by the company.

Leave of absence

Award amounts will be determined by the company, based on manager recommendations, and based on the contributions that the employee made during the plan year. The company will determine if an ICP award will be adjusted due to the leave affecting the employee’s individual performance and contribution to the overall success of the company, business unit/functional unit and other factors for the plan year. The company will make payments required by applicable law for those employee’s who are on military leave.

Employees on long-term disability are not eligible for an award.

In case of death

If an employee’s death occurs on or before Sept. 30 of the plan year, they are not eligible for an award. If the employee’s death occurs on or after Oct. 1, they are eligible for a prorated award. The actual award will be based on individual performance, plan funding for the company, business unit/functional unit he or she was employed by on the date of death, and other factors.

Other important information about the plan

The company is solely responsible for the administration of the ICP. There is no requirement that any amounts be paid for a plan year, even if all performance objectives are satisfied for that year. All ICP payments are made solely out of the general assets of the company. The company is solely responsible for making all decisions under the plan and its decision will be conclusive and binding on all interested parties. There is no requirement that eligible employees be treated the same under the ICP. The company reserves the right to amend, modify or terminate the ICP at any time and for any or no reason, without prior notice.


Nothing in the plan will interfere with or limit in any way the right of the company to terminate any participant’s employment at any time, nor will anything in the plan confer upon any participant any right to continue in the employ of the company, an employer or an affiliate.

Exhibit 10. 53

 

 

THE RULES OF THE ING GROUP

LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

 

adopted by the Executive Board of ING Groep NV

(1st amended version approved as per January 16, 2012)

(2nd amended version as per February 13, 2012)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

Table of Contents

 

RULE 1:  

DEFINITIONS

     3   
RULE 2:  

INTERPRETATION

     9   
RULE 3:  

LAPSE OF AWARDS

     10   
RULE 4:  

AVAILABILITY OF PLAN SHARES

     10   
RULE 5:  

POWERS OF THE EXECUTIVE BOARD

     10   
RULE 6:  

PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN

     11   
RULE 7:  

NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS

     11   
RULE 8:  

VARIATION OF CAPITAL AND ADJUSTMENT OF AWARDS

     11   
RULE 9:  

AWARDS

     12   
RULE 10:  

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

     13   
RULE 11:  

DISCRETIONARY AUTHORITY / HOLD BACK

     15   
RULE 12:  

RELEASE OF PLAN SHARES / DEFERRED CASH

     15   
RULE 13:  

CLAW-BACK

     15   
RULE 14:  

CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING

     16   
RULE 15:  

LOSS OF OFFICE OR EMPLOYMENT

     17   
RULE 16:  

PLAN SHARES

     18   
RULE 17:  

PERSONAL HEDGING

     18   
RULE 18:  

TAX AND SOCIAL SECURITY

     19   
RULE 19:  

REPORTING

     20   
RULE 20:  

PLAN AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

     20   
RULE 21:  

TERMINATION

     20   
RULE 22:  

ADMINISTRATION

     20   
RULE 23:  

DISPUTES

     21   
RULE 24:  

CONFLICTS WITH AGREEMENTS

     21   
RULE 25:  

GOVERNING LAW

     22   

 

(2)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

RULE 1: DEFINITIONS

In the Rules of this Plan, unless the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings set out below:

 

Acquiring Company    any company which obtains Control of the Company or substantially the whole of the business of the Company;
Acquiring Person   

any person, not being an Acquiring Company, who:

 

(a)     either alone or together with any person acting in concert with him has obtained Control of the Company; or

 

(b)     having Control of the Company, makes a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued Ordinary Share Capital (other than that which is already owned by him and/or by any person acting in concert with him);

Adoption Date    the date on which this Plan is adopted by the Executive Board;
Appropriate Period    in relation to an Acquiring Company or an Acquiring Person, the period of six months beginning at the time the Acquiring Company or Acquiring Person obtains Control of the Company;
ADRs    American Depository Receipts issued in respect of issued and fully paid-up Ordinary Share Capital of the Company;
Articles of Association    the articles of association of the Company as amended from time to time;
Award    the award of a Performance Share (Unit), an Upfront Share (Unit), a Deferred Share (Unit), Deferred Cash or any other instrument as specified in the LSPP Agreement;
BDRs    Bearer Depository Receipts issued in respect of issued and fully paid-up Ordinary Share Capital of the Company;

 

(3)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

Business Conditions    any situation, not being a Business Divestiture or Partial Sale, in which the termination of a Participant’s employment is caused by economic or strategic considerations and is not based primarily on the Participant’s individual performance;
Business Divestiture    the complete or partial transfer of a Group Company in which the Employee is employed to a transferee that is not a Group Company or a complete or partial initial public offering (IPO) of a Group Company in which the Employee is employed. A partial transfer or IPO is only considered a Business Divestiture if such transfer or IPO results in the Company (directly or indirectly) owning less than 50.1% of the voting stock in such transferred Group Company, where this Business Divestiture does not form part of the Company’s normal course of business as determined by the Executive Board;
CCRM    the function of the Company responsible for corporate compliance and risk management or any function to which this task is delegated to from time to time;
Cessation of Employment    the date on which the employment between the Employee and the Group ends;
Closed Period    a period so designated by CCRM;
Company    ING Groep NV, having its registered seat at Amsterdam, The Netherlands, registered with the Chamber of Commerce ( Kamer van Koophandel ) of Amsterdam under registration number 33231073;
Control    where any person or a group of persons acting in concert (for the avoidance of doubt, other than the Stichting ING Aandelen) has acquired 50.1% of the voting stock of the Company other than solely as a consequence of the cancellation of BDRs or ADRs and such persons have received a declaration from the regulatory authorities that there is no objection to their exercising the voting rights attached to such stock or where any person or group of persons acquires the right to appoint the majority of the Executive Board;

 

(4)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

Date of Award    the date on which an Award is made to a Participant, which shall be the date as specified in the LSPP Agreement;
Deferred Cash    a conditional right to receive payment in the form of cash at the Vesting Date where such right may be conditional upon the attainment of any Performance Target within the Performance Period;
Deferred Share    a conditional right to receive a number of Plan Shares upon Vesting where such right may be conditional upon the attainment of any Performance Target within the Performance Period;
Deferred Share Factor    the factor that is calculated by dividing (i) the period of employment during the Vesting Period in terms of months; by (ii) the total Vesting Period, also in terms of months, rounded up to the nearest whole number;
Employee   

either:

 

(i)      an employee of a Group Company who is not a director of the Company as mentioned in articles 18 and 19 of the Articles of Association; or

 

(ii)     a director (other than a non-executive director) of a Group Company other than the Company;

Executive Board    the board of directors of the Company, as mentioned in the articles 18 and 19 of the Articles of Association;
Group    the Company and its Subsidiaries as amended from time to time and the expression “member of the Group” shall be construed in accordance with Dutch law;
Group Company    the Company and any company which is for the time being a Subsidiary over which the Company has Control and which has been nominated by the Executive Board for participation for the time being in this Plan;

 

(5)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

Identified Staff    Staff as selected by the ING from time to time on the basis of and in accordance with the selection methodology and the criteria approved by the Supervisory Board;
LSPP    this long term sustainable performance plan, as amended from time to time;
LSPP Agreement    the agreement in respect of an Award effected to an Employee in accordance with Rule 9 or any other Award made under the terms of this Plan;
LSPP Committee    such person or committee of persons and successor person or committee of persons appointed by the Executive Board to whom the Executive Board has delegated such of its powers in relation to this Plan as it may determine and this definition should include any duly appointed agent or delegate of the LSPP Committee;
Open Period    any period so designated by CCRM;
Ordinary Share Capital    the issued and fully paid-up ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, as mentioned in the Articles of Association;
Partial Sale    the partial sale of a Group Company in which the Employee is employed to an entity or person that is not a Group Company. Or a partial initial public offering (IPO) of a Group Company in which Employee is employed. A partial sale or IPO is only considered a Partial Sale if such transfer or IPO results in the Company (directly or indirectly) owning less than 70% but more than 50% of the voting stock in such transferred Group Company and does therefore not qualify as a Business Divestiture;
Participant    an Employee to whom an Award has been made under the terms of this Plan, or a former Employee who was an Employee at the Date of Award;
Performance Incentive Zone    the predefined ranges used to determine the level of Vesting in the form of Performance Shares to Participants;

 

(6)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

Performance Period    the period in which the Performance Target should be attained and which shall be specified in the LSPP Agreement;
Performance Share    a right to receive Plan Shares at the Vesting Date which right is conditional subject to the attainment of any Performance Target imposed;
Performance Share Factor    the factor that is calculated by dividing the period of employment during the Performance Period in terms of months by the total Performance Period, also in terms of months, rounded up to the nearest whole number;
Performance Target    the target or targets, set at the Date of Award, that should be attained in order to determine the level of Plan Shares and/or Deferred Cash to be Released subject to the Vesting of the Awards as defined in the LSPP Agreement and/or other specific documents for Identified Staff;
Plan    the ING Long Term Sustainable Performance Plan, otherwise known as LSPP , in its present form or as from time to time amended in accordance with the provisions hereof;
Plan Shares    BDRs, or ADRs or any other instruments in respect thereof, as determined at the Date of Award by the Company and all references to Plan Shares in this Plan shall be construed accordingly;
Record Date    the official date set by the Company, preceding the date of Vesting of the Award, establishing the rights attaching to the issued and fully paid-up ordinary shares in the capital of the Company;
Redundancy    termination of a Participant’s employment within the Group due to a reorganisation of the Group in such circumstances as the Executive Board determines in its absolute discretion;

 

(7)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

Release    the transfer (‘levering’) of Plan Shares or the payment of Deferred Cash to a Participant and “Release” and “Released” shall be construed and interpreted accordingly;
Retention Period    period in which the disposition of any Plan Share acquired upon Vesting is not allowed, as determined in the LSPP Agreement;
Rules    the rules for the time being governing the Plan;
Stichting ING Aandelen    the foundation as incorporated in Amsterdam, in the register of companies under nr. 41156637;
Stock Exchange    the stock exchange of NYSE Euronext Amsterdam or any other recognised stock exchange where ING is primarily listed as the case may be;
Subsidiary    a company which qualifies as a subsidiary, in accordance with Article 2:24a of the Dutch Civil Code;
Supervisory Board    the board of Supervisory Board Directors of the Company or a duly authorised committee thereof, as mentioned in article 24 of the Articles of Association;
Target Payout    a payment made to a Participant in situations as defined in Rules 10.3 and 14.1, where the level of payment is not dependent on, or calculated by reference to, the attainment of any Performance Target;
Total and Permanent Disability    the mental or physical disability, whether occupational or non-occupational in cause, which satisfies such definition in: (i) any insurance policy or plan provided to the Participant by the Company or a Group Company; or alternatively (ii) the Participant’s applicable national legislation pertaining to persons with disability;

 

(8)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

Unit    an award in the form of cash as specified in the LSPP Agreement which will, however, resemble all other characteristics of either a Performance Share and/or Upfront Share and/or Deferred Share. In case a Unit is awarded, the reference to a Performance Share and/or Upfront Share and/or Deferred Share in the Rules and LSPP Agreement should be read as Performance Share Unit, Upfront Share Unit and Deferred Share Unit respectively;
Upfront Share    an unconditional right to receive a number of Plan Shares upon the Date of Award/Date of Vesting;
Vesting    the satisfaction of the requirements of the terms of vesting of an Award, as specified in the LSPP Agreement as appropriate, and “Vested” and “Vest” shall be construed accordingly;
Vesting Date    the date or dates on which an Award shall Vest, as determined by the Executive Board and as specified in the LSPP Agreement; and
Vesting Period    the period or periods in which the Plan Share or Deferred Cash is subject to continued employment conditions and to which any Performance Target may be applicable. Both shall be specified in the LSPP Agreement.

 

RULE 2: INTERPRETATION

Words or expressions used in the Plan shall where appropriate:

 

(i) when denoting the masculine gender include the feminine and vice versa;

 

(ii) when denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

(iii) when referring to any enactment be construed as a reference to that enactment as for the time being consolidated, amended, re-enacted or replaced and shall include any regulations made there under;

 

(iv) when referring to the Rules be taken to refer to the Rules of this Plan;

 

(v) when a period of time is specified and starts from a given day or the day of an act or event, be calculated exclusive of that day;

 

(vi) be construed such that the headings and sub-headings are for ease of reference only, and do not affect the interpretation of any Rule;

 

(9)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

(vii) when referring to any enactment or regulations under Dutch law be construed at the discretion of the Executive Board as a reference to other applicable laws or regulations of any other country (or region of a country); and

 

(viii) references to tax and/or social security contributions and/or withholding taxes shall for the avoidance of doubt include The Netherlands and any other jurisdiction to which an Employee to whom an Award is made may be subject.

 

RULE 3: LAPSE OF AWARDS

Where under any of the provisions of these Rules it is provided that an Award shall lapse, such lapsed Award shall cease to confer any rights whatsoever for the Participant notwithstanding any other provisions of these Rules.

 

RULE 4: AVAILABILITY OF PLAN SHARES

The Company shall at all times keep available sufficient authorised and unissued Plan Shares or shall procure that sufficient Plan Shares are available for transfer to satisfy the Release to the full extent possible of all Plan Shares which have neither lapsed nor been fully Released taking account of any other obligations of the Company to procure the provision of Plan Shares.

 

RULE 5: POWERS OF THE EXECUTIVE BOARD

 

5.1 The Plan shall be administered by the Executive Board. The Executive Board shall have such powers and authority delegated to it as set out in the Plan.

 

5.2 On behalf of the Company and where legally required in consultation with the Supervisory Board, the Executive Board shall have the exclusive authority and complete discretion to:

 

  (i) decide, on an annual basis, whether or not to effect an Award to Employees and decide what percentage of the Ordinary Share Capital will be used to give effect to such annual Award;

 

  (ii) select eligible Employees;

 

  (iii) make an Award to Employees;

 

  (iv) determine the format, terms and conditions of any LSPP Agreement;

 

  (v) determine, for each Award effected, that the Performance Target attaching to such an Award has been met;

 

  (vi) construe and interpret the Plan, any LSPP Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to the Plan;

 

  (vii) authorise any person to execute on behalf of the Company, any instrument required to effectuate an Award; and

 

  (viii) make all other determinations deemed necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

 

(10)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

5.3 In consultation with the Supervisory Board, the Executive Board shall determine as soon as practicable after the Adoption Date if, how and to what extent any of its powers shall be delegated to the LSPP Committee. The Executive Board shall provide the LSPP Committee with written guidelines to this effect, notwithstanding the authority of the Executive Board to amend or withdraw any such delegation of powers at any time.

 

5.4 The Executive Board’s interpretation and construction of any provision of the Plan, of any Award effected under the Plan or of any LSPP Agreement shall be final and binding on all persons claiming an interest in an Award effected under the Plan. The Executive Board shall not be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan.

 

RULE 6: PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN

 

6.1 Eligible Employees may become Participants of the Plan.

 

6.2 The Executive Board shall have the absolute complete discretion to select Employees as Participants.

 

RULE 7: NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS

Save as provided in Rules 10.3 to 10.5, no Award nor any right there under (conditional or otherwise) nor Plan Shares Released subject to a Retention Period shall be capable of being transferred, assigned, charged, pledged or encumbered and any attempt to do so by a Participant will cause such Award to lapse with immediate effect. In addition, a Participant’s rights under this Plan are not subject, in any manner, to alienation, sale, transfer, pledge, attachment or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or by the beneficiaries of the Participant.

 

RULE 8: VARIATION OF CAPITAL AND ADJUSTMENT OF AWARDS

 

8.1 In the event of any capitalisation issue (other than a capitalisation issue in substitution for, or as an alternative to, a cash dividend) or rights issue or rights offer or any reduction, sub-division, consolidation or other variation of the capital of the Company affecting the number of BDRs and/or ADRs in issue (including any change in the currency in which Plan Shares are denominated), the number of Plan Shares comprised in any Award may be adjusted by the Company (including retrospective adjustments where appropriate) effective at the date of such capitalisation issue in such manner as the Company considers to be in its opinion fair and reasonable.

 

8.2 Notice of any adjustment shall be given to those Participants affected by such adjustment by the Company.

 

(11)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

RULE 9: AWARDS

 

9.1 Awards of Performance Shares, Upfront Shares, Deferred Shares, Deferred Cash and/or any other instruments as determined by the Executive Board may be made at any time on or after the Adoption Date of this Plan.

 

9.2 Each Award shall be evidenced by a written LSPP Agreement concluded between the Participant and the Company, setting forth further individual terms and conditions pertaining to such Award. LSPP Agreements shall be available in each of the countries in which the Plan is operational and shall, together and concurrently with the Plan, govern the Award in accordance with local legal and regulatory requirements.

 

9.3 An LSPP Agreement shall, to the extent applicable, specify:

 

  (i) the type of Award;

 

  (ii) the Date of Award;

 

  (iii) any consideration payable by a Participant for an Award made in his favour;

 

  (iv) the Performance Period;

 

  (v) the Performance Target and/or any conditions and limitations which may have been imposed in accordance with Rule 9.4;

 

  (vi) the Performance Incentive Zone;

 

  (vii) the Vesting Date;

 

  (viii) the Release date(s);

 

  (ix) the Retention Period which may pose restrictions on the disposition of any Plan Shares acquired upon Vesting;

 

  (x) submission by the Participant of such forms and documents as the Executive Board may reasonably require;

 

  (xi) procedures to facilitate the payment of withholding taxes in accordance with Rule 18; and/or

 

  (xii) all such other information as required by the terms of these Rules.

 

9.4 The Executive Board, when making an Award, may in its absolute discretion impose any Performance Target, being conditions and limitations (additional to any conditions and limitations contained in any other of these Rules) which must be satisfied prior to the Vesting of such Award, provided that such additional conditions and limitations shall be objective, specified at the Date of Award and/or at the beginning of the Performance Period set out in full in the LSPP Agreement or other specific documents applicable to Identified Staff and, where applicable, in conformity with the applicable remuneration framework(s) as determined by the Supervisory Board.

 

(12)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

9.5 Save as provided in Rules 10.3, 10.4, 10.5, 10.7, 11, 14.1 and 14.3, an Award will Vest upon each Vesting Date stated in the LSPP Agreement provided that, at the applicable Vesting Date any Performance Target, being additional conditions and limitations imposed on the Award in accordance with Rule 9.4 (and which have not been waived) have been fulfilled and the Participant is employed by the Group at the respective Vesting Date.

 

RULE 10: TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

10.1 Save as provided in Rule 10.2 to 10.4, if a Participant ceases to be employed within the Group, Awards that have not yet Vested shall lapse on the Cessation of Employment.

 

10.2 If a Participant ceases to be employed within the Group by reason of:

 

  (i) injury or Total and Permanent Disability (evidenced to the satisfaction of the Executive Board); or

 

  (ii) early retirement by agreement of the Executive Board; or

 

  (iii) by virtue of retirement on reaching his normal retirement age as determined in the applicable retirement benefit programme, statutory or otherwise

his Awards shall continue to Vest upon the Vesting Date provided and to the extent that any applicable Performance Target has been met according to the last performance measurement and subject to Rule 11. The number of Performance Shares that has Vested is at the respective Vesting Date(s) multiplied by the Performance Share Factor(s). Deferred Shares and Deferred Cash are only multiplied by the Deferred Share Factor if explicitly stated in the LSPP Agreement.

 

10.3 If a Participant dies, his Awards shall be deemed to have Vested on the day of death, such that payment as a result of such Vesting is set at the Target Payout. The number of Performance Shares that has Vested is at the respective Vesting Date(s) multiplied by the Performance Share Factor(s).

 

10.4 If a Participant ceases to be employed within the Group by virtue of termination of employment by the Company or a Group Company due to Business Conditions (including, but not limited to, Redundancy) or a business divestiture that forms part of the Company’s normal course of business, his Awards shall be deemed to have Vested on the Cessation of Employment and to the extent that any applicable Performance Target has been met according to the last performance measurement, except if stated otherwise in the LSPP Agreement. The number of Performance Shares that has Vested is at the respective Vesting Date(s) multiplied by the Performance Share Factor(s).

 

(13)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

10.5 If a Participant is given notice of termination of employment in circumstances involving fraud, gross negligence, wilful misconduct or any activity detrimental to the Group, to be determined by the Executive Board, all Awards (Vested and not Vested) shall lapse immediately on the date the notice of termination of employment is given to the Participant.

 

10.6 All Plan Shares that Vest based on Rules 10.2 to 10.4, except if explicitly stated otherwise in the LSPP Agreement, shall be converted on the Vesting Date into a right to receive a cash amount equal to the opening price per BDR or ADR on the Stock Exchange on the Vesting Date, as reported by Bloomberg or any such other appropriate source, multiplied by the number of Vested Plan Shares. Any such payment shall be effected as soon as practicable following the Vesting Date.

 

10.7 Notwithstanding Rule 10.2 to 10.5, the Executive Board in its absolute discretion may decide that an Award shall lapse immediately, with no payment whatsoever being due to the Participant. The Supervisory Board may also consent to Vest any such Award in whole or in part to the extent as it may determine and considers reasonable.

 

10.8 Notwithstanding Rules 10.3 and 10.4, if a Participant dies or is given notice of termination of employment due to Redundancy and there has been no performance measurement of the Performance Target yet, the Awards will Vest such that payment as a result of such Vesting is set at the Target Payout.

 

10.9 For the avoidance of doubt, if an Employee is serving notice after having resigned on a voluntary basis, he will not be able to claim a settlement of his Awards other than described in this Rule 10 in case a corporate restructuring as described in Rule 14 occurs or is announced during this notice period.

 

(14)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

RULE 11: DISCRETIONARY AUTHORITY / HOLD BACK

The Supervisory Board has the authority to adjust the number of Plan Shares and/or the amount of Deferred Cash; and/or cancel the Awards in whole or in part:

 

  (i) in case of evidence of misbehaviour or serious error by the Participant (e.g. breach of code of conduct and other internal rules, especially concerning risks); or

 

  (ii) in case of malfeasance or fraud by the Participant; or

 

  (iii) in the event the Company or the business line in which the relevant staff member works suffers a significant failure of risk management; or

 

  (iv) in the event of significant negative changes in the economic or regulatory capital base (based on a capital test); or

 

  (v) if any other material new information arises that would have changed the original determination of the award if it were known at the time of award; or

 

  (vi) specific conduct, alone or in concert with others, which has led to the material re-statement of the Company’s annual accounts and/or significant (reputational) harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

The Supervisory Board will annually assess, prior to Vesting, whether and to what extent this discretionary authority needs to be applied.

 

RULE 12: RELEASE OF PLAN SHARES / DEFERRED CASH

Subject to Rules 18.2 to 18.5, Release of Plan Shares and/or Deferred Cash to the extent that this relates to a Vested Award shall be effected by the Company transferring the relevant Plan Shares and/or Deferred Cash amount, or procuring that the relevant Plan Shares and/or Deferred Cash shall be transferred (or issued as the case may be for Plan Shares) to the Participant as soon as practicable following the Vesting Date.

 

RULE 13: CLAW-BACK

 

13.1 Notwithstanding the Rules of this Plan and the terms and conditions as specified in the LSPP Agreement, the Company shall have the right to reclaim any Plan Shares or Deferred Cash that has been Released to the Participant under this Plan in case he/she engages in conduct or performs acts which are considered as:

 

  (i) malfeasance or fraud; or

 

  (ii) specific conduct, alone or in concert with others, which has led to the material re-statement of the Company’s annual accounts and/or significant (reputational) harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

(15)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

13.2 In case, the Participant has sold (part of) his/her Plan Shares after Vesting, the Company reserves the right to claim from the Participant an amount in euro’s equal to the fair market value of the Plan Shares at the time of such sale. For this purpose, the fair market value is determined as the first trading price of a BDR or ADR on the Stock Exchange as reported by Bloomberg or any such other appropriate source on the date the Company makes such claim. If, on any such date no such price exists, the first trading price of a BDR or ADR on the Stock Exchange as reported by Bloomberg or any such other appropriate source on the nearest preceding day on which such a price exists, will be taken.

 

13.3 The Participant is obliged to repay this amount at first demand by the Company, such payment being made no later than 30 days after the first demand. Whether the Participant has engaged in such conduct or has performed such acts is determined at the discretion of the Supervisory Board.

 

RULE 14: CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING

 

14.1 Subject to the Articles of Association, required approval of the General Meeting and any applicable laws, in the event of the Company’s dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, merger, split, consolidation or similar transaction, change in Control, Business Divestiture or share-for-share exchange, the Supervisory Board shall have the power to:

 

  (i) let the Awards Vest such that payment as a result of such Vesting is set at the Target Payout, except as explicitly stated otherwise in the LSPP Agreement. The number of Plan Shares Vested is then, at the discretion of the Supervisory Board, multiplied by the Performance Share Factor for Performance Shares and multiplied by the Deferred Share Factor(s) for Deferred Shares and/or Deferred Cash, in case such Deferred Share Factor has been stated in the LSPP Agreement;

 

  (ii) provide for the exchange of each outstanding Award as made from time to time for other securities or instruments and, as a result, make any necessary equitable adjustment in the number of securities or instruments; or

 

  (iii) take whatever other reasonable steps the Supervisory Board considers appropriate and equitable.

 

14.2 The Plan Shares and Deferred Cash Awarded shall be Released within the Appropriate Period as soon as the Supervisory Board has determined that the change of Control has occurred in line with the provisions of this Rule 14.2 and is satisfied that the applicable requirements of Rules 18.2 to 18.5 have been satisfied.

 

(16)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

14.3 In the event of a Partial Sale, the Awards shall continue to Vest upon the Vesting Date provided and to the extent that the applicable Performance Target has been met. This number of Plan Shares Vested or Deferred Cash paid is then at the respective Vesting Date multiplied by the Performance Share Factor(s) for Performance Shares and multiplied by the Deferred Share Factor(s) for Deferred Shares and/or Deferred Cash, if any, as stated in the LSPP Agreement.

Notwithstanding the aforementioned, the Supervisory Board in its absolute discretion may consent to:

 

  (i) provide for the exchange of each outstanding Award as awarded from time to time for other securities and, as a result, make any necessary equitable adjustment in the number of securities;

 

  (ii) take whatever other reasonable steps the Supervisory Board considers appropriate and equitable.

 

14.4 All adjustments and/or payments described in Rules 14.1 and 14.3 made by the Supervisory Board shall be reviewed and approved by an independent advisor. Such approval shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

14.5 Except as expressly provided in this Rule 14, no Participant shall be afforded any rights by reason of any capital or corporate reorganisation of the Company.

 

14.6 Any Award made under the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or any Group Company to effectuate any capital or corporate reorganisation.

 

RULE 15: LOSS OF OFFICE OR EMPLOYMENT

 

15.1 The Plan does not form part of the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any Group Company, and shall not be construed to give any Participant the right to remain in the employ of the Company or any Group Company.

 

15.2 An Award made under this Plan cannot be considered a guarantee to the Participant that the employment of the Participant with the Company or with any other Group Company will continue.

 

15.3 Any benefits derived by the Participant under this Plan shall not be taken into account for the purposes of determining the Participant’s contribution or entitlement to benefits under any pension arrangement or for the purposes of determining any other claim for compensation the Participant may have against the Company or against any other Group Company.

 

(17)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

15.4 Where the employment of the Participant terminates for whatever reason, the Participant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages including damages following unfair dismissal, any other form of breach of contract or any claim for compensation for the loss of employment insofar as such compensation or damages arise or may arise from the Participant ceasing to have rights under, or ceasing to be entitled to receive Awards, to receive cash under this Plan as a result of such termination. The Plan shall not at any time affect the rights of the Company or a Group Company to terminate such Participant’s status as an Employee, whether with or without cause.

 

15.5 Any Award made under this Plan shall not entitle or preclude the Participant from participating in another Award under the Plan or participation in any other plan operated by the Company or Group.

 

RULE 16: PLAN SHARES

 

16.1 All transfers and all allotments of Plan Shares shall be subject to any necessary regulatory consents for the time being in force and it shall be the responsibility of the Company to comply with any requirements to be fulfilled in order to obtain or obviate the necessity for any such consent. If no regulatory consent is granted, the Award shall be null and void. The Participant shall in such a case not be entitled to any compensation.

 

16.2 Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will be transferred without the benefit of any rights (including shareholder rights) attaching thereto by reference to a Record Date preceding the date of Vesting in the case of Awards. Save as regards rights attaching to Plan Shares by reference to a Record Date prior to the date on which the Plan Shares are allotted and issued, Plan Shares Released shall be identical and rank pari passu in all respects with the shares in the same class then in issue.

 

RULE 17: PERSONAL HEDGING

It is strictly forbidden for the Participant to enter into an insurance or hedging contract with any party with a stipulation that the Participant directly or indirectly by means of any related person in the event of a downward adjustment in and/or decreasing value of the Awards made under this Plan will be compensated by this party for the amounts by which the Participant’s variable remuneration has been reduced or decreased in value, in whole or in part.

 

(18)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

RULE 18: TAX AND SOCIAL SECURITY

 

18.1 All applicable personal tax and employee social security levies in respect of the implementation of the Plan shall be borne by the Participant.

 

18.2 It shall be a condition of the obligation of the Company, to issue or to procure the transfer of Plan Shares to a Participant and the Participant (or in the event of his death, his legal personal representatives (or, if appropriate, his designated beneficiary or beneficiaries and in the event of there being no designated beneficiary or beneficiaries, his estate) persons) shall permit the Company or any Group Company to account for an amount equal to any wage or income tax, employee’s social security contributions liability and any other liabilities for which the Company or a Group Company (as the case may be) has an obligation to withhold and account.

 

18.3 In order to meet its obligations, the Participant may permit the Company to sell, on behalf of the Participant, sufficient Plan Shares to meet the Participant’s liabilities under Rule 18.1 above, except as explicitly stated otherwise in the LSPP Agreement. The Company or any Group Company as the case may be may retain from the sale proceeds an amount equal to such liability and any balance will be paid to the Participant.

 

18.4 Whenever Plan Shares are to be Released or issued under the Plan, the Company or any Group Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company or a Group Company an amount sufficient to satisfy all withholding tax requirements prior to the Release of the Plan Shares, including, but not limited to, the withholding of wage tax, income tax and social security contributions.

 

18.5 The Plan is governed by the applicable tax and social security legislation and regulations prevailing at the date of the adoption of the Plan by the Executive Board of the Company. If any tax and/or social security legislation or regulations are amended in the future and any tax or employee social security levies become payable, the costs and risks related thereto shall be borne by the Participant.

 

18.6 For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Rules 18.2 to 18.4 shall apply to a Participant’s liabilities that may arise on the Award, Vesting and/or Release of his Award in more than one jurisdiction.

 

18.7 Except as described in this Rule 18, any tax, employee’s social security contributions or similar liabilities arising out of the disposal of Plan Shares shall be solely the responsibility of the Participant. Any payment made under the Plan shall not be pensionable and shall not be brought into account for the purposes of calculating or imputing any salary related benefits of the Participant.

 

(19)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

RULE 19: REPORTING

It shall be a condition of the obligation of the Company to issue or to procure the transfer of Plan Shares to Participants that such issue or transfer shall not take place until such time as the Company is satisfied that the Company or Group Company which employs the Participant is aware of, and will carry out, its reporting obligations in respect of the transfer or issue of Plan Shares where necessary.

 

RULE 20: PLAN AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

 

20.1 Subject to Rule 20.3 and in consultation with the Supervisory Board, the Executive Board may from time to time at its absolute discretion amend any of the Rules of the Plan.

 

20.2 In consultation with the Supervisory Board, the Executive Board shall have the power from time to time to make or vary regulations for the administration of this Plan and to amend the terms or impose further conditions on the Vesting or Release of Awards to take account of taxation, securities law or exchange control laws provided always that such regulations, terms and conditions do not conflict with the provisions of this Plan.

 

20.3 Save where requirements exist under statutory laws or obligations, no amendment, waiver or replacement to or of this Plan, any Rule or regulations for the administration of this Plan shall be made to the extent to which it would have a detrimental effect on any of the subsisting rights of Participants except with such consent on their part.

 

RULE 21: TERMINATION

Notwithstanding the provisions contained in Rule 9.1 of this Plan, the Executive Board may at any time resolve that no further Awards be made to Participants under this Plan, and in such event no further Awards will be made but in all other respects the provisions of this Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

 

RULE 22: ADMINISTRATION

 

22.1 Written notice of any amendment made in accordance with Rule 20 shall be given to those Participants affected by such amendment.

 

(20)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

22.2 Any notice or other document required to be given hereunder to any Participant shall be delivered to him at his email address or such other address as may appear to the Executive Board to be appropriate or in any other format agreed in advance between the Participant and the person giving the notice on behalf of the Executive Board. Any notice or other document required to be given to the Company, a Group Company, the Executive Board or the Company shall be delivered in a format agreed in advance between the Participant and the person receiving the notice. Notices sent by post, unless received earlier, shall be deemed to have been given on the fifth day following the date of posting.

 

22.3 The Company may, at its absolute discretion, issue written guidance setting out the procedures whereby the Plan shall be operated. If such written guidance is issued to any Group Company, that Group Company shall be obliged to act in accordance with that written guidance except that in the event of a conflict between any such written guidance and the Rules, the Rules will take precedence.

 

22.4 Participants shall be subject to and bound by the terms and conditions of the regulations concerning inside information, the [“ Reglement inzake Voorwetenschap ”]. Such rules may restrict the rights of the Participants under this Plan. Participants are expected to be familiar with the regulations concerning inside information and any other information, guidance and/or regulations issued by the Company or relevant government or regulatory bodies, and the Company shall incur no liability should the Participant act in breach of these rules.

 

RULE 23: DISPUTES

The decision of the Executive Board in any dispute or question relating to any Award shall be final and conclusive subject to the terms of this Plan.

 

RULE 24: CONFLICTS WITH AGREEMENTS

 

24.1 The provisions of a LSPP Agreement shall govern and prevail in the event of any conflict with the Rules of the Plan. Any conflicting or inconsistent term of a LSPP Agreement shall be interpreted and implemented by the Executive Board in a manner consistent with the Plan.

 

24.2 Where these Plan Rules or a LSPP Agreements are translated into any other language, the English language copy as adopted by the Executive Board will prevail in case of ambiguities or omissions in the translations.

 

(21)


ING GROUP LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

RULE 25: GOVERNING LAW

 

25.1 These Rules shall be governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the law of The Netherlands.

 

25.2 The Company, Group Companies and the Participants irrevocably submit, in respect of any suit, action or proceeding related to the interpretation or enforcement of the Plan, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Amsterdam.

***

 

(22)

Exhibit 10.54

ING GROEP N.V. (the ‘Company’)

Insurance Americas

Atlanta

United States

Deferred Amount =

Number of Deferred Shares =

Number of Performance Shares =

Any Award of Deferred Shares and Performance Shares pursuant to the ING Group Long Term Sustainable Performance Plan (“LSPP”) is subject to the following terms and conditions. Your personal details listed above together with these terms and conditions constitute your LSPP Agreement (the “Agreement”).

Article 1 – General

 

1.1 The capitalised terms in this Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined or the context otherwise requires, have the same definition as in the Plan. Unless otherwise stated or the context so requires, the singular shall be construed to mean the plural, and vice versa.

 

1.2 The provisions of this Agreement shall govern and prevail in the event of any conflict with the Plan. Any conflicting or inconsistent term of this Agreement shall be interpreted and implemented by the Executive Board in a manner consistent with the Plan.

 

1.3 The Participant has read the Rules of the Plan, and accepts and agrees to the terms and conditions thereof.

 

1.4 The Participant understands and accepts that failure to accept this Agreement by returning a signed copy of this Agreement to the Company on or before 20 April 2011 will result in the forfeiture of the Awards granted.

Article 2 – Deferred Shares Award

 

2.1 Nature of this Award . The Award made under this Agreement constitutes a conditional right to receive a number of Plan Shares equal to the number of awarded Deferred Shares (the number is indicated at the top of the first page of this Agreement) and is a result from the fact that the Participant’s 2010 discretionary bonus has exceeded a threshold. For that reason, part of his/her 2010 discretionary bonus will be granted in Deferred Shares.

Please note that to determine whether the Participant’s 2010 discretionary bonus did exceed the threshold and what part of the Participant’s 2010 discretionary bonus should be deferred, ING has used an exchange rate that is calculated by taking the average exchange rates of the last four quarters in 2010 and dividing the sum of those four average exchange rates by four.


2.2 Deferred Amount . The gross amount that initially is being deferred is indicated at the top of the first page of this Agreement (“Deferred Amount”).

 

2.3

Number of Deferred Shares . The number of Deferred Shares as indicated on the top of the first page of this Agreement has been determined by the average of the opening and closing price of BDR’s on the Stock Exchange on 16 February 2011, the date of publication of the results 4 th quarter 2010. If this calculation does not result in a whole number, the figure will be rounded up to avoid fractional shares.

If the Deferred Amount at the date of award is denominated in a currency other than euro’s, the number of Deferred Shares is calculated by converting the Deferred Amount to euro’s by taking the exchange rate on 16 February 2011 and then dividing the gross Deferred Amount in euro’s by the average of the opening and closing price of BDR’s on the Stock Exchange on 16 February 2011, the date of publication of the results 4 th quarter 2010.

 

2.4 Date of Award . The date on which the Award will be made is 30 March 2011.

 

2.5 Consideration . No consideration is payable by the Participant in respect of this Award.

 

2.6 Deferred Share Factor(s) . No Deferred Share Factor(s) is applied in respect of this Award.

 

2.7 Vesting Date and Release Date . Save as provided in Rules 10.3, 10.4, 10.5, 10.7, 14.1 and 14.3 of the Plan, this Award will Vest for 1/3rd on 30 March 2012, 1/3rd on 30 March 2013 and 1/3rd on 30 March 2014 (each, a “Release Date”), provided the Participant is still employed by the Group on the respective Vesting Date. If this calculation does not result in the entire number of Deferred Shares, the figure that ultimately vests will be rounded up to avoid fractional shares. Plan Shares, to the extent that this relates to a Vested Award, shall be Released to the Participant as soon as practicable following the respective Release Date. If this calculation does not result in the exact Number of Deferred Shares Awarded, the remaining number of deferred shares will Vest on the last Release Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Plan to the contrary, to the extent this Award becomes Vested in accordance with:

 

  (a) Rule 10.2(i), Plan Shares shall be released as soon as practicable following the Cessation of Employment (provided that such injury or Total and Permanent Disability constitutes a “disability” within the meaning of US Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(4) subject to Plan rule 10.6;

 

  (b) Rules 10.2(ii), 10.2(iii) or 10.4, Plan Shares shall be released on the applicable Release Date subject to Plan rule 10.6;

 

  (c) Rule 10.3, Plan Shares shall be released as soon as practicable following the date of death subject to Plan rule 10.6; and

 

  (d) Rule 14, to the extent a change of Control, Business Divestiture, Partial Sale or other corporate restructuring constitutes a “change in ownership”, “change in effective control” or “change in ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the relevant corporation (each, as defined in the US Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)), then Plan Shares shall be released as soon as practicable following the applicable transaction. Otherwise, Plan Shares shall be released as of the applicable Release Date.

 

-2-


2.8 Credit Under Employee Benefit Plans . The grant date value of Deferred Shares that are granted in connection with a deferral of an annual bonus amount may credited to employee benefit plans to the same extent that such amount would have been credited to any such plan had such amount been paid in the form of an annual bonus payable in cash.

Article 3 – Performance Shares Award

 

3.1 Nature of this Award . The Award made under this Agreement constitutes the grant of a conditional right to receive Plan Shares following the Vesting of Performance Shares.

 

3.2 Number of Plan Shares subject to the Award . The Company will grant the Participant an Award to receive the number of Plan Shares as communicated to the Participant, under the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, if and provided that the Participant is still employed by the Group on the Date of Award.

 

3.3 Date of Award . The date on which the Award will be made is 30 March 2011.

 

3.4 Consideration . No consideration is payable by the Participant in respect of this Award.

 

3.5 Vesting Date, Release Date, and Performance Target . Save as provided in Rules 10.3, 10.4, 10.5, 10.7, 14.1 and 14.3 of the Plan, this Award will Vest in three tranches, being 1/3rd on 30 March 2012, 1/3rd on 30 March 2013 and 1/3rd on 30 March 2014 (each, a “Release Date”) provided and to the extent (i) the Performance Target to be attained at the end of each Performance Period, as detailed annually by means of an Annex, are met; and (ii) the Participant is still employed by the Group on such date. If this calculation does not result in the entire number of Performance Shares, the figure that is subject to and the figure that ultimately Vests will be rounded up to avoid fractional shares. Plan Shares, to the extent that this relates to a Vested Award, shall be Released to the Participant as soon as practicable following the respective Vesting Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Plan to the contrary, to the extent this Award becomes Vested in accordance with:

 

  (a) Rule 10.2(i), Plan Shares shall be released as soon as practicable following the Cessation of Employment (provided that such injury or Total and Permanent Disability constitutes a “disability” within the meaning of US Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(4) subject to Plan rule 10.6;

 

  (b) Rules 10.2(ii), 10.2(iii) or 10.4, Plan Shares shall be released on the applicable Release Date subject to Plan rule 10.6;

 

-3-


  (c) Rule 10.3, Plan Shares shall be released as soon as practicable following the date of death subject to Plan rule 10.6; and

 

  (d) Rule 14, to the extent a change of Control, Business Divestiture, Partial Sale or other corporate restructuring constitutes a “change in ownership”, “change in effective control” or “change in ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the relevant corporation (each, as defined in US Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)), then Plan Shares shall be released as soon as practicable following the applicable transaction. Otherwise, Plan Shares shall be released as of the Release Date.

Article 4 – Claw back

 

4.1 Notwithstanding the Rules of this Plan and the terms and conditions as specified in this LSPP Agreement, the Participant expressly agrees that the Company shall have the right to reclaim any Plan Shares that has been Released to the Participant under this Plan in case he/she engages in conduct or performs acts which are considered as:

 

  (i) malfeasance;

 

  (ii) fraud; or

 

  (iii) specific conduct, alone or in concert with others, which has led to the material restatement of the Company’s annual accounts and/or significant (reputational) harm to the Company.

 

4.2 By signing this LSPP Agreement, the Participant acknowledges that he understands and agrees that in case the Participant has sold (part of) his/her Plan Shares after Vesting, the Company has the right to claim from the Participant an amount in euro’s equal to the fair market value of the Plan Shares at the time of such sale and the Participant is obliged to repay this amount at first demand by the Company, such payment being made no later than 30 days after the first demand. Whether the Participant has engaged in such conduct or has performed such acts is determined at the discretion of the Supervisory Board.

Article 5 – Various

 

5.1 Compliance with U.S. Tax Law . Where the Participant qualifies as a US Taxpayer, the Participant understands and agrees that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement, and the Awards made hereby, shall be administered in accordance with the applicable provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), including but not limited to, Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything in Rule 8 of the Plan to the contrary, any adjustment of this Award shall be made in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. This Award is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and will be administered and interpreted in accordance with that intent. In the event that the Participant is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of the Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(i)) as of the date of the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(h)) and if this Award cannot be paid or provided in the manner otherwise provided without subjecting the Participant to “additional tax”, interest or penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then Plan Shares shall be released on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s separation from service.

 

-4-


5.2 Delivery of Plan Shares or Sale of Plan Shares . Except as otherwise provided above and notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in accordance with instructions provided by the Participant, Plan Shares, to the extent that this relates to a Vested Award, shall be transferred to the brokerage account of the Participant and/or sold by the Company on behalf of and for the account of the Participant, as soon as practicable following the Release Date. The Participant should provide instructions to the Company during the designated period(s) prior to the Release Date instructing the Company to transfer the Plan Shares to the brokerage account of the Participant and/or to sell such Plan Shares on behalf of and for the account of the Participant. If the Participant fails to provide any such instructions to the Company during the designated period(s), the Plan Shares shall automatically be sold on behalf of and for the account of the Participant.

Article 6 – Data protection

 

6.1 The Participant hereby consents to the processing, collection, recording, organising, storing and adapting by the Company and the third party administrators involved in the operation and administration of the Plan, of the personal data, (including, inter alia, name, business contact information, personnel number, position and information on Grants or Awards) relating to the Participant for the sole purpose of participating in the Plan and the Agreement including the operation and administration of the Plan and grants hereby such consent for the period specified in Article 6.4 of this Agreement.

 

6.2 The Participant also consents to the transfer of his/her personal data referred to under Article 6.1 of this Agreement by the Company to third party administrators that are assigned to the operation and administration of the Plan for this Participant specifically and that are located in the United States, Canada, Singapore, Australia, Hong Kong or in some countries in the EU.

The Participant agrees that some of these countries that are outside of the European Union have a level of protection in respect of personal data that may not be regarded as adequate when viewed in the context of Dutch data protection law.

 

6.3 The Participant also agrees that a limited set of his/her personal data (name, LSPP ID, business line) is accessible to those third party administrators that are not specifically assigned to him/her for the operation and administration of the Plan, in the countries referred to under Article 6.2 of this Agreement, for the sole purpose of identification and other related administrative reasons (e.g. to trace Participants that have changed position within the ING Group).

 

6.4 The Participant’s personal data related to the Plan will be held in a database file titled with his/her name and unique identification code for the duration of the Plan taking to account any additional data retention period required by applicable law. The database will be kept by the Company or Group Companies on behalf of the Company.

 

-5-


6.5 Third party administrators are all Group Companies, but may incidentally include other third party advisors in respect of any incentive schemes or arrangements operated by the Company and any regulatory authorities or other governmental body (e.g. for tax and other purposes pursuant to applicable law and regulations).

 

6.6 The Participant understands that the provision of all of his/her personal data is obligatory for the purpose of his/her participation in the Plan and agrees with the transfer of the relevant personal data to Company by the Group Company that he/she is employed by. The Participant is aware of his/her right to access and/or correct personal data, if and when necessary, by contacting the local Human Resources representative.

Article 7 – Governing law and Jurisdiction

 

7.1 Governing law and jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the law of the Netherlands. The Company and the Participant irrevocably submit, in respect of any suit, action or proceeding related to the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Amsterdam.

 

7.2 Partial invalidity . Parties expressly agree that the invalidity or unenforceability of an Article or Articles of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Article of this Agreement and that the remainder of this Agreement will remain in full effect. Any such invalid or unenforceable Article shall be replaced or be deemed to be replaced by a provision that is considered to be valid and enforceable. The interpretation of the replacing Article shall be as close as possible to the intent of the invalid or unenforceable Article.

Article 8 – Participant Covenants

 

8.1 In consideration of the Award set forth in Article 2 and the Award set forth in Article 3 of this Agreement, Participant agrees to abide by the restrictive covenants set forth below. For the purposes of this Article, the definition of “Company” is expanded to include any Subsidiaries or affiliates that do business in the United States.

 

  (i) Protection of confidential information . The Participant will not, without permission of the Company, disclose any Company confidential information or trade secrets to anyone outside the Company, unless required by subpoena. Confidential information and trade secrets include, but are not limited to, customer lists, product development information, marketing and sales plans, premium or other pricing information, operating policies and manuals, and, or other confidential information related to the Company.

 

  (ii) Nonsolicitation of employees and agents . The Participant will not, for 12 months following Cessation of Employment, directly or indirectly attempt to induce any employee, agent or agency, broker, broker-dealer, financial planner, registered principal or representative of the Company to be employed by or to perform services for any entity that competes with the Company.

 

-6-


  (iii) Nonsolicitation of customers . The Participant will not, for 12 months following Cessation of Employment, directly or indirectly attempt to solicit the trade of any person that is a customer of the Company or which the Company has been undertaking reasonable steps to procure as a customer during the 6 months preceding termination of employment. This limitation will only apply to products or services in competition with a product or service of the Company, and to customers with whom Participant had contact during employment.

 

  (iv) Agreement to Cooperate . Following the Cessation of Employment, the Participant will cooperate with the Company, without additional compensation, on matters within the scope of Participant’s responsibilities during employment. The Company agrees to reimburse reasonable out-of-pocket expenses the Participant incurs in connection with such assistance. The Company agrees it will make all reasonable efforts to minimize disruption to the Participant’s other commitments.

 

8.2 If any provision of Article 8.1 is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction not to be enforceable in the manner set forth above, the parties agree that they intend the provision to be enforceable to the maximum extent possible under applicable law, and that the court should reform the provision to make it enforceable in accordance with the intent of the parties.

 

8.3 The Participant acknowledges that these covenants are a material inducement for the Company to effect the Award set forth in Article 2 and the Award set forth in Article 3 of this Agreement. The Participant further acknowledges that a violation of any term of the covenants will cause the Company irreparable injury for which adequate remedies are not available at law. Therefore, the Participant agrees that, if the Participant breaches any of the covenants:

 

  (i) any Award made to the Participant pursuant to this Agreement will be rescinded;

 

  (ii) the Participant will not be entitled to retain any income or property derived from the Award; and

 

  (iii) the Company will be entitled to an injunction, restraining order or such other equitable relief (without the requirement to post bond) restraining the Participant from committing any violation of the covenants contained in Article 8.1.

The remedies in this Article are cumulative and are in addition to any other rights and remedies the Company may have at law or in equity as a court or arbitrator may reasonably determine.

 

8.4 The Company may terminate any Award if the Participant has willfully engaged in gross misconduct that the Company determines is likely to be damaging or detrimental to the Company.

 

-7-


8.5 This Article 8 will be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia. Any proceedings involving Article 8 will be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Georgia.

I, the undersigned, confirm that I have read and understand the information set out in the Agreement above and accept this Award under the terms thereof.

 

Date    Print Name   Signature

 

  

 

 

 

 

-8-


Annex Performance Target 2011 – ING Insurance

In accordance with Article 3.5 of this Agreement, the Vesting of Performance Shares is subject to the attainment of the Performance Target at the end of each Performance Period. This Annex details each Performance Period applicable to the Award of Performance Shares and the Performance Target to be attained during the first Performance Period. The Annex Performance Target 2011 – ING Insurance forms an integral part of this Agreement and for each Performance Period a new Annex with the Performance Target applicable for that year will be provided.

The Performance Target applicable to each tranche of Performance Shares awarded under this Agreement consists of three separate performance measures as defined in this Annex, being Net Underlying Result, Total Operating Result and Employee Engagement Performance. The Performance Period applicable to each tranche of Performance Shares awarded is specified as follows:

 

                     Performance Period   Net Underlying Result
performance tranche
(Maximum number of
Performance Shares
Vesting)
  Total Operating Result
performance tranche
(Maximum number of
Performance Shares
Vesting)
  Employee Engagement
tranche (Maximum  number
of Performance Shares
Vesting)

1 January 2011 – 31 December 2011

  13 1/3%   13 1/3%   6 2/3%

1 January 2012 – 31 December 2012

  13 1/3%   13 1/3%   6 2/3%

1 January 2013 – 31 December 2013

  13 1/3%   13 1/3%   6 2/3%
 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

        40%         40%        20%
 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Underlying Result

New Underlying Result for this Award is defined:

 

for ING Insurance as net underlying result of ING’s Insurance activities.

The Net Underlying Result performance is measured as an absolute target of annual Net Underlying Result performance of ING’s Insurance activities as realised at the end of each Performance Period and as disclosed in “ING’s Group Quarterly Results” disclosure.

The Net Underlying Result Performance will be calculated as soon as practical after each Performance Period. The Net Underlying Result Performance will result in a Net Underlying Result Performance percentage based on the Performance Incentive Zone. Under this Performance Incentive Zone the Net Underlying Result Performance percentage is nil if the Net Underlying Result Performance falls at or below the threshold Net Underlying Result Performance and the Net Underlying Result Performance percentage is 150% if the Net Underlying Result Performance falls at or above the ceiling Net Underlying Result Performance.

 

-9-


If the Net Underlying Result Performance falls above threshold, but below ceiling then the Net Underlying Result Performance percentage is determined by linear interpolation between the Net Underlying Result Performance percentage values of 0% and 150%, as illustrated in the table below:

 

Performance target

   Performance Period 2011  
     0%     100%      150%  

Net Underlying Result

     £ 20     target         ³ 10

Target is the 2011 MTP budget for net underlying result adjusted to reflect the most current FX rates. As the target is updated on a monthly basis due to the FX rates adjustments, no absolute number can be provided.

When measuring the Net Underlying Result for any financial year of ING Insurance and to ensure comparability of financial years within a Performance Period, the Executive Board may after consultation with the Supervisory Board:

(a) adjust the figure for Net Underlying Result as calculated to arrive at a figure which reflects the underlying business performance of ING Insurance (and may, without limitation, adjust by excluding any or all extraordinary or exceptional items from the Net Underlying Result Performance); and

(b) adjust the figure to ensure that the relevant accounting standards are applied on a consistent basis in respect of years falling within the Performance Period, provided that the Executive Board shall have discretion to adjust the applied definition of Net Underlying Result to take account of any change in recognised accounting standards or practice, fiscal regime or capital structure, to ensure consistent measurement and accountability.

Total Operating Result

Total Operating Result for this Award is defined:

 

for ING Insurance as total operating result of ING’s Insurance activities.

The Total Operating Result performance is measured as an absolute target of annual Total Operating Result performance of ING Insurance as realised at the end of each Performance Period and as disclosed in “ING Group Quarterly Results’ disclosure.

The Total Operating Result Performance will be calculated as soon as practical after each Performance Period. The Total Operating Result Performance will result in a Total Operating Result Performance percentage based on the Performance Incentive Zone. Under this Performance Incentive Zone the Total Operating Result Performance percentage is nil if the Total Operating Result Performance falls at or below the threshold Total Operating Result Performance and the Total Operating Result Performance percentage is 150% if the Total Operating Result Performance falls at or above the ceiling Total Operating Result Performance.

 

-10-


If the Total Operating Result Performance falls above threshold, but below ceiling then the Total Operating Result Performance percentage is determined by linear interpolation between the Total Operating Result Performance percentage values of 0% and 150%, as illustrated in the table below:

 

Performance target

   Performance Period 2011  
     0%     100%      150%  

Total Operating Result

     £ 20     target         ³ 10

Target is the 2011 MTP budget for total operating result adjusted to reflect the most current FX rates. As the target is updated on a monthly basis due to the FX adjustments, no absolute number can be provided.

When measuring the Total Operating Result for any financial year of ING Insurance and to ensure comparability of financial years within a Performance Period, the Executive Board may after consultation with the Supervisory Board:

(a) adjust the figure for Total Operating Result as calculated to arrive at a figure which reflects the underlying business performance of ING Insurance (and may, without limitation, adjust by excluding any or all extraordinary or exceptional items from the Total Operating Result Performance); and

(b) adjust the figure to ensure that the relevant accounting standards are applied on a consistent basis in respect of years falling within the Performance Period, provided that the Executive Board shall have discretion to adjust the applied definition of Total Operating Result to take account of any change in recognised accounting standards or practice, fiscal regime or capital structure, to ensure consistent measurement and accountability.

Employee Engagement

Employee Engagement for this Award means the overall result of the annual Employee Engagement Survey for the Insurance operations.

The Employee Engagement performance is measured based on the annual results as reported in the Employee Engagement Survey as undertaken during the financial years within each Performance Period (the ‘ Employee Engagement Performance ’).

The Employee Engagement Performance will be tested as soon as practical after each Performance Period, when an assessment will be made of the Employee Engagement Performance attained at the end of the Performance Period.

 

-11-


The Employee Engagement Performance will result in an Employee Engagement Performance score. The Employee Engagement Performance percentage is nil if the Employee Engagement Performance falls below the predetermined ambition level and the Employee Engagement Performance percentage is 100% if the Employee Engagement Performance falls at or above the predetermined ambition level, as illustrated in the table below:

 

Performance Target

   Performance Period 2011  
     0%     100%  

Employee Engagement

     <65     ³ 65

Measurement of Performance Target

The number of Performance Shares for which the Performance Target is attained at the end of each Performance Period in accordance with Article 3.5 of this Agreement is equal to the sum of (i) the attained Net Underlying Result Performance percentage determined in accordance with the Performance Incentive Zone times the respective Net Underlying Result Performance tranche; (ii) the attained Total Operating Result Performance percentage determined in accordance with the Performance Incentive Zone times the respective Total Operating Result Performance tranche and (iii) the attained Employee Engagement Performance percentage (either 0% or 100%) times the respective Employee Engagement Performance tranche.

The Performance Shares for which the Performance Target is not attained will not Vest and automatically lapse at the respective Vesting Date.

Transfer of Participants within the Group

When a Participant following the Date of Award and during a Performance Period is transferred within the Group or between segments or business units to a Group Company or business unit that operates a different Performance Target, the following will apply:

 

if the transfer occurs prior to 1 September during the Performance Period the target of the new Group Company / segment / business unit will apply.

 

if the transfer occurs on or after 1 September during the Performance Period, the target of the former Group Company / segment / business unit will continue to apply.

The Executive Board can, at its discretion, decide to apply a different treatment amend to the Performance Target as included in this Annex for the Performance Shares that have not yet Vested to reflect such transfer.

 

-12-

Exhibit 10.55

[ING LOGO]

ING GROEP N.V. (the “Company”)

«Employee_First_Name» «Employee_Middle_Name» «Employee_Last_Name»

«MC_Name»

«Company_Name»

«Office_Name»

«Country_Name»

Deferred Amount = «gross Deferred_Amount»

Number of Deferred Shares = «Deferred_Shares»

This Grant of Deferred Shares is subject to the following terms and conditions. Your personal details listed above together with these terms and conditions detailed below constitute your AGREEMENT (THE “AGREEMENT”).

Article 1 – General

 

1.1 The capitalised terms in this Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined or the context otherwise requires, have the definition as specified in Annex I of this Agreement. Unless otherwise stated or the context so requires, the singular shall be construed to mean the plural, and vice versa.

 

1.2 The Recipient has read this Agreement including Annex I and accepts and agrees to the terms and conditions thereof.

 

1.3 The Recipient understands and accepts that failure to timely accept this Agreement by returning a signed copy hereof to the Company on or before 25 May 2010 (the “Acceptance Date”), will result in the forfeiture of the Deferred Shares granted.

Article 2 – The Grant of Deferred Shares

 

2.1 Deferral Threshold . As the Recipient’s 2009 Discretionary Bonus has exceeded a threshold a part of his/her 2009 Discretionary Bonus (the gross amount is indicated at the top of the first page of this Agreement, “Deferred Amount”) will be granted in Deferred Shares. If the value of Recipient’s 2009 Discretionary Bonus is denominated in a currency other than Euros, the Deferred Amount will be converted using the 9-month average exchange rate on September 30, 2009.

 

2.2 Nature of this Grant . The Grant of Deferred Shares made under this Agreement constitutes a conditional right to receive a number of ING Shares equal to the number of granted Deferred Shares (the number is indicated at the top of the first page of this Agreement). The right becomes unconditional on the Vesting of the Deferred Shares provided that the Recipient is in Good Standing on the Vesting Date and subject to Articles 3 and 5 of this Agreement. No consideration is payable by the Recipient in respect of the Grant.


2.3 Number of Deferred and ING Shares . On the Date of Grant, the Company will grant the Recipient the conditional right to receive the number of ING Shares as indicated on the top of the first page of this Agreement (number of Deferred Shares), under the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Upon Vesting the conditional right will become an unconditional right to receive this number of ING Shares provided that the Recipient is in Good Standing on the Vesting Date and subject to the Articles 3 and 5 of this Agreement. The number of Deferred Shares as indicated on the top of the first page of this Agreement has been determined by dividing the gross Deferred Amount by the opening price of BDR’s on the Amsterdam Stock Exchange (AEX) on the Date of Grant. If this calculation does not result in a whole number, the figure will be rounded up to avoid fractional shares.

 

2.4 Variation of Capital and Adjustment of Number of Deferred Shares . In the event of any capitalization issue, rights issue, rights offer or any reduction, sub-division, consolidation or other variation of capital of the Company affecting the number of BDR’s and ADR’s in issue (including any change in currency in which the ING Shares are denominated) the number of Deferred Shares comprised in the Grant may be adjusted by the Company in such manner as the Company considers to be in its opinion fair and reasonable. Notice of any adjustments will be given to those Recipients affected by such adjustment by the Company who may call in the Agreements for endorsement, cancellation or re-issue subsequent to such adjustment.

 

2.5 Date of Grant . The Grant is scheduled to take place on May 12, 2010. However, this may be different pursuant to regulatory requirements.

 

2.6 Restrictions . The Grant cannot be sold, transferred or pledged in any way. Nor can the Grant be used as a security. The Recipient is not entitled to voting or dividend rights in relation to the Deferred Shares.

 

2.7 No Right to Employment or other benefits . Neither this Agreement nor the Grant of Deferred Shares form part of the Recipient’s employment agreement with a Group Company, and shall not be construed to give the Recipient the right to remain in the employ of any Group Company. Any benefits derived by the Recipient under this Agreement or as result of the Vesting of the Deferred Shares shall not be taken into account for the purposes of determining the Recipient’s contribution or entitlement under any pension arrangement or for the purposes of determining any other claim for compensation the Recipient may have against the Company or any other Group Company. The Grant of Deferred Shares shall not entitle or preclude the Recipient from participating in any program or plan operated by the Company or Group.

 

2.8 Vesting Date . The Deferred Shares will Vest on the earlier of the following dates, provided that the Recipient is in Good Standing on such date:

 

  a) March 31, 2013; or

 

  b) In case of a complete repurchase of the Core Tier 1 Securities before March 31, 2013 (“Complete Repurchase”):

 

  i) either the first business day following 30 days after the Complete Repurchase, provided that the Company was able to schedule a period during which Recipients had the ability to provide their Distribution Election (“Distribution Election Period”) prior to the to the Complete Repurchase; or


  ii) in case the Company was not able to schedule a Distribution Election Period prior to the Complete Repurchase, the Distribution Election Period will be scheduled after such Complete Repurchase. In this case, the Vesting Date will occur four (4) business days after such Distribution Election Period has ended;

b) (i) and (ii); unless the Company is not permitted to accelerate Vesting to this date by a national or supranational authority (in which event the Vesting Date will be March 31, 2013).

 

2.9 Distribution Election

A request for a Distribution Election will be requested from each Recipient with this Agreement. The Recipient has the ability to provide his/her Distribution Election to the Company on or before the Acceptance Date of this Agreement.

Alternatively, Recipients who have not made a Distribution Election on or before the Acceptance Date are able to make a Distribution Election during a Distribution Election Period which will be determined by the Company after consultation with CCRM. This Distribution Election Period will be scheduled prior to the Vesting Date, and will not be during a Closed Period. The Recipient is offered to make his/her Distribution Election prior to the Vesting Date because it is unknown at the time of executing this Agreement whether the Vesting Date will fall within an Open Period. Once a Distribution Election is made it is irrevocable.

Subject to Articles 3 and 5 of this Agreement, in the event the Recipient fails to provide any Distribution Election to the Company during the designated period(s) as set out above, a number of ING Shares equal to the number of granted Deferred Shares shall automatically be sold on behalf of and for the account of the Recipient upon Vesting (the “Default Election”).

The above rules do not restrict the Company from delivering ING Shares to individual brokerage accounts of the Recipient and selling ING Shares for and on behalf of the Recipient (including a Designated Person) – all in accordance with the Distribution Election or Default Election – if Vesting occurs during a Closed Period.

 

2.10 Compliance . The Recipient may only accept their Grant of Deferred Shares and make their Distribution Election related to their Deferred Shares if they are not in possession of insider information relating to the Company at the time of the acceptance of the Grant (by means of signing this Agreement) respectively the time of the Distribution Election.

If the Recipient does not make a Distribution Election on of before the Acceptance Date, he/she can only make his/her Distribution Election related to their Deferred Shares during the designated Distribution Election Period if he/she is not in possession of insider information relating to the Company at the time of the Distribution Election.

Even if the Grant is accepted in a timely manner and if the Distribution Election is made on or before the Acceptance Date or within the designated Distribution Election Period, CCRM may still restrict an acceptance or Distribution Election (retroactively) if a Recipient is deemed to have specific insider information. CCRM will inform the Recipient individually if this is determined to be the case.


2.11 Delivery of ING Shares or Sale of ING Shares . Provided that the Recipient is in Good Standing on the Vesting Date and subject to Articles 3 and 5 of this Agreement, in accordance with the Distribution Election (part of the) ING Shares to the extent that these relate to Vested Deferred Shares and/or sales proceeds (net of any tax withholdings) achieved by the sale of (part of) these ING Shares will be distributed to the Recipient as soon as administratively possible after the Vesting Date. In the event of a Default Election, the sales proceeds (net of any tax withholdings) will be distributed to the Recipient.

 

2.12 Taxation . All applicable personal taxes and employee social security levies in relation to the Deferred Shares will be borne by the Recipient.

Where the Recipient qualifies as a US Taxpayer, the Recipient understands and agrees that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement and the Deferred Shares granted hereby, shall be administered in accordance with the applicable provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including but not limited to the Jobs Creation Act of 2004, as amended from time to time.

Article 3 – Leaver Provisions (in case Recipient’s employment is terminated prior to the Vesting Date as described in Article 2.8)

In the event of:

Voluntary resignation or termination due to gross misconduct or activity detrimental to the Group: Deferred Shares will lapse.

Retirement, Death and Disability: Deferred Shares will Vest in accordance with the regular Vesting schedule (Article 2.8), unless the Company deems such treatment manifestly unreasonable based on the specific circumstances of the case.

Redundancy: Vesting of Deferred Shares will be accelerated to the date of termination Recipient will be entitled to payment in cash equal to the value of the Deferred Shares on the date of termination, provided he/she has been continuously employed by the Company or a Group Company in the period between the Grant Date and the date of termination and is not serving notice on/or before the date of termination. In such event the Recipient is considered to be in Good Standing.

Business Divestiture: Executive Board guidance will be sought to determine an appropriate solution at the time the terms and conditions of such a transaction are known. However, the aim will be to ensure that the Recipient will be treated as if he/she was still in service with a Group Company.

Change of Control: Vesting of the Deferred Shares will be accelerated to the date of transaction. Recipient will be entitled to payment in cash equal to the value of the Deferred Shares on the transaction date, provided he/she has been continuously employed by the Company or a Group Company during the period between the Grant Date and the transaction date and is not serving notice on/or before the transaction date. In such event the recipient is considered to be in Good Standing.


Article 4 – Data protection

 

4.1 The Recipient hereby consents to the processing, collection, recording, organising, storing and adapting by the Company and the third party administrators involved in the operation and administration of this Agreement, of the personal data, (including, inter alia, name, business contact information, personnel number, position and information regarding the Grant) relating to the Recipient for the sole purpose of participating in this Agreement including the operation and administration of this Agreement and grants hereby such consent for the period specified in Article 4.4 of this Agreement.

 

4.2 The Recipient also consents to the transfer of his/her personal data referred to under Article 4.1 of this Agreement by the Company to the third party administrators that are assigned to the operation and administration of this Agreement for this Recipient specifically and that are located in the United States, Canada, Ukraine, Singapore, Australia, Hong Kong or in some countries in the EU. The Recipient agrees that some of these countries that are outside of the European Union have a level of protection in respect to personal data that may not be regarded as adequate when viewed in the context of Dutch data protection law.

 

4.3 The Recipient also agrees that a limited set of his/her personal data (name, ID, business line) is accessible to those third party administrators that are not specifically assigned to him/her for the operation and administration of this Agreement, in the countries referred to under Article 4.2 of this Agreement, for the sole purpose of identification and other related administrative reasons (e.g. to trace Recipients that have changed position within the Group).

 

4.4 The Recipient’s personal data related to this Agreement will be held in a database file titled with his/her name and unique identification code for the duration of this Agreement taking to account any additional data retention period required by applicable law. The database will be kept by the Company or Group Companies on behalf of the Company.

 

4.5 Third party administrators are all companies belonging to the Group, but may incidentally include other third party advisors in respect to any incentive schemes or arrangements operated by the Company and any regulatory authorities or other governmental bodies (e.g. for tax or other purposes pursuant to applicable law and regulations).

 

4.6 The Recipient understands that the provision of all of his/her personal data is obligatory for the purpose of the administration of his/her Deferred Shares and agrees to the transfer of the relevant personal data to the Company by a Group Company that he/she is employed by. The Recipient is aware of his/her right to access and/or correct personal data, if and when necessary, by contacting his/her local Human Resources representative.

Article 5 – Right to Reclaim

Reclaiming after the Vesting Date . Notwithstanding the terms and conditions as set out in this Agreement, the Recipient expressly agrees that in case he/she engages in conduct or performs acts which are considered as:

 

  (i) malfeasance;

 

  (ii) fraud; or


(iii) specific conduct which has led to the material re-statement of the Company’s annual accounts and/or significant (reputational) harm to the Company,

the Company can reclaim the ING Shares delivered to the Recipient under this Agreement. In case, the Recipient chose to sell (part of) his/her ING Shares upon Vesting, the Company reserves the right to receive an amount in Euros equal to the value received by the Recipient at the time of such sale. The Recipient is obliged to repay this amount at first demand by the Company. Whether the Recipient has engaged in such conduct or has performed such acts is at the discretion of the Executive Board of the Company.

Article 6 – Miscellaneous

 

6.1 Amendment to the Agreement . The Executive Board may from time to time at its absolute discretion amend any of the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement. The Executive Board will have the power to make or vary regulations for the administration of the Deferred Shares and to amend or impose further conditions on the Vesting to take account of taxation, securities laws or other relevant legislation. However, no amendment waiver or replacement to or of this Agreement or any provision or regulations for the administration of the Deferred Shares shall be made to the extent to which it would have a detrimental effect on any of the subsisting rights of the Recipient except with the Recipient’s consent.

 

6.2 Dispute resolution . The decision of the Executive Board in any dispute or questions relating to the Deferred Shares in the broadest sense shall be final and conclusive subject to the terms of this Agreement. The Executive Board’s interpretation and construction of any provision of this Agreement and of any Grant effected under this Agreement shall be final and binding on all persons claiming an interest under this Agreement. The Executive Board shall not be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to this Agreement.

 

6.3 Governing law and jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the law of The Netherlands. The Company and the Recipient irrevocably submit, in respect to any suit, action or proceeding related to the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Amsterdam.

 

6.4 Partial invalidity . Parties expressly agree that the invalidity or unenforceability of an Article or Articles of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Article of this Agreement and that the remainder of this Agreement will remain in full effect. Any such invalid or unenforceable Article shall be replaced or be deemed to be replaced by a provision that is considered to be valid and enforceable. The interpretation of the replacing Article shall be as close as possible to the intent of the invalid or unenforceable Article.

I, the undersigned, confirm that I have read and understand the information set out in the Agreement and Annex I and accept this Grant of Deferred Shares under the terms thereof.

 

Date    Print Name   Signature

 

  

 

 

 


Annex I

Definitions

ADR’s: American Depository Receipts issued in respect of issued and fully paid-up ordinary shares in the capital of the Company.

BDR’s: Bearer Depository Receipts issued in respect of issued and fully paid-up ordinary shares in the capital of the Company.

Business Divestiture: The complete or partial transfer of a Group Company in which Recipient is employed to a transferee that is not a Group Company. Or a complete or partial initial public offering (IPO) of a Group Company in which Recipient is employed. A partial transfer or IPO is only considered a Business Divestiture if such transfer or IPO results in the Company (directly or indirectly) owning less than 50.1% of the voting stock in such transferred Group Company.

CCRM: Corporate Compliance Risk Management department of the Company.

Change of Control: where any person or a group of persons acting in concert (for the avoidance of doubt, other than the Stichting ING Aandelen) has acquired 50.1% of the voting stock of the Company other than solely as a consequence of the cancellation of BDR’s and such persons have received a declaration from the regulatory authorities that there is no objection to their exercising the voting rights attached to such stock, if so required.

Closed Period: A period so designated by CCRM.

Core Tier 1 Securities: the core tier 1 securities issued by the Company to the Dutch State in November 2008.

Date of Grant: Date on which the Grant of Deferred Shares is made to Recipients.

Deferred Shares: A conditional right to receive the number of ING Shares upon Vesting, which number of ING Shares will be equal to the number of granted Deferred Shares determined per Recipient in accordance with this Agreement. The right will become unconditional on the Vesting Date provided the Recipient is in Good Standing at such time.

Designated Person: A person who is restricted with respect to making decisions in relation to ING securities and who has been identified as such by CCRM.

2009 Discretionary Bonus: An individual discretionary variable award in terms of a gross value which has been approved for the 2009 performance year based amongst other factors on individual, business unit and company performance and which has been communicated to the Recipient.

Distribution Election: The election by the Recipient either to (i) receive the proceeds from the sale of ING Shares upon Vesting; or (ii) have the ING Shares transferred to a personal brokerage account of the Recipient upon Vesting; or (iii) sell only a percentage of the ING Shares upon Vesting, which election can be made either on or before the Acceptance Date or within a Distribution Election Period as scheduled by the Company.

Employee: Either: (i) an employee of a Group Company; or (ii) a director (other than a non- executive director) of a Group Company other than the Company.

Executive Board: The board of directors of the Company.

Good Standing: A Recipient is in Good Standing with the Company if he/she on the Vesting Date (i) has been continuously employed by a Group Company from the Date of Grant until the Vesting Date and is not serving notice on or before the Vesting Date or; (ii) is retired, deceased or considered long term disabled according to the relevant local legislation or regulations pertaining to retirement or persons with disability; or (iii) is employed by a Group Company which is severed from the Group by means of a Business Divestiture provided he/she has not serving notice on or before the Vesting Date.

Grant: The grant of Deferred Shares by the Company to a Recipient under the terms of this Agreement.


Group: The Company together with its Subsidiaries as amended from time to time.

Group Company: The Company and any company which is for the time being a Subsidiary.

ING Shares: BDR’s or ADR’s or other instruments in the respect thereof, as determined at the Date of Grant by the Company.

Open Period: A period so designated by CCRM.

Recipient: Employee who receives a portion of their Discretionary Bonus in Deferred Shares.

Redundancy: Termination of a Recipient’s employment within the Group due to a reorganization (which is not considered a Business Divestiture) of the Group in such circumstances as the Company determines in its absolute discretion.

Subsidiary: A company in which the Company holds at least 50,1% of the voting share capital (directly or indirectly), as set out in Article 2:24a of the Dutch Civil Code;

Vesting: the satisfaction of the requirements of the terms for vesting as specified in this Agreement, and “Vested” and “Vest” shall be construed accordingly.

Vesting Date: Date on which the Recipients’ conditional right to receive ING Shares becomes an unconditional right.

Vesting Period: Period of time between the Date of Grant and the Vesting Date.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.56

 

 

THE RULES OF THE ING GROUP

LONG TERM EQUITY OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

 

Adopted by the Executive Board of ING Groep NV


ING GROUP LONG TERM EQUITY OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

RULE 1: DEFINITIONS

In the Rules of this Plan, unless the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings set out below:

 

Acquiring Company    any company which obtains Control of the Company or substantially the whole of the business of the Company;
Acquiring Person    any person, not being an Acquiring Company, who:
  

(a)     either alone or together with any person acting in concert with him has obtained Control of the Company; or

  

(b)     having Control of the Company, makes a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued Ordinary Share Capital (other than that which is already owned by him and/or by any person acting in concert with him);

Adoption Date    the date on which this Plan is adopted by the Executive Board;
Appropriate Period    in relation to an Acquiring Company or an Acquiring Person, the period of six months beginning at the time the Acquiring Company or Acquiring Person obtains Control of the Company;
Award    the award of a Performance Share or the award of a Performance Share Unit;
BDRs    Bearer Depository Receipts issued in respect of the fully paid Ordinary Share Capital of the Company;
Business Conditions    any situation in which the termination of a Participant’s employment is caused by economic considerations and is not based primarily on the Participant’s individual performance;
Cessation of Employment    the official date of termination of employment, not being the date on which notice of termination of employment is given, as included in the company’s administrative systems and as communicated, where applicable, to tax and other government authorities;
the Company    ING Groep NV, having its registered seat at Amsterdam, The Netherlands, registered with the Chamber of Commerce ( Kamer van Koophandel ) of Amsterdam under registration number 33231073;


ING GROUP LONG TERM EQUITY OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

Control    where any person or a group of persons acting in concert has acquired 50.1% of the voting stock of the Company other than solely as a consequence of the cancellation of BDRs and such persons have received a declaration from the regulatory authorities that there is no objection to their exercising the voting rights attached to such stock;
Date of Award    the date on which an Award is made to a Participant, which shall be the date specified on the leo Agreement;
Date of Grant    the date on which a Grant is made to a Participant, which shall be the date specified on the leo Agreement;
Early Vesting Payout    the payment calculated by reference to the last performance measure applied preceding the date of Cessation of Employment, reduced by a factor reflecting the period in which the Participant is employed within the Group during the performance cycle. This factor is calculated by dividing the period of employment during the performance cycle in terms of months by the total performance cycle, also in terms of months;
Employee    Either:
  

(i)      an employee of a Group Company; or

  

(ii)     a director (other than a non-executive director) of a Group Company other than the Company;

Executive Board    the board of directors of the Company;
Expiration Date    the last day of the Option Period, being the last day on which the Option can be exercised, as determined by the Grantor and as specified in the leo Agreement;
Fair Market Value    in the case of Plan Shares which are BDRs, the first trading price of a BDR on the Stock Exchange as reported by Bloomberg or any such other appropriate source on the Date of Grant and if, on any such date no such price exists, the first trading price of a BDR on the Stock Exchange as reported by Bloomberg or any such other appropriate source on the nearest preceding day on which such a price exists;

 

- 2 -


ING GROUP LONG TERM EQUITY OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

Grant    the grant of an Option under the terms of this Plan;
Grantor    the Company or any Group Company, as may be amended from time to time;
Group    the Company and its Subsidiaries as amended from time to time and the expression “member of the Group” shall be construed in accordance with Dutch law;
Group Company    the Company and any company which is for the time being a Subsidiary over which the Company has Control and which has been nominated by the Executive Board for participation for the time being in this Plan;
leo    this long term equity ownership plan, as amended from time to time;
leo Agreement    the agreement in respect of a Grant made to an Employee in accordance with Rule 9 and/or an Award effected to an Employee in accordance with Rule 11;
leo Committee    such person or committee of persons and successor person or committee of persons appointed by the Executive Board to whom the Executive Board has delegated such of its powers in relation to this Plan as it may determine and this definition should include any duly appointed agent or delegate of the leo Committee;
Option    a right to acquire Plan Shares at the Strike Price granted to a Participant under the provisions of this Plan;
Option Period:    the period in which the Option remains valid and can be exercised, beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the Expiration Date, as determined by the Executive Board and specified in the leo Agreement;
Ordinary Share Capital    the issued fully paid-up shares in the capital of the Company;

 

- 3 -


ING GROUP LONG TERM EQUITY OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

Participant    an Employee to whom an Option has been granted and/or an Award has been made under the terms of this Plan;
Performance Share    a right to receive Plan Shares at the Vesting Date where such right is conditional upon the attainment of the Performance Target;
Performance Share Unit    a right to receive payment in the form of cash at the Vesting Date where such right is conditional upon the attainment of the Performance Target;
Performance Target    the target, set at the Date of Award, that should be attained in order to determine the level of payment as a result of the Vesting of Awards; for the first Awards effected under this Plan in 2004, this Performance Target is determined by reference to a relative Total Shareholder Return (“RTSR”) measure;
Plan    the ING Long term Equity Ownership plan, otherwise known as leo , in its present form or as from time to time amended in accordance with the provisions hereof;
Plan Shares    BDRs, or American Depositary Receipts or other instruments in respect thereof, as determined at the Date of Grant or the Date of Award by the Grantor and all references to Plan Shares in this Plan shall be construed accordingly;
Purchase Price:    at any specified time, the Strike Price of an Option to purchase one (1) Plan Share multiplied by the number of Plan Shares subject to such Option being exercised;
Redundancy    termination of a Participant’s employment within the Group due to a reorganisation of the Group in such circumstances that the Executive Board determines in its absolute discretion;
Release    the transfer of Plan Shares to a Participant and “Release” and “Released” shall be construed and interpreted accordingly;
Rules    the rules for the time being governing the Plan;
Stock Exchange    the stock exchange of Euronext Amsterdam NV;

 

- 4 -


ING GROUP LONG TERM EQUITY OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

Strike Price    the price per Plan Share at which an Option may be exercised, which shall be the Fair Market Value of one (1) share on the Date of Grant, unless determined otherwise by the Executive Board and specified in the leo Agreement;
Subsidiary    a company in which the Company holds at least 50,1% of the voting share capital, as set out in Article 2:24a of the Dutch Civil Code;
Supervisory Board    the Board of Supervisory Board Directors of the Company or a duly authorised committee thereof;
Target Payout    a payment made to a Participant during the Appropriate Period, as defined in Rule 14.2, where the level of payment is not dependent on, or calculated by reference to, the attainment of the Performance Target;
Total and Permanent Disability:    the mental or physical disability, whether occupational or non-occupational in cause, which satisfies such definition in: (i) any insurance policy or plan provided to the Participant by the Company or a Group Company; or alternatively (ii) the Participant’s applicable national legislation pertaining to persons with disability;
Vesting    the satisfaction of the requirements of Rules 9 and 11 as appropriate, and “Vested” and “Vest” shall be construed accordingly; and
Vesting Date    the date on which an Award or an Option shall Vest, as determined by the Executive Board and as specified in the leo Agreement, where the context so requires and admits, the date upon which vesting takes place pursuant to Rule 9 or Rule 11.

 

RULE 2: INTERPRETATION

Words or expressions used in the Plan shall where appropriate:

 

(i) when denoting the masculine gender include the feminine and vice versa;

 

(ii) when denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

- 5 -


ING GROUP LONG TERM EQUITY OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

(iii) when referring to any enactment be construed as a reference to that enactment as for the time being consolidated, amended, re-enacted or replaced and shall include any regulations made thereunder;

 

(iv) when referring to the Rules be taken to refer to the Rules of this Plan;

 

(v) when a period of time is specified and starts from a given day or the day of an act or event, be calculated exclusive of that day;

 

(vi) be construed such that the headings and sub-headings are for ease of reference only, and do not affect the interpretation of any Rule;

 

(vii) when referring to any enactment or regulations under Dutch law be construed at the discretion of the Executive Board as a reference to other applicable laws or regulations of any other country (or region of a country); and

 

(viii) references to tax and/or social security contributions and/or withholding taxes shall for the avoidance of doubt include The Netherlands and any other jurisdiction to which an Employee to whom a Grant and/or an Award is made may be subject.

 

RULE 3: LAPSE OF OPTIONS/AWARDS

Where under any of the provisions of these Rules it is provided that an Option or an Award shall lapse, that lapsed Option or Award shall cease to confer any rights whatsoever on the Participant notwithstanding any other provisions of these Rules.

 

RULE 4: AVAILABILITY OF PLAN SHARES

The Company shall at all times keep available sufficient authorised and unissued Plan Shares or shall procure that sufficient Plan Shares are available for transfer to satisfy:

 

(i) the exercise to the full extent possible of all Options which have neither lapsed nor been fully exercised taking account of any other obligations of the Company to provide shares of the same class as Plan Shares; and

 

(ii) the Release to the full extent possible of all Awards which have neither lapsed nor been fully Released taking account of any other obligations of the Company to procure the provision of Plan Shares.

 

RULE 5: POWERS OF THE EXECUTIVE BOARD

 

5.1 The Plan shall be administered by the Executive Board. The Executive Board shall have such powers and authority delegated to it as set out in the Plan.

 

5.2 On behalf of the Grantor and following consultation with the Supervisory Board, the Executive Board shall have the exclusive authority and complete discretion to:

 

  (i) decide, on an annual basis, whether or not to effect a Grant and/or an Award to Employees and decide what percentage of the Ordinary Share Capital will be used to give effect to such annual Grant/Award;

 

- 6 -


ING GROUP LONG TERM EQUITY OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

  (ii) make a Grant and/or an Award to Employees;

 

  (iii) determine the format, terms and conditions of any leo Agreement;

 

  (iv) determine, for each Award effected, that the Performance Target attaching to such an Award has been met;

 

  (v) construe and interpret the Plan, any leo Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to the Plan;

 

  (vi) authorise any person to execute on behalf of the Company, any instrument required to effectuate a Grant and/or an Award; and

 

  (vii) make all other determinations deemed necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

 

5.3 The Executive Board shall determine as soon as practicable after the Adoption Date if, how and to what extent any of its powers shall be delegated to the leo Committee. The Executive Board shall provide the leo Committee with written guidelines to this effect, notwithstanding the authority of the Executive Board to amend or withdraw any such delegation of powers at any time.

 

5.4 The Executive Board’s interpretation and construction of any provision of the Plan, of any Grant and/or Award effected under the Plan or of any leo Agreement shall be final and binding on all persons claiming an interest in a Grant and/or an Award effected under the Plan. The Executive Board shall not be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan.

 

RULE 6: PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN

 

6.1 Employees may become Participants of the Plan.

 

6.2 The Executive Board shall have complete discretion to select Employees as Participants.

 

RULE 7: NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS AND AWARD

Save as provided in Rules 9.8 and 11.7, no Option and no Award nor any right there under (conditional or otherwise) shall be capable of being transferred, assigned, charged, pledged or encumbered and any attempt to do so by a Participant will cause such Option and/or Award to lapse with immediate effect. In addition, a Participant’s rights under this Plan are not subject, in any manner, to alienation, sale, transfer, pledge, attachment or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or by the beneficiaries of the Participant.

 

RULE 8: VARIATION OF CAPITAL AND ADJUSTMENT OF OPTIONS AND AWARDS

 

8.1 In the event of any capitalisation issue (other than a capitalisation issue in substitution for, or as an alternative to, a cash dividend) or rights issue or rights offer or any reduction, sub-division, consolidation or other variation of the capital of the Company affecting the number of BDRs in issue (including any change in the currency in which Plan Shares are denominated):

 

  (i) the number of Plan Shares comprised in any Option over Plan Shares in the Company and/or the Strike Price; and

 

  (ii) the number of Plan Shares comprised in any Award may be adjusted by the Grantor (including retrospective adjustments where appropriate) in such manner as the Grantor considers to be in its opinion fair and reasonable.

 

- 7 -


ING GROUP LONG TERM EQUITY OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

8.2 Except in the case of an Option over Plan Shares already in issue, no adjustment shall be made which would cause the Strike Price to be less than the nominal value of that Plan Share.

 

8.3 Notice of any adjustment shall be given to those Participants affected by such adjustment by the Grantor who may call in leo Agreements for endorsement, cancellation or re-issue subsequent upon such adjustment.

 

RULE 9: OPTIONS

 

9.1 Options may be granted at any time on or after the Adoption Date of this Plan.

 

9.2 Each Option shall be evidenced by a written leo Agreement concluded between the Participant and the Grantor, setting forth the terms and conditions pertaining to such Option. leo Agreements shall be available in each of the countries in which the Plan is operational and shall, together and concurrently with the Plan, govern the grant of Options in accordance with local legal and regulatory requirements.

 

9.3 Such leo Agreement shall specify, inter alia, the Date of Grant, the number of Plan Shares subject to the Option, the Strike Price, the Option Period, the Expiration Date and all such other information as required by the terms of these Rules.

 

9.4 The Executive Board may decide when an Option becomes exercisable or Vests. Each leo Agreement may include a schedule describing the date, event or act upon which an Option shall Vest or become exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all or a specified portion of the Plan Shares covered by such Option.

 

9.5 Save as provided in Rules 9.8 to 9.10 and 14, an Option:

 

  (i) shall only Vest or be exercisable in such parts after the expiry of such period or periods of time from its Date of Grant as shall be determined by the Executive Board and as stated on the leo Agreement; and

 

  (ii) shall not be exercisable at a time precluded by any restrictions, such as the attainment of performance targets, set out in the leo Agreement; but

 

  (iii) subject to Rules 9.6 and 9.7, may thereafter be exercised in whole or in part at any time or from time to time provided that, unless the Executive Board determines otherwise, the exercise would not be at a time when the acquisition or disposal of Plan Shares by an Employee would be in contravention, in the opinion of the Company’s compliance officer, of the regulations concerning inside information or any provision which restricts certain Employees and those connected with them from dealing in the Company’s shares when in possession of unpublished price sensitive information.

 

- 8 -


ING GROUP LONG TERM EQUITY OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

9.6 Options unexercised on the Expiration Date, as specified in the leo Agreement, shall lapse.

 

9.7 An Option may be exercised wholly or partly. In the event of partial exercise of an Option, it must be exercised to the extent of at least 500 Plan Shares on each occasion, unless the number of Plan Shares under Option that can be exercised is less than 500, in which case the balance of the Option must be exercised in full.

 

9.8 If a Participant dies, his legal personal representatives (or, if appropriate, his designated beneficiary or beneficiaries and in the event of there being no designated beneficiary or beneficiaries, his estate) may exercise all or any of his Options in whole or in part at any time in the period ending on the Expiration Date.

 

9.9 If a Participant ceases to be employed within the Group by reason of:

 

  (i) injury or Total and Permanent Disability (evidenced to the satisfaction of the Executive Board); or

 

  (ii) early retirement by agreement of the Executive Board; or

 

  (iii) by virtue of retirement on reaching his normal retirement age as determined in the applicable retirement benefit programme, statutory or otherwise he may, subject to Rules 9.5 to 9.7, exercise all or any of his Options in whole or in part at any time in the period ending on the Expiration Date.

 

9.10 If a Participant ceases to be employed within the Group:

 

  (i) by virtue of termination of employment by the Company or a Group Company due to Business Conditions (including, but not limited to, Redundancy) as determined by the Executive Board in their absolute discretion; or

 

  (ii) solely by reason of the company by which he is for the time being employed then ceasing to be a Group Company or by reason of the transfer of the undertaking or part of the undertaking in which the Participant is employed to a transferee which is not a Group Company,

then, he may, subject to Rules 9.5 to 9.7, exercise all or any of his Options in whole or in part during the period ending twelve months after the date of such Cessation of Employment or transfer as the case may be.

 

9.11

If a Participant gives notice to terminate his employment such that he shall cease to be employed within the Group for a reason not falling within Rules 9.9 to 9.10 all his Options shall cease to be exercisable and shall lapse on the date of Cessation of Employment save that the Executive Board may in its absolute discretion, but subject to Rules 9.5 to 9.7, prior to the Cessation of Employment consent to the exercise of any such Option in whole or in part to the extent determined by the Executive Board within three months after such Cessation of Employment or such other period as may be determined by the Executive Board,

 

- 9 -


ING GROUP LONG TERM EQUITY OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

  provided that the period so determined shall not exceed the maximum permitted by Rule 9.14 after such Cessation of Employment and at the expiry of which any such Option shall, to the extent unexercised, lapse.

 

9.12 If a Participant is given notice terminating his employment, such that he shall cease to be employed within the Group in circumstances not involving gross misconduct or activity detrimental to the Group on his part and for a reason not falling within Rules 9.8 to 9.10 all his Options shall cease to be exercisable and shall lapse on the date of Cessation of Employment save that the Executive Board may in its absolute discretion, but subject to Rules 9.6 and 9.7, prior to the Cessation of Employment consent to the exercise of any such Option in whole or in part to the extent determined by the Executive Board within three months after such Cessation of Employment or such other period as may be determined by the Executive Board, provided that the period so determined shall not exceed the maximum permitted by Rule 9.14 after such Cessation of Employment and at the expiry of which any such Option shall, to the extent unexercised, lapse.

 

9.13 For the avoidance of doubt if a Participant is given notice terminating his employment in circumstances involving gross misconduct or detrimental activity, all of his Options shall, to the extent unexercised, lapse on the date that such notice of termination of employment is given.

 

9.14 The Executive Board may in its absolute discretion but subject to Rules 9.6 and 9.7 extend the periods specified in Rules 9.10 to 9.12 to such longer period as it may determine. At the expiry of the period specified in Rules 9.8 to 9.13, as the case may be or such longer period as may have been determined under this Rule 9.14 any Options held by the Participant concerned shall, to the extent unexercised, lapse.

 

9.15 A leo Agreement may contain such other provisions as deemed desirable by the Executive Board which do not conflict with the terms of the Plan, including without limitation: (i) restrictions on the exercise of Options; (ii) restrictions on the disposition of Plan Shares subject to option; (iii) submission by the Participant of such forms and documents as the Executive Board may reasonably require; and/or (iv) procedures to facilitate the payment of the Strike Price of an Option under any method allowable under Rule 10 and the payment of withholding taxes in accordance with Rule 17.

 

RULE 10: EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

10.1 Exercise of an Option, or of new rights under this Plan shall be effected by a notice of exercise in writing in a form prescribed from time to time by the Executive Board lodged with the leo Committee specifying the number of Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised and accompanied by payment in full of the Purchase Price.

 

10.2

Payment may be made by banker’s draft or cheque or in any other way agreed by the Executive Board provided that if payment is made by way of cheque, if the cheque is not cleared, the Participant shall be deemed never to have exercised his Option and the Company will be under no obligation to provide any Plan Shares for him. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained therein such notice shall (other than in the circumstances mentioned in the immediately preceding proviso) take

 

- 10 -


ING GROUP LONG TERM EQUITY OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

  effect upon receipt of notice and payment in full and such day shall constitute for all purposes the date of exercise of such Option. The Grantor shall procure that the relevant Plan Shares in respect of the option shall be transferred (or issued as the case may be) as soon as practicable after the date of exercise.

 

RULE 11: AWARDS

 

11.1 Awards of Performance Shares and/or Performance Share Units may be made at any time on or after the Adoption Date of this Plan.

 

11.2 Each Award shall be evidenced by a written leo Agreement concluded between the Participant and the Grantor, setting forth the terms and conditions pertaining to such Award. leo Agreements shall be available in each of the countries in which the Plan is operational and shall, together and concurrently with the Plan, govern the Award in accordance with local legal and regulatory requirements.

 

11.3 A leo Agreement shall specify, inter alia, whether Performance Shares or Performance Shares Units are being granted, the Date of Award, any conditions and limitations which may have been imposed in accordance with Rule 11.4, the Vesting Date(s), the Release Date(s) and all such other information as required by the terms of these Rules.

 

11.4 The Executive Board, when making an Award, may in its absolute discretion impose a Performance Target, being conditions and limitations (additional to any conditions and limitations contained in any other of these Rules) which must be satisfied prior to the Vesting of such Award, provided that such additional conditions and limitations shall:

 

  (i) be objective, specified at the Date of Award and set out in full in the leo Agreement; and

 

  (ii) be such that the Vesting of such an Award after the fulfilment or attainment of any conditions and limitations so specified shall not be dependent upon the further discretion of any person, other than the determination by the Executive Board that such conditions or limitations have been fulfilled; and

 

  (iii) not be capable of amendment, variation or waiver unless a change in circumstances occurs which causes the Executive Board to consider that a waived, varied or amended condition would be a fairer measure of performance and would not be more difficult to satisfy than any existing additional conditions.

 

11.5 No consideration shall be payable by a Participant for an Award made in his favour.

 

11.6 Save as provided in Rules 11.7 to 11.10 and 14, an Award will Vest upon each of the Vesting Dates stated in the leo Agreement provided that, at the applicable Vesting Date:

 

  (i) any Performance Target, being additional conditions and limitations imposed on the Award in accordance with Rule 11.4 (and which have not been waived) have been fulfilled; and

 

  (ii) the Participant is employed by the Group at the Vesting Date.

 

- 11 -


ING GROUP LONG TERM EQUITY OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

11.7 If a Participant dies, all or any of his Awards shall continue to Vest upon each of the Vesting Dates stated in the leo Agreement and the right to such Vested Awards shall reside with his legal personal representatives (or, if appropriate, his designated beneficiary or beneficiaries and in the event of there being no designated beneficiary or beneficiaries, his estate).

 

11.8 If a Participant ceases to be employed within the Group by reason of:

 

  (i) injury or Total and Permanent Disability (evidenced to the satisfaction of the Executive Board); or

 

  (ii) early retirement by agreement of the Executive Board; or

 

  (iii) by virtue of retirement on reaching his normal retirement age as determined in the applicable retirement benefit programme, statutory or otherwise

all or any of his Awards shall continue to Vest upon each of the Vesting Dates stated in the leo Agreement.

 

11.9 If a Participant ceases to be employed within the Group:

 

  (i) by virtue of termination of employment by the Company or a Group Company due to Business Conditions (including, but not limited to, Redundancy) as determined by the Executive Board in its absolute discretion; or

 

  (ii) solely by reason of the company by which he is for the time being employed then ceasing to be a Group Company or by reason of the transfer of the undertaking or part of the undertaking in which the Participant is employed to a transferee which is not a Group Company,

then all or any of his Awards shall Vest one day after the date of such Cessation of Employment such that payment as a result of such Vesting is set at the Early Vesting Payout. In case of Rule 11.9(ii) above, Cessation of Employment is considered to have taken place on the date of the company ceasing to be a Group Company, or the date of the transfer of undertaking, as determined by the Executive Board in its absolute discretion.

 

11.10 All Awards that Vest based on Rules 11.7, 11.8 or 11.9 shall be converted on the Vesting Date into a right to receive a cash amount equal to the closing price per BDR on the Stock Exchange on the Vesting Date, as reported by Bloomberg or any such other appropriate source, multiplied by the number of Vested Plan Shares. Any such payment shall be effected as soon as practicable following the Vesting Date.

 

11.11 If a Participant ceases to be employed within the Group for any reason other than those listed in Rules 11.7 to 11.9 and in circumstances not involving gross misconduct or detrimental activity, all unvested Awards shall lapse on the date of Cessation of Employment.

 

11.12 If a Participant is given notice terminating his employment in circumstances involving gross misconduct or detrimental activity, all vested and unvested Awards shall lapse on the date that such notice of termination of employment is given.

 

- 12 -


ING GROUP LONG TERM EQUITY OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

11.13 The Executive Board shall have the power to allow Awards held by a Participant to Vest at a date prior to the Vesting Date.

 

11.14 A leo Agreement may contain such other provisions as deemed desirable by the Executive Board which do not conflict with the terms of the Plan, including without limitation: (i) restrictions on the disposition of any Plan Shares acquired upon Release; (ii) submission by the Participant of such forms and documents as the Executive Board may reasonably require; and/or (iii) procedures to facilitate the payment of withholding taxes in accordance with Rule 17.

 

RULE 12: RELEASE OF PLAN SHARES

Subject to Rules 17.2 to 17.5, Release of Plan Shares to the extent that this relates to a Vested Award shall be effected by the Grantor transferring the relevant Plan Shares, or procuring that the relevant Plan Shares shall be transferred (or issued as the case may be) to the Participant or other person, persons or estate mentioned in Rule 11.7 as soon as practicable following the Vesting Date.

 

RULE 13: PHANTOM OPTIONS

Subject to Rule 5, the Executive Board shall have the discretionary authority to grant Participants a phantom Option, which shall entitle the recipient to receive a payment in cash that is calculated by reference to the amount by which the Fair Market Value of a specified number of Plan Shares appreciates from the Date of Grant of such right to the exercise date. All rights and obligations of holders of Options shall apply equally to holders of phantom Options, except for provisions in the Plan expressly relating to actual Plan Share ownership.

 

RULE 14: TAKEOVERS, RECONSTRUCTION, AMALGAMATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

14.1 Subject to the Company’s rules of association, required Company shareholder action and any applicable laws, in the event of the Company’s dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, merger, split, consolidation or similar transaction, change in control or share-for-share exchange or similar event as determined by the Supervisory Board, the Executive Board shall, subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board, have the power to:

 

  (i) effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, cancel each outstanding Option (whether or not then exercisable); and/or

 

  (ii) in full consideration of the cancellation referred to in subsection (i), pay to the Participant, for each Plan Share subject to such Option, an amount in cash equal to the excess of the value of the property (including cash) received by the holder of a Plan Share as a result of such event over the Purchase Price; and/or

 

  (iii) provide for the exchange of each Option outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable) with an option with respect to some or all of the property for which Plan Shares are exchanged in such transaction and, as a result, make any necessary equitable adjustment in the strike price of the new option, or the number of Plan Shares or amount of property subject to the option or, as appropriate, provide for a cash payment to the Participant to whom such Option was granted in partial consideration for the exchange of the Option.

 

- 13 -


ING GROUP LONG TERM EQUITY OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

14.2 If any company becomes an Acquiring Company or any person becomes an Acquiring Person then all subsisting Awards shall Vest such that payment as a result of such Vesting is set at the Target Payout. The Plan Shares shall be Released (in the case of Performance Shares) or the cash payment shall be made (in the case of Performance Share Units) within the Appropriate Period as soon as the Supervisory Board has determined that the change of Control has occurred in line with the provisions of this Rule 14.2 and is satisfied that the applicable requirements of Rules 17.2 to 17.5 have been satisfied. In such case, the Executive Board, subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board, also reserves the right to pay an amount in cash equal to the then prevailing value of the Plan Shares subject to the Award.

 

14.3 All adjustments and/or payments described in this Rule 14 shall be made by the Executive Board acting in good faith and shall be checked and approved by an independent advisor. Such approval shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

14.4 Except as expressly provided in this Rule 14, no Participant shall be afforded any rights by reason of any capital or corporate reorganisation of the Company. Any grant of new or replacement of Options and/or Awards shall not affect any Options and/or Awards previously granted under the Plan.

 

14.5 An Award or Grant effected pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to effect any capital or corporate reorganisation.

 

RULE 15: LOSS OF OFFICE OR EMPLOYMENT

 

15.1 The Plan does not form part of the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any Group Company, and shall not be construed to give any Participant the right to remain in the employ of the Company or any Group Company.

 

15.2 A Grant effected or an Award made under this Plan cannot be considered a guarantee to the Participant that the employment of the Participant with the Company or with any other Group Company will continue.

 

15.3 Any benefits derived by the Participant under this Plan shall not be taken into account for the purposes of determining the Participant’s contribution or entitlement to benefits under any pension arrangement or for the purposes of determining any other claim for compensation the Participant may have against the Company or against any other Group Company.

 

15.4

Where the employment of the Participant terminates for whatever reason, the Participant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages including damages following unfair dismissal, any other form of breach of contract or any claim for compensation for the loss of employment insofar as such compensation or damages arise or may arise from the Participant ceasing to have rights under, or ceasing to be entitled to receive Performance Shares, to receive cash or to exercise any Option or any phantom Option under this Plan as a result of such termination. The Plan shall not at any time affect the rights of the

 

- 14 -


ING GROUP LONG TERM EQUITY OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

  Company or a Group Company to terminate such Participant’s status as an Employee, whether with or without cause.

 

15.5 The Grant of an Option and the Award of Performance Shares or Performance Share Units shall not entitle or preclude the Participant from participating in another Grant or another Award under the Plan or participation in any other plan operated by the Company or Group.

 

RULE 16: PLAN SHARES

 

16.1 All transfers and all allotments of Plan Shares shall be subject to any necessary regulatory consents for the time being in force and it shall be the responsibility of the Company to comply with any requirements to be fulfilled in order to obtain or obviate the necessity for any such consent.

 

16.2 Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will be transferred without the benefit of any rights (including shareholder rights) attaching thereto by reference to a record date preceding the date of exercise in the case of Options and preceding the date of Vesting in the case of Awards. Save as regards rights attaching to Plan Shares by reference to a record date prior to the date on which the Plan Shares are allotted and issued, Plan Shares issued upon the exercise of Options and Plan Shares Released shall be identical and rank pari passu in all respects with the shares in the same class then in issue.

 

RULE 17: TAX AND SOCIAL SECURITY

 

17.1 All applicable personal tax and employee social security levies in respect of the implementation of the Plan shall be borne by the Participant.

 

17.2 It shall be a condition of the obligation of the Grantor, to issue or to procure the transfer of Plan Shares to a Participant and the Participant (or in the event of his death, such person, persons or estate mentioned in Rules 9.8 and 11.9) shall permit the Company or any Group Company to account for an amount equal to any wage or income tax, employee’s social security contributions liability and any other liabilities for which the Company or a Group Company (as the case may be) has an obligation to withhold and account.

 

17.3 In order to meet its obligations, the Participant will permit the Grantor to sell, on behalf of the Participant, sufficient Plan Shares to meet the Participant’s liabilities under Rule 17.1 above. The Company or any Group Company as the case may be may retain from the sale proceeds an amount equal to such liability and any balance will be paid to the Participant.

 

17.4 Whenever Plan Shares are to be Released or issued under the Plan, the Company or any Group Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company or a Group Company an amount sufficient to satisfy all withholding tax requirements prior to the Release or transfer of the Plan Shares, including, but not limited to, the withholding of wage tax, income tax and social security contributions.

 

- 15 -


ING GROUP LONG TERM EQUITY OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

17.5 The Plan is governed by the applicable tax and social security legislation and regulations prevailing at the date of the adoption of the Plan by the Supervisory Board of the Company. If any tax and/or social security legislation or regulations are amended in the future and any tax or employee social security levies become payable, the costs and risks related thereto shall be borne by the Participant.

 

17.6 For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Rules 17.2 to 17.4 shall apply to a Participant’s liabilities that may arise on the (i) Grant, Vesting and exercise of an Option and (ii) the Vesting and/or Release of his Award in more than one jurisdiction.

 

17.7 Except as described in this Rule 17, any tax, employee’s social security contributions or similar liabilities arising out of the disposal of Plan Shares shall be the responsibility of the Participant alone. Any payment made under the Plan shall not be pensionable and shall not be brought into account for the purposes of calculating or imputing any salary related benefits of the Participant.

 

RULE 18: REPORTING

It shall be a condition of the obligation of the Grantor to issue or to procure the transfer of Plan Shares to Participants that such issue or transfer shall not take place until such time as the Grantor is satisfied that the Company or Group Company which employs the Participant is aware of, and will carry out, its reporting obligations in respect of the transfer or issue of Plan Shares where necessary.

 

RULE 19: PLAN AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

 

19.1 Subject to Rule 19.3, the Executive Board may from time to time at its absolute discretion amend any of the Rules of the Plan.

 

19.2 The Executive Board shall have the power from time to time to make or vary regulations for the administration of this Plan and to amend the terms or impose further conditions on the Vesting or exercise of Options and/or the Vesting or Release of Awards to take account of taxation, securities law or exchange control laws provided always that such regulations, terms and conditions do not conflict with the provisions of this Plan.

 

19.3 No amendment, waiver or replacement to or of this Plan, any Rule or regulations for the administration of this Plan shall be made to the extent to which it would have a detrimental effect on any of the subsisting rights of Participants except with such consent on their part.

 

RULE 20: TERMINATION

Notwithstanding the provisions contained in Rules 9.1 and 11.1 of this Plan, the Executive Board may at any time resolve that no further Options be granted and/or Awards be made to Employees under this Plan, and in such event no further Options will be granted and/or Awards will be made but in all other respects the provisions of this Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

 

- 16 -


ING GROUP LONG TERM EQUITY OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

RULE 21: ADMINISTRATION

 

21.1 Written notice of any amendment made in accordance with Rule 19 shall be given to those Participants affected by such amendment.

 

21.2 Any notice or other document required to be given hereunder to any Participant shall be delivered to him at his home address or such other address as may appear to the Executive Board to be appropriate or in any other format agreed in advance between the Participant and the person giving the notice on behalf of the Executive Board. Any notice or other document required to be given to the Company, a Group Company, the Executive Board or the Grantor shall be delivered in a format agreed in advance between the Participant and the person receiving the notice. Notices sent by post, unless received earlier, shall be deemed to have been given on the fifth day following the date of posting.

 

21.3 The Grantor may, at its absolute discretion, issue written guidance setting out the procedures whereby the Plan shall be operated. If such written guidance is issued to any Group Company, that Group Company shall be obliged to act in accordance with that written guidance except that in the event of a conflict between any such written guidance and the Rules, the Rules will take precedence.

 

21.4 Participants shall be subject to and bound by the terms and conditions of the regulations concerning inside information, the “ Reglement inzake Voorwetenschap ”. Such rules may restrict the rights of the Participants under this Plan. Participants are expected to be familiar with the regulations concerning inside information and any other information, guidance and/or regulations issued by the Company or relevant government or regulatory bodies, and the Company shall incur no liability should the Participant act in breach of these rules.

 

RULE 22: DISPUTES

The decision of the Executive Board in any dispute or question relating to any Grant or Award shall be final and conclusive subject to the terms of this Plan.

 

RULE 23: CONFLICTS WITH AGREEMENTS

The provisions of a leo Agreement shall govern and prevail in the event of any conflict with the Rules of the Plan. Any conflicting or inconsistent term of a leo Agreement shall be interpreted and implemented by the Executive Board in a manner consistent with the Plan.

 

RULE 24: GOVERNING LAW

 

24.1 These Rules shall be governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the law of The Netherlands.

 

24.2 The Company, Group Companies and the Participants irrevocably submit, in respect of any suit, action or proceeding related to the interpretation or enforcement of the Plan, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Amsterdam.

***

 

- 17 -

Exhibit 10.57

 

Agreement    Page 1 of 6

ING GROEP N.V. (THE ‘COMPANY’)

Insurance Americas

Atlanta

United States

Number of Options

Number of Performance Shares

Any Grant of Options and/or Award of Performance Shares pursuant to the ING Group LONG TERM EQUITY OWNERSHIP PLAN is subject to the following terms and conditions. Your personal details listed above together with these terms and conditions constitute your LEO AGREEMENT (THE ‘AGREEMENT’).

Article 1 – General

1.1 The capitalised terms in this Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined or the context otherwise requires, have the same definition as in the Plan. Unless otherwise stated or the context so requires, the singular shall be construed to mean the plural, and vice versa.

1.2 The provisions of this Agreement shall govern and prevail in the event of any conflict with the Plan. Any conflicting or inconsistent term of this Agreement shall be interpreted and implemented by the Executive Board in a manner consistent with the Plan.

1.3 The Participant has read the Rules of the Plan, and accepts and agrees to the terms and conditions thereof.

1.4 The Participant understands and accepts that failure to accept this Agreement by returning a signed copy of this Agreement to the Company on or before 7 April 2010, will result in no Options or Awards being granted.

1.5 The Participant understands and agrees that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement, and the Grants and/or Awards granted hereby, shall be administered in accordance with the applicable law stated in Article 6 below, and applicable US laws including but not limited to the Jobs Creation Act of 2004, as amended from time to time (‘Jobs Act’).

Article 2 – Grant of Option

2.1 Grant of Option. The Company will grant the Participant an Option to purchase and acquire the number of Plan Shares as communicated to the Participant, under the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, if and provided that the Participant is still employed on 7 April 2010 by ING Groep N.V. or a Subsidiary as defined under the Rules of the Plan (‘Group’).

2.2 Date of Grant. The date on which the Option will be granted is 17 March 2010.


   Page 2 of 6

 

2.3 Option Period. The Option Period begins on the Date of Grant and ends on the Expiration Date, which, in normal circumstances, will be 17 March 2020.

2.4 Exercise Period. Subject to the provisions of Rules 9 and 10 of the Plan, the Option can be exercised by the Participant at any time in the period beginning on 17 March 2013 and ending on the Expiration Date.

2.5 Strike Price. The Strike Price the Participant will pay to exercise the Option will be the Fair Market Value of one Share on the Date of Grant, as determined by the Grantor.

2.6 Exercise of Option. The Participant may exercise the Option in whole or in part, by delivering notice in accordance with the notice as amended from time to time, to the Company, provided that the minimum number that may be exercised at any time is the lesser of 500 Plan Shares or the total number of Options held by the Participant.

2.7 Delivery of the Plan Shares or Sale of Plan Shares. Upon receipt of the notice as mentioned in Article 2.6 of this Agreement, the Plan Shares acquired as a result of the exercise of the Option will be delivered to the brokerage account of the Participant or such Plan Shares will be sold by the Company on behalf of and for the account of the Participant in accordance with the instructions of the Participant as indicated in the aforementioned notice or as otherwise provided for in those countries where local rules restrict employees from holding foreign shares or where extensive or prohibitive securities laws filing requirements exist.

Article 3 – The Award

3.1 Nature of this Award. The Award made under this Agreement constitutes the grant of a conditional right to receive Plan Shares following the Vesting of Performance Shares.

3.2 Number of Plan Shares subject to the Award. The Company will grant the Participant an Award to receive the number of Plan Shares as communicated to the Participant, under the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, if and provided that the Participant is still employed on 7 April 2010 by the Group.

3.3 Date of Award. The date on which the Award will be made is 17 March 2010.

3.4 Consideration. Except in the United States, no consideration is payable by the Participant in respect of this Award. In the United States, the Award constitutes consideration for the covenants contained in Article 7.1 of this Agreement.

3.5 Vesting Date and Performance Target. Except as provided for in Article 3.7, this Award will Vest on 17 March 2013 provided (i) the Performance Target, as published in the operating guidelines effective at the Date of Award for the performance cycle 2010-2012, is met; and (ii) the Participant is still employed by the Company or any Group Company on such date. Plan Shares, to the extent that this relates to a Vested Award, shall be transferred to the Participant as soon as practicable following the Vesting Date.

3.6 Delivery of Plan Shares or Sale of Plan Shares In accordance with instructions provided by the Participant, Plan Shares, to the extent that this relates to a Vested Award, shall be transferred to the brokerage account of the Participant and/or sold by the Company on behalf of and for the account of the Participant, as soon as practicable following the Vesting Date. The Participant should provide instructions to the Company during the designated period(s) prior to the Vesting Date instructing the Company to transfer the Plan


   Page 3 of 6

 

Shares to the brokerage account of the Participant and/or to sell such Plan Shares on behalf of and for the account of the Participant. If the Participant fails to provide any such instructions to the Company during the designated period(s), the Plan Shares shall automatically be sold on behalf of and for the account of the Participant.

3.7 Accelerated Vesting and Corporate Events. Where applicable, effective 1 January 2005, Rules 11.9 and 11.13 shall only apply to this Award to the extent that such Rules refer to an event which constitutes a change of control under Section 409A of the Jobs Act.

Article 4 – Data protection

4.1 The Participant hereby consents to the processing, collection, recording, organising, storing and adapting by the Company and the third party administrators involved in the operation and administration of the Plan, of the personal data, (including, inter alia, name, business contact information, personnel number, position and information on Grants or Awards) relating to the Participant for the sole purpose of participating in the Plan and the Agreement including the operation and administration of the Plan and grants hereby such consent for the period specified in Article 4.4 of this Agreement.

4.2 The Participant also consents to the transfer of his/her personal data referred to under Article 4.1 of this Agreement by the Company to the third party administrators that are assigned to the operation and administration of the Plan for this Participant specifically and that are located in the United States, Canada, Ukraine, Singapore, Australia, Hong Kong or in some countries in the EU. The Participant agrees that some of these countries that are outside of the European Union have a level of protection in respect of personal data that may not be regarded as adequate when viewed in the context of Dutch data protection law.

4.3 The Participant also agrees that a limited set of his/her personal data (name, Leo ID, business line) is accessible to those third party administrators that are not specifically assigned to him/her for the operation and administration of the Plan, in the countries referred to under Article 4.2 of this Agreement, for the sole purpose of identification and other related administrative reasons (e.g. to trace Participants that have changed position within the ING Group).

4.4 The Participant’s personal data related to the Plan will be held in a database file titled with his/her name and unique identification code for the duration of the Plan taking to account any additional data retention period required by applicable law. The database will be kept by the Company or Group Companies on behalf of the Company.

4.5 Third party administrators are all Group Companies, but may incidentally include other third party advisors in respect of any incentive schemes or arrangements operated by the Company and any regulatory authorities or other governmental body (e.g. for tax and other purposes pursuant to applicable law and regulations).

4.6 The Participant understands that the provision of all of his/her personal data is obligatory for the purpose of his/her participation in the Plan and agrees with the transfer of the relevant personal data to Company by the Group Company that he/she is employed by. The Participant is aware of his/her right to access and/or correct personal data, if and when necessary, by contacting the local Human Resources representative.


   Page 4 of 6

 

Article 5 – Right to Reclaim

5.1 Reclaiming of Vested Options and Plan Shares. Notwithstanding the terms and conditions as set out in the Plan and this Agreement, the Participant expressly agrees that in case he/she engages in conduct or performs acts which are considered as -to be determined by and solely at the discretion of the Executive Board – :

(i) malfeasance;

(ii) fraud; or

(iii) specific conduct which has led to the material re-statement of the Company’s annual accounts and/or significant reputational harm to the Company,

the Company can reclaim vested Options and/or awarded Plan Shares received by such Participant under this Agreement. In case, the Participant chose to exercise and sell his/her Options and/or sell his/her Plan Shares upon vesting, the Company reserves the right to receive an amount in Euros equal to the value received by the Participant at the time of such sale. The Participant is obliged to repay this amount at first demand by the Company.

5.2 Reclaiming of Unvested Options and Awards. In accordance with Plan Rule 9.13 and 11.12 all unvested Options and Awards will lapse immediately once the Participant has been given notice terminating his/her employment in circumstances involving gross misconduct or detrimental activity.

Article 6 – Governing law and Jurisdiction

6.1 Governing law and jurisdiction. Except for Article 7 below, this Agreement shall be governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the law of The Netherlands. The Company and the Participant irrevocably submit, in respect of any suit, action or proceeding related to the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Amsterdam.

6.2 Partial invalidity. Parties expressly agree that the invalidity or unenforceability of an Article or Articles of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Article of this Agreement and that the remainder of this Agreement will remain in full effect. Any such invalid or unenforceable Article shall be replaced or be deemed to be replaced by a provision that is considered to be valid and enforceable. The interpretation of the replacing Article shall be as close as possible to the intent of the invalid or unenforceable Article.

Article 7 – Participant Covenants

7.1 In consideration of the Grant set forth in Article 2 and/or the Award set forth in Article 3 of this Agreement, Participant agrees to abide by the restrictive covenants set forth below. For the purposes of this Article 7, the definition of ‘Company’ is expanded to include any Subsidiaries or affiliates that do business in the United States.

 

(i) Protection of confidential information. The Participant will not, without permission of the Company, disclose any Company confidential information or trade secrets to anyone outside the Company, unless required by subpoena. Confidential information and trade secrets include, but are not limited to, customer lists, product development information, marketing and sales plans, premium or other pricing information, operating policies and manuals, and, or other confidential information related to the Company.


   Page 5 of 6

 

(ii) Nonsolicitation of employees and agents. The Participant will not, for 12 months following Cessation of Employment, directly or indirectly attempt to induce any employee, agent or agency, broker, broker-dealer, financial planner, registered principal or representative of the Company to be employed by or to perform services for any entity that competes with the Company.

 

(iii) Nonsolicitation of customers. The Participant will not, for 12 months following Cessation of Employment, directly or indirectly attempt to solicit the trade of any person that is a customer of the Company or which the Company has been undertaking reasonable steps to procure as a customer during the 6 months preceding termination of employment. This limitation will only apply to products or services in competition with a product or service of the Company, and to customers with whom Participant had contact during employment.

 

(iv) Agreement to Cooperate. Following the Cessation of Employment, the Participant will cooperate with the Company, without additional compensation, on matters within the scope of Participant’s responsibilities during employment. The Company agrees to reimburse reasonable out-of-pocket expenses the Participant incurs in connection with such assistance. The Company agrees it will make all reasonable efforts to minimize disruption to the Participant’s other commitments.

7.2 If any provision of Article 7.1 is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction not to be enforceable in the manner set forth above, the parties agree that they intend the provision to be enforceable to the maximum extent possible under applicable law, and that the court should reform the provision to make it enforceable in accordance with the intent of the parties.

7.3 The Participant acknowledges that these covenants are a material inducement for the Company to effect the Grant set forth in Article 2 and/or the Award set forth in Article 3 of this Agreement. The Participant further acknowledges that a violation of any term of the covenants will cause the Company irreparable injury for which adequate remedies are not available at law. Therefore, the Participant agrees that, if the Participant breaches any of the covenants:

 

(i) any Grant and/or Award made to the Participant pursuant to this Agreement will be rescinded;

 

(ii) the Participant will not be entitled to retain any income or property derived from the Grant and/or Award; and

 

(iii) the Company will be entitled to an injunction, restraining order or such other equitable relief (without the requirement to post bond) restraining the Participant from committing any violation of the covenants contained in Article 7.1.

The remedies in this Article are cumulative and are in addition to any other rights and remedies the Company may have at law or in equity as a court or arbitrator may reasonably determine.

7.4 The Company may terminate any Grant and/or Award if the Participant has willfully engaged in gross misconduct that the Company determines is likely to be damaging or detrimental to the Company.


   Page 6 of 6

 

7.5 This Article 7 will be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia. Any proceedings involving Article 7 will be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Georgia.

I, the undersigned, confirm that I have read and understand the information set out in the LEO AGREEMENT (THE ‘AGREEMENT’) above and accept this Award under the terms thereof.

 

Date    Print Name   Signature

 

  

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.58

ING GROUP

 

 

THE RULES OF THE

ING GROUP STANDARD SHARE OPTION PLAN

(Consolidated Version incorporating all amendments as at 27 July 2005)

 

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors of

ING Groep NV

on 10 March 1997

agreed by the Trustees of the

ING Group Employee Benefit Trust on 10 March 1997

agreed by the Directors of

ING Baring Services (Guernsey) Limited on 13 March 1997

Amendments to the Rules adopted by the Board of Directors of ING Groep N.V. on

23 March 1998, 15 March 1999, 13 March 2000 and 27 July 2005

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Plumtree Court

London

EC4A 4HT


ING GROUP

STANDARD SHARE OPTION PLAN

CONTENTS

 

         RULE  

1

 

INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION

  
 

Definitions

     (a)   
 

Construction

     (b) to (d)   

2

 

ORDINARY SHARE CAPITAL

  
 

Availability of authorised capital and Plan Shares

     (a)   
 

Variation of capital and adjustment of Options

     (b) and (c)   

3

 

GRANT OF AN OPTION

  
 

General

     (a)   
 

Timing of grant

     (b)   
 

Option Certificate

     (c)   
 

Renunciation of Options

     (d)   

4

 

NON TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS

  

5

 

RIGHTS TO EXERCISE OPTIONS

  
 

General

     (a) to (c)   
 

Transfer to another country

     (d)   
 

Death

     (e)   
 

Cessation of employment in special circumstances

     (f) and (g)   
 

Cessation of employment in other circumstances

     (h) and (i)   
 

Discretion to extend exercise period

     (j)   
 

Tax and Social Security Contributions

     (k)   

6

 

LOSS OF OFFICE OR EMPLOYMENT

     (a) to (c)   

7

 

TAKEOVERS, RECONSTRUCTION, AMALGAMATION AND LIQUIDATION

  
 

Change in Control of the Company – Acquiring Company

     (a) to (d)   
 

Change in Control of the Company – Acquiring Person

     (e)   
 

Changes to Plan Shares class or rights

     (f)   
 

Administration

     (h)   
 

Voluntary arrangement

     (i)   

 

-2-


8

 

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

  
 

Procedures on exercise

     (a) and (b)   
 

Rights attaching to Plan Shares

     (c)   

9

 

PLAN AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

  
 

Amendments

     (a) to (c)   
 

Termination

     (d)   

10

 

ADMINISTRATION

  
 

Notices and documents

     (a) to (c)   
 

Disputes

     (d)   
 

Costs of the Plan

     (e)   
 

Employee Trust

     (f)   
 

Governing Law

     (g)   
 

BELGIAN SUB-PLAN

  

 

-3-


ING GROUP

STANDARD SHARE OPTION PLAN

RULES

 

1. INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION

Definitions

 

(a) In the Rules of this Plan unless the context otherwise requires the following words and expressions shall have the meanings set out below:

 

Acquiring Company    Any company which has obtained Control of the Company as a result of making a Takeover Offer.
Acquiring Person    Any person, not being an Acquiring Company, who:
  

(a)     either alone or together with any person acting in concert with him has obtained Control of the Company as a result of making a Takeover Offer; or

  

(b)     having Control of the Company, makes a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued Ordinary Share Capital (other than that which is already owned by him and/or by any person acting in concert with him).

Acquisition Price    The amount payable in relation to the exercise of an Option, being the amount (after any adjustment pursuant to Rule 2(b) of the Option Price multiplied by the number of Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised.
the Act    The Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988.
Adoption Date    The date on which this Plan is adopted by the Directors and agreed by the Trustees of the ING Group Employee Benefit Trust and the directors of ING Baring Services (Guernsey) Limited.
Appropriate Period    In relation to:
  

(a)     a Takeover Offer, means the period of six months beginning with the time when the person making the Takeover Offer has obtained Control of the Company and any condition to which the Takeover Offer is made is satisfied;

  

(b)     an Acquiring Person who obtains Control of the Company, or who having Control of the Company makes a general offer for the whole of the issued Ordinary Share Capital (other than

 

-4-


  

that which is already owned by him and/or any person acting in concert with him) means the period of six months beginning with the time when the Acquiring Person obtains Control or makes the offer as the case may be.

American Depository Receipt or “ADR”    An American Depository Receipt issued by or on behalf of the Company which is exchangeable for a BDR 1
[Bearer Depository Receipt] or “BDR”    A bearer depositary receipt [issued by or on behalf of the Company] which is exchangeable for an [Ordinary] Share. 2
the Companies Act    The Companies Act 1985.
The Company    ING Groep NV
Control    Control as defined in section 840 of the Act.
Date of Grant    The date on which an Option is granted to an Employee, which shall be the date specified on the Option Certificate.
Directors    The Board of Directors of the Company or a duly authorised committee thereof.
Employee    Either:
  

(i)      an employee (other than a director) of a Group Company; or

  

(ii)     a director (other than a non-executive director) of a Group Company

   whether he is based in the United Kingdom or overseas who in either case is required to devote substantially the whole of his working time to the business of the Group.
Employees’ Share Scheme    An employees’ share scheme as defined in section 743 of the Companies Act.
Grantor    Either:
  

(i)      in relation to an Option granted by the Directors, the Directors; or

  

(ii)     in relation to an Option granted by the Trustees, the Trustees; or

  

(iii)    in relation to an Option granted by the Guernsey, Directors, the Guernsey Directors

 

1  

New definition inserted by addendum adopted on 15 March 1999.

2  

Definition amended by addendum adopted on 23 March 1998.

 

-5-


Group    The Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time and the expression “member of the Group” shall be construed accordingly.
Group Company    The Company, or a company which is for the time being a Subsidiary over which the Company has Control and which has been nominated by the Directors or the GSOP Committee to participate for the time being in this Plan.
GSOP Committee 3    Such person or committee of persons and successor person or committee of persons appointed by the Directors to whom the Directors have delegated such of their powers in relation to this Plan as they may determine and to include any duly appointed agent or delegate of the GSOP Committee.
Guernsey Directors    The directors of ING Baring Services (Guernsey) Limited
Market Value 4    Means
  

1.       In the case of Plan Shares which are BDRs or ordinary shares, the first trading price of a BDR on the Stock Exchange as reported by Bloomberg or any such other appropriate source on the Date of Grant or where the context requires on the Option Rollover date of a Plan Share and if on any such date no such price exists the first trading price of a BDR on the Stock Exchange as reported by Bloomberg or any such other appropriate source on the nearest preceding day on which such a price exists; and

  

2.       In the case of Plan Shares which are ADRs the first trading price of a BDR on the Date of Grant or where the context requires on the Option Rollover date as determined in accordance with point 1 above of this definition converted into US dollars at the spot exchange rate for the sale of US dollars in exchange for the currency in which BDRs are quoted on the Stock Exchange prevailing at the time such first trading price of a BDR applied.

Option    A right to acquire Plan Shares at the Acquisition Price granted to an Employee under the provisions of this Plan and for the time being subsisting.
Option Certificate    The certificate in respect of a grant of an Option which shall be issued to an Option-holder in accordance with Rule 3(c).
Option-holder    Any person who holds an Option or (where the context admits) such other person, persons or estate as specified in Rule 5(e).

 

3  

Definition inserted by addendum adopted on 15 March 1999.

4  

Definition replaced in entirety by addendum adopted on 15 March 1999.

 

-6-


Option Price    The price per Plan Share determined by the Grantor, being a price not less than the Market Value of a Plan Share at the Date of Grant except when Plan Shares are subscribed when the price shall not be less than the greater of:
  

(i)     the nominal value of a Plan Share; and

  

(ii)    the Market Value of a Plan Share.

Option Rollover    In relation to an Option, means a release by an Option-holder with the consent of the Acquiring Company of his rights (“old rights”) under this Plan in consideration of the grant to him of rights (“new rights”) which are equivalent to the old rights but which relate to shares in:
  

(a)     the Acquiring Company; or

  

(b)     a company which has Control of the Acquiring Company; or

  

(c)     a company which either is, or has Control of, a company which is a member of a consortium within the meaning of Section 187(7) of the Act owning either the Acquiring Company or a company having Control of the Acquiring Company;

   and the term “equivalent” shall be construed in accordance with Rule 7(c).
Ordinary Share Capital    The ordinary share capital of the Company as defined in section 832(1) of the Act.
Ordinary Shares 5    Fully paid ordinary shares in the capital of the Company.
this Plan    The ING Group [Standard] 6 Share Option Plan in its present form or as from time to time amended in accordance with the provisions hereof.
Plan Shares    [Either Ordinary Shares, [ADRs] 7 or BDRs as determined at the Date of Grant by the Grantor in respect of each Option, and all references to Plan Shares in this Plan shall be construed accordingly] 8 .

 

5  

Definition inserted by addendum adopted on 23 March 1998.

6  

Definition amended by addendum adopted on 23 March 1998. All other references in the Rules to ‘ING Group 1997 Unapproved Share Option Plan’ have been amended accordingly.

7  

Definition amended by addendum adopted on 15 March 1999.

8  

Definition replaced in entirety by addendum adopted on 23 March 1998.

 

-7-


Rolled-over    The action of effecting an Option Rollover or its completion.
the Rules    The rules for the time being governing this Plan.
Schedule 9    Schedule 9 to the Act.
Stock Exchange    The Amsterdam Stock Exchange.
Subsidiary    A company which is a subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of section 736 of the Companies Act.
Subsidiary Directors    [    ] 9
Takeover Offer    In relation to the Company, means either:
  

(a)     a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued Ordinary Share Capital which is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have Control of the Company; or

  

(b)     a general offer to acquire all the shares in the Company of the same class as the Plan Shares.

Trustees    The trustees of any trust created by a Group Company which complies with the requirements of section 743 of the Companies Act.

Construction

 

(b) Words or expressions used herein shall where appropriate:

 

  (i) when denoting the masculine gender include the feminine and vice versa;

 

  (ii) when denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

  (iii) unless the context otherwise requires have the same meanings as in Schedule 9 as amended from time to time;

 

  (iv) when referring to any enactment be construed as a reference to that enactment as for the time being consolidated, amended, re-enacted or replaced and shall include any regulations made thereunder;

 

  (v) when referring to Rules be taken to refer to the Rules of this Plan;

 

  (vi) when a period of time is specified and starts from a given day or the day of an act or event, be calculated exclusive of that day;

 

  (vii) be construed such that the headings and sub-headings are for ease of reference only, and do not affect the interpretation of any Rule;

 

  (viii) when referring to any enactment or regulations under English law be construed at the discretion of the GSOP Committee as a reference to the closest laws or regulations applying in the country (or region of the country) where an Option Holder is employed, works, resides or has some other connection relevant for the purposes of benefits under this Plan, as appropriate;

 

 

9  

Definition removed by addendum adopted on 15 March 1999. All references to ‘Subsidiary Directors’ replaced by references to ‘GSOP Committee’.

 

-8-


  (ix) references to tax and/or taxation shall for the avoidance of doubt, include United Kingdom and other taxes and/or withholding taxes when the context requires and references to social security contributions shall include national insurance contributions and any similar liability or levy in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (x)

unless the context requires otherwise, all references to shares shall include [all forms of] 10 depository receipts issued in connection with such shares. 11

 

(c) For the purpose of any application of the provisions of this Plan, following an Option Rollover:

 

  (i) Rules 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10(b), and 10(d), shall only in relation to the new rights be construed as if the following terms have the meaning assigned to them in this Rule 1(c) and not the meanings assigned to them in Rule 1(a):

 

Company    the company in respect of whose shares new rights have been granted;
Directors    the Board of Directors of the company in respect of whose shares new rights have been granted or a duly authorised committee thereof;
Plan Shares    fully paid ordinary shares [or, for the avoidance of doubt and where the context requires, bearer depository receipts issued in connection with such ordinary shares] 12 in the capital of the company for the time being over whose shares new rights have been granted and the definition of Market Value shall be adjusted accordingly by the Directors.

 

(d) Where under any of the provisions of these Rules it is provided that an Option shall lapse, that Option shall cease to be exercisable thereafter notwithstanding any other provision of these Rules.

 

2. ORDINARY SHARE CAPITAL

Availability of authorised capital and Plan Shares

 

(a) The Company shall at all times keep available sufficient authorised and unissued Plan Shares or shall procure that sufficient Plan Shares are available for transfer to satisfy the exercise to the full extent still possible of all Options which have neither lapsed nor been fully exercised taking account of any other obligations of the Company to provide shares of the same class as Plan Shares.

 

10  

Rule l(b) (x) amended by addendum adopted on 15 March 1999.

11  

11 Rule l(b)(x) inserted by addendum adopted on 23 March 1998.

12  

Definition amended by addendum adopted on 23 March 1998.

 

-9-


Variation of capital and adjustment of Options

 

(b) In the event of any capitalization issue or rights issue or rights offer or any reduction, sub-division, consolidation or other variation of the capital of the Company (including any change in the currency in which Plan Shares are denominated), the number of Plan Shares comprised in any Option over Plan Shares in the Company and/or the Option Price may be adjusted by the Grantor (including retrospective adjustments where appropriate) in such manner as the Grantor considers to be in its opinion fair and reasonable. Except in the case of an Option over Plan Shares already in issue, no adjustment shall be made which would cause the Option Price to be less than the nominal value of that Plan Share. Notice of any adjustment shall be given to those Option-holders affected by such adjustment by the Grantor who may call in Option Certificates for endorsement, cancellation or re-issue subsequent upon such adjustment.

 

(c) Where an Option subsists over both issued and unissued Plan Shares, the adjustment permitted by Rule 2(b) may only be made if the reduction of the Option Price of both issued and unissued Plan Shares may be made to the same extent.

 

3. GRANT OF AN OPTION

General

 

(a) Subject to statutory restrictions and subject to the Rules of this Plan the Grantor may grant any Employee an Option over such number of Plan Shares as the Grantor may determine.

Timing of grant

 

(b) Options may be granted at any time from the Adoption Date of this Plan.

Option Certificate

 

(c)

Each Option-holder shall be issued with a certificate confirming the grant of an Option which shall be executed by the Grantor in such manner so as to take effect in law as a deed specifying, [inter alia], the Date of Grant, the number of Plan Shares the subject of the Option and the Option Price [and all such other information as required by the terms of these Rules] 13 .

Renunciation of Options

 

(d) Any Option may be renounced in whole or in part by the Option-holder by notice in writing to the Grantor received not later than 30 days after the Date of Grant of that Option in which case the Option shall for all purposes to that extent be deemed never to have been granted.

 

13  

Rule 3(c) amended by addendum adopted on 15 March 1999.

 

-10-


4. NON TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS

Save as provided in Rule 5(e) no Option nor any right thereunder shall be capable of being transferred, assigned or charged.

 

5. RIGHTS TO EXERCISE OPTIONS

General

 

(a) Save as provided in Rules 5(d) to 5(g) and 7 an Option:

 

  (i)

granted on or before 31 March 1999 shall not be exercisable before the expiry of 3 years from its Date of Grant and an Option granted on or after 1 April 1999 shall only be exercisable in such parts after the expiry of such period or periods of time from its Date of Grant as shall be determined by the Grantor (taking into account the recommendations of the GSOP Committee) and stated on the Option Certificate provided that all Options shall be exercisable in whole or in part after the expiry of 3 years from their Date of Grant; 14 and

 

  (ii) shall not be exercisable at a time precluded by any restrictions set out in the Option Certificate; but

 

  (iii) subject to Rules 5(b) and 5(c) may thereafter be exercised in whole or in part at any time or from time to time provided that, unless the GSOP Committee determines otherwise, the exercise would not be at a time when the acquisition or disposal of Plan Shares by a director or employee of a Group Company would be in contravention, in the opinion of the Company’s compliance officer, of the Company’s code on insider dealing or any provision which restricts directors and certain employees and those connected with them from dealing in the Company’s shares when in possession of unpublished price sensitive information.

 

(b)

In the case of an Option granted on or before 31 March 1999 the number of years from the Date of Grant in which an Option must be exercised shall be 5 years unless the Grantor (taking into account the recommendations of the Directors) shall determine that it shall be 10 years instead and any Option unexercised within such a date shall lapse. In the case of an Option granted on or after 1 April 1999 the number of years from the Date of Grant in which an Option must be exercised shall be either 5 years or 10 years as shall be determined by the Grantor (taking into account the recommendations of the GSOP Committee) and specified in the Option Certificate and any Option unexercised within such a date shall lapse. 15

 

(c)

An Option may be exercised wholly or partly. In the event of partial exercise of an Option, it must be exercised to the extent of at least 500 Plan Shares on each occasion, unless the number of Plan Shares under Option that can be exercised is less than [500] 16 , in which case the balance of the Option must be exercised in full.

 

14  

Rule 5(a)(i) replaced in entirety by addendum adopted on 15 March 1999.

15  

Rule 5(b) replaced in entirety by addendum adopted on 15 March 1999.

16  

Change made at the time the Rules were adopted on 10 March 1997.

 

-11-


Transfer to another country

 

(d) If an Option-holder, while continuing to hold an office or employment within the Group is to be transferred to work in another country and the GSOP Committee is satisfied that as a result of that transfer he will become subject to restrictions on his ability to exercise his Option(s) or to deal in the Plan Shares obtained upon exercise of his Option(s), the Option-holder may subject to Rules 5(b) and 5(c) exercise all or any of his Options in whole or in part in the period commencing three months before and ending three months after the date of the transfer. Upon the expiry of such period any Option, to the extent unexercised, shall cease to be exercisable under this Rule and shall be exercisable at such other time as provided in these Rules.

Death

 

(e)

If an Option-holder dies, his legal personal representatives (or, if appropriate, in the case of an Option granted to a non United Kingdom Option-holder his designated beneficiary or beneficiaries and in the event of there being no designated beneficiary or beneficiaries, his estate) may exercise all or any of his Options in whole or in part [within the period during which the Option must be exercised in accordance with Rule 5(b)] 17 and at the expiry thereof his Options shall, to the extent unexercised, lapse.

Cessation of employment in special circumstances

 

(f) If an Option-holder shall cease to be employed within the Group by reason of:

 

  (i) injury or disability (evidenced to the satisfaction of the GSOP Committee); or

 

  (ii) retirement on reaching his normal retirement age under his contract of employment; or

 

  (iii) [early retirement by agreement of the GSOP Committee; or

 

  (iv)

redundancy which is, in the opinion of the GSOP Committee, a result of a reorganisation] 18

[he may, subject to Rules 5(c) exercise all or any of his Options in whole or in part within the period during which the Options must be exercised in accordance with Rule 5(b). At the expiry of such period, any Options shall, to the extent unexercised, lapse.] 19

 

(g) If an Option-holder shall cease to be employed within the Group solely by reason that the company by which he is for the time being employed then ceases to be a member of the Group or by reason of the transfer of the undertaking or part of the undertaking in which the Option-holder is employed to a transferee which is not in the Group, then, he may, subject to Rules 5(b) and 5(c), exercise all or any of his Options in whole or in part during the period ending 3 months after the date of such cessation or transfer as the case may be.

 

17  

Rule 5(e) amended by addendum adopted on 13 March 2000.

18  

Rules 5(f) (iii) and (iv) inserted by addendum adopted on 13 March 2000.

19  

Paragraph replaced in its entirety by addendum adopted on 13 March 2000.

 

-12-


Cessation of employment in other circumstances

 

(h) If an Option-holder gives notice to terminate his employment such that he shall cease to be employed within the Group for a reason not falling within Rules 5(f) or 5(g) all his Options shall cease to be exercisable and shall lapse on the date such employment ceases save that the Grantor (taking into account the recommendation of the GSOP Committee) may in its absolute discretion, but subject to Rules 5(a) to 5(c), prior to the cessation of employment consent to the exercise of any such Option in whole or in part to the extent determined by the Grantor (taking into account the recommendation of the GSOP Committee) within 3 months after such cessation or such other period as may be determined by the Grantor, provided that the period so determined shall not exceed the maximum permitted by Rule 5(j) after such cessation and at the expiry of which any such Option shall, to the extent unexercised, lapse.

 

(i)

If an Option-holder is given notice terminating his employment such that he shall cease to be employed within the Group in circumstances not involving misconduct or impropriety on his part and for a reason not falling within Rules 5(f) or 5(g), all of his Options shall cease to be exercisable and shall lapse on the date such employment ceases save that the Grantor (taking into account the recommendation of the GSOP Committee) may in its absolute discretion subject to Rules 5(b) and 5(c), prior to the cessation of employment consent to the exercise of any such Option in whole or in part to the extent determined by the Grantor (taking into account the recommendation of the GSOP Committee) within 3 months after such cessation or such longer period as may be determined by the Grantor (taking into account the recommendation of the GSOP Committee), provided that the period so determined shall not exceed the maximum period permitted by Rule 5(j), and at the expiry of the said period any Option(s) shall, to the extent unexercised, lapse. [For the avoidance of doubt if an Option-holder is given notice terminating his employment in circumstances involving misconduct or impropriety, all of his Options shall, to the extent unexercised, lapse on the date that such notice of termination of employment is given]. 20

Discretion to extend exercise period

 

(j)

The Grantor (taking into account the recommendation of the GSOP Committee) may in its absolute discretion but subject to Rules 5(b) and 5(c) extend the periods specified in Rules 5(d), [5(g), 5(h) and 5(i)] 21 , to such longer period as it may determine. At the expiry of the period specified in Rules 5(d) to 5(i), as the case may be or such longer period as may have been determined under this Rule 5(j) any Options held by the Option-holder concerned shall, to the extent unexercised, lapse.

Tax and Social Security Contributions

 

(k)   (i)   It shall be a condition of the obligation of the Company or the Grantor to issue or to procure the transfer of Plan Shares to an Option-holder that the Option-holder (or in the event of his death, his legal personal representative(s) or such other person, persons or estate as specified in Rule 5(e)) will on the demand of the Company or the Grantor immediately pay

 

20  

Words in Rule 5(i) inserted by addendum adopted on 15 March 1999.

21  

Rule 5(j) amended by addendum adopted on 13 March 2000.

 

-13-


over to it the tax (and employee’s social security contributions, if any) liability arising on exercise of the Option. Payment may be made by bankers draft or cheque or in any other manner agreed with the GSOP Committee provided that if the cheque, if applicable, is not cleared within 30 days of when the notice of exercise is lodged and payment of the Acquisition Price is made the Option-holder shall be deemed never to have exercised his Option and the Company or the Grantor will be under no obligation to provide any Plan Shares for him.

 

  (ii) As an alternative, the Company or the Grantor may in its absolute discretion sell on behalf of the Option-holder sufficient Plan Shares to meet the Option-holder’s obligation to pay the tax (and any employee’s social security contributions) liability. The Company or the Grantor as the case may be may retain from the sale proceeds an amount equal to such liability and any balance will be paid to the Option-holder. An Employee’s agreement to sales being made in this fashion on his behalf shall be a condition of the grant of the Option.

 

  (iii) Except as described in this Rule 5(k), any liabilities arising out of the disposal of any Plan Shares shall be the responsibility of the Option-holder alone.

 

6. LOSS OF OFFICE OR EMPLOYMENT

 

(a) The grant of an Option does not form part of the Option-holder’s entitlement to remuneration or benefits pursuant to his contract of employment nor does the existence of a contract of employment between an Employee and any company give such Employee any right or entitlement to have an Option granted to him in respect of any number of Plan Shares or any expectation that an Option might be granted to him whether subject to any conditions or at all.

 

(b) The rights and obligations of an Option-holder under the terms and conditions of his office or employment shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right he may have to participate in the Plan.

 

(c) An individual who participates in the Plan waives all and any rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment with any company for any reason whatsoever in so far as those rights arise, or may arise, from his ceasing to have rights under or be entitled to exercise any Option under the Plan as a result of such termination or from the loss or diminution of value of such rights or entitlements. If necessary, the Option-holder’s terms of employment shall be varied accordingly.

 

7. TAKEOVERS, RECONSTRUCTION, AMALGAMATION AND LIQUIDATION

Change in Control of the Company – Acquiring Company

 

(a) If after the Adoption Date, a company has become an Acquiring Company the Grantor shall as soon as practicable thereafter notify every Option-holder accordingly and each Option-holder may subject to Rules 5(b) and 5(c) within the Appropriate Period:

 

  (i) exercise all or any of his Options to acquire Plan Shares (as the case may be) in whole or in part; and

 

  (ii) to the extent that an Option to acquire Plan Shares (as the case may be) is not or has not been exercised, execute, with the consent of the Acquiring Company, an Option Rollover by a notice in writing in a form prescribed by the directors of the Acquiring Company.

 

-14-


(b) To the extent that any Option which has become exercisable and/or capable of being Rolled-over, pursuant to Rule 7(a)(i) or 7(a)(ii), has not been exercised and/or Rolled-over at the expiry of the Appropriate Period it shall thereupon continue to subsist unless shares cease to be Plan Shares or the Grantor determines otherwise provided always that such determination shall apply to all subsisting Options to acquire Plan Shares. Options which continue to subsist shall be subject to the same terms and conditions that applied before the date of the change of Control. Where the Grantor has determined otherwise they shall notify all Option-holders to whom such determination applies.

 

(c) For the purposes of an Option Rollover the new rights shall only be regarded as equivalent to the old rights if:

 

  (i) the new rights are exercisable in the same manner as the old rights and subject to the provisions of this Plan as it had effect immediately before an Option Rollover; and

 

  (ii) the total Market Value of Plan Shares subject to an Option which is being Rolled-over is equal immediately before such Option Rollover to the total market value (determined in accordance with Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992) of the shares in respect of which an Option-holder’s new rights are being granted immediately after such Option Rollover; and

 

  (iii) the total amount payable in respect of the exercise in full of an Option following an Option Rollover is equal to the total Acquisition Price immediately preceding such Option Rollover.

 

(d) For the purposes of any application of the provisions of this Plan, following an Option Rollover any new rights granted pursuant to Rule 7(a) shall be regarded as having been granted at the time the corresponding old rights were granted. With effect from the Option Rollover, the new rights shall be subject to the provisions of the Plan as it had effect in relation to the Options which have been released, except that Rule 9 shall not apply.

Change in Control of the Company – Acquiring Person

 

(e) If after the Adoption Date, a person has become an Acquiring Person the Grantor shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, notify every Option-holder accordingly and each Option-holder may, subject to Rules 5(b) and 5(c), within the Appropriate Period exercise all or any of his Options to acquire Plan Shares in whole or in part and to the extent that any Option which has become exercisable pursuant to this Rule 7(e) has not been exercised at the expiry of the Appropriate Period it shall thereupon continue to subsist to the extent unexercised unless the Plan Shares cease to exist or the Grantor determines otherwise. Options which continue to subsist shall be subject to the same terms and conditions which applied before the change of Control or the general offer was made (as the case may be). When the Grantor has determined otherwise, it shall notify all Option-holders to whom such determination applies.

 

-15-


Changes to Plan Share class or rights

 

(f) If notice is duly given of a general meeting of the Company at which a resolution will be proposed whereby:

 

  (i) the class of shares for the time being constituting Plan Shares will be altered; or

 

  (ii) the rights attaching to shares which for the time being constitute Plan Shares will be altered

so that such shares will cease to be Plan Shares an Option to acquire Plan Shares shall, subject to Rules 5(b) and 5(c) be exercisable in whole or in part at any time thereafter until such resolution is duly passed or defeated or the general meeting concluded or adjourned, sine die, whichever shall first occur. If such a resolution is passed, an Option shall, to the extent unexercised, thereupon lapse. If such a resolution is defeated, the relevant Option shall, to the extent unexercised, thereupon continue to subsist.

Liquidation

 

(g) If notice is duly given of a general meeting at which a resolution will be proposed for the voluntary winding-up of the Company, except for the purposes of reconstruction or amalgamation, an Option to acquire Plan Shares shall, subject to Rules 5(b) and 5(c) be exercisable in whole or in part at any time thereafter until the resolution is duly passed or defeated or the general meeting concluded or adjourned sine die, whichever shall first occur. If such a resolution is passed the relevant Option shall, to the extent unexercised, thereupon lapse. If such a resolution is defeated, the relevant Option shall, to the extent unexercised, thereupon continue to subsist.

Administration

 

(h) If an administration order is made in relation to the Company, each Option-holder shall, subject to Rules 5(b) and 5(c), be entitled to exercise his Option to acquire Plan Shares in that company in whole or in part within 6 weeks after the date of the administration order, provided that the issue of Plan Shares pursuant to such exercise is authorised by the administrator(s) or the court.

Voluntary arrangement

 

(i) If a voluntary arrangement is proposed in relation to the Company pursuant to Part I of the Insolvency Act 1986, each Option-holder shall, subject to Rules 5(b) and 5(c), be entitled to exercise his Option to acquire Plan Shares in that company in whole or in part within 14 days after the date of despatch of any notices of meetings summoned under Section 3 of the Insolvency Act 1986 in relation to such proposal.

 

-16-


8. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

Procedures on exercise

 

(a)

Exercise of an Option, or of new rights under this Plan shall be effected by a notice of exercise in writing in a form prescribed from time to time by the Grantor lodged with the GSOP Committee specifying the number of Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised and accompanied by payment in full of the Acquisition Price for the Plan Shares concerned. Payment may be made by banker’s draft or cheque or in any other way agreed by the GSOP Committee provided that if payment is made by way of cheque, if the cheque is not cleared the Employee shall be deemed never to have exercised his Option and the Company will be under no obligation to provide any Plan Shares for him. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary therein contained such notice shall (other than in the circumstances mentioned in the immediately preceding proviso and/or Rule 7(g) above) take effect upon receipt of notice and payment in full and such day shall constitute for all purposes the date of exercise of such Option and, unless otherwise agreed between the Grantor and the Option-holder the Grantor shall procure that the relevant Plan Shares in respect of the option shall be transferred (or issued as the case may be) within 28 days thereafter. The Option Certificate should also be lodged but failure to do so will not invalidate the exercise of the Option. The Company will keep a suitable form of notice available, so that an Option-holder desirous of exercising an Option may obtain copies thereof from the GSOP Committee. [    ] 22

 

(b) For Options that have been granted by the Guernsey Directors which are exercised on or after 27 July 2005, references to the Grantor shall refer to the Directors, for the purposes of the procedures on exercise of Options referred to in paragraph 8(a) above.

 

(c) All transfers and all allotments of Plan Shares shall be subject to any necessary consents of HM Treasury or other authorities in the United Kingdom or elsewhere under enactments or regulations for the time being in force and it shall be the responsibility of the Option-holder to comply with any requirements to be fulfilled in order to obtain or obviate the necessity for any such consent.

Rights attaching to Plan Shares

 

(d) Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will be transferred without the benefit of any rights attaching thereto by reference to a record date preceding the date of exercise. Save as regards rights attaching to Plan Shares by reference to a record date prior to the date on which the Plan Shares are allotted and issued, Plan Shares issued upon the exercise of Options to acquire Plan Shares shall be identical and rank pari passu in all respects with the shares in the same class then in issue.

 

22  

Sentence deleted in entirety be addendum adopted on 13 March 2000.

 

-17-


9. PLAN AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

Amendments

 

(a) Subject to Rule 9(b) the Directors may from time to time at their absolute discretion amend any of the Rules of the Plan.

 

(b) No amendment waiver or replacement to or of this Plan (or any Rule) shall be made to the extent to which it would have the effect of abrogating or altering adversely any of the subsisting rights of Option-holders except with such consent on their part as would be required by the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association if the Plan Shares to be issued on the exercise of the Options already granted and still subsisting were so issued and constituted a separate class of share capital and if such provisions applied mutatis mutandis thereto.

 

(c) The Directors shall have the power from time to time to make or vary regulations for the administration of this Plan and to amend the terms or impose further conditions on the grant and exercise of Options to take account of taxation, and securities or exchange control laws provided always that such regulations, terms and conditions shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan.

Termination

 

(d) Notwithstanding the provision contained in Rule 3(b) the Company by ordinary resolution or the Directors may at any time resolve that no further Options be granted under this Plan, and in such event no further Options will be granted but in all other respects the provisions of this Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

 

10. ADMINISTRATION

Notices and documents

 

(a) Written notice of any amendment made in accordance with Rule 9 shall be given to those Option-holders affected by such amendment.

 

(b) Any notice or other document required to be given hereunder to any Option-holder shall be delivered to him or sent by First Class pre-paid post to him at his home address according to the records of the GSOP Committee or such other address as may appear to the GSOP Committee to be appropriate. Any notice or other document required to be given to the Company, the Directors, the GSOP Committee or the Grantor shall be delivered to them or sent by First Class pre-paid post to them at the Company’s registered office or such other address as may be determined by the GSOP Committee to be appropriate. Notices sent by post shall be deemed to have been given on the fifth day following the date of posting.

 

(c) The GSOP Committee may in its absolute discretion issue written guidance setting out the procedures whereby the Plan shall be operated. If such written guidance is issued to any Group Company that Group Company shall be obligated to act in accordance with that written guidance except that in the event of a conflict between any such written guidance and the Rules, the Rules will take precedence.

 

-18-


Disputes

 

(d) The decision of the GSOP Committee in any dispute or question relating to any Option shall be final and conclusive subject to the terms of this Plan.

Costs of the Plan

 

(e) The costs of introducing and administering this Plan shall be borne by the Company and its participating subsidiaries.

Employee Trust

 

(f) The Company or any subsidiary may provide money to the Trustees or to any other person to enable them or him to acquire shares or options to acquire shares to be held for the purposes of the Plan or enter into any guarantee or indemnity for those purposes, to the extent permitted by section 153 of the Companies Act.

Governing Law

 

(g) These Rules shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

-19-


“ING GROUP STANDARD SHARE OPTION PLAN” 23

BELGIAN SUB-PLAN

The Executive Committee of ING Group has approved the creation of a Belgian Sub-Plan to the ING Group Standard Share Option Plan (the “Plan”) for the purpose of granting Options in Belgium. The Rules of the Belgian Sub-Plan shall, subject to the following amendments, be constituted by the Rules of the Plan:

Rule 5(a)(i) of the Plan shall not form part of the Belgian Sub-Plan but shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

(i) Granted on or before 31 March 1999 shall not be exercisable before the expiry of 3 years from its Date of Grant and an Option granted on or after 1 April 1999 shall not be exercisable before the expiry of 3 years after the start of the Belgian calendar year commencing on 1 January after the Date of Grant.

 

23  

Addendum to the Rules adopted on 15 March 1999.

 

-20-

Exhibit 10.59

ING AMERICAS

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

AS AMENDED AND RESTATED

EFFECTIVE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section

       Page  

SECTION 1

 

PURPOSE

     3   

SECTION 2

 

DEFINITIONS

     3   

SECTION 3

 

SERP BENEFIT

     5   

SECTION 4

 

SERP PRERETIREMENT DEATH BENEFIT

     9   

SECTION 5

 

FORFEITURE OF BENEFITS

     9   

SECTION 6

 

SOURCE OF BENEFIT PAYMENTS

     10   

SECTION 7

 

NOT A CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT

     10   

SECTION 8

 

NO ALIENATION OR ASSIGNMENT

     10   

SECTION 9

 

ERISA

     10   

SECTION 10

 

COMPLIANCE WITH CODE SECTION 409A

     10   

SECTION 11

 

ADMINISTRATION, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

     11   

SECTION 12

 

EXPENSES

     11   

SECTION 13

 

TAXES

     11   

SECTION 14

 

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

     12   

SECTION 15

 

CONSTRUCTION

     12   

 

2


ING AMERICAS

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

AS AMENDED AND RESTATED

EFFECTIVE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011

SECTION 1

PURPOSE

ING North America Insurance Corporation (“Company”) has adopted this Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“Plan”) effective as of January 1, 2002 to provide to certain highly compensated and management employees who are participants in the ING Americas Retirement Plan those retirement benefits that cannot be paid from the ING Americas Retirement Plan as a result of the limitations imposed by Sections 401(a)(17) or 415 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Effective as of January 1, 2005 the Plan was amended and restated to reflect the provisions of Code Section 409A, the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, and the transition rules contained in Notice 2005-1 and subsequent Notices and releases. The Plan was amended by a first and second amendment with effective dates prior to December 31, 2011.

Effective as of December 31, 2011, the Plan is amended and restated to reflect the change in the pension formula to a cash balance pension formula under the ING Americas Retirement Plan.

SECTION 2

DEFINITIONS

Wherever used in this Plan, the following capitalized terms or phrases will have the meaning set forth below:

2.1 AFS SERP . The term “AFS SERP” means the Supplemental ING Retirement Plan for Aetna Financial Services and Aetna International Employees as in effect immediately before its merger into this Plan.

2.2 Cash Balance Transition Participant . The term “Cash Balance Transition Participant” means a Participant who has an accrued benefit under the Retirement Plan attributable to service both before January 1, 2012, and after December 31, 2011.

2.3 Code . The term “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. A reference to a particular section of the Code shall also include the regulations promulgated under such section.

2.4 Company . The term “Company” means ING North America Insurance Corporation and any successor thereto.

 

3


2.5 Employer . The term “Employer” means the Company or any affiliate of the Company that is a participating employer in the Retirement Plan.

2.6 ERISA . The term “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. A reference to a particular section of ERISA shall also include the regulations promulgated under such section.

2.7 Participant . The term “Participant” means each employee of an Employer who is a participant in the Retirement Plan and has been designated by the Company to participate in the Plan and whose benefit in the Retirement Plan is limited by Code Sections 401(a)(17) or 415 or whose compensation under the Retirement Plan is reduced due to the deferral of compensation to an Employer’s non-qualified deferred compensation plan.

2.8 Plan . The term “Plan” means this ING Americas Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and in effect from time to time.

2.9 Plan Administrator . The term “Plan Administrator” means the Company.

2.10 Post-CB SERP Benefit . The term “Post-CB SERP Benefit” means the following:

(a) In the case of a Cash Balance Transition Participant, that portion of his or her SERP Benefit, if any, that is attributable to services rendered after 2013; except that, in the case of a Cash Balance Transition Participant who enters the Cash Balance Pension Formula under the Retirement Plan during the period from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2013, as a result of his or her being rehired by an Employer following a period of absence from employment, his or her Post-CB SERP Benefit means that portion of his or her SERP Benefit, if any, that is attributable to services rendered after such rehire.

(b) In the case of a Participant who first accrues a Retirement Benefit under the Retirement Plan after December 31, 2011, his or her entire SERP Benefit.

2.11 Pre-CB SERP Benefit . The term “Pre-CB SERP Benefit” means the following:

(a) In the case of a Cash Balance Transition Participant, that portion of his or her SERP Benefit that is attributable to services rendered prior to 2014; except that, in the case of a Cash Balance Transition Participant who enters the Cash Balance Pension Formula under the Retirement Plan during the period from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2013, as a result of his or her being rehired by an Employer following a period of absence from employment, his or her Pre-CB SERP Benefit means that portion of his or her SERP Benefit, if any, that is attributable to services rendered through his or her earlier termination of employment. The portion of a Participant’s SERP Benefit that is attributable to services rendered through or prior to a given date will equal the SERP Benefit that would be payable to the Participant as if his or her employment with the Employer had ended on such date.

(b) In the case of Participant who accrues no additional Retirement Benefit under the Retirement Plan after December 31, 2011, his or her entire SERP Benefit.

 

4


2.12 Retirement Benefit . The term “Retirement Benefit” means the Participant’s accrued benefit under the Retirement Plan.

2.13 Retirement Plan . The term “Retirement Plan” means the ING Americas Retirement Plan, as amended and in effect from time to time.

2.14 Separation from Service . The term “Separation from Service” means a separation from service as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h).

2.15 SERP Benefit . The term “SERP Benefit” means the defined benefit described in Section 3.1. In no event shall a Participant derive a benefit under another supplemental executive retirement plan other than the SERP Benefit payable to a Participant under the terms of the Plan.

2.16 SERP Preretirement Death Benefit . The term “SERP Preretirement Death Benefit” means the benefit described in Section 4.1.

2.17 Specified Employee . The term “Specified Employee” means those individuals who are key employees (within the meaning of Code Section 416(i)(1)) and are identified pursuant to the procedures established by the Company for the purposes of this Plan, which procedures shall treat as Specified Employees for any 12-consecutive-calendar month period beginning each April 1, the 50 most highly compensated officers of the Company and its affiliates based on compensation paid from the U.S. payroll for the calendar year immediately preceding the relevant April 1.

2.18 Terminated Participant . The term “Terminated Participant” means a Participant (a) who has a Separation from Service on or before November 1, 2008, (b) who accrued a benefit under the Plan, or became Vested in his or her benefit under the Plan, after December 31, 2004, and (c) whose SERP Benefit under the Plan has not commenced as of November 1, 2008.

2.19 Vested . The term “Vested” means that a Participant has a nonforfeitable right to his or her SERP Benefit. Subject to Section 5 of this Plan, a Participant will become Vested when he or she becomes vested in his or her Retirement Benefit in accordance with the terms of the Retirement Plan.

SECTION 3

SERP BENEFIT

3.1 SERP Benefit . A Participant who is Vested will be entitled to a SERP Benefit, equal to (a) minus (b) below:

(a) The Participant’s Retirement Benefit taking into account any applicable reductions under the Retirement Plan including, without limitation, for early commencement, form of benefit payments under other plans or programs, but determined:

(i) by adding back to the Participant’s compensation under the Retirement Plan any deferrals against compensation elected by the Participant under any Employer’s non-qualified deferred compensation plan;

 

5


(ii) by including in the Participant’s compensation under the Retirement Plan (A) the portion of his or her bonus that would have been paid to him or her in cash under the Employer’s Incentive Compensation Plan but was instead paid in the form of restricted stock units, and (B) effective January 1, 2011, the portion of his or her bonus that would have been paid to him or her in cash under the ING Insurance US Long Term Sustainable Performance Plan but was instead paid in the form of deferred shares;

(iii) by disregarding the compensation limits of Code Section 401(a)(17); provided however , that effective January 1, 2005, the maximum amount of compensation that will be taken into account on behalf of a Participant for any year for purposes of calculating his or her Retirement Benefit under this Section 3.1(a) will be limited to three (3) times the Code Section 401(a)(17) compensation limit in effect for the year, except that this maximum will not apply to any employee who was employed with an Employer on January 1, 2005, and who had attained more than age 55 on January 1, 2005;

(iv) by disregarding the benefit limits of Code Section 415; and

(v) by taking into account any compensation or service adjustments that may be approved at the sole discretion of the Company.

(b) The Participant’s actual Retirement Benefit paid from the Retirement Plan.

A Cash Balance Transition Participant will have a Pre-CB SERP Benefit, and also may have a Post-CB SERP Benefit if he or she continues to accrue a benefit under the Retirement Plan after 2013 (or after his or her date of rehire by an Employer if rehire occurs during the period from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2013). Once the SERP Benefit begins, it will not be adjusted or recalculated as a result of future changes to the limitations of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415.

3.2 Timing of Payment . The SERP Benefit will be paid to Participants as follows:

(a) Participant Who Ceased Benefit Accruals Before January 1, 2005 . In the case of a Participant who accrued no additional SERP Benefit after December 31, 2004, subject to Section 3.5, his or her SERP Benefit will be paid as of the same date, in the same benefit payment form and to the same person as the Participant’s Retirement Benefit under the Retirement Plan. The SERP Benefit will continue to be paid after the Participant’s death to the same person, in the same form and to the same extent as the Retirement Benefit is payable from the Retirement Plan after the Participant’s death.

(b) Participant Before January 1, 2009 . In the case of a Participant who is not described in Section 3.2(a) and who became a Participant in the Plan before January 1, 2009, his or her SERP Benefit shall be paid as follows:

(i) With respect to his or her Pre-CB SERP Benefit, he or she shall elect, using the form provided by the Plan Administrator, the timing of the distribution of such benefit from the Plan. If such Participant fails to make an

 

6


election on or before December 31, 2008, his or her Pre-CB SERP Benefit shall be distributed as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event later than two and one-half (2  1 / 2 ) months, following the later of:

(A) the first day of the month following the month in which the Participant attains age fifty-five (55); or

(B) the first day of the month following the month in which the Participant has a Separation from Service;

subject to delayed payment under Section 3.7 in the case of a Specified Employee.

(ii) With respect to his or her Post-CB SERP Benefit, if any, such benefit shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event later than two and one-half (2  1 / 2 ) months, following the first day of the month following the month in which the Participant has a Separation from Service, subject to delayed payment under Section 3.7 in the case of a Specified Employee.

(c) Participant On or After January 1, 2009 . In the case of a Participant who becomes a Participant in the Plan on or after January 1, 2009, his or her SERP Benefit shall be paid as follows:

(i) With respect to his or her Pre-CB SERP Benefit, such benefit shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event later than two and one-half (2  1 / 2 ) months, following the later of:

(A) the first day of the month following the month in which the Participant attains age fifty-five (55); or

(B) the first day of the month following the month in which the Participant has a Separation from Service;

subject to delayed payment under Section 3.7 in the case of a Specified Employee.

(ii) With respect to his or her Post-CB SERP Benefit, if any, such benefit shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event later than two and one-half (2  1 / 2 ) months, following the first day of the month following the month in which the Participant has a Separation from Service, subject to delayed payment under Section 3.7 in the case of a Specified Employee.

(d) Terminated Participant . A Terminated Participant shall elect, using the form provided by the Plan Administrator, the timing of the distribution of his or her Pre-CB SERP Benefit from the Plan. If such Terminated Participant fails to make a distribution timing election on or before December 31, 2008, his or her Pre-CB SERP Benefit shall be distributed as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event later than two and one-half (2  1 / 2 ) months, following the first day of the month following the month in which such Terminated Participant attains age sixty-five (65).

 

7


3.3 One-Time Irrevocable Election to Change Timing of Payment . A Participant, other than a Terminated Participant, may make a one-time irrevocable election to change the timing of distribution of either or both of his or her Pre-CB SERP Benefit and Post-CB SERP Benefit, by submitting to the Plan Administrator, using the form required, an election specifying a revised distribution date; provided, however, that such election form is submitted to the Plan Administrator at least one year and one day prior to the distribution date as most recently in effect and that the revised distribution date is no less than five (5) calendar years from the distribution date as most recently in effect. The revised election will be effective twelve (12) months following the date the election change is submitted to the Plan Administrator, and will be invalid if the currently established distribution date falls within such twelve (12) month period. If a Participant’s election for a revised distribution date is invalid or ineffective for any reason, the distribution date established in Section 3.2(b) or Section 3.2(c), as applicable, shall apply and govern the distribution. A Terminated Participant is not eligible to make an election to change the timing of the distribution of his or her Pre-CB SERP Benefit from the Plan other than pursuant to the election made in accordance with Section 3.2(d).

3.4 Form of Payment . A Participant or Terminated Participant shall elect, at least thirty (30) days prior to his or her distribution date with respect to his or her Pre-CB SERP Benefit, using the form required by the Plan Administrator, the form of annuity in which his or her Pre-CB SERP Benefit shall be distributed. Further, an active employee of the Employer who became a Participant in the Plan before January 1, 2009 who was eligible for and wished to receive a portion of his or her Pre-CB SERP Benefit as a single lump-sum payment must have made an election to receive such lump-sum payment before January 1, 2009. A Terminated Participant who was eligible for and wished to receive a portion of his or her Pre-CB SERP Benefit as a single lump-sum payment on his or her SERP Benefit distribution date must have made such election before January 1, 2009. If a Participant or Terminated Participant fails to make a timely election or his or her election is invalid or ineffective for any reason, the Participant’s or Terminated Participant’s Pre-CB SERP Benefit will be distributed in the form of a single life annuity.

A Participant’s Post-CB SERP Benefit shall be paid in a lump-sum payment, and the Participant is not allowed any election as to the form of payment with respect to his or her Post-CB SERP Benefit.

Upon the death of the Participant or Terminated Participant, the SERP Benefit will be paid or continue to be paid in accordance with the form of distribution election made by the Participant or Terminated Participant, if any, pursuant to this Section 3.4.

3.5 AFS SERP Benefit . Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each Participant who was a Participant in the AFS SERP, the portion of his or her Pre-CB SERP Benefit attributable to his or her benefit under the AFS SERP determined as of December 31, 2001, will be paid in accordance with the form and timing elections for the SERP Benefit made by a Participant or Terminated Participant pursuant to Sections 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4 of this Plan.

3.6 No Acceleration of Payment . A Participant shall not be permitted to accelerate his or her SERP Benefit payable under this Plan; provided, however, that if the Plan Administrator so determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that such acceleration is permitted under Code Section 409A, then such acceleration may be permitted.

3.7 Payments to Specified Employees . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, payments to a Specified Employee shall not be made until the expiration of six (6) calendar months from his or her Separation from Service.

 

8


SECTION 4

SERP PRERETIREMENT DEATH BENEFIT

4.1 SERP Preretirement Death Benefit . Upon the death of a Participant after becoming Vested, but before commencement of the SERP Benefit, such Participant’s surviving spouse, domestic partner or other beneficiary, who is entitled to receive a preretirement death benefit under the Retirement Plan attributable to the Participant’s Retirement Benefit, shall be entitled to receive a SERP Preretirement Death Benefit from this Plan equal to (a) minus (b) below:

(a) The benefit that would be payable to such beneficiary from the Retirement Plan without taking into account the limitations of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415.

(b) The actual benefit payable to such beneficiary from the Retirement Plan.

4.2 Payment . The SERP Preretirement Death Benefit will be paid as follows:

(a) With respect to a SERP Preretirement Death Benefit attributable to a Participant’s Pre-CB SERP Benefit, such benefit shall commence on the earliest date on which payment of the survivor benefit under the Retirement Plan could have commenced, and shall be paid in the form of a single life annuity for the life of the Participant’s beneficiary under the Retirement Plan.

(b) With respect to a SERP Preretirement Death Benefit attributable to a Participant’s Post-CB SERP Benefit, such benefit shall be paid in a lump-sum payment to the Participant’s beneficiary under the Retirement Plan as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event later than two and one-half (2  1 / 2 ) months, following the first day of the month following the month of the Participant’s death.

4.3 AFS SERP Death Benefit . Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each Participant who was a Participant in the AFS SERP, the portion of his or her SERP Preretirement Death Benefit attributable to his or her benefit under the AFS SERP determined as of December 31, 2001, will be paid at the same time, in the same form and to the same person as the benefit would have been paid under AFS SERP as in effect immediately before its merger into this Plan, taking into account any subsequent elections made by the Participant consistent with the AFS SERP.

SECTION 5

FORFEITURE OF BENEFITS

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if a Participant who is receiving or may be entitled to receive, a benefit hereunder engages in competition with the Company (without prior written authorization given by the Board of Directors of the

 

9


Company) or is discharged for cause, or performs acts of willful malfeasance or gross negligence in a matter of material importance to the Company, payments thereafter payable hereunder to such Participant or such Participant’s beneficiary will, at the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator, be forfeited and none of the Company, another Employer nor this Plan will have any further obligation hereunder to such Participant or his or her beneficiary.

SECTION 6

SOURCE OF BENEFIT PAYMENTS

All benefits payable under this Plan shall be paid by the Employer from its general assets except to the extent they are paid from the assets of a grantor trust established by the Employer to pay these benefits. No person shall have any right or interest or claim whatsoever to the payment of a benefit under this Plan from any person whomsoever other than the Employer, and no Participant or beneficiary shall have any right or interest whatsoever to the payment of a benefit under this Plan which is superior in any manner to the right of any other general and unsecured creditor of such Employer.

SECTION 7

NOT A CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT

Participation in this Plan does not grant to any Participant the right to remain an employee of the Company or another Employer for any specific term of employment or in any specific capacity or at any specific rate of compensation. A Participant shall, at all times, remain an “at will” employee of the Employer.

SECTION 8

NO ALIENATION OR ASSIGNMENT

A Participant or a beneficiary under this Plan shall have no right or power to alienate, commute, anticipate or otherwise assign at law or equity all or any portion of any benefit otherwise payable under this Plan, and the Company or the applicable Employer shall have the right to suspend temporarily or terminate permanently the payment of benefits to, or on behalf of, any Participant or beneficiary who attempts to do so.

SECTION 9

ERISA

The Company intends that this Plan come within the various exceptions and exemptions to ERISA for an unfunded deferred compensation plan maintained primarily for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1), and any ambiguities in this Plan shall be construed to effect that intent.

SECTION 10

COMPLIANCE WITH CODE SECTION 409A

The Plan is intended to comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A. The Plan Administrator retains the discretion to interpret and administer the Plan in such a way as to ensure compliance with Code Section 409A irrespective of any election or direction provided by a Participant.

 

10


SECTION 11

ADMINISTRATION, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

The Plan shall be administered by the Plan Administrator.

The Plan Administrator shall have all the powers necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of tile Plan. It may, from time to time, establish rules for the administration of the Plan and the transaction of the Plan’s business.

The Plan Administrator shall have the exclusive right to make any finding of fact necessary or appropriate for any purpose under the Plan including, but not limited to, the determination of eligibility for and amount of any benefit.

The Plan Administrator or anyone appointed by the Plan Administrator, shall have the exclusive right to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and to determine any and all questions arising under the Plan or in connection with its administration, including, without limitation, the right to remedy or resolve possible ambiguities, inconsistencies, or omissions by general rule or particular decision, all in its sole and absolute discretion.

All findings of fact, determinations, interpretations, and decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons having or claiming to have any interest or right under the Plan and shall be given the maximum possible deference allowed by law.

The Plan Administrator shall have the right to amend this Plan from time to time in any respect whatsoever and to terminate this Plan at any time; provided, however, that any such amendment or termination shall not he applied retroactively to deprive a Participant of benefits accrued under this Plan to the date of such amendment or termination.

SECTION 12

EXPENSES

All expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Employers from their general assets except to the extent they are paid from the assets of a grantor trust established by an Employer to pay benefits under this Plan.

SECTION 13

TAXES

An Employer or the trustee under any grantor trust established to pay benefits may withhold from any payment under this Plan any federal, state, or local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to the payment and any sum the Employer or trustee may reasonably estimate as necessary to cover any taxes for which they may be liable and that may be assessed with regard to the payment.

 

11


SECTION 14

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

Any claim for a benefit under this Plan shall be filed and resolved in accordance with the claims procedure provided under the Retirement Plan which is hereby incorporated in this Plan by reference.

SECTION 15

CONSTRUCTION

This Plan shall be construed in accordance with the Code, ERISA and the laws of the State of Georgia, and the singular the plural wherever appropriate.

 

ING NORTH AMERICA INSURANCE CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ William Delahanty

Title:  

SVP, Compensation & Benefits

Date:  

1/27/12

 

12

Exhibit 10.60

ING AMERICAS RETIREMENT PLAN

Amended and Restated

Effective December 31, 2011


ING AMERICAS RETIREMENT PLAN

As amended and restated effective as of December 31, 2011

Introduction

ING North America Insurance Corporation (the “Company”) assumed sponsorship of the ING Retirement Plan for Employees of Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2000, effective on or about December 14, 2001. Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa, a subsidiary of the Company, established the Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa Employees Retirement Plan, effective January 1, 1937. The name was changed to the ING Retirement Plan for Employees of Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa, effective January 1, 2000 (the “Plan”). The Plan was subsequently renamed the ING Americas Retirement Plan coincident with the Company assuming sponsorship of the Plan. The Plan has been amended several times since January 1, 2000. Throughout its history, the Plan has been maintained in compliance with applicable laws as in existence from time to time.

Effective as of December 31, 2001, each of the following plans was merged into the Plan:

 

   

ING Retirement Plan for Aetna Financial Services & Aetna International Employees (AFS Plan);

 

   

ING Retirement Plan for Employees of Life Insurance Company of Georgia and Its Affiliates (LOG Plan);

 

   

ING Retirement Plan for Employees of Security Life of Denver Insurance Company (SLD Plan);

 

   

Retirement Plan for Employees of ReliaStar Financial Corp. and Its Subsidiaries (ReliaStar Plan); and

 

   

Lexington Management Corporation Retirement Plan (Lexington Plan).

Effective as of January 1, 2004, employees of ING Financial Services LLC on December 31, 2003, who became employees of ING Investment Management LLC on January 1, 2004 and who were participants in the ING Financial Services LLC Retirement Plan (“Financial Services Plan”) on December 31, 2003, became fully Vested participants in the Plan.

Throughout the text, these plans together with other unnamed plans that were previously merged into one of the plans named above, are referred to, collectively, as the “Prior Plans” and, individually, as a “Prior Plan”.

The Plan was last restated effective January 1, 2008, which restatement was further amended by additional amendments with effective dates prior to December 31, 2011.

The Plan is hereby amended and restated effective December 31, 2011, with a “cash balance pension formula” being added to apply after such effective date in accordance with the terms of the Plan.


Exhibit 10.60

ING AMERICAS RETIREMENT PLAN

As amended and restated effective as of December 31, 2011

Table of Contents

 

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

     1   

1.1

  Account      1   

1.2

  Account Balance      1   

1.3

  Accrued Benefit      1   

1.4

  Actuarial Equivalent or Actuarial Equivalence      1   

1.5

  Aeltus Participant      2   

1.6

  Affiliate      2   

1.7

  AFS Minimum Benefit      2   

1.8

  AFS Non-Specified Transition Participant      2   

1.9

  AFS Plan      2   

1.10

  AFS Specified Transition Participant      2   

1.11

  AFS Transition Participant      3   

1.12

  Applicable Interest Rate      3   

1.13

  Applicable Mortality Table      3   

1.14

  Benefit Commencement Date      3   

1.15

  Beneficiary      4   

1.16

  Benefit Service      4   

1.17

  Board      4   

1.18

  Break in Service      4   

1.19

  Cash Balance Pension Formula      5   

1.20

  Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit      5   

1.21

  Cash Balance Transition Date      5   

1.22

  Citigroup      5   

1.23

  CitiStreet      5   

1.24

  Code      5   

1.25

  Committee      5   

1.26

  Company      5   

1.27

  Compensation      5   

1.28

  Controlled Group      7   

1.29

  Controlled Group Member      7   

1.30

  Covered Compensation      7   

1.31

  Delayed Retirement Date      7   

1.32

  Disability or Disabled      7   

1.33

  Domestic Partner      8   

1.34

  Disabled Vested Participant      8   

1.35

  Earliest Retirement Date      8   

1.36

  Early Retirement Date      8   

1.37

  Effective Date      8   

1.38

  EIC Plan      8   


1.39

  Eligible Employee      8   

1.40

  Employee      9   

1.41

  Employer      9   

1.42

  Employment      9   

1.43

  ERISA      9   

1.44

  Final Average Compensation      9   

1.45

  Final Average Pay Pension Formula      12   

1.46

  Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit      12   

1.47

  Financial Services Plan      12   

1.48

  Five-Year Break      12   

1.49

  Hours of Service      12   

1.50

  Immediate Annuity      14   

1.51

  Insurance Company      14   

1.52

  Insurance Contract      14   

1.53

  Interest Credit      14   

1.54

  Interest Credit Percentage      14   

1.55

  Leased Employee      14   

1.56

  Lexington Plan      14   

1.57

  LOG Field Force Plan      14   

1.58

  LOG Plan      15   

1.59

  Mergers      15   

1.60

  Net ING Benefit      15   

1.61

  Normal Form      15   

1.62

  Normal Retirement Age      15   

1.63

  Normal Retirement Date      15   

1.64

  Northern Plan      15   

1.65

  One-Year Break      15   

1.66

  Optional Form      15   

1.67

  Participant      15   

1.68

  Pay Credit      16   

1.69

  Plan      16   

1.70

  Plan Administrator      16   

1.71

  Plan Year      16   

1.72

  Post-2001 Benefit      16   

1.73

  Prior Plan      16   

1.74

  Prior Plan Account Balance      16   

1.75

  Prior Plan Benefit      16   

1.76

  QPSA      16   

1.77

  ReliaStar Plan      16   

1.78

  Security-Connecticut Plan      16   

1.79

  SLD Plan      16   

1.80

  Social Security Retirement Age      17   

1.81

  Southland Plan      17   

1.82

  Spouse      17   

1.83

  State Street      17   

1.84

  Statutory Employee      17   

 

ii


1.85

 

Termination Date

     17   

1.86

 

TNIC Plan

     17   

1.87

 

Transferred CitiStreet Employee

     17   

1.88

 

Trust or Trust Fund

     17   

1.89

 

Trustee

     17   

1.90

 

USERRA

     17   

1.91

 

USLICO Plan

     18   

1.92

 

Vested

     18   

1.93

 

Vesting Service

     18   

1.94

 

Years of Benefit Service or Benefit Service

     18   

1.95

 

Years of Vesting Service or Vesting Service

     20   

ARTICLE 2 ELIGIBILITY

     22   

2.1

 

Eligibility

     22   

2.2

 

Participation Upon Reemployment

     22   

2.3

 

Leased Employees and Independent Contractors

     23   

2.4

 

Adoption of the Plan by an Affiliate

     23   

2.5

 

Transfers Among Affiliates

     23   

2.6

 

Transfers Between Statutory Employee and Employee Status

     24   

2.7

 

Participation Freeze

     25   

ARTICLE 3 RETIREMENT DATES AND BENEFITS

     26   

3.1

 

Normal Retirement

     26   

3.2

 

Delayed Retirement

     29   

3.3

 

Termination After Earliest Retirement Date

     31   

3.4

 

Termination Before Earliest Retirement Date

     34   

3.5

 

Disability Retirement

     35   

3.6

 

Benefits Upon Rehire

     38   

3.7

 

Cost-of-Living Increase

     39   

3.8

 

No Duplication of Benefits

     39   

3.9

 

Cash Balance Accounts; Pay and Interest Credits

     40   

ARTICLE 4 PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

     42   

4.1

 

Forms of Payment

     42   

4.2

 

Opportunity to Cash Out Annuity Benefit

     45   

4.3

 

Election Procedures

     45   

4.4

 

Effect of Death on Forms of Payment

     46   

4.5

 

Required Distribution Rules

     47   

4.6

 

Direct Rollover of Eligible Payments

     47   

4.7

 

Payment on Participant’s Behalf

     48   

4.8

 

Unclaimed Benefits

     49   

4.9

 

Correction of Mistakes

     49   

4.10

 

Retroactive Benefit Commencement Date

     49   

ARTICLE 5 PRERETIREMENT DEATH BENEFITS

     51   

 

iii


5.1

 

Participant with Spouse or Domestic Partner

     51   

5.2

 

Unmarried Participant Without Domestic Partner

     53   

5.3

 

USERRA

     54   

ARTICLE 6 LIMITATIONS ON BENEFIT AMOUNTS AND TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS

     55   

6.1

 

Code Section 415 Limits

     55   

6.2

 

Restrictions on Benefits of Twenty-Five Highest-Paid Participants

     59   

6.3

 

Funding-Based Limitations

     60   

6.4

 

Top Heavy Rules

     66   

ARTICLE 7 CONTRIBUTIONS

     69   

7.1

 

Employer Contributions

     69   

7.2

 

Participant Contributions

     69   

7.3

 

Return of Contributions to the Employers

     69   

7.4

 

Actuarial Gains

     69   

ARTICLE 8 AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, MERGER

     70   

8.1

 

Amendment

     70   

8.2

 

Termination of the Plan

     71   

8.3

 

Merger

     71   

ARTICLE 9 ADMINISTRATION

     72   

9.1

 

Allocation of Fiduciary Responsibilities

     72   

9.2

 

Expenses

     74   

9.3

 

Indemnification

     75   

9.4

 

Claims Procedure

     75   

ARTICLE 10 MEDICAL BENEFITS ACCOUNT

     77   

10.1

 

Establishment of Medical Benefits Account

     77   

10.2

 

No Qualified Transfers

     78   

10.3

 

Definitions

     78   

ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS

     79   

11.1

 

Headings; References

     79   

11.2

 

Construction

     79   

11.3

 

Qualification for Continued Tax-Exempt Status

     79   

11.4

 

Nonalienation

     79   

11.5

 

No Employment Rights

     79   

11.6

 

No Enlargement of Rights

     79   

11.7

 

Withholding for Taxes

     79   

 

iv


ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

As used in the Plan, the following words and phrases and any derivatives thereof will have the meanings set forth below unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Definitions of other words and phrases are set forth in each of the applicable Appendices. Section references indicate sections of the main text of the Plan unless otherwise stated. The singular includes the plural and the plural the singular, whenever applicable.

 

1.1 Account means the Participant’s “cash balance account” established under Section 3.9 plus any similar account established under an applicable Appendix.

 

1.2 Account Balance means the balance, if any, credited under the terms of the Plan to the Participant’s Account as of the date of determination under the Plan.

 

1.3 Accrued Benefit means the monthly retirement benefit that the Participant has earned as of the date of determination, calculated under Article 3, which will be payable as of his or her Normal Retirement Date in the form of a single life annuity. For the Participant who remains in employment after his or her Normal Retirement Date, the Accrued Benefit is the amount calculated for him or her under Section 3.2(b) and/or (c). An Accrued Benefit may be either a Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit or a Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit or, for a Participant who is employed with an Employer both before and after his or her Cash Balance Transition Date or has both a Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit and a Prior Plan Account Balance, the sum of his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit and Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit.

 

1.4 Actuarial Equivalent or Actuarial Equivalence means a benefit of equal value to other forms of benefit, using the following actuarial bases:

 

  (a) Lump Sums and Annuity Conversion . Actuarial Equivalence is computed on the basis of the Applicable Mortality Table and the Applicable Interest Rate for the Benefit Commencement Date (or other determination date) for the following purposes:

 

  (i) Calculating a lump sum or lump-sum value of an Accrued Benefit;

 

  (ii) Converting an Account Balance to any annuity form of payment; and

 

  (iii) Converting a single life annuity into any other annuity form of payment.

The assumptions described in this Section 1.4(a) shall be applied to make any calculations described in this Section for benefits paid on or after January 1, 2012, without regard to when a Participant’s employment terminated.

For a Participant who has an Accrued Benefit under the Plan as of December 31, 2011, the retirement benefit paid in any optional payment form will not be less than the single life annuity calculated based solely on his or her Accrued Benefit

 

1


as of December 31, 2011, converted to such optional form using the assumptions in Appendix 1.4(a). Further, for a Participant who has a Prior Plan Benefit, if the actuarial assumptions under the applicable Prior Plan as described in Appendix 1.4(a) are different from the actuarial assumptions in this Section 1.4(a), the Plan will pay the larger of (1) the Participant’s Prior Plan Benefit converted to such optional form using the actuarial assumptions in effect as of December 31, 2001 to make such conversion under such Prior Plan, or (2) his or her Prior Plan Benefit converted to such optional form using the assumptions of this Section 1.4(a).

Notwithstanding any contrary provision, for distributions made after August 17, 2006, the present value of that portion of the Accrued Benefit for any Participant attributable to the Participant’s Account Balance is equal to that Participant’s Account Balance.

 

  (b) Determining Offset . For purposes of determining the offset for benefits paid under other plans under Section 3.1(d), the 1994 Group Annuity Mortality Static Table for Males for both a Participant and Beneficiary and an interest rate of 5.5% will apply.

 

  (c) Other Actuarial Equivalent Adjustments . For all other purposes, Actuarial Equivalence will be based on the 1994 Group Annuity Mortality Static Table for Males for both Participant and Beneficiary and an interest rate of 7.0%.

 

1.5 Aeltus Participant means each AFS Transition Participant who was employed by Aeltus Investment Management, Inc. and participated in the Financial Services Plan.

 

1.6 Affiliate means the Company and each Controlled Group Member. For purposes of the provisions for subsidiaries adopting the Plan under Section 2.4, Affiliate includes any corporation whose voting stock is at least 50% owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by another Affiliate.

 

1.7 AFS Minimum Benefit means for each AFS Transition Participant, the AFS Minimum Benefit described in Appendix 3.1(e).

 

1.8 AFS Non-Specified Transition Participant means an AFS Transition Participant who is other than an AFS Specified Transition Participant.

 

1.9 AFS Plan means the ING Retirement Plan for Aetna Financial Services & Aetna International Employees as in effect immediately prior to its merger into this Plan effective as of December 31, 2001.

 

1.10 AFS Specified Transition Participant means an AFS Transition Participant who on December 31, 2000 (1) had at least nine years of service (calculated as eight years and 22 weeks of service) and is less than 50 years of age, or (2) had at least five years of service (calculated as four years and 22 weeks of service) and is at least 50 years old and less than 62 years old.

 

2


1.11 AFS Transition Participant means each individual who (a) was an active participant in the Retirement Plan for Employees of Aetna Services, Inc. on December 31, 1998 and was not in pay status; (b) continued to be an active participant in the Retirement Plan for Employees of Aetna Services, Inc. on January 1, 1999; and (c) became an active participant in the AFS Plan on December 14, 2000 in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 3.03 of the Employee Benefits Agreement between Aetna, Inc. and Aetna Healthcare, Inc. dated as of December 13, 2000. If an AFS Transition Participant terminates Employment and is subsequently reemployed as an Employee, he or she will not be an AFS Transition Participant for the period of service after reemployment. The term “active participant” means a participant (a) in active employment with an employer covered under the plan (a “covered employer”), (b) on an authorized leave of absence from a covered employer, (c) receiving benefits after December 31, 1976 under a long- term disability plan maintained by a covered employer, or (d) receiving 13 week salary continuation benefits from a covered employer or other periodic severance and salary continuation benefits.

 

1.12 Applicable Interest Rate means the applicable interest rate structure established by the Internal Revenue Service under Code Section 417(e)(3) in effect during August (the “lookback month”) before the beginning of the Plan Year that includes the Benefit Commencement Date or other determination date.

 

1.13 Applicable Mortality Table means the applicable mortality table established by the Internal Revenue Service from time to time under Code Section 417(e)(3) for the Plan Year that includes the Benefit Commencement Date or other determination date.

 

1.14 Benefit Commencement Date means for a benefit payable as an annuity, the first day of the first month for which a retirement benefit is payable as an annuity to the Participant under Articles 3 and 4, or a preretirement death benefit is payable as an annuity to the surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner under Article 5. If the benefit is payable in a lump sum, the Benefit Commencement Date is the first day of the calendar month in which payment will be made. A Participant or surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner may have more than one Benefit Commencement Date. A Participant (or surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner) may select their Benefit Commencement Dates as follows:

 

  (a) Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit (Account Balance) . A Participant (other than with respect to his or her Prior Plan Account Balance attributable to the AFS Plan, if any) may elect to receive his or her Account Balance in a lump-sum payment or an available annuity form determined as of the first day of any calendar month after his or her Termination Date. See Appendix 4.1(b) for provisions affecting a Participant’s entitlement to a limited lump-sum payment from his or her Prior Plan Account Balance attributable to the AFS Plan. See Section 4.1 regarding the forms of annuity available to a Participant prior to and after his or her Earliest Retirement Date (as described in the first paragraph of Section 1.35).

 

  (b)

Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit . The Participant may elect to receive the benefit attributable to the Final Average Pay Pension Formula (payable in any form described in Section 4.1) as of the first day on any month

 

3


  or after his or her Earliest Retirement Date (as described in the first paragraph of Section 1.35). If he or she elects early retirement, the Plan will apply the early commencement reduction factors described in Section 3.3(b) or Section 3.4(b), as applicable, to his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit.

 

  (c) Effect on QPSA . The Benefit Commencement Date is the ending date for entitlement to the QPSA or other preretirement survivor benefit, and the beginning date for entitlement to the postretirement survivor benefit. The surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner of the Participant who received his or her Account Balance in a lump sum or annuity and died before the Benefit Commencement Date for his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, will receive a QPSA based on the Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit under Section 5.1. The surviving Spouse’s or Domestic Partner’s right to select a Benefit Commencement Date for the QPSA is described in Section 5.1(d).

 

  (d) Prior Plan Benefit, AFS Minimum and Net ING Benefit . Each Participant who was a participant in a Prior Plan may elect to receive his or her Vested Prior Plan Benefit or AFS Minimum Benefit at any time such benefit was available to such Participant under the applicable Prior Plan to the extent required by law. See Appendix 3.3(a) for a description of Earliest Retirement Dates under Prior Plans. If the Participant has reached his or her Earliest Retirement Date (as described in the first paragraph of Section 1.35), the Net ING Benefit must be paid at the same time as his or her Prior Plan Benefit or AFS Minimum Benefit excluding any portion that has been paid as a lump-sum payment or if his or her Prior Plan Benefit or AFS Minimum Benefit is paid before attaining age 55, at his or her Earliest Retirement Date (as described in the first paragraph of Section 1.35).

 

1.15 Beneficiary means the Participant’s surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner on the date of death. If a Participant does not have a Spouse or Domestic Partner or the Participant’s Spouse has consented to another Beneficiary for an optional form of benefit that permits a non-Spouse beneficiary, his or her Beneficiary is the person designated as such on the most recent beneficiary designation form or benefit election form, as applicable, or if no such person or persons has been named, his or her Beneficiary shall be his or her estate. To be effective, the designation of a non-Spouse/non-Domestic Partner beneficiary must be on file with the Plan Administrator on the date of death. A Participant may not change his or her Beneficiary after his or her Benefit Commencement Date. A Participant may designate a non-Domestic Partner Beneficiary without the consent of his or her Domestic Partner.

 

1.16 Benefit Service is defined in Section 1.94.

 

1.17 Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

1.18 Break in Service See Section 1.48 Five-Year Break and Section 1.66 One-Year Break .

 

4


1.19 Cash Balance Pension Formula means the pension formula that derives an Accrued Benefit (or portion thereof) by reference to the Participant’s Account.

 

1.20 Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit means the retirement benefit attributable to the Cash Balance Pension Formula, when expressed as a single life annuity starting as of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date (or as of the first day of the month following the determination date if the determination date is after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date), calculated under Section 3.1(c) or an applicable Appendix.

 

1.21 Cash Balance Transition Date means, with respect to any Participant who is accruing a benefit under the Final Average Pay Pension Formula as of December 31, 2011, and continues as an Eligible Employee after such date, whichever of (a) or (b) produces the greater Accrued Benefit for the Participant:

 

  (a) December 31, 2011; or

 

  (b) The earlier of December 31, 2013, or the date the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee (if on or after January 1, 2012 and prior to January 1, 2014).

With respect to any Participant who accrued a benefit under the Final Average Pay Pension Formula prior to January 1, 2012, but who was not accruing a benefit as of December 31, 2011, because he or she was not then an Eligible Employee, and who again becomes an Eligible Employee on or after January 1, 2012, his or her Cash Balance Transition Date is the date he or she ceased to accrue any additional benefit under the Final Average Pay Pension Formula prior to January 1, 2012.

 

1.22 Citigroup means Citigroup LLC.

 

1.23 CitiStreet means CitiStreet LLC, which was acquired by Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc. on July 1, 2008.

 

1.24 Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, or any successor statute and, if an amendment to the Code renumbers a section of the Code referred to in this Plan, any such reference to such section automatically shall become a reference to such section as renumbered.

 

1.25 Committee means the ING U.S. Pension Committee, which will serve as the Plan Administrator and will have primary responsibility for administering the Plan under Article 9.

 

1.26 Company means ING North America Insurance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto.

 

1.27 Compensation .

 

  (a)

Accrued Benefit and Pay Credits . For purposes of calculating each Participant’s Accrued Benefit (including for purposes of calculating Pay Credits under the Cash Balance Pension Formula), Compensation means the sum of his or

 

5


  her base pay, overtime, commissions, sales bonuses or commissions, short-term incentive awards, performance-based spot bonuses, shift differential, any paid time off (PTO) payment included in a Participant’s paycheck for his or her last pay period of active employment, and education or training related bonuses (such as Life Office Management Association or actuarial bonuses) paid by an Employer and any deferrals excluded from his or her income under Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4) and 401(k) and that is paid through the Employer’s payroll system. All other items of compensation are excluded including, but not limited to, any compensation deferred under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan either at the time deferred or at the time it is paid, stock-based compensation, business allowances (except as specifically described in the preceding sentences of this definition), stay bonuses, sign-on bonuses, temporary cost of living adjustments, long-term incentive awards, employer contributions to any retirement or welfare plan, and any severance or salary continuation payments or benefits, and compensation not paid through the Company’s U.S. payroll system.

 

  (b) Military Service . For the Participant who resumes Employment after a period of unpaid military leave covered by the USERRA, the Plan will impute Compensation in the amount he or she would have received if he or she had remained in active Employment, based on his or her base rate of pay in effect when he or she began his or her leave and taking into account any salary adjustment and/or promotion he or she would have received during the period of military leave, or if that pay rate cannot be determined with certainty, the Plan will treat him or her as having Compensation equal to the amount he or she received during the 12-month period immediately preceding his or her leave, or during the entire period of his or her Employment if shorter than 12 months.

Effective January 1, 2009, a Participant receiving a differential wage payment (as described in Code Section 414(u)(12)) shall be treated as an Employee of the Employer making the differential wage payment for purposes of this Plan and the differential wage payment shall be treated as Compensation.

 

  (c) Statutory Limit . Beginning with the 2002 Plan Year, each Participant’s Compensation will be limited to $200,000 (as indexed under Code Section 401(a)(l7)) for each Plan Year for all purposes under the Plan.

 

  (d) Compensation from Affiliate . Compensation paid by an Affiliate or other entity that is not an Employer or paid by an Affiliate before the Affiliate adopted this Plan will not be treated as Compensation. Also excluded is any compensation that is not paid through the Company’s U.S. payroll system.

 

  (e)

Transferred CitiStreet Employees . Effective July 1, 2008, a Transferred CitiStreet Employee who is a Participant in the Plan shall have his or her Compensation for 2008 determined by taking into account the compensation paid for the period July 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008, irrespective of whether such amount was paid through the transition payroll services provided by Citigroup for the period July 1, 2008 through September 31, 2008, or by the Company’s

 

6


  payroll administrator. Amounts paid prior to July 1, 2008 by Citigroup or State Street to Transferred CitiStreet Employees shall be disregarded for all purposes of the Plan. Subsequent to December 31, 2008, a Transferred CitiStreet Employee’s Compensation shall be determined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.27.

 

1.28 Controlled Group means all of the Employers and the Controlled Group Members.

 

1.29 Controlled Group Member means with respect to an Employer (a) each member of the group of corporations under at least 80% common control by or with the Employer, within the meaning of Code Section 414(b); (b) each incorporated or unincorporated trade or business under common control with the Employer, within the meaning of Code Section 414(c); (c) each organization that is within an affiliated service group with the Employer, within the meaning of Code Section 414(m); and (d) any entity required to be aggregated with the Employer under Code Section 414(o).

 

1.30 Covered Compensation means the average of the contribution and benefit bases in effect under Section 230 of the Social Security Act for each year in the 35-year period ending with the year in which the Participant reaches Social Security Retirement Age, except that (a) for the Participant who terminates Employment before Social Security Retirement Age, Covered Compensation will be determined by assuming no increases in the contribution and benefit basis after the most recent calendar year of the applicable averaging period used in determining his or her Final Average Compensation, and (b) for the Participant who terminates Employment after Social Security Retirement Age, Covered Compensation will be frozen in the year in which he or she reached Social Security Retirement Age. Covered Compensation before the beginning of the 35 year period is the Social Security Wage Base for the Plan Year. For a Participant who is a nonresident alien described in Section 1.39(d)(ii), Covered Compensation will mean the Covered Compensation he or she would have had if he or she were covered under the Social Security Act. For a Participant whose Final Average Compensation is calculated and frozen as of his or her Cash Balance Transition Date, Covered Compensation also will be calculated and frozen as of such date.

 

1.31 Delayed Retirement Date means the first day of the month on or after the date a Participant who continues Employment after his or her Normal Retirement Date actually terminates his or her Employment.

 

1.32

Disability or Disabled means a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that prevents the Participant from engaging in any substantial gainful activity, is reasonably expected to result in death or to be of long continued and indefinite duration, and has qualified him or her for long-term disability benefits under his or her Employer’s group long-term disability plan (or would qualify him or her for such benefits if he or she were covered under his or her Employer’s group long-term disability plan). For purposes of this Plan, the date of a Participant’s Disability shall be his or her Termination Date resulting from such Disability (and not the date on which the determination of Disability is made). However, if an Eligible Employee is on a short-term disability leave as of December 31, 2011 and is continuously on such leave until he or she has a Termination

 

7


  Date on or after January 1, 2012 resulting from the same Disability, the date of his or her Disability is deemed to occur prior to January 1, 2012 for purposes of Section 3.5.

 

1.33 Domestic Partner means an individual identified by the Participant either on a form provided for this purpose by an Employer or under a State registration program as his or her partner. Such designation must be on file with the Plan Administrator or the State at the time of the Participant’s death to be effective.

 

1.34 Disabled Vested Participant means a Participant who incurs a Disability after December 31, 2001 (or after December 31, 1999 for participants in the LOG Plan (other than the Field Force, as defined in the LOG Plan), the SLD Plan or this Plan), and prior to January 1, 2012, provided that he or she is Vested.

 

1.35 Earliest Retirement Date means for each Participant the first day of the month coincident with or following the month in which the Participant has reached age 55, completed sufficient Vesting Service to be Vested and has incurred a Termination Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s earliest retirement date for his Prior Plan Benefit is his earliest retirement date as determined under the terms of the applicable Prior Plan in effect on December 31, 2001. See Appendix 3.3(a) for special timing rules for Prior Plan Benefits.

 

1.36 Early Retirement Date means for each Participant the first day of the month on or after his or her Earliest Retirement Date and before his or her Normal Retirement Date on which he or she actually commences his or her benefit payments under the Plan.

 

1.37 Effective Date means for purposes of the original effective date of the Plan, January 1, 1937 and for purposes of this amendment and restatement December 31, 2011, unless otherwise specifically noted. The rights of any Employee who terminated before the effective dates of the various amended provisions set forth in this document will be determined under the provisions of the Plan or the applicable Prior Plan as in effect on the Employee’s Termination Date, except as expressly set forth herein.

 

1.38 EIC Plan means this Plan as in effect immediately prior to the merger of the AFS Plan, the Lexington Plan, the LOG Plan, the ReliaStar Plan, and the SLD Plan into this Plan effective as of December 31, 2001.

 

1.39

Eligible Employee means each Employee other than an Employee who is (a) a member of a unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between an employee representative and an Employer, unless otherwise provided in the agreement or agreed to by the Employer and the union, (b) an individual who is classified on the payroll of an Employer as a “temporary” employee, (c) prior to January 1, 2012, a part- time Employee who is not credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service per year, (d) a nonresident alien receiving no earned income for the performance of services from an Employer or a Controlled Group Member that constitutes earned income from sources within the United States, unless (i) a certificate of coverage has been filed with the Social Security Administration on behalf of the individual under Section 233 of the Social

 

8


  Security Act, or (ii) the Employee has been designated as an Eligible Employee by an Employer and is paid through the U.S. payroll of the Employer, (e) an employee whose principal worksite is outside the U.S., unless the Employee is paid through the U.S. payroll of an Employer, (f) an Employee of a Controlled Group Member who is seconded to an Employer and is not paid through a U.S. payroll of an Employer, and (g) Statutory Employees.

An individual is not an Eligible Employee after his or her Termination Date. However, a Disabled Vested Participant will be deemed to continue as an Eligible Employee for so long as he or she remains Disabled, or until his or her Early Retirement Date or Normal Retirement Date, if earlier.

 

1.40 Employee means an individual who (a) is regularly employed by an Employer as a common-law employee, and (b) has FICA taxes withheld by an Employer.

Under no circumstances will the following individuals be treated as an Employee even if such individuals are treated as “employees” of an Employer as a result of common law principles or the Leased Employee rules under Code Section 414(n): an individual who performs services for an Employer, but who is not classified as an employee on the payroll of such Employer and with respect to whom no FICA taxes are withheld by such Employer, for example, a Leased Employee. Further, if an individual performing services for an Employer is retroactively reclassified as a “common law employee” of an Employer for any reason (except voluntarily by the Employer to correct an inadvertent payroll classification error), such reclassified individual shall not be treated as an Employee for any period prior to the actual date (and not the effective date) of such reclassification.

 

1.41 Employer means the Company and each Affiliate that adopts the Plan.

 

1.42 Employment means the period during which an Employee is employed by an Employer.

 

1.43 ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, or any successor statute and, if an amendment to ERISA renumbers a section of ERISA referred to in this Plan, any such reference to such section automatically shall become a reference to such section as renumbered.

 

1.44 Final Average Compensation . The Plan will calculate Final Average Compensation as follows:

 

  (a)

Five Whole Calendar Years of Benefit Service . For the Participant who completes an Hour of Service with the Company on or after January 1, 2009 and has completed five whole calendar years of Benefit Service, Final Average Compensation is the average of his or her Compensation for the five consecutive whole calendar year period of Benefit Service during his or her final consecutive whole calendar years of Benefit Service (through his or her Cash Balance Transition Date) that produces the highest average, up to a maximum of 20 years; provided, however , that for Participants who do not complete an Hour of Service with the Company on or after January 1, 2009, his or her Final Average Compensation shall be determined by using Final Average Compensation as defined in the Plan as in effect at

 

9


  the Participant’s Termination Date. If the Participant has not completed at least the number of consecutive whole calendar years of Benefit Service as then in effect, the largest number of consecutive whole calendar years of Benefit Service will be substituted for the number of years (up to 20) in the first sentence of this Section 1.44(a). For purposes of determining the number of years to be used to determine a Participant’s Final Average Compensation, beginning on January 1, 2009, one year shall be added to the number ten until the number reaches 20, with ten years being used for any Participant retiring during the 2009 Plan Year. No additional years shall be added to ten pursuant to the prior sentence for any period after the Participant’s Cash Balance Transition Date. By way of example only, a Participant retiring in 2009 shall have his or her Final Average Compensation determined as the highest five consecutive years out of the past ten years; a Participant retiring in 2010 shall have his or her Final Average Compensation determined as the highest five consecutive calendar years out of the past 11 years, and for a Participant retiring in 2011, his or her Final Average Compensation shall be determined using the highest five consecutive calendar years out of the past 12 years.

 

  (b) Less Than Five Whole Calendar Years of Benefit Service . For the Participant who has completed at least one but has not completed five whole calendar Years of Benefit Service (through his or her Cash Balance Transition Date), Final Average Compensation is the average of his or her Compensation for the largest number of consecutive whole calendar years of Benefit Service.

 

  (c) With No Whole Calendar Years of Benefit Service . For a Participant who has not completed at least one whole calendar Year of Benefit Service (through his or her Cash Balance Transition Date), Final Average Compensation is the average of his or her Compensation (actual, not annualized) for the largest number of consecutive Years of Benefit Service.

 

  (d) Whole Calendar Year . Except as provided in Section 1.44(c), a Participant must be an Employee for the entire calendar year in order to have that calendar year taken into account for purposes of Final Average Compensation. The year in which a Participant terminates employment shall be considered a complete calendar year if the Termination Date is December 31 (or the last business day of the year if December 31 falls on a Saturday, Sunday or holiday).

 

  (e) Termination and Rehire . The Plan will calculate and freeze each Participant’s Final Average Compensation as of his or her Termination Date.

 

  (i) If a terminated Participant (whether Vested or nonvested) is rehired before January 1, 2009, and before incurring a One-Year Break, the Plan will compute his or her Final Average Compensation as if the termination had not occurred.

 

10


  (ii) If a Vested terminated Participant is rehired before January 1, 2009 and after a One-Year Break, the Plan will not recalculate his or her Final Average Compensation until he or she has completed five consecutive Years of Benefit Service following his or her rehire date.

 

  (iii) If a non-Vested terminated Participant is rehired before January 1, 2009, after a One-Year Break and before a Five-Year Break, the Plan will not recalculate his or her Final Average Compensation until he or she has completed five consecutive Years of Benefit Service following his or her rehire date. The Final Average Compensation shall be based on his or her largest number (not in excess of five) of completed whole calendar years of Benefit Service (whether or not consecutive) completed prior to his or her termination.

 

  (iv) If a non-Vested terminated Participant is rehired before January 1, 2009 and after a Five-Year Break, the Plan will treat the Participant as a new employee as of his or her rehire date in accordance with Section 2.2(b)(ii).

 

  (v) If a terminated Participant (whether Vested or non-Vested) is rehired after December 31, 2011, he or she will participate in the Cash Balance Pension Formula following rehire, and no adjustment will be made to his or her Final Average Compensation used to calculate his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit for Benefit Service prior to January 1, 2012.

 

  (f) Retroactive Application of EGTRRA Limits . The limitations of Code Section 401(a)(17) as amended by the Economic Growth Tax Relief and Reconciliation Act of 2001 (“EGTRRA”) (as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B)) will be applied to years prior to 2002 for purposes of determining Final Average Compensation only for those Participants who complete an Hour of Service as an Eligible Employee after December 31, 2001. However, the average compensation used in determining any frozen grandfathered benefit accrued prior to 2002 will not be recalculated except as described in this Section 1.44(f). If a Participant’s benefit is indexed based on a ratio of his or her Final Average Compensation in some prior year and his or her Final Average Compensation as of his or her Termination Date which is after 2001, the numerator of the ratio will be determined by applying the limitation in Code Section 401(a)(17) as amended by EGTRRA ($200,000) retroactively, but the denominator of the ratio will be limited based on Code Section 401(a)(17) limitations as in effect for such prior year.

 

  (g) After Cash Balance Transition Date . Notwithstanding any contrary provision, if a Participant accrued a retirement benefit under the Final Average Pay Pension Formula prior to January 1, 2012, the Plan will calculate and freeze his or her Final Average Compensation as of his or her Cash Balance Transition Date (the Participant will cease to be credited with Benefit Service under the Final Average Pay Pension Formula for periods after his or her Cash Balance Transition Date), and no adjustments will be made to any Participant’s Final Average Compensation under this Section 1.44 after his or her Cash Balance Transition Date.

 

11


1.45 Final Average Pay Pension Formula means the pension formula that derives an Accrued Benefit (or portion thereof) by reference to the Participant’s Final Average Compensation, Benefit Service and other variables as described in Section 3.1(b), including his or her Prior Plan Benefit to the extent based on a pension formula other than a Cash Balance Pension Formula.

 

1.46 Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit means the retirement benefit attributable to the Final Average Pay Pension Formula, when expressed as a single life annuity starting as of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date (or as of the first day of the month following the determination date if the determination date is after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date), calculated under Section 3.1(b) or an applicable Appendix.

 

1.47 Financial Services Plan means the ING Financial Services LLC Retirement Plan as in effect prior to (a) January 1, 2003, for those Participants who were employees of Aeltus Investment Management, Inc, who participated in the AFS Plan prior to January 1, 2002 and who became Participants in this Plan as of January 1, 2003, or (b) January 1, 2004 for those Participants who were employees of ING Financial Services LLC and who became Participants in this Plan as of January 1, 2004.

 

1.48 Five-Year Break means five consecutive One-Year Breaks.

 

1.49 Hours of Service means the following hours that are credited for vesting purposes, eligibility purposes prior to January 1, 2012, and benefit accrual under the Final Average Pay Pension Formula.

 

  (a) Periods of Credit . Hours of Service will be credited for the following:

 

  (i) Working Time . Each hour for which the Employee is paid or entitled to payment by an Employer for the performance of duties.

 

  (ii) Paid Time Off . Each hour for which the Employee is paid or is entitled to payment by an Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity, layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence, whether or not his or her Employment has terminated.

 

  (iii) Back Pay . Each hour for which back pay, without regard to mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer.

 

  (iv) Disability . Each hour for which the Employee is Disabled.

 

12


  (b) Periods of No Credit . Hours of Service will not be credited for the following:

 

  (i) Unpaid Time Off . Periods during which the Employee is neither paid nor entitled to payment from his or her Employer, except that the Plan will credit up to 501 hours for a single continuous period during which no duties are performed because of a parental or Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (“FMLA”) leave described in Section 1.49(d), or an approved leave described in Section 1.95(f) relating to Vesting Service.

 

  (ii) Statutory Payments . Hours for which payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with workers compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws.

 

  (iii) Double Back Pay . Back pay where credit has already been given for the hours to which the back pay relates.

 

  (iv) Medical Expenses . A payment that solely reimburses an Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by him or her.

 

  (v) Paid Time Off . An Employee will not receive credit for Compensation paid for unused paid time off accrued as of his or her Termination Date unless it is included in his or her last paycheck from his or her Employer as an active Employee.

 

  (c) Crediting Hours of Service . Hours of Service will be credited to the Plan Year in which the duties to which they relate are performed, or the period when no duties are performed, as applicable. The Plan will use payroll records to determine Hours of Service for each Employee for whom the Employer records actual hours worked. For the Employee for whom the Employer does not record actual hours worked, the Plan will credit the hours for each payroll period in which he or she works at least one Hour of Service or for which he or she receives any Compensation in accordance with the following based on the payroll schedule of the Employee: 45 Hours of Service for each weekly payroll period; and 95 Hours of Service for each semi-monthly payroll period.

 

  (d)

Parental or FMLA Leave . The Plan will treat as Hours of Service periods during which an Employee is absent from work by reason of a parental leave (caused by pregnancy, child birth, child adoption, and/or child care immediately following birth or adoption) or a leave protected under the FMLA. The number of Hours of Service credited to the Employee will be the number of hours that would have been credited if the absence had not occurred, or if such number cannot be determined, then eight Hours of Service will be credited for each day of the absence, but in no event will the total number of such Hours of Service exceed 501. Such Hours of Service will be credited to the Plan Year in which the absence begins only to the extent that credit is necessary to achieve 1,000 Hours of Service in that Plan Year; otherwise, credit will be given in the immediately following Plan Year provided the leave extends into that Plan Year. No credit

 

13


  will be given under this Section unless the Employee timely provides to the Plan Administrator all information reasonably required to establish that the absence is for a reason described in this Section, and the number of days of absence attributable to such reason.

 

  (e) Transfers . The Plan will grant Hours of Service for vesting credit only to each Employee for a period of service with any nonparticipating Controlled Group Member in accordance with Section 2.5 while he or she was performing service for that Controlled Group Member.

 

  (f) Leased Employees . Leased Employees will be treated as Employees to the extent required under Code Section 414(n), and if a Leased Employee becomes an Employee, the Plan will give him or her vesting credit for Hours of Service for the period when he or she worked as a Leased Employee, as if he or she had been an Employee during that period as described in Section 2.3.

 

1.50 Immediate Annuity means an annuity payable in the Normal Form as of a Benefit Commencement Date that precedes the Participant’s Earliest Retirement Date.

 

1.51 Insurance Company means one or more insurance carriers that the Company may select from time to time to administer any Insurance Contracts that are part of the Trust.

 

1.52 Insurance Contract means any group term life insurance policy or any other contract or policy (including riders, endorsements and supplemental agreements) issued by an Insurance Company, in which Plan assets are invested.

 

1.53 Interest Credit means the amount credited to the Participant’s Account for each Plan Year, as described in Section 3.9(c) or Appendix 3.1(b)(ii).

 

1.54 Interest Credit Percentage means the interest rate used to calculate Interest Credits for each Plan Year, which rate is the annual rate of interest on 30-year U.S. Treasury constant maturity securities as published in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 for the month of August preceding the applicable Plan Year.

 

1.55 Leased Employee means any person (other than an employee of the recipient) who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under the recipient’s primary direction or control.

 

1.56 Lexington Plan means the Lexington Management Corporation Retirement Plan as in effect immediately prior to its merger into this Plan effective as of December 31, 2001.

 

1.57 LOG Field Force Plan means that part of the LOG Plan that provided benefits to Field Force personnel.

 

14


1.58 LOG Plan means the ING Retirement Plan for Employees of Life Insurance Company of Georgia and Its Affiliates as in effect immediately prior to its merger into this Plan effective as of December 31, 2001.

 

1.59 Mergers means the merger of the AFS Plan, the Lexington Plan, the LOG Plan, the ReliaStar Plan, and the SLD Plan with and into this Plan effective as of December 31, 2001.

 

1.60 Net ING Benefit means, for an AFS Transition Participant, the amount determined under the following formula:

Net ING Benefit = (A+B) - (the greater of B or C) where

 

A =    That portion of a Participant’s Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit attributable to his or her Post-2001 Benefit;
B =    That portion of a Participant’s Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit attributable to his or her Prior Plan Account Balance; and
C =    The Participant’s AFS Minimum Benefit Comparison Annuity (as defined in Appendix 3.1(e)).

The Net ING Benefit cannot be less than zero.

 

1.61 Normal Form means the normal form of benefit described in Section 4.1(a).

 

1.62 Normal Retirement Age is age 65.

 

1.63 Normal Retirement Date is the first day of the month on or next following the date on which the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age, irrespective of whether or not he or she retires on that date.

 

1.64 Northern Plan means the Retirement Plan for the Employees of Northern Life Insurance Company in effect immediately before its merger into the ReliaStar Plan effective as of December 31, 1994.

 

1.65 One-Year Break means a Plan Year during which the Participant earns fewer than 501 Hours of Service. For purposes of determining whether an Employee has had a One- Year Break, the Plan Administrator will treat a leave protected under the FMLA, or USERRA but only if he or she retains statutory reemployment rights and resumes employment as required by law within the time period prescribed by law, as a period of active Employment.

 

1.66 Optional Form means the optional forms of benefit described in Section 4.1(b).

 

1.67 Participant means an Eligible Employee who participates in this Plan under Article 2. The term Participant is sometimes used to include active, Vested terminated and/or retired Participants. Where the context indicates, the term Participant includes persons claiming benefits accrued by a Participant.

 

15


1.68 Pay Credit means the amount credited to the Participant’s Account for a Plan Year under Section 3.9(b).

 

1.69 Plan means the ING Americas Retirement Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

1.70 Plan Administrator means the Committee.

 

1.71 Plan Year means the calendar year.

 

1.72 Post-2001 Benefit means the benefit accrued by a Participant after the 2001 Plan Year and prior to his or her Cash Balance Transition Date as provided for in Section 3.1(b)(i).

 

1.73 Prior Plan means (a) unless used in the context of a Participant, any of the following plans: AFS Plan, EIC Plan, Lexington Plan, LOG Plan, ReliaStar Plan, SLD Plan or Financial Services Plan, and (b) where used in the context of a particular Participant, one (and only one) of the plans described in (a) in which he or she was a participant immediately prior to the Mergers. If a Participant was a participant in more than one such plan immediately prior to the Mergers, the Prior Plan is the plan that most recently covered the Participant as an active participant.

 

1.74 Prior Plan Account Balance means that portion of a Participant’s Account Balance that was credited under the AFS Plan, including Interest Credits thereon under this Plan, as described in Appendix 3.1(e).

 

1.75 Prior Plan Benefit means the benefit described in Appendix 3.1(b)(ii).

 

1.76 QPSA means a qualified preretirement survivor annuity as provided for in Article 5.

 

1.77 ReliaStar Plan means the Retirement Plan for Employees of ReliaStar Financial Corp. and its Subsidiaries as in effect immediately prior to its merger into this Plan effective as of December 31, 2001.

 

1.78 Security-Connecticut Plan means the Security-Connecticut Corporation Employees’ Retirement Plan as in effect immediately before its merger into the ReliaStar Plan effective as of January 1, 1998.

 

1.79 SLD Plan means the ING Retirement Plan for Employees of Security Life of Denver Insurance Company as in effect immediately prior to its merger into this Plan effective as of December 31, 2001.

 

16


1.80 Social Security Retirement Age means the age used as the Participant’s retirement age under Section 216(l) of the Social Security Act, without regard to the monthly age increase factor, and treating early retirement age as if it were age 62. Each Participant’s Social Security Retirement Age will be the following age that relates to his or her year of birth:

 

Year of Birth   

Social Security

Retirement Age

Before 1938

   65 years

1938 – 1954

   66 years

After 1954

   67 years

 

1.81 Southland Plan means the Retirement Plan for Employees of Southland Life Insurance Company as in effect immediately before its merger into the LOG Plan effective as of December 31, 1989.

 

1.82 Spouse means the individual to whom the Participant is legally married on the earlier of his or her date of death or his or her Benefit Commencement Date. In the event of a dispute, such status will be determined in accordance with applicable laws of the Participant’s state of domicile, but not if such marriage is a violation of federal law, including but not limited to, the Defense of Marriage Act.

 

1.83 State Street means State Street Bank and Trust Company.

 

1.84 Statutory Employee means an individual who is treated as a statutory employee under Code Section 7701(a)(20), including, but not limited to, a field agent, an account representative or similar commission-based statutory employee.

 

1.85 Termination Date means the date the Employee ends his or her employment with all Employers and Controlled Group Members, for any reason.

 

1.86 TNIC Plan means The Netherlands Insurance Company Retirement Plan as in effect immediately before its merger into the LOG Plan.

 

1.87 Transferred CitiStreet Employee means an employee who (a) was employed by State Street or Citigroup; (b) was assigned to work at CitiStreet, (c) was an active employee on June 30, 2008 (or was on an approved leave on that date) with State Street or Citigroup, and (d) became an active employee of the Company or a then participating Employer on July 1, 2008 (or the date the employee’s leave of absence expired, if later) by completing at least an Hour of Service on that date.

 

1.88 Trust or Trust Fund means the fund maintained under the trust agreement executed between the Company and the Trustee, as amended from time to time, which constitutes a part of this Plan.

 

1.89 Trustee means the corporation(s), individual(s) or other entity(ies) appointed by the Company to administer the Trust, as provided in Article 9.

 

1.90 USERRA means the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, and regulations and rulings issued thereunder.

 

17


1.91 USLICO Plan means the Retirement Plan for Employees of USLICO Corporation and Its Subsidiaries as in effect immediately before its merger into the ReliaStar Plan effective as of January 1, 1996.

 

1.92 Vested means that, for any Participant who earns any Hours of Service after the 1988 Plan Year, he or she will become fully Vested in his or her Accrued Benefit as of the earliest of (a) the date he or she completes five years of Vesting Service (or, starting January 1, 2012, three years of Vesting Service in the case of a Participant who has any Hours of Service after December 31, 2011), (b) the date the Participant attains his or her Normal Retirement Age while actively employed by an Employer or a Controlled Group Member, (c) the date the Participant dies while actively employed by an Employer or a Controlled Group Member, (d) for a Disability that occurs after December 31, 2011, the date the Participant becomes Disabled, or (e) the date the Participant became Vested under a Prior Plan vesting schedule described in Appendix 3.4(a).

 

1.93 Vesting Service is defined in Section 1.95.

 

1.94 Years of Benefit Service or Benefit Service means the Participant’s whole Years of Vesting Service completed after December 31, 2001 and up to (but not beyond) his or her Cash Balance Transition Date, subject to the following rules and exclusions:

 

  (a) Exclusions . The following periods will be excluded from determining a Participant’s Benefit Service and Years of Benefit Service:

 

  (i) Periods during which the Participant is not an Eligible Employee covered under this Plan (or while covered under a benefit formula applicable only to Field Force employees of Life Insurance Company of Georgia) other than periods during which Hours of Service are credited under Section 1.49(e);

 

  (ii) Periods during which the Participant accrued vested benefits under another qualified defined benefit plan formula to which an Employer contributed, except as provided in Section 1.94(b);

 

  (iii) Periods before January 1, 2002;

 

  (iv) Periods during which the Employee (or former Employee) is absent from employment due to a Disability if either (i) such Disability occurred after December 31, 2011, or (ii) the Employee was not Vested before he or she terminated active employment due to Disability; and

 

  (v) Periods during which the Participant was treated as a Statutory Employee, even if later determined to be a common law employee (for example, while the Participant was a field agent, account representative or similar commission-based statutory employee).

 

  (b)

Service Before an Employer Adopted the Plan . The Board will determine any Benefit Service to be credited for periods of service with an employer before it adopted the Plan. Such credit will be described in the applicable Appendix

 

18


  for that employer. In the event the Board grants retroactive Benefit Service, the Plan will offset any benefits previously accrued under the Employer’s qualified defined benefit plan(s).

 

  (c) Five-Year Break . A non-Vested Participant who incurs a Five-Year Break prior to January 1, 2012 will lose credit for all Benefit Service completed before the Five-Year Break. A Vested Participant, or a non-Vested Participant who has not incurred a Five-Year Break prior to January 1, 2012, will retain credit for all Benefit Service completed before a Break in Service regardless of the number of his or her One-Year Breaks; provided the Participant was Vested before such Break in Service.

 

  (d) Military Service . Each Participant will receive credit for Benefit Service as if his or her active Employment had continued during the period of his or her military service covered by USERRA, but only if he or she retains statutory reemployment rights and resumes employment as required by law within the time period prescribed by law.

 

  (e) Temporary International Transfer . Benefit Service will be credited for periods of an Employee’s temporary service with a foreign Affiliate so long as the Employee remains on U.S. payroll of an Employer and does not participate in a retirement plan of the foreign Affiliate.

 

  (f) Transferred CitiStreet Employees . Effective July 1, 2008, each Transferred CitiStreet Employee who is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service shall receive one Year of Benefit Service under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall credit a Transferred CitiStreet Employee with a Year of Benefit Service for 2008 if, on December 31, 2008, such Transferred CitiStreet Employee was an active employee with the Company or an Employer and was a full-time employee regularly scheduled to work a 40 hour work week. For purposes of this Section 1.94, service with Citigroup or State Street shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining a Participant’s Years of Benefit Service.

 

  (g) Rehired Employees . An Employee who had accrued a benefit in the Plan prior to his or her Termination Date and who is rehired by an Employer and is credited with an Hour of Service on or after January 1, 2009, shall not have any Hours of Service credited on or after January 1, 2009 counted for purposes of determining Benefit Service; provided, however , if a Participant with an Accrued Benefit incurs a Termination Date due to a qualified termination as defined in the ING Americas Severance Pay Plan, as in effect from time to time, and is rehired by the Company or an Employer prior to January 1, 2012, and within six months of his or her Termination Date, he or she shall once again become a Participant in the Plan and have his or her Hours of Service credited for periods of service on and after January 1, 2009 and counted for purposes of determining his or her Benefit Service.

 

19


1.95 Years of Vesting Service or Vesting Service means each period in which the Participant receives credit for Hours of Service and with respect to Years of Vesting Service, each Plan Year for which the Employee earns at least 1,000 Hours of Service, subject to the following rules:

 

  (a) Service With a Controlled Group Member . Each Employee will receive credit for Vesting Service for the period when he or she was employed by any Controlled Group Member, whether or not it has adopted the Plan, as if that Controlled Group Member was an Employer, beginning on the date the member became part of the Controlled Group.

 

  (b) Service With Entity Before It Became a Controlled Group Member . An Employee will not receive credit for Vesting Service for any service with a Controlled Group Member before it became part of the Controlled Group except to the extent required by law. The Board will determine any Vesting Service to be credited for periods of service with an entity before it became a Controlled Group Member, to the extent credit is not required under law. Such credit will be described in the applicable Appendix for that Employer.

 

  (c) Five-Year Break . The non-Vested Employee who incurs a Five-Year Break prior to January 1, 2012 will lose credit for all Vesting Service completed before the Five-Year Break. The Vested Employee, or the non-Vested Employee who has not incurred a Five-Year Break prior to January 1, 2012, will retain credit for all Vesting Service completed before a Break in Service regardless of the number of his or her One-Year Breaks.

 

  (d) Transfers and Leased Employees . The Plan will grant Vesting Service to each Employee for any period of service with any nonparticipating Affiliate in accordance with Section 2.5. Additionally, the Plan will grant Vesting Service credit to each Employee for service as a Leased Employee as described in Section 2.3.

 

  (e) Military Service . Each Employee will receive credit for Vesting Service as if his or her active Employment had continued during the period of his or her military service covered by USERRA, but only if he or she retains statutory reemployment rights and resumes employment as provided for by USERRA.

 

  (f) Leaves of Absence . Vesting Service will include up to 501 Hours of Service in a Plan Year during a period of unpaid absence that is approved under the Employer’s standard, uniformly-applied personnel policies including, but not limited to, a leave of absence under the FMLA, as described in Section 1.49(d).

 

  (g)

Service before 2002 . A Participant who was a participant in a Prior Plan will be given Vesting Service credit for his or her vesting service completed before January 1, 2002 equal to his or her whole years of vesting service completed under his or her Prior Plan as of December 31, 2001. If a Participant was covered under a Prior Plan that used the elapsed time method of crediting service, the Participant will receive an additional year of Vesting Service for the period beginning

 

20


  on the day after the 2001 anniversary of his or her date of employment and ending December 31, 2001 provided he or she completes at least one Hour of Service during that period.

 

  (h) Transferred CitiStreet Employees . Effective July 1, 2008, for each Transferred CitiStreet Employee who becomes a Participant in the Plan, his or her Years of Vesting Service shall include the years of vesting service such Participant had been credited with in the Citigroup 401(k) Plan and/or the State Street Salary Savings Plan (as provided by Citigroup or State Street to the Company in connection with the acquisition of CitiStreet effective July 1, 2008). A Transferred CitiStreet Employee who becomes a Participant in the Plan shall be credited with a Year of Vesting Service for the 2008 Plan Year if he or she is credited with 1,000 Hours of Service or more for the period the Participant is actively employed by the Company or an Employer on or after July 1, 2008. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall credit a Transferred CitiStreet Employee with a Year of Vesting Service for 2008 if, on December 31, 2008, such Transferred CitiStreet Employee is actively employed by the Company or an Employer, and is a full-time employee regularly scheduled to work a 40 hour work week. For purposes of this Section 1.95, Hours of Service credited for periods of employment with Citigroup, State Street, the Company or an Employer during the 2008 Plan Year shall be counted only one time, either under the applicable Citigroup or State Street plan or the Plan.

 

  (i) Rehired Employees . An Employee who had accrued a benefit in the Plan prior to his or her Termination Date and who is rehired by an Employer and in either case is credited with an Hour of Service on or after January 1, 2009, shall have his or her Hours of Service credited on or after January 1, 2009 counted for purposes of determining Vesting Service, provided such rehired or transferred Employee was Vested or had not incurred a Five-Year Break on the date he or she is rehired and is first credited with an Hour of Service after such rehire (or by December 31, 2011, if earlier).

 

21


ARTICLE 2

ELIGIBILITY

 

2.1 Eligibility . Each Eligible Employee will begin participating in the Plan as of the following date:

 

  (a) Current Eligible Employees as of January 1, 2012 . The Employee who was an Eligible Employee and participating in the Plan on December 31, 2011, will continue as a Participant on and after January 1, 2012, provided he or she is an Eligible Employee. The Employee who was not an Eligible Employee on December 31, 2011, under the rules then in effect, or who was not participating in the Plan because of the participation freeze described in Section 2.7, will become and continue as a Participant on and after January 1, 2012, provided he or she is an Eligible Employee.

 

  (b) New Hires or Rehires on or After January 1, 2012 . In the case of an Employee who is first hired or rehired by an Employer on or after January 1, 2012, he or she will begin participating in the Plan as of his or her date of hire or rehire, provided he or she is an Eligible Employee.

 

2.2 Participation Upon Reemployment .

 

  (a) Vested Participants . The Vested terminated Participant who resumes Employment as an Eligible Employee before January 1, 2012, will resume participation as of the date he or she so resumes Employment.

 

  (b) Nonvested Participants .

 

  (i) Before Five-Year Break . The non-Vested terminated Participant who resumes Employment as an Eligible Employee before January 1, 2012, and before he or she incurs a Five-Year Break will resume participation as of the date he or she resumes Employment.

 

  (ii) After Five-Year Break . The non-Vested terminated Participant who resumes Employment as an Eligible Employee before January 1, 2012, and after he or she has incurred a Five-Year Break will be treated as a new Employee and his or her service completed before such Five-Year Break will be completely disregarded.

 

  (c) Nonparticipating Employees .

 

  (i) Before Five-Year Break . The nonparticipating terminated Employee who resumes Employment as an Eligible Employee before January 1, 2012, and before he or she incurs a Five-Year Break will retain credit for his or her Employment before his or her Termination Date for purposes of determining his or her eligibility to begin participating under Section 2.1. If he or she met the eligibility requirements under Section 2.1 as of his or her Termination Date, he or she will begin participating as of the date he or she resumes Employment as an Eligible Employee.

 

  (ii) After Five-Year Break . The nonparticipating terminated Employee who resumes Employment as an Eligible Employee before January 1, 2012, and after he or she has incurred a Five-Year Break will be treated as a new Employee under Section 2.1.

 

22


  (d) Rules Applicable Starting January 1, 2012 . The terminated Participant (whether Vested or nonvested) who resumes Employment as an Eligible Employee on or after January 1, 2012, will resume participation as of the date he or she so resumes Employment in accordance with Section 2.1(b).

 

2.3 Leased Employees and Independent Contractors . Leased Employees will be treated as employees to the extent required under Code Section 414(n), but will not be eligible to participate in this Plan. If a Leased Employee becomes an employee of the Company or any Controlled Group Member, the Plan will give him or her credit for Years of Vesting Service for the period when he or she worked as a Leased Employee, under the rules described in Sections 1.95 and 2.1 applied as if he or she had been an employee during that period. However, the Plan will not give such credit if (a) the Leased Employee was covered by a money purchase plan sponsored by the leasing organization, with 10% contributions and immediate participation and vesting, and (b) Leased Employees constitute no more than 20% of the Controlled Group’s nonhighly compensated employees. If an individual who has worked for an employer as an independent contractor becomes a common-law employee, or if a court or administrative agency determines that an individual whom an employer has designated as an independent contractor is in fact a common-law employee, he or she will not receive credit for any purpose under the Plan until the date when an employer designates him or her as a common-law employee.

 

2.4 Adoption of the Plan by an Affiliate . An Affiliate may adopt the Plan by appropriate action of its board of directors or authorized officer(s) or representative(s), subject to approval of the Board. A list of adopting Affiliates is attached hereto as Appendix 2.4.

Prior to January 1, 2012, the Company may permit entities designated as “Affiliates,” that are related to the Company but that may not be Controlled Group Members, to adopt the Plan. In Plan Years when any Affiliate that is not a Controlled Group Member participates in the Plan as an adopting Employer, the Plan will be a multiple employer plan within the meaning of Code Section 413(c), unless the Affiliate limits participation to individuals who participated in the Plan before the Affiliate adopted the Plan.

 

2.5 Transfers Among Affiliates .

 

  (a)

Transfer from Affiliate . An Employee who has transferred from employment with one or more Affiliates in which he or she was not covered by this Plan will receive Hours of Service credit for Vesting Service for his or her period of service with the Affiliate(s), under the same rules that would have applied if each such Affiliate had been an adopting

 

23


  Employer; provided such Affiliate was a Controlled Group Member with an Employer while the employee was performing services for that Affiliate. An employee who transfers from a position with one or more Affiliates in which he or she was not covered by this Plan will not receive Benefit Service for any period when he or she was not actually an Eligible Employee covered under this Plan, except as provided in Section 1.94 for benefit service under a Prior Plan or in Section 2.6.

 

  (b) Transfer to Affiliate . An Employee who transfers from an Employer to an Affiliate that is a Controlled Group Member with an Employer but is not an adopting Employer will continue to receive Hours of Service credit for Vesting Service for his or her period of service with the Affiliate, under the same rules that would apply if the Affiliate were an adopting Employer; provided such Affiliate is a Controlled Group Member while the employee is performing service for that Affiliate. The employee will not receive Benefit Service or Pay Credits for any period after his or her transfer when he or she is not actually an Eligible Employee covered under this Plan document, except as provided in Section 2.6. The Plan will not make any payment to the transferred Participant while he or she is employed by any Affiliate.

 

2.6 Transfers Between Statutory Employee and Employee Status . This Section 2.6 sets forth provisions that apply to those individuals who transfer between Statutory Employee status and Employee status.

 

  (a) Credit for Vesting Service . A Statutory Employee who transfers to Employee status will receive credit for Vesting Service under Section 1.95 for his or her period of service as a Statutory Employee of a Controlled Group Member prior to such transfer under the same rules that would have applied if such service had been completed as an Employee. An Employee who transfers to Statutory Employee status will retain any Vesting Service he or she earned under Section 1.95 prior to his or her transfer and will continue to earn such Vesting Service credit for his or her period of service as a Statutory Employee of a Controlled Group Member after such transfer under the same rules that would have applied if such service as a Statutory Employee had been completed as an Employee.

 

  (b) Credit for Benefit Service . A Statutory Employee will not earn any Benefit Service under this Plan, as described in Section 1.94(a)(v). A Statutory Employee who transfers to Employee status will not accrue any credit for Benefit Service under this Plan for his or her period of service as a Statutory Employee of a Controlled Group Member prior to such transfer, but shall begin to accrue Benefit Service under Section 1.94 only after he or she becomes a Participant under this Plan. If a Participant who is an Employee transfers to Statutory Employee status, he or she will not accrue any credit for Benefit Service under this Plan after his or her transfer occurs, but he or she will retain any Benefit Service he or she earned under this Plan prior to his or her transfer. If such individual subsequently transfers back to Employee status, he or she will resume accruing Benefit Service under this Plan as of his or her transfer date. No Benefit Service shall be credited for any period of time during which an individual is a Statutory Employee.

 

24


  (c) Accrued Benefit . If a Statutory Employee who is a participant in a defined benefit plan of a Controlled Group Member transfers to Employee status, he or she shall retain his or her Accrued Benefit under such defined benefit plan to the extent provided therein, but shall not accrue a benefit under this Plan until he or she becomes a Participant in accordance with Section 2.1. If a Participant who is an Employee transfers to Statutory Employee status, he or she shall retain his or her Accrued Benefit under this Plan, and shall not accrue any additional benefit under this Plan unless and until he or she transfers back to Employee status.

 

2.7 Participation Freeze . Effective January 1, 2009, the Plan was frozen such that anyone hired or rehired by the Company or an Employer on or after January 1, 2009 (other than as a result of a transfer to an Employer from a Controlled Group Member that was not an Employer), would not be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan and did not accrue a benefit hereunder for any Hours of Service credited on or after that date. A rehired Employee who was Vested or who has not incurred a Five-Year Break on the date he or she was first credited with an Hour of Service after such rehire, would become a Participant in the Plan solely for purposes of being credited with additional Vesting Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant incurred a Termination Date due to a qualified termination as defined in the ING Americas Severance Pay Plan, as in effect from time to time, and was rehired by the Company or an Employer within six months of his or her Termination Date, he or she once again became a Participant in the Plan and was treated, for purposes of the Plan, as if such Termination Date had not occurred. Effective January 1, 2012, this participation freeze is lifted and anyone hired or rehired by an Employer on or after that date will become a Participant in accordance with Section 2.1 and will participate in the Cash Balance Pension Formula.

 

25


ARTICLE 3

RETIREMENT DATES AND BENEFITS

 

3.1 Normal Retirement .

 

  (a) Normal Retirement Date . A Participant will become fully Vested in his or her Accrued Benefit on the date he or she reaches Normal Retirement Age while employed with the Employer or any Controlled Group Member. See Appendix 3.1(a) for Normal Retirement Dates under Prior Plans. A Participant’s retirement benefit on his or her Normal Retirement Date will equal the sum of the amounts included under Sections 3.1(b) and (c), as applicable.

 

  (b) Amount of Normal Retirement Benefit Attributable to Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit . Each Participant who earns any Years of Benefit Service after the 2001 Plan Year and prior to his or her Cash Balance Transition Date will have a Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit equal to the sum of (i) and (ii) (subject to the minimums set forth in Section 3.1(e)), where:

 

  (i) is the Participant’s Post-2001 Benefit, which is the sum of (A) and (B), multiplied by (C) below, payable as of his or her Normal Retirement Date in the form of a single life annuity, where

 

  (A) is 1.2% of the Participant’s Final Average Compensation;

 

  (B) is 0.5% of the Participant’s Final Average Compensation in excess of Covered Compensation; and

 

  (C) is the Participant’s Years of Benefit Service earned after December 31, 2001 and through (but not beyond) his or her Cash Balance Transition Date; and

 

  (ii) is the Participant’s Prior Plan Benefit attributable to a Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, if any, payable as of his or her Normal Retirement Date in the form of a single life annuity.

 

  (c)

Amount of Normal Retirement Benefit Attributable to Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit . A Participant’s Account will be used to derive the lump-sum benefit payable to a Participant as a retirement benefit under the Plan. The Account also will be used to derive the Participant’s Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit expressed as a single life annuity starting on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. Prior to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, the Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit will be derived by projecting the Participant’s Account Balance to his or her Normal Retirement Date with assumed future Interest Credits at the Interest Credit Percentage in effect as of the determination date, but with no assumed future Pay Credits) and converting such balance into a single life annuity using the Applicable Interest Rate and Applicable Mortality Table in effect under the Plan

 

26


  as of the determination date. At the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, the Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit (when expressed as a single life annuity) will be derived by converting his or her Account Balance into a single life annuity using the Applicable Interest Rate and Applicable Mortality Table in effect under the Plan on the Normal Retirement Date.

 

  (d) Offset for Other Pensions . If the Participant is receiving, or upon application would be eligible to receive, an employer-provided benefit under any other qualified defined benefit plan maintained by any Affiliate, that he or she accrued during the same period as he or she earned Benefit Service or Pay Credits under this Plan or benefit service under a Prior Plan, this Plan will reduce his or her monthly benefit amount by the Actuarial Equivalent of the employer-provided benefit he or she is receiving or could receive under such other plan, as calculated on a monthly basis, and to the extent attributable to the period when he or she earned Benefit Service or Pay Credits under this Plan or benefit service under a Prior Plan.

 

  (e) Minimum Benefits and Adjustments . Notwithstanding any contrary provision, in the case of a Participant who has a Prior Plan Benefit, the following minimums and adjustments shall apply:

 

  (i) For an AFS Transition Participant:

 

  (A) If his or her AFS Minimum Benefit Comparison Annuity (as defined in Appendix 3.1(e)) is greater than the sum of:

 

  (1) that portion of his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit attributable to his or her Post-2001 Benefit; plus

 

  (2) that portion of his or her Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit attributable to his or her Prior Plan Account Balance;

with each of the above amounts determined as of the Participant’s Termination Date, then the Participant shall be entitled to a retirement benefit based on his or her AFS Minimum Benefit as described in Appendix 3.1(e) in lieu of his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit described in Section 3.1(b) and that portion of his or her Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit described in Section 3.1(c) attributable to his or her Prior Plan Account Balance. (For clarity, the Participant also shall remain entitled to a retirement benefit based on his or her Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit described in Section 3.1(c), calculated by disregarding the portion thereof attributable to his or her Prior Plan Account Balance.)

 

27


  (B) If his or her AFS Minimum Benefit Comparison Annuity (as defined in Appendix 3.1(e)) is less than the sum of the amounts specified in Section 3.1(e)(i)(A)(1) and (2), above, but greater than the amount specified in Section 3.1(e)(i)(A)(2), above, then the Participant shall be entitled to:

 

  (1) his or her Net ING Benefit; plus

 

  (2) his or her AFS Minimum Benefit as described in Appendix 3.1(e);

in lieu of a retirement benefit based on his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit described in Section 3.1(b) and that portion of his or her Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit described in Section 3.1(c) attributable to his or her Prior Plan Account Balance. (For clarity, the Participant also shall remain entitled to a retirement benefit based on his or her Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit described in Section 3.1(c), calculated by disregarding the portion thereof attributable to his or her Prior Plan Account Balance.)

 

  (C) Otherwise, no minimums or adjustments shall apply under this Section 3.1(e)(i).

 

  (ii) For any other Participant with a Prior Plan Benefit, his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit will not be less than his or her Prior Plan Benefit attributable to a Final Average Pay Pension Formula.

In addition, notwithstanding any contrary provision, in no event will the Participant’s Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit be less than the greatest amount he or she could have received as an early retirement benefit under Section 3.3 attributable to his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit at any time between his or her Earliest Retirement Date and his or her Normal Retirement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein is intended to change the methodology for calculating the amount of the annuity benefit payable before Normal Retirement Date that is attributable to the Account Balance accumulated under the AFS Plan.

 

  (f) Benefit Commencement Date . The normal retirement benefit will be payable as of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.

 

  (g) Adjustment for Form of Payment . The normal retirement benefit payable to the Participant who receives a form of payment other than the single life annuity will be adjusted as described in Section 4.1.

 

28


3.2 Delayed Retirement .

 

  (a) Delayed Retirement Date . A Participant who continues Employment after his or her Normal Retirement Date will be entitled to receive his or her benefit on his or her Delayed Retirement Date. A Participant’s retirement benefit on his or her Delayed Retirement Date will equal the sum of the amounts included under Sections 3.2(b) and (c), as applicable.

 

  (b) Amount of Delayed Retirement Benefit Attributable to Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit .

 

  (i) The Participant who has a Delayed Retirement Date will receive the monthly benefit amount calculated under Section 3.1(b) on the basis of his or her Final Average Compensation, Years of Benefit Service, and Covered Compensation as of his or her Delayed Retirement Date or Cash Balance Transition Date, if earlier (subject to the minimums set forth in Section 3.2(e)).

 

  (ii)

The Participant who continues active Employment after age 70  1 / 2 will receive the greater of:

 

  (A) the benefit calculated in accordance with Section 3.2(b)(i) as of his or her Delayed Retirement Date; or

 

  (B)

an Actuarial Equivalent increase in his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit for the period between April 1 following the calendar year in which he or she reaches age 70  1 / 2 and his or her Delayed Retirement Date.

For purposes of this Section 3.2(b)(ii), “benefit” means the Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit determined under Section 3.2(b)(i) as if benefits had commenced to the Participant on April 1 of the year following the calendar year in which he or she reached age 70  1 / 2 and any benefits accrued after that date.

 

  (c) Amount of Delayed Retirement Benefit Attributable to Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit . The Participant who has a Delayed Retirement Date will have his or her Account credited with Pay Credits (if applicable) and Interest Credits in accordance with Section 3.9 through the Delayed Retirement Date. At the Participant’s Delayed Retirement Date, the Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit (when expressed as a single life annuity starting as of the Participant’s Delayed Retirement Date) will be derived by converting his or her Account Balance as of the Delayed Retirement Date into a single life annuity using the Applicable Interest Rate and Applicable Mortality Table in effect under the Plan as of the Delayed Retirement Date.

 

29


  (d) Commencement of Delayed Benefit Payments .

 

  (i) Delayed Benefit Commencement Date . The delayed retirement benefit will be payable on the first day of each month beginning on the Participant’s Delayed Retirement Date.

 

  (ii)

Notice to Participants Who Delay Retirement . The Plan Administrator will provide to each Participant who has a Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit and who delays retirement, no later than one month after his or her Normal Retirement Date, a written notice containing (A) a statement that he or she will not receive any benefit payments until he or she actually retires, but will receive an Actuarial Equivalent increase in his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit for any month between his or her Normal Retirement Date and his or her actual retirement date when he or she earns fewer than 40 Hours of Service, and for any month of active Employment after April 1 following the calendar year in which he or she reaches age 70  1 / 2 , with an offset for the value of his or her continued accruals; (B) an explanation that his or her benefit payments are being suspended because he or she is continuing to earn Compensation; (C) a general description of this provision for delayed retirement and a photocopy of this Plan Section; (D) a statement that applicable Department of Labor Regulations may be found in Section 2530.203-3 of the Code of Federal Regulations; and (E) a statement that the Participant may seek review of his or her benefit suspension by invoking the claims procedures described in Section 9.4. If the Plan Administrator fails to timely provide this notice to any Participant, his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit will be increased actuarially using the factors described in Section 1.4(c), for the period between his or her Normal Retirement Date and the earlier of the date the notice is given and his or her Termination Date.

 

  (iii) The Participant’s retirement benefit on his or her Delayed Retirement Date (including the portion thereof attributable to the Participant’s Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, if any) will not be less than the minimum benefit described in Section 3.1(e).

 

  (e) Minimum Benefit . A Participant’s retirement benefit shall be subject to the minimums and adjustments described in Section 3.1(e).

 

  (f) Adjustment for Form of Payment . The delayed retirement benefit payable to the Participant who receives a form of payment other than the single life annuity will be adjusted as described in Section 4.1.

 

30


3.3 Termination After Earliest Retirement Date .

 

  (a) Early Retirement Date . A Vested Participant shall be eligible to receive his or her benefit on his or her Earliest Retirement Date (as described in the first paragraph of Section 1.35), provided he or she has incurred a Termination Date on or after attaining his or her Earliest Retirement Date. A Participant’s retirement benefit on his or her Earliest Retirement Date will equal the sum of the amounts included under Sections 3.3(b) and (e), as applicable.

 

  (b) Amount of Early Retirement Benefit Attributable to Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit . Subject to the minimums and adjustments specified in Section 3.3(h), the amount of the benefit attributable to the Participant’s Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit payable at the Participant’s Early Retirement Date will equal the greater of:

 

  (i) the Participant’s total Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit (Prior Plan Benefit and Post-2001 Benefit) reduced in accordance with the early retirement reduction factors described in Section 3.3(c) or (d) below, as applicable; or

 

  (ii) the Participant’s Prior Plan Benefit attributable to a Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit reduced in accordance with the reduction factors described in Appendix 3.3(b)(ii).

 

  (c) Early Retirement Reduction Factors for Benefits Accrued Between January 1, 2002 and December 31, 2008 . For benefits accrued on and after January 1, 2002 and on or before December 31, 2008, a Participant’s Post-2001 Benefit shall be determined by taking the Participant’s Final Average Compensation on his or her Termination Date, and Years of Benefit Service credited to the Participant for the period January 1, 2002 through and including December 31, 2008, and reducing this benefit by 5/12 of 1% for each whole month by which his or her Benefit Commencement Date precedes the first day of the calendar month on or next following his or her 62nd birthday. This adjustment also shall apply as the adjustment to the Net ING Benefit under Section 3.3(h)(ii)(A) (regardless of when such benefits accrued).

 

31


  (d) Early Retirement Reduction Factors for Benefits Accrued On and After January 1, 2009 . For benefits accrued on and after January 1, 2009, a Participant’s benefit shall be determined by taking the Participant’s Final Average Compensation on his or her Termination Date and applying the benefit formula as in effect on that date but reflecting only Years of Benefit Service credited to the Participant for the period beginning on or after January 1, 2009 through the Participant’s Termination Date and reducing the benefit by the following reduction factors for a Benefit Commencement Date occurring before the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age, with such reduction factor being based on the Participant’s age, in whole years on the Benefit Commencement Date:

 

Age    Reduction Factor

55

   61.20%

56

   57.67%

57

   53.74%

58

   49.38%

59

   44.53%

60

   33.24%

61

   23.14%

62

   14.41%

63

   7.41%

64

   2.46%

65

   0.00%

A Participant who has a Benefit Commencement Date that includes whole months shall have the reduction factor applied as follows: (X/12 times the factor from the foregoing chart) times (the factor at the older age plus Y/12 times the factor at the younger age). X equals the number of months remaining to attainment of the next older age, and Y equals the number of months past the most recent attained age. This method is referred to as the “interpolation method” and by way of example only, a person retiring at age 62-3/12 would have his or her reduction factor determined as follows: (3/12 x .0741) + (9/12 x .1441) or .1266.

The benefit determined using this formula shall be added to the benefit determined under Section 3.3(c) to determine the Participant’s total benefit attributable to the Participant’s Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit payable on his or her Early Retirement Date.

 

  (e) Amount of Early Retirement Benefit Attributable to Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit . The Participant who has an Early Retirement Date will continue to have his or her Account credited with Interest Credits and, if applicable, Pay Credits in accordance with Section 3.9 through his or her Early Retirement Date. The amount of a single life annuity that would be payable to the Participant as of his or her Early Retirement Date is derived by converting his or her Account Balance as of the Early Retirement Date into a single life annuity using the Applicable Interest Rate and Applicable Mortality Table in effect under the Plan as of his or her Early Retirement Date.

 

  (f) No Change in Methodology . Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) nothing herein is intended to change (A) the methodology for calculating the amount of the annuity benefit payable before Normal Retirement Date that is attributable to a Prior Plan Account Balance accumulated under the AFS Plan, or (B) a Participant’s frozen benefit under the Reliastar Plan or the Lexington Plan, and (ii) a Participant’s Early Retirement Benefit will not be less than the Participant’s benefit accrued under the applicable Prior Plan as of the earliest of (A) the Participant’s Termination Date, (B) the date as of which benefits were frozen under the applicable Prior Plan, or (C) December 31, 2001 and in any case based on the applicable Prior Plan’s benefit formula and early commencement reduction factors then in effect as described in the applicable Appendix.

 

32


  (g) Benefit Commencement Date . The Accrued Benefit of the Participant who retires early will be payable as of the first day of each month beginning on his or her Normal Retirement Date, unless he or she elects to begin payments earlier on the first day of any month on or after his or her Earliest Retirement Date (as described in the first paragraph of Section 1.35). Section 1.14 describes the Participant’s rights to select separate Benefit Commencement Dates for his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit and Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit.

 

  (h) Minimum Benefit . A Participant’s retirement benefit shall be subject to the minimums and adjustments described in Section 3.1(e). An AFS Transition Participant who is entitled to minimum benefit under Section 3.1(e) shall be entitled to the following:

 

  (i) In the case of an AFS Transition Participant who is entitled to a minimum benefit under Section 3.1(e)(i) in lieu of his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula described in Section 3.1(b) and that portion of his or her Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit described in Section 3.1(c) attributable to his or her Prior Plan Account Balance, his or her AFS Minimum Benefit as described in Appendix 3.1(e).

 

  (ii) In the case of an AFS Transition Participant who is entitled to a minimum benefit under Section 3.1(e)(ii) in lieu of his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula described in Section 3.1(b) and that portion of his or her Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit described in Section 3.1(c) attributable to his or her Prior Plan Account Balance, the sum of:

 

  (A) his or her Net ING Benefit reduced for early commencement in accordance with the early retirement reduction factors described in Section 3.3(c) above; plus

 

  (B) his or her AFS Minimum Benefit as described in Appendix 3.1(e).

(For clarity, the Participant also shall remain entitled to a retirement benefit based on his or her Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit described in Section 3.1(c), calculated by disregarding the portion thereof attributable to his or her Prior Plan Account Balance.)

 

  (i) Adjustment for Form of Payment . The early retirement benefit payable to the Participant who receives a form of payment other than the single life annuity will be adjusted as described in Section 4.1.

 

33


3.4 Termination Before Earliest Retirement Date .

 

  (a) Eligibility for Benefits

 

  (i) Termination Prior to Becoming Vested . The Participant who incurs a Termination Date before he or she becomes Vested will not receive any benefits under this Plan unless he or she resumes employment with an Employer or Controlled Group Member and becomes Vested after resumption of employment with an Employer or Controlled Group Member. Further, the Accrued Benefit of the terminated non-Vested Participant will be forfeited upon his or her incurring a Termination Date, but shall be restored (and any forfeited Account Balance will be restored with Interest Credits) upon resumption of Employment with an Employer or Controlled Group Member before a Five-Year Break or after December 31, 2011.

 

  (ii) Termination After Becoming Vested . The Participant who incurs a Termination Date after he or she has become Vested, for any reason other than retirement or death, will be entitled to the monthly Vested termination benefit described in Sections 3.4(b) and (c), as applicable.

 

  (b) Amount of Vested Termination Benefit Attributable to Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit . The Participant who is Vested and who incurs a Termination Date prior to attaining his or her Earliest Retirement Date (as described in the first paragraph of Section 1.35) will be eligible to receive a Vested termination benefit starting on or after attaining such Earliest Retirement Date based upon his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, if any, with monthly payments (when paid as a single life annuity) equal to the Participant’s Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit reduced for early payment in accordance with this Section 3.4(b) if he or she commences benefit payments prior to attaining his or her Normal Retirement Date. His or her Post-2001 Benefit shall be reduced by the factors in Section 1.4(c). If he or she receives his or her Final Average Plan Pension Formula Accrued Benefit as an annuity, it will be reduced to an Actuarial Equivalent annuity benefit commencing as of the applicable Benefit Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s Vested termination benefit will not be less than the greater of (A) the Participant’s Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit (including any associated Net ING Benefit) accrued as of December 31, 2004 reduced by the early retirement factors described in Section 3.3(b), or (B) the Participant’s benefit accrued under the applicable Prior Plan as of the earliest of (i) the Participant’s Termination Date, (ii) the date as of which benefits were frozen under the applicable Prior Plan, or (iii) December 31, 2001, and in any case based on the applicable Prior Plan’s benefit formula and early commencement reduction factors then in effect as described in Appendix 3.3(b)(ii).

 

34


  (c) Amount of Vested Termination Benefit Attributable to Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit . The Participant who is Vested and who incurs a Termination Date prior to attaining his or her Earliest Retirement Date (as described in the first paragraph of Section 1.35) will be eligible to receive a Vested termination benefit starting on the first day of the month next following his or her Termination Date, or the first day of any later month (but not later than his or her Normal Retirement Date) based upon his or her Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit. The Participant will continue to have his or her Account credited with Interest Credits and, if applicable, Pay Credits in accordance with Section 3.9 through his or her Benefit Commencement Date. The amount of a single life annuity that would be payable to the Participant as of any Benefit Commencement Date is derived by converting his or her Account Balance as of the Benefit Commencement Date into a single life annuity using the Applicable Interest Rate and Applicable Mortality Table in effect under the Plan as of the Benefit Commencement Date.

 

  (d) Benefit Commencement Date . The Accrued Benefit of the Participant who incurs a Termination Date after completing sufficient Vesting Service to be Vested will be payable as of the first day of each month beginning on his or her Normal Retirement Date, unless he or she elects to begin receiving his or her benefit attributable to his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit or Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit early. Section 1.14 describes the Participant’s rights to select separate Benefit Commencement Dates for his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit and Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit.

 

  (e) Adjustment for Form of Payment . The retirement benefit payable to the Vested terminated Participant who receives a form of payment other than the single life annuity will be adjusted as described in Section 4.1.

 

3.5 Disability Retirement . This Section will apply to a Participant who incurs a Disability after December 31, 2001 (or after December 31, 1999 for Participants in the LOG Plan (other than the Field Force, as defined in the LOG Plan), the SLD Plan or this Plan) and prior to January 1, 2012. For a Participant who incurs a Disability on or after January 1, 2012, a retirement benefit will not be payable under this Section 3.5, but such Participant will become Vested under Section 1.92 as a result of such Disability and may be entitled to a retirement benefit under Sections 3.1, 3.3, or 3.4, as applicable. In the case of a Participant who incurs a Disability, ceases to be Disabled, and then again incurs a subsequent Disability (whether or not related to the prior Disability), the most recent date of Disability will be considered in determining whether this Section 3.5 applies to the Participant.

 

  (a) Eligibility .

 

  (i)

Disabled Vested Participant . A Disabled Vested Participant will be entitled to the Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit described in Section 3.1(b)(i) or Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit

 

35


  under Section 3.1(b)(ii) so long as he or she continues to be Disabled until the earlier of (A) his or her death, (B) his or her Benefit Commencement Date, or (C) his or her Cash Balance Transition Date. If he or she ceases to be Disabled before his or her Earliest Retirement Date (as described in the first paragraph of Section 1.35), his or her entitlement to imputed benefit accruals is conditioned upon his or her meeting the requirements described in Section 3.5(d).

 

  (ii) Disabled Non-Vested Participant . The Participant who incurs a Disability before he or she has completed sufficient Vesting Service to be Vested, will continue to receive credit for Vesting Service, for the sole purpose of vesting in his or her Accrued Benefit determined as of his or her Termination Date by reason of the Disability, so long as he or she continues to be Disabled. Once such Participant is Vested, he or she thereafter will be treated as a terminated Vested Participant in accordance with Section 3.4. If the Participant ceases to be Disabled prior to completing sufficient Vesting Service to be Vested and fails to return to employment with an Employer or Controlled Group Member after ceasing to be Disabled, the Participant’s benefit shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.5(d).

 

  (b) Amount of Retirement Benefit . The Disabled Vested Participant will receive a benefit based on both the Final Average Pay Pension Formula and his or her Account Balance.

 

  (i) Final Average Pay Pension Formula . If the Disabled Vested Participant has a Disability that continues until his or her Normal Retirement Date, he or she will receive a monthly benefit in the amount he or she would have received as a normal retirement benefit under the Post-2001 Benefit, calculated as if (A) his or her Employment had continued for purposes of Benefit Service until the earliest of (i) his or her Normal Retirement Date, (ii) his or her Benefit Commencement Date, or (iii) his or her Cash Balance Transition Date, and (B) his or her Final Average Compensation and Covered Compensation is determined as of the date his or her Employment terminated by reason of Disability (or his or her Cash Balance Transition Date, if earlier). However, if the sum of the Disabled Vested Participant’s benefit under this Section 3.5(b)(i) (projected to be paid as of his or her Normal Retirement Date) and his or her Prior Plan Benefit described in Section 3.1(b)(ii) is less than his or her AFS Minimum Benefit described in Section 3.1(e), such Disabled Vested Participant shall not be entitled to a benefit under this Section 3.5(b)(i), but instead shall be entitled to his or her AFS Minimum Benefit described in Section 3.1(e). The Disabled Vested Participant may elect to begin receiving his or her benefits described in this Section 3.5(b)(i) early as of the first day of any month on or after he or she reaches his or her Earliest Retirement Date, and his or her benefit will be reduced for early payment under Section 3.3(b).

 

36


  (ii) Account Balance . After a Disabled Vested Participant reaches his or her Cash Balance Transition Date, he or she shall be entitled to Pay Credits under Section 3.9 so long as he or she remains eligible under Section 3.5(a)(i). For purposes of determining Pay Credits, a Participant’s Compensation for a given month while he or she remains Disabled shall be deemed to be equal to 1/12 of his or her Final Average Compensation determined as of his or her Termination Date. The Disabled Vested Participant may elect to receive his or her Account Balance in a lump-sum payment, or he or she may elect to receive an annuity form of payment for his or her Account Balance as described in Section 3.4 following the earlier of the date he or she ceases to be Disabled or his or her Normal Retirement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Disabled Vested Participant whose Prior Plan was the AFS Plan shall not be entitled to a lump-sum payment of the entire Account Balance, but shall be limited to the lump-sum payment described in Appendix 4.1(b).

 

  (iii) Prior Plan Benefit . A Disabled Vested Participant may elect to receive his or her Prior Plan Benefit on or after his or her Earliest Retirement Date under such Prior Plan and, if so, the benefit described in Section 3.5(b)(i) will be paid at the later of the same time as the Prior Plan Benefit or his or her Earliest Retirement Date (as described in the first paragraph of Section 1.35).

 

  (c) Benefit Commencement Date . The retirement benefit will be payable to the Disabled Vested Participant on the first day of each month beginning on his or her Normal Retirement Date, unless he or she is eligible for and elects to begin receiving benefits earlier following his or her Termination Date. Section 1.14 describes the Participant’s rights to select separate Benefit Commencement Dates for his or her Account Balance and for his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit. His or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit shall be reduced by the factors in Section 3.3 or Section 3.4, as applicable, if he or she commences benefit payments prior to attaining his or her Normal Retirement Date. If he or she receives the Account Balance as an annuity, such annuity shall be derived by converting his or her Account Balance as of the Benefit Commencement Date into an annuity using the Applicable Interest Rate and Applicable Mortality Table in effect under the Plan as of the Benefit Commencement Date.

 

  (d) Recovery Without Resumption of Employment .

 

  (i)

Timely Notice of Recovery . The Disabled Vested Participant who recovers from a Disability before his or her Normal Retirement Date, notifies his or her Employer within 30 days after his or her recovery date and offers to immediately resume Employment, but does not resume Employment because his or her Employer does not have a suitable position available (as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion), will be treated as if he or she earned Benefit Service until his or her recovery date. The recovered Disabled Vested Participant will

 

37


  be entitled to receive the benefit described in Section 3.3 or Section 3.4, as applicable, based on his or her Years of Benefit Service as of his or her recovery date and his or her Final Average Compensation and Covered Compensation as of his or her Termination Date as a result of Disability.

 

  (ii) Failure to Timely Notify . The Disabled Vested Participant who recovers and either fails to notify his or her Employer within 30 days after his or her recovery date, or refuses to immediately resume Employment, will be treated as if his or her Termination Date occurred on his or her Disability commencement date.

 

  (e) Forfeiture of Disability Status . The Disabled Vested Participant will not be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 3.5 if his or her Disability results from any of the following: (1) continuing abuse of drugs or alcohol that is not protected under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; (2) injury or disease sustained while willfully participating in acts of violence, riots, civil insurrections or while committing a felony; (3) injury or disease sustained while serving in any armed forces or as the result of warfare (except to the extent prohibited under USERRA); (4) injury or disease sustained after his or her Termination Date; (5) injury or disease sustained while working for anyone other than an Employer, that is directly attributable to such employment; or (6) intentional, self-inflicted injury.

 

3.6 Benefits Upon Rehire .

 

  (a)

Suspension of Benefits on Rehire . If an individual is receiving monthly benefit payments from the Plan, and he or she is rehired by an Employer prior to January 1, 2012, and is credited with Benefit Service on or after his or her rehire date, he or she shall have his or her monthly benefit payments suspended as of the first day of the Plan Year immediately following the Plan Year in which the rehired Employee first completes 1,000 Hours of Service. There shall be no suspension of benefits for any individual who is receiving monthly payments at the time he or she is rehired by an Employer if he or she is rehired after December 31, 2011, or if he or she is not credited with Benefit Service subsequent to the rehire date. When the rehired Participant retires again, the Plan will first calculate his or her gross monthly benefit under applicable provisions of the Plan by aggregating all of his or her Years of Benefit Service and based on his or her Final Average Compensation as of his or her subsequent Benefit Commencement Date. For Participants whose benefits first commence or who are reemployed on or after August 1, 2005, that gross monthly benefit shall be reduced by the actuarial equivalent value (determined as of his or her subsequent Benefit Commencement Date) of the retirement payments previously made to him or her; provided, however , that the monthly benefit payable in the form of a single life annuity at the subsequent Benefit Commencement Date will in no event be less than the monthly benefit payable in the form of a single life annuity at the immediately preceding Benefit Commencement Date. Actuarial Equivalence for this purpose is based on interest only using the same rate as used for the Interest Credit Percentage, but not more than 7.0%.

 

38


  If the initial Benefit Commencement Date was before the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, he or she will be permitted to elect a different form of payment after his or her subsequent retirement; otherwise he or she will not. The retired Participant who becomes a common-law employee of an Affiliate will be treated as if he or she had resumed Employment.

 

  (b) No Repayment of Account Balance . The Participant who terminates Employment for any reason, receives a cash out of his or her Account Balance and resumes Employment with an Employer, will not be permitted to repay his or her cash out. He or she will resume Employment with a zero Account Balance.

 

  (c)

Notice to Participants Whose Payments are Suspended . The Plan Administrator will provide to each Participant who retires, begins receiving monthly retirement benefits, and then resumes Employment and has his or her payments suspended under Section 3.6(a), no later than one month after the suspension date, a written notice containing (1) a statement that he or she will not resume benefit payments until he or she again incurs a Termination Date, but will receive an Actuarial Equivalent increase in his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit for any month between his or her Normal Retirement Date and his or her actual retirement date when he or she earns fewer than 40 Hours of Service, and for any month of active Employment after April 1 following the calendar year in which he or she reaches age 70  1 / 2 , with an offset for the value of his or her continued accruals; (2) an explanation that his or her benefit payments are being suspended because he or she is continuing to earn Benefit Service; (3) a general description and a photocopy of Section 3.6; (4) a statement that applicable Department of Labor Regulations may be found in Section 2530.203-3 of the Code of Federal Regulations; and (5) a statement that the Participant may seek review of his or her benefit suspension by invoking the claims procedures described in Section 9.4. If the Plan Administrator fails to timely provide this notice to any Participant, his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit will be increased actuarially, using the factors described in Section 1.4(c), for the period between his or her suspension date and the earlier of the date the notice is given and his or her Termination Date.

 

3.7 Cost-of-Living Increase . The Plan will not make post-retirement adjustments to benefits accrued after December 31, 2001 except as described in Appendix 3.7.

 

3.8

No Duplication of Benefits . A Participant shall not be entitled to earn a benefit under this Plan and a benefit under another retirement plan (“Other Benefit Plan”) maintained or sponsored by a Controlled Group Member (“Other Controlled Group Plan”) for the same period of employment, except for a retirement benefit based solely on contributions made by the Participant to the Other Controlled Group Plan by way of salary deferral. If a Participant accrues a benefit under an Other Benefit Plan for any period of service for which he or she is entitled to a benefit under this Plan, the Accrued Benefit determined under this Article 3 shall be reduced by the amount of such other benefit. For purposes of determining the amount of the reduction, the Accrued Benefit under this Plan shall be reduced by the single life annuity benefit payable at the same time to the Participant under any Other Benefit Plan, and if the benefit under the Other Benefit Plan is not payable in the single

 

39


  life annuity form or at the same time, it shall be converted to a single life annuity benefit payable at the same time as the benefit under this Plan using the actuarial equivalence factors in Section 1.4(a). If a reduction in benefits is also called for in such Other Benefit Plan or Plans, the reduction shall be made in the order in which the Participant participated in such plans, with the reduction being made first in the plan in which the Participant participated last before his or her retirement and there will be no reduction to the benefit payable under the first plan in which the Participant participated.

 

3.9 Cash Balance Accounts; Pay and Interest Credits .

 

  (a) Cash Balance Account . A notional Account will be maintained for each Participant who is an Eligible Employee after December 31, 2011, as an accounting device used to determine his or her Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, the retirement benefit payable to such Participant, and the survivor benefit payable to his or her Beneficiary.

A Participant’s Account will have a balance of zero dollars plus, if applicable, the balance of his or her Prior Plan Account Balance when it is first established on behalf of the Participant. Thereafter, the Account of a Participant who is an Eligible Employee will be credited with Pay Credits in accordance with (b), below, and the Account of any Participant (regardless of whether he or she is then an Employee or Eligible Employee) will be credited with Interest Credits in accordance with (c), below.

When a Participant receives (or starts to receive or is deemed to have received) payment of a retirement benefit attributable to his or her Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, then the balance of his or her Account will be reduced to zero dollars.

 

  (b) Pay Credits . The Account of a Participant who was an Eligible Employee and participating under the Final Average Pay Pension Formula on December 31, 2011, will be credited for each month beginning after his or her Cash Balance Transition Date during which he or she is an Eligible Employee for all or a portion of such month with an amount (called a “Pay Credit”) equal to 4% of the Compensation paid to him or her during that month. The Account of any other Participant who becomes (or again becomes) an Eligible Employee after December 31, 2011 will be credited each month during which he or she is an Eligible Employee for all or a portion of such month with a Pay Credit equal to 4% of the Compensation paid to him or her during that month. Pay Credits will be added to the Participant’s Account as of the last day of the month.

 

  (c)

Interest Credits . The Account of any Participant (regardless of whether he or she is then an Employee or Eligible Employee) will be credited with interest (called an “Interest Credit”) as of the last day of each calendar month at a rate equal to 1/12 of the Interest Credit Percentage in effect for the Plan Year rounded to the nearest six decimal places (with the resulting Account Balance then rounded to the nearest two decimal places). Notwithstanding the above, the interest

 

40


  rate used to calculate the Interest Credit on the Prior Plan Account Balance attributable to the AFS Plan shall not be less than 1/12 of the annual rate specified in Appendix 3.1(b)(ii). The Interest Credit will be calculated on the balance of the Account as of the first day of the month (which includes the Pay Credit for the prior month, but not the Pay Credit for the current month). Except in the case of a Prior Plan Account, interest will not be credited prior to a Participant’s Cash Balance Transition Date.

 

41


ARTICLE 4

PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

 

4.1 Forms of Payment . The forms of payment provided by the Plan are described below.

 

  (a) Normal Form . The Normal Form of benefit payable to the unmarried Participant will be the single life annuity described in Section 4.1(b)(i). The Normal Form of benefit payable to the married Participant will be the qualified joint and survivor annuity, which is the 50% joint and survivor annuity described in Section 4.1(b)(ii) with the Spouse as the Beneficiary. If a benefit is payable as a monthly annuity and the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date precedes his or her Earliest Retirement Date (as described in the first paragraph of Section 1.35), the only form available is the Normal Form, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1(b)(ii). A Participant whose Benefit Commencement Date is on or after his or her Earliest Retirement Date (as described in the first paragraph of Section 1.35), may select an Optional Form described in Section 4.1(b). A Participant whose Benefit Commencement Date precedes his or her Earliest Retirement Date and who has a Spouse or Domestic Partner may select an Optional Form that is a joint and survivor annuity with a survivor percentage of 50% or 75% as described in Section 4.1(b)(ii). Unless the Participant is eligible to and elects one of the Optional Forms described in Section 4.1(b), the Plan will pay his or her Accrued Benefit in his or her Normal Form. See Appendix 4.1(a) for special rules.

 

  (b) Optional Forms . Except as otherwise provided below, the following Optional Forms of payment are available only if the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date is on or after his or her Earliest Retirement Date (as described in the first paragraph of Section 1.35). An eligible Participant may elect an Optional Form only in accordance with the procedures described in Section 4.3. A Participant may separately elect from the Optional Forms described in this Section 4.1(b), using the procedures described in Section 4.3 for his or her (i) entire Accrued Benefit, (ii) Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, or (iii) Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit. Further, a Participant who was a Participant in a Prior Plan may separately elect from the Optional Forms described in this Section 4.1(b), using the procedures described in Section 4.3 for his or her (i) entire Accrued Benefit, (ii) Prior Plan Benefit or AFS Minimum Benefit, (iii) Prior Plan Account Balance, or (iv) Net ING Benefit. A Participant who was a Participant in a Prior Plan may elect from the applicable optional forms described in Appendix 4.1(b), using the procedures described in Section 4.3, for his or her Prior Plan Benefit only. The Joint and Survivor Annuity and the Term Certain and Life Annuity will be the Actuarial Equivalent (based on the factors in Section 1.4(a)) of the benefit payable to the Participant as single life annuity as of the Benefit Commencement Date.

 

  (i) Single Life Annuity . The single life annuity attributable to the Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit is a monthly benefit in the amount determined under the applicable provisions of Article 3, beginning on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date and payable throughout his or her lifetime, ending with the last payment due on the first day of the month in which his or her death occurs.

 

42


The single life annuity attributable to the Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit is a monthly benefit in an amount determined by converting the Participant’s Account Balance as of the Benefit Commencement Date into a single life annuity using the Applicable Interest Rate and Applicable Mortality Table in effect under the Plan as of the Benefit Commencement Date.

 

  (ii) Joint and Survivor Annuity . The joint and survivor annuity is a reduced monthly benefit beginning on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date and payable throughout his or her lifetime, with either 50%, 66 2/3%, 75% or 100%, as elected by the Participant, of that monthly amount continuing for life to his or her surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner beginning on the first day of the month following the month in which the Participant’s death occurs. A Participant with a Spouse or Domestic Partner may elect a joint and survivor annuity with a 50% or 75% survivor percentage with his or her Spouse or Domestic Partner as the Beneficiary even if his or her Benefit Commencement Date precedes his or her Earliest Retirement Date. A married Participant may not select a Beneficiary other than his or her Spouse.

 

  (iii) Term Certain and Life Annuity . The term certain and life annuity is a reduced monthly benefit beginning on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date and payable throughout his or her lifetime, ending with the last payment due on the first day of the month preceding the month in which his or her death occurs. If the Participant dies within the period certain that he or she elected (five years or ten years) following his or her Benefit Commencement Date, payments will continue to his or her Beneficiary for the remainder of the guaranteed period. If the Participant named multiple Beneficiaries, the Plan will pay the Actuarial Equivalent of the remaining monthly payments in lump-sum payments to the surviving Beneficiary(ies), in the amounts or percentages designated by the Participant. If there is a single Beneficiary and he or she dies within the guaranteed payment period, the Plan will pay the Actuarial Equivalent of the remaining monthly payments in a lump sum to the Participant’s surviving contingent beneficiary if any, or if none then to the Beneficiary’s surviving named beneficiary if any, or if none then to the Beneficiary’s estate. If the Beneficiary is not a natural person, for example, a trust or an estate, the Actuarial Equivalent lump-sum value of the remaining payments due to such Beneficiary, using the factors in Section 1.4(a), will be paid to the Beneficiary in a lump sum.

 

  (iv)

Elective Lump Sum for Account Balance and Immediate Annuity . A Vested Participant (other than with respect to a Prior Plan Account Balance attributable to the AFS Plan) may elect to receive his or her

 

43


  Account Balance in a single lump-sum payment or in monthly annuity payments as of the Benefit Commencement Date described in Section 1.14(a), regardless of its value and his or her age on his or her Termination Date. Additionally, if a Participant is entitled to and does elect to receive his or her entire Account Balance in a lump sum and the Actuarial Equivalent lump-sum value of the Participant’s Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit is $5,000 or less, the Participant may elect to receive his or her entire Accrued Benefit in an Actuarial Equivalent lump sum or in an Immediate Annuity as of the first day of any month after his or her Termination Date. Except as provided in this Section 4.1(b)(iv), Section 4.1(b)(v), Section 4.1(c), and Section 4.2, the Plan will pay the Final Average Pay Pension Formula portion of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit in an annuity form.

 

  (v) Limited Lump Sum for AFS Minimum Benefit or AFS Prior Plan Account Balance, and Immediate Annuity . A Participant whose Prior Plan was the AFS Plan shall have a limited lump-sum option with respect to his or her AFS Minimum Benefit or Prior Plan Account attributable to the AFS Plan as described in Appendix 4.1(b).

 

  (vi) Full Lump Sum for Certain Former USLICO Plan Participants . A Participant who is a former employee of the International Trust Company of Liberia or its subsidiaries, whose Prior Plan Benefit includes benefits under the USLICO Plan and who is a Liberian citizen and resides in Liberia at the time of his or her Benefit Commencement Date may elect to receive his or her entire Vested Accrued Benefit in a single lump-sum payment or an Immediate Annuity as of the first day of any month after his or her Termination Date.

 

  (c) Automatic Lump Sum .

 

  (i) Not Over $1,000 . If a Participant’s Accrued Benefit has a lump-sum Actuarial Equivalent value not greater than $1,000 after his or her Termination Date, the Plan will pay his or her entire benefit in the form of a lump-sum payment. In the event benefit payments have begun to a Participant or surviving Spouse, and the Accrued Benefit had a lump-sum Actuarial Equivalent value no greater than $1,000 as of the Benefit Commencement Date, the Plan Administrator will cash out the remaining benefit only if the Participant and his or her Spouse, or his or her surviving Spouse if he or she is deceased, consent in writing. The Plan Administrator need not obtain consent from a non-Spouse Beneficiary. From time to time, the Plan Administrator may recalculate the present values of the benefits of Vested terminated Participants and Beneficiaries whose benefits are not in pay status, based on the Applicable Interest Rate and the Applicable Mortality Table then in effect, and make lump-sum payments of those that are not over $1,000.

 

  (ii) Constructive Cash Out . Regardless of the present value of his or her Accrued Benefit, each non-Vested Participant will be treated as having received a constructive cash out of his or her entire Accrued Benefit as of his or her Termination Date. In the case of a Participant who has not incurred a Five-Year Break prior to January 1, 2012 and resumes Employment, he or she will be treated as having repaid his or her constructive cash out as of the date he or she resumes Employment.

 

44


4.2 Opportunity to Cash Out Annuity Benefit . A Participant who was employed by the Bank of Liberia, is a Liberian citizen, currently resides in Liberia, and who immediately before the effective date of this Section 4.2 was receiving his or her benefits in an annuity form of payment may elect (with the consent of his or her Spouse, if any) to receive a lump-sum payment in lieu of the remainder of such annuity payments. The lump sum shall be paid as soon as practicable after the election is received and the amount payable shall be equal to the Actuarial Equivalent (determined as of the date as of which such lump sum is paid) of the remainder of the annuity payable to such Participant and any survivor benefits associated with that annuity form of payment. The Participant shall be provided with an explanation of the lump-sum benefit and his or her right to waive the remainder of the annuity payments containing the same information required to be provided under Section 4.3(a) and (b).

 

4.3 Election Procedures . Subject to the Spousal consent requirements described below, the Participant may elect, or revoke a previous election and make a new election, within the 90-day period ending on his or her Benefit Commencement Date, to receive his or her benefit in the Normal Form described in Section 4.1(a) or in one of the Optional Forms described in Section 4.1(b). A Participant may make a separate election for his or her (i) entire Accrued Benefit, (ii) Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, or (iii) Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit. Further, a Participant who has a Prior Plan Benefit may make a separate benefit election with respect to the components of his or her Accrued Benefit as follows: (1) his or her entire Accrued Benefit, (2) his or her Account Balance and his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, (3) his or her Prior Plan Benefit (including his or her Prior Plan Account Balance) and his or her Net ING Benefit, or (4) his or her Account Balance, his or her Prior Plan Benefit attributable to the Final Average Pay Pension Formula and his or her Net ING Benefit. No Participant will receive more than one annuity form of payment unless he or she has both a Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit and Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit and he or she elects a different payment form for each, or he or she has a Prior Plan Benefit and elects an annuity form with respect to that Prior Plan Benefit or his or her Prior Plan Account Balance. The election cannot be changed after the Benefit Commencement Date. Each election must be in writing on a form prescribed by the Plan Administrator. If the Beneficiary is not the Participant’s Spouse, the Participant may not elect any option unless the present value of the payments expected to be made to him or her complies with the incidental death benefit rule under Code Section 401(a)(9)(G).

 

  (a)

Explanation of Normal Form Annuity . The Plan Administrator will provide to each Participant a written explanation of the Normal Form annuity and in the case of a married Participant, the joint and 50% survivor annuity and the joint

 

45


  and 75% survivor annuity, no more than 90 days nor less than 30 days before his or her intended retirement date. The written communication will explain (1) the terms and conditions of each annuity; (2) the Participant’s right to waive, and the effect of an election to waive the annuity; (3) the right of the Participant’s Spouse (if any) to refuse to consent to a waiver of the annuity; and (4) the right to revoke an election to waive the annuity, and the effect of a revocation of such election and such other information as is required to be provided under the applicable regulations.

 

  (b) Waiver of the Normal Form Annuity . The Participant may elect to waive the Normal Form annuity, and may revoke any such election, during the election period. Each election must be in writing and (1) must be signed by the Participant, and his or her Spouse (if any); (2) the Spouse’s consent must acknowledge the effect of the election and that he or she cannot later revoke the waiver; (3) the Spouse’s consent must specifically approve each named Beneficiary and each elected optional form of payment; and (4) the Spouse’s consent must be witnessed by a notary public or Plan representative. Spousal consent will not be required if the Participant provides the Plan Administrator with a decree of abandonment or legal separation, or with evidence satisfactory to the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion that he or she cannot obtain consent because he or she has been unable to locate his or her Spouse after reasonable effort. If the Spouse is incompetent, the Spouse’s legal guardian may give consent, even if the guardian is the Participant. If the Participant does not submit a valid waiver by the end of his or her election period, the Plan will pay his or her benefit in his or her Normal Form.

 

  (c) Election Period . The election period required by Code Section 417 for waiving the Normal Form will begin on the date the Participant receives the written explanation required under Section 4.3(a) and will end on his or her Benefit Commencement Date. The Participant and Spouse, if any, may affirmatively waive the 30-day election period but must have an election period of at least seven days.

 

  (d) Effect of Election of a Joint and Survivor Annuity of at Least 50% . The married Participant who elects to receive a joint and survivor annuity with his or her Spouse as his or her joint annuitant with a survivor percentage of 50% or more will not be required to have his or her Spouse’s notarized, written consent to make the election.

 

4.4 Effect of Death on Forms of Payment .

 

  (a)

Death of Participant Before Benefits Begin . If the Participant’s benefit is payable in any form with a survivor benefit and he or she dies before his or her Benefit Commencement Date, his or her Spouse, Domestic Partner or other Beneficiary will not be entitled to any benefits under any such form. His or her surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner will be entitled only to the preretirement death benefit payable under Article 5. However, if the Participant elected a

 

46


  joint and survivor annuity with his or her Spouse or Domestic Partner as joint annuitant and a survivor percentage of 50% or more but died before his or her Benefit Commencement Date and, effective January 1, 2008, within 90 days after he or she submitted his or her election, the Plan will pay the elected survivor benefit to the surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner.

 

  (b) Death of Participant After Benefits Begin . If the Participant dies after his or her benefits have begun, no death benefit will be payable except to the extent provided under the form of benefit he or she was receiving at the time of his or her death.

 

  (c) Death of Spouse or Beneficiary Before Benefits Begin . If the Participant’s benefit is payable in any form with a survivor benefit and his or her Spouse or designated Beneficiary dies before his or her Benefit Commencement Date, the survivor form of payment will not become effective, and he or she will instead receive his or her retirement benefit as a single life annuity unless he or she properly elects another form before his or her Benefit Commencement Date.

 

  (d) Death of Spouse or Beneficiary After Benefits Begin . If the Participant’s benefit has begun in any form with a survivor benefit and his or her Spouse or other Beneficiary dies before he or she does, he or she will continue to receive his or her benefit in the same form.

 

4.5 Required Distribution Rules . All distributions will be subject to the requirements of Appendix 4.5, Minimum Required Distributions.

 

4.6 Direct Rollover of Eligible Payments . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee’s election under this Section 4.6, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan or to an individual retirement plan described in Code Section 408(A)(b) (a “Roth IRA”) specified by the distributee in a direct rollover. The distributee must timely provide in writing all information required to effect the transfer. The Committee or its administrative delegate will provide timely notice of the right to make a direct rollover. However, any lump-sum payment less than $200 will not be eligible for direct rollover.

 

  (a)

Eligible Rollover Distribution . An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution or withdrawal of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include: (1) any payment that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; (2) any payment to the extent such payment is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); (3) the portion of any payment that is not includable in gross income

 

47


  (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and (4) any amount that is distributed on account of hardship. A portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, effective January 1, 2007, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Sections 408(a) or (b), to a Roth IRA or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a) or an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

 

  (b) Eligible Retirement Plan . An eligible retirement plan is (1) an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), (2) an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), (3) an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), (4) a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), (5) an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) and (6) an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving Spouse, or to a Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). For a Beneficiary who is not the Participant’s Spouse or former Spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a) or an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), each of which is established for the purpose of receiving such distribution on behalf of such Beneficiary and is treated as an inherited individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity (within the meaning of Code Section 408(d)(3)(C)) for purposes of Code Section 402(c)(11).

 

  (c) Distributee . A distributee includes an Employee or former Employee, the Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving Spouse and any Beneficiary.

 

  (d) Direct Rollover . A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan or Roth IRA specified by the distributee.

 

4.7 Payment on Participant’s Behalf .

 

  (a) Payment to the Participant’s Representative . If the Participant is incompetent to handle his or her affairs on his or her Benefit Commencement Date or thereafter, or cannot be located after reasonable effort, the Plan Administrator will make payments to his or her court-appointed personal representative, or if none is appointed, the Plan Administrator may in its sole discretion make payments to his or her next-of-kin or the person the Plan Administrator reasonably believes to be handling the financial affairs of the incompetent Participant. All such payments shall be in full satisfaction of the Plan’s obligations to the Participant.

 

48


  (b) Payment to Minor or Incompetent Beneficiaries . In the event the deceased Participant’s Beneficiary is a minor, or is legally incompetent, or cannot be located, the Plan Administrator will make payment to the court-appointed guardian or representative of such Beneficiary, or to a trust established for the benefit of such Beneficiary, as applicable. If no guardian or representative is appointed, and no trust is established, the Plan will defer payment until the Beneficiary reaches majority or becomes legally competent under applicable State law.

 

  (c) Judicial Determination . In the event the Plan Administrator considers it necessary, it may have a court of applicable jurisdiction determine to whom payments should be made, in which event all expenses incurred in obtaining the determination may be charged against the payee.

 

4.8 Unclaimed Benefits . In the event the Plan Administrator cannot locate any person entitled to receive the Participant’s Vested Accrued Benefit, with reasonable effort and after a period of five years, his or her interest will be canceled but will be reinstated within 60 days after the date he or she is located by the Plan Administrator, as required under Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(a)-14(d) or any other applicable law. The Plan Administrator will pay any required retroactive payment in accordance with Section 4.10.

 

4.9 Correction of Mistakes . In the event the Plan Administrator discovers that a mistake has been made in the calculation of the benefit amount payable to any Participant or other payee, it will correct the mistake as soon as practicable such that all future payments are in the correct amount. If an overpayment in monthly payments has been made, the Plan Administrator may take such action as it deems appropriate to recover the overpayment including reducing future monthly benefit payments to the extent necessary to recover the overpayment within a reasonable period of time. If an underpayment in monthly payments has been made, the Plan Administrator either will pay the Actuarial Equivalent lump-sum value of the underpayment in a single sum, or will increase future monthly benefit payments to the extent necessary to pay the Actuarial Equivalent value of the underpayment within a reasonable period of time. If an underpayment has been made in a lump sum, the Plan Administrator will pay the Actuarial Equivalent value of the underpayment in a single sum. However, if the Plan Administrator determines that the burden or expense of seeking recovery of any overpayment would be greater than the potential recovery warrants, either to the Plan or to the payee, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, forego recovery efforts.

 

4.10

Retroactive Benefit Commencement Date . In the event a Participant has notified the Company of his or her intent to retire and commence benefit payments prior to the Benefit Commencement Date elected by the Participant, or the Participant is involuntarily terminated by the Company for any reason at a time when he or she is eligible to retire under the Plan on his or her Termination Date, and in either case the Plan Administrator is unable to provide the Participant with the qualified joint and survivor explanation required under Code Section 417(e)(3) prior to the Benefit Commencement Date elected by the

 

49


  Participant, the Participant may elect a retroactive annuity starting date; provided , however , such retroactive annuity starting date election must satisfy all of the following requirements: (a) such retroactive annuity starting date is not earlier than the earliest date on which the Participant could otherwise have started receiving benefits under the terms of the Plan, (b) the spousal consent requirements of Code Section 417(e) are satisfied, (c) the retroactive annuity starting date is substituted for the annuity starting date for all purposes of determining the benefit payable to the Participant, and (d) the distribution and benefit election otherwise satisfies all requirements of Code Section 417(e) and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

50


ARTICLE 5

PRERETIREMENT DEATH BENEFITS

 

5.1 Participant with Spouse or Domestic Partner . The surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner of a Participant who dies before his or her Benefit Commencement Date will receive the preretirement death benefit as described in this Section.

 

  (a) Coverage for Surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner . The preretirement death benefit coverage will become effective on the later of (1) the date the Participant becomes Vested, or (2) the date he or she becomes married or has a Domestic Partner relationship. Each non-Vested Participant or Employee who dies while employed with the Employer or a Controlled Group Member will become fully Vested as of his or her date of death. The coverage will remain in effect until the earliest of (1) the date the Participant is no longer married or has a Domestic Partner, (2) the Participant’s date of death, or (3) the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date, which, as described in Section 1.14, may be different for his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit and Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit. The surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner of the Participant who receives his or her Account Balance in a lump sum or annuity and dies before the Benefit Commencement Date for his or her Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, will receive that benefit as described in Section 5.1(b)(i). The coverage will remain in effect whether or not the Participant continues in Employment. The Plan will provide the death benefit without reduction in the benefit payable to the Participant or surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner to account for the cost of coverage.

 

  (b) Amount of Preretirement Death Benefit . A surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner who is entitled to a benefit under this Section 5.1 will be entitled to the following:

 

  (i) With respect to a Participant’s Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, the surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner will be entitled to an annuity for his or her life that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the annuity that would have been paid as a survivor annuity under the 50% joint and survivor annuity based on the Participant’s Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit as of the earlier of his or her Termination Date or date of death, commencing as of the Benefit Commencement Date specified in Section 5.1(d). However, if the Participant elected a joint and survivor annuity with his or her Spouse or Domestic Partner as joint annuitant and a survivor percentage of 50% or more, but died before his or her Benefit Commencement Date and within 90 days of such election, the surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner will be eligible to receive the survivor portion of the annuity as elected, calculated as though the Participant had retired on his or her date of death and died immediately thereafter.

 

51


In lieu of the annuity described above, the surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner may elect to receive a lump-sum payment of the full preretirement benefit attributable to the Participant’s Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, which lump sum shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the annuity benefit described above starting as of the same Benefit Commencement Date.

 

  (ii) With respect to a Participant’s Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, the surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner will be entitled to an annuity for his or her life with a monthly benefit in an amount determined by converting the Participant’s Account Balance as of the Benefit Commencement Date specified in Section 5.1(d) into a single life annuity using the Applicable Interest Rate and Applicable Mortality Table in effect under the Plan as of such Benefit Commencement Date.

In lieu of such annuity, the surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner may elect to receive a lump-sum payment of the full preretirement death benefit attributable to the Participant’s Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, which lump sum shall equal the Participant’s Account Balance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner of a Participant whose Prior Plan is the AFS Plan, this lump-sum option shall be limited to that portion of the Participant’s Prior Plan Account Balance that the Participant (had he or she survived) could have received as a lump sum (this is, it will not include that portion of his or her Prior Plan Account Balance that was not available as a lump-sum distribution under Appendix 4.1(b)).

If so permitted of Participants by the Company, a Participant who has a Spouse or Domestic Partner may designate a different Beneficiary to receive all or a portion of the preretirement death benefit attributable to his or her Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, in which case such portion of the death benefit shall be paid as provided in Section 5.2(b) in lieu of such portion of the benefit being paid under this Section 5.1(b)(ii). In the case of a married Participant, appropriate consent of his or her Spouse is required in accordance with Code Section 417 in order to designate a different Beneficiary.

The Plan will apply the Code Section 415 limitations described in Section 6.1 to the Spouse’s benefit, as if the Spouse were the Participant.

 

  (c) Cash Out of Small Benefits . If the lump-sum value of the preretirement death benefit described in Section 5.1(b) (combining the benefit attributable to the Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit and Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, as applicable) is not greater than $1,000 (or such other dollar amount as may be specified in Code Section 411(a)(11)(A)), the preretirement death benefit will be paid to the surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner in a lump sum as soon as practicable after the Plan Administrator has received proof of death and the identity and whereabouts of the surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner are known to the Plan Administrator.

 

52


  (d) Benefit Commencement Date for Preretirement Death Benefit . Subject to Section 5.1(c), the preretirement death benefit normally will be payable to the surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner as of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date (or the first day of the month following the Participant’s death if he or she dies on or after his or her Normal Retirement Date). However, the surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner may elect to receive the preretirement death benefit as of the following earlier date:

 

  (i) With respect to the preretirement death benefit attributable to the Participant’s Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, the first day of any month following the later of (A) the date of the Participant’s death, or (B) the Participant’s Earliest Retirement Date, but not later than Participant’s Normal Retirement Date if he or she dies prior to such date. If the surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner elects to start the preretirement death benefit prior to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, the 50% joint and survivor annuity that is used to derive the preretirement death benefit shall be that which would have been paid had the Participant elected to start his or her retirement benefit early, with early commencement reduction factors determined under Sections 3.3 or 3.4, as applicable.

 

  (ii) With respect to the preretirement death benefit attributable to the Participant’s Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, the first day of any month after the date of the Participant’s death, but not later than the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date if he or she dies prior to such date.

 

5.2 Unmarried Participant Without Domestic Partner . The Beneficiary of the Participant (a) who completes at least one Hour of Service in Employment with an Employer after December 31, 2001, (b) who is in active Employment with an Employer or is Vested, (c) who dies before his or her Benefit Commencement Date, and (d) who does not have a Spouse or Domestic Partner on his or her date of death, will be entitled to the following:

 

  (a) With respect to a Participant’s Final Average Pay Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, the Beneficiary will be entitled to a lump-sum payment that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the life annuity that would have been payable to a surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner under Section 5.1(b)(i), assuming a surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner that is the same age as the Beneficiary (or, if the Beneficiary is not a natural person, assuming a surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner that is the same age as the Participant).

 

  (b)

With respect to a Participant’s Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, the Beneficiary will be entitled to a lump-sum payment equal to the Participant’s Account Balance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner of a Participant whose Prior Plan is the AFS Plan, this lump-sum option shall be limited to that

 

53


  portion of the Participant’s Prior Plan Account Balance that the Participant (had he or she survived) could have received as a lump sum (this is, it will not include that portion of his or her Prior Plan Account Balance that was not available for lump-sum payment under Appendix 4.1(b)).

If the Actuarial Equivalent lump-sum value of the preretirement death benefit is not greater than $1,000 (or such other dollar amount as may be specified in Code Section 411(a)(11)(A)), the Plan will pay the entire benefit to the Beneficiary in a lump sum as soon as practicable after the Plan Administrator has received proof of death and the identity and whereabouts of the beneficiary are known to the Plan Administrator. Otherwise, payment to a Beneficiary who is not a surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner will be made at the earliest time payment could be made to a surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner under Section 5.1(d)(i) or (ii), as applicable.

 

5.3 USERRA . Effective January 1, 2007, in the case of a Participant who, had he lived would have had reemployment rights with an Employer under Chapter 43 of Title 38, United States Code, dies while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code Section 414(u)), the Beneficiary of such Participant shall be entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) provided under the Plan had the Participant resumed and then terminated employment on account of death.

 

54


ARTICLE 6

LIMITATIONS ON BENEFIT AMOUNTS AND TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS

 

6.1 Code Section 415 Limits .

 

  (a) General and Effective Date . In no event will the annual benefits accrued, distributed, or otherwise payable in any optional form (including the Normal Form) to any Participant, exceed the Code Section 415 Limit described in this Section 6.1 and the regulations under Code Section 415. The provisions of this Section 6.1 will apply to Participants who have an Hour of Service after December 31, 2007 for Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007. Subject to Section 6.1(d)(i), the Accrued Benefit of (1) each Participant whose Benefit Commencement Date was on or before December 31, 2007 (to the extent of the benefit accrued before January 1, 2008), and (2) each Participant who does not complete an Hour of Service after December 31, 2007 (without regard to whether his or her Benefit Commencement Date is after December 31, 2007) will be determined by applying the terms of Section 6.1, Code Section 415 Limits, as in effect on December 31, 2007 as if the limitations of Code Section 415 continued to include the limitations of Code Section 415 as in effect on December 31, 2007. If a Participant described in clause (1) above is reemployed after December 31, 2007, the limitations of Section 6.1 as applicable to Participants who complete an Hour of Service after December 31, 2007 will apply to his or her recalculated benefit. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 6.1, benefits accrued or payable as of December 31, 2007 will satisfy this Section 6.1; provided that such benefits satisfied the Code Section 415 Limits as in effect on December 31, 2007.

 

  (b) Applicable Definitions . For purposes of this Section, the following terms will have the meanings set forth below.

 

  (i) Adjusted Accrued Benefit means the Participant’s Accrued Benefit after the adjustments described in Section 6.1(c), which is the amount to which the Code Section 415 Limit will be applied.

 

  (ii) Code Section 415 Limits means, for each Participant, the least of:

 

  (A) The Dollar Limit , which is $160,000 (as adjusted, as of the first day of each Limitation Year in accordance with Code Section 415 (d)), with the indexed limit for each Limitation Year applied to benefits that first commence in such year;

 

  (B) The Percentage Limit , which is 100% of his or her average Compensation, as defined below, for the three consecutive calendar years when his or her Compensation was highest; or

 

  (C) Other . Such limitations as may be set forth in Treasury Regulations from time to time.

 

55


  (iii) Compensation means, for purposes of the Participant’s Code Section 415 Limit, for each calendar year all amounts received from the Employer for his or her performance of services and reported as taxable income on his or her Form W-2, within the meaning of Treas. Regs. Section 1.415(c)-2(d)(4), for such year and will also include salary reduction amounts under Code Sections 125, 132(f) and 401(k) for such year, but such compensation shall not exceed the limitation under Code Section 401(a)(17) that applies to such year.

Amounts received after severance from employment with the Employer are taken into account only to the extent required by Treas. Reg. Section 1.415(c)-2(e).

Effective for years beginning after December 31, 2008, a Participant receiving a differential wage payment (as described in Code Section 414(u)(12)) shall be treated as an employee of the Employer making the differential wage payment for purposes of this Plan and the differential wage payment shall be treated as Compensation.

 

  (iv) Controlled Group has the same meaning as in Section 1.28, except that “50%” is substituted for “80%” with respect to the definition of “Controlled Group Member.” For purposes of the Code Section 415 Limit, all Controlled Group Members will be considered to be a single Employer.

 

  (v) Limitation Year means the Plan Year.

 

  (c) Calculation of the Adjusted Accrued Benefit . Before application of the Code Section 415 Limit, each Participant’s Accrued Benefit will be adjusted as follows:

 

  (i) Reduction for Early Retirement . If the Participant begins receiving benefit payments before age 62, the amount of his or her annual payments will be multiplied by the early retirement reduction factor described in Section 3.3(b).

 

  (ii) Aggregation of Benefits . If the Participant has participated in any other qualified defined benefit plan maintained by an Employer or a Controlled Group Member, his or her accrued benefit under each such plan will be aggregated with his or her Accrued Benefit under this Plan.

 

  (iii) Other Factors . The calculation of the Participant’s Adjusted Accrued Benefit will include any other relevant provision in the Plan, or requirement of law, in effect from time to time.

 

  (iv) Adjusted Accrued Benefit . The product of the steps in Section 6.1(c)(i), (ii) and (iii) will be the Participant’s Adjusted Accrued Benefit for purposes of applying the Code Section 415 Limit.

 

56


  (d) Adjustments to the Code Section 415 Limits . The Participant’s Code Section 415 Limit, which will be applied to reduce his or her Adjusted Accrued Benefit, if necessary, will be adjusted by any of the following circumstances that apply to him or her.

 

  (i) Grandfathered Code Section 415 Limit . For benefits the Participant accrued under any qualified plan maintained by an Employer or Controlled Group Member before the 1987 Plan Year, his or her Section 415 Limit will not be less than the following amount(s):

 

  (A) Pre-1983 Accrued Benefit . If, before 1983, the Participant had participated in one or more qualified defined benefit plans to which an Employer or Controlled Group Member contributed, his or her Code Section 415 limit will not be reduced to an amount less than his or her aggregate accrued benefit under such plan(s) as of the first day of the 1982 limitation year under such plan(s).

 

  (B) Pre-1987 Accrued Benefit . If, before 1987, the Participant had participated in one or more qualified defined benefit plans to which an Employer or Controlled Group Member contributed, his or her Code Section 415 Limit will not be reduced to an amount less than his or her aggregate accrued benefit under such plan(s) as of the first day of the 1986 limitation year under such plan(s).

 

  (ii) Form of Payment . The Code Section 415 Limit is determined by reference to benefits payable in the form of the single life annuity or the Spousal joint and survivor annuity (as described in Treas. Reg. Section 1.415(b)-1(c)(4)(i)(A)). If benefits are paid in any other form (other than a form to which Code Section 417(e)(3) applies), the Participant’s Code Section 415 Limit will be adjusted such that it is the greater of:

 

  (A) the actuarial equivalent single life annuity commencing at the same Benefit Commencement Date as the form of benefit payable to the Participant using the Plan’s factors for determining Actuarial Equivalence in Section 1.4(a); or

 

  (B) the actuarial equivalent single life annuity commencing at the same Benefit Commencement Date as the form of benefit payable to the Participant using an interest rate of 5% and the Applicable Mortality Table for that Benefit Commencement Date.

If the benefit is payable in a form to which Code Section 417(e)(3) applies, the actuarially equivalent single life annuity benefit is the greatest of:

 

  (A) The annual amount of the single life annuity commencing at the Benefit Commencement Date that has the same actuarial present value as the particular form of benefit payable, computed using the Plan’s factors for Actuarial Equivalence in Section 1.4(a);

 

57


  (B) The annual amount of the single life annuity commencing at the Benefit Commencement Date that has the same actuarial present value as the particular form of benefit payable, computed using a 5.5% interest assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table; or

 

  (C) The annual amount of the single life annuity commencing at the Benefit Commencement Date that has the same actuarial present value as the particular form of benefit payable (computed using the Applicable Interest Rate and Applicable Mortality Table, divided by 1.05).

 

  (iii) Reduced Limit for Early Retirement . If the Participant begins benefit payments before age 62, his or her Code Section 415 Dollar Limit will be the lesser of: (A) the Code Section 415 Dollar Limit multiplied by the ratio of the annual amount of the single life annuity commencing at his or her Benefit Commencement Date, over the annual amount of the single life annuity commencing at age 62 (both determined without regard to the Code Section 415 limits), or (B) an actuarial equivalent reduction from age 62 to his or her age as of his or her Benefit Commencement Date, using a 5% interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table for the Benefit Commencement Date.

No adjustment will be made to reflect the probability of a Participant’s death after the Benefit Commencement Date and before age 62.

 

  (iv) Increased Limit for Late Retirement . For a Participant whose Benefit Commencement Date is after his or her attainment of age 65, the Code Section 415 Dollar Limit will be the lesser of: (A) the Code Section 415 Dollar Limit multiplied by the ratio of the annual amount of the immediately commencing single life annuity payable to the Participant (ignoring accruals after age 65) using the actuarial adjustments in Section 1.4(c) over the annual amount of the single life annuity that would have been payable at age 65, or (B) the Code Section 415 Dollar Limit actuarially increased using a 5% interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table for that Benefit Commencement Date. For these purposes, mortality between age 65 and the age at which benefits commence shall be ignored.

 

  (v) Reduced Limit for Fewer Than 10 Years of Participation .

 

  (A) Dollar Limit . The Dollar Limit for the Participant who has fewer than ten years of participation in the Plan will be computed by multiplying the limit described in Section 6.1(b)(ii)(A) (as adjusted) by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of his or her whole and partial years of participation and the denominator of which is ten.

 

  (B) Percentage Limit . The Percentage Limit for the Participant who has earned fewer than ten Years of Vesting Service, will be computed by multiplying the amount of his or her average Compensation for his or her three highest years by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of his or her whole and partial Years of Vesting Service and the denominator of which is ten.

 

58


  (vi) Special Rules for an Adjusted Accrued Benefit Not in Excess of $10,000 . If the Participant’s Adjusted Accrued Benefit is not greater than $10,000, the full amount may be paid whether or not that amount exceeds his or her Percentage Limit, but only if (A) his or her annual benefit has not exceeded $10,000 in any previous Plan Year, and (B) he or she has never participated in a defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer. If he or she elects a form of payment other than the single life annuity or Spousal joint and survivor annuity, his or her Adjusted Accrued Benefit will not be reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent factor for his or her elected form of payment described in Section 4.1.

 

  (e) Combining of Plans . For purposes of applying the limitations described in this Section, all defined benefit plans maintained by any Employer or a Controlled Group Member (whether or not terminated) will be treated as one defined benefit plan. The Percentage Limit will be applied separately to each defined benefit plan and will be applied under each plan by using the same period of consecutive calendar years (not more than three) as the period when the Participant’s Compensation was greatest.

 

  (f) Compliance With Code Section 415 . The intent of this Section 6.1 is that the maximum benefit payable to each Participant will be exactly equal to the maximum amount permitted under Code Section 415. If there is any discrepancy between this Section 6.1 and Code Section 415, then Code Section 415 will prevail.

 

6.2 Restrictions on Benefits of Twenty-Five Highest-Paid Participants .

 

  (a) Restricted Participants . In each Plan Year, the total number of Participants whose benefit payments are restricted under this Section 6.2 is limited to the 25 highly compensated employees and former employees (within the meaning of Code Section 414(q)) with the greatest Compensation in the current or any prior Plan Year (the restricted Participants).

 

  (b) Restricted Amount . For each Plan Year, the amount of benefits payable to each restricted Participant will be limited to the annual amount that would be payable in the single life annuity form, unless either: (1) the value of Plan assets remaining after payment to such Participant is at least 110% of the value of current liabilities, or (2) the value of benefits paid to such Participant is less than 1% of the value of current liabilities.

 

59


  (c) Security for Restricted Amount . In lieu of the restrictions described in this Section 6.2, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan may permit each restricted Participant to provide security for any payments that exceed the annual amount that would have been payable as a single life annuity.

 

  (d) Restriction upon Plan Termination . In the event the Plan terminates, the benefits payable to the restricted Participants will be limited to an amount that is not discriminatory under Code Section 401(a)(4).

 

6.3 Funding-Based Limitations .

 

  (a) Limitations Applicable If the Plan’s Adjusted Funding Target Attainment Percentage Is Less Than 80 Percent, But Not Less Than 60 Percent . Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, if the Plan’s adjusted funding target attainment percentage for a Plan Year is less than 80% (or would be less than 80% to the extent described in Section 6.3(a)(ii) below) but is not less than 60%, then the limitations set forth in this Section 6.3(a) apply.

 

  (i) 50 Percent Limitation on Single Sum Payments, Other Accelerated Forms of Distribution, and Other Prohibited Payments . A participant or beneficiary is not permitted to elect, and the Plan shall not pay, a single sum payment or other optional form of benefit that includes a prohibited payment with an annuity starting date on or after the applicable section 436 measurement date, and the Plan shall not make any payment for the purchase of an irrevocable commitment from an insurer to pay benefits or any other payment or transfer that is a prohibited payment, unless the present value of the portion of the benefit that is being paid in a prohibited payment does not exceed the lesser of: (A) 50% of the present value of the benefit payable in the optional form of benefit that includes the prohibited payment; or (B) 100% of the PBGC maximum benefit guarantee amount (as defined in Treas. Regs. Section 1.436-1(d)(3)(iii)(C)).

The limitation set forth in this Section 6.3(a)(i) does not apply to any payment of a benefit which under Code Section 411(a)(11) may be immediately distributed without the consent of the participant. If an optional form of benefit that is otherwise available under the terms of the Plan is not available to a participant or beneficiary as of the annuity starting date because of the application of the requirements of this Section 6.3(a)(i), the participant or beneficiary is permitted to elect to bifurcate the benefit into unrestricted and restricted portions (as described in Treas. Regs. Section 1.436-1(d)(3)(iii)(D)). The participant or beneficiary may also elect any other optional form of benefit otherwise available under the Plan at that annuity starting date that would satisfy the 50%/PBGC maximum benefit guarantee amount limitation described in this Section 6.3(a)(i), or may elect to defer the benefit in accordance with any general right to defer commencement of benefits under the Plan.

 

60


  (ii) Plan Amendments Increasing Liability for Benefits . No amendment to the Plan that has the effect of increasing liabilities of the Plan by reason of increases in benefits, establishment of new benefits, changing the rate of benefit accrual, or changing the rate at which benefits become nonforfeitable shall take effect in a Plan Year if the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan Year is: (A) Less than 80%; or (B) 80% or more, but would be less than 80% if the benefits attributable to the amendment were taken into account in determining the adjusted funding target attainment percentage.

The limitation set forth in this Section 6.3(a)(ii) does not apply to any amendment to the Plan that provides a benefit increase under a Plan formula that is not based on compensation, provided that the rate of such increase does not exceed the contemporaneous rate of increase in the average wages of participants covered by the amendment.

 

  (b) Limitations Applicable If the Plan’s Adjusted Funding Target Attainment Percentage Is Less Than 60 Percent . Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, if the Plan’s adjusted funding target attainment percentage for a Plan Year is less than 60%, then the limitations in this Section 6.3(b) apply.

 

  (i) Single Sums, Other Accelerated Forms of Distribution, and Other Prohibited Payments Not Permitted . A participant or beneficiary is not permitted to elect, and the Plan shall not pay, a single sum payment or other optional form of benefit that includes a prohibited payment with an annuity starting date on or after the applicable section 436 measurement date, and the Plan shall not make any payment for the purchase of an irrevocable commitment from an insurer to pay benefits or any other payment or transfer that is a prohibited payment. The limitation set forth in this Section 6.3(b)(i) does not apply to any payment of a benefit which under Code Section 411(a)(11) may be immediately distributed without the consent of the participant.

 

  (ii) Benefit Accruals Frozen . Benefit accruals under the Plan shall cease as of the applicable section 436 measurement date. In addition, if the Plan is required to cease benefit accruals under this Section 6.3(b)(ii), then the Plan is not permitted to be amended in a manner that would increase the liabilities of the Plan by reason of an increase in benefits or establishment of new benefits.

 

  (c)

Limitations Applicable If the Plan Sponsor Is In Bankruptcy . Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, a participant or beneficiary is not permitted to elect, and the Plan shall not pay, a single sum payment or other optional form of benefit that includes a prohibited payment with an annuity starting date that occurs during any period in which

 

61


  the Plan Sponsor is a debtor in a case under title 11, United States Code, or similar Federal or State law, except for payments made within a Plan Year with an annuity starting date that occurs on or after the date on which the Plan’s enrolled actuary certifies that the Plan’s adjusted funding target attainment percentage for that Plan Year is not less than 100%. In addition, during such period in which the Plan Sponsor is a debtor, the Plan shall not make any payment for the purchase of an irrevocable commitment from an insurer to pay benefits or any other payment or transfer that is a prohibited payment, except for payments that occur on a date within a Plan Year that is on or after the date on which the Plan’s enrolled actuary certifies that the Plan’s adjusted funding target attainment percentage for that Plan Year is not less than 100%. The limitation set forth in this Section 6.3(c) does not apply to any payment of a benefit which under Code Section 411(a)(11) may be immediately distributed without the consent of the participant.

 

  (d) Provisions Applicable After Limitations Cease to Apply .

 

  (i) Resumption of Prohibited Payments . If a limitation on prohibited payments under Section 6.3(a)(i), Section 6.3(b)(i), or Section 6.3(c) applied to the Plan as of a section 436 measurement date, but that limit no longer applies to the Plan as of a later section 436 measurement date, then that limitation does not apply to benefits with annuity starting dates that are on or after that later section 436 measurement date.

 

  (ii) Resumption of Benefit Accruals . If a limitation on benefit accruals under Section 6.3(b)(ii) applied to the Plan as of a section 436 measurement date, but that limitation no longer applies to the Plan as of a later section 436 measurement date, then benefit accruals shall resume prospectively and that limitation does not apply to benefit accruals that are based on service on or after that later section 436 measurement date, except as otherwise provided under the Plan. The Plan shall comply with the rules relating to partial years of participation and the prohibition on double proration under Department of Labor regulation 29 CFR Section 2530.204-2(c) and (d).

 

  (iii) Treatment of Plan Amendments That Do Not Take Effect . If a Plan amendment does not take effect as of the effective date of the amendment because of the limitation of Section 6.3(a)(ii) or Section 6.3(b)(ii), but is permitted to take effect later in the same Plan Year (as a result of additional contributions or pursuant to the enrolled actuary’s certification of the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan Year that meets the requirements of Treas. Regs. Section 1.436- 1(g)(5)(ii)(C)), then the Plan amendment must automatically take effect as of the first day of the Plan Year (or, if later, the original effective date of the amendment). If the Plan amendment cannot take effect during the same Plan Year, then it shall be treated as if it were never adopted, unless the Plan amendment provides otherwise.

 

62


  (e) Notice Requirement . See section 101(j) of ERISA for rules requiring the Plan administrator of a single employer defined benefit pension Plan to provide a written notice to participants and beneficiaries within 30 days after certain specified dates if the Plan has become subject to a limitation described in Section 6.3(a)(i), Section 6.3(b), or Section 6.3(c).

 

  (f) Methods to Avoid or Terminate Benefit Limitations . See Code Sections 436(b)(2), (c)(2), (e)(2), and (f) and Treas. Regs. Section 1.436-1(f) for rules relating to employer contributions and other methods to avoid or terminate the application of the limitations set forth in Sections 6.3(a) through 6.3(b) for a Plan Year. In general, the methods a Plan Sponsor may use to avoid or terminate one or more of the benefit limitations under Sections 6.3(a) through 6.3(b) for a Plan Year include employer contributions and elections to increase the amount of Plan assets which are taken into account in determining the adjusted funding target attainment percentage, making an employer contribution that is specifically designated as a current year contribution that is made to avoid or terminate application of certain of the benefit limitations, or providing security to the Plan.

 

  (g) Special Rules .

 

  (i) Rules of Operation for Periods Prior to and After Certification of Plan’s Adjusted Funding Target Attainment Percentage .

 

  (A)

In General . Code Section 436(h) and Treas. Regs. Section 1.436-1(h) set forth a series of presumptions that apply (1) before the Plan’s enrolled actuary issues a certification of the Plan’s adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan Year; and (2) if the Plan’s enrolled actuary does not issue a certification of the Plan’s adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan Year before the first day of the 10 th month of the Plan Year (or if the Plan’s enrolled actuary issues a range certification for the Plan Year pursuant to Treas. Regs. Section 1.436-1(h)(4)(ii) but does not issue a certification of the specific adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan by the last day of the Plan Year). For any period during which a presumption under Code Section 436(h) and Treas. Regs. Section 1.436-1(h) applies to the Plan, the limitations under Sections 6.3(a) through 6.3(c) are applied to the Plan as if the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan Year were the presumed adjusted funding target attainment percentage determined under the rules of Code Section 436(h) and Treas. Regs. Section 1.436-1(h)(1), (2), or (3). These presumptions are set forth in Section 6.3(g)(i)(B) through (D).

 

  (B)

Presumption of Continued Underfunding Beginning First Day of Plan Year . If a limitation under Section 6.3(a), (b) or (c) applied to the Plan on the last day of the preceding Plan Year, then,

 

63


  commencing on the first day of the current Plan Year and continuing until the Plan’s enrolled actuary issues a certification of the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan for the current Plan Year, or, if earlier, the date Section 6.3(g)(i)(C) or Section 6.3(g)(i)(D) applies to the Plan: (1) The adjusted funding target attainment percentage of the Plan for the current Plan Year is presumed to be the adjusted funding target attainment percentage in effect on the last day of the preceding Plan Year; and (2) The first day of the current Plan Year is a section 436 measurement date.

 

  (C) Presumption of Underfunding Beginning First Day of Fourth Month . If the Plan’s enrolled actuary has not issued a certification of the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan Year before the first day of the fourth month of the Plan Year and the Plan’s adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the preceding Plan Year was either at least 60% but less than 70% or at least 80% but less than 90%, or is described in Treas. Regs. Section 1.436-1(h)(2)(ii), then, commencing on the first day of the fourth month of the current Plan Year and continuing until the Plan’s enrolled actuary issues a certification of the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan for the current Plan Year, or, if earlier, the date Section 6.3(g)(i)(D) applies to the Plan: (1) The adjusted funding target attainment percentage of the Plan for the current Plan Year is presumed to be the Plan’s adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the preceding Plan Year reduced by 10 percentage points; and (2) The first day of the fourth month of the current Plan Year is a section 436 measurement date.

 

  (D) Presumption of Underfunding On and After First Day of Tenth Month . If the Plan’s enrolled actuary has not issued a certification of the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan Year before the first day of the tenth month of the Plan Year (or if the Plan’s enrolled actuary has issued a range certification for the Plan Year pursuant to Treas. Regs. Section 1.436-1(h)(4)(ii) but has not issued a certification of the specific adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan by the last day of the Plan Year), then, commencing on the first day of the tenth month of the current Plan Year and continuing through the end of the Plan Year: (1) The adjusted funding target attainment percentage of the Plan for the current Plan Year is presumed to be less than 60 percent; and (2) The first day of the tenth month of the current Plan Year is a section 436 measurement date.

 

64


  (ii) Plan Termination, Certain Frozen Plans, and Other Special Rules .

 

  (A) Plan Termination . The limitations on prohibited payments in Section 6.3(a)(i), Section 6.3(b)(i), and Section 6.3(c) do not apply to prohibited payments that are made to carry out the termination of the Plan in accordance with applicable law. Any other limitations under this section of the Plan do not cease to apply as a result of termination of the Plan.

 

  (B) Exception to Limitations on Prohibited Payments Under Certain Frozen Plans . The limitations on prohibited payments set forth in Sections 6.3(a)(i), 6.3(b)(i), and 6.3(c) do not apply for a Plan Year if the terms of the Plan, as in effect for the period beginning on September 1, 2005, and continuing through the end of the Plan Year, provide for no benefit accruals with respect to any participants. This Section 6.3(g)(ii)(B) shall cease to apply as of the date any benefits accrue under the Plan or the date on which a Plan amendment that increases benefits takes effect.

 

  (iii) Special Rules Under PRA 2010 .

 

  (A) Payments Under Social Security Leveling Options . For purposes of determining whether the limitations under Section 6.3(a)(i) or 6.3(b)(i) apply to payments under a social security leveling option, within the meaning of Code Section 436(j)(3)(C), the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for a plan year shall be determined in accordance with the “Special Rule for Certain Years” under Code Section 436(j)(3) and any Treasury Regulations or other published guidance thereunder issued by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

  (B) Limitation on Benefit Accruals . For purposes of determining whether the accrual limitation under Section 2(c) applies to the Plan, the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for a Plan Year shall be determined in accordance with the “Special Rule for Certain Years” under Code Section 436(j)(3) (except as provided under section 203(b) of the Preservation of Access to Care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension Relief Act of 2010, if applicable).

 

  (iv) Interpretation of Provisions . The limitations imposed by this section of the Plan shall be interpreted and administered in accordance with Code Section 436 and Treas. Regs. Section 1.436-1.

 

  (h)

Definitions . The definitions in the following Treasury Regulations apply for purposes of Sections 6.3(a) through 6.7(g): Section 1.436-1(j)(1) defining adjusted funding target attainment percentage; Section 1.436-1(j)(2) defining

 

65


  annuity starting date; Section 1.436-1(j)(6) defining prohibited payment; Section 1.436-1(j)(8) defining section 436 measurement date; and Section 1.436-1(j)(9) defining an unpredictable contingent event and an unpredictable contingent event benefit.

 

6.4 Top Heavy Rules .

 

  (a) Determination . The Plan Administrator, as of each December 31 (the “determination date”), will determine whether the Plan is “top heavy”. If the sum of the present value of the Accrued Benefits of “key employees” (as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1)) exceeds 60% of the sum of the present value of the Accrued Benefits of all Employees under this Plan as of such determination date (all as determined in accordance with the rules of Code Section 416), this Plan will be “top heavy” for the Plan Year that begins on the immediately following January 1. The present value of the Accrued Benefit of an Employee shall be determined using the actuarial assumptions specified in Section 1.4(c) and shall equal, as of any determination date, the sum of:

 

  (i) the present value of such Employee’s cumulative Accrued Benefit under this Plan (determined, for this purpose, as of the most recent valuation date used for computing plan cost under Code Section 412 which falls within the 12-month period ending on such determination date) plus any distributions made during the lookback period (as defined below) ending on such determination date; and

 

  (ii) the present value of such Employee’s accrued benefit, if any (determined as of the valuation date which coincides with or precedes the determination date for such plan) under:

 

  (A) each other qualified plan (as described in Code Section 401(a)) maintained by a member of the Controlled Group (i) in which a “key employee” is a participant, or (ii) which enables the Plan to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or Code Section 410, and

 

  (B) each other qualified plan maintained by a member of the Controlled Group (other than a plan described in clause (A)) that may be aggregated with this Plan and the plans described in clause (A), provided such aggregated group (including a plan described in this clause (B)) continues to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) and Code Section 410,

plus any distributions made from such plans during the lookback period ending on such determination date. The accrued benefit of an Employee shall be disregarded for purposes of making the determination called for under this Section 6.4 if such Employee has not performed any services for any Employer at any time during the 1-year period ending on the date as of which such determination is made.

 

66


The “lookback period” for this purpose means the one year period ending on the determination date. Distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) made during the lookback period also are taken into account. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “five-year period” for “one-year period”.

 

  (b) Special Top Heavy Plan Rules . If the Plan Administrator determines that this Plan is “top heavy” for any Plan Year, the special rules set forth in this Section 6.4(b) shall apply for such Plan Year notwithstanding any other rules to the contrary set forth elsewhere in this Plan.

 

  (i) Minimum Benefits . The Accrued Benefit of each Participant who is not a “key employee” and who completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service during such Plan Year shall not, in the aggregate, be less than the product of (A) 2% of the Participant’s average compensation (as defined under Code Section 415) for the five consecutive years beginning after December 31, 1984 during which the Participant had the highest aggregate compensation from a Controlled Group Member (excluding compensation for years after the last year for which the Plan is “top heavy”), and (B) the Participant’s total years of service, not to exceed ten, completed after December 31, 1984 (excluding years in which the Plan is not “top heavy”). Accruals required under this Section 6.4(b)(i) by reason of this Plan being “top heavy” shall be offset by the Actuarial Equivalent value of the contributions and forfeitures, if any, allocated on behalf of the Participant under any defined contribution plan (which is taken into account under this Section 6.4) solely by reason of such plan being “top heavy.” No accruals shall be permitted under this Section 6.4(b)(i) for any Plan Year in which the contributions and forfeitures allocated on behalf of the Participant under any such defined contribution plan equal at least 5% of the Participant’s compensation.

For purposes of satisfying the minimum benefit requirement of Code Section 416(c)(1) and this Plan, in determining years of service with a Controlled Group Member, any service with a Controlled Group Member shall be disregarded to the extent that such service occurs during a Plan Year when this Plan benefits (within the meaning of Code Section 410(b)) no key employee or former key employee.

 

67


  (ii) Vesting . A Participant’s nonforfeitable interest in his or her Accrued Benefit under this Plan shall be determined under the following schedule:

 

Completed Years of Service

   Nonforfeitable
Interest

        Less than 2

       0  

                2

       20 %

                3

       40 %

                4

       60 %

          5 or more

       100 %

However, the vesting schedule set forth in this Section 6.4(b)(ii) shall not apply to any Participant who does not have an Hour of Service after the date as of which this Plan becomes “top heavy.” In the event that this Plan later ceases to be “top heavy,” the vesting rules in Section 6.4 shall once again apply; provided, however , that

 

  (A) the nonforfeitable portion of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall not thereafter be less than the nonforfeitable portion of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit before the Plan ceased to be “top heavy,” and

 

  (B) the nonforfeitable portion of the Accrued Benefit of any Participant who has completed at least three years of Vesting Service with a Controlled Group Member on the date the Plan ceases to be “top heavy” shall continue to be determined under the vesting schedule set forth in this Section 6.4(b)(ii) if such vesting schedule is more favorable to the Participant.

 

68


ARTICLE 7

CONTRIBUTIONS

 

7.1 Employer Contributions . The Company and/or the Employers will make contributions in the amounts determined by the Company to be necessary to provide benefits under the Plan, based on the recommendations of the Plan’s actuary. Company and/or Employer contributions will be irrevocable and will be used only for the benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries, except as provided in Sections 7.3 and 8.2. The Company reserves the right to establish and to change from time to time the method for funding benefits, either through the use of one or more trust agreements or one or more group annuity contracts or other forms of insurance contracts or agreements with one or more insurance companies.

 

7.2 Participant Contributions . Participants will neither be required nor permitted to make contributions to the Plan.

 

7.3 Return of Contributions to the Employers . Contributions will be returned to the Company or affected Employer(s) under the following circumstances:

 

  (a) Mistake of Fact . Any contribution made by mistake of fact will be returned to the Company or affected Employer(s) within one year after the contribution is made.

 

  (b) Nondeductible . All contributions are conditioned upon their deductibility under Code Section 404 and will be returned to the Company or affected Employer(s) within one year after any disallowance.

 

7.4 Actuarial Gains . Actuarial gains arising from any cause whatsoever will not be applied to increase the benefits any Participant would otherwise receive at any time before termination of the Plan, but will be applied to reduce Company and/or Employer contributions for the current or subsequent Plan Years.

 

69


ARTICLE 8

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, MERGER

 

8.1 Amendment .

 

  (a) Procedure . The Company reserves the right to amend the Plan from time to time. The Company will determine when an amendment is appropriate, and will cause the amendment to be adopted by appropriate Board action, including signature of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, or by another officer who has authority to execute such documents.

 

  (b) Prohibited Amendments . No amendment will have the effect of any of the following:

 

  (i) Exclusive Benefit . No amendment will permit any part of the Trust Fund to be used for purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants or the payment of Plan and Trust Fund expenses as provided for in Section 9.2.

 

  (ii) Nonreversion . No amendment will revest in the Company or any Employer any portion of the Trust Fund, except such amount as may remain after termination of the Plan and satisfaction of all liabilities.

 

  (iii) Accrued Benefit . No amendment will eliminate or reduce any Participant’s Accrued Benefit determined as of the effective date of the amendment, except as permitted under the Code.

 

  (iv) Forms of Payment . No amendment will eliminate any optional form of benefit described in Section 4.1, with respect to benefits accrued before the amendment, except as permitted under Code Section 411(d)(6) and applicable regulations.

 

  (v) Retirement Subsidy . No amendment will eliminate or reduce any retirement subsidy or retirement-type subsidy with respect to benefits accrued before the amendment, for Participants who either before or after the amendment meet the requirements for the subsidy, except as permitted under the Code and applicable regulations.

 

  (c) Limited to Active Participants . Except as specifically stated in the amendment, no amendment that improves benefits will apply to any Employee whose Termination Date occurred before the effective date of the amendment or who otherwise does not receive credit for an Hour of Service on or after the effective date of such amendment.

 

  (d)

Administrative Changes Without Plan Amendment . The Company reserves authority to make administrative changes to this Plan document that do not alter either the minimum qualification requirements or the Plan’s funding and expense provisions, without formal amendment to the Plan. The Company will affect such changes by substituting pages in the

 

70


  Plan document with corrected pages. Administrative changes include, but are not limited to, corrections of typographical errors and similar errors, conforming provisions for administrative procedures to actual practice and changes in practice, and deleting or correcting language that fails to accurately reflect the intended provision of the Plan.

 

8.2 Termination of the Plan .

 

  (a) Right to Terminate . The Company expects this Plan to be continued indefinitely but necessarily reserves the right to terminate the Plan, or any portion of the Plan, and all contributions attributed to the terminated portion, at any time. Each Employer reserves the right to terminate its participation in the Plan at any time by appropriate action of its board of directors.

 

  (b) Full Vesting . In the event of termination or partial termination, the Accrued Benefit of each affected Participant, to the extent funded, will become fully Vested as of the termination date. For purposes of accelerated vesting, affected Participants will include only those who are in active Employment as of the Plan termination date. All non-Vested Participants who incurred a Termination Date before the Plan termination date will be considered to have received constructive cash outs of their entire Accrued Benefits under Section 4.1(c)(ii).

 

  (c) Provision for Benefits upon Plan Termination . In the event of termination, the Plan Administrator may in its discretion (1) continue the Trust for so long as it considers advisable and so long as permitted by law, either through the existing trust agreement(s), or through successor funding media, or (2) terminate the Trust, pay all expenses, and direct the payment of the benefits as allocated under Section 8.2(d), either in the form of lump-sum distributions, annuity contracts, transfer to another qualified plan, or any other form selected by the Plan Administrator, to the extent not prohibited by law.

 

  (d) Allocation of Assets . Upon termination, the Plan Administrator will allocate the assets that remain after payment of all Plan expenses, to pay benefits due to Participants and Beneficiaries under applicable provisions of the Plan, as specified in ERISA Section 4044.

 

  (e) Surplus Reversion . Any assets that remain after all benefits under the Plan have been allocated will be returned to the Company and/or the affected Employer(s).

 

8.3 Merger . In the event of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with any other plan, or the transfer of assets or liabilities by the Plan to another plan, each Participant will be entitled to receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer if the Plan then terminated, that is equal to or greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer if the Plan had then terminated.

 

71


ARTICLE 9

ADMINISTRATION

 

9.1 Allocation of Fiduciary Responsibilities . The Plan fiduciaries shall have the powers and duties described below, and may delegate their duties to the extent permitted under ERISA Section 402.

 

  (a) Company . The Company, acting through its Board, shall be responsible for amending and terminating the Plan. The Company and each Employer shall be responsible for making contributions to the Plan in the amounts determined by the Company based on the recommendations of the enrolled actuary.

 

  (b) The Committee .

 

  (i) Appointment and Termination of Office . The Committee shall consist of such members as appointed from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc. Each member of the Committee shall serve until his or her successor shall be appointed or until his or her resignation or removal, if earlier. A member may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the CEO of ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc. Any member may resign by providing notice in writing effective as of any time specified therein, and if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt by the Chairperson of the Committee, whichever is later. A member shall cease to be a member on his or her termination of employment with all Employers for any reason. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

  (ii) Organization of Committee . The CEO of ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc. shall appoint a Chairperson of the Committee. The Chairperson of the Committee or an alternate designee appointed by the Chairperson shall act as recorder at all meetings and shall prepare draft minutes for approval by the Committee members. The alternate designee may, but need not, be a Committee member. The Committee may delegate responsibilities to employees or others, as appropriate, to assist in the administration of the Plan, and the Committee shall periodically review such delegations. The Committee will fix the compensation of its nonemployee agents, but no additional compensation shall be paid to Employees. Committee members who are Employees will serve as such without additional compensation.

 

  (iii) Committee Meetings . The Chairperson shall call regular meetings of the Committee at least three times per year with at least five business days’ notice. A majority of the members shall constitute a quorum. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Committee may be taken without a meeting, if consent thereto in writing is signed by all of the persons who would be entitled to vote upon such action at a meeting.

 

72


Such writing(s) shall be filed with the minutes of proceeding of the Committee. Electronic writings shall be treated the same as paper writings and electronic signatures shall be treated the same as other signatures.

 

  (iv) Powers of the Committee . The Committee shall serve as Plan Administrator and shall have primary responsibility for administering the Plan, and all powers necessary to enable it to properly perform its duties, including but not limited to the following powers and duties:

 

  (A) Rules . The Committee may adopt rules and regulations necessary for the performance of its duties under the Plan.

 

  (B) Construction . The Committee shall have the power and sole discretion to construe and interpret the terms and intent of the Plan and to decide all questions arising under the Plan.

 

  (C) Rights to Benefits . The Committee shall have discretionary authority to determine the eligibility of any individual to participate in the Plan, the right of any Participant or beneficiary to receive benefits, and the amount of benefits to which any Participant or beneficiary may be entitled under the Plan, and will establish and enforce the claims procedure required under ERISA.

 

  (D) Employee Data . The Committee shall request from the Company or one or more Employers complete information regarding the Compensation and Employment of each Participant and such other facts as it considers necessary from time to time, and will treat Company and Employer records as conclusive with respect to such information.

 

  (E) Payments . The Committee shall direct the payment of benefits from annuity contracts or from the Trust, or may appoint a disbursing agent, and will specify the payee, the amount, and the conditions of each payment.

 

  (F) Disclosure . The Committee shall be responsible for reporting and disclosing to Employees such summaries, notices, and other information about the Plan in such manner as it deems proper and in compliance with applicable law.

 

  (G) Application Forms . The Committee shall provide forms for use by Participants in applying for benefits or as otherwise deemed necessary or appropriate in the administration and operation of the Plan.

 

  (H)

Actuarial Determinations . The Committee shall appoint an enrolled actuary to make annual actuarial valuations of the Plan’s experience and liabilities, to prepare actuarial statements, and to recommend the

 

73


  amounts of contributions to be made by the Company and/or the Employers. The Committee will inform the Company of the amount of contributions determined to be necessary to provide benefits, based on the recommendations of the enrolled actuary. The Company shall be solely responsible for determining the amount of any contributions to be made to the Plan.

 

  (I) Agents . The Committee shall select advisors and service providers, including legal counsel, consultants, record keepers, accountants, and such other agents as it deems necessary or appropriate to properly administer the Plan.

 

  (J) Funding Policy . The Committee will maintain records showing the fiscal operation of the Plan, and will keep in convenient form the data required for actuarial valuations. The Company, and not the Committee, shall maintain and execute a funding policy.

 

  (K) Reporting . The Committee shall cause to be prepared and filed all reports required under ERISA and the Code.

 

  (L) Investment Manager . The Committee may from time to time and at any time, appoint, approve the appointment of, remove, and/or replace, one or more investment managers. The Committee may manage Plan assets at the direction of the Board.

 

  (M) Insurance Companies . The Committee may from time to time and at any time select one or more Insurance Companies for purposes of funding the Plan and/or purchasing annuities for benefit payments.

 

  (N) Investment Policy . The Committee shall adopt the Plan investment policy, and oversee and monitor Plan investment performance.

 

  (O) Electronic Communications . The Committee may carry out its duties and maintain Plan records in electronic media. To the extent electronic media is used for Participant elections, an electronic signature shall constitute a wet signature.

 

  (c) The Trustee . The Company, and not the Committee, shall appoint and remove the Trustee who will have the duties and responsibilities described in the trust agreement. The trust agreement will be an integral part of this Plan.

 

9.2

Expenses . All expenses of the Plan and Trust will, to the extent permitted by law, be paid from the Trust unless the Company or an Employer elects in its sole discretion to pay such expenses. The Plan shall reimburse the Company or any Employer for any expenses incurred by the Company or such Employer that are expenses of the Plan or Trust to the extent that (i) the

 

74


  Company or such Employer seeks such reimbursement and (ii) such reimbursement is permitted by law. No Employee will receive any additional Compensation for services performed in connection with the Plan.

 

9.3 Indemnification . The Company and/or the Employers will indemnify and hold harmless the Committee, each member, and each Employee to whom the Plan Administrator or Committee has delegated responsibility under this Article from all joint or several liability for their acts and omissions and for the acts and omissions of their duly appointed agents in the administration of the Plan, except for their own breach of fiduciary duty, willful misconduct, or as prohibited by ERISA or the Code.

 

9.4 Claims Procedure .

 

  (a) Application for Benefits . Each Participant or Beneficiary must submit a written application for payment with such documentation as the Plan Administrator considers necessary to process the claim. This form may be completed and submitted electronically.

 

  (b) Decision on Claim . Within 90 days after receipt of a claim, the Plan Administrator will issue a decision. If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the notice of the decision will set forth (1) specific reasons for the denial and references to Plan provisions upon which the denial is based; (2) a description of any additional information necessary to process the claim, including an explanation of why such information is necessary; and (3) an explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedure, including a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a). If special circumstances require an extension of time, the Plan Administrator will furnish the claimant notice of the extension, and an explanation of why it is necessary, before the end of the initial 90 day period. If an extension of time is required, such extension will not exceed 90 days from the end of the initial 90-day period.

 

  (c)

Appeal . The claimant (which may be the Participant, his or her Beneficiary or a representative of the Participant or Beneficiary) may appeal an adverse decision by requesting in writing, within 60 days after he or she receives the decision, that the Committee review the decision. He or she may submit, in writing, comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim that he or she wants the Committee to consider. The claimant may inspect all documents that are reasonably pertinent to his or her case free of charge, upon reasonable notice to the Committee, but may not inspect confidential information concerning any other person or an Employer. The Committee will provide for a review that takes into account all comments, documents, records, or other information submitted by the claimant, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial decision. The Committee will proceed promptly to resolve all issues and issue a written decision, with a statement of reasons and references to supporting provisions of the Plan, within 60 days. If special circumstances require an extension of time, the Committee will render a decision as soon as possible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of the appeal. If an extension is

 

75


  required, the Committee will issue notice of its need for an extension with an explanation of the circumstances requiring the extension, before the extension period begins. If an extension is required due to the claimant’s failure to submit information necessary to decide the claim, the period for making the determination on appeal will be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension until the date on which the claimant responds to the request for additional information.

 

  (d) Decision on Appeal . The Committee will issue a written decision on appeal. If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the notice of the decision on appeal will set forth (1) specific reason(s) for the denial and references to Plan provisions upon which the denial is based; (2) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, copies of all documents, records, or other information relevant to the claimant’s claim; (3) an explanation of voluntary appeal procedures offered, if any, including a description of the claimant’s right to obtain information about such procedures; and (4) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

  (e) Exhaust Claims Procedures . No Participant, Beneficiary, or other claimant may bring a lawsuit to recover benefits under the Plan until the Participant, Beneficiary, or other claimant has timely exercised all appeal rights available under the Plan’s claims procedures and the appeal(s) seeking benefits have been denied by the Committee.

 

76


ARTICLE 10

MEDICAL BENEFITS ACCOUNT

 

10.1 Establishment of Medical Benefits Account . The Trustee shall, at the direction of the Company, establish a Medical Benefits Account for the purpose of providing for the payment of benefits to Medical Benefits Account Beneficiaries. The Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine if and when such Medical Benefits Account shall be established and the funding thereof. The medical benefits that will be available and the provisions for determining the amount that will be paid from the Medical Benefits Account are as set forth in the Company’s Medical Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may modify, amend or terminate the Company’s Medical Plan at any time and for any reason or no reason, subject to the applicable provisions of ERISA.

 

  (a) Subject to the limitations of this Article, the Medical Benefits Account Beneficiaries shall be specified in the Company’s Medical Plan. No benefits may be paid under the Company’s Medical Plan from the Medical Benefits Account to any active Employee (or his or her Spouse or dependents) of the Employer. Benefits may be paid under the Company’s Medical Plan from the Medical Benefits Account only to Medical Benefits Account Beneficiaries.

 

  (b) Benefits paid from the Medical Benefits Account, when added to any life insurance protection provided by the Plan, if any, shall be subordinate to retirement benefits, such that the aggregate actual contributions for medical benefits, when added to the actual contributions for life insurance protection provided by the Plan, do not exceed 25% of the total actual contributions to the Plan (other than contributions to fund past service credits) after the date that the Medical Benefits Account is established.

 

  (c) The Trustee shall separately account for contributions to the Medical Benefits Account on behalf of each Key Employee. All benefits paid from the Medical Benefits Account to each such Key Employee (and such Key Employee’s Spouse or dependents) shall be paid solely from the separate account established for such Key Employee. The Trustee shall credit each such separate account with a pro rata share of the gains and losses of the Medical Benefits Account, taking into account all contributions to and distributions from such separate account.

 

  (d) The Company shall, at the time the Company makes a contribution to the Plan, designate the portion of such contribution, if any, allocable to funding the Medical Benefits Account. Such contributions shall be reasonable and ascertainable. Nothing herein shall require the Company to allocate any portion of a contribution to the Medical Benefits Account and if no such designation is made, no portion of the Company’s contribution shall be deemed to be to the Medical Benefits Account.

 

  (e) No amount of corpus or income may be paid from the Medical Benefits Account for any nonmedical purpose unless all liabilities to Medical Benefits Account Beneficiaries have been fully satisfied. However, payment of necessary or appropriate administrative expenses applicable to the Plan or the Medical Benefits Account may be paid therefrom.

 

77


  (f) Upon satisfaction of all Medical Benefits Account liabilities, any remaining assets credited to the Medical Benefits Account shall be paid to the Company.

 

  (g) Any forfeitures of amounts credited to the Medical Benefits Account shall be applied as soon as possible to reduce future Company contributions to the Medical Benefits Account.

 

  (h) The assets allocated to the Medical Benefits Account shall be invested as part of the general Trust Fund.

 

10.2 No Qualified Transfers . No transfer of “excess pension assets” (as that term is defined in Code Section 420(e)) shall be made to the Medical Benefits Account.

 

10.3 Definitions . For purposes of this Article 10, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

  (a) “Company’s Medical Plan” means the plan or program that sets forth the benefits provided by the Company to retirees (their Spouses and dependents, if provided therein) for sickness, accident, hospitalization, or medical expenses, as in effect from time to time, that shall be funded in whole or in part by the Medical Benefits Account.

 

  (b) “Key Employee” means any Employee, who at any time during the Plan Year or any preceding Plan Year during which contributions were made on behalf of such Employee, is or was a Key Employee as otherwise defined by the Plan.

 

  (c) “Medical Benefits Account” means the separate account established under this Article that provides for the payment of benefits for sickness, accident, hospitalization, and medical expenses of Medical Benefits Account Beneficiaries and that is intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(h).

 

  (d) “Medical Benefits Account Beneficiaries” means a Participant, and his or her Spouse or eligible dependents, who has separated from service with his or her Employer due to normal retirement or, if applicable, early retirement, provided such retiree is eligible to receive retiree medical benefits pursuant to the Company’s Medical Plan.

 

78


ARTICLE 11

MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.1 Headings; References . The headings and subheadings in this Plan have been inserted for convenient reference, and to the extent any heading or subheading conflicts with the text, the text will govern. Capitalized terms used in the Plan shall have their meaning defined in the Plan unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

 

11.2 Construction . The Plan will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia, excluding choice of law provisions, except to the extent such laws are preempted by ERISA and the Code.

 

11.3 Qualification for Continued Tax-Exempt Status . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the amendment and restatement of the Plan is adopted on the condition that it will be approved by the Internal Revenue Service as meeting the requirements of the Code and ERISA for continued tax-exempt status, and in the event continued qualification is denied and cannot be obtained by revisions satisfactory to the Company, this amendment and restatement will be null and void. Should that occur, the Plan as previously in effect shall apply.

 

11.4 Nonalienation . No benefits payable under the Plan will be subject to the claim or legal process of any creditor of any Participant or Beneficiary, and no Participant or Beneficiary will alienate, transfer, anticipate, or assign any benefits under the Plan, except that distributions will be made pursuant to (a) qualified domestic relations orders issued in accordance with Code Section 414(p), (b) judgments resulting from federal tax assessments, (c) agreements between a Participant or Beneficiary and an Employer under Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(a)(l3)(e) for the use of all or part of his or her benefits under the Plan to repay his or her indebtedness to the Employer, which amount of benefits will be paid in a lump sum as soon as practicable after the agreement is executed and will be subject to the withholding requirements set forth in Section 11.7, and (d) as otherwise required or permitted by applicable law.

 

11.5 No Employment Rights . Participation in the Plan will not give any Employee the right to be retained in the employ of any Employer, or upon termination any right or interest in the Plan except as provided in the Plan.

 

11.6 No Enlargement of Rights . No person will have any right to or interest in any portion of the Plan, except as specifically provided in the Plan.

 

11.7 Withholding for Taxes . Payments under the Plan will be subject to withholding for income and payroll taxes as required by law.

 

79


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ING North Insurance Corporation has caused this amended and restated ING Americas Retirement Plan to be executed by its duly authorized officer, this 30 day of December, 2011, to be as December 31, 2011.

 

ING NORTH AMERICAN INSURANCE CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ William Delahanty

  William Delahanty
  Title:   SVP, Compensation & Benefits
By:  

/s/ Kimberly Shattuck

  Kimberly Shattuck
  Title:   Head of Benefits

 

80


APPENDIX 1.4(a)

GRANDFATHERED ACTUARIAL ASSUMPTIONS

 

I. Grandfathered Benefits

 

  A. Prior Plan Grandfathering

The following assumptions will be used to determine the value of a Prior Plan Benefit payable in an optional form if they produce a benefit larger than the assumptions in Section 1.4(a) of the main text of the Plan.

 

  1. AFS Plan

For purposes of converting the single life annuity to an optional form of payment, Actuarial Equivalence shall be determined using the Applicable Mortality Table and an interest rate of 7.0%.

 

  2. EIC, LOG and SLD Plan

For purposes of determining the amount of the benefit payable in the optional forms described in Appendix 4.1(b) under the EIC Plan, the SLD Plan, and the LOG Plan (Non-Field Force), the tables below (II.1-II.5(f)) shall be used to determine the benefit payable under the Plan.

 

  B. Grandfathering of December 31, 2011 Accrued Amounts

In the case of a Participant who has an Accrued Benefit under the Plan as of December 31, 2011, the retirement benefit payable to such Participant in any annuity payment form will not be less than the retirement benefit that would have been payable to such Participant in such annuity payment form based solely upon his or her Accrued Benefit as of December 31, 2011, converted from a single life annuity, where applicable, into an optional annuity payment form using the 1994 Group Annuity Mortality Static Table for Males for both Participant and Beneficiary and an interest rate of 5.5%.

Factors for Forms of Payment

 

II.1 Factors for Joint and Survivor Annuity.

X equals the Participant’s age and Y equals the Beneficiary’s age.

 

       If X equals or exceeds Y    If X is less than Y, and X
equals or is less than 62
   If X is less than Y, and X
exceeds 62

50% Survivor Option

   .92 - (X-Y)(.004) + .004 (62-X)    .92 - (X-Y)(.004) + .002 (62-X)    .92 - (X-Y)(.004)  + .001 (62-X)

66 2/3% Survivor Option

   .90 - (X-Y)(.005) + .004 (62-X)    .90 - (X-Y)(.005) + .002 (62-X)    .90 - (X-Y)(.005) + .001 (62-X)

100% Survivor Option

   .86 - (X-Y)(.006) + .004 (62-X)    .86 - (X-Y)(.006) + .002 (62-X)    .86 - (X-Y)(.006) + .001 (62-X)

 

81


II.2 Factors for Ten Years Certain and Life Annuity.

 

Age   Factor   Age   Factor   Age   Factor

55

  0.969   64   0.919   73   0.802

56

  0.966   65   0.909   74   0.785

57

  0.962   66   0.899   75   0.766

58

  0.958   67   0.887   76   0.745

59

  0.953   68   0.875   77   0.724

60

  0.948   69   0.862   78   0.701

61

  0.942   70   0.848   79   0.679

62

  0.935   71   0.833   80   0.656

63

  0.927   72   0.818        

 

II.3 Factors for Twenty Years Certain and Life Annuity.

 

Age   Factor   Age   Factor   Age   Factor

55

  0.939   62   0.873   69   0.769

56

  0.932   63   0.861   70   0.751

57

  0.924   64   0.847   71   0.733

58

  0.925   65   0.833   72   0.713

59

  0.906   66   0.818   73   0.692

60

  0.896   67   0.803   74   0.671

61

  0.885   68   0.787   75   0.649

 

II.4(a) Factors for Social Security Level Income Option - Single Life Annuity.

 

Age   Factor   Age   Factor   Age   Factor

55

  0.388   59   0.555   63   0.815

56

  0.423   60   0.609   64   0.902

57

  0.463   61   0.670   65   1.000

58

  0.506   62   0.738        

 

II.4(b) Factors for Social Security Level Income Option - Single Life Annuity (No Benefit Payable After Age 65).

 

Ratio

     55         56         57         58         59         60         61         62         63         64   

Factor

     1.634         1.734         1.861         2.025         2.246         2.557         3.028         3.817         5.401         10.167   

 

82


II.5(a) Factors for Social Security Level Income Option - 100% Joint and Survivor Annuity.

 

          PARTICIPANT AGE  
          55     56     57     58     59     60     61     62     63     64  
    25        0.491        0.528        0.567        0.609        0.654        0.702        0.754        0.809        0.869        0.932   
    26        0.490        0.527        0.566        0.608        0.653        0.702        0.754        0.809        0.868        0.932   
    27        0.489        0.526        0.565        0.607        0.653        0.701        0.753        0.809        0.868        0.932   
    28        0.488        0.525        0.564        0.607        0.652        0.700        0.752        0.808        0.868        0.932   
    29        0.487        0.524        0.563        0.606        0.651        0.700        0.752        0.808        0.867        0.931   
    30        0.486        0.523        0.562        0.605        0.650        0.699        0.751        0.807        0.867        0.931   
    31        0.484        0.521        0.561        0.604        0.649        0.698        0.750        0.807        0.867        0.931   
    32        0.483        0.520        0.560        0.603        0.648        0.697        0.750        0.806        0.866        0.931   
    33        0.482        0.519        0.559        0.601        0.647        0.696        0.749        0.805        0.866        0.931   
    34        0.480        0.517        0.557        0.600        0.646        0.695        0.748        0.805        0.865        0.930   
    35        0.478        0.516        0.556        0.599        0.645        0.694        0.747        0.804        0.865        0.930   
    36        0.477        0.514        0.554        0.597        0.644        0.693        0.746        0.803        0.864        0.930   
    37        0.475        0.513        0.553        0.596        0.642        0.692        0.745        0.803        0.864        0.930   
    38        0.473        0.511        0.551        0.595        0.641        0.691        0.744        0.802        0.863        0.929   
    39        0.471        0.509        0.550        0.593        0.640        0.690        0.743        0.801        0.863        0.929   
    40        0.470        0.507        0.548        0.591        0.638        0.688        0.742        0.800        0.862        0.929   
    41        0.468        0.505        0.546        0.590        0.637        0.687        0.741        0.799        0.861        0.928   
    42        0.466        0.503        0.544        0.588        0.635        0.686        0.740        0.798        0.861        0.928   
    43        0.463        0.501        0.542        0.586        0.633        0.684        0.739        0.797        0.860        0.928   
B     44        0.461        0.499        0.540        0.584        0.631        0.682        0.737        0.796        0.859        0.927   
E     45        0.459        0.497        0.538        0.582        0.630        0.681        0.736        0.795        0.859        0.927   
N     46        0.457        0.495        0.536        0.580        0.628        0.679        0.734        0.794        0.858        0.926   
E     47        0.454        0.492        0.534        0.578        0.626        0.677        0.733        0.793        0.857        0.926   
F     48        0.452        0.490        0.531        0.576        0.624        0.676        0.731        0.791        0.856        0.925   
I     49        0.449        0.488        0.529        0.574        0.622        0.674        0.730        0.790        0.855        0.925   
C     50        0.447        0.485        0.526        0.571        0.620        0.672        0.728        0.789        0.854        0.924   
I     51        0.444        0.482        0.524        0.569        0.617        0.670        0.726        0.787        0.853        0.924   
A     52        0.442        0.480        0.521        0.566        0.615        0.668        0.725        0.786        0.852        0.923   
R     53        0.439        0.477        0.519        0.564        0.613        0.666        0.723        0.784        0.851        0.923   
Y     54        0.436        0.475        0.516        0.562        0.610        0.663        0.721        0.783        0.850        0.922   
    55        0.434        0.472        0.514        0.559        0.608        0.661        0.719        0.781        0.849        0.921   
    56        0.431        0.469        0.511        0.557        0.606        0.659        0.717        0.780        0.847        0.921   
A     57        0.428        0.467        0.509        0.554        0.603        0.657        0.715        0.778        0.846        0.920   
G     58        0.426        0.464        0.506        0.551        0.601        0.655        0.713        0.776        0.845        0.920   
E     59        0.423        0.462        0.503        0.549        0.598        0.652        0.711        0.775        0.844        0.919   
    60        0.421        0.459        0.501        0.546        0.596        0.650        0.709        0.773        0.843        0.918   
    61        0.418        0.457        0.498        0.544        0.594        0.648        0.707        0.771        0.841        0.917   
    62        0.416        0.454        0.496        0.541        0.591        0.646        0.705        0.770        0.840        0.917   
    63        0.414        0.452        0.493        0.539        0.589        0.644        0.703        0.768        0.839        0.916   
    64        0.411        0.449        0.491        0.537        0.587        0.641        0.701        0.766        0.838        0.915   
    65        0.409        0.447        0.489        0.534        0.584        0.639        0.699        0.765        0.837        0.915   
    66        0.407        0.445        0.487        0.532        0.582        0.637        0.697        0.763        0.835        0.914   
    67        0.405        0.443        0.484        0.530        0.580        0.635        0.695        0.762        0.834        0.913   
    68        0.403        0.441        0.482        0.528        0.578        0.633        0.694        0.760        0.833        0.913   
    69        0.401        0.439        0.480        0.526        0.576        0.631        0.692        0.759        0.832        0.912   
    70        0.400        0.437        0.478        0.524        0.574        0.629        0.690        0.757        0.831        0.911   
    71        0.398        0.435        0.477        0.522        0.572        0.627        0.688        0.756        0.829        0.911   
    72        0.397        0.434        0.475        0.520        0.570        0.626        0.687        0.754        0.828        0.910   
    73        0.395        0.432        0.473        0.518        0.569        0.624        0.685        0.753        0.827        0.910   
    74        0.394        0.431        0.472        0.517        0.567        0.622        0.684        0.751        0.826        0.909   
    75        0.393        0.430        0.470        0.515        0.565        0.621        0.682        0.750        0.825        0.908   
    76        0.392        0.428        0.469        0.514        0.564        0.619        0.681        0.749        0.824        0.908   
    77        0.391        0.427        0.468        0.513        0.563        0.618        0.680        0.748        0.823        0.907   
    78        0.390        0.426        0.467        0.512        0.561        0.617        0.678        0.747        0.823        0.907   
    79        0.389        0.425        0.466        0.510        0.560        0.616        0.677        0.746        0.822        0.906   
    80        0.389        0.425        0.465        0.509        0.559        0.615        0.676        0.745        0.821        0.906   
    81        0.388        0.424        0.464        0.509        0.558        0.614        0.675        0.744        0.820        0.905   
    82        0.388        0.424        0.463        0.508        0.557        0.613        0.674        0.743        0.820        0.905   
    83        0.387        0.423        0.463        0.507        0.557        0.612        0.673        0.742        0.819        0.905   
    84        0.387        0.423        0.462        0.507        0.556        0.611        0.673        0.742        0.819        0.904   
    85        0.387        0.422        0.462        0.506        0.555        0.611        0.672        0.741        0.818        0.904   

 

83


II.5(b) Social Security Level Income Option - 100% Joint and Survivor (No Benefit After Age 65).

 

          PARTICIPANT AGE  
          55     56     57     58     59     60     61     62     63     64  
    25        1.965        2.117        2.309        2.558        2.891        3.360        4.066        5.246        7.612        14.723   
    26        1.961        2.113        2.305        2.553        2.885        3.353        4.057        5.235        7.596        14.692   
    27        1.957        2.109        2.300        2.547        2.879        3.346        4.048        5.224        7.579        14.659   
    28        1.953        2.104        2.295        2.542        2.872        3.338        4.039        5.211        7.562        14.624   
    29        1.948        2.099        2.290        2.536        2.866        3.330        4.029        5.198        7.543        14.587   
    30        1.944        2.094        2.284        2.529        2.858        3.321        4.019        5.185        7.523        14.548   
    31        1.939        2.089        2.278        2.523        2.851        3.312        4.008        5.170        7.502        14.506   
    32        1.934        2.084        2.272        2.516        2.843        3.303        3.996        5.155        7.479        14.463   
    33        1.929        2.078        2.265        2.508        2.834        3.293        3.984        5.139        7.456        14.417   
    34        1.923        2.072        2.259        2.501        2.826        3.283        3.971        5.122        7.431        14.368   
    35        1.917        2.065        2.252        2.493        2.816        3.272        3.958        5.105        7.405        14.317   
    36        1.911        2.059        2.244        2.484        2.807        3.260        3.943        5.086        7.377        14.263   
    37        1.905        2.052        2.236        2.476        2.796        3.248        3.928        5.066        7.348        14.206   
    38        1.899        2.045        2.228        2.466        2.786        3.235        3.913        5.046        7.318        14.146   
    39        1.892        2.037        2.220        2.457        2.775        3.222        3.897        5.025        7.286        14.084   
    40        1.885        2.030        2.211        2.447        2.763        3.209        3.880        5.002        7.253        14.019   
    41        1.878        2.022        2.203        2.437        2.752        3.195        3.862        4.979        7.219        13.951   
    42        1.871        2.014        2.193        2.426        2.739        3.180        3.844        4.955        7.183        13.880   
    43        1.863        2.005        2.184        2.416        2.727        3.165        3.825        4.930        7.146        13.806   
B     44        1.856        1.997        2.174        2.404        2.714        3.149        3.806        4.904        7.107        13.730   
E     45        1.848        1.988        2.164        2.393        2.700        3.133        3.785        4.877        7.067        13.650   
N     46        1.840        1.979        2.154        2.381        2.686        3.116        3.765        4.850        7.026        13.568   
E     47        1.832        1.970        2.144        2.369        2.672        3.099        3.743        4.821        6.983        13.484   
F     48        1.824        1.961        2.133        2.357        2.658        3.082        3.722        4.792        6.940        13.396   
I     49        1.816        1.951        2.122        2.345        2.643        3.064        3.699        4.762        6.895        13.307   
C     50        1.807        1.942        2.112        2.332        2.628        3.046        3.677        4.732        6.849        13.215   
I     51        1.799        1.932        2.101        2.319        2.613        3.028        3.653        4.701        6.802        13.121   
A     52        1.791        1.923        2.090        2.307        2.598        3.009        3.630        4.669        6.754        13.025   
R     53        1.782        1.913        2.079        2.294        2.583        2.991        3.606        4.637        6.706        12.928   
Y     54        1.774        1.904        2.068        2.281        2.567        2.972        3.582        4.604        6.657        12.829   
    55        1.766        1.894        2.057        2.268        2.552        2.953        3.558        4.572        6.607        12.729   
    56        1.758        1.885        2.046        2.255        2.536        2.934        3.534        4.539        6.557        12.628   
A     57        1.750        1.876        2.035        2.242        2.521        2.915        3.509        4.506        6.507        12.526   
G     58        1.742        1.866        2.024        2.229        2.506        2.896        3.485        4.473        6.457        12.424   
E     59        1.734        1.858        2.014        2.217        2.491        2.877        3.461        4.440        6.406        12.322   
    60        1.727        1.849        2.003        2.205        2.476        2.859        3.437        4.407        6.356        12.220   
    61        1.719        1.840        1.993        2.193        2.461        2.840        3.414        4.375        6.307        12.119   
    62        1.712        1.832        1.984        2.181        2.447        2.823        3.391        4.343        6.258        12.019   
    63        1.706        1.824        1.974        2.169        2.433        2.805        3.368        4.312        6.210        11.920   
    64        1.699        1.816        1.965        2.158        2.419        2.788        3.346        4.282        6.162        11.823   
    65        1.693        1.809        1.956        2.148        2.406        2.772        3.324        4.252        6.116        11.728   
    66        1.687        1.802        1.947        2.137        2.393        2.756        3.304        4.223        6.071        11.635   
    67        1.681        1.795        1.939        2.127        2.381        2.740        3.283        4.195        6.027        11.545   
    68        1.676        1.788        1.931        2.118        2.369        2.725        3.264        4.168        5.985        11.456   
    69        1.671        1.782        1.924        2.109        2.358        2.711        3.245        4.141        5.944        11.371   
    70        1.666        1.777        1.917        2.100        2.347        2.697        3.227        4.116        5.904        11.288   
    71        1.661        1.771        1.910        2.092        2.337        2.684        3.209        4.091        5.865        11.207   
    72        1.657        1.766        1.904        2.084        2.327        2.671        3.192        4.067        5.828        11.129   
    73        1.653        1.761        1.898        2.077        2.318        2.659        3.176        4.045        5.792        11.055   
    74        1.650        1.757        1.893        2.070        2.309        2.648        3.161        4.023        5.758        10.983   
    75        1.647        1.753        1.888        2.063        2.301        2.637        3.147        4.003        5.725        10.914   
    76        1.644        1.749        1.883        2.057        2.293        2.627        3.133        3.983        5.694        10.849   
    77        1.641        1.746        1.879        2.052        2.286        2.618        3.120        3.965        5.665        10.787   
    78        1.639        1.743        1.875        2.047        2.280        2.609        3.109        3.948        5.637        10.729   
    79        1.637        1.740        1.872        2.043        2.274        2.601        3.098        3.932        5.612        10.675   
    80        1.636        1.738        1.869        2.039        2.269        2.594        3.088        3.918        5.588        10.625   
    81        1.634        1.736        1.866        2.035        2.264        2.588        3.079        3.904        5.567        10.578   
    82        1.633        1.735        1.864        2.032        2.259        2.582        3.070        3.892        5.547        10.535   
    83        1.632        1.733        1.862        2.029        2.256        2.576        3.063        3.881        5.528        10.495   
    84        1.631        1.732        1.860        2.027        2.252        2.572        3.056        3.870        5.511        10.458   
    85        1.631        1.731        1.859        2.025        2.249        2.567        3.050        3.861        5.495        10.424   

 

84


II.5(c)

Social Security Level Income Option - 66   2 / 3 % Joint and Survivor Annuity.

 

          PARTICIPANT AGE  
          55     56     57     58     59     60     61     62     63     64  
    25        0.461        0.498        0.538        0.580        0.627        0.677        0.731        0.791        0.855        0.924   
    26        0.461        0.497        0.537        0.580        0.626        0.677        0.731        0.790        0.854        0.924   
    27        0.460        0.497        0.536        0.579        0.626        0.676        0.731        0.790        0.854        0.924   
    28        0.459        0.496        0.535        0.578        0.625        0.675        0.730        0.790        0.854        0.924   
    29        0.458        0.495        0.535        0.578        0.624        0.675        0.730        0.789        0.854        0.924   
    30        0.457        0.494        0.534        0.577        0.624        0.674        0.729        0.789        0.853        0.924   
    31        0.456        0.493        0.533        0.576        0.623        0.674        0.729        0.788        0.853        0.923   
    32        0.455        0.492        0.532        0.575        0.622        0.673        0.728        0.788        0.853        0.923   
    33        0.454        0.491        0.531        0.574        0.621        0.672        0.727        0.787        0.852        0.923   
    34        0.453        0.490        0.530        0.574        0.621        0.672        0.727        0.787        0.852        0.923   
    35        0.452        0.489        0.529        0.573        0.620        0.671        0.726        0.786        0.852        0.923   
    36        0.451        0.488        0.528        0.572        0.619        0.670        0.725        0.786        0.851        0.922   
    37        0.449        0.487        0.527        0.570        0.618        0.669        0.725        0.785        0.851        0.922   
    38        0.448        0.485        0.526        0.569        0.617        0.668        0.724        0.784        0.850        0.922   
    39        0.447        0.484        0.524        0.568        0.616        0.667        0.723        0.784        0.850        0.922   
    40        0.445        0.483        0.523        0.567        0.614        0.666        0.722        0.783        0.849        0.922   
    41        0.444        0.481        0.522        0.566        0.613        0.665        0.721        0.782        0.849        0.921   
    42        0.442        0.480        0.520        0.564        0.612        0.664        0.720        0.782        0.848        0.921   
B     43        0.441        0.478        0.519        0.563        0.611        0.663        0.719        0.781        0.848        0.921   
E     44        0.439        0.477        0.517        0.561        0609        0.662        0.718        0.780        0.847        0.920   
N     45        0.438        0.475        0.516        0.560        0.608        0.660        0.717        0.779        0.847        0.920   
E     46        0.436        0,473        0.514        0.558        0.607        0.659        0.716        0.778        0.846        0.920   
F     47        0.434        0.472        0.512        0.557        0.605        0.658        0.715        0.777        0845        0.919   
I     48        0.432        0.470        0.511        0.555        0.604        0.656        0.714        0.776        0.844        0.919   
C     49        0.431        0.468        0.509        0.554        0.602        0.655        0.713        0.775        0.844        0.918   
I     50        0.429        0.466        0.507        0.552        0.600        0.653        0.711        0.774        0.843        0.918   
A     51        0.427        0.464        0.505        0.550        0.599        0.652        0.710        0.773        0.842        0.918   
R     52        0.425        0.463        0.504        0.548        0.597        0.650        0.709        0.772        0.841        0.917   
Y     53        0.423        0.461        0.502        0.547        0.595        0.649        0.707        0.771        0.841        0.917   
    54        0.421        0.459        0.500        0.545        0.594        0647        0.706        0.770        0.840        0.916   
    55        0.420        0.457        0.498        0.543        0.592        0.646        0.704        0.769        0.839        0.916   
A     56        0.418        0.455        0.496        0.541        0.590        0.644        0.703        0.767        0.838        0.915   
G     57        0.416        0.453        0.494        0.539        0.589        0.643        0.702        0.766        0.837        0.915   
E     58        0.414        0.451        0.493        0.538        0.587        0.641        0.700        0.765        0.836        0.914   
    59        0.412        0.450        0.491        0.536        0.585        0.639        0.699        0.764        0.835        0.914   
    60        0.410        0.448        0.489        0.534        0.583        0.638        0.697        0.763        0.834        0.913   
    61        0.409        0.446        0.487        0.532        0.582        0.636        0.696        0.761        0.834        0.913   
    62        0.407        0.444        0.485        0.530        0.580        0.634        0.694        0.760        0.833        0.912   
    63        0.406        0.443        0.484        0.529        0.578        0.633        0.693        0.759        0.832        0.912   
    64        0.404        0.441        0.482        0.527        0.577        0.631        0.691        0.758        0.831        0.911   
    65        0.402        0.440        0.480        0.525        0.575        0.630        0.690        0.757        0.830        0.911   
    66        0.401        0.438        0.479        0.524        0.574        0.628        0.689        0.755        0.829        0.910   
    67        0.400        0.437        0,477        0.522        0.572        0.627        0.687        0.754        0.828        0.910   
    68        0.398        0.435        0.476        0.521        0.571        0.625        0.686        0.753        0.827        0.909   
    69        0.397        0.434        0.475        0.520        0.569        0.624        0.685        0.752        0.827        0.909   
    70        0.396        0.433        0.473        0.518        0.568        0.623        0.684        0.751        0.826        0.908   
    71        0.395        0.431        0.472        0.517        0.567        0.622        0.682        0.750        0.825        0.908   
    72        0.394        0.430        0,471        0.516        0.565        0.620        0.681        0.749        0.824        0.907   
    73        0.393        0.429        0.470        0.514        0.564        0.619        0.680        0.748        0.823        0.907   
    74        0.392        0.428        0.469        0.513        0.563        0.618        0.679        0.747        0.823        0.907   
    75        0.391        0.427        0.468        0.512        0.562        0.617        0.678        0.746        0.822        0.906   
    76        0.390        0.427        0.467        0.511        0.561        0.616        0.677        0.745        0.821        0.906   
    77        0.390        0.426        0.466        0.511        0.560        0.615        0.676        0.745        0.821        0.905   
    78        0.389        0.425        0.465        0.510        0.559        0.614        0.676        0.744        0.820        0.905   
    79        0.389        0.425        0.465        0.509        0.558        0.613        0.675        0.743        0.820        0.905   
    80        0.388        0.424        0.464        0.508        0.558        0.613        0.674        0.743        0.819        0.905   
    81        0.388        0.424        0.464        0.508        0.557        0.612        0.673        0.742        0.819        0.904   
    82        0.388        0.423        0.463        0.507        0.557        0.611        0.673        0.741        0.818        0.904   
    83        0.388        0.423        0.463        0.507        0.556        0.611        0.672        0.741        0.818        0.904   
    84        0.387        0.423        0.462        0.506        0.556        0.610        0.672        0.740        0.817        0.903   
    85        0.387        0.423        0.462        0.506        0.555        0610        0.671        0.740        0.817        0.903   

 

85


II.5(d)

Social Security Level Income Option - 66   2 / 3 % Joint and Survivor (No Benefit After Age 65).

 

          PARTICIPANT AGE  
          55     56     57     58     59     60     61     62     63     64  
      55        56        57        58        59        60        61        62        63        64   
    25        1.856        1.992        2.162        2.383        2.679        3.096        3.724        4.774        6.881        13.210   
    26        1.854        1.989        2.159        2.380        2.675        3.092        3.718        4.767        6.870        13.189   
    27        1.851        1.986        2.156        2.376        2.671        3.087        3.713        4.759        6.858        13.167   
    28        1.848        1.983        2.153        2.372        2.667        3.081        3.706        4.751        6.846        13.144   
    29        1.845        1.980        2.149        2.368        2.662        3.076        3.700        4.742        6.834        13.119   
    30        1.842        1.976        2.145        2.364        2.657        3.070        3.693        4.733        6.820        13.093   
    31        1.839        1.973        2.141        2.360        2.652        3.064        3.685        4.724        6.806        13.065   
    32        1.836        1.969        2.137        2.355        2.647        3.058        3.677        4.714        6.791        13.036   
    33        1.832        1.965        2.133        2.350        2.641        3.051        3.669        4.703        6.776        13.006   
    34        1.829        1.961        2.128        2.345        2.635        3.044        3.661        4.692        6.759        12.973   
    35        1.825        1.957        2.124        2.339        2.629        3.037        3.652        4.680        6.742        12.939   
    36        1.821        1.952        2.119        2.334        2.623        3.029        3.642        4.667        6.723        12.903   
    37        1.816        1.948        2.113        2.328        2.616        3.021        3.632        4.654        6.704        12.865   
    38        1.812        1.943        2.108        2.322        2.609        3.013        3.622        4.640        6.684        12.825   
    39        1.808        1.938        2.102        2.315        2.601        3.004        3.611        4.626        6.662        12.783   
    40        1.803        1.933        2.097        2.309        2.594        2.995        3.599        4.611        6.640        12.740   
    41        1.798        1.928        2.091        2.302        2.586        2.985        3.588        4.595        6.517        12.694   
    42        1.793        1.922        2.084        2.295        2.577        2.975        3.575        4.579        6.593        12.647   
B     43        1.788        1.916        2.078        2.288        2.569        2.965        3.563        4.563        6.568        12.598   
E     44        1.783        1.911        2.072        2.280        2.560        2.955        3.550        4.545        6.542        12.547   
N     45        1.778        1.905        2.065        2.272        2.551        2.944        3.536        4.527        6.516        12.494   
E     46        1.773        1.899        2.058        2.264        2.542        2.933        3.522        4.509        6.488        12.439   
F     47        1.767        1.893        2.051        2.256        2.532        2.921        3.508        4.490        6.460        12.382   
I     48        1.762        1.886        2.044        2.248        2.523        2.910        3.493        4.470        6.430        12.324   
C     49        1.756        1.880        2.037        2.240        2.513        2.898        3.478        4.450        5.400        12.264   
I     50        1.751        1.874        2.029        2.231        2.503        2.886        3.463        4.430        6.370        12.203   
A     51        1.745        1.867        2.022        2.223        2.493        2.873        3.447        4.409        6.338        12.140   
R     52        1.739        1.861        2.015        2.214        2.483        2.861        3.432        4.388        6.306        12.076   
Y     53        1.734        1.855        2.007        2.206        2.472        2.848        3.416        4.366        6.274        12.011   
    54        1.728        1.848        2.000        2.197        2.462        2.836        3.400        4.344        6.241        11.945   
    55        1.723        1.842        1.992        2.188        2.451        2.823        3.383        4.323        6.208        11.878   
    56        1.717        1.835        1.985        2.179        2.441        2.810        3.367        4.301        6.174        11.811   
A     57        1.712        1.829        1.978        2.171        2.431        2.797        3.351        4.278        6.141        11.743   
G     58        1.707        1.823        1.971        2.162        2.420        2.785        3.335        4.256        6.107        11.674   
E     59        1.701        1.817        1.964        2.154        2.410        2.772        3.319        4.234        6.073        11.606   
    60        1.696        1.811        1.957        2.146        2.400        2.760        3.303        4.212        6.040        11.538   
    61        1.691        1.805        1.950        2.138        2.390        2.747        3.287        4.191        6.007        11.471   
    62        1.687        1.800        1.943        2.130        2.381        2.735        3.271        4.170        5.974        11.404   
    63        1.682        1.795        1.937        2.122        2.371        2.724        3.256        4.149        5.942        11.338   
    64        1.678        1.789        1.931        2.115        2.362        2.712        3.241        4.128        5.910        11.273   
    65        1.673        1.784        1.925        2.107        2.353        2.701        3.227        4.108        5.879        11.210   
    66        1.669        1.780        1.919        2.100        2.345        2.690        3.213        4.089        5.849        11.148   
    67        1.666        1.775        1.913        2.094        2.337        2.680        3.199        4.070        5.820        11.087   
    68        1.662        1.771        1.908        2.087        2.329        2.670        3.186        4.052        5.792        11.028   
    69        1.659        1.767        1.903        2.081        2.321        2.660        3.173        4.034        5.764        10.971   
    70        1.655        1.763        1.898        2.075        2.314        2.651        3.161        4.017        5.737        10.916   
    71        1.652        1.759        1.894        2.070        2.307        2.642        3.149        4.000        5.711        10.862   
    72        1.650        1.755        1.890        2.065        2.300        2.634        3.138        3.985        5.686        10.810   
    73        1.647        1.752        1.886        2.060        2.294        2.626        3.127        3.969        5.662        10.760   
    74        1.645        1.749        1.882        2.055        2.288        2.618        3.117        3.955        5.639        10.712   
    75        1.643        1.747        1.879        2.051        2.283        2.611        3.107        3.941        5.618        10.666   
    76        1.641        1.744        1.876        2.047        2.278        2.604        3.098        3.928        5.597        10.623   
    77        1.639        1.742        1.873        2.043        2.273        2.598        3.090        3.916        5.577        10.581   
    78        1.637        1.740        1.870        2.040        2.269        2.592        3.082        3.904        5.559        10.543   
    79        1.636        1.738        1.868        2.037        2.265        2.587        3.075        3.894        5.542        10.506   
    80        1.635        1.737        1.866        2.034        2.261        2.582        3.068        3.884        5.526        10.473   
    81        1.634        1.736        1.864        2.032        2.258        2.578        3.062        3.875        5.512        10.442   
    82        1.633        1.734        1.863        2.030        2.255        2.574        3.056        3.867        5.498        10.413   
    83        1.633        1.734        1.861        2.028        2.252        2.570        3.051        3.859        5.486        10.386   
    84        1.632        1.733        1.860        2.026        2.250        2.567        3.047        3.853        5.474        10.362   
    85        1.632        1.732        1.859        2.025        2.248        2.564        3.043        3.846        5.464        10.339   

 

86


II.5(e) Social Security Level Income Option - 50% Joint and Survivor Annuity.

 

          PARTICIPANT AGE  
          55     56     57     58     59     60     61     62     63     64  
    25        0.445        0.481        0.521        0.564        0.611        0.662        0.718        0.780        0.846        0.920   
    26        0.444        0.481        0.521        0.564        0.611        0.662        0.718        0.779        0.846        0 920   
    27        0.444        0.480        0.520        0.563        0.610        0.662        0.718        0.779        0.846        0.919   
    28        0.443        0.480        0.519        0.563        0.610        0.661        0.717        0.779        0.846        0.919   
    29        0.442        0.479        0.519        0.562        0.609        0.661        0.717        0.778        0.846        0.919   
    30        0.442        0.478        0.518        0.561        0.609        0.660        0.717        0.778        0 845        0.919   
    31        0.441        0.478        0.517        0 561        0.608        0.660        0.716        0.778        0.845        0.919   
    32        0.440        0.477        0.517        0.560        0.608        0.659        0.716        0.777        0.845        0.919   
    33        0.439        0.476        0.516        0.559        0.607        0.659        0.715        0.777        0.845        0.919   
    34        0.438        0.475        0.515        0.559        0.606        0.658        0.715        0.777        0.844        0.919   
    35        0.437        0.474        0.514        0.558        0.605        0.657        0.714        0.776        0.844        0.918   
    36        0.436        0.473        0.513        0.557        0.605        0.657        0.713        0.776        0.844        0.918   
    37        0.435        0.472        0.512        0.556        0.604        0.656        0.713        0.775        0.843        0.918   
    38        0.434        0.471        0.511        0.555        0.603        0.655        0.712        0.775        0.843        0.918   
    39        0.433        0.470        0.510        0.554        0.602        0.654        0.712        0.774        0.842        0.918   
    40        0.432        0.469        0.509        0.553        0.601        0.654        0.711        0.773        0.842        0.917   
    41        0.431        0.468        0.508        0.552        0.600        0.653        0.710        0.773        0.842        0.917   
    42        0.430        0.467        0.507        0.551        0.599        0.652        0.709        0.772        0.841        0.917   
    43        0.429        0.466        0.506        0.550        0.598        0.651        0.708        0.772        0.841        0.917   
B     44        0.427        0.464        0.505        0.549        0.597        0.650        0.708        0.771        0.840        0.916   
E     45        0.426        0.463        0.504        0.548        0.596        0.649        0.707        0.770        0.840        0.916   
N     46        0.425        0.462        0.502        0.547        0.595        0.648        0.706        0.769        0.839        0.916   
E     47        0.423        0.460        0.501        0.545        0.594        0.647        0.705        0.769        0.839        0.915   
F     48        0.422        0.459        0.500        0.544        0.593        0.646        0.704        0.768        0.838        0.915   
I     49        0.421        0.458        0.498        0.543        0.591        0.645        0.703        0.767        0.837        0.915   
C     50        0.419        0.456        0.497        0.541        0.590        0.643        0.702        0.766        0.837        0.914   
I     51        0.418        0.455        0.496        0.540        0.589        0.642        0.701        0.765        0.836        0.914   
A     52        0.416        0.453        0.494        0.539        0.587        0.641        0.700        0.764        0.836        0.914   
R     53        0.415        0.452        0.493        0.537        0.586        0.640        0.699        0.764        0.835        0.913   
Y     54        0.413        0.451        0.491        0.536        0.585        0.639        0.698        0.763        0.834        0.913   
    55        0.412        0.449        0.490        0.534        0.583        0.637        0.697        0.762        0.834        0.913   
    56        0.411        0.448        0.488        0.533        0.582        0.636        0.695        0.761        0.833        0.912   
A     57        0.409        0.446        0.487        0.532        0.581        0.635        0.694        0.760        0.832        0.912   
G     58        0.408        0.445        0.425        0.530        0.579        0.633        0.693        0.759        0.831        0.911   
E     59        0.406        0.443        0.484        0.529        0.578        0.632        0.692        0.758        0.831        0.911   
    60        0.405        0.442        0.483        0.527        0.577        0.631        0.691        0.757        0.830        0.911   
    61        0.404        0.441        0.481        0.526        0.575        0.630        0.690        0.756        0.829        0.910   
    62        0.403        0.439        0.480        0.525        0.574        0.628        0.689        0.755        0.829        0.910   
    63        0.401        0.438        0.479        0.523        0.573        0.627        0.687        0.754        0.828        0.909   
    64        0.400        0.437        0.477        0.522        0.571        0.626        0.686        0.753        0.827        0.909   
    65        0.399        0.436        0.476        0.521        0.670        0.625        0.685        0.752        0.826        0.909   
    66        0.398        0.434        0.475        0.520        0.569        0.624        0.684        0.751        0.826        0.908   
    67        0.397        0.433        0.474        0.518        0.568        0.623        0.683        0.750        0.825        0.908   
    68        0.396        0.432        0.473        0.517        0.567        0.622        0.682        0.750        0.824        0.908   
    69        0.395        0.431        0.472        0.516        0.566        0.620        0.681        0.749        0.824        0.907   
    70        0.394        0.430        0.471        0.515        0.565        0.619        0.680        0.748        0.823        0.907   
    71        0.393        0.429        0.470        0.514        0.564        0.619        0.679        0.747        0.823        0.906   
    72        0.392        0.429        0.469        0.513        0.563        0.618        0.679        0.746        0.822        0.906   
    73        0.392        0.428        0.468        0.512        0.562        0.617        0.678        0.746        0.821        0.906   
    74        0.391        0.427        0.467        0.512        0.561        0.616        0.677        0.745        0.821        0.905   
    75        0.390        0.426        0.466        0.511        0.560        0.615        0.676        0.744        0.820        0.905   
    76        0.390        0.426        0.466        0.510        0.559        0 614        0.675        0.744        0.820        0.905   
    77        0.389        0.425        0.465        0.509        0.559        0.614        0.675        0.743        0.819        0.905   
    78        0.389        0.425        0.465        0.509        0.558        0.613        0.674        0.742        0.819        0.904   
    79        0.389        0.424        0.464        0.508        0 558        0.612        0.674        0.742        0.818        0.904   
    80        0.388        0.424        0.464        0.508        0.557        0.612        0.673        0.741        0.818        0.904   
    81        0.388        0.424        0.463        0.507        0.557        0.611        0.673        0.741        0.818        0.904   
    82        0.388        0.423        0.463        0.507        0.556        0.611        0.672        0.741        0.817        0.903   
    83        0.388        0.423        0.463        0.507        0.556        0 610        0.672        0.740        0.817        0.903   
    84        0 387        0.423        0.462        0.506        0.555        0.610        0.671        0.740        0.817        0.903   
    85        0.387        0.423        0.462        0.506        0.555        0.610        0.671        0.740        0.816        0.903   

 

87


II.5(f) Social Security Level Income Option - 50% Joint and Survivor (No Benefit After Age 65).

 

          PARTICIPANT AGE  
          55     56     57     58     59     60     61     62     63     64  
    25        1.802        1.928        2.088        2.295        2.572        2.963        3.552        4.537        6.513        12.452   
    26        1.800        1.926        2.086        2.292        2.569        2.959        3.547        4.531        6.505        12.436   
    27        1.798        1.924        2.083        2.289        2.566        2.956        3.543        4.525        6.496        12.419   
    28        1.796        1.922        2.081        2.287        2.563        2.952        3.538        4.519        6.487        12.402   
    29        1.793        1.919        2.078        2.283        2.559        2.948        3.533        4.513        6.477        12.383   
    30        1.791        1.917        2.075        2.280        2.556        2.943        3.528        4.506        6.467        12.364   
    31        1.789        1.914        2.072        2.277        2.552        2.939        3.522        4.499        6.457        12.343   
    32        1.786        1.911        2.069        2.273        2.548        2.934        3.517        4.491        6.446        12.321   
    33        1.783        1.908        2.066        2.270        2.544        2.929        3.510        4.483        6.434        12.298   
    34        1.781        1.905        2.062        2.266        2.539        2.924        3.504        4.474        6.421        12.274   
    35        1.778        1.902        2.059        2.262        2.534        2.918        3.497        4.466        6.408        12.248   
    36        1.775        1.899        2.055        2.258        2.529        2.913        3.490        4.456        6.394        12.221   
    37        1.771        1.895        2.051        2.253        2.524        2.906        3.482        4.446        6.380        12.192   
    38        1.768        1.891        2.047        2.248        2.519        2.900        3.475        4.436        6.365        12.162   
    39        1.765        1.888        2.043        2.244        2.513        2.893        3.466        4.425        6.349        12.131   
    40        1.761        1.884        2.038        2.239        2.508        2.887        3.458        4.414        6.332        12.098   
    41        1.758        1.880        2.034        2.234        2.502        2.879        3.449        4.402        6.315        12.064   
    42        1.754        1.876        2.029        2.228        2.495        2.172        3.440        4.390        6.297        12.029   
    43        1.750        1.871        2.024        2.223        2.489        2.864        3.430        4.377        6.278        11.992   
    44        1.746        1.867        2.019        2.217        2.482        2.856        3.420        4.364        6.259        11.953   
B     45        1.742        1.863        2.014        2.211        2.176        2.848        3.410        4.351        6.239        11.914   
E     46        1.738        1.858        2.009        2.205        2.469        2.840        3.400        4.337        6.218        11.873   
N     47        1.734        1.854        2.004        2.199        2.462        2.831        3.389        4.323        6.196        11.830   
E     48        1.730        1.849        1.999        2.193        2.454        2.823        3.378        4.308        6.174        11.786   
F     49        1.726        1.844        1.993        2.187        2.447        2.814        3.367        4.293        6.152        11.741   
I     50        1.722        1.839        1.988        2.180        2.439        2.804        3.355        4.278        6.129        11.695   
C     51        1.718        1.835        1.982        2.174        2.432        2.795        3.344        4.262        6.105        11.648   
I     52        1.713        1.830        1.977        2.167        2.424        2.786        3.332        4.246        6.081        11.600   
A     53        1.709        1.825        1.971        2.161        2.416        2.776        3.320        4.230        6.057        11.551   
R     54        1.705        1.820        1.966        2.154        2.408        2.767        3.308        4.214        6.032        11.502   
Y     55        1.701        1.815        1.960        2.148        2.401        2.757        3.295        4.197        6.007        11.452   
    56        1.697        1.810        1.954        2.141        2.393        2.748        3.283        4.180        5.982        11.401   
    57        1.693        1.806        1.949        2.135        2.385        2.738        3.271        4.164        5.957        11.350   
A     58        1.689        1.801        1.943        2.128        2.377        2.728        3.259        4.147        5.931        11.299   
G     59        1.685        1.797        1.938        2.122        2.370        2.719        3.247        4.131        5.906        11.247   
E     60        1.681        1.792        1.933        2.116        2.362        2.710        3.235        4.114        5.881        11.196   
    61        1.677        1.788        1.928        2.110        2.355        2.700        3.223        4.098        5.856        11.146   
    62        1.674        1.784        1.923        2.104        2.347        2.691        3.211        4.082        5.832        11.096   
    63        1.670        1.780        1.918        2.098        2.340        2.683        3.200        4.066        5.807        11.046   
    64        1.667        1.776        1.913        2.092        2.334        2.674        3.188        4.051        5.784        10.997   
    65        1.664        1.772        1.909        2.087        2.327        2.666        3.178        4.036        5.760        10.950   
    66        1.661        1.768        1.905        2.082        2.320        2.658        3.167        4.021        5.738        10.903   
    67        1.658        1.765        1.900        2.077        2.314        2.650        3.157        4.007        5.716        10.858   
    68        1.655        1.762        1.896        2.072        2.308        2.642        3.147        3.993        5.694        10.814   
    69        1.653        1.759        1.893        2.067        2.303        2.635        3.137        3.980        5.674        10.771   
    70        1.650        1.756        1.889        2.063        2.297        2.628        3.128        3.967        5.653        10.729   
    71        1.648        1.753        1.886        2.059        2.292        2.621        3.119        3.955        5.634        10.689   
    72        1.646        1.750        1.883        2.055        2.287        2.615        3.111        3.943        5.615        10.650   
    73        1.644        1.748        1.880        2.051        2.282        2.609        3.103        3.931        5.597        10.612   
    74        1.642        1.746        1.877        2.048        2.278        2.603        3.095        3.921        5.580        10.576   
    75        1.640        1.744        1.874        2 044        2.274        2.598        3.088        3.910        5.564        10.542   
    76        1.639        1.742        1.872        2.041        2.270        2.593        3.081        3.900        5.548        10.509   
    77        1.638        1.740        1.870        2.039        2.266        2.588        3.075        3.891        5.533        10.478   
    78        1.637        1.739        1.868        2 036        2.263        2.584        3.069        3.883        5.520        10.449   
    79        1.636        1.737        1.866        2.034        2.260        2.580        3.063        3.875        5.507        10.422   
    80        1.635        1.736        1.865        2.032        2.257        2.576        3.058        3.867        5.495        10.397   
    81        1.634        1.735        1.863        2.030        2.255        2.573        3.054        3.861        5.484        10.373   
    82        1.633        1.734        1.862        2.029        2.253        2.570        3.049        3.855        5.474        10.352   
    83        1.633        1.734        1.861        2.027        2.251        2.567        3.046        3.849        5.465        10.332   
    84        1.633        1.733        1.860        2.026        2.249        2.565        3.042        3.844        5.456        10.313   
    85        1.632        1.733        1.860        2.025        2.248        2.562        3.039        3.839        5.448        10.296   

 

88


III. Lexington Plan

Contingent annuitant factors shall be as determined by the following formulas for affected Participants retiring at age 65.

 

100% Continuation    75% plus 1% for each year the contingent annuitant is older than the Lexington Participant or minus 1% for each year the contingent annuitant is younger than the Lexington Participant.
75% Continuation    80% plus 3/4% for each year the contingent annuitant is older than the Lexington Participant or minus 3/4% for each year the contingent annuitant is younger than the Lexington Participant.
50% Continuation    86% plus 1/2% for each year the contingent annuitant is older than the Lexington Participant or minus 1/2% for each year the contingent annuitant is younger than the Lexington Participant.

The initial factor shall be increased by .6% for each full year the Lexington Participant is under age 65 and decreased by .6% for each full year the Lexington Participant is over age 65. Age shall be determined as the age on the individual’s nearest birthday.

Table Illustrating the Factors at Various Ages

 

Participant’s

Age

  Contingent
Annuitant’s Age
  100%
Continuance
  75%
Continuance
  50%
Continuance
65   70   .800   .838   .885
65   65   .750   .800   .860
65   60   .700   .763   .835
65   55   .650   .725   .810
62   64   .788   .833   .888
62   60   .748   .803   .868
60   62   .800   .845   .900
55   53   .790   .845   .910

 

Ten Year Guaranteed Period Factors

Age

   Factor

65

   .910

64

   .917

63

   .924

62

   .931

61

   .938

60

   .945

59

   .952

58

   .959

57

   .966

56

   .973

55

   .980

 

89


IV. ReliaStar Plan

Actuarial Equivalence shall be determined through the consistent application of the UP 1984 Mortality Table with a two-year set back or any successor table thereto. The interest rate assumption for a Plan Year shall be the interest rate assumptions which are used by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation immediate annuity factors or deferred annuity factors (whichever is applicable) as in effect on the first day of said Plan Year.

 

V. Security-Connecticut Plan

For purposes of converting the single life annuity to an optional form of payment, Actuarial Equivalence shall be determined using an interest rate of 7.5% and the 1971 Group Annuity Table for males with no age adjustment for the Participant but with six-year set back for the Spouse, Domestic Partner or Beneficiary.

 

VI. USLICO Plan

For purposes of converting the single life annuity to an optional form of payment, Actuarial Equivalence shall be determined using an interest rate of 7%, and the 1971 Group Annuity Table for males.

 

VII. Special Rules For Level Income Option Or Social Security Bridge.

For purposes of converting a single life annuity to a level income or Social Security bridge optional form of benefit, the term “Actuarial Equivalent” means a benefit that is equal to the greater of (A) the benefit determined using the assumptions described in this Appendix for the applicable Prior Plan, or (B) the benefit determined using the Applicable Interest Rate and the Applicable Mortality Table for the Plan Year that includes the Benefit Commencement Date.

 

90


APPENDIX 2.4

LIST OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011

Pursuant to resolutions of the Board adopted in December 2003, this Appendix may be changed from time to time by action of the Committee without the need for a Plan amendment.

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

ING Life Insurance & Annuity Company

ING Institutional Plan Services, LLC

ING USA Annuity & Life Insurance Company

ING Investment Management LLC

ING North America Insurance Corporation

Powers Ferry Properties

ReliaStar Life Insurance Company

ING National Trust

ReliaStar Life NY Insurance Company

Security Life of Denver Insurance

ING Financial Partners, Inc.

 

91


APPENDIX 3.1(a)

PRIOR PLAN NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE

I. Application . This Appendix describes the Normal Retirement Date that will apply in lieu of the Normal Retirement Date in Section 3.1(a) of the main text of the Plan to the extent more favorable to the Participant.

II. USLICO Plan . For a Participant whose Prior Plan was the USLICO Plan, the Normal Retirement Date is the first day of the month in which the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age.

 

92


APPENDIX 3.1(b)(ii)

PRIOR PLAN BENEFIT

I. Application . This Appendix describes the Prior Plan Benefit.

II. AFS Plan . The Prior Plan Benefit for each Participant whose Prior Plan is the AFS Plan is the monthly single life annuity Actuarial Equivalent of such Participant’s Account determined as of December 31, 2001, as adjusted for Interest Credits from December 31, 2001 to his or her Normal Retirement Date; provided, however, that the Interest Credits for any Plan Year for the “cash balance account” determined under Article 4 of the AFS Plan, without regard to Articles 5 and 6 of the AFS Plan, shall not be less than 5.00%.

III. EIC Plan, LOG Plan or SLD Plan . The Prior Plan Benefit for each Participant whose Prior Plan is the LOG Plan, the SLD Plan, or the EIC Plan is the benefit accrued under such plan as of December 31, 2001 adjusted, if applicable, in accordance with this paragraph. For each Participant who was an Employee on December 31, 2001 and who remains continuously employed as an Employee after that date, the final average compensation portion of the benefit accrued as of December 31, 2001 will be multiplied by the ratio (not less than one) of the Participant’s Final Average Compensation as of his or her Termination Date (determined in accordance with Section 1.85) over his or her “final average compensation” under the applicable Prior Plan as of December 31, 2001. If a Participant described in the preceding sentence has a Termination Date after December 31, 2001 and thereafter resumes employment as an Employee, the indexing described in the preceding sentence shall not apply to any period of Employment following such Termination Date. The Account Balance portion of the Prior Plan Benefit will be adjusted for Interest Credits to his or her Normal Retirement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each Participant who earned years of benefit service under the EIC Plan, the LOG Plan, or the SLD Plan after December 31, 1999, his or her “pre-2000 accrued benefit” (as defined in the applicable Prior Plan) will be multiplied by the ratio of the Participant’s Final Average Compensation as of his or her Termination Date over his or her Final Average Compensation as of December 31, 1999, which ratio will not be less than one; provided , however , that if such a Participant has a Termination Date after December 31, 1999 and thereafter resumes employment as an Employee, the indexing described in this sentence shall not apply to any period of Employment following such Termination Date.

IV. Financial Services Plan . The Prior Plan Benefit for each Participant who (i) was an employee of ING Financial Services LLC and a participant in the ING US Financial Services Corporation Retirement Plan (“Financial Services Plan”) on December 31, 2003, (ii) who became an employee of ING Investment Management, LLC on January 1, 2004, and (iii) remains continuously employed as an Employee after that date, is equal to the benefit accrued for such Participant under the Financial Services Plan as of December 31, 2003 (the “Financial Services Plan Benefit”) adjusted in accordance with this paragraph as of such Participant’s Termination Date and reduced by the Financial Services Plan Benefit. For a Participant who remains continuously employed as an Employee after December 31, 2003, the Financial Services Plan Benefit will be multiplied by the ratio (not less than one) of the Participant’s Final Average Compensation as of his or her Termination Date over the Participant’s Final Average Compensation as of December 31, 2003. Both the numerator and the denominator of the ratio will apply the definition of Compensation and Final Average Compensation from this Plan. For clarification, the adjustment described in the preceding sentence is the only Prior Plan Benefit

 

93


payable under this Plan and the Financial Services Plan Benefit is payable only from the Financial Services Plan. If a Participant described in the first sentence of this section has a Termination Date after December 31, 2003 and thereafter resumes employment as an Employee, the indexing described in the second and third sentences of this section shall not apply to any period of Employment following such Termination Date.

V. Lexington Plan . The Prior Plan Benefit for each Participant whose Prior Plan is the Lexington Plan is the frozen benefit accrued by that Participant under the Lexington Plan prior to December 31, 2001.

VI. ReliaStar Plan . The Prior Plan Benefit for each Participant whose Prior Plan is the ReliaStar Plan is the frozen benefit accrued by that Participant under the ReliaStar Plan prior to December 31, 2001.

A ReliaStar Participant who formerly participated in the USLICO Plan is eligible for a Social Security bridge benefit if benefits under the pre-1991 USLICO Plan formula for service and compensation through December 31, 1995 is better than the Participant’s benefits under the USLICO Plan 1991 formula.

The bridge benefit is equal to the amount of the Social Security reduction that normally applies to benefits under the pre-1991 formula. The Social Security reduction will begin (and the bridge benefit will end) when the Participant reaches age 62.

A ReliaStar Participant who formerly participated in the Security-Connecticut Plan and who terminates employment after age 55 but before age 62 and who immediately commences benefits is eligible for a Social Security bridge benefit on benefits earned under the Security-Connecticut Plan as of December 31, 1997. The bridge benefit is payable until the beginning of the month in which the Participant dies or reaches age 62, whichever occurs first.

VII. Hypothetical Prior Plan Benefit for Eligible Employees Hired Between January 1, 2000 and December 31, 2001 . Each Eligible Employee who (1) was hired as an employee of an employer participating in a Prior Plan on or after January 1, 2000 and before January 1, 2002, and (2) would have become a participant in a Prior Plan in 2002, shall be deemed to have a Prior Plan Benefit equal to the benefit, if any, he or she would have earned under such Prior Plan for his or her period of employment in 2000 and 2001.

VIII. Portion of Accrued Benefit Derived from Prior Plan Account Balance .

 

  (A) General . A nominal Account and Account Balance will be maintained for each Participant who had a “cash balance account” under a Prior Plan and will have the following allocations made to such Account.

 

  (B)

Interest Credits . For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2012, an Interest Credit will be allocated to each active and inactive Participant’s Account as of the last day of each Plan Year, calculated by multiplying his or her Account Balance as of the first day of that Plan Year by the Interest Credit Percentage for that Plan Year. For the Participant whose Benefit Commencement Date occurs other than on the last day of a Plan Year, the Plan will allocate an Interest

 

94


  Credit for such Plan Year based on the Interest Credit Percentage in effect for the Plan Year, multiplied by the ratio of whole months expired in the year before the Benefit Commencement Date, over 12. Starting January 1, 2012, Interest Credits will be allocated to each active and inactive Participant’s Account on a monthly basis in accordance with Section 3.9(c).

 

  (C) Termination of Allocations . No Participant will receive an allocation of employer credits to a Prior Plan Account after December 31, 2001. Each Vested terminated Participant will receive allocations of Interest Credits until his or her Benefit Commencement Date in accordance with Section 3.9(c). The non-Vested Participant will continue to receive allocations of Interest Credits until he or she incurs a Termination Date, at which time the Account will be forfeited. The forfeited Account shall be restored (with Interest Credits) if the Participant is reemployed with a Controlled Group Member before a Five-Year Break, or after December 31, 2011. No Participant will receive any allocation of Interest Credits after his or her Benefit Commencement Date.

 

  (D) Accrued Benefit Attributable to Account Balance . A Participant’s Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit, including the portion thereof attributable to a Prior Plan Account Balance, shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.1(c).

 

95


APPENDIX 3.1(e)

AFS MINIMUM BENEFIT

 

I. Application . This Appendix applies to each AFS Transition Participant and each Aeltus Participant.

 

II. Aeltus . Each Aeltus Participant who is an AFS Specified Transition Participant will be eligible for an AFS Minimum Benefit but that benefit will be the same AFS Minimum Benefit payable to an AFS Non-Specified Participant. The remainder of the AFS Minimum Benefit shall be paid from the Financial Services Plan.

 

III. AFS Transition Benefit . The AFS Transition Benefit means (A) minus (B), where:

 

  A = The Present Value of the Gross Benefit; and

 

  B = The Present Value of the Offset.

The AFS Transition Benefit can never be less than 50% of the Present Value of the Gross Benefit. In the case that the AFS Transition Benefit is less than 50% of the Present Value of the Gross Benefit, 50% of the Present Value of the Gross Benefit will be substituted for the AFS Transition Benefit.

 

IV. Credited Service . Credited Service is the sum of (A) and (B), where:

 

  A = The period or periods of the AFS Transition Participant’s employment considered in the determination of benefit accrual under the AFS Plan through December 31, 2001, as determined under the AFS Plan Document; and

 

  B = For an AFS Specified Transition Participant (other than an Aeltus Participant), his or her Benefit Service earned in the 2002 through 2006 Plan Years while the AFS Transition Participant is considered an AFS Transition Participant. For an AFS Non-Specified Transition Participant or Aeltus Participant, no Benefit Service after December 31, 2001 will be recognized.

 

V. Determination Age . The AFS Transition Participant’s Determination Age is the AFS Transition Participant’s age at his or her Determination Date in whole years and completed months.

 

VI. Determination Date . The Determination Date is either the AFS Transition Participant’s Termination Date or Benefit Commencement Date, depending on the context.

 

96


VII. Gross Benefit .

 

  A. The Gross Benefit means the product of (1), (2), and (3), where:

 

  1 = 1.5% of the AFS Transition Participant’s Final Average Compensation calculated as of the earlier of December 31, 2006 or the AFS Transition Participant’s Termination Date ending his or her status as an AFS Transition Participant;

 

  2 = The AFS Transition Participant’s Credited Service (limited to a maximum of 35 years); and

 

  3 = 100% minus the Early Retirement Reduction Factor from Table 2 at the commencement age from Table 1.

 

  B. The commencement age assumed for the Gross Benefit is determined based on the Participant’s Determination Age and Vesting Service from Table 1 below.

TABLE 1

 

Determination Age    Vesting Service at
Termination
   Gross Benefit
Commencement Age

Less than Age 50

   Less than 15 years    Age 65

Less than Age 50

   At least 15 years    Age 50

At least Age 50 and Less than Age 65

   Less than 15 years    Age 65

At least Age 50 and less than Age 65

   At least 15 years    Determination Age

At least Age 65

   Any    Determination Age

TABLE 2

Early Retirement Reduction Factor

 

Commencement Age*   

Percent

Reduction

50

   44.0%

51

   40.0%

52

   36.0%

53

   32.0%

54

   28.0%

55

   24.0%

56

   20.0%

57

   16.0%

58

   12.0%

59

   8.0%

60

   4.0%

61

   2.0%

62

   0.0%

63

   0.0%

64

   0.0%

65

   0.0%

 

* In determining the Participant’s commencement age, completed years and months are used. Interpolation may be required.

 

97


VIII. Offset .

 

  A. The Offset means the product of (1) and (2), where:

 

  1 = 1.5% of the Participant’s PIA calculated as of the earlier of December 31, 2006 or the AFS Transition Participant’s Termination Date ending his status as an AFS Transition Participant; and

 

  2 = The Participant’s Credited Service (limited to a maximum of 33.3333 years).

 

  B. The commencement age assumed for calculating the PIA as well as the Present Value of the Offset is determined based on the AFS Transition Participant’s Determination Age and Vesting Service. This determination is summarized in the following table:

TABLE 3

 

Determination Age   Vesting Service at
Termination Date
  Offset
Commencement Age

Less than Age 62

  Less than 15 years   Age 65

Less than Age 62

  At least 15 years   Age 62

At least Age 62 and less than Age 65

  Less than 15 years   Age 65

At least Age 62 and less than Age 65

  At least 15 years   Determination Age

At least Age 65

  Any   Determination Age

 

IX.

PIA . PIA means the Primary Insurance Amount which is or may be payable to the Participant at the commencement age determined in Table 3 under the provisions of the Federal Social Security Act (as it is in effect on the Determination Date), based on the assumption that the Participant’s earnings before his or her employment with AFS and his or her earnings after the

 

98


  earlier of December 31, 2006 or the AFS Transition Participant’s Termination Date ending his or her status as an AFS Transition Participant are zero.

 

X. Present Value or Present Value of Gross Benefit or Present Value of Offset . Present Value is determined as of the applicable Determination Age using the following actuarial assumptions:

 

  A. The Applicable Interest Rate and Applicable Mortality Table for the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date.

 

  B. The cost-of-living adjustment rate (COLA Rate) as of the Determination Date, which is determined by the following steps:

 

  1. Determine the cost-of-living adjustment rate (defined in Appendix 3.7) for the Plan Year in which the Determination Date occurs. It should be rounded to the nearest tenth of 1% and capped at 3%.

 

  2. Repeat (1) for each of the four Plan Years immediately preceding the Determination Date.

 

  3. Compute the average of the five cost-of-living adjustment rates. It should be rounded to the nearest hundredth of 1%. The result is the COLA Rate.

 

XI. Transition Cash Balance Account (TCBA) . The TCBA is a historical account established as of December 31, 2001 that receives Interest Credits.

 

XII. AFS Minimum Benefit .

 

  A. Calculate Lump-Sum Amount at Termination Date . At the AFS Transition Participant’s Termination Date, the greatest of (1), (2) and (3), below (called the “AFS Present-Value Measuring Amount”), shall be used as the measuring amount to first be expressed as a single life annuity at the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date (or Determination Date if after the Normal Retirement Date) pursuant to B, below, and then compared against the amount determined under Section 3.1(e)(i)(A):

 

  1 = The AFS Transition Participant’s Prior Plan Account Balance with Interest Credits through Termination Date;

 

  2 = The AFS Transition Participant’s TCBA with Interest Credits through Termination Date; and

 

  3 = The AFS Transition Participant’s AFS Transition Benefit at Termination Date.

 

99


  B. Compare as a Single Life Annuity Benefit at Normal Retirement Date (or After) . To express the AFS Present-Value Measuring Amount under (A) as a single life annuity benefit (called an “AFS Minimum Benefit Comparison Annuity”) at the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date for a Participant who has not yet reached his or her Normal Retirement Date, the AFS Present-Value Measuring Amount under (A) will be projected to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date with assumed future interest at the Interest Credit Percentage in effect as of the Determination Date, and such balance will be converted into a single life annuity starting at the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date using the Applicable Interest Rate and Applicable Mortality Table in effect under the Plan as of the Determination Date. To express the AFS Present-Value Measuring Amount determined under (A) as an AFS Minimum Benefit Comparison Annuity as of a Determination Date that is at or after a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date for a Participant who has reached his or her Normal Retirement Date, the AFS Present-Value Measuring Amount determined under (A) will be converted into a single life annuity starting at as of such Determination Date using the Applicable Interest Rate and Applicable Mortality Table in effect under the Plan as of the Determination Date.

 

  C. At Benefit Commencement Date . If the AFS Minimum Benefit Comparison Annuity derived under (B) above exceeds the amount determined under Section 3.1(e)(i), then, in lieu of a retirement benefit attributable to the Final Average Pay Pension Formula described in Section 3.1(b) and that portion of his or her Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit described in Section 3.1(c) attributable to his or her Prior Plan Account Balance, the AFS Transition Participant shall be entitled to a retirement benefit based on his or her AFS Minimum Benefit which is the greater of (1) or (2) as of the Benefit Commencement Date, where:

 

  1 = The Participant’s AFS Present-Value Measuring Amount as of his or her Termination Date under (A), credited with interest through his or her Benefit Commencement Date at an annual rate equal to the Interest Credit Percentage; or

 

  2 = The Participant’s AFS Transition Benefit at his or her Benefit Commencement Date.

(For clarity, the Participant also may be entitled to a retirement benefit based on his or her Cash Balance Pension Formula Accrued Benefit described in Section 3.1(c), calculated by disregarding the portion thereof attributable to his or her Prior Plan Account Balance.)

 

100


APPENDIX 3.3(a)

PRIOR PLAN EARLIEST RETIREMENT DATES

The Earliest Retirement Date described below will apply in lieu of the Earliest Retirement Date in Section 1.35 and Section 3.3(a) of the main text of the Plan to the extent more favorable to the Participant for his or her Prior Plan Benefit or AFS Minimum Benefit:

 

I. AFS Plan. The Earliest Retirement Date for an AFS Transition Participant for his or her Prior Plan Benefit or AFS Minimum Benefit is the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date the Employee reaches age 50 with 15 years of Vesting Service.

 

II. LOG Plan — Former Southland Life Participants. The Earliest Retirement Date for a LOG Participant who was a participant in the Southland Plan for the portion of his or her Prior Plan Benefit attributable to the Southland Plan is the first day of the month following age 55.

 

III. ReliaStar Plan. The Earliest Retirement Date for a Participant for the portion of his or her Prior Plan Benefit attributable to the ReliaStar Plan is (a) the first day of the month coincident with or next following attainment of age 55 with at least ten years of Vesting Service, or (b) for a Participant hired prior to December 31, 1993, the first day of the month coincident with or next following (i) age 60 with no service requirement, or (ii) age 55 with ten years of Vesting Service.

For a Participant who also participated in the USLICO Plan, the Earliest Retirement Date for the portion of his or her Prior Plan Benefit attributable to the USLICO Plan is the first day of the month following the attainment of age 55.

 

IV. Lexington Plan. The Earliest Retirement Date for a Participant who also participated in the Lexington Plan for the portion of his or her Prior Plan Benefit attributable to the Lexington Plan is the first of the month coincident with or next following attainment of at least age 55.

 

101


APPENDIX 3.3(b)(ii)

EARLY COMMENCEMENT REDUCTION FACTORS

FOR PRIOR PLAN BENEFITS OTHER THAN THE AFS MINIMUM BENEFIT

 

I. Application. This Appendix provides early commencement reduction factors applicable to Prior Plan Benefits other than the AFS Minimum Benefit. See Appendix 3.1(e) for the AFS Minimum Benefit.

 

II. EIC Plan. The following table applies to EIC Participants who terminated employment prior to January 1, 2000. Benefits accrued on or after January 1, 2000 will be reduced using the reduction factors in the main text of the Plan. Benefits will be reduced based on the date of termination and the benefit service earned at termination under the EIC Plan:

 

Age    Reduction if less than 25
years of  benefit service and
Retired prior to 1994
     Reduction if less than 25
years of benefit service and
Retired after 1993
   Reduction if more  than 25
years of benefit service

55

     66.666667%               50.0%    35.0%

56

     60.0%               45.0%    30.0%

57

     53.333333%               40.0%    25.0%

58

     46.666667%               35.0%    20.0%

59

     40.0%               30.0%    15.0%

60

     33.333333%               25.0%    10.0%

61

     26.666667%               20.0%    5.0%

62

     20.0%               15.0%    0.0%

63

     13.333333%               10.0%    0.0%

64

     6.666667%               5.0%    0.0%

65

     0.0%               0.0%    0.0%

For Vested EIC Participants who terminated employment prior to July 1, 1988, the 25 years of benefit service requirement found in the above table is replaced with 20 years of vesting service, each as determined under the EIC Plan.

 

III. Lexington Plan. A Lexington Participant eligible to begin receiving a benefit before Normal Retirement Date will have his or her benefit attributable to the Lexington Plan reduced by the following factors based on his or her age at Benefit Commencement Date. Interpolation will be used for partial months.

 

Age    Reduction
Percentage

55

   0.500

56

   0.467

57

   0.434

58

   0.400

59

   0.367

60

   0.333

61

   0.267

62

   0.200

63

   0.134

64

   0.067

65

   0.000

 

102


IV. LOG Plan. Participants in the LOG Plan who terminated prior to January 1, 2000 and who were not eligible for the LOG Field Force Plan, or for Participants in the LOG Field Force Plan who terminated prior to January 1, 1997 were entitled to the following early commencement reductions:

 

  A. Pre-1994. The benefit accrued prior to 1994 is reduced by 0.416667 percent (5/12%) per month, for each month that precedes age 65.

 

  B. Post-1993. Benefits accrued after 1993 and before 2000 are reduced as follows: If the benefit commences on or after age 62, it is unreduced. If the benefit commences prior to age 62, it will be reduced by 0.558333 percent per month for each month preceding age 62 up to a maximum of 24 months. The benefit will be further reduced by 0.416667 percent per month for each month that the Benefit Commencement Date precedes age 60, up to a maximum of 60 months.

 

  C. The Netherlands Insurance Company Plan. Participants in the LOG Plan who also participated in the TNIC Plan will have their benefits reduced as follows: If the benefit commences on or after age 62, it is unreduced. If the benefit commences prior to age 62, it will be reduced by 0.558333 percent per month for each month preceding age 62 up to a maximum of 24 months. The benefit will be further reduced by 0.416667 percent per month for each month that the Benefit Commencement Date precedes age 60, up to a maximum of 60 months.

 

  D. Southland Life Plan. A Participant who also participated in the Southland Plan whose Benefit Commencement Date is before age 62 will have his or her Prior Plan Benefit attributable to the Southland Plan reduced by 5% per year for years between age 55 and 62. If the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date is on or after age 62, the benefit is unreduced.

 

V. SLD Plan. Participants in the SLD Plan who terminated prior to January 1, 2000 were entitled to early retirement benefits under a Pre-1989 and Post-1988 formula. The reduction schedules for these benefits are as follows:

 

  A. Post-1988. Participants commencing early retirement benefits on or after age 62 are entitled to an unreduced retirement benefit for the portion of their benefit attributable to the SLD Plan earned after 1988. If the Benefit attributable to the SLD Plan commences prior to age 62, it will be reduced by 0.558333 percent per month for each month preceding age 62 to a maximum of 24 months. The benefit will be further reduced by 0.416667 percent per month for each month that the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date precedes age 60, up to a maximum of 60 months.

 

  B. Pre-1989. The portion of the SLD Plan Benefit earned before 1989 is reduced for early commencement by .5% per month (6% per year) from 61 - 65 and .3% per month (3.6% per year) from 55-60.

 

103


VI. ReliaStar Plan. The portion of the benefit attributable to the ReliaStar Plan will be reduced by the following percentages for Early Retirement based on age and Vesting Service at Benefit Commencement Date. Interpolation will be used for partial years.

 

Age at BCD    Years of Vesting Service at BCD  
       10     11     12     13     14     15+  

55

     21     21     21     21     21     21

56

     18     18     18     18     18     18

57

     15     15     15     15     15     15

58

     15     12     12     12     12     12

59

     15     12     9     9     9     9

60

     15     12     9     6     6     6

61

     12     12     9     6     3     3

62

     9     9     9     6     3     0

63

     6     6     6     6     3     0

64

     3     3     3     3     3     0

65

     0     0     0     0     0     0

A Participant who is eligible for a Vested Termination Benefit, but not an Early Retirement Benefit, and who chooses to begin receiving his or her benefit attributable to the ReliaStar Plan before his or her Normal Retirement Date will have his or her benefit attributable to the ReliaStar Plan reduced by the following percentages based on his or her age at the Benefit Commencement Date:

 

Age at Benefit Commencement Date    Reduction
Percentage
 

55

     55%       

56

     52%       

57

     48%       

58

     44%       

59

     39%       

60

     35%       

61

     30%       

62

     23%       

63

     16%       

64

     9%       

65

     0%       

 

  A. Security-Connecticut Plan. A Participant who also participated in the Security-Connecticut Plan and who is eligible to begin receiving a benefit before Normal Retirement Date will have his or her benefit attributable to the Security-Connecticut Plan reduced by the following percentages based on age and years of Vesting Service at the Benefit Commencement Date. Interpolation will be used for partial years.

 

104


Age at Benefit Commencement Date   

Years of Vesting Service at Benefit

Commencement Date

   Less than  20    20-24      25+

55

   65%    50%      37%  

56

   60%    46%      31%  

57

   55%    42%      25%  

58

   50%    38%      20%  

59

   45%    34%      15%  

60

   40%    30%      10%  

61

   33%    26%        5%  

62

   25%    21%        0%  

63

   17%    15%        0%  

64

     9%      8%        0%  

65

     0%      0%        0%  

 

  B. USLICO Plan. A Participant who also participated in the USLICO Plan and who is eligible to begin receiving a benefit before Normal Retirement Date will have his or her benefit attributable to the USLICO Plan reduced by the following percentages based on the period during which the benefit was accrued. The Pre-1991 Factors will be applied to the portion of the benefit accrued under the USLICO Plan before 1991 and the Post-1990 Factors will be applied to the portion of the benefit accrued under the USLICO Plan after 1990. Interpolation will be used for partial years.

 

Age    Accrued Benefit Period
       Pre-1991  Factors     Post-1990 Factors 

55

    30%    50%

56

    27%    43%

57

    24%    36%

58

    21%    29%

59

    18%    22%

60

    15%    15%

61

    12%    7.5%

62

      9%      0%

63

      6%      0%

64

      3%      0%

65

      0%      0%

 

105


APPENDIX 3.4(a)

PRIOR PLAN VESTING SCHEDULES

 

I. Application. This Appendix describes any special vesting rules applicable to Participants who also participated in a Prior Plan. A Participant who terminated employment under a Prior Plan will be Vested in accordance with the schedule described in the Prior Plan at the time of his or her termination of employment except as provided below.

 

II. ING Financial Services Corporation Plan. Each Participant who was an employee of ING Financial Services LLC and who was a participant in the ING US Financial Services Corporation Retirement Plan on December 31, 2003 and who became an employee of ING Investment Management LLC on January 1, 2004 shall be fully vested.

 

106


APPENDIX 3.7

COST-OF-LIVING ADJUSTMENTS

 

I. Application. This Appendix 3.7 describes the cost-of-living adjustments for certain benefits as described in this Appendix. Nothing in this Appendix is intended to provide a cost-of-living adjustment that would not have been provided under the applicable Prior Plan.

 

II. Definitions.

 

  A. Adjusted Benefit. The Adjusted Benefit equals the benefit payable to the Participant or Beneficiary that reflects cost-of-living adjustments. The Adjusted Benefit may not be less than the Initial Benefit.

 

  B. Adjustment Rate. An amount equal to the percent change in the Consumer Price Index, which is calculated using an applicable table and applicable month.

 

  C. Initial Benefit. The Initial Benefit is the benefit payable in the optional form of annuity elected by the Participant or Beneficiary that is payable on the Benefit Commencement Date.

 

III. AFS Transition Participants.

 

  A. Applicable Benefit.

 

  1. The Participant is entitled to receive cost-of-living adjustments on the portion of his or her benefit attributable to his or her AFS Minimum Benefit to the extent provided under the AFS Plan as in effect immediately before the Merger.

 

  2. The Participant must elect to receive his or her entire AFS Minimum Benefit (including the benefit attributable to his or her Account Balance) as an annuity with cost-of-living adjustments.

 

  B. Methodology.

 

  1. The applicable table is the Bureau of Labor Statistics Consumer Price Index, U.S. City Average for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers, published by the United States Department of Labor.

 

  2. The applicable month is the September which immediately precedes the Plan Year.

 

  3. The Adjustment Rate is calculated by dividing the value of the Consumer Price Index under the applicable table in the applicable month for the current Plan Year by the value of the Consumer Price Index under the same table 12 months earlier.

 

107


  4. The Adjustment Rate shall be rounded to the nearest tenth of one percent.

 

  5. The Adjustment Rate shall not exceed 3.0%.

 

  C. First cost-of-living adjustment.

 

  1. Timing . The first cost-of-living adjustment will occur on January 1 following the Benefit Commencement Date.

 

  2. Amount . The Adjusted Benefit is equal to the product of (a) and (b) below, where:

 

  a) = The Initial Benefit; and

 

  b) = One plus the Adjustment Rate.

 

  D. Subsequent cost-of-living adjustments.

 

  1. Each January 1, the Adjusted Benefit will be adjusted as described in (C)(2) above, except that the Adjusted Benefit will replace the Initial Benefit in (C)(2)(a).

 

  2. If a cost-of-living adjustment would decrease the Adjusted Benefit below the Initial Benefit, the full value of what otherwise would have been a negative adjustment will be taken into account in determining any subsequent increases.

 

  E. Treatment of bridge benefit. If the Participant selected an optional form with a Social Security bridge benefit:

 

  1. While the bridge benefit is payable ,

 

  a) The Participant’s Initial Benefit is equal to his or her total benefit, which includes any bridge benefit.

 

  b) The Participant’s Adjusted Benefit is calculated using the Initial Benefit described in (a) above.

 

  2. Once the bridge benefit is no longer payable ,

 

  a) The Participant’s Initial Benefit does not include any bridge benefit for purposes of determining whether the Adjusted Benefit is less than the Initial Benefit.

 

  b) The Participant’s Adjusted Benefit for the first cost of living adjustment after the bridge benefit is no longer payable is reduced by the amount of any bridge benefit included in the Initial Benefit.

 

108


IV. EIC Plan Participants.

 

  A. Applicable Benefit.

 

  1. The Participant is entitled to receive cost-of-living adjustments on the portion of his or her Benefit attributable to his or her Indexed Pre-2000 Accrued Benefit as indexed to December 31, 2001 to the extent provided under the EIC Plan as in effect prior to January 1, 2002.

 

  2. No adjustment is made to the portion of the Accrued Benefit that is attributable to any employee contributions made to the Plan before 1991.

 

  3. The Participant must elect to receive his or her entire Accrued Benefit (other than the benefit attributable to his or her Account Balance) as an annuity.

 

  B. Methodology.

 

  1. The applicable table is the Bureau of Labor Statistics Consumer Price Index, U.S. City Average for All Urban Consumers, published by the United States Department of Labor.

 

  2. The applicable month is the August which immediately precedes the Plan Year.

 

  3. The Adjustment Rate is calculated by dividing the value of the Consumer Price Index under the applicable table in the applicable month for the current Plan Year by the value of the Consumer Price Index under the same table 12 months earlier.

 

  4. The Adjustment Rate shall be rounded to the nearest tenth of 1%.

 

  5. The Adjustment Rate shall not exceed 3.0%.

 

  C. First cost-of-living adjustment.

 

  1. Timing . The first cost-of-living adjustment will occur on January 1 following the Benefit Commencement Date.

 

  2. Amount. The Adjusted Benefit is equal to the product of (a) and (b) below, where:

 

  a) = The Initial Benefit; and

 

  b) = One plus the value of (i) multiplied by (ii) divided by (iii) below, where:

 

  (i) = The Adjustment Rate calculated in (B) above;

 

  (ii) = The number of months for which the Participant received payment in the previous Plan Year; and

 

  (iii) = 12.

 

109


  D. Subsequent cost-of-living adjustments.

 

  1. Each January 1, the Adjusted Benefit will be adjusted as described in (C)(2) above, except that the Adjusted Benefit will replace the Initial Benefit in (C)(2)(a).

 

  2. If a cost-of-living adjustment would decrease the Adjusted Benefit below the Initial Benefit, the full value of what otherwise would have been a negative adjustment will be taken into account in determining any subsequent increases.

 

  E. Treatment of Bridge Benefit. If the Participant selected an optional form of benefit with a Social Security bridge benefit:

 

  1. While the bridge benefit is payable ,

 

  a) The Participant’s Initial Benefit is equal to his or her total benefit, which includes any bridge benefit; and

 

  b) The Participant’s Adjusted Benefit is calculated using the Initial Benefit described in (a) above.

 

  2. Once the bridge benefit is no longer payable ,

 

  a) The Participant’s Initial Benefit does not include any bridge benefit for purposes of determining whether the Adjusted Benefit is less than the Initial Benefit; and

 

  b) The Participant’s Adjusted Benefit for the first cost-of-living adjustment after the bridge benefit is no longer payable is equal to his or her Adjusted Benefit minus the amount of the bridge benefit and any cost-of-living adjustments that have been made to the bridge benefit.

 

V. USLICO Plan Participants.

 

  A. Applicable Benefit.

 

  1. The Participant is entitled to receive cost-of-living adjustments on the portion of his or her benefit attributable to his or her frozen benefit attributable to USLICO service prior to 1996 to the extent provided under the USLICO Plan as in effect immediately before the Merger.

 

  2. The Participant must elect to receive his or her entire benefit attributable to USLICO as an annuity.

 

110


  B. Calculation.

 

  1. The applicable table is the Bureau of Labor Statistics Consumer Price Index, for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers for the U.S. as a whole (1967 base = 100), published by the United States Department of Labor.

 

  2. The applicable month is the October which immediately precedes the Plan Year.

 

  3. The Adjustment Rate is calculated by dividing the value of the Consumer Price Index under the applicable table in the applicable month for the current Plan Year by the value of the Consumer Price Index under the same table in the applicable month one year prior to the Plan Year in which the first adjustment occurred.

 

  4. The Adjustment Rate shall not be rounded.

 

  5. The Adjustment Rate shall not exceed 3.0% compounded annually for the same period of time reflected in the determination of the Adjustment Rate.

 

  C. First cost-of-living adjustment.

 

  1. Timing. The first cost-of-living adjustment will occur on January 1 following one completed Plan Year after the Benefit Commencement Date.

 

  2. Amount. The Adjusted Benefit is equal to the product of (a) and (b) below, where:

 

  a) = The Initial Benefit; and

 

  b) = One plus the Adjustment Rate calculated in (B) above.

 

  D. Subsequent cost-of-living adjustments.

 

  1. Each January 1, the Adjusted Benefit will be determined as described in (C)(2) above.

 

  2. If a cost-of-living adjustment would decrease the Adjusted Benefit below the Initial Benefit, the full value of what otherwise would have been a negative adjustment will be taken into account in determining any subsequent increases.

 

  E. Treatment of Bridge Benefit. If the Participant selected an optional form with a Social Security bridge benefit:

 

  1. While the bridge benefit is payable,

 

  a) The Participant’s Initial Benefit is equal to his or her total Benefit, which includes any bridge benefit; and

 

  b) The Participant’s Adjusted Benefit is calculated using the Initial Benefit described in (a) above.

 

111


  2. Once the bridge benefit is no longer payable,

 

  a) The Participant’s Initial Benefit does not include any bridge benefit for the purposes of determining whether the Adjusted Benefit is less than the Initial Benefit; and

 

  b) The Participant’s Adjusted Benefit for the first cost-of-living adjustment after the bridge benefit is no longer payable is reduced by the amount of any bridge benefit and any cost-of-living adjustments that have been made to the bridge benefit.

 

VI. Beneficiary Entitlement. If the Participant elects an optional form of annuity that includes a survivorship option, then the Beneficiary will be entitled to the cost-of-living adjustments described in this Appendix.

 

VII. Reference Information. The following table summarizes the applicable table from the Bureau of Labor Statistics, month, and maximum for each of the Prior Plans with cost-of- living adjustments.

 

Prior Plan   

Table Number

  

Month

  

Maximum

AFS Plan

   CWUR0000SA0      September of the immediately preceding Plan Year    3% applied annually

EIC Plan

   CUUR0000AA0      August of the immediately preceding Plan Year    3% applied annually

USLICO Plan

   CWUR0000AA0      October of the immediately preceding Plan Year    3% compounded annually from January 1 preceding the first adjustment date

 

VIII. Change in Reference Information for Determining Cost-of-Living Adjustments. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the EIC Plan, the AFS Plan, or the USLICO Plan, the cost-of-living adjustment for any Plan Year beginning after the date this paragraph is approved by the Internal Revenue Service (as evidenced by a favorable determination letter) will be based on the Bureau of Labor Statistics Consumer Price Index, U.S. City Average for All Urban Consumers, published by the United States Department of Labor, in August of the Plan Year immediately preceding the Plan Year for which such adjustment is to take effect and the methodology described in this paragraph shall apply only to cost-of-living adjustments due for Plan Years beginning after receipt of such Internal Revenue Service approval.

 

112


APPENDIX 4.1(a)

NORMAL FORM FOR PRIOR PLAN BENEFIT

 

I. Application

This Appendix describes any special normal forms of benefit applicable to benefits attributable to a Prior Plan.

 

II. Normal Form for Prior Plan Benefit under Southland Plan

This Section II applies to Participants who participated in the Southland Plan for periods before January 1, 1990.

A Participant who participated in the Southland Plan prior to 1990 and who is married on his or her Benefit Commencement Date shall be entitled to the greater of (i) his or her Prior Plan benefit attributable to the benefit earned under the Southland Plan as of December 31, 1989 with pay indexing through December 31, 1999 paid in an unreduced 50% joint and survivor annuity, or (ii) his or her entire Accrued Benefit payable in the reduced 50% joint and survivor annuity.

 

III. Normal Form for Prior Plan Benefit under ReliaStar Plan

This Section III is applicable to Participants who participated in the ReliaStar Plan for periods before January 1, 2002. The normal form of benefit for the Prior Plan Benefit attributable to the ReliaStar Plan is a single life annuity payable to the Participant monthly for his or her life and if the Participant dies after the Benefit Commencement Date and before the due date of the 60th monthly payment, there shall be paid to his or her Beneficiary in a single lump sum the Actuarial Equivalent of the remaining unpaid installments that would have been paid to the Participant had he or she lived until the due date of the 60th monthly payment. If the Participant is married, the Participant’s Spouse consents to payment in the normal form, and the Beneficiary is the Participant’s Spouse, the remaining monthly installments may be paid, at the request of such Spouse, to the Spouse for the remainder of the 60-month period, and in the event the Spouse dies before the end of the 60-month period, to the contingent Beneficiary or successor Beneficiary, if any, otherwise to the deceased Spouse’s estate.

 

113


APPENDIX 4.1(b)

PRIOR PLAN BENEFIT AND AFS MINIMUM BENEFIT OPTIONAL FORMS

 

I. Application. In addition to the Optional Forms of payment listed in Section 4.1(b) of the main Plan document, a Participant may elect to receive his or her Prior Plan Benefit or AFS Minimum Benefit in an Optional Form as described in this Appendix.

 

II. Definitions. Capitalized terms in this Appendix shall have the meaning set forth below. If a capitalized term is not determined herein, it shall have the meaning set forth in Article I of the main Plan document.

 

  A. COLA Adjustment means an adjustment described in Appendix 3.7.

 

  B. Social Security Bridge Benefit means for any period, an adjusted monthly benefit (relative to the benefit that otherwise would be payable at the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date) producing, so far as practicable, a level combined monthly benefit from this Plan and the Participant’s Social Security benefit (both before and after such Social Security benefit is payable). The Social Security Bridge Benefit is estimated.

 

III. AFS Plan - All AFS Participants. An AFS Participant may elect to receive his or her Prior Plan Account Balance in one of the following forms:

 

  A. Lump-Sum Option. An AFS Participant may elect to receive 50% of the value of his or her Prior Plan Account Balance as a lump sum and the remainder as an annuity. If the Prior Plan Account Balance is $25,000 or less, the AFS Participant may receive the full Prior Plan Account Balance as a lump sum.

If an AFS Participant is eligible to, and elects to, receive the entire Prior Plan Account Balance in a lump sum, and if the value of the AFS Participant’s Net ING Benefit is $5,000 or less, then the AFS Participant may also elect to take the value of the Net ING Benefit as a lump sum or may receive an Immediate Annuity.

 

  B. Full Cash Refund Annuity. A full cash refund annuity provides the AFS Participant with a reduced monthly benefit amount payable to the AFS Participant for his or her lifetime. When the AFS Participant dies, his or her Beneficiary will receive a lump sum equal to the excess, if any, of the portion of the Account Balance paid as an annuity at the Benefit Commencement Date over the sum of the monthly payments made to the AFS Participant before his or her death.

For an AFS Transition Participant, the term “AFS Minimum Benefit” is substituted for “Account Balance”.

 

114


IV. AFS Plan - AFS Transition Participants. In addition to the Optional Forms described in III, above, an AFS Transition Participant who is at least age 50 with 15 or more years of vesting service or at least age 65 at the time payments begin and who elects to receive his or her entire AFS Minimum Benefit as an annuity on or after age 50 may choose to have his or her AFS Minimum Benefit paid in the following Optional Forms:

 

  A. Single Life Annuity with Social Security Bridge Benefit. This option pays a monthly benefit to the AFS Transition Participant for life with a Social Security Bridge benefit until the AFS Transition Participant reaches age 62. All payments end at the AFS Participant’s death.

This option is subject to a COLA Adjustment.

 

  B. 10, 15, and 20 Year Term Certain and Life Annuity. This option pays a reduced monthly benefit (compared to the single life annuity) to the AFS Transition Participant for life with payments guaranteed for a minimum number of 120, 180 or 240 months, depending on the specific option selected. If the AFS Transition Participant dies before the minimum number of payments is made, the AFS Transition Participant’s Beneficiary will receive the remaining guaranteed monthly payments. The Social Security Bridge Benefit is provided until age 62 and the option is subject to a COLA Adjustment.

This option is not available for Benefit Commencement Dates after 11:59 p.m. on May 1, 2008.

 

  C. 25%, 50%, 80%, or 100% Joint and Survivor Annuity. This option pays a reduced monthly benefit (compared to the single life annuity) to the AFS Transition Participant for life with 25%, 50%, 80%, or 100%, depending on the specific option elected, of the reduced monthly amount paid to the surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner of the AFS Transition Participant following the AFS Transition Participant’s death. All benefits end when the survivor dies. The Social Security Bridge Benefit is provided to the AFS Transition Participant until age 62 and the benefit is subject to COLA Adjustment.

The 25% and 80% Joint and Survivor Annuity are not available for Benefit Commencement Dates after 11:59 p.m. on May 1, 2008.

 

  D. 80%/50% Joint and Last Survivor Annuity. This option pays a reduced monthly benefit (compared to the single life annuity) to the AFS Transition Participant for life and after the death of the AFS Transition Participant or his or her Spouse or Domestic Partner, whichever occurs first, 80% will be paid to the survivor if the survivor is the AFS Transition Participant and 50% will be paid to the survivor if the survivor is the AFS Transition Participant’s Spouse or Domestic Partner. All benefits end when the survivor dies. The Social Security Bridge Benefit is provided to the AFS Transition Participant until age 62 and the option is subject to a COLA Adjustment.

This option is not available for Benefit Commencement Dates after 11:59 p.m. on May 1, 2008.

 

115


  E. 50% or 75% Joint and Last Survivor Annuity. This option pays a reduced monthly benefit (compared to the single life annuity) to the AFS Transition Participant for as long as both the AFS Transition Participant and his or her Spouse or Domestic Partner are alive. After the death of the AFS Transition Participant or his or her Spouse or Domestic Partner, whichever occurs first, 50% or 75%, depending on the specific option elected, of the reduced benefit amount will be paid to the survivor. Benefits end when the survivor dies. The Social Security Bridge Benefit is provided to the AFS Transition Participant until age 62 and the option is subject to a COLA Adjustment.

This option is not available for Benefit Commencement Dates after 11:59 p.m. on May 1, 2008.

 

V. EIC, LOG and SLD Plans. A Participant whose Prior Plan is the EIC, LOG, or SLD Plan may elect to receive his or her Prior Plan Benefit attributable to the EIC, LOG, or SLD Plan under the following Optional Forms:

 

  A. 20 Year Term Certain and Life Annuity. This option pays a reduced monthly benefit (compared to the Single Life Annuity) to the Participant for life with payments guaranteed for a minimum of 240 months. If the Participant dies before all payments are made, the Participant’s Beneficiary will receive the remaining guaranteed monthly payments.

 

  B. Social Security Level Income Option. This option pays a monthly benefit to the Participant for life with a Social Security Bridge Benefit until the Participant reaches 65. All payments end with the death of the Participant.

This option may be combined with a single life annuity or with a 100% or 50% Joint and Survivor Option for the surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner of the Participant.

This option is not available for Benefit Commencement Dates after 11:59 p.m. on May 1, 2008 except with respect to the 100% Joint and Survivor option.

 

  C. COLA Options. A Participant whose Prior Plan was the EIC Plan will receive the portion of his or her Prior Plan Benefit attributable to his or her “pre-2000 accrued benefit” (as defined in the EIC Plan) as indexed in accordance with the main Plan document through December 31, 2001 in any of the Optional Forms available at the time of his or her Benefit Commencement Date for Participants in the EIC Plan together with a COLA Adjustment. The remaining Prior Plan Benefit not available with a COLA Adjustment may be paid in any of the optional forms described for Participants in the EIC Plan.

 

116


VI. Lexington Plan. A Participant whose Prior Plan is the Lexington Plan may elect to receive the Prior Plan Benefit attributable to the Lexington Plan in the following optional forms:

A single life annuity, which, if the Participant has been married for at least one year before his or her Benefit Commencement Date, dies within two years of the Benefit Commencement Date, and was married to the same spouse at the Participant’s death, the surviving Spouse will receive a benefit as though the Participant had elected the 50% Joint and Survivor Annuity for the Prior Plan Benefit attributable to the Lexington Plan adjusted to reflect the payments received by the Participant before death.

 

VII. TNIC Plan. If the Participant formerly participated in the TNIC Plan, the Participant may receive the portion of his or her Prior Plan Benefit attributable to the TNIC Plan in the following optional form:

Lump Sum. If the lump sum value of the portion of the Prior Plan Benefit attributable to the TNIC Plan is more than $5,000 but not more than $25,000 as of the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date, the Participant may elect to have the benefit paid in a lump sum or in an Immediate Annuity as of the first day of any month after his or her Termination Date.

 

VIII. ReliaStar Plan. A Participant whose Prior Plan is the ReliaStar Plan may elect to receive the portion of his or her Prior Plan Benefit attributable to the ReliaStar Plan in one of the following optional forms:

 

  A. 15- and 20-Year Term Certain and Life Annuity. This option pays a reduced monthly benefit (compared to the single life annuity) to the Participant for life with payments guaranteed for a minimum of 180 or 240 months, depending on the option selected. If the Participant dies before all guaranteed payments are made, his or her Beneficiary will receive the remaining monthly payments.

The 15-Year Certain and Life Annuity is not available for Benefit Commencement Dates after 11:59 p.m. on May 1, 2008.

 

  B. Joint and Two-Thirds Last Survivor Annuity. This option provides a reduced monthly benefit (compared to the single life annuity) to the Participant and his or her Spouse or Domestic Partner for as long as both are alive. Upon the death of the first to die, the monthly benefit reduces to 2/3 of the amount payable while both were alive. This reduced monthly benefit continues for the survivor’s lifetime.

 

IX. Northern Plan. A Participant who participated in the Northern Plan may elect to receive the Prior Plan Benefit attributable to the Northern Plan in the following optional forms:

 

  A. Joint and Two-Thirds Last Survivor Annuity. This option provides a reduced monthly benefit (compared to the single life annuity) to the Participant and his or her Spouse or Domestic Partner for as long as both are alive. Upon the death of the first to die, the monthly benefit reduces to 2/3 of the amount payable while both were alive. This reduced monthly Benefit continues for the survivor’s lifetime.

 

117


  B. Lump Sum. If the lump-sum value of the portion of the Prior Plan Benefit attributable to the Northern Plan is more than $5,000 but not more than $15,000 as of the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date, the Participant may elect to have the Benefit paid in a lump sum or in an Immediate Annuity as of the first day of any month after his or her Termination Date.

 

  C. 5 or 10 Year Certain Annuity Feature. A five or ten-year term certain feature may be added to the 50% or 100% Joint and Survivor Annuity option or the Joint and Two-Thirds Last Survivor Annuity option. If the Participant and Spouse or Domestic Partner die before the end of the five or ten-year period, payments will continue to the Beneficiary through the end of that guaranteed period.

This option is not available for Benefit Commencement Dates after 11:59 p.m. on May 1, 2008.

 

X. Security-Connecticut Plan. A Participant who participated in the Security-Connecticut Plan may elect to receive his or her Prior Plan Benefit attributable to the Security-Connecticut Plan in the following optional form:

Variable Annuity Option. 50% of the lump-sum value of the Prior Plan Benefit attributable to the Security-Connecticut Plan may be applied to purchase a variable annuity contract from a life insurance company licensed to do business in the State of Connecticut (as selected by the Committee) with payments in the form of a single life annuity, joint and 50% or 100% survivor annuity with the Participant’s Spouse or ten- year term certain and life annuity. The remaining Prior Plan Benefit attributable to the Security-Connecticut Plan may be paid in any of the optional forms described for Participants in the ReliaStar Plan.

 

XI. USLICO Plan. A Participant whose Prior Plan was the ReliaStar Plan and who participated in the USLICO Plan may elect to receive the portion of his or her Prior Plan benefit attributable to the USLICO Plan in any of the Optional Forms available with respect to benefits attributable to the ReliaStar Plan available at the time of his or her Benefit Commencement Date with a Social Security Bridge Benefit to age 62 and a COLA Adjustment.

 

118


APPENDIX 4.5

MINIMUM REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 1. Application and General Rules

1.1 Precedence and Effective Date. Subject to Section 4.1, the requirements of this Appendix shall apply to any distribution of a Participant’s interest and will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of this Plan. Unless otherwise specified, the provisions of this Appendix apply to calendar years beginning after December 31, 2002.

1.2 Requirements of Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this Appendix shall be determined and made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9), including the incidental death benefit requirement in Code Section 401(a)(9)(G), and the regulations thereunder.

1.3 Limits on Distribution Periods. As of the first Distribution Calendar Year, Distributions to a Participant if not made in a single sum may only be made over one of the following periods:

(a) the life of the Participant,

(b) the joint lives of the Participant and a Designated Beneficiary, or

(c) a period certain not extending beyond the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and a Designated Beneficiary.

1.4 Defined Terms. Capitalized terms not defined herein will have the same meaning assigned to those terms in the main text of the Plan.

Section 2. Time and Manner of Distribution.

2.1 Required Beginning Date. The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.

2.2 Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Plan will cash out any survivor benefit that has a present value not greater than $1,000 (or such other dollar amount as may be specified in Code Section 411(a)(11)(A)), or will cash out any survivor benefit payable under Section 5.2 to a non-Spouse Beneficiary, who is not a natural person as soon as practicable after the Participant’s date of death. In any event, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

(a) If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving Spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70  1 / 2 , if later.

 

119


(b) If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the Designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.

(c) If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

(d) If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving Spouse are required to begin, this Section 2.2, other than Section 2.2(a), will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.

For purposes of this Section 2.2 and Section 5, unless Section 2.2(d) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If Section 2.2(d) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under Section 2.2(a). If distributions under an annuity meeting the requirements of this Appendix commence to the Participant before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date (or to the Participant’s surviving Spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under Section 2.2(a)) the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.

2.3 Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first Distribution Calendar Year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 3, 4 and 5 of this Appendix. If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(a)(9). Any part of the Participant’s interest which is in the form of an individual account described in Code Section 414(k) will be distributed in a manner satisfying the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(a)(9) that apply to individual accounts.

Section 3. Determination of Amount to be Distributed Each Year.

3.1 General Annuity Requirements. If the Participant’s interest is to be paid in the form of annuity distributions under the Plan, payments under the annuity shall satisfy the following requirements:

(a) the annuity distributions will be paid in periodic payments made at uniform intervals not longer than one year;

(b) the distribution period will be over a life (or lives) or over a period certain not longer than the period described in Section 4 or 5 of this Appendix 4.5;

(c) once payments have begun over a period, the period will be changed only in accordance with Section 6 of this Appendix 4.5; and

 

120


(d) payments will either be nonincreasing or increase only as follows:

(1) by an annual percentage increase that does not exceed the percentage increase in an Eligible Cost-Of-Living Index for a 12-month period ending in the year during which the increase occurs or a prior year;

(2) by a percentage increase that occurs at specified times and does not exceed the cumulative total of annual percentage increases in an Eligible Cost-of- Living Index since the Benefit Commencement Date, or if later, the date of the most recent percentage increase;

(3) by a constant percentage of less than 5% per year, applied not less frequently than annually;

(4) as a result of dividend or other payments that result from Actuarial Gains, provided:

(i) Actuarial Gain is measured not less frequently than annually,

(ii) the resulting dividend or other payments are either paid no later than the year following the year for which the actuarial experience is measured or paid in the same form as the payment of the annuity over the remaining period of the annuity (beginning no later than the year following the year for which the actuarial experience is measured),

(iii) the Actuarial Gain taken into account is limited to Actuarial Gain from investment experience,

(iv) the assumed interest rate used to calculate such Actuarial Gains is not less than 3%, and

(v) the annuity payments are not increased by a constant percentage as described in (3) of this Section 3.1(d);

(5) to the extent of the reduction in the amount of the Participant’s payments to provide for a survivor benefit, but only if there is no longer a survivor benefit because the Beneficiary whose life was being used to determine the distribution period described in Section 4 of this Appendix 4.5 dies or is no longer the Participant’s Beneficiary pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Code Section 414(p);

(6) to provide a final payment upon the Participant’s death not greater than the excess of the actuarial present value of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit (within the meaning of Code Section 411(a)(7), calculated as of the Benefit Commencement Date using the Applicable Interest Rate and the Applicable Mortality Table (or, if greater, the total amount of employee contributions, if any) over the total of payments before the Participant’s death;

 

121


(7) to allow a Beneficiary to convert the survivor portion of a joint and survivor annuity into a lump sum distribution upon the Participant’s death; or

(8) to pay increased benefits that result from a Plan amendment.

3.2 Amount Required to Be Distributed by Required Beginning Date and Later Payment Intervals. The amount that must be distributed on or before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date (or, if the Participant dies before distributions begin, the date distributions are required to begin under Section 2.2(a) or (b) of this Appendix 4.5) is the payment that is required for one payment interval. The second payment need not be made until the end of the next payment interval even if that payment interval ends in the next calendar year. All of the Participant’s benefit accruals as of the last day of the first Distribution Calendar Year will be included in the calculation of the amount of the annuity payments for payment intervals ending on or after the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.

3.3 Additional Accruals After First Distribution Calendar Year. Any additional benefits accruing to the Participant in a calendar year after the first Distribution Calendar Year will be distributed beginning with the first payment interval ending in the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which such benefit accrues.

Section 4. Requirements for Annuity Distributions that Commence During Participant’s Lifetime.

4.1 Joint Life Annuities Where the Beneficiary Is Not the Participant’s Spouse. If the Participant’s interest is being distributed in the form of a joint and survivor annuity for the joint lives of the Participant and a non-Spouse Beneficiary, annuity payments to be made on or after the Participant’s Required Beginning Date to the Designated Beneficiary after the Participant’s death must not at any time exceed the applicable percentage of the annuity payment for such period that would have been payable to the Participant, using the table set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(a)(9)-6, Q&A 2(c)(2), in the manner described in Q&A 2(c)(1), to determine the applicable percentage. If the form of distribution combines a joint and survivor annuity for the joint lives of the Participant and a non-Spouse Beneficiary and a period certain annuity, the requirement in the preceding sentence will apply to annuity payments to be made to the Designated Beneficiary after the expiration of the period certain.

4.2 Period Certain Annuities. Unless the Participant’s Spouse is the sole Designated Beneficiary and the form of distribution is a period certain and no life annuity, the period certain for an annuity distribution commencing during the Participant’s lifetime may not exceed the applicable distribution period for the Participant under the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-2, for the calendar year that contains the Benefit Commencement Date. If the Benefit Commencement Date precedes the year in which the Participant reaches age 70, the applicable distribution period for the Participant is the distribution period for age 70 under the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-2, plus the excess of 70 over the age of the Participant as of the Participant’s birthday in the year that contains the Benefit Commencement Date. If the Participant’s Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the form of distribution is a period certain and no life annuity, the period certain may not exceed the longer of the Participant’s applicable distribution period, as determined under this

 

122


Section 4.2, or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse as determined under the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-3, using the Participant’s and Spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and Spouse’s birthdays in the calendar year that contains the Benefit Commencement Date.

Section 5. Requirements For Minimum Distributions After the Participant’s Death.

5.1 Death After Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies after distribution of his or her interest begins in the form of an annuity meeting the requirements of this Appendix 4.5, the remaining portion of the Participant’s interest will continue to be distributed over the remaining period over which distributions commenced.

5.2 Death Before Distributions Begin.

(a) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distribution of his or her interest begins and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, beginning no later than the time described in Section 2.2(a) or (b) of this Appendix 4.5, over the life of the Designated Beneficiary or over a period certain not exceeding:

(i) unless the Benefit Commencement Date is before the first Distribution Calendar Year, the Life Expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary will be determined using the Beneficiary’s age as of the Beneficiary’s birthday in the calendar year immediately following the calendar year of the Participant’s death; or

(ii) if the Benefit Commencement Date is before the first Distribution Calendar Year, the Life Expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary will be determined using the Beneficiary’s age as of the Beneficiary’s birthday in the calendar year that contains the Benefit Commencement Date.

(b) No Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

(c) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Begin . If the Participant dies before the date distribution of his or her interest begins, the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, and the surviving Spouse dies before distributions to the surviving Spouse begin, this Section 5 will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant, except that the time by which Distributions must begin will be determined without regard to Section 2.2(a) of this Appendix 4.5.

 

123


Section 6. Changes to Annuity Payment Period.

6.1 Permitted Changes. An annuity payment period may be changed only in association with an annuity payment increase described in Section 3.1(d) of this Appendix 4.5 or in accordance with Section 6.2 of this Appendix 4.5.

6.2 Reannuitization. An annuity payment period may be changed and the annuity payments modified in accordance with that change if the conditions in Section 6.3 of this Appendix 4.5 are satisfied and:

(a) the modification occurs when the Participant retires or in connection with a Plan termination;

(b) the payment period prior to modification is a period certain without life contingencies; or

(c) the annuity payments after modification are paid under a qualified joint and survivor annuity over the joint lives of the Participant and a Designated Beneficiary, the Participant’s Spouse is the sole Designated Beneficiary, and the modification occurs in connection with the Participant becoming married to such Spouse.

6.3 Conditions. The conditions in this Section 6.3 are satisfied if:

(a) the future payments after the modification satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9), Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(a)(9), and this Appendix 4.5 (determined by treating the date of the change as a new Benefit Commencement Date and the actuarial present value of the remaining payments prior to modification as the entire interest of the Participant);

(b) for purposes of Code Section 415 and Code Section 417, the modification is treated as a new Benefit Commencement Date;

(c) after taking into account the modification, the annuity (including all past and future payments) satisfies the requirements of Code Section 415 (determined at the original Benefit Commencement Date, using the interest rates and mortality tables applicable to such date); and

(d) the end point of the period certain, if any, for any modified payment period is not later than the end point available to the employee at the original Benefit Commencement Date under Code Section 401(a)(9) and this Appendix 4.5.

Section 7. Payments to a Surviving Child.

7.1 Special Rule. For purposes of this Appendix 4.5, payments made to a Participant’s surviving child until the child reaches the age of majority (or dies, if earlier) shall be treated as if such payments were made to the surviving Spouse to the extent the payments become payable to the surviving Spouse upon cessation of the payments to the child.

 

124


7.2 Age of Majority. For purposes of this Section 7.2, a child shall be treated as having not reached the age of majority if the child has not completed a specified course of education and is under the age of 26. In addition, a child who is disabled within the meaning of Code Section 72(m)(7) when the child reaches the age of majority shall be treated as having not reached the age of majority so long as the child continues to be disabled.

Section 8. Definitions.

8.1 Actuarial Gain. The difference between an amount determined using the actuarial assumptions (i.e., investment return, mortality, expense, and other similar assumptions) used to calculate the initial payments before adjustment for any increases and the amount determined under the actual experience with respect to those factors. Actuarial Gain also includes differences between the amount determined using actuarial assumptions when an annuity was purchased or commenced and such amount determined using actuarial assumptions used in calculating payments at the time the Actuarial Gain is determined.

8.2 Designated Beneficiary. The individual who is designated by the Participant (or the Participant’s surviving Spouse) as the Beneficiary of the Participant’s interest under the Plan and who is the Designated Beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(a)(9)-4.

8.3 Distribution Calendar Year. A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant to Section 2.2.

8.4 Eligible Cost-of-living Index. An index described in paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3) or (b)(4) of Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(a)(9)-6, Q&A-14.

8.5 Life Expectancy. Life Expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-1.

8.6 Required Beginning Date. The Required Beginning Date of a Participant is April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70  1 / 2 or the calendar year in which the Participant retires, except that benefit distributions to a 5-Percent Owner must commence by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70  1 / 2 .

8.7 5-Percent Owner. A Participant is treated as a 5-Percent Owner for purposes of this Appendix 4.5 if the Participant is a 5-Percent Owner as defined in Code Section 416 at any time during the Plan year ending with or within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 70  1 / 2 . Once distributions have begun to a 5-Percent Owner under this Appendix 4.5, they must continue to be distributed, even if the Participant ceases to be a 5-Percent Owner in a subsequent year.

 

125


Section 9. Transition.

9.1 Transition Rule. F-3 and F-3A of Section 1.401(a)(9)-1 of the 1987 proposed regulations, A-1 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-6 of the 2001 proposed regulations, Section 1.401(a)(9)-6T of the temporary regulations, or a reasonable and good faith interpretation of the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (as elected by the Company) apply in lieu of the requirements of Sections 3, 4 and 6 of this Appendix 4.5 for purposes of determining minimum required distributions for calendar years 2003, 2004, and 2005.

 

126

Exhibit 10.61

ING INSURANCE AMERICAS

409A DEFERRED COMPENSATION SAVINGS PLAN

Effective as of January 1, 2005


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 1.

 

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

     1   

1.1

 

Purpose of the Plan

     1   

1.2

 

Applicability of the Plan

     1   

ARTICLE 2.

 

DEFINITIONS

     2   

2.1

 

Account

     2   

2.2

 

Affiliate

     2   

2.3

 

Beneficiary

     2   

2.4

 

Code

     2   

2.5

 

Company

     2   

2.6

 

Compensation

     3   

2.7

 

Distribution Election

     3   

2.8

 

DCSP

     3   

2.9

 

Employee

     3   

2.10

 

Employer

     3   

2.11

 

Enrollment Process

     3   

2.12

 

ERISA

     3   

2.13

 

401(k) Savings Plan

     3   

2.14

 

Investment Fund or Investment Funds

     4   

2.15

 

Match Contribution

     4   

2.16

 

Participant

     4   

2.17

 

Plan

     4   

2.18

 

Plan Administrator

     4   

2.19

 

Plan Year

     4   

2.20

 

Restoration Match Contribution

     4   

2.21

 

Retirement

     4   

2.22

 

Salary

     5   

2.23

 

Specified Employee

     5   

2.24

 

Termination of Employment

     5   

2.25

 

Valuation Date

     5   

2.26

 

Variable Compensation

     5   

2.27

 

Years of Service

     5   

ARTICLE 3.

 

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

     6   

3.1

 

Eligibility

     6   

3.2

 

Participation

     6   

ARTICLE 4.

 

DEFERRALS AND COMPANY MATCH

     8   

4.1

 

Amount of Deferral

     8   

4.2

 

Match Contribution and Restoration Match Contribution

     9   

4.3

 

Vesting

     10   

4.4

 

Length of Deferral Period

     10   

4.5

 

Form of Payment

     11   

4.6

 

No Revocation of Deferral Election

     11   

 

-i-


ARTICLE 5.

 

PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS

     12   

5.1

 

Investment Elections

     12   

5.2

 

Valuation of Participant Accounts

     13   

ARTICLE 6.

 

PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS

     13   

6.1

 

Payments to a Participant

     13   

6.2

 

Payments to a Beneficiary

     14   

6.3

 

Financial Hardship Withdrawal

     14   

6.4

 

Payments to Specified Employees

     15   

ARTICLE 7.

 

ADMINISTRATION

     15   

7.1

 

Administration

     15   

7.2

 

Appeal from a Claim Denial

     15   

7.3

 

Tax Withholding

     16   

7.4

 

Expenses

     17   

7.5

 

Account Corrections

     17   

ARTICLE 8.

 

ADOPTION OF THE PLAN BY AN AFFILIATE; AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

     17   

8.1

 

Adoption of the Plan by an Affiliate

     17   

8.2

 

Amendment and Termination

     17   

ARTICLE 9.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     17   

9.1

 

No Contract of Employment

     17   

9.2

 

Financing

     17   

9.3

 

Unsecured Interest

     18   

9.4

 

Nontransferability

     18   

9.5

 

Severability

     18   

9.6

 

Compliance with Code Section 409A

     18   

9.7

 

Applicable Law

     18   

9.8

 

Lost Distributees

     19   

 

-ii-


Exhibit 10.61

ING INSURANCE AMERICAS

409A DEFERRED COMPENSATION SAVINGS PLAN

Effective as of January 1, 2005

ARTICLE 1.

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

 

1.1 Purpose of the Plan

Effective January 1, 2005, ING North America Insurance Corporation (the “Company”) decided to amend, restate and rename the ING Americas Deferred Compensation Savings Plan (“DCSP”) as the ING Insurance Americas 409A Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan applies to deferrals and contributions made on or after January 1, 2005.

The Plan is a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that is comprised of two separate components. One component provides benefits attributable solely to the benefits that would have been provided to employees under the ING Americas Savings Plan and ESOP but for the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) or 402(g) (as increased for cost of living), which is sometimes referred to as a “spillover plan” or “mirror plan”. The other component provides for deferrals and a matching contribution on certain deferrals made under the Plan.

The Plan shall be maintained as an unfunded plan of deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees. The Plan is intended to be a “top hat” plan that is exempt from the participation, vesting, funding, and fiduciary requirements of Title I of ERISA.

For amounts deferred to the Plan or attributable to Plan participation on or after January 1, 2005, the Plan, as amended and restated, is intended to reflect the provisions of Code Section 409A and the transition rules contained in Notice 2005-1 and subsequent Notices and releases. Amounts deferred or attributable to participation in the DCSP prior to January 1, 2005, shall continue to be governed by the DCSP as in effect on December 31, 2004 and shall be treated as “grandfathered” for purposes of Code Section 409A.

 

1.2 Applicability of the Plan

The provisions of the Plan, as set forth herein, are applicable only to Employees who are employed by an Employer on or after January 1, 2005 and who elect to participate in the Plan on and after that date and with respect to the portion of their Account attributable to deferrals and participation on and after January 1, 2005. The terms of the DCSP, as in effect on December 31, 2004, shall continue to apply to all former employees and Participants who had or have an account under the DCSP, including a Participant with a “prior plan account” under the DCSP. These amounts shall be treated as “grandfathered” accounts for purposes of Code Section 409A.

Effective January 1, 2006, an Employee who is performing services as an expatriate shall be eligible to participate in the spillover portion of the Plan during his or her assignment as an expatriate.


ARTICLE 2.

DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below unless otherwise expressly provided. When the defined meaning is intended, the term is capitalized herein. The definition of any term in the singular shall also include the plural, whichever is appropriate in the context.

 

2.1 Account

Account means the bookkeeping account maintained for each Participant that represents the Participant’s total interest under the Plan as of any Valuation Date. An Account may consist of one or more sub-accounts, including but not limited to, the Spillover Sub-Account, the Deferral Sub-Account, and the Restoration Match Sub-Account.

 

2.2 Affiliate

Affiliate means any corporation, association, joint venture, proprietorship, or partnership while it is connected with the Company through stock ownership, common control, membership in an affiliated service group, or otherwise within the meaning of Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m), and (o).

 

2.3 Beneficiary

Beneficiary means the person or persons designated by the Participant to receive any benefits payable from the Participant’s Account as a result of his or her death. Each Participant shall designate his or her Beneficiary (or change this designation) at a time and in a manner specified by the Plan Administrator. To be effective, a properly completed beneficiary designation form must be on file with the Plan Administrator at the time of the Participant’s death. If no person is designated as a Beneficiary, if a designation is revoked, if a designation is ineffective for any reason, or if no designated Beneficiary survives the Participant, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s estate.

 

2.4 Code

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or as it may be amended from time to time. A reference to a particular Section of the Code shall also include the regulations promulgated under such Section.

 

2.5 Company

Company means ING North America Insurance Corporation or any successor thereto that adopts and continues the Plan.

 

-2-


2.6 Compensation

Compensation means the Participant’s “compensation” for purposes of the 401(k) Savings Plan determined without regard to the limitations of Code Section 401(a)(17), as increased for cost of living.

 

2.7 Distribution Election

Distribution Election means the date and form a Participant elects to have payments of his or her Account made pursuant to Section 4.5, as in effect from time to time.

 

2.8 DCSP

DCSP means the ING Americas Deferred Compensation Savings Plan, as in effect on December 31, 2004, or as subsequently amended.

 

2.9 Employee

Employee means any person employed by an Employer; provided, however , that beginning on January 1, 2006, an Employee who is performing services as an expatriate shall be eligible to participate in the spillover portion of the Plan for the period during which the Employee is on foreign assignment.

 

2.10 Employer

Employer means the Company, the Affiliates listed on Attachment A and any other Affiliate that adopts the Plan with the approval of the Company.

 

2.11 Enrollment Process

Enrollment Process means the process established by the Plan Administrator for use by a Participant in electing to participate in the Plan for a Plan Year pursuant to Section 3.2, with such process requiring the Participant to specify the type and amount to be deferred and duration of that deferral.

 

2.12 ERISA

ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended or as it may be amended from time to time. A reference to a particular Section of ERISA shall also include the regulations promulgated under such Section.

 

2.13 401(k) Savings Plan

401(k) Savings Plan means the ING Americas Savings Plan and ESOP, as in effect from time to time.

 

-3-


2.14 Investment Fund or Investment Funds

Investment Fund or Investment Funds means any fund or funds designated by the Plan administrator as investment benchmark options available to the Participants in the Plan for purposes of determining the hypothetical investment gains or losses credited to Participant Accounts. The Plan Administrator shall have the sole and absolute discretion to establish and terminate Investment Funds at any time as it may deem appropriate or necessary.

 

2.15 Match Contribution

Match Contribution means the amount the Company contributes to the Plan which is 6 percent (6%) or such other amount as determined by the Company, times the amount a Participant defers to the Plan under Section 4.1(a), (b), (c) or (d).

 

2.16 Participant

Participant means an Employee who has satisfied the participation requirements described in Section 3.2.

 

2.17 Plan

Plan means the ING Insurance Americas 409A Deferred Compensation Savings Plan, as in effect on and after January 1, 2005, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

2.18 Plan Administrator

Plan Administrator means the Company or its delegate that is responsible for the administration and operation of the Plan.

 

2.19 Plan Year

Plan Year means the calendar year.

 

2.20 Restoration Match Contribution

Restoration Match Contribution means the amount the Company contributes to the Plan which is 6 percent (6%) or such other amount as determined by the Company, times the amount a Participant defers to the Plan under Section 4.1(e).

 

2.21 Retirement

Retirement means Termination of Employment after age 55 and completion of at least 5 “years of vesting service”, as that term is defined in the ING Americas Retirement Plan, as in effect from time to time.

 

-4-


2.22 Salary

Salary means the Employee’s regular base salary from the Employer, exclusive of any Variable Compensation, and determined before reduction for amounts deferred pursuant to a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, including but not limited to the Plan, and before reduction for any contributions made on the Participant’s behalf under a plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliate under Code Sections 125, 132(f) or 401(k).

 

2.23 Specified Employee

Specified Employee means those key employees (as that term is defined in Code Section 416(i)(1)) identified pursuant to the procedures established by the Company, which shall be based on Compensation determined as of December 31 of each calendar year and determined and documented no later than March 31 of the immediately following calendar year.

 

2.24 Termination of Employment

Termination of Employment means the date a Participant has a “termination of employment”, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion. For these purposes, a termination of employment shall be deemed to occur if the level of bona fide services the Participant would perform is permanently decreased to no more than 20% of the level of services provided over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or the full period of service the Participant provided to his or her Employer), with such 36-month period beginning on the date immediately preceding the date on which such change in the level of services occurs. For purposes of determining whether a termination from service has occurred, services provided as an independent contractor shall be considered services as an employee, as will any service to any Affiliate.

 

2.25 Valuation Date

Valuation Date means each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.

 

2.26 Variable Compensation

Variable Compensation means any short-term incentive plan award (including but not limited to incentive compensation, sales and commission based compensation and/or bonus and excluding sign-on bonuses, expense reimbursements or any similar type payments made by the Employer) and any long-term incentive plan award (including but not limited to restricted stock and leo performance share awards and excluding leo stock options) payable to a Participant on account of services performed by the Participant

 

2.27 Years of Service

Years of Service means a Participant’s years of employment with the Company or an Affiliate measured from his or her hire date and anniversaries of that date.

 

-5-


ARTICLE 3.

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

3.1 Eligibility

An Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan for a Plan Year if he or she:

 

  a. has annual Salary equal to or greater than $150,000 beginning with the 2009 Plan Year ($125,000 for the 2005 through 2008 Plan Years) or such other amount as determined by the Company for a Plan Year, as indicated on the Employer’s payroll records as of the first day of May of the preceding Plan Year; or

 

  b. participates in a sales-based compensation plan and the sum of his or her actual Salary plus actual sales-based earnings exceeds $150,000 beginning with the 2009 or such other amount as determined by the Company for a Plan Year, as indicated in the payroll records of the Employer. For the 2005 through 2008 Plan Years, eligibility shall be the sum of the Participant’s actual Salary plus actual sales-based earnings in excess of $125,000, for each of the three (3) 12-month periods beginning on May 1 and ending on the following April 30th, as indicated in the payroll records of the Employer. Beginning August 1, 2008, the measurement period for determining eligibility for an Employee who participates in a sales-based program shall be reduced from three (3) consecutive 12-month periods to a single, 12-month period beginning on May 1 and ending on the following April 30th; or

 

  c. is hired during a Plan Year with an annual Salary equal to or greater than $150,000 beginning with the 2009 Plan Year ($125,000 for the 2005 through 2008 Plan Years) or such other amount as determined by the Company for a Plan Year, as indicated on the Employer’s payroll records.

Eligibility for participation in the Plan does not guarantee actual participation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may establish eligibility criteria that takes into account compensation payable by an Affiliate for an Employee who is assigned by an Employer to an Affiliate located outside of the U.S. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a former Citigroup LLC or State Street Bank and Trust Company employee who transferred to the Company or an Employer in connection with the acquisition of CitiStreet LLC by Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc. shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan during the 2008 or 2009 Plan Years.

 

3.2 Participation

 

  a.

Election to Participate in the Plan. An eligible Employee may elect, in the manner and using the Enrollment Process established by the Plan Administrator, to participate in the Plan for a Plan Year by properly completing the Enrollment Process. The Enrollment Process is an on-line process which requires the eligible Employee to make certain elections and to complete certain forms maintained electronically. To commence participation, an eligible Employee must timely

 

-6-


  complete the Enrollment Process and provide and/or return any other documents required by the Plan Administrator for participation. To be timely, a Participant must complete the Enrollment Process no later than (A) the annual enrollment period cut off date established by the Plan Administrator, which cutoff date cannot be later than December 31 of the immediately preceding Plan Year with respect to participation in the immediately following Plan Year (June 30 of the immediately preceding Plan Year with respect to performance payments to be made in the following year), or (B) for an Employee who is a new hire during a Plan Year, no later than 30 days after his or her date of hire. After the end of the applicable enrollment period, an election to participate may not be changed or revoked, although the timing and form of distribution may be changed in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.4.

 

  b. Changes in Elections to Participate in the Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan Administrator may provide for changes in elections to participate, and amounts to be deferred to the Plan, that are in addition to the annual Enrollment Process, provided such ability to change elections is made available to all eligible Employees and such election changes comply with all provisions of the Code, including but not limited to, Code Section 409A. To be effective, an eligible Employee must complete the process of changing an election to participate or deferral amount within the time period established for such election changes.

 

  c. Commencement of Participation. Participation for a Plan Year shall commence as of the first day of the Plan Year to which the Enrollment Process applies, or in the case of a new hire during the Plan Year, as soon as practicable after he or she completes the Enrollment Process.

 

  d. Duration of Participation. A Participant must elect to participate in the Plan annually; provided, however , the Plan Administrator may establish rules that permit an election under Sections 3.2(a), 3.2(b) and 3.2(c) to remain in effect for subsequent Plan Years. In the absence of any such rules, an election to participate shall expire on December 31 of the Plan Year in which it first became effective. An eligible Employee who elects not to participate in the Plan will not be enrolled in any subsequent Plan Year unless he or she affirmatively elects participation in accordance with Section 3.2(a). A Participant shall cease to be an active Participant on the earlier of his or her ceasing to meet the eligibility requirements under Section 3.1. A Participant who transfers to an Affiliate who has not adopted the Plan shall cease active participation in the Plan as of the date he or she ceases employment with the Employer. A Participant who ceases to be an active Participant shall be an inactive Participant and shall retain all the rights described under the Plan, except the right to have additional deferrals or matching contributions credited to his or her Account as provided for in Section 4.1, until such time as he or she once again satisfies the eligibility requirements of Section 3.1 and timely elects to participate in the Plan for a subsequent Plan Year, in accordance with Section 3.2(a). For clarification purposes only, a Participant who elects to defer a portion of his or her sales-based earnings shall have such election to participate apply to the subsequent Plan Year.

 

-7-


ARTICLE 4.

DEFERRALS AND COMPANY MATCH

 

4.1 Amount of Deferral

For each Plan Year, in accordance with rules established by the Plan Administrator, a Participant may elect to defer (in whole percentages):

 

  a. Salary Deferrals. Up to 50 percent (50%) or a specified dollar amount (in whole dollars that does not exceed 50 percent (50%) of Salary) of the Salary that would otherwise be payable to the Participant during the Plan Year;

 

  b. Sales-based Commission Compensation. A Participant may defer up to 100% of his or her sales-based commission compensation or a specified dollar amount that would otherwise be payable to the Participant in the calendar year immediately succeeding the end of the Plan Year; provided, however , that effective on January 1, 2009, a Participant may only elect to defer up to 50% of his or her sales-based commission compensation. By way of example only, an election to participate and defer sales-based commissions made for the 2005 Plan Year shall apply to sales-based commission paid in 2006 and an election not to participate with respect to 2007 commissions shall apply to payments made in 2008; and/or

 

  c. Short-Term Variable Compensation. For the 2005 through 2008 Plan Years up to 100 percent (100%) or a specified dollar amount (in whole dollars that does not exceed 100 percent (100%) of Variable Compensation) of the Variable Compensation consisting of short-term incentive payments, including but not limited to, sales/commission payments that would otherwise be earned by the Participant during the Plan Year; and beginning with the 2009 Plan Year, excluding sales-based commission payments, which deferral shall be limited as specified in Section 4.1(b); and/or

 

  d. Long-Term Variable Compensation. Up to 100 percent (100%) in whole percentages of Variable Compensation consisting of long-term incentive awards that will become vested or payable to the Participant during the Plan Year, provided, however , that elections to defer restricted stock must be made during the annual enrollment period of the year preceding the year of grant.

 

  e. Spillover Deferrals. An amount between 1 percent (1%) and 20 percent (20%) in whole percentages of Compensation. Spillover deferrals will commence upon a Participant reaching the maximum salary deferral amount under Code Section 402(g) (as increased for cost of living) or having reached the compensation limit under Code Section 401(a)(17) (as adjusted for cost of living) in the 401(k) Savings Plan, such that the Participant is no longer permitted to make salary deferral contributions to the 401(k) Savings Plan. For this purpose, catch-up and rollover contributions made by the Participant to the 401(k) Savings Plan are not taken into account.

 

-8-


  f. Employees on Foreign Assignment. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for the 2005 through 2008 Plan Years, the Company may determine which portion of a Participant’s compensation payments will be eligible for deferrals hereunder if such Participant is on assignment to a foreign Affiliate and whether or not such deferral shall be eligible for a Matching Contribution. There is no requirement that each such Participant be treated the same and the determination shall be made in the sole and absolute discretion of the Company. Beginning with the 2009 Plan Year, a Participant on foreign assignment as an expatriate shall be eligible to participate only in the spillover portion of the Plan for any period during which the majority of his or her work time is spent on foreign assignment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this subparagraph f shall be deemed to permit the cessation of deferrals to the Plan that would be in violation of Code Section 409A.

Each deferral made under this Section 4.1 shall be credited to the Participant’s Account as soon as administratively practicable after the date on which the amount deferred would have been paid to the Participant.

 

4.2 Match Contribution and Restoration Match Contribution

 

  a. Match Contribution. For each Plan Year, each Participant who has elected deferrals pursuant to Sections 4.1(a), (b) and (c) and where applicable (f) shall have credited to his or her Account a Matching Contribution.

 

  b. Restoration Match Contribution. For each Plan year, each Participant who has elected spillover deferrals pursuant to Section 4.1(e) shall have credited to his or her Account a Match Contribution in the amount that would have been credited to the Participant’s matching account under the 401(k) Savings Plan as if (i) the Plan Section 4.1(e) deferrals had been credited to the 401(k) Savings Plan instead, (ii) “compensation” as defined in the 401(k) Savings Plan included deferrals under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, such as the Plan, and (iii) the limitation on compensation under Code Section 401(a)(17) and the limit on contributions under Code Section 402(g) (each as increased for cost of living) were not applicable. Notwithstanding clause (ii) above, Compensation that is not otherwise included in the definition of “compensation” under the 401(k) Savings Plan (by way of example only, long-term incentive plan awards), shall not be included for purposes of determining the Restoration Match Contribution and the maximum amount of eligible Compensation that may be taken into account is 3 times the Code Section 401(a)(17) limit (as adjusted for cost of living).

 

  c. Credit to Accounts. Match Contributions and Restoration Match Contributions shall be credited to the Participant’s Account as soon as administratively practicable after the date on which the contributions under Sections 4.1(a), (b), (c) and (d) have been credited to the Participant’s Account.

 

-9-


4.3 Vesting

A Participant shall, at all times, be one hundred percent (100%) vested in his or her Account.

 

4.4 Length of Deferral Period

 

  a. General Rule. Except as provided in Subsection 4.4(b) and Section 6.1 below, payment of a Participant’s Account shall begin as soon as administratively practicable (on a regularly scheduled payroll date of the Company) following the Participant’s Termination of Employment. Payment shall be made in the form elected by the Participant under Section 4.5; but in no event later than sixty (60) days from the date payment is required to be made. Consent of the Participant to such payment shall not be required.

 

  b. In-Service Distribution Election. At the time a Participant completes the Enrollment Process, he or she may specify a deferral period that will end as of a specified date that is at least two (2) years after the date on which the deferral election takes effect, but may not be later than the date on which the Participant attains age 65. If the Participant makes an election under this Section 4.4(b), the portion of the balance allocated to the Participant’s Account as a result of the deferral election with respect to which the Participant elected an in-service distribution date shall be distributed to the Participant on this stated distribution date, provided such Participant has not incurred a Termination of Employment prior to such elected distribution date. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.4(b), a Participant’s Account shall be distributed to him or her on his or her Termination of Employment if such date occurs prior to the in-service distribution date elected by the Participant or as subsequently changed pursuant to Subsection 4.4(c). A Participant may elect a different distribution date for each Plan Year.

 

  c. Revised Distribution Election. A Participant may elect to change a deferral period previously elected under Subsection 4.4(b) above or amounts attributable to participation in the DCSP, by filing with the Plan Administrator, or a person designated by the Plan Administrator to accept such election, the form provided for this purpose by the Plan Administrator (which may be an electronic form), with such form specifying the revised deferral period which, for amounts deferred or contributed on or after January 1, 2005, must be no less than five (5) calendar years from the distribution date as most recently in effect. This election to change the deferral period must be made no later than at least one year and one day before the original payment date in his or her Distribution Election, or if applicable, the Participant’s revised Distribution Election, and to be effective the Participant must be employed by the Company or an Affiliate on the revised payment date. If an election for a revised payment date is ineffective for any reason, the Participant’s most recent Distribution Election that was timely made and was effective shall govern the distribution. For amounts deferred or contributed on or after January 1, 2005, a Participant shall not be permitted to accelerate his or her time of distribution under this Section 4.5.

 

  d. Revised Distribution Election Opportunity. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Participant’s may be given an opportunity to change their distribution elections for deferrals made in the 2005, 2006 and/or 2007 Plan Years, under the transitional guidance issued by the IRS under Code Section 409A. Participants shall make their distribution election changes during a period of time established by the Plan Administrator for this purpose. All such changes in deferral elections shall prohibit the acceleration of any payments into the current calendar year and shall not be subject to the one year and five year requirements provided for in Section 4.4(c).

 

-10-


4.5 Form of Payment

 

  a. Distribution Election. At the time a Participant elects to participate in the Plan, he or she shall elect the form in which his or her Account shall be distributed at Termination of Employment or at the date specified for an in-service distribution. The Participant may elect either:

 

  (1) a lump sum payment, payable as soon as administratively practicable on a Company regularly scheduled payroll date following the applicable distribution date under Section 4.4; or

 

  (2) monthly or annual installments over a period of 5, 10 or 15 years, as elected by the Participant, commencing as soon as administratively practicable on a Company regularly scheduled payroll date following the applicable distribution date under Section 4.4. Effective January 1, 2010, a Participant shall be limited to elect a period of only 5 or 10 years.

The form of payment is subject to the provisions of Section 6.1. If a Participant fails to make an election or his or her election is for any reason invalid or ineffective, and he or she does not have a prior valid election under the Plan, his or her Account shall be distributed in a lump sum cash payment.

 

  b. No Acceleration of Payment. For amounts deferred or attributable to participation in the Plan on or after January 1, 2005, a Participant shall not be permitted to accelerate his or her distribution under this Section 4.5; provided, however , that if the Plan Administrator so determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that such acceleration is permitted under Code Section 409A, then such acceleration shall be permitted.

 

4.6 No Revocation of Deferral Election

After the end of the later of (a) the annual enrollment period, or (b) for a new hire, the date a newly hired Employee timely elects to participate in the Plan, a Participant may not increase, decrease, or terminate his or her Deferral Election for that Plan Year. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan Administrator may provide for changes in deferral elections, provided such ability to change deferral elections is made available to all eligible Employees and such election changes comply with all provisions of the Code, including but not limited to, Code Section 409A. By way of example only, the Plan Administrator may provide for eligible Employees to change the amount of base compensation to be deferred in a Plan Year provided such election is made available to all eligible Employees with the election period ending no later than December 31 of the Plan Year immediate preceding the Plan Year in which the base compensation is to be deferred.

 

-11-


ARTICLE 5.

PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS

 

5.1 Investment Elections

 

  a. Deemed Investment of Accounts . The Plan Administrator may from time to time select a fixed interest rate that shall be credited to Participants’ Accounts or Investment Funds that shall serve as hypothetical investment options for an Account. The Plan Administrator may establish limits on the portion of an Account that may be hypothetically invested in any Investment Fund or in any combination of Investment Funds. To the extent the Plan Administrator permits Participants to select from Investment Funds, each Participant may elect to deem amounts credited to his or her Account to be invested in any one or more of the Investment Funds in 1 percent (1%) increments, as specified by the Participant. A Participant shall make this election at a time, and in a manner, specified by the Plan Administrator. There is no requirement that the Company or Plan Administrator actually invest funds in any Investment Fund or other investment. In the event the Company determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, to invest funds in one or more investments in connection with the Plan, the assets shall remain the sole property of the Company.

 

  b. Changes of Deemed Investment Funds. To the extent the Plan Administrator permits Participants to select among Investment Funds, each Participant may elect, no more frequently than each calendar quarter (or such other time period as established by the Plan Administrator), to change the amounts deemed invested in any Investment Fund to any one or more of the other Investment Funds in 1 percent (1%) increments, or in whole dollar increments, at any time by giving notice of such transfer to the Plan Administrator (or its designee) at a time, and in a manner, specified by the Plan Administrator. This transfer shall be effective as soon as administratively feasible following the end of the quarter in which the transfer election is properly made by the Participant.

 

-12-


5.2 Valuation of Participant Accounts

As of each Valuation Date, the Plan Administrator (or its designee) shall value all Accounts under the Plan, and allocate gains and losses among the Accounts, and process additions and withdrawals to and from the Accounts, in the following manner:

 

  a. Accounting for Deemed Investment Gains or Losses. The Plan Administrator (or its designee) shall first credit the Account with the deemed fixed interest rate selected by the Plan Administrator for such Plan Year. If the Plan Administrator has permitted the Participants to select from Investment Funds, each Account shall be adjusted each Valuation Date by applying the closing market price of the Investment Funds on the current Valuation Date to the share/unit balance of the Investment Funds as of the close of business on the current Valuation Date.

 

  b. Accounting for Contributions and Distributions. The Plan Administrator (or its designee) shall then account for any contributions or distributions made to or from the Account.

ARTICLE 6.

PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS

 

6.1 Payments to a Participant

 

  a. General Rule. Except as otherwise provided in Subsection 6.1(c) and Section 6.4, the Participant’s Account shall be distributed in the form and at the time elected by the Participant under Article 4.

 

  b. Cash Payments Only. All Plan payments shall be made exclusively in cash; no in-kind distributions shall be permitted.

 

  c. Exception. Regardless of any election made under Article 4, and without requiring Participant consent:

 

  (1) if a Participant has fewer than five (5) Years of Service at the time the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment, or the value of a Participant’s Account is less than $50,000, the Participant’s Account shall be paid to him or her in a single lump sum distribution as soon as practicable, but in no event more than 60 days, following the Participant’s Termination of Employment date; or

 

  (2) if a Participant has at least five (5), but no more than ten (10), Years of Service at the time the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment, and the value of the Participant’s Account is greater than $50,000, his or her Account shall be paid as soon as practicable, but in no event more than 60 days, following the Participant’s Termination of Employment date in the form previously elected by the Participant, over a period not to exceed five (5) years; or

 

  (3) a Participant has at least ten (10) Years of Service at the time the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment, and the value of the Participant’s Account is greater than $50,000, his or her Account shall be paid in accordance with his or her current and effective Distribution Election, with such payment being made no later than 60 days following the distribution date.

 

  d. Transfer to a Non-Participating Affiliate or to Independent Contractor or Career Agent Status. In the event a Participant leaves the employment of a participating Employer, and becomes employed by an Affiliate that has not adopted the Plan, or changes from Employee to Independent Contractor or Career Agent status, his or her Account shall not be distributed to him or her until such time as he or she incurs a Termination of Employment from the non-participating Affiliate or ceases providing services as an independent contractor to the Company and all Affiliates; provided, however , that a termination of employment shall be deemed to occur if the level of bona fide services the Participant will be performing for the Company or an Affiliate is no more than 20% of the level of services he or she provided to the Company or his or her Employer over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or the full period of service the Participant provided to his or her Employer), with such 36-month period beginning on the date immediately preceding the date on which such change in the level of services occurs. Payments shall be made in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1.

 

-13-


6.2 Payments to a Beneficiary

If a Participant dies before his or her Account has been completely distributed to him or her, the remaining balance shall be distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiary in a single lump sum cash payment as soon as administratively practicable following the date of the Participant’s death, but in no event later than 60 days following the date payment is required to be made. The lump sum payment shall include the pro rata interest or earnings amount which has accrued since the last Valuation Date.

 

6.3 Financial Hardship Withdrawal

 

  a. Financial Hardship. Generally, a Participant may not receive a distribution from the Plan prior to the applicable distribution date under Section 4.5. However, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole and absolute discretion, allow a Participant to withdraw all or part of his or her Account in the event of an unforeseen financial hardship, as defined in Section 6.3(b). The amount withdrawn may not exceed the amount needed to satisfy the financial hardship, including all applicable income taxes payable on such amount. A Participant must exhaust all other potential sources of funds, including but not limited to, a loan from the 401(k) Savings Plan, cessation of deferrals to the 401(k) Savings Plan, or a loan from a bank or a similar source of funds.

 

  b. Definition of Financial Hardship. For purposes of the Plan, a “financial hardship” is an unforeseeable financial emergency resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness of the Participant, his or her spouse or dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a)), loss of the Participant’s or his or her beneficiary’s property due to a casualty, or other similar circumstances arising from events that are beyond the Participant’s control, as determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator, taking into account the requirements of Code Section 409A. In applying the provisions of this Section 6.3, there is no requirement that the Plan Administrator treat all Participants equally or that a hardship distribution be approved by the Plan Administrator.

 

-14-


6.4 Payments to Specified Employees

Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, payments to a Specified Employee shall not be made until the expiration of six (6) calendar months from the date of his or her Termination of Employment date, and the value of such Participant’s Account shall be adjusted to reflect investment earnings during this period.

ARTICLE 7.

ADMINISTRATION

 

7.1 Administration

The Plan shall be administered by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall have all powers necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of the Plan. It may, from time to time, establish rules and procedures for the administration of the Plan and the transaction of the Plan’s business. The Plan Administrator shall have the exclusive authority and discretion to make any finding of fact necessary or appropriate for any purpose under the Plan including, but not limited to, the determination of eligibility for and amount of any benefit. The Plan Administrator or anyone duly appointed by the Plan Administrator, shall have the exclusive right to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and to determine any and all questions arising under the Plan or in connection with its administration, including, without limitation, the right to remedy or resolve possible ambiguities, inconsistencies, or omissions by general rule or particular decision, all in its sole and absolute discretion. All findings of fact, determinations, interpretations, and decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons having or claiming to have any interest or right under the Plan, and shall be given the maximum possible deference allowed by law. The Plan Administrator may provide for the use of electronic means for transmittal of information, transmission of elections and similar purposes and an electronic signature shall be considered a “wet” signature for all purposes of the Plan.

 

7.2 Appeal from a Claim Denial

If any claim for benefits under the Plan is wholly or partially denied, the claimant shall be given written notice of the denial. This notice shall be furnished in writing or electronically, within a reasonable period of time after receipt of the claim for benefits by the Plan Administrator. This period shall not exceed 90 days after receipt of the claim, except that if special circumstances require an extension of time, written notice of the extension (which shall not exceed 90 days) shall be furnished to the claimant.

This notice shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall set forth the following information:

 

  a. the specific reasons for the denial;

 

-15-


  b. specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

 

  c. a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why this material or information is necessary;

 

  d. an explanation that a full and fair review by the Plan Administrator of the decision denying the claim may be requested by the claimant or an authorized representative by filing with the Plan Administrator, within 60 days after the notice has been received, a written request for the review;

 

  e. an explanation that if an appeal is requested, the claimant or an authorized representative may review pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing within the same 60-day period specified in subsection (d);

 

  f. statement of the claimant’s right to bring suit under ERISA; and

 

  g. such other information as may be required under ERISA.

The decision of the Plan Administrator upon review shall be made promptly and not later than 60 days after the Plan Administrator’s receipt of the request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing. In this case the claimant shall be so notified, and a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of the request for review. If the claim is denied, wholly or in part, the claimant shall be given a copy of the decision promptly. The decision shall be communicated in writing or electronically, shall include specific reasons for the denial, shall include specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive pertinent documents and information, a statement that the claimant may bring suit under ERISA, and such other information as may be required under ERISA. The decision shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The Participant or his delegate shall not institute any legal proceedings until he or she has exhausted his or her administrative appeal rights under the Plan. Suit must be brought within one calendar year of the date of the written decision of the Plan Administrator or the Participant shall be deemed to waive his or her right to bring suit under ERISA.

 

7.3 Tax Withholding

The amount deferred by a Participant under Article 4 shall not be subject to applicable Federal, State or local income taxes, but shall be subject to applicable FICA taxes, to the extent permitted by applicable Federal, State or local law. All payments made from the Plan shall be subject to applicable Federal, State, local and/or foreign income tax withholding, or if applicable, to an amount reasonably determined by the Plan Administrator, the Company or the Employer, as the case may be, to be necessary to cover any Federal, State, local and/or foreign income taxes for which such Participant may be liable and/or that may be assessed with regard to the Plan payment.

 

-16-


7.4 Expenses

All expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

 

7.5 Account Corrections

If an error or omission is discovered in the crediting of contributions to or otherwise in connection with any Account, an appropriate adjustment or correction shall be made to such Account, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion, such that the error or omission is corrected. Such correction may be prospective or retroactive and no Participant consent shall be required with respect to any such correction made by the Plan Administrator.

ARTICLE 8.

ADOPTION OF THE PLAN BY AN AFFILIATE;

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

 

8.1 Adoption of the Plan by an Affiliate

An Affiliate may adopt the Plan by appropriate action of its board of directors or authorized officers or representatives, subject to the approval of the Company’s board of directors or its delegate. A list of participating Employers is attached as Attachment A.

 

8.2 Amendment and Termination

The Company hereby reserves the right to amend, modify, or terminate the Plan at any time, and for any reason or no reason, by appropriate action of its board of directors or its delegate. No amendment or termination shall adversely affect benefits accrued prior to the date of the amendment or termination without the prior written consent of the affected Participant. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, on termination of the Plan, subject to the provisions of Code Section 409A, the Company in its sole and absolute discretion shall determine if distributions of Accounts shall be made and the form of such payments and no Participant consent shall be required with respect to such distribution.

ARTICLE 9.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

9.1 No Contract of Employment

Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to give any Participant the right to be retained in the service of an Employer or Affiliate or to interfere with the right of an Employer or Affiliate to discharge a Participant at any time. A Participant shall, at all times, remain an “at will” employee of the Employer.

 

9.2 Financing

The benefits under the Plan shall be paid solely out of the general assets of the Company, except to the extent they are paid by the Employer employing the Participant. There is no requirement, expressed or implied, that the Company or an Employer set

 

-17-


aside any funds to meet benefit payment obligations associated with the Plan. To the extent any such funds are set aside, they shall, at all times, remain the exclusive property of the Company or the Employer, as the case may be.

 

9.3 Unsecured Interest

No Participant shall have any interest whatsoever in any specific asset of the Company, his or her Employer or an Affiliate. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments under this Plan, this right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company or the Participant’s Employer, as the case may be.

 

9.4 Nontransferability

In no event shall the Company or an Employer make any payments under the Plan to any assignee or creditor of a Participant or Beneficiary. Prior to the time of payment hereunder, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any right by way of anticipation or otherwise to assign or otherwise dispose of any interest under the Plan, including by order of a court in connection with a Participant’s divorce or separation, nor shall rights be assigned or transferred by operation of law, and any attempt to do so shall be null and void and of no effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts payable by the Plan may be used to offset any amounts owed to the Company or an Employer by the Participant at the time payment is required to be made. Consent of the Participant or Beneficiary is not required before the Company or an Employer recovers amounts payable to it under this Section 9.4

 

9.5 Severability

If any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect its remaining parts. The Plan shall be construed and enforced as if it did not contain the illegal or invalid provision.

 

9.6 Compliance with Code Section 409A

The Plan is intended to comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A. The Plan Administrator has the discretion to interpret and administer the Plan in such a way as to ensure compliance with Code Section 409A irrespective of any election or direction provided by a Participant.

 

9.7 Applicable Law

Except to the extent preempted by applicable federal law, the Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia.

 

-18-


9.8 Lost Distributees

Any benefit payable under the Plan shall be forfeited if the distributee to whom payment is due cannot be located; provided, however , that such benefit shall be paid if a claim is made by the distributee within two (2) years of the date the benefit first became payable and before the Plan is terminated. Any claim made after the expiration of the two (2) year period or after the Plan is terminated and final distributions made, shall be forfeited.

**********

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , ING North America Insurance Corporation has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer effective as of the date specified above.

 

ING NORTH AMERICA INSURANCE CORPORATION
By:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:                , 2008

 

-19-


ATTACHMENT A

LIST OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

FROM JANUARY 1, 2005 FORWARD

 

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS    DATES OF PARTICIPATION

Financial Network Investment Corporation

   January 1, 2005 -

ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company
(formerly Golden American Life Insurance Company)

   January 1, 2005 -

ING Advisors, Inc.
(formerly known as Pilgrim Advisors, Inc.)

   January 1, 2005 -

ING Brokers Network, LLC

   January 1, 2005 -

ING Fund Distributors, LLC
(formerly known as ING Pilgrim Securities, Inc.)

   January 1, 2005 -

ING Insurance Agency, Inc.

   January 1, 2005 -

ING International Insurance Holdings, Inc.
(Prior to February 11, 2002, Aetna International, Inc.)

   January 1, 2005 -

ING Investment Management LLC

   January 1, 2005 -

ING Investments LLC
(formerly known as ING Pilgrim Investments, LLC)

   January 1, 2005 -

ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company
(prior to May 1, 2001, Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company)

   January 1, 2005 -

ING National Trust

   January 1, 2005 -

ING North America Insurance Corporation

   January 1, 2005 -

ING Re Underwriters, Inc.

   January 1, 2005 -

MIA Office Americas, Inc.

   January 1, 2005 -

PFP Holdings, LP

   January 1, 2005 -

PrimeVest Financial Services, Inc.

   January 1, 2005 -

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

   January 1, 2005 -

Reliastar Life Insurance Company of New York

   January 1, 2005 -

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

   January 1, 2005 -

 

-20-


PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS    DATES OF PARTICIPATION

Successful Money Management Seminars, Inc.

   January 1, 2005 -

ING Financial Partners, Inc.,
(formerly Washington Square Securities, Inc.)

   January 1, 2005 -

ING Institutional Plan Service, LLC
(formerly CitiStreet LLC)

   January 1, 2010 -

 

-21-

Exhibit 10.62

AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE

TO THE

ING INSURANCE AMERICAS 409A DEFERRED COMPENSATION SAVINGS PLAN

Pursuant to Section 8.2 of the ING Insurance Americas 409A Deferred Compensation Savings Plan (the “Plan”), the Plan is hereby amended, effective January 1, 2010, as follows:

 

1. Section 4.2(b) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  (b) Restoration Match Contribution.

(1) Generally. For each Plan Year, each Participant who has elected base salary and short-term incentive deferrals pursuant to Section 4.1(e) shall have credited to his or her Account a Restoration Match Contribution in the amount that would have been credited to the Participant’s matching account under the 401(k) Savings Plan as if (i) the Plan Section 4.1(e) deferrals had been credited to the 401(k) Savings Plan instead, (ii) “compensation” as defined in the 401(k) Savings Plan included deferrals under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan such as the Plan, and (iii) the limitation on compensation under Code Section 401(a)(17) and the limit on contributions under Code Section 402(g) (each as in effect for the Plan Year) were not applicable. Notwithstanding clause (ii) above, Compensation that is not otherwise included in the definition of “compensation” under the 401(k) Savings Plan (by way of example only, long-term incentive plan awards) shall not be included for purposes of determining the Restoration Match Contribution and the maximum amount of eligible Compensation that may be taken into account is three (3) times the Code Section 401(a)(17) limit in effect for the Plan Year.

(2) Special Additional Restoration Match Contribution. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.2(b)(1) above with respect to any Participant who, based on (i) the Participant’s annualized rate of Salary in effect on the date on which the Participant receives payment of a cash bonus under the Company’s Incentive Compensation Plan, (ii) the amount of the cash bonus paid to the Participant under the Company’s Incentive Compensation Plan, and (iii) the Participant’s deferral percentage election in effect under the 401(k) Savings Plan on the date on which the Participant receives payment of a cash bonus under the Company’s Incentive Compensation Plan, would not have earned “compensation” for purposes of the 401(k) Savings Plan at least equal to the amount in effect under Code Section 401(a)(17) for the Plan Year or would not have deferred an amount equal to the limit in effect under Code Section 402(g) if the Participant had remained employed by an Employer throughout the Plan Year, the Employer shall make an additional Restoration Match Contribution to the Participant’s Account. The amount of this additional Restoration Match Contribution shall be equal to the additional amount that would have been deferred by the Participant under the 401(k) Savings Plan, subject to the limitations of Code


Sections 401(a)(17) and 402(g) if the Participant’s deferral percentage election in effect on the date on which the Participant receives payment of a cash bonus under the Company’s Incentive Compensation Plan (or, if less, six percent (6%)) had been applied to that portion of bonus under the Company’s Incentive Compensation Plan that would have been paid to the Participant in cash but, instead, was paid in the form of restricted stock units.

 

2. Section 4.2(c) is hereby amended by adding the following sentence at the end thereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the additional Restoration Match Contribution made pursuant to Section 4.2(b)(2) above shall be credited to the Participant’s Account as soon as administratively practicable after the date of the adoption of Amendment Number One to the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment Number One to the Plan is hereby executed on behalf of the Company this      day of              , 2010.

 

ING NORTH AMERICA INSURANCE CORPORATION
By:  

 

Title:  

 

Exhibit 10.63

ING AMERICAS SEVERANCE PAY PLAN

As Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2008


ING AMERICAS SEVERANCE PAY PLAN

As Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2008

Table of Contents

 

          Page  

ARTICLE 1. Definitions

     1   
1.1     

Affiliate

     1   
1.2     

Cause

     1   
1.3     

Citigroup

     1   
1.4     

CitiStreet

     2   
1.5     

CitiStreet Severance Formula

     2   
1.6     

Code

     2   
1.7     

Company

     2   
1.8     

Comparable Pay

     2   
1.9     

Eligible Employee

     2   
1.10   

Eligible Pay

     3   
1.11   

ERISA

     3   
1.12   

Highly Leveraged Employee

     3   
1.13   

ING Insurance Americas

     4   
1.14   

Notice

     4   
1.15   

Participating Employer

     4   
1.16   

Plan

     4   
1.17   

Plan Administrator

     4   
1.18   

Qualified Termination

     4   
1.19   

Release Date

     6   
1.20   

Severance Benefits

     6   
1.21   

Severance Period

     6   
1.22   

Specified Employee

     6   
1.23   

Spouse

     6   
1.24   

STD Program

     6   
1.25   

State Street

     6   
1.26   

Successor Employer

     6   
1.27   

Temporary Employee

     6   
1.28   

Transferred CitiStreet Employee

     7   
1.29   

Years of Service

     7   

ARTICLE 2. Eligibility

     7   
2.1     

Eligibility to Participate

     7   
2.2     

Termination of Participation

     7   

ARTICLE 3. Benefits

     7   
3.1     

Entitlement to Benefits

     7   
  

(a)    General

     7   

 

-i-


  

(b)    Right to Establish Release Date

     7   
  

(c)    Release

     8   
  

(d)    Redeployment

     8   
  

(e)    No Severance Benefits

     8   
3.2     

Basic Severance Pay Without a Release

     8   
3.3     

Enhanced Severance With a Release

     9   
  

(a)    Amount

     9   
3.4     

Severance Payments for Transferred CitiStreet Employees

     9   
3.5     

Form and Time of Severance Payments

     9   
3.6     

Reemployment and other Termination of Severance Benefits

     10   
  

(a)    Reemployment

     10   
  

(b)    Other Termination of Severance Benefits

     10   
3.7     

Outplacement and Other Benefits

     11   
3.8     

Death Before Payment

     11   
3.9     

Withholding and Deductions

     11   
3.10   

Other Benefits or Plans

     11   
3.11   

Unemployment Benefits

     12   
3.12   

No Duplication

     12   

ARTICLE 4. Administration, Amendment and Termination

     12   
4.1     

Administration

     12   
4.2     

Amendment

     12   
4.3     

Termination of the Plan

     12   

ARTICLE 5. Source of Benefit Payments

     12   
5.1     

Unfunded Obligation

     12   

ARTICLE 6. Miscellaneous

     13   
6.1     

ERISA

     13   
6.2     

Severability

     13   
6.3     

409A Compliance

     13   
6.4     

Construction

     13   
6.5     

Nonalienation

     13   
6.6     

No Employment Rights

     13   
6.7     

No Enlargement of Rights

     13   
6.8     

Claims Procedures

     14   

 

-ii-


Exhibit 10.63

ING AMERICAS SEVERANCE PAY PLAN

As Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2008

Introduction

ING North America Insurance Corporation (the “Company”) has adopted the ING Americas Severance Pay Plan (the “Plan”) as set forth below, to provide severance benefits to Eligible Employees whose employment is terminated in a Qualified Termination (as defined below). This Plan is amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008 and applies to terminations occurring on and after that date. The Company is the Plan Sponsor. The provisions of the ING Americas Severance Pay Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2006, shall apply for terminations occurring on or after January 1, 2006 and prior to 11:59 p.m. on December 31, 2007.

ARTICLE 1.

Definitions

As used in the Plan, the following words and phrases and any derivatives thereof will have the meanings set forth below unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

1.1 Affiliate means any corporation, association, joint venture, proprietorship, partnership or other legal entity (a) which is controlled (directly or indirectly) by the Company, or (b) of which at least fifty percent (50%) of the ownership interest is owned (directly or indirectly) or by a parent (direct or indirect) of the Company.

 

1.2 Cause means that the Eligible Employee was terminated from employment with the Company or a Participating Employer for one or more of the following reasons:

 

  (a) a violation of any law;

 

  (b) insubordination;

 

  (c) violation of Company policies;

 

  (d) unsatisfactory attendance or performance;

 

  (e) refusal or failure to comply with a change in job conditions;

 

  (f) refusal to cooperate with transition or redeployment activities; each as determined by the Plan Administrator in its absolute discretion; or

 

  (g) a similar act or reason for dismissal that is reasonably determined by the Company or a Participating Employer, it its sole discretion, to constitute cause for purposes of this Plan.

 

1.3 Citigroup means Citigroup LLC.


1.4 CitiStreet means CitiStreet LLC, which was acquired by Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc. on July l, 2008.

 

1.5 CitiStreet Severance Formula means the amount of severance benefits determined under Addendum A. The following individuals are not eligible for the CitiStreet Severance Formula: (a) Transferred CitiStreet Employees who were not eligible for severance benefits under the Citigroup Separation Pay Plan, as in effect on June 30, 2008, or the State Street Severance Pay Plan, as in effect on that date; and (b) any CitiStreet Transferred Employee who fails to sign or rescinds the release provided for in Section 3.1.

 

1.6 Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations and rulings issued thereunder.

 

1.7 Company means ING North America Insurance Corporation (a Delaware corporation) or any successor to ING North America Insurance Corporation.

 

1.8 Comparable Pay means the Eligible Employee is offered base pay that is comparable to the amount of his or her Eligible Pay the at the time of an event under Section 1.17 or is reemployed by the Company, a Participating Employer or an Affiliate. For these purposes, if the position provides for all or a portion of his or her compensation to be paid as commissions or other variable compensation, then the estimated potential or estimated average variable pay shall be used in determining if the compensation is comparable. The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine comparability of pay.

 

1.9 Eligible Employee means an individual classified as an employee on the payroll of a Participating Employer who is scheduled to work on a full-time or part-time schedule (including employees on short term disability leave, family and medical leave, military leave or other approved leave) other than:

 

  (a) a Temporary Employee;

 

  (b) employees of an outside agency, also known as leased employees;

 

  (c) individuals designated by the Participating Employer as independent contractors even if later determined to be a common law employee;

 

  (d) career agents and brokers, even if later determined to be a common law employee;

 

  (e) individuals subject to an agreement with a Participating Employer that provides for any form of salary continuation and/or severance pay unless that agreement specifically provides for payment under the Plan;

 

  (f) employees on long-term disability; or

 

  (g) employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement in which case participation is determined in accordance with the collective bargaining agreement.

 

-2-


Under no circumstances will the following individuals be treated as an Eligible Employee even if such individuals are treated as “employees” of a Participating Employer as a result of common law principles, or the leased employee rules under Code Section 414(n): (i) an individual who performs services for a Participating Employer, but who is not classified as an employee on the payroll of such Participating Employer and with respect to whom no FICA taxes are withheld by such Participating Employer, by way of example only, an individual performing services for a Participating Employer under a leasing arrangement, and (ii) an individual who is treated as a statutory employee under Code Section 7701(a)(20). Further, if an individual performing services for a Participating Employer is retroactively reclassified as a common law employee of a Participating Employer for any reason, the reclassified individual will not be treated as an Eligible Employee for any period prior to the actual date (and not the effective date) of the reclassification unless the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion determines the reclassification is necessary to effectuate the Participating Employer’s intent to provide benefits for such individual.

 

1.10 Eligible Pay means:

 

  (a) for each salaried Eligible Employee other than a Highly Leveraged Employee, one-fifty second (1/52) of the Eligible Employee’s annual rate of base salary on the Release Date. Eligible Pay does not include overtime payments, shift differentials, bonuses, incentive pay, payments of previously deferred compensation under a nonqualified plan, program or arrangement, expense reimbursements, or unpaid time for personal leave;

 

  (b) for each part-time nonexempt Eligible Employee, one-fifty second (1/52) of the product of (i) the Eligible Employee’s regularly scheduled weekly hours as of the Release Date, and (ii) the Eligible Employee’s regular hourly rate as of the Release Date; and

 

  (c) for each Highly Leveraged Employee, one-fifty second (1/52) of the sum of the Eligible Employee’s annual rate of base salary on the Release Date plus the actual performance-based pay program payouts, excluding payments of previously deferred compensation under a nonqualified plan, program or arrangement, long­ term incentive compensation and special recognition awards paid during the 12 months immediately preceding the Release Date, and expense reimbursements. If the Highly Leveraged Employee is covered by an incentive-based program and does not have 12 months of earnings history prior to the Release Date, the actual performance payments made during such period will be annualized and then added to the annual rate of base salary in effect as of the Release Date.

 

1.11 ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and rulings issued thereunder.

 

1.12

Highly Leveraged Employee means generally those employees who are not eligible for participation in a regular broad-based annual Company incentive bonus program for salaried employees and are eligible for a “production” or performance-based

 

-3-


  bonus that is payable on a regular basis throughout the year (bi-weekly, semi-monthly, monthly, quarterly, semi-annually), when the performance-based bonus program is designed to represent a significant portion of the Eligible Employees’ compensation. The Company, in its sole discretion, shall designate which employees are “highly leveraged” pursuant to the foregoing guidelines. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no employee of ING Investment Management, LLC shall be considered a highly leveraged employee, irrespective of how that Eligible Employee is compensated.

 

1.13 ING Insurance Americas means the Company and those U.S. entities that have their payrolls processed by ING Payroll Management, Inc. For example, included for these purposes would be the Company, ING Investment Management LLC and other U.S. based affiliates, and excluding entities such as ING Direct USA, ING Financial Services LLC, and all non-U.S. affiliates.

 

1.14 Notice means a written notice of job elimination, job change, transfer or termination and the Release Date provided to an Eligible Employee by the Company or a Participating Employer.

 

1.15 Participating Employer means the Company and each Affiliate identified by the Company as a Participating Employer, as set forth in Addendum B as amended from time to time.

 

1.16 Plan means the ING Americas Severance Pay Plan, as set forth in this document and as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

 

1.17 Plan Administrator means the Company or its delegate.

 

1.18 Qualified Termination means with respect to each Eligible Employee, an involuntary termination as a result of:

 

  (a) the Eligible Employee’s job being eliminated as a result of a reduction in workforce, an acquisition, a merger, divestiture or restructuring, outsourcing, or position elimination;

 

  (b) the Eligible Employee’s Eligible Pay being significantly reduced (as determined by the Plan Administrator in its absolute discretion) due to a Company or Participating Employer-requested job change;

 

  (c) the Eligible Employee’s job function or an operation in which the Eligible Employee works being transferred by the Company or Participating Employer outside of a 50-mile radius from the Eligible Employee’s current work location;

 

  (d) the Eligible Employee’s job being filled while the Eligible Employee is on an approved leave of absence, or if on short-term disability leave under the STD Program, the Eligible Employee has been released to return to work under the STD Program and there is no position for said Eligible Employee, except where otherwise required by law; or

 

-4-


  (e) the expiration of the Eligible Employee’s expatriation assignment, as a result of which the Eligible Employee is eligible for repatriation under the terms of his or her assignment agreement and the Company is unable to locate an appropriate employment assignment in the U.S.

An Eligible Employee will be considered to be involuntarily terminated if he or she fails to locate an alternative placement with the Company, a Participating Employer, an Affiliate, an Outsourcer (as defined below) or a successor employer prior to his or her Release Date.

The term, “Qualified Termination” does not include the following:

 

  (1) The Company or Participating Employer transfers the Eligible Employee’s job function or transfers an operation in which the Eligible Employee is or could be employed, sells, spins off or otherwise separates a part of the Company or an Affiliate, and the Eligible Employee is offered employment or the opportunity to continue employment with the transferee or other successor entity, whether or not the Eligible Employee accepts the offer or opportunity; provided, however , the location of the Eligible Employee’s employment with the transferee or successor entity is within a 50-mile radius of the Eligible Employee’s current place of employment and the position provides comparable base compensation (as determined by the Plan Administrator in its absolute discretion) compared to the Eligible Employee’s current position;

 

  (2) At the Eligible Employee’s manager’s discretion, the Eligible Employee is placed in a position with comparable Eligible Pay compared to the Eligible Employee’s then present position, which may or may not require additional development and training, with any Affiliate or Successor Employer, provided the location of the Eligible Employee’s employment with the transferee or successor entity is within a 50-mile radius of the Eligible Employee’s current place of employment; provided, however , that the 50-mile radius limitation shall not apply with respect to a Qualified Termination described in Section 1.18(e);

 

  (3) The Eligible Employee’s position is eliminated or transferred to another employer (the “Outsourcer”) through an outsourcing arrangement if the Eligible Employee is offered a position or opportunity to continue employment with the Outsourcer with comparable Eligible Pay (as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion) whether or not the Eligible Employee accepts the offer or opportunity;

 

  (4) The Eligible Employee’s employment is terminated for Cause;

 

  (5) The Eligible Employee’s employment is terminated as a result of a voluntary resignation or retirement; or

 

  (6) The Eligible Employee’s employment is terminated on a pre-established date at the end of a short-term period of employment, except as provided in Section 1.18(e).

 

-5-


1.19

Release Date means for each Eligible Employee, the official last date at work established by the Company or his or her Participating Employer. With respect to Eligible Employees who are involuntarily terminated as described in Section 1.18(d), “Release Date” shall be the 31 st day following the first day the Eligible Employee is released to return to work under the STD Program. With respect to Eligible Employees who are involuntarily terminated as described in Section 1.18(e), “Release Date” shall be the 90 th day following repatriation.

 

1.20 Severance Benefits means the benefits described in Article 3.

 

1.21

Severance Period means for each Eligible Employee who is entitled to Severance Benefits, the period beginning on the day immediately following his or her Release Date (the “Beginning Date”) and ending on that weekly anniversary of the Beginning Date that corresponds with his or her number of weeks during which he or she is eligible for weekly Severance Benefits under Sections 3.2 or 3.3. For example, if an Eligible Employee is eligible for 6 weeks severance and his or her Release Date is Wednesday, February 13, 2008, his or her Severance Period begins on Thursday, February 14, 2008 and ends on Thursday, March 28, 2008 (the 6 th week anniversary of Thursday, February 14). In no event shall the Severance Period exceed 52 weeks.

 

1.22 Specified Employee means an individual who is among the highest 50 paid officers of the Company, including only those entities determined by the Company as being part of ING Insurance Americas, as determined on April 1 of each year, based on compensation paid through December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year. The date used for determining officer status shall be the December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year. Such designation shall be in effect from April l to the following March 31, and be determined in accordance with Code Section 409A.

 

1.23 Spouse means the person legally married to an Eligible Employee at the time of his or her incurring a Qualified Termination, determined in accordance with the local law where the Participant resides. For purposes of the Plan, a domestic partner will also be treated as the Eligible Employee’s surviving spouse, if an Affidavit of Domestic Partnership was on file with the Company or Participating Employer on the date of death.

 

1.24 STD Program means the ING Americas Short-Term Disability program, as in effect from time to time.

 

1.25 State Street means State Street Bank and Trust Company.

 

1.26 Successor Employer means an unaffiliated entity that acquires the Company or an Affiliate or substantially all of the assets of the Company or an Affiliate and is the surviving entity.

 

1.27 Temporary Employee means an individual who is classified on the payroll of a Participating Employer as a temporary employee, even if later determined to be a full­ time or part-time common law employee.

 

-6-


1.28 Transferred CitiStreet Employee means an employee who (a) was employed by State Street or Citigroup, (b) who was assigned to work at CitiStreet, (c) who was an active employee on June 30, 2008 (or was on an approved leave on that date) with State Street or Citigroup, and (d) who became an active employee of the Company or a Participating Employer on July 1, 2008 (or the date the Eligible Employee’s leave of absence expired, if later).

 

1.29 Years of Service is calculated by dividing the number of days of employment from the Eligible Employee’s most recent date of hire by 365 and rounding to one decimal place. If an Eligible Employee has worked for the Company during multiple periods, and the break in service between the Eligible Employee’s most recent date of hire and previous termination date is less than six (6) months, the Eligible Employee’s service period immediately preceding the current service period will be taken into account for purposes of determining his or her Years of Service. If the break in service is six (6) months or more, any service earned prior to the break will be excluded for purposes of determining an Eligible Employee’s Years of Service. For these purposes, an Eligible Employee who received notice of his or her Qualified Termination during calendar year 2007, but who has a termination date in 2008, will have his or her Years of Service determined under the Severance Plan as in effect during 2007. For purposes of determining Years of Service for a Transferred CitiStreet Employee, his or her latest date of hire with State Street or Citigroup shall be used and not the date he or she became an active employee with the Company or a Participating Employer.

ARTICLE 2.

Eligibility

 

2.1 Eligibility to Participate . All Eligible Employees who have a Qualified Termination will be eligible to participate in the Plan and receive the benefits described in Article 3.

 

2.2 Termination of Participation . An individual’s participation in the Plan will cease when he or she ceases to be an Eligible Employee or if he or she incurs a Qualified Termination and he or she has received all benefits due under the Plan as a result of such Qualified Termination.

ARTICLE 3.

Benefits

 

3.1 Entitlement to Benefits.

 

  (a) General . Benefits are payable under this Plan to Eligible Employees who have a Qualified Termination and satisfy the requirements of this Article 3.

 

  (b)

Right to Establish Release Date . The Company or Participating Employer shall have the right to establish a projected Release Date for an Eligible Employee and to postpone or accelerate the projected Release Date in its sole discretion

 

-7-


  consistent with business needs. The Eligible Employee must remain in active employment with the Company or Participating Employer and continue to satisfactorily perform all the duties of his or her position until his or her actual Release Date in order to be eligible for Severance Benefits. Notwithstanding receipt of a Notice, an Eligible Employee will not be entitled to Severance Benefits if he or she takes action or fails to take action prior to the Release Date that would prevent his or her termination from being a Qualified Termination or that would result in a loss of Severance Benefits under Section 3.6.

 

  (c) Release . An Eligible Employee who otherwise satisfies the requirements of this Section 3 will be eligible for Severance Benefits described in Section 3.3 or Section 3.4 only if he or she executes a release in the form as agreed upon by the Plan Administrator and the Eligible Employee, and such release becomes effective.

 

  (d) Redeployment . The Plan Administrator or the Company or Participating Employer shall have the right to transfer the Eligible Employee to a new position with the Company, a Participating Employer or an Affiliate at any time before his or her actual Release Date, in which case the Eligible Employee will not be eligible for Severance Benefits unless the transfer to a new position results in a Qualified Termination due to a significant reduction in his or her base compensation (as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion) or change of current work location beyond 50-miles from his or her current work location. An Eligible Employee’s refusal to cooperate in the transition and redeployment will be considered a voluntary termination and the Eligible Employee will not be eligible for Severance Benefits.

 

  (e) No Severance Benefits . A Eligible Employee will not be entitled to any benefits whatsoever under this Plan if he or she

 

  (1) Termination of employment for a reason other than by a Qualified Termination;

 

  (2) Fails to continue in active employment with the Company or Participating Employer and to satisfactorily perform all duties of his or her position until the actual Release Date established for such Eligible Employee by the Company or Participating Employer; or

 

  (3) Is terminated for Cause.

 

3.2 Basic Severance Pay Without a Release . If an Eligible Employee does not execute a release or after signing a release he or she rescinds the release during the recession period, he or she will be paid only two (2) weeks of Eligible Pay in connection with a Qualified Termination.

 

-8-


3.3 Enhanced Severance With a Release.

 

  (a) Amount . Each Eligible Employee who has a Qualified Termination and executes the release described in Section 3.1 will be eligible for Severance Benefits (contingent upon his or her release becoming effective) equal to the greatest of:

 

  (1) Six (6) weeks of Eligible Pay;

 

  (2) Two (2) weeks of Eligible Pay per Year(s) of Service; or

 

  (3) Two (2) weeks of Eligible Pay per $10,000 of Eligible Pay. For this purpose, the Eligible Employee’s annualized rate of Eligible Pay as of the Release Date is divided by $10,000 and rounded to one decimal place. If the Eligible Employee is a part-time nonexempt employee, the product of (i) his or her regularly scheduled weekly hours as of the Release Date, and (ii) his or her regular hourly rate as of the Release Date is divided by $10,000 and rounded to one decimal place.

Severance paid under this Section 3.2 shall be no less than six (6) weeks and no more than fifty-two (52) weeks of Eligible Pay.

 

3.4 Severance Payments for Transferred CitiStreet Employees . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Transferred CitiStreet Employee who incurs a Qualified Termination during the period beginning on July 1, 2008 and ending on June 30, 2010, will be entitled to receive the amount determined under the CitiStreet Severance Formula pursuant to Addendum A if such amount is greater than the amount determined under Section 3.3.

 

3.5 Form and Time of Severance Payments.

 

  (a) Basic Severance Pay. With respect to any Eligible Employee who incurs a Qualified Termination but does not execute, or who executes and rescinds, a release, the Company or Participating Employer will pay the amount payable in accordance with Section 3.2, less withholding for applicable taxes, in a single, lump sum payment no later than 2-1/2 months after the expiration of the recession period applicable to the release, or if later, the date of the release.

 

  (b) Enhanced Severance Pay. Except as otherwise provide for in Section 3.5(b) or 3.5(c) below, the Company or Participating Employer will pay Enhanced Severance Pay pursuant to Section 3.3 or 3.4, less withholding for applicable taxes, to: (i) any Eligible Employee who incurs a Qualified Termination, or (ii) any Eligible Employee who is a Transferred CitiStreet Employee who was employed by State Street, provided such Eligible Employee under (i) or (ii) has executed and does not rescind a release. Payments under this Section 3.5(b) shall be made in substantially equal, semi-monthly payments at the same time as the regular payroll, for the duration of his or her Severance Period. No lump sum payments of Enhanced Severance Pay under this Section 3.5(b) shall be permitted. Payment of Severance Payments will begin as soon as practicable after the expiration of any recession period applicable to the executed release, or if later, the date of the release.

 

-9-


  (c) Transferred CitiStreet Employees Who Were Employed By Citigroup. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.5(d) below, the Company or Participating Employer will pay Enhanced Severance Pay pursuant to Section 3.4, less withholding for applicable taxes, in a single, lump sum payment, to any Eligible Employee who (i) is a Transferred CitiStreet Employee who was employed by Citigroup, (ii) incurs a Qualified Termination, and (iii) who executes and does not rescind a release. Payment will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of any recession period applicable to the executed release, or if later, the date of the release

 

  (d) Specified Employees. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, payments to a Specified Employee in an amount that exceeds the lesser of two times (a) the Eligible Employee’s annualized compensation based on the annual rate of pay for the preceding year, or (b) the amount in excess of the maximum amount that may be taken into account under Code Section 401(a)(17) for the year in which the Qualified Termination occurs, shall be delayed for a period of six-months following the expiration of the recession period under the release or the date of the release, if later. By way of example only, a Specified Employee incurs a Qualified Termination on June 30, 2008, and is entitled to receive $800,000 under the Plan. Payments are scheduled to begin on August 1, 2008 for the first $450,000, with semi-monthly payments over the 52-week period. The remaining $350,000 will have a scheduled payment date beginning on February 1, 2009, and ending on July 31, 2009 and be paid in substantially equal installments during this payment period. Similarly, if the Eligible Employee received a lump sum payment in accordance with Sections 3.4 and 3.5(c) in a single, lump sum payment of $450,000 on August 1, 2008, the remaining $350,000 would be paid in a lump sum on February 1, 2009.

 

3.6 Reemployment and other Termination of Severance Benefits.

 

  (a) Reemployment . If a former Eligible Employee is reemployed by the Company, a Participating Employer, or an Affiliate in any capacity, including, but not limited to part-time, full-time, regular or temporary employment, or as an independent contractor, before the end of the Severance Period, his or her Severance Benefits will cease effective as of the date of his or her reemployment. The former Eligible Employee shall be required to repay any severance amounts, irrespective of how such severance amounts were paid, that are attributable to a period after which the former Eligible Employee has been reemployed by the Company, a Participating Employer, or an Affiliate.

 

  (b) Other Termination of Severance Benefits . Severance Benefits will also terminate if:

 

-10-


  (1) The former Eligible Employee accepts a position with comparable Eligible Pay (as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion) with a Successor Employer; or

 

  (2) The former Eligible Employee accepts a position with comparable Eligible Pay (as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion) with an Outsourcer.

The former Eligible Employee shall be required to repay any severance amounts attributable to a period after which the former Eligible Employee has been reemployed by a Successor Employer or an Outsourcer, irrespective of how such severance amounts were paid.

 

3.7 Outplacement and Other Benefits . Outplacement services and other benefits, such as support services, may be provided to Eligible Employees experiencing a Qualified Termination. The Plan Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion will determine the type, manner and extent of outplacement services and other benefits, if any.

 

3.8 Death Before Payment . If an Eligible Employee who satisfies the requirements for benefits under this Article 3 dies after receiving notice of a Qualified Termination and release date, but before he or she receives payment of the entire amount due him or her under this Plan, the Company or Participating Employer will pay the remaining Severance Benefits to his or her surviving spouse or domestic partner, if any, or if there is no surviving spouse or domestic partner, to his or her estate in semi-monthly payments as if the Eligible Employee had survived until the end of the Severance Period, or if applicable, in a lump sum if the Eligible Employee was a Transferred CitiStreet Employee eligible for a payment pursuant to Section 3.5(c), with such lump sum payment being made no later than 2-1/2 months after the date of death.

 

3.9 Withholding and Deductions . The Company or Participating Employer will make deductions from each payment of Severance Benefits for income and employment taxes, as required by applicable law. The Company or Participating Employer will have the right to make deductions from Severance Benefits to satisfy any indebtedness that a former Eligible Employee has to the Company, Participating Employer, or an Affiliate as of his or her Release Date, but a decision by the Company or Participating Employer not to reduce Severance Benefits to satisfy such indebtedness shall not constitute a waiver of its claim for such recovery of said indebtedness.

 

3.10 Other Benefits or Plans . Eligible Employees entitled to Severance Benefits may be entitled to other benefits during the Severance Period, for example, annual incentive bonuses, medical, dental and vision coverage and life insurance. However, the entitlement to and the amount of such other benefits shall be governed by the terms of the plan under which such benefits are provided, and if applicable, by the terms of the ING Group International Assignment Policy, as such plan or policy is in effect from time to time. Nothing in this Plan shall affect the operation of any other plan maintained by the Company, Participating Employer or an Affiliate for the benefit of an Eligible Employee.

 

-11-


3.11 Unemployment Benefits . The Company or Participating Employer reserves the right to contest a former Eligible Employee’s claim for unemployment benefits for any period for which payments are made to him or her under this Plan.

 

3.12 No Duplication. If the Plan Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, that all or a portion of the benefit payable or previously paid to an Eligible Employee under any other plan, program, employment contract or other agreement with the Company, a Participating Employer, an Affiliate or a successor employer (other than payments made under any such plan that is intended to be tax exempt under Code Section 401(a)) is intended to provide severance, salary continuation or other benefits duplicative of the benefits provided under this Plan, the Plan Administrator shall have the right to reduce the benefit otherwise payable under this Plan to the extent deemed necessary to eliminate any unintended duplication of benefits.

ARTICLE 4.

Administration, Amendment And Termination

 

4.1 Administration . The Plan Administrator or its delegate has the exclusive responsibility and complete discretionary authority to control the operation, management and administration of this Plan, with all powers necessary to enable it properly to carry out those responsibilities, including but not limited to, the power to construe this Plan, to determine eligibility for benefits, to settle disputed claims and to resolve all administrative, interpretive, operational, equitable and other questions that arise under this Plan. The decisions of the Plan Administrator on all matters will be final and binding on all interested parties. To the extent a discretionary power or responsibility under this Plan is expressly assigned to a person by the Plan Administrator, that person will have complete discretionary authority to carry out that power or responsibility and that person’s decisions on all matters within the scope of that person’s authority will be final and binding on all interested parties.

 

4.2 Amendment . The Company reserves the right to amend the Plan from time to time, without prior notice.

 

4.3 Termination of the Plan . The Company reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time. After termination of the Plan, the Company will continue making payments of Severance Benefits due to each former Eligible Employee who became entitled to those benefits under Article 3 before the effective date of the Plan termination, under the terms of the Plan as it existed immediately before it was terminated.

ARTICLE 5.

Source of Benefit Payments

 

5.1 Unfunded Obligation. The obligations of the Company or a Participating Employer to provide any benefits under this Plan shall be unfunded and unsecured. All Severance benefits shall be paid solely from the general assets of the Company or Participating Employer employing the Eligible Employee on the Release Date.

 

-12-


ARTICLE 6.

Miscellaneous

 

6.1 ERISA . The Company intends that this Plan constitute a “welfare plan” under ERISA and any ambiguities in this Plan shall be construed to affect that intent.

 

6.2 Severability . If any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Plan, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal and invalid provision had never been included herein.

 

6.3 409A Compliance . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if this Plan is determined to be subject to Code Section 409A, then this Plan shall be administered such that it complies, at all times, with the requirements of Code Section 409A. The Plan Administrator has the sole discretion to interpret the terms of the Plan and to administer the Plan in such a manner that Code Section 409A is satisfied with respect to any Severance Benefits payable hereunder to the extent it is determined that Code Section 409A applies to the Plan.

 

6.4 Construction . This Plan shall be construed in accordance with ERISA and to the extent ERISA does not preempt state law, with the laws of the State of Georgia (without giving effect to conflict of law provisions). Headings and subheadings have been added only for convenience of reference and shall have no substantive effect whatsoever. All references to sections shall be to sections of this Plan unless otherwise stated. The masculine pronoun includes the feminine. All references to the singular shall include the plural and all references to the plural shall include the singular.

 

6.5 Nonalienation . No benefit or payment under this Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, levy or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, levy upon or charge the same shall be void.

 

6.6 No Employment Rights . Coverage under the Plan will not give any individual the right to be retained in the Company’s, Participating Employer’s or an Affiliate’s employment, or upon termination any right or interest in the Plan except as provided in the Plan.

 

6.7 No Enlargement of Rights . No person will have any right to or interest in any benefit except as specifically provided in the Plan. The legal status of each Eligible Employee or beneficiary who has a claim to Severance Benefits will be that of a general unsecured creditor of the Company or applicable Participating Employer.

 

-13-


6.8 Claims Procedures.

If any claim for benefits under the Plan is wholly or partially denied, the claimant shall be given notice in writing of the denial. This notice shall be furnished in writing or electronically, within a reasonable period of time after receipt of the claim by the Plan Administrator. This period shall not exceed 90 days after receipt of the claim, except that if special circumstances require an extension of time, written notice of the extension (which shall not exceed 90 days) shall be furnished to the claimant.

This notice shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall set forth the following information:

 

  (a) the specific reasons for the denial,

 

  (b) specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based,

 

  (c) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why this material or information is necessary,

 

  (d) an explanation that a full and fair review by the Company, excluding the Plan Administrator, of the decision denying the claim may be requested by the claimant or an authorized representative by filing with the Plan Administrator, within 60 days after the notice has been received, a written request for the review,

 

  (e) an explanation that if an appeal is requested, the claimant or an authorized representative may review pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing within the same 60-day period specified in subsection (d),

 

  (f) statement of the claimant’s right to bring suit under ERISA, and

 

  (g) such other information as may be required under ERISA.

The decision of the Company upon review shall be made promptly and not later than 60 days after the Plan Administrator’s receipt of the request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing. In this case the claimant shall be so notified, and a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of the request for review. If the claim is denied, wholly or in part, the claimant shall be given a copy of the decision promptly. The decision shall be communicated in writing or electronically, shall include specific reasons for the denial, shall include specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive pertinent documents and information, a statement that the claimant may bring suit under ERISA, and such other information as may be required under ERISA. The decision shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The review by the Company on an appeal of a claim denial shall be made by persons who were not involved in the original decision, and in a manner that complies with the ERISA appeals procedures. Any subsequent litigation on a final determination on appeal shall be brought no later than one year after the date the notice of the final determination is sent to the claimant or his or her attorney or representative.

 

-14-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , ING North America Insurance Corporation has caused this amended and restated Plan to be executed by its duly authorized officer effective as of January 1, 2008.

 

ING North America Insurance
Corporation
By:   /s/ William Delahanty
Date:  

 

-15-


ING AMERICAS SEVERANCE PAY PLAN

ADDENDUM A

CITISTREET SEVERANCE FORMULA

For purposes of determining the severance amount payable under Article 3, the CitiStreet Severance Formula as set forth below shall apply:

A. Citigroup Employees: For those Transferred CitiStreet Employees who were active employees of Citigroup scheduled to work 20 or more hours per week, and would be eligible to receive severance benefits pursuant to the Citigroup Severance Pay Plan as in effect on June 30, 2008, the CitiStreet Severance Formula shall equal the greater of:

 

  (1) two weeks of base pay (exclusive of bonuses, overtime, shift differential, or any other compensation above the Eligible Employees then current weekly base of pay) for each full 12 months of service with Citigroup (including participating companies), up to a maximum of 52 weeks; or

 

  (2) the amount determined based on the following table:

 

Annual base pay    Minimum Separation Pay Amount

Up to $50,000

   4 weeks of base pay

$50,001 to $100,000

   8 weeks of base pay

$100,001 or more

   12 weeks of base pay

In addition, if the Eligible Employee meets the following service requirements, the Eligible Employee shall be eligible for the following additional Supplemental Benefit:

 

Length of service    Supplemental Benefit

At least 10 but less than 15 completed Years of Service

   Lump sum equal to 8 weeks of base pay

At least 15 but less than 20 completed Years of Service

   Lump sum equal to 16 weeks of base pay

20 or more completed Years of Service

   Lump sum equal to 26 weeks of base pay

 

-16-


B . State Street Employees: For those Transferred CitiStreet Employees who were active employees of State Street on June 30, 2008, and would be eligible to receive severance benefits pursuant to the State Street Corporation Severance Plan, as in effect on June 30, 2008, the CitiStreet Severance Formula shall equal:

 

Job Titles    Severance

Associate 1; Associate 2; Senior Associate

   A base of 8 weeks with an additional 1 week per year of service – up to a maximum of 52 weeks in total

Officer and Assistant Vice President

   A base of 8 weeks with an additional 2 weeks per year of service – up to a maximum of 52 weeks in total

Vice President

   A base of 12 weeks with an additional 2 weeks per year of service – up to a maximum of 52 weeks in total

Senior Vice President

   A base of 24 weeks with an additional 3 weeks per year of service – up to a maximum of 78 weeks in total

Executive Vice President

   A base of 50 weeks with an additional 4 weeks per year of service – up to a maximum of 104 weeks in total

Pay for these purposes means the Transferred CitiStreet Employee’s annual rate of base pay or wages for the scheduled number of hours he or she was working on his or her Termination Date plus any shift differential, if payable on the Termination Date. Specifically excluded are overtime, incentive bonus, and any other type of compensation. The Transferred CitiStreet Employee’s job title as in effect at State Street on June 30, 2008, shall be used for these purposes.

 

-17-


ING AMERICAS SEVERANCE PAY PLAN

ADDENDUM B

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

FROM [JANUARY 1, 2008] FORWARD

 

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS    DATES OF
PARTICIPATION

ING Institutional Plan Services, LLC (formerly CitiStreet LLC)

   July 1, 2008 –                

Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa

   January 1, 2008 -

Financial Northeastern Corporation

   January 1, 2008 -

Financial Network Investment Corporation

   January 1, 2008 -

ING Advisors, Inc.

(formerly known as Pilgrim Advisors, Inc.)

   January I, 2008 -

ING Brokers Network, LLC

   January 1, 2008 -

ING Insurance Agency, Inc.

   January 1, 2008 -

ING International Insurance Holdings, Inc.

(Prior to February 11, 2002, Aetna International, Inc.)

   January 1, 2008 -

ING Investment Management LLC

   January 1, 2008 -

ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company

(prior to May 1, 2001, Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company)

   January 1, 2008 -

ING National Trust

   January 1, 2008 -

ING North America Insurance Corporation

   January 1, 2008 -

ING Re Underwriters, Inc.

   January 1, 2008 -

Multi-Financial Group, LLC

   January 1, 2008 -

PFP Holdings, LP

   January 1, 2008 -

PrimeVest Financial Services, Inc.

   January 1, 2008 -

ReliaStar Life Insurance Company

   January 1, 2008 -

ReliaStar Life Insurance Company of New York

   January 1, 2008 -

Washington Square Advisors, Inc.

   January 1, 2008 –

 

-18-

Exhibit 10.64

AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO THE ING AMERICAS SEVERANCE PAY

PLAN, AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE AS OF JANUARY 1, 2008

WHEREAS, Section 4.2 of the ING Americas Severance Pay Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008 (the “Plan”) reserves to ING North America Insurance Corporation (the “Company”) the power to amend the Plan; and

WHEREAS , the Company has decided to amend the Plan, effective October 1, 2008, to modify the definition of “Highly Leveraged Employee” as it applies to certain employees of ING Investment Management, LLC.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED the Company hereby amends the Plan effective October 1, 2008, as follows:

1. Effective October 1, 2008, Section 1.12, definition of Highly Leveraged Employee is hereby amended to read as follows:

Section 1.12, Highly Leveraged Employee means generally those employees who are not eligible for participation in a regular broad-based annual Company incentive bonus program for salaried employees and are eligible for a “production” or performance-based bonus that is payable on a regular basis throughout the year (bi-weekly, semi-monthly, monthly, quarterly, semi-annually), when the performance-based bonus program is designed to represent a significant portion of the Eligible Employee’s compensation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the only employees of ING Investment Management, LLC who shall be considered a “highly leveraged” employee are (a) those employees who hold positions of internal wholesaler, external wholesaler, hybrid wholesaler, business development employees, and distribution management staff, and (b) who otherwise meet the foregoing guidelines in this Section 1.12. No other employee of ING Investment Management, LLC shall be considered a “highly leveraged” employee, irrespective of how that Eligible Employee is compensated. The Company, in its sole discretion, shall designate which employees are “highly leveraged” pursuant to the foregoing guidelines.

2. Except as expressly amended by this Amendment Number One, the provisions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Amendment Number One to be signed by its duly authorized officer effective as of the date last executed below.

 

ING North America Insurance

Corporation

By:   /s/ W. Delahanty
  W. Delahanty
  Head of Rewards and Operations

Date:    

  October 20, 2008

Exhibit 10.65

AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO THE ING AMERICAS SEVERANCE PAY PLAN,

AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE AS OF JANUARY 1, 2008

WHEREAS, Section 4.2 of the ING Americas Severance Pay Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008 (the “Plan”) reserves to ING North America Insurance Corporation (the “Company”) the power to amend the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan effective June 22, 2009 to modify the definitions of “Release Date” and “Qualified Termination” for Eligible Employees whose employment is terminated in a Qualified Termination on or after such date.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED the Company hereby amends the Plan effective June 22, 2009, as follows:

1. Effective June 22, 2009, Section 1.18, definition of “Qualified Termination” is hereby amended to read as follows:

Section 1.18, Qualified Termination means with respect to each Eligible Employee, an involuntary termination as a result of:

 

  (a) the Eligible Employee’s job being eliminated as a result of a reduction in workforce, an acquisition, a merger, divestiture or restructuring, outsourcing, or position elimination;

 

  (b) the Eligible Employee’s Eligible Pay being significantly reduced (as determined by the Plan Administrator in its absolute discretion) due to a Company or Participating Employer-requested job change;

 

  (c) the Eligible Employee’s job function or an operation in which the Eligible Employee’s work is transferred by the Company or Participating Employer outside of a 50-mile radius from the Eligible Employee’s current work location;

 

  (d) the Eligible Employee’s job being filled while the Eligible Employee is on an approved leave of absence, or if on short-term disability leave under the STD Program, the Eligible Employee has been released to return to work under the STD Program and there is no position for said Eligible Employee, except where otherwise required by law; or

 

  (e) the expiration of the Eligible Employee’s expatriation assignment, as a result of which the Eligible Employee is eligible for repatriation under the terms of his or her assignment agreement and the Company is unable to locate an appropriate employment assignment in the U.S.

An Eligible Employee will be considered to be involuntarily terminated if he or she fails to locate an alternative placement with the Company, a Participating Employer, an Affiliate, an Outsourcer (as defined below) or a successor employer prior to his or her Release Date.


The term, “Qualified Termination does not include the following:

 

  (1) The Company or Participating Employer transfers the Eligible Employee’s job function or transfers an operation in which the Eligible Employee is or could be employed, sells, spins off or otherwise separates a part of the Company or an Affiliate, and the Eligible Employee is offered employment or the opportunity to continue employment with the transferee or other successor entity, whether or not the Eligible Employee accepts the offer or opportunity; provided, however , the location of the Eligible Employee’s employment with the transferee or successor entity is within a 50-mile radius of the Eligible Employee’s current place of employment and the position provides comparable base compensation (as determined by the Plan Administrator in its absolute discretion) compared to the Eligible Employee’s current position;

 

  (2) At the Eligible Employee’s manager’s discretion, the Eligible Employee is placed in a position with comparable Eligible Pay compared to the Eligible Employee’s then present position, which may or may not require additional development and training, with any Affiliate or Successor Employer, provided the location of the Eligible Employee’s employment with the transferee or successor entity is within a 50-mile radius of the Eligible Employee’s current place of employment; provided, however , that the 50-mile radius limitation shall not apply with respect to a Qualified Termination described in Section 1.18(e);

 

  (3) The Eligible Employee’s position is eliminated or transferred to another employer (the “Outsourcer”) through an outsourcing arrangement if the Eligible Employee is offered a position or opportunity to continue employment with the Outsourcer with comparable Eligible Pay (as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion) whether or not the Eligible Employee accepts the offer or opportunity;

 

  (4) The Eligible Employee’s employment is terminated for Cause;

 

  (5) The Eligible Employee’s employment is terminated as a result of a voluntary resignation or retirement; or

 

  (6) The Eligible Employee’s employment is terminated on a pre-established date at the end of a short-term period of employment, except as provided in Section 1.18(e);

 

  (7) The Eligible Employee’s completion of the maximum short term disability period under the STD Program where such Eligible Employee does not return to employment with the Company or a Participating Employer with an approved medical release immediately following such period of disability.

2. Effective June 22, 2009, Section 1,19, definition of “Release Date” is hereby amended to read as follows:

 

2


Section 1.19, Release Date means with respect to each Eligible Employee, the official last date at work established by the Company or his or her Participating Employer. With respect to Eligible Employees who are involuntarily terminated as described in Section 1.8(d), “Release Date” shall be the date such employee is released to return to work in accordance with the provisions of the STD Program. With respect to Eligible Employees who are involuntarily terminated as described in Section 1.18(e), “Release Date” shall be the 90 th day following repatriation.

3. Except as expressly amended to this Amendment Number Two, the provisions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment Number Two to be signed by its duly authorized officer effective as of the date last executed below.

ING North America Insurance Corporation

By: William Delahanty

Head of HR Rewards and Operations

 

Signature:

  

/s/ William Delahanty                

     

Date:

  

6/19/09                

 

3

Exhibit 10.66

AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE

TO THE ING AMERICAS SEVERANCE PAY PLAN,

AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2008

WHEREAS , Section 4.2 of the ING Americas Severance Pay Plan as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008 (the “Plan”) reserves to ING North America Insurance Corporation (the “Company”) the power to amend the Plan; and

WHEREAS , the Company has decided to amend the Plan, effective October 1, 2009, to modify the Plan as it applies to certain repatriated and involuntarily terminated employees of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED the Company hereby amends the Plan effective October 1, 2009, as follows:

 

  1. Effective October 1, 2009, Section 1.18(f), shall be added to the definition of Qualified Termination to read as follows:

An Eligible Employee declining to continue employment where business needs require the Eligible Employee’s job to be performed at home for all or a significant part of the workweek, including an Eligible Employee who declines to commence such a home work location arrangement. If, as a result of business needs, an Eligible Employee transitions from working in an office to a home location, and within 30 days of commencing the home work location arrangement, the Eligible Employee communicates his/her desire to cease employment, the Company may, in its discretion, offer enhanced severance benefits to the Eligible Employee.

 

  2. Effective October 1, 2009, Section 1.19, definition of Release Date is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

  1.19

Release Date means for each Eligible Employee, the official last date at work established by the Company or his or her Participating Employer. With respect to Eligible Employees who are involuntarily terminated as described in Section 1.18(d), “Release Date” shall be the first day the Eligible Employee is released to return to work under the STD Program. With respect to Eligible Employees who are involuntarily terminated as described in Section 1.18(e), “Release Date” shall be no later than the 30 th day following repatriation. With respect to Eligible Employees who are involuntarily terminated as described in Section 1.18(f), “Release Date” shall be the last date at work established by the Company or the Participating Employer.


  3. Except as expressly amended by this Amendment Number Three, the provisions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Amendment Number Three to be signed by its duly authorized officer effective as of the date last executed below.

 

ING North America Insurance Corporation
By:   /s/ William Delahanty
  William Delahanty
  Head of Rewards and Operations

Date:    

  December 21, 2009

Amendment Three ING Americas Severance Pay Plan

Page 2 of 2

Exhibit 10.67

AMENDMENT NUMBER FOUR

TO THE ING AMERICAS SEVERANCE PAY PLAN,

AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2008

WHEREAS, Section 4.2 of the ING Americas Severance Pay Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008 (the “Plan”) reserves to ING North America Insurance Corporation (the “Company”) the power to amend the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan effective December 1, 2010 to modify certain sections of the Plan relating to the effect that reemployment has on the termination of severance benefits and to otherwise amend the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED the Company hereby amends the Plan as follows:

1. Effective December 1, 2010, Section 1.18, “Qualified Termination,” is hereby amended by adding a new subsection (7) as follows:

 

  “(7) The Eligible Employee is not released to return to work under the STD Program, notwithstanding the fact that the Eligible Employee’s position has been eliminated.”

2. Effective December 1, 2010, Section 3.6(a), “Reemployment,” is hereby amended to read as follows:

 

  “(a) Reemployment. If a former Eligible Employee is reemployed by the Company, a Participating Employer, or an Affiliate in any capacity, including, but not limited to part-time, full-time, regular or temporary employment, or as an independent contractor, before the end of the Severance Period, his or her Severance Benefits will cease effective as of the date of his or her reemployment. The former Eligible Employee shall forfeit any unpaid severance benefits. The former Eligible Employee shall be required to repay any severance amounts, irrespective of how such severance amounts were paid, that are attributable to a period after which the former Eligible Employee has been reemployed by the Company, a Participating Employer, or an Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this paragraph shall not apply to any former Eligible Employee who as an independent contractor and before the end of the Severance Period becomes a registered representative through ING Financial Partners, Inc. or ING Financial Advisers, LLC for the purposes of selling ING products and/or rendering investment advisory services.”

3. Effective December 1, 2010, Section 3.8, “Death Before Payment,” is hereby amended to read as follows:

 

  “3.8

Death Before Payment. If an Eligible Employee who satisfies the requirements for benefits under this Article 3 dies after receiving notice of a Qualified Termination and release date, but before he or she receives payment of the entire amount due him or her under this Plan, the Company or Participating Employer will pay the remaining Severance Benefits to his or

 


  her surviving spouse or domestic partner, if any, or if there is no surviving spouse or domestic partner, to his or her estate, in either a lump sum or in semi-monthly payments as if the Eligible Employee had survived until the end of the Severance Period, or if applicable, in a lump sum if the Eligible Employee was a Transferred CitiStreet Employee eligible for a payment pursuant to Section 3.5(c). All lump sum payments described in this paragraph shall be made no later than 2-1/2 months after the date of death.”

4. Except as expressly amended by this Amendment Number Four, the provisions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment Number Four to be signed by its duly authorized officer effective as of the date last executed below.

 

  ING North America Insurance Corporation
 

By:

  William Delahanty
    Head of HR Rewards and Operations

Signature: /s/ William Delahanty                     Date: 12/20/10

 

2

Exhibit 10.68

Schedule 1

 

 

ING

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

-

RETENTION PARTICIPATION PLAN

(RPP)

 

 


This ING Investment Management Retention Participation Plan (the “ RPP ”) is intended to promote the achievement of the objectives and the attainment of the profits set by ING Investment Management Holdings N.V. and its subsidiaries (the “ ING IM Group ”) and to encourage the continued employment of the employees of the ING IM Group.

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Adoption Date ” means 30 March 2010.

 

1.2 Bad Leaver ” means a Leaver who is not a Good Leaver.

 

1.3 Board ” means the management board of the Company.

 

1.4 Change in Control ” means any of the following events with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or (v) a series of one or more events (i) through (iv), a “ Transaction ”, wherein the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company or the corporation or corporations to which the assets of the Company were transferred to another corporation, a “ Transferee Corporation(s) ”, as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting stock of one or more corporations which, as a result of the Transaction, own the Company or the Transferee Corporation(s), as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting stock of the Company or multiple Change in Control events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

1.5 Company ” means ING Investment Management Holdings N.V., a company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.

 

1.6 Employee ” means a person employed with a company belonging to the ING IM Group.

 

1.7 Good Leaver ” means a Participant who becomes a Leaver:

 

  (a) as a result of:

 

  (i) death;

 

  (ii) permanent disability (evidenced to the satisfaction of the Remuneration Committee);

 

  (iii) retirement on reaching normal retirement age as determined in the applicable retirement benefit programme, statutory or otherwise; or

 

  (iv) termination of his employment by his employer other than a termination in circumstances where the Participant is guilty of dishonesty, gross misconduct, gross incompetence or wilful neglect of duty or has committed an act or omission which would entitle his employer to terminate his employment summarily in accordance with his contract of employment; and

 

2


  (b) in circumstances where the Remuneration Committee determines in its sole discretion that the Participant needs to attend to the critical health needs of his spouse, civil partner, child or other individual as determined by the Remuneration Committee.

 

1.8 Grant Date ” means, in relation to the Retention Bonus, the date on which the Retention Bonus is, was or is to be granted to the Participant.

 

1.9 ING Group ” means the ING group of companies.

 

1.10 Investment Regulations ” means the regulations applying to the acquisition of and trade in securities in Related Funds comprising the Investment.

 

1.11 Leaver ” means a Participant who ceases to be an Employee.

 

1.12 Participant ” means an Employee who participates in the Plan and has executed the RPP Agreement.

 

1.13 Payment Date of an Investment Entitlement ” means the date on which in accordance with the relevant vesting provisions under the Plan the value of a part of the Investment Entitlement shall be paid to the Participant.

 

1.14 Plan ” means the ING Investment Management Retention Participation Plan as herein set forth and as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

 

1.15 Plan Administrator ” means such employees or directors of the Company (or such other employees and directors the Board may designate) who are responsible for the administration and implementation of the Plan and the RPP Agreement, in line with the internal practice of the ING Group together with such external administrators as the Board may appoint to administer the Plan from time to time.

 

1.16 Related Funds ” means funds, managed by the ING IM Group.

 

1.17 Retention Bonus ” means a one time conditional bonus which is or shall be granted to the Participants at the sole discretion of the Remuneration Committee and/or the Board pursuant to the RPP Agreement.

 

1.18 RPP Agreement ” means a Retention Participation Plan agreement between a Participant and the Company whereby a Participant inter alia agrees to be bound to the terms of this Plan and the Investment Regulations.

 

1.19 Remuneration Committee ” means the remuneration committee appointed by the Board.

 

1.20 Tax-Related Items ” means the amount of any tax and/or social security contributions attributable to or payable in connection with the Retention Bonus, any Deposited Fund Distributions, the Investment and/or the Investment Entitlement. Any amounts of income tax and/or employee social security contributions that are treated as being due under a tax equalisation policy in connection with the Retention Bonus, any Deposited Fund Distributions, the Investment and/or the Investment Entitlement shall also be considered to be Tax-Related Items.

 

3


1.21 Except insofar as the context otherwise requires:

 

  (a) words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

 

  (b) words denoting the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender;

 

  (c) a reference to any enactment shall be construed as a reference to that enactment as from time to time amended, extended or re-enacted.

 

2. SELECTION, RETENTION BONUS AND INVESTMENT

 

2.1 The Remuneration Committee shall at its sole discretion determine those Employees to whom a Retention Bonus may be granted and who thereby may become a Participant. The amount of the Retention Bonus shall also be at the sole discretion of the Remuneration Committee.

 

2.2 Subject to being selected as a Participant by the Remuneration Committee, an Employee shall only become a Participant after having executed a RPP Agreement pursuant to which the Participant accepts the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Investment Regulations and the RPP Agreement. The RPP Agreement shall be in such a form as the Board may determine from time to time.

 

2.3 The Retention Bonus does not entitle the Participant to any payment in cash on the Grant Date, but the amount of the Retention Bonus shall be virtually invested in full by the Company in securities of such Related Funds as designated by the Participant in accordance with the Investment Regulations (the “ Investment ”). The Investment will not cause any purchase and/or trade of securities in Related Funds by the Company, but will solely be used as a measurement mechanism for determining the cash amount to be paid under any Investment Entitlement.

 

2.4 In accordance with the Investment Regulations, the Participant may request the Company to virtually trade in the securities in Related Funds comprising the Investment on the pre-set dates as more fully set forth in the Investment Regulations. In case of a Listing or Change in Control, as described in Article 7 of this Plan, the Participant shall no longer be entitled to request the Company to virtually trade in any securities comprising the Investment.

 

2.5 Any dividend or other distributions virtually paid out on the Investment shall, after all deductions on such distributions have been made, be virtually held on a non-interest bearing cash-line (the “ Deposited Fund Distributions ”). The Deposited Fund Distributions shall be subject to the vesting principles and forfeiture of rights as more fully set forth in this Plan. Any Deposited Fund Distributions must be virtually reinvested in securities in the Related Funds as designated by the Participant in accordance with the Investment Regulations on the first pre-set date the Participant is permitted to change the composition of the Investment. The virtually reinvested Deposited Fund Distributions become an integral part of the Investment.

 

2.6 Subject to the vesting principles and forfeiture of rights as set forth in Article 3 of this Plan, the Participant shall become entitled to receive a payment in cash equal to the value of the Investment and the Deposited Fund Distributions, if any, on the Relevant Vesting Date (the “ Investment Entitlement ” or an “ Investment Entitlement ”). For the avoidance of doubt, under this Plan the Participant shall not receive any legal ownership of the securities whatsoever underlying the Investment or the Investment Entitlement.

 

4


3. VESTING, FORFEITURE, GOOD LEAVER AND BAD LEAVER

 

3.1 Subject to accelerated vesting or forfeiture of an Investment Entitlement, as set forth in Articles 3.2 and 3.3 below, the right to an Investment Entitlement shall vest in the Participant as follows:

 

  (i) on 1 September 2010 (the “ First Vesting Date ”), an Investment Entitlement in respect of one third (33.33%) of the value of the Investment on the First Vesting Date;

 

  (ii) on 1 September 2011 (the “ Second Vesting Date ”), an Investment Entitlement in respect of half (50%) of the value of the remaining Investment on the Second Vesting Date;

 

  (iii) on 1 September 2012 (the “ Final Vesting Date ”), an Investment Entitlement in respect of the full (100%) value of the remaining Investment on the Final Vesting Date;

 

  (iv) the First Vesting Date, the Second Vesting Date and the Final Vesting Date shall hereinafter be referred as a “ Relevant Vesting Date ” and the vesting in the Participant on the Relevant Vesting Dates in accordance with sub (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Article 3.1 will only occur if the Participant during the whole of the period from the Grant Date through the Relevant Vesting Date was an Employee and was not under notice of termination of employment.

On the Relevant Vesting Dates, the Remuneration Committee may, in its sole discretion, decide which securities in the Relevant Funds and which portion of the Deposited Fund Distributions, if any, comprising the Investment Entitlement at the Relevant Vesting Date are virtually sold and allocated for the benefit of the Participant.

 

3.2 If the Participant becomes a Good Leaver prior to a Relevant Vesting Date, then the vesting in the Participant of the Investment Entitlement shall be accelerated whereby the Participant shall have a right to the full Investment Entitlement as of the date of the Participant becoming a Good Leaver.

 

3.3 If the Participant becomes a Bad Leaver prior to the later of (a) a Relevant Vesting Date or (b) the Payment Date of an Investment Entitlement, then the Participant forfeits his right to any Investment Entitlement and will therefore not receive any payment under or in connection with this Plan.

 

3.4 The Payment Date of an Investment Entitlement shall be ultimately 30 days after a Relevant Vesting Date, or in the event the Participant becomes a Good Leaver, ultimately 30 days after the date of the Participant becoming a Good Leaver.

 

4. PAYMENT OF THE INVESTMENT ENTITLEMENT

 

4.1 On the Payment Date of an Investment Entitlement, the Remuneration Committee shall procure that the Company shall pay to the Participant his Investment Entitlement.

 

4.2 The Company shall not be required to pay any funds to Participants if the Remuneration Committee has reason to consider that the Participant has either misrepresented any pertinent facts or committed an act of fraud against any company in the ING Group and postpone payment if the Board considers that there are circumstances such that it is necessary to investigate relevant matters further.

 

5


5. TAX-RELATED ITEMS

The employer of the Participant or any other ING Group company shall be entitled to withhold, and the Participant shall be obliged to pay, the amount of any Tax-Related Items. The employer of the Participant or any other ING Group company may deduct from any amounts to be paid to the Participant pursuant to the Plan such Tax-Related Items. Without limitation to the above, any ING Group company may establish any other procedures to withhold Tax-Related Items, including but not limited to (a) by way of deduction from salary or any other payment payable to the Participant at any time on or after the date the liability arises and (b) by way of payment directly from the Participant in cleared funds.

 

6. TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

This Plan shall commence on the Adoption Date and may be terminated by a resolution of the Board at any time. Termination of the Plan (however it occurs) shall be without prejudice to any accrued rights under this Plan and the RPP Agreement, in existence at the date of termination.

 

7. CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

7.1 In the event of the admission, or in the event of a contemplated admission, of shares in the Company (“ Shares ”) to trade on regulated markets or a multilateral trading facility as defined in article 1.1 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act ( Wet op het Financieel Toezicht ), or any similar public market (“ Listing ”), the Board, in its absolute discretion, may deliver a written notice to any Participant replacing the virtual securities comprising the remaining Investment and the Deposited Fund Distributions, if any, for a virtual investment in such number of Shares reflecting the value attributed to the remaining Investment and the Deposited Fund Distributions, if any, on the date of aforementioned replacement.

 

7.2 In case of a replacement of the virtual securities comprising the remaining Investment and the Deposited Fund Distributions, if any, as set forth in Article 7.1 of this Plan, the value of the remaining Investment and the Deposited Fund Distributions, if any, on the date of such replacement shall for the purposes of this Plan be considered to be 110% of the value on the date of replacement.

 

7.3 In the event of a Change in Control, the Board, in its sole discretion, may deliver a written notice to any Participant replacing the virtual securities comprising the remaining Investment and the Deposited Fund Distributions, if any, for a virtual investment in securities or similar rights the value of which is at least equal to the fair market value of the remaining Investment and the Deposited Fund Distributions on the date of such replacement.

 

7.4 A replacement of the remaining Investment and the Deposited Fund Distributions, if any, due to a Listing or Change in Control will not affect any other term and/or condition of the Investment and the Deposited Fund Distributions, if any, including but not limited to the vesting scheme as described in Article 3 of this Plan.

 

8. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

8.1 The Board shall be entitled, from time to time, to make and vary such regulations (not being inconsistent with this Plan) for the implementation and administration of this Plan as it thinks fit. Except as expressly specified in the terms of the Plan or as otherwise specified by the Board, the implementation and administration of the Plan shall be delegated to the Plan Administrators. Without limitation, the Board may delegate to the Plan Administrator any of its powers and/or duties under the Plan and may also ratify any action or decision by the Plan Administrator.

 

6


8.2 The terms of this Plan may be altered from time to time by the Board save that no amendment shall be made which would adversely affect any of the subsisting rights of Participants without the written consent of Participants.

 

8.3 Written notice of any amendment to this Plan shall be given to all Participants.

 

9. GENERAL

 

9.1 Nothing in this Plan shall confer upon an Employee any right to continue in employment or to interfere in any way with the right of any ING Group company to terminate an Employee’s employment at any time.

 

9.2 An Employee will have no entitlement to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination or cessation of an Employee’s employment or services with any ING Group company for any reason whatsoever and whether or not in breach of contract, insofar as such entitlement arises or may arise from an Employee ceasing to have a Retention Bonus, any Deposited Fund Distributions, an Investment or an Investment Entitlement under the Plan or to be entitled to any Retention Bonus, Deposited Fund Distributions, Investment or Investment Entitlement as a result of such termination or from the loss or diminution in value of the same. The Retention Bonus, Deposited Fund Distributions, Investment or Investment Entitlement will not be reinstated if an Employee ceases employment with and is subsequently reinstated as an employee of the Company or any ING Group company.

 

9.3 The Plan and the benefits offered under the Plan are provided by the Company on an entirely discretionary basis, and the Plan creates no vested rights in Employees. The Plan does not confer upon an Employee any benefit other than as specifically set forth in the Plan and in a RPP Agreement. The receipt of the Retention Bonus, Deposited Fund Distributions, Investment or Investment Entitlement does not entitle an Employee to any future benefits under the Plan or any other plan or program of the Company.

 

9.4 The amount of any compensation deemed to be received by an Employee as a result of participation in the Plan shall not constitute compensation with respect to which any other employee benefits of such Employee are determined, including, without limitation, any end of service benefits or other benefits under any bonus, pension, profit sharing, life insurance or salary continuation plan, except as otherwise specifically determined by the Board or provided by the terms of such plan.

 

9.5 A Retention Bonus, any Deposited Fund Distributions, an Investment and an Investment Entitlement shall be personal to an Employee and may not, save as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan, be transferred, assigned or charged.

 

9.6 Save as otherwise provided in this Plan, any notice or communication to be given by the Company to any Participant may be personally delivered or sent by fax or by ordinary post to (if the Participant is still employed by an ING Group company) his business address or by email or any other form of electronic communication specified by the Board for the purposes of the Plan or (if the Participant is no longer employed by an ING Group company) his last known address or email address. Where a notice is delivered personally or by facsimile or by email or other form of electronic communication, it shall be deemed to have been received immediately. Where a notice or communication is sent by post, it shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after the same was put into the post properly addressed and stamped. RPP Agreements and other communications sent by post, email or any other form of electronic communication will be sent at the risk of the Participant concerned and the Company shall have no liability to any such persons in respect of any notification, document, RPP Agreements or other communication so given, sent or made.

 

7


9.7 Any notice to be given to the Company shall be faxed, delivered or sent to the Company at its registered office and shall be effective upon receipt.

 

9.8 A Retention Bonus, any Deposited Fund Distributions, Investment or Investment Entitlements granted under this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands.

 

9.9 This Plan shall be governed by and must be interpreted according to the laws of the Netherlands. Any dispute under or in connection with this Plan shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the competent court in The Hague, the Netherlands, subject to appeal ( hoger beroep ) and appeal to the Supreme Court ( cassatie ).

 

8

Exhibit 10.69

ING INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC

ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN

(Effective as on January 1, 2003; Amended as of January 1, 2008)

Section 1. Purpose and Description

 

  1.1. ING Investment Management, LLC (“Company”) provides for a discretionary bonus to its employees pursuant to its Annual Incentive Plan (“AIP”).

 

  1.2 Major features of the Plan include:

 

  (a) A Target Award will be determined for each Participant annually;

 

  (b) A Participant’s Actual Award will be based upon a combination of the Participant’s Target Award, the Participant’s individual performance, the Team Scorecard Results, and other factors as determined by the Company; and

 

  (c) The Plan includes special provisions for death, Disability, Retirement, or involuntary termination without Cause (as each such term is defined below).

Section 2. Definitions

 

  2.1. Definitions . Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

 

  (a) “2X Participant” means a Participant whose maximum award level is limited to 200% for each defined metric.

 

  (b) “3X Participant” means a Participant whose maximum award level is limited to 300% for each defined metric.

 

  (c) “Actual Award” means the gross amount determined to be payable to a Participant for a plan year, which is generally the product of the Participant’s Target Award and Team Scorecard Result, adjusted to reflect the Participant’s individual performance and any other factors taken into consideration by the Company. The Team Scorecard results fund a pool and the Company has the discretion to allocate that pool to Participants based on individual performance and overall contributions to the success of the Company.


  (d) “Cause” means that the Participant was terminated from employment with the Company for poor performance or misconduct, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion .

 

  (e) “Company” means ING Investment Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor thereto.

 

  (f) “Disability” means total disability as determined in accordance with the terms of the Company’s long-term disability plan, as in effect from time to time or if there is no such long-term disability plan, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

 

  (g) “Maximum Performance” means the performance level that will result in the maximum award of 300% for the defined metric.

 

  (h) “Multiplier” means the result of comparing an actual result for a defined metric with the established performance levels for that metric.

 

  (i) “Outstanding Performance” means the performance level that will result in a 200% award for the defined metric.

 

  (j) “Participant” means any employee meeting the eligibility requirements defined in section 2.2.

 

  (k) “Performance Period” means the calendar year period that is evaluated for purposes of determining the Actual Award payable under the Plan.

 

  (l) “Retirement” means retirement after age 55 with 5 years of service with the Company or its affiliates, as determined under the ING Americas Retirement Plan. For purposes of determining if a Participant has retired, there is no requirement that benefit payments under the ING Americas Retirement Plan commence upon termination of service, although the Participant must be eligible to commence benefit payments on that date to be deemed retired for purposes of the Plan.

 

  (m) “Target Award” means with respect to each Performance Period, the amount of such incentive opportunity as determined annually by the Company. The Company retains the discretion to adjust the Target Award by the Participant’s Team Scorecard result, the Participant’s individual performance, as captured in the annual performance review, and other factors as determined by the Company.

 

  (n) “Target Performance” means the performance level that will result in a 100% award for the defined metric.


  (o) “Team” means a group of Participants that are measured by the same Team Scorecard.

 

  (p) “Team Pool” means the sum of all Target Awards times the Team Scorecard Multiplier for all Participants assigned to a Team, as adjusted by the Company.

 

  (q) “Team Scorecard” means the defined metrics that will measure a Team’s performance.

 

  (r) “Team Scorecard Multiplier” means the weighted average sum of all Multipliers on one Team Scorecard.

 

  (s) “Threshold Performance” means the performance level that will result in a 50% award for the defined metric.

Section 3. Eligibility

3.1 Eligible Employees . All U.S.-based full-time employees and part-time employees of the Company, who are scheduled to complete 1,000 hours of service during the Performance Period, will be eligible to participate in the Plan, except those identified in Section 3.2.

3.2 Ineligible Employees . The following Company employees are not eligible to participate in the Plan:

 

  (a) Employees who participate in another incentive, commission, bonus, or other cash incentive plan of the Company or its affiliate;

 

  (b)

Employees hired after October 31 st of the Performance Period;

 

  (c) Temporary employees, independent contractors, interns and consultants;

 

  (d) Employees who are on military and other types of short-term leave are eligible for an ICP award if the employee was in an ICP-eligible position for at least three months total during the Performance Period;

 

  (e) Employees who are on long-term disability; and

 

  (f) Employees who transfer to the Company in connection with the CitiStreet acquisition are ineligible for the 2008 performance period awards, but will be eligible for awards beginning with the 2009 performance period.


Section 4. Awards

 

  4.1 Grant of Target Awards . The Company shall grant Target Awards to such Participants, at such times and in such amounts, as it shall determine. Each grant of a Target Award shall be evidenced by a document setting forth the terms of such grant and shall specify the terms and conditions thereof and any rules applicable thereto. All grants are subject to the terms of the Plan and in the event of any inconsistency, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

  4.2 Payment of awards .

 

  (a) Unless otherwise determined by the Company, any Actual Award due to a Participant under the Plan shall be paid no later than March 15 following the Performance Period, provided, that a Participant’s employment has not terminated prior to the date payment of the Actual Award is made as a result of the Participant’s voluntary termination of employment (other than on account of Retirement) or a termination for Cause by the Company. Upon a voluntary termination or a termination for Cause at any time prior to the date payments are actually made, no payment shall be due or payable under the Plan.

 

  (b) If a Participant is not actively employed at the time Actual Awards are paid, but is nonetheless eligible for a payment because he or she separated from employment because of a job elimination between July 1 and September 30 of the Performance Period, the Participant may be considered for a pro-rata discretionary award based on the month in which the Participant is terminated to the entire Performance Period, contingent on the execution of a release. The discretionary award will be paid within sixty (60) days of the Participant’s last date of employment. If a release of claims (as provided for in the ING Americas Severance Pay Plan, as in effect from time to time) is not signed by the Participant, no payment will be due or payable under the Plan.

 

  (c) If a Participant is not actively employed at the time Actual Awards are paid, but is nonetheless eligible for a payment because he or she separated from employment because of a job elimination on or after October 1 of the Performance Period, the Participant may be considered for a pro-rata discretionary award based on the month in which the Participant is terminated, contingent on the execution of a release. The discretionary award, if payable, will be paid at the same time as other awards for the Performance Period are paid.

 

  (d)

The funding of the Participant’s award may be determined by one or more of the following factors, however, the actual payment is subject to the Company’s sole and absolute discretion: (i) a percentage of the Target Award,


  (ii) actual year-end scorecard results, (iii) individual performance rating relative to overall team average rating; (iv) and any other factors the Company takes into consideration for purposes of determining the payment amount. Any payment to a Participant who is not actively employed at the time awards under the Plan are paid is completely discretionary. The Company retains the right to make no payments, even if performance goals are met or exceeded.

 

  (e) If, prior to receiving a payment with respect to his or her Target Award, a Participant ceases to be employed by the Company due to the Participant’s death, Disability or Retirement, such Participant shall be eligible to receive payment of a portion of any outstanding Target Award grant. For these purposes, the amount payable shall be based on the month in which the Participant dies, becomes Disabled or Retires to the entire Performance Period. The Participant shall receive a payment either (i) at the time (and to the extent) payment would otherwise have been made in accordance with Section 4.2(a) had the Participant’s employment not terminated or, (ii) if elected by the Company, in its sole discretion, within 45 days after the Participant’s termination date if earlier.

Section 5. Amendment, Modification, Administration & Termination of Plan

 

  5.1 The Company has complete discretion as to the administration of the Plan. There is no requirement that any amounts be paid for a Performance Period, even if all performance objectives are satisfied for that Performance Period. All Plan awards are discretionary and gratuitous bonuses. The Company is solely responsible for making all decisions under the Plan and its decision shall be conclusive and binding on all interested parties. The Company reserves the right to amend, modify or terminate the Plan at any time and for any or no reason, without prior notice.

Section 6. Miscellaneous Provisions

 

  6.1 Nontransferability of Awards . Target Awards granted under the Plan may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may withhold all or a portion of a payout to satisfy a Participant’s repayment obligation to the Company or an affiliate.

 

  6.2 No Guarantee of Employment . Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment at any time, nor shall any Plan provision confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company.


  6.3 Tax Withholding. All payouts are subject to applicable Federal, State, and local income tax reporting, and other payroll related deductions and reporting.

 

  6.4 Employee Benefits . To the extent that Participants in this Plan are eligible to participate in other employee benefits plans and programs, the impact, if any, on such employee benefit plan or program of the Target Awards awarded and paid hereunder shall be determined by reference to the provisions of each governing benefit plan or program document.

 

  6.5 Unfunded Benefit . All benefits payable under the Plan shall be made solely out of the general assets of the Company.

 

  6.6 Governing Law . The Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Georgia.

 

  6.7 Gender and Number . Except when otherwise indicated by the context, words in the masculine gender used in the Plan shall include the feminine gender, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular.

Exhibit 10.70

07 May 2010

 

 

ING

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

-

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(DCP)

 

 

 

1


This ING Investment Management Deferred Compensation Plan (the “ DCP ”) is intended to promote the achievement of the objectives and the attainment of the profits set by ING Investment Management Holdings N.V. and its subsidiaries (the “ ING IM Group ”) and to encourage the continued employment of the employees of the ING IM Group.

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Adoption Date ” means 30 March 2010.

 

1.2 Bad Leaver ” means a Leaver who is not a Good Leaver.

 

1.3 Board ” means the management board of the Company.

 

1.4 Bonus ” means a conditional cash bonus which is or shall be granted to the Participant at the sole discretion of the Remuneration Committee and/or the Board pursuant to the DCP Agreement.

 

1.5 Change in Control ” means any of the following events with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or (v) a series of one or more events (i) through (iv), a “ Transaction ”, wherein the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company or the corporation or corporations to which the assets of the Company were transferred to another corporation, a “ Transferee Corporation(s) ”, as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting stock of one or more corporations which, as a result of the Transaction, own the Company or the Transferee Corporation(s), as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting stock of the Company or multiple Change in Control events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

1.6 Company ” means ING Investment Management Holdings N.V., a company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.

 

1.7 DCP Agreement ” means a Deferred Compensation Plan agreement between a Participant and the Company whereby a Participant inter alia agrees to be bound to the terms of this Plan.

 

1.8 Employee ” means a person employed with a company belonging to the ING Group.

 

1.9 Good Leaver ” means a Participant who becomes a Leaver:

 

  (a) as a result of:

 

  (i) death;

 

2


  (ii) permanent disability (evidenced to the satisfaction of the Remuneration Committee);

 

  (iii) retirement on reaching normal retirement age as determined in the applicable retirement benefit programme, statutory or otherwise; or

 

  (iv) termination of his employment by his employer other than a termination in circumstances where the Participant is guilty of dishonesty, gross misconduct, gross incompetence or wilful neglect of duty or has committed an act or omission which would entitle his employer to terminate his employment summarily in accordance with his contract of employment; and

 

  (b) in circumstances where the Remuneration Committee determines in its sole discretion that the Participant needs to attend to the critical health needs of his spouse, civil partner, child or other individual or any other special circumstance where the Remuneration Committee qualifies the Leaver as a Good Leaver in its sole discretion.

 

1.10 Grant Date ” means, in relation to the Bonus, the date on which the Bonus is, was or is to be granted to the Participant as stipulated in the DCP Agreement.

 

1.11 ING Group ” means the ING Groep N.V. and its subsidiaries.

 

1.12 Investment Regulations ” means the regulations applying to the acquisition of and trade in securities in Related Funds comprising the Investment.

 

1.13 Leaver ” means a Participant who ceases to be an Employee.

 

1.14 Participant ” means an Employee who participates in the Plan and has executed the DCP Agreement.

 

1.15 Payment Date of an Investment Entitlement ” means the date on which in accordance with the relevant vesting provisions under the Plan the value of the Investment Entitlement shall be paid to the Participant.

 

1.16 Plan ” means the ING Investment Management Deferred Compensation Plan as herein set forth and as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

 

1.17 Plan Administrator ” means such employees or directors of the Company (or such other employees and directors the Board may designate) who are responsible for the administration and implementation of the Plan and the DCP Agreement, in line with the internal practice of the ING Group together with such external administrators as the Board may appoint to administer the Plan from time to time.

 

1.18 Related Funds ” means funds managed by the ING IM Group.

 

1.19 Remuneration Committee ” means the remuneration committee appointed by the Board.

 

1.20 Tax-Related Items ” means the amount of any tax and/or social security contributions attributable to or payable in connection with the Bonus, the Deposited Fund Distributions, the Investment and/or the Investment Entitlement. Any amounts of income tax and/or employee social security contributions that are treated as being due under a tax equalisation policy in connection with the Bonus, the Deposited Fund Distributions, the Investment and/or the Investment Entitlement shall also be considered to be Tax-Related Items.

 

3


1.21 Except insofar as the context otherwise requires:

 

  (a) words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

 

  (b) words denoting the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender;

 

  (c) a reference to any enactment shall be construed as a reference to that enactment as from time to time amended, extended or re-enacted.

 

2. SELECTION, BONUS AND INVESTMENT

 

2.1 The Remuneration Committee shall at its sole discretion determine those Employees to whom a Bonus may be granted and who thereby may become a Participant. The amount of the Bonus shall also be determined at the sole discretion of the Remuneration Committee.

 

2.2 Subject to being selected as a Participant by the Remuneration Committee, an Employee shall only become a Participant after having executed a DCP Agreement pursuant to which the Participant accepts the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Investment Regulations and the DCP Agreement. The DCP Agreement shall be in such a form as the Board may determine from time to time.

 

2.3 The Bonus does not entitle the Participant to any payment in cash at the Grant Date, but the amount shall be virtually invested in full by the Company in securities of such Related Funds as designated by the Participant in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Plan and the Investment Regulations (the “ Investment ”). The Investment will not cause any purchase and/or trade of securities in Related Funds by the Company, but will solely be used as a measurement mechanism for determining the cash amount to be paid under any Investment Entitlement.

 

2.4 In accordance with the Investment Regulations, the Participant may request the Company to virtually trade in the securities in Related Funds comprising the Investment on the pre-set dates as more fully set forth in the Investment Regulations. In case of a Listing or Change in Control, as described in Article 7 of this Plan, the Participant shall no longer be entitled to request the Company to virtually trade in any securities comprising the Investment.

 

2.5 Any dividend or other distributions virtually paid out on the Investment shall, after all deductions on such distributions have been made, be virtually held on a non-interest bearing cash-line (the “ Deposited Fund Distributions ”). The Deposited Fund Distributions shall be subject to the vesting principles and forfeiture of rights as more fully set forth in this Plan. Any Deposited Fund Distributions must be virtually reinvested in securities in the Related Funds as designated by the Participant in accordance with the Investment Regulations on the first pre-set date the Participant is permitted to change the composition of the Investment. The virtually reinvested Deposited Fund Distributions become an integral part of the Investment.

 

2.6 Subject to the vesting principles and forfeiture of rights as set forth in Article 3 of this Plan, the Participant shall become entitled to receive a payment in cash equal to the value of the Investment and the Deposited Fund Distributions, if any, on the Relevant Vesting Date (the “ Investment Entitlement ”). For the avoidance of doubt, under this Plan the Participant shall not receive any legal ownership of the securities whatsoever underlying the Investment or the Investment Entitlement.

 

4


3. VESTING, FORFEITURE, GOOD LEAVER AND BAD LEAVER

 

3.1 Subject to Article 4 of this Plan accelerated vesting or forfeiture of the Investment Entitlement, as set forth in Articles 3.2 and 3.3 below, the right to the Investment Entitlement shall vest in the Participant on the earlier of:

 

  (i) 1 April 2013 (the “ Vesting ”); or

 

  (ii) on the date following 30 days after the complete repayment by ING Groep N.V. of the outstanding loan granted by the Dutch Government to ING Groep N.V. (with a current outstanding balance of approximately €5 billion), unless a Dutch or supranational governmental body having authority opposes to this accelerated vesting (the “ Accelerated Vesting ”). For the purpose of this Plan, the Remuneration Committee, in its sole discretion, determines whether any Accelerated Vesting has occurred.

the Vesting and the Accelerated Vesting shall hereinafter be referred as a “ Relevant Vesting Date ” and the vesting in the Participant on the Relevant Vesting Date in accordance with sub (i) or (ii) of this Article 3.1 will only occur if the Participant during the whole of the period from the Grant Date through the Relevant Vesting Date was an Employee and was not under notice of termination of employment.

 

3.2 If the Participant becomes a Good Leaver prior to a Relevant Vesting Date, then the vesting in the Participant of the Investment Entitlement shall be accelerated in full. The amount of cash to be received by the Participant will be determined in accordance with Article 2.5 of this Plan, and will be paid out in accordance with Article 3.4 of this Plan. The Participant becoming a Good Leaver for a reason other than death, remains entitled to virtually invest and trade in the securities in Related Funds comprising the Investment until the Relevant Vesting Date and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Plan and the DCP Agreement.

 

3.3 If the Participant becomes a Bad Leaver prior to the later of (a) a Relevant Vesting Date or (b) the Payment Date of an Investment Entitlement, then the Participant forfeits his right to any Investment Entitlement and will therefore not receive any payment under or in connection with this Plan.

 

3.4 The Payment Date of an Investment Entitlement shall be:

 

  (i) ultimately 30 days after a Relevant Vesting Date; or

 

  (ii) in the event the Participant becomes a Good Leaver due to death, ultimately 30 days after the date of the Participant becoming a Good Leaver.

For the avoidance of doubt, in the event the Participant becomes a Good Leaver due to other reasons than death, as stipulated in Article 1.9 of this Plan, the Payment Date of the Investment Entitlement of such Participant shall be 30 days after a Relevant Vesting Date. The Participant shall not be entitled to receive any payment prior to the aforementioned date.

 

4. PAYMENT OF THE INVESTMENT ENTITLEMENT

 

4.1 On the Payment Date of an Investment Entitlement, the Remuneration Committee shall procure that the Company shall pay to the Participant his Investment Entitlement.

 

4.2 The Company shall not be required to pay any funds to the Participant if the Remuneration Committee has reason to consider that the Participant has either misrepresented any pertinent facts or committed an act of fraud against any company in the ING Group and postpone payment if the Board considers that there are circumstances such that it is necessary to investigate relevant matters further.

 

5


5. TAX-RELATED ITEMS

The employer of the Participant or any other ING Group company shall be entitled to withhold, and the Participant shall be obliged to pay, the amount of any Tax-Related Items. The employer of the Participant or any other ING Group company may deduct from any amounts to be paid to the Participant pursuant to the Plan such Tax-Related Items. Without limitation to the above, any ING Group company may establish any other procedures to withhold Tax-Related Items, including but not limited to (a) by way of deduction from salary or any other payment payable to the Participant at any time on or after the date the liability arises and (b) by way of payment directly from the Participant in cleared funds.

 

6. TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

This Plan shall commence on the Adoption Date and may be terminated by a resolution of the Board at any time. Termination of the Plan (however it occurs) shall be without prejudice to any accrued rights under this Plan and the DCP Agreement, in existence at the date of termination. Termination of this Plan prior to the Vesting Date shall not relieve the Company of its obligation to pay a Retention Bonus granted hereunder.

 

7. CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

7.1 In the event of the admission, or in the event of a contemplated admission, of shares in the Company (“ Shares ”) to trade on regulated markets or a multilateral trading facility as defined in article 1.1 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act ( Wet op het Financieel Toezicht ), or any similar public market (“ Listing ”), the Board, in its absolute discretion, may deliver a written notice to any Participant replacing the virtual securities comprising the Investment and the Deposited Fund Distributions, if any, for a virtual investment in such number of Shares reflecting the value attributed to the Investment and the Deposited Fund Distributions, if any, on the date of aforementioned replacement.

 

7.2 In case of a replacement of the virtual securities comprising the Investment and the Deposited Fund Distributions, if any, as set forth in Article 7.1 of this Plan, the fair market value of the Investment and the Deposited Fund Distributions, if any, on the date of such replacement shall for the purposes of this Plan be considered to be 110% of the fair market value on the date of replacement.

 

7.3 In the event of a Change in Control, the Board, in its sole discretion, may deliver a written notice to any Participant replacing the virtual securities comprising the Investment and the Deposited Fund Distributions, if any, for a virtual investment in securities or similar rights the value of which is at least equal to the fair market value of the Investment and the Deposited Fund Distributions on the date of such replacement.

 

7.4 A replacement of the Investment and the Deposited Fund Distributions, if any, due to a Listing or Change in Control will not affect any other term and/or condition of the Investment and the Deposited Fund Distributions, if any, including but not limited to the vesting scheme as described in Article 3 of this Plan.

 

6


8. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

8.1 The Board shall be entitled, from time to time, to make and vary such regulations (not being inconsistent with this Plan) for the implementation and administration of this Plan as it thinks fit. Except as expressly specified in the terms of the Plan or as otherwise specified by the Board, the implementation and administration of the Plan shall be delegated to the Plan Administrators. Without limitation, the Board may delegate to the Plan Administrator any of its powers and/or duties under the Plan and may also ratify any action or decision by the Plan Administrator.

 

8.2 The terms of this Plan may be altered from time to time by the Board save that no amendment shall be made which would adversely affect any of the subsisting rights of Participants without the written consent of Participants.

 

8.3 Written notice of any amendment to this Plan shall be given to all Participants.

 

9. GENERAL

 

9.1 Nothing in this Plan shall confer upon an Employee any right to continue in employment or to interfere in any way with the right of any ING Group company to terminate an Employee’s employment at any time.

 

9.2 An Employee will have no entitlement to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination or cessation of an Employee’s employment or services with any ING Group company for any reason whatsoever and whether or not in breach of contract, insofar as such entitlement arises or may arise from an Employee ceasing to have a Bonus, any Deposited Fund Distributions, an Investment or an Investment Entitlement under the Plan or to be entitled to any Bonus, Deposited Fund Distributions, Investment or Investment Entitlement as a result of such termination or from the loss or diminution in value of the same. The Bonus, Deposited Fund Distributions, Investment or Investment Entitlement will not be reinstated if an Employee ceases employment with and is subsequently reinstated as an employee of the Company or any ING Group company.

 

9.3 The Plan and the benefits offered under the Plan are provided by the Company on an entirely discretionary basis, and the Plan creates no vested rights in Employees other than as expressly provided herein. The Plan does not confer upon an Employee any benefit other than as specifically set forth in the Plan and in a DCP Agreement. The receipt of the Bonus, Deposited Fund Distributions, Investment or Investment Entitlement does not entitle an Employee to any future benefits under the Plan or any other plan or program of the Company.

 

9.4 The amount of any compensation deemed to be received by an Employee as a result of participation in the Plan shall not constitute compensation with respect to which any other employee benefits of such Employee are determined, including, without limitation, any end of service benefits or other benefits under any bonus, pension, profit sharing, life insurance or salary continuation plan, except as otherwise specifically determined by the Board or provided by the terms of such plan.

 

9.5 A Bonus, any Deposited Fund Distributions, an Investment and an Investment Entitlement shall be personal to an Employee and may not, save as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan, be transferred, assigned or charged.

 

7


9.6 Save as otherwise provided in this Plan, any notice or communication to be given by the Company to any Participant may be personally delivered or sent by fax or by ordinary post to (if the Participant is still employed by an ING Group company) his business address or by email or any other form of electronic communication specified by the Board for the purposes of the Plan or (if the Participant is no longer employed by an ING Group company) his last known address or email address. Where a notice is delivered personally or by facsimile or by email or other form of electronic communication, it shall be deemed to have been received immediately. Where a notice or communication is sent by post, it shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after the same was put into the post properly addressed and stamped. DCP Agreements and other communications sent by post, email or any other form of electronic communication will be sent at the risk of the Participant concerned and the Company shall have no liability to any such persons in respect of any notification, document, DCP Agreements or other communication so given, sent or made.

 

9.7 Any notice to be given to the Company shall be faxed, delivered or sent to the Company at its registered office and shall be effective upon receipt.

 

9.8 A Bonus, any Deposited Fund Distributions, Investment or Investment Entitlements granted under this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands.

 

9.9 This Plan shall be governed by and must be interpreted according to the laws of the Netherlands. Any dispute under or in connection with this Plan shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the competent court in The Hague, the Netherlands, subject to appeal ( hoger beroep ) and appeal to the Supreme Court ( cassatie ).

 

8

Exhibit 10.71

ING AMERICA INSURANCE HOLDINGS, INC.

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN,

AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2008

 

1


ING AMERICA INSURANCE HOLDINGS, INC.

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN,

AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2008

ARTICLE I

BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE

Section 1.1. Background of the Plan.

ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) has, through its affiliated companies, maintained a long-term incentive plan. The Company decided to adopt the ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc. Equity Compensation Plan effective January 1, 2000. The Company has decided to amend and restate the Plan, effective January 1, 2008. Awards granted under the Plan prior to January 1, 2008, shall remain in effect.

Section 1.2. Purpose of the Plan.

The purpose of the Plan is to provide certain key Employees with additional compensation to reward them for their performance and to provide them with an additional incentive to enhance the value of the Company, their Employer and Affiliates.

Section 1.3. Form of Awards.

Awards under the Plan may be made in various forms and contain terms specific to that Award, each as more fully described below.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below unless otherwise expressly provided. Where the defined meaning is intended, the term is capitalized herein.

Section 2.1. ADS.

“ADS” means an America Depository Share evidenced by American Depositary Receipts. Each ADS represents one ordinary share capital of ING Groep N.V.

Section 2.2. Affiliate.

“Affiliate” means any company, association, joint venture, proprietorship or partnership while it is connected with the Company through stock ownership, common control, membership in an affiliated service group, or otherwise within the meaning of Code Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o).

Section 2.3. Agreement.

“Agreement” means an agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of the Participant’s Award under the Plan. Each Agreement shall, subject to the terms of the Plan, reflect the Award granted to an Employee, the terms of which may differ by individual Award.

 

2


Section 2.4. Award.

“Award” means a Restricted Performance Unit, a Restricted ADS Unit or an Other Equity-Based Award granted under and in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

Section 2.5. Beneficiary.

“Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated by the Participant to receive any payment under an Award as a result of his or her death. Each Participant shall designate his or her Beneficiary (or change this designation) at a time and in a manner specified by the Plan Administrator. To be effective, a beneficiary designation must be on file with the Plan Administrator at the time of the Participant’s death. If no person is designated as a Beneficiary, if a designation is revoked, if a designation is ineffective for any reason, or if no designated Beneficiary survives the Participant, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s estate.

Section 2.6. Cause.

“Cause” means the Participant’s (a) material breach of any employment agreement he or she has entered into with the Company, an Employer, or any Affiliate, (b) aiding and abetting a competitor of the Company, an Employer or any affiliate, (c) misappropriation (or attempted misappropriation) of funds or property of the Company, an Employer, Group or any Affiliate, embezzlement, fraudulent misrepresentation or disclosure of confidential information or trade secrets, (d) gross negligence or willful misconduct in the discharge of his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company, an Employer, Group or any Affiliate, (e) commission of any criminal act involving his or her duties and responsibilities for the Company, an Employer, Group or any Affiliate, (f) willful failure or refusal to perform his or her job duties associated with his or her position after having been notified in writing by the Company, his or her Employer, Group or an Affiliate of such failure or refusal and failing to correct the failure or refusal in the manner described in the written notification within 30 days, (g) failure to abide by the material policies of the Company, Group and/or his or her Employer, including but not limited to, the ING Code of Conduct, or (h) a similar act or failure to act that causes injury to the Company, Group, an Employer or any Affiliate, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

Section 2.7. Code.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Section 2.8. Committee.

“Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, or its designee.

Section 2.9. Company.

“Company” means ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc.

Section 2.10. Disability.

“Disability” means, with respect to any Participant, permanent and total disability as defined under the Participant’s Employer’s Long-Term Disability Plan, regardless of whether the Participant actually participates in that plan, or if the Employer has no such long-term disability plan, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

 

3


Section 2.11. Employee.

“Employee” means an individual employed by an Employer.

Section 2.12. Employer.

“Employer” means the Company or an Affiliate that elects to become a party to the Plan with the approval of the Company.

Section 2.13. Fair Market Value.

“Fair Market Value” means the fair market value of ADSs as determined by the Committee or under procedures established by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Fair Market Value of an ADS shall be the average of the highest and lowest prices of an ADS, as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange, on the last trading day prior to the date the determination of Fair Market Value is being made.

Section 2.14. Group.

“Group” means ING Groep N.V.

Section 2.15. Participant.

“Participant” means an individual receiving any Award under the Plan.

Section 2.16. Plan.

“Plan” means the ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc. Equity Compensation Plan, as in effective from time to time.

Section 2.17. Plan Administrator.

“Plan Administrator” means the individual or individuals delegated administrative authority with respect to the Plan, pursuant to Section 8.1.

Section 2.18. Restricted ADS Unit.

“Restricted ADS Unit” means an unfunded, unsecured contractual promise of the Company to pay to a Participant, at the times, in the manner, and subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan and/or an Agreement, ADSs; provided, however , that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit a Participant to elect to have his or her payment with respect to a Restricted ADS Unit in cash in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the ADSs that otherwise would be payable to the Participant. Generally, a Participant’s right to payment shall be conditioned on the continued performance of services for the Company, an Employer, Group or an Affiliate.

Section 2.19. Restricted Performance Unit.

“Restricted Performance Unit” means an unfunded, unsecured contractual promise of the Company to pay to a Participant, at the times, in the manner, and subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan and/or an Agreement, ADSs; provided, however , that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit a Participant to elect to have his or her payment with respect to a Restricted ADS Unit in cash in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the ADSs that otherwise would be payable to the Participant. Generally, a Participant’s right to payment shall be conditioned on the satisfaction of specified performance goals.

 

4


Section 2.20. Retirement.

“Retirement” means, beginning January 1, 2004, Termination of Employment on or after attaining age 55 (age 60 for years prior to January 1, 2004) and completion of at least 5 years of service. For these purposes, years of service shall have the same meaning as in the ING Americas Retirement Plan, as in effect from time to time. Effective January 1, 2007, a Participant does not have to commence benefits under the ING Americas Retirement Plan in order to be considered retired for purposes of the Plan. Prior to January 1, 2007, a Participant had to commence benefit payments under the ING Americas Retirement Plan to be considered retired.

Section 2.21. Termination of Employment.

“Termination of Employment” means the Participant incurs a termination from employment event, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

ARTICLE III

AWARDS

Section 3.1. Eligible Employee.

Any Employee who is selected by the Company and confirmed by the Committee shall be eligible to receive an Award under the Plan.

Section 3.2. Nature of Awards.

Awards may be made in Restricted Performance Units, Restricted ADS Units and/or an Other Equity-Based Award as provided in this Plan. Awards granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Agreement in such form as the Committee may determine. There is no requirement that Awards granted contain the same terms and conditions, although the Agreement shall comply with the terms of the Plan as in effect from time to time.

Section 3.3. Timing and Amount of Awards.

Awards under the Plan shall be made at such times, in such amounts, and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

ARTICLE IV

TERMS APPLICABLE TO RESTRICTED PERFORMANCE UNITS

Section 4.1. Timing of Restricted Performance Unit Awards.

Restricted Performance Units shall be awarded prior to the beginning of the performance cycle or performance period to which they relate.

Section 4.2. Performance Conditions.

 

5


  (a) The right of a Participant to receive ADSs in connection with any award of Restricted Performance Units, and the timing thereof, shall be subject to such performance conditions as may be specified by the Committee and set forth in the Participant’s Agreement.

 

  (b) The Committee may use such business criteria, individual performance, and/or other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions, and may exercise its discretion to reduce or increase the amounts payable under any Award subject to performance conditions. Unless otherwise provided in an Agreement, the performance goals applicable to Restricted Performance Units shall be based on a measure or measures established by the Committee prior to the beginning of the performance cycle or performance period, and calculated in accordance with the relevant Agreement. Such performance criteria may include, but not be limited to, the performance of the Company, the Participant’s Employer and the Participant’s individual performance during the performance cycle or performance period.

Section 4.3. Timing of Payment.

Payment of ADSs in connection with Restricted Performance Units will be made as soon as administratively practicable after the determination of the extent to which the performance goals for the performance period or performance cycle related to such Restricted Performance Units have been satisfied; provided, however , that such payment shall not be made later than 2-1/2 months following the date on which such determination is made. Effective January 1, 2005, a Participant shall not be able to defer payments of Awards made on or after that date.

Section 4.4. Amount of Payment.

 

  (a) The actual number of ADSs paid to a Participant in connection with an Award of Restricted Performance Units shall depend on the extent to which the performance goals set forth in the Agreement have been determined by the Committee to be satisfied.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding and provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Company terminates the Plan, payment will be made with respect to all outstanding Restricted Performance Units as though the performance goals were met at the “target” level, as set forth in the Agreement; provided, however , that the Agreement may provide that in the event of a termination of the Plan, that the amount of the payment shall be prorated to reflect the number of full months of the performance cycle or performance period relating to the Restricted Performance Units that were completed as of the date the Plan is terminated.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant’s employment with the Company, an Employer, Group and all Affiliates is terminated as a result of death, Disability or Retirement, as of the end of any performance cycle that began at least 12 months before the Participant’s Termination of Employment date, the Participant shall receive payment equal to the amount the Participant would have received if his or her employment had not terminated; provide, however, that the Agreement may provide that in the event of Termination of Employment as a result of death, Disability or Retirement, the amount of the payment shall be prorated to reflect the number of full months of the performance cycle or performance period relating to the Restricted Performance Units that were completed as of the Termination of Employment date.

 

6


  (d) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant shall forfeit all rights to all of his or her Restricted Performance Unit Awards in the event of a voluntary Termination of Employment or a Termination of Employment for Cause.

ARTICLE V

TERMS APPLICABLE TO RESTRICTED ADS UNITS

Section 5.1. Timing of Restricted ADS Unit Awards.

Restricted ADS Units shall be awarded at such time or times as the Committee in its sole discretion determines.

Section 5.2. Vesting.

 

  (a) The right of a Participant to receive ADSs in connection with any award of Restricted ADS Units, and the timing thereof, shall be subject to the Participant’s performance of continued service as may be specified by the Committee and set forth in the Participant’s Agreement. Except as set forth in this Section 5.2, a Participant shall forfeit the right to payment with respect to an Award of Restricted ADS Units to the extent the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment prior to completing the period of service specified in the Agreement relating to such Restricted ADS Units; provided, however , that the Agreement may provide that in the event of Termination of Employment, including on Retirement, prior to completing the period of service specified in the Agreement, the amount of the payment shall be prorated to reflect the number of full months of the service period relating to the Restricted ADS Units that were completed as of the Termination of Employment date.

 

  (b) A Participant (or, in the event of a Participant’s death, his or her Beneficiary) shall have a fully vested right to all Restricted ADS Units awarded to him or her in the event (1) the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment as a result of death or Disability, or (2) a transaction is consummated that results in the majority of the ordinary shares of Group ceasing to be held by Stichting Administratiekantoor ING Groep , and within two (2) years after the consummation of such transaction the Plan is terminated, or (c) the Plan is deemed to be terminated as of a date on which the Company or its successor attempts to rescind more than one-half of the total number of Restricted ADS Units outstanding under Awards granted under the Plan as of that date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Agreement entered into prior to January 1, 2008 may provide that full vesting shall occur if the Plan is terminated within four (4) years of a transaction described in Section 5.2(b)(2) being consummated.

 

7


  (c) A Participant shall have a fully vested right to all Restricted ADS Units awarded to him or her in the vent of an involuntary Termination of Employment other than for Cause; provided, however , that the Agreement may provide that in the event of an involuntary Termination of Employment other than for Cause prior to completing the period of service specified in the Agreement, the amount of the payment shall be prorated to reflect the number of full months of the service period relating to the Restricted ADS Units that were completed as of the Termination of Employment date.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant shall forfeit all of his or her outstanding Restricted ADS Unit Awards in the event of a voluntary Termination of Employment or a termination of employment for Cause.

Section 5.3. Timing of Payment.

Payment of ADSs in connection with Restricted ADS Units shall be made as soon as administratively practicable after the Participant becomes vested in all or a portion of his or her Restricted ADS Units; provided, however , that such payment shall not be made later than 2-1/2 months following the date on which vesting shall occur. Effective January 1, 2005, a Participant shall not be able to defer payments of Awards made on or after that date.

ARTICLE VI

TERMS APPLICABLE TO OTHER EQUITY-BASED AWARDS

Section 6.1. Terms Applicable to Other Equity-Based Awards.

The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, value in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, ADSs, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, including without limitation, convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into ADSs, purchase rights for ADSs, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company, an Employer, Group, the Participant, or any and all other factors designated by the Committee, and Awards valued by reference to a formula value of ADSs or the value of securities of or the performance of specified Affiliates or subsidiaries. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards in its sole discretion. ADSs delivered pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall be purchased by the Participant for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including without limitation, cash, ADSs, other Awards, or other property, as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine. Cash awards, as an element or supplemental to any other Award made under the Plan, may also be granted pursuant to this Section 6.1.

ARTICLE VII

PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS GENERALLY

Section 7.1. Nontransferability of Awards Other Than On Death.

 

8


No Restricted Performance Units, Restricted ADS Units, or any other Award made under the Plan or any rights evidenced thereby shall be transferable or otherwise subject to alienation, encumbrance or assignment by the Participant, including but not limited to, in connection with a divorce or separation, and any attempt to do so shall be of no effect, provided, however, that the rights under an Agreement may be transferred pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the event of the Participant’s death. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the time payment is otherwise required to be made under the Agreement, any amount due and owing to the Company, an Employer, Group or an Affiliate may be withheld and applied to such amount without the consent of the Participant (or in the event of the Participant’s death, his or her Beneficiary).

Section 7.2. Adjustments.

 

  (a) In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, ADSs, bearer depositary receipts or Group, or other property), recapitalization, forward or reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, share exchange, liquidation, dissolution or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the ADSs, bearer depositary receipts or ordinary shares of Group, such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (1) the number and kind of ADSs that may be delivered in connection with Awards granted after the date of such occurrence, (2) the number and kind of ADSs subject to or deliverable in respect to outstanding Awards, and (3) the exercise price, grant price or purchase price relating to any Award and/or make provision for payment of cash or other property in respect of any outstanding Award.

 

  (b) The Committee is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in Restricted Performance Unit Awards (including but not limited to performance goals), in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including but not limited to events described in Section 7.2(a) as well as acquisitions and dispositions of businesses and assets) affecting the Company, an Employer, Group or any Affiliate, or the financial statements of the Company, an Employer, Group or any Affiliate, or in response to changes to applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, tax rates and regulations or business conditions or in view of the Committee’s assessment of the business strategy of the Company, any subsidiary or business unit thereof, performance of comparable organizations, economic and business conditions, personal performance of a Participant and other circumstances deemed relevant by the Committee.

Section 7.3. Cancellation and Rescission of Awards.

Unless the Participant’s Agreement specifies otherwise, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, cancel any unexpired, unpaid or deferred Awards at any time and for any or no reason. In addition, to the extent specifically provided in an Agreement, the Company will have the right to rescind any Award or any payment made in connection with an Award if the Participant is not in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Agreement and the Plan.

 

9


Section 7.4. Taxes.

Payments made pursuant to an Award granted under the Plan shall be subject to federal, state, local and/or foreign tax reporting and withholding, as applicable. A Participant shall be permitted to elect how he or she shall satisfy his or her withholding obligation by either electing to sell all or a sufficient number of ADSs to satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation or by providing the Plan Administrator with a check for the applicable amount. The Company or an Employer is authorized to withhold from any Award granted, any payment relating to an Award, including from a distribution of ADSs or any payroll or other payment to a Participant, amounts of withholding and other taxes due or potentially payable in connection with transactions involving an Award, and to take such other actions as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company, Employers, Group, Affiliates and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority includes, but is not limited to, the authority to withhold or receive ADSs or other property, to direct the sale of ADSs which is determined as having at least the Fair Market Value sufficient to meet such tax and/or withholding obligations, and to make cash payments in respect thereof, in satisfaction of a Participant’s tax obligations, either on a mandatory or elective basis, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.

Section 7.5. Trading Restrictions.

In the event that the Company, an Employer, Group, an Affiliate or a Participant is subject to trading prohibitions at the time payment is required to be made under an Agreement, such that payment or distribution cannot be made, whether such restriction is imposed by applicable securities laws, a trading policy established by the Company, an Employer, Group or an Affiliate (sometimes referred to as a “blackout period”), the distribution shall be made as soon as practicable after the blackout period ends. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall, in the event the Company determines to permit a Participant to elect to receive part or all of his or her vested Award in cash, solicit the Participant’s election prior to the imposition of a blackout period, with such election being irrevocable at the time received by the Company. The Company shall implement this election during the blackout period, unless prohibited by applicable securities law. If a transaction to sell ADRs is completed during the blackout period, distribution of the cash proceeds, less applicable taxes and deductions, shall be made as soon as administratively practicable after the effective date of the transaction.

Section 7.6. Covenants.

The Committee, in its sole discretion, may include in an Agreement restrictive covenants concerning nondisclosure of Company confidential information (including but not limited to, trade secrets such as customer lists, sales or marketing plans, and pricing information), no competition with the Company, an Employer, Group and/or Affiliate, no interference with employees and/or customers of the Company, an Employer, Group or an Affiliate, or such other provisions as the Committee deems appropriate or desirable.

The Committee, in its sole discretion, may include in an Agreement restrictive covenants concerning nondisclosure of Company confidential information (including but not limited to, trade secrets such as customer lists, sales or marketing plans, and pricing information), no competition with the Company, an Employer, Group and/or an Affiliate, no interference with employees and/or customers of the Company, an Employer, Group or an Affiliate, or such other provisions as the Committee deems appropriate or desirable.

 

10


Section 7.7. Block Trades.

The Committee or Plan Administrator, as the case may be, shall have the authority to engage in block trading whereby the trades with respect to more than one Participant are transacted at the same time. In the event of a block trade, all Participants whose transaction is a part of the block trade shall receive the average price for his or her ADRs that were part of the block trade.

ARTICLE VIII

ADMINISTRATION

Section 8.1. Administration.

The Plan will be administered by the Committee. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, delegate any or all of its administrative authority with respect to the Plan to one or more individuals, who shall act as the Plan Administrator. Any action or actions taken by the Plan Administrator consistent with the delegation or authority shall be deemed to be an action by the Committee and shall be binding on all affected persons, including but not limited to Participants. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Committee, the Plan Administrator and its individual members and delegates against any loss or other liability incurred with the discharge of their obligations with respect to this Plan except to the extent such loss or liability results from willful misconduct.

Section 8.2. Interpretation.

The Committee, or if applicable, the Plan Administrator, shall have the full power and authority to interpret, in its sole discretion, the provisions of the Plan and any Agreements, including the ability to resolve any ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions, and to determine any and all questions arising under the Plan or such Agreements. All such interpretations, determinations and decisions of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest under the Plan or an Award, including but not limited to, Participants.

Section 8.3. Amendment and Termination.

The Company reserves the right to amend, modify or terminate the Plan or an Award at any time for any or no reason and without prior notice to the Participant; provided, however , that without the written consent of a Participant, no amendment, modification or termination shall adversely affect the Participant’s rights under any Award previously granted to the Participant.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISION

Section 9.1. Certain Rules of Construction.

Whenever the context requires, the singular includes the plural, the plural includes the singular, and the gender or any pronouns includes the other gender. Titles and captions of or in this plan are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope of this Plan or the intent of any of its provisions.

 

11


Section 9.2. Right to Terminate Employment.

Nothing in this Plan or in any Award or Agreement shall confer on any Participant the right to continue as an employee of the Company, an Employer, Group or an Affiliate or affect the right of an Employer to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time. At all times a Participant remains an “at will” employee.

Section 9.3. Severability.

Any determination by any court of competent jurisdiction of the invalidity of any provisions of this Plan that is not essential to accomplishing the purposes of this Plan shall not affect the validity of any other provision of this Plan, which shall remain in full force and effect and which shall be construed so as to be valid under applicable law. The invalidity of this Plan with respect to any Participant shall not in any respect whatsoever affect the rights and obligations of any other Participant.

Section 9.4. Waiver.

The failure of any person at any time to require performance of any provision on this Plan or an Agreement shall in no manner affect the right of such person or any other person to enforce the same. No waiver by any person of any provisions (or a breach of any provision) of this Plan, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one of more instances shall be (or shall be deemed or construed) either as a further or continuing waiver of any such provision or breach or as a waiver of any other provision (or of a breach of any other provision) of this Plan.

Section 9.5. Controlling Law.

This Plan is governed by, and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Georgia, excluding choice of law provisions.

Section 9.6. Not an ERISA Plan.

This Plan is not intended to be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a retirement or welfare benefit plan subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Section 9.7. Entire Agreement.

This document and any Agreements executed hereunder in accordance with Section 3.2 shall constitute the entire agreement between the Company and any Participant with respect to the Plan. To be effective, a modification to an Agreement or the Plan must be evidenced by a writing signed by the Company. No oral modification shall be effective or binding on the Company, an Employer, Group, an Affiliate or a Participant.

*   *   *

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc. has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer effective as of January 1, 2008.

 

12


ING AMERICA INSURANCE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:    
Title:    
Date:    

 

13

Exhibit 10.72

[ handwritten :

Jur. WG 51382

Conversion regulations (2006)

(DOB. ³  1-1-1950)]

ING PENSION SCHEME

REGULATIONS FOR BOARDS

 

   [barcode]   
   *A74272151*   
   Nascan CP LC Adm/DB    05-20-2008
      M75563J

 

[logo: ING]             [logo:
            Nationale
            Nederlanden

 

December 2006      


ING PENSION SCHEME

BOARD PENSION SCHEME 2006-I

(Board members born on or after January 1, 1950)

TABLE OF CONTENTS:

 

Article 1    Membership
Article 2    Insurance
Article 3    The bases for the calculation of the size of the pensions to be insured
Article 4    Lifelong old-age pension
Article 5    Surviving dependent’s pension
Article 6    Orphan’s pension
Article 7    Occupational disability
Article 8    Restrictions
Article 9    Termination of marriage or partnership
Article 10    Interim termination of the membership
Article 11    Early retirement pension and part-time pension
Article 12    Tax maximization
Article 13    Payment of the insured pensions
Article 14    Adjustment of pensions
Article 15    Financing
Article 16    Member contribution
Article 17    Obligations of the member
Article 18    Review or termination of the pension scheme
Article 19    Coming into force and transitional provisions

 

December 2006      


Article 1 Membership

 

1. The members of the board of ING Group who qualify for inclusion in this pension scheme are those who have been appointed as such and who were born on or after January 1, 1950. ING Group is understood to mean ING Bank N.V. and ING Verzekeringen N.V., ING Personeel VOF, the subsidiaries of the first two of these companies insofar as they have their registered office in the Netherlands, as well as the other companies that are considered to be affiliated companies in the sense of the basic pension scheme of the Stichting Pensioenfonds ING.

If and so long as a member of the board is employed by ING Group based on secondment from a non-Dutch ING company, this person will not qualify for inclusion in this pension scheme.

 

2. The individual will be included as soon as he/she satisfies the specified requirements.

 

3. If immediately prior to the inclusion in this pension scheme the member was a member in one or more other ING Group pension schemes, the claims relating to those schemes will lapse and the value of those claims will be transferred to the insurance to implement the present scheme.

In this context, among other things, pension schemes are understood to include:

 

   

the basic pension scheme of the Stichting Pensioenfonds ING, including transitional schemes

 

   

the ING Group defined contribution scheme

 

   

the pension scheme for members of the ING Group Executive Committee

 

   

the pension scheme for members of the ING Group Executive Board

If the member has had the opportunity to accrue a pension in the ING Group defined contribution scheme but has chosen distribution in cash, ING Group can introduce a discount on the pensions to be obtained according to the present scheme.

If the pension claims from the specified other ING schemes were to be greater than the claims that would be calculated upon commencement of the membership in the current scheme, the member will retain the claim to the greater amounts until the calculation in accordance with the current scheme produces higher results. As a starting point in this comparison, the retirement ages in the involved schemes are assumed to be equal; in the event of difference or in the event of change to the retirement age, ING will examine how the comparison can as yet be made.

 

4. In evidence of his/her inclusion, each member will receive a copy of this scheme and a statement of the amounts insured for him/her. Subsequently, he/she will receive a new statement following each change to the insured amounts.

Notwithstanding the above provisions, upon request, Nationale-Nederlanden will provide a statement of insured amounts within three months to the members (or past members) and/or the rightful claimant to a surviving dependant’s pension or orphan’s pension.

 

5. The membership ends:

 

  a) on the death of the member;

 

December 2006    2   


  b)

on the l st of the month in which the member’s 65 th birthday falls (hereinafter: the “retirement date”);

 

  c) in case of dismissal of the member prior to the retirement date.

 

6. The member in this pension scheme also has the option to opt for a higher pension by making money available – within the fiscal possibilities – in accordance with the voluntary supplemental pension insurance scheme for members of the board.

Article 2 Insurance

 

1. ING Group takes out pension insurance on the life of the members with Nationale-Nederlanden Levensverzekering Maatschappij N.V. of Rotterdam, hereinafter “Nationale-Nederlanden”.

 

2. The only requirement for ING Group towards the members consists of taking out and maintaining the pension insurance in accordance with that which is specified in these regulations.

 

3. ING Group will make the policy relating to this insurance, in which the conditions of insurance are included, available for inspection upon request. All notifications issued by ING Group in connection with the insurance to Nationale-Nederlanden, can be considered to be accepted as accurate by it.

 

4. The claims pursuant to this pension scheme cannot be surrendered, sold or waived, nor provided as security formally or de facto, other than in cases under or by virtue of the Pension and Savings Funds Act.

 

5. Each year, Nationale-Nederlanden will issue a statement of the benefit accrual of pension claims for the relevant calendar year or the previous calendar year. Upon request, Nationale-Nederlanden will issue a corresponding statement for the preceding seven years.

Article 3 The bas for the calculation of the size of the pensions to be insured

 

1. The following is assumed for the calculation of the size of the pensions to be insured:

 

  a) the member’s years of pensionable service;

 

  b) the member’s pension basis.

 

2. The years of pensionable service are the years between the start of the member’s employment with ING Group and the retirement date.

Moreover, the extra years that are determined based on the pension claims accrued while employed by a previous employer, the value of which is transferred to Nationale-Nederlanden upon commencement of the membership, as well as the extra years that as such were taken into consideration by the Stichting Pensioenfonds ING, but not including extra years pursuant to the Transitional Arrangements for Pensions Regulations 2002, will qualify as years of pensionable service.

If the pension claims listed in Article 1, paragraph 3 are of such high value that application of the rules relating to value transfer yields a greater number of years than the number of years indicated in the previous paragraphs, the member will be given the opportunity by means of the procedure for value transfer to also permit the surplus years to qualify.

 

December 2006    3   


For members that accrued pension at one or more non-Dutch ING companies prior to their membership in the present scheme, these foreign years of service can be taken into consideration as years of pensionable service insofar as this fits within the national and international tax and legal laws and under the condition that value transfer is made from that scheme.

 

3. The number of years of pensionable service to be considered for the pension calculation will be rounded to years and full months, and the left-over potion of a month will be disregarded.

Years prior to the first of the month in which the member’s 25th birthday falls will be ignored. A maximum of 37 years will be taken into consideration.

If during value transfer a number of extra years are calculated as a result of which the total would exceed 37, a nominal extra claim will be granted for the excess number of years.

 

4. Upon inclusion in the pension scheme and then as of January 1 of each year, the pension basis will be designated at an amount equal to the fixed annual salary applicable at that time, less an old-age pension deductible.

Salary increases during the final five years prior to the retirement date will only be taken into consideration up to a maximum of 2 percentage points above the average salary index for the salaries under the collective bargaining agreement (CAO) per month, including special remunerations, as calculated by Statistics Netherlands (CBS). Salary increases as a result of standard changes of position or standard increments related to age will be fully eligible.

Any contributions by ING Group to the life-course savings scheme will not be considered to be part of the fixed annual salary.

For the year 2006, the old-age pension deductible equals €15,899.

This amount will be adjusted on the 1st of January of each year based on the development of the derived Consumer price index ‘All households’ as published for the first time by Statistics Netherlands for the month of October. The adjustment will amount to a maximum of 3% per year, unless the Executive Board of ING Group decides otherwise.

The old-age pension deductible will usually be rounded to whole euros.

 

5. If a member works fewer than the normal number of working hours:

 

   

his/her annual salary for determining the pensionable salary will be derived from the annual salary at the normal number of working hours;

 

   

a proportional share of his/her number of years of pensionable service still to be fulfilled will be considered.

Over the period that a member has worked less than the normal number of working hours, a proportional share of his/her years of pensionable service will also be considered.

 

6. Periods during which a member takes advantage of a scheme for:

 

   

parental leave, or

 

December 2006    4   


   

sabbatical, study leave and/or leave based on the ING Life-Course Savings Regulations for members of the board up to a maximum of 13 weeks,

will be deemed to be included in the years of pensionable service as described previously. During such a period, the pension accrual will continue based on the most recently specified pension basis and the most recently applicable full-time or part-time employment. Where necessary, fiscal limitations will be considered in this regard.

 

7. If a member’s salary is cut during the 10 years prior to the retirement date due to a form of demotion as described in Article 10b, paragraph 3 of the Wages and Salaries Tax (Implementation) Decree 1965, the pension accrual will be continued based on the prior salary.

In case of a form of demotion due to circumstances other than those indicated in the abovementioned legal provision, the excess portion of the pension accrued up to the date of demotion will be retained; the future pension accrual will be based on the salary applicable at that time or the applicable part-time percentage.

 

8. If the pension basis decreases for reasons other than a demotion as referred to in the previous paragraph, the pension calculation will not lead to pension claims lower than the claims by virtue of the Article covering early termination of the membership.

Article 4 Lifelong old-age pension

 

1. The lifelong old-age pension takes effect on the 1st of the month in which the member’s 65th birthday falls.

The old-age pension continues until the end of the month of the member’s death.

 

2. The annual lifelong old-age pension is equal to 1.8919% of the member’s most recently determined pension basis, multiplied by the member’s number of years of pensionable service.

 

3. The commencement date of the lifelong old-age pension can be increased or advanced – in whole months – by trading in the surviving dependant’s pension as this is accrued starting 1 January 2002.

The decision of the married or cohabitating member (or former member) to trade in the surviving dependant’s pension requires the consent of the spouse or partner that can make a claim to this surviving dependant’s pension.

In exchange for €1 surviving dependant’s pension, €0.25 lifelong old-age pension will be obtained based on the trade-in of a surviving dependant’s pension at age 65. If the agreement that ING Group has entered into with Nationale-Nederlanden ends – and is or is not renewed – Nationale-Nederlanden can subsequently apply a different percentage.

Rather than trade in the entire surviving dependant’s pension, the member (or former member) also has the option to trade in 75, 50 or 25% of the surviving dependant’s pension.

A surviving dependant’s pension to which a former spouse/partner has retained a claim pursuant to Article 9 cannot be traded in.

 

December 2006    5   


4. The member (or former member) has the option to first receive a high pension for a whole number of years – not exceeding 10 – starting on the retirement date and then a low pension, or indeed to first receive a low pension for a whole number of years – not to exceed 10 – and then a high pension. With this arrangement, the proportion of the high pension with respect to the low pension will be 100:75.

For retirement at age 65, the high pension will amount to the following percentage of the original pension:

 

Duration high or low    First
high
     First
low
 

1 year

     129.7         102.1   

2 years

     126.5         104.2   

3 years

     123.6         106.3   

4 years

     121.0         108.3   

5 years

     118.6         110.3   

6 years

     116.4         112.2   

7 years

     114.5         114.1   

8 years

     112.7         115.9   

9 years

     111.1         117.6   

10 years

     109.7         119.3   

For other retirement ages factors apply that are determined in an equivalent manner.

 

5. If the agreement that ING Group has entered into with Nationale-Nederlanden ends – and is or is not renewed – Nationale-Nederlanden can apply percentages other than those indicated in this Article.

Article 5 Surviving dependant’s pension

 

1.

The surviving dependant’s pension takes effect on the l st of the month following the month of the member or former member’s death.

The surviving dependant’s pension runs until the end of the month of the surviving dependant’s death.

 

2. The surviving dependant’s pension equals 70% of the lifelong old-age pension calculated pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 2 that the former member received or that the member would have received – in case of unchanged continuation of the insurance – on the retirement date.

 

3. In this pension scheme, “surviving dependant” is understood to mean the surviving:

 

  a) widow or widower of the member (or former member);

 

  b) partner of the member (or former member), being the unmarried person of the same or opposite sex with whom the member has entered into a registered partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Dutch Civil Code;

 

  c) partner of the member (or former member), being the unmarried person of the same or opposite sex:

 

   

with whom neither the member nor a person other than the member has entered into a registered partnership; and

 

   

with whom the member has shared a home for a period of at least six months; and

 

December 2006    6   


   

that is not related in the direct line to the member; and

 

   

with whom the member has entered into a cohabitation agreement executed before a civil-law notary that satisfies the requirements as described in Article 17.

Hereinafter in this pension scheme, this partner will be referred to by the term “unregistered partner”; the partner relationship between the member and the unregistered partner will be referred to hereinafter in these regulations with the term “unregistered partnership”.

 

4. If the married member or the member who has entered into a registered partnership also has an unregistered partner, a claim to surviving dependant’s pension will rest solely with the spouse/partner or the registered partner.

The unmarried member who has not entered into a registered partnership, but who has multiple unregistered partners, can only designate one of the unregistered partners as a surviving dependant as defined in this pension scheme.

In case of later marriage, later entering into of a registered partnership or upon later designation of a different unregistered partner, for the execution of this pension scheme, the partner relationship with the previously designated unregistered partner will be considered ended.

Article 6 Orphan’s pension

 

1.

For each child of the member (or former member) entitled to a pension, the orphan’s pension takes effect on the l st of the month following the month of the member or former member’s death.

The orphan’s pension continues until the end of the month in which the child’s 21 st birthday – or 27 th birthday for children receiving an education or disabled children within the definition of the General Child Benefit Act – falls, or the month of the child’s death or in which the child finishes studying or is no longer disabled.

 

2. The children of the member or former member are entitled to a pension.

Also entitled to a pension are the children of the partner who are part of the combined household and for whom the member or the partner receives benefits pursuant to the General Child Benefit Act or who are receiving an education or are disabled within the definition of the General Child Benefit Act.

Moreover, the foster children and children by marriage of the member (or former member) within the definition of the General Child Benefit Act are also entitled to a pension.

Not entitled to a pension are children born or adopted after the retirement date or who have obtained the status of foster child or child by marriage of the former member after the retirement date.

However, if a right to surviving dependant’s pension exists based on a marriage or partnership that already existed prior to the retirement date and the child is born out of this relationship, the child is entitled to a pension.

 

December 2006    7   


3. The orphan’s pension for each of the member’s children that is entitled to a pension is equal to 14% of the lifelong old-age pension calculated in accordance with Article 4, paragraph 2 that the former member received or that the member would have received – in case of unchanged continuation of the insurance – on the retirement date.

This orphan’s pension will be doubled if the member or former member dies without leaving behind a surviving dependant or starting on the 1st of the month of the surviving dependant’s death.

Article 7 Occupational disability

 

1. An invalidity pension will be insured over the salary portion above the annual wage (261 x the daily wage) over which the benefits will be maximally calculated in accordance with the Work and Income (Capacity for Work) Act (WIA).

 

2. The invalidity pension takes effect at such time as the member has the right to a occupational disability benefit pursuant to the WIA, and will be paid as long as the member is entitled to the benefit, but no longer than up until the retirement date; this with due observance of the relevant conditions of insurance of Nationale-Nederlanden.

The member will not have a right to a benefit if the occupational disability occurs as the result of an illness (pregnancy and childbirth are not considered the equivalent to an illness) or infirmity within two full years after the commencement of the insurance. This restriction does not apply if the member becomes unfit for work as the result of an accident. The definition of an accident is described in greater detail in the relevant insurance policy conditions of Nationale-Nederlanden.

 

3. The annual invalidity pension to be insured is 70% of the difference between:

 

   

the annual salary applicable on the most recent l st of January (or the designated annual salary at the interim inclusion in the pension scheme), and

 

   

the annual salary applicable on the most recent 1st of January for which the maximum benefit will be calculated in accordance with the WIA.

 

4.      If the member has the right to a benefit pursuant to the WIA due to occupational disability of:

  

the invalidity pension to be paid equals the following percentage of the insured invalidity pension:

80% or more

  

100%

65% – 80%

  

75%

55% – 65%

  

60%

45% – 55%

  

50%

35% – 45%

  

40%

 

5. The aforementioned conditions are applicable with regard to the change or revocation of the invalidity pension.

 

6. In case of a degree of occupational disability of 35% or more for a member, the pension accrual – including in the event of later termination of the membership – will be continued in whole or in part with due consideration for the relevant conditions of insurance.

 

December 2006    8   


If and as long as the member (or former member) has the right to a WIA benefit that is based on an occupational disability of:

     the pension accrual will continue at a rate of:

80% – 100%

    

100%

65% – 80%

    

72.5%

55% – 65%

    

60%

45% – 55%

    

50%

35% – 45%

    

40%

If the former member rehabilitates after the termination of the membership, the continued pension accrual will be reduced or halted with due consideration for the relevant conditions of insurance. In the event of a subsequent increase in the degree of disability, the continued pension accrual will no longer be increased or resumed.

 

7. If a member becomes eligible for an Invalidity Insurance Act (WAO) benefit in 2006 or later (due to relapse following a prior recovery from occupational disability), that WAO benefit will be equated with a WIA benefit, and further the following two steps also apply in addition to the scales from paragraphs 4 and 6:

25% – 35%                    30%

15% – 25%                    20%

Article 8 Restrictions

 

1. The surviving dependant’s pension and orphan’s pension are not (or not fully) insured or increased, respectively, if Nationale-Nederlanden wishes to have a medical guarantee for the insurance and in the opinion of Nationale-Nederlanden the member is not believed to have a normal chance of longevity.

In this case ING Group will examine whether a special arrangement can be found, and if so, what kind.

 

2. No right to surviving dependant’s pension exists:

 

   

if a former member marries on or after the retirement date; or

 

   

if a former member enters into a registered partnership on or after the retirement date; or

 

   

if only on or after the retirement date an unregistered partnership meets the conditions described in Article 5, paragraph 3(c).

If an unregistered partner has a right to a surviving dependant’s pension, the right will be retained if the former member marries or enters into a registered partnership with this partner following on from the unregistered partnership on or after the retirement date.

 

3. The invalidity pension will not be insured or increased if the member already has the right to a WIA benefit, WAO benefit or other legal invalidity benefit scheme.

Article 9 Termination of marriage or partnership

 

1.

In the event that the marriage of a member is terminated by divorce or dissolution following a separation or, as the case may be, in the event that the registered partnership of a member is terminated by mutual consent or by dissolution at the request of one of

 

December 2006    9   


  the partners, the former spouse or, as the case may be, the former registered partner is entitled to the portion of the dependant’s pension that he/she would have been entitled to in the event that the membership had been terminated on the dissolution of the marriage or, as the case may be, the termination of the registered partnership, other than by death, or the start of the old age pension. In the event that the unregistered partnership of a member terminates, other than by marriage or the commencement of a registered partnership with that partner, the former partner is entitled to the portion of the dependant’s pension that he/she would be entitled to at that moment if the membership would be terminated other than by death or the start of the old age pension.

 

2. In the event that the marriage or, as the case may be, the registered partnership of a former member terminates in the manner referred to in paragraph 1, in respect of the dependant’s pension accrued up to the death of the former member, the former spouse or, as the case may be, the former registered partner is considered a dependant, on the condition that the relevant marriage or, as the case may be, the relevant registered partnership was already existing at the moment of the termination of the membership. In the event that the unregistered partnership of a former member terminates in the manner referred to in paragraph 1, in respect of the dependant’s pension then accrued due to the death of that former member, the former partner is considered a dependant, on the condition that the relevant unregistered partnership fulfilled the conditions of Article 5 paragraph 3 under c, already at the time of the termination of the membership.

The aforementioned provision applies likewise in respect of any doubling up of the orphan’s pension.

 

3. The provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2 will not be implemented in the event that:

 

   

the spouses or, as the case may be, the registered partners have agreed otherwise, by means of a marriage settlement or, as the case may be, or a registered partnership settlement or a written agreement, with regard to divorce, after Nationale-Nederlanden has declared willingness to cover the pension risk ensuing from the divergence;

 

   

on the termination of an unregistered partnership, the partners have agreed otherwise in writing, after Nationale-Nederlanden has declared willingness to cover the pension risk ensuing from the divergence.

 

4. The former spouse or, as the case may be, former partner receives a proof of a claim concerning the pension to which he/she is entitled.

 

5. The pension to be acquired for the benefit of a subsequent spouse or partner is the pension to be acquired according to Article 6 of these regulations for this spouse or partner, minus the sum of the pension or, as the case may be, the pensions, as referred to above in paragraphs 1 and 3.

 

6. In addition to the provisions in the preceding paragraphs, the provisions of the Pension Rights Equalization (Separation) Act ( Wet verevening pensionrechten bij scheiding ) can apply to the former spouse or, as the case may be, the former registered partner in the case of divorce.

 

December 2006    10   


Article 10 Interim termination of the membership

 

1. In the event that the membership, for reasons other death, terminates before the retirement date, the insurance cover for a invalidity pension is cancelled, with the proviso that an invalidity pension that exists already before the dismissal date will continue subject to the provisions concerning the relevant insurance conditions.

The former member does however retain the right to a portion of the acquired lifelong old age pension, dependant’s pension and orphan’s pension. The portion for which the former member continues to be eligible is equal to the pension to be acquired in the case of an unchanged continuation of the membership, minus the pension that the former member would obtain in the event that he would be included precisely on the date of termination of the membership as member in the pension scheme based on the most recently determined pension basis and the pension years existing between the termination date and the retirement date.

In the event that the already insured pensions, composed of the contributions paid over the period up to the date of termination to Nationale-Nederlanden, are lower than the pensions thus calculated, a lump-sum premium is deposited in order to insure the difference.

Furthermore, the former member maintains his/her right to the extra pensions that remain to them according to earlier amendments to the scheme.

 

2. In respect of the portion of the insured pensions to which the former member maintains a right, he/she shall receive a proof of a claim.

 

3. In the event that the former member is included in the pension scheme of a different employer, he/she is entitled to have the value of the pension rights acquired with ING Group transferred to the pension provider of the new employer. In this context, the rules stipulated by law are taken into account. Pension entitlements acquired on the basis of this scheme are cancelled due to the transfer.

Article 11 Early retirement pension and part-time pension

 

1. At the request of the (former) member, it is possible to bring forward the retirement date. The request for an early pension must be submitted to Nationale-Nederlanden at least 6 months before the intended retirement date. The retirement date can be brought forward only in full months.

 

2. In the case of the retirement date being brought forward, the lifelong or temporary old age pension will be recalculated on the basis of the following factors;

 

intended pension age

   remaining lifelong old age pension as a percentage of the original pension

64

   91.9

63

   84.6

62

   78.0

61

   72.0%

60

   66.7%

59

   61.9%

58

   57.5%

57

   53.6%

56

   50.0%

55

   46.7%

 

December 2006    11   


In respect of other ages, the factor will be determined by Nationale-Nederlanden on the basis of the same basic assumptions.

In the case of people who at the time of the pension being brought forward are still a member in the pension scheme, before the recalculation takes place, the pension claims will first be lowered by application of the provisions concerning the interim termination of the membership.

In the event that in combination with the retirement date being brought forward, there is also a trade-in of the dependant’s pension as described in Article 4 paragraph 3, first the amount of the early pension will be calculated and then that of the trade-in.

 

3. In the case of the retirement date being brought forward, the (former) member has the possibility to vary the size of the lifelong old age pension outside the bandwidth of 100:75 as stated in Article 4 paragraph 4, this being in order to bridge the OAP (AOW) in the period up to the age of 65. Nationale-Nederlanden will calculate the pensions thus obtained for bases comparable to the factors stated in Article 4 paragraph 4.

 

4. In the event that the agreement that ING Group has concluded with Nationale-Nederlanden terminates – whether or not it is renewed - Nationale-Nederlanden can subsequently apply percentages that differ from those stated in this Article.

 

5. In the event that the member, with the consent of ING Group, receives an early part-time pension, the old age pension will be split, with one part that commences early – subject to the provisions in paragraphs 1 and 2 – and another part for which pension accrual will be continued. The associated dependant’s pension will correspondingly be divided into a non-contributory part to a lower sum and a part for which the accrual will be continued. In the event that the member, with the consent of ING Group, retires with a deferred part-time pension, the old age pension will be split into a part that is deferred – subject to the provisions in paragraphs 4 and 5 – and a part that commences immediately. The associated dependant’s pension will remain unchanged.

Article 12 Tax maximization

 

1. The annual old age pension is, at most, equal to 100% of the most recently determined pension basis as referred to in Article 3 paragraph 4.

The annual dependant’s pension is at most equal to 70% of the most recently determined pension basis as referred to in Article 3 paragraph 4.

The annual orphan’s pension is at most equal to 14% of the most recently determined pension basis as referred to in Article 3 paragraph 4. For full orphans, this percentage is doubled.

 

December 2006    12   


2. In the application of these maximum amounts, any excess of these pursuant to the causes described in Article 18d paragraph 1 of the Dutch Income Tax Act ( Wet op de loonbelasting ) 1964, will be left out of consideration.

In the event that a (former) member during the membership has worked less than the normal number of working hours, the maximum amounts referred to above will be determined otherwise, subject to the following basic assumptions:

 

   

the starting point will be the most recently determined pension basis in the case of the normal number of working hours for the (former) member;

 

   

the pension basis thus determined will be multiplied by a correction factor.

The correction factor is equal to the – where relevant weighted average – part time percentage during the membership.

Article 13 Payment of the insured pensions

 

1. The pensions are paid by Nationale-Nederlanden directly to the former member, the woman or, as the case may be, man and the orphans who are eligible for the dependant’s pension.

 

2. The pensions are paid in monthly installments with payment in arrears on the first day of each month.

Article 14 Adjustment of pensions

ING Group strives to adjust annually, on 1 January

 

 

the already in payment lifelong and temporary old age pensions with the accompanying dependants and orphan’s pensions,

 

 

the already in payment invalidity pensions,

 

 

the not yet in payment pensions of former members,

 

 

the not yet in payment claims to an extra lifelong old age pension as referred to in Article 19 paragraph 2 under a, ensuing from a temporary old age pension,

 

 

the not yet in payment claims to an extra lifelong old age pension as referred to in Article 19 paragraph 2 under a, insofar as this is created from a conversion of a part of the lifelong old age pension that refers to the period of 62 years up to 65 years,

 

 

the not yet in payment claims to a pension for non-married people as referred to in Article 19 paragraph 2 under b,

 

 

the not yet in payment extra claims to dependant’s and orphan’s pensions as referred to in Article 19 paragraph 2 under c,

on the basis of the development of the induced Consumer Price Index of All Households, as published for the first time by Statistics Netherlands ( Centraal Bureau voor de Statistiek ) for the month of October. The adjustment will amount to at most 3% per annum, unless a decision is taken by the Board of ING Group to waive this maximization.

This indexation is provisional. There is no entitlement to indexation and it is not certain whether and to what extent an indexation will take place in future. The Board of ING Group decides on this annually.

 

December 2006    13   


Article 15 Financing

The insurance policies for the old age pension, dependant’s pension and orphan’s pension will be financed as follows:

 

  a) insofar as the insured pensions concern pension years already elapsed: by payment of a single premium on the start date of the insurance;

 

  b) insofar as the insured pensions concern future pension years:

 

  1. by payment of periodic premiums, whereby each year a pro rata portion of those pensions is purchased; and

 

  2. payment of periodic risk premiums for the portion of the dependant’s pension that has not yet been purchased pursuant to what is stated above.

Hereby, the insurance of dependant’s pension and of each pension increase is considered a separate insurance.

The insurance of an invalidity pension is financed by the periodic payment of a risk premium.

Article 16 Member contribution

The member is obliged to pay a contribution towards the costs of the pension scheme. This contribution will be deducted from the salary in the same periods in which the salary is paid.

The size of the contribution amounts to a percentage of the pension basis. This percentage is equal to the percentage that applies to comparable the CAO for personnel of ING Group.

This means the following:

 

For those who – before January 1, 2006 – were a member in a pension scheme of ING Group, the contribution percentage as of January 1, 2006 amounts to 0.5625. After that the accrual model (ingroeimodel ) is followed. The member contribution will not amount to more than 7.5% of the pension basis.

 

 

For those who – before January 1, 2006 – were not a member in a pension scheme of ING Group, the member contribution is the full percentage, with at most 7.5% of the pension principle.

The member contribution must continue to be paid in full

 

 

during periods of leave in which the pension accrual is continued (see Article 3 paragraph 6)

 

 

in the case of demotion as referred to in Article 3 paragraph 7

 

 

during employment disability, except in the event that the employment is terminated due to full employment disability

In such cases, the member contribution is derived from the pension basis on which the pension is further accrued.

The member contribution is no longer payable after the member has reached the maximum number of pension years (37 years).

Article 17 Obligations of the member

 

1. Nationale-Nederlanden can make the taking out or increase of an insurance policy subject to the results of a medical check-up, on the condition that the Dutch Medical Examination Act ( de Wet op de medische keuringen ) permits such. The member is in that case obliged to cooperate with the medical check-up.

 

December 2006    14   


2. The member is obliged to immediately give a notification of:

 

   

divorce or dissolution of the marriage after separation;

 

   

termination of a registered partnership by mutual consent or the dissolution of the registered partnership;

 

   

termination of an unregistered partnership (see below the provisions in paragraph 4).

 

3. The member who wishes to qualify for a dependant’s pension for the unregistered partner with whom he/she has conducted a joint household for at least six months and continues to conduct such, must submit a cohabitation agreement executed as a deed before a civil-law notary.

In this deed, it is necessary to include at least the date of birth and civil status of the member and his/her partner, the start date of the joint household and a stipulation giving evidence of the financial care between the partners.

The member guarantees that the data stated in the deed are correct.

 

4. The member, whose unregistered partnership has terminated, is obliged to communicate this immediately in the form of the submission of a written statement.

The statement must mention at least the names and dates of birth of both partners and the date on which the joint household was terminated. The statement must be signed by both the member and by his/her partner. In the event that the member is convincing in his/her claim that despite every effort he/she has been unable to obtain the cooperation of the former partner, ING Group may rely on the unilateral statement of the member.

 

5. ING Group cannot be held liable in the event that a pension has not been (correctly) insured due to the fact that the member has not complied, correctly, and on time, with his/her obligations ensuing from these regulations.

Article 18 Review or termination of the pension scheme

 

1. ING Group reserves the right to reduce, limit or terminate the pension scheme, in the event that:

 

  a) based on requirements imposed by the government, the old age benefits, dependant’s benefits and/or employment disability benefits must be radically changed to such a degree that a review or termination of the pension scheme is necessary by virtue of its structure;

 

  b) in the case of a dissenting ruling on the dispensation request submitted, ING Group is obliged to register the personnel who fall under this rule, or some of them, with an industrial sector pension fund;

 

  c) the financial position of ING Group no longer permits expenses for the benefit of the pension scheme.

 

2. In the event that ING Group has the intention to make use of this right, ING Group shall immediately inform the members and consult with them concerning any necessary review of the pension scheme.

The part of the pensions that is formed by deposits already made will not be affected.

 

December 2006    15   


3. ING Group further reserves the right to reduce the pension scheme in the event that and insofar as it becomes evident at the start that the scheme does not conform to tax requirements.

Article 19 Coming into force and transitional provisions

 

1. This pension scheme comes into force on January 1, 2006 and for the members in this scheme replaces the former scheme, from which it will no longer be possible to derive any rights.

 

2. For those who were already members in the former pension scheme, the following covenants apply:

 

  a) the accrual of the pension claims pursuant to the former scheme is halted with the application of the rules concerning the interim termination of the membership; after that the lifelong old age pension and the temporary old age pension are converted into equivalent claims at the pension age of 65;

 

  b) for the members who have maintained claims to a non-married pension as accrued up to and including December 31, 2001, this pension is converted into a pension of equivalent value at the pension age of 65;

 

  c) the additional claims as described in Article 19 paragraph 2 under c of the preceding regulations concerning the lowering of the dependant’s pension and orphan’s pension remain in force.

 

3. For those who, pursuant to the transitional provisions have been promised a higher accrual rate for the old age pension than the 1.8919% per employment year referred to in Article 4 paragraph 2 when changes were previously made to the scheme, but not higher than 2%, the higher accrual rate remains in force. The dependant’s pension and orphan’s pension are therefore derived from the old age pension thus determined.

 

December 2006    16   


Information concerning dependant’s pension associated with the pension regulations for ING management.

These annexes are intended for unmarried cohabitating members.

In the event that you are not married but are cohabiting and you have registered your partnership with the Registry of Births, Deaths and Marriages ( burgerlijke stand ), subject to the provisions of the pension regulations, you are entitled to a dependant’s pension.

In the event that you are not married but are cohabiting and have not entered into a registered partnership with your partner, you may also be eligible for a dependant’s pension, but only after you have complied with the following requirements.

You must first submit a cohabitation agreement executed as a deed before a civil-law notary. If you fail to submit a cohabitation agreement, a dependant’s pension will not be insured. This means that on your death your surviving partner will have no right to a dependant’s pension.

In this context, “partner” is to be understood as the unmarried person of the same sex, or a different sex, with whom you have not entered into a registered partnership, but with whom you have conducted a joint household for at least six months and continue to conduct such. The partner must not have entered into a registered partnership with another person and, moreover, must not be directly related to you.

The cohabitation agreement must comply with the certain requirements:

 

1. the cohabitation agreement must be executed before a civil-law notary and must include the following information:

 

2. the name, date of birth, and civil status of you and your partner;

 

3. the start date of the joint household (if necessary with mention of the address);

 

4. a stipulation from which is evident that there is financial care between the partners (e.g. an arrangement concerning the division of costs of the household).

In the event that for privacy reasons you do not wish to provide information about the cohabitation agreement, kindly ask the civil-law notary, in addition to providing the cohabitation agreement, to draw up a statement in which the data under 1 through 3 is mentioned and in which it is stated that in the cohabitation agreement some legal property provisions are included.

 

December 2006    17   

Exhibit 10.73

 

LOGO

ING international assignments

Long-Term Assignment Policy

 

   
   
   
   
   


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 2

 

Contents

 

Introduction

     5   

Policy management principles

     6   

Assignment roles and responsibilities

     7   

Terms of employment

     9   

Basic principles

     9   

Taxes

     9   

1. Pre-assignment preparation

     10   

International assignment selection, approval and contract

     10   

Pre-assignment briefings

     10   

Medical check-up

     11   

Passport, visas, work permits and licences

     11   

Driving licence

     11   

Pre-assignment visit

     11   

Destination Services

     12   

Cultural awareness and language training

     12   

2. Relocation

     13   

Home country housing

     13   

Moving and storing personal goods

     13   

Relocation allowance

     14   

Temporary accommodation

     15   

Relocation assistance

     15   

3. Compensation

     16   

Balance sheet and base salary

     16   

Bonus

     16   

Equity based awards

     16   

4. Benefits

     17   

Host country housing

     17   

White goods

     18   

Utilities

     18   

Domestic and security staff

     18   

Company car

     19   

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 3

 

Spouse Assistance Programme

     19   

Children’s education

     20   

Club membership

     20   

Personnel benefits

     21   

Long service gratuity

     21   

5. Travel and leave

     22   

ING Travel Policy

     22   

Passenger profile

     22   

Class of travel

     22   

Local transport

     22   

Booking

     22   

Exchanging tickets

     22   

Incentives

     22   

Annual leave

     23   

Home leave

     23   

Sick leave

     24   

Maternity leave

     24   

Compassionate leave

     24   

Rest and recuperation (R&R)

     24   

Public holidays

     25   

6. Insurance and Pension

     26   

Medical insurance

     26   

Travel insurance

     26   

Social security

     26   

Pension

     27   

Life insurance

     27   

Private insurance

     27   

7. Repatriation, reassignment and localisation

     28   

Repatriation

     28   

Reassignment

     28   

Localisation

     29   

Termination of employment

     29   

Glossary

     30   

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 4

 

Further information

     32   

Supporting documents

     32   

International HR advisors

     32   

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 5

 

Introduction

International Assignments are vital to ING. They allow the business to get the people with the right skills and knowledge in the right places, at the right times.

An international assignment should be successful and fulfilling for assignees, their dependent families and the business. This Long-Term Assignment Policy is one of a suite of policies providing a global framework for managing assignments consistently and fairly.

To help ensure a coherent approach to assignments around the world, ING’s international HR (IHR) function provides dedicated and professional advice to assignees and puts policy guidelines into action.

About long-term assignments

A long-term assignment will be, on average, three years to a maximum of five years. It is used for a variety of reasons, including leadership development and the transfer of critical skills around ING globally. If the assignment extends beyond five years, the assignee will be repatriated, reassigned or, if appropriate, employed on a local contract – ‘localised’.

Dependent Family

On a long-term assignment, assignees will generally be accompanied by their dependent spouse or partner and dependent children (if any). ING supports the assignee’s dependent spouse/partner and dependent children up to 25 years old who are accompanying the assignee on assignment. Dependent family not accompanying the assignee or dependent family leaving the host location during the assignment will in principle not be covered by any of the services/support as outlined in this policy.

Career development

As well as establishing a clear business case for each assignment, business line managers and HR consultants will work with assignees to evaluate the impact of an international assignment on individual career development.

Exposure to other cultures, both within and outside of ING, and the opportunity to contribute to the success of the host country business, offer the potential to enhance long term career prospects.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 6

 

Policy management principles

A number of principles and processes are in place to make sure that a set of standard global conditions apply to all international assignees.

No loss, no gain

Assignees will maintain, as a minimum, the equivalent of their normal base pay and benefits while on assignment – in line with colleagues in their home location.

Fairness

As well as adopting fairness as a principle for our assignees, families can play a crucial role in the success of an assignment. They too will be treated fairly.

Exception management

ING recognises that, from time to time, special circumstances may require policy guidelines to be flexible. However, exceptions will be kept to a minimum and will be monitored by home and host IHR and reported to International Mobility Business Management (IMBM).

Authorisation of long-term assignments will be at the discretion of home and host country line management and respective HR functions.

Compliance

Assignees must comply with any legal regulations regarding visas, work and residency permits, and tax and social security.

Policy updates

From time to time ING will review and, where appropriate, amend the terms and conditions outlined in the various international mobility policies. Assignees will be advised of any changes that have a direct bearing on them.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 7

 

Assignment roles and responsibilities

Host and home line management

Host and home line management are responsible for determining the business needs and objectives of a long-term assignment and have overall managerial and cost responsibility.

While an individual is on assignment, home and host line managers will work closely with IHR and HR consultants to manage the annual review process. Assignees will also have a home sponsor who will play an important role in monitoring their performance throughout the assignment.

Assignees

Although assignees will get plenty of practical support along the way, it is really up to the individual to make a success of their assignment and meet the objectives agreed with home and host business lines. Assignees should:

 

 

Be familiar with and comply with ING policies and the legal and fiscal rules in home and host countries

 

 

Use ING designated service providers

 

 

Inform IHR of any changes to personal details.

International HR advisors (IHR advisors)

International HR advisors are experts in the field of assignment management and provide advice and ‘hands-on’ support. Assignees may contact their designated home IHR advisor for assistance at any time during the assignment.

Working from International Assignment Centres (IACs), IHR advisors provide the business line with a cost projection for each assignment and determine individual total net assignment income. They also ensure that policies and procedures are applied consistently.

Host and home HR consultants

Home and host HR consultants are responsible for all HR issues related to an assignee’s home and host employment terms and conditions.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 8

 

External providers

ING has appointed external service providers to provide international healthcare and removal and shipping. Depending on the requirements of a particular assignment, other suppliers are engaged locally and cover such areas as:

 

 

Language training

 

 

Cultural awareness training

 

 

Medical check-ups

 

 

Tax advice

 

 

Relocation assistance

 

 

Travel insurance.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 9

 

Terms of employment

Basic principles

While on assignment, an assignee’s home country letter of employment will remain effective. It will, however, be supplemented by a long-term assignment letter outlining specific terms of the assignment, such as position, responsibilities, compensation and assignment duration. The letter will be signed by the assignee, home and host line management and the home IHR advisor before an assignment begins.

If there are any major changes to the assignment, including a review of the terms or the length, assignees will receive a new long-term assignment letter from their home IHR advisor.

As a guiding principle, assignees will be no better or worse off than if they had remained in the home country. ING will provide additional allowances to cover assignees and their accompanying dependent families against higher costs. A detailed balance sheet will show assignees how ING works out individual assignment compensation packages based on current base salary. The balance sheet factors in key elements such as hypothetical tax and social security, hypothetical home housing, cost-of-living indices and exchange rates to make sure assignees do not lose out in terms of purchasing power and standard of living. In addition, depending on the host location, long-term assignees may receive a hardship allowance. The balance sheet calculation is demonstrated in detail in a separate document: ‘ING international assignments – The Balance Sheet’ .

Taxes

ING operates a ‘net pay policy’ (NPP), to which tax equalisation applies. This ensures assignees pay no more or less tax than would have been payable if they had remained solely in the home country.

Before beginning an assignment, assignees will be allocated an external tax advisor who will provide home tax preparation services in the first and last year of the assignment and host tax preparation services for the duration of the assignment. The tax advisor will ensure compliance with the conditions in the host location and the home country. A calculation of hypothetical tax (the tax assignees would have paid had they stayed at home on their home package) will be made and ING will be responsible for any tax liability on ING income. Assignees must meet any tax obligation arising from personal income.

Assignees are expected to maintain adequate personal records of data required for the preparation and examination of income tax returns while on assignment with ING. This information should be provided complete and in good time. ING will not pay any fines or penalties that arise as a result of a violation of fiscal law by you (e.g. late filing).

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 10

 

1. Pre-assignment preparation

International assignment selection, approval and contract

An international assignment will be proposed and approved on the strength of the business case. This should be clearly defined in the assignment objectives and forms part of the assignee’s annual performance evaluation. Making the right assignment is a combination of several criteria.

 

 

Business purpose

 

 

Individual skills

 

 

Individual development

 

 

Financial considerations

 

 

Family issues.

Assignments are agreed between the assignee and ING and formalised in an assignment letter that outlines the specific terms of the assignment role. The letter covers position, responsibility, compensation and assignment duration and is signed by the assignee, home and host line management and the home IHR advisor. The long term assignment policy is incorporated into the assignees assignment letter.

Pre-assignment briefings

Informal briefings take place during the selection and approval process and will be followed by a formal briefing for the assignee and the assignee’s spouse/domestic partner.

Briefings are customised to the assignment and will cover the whole spectrum of issues involved in living and working abroad. This can include compensation and benefits, relocation assistance, housing, schooling, tax assistance, social security, medical insurance and any other relevant family-related issues. The briefing(s) will be organised and delivered by the designated home IHR advisor.

The assignee’s external tax advisor will, where necessary, provide home tax preparation services in the first and last year of the assignment and host tax preparation services for the duration of the assignment.

Assignees travelling to extreme hardship locations should contact the ING Corporate Security department – the home IHR advisor will provide contact details.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 11

 

Medical check-up

Some countries require assignees to have a medical check-up as part of the immigration process. Should the home country medical plan not cover these costs, assignees will be reimbursed for any expenses incurred in obtaining required examinations or immunisations.

Passport, visas, work permits and licences

Most countries require that a work permit and/or visa be obtained before a non-resident can live and work in the host country for an extended period of time. To be compliant with local law, assignees must provide relevant documentation and complete all required immigration forms on time. The host IHR advisor and host HR consultant will be able to provide support.

Approving work permits and visas can take between six weeks and three months, during which time assignees will not be able to begin work in the host country. Assignees must also hold a current passport, which must remain valid for at least six months beyond the projected end date of the assignment.

ING cannot sponsor family members for work permits, but IHR advisors will be able to offer advice and support to spouses or partners regarding work-related issues wherever possible.

Assignees will be reimbursed for any costs incurred in obtaining any requisite permits and licences.

Driving licence

If required, assignees are responsible for obtaining an international driver’s licence, road or parking permits and vehicle insurance in the host country. The appropriate embassy or consulate should be able to provide relevant information. The cost of such items will be covered by a relocation allowance.

Pre-assignment visit

Once the assignment letter has been signed, the assignee and their spouse or partner, if applicable, will be encouraged to make a pre-assignment visit to the host country. This is particularly important if the assignment is expected to be relatively long, or if neither the assignee nor spouse/partner have been to the country before.

The assignee should use this visit to familiarise themselves with the surroundings and to look for housing and schools. They should also take this opportunity to introduce themselves to their new team and visit their local HR department.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 12

 

Pre-assignment visits will be approved and co-ordinated by the home IHR advisor. A designated relocation agent or a host HR consultant will facilitate the visit and provide an agreed agenda prior to the visit.

Destination Services

ING has decided that based on prior assignees feedback and competitor practise that all assignees must be granted the services of a destination service agent. This agent will guide you on finding suitable schools, doctors, dentists, shopping, local transport, driving license and recreational facilities, etc.

Cultural awareness and language training

Adapting to a new culture can be the most challenging and the most rewarding part of an international assignment. Understanding cultural differences and intercultural sensitivities is extremely important. Cultural awareness training is designed to smooth the transition for assignees and any accompanying dependent family; explaining traditions, (business) customs, religion and political philosophy.

Assignees and accompanying dependent family will also be offered some language training to help them make the most of their stay abroad.

All training and assistance will be organised and approved by the home IHR advisor and ING will cover the cost.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 13

 

2. Relocation

Home country housing

Assignees must decide what to do with their home country housing while on assignment. For homeowners, there are three alternatives.

 

 

Sell the property – ING will cover legal and agency costs to a set maximum limit (but will not bear any cost in relation to tax). Assignees should consult with their home IHR advisor before making any commitments regarding the sale of their property. The company will not assist with the purchase of a home upon repatriation.

 

 

Rent the property – ING will cover the initial agency costs for finding tenants (but will not bear the cost of ongoing management fees).

 

 

Leave the property vacant – in which case ING will not support any associated costs.

If assignees rent their home and are unable to terminate any rental agreement before an assignment starts, ING will meet the costs associated with penalties for premature notice periods.

Any financial support offered will only apply to decisions made before the assignee moves to the host country.

Moving and storing personal goods

Before organising an international move, assignees should consider that most countries will not allow household goods to be imported prior to receipt of residency permits.

ING will meet moving costs for the contents of a 40ft container by sea freight or a 60m 3 container by road. ING will also cover reasonable costs associated with packing and unpacking, transit insurance and storage upon arrival in the host country. Note: the same limit will apply for the return home.

If assignees ship less than the designated limit, ING will pay for storage of the balance and cover transport in and out of storage and insurance. Assignees will be responsible for the cost of removing goods during the storage period.

ING will not pay for moving heavy or bulky hobby equipment, cars, recreational vehicles, or office items. Nor will it pay for items that require excessive insurance costs, such as jewellery, works of art, coin or stamp collections. Assignees should not ship any items that are illegal in the host country, for example, guns.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 14

 

Where duty is assessed, ING will pay duty levied on existing regular personal and household goods. Duty on luxury items (such as liquor, wine, antiques) or an excessive quantity of goods that exceed duty free limits will be the assignee’s responsibility.

Assignees transporting household pets or livestock on assignment are responsible for all of the costs involved, including inoculations and quarantine. Assignees must make sure they are aware of the customs rules and restrictions.

The home IHR advisor will help assignees with removal and storage arrangements. ING has a global contract with a designated supplier and full details of the removal policy can be found at: www.nedvan.com/ING

Relocation allowance

This allowance recognises that assignees may have extra, unforeseen costs associated with going on assignment. It can be used to cover such items as:

 

 

Cleaning and other expenses related to leaving the home country property and preparing host country accommodation

 

 

Insurance evaluations for high-value items that assignees may be shipping or storing

 

 

Additional luggage

 

 

Altering fixtures and fittings in host accommodation.

The relocation allowance will be one-twelfth of the assignee’s gross income as displayed on the balance sheet, paid net in the home currency. The actual amount will be subject to the maximum limit of the assignee’s gross income quoted in table 1.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 15

 

Table 1

 

Country

  Currency   Amount

Eurozone countries

  Euro   126,000

United Kingdom

  GBP   94,500

United States

  USD   126,000

Hong Kong

  HKD   945,000

Japan

  JPY   14,700,000

Singapore

  SGD   210,000

Other countries

  Euro   126,000

Temporary accommodation

If necessary, IHR advisors will arrange for assignees to stay in temporary accommodation either before leaving the home country and/or immediately on arrival in the host country. This will typically be a hotel or serviced apartment for a period of up to two months. Extensions of this period must be arranged and approved through the designated IHR advisor. During the assignee’s stay in a hotel, the assignee and any accompanying dependent family is entitled to a reimbursement of the actual costs or a daily allowance, based on the daily allowance amounts that ING uses for business travellers. If assignees and their accompanying dependent family stay in a serviced apartment, the assignee will not be entitled to reimbursement of costs or a daily allowance.

ING will bear the agreed costs (rent and base utilities) of temporary accommodation.

Relocation assistance

In designated countries where ING has a significant number of international assignees, ING will nominate a relocation agent, if available, to help assignees settle into the host location. Otherwise, a host HR consultant will help search for real estate and provide other assistance.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 16

 

3. Compensation

Balance sheet and base salary

The guiding principle is to make sure that assignees have broadly the same, relative spending power in the host country as they have in their home country. A balance sheet approach is used to maintain parity between net salary in the home and host country. The balance sheet takes into account hypothetical tax, hypothetical social security, hypothetical home housing, a cost of living index, the exchange rate and a hardship allowance (if applicable). The balance sheet calculation is explained in more detail in a separate document.

The balance sheet becomes effective on the assignment contract start date. If applicable, home country benefits (e.g. holidays) will be settled pro-rata and ‘cashed out’. The balance sheet will be reviewed once a year. The result of the annual review may mean that the assignee’s original net assignment income may increase or decrease depending on changes to the cost of living index, exchange rates, tax rates and so on.

The balance sheet may also be reviewed in response to a change in circumstances, as evaluated and approved by the home IHR advisor. For instance, if the assignee changes marital status, a new balance sheet is calculated and becomes effective on the first day of the month after the assignee communicates the change.

Bonus

Assignees may be able to take part in the host country bonus plan, if one is in place, based on qualifying criteria. Host and home country line managers will determine the level of participation. The home country scheme will be taken into account as a minimum guide for equal job performance.

Equity based awards

Assignees may be able to take part in the host country equity award plan, if one is in place, based on qualifying criteria. Participation will be at the discretion of host country management responsible for allocating long term incentive awards. The home scheme will be used as a guide.

The tax treatment of bonuses, deferred compensation and other remuneration is detailed in the NPP.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 17

 

4. Benefits

Host country housing

ING will provide assistance with housing in the host location. Depending on availability, assistance will be provided directly, either by the local ING office or relocation agent appointed by ING.

Assignees should use their pre-assignment visit to look for furnished or unfurnished rental accommodation. The relocation allowance will cover alterations, additional purchases and other expenses related to the housing. The assignee should contact their host IHR advisor before making any housing commitments.

ING will pay any legal costs associated with securing accommodation. Assignees will either receive a housing allowance to cover rent or ING will pay the landlord directly – whichever proves the most tax-efficient. The level of any housing allowance will be set according to median competitor practise in the host country. It and will be determined by location, position and the assignee’s family size.

Your International HR advisor will inform you of the allowance. It will be revised upwards or downwards according to competitor practise upon the lease renewal date.

Assignees will be responsible for maintaining the standard of interior decoration and cleanliness of their host country accommodation, and for minor repairs that are normally undertaken by a householder. The assignee will not be responsible for structural repairs and maintenance (if not due to damage or negligence for which they are responsible). Similarly, they are not responsible for exterior painting and decoration, unless the lease contract exceptionally determines otherwise. Depending on the lease, the assignee may be responsible for lawn care, gardening and snow removal. Any dilapidation above normal wear and tear will be the assignee’s responsibility.

The assignee will be responsible for costs of utilities, liability insurance (where applicable) and insurance of the entire contents of the property, including appliances.

As long-term assignments are time limited, you should not buy a property in the host country. If assignees do buy a property, they lose the entitlement to a housing allowance.

ING will not support a mortgage application with a local financial institution or approve a subsidised mortgage rate in the host country, should this be a local benefit received by ING employees.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 18

 

White goods

Assignees are encouraged to either ship white goods with them or find rented accommodation where white goods are provided. If neither is possible, ING will supply reasonable necessary appliances and arrange for their removal at the end of an assignment. Assignees will be responsible for any repairs in the meantime.

Utilities

The assignee is responsible for electricity and household fuel charges, water and sewerage charges, rubbish disposal and any other such costs. When the difference between home and host country utility costs is more than 10% (based on data provided by the external data provider), a utility differential will be calculated as part of the balance sheet to compensate.

Domestic and security staff

The cost of domestic staff will be the assignee’s responsibility. The difference in relative costs between home and host country will be part of the cost of living differential, as calculated in the balance sheet.

If ING Group Corporate Security defines the host location as ‘high-risk’, ING will employ security staff on behalf of the assignee.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 19

 

Company car

The following matrix outlines the general rules.

 

    

The assignee is entitled to

company car in home country

  

The assignee is not entitled to

company car in home country

Company car scheme in host location available   

•       Car provided in host country through host company car scheme

  

•       No car provided in host country

  

•       Deduction of the average employee’s contribution (including tax liability) in the balance sheet

  

•       No deduction or addition in the balance sheet

No company car scheme in host location available   

•       No car provided in host country

  

•       No car provided in host country

  

•       Addition of the average net car benefit in cash value in the balance sheet

  

•       No deduction or addition in the balance sheet

Subject to business or location requirements, host line management may provide a company car. A car and chauffeur will only be provided if the host location has been defined as ‘high risk’ by ING Group Corporate Security.

Spouse Assistance Programme

Accompanying dependent spouses or partners are strongly advised to attend the pre-assignment briefing to discuss the impact that an assignment is likely to have on them and to highlight any particular needs they may have.

Accompanying dependent spouses or partners may wish to enrol in educational training to support their job hunt in the host country, or to prepare them for work when they return to the home country. The Spouse Assistance Programme will cover reasonable costs associated with such training and support, limited to the equivalent of €10,000 per assignment. ING will either make payments directly to the service provider or reimburse assignees for expenses incurred – whichever is more tax efficient.

The host IHR advisor will discuss, advice and authorise any assistance. Commitments should not be made without prior approval.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 20

 

Children’s education

ING understands the need to maintain a level and continuity of education for any dependent children accompanying employees on assignment. Assignees should have an opportunity to look at schools during the pre-assignment visit.

ING will reimburse assignees for the costs of suitable schooling for any accompanying dependent children between the ages of three and eighteen (or until they start university or college, if they do so before they are eighteen). ING will not cover college or university tuition fees. When non fee-paying schooling in the host country is of the same standard as home country schooling, it may be considered suitable schooling.

ING will meet the costs for basic tuition and other required school fees. If the assignees are already paying school fees in the home country or if paying for home country school fees is common practise in the home country, these costs will be deducted from the reimbursement.

ING will not pay for uniforms or books, nor will it meet transportation costs incurred by children between home and school, including school buses in line with competitor practise. Field trips and extra-curricular activities will need to be borne by you, irrespective whether these are compulsory or not. In line with competitor practise ING will not pay for Boarding School fees.

Assignees will receive assistance from the host HR consultant or relocation agent (if available) on the choice of schools. If necessary, an external educational consultant might be asked for assistance, and ING will meet these costs.

To qualify for children’s educational reimbursement, the choice of school and an educational consultant, if necessary, must be approved through the host IHR advisor before any commitment is made.

Club membership

Most host countries have facilities where assignees and their accompanying dependent families can enjoy the sporting and social activities they would at home. Assignees will bear the cost of any membership fees for clubs and societies.

ING recognises the importance for assignees and their accompanying dependent families to have contact with people of a similar cultural background. In extreme hardship locations where such facilities are not readily available or accessible, ING will cover the cost of membership (enrolment fees) for one social club for assignees and their accompanying dependent family. The choice of club should be in line with ING’s ethical and business standards and will be approved by the host IHR advisor.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 21

 

In some circumstances, ING may cover the cost of an assignee’s sole membership to a business club. This will be agreed between the host line manager approving the cost and the host IHR advisor.

Personnel benefits

Benefits offered to host country staff, such as discounts and favourable loan rates, will generally be available to long-term assignees – an exception being favourable mortgage loans. The host IHR advisor will inform assignees which benefits they can take advantage of.

Long service gratuity

Throughout the assignment, assignees will continue to accrue time towards a long service gratuity. If assignees are entitled to receive a gratuity during their assignment, it will be based on the notional home salary used to calculate the balance sheet. The host country will pay a net amount equal to what the assignee would have received, had they stayed at home.

If the home country does not have a long service gratuity but the host country does, assignees will not be entitled to an award.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 22

 

5. Travel and leave

ING Travel Policy

All business travel must conform to the terms of the ING Travel Policy. Non-business travel during the assignment is covered in this section. Non-business travel includes the initial outward flight, post-to-post transfers and the final repatriation flight, rest & recuperation leave and compassionate leave.

Below is a summary of the ING Travel Policy with the additional amendments.

Passenger profile

On the initial outward flight, post-to-post transfer flight and final repatriation flight, assignees will, if applicable, travel with their accompanying family. On business trips, ING staff travel alone.

Class of travel

If assignees and their accompanying dependent family are going on a non-business trip, direct flights under four hours will be economy class. For longer flights, business class travel will be provided.

Local transport

Assignees should choose the safest, most economical and/or practical local transport for their destination. Chauffeur-driven cars are only provided in exceptional circumstances, for example in high security risk areas.

Booking

Assignees will need to book all travel through the designated travel agent or booking practice in the host country. The travel office will then organise the route, airline and accommodation on behalf of the assignee.

Exchanging tickets

Assignees will not be able to take cash in lieu of plane or train tickets, or be able to use the ticket value to book travel on boats, cruises etc.

Incentives

Assignees and their accompanying dependent family can keep any frequent flyer points or bonuses – and may choose to use them to upgrade flights or accommodation.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 23

 

Annual leave

Assignees will be entitled to a maximum of 30 working days per calendar year (January-December) as annual leave in each full year and pro rata in any part of the assignment year. Taking leave will be subject to the needs of the business and must be arranged and approved in advance with host line management. In any case, assignees are assumed not to take leave during the first three and last three months of their assignment.

The entitlement must be used in the year to which it relates. It may not be carried forward to another year and no payment will be made in lieu of any entitlement not used. Host line management will be responsible for keeping track of leave entitlements.

Home leave

Home leave is an opportunity for assignees, and any dependent family that are accompanying them on assignment full time, to keep in touch with extended family and friends back home. It can also be used to give a fresh perspective on living abroad and to maintain the assignee’s relationship with their home business. Time spent visiting the home office will not be counted as leave.

Assignees and their accompanying dependent family are entitled to a home leave cash allowance. The home leave cash allowance is determined as 50% of the flight cost to ING. Where possible the flight cost is based on the price for a ‘refundable’ ticket, assuming a direct flight from home to the host location. The flight class travel will follow the “Class of travel policy” as described in the Long Term Assignment policy. The company will pay the taxes payable on the cash allowance.

The actual amounts will be determined in November of each year and communicated and paid via the host salary payroll in the following January.

Assignees starting their assignment during the calendar year, receive a pro-rated home leave allowance according to the number of full months left in the host location during that calendar year. Assignees starting their assignment on or after October 1 are not granted an allowance for the remainder of that calendar year.

Assignees who are due to repatriate on or before April 1, are not entitled to a home leave allowance for the calendar year in which they repatriate.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 24

 

Sick leave

Time off for sickness will be in line with the better of the home or host country policy and practice. If illness extends beyond one month, assignees may be repatriated. This will be at the discretion of the host country IHR advisor and host line management and depends on the nature of the illness and commercial circumstances.

Maternity leave

Maternity leave will be the greater of either home or host country entitlement.

Compassionate leave

Compassionate leave is granted depending on individual circumstances and will be determined by host line management.

Generally, assignees will be entitled to two weeks compassionate leave in the event of the death or life-threatening illness of their or their spouse/partner’s children, siblings, parents or grandparents. In the event of the death of a relative, ING will provide economy class air or train travel for the assignee and any accompanying dependent family. In the case of life-threatening illness, one economy class ticket will be provided. The assignee will be responsible for accommodation costs. Assignees should notify their host line management and host IHR advisor of need for travel.

Rest and recuperation (R&R)

While on assignment in a location that has been designated an area of extreme hardship, assignees and any accompanying dependent family will be able to take five days of leave per annum for rest and recuperation. This will be in addition to the annual leave entitlement. Assignees should contact their host IHR advisor for a list of possible destinations within their region. No travel arrangements should be made before consultation with the advisor.

ING will cover economy class travel costs for the assignee and any accompanying dependent family and will reimburse agreed accommodation costs. All other costs will be the assignee’s responsibility. Again, as leave is subject to the needs of the business line, assignees must arrange and gain approval of R&R in advance with the host line manager.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 25

 

Public holidays

While on assignment, assignees may take the customary public holidays observed locally by ING in the host country. Any difference in public holiday provision between host and home countries will not be accommodated.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 26

 

6. Insurance and Pension

Medical insurance

Assignees and their accompanying dependent family (if applicable) will be covered throughout the assignment by international medical insurance taken out by ING Group.

Details of the scheme, including the range and level of benefits and the procedure for making claims, will be provided during the pre-assignment briefing.

From September 1, 2009, a hypothetical home country medical deduction will be deducted from your salary. This deduction will broadly mirror the minimum ING home country medical contribution you would currently pay if you remained in your home country working with ING. Your balance sheet will indicate the actual deduction.

Travel insurance

The provision of travel insurance will be determined by the host company booking procedures. Assignees are strongly advised to familiarise themselves with their travel insurance provisions and take any appropriate action if required.

Details of travel insurance provisions can be obtained from the designated travel offices.

Social security

ING intends to maintain the appropriate level of home country social security benefits or their equivalent while the assignee is abroad. This may be by continuing membership in the home country social security scheme, joining an equally favourable host country scheme, or arranging private insurance with similar benefits. This may depend on home and host regulations, availability and cost efficiency.

ING will select the most appropriate method and bear both the employee and employer costs of providing consistent benefit. ING will be entitled to receive back the costs if such contributions are refunded.

Assignees with accompanying dependent children will have to apply for child benefit in the host location (if available). In case of any negative difference between host and home child benefit, or if child benefit is impossible to claim in the host country, ING will pay any shortfall.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 27

 

Pension

In principle, assignees will remain in the home pension plan. If participation in the home pension plan is not feasible or not cost efficient, ING will provide an arrangement to maintain the same level of home pension benefits. Assignees will continue to contribute towards those schemes where applicable.

Where host country regulation requires contributions to the local governmental pension fund, ING will bear the cost. In the event of a refund of such contributions, any amount refunded belongs to ING.

Life insurance

If applicable, assignees will continue to be enrolled in any home country life insurance plans while on assignment and will continue to pay any premiums due.

Private insurance

With the exception of those mentioned, all insurances (including, but not limited to, personal legal liability, legal aid, life, accidental death, private car, private house, contents of both the house provided by ING and any private house) will be the assignee’s responsibility. It is up to the assignee to make sure these private insurances are adequate.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 28

 

7. Repatriation, reassignment and localisation

ING’s policy is that assignments will always be of limited duration (maximum five years). Normal extensions of a current assignment up to five years will be co-ordinated by home and host line management and home and host HR.

At the end of the specified assignment period, the assignment will terminate. Assignees will either be repatriated, reassigned or localised.

Assignees should make sure discussions take place at least six months before the assignment is due to finish and home line management should inform the assignee of their intentions for their return no later than three months before the anticipated end date.

Repatriation

On repatriation, assignees and their accompanying dependent family will return home under the same terms and conditions for removal as for the outbound journey. Assignees will also receive a repatriation allowance to cover any unforeseen expenses associated with the move. The amount of the allowance will be one-twelfth of the assignee’s gross income as displayed on the balance sheet and will be paid net of tax in the host currency. The actual amount will be subject to the maximum limit of the assignee’s gross income quoted in table 2.

Reassignment

If assignees are reassigned to a new location, the assignment will be treated as a new assignment from the original home country. The same terms for removal apply. Assignees will receive a lump sum allowance of one-twelfth of the assignee’s gross income as displayed on the new balance sheet, paid net of tax in the host currency. The actual amount will be subject to the maximum limit of the assignee’s gross income quoted in table 2.

Table 2

 

Country

   Currency    Amount

Eurozone countries

   Euro    126,000

United Kingdom

   GBP    94,500

United States

   USD    126,000

Hong Kong

   HKD    945,000

Japan

   JPY    14,700,000

Singapore

   SGD    210,000

Other countries

   Euro    126,000

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 29

 

Localisation

Individuals on assignment in the host location for more than five years will be able to discuss the possibility of being ‘localised’ – put onto a local contract. In such instances, they will be informed of the new terms and conditions that will become applicable.

Termination of employment

If you resign from ING for what ever reason or are terminated by ING for cause (as defined in ING’s Employee Handbook and Compliance Guidelines), ING will not pay for any resulting repatriation costs.

In the event of you being made redundant by ING, in general, assignees and their accompanying dependent family will be repatriated to the home country prior to the end of the employment. ING will be responsible for all reasonable costs of the repatriation.

Repatriation, reassignment and localisation will be co-ordinated by home and host line management and home and host HR consultants.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 30

 

Glossary

 

Assignees    Employees who are on a time-limited assignment in a country other than their home country.
Assignment letter/agreement      A written document with details of the main terms and conditions of a long-term assignment.
Balance sheet    A calculation method used to compensate assignees. It breaks down home base pay into housing; taxation; goods and services; and reserve. The balance sheet works best when a split pay approach is used – this means delivering pay components in the currency they are due to be spent in.
Daily allowance    An allowance to assist with daily expenses while on assignment.
Dependent child/ren    Child(ren) up to 25 years old, dependent on the assignee for financial support, who are part of the assignee’s household in the home country.
Dependent family    The legal spouse, partner and/or child(ren) up to 25 years old, dependent on the assignee for financial support, who are part of the assignee’s household in the home country.
Equity based awards    Plans designed to award participants with the opportunity to receive ING shares.
Hardship location    A location with significant adverse affect on the lifestyle or welfare of assignees and their dependants, when compared to living conditions in the home country.
Home country    Where assignees are, and remain, legally employed and where they are expected to return at the end of their long term assignment.
Host country    Where assignees work and live for the duration of their assignment.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 31

 

HR consultant    Individuals responsible for all HR issues related to assignees’ home and host employment terms and conditions.
Hypothetical social security    A deduction made from payroll, equivalent to the social security obligation had the assignee remained working solely in the home country.
Hypothetical tax    A deduction made from payroll, equivalent to the tax obligation had the assignee remained working solely in the home country.
International Assignment Centre (IAC)    The centres in which international HR advisors are based.
International HR advisor (IHR advisor)    Experts in the field of assignment management who can provide advice and ‘hands-on’ support.
International Mobility Business Management (IMBM)    Part of ING Group HR International Mobility, IMBM deals with issues related to policies, processes, exception approvals and global providers.
Line management/managers      Individuals responsible for teams or other individual employees.
NPP    Net Pay Policy.
Relocation/repatriation allowance    One-off allowances to assist towards the costs associated with moving to/from the host country.
Tax equalisation    Tax equalisation ensures that assignees pay no more or less tax than they would have paid had they remained solely in their home country.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010


 

   
   

Long-Term Assignment Policy

Page 32

 

Further information

Supporting documents

Assignees should make sure they have a good understanding of all the policy documents that support their assignment:

 

 

ING Net Pay Policy for International Assignees

 

 

ING International Assignments – The Balance Sheet

 

 

ING Group Travel Policy.

International HR advisors

ING International HR advisors are available to offer guidance and support from International Assignment Centres around the world:

 

 

Amsterdam

 

 

Atlanta

 

 

Brussels

 

 

Hong Kong

 

 

London

 

 

New York

 

 

Singapore.

 

Revised version effective 13th October 2010

Exhibit 21.1

 

Company Name

  

State/Country of Incorporation

ING U.S., Inc.

   Delaware

• ING North America Insurance Corporation

   Delaware

• ING Payroll Management, Inc.

   Delaware

• ING Risk Management (Bermuda) Limited

   Bermuda

• Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc.

   Connecticut

• IB Holdings LLC

   Virginia

• The New Providence Insurance Company, Limited

   Cayman Islands

• ING Financial Partners, Inc.

   Minnesota

• ING Investment Management LLC

   Delaware

• ING Investment Management Co. LLC

   Delaware

• ING Investment Management (Bermuda) Holdings Limited

   Bermuda

• ING Investment Trust Co.

   Connecticut

• ING Investment Management (UK) Limited

   United Kingdom

• ING Investment Management Alternative Assets LLC

   Delaware

• ING Alternative Asset Management LLC

   Delaware

• ING Furman Selz Investments III LLC

   Delaware

• ING Reality Group LLC

   Delaware

• ING Pomona Holdings LLC

   Delaware

• Pomona G.P. Holdings LLC

   Delaware

• Pomona Management LLC

   Delaware

• ING Alternative Asset Management Ireland Limited

   Ireland

• ING Capital Corporation, LLC

   Delaware

• ING Funds Services, LLC

   Delaware

• ING Investments Distributor, LLC

   Delaware


• ING Investments, LLC

   Arizona

• ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company

   Connecticut

• Directed Services LLC

   Delaware

• ING Financial Advisors, LLC

   Delaware

• ING National Trust

   Minnesota

• Systematized Benefits Administrators, Inc.

   Connecticut

• ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company

   Iowa

• ReliaStar Life Insurance Company

   Minnesota

• ReliaStar Life Insurance Company of New York

   New York

• Whisperingwind II, LLC

   South Carolina

• Roaring River, LLC

   Missouri

• Roaring River II, LLC

   Missouri

• ING Institutional Plan Services, LLC

   Delaware

• ING Investment Advisors, LLC

   New Jersey

• Australia Retirement Services Holding, LLC

   Delaware

• ILICA Inc.

   Connecticut

• ING International Nominee Holdings, Inc.

   Connecticut

• AII 1, LLC

   Connecticut

• AII 2, LLC

   Connecticut

• AII 3, LLC

   Connecticut

• AII 4, LLC

   Connecticut

• ING Insurance Services, Inc.

   Connecticut

• Langhorne I, LLC

   Missouri

• Security Life Assignment Corp.

   Colorado

• Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

   Colorado

• ING America Equities, Inc.

   Colorado

• Midwestern United Life Insurance Company

   Indiana


• Whisperingwind III, LLC

   South Carolina

• Roaring River III Holding, LLC

   Delaware

• Roaring River III, LLC

   Missouri

• Security Life of Denver International Limited

   Cayman Islands

• Lion Custom Investments LLC

   Delaware

• SLDI Georgia Holdings, Inc.

   Georgia

• Lion II Custom Investments LLC

   Delaware

• Rancho Mountain Properties, Inc.

   Delaware

• IIPS of Florida, LLC

   Florida

• ING Financial Products Company, Inc.

   Delaware

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated November 9, 2012 in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-184847) and related Preliminary Prospectus of ING U.S., Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

January 23, 2013